Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login
to enable hyperlinks.
Changes In Branch core-8-5-branch Excluding Merge-Ins
This is equivalent to a diff from 32a9cba038 to cb795a3445
|
2023-09-21
| ||
| 11:53 | Remove .github and .travis-related stuff: No need to build this branch any more Leaf check-in: cb795a3445 user: jan.nijtmans tags: core-8-5-branch | |
|
2022-12-02
| ||
| 22:31 | upload-artifact@v3 check-in: dd18e6dd37 user: jan.nijtmans tags: core-8-5-branch | |
|
2020-10-27
| ||
| 07:08 | Rename "trunk" to "main". Add "trunk" propagating tag for backwards compatibility check-in: 0f77b70d50 user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk, main | |
| 01:25 | Merge 8.6 Closed-Leaf check-in: 32a9cba038 user: marc_culler tags: trunk | |
|
2020-10-26
| ||
| 08:58 | Merge 8.6 check-in: 88e0ce578b user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk | |
|
2020-10-25
| ||
| 20:11 | Adjustment for Sierra. Closed-Leaf check-in: 77a51c320b user: culler tags: bug-5cc72e002c | |
Deleted .fossil-settings/crlf-glob.
|
| < < |
Changes to .fossil-settings/crnl-glob.
|
| > > > | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 | win/buildall.vc.bat win/makefile.bc win/makefile.vc win/mkd.bat win/rmd.bat win/rules.vc |
Changes to .fossil-settings/encoding-glob.
1 2 | win/buildall.vc.bat win/makefile.vc | > > | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | win/buildall.vc.bat win/makefile.bc win/makefile.vc win/mkd.bat win/rmd.bat win/rules.vc win/rc/*.bmp win/rc/*.cur win/rc/*.ico win/rc/*.rc |
Changes to .fossil-settings/ignore-glob.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | */Makefile */autom4te.cache */config.cache */config.log */config.status */tkConfig.sh */wish* | | | > > | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | */Makefile */autom4te.cache */config.cache */config.log */config.status */tkConfig.sh */wish* */tktest */versions.vc */version.vc */libtk.vfs */libtk*.zip */tkUuid.h doc/man.macros html macosx/configure win/Debug* win/Release* win/*.manifest win/nmhlp-out.txt win/nmakehlp.out |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to .gitignore.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | config.status config.status.lineno html manifest.uuid _FOSSIL_ */tkConfig.sh */wish* | | | | > | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | config.status config.status.lineno html manifest.uuid _FOSSIL_ */tkConfig.sh */wish* */tktest */versions.vc */version.vc */libtk.vfs */libtk*.zip */tkUuid.h libtommath/bn.ilg libtommath/bn.ind libtommath/pretty.build libtommath/tommath.src libtommath/*.log libtommath/*.pdf libtommath/*.pl |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to .project.
1 2 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <projectDescription> | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <projectDescription> <name>tk8.5</name> <comment></comment> <projects> </projects> <buildSpec> </buildSpec> <natures> </natures> |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted .travis.yml.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to ChangeLog.
more than 10,000 changes
Changes to ChangeLog.2002.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 | Removed setting inputContext to null in Tk_MakeWindowExist as it was redundant. * unix/tkUnixWm.c (CreateWrapper): Removed redundat setting of inputContext to null. * win/Makefile.in: changed gdb and shell targets to properly build | | | 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 | Removed setting inputContext to null in Tk_MakeWindowExist as it was redundant. * unix/tkUnixWm.c (CreateWrapper): Removed redundat setting of inputContext to null. * win/Makefile.in: changed gdb and shell targets to properly build all binaries before running (otherwise an error often occured). 2002-03-28 David Gravereaux <davygrvy@pobox.com> * win/.cvsignore (new): * win/lamp.bmp (new): * win/makefile.vc: * win/nmakehlp.c (new): |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 | * canvas.test: added test for 5783. * generic/tkCanvPoly.c (DisplayPolygon): added checks for the polygon fillGC not being empty to prevent segfault. [Bug: 5783] 2000-05-31 Eric Melski <ericm@scriptics.com> * library/bgerror.tcl: Improved bgerror based on work by Donal | | | 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 | * canvas.test: added test for 5783. * generic/tkCanvPoly.c (DisplayPolygon): added checks for the polygon fillGC not being empty to prevent segfault. [Bug: 5783] 2000-05-31 Eric Melski <ericm@scriptics.com> * library/bgerror.tcl: Improved bgerror based on work by Donal K. Fellows; no longer dependant on tk_dialog; features a Windows-esque "Details" button, and a customizable extra function button that allows the user to (for example) save the stack trace to a file. 2000-05-30 Eric Melski <ericm@scriptics.com> * generic/tkImgGIF.c: Changed defines for GIF87a/GIF89a to be |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to ChangeLog.2004.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
807 808 809 810 811 812 813 | * doc/canvas.n: Add paragraph to make clearer what is going on with the default canvas origin. [Bug 956681] 2004-07-05 George Peter Staplin <GeorgePS@XMission.com> * generic/tkEvent.c: TK_XIM_SPOT preprocessor usage was modified | | | 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 | * doc/canvas.n: Add paragraph to make clearer what is going on with the default canvas origin. [Bug 956681] 2004-07-05 George Peter Staplin <GeorgePS@XMission.com> * generic/tkEvent.c: TK_XIM_SPOT preprocessor usage was modified slightly to fix a bug that occured when TK_XIM_SPOT was defined as 0. Thanks to Joe Mistachkin for reporting this bug. 2004-07-05 Donal K. Fellows <donal.k.fellows@man.ac.uk> TIP#158 IMPLEMENTATION * tests/bind.test: Allow Win apps to distinguish keys |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 | * win/configure.in: * unix/tcl.m4: correct HP-UX ia64 --enable-64bit build flags 2003-02-13 Kevin Kenny <kennykb@users.sourceforge.net> * doc/wish.n: Added language to describe the handling of the | | | 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 |
* win/configure.in:
* unix/tcl.m4: correct HP-UX ia64 --enable-64bit build flags
2003-02-13 Kevin Kenny <kennykb@users.sourceforge.net>
* doc/wish.n: Added language to describe the handling of the
end-of-file character \u001a in script files. [Bug 685505]
2003-02-10 Jim Ingham <jingham@apple.com>
* macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c (TkMacOSXInstallCursor): Set all theme
cursors using SetThemeCursor or SetAnimatedThemeCursors.
(TkGetCursorByName): Use the theme cursors for arrow, ibeam, etc. Allow
animatedCursor{NUM} form for an animated cursor with count.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted ChangeLog.2007.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to README.md.
1 2 | # README: Tk | | > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | # README: Tk This is the **Tk 8.5.19** source distribution. You can get any source release of Tk from [our distribution site](https://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/). Build Status: 8.5.19 [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Linux%22+branch%3Acore-8-5-branch) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions?query=workflow%3A%22Windows%22+branch%3Acore-8-5-branch) [](https://github.com/tcltk/tk/actions?query=workflow%3A%22macOS%22+branch%3Acore-8-5-branch) ## <a id="intro">1.</a> Introduction This directory contains the sources and documentation for Tk, a cross-platform GUI toolkit implemented with the Tcl scripting language. For details on features, incompatibilities, and potential problems with this release, see [the Tcl/Tk 8.5 Web page](https://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.5.html) or refer to the "changes" file in this directory, which contains a historical record of all changes to Tk. Tk is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community. Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests takes place at [core.tcl-lang.org](https://core.tcl-lang.org/). Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are [hosted by |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to changes.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 | is necessary in order to allow several menu buttons to share the same menu. *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** 4/12/92 (bug fix) Fixed core dump that occurred in tkError.c when removing the first error record from the error list. | | | 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 | is necessary in order to allow several menu buttons to share the same menu. *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** 4/12/92 (bug fix) Fixed core dump that occurred in tkError.c when removing the first error record from the error list. 4/15/92 (bug fix) Fixed bug in tkBind.c that prevented <KeyPress-1> event specifications from being processed correctly: the "1" was treated as a button name rather than a keysym. 4/18/92 (new feature) Added Tk_DefineCursor and Tk_UndefineCursor procedures. 4/18/92 (new feature) Major revision to listboxes. Can now scroll and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 | canvases) so that it correctly prints all of the characters in the ISO Latin-1 character set. 2/19/94 (bug fix) Modified tkBind.c to save and restore the interpreter's result across the execution of binding scripts. Otherwise if an event triggers in the middle of some other script (e.g. a destroy event during window creation, because there was an error in the creation command), | | | 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 | canvases) so that it correctly prints all of the characters in the ISO Latin-1 character set. 2/19/94 (bug fix) Modified tkBind.c to save and restore the interpreter's result across the execution of binding scripts. Otherwise if an event triggers in the middle of some other script (e.g. a destroy event during window creation, because there was an error in the creation command), the intepreter's result gets lost. 2/19/94 (bug fix) Fixed bug in dealing with results of sent command that could cause them to get lost in some situations. 2/21/94 (bug fix) Don't let user close a dialog window created by tk_dialog, since this would cause tk_dialog to hang: force the user to select one of the dialog's buttons. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 | 10/18/96 (new features) A -menu option has been added to the toplevel widget command, which allows a menu to operate as a menubar. On the Macintosh, the menubar is displayed accross the top of the main monitor, just like with other applications. Under Windows and Unix, the menu is attached to the toplevel window. Also, changed some semantics. Tearoff menus will now reflect changes to the menu it was | | | 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 | 10/18/96 (new features) A -menu option has been added to the toplevel widget command, which allows a menu to operate as a menubar. On the Macintosh, the menubar is displayed accross the top of the main monitor, just like with other applications. Under Windows and Unix, the menu is attached to the toplevel window. Also, changed some semantics. Tearoff menus will now reflect changes to the menu it was torn off from, and are deleted when the master menu is deleted. Tearoffs also reflect more look-and-feel of the platforms they are running on. (SRP) 10/31/96 (bug fix) Under Windows, missing system cursors would generate an error instead of falling through to the Tk cursor of the same name. (SS) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 | into account the "-displayof" option. This problem also existed for the "font metrics" and "font measure" commands. (CCS) 9/16/97 (new feature) Added "resource delete" and "resource files" command to the Mac. Also fixed "resource write" when the resource was specified by id and already existed. (JI) | | | 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 | into account the "-displayof" option. This problem also existed for the "font metrics" and "font measure" commands. (CCS) 9/16/97 (new feature) Added "resource delete" and "resource files" command to the Mac. Also fixed "resource write" when the resource was specified by id and already existed. (JI) 9/16/97 (bug fix) Added null bindings to <Command-KeyPress> for the text and entry widget on the Macintosh. This prevents unbound command key sequences from having the character echoed to the widget. Also fixed Cut & Copy bindings. (JI) (RJ) 9/18/97 (bug fix) Revamped Macintosh focus code. Cut, Copy & Paste virtual events now go to the correct (focus) window. (RJ) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 | correctly. (hobbs) 2001-08-28 (bug fix) fixed tk_chooseDirectory crash on Win95. (baker) 2001-08-28 (bug fix) removed 2 second 'raise' delay seen by some Unix window managers. (hobbs, baker) | | | 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 | correctly. (hobbs) 2001-08-28 (bug fix) fixed tk_chooseDirectory crash on Win95. (baker) 2001-08-28 (bug fix) removed 2 second 'raise' delay seen by some Unix window managers. (hobbs, baker) 2001-09-14 (bug fix) fixed memory leaks that occured if errors were thrown while initializing the channel for an image. (darley) 2001-09-20 (new feature) --enable-64bit support was added for HP 11 when using the native compiler. 2001-10-03 (new feature) finalized Win64 support with latest RC1 release and SDK. (hobbs, stacy) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 | 2008-03-27 (platform support)[1921166] Solaris 64bit build fixes (steffen) 2008-03-27 (bug fix) restored [::safe::loadTk] (hobbs) --- Released 8.5.2, March 28, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details --- | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | < | < > < < < < | > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < | < | < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | > > | < > > < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716 6717 6718 6719 6720 6721 6722 6723 6724 6725 6726 6727 6728 6729 6730 6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 | 2008-03-27 (platform support)[1921166] Solaris 64bit build fixes (steffen) 2008-03-27 (bug fix) restored [::safe::loadTk] (hobbs) --- Released 8.5.2, March 28, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2008-04-07 (bug fix)[1937135] Tk_ParseArgv() double free crash (hobbs) 2008-04-07 (bug fix)[1936238] wish -h mem explosion (bachmann,kenny) 2008-04-14 (bug fix)[1941740] [tk_chooseColor -title] (thoyts) 2008-04-17 (bug fix)[1327482] canvas item <Enter> events (wangnick) 2008-05-23 (bug fix)[1967576] ttk::label height or width 0 panic (lawlor) 2008-06-10 (enhancement)[1986818] Use Xutf8LookupString when possible (english) 2008-06-12 (bug fix)[1991932] global grab segfault (steffen) 2008-06-12 (platform support) Solaris/amd64 gcc 64bit support (steffen) 2008-06-18 (bug fix) Aqua: missing focus on first map (steffen) --- Released 8.5.3, June 30, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2008-07-04 (bug fix)[2009213] crash in [ttk::scale] (polo,english) 2008-07-26 (bug fix)[2026405] portability of [winfo id] (uchida,thoyts) 2008-07-31 (bug fix) export Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck; fixes Tk embed on Windows 2008-08-01 (bug fix)[2009788,2028703] unmapped toplevel crashes (thoyts) 2008-08-05 (bug fix)[2010422] Tk header files revised to accommodate incompatible changes in recent X.org releases of X11 headers. (jenglish) --- Released 8.5.4, August 15, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2008-08-19 (behavior change) arguments passed to -[xy]scrollcommand callbacks, and values returned by [xy]view methods are explicitly formatted as doubles. (english) *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** 2008-08-25 (bug fix)[1936220] fix [tk_getOpenFile -multiple 1] on unix (helfter) 2008-08-25 (bug fix)[1023955] default menu cursor: no more Motif (helfter) 2008-08-28 (bug fix) correct TK_LIBS value to include Xft (porter) 2008-10-05 (bug fix)[2112563] format double values explicitly in double format, avoiding sensitivity to locale setting. (fellows) *** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY *** 2008-10-10 (bug fix)[1894038] [package require] any Tk 8.5.* in any Tcl 8.5.* (porter) --- Released 8.5.5, October 15, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2008-10-17 (enhancement) keyboard bindings for ttk::scale (thoyts) 2008-11-12 (bug fix)[1777362] permit [text] names containing "-" (thoyts) 2008-11-15 (bug fix)[2239034] limit [wm manage] to Frames (thoyts) 2008-11-19 (bug fix)[2312027] Tk_Create*ImageType() thread safety (nijtmans) 2008-11-22 (bug fix)[1939129,1991930] combobox behind other windows (thoyts) 2008-12-22 (bug fix)[1813597,2218964] eliminate unnecessary units conversion in screen distances, reducing precision loss (ferrieux) 2008-12-22 (bug fix)[2107938] no negative font size in PS (fellows) 2008-12-22 (bug fix)[2264732] crash using nondefault visual (english) 2008-12-22 (bug fix)[2207435] [ttk::entry .t -textvar ::noexist::x] (english) --- Released 8.5.6, December 23, 2008 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2009-01-07 (bug fix)[1847002] Win: prevent grab bypass (thoyts) 2009-01-11 (bug fix) crash on XCreateIC failure (staplin) 2009-01-14 (bug fix)[2507326] Restore aMSN compat (nijtmans) 2009-01-19 (new feature) CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR - where tclConfig.sh goes (cassoff) 2009-01-19 (platform support) better tools for BSD ports (cassoff) 2009-02-17 (platform support) MSVC and _WIN64 (hobbs) 2009-02-23 (bug fix)[1329198,456299,2507419] menu image display (mcdonald) 2009-02-23 (bug fix)[2513104] fix cursor hotspots (mcdonald) 2009-02-23 (bug fix)[2542828] Win: standard question_arrow cursor (danckaert) 2009-02-27 (bug fix)[2645457] crash in Tk_MakeWindowExist() (thoyts) 2009-03-25 (bug fix)[2178820] stop zero-size allocs in ttk (fellows) 2009-03-25 (bug fix)[1871101] blurry large fonts on Vista (garvey,fellows) 2009-04-10 (bug fix)[2116837] std virtual events with Caps Lock (fellows) --- Released 8.5.7, April 15, 2009 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2009-04-23 (bug fix)[2779910] updated Win chooseDir (hobbs) 2009-04-24 (bug fix) prevent delete of selected folder in Win dialog (hobbs) 2009-04-30 (bug fix)[2080533] panedwindow sash draw crash (fellows) 2009-04-30 (bug fix)[2504402] iconphoto on non-32-bit displays (mcdonald,thoyts) 2009-05-03 (bug fix)[2785744] broken flag twiddling (baker,fellows) 2009-05-13 (bug fix)[2791352] XLFD parsing error (thoyts) 2009-05-14 (new feature) Vista theme support (thoyts) 2009-05-14 (bug fix)[1923684] confused checkbutton state (thoyts) 2009-05-21 (bug fix)[2794778] Win menu keyboard traversal (thoyts) 2009-06-02 (bug fix)[2799589] crash on delayed window activation (thoyts) 2009-06-23 (bug fix)[220935] canvas dash update problem (nijtmans) 2009-07-15 (bug fix)[2821962] photo image copy/paste (rib,fellows) 2009-07-22 (bug fix)[2496114] focus in dead window crash (griffin,fellows) 2009-08-01 (bug fix)[2830420] X iconphoto for big endian (misch,fellows) 2009-08-04 (bug fix) [text] word-wrap of non-breaking space (fellows) 2009-08-24 (bug fix) tk::MessageBox bindings for ttk::buttons (steiner,fellows) 2009-08-25 (bug fix)[1909931] [send] update for Fedora 8 (fellows) 2009-09-10 (bug fix) font allocation crash (berezhnoy,fellows) 2009-09-14 (bug fix)[873608] win tearoff menu, no submenu arrows (traum,hobbs) 2009-09-14 (bug fix)[873613] win tearoff menu repeat select (traum,hobbs) 2009-09-25 (bug fix) grayscale from images (vetter,fellows) 2009-10-07 (bug fix)[2088597] min scrollbar slider size (danckaert,fellows) 2009-10-07 (bug fix)[2787164] combobox/menubutton arrow size (thoyts) 2009-10-08 (bug fix)[2870648] file dialog cursor (danckaert,fellows) 2009-10-10 (feature)[1961455] underline, overstrike Xft fonts (caffin,fellows) 2009-10-15 (feature)[2794032] permit [load] into Tcl 8.6+ interps (porter) 2009-10-22 (bug fix)[2168768] file dialog -typevariable scope (danckaert) 2009-10-22 (bug fix)[1469210] [text] modified error (danckaert) 2009-10-24 (bug fix)[2883712] 64-bit Aqua progress bar (haffner) 2009-10-24 (bug fix)[1530276] X checkbutton -selectcolor (danckaert) 2009-10-25 (bug fix)[1854913] [.t delete] before -startindex (danckaert) 2009-10-25 (bug fix)[2809525] prevent X crash on overlong color name (goth) 2009-10-29 (bug fix)[1825353] Russian Windows tiny fonts problem (thoyts) 2009-11-03 (bug fix)[2891541] fix grab behaviour for main window (thoyts) --- Released 8.5.8, November 16, 2009 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2009-11-22 (bug fix)[2899949] crash on widget destroy (meier,thoyts) 2009-11-24 (bug fix)[2902814] fix [wm iconphoto] on LP64 systems (fellows) 2009-12-06 (bug fix)[2548661] crash in GetFontFamilyName (riefenstahl) 2009-12-06 (bug fix)[2864685] Compiz menu item animation (gavilán,thoyts) 2009-12-09 (bug fix)[2902573] Update Safe Tk to new Safe Base (kurpies) 2009-12-11 (bug fix)[2912473] accept :: in DISPLAY name (fellows) 2009-12-16 (bug fix)[2496162] crash calling Tk_DeleteOptionTable() (english) 2009-12-20 (bug fix)[2917663] [send] accept SI:* on auth list (fellows) 2009-12-22 (bug fix)[2919205] syntax bug in [tk_messageBox] (zaroo) 2009-12-22 (bug fix)[2912356] [ttk::sizegrip] accommodate Compiz (english) 2009-12-27 (bug fix)[2879927] Win: cascade menu highlight (pawlak,thoyts) 2010-01-01 (bug fix)[1924761] stop [event generate] / XIM conflict (fellows) 2010-01-03 (bug fix)[2848897] ODS_NOACCEL flag support (kovalenko,thoyts) 2010-01-05 (bug fix)[220950] [$menu delete] bounds check (fellows) 2010-01-05 [2898255] unlimited multi-file select (pawlak,fellows,thoyts) 2010-01-06 (bug fix)[1163496] X: [wm transient] fix (bateman,fellows) 2010-01-09 (new feature)[TIP 360] Modernize X11 Menus (thoyts) 2010-01-18 (bug fix)[2932808] canvas update on state change (mcdonald,nijtmans) 2010-01-19 (bug fix)[2931374] overflow in complex tag search (schmitz) 2010-01-19 (new feature)[TIP 359] Extended Window Manager Hint Support (thoyts) 2010-02-17 (bug fix)[2952745] crash in menu deletion (english) 2010-03-11 (bug fix)[2968379] crash in peer text dump (fellows) 2010-05-31 (bug fix)[3006842] crash on empty bind scripts (english) 2010-08-03 (bug fix) entry validation compat with Itcl scope (hobbs) 2010-08-12 (bug fix)[2585265] text <Delete>,<Backspace> note selection (fellows) 2010-08-25 (feature)[3053320] update Ttk to tile 0.8.6 feature set (hobbs) --- Released 8.5.9, September 6, 2010 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2010-09-02 (bug fix)[3057573] specify combobox text fg color (english) 2010-09-08 (bug fix)[2829363] [$tv see] open item -> sched display (english) 2010-10-11 (bug fix)[3085489] crash in [tag add/remove] (english) 2010-11-04 (enhancement) Updated German messages. (haertel,nijtmans) 2010-11-16 (platform) VS 2005 SP1 MSVC compiler (nijtmans) 2010-11-24 (bug fix)[3071836] crash in tk_getSaveFile (twylite) 2010-12-12 (platform) OpenBSD build improvements (cassoff) 2010-12-17 (platform) Revisions to support rpm 4.4.2 (cassoff) 2011-01-13 (bug fix)[3154705] tk_messageBox close button disabled (skylera) 2011-01-22 (enhancement) add [ttk::entry validate] (schelte,english) 2011-03-10 (bug fix)[3205260] crash in [wm manage] (boudaillier, thoyts) 2011-03-16 (bug fix)[3181181] tearoff submenu fix (menez, thoyts) 2011-03-19 (bug fix)[3205464] [wm forget] loses window (boudaillier,thoyts) 2011-03-19 (bug fix)[3223850] ttk button state disabled during click (thoyts) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 | 2011-04-04 (feature change)[2997657] No -container for [labelframe] (spjuth) 2011-04-04 (bug fix)[723765] [grid remove] lost -in value (saye,spjuth) 2011-04-22 (bug fix)[3291543] mem corrupt when [$canvas dchars] removes all coords of a polygon (rogers,spjuth) | | > > | | > | > > > > > | 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 | 2011-04-04 (feature change)[2997657] No -container for [labelframe] (spjuth) 2011-04-04 (bug fix)[723765] [grid remove] lost -in value (saye,spjuth) 2011-04-22 (bug fix)[3291543] mem corrupt when [$canvas dchars] removes all coords of a polygon (rogers,spjuth) 2011-04-30 (bug fix)[2949774] cascade menu unpost (thoyts) 2011-06-06 (bug fix)[2546087] [console] treatment of '\0' (porter) 2011-06-07 (bug fix)[2358545] Restore "08" in spinbox configured with -from and -to (porter) 2011-06-07 (bug fix)[2484771] modal dialog settings (hoff, thoyts) 2011-06-10 (bug fix)[3175610] incomplete line item refresh (ferrieux) 2011-06-17 (bug fix)[3062331] crash in unset traces (macdonald,porter) --- Released 8.5.10, June 23, 2011 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2011-06-29 (bug fix)[3341056] new crash in unset traces (militaru,porter) 2011-08-03 (bug fix)[3314770] restore file dialog resizeability (nijtmans) 2011-09-22 (bug fix)[3404541] -takefocus option (dzach,english) 2011-10-24 (new feature)[TIP 382] -confirmoverwrite on save dialog (porter) 2011-10-25 (bug fix)[3410609] AltGr keysyms on Swiss keyboard (tasser,kenny) 2011-11-02 (performance)[3431491] improved "pixels" shimmer logic (fellows) --- Released 8.5.11, November 4, 2011 --- See ChangeLog for details --- 2011-11-17 (bug fix)[3437816] return code of [canvas lower] (hirner,ferrieux) 2011-12-22 (bug fix)[3235256] correct menu failure on Windows (mcdonald) 2012-01-19 (bug fix)[3021557] cursor freeze in elided text (vogel) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 | 2012-06-11 (bug fix)[3294450] ttk text element clipping (oehlmann,fellows) 2012-07-02 (bug fix) Make sure all index tables are static (kirkham,english) 2012-07-23 (bug fix)[3546073] DisplayString() -> DefaultDisplay() (english) | | | < < < > | < | < | < < | < < < | < < < < < < | < | < < | < > > > > > > | | | | < < < < < < < < | | < | < < | < < < < < | < < | | < < | < < < < < < | 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 6851 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 6857 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871 6872 6873 6874 6875 6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 6882 6883 6884 6885 6886 6887 6888 6889 6890 6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 6947 6948 6949 6950 6951 6952 6953 6954 6955 6956 6957 6958 6959 6960 6961 6962 6963 6964 6965 6966 6967 6968 6969 6970 6971 6972 6973 6974 6975 6976 6977 6978 6979 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 |
2012-06-11 (bug fix)[3294450] ttk text element clipping (oehlmann,fellows)
2012-07-02 (bug fix) Make sure all index tables are static (kirkham,english)
2012-07-23 (bug fix)[3546073] DisplayString() -> DefaultDisplay() (english)
Many revisions to better support a Cygwin environment (nijtmans)
--- Released 8.5.12, July 27, 2012 --- See ChangeLog for details ---
2012-07-31 (update)[3551802] XKeycodeToKeysym deprecation (fellows)
2012-08-11 (bug fix)[3554273] text elide and tags (vogel)
2012-08-24 (bug fix)[3558535] file dialog filtering (fellows)
2012-08-25 (bug fix)[3554026,3561016] crash with tearoff menus (gavilán)
2012-08-28 (bug fix)[3562426] Context menu goes off screen (nijtmans)
2012-09-11 (bug fix)[3566594] stop clip region leaks (fellows)
2012-09-28 New colors: aqua crimson fuchsia indigo lime olive silver teal
2012-10-02 (bug fix)[3572016] menu enable after modal dialog (berg,walzer)
2012-10-24 (bug fix)[3574893] crash in [wm forget] (porter)
2012-11-07 (bug fix)[3574708] TkSetFocusWin() crash on XP (mcdonald)
--- Released 8.5.13, November 12, 2012 --- See ChangeLog for details ---
2012-12-04 (bug fix)[3588824] text index of images with weird names (gavilan)
2012-12-06 (bug fix) avoid buggy syscall to parse hex color values (fellows)
2013-01-22 (bug fix)[3601782] Tcl_InitStubs failure message (nijtmans)
2013-01-31 (bug fix)[3599928] use XKeycodeToKeysym on old systems (cassoff)
2013-02-04 (bug fix)[3603077] treeview update on tag add/remove (english)
2013-02-28 (bug fix)[3599312] First Alt key event is lost (mcdonald)
2013-03-11 (bug fix)[3607326] Crash [listbox .l -listvariable $array] (porter)
2013-03-13 (enhancement) better build support for Debian arch (shadura)
2013-03-27 (bug fix)[3608074] button, listbox, menu <<Invoke>> (nijtmans)
2013-04-01 (bug fix)[3607830] Xkb runtime checks (griffin)
--- Released 8.5.14, April 3, 2013 --- See ChangeLog for details ---
2013-05-19 (platform support) FreeBSD updates (cerutti)
2013-06-05 (bug fix)[3613759] [ttk::entry .e; .e xview end] (nijtmans)
2013-06-05 (bug fix)[2100430] [ttk::entry .e; .e xview insert] (nijtmans)
2013-06-07 (bug fix)[1913750,3500545,3416492,3095112] file dialogs (nijtmans)
2013-06-28 (bug fix)[2501278] reverse ttk::scale key bindings {mcdonald)
2013-06-28 (bug fix)[3588364] crash loading Tk 64-bit windows (nijtmans)
2013-07-02 (bug fix)[32afa6] corrected dirent64 check (griffin)
2013-08-25 (bug fix)[3016181] Cocoa: [destroy $scrollbar] => crash (goddard)
2013-08-26 (bug fix)[c597acd] [$pb step] work with traces (english)
2013-09-15 (bug fix)[8eb5671] macosx Tk compile errors w/clang (deily)
--- Released 8.5.15, September 18, 2013 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details
2013-10-27 (bug fix) OSX drawing lags (deily,steffen,walzer)
2013-10-28 (bug fix)[3603436] png wrong component indices (nijtmans)
2013-10-31 (bug fix) C++ friendly stubs struct declarations (nijtmans)
2013-10-31 (bug fix) double free of a TkFont (nijtmans)
2013-11-03 (bug fix)[1632447] support PPM maxval up to 65535 (fellows)
2013-11-05 (bug fix)[426679e] OpenBSD man page rendering (nijtmans)
2013-11-11 (bug fix)[0aa5e85] option file \n syntax support (nijtmans)
2013-11-20 (platforms) Support for Windows 8.1 (nijtmans)
2014-01-23 (bug fix)[3606644] X: correct fontconfig dependence (venable)
2014-01-23 (bug fix) FreeBSD build fixes (cerutti)
2014-02-06 (bug fix)[3279221] [menu] event race (danckaert,kupries)
2014-02-11 (bug fix)[52ca3e7] XkbOpenDisplay macro correction (nijtmans)
2014-03-16 (bug fix) Xcode 5.1 update; Retina displays (walzer)
2014-03-20 (bug fix)[2f7cbd0] FreeBSD 10.0 build failure (nijtmans)
2014-04-01 (bug fix)[5bcb502] @TK_LIBS@ in pkgconfig (badshah400,nijtmans)
2014-05-27 (bug fix)[a80f5d7] autoscroll initiation (crogers,english)
2014-07-07 (bug fix) OSX alpha channel rendering (culler,walzer)
2014-07-24 (bug fix) OSX [text] image display & scrolling (culler,walzer)
2014-08-01 (bug fix) OSX font config crash (rob@bitkeeper)
--- Released 8.5.16, August 25, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details
2014-08-27 (bug) Cocoa: Crash after [$button destroy] (walzer)
2014-09-23 (bug) Cocoa: button and scroll display fixes (walzer)
2014-09-24 (bug) Cocoa: improved drawing performance (walzer)
2014-10-11 (bug)[9e487e] Phony button clicks from browsers to plugin (nijtmans)
2014-10-11 (bug)[810c43] [text] elide changes advance epoch (vogel)
2014-10-14 (bug)[fb35eb] fix PNG transparency appearance (walton,culler)
--- Released 8.5.17, October 25, 2014 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details
2014-10-26 Support for Windows 10 (nijtmans)
2014-10-28 (bug) OSX: Improved ttk notebook tab metrics for Yosemite (walzer)
2014-10-30 (bug)[3417012] [scale -digits $bigValue] segfault (vogel)
2014-11-06 (bug)[9d72dc] memleak in Cocoa buttons (revol)
2014-11-07 (bug)[3529885] [scale] handling of negative resolution (vogel)
2015-01-02 (bug) Stop bit loss in [winfo id] on 64-bit Cocoa (porter)
2015-02-06 (bug) several fixes to elided context in [text] (vogel)
2015-02-06 (new feature)[TIP 433] %M binding substitution (mistachkin)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
Tk Cocoa 2.0: App Store enabled (walzer,culler,desmera,owen,nyberg,reincke)
*** POTENTIAL INCOMPATIBILITY ***
--- Released 8.5.18, March 6, 2015 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details
2015-03-10 (bug) Cocoa: premature image free crash (walzer)
2015-03-15 (bug) Cocoa: wish launches in front. [focus -force] works (culler)
2015-04-09 (bug)[e4ed00] [$text index "1.0 display wordstart"] crash (vogel)
2015-04-09 (bug)[562118] Unicode support of "wordstart" modifier (vogel)
2015-05-05 (bug)[06c3fc] PNG alpha error corrupted output file (gauthier,porter)
2015-05-24 (bug)[53f8fc] panedwindow geometry management (vogel)
2015-05-26 (bug)[1641721] tk_getOpenFile symlink display doubled (nijtmans)
2015-06-01 (bug)[d7bad5][2368195][3592454][1714535][1292219][3592454]
panedwindow fixes (vogel)
2015-06-25 (bug)[805cff] Tk_ConfigureWidget() segfault (aspect,nijtmans)
2015-07-13 (bug)[3f179a] Text widget crash with elided text (vogel)
2015-07-16 (bug)[2886436] Stop [$text delete] acting before start index (vogel)
2015-07-28 (bug)[1236306] TraverseToMenu error bound to toplevel destroy (vogel)
2015-08-20 (bug)[00189c] MSVC 14: semi-static UCRT support (dower,nijtmans)
2015-09-29 (bug)[1501749] Crash embedded window delete bound to <Map> (vogel)
2015-10-08 (new feature)[TIP 437] New panedwindow options (vogel)
2015-10-09 (bug)[1669632] [text] autoseparator placement (nash,vogel)
2015-10-09 (bug)[2262711] [text] RE search Unicode+elided (kaitzschu,vogel)
2015-10-09 (bug)[1815161] [$text count -ypixels] needs management (vogel)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 7256 7257 | 2016-01-09 (bug)[1927212] Mousewheel/scrollbar bindings (vogel) 2016-01-11 (bug)[63c354] Cocoa message boxes (culler) 2016-01-12 (bug)[2049429] get more $text options from database (vogel) | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 | 2016-01-09 (bug)[1927212] Mousewheel/scrollbar bindings (vogel) 2016-01-11 (bug)[63c354] Cocoa message boxes (culler) 2016-01-12 (bug)[2049429] get more $text options from database (vogel) 2016-01-25 (bug) OBOE in ttk::notebook options parsing (bromley,english) Tk Cocoa 2.0: More drawing internals refinements (culler,walzer) --- Released 8.5.19, February 12, 2016 --- http://core.tcl.tk/tk/ for details |
Added compat/limits.h.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | /* * limits.h -- * * This is a dummy header file to #include in Tcl when there * is no limits.h in /usr/include. There are only a few * definitions here; also see tclPort.h, which already * #defines some of the things here if they're not arleady * defined. * * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #define LONG_MIN 0x80000000 #define LONG_MAX 0x7fffffff #define INT_MIN 0x80000000 #define INT_MAX 0x7fffffff #define SHRT_MIN 0x8000 #define SHRT_MAX 0x7fff |
Deleted compat/stdbool.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted compat/stdint.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Added compat/stdlib.h.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 | /* * stdlib.h -- * * Declares facilities exported by the "stdlib" portion of * the C library. This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C * sense; it only declares things that are needed by Tcl. * This file is needed even on many systems with their own * stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files * declare all the procedures needed here (such as strtod). * * Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _STDLIB #define _STDLIB #include <tcl.h> extern void abort _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); extern double atof _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *string)); extern int atoi _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *string)); extern long atol _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *string)); extern char * calloc _ANSI_ARGS_((unsigned int numElements, unsigned int size)); extern void exit _ANSI_ARGS_((int status)); extern int free _ANSI_ARGS_((char *blockPtr)); extern char * getenv _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *name)); extern char * malloc _ANSI_ARGS_((unsigned int numBytes)); extern void qsort _ANSI_ARGS_((VOID *base, int n, int size, int (*compar)(CONST VOID *element1, CONST VOID *element2))); extern char * realloc _ANSI_ARGS_((char *ptr, unsigned int numBytes)); extern double strtod _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *string, char **endPtr)); extern long strtol _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *string, char **endPtr, int base)); extern unsigned long strtoul _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *string, char **endPtr, int base)); #endif /* _STDLIB */ |
Added compat/unistd.h.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 | /* * unistd.h -- * * Macros, CONSTants and prototypes for Posix conformance. * * Copyright 1989 Regents of the University of California * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this * software and its documentation for any purpose and without * fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright * notice appear in all copies. The University of California * makes no representations about the suitability of this * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without * express or implied warranty. */ #ifndef _UNISTD #define _UNISTD #include <sys/types.h> #ifndef _TCL # include "tcl.h" #endif #ifndef NULL #define NULL 0 #endif /* * Strict POSIX stuff goes here. Extensions go down below, in the * ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE section. */ extern void _exit _ANSI_ARGS_((int status)); extern int access _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path, int mode)); extern int chdir _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path)); extern int chown _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group)); extern int close _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd)); extern int dup _ANSI_ARGS_((int oldfd)); extern int dup2 _ANSI_ARGS_((int oldfd, int newfd)); extern int execl _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path, ...)); extern int execle _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path, ...)); extern int execlp _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *file, ...)); extern int execv _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path, char **argv)); extern int execve _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path, char **argv, char **envp)); extern int execvp _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *file, char **argv)); extern pid_t fork _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); extern char *getcwd _ANSI_ARGS_((char *buf, size_t size)); extern gid_t getegid _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); extern uid_t geteuid _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); extern gid_t getgid _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); extern int getgroups _ANSI_ARGS_((int bufSize, int *buffer)); extern pid_t getpid _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); extern uid_t getuid _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); extern int isatty _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd)); extern long lseek _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd, long offset, int whence)); extern int pipe _ANSI_ARGS_((int *fildes)); extern int read _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd, char *buf, size_t size)); extern int setgid _ANSI_ARGS_((gid_t group)); extern int setuid _ANSI_ARGS_((uid_t user)); extern unsigned sleep _ANSI_ARGS_ ((unsigned seconds)); extern char *ttyname _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd)); extern int unlink _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path)); extern int write _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd, CONST char *buf, size_t size)); #ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE extern char *crypt _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *, CONST char *)); extern int fchown _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd, uid_t owner, gid_t group)); extern int flock _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd, int operation)); extern int ftruncate _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd, unsigned long length)); extern int ioctl _ANSI_ARGS_((int fd, int request, ...)); extern int readlink _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path, char *buf, int bufsize)); extern int setegid _ANSI_ARGS_((gid_t group)); extern int seteuid _ANSI_ARGS_((uid_t user)); extern int setreuid _ANSI_ARGS_((int ruid, int euid)); extern int symlink _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *, CONST char *)); extern int ttyslot _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); extern int truncate _ANSI_ARGS_((CONST char *path, unsigned long length)); extern int vfork _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); #endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */ #endif /* _UNISTD */ |
Changes to doc/3DBorder.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Get3DBorder, Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Draw3DRectangle, Tk_Fill3DRectangle, Tk_Draw3DPolygon, Tk_Fill3DPolygon, Tk_3DVerticalBevel, Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder, Tk_NameOf3DBorder, Tk_3DBorderColor, Tk_3DBorderGC, Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj, Tk_Free3DBorder \- draw borders with three-dimensional appearance .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 | .AS "Tk_3DBorder" borderWidth .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window (for all procedures except \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR, must be the window for which the border was allocated). .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in | | | | 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | .AS "Tk_3DBorder" borderWidth .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window (for all procedures except \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR, must be the window for which the border was allocated). .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in Pointer to object whose value describes color corresponding to background (flat areas). Illuminated edges will be brighter than this and shadowed edges will be darker than this. .AP char *colorName in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except value is supplied as a string rather than an object. .AP Drawable drawable in X token for window or pixmap; indicates where graphics are to be drawn. Must either be the X window for \fItkwin\fR or a pixmap with the same screen and depth as \fItkwin\fR. .AP Tk_3DBorder border in Token for border previously allocated in call to \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR. .AP int x in |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | .AP int height in Height of rectangle describing border or bevel, in pixels. .AP int borderWidth in Width of border in pixels. Positive means border is inside rectangle given by \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, \fIheight\fR, negative means border is outside rectangle. .AP int relief in | | | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | .AP int height in Height of rectangle describing border or bevel, in pixels. .AP int borderWidth in Width of border in pixels. Positive means border is inside rectangle given by \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, \fIheight\fR, negative means border is outside rectangle. .AP int relief in Indicates 3-D position of interior of object relative to exterior; should be \fBTK_RELIEF_RAISED\fR, \fBTK_RELIEF_SUNKEN\fR, \fBTK_RELIEF_GROOVE\fR, \fBTK_RELIEF_SOLID\fR, or \fBTK_RELIEF_RIDGE\fR (may also be \fBTK_RELIEF_FLAT\fR for \fBTk_Fill3DRectangle\fR). .AP XPoint *pointPtr in Pointer to array of points describing the set of vertices in a polygon. The polygon need not be closed (it will be closed automatically if it is not). |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 | Height of left side of polygon's path relative to right. \fBTK_RELIEF_RAISED\fR means left side should appear higher and \fBTK_RELIEF_SUNKEN\fR means right side should appear higher; \fBTK_RELIEF_GROOVE\fR and \fBTK_RELIEF_RIDGE\fR mean the obvious things. For \fBTk_Fill3DPolygon\fR, \fBTK_RELIEF_FLAT\fR may also be specified to indicate no difference in height. .AP int leftBevel in | | | > | < | | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 | Height of left side of polygon's path relative to right. \fBTK_RELIEF_RAISED\fR means left side should appear higher and \fBTK_RELIEF_SUNKEN\fR means right side should appear higher; \fBTK_RELIEF_GROOVE\fR and \fBTK_RELIEF_RIDGE\fR mean the obvious things. For \fBTk_Fill3DPolygon\fR, \fBTK_RELIEF_FLAT\fR may also be specified to indicate no difference in height. .AP int leftBevel in Non-zero means this bevel forms the left side of the object; zero means it forms the right side. .AP int leftIn in Non-zero means that the left edge of the horizontal bevel angles in, so that the bottom of the edge is farther to the right than the top. Zero means the edge angles out, so that the bottom is farther to the left than the top. .AP int rightIn in Non-zero means that the right edge of the horizontal bevel angles in, so that the bottom of the edge is farther to the left than the top. Zero means the edge angles out, so that the bottom is farther to the right than the top. .AP int topBevel in Non-zero means this bevel forms the top side of the object; zero means it forms the bottom side. .AP int which in Specifies which of the border's graphics contexts is desired. Must be \fBTK_3D_FLAT_GC\fR, \fBTK_3D_LIGHT_GC\fR, or \fBTK_3D_DARK_GC\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures provide facilities for drawing window borders in a way that produces a three-dimensional appearance. \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR allocates colors and Pixmaps needed to draw a border in the window given by the \fItkwin\fR argument. The value of \fIobjPtr\fR is a standard Tk color name that determines the border colors. The color indicated by \fIobjPtr\fR will not actually be used in the border; it indicates the background color for the window (i.e. a color for flat surfaces). The illuminated portions of the border will appear brighter than indicated by \fIobjPtr\fR, and the shadowed portions of the border will appear darker than \fIobjPtr\fR. .PP \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR returns a token that may be used in later calls to \fBTk_Draw3DRectangle\fR. If an error occurs in allocating information for the border (e.g. a bogus color name was given) then NULL is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp->result\fR. If it returns successfully, \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR caches information about the return value in \fIobjPtr\fR, which speeds up future calls to \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR with the same \fIobjPtr\fR and \fItkwin\fR. .PP \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR is identical to \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR except that the color is specified with a string instead of an object. This prevents \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR from caching the return value, so \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR is less efficient than \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR. .PP \fBTk_Get3DBorderFromObj\fR returns the token for an existing border, given the window and color name used to create the border. \fBTk_Get3DBorderFromObj\fR does not actually create the border; it must already have been created with a previous call to |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
234 235 236 237 238 239 240 | rectangle. Each procedure takes \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR arguments that describe the rectangular area of the beveled edge (e.g., \fIwidth\fR is the border width for \fBTk_3DVerticalBevel\fR). The \fIleftBorder\fR and \fItopBorder\fR arguments indicate the position of the border relative to the .QW inside | | | | 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 | rectangle. Each procedure takes \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR arguments that describe the rectangular area of the beveled edge (e.g., \fIwidth\fR is the border width for \fBTk_3DVerticalBevel\fR). The \fIleftBorder\fR and \fItopBorder\fR arguments indicate the position of the border relative to the .QW inside of the object, and \fIrelief\fR indicates the relief of the inside of the object relative to the outside. \fBTk_3DVerticalBevel\fR just draws a rectangular region. \fBTk_3DHorizontalBevel\fR draws a trapezoidal region to generate mitered corners; it should be called after \fBTk_3DVerticalBevel\fR (otherwise \fBTk_3DVerticalBevel\fR will overwrite the mitering in the corner). The \fIleftIn\fR and \fIrightIn\fR arguments to \fBTk_3DHorizontalBevel\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 | For \fBTk_Free3DBorderFromObj\fR the border to release is specified with the window and color name used to create the border; for \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR the border to release is specified with the Tk_3DBorder token for the border. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_Free3DBorderFromObj\fR or \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR for each call to \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR or \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR. .SH KEYWORDS | > | | 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 | For \fBTk_Free3DBorderFromObj\fR the border to release is specified with the window and color name used to create the border; for \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR the border to release is specified with the Tk_3DBorder token for the border. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_Free3DBorderFromObj\fR or \fBTk_Free3DBorder\fR for each call to \fBTk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj\fR or \fBTk_Get3DBorder\fR. .SH KEYWORDS 3D, background, border, color, depressed, illumination, object, polygon, raised, shadow, three-dimensional effect |
Changes to doc/AddOption.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | .AP "const char" *name in Multi-element name of option. .AP "const char" *value in Value of option. .AP int priority in Overall priority level to use for option. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This procedure is invoked to add an option to the database associated with \fItkwin\fR's main window. \fIName\fR contains the option being specified and consists of names and/or classes separated by asterisks or dots, in the usual X format. \fIValue\fR contains the text string to associate with \fIname\fR; | > | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | .AP "const char" *name in Multi-element name of option. .AP "const char" *value in Value of option. .AP int priority in Overall priority level to use for option. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This procedure is invoked to add an option to the database associated with \fItkwin\fR's main window. \fIName\fR contains the option being specified and consists of names and/or classes separated by asterisks or dots, in the usual X format. \fIValue\fR contains the text string to associate with \fIname\fR; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | .IP 60 Used for options specified in user-specific defaults files, such as \fB.Xdefaults\fR, resource databases loaded into the X server, or user-specific startup files. .IP 80 Used for options specified interactively after the application starts running. .SH KEYWORDS class, name, option, add | > | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | .IP 60 Used for options specified in user-specific defaults files, such as \fB.Xdefaults\fR, resource databases loaded into the X server, or user-specific startup files. .IP 80 Used for options specified interactively after the application starts running. .SH KEYWORDS class, name, option, add |
Changes to doc/BindTable.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CreateBindingTable 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateBindingTable, Tk_DeleteBindingTable, Tk_CreateBinding, Tk_DeleteBinding, Tk_GetBinding, Tk_GetAllBindings, Tk_DeleteAllBindings, Tk_BindEvent \- invoke scripts in response to X events .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | .AP Tk_BindingTable bindingTable in Token for binding table; must have been returned by some previous call to \fBTk_CreateBindingTable\fR. .AP ClientData object in Identifies object with which binding is associated. .AP "const char" *eventString in String describing event sequence. | | > | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | .AP Tk_BindingTable bindingTable in Token for binding table; must have been returned by some previous call to \fBTk_CreateBindingTable\fR. .AP ClientData object in Identifies object with which binding is associated. .AP "const char" *eventString in String describing event sequence. .AP char *script in Tcl script to invoke when binding triggers. .AP int append in Non-zero means append \fIscript\fR to existing script for binding, if any; zero means replace existing script with new one. .AP XEvent *eventPtr in X event to match against bindings in \fIbindingTable\fR. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Identifier for any window on the display where the event occurred. Used to find display-related information such as key maps. .AP int numObjects in Number of object identifiers pointed to by \fIobjectPtr\fR. .AP ClientData *objectPtr in Points to an array of object identifiers: bindings will be considered for each of these objects in order from first to last. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures provide a general-purpose mechanism for creating and invoking bindings. Bindings are organized in terms of \fIbinding tables\fR. A binding table consists of a collection of bindings plus a history of recent events. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 | \fBTk_CreateBinding\fR returns an X event mask for all the events associated with the bindings. This information may be useful to invoke \fBXSelectInput\fR to select relevant events, or to disallow the use of certain events in bindings. If an error occurred while creating the binding (e.g., \fIeventString\fR refers to a non-existent event), then 0 is returned and an error | | | | | | | > | 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 | \fBTk_CreateBinding\fR returns an X event mask for all the events associated with the bindings. This information may be useful to invoke \fBXSelectInput\fR to select relevant events, or to disallow the use of certain events in bindings. If an error occurred while creating the binding (e.g., \fIeventString\fR refers to a non-existent event), then 0 is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP \fBTk_DeleteBinding\fR removes from \fIbindingTable\fR the binding given by \fIobject\fR and \fIeventString\fR, if such a binding exists. \fBTk_DeleteBinding\fR always returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. In some cases it may reset \fIinterp->result\fR to the default empty value. .PP \fBTk_GetBinding\fR returns a pointer to the script associated with \fIeventString\fR and \fIobject\fR in \fIbindingTable\fR. If no such binding exists then NULL is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetAllBindings\fR returns in \fIinterp->result\fR a list of all the event strings for which there are bindings in \fIbindingTable\fR associated with \fIobject\fR. If there are no bindings for \fIobject\fR then an empty string is returned in \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP \fBTk_DeleteAllBindings\fR deletes all of the bindings in \fIbindingTable\fR that are associated with \fIobject\fR. .PP \fBTk_BindEvent\fR is called to process an event. It makes a copy of the event in an internal history list associated with the binding table, then it checks for bindings that match the event. \fBTk_BindEvent\fR processes each of the objects pointed to by \fIobjectPtr\fR in turn. For each object, it finds all the bindings that match the current event history, selects the most specific binding using the priority mechanism described in the documentation for \fBbind\fR, and invokes the script for that binding. If there are no matching bindings for a particular object, then the object is skipped. \fBTk_BindEvent\fR continues through all of the objects, handling exceptions such as errors, \fBbreak\fR, and \fBcontinue\fR as described in the documentation for \fBbind\fR. .SH KEYWORDS binding, event, object, script |
Changes to doc/CanvPsY.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CanvasPs 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasPsBitmap, Tk_CanvasPsColor, Tk_CanvasPsFont, Tk_CanvasPsPath, Tk_CanvasPsStipple \- utility procedures for generating Postscript for canvases .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | Pointer to an array of coordinates for one or more points specified in canvas coordinates. The order of values in \fIcoordPtr\fR is x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, and so on. .AP int numPoints in Number of points at \fIcoordPtr\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are called by canvas type managers to carry out common functions related to generating Postscript. Most of the procedures take a \fIcanvas\fR argument, which refers to a canvas widget for which Postscript is being generated. | > | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | Pointer to an array of coordinates for one or more points specified in canvas coordinates. The order of values in \fIcoordPtr\fR is x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, and so on. .AP int numPoints in Number of points at \fIcoordPtr\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are called by canvas type managers to carry out common functions related to generating Postscript. Most of the procedures take a \fIcanvas\fR argument, which refers to a canvas widget for which Postscript is being generated. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 | Canvas x coordinates can be used directly in Postscript without transformation. .PP \fBTk_CanvasPsBitmap\fR generates Postscript to describe a region of a bitmap. The Postscript is generated in proper image data format for Postscript, i.e., as data between angle brackets, one bit per pixel. | | | < | | | | | | < | | | | < | > | 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 | Canvas x coordinates can be used directly in Postscript without transformation. .PP \fBTk_CanvasPsBitmap\fR generates Postscript to describe a region of a bitmap. The Postscript is generated in proper image data format for Postscript, i.e., as data between angle brackets, one bit per pixel. The Postscript is appended to \fIinterp->result\fR and \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned unless an error occurs, in which case \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fIinterp->result\fR is overwritten with an error message. .PP \fBTk_CanvasPsColor\fR generates Postscript to set the current color to correspond to its \fIcolorPtr\fR argument, taking into account any color map specified in the \fBpostscript\fR command. It appends the Postscript to \fIinterp->result\fR and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR unless an error occurs, in which case \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fIinterp->result\fR is overwritten with an error message. .PP \fBTk_CanvasPsFont\fR generates Postscript that sets the current font to match \fItkFont\fR as closely as possible. \fBTk_CanvasPsFont\fR takes into account any font map specified in the \fBpostscript\fR command, and it does the best it can at mapping X fonts to Postscript fonts. It appends the Postscript to \fIinterp->result\fR and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR unless an error occurs, in which case \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fIinterp->result\fR is overwritten with an error message. .PP \fBTk_CanvasPsPath\fR generates Postscript to set the current path to the set of points given by \fIcoordPtr\fR and \fInumPoints\fR. It appends the resulting Postscript to \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP \fBTk_CanvasPsStipple\fR generates Postscript that will fill the current path in stippled fashion. It uses \fIbitmap\fR as the stipple pattern and the current Postscript color; ones in the stipple bitmap are drawn in the current color, and zeroes are not drawn at all. The Postscript is appended to \fIinterp->result\fR and \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, unless an error occurs, in which case \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fIinterp->result\fR is overwritten with an error message. .SH KEYWORDS bitmap, canvas, color, font, path, Postscript, stipple |
Changes to doc/CanvTkwin.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CanvasTkwin 3 4.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CanvasTkwin, Tk_CanvasGetCoord, Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords, Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin, Tk_CanvasWindowCoords, Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw, Tk_CanvasTagsOption \- utility procedures for canvas type managers .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | .AP int x2 in Right edge of the region that needs redisplay. Only pixels to the left of this coordinate need to be redisplayed. .AP int y2 in Bottom edge of the region that needs redisplay. Only pixels above this coordinate need to be redisplayed. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are called by canvas type managers to perform various utility functions. .PP \fBTk_CanvasTkwin\fR returns the Tk_Window associated with a particular canvas. .PP \fBTk_CanvasGetCoord\fR translates a string specification of a coordinate (such as \fB2p\fR or \fB1.6c\fR) into a double-precision canvas coordinate. If \fIstring\fR is a valid coordinate description then \fBTk_CanvasGetCoord\fR stores the corresponding canvas coordinate at *\fIdoublePtr\fR and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. | > | | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | .AP int x2 in Right edge of the region that needs redisplay. Only pixels to the left of this coordinate need to be redisplayed. .AP int y2 in Bottom edge of the region that needs redisplay. Only pixels above this coordinate need to be redisplayed. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are called by canvas type managers to perform various utility functions. .PP \fBTk_CanvasTkwin\fR returns the Tk_Window associated with a particular canvas. .PP \fBTk_CanvasGetCoord\fR translates a string specification of a coordinate (such as \fB2p\fR or \fB1.6c\fR) into a double-precision canvas coordinate. If \fIstring\fR is a valid coordinate description then \fBTk_CanvasGetCoord\fR stores the corresponding canvas coordinate at *\fIdoublePtr\fR and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. Otherwise it stores an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR and returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. .PP \fBTk_CanvasDrawableCoords\fR is called by type managers during redisplay to compute where to draw things. Given \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates in the space of the canvas, \fBTk_CanvasDrawableCoords\fR computes the corresponding pixel in the drawable that is currently being used for redisplay; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
137 138 139 140 141 142 143 | .PP \fBTk_CanvasTagsParseProc\fR and \fBTk_CanvasTagsPrintProc\fR are procedures that handle the \fB\-tags\fR option for canvas items. The code of a canvas type manager will not call these procedures directly, but will use their addresses to create a \fBTk_CustomOption\fR structure for the \fB\-tags\fR option. The code typically looks like this: | < | | | | | > | 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
.PP
\fBTk_CanvasTagsParseProc\fR and \fBTk_CanvasTagsPrintProc\fR are
procedures that handle the \fB\-tags\fR option for canvas items.
The code of a canvas type manager will not call these procedures
directly, but will use their addresses to create a \fBTk_CustomOption\fR
structure for the \fB\-tags\fR option. The code typically looks
like this:
.CS
static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc,
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
...
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "\-tags", (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
(char *) NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
...
};
.CE
.SH KEYWORDS
canvas, focus, item type, redisplay, selection, type manager
|
Changes to doc/CanvTxtInfo.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CanvasTextInfo 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CanvasTextInfo \- additional information for managing text items in canvases .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_CanvasTextInfo * \fBTk_CanvasGetTextInfo\fR(\fIcanvas\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Canvas canvas .AP Tk_Canvas canvas in A token that identifies a particular canvas widget. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Textual canvas items are somewhat more complicated to manage than other items, due to things like the selection and the input focus. \fBTk_CanvasGetTextInfo\fR may be invoked by a type manager to obtain additional information needed for items that display text. The return value from \fBTk_CanvasGetTextInfo\fR is a pointer to |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
int \fIselectAnchor\fR;
Tk_3DBorder \fIinsertBorder\fR;
int \fIinsertWidth\fR;
int \fIinsertBorderWidth\fR;
Tk_Item *\fIfocusItemPtr\fR;
int \fIgotFocus\fR;
int \fIcursorOn\fR;
| | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
int \fIselectAnchor\fR;
Tk_3DBorder \fIinsertBorder\fR;
int \fIinsertWidth\fR;
int \fIinsertBorderWidth\fR;
Tk_Item *\fIfocusItemPtr\fR;
int \fIgotFocus\fR;
int \fIcursorOn\fR;
} Tk_CanvasTextInfo;
.CE
The \fBselBorder\fR field identifies a Tk_3DBorder that should be
used for drawing the background under selected text.
\fIselBorderWidth\fR gives the width of the raised border around
selected text, in pixels.
\fIselFgColorPtr\fR points to an XColor that describes the foreground
color to be used when drawing selected text.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 | Type managers may change \fIselectFirst\fR, \fIselectLast\fR, and \fIselectAnchor\fR to adjust for insertions and deletions in the item (but only if the item is the current owner of the selection or anchor, as determined by \fIselItemPtr\fR or \fIanchorItemPtr\fR). If all of the selected text in the item is deleted, the item should set \fIselItemPtr\fR to NULL to indicate that there is no longer a selection. .SH KEYWORDS canvas, focus, insertion cursor, selection, selection anchor, text | > | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | Type managers may change \fIselectFirst\fR, \fIselectLast\fR, and \fIselectAnchor\fR to adjust for insertions and deletions in the item (but only if the item is the current owner of the selection or anchor, as determined by \fIselItemPtr\fR or \fIanchorItemPtr\fR). If all of the selected text in the item is deleted, the item should set \fIselItemPtr\fR to NULL to indicate that there is no longer a selection. .SH KEYWORDS canvas, focus, insertion cursor, selection, selection anchor, text |
Changes to doc/Clipboard.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_ClipboardClear 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ClipboardClear, Tk_ClipboardAppend \- Manage the clipboard .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | Window that determines which display's clipboard to manipulate. .AP Atom target in Conversion type for this clipboard item; has same meaning as \fItarget\fR argument to \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR. .AP Atom format in Representation to use when data is retrieved; has same meaning as \fIformat\fR argument to \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR. | | > | | < | | | > | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | Window that determines which display's clipboard to manipulate. .AP Atom target in Conversion type for this clipboard item; has same meaning as \fItarget\fR argument to \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR. .AP Atom format in Representation to use when data is retrieved; has same meaning as \fIformat\fR argument to \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR. .AP char *buffer in Null terminated string containing the data to be appended to the clipboard. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These two procedures manage the clipboard for Tk. The clipboard is typically managed by calling \fBTk_ClipboardClear\fR once, then calling \fBTk_ClipboardAppend\fR to add data for any number of targets. .PP \fBTk_ClipboardClear\fR claims the CLIPBOARD selection and frees any data items previously stored on the clipboard in this application. It normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR, but if an error occurs it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR. \fBTk_ClipboardClear\fR must be called before a sequence of \fBTk_ClipboardAppend\fR calls can be issued. .PP \fBTk_ClipboardAppend\fR appends a buffer of data to the clipboard. The first buffer for a given \fItarget\fR determines the \fIformat\fR for that \fItarget\fR. Any successive appends for that \fItarget\fR must have the same format or an error will be returned. \fBTk_ClipboardAppend\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR if the buffer is successfully copied onto the clipboard. If the clipboard is not currently owned by the application, either because \fBTk_ClipboardClear\fR has not been called or because ownership of the clipboard has changed since the last call to \fBTk_ClipboardClear\fR, \fBTk_ClipboardAppend\fR returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP In order to guarantee atomicity, no event handling should occur between \fBTk_ClipboardClear\fR and the following \fBTk_ClipboardAppend\fR calls (otherwise someone could retrieve a partially completed clipboard or claim ownership away from this application). .PP \fBTk_ClipboardClear\fR may invoke callbacks, including arbitrary Tcl scripts, as a result of losing the CLIPBOARD selection, so any calling function should take care to be reentrant at the point \fBTk_ClipboardClear\fR is invoked. .SH KEYWORDS append, clipboard, clear, format, type |
Changes to doc/ClrSelect.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_ClearSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ClearSelection \- Deselect a selection .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_ClearSelection\fR(\fItkwin, selection\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window tkwin .AP Tk_Window tkwin in The selection will be cleared from the display containing this window. .AP Atom selection in The name of selection to be cleared. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_ClearSelection\fR cancels the selection specified by the atom \fIselection\fR for the display containing \fItkwin\fR. The selection need not be in \fItkwin\fR itself or even in \fItkwin\fR's application. If there is a window anywhere on \fItkwin\fR's display that owns \fIselection\fR, the window will be notified and the selection will be cleared. If there is no owner for \fIselection\fR on the display, then the procedure has no effect. .SH KEYWORDS clear, selection |
Changes to doc/ConfigWidg.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_ConfigureWidget 3 4.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ConfigureWidget, Tk_ConfigureInfo, Tk_ConfigureValue, Tk_FreeOptions \- process configuration options for widgets .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_ConfigureWidget(\fIinterp, tkwin, specs, argc, argv, widgRec, flags\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_ConfigureInfo(\fIinterp, tkwin, specs, widgRec, argvName, flags\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_ConfigureValue(\fIinterp, tkwin, specs, widgRec, argvName, flags\fB)\fR .sp \fBTk_FreeOptions(\fIspecs, widgRec, display, flags\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_ConfigSpec *widgRec in/out .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for returning error messages. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Window used to represent widget (needed to set up X resources). .AP Tk_ConfigSpec *specs in Pointer to table specifying legal configuration options for this widget. .AP int argc in Number of arguments in \fIargv\fR. .AP "const char" **argv in Command-line options for configuring widget. .AP char *widgRec in/out |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | option. If NULL, then information is returned for all available options. .AP Display *display in Display containing widget whose record is being freed; needed in order to free up resources. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION | | | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | option. If NULL, then information is returned for all available options. .AP Display *display in Display containing widget whose record is being freed; needed in order to free up resources. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Note: \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR should be replaced with the new \fBTcl_Obj\fR based API \fBTk_SetOptions\fR. The old interface is retained for backward compatibility. .PP \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR is called to configure various aspects of a widget, such as colors, fonts, border width, etc. It is intended as a convenience procedure to reduce the amount |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 | \fIargv\fR) to fill in fields of a record (\fIwidgRec\fR). It uses the option database and defaults specified in \fIspecs\fR to fill in fields of \fIwidgRec\fR that are not specified in \fIargv\fR. \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR normally returns the value \fBTCL_OK\fR; in this case it does not modify \fIinterp\fR. If an error occurs then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR will | | | | | | | | | | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
\fIargv\fR) to fill in fields of a record (\fIwidgRec\fR).
It uses the option database and defaults specified in \fIspecs\fR
to fill in fields of \fIwidgRec\fR that are not specified in \fIargv\fR.
\fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR normally returns the value \fBTCL_OK\fR; in this
case it does not modify \fIinterp\fR.
If an error
occurs then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR will
leave an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR in the standard Tcl
fashion.
In the event of an error return, some of the fields of \fIwidgRec\fR
could already have been set, if configuration information for them
was successfully processed before the error occurred.
The other fields will be set to reasonable initial values so that
\fBTk_FreeOptions\fR can be called for cleanup.
.PP
The \fIspecs\fR array specifies the kinds of configuration options
expected by the widget. Each of its entries specifies one configuration
option and has the following structure:
.CS
typedef struct {
int \fItype\fR;
char *\fIargvName\fR;
char *\fIdbName\fR;
char *\fIdbClass\fR;
char *\fIdefValue\fR;
int \fIoffset\fR;
int \fIspecFlags\fR;
Tk_CustomOption *\fIcustomPtr\fR;
} Tk_ConfigSpec;
.CE
The \fItype\fR field indicates what type of configuration option this is
(e.g. \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR for a color value, or \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR for
an integer value). The \fItype\fR field indicates how to use the
value of the option (more on this below).
The \fIargvName\fR field is a string such as
.QW \-font
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 | form, such as a color if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR or an integer if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR. This value is then stored in the record pointed to by \fIwidgRec\fR. This record is assumed to contain information relevant to the manager of the widget; its exact type is unknown to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR. The \fIoffset\fR field of each \fIspecs\fR entry indicates where in \fIwidgRec\fR to store the information about this configuration option. You should use the | | > | | | 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 | form, such as a color if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR or an integer if \fItype\fR is \fBTK_CONFIG_INT\fR. This value is then stored in the record pointed to by \fIwidgRec\fR. This record is assumed to contain information relevant to the manager of the widget; its exact type is unknown to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR. The \fIoffset\fR field of each \fIspecs\fR entry indicates where in \fIwidgRec\fR to store the information about this configuration option. You should use the \fBTk_Offset\fR macro to generate \fIoffset\fR values (see below for a description of \fBTk_Offset\fR). The location indicated by \fIwidgRec\fR and \fIoffset\fR will be referred to as the .QW target in the descriptions below. .PP The \fItype\fR field of each entry in \fIspecs\fR determines what to do with the string value of that configuration option. The legal values for \fItype\fR, and the corresponding actions, are: .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR\fR The value must be an ASCII string identifying a cursor in a form suitable for passing to \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. The value is converted to a \fBTk_Cursor\fR by calling \fBTk_GetCursor\fR and the result is stored in the target. In addition, the resulting cursor is made the active cursor for \fItkwin\fR by calling \fBXDefineCursor\fR. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR then the value may be an empty string, in which case the target and \fItkwin\fR's active cursor will be set to \fBNone\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 | is stored in the target. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR and the value is an empty string then the target will be set to NULL. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_WINDOW\fR The value must be a window path name. It is translated to a \fBTk_Window\fR token and the token is stored in the target. .SH "GROUPED ENTRIES" .PP In some cases it is useful to generate multiple resources from a single configuration value. For example, a color name might be used both to generate the background color for a widget (using \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR) and to generate a 3-D border to draw around the widget (using \fBTK_CONFIG_BORDER\fR). In cases like this it is possible to specify that several consecutive entries in \fIspecs\fR are to be treated as a group. The first entry is used to determine a value (using its \fIargvName\fR, \fIdbName\fR, \fIdbClass\fR, and \fIdefValue\fR fields). The value will be processed several times (one for each entry in the group), generating multiple different resources and modifying multiple targets within \fIwidgRec\fR. Each of the entries after the first must have a NULL value in its \fIargvName\fR field; this indicates that the entry is to be grouped with the entry that precedes it. Only the \fItype\fR and \fIoffset\fR fields are used from these follow-on entries. .SH "FLAGS" .PP The \fIflags\fR argument passed to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR is used in conjunction with the \fIspecFlags\fR fields in the entries of \fIspecs\fR to provide additional control over the processing of configuration options. These values are used in three different ways as described below. | > > | 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 | is stored in the target. If \fBTK_CONFIG_NULL_OK\fR is specified in \fIspecFlags\fR and the value is an empty string then the target will be set to NULL. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_WINDOW\fR The value must be a window path name. It is translated to a \fBTk_Window\fR token and the token is stored in the target. .SH "GROUPED ENTRIES" .PP In some cases it is useful to generate multiple resources from a single configuration value. For example, a color name might be used both to generate the background color for a widget (using \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR) and to generate a 3-D border to draw around the widget (using \fBTK_CONFIG_BORDER\fR). In cases like this it is possible to specify that several consecutive entries in \fIspecs\fR are to be treated as a group. The first entry is used to determine a value (using its \fIargvName\fR, \fIdbName\fR, \fIdbClass\fR, and \fIdefValue\fR fields). The value will be processed several times (one for each entry in the group), generating multiple different resources and modifying multiple targets within \fIwidgRec\fR. Each of the entries after the first must have a NULL value in its \fIargvName\fR field; this indicates that the entry is to be grouped with the entry that precedes it. Only the \fItype\fR and \fIoffset\fR fields are used from these follow-on entries. .SH "FLAGS" .PP The \fIflags\fR argument passed to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR is used in conjunction with the \fIspecFlags\fR fields in the entries of \fIspecs\fR to provide additional control over the processing of configuration options. These values are used in three different ways as described below. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 | This flag provides a performance optimization where it is expensive to process the default string: the client can compute the default once, save the value, and provide it before calling \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED\fR This bit is deprecated. It used to be set and cleared by \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR so that callers could detect what entries were specified in \fIargv\fR, but it was removed because it was inherently thread-unsafe. Code that wishes to detect what options were specified should use \fBTk_SetOptions\fR instead. .PP The \fBTK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY\fR and \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY\fR flags are typically used to specify different default values for monochrome and color displays. This is done by creating two entries in \fIspecs\fR that are identical except for their \fIdefValue\fR and \fIspecFlags\fR fields. One entry should have the value \fBTK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY\fR in its \fIspecFlags\fR and the | > > | 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 | This flag provides a performance optimization where it is expensive to process the default string: the client can compute the default once, save the value, and provide it before calling \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR. .TP \fBTK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED\fR This bit is .VS 8.5 deprecated. It used to be set and cleared by \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR so that callers could detect what entries were specified in \fIargv\fR, but it was removed because it was inherently thread-unsafe. Code that wishes to detect what options were specified should use \fBTk_SetOptions\fR instead. .VE 8.5 .PP The \fBTK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY\fR and \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY\fR flags are typically used to specify different default values for monochrome and color displays. This is done by creating two entries in \fIspecs\fR that are identical except for their \fIdefValue\fR and \fIspecFlags\fR fields. One entry should have the value \fBTK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY\fR in its \fIspecFlags\fR and the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 | for N different widget types, then N of the high-order bits will be used. Each \fIspecs\fR entry will have one of more of those bits set in its \fIspecFlags\fR field to indicate the widget types for which this entry is valid. When calling \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR, \fIflags\fR will have a single one of these bits set to select the entries for the desired widget type. For a working example of this feature, see the code in tkButton.c. .SH TK_CONFIGUREINFO .PP The \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR procedure may be used to obtain information about one or all of the options for a given widget. Given a token for a window (\fItkwin\fR), a table describing the configuration options for a class of widgets (\fIspecs\fR), a pointer to a widget record containing the current information for a widget (\fIwidgRec\fR), and a NULL \fIargvName\fR argument, \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR generates a string describing all of the configuration options for the window. The string is placed | > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
for N different widget types, then N of the high-order bits will
be used. Each \fIspecs\fR entry will have one of more of those
bits set in its \fIspecFlags\fR field to indicate the widget types
for which this entry is valid. When calling \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR,
\fIflags\fR will have a single one of these bits set to select the
entries for the desired widget type. For a working example of
this feature, see the code in tkButton.c.
.SH TK_OFFSET
.PP
The \fBTk_Offset\fR macro is provided as a safe way of generating
the \fIoffset\fR values for entries in Tk_ConfigSpec structures.
It takes two arguments: the name of a type of record, and the
name of a field in that record. It returns the byte offset of
the named field in records of the given type.
.SH TK_CONFIGUREINFO
.PP
The \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR procedure may be used to obtain
information about one or all of the options for a given widget.
Given a token for a window (\fItkwin\fR), a table describing the
configuration options for a class of widgets (\fIspecs\fR), a
pointer to a widget record containing the current information for
a widget (\fIwidgRec\fR), and a NULL \fIargvName\fR argument,
\fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR generates a string describing all of the
configuration options for the window. The string is placed
in \fIinterp->result\fR. Under normal circumstances
it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR; if an error occurs then it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
and \fIinterp->result\fR contains an error message.
.PP
If \fIargvName\fR is NULL, then the value left in
\fIinterp->result\fR by \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR
consists of a list of one or more entries, each of which describes
one configuration option (i.e. one entry in \fIspecs\fR). Each
entry in the list will contain either two or five values. If the
corresponding entry in \fIspecs\fR has type \fBTK_CONFIG_SYNONYM\fR, then
the list will contain two values: the \fIargvName\fR for the entry
and the \fIdbName\fR (synonym name). Otherwise the list will contain
five values: \fIargvName\fR, \fIdbName\fR, \fIdbClass\fR, \fIdefValue\fR,
and current value. The current value is computed from the appropriate
field of \fIwidgRec\fR by calling procedures like \fBTk_NameOfColor\fR.
.PP
If the \fIargvName\fR argument to \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR is non-NULL,
then it indicates a single option, and information is returned only
for that option. The string placed in \fIinterp->result\fR will be
a list containing two or five values as described above; this will
be identical to the corresponding sublist that would have been returned
if \fIargvName\fR had been NULL.
.PP
The \fIflags\fR argument to \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR is used to restrict
the \fIspecs\fR entries to consider, just as for \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR.
.SH TK_CONFIGUREVALUE
.PP
\fBTk_ConfigureValue\fR takes arguments similar to \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR;
instead of returning a list of values, it just returns the current value
of the option given by \fIargvName\fR (\fIargvName\fR must not be NULL).
The value is returned in \fIinterp->result\fR and \fBTCL_OK\fR is
normally returned as the procedure's result.
If an error occurs in \fBTk_ConfigureValue\fR (e.g., \fIargvName\fR is
not a valid option name), \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message
is left in \fIinterp->result\fR.
This procedure is typically called to implement \fBcget\fR widget
commands.
.SH TK_FREEOPTIONS
.PP
The \fBTk_FreeOptions\fR procedure may be invoked during widget cleanup
to release all of the resources associated with configuration options.
It scans through \fIspecs\fR and for each entry corresponding to a
resource that must be explicitly freed (e.g. those with
type \fBTK_CONFIG_COLOR\fR), it frees the resource in the widget record.
If the field in the widget record does not refer to a resource (e.g.
it contains a null pointer) then no resource is freed for that
entry.
After freeing a resource, \fBTk_FreeOptions\fR sets the
corresponding field of the widget record to null.
.SH "CUSTOM OPTION TYPES"
.PP
Applications can extend the built-in configuration types with additional
configuration types by writing procedures to parse and print options
of the a type and creating a structure pointing to those procedures:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_CustomOption {
Tk_OptionParseProc *\fIparseProc\fR;
Tk_OptionPrintProc *\fIprintProc\fR;
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
} Tk_CustomOption;
typedef int Tk_OptionParseProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,
char *\fIvalue\fR,
char *\fIwidgRec\fR,
int \fIoffset\fR);
typedef char *Tk_OptionPrintProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,
char *\fIwidgRec\fR,
int \fIoffset\fR,
Tcl_FreeProc **\fIfreeProcPtr\fR);
.CE
The Tk_CustomOption structure contains three fields, which are pointers
to the two procedures and a \fIclientData\fR value to be passed to those
procedures when they are invoked. The \fIclientData\fR value typically
points to a structure containing information that is needed by the
procedures when they are parsing and printing options.
.PP
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
578 579 580 581 582 583 584 | record to modify. The last argument, \fIoffset\fR, gives the offset in bytes from the start of the widget record to the location where the option value is to be placed. The procedure should translate the string to whatever form is appropriate for the option and store the value in the widget record. It should normally return \fBTCL_OK\fR, but if an error occurs in translating the string to a value then it should return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR | | | 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 | record to modify. The last argument, \fIoffset\fR, gives the offset in bytes from the start of the widget record to the location where the option value is to be placed. The procedure should translate the string to whatever form is appropriate for the option and store the value in the widget record. It should normally return \fBTCL_OK\fR, but if an error occurs in translating the string to a value then it should return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and store an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP The \fIprintProc\fR procedure is called by \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR to produce a string value describing an existing option. Its \fIclientData\fR, \fItkwin\fR, \fIwidgRec\fR, and \fIoffset\fR arguments all have the same meaning as for Tk_OptionParseProc procedures. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 | need not do anything with the \fIfreeProcPtr\fR argument. .PP Once \fIparseProc\fR and \fIprintProc\fR have been defined and a Tk_CustomOption structure has been created for them, options of this new type may be manipulated with Tk_ConfigSpec entries whose \fItype\fR fields are \fBTK_CONFIG_CUSTOM\fR and whose \fIcustomPtr\fR fields point to the Tk_CustomOption structure. .SH EXAMPLES .PP Although the explanation of \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR is fairly complicated, its actual use is pretty straightforward. The easiest way to get started is to copy the code from an existing widget. The library implementation of frames (tkFrame.c) has a simple configuration table, and the library implementation of buttons (tkButton.c) has a much more complex table that uses many of the fancy \fIspecFlags\fR mechanisms. .SH "SEE ALSO" Tk_SetOptions(3) .SH KEYWORDS anchor, bitmap, boolean, border, cap style, color, configuration options, cursor, custom, double, font, integer, join style, justify, millimeters, pixels, relief, synonym, uid | > > > | 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 | need not do anything with the \fIfreeProcPtr\fR argument. .PP Once \fIparseProc\fR and \fIprintProc\fR have been defined and a Tk_CustomOption structure has been created for them, options of this new type may be manipulated with Tk_ConfigSpec entries whose \fItype\fR fields are \fBTK_CONFIG_CUSTOM\fR and whose \fIcustomPtr\fR fields point to the Tk_CustomOption structure. .SH EXAMPLES .PP Although the explanation of \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR is fairly complicated, its actual use is pretty straightforward. The easiest way to get started is to copy the code from an existing widget. The library implementation of frames (tkFrame.c) has a simple configuration table, and the library implementation of buttons (tkButton.c) has a much more complex table that uses many of the fancy \fIspecFlags\fR mechanisms. .SH "SEE ALSO" Tk_SetOptions(3) .SH KEYWORDS anchor, bitmap, boolean, border, cap style, color, configuration options, cursor, custom, double, font, integer, join style, justify, millimeters, pixels, relief, synonym, uid |
Changes to doc/ConfigWind.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_ConfigureWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ConfigureWindow, Tk_MoveWindow, Tk_ResizeWindow, Tk_MoveResizeWindow, Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth, Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes, Tk_SetWindowBackground, Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap, Tk_SetWindowBorder, Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap, Tk_SetWindowColormap, Tk_DefineCursor, Tk_UndefineCursor \- change window configuration or attributes .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/CoordToWin.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CoordsToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CoordsToWindow \- Find window containing a point .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_Window \fBTk_CoordsToWindow\fR(\fIrootX, rootY, tkwin\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window tkwin .AP int rootX in X-coordinate (in root window coordinates). .AP int rootY in Y-coordinate (in root window coordinates). .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window that identifies application. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_CoordsToWindow\fR locates the window that contains a given point. The point is specified in root coordinates with \fIrootX\fR and \fIrootY\fR (if a virtual-root window manager is in use then \fIrootX\fR and \fIrootY\fR are in the coordinate system of the virtual root window). The return value from the procedure is a token for the window that contains the given point. If the point is not in any window, or if the containing window is not in the same application as \fItkwin\fR, then NULL is returned. .PP The containing window is decided using the same rules that determine which window contains the mouse cursor: if a parent and a child both contain the point then the child gets preference, and if two siblings both contain the point then the highest one in the stacking order (i.e. the one that's visible on the screen) gets preference. .SH KEYWORDS containing, coordinates, root window |
Changes to doc/CrtCmHdlr.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > > | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler, Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler \- associate procedure callback with ClientMessage type X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_CreateClientMessageHandler\fR(\fIproc\fR)
.sp
\fBTk_DeleteClientMessageHandler\fR(\fIproc\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AP Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke whenever a ClientMessage X event occurs on any display.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_CreateClientMessageHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be invoked
in the future whenever a ClientMessage X event occurs that is not handled by
\fBWM_PROTOCOL\fR. \fBTk_CreateClientMessageHandler\fR is intended for use
by applications which need to watch X ClientMessage events, such as drag and
drop applications.
.PP
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR;
this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events
through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that
call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or
\fBTk_MainLoop\fR).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_ClientMessageProc\fR:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ClientMessageProc(
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,
XEvent *\fIeventPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fItkwin\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is the Tk window which is
associated with this event. \fIEventPtr\fR is a pointer to the X event.
.PP
Whenever an X ClientMessage event is processed by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR,
the \fIproc\fR is called if it was not handled as a \fBWM_PROTOCOL\fR.
The return value from \fIproc\fR is normally 0.
A non-zero return value indicates that the event is not to be handled
further; that is, \fIproc\fR has done all processing that is to be
allowed for the event.
.PP
If there are multiple ClientMessage event handlers, each one is called
for each event, in the order in which they were established.
.PP
\fBTk_DeleteClientMessageHandler\fR may be called to delete a
previously-created ClientMessage event handler: it deletes each handler it
finds that matches the \fIproc\fR argument. If no such handler exists,
then \fBTk_DeleteClientMessageHandler\fR returns without doing anything.
Although Tk supports it, it's probably a bad idea to have more than one
callback with the same \fIproc\fR argument.
.SH KEYWORDS
bind, callback, event, handler
|
Changes to doc/CrtConsoleChan.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2007 ActiveState Software Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2007 ActiveState Software Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_InitConsoleChannels 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_InitConsoleChannels \- Install the console channels as standard channels .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/CrtErrHdlr.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CreateErrorHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateErrorHandler, Tk_DeleteErrorHandler \- handle X protocol errors .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | .IP [5] The protocol request to which the error pertains must have been made when the handler was active (see below for more information). .PP \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the following type: .CS | | | | | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
.IP [5]
The protocol request to which the error pertains must have been
made when the handler was active (see below for more information).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
following type:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ErrorProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
XErrorEvent *\fIerrEventPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR
argument given to \fBTcl_CreateErrorHandler\fR when the callback
was created. Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to a data
structure containing application-specific information that is
needed to deal with the error. \fIErrEventPtr\fR is
a pointer to the X error event.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 | it requires communication to and from the X server. After the \fBXSync\fR call Tk is guaranteed not to call any error handlers deleted before the \fBXSync\fR call. .PP For the Tk error handling mechanism to work properly, it is essential that application code never calls \fBXSetErrorHandler\fR directly; applications should use only \fBTk_CreateErrorHandler\fR. .SH KEYWORDS callback, error, event, handler | > | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 | it requires communication to and from the X server. After the \fBXSync\fR call Tk is guaranteed not to call any error handlers deleted before the \fBXSync\fR call. .PP For the Tk error handling mechanism to work properly, it is essential that application code never calls \fBXSetErrorHandler\fR directly; applications should use only \fBTk_CreateErrorHandler\fR. .SH KEYWORDS callback, error, event, handler |
Changes to doc/CrtGenHdlr.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateGenericHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateGenericHandler, Tk_DeleteGenericHandler \- associate procedure callback with all X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_CreateGenericHandler\fR(\fIproc, clientData\fR)
.sp
\fBTk_DeleteGenericHandler\fR(\fIproc, clientData\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "Tk_GenericProc" clientData
.AP Tk_GenericProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke whenever any X event occurs on any display.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_CreateGenericHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be
invoked in the future whenever any X event occurs. This mechanism is
\fInot\fR intended for dispatching X events on windows managed by Tk
(you should use \fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR for this purpose).
\fBTk_CreateGenericHandler\fR is intended for other purposes, such
as tracing X events, monitoring events on windows not owned by Tk,
accessing X-related libraries that were not originally designed for
use with Tk, and so on.
.PP
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR;
this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events
through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that
call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or
\fBTk_MainLoop\fR).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_GenericProc\fR:
.CS
typedef int Tk_GenericProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
XEvent *\fIeventPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR
argument given to \fBTk_CreateGenericHandler\fR when the callback
was created. Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to a data
structure containing application-specific information about
how to handle events.
\fIEventPtr\fR is a pointer to the X event.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/CrtImgType.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | < > | | | > > < | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | > | | | | > < | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateImageType 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateImageType, Tk_GetImageMasterData, Tk_InitImageArgs \- define new kind of image
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_CreateImageType\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
.sp
ClientData
\fBTk_GetImageMasterData\fR(\fIinterp, name, typePtrPtr\fR)
.sp
\fBTk_InitImageArgs\fR(\fIinterp, argc, argvPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tk_ImageType *typePtrPtr
.AP Tk_ImageType *typePtr in
Structure that defines the new type of image.
Must be static: a
pointer to this structure is retained by the image code.
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter in which image was created.
.AP "const char" *name in
Name of existing image.
.AP Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr out
Points to word in which to store a pointer to type information for
the given image, if it exists.
.AP int argc in
Number of arguments
.AP char ***argvPtr in/out
Pointer to argument list
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_CreateImageType\fR is invoked to define a new kind of image.
An image type corresponds to a particular value of the \fItype\fR
argument for the \fBimage create\fR command. There may exist
any number of different image types, and new types may be defined
dynamically by calling \fBTk_CreateImageType\fR.
For example, there might be one type for 2-color bitmaps,
another for multi-color images, another for dithered images,
another for video, and so on.
.PP
The code that implements a new image type is called an
\fIimage manager\fR.
It consists of a collection of procedures plus three different
kinds of data structures.
The first data structure is a Tk_ImageType structure, which contains
the name of the image type and pointers to five procedures provided
by the image manager to deal with images of this type:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ImageType {
char *\fIname\fR;
Tk_ImageCreateProc *\fIcreateProc\fR;
Tk_ImageGetProc *\fIgetProc\fR;
Tk_ImageDisplayProc *\fIdisplayProc\fR;
Tk_ImageFreeProc *\fIfreeProc\fR;
Tk_ImageDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
} Tk_ImageType;
.CE
The fields of this structure will be described in later subsections
of this entry.
.PP
The second major data structure manipulated by an image manager
is called an \fIimage master\fR; it contains overall information
about a particular image, such as the values of the configuration
options specified in an \fBimage create\fR command.
There will usually be one of these structures for each
invocation of the \fBimage create\fR command.
.PP
The third data structure related to images is an \fIimage instance\fR.
There will usually be one of these structures for each usage of an
image in a particular widget.
It is possible for a single image to appear simultaneously
in multiple widgets, or even multiple times in the same widget.
Furthermore, different instances may be on different screens
or displays.
The image instance data structure describes things that may
vary from instance to instance, such as colors and graphics
contexts for redisplay.
There is usually one instance structure for each \fB\-image\fR
option specified for a widget or canvas item.
.PP
The following subsections describe the fields of a Tk_ImageType
in more detail.
.SS NAME
.PP
\fItypePtr->name\fR provides a name for the image type.
Once \fBTk_CreateImageType\fR returns, this name may be used
in \fBimage create\fR commands to create images of the new
type.
If there already existed an image type by this name then
the new image type replaces the old one.
.SS CREATEPROC
\fItypePtr->createProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for
Tk to call whenever \fBimage create\fR is invoked to create
an image of the new type.
\fItypePtr->createProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ImageCreateProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
char *\fIname\fR,
int \fIobjc\fR,
Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[],
Tk_ImageType *\fItypePtr\fR,
Tk_ImageMaster \fImaster\fR,
ClientData *\fImasterDataPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the \fBimage\fR
command was invoked, and \fIname\fR is the name for the new image,
which was either specified explicitly in the \fBimage\fR command
or generated automatically by the \fBimage\fR command.
The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments describe all the configuration
options for the new image (everything after the name argument to
\fBimage\fR).
The \fImaster\fR argument is a token that refers to Tk's information
about this image; the image manager must return this token to
Tk when invoking the \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR procedure.
Typically \fIcreateProc\fR will parse \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR
and create an image master data structure for the new image.
\fIcreateProc\fR may store an arbitrary one-word value at
*\fImasterDataPtr\fR, which will be passed back to the
image manager when other callbacks are invoked.
Typically the value is a pointer to the master data
structure for the image.
.PP
If \fIcreateProc\fR encounters an error, it should leave an error
message in the interpreter result and return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR; otherwise
it should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
.PP
\fIcreateProc\fR should call \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR in order to set the
size of the image and request an initial redisplay.
.SS GETPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->getProc\fR is invoked by Tk whenever a widget
calls \fBTk_GetImage\fR to use a particular image.
This procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef ClientData Tk_ImageGetProc(
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,
ClientData \fImasterData\fR);
.CE
The \fItkwin\fR argument identifies the window in which the
image will be used and \fImasterData\fR is the value
returned by \fIcreateProc\fR when the image master was created.
\fIgetProc\fR will usually create a data structure for the new
instance, including such things as the resources needed to
display the image in the given window.
\fIgetProc\fR returns a one-word token for the instance, which
is typically the address of the instance data structure.
Tk will pass this value back to the image manager when invoking
its \fIdisplayProc\fR and \fIfreeProc\fR procedures.
.SS DISPLAYPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->displayProc\fR is invoked by Tk whenever an image needs
to be displayed (i.e., whenever a widget calls \fBTk_RedrawImage\fR).
\fIdisplayProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ImageDisplayProc(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
Display *\fIdisplay\fR,
Drawable \fIdrawable\fR,
int \fIimageX\fR,
int \fIimageY\fR,
int \fIwidth\fR,
int \fIheight\fR,
int \fIdrawableX\fR,
int \fIdrawableY\fR);
.CE
The \fIinstanceData\fR will be the same as the value returned by
\fIgetProc\fR when the instance was created.
\fIdisplay\fR and \fIdrawable\fR indicate where to display the
image; \fIdrawable\fR may be a pixmap rather than
the window specified to \fIgetProc\fR (this is usually the case,
since most widgets double-buffer their redisplay to get smoother
visual effects).
\fIimageX\fR, \fIimageY\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR
identify the region of the image that must be redisplayed.
This region will always be within the size of the image
as specified in the most recent call to \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR.
\fIdrawableX\fR and \fIdrawableY\fR indicate where in \fIdrawable\fR
the image should be displayed; \fIdisplayProc\fR should display
the given region of the image so that point (\fIimageX\fR, \fIimageY\fR)
in the image appears at (\fIdrawableX\fR, \fIdrawableY\fR) in \fIdrawable\fR.
.SS FREEPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->freeProc\fR contains the address of a procedure that
Tk will invoke when an image instance is released (i.e., when
\fBTk_FreeImage\fR is invoked).
This can happen, for example, when a widget is deleted or a image item
in a canvas is deleted, or when the image displayed in a widget or
canvas item is changed.
\fIfreeProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ImageFreeProc(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
Display *\fIdisplay\fR);
.CE
The \fIinstanceData\fR will be the same as the value returned by
\fIgetProc\fR when the instance was created, and \fIdisplay\fR
is the display containing the window for the instance.
\fIfreeProc\fR should release any resources associated with the
image instance, since the instance will never be used again.
.SS DELETEPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->deleteProc\fR is a procedure that Tk invokes when an
image is being deleted (i.e. when the \fBimage delete\fR command
is invoked).
Before invoking \fIdeleteProc\fR Tk will invoke \fIfreeProc\fR for
each of the image's instances.
\fIdeleteProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ImageDeleteProc(
ClientData \fImasterData\fR);
.CE
The \fImasterData\fR argument will be the same as the value
stored in \fI*masterDataPtr\fR by \fIcreateProc\fR when the
image was created.
\fIdeleteProc\fR should release any resources associated with
the image.
.SH TK_GETIMAGEMASTERDATA
.PP
The procedure \fBTk_GetImageMasterData\fR may be invoked to retrieve
information about an image. For example, an image manager can use this
procedure to locate its image master data for an image.
If there exists an image named \fIname\fR
in the interpreter given by \fIinterp\fR, then \fI*typePtrPtr\fR is
filled in with type information for the image (the \fItypePtr\fR value
passed to \fBTk_CreateImageType\fR when the image type was registered)
and the return value is the ClientData value returned by the
\fIcreateProc\fR when the image was created (this is typically a
pointer to the image master data structure). If no such image exists
then NULL is returned and NULL is stored at \fI*typePtrPtr\fR.
.SH "LEGACY INTERFACE SUPPORT"
In Tk 8.2 and earlier, the definition of \fBTk_ImageCreateProc\fR
was incompatibly different, with the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ImageCreateProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
char *\fIname\fR,
int \fIargc\fR,
char **\fIargv\fR,
Tk_ImageType *\fItypePtr\fR,
Tk_ImageMaster \fImaster\fR,
ClientData *\fImasterDataPtr\fR);
.CE
Legacy programs and libraries dating from those days may still
contain code that defines extended Tk image types using the old
interface. The Tk header file will still support this legacy
interface if the code is compiled with the macro \fBUSE_OLD_IMAGE\fR
defined.
.PP
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 | into interps with Tk 8.5 or later; that is, the normal stub-compatibility rules. If a developer needs to generate from such code a file that is loadable into interps with Tk 8.4 or earlier, they must use Tk 8.4 headers and stub libraries to do so. .PP Any new code written today should not make use of the legacy interfaces. Expect their support to go away in Tk 9. .SH "SEE ALSO" Tk_ImageChanged, Tk_GetImage, Tk_FreeImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage .SH KEYWORDS | > > | | 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 | into interps with Tk 8.5 or later; that is, the normal stub-compatibility rules. If a developer needs to generate from such code a file that is loadable into interps with Tk 8.4 or earlier, they must use Tk 8.4 headers and stub libraries to do so. .PP Any new code written today should not make use of the legacy interfaces. Expect their support to go away in Tk 9. .SH "SEE ALSO" Tk_ImageChanged, Tk_GetImage, Tk_FreeImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage .SH KEYWORDS image manager, image type, instance, master |
Changes to doc/CrtItemType.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CreateItemType 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateItemType, Tk_GetItemTypes \- define new kind of canvas item .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | of all item types currently defined for canvases. The entries in the list are linked together through their \fInextPtr\fR fields, with the end of the list marked by a NULL \fInextPtr\fR. .PP You may find it easier to understand the rest of this manual entry by looking at the code for an existing canvas item type such as | | < | | | < < < | | | < | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | | | | | | < | < < < | < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | < | | | < < < | < < | | | | | < | | | | | | < < < < < < | | < | | | | < | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
of all item types currently defined for canvases.
The entries in the list are linked together through their
\fInextPtr\fR fields, with the end of the list marked by a
NULL \fInextPtr\fR.
.PP
You may find it easier to understand the rest of this manual entry
by looking at the code for an existing canvas item type such as
bitmap (file tkCanvBmap.c) or text (tkCanvText.c).
The easiest way to create a new type manager is to copy the code
for an existing type and modify it for the new type.
.PP
Tk provides a number of utility procedures for the use of canvas
type managers, such as \fBTk_CanvasCoords\fR and \fBTk_CanvasPsColor\fR;
these are described in separate manual entries.
.SH "DATA STRUCTURES"
.PP
A type manager consists of a collection of procedures that provide a
standard set of operations on items of that type.
The type manager deals with three kinds of data
structures.
The first data structure is a Tk_ItemType; it contains
information such as the name of the type and pointers to
the standard procedures implemented by the type manager:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
char *\fIname\fR;
int \fIitemSize\fR;
Tk_ItemCreateProc *\fIcreateProc\fR;
Tk_ConfigSpec *\fIconfigSpecs\fR;
Tk_ItemConfigureProc *\fIconfigProc\fR;
Tk_ItemCoordProc *\fIcoordProc\fR;
Tk_ItemDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
Tk_ItemDisplayProc *\fIdisplayProc\fR;
int \fIalwaysRedraw\fR;
Tk_ItemPointProc *\fIpointProc\fR;
Tk_ItemAreaProc *\fIareaProc\fR;
Tk_ItemPostscriptProc *\fIpostscriptProc\fR;
Tk_ItemScaleProc *\fIscaleProc\fR;
Tk_ItemTranslateProc *\fItranslateProc\fR;
Tk_ItemIndexProc *\fIindexProc\fR;
Tk_ItemCursorProc *\fIicursorProc\fR;
Tk_ItemSelectionProc *\fIselectionProc\fR;
Tk_ItemInsertProc *\fIinsertProc\fR;
Tk_ItemDCharsProc *\fIdCharsProc\fR;
Tk_ItemType *\fInextPtr\fR;
} Tk_ItemType;
.CE
.PP
The fields of a Tk_ItemType structure are described in more detail
later in this manual entry.
When \fBTk_CreateItemType\fR is called, its \fItypePtr\fR
argument must point to a structure with all of the fields initialized
except \fInextPtr\fR, which Tk sets to link all the types together
into a list.
The structure must be in permanent memory (either statically
allocated or dynamically allocated but never freed); Tk retains
a pointer to this structure.
.PP
The second data structure manipulated by a type manager is an
\fIitem record\fR.
For each item in a canvas there exists one item record.
All of the items of a given type generally have item records with
the same structure, but different types usually have different
formats for their item records.
The first part of each item record is a header with a standard structure
defined by Tk via the type Tk_Item; the rest of the item
record is defined by the type manager.
A type manager must define its item records with a Tk_Item as
the first field.
For example, the item record for bitmap items is defined as follows:
.CS
typedef struct BitmapItem {
Tk_Item \fIheader\fR;
double \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR;
Tk_Anchor \fIanchor\fR;
Pixmap \fIbitmap\fR;
XColor *\fIfgColor\fR;
XColor *\fIbgColor\fR;
GC \fIgc\fR;
} BitmapItem;
.CE
The \fIheader\fR substructure contains information used by Tk
to manage the item, such as its identifier, its tags, its type,
and its bounding box.
The fields starting with \fIx\fR belong to the type manager:
Tk will never read or write them.
The type manager should not need to read or write any of the
fields in the header except for four fields
whose names are \fIx1\fR, \fIy1\fR, \fIx2\fR, and \fIy2\fR.
These fields give a bounding box for the items using integer
canvas coordinates: the item should not cover any pixels
with x-coordinate lower than \fIx1\fR or y-coordinate
lower than \fIy1\fR, nor should it cover any pixels with
x-coordinate greater than or equal to \fIx2\fR or y-coordinate
greater than or equal to \fIy2\fR.
It is up to the type manager to keep the bounding box up to
date as the item is moved and reconfigured.
.PP
Whenever Tk calls a procedure in a type manager it passes in a pointer
to an item record.
The argument is always passed as a pointer to a Tk_Item; the type
manager will typically cast this into a pointer to its own specific
type, such as BitmapItem.
.PP
The third data structure used by type managers has type
Tk_Canvas; it serves as an opaque handle for the canvas widget
as a whole.
Type managers need not know anything about the contents of this
structure.
A Tk_Canvas handle is typically passed in to the
procedures of a type manager, and the type manager can pass the
handle back to library procedures such as Tk_CanvasTkwin
to fetch information about the canvas.
.SS NAME
.PP
This section and the ones that follow describe each of the fields
in a Tk_ItemType structure in detail.
The \fIname\fR field provides a string name for the item type.
Once \fBTk_CreateImageType\fR returns, this name may be used
in \fBcreate\fR widget commands to create items of the new
type.
If there already existed an item type by this name then
the new item type replaces the old one.
.SS ITEMSIZE
\fItypePtr->itemSize\fR gives the size in bytes of item records
of this type, including the Tk_Item header.
Tk uses this size to allocate memory space for items of the type.
All of the item records for a given type must have the same size.
If variable length fields are needed for an item (such as a list
of points for a polygon), the type manager can allocate a separate
object of variable length and keep a pointer to it in the item record.
.SS CREATEPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->createProc\fR points to a procedure for
Tk to call whenever a new item of this type is created.
\fItypePtr->createProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ItemCreateProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
int \fIobjc\fR,
Tcl_Obj* const \fIobjv\fR[]);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the canvas's
\fBcreate\fR widget command was invoked, and \fIcanvas\fR is a
handle for the canvas widget.
\fIitemPtr\fR is a pointer to a newly-allocated item of
size \fItypePtr->itemSize\fR.
Tk has already initialized the item's header (the first
\fBsizeof(Tk_ItemType)\fR bytes).
The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR arguments describe all of the
arguments to the \fBcreate\fR command after the \fItype\fR
argument.
For example, in the widget command
.CS
\fB\&.c create rectangle 10 20 50 50 \-fill black\fR
.CE
\fIobjc\fR will be \fB6\fR and \fIobjv\fR[0] will contain the
integer object \fB10\fR.
.PP
\fIcreateProc\fR should use \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR to initialize
the type-specific parts of the item record and set an initial value
for the bounding box in the item's header.
It should return a standard Tcl completion code and leave an
error message in \fIinterp->result\fR if an error occurs.
If an error occurs Tk will free the item record, so \fIcreateProc\fR
must be sure to leave the item record in a clean state if it returns an error
(e.g., it must free any additional memory that it allocated for
the item).
.SS CONFIGSPECS
.PP
Each type manager must provide a standard table describing its
configuration options, in a form suitable for use with
\fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR.
This table will normally be used by \fItypePtr->createProc\fR
and \fItypePtr->configProc\fR, but Tk also uses it directly
to retrieve option information in the \fBitemcget\fR and
\fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands.
\fItypePtr->configSpecs\fR must point to the configuration table
for this type.
Note: Tk provides a custom option type \fBtk_CanvasTagsOption\fR
for implementing the \fB\-tags\fR option; see an existing type
manager for an example of how to use it in \fIconfigSpecs\fR.
.SS CONFIGPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->configProc\fR is called by Tk whenever the
\fBitemconfigure\fR widget command is invoked to change the
configuration options for a canvas item.
This procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ItemConfigureProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
int \fIobjc\fR,
Tcl_Obj* const \fIobjv\fR[],
int \fIflags\fR);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR objument identifies the interpreter in which the
widget command was invoked, \fIcanvas\fR is a handle for the canvas
widget, and \fIitemPtr\fR is a pointer to the item being configured.
\fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR contain the configuration options. For
example, if the following command is invoked:
.CS
\fB\&.c itemconfigure 2 \-fill red \-outline black\fR
.CE
\fIobjc\fR is \fB4\fR and \fIobjv\fR contains the string objects \fB\-fill\fR
through \fBblack\fR.
\fIobjc\fR will always be an even value.
The \fIflags\fR argument contains flags to pass to \fBTk_ConfigureWidget\fR;
currently this value is always \fBTK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY\fR when Tk
invokes \fItypePtr->configProc\fR, but the type manager's \fIcreateProc\fR
procedure will usually invoke \fIconfigProc\fR with different flag values.
.PP
\fItypePtr->configProc\fR returns a standard Tcl completion code and
leaves an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR if an error occurs.
It must update the item's bounding box to reflect the new configuration
options.
.SS COORDPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->coordProc\fR is invoked by Tk to implement the \fBcoords\fR
widget command for an item.
It must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ItemCoordProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
int \fIobjc\fR,
Tcl_Obj* const \fIobjv\fR[]);
.CE
The arguments \fIinterp\fR, \fIcanvas\fR, and \fIitemPtr\fR
all have the standard meanings, and \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR
describe the coordinate arguments.
For example, if the following widget command is invoked:
.CS
\fB\&.c coords 2 30 90\fR
.CE
\fIobjc\fR will be \fB2\fR and \fBobjv\fR will contain the integer objects
\fB30\fR and \fB90\fR.
.PP
The \fIcoordProc\fR procedure should process the new coordinates,
update the item appropriately (e.g., it must reset the bounding
box in the item's header), and return a standard Tcl completion
code.
If an error occurs, \fIcoordProc\fR must leave an error message in
\fIinterp->result\fR.
.SS DELETEPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->deleteProc\fR is invoked by Tk to delete an item
and free any resources allocated to it.
It must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ItemDeleteProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
Display *\fIdisplay\fR);
.CE
The \fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments have the usual
interpretations, and \fIdisplay\fR identifies the X display containing
the canvas.
\fIdeleteProc\fR must free up any resources allocated for the item,
so that Tk can free the item record.
\fIdeleteProc\fR should not actually free the item record; this will
be done by Tk when \fIdeleteProc\fR returns.
.SS "DISPLAYPROC AND ALWAYSREDRAW"
.PP
\fItypePtr->displayProc\fR is invoked by Tk to redraw an item
on the screen.
It must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ItemDisplayProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
Display *\fIdisplay\fR,
Drawable \fIdst\fR,
int \fIx\fR,
int \fIy\fR,
int \fIwidth\fR,
int \fIheight\fR);
.CE
The \fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments have the usual meaning.
\fIdisplay\fR identifies the display containing the canvas, and
\fIdst\fR specifies a drawable in which the item should be rendered;
typically this is an off-screen pixmap, which Tk will copy into
the canvas's window once all relevant items have been drawn.
\fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR specify a rectangular
region in canvas coordinates, which is the area to be redrawn;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
397 398 399 400 401 402 403 | will not necessarily be the same as those in the canvas. \fIdisplayProc\fR should call \fBTk_CanvasDrawableCoords\fR to transform coordinates from those of the canvas to those of \fIdst\fR. .PP Normally an item's \fIdisplayProc\fR is only invoked if the item overlaps the area being displayed. | | < < | | > | | | < | | | | < | < | | | | < | | < | | | | | < | | | | 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 |
will not necessarily be the same as those in the canvas.
\fIdisplayProc\fR should call \fBTk_CanvasDrawableCoords\fR
to transform coordinates from those of the canvas to those
of \fIdst\fR.
.PP
Normally an item's \fIdisplayProc\fR is only invoked if the item
overlaps the area being displayed.
However, if \fItypePtr->alwaysRedraw\fR has a non-zero value, then
\fIdisplayProc\fR is invoked during every redisplay operation,
even if the item does not overlap the area of redisplay.
\fIalwaysRedraw\fR should normally be set to 0; it is only
set to 1 in special cases such as window items that need to be
unmapped when they are off-screen.
.SS POINTPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->pointProc\fR is invoked by Tk to find out how close
a given point is to a canvas item.
Tk uses this procedure for purposes such as locating the item
under the mouse or finding the closest item to a given point.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef double Tk_ItemPointProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
double *\fIpointPtr\fR);
.CE
\fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR have the usual meaning.
\fIpointPtr\fR points to an array of two numbers giving
the x and y coordinates of a point.
\fIpointProc\fR must return a real value giving the distance
from the point to the item, or 0 if the point lies inside
the item.
.SS AREAPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->areaProc\fR is invoked by Tk to find out the relationship
between an item and a rectangular area.
It must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ItemAreaProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
double *\fIrectPtr\fR);
.CE
\fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR have the usual meaning.
\fIrectPtr\fR points to an array of four real numbers;
the first two give the x and y coordinates of the upper left
corner of a rectangle, and the second two give the x and y
coordinates of the lower right corner.
\fIareaProc\fR must return \-1 if the item lies entirely outside
the given area, 0 if it lies partially inside and partially
outside the area, and 1 if it lies entirely inside the area.
.SS POSTSCRIPTPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->postscriptProc\fR is invoked by Tk to generate
Postscript for an item during the \fBpostscript\fR widget command.
If the type manager is not capable of generating Postscript then
\fItypePtr->postscriptProc\fR should be NULL.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ItemPostscriptProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
int \fIprepass\fR);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR, \fIcanvas\fR, and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments all have
standard meanings; \fIprepass\fR will be described below.
If \fIpostscriptProc\fR completes successfully, it should append
Postscript for the item to the information in \fIinterp->result\fR
(e.g. by calling \fBTcl_AppendResult\fR, not \fBTcl_SetResult\fR)
and return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
If an error occurs, \fIpostscriptProc\fR should clear the result
and replace its contents with an error message; then it should
return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
.PP
Tk provides a collection of utility procedures to simplify
\fIpostscriptProc\fR.
For example, \fBTk_CanvasPsColor\fR will generate Postscript to set
the current color to a given Tk color and \fBTk_CanvasPsFont\fR will
set up font information.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
491 492 493 494 495 496 497 | upper left) to the space of Postscript (where the origin is at the lower left). .PP In order to generate Postscript that complies with the Adobe Document Structuring Conventions, Tk actually generates Postscript in two passes. It calls each item's \fIpostscriptProc\fR in each pass. The only purpose of the first pass is to collect font information | | | < | < | | | | | | | < < | | < < | < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | | | | | | < | < < < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | < | | | | | | < | | | | | < | < < < < < | | < | | < | | | | | < | | 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
upper left) to the space of Postscript (where the origin is at the
lower left).
.PP
In order to generate Postscript that complies with the Adobe Document
Structuring Conventions, Tk actually generates Postscript in two passes.
It calls each item's \fIpostscriptProc\fR in each pass.
The only purpose of the first pass is to collect font information
(which is done by \fBTk_CanvasPsFont\fR); the actual Postscript is
discarded.
Tk sets the \fIprepass\fR argument to \fIpostscriptProc\fR to 1
during the first pass; the type manager can use \fIprepass\fR to skip
all Postscript generation except for calls to \fBTk_CanvasPsFont\fR.
During the second pass \fIprepass\fR will be 0, so the type manager
must generate complete Postscript.
.SS SCALEPROC
\fItypePtr->scaleProc\fR is invoked by Tk to rescale a canvas item
during the \fBscale\fR widget command.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ItemScaleProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
double \fIoriginX\fR,
double \fIoriginY\fR,
double \fIscaleX\fR,
double \fIscaleY\fR);
.CE
The \fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments have the usual meaning.
\fIoriginX\fR and \fIoriginY\fR specify an origin relative to which
the item is to be scaled, and \fIscaleX\fR and \fIscaleY\fR give the
x and y scale factors.
The item should adjust its coordinates so that a point in the item
that used to have coordinates \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR will have new
coordinates \fIx\(fm\fR and \fIy\(fm\fR, where
.CS
\fIx\(fm = originX + scaleX*(x-originX)
y\(fm = originY + scaleY*(y-originY)\fR
.CE
\fIscaleProc\fR must also update the bounding box in the item's
header.
.SS TRANSLATEPROC
\fItypePtr->translateProc\fR is invoked by Tk to translate a canvas item
during the \fBmove\fR widget command.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ItemTranslateProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
double \fIdeltaX\fR,
double \fIdeltaY\fR);
.CE
The \fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments have the usual meaning,
and \fIdeltaX\fR and \fIdeltaY\fR give the amounts that should be
added to each x and y coordinate within the item.
The type manager should adjust the item's coordinates and
update the bounding box in the item's header.
.SS INDEXPROC
\fItypePtr->indexProc\fR is invoked by Tk to translate a string
index specification into a numerical index, for example during the
\fBindex\fR widget command.
It is only relevant for item types that support indexable text;
\fItypePtr->indexProc\fR may be specified as NULL for non-textual
item types.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ItemIndexProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
char \fIindexString\fR,
int *\fIindexPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR, \fIcanvas\fR, and \fIitemPtr\fR arguments all
have the usual meaning.
\fIindexString\fR contains a textual description of an index,
and \fIindexPtr\fR points to an integer value that should be
filled in with a numerical index.
It is up to the type manager to decide what forms of index
are supported (e.g., numbers, \fBinsert\fR, \fBsel.first\fR,
\fBend\fR, etc.).
\fIindexProc\fR should return a Tcl completion code and set
\fIinterp->result\fR in the event of an error.
.SS ICURSORPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->icursorProc\fR is invoked by Tk during
the \fBicursor\fR widget command to set the position of the
insertion cursor in a textual item.
It is only relevant for item types that support an insertion cursor;
\fItypePtr->icursorProc\fR may be specified as NULL for item types
that do not support an insertion cursor.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ItemCursorProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
int \fIindex\fR);
.CE
\fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR have the usual meanings, and
\fIindex\fR is an index into the item's text, as returned by a
previous call to \fItypePtr->insertProc\fR.
The type manager should position the insertion cursor in the
item just before the character given by \fIindex\fR.
Whether or not to actually display the insertion cursor is
determined by other information provided by \fBTk_CanvasGetTextInfo\fR.
.SS SELECTIONPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->selectionProc\fR is invoked by Tk during selection
retrievals; it must return part or all of the selected text in
the item (if any).
It is only relevant for item types that support text;
\fItypePtr->selectionProc\fR may be specified as NULL for non-textual
item types.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ItemSelectionProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
int \fIoffset\fR,
char *\fIbuffer\fR,
int \fImaxBytes\fR);
.CE
\fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR have the usual meanings.
\fIoffset\fR is an offset in bytes into the selection where 0 refers
to the first byte of the selection; it identifies
the first character that is to be returned in this call.
\fIbuffer\fR points to an area of memory in which to store the
requested bytes, and \fImaxBytes\fR specifies the maximum number
of bytes to return.
\fIselectionProc\fR should extract up to \fImaxBytes\fR characters
from the selection and copy them to \fImaxBytes\fR; it should
return a count of the number of bytes actually copied, which may
be less than \fImaxBytes\fR if there are not \fIoffset+maxBytes\fR bytes
in the selection.
.SS INSERTPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->insertProc\fR is invoked by Tk during
the \fBinsert\fR widget command to insert new text into a
canvas item.
It is only relevant for item types that support text;
\fItypePtr->insertProc\fR may be specified as NULL for non-textual
item types.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ItemInsertProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
int \fIindex\fR,
char *\fIstring\fR);
.CE
\fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR have the usual meanings.
\fIindex\fR is an index into the item's text, as returned by a
previous call to \fItypePtr->insertProc\fR, and \fIstring\fR
contains new text to insert just before the character given
by \fIindex\fR.
The type manager should insert the text and recompute the bounding
box in the item's header.
.SS DCHARSPROC
.PP
\fItypePtr->dCharsProc\fR is invoked by Tk during the \fBdchars\fR
widget command to delete a range of text from a canvas item.
It is only relevant for item types that support text;
\fItypePtr->dCharsProc\fR may be specified as NULL for non-textual
item types.
The procedure must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ItemDCharsProc(
Tk_Canvas \fIcanvas\fR,
Tk_Item *\fIitemPtr\fR,
int \fIfirst\fR,
int \fIlast\fR);
.CE
\fIcanvas\fR and \fIitemPtr\fR have the usual meanings.
\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR give the indices of the first and last bytes
to be deleted, as returned by previous calls to \fItypePtr->indexProc\fR.
The type manager should delete the specified characters and update
the bounding box in the item's header.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tk_CanvasPsY, Tk_CanvasTextInfo, Tk_CanvasTkwin
.SH KEYWORDS
canvas, focus, item type, selection, type manager
|
Changes to doc/CrtPhImgFmt.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" '\" Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au), '\" Department of Computer Science, '\" Australian National University. '\" .TH Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat \- define new file format for photo images .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR(\fIformatPtr\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr .AP Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr in Structure that defines the new file format. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR is invoked to define a new file format for image data for use with photo images. The code that implements an image file format is called an image file format handler, or handler for short. The photo image code maintains a list of handlers that can be used to read and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
An image file format handler consists of a collection of procedures
plus a Tk_PhotoImageFormat structure, which contains the name of the
image file format and pointers to six procedures provided by the
handler to deal with files and strings in this format. The
Tk_PhotoImageFormat structure contains the following fields:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat {
| | | > | > | < | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | | > | < | | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | > | < | | | | > < | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
An image file format handler consists of a collection of procedures
plus a Tk_PhotoImageFormat structure, which contains the name of the
image file format and pointers to six procedures provided by the
handler to deal with files and strings in this format. The
Tk_PhotoImageFormat structure contains the following fields:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat {
char *\fIname\fR;
Tk_ImageFileMatchProc *\fIfileMatchProc\fR;
Tk_ImageStringMatchProc *\fIstringMatchProc\fR;
Tk_ImageFileReadProc *\fIfileReadProc\fR;
Tk_ImageStringReadProc *\fIstringReadProc\fR;
Tk_ImageFileWriteProc *\fIfileWriteProc\fR;
Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *\fIstringWriteProc\fR;
} Tk_PhotoImageFormat;
.CE
.PP
The handler need not provide implementations of all six procedures.
For example, the procedures that handle string data would not be
provided for a format in which the image data are stored in binary,
and could therefore contain null characters. If any procedure is not
implemented, the corresponding pointer in the Tk_PhotoImageFormat
structure should be set to NULL. The handler must provide the
\fIfileMatchProc\fR procedure if it provides the \fIfileReadProc\fR
procedure, and the \fIstringMatchProc\fR procedure if it provides the
\fIstringReadProc\fR procedure.
.SH NAME
.PP
\fIformatPtr->name\fR provides a name for the image type.
Once \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR returns, this name may be used
in the \fB\-format\fR photo image configuration and subcommand option.
The manual page for the photo image (photo(n)) describes how image
file formats are chosen based on their names and the value given to
the \fB\-format\fR option. The first character of \fIformatPtr->name\fR
must not be an uppercase character from the ASCII character set
(that is, one of the characters \fBA\fR-\fBZ\fR). Such names are used
only for legacy interface support (see below).
.SH FILEMATCHPROC
\fIformatPtr->fileMatchProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for
Tk to call when it is searching for an image file format handler
suitable for reading data in a given file.
\fIformatPtr->fileMatchProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ImageFileMatchProc(
Tcl_Channel \fIchan\fR,
const char *\fIfileName\fR,
Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR,
int *\fIwidthPtr\fR,
int *\fIheightPtr\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
.CE
The \fIfileName\fR argument is the name of the file containing the
image data, which is open for reading as \fIchan\fR. The
\fIformat\fR argument contains the value given for the
\fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was not specified.
If the data in the file appears to be in the format supported by this
handler, the \fIformatPtr->fileMatchProc\fR procedure should store the
width and height of the image in *\fIwidthPtr\fR and *\fIheightPtr\fR
respectively, and return 1. Otherwise it should return 0.
.SH STRINGMATCHPROC
\fIformatPtr->stringMatchProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for
Tk to call when it is searching for an image file format handler for
suitable for reading data from a given string.
\fIformatPtr->stringMatchProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ImageStringMatchProc(
Tcl_Obj *\fIdata\fR,
Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR,
int *\fIwidthPtr\fR,
int *\fIheightPtr\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
.CE
The \fIdata\fR argument points to the object containing the image
data. The \fIformat\fR argument contains the value given for
the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was not specified.
If the data in the string appears to be in the format supported by
this handler, the \fIformatPtr->stringMatchProc\fR procedure should
store the width and height of the image in *\fIwidthPtr\fR and
*\fIheightPtr\fR respectively, and return 1. Otherwise it should
return 0.
.SH FILEREADPROC
\fIformatPtr->fileReadProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for
Tk to call to read data from an image file into a photo image.
\fIformatPtr->fileReadProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ImageFileReadProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tcl_Channel \fIchan\fR,
const char *\fIfileName\fR,
Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR,
PhotoHandle \fIimageHandle\fR,
int \fIdestX\fR, int \fIdestY\fR,
int \fIwidth\fR, int \fIheight\fR,
int \fIsrcX\fR, int \fIsrcY\fR);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the command was
invoked to read the image; it should be used for reporting errors.
The image data is in the file named \fIfileName\fR, which is open for
reading as \fIchan\fR. The \fIformat\fR argument contains the
value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was
not specified. The image data in the file, or a subimage of it, is to
be read into the photo image identified by the handle
\fIimageHandle\fR. The subimage of the data in the file is of
dimensions \fIwidth\fR x \fIheight\fR and has its top-left corner at
coordinates (\fIsrcX\fR,\fIsrcY\fR). It is to be stored in the photo
image with its top-left corner at coordinates
(\fIdestX\fR,\fIdestY\fR) using the \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR procedure.
The return value is a standard Tcl return value.
.SH STRINGREADPROC
\fIformatPtr->stringReadProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for
Tk to call to read data from a string into a photo image.
\fIformatPtr->stringReadProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ImageStringReadProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tcl_Obj *\fIdata\fR,
Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR,
PhotoHandle \fIimageHandle\fR,
int \fIdestX\fR, int \fIdestY\fR,
int \fIwidth\fR, int \fIheight\fR,
int \fIsrcX\fR, int \fIsrcY\fR);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the command was
invoked to read the image; it should be used for reporting errors.
The \fIdata\fR argument points to the image data in object form.
The \fIformat\fR argument contains the
value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was
not specified. The image data in the string, or a subimage of it, is to
be read into the photo image identified by the handle
\fIimageHandle\fR. The subimage of the data in the string is of
dimensions \fIwidth\fR x \fIheight\fR and has its top-left corner at
coordinates (\fIsrcX\fR,\fIsrcY\fR). It is to be stored in the photo
image with its top-left corner at coordinates
(\fIdestX\fR,\fIdestY\fR) using the \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR procedure.
The return value is a standard Tcl return value.
.SH FILEWRITEPROC
\fIformatPtr->fileWriteProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for
Tk to call to write data from a photo image to a file.
\fIformatPtr->fileWriteProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ImageFileWriteProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
const char *\fIfileName\fR,
Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *\fIblockPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the command was
invoked to write the image; it should be used for reporting errors.
The image data to be written are in memory and are described by the
Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by \fIblockPtr\fR; see the
manual page FindPhoto(3) for details. The \fIfileName\fR argument
points to the string giving the name of the file in which to write the
image data. The \fIformat\fR argument contains the
value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was
not specified. The format string can contain extra characters
after the name of the format. If appropriate, the
\fIformatPtr->fileWriteProc\fR procedure may interpret these
characters to specify further details about the image file.
The return value is a standard Tcl return value.
.SH STRINGWRITEPROC
\fIformatPtr->stringWriteProc\fR provides the address of a procedure for
Tk to call to translate image data from a photo image into a string.
\fIformatPtr->stringWriteProc\fR must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef int Tk_ImageStringWriteProc(
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
Tcl_Obj *\fIformat\fR,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *\fIblockPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIinterp\fR argument is the interpreter in which the command was
invoked to convert the image; it should be used for reporting errors.
The image data to be converted are in memory and are described by the
Tk_PhotoImageBlock structure pointed to by \fIblockPtr\fR; see the
manual page FindPhoto(3) for details. The data for the string
should be put in the interpreter \fIinterp\fR result.
The \fIformat\fR argument contains the
value given for the \fB\-format\fR option, or NULL if the option was
not specified. The format string can contain extra characters
after the name of the format. If appropriate, the
\fIformatPtr->stringWriteProc\fR procedure may interpret these
characters to specify further details about the image file.
The return value is a standard Tcl return value.
.SH "LEGACY INTERFACE SUPPORT"
In Tk 8.2 and earlier, the definition of all the function pointer
types stored in fields of a \fBTk_PhotoImageFormat\fR struct were
incompatibly different. Legacy programs and libraries dating from
those days may still contain code that defines extended Tk photo image
formats using the old interface. The Tk header file will still support
this legacy interface if the code is compiled with the
macro \fBUSE_OLD_IMAGE\fR defined. Alternatively, the legacy interfaces
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 | into interps with Tk 8.5 or later; that is, the normal stub-compatibility rules. If a developer needs to generate from such code a file that is loadable into interps with Tk 8.4 or earlier, they must use Tk 8.4 headers and stub libraries to do so. .PP Any new code written today should not make use of the legacy interfaces. Expect their support to go away in Tk 9. .SH "SEE ALSO" Tk_FindPhoto, Tk_PhotoPutBlock .SH KEYWORDS photo image, image file | > > | 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 | into interps with Tk 8.5 or later; that is, the normal stub-compatibility rules. If a developer needs to generate from such code a file that is loadable into interps with Tk 8.4 or earlier, they must use Tk 8.4 headers and stub libraries to do so. .PP Any new code written today should not make use of the legacy interfaces. Expect their support to go away in Tk 9. .SH "SEE ALSO" Tk_FindPhoto, Tk_PhotoPutBlock .SH KEYWORDS photo image, image file |
Changes to doc/CrtSelHdlr.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CreateSelHandler 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateSelHandler, Tk_DeleteSelHandler \- arrange to handle requests for a selection .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | requestor. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR arranges for a particular procedure (\fIproc\fR) to be called whenever \fIselection\fR is owned by \fItkwin\fR and the selection contents are requested in the | | | | | | | | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
requestor.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR arranges for a particular procedure
(\fIproc\fR) to be called whenever \fIselection\fR is owned by
\fItkwin\fR and the selection contents are requested in the
form given by \fItarget\fR.
\fITarget\fR should be one of
the entries defined in the left column of Table 2 of the
X Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual (ICCCM) or
any other form in which an application is willing to present
the selection. The most common form is STRING.
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_SelectionProc\fR:
.CS
typedef int Tk_SelectionProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
int \fIoffset\fR,
char *\fIbuffer\fR,
int \fImaxBytes\fR);
.CE
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the
\fIclientData\fR argument given to \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR.
Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to a data
structure containing application-specific information that is
needed to retrieve the selection. \fIOffset\fR specifies an
offset position into the selection, \fIbuffer\fR specifies a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 | If \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR is called when there already exists a handler for \fIselection\fR and \fItarget\fR on \fItkwin\fR, then the existing handler is replaced with a new one. .PP \fBTk_DeleteSelHandler\fR removes the handler given by \fItkwin\fR, \fIselection\fR, and \fItarget\fR, if such a handler exists. If there is no such handler then it has no effect. .SH KEYWORDS format, handler, selection, target | > | 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 | If \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR is called when there already exists a handler for \fIselection\fR and \fItarget\fR on \fItkwin\fR, then the existing handler is replaced with a new one. .PP \fBTk_DeleteSelHandler\fR removes the handler given by \fItkwin\fR, \fIselection\fR, and \fItarget\fR, if such a handler exists. If there is no such handler then it has no effect. .SH KEYWORDS format, handler, selection, target |
Changes to doc/CrtWindow.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_CreateWindow 3 4.2 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateWindow, Tk_CreateWindowFromPath, Tk_DestroyWindow, Tk_MakeWindowExist \- create or delete window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | Token for window. .AP "const char" *pathName in Name of new window, specified as path name within application (e.g. \fB.a.b.c\fR). .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP | | | | | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | Token for window. .AP "const char" *pathName in Name of new window, specified as path name within application (e.g. \fB.a.b.c\fR). .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The procedures \fBTk_CreateWindow\fR, \fBTk_CreateAnonymousWindow\fR, and \fBTk_CreateWindowFromPath\fR are used to create new windows for use in Tk-based applications. Each of the procedures returns a token that can be used to manipulate the window in other calls to the Tk library. If the window could not be created successfully, then NULL is returned and \fIinterp->result\fR is modified to hold an error message. .PP Tk supports two different kinds of windows: internal windows and top-level windows. An internal window is an interior window of a Tk application, such as a scrollbar or menu bar or button. A top-level window is one that is created as a child of a screen's root window, rather than as an interior window, but which is logically part of some existing main |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | The only difference is that new X window for a top-level window will not be a child of \fIparent\fR's X window. For example, a pull-down menu's \fIparent\fR would be the button-like window used to invoke it, which would in turn be a child of the menu bar window. A dialog box might have the application's main window as its parent. .PP \fBTk_CreateAnonymousWindow\fR differs from \fBTk_CreateWindow\fR in | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | The only difference is that new X window for a top-level window will not be a child of \fIparent\fR's X window. For example, a pull-down menu's \fIparent\fR would be the button-like window used to invoke it, which would in turn be a child of the menu bar window. A dialog box might have the application's main window as its parent. .PP \fBTk_CreateAnonymousWindow\fR differs from \fBTk_CreateWindow\fR in that it creates an unnamed window. This window will be manipulable only using C interfaces, and will not be visible to Tcl scripts. Both interior windows and top-level windows may be created with \fBTk_CreateAnonymousWindow\fR. .PP \fBTk_CreateWindowFromPath\fR offers an alternate way of specifying new windows. In \fBTk_CreateWindowFromPath\fR the new window is specified with a token for any window in the target |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 | the request and returned an event for it. .PP If a window has been created but has not been mapped, so no X window exists, it is possible to force the creation of the X window by calling \fBTk_MakeWindowExist\fR. This procedure issues the X commands to instantiate the window given by \fItkwin\fR. .SH KEYWORDS create, deferred creation, destroy, display, internal window, screen, top-level window, window | > | 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 | the request and returned an event for it. .PP If a window has been created but has not been mapped, so no X window exists, it is possible to force the creation of the X window by calling \fBTk_MakeWindowExist\fR. This procedure issues the X commands to instantiate the window given by \fItkwin\fR. .SH KEYWORDS create, deferred creation, destroy, display, internal window, screen, top-level window, window |
Changes to doc/DeleteImg.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_DeleteImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_DeleteImage \- Destroy an image. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_DeleteImage\fR(\fIinterp, name\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tcl_Interp *interp .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter for which the image was created. .AP "const char" *name in Name of the image. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_DeleteImage\fR deletes the image given by \fIinterp\fR and \fIname\fR, if there is one. All instances of that image will redisplay as empty regions. If the given image does not exist then the procedure has no effect. .SH KEYWORDS delete image, image manager |
Changes to doc/DrawFocHlt.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_DrawFocusHighlight 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_DrawFocusHighlight \- draw the traversal highlight ring for a widget .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | Graphics context to use for drawing the highlight. .AP int width in Width of the highlight ring, in pixels. .AP Drawable drawable in Drawable in which to draw the highlight; usually an offscreen pixmap for double buffering. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_DrawFocusHighlight\fR is a utility procedure that draws the traversal highlight ring for a widget. It is typically invoked by widgets during redisplay. .SH KEYWORDS focus, traversal highlight | > > | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | Graphics context to use for drawing the highlight. .AP int width in Width of the highlight ring, in pixels. .AP Drawable drawable in Drawable in which to draw the highlight; usually an offscreen pixmap for double buffering. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_DrawFocusHighlight\fR is a utility procedure that draws the traversal highlight ring for a widget. It is typically invoked by widgets during redisplay. .SH KEYWORDS focus, traversal highlight |
Changes to doc/EventHndlr.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_CreateEventHandler 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_CreateEventHandler, Tk_DeleteEventHandler \- associate procedure callback with an X event
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR(\fItkwin, mask, proc, clientData\fR)
.sp
\fBTk_DeleteEventHandler\fR(\fItkwin, mask, proc, clientData\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS "unsigned long" clientData
.AP Tk_Window tkwin in
Token for window in which events may occur.
.AP "unsigned long" mask in
Bit-mask of events (such as \fBButtonPressMask\fR)
for which \fIproc\fR should be called.
.AP Tk_EventProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke whenever an event in \fImask\fR occurs
in the window given by \fItkwin\fR.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be
invoked in the future whenever one of the event types specified
by \fImask\fR occurs in the window specified by \fItkwin\fR.
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR;
this mechanism only works in programs that dispatch events
through \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR (or through other Tk procedures that
call \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR, such as \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or
\fBTk_MainLoop\fR).
.PP
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
type \fBTk_EventProc\fR:
.CS
typedef void Tk_EventProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
XEvent *\fIeventPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR
argument given to \fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR when the callback
was created. Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to a data
structure containing application-specific information about
the window in which the event occurred. \fIEventPtr\fR is
a pointer to the X event, which will be one of the ones
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | When a window is deleted all of its handlers will be deleted automatically; in this case there is no need to call \fBTk_DeleteEventHandler\fR. .PP If multiple handlers are declared for the same type of X event on the same window, then the handlers will be invoked in the order they were created. | | < < < < | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | When a window is deleted all of its handlers will be deleted automatically; in this case there is no need to call \fBTk_DeleteEventHandler\fR. .PP If multiple handlers are declared for the same type of X event on the same window, then the handlers will be invoked in the order they were created. .SH KEYWORDS bind, callback, event, handler |
Changes to doc/FindPhoto.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" '\" Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au), '\" Department of Computer Science, '\" Australian National University. '\" .TH Tk_FindPhoto 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_FindPhoto, Tk_PhotoPutBlock, Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock, Tk_PhotoGetImage, Tk_PhotoBlank, Tk_PhotoExpand, Tk_PhotoGetSize, Tk_PhotoSetSize \- manipulate the image data stored in a photo image. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_PhotoHandle \fBTk_FindPhoto\fR(\fIinterp, imageName\fR) .sp .VS 8.5 int \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR(\fIinterp, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,\ compRule\fR) .sp int \fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR(\fIinterp, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,\ zoomX, zoomY, subsampleX, subsampleY, compRule\fR) .VE 8.5 .sp int \fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR(\fIhandle, blockPtr\fR) .sp void \fBTk_PhotoBlank\fR(\fIhandle\fR) .sp .VS 8.5 int \fBTk_PhotoExpand\fR(\fIinterp, handle, width, height\fR) .VE 8.5 .sp void \fBTk_PhotoGetSize\fR(\fIhandle, widthPtr, heightPtr\fR) .sp .VS 8.5 int \fBTk_PhotoSetSize\fR(\fIinterp. handle, width, height\fR) .VE 8.5 .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_PhotoImageBlock window_path .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter in which image was created and in which error reporting is to be done. .AP "const char" *imageName in Name of the photo image. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | .AP int zoomX in Specifies the zoom factor to be applied in the X direction to pixels being written to the photo image. .AP int zoomY in Specifies the zoom factor to be applied in the Y direction to pixels being written to the photo image. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_FindPhoto\fR returns an opaque handle that is used to identify a particular photo image to the other procedures. The parameter is the name of the image, that is, the name specified to the \fBimage create photo\fR command, or assigned by that command if no name was specified. | > < < | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 | .AP int zoomX in Specifies the zoom factor to be applied in the X direction to pixels being written to the photo image. .AP int zoomY in Specifies the zoom factor to be applied in the Y direction to pixels being written to the photo image. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_FindPhoto\fR returns an opaque handle that is used to identify a particular photo image to the other procedures. The parameter is the name of the image, that is, the name specified to the \fBimage create photo\fR command, or assigned by that command if no name was specified. .PP \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR is used to supply blocks of image data to be displayed. The call affects an area of the image of size \fIwidth\fR x \fIheight\fR pixels, with its top-left corner at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR). All of \fIwidth\fR, \fIheight\fR, \fIx\fR, and \fIy\fR must be non-negative. If part of this area lies outside the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
.CS
typedef struct {
unsigned char *\fIpixelPtr\fR;
int \fIwidth\fR;
int \fIheight\fR;
int \fIpitch\fR;
int \fIpixelSize\fR;
| | | | < < < < < | | | < < < | < > > | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
.CS
typedef struct {
unsigned char *\fIpixelPtr\fR;
int \fIwidth\fR;
int \fIheight\fR;
int \fIpitch\fR;
int \fIpixelSize\fR;
int \fIoffset[4]\fR;
} Tk_PhotoImageBlock;
.CE
The \fIpixelPtr\fR field points to the first pixel, that is, the
top-left pixel in the block.
The \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR fields specify the dimensions of the
block of pixels. The \fIpixelSize\fR field specifies the address
difference between two horizontally adjacent pixels. Often it is 3
or 4, but it can have any value. The \fIpitch\fR field specifies the
address difference between two vertically adjacent pixels. The
\fIoffset\fR array contains the offsets from the address of a pixel
to the addresses of the bytes containing the red, green, blue and alpha
(transparency) components. These are normally 0, 1, 2 and 3, but can
have other values, e.g., for images that are stored as separate red,
green and blue planes.
.PP
The \fIcompRule\fR parameter to \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR specifies a
compositing rule that says what to do with transparent pixels. The
value \fBTK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_OVERLAY\fR says that the previous contents of
the photo image should show through, and the value
\fBTK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET\fR says that the previous contents of the photo
image should be completely ignored, and the values from the block be
copied directly across. The behavior in Tk8.3 and earlier was
equivalent to having \fBTK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_OVERLAY\fR as a compositing rule.
.PP
The value given for the \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR parameters to
\fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR do not have to correspond to the values specified
in \fIblock\fR. If they are smaller, \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR extracts a
sub-block from the image data supplied. If they are larger, the data
given are replicated (in a tiled fashion) to fill the specified area.
These rules operate independently in the horizontal and vertical
directions.
.PP
.VS 8.5
\fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR, though if it cannot
allocate sufficient memory to hold the resulting image, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is
returned instead and, if the \fIinterp\fR argument is non-NULL, an
error message is placed in the interpreter's result.
.VE 8.5
.PP
\fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR works like \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR except that
the image can be reduced or enlarged for display. The
\fIsubsampleX\fR and \fIsubsampleY\fR parameters allow the size of the
image to be reduced by subsampling.
\fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR will use only pixels from the input image
whose X coordinates are multiples of \fIsubsampleX\fR, and whose Y
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
188 189 190 191 192 193 194 | .PP \fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR can be used to retrieve image data from a photo image. \fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR fills in the structure pointed to by the \fIblockPtr\fR parameter with values that describe the address and layout of the image data that the photo image has stored internally. The values are valid until the image is destroyed or its size is changed. | < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 | .PP \fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR can be used to retrieve image data from a photo image. \fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR fills in the structure pointed to by the \fIblockPtr\fR parameter with values that describe the address and layout of the image data that the photo image has stored internally. The values are valid until the image is destroyed or its size is changed. \fBTk_PhotoGetImage\fR returns 1 for compatibility with the corresponding procedure in the old photo widget. .PP \fBTk_PhotoBlank\fR blanks the entire area of the photo image. Blank areas of a photo image are transparent. .PP \fBTk_PhotoExpand\fR requests that the widget's image be expanded to be at least \fIwidth\fR x \fIheight\fR pixels in size. The width and/or height are unchanged if the user has specified an explicit image width or height with the \fB\-width\fR and/or \fB\-height\fR configuration options, respectively. If the image data are being supplied in many small blocks, it is more efficient to use \fBTk_PhotoExpand\fR or \fBTk_PhotoSetSize\fR at the beginning rather than allowing the image to expand in many small increments as image blocks are supplied. .PP .VS 8.5 \fBTk_PhotoExpand\fR normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR, though if it cannot allocate sufficient memory to hold the resulting image, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned instead and, if the \fIinterp\fR argument is non-NULL, an error message is placed in the interpreter's result. .VE 8.5 .PP \fBTk_PhotoSetSize\fR specifies the size of the image, as if the user had specified the given \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR values to the \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR configuration options. A value of zero for \fIwidth\fR or \fIheight\fR does not change the image's width or height, but allows the width or height to be changed by subsequent calls to \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR, \fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR or \fBTk_PhotoExpand\fR. .PP .VS 8.5 \fBTk_PhotoSetSize\fR normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR, though if it cannot allocate sufficient memory to hold the resulting image, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned instead and, if the \fIinterp\fR argument is non-NULL, an error message is placed in the interpreter's result. .VE 8.5 .PP \fBTk_PhotoGetSize\fR returns the dimensions of the image in *\fIwidthPtr\fR and *\fIheightPtr\fR. .SH PORTABILITY .PP In Tk 8.3 and earlier, \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR and \fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR had different signatures. If you want to compile code that uses the old interface against 8.4 without updating your code, compile it with the flag -DUSE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK. Code linked using Stubs against older versions of Tk will continue to work. .PP .VS 8.5 In Tk 8.4, \fBTk_PhotoPutBlock\fR, \fBTk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock\fR, \fBTk_PhotoExpand\fR and \fBTk_PhotoSetSize\fR did not take an \fIinterp\fR argument or return any result code. If insufficient memory was available for an image, Tk would panic. This behaviour is still supported if you compile your extension with the additional flag -DUSE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE. Code linked using Stubs against older versions of Tk will continue to work. .VE 8.5 .SH CREDITS .PP The code for the photo image type was developed by Paul Mackerras, based on his earlier photo widget code. .SH KEYWORDS photo, image |
Changes to doc/FontId.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_FontId 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_FontId, Tk_GetFontMetrics, Tk_PostscriptFontName \- accessor functions for fonts .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Font \fBTk_FontId(\fItkfont\fB)\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | Pointer to an initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR to which the name of the Postscript font that corresponds to \fItkfont\fR will be appended. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Given a \fItkfont\fR, \fBTk_FontId\fR returns the token that should be selected into an XGCValues structure in order to construct a graphics | | | | | < | | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
Pointer to an initialized \fBTcl_DString\fR to which the name of the
Postscript font that corresponds to \fItkfont\fR will be appended.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
Given a \fItkfont\fR, \fBTk_FontId\fR returns the token that should be
selected into an XGCValues structure in order to construct a graphics
context that can be used to draw text in the specified font.
.PP
\fBTk_GetFontMetrics\fR computes the ascent, descent, and linespace of the
\fItkfont\fR in pixels and stores those values in the structure pointer to by
\fIfmPtr\fR. These values can be used in computations such as to space
multiple lines of text, to align the baselines of text in different
fonts, and to vertically align text in a given region. See the
documentation for the \fBfont\fR command for definitions of the terms
ascent, descent, and linespace, used in font metrics.
.PP
\fBTk_PostscriptFontName\fR maps a \fItkfont\fR to the corresponding
Postscript font name that should be used when printing. The return value
is the size in points of the \fItkfont\fR and the Postscript font name is
appended to \fIdsPtr\fR. \fIDsPtr\fR must refer to an initialized
\fBTcl_DString\fR. Given a
.QW reasonable
Postscript printer, the
following screen font families should print correctly:
.IP
\fBAvant Garde\fR, \fBArial\fR, \fBBookman\fR, \fBCourier\fR,
\fBCourier New\fR, \fBGeneva\fR, \fBHelvetica\fR, \fBMonaco\fR,
\fBNew Century Schoolbook\fR, \fBNew York\fR, \fBPalatino\fR, \fBSymbol\fR,
\fBTimes\fR, \fBTimes New Roman\fR, \fBZapf Chancery\fR, and
\fBZapf Dingbats\fR.
.PP
Any other font families may not print correctly because the computed
Postscript font name may be incorrect or not exist on the printer.
.SH "DATA STRUCTURES"
The \fBTk_FontMetrics\fR data structure is used by \fBTk_GetFontMetrics\fR to
return information about a font and is defined as follows:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_FontMetrics {
int \fIascent\fR;
int \fIdescent\fR;
int \fIlinespace\fR;
} Tk_FontMetrics;
.CE
.PP
The \fIascent\fR field is the amount in pixels that the tallest
letter sticks up above the baseline, plus any extra blank space added
by the designer of the font.
.PP
The \fIdescent\fR is the largest amount in pixels that any letter
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/FreeXId.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_FreeXId 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_FreeXId \- make X resource identifier available for reuse .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_FreeXId(\fIdisplay, id\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Display *display out .AP Display *display in Display for which \fIid\fR was allocated. .AP XID id in Identifier of X resource (window, font, pixmap, cursor, graphics context, or colormap) that is no longer in use. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The default allocator for resource identifiers provided by Xlib is very simple-minded and does not allow resource identifiers to be re-used. If a long-running application reaches the end of the resource id space, it will generate an X protocol error and crash. Tk replaces the default id allocator with its own allocator, which allows identifiers to be reused. In order for this to work, \fBTk_FreeXId\fR must be called to tell the allocator about resources that have been freed. Tk automatically calls \fBTk_FreeXId\fR whenever it frees a resource, so if you use procedures like \fBTk_GetFont\fR, \fBTk_GetGC\fR, and \fBTk_GetPixmap\fR then you need not call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR. However, if you allocate resources directly from Xlib, for example by calling \fBXCreatePixmap\fR, then you should call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR when you call the corresponding Xlib free procedure, such as \fBXFreePixmap\fR. If you do not call \fBTk_FreeXId\fR then the resource identifier will be lost, which could cause problems if the application runs long enough to lose all of the available identifiers. .SH KEYWORDS resource identifier |
Changes to doc/GeomReq.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GeometryRequest 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GeometryRequest, Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize, Tk_SetInternalBorder, Tk_SetInternalBorderEx \- specify desired geometry or internal border for a window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 | .AP int right in Space to leave for right side of internal border for \fItkwin\fR, in pixel units. .AP int top in Space to leave for top side of internal border for \fItkwin\fR, in pixel units. .AP int bottom in Space to leave for bottom side of internal border for \fItkwin\fR, in pixel units. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR is called by widget code to indicate its preference for the dimensions of a particular window. The arguments to \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR are made available to the geometry manager for the window, which then decides on the actual geometry for the window. Although geometry managers generally try to satisfy | > | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | .AP int right in Space to leave for right side of internal border for \fItkwin\fR, in pixel units. .AP int top in Space to leave for top side of internal border for \fItkwin\fR, in pixel units. .AP int bottom in Space to leave for bottom side of internal border for \fItkwin\fR, in pixel units. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR is called by widget code to indicate its preference for the dimensions of a particular window. The arguments to \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR are made available to the geometry manager for the window, which then decides on the actual geometry for the window. Although geometry managers generally try to satisfy |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 | \fBTk_SetMinimumRequestSize\fR, \fBTk_SetInternalBorder\fR and \fBTk_SetInternalBorderEx\fR can be retrieved using the macros \fBTk_ReqWidth\fR, \fBTk_ReqHeight\fR, \fBTk_MinReqWidth\fR, \fBTk_MinReqHeight\fR, \fBTk_MinReqWidth\fR, \fBTk_InternalBorderLeft\fR, \fBTk_InternalBorderRight\fR, \fBTk_InternalBorderTop\fR and \fBTk_InternalBorderBottom\fR. See the \fBTk_WindowId\fR manual entry for details. .SH KEYWORDS geometry, request | > | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | \fBTk_SetMinimumRequestSize\fR, \fBTk_SetInternalBorder\fR and \fBTk_SetInternalBorderEx\fR can be retrieved using the macros \fBTk_ReqWidth\fR, \fBTk_ReqHeight\fR, \fBTk_MinReqWidth\fR, \fBTk_MinReqHeight\fR, \fBTk_MinReqWidth\fR, \fBTk_InternalBorderLeft\fR, \fBTk_InternalBorderRight\fR, \fBTk_InternalBorderTop\fR and \fBTk_InternalBorderBottom\fR. See the \fBTk_WindowId\fR manual entry for details. .SH KEYWORDS geometry, request |
Changes to doc/GetAnchor.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetAnchorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetAnchorFromObj, Tk_GetAnchor, Tk_NameOfAnchor \- translate between strings and anchor positions .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | \fBTk_NameOfAnchor(\fIanchor\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tk_Anchor" *anchorPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting, or NULL. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out String value contains name of anchor point: | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | \fBTk_NameOfAnchor(\fIanchor\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tk_Anchor" *anchorPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting, or NULL. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out String value contains name of anchor point: .QW n , .QW ne , .QW e , .QW se , .QW s , .QW sw , .QW w , .QW nw , or .QW center ; internal rep will be modified to cache corresponding Tk_Anchor. .AP "const char" *string in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except description of anchor point is passed as a string. .AP int *anchorPtr out Pointer to location in which to store anchor position corresponding to \fIobjPtr\fR or \fIstring\fR. .AP Tk_Anchor anchor in |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetBitmap.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj, Tk_GetBitmap, Tk_GetBitmapFromObj, Tk_DefineBitmap, Tk_NameOfBitmap, Tk_SizeOfBitmap, Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj, Tk_FreeBitmap \- maintain database of single-plane pixmaps .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | String value describes desired bitmap; internal rep will be modified to cache pointer to corresponding Pixmap. .AP "const char" *info in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except description of bitmap is passed as a string and resulting Pixmap is not cached. .AP "const char" *name in Name for new bitmap to be defined. | | > | | 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 | String value describes desired bitmap; internal rep will be modified to cache pointer to corresponding Pixmap. .AP "const char" *info in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except description of bitmap is passed as a string and resulting Pixmap is not cached. .AP "const char" *name in Name for new bitmap to be defined. .AP "const char" *source in Data for bitmap, in standard bitmap format. Must be stored in static memory whose value will never change. .AP "int" width in Width of bitmap. .AP "int" height in Height of bitmap. .AP "int" *widthPtr out Pointer to word to fill in with \fIbitmap\fR's width. .AP "int" *heightPtr out Pointer to word to fill in with \fIbitmap\fR's height. .AP Display *display in Display for which \fIbitmap\fR was allocated. .AP Pixmap bitmap in Identifier for a bitmap allocated by \fBTk_AllocBitmapFromObj\fR or \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures manage a collection of bitmaps (one-plane pixmaps) being used by an application. The procedures allow bitmaps to be re-used efficiently, thereby avoiding server overhead, and also allow bitmaps to be named with character strings. .PP \fBTk_AllocBitmapFromObj\fR returns a Pixmap identifier for a bitmap that matches the description in \fIobjPtr\fR and is suitable for use in \fItkwin\fR. It re-uses an existing bitmap, if possible, and creates a new one otherwise. \fIObjPtr\fR's value must have one of the following forms: .TP 20 \fB@\fIfileName\fR \fIFileName\fR must be the name of a file containing a bitmap description in the standard X11 or X10 format. .TP 20 \fIname\fR \fIName\fR must be the name of a bitmap defined previously with a call to \fBTk_DefineBitmap\fR. The following names are pre-defined by Tk: .RS .TP 12 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
205 206 207 208 209 210 211 | argument gives a name for the bitmap; it must not previously have been used in a call to \fBTk_DefineBitmap\fR. The arguments \fIsource\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR describe the bitmap. \fBTk_DefineBitmap\fR normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR; if an error occurs (e.g. a bitmap named \fInameId\fR has already been defined) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in | | | 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 | argument gives a name for the bitmap; it must not previously have been used in a call to \fBTk_DefineBitmap\fR. The arguments \fIsource\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR describe the bitmap. \fBTk_DefineBitmap\fR normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR; if an error occurs (e.g. a bitmap named \fInameId\fR has already been defined) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp->result\fR. Note: \fBTk_DefineBitmap\fR expects the memory pointed to by \fIsource\fR to be static: \fBTk_DefineBitmap\fR does not make a private copy of this memory, but uses the bytes pointed to by \fIsource\fR later in calls to \fBTk_AllocBitmapFromObj\fR or \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. .PP Typically \fBTk_DefineBitmap\fR is used by \fB#include\fR-ing a |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 | For \fBTk_FreeBitmapFromObj\fR the bitmap to release is specified with the same information used to create it; for \fBTk_FreeBitmap\fR the bitmap to release is specified with its Pixmap token. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_FreeBitmapFromObj\fR or \fBTk_FreeBitmap\fR for each call to \fBTk_AllocBitmapFromObj\fR or \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. .SH BUGS | > < > | 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 | For \fBTk_FreeBitmapFromObj\fR the bitmap to release is specified with the same information used to create it; for \fBTk_FreeBitmap\fR the bitmap to release is specified with its Pixmap token. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_FreeBitmapFromObj\fR or \fBTk_FreeBitmap\fR for each call to \fBTk_AllocBitmapFromObj\fR or \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. .SH BUGS In determining whether an existing bitmap can be used to satisfy a new request, \fBTk_AllocBitmapFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR consider only the immediate value of the string description. For example, when a file name is passed to \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR, \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR will assume it is safe to re-use an existing bitmap created from the same file name: it will not check to see whether the file itself has changed, or whether the current directory has changed, thereby causing the name to refer to a different file. .SH KEYWORDS bitmap, pixmap |
Changes to doc/GetCapStyl.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | < > | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetCapStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetCapStyle, Tk_NameOfCapStyle \- translate between strings and cap styles .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetCapStyle(\fIinterp, string, capPtr\fB)\fR .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOfCapStyle(\fIcap\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tcl_Interp" *capPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP "const char" *string in String containing name of cap style: one of .QW butt , .QW projecting , or .QW round . .AP int *capPtr out Pointer to location in which to store X cap style corresponding to \fIstring\fR. .AP int cap in Cap style: one of \fBCapButt\fR, \fBCapProjecting\fR, or \fBCapRound\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetCapStyle\fR places in \fI*capPtr\fR the X cap style corresponding to \fIstring\fR. This will be one of the values \fBCapButt\fR, \fBCapProjecting\fR, or \fBCapRound\fR. Cap styles are typically used in X graphics contexts to indicate how the end-points of lines should be capped. See the X documentation for information on what each style implies. .PP Under normal circumstances the return value is \fBTCL_OK\fR and \fIinterp\fR is unused. If \fIstring\fR does not contain a valid cap style or an abbreviation of one of these names, then an error message is stored in \fIinterp->result\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, and \fI*capPtr\fR is unmodified. .PP \fBTk_NameOfCapStyle\fR is the logical inverse of \fBTk_GetCapStyle\fR. Given a cap style such as \fBCapButt\fR it returns a statically-allocated string corresponding to \fIcap\fR. If \fIcap\fR is not a legal cap style, then .QW "unknown cap style" is returned. .SH KEYWORDS butt, cap style, projecting, round |
Changes to doc/GetClrmap.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetColormap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetColormap, Tk_PreserveColormap, Tk_FreeColormap \- allocate and free colormaps .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetColor.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1991 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1991 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_AllocColorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_AllocColorFromObj, Tk_GetColor, Tk_GetColorFromObj, Tk_GetColorByValue, Tk_NameOfColor, Tk_FreeColorFromObj, Tk_FreeColor \- maintain database of colors .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | Pointer to X color information. Must have been allocated by previous call to \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR, \fBTk_GetColor\fR or \fBTk_GetColorByValue\fR, except when passed to \fBTk_NameOfColor\fR. .AP Drawable drawable in Drawable in which the result graphics context will be used. Must have same screen and depth as the window for which the color was allocated. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures manage the colors being used by a Tk application. They allow colors to be shared whenever possible, so that colormap space is preserved, and they pick closest available colors when colormap space is exhausted. .PP Given a textual description of a color, \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR locates a pixel value that may be used to render the color | > | | | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | Pointer to X color information. Must have been allocated by previous call to \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR, \fBTk_GetColor\fR or \fBTk_GetColorByValue\fR, except when passed to \fBTk_NameOfColor\fR. .AP Drawable drawable in Drawable in which the result graphics context will be used. Must have same screen and depth as the window for which the color was allocated. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures manage the colors being used by a Tk application. They allow colors to be shared whenever possible, so that colormap space is preserved, and they pick closest available colors when colormap space is exhausted. .PP Given a textual description of a color, \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR locates a pixel value that may be used to render the color in a particular window. The desired color is specified with an object whose string value must have one of the following forms: .TP 20 \fIcolorname\fR Any of the valid textual names for a color defined in the server's color database file, such as \fBred\fR or \fBPeachPuff\fR. .TP 20 \fB#\fIRGB\fR .TP 20 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 | will use the closest existing color in the colormap. \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR caches information about the return value in \fIobjPtr\fR, which speeds up future calls to procedures such as \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetColorFromObj\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetColor\fR is identical to \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR except that the description of the color is specified with a string instead | | | | 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 | will use the closest existing color in the colormap. \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR caches information about the return value in \fIobjPtr\fR, which speeds up future calls to procedures such as \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetColorFromObj\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetColor\fR is identical to \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR except that the description of the color is specified with a string instead of an object. This prevents \fBTk_GetColor\fR from caching the return value, so \fBTk_GetColor\fR is less efficient than \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetColorFromObj\fR returns the token for an existing color, given the window and description used to create the color. \fBTk_GetColorFromObj\fR does not actually create the color; the color must already have been created with a previous call to \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR or \fBTk_GetColor\fR. The return value is cached in \fIobjPtr\fR, which speeds up future calls to \fBTk_GetColorFromObj\fR with the same \fIobjPtr\fR and \fItkwin\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetColorByValue\fR is similar to \fBTk_GetColor\fR except that the desired color is indicated with the \fIred\fR, \fIgreen\fR, and \fIblue\fR fields of the structure pointed to by \fIcolorPtr\fR. .PP This package maintains a database of all the colors currently in use. If the same color is requested multiple times from \fBTk_GetColor\fR or \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR (e.g. by different windows), or if the same intensities are requested multiple times from \fBTk_GetColorByValue\fR, then existing pixel values will be re-used. Re-using an existing pixel avoids any interaction with the window server, which makes the allocation much more efficient. These procedures also provide a portable interface that works across all platforms. For this reason, you should generally use \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR, \fBTk_GetColor\fR, or \fBTk_GetColorByValue\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 | with the same information used to create it; for \fBTk_FreeColor\fR the color to release is specified with a pointer to its XColor structure. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_FreeColorFromObj\fR or \fBTk_FreeColor\fR for each call to \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR, \fBTk_GetColor\fR, or \fBTk_GetColorByValue\fR. .SH KEYWORDS | | | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 | with the same information used to create it; for \fBTk_FreeColor\fR the color to release is specified with a pointer to its XColor structure. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_FreeColorFromObj\fR or \fBTk_FreeColor\fR for each call to \fBTk_AllocColorFromObj\fR, \fBTk_GetColor\fR, or \fBTk_GetColorByValue\fR. .SH KEYWORDS color, intensity, object, pixel value |
Changes to doc/GetCursor.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_AllocCursorFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_AllocCursorFromObj, Tk_GetCursor, Tk_GetCursorFromObj, Tk_GetCursorFromData, Tk_NameOfCursor, Tk_FreeCursorFromObj, Tk_FreeCursor \- maintain database of cursors .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 | .AP Display *display in Display for which \fIcursor\fR was allocated. .AP Tk_Cursor cursor in Opaque Tk identifier for cursor. If passed to \fBTk_FreeCursor\fR, must have been returned by some previous call to \fBTk_GetCursor\fR or \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures manage a collection of cursors being used by an application. The procedures allow cursors to be re-used efficiently, thereby avoiding server overhead, and also allow cursors to be named with character strings. .PP | > | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | .AP Display *display in Display for which \fIcursor\fR was allocated. .AP Tk_Cursor cursor in Opaque Tk identifier for cursor. If passed to \fBTk_FreeCursor\fR, must have been returned by some previous call to \fBTk_GetCursor\fR or \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures manage a collection of cursors being used by an application. The procedures allow cursors to be re-used efficiently, thereby avoiding server overhead, and also allow cursors to be named with character strings. .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 | cursor. If there are conflicts color cursors will always be loaded in preference to black and white cursors. .RE .TP \fB@\fIsourceName\0maskName\0fgColor\0bgColor\fR In this form, \fIsourceName\fR and \fImaskName\fR are the names of files describing cursors for the cursor's source bits and mask. | | | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 | cursor. If there are conflicts color cursors will always be loaded in preference to black and white cursors. .RE .TP \fB@\fIsourceName\0maskName\0fgColor\0bgColor\fR In this form, \fIsourceName\fR and \fImaskName\fR are the names of files describing cursors for the cursor's source bits and mask. Each file must be in standard X11 or X10 cursor format. \fIFgColor\fR and \fIbgColor\fR indicate the colors to use for the cursor, in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetColor\fR. This form of the command will not work on Macintosh or Windows computers. .TP \fB@\fIsourceName\0fgColor\fR This form is similar to the one above, except that the source is used as mask also. This means that the cursor's background is |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 | For \fBTk_FreeCursorFromObj\fR the cursor to release is specified with the same information used to create it; for \fBTk_FreeCursor\fR the cursor to release is specified with its Tk_Cursor token. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_FreeCursor\fR for each call to \fBTk_AllocCursorFromObj\fR, \fBTk_GetCursor\fR, or \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR. .SH BUGS | > < > | 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 | For \fBTk_FreeCursorFromObj\fR the cursor to release is specified with the same information used to create it; for \fBTk_FreeCursor\fR the cursor to release is specified with its Tk_Cursor token. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_FreeCursor\fR for each call to \fBTk_AllocCursorFromObj\fR, \fBTk_GetCursor\fR, or \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR. .SH BUGS In determining whether an existing cursor can be used to satisfy a new request, \fBTk_AllocCursorFromObj\fR, \fBTk_GetCursor\fR, and \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR consider only the immediate values of their arguments. For example, when a file name is passed to \fBTk_GetCursor\fR, \fBTk_GetCursor\fR will assume it is safe to re-use an existing cursor created from the same file name: it will not check to see whether the file itself has changed, or whether the current directory has changed, thereby causing the name to refer to a different file. Similarly, \fBTk_GetCursorFromData\fR assumes that if the same \fIsource\fR pointer is used in two different calls, then the pointers refer to the same data; it does not check to see if the actual data values have changed. .SH KEYWORDS cursor |
Changes to doc/GetDash.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < | | > | | | < < | | < | | | | | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_GetDash 3 8.3 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_GetDash \- convert from string to valid dash structure.
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
int
\fBTk_GetDash\fR(\fIinterp, string, dashPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tk_Dash *dashPtr
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
Interpreter to use for error reporting.
.AP "const char *" string in
Textual value to be converted.
.AP Tk_Dash *dashPtr out
Points to place to store the dash pattern
value converted from \fIstring\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
These procedure parses the string and fills in the result in the
Tk_Dash structure. The string can be a list of integers or a
character string containing only
.QW \fB.,\-_\fR
or spaces. If all
goes well, \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned. If \fIstring\fR does not have the
proper syntax then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, an error message is left
in the interpreter's result, and nothing is stored at *\fIdashPtr\fR.
.PP
The first possible syntax is a list of integers. Each element
represents the number of pixels of a line segment. Only the odd
segments are drawn using the
.QW outline
color. The other segments are drawn transparent.
.PP
The second possible syntax is a character list containing only
5 possible characters
.QW "\fB.,\-_ \fR" .
The space can be used
to enlarge the space between other line elements, and can not
occur as the first position in the string. Some examples:
.CS
\-dash . = \-dash {2 4}
\-dash \- = \-dash {6 4}
\-dash \-. = \-dash {6 4 2 4}
\-dash \-.. = \-dash {6 4 2 4 2 4}
\-dash {. } = \-dash {2 8}
\-dash , = \-dash {4 4}
.CE
.PP
The main difference of this syntax with the previous is that it
is shape-conserving. This means that all values in the dash
list will be multiplied by the line width before display. This
assures that
.QW .
will always be displayed as a dot and
.QW \-
always as a dash regardless of the line width.
.PP
On systems where only a limited set of dash patterns, the dash
pattern will be displayed as the most close dash pattern that
is available. For example, on Windows only the first 4 of the
above examples are available. The last 2 examples will be
displayed identically as the first one.
.SH KEYWORDS
dash, conversion
|
Changes to doc/GetFont.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | < < < | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_AllocFontFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_AllocFontFromObj, Tk_GetFont, Tk_GetFontFromObj, Tk_NameOfFont, Tk_FreeFontFromObj, Tk_FreeFont \- maintain database of fonts .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_Font \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj(\fIinterp, tkwin, objPtr\fB)\fR .sp Tk_Font \fBTk_GetFont(\fIinterp, tkwin, string\fB)\fR .sp Tk_Font \fBTk_GetFontFromObj(\fItkwin, objPtr\fB)\fR .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOfFont(\fItkfont\fB)\fR .sp Tk_Font \fBTk_FreeFontFromObj(\fItkwin, objPtr\fB)\fR .sp void \fBTk_FreeFont(\fItkfont\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "const char" *tkfont .AP "Tcl_Interp" *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. If \fBNULL\fR, then no error messages are left after errors. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window in which font will be used. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR finds the font indicated by \fIobjPtr\fR and returns a token that represents the font. The return value can be used in subsequent calls to procedures such as \fBTk_GetFontMetrics\fR, \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR, and \fBTk_FreeFont\fR. The Tk_Font token will remain valid until | | | 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR finds the font indicated by \fIobjPtr\fR and returns a token that represents the font. The return value can be used in subsequent calls to procedures such as \fBTk_GetFontMetrics\fR, \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR, and \fBTk_FreeFont\fR. The Tk_Font token will remain valid until \fBTk_FreeFontFromObj\fR or \fBTk_FreeFont\fR is called to release it. \fIObjPtr\fR can contain either a symbolic name or a font description; see the documentation for the \fBfont\fR command for a description of the valid formats. If \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR is unsuccessful (because, for example, \fIobjPtr\fR did not contain a valid font specification) then it returns \fBNULL\fR and leaves an error message in \fIinterp\fR's result if \fIinterp\fR is not \fBNULL\fR. \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR caches information about the return |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetFont\fR maintain a database of all fonts they have allocated. If the same font is requested multiple times (e.g. by different windows or for different purposes), then a single Tk_Font will be shared for all uses. The underlying resources will be freed automatically when no-one is using the font anymore. .PP | < < < > | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetFont\fR maintain a database of all fonts they have allocated. If the same font is requested multiple times (e.g. by different windows or for different purposes), then a single Tk_Font will be shared for all uses. The underlying resources will be freed automatically when no-one is using the font anymore. .PP The procedure \fBTk_NameOfFont\fR is roughly the inverse of \fBTk_GetFont\fR. Given a \fItkfont\fR that was created by \fBTk_GetFont\fR (or \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR), the return value is the \fIstring\fR argument that was passed to \fBTk_GetFont\fR to create the font. The string returned by \fBTk_NameOfFont\fR is only guaranteed to persist until the \fItkfont\fR is deleted. The caller must not modify this string. .PP When a font is no longer needed, \fBTk_FreeFontFromObj\fR or \fBTk_FreeFont\fR should be called to release it. For \fBTk_FreeFontFromObj\fR the font to release is specified with the same information used to create it; for \fBTk_FreeFont\fR the font to release is specified with its Tk_Font token. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_FreeFontFromObj\fR or \fBTk_FreeFont\fR for each call to \fBTk_AllocFontFromObj\fR or \fBTk_GetFont\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" Tk_FontId(3) .SH KEYWORDS font |
Changes to doc/GetGC.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetGC 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetGC, Tk_FreeGC \- maintain database of read-only graphics contexts .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 | graphics context. .AP Display *display in Display for which \fIgc\fR was allocated. .AP GC gc in X identifier for graphics context that is no longer needed. Must have been allocated by \fBTk_GetGC\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetGC\fR and \fBTk_FreeGC\fR manage a collection of graphics contexts being used by an application. The procedures allow graphics contexts to be shared, thereby avoiding the server overhead that would be incurred if a separate GC were created for each use. \fBTk_GetGC\fR takes arguments describing the desired graphics context and returns an X identifier | > | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | graphics context. .AP Display *display in Display for which \fIgc\fR was allocated. .AP GC gc in X identifier for graphics context that is no longer needed. Must have been allocated by \fBTk_GetGC\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetGC\fR and \fBTk_FreeGC\fR manage a collection of graphics contexts being used by an application. The procedures allow graphics contexts to be shared, thereby avoiding the server overhead that would be incurred if a separate GC were created for each use. \fBTk_GetGC\fR takes arguments describing the desired graphics context and returns an X identifier |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | When a graphics context is no longer needed, \fBTk_FreeGC\fR should be called to release it. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_FreeGC\fR for each call to \fBTk_GetGC\fR. When a graphics context is no longer in use anywhere (i.e. it has been freed as many times as it has been gotten) \fBTk_FreeGC\fR will release it to the X server and delete it from the database. .SH KEYWORDS graphics context | > | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 | When a graphics context is no longer needed, \fBTk_FreeGC\fR should be called to release it. There should be exactly one call to \fBTk_FreeGC\fR for each call to \fBTk_GetGC\fR. When a graphics context is no longer in use anywhere (i.e. it has been freed as many times as it has been gotten) \fBTk_FreeGC\fR will release it to the X server and delete it from the database. .SH KEYWORDS graphics context |
Changes to doc/GetHINSTANCE.3.
1 2 3 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH Tk_GetHISTANCE 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetHINSTANCE \- retrieve the global application instance handle .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetHWND.3.
1 2 3 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH HWND 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetHWND, Tk_AttachHWND \- manage interactions between the Windows handle and an X window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | .PP \fBTk_GetHWND\fR returns the Windows HWND identifier for X Windows window given by \fIwindow\fR. .PP \fBTk_AttachHWND\fR binds the Windows HWND identifier to the specified Tk_Window given by \fItkwin\fR. It returns an X Windows window that encapsulates the HWND. .SH KEYWORDS identifier, window | > | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | .PP \fBTk_GetHWND\fR returns the Windows HWND identifier for X Windows window given by \fIwindow\fR. .PP \fBTk_AttachHWND\fR binds the Windows HWND identifier to the specified Tk_Window given by \fItkwin\fR. It returns an X Windows window that encapsulates the HWND. .SH KEYWORDS identifier, window |
Changes to doc/GetImage.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetImage 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetImage, Tk_RedrawImage, Tk_SizeOfImage, Tk_FreeImage \- use an image in a widget .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 | in \fIdrawable\fR where y-coordinate \fIimageY\fR of the image should be displayed. .AP "int" widthPtr out Store width of \fIimage\fR (in pixels) here. .AP "int" heightPtr out Store height of \fIimage\fR (in pixels) here. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are invoked by widgets that wish to display images. \fBTk_GetImage\fR is invoked by a widget when it first decides to display an image. \fIname\fR gives the name of the desired image and \fItkwin\fR identifies the window where the image will be displayed. \fBTk_GetImage\fR looks up the image in the table of existing images and returns a token for a new instance of the image. If the image does not exist then \fBTk_GetImage\fR returns NULL | > | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 | in \fIdrawable\fR where y-coordinate \fIimageY\fR of the image should be displayed. .AP "int" widthPtr out Store width of \fIimage\fR (in pixels) here. .AP "int" heightPtr out Store height of \fIimage\fR (in pixels) here. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are invoked by widgets that wish to display images. \fBTk_GetImage\fR is invoked by a widget when it first decides to display an image. \fIname\fR gives the name of the desired image and \fItkwin\fR identifies the window where the image will be displayed. \fBTk_GetImage\fR looks up the image in the table of existing images and returns a token for a new instance of the image. If the image does not exist then \fBTk_GetImage\fR returns NULL and leaves an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP When a widget wishes to actually display an image it must call \fBTk_RedrawImage\fR, identifying the image (\fIimage\fR), a region within the image to redisplay (\fIimageX\fR, \fIimageY\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR), and a place to display the image (\fIdrawable\fR, \fIdrawableX\fR, and \fIdrawableY\fR). Tk will then invoke the appropriate image manager, which will |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 | using the image will need to find out about the changes so that they can redisplay themselves. The \fIchangeProc\fR and \fIclientData\fR arguments to \fBTk_GetImage\fR are used for this purpose. \fIchangeProc\fR will be called by Tk whenever a change occurs in the image; it must match the following prototype: .CS | | | | | | | | | > > | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
using the image will need to find out about the changes so that
they can redisplay themselves.
The \fIchangeProc\fR and \fIclientData\fR arguments to
\fBTk_GetImage\fR are used for this purpose.
\fIchangeProc\fR will be called by Tk whenever a change occurs
in the image; it must match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ImageChangedProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
int \fIx\fR,
int \fIy\fR,
int \fIwidth\fR,
int \fIheight\fR,
int \fIimageWidth\fR,
int \fIimageHeight\fR);
.CE
The \fIclientData\fR argument to \fIchangeProc\fR is the same as the
\fIclientData\fR argument to \fBTk_GetImage\fR.
It is usually a pointer to the widget record for the widget or
some other data structure managed by the widget.
The arguments \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR
identify a region within the image that must be redisplayed;
they are specified in pixels measured from the upper-left
corner of the image.
The arguments \fIimageWidth\fR and \fIimageHeight\fR give
the image's (new) size.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tk_CreateImageType
.SH KEYWORDS
images, redisplay
|
Changes to doc/GetJoinStl.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | < > | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetJoinStyle 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetJoinStyle, Tk_NameOfJoinStyle \- translate between strings and join styles .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetJoinStyle(\fIinterp, string, joinPtr\fB)\fR .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOfJoinStyle(\fIjoin\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tcl_Interp" *joinPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP "const char" *string in String containing name of join style: one of .QW bevel , .QW miter , or .QW round . .AP int *joinPtr out Pointer to location in which to store X join style corresponding to \fIstring\fR. .AP int join in Join style: one of \fBJoinBevel\fR, \fBJoinMiter\fR, \fBJoinRound\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetJoinStyle\fR places in \fI*joinPtr\fR the X join style corresponding to \fIstring\fR, which will be one of \fBJoinBevel\fR, \fBJoinMiter\fR, or \fBJoinRound\fR. Join styles are typically used in X graphics contexts to indicate how adjacent line segments should be joined together. See the X documentation for information on what each style implies. .PP Under normal circumstances the return value is \fBTCL_OK\fR and \fIinterp\fR is unused. If \fIstring\fR does not contain a valid join style or an abbreviation of one of these names, then an error message is stored in \fIinterp->result\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, and \fI*joinPtr\fR is unmodified. .PP \fBTk_NameOfJoinStyle\fR is the logical inverse of \fBTk_GetJoinStyle\fR. Given a join style such as \fBJoinBevel\fR it returns a statically-allocated string corresponding to \fIjoin\fR. If \fIjoin\fR is not a legal join style, then .QW "unknown join style" is returned. .SH KEYWORDS bevel, join style, miter, round |
Changes to doc/GetJustify.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetJustifyFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetJustifyFromObj, Tk_GetJustify, Tk_NameOfJustify \- translate between strings and justification styles .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | const char * \fBTk_NameOfJustify(\fIjustify\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tk_Justify" *justifyPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting, or NULL. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out | | | | | < | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | const char * \fBTk_NameOfJustify(\fIjustify\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tk_Justify" *justifyPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting, or NULL. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out String value contains name of justification style, one of .QW left , .QW right , or .QW center . The internal rep will be modified to cache corresponding justify value. .AP "const char" *string in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except description of justification style is passed as a string. .AP int *justifyPtr out Pointer to location in which to store justify value corresponding to \fIobjPtr\fR or \fIstring\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | .PP \fBTk_NameOfJustify\fR is the logical inverse of \fBTk_GetJustify\fR. Given a justify value it returns a statically-allocated string corresponding to \fIjustify\fR. If \fIjustify\fR is not a legal justify value, then .QW "unknown justification style" is returned. .SH KEYWORDS center, fill, justification, string | > | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | .PP \fBTk_NameOfJustify\fR is the logical inverse of \fBTk_GetJustify\fR. Given a justify value it returns a statically-allocated string corresponding to \fIjustify\fR. If \fIjustify\fR is not a legal justify value, then .QW "unknown justification style" is returned. .SH KEYWORDS center, fill, justification, string |
Changes to doc/GetOption.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetOption 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetOption \- retrieve an option from the option database .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 | Token for window. .AP "const char" *name in Name of desired option. .AP "const char" *class in Class of desired option. Null means there is no class for this option; do lookup based on name only. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This procedure is invoked to retrieve an option from the database associated with \fItkwin\fR's main window. If there is an option for \fItkwin\fR that matches the given \fIname\fR or \fIclass\fR, then it is returned in the form of a Tk_Uid. If multiple options match \fIname\fR and \fIclass\fR, then the highest-priority one is returned. If no option matches, then NULL is returned. .PP \fBTk_GetOption\fR caches options related to \fItkwin\fR so that successive calls for the same \fItkwin\fR will execute much more quickly than successive calls for different windows. .SH KEYWORDS class, name, option, retrieve | > > | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | Token for window. .AP "const char" *name in Name of desired option. .AP "const char" *class in Class of desired option. Null means there is no class for this option; do lookup based on name only. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This procedure is invoked to retrieve an option from the database associated with \fItkwin\fR's main window. If there is an option for \fItkwin\fR that matches the given \fIname\fR or \fIclass\fR, then it is returned in the form of a Tk_Uid. If multiple options match \fIname\fR and \fIclass\fR, then the highest-priority one is returned. If no option matches, then NULL is returned. .PP \fBTk_GetOption\fR caches options related to \fItkwin\fR so that successive calls for the same \fItkwin\fR will execute much more quickly than successive calls for different windows. .SH KEYWORDS class, name, option, retrieve |
Changes to doc/GetPixels.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetPixelsFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetPixelsFromObj, Tk_GetPixels, Tk_GetMMFromObj, Tk_GetScreenMM \- translate between strings and screen units .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj(\fIinterp, tkwin, objPtr, intPtr\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetPixels(\fIinterp, tkwin, string, intPtr\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetMMFromObj(\fIinterp, tkwin, objPtr, doublePtr\fB)\fR .sp int |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 | Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except specification of distance is passed as a string. .AP int *intPtr out Pointer to location in which to store converted distance in pixels. .AP double *doublePtr out Pointer to location in which to store converted distance in millimeters. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures take as argument a specification of distance on the screen (\fIobjPtr\fR or \fIstring\fR) and compute the corresponding distance either in integer pixels or floating-point millimeters. In either case, \fIobjPtr\fR or \fIstring\fR | > | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 | Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except specification of distance is passed as a string. .AP int *intPtr out Pointer to location in which to store converted distance in pixels. .AP double *doublePtr out Pointer to location in which to store converted distance in millimeters. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures take as argument a specification of distance on the screen (\fIobjPtr\fR or \fIstring\fR) and compute the corresponding distance either in integer pixels or floating-point millimeters. In either case, \fIobjPtr\fR or \fIstring\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 | by a character that is not one of the ones above) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR caches information about the return value in \fIobjPtr\fR, which speeds up future calls to \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR with the same \fIobjPtr\fR. .PP | < < < | > | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | by a character that is not one of the ones above) then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR caches information about the return value in \fIobjPtr\fR, which speeds up future calls to \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR with the same \fIobjPtr\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetPixels\fR is identical to \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR except that the screen distance is specified with a string instead of an object. This prevents \fBTk_GetPixels\fR from caching the return value, so \fBTk_GetAnchor\fR is less efficient than \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetMMFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetScreenMM\fR are similar to \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj\fR and \fBTk_GetPixels\fR (respectively) except that they convert the screen distance to millimeters and store a double-precision floating-point result at \fI*doublePtr\fR. .SH KEYWORDS centimeters, convert, inches, millimeters, pixels, points, screen units |
Changes to doc/GetPixmap.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetPixmap 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetPixmap, Tk_FreePixmap \- allocate and free pixmaps .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | .AP "int" height in Height of pixmap. .AP "int" depth in Number of bits per pixel in pixmap. .AP Pixmap pixmap in Pixmap to destroy. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are identical to the Xlib procedures \fBXCreatePixmap\fR and \fBXFreePixmap\fR, except that they have extra code to manage X resource identifiers so that identifiers for deleted pixmaps can be reused in the future. It is important for Tk applications to use these procedures rather than \fBXCreatePixmap\fR and \fBXFreePixmap\fR; otherwise long-running applications may run out of resource identifiers. .PP \fBTk_GetPixmap\fR creates a pixmap suitable for drawing in \fId\fR, with dimensions given by \fIwidth\fR, \fIheight\fR, and \fIdepth\fR, and returns its identifier. \fBTk_FreePixmap\fR destroys the pixmap given by \fIpixmap\fR and makes its resource identifier available for reuse. .SH KEYWORDS pixmap, resource identifier | > > | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | .AP "int" height in Height of pixmap. .AP "int" depth in Number of bits per pixel in pixmap. .AP Pixmap pixmap in Pixmap to destroy. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are identical to the Xlib procedures \fBXCreatePixmap\fR and \fBXFreePixmap\fR, except that they have extra code to manage X resource identifiers so that identifiers for deleted pixmaps can be reused in the future. It is important for Tk applications to use these procedures rather than \fBXCreatePixmap\fR and \fBXFreePixmap\fR; otherwise long-running applications may run out of resource identifiers. .PP \fBTk_GetPixmap\fR creates a pixmap suitable for drawing in \fId\fR, with dimensions given by \fIwidth\fR, \fIheight\fR, and \fIdepth\fR, and returns its identifier. \fBTk_FreePixmap\fR destroys the pixmap given by \fIpixmap\fR and makes its resource identifier available for reuse. .SH KEYWORDS pixmap, resource identifier |
Changes to doc/GetRelief.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetReliefFromObj 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetReliefFromObj, Tk_GetRelief, Tk_NameOfRelief \- translate between strings and relief values .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | \fBTk_NameOfRelief(\fIrelief\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tcl_Interp" *reliefPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out String value contains name of relief, one of | | | | | | | < | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | \fBTk_NameOfRelief(\fIrelief\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tcl_Interp" *reliefPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out String value contains name of relief, one of .QW flat , .QW groove , .QW raised , .QW ridge , .QW solid , or .QW sunken ; the internal rep will be modified to cache corresponding relief value. .AP char *string in Same as \fIobjPtr\fR except description of relief is passed as a string. .AP int *reliefPtr out Pointer to location in which to store relief value corresponding to \fIobjPtr\fR or \fIname\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetRootCrd.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetRootCoords 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetRootCoords \- Compute root-window coordinates of window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/GetScroll.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | > > > > > > | < < < < < < | | > | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | | | > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetScrollInfo 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetScrollInfo, Tk_GetScrollInfoObj \- parse arguments for scrolling commands .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetScrollInfo(\fIinterp, argc, argv, dblPtr, intPtr\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj(\fIinterp, objc, objv, dblPtr, intPtr\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS "Tcl_Interp" *dblPtr .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP int argc in Number of strings in \fIargv\fR array. .AP "const char" *argv[] in Argument strings. These represent the entire widget command, of which the first word is typically the widget name and the second word is typically \fBxview\fR or \fByview\fR. .AP int objc in Number of Tcl_Obj's in \fIobjv\fR array. .AP "Tcl_Obj *const" objv[] in Argument objects. These represent the entire widget command, of which the first word is typically the widget name and the second word is typically \fBxview\fR or \fByview\fR. .AP double *dblPtr out Filled in with fraction from \fBmoveto\fR option, if any. .AP int *intPtr out Filled in with line or page count from \fBscroll\fR option, if any. The value may be negative. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetScrollInfo\fR parses the arguments expected by widget scrolling commands such as \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR. It receives the entire list of words that make up a widget command and parses the words starting with \fIargv\fR[2]. The words starting with \fIargv\fR[2] must have one of the following forms: .CS \fBmoveto \fIfraction\fR \fBscroll \fInumber\fB units\fR \fBscroll \fInumber\fB pages\fR .CE .LP Any of the \fBmoveto\fR, \fBscroll\fR, \fBunits\fR, and \fBpages\fR keywords may be abbreviated. If \fIargv\fR has the \fBmoveto\fR form, \fBTK_SCROLL_MOVETO\fR is returned as result and \fI*dblPtr\fR is filled in with the \fIfraction\fR argument to the command, which must be a proper real value. If \fIargv\fR has the \fBscroll\fR form, \fBTK_SCROLL_UNITS\fR or \fBTK_SCROLL_PAGES\fR is returned and \fI*intPtr\fR is filled in with the \fInumber\fR value, which must be a proper integer. If an error occurs in parsing the arguments, \fBTK_SCROLL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj\fR is identical in function to \fBTk_GetScrollInfo\fR. However, \fBTk_GetScrollInfoObj\fR accepts Tcl_Obj style arguments, making it more appropriate for use with new development. .SH KEYWORDS parse, scrollbar, scrolling command, xview, yview |
Changes to doc/GetSelect.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetSelection \- retrieve the contents of a selection .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 | Form in which to retrieve selection. .AP Tk_GetSelProc *proc in Procedure to invoke to process pieces of the selection as they are retrieved. .AP ClientData clientData in Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetSelection\fR retrieves the selection specified by the atom \fIselection\fR in the format specified by \fItarget\fR. The selection may actually be retrieved in several pieces; as each piece is retrieved, \fIproc\fR is called to process the piece. \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the type \fBTk_GetSelProc\fR: | > < | | | | < | | | | | | | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
Form in which to retrieve selection.
.AP Tk_GetSelProc *proc in
Procedure to invoke to process pieces of the selection as they
are retrieved.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_GetSelection\fR retrieves the selection specified by the atom
\fIselection\fR in the format specified by \fItarget\fR. The
selection may actually be retrieved in several pieces; as each piece
is retrieved, \fIproc\fR is called to process the piece. \fIProc\fR
should have arguments and result that match the type
\fBTk_GetSelProc\fR:
.CS
typedef int Tk_GetSelProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
char *\fIportion\fR);
.CE
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters to \fIproc\fR
will be copies of the corresponding arguments to
\fBTk_GetSelection\fR. \fIPortion\fR will be a pointer to
a string containing part or all of the selection. For large
selections, \fIproc\fR will be called several times with successive
portions of the selection. The X Inter-Client Communication
Conventions Manual allows a selection to be returned in formats
other than strings, e.g. as an array of atoms or integers. If
this happens, Tk converts the selection back into a string
before calling \fIproc\fR. If a selection is returned as an
array of atoms, Tk converts it to a string containing the atom names
separated by white space. For any other format besides string,
Tk converts a selection to a string containing hexadecimal
values separated by white space.
.PP
\fBTk_GetSelection\fR returns to its caller when the selection has
been completely retrieved and processed by \fIproc\fR, or when a
fatal error has occurred (e.g. the selection owner did not respond
promptly). \fBTk_GetSelection\fR normally returns \fBTCL_OK\fR; if
an error occurs, it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message
in \fIinterp->result\fR. \fIProc\fR should also return either
\fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. If \fIproc\fR encounters an error in dealing with the
selection, it should leave an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR
and return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR; this will abort the selection retrieval.
.SH KEYWORDS
format, get, selection retrieval
|
Changes to doc/GetUid.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetUid 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetUid, Tk_Uid \- convert from string to unique identifier .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_Uid \fBTk_GetUid\fR(\fIstring\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AP char *string in String for which the corresponding unique identifier is desired. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetUid\fR returns the unique identifier corresponding to \fIstring\fR. Unique identifiers are similar to atoms in Lisp, and are used in Tk to speed up comparisons and searches. A unique identifier (type Tk_Uid) is a string pointer and may be used anywhere that a variable of type .QW "char *" could be used. However, there is guaranteed to be exactly one unique identifier for any given string value. If \fBTk_GetUid\fR is called twice, once with string \fIa\fR and once with string \fIb\fR, and if \fIa\fR and \fIb\fR have the same string value (strcmp(a, b) == 0), then \fBTk_GetUid\fR will return exactly the same Tk_Uid value for each call (Tk_GetUid(a) == Tk_GetUid(b)). This means that variables of type Tk_Uid may be compared directly (x == y) without having to call \fBstrcmp\fR. In addition, the return value from \fBTk_GetUid\fR will have the same string value as its argument (strcmp(Tk_GetUid(a), a) == 0). .SH KEYWORDS atom, unique identifier |
Changes to doc/GetVRoot.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetVRootGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetVRootGeometry \- Get location and size of virtual root for window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | .AP int yPtr out Points to word in which to store y-offset of virtual root. .AP "int" widthPtr out Points to word in which to store width of virtual root. .AP "int" heightPtr out Points to word in which to store height of virtual root. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetVRootGeometry\fR returns geometry information about the virtual root window associated with \fItkwin\fR. The .QW associated virtual root is the one in which \fItkwin\fR's nearest top-level ancestor (or \fItkwin\fR itself if it is a top-level window) has been reparented by the window manager. This window is identified by a \fB__SWM_ROOT\fR or \fB__WM_ROOT\fR property placed on the top-level window by the window manager. If \fItkwin\fR is not associated with a virtual root (e.g. because the window manager does not use virtual roots) then *\fIxPtr\fR and *\fIyPtr\fR will be set to 0 and *\fIwidthPtr\fR and *\fIheightPtr\fR will be set to the dimensions of the screen containing \fItkwin\fR. .SH KEYWORDS geometry, height, location, virtual root, width, window manager | > > | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | .AP int yPtr out Points to word in which to store y-offset of virtual root. .AP "int" widthPtr out Points to word in which to store width of virtual root. .AP "int" heightPtr out Points to word in which to store height of virtual root. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetVRootGeometry\fR returns geometry information about the virtual root window associated with \fItkwin\fR. The .QW associated virtual root is the one in which \fItkwin\fR's nearest top-level ancestor (or \fItkwin\fR itself if it is a top-level window) has been reparented by the window manager. This window is identified by a \fB__SWM_ROOT\fR or \fB__WM_ROOT\fR property placed on the top-level window by the window manager. If \fItkwin\fR is not associated with a virtual root (e.g. because the window manager does not use virtual roots) then *\fIxPtr\fR and *\fIyPtr\fR will be set to 0 and *\fIwidthPtr\fR and *\fIheightPtr\fR will be set to the dimensions of the screen containing \fItkwin\fR. .SH KEYWORDS geometry, height, location, virtual root, width, window manager |
Changes to doc/GetVisual.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_GetVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetVisual \- translate from string to visual .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | .PP \fBTk_GetVisual\fR takes a string description of a visual and finds a suitable X Visual for use in \fItkwin\fR, if there is one. It returns a pointer to the X Visual structure for the visual and stores the number of bits per pixel for it at \fI*depthPtr\fR. If \fIstring\fR is unrecognizable or if no suitable visual could be found, then NULL is returned and \fBTk_GetVisual\fR leaves | | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | .PP \fBTk_GetVisual\fR takes a string description of a visual and finds a suitable X Visual for use in \fItkwin\fR, if there is one. It returns a pointer to the X Visual structure for the visual and stores the number of bits per pixel for it at \fI*depthPtr\fR. If \fIstring\fR is unrecognizable or if no suitable visual could be found, then NULL is returned and \fBTk_GetVisual\fR leaves an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR. If \fIcolormap\fR is non-NULL then \fBTk_GetVisual\fR also locates an appropriate colormap for use with the result visual and stores its X identifier at \fI*colormapPtr\fR. .PP The \fIstring\fR argument specifies the desired visual in one of the following ways: .TP 15 |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/Grab.3.
1 2 3 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. | | > > > > | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH Tk_Grab 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Grab, Tk_Ungrab \- manipulate grab state in an application .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_Grab\fR(\fIinterp, tkwin, grabGlobal\fR) .sp void \fBTk_Ungrab\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter to use for error reporting .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Window on whose behalf the pointer is to be grabbed or released .AP int grabGlobal in Boolean indicating whether the grab is global or application local .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These functions are used to set or release a global or application local grab. When a grab is set on a particular window in a Tk application, mouse and keyboard events can only be received by that window and its descendants. Mouse and keyboard events for windows outside the tree rooted at \fItkwin\fR will be redirected to \fItkwin\fR. If the grab is global, then all mouse and keyboard events for windows outside the tree rooted at \fItkwin\fR (even those intended for windows in other applications) will be redirected to \fItkwin\fR. If the grab is application local, only mouse and keyboard events intended for a windows within the same application (but outside the tree rooted at \fItkwin\fR) will be redirected. .PP \fBTk_Grab\fR sets a grab on a particular window. \fITkwin\fR specifies the window on whose behalf the pointer is to be grabbed. \fIGrabGlobal\fR indicates whether the grab should be global or application local; if it is non-zero, it means the grab should be global. Normally, \fBTk_Grab\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR; if an error occurs and the grab cannot be set, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is left if \fIinterp\fR's result. Once this call completes successfully, no window outside the tree rooted at \fItkwin\fR will receive pointer- or keyboard-related events until the next call to Tk_Ungrab. If a previous grab was in effect within the application, then it is replaced with a new one. .PP \fBTcl_Ungrab\fR releases a grab on the mouse pointer and keyboard, if there is one set on the window given by \fItkwin\fR. Once a grab is released, pointer and keyboard events will start being delivered to other windows again. .SH KEYWORDS grab, window |
Changes to doc/HWNDToWindow.3.
1 2 3 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH Tk_HWNDToWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_HWNDToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for a Windows window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tkPlatDecls.h>\fR .sp Tk_Window \fBTk_HWNDToWindow\fR(\fIhwnd\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AP HWND hwnd in Windows handle for the window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Given a Windows HWND window identifier, this procedure returns the corresponding Tk_Window handle. If there is no Tk_Window corresponding to \fIhwnd\fR then NULL is returned. .SH KEYWORDS Windows window id |
Changes to doc/HandleEvent.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_HandleEvent 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_HandleEvent \- invoke event handlers for window system events .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR(\fIeventPtr\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS XEvent *eventPtr .AP XEvent *eventPtr in Pointer to X event to dispatch to relevant handler(s). It is important that all unused fields of the structure be set to zero. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR is a lower-level procedure that deals with window events. It is called by \fBTcl_ServiceEvent\fR (and indirectly by \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR), and in a few other cases within Tk. It makes callbacks to any window event handlers (created by calls to \fBTk_CreateEventHandler\fR) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | it is possible to invoke \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR recursively from a handler called by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR. This sort of operation is useful in some modal situations, such as when a notifier has been popped up and an application wishes to wait for the user to click a button in the notifier before doing anything else. .SH KEYWORDS callback, event, handler, window | > | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | it is possible to invoke \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR recursively from a handler called by \fBTk_HandleEvent\fR. This sort of operation is useful in some modal situations, such as when a notifier has been popped up and an application wishes to wait for the user to click a button in the notifier before doing anything else. .SH KEYWORDS callback, event, handler, window |
Changes to doc/IdToWindow.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_IdToWindow 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_IdToWindow \- Find Tk's window information for an X window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_Window \fBTk_IdToWindow\fR(\fIdisplay, window\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window display .AP Display *display in X display containing the window. .AP Window window in X id for window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Given an X window identifier and the X display it corresponds to, this procedure returns the corresponding Tk_Window handle. If there is no Tk_Window corresponding to \fIwindow\fR then NULL is returned. .SH KEYWORDS X window id |
Changes to doc/ImgChanged.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | > | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_ImageChanged 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ImageChanged \- notify widgets that image needs to be redrawn .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR(\fIimageMaster, x, y, width, height, imageWidth, imageHeight\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_ImageMaster imageHeight .AP Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster in Token for image, which was passed to image's \fIcreateProc\fR when the image was created. .AP int x in X-coordinate of upper-left corner of region that needs redisplay (measured from upper-left corner of image). .AP int y in Y-coordinate of upper-left corner of region that needs redisplay (measured from upper-left corner of image). .AP "int" width in Width of region that needs to be redrawn, in pixels. .AP "int" height in Height of region that needs to be redrawn, in pixels. .AP "int" imageWidth in Current width of image, in pixels. .AP "int" imageHeight in Current height of image, in pixels. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP An image manager calls \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR for an image whenever anything happens that requires the image to be redrawn. As a result of calling \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR, any widgets using the image are notified so that they can redisplay themselves appropriately. The \fIimageMaster\fR argument identifies the image, and \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR specify a rectangular region within the image that needs to be redrawn. \fIimageWidth\fR and \fIimageHeight\fR specify the image's (new) size. .PP An image manager should call \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR during its \fIcreateProc\fR to specify the image's initial size and to force redisplay if there are existing instances for the image. If any of the pixel values in the image should change later on, \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR should be called again with \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR values that cover all the pixels that changed. If the size of the image should change, then \fBTk_ImageChanged\fR must be called to indicate the new size, even if no pixels need to be redisplayed. .SH "SEE ALSO" Tk_CreateImageType .SH KEYWORDS images, redisplay, image size changes |
Changes to doc/Inactive.3.
1 2 3 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. | | | > | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH Tk_GetUserInactiveTime 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \- discover user inactivity time .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp long \fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR .sp \fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime(\fIdisplay\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Display *display .AP Display *display in The display on which the user inactivity timer is to be queried or reset. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime\fR returns the number of milliseconds that have passed since the last user interaction (usually via keyboard or mouse) with the respective display. On systems and displays that do not support querying the user inactiviy time, \fB\-1\fR is returned. \fBTk_GetUserInactiveTime\fR resets the user inactivity timer of the given display to zero. On windowing systems that do not support multiple displays \fIdisplay\fR can be passed as \fBNULL\fR. .SH KEYWORDS idle, inactive |
Changes to doc/InternAtom.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_InternAtom 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_InternAtom, Tk_GetAtomName \- manage cache of X atoms .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window. Used to map atom or name relative to a particular display. .AP "const char" *name in String name for which atom is desired. .AP Atom atom in Atom for which corresponding string name is desired. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are similar to the Xlib procedures \fBXInternAtom\fR and \fBXGetAtomName\fR. \fBTk_InternAtom\fR returns the atom identifier associated with string given by \fIname\fR; the atom identifier is only valid for the display associated with \fItkwin\fR. | > | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window. Used to map atom or name relative to a particular display. .AP "const char" *name in String name for which atom is desired. .AP Atom atom in Atom for which corresponding string name is desired. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures are similar to the Xlib procedures \fBXInternAtom\fR and \fBXGetAtomName\fR. \fBTk_InternAtom\fR returns the atom identifier associated with string given by \fIname\fR; the atom identifier is only valid for the display associated with \fItkwin\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 | Tk caches the information returned by \fBTk_InternAtom\fR and \fBTk_GetAtomName\fR so that future calls for the same information can be serviced from the cache without contacting the server. Thus \fBTk_InternAtom\fR and \fBTk_GetAtomName\fR are generally much faster than their Xlib counterparts, and they should be used in place of the Xlib procedures. .SH KEYWORDS atom, cache, display | > | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | Tk caches the information returned by \fBTk_InternAtom\fR and \fBTk_GetAtomName\fR so that future calls for the same information can be serviced from the cache without contacting the server. Thus \fBTk_InternAtom\fR and \fBTk_GetAtomName\fR are generally much faster than their Xlib counterparts, and they should be used in place of the Xlib procedures. .SH KEYWORDS atom, cache, display |
Changes to doc/MainLoop.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_MainLoop 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MainLoop \- loop for events until all windows are deleted .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_MainLoop\fR() .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_MainLoop\fR is a procedure that loops repeatedly calling \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR. It returns only when there are no applications left in this process (i.e. no main windows exist anymore). Most windowing applications will call \fBTk_MainLoop\fR after initialization; the main execution of the application will consist entirely of callbacks invoked via \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR. .SH KEYWORDS application, event, main loop |
Changes to doc/MainWin.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > > > | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_MainWindow 3 7.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MainWindow, Tk_GetNumMainWindows \- functions for querying main window information .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_Window \fBTk_MainWindow\fR(\fIinterp\fR) .sp int \fBTk_GetNumMainWindows\fR() .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tcl_Interp *pathName .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out Interpreter associated with the application. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A main window is a special kind of toplevel window used as the outermost window in an application. .PP If \fIinterp\fR is associated with a Tk application then \fBTk_MainWindow\fR returns the application's main window. If there is no Tk application associated with \fIinterp\fR then \fBTk_MainWindow\fR returns NULL and leaves an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP \fBTk_GetNumMainWindows\fR returns a count of the number of main windows currently open in the process. .SH KEYWORDS application, main window |
Changes to doc/MaintGeom.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_MaintainGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MaintainGeometry, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry \- maintain geometry of one window relative to another .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_MaintainGeometry\fR(\fIslave, master, x, y, width, height\fR) .sp \fBTk_UnmaintainGeometry\fR(\fIslave, master\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window master .AP Tk_Window slave in Window whose geometry is to be controlled. .AP Tk_Window master in Window relative to which \fIslave\fR's geometry will be controlled. .AP int x in Desired x-coordinate of \fIslave\fR in \fImaster\fR, measured in pixels from the inside of \fImaster\fR's left border to the outside of \fIslave\fR's left border. .AP int y in Desired y-coordinate of \fIslave\fR in \fImaster\fR, measured in pixels from the inside of \fImaster\fR's top border to the outside of \fIslave\fR's top border. .AP int width in Desired width for \fIslave\fR, in pixels. .AP int height in Desired height for \fIslave\fR, in pixels. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_MaintainGeometry\fR and \fBTk_UnmaintainGeometry\fR make it easier for geometry managers to deal with slaves whose masters are not their parents. Three problems arise if the master for a slave is not its parent: .IP [1] The x- and y-position of the slave must be translated from the coordinate system of the master to that of the parent before positioning the slave. .IP [2] If the master window, or any of its ancestors up to the slave's parent, is moved, then the slave must be repositioned within its parent in order to maintain the correct position relative to the master. .IP [3] If the master or one of its ancestors is mapped or unmapped, then the slave must be mapped or unmapped to correspond. .LP None of these problems is an issue if the parent and master are the same. For example, if the master or one of its ancestors is unmapped, the slave is automatically removed by the screen by X. .PP \fBTk_MaintainGeometry\fR deals with these problems for slaves whose masters are not their parents, as well as handling the simpler case of slaves whose masters are their parents. \fBTk_MaintainGeometry\fR is typically called by a window manager once it has decided where a slave should be positioned relative to its master. \fBTk_MaintainGeometry\fR translates the coordinates to the coordinate system of \fIslave\fR's parent and then moves and resizes the slave appropriately. Furthermore, it remembers the desired position and creates event handlers to monitor the master and all of its ancestors up to (but not including) the slave's parent. If any of these windows is moved, mapped, or unmapped, the slave will be adjusted so that it is mapped only when the master is mapped and its geometry relative to the master remains as specified by \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR, \fIwidth\fR, and \fIheight\fR. .PP When a window manager relinquishes control over a window, or if it decides that it does not want the window to appear on the screen under any conditions, it calls \fBTk_UnmaintainGeometry\fR. \fBTk_UnmaintainGeometry\fR unmaps the window and cancels any previous calls to \fBTk_MaintainGeometry\fR for the \fImaster\fR\-\fIslave\fR pair, so that the slave's geometry and mapped state are no longer maintained automatically. \fBTk_UnmaintainGeometry\fR need not be called by a geometry manager if the slave, the master, or any of the master's ancestors is destroyed: Tk will call it automatically. .PP If \fBTk_MaintainGeometry\fR is called repeatedly for the same \fImaster\fR\-\fIslave\fR pair, the information from the most recent call supersedes any older information. If \fBTk_UnmaintainGeometry\fR is called for a \fImaster\fR\-\fIslave\fR pair that is is not currently managed, the call has no effect. .SH KEYWORDS geometry manager, map, master, parent, position, slave, unmap |
Changes to doc/ManageGeom.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_ManageGeometry 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ManageGeometry \- arrange to handle geometry requests for a window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | .AP ClientData clientData in Arbitrary one-word value to pass to geometry manager callbacks. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR arranges for a particular geometry manager, described by the \fImgrPtr\fR argument, to control the geometry | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to geometry manager callbacks.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR arranges for a particular geometry manager,
described by the \fImgrPtr\fR argument, to control the geometry
of a particular slave window, given by \fItkwin\fR.
If \fItkwin\fR was previously managed by some other geometry manager,
the previous manager loses control in favor of the new one.
If \fImgrPtr\fR is NULL, geometry management is cancelled for
\fItkwin\fR.
.PP
The structure pointed to by \fImgrPtr\fR contains information about
the geometry manager:
.CS
typedef struct {
const char *\fIname\fR;
Tk_GeomRequestProc *\fIrequestProc\fR;
Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *\fIlostSlaveProc\fR;
} Tk_GeomMgr;
.CE
The \fIname\fR field is the textual name for the geometry manager,
such as \fBpack\fR or \fBplace\fR; this value will be returned
by the command \fBwinfo manager\fR.
.PP
\fIrequestProc\fR is a procedure in the geometry manager that
will be invoked whenever \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR is called by the
slave to change its desired geometry.
\fIrequestProc\fR should have arguments and results that match the
type \fBTk_GeomRequestProc\fR:
.CS
typedef void Tk_GeomRequestProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR);
.CE
The parameters to \fIrequestProc\fR will be identical to the
corresponding parameters passed to \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR.
\fIclientData\fR usually points to a data
structure containing application-specific information about
how to manage \fItkwin\fR's geometry.
.PP
The \fIlostSlaveProc\fR field of \fImgrPtr\fR points to another
procedure in the geometry manager.
Tk will invoke \fIlostSlaveProc\fR if some other manager
calls \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR to claim
\fItkwin\fR away from the current geometry manager.
\fIlostSlaveProc\fR is not invoked if \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR is
called with a NULL value for \fImgrPtr\fR (presumably the current
geometry manager has made this call, so it already knows that the
window is no longer managed), nor is it called if \fImgrPtr\fR
is the same as the window's current geometry manager.
\fIlostSlaveProc\fR should have
arguments and results that match the following prototype:
.CS
typedef void Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR);
.CE
The parameters to \fIlostSlaveProc\fR will be identical to the
corresponding parameters passed to \fBTk_ManageGeometry\fR.
.SH KEYWORDS
callback, geometry, managed, request, unmanaged
|
Changes to doc/MapWindow.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_MapWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MapWindow, Tk_UnmapWindow \- map or unmap a window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_Window \fBTk_MapWindow\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp \fBTk_UnmapWindow\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window parent .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures may be used to map and unmap windows managed by Tk. \fBTk_MapWindow\fR maps the window given by \fItkwin\fR, and also creates an X window corresponding to \fItkwin\fR if it does not already exist. See the \fBTk_CreateWindow\fR manual entry for information on deferred window creation. \fBTk_UnmapWindow\fR unmaps \fItkwin\fR's window from the screen. .PP If \fItkwin\fR is a child window (i.e. \fBTk_CreateWindow\fR was used to create a child window), then event handlers interested in map and unmap events are invoked immediately. If \fItkwin\fR is not an internal window, then the event handlers will be invoked later, after X has seen the request and returned an event for it. .PP These procedures should be used in place of the X procedures \fBXMapWindow\fR and \fBXUnmapWindow\fR, since they update Tk's local data structure for \fItkwin\fR. Applications using Tk should not invoke \fBXMapWindow\fR and \fBXUnmapWindow\fR directly. .SH KEYWORDS map, unmap, window |
Changes to doc/MeasureChar.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_MeasureChars 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MeasureChars, Tk_TextWidth, Tk_DrawChars, Tk_UnderlineChars \- routines to measure and display simple single-line strings. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | .AP Tk_Font tkfont in Token for font in which text is to be drawn or measured. Must have been returned by a previous call to \fBTk_GetFont\fR. .AP "const char" *string in Text to be measured or displayed. Need not be null terminated. Any non-printing meta-characters in the string (such as tabs, newlines, and other control characters) will be measured or displayed in a | | | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 | .AP Tk_Font tkfont in Token for font in which text is to be drawn or measured. Must have been returned by a previous call to \fBTk_GetFont\fR. .AP "const char" *string in Text to be measured or displayed. Need not be null terminated. Any non-printing meta-characters in the string (such as tabs, newlines, and other control characters) will be measured or displayed in a platform-dependent manner. .AP int numBytes in The maximum number of bytes to consider when measuring or drawing \fIstring\fR. Must be greater than or equal to 0. .AP int maxPixels in If \fImaxPixels\fR is >= 0, it specifies the longest permissible line length in pixels. Characters from \fIstring\fR are processed only until this many pixels have been covered. If \fImaxPixels\fR is < 0, then |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 | Filled with the number of pixels occupied by the number of characters returned as the result of \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR. .AP Display *display in Display on which to draw. .AP Drawable drawable in Window or pixmap in which to draw. .AP GC gc in | | | | | | | | | 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 | Filled with the number of pixels occupied by the number of characters returned as the result of \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR. .AP Display *display in Display on which to draw. .AP Drawable drawable in Window or pixmap in which to draw. .AP GC gc in Graphics context for drawing characters. The font selected into this GC must be the same as the \fItkfont\fR. .AP int "x, y" in Coordinates at which to place the left edge of the baseline when displaying \fIstring\fR. .AP int firstByte in The index of the first byte of the first character to underline in the \fIstring\fR. Underlining begins at the left edge of this character. .AP int lastByte in The index of the first byte of the last character up to which the underline will be drawn. The character specified by \fIlastByte\fR will not itself be underlined. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These routines are for measuring and displaying simple single-font, single-line strings. To measure and display single-font, multi-line, justified text, refer to the documentation for \fBTk_ComputeTextLayout\fR. There is no programming interface in the core of Tk that supports multi-font, multi-line text; support for that behavior must be built on top of simpler layers. Note that the interfaces described here are byte-oriented not character-oriented, so index values coming from Tcl scripts need to be converted to byte offsets using the \fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR and related routines. .PP A glyph is the displayable picture of a letter, number, or some other symbol. Not all character codes in a given font have a glyph. Characters such as tabs, newlines/returns, and control characters that have no glyph are measured and displayed by these procedures in a platform-dependent manner; under X, they are replaced with backslashed escape sequences, while under Windows and Macintosh hollow or solid boxes may be substituted. Refer to the documentation for \fBTk_ComputeTextLayout\fR for a programming interface that supports the platform-independent expansion of tab characters into columns and newlines/returns into multi-line text. .PP \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR is used both to compute the length of a given string and to compute how many characters from a string fit in a given amount of space. The return value is the number of bytes from \fIstring\fR that fit in the space specified by \fImaxPixels\fR subject to the conditions described by \fIflags\fR. If all characters fit, the return value will be \fInumBytes\fR. \fI*lengthPtr\fR is filled with the computed width, in pixels, of the portion of the string that was measured. For example, if the return value is 5, then \fI*lengthPtr\fR is filled with the distance between the left edge of \fIstring\fR[0] and the right edge of \fIstring\fR[4]. .PP \fBTk_TextWidth\fR is a wrapper function that provides a simpler interface to the \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR function. The return value is how much space in pixels the given \fIstring\fR needs. .PP \fBTk_DrawChars\fR draws the \fIstring\fR at the given location in the given \fIdrawable\fR. .PP \fBTk_UnderlineChars\fR underlines the given range of characters in the given \fIstring\fR. It does not draw the characters (which are assumed to have been displayed previously by \fBTk_DrawChars\fR); it just draws the underline. This procedure is used to underline a few characters without having to construct an underlined font. To produce natively underlined text, the appropriate underlined font should be constructed and used. .SH "SEE ALSO" font(n), FontId(3) .SH KEYWORDS font, measurement |
Changes to doc/MoveToplev.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_MoveToplevelWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_MoveToplevelWindow \- Adjust the position of a top-level window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | top-left pixel of the decorative border supplied for \fItkwin\fR by the window manager, if there is one. .AP int y in New y-coordinate for the top-left pixel of \fItkwin\fR's border, or the top-left pixel of the decorative border supplied for \fItkwin\fR by the window manager, if there is one. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP In general, a window should never set its own position; this should be done only by the geometry manger that is responsible for the window. For top-level windows the window manager is effectively the geometry manager; Tk provides interface code between the application and the window manager to convey the application's desires to the geometry manager. The desired size for a top-level window is conveyed using the usual \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR mechanism. The procedure \fBTk_MoveToplevelWindow\fR may be used by an application to request a particular position for a top-level window; this procedure is similar in function to the \fBwm geometry\fR Tcl command except that negative offsets cannot be specified. It is invoked by widgets such as menus that want to appear at a particular place on the screen. .PP When \fBTk_MoveToplevelWindow\fR is called it does not immediately pass on the new desired location to the window manager; it defers this action until all other outstanding work has been completed, using the \fBTcl_DoWhenIdle\fR mechanism. .SH KEYWORDS position, top-level window, window manager | > > | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 | top-left pixel of the decorative border supplied for \fItkwin\fR by the window manager, if there is one. .AP int y in New y-coordinate for the top-left pixel of \fItkwin\fR's border, or the top-left pixel of the decorative border supplied for \fItkwin\fR by the window manager, if there is one. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP In general, a window should never set its own position; this should be done only by the geometry manger that is responsible for the window. For top-level windows the window manager is effectively the geometry manager; Tk provides interface code between the application and the window manager to convey the application's desires to the geometry manager. The desired size for a top-level window is conveyed using the usual \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR mechanism. The procedure \fBTk_MoveToplevelWindow\fR may be used by an application to request a particular position for a top-level window; this procedure is similar in function to the \fBwm geometry\fR Tcl command except that negative offsets cannot be specified. It is invoked by widgets such as menus that want to appear at a particular place on the screen. .PP When \fBTk_MoveToplevelWindow\fR is called it does not immediately pass on the new desired location to the window manager; it defers this action until all other outstanding work has been completed, using the \fBTcl_DoWhenIdle\fR mechanism. .SH KEYWORDS position, top-level window, window manager |
Changes to doc/Name.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_Name 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Name, Tk_PathName, Tk_NameToWindow \- convert between names and window tokens .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window. .AP Tcl_Interp *interp out Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP "const char" *pathName in Character string containing path name of window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Each window managed by Tk has two names, a short name that identifies a window among children of the same parent, and a path name that identifies the window uniquely among all the windows belonging to the same main window. The path name is used more often in Tk than the short name; many commands, like \fBbind\fR, expect path names as arguments. .PP The \fBTk_Name\fR macro returns a window's short name, which is the same as the \fIname\fR argument passed to \fBTk_CreateWindow\fR when the window was created. The value is returned as a Tk_Uid, which may be used just like a string pointer but also has the properties of a unique identifier (see the manual entry for \fBTk_GetUid\fR for details). .PP | > | > | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window. .AP Tcl_Interp *interp out Interpreter to use for error reporting. .AP "const char" *pathName in Character string containing path name of window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Each window managed by Tk has two names, a short name that identifies a window among children of the same parent, and a path name that identifies the window uniquely among all the windows belonging to the same main window. The path name is used more often in Tk than the short name; many commands, like \fBbind\fR, expect path names as arguments. .PP The \fBTk_Name\fR macro returns a window's short name, which is the same as the \fIname\fR argument passed to \fBTk_CreateWindow\fR when the window was created. The value is returned as a Tk_Uid, which may be used just like a string pointer but also has the properties of a unique identifier (see the manual entry for \fBTk_GetUid\fR for details). .PP The \fBTk_PathName\fR macro returns a hierarchical name for \fItkwin\fR. Path names have a structure similar to file names in Unix but with dots between elements instead of slashes: the main window for an application has the path name .QW . ; its children have names like .QW .a and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 | is created as a child of the root window, but its logical parent will usually be a window within the application. .PP The procedure \fBTk_NameToWindow\fR returns the token for a window given its path name (the \fIpathName\fR argument) and another window belonging to the same main window (\fItkwin\fR). It normally returns a token for the named window, but if no such window exists | | < > | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | is created as a child of the root window, but its logical parent will usually be a window within the application. .PP The procedure \fBTk_NameToWindow\fR returns the token for a window given its path name (the \fIpathName\fR argument) and another window belonging to the same main window (\fItkwin\fR). It normally returns a token for the named window, but if no such window exists \fBTk_NameToWindow\fR leaves an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR and returns NULL. The \fItkwin\fR argument to \fBTk_NameToWindow\fR is needed because path names are only unique within a single application hierarchy. If, for example, a single process has opened two main windows, each will have a separate naming hierarchy and the same path name might appear in each of the hierarchies. Normally \fItkwin\fR is the main window of the desired hierarchy, but this need not be the case: any window in the desired hierarchy may be used. .SH KEYWORDS name, path name, token, window |
Changes to doc/NameOfImg.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | .SH NAME Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp const char * | | | | > > | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | .SH NAME Tk_NameOfImage \- Return name of image. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp const char * \fBTk_NameOfImage\fR(\fIimageMaster\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster .AP Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster in Token for image, which was passed to image manager's \fIcreateProc\fR when the image was created. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This procedure is invoked by image managers to find out the name of an image. Given the token for the image, it returns the string name for the image. .SH KEYWORDS image manager, image name |
Changes to doc/OwnSelect.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_OwnSelection 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_OwnSelection \- make a window the owner of the primary selection .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | .AP Atom selection in The name of the selection to be owned, such as XA_PRIMARY. .AP Tk_LostSelProc *proc in Procedure to invoke when \fItkwin\fR loses selection ownership later. .AP ClientData clientData in Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_OwnSelection\fR arranges for \fItkwin\fR to become the new owner of the selection specified by the atom \fIselection\fR. After this call completes, future requests for the selection will be directed to handlers created for \fItkwin\fR using \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR. When \fItkwin\fR eventually loses the selection ownership, \fIproc\fR will be invoked so that the window can clean itself up (e.g. by unhighlighting the selection). \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the type \fBTk_LostSelProc\fR: .CS | > < | > | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | .AP Atom selection in The name of the selection to be owned, such as XA_PRIMARY. .AP Tk_LostSelProc *proc in Procedure to invoke when \fItkwin\fR loses selection ownership later. .AP ClientData clientData in Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_OwnSelection\fR arranges for \fItkwin\fR to become the new owner of the selection specified by the atom \fIselection\fR. After this call completes, future requests for the selection will be directed to handlers created for \fItkwin\fR using \fBTk_CreateSelHandler\fR. When \fItkwin\fR eventually loses the selection ownership, \fIproc\fR will be invoked so that the window can clean itself up (e.g. by unhighlighting the selection). \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the type \fBTk_LostSelProc\fR: .CS typedef void Tk_LostSelProc(ClientData \fIclientData\fR); .CE The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR argument given to \fBTk_OwnSelection\fR, and is usually a pointer to a data structure containing application-specific information about \fItkwin\fR. .SH KEYWORDS own, selection owner |
Changes to doc/ParseArgv.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_ParseArgv 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ParseArgv \- process command-line options .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 | an argument that does not match \fIargTable\fR and returned to the caller; however, if the \fBTK_ARGV_DONT_SKIP_FIRST_ARG\fR bit is set in \fIflags\fR then \fIargv[0]\fR will be processed just like the other elements of \fIargv\fR. .PP \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR normally returns the value \fBTCL_OK\fR. If an error occurs while parsing the arguments, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and | | | | | | | | | 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
an argument that does not match \fIargTable\fR and returned to the
caller; however, if the \fBTK_ARGV_DONT_SKIP_FIRST_ARG\fR bit is set in
\fIflags\fR then \fIargv[0]\fR will be processed just like the other
elements of \fIargv\fR.
.PP
\fBTk_ParseArgv\fR normally returns the value \fBTCL_OK\fR. If an error
occurs while parsing the arguments, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and
\fBTk_ParseArgv\fR will leave an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR
in the standard Tcl fashion. In
the event of an error return, \fI*argvPtr\fR will not have been
modified, but \fIargv\fR could have been partially modified. The
possible causes of errors are explained below.
.PP
The \fIargTable\fR array specifies the kinds of arguments that are
expected; each of its entries has the following structure:
.CS
typedef struct {
char *\fIkey\fR;
int \fItype\fR;
char *\fIsrc\fR;
char *\fIdst\fR;
char *\fIhelp\fR;
} Tk_ArgvInfo;
.CE
The \fIkey\fR field is a string such as
.QW \-display
or
.QW \-bg
that is compared with the values in \fIargv\fR. \fIType\fR
indicates how to process an argument that matches \fIkey\fR
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | arguments are discarded from \fIargv\fR. If \fItkwin\fR is NULL, then argument specifiers of this type are ignored (as if they did not exist). .TP \fBTK_ARGV_HELP\fR When this kind of option is encountered, \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR uses the \fIhelp\fR fields of \fIargTable\fR to format a message describing | | < | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 | arguments are discarded from \fIargv\fR. If \fItkwin\fR is NULL, then argument specifiers of this type are ignored (as if they did not exist). .TP \fBTK_ARGV_HELP\fR When this kind of option is encountered, \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR uses the \fIhelp\fR fields of \fIargTable\fR to format a message describing all the valid arguments. The message is placed in \fIinterp->result\fR and \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. When this happens, the caller normally prints the help message and aborts. If the \fIkey\fR field of a \fBTK_ARGV_HELP\fR specifier is NULL, then the specifier will never match any arguments; in this case the specifier simply provides extra documentation, which will be included when some other \fBTK_ARGV_HELP\fR entry causes help information to be returned. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 | \fIArgc\fR and \fIargv\fR refer to all of the options after the matching one. \fIGenfunc\fR should behave in a fashion similar to \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR: parse as many of the remaining arguments as it can, then return any that are left by compacting them to the beginning of \fIargv\fR (starting at \fIargv\fR[0]). \fIGenfunc\fR should return a count of how many arguments are left in \fIargv\fR; \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR will process them. If \fIgenfunc\fR encounters | | < | | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 | \fIArgc\fR and \fIargv\fR refer to all of the options after the matching one. \fIGenfunc\fR should behave in a fashion similar to \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR: parse as many of the remaining arguments as it can, then return any that are left by compacting them to the beginning of \fIargv\fR (starting at \fIargv\fR[0]). \fIGenfunc\fR should return a count of how many arguments are left in \fIargv\fR; \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR will process them. If \fIgenfunc\fR encounters an error then it should leave an error message in \fIinterp->result\fR, in the usual Tcl fashion, and return \-1; when this happens \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR will abort its processing and return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. .RE .SH "FLAGS" .TP \fBTK_ARGV_DONT_SKIP_FIRST_ARG\fR \fBTk_ParseArgv\fR normally treats \fIargv[0]\fR as a program or command name, and returns it to the caller just as if it had not matched \fIargTable\fR. If this flag is given, then \fIargv[0]\fR is not given special treatment. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
308 309 310 311 312 313 314 |
char *fileName = defaultFileName;
Boolean exec = FALSE;
/*
* Define option descriptions.
*/
Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = {
| | | | | | | | | 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 |
char *fileName = defaultFileName;
Boolean exec = FALSE;
/*
* Define option descriptions.
*/
Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = {
{"\-X", TK_ARGV_CONSTANT, (char *) 1, (char *) &debugFlag,
"Turn on debugging printfs"},
{"\-N", TK_ARGV_INT, (char *) NULL, (char *) &numReps,
"Number of repetitions"},
{"\-of", TK_ARGV_STRING, (char *) NULL, (char *) &fileName,
"Name of file for output"},
{"x", TK_ARGV_REST, (char *) NULL, (char *) &exec,
"File to exec, followed by any arguments (must be last argument)."},
{(char *) NULL, TK_ARGV_END, (char *) NULL, (char *) NULL,
(char *) NULL}
};
main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
\&...
if (Tk_ParseArgv(interp, tkwin, &argc, argv, argTable, 0) != TCL_OK) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s\en", interp->result);
exit(1);
}
/*
* Remainder of the program.
*/
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/QWinEvent.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_QueueWindowEvent 3 7.5 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CollapseMotionEvents, Tk_QueueWindowEvent \- Add a window event to the Tcl event queue .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | .AP XEvent *eventPtr in An event to add to the event queue. It is important that all unused fields of the structure be set to zero. .AP Tcl_QueuePosition position in Where to add the new event in the queue: \fBTCL_QUEUE_TAIL\fR, \fBTCL_QUEUE_HEAD\fR, or \fBTCL_QUEUE_MARK\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_QueueWindowEvent\fR places a window event on Tcl's internal event queue for eventual servicing. It creates a Tcl_Event structure, copies the event into that structure, and calls \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR to add the event to the queue. When the event is eventually removed from the queue it is processed just like all window events. .PP When multiple motion events are received for the same window in rapid succession, they are collapsed by default. This behavior can be controlled with \fBTk_CollapseMotionEvents\fR. \fBTk_CollapseMotionEvents\fR always returns the previous value for collapse behavior on the \fIdisplay\fR. .PP The \fIposition\fR argument to \fBTk_QueueWindowEvent\fR has the same significance as for \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR; see the documentation for \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR for details. .SH KEYWORDS callback, clock, handler, modal timeout, events | > > | 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | .AP XEvent *eventPtr in An event to add to the event queue. It is important that all unused fields of the structure be set to zero. .AP Tcl_QueuePosition position in Where to add the new event in the queue: \fBTCL_QUEUE_TAIL\fR, \fBTCL_QUEUE_HEAD\fR, or \fBTCL_QUEUE_MARK\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_QueueWindowEvent\fR places a window event on Tcl's internal event queue for eventual servicing. It creates a Tcl_Event structure, copies the event into that structure, and calls \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR to add the event to the queue. When the event is eventually removed from the queue it is processed just like all window events. .PP When multiple motion events are received for the same window in rapid succession, they are collapsed by default. This behavior can be controlled with \fBTk_CollapseMotionEvents\fR. \fBTk_CollapseMotionEvents\fR always returns the previous value for collapse behavior on the \fIdisplay\fR. .PP The \fIposition\fR argument to \fBTk_QueueWindowEvent\fR has the same significance as for \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR; see the documentation for \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR for details. .SH KEYWORDS callback, clock, handler, modal timeout, events |
Changes to doc/Restack.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_RestackWindow 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_RestackWindow \- Change a window's position in the stacking order .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 | Indicates new position of \fItkwin\fR relative to \fIother\fR; must be \fBAbove\fR or \fBBelow\fR. .AP Tk_Window other in \fITkwin\fR will be repositioned just above or below this window. Must be a sibling of \fItkwin\fR or a descendant of a sibling. If NULL then \fItkwin\fR is restacked above or below all siblings. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_RestackWindow\fR changes the stacking order of \fIwindow\fR relative to its siblings. If \fIother\fR is specified as NULL then \fIwindow\fR is repositioned at the top or bottom of its stacking order, depending on whether \fIaboveBelow\fR is \fBAbove\fR or \fBBelow\fR. If \fIother\fR has a non-NULL value then \fIwindow\fR is repositioned just above or below \fIother\fR. .PP The \fIaboveBelow\fR argument must have one of the symbolic values \fBAbove\fR or \fBBelow\fR. Both of these values are defined by the include file <X11/Xlib.h>. .SH KEYWORDS above, below, obscure, stacking order | > > | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | Indicates new position of \fItkwin\fR relative to \fIother\fR; must be \fBAbove\fR or \fBBelow\fR. .AP Tk_Window other in \fITkwin\fR will be repositioned just above or below this window. Must be a sibling of \fItkwin\fR or a descendant of a sibling. If NULL then \fItkwin\fR is restacked above or below all siblings. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_RestackWindow\fR changes the stacking order of \fIwindow\fR relative to its siblings. If \fIother\fR is specified as NULL then \fIwindow\fR is repositioned at the top or bottom of its stacking order, depending on whether \fIaboveBelow\fR is \fBAbove\fR or \fBBelow\fR. If \fIother\fR has a non-NULL value then \fIwindow\fR is repositioned just above or below \fIother\fR. .PP The \fIaboveBelow\fR argument must have one of the symbolic values \fBAbove\fR or \fBBelow\fR. Both of these values are defined by the include file <X11/Xlib.h>. .SH KEYWORDS above, below, obscure, stacking order |
Changes to doc/RestrictEv.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | > | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_RestrictEvents 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_RestrictEvents \- filter and selectively delay X events
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
Tk_RestrictProc *
\fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR(\fIproc, clientData, prevClientDataPtr\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tk_RestrictProc **prevClientDataPtr
.AP Tk_RestrictProc *proc in
Predicate procedure to call to filter incoming X events.
NULL means do not restrict events at all.
.AP ClientData clientData in
Arbitrary argument to pass to \fIproc\fR.
.AP ClientData *prevClientDataPtr out
Pointer to place to save argument to previous restrict procedure.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This procedure is useful in certain situations where applications
are only prepared to receive certain X events. After
\fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR is called, \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR (and
hence \fBTk_MainLoop\fR) will filter X input events through
\fIproc\fR. \fIProc\fR indicates whether a
given event is to be processed immediately, deferred until some
later time (e.g. when the event restriction is lifted), or discarded.
\fIProc\fR
is a procedure with arguments and result that match
the type \fBTk_RestrictProc\fR:
.CS
typedef Tk_RestrictAction Tk_RestrictProc(
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
XEvent *\fIeventPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fIclientData\fR argument is a copy of the \fIclientData\fR passed
to \fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR; it may be used to provide \fIproc\fR with
information it needs to filter events. The \fIeventPtr\fR points to
an event under consideration. \fIProc\fR returns a restrict action
(enumerated type \fBTk_RestrictAction\fR) that indicates what
\fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR should do with the event. If the return value is
\fBTK_PROCESS_EVENT\fR, then the event will be handled immediately.
If the return value is \fBTK_DEFER_EVENT\fR, then the event will be
left on the event queue for later processing. If the return value is
\fBTK_DISCARD_EVENT\fR, then the event will be removed from the event
queue and discarded without being processed.
.PP
\fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR uses its return value and \fIprevClientDataPtr\fR
to return information about the current event restriction procedure
(a NULL return value means there are currently no restrictions).
These values may be used to restore the previous restriction state
when there is no longer any need for the current restriction.
.PP
There are very few places where \fBTk_RestrictEvents\fR is needed.
In most cases, the best way to restrict events is by changing the
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/SetAppName.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_SetAppName 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetAppName \- Set the name of an application for 'send' commands .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp const char * \fBTk_SetAppName\fR(\fItkwin, name\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window parent .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window in application. Used only to select a particular application. .AP "const char" *name in Name under which to register the application. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_SetAppName\fR associates a name with a given application and records that association on the display containing with the application's main window. After this procedure has been invoked, other applications on the display will be able to use the \fBsend\fR command to invoke operations |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 | The application can be made accessible again by calling \fBTk_SetAppName\fR. .PP \fBTk_SetAppName\fR is called automatically by \fBTk_Init\fR, so applications do not normally need to call it explicitly. .PP The command \fBtk appname\fR provides Tcl-level access to the functionality of \fBTk_SetAppName\fR. .SH KEYWORDS application, name, register, send command | > | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 | The application can be made accessible again by calling \fBTk_SetAppName\fR. .PP \fBTk_SetAppName\fR is called automatically by \fBTk_Init\fR, so applications do not normally need to call it explicitly. .PP The command \fBtk appname\fR provides Tcl-level access to the functionality of \fBTk_SetAppName\fR. .SH KEYWORDS application, name, register, send command |
Changes to doc/SetCaret.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_SetCaretPos 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetCaretPos \- set the display caret location .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | .AP int x in Window-relative x coordinate. .AP int y in Window-relative y coordinate. .AP int h in Height of the caret in the window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_SetCaretPos\fR sets the caret location for the display of the specified Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR. The caret is the per-display cursor location used for indicating global focus (e.g. to comply with Microsoft Accessibility guidelines), as well as for location of the over-the-spot XIM (X Input Methods) or Windows IME windows. .SH KEYWORDS caret, cursor | > > | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | .AP int x in Window-relative x coordinate. .AP int y in Window-relative y coordinate. .AP int h in Height of the caret in the window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_SetCaretPos\fR sets the caret location for the display of the specified Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR. The caret is the per-display cursor location used for indicating global focus (e.g. to comply with Microsoft Accessibility guidelines), as well as for location of the over-the-spot XIM (X Input Methods) or Windows IME windows. .SH KEYWORDS caret, cursor |
Changes to doc/SetClass.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_SetClass 3 "" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetClass, Tk_Class \- set or retrieve a window's class .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_SetClass\fR(\fItkwin, class\fR) .sp Tk_Uid \fBTk_Class\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window parent .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window. .AP char *class in New class name for window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_SetClass\fR is called to associate a class with a particular window. The \fIclass\fR string identifies the type of the window; all windows with the same general class of behavior (button, menu, etc.) should have the same class. By convention all class names start with a capital letter, and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | \fBTk_Class\fR is a macro that returns the current value of \fItkwin\fR's class. The value is returned as a Tk_Uid, which may be used just like a string pointer but also has the properties of a unique identifier (see the manual entry for \fBTk_GetUid\fR for details). If \fItkwin\fR has not yet been given a class, then \fBTk_Class\fR will return NULL. .SH KEYWORDS class, unique identifier, window, window manager | > | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | \fBTk_Class\fR is a macro that returns the current value of \fItkwin\fR's class. The value is returned as a Tk_Uid, which may be used just like a string pointer but also has the properties of a unique identifier (see the manual entry for \fBTk_GetUid\fR for details). If \fItkwin\fR has not yet been given a class, then \fBTk_Class\fR will return NULL. .SH KEYWORDS class, unique identifier, window, window manager |
Changes to doc/SetClassProcs.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH Tk_SetClassProcs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
Tk_SetClassProcs \- register widget specific procedures
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fB#include <tk.h>\fR
.sp
\fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR(\fItkwin, procs, instanceData\fR)
.SH ARGUMENTS
.AS Tk_ClassProc instanceData
.AP Tk_Window tkwin in
Token for window to modify.
.AP Tk_ClassProcs *procs in
Pointer to data structure containing widget specific procedures.
The data structure pointed to by \fIprocs\fR must be static:
Tk keeps a reference to it as long as the window exists.
.AP ClientData instanceData in
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to widget callbacks.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
\fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR is called to register a set of procedures that
are used as callbacks in different places.
.PP
The structure pointed to by \fIprocs\fR contains the following:
.CS
typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
unsigned int \fIsize\fR;
Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *\fIworldChangedProc\fR;
Tk_ClassCreateProc *\fIcreateProc\fR;
Tk_ClassModalProc *\fImodalProc\fR;
} Tk_ClassProcs;
.CE
The \fIsize\fR field is used to simplify future expansion of the
structure. It should always be set to (literally) \fBsizeof(Tk_ClassProcs)\fR.
.PP
\fIworldChangedProc\fR is invoked when the system has altered
in some way that requires some reaction from the widget. For example,
when a font alias (see the \fBfont\fR manual entry) is reconfigured,
widgets configured to use that font alias must update their display
accordingly. \fIworldChangedProc\fR should have arguments and results
that match the type \fBTk_ClassWorldChangedProc\fR:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc(
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR);
.CE
The \fIinstanceData\fR parameter passed to the \fIworldChangedProc\fR
will be identical to the \fIinstanceData\fR parameter passed to
\fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR.
.PP
\fIcreateProc\fR is used to create platform-dependant windows. It is
invoked by \fBTk_MakeWindowExist\fR. \fIcreateProc\fR should have
arguments and results that match the type \fBTk_ClassCreateProc\fR:
.CS
typedef Window Tk_ClassCreateProc(
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,
Window \fIparent\fR,
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR);
.CE
The \fItkwin\fR and \fIinstanceData\fR parameters will be identical to
the \fItkwin\fR and \fIinstanceData\fR parameters passed to
\fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR. The \fIparent\fR parameter will be the parent
of the window to be created. The \fIcreateProc\fR should return the
created window.
.PP
\fImodalProc\fR is invoked after all bindings on a widget have been
triggered in order to handle a modal loop. \fImodalProc\fR should
have arguments and results that match the type \fBTk_ClassModalProc\fR:
.CS
typedef void Tk_ClassModalProc(
Tk_Window \fItkwin\fR,
XEvent *\fIeventPtr\fR);
.CE
The \fItkwin\fR parameter to \fImodalProc\fR will be identical to the
\fItkwin\fR parameter passed to \fBTk_SetClassProcs\fR. The
\fIeventPtr\fR parameter will be a pointer to an XEvent structure
describing the event being processed.
.SH KEYWORDS
callback, class
|
Changes to doc/SetGrid.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_SetGrid 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetGrid, Tk_UnsetGrid \- control the grid for interactive resizing .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | Height in grid units that corresponds to the pixel dimension \fItkwin\fR has requested via \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR. .AP int widthInc in Width of one grid unit, in pixels. .AP int heightInc in Height of one grid unit, in pixels. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_SetGrid\fR turns on gridded geometry management for \fItkwin\fR's toplevel window and specifies the geometry of the grid. \fBTk_SetGrid\fR is typically invoked by a widget when its \fBsetGrid\fR option is true. It restricts interactive resizing of \fItkwin\fR's toplevel window so | > | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 | Height in grid units that corresponds to the pixel dimension \fItkwin\fR has requested via \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR. .AP int widthInc in Width of one grid unit, in pixels. .AP int heightInc in Height of one grid unit, in pixels. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_SetGrid\fR turns on gridded geometry management for \fItkwin\fR's toplevel window and specifies the geometry of the grid. \fBTk_SetGrid\fR is typically invoked by a widget when its \fBsetGrid\fR option is true. It restricts interactive resizing of \fItkwin\fR's toplevel window so |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | with gridding enabled. If \fBTk_SetGrid\fR or \fBTk_UnsetGrid\fR is invoked when some other window is already controlling gridding for \fItkwin\fR's toplevel, the calls for the new window have no effect. .PP See the \fBwm\fR manual entry for additional information on gridded geometry management. .SH KEYWORDS grid, window, window manager | > | 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 | with gridding enabled. If \fBTk_SetGrid\fR or \fBTk_UnsetGrid\fR is invoked when some other window is already controlling gridding for \fItkwin\fR's toplevel, the calls for the new window have no effect. .PP See the \fBwm\fR manual entry for additional information on gridded geometry management. .SH KEYWORDS grid, window, window manager |
Changes to doc/SetOptions.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_SetOptions 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_CreateOptionTable, Tk_DeleteOptionTable, Tk_InitOptions, Tk_SetOptions, Tk_FreeSavedOptions, Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, Tk_GetOptionValue, Tk_GetOptionInfo, Tk_FreeConfigOptions, Tk_Offset \- process configuration options .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Tk_OptionTable \fBTk_CreateOptionTable(\fIinterp, templatePtr\fB)\fR .sp |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | Tcl_Obj * \fBTk_GetOptionValue(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fB)\fR .sp Tcl_Obj * \fBTk_GetOptionInfo(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fB)\fR .sp \fBTk_FreeConfigOptions(\fIrecordPtr, optionTable, tkwin\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_SavedOptions "*const objv[]" in/out .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in A Tcl interpreter. Most procedures use this only for returning error messages; if it is NULL then no error messages are returned. For \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR the value cannot be NULL; it gives the interpreter in which the option table will be used. .AP "const Tk_OptionSpec" *templatePtr in Points to an array of static information that describes the configuration options that are supported. Used to build a Tk_OptionTable. The information pointed to by this argument must exist for the lifetime of the Tk_OptionTable. .AP Tk_OptionTable optionTable in Token for an option table. Must have been returned by a previous call to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR. | > > > | | | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 | Tcl_Obj * \fBTk_GetOptionValue(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fB)\fR .sp Tcl_Obj * \fBTk_GetOptionInfo(\fIinterp, recordPtr, optionTable, namePtr, tkwin\fB)\fR .sp \fBTk_FreeConfigOptions(\fIrecordPtr, optionTable, tkwin\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_Offset(\fItype, field\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_SavedOptions "*const objv[]" in/out .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in A Tcl interpreter. Most procedures use this only for returning error messages; if it is NULL then no error messages are returned. For \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR the value cannot be NULL; it gives the interpreter in which the option table will be used. .AP "const Tk_OptionSpec" *templatePtr in Points to an array of static information that describes the configuration options that are supported. Used to build a Tk_OptionTable. The information pointed to by this argument must exist for the lifetime of the Tk_OptionTable. .AP Tk_OptionTable optionTable in Token for an option table. Must have been returned by a previous call to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR. .AP char *recordPtr in/out Points to structure in which values of configuration options are stored; fields of this record are modified by procedures such as \fBTk_SetOptions\fR and read by procedures such as \fBTk_GetOptionValue\fR. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in For options such as \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR, this argument indicates the window in which the option will be used. If \fIoptionTable\fR uses no window-dependent options, then a NULL value may be supplied for this argument. .AP int objc in Number of values in \fIobjv\fR. .AP Tcl_Obj "*const objv[]" in Command-line arguments for setting configuring options. .AP Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr out If not NULL, the structure pointed to by this argument is filled in with the old values of any options that were modified and old values are restored automatically if an error occurs in \fBTk_SetOptions\fR. .AP int *maskPtr out If not NULL, the word pointed to by \fImaskPtr\fR is filled in with the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
(e.g., because \fInamePtr\fR contains an unknown option name) then NULL
is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result unless
\fIinterp\fR is NULL.
.PP
\fBTk_FreeConfigOptions\fR must be invoked when a widget is deleted.
It frees all of the resources associated with any of the configuration
options defined in \fIrecordPtr\fR by \fIoptionTable\fR.
.SH "TEMPLATES"
.PP
The array of Tk_OptionSpec structures passed to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR
via its \fItemplatePtr\fR argument describes the configuration options
supported by a particular class of widgets. Each structure specifies
one configuration option and has the following fields:
.CS
typedef struct {
Tk_OptionType \fItype\fR;
const char *\fIoptionName\fR;
const char *\fIdbName\fR;
const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
| > > > > > > | | | | | 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
(e.g., because \fInamePtr\fR contains an unknown option name) then NULL
is returned and an error message is left in \fIinterp\fR's result unless
\fIinterp\fR is NULL.
.PP
\fBTk_FreeConfigOptions\fR must be invoked when a widget is deleted.
It frees all of the resources associated with any of the configuration
options defined in \fIrecordPtr\fR by \fIoptionTable\fR.
.PP
The \fBTk_Offset\fR macro is provided as a safe way of generating the
\fIobjOffset\fR and \fIinternalOffset\fR values for entries in
Tk_OptionSpec structures. It takes two arguments: the name of a type
of record, and the name of a field in that record. It returns the byte
offset of the named field in records of the given type.
.SH "TEMPLATES"
.PP
The array of Tk_OptionSpec structures passed to \fBTk_CreateOptionTable\fR
via its \fItemplatePtr\fR argument describes the configuration options
supported by a particular class of widgets. Each structure specifies
one configuration option and has the following fields:
.CS
typedef struct {
Tk_OptionType \fItype\fR;
const char *\fIoptionName\fR;
const char *\fIdbName\fR;
const char *\fIdbClass\fR;
const char *\fIdefValue\fR;
int \fIobjOffset\fR;
int \fIinternalOffset\fR;
int \fIflags\fR;
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
int \fItypeMask\fR;
} \fBTk_OptionSpec\fR;
.CE
The \fItype\fR field indicates what kind of configuration option this is
(e.g. \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR for a color value, or \fBTK_OPTION_INT\fR for
an integer value). \fIType\fR determines how the
value of the option is parsed (more on this below).
The \fIoptionName\fR field is a string such as \fB\-font\fR or \fB\-bg\fR;
it is the name used for the option in Tcl commands and passed to
procedures via the \fIobjc\fR or \fInamePtr\fR arguments.
The \fIdbName\fR and \fIdbClass\fR fields are used by \fBTk_InitOptions\fR
to look up a default value for this option in the option database; if
\fIdbName\fR is NULL then the option database is not used by
\fBTk_InitOptions\fR for this option. The \fIdefValue\fR field
specifies a default value for this configuration option if no
value is specified in the option database. The \fIobjOffset\fR and
\fIinternalOffset\fR fields indicate where to store the value of this
option in widget records (more on this below); values for the \fIobjOffset\fR
and \fIinternalOffset\fR fields should always be generated with the
\fBTk_Offset\fR macro.
The \fIflags\fR field contains additional information
to control the processing of this configuration option (see below
for details).
\fIClientData\fR provides additional type-specific data needed
by certain types. For instance, for \fBTK_OPTION_COLOR\fR types,
\fIclientData\fR is a string giving the default value to use on
monochrome displays. See the descriptions of the different types
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
430 431 432 433 434 435 436 | .TP \fBTK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE\fR For this type, \fIclientData\fR is a pointer to an array of strings suitable for passing to \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR. The value must be one of the strings in the table, or a unique abbreviation of one of the strings. The internal form is an integer giving the index into the table of the matching string, like the return value | | < < | 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 | .TP \fBTK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE\fR For this type, \fIclientData\fR is a pointer to an array of strings suitable for passing to \fBTcl_GetIndexFromObj\fR. The value must be one of the strings in the table, or a unique abbreviation of one of the strings. The internal form is an integer giving the index into the table of the matching string, like the return value from \fBTcl_GetStringFromObj\fR. .TP \fBTK_OPTION_SYNONYM\fR This type is used to provide alternative names for an option (for example, \fB\-bg\fR is often used as a synonym for \fB\-background\fR). The \fBclientData\fR field is a string that gives the name of another option in the same table. Whenever the synonym option is used, the information from the other option will be used instead. |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/SetVisual.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_SetWindowVisual 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_SetWindowVisual \- change visual characteristics of window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | New visual type to use for \fItkwin\fR. .AP "int" depth in Number of bits per pixel desired for \fItkwin\fR. .AP Colormap colormap in New colormap for \fItkwin\fR, which must be compatible with \fIvisual\fR and \fIdepth\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP When Tk creates a new window it assigns it the default visual characteristics (visual, depth, and colormap) for its screen. \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR may be called to change them. \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR must be called before the window has actually been created in X (e.g. before \fBTk_MapWindow\fR or \fBTk_MakeWindowExist\fR has been invoked for the window). The safest thing is to call \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR immediately after calling \fBTk_CreateWindow\fR. If \fItkwin\fR has already been created before \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR is called then it returns 0 and does not make any changes; otherwise it returns 1 to signify that the operation completed successfully. .PP Note: \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR should not be called if you just want to change a window's colormap without changing its visual or depth; call \fBTk_SetWindowColormap\fR instead. .SH KEYWORDS colormap, depth, visual | > > | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | New visual type to use for \fItkwin\fR. .AP "int" depth in Number of bits per pixel desired for \fItkwin\fR. .AP Colormap colormap in New colormap for \fItkwin\fR, which must be compatible with \fIvisual\fR and \fIdepth\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP When Tk creates a new window it assigns it the default visual characteristics (visual, depth, and colormap) for its screen. \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR may be called to change them. \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR must be called before the window has actually been created in X (e.g. before \fBTk_MapWindow\fR or \fBTk_MakeWindowExist\fR has been invoked for the window). The safest thing is to call \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR immediately after calling \fBTk_CreateWindow\fR. If \fItkwin\fR has already been created before \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR is called then it returns 0 and does not make any changes; otherwise it returns 1 to signify that the operation completed successfully. .PP Note: \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR should not be called if you just want to change a window's colormap without changing its visual or depth; call \fBTk_SetWindowColormap\fR instead. .SH KEYWORDS colormap, depth, visual |
Changes to doc/StrictMotif.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_StrictMotif 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_StrictMotif \- Return value of tk_strictMotif variable .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_StrictMotif\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window tkwin .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This procedure returns the current value of the \fBtk_strictMotif\fR variable in the interpreter associated with \fItkwin\fR's application. The value is returned as an integer that is either 0 or 1. 1 means that strict Motif compliance has been requested, so anything that is not part of the Motif specification should be avoided. 0 means that .QW Motif-like is good enough, and extra features are welcome. .PP This procedure uses a link to the Tcl variable to provide much faster access to the variable's value than could be had by calling \fBTcl_GetVar\fR. .SH KEYWORDS Motif compliance, tk_strictMotif variable |
Changes to doc/TextLayout.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_ComputeTextLayout 3 8.1 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_ComputeTextLayout, Tk_FreeTextLayout, Tk_DrawTextLayout, Tk_UnderlineTextLayout, Tk_PointToChar, Tk_CharBbox, Tk_DistanceToTextLayout, Tk_IntersectTextLayout, Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript \- routines to measure and display single-font, multi-line, justified text. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | \fBTk_DistanceToTextLayout(\fIlayout, x, y\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_IntersectTextLayout(\fIlayout, x, y, width, height\fB)\fR .sp void \fBTk_TextLayoutToPostscript(\fIinterp, layout\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_TextLayout "*xPtr, *yPtr" .AP Tk_Font tkfont in Font to use when constructing and displaying a text layout. The \fItkfont\fR must remain valid for the lifetime of the text layout. Must have been returned by a previous call to \fBTk_GetFont\fR. .AP "const char" *string in Potentially multi-line string whose dimensions are to be computed and stored in the text layout. The \fIstring\fR must remain valid for the | > | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | \fBTk_DistanceToTextLayout(\fIlayout, x, y\fB)\fR .sp int \fBTk_IntersectTextLayout(\fIlayout, x, y, width, height\fB)\fR .sp void \fBTk_TextLayoutToPostscript(\fIinterp, layout\fB)\fR .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_TextLayout "*xPtr, *yPtr" .AP Tk_Font tkfont in Font to use when constructing and displaying a text layout. The \fItkfont\fR must remain valid for the lifetime of the text layout. Must have been returned by a previous call to \fBTk_GetFont\fR. .AP "const char" *string in Potentially multi-line string whose dimensions are to be computed and stored in the text layout. The \fIstring\fR must remain valid for the lifetime of the text layout. .AP int numChars in The number of characters to consider from \fIstring\fR. If \fInumChars\fR is less than 0, then assumes \fIstring\fR is null terminated and uses \fBTcl_NumUtfChars\fR to determine the length of \fIstring\fR. .AP int wrapLength in Longest permissible line length, in pixels. Lines in \fIstring\fR will |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | \fBTK_IGNORE_NEWLINES\fR means that newline/return characters should not cause a line break. If either tabs or newlines/returns are ignored, then they will be treated as regular characters, being measured and displayed in a platform-dependent manner as described in \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR, and will not have any special behaviors. .AP int *widthPtr out If non-NULL, filled with either the width, in pixels, of the widest | | | 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | \fBTK_IGNORE_NEWLINES\fR means that newline/return characters should not cause a line break. If either tabs or newlines/returns are ignored, then they will be treated as regular characters, being measured and displayed in a platform-dependent manner as described in \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR, and will not have any special behaviors. .AP int *widthPtr out If non-NULL, filled with either the width, in pixels, of the widest line in the text layout, or the width, in pixels, of the bounding box for the character specified by \fIindex\fR. .AP int *heightPtr out If non-NULL, filled with either the total height, in pixels, of all the lines in the text layout, or the height, in pixels, of the bounding box for the character specified by \fIindex\fR. .AP Tk_TextLayout layout in A token that represents the cached layout information about the single-font, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
97 98 99 100 101 102 103 | text layout. .AP int "x, y" in Point, in pixels, at which to place the upper-left hand corner of the text layout when it is being drawn, or the coordinates of a point (with respect to the upper-left hand corner of the text layout) to check against the text layout. .AP int firstChar in | | | | > | | | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 | text layout. .AP int "x, y" in Point, in pixels, at which to place the upper-left hand corner of the text layout when it is being drawn, or the coordinates of a point (with respect to the upper-left hand corner of the text layout) to check against the text layout. .AP int firstChar in The index of the first character to draw from the given text layout. The number 0 means to draw from the beginning. .AP int lastChar in The index of the last character up to which to draw. The character specified by \fIlastChar\fR itself will not be drawn. A number less than 0 means to draw all characters in the text layout. .AP int underline in Index of the single character to underline in the text layout, or a number less than 0 for no underline. .AP int index in The index of the character whose bounding box is desired. The bounding box is computed with respect to the upper-left hand corner of the text layout. .AP int "*xPtr, *yPtr" out Filled with the upper-left hand corner, in pixels, of the bounding box for the character specified by \fIindex\fR. Either or both \fIxPtr\fR and \fIyPtr\fR may be NULL, in which case the corresponding value is not calculated. .AP int "width, height" in Specifies the width and height, in pixels, of the rectangular area to compare for intersection against the text layout. .AP Tcl_Interp *interp out Postscript code that will print the text layout is appended to \fIinterp->result\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These routines are for measuring and displaying single-font, multi-line, justified text. To measure and display simple single-font, single-line strings, refer to the documentation for \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR. There is no programming interface in the core of Tk that supports multi-font, multi-line text; support for that behavior must be built on top of simpler layers. Note that unlike the lower level text display routines, the functions described here all operate on character-oriented lengths and indices rather than byte-oriented values. See the description of \fBTcl_UtfAtIndex\fR for more details on converting between character and byte offsets. .PP The routines described here are built on top of the programming interface described in the \fBTk_MeasureChars\fR documentation. Tab characters and newline/return characters may be treated specially by these procedures, but all other characters are passed through to the lower level. .PP \fBTk_ComputeTextLayout\fR computes the layout information needed to display a single-font, multi-line, justified \fIstring\fR of text and returns a Tk_TextLayout token that holds this information. This token is used in subsequent calls to procedures such as \fBTk_DrawTextLayout\fR, \fBTk_DistanceToTextLayout\fR, and \fBTk_FreeTextLayout\fR. The \fIstring\fR and \fItkfont\fR used when computing the layout must remain valid for the lifetime of this token. .PP \fBTk_FreeTextLayout\fR is called to release the storage associated with \fIlayout\fR when it is no longer needed. A \fIlayout\fR should not be used in any other text layout procedures once it has been released. .PP \fBTk_DrawTextLayout\fR uses the information in \fIlayout\fR to display a single-font, multi-line, justified string of text at the specified location. .PP \fBTk_UnderlineTextLayout\fR uses the information in \fIlayout\fR to display an underline below an individual character. This procedure does not draw the text, just the underline. To produce natively underlined |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 | considered closest to the first character in the text layout; any point whose \fIy\fR-value is greater than the height of the text layout will be considered closest to the last character in the text layout. Any point whose \fIx\fR-value is less than 0 will be considered closest to the first character on that line; any point whose \fIx\fR-value is greater than the width of the text layout will be considered closest to the last character on that line. The return value is the index of the character that was closest | < < | | | | | 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 | considered closest to the first character in the text layout; any point whose \fIy\fR-value is greater than the height of the text layout will be considered closest to the last character in the text layout. Any point whose \fIx\fR-value is less than 0 will be considered closest to the first character on that line; any point whose \fIx\fR-value is greater than the width of the text layout will be considered closest to the last character on that line. The return value is the index of the character that was closest to the point. Given a \fIlayout\fR with no characters, the value 0 will always be returned, referring to a hypothetical zero-width placeholder character. .PP \fBTk_CharBbox\fR uses the information in \fIlayout\fR to return the bounding box for the character specified by \fIindex\fR. The width of the bounding box is the advance width of the character, and does not include any left or right bearing. Any character that extends partially outside of \fIlayout\fR is considered to be truncated at the edge. Any character that would be located completely outside of \fIlayout\fR is considered to be zero-width and pegged against the edge. The height of the bounding box is the line height for this font, extending from the top of the ascent to the bottom of the descent; information about the actual height of individual letters is not available. For measurement purposes, a \fIlayout\fR that contains no characters is considered to contain a |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
227 228 229 230 231 232 233 | entirely inside of the rectangle. .PP \fBTk_TextLayoutToPostscript\fR outputs code consisting of a Postscript array of strings that represent the individual lines in \fIlayout\fR. It is the responsibility of the caller to take the Postscript array of strings and add some Postscript function operate on the array to render each of the lines. The code that represents the Postscript array of | | < | 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 | entirely inside of the rectangle. .PP \fBTk_TextLayoutToPostscript\fR outputs code consisting of a Postscript array of strings that represent the individual lines in \fIlayout\fR. It is the responsibility of the caller to take the Postscript array of strings and add some Postscript function operate on the array to render each of the lines. The code that represents the Postscript array of strings is appended to \fIinterp->result\fR. .SH "DISPLAY MODEL" When measuring a text layout, space characters that occur at the end of a line are ignored. The space characters still exist and the insertion point can be positioned amongst them, but their additional width is ignored when justifying lines or returning the total width of a text layout. All end-of-line space characters are considered to be attached to the right edge of the line; this behavior is logical for left-justified text and reasonable for center-justified text, but not very useful when editing right-justified |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
260 261 262 263 264 265 266 | of a word is not considered a word break. \fBTk_ComputeTextLayout\fR always attempts to place at least one word on each line. If it cannot because the \fIwrapLength\fR is too small, the word will be broken and as much as fits placed on the line and the rest on subsequent line(s). If \fIwrapLength\fR is so small that not even one character can fit on a given line, the \fIwrapLength\fR is ignored for that line and one character will be placed on the line anyhow. When wrapping is turned | | | | | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 | of a word is not considered a word break. \fBTk_ComputeTextLayout\fR always attempts to place at least one word on each line. If it cannot because the \fIwrapLength\fR is too small, the word will be broken and as much as fits placed on the line and the rest on subsequent line(s). If \fIwrapLength\fR is so small that not even one character can fit on a given line, the \fIwrapLength\fR is ignored for that line and one character will be placed on the line anyhow. When wrapping is turned off, only newline/return characters may cause a line break. .PP When a text layout has been created using an underlined \fItkfont\fR, then any space characters that occur at the end of individual lines, newlines/returns, and tabs will not be displayed underlined when \fBTk_DrawTextLayout\fR is called, because those characters are never actually drawn \- they are merely placeholders maintained in the \fIlayout\fR. .SH KEYWORDS font |
Changes to doc/TkInitStubs.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1999 Scriptics Corporation '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_InitStubs 3 8.4 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_InitStubs \- initialize the Tk stubs mechanism .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | as \fIversion\fR. .BE .SH INTRODUCTION .PP The Tcl stubs mechanism defines a way to dynamically bind extensions to a particular Tcl implementation at run time. the stubs mechanism requires no changes to applications | | | < | | | | | | < < < | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 | as \fIversion\fR. .BE .SH INTRODUCTION .PP The Tcl stubs mechanism defines a way to dynamically bind extensions to a particular Tcl implementation at run time. the stubs mechanism requires no changes to applications incoporating Tcl/Tk interpreters. Only developers creating C-based Tcl/Tk extensions need to take steps to use the stubs mechanism with their extensions. See the \fBTcl_InitStubs\fR page for more information. .PP Enabling the stubs mechanism for a Tcl/Tk extension requires the following steps: .IP 1) 5 Call \fBTcl_InitStubs\fR in the extension before calling any other Tcl functions. .IP 2) 5 Call \fBTk_InitStubs\fR if the extension before calling any other Tk functions. .IP 2) 5 Define the \fBUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR symbol. Typically, you would include the \fB\-DUSE_TCL_STUBS\fR flag when compiling the extension. .IP 3) 5 Link the extension with the Tcl and Tk stubs libraries instead of the standard Tcl and Tk libraries. On Unix platforms, the library names are \fIlibtclstub8.4.a\fR and \fIlibtkstub8.4.a\fR; on Windows platforms, the library names are \fItclstub84.lib\fR and \fItkstub84.lib\fR (adjust names with appropriate version number). .SH DESCRIPTION \fBTk_InitStubs\fR attempts to initialize the Tk stub table pointers and ensure that the correct version of Tk is loaded. In addition to an interpreter handle, it accepts as arguments a version number and a Boolean flag indicating whether the extension requires an exact version match or not. If \fIexact\fR is 0, then the extension is indicating that newer versions of Tk are acceptable as long as they have the same major version number as \fIversion\fR; |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/Tk_Init.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_Init 3 8.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit \- add Tk to an interpreter and make a new Tk application. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp int \fBTk_Init\fR(\fIinterp\fR) .sp int \fBTk_SafeInit\fR(\fIinterp\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AP Tcl_Interp *interp in Interpreter in which to load Tk. Tk should not already be loaded in this interpreter. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_Init\fR is the package initialization procedure for Tk. It is normally invoked by the \fBTcl_AppInit\fR procedure for an application or by the \fBload\fR command. \fBTk_Init\fR adds all of Tk's commands to \fIinterp\fR and creates a new Tk application, including its main window. If the initialization is successful \fBTk_Init\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR; if there is an error it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. \fBTk_Init\fR also leaves a result or error message in \fIinterp->result\fR. .PP If there is a variable \fBargv\fR in \fIinterp\fR, \fBTk_Init\fR treats the contents of this variable as a list of options for the new Tk application. The options may have any of the forms documented for the \fBwish\fR application (in fact, \fBwish\fR uses Tk_Init to process its command-line arguments). |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 | \fBtoplevel\fR Toplevels can be used to cover the entire screen and to steal input from the user. .TP \fBwm\fR If toplevels are ever allowed, wm can be used to remove decorations, move windows around, etc. .SH KEYWORDS safe, application, initialization, load, main window | > | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | \fBtoplevel\fR Toplevels can be used to cover the entire screen and to steal input from the user. .TP \fBwm\fR If toplevels are ever allowed, wm can be used to remove decorations, move windows around, etc. .SH KEYWORDS safe, application, initialization, load, main window |
Changes to doc/Tk_Main.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < > | < | | < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_Main 3 4.0 Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_Main \- main program for Tk-based applications .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp \fBTk_Main\fR(\fIargc, argv, appInitProc\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc .AP int argc in Number of elements in \fIargv\fR. .AP char *argv[] in Array of strings containing command-line arguments. .AP Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc in Address of an application-specific initialization procedure. The value for this argument is usually \fBTcl_AppInit\fR. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_Main\fR acts as the main program for most Tk-based applications. Starting with Tk 4.0 it is not called \fBmain\fR anymore because it is part of the Tk library and having a function \fBmain\fR in a library (particularly a shared library) causes problems on many systems. Having \fBmain\fR in the Tk library would also make it hard to use Tk in C++ programs, since C++ programs must have special C++ \fBmain\fR functions. .PP Normally each application contains a small \fBmain\fR function that does nothing but invoke \fBTk_Main\fR. \fBTk_Main\fR then does all the work of creating and running a \fBwish\fR-like application. .PP When it is has finished its own initialization, but before it processes commands, \fBTk_Main\fR calls the procedure given by the \fIappInitProc\fR argument. This procedure provides a .QW hook for the application to perform its own initialization, such as defining application-specific commands. The procedure must have an interface that matches the type \fBTcl_AppInitProc\fR: .CS typedef int Tcl_AppInitProc(Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR); .CE \fIAppInitProc\fR is almost always a pointer to \fBTcl_AppInit\fR; for more details on this procedure, see the documentation for \fBTcl_AppInit\fR. .SH KEYWORDS application-specific initialization, command-line arguments, main program |
Changes to doc/WindowId.3.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1993 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Tk_WindowId 3 "8.4" Tk "Tk Library Procedures" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Tk_WindowId, Tk_Parent, Tk_Display, Tk_DisplayName, Tk_ScreenNumber, Tk_Screen, Tk_X, Tk_Y, Tk_Width, Tk_Height, Tk_Changes, Tk_Attributes, Tk_IsContainer, Tk_IsEmbedded, Tk_IsMapped, Tk_IsTopLevel, Tk_ReqWidth, Tk_ReqHeight, Tk_MinReqWidth, Tk_MinReqHeight, Tk_InternalBorderLeft, Tk_InternalBorderRight, Tk_InternalBorderTop, Tk_InternalBorderBottom, Tk_Visual, Tk_Depth, Tk_Colormap, Tk_Interp \- retrieve information from Tk's local data structure .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB#include <tk.h>\fR .sp Window \fBTk_WindowId\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Tk_Window \fBTk_Parent\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Display * \fBTk_Display\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp const char * \fBTk_DisplayName\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp int \fBTk_ScreenNumber\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Screen * \fBTk_Screen\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp int \fBTk_X\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp int |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | \fBTk_Depth\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Colormap \fBTk_Colormap\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Tcl_Interp * \fBTk_Interp\fR(\fItkwin\fR) | < < < > | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | \fBTk_Depth\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Colormap \fBTk_Colormap\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .sp Tcl_Interp * \fBTk_Interp\fR(\fItkwin\fR) .SH ARGUMENTS .AS Tk_Window tkwin .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Token for window. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBTk_WindowId\fR and the other names listed above are all macros that return fields from Tk's local data structure for \fItkwin\fR. None of these macros requires any interaction with the server; it is safe to assume that all are fast. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 | .PP \fBTk_Display\fR returns a pointer to the Xlib display structure corresponding to \fItkwin\fR. \fBTk_DisplayName\fR returns an ASCII string identifying \fItkwin\fR's display. \fBTk_ScreenNumber\fR returns the index of \fItkwin\fR's screen among all the screens of \fItkwin\fR's display. \fBTk_Screen\fR returns a pointer to the Xlib structure corresponding to \fItkwin\fR's screen. | < < | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 | .PP \fBTk_Display\fR returns a pointer to the Xlib display structure corresponding to \fItkwin\fR. \fBTk_DisplayName\fR returns an ASCII string identifying \fItkwin\fR's display. \fBTk_ScreenNumber\fR returns the index of \fItkwin\fR's screen among all the screens of \fItkwin\fR's display. \fBTk_Screen\fR returns a pointer to the Xlib structure corresponding to \fItkwin\fR's screen. .PP \fBTk_X\fR, \fBTk_Y\fR, \fBTk_Width\fR, and \fBTk_Height\fR return information about \fItkwin's\fR location within its parent and its size. The location information refers to the upper-left pixel in the window, or its border if there is one. The width and height information refers to the interior size of the window, not including any border. \fBTk_Changes\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
172 173 174 175 176 177 178 | call to \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR for \fItkwin\fR. .PP \fBTk_MinReqWidth\fR and \fBTk_MinReqHeight\fR return information about the window's minimum requested size. These values correspond to the last call to \fBTk_SetMinimumRequestSize\fR for \fItkwin\fR. .PP \fBTk_InternalBorderLeft\fR, \fBTk_InternalBorderRight\fR, | | | < | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 | call to \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR for \fItkwin\fR. .PP \fBTk_MinReqWidth\fR and \fBTk_MinReqHeight\fR return information about the window's minimum requested size. These values correspond to the last call to \fBTk_SetMinimumRequestSize\fR for \fItkwin\fR. .PP \fBTk_InternalBorderLeft\fR, \fBTk_InternalBorderRight\fR, \fBTk_InternalBorderTop\fR and \fBTk_InternalBorderBottom\fR return the width of one side of the internal border that has been requested for \fItkwin\fR, or 0 if no internal border was requested. The return value is simply the last value passed to \fBTk_SetInternalBorder\fR or \fBTk_SetInternalBorderEx\fR for \fItkwin\fR. .PP \fBTk_Visual\fR, \fBTk_Depth\fR, and \fBTk_Colormap\fR return information about the visual characteristics of a window. \fBTk_Visual\fR returns the visual type for the window, \fBTk_Depth\fR returns the number of bits per pixel, and \fBTk_Colormap\fR returns the current colormap for the window. The visual characteristics are normally set from the defaults for the window's screen, but they may be overridden by calling \fBTk_SetWindowVisual\fR. .SH KEYWORDS attributes, colormap, depth, display, height, geometry manager, identifier, mapped, requested size, screen, top-level, visual, width, window, x, y |
Changes to doc/bell.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH bell n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME bell \- Ring a display's bell .SH SYNOPSIS \fBbell \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fB\-nice\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This command rings the bell on the display for \fIwindow\fR and returns an empty string. If the \fB\-displayof\fR option is omitted, the display of the application's main window is used by default. The command uses the current bell-related settings for the display, which may be modified with programs such as \fBxset\fR. .PP If \fB\-nice\fR is not specified, this command also resets the screen saver for the screen. Some screen savers will ignore this, but others will reset so that the screen becomes visible again. .SH KEYWORDS beep, bell, ring |
Changes to doc/bind.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH bind n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME bind \- Arrange for X events to invoke Tcl scripts .SH SYNOPSIS \fBbind\fI tag\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fB+\fR??\fIscript\fR? .BE .SH "INTRODUCTION" .PP The \fBbind\fR command associates Tcl scripts with X events. If all three arguments are specified, \fBbind\fR will arrange for \fIscript\fR (a Tcl script) to be evaluated whenever the event(s) given by \fIsequence\fR occur in the window(s) identified by \fItag\fR. If \fIscript\fR is prefixed with a .QW + , then it is appended to any existing binding for \fIsequence\fR; otherwise \fIscript\fR replaces any existing binding. If \fIscript\fR is an empty string then the current binding for \fIsequence\fR is destroyed, leaving \fIsequence\fR unbound. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 | .PP The \fIsequence\fR argument specifies a sequence of one or more event patterns, with optional white space between the patterns. Each event pattern may take one of three forms. In the simplest case it is a single printing ASCII character, such as \fBa\fR or \fB[\fR. The character may not be a space character or the character \fB<\fR. This form of | | | 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | .PP The \fIsequence\fR argument specifies a sequence of one or more event patterns, with optional white space between the patterns. Each event pattern may take one of three forms. In the simplest case it is a single printing ASCII character, such as \fBa\fR or \fB[\fR. The character may not be a space character or the character \fB<\fR. This form of pattern matches a \fBKeyPress\fR event for the particular character. The second form of pattern is longer but more general. It has the following syntax: .CS \fB<\fImodifier\-modifier\-type\-detail\fB>\fR .CE The entire event pattern is surrounded by angle brackets. Inside the angle brackets are zero or more modifiers, an event |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 | substantial mouse motion in between. For example, \fB<Double\-Button\-1>\fR is equivalent to \fB<Button\-1><Button\-1>\fR with the extra time and space requirement. .PP The \fBCommand\fR and \fBOption\fR modifiers are equivalents of \fBMod1\fR resp. \fBMod2\fR, they correspond to Macintosh-specific modifier keys. .PP The \fBExtended\fR modifier is, at present, specific to Windows. It appears on events that are associated with the keys on the .QW "extended keyboard" . On a US keyboard, the extended keys include the \fBAlt\fR and \fBControl\fR keys at the right of the keyboard, the cursor keys in the cluster to the left of the numeric pad, the \fBNumLock\fR key, the \fBBreak\fR key, the \fBPrintScreen\fR key, and the \fB/\fR and \fBEnter\fR keys in the numeric keypad. .SS "EVENT TYPES" .PP The \fItype\fR field may be any of the standard X event types, with a few extra abbreviations. The \fItype\fR field will also accept a couple non-standard X event types that were added to better support the Macintosh and Windows platforms. Below is a list of all the valid types; where two names appear together, they are synonyms. .DS | > > | | | | 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 | substantial mouse motion in between. For example, \fB<Double\-Button\-1>\fR is equivalent to \fB<Button\-1><Button\-1>\fR with the extra time and space requirement. .PP The \fBCommand\fR and \fBOption\fR modifiers are equivalents of \fBMod1\fR resp. \fBMod2\fR, they correspond to Macintosh-specific modifier keys. .PP .VS 8.5 The \fBExtended\fR modifier is, at present, specific to Windows. It appears on events that are associated with the keys on the .QW "extended keyboard" . On a US keyboard, the extended keys include the \fBAlt\fR and \fBControl\fR keys at the right of the keyboard, the cursor keys in the cluster to the left of the numeric pad, the \fBNumLock\fR key, the \fBBreak\fR key, the \fBPrintScreen\fR key, and the \fB/\fR and \fBEnter\fR keys in the numeric keypad. .VE 8.5 .SS "EVENT TYPES" .PP The \fItype\fR field may be any of the standard X event types, with a few extra abbreviations. The \fItype\fR field will also accept a couple non-standard X event types that were added to better support the Macintosh and Windows platforms. Below is a list of all the valid types; where two names appear together, they are synonyms. .DS .ta \w'\fBButtonPress, Button\0\0\0\fR'u +\w'\fBKeyPress, Key\0\0\0\fR'u \fBActivate\fR \fBDestroy\fR \fBMap\fR \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButton\fR \fBEnter\fR \fBMapRequest\fR \fBButtonRelease\fR \fBExpose\fR \fBMotion\fR \fBCirculate\fR \fBFocusIn\fR \fBMouseWheel\fR \fBCirculateRequest\fR \fBFocusOut\fR \fBProperty\fR \fBColormap\fR \fBGravity\fR \fBReparent\fR \fBConfigure\fR \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKey\fR \fBResizeRequest\fR \fBConfigureRequest\fR \fBKeyRelease\fR \fBUnmap\fR \fBCreate\fR \fBLeave\fR \fBVisibility\fR \fBDeactivate\fR .DE Most of the above events have the same fields and behaviors as events in the X Windowing system. You can find more detailed descriptions of these events in any X window programming book. A couple of the events |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
197 198 199 200 201 202 203 | active. Likewise, the \fBDeactive\fR event is sent when the window's state changes from active to deactive. There are no useful percent substitutions you would make when binding to these events. .IP \fBMouseWheel\fR 5 Many contemporary mice support a mouse wheel, which is used for scrolling documents without using the scrollbars. By rolling the wheel, the system will generate \fBMouseWheel\fR events that the | | | | | > > < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 | active. Likewise, the \fBDeactive\fR event is sent when the window's state changes from active to deactive. There are no useful percent substitutions you would make when binding to these events. .IP \fBMouseWheel\fR 5 Many contemporary mice support a mouse wheel, which is used for scrolling documents without using the scrollbars. By rolling the wheel, the system will generate \fBMouseWheel\fR events that the application can use to scroll. Like \fBKey\fR events the event is always routed to the window that currently has focus. When the event is received you can use the \fB%D\fR substitution to get the \fIdelta\fR field for the event, which is a integer value describing how the mouse wheel has moved. The smallest value for which the system will report is defined by the OS. On Windows 95 & 98 machines this value is at least 120 before it is reported. However, higher resolution devices may be available in the future. The sign of the value determines which direction your widget should scroll. Positive values should scroll up and negative values should scroll down. .IP "\fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR" 5 The \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events are generated whenever a key is pressed or released. \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events are sent to the window which currently has the keyboard focus. .IP "\fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBMotion\fR" 5 The \fBButtonPress\fR and \fBButtonRelease\fR events are generated when the user presses or releases a mouse button. \fBMotion\fR events are generated whenever the pointer is moved. \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events are normally sent to the window containing the pointer. .RS .PP When a mouse button is pressed, the window containing the pointer automatically obtains a temporary pointer grab. Subsequent \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events will be sent to that window, regardless of which window contains the pointer, until all buttons have been released. .RE .IP \fBConfigure\fR 5 A \fBConfigure\fR event is sent to a window whenever its size, position, or border width changes, and sometimes |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
278 279 280 281 282 283 284 | A \fBDestroy\fR event is delivered to a window when it is destroyed. .RS .PP When the \fBDestroy\fR event is delivered to a widget, it is in a .QW half-dead | | < | 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 | A \fBDestroy\fR event is delivered to a window when it is destroyed. .RS .PP When the \fBDestroy\fR event is delivered to a widget, it is in a .QW half-dead state: the widget still exists, but most operations on it will fail. .RE .IP "\fBFocusIn\fR, \fBFocusOut\fR" 5 The \fBFocusIn\fR and \fBFocusOut\fR events are generated whenever the keyboard focus changes. A \fBFocusOut\fR event is sent to the old focus window, and a \fBFocusIn\fR event is sent to the new one. .RS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
360 361 362 363 364 365 366 | This event type is included only for completeness; there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's position in the stacking order. .RE .SS "EVENT DETAILS" .PP The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR. In the | | | | | | | | | < | 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 | This event type is included only for completeness; there is no reliable way to track changes to a window's position in the stacking order. .RE .SS "EVENT DETAILS" .PP The last part of a long event specification is \fIdetail\fR. In the case of a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, it is the number of a button (1\-5). If a button number is given, then only an event on that particular button will match; if no button number is given, then an event on any button will match. Note: giving a specific button number is different than specifying a button modifier; in the first case, it refers to a button being pressed or released, while in the second it refers to some other button that is already depressed when the matching event occurs. If a button number is given then \fItype\fR may be omitted: if will default to \fBButtonPress\fR. For example, the specifier \fB<1>\fR is equivalent to \fB<ButtonPress\-1>\fR. .PP If the event type is \fBKeyPress\fR or \fBKeyRelease\fR, then \fIdetail\fR may be specified in the form of an X keysym. Keysyms are textual specifications for particular keys on the keyboard; they include all the alphanumeric ASCII characters (e.g. .QW a is the keysym for the ASCII character .QW a ), plus descriptions for non-alphanumeric characters .PQ comma "is the keysym for the comma character" , plus descriptions for all the non-ASCII keys on the keyboard (e.g. .QW Shift_L is the keysym for the left shift key, and .QW F1 is the keysym for the F1 function key, if it exists). The complete list of keysyms is not presented here; it is available in other X documentation and may vary from system to system. If necessary, you can use the \fB%K\fR notation described below to print out the keysym name for a particular key. If a keysym \fIdetail\fR is given, then the \fItype\fR field may be omitted; it will default to \fBKeyPress\fR. For example, \fB<Control\-comma>\fR is equivalent to \fB<Control\-KeyPress\-comma>\fR. .SH "BINDING SCRIPTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS" .PP The \fIscript\fR argument to \fBbind\fR is a Tcl script, which will be executed whenever the given event sequence occurs. \fICommand\fR will be executed in the same interpreter that the \fBbind\fR command was executed in, and it will run at global level (only global variables will be accessible). If \fIscript\fR contains any \fB%\fR characters, then the script will not be executed directly. Instead, a new script will be |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
430 431 432 433 434 435 436 | formatted as a hexadecimal number. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR events. Indicates the sibling window immediately below the receiving window in the stacking order, or \fB0\fR if the receiving window is at the bottom. .IP \fB%b\fR 5 The number of the button that was pressed or released. Valid only | | | > > > > > | | | | 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 | formatted as a hexadecimal number. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR events. Indicates the sibling window immediately below the receiving window in the stacking order, or \fB0\fR if the receiving window is at the bottom. .IP \fB%b\fR 5 The number of the button that was pressed or released. Valid only for \fBButtonPress\fR and \fBButtonRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%c\fR 5 The \fIcount\fR field from the event. Valid only for \fBExpose\fR events. Indicates that there are \fIcount\fR pending \fBExpose\fR events which have not yet been delivered to the window. .IP \fB%d\fR 5 The \fIdetail\fR .VS 8.5 or \fIuser_data\fR .VE 8.5 field from the event. The \fB%d\fR is replaced by a string identifying the detail. For \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBFocusIn\fR, and \fBFocusOut\fR events, the string will be one of the following: .RS .DS .ta 6c \fBNotifyAncestor\fR \fBNotifyNonlinearVirtual\fR \fBNotifyDetailNone\fR \fBNotifyPointer\fR \fBNotifyInferior\fR \fBNotifyPointerRoot\fR \fBNotifyNonlinear\fR \fBNotifyVirtual\fR .DE For \fBConfigureRequest\fR events, the string will be one of: .DS .ta 6c \fBAbove\fR \fBOpposite\fR \fBBelow\fR \fBNone\fR \fBBottomIf\fR \fBTopIf\fR .DE .VS 8.5 For virtual events, the string will be whatever value is stored in the \fIuser_data\fR field when the event was created (typically with \fBevent generate\fR), or the empty string if the field is NULL. Virtual events corresponding to key sequence presses (see \fBevent add\fR for details) set the \fIuser_data\fR to NULL. .VE 8.5 For events other than these, the substituted string is undefined. .RE .IP \fB%f\fR 5 The \fIfocus\fR field from the event (\fB0\fR or \fB1\fR). Valid only for \fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events. \fB1\fR if the receiving window is the focus window or a descendant of the focus window, \fB0\fR otherwise. .IP \fB%h\fR 5 The \fIheight\fR field from the event. Valid for the \fBConfigure\fR, \fBConfigureRequest\fR, \fBCreate\fR, \fBResizeRequest\fR, and \fBExpose\fR events. Indicates the new or requested height of the window. .IP \fB%i\fR 5 The \fIwindow\fR field from the event, represented as a hexadecimal integer. Valid for all event types. .IP \fB%k\fR 5 The \fIkeycode\fR field from the event. Valid only for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%m\fR 5 The \fImode\fR field from the event. The substituted string is one of \fBNotifyNormal\fR, \fBNotifyGrab\fR, \fBNotifyUngrab\fR, or \fBNotifyWhileGrabbed\fR. Valid only for \fBEnter\fR, \fBFocusIn\fR, \fBFocusOut\fR, and \fBLeave\fR events. .IP \fB%o\fR 5 The \fIoverride_redirect\fR field from the event. Valid only for \fBMap\fR, \fBReparent\fR, and \fBConfigure\fR events. .IP \fB%p\fR 5 The \fIplace\fR field from the event, substituted as one of the strings \fBPlaceOnTop\fR or \fBPlaceOnBottom\fR. Valid only for \fBCirculate\fR and \fBCirculateRequest\fR events. .IP \fB%s\fR 5 The \fIstate\fR field from the event. For \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events, a decimal string is substituted. For \fBVisibility\fR, one of the strings \fBVisibilityUnobscured\fR, \fBVisibilityPartiallyObscured\fR, and \fBVisibilityFullyObscured\fR is substituted. For \fBProperty\fR events, substituted with either the string \fBNewValue\fR (indicating that the property has been created or modified) or \fBDelete\fR (indicating that |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 | The \fIwidth\fR field from the event. Indicates the new or requested width of the window. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR, \fBConfigureRequest\fR, \fBCreate\fR, \fBResizeRequest\fR, and \fBExpose\fR events. .IP "\fB%x\fR, \fB%y\fR" 5 The \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR fields from the event. | | | < < < | < | > > | | | | 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 | The \fIwidth\fR field from the event. Indicates the new or requested width of the window. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR, \fBConfigureRequest\fR, \fBCreate\fR, \fBResizeRequest\fR, and \fBExpose\fR events. .IP "\fB%x\fR, \fB%y\fR" 5 The \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR fields from the event. For \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBMotion\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, and \fBMouseWheel\fR events, \fB%x\fR and \fB%y\fR indicate the position of the mouse pointer relative to the receiving window. For \fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events, the position where the mouse pointer crossed the window, relative to the receiving window. For \fBConfigure\fR and \fBCreate\fR requests, the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates of the window relative to its parent window. .IP \fB%A\fR 5 Substitutes the UNICODE character corresponding to the event, or the empty string if the event does not correspond to a UNICODE character (e.g. the shift key was pressed). \fBXmbLookupString\fR (or \fBXLookupString\fR when input method support is turned off) does all the work of translating from the event to a UNICODE character. Valid only for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%B\fR 5 The \fIborder_width\fR field from the event. Valid only for \fBConfigure\fR, \fBConfigureRequest\fR, and \fBCreate\fR events. .IP \fB%D\fR 5 This reports the \fIdelta\fR value of a \fBMouseWheel\fR event. The \fIdelta\fR value represents the rotation units the mouse wheel has been moved. On Windows 95 & 98 systems the smallest value for the delta is 120. Future systems may support higher resolution values for the delta. The sign of the value represents the direction the mouse wheel was scrolled. .IP \fB%E\fR 5 The \fIsend_event\fR field from the event. Valid for all event types. \fB0\fR indicates that this is a .QW normal event, \fB1\fR indicates that it is a .QW synthetic event generated by \fBSendEvent\fR. .IP \fB%K\fR 5 The keysym corresponding to the event, substituted as a textual string. Valid only for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%M\fR 5 The number of script-based binding patterns matched so far for the event. Valid for all event types. .IP \fB%N\fR 5 The keysym corresponding to the event, substituted as a decimal number. Valid only for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. .IP \fB%P\fR 5 The name of the property being updated or deleted (which may be converted to an XAtom using \fBwinfo atom\fR.) Valid only for \fBProperty\fR events. .IP \fB%R\fR 5 The \fIroot\fR window identifier from the event. Valid only for events containing a \fIroot\fR field. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 | The path name of the window to which the event was reported (the \fIwindow\fR field from the event). Valid for all event types. .IP "\fB%X\fR, \fB%Y\fR" 5 The \fIx_root\fR and \fIy_root\fR fields from the event. If a virtual-root window manager is being used then the substituted values are the corresponding x-coordinate and y-coordinate in the virtual root. Valid only for | | | 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 | The path name of the window to which the event was reported (the \fIwindow\fR field from the event). Valid for all event types. .IP "\fB%X\fR, \fB%Y\fR" 5 The \fIx_root\fR and \fIy_root\fR fields from the event. If a virtual-root window manager is being used then the substituted values are the corresponding x-coordinate and y-coordinate in the virtual root. Valid only for \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBLeave\fR and \fBMotion\fR events. Same meaning as \fB%x\fR and \fB%y\fR, except relative to the (virtual) root window. .LP The replacement string for a %-replacement is formatted as a proper Tcl list element. This means that spaces or special characters such as \fB$\fR and |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
621 622 623 624 625 626 627 | an \fBall\fR binding. The \fBbindtags\fR command may be used to change this order for a particular window or to associate additional binding tags with the window. .PP The \fBcontinue\fR and \fBbreak\fR commands may be used inside a binding script to control the processing of matching scripts. | | < < | | < < < < < < | | < | | | 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 | an \fBall\fR binding. The \fBbindtags\fR command may be used to change this order for a particular window or to associate additional binding tags with the window. .PP The \fBcontinue\fR and \fBbreak\fR commands may be used inside a binding script to control the processing of matching scripts. If \fBcontinue\fR is invoked, then the current binding script is terminated but Tk will continue processing binding scripts associated with other \fItag\fR's. If the \fBbreak\fR command is invoked within a binding script, then that script terminates and no other scripts will be invoked for the event. .PP If more than one binding matches a particular event and they have the same \fItag\fR, then the most specific binding is chosen and its script is evaluated. The following tests are applied, in order, to determine which of several matching sequences is more specific: .RS .IP (a) an event pattern that specifies a specific button or key is more specific than one that does not; .IP (b) a longer sequence (in terms of number of events matched) is more specific than a shorter sequence; .IP (c) if the modifiers specified in one pattern are a subset of the modifiers in another pattern, then the pattern with more modifiers is more specific. .IP (d) a virtual event whose physical pattern matches the sequence is less specific than the same physical pattern that is not associated with a virtual event. .IP (e) given a sequence that matches two or more virtual events, one of the virtual events will be chosen, but the order is undefined. .RE .PP If the matching sequences contain more than one event, then tests (c)\-(e) are applied in order from the most recent event to the least recent |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
692 693 694 695 696 697 698 | An unbound event is not considered to be an error. .SH "MULTI-EVENT SEQUENCES AND IGNORED EVENTS" .PP When a \fIsequence\fR specified in a \fBbind\fR command contains more than one event pattern, then its script is executed whenever the recent events (leading up to and including the current event) match the given sequence. This means, for example, that if button 1 is | | | | | | | < | 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 |
An unbound event is not considered to be an error.
.SH "MULTI-EVENT SEQUENCES AND IGNORED EVENTS"
.PP
When a \fIsequence\fR specified in a \fBbind\fR command contains
more than one event pattern, then its script is executed whenever
the recent events (leading up to and including the current event)
match the given sequence. This means, for example, that if button 1 is
clicked repeatedly the sequence \fB<Double\-ButtonPress\-1>\fR will match
each button press but the first.
If extraneous events that would prevent a match occur in the middle
of an event sequence then the extraneous events are
ignored unless they are \fBKeyPress\fR or \fBButtonPress\fR events.
For example, \fB<Double\-ButtonPress\-1>\fR will match a sequence of
presses of button 1, even though there will be \fBButtonRelease\fR
events (and possibly \fBMotion\fR events) between the
\fBButtonPress\fR events.
Furthermore, a \fBKeyPress\fR event may be preceded by any number
of other \fBKeyPress\fR events for modifier keys without the
modifier keys preventing a match.
For example, the event sequence \fBaB\fR will match a press of the
\fBa\fR key, a release of the \fBa\fR key, a press of the \fBShift\fR
key, and a press of the \fBb\fR key: the press of \fBShift\fR is
ignored because it is a modifier key.
Finally, if several \fBMotion\fR events occur in a row, only
the last one is used for purposes of matching binding sequences.
.SH "ERRORS"
.PP
If an error occurs in executing the script for a binding then the
\fBbgerror\fR mechanism is used to report the error.
The \fBbgerror\fR command will be executed at global level
(outside the context of any Tcl procedure).
.SH "EXAMPLES"
Arrange for a string describing the motion of the mouse to be printed
out when the mouse is double-clicked:
.CS
\fBbind\fR . <Double\-1> {
puts "hi from (%x,%y)"
}
.CE
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
739 740 741 742 743 744 745 |
set keysym "You pressed %K"
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bgerror(n), bindtags(n), event(n), focus(n), grab(n), keysyms(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
binding, event
| < < < | 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
set keysym "You pressed %K"
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bgerror(n), bindtags(n), event(n), focus(n), grab(n), keysyms(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
binding, event
|
Changes to doc/bindtags.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH bindtags n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME bindtags \- Determine which bindings apply to a window, and order of evaluation .SH SYNOPSIS \fBbindtags \fIwindow \fR?\fItagList\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP When a binding is created with the \fBbind\fR command, it is associated either with a particular window such as \fB.a.b.c\fR, a class name such as \fBButton\fR, the keyword \fBall\fR, or any other string. All of these forms are called \fIbinding tags\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | .CE replaces the \fBButton\fR tag for \fB.b\fR with \fBTrickyButton\fR. This means that the default widget bindings for buttons, which are associated with the \fBButton\fR tag, will no longer apply to \fB.b\fR, but any bindings associated with \fBTrickyButton\fR (perhaps some new button behavior) will apply. .SH EXAMPLE | < > > < < < | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
.CE
replaces the \fBButton\fR tag for \fB.b\fR with \fBTrickyButton\fR.
This means that the default widget bindings for buttons, which are
associated with the \fBButton\fR tag, will no longer apply to \fB.b\fR,
but any bindings associated with \fBTrickyButton\fR (perhaps some
new button behavior) will apply.
.SH EXAMPLE
If you have a set of nested \fBframe\fR widgets and you want events
sent to a \fBbutton\fR widget to also be delivered to all the widgets
up to the current \fBtoplevel\fR (in contrast to Tk's default
behavior, where events are not delivered to those intermediate
windows) to make it easier to have accelerators that are only active
for part of a window, you could use a helper procedure like this to
help set things up:
.CS
proc setupBindtagsForTreeDelivery {widget} {
set tags [list $widget [winfo class $widget]]
set w $widget
set t [winfo toplevel $w]
while {$w ne $t} {
set w [winfo parent $w]
lappend tags $w
}
lappend tags all
\fBbindtags\fR $widget $tags
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bind(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
binding, event, tag
|
Changes to doc/bitmap.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | < < < < < > > < < < < < < > | < | < | > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH bitmap n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME bitmap \- Images that display two colors .SH SYNOPSIS \fBimage create bitmap \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A bitmap is an image whose pixels can display either of two colors or be transparent. A bitmap image is defined by four things: a background color, a foreground color, and two bitmaps, called the \fIsource\fR and the \fImask\fR. Each of the bitmaps specifies 0/1 values for a rectangular array of pixels, and the two bitmaps must have the same dimensions. For pixels where the mask is zero, the image displays nothing, producing a transparent effect. For other pixels, the image displays the foreground color if the source data is one and the background color if the source data is zero. .SH "CREATING BITMAPS" .PP Like all images, bitmaps are created using the \fBimage create\fR command. Bitmaps support the following \fIoptions\fR: .TP \fB\-background \fIcolor\fR Specifies a background color for the image in any of the standard ways accepted by Tk. If this option is set to an empty string then the background pixels will be transparent. This effect is achieved by using the source bitmap as the mask bitmap, ignoring any \fB\-maskdata\fR or \fB\-maskfile\fR options. .TP \fB\-data \fIstring\fR Specifies the contents of the source bitmap as a string. The string must adhere to X11 bitmap format (e.g., as generated by the \fBbitmap\fR program). If both the \fB\-data\fR and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-data\fR option takes precedence. .TP \fB\-file \fIname\fR \fIname\fR gives the name of a file whose contents define the source bitmap. The file must adhere to X11 bitmap format (e.g., as generated by the \fBbitmap\fR program). .TP \fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR Specifies a foreground color for the image in any of the standard ways accepted by Tk. .TP \fB\-maskdata \fIstring\fR Specifies the contents of the mask as a string. The string must adhere to X11 bitmap format (e.g., as generated by the \fBbitmap\fR program). If both the \fB\-maskdata\fR and \fB\-maskfile\fR options are specified, the \fB\-maskdata\fR option takes precedence. .TP \fB\-maskfile \fIname\fR \fIname\fR gives the name of a file whose contents define the mask. The file must adhere to X11 bitmap format (e.g., as generated by the \fBbitmap\fR program). .SH "IMAGE COMMAND" .PP When a bitmap image is created, Tk also creates a new command whose name is the same as the image. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the image. It has the following general form: .CS \fIimageName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for bitmap images: .TP \fIimageName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBimage create bitmap\fR command. .TP \fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options for the image. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIimageName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBimage create bitmap\fR command. .SH KEYWORDS bitmap, image |
Deleted doc/busy.n.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to doc/button.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH button n 4.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME button \- Create and manipulate button widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBbutton\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-font \-relief \-activeforeground \-foreground \-repeatdelay \-anchor \-highlightbackground \-repeatinterval \-background \-highlightcolor \-takefocus |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | toolbar buttons, by configuring \fB\-relief flat \-overrelief raised\fR. If the value of this option is the empty string, then no alternative relief is used when the mouse cursor is over the button. The empty string is the default value. .OP \-state state State Specifies one of three states for the button: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the button is displayed using the | | | | | | | > | | | > | | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 | toolbar buttons, by configuring \fB\-relief flat \-overrelief raised\fR. If the value of this option is the empty string, then no alternative relief is used when the mouse cursor is over the button. The empty string is the default value. .OP \-state state State Specifies one of three states for the button: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the button is displayed using the \fBforeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options. The active state is typically used when the pointer is over the button. In active state the button is displayed using the \fBactiveForeground\fR and \fBactiveBackground\fR options. Disabled state means that the button should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate the widget and will ignore mouse button presses. In this state the \fBdisabledForeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options determine how the button is displayed. .OP \-width width Width Specifies a desired width for the button. If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the button then the value is in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR). For a text button (no image or with \fB\-compound none\fR) then the width specifies how much space in characters to allocate for the text label. If the width is negative then this specifies a minimum width. If this option is not specified, the button's desired width is computed from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBbutton\fR command creates a new window (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a button widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the button such as its colors, font, text, and initial relief. The \fBbutton\fR command returns its \fIpathName\fR argument. At the time this command is invoked, there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A button is a widget that displays a textual string, bitmap or image. If text is displayed, it must all be in a single font, but it can occupy multiple lines on the screen (if it contains newlines or if wrapping occurs because of the \fBwrapLength\fR option) and one of the characters may optionally be underlined using the \fBunderline\fR option. It can display itself in either of three different ways, according to the \fBstate\fR option; it can be made to appear raised, sunken, or flat; and it can be made to flash. When a user invokes the button (by pressing mouse button 1 with the cursor over the button), then the Tcl command specified in the \fB\-command\fR option is invoked. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBbutton\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for button widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
133 134 135 136 137 138 139 | modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBbutton\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBflash\fR Flash the button. This is accomplished by redisplaying the button | | | | > | 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 | modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBbutton\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBflash\fR Flash the button. This is accomplished by redisplaying the button several times, alternating between active and normal colors. At the end of the flash the button is left in the same normal/active state as when the command was invoked. This command is ignored if the button's state is \fBdisabled\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR Invoke the Tcl command associated with the button, if there is one. The return value is the return value from the Tcl command, or an empty string if there is no command associated with the button. This command is ignored if the button's state is \fBdisabled\fR. .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for buttons that give them default behavior: .IP [1] A button activates whenever the mouse passes over it and deactivates whenever the mouse leaves the button. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 | to be invoked. .PP If the button's state is \fBdisabled\fR then none of the above actions occur: the button is completely non-responsive. .PP The behavior of buttons can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < | 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 |
to be invoked.
.PP
If the button's state is \fBdisabled\fR then none of the above
actions occur: the button is completely non-responsive.
.PP
The behavior of buttons can be changed by defining new bindings for
individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings.
.SH EXAMPLES
This is the classic Tk
.QW "Hello, World!"
demonstration:
.PP
.CS
\fBbutton\fR .b \-text "Hello, World!" \-command exit
pack .b
.CE
.PP
This example demonstrates how to handle button accelerators:
.PP
.CS
\fBbutton\fR .b1 \-text Hello \-underline 0
\fBbutton\fR .b2 \-text World \-underline 0
bind . <Key\-h> {.b1 flash; .b1 invoke}
bind . <Key\-w> {.b2 flash; .b2 invoke}
pack .b1 .b2
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::button(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
button, widget
|
Changes to doc/canvas.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1997-1999 Scriptics Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH canvas n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1997-1999 Scriptics Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH canvas n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME canvas \- Create and manipulate canvas widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBcanvas\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-background \-borderwidth \-cursor \-highlightbackground \-highlightcolor \-highlightthickness \-insertbackground \-insertborderwidth \-insertofftime \-insertontime \-insertwidth \-relief |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | Specifies a boolean value that indicates whether or not it should be allowable to set the canvas's view outside the region defined by the \fBscrollRegion\fR argument. Defaults to true, which means that the view will be constrained within the scroll region. .OP \-height height Height Specifies a desired window height that the canvas widget should request from | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 | Specifies a boolean value that indicates whether or not it should be allowable to set the canvas's view outside the region defined by the \fBscrollRegion\fR argument. Defaults to true, which means that the view will be constrained within the scroll region. .OP \-height height Height Specifies a desired window height that the canvas widget should request from its geometry manager. The value may be specified in any of the forms described in the \fBCOORDINATES\fR section below. .OP \-scrollregion scrollRegion ScrollRegion Specifies a list with four coordinates describing the left, top, right, and bottom coordinates of a rectangular region. This region is used for scrolling purposes and is considered to be the boundary of the information in the canvas. Each of the coordinates may be specified in any of the forms given in the \fBCOORDINATES\fR section below. .OP \-state state State Modifies the default state of the canvas where \fIstate\fR may be set to one of: \fBnormal\fR, \fBdisabled\fR, or \fBhidden\fR. Individual canvas objects all have their own state option which may override the default state. Many options can take separate specifications such that the appearance of the item can be different in different situations. The options that start with \fBactive\fR control the appearance when the mouse pointer is over it, while the option starting with \fBdisabled\fR controls the appearance when the state is disabled. Canvas items which are \fBdisabled\fR will not react to canvas bindings. .OP \-width width width Specifies a desired window width that the canvas widget should request from its geometry manager. The value may be specified in any of the forms described in the \fBCOORDINATES\fR section below. .OP \-xscrollincrement xScrollIncrement ScrollIncrement Specifies an increment for horizontal scrolling, in any of the usual forms permitted for screen distances. If the value of this option is greater than zero, the horizontal view in the window will be constrained so that the canvas x coordinate at the left edge of the window is always an even multiple of \fBxScrollIncrement\fR; furthermore, the units for scrolling (e.g., the change in view when the left and right arrows of a scrollbar are selected) will also be \fBxScrollIncrement\fR. If the value of this option is less than or equal to zero, then horizontal scrolling is unconstrained. .OP \-yscrollincrement yScrollIncrement ScrollIncrement Specifies an increment for vertical scrolling, in any of the usual forms permitted for screen distances. If the value of this option is greater than zero, the vertical view in the window will be constrained so that the canvas y coordinate at the top edge of the window is always an even multiple of \fByScrollIncrement\fR; furthermore, the units for scrolling (e.g., the change in view when the top and bottom arrows of a scrollbar are selected) will also be \fByScrollIncrement\fR. If the value of this option is less than or equal to zero, then vertical scrolling is unconstrained. .BE .SH INTRODUCTION .PP The \fBcanvas\fR command creates a new window (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a canvas widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the canvas such as its colors and 3-D relief. The \fBcanvas\fR command returns its \fIpathName\fR argument. At the time this command is invoked, there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP Canvas widgets implement structured graphics. A canvas displays any number of \fIitems\fR, which may be things like rectangles, circles, lines, and text. Items may be manipulated (e.g. moved or re-colored) and commands may be associated with items in much the same way that the \fBbind\fR command allows commands to be bound to widgets. For example, a particular command may be associated with the <Button-1> event so that the command is invoked whenever button 1 is pressed with the mouse cursor over an item. This means that items in a canvas can have behaviors defined by the Tcl scripts bound to them. .SH "DISPLAY LIST" .PP The items in a canvas are ordered for purposes of display, with the first item in the display list being displayed first, followed by the next item in the list, and so on. Items later in the display list obscure those that are earlier in the display list and are sometimes referred to as being .QW "on top" of earlier items. When a new item is created it is placed at the end of the display list, on top of everything else. Widget commands may be used to re-arrange the order of the display list. .PP Window items are an exception to the above rules. The underlying window systems require them always to be drawn on top of other items. In addition, the stacking order of window items is not affected by any of the canvas widget commands; you must use the \fBraise\fR and \fBlower\fR Tk commands instead. .SH "ITEM IDS AND TAGS" .PP Items in a canvas widget may be named in either of two ways: by id or by tag. Each item has a unique identifying number, which is assigned to that item when it is created. The id of an item never changes and id numbers are never re-used within the lifetime of a canvas widget. .PP Each item may also have any number of \fItags\fR associated with it. A tag is just a string of characters, and it may take any form except that of an integer. For example, .QW x123 is OK but .QW 123 is not. The same tag may be associated with many different items. This is commonly done to group items in various interesting ways; for example, all selected items might be given the tag .QW selected . .PP The tag \fBall\fR is implicitly associated with every item in the canvas; it may be used to invoke operations on all the items in the canvas. .PP The tag \fBcurrent\fR is managed automatically by Tk; it applies to the \fIcurrent item\fR, which is the topmost item whose drawn area covers the position of the mouse cursor (different item types interpret this in varying ways; see the individual item type documentation for details). |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 | .PP \fItagOrId\fR may contain a logical expressions of tags by using operators: .QW \fB&&\fR , .QW \fB||\fR , .QW \fB^\fR , .QW \fB!\fR , | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | < | < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | < | < | < < < | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 |
.PP
\fItagOrId\fR may contain a logical expressions of
tags by using operators:
.QW \fB&&\fR ,
.QW \fB||\fR ,
.QW \fB^\fR ,
.QW \fB!\fR ,
and parenthesized subexpressions. For example:
.CS
.c find withtag {(a&&!b)||(!a&&b)}
.CE
or equivalently:
.CS
.c find withtag {a^b}
.CE
will find only those items with either
.QW a
or
.QW b
tags, but not both.
.PP
Some widget commands only operate on a single item at a
time; if \fItagOrId\fR is specified in a way that
names multiple items, then the normal behavior is for
the command to use the first (lowest) of these items in
the display list that is suitable for the command.
Exceptions are noted in the widget command descriptions
below.
.SH "COORDINATES"
.PP
All coordinates related to canvases are stored as floating-point
numbers.
Coordinates and distances are specified in screen units,
which are floating-point numbers optionally followed
by one of several letters.
If no letter is supplied then the distance is in pixels.
If the letter is \fBm\fR then the distance is in millimeters on
the screen; if it is \fBc\fR then the distance is in centimeters;
\fBi\fR means inches, and \fBp\fR means printers points (1/72 inch).
Larger y-coordinates refer to points lower on the screen; larger
x-coordinates refer to points farther to the right.
Coordinates can be specified either as an even number of parameters,
or as a single list parameter containing an even number of x and y
coordinate values.
.SS TRANSFORMATIONS
.PP
Normally the origin of the canvas coordinate system is at the
upper-left corner of the window containing the canvas.
It is possible to adjust the origin of the canvas
coordinate system relative to the origin of the window using the
\fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR widget commands; this is typically used
for scrolling.
Canvases do not support scaling or rotation of the canvas coordinate
system relative to the window coordinate system.
.PP
Individual items may be moved or scaled using widget commands
described below, but they may not be rotated.
.PP
Note that the default origin of the canvas's visible area is
coincident with the origin for the whole window as that makes bindings
using the mouse position easier to work with; you only need to use the
\fBcanvasx\fR and \fBcanvasy\fR widget commands if you adjust the
origin of the visible area. However, this also means that any focus
ring (as controlled by the \fB\-highlightthickness\fR option) and
window border (as controlled by the \fB\-borderwidth\fR option) must
be taken into account before you get to the visible area of the
canvas.
.SH "INDICES"
.PP
Text items support the notion of an \fIindex\fR for identifying
particular positions within the item.
In a similar fashion, line and polygon items support \fIindex\fR for
identifying, inserting and deleting subsets of their coordinates.
Indices are used for commands such as inserting or deleting
a range of characters or coordinates, and setting the insertion
cursor position. An index may be specified in any of a number
of ways, and different types of items may support different forms
for specifying indices.
Text items support the following forms for an index; if you
define new types of text-like items, it would be advisable to
support as many of these forms as practical.
Note that it is possible to refer to the character just after
the last one in the text item; this is necessary for such
tasks as inserting new text at the end of the item.
Lines and Polygons do not support the insertion cursor
and the selection. Their indices are supposed to be even
always, because coordinates always appear in pairs.
.TP 10
\fInumber\fR
A decimal number giving the position of the desired character
within the text item.
0 refers to the first character, 1 to the next character, and
so on. If indexes are odd for lines and polygons, they will be
automatically decremented by one.
A number less than 0 is treated as if it were zero, and a
number greater than the length of the text item is treated
as if it were equal to the length of the text item. For
polygons, numbers less than 0 or greater then the length
of the coordinate list will be adjusted by adding or subtracting
the length until the result is between zero and the length,
inclusive.
.TP 10
\fBend\fR
Refers to the character or coordinate just after the last one
in the item (same as the number of characters or coordinates
in the item).
.TP 10
\fBinsert\fR
Refers to the character just before which the insertion cursor
is drawn in this item. Not valid for lines and polygons.
.TP 10
\fBsel.first\fR
Refers to the first selected character in the item.
If the selection is not in this item then this form is illegal.
.TP 10
\fBsel.last\fR
Refers to the last selected character in the item.
If the selection is not in this item then this form is illegal.
.TP 10
\fB@\fIx,y\fR
Refers to the character or coordinate at the point given by \fIx\fR and
\fIy\fR, where \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified in the coordinate
system of the canvas.
If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR lie outside the coordinates covered by the
text item, then they refer to the first or last character in the
line that is closest to the given point.
.SH "DASH PATTERNS"
.PP
Many items support the notion of a dash pattern for outlines.
.PP
The first possible syntax is a list of integers. Each element
represents the number of pixels of a line segment. Only the odd
segments are drawn using the
.QW outline
color. The other segments are drawn transparent.
.PP
The second possible syntax is a character list containing only
5 possible characters
.QW "\fB.,\-_ \fR" .
The space can be used
to enlarge the space between other line elements, and cannot
occur as the first position in the string. Some examples:
.CS
\-dash . \(-> \-dash {2 4}
\-dash \- \(-> \-dash {6 4}
\-dash \-. \(-> \-dash {6 4 2 4}
\-dash \-.. \(-> \-dash {6 4 2 4 2 4}
\-dash {. } \(-> \-dash {2 8}
\-dash , \(-> \-dash {4 4}
.CE
.PP
The main difference of this syntax with the previous is that it
is shape-conserving. This means that all values in the dash
list will be multiplied by the line width before display. This
assures that
.QW .
will always be displayed as a dot and
.QW \-
always as a dash regardless of the line width.
.PP
On systems which support only a limited set of dash patterns, the dash
pattern will be displayed as the closest dash pattern that is available.
For example, on Windows only the first 4 of the above examples are
available. The last 2 examples will be displayed identically to the first
one.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBcanvas\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is \fIpathName\fR. This
command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget. It has the following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE
\fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command.
The following widget commands are possible for canvas widgets:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBaddtag \fItag searchSpec \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
For each item that meets the constraints specified by
\fIsearchSpec\fR and the \fIarg\fRs, add
\fItag\fR to the list of tags associated with the item if it
is not already present on that list.
It is possible that no items will satisfy the constraints
given by \fIsearchSpec\fR and \fIarg\fRs, in which case the
command has no effect.
This command returns an empty string as result.
\fISearchSpec\fR and \fIarg\fR's may take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fBabove \fItagOrId\fR
Selects the item just after (above) the one given by \fItagOrId\fR
in the display list.
If \fItagOrId\fR denotes more than one item, then the last (topmost)
of these items in the display list is used.
.TP
\fBall\fR
Selects all the items in the canvas.
.TP
\fBbelow \fItagOrId\fR
Selects the item just before (below) the one given by \fItagOrId\fR
in the display list.
If \fItagOrId\fR denotes more than one item, then the first (lowest)
of these items in the display list is used.
.TP
\fBclosest \fIx y \fR?\fIhalo\fR? ?\fIstart\fR?
Selects the item closest to the point given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR.
If more than one item is at the same closest distance (e.g. two
items overlap the point), then the top-most of these items (the
last one in the display list) is used.
If \fIhalo\fR is specified, then it must be a non-negative
value.
Any item closer than \fIhalo\fR to the point is considered to
overlap it.
The \fIstart\fR argument may be used to step circularly through
all the closest items.
If \fIstart\fR is specified, it names an item using a tag or id
(if by tag, it selects the first item in the display list with
the given tag).
Instead of selecting the topmost closest item, this form will
select the topmost closest item that is below \fIstart\fR in
the display list; if no such item exists, then the selection
behaves as if the \fIstart\fR argument had not been specified.
.TP
\fBenclosed\fR \fIx1\fR \fIy1\fR \fIx2\fR \fIy2\fR
Selects all the items completely enclosed within the rectangular
region given by \fIx1\fR, \fIy1\fR, \fIx2\fR, and \fIy2\fR.
\fIX1\fR must be no greater then \fIx2\fR and \fIy1\fR must be
no greater than \fIy2\fR.
.TP
\fBoverlapping\fR \fIx1\fR \fIy1\fR \fIx2\fR \fIy2\fR
Selects all the items that overlap or are enclosed within the
rectangular region given by \fIx1\fR, \fIy1\fR, \fIx2\fR,
and \fIy2\fR.
\fIX1\fR must be no greater then \fIx2\fR and \fIy1\fR must be
no greater than \fIy2\fR.
.TP
\fBwithtag \fItagOrId\fR
Selects all the items given by \fItagOrId\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBbbox \fItagOrId\fR ?\fItagOrId tagOrId ...\fR?
Returns a list with four elements giving an approximate bounding box
for all the items named by the \fItagOrId\fR arguments.
The list has the form
.QW "\fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR"
such that the drawn
areas of all the named elements are within the region bounded by
\fIx1\fR on the left, \fIx2\fR on the right, \fIy1\fR on the top,
and \fIy2\fR on the bottom.
The return value may overestimate the actual bounding box by
a few pixels.
If no items match any of the \fItagOrId\fR arguments or if the
matching items have empty bounding boxes (i.e. they have nothing
to display)
then an empty string is returned.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBbind \fItagOrId\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR?
This command associates \fIcommand\fR with all the items given by
\fItagOrId\fR such that whenever the event sequence given by
\fIsequence\fR occurs for one of the items the command will
be invoked.
This widget command is similar to the \fBbind\fR command except that
it operates on items in a canvas rather than entire widgets.
See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for complete details
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
466 467 468 469 470 471 472 | If both \fIcommand\fR and \fIsequence\fR are omitted then the command returns a list of all the sequences for which bindings have been defined for \fItagOrId\fR. .RS .PP The only events for which bindings may be specified are those related to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, | | | | | | | 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 | If both \fIcommand\fR and \fIsequence\fR are omitted then the command returns a list of all the sequences for which bindings have been defined for \fItagOrId\fR. .RS .PP The only events for which bindings may be specified are those related to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBKeyPress\fR) or virtual events. The handling of events in canvases uses the current item defined in \fBITEM IDS AND TAGS\fR above. \fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events trigger for an item when it becomes the current item or ceases to be the current item; note that these events are different than \fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events for windows. Mouse-related events are directed to the current item, if any. Keyboard-related events are directed to the focus item, if any (see the \fBfocus\fR widget command below for more on this). If a virtual event is used in a binding, that binding can trigger only if the virtual event is defined by an underlying mouse-related or keyboard-related event. .PP It is possible for multiple bindings to match a particular event. This could occur, for example, if one binding is associated with the item's id and another is associated with one of the item's tags. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
501 502 503 504 505 506 507 | command, then they are invoked in addition to bindings created for the canvas's items using the \fBbind\fR widget command. The bindings for items will be invoked before any of the bindings for the window as a whole. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBcanvasx \fIscreenx\fR ?\fIgridspacing\fR? | < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | < < | < < | 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 | command, then they are invoked in addition to bindings created for the canvas's items using the \fBbind\fR widget command. The bindings for items will be invoked before any of the bindings for the window as a whole. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBcanvasx \fIscreenx\fR ?\fIgridspacing\fR? Given a window x-coordinate in the canvas \fIscreenx\fR, this command returns the canvas x-coordinate that is displayed at that location. If \fIgridspacing\fR is specified, then the canvas coordinate is rounded to the nearest multiple of \fIgridspacing\fR units. .TP \fIpathName \fBcanvasy \fIscreeny\fR ?\fIgridspacing\fR? Given a window y-coordinate in the canvas \fIscreeny\fR this command returns the canvas y-coordinate that is displayed at that location. If \fIgridspacing\fR is specified, then the canvas coordinate is rounded to the nearest multiple of \fIgridspacing\fR units. .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBcanvas\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBcanvas\fR command. .TP \fIpathName\fR \fBcoords \fItagOrId \fR?\fIx0 y0 ...\fR? .TP \fIpathName\fR \fBcoords \fItagOrId \fR?\fIcoordList\fR? Query or modify the coordinates that define an item. If no coordinates are specified, this command returns a list whose elements are the coordinates of the item named by \fItagOrId\fR. If coordinates are specified, then they replace the current coordinates for the named item. If \fItagOrId\fR refers to multiple items, then the first one in the display list is used. .TP \fIpathName \fBcreate \fItype x y \fR?\fIx y ...\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR? .TP \fIpathName \fBcreate \fItype coordList \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR? Create a new item in \fIpathName\fR of type \fItype\fR. The exact format of the arguments after \fBtype\fR depends on \fBtype\fR, but usually they consist of the coordinates for one or more points, followed by specifications for zero or more item options. See the subsections on individual item types below for more on the syntax of this command. This command returns the id for the new item. .TP \fIpathName \fBdchars \fItagOrId first \fR?\fIlast\fR? For each item given by \fItagOrId\fR, delete the characters, or coordinates, in the range given by \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR, inclusive. If some of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR do not support indexing operations then they ignore dchars. Text items interpret \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR as indices to a character, line and polygon items interpret them indices to a coordinate (an x,y pair). Indices are described in \fBINDICES\fR above. If \fIlast\fR is omitted, it defaults to \fIfirst\fR. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBdelete \fR?\fItagOrId tagOrId ...\fR? Delete each of the items given by each \fItagOrId\fR, and return an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBdtag \fItagOrId \fR?\fItagToDelete\fR? For each of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR, delete the tag given by \fItagToDelete\fR from the list of those associated with the item. If an item does not have the tag \fItagToDelete\fR then the item is unaffected by the command. If \fItagToDelete\fR is omitted then it defaults to \fItagOrId\fR. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBfind \fIsearchCommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? This command returns a list consisting of all the items that meet the constraints specified by \fIsearchCommand\fR and \fIarg\fR's. \fISearchCommand\fR and \fIargs\fR have any of the forms accepted by the \fBaddtag\fR command. The items are returned in stacking order, with the lowest item first. .TP \fIpathName \fBfocus \fR?\fItagOrId\fR? Set the keyboard focus for the canvas widget to the item given by \fItagOrId\fR. If \fItagOrId\fR refers to several items, then the focus is set to the first such item in the display list that supports the insertion cursor. If \fItagOrId\fR does not refer to any items, or if none of them support the insertion cursor, then the focus is not changed. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
637 638 639 640 641 642 643 | within the canvas. In most cases it is advisable to follow the \fBfocus\fR widget command with the \fBfocus\fR command to set the focus window to the canvas (if it was not there already). .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBgettags\fR \fItagOrId\fR | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < | < < < < | < < < | | < < < < | < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | < | | | < | < | < < < | < < < | < < | < < | < | > > > | < < < | < < | < < | > > > | < < < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < | | < > > < < < | | < | | | | < < | | > | > > > > < < | < | < | < | | | | | | < < | | | | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | < | | | > > > > > > > > > | | > | | | | | | | < | | | > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | > > | | > > | | > > | | | < < < < < < | 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 | within the canvas. In most cases it is advisable to follow the \fBfocus\fR widget command with the \fBfocus\fR command to set the focus window to the canvas (if it was not there already). .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBgettags\fR \fItagOrId\fR Return a list whose elements are the tags associated with the item given by \fItagOrId\fR. If \fItagOrId\fR refers to more than one item, then the tags are returned from the first such item in the display list. If \fItagOrId\fR does not refer to any items, or if the item contains no tags, then an empty string is returned. .TP \fIpathName \fBicursor \fItagOrId index\fR Set the position of the insertion cursor for the item(s) given by \fItagOrId\fR to just before the character whose position is given by \fIindex\fR. If some or all of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR do not support an insertion cursor then this command has no effect on them. See \fBINDICES\fR above for a description of the legal forms for \fIindex\fR. Note: the insertion cursor is only displayed in an item if that item currently has the keyboard focus (see the widget command \fBfocus\fR, below), but the cursor position may be set even when the item does not have the focus. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBindex \fItagOrId index\fR This command returns a decimal string giving the numerical index within \fItagOrId\fR corresponding to \fIindex\fR. \fIIndex\fR gives a textual description of the desired position as described in \fBINDICES\fR above. Text items interpret \fIindex\fR as an index to a character, line and polygon items interpret it as an index to a coordinate (an x,y pair). The return value is guaranteed to lie between 0 and the number of characters, or coordinates, within the item, inclusive. If \fItagOrId\fR refers to multiple items, then the index is processed in the first of these items that supports indexing operations (in display list order). .TP \fIpathName \fBinsert \fItagOrId beforeThis string\fR For each of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR, if the item supports text or coordinate, insertion then \fIstring\fR is inserted into the item's text just before the character, or coordinate, whose index is \fIbeforeThis\fR. Text items interpret \fIbeforeThis\fR as an index to a character, line and polygon items interpret it as an index to a coordinate (an x,y pair). For lines and polygons the \fIstring\fR must be a valid coordinate sequence. See \fBINDICES\fR above for information about the forms allowed for \fIbeforeThis\fR. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBitemcget\fR \fItagOrId\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option for the item given by \fItagOrId\fR whose name is \fIoption\fR. This command is similar to the \fBcget\fR widget command except that it applies to a particular item rather than the widget as a whole. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBcreate\fR widget command when the item was created. If \fItagOrId\fR is a tag that refers to more than one item, the first (lowest) such item is used. .TP \fIpathName \fBitemconfigure \fItagOrId\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR? This command is similar to the \fBconfigure\fR widget command except that it modifies item-specific options for the items given by \fItagOrId\fR instead of modifying options for the overall canvas widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for the first item given by \fItagOrId\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s) in each of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR; in this case the command returns an empty string. The \fIoption\fRs and \fIvalue\fRs are the same as those permissible in the \fBcreate\fR widget command when the item(s) were created; see the sections describing individual item types below for details on the legal options. .TP \fIpathName \fBlower \fItagOrId \fR?\fIbelowThis\fR? Move all of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR to a new position in the display list just before the item given by \fIbelowThis\fR. If \fItagOrId\fR refers to more than one item then all are moved but the relative order of the moved items will not be changed. \fIBelowThis\fR is a tag or id; if it refers to more than one item then the first (lowest) of these items in the display list is used as the destination location for the moved items. Note: this command has no effect on window items. Window items always obscure other item types, and the stacking order of window items is determined by the \fBraise\fR and \fBlower\fR commands, not the \fBraise\fR and \fBlower\fR widget commands for canvases. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBmove \fItagOrId xAmount yAmount\fR Move each of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in the canvas coordinate space by adding \fIxAmount\fR to the x-coordinate of each point associated with the item and \fIyAmount\fR to the y-coordinate of each point associated with the item. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBpostscript \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? Generate a Postscript representation for part or all of the canvas. If the \fB\-file\fR option is specified then the Postscript is written to a file and an empty string is returned; otherwise the Postscript is returned as the result of the command. If the interpreter that owns the canvas is marked as safe, the operation will fail because safe interpreters are not allowed to write files. If the \fB\-channel\fR option is specified, the argument denotes the name of a channel already opened for writing. The Postscript is written to that channel, and the channel is left open for further writing at the end of the operation. The Postscript is created in Encapsulated Postscript form using version 3.0 of the Document Structuring Conventions. Note: by default Postscript is only generated for information that appears in the canvas's window on the screen. If the canvas is freshly created it may still have its initial size of 1x1 pixel so nothing will appear in the Postscript. To get around this problem either invoke the \fBupdate\fR command to wait for the canvas window to reach its final size, or else use the \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR options to specify the area of the canvas to print. The \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR argument pairs provide additional information to control the generation of Postscript. The following options are supported: .RS .TP \fB\-colormap \fIvarName\fR \fIVarName\fR must be the name of an array variable that specifies a color mapping to use in the Postscript. Each element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of Postscript code to set a particular color value (e.g. .QW "\fB1.0 1.0 0.0 setrgbcolor\fR" ). When outputting color information in the Postscript, Tk checks to see if there is an element of \fIvarName\fR with the same name as the color. If so, Tk uses the value of the element as the Postscript command to set the color. If this option has not been specified, or if there is no entry in \fIvarName\fR for a given color, then Tk uses the red, green, and blue intensities from the X color. .TP \fB\-colormode \fImode\fR Specifies how to output color information. \fIMode\fR must be either \fBcolor\fR (for full color output), \fBgray\fR (convert all colors to their gray-scale equivalents) or \fBmono\fR (convert all colors to black or white). .TP \fB\-file \fIfileName\fR Specifies the name of the file in which to write the Postscript. If this option is not specified then the Postscript is returned as the result of the command instead of being written to a file. .TP \fB\-fontmap \fIvarName\fR \fIVarName\fR must be the name of an array variable that specifies a font mapping to use in the Postscript. Each element of \fIvarName\fR must consist of a Tcl list with two elements, which are the name and point size of a Postscript font. When outputting Postscript commands for a particular font, Tk checks to see if \fIvarName\fR contains an element with the same name as the font. If there is such an element, then the font information contained in that element is used in the Postscript. Otherwise Tk attempts to guess what Postscript font to use. Tk's guesses generally only work for well-known fonts such as Times and Helvetica and Courier, and only if the X font name does not omit any dashes up through the point size. For example, \fB\-*\-Courier\-Bold\-R\-Normal\-\-*\-120\-*\fR will work but \fB*Courier\-Bold\-R\-Normal*120*\fR will not; Tk needs the dashes to parse the font name). .TP \fB\-height \fIsize\fR Specifies the height of the area of the canvas to print. Defaults to the height of the canvas window. .TP \fB\-pageanchor \fIanchor\fR Specifies which point of the printed area of the canvas should appear over the positioning point on the page (which is given by the \fB\-pagex\fR and \fB\-pagey\fR options). For example, \fB\-pageanchor n\fR means that the top center of the area of the canvas being printed (as it appears in the canvas window) should be over the positioning point. Defaults to \fBcenter\fR. .TP \fB\-pageheight \fIsize\fR Specifies that the Postscript should be scaled in both x and y so that the printed area is \fIsize\fR high on the Postscript page. \fISize\fR consists of a floating-point number followed by \fBc\fR for centimeters, \fBi\fR for inches, \fBm\fR for millimeters, or \fBp\fR or nothing for printer's points (1/72 inch). Defaults to the height of the printed area on the screen. If both \fB\-pageheight\fR and \fB\-pagewidth\fR are specified then the scale factor from \fB\-pagewidth\fR is used (non-uniform scaling is not implemented). .TP \fB\-pagewidth \fIsize\fR Specifies that the Postscript should be scaled in both x and y so that the printed area is \fIsize\fR wide on the Postscript page. \fISize\fR has the same form as for \fB\-pageheight\fR. Defaults to the width of the printed area on the screen. If both \fB\-pageheight\fR and \fB\-pagewidth\fR are specified then the scale factor from \fB\-pagewidth\fR is used (non-uniform scaling is not implemented). .TP \fB\-pagex \fIposition\fR \fIPosition\fR gives the x-coordinate of the positioning point on the Postscript page, using any of the forms allowed for \fB\-pageheight\fR. Used in conjunction with the \fB\-pagey\fR and \fB\-pageanchor\fR options to determine where the printed area appears on the Postscript page. Defaults to the center of the page. .TP \fB\-pagey \fIposition\fR \fIPosition\fR gives the y-coordinate of the positioning point on the Postscript page, using any of the forms allowed for \fB\-pageheight\fR. Used in conjunction with the \fB\-pagex\fR and \fB\-pageanchor\fR options to determine where the printed area appears on the Postscript page. Defaults to the center of the page. .TP \fB\-rotate \fIboolean\fR \fIBoolean\fR specifies whether the printed area is to be rotated 90 degrees. In non-rotated output the x-axis of the printed area runs along the short dimension of the page .PQ portrait orientation ; in rotated output the x-axis runs along the long dimension of the page .PQ landscape orientation . Defaults to non-rotated. .TP \fB\-width \fIsize\fR Specifies the width of the area of the canvas to print. Defaults to the width of the canvas window. .TP \fB\-x \fIposition\fR Specifies the x-coordinate of the left edge of the area of the canvas that is to be printed, in canvas coordinates, not window coordinates. Defaults to the coordinate of the left edge of the window. .TP \fB\-y \fIposition\fR Specifies the y-coordinate of the top edge of the area of the canvas that is to be printed, in canvas coordinates, not window coordinates. Defaults to the coordinate of the top edge of the window. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBraise \fItagOrId \fR?\fIaboveThis\fR? Move all of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR to a new position in the display list just after the item given by \fIaboveThis\fR. If \fItagOrId\fR refers to more than one item then all are moved but the relative order of the moved items will not be changed. \fIAboveThis\fR is a tag or id; if it refers to more than one item then the last (topmost) of these items in the display list is used as the destination location for the moved items. Note: this command has no effect on window items. Window items always obscure other item types, and the stacking order of window items is determined by the \fBraise\fR and \fBlower\fR commands, not the \fBraise\fR and \fBlower\fR widget commands for canvases. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBscale \fItagOrId xOrigin yOrigin xScale yScale\fR Rescale all of the items given by \fItagOrId\fR in canvas coordinate space. \fIXOrigin\fR and \fIyOrigin\fR identify the origin for the scaling operation and \fIxScale\fR and \fIyScale\fR identify the scale factors for x- and y-coordinates, respectively (a scale factor of 1.0 implies no change to that coordinate). For each of the points defining each item, the x-coordinate is adjusted to change the distance from \fIxOrigin\fR by a factor of \fIxScale\fR. Similarly, each y-coordinate is adjusted to change the distance from \fIyOrigin\fR by a factor of \fIyScale\fR. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBscan\fR \fIoption args\fR This command is used to implement scanning on canvases. It has two forms, depending on \fIoption\fR: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBscan mark \fIx y\fR Records \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR and the canvas's current view; used in conjunction with later \fBscan dragto\fR commands. Typically this command is associated with a mouse button press in the widget and \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are the coordinates of the mouse. It returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBscan dragto \fIx y ?gain?\fR. This command computes the difference between its \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR arguments (which are typically mouse coordinates) and the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR arguments to the last \fBscan mark\fR command for the widget. It then adjusts the view by \fIgain\fR times the difference in coordinates, where \fIgain\fR defaults to 10. This command is typically associated with mouse motion events in the widget, to produce the effect of dragging the canvas at high speed through its window. The return value is an empty string. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBselect \fIoption\fR ?\fItagOrId arg\fR? Manipulates the selection in one of several ways, depending on \fIoption\fR. The command may take any of the forms described below. In all of the descriptions below, \fItagOrId\fR must refer to an item that supports indexing and selection; if it refers to multiple items then the first of these that supports indexing and the selection is used. \fIIndex\fR gives a textual description of a position within \fItagOrId\fR, as described in \fBINDICES\fR above. .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBselect adjust \fItagOrId index\fR Locate the end of the selection in \fItagOrId\fR nearest to the character given by \fIindex\fR, and adjust that end of the selection to be at \fIindex\fR (i.e. including but not going beyond \fIindex\fR). The other end of the selection is made the anchor point for future \fBselect to\fR commands. If the selection is not currently in \fItagOrId\fR then this command behaves the same as the \fBselect to\fR widget command. Returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBselect clear\fR Clear the selection if it is in this widget. If the selection is not in this widget then the command has no effect. Returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBselect from \fItagOrId index\fR Set the selection anchor point for the widget to be just before the character given by \fIindex\fR in the item given by \fItagOrId\fR. This command does not change the selection; it just sets the fixed end of the selection for future \fBselect to\fR commands. Returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBselect item\fR Returns the id of the selected item, if the selection is in an item in this canvas. If the selection is not in this canvas then an empty string is returned. .TP \fIpathName \fBselect to \fItagOrId index\fR Set the selection to consist of those characters of \fItagOrId\fR between the selection anchor point and \fIindex\fR. The new selection will include the character given by \fIindex\fR; it will include the character given by the anchor point only if \fIindex\fR is greater than or equal to the anchor point. The anchor point is determined by the most recent \fBselect adjust\fR or \fBselect from\fR command for this widget. If the selection anchor point for the widget is not currently in \fItagOrId\fR, then it is set to the same character given by \fIindex\fR. Returns an empty string. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBtype\fI tagOrId\fR Returns the type of the item given by \fItagOrId\fR, such as \fBrectangle\fR or \fBtext\fR. If \fItagOrId\fR refers to more than one item, then the type of the first item in the display list is returned. If \fItagOrId\fR does not refer to any items at all then an empty string is returned. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview \fR?\fIargs\fR? This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the information displayed in the canvas's window. It can take any of the following forms: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBxview\fR Returns a list containing two elements. Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe the horizontal span that is visible in the window. For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6, 20% of the canvas's area (as defined by the \fB\-scrollregion\fR option) is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible in the window, and 40% of the canvas is off-screen to the right. These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the total width of the canvas is off-screen to the left. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right in units of the \fBxScrollIncrement\fR option, if it is greater than zero, or in units of one-tenth the window's width otherwise. If \fIwhat is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts in units of nine-tenths the window's width. If \fInumber\fR is negative then information farther to the left becomes visible; if it is positive then information farther to the right becomes visible. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fByview \fI?args\fR? This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the information displayed in the canvas's window. It can take any of the following forms: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fByview\fR Returns a list containing two elements. Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe the vertical span that is visible in the window. For example, if the first element is .6 and the second element is 1.0, the lowest 40% of the canvas's area (as defined by the \fB\-scrollregion\fR option) is visible in the window. These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR option. .TP \fIpathName \fByview moveto\fI fraction\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the canvas's area is off-screen to the top. \fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down in units of the \fByScrollIncrement\fR option, if it is greater than zero, or in units of one-tenth the window's height otherwise. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts in units of nine-tenths the window's height. If \fInumber\fR is negative then higher information becomes visible; if it is positive then lower information becomes visible. .RE .SH "OVERVIEW OF ITEM TYPES" .PP The sections below describe the various types of items supported by canvas widgets. Each item type is characterized by two things: first, the form of the \fBcreate\fR command used to create instances of the type; and second, a set of configuration options for items of that type, which may be used in the \fBcreate\fR and \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands. Most items do not support indexing or selection or the commands related to them, such as \fBindex\fR and \fBinsert\fR. Where items do support these facilities, it is noted explicitly in the descriptions below. At present, text, line and polygon items provide this support. For lines and polygons the indexing facility is used to manipulate the coordinates of the item. .SS "COMMON ITEM OPTIONS" .PP Many items share a common set of options. These options are explained here, and then referred to be each widget type for brevity. .PP .TP \fB\-dash \fIpattern\fR .TP \fB\-activedash \fIpattern\fR .TP \fB\-disableddash \fIpattern\fR This option specifies dash patterns for the normal, active state, and disabled state of an item. \fIpattern\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetDash\fR. If the dash options are omitted then the default is a solid outline. See \fBDASH PATTERNS\fR for more information. .TP \fB\-dashoffset \fIoffset\fR The starting \fIoffset\fR in pixels into the pattern provided by the \fB\-dash\fR option. \fB\-dashoffset\fR is ignored if there is no \fB\-dash\fR pattern. The \fIoffset\fR may have any of the forms described in the \fBCOORDINATES\fR section above. .TP \fB\-fill \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-activefill \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-disabledfill \fIcolor\fR Specifies the color to be used to fill item's area. in its normal, active, and disabled states, \fIColor\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If \fIcolor\fR is an empty string (the default), then the item will not be filled. For the line item, it specifies the color of the line drawn. For the text item, it specifies the foreground color of the text. .TP \fB\-outline \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-activeoutline \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-disabledoutline \fIcolor\fR This option specifies the color that should be used to draw the outline of the item in its normal, active and disabled states. \fIColor\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. This option defaults to \fBblack\fR. If \fIcolor\fR is specified as an empty string then no outline is drawn for the item. .TP \fB\-offset \fIoffset\fR Specifies the offset of stipples. The offset value can be of the form \fBx,y\fR or \fBside\fR, where side can be \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR. In the first case the origin is the origin of the toplevel of the current window. For the canvas itself and canvas objects the origin is the canvas origin, but putting \fB#\fR in front of the coordinate pair indicates using the toplevel origin instead. For canvas objects, the \fB\-offset\fR option is used for stippling as well. For the line and polygon canvas items you can also specify an index as argument, which connects the stipple origin to one of the coordinate points of the line/polygon. .TP \fB\-outlinestipple \fIbitmap\fR .TP \fB\-activeoutlinestipple \fIbitmap\fR .TP \fB\-disabledoutlinestipple \fIbitmap\fR This option specifies stipple patterns that should be used to draw the outline of the item in its normal, active and disabled states. Indicates that the outline for the item should be drawn with a stipple pattern; \fIbitmap\fR specifies the stipple pattern to use, in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. If the \fB\-outline\fR option has not been specified then this option has no effect. If \fIbitmap\fR is an empty string (the default), then the outline is drawn in a solid fashion. \fINote that stipples are not well supported on platforms that do not use X11 as their drawing API.\fR .TP \fB\-outlineoffset \fIoffset\fR . Specifies the offset of the stipple pattern used for outlines. The offset value can be of the form .QW \fIx\fB,\fIy\fR or the description of a side (one of \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR). This option only has an effect when the outline is drawn as a stipple pattern, and is only supported under X11. .\" TODO: What does this actually do? What do the acceptable forms mean?! .TP \fB\-stipple \fIbitmap\fR .TP \fB\-activestipple \fIbitmap\fR .TP \fB\-disabledstipple \fIbitmap\fR This option specifies stipple patterns that should be used to fill the item in its normal, active and disabled states. \fIbitmap\fR specifies the stipple pattern to use, in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. If the \fB\-fill\fR option has not been specified then this option has no effect. If \fIbitmap\fR is an empty string (the default), then filling is done in a solid fashion. For the text item, it affects the actual text. \fINote that stipples are not well supported on platforms that do not use X11 as their drawing API.\fR .TP \fB\-state \fIstate\fR This allows an item to override the canvas widget's global \fIstate\fR option. It takes the same values: \fInormal\fR, \fIdisabled\fR or \fIhidden\fR. .TP \fB\-tags \fItagList\fR Specifies a set of tags to apply to the item. \fITagList\fR consists of a list of tag names, which replace any existing tags for the item. \fITagList\fR may be an empty list. .TP \fB\-width \fIoutlineWidth\fR .TP \fB\-activewidth \fIoutlineWidth\fR .TP \fB\-disabledwidth \fIoutlineWidth\fR Specifies the width of the outline to be drawn around the item's region, in its normal, active and disabled states. \fIoutlineWidth\fR may be in any of the forms described in the \fBCOORDINATES\fR section above. If the \fB\-outline\fR option has been specified as an empty string then this option has no effect. This option defaults to 1.0. For arcs, wide outlines will be drawn centered on the edges of the arc's region. .SH "ARC ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBarc\fR appear on the display as arc-shaped regions. An arc is a section of an oval delimited by two angles (specified by the \fB\-start\fR and \fB\-extent\fR options) and displayed in one of several ways (specified by the \fB\-style\fR option). Arcs are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate arc \fIx1 y1 x2 y2 \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate arc \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx1\fR, \fIy1\fR, \fIx2\fR, and \fIy2\fR or \fIcoordList\fR give the coordinates of two diagonally opposite corners of a rectangular region enclosing the oval that defines the arc. After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. An arc item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is over any part that is painted or (when fully transparent) that would be painted if both the \fB\-fill\fR and \fB\-outline\fR options were non-empty. .PP The following standard options are supported by arcs: .CS \-dash \-activedash \-disableddash \-dashoffset \-fill \-activefill \-disabledfill \-offset \-outline \-activeoutline \-disabledoutline \-outlineoffset \-outlinestipple \-activeoutlinestipple \-disabledoutlinestipple \-stipple \-activestipple \-disabledstipple \-state \-tags \-width \-activewidth \-disabledwidth .CE The following extra options are supported for arcs: .TP \fB\-extent \fIdegrees\fR Specifies the size of the angular range occupied by the arc. The arc's range extends for \fIdegrees\fR degrees counter-clockwise from the starting angle given by the \fB\-start\fR option. \fIDegrees\fR may be negative. If it is greater than 360 or less than \-360, then \fIdegrees\fR modulo 360 is used as the extent. .TP \fB\-start \fIdegrees\fR Specifies the beginning of the angular range occupied by the arc. \fIDegrees\fR is given in units of degrees measured counter-clockwise from the 3-o'clock position; it may be either positive or negative. .TP \fB\-style \fItype\fR Specifies how to draw the arc. If \fItype\fR is \fBpieslice\fR (the default) then the arc's region is defined by a section of the oval's perimeter plus two line segments, one between the center of the oval and each end of the perimeter section. If \fItype\fR is \fBchord\fR then the arc's region is defined by a section of the oval's perimeter plus a single line segment connecting the two end points of the perimeter section. If \fItype\fR is \fBarc\fR then the arc's region consists of a section of the perimeter alone. In this last case the \fB\-fill\fR option is ignored. .SH "BITMAP ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBbitmap\fR appear on the display as images with two colors, foreground and background. Bitmaps are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate bitmap \fIx y \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate bitmap \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR or \fIcoordList\fR (which must have two elements) specify the coordinates of a point used to position the bitmap on the display (see the \fB\-anchor\fR option below for more information on how bitmaps are displayed). After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. A bitmap item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is over any part of its bounding box. .PP The following standard options are supported by bitmaps: .CS \-state \-tags .CE The following extra options are supported for bitmaps: .TP \fB\-anchor \fIanchorPos\fR \fIAnchorPos\fR tells how to position the bitmap relative to the positioning point for the item; it may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetAnchor\fR. For example, if \fIanchorPos\fR is \fBcenter\fR then the bitmap is centered on the point; if \fIanchorPos\fR is \fBn\fR then the bitmap will be drawn so that its top center point is at the positioning point. This option defaults to \fBcenter\fR. .TP \fB\-background \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-activebackground \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-disabledbackground \fIcolor\fR Specifies the color to use for each of the bitmap's .QW 0 valued pixels in its normal, active and disabled states. \fIColor\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If this option is not specified, or if it is specified as an empty string, then nothing is displayed where the bitmap pixels are 0; this produces a transparent effect. .TP \fB\-bitmap \fIbitmap\fR .TP \fB\-activebitmap \fIbitmap\fR .TP \fB\-disabledbitmap \fIbitmap\fR Specifies the bitmaps to display in the item in its normal, active and disabled states. \fIBitmap\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. .TP \fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-activeforeground \fIcolor\fR .TP \fB\-disabledforeground \fIcolor\fR Specifies the color to use for each of the bitmap's .QW 1 valued pixels in its normal, active and disabled states. \fIColor\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR and defaults to \fBblack\fR. .SH "IMAGE ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBimage\fR are used to display images on a canvas. Images are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate image \fIx y \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate image \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR or \fIcoordList\fR specify the coordinates of a point used to position the image on the display (see the \fB\-anchor\fR option below for more information). After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. An image item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is over any part of its bounding box. .PP The following standard options are supported by images: .CS \-state \-tags .CE The following extra options are supported for images: .TP \fB\-anchor \fIanchorPos\fR \fIAnchorPos\fR tells how to position the image relative to the positioning point for the item; it may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetAnchor\fR. For example, if \fIanchorPos\fR is \fBcenter\fR then the image is centered on the point; if \fIanchorPos\fR is \fBn\fR then the image will be drawn so that its top center point is at the positioning point. This option defaults to \fBcenter\fR. .TP \fB\-image \fIname\fR .TP \fB\-activeimage \fIname\fR .TP \fB\-disabledimage \fIname\fR Specifies the name of the images to display in the item in is normal, active and disabled states. This image must have been created previously with the \fBimage create\fR command. .SH "LINE ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBline\fR appear on the display as one or more connected line segments or curves. Line items support coordinate indexing operations using the canvas widget commands: \fBdchars, index, insert.\fR Lines are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate line \fIx1 y1... xn yn \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate line \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx1\fR through \fIyn\fR or \fIcoordList\fR give the coordinates for a series of two or more points that describe a series of connected line segments. After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. A line item is the current item whenever the mouse pointer is over any segment of the line, whether drawn or not and whether or not the line is smoothed. .PP The following standard options are supported by lines: .CS \-dash \-activedash \-disableddash \-dashoffset \-fill \-activefill \-disabledfill \-stipple \-activestipple \-disabledstipple \-state \-tags \-width \-activewidth \-disabledwidth .CE The following extra options are supported for lines: .TP \fB\-arrow \fIwhere\fR Indicates whether or not arrowheads are to be drawn at one or both ends of the line. \fIWhere\fR must have one of the values \fBnone\fR (for no arrowheads), \fBfirst\fR (for an arrowhead at the first point of the line), \fBlast\fR (for an arrowhead at the last point of the line), or \fBboth\fR (for arrowheads at both ends). This option defaults to \fBnone\fR. .TP \fB\-arrowshape \fIshape\fR This option indicates how to draw arrowheads. The \fIshape\fR argument must be a list with three elements, each specifying a distance in any of the forms described in the \fBCOORDINATES\fR section above. The first element of the list gives the distance along the line |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 | (\fBbutt\fR, \fBprojecting\fR, or \fBround\fR). If this option is not specified then it defaults to \fBbutt\fR. Where arrowheads are drawn the cap style is ignored. .TP \fB\-joinstyle \fIstyle\fR Specifies the ways in which joints are to be drawn at the vertices of the line. | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | | < | | | | | | | | | | > > | | > > | | > | | > > | | > > | | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | > | > | | > | | | < | | | > | > > | | 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 | (\fBbutt\fR, \fBprojecting\fR, or \fBround\fR). If this option is not specified then it defaults to \fBbutt\fR. Where arrowheads are drawn the cap style is ignored. .TP \fB\-joinstyle \fIstyle\fR Specifies the ways in which joints are to be drawn at the vertices of the line. \fIStyle\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetCapStyle\fR (\fBbevel\fR, \fBmiter\fR, or \fBround\fR). If this option is not specified then it defaults to \fBround\fR. If the line only contains two points then this option is irrelevant. .TP \fB\-smooth \fIsmoothMethod\fR \fIsmoothMethod\fR must have one of the forms accepted by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR or a line smoothing method. .VS 8.5 Only \fBtrue\fR and \fBraw\fR are supported in the core (with \fBbezier\fR being an alias for \fBtrue\fR), but more can be added at runtime. If a boolean false value or empty string is given, no smoothing is applied. A boolean truth value assumes \fBtrue\fR smoothing. If the smoothing method is \fBtrue\fR, this indicates that the line should be drawn as a curve, rendered as a set of quadratic splines: one spline is drawn for the first and second line segments, one for the second and third, and so on. Straight-line segments can be generated within a curve by duplicating the end-points of the desired line segment. If the smoothing method is \fBraw\fR, this indicates that the line should also be drawn as a curve but where the list of coordinates is such that the first coordinate pair (and every third coordinate pair thereafter) is a knot point on a cubic Bezier curve, and the other coordinates are control points on the cubic Bezier curve. Straight line segments can be generated within a curve by making control points equal to their neighbouring knot points. If the last point is a control point and not a knot point, the point is repeated (one or two times) so that it also becomes a knot point. .VE 8.5 .TP \fB\-splinesteps \fInumber\fR Specifies the degree of smoothness desired for curves: each spline will be approximated with \fInumber\fR line segments. This option is ignored unless the \fB\-smooth\fR option is true or \fBraw\fR. .SH "OVAL ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBoval\fR appear as circular or oval regions on the display. Each oval may have an outline, a fill, or both. Ovals are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate oval \fIx1 y1 x2 y2 \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate oval \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx1\fR, \fIy1\fR, \fIx2\fR, and \fIy2\fR or \fIcoordList\fR give the coordinates of two diagonally opposite corners of a rectangular region enclosing the oval. The oval will include the top and left edges of the rectangle not the lower or right edges. If the region is square then the resulting oval is circular; otherwise it is elongated in shape. After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. An oval item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is over any part that is painted or (when fully transparent) that would be painted if both the \fB\-fill\fR and \fB\-outline\fR options were non-empty. .PP The following standard options are supported by ovals: .CS \-dash \-activedash \-disableddash \-dashoffset \-fill \-activefill \-disabledfill \-offset \-outline \-activeoutline \-disabledoutline \-outlineoffset \-outlinestipple \-activeoutlinestipple \-disabledoutlinestipple \-stipple \-activestipple \-disabledstipple \-state \-tags \-width \-activewidth \-disabledwidth .CE .SH "POLYGON ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBpolygon\fR appear as polygonal or curved filled regions on the display. Polygon items support coordinate indexing operations using the canvas widget commands: \fBdchars, index, insert.\fR Polygons are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate polygon \fIx1 y1 ... xn yn \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate polygon \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx1\fR through \fIyn\fR or \fIcoordList\fR specify the coordinates for three or more points that define a polygon. The first point should not be repeated as the last to close the shape; Tk will automatically close the periphery between the first and last points. After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. A polygon item is the current item whenever the mouse pointer is over any part of the polygon, whether drawn or not and whether or not the outline is smoothed. .PP The following standard options are supported by polygons: .CS \-dash \-activedash \-disableddash \-dashoffset \-fill \-activefill \-disabledfill \-offset \-outline \-activeoutline \-disabledoutline \-outlinestipple \-activeoutlinestipple \-disabledoutlinestipple \-stipple \-activestipple \-disabledstipple \-state \-tags \-width \-activewidth \-disabledwidth .CE The following extra options are supported for polygons: .TP \fB\-joinstyle \fIstyle\fR Specifies the ways in which joints are to be drawn at the vertices of the outline. \fIStyle\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetCapStyle\fR (\fBbevel\fR, \fBmiter\fR, or \fBround\fR). If this option is not specified then it defaults to \fBround\fR. .TP \fB\-smooth \fIboolean\fR \fIBoolean\fR must have one of the forms accepted by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR .VS 8.5 or a line smoothing method. Only \fBtrue\fR and \fBraw\fR are supported in the core (with \fBbezier\fR being an alias for \fBtrue\fR), but more can be added at runtime. If a boolean false value or empty string is given, no smoothing is applied. A boolean truth value assumes \fBtrue\fR smoothing. If the smoothing method is \fBtrue\fR, this indicates that the polygon should be drawn as a curve, rendered as a set of quadratic splines: one spline is drawn for the first and second line segments, one for the second and third, and so on. Straight-line segments can be generated within a curve by duplicating the end-points of the desired line segment. If the smoothing method is \fBraw\fR, this indicates that the polygon should also be drawn as a curve but where the list of coordinates is such that the first coordinate pair (and every third coordinate pair thereafter) is a knot point on a cubic Bezier curve, and the other coordinates are control points on the cubic Bezier curve. Straight line segments can be venerated within a curve by making control points equal to their neighbouring knot points. If the last point is not the second point of a pair of control points, the point is repeated (one or two times) so that it also becomes the second point of a pair of control points (the associated knot point will be the first control point). .VE 8.5 .TP \fB\-splinesteps \fInumber\fR Specifies the degree of smoothness desired for curves: each spline will be approximated with \fInumber\fR line segments. This option is ignored unless the \fB\-smooth\fR option is true or \fBraw\fR. .PP Polygon items are different from other items such as rectangles, ovals and arcs in that interior points are considered to be .QW inside a polygon (e.g. for purposes of the \fBfind closest\fR and \fBfind overlapping\fR widget commands) even if it is not filled. For most other item types, an interior point is considered to be inside the item only if the item is filled or if it has neither a fill nor an outline. If you would like an unfilled polygon whose interior points are not considered to be inside the polygon, use a line item instead. .SH "RECTANGLE ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBrectangle\fR appear as rectangular regions on the display. Each rectangle may have an outline, a fill, or both. Rectangles are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate rectangle \fIx1 y1 x2 y2 \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate rectangle \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx1\fR, \fIy1\fR, \fIx2\fR, and \fIy2\fR or \fIcoordList\fR (which must have four elements) give the coordinates of two diagonally opposite corners of the rectangle (the rectangle will include its upper and left edges but not its lower or right edges). After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. A rectangle item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is over any part that is painted or (when fully transparent) that would be painted if both the \fB\-fill\fR and \fB\-outline\fR options were non-empty. .PP The following standard options are supported by rectangles: .CS \-dash \-activedash \-disableddash \-dashoffset \-fill \-activefill \-disabledfill \-offset \-outline \-activeoutline \-disabledoutline \-outlineoffset \-outlinestipple \-activeoutlinestipple \-disabledoutlinestipple \-stipple \-activestipple \-disabledstipple \-state \-tags \-width \-activewidth \-disabledwidth .CE .SH "TEXT ITEMS" .PP A text item displays a string of characters on the screen in one or more lines. Text items support indexing and selection, along with the following text-related canvas widget commands: \fBdchars\fR, \fBfocus\fR, \fBicursor\fR, \fBindex\fR, \fBinsert\fR, \fBselect\fR. Text items are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate text \fIx y \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate text \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR or \fIcoordList\fR (which must have two elements) specify the coordinates of a point used to position the text on the display (see the options below for more information on how text is displayed). After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. A text item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is over any part of its bounding box. .PP The following standard options are supported by text items: .CS \-fill \-activefill \-disabledfill \-stipple \-activestipple \-disabledstipple \-state \-tags .CE The following extra options are supported for text items: .TP \fB\-anchor \fIanchorPos\fR \fIAnchorPos\fR tells how to position the text relative to the positioning point for the text; it may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetAnchor\fR. For example, if \fIanchorPos\fR is \fBcenter\fR then the text is centered on the point; if \fIanchorPos\fR is \fBn\fR then the text will be drawn such that the top center point of the rectangular region occupied by the text will be at the positioning point. This option defaults to \fBcenter\fR. .TP \fB\-font \fIfontName\fR Specifies the font to use for the text item. \fIFontName\fR may be any string acceptable to \fBTk_GetFont\fR. If this option is not specified, it defaults to a system-dependent font. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 | .TP \fB\-text \fIstring\fR \fIString\fR specifies the characters to be displayed in the text item. Newline characters cause line breaks. The characters in the item may also be changed with the \fBinsert\fR and \fBdelete\fR widget commands. This option defaults to an empty string. .TP \fB\-underline \fI\fR Specifies the integer index of a character within the text to be underlined. 0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed, 1 to the next character, and so on. \-1 means that no underline should be drawn (if the whole text item is to be underlined, the appropriate font should be used instead). .TP \fB\-width \fIlineLength\fR Specifies a maximum line length for the text, in any of the forms described in the \fBCOORDINATES\fR section above. If this option is zero (the default) the text is broken into lines only at newline characters. However, if this option is non-zero then any line that would be longer than \fIlineLength\fR is broken just before a space | > > | | | | | | | | < | | | > > > > > > > > > > | 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 | .TP \fB\-text \fIstring\fR \fIString\fR specifies the characters to be displayed in the text item. Newline characters cause line breaks. The characters in the item may also be changed with the \fBinsert\fR and \fBdelete\fR widget commands. This option defaults to an empty string. .VS 8.5 .TP \fB\-underline \fI\fR Specifies the integer index of a character within the text to be underlined. 0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed, 1 to the next character, and so on. \-1 means that no underline should be drawn (if the whole text item is to be underlined, the appropriate font should be used instead). .VE 8.5 .TP \fB\-width \fIlineLength\fR Specifies a maximum line length for the text, in any of the forms described in the \fBCOORDINATES\fR section above. If this option is zero (the default) the text is broken into lines only at newline characters. However, if this option is non-zero then any line that would be longer than \fIlineLength\fR is broken just before a space character to make the line shorter than \fIlineLength\fR; the space character is treated as if it were a newline character. .SH "WINDOW ITEMS" .PP Items of type \fBwindow\fR cause a particular window to be displayed at a given position on the canvas. Window items are created with widget commands of the following form: .CS \fIpathName \fBcreate window \fIx y \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? \fIpathName \fBcreate window \fIcoordList\fR ?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? .CE The arguments \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR or \fIcoordList\fR (which must have two elements) specify the coordinates of a point used to position the window on the display (see the \fB\-anchor\fR option below for more information on how bitmaps are displayed). After the coordinates there may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, each of which sets one of the configuration options for the item. These same \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs may be used in \fBitemconfigure\fR widget commands to change the item's configuration. Theoretically, a window item becomes the current item when the mouse pointer is over any part of its bounding box, but in practice this typically does not happen because the mouse pointer ceases to be over the canvas at that point. .PP The following standard options are supported by window items: .CS \-state \-tags .CE The following extra options are supported for window items: .TP \fB\-anchor \fIanchorPos\fR . \fIAnchorPos\fR tells how to position the window relative to the positioning point for the item; it may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetAnchor\fR. For example, if \fIanchorPos\fR is \fBcenter\fR then the window is centered on the point; if \fIanchorPos\fR is \fBn\fR then the window will be drawn so that its top center point is at the positioning point. This option defaults to \fBcenter\fR. .TP \fB\-height \fIpixels\fR . Specifies the height to assign to the item's window. \fIPixels\fR may have any of the forms described in the \fBCOORDINATES\fR section above. If this option is not specified, or if it is specified as zero, then the window is given whatever height it requests internally. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 | \fB\-window \fIpathName\fR . Specifies the window to associate with this item. The window specified by \fIpathName\fR must either be a child of the canvas widget or a child of some ancestor of the canvas widget. \fIPathName\fR may not refer to a top-level window. .PP | | | | | | < < < < | 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 | \fB\-window \fIpathName\fR . Specifies the window to associate with this item. The window specified by \fIpathName\fR must either be a child of the canvas widget or a child of some ancestor of the canvas widget. \fIPathName\fR may not refer to a top-level window. .PP Note: due to restrictions in the ways that windows are managed, it is not possible to draw other graphical items (such as lines and images) on top of window items. A window item always obscures any graphics that overlap it, regardless of their order in the display list. Also note that window items, unlike other canvas items, are not clipped for display by their containing canvas's border, and are instead clipped by the parent widget of the window specified by the \fB\-window\fR option; when the parent widget is the canvas, this means that the window item can overlap the canvas's border. .SH "APPLICATION-DEFINED ITEM TYPES" .PP It is possible for individual applications to define new item types for canvas widgets using C code. See the documentation for \fBTk_CreateItemType\fR. .SH BINDINGS .PP In the current implementation, new canvases are not given any default behavior: you will have to execute explicit Tcl commands to give the canvas its behavior. .SH CREDITS .PP Tk's canvas widget is a blatant ripoff of ideas from Joel Bartlett's \fIezd\fR program. \fIEzd\fR provides structured graphics in a Scheme environment and preceded canvases by a year or two. Its simple mechanisms for placing and animating graphical objects inspired the functions of canvases. .SH "SEE ALSO" bind(n), font(n), image(n), scrollbar(n) .SH KEYWORDS canvas, widget |
Changes to doc/checkbutton.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH checkbutton n 4.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME checkbutton \- Create and manipulate checkbutton widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBcheckbutton\fI pathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-disabledforeground \-padx \-activeforeground \-font \-pady \-anchor \-foreground \-relief \-background \-highlightbackground \-takefocus |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the button then the value is in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR); for text it is in lines of text. If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. .OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn. Must be a | | | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 | If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the button then the value is in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR); for text it is in lines of text. If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. .OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn. Must be a proper boolean value. If false, the \fBrelief\fR option is ignored and the widget's relief is always sunken if the widget is selected and raised otherwise. .OP \-offrelief offRelief OffRelief Specifies the relief for the checkbutton when the indicator is not drawn and the checkbutton is off. The default value is .QW raised . By setting this option to .QW flat and setting \fB\-indicatoron\fR to false and \fB\-overrelief\fR to .QW raised , the effect is achieved of having a flat button that raises on mouse-over and which is depressed when activated. This is the behavior typically exhibited by the Bold, Italic, and Underline checkbuttons on the toolbar of a word-processor, for example. .OP \-offvalue offValue Value Specifies value to store in the button's associated variable whenever this button is deselected. Defaults to .QW 0 . .OP \-onvalue onValue Value Specifies value to store in the button's associated variable whenever |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | the indicator regardless of the select state. If \fBindicatorOn\fR is false, this color is used as the background for the entire widget, in place of \fBbackground\fR or \fBactiveBackground\fR, whenever the widget is selected. If specified as an empty string then no special color is used for displaying when the widget is selected. .OP \-selectimage selectImage SelectImage | | | | | | | | > | | > > | > | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 | the indicator regardless of the select state. If \fBindicatorOn\fR is false, this color is used as the background for the entire widget, in place of \fBbackground\fR or \fBactiveBackground\fR, whenever the widget is selected. If specified as an empty string then no special color is used for displaying when the widget is selected. .OP \-selectimage selectImage SelectImage Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fBimage\fR option) when the checkbutton is selected. This option is ignored unless the \fBimage\fR option has been specified. .OP \-state state State Specifies one of three states for the checkbutton: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the checkbutton is displayed using the \fBforeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options. The active state is typically used when the pointer is over the checkbutton. In active state the checkbutton is displayed using the \fBactiveForeground\fR and \fBactiveBackground\fR options. Disabled state means that the checkbutton should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate the widget and will ignore mouse button presses. In this state the \fBdisabledForeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options determine how the checkbutton is displayed. .OP \-tristateimage tristateImage TristateImage .VS 8.5 Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fBimage\fR option) when the checkbutton is in tri-state mode. This option is ignored unless the \fBimage\fR option has been specified. .VE 8.5 .OP \-tristatevalue tristateValue Value .VS 8.5 Specifies the value that causes the checkbutton to display the multi-value selection, also known as the tri-state mode. Defaults to .QW "" . .VE 8.5 .OP \-variable variable Variable Specifies the name of a global variable to set to indicate whether or not this button is selected. Defaults to the name of the button within its parent (i.e. the last element of the button window's path name). .OP \-width width Width Specifies a desired width for the button. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
130 131 132 133 134 135 136 | \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A checkbutton is a widget that displays a textual string, bitmap or image and a square called an \fIindicator\fR. If text is displayed, it must all be in a single font, but it can occupy multiple lines on the screen (if it contains newlines | | | | > | | | | | | 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 | \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A checkbutton is a widget that displays a textual string, bitmap or image and a square called an \fIindicator\fR. If text is displayed, it must all be in a single font, but it can occupy multiple lines on the screen (if it contains newlines or if wrapping occurs because of the \fBwrapLength\fR option) and one of the characters may optionally be underlined using the \fBunderline\fR option. A checkbutton has all of the behavior of a simple button, including the following: it can display itself in either of three different ways, according to the \fBstate\fR option; it can be made to appear raised, sunken, or flat; it can be made to flash; and it invokes a Tcl command whenever mouse button 1 is clicked over the checkbutton. .PP In addition, checkbuttons can be \fIselected\fR. If a checkbutton is selected then the indicator is normally drawn with a selected appearance, and a Tcl variable associated with the checkbutton is set to a particular value (normally 1). .VS 8.5 The indicator is drawn with a check mark inside. If the checkbutton is not selected, then the indicator is drawn with a deselected appearance, and the associated variable is set to a different value (typically 0). The indicator is drawn without a check mark inside. In the special case where the variable (if specified) has a value that matches the tristatevalue, the indicator is drawn with a tri-state appearance and is in the tri-state mode indicating mixed or multiple values. (This is used when the check box represents the state of multiple items.) The indicator is drawn in a platform dependent manner. Under Unix and Windows, the background interior of the box is .QW grayed . Under Mac, the indicator is drawn with a dash mark inside. By default, the name of the variable associated with a checkbutton is the same as the \fIname\fR used to create the checkbutton. The variable name, and the .QW on , |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 | automatically selects and deselects itself when the variables value changes to and from the button's .QW on , .QW off and .QW tristate values. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBcheckbutton\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | > | | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 | automatically selects and deselects itself when the variables value changes to and from the button's .QW on , .QW off and .QW tristate values. .VE 8.5 .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBcheckbutton\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for checkbutton widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
260 261 262 263 264 265 266 | .IP [2] When mouse button 1 is pressed over a checkbutton, it is invoked (its selection state toggles and the command associated with the button is invoked, if there is one). .IP [3] When a checkbutton has the input focus, the space key causes the checkbutton to be invoked. Under Windows, there are additional key bindings; plus | < | < | | | | | | < < < | 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
.IP [2]
When mouse button 1 is pressed over a checkbutton, it is invoked (its
selection state toggles and the command associated with the button is
invoked, if there is one).
.IP [3]
When a checkbutton has the input focus, the space key causes the checkbutton
to be invoked. Under Windows, there are additional key bindings; plus
(+) and equal (=) select the button, and minus (\-) deselects the button.
.PP
If the checkbutton's state is \fBdisabled\fR then none of the above
actions occur: the checkbutton is completely non-responsive.
.PP
The behavior of checkbuttons can be changed by defining new bindings for
individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings.
.SH EXAMPLE
This example shows a group of uncoupled checkbuttons.
.PP
.CS
labelframe .lbl \-text "Steps:"
\fBcheckbutton\fR .c1 \-text Lights \-variable lights
\fBcheckbutton\fR .c2 \-text Cameras \-variable cameras
\fBcheckbutton\fR .c3 \-text Action! \-variable action
pack .c1 .c2 .c3 \-in .lbl
pack .lbl
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
button(n), options(n), radiobutton(n), ttk::checkbutton(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
checkbutton, widget
|
Changes to doc/chooseColor.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk_chooseColor n 4.2 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk_chooseColor \- pops up a dialog box for the user to select a color. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk_chooseColor \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The procedure \fBtk_chooseColor\fR pops up a dialog box for the user to select a color. The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are possible as command line arguments: .TP \fB\-initialcolor\fR \fIcolor\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | option is not specified, then a default title will be displayed. .LP If the user selects a color, \fBtk_chooseColor\fR will return the name of the color in a form acceptable to \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If the user cancels the operation, both commands will return the empty string. .SH EXAMPLE | < > | < < < | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 | option is not specified, then a default title will be displayed. .LP If the user selects a color, \fBtk_chooseColor\fR will return the name of the color in a form acceptable to \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If the user cancels the operation, both commands will return the empty string. .SH EXAMPLE .CS button .b \-bg [tk_chooseColor \-initialcolor gray \-title "Choose color"] .CE .SH KEYWORDS color selection dialog |
Changes to doc/chooseDirectory.n.
1 2 3 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
'\" All rights reserved.
'\"
.TH tk_chooseDirectory n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_chooseDirectory \- pops up a dialog box for the user to select a directory.
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk_chooseDirectory \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The procedure \fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR pops up a dialog box for the
user to select a directory. The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are
possible as command line arguments:
.TP
\fB\-initialdir\fR \fIdirname\fR
Specifies that the directories in \fIdirectory\fR should be displayed
when the dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified, then
the directories in the current working directory are displayed. If the
parameter specifies a relative path, the return value will convert the
relative path to an absolute path.
.TP
\fB\-mustexist\fR \fIboolean\fR
Specifies whether the user may specify non-existent directories. If
this parameter is true, then the user may only select directories that
already exist. The default value is \fIfalse\fR.
.TP
\fB\-parent\fR \fIwindow\fR
Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the dialog. The dialog
is displayed on top of its parent window. On Mac OS X, this
turns the file dialog into a sheet attached to the parent window.
.TP
\fB\-title\fR \fItitleString\fR
Specifies a string to display as the title of the dialog box. If this
option is not specified, then a default title will be displayed.
.SH EXAMPLE
.CS
set dir [\fBtk_chooseDirectory\fR \e
\-initialdir ~ \-title "Choose a directory"]
if {$dir eq ""} {
label .l \-text "No directory selected"
} else {
label .l \-text "Selected $dir"
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tk_getOpenFile(n), tk_getSaveFile(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
directory, selection, dialog, platform-specific
|
Changes to doc/clipboard.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > | > > > > > > > < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH clipboard n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
clipboard \- Manipulate Tk clipboard
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBclipboard \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command provides a Tcl interface to the Tk clipboard,
which stores data for later retrieval using the selection mechanism
(via the \fB\-selection CLIPBOARD\fR option).
In order to copy data into the clipboard, \fBclipboard clear\fR must
be called, followed by a sequence of one or more calls to \fBclipboard
append\fR. To ensure that the clipboard is updated atomically, all
appends should be completed before returning to the event loop.
.PP
The first argument to \fBclipboard\fR determines the format of the
rest of the arguments and the behavior of the command. The following
forms are currently supported:
.PP
.TP
\fBclipboard clear\fR ?\fB\-displayof\fR \fIwindow\fR?
Claims ownership of the clipboard on \fIwindow\fR's display and removes
any previous contents. \fIWindow\fR defaults to
.QW . .
Returns an empty string.
.TP
\fBclipboard append\fR ?\fB\-displayof\fR \fIwindow\fR? ?\fB\-format\fR \fIformat\fR? ?\fB\-type\fR \fItype\fR? ?\fB\-\|\-\fR? \fIdata\fR
Appends \fIdata\fR to the clipboard on \fIwindow\fR's
display in the form given by \fItype\fR with the representation given
by \fIformat\fR and claims ownership of the clipboard on \fIwindow\fR's
display.
.RS
.PP
\fIType\fR specifies the form in which the selection is to be returned
(the desired
.QW target
for conversion, in ICCCM terminology), and
should be an atom name such as STRING or FILE_NAME; see the
Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual for complete details.
\fIType\fR defaults to STRING.
.PP
The \fIformat\fR argument specifies the representation that should be
used to transmit the selection to the requester (the second column of
Table 2 of the ICCCM), and defaults to STRING. If \fIformat\fR is
STRING, the selection is transmitted as 8-bit ASCII characters. If
\fIformat\fR is ATOM, then the \fIdata\fR is
divided into fields separated by white space; each field is converted
to its atom value, and the 32-bit atom value is transmitted instead of
the atom name. For any other \fIformat\fR, \fIdata\fR is divided
into fields separated by white space and each
field is converted to a 32-bit integer; an array of integers is
transmitted to the selection requester. Note that strings passed to
\fBclipboard append\fR are concatenated before conversion, so the
caller must take care to ensure appropriate spacing across string
boundaries. All items appended to the clipboard with the same
\fItype\fR must have the same \fIformat\fR.
.PP
The \fIformat\fR argument is needed only for compatibility with
clipboard requesters that do not use Tk. If the Tk toolkit is being
used to retrieve the CLIPBOARD selection then the value is converted back to
a string at the requesting end, so \fIformat\fR is
irrelevant.
.PP
A \fB\-\|\-\fR argument may be specified to mark the end of options: the
next argument will always be used as \fIdata\fR.
This feature may be convenient if, for example, \fIdata\fR starts
with a \fB\-\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fBclipboard get\fR ?\fB\-displayof\fR \fIwindow\fR? ?\fB\-type\fR \fItype\fR?
Retrieve data from the clipboard on \fIwindow\fR's display.
\fIWindow\fR defaults to
.QW . .
\fIType\fR specifies the form in which
the data is to be returned and should be an atom name such as STRING
or FILE_NAME. \fIType\fR defaults to STRING. This command is
equivalent to
.QW "\fBselection get \-selection CLIPBOARD\fR" .
.RS
.PP
Note that on modern X11 systems, the most useful type to retrieve for
transferred strings is not \fBSTRING\fR, but rather \fBUTF8_STRING\fR.
.RE
.SH EXAMPLES
Get the current contents of the clipboard.
.CS
if {[catch {\fBclipboard get\fR} contents]} {
# There were no clipboard contents at all
}
.CE
.PP
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
bind $c <<Paste>> {
catch {
set canvas %W
eval [\fBclipboard get \-type\fR TkCanvasItem]
}
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
interp(n), selection(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
clear, format, clipboard, append, selection, type
| > > < < < | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
bind $c <<Paste>> {
catch {
set canvas %W
eval [\fBclipboard get \-type\fR TkCanvasItem]
}
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
interp(n), selection(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
clear, format, clipboard, append, selection, type
|
Changes to doc/colors.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 | gold3 205 173 0 gold4 139 117 0 goldenrod 218 165 32 goldenrod1 255 193 37 goldenrod2 238 180 34 goldenrod3 205 155 29 goldenrod4 139 105 20 | | | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 | gold3 205 173 0 gold4 139 117 0 goldenrod 218 165 32 goldenrod1 255 193 37 goldenrod2 238 180 34 goldenrod3 205 155 29 goldenrod4 139 105 20 gray 190 190 190 gray0 0 0 0 gray1 3 3 3 gray2 5 5 5 gray3 8 8 8 gray4 10 10 10 gray5 13 13 13 gray6 15 15 15 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
303 304 305 306 307 308 309 | gray94 240 240 240 gray95 242 242 242 gray96 245 245 245 gray97 247 247 247 gray98 250 250 250 gray99 252 252 252 gray100 255 255 255 | | | | 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 | gray94 240 240 240 gray95 242 242 242 gray96 245 245 245 gray97 247 247 247 gray98 250 250 250 gray99 252 252 252 gray100 255 255 255 green 0 255 0 green yellow 173 255 47 green1 0 255 0 green2 0 238 0 green3 0 205 0 green4 0 139 0 GreenYellow 173 255 47 grey 190 190 190 grey0 0 0 0 grey1 3 3 3 grey2 5 5 5 grey3 8 8 8 grey4 10 10 10 grey5 13 13 13 grey6 15 15 15 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
530 531 532 533 534 535 536 | LimeGreen 50 205 50 linen 250 240 230 magenta 255 0 255 magenta1 255 0 255 magenta2 238 0 238 magenta3 205 0 205 magenta4 139 0 139 | | | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 | LimeGreen 50 205 50 linen 250 240 230 magenta 255 0 255 magenta1 255 0 255 magenta2 238 0 238 magenta3 205 0 205 magenta4 139 0 139 maroon 176 48 96 maroon1 255 52 179 maroon2 238 48 167 maroon3 205 41 144 maroon4 139 28 98 medium aquamarine 102 205 170 medium blue 0 0 205 medium orchid 186 85 211 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
647 648 649 650 651 652 653 | plum 221 160 221 plum1 255 187 255 plum2 238 174 238 plum3 205 150 205 plum4 139 102 139 powder blue 176 224 230 PowderBlue 176 224 230 | | | 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 | plum 221 160 221 plum1 255 187 255 plum2 238 174 238 plum3 205 150 205 plum4 139 102 139 powder blue 176 224 230 PowderBlue 176 224 230 purple 160 32 240 purple1 155 48 255 purple2 145 44 238 purple3 125 38 205 purple4 85 26 139 red 255 0 0 red1 255 0 0 red2 238 0 0 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
780 781 782 783 784 785 786 | yellow4 139 139 0 YellowGreen 154 205 50 .DE .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES" .TP \fBMac OS X\fR . | | < | < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | < | 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 | yellow4 139 139 0 YellowGreen 154 205 50 .DE .SH "PORTABILITY ISSUES" .TP \fBMac OS X\fR . On Mac OS X, the following additional system colors are available (note that the actual color values depend on the currently active OS theme, and typically many of these will in fact be patterns rather than pure colors): .RS .DS systemActiveAreaFill systemAlertActiveText systemAlertBackgroundActive systemAlertBackgroundInactive systemAlertInactiveText systemAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor systemAppleGuideCoachmark systemBevelActiveDark systemBevelActiveLight systemBevelButtonActiveText systemBevelButtonInactiveText systemBevelButtonPressedText systemBevelButtonStickyActiveText systemBevelButtonStickyInactiveText systemBevelInactiveDark systemBevelInactiveLight systemBlack systemBlackText systemButtonActiveDarkHighlight systemButtonActiveDarkShadow systemButtonActiveLightHighlight systemButtonActiveLightShadow systemButtonFace systemButtonFaceActive systemButtonFaceInactive systemButtonFacePressed systemButtonFrame systemButtonFrameActive systemButtonFrameInactive systemButtonInactiveDarkHighlight systemButtonInactiveDarkShadow systemButtonInactiveLightHighlight systemButtonInactiveLightShadow systemButtonPressedDarkHighlight systemButtonPressedDarkShadow systemButtonPressedLightHighlight systemButtonPressedLightShadow systemButtonText systemChasingArrows systemDialogActiveText systemDialogBackgroundActive systemDialogBackgroundInactive systemDialogInactiveText systemDocumentWindowBackground systemDocumentWindowTitleActiveText systemDocumentWindowTitleInactiveText systemDragHilite systemDrawerBackground systemFinderWindowBackground systemFocusHighlight systemHighlight systemHighlightAlternate systemHighlightSecondary systemHighlightText systemIconLabelBackground systemIconLabelBackgroundSelected systemIconLabelSelectedText systemIconLabelText systemListViewBackground systemListViewColumnDivider systemListViewEvenRowBackground systemListViewOddRowBackground systemListViewSeparator systemListViewSortColumnBackground systemListViewText systemListViewWindowHeaderBackground systemMenu systemMenuActive systemMenuActiveText systemMenuBackground systemMenuBackgroundSelected systemMenuDisabled systemMenuItemActiveText systemMenuItemDisabledText systemMenuItemSelectedText systemMenuText systemMetalBackground systemModelessDialogActiveText systemModelessDialogBackgroundActive systemModelessDialogBackgroundInactive systemModelessDialogInactiveText systemMovableModalBackground systemMovableModalWindowTitleActiveText systemMovableModalWindowTitleInactiveText systemNotificationText systemNotificationWindowBackground systemPlacardActiveText systemPlacardBackground systemPlacardInactiveText systemPlacardPressedText systemPopupArrowActive systemPopupArrowInactive systemPopupArrowPressed systemPopupButtonActiveText systemPopupButtonInactiveText systemPopupButtonPressedText systemPopupLabelActiveText systemPopupLabelInactiveText systemPopupWindowTitleActiveText systemPopupWindowTitleInactiveText systemPrimaryHighlightColor systemPushButtonActiveText systemPushButtonInactiveText systemPushButtonPressedText systemRootMenuActiveText systemRootMenuDisabledText systemRootMenuSelectedText systemScrollBarDelimiterActive systemScrollBarDelimiterInactive systemSecondaryGroupBoxBackground systemSecondaryHighlightColor systemSheetBackground systemSheetBackgroundOpaque systemSheetBackgroundTransparent systemStaticAreaFill systemSystemDetailText systemTabFrontActiveText systemTabFrontInactiveText systemTabNonFrontActiveText systemTabNonFrontInactiveText systemTabNonFrontPressedText systemTabPaneBackground systemToolbarBackground systemTransparent systemUtilityWindowBackgroundActive systemUtilityWindowBackgroundInactive systemUtilityWindowTitleActiveText systemUtilityWindowTitleInactiveText systemWhite systemWhiteText systemWindowBody systemWindowHeaderActiveText systemWindowHeaderBackground systemWindowHeaderInactiveText .DE .RE .TP \fBWindows\fR . On Windows, the following additional system colors are available (note that the actual color values depend on the currently active OS theme): .RS .DS .ta 6c system3dDarkShadow systemHighlight system3dLight systemHighlightText systemActiveBorder systemInactiveBorder systemActiveCaption systemInactiveCaption systemAppWorkspace systemInactiveCaptionText systemBackground systemInfoBackground systemButtonFace systemInfoText systemButtonHighlight systemMenu systemButtonShadow systemMenuText systemButtonText systemScrollbar systemCaptionText systemWindow systemDisabledText systemWindowFrame systemGrayText systemWindowText .DE .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" options(n), Tk_GetColor(3) .SH KEYWORDS color, option '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/console.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2001 Donal K. Fellows '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH console n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME console \- Control the console on systems without a real console .SH SYNOPSIS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | Tk toolkit loaded, and control over this interpreter is given through the \fBconsole\fR command. The behaviour of the console window is defined mainly through the contents of the \fIconsole.tcl\fR file in the Tk library. Except for TkAqua, this command is not available when Tk is loaded into a tclsh interpreter with .QW "\fBpackage require Tk\fR" , as a conventional terminal is expected to be present in that case. | | | < < | < | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | Tk toolkit loaded, and control over this interpreter is given through the \fBconsole\fR command. The behaviour of the console window is defined mainly through the contents of the \fIconsole.tcl\fR file in the Tk library. Except for TkAqua, this command is not available when Tk is loaded into a tclsh interpreter with .QW "\fBpackage require Tk\fR" , as a conventional terminal is expected to be present in that case. In TkAqua, this command is ony available when stdin is \fB/dev/null\fR (as is the case e.g. when the application embedding Tk is started from the Mac OS X Finder). .PP .TP \fBconsole eval \fIscript\fR Evaluate the \fIscript\fR argument as a Tcl script in the console interpreter. The normal interpreter is accessed through the \fBconsoleinterp\fR command in the console interpreter. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 | Pressing F9 rebuilds the console window by destroying all its children and reloading the Tcl script that defined the console's behaviour. .PP Most other behaviour is the same as a conventional text widget except for the way that the \fI<<Cut>>\fR event is handled identically to the \fI<<Copy>>\fR event. .SH EXAMPLE | < < < < | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
Pressing F9 rebuilds the console window by destroying all its children
and reloading the Tcl script that defined the console's behaviour.
.PP
Most other behaviour is the same as a conventional text widget except
for the way that the \fI<<Cut>>\fR event is handled identically to the
\fI<<Copy>>\fR event.
.SH EXAMPLE
Not all platforms have the \fBconsole\fR command, so debugging code
often has the following code fragment in it so output produced by
\fBputs\fR can be seen while during development:
.CS
catch {\fBconsole show\fR}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
destroy(n), fconfigure(n), history(n), interp(n), puts(n), text(n), wm(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
console, interpreter, window, interactive, output channels
|
Changes to doc/cursors.n.
1 2 3 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> '\" .TH cursors n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME cursors \- mouse cursors available in Tk .BE |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 | .RE .TP \fBMac OS X\fR On Mac OS X systems, the following cursors are mapped to native cursors: .RS .CS arrow | < < < > > < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | .RE .TP \fBMac OS X\fR On Mac OS X systems, the following cursors are mapped to native cursors: .RS .CS arrow cross crosshair ibeam none plus watch xterm .CE And the following additional native cursors are available: .CS copyarrow aliasarrow contextualmenuarrow text cross-hair closedhand openhand pointinghand resizeleft resizeright resizeleftright resizeup resizedown resizeupdown notallowed poof countinguphand countingdownhand countingupanddownhand spinning .CE .RE .SH KEYWORDS cursor, option |
Changes to doc/destroy.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH destroy n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME destroy \- Destroy one or more windows .SH SYNOPSIS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | is deleted then all windows will be destroyed and the application will (normally) exit. The \fIwindow\fRs are destroyed in order, and if an error occurs in destroying a window the command aborts without destroying the remaining windows. No error is returned if \fIwindow\fR does not exist. .SH EXAMPLE | < > < < < | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
is deleted then all windows will be destroyed and the application will
(normally) exit.
The \fIwindow\fRs are destroyed in order, and if an error occurs
in destroying a window the command aborts without destroying the
remaining windows.
No error is returned if \fIwindow\fR does not exist.
.SH EXAMPLE
Destroy all checkbuttons that are direct children of the given widget:
.CS
proc killCheckbuttonChildren {parent} {
foreach w [winfo children $parent] {
if {[winfo class $w] eq "Checkbutton"} {
\fBdestroy\fR $w
}
}
}
.CE
.SH KEYWORDS
application, destroy, window
|
Changes to doc/dialog.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > < | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk_dialog n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk_dialog \- Create modal dialog and wait for response .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk_dialog \fIwindow title text bitmap default string string ...\fR .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This procedure is part of the Tk script library. Its arguments describe a dialog box: .TP \fIwindow\fR Name of top-level window to use for dialog. Any existing window by this name is destroyed. .TP \fItitle\fR Text to appear in the window manager's title bar for the dialog. .TP \fItext\fR Message to appear in the top portion of the dialog box. .TP \fIbitmap\fR If non-empty, specifies a bitmap to display in the top portion of the dialog, to the left of the text. If this is an empty string then no bitmap is displayed in the dialog. .TP \fIdefault\fR If this is an integer greater than or equal to zero, then it gives the index of the button that is to be the default button for the dialog (0 for the leftmost button, and so on). |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 | If the dialog's window is destroyed before the user selects one of the buttons, then \-1 is returned. .PP While waiting for the user to respond, \fBtk_dialog\fR sets a local grab. This prevents the user from interacting with the application in any way except to invoke the dialog box. .SH EXAMPLE | < > > < < < | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
If the dialog's window is destroyed before the user selects one
of the buttons, then \-1 is returned.
.PP
While waiting for the user to respond, \fBtk_dialog\fR sets a local
grab. This prevents the user from interacting with the application
in any way except to invoke the dialog box.
.SH EXAMPLE
.CS
set reply [\fBtk_dialog\fR .foo "The Title" "Do you want to say yes?" \e
questhead 0 Yes No "I'm not sure"]
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tk_messageBox(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
bitmap, dialog, modal
|
Changes to doc/entry.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH entry n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
entry \- Create and manipulate entry widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBentry\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.SO
\-background \-highlightthickness \-selectbackground
\-borderwidth \-insertbackground \-selectborderwidth
\-cursor \-insertborderwidth \-selectforeground
\-exportselection \-insertofftime \-takefocus
\-font \-insertontime \-textvariable
\-foreground \-insertwidth \-xscrollcommand
\-highlightbackground \-justify
\-highlightcolor \-relief
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-disabledbackground disabledBackground DisabledBackground
Specifies the background color to use when the entry is disabled. If
this option is the empty string, the normal background color is used.
.OP \-disabledforeground disabledForeground DisabledForeground
Specifies the foreground color to use when the entry is disabled. If
this option is the empty string, the normal foreground color is used.
.OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand
Specifies a script to eval when \fBvalidateCommand\fR returns 0.
Setting it to {} disables this feature (the default). The best use
of this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR. See \fBValidation\fR
below for more information.
.OP \-readonlybackground readonlyBackground ReadonlyBackground
Specifies the background color to use when the entry is readonly. If
this option is the empty string, the normal background color is used.
.OP \-show show Show
If this option is specified, then the true contents of the entry
are not displayed in the window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the entry may be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the \fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options. .OP \-validate validate Validate Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR, \fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR. It defaults to \fBnone\fR. When you want validation, you must explicitly | | | | | 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the entry may
be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the
\fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options.
.OP \-validate validate Validate
Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR,
\fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR.
It defaults to \fBnone\fR. When you want validation, you must explicitly
state which mode you wish to use. See \fBValidation\fR below for more.
.OP "\-validatecommand or \-vcmd" validateCommand ValidateCommand
Specifies a script to eval when you want to validate the input into
the entry widget. Setting it to {} disables this feature (the default).
This command must return a valid Tcl boolean value. If it returns 0 (or
the valid Tcl boolean equivalent) then it means you reject the new edition
and it will not occur and the \fBinvalidCommand\fR will be evaluated if it
is set. If it returns 1, then the new edition occurs.
See \fBValidation\fR below for more information.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window,
in average-size characters of the widget's font.
If the value is less than or equal to zero, the widget picks a
size just large enough to hold its current text.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
93 94 95 96 97 98 99 | \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP An entry is a widget that displays a one-line text string and allows that string to be edited using widget commands described below, which are typically bound to keystrokes and mouse actions. When first created, an entry's string is empty. A portion of the entry may be selected as described below. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 | \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP An entry is a widget that displays a one-line text string and allows that string to be edited using widget commands described below, which are typically bound to keystrokes and mouse actions. When first created, an entry's string is empty. A portion of the entry may be selected as described below. If an entry is exporting its selection (see the \fBexportSelection\fR option), then it will observe the standard X11 protocols for handling the selection; entry selections are available as type \fBSTRING\fR. Entries also observe the standard Tk rules for dealing with the input focus. When an entry has the input focus it displays an \fIinsertion cursor\fR to indicate where new characters will be inserted. .PP Entries are capable of displaying strings that are too long to fit entirely within the widget's window. In this case, only a portion of the string will be displayed; commands described below may be used to change the view in the window. Entries use the standard \fBxScrollCommand\fR mechanism for interacting with scrollbars (see the description of the \fBxScrollCommand\fR option for details). They also support scanning, as described below. .SH VALIDATION .PP Validation works by setting the \fBvalidateCommand\fR option to a script which will be evaluated according to the \fBvalidate\fR option as follows: .PP .IP \fBnone\fR 10 Default. This means no validation will occur. .IP \fBfocus\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called when the entry receives or loses focus. .IP \fBfocusin\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called when the entry receives focus. .IP \fBfocusout\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called when the entry loses focus. .IP \fBkey\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called when the entry is edited. .IP \fBall\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called for all above conditions. .PP It is possible to perform percent substitutions on the \fBvalidateCommand\fR and \fBinvalidCommand\fR, just as you would in a \fBbind\fR script. The following substitutions are recognized: .PP .IP \fB%d\fR 5 Type of action: 1 for \fBinsert\fR, 0 for \fBdelete\fR, or \-1 for focus, forced or textvariable validation. .IP \fB%i\fR 5 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
154 155 156 157 158 159 160 | The type of validation currently set. .IP \fB%V\fR 5 The type of validation that triggered the callback (key, focusin, focusout, forced). .IP \fB%W\fR 5 The name of the entry widget. .PP | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 |
The type of validation currently set.
.IP \fB%V\fR 5
The type of validation that triggered the callback
(key, focusin, focusout, forced).
.IP \fB%W\fR 5
The name of the entry widget.
.PP
In general, the \fBtextVariable\fR and \fBvalidateCommand\fR can be
dangerous to mix. Any problems have been overcome so that using the
\fBvalidateCommand\fR will not interfere with the traditional behavior of
the entry widget. Using the \fBtextVariable\fR for read-only purposes will
never cause problems. The danger comes when you try set the
\fBtextVariable\fR to something that the \fBvalidateCommand\fR would not
accept, which causes \fBvalidate\fR to become \fInone\fR (the
\fBinvalidCommand\fR will not be triggered). The same happens
when an error occurs evaluating the \fBvalidateCommand\fR.
.PP
Primarily, an error will occur when the \fBvalidateCommand\fR or
\fBinvalidCommand\fR encounters an error in its script while evaluating or
\fBvalidateCommand\fR does not return a valid Tcl boolean value. The
\fBvalidate\fR option will also set itself to \fBnone\fR when you edit the
entry widget from within either the \fBvalidateCommand\fR or the
\fBinvalidCommand\fR. Such editions will override the one that was being
validated. If you wish to edit the entry widget (for example set it to {})
during validation and still have the \fBvalidate\fR option set, you should
include the command
.CS
after idle {%W config \-validate %v}
.CE
in the \fBvalidateCommand\fR or \fBinvalidCommand\fR (whichever one you
were editing the entry widget from). It is also recommended to not set an
associated \fBtextVariable\fR during validation, as that can cause the
entry widget to become out of sync with the \fBtextVariable\fR.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBentry\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget. It has the following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName subcommand \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE
\fISubcommand\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command.
.SS INDICES
.PP
Many of the widget commands for entries take one or more indices as
arguments. An index specifies a particular character in the entry's
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
366 367 368 369 370 371 372 | or \fBselect adjust\fR command in this widget. If the selection is not in this widget then a new selection is created using the most recent anchor point specified for the widget. Returns an empty string. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR | | | | | 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 | or \fBselect adjust\fR command in this widget. If the selection is not in this widget then a new selection is created using the most recent anchor point specified for the widget. Returns an empty string. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR This command is used to force an evaluation of the \fBvalidateCommand\fR independent of the conditions specified by the \fBvalidate\fR option. This is done by temporarily setting the \fBvalidate\fR option to \fBall\fR. It returns 0 or 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the text in the widget's window. It can take any of the following forms: .RS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the way through the text appears at the left edge of the window. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. | | < | > > | | | < < | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 | Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the way through the text appears at the left edge of the window. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right become visible. .RE .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for entries that give them the following default behavior. In the descriptions below, .QW word refers to a contiguous group of letters, digits, or |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
446 447 448 449 450 451 452 | .IP [5] Clicking mouse button 1 with the Control key down will position the insertion cursor in the entry without affecting the selection. .IP [6] If any normal printing characters are typed in an entry, they are inserted at the point of the insertion cursor. .IP [7] | | < | | | 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 | .IP [5] Clicking mouse button 1 with the Control key down will position the insertion cursor in the entry without affecting the selection. .IP [6] If any normal printing characters are typed in an entry, they are inserted at the point of the insertion cursor. .IP [7] The view in the entry can be adjusted by dragging with mouse button 2. If mouse button 2 is clicked without moving the mouse, the selection is copied into the entry at the position of the mouse cursor. .IP [8] If the mouse is dragged out of the entry on the left or right sides while button 1 is pressed, the entry will automatically scroll to make more text visible (if there is more text off-screen on the side where the mouse left the window). .IP [9] The Left and Right keys move the insertion cursor one character to the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
533 534 535 536 537 538 539 | .PP The behavior of entries can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::entry(n) .SH KEYWORDS entry, widget | < < < | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 | .PP The behavior of entries can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::entry(n) .SH KEYWORDS entry, widget |
Changes to doc/event.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH event n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME event \- Miscellaneous event facilities: define virtual events and generate events .SH SYNOPSIS \fBevent\fI option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBevent\fR command provides several facilities for dealing with window system events, such as defining virtual events and synthesizing events. The command has several different forms, determined by the first argument. The following forms are currently supported: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | is a list of all the virtual events that are currently defined. If \fB<<\fIvirtual\fB>>\fR is specified then the return value is a list whose elements are the physical event sequences currently defined for the given virtual event; if the virtual event is not defined then an empty string is returned. .RS .PP | | | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 | is a list of all the virtual events that are currently defined. If \fB<<\fIvirtual\fB>>\fR is specified then the return value is a list whose elements are the physical event sequences currently defined for the given virtual event; if the virtual event is not defined then an empty string is returned. .RS .PP Note that virtual events that that are not bound to physical event sequences are \fInot\fR returned by \fBevent info\fR. .RE .SH "EVENT FIELDS" .PP The following options are supported for the \fBevent generate\fR command. These correspond to the .QW % |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIborder_width\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%B\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-button\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIdetail\fR field | | > > | 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 | \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIborder_width\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%B\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-button\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIdetail\fR field for a \fBButtonPress\fR or \fBButtonRelease\fR event, overriding any button number provided in the base \fIevent\fR argument. Corresponds to the \fB%b\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-count\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIcount\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBExpose\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%c\fR substitution for binding scripts. .VS 8.5 .TP \fB\-data\fI string\fR \fIString\fR may be any value; it specifies the \fIuser_data\fR field for the event. Only valid for virtual events. Corresponds to the \fB%d\fR substitution for virtual events in binding scripts. .VE 8.5 .TP \fB\-delta\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIdelta\fR field for the \fBMouseWheel\fR event. The \fIdelta\fR refers to the direction and magnitude the mouse wheel was rotated. Note the value is not a screen distance but are units of motion in the mouse wheel. Typically these values are multiples of 120. For example, 120 should |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
151 152 153 154 155 156 157 | \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIheight\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%h\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-keycode\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIkeycode\fR field for the event. | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 | \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIheight\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%h\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-keycode\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIkeycode\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%k\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-keysym\fI name\fR \fIName\fR must be the name of a valid keysym, such as \fBg\fR, \fBspace\fR, or \fBReturn\fR; its corresponding keycode value is used as the \fIkeycode\fR field for event, overriding any detail specified in the base \fIevent\fR argument. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR and \fBKeyRelease\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%K\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-mode\fI notify\fR \fINotify\fR specifies the \fImode\fR field for the event and must be one of \fBNotifyNormal\fR, \fBNotifyGrab\fR, \fBNotifyUngrab\fR, or \fBNotifyWhileGrabbed\fR. Valid for \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBFocusIn\fR, and \fBFocusOut\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%m\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-override\fI boolean\fR \fIBoolean\fR must be a boolean value; it specifies the \fIoverride_redirect\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBMap\fR, \fBReparent\fR, and \fBConfigure\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%o\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-place\fI where\fR \fIWhere\fR specifies the \fIplace\fR field for the event; it must be either \fBPlaceOnTop\fR or \fBPlaceOnBottom\fR. Valid for \fBCirculate\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%p\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-root\fI window\fR \fIWindow\fR must be either a window path name or an integer window identifier; it specifies the \fIroot\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%R\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-rootx\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIx_root\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%X\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-rooty\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIy_root\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%Y\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-sendevent\fI boolean\fR \fIBoolean\fR must be a boolean value; it specifies the \fIsend_event\fR field for the event. Valid for all events. Corresponds to the \fB%E\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-serial\fI number\fR \fINumber\fR must be an integer; it specifies the \fIserial\fR field for the event. Valid for all events. Corresponds to the \fB%#\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-state\fI state\fR \fIState\fR specifies the \fIstate\fR field for the event. For \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events it must be an integer value. For \fBVisibility\fR events it must be one of \fBVisibilityUnobscured\fR, \fBVisibilityPartiallyObscured\fR, or \fBVisibilityFullyObscured\fR. This option overrides any modifiers such as \fBMeta\fR or \fBControl\fR specified in the base \fIevent\fR. Corresponds to the \fB%s\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-subwindow\fI window\fR \fIWindow\fR specifies the \fIsubwindow\fR field for the event, either as a path name for a Tk widget or as an integer window identifier. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. Similar to \fB%S\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-time\fI integer\fR \fIInteger\fR must be an integer value; it specifies the \fItime\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBProperty\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%t\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-warp\fI boolean\fR \fIboolean\fR must be a boolean value; it specifies whether the screen pointer should be warped as well. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, and \fBMotion\fR events. The pointer will only warp to a window if it is mapped. .TP \fB\-width\fI size\fR \fISize\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIwidth\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBConfigure\fR events. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
278 279 280 281 282 283 284 | This option is useful when generating a series of events that should be processed in order but at the front of the queue. .RE .TP \fB\-x\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIx\fR field for the event. | | | | | | < | 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 | This option is useful when generating a series of events that should be processed in order but at the front of the queue. .RE .TP \fB\-x\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIx\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBMotion\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBExpose\fR, \fBConfigure\fR, \fBGravity\fR, and \fBReparent\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%x\fR substitution for binding scripts. If \fIWindow\fR is empty the coordinate is relative to the screen, and this option corresponds to the \fB%X\fR substitution for binding scripts. .TP \fB\-y\fI coord\fR \fICoord\fR must be a screen distance; it specifies the \fIy\fR field for the event. Valid for \fBKeyPress\fR, \fBKeyRelease\fR, \fBButtonPress\fR, \fBButtonRelease\fR, \fBMotion\fR, \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR, \fBExpose\fR, \fBConfigure\fR, \fBGravity\fR, and \fBReparent\fR events. Corresponds to the \fB%y\fR substitution for binding scripts. If \fIWindow\fR is empty the coordinate is relative to the screen, and this option corresponds to the \fB%Y\fR substitution for binding scripts. .PP Any options that are not specified when generating an event are filled with the value 0, except for \fIserial\fR, which is filled with the next X event serial number. .SH "PREDEFINED VIRTUAL EVENTS" Tk defines the following virtual events for the purposes of notification: .TP \fB<<AltUnderlined>>\fR This is sent to widget to notify it that the letter it has underlined (as an accelerator indicator) with the \fB\-underline\fR option has been pressed in combination with the Alt key. The usual response to |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
335 336 337 338 339 340 341 | changed. .TP \fB<<Selection>>\fR This is sent to a text widget when the selection in the widget is changed. .TP \fB<<ThemeChanged>>\fR | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | < < < < < < < | < | < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < > < < < | 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
changed.
.TP
\fB<<Selection>>\fR
This is sent to a text widget when the selection in the widget is
changed.
.TP
\fB<<ThemeChanged>>\fR
This is sent to a text widget when the ttk (Tile) theme changed.
.TP
\fB<<TraverseIn>>\fR
This is sent to a widget when the focus enters the widget because of a
user-driven
.QW "tab to widget"
action.
.TP
\fB<<TraverseOut>>\fR
This is sent to a widget when the focus leaves the widget because of a
user-driven
.QW "tab to widget"
action.
.PP
Tk defines the following virtual events for the purposes of unifying
bindings across multiple platforms. Users expect them to behave in the
following way:
.TP
\fB<<Clear>>\fR
Delete the currently selected widget contents.
.TP
\fB<<Copy>>\fR
Copy the currently selected widget contents to the clipboard.
.TP
\fB<<Cut>>\fR
Move the currently selected widget contents to the clipboard.
.TP
\fB<<Paste>>\fR
Replace the currently selected widget contents with the contents of
the clipboard.
.TP
\fB<<PasteSelection>>\fR
Insert the contents of the selection at the mouse location. (This
event has meaningful \fB%x\fR and \fB%y\fR substitutions).
.TP
\fB<<PrevWindow>>\fR
Traverse to the previous window.
.TP
\fB<<Redo>>\fR
Redo one undone action.
.TP
\fB<<Undo>>\fR
Undo the last action.
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENT EXAMPLES"
.PP
In order for a virtual event binding to trigger, two things must
happen. First, the virtual event must be defined with the
\fBevent add\fR command. Second, a binding must be created for
the virtual event with the \fBbind\fR command.
Consider the following virtual event definitions:
.CS
event add <<Paste>> <Control-y>
event add <<Paste>> <Button-2>
event add <<Save>> <Control-X><Control-S>
event add <<Save>> <Shift-F12>
.CE
In the \fBbind\fR command, a virtual event can be bound like any other
builtin event type as follows:
.CS
bind Entry <<Paste>> {%W insert [selection get]}
.CE
The double angle brackets are used to specify that a virtual event is being
bound. If the user types Control-y or presses button 2, or if
a \fB<<Paste>>\fR virtual event is synthesized with \fBevent generate\fR,
then the \fB<<Paste>>\fR binding will be invoked.
.PP
If a virtual binding has the exact same sequence as a separate
physical binding, then the physical binding will take precedence.
Consider the following example:
.CS
event add <<Paste>> <Control-y> <Meta-Control-y>
bind Entry <Control-y> {puts Control-y}
bind Entry <<Paste>> {puts Paste}
.CE
When the user types Control-y the \fB<Control-y>\fR binding
will be invoked, because a physical event is considered
more specific than a virtual event, all other things being equal.
However, when the user types Meta-Control-y the
\fB<<Paste>>\fR binding will be invoked, because the
\fBMeta\fR modifier in the physical pattern associated with the
virtual binding is more specific than the \fB<Control-y\fR> sequence for
the physical event.
.PP
Bindings on a virtual event may be created before the virtual event exists.
Indeed, the virtual event never actually needs to be defined, for instance,
on platforms where the specific virtual event would be meaningless or
ungeneratable.
.PP
When a definition of a virtual event changes at run time, all windows
will respond immediately to the new definition.
Starting from the preceding example, if the following code is executed:
.CS
bind <Entry> <Control-y> {}
event add <<Paste>> <Key-F6>
.CE
the behavior will change such in two ways. First, the shadowed
\fB<<Paste>>\fR binding will emerge.
Typing Control-y will no longer invoke the \fB<Control-y>\fR binding,
but instead invoke the virtual event \fB<<Paste>>\fR. Second,
pressing the F6 key will now also invoke the \fB<<Paste>>\fR binding.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bind(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
event, binding, define, handle, virtual event
|
Changes to doc/focus.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH focus n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME focus \- Manage the input focus .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fBfocus\fR \fBfocus \fIwindow\fR \fBfocus \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .fi .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBfocus\fR command is used to manage the Tk input focus. At any given time, one window on each display is designated as the \fIfocus window\fR; any key press or key release events for the display are sent to that window. It is normally up to the window manager to redirect the focus among the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 | will stay on the top-level window containing the window with the focus. However, Tk generates FocusIn and FocusOut events just as if the X focus were on the internal window. This approach gets around a number of problems that would occur if the X focus were actually moved; the fact that the X focus is on the top-level is invisible unless you use C code to query the X server directly. .SH "EXAMPLE" | < | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 | will stay on the top-level window containing the window with the focus. However, Tk generates FocusIn and FocusOut events just as if the X focus were on the internal window. This approach gets around a number of problems that would occur if the X focus were actually moved; the fact that the X focus is on the top-level is invisible unless you use C code to query the X server directly. .SH "EXAMPLE" To make a window that only participates in the focus traversal ring when a variable is set, add the following bindings to the widgets \fIbefore\fR and \fIafter\fR it in that focus ring: .CS button .before \-text "Before" button .middle \-text "Middle" button .after \-text "After" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
if {!$traverseToMiddle} {
\fBfocus\fR .before
break
}
}
\fBfocus\fR .before
.CE
.SH KEYWORDS
events, focus, keyboard, top-level, window manager
| > < < < | 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
if {!$traverseToMiddle} {
\fBfocus\fR .before
break
}
}
\fBfocus\fR .before
.CE
.SH KEYWORDS
events, focus, keyboard, top-level, window manager
|
Changes to doc/focusNext.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk_focusNext n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk_focusNext, tk_focusPrev, tk_focusFollowsMouse \- Utility procedures for managing the input focus. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk_focusNext \fIwindow\fR .sp \fBtk_focusPrev \fIwindow\fR .sp \fBtk_focusFollowsMouse\fR .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBtk_focusNext\fR is a utility procedure used for keyboard traversal. It returns the .QW next window after \fIwindow\fR in focus order. The focus order is determined by the stacking order of windows and the structure of the window hierarchy. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | The \fBfocus\fR command may be used to move the focus to a window other than the one under the mouse, but as soon as the mouse moves into a new window the focus will jump to that window. Note: at present there is no built-in support for returning the application to an explicit focus model; to do this you will have to write a script that deletes the bindings created by \fBtk_focusFollowsMouse\fR. .SH KEYWORDS focus, keyboard traversal, top-level | > < < < | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | The \fBfocus\fR command may be used to move the focus to a window other than the one under the mouse, but as soon as the mouse moves into a new window the focus will jump to that window. Note: at present there is no built-in support for returning the application to an explicit focus model; to do this you will have to write a script that deletes the bindings created by \fBtk_focusFollowsMouse\fR. .SH KEYWORDS focus, keyboard traversal, top-level |
Changes to doc/font.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH font n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME font \- Create and inspect fonts. .SH SYNOPSIS \fBfont\fI option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBfont\fR command provides several facilities for dealing with fonts, such as defining named fonts and inspecting the actual attributes of a font. The command has several different forms, determined by the first argument. The following forms are currently supported: .TP \fBfont actual \fIfont\fR ?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fB\-\|\-\fR? ?\fIchar\fR? . Returns information about the actual attributes that are obtained when \fIfont\fR is used on \fIwindow\fR's display; the actual attributes obtained may differ from the attributes requested due to platform-dependent limitations, such as the availability of font families and pointsizes. \fIfont\fR is a font description; see \fBFONT DESCRIPTIONS\fR below. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If \fIoption\fR is specified, returns the value of that attribute; if it is omitted, the return value is a list of all the attributes and their values. See \fBFONT OPTIONS\fR below for a list of the possible attributes. If the \fIchar\fR argument is supplied, it must be a single character. The font attributes returned will be those of the specific font used to render that character, which will be different from the base font if the base font does not contain the given character. If \fIchar\fR may be a hyphen, it should be preceded by \fB\-\|\-\fR to distinguish it from a misspelled \fIoption\fR. .TP \fBfont configure \fIfontname\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? . Query or modify the desired attributes for the named font called \fIfontname\fR. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all the options and their values for \fIfontname\fR. If a single \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then returns the current value of that attribute. If one or more \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given named font to have the given values; in this case, all widgets using that font will redisplay themselves using the new attributes for the font. See \fBFONT OPTIONS\fR below for a list of the possible attributes. .TP \fBfont create\fR ?\fIfontname\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR? . Creates a new named font and returns its name. \fIfontname\fR specifies the name for the font; if it is omitted, then Tk generates a new name of the form \fBfont\fIx\fR, where \fIx\fR is an integer. There may be any number of \fIoption\fR\-\fIvalue\fR pairs, which provide the desired attributes for |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 | omitted, it defaults to the main window. .TP \fBfont measure \fIfont\fR ?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? \fItext\fR . Measures the amount of space the string \fItext\fR would use in the given \fIfont\fR when displayed in \fIwindow\fR. \fIfont\fR is a font description; see \fBFONT DESCRIPTIONS\fR below. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is | | | 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 | omitted, it defaults to the main window. .TP \fBfont measure \fIfont\fR ?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? \fItext\fR . Measures the amount of space the string \fItext\fR would use in the given \fIfont\fR when displayed in \fIwindow\fR. \fIfont\fR is a font description; see \fBFONT DESCRIPTIONS\fR below. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. The return value is the total width in pixels of \fItext\fR, not including the extra pixels used by highly exaggerated characters such as cursive .QW f . If the string contains newlines or tabs, those characters are not expanded or treated specially when measuring the string. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | omitted, it defaults to the main window. If \fIoption\fR is specified, returns the value of that metric; if it is omitted, the return value is a list of all the metrics and their values. See \fBFONT METRICS\fR below for a list of the possible metrics. .TP \fBfont names\fR The return value is a list of all the named fonts that are currently defined. | | | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 | omitted, it defaults to the main window. If \fIoption\fR is specified, returns the value of that metric; if it is omitted, the return value is a list of all the metrics and their values. See \fBFONT METRICS\fR below for a list of the possible metrics. .TP \fBfont names\fR The return value is a list of all the named fonts that are currently defined. .SH "FONT DESCRIPTION" .PP The following formats are accepted as a font description anywhere \fIfont\fR is specified as an argument above; these same forms are also permitted when specifying the \fB\-font\fR option for widgets. .TP [1] \fIfontname\fR . The name of a named font, created using the \fBfont create\fR command. When a widget uses a named font, it is guaranteed that this will never cause an error, as long as the named font exists, no matter what potentially invalid or meaningless set of attributes the named font has. If the named font cannot be displayed with exactly the specified attributes, some other close font will be substituted automatically. .TP [2] \fIsystemfont\fR . The platform-specific name of a font, interpreted by the graphics server. This also includes, under X, an XLFD (see [4]) for which a single .QW \fB*\fR character was used to elide more than one field in the middle of the name. See \fBPLATFORM-SPECIFIC\fR issues for a list of the system fonts. .TP [3] \fIfamily \fR?\fIsize\fR? ?\fIstyle\fR? ?\fIstyle ...\fR? . A properly formed list whose first element is the desired font \fIfamily\fR and whose optional second element is the desired \fIsize\fR. The interpretation of the \fIsize\fR attribute follows the same rules described for \fB\-size\fR in \fBFONT OPTIONS\fR below. Any |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 | system font. Cases [3], [4], and [5] are accepted on all platforms and the closest available font will be used. In some situations it may not be possible to find any close font (e.g., the font family was a garbage value); in that case, some system-dependent default font is chosen. If the font description does not match any of the above patterns, an error is generated. .SH "FONT METRICS" | < > | 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 | system font. Cases [3], [4], and [5] are accepted on all platforms and the closest available font will be used. In some situations it may not be possible to find any close font (e.g., the font family was a garbage value); in that case, some system-dependent default font is chosen. If the font description does not match any of the above patterns, an error is generated. .SH "FONT METRICS" . The following options are used by the \fBfont metrics\fR command to query font-specific data determined when the font was created. These properties are for the whole font itself and not for individual characters drawn in that font. In the following definitions, the .QW baseline of a font is the horizontal line where the bottom of most letters line up; certain letters, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
227 228 229 230 231 232 233 | characters, or is .QW \fB0\fR if this is a proportionally-spaced font, where individual characters have different widths. The widths of control characters, tab characters, and other non-printing characters are not included when calculating this value. .SH "FONT OPTIONS" | < | 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 | characters, or is .QW \fB0\fR if this is a proportionally-spaced font, where individual characters have different widths. The widths of control characters, tab characters, and other non-printing characters are not included when calculating this value. .SH "FONT OPTIONS" The following options are supported on all platforms, and are used when constructing a named font or when specifying a font using style [5] as above: .TP \fB\-family \fIname\fR . The case-insensitive font family name. Tk guarantees to support the font |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
291 292 293 294 295 296 297 | font should be underlined. The default value for underline is \fBfalse\fR. .TP \fB\-overstrike \fIboolean\fR The value is a boolean flag that specifies whether a horizontal line should be drawn through the middle of characters in this font. The default value for overstrike is \fBfalse\fR. .SH "STANDARD FONTS" | | | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 | font should be underlined. The default value for underline is \fBfalse\fR. .TP \fB\-overstrike \fIboolean\fR The value is a boolean flag that specifies whether a horizontal line should be drawn through the middle of characters in this font. The default value for overstrike is \fBfalse\fR. .SH "STANDARD FONTS" .LP The following named fonts are supported on all systems, and default to values that match appropriate system defaults. .TP \fBTkDefaultFont\fR . This font is the default for all GUI items not otherwise specified. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
334 335 336 337 338 339 340 | \fBTkTooltipFont\fR . This font should be used for tooltip windows (transient information windows). .LP It is \fInot\fR advised to change these fonts, as they may be modified by Tk itself in response to system changes. Instead, make a copy of the font and modify that. | | | 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 | \fBTkTooltipFont\fR . This font should be used for tooltip windows (transient information windows). .LP It is \fInot\fR advised to change these fonts, as they may be modified by Tk itself in response to system changes. Instead, make a copy of the font and modify that. .SH "PLATFORM-SPECIFIC FONTS" .PP The following system fonts are supported: .TP \fBX Windows\fR All valid X font names, including those listed by xlsfonts(1), are available. .TP \fBMS Windows\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
378 379 380 381 382 383 384 | \fBsystemPushButtonFont\fR \fBsystemUtilityWindowTitleFont\fR \fBsystemAlertHeaderFont\fR \fBsystemToolbarFont\fR \fBsystemMiniSystemFont\fR \fBsystemDetailSystemFont\fR \fBsystemDetailEmphasizedSystemFont\fR .DE .RE .SH EXAMPLE | < > > < < < | 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 |
\fBsystemPushButtonFont\fR \fBsystemUtilityWindowTitleFont\fR
\fBsystemAlertHeaderFont\fR \fBsystemToolbarFont\fR
\fBsystemMiniSystemFont\fR \fBsystemDetailSystemFont\fR
\fBsystemDetailEmphasizedSystemFont\fR
.DE
.RE
.SH EXAMPLE
Fill a text widget with lots of font demonstrators, one for every font
family installed on your system:
.CS
pack [text .t \-wrap none] \-fill both \-expand 1
set count 0
set tabwidth 0
foreach family [lsort \-dictionary [\fBfont families\fR]] {
.t tag configure f[incr count] \-font [list $family 10]
.t insert end ${family}:\\t {} \e
"This is a simple sampler\en" f$count
set w [\fBfont measure\fR [.t cget \-font] ${family}:]
if {$w+5 > $tabwidth} {
set tabwidth [expr {$w+5}]
.t configure \-tabs $tabwidth
}
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
options(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
font
|
Deleted doc/fontchooser.n.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to doc/frame.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH frame n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME frame \- Create and manipulate frame widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBframe\fR \fIpathName\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-borderwidth \-highlightcolor \-pady \-cursor \-highlightthickness \-relief \-highlightbackground \-padx \-takefocus .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-background background Background This option is the same as the standard \fBbackground\fR option except that its value may also be specified as an empty string. In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background and border. .OP \-class class Class Specifies a class for the window. This class will be used when querying the option database for the window's other options, and it will also be used later for other purposes such as bindings. The \fBclass\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-colormap colormap Colormap Specifies a colormap to use for the window. The value may be either \fBnew\fR, in which case a new colormap is created for the window and its children, or the name of another window (which must be on the same screen and have the same visual as \fIpathName\fR), in which case the new window will use the colormap from the specified window. If the \fBcolormap\fR option is not specified, the new window uses the same colormap as its parent. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-container container Container The value must be a boolean. If true, it means that this window will be used as a container in which some other application will be embedded (for example, a Tk toplevel can be embedded using the \fB\-use\fR option). The window will support the appropriate window manager protocols for things like geometry requests. The window should not have any children of its own in this application. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. Note that \fB-borderwidth\fR, \fB-padx\fR and \fB-pady\fR are ignored when configured as a container since a container has no border. .OP \-height height Height Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal to zero then the window will not request any size at all. Note that this sets the total height of the frame, any \fB\-borderwidth\fR or similar is not added. Normally \fB\-height\fR should not be used if a propagating geometry manager, such as \fBgrid\fR or \fBpack\fR, is used within the frame since the geometry manager will override the height of the frame. .OP \-visual visual Visual Specifies visual information for the new window in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetVisual\fR. If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same visual as its parent. The \fBvisual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired width for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal to zero then the window will not request any size at all. Note that this sets the total width of the frame, any \fB\-borderwidth\fR or similar is not added. Normally \fB\-width\fR should not be used if a propagating |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | or in the option database to configure aspects of the frame such as its background color and relief. The \fBframe\fR command returns the path name of the new window. .PP A frame is a simple widget. Its primary purpose is to act as a spacer or container for complex window layouts. The only features | | < | < < | < < < < | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 | or in the option database to configure aspects of the frame such as its background color and relief. The \fBframe\fR command returns the path name of the new window. .PP A frame is a simple widget. Its primary purpose is to act as a spacer or container for complex window layouts. The only features of a frame are its background color and an optional 3-D border to make the frame appear raised or sunken. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBframe\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the frame's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the frame widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for frame widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBframe\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBframe\fR command. .SH BINDINGS .PP When a new frame is created, it has no default event bindings: frames are not intended to be interactive. .SH "SEE ALSO" labelframe(n), toplevel(n), ttk::frame(n) .SH KEYWORDS frame, widget |
Changes to doc/getOpenFile.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk_getOpenFile n 4.2 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk_getOpenFile, tk_getSaveFile \- pop up a dialog box for the user to select a file to open or save. .SH SYNOPSIS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | as\fR command in the \fBFile\fR menu. If the user enters a file that already exists, the dialog box prompts the user for confirmation whether the existing file should be overwritten or not. .PP The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are possible as command line arguments to these two commands: .TP | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | < | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
as\fR command in the \fBFile\fR menu. If the user enters a file that
already exists, the dialog box prompts the user for confirmation
whether the existing file should be overwritten or not.
.PP
The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are possible as command line
arguments to these two commands:
.TP
\fB\-confirmoverwrite\fR \fIboolean\fR
Configures how the Save dialog reacts when the selected file already
exists, and saving would overwrite it. A true value requests a
confirmation dialog be presented to the user. A false value requests
that the overwrite take place without confirmation. Default value is true.
.TP
\fB\-defaultextension\fR \fIextension\fR
Specifies a string that will be appended to the filename if the user
enters a filename without an extension. The default value is the empty
string, which means no extension will be appended to the filename in
any case. This option is ignored on Mac OS X, which
does not require extensions to filenames,
and the UNIX implementation guesses reasonable values for this from
the \fB\-filetypes\fR option when this is not supplied.
.TP
\fB\-filetypes\fR \fIfilePatternList\fR
If a \fBFile types\fR listbox exists in the file dialog on the particular
platform, this option gives the \fIfiletype\fRs in this listbox. When
the user choose a filetype in the listbox, only the files of that type
are listed. If this option is unspecified, or if it is set to the
empty list, or if the \fBFile types\fR listbox is not supported by the
particular platform then all files are listed regardless of their
types. See the section \fBSPECIFYING FILE PATTERNS\fR below for a
discussion on the contents of \fIfilePatternList\fR.
.TP
\fB\-initialdir\fR \fIdirectory\fR
Specifies that the files in \fIdirectory\fR should be displayed
when the dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified, then
the files in the current working directory are displayed. If the
parameter specifies a relative path, the return value will convert the
relative path to an absolute path.
.TP
\fB\-initialfile\fR \fIfilename\fR
Specifies a filename to be displayed in the dialog when it pops up.
.TP
\fB\-message\fR \fIstring\fR
Specifies a message to include in the client area of the dialog.
This is only available on Mac OS X.
.TP
\fB\-multiple\fR \fIboolean\fR
Allows the user to choose multiple files from the Open dialog.
.TP
\fB\-parent\fR \fIwindow\fR
Makes \fIwindow\fR the logical parent of the file dialog. The file
dialog is displayed on top of its parent window. On Mac OS X, this
turns the file dialog into a sheet attached to the parent window.
.TP
\fB\-title\fR \fItitleString\fR
Specifies a string to display as the title of the dialog box. If this
option is not specified, then a default title is displayed.
.TP
\fB\-typevariable\fR \fIvariableName\fR
The global variable \fIvariableName\fR is used to preselect which filter is
used from \fIfilterList\fR when the dialog box is opened and is
updated when the dialog box is closed, to the last selected
filter. The variable is read once at the beginning to select the
appropriate filter. If the variable does not exist, or its value does
not match any filter typename, or is empty (\fB{}\fR), the dialog box
will revert to the default behavior of selecting the first filter in
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 | to ensure portability, wild card characters are not allowed in the extensions, except as in the special extension .QW * . Extensions without a full stop character (e.g. .QW ~ ) are allowed but may not work on all platforms. .SH EXAMPLE | < | | < < < | 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
to ensure portability, wild card characters are not allowed in the
extensions, except as in the special extension
.QW * .
Extensions without a full stop character (e.g.
.QW ~ )
are allowed but may not work on all platforms.
.SH EXAMPLE
.CS
set types {
{{Text Files} {.txt} }
{{TCL Scripts} {.tcl} }
{{C Source Files} {.c} TEXT}
{{GIF Files} {.gif} }
{{GIF Files} {} GIFF}
{{All Files} * }
}
set filename [tk_getOpenFile \-filetypes $types]
if {$filename != ""} {
# Open the file ...
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
tk_chooseDirectory
.SH KEYWORDS
file selection dialog
|
Changes to doc/grab.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH grab n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME grab \- Confine pointer and keyboard events to a window sub-tree .SH SYNOPSIS \fBgrab \fR?\fB\-global\fR? \fIwindow\fR .sp \fBgrab \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg \fR...? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This command implements simple pointer and keyboard grabs for Tk. Tk's grabs are different than the grabs described in the Xlib documentation. When a grab is set for a particular window, Tk restricts all pointer events to the grab window and its descendants in Tk's window hierarchy. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | redirected to the focus window. During a global grab Tk grabs the keyboard so that all keyboard events are always sent to the grabbing application. The \fBfocus\fR command is still used to determine which window in the application receives the keyboard events. The keyboard grab is released when the grab is released. .PP | < < < < < < < < < < | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | redirected to the focus window. During a global grab Tk grabs the keyboard so that all keyboard events are always sent to the grabbing application. The \fBfocus\fR command is still used to determine which window in the application receives the keyboard events. The keyboard grab is released when the grab is released. .PP Grabs apply to particular displays. If an application has windows on multiple displays then it can establish a separate grab on each display. The grab on a particular display affects only the windows on that display. It is possible for different applications on a single display to have simultaneous local grabs, but only one application can have a global |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 | does nothing. Returns an empty string. .TP \fBgrab status \fIwindow\fR Returns \fBnone\fR if no grab is currently set on \fIwindow\fR, \fBlocal\fR if a local grab is set on \fIwindow\fR, and \fBglobal\fR if a global grab is set. .SH WARNING | < < | < < < < | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
does nothing. Returns an empty string.
.TP
\fBgrab status \fIwindow\fR
Returns \fBnone\fR if no grab is currently set on \fIwindow\fR,
\fBlocal\fR if a local grab is set on \fIwindow\fR, and
\fBglobal\fR if a global grab is set.
.SH WARNING
It is very easy to use global grabs to render a display completely
unusable (e.g. by setting a grab on a widget which does not respond to
events and not providing any mechanism for releasing the grab). Take
\fIextreme\fR care when using them!
.SH BUGS
.PP
It took an incredibly complex and gross implementation to produce
the simple grab effect described above.
Given the current implementation, it is not safe for applications
to use the Xlib grab facilities at all except through the Tk grab
procedures.
If applications try to manipulate X's grab mechanisms directly,
things will probably break.
.PP
If a single process is managing several different Tk applications,
only one of those applications can have a local grab for a given
display at any given time. If the applications are in different
processes, this restriction does not exist.
.SH EXAMPLE
Set a grab so that only one button may be clicked out of a group. The
other buttons are unresponsive to the mouse until the middle button is
clicked.
.CS
pack [button .b1 \-text "Click me! #1" \-command {destroy .b1}]
pack [button .b2 \-text "Click me! #2" \-command {destroy .b2}]
pack [button .b3 \-text "Click me! #3" \-command {destroy .b3}]
\fBgrab\fR .b2
.CE
.SH KEYWORDS
grab, keyboard events, pointer events, window
|
Changes to doc/grid.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | < | | > | < | > | < | | | | < | | | > | | | > | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | < | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < | < | | | | < | | < | | | | < | | | > | | | > | | < | | | | > | < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | < | | | < < < < | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH grid n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
grid \- Geometry manager that arranges widgets in a grid
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBgrid \fIoption arg \fR?\fIarg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBgrid\fR command is used to communicate with the grid
geometry manager that arranges widgets in rows and columns inside
of another window, called the geometry master (or master window).
The \fBgrid\fR command can have any of several forms, depending
on the \fIoption\fR argument:
.TP
\fBgrid \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?
If the first argument to \fBgrid\fR is suitable as the first slave
argument to \fBgrid configure\fR, either a window name (any value
starting with \fB.\fR) or one of the characters \fBx\fR or \fB^\fR
(see the \fBRELATIVE PLACEMENT\fR section below), then the command is
processed in the same way as \fBgrid configure\fR.
.VS 8.5
.TP
\fBgrid anchor \fImaster\fR ?\fIanchor\fR?
The anchor value controls how to place the grid within the master
when no row/column has any weight. See \fBTHE GRID ALGORITHM\fR below
for further details. The default \fIanchor\fR is \fInw\fR.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fBgrid bbox \fImaster\fR ?\fIcolumn row\fR? ?\fIcolumn2 row2\fR?
With no arguments,
the bounding box (in pixels) of the grid is returned.
The return value consists of 4 integers. The first two are the pixel
offset from the master window (x then y) of the top-left corner of the
grid, and the second two integers are the width and height of the grid,
also in pixels. If a single \fIcolumn\fR and \fIrow\fR is specified on
the command line, then the bounding box for that cell is returned, where the
top left cell is numbered from zero. If both \fIcolumn\fR and \fIrow\fR
arguments are specified, then the bounding box spanning the rows and columns
indicated is returned.
.TP
\fBgrid columnconfigure \fImaster index \fR?\fI\-option value...\fR?
Query or set the column properties of the \fIindex\fR column of the
geometry master, \fImaster\fR.
The valid options are \fB\-minsize\fR, \fB\-weight\fR, \fB\-uniform\fR
and \fB\-pad\fR.
If one or more options are provided, then \fIindex\fR may be given as
a list of column indices to which the configuration options will operate on.
.VS 8.5
Indices may be integers, window names or the keyword \fIall\fR. For \fIall\fR
the options apply to all columns currently occupied be slave windows. For
a window name, that window must be a slave of this master and the options
apply to all columns currently occupied be the slave.
.VE 8.5
The \fB\-minsize\fR option sets the minimum size, in screen units,
that will be permitted for this column.
The \fB\-weight\fR option (an integer value)
sets the relative weight for apportioning
any extra spaces among
columns.
A weight of zero (0) indicates the column will not deviate from its requested
size. A column whose weight is two will grow at twice the rate as a column
of weight one when extra space is allocated to the layout.
The \fB\-uniform\fR option, when a non-empty value is supplied, places
the column in a \fIuniform group\fR with other columns that have the
same value for \fB\-uniform\fR. The space for columns belonging to a
uniform group is allocated so that their sizes are always in strict
proportion to their \fB\-weight\fR values. See
\fBTHE GRID ALGORITHM\fR below for further details.
The \fB\-pad\fR option specifies the number of screen units that will be
added to the largest window contained completely in that column when the
grid geometry manager requests a size from the containing window.
If only an option is specified, with no value,
the current value of that option is returned.
If only the master window and index is specified, all the current settings
are returned in a list of
.QW "\-option value"
pairs.
.TP
\fBgrid configure \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?
The arguments consist of the names of one or more slave windows
followed by pairs of arguments that specify how
to manage the slaves.
The characters \fB\-\fR, \fBx\fR and \fB^\fR,
can be specified instead of a window name to alter the default
location of a \fIslave\fR, as described in the \fBRELATIVE PLACEMENT\fR
section, below.
The following options are supported:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-column \fIn\fR
Insert the slave so that it occupies the \fIn\fRth column in the grid.
Column numbers start with 0. If this option is not supplied, then the
slave is arranged just to the right of previous slave specified on this
call to \fBgrid\fR, or column
.QW 0
if it is the first slave. For each
\fBx\fR that immediately precedes the \fIslave\fR, the column position
is incremented by one. Thus the \fBx\fR represents a blank column
for this row in the grid.
.TP
\fB\-columnspan \fIn\fR
Insert the slave so that it occupies \fIn\fR columns in the grid.
The default is one column, unless the window name is followed by a
\fB\-\fR, in which case the columnspan is incremented once for each immediately
following \fB\-\fR.
.TP
\fB\-in \fIother\fR
Insert the slave(s) in the master
window given by \fIother\fR. The default is the first slave's
parent window.
.TP
\fB\-ipadx \fIamount\fR
The \fIamount\fR specifies how much horizontal internal padding to
leave on each side of the slave(s). This is space is added
inside the slave(s) border.
The \fIamount\fR must be a valid screen distance, such as \fB2\fR or \fB.5c\fR.
It defaults to 0.
.TP
\fB\-ipady \fIamount\fR
The \fIamount\fR specifies how much vertical internal padding to
leave on the top and bottom of the slave(s).
This space is added inside the slave(s) border.
The \fIamount\fR defaults to 0.
.TP
\fB\-padx \fIamount\fR
The \fIamount\fR specifies how much horizontal external padding to
leave on each side of the slave(s), in screen units.
\fIAmount\fR may be a list
of two values to specify padding for left and right separately.
The \fIamount\fR defaults to 0.
This space is added outside the slave(s) border.
.TP
\fB\-pady \fIamount\fR
The \fIamount\fR specifies how much vertical external padding to
leave on the top and bottom of the slave(s), in screen units.
\fIAmount\fR may be a list
of two values to specify padding for top and bottom separately.
The \fIamount\fR defaults to 0.
This space is added outside the slave(s) border.
.TP
\fB\-row \fIn\fR
Insert the slave so that it occupies the \fIn\fRth row in the grid.
Row numbers start with 0. If this option is not supplied, then the
slave is arranged on the same row as the previous slave specified on this
call to \fBgrid\fR, or the first unoccupied row if this is the first slave.
.TP
\fB\-rowspan \fIn\fR
Insert the slave so that it occupies \fIn\fR rows in the grid.
The default is one row. If the next \fBgrid\fR command contains
\fB^\fR characters instead of \fIslaves\fR that line up with the columns
of this \fIslave\fR, then the \fBrowspan\fR of this \fIslave\fR is
extended by one.
.TP
\fB\-sticky \fIstyle\fR
If a slave's cell is larger than its requested dimensions, this
option may be used to position (or stretch) the slave within its cell.
\fIStyle\fR is a string that contains zero or more of the characters
\fBn\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBe\fR or \fBw\fR.
The string can optionally contains spaces or
commas, but they are ignored. Each letter refers to a side (north, south,
east, or west) that the slave will
.QW stick
to. If both \fBn\fR and \fBs\fR (or \fBe\fR and \fBw\fR) are
specified, the slave will be stretched to fill the entire
height (or width) of its cavity. The \fBsticky\fR option subsumes the
combination of \fB\-anchor\fR and \fB\-fill\fR that is used by \fBpack\fR.
The default is
.QW "" ,
which causes the slave to be centered in its cavity, at its requested size.
.LP
If any of the slaves are already managed by the geometry manager
then any unspecified options for them retain their previous values rather
than receiving default values.
.RE
.TP
\fBgrid forget \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR?
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
The configuration options for that window are forgotten, so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the initial
default settings are used.
.TP
\fBgrid info \fIslave\fR
Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of
the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that
might be specified to \fBgrid configure\fR.
The first two elements of the list are
.QW "\fB\-in \fImaster\fR"
where \fImaster\fR is the slave's master.
.TP
\fBgrid location \fImaster x y\fR
Given \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR values in screen units relative to the master window,
the column and row number at that \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR location is returned.
For locations that are above or to the left of the grid, \fB\-1\fR is
returned.
.TP
\fBgrid propagate \fImaster\fR ?\fIboolean\fR?
If \fIboolean\fR has a true boolean value such as \fB1\fR or \fBon\fR
then propagation is enabled for \fImaster\fR, which must be a window
name (see \fBGEOMETRY PROPAGATION\fR below).
If \fIboolean\fR has a false boolean value then propagation is
disabled for \fImaster\fR.
In either of these cases an empty string is returned.
If \fIboolean\fR is omitted then the command returns \fB0\fR or
\fB1\fR to indicate whether propagation is currently enabled
for \fImaster\fR.
Propagation is enabled by default.
.TP
\fBgrid rowconfigure \fImaster index \fR?\fI\-option value...\fR?
Query or set the row properties of the \fIindex\fR row of the
geometry master, \fImaster\fR.
The valid options are \fB\-minsize\fR, \fB\-weight\fR, \fB\-uniform\fR
and \fB\-pad\fR.
If one or more options are provided, then \fIindex\fR may be given as
a list of row indices to which the configuration options will operate on.
.VS 8.5
Indices may be integers, window names or the keyword \fIall\fR. For \fIall\fR
the options apply to all rows currently occupied be slave windows. For
a window name, that window must be a slave of this master and the options
apply to all rows currently occupied be the slave.
.VE 8.5
The \fB\-minsize\fR option sets the minimum size, in screen units,
that will be permitted for this row.
The \fB\-weight\fR option (an integer value)
sets the relative weight for apportioning
any extra spaces among
rows.
A weight of zero (0) indicates the row will not deviate from its requested
size. A row whose weight is two will grow at twice the rate as a row
of weight one when extra space is allocated to the layout.
The \fB\-uniform\fR option, when a non-empty value is supplied, places
the row in a \fIuniform group\fR with other rows that have the
same value for \fB\-uniform\fR. The space for rows belonging to a
uniform group is allocated so that their sizes are always in strict
proportion to their \fB\-weight\fR values. See
\fBTHE GRID ALGORITHM\fR below for further details.
The \fB\-pad\fR option specifies the number of screen units that will be
added to the largest window contained completely in that row when the
grid geometry manager requests a size from the containing window.
If only an option is specified, with no value,
the current value of that option is returned.
If only the master window and index is specified, all the current settings
are returned in a list of
.QW "-option value"
pairs.
.TP
\fBgrid remove \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR?
Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from grid for its
master and unmaps their windows.
The slaves will no longer be managed by the grid geometry manager.
However, the configuration options for that window are remembered,
so that if the
slave is managed once more by the grid geometry manager, the previous
values are retained.
.TP
\fBgrid size \fImaster\fR
Returns the size of the grid (in columns then rows) for \fImaster\fR.
The size is determined either by the \fIslave\fR occupying the largest
row or column, or the largest column or row with a \fBminsize\fR,
\fBweight\fR, or \fBpad\fR that is non-zero.
.TP
\fBgrid slaves \fImaster\fR ?\fI\-option value\fR?
If no options are supplied, a list of all of the slaves in \fImaster\fR
are returned, most recently manages first.
\fIOption\fR can be either \fB\-row\fR or \fB\-column\fR which
causes only the slaves in the row (or column) specified by \fIvalue\fR
to be returned.
.SH "RELATIVE PLACEMENT"
.PP
The \fBgrid\fR command contains a limited set of capabilities that
permit layouts to be created without specifying the row and column
information for each slave. This permits slaves to be rearranged,
added, or removed without the need to explicitly specify row and
column information.
When no column or row information is specified for a \fIslave\fR,
default values are chosen for
\fBcolumn\fR, \fBrow\fR, \fBcolumnspan\fR and \fBrowspan\fR
at the time the \fIslave\fR is managed. The values are chosen
based upon the current layout of the grid, the position of the \fIslave\fR
relative to other \fIslave\fRs in the same grid command, and the presence
of the characters \fB\-\fR, \fBx\fR, and \fB^\fR in \fBgrid\fR
command where \fIslave\fR names are normally expected.
.RS
.TP
\fB\-\fR
This increases the columnspan of the \fIslave\fR to the left. Several
\fB\-\fR's in a row will successively increase the columnspan. A \fB\-\fR
may not follow a \fB^\fR or a \fBx\fR, nor may it be the first \fIslave\fR
argument to \fBgrid configure\fR.
.TP
\fBx\fR
This leaves an empty column between the \fIslave\fR on the left and
the \fIslave\fR on the right.
.TP
\fB^\fR
This extends the \fBrowspan\fR of the \fIslave\fR above the \fB^\fR's
in the grid. The number of \fB^\fR's in a row must match the number of
columns spanned by the \fIslave\fR above it.
.RE
.SH "THE GRID ALGORITHM"
.PP
The grid geometry manager lays out its slaves in three steps.
In the first step, the minimum size needed to fit all of the slaves
is computed, then (if propagation is turned on), a request is made
of the master window to become that size.
In the second step, the requested size is compared against the actual size
of the master. If the sizes are different, then spaces is added to or taken
away from the layout as needed.
For the final step, each slave is positioned in its row(s) and column(s)
based on the setting of its \fIsticky\fR flag.
.PP
To compute the minimum size of a layout, the grid geometry manager
first looks at all slaves whose columnspan and rowspan values are one,
and computes the nominal size of each row or column to be either the
\fIminsize\fR for that row or column, or the sum of the \fIpad\fRding
plus the size of the largest slave, whichever is greater. After that
the rows or columns in each uniform group adapt to each other. Then
the slaves whose rowspans or columnspans are greater than one are
examined. If a group of rows or columns need to be increased in size
in order to accommodate these slaves, then extra space is added to each
row or column in the group according to its \fIweight\fR. For each
group whose weights are all zero, the additional space is apportioned
equally.
.PP
When multiple rows or columns belong to a uniform group, the space
allocated to them is always in proportion to their weights. (A weight
of zero is considered to be 1.) In other words, a row or column
configured with \fB\-weight 1 \-uniform a\fR will have exactly the same
size as any other row or column configured with \fB\-weight 1 \-uniform
a\fR. A row or column configured with \fB\-weight 2 \-uniform b\fR will
be exactly twice as large as one that is configured with \fB\-weight 1
\-uniform b\fR.
.PP
More technically, each row or column in the group will have a size
equal to \fIk*weight\fR for some constant \fIk\fR. The constant
\fIk\fR is chosen so that no row or column becomes smaller than its
minimum size. For example, if all rows or columns in a group have the
same weight, then each row or column will have the same size as the
largest row or column in the group.
.PP
.VS 8.5
For masters whose size is larger than the requested layout, the additional
space is apportioned according to the row and column weights. If all of
the weights are zero, the layout is placed within its master according to
the \fIanchor\fR value.
For masters whose size is smaller than the requested layout, space is taken
away from columns and rows according to their weights. However, once a
column or row shrinks to its minsize, its weight is taken to be zero.
If more space needs to be removed from a layout than would be permitted, as
when all the rows or columns are at their minimum sizes, the layout is
placed and clipped according to the \fIanchor\fR value.
.VE 8.5
.SH "GEOMETRY PROPAGATION"
.PP
The grid geometry manager normally computes how large a master must be to
just exactly meet the needs of its slaves, and it sets the
requested width and height of the master to these dimensions.
This causes geometry information to propagate up through a
window hierarchy to a top-level window so that the entire
sub-tree sizes itself to fit the needs of the leaf windows.
However, the \fBgrid propagate\fR command may be used to
turn off propagation for one or more masters.
If propagation is disabled then grid will not set
the requested width and height of the master window.
This may be useful if, for example, you wish for a master
window to have a fixed size that you specify.
.SH "RESTRICTIONS ON MASTER WINDOWS"
.PP
The master for each slave must either be the slave's parent
(the default) or a descendant of the slave's parent.
This restriction is necessary to guarantee that the
slave can be placed over any part of its master that is
visible without danger of the slave being clipped by its parent.
In addition, all slaves in one call to \fBgrid\fR must have the same master.
.SH "STACKING ORDER"
.PP
If the master for a slave is not its parent then you must make sure
that the slave is higher in the stacking order than the master.
Otherwise the master will obscure the slave and it will appear as
if the slave has not been managed correctly.
The easiest way to make sure the slave is higher than the master is
to create the master window first: the most recently created window
will be highest in the stacking order.
.SH CREDITS
.PP
The \fBgrid\fR command is based on ideas taken from the \fIGridBag\fR
geometry manager written by Doug. Stein, and the \fBblt_table\fR geometry
manager, written by George Howlett.
.SH EXAMPLES
A toplevel window containing a text widget and two scrollbars:
.CS
# Make the widgets
toplevel .t
text .t.txt \-wrap none \-xscroll {.t.h set} \-yscroll {.t.v set}
scrollbar .t.v \-orient vertical \-command {.t.txt yview}
scrollbar .t.h \-orient horizontal \-command {.t.txt xview}
# Lay them out
\fBgrid\fR .t.txt .t.v \-sticky nsew
\fBgrid\fR .t.h \-sticky nsew
# Tell the text widget to take all the extra room
\fBgrid rowconfigure\fR .t .t.txt \-weight 1
\fBgrid columnconfigure\fR .t .t.txt \-weight 1
.CE
.PP
Three widgets of equal width, despite their different
.QW natural
widths:
.CS
button .b \-text "Foo"
entry .e \-variable foo
label .l \-text "This is a fairly long piece of text"
\fBgrid\fR .b .e .l \-sticky ew
\fBgrid columnconfigure\fR . "all" \-uniform allTheSame
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
pack(n), place(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
geometry manager, location, grid, cell, propagation, size, pack
|
Changes to doc/image.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH image n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME image \- Create and manipulate images .SH SYNOPSIS \fBimage\fR \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBimage\fR command is used to create, delete, and query images. It can take several different forms, depending on the \fIoption\fR argument. The legal forms are: .TP \fBimage create \fItype \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR? |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 | color, or nothing. See the \fBbitmap\fR manual entry for more information. .TP \fBphoto\fR Displays a variety of full-color images, using dithering to approximate colors on displays with limited color capabilities. See the \fBphoto\fR manual entry for more information. .SH "SEE ALSO" bitmap(n), options(n), photo(n) .SH KEYWORDS height, image, types of images, width | > > < < < | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | color, or nothing. See the \fBbitmap\fR manual entry for more information. .TP \fBphoto\fR Displays a variety of full-color images, using dithering to approximate colors on displays with limited color capabilities. See the \fBphoto\fR manual entry for more information. .SH "SEE ALSO" bitmap(n), options(n), photo(n) .SH KEYWORDS height, image, types of images, width |
Changes to doc/keysyms.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH keysyms n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME keysyms \- keysyms recognized by Tk .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP | > | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | < | < < < < | | < | | < < < | | < < | < < < < | < < | | < < < | | | | | < | | | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < | | < | | < < | | < < | | | | < | < < | < < < < < | < < | < | | | < | | < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < | | | < < | < < | < < < < < | < | | | < < | | | < | | | < | | < < < < < < | < | < | | | < < < < | < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < | | | < | | | < < < | < | | < | < < < | | < | | < | < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < | | | | | < < | | | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | < | | | < < < < < < < | | < | | < | | | < < < < < < < | | | < | > > | | < < | < < < < < | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | | | < | | < | | | < | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | < < | | | < | | | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | < | < | | | | | | | | < | | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | | < < | | < | < | < | < < < | < | < < | < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | < < < < < | | < < < < | | | < | | < | | < < < | | < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < | < | | | < | < | | < | | | | < < | < < | < < < | | | | < | | | | | | | < | | < < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < | < | < | < | < | | | < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | | | < < < | < | < | < | < | | | | < | < < < | | < | < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < | | < < | < | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < | | < | < | | | | | < | < < < | < < < | | < < < | < | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < | | | | < < < | | | | | < < < | | | | < | < | < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | | | < < < < | | | | < < < | | | < < < | < < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < < < | | | | | | < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | < < < | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < | | | | < | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < > > | | < < | | | < < < < < < | < | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < | | | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < | < | < | < | | | | < < | | | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | | | | | < | < | | < | | | | | | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < | | < < < < < < | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < | | > > | < | < < < | < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < | | | < | < < < | | | | | | | < | | < < < < < < | | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | < | | < < < < < < | | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | < | < | < < < | | | | | | | < < < < < | | | | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | > | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. '\" All rights reserved. '\" .TH keysyms n 8.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME keysyms \- keysyms recognized by Tk .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Tk recognizes many keysyms when specifying key bindings (e.g. \fBbind . <Key-\fR\fIkeysym\fR\fB>\fR). The following list enumerates the keysyms that will be recognized by Tk. Note that not all keysyms will be valid on all platforms, and some keysyms are also available on platforms that have a different native name for that key. For example, on Unix systems, the presence of a particular keysym is dependant on the configuration of the keyboard modifier map. This list shows keysyms along with their decimal and hexadecimal values. .PP .CS space 32 0x0020 exclam 33 0x0021 quotedbl 34 0x0022 numbersign 35 0x0023 dollar 36 0x0024 percent 37 0x0025 ampersand 38 0x0026 quoteright 39 0x0027 parenleft 40 0x0028 parenright 41 0x0029 asterisk 42 0x002a plus 43 0x002b comma 44 0x002c minus 45 0x002d period 46 0x002e slash 47 0x002f 0 48 0x0030 1 49 0x0031 2 50 0x0032 3 51 0x0033 4 52 0x0034 5 53 0x0035 6 54 0x0036 7 55 0x0037 8 56 0x0038 9 57 0x0039 colon 58 0x003a semicolon 59 0x003b less 60 0x003c equal 61 0x003d greater 62 0x003e question 63 0x003f at 64 0x0040 A 65 0x0041 B 66 0x0042 C 67 0x0043 D 68 0x0044 E 69 0x0045 F 70 0x0046 G 71 0x0047 H 72 0x0048 I 73 0x0049 J 74 0x004a K 75 0x004b L 76 0x004c M 77 0x004d N 78 0x004e O 79 0x004f P 80 0x0050 Q 81 0x0051 R 82 0x0052 S 83 0x0053 T 84 0x0054 U 85 0x0055 V 86 0x0056 W 87 0x0057 X 88 0x0058 Y 89 0x0059 Z 90 0x005a bracketleft 91 0x005b backslash 92 0x005c bracketright 93 0x005d asciicircum 94 0x005e underscore 95 0x005f quoteleft 96 0x0060 a 97 0x0061 b 98 0x0062 c 99 0x0063 d 100 0x0064 e 101 0x0065 f 102 0x0066 g 103 0x0067 h 104 0x0068 i 105 0x0069 j 106 0x006a k 107 0x006b l 108 0x006c m 109 0x006d n 110 0x006e o 111 0x006f p 112 0x0070 q 113 0x0071 r 114 0x0072 s 115 0x0073 t 116 0x0074 u 117 0x0075 v 118 0x0076 w 119 0x0077 x 120 0x0078 y 121 0x0079 z 122 0x007a braceleft 123 0x007b bar 124 0x007c braceright 125 0x007d asciitilde 126 0x007e nobreakspace 160 0x00a0 exclamdown 161 0x00a1 cent 162 0x00a2 sterling 163 0x00a3 currency 164 0x00a4 yen 165 0x00a5 brokenbar 166 0x00a6 section 167 0x00a7 diaeresis 168 0x00a8 copyright 169 0x00a9 ordfeminine 170 0x00aa guillemotleft 171 0x00ab notsign 172 0x00ac hyphen 173 0x00ad registered 174 0x00ae macron 175 0x00af degree 176 0x00b0 plusminus 177 0x00b1 twosuperior 178 0x00b2 threesuperior 179 0x00b3 acute 180 0x00b4 mu 181 0x00b5 paragraph 182 0x00b6 periodcentered 183 0x00b7 cedilla 184 0x00b8 onesuperior 185 0x00b9 masculine 186 0x00ba guillemotright 187 0x00bb onequarter 188 0x00bc onehalf 189 0x00bd threequarters 190 0x00be questiondown 191 0x00bf Agrave 192 0x00c0 Aacute 193 0x00c1 Acircumflex 194 0x00c2 Atilde 195 0x00c3 Adiaeresis 196 0x00c4 Aring 197 0x00c5 AE 198 0x00c6 Ccedilla 199 0x00c7 Egrave 200 0x00c8 Eacute 201 0x00c9 Ecircumflex 202 0x00ca Ediaeresis 203 0x00cb Igrave 204 0x00cc Iacute 205 0x00cd Icircumflex 206 0x00ce Idiaeresis 207 0x00cf Eth 208 0x00d0 Ntilde 209 0x00d1 Ograve 210 0x00d2 Oacute 211 0x00d3 Ocircumflex 212 0x00d4 Otilde 213 0x00d5 Odiaeresis 214 0x00d6 multiply 215 0x00d7 Ooblique 216 0x00d8 Ugrave 217 0x00d9 Uacute 218 0x00da Ucircumflex 219 0x00db Udiaeresis 220 0x00dc Yacute 221 0x00dd Thorn 222 0x00de ssharp 223 0x00df agrave 224 0x00e0 aacute 225 0x00e1 acircumflex 226 0x00e2 atilde 227 0x00e3 adiaeresis 228 0x00e4 aring 229 0x00e5 ae 230 0x00e6 ccedilla 231 0x00e7 egrave 232 0x00e8 eacute 233 0x00e9 ecircumflex 234 0x00ea ediaeresis 235 0x00eb igrave 236 0x00ec iacute 237 0x00ed icircumflex 238 0x00ee idiaeresis 239 0x00ef eth 240 0x00f0 ntilde 241 0x00f1 ograve 242 0x00f2 oacute 243 0x00f3 ocircumflex 244 0x00f4 otilde 245 0x00f5 odiaeresis 246 0x00f6 division 247 0x00f7 oslash 248 0x00f8 ugrave 249 0x00f9 uacute 250 0x00fa ucircumflex 251 0x00fb udiaeresis 252 0x00fc yacute 253 0x00fd thorn 254 0x00fe ydiaeresis 255 0x00ff Aogonek 417 0x01a1 breve 418 0x01a2 Lstroke 419 0x01a3 Lcaron 421 0x01a5 Sacute 422 0x01a6 Scaron 425 0x01a9 Scedilla 426 0x01aa Tcaron 427 0x01ab Zacute 428 0x01ac .CE .CS Zcaron 430 0x01ae Zabovedot 431 0x01af aogonek 433 0x01b1 ogonek 434 0x01b2 lstroke 435 0x01b3 lcaron 437 0x01b5 sacute 438 0x01b6 caron 439 0x01b7 scaron 441 0x01b9 scedilla 442 0x01ba tcaron 443 0x01bb zacute 444 0x01bc doubleacute 445 0x01bd zcaron 446 0x01be zabovedot 447 0x01bf Racute 448 0x01c0 Abreve 451 0x01c3 Cacute 454 0x01c6 Ccaron 456 0x01c8 Eogonek 458 0x01ca Ecaron 460 0x01cc Dcaron 463 0x01cf Nacute 465 0x01d1 Ncaron 466 0x01d2 Odoubleacute 469 0x01d5 Rcaron 472 0x01d8 Uring 473 0x01d9 Udoubleacute 475 0x01db Tcedilla 478 0x01de racute 480 0x01e0 abreve 483 0x01e3 cacute 486 0x01e6 ccaron 488 0x01e8 eogonek 490 0x01ea ecaron 492 0x01ec dcaron 495 0x01ef nacute 497 0x01f1 ncaron 498 0x01f2 odoubleacute 501 0x01f5 rcaron 504 0x01f8 uring 505 0x01f9 udoubleacute 507 0x01fb tcedilla 510 0x01fe abovedot 511 0x01ff Hstroke 673 0x02a1 Hcircumflex 678 0x02a6 Iabovedot 681 0x02a9 Gbreve 683 0x02ab Jcircumflex 684 0x02ac hstroke 689 0x02b1 hcircumflex 694 0x02b6 idotless 697 0x02b9 gbreve 699 0x02bb jcircumflex 700 0x02bc Cabovedot 709 0x02c5 Ccircumflex 710 0x02c6 Gabovedot 725 0x02d5 Gcircumflex 728 0x02d8 Ubreve 733 0x02dd Scircumflex 734 0x02de cabovedot 741 0x02e5 ccircumflex 742 0x02e6 gabovedot 757 0x02f5 gcircumflex 760 0x02f8 ubreve 765 0x02fd scircumflex 766 0x02fe kappa 930 0x03a2 Rcedilla 931 0x03a3 Itilde 933 0x03a5 Lcedilla 934 0x03a6 Emacron 938 0x03aa Gcedilla 939 0x03ab Tslash 940 0x03ac rcedilla 947 0x03b3 itilde 949 0x03b5 lcedilla 950 0x03b6 emacron 954 0x03ba gacute 955 0x03bb tslash 956 0x03bc ENG 957 0x03bd eng 959 0x03bf Amacron 960 0x03c0 Iogonek 967 0x03c7 Eabovedot 972 0x03cc Imacron 975 0x03cf Ncedilla 977 0x03d1 Omacron 978 0x03d2 Kcedilla 979 0x03d3 Uogonek 985 0x03d9 Utilde 989 0x03dd Umacron 990 0x03de amacron 992 0x03e0 iogonek 999 0x03e7 eabovedot 1004 0x03ec imacron 1007 0x03ef ncedilla 1009 0x03f1 omacron 1010 0x03f2 kcedilla 1011 0x03f3 uogonek 1017 0x03f9 utilde 1021 0x03fd umacron 1022 0x03fe overline 1150 0x047e kana_fullstop 1185 0x04a1 kana_openingbracket 1186 0x04a2 kana_closingbracket 1187 0x04a3 kana_comma 1188 0x04a4 kana_middledot 1189 0x04a5 kana_WO 1190 0x04a6 kana_a 1191 0x04a7 kana_i 1192 0x04a8 kana_u 1193 0x04a9 kana_e 1194 0x04aa kana_o 1195 0x04ab kana_ya 1196 0x04ac kana_yu 1197 0x04ad kana_yo 1198 0x04ae kana_tu 1199 0x04af prolongedsound 1200 0x04b0 kana_A 1201 0x04b1 kana_I 1202 0x04b2 kana_U 1203 0x04b3 kana_E 1204 0x04b4 kana_O 1205 0x04b5 kana_KA 1206 0x04b6 kana_KI 1207 0x04b7 kana_KU 1208 0x04b8 kana_KE 1209 0x04b9 kana_KO 1210 0x04ba kana_SA 1211 0x04bb kana_SHI 1212 0x04bc kana_SU 1213 0x04bd kana_SE 1214 0x04be kana_SO 1215 0x04bf kana_TA 1216 0x04c0 kana_TI 1217 0x04c1 kana_TU 1218 0x04c2 kana_TE 1219 0x04c3 kana_TO 1220 0x04c4 kana_NA 1221 0x04c5 kana_NI 1222 0x04c6 kana_NU 1223 0x04c7 kana_NE 1224 0x04c8 kana_NO 1225 0x04c9 kana_HA 1226 0x04ca kana_HI 1227 0x04cb kana_HU 1228 0x04cc kana_HE 1229 0x04cd kana_HO 1230 0x04ce kana_MA 1231 0x04cf kana_MI 1232 0x04d0 kana_MU 1233 0x04d1 kana_ME 1234 0x04d2 kana_MO 1235 0x04d3 kana_YA 1236 0x04d4 kana_YU 1237 0x04d5 kana_YO 1238 0x04d6 kana_RA 1239 0x04d7 kana_RI 1240 0x04d8 kana_RU 1241 0x04d9 kana_RE 1242 0x04da kana_RO 1243 0x04db kana_WA 1244 0x04dc kana_N 1245 0x04dd voicedsound 1246 0x04de semivoicedsound 1247 0x04df Arabic_comma 1452 0x05ac Arabic_semicolon 1467 0x05bb Arabic_question_mark 1471 0x05bf Arabic_hamza 1473 0x05c1 Arabic_maddaonalef 1474 0x05c2 Arabic_hamzaonalef 1475 0x05c3 Arabic_hamzaonwaw 1476 0x05c4 Arabic_hamzaunderalef 1477 0x05c5 Arabic_hamzaonyeh 1478 0x05c6 Arabic_alef 1479 0x05c7 Arabic_beh 1480 0x05c8 Arabic_tehmarbuta 1481 0x05c9 Arabic_teh 1482 0x05ca Arabic_theh 1483 0x05cb Arabic_jeem 1484 0x05cc Arabic_hah 1485 0x05cd Arabic_khah 1486 0x05ce Arabic_dal 1487 0x05cf Arabic_thal 1488 0x05d0 Arabic_ra 1489 0x05d1 Arabic_zain 1490 0x05d2 Arabic_seen 1491 0x05d3 Arabic_sheen 1492 0x05d4 Arabic_sad 1493 0x05d5 Arabic_dad 1494 0x05d6 Arabic_tah 1495 0x05d7 Arabic_zah 1496 0x05d8 Arabic_ain 1497 0x05d9 Arabic_ghain 1498 0x05da Arabic_tatweel 1504 0x05e0 Arabic_feh 1505 0x05e1 Arabic_qaf 1506 0x05e2 Arabic_kaf 1507 0x05e3 Arabic_lam 1508 0x05e4 Arabic_meem 1509 0x05e5 .CE .CS Arabic_noon 1510 0x05e6 Arabic_heh 1511 0x05e7 Arabic_waw 1512 0x05e8 Arabic_alefmaksura 1513 0x05e9 Arabic_yeh 1514 0x05ea Arabic_fathatan 1515 0x05eb Arabic_dammatan 1516 0x05ec Arabic_kasratan 1517 0x05ed Arabic_fatha 1518 0x05ee Arabic_damma 1519 0x05ef Arabic_kasra 1520 0x05f0 Arabic_shadda 1521 0x05f1 Arabic_sukun 1522 0x05f2 Serbian_dje 1697 0x06a1 Macedonia_gje 1698 0x06a2 Cyrillic_io 1699 0x06a3 Ukranian_je 1700 0x06a4 Macedonia_dse 1701 0x06a5 Ukranian_i 1702 0x06a6 Ukranian_yi 1703 0x06a7 Serbian_je 1704 0x06a8 Serbian_lje 1705 0x06a9 Serbian_nje 1706 0x06aa Serbian_tshe 1707 0x06ab Macedonia_kje 1708 0x06ac Byelorussian_shortu 1710 0x06ae Serbian_dze 1711 0x06af numerosign 1712 0x06b0 Serbian_DJE 1713 0x06b1 Macedonia_GJE 1714 0x06b2 Cyrillic_IO 1715 0x06b3 Ukranian_JE 1716 0x06b4 Macedonia_DSE 1717 0x06b5 Ukranian_I 1718 0x06b6 Ukranian_YI 1719 0x06b7 Serbian_JE 1720 0x06b8 Serbian_LJE 1721 0x06b9 Serbian_NJE 1722 0x06ba Serbian_TSHE 1723 0x06bb Macedonia_KJE 1724 0x06bc Byelorussian_SHORTU 1726 0x06be Serbian_DZE 1727 0x06bf Cyrillic_yu 1728 0x06c0 Cyrillic_a 1729 0x06c1 Cyrillic_be 1730 0x06c2 Cyrillic_tse 1731 0x06c3 Cyrillic_de 1732 0x06c4 Cyrillic_ie 1733 0x06c5 Cyrillic_ef 1734 0x06c6 Cyrillic_ghe 1735 0x06c7 Cyrillic_ha 1736 0x06c8 Cyrillic_i 1737 0x06c9 Cyrillic_shorti 1738 0x06ca Cyrillic_ka 1739 0x06cb Cyrillic_el 1740 0x06cc Cyrillic_em 1741 0x06cd Cyrillic_en 1742 0x06ce Cyrillic_o 1743 0x06cf Cyrillic_pe 1744 0x06d0 Cyrillic_ya 1745 0x06d1 Cyrillic_er 1746 0x06d2 Cyrillic_es 1747 0x06d3 Cyrillic_te 1748 0x06d4 Cyrillic_u 1749 0x06d5 Cyrillic_zhe 1750 0x06d6 Cyrillic_ve 1751 0x06d7 Cyrillic_softsign 1752 0x06d8 Cyrillic_yeru 1753 0x06d9 Cyrillic_ze 1754 0x06da Cyrillic_sha 1755 0x06db Cyrillic_e 1756 0x06dc Cyrillic_shcha 1757 0x06dd Cyrillic_che 1758 0x06de Cyrillic_hardsign 1759 0x06df Cyrillic_YU 1760 0x06e0 Cyrillic_A 1761 0x06e1 Cyrillic_BE 1762 0x06e2 Cyrillic_TSE 1763 0x06e3 Cyrillic_DE 1764 0x06e4 Cyrillic_IE 1765 0x06e5 Cyrillic_EF 1766 0x06e6 Cyrillic_GHE 1767 0x06e7 Cyrillic_HA 1768 0x06e8 Cyrillic_I 1769 0x06e9 Cyrillic_SHORTI 1770 0x06ea Cyrillic_KA 1771 0x06eb Cyrillic_EL 1772 0x06ec Cyrillic_EM 1773 0x06ed Cyrillic_EN 1774 0x06ee Cyrillic_O 1775 0x06ef Cyrillic_PE 1776 0x06f0 Cyrillic_YA 1777 0x06f1 Cyrillic_ER 1778 0x06f2 Cyrillic_ES 1779 0x06f3 Cyrillic_TE 1780 0x06f4 Cyrillic_U 1781 0x06f5 Cyrillic_ZHE 1782 0x06f6 Cyrillic_VE 1783 0x06f7 Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN 1784 0x06f8 Cyrillic_YERU 1785 0x06f9 Cyrillic_ZE 1786 0x06fa Cyrillic_SHA 1787 0x06fb Cyrillic_E 1788 0x06fc Cyrillic_SHCHA 1789 0x06fd Cyrillic_CHE 1790 0x06fe Cyrillic_HARDSIGN 1791 0x06ff Greek_ALPHAaccent 1953 0x07a1 Greek_EPSILONaccent 1954 0x07a2 Greek_ETAaccent 1955 0x07a3 Greek_IOTAaccent 1956 0x07a4 Greek_IOTAdiaeresis 1957 0x07a5 Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis 1958 0x07a6 Greek_OMICRONaccent 1959 0x07a7 Greek_UPSILONaccent 1960 0x07a8 Greek_UPSILONdieresis 1961 0x07a9 Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis 1962 0x07aa Greek_OMEGAaccent 1963 0x07ab Greek_alphaaccent 1969 0x07b1 Greek_epsilonaccent 1970 0x07b2 Greek_etaaccent 1971 0x07b3 Greek_iotaaccent 1972 0x07b4 Greek_iotadieresis 1973 0x07b5 Greek_iotaaccentdieresis 1974 0x07b6 Greek_omicronaccent 1975 0x07b7 Greek_upsilonaccent 1976 0x07b8 Greek_upsilondieresis 1977 0x07b9 Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis 1978 0x07ba Greek_omegaaccent 1979 0x07bb Greek_ALPHA 1985 0x07c1 Greek_BETA 1986 0x07c2 Greek_GAMMA 1987 0x07c3 Greek_DELTA 1988 0x07c4 Greek_EPSILON 1989 0x07c5 Greek_ZETA 1990 0x07c6 Greek_ETA 1991 0x07c7 Greek_THETA 1992 0x07c8 Greek_IOTA 1993 0x07c9 Greek_KAPPA 1994 0x07ca Greek_LAMBDA 1995 0x07cb Greek_MU 1996 0x07cc Greek_NU 1997 0x07cd Greek_XI 1998 0x07ce Greek_OMICRON 1999 0x07cf Greek_PI 2000 0x07d0 Greek_RHO 2001 0x07d1 Greek_SIGMA 2002 0x07d2 Greek_TAU 2004 0x07d4 Greek_UPSILON 2005 0x07d5 Greek_PHI 2006 0x07d6 Greek_CHI 2007 0x07d7 Greek_PSI 2008 0x07d8 Greek_OMEGA 2009 0x07d9 Greek_alpha 2017 0x07e1 Greek_beta 2018 0x07e2 Greek_gamma 2019 0x07e3 Greek_delta 2020 0x07e4 Greek_epsilon 2021 0x07e5 Greek_zeta 2022 0x07e6 Greek_eta 2023 0x07e7 Greek_theta 2024 0x07e8 Greek_iota 2025 0x07e9 Greek_kappa 2026 0x07ea Greek_lambda 2027 0x07eb Greek_mu 2028 0x07ec Greek_nu 2029 0x07ed Greek_xi 2030 0x07ee Greek_omicron 2031 0x07ef Greek_pi 2032 0x07f0 Greek_rho 2033 0x07f1 Greek_sigma 2034 0x07f2 Greek_finalsmallsigma 2035 0x07f3 Greek_tau 2036 0x07f4 Greek_upsilon 2037 0x07f5 Greek_phi 2038 0x07f6 Greek_chi 2039 0x07f7 Greek_psi 2040 0x07f8 Greek_omega 2041 0x07f9 leftradical 2209 0x08a1 topleftradical 2210 0x08a2 horizconnector 2211 0x08a3 topintegral 2212 0x08a4 botintegral 2213 0x08a5 vertconnector 2214 0x08a6 topleftsqbracket 2215 0x08a7 botleftsqbracket 2216 0x08a8 toprightsqbracket 2217 0x08a9 botrightsqbracket 2218 0x08aa topleftparens 2219 0x08ab botleftparens 2220 0x08ac toprightparens 2221 0x08ad botrightparens 2222 0x08ae leftmiddlecurlybrace 2223 0x08af rightmiddlecurlybrace 2224 0x08b0 topleftsummation 2225 0x08b1 botleftsummation 2226 0x08b2 topvertsummationconnector 2227 0x08b3 botvertsummationconnector 2228 0x08b4 toprightsummation 2229 0x08b5 botrightsummation 2230 0x08b6 rightmiddlesummation 2231 0x08b7 .CE .CS lessthanequal 2236 0x08bc notequal 2237 0x08bd greaterthanequal 2238 0x08be integral 2239 0x08bf therefore 2240 0x08c0 variation 2241 0x08c1 infinity 2242 0x08c2 nabla 2245 0x08c5 approximate 2248 0x08c8 similarequal 2249 0x08c9 ifonlyif 2253 0x08cd implies 2254 0x08ce identical 2255 0x08cf radical 2262 0x08d6 includedin 2266 0x08da includes 2267 0x08db intersection 2268 0x08dc union 2269 0x08dd logicaland 2270 0x08de logicalor 2271 0x08df partialderivative 2287 0x08ef function 2294 0x08f6 leftarrow 2299 0x08fb uparrow 2300 0x08fc rightarrow 2301 0x08fd downarrow 2302 0x08fe blank 2527 0x09df soliddiamond 2528 0x09e0 checkerboard 2529 0x09e1 ht 2530 0x09e2 ff 2531 0x09e3 cr 2532 0x09e4 lf 2533 0x09e5 nl 2536 0x09e8 vt 2537 0x09e9 lowrightcorner 2538 0x09ea uprightcorner 2539 0x09eb upleftcorner 2540 0x09ec lowleftcorner 2541 0x09ed crossinglines 2542 0x09ee horizlinescan1 2543 0x09ef horizlinescan3 2544 0x09f0 horizlinescan5 2545 0x09f1 horizlinescan7 2546 0x09f2 horizlinescan9 2547 0x09f3 leftt 2548 0x09f4 rightt 2549 0x09f5 bott 2550 0x09f6 topt 2551 0x09f7 vertbar 2552 0x09f8 emspace 2721 0x0aa1 enspace 2722 0x0aa2 em3space 2723 0x0aa3 em4space 2724 0x0aa4 digitspace 2725 0x0aa5 punctspace 2726 0x0aa6 thinspace 2727 0x0aa7 hairspace 2728 0x0aa8 emdash 2729 0x0aa9 endash 2730 0x0aaa signifblank 2732 0x0aac ellipsis 2734 0x0aae doubbaselinedot 2735 0x0aaf onethird 2736 0x0ab0 twothirds 2737 0x0ab1 onefifth 2738 0x0ab2 twofifths 2739 0x0ab3 threefifths 2740 0x0ab4 fourfifths 2741 0x0ab5 onesixth 2742 0x0ab6 fivesixths 2743 0x0ab7 careof 2744 0x0ab8 figdash 2747 0x0abb leftanglebracket 2748 0x0abc decimalpoint 2749 0x0abd rightanglebracket 2750 0x0abe marker 2751 0x0abf oneeighth 2755 0x0ac3 threeeighths 2756 0x0ac4 fiveeighths 2757 0x0ac5 seveneighths 2758 0x0ac6 trademark 2761 0x0ac9 signaturemark 2762 0x0aca trademarkincircle 2763 0x0acb leftopentriangle 2764 0x0acc rightopentriangle 2765 0x0acd emopencircle 2766 0x0ace emopenrectangle 2767 0x0acf leftsinglequotemark 2768 0x0ad0 rightsinglequotemark 2769 0x0ad1 leftdoublequotemark 2770 0x0ad2 rightdoublequotemark 2771 0x0ad3 prescription 2772 0x0ad4 minutes 2774 0x0ad6 seconds 2775 0x0ad7 latincross 2777 0x0ad9 hexagram 2778 0x0ada filledrectbullet 2779 0x0adb filledlefttribullet 2780 0x0adc filledrighttribullet 2781 0x0add emfilledcircle 2782 0x0ade emfilledrect 2783 0x0adf enopencircbullet 2784 0x0ae0 enopensquarebullet 2785 0x0ae1 openrectbullet 2786 0x0ae2 opentribulletup 2787 0x0ae3 opentribulletdown 2788 0x0ae4 openstar 2789 0x0ae5 enfilledcircbullet 2790 0x0ae6 enfilledsqbullet 2791 0x0ae7 filledtribulletup 2792 0x0ae8 filledtribulletdown 2793 0x0ae9 leftpointer 2794 0x0aea rightpointer 2795 0x0aeb club 2796 0x0aec diamond 2797 0x0aed heart 2798 0x0aee maltesecross 2800 0x0af0 dagger 2801 0x0af1 doubledagger 2802 0x0af2 checkmark 2803 0x0af3 ballotcross 2804 0x0af4 musicalsharp 2805 0x0af5 musicalflat 2806 0x0af6 malesymbol 2807 0x0af7 femalesymbol 2808 0x0af8 telephone 2809 0x0af9 telephonerecorder 2810 0x0afa phonographcopyright 2811 0x0afb caret 2812 0x0afc singlelowquotemark 2813 0x0afd doublelowquotemark 2814 0x0afe cursor 2815 0x0aff leftcaret 2979 0x0ba3 rightcaret 2982 0x0ba6 downcaret 2984 0x0ba8 upcaret 2985 0x0ba9 overbar 3008 0x0bc0 downtack 3010 0x0bc2 upshoe 3011 0x0bc3 downstile 3012 0x0bc4 underbar 3014 0x0bc6 jot 3018 0x0bca quad 3020 0x0bcc uptack 3022 0x0bce circle 3023 0x0bcf upstile 3027 0x0bd3 downshoe 3030 0x0bd6 rightshoe 3032 0x0bd8 leftshoe 3034 0x0bda lefttack 3036 0x0bdc righttack 3068 0x0bfc hebrew_aleph 3296 0x0ce0 hebrew_beth 3297 0x0ce1 hebrew_gimmel 3298 0x0ce2 hebrew_daleth 3299 0x0ce3 hebrew_he 3300 0x0ce4 hebrew_waw 3301 0x0ce5 hebrew_zayin 3302 0x0ce6 hebrew_het 3303 0x0ce7 hebrew_teth 3304 0x0ce8 hebrew_yod 3305 0x0ce9 hebrew_finalkaph 3306 0x0cea hebrew_kaph 3307 0x0ceb hebrew_lamed 3308 0x0cec hebrew_finalmem 3309 0x0ced hebrew_mem 3310 0x0cee hebrew_finalnun 3311 0x0cef hebrew_nun 3312 0x0cf0 hebrew_samekh 3313 0x0cf1 hebrew_ayin 3314 0x0cf2 hebrew_finalpe 3315 0x0cf3 hebrew_pe 3316 0x0cf4 hebrew_finalzadi 3317 0x0cf5 hebrew_zadi 3318 0x0cf6 hebrew_kuf 3319 0x0cf7 hebrew_resh 3320 0x0cf8 hebrew_shin 3321 0x0cf9 hebrew_taf 3322 0x0cfa BackSpace 65288 0xff08 Tab 65289 0xff09 Linefeed 65290 0xff0a Clear 65291 0xff0b Return 65293 0xff0d Pause 65299 0xff13 Scroll_Lock 65300 0xff14 Sys_Req 65301 0xff15 Escape 65307 0xff1b Multi_key 65312 0xff20 Kanji 65313 0xff21 Home 65360 0xff50 Left 65361 0xff51 Up 65362 0xff52 Right 65363 0xff53 Down 65364 0xff54 Prior 65365 0xff55 Next 65366 0xff56 End 65367 0xff57 Begin 65368 0xff58 Win_L 65371 0xff5b Win_R 65372 0xff5c .CE .CS App 65373 0xff5d Select 65376 0xff60 Print 65377 0xff61 Execute 65378 0xff62 Insert 65379 0xff63 Undo 65381 0xff65 Redo 65382 0xff66 Menu 65383 0xff67 Find 65384 0xff68 Cancel 65385 0xff69 Help 65386 0xff6a Break 65387 0xff6b Hebrew_switch 65406 0xff7e Num_Lock 65407 0xff7f KP_Space 65408 0xff80 KP_Tab 65417 0xff89 KP_Enter 65421 0xff8d KP_F1 65425 0xff91 KP_F2 65426 0xff92 KP_F3 65427 0xff93 KP_F4 65428 0xff94 KP_Multiply 65450 0xffaa KP_Add 65451 0xffab KP_Separator 65452 0xffac KP_Subtract 65453 0xffad KP_Decimal 65454 0xffae KP_Divide 65455 0xffaf KP_0 65456 0xffb0 KP_1 65457 0xffb1 KP_2 65458 0xffb2 KP_3 65459 0xffb3 KP_4 65460 0xffb4 KP_5 65461 0xffb5 KP_6 65462 0xffb6 KP_7 65463 0xffb7 KP_8 65464 0xffb8 KP_9 65465 0xffb9 KP_Equal 65469 0xffbd F1 65470 0xffbe F2 65471 0xffbf F3 65472 0xffc0 F4 65473 0xffc1 F5 65474 0xffc2 F6 65475 0xffc3 F7 65476 0xffc4 F8 65477 0xffc5 F9 65478 0xffc6 F10 65479 0xffc7 L1 65480 0xffc8 L2 65481 0xffc9 L3 65482 0xffca L4 65483 0xffcb L5 65484 0xffcc L6 65485 0xffcd L7 65486 0xffce L8 65487 0xffcf L9 65488 0xffd0 L10 65489 0xffd1 R1 65490 0xffd2 R2 65491 0xffd3 R3 65492 0xffd4 R4 65493 0xffd5 R5 65494 0xffd6 R6 65495 0xffd7 R7 65496 0xffd8 R8 65497 0xffd9 R9 65498 0xffda R10 65499 0xffdb R11 65500 0xffdc R12 65501 0xffdd F33 65502 0xffde R14 65503 0xffdf R15 65504 0xffe0 Shift_L 65505 0xffe1 Shift_R 65506 0xffe2 Control_L 65507 0xffe3 Control_R 65508 0xffe4 Caps_Lock 65509 0xffe5 Shift_Lock 65510 0xffe6 Meta_L 65511 0xffe7 Meta_R 65512 0xffe8 Alt_L 65513 0xffe9 Alt_R 65514 0xffea Super_L 65515 0xffeb Super_R 65516 0xffec Hyper_L 65517 0xffed Hyper_R 65518 0xffee Delete 65535 0xffff XF86AudioLowerVolume 269025041 0x1008FF11 XF86AudioMute 269025042 0x1008FF12 XF86AudioRaiseVolume 269025043 0x1008FF13 XF86AudioPlay 269025044 0x1008FF14 XF86AudioStop 269025045 0x1008FF15 XF86AudioPrev 269025046 0x1008FF16 XF86AudioNext 269025047 0x1008FF17 .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" bind .SH KEYWORDS keysym, bind, binding |
Changes to doc/label.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH label n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME label \- Create and manipulate label widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBlabel\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-disabledforeground \-padx \-activeforeground \-font \-pady \-anchor \-foreground \-relief \-background \-highlightbackground \-takefocus |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR); for text it is in lines of text. If this option is not specified, the label's desired height is computed from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. .OP \-state state State Specifies one of three states for the label: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the button is displayed using the | | | | | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR); for text it is in lines of text. If this option is not specified, the label's desired height is computed from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. .OP \-state state State Specifies one of three states for the label: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the button is displayed using the \fBforeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options. In active state the label is displayed using the \fBactiveForeground\fR and \fBactiveBackground\fR options. In the disabled state the \fBdisabledForeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options determine how the button is displayed. .OP \-width width Width Specifies a desired width for the label. If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the label then the value is in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR); for text it is in characters. If this option is not specified, the label's desired width is computed |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 | \fIpathName\fR argument. At the time this command is invoked, there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A label is a widget that displays a textual string, bitmap or image. If text is displayed, it must all be in a single font, but it can occupy multiple lines on the screen (if it contains newlines | | | | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 | \fIpathName\fR argument. At the time this command is invoked, there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A label is a widget that displays a textual string, bitmap or image. If text is displayed, it must all be in a single font, but it can occupy multiple lines on the screen (if it contains newlines or if wrapping occurs because of the \fBwrapLength\fR option) and one of the characters may optionally be underlined using the \fBunderline\fR option. The label can be manipulated in a few simple ways, such as changing its relief or text, using the commands described below. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlabel\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for label widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 | \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBlabel\fR command. .SH BINDINGS .PP When a new label is created, it has no default event bindings: labels are not intended to be interactive. .SH EXAMPLE | < < < < | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 | \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBlabel\fR command. .SH BINDINGS .PP When a new label is created, it has no default event bindings: labels are not intended to be interactive. .SH EXAMPLE .CS # Make the widgets \fBlabel\fR .t \-text "This widget is at the top" \-bg red \fBlabel\fR .b \-text "This widget is at the bottom" \-bg green \fBlabel\fR .l \-text "Left\enHand\enSide" \fBlabel\fR .r \-text "Right\enHand\enSide" text .mid \&.mid insert end "This layout is like Java's BorderLayout" # Lay them out pack .t \-side top \-fill x pack .b \-side bottom \-fill x pack .l \-side left \-fill y pack .r \-side right \-fill y pack .mid \-expand 1 \-fill both .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" labelframe(n), button(n), ttk::label(n) .SH KEYWORDS label, widget |
Changes to doc/labelframe.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH labelframe n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH labelframe n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME labelframe \- Create and manipulate labelframe widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBlabelframe\fR \fIpathName\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-borderwidth \-highlightbackground \-pady \-cursor \-highlightcolor \-relief \-font \-highlightthickness \-takefocus \-foreground \-padx \-text .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-background background Background This option is the same as the standard \fBbackground\fR option except that its value may also be specified as an empty string. In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background and border. .OP \-class class Class Specifies a class for the window. This class will be used when querying the option database for the window's other options, and it will also be used later for other purposes such as bindings. The \fBclass\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-colormap colormap Colormap Specifies a colormap to use for the window. The value may be either \fBnew\fR, in which case a new colormap is created for the window and its children, or the name of another window (which must be on the same screen and have the same visual as \fIpathName\fR), in which case the new window will use the colormap from the specified window. If the \fBcolormap\fR option is not specified, the new window uses the same colormap as its parent. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-height height Height Specifies the desired height for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal to zero then the window will |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 | and if it is not a descendant of this window, it will be raised above it in the stacking order. .OP \-visual visual Visual Specifies visual information for the new window in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetVisual\fR. If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same visual as its parent. | | | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 | and if it is not a descendant of this window, it will be raised above it in the stacking order. .OP \-visual visual Visual Specifies visual information for the new window in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetVisual\fR. If this option is not specified, the new window will use the same visual as its parent. The \fBvisual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired width for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal to zero then the window will not request any size at all. .BE |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlabelframe\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the labelframe's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | < | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBlabelframe\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is the same as the path name of the labelframe's window. This
command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget. It has the following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE
\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
the labelframe widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
commands are possible for frame widgets:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBlabelframe\fR
command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If
one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
this case the command returns an empty string.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBlabelframe\fR
command.
.SH BINDINGS
.PP
When a new labelframe is created, it has no default event bindings:
labelframes are not intended to be interactive.
.SH EXAMPLE
This shows how to build part of a GUI for a hamburger vendor. The
\fBlabelframe\fR widgets are used to organize the available choices by
the kinds of things that the choices are being made over.
.PP
.CS
grid [\fBlabelframe\fR .burger \-text "Burger"] \e
[\fBlabelframe\fR .bun \-text "Bun"] \-sticky news
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 | set cheese none set pickle none .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" frame(n), label(n), ttk::labelframe(n) .SH KEYWORDS labelframe, widget | < < < | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | set cheese none set pickle none .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" frame(n), label(n), ttk::labelframe(n) .SH KEYWORDS labelframe, widget |
Changes to doc/listbox.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH listbox n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME listbox \- Create and manipulate listbox widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBlistbox\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-background \-borderwidth \-cursor \-disabledforeground \-exportselection \-font \-foreground \-highlightbackground \-highlightcolor \-highlightthickness \-relief \-selectbackground \-selectborderwidth \-selectforeground \-setgrid \-takefocus \-xscrollcommand \-yscrollcommand .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-activestyle activeStyle ActiveStyle Specifies the style in which to draw the active element. This must be one of \fBdotbox\fR (show a focus ring around the active element), \fBnone\fR (no special indication of active element) or \fBunderline\fR (underline the active element). |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A listbox is a widget that displays a list of strings, one per line. When first created, a new listbox has no elements. Elements may be added or deleted using widget commands described below. In addition, one or more elements may be selected as described below. | | | | < < < < | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 | \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A listbox is a widget that displays a list of strings, one per line. When first created, a new listbox has no elements. Elements may be added or deleted using widget commands described below. In addition, one or more elements may be selected as described below. If a listbox is exporting its selection (see \fBexportSelection\fR option), then it will observe the standard X11 protocols for handling the selection. Listbox selections are available as type \fBSTRING\fR; the value of the selection will be the text of the selected elements, with newlines separating the elements. .PP It is not necessary for all the elements to be displayed in the listbox window at once; commands described below may be used to change the view in the window. Listboxes allow scrolling in both directions using the standard \fBxScrollCommand\fR and \fByScrollCommand\fR options. They also support scanning, as described below. .SH "INDICES" .PP Many of the widget commands for listboxes take one or more indices as arguments. An index specifies a particular element of the listbox, in any of the following ways: .TP 12 \fInumber\fR Specifies the element as a numerical index, where 0 corresponds to the first element in the listbox. .TP 12 \fBactive\fR Indicates the element that has the location cursor. This element will be displayed as specified by \fB\-activestyle\fR when the listbox has the keyboard focus, and it is specified with the \fBactivate\fR widget command. .TP 12 \fBanchor\fR Indicates the anchor point for the selection, which is set with the \fBselection anchor\fR widget command. .TP 12 \fBend\fR Indicates the end of the listbox. For most commands this refers to the last element in the listbox, but for a few commands such as \fBindex\fR and \fBinsert\fR it refers to the element just after the last one. .TP 12 \fB@\fIx\fB,\fIy\fR Indicates the element that covers the point in the listbox window |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
132 133 134 135 136 137 138 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlistbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < | < | > > | < < < | < | < < < | | > < < | > > | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBlistbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for listbox widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBactivate\fR \fIindex\fR Sets the active element to the one indicated by \fIindex\fR. If \fIindex\fR is outside the range of elements in the listbox then the closest element is activated. The active element is drawn as specified by \fB\-activestyle\fR when the widget has the input focus, and its index may be retrieved with the index \fBactive\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBbbox\fR \fIindex\fR Returns a list of four numbers describing the bounding box of the text in the element given by \fIindex\fR. The first two elements of the list give the x and y coordinates of the upper-left corner of the screen area covered by the text (specified in pixels relative to the widget) and the last two elements give the width and height of the area, in pixels. If no part of the element given by \fIindex\fR is visible on the screen, or if \fIindex\fR refers to a non-existent element, then the result is an empty string; if the element is partially visible, the result gives the full area of the element, including any parts that are not visible. .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBlistbox\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBlistbox\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBcurselection\fR Returns a list containing the numerical indices of all of the elements in the listbox that are currently selected. If there are no elements selected in the listbox then an empty string is returned. .TP \fIpathName \fBdelete \fIfirst \fR?\fIlast\fR? Deletes one or more elements of the listbox. \fIFirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are indices specifying the first and last elements in the range to delete. If \fIlast\fR is not specified it defaults to \fIfirst\fR, i.e. a single element is deleted. .TP \fIpathName \fBget \fIfirst\fR ?\fIlast\fR? If \fIlast\fR is omitted, returns the contents of the listbox element indicated by \fIfirst\fR, or an empty string if \fIfirst\fR refers to a non-existent element. If \fIlast\fR is specified, the command returns a list whose elements are all of the listbox elements between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR, inclusive. Both \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR may have any of the standard forms for indices. .TP \fIpathName \fBindex \fIindex\fR Returns the integer index value that corresponds to \fIindex\fR. If \fIindex\fR is \fBend\fR the return value is a count of the number of elements in the listbox (not the index of the last element). .TP \fIpathName \fBinsert \fIindex \fR?\fIelement element ...\fR? Inserts zero or more new elements in the list just before the element given by \fIindex\fR. If \fIindex\fR is specified as \fBend\fR then the new elements are added to the end of the list. Returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBitemcget \fIindex option\fR Returns the current value of the item configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBlistbox itemconfigure\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBitemconfigure \fIindex\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of an item in the listbox. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for the item (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. The following options are currently supported for items: .RS .TP \fB\-background \fIcolor\fR \fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use when displaying the item. It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. .TP \fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR \fIColor\fR specifies the foreground color to use when displaying the item. It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. .TP \fB\-selectbackground \fIcolor\fR \fIcolor\fR specifies the background color to use when displaying the item while it is selected. It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. .TP \fB\-selectforeground \fIcolor\fR \fIcolor\fR specifies the foreground color to use when displaying the item while it is selected. It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBnearest \fIy\fR Given a y-coordinate within the listbox window, this command returns the index of the (visible) listbox element nearest to that y-coordinate. .TP \fIpathName \fBscan\fR \fIoption args\fR This command is used to implement scanning on listboxes. It has two forms, depending on \fIoption\fR: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBscan mark \fIx y\fR Records \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR and the current view in the listbox window; used in conjunction with later \fBscan dragto\fR commands. Typically this command is associated with a mouse button press in the widget. It returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBscan dragto \fIx y\fR. This command computes the difference between its \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR arguments and the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR arguments to the last \fBscan mark\fR command for the widget. It then adjusts the view by 10 times the difference in coordinates. This command is typically associated with mouse motion events in the widget, to produce the effect of dragging the list at high speed through the window. The return value is an empty string. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBsee \fIindex\fR Adjust the view in the listbox so that the element given by \fIindex\fR is visible. If the element is already visible then the command has no effect; if the element is near one edge of the window then the listbox scrolls to bring the element into view at the edge; otherwise the listbox scrolls to center the element. .TP \fIpathName \fBselection \fIoption arg\fR This command is used to adjust the selection within a listbox. It has several forms, depending on \fIoption\fR: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBselection anchor \fIindex\fR Sets the selection anchor to the element given by \fIindex\fR. If \fIindex\fR refers to a non-existent element, then the closest element is used. The selection anchor is the end of the selection that is fixed while dragging out a selection with the mouse. The index \fBanchor\fR may be used to refer to the anchor element. .TP \fIpathName \fBselection clear \fIfirst \fR?\fIlast\fR? If any of the elements between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR (inclusive) are selected, they are deselected. The selection state is not changed for elements outside this range. .TP \fIpathName \fBselection includes \fIindex\fR Returns 1 if the element indicated by \fIindex\fR is currently selected, 0 if it is not. .TP \fIpathName \fBselection set \fIfirst \fR?\fIlast\fR? Selects all of the elements in the range between \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR, inclusive, without affecting the selection state of elements outside that range. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBsize\fR Returns a decimal string indicating the total number of elements in the listbox. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the information in the widget's window. It can take any of the following forms: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBxview\fR Returns a list containing two elements. Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe the horizontal span that is visible in the window. For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6, 20% of the listbox's text is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible in the window, and 40% of the text is off-screen to the right. These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview\fR \fIindex\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that the character position given by \fIindex\fR is displayed at the left edge of the window. Character positions are defined by the width of the character \fB0\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the total width of the listbox text is off-screen to the left. \fIfraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR character units (the width of the \fB0\fR character) on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right become visible. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fByview \fI?args\fR? This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the text in the widget's window. It can take any of the following forms: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fByview\fR Returns a list containing two elements, both of which are real fractions between 0 and 1. The first element gives the position of the listbox element at the top of the window, relative to the listbox as a whole (0.5 means it is halfway through the listbox, for example). The second element gives the position of the listbox element just after the last one in the window, relative to the listbox as a whole. These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR option. .TP \fIpathName \fByview\fR \fIindex\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that the element given by \fIindex\fR is displayed at the top of the window. .TP \fIpathName \fByview moveto\fI fraction\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that the element given by \fIfraction\fR appears at the top of the window. \fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1; 0 indicates the first element in the listbox, 0.33 indicates the element one-third the way through the listbox, and so on. .TP \fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command adjusts the view in the window up or down according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by \fInumber\fR lines; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then earlier elements become visible; if it is positive then later elements become visible. .RE .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for listboxes that give them Motif-like behavior. Much of the behavior of a listbox is determined by its \fBselectMode\fR option, which selects one of four ways of dealing with the selection. .PP If the selection mode is \fBsingle\fR or \fBbrowse\fR, at most one element can be selected in the listbox at once. In both modes, clicking button 1 on an element selects it and deselects any other selected item. In \fBbrowse\fR mode it is also possible to drag the selection with button 1. .VS 8.5 On button 1, the listbox will also take focus if it has a \fBnormal\fR state. .VE 8.5 .PP If the selection mode is \fBmultiple\fR or \fBextended\fR, any number of elements may be selected at once, including discontiguous ranges. In \fBmultiple\fR mode, clicking button 1 on an element toggles its selection state without affecting any other elements. In \fBextended\fR mode, pressing button 1 on an element selects it, deselects everything else, and sets the anchor to the element |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
573 574 575 576 577 578 579 | The F16 key (labelled Copy on many Sun workstations) or Meta-w copies the selection in the widget to the clipboard, if there is a selection. .PP The behavior of listboxes can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH "SEE ALSO" | | < < < | 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 | The F16 key (labelled Copy on many Sun workstations) or Meta-w copies the selection in the widget to the clipboard, if there is a selection. .PP The behavior of listboxes can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk_treeview(n) .SH KEYWORDS listbox, widget |
Changes to doc/loadTk.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | < | > | | | > | | > | | | | | | | < | | | > > | | > | > | > | > | | > | | | | | > | | > > | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH "Safe Tk" n 8.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME loadTk \- Load Tk into a safe interpreter. .SH SYNOPSIS \fB::safe::loadTk \fIslave\fR ?\fB\-use\fR \fIwindowId\fR? ?\fB\-display\fR \fIdisplayName\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION Safe Tk is based on Safe Tcl, which provides a mechanism that allows restricted and mediated access to auto-loading and packages for safe interpreters. Safe Tk adds the ability to configure the interpreter for safe Tk operations and load Tk into safe interpreters. .PP The \fB::safe::loadTk\fR command initializes the required data structures in the named safe interpreter and then loads Tk into it. The interpreter must have been created with \fB::safe::interpCreate\fR or have been initialized with \fB::safe::interpInit\fR. The command returns the name of the safe interpreter. If \fB\-use\fR is specified, the window identified by the specified system dependent identifier \fIwindowId\fR is used to contain the .QW . window of the safe interpreter; it can be any valid id, eventually referencing a window belonging to another application. As a convenience, if the window you plan to use is a Tk Window of the application you can use the window name (e.g. \fB.x.y\fR) instead of its window Id (\fB[winfo id .x.y]\fR). When \fB\-use\fR is not specified, a new toplevel window is created for the .QW . window of the safe interpreter. On X11 if you want the embedded window to use another display than the default one, specify it with \fB\-display\fR. See the \fBSECURITY ISSUES\fR section below for implementation details. .SH "SECURITY ISSUES" .PP Please read the \fBsafe\fR manual page for Tcl to learn about the basic security considerations for Safe Tcl. .PP \fB::safe::loadTk\fR adds the value of \fBtk_library\fR taken from the master interpreter to the virtual access path of the safe interpreter so that auto-loading will work in the safe interpreter. .PP .PP Tk initialization is now safe with respect to not trusting the slave's state for startup. \fB::safe::loadTk\fR registers the slave's name so when the Tk initialization (\fBTk_SafeInit\fR) is called and in turn calls the master's \fB::safe::InitTk\fR it will return the desired \fBargv\fR equivalent (\fB\-use\fR \fIwindowId\fR, correct \fB\-display\fR, etc.) .PP When \fB\-use\fR is not used, the new toplevel created is specially decorated so the user is always aware that the user interface presented comes from a potentially unsafe code and can easily delete the corresponding interpreter. .PP On X11, conflicting \fB\-use\fR and \fB\-display\fR are likely to generate a fatal X error. .SH "SEE ALSO" safe(n), interp(n), library(n), load(n), package(n), source(n), unknown(n) .SH KEYWORDS alias, auto\-loading, auto_mkindex, load, master interpreter, safe interpreter, slave interpreter, source '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/lower.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | < < < > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH lower n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME lower \- Change a window's position in the stacking order .SH SYNOPSIS \fBlower \fIwindow \fR?\fIbelowThis\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP If the \fIbelowThis\fR argument is omitted then the command lowers \fIwindow\fR so that it is below all of its siblings in the stacking order (it will be obscured by any siblings that overlap it and will not obscure any siblings). If \fIbelowThis\fR is specified then it must be the path name of a window that is either a sibling of \fIwindow\fR or the descendant of a sibling of \fIwindow\fR. In this case the \fBlower\fR command will insert \fIwindow\fR into the stacking order just below \fIbelowThis\fR (or the ancestor of \fIbelowThis\fR that is a sibling of \fIwindow\fR); this could end up either raising or lowering \fIwindow\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" raise .SH KEYWORDS lower, obscure, stacking order |
Deleted doc/man.macros.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to doc/menu.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH menu n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME menu, tk_menuSetFocus \- Create and manipulate menu widgets .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fBmenu\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? \fBtk_menuSetFocus\fR \fIpathName\fR .SO \-activebackground \-borderwidth \-foreground \-activeborderwidth \-cursor \-relief \-activeforeground \-disabledforeground \-takefocus \-background \-font .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-postcommand postCommand Command If this option is specified then it provides a Tcl command to execute each time the menu is posted. The command is invoked by the \fBpost\fR widget command before posting the menu. Note that in Tk 8.0 on Macintosh and Windows, all post-commands in a system of menus are executed before any of those menus are posted. This is due to the limitations in the individual platforms' menu managers. .OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background For menu entries that are check buttons or radio buttons, this option specifies the color to display in the indicator when the check button or radio button is selected. .OP \-tearoff tearOff TearOff This option must have a proper boolean value, which specifies whether or not the menu should include a tear-off entry at the top. If so, it will exist as entry 0 of the menu and the other entries will number starting at 1. The default menu bindings arrange for the menu to be torn off when the tear-off entry is invoked. .OP \-tearoffcommand tearOffCommand TearOffCommand If this option has a non-empty value, then it specifies a Tcl command to invoke whenever the menu is torn off. The actual command will consist of the value of this option, followed by a space, followed by the name of the menu window, followed by a space, followed by the name of the name of the torn off menu window. For example, if the option's value is .QW "\fBa b\fR" and menu \fB.x.y\fR is torn off to create a new menu \fB.x.tearoff1\fR, then the command .QW "\fBa b .x.y .x.tearoff1\fR" will be invoked. .OP \-title title Title The string will be used to title the window created when this menu is torn off. If the title is NULL, then the window will have the title of the menubutton or the text of the cascade item from which this menu was invoked. .OP \-type type Type This option can be one of \fBmenubar\fR, \fBtearoff\fR, or \fBnormal\fR, and is set when the menu is created. While the string returned by the configuration database will change if this option is changed, this does not affect the menu widget's behavior. This is used by the cloning mechanism and is not normally set outside of the Tk library. .BE .SH INTRODUCTION .PP The \fBmenu\fR command creates a new top-level window (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a menu widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the menu such as its colors and font. The \fBmenu\fR command returns its \fIpathName\fR argument. At the time this command is invoked, there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
94 95 96 97 98 99 100 | .PP Menu entries are displayed with up to three separate fields. The main field is a label in the form of a text string, a bitmap, or an image, controlled by the \fB\-label\fR, \fB\-bitmap\fR, and \fB\-image\fR options for the entry. If the \fB\-accelerator\fR option is specified for an entry then a second textual field is displayed to the right of the label. The accelerator | | < < | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | .PP Menu entries are displayed with up to three separate fields. The main field is a label in the form of a text string, a bitmap, or an image, controlled by the \fB\-label\fR, \fB\-bitmap\fR, and \fB\-image\fR options for the entry. If the \fB\-accelerator\fR option is specified for an entry then a second textual field is displayed to the right of the label. The accelerator typically describes a keystroke sequence that may be typed in the application to cause the same result as invoking the menu entry. The third field is an \fIindicator\fR. The indicator is present only for checkbutton or radiobutton entries. It indicates whether the entry is selected or not, and is displayed to the left of the entry's string. .PP In normal use, an entry becomes active (displays itself differently) whenever the mouse pointer is over the entry. If a mouse |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 | .PP If a \fB\-command\fR option is specified for a cascade entry then it is evaluated as a Tcl command whenever the entry is invoked. This is not supported on Windows. .SS "TEAR-OFF ENTRIES" .PP A tear-off entry appears at the top of the menu if enabled with the | | | 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 | .PP If a \fB\-command\fR option is specified for a cascade entry then it is evaluated as a Tcl command whenever the entry is invoked. This is not supported on Windows. .SS "TEAR-OFF ENTRIES" .PP A tear-off entry appears at the top of the menu if enabled with the \fBtearOff\fR option. It is not like other menu entries in that it cannot be created with the \fBadd\fR widget command and cannot be deleted with the \fBdelete\fR widget command. When a tear-off entry is created it appears as a dashed line at the top of the menu. Under the default bindings, invoking the tear-off entry causes a torn-off copy to be made of the menu and all of its submenus. .SH "MENUBARS" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
233 234 235 236 237 238 239 | As noted, menubars may behave differently on different platforms. One example of this concerns the handling of checkbuttons and radiobuttons within the menu. While it is permitted to put these menu elements on menubars, they may not be drawn with indicators on some platforms, due to system restrictions. .SS "SPECIAL MENUS IN MENUBARS" .PP | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 | As noted, menubars may behave differently on different platforms. One example of this concerns the handling of checkbuttons and radiobuttons within the menu. While it is permitted to put these menu elements on menubars, they may not be drawn with indicators on some platforms, due to system restrictions. .SS "SPECIAL MENUS IN MENUBARS" .PP Certain menus in a menubar will be treated specially. On the Macintosh, access to the special Application and Help menus is provided. On Windows, access to the Windows System menu in each window is provided. On X Windows, a special right-justified help menu may be provided if Motif menu compatibility is enabled. In all cases, these menus must be created with the command name of the menubar menu concatenated with the special name. So for a menubar named .menubar, on the Macintosh, the special menus would be .menubar.apple and .menubar.help; on Windows, the special menu would be .menubar.system; on X Windows, the help menu would be .menubar.help. .PP When Tk sees a .menubar.apple menu on the Macintosh, that menu's contents make up the first items of the Application menu whenever the window containing the menubar is in front. After all of the Tk-defined items, the menu will have a separator, followed by all standard Application menu items. .PP When Tk sees a Help menu on the Macintosh, the menu's contents are appended to the standard Help menu on the right of the user's menubar whenever the window's menubar is in front. The first items in the menu are provided by Mac OS X. .PP When Tk sees a System menu on Windows, its items are appended to the system menu that the menubar is attached to. This menu has an icon representing a spacebar, and can be invoked with the mouse or by typing Alt+Spacebar. Due to limitations in the Windows API, any font changes, colors, images, bitmaps, or tearoff images will not appear in the system menu. .PP When Tk sees a Help menu on X Windows and Motif menu compatibility is enabled the menu is moved to be last in the menubar and is right justified. Motif menu compatibility is enabled by setting the Tk option |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
299 300 301 302 303 304 305 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBmenu\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | < < < < < < < | < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | < < < | | < | < > | < | < | > | < | < < | < | < < | | | | | > | | < < | < | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBmenu\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. .PP Many of the widget commands for a menu take as one argument an indicator of which entry of the menu to operate on. These indicators are called \fIindex\fRes and may be specified in any of the following forms: .TP 12 \fBactive\fR Indicates the entry that is currently active. If no entry is active then this form is equivalent to \fBnone\fR. This form may not be abbreviated. .TP 12 \fBend\fR Indicates the bottommost entry in the menu. If there are no entries in the menu then this form is equivalent to \fBnone\fR. This form may not be abbreviated. .TP 12 \fBlast\fR Same as \fBend\fR. .TP 12 \fBnone\fR Indicates .QW "no entry at all" ; this is used most commonly with the \fBactivate\fR option to deactivate all the entries in the menu. In most cases the specification of \fBnone\fR causes nothing to happen in the widget command. This form may not be abbreviated. .TP 12 \fB@\fInumber\fR In this form, \fInumber\fR is treated as a y-coordinate in the menu's window; the entry closest to that y-coordinate is used. For example, .QW \fB@0\fR indicates the top-most entry in the window. .TP 12 \fInumber\fR Specifies the entry numerically, where 0 corresponds to the top-most entry of the menu, 1 to the entry below it, and so on. .TP 12 \fIpattern\fR If the index does not satisfy one of the above forms then this form is used. \fIPattern\fR is pattern-matched against the label of each entry in the menu, in order from the top down, until a matching entry is found. The rules of \fBTcl_StringMatch\fR are used. .PP If the index could match more than one of the above forms, then the form earlier in the above list takes precedence. .PP The following widget commands are possible for menu widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBactivate \fIindex\fR Change the state of the entry indicated by \fIindex\fR to \fBactive\fR and redisplay it using its active colors. Any previously-active entry is deactivated. If \fIindex\fR is specified as \fBnone\fR, or if the specified entry is disabled, then the menu ends up with no active entry. Returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBadd \fItype \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? Add a new entry to the bottom of the menu. The new entry's type is given by \fItype\fR and must be one of \fBcascade\fR, \fBcheckbutton\fR, \fBcommand\fR, \fBradiobutton\fR, or \fBseparator\fR, or a unique abbreviation of one of the above. If additional arguments are present, they specify any of the following options: .RS .TP \fB\-activebackground \fIvalue\fR Specifies a background color to use for displaying this entry when it is active. If this option is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fBactiveBackground\fR option for the overall menu is used. If the \fBtk_strictMotif\fR variable has been set to request strict Motif compliance, then this option is ignored and the \fB\-background\fR option is used in its place. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-activeforeground \fIvalue\fR Specifies a foreground color to use for displaying this entry when it is active. If this option is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fBactiveForeground\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-accelerator \fIvalue\fR Specifies a string to display at the right side of the menu entry. Normally describes an accelerator keystroke sequence that may be typed to invoke the same function as the menu entry. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-background \fIvalue\fR Specifies a background color to use for displaying this entry when it is in the normal state (neither active nor disabled). If this option is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fBbackground\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-bitmap \fIvalue\fR Specifies a bitmap to display in the menu instead of a textual label, in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. This option overrides the \fB\-label\fR option (as controlled by the \fB\-compound\fR option) but may be reset to an empty string to enable a textual label to be displayed. If a \fB\-image\fR option has been specified, it overrides \fB\-bitmap\fR. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-columnbreak \fIvalue\fR When this option is zero, the entry appears below the previous entry. When this option is one, the entry appears at the top of a new column in the menu. .TP \fB\-command \fIvalue\fR Specifies a Tcl command to execute when the menu entry is invoked. Not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-compound \fIvalue\fR Specifies whether the menu entry should display both an image and text, and if so, where the image should be placed relative to the text. Valid values for this option are \fBbottom\fR, \fBcenter\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBnone\fR, \fBright\fR and \fBtop\fR. The default value is \fBnone\fR, meaning that the button will display either an image or text, depending on the values of the \fB\-image\fR and \fB\-bitmap\fR options. .TP \fB\-font \fIvalue\fR Specifies the font to use when drawing the label or accelerator string in this entry. If this option is specified as an empty string (the default) then the \fBfont\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-foreground \fIvalue\fR Specifies a foreground color to use for displaying this entry when it is in the normal state (neither active nor disabled). If this option is specified as an empty string (the default), then the \fBforeground\fR option for the overall menu is used. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-hidemargin \fIvalue\fR Specifies whether the standard margins should be drawn for this menu entry. This is useful when creating palette with images in them, i.e., color palettes, pattern palettes, etc. 1 indicates that the margin for the entry is hidden; 0 means that the margin is used. .TP \fB\-image \fIvalue\fR Specifies an image to display in the menu instead of a text string or bitmap. The image must have been created by some previous invocation of \fBimage create\fR. This option overrides the \fB\-label\fR and \fB\-bitmap\fR options (as controlled by the \fB\-compound\fR option) but may be reset to an empty string to enable a textual or bitmap label to be displayed. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-indicatoron \fIvalue\fR Available only for checkbutton and radiobutton entries. \fIValue\fR is a boolean that determines whether or not the indicator should be displayed. .TP \fB\-label \fIvalue\fR Specifies a string to display as an identifying label in the menu entry. Not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-menu \fIvalue\fR Available only for cascade entries. Specifies the path name of the submenu associated with this entry. The submenu must be a child of the menu. .TP \fB\-offvalue \fIvalue\fR Available only for checkbutton entries. Specifies the value to store in the entry's associated variable when the entry is deselected. .TP \fB\-onvalue \fIvalue\fR Available only for checkbutton entries. Specifies the value to store in the entry's associated variable when the entry is selected. .TP \fB\-selectcolor \fIvalue\fR Available only for checkbutton and radiobutton entries. Specifies the color to display in the indicator when the entry is selected. If the value is an empty string (the default) then the \fBselectColor\fR option for the menu determines the indicator color. .TP \fB\-selectimage \fIvalue\fR Available only for checkbutton and radiobutton entries. Specifies an image to display in the entry (in place of the \fB\-image\fR option) when it is selected. \fIValue\fR is the name of an image, which must have been created by some previous invocation of \fBimage create\fR. This option is ignored unless the \fB\-image\fR option has been specified. .TP \fB\-state \fIvalue\fR Specifies one of three states for the entry: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the entry is displayed using the \fBforeground\fR option for the menu and the \fBbackground\fR option from the entry or the menu. The active state is typically used when the pointer is over the entry. In active state the entry is displayed using the \fBactiveForeground\fR option for the menu along with the \fBactivebackground\fR option from the entry. Disabled state means that the entry should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate or invoke the entry. In this state the entry is displayed according to the \fBdisabledForeground\fR option for the menu and the \fBbackground\fR option from the entry. This option is not available for separator entries. .TP \fB\-underline \fIvalue\fR Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the entry. This option is also queried by the default bindings and used to implement keyboard traversal. 0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed in the entry, 1 to the next character, and so on. If a bitmap or image is displayed in the entry then this option is ignored. This option is not available for separator or tear-off entries. .TP \fB\-value \fIvalue\fR Available only for radiobutton entries. Specifies the value to store in the entry's associated variable when the entry is selected. If an empty string is specified, then the \fB\-label\fR option for the entry as the value to store in the variable. .TP \fB\-variable \fIvalue\fR Available only for checkbutton and radiobutton entries. Specifies the name of a global variable to set when the entry is selected. For checkbutton entries the variable is also set when the entry is deselected. For radiobutton entries, changing the variable causes the currently-selected entry to deselect itself. .LP The \fBadd\fR widget command returns an empty string. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBmenu\fR command. .TP \fIpathName\fR \fBclone\fR \fInewPathname ?cloneType?\fR Makes a clone of the current menu named \fInewPathName\fR. This clone is a menu in its own right, but any changes to the clone are propagated to the original menu and vice versa. \fIcloneType\fR can be \fBnormal\fR, \fBmenubar\fR, or \fBtearoff\fR. Should not normally be called outside of the Tk library. See the \fBCLONES\fR section for more information. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBmenu\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBdelete \fIindex1\fR ?\fIindex2\fR? Delete all of the menu entries between \fIindex1\fR and \fIindex2\fR inclusive. If \fIindex2\fR is omitted then it defaults to \fIindex1\fR. Attempts to delete a tear-off menu entry are ignored (instead, you should change the \fBtearOff\fR option to remove the tear-off entry). .TP \fIpathName \fBentrycget\fR \fIindex option\fR Returns the current value of a configuration option for the entry given by \fIindex\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBadd\fR widget command. .TP \fIpathName \fBentryconfigure \fIindex \fR?\fIoptions\fR? This command is similar to the \fBconfigure\fR command, except that it applies to the options for an individual entry, whereas \fBconfigure\fR applies to the options for the menu as a whole. \fIOptions\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBadd\fR widget command. If \fIoptions\fR are specified, options are modified as indicated in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no \fIoptions\fR are specified, returns a list describing the current options for entry \fIindex\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). .TP \fIpathName \fBindex \fIindex\fR Returns the numerical index corresponding to \fIindex\fR, or \fBnone\fR if \fIindex\fR was specified as \fBnone\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBinsert \fIindex\fR \fItype \fR?\fIoption value option value ...\fR? Same as the \fBadd\fR widget command except that it inserts the new entry just before the entry given by \fIindex\fR, instead of appending to the end of the menu. The \fItype\fR, \fIoption\fR, and \fIvalue\fR arguments have the same interpretation as for the \fBadd\fR widget command. It is not possible to insert new menu entries before the tear-off entry, if the menu has one. .TP \fIpathName \fBinvoke \fIindex\fR Invoke the action of the menu entry. See the sections on the individual entries above for details on what happens. If the menu entry is disabled then nothing happens. If the entry has a command associated with it then the result of that command is returned as the result of the \fBinvoke\fR widget command. Otherwise the result is an empty string. Note: invoking a menu entry does not automatically unpost the menu; the default bindings normally take care of this before invoking the \fBinvoke\fR widget command. .TP \fIpathName \fBpost \fIx y\fR Arrange for the menu to be displayed on the screen at the root-window coordinates given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR. These coordinates are adjusted if necessary to guarantee that the entire menu is visible on the screen. This command normally returns an empty string. If the \fBpostCommand\fR option has been specified, then its value is executed as a Tcl script before posting the menu and the result of that script is returned as the result of the \fBpost\fR widget command. If an error returns while executing the command, then the error is returned without posting the menu. .TP \fIpathName \fBpostcascade \fIindex\fR Posts the submenu associated with the cascade entry given by \fIindex\fR, and unposts any previously posted submenu. If \fIindex\fR does not correspond to a cascade entry, or if \fIpathName\fR is not posted, the command has no effect except to unpost any currently posted submenu. .TP \fIpathName \fBtype \fIindex\fR Returns the type of the menu entry given by \fIindex\fR. This is the \fItype\fR argument passed to the \fBadd\fR widget command when the entry was created, such as \fBcommand\fR or \fBseparator\fR, or \fBtearoff\fR for a tear-off entry. .TP \fIpathName \fBunpost\fR Unmap the window so that it is no longer displayed. If a lower-level cascaded menu is posted, unpost that menu. Returns an empty string. This subcommand does not work on Windows and the Macintosh, as those platforms have their own way of unposting menus. .TP \fIpathName \fBxposition \fIindex\fR .VS 8.5 Returns a decimal string giving the x-coordinate within the menu window of the leftmost pixel in the entry specified by \fIindex\fR. .VE 8.5 .TP \fIpathName \fByposition \fIindex\fR Returns a decimal string giving the y-coordinate within the menu window of the topmost pixel in the entry specified by \fIindex\fR. .SH "MENU CONFIGURATIONS" .PP The default bindings support four different ways of using menus: .TP \fBPulldown Menus in Menubar\fR This is the most common case. You create a menu widget that will become the menu bar. You then add cascade entries to this menu, specifying the pull down menus you wish to use in your menu bar. You then create all of the pulldowns. Once you have done this, specify the menu using the \fB\-menu\fR option of the toplevel's widget command. See the \fBtoplevel\fR manual entry for details. .TP \fBPulldown Menus in Menu Buttons\fR This is the compatible way to do menu bars. You create one menubutton widget for each top-level menu, and typically you arrange a series of menubuttons in a row in a menubar window. You also create the top-level menus and any cascaded submenus, and tie them together with \fB\-menu\fR options in menubuttons and cascade menu entries. The top-level menu must be a child of the menubutton, and each submenu must be a child of the menu that refers to it. Once you have done this, the default bindings will allow users to traverse and invoke the tree of menus via its menubutton; see the \fBmenubutton\fR manual entry for details. .TP \fBPopup Menus\fR Popup menus typically post in response to a mouse button press or keystroke. You create the popup menus and any cascaded submenus, then you call the \fBtk_popup\fR procedure at the appropriate time to post the top-level menu. .TP \fBOption Menus\fR An option menu consists of a menubutton with an associated menu that allows you to select one of several values. The current value is displayed in the menubutton and is also stored in a global variable. Use the \fBtk_optionMenu\fR procedure to create option menubuttons and their menus. .TP \fBTorn-off Menus\fR You create a torn-off menu by invoking the tear-off entry at the top of an existing menu. The default bindings will create a new menu that is a copy of the original menu and leave it permanently posted as a top-level window. The torn-off menu behaves just the same as the original menu. .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
832 833 834 835 836 837 838 | At present it is not possible to use the option database to specify values for the options to individual entries. .SH "SEE ALSO" bind(n), menubutton(n), ttk::menubutton(n), toplevel(n) .SH KEYWORDS menu, widget | < < < | 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 | At present it is not possible to use the option database to specify values for the options to individual entries. .SH "SEE ALSO" bind(n), menubutton(n), ttk::menubutton(n), toplevel(n) .SH KEYWORDS menu, widget |
Changes to doc/menubar.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > > > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk_menuBar n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk_menuBar, tk_bindForTraversal \- Obsolete support for menu bars .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk_menuBar \fIframe \fR?\fImenu menu ...\fR? .sp \fBtk_bindForTraversal \fIarg arg ... \fR .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP These procedures were used in Tk 3.6 and earlier releases to help manage pulldown menus and to implement keyboard traversal of menus. In Tk 4.0 and later releases they are no longer needed. Stubs for these procedures have been retained for backward compatibility, but they have no effect. You should remove calls to these procedures from your code, since eventually the procedures will go away. .PP From Tk 8.0 onwards, you should instead construct your menubar as a normal \fBmenu\fR and then attach it to the \fBtoplevel\fR of your choice using the \fB\-menu\fR option of that widget. .SH "SEE ALSO" menu(n), toplevel(n) .SH KEYWORDS keyboard traversal, menu, menu bar, post |
Changes to doc/menubutton.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH menubutton n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME menubutton \- Create and manipulate menubutton widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBmenubutton\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-disabledforeground \-padx \-activeforeground \-font \-pady \-anchor \-foreground \-relief \-background \-highlightbackground \-takefocus |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 | Specifies the path name of the menu associated with this menubutton. The menu must be a child of the menubutton. .OP \-state state State Specifies one of three states for the menubutton: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the menubutton is displayed using the \fBforeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options. The active state is typically used when the pointer is over the menubutton. In active state | | | | | | 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 | Specifies the path name of the menu associated with this menubutton. The menu must be a child of the menubutton. .OP \-state state State Specifies one of three states for the menubutton: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the menubutton is displayed using the \fBforeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options. The active state is typically used when the pointer is over the menubutton. In active state the menubutton is displayed using the \fBactiveForeground\fR and \fBactiveBackground\fR options. Disabled state means that the menubutton should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate the widget and will ignore mouse button presses. In this state the \fBdisabledForeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options determine how the button is displayed. .OP \-width width Width Specifies a desired width for the menubutton. If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the menubutton then the value is in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR); for text it is in characters. If this option is not specified, the menubutton's desired width is computed from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 | there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A menubutton is a widget that displays a textual string, bitmap, or image and is associated with a menu widget. If text is displayed, it must all be in a single font, but it can occupy multiple lines on the screen (if it contains newlines | | | < < < < | < < | | < < | 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 | there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A menubutton is a widget that displays a textual string, bitmap, or image and is associated with a menu widget. If text is displayed, it must all be in a single font, but it can occupy multiple lines on the screen (if it contains newlines or if wrapping occurs because of the \fBwrapLength\fR option) and one of the characters may optionally be underlined using the \fBunderline\fR option. In normal usage, pressing mouse button 1 over the menubutton causes the associated menu to be posted just underneath the menubutton. If the mouse is moved over the menu before releasing the mouse button, the button release causes the underlying menu entry to be invoked. When the button is released, the menu is unposted. .PP Menubuttons are typically organized into groups called menu bars that allow scanning: if the mouse button is pressed over one menubutton (causing it to post its menu) and the mouse is moved over another menubutton in the same menu bar without releasing the mouse button, then the menu of the first menubutton is unposted and the menu of the new menubutton is posted instead. .PP There are several interactions between menubuttons and menus; see the \fBmenu\fR manual entry for information on various menu configurations, such as pulldown menus and option menus. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBmenubutton\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for menubutton widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBmenubutton\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
172 173 174 175 176 177 178 | any menubutton or menu, the menubutton unposts without invoking any menu entry. .IP [6] When a menubutton is posted, its associated menu claims the input focus to allow keyboard traversal of the menu and its submenus. See the \fBmenu\fR manual entry for details on these bindings. .IP [7] | | < < < | 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 | any menubutton or menu, the menubutton unposts without invoking any menu entry. .IP [6] When a menubutton is posted, its associated menu claims the input focus to allow keyboard traversal of the menu and its submenus. See the \fBmenu\fR manual entry for details on these bindings. .IP [7] If the \fBunderline\fR option has been specified for a menubutton then keyboard traversal may be used to post the menubutton: Alt+\fIx\fR, where \fIx\fR is the underlined character (or its lower-case or upper-case equivalent), may be typed in any window under the menubutton's toplevel to post the menubutton. .IP [8] The F10 key may be typed in any window to post the first menubutton under its toplevel window that is not disabled. .IP [9] If a menubutton has the input focus, the space and return keys post the menubutton. .PP If the menubutton's state is \fBdisabled\fR then none of the above actions occur: the menubutton is completely non-responsive. .PP The behavior of menubuttons can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::menubutton(n), menu(n) .SH KEYWORDS menubutton, widget |
Changes to doc/message.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH message n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME message \- Create and manipulate message widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBmessage\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-anchor \-background \-borderwidth \-cursor \-font \-foreground \-highlightbackground \-highlightcolor \-highlightthickness \-padx \-pady \-relief \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-aspect aspect Aspect Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating desired aspect ratio for the text. The aspect ratio is specified as 100*width/height. 100 means the text should be as wide as it is tall, 200 means the text should be twice as wide as it is tall, 50 means the text should be twice as tall as it is wide, and so on. Used to choose line length for text if \fBwidth\fR option is not specified. Defaults to 150. .OP \-justify justify Justify Specifies how to justify lines of text. Must be one of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR. Defaults to \fBleft\fR. This option works together with the \fBanchor\fR, \fBaspect\fR, \fBpadX\fR, \fBpadY\fR, and \fBwidth\fR options to provide a variety of arrangements of the text within the window. The \fBaspect\fR and \fBwidth\fR options determine the amount of screen space needed to display the text. The \fBanchor\fR, \fBpadX\fR, and \fBpadY\fR options determine where this rectangular area is displayed within the widget's window, and the \fBjustify\fR option determines how each line is displayed within that rectangular region. For example, suppose \fBanchor\fR is \fBe\fR and \fBjustify\fR is \fBleft\fR, and that the message window is much larger than needed for the text. The text will be displayed so that the left edges of all the lines line up and the right edge of the longest line is \fBpadX\fR from the right side of the window; the entire text block will be centered in the vertical span of the window. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the length of lines in the window. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option has a value greater than zero then the \fBaspect\fR option is ignored and the \fBwidth\fR option determines the line length. If this option has a value less than or equal to zero, then the \fBaspect\fR option determines the line length. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBmessage\fR command creates a new window (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a message widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the message such as its colors, font, text, and initial relief. The \fBmessage\fR command returns its \fIpathName\fR argument. At the time this command is invoked, there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A message is a widget that displays a textual string. A message widget has three special features. First, it breaks up its string into lines in order to produce a given aspect ratio for the window. The line breaks are chosen at word boundaries wherever possible (if not even a single word would fit on a line, then the word will be split across lines). Newline characters in the string will force line breaks; they can be used, for example, to leave blank lines in the display. .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBmessage\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | < < | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBmessage\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for message widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBmessage\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 | .PP Tabs do not work very well with text that is centered or right-justified. The most common result is that the line is justified wrong. .SH "SEE ALSO" label(n) .SH KEYWORDS message, widget | < < < | 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 | .PP Tabs do not work very well with text that is centered or right-justified. The most common result is that the line is justified wrong. .SH "SEE ALSO" label(n) .SH KEYWORDS message, widget |
Changes to doc/messageBox.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | the buttons in the message window is identified by a unique symbolic name (see the \fB\-type\fR options). After the message window is popped up, \fBtk_messageBox\fR waits for the user to select one of the buttons. Then it returns the symbolic name of the selected button. .PP The following option-value pairs are supported: .TP | < < < < < < | 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | the buttons in the message window is identified by a unique symbolic name (see the \fB\-type\fR options). After the message window is popped up, \fBtk_messageBox\fR waits for the user to select one of the buttons. Then it returns the symbolic name of the selected button. .PP The following option-value pairs are supported: .TP \fB\-default\fR \fIname\fR . \fIName\fR gives the symbolic name of the default button for this message window ( .QW ok , .QW cancel , and so on). See \fB\-type\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/option.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH option n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME option \- Add/retrieve window options to/from the option database .SH SYNOPSIS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBoption\fR command allows you to add entries to the Tk option database or to retrieve options from the database. The \fBadd\fR form of the command adds a new option to the database. \fIPattern\fR contains the option being specified, and consists of names and/or classes | | | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBoption\fR command allows you to add entries to the Tk option database or to retrieve options from the database. The \fBadd\fR form of the command adds a new option to the database. \fIPattern\fR contains the option being specified, and consists of names and/or classes separated by asterisks or dots, in the usual X format (see \fBPATTERN FORMAT\fR). \fIValue\fR contains a text string to associate with \fIpattern\fR; this is the value that will be returned in calls to \fBTk_GetOption\fR or by invocations of the \fBoption get\fR command. If \fIpriority\fR is specified, it indicates the priority level for this option (see below for legal values); it defaults to \fBinteractive\fR. This command always returns an empty string. .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 | The \fBreadfile\fR form of the command reads \fIfileName\fR, which should have the standard format for an X resource database such as \fB.Xdefaults\fR, and adds all the options specified in that file to the option database. If \fIpriority\fR is specified, it indicates the priority level at which to enter the options; \fIpriority\fR defaults to \fBinteractive\fR. .PP | < < < < < < > > > > | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | The \fBreadfile\fR form of the command reads \fIfileName\fR, which should have the standard format for an X resource database such as \fB.Xdefaults\fR, and adds all the options specified in that file to the option database. If \fIpriority\fR is specified, it indicates the priority level at which to enter the options; \fIpriority\fR defaults to \fBinteractive\fR. .PP The \fIpriority\fR arguments to the \fBoption\fR command are normally specified symbolically using one of the following values: .TP \fBwidgetDefault\fR . Level 20. Used for default values hard-coded into widgets. .TP \fBstartupFile\fR . Level 40. Used for options specified in application-specific startup files. .TP \fBuserDefault\fR . Level 60. Used for options specified in user-specific defaults files, such as \fB.Xdefaults\fR, resource databases loaded into the X server, or user-specific startup files. .TP \fBinteractive\fR . Level 80. Used for options specified interactively after the application starts running. If \fIpriority\fR is not specified, it defaults to this level. .PP Any of the above keywords may be abbreviated. In addition, priorities may be specified numerically using integers between 0 and 100, inclusive. The numeric form is probably a bad idea except for new priority |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 | .PP If the overall pattern is preceded by an asterisk, then the overall pattern applies anywhere it can throughout the whole widget hierarchy. Otherwise the first word of the pattern is matched against the name and class of the .QW \fB.\fR \fBtoplevel\fR, which are usually set by options to \fBwish\fR. .SH EXAMPLES | < < | | 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 | .PP If the overall pattern is preceded by an asterisk, then the overall pattern applies anywhere it can throughout the whole widget hierarchy. Otherwise the first word of the pattern is matched against the name and class of the .QW \fB.\fR \fBtoplevel\fR, which are usually set by options to \fBwish\fR. .SH EXAMPLES Instruct every button in the application to have red text on it unless explicitly overridden (note that on some platforms the option is ignored): .CS \fBoption add\fR *Button.foreground red startupFile .CE .PP Allow users to control what happens in an entry widget when the Return key is pressed by specifying a script in the option database and add a default option for that which rings the bell: |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/optionMenu.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk_optionMenu n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk_optionMenu \- Create an option menubutton and its menu .SH SYNOPSIS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 | and appear in the option menubutton. The current value can also be changed by setting the variable. .PP The return value from \fBtk_optionMenu\fR is the name of the menu associated with \fIpathName\fR, so that the caller can change its configuration options or manipulate it in other ways. .SH EXAMPLE | < < < < | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | and appear in the option menubutton. The current value can also be changed by setting the variable. .PP The return value from \fBtk_optionMenu\fR is the name of the menu associated with \fIpathName\fR, so that the caller can change its configuration options or manipulate it in other ways. .SH EXAMPLE .CS tk_optionMenu .foo myVar Foo Bar Boo Spong Wibble pack .foo .CE .SH KEYWORDS option menu |
Changes to doc/options.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH options n 4.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME options \- Standard options supported by widgets .BE .SH DESCRIPTION This manual entry describes the common configuration options supported by widgets in the Tk toolkit. Every widget does not necessarily support every option (see the manual entries for individual widgets for a list of the standard options supported by that widget), but if a widget does support an option with one of the names listed below, then the option has exactly the effect described below. .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | definition of active elements. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons). .OP \-activeforeground activeForeground Background Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements. See above for definition of active elements. | < < < | | | | | | | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | definition of active elements. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons). .OP \-activeforeground activeForeground Background Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements. See above for definition of active elements. .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor Specifies how the information in a widget (e.g. text or a bitmap) is to be displayed in the widget. Must be one of the values \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR. For example, \fBnw\fR means display the information such that its top-left corner is at the top-left corner of the widget. .OP "\-background or \-bg" background Background Specifies the normal background color to use when displaying the widget. .OP \-bitmap bitmap Bitmap Specifies a bitmap to display in the widget, in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR. The exact way in which the bitmap is displayed may be affected by other options such as \fBanchor\fR or \fBjustify\fR. Typically, if this option is specified then it overrides other options that specify a textual value to display in the widget but this is controlled by the \fBcompound\fR option; the \fBbitmap\fR option may be reset to an empty string to re-enable a text display. In widgets that support both \fBbitmap\fR and \fBimage\fR options, \fBimage\fR will usually override \fBbitmap\fR. .OP "\-borderwidth or \-bd" borderWidth BorderWidth Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width of the 3-D border to draw around the outside of the widget (if such a border is being drawn; the \fBrelief\fR option typically determines this). The value may also be used when drawing 3-D effects in the interior of the widget. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. .OP \-cursor cursor Cursor Specifies the mouse cursor to be used for the widget. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetCursor\fR. In addition, if an empty string is specified, it indicates that the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
138 139 140 141 142 143 144 | rectangle to draw around the outside of the widget when it has the input focus. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If the value is zero, no focus highlight is drawn around the widget. .OP \-image image Image Specifies an image to display in the widget, which must have been created with the \fBimage create\fR command. | | | | | 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 | rectangle to draw around the outside of the widget when it has the input focus. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If the value is zero, no focus highlight is drawn around the widget. .OP \-image image Image Specifies an image to display in the widget, which must have been created with the \fBimage create\fR command. Typically, if the \fBimage\fR option is specified then it overrides other options that specify a bitmap or textual value to display in the widget, though this is controlled by the \fBcompound\fR option; the \fBimage\fR option may be reset to an empty string to re-enable a bitmap or text display. .OP \-insertbackground insertBackground Foreground Specifies the color to use as background in the area covered by the insertion cursor. This color will normally override either the normal background for the widget (or the selection background if the insertion cursor happens to fall in the selection). .OP \-insertborderwidth insertBorderWidth BorderWidth |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 | milliseconds the insertion cursor should remain .QW on in each blink cycle. .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth Specifies a value indicating the total width of the insertion cursor. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If a border has been specified for the insertion | | | | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 | milliseconds the insertion cursor should remain .QW on in each blink cycle. .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth Specifies a value indicating the total width of the insertion cursor. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If a border has been specified for the insertion cursor (using the \fBinsertBorderWidth\fR option), the border will be drawn inside the width specified by the \fBinsertWidth\fR option. .OP \-jump jump Jump For widgets with a slider that can be dragged to adjust a value, such as scrollbars, this option determines when notifications are made about changes in the value. The option's value must be a boolean of the form accepted by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 | this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by the height of the things displayed in the widget); if the geometry manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra internal space above and/or below what it displays inside. Most widgets only use this option for padding text: if they are displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding options. | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 | this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by the height of the things displayed in the widget); if the geometry manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra internal space above and/or below what it displays inside. Most widgets only use this option for padding text: if they are displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding options. .OP \-relief relief Relief Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget. Acceptable values are \fBraised\fR, \fBsunken\fR, \fBflat\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR, and \fBgroove\fR. The value indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative to its exterior; for example, \fBraised\fR means the interior of the widget should appear to protrude from the screen, relative to the exterior of the widget. .OP \-repeatdelay repeatDelay RepeatDelay Specifies the number of milliseconds a button or key must be held down before it begins to auto-repeat. Used, for example, on the up- and down-arrows in scrollbars. .OP \-repeatinterval repeatInterval RepeatInterval Used in conjunction with \fBrepeatDelay\fR: once auto-repeat begins, this option determines the number of milliseconds between auto-repeats. .OP \-selectbackground selectBackground Foreground Specifies the background color to use when displaying selected items. .OP \-selectborderwidth selectBorderWidth BorderWidth Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width of the 3-D border to draw around selected items. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. .OP \-selectforeground selectForeground Background Specifies the foreground color to use when displaying selected items. .OP \-setgrid setGrid SetGrid Specifies a boolean value that determines whether this widget controls the resizing grid for its top-level window. This option is typically used in text widgets, where the information in the widget has a natural size (the size of a character) and it makes sense for the window's dimensions to be integral numbers of these units. These natural window sizes form a grid. If the \fBsetGrid\fR option is set to true then the widget will communicate with the window manager so that when the user interactively resizes the top-level window that contains the widget, the dimensions of the window will be displayed to the user in grid units and the window size will be constrained to integral numbers of grid units. See the section \fBGRIDDED GEOMETRY MANAGEMENT\fR in the \fBwm\fR manual entry for more details. .OP \-takefocus takeFocus TakeFocus Determines whether the window accepts the focus during keyboard traversal (e.g., Tab and Shift-Tab). Before setting the focus to a window, the traversal scripts consult the value of the \fBtakeFocus\fR option. A value of \fB0\fR means that the window should be skipped entirely during keyboard traversal. \fB1\fR means that the window should receive the input focus as long as it is viewable (it and all of its ancestors are mapped). An empty value for the option means that the traversal scripts make the decision about whether or not to focus on the window: the current algorithm is to skip the window if it is disabled, if it has no key bindings, or if it is not viewable. If the value has any other form, then the traversal scripts take the value, append the name of the window to it (with a separator space), and evaluate the resulting string as a Tcl script. The script must return \fB0\fR, \fB1\fR, or an empty string: a \fB0\fR or \fB1\fR value specifies whether the window will receive the input focus, and an empty string results in the default decision described above. Note: this interpretation of the option is defined entirely by the Tcl scripts that implement traversal: the widget implementations ignore the option entirely, so you can change its meaning if you redefine the keyboard traversal scripts. .OP \-text text Text Specifies a string to be displayed inside the widget. The way in which the string is displayed depends on the particular widget and may be determined by other options, such as \fBanchor\fR or \fBjustify\fR. .OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable Specifies the name of a global variable. The value of the variable is a text string to be displayed inside the widget; if the variable value changes then the widget will automatically update itself to reflect the new value. The way in which the string is displayed in the widget depends on the particular widget and may be determined by other options, such as \fBanchor\fR or \fBjustify\fR. .OP \-troughcolor troughColor Background Specifies the color to use for the rectangular trough areas in widgets such as scrollbars and scales. This option is ignored for scrollbars on Windows (native widget does not recognize this option). .OP \-underline underline Underline Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the widget. This option is used by the default bindings to implement keyboard |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
340 341 342 343 344 345 346 | 1 indicates the end, .333 indicates a position one third the way through the document, and so on. The first fraction indicates the first information in the document that is visible in the window, and the second fraction indicates the information just after the last portion that is visible. The command is then passed to the Tcl interpreter for execution. Typically the | | | | > > < < < | 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 | 1 indicates the end, .333 indicates a position one third the way through the document, and so on. The first fraction indicates the first information in the document that is visible in the window, and the second fraction indicates the information just after the last portion that is visible. The command is then passed to the Tcl interpreter for execution. Typically the \fBxScrollCommand\fR option consists of the path name of a scrollbar widget followed by .QW set , e.g. .QW ".x.scrollbar set" : this will cause the scrollbar to be updated whenever the view in the window changes. If this option is not specified, then no command will be executed. .OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand Specifies the prefix for a command used to communicate with vertical scrollbars. This option is treated in the same way as the \fBxScrollCommand\fR option, except that it is used for vertical scrollbars and is provided by widgets that support vertical scrolling. See the description of \fBxScrollCommand\fR for details on how this option is used. .SH "SEE ALSO" colors, cursors, font .SH KEYWORDS class, name, standard option, switch |
Changes to doc/pack-old.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH pack-old n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME pack-old \- Obsolete syntax for packer geometry manager .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpack after \fIsibling \fIwindow options\fR ?\fIwindow options \fR...? .sp \fBpack append \fIparent \fIwindow options\fR ?\fIwindow options \fR...? .sp \fBpack before \fIsibling \fIwindow options\fR ?\fIwindow options \fR...? .sp \fBpack unpack \fIwindow\fR .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fINote: this manual entry describes the syntax for the \fBpack\fI command as it existed before Tk version 3.3. Although this syntax continues to be supported for backward compatibility, it is obsolete and should not be used anymore. At some point in the future it may cease to be supported.\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 | them, and it unmaps any windows for which there was no space left in the cavity. .PP The packer makes geometry requests on behalf of the parent windows it manages. For each parent window it requests a size large enough to accommodate all the options specified by all the packed children, such that zero space would be leftover for \fBexpand\fR options. .SH KEYWORDS geometry manager, location, packer, parcel, size | > < < < | 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 | them, and it unmaps any windows for which there was no space left in the cavity. .PP The packer makes geometry requests on behalf of the parent windows it manages. For each parent window it requests a size large enough to accommodate all the options specified by all the packed children, such that zero space would be leftover for \fBexpand\fR options. .SH KEYWORDS geometry manager, location, packer, parcel, size |
Changes to doc/pack.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH pack n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME pack \- Geometry manager that packs around edges of cavity .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpack \fIoption arg \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBpack\fR command is used to communicate with the packer, a geometry manager that arranges the children of a parent by packing them in order around the edges of the parent. The \fBpack\fR command can have any of several forms, depending on the \fIoption\fR argument: .TP \fBpack \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR? If the first argument to \fBpack\fR is a window name (any value starting with .QW . ), then the command is processed in the same way as \fBpack configure\fR. .TP \fBpack configure \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR? The arguments consist of the names of one or more slave windows followed by pairs of arguments that specify how to manage the slaves. See \fBTHE PACKER ALGORITHM\fR below for details on how the options are used by the packer. The following options are supported: .RS .TP \fB\-after \fIother\fR \fIOther\fR must the name of another window. Use its master as the master for the slaves, and insert the slaves just after \fIother\fR in the packing order. .TP \fB\-anchor \fIanchor\fR \fIAnchor\fR must be a valid anchor position such as \fBn\fR or \fBsw\fR; it specifies where to position each slave in its parcel. Defaults to \fBcenter\fR. .TP \fB\-before \fIother\fR \fIOther\fR must the name of another window. Use its master as the master for the slaves, and insert the slaves just before \fIother\fR in the packing order. .TP \fB\-expand \fIboolean\fR Specifies whether the slaves should be expanded to consume extra space in their master. \fIBoolean\fR may have any proper boolean value, such as \fB1\fR or \fBno\fR. Defaults to 0. .TP \fB\-fill \fIstyle\fR If a slave's parcel is larger than its requested dimensions, this option may be used to stretch the slave. \fIStyle\fR must have one of the following values: .RS .TP \fBnone\fR Give the slave its requested dimensions plus any internal padding requested with \fB\-ipadx\fR or \fB\-ipady\fR. This is the default. .TP \fBx\fR Stretch the slave horizontally to fill the entire width of its parcel (except leave external padding as specified by \fB\-padx\fR). .TP \fBy\fR Stretch the slave vertically to fill the entire height of its parcel (except leave external padding as specified by \fB\-pady\fR). .TP \fBboth\fR Stretch the slave both horizontally and vertically. .RE .TP \fB\-in \fIother\fR Insert the slave(s) at the end of the packing order for the master window given by \fIother\fR. .TP \fB\-ipadx \fIamount\fR \fIAmount\fR specifies how much horizontal internal padding to leave on each side of the slave(s). \fIAmount\fR must be a valid screen distance, such as \fB2\fR or \fB.5c\fR. It defaults to 0. .TP \fB\-ipady \fIamount\fR \fIAmount\fR specifies how much vertical internal padding to leave on each side of the slave(s). \fIAmount\fR defaults to 0. .TP \fB\-padx \fIamount\fR \fIAmount\fR specifies how much horizontal external padding to leave on each side of the slave(s). \fIAmount\fR may be a list of two values to specify padding for left and right separately. \fIAmount\fR defaults to 0. .TP \fB\-pady \fIamount\fR \fIAmount\fR specifies how much vertical external padding to leave on each side of the slave(s). \fIAmount\fR may be a list of two values to specify padding for top and bottom separately. \fIAmount\fR defaults to 0. .TP \fB\-side \fIside\fR Specifies which side of the master the slave(s) will be packed against. Must be \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR, \fBtop\fR, or \fBbottom\fR. Defaults to \fBtop\fR. .LP If no \fB\-in\fR, \fB\-after\fR or \fB\-before\fR option is specified then each of the slaves will be inserted at the end of the packing list for its parent unless it is already managed by the packer (in which case it will be left where it is). If one of these options is specified then all the slaves will be inserted at the specified point. If any of the slaves are already managed by the geometry manager then any unspecified options for them retain their previous values rather than receiving default values. .RE .TP \fBpack forget \fIslave \fR?\fIslave ...\fR? Removes each of the \fIslave\fRs from the packing order for its master and unmaps their windows. The slaves will no longer be managed by the packer. .TP \fBpack info \fIslave\fR Returns a list whose elements are the current configuration state of the slave given by \fIslave\fR in the same option-value form that might be specified to \fBpack configure\fR. The first two elements of the list are .QW "\fB\-in \fImaster\fR" where \fImaster\fR is the slave's master. .TP \fBpack propagate \fImaster\fR ?\fIboolean\fR? If \fIboolean\fR has a true boolean value such as \fB1\fR or \fBon\fR then propagation is enabled for \fImaster\fR, which must be a window name (see \fBGEOMETRY PROPAGATION\fR below). If \fIboolean\fR has a false boolean value then propagation is disabled for \fImaster\fR. In either of these cases an empty string is returned. If \fIboolean\fR is omitted then the command returns \fB0\fR or \fB1\fR to indicate whether propagation is currently enabled for \fImaster\fR. Propagation is enabled by default. .TP \fBpack slaves \fImaster\fR Returns a list of all of the slaves in the packing order for \fImaster\fR. The order of the slaves in the list is the same as their order in the packing order. If \fImaster\fR has no slaves then an empty string is returned. .SH "THE PACKER ALGORITHM" .PP For each master the packer maintains an ordered list of slaves called the \fIpacking list\fR. The \fB\-in\fR, \fB\-after\fR, and \fB\-before\fR configuration options are used to specify the master for each slave and the slave's position in the packing list. If none of these options is given for a slave then the slave is added to the end of the packing list for its parent. .PP The packer arranges the slaves for a master by scanning the packing list in order. At the time it processes each slave, a rectangular area within the master is still unallocated. This area is called the \fIcavity\fR; for the first slave it is the entire area of the master. .PP For each slave the packer carries out the following steps: .IP [1] The packer allocates a rectangular \fIparcel\fR for the slave along the side of the cavity given by the slave's \fB\-side\fR option. If the side is top or bottom then the width of the parcel is the width of the cavity and its height is the requested height of the slave plus the \fB\-ipady\fR and \fB\-pady\fR options. For the left or right side the height of the parcel is the height of the cavity and the width is the requested width of the slave plus the \fB\-ipadx\fR and \fB\-padx\fR options. The parcel may be enlarged further because of the \fB\-expand\fR option (see \fBEXPANSION\fR below) .IP [2] The packer chooses the dimensions of the slave. The width will normally be the slave's requested width plus twice its \fB\-ipadx\fR option and the height will normally be the slave's requested height plus twice its \fB\-ipady\fR option. However, if the \fB\-fill\fR option is \fBx\fR or \fBboth\fR then the width of the slave is expanded to fill the width of the parcel, minus twice the \fB\-padx\fR option. If the \fB\-fill\fR option is \fBy\fR or \fBboth\fR then the height of the slave is expanded to fill the width of the parcel, minus twice the \fB\-pady\fR option. .IP [3] The packer positions the slave over its parcel. If the slave is smaller than the parcel then the \fB\-anchor\fR option determines where in the parcel the slave will be placed. If \fB\-padx\fR or \fB\-pady\fR is non-zero, then the given amount of external padding will always be left between the slave and the edges of the parcel. .PP Once a given slave has been packed, the area of its parcel is subtracted from the cavity, leaving a smaller rectangular cavity for the next slave. If a slave does not use all of its parcel, the unused space in the parcel will not be used by subsequent slaves. If the cavity should become too small to meet the needs of a slave then the slave will be given whatever space is left in the cavity. If the cavity shrinks to zero size, then all remaining slaves on the packing list will be unmapped from the screen until the master window becomes large enough to hold them again. .SS "EXPANSION" .PP If a master window is so large that there will be extra space left over after all of its slaves have been packed, then the extra space is distributed uniformly among all of the slaves for which the \fB\-expand\fR option is set. Extra horizontal space is distributed among the expandable slaves whose \fB\-side\fR is \fBleft\fR or \fBright\fR, and extra vertical space is distributed among the expandable slaves whose \fB\-side\fR is \fBtop\fR or \fBbottom\fR. .SS "GEOMETRY PROPAGATION" .PP The packer normally computes how large a master must be to just exactly meet the needs of its slaves, and it sets the requested width and height of the master to these dimensions. This causes geometry information to propagate up through a window hierarchy to a top-level window so that the entire sub-tree sizes itself to fit the needs of the leaf windows. However, the \fBpack propagate\fR command may be used to turn off propagation for one or more masters. If propagation is disabled then the packer will not set the requested width and height of the packer. This may be useful if, for example, you wish for a master window to have a fixed size that you specify. .SH "RESTRICTIONS ON MASTER WINDOWS" .PP The master for each slave must either be the slave's parent (the default) or a descendant of the slave's parent. This restriction is necessary to guarantee that the slave can be placed over any part of its master that is visible without danger of the slave being clipped by its parent. .SH "PACKING ORDER" .PP If the master for a slave is not its parent then you must make sure that the slave is higher in the stacking order than the master. Otherwise the master will obscure the slave and it will appear as if the slave has not been packed correctly. The easiest way to make sure the slave is higher than the master is to create the master window first: the most recently created window will be highest in the stacking order. Or, you can use the \fBraise\fR and \fBlower\fR commands to change the stacking order of either the master or the slave. .SH EXAMPLE .CS # Make the widgets label .t \-text "This widget is at the top" \-bg red label .b \-text "This widget is at the bottom" \-bg green label .l \-text "Left\enHand\enSide" label .r \-text "Right\enHand\enSide" text .mid \&.mid insert end "This layout is like Java's BorderLayout" # Lay them out \fBpack\fR .t \-side top \-fill x \fBpack\fR .b \-side bottom \-fill x \fBpack\fR .l \-side left \-fill y \fBpack\fR .r \-side right \-fill y \fBpack\fR .mid \-expand 1 \-fill both .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" grid(n), place(n) .SH KEYWORDS geometry manager, location, packer, parcel, propagation, size |
Changes to doc/palette.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk_setPalette n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk_setPalette, tk_bisque \- Modify the Tk color palette .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk_setPalette \fIbackground\fR .sp \fBtk_setPalette \fIname value \fR?\fIname value ...\fR? .sp \fBtk_bisque\fR .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBtk_setPalette\fR procedure changes the color scheme for Tk. It does this by modifying the colors of existing widgets and by changing the option database so that future widgets will use the new color scheme. If \fBtk_setPalette\fR is invoked with a single argument, the argument is the name of a color to use as the normal background |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | from the .Xdefaults file or options specified on the command-line that creates a widget. .PP The procedure \fBtk_bisque\fR is provided for backward compatibility: it restores the application's colors to the light brown .PQ bisque color scheme used in Tk 3.6 and earlier versions. .SH KEYWORDS bisque, color, palette | > < < < | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 | from the .Xdefaults file or options specified on the command-line that creates a widget. .PP The procedure \fBtk_bisque\fR is provided for backward compatibility: it restores the application's colors to the light brown .PQ bisque color scheme used in Tk 3.6 and earlier versions. .SH KEYWORDS bisque, color, palette |
Changes to doc/panedwindow.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < < < < < < < < < < < > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH panedwindow n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME panedwindow \- Create and manipulate panedwindow widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBpanedwindow\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-background \-borderwidth \-cursor \-orient \-relief .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-handlepad handlePad HandlePad When sash handles are drawn, specifies the distance from the top or left end of the sash (depending on the orientation of the widget) at which to draw the handle. May be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. .OP \-handlesize handleSize HandleSize Specifies the side length of a sash handle. Handles are always drawn as squares. May be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. .OP \-height height Height Specifies a desired height for the overall panedwindow widget. May be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If an empty string, the widget will be made high enough to allow all contained widgets to have their natural height. .OP \-proxybackground proxyBackground ProxyBackground Background color to use when drawing the proxy. If an empty string, the value of the \fB-background\fR option will be used. .OP \-proxyborderwidth proxyBorderWidth ProxyBorderWidth Specifies the borderwidth of the proxy. May be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. .OP \-proxyrelief proxyRelief ProxyRelief Relief to use when drawing the proxy. May be any of the standard Tk relief values. If an empty string, the value of the \fB-sashrelief\fR option will be used. .OP \-opaqueresize opaqueResize OpaqueResize Specifies whether panes should be resized as a sash is moved (true), or if resizing should be deferred until the sash is placed (false). .OP \-sashcursor sashCursor SashCursor Mouse cursor to use when over a sash. If null, \fBsb_h_double_arrow\fR will be used for horizontal panedwindows, and \fBsb_v_double_arrow\fR will be used for vertical panedwindows. .OP \-sashpad sashPad SashPad Specifies the amount of padding to leave of each side of a sash. May be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBpanedwindow\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the panedwindow's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | | < < | < | < < > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < | > < < | < | < | < < | < | < < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBpanedwindow\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is
the same as the path name of the panedwindow's window. This command
may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the
following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE
\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
the panedwindow widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
commands are possible for panedwindow widgets:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBadd \fIwindow ?window ...? ?option value ...?\fR
Add one or more windows to the panedwindow, each in a separate pane.
The arguments consist of the names of one or more windows
followed by pairs of arguments that specify how to manage the windows.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
\fBconfigure\fR subcommand.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by
\fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the
\fBpanedwindow\fR command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure \fI?option? ?value option value ...?\fR
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no
\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If
one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have
any of the values accepted by the \fBpanedwindow\fR command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBforget \fIwindow ?window ...?\fR
Remove the pane containing \fIwindow\fR from the panedwindow. All
geometry management options for \fIwindow\fR will be forgotten.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR
Identify the panedwindow component underneath the point given by
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, in window coordinates. If the point is over a
sash or a sash handle, the result is a two element list containing the
index of the sash or handle, and a word indicating whether it is over
a sash or a handle, such as {0 sash} or {2 handle}. If the point is
over any other part of the panedwindow, the result is an empty list.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy \fI?args?\fR
This command is used to query and change the position of the sash
proxy, used for rubberband-style pane resizing. It can take any of
the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy coord\fR
Return a list containing the x and y coordinates of the most recent
proxy location.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy forget\fR
Remove the proxy from the display.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBproxy place \fIx y\fR
Place the proxy at the given \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR coordinates.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash \fI?args?\fR
This command is used to query and change the position of sashes in the
panedwindow. It can take any of the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash coord \fIindex\fR
Return the current x and y coordinate pair for the sash given by
\fIindex\fR. \fIIndex\fR must be an integer between 0 and 1 less than
the number of panes in the panedwindow. The coordinates given are
those of the top left corner of the region containing the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash dragto \fIindex x y\fR
This command computes the difference between the given coordinates and the
coordinates given to the last \fBsash mark\fR command for the given
sash. It then moves that sash the computed difference. The return
value is the empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash mark \fIindex x y\fR
Records \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR for the sash given by \fIindex\fR; used in
conjunction with later \fBsash dragto\fR commands to move the sash.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsash place \fIindex x y\fR
Place the sash given by \fIindex\fR at the given coordinates.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanecget \fIwindow option\fR
Query a management option for \fIwindow\fR. \fIOption\fR may be any
value allowed by the \fBpaneconfigure\fR subcommand.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpaneconfigure \fIwindow ?option? ?value option value ...?\fR
Query or modify the management options for \fIwindow\fR. If no
\fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the
available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If
one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
this case the command returns an empty string. The following options
are supported:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-after \fIwindow\fR
Insert the window after the window specified. \fIwindow\fR should be the
name of a window already managed by \fIpathName\fR.
.TP
\fB\-before \fIwindow\fR
Insert the window before the window specified. \fIwindow\fR should be
the name of a window already managed by \fIpathName\fR.
.TP
\fB\-height \fIsize\fR
Specify a height for the window. The height will be the outer
dimension of the window including its border, if any. If \fIsize\fR
is an empty string, or if \fB\-height\fR is not specified, then the
height requested internally by the window will be used initially; the
height may later be adjusted by the movement of sashes in the
panedwindow. \fISize\fR may be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.TP
\fB\-hide \fIboolean\fR
.VS 8.5
Controls the visibility of a pane. When the \fIboolean\fR is true
(according to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR) the pane will not be visible, but
it will still be maintained in the list of panes.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\-minsize \fIn\fR
Specifies that the size of the window cannot be made less than
\fIn\fR. This constraint only affects the size of the widget in the
paned dimension \(em the x dimension for horizontal panedwindows, the y
dimension for vertical panedwindows. May be any value accepted by
\fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.TP
\fB\-padx \fIn\fR
Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space to
leave on each side of the window in the X-direction. The value may
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.TP
\fB\-pady \fIn\fR
Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space to
leave on each side of the window in the Y-direction. The value may
have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.TP
\fB\-sticky \fIstyle\fR
If a window's pane is larger than the requested dimensions of the
window, this option may be used to position (or stretch) the window
within its pane. \fIStyle\fR is a string that contains zero or more
of the characters \fBn\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBe\fR or \fBw\fR. The string
can optionally contains spaces or commas, but they are ignored. Each
letter refers to a side (north, south, east, or west) that the window
will
.QW stick
to. If both \fBn\fR and \fBs\fR (or \fBe\fR and \fBw\fR)
are specified, the window will be stretched to fill the entire height
(or width) of its cavity.
.TP
\fB\-stretch \fIwhen\fR
.VS 8.5
Controls how extra space is allocated to each of the panes.
\fIWhen\fR is one of \fBalways\fR, \fBfirst\fR, \fBlast\fR,
\fBmiddle\fR, and \fBnever\fR.
The panedwindow will calculate the required size of all its panes. Any
remaining (or deficit) space will be distributed to those panes marked
for stretching. The space will be distributed based on each panes
current ratio of the whole. The \fIwhen\fR values have the following
definition:
.RS
.TP
\fBalways\fR
This pane will always stretch.
.TP
\fBfirst\fR
Only if this pane is the first pane (left-most or top-most) will it
stretch.
.TP
\fBlast\fR
Only if this pane is the last pane (right-most or bottom-most) will it
stretch. This is the default value.
.TP
\fBmiddle\fR
Only if this pane is not the first or last pane will it stretch.
.TP
\fBnever\fR
This pane will never stretch.
.RE
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\-width \fIsize\fR
Specify a width for the window. The width will be the outer
dimension of the window including its border, if any. If \fIsize\fR
is an empty string, or if \fB\-width\fR is not specified, then the
width requested internally by the window will be used initially; the
width may later be adjusted by the movement of sashes in the
panedwindow. \fISize\fR may be any value accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpanes\fR
Returns an ordered list of the widgets managed by \fIpathName\fR.
.SH "RESIZING PANES"
A pane is resized by grabbing the sash (or sash handle if present) and
dragging with the mouse. This is accomplished via mouse motion
bindings on the widget. When a sash is moved, the sizes of the panes
on each side of the sash, and thus the widgets in those panes, are
adjusted.
.PP
When a pane is resized from outside (e.g. it is packed to expand and
fill, and the containing toplevel is resized), space is added to the final
(rightmost or bottommost) pane in the window.
.PP
Unlike slave windows managed by e.g. pack or grid, the panes managed by a
panedwindow do not change width or height to accomodate changes in the
requested widths or heights of the panes, once these have become mapped.
Therefore it may be advisable, particularly when creating layouts
interactively, to not add a pane to the panedwindow widget until after the
geometry requests of that pane has been finalized (i.e., all components of
the pane inserted, all options affecting geometry set to their proper
values, etc.).
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::panedwindow(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
panedwindow, widget, geometry management
|
Changes to doc/photo.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | | | < < < | | < | < | > < | < < < < | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < | < | | | | | < | | | | < < < < > < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < > > > > > > | | < | < < < < < < < | < | < | < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < | < | < | < < | < < < < < | < < | | | < | | < < < < < | < < < < < | | | > | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" '\" Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au), '\" Department of Computer Science, '\" Australian National University. '\" .TH photo n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME photo \- Full-color images .SH SYNOPSIS \fBimage create photo \fR?\fIname\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A photo is an image whose pixels can display any color or be transparent. A photo image is stored internally in full color (32 bits per pixel), and is displayed using dithering if necessary. Image data for a photo image can be obtained from a file or a string, or it can be supplied from C code through a procedural interface. At present, only GIF and PPM/PGM formats are supported, but an interface exists to allow additional image file formats to be added easily. A photo image is transparent in regions where no image data has been supplied or where it has been set transparent by the \fBtransparency set\fR subcommand. .SH "CREATING PHOTOS" .PP Like all images, photos are created using the \fBimage create\fR command. Photos support the following \fIoptions\fR: .TP \fB\-data \fIstring\fR Specifies the contents of the image as a string. The string should contain binary data or, for some formats, base64-encoded data (this is currently guaranteed to be supported for GIF images). The format of the string must be one of those for which there is an image file format handler that will accept string data. If both the \fB\-data\fR and \fB\-file\fR options are specified, the \fB\-file\fR option takes precedence. .TP \fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR Specifies the name of the file format for the data specified with the \fB\-data\fR or \fB\-file\fR option. .TP \fB\-file \fIname\fR \fIname\fR gives the name of a file that is to be read to supply data for the photo image. The file format must be one of those for which there is an image file format handler that can read data. .TP \fB\-gamma \fIvalue\fR Specifies that the colors allocated for displaying this image in a window should be corrected for a non-linear display with the specified gamma exponent value. (The intensity produced by most CRT displays is a power function of the input value, to a good approximation; gamma is the exponent and is typically around 2). The value specified must be greater than zero. The default value is one (no correction). In general, values greater than one will make the image lighter, and values less than one will make it darker. .TP \fB\-height \fInumber\fR Specifies the height of the image, in pixels. This option is useful primarily in situations where the user wishes to build up the contents of the image piece by piece. A value of zero (the default) allows the image to expand or shrink vertically to fit the data stored in it. .TP \fB\-palette \fIpalette-spec\fR Specifies the resolution of the color cube to be allocated for displaying this image, and thus the number of colors used from the colormaps of the windows where it is displayed. The \fIpalette-spec\fR string may be either a single decimal number, specifying the number of shades of gray to use, or three decimal numbers separated by slashes (/), specifying the number of shades of red, green and blue to use, respectively. If the first form (a single number) is used, the image will be displayed in monochrome (i.e., grayscale). .TP \fB\-width \fInumber\fR Specifies the width of the image, in pixels. This option is useful primarily in situations where the user wishes to build up the contents of the image piece by piece. A value of zero (the default) allows the image to expand or shrink horizontally to fit the data stored in it. .SH "IMAGE COMMAND" .PP When a photo image is created, Tk also creates a new command whose name is the same as the image. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the image. It has the following general form: .CS \fIimageName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. .PP Those options that write data to the image generally expand the size of the image, if necessary, to accommodate the data written to the image, unless the user has specified non-zero values for the \fB\-width\fR and/or \fB\-height\fR configuration options, in which case the width and/or height, respectively, of the image will not be changed. .PP The following commands are possible for photo images: .TP \fIimageName \fBblank\fR Blank the image; that is, set the entire image to have no data, so it will be displayed as transparent, and the background of whatever window it is displayed in will show through. .TP \fIimageName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBimage create photo\fR command. .TP \fIimageName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options for the image. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIimageName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBimage create photo\fR command. .TP \fIimageName \fBcopy\fR \fIsourceImage\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? Copies a region from the image called \fIsourceImage\fR (which must be a photo image) to the image called \fIimageName\fR, possibly with pixel zooming and/or subsampling. If no options are specified, this command copies the whole of \fIsourceImage\fR into \fIimageName\fR, starting at coordinates (0,0) in \fIimageName\fR. The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the source image to be copied. (\fIx1,y1\fR) and (\fIx2,y2\fR) specify diagonally opposite corners of the rectangle. If \fIx2\fR and \fIy2\fR are not specified, the default value is the bottom-right corner of the source image. The pixels copied will include the left and top edges of the specified rectangle but not the bottom or right edges. If the \fB\-from\fR option is not given, the default is the whole source image. .TP \fB\-to \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the destination image to be affected. (\fIx1,y1\fR) and (\fIx2,y2\fR) specify diagonally opposite corners of the rectangle. If \fIx2\fR and \fIy2\fR are not specified, the default value is (\fIx1,y1\fR) plus the size of the source region (after subsampling and zooming, if specified). If \fIx2\fR and \fIy2\fR are specified, the source region will be replicated if necessary to fill the destination region in a tiled fashion. .TP \fB\-shrink\fR Specifies that the size of the destination image should be reduced, if necessary, so that the region being copied into is at the bottom-right corner of the image. This option will not affect the width or height of the image if the user has specified a non-zero value for the \fB\-width\fR or \fB\-height\fR configuration option, respectively. .TP \fB\-zoom \fIx y\fR Specifies that the source region should be magnified by a factor of \fIx\fR in the X direction and \fIy\fR in the Y direction. If \fIy\fR is not given, the default value is the same as \fIx\fR. With this option, each pixel in the source image will be expanded into a block of \fIx\fR x \fIy\fR pixels in the destination image, all the same color. \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR must be greater than 0. .TP \fB\-subsample \fIx y\fR Specifies that the source image should be reduced in size by using only every \fIx\fRth pixel in the X direction and \fIy\fRth pixel in the Y direction. Negative values will cause the image to be flipped about the Y or X axes, respectively. If \fIy\fR is not given, the default value is the same as \fIx\fR. .TP \fB\-compositingrule \fIrule\fR Specifies how transparent pixels in the source image are combined with the destination image. When a compositing rule of \fIoverlay\fR is set, the old contents of the destination image are visible, as if the source image were printed on a piece of transparent film and placed over the top of the destination. When a compositing rule of \fIset\fR is set, the old contents of the destination image are discarded and the source image is used as-is. The default compositing rule is \fIoverlay\fR. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBdata ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? Returns image data in the form of a string. The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-background\fI color\fR If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by the specified color. .TP \fB\-format\fI format-name\fR Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used. Specifically, this subcommand searches for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write a string containing this image data. If this option is not given, this subcommand uses a format that consists of a list (one element per row) of lists (one element per pixel/column) of colors in .QW \fB#\fIrrggbb\fR format (where \fIrr\fR is a pair of hexadecimal digits for the red channel, \fIgg\fR for green, and \fIbb\fR for blue). .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be returned. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of \fIimageName\fR. If all four coordinates are given, they specify diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular region, including x1,y1 and excluding x2,y2. The default, if this option is not given, is the whole image. .TP \fB\-grayscale\fR If this options is specified, the data will not contain color information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBget\fR \fIx y\fR Returns the color of the pixel at coordinates (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) in the image as a list of three integers between 0 and 255, representing the red, green and blue components respectively. .TP \fIimageName \fBput\fR \fIdata\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? Sets pixels in \fI imageName\fR to the data specified in \fIdata\fR. This command first searches the list of image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data in \fIdata\fR, and then reads the image encoded within into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image). If \fIdata\fR does not match any known format, an attempt to interpret it as a (top-to-bottom) list of scan-lines is made, with each scan-line being a (left-to-right) list of pixel colors (see \fBTk_GetColor\fR for a description of valid colors.) Every scan-line must be of the same length. Note that when \fIdata\fR is a single color name, you are instructing Tk to fill a rectangular region with that color. The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR Specifies the format of the image data in \fIdata\fR. Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with \fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data format handler to read the data. .TP \fB\-to \fIx1 y1\fR ?\fIx2 y2\fR? Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner (\fIx1\fR,\fIy1\fR) of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which the image data will be copied. The default position is (0,0). If \fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR is given and \fIdata\fR is not large enough to cover the rectangle specified by this option, the image data extracted will be tiled so it covers the entire destination rectangle. Note that if \fIdata\fR specifies a single color value, then a region extending to the bottom-right corner represented by (\fIx2\fR,\fIy2\fR) will be filled with that color. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBread\fR \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? Reads image data from the file named \fIfilename\fR into the image. This command first searches the list of image file format handlers for a handler that can interpret the data in \fIfilename\fR, and then reads the image in \fIfilename\fR into \fIimageName\fR (the destination image). The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-format \fIformat-name\fR Specifies the format of the image data in \fIfilename\fR. Specifically, only image file format handlers whose names begin with \fIformat-name\fR will be used while searching for an image data format handler to read the data. .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR Specifies a rectangular sub-region of the image file data to be copied to the destination image. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region extends from (\fIx1,y1\fR) to the bottom-right corner of the image in the image file. If all four coordinates are specified, they specify diagonally opposite corners or the region. The default, if this option is not specified, is the whole of the image in the image file. .TP \fB\-shrink\fR If this option, the size of \fIimageName\fR will be reduced, if necessary, so that the region into which the image file data are read is at the bottom-right corner of the \fIimageName\fR. This option will not affect the width or height of the image if the user has specified a non-zero value for the \fB\-width\fR or \fB\-height\fR configuration option, respectively. .TP \fB\-to \fIx y\fR Specifies the coordinates of the top-left corner of the region of \fIimageName\fR into which data from \fIfilename\fR are to be read. The default is (0,0). .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBredither\fR The dithering algorithm used in displaying photo images propagates quantization errors from one pixel to its neighbors. If the image data for \fIimageName\fR is supplied in pieces, the dithered image may not be exactly correct. Normally the difference is not noticeable, but if it is a problem, this command can be used to recalculate the dithered image in each window where the image is displayed. .TP \fIimageName \fBtransparency \fIsubcommand ?arg arg ...?\fR Allows examination and manipulation of the transparency information in the photo image. Several subcommands are available: .RS .TP \fIimageName \fBtransparency get \fIx y\fR Returns a boolean indicating if the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) is transparent. .TP \fIimageName \fBtransparency set \fIx y boolean\fR Makes the pixel at (\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR) transparent if \fIboolean\fR is true, and makes that pixel opaque otherwise. .RE .TP \fIimageName \fBwrite \fIfilename\fR ?\fIoption value(s) ...\fR? Writes image data from \fIimageName\fR to a file named \fIfilename\fR. The following options may be specified: .RS .TP \fB\-background\fI color\fR If the color is specified, the data will not contain any transparency information. In all transparent pixels the color will be replaced by the specified color. .TP \fB\-format\fI format-name\fR Specifies the name of the image file format handler to be used to write the data to the file. Specifically, this subcommand searches for the first handler whose name matches an initial substring of \fIformat-name\fR and which has the capability to write an image file. If this option is not given, this subcommand uses the first handler that has the capability to write an image file. .TP \fB\-from \fIx1 y1 x2 y2\fR Specifies a rectangular region of \fIimageName\fR to be written to the image file. If only \fIx1\fR and \fIy1\fR are specified, the region extends from \fI(x1,y1)\fR to the bottom-right corner of \fIimageName\fR. If all four coordinates are given, they specify diagonally opposite corners of the rectangular region. The default, if this option is not given, is the whole image. .TP \fB\-grayscale\fR If this options is specified, the data will not contain color information. All pixel data will be transformed into grayscale. .RE .SH "IMAGE FORMATS" .PP The photo image code is structured to allow handlers for additional image file formats to be added easily. The photo image code maintains a list of these handlers. Handlers are added to the list by registering them with a call to \fBTk_CreatePhotoImageFormat\fR. The standard Tk distribution comes with handlers for PPM/PGM and GIF formats, which are automatically registered on initialization. .PP When reading an image file or processing string data specified with the \fB\-data\fR configuration option, the photo image code invokes each handler in turn until one is found that claims to be able to read the data in the file or string. Usually this will find the correct handler, but if it does not, the user may give a format name with the \fB\-format\fR option to specify which handler to use. In fact the photo image code will try those handlers whose names begin with the string specified for the \fB\-format\fR option (the comparison is case-insensitive). For example, if the user specifies \fB\-format gif\fR, then a handler named GIF87 or GIF89 may be invoked, but a handler named JPEG may not (assuming that such handlers had been registered). .PP When writing image data to a file, the processing of the \fB\-format\fR option is slightly different: the string value given for the \fB\-format\fR option must begin with the complete name of the requested handler, and may contain additional information following that, which the handler can use, for example, to specify which variant to use of the formats supported by the handler. Note that not all image handlers may support writing transparency data to a file, even where the target image format does. .SH "COLOR ALLOCATION" .PP When a photo image is displayed in a window, the photo image code allocates colors to use to display the image and dithers the image, if necessary, to display a reasonable approximation to the image using the colors that are available. The colors are allocated as a color cube, that is, the number of colors allocated is the product of the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
684 685 686 687 688 689 690 | slashes. .SH CREDITS .PP The photo image type was designed and implemented by Paul Mackerras, based on his earlier photo widget and some suggestions from John Ousterhout. .SH EXAMPLE | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > < < < | 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 | slashes. .SH CREDITS .PP The photo image type was designed and implemented by Paul Mackerras, based on his earlier photo widget and some suggestions from John Ousterhout. .SH EXAMPLE Load an image from a file and tile it to the size of a window, which is useful for producing a tiled background: .CS # These lines should be called once \fBimage create photo\fR untiled \-file "theFile.ppm" \fBimage create photo\fR tiled # These lines should be called whenever .someWidget changes # size; a <Configure> binding is useful here set width [winfo width .someWidget] set height [winfo height .someWidget] tiled \fBcopy\fR untiled \-to 0 0 $width $height \-shrink .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" image(n) .SH KEYWORDS photo, image, color |
Changes to doc/place.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | | | | | | | | | | < > | | | | | | < | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | | < > > | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH place n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME place \- Geometry manager for fixed or rubber-sheet placement .SH SYNOPSIS \fBplace \fIoption arg \fR?\fIarg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The placer is a geometry manager for Tk. It provides simple fixed placement of windows, where you specify the exact size and location of one window, called the \fIslave\fR, within another window, called the \fImaster\fR. The placer also provides rubber-sheet placement, where you specify the size and location of the slave in terms of the dimensions of the master, so that the slave changes size and location in response to changes in the size of the master. Lastly, the placer allows you to mix these styles of placement so that, for example, the slave has a fixed width and height but is centered inside the master. .PP .TP \fBplace \fIwindow option value \fR?\fIoption value ...\fR? Arrange for the placer to manage the geometry of a slave whose pathName is \fIwindow\fR. The remaining arguments consist of one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs that specify the way in which \fIwindow\fR's geometry is managed. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBplace configure\fR command. .TP \fBplace configure \fIwindow \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the geometry options of the slave given by \fIwindow\fR. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, this command returns a list describing the available options (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. The following \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are supported: .RS .TP \fB\-anchor \fIwhere\fR \fIWhere\fR specifies which point of \fIwindow\fR is to be positioned at the (x,y) location selected by the \fB\-x\fR, \fB\-y\fR, \fB\-relx\fR, and \fB\-rely\fR options. The anchor point is in terms of the outer area of \fIwindow\fR including its border, if any. Thus if \fIwhere\fR is \fBse\fR then the lower-right corner of \fIwindow\fR's border will appear at the given (x,y) location in the master. The anchor position defaults to \fBnw\fR. .TP \fB\-bordermode \fImode\fR \fIMode\fR determines the degree to which borders within the master are used in determining the placement of the slave. The default and most common value is \fBinside\fR. In this case the placer considers the area of the master to be the innermost area of the master, inside any border: an option of \fB\-x 0\fR corresponds to an x-coordinate just inside the border and an option of \fB\-relwidth 1.0\fR means \fIwindow\fR will fill the area inside the master's border. If \fImode\fR is \fBoutside\fR then the placer considers the area of the master to include its border; this mode is typically used when placing \fIwindow\fR outside its master, as with the options \fB\-x 0 \-y 0 \-anchor ne\fR. Lastly, \fImode\fR may be specified as \fBignore\fR, in which case borders are ignored: the area of the master is considered to be its official X area, which includes any internal border but no external border. A bordermode of \fBignore\fR is probably not very useful. .TP \fB\-height \fIsize\fR \fISize\fR specifies the height for \fIwindow\fR in screen units (i.e. any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR). The height will be the outer dimension of \fIwindow\fR including its border, if any. If \fIsize\fR is an empty string, or if no \fB\-height\fR or \fB\-relheight\fR option is specified, then the height requested internally by the window will be used. .TP \fB\-in \fImaster\fR \fIMaster\fR specifies the path name of the window relative to which \fIwindow\fR is to be placed. \fIMaster\fR must either be \fIwindow\fR's parent or a descendant of \fIwindow\fR's parent. In addition, \fImaster\fR and \fIwindow\fR must both be descendants of the same top-level window. These restrictions are necessary to guarantee that \fIwindow\fR is visible whenever \fImaster\fR is visible. If this option is not specified then the master defaults to \fIwindow\fR's parent. .TP \fB\-relheight \fIsize\fR \fISize\fR specifies the height for \fIwindow\fR. In this case the height is specified as a floating-point number relative to the height of the master: 0.5 means \fIwindow\fR will be half as high as the master, 1.0 means \fIwindow\fR will have the same height as the master, and so on. If both \fB\-height\fR and \fB\-relheight\fR are specified for a slave, their values are summed. For example, \fB\-relheight 1.0 \-height \-2\fR makes the slave 2 pixels shorter than the master. .TP \fB\-relwidth \fIsize\fR \fISize\fR specifies the width for \fIwindow\fR. In this case the width is specified as a floating-point number relative to the width of the master: 0.5 means \fIwindow\fR will be half as wide as the master, 1.0 means \fIwindow\fR will have the same width as the master, and so on. If both \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-relwidth\fR are specified for a slave, their values are summed. For example, \fB\-relwidth 1.0 \-width 5\fR makes the slave 5 pixels wider than the master. .TP \fB\-relx \fIlocation\fR \fILocation\fR specifies the x-coordinate within the master window of the anchor point for \fIwindow\fR. In this case the location is specified in a relative fashion as a floating-point number: 0.0 corresponds to the left edge of the master and 1.0 corresponds to the right edge of the master. \fILocation\fR need not be in the range 0.0\-1.0. If both \fB\-x\fR and \fB\-relx\fR are specified for a slave then their values are summed. For example, \fB\-relx 0.5 \-x \-2\fR positions the left edge of the slave 2 pixels to the left of the center of its master. .TP \fB\-rely \fIlocation\fR \fILocation\fR specifies the y-coordinate within the master window of the anchor point for \fIwindow\fR. In this case the value is specified in a relative fashion as a floating-point number: 0.0 corresponds to the top edge of the master and 1.0 corresponds to the bottom edge of the master. \fILocation\fR need not be in the range 0.0\-1.0. If both \fB\-y\fR and \fB\-rely\fR are specified for a slave then their values are summed. For example, \fB\-rely 0.5 \-x 3\fR positions the top edge of the slave 3 pixels below the center of its master. .TP \fB\-width \fIsize\fR \fISize\fR specifies the width for \fIwindow\fR in screen units (i.e. any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR). The width will be the outer width of \fIwindow\fR including its border, if any. If \fIsize\fR is an empty string, or if no \fB\-width\fR or \fB\-relwidth\fR option is specified, then the width requested internally by the window will be used. .TP \fB\-x \fIlocation\fR \fILocation\fR specifies the x-coordinate within the master window of the anchor point for \fIwindow\fR. The location is specified in screen units (i.e. any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR) and need not lie within the bounds of the master window. .TP \fB\-y \fIlocation\fR \fILocation\fR specifies the y-coordinate within the master window of the anchor point for \fIwindow\fR. The location is specified in screen units (i.e. any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR) and need not lie within the bounds of the master window. .PP If the same value is specified separately with two different options, such as \fB\-x\fR and \fB\-relx\fR, then the most recent option is used and the older one is ignored. .RE .TP \fBplace forget \fIwindow\fR Causes the placer to stop managing the geometry of \fIwindow\fR. As a side effect of this command \fIwindow\fR will be unmapped so that it does not appear on the screen. If \fIwindow\fR is not currently managed by the placer then the command has no effect. This command returns an empty string. .TP \fBplace info \fIwindow\fR Returns a list giving the current configuration of \fIwindow\fR. The list consists of \fIoption\-value\fR pairs in exactly the same form as might be specified to the \fBplace configure\fR command. .TP \fBplace slaves \fIwindow\fR Returns a list of all the slave windows for which \fIwindow\fR is the master. If there are no slaves for \fIwindow\fR then an empty string is returned. .PP If the configuration of a window has been retrieved with \fBplace info\fR, that configuration can be restored later by first using \fBplace forget\fR to erase any existing information for the window and then invoking \fBplace configure\fR with the saved information. .SH "FINE POINTS" .PP It is not necessary for the master window to be the parent of the slave window. This feature is useful in at least two situations. First, for complex window layouts it means you can create a hierarchy of subwindows whose only purpose is to assist in the layout of the parent. The .QW "real children" of the parent (i.e. the windows that are significant for the application's user interface) can be children of the parent yet be placed inside the windows of the geometry-management hierarchy. This means that the path names of the .QW "real children" do not reflect the geometry-management hierarchy and users can specify options for the real children without being aware of the structure of the geometry-management hierarchy. .PP A second reason for having a master different than the slave's parent is to tie two siblings together. For example, the placer can be used to force a window always to be positioned centered just below one of its siblings by specifying the configuration .CS \fB\-in \fIsibling\fB \-relx 0.5 \-rely 1.0 \-anchor n \-bordermode outside\fR .CE Whenever the sibling is repositioned in the future, the slave will be repositioned as well. .PP Unlike many other geometry managers (such as the packer) the placer does not make any attempt to manipulate the geometry of the master windows or the parents of slave windows (i.e. it does not set their requested sizes). To control the sizes of these windows, make them windows like frames and canvases that provide configuration options for this purpose. .SH EXAMPLE Make the label occupy the middle bit of the toplevel, no matter how it is resized: .CS label .l \-text "In the\enMiddle!" \-bg black \-fg white \fBplace\fR .l \-relwidth .3 \-relx .35 \-relheight .3 \-rely .35 .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" grid(n), pack(n) .SH KEYWORDS geometry manager, height, location, master, place, rubber sheet, slave, width |
Changes to doc/popup.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > < | > > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH tk_popup n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
tk_popup \- Post a popup menu
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBtk_popup \fImenu x y \fR?\fIentry\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This procedure posts a menu at a given position on the screen and
configures Tk so that the menu and its cascaded children can be
traversed with the mouse or the keyboard.
\fIMenu\fR is the name of a menu widget and \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR
are the root coordinates at which to display the menu.
If \fIentry\fR is omitted or an empty string, the
menu's upper left corner is positioned at the given point.
Otherwise \fIentry\fR gives the index of an entry in \fImenu\fR and
the menu will be positioned so that the entry is positioned over
the given point.
.SH EXAMPLE
How to attach a simple popup menu to a widget.
.CS
# Create a menu
set m [menu .popupMenu]
$m add command \-label "Example 1" \-command bell
$m add command \-label "Example 2" \-command bell
# Create something to attach it to
pack [label .l \-text "Click me!"]
# Arrange for the menu to pop up when the label is clicked
bind .l <1> {\fBtk_popup\fR .popupMenu %X %Y}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
bind(n), menu(n), tk_optionMenu(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
menu, popup
|
Changes to doc/radiobutton.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH radiobutton n 4.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME radiobutton \- Create and manipulate radiobutton widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBradiobutton\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-disabledforeground \-padx \-activeforeground \-font \-pady \-anchor \-foreground \-relief \-background \-highlightbackground \-takefocus |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the button then the value is in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR); for text it is in lines of text. If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. .OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn. Must be a | | > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | > | | > > | > | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 | If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the button then the value is in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR); for text it is in lines of text. If this option is not specified, the button's desired height is computed from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. .OP \-indicatoron indicatorOn IndicatorOn Specifies whether or not the indicator should be drawn. Must be a proper boolean value. If false, the \fBrelief\fR option is ignored and the widget's relief is always sunken if the widget is selected and raised otherwise. .OP \-selectcolor selectColor Background Specifies a background color to use when the button is selected. If \fBindicatorOn\fR is true then the color applies to the indicator. Under Windows, this color is used as the background for the indicator regardless of the select state. If \fBindicatorOn\fR is false, this color is used as the background for the entire widget, in place of \fBbackground\fR or \fBactiveBackground\fR, whenever the widget is selected. If specified as an empty string then no special color is used for displaying when the widget is selected. .OP \-offrelief offRelief OffRelief Specifies the relief for the checkbutton when the indicator is not drawn and the checkbutton is off. The default value is .QW raised . By setting this option to .QW flat and setting \fB\-indicatoron\fR to false and \fB\-overrelief\fR to .QW raised , the effect is achieved of having a flat button that raises on mouse-over and which is depressed when activated. This is the behavior typically exhibited by the Align-Left, Align-Right, and Center radiobuttons on the toolbar of a word-processor, for example. .OP \-overrelief overRelief OverRelief Specifies an alternative relief for the radiobutton, to be used when the mouse cursor is over the widget. This option can be used to make toolbar buttons, by configuring \fB\-relief flat \-overrelief raised\fR. If the value of this option is the empty string, then no alternative relief is used when the mouse cursor is over the radiobutton. The empty string is the default value. .OP \-selectimage selectImage SelectImage Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fBimage\fR option) when the radiobutton is selected. This option is ignored unless the \fBimage\fR option has been specified. .OP \-state state State Specifies one of three states for the radiobutton: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In normal state the radiobutton is displayed using the \fBforeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options. The active state is typically used when the pointer is over the radiobutton. In active state the radiobutton is displayed using the \fBactiveForeground\fR and \fBactiveBackground\fR options. Disabled state means that the radiobutton should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate the widget and will ignore mouse button presses. In this state the \fBdisabledForeground\fR and \fBbackground\fR options determine how the radiobutton is displayed. .OP \-tristateimage tristateImage TristateImage .VS 8.5 Specifies an image to display (in place of the \fBimage\fR option) when the radiobutton is selected. This option is ignored unless the \fBimage\fR option has been specified. .VE 8.5 .OP \-tristatevalue tristateValue Value .VS 8.5 Specifies the value that causes the radiobutton to display the multi-value selection, also known as the tri-state mode. Defaults to .QW "" . .VE 8.5 .OP \-value value Value Specifies value to store in the button's associated variable whenever this button is selected. .OP \-variable variable Variable Specifies the name of a global variable to set whenever this button is selected. Changes in this variable also cause the button to select or deselect itself. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 | there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A radiobutton is a widget that displays a textual string, bitmap or image and a diamond or circle called an \fIindicator\fR. If text is displayed, it must all be in a single font, but it can occupy multiple lines on the screen (if it contains newlines | | | | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 | there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A radiobutton is a widget that displays a textual string, bitmap or image and a diamond or circle called an \fIindicator\fR. If text is displayed, it must all be in a single font, but it can occupy multiple lines on the screen (if it contains newlines or if wrapping occurs because of the \fBwrapLength\fR option) and one of the characters may optionally be underlined using the \fBunderline\fR option. A radiobutton has all of the behavior of a simple button: it can display itself in either of three different ways, according to the \fBstate\fR option; it can be made to appear raised, sunken, or flat; it can be made to flash; and it invokes a Tcl command whenever mouse button 1 is clicked over the check button. .PP In addition, radiobuttons can be \fIselected\fR. If a radiobutton is selected, the indicator is normally |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
151 152 153 154 155 156 157 | The indicator is drawn without a round mark inside. Typically, several radiobuttons share a single variable and the value of the variable indicates which radiobutton is to be selected. When a radiobutton is selected it sets the value of the variable to indicate that fact; each radiobutton also monitors the value of the variable and automatically selects and deselects itself when the variable's value changes. | > | | | > | < < < < < < | 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 | The indicator is drawn without a round mark inside. Typically, several radiobuttons share a single variable and the value of the variable indicates which radiobutton is to be selected. When a radiobutton is selected it sets the value of the variable to indicate that fact; each radiobutton also monitors the value of the variable and automatically selects and deselects itself when the variable's value changes. .VS 8.5 If the variable's value matches the \fBtristateValue\fR, then the radiobutton is drawn using the tri-state mode. This mode is used to indicate mixed or multiple values. (This is used when the radiobutton represents the state of multiple items.) .VE 8.5 By default the variable \fBselectedButton\fR is used; its contents give the name of the button that is selected, or the empty string if no button associated with that variable is selected. The name of the variable for a radiobutton, plus the variable to be stored into it, may be modified with options on the command line or in the option database. Configuration options may also be used to modify the way the indicator is displayed (or whether it is displayed at all). By default a radiobutton is configured to select itself on button clicks. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBradiobutton\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for radiobutton widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBradiobutton\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBradiobutton\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBdeselect\fR Deselects the radiobutton and sets the associated variable to an empty string. If this radiobutton was not currently selected, the command has no effect. .TP \fIpathName \fBflash\fR Flashes the radiobutton. This is accomplished by redisplaying the radiobutton several times, alternating between active and normal colors. At the end of the flash the radiobutton is left in the same normal/active state as when the command was invoked. This command is ignored if the radiobutton's state is \fBdisabled\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR Does just what would have happened if the user invoked the radiobutton with the mouse: selects the button and invokes its associated Tcl command, if there is one. The return value is the return value from the Tcl command, or an empty string if there is no command associated with the radiobutton. This command is ignored if the radiobutton's state is \fBdisabled\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBselect\fR Selects the radiobutton and sets the associated variable to the value corresponding to this widget. .SH BINDINGS .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for radiobuttons that give them the following default behavior: .IP [1] |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 | .PP The behavior of radiobuttons can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH "SEE ALSO" checkbutton(n), labelframe(n), listbox(n), options(n), scale(n), ttk::radiobutton(n) .SH KEYWORDS radiobutton, widget | < < < | 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 | .PP The behavior of radiobuttons can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH "SEE ALSO" checkbutton(n), labelframe(n), listbox(n), options(n), scale(n), ttk::radiobutton(n) .SH KEYWORDS radiobutton, widget |
Changes to doc/raise.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > < < < < < < < < > > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH raise n 3.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME raise \- Change a window's position in the stacking order .SH SYNOPSIS \fBraise \fIwindow \fR?\fIaboveThis\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP If the \fIaboveThis\fR argument is omitted then the command raises \fIwindow\fR so that it is above all of its siblings in the stacking order (it will not be obscured by any siblings and will obscure any siblings that overlap it). If \fIaboveThis\fR is specified then it must be the path name of a window that is either a sibling of \fIwindow\fR or the descendant of a sibling of \fIwindow\fR. In this case the \fBraise\fR command will insert \fIwindow\fR into the stacking order just above \fIaboveThis\fR (or the ancestor of \fIaboveThis\fR that is a sibling of \fIwindow\fR); this could end up either raising or lowering \fIwindow\fR. .SH EXAMPLE Make a button appear to be in a sibling frame that was created after it. This is is often necessary when building GUIs in the style where you create your activity widgets first before laying them out on the display: .CS button .b \-text "Hi there!" pack [frame .f \-background blue] pack [label .f.l1 \-text "This is above"] pack .b \-in .f pack [label .f.l2 \-text "This is below"] \fBraise\fR .b .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" lower(n) .SH KEYWORDS obscure, raise, stacking order |
Changes to doc/scale.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH scale n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME scale \- Create and manipulate scale widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBscale\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-foreground \-relief \-background \-highlightbackground \-repeatdelay \-borderwidth \-highlightcolor \-repeatinterval \-cursor \-highlightthickness \-takefocus |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | Specifies the desired long dimension of the scale in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR). For vertical scales this is the scale's height; for horizontal scales it is the scale's width. .OP \-resolution resolution Resolution A real value specifying the resolution for the scale. If this value is greater than zero then the scale's value will always be | | | | | | | | > | | | | | < < < < | < | < | | | | | | | | < < < < | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 | Specifies the desired long dimension of the scale in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR). For vertical scales this is the scale's height; for horizontal scales it is the scale's width. .OP \-resolution resolution Resolution A real value specifying the resolution for the scale. If this value is greater than zero then the scale's value will always be rounded to an even multiple of this value, as will tick marks and the endpoints of the scale. If the value is less than zero then no rounding occurs. Defaults to 1 (i.e., the value will be integral). .OP \-showvalue showValue ShowValue Specifies a boolean value indicating whether or not the current value of the scale is to be displayed. .OP \-sliderlength sliderLength SliderLength Specifies the size of the slider, measured in screen units along the slider's long dimension. The value may be specified in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. .OP \-sliderrelief sliderRelief SliderRelief Specifies the relief to use when drawing the slider, such as \fBraised\fR or \fBsunken\fR. .OP \-state state State Specifies one of three states for the scale: \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. If the scale is disabled then the value may not be changed and the scale will not activate. If the scale is active, the slider is displayed using the color specified by the \fBactiveBackground\fR option. .OP \-tickinterval tickInterval TickInterval Must be a real value. Determines the spacing between numerical tick marks displayed below or to the left of the slider. If 0, no tick marks will be displayed. .OP \-to to To Specifies a real value corresponding to the right or bottom end of the scale. This value may be either less than or greater than the \fBfrom\fR option. .OP \-variable variable Variable Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale. Whenever the value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this value. Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable will be modified to reflect the scale's new value. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired narrow dimension of the trough in screen units (i.e. any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR). For vertical scales this is the trough's width; for horizontal scales this is the trough's height. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBscale\fR command creates a new window (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a scale widget. Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the scale such as its colors, orientation, and relief. The \fBscale\fR command returns its \fIpathName\fR argument. At the time this command is invoked, there must not exist a window named \fIpathName\fR, but \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A scale is a widget that displays a rectangular \fItrough\fR and a small \fIslider\fR. The trough corresponds to a range of real values (determined by the \fBfrom\fR, \fBto\fR, and \fBresolution\fR options), and the position of the slider selects a particular real value. The slider's position (and hence the scale's value) may be adjusted with the mouse or keyboard as described in the \fBBINDINGS\fR section below. Whenever the scale's value is changed, a Tcl command is invoked (using the \fBcommand\fR option) to notify other interested widgets of the change. In addition, the value of the scale can be linked to a Tcl variable (using the \fBvariable\fR option), so that changes in either are reflected in the other. .PP Three annotations may be displayed in a scale widget: a label appearing at the top right of the widget (top left for horizontal scales), a number displayed just to the left of the slider (just above the slider for horizontal scales), and a collection of numerical tick marks just to the left of the current value (just below the trough for horizontal scales). Each of these three annotations may be enabled or disabled using the configuration options. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBscale\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for scale widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBscale\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBscale\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR? Returns a list whose elements are the x and y coordinates of the point along the centerline of the trough that corresponds to \fIvalue\fR. If \fIvalue\fR is omitted then the scale's current value is used. .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR ?\fIx y\fR? If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are omitted, returns the current value of the scale. If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they give pixel coordinates within the widget; the command returns the scale value corresponding to the given pixel. Only one of \fIx\fR or \fIy\fR is used: for horizontal scales \fIy\fR is ignored, and for vertical scales \fIx\fR is ignored. .TP \fIpathName \fBidentify\fR \fIx y\fR Returns a string indicating what part of the scale lies under the coordinates given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR. A return value of \fBslider\fR means that the point is over the slider; \fBtrough1\fR means that the point is over the portion of the slider above or to the left of the slider; and \fBtrough2\fR means that the point is over the portion of the slider below or to the right of the slider. If the point is not over one of these elements, an empty string is returned. .TP \fIpathName \fBset\fR \fIvalue\fR This command is invoked to change the current value of the scale, and hence the position at which the slider is displayed. \fIValue\fR gives the new value for the scale. The command has no effect if the scale is disabled. .SH BINDINGS .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for scales that give them the following default behavior. Where the behavior is different for vertical and horizontal scales, the horizontal behavior is described in parentheses. .IP [1] If button 1 is pressed in the trough, the scale's value will be incremented or decremented by the value of the \fBresolution\fR option so that the slider moves in the direction of the cursor. If the button is held down, the action auto-repeats. .IP [2] If button 1 is pressed over the slider, the slider can be dragged with the mouse. .IP [3] If button 1 is pressed in the trough with the Control key down, the slider moves all the way to the end of its range, in the direction towards the mouse cursor. .IP [4] If button 2 is pressed, the scale's value is set to the mouse position. If the mouse is dragged with button 2 down, the scale's value changes with the drag. .IP [5] The Up and Left keys move the slider up (left) by the value of the \fBresolution\fR option. .IP [6] The Down and Right keys move the slider down (right) by the value of the \fBresolution\fR option. .IP [7] Control-Up and Control-Left move the slider up (left) by the value of the \fBbigIncrement\fR option. .IP [8] Control-Down and Control-Right move the slider down (right) by the value of the \fBbigIncrement\fR option. .IP [9] Home moves the slider to the top (left) end of its range. .IP [10] End moves the slider to the bottom (right) end of its range. .PP If the scale is disabled using the \fBstate\fR option then none of the above bindings have any effect. .PP The behavior of scales can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH KEYWORDS scale, slider, trough, widget |
Changes to doc/scrollbar.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH scrollbar n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME scrollbar \- Create and manipulate scrollbar widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBscrollbar\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-highlightcolor \-repeatdelay \-background \-highlightthickness \-repeatinterval \-borderwidth \-jump \-takefocus \-cursor \-orient \-troughcolor |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | All scrollable widgets have \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR commands that take exactly the additional arguments appended by the scrollbar as described in \fBSCROLLING COMMANDS\fR below. .OP \-elementborderwidth elementBorderWidth BorderWidth Specifies the width of borders drawn around the internal elements of the scrollbar (the two arrows and the slider). The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. | | | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | All scrollable widgets have \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR commands that take exactly the additional arguments appended by the scrollbar as described in \fBSCROLLING COMMANDS\fR below. .OP \-elementborderwidth elementBorderWidth BorderWidth Specifies the width of borders drawn around the internal elements of the scrollbar (the two arrows and the slider). The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this value is less than zero, the value of the \fBborderWidth\fR option is used in its place. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired narrow dimension of the scrollbar window, not including 3-D border, if any. For vertical scrollbars this will be the width and for horizontal scrollbars this will be the height. The value may have any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
99 100 101 102 103 104 105 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBscrollbar\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS | | < | | | < < < < < | < | < | < < | > > > > > > | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 | .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBscrollbar\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for scrollbar widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBactivate \fR?\fIelement\fR? Marks the element indicated by \fIelement\fR as active, which causes it to be displayed as specified by the \fBactiveBackground\fR and \fBactiveRelief\fR options. The only element values understood by this command are \fBarrow1\fR, \fBslider\fR, or \fBarrow2\fR. If any other value is specified then no element of the scrollbar will be active. If \fIelement\fR is not specified, the command returns the name of the element that is currently active, or an empty string if no element is active. .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBscrollbar\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBscrollbar\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBdelta \fIdeltaX deltaY\fR Returns a real number indicating the fractional change in the scrollbar setting that corresponds to a given change in slider position. For example, if the scrollbar is horizontal, the result indicates how much the scrollbar setting must change to move the slider \fIdeltaX\fR pixels to the right (\fIdeltaY\fR is ignored in this case). If the scrollbar is vertical, the result indicates how much the scrollbar setting must change to move the slider \fIdeltaY\fR pixels down. The arguments and the result may be zero or negative. .TP \fIpathName \fBfraction \fIx y\fR Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating where the point given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR lies in the trough area of the scrollbar. The value 0 corresponds to the top or left of the trough, the value 1 corresponds to the bottom or right, 0.5 corresponds to the middle, and so on. \fIX\fR and \fIy\fR must be pixel coordinates relative to the scrollbar widget. If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR refer to a point outside the trough, the closest point in the trough is used. .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR Returns the scrollbar settings in the form of a list whose elements are the arguments to the most recent \fBset\fR widget command. .TP \fIpathName \fBidentify\fR \fIx y\fR Returns the name of the element under the point given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR (such as \fBarrow1\fR), or an empty string if the point does not lie in any element of the scrollbar. \fIX\fR and \fIy\fR must be pixel coordinates relative to the scrollbar widget. .TP \fIpathName \fBset\fR \fIfirst last\fR This command is invoked by the scrollbar's associated widget to tell the scrollbar about the current view in the widget. The command takes two arguments, each of which is a real fraction between 0 and 1. The fractions describe the range of the document that is visible in the associated widget. For example, if \fIfirst\fR is 0.2 and \fIlast\fR is 0.4, it means that the first part of the document visible in the window is 20% of the way through the document, and the last visible part is 40% of the way through. .SH "SCROLLING COMMANDS" .PP When the user interacts with the scrollbar, for example by dragging the slider, the scrollbar notifies the associated widget that it must change its view. The scrollbar makes the notification by evaluating a Tcl command generated from the scrollbar's \fB\-command\fR option. The command may take any of the following forms. In each case, \fIprefix\fR is the contents of the \fB\-command\fR option, which usually has a form like \fB.t yview\fR .TP \fIprefix \fBmoveto \fIfraction\fR \fIFraction\fR is a real number between 0 and 1. The widget should adjust its view so that the point given by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget. If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the document. 1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333 refers to a point one-third of the way through the document, and so on. .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBunits\fR The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR units. The units are defined in whatever way makes sense for the widget, such as characters or lines in a text widget. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means one unit should scroll off the top or left of the window, or \-1, which means that one unit should scroll off the bottom or right of the window. .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages. It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page; typically it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there is a slight overlap between the old and new views. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should become visible. .SH "OLD COMMAND SYNTAX" .PP In versions of Tk before 4.0, the \fBset\fR and \fBget\fR widget commands used a different form. This form is still supported for backward compatibility, but it is deprecated. In the old command syntax, the \fBset\fR widget command has the following form: .TP \fIpathName \fBset\fR \fItotalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\fR In this form the arguments are all integers. \fITotalUnits\fR gives the total size of the object being displayed in the associated widget. The meaning of one unit depends on the associated widget; for example, in a text editor widget units might correspond to lines of text. \fIWindowUnits\fR indicates the total number of units that can fit in the associated window at one time. \fIFirstUnit\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
273 274 275 276 277 278 279 | .LP The most recent \fBset\fR widget command determines whether or not to use the old syntax. If it is given two real arguments then the new syntax will be used in the future, and if it is given four integer arguments then the old syntax will be used. .SH BINDINGS | < | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 | .LP The most recent \fBset\fR widget command determines whether or not to use the old syntax. If it is given two real arguments then the new syntax will be used in the future, and if it is given four integer arguments then the old syntax will be used. .SH BINDINGS Tk automatically creates class bindings for scrollbars that give them the following default behavior. If the behavior is different for vertical and horizontal scrollbars, the horizontal behavior is described in parentheses. .IP [1] Pressing button 1 over \fBarrow1\fR causes the view in the associated widget to shift up (left) by one unit so that the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
340 341 342 343 344 345 346 | The Prior and Next keys have the same behavior as mouse clicks over \fBtrough1\fR and \fBtrough2\fR, respectively. .IP [13] The Home key adjusts the view to the top (left edge) of the document. .IP [14] The End key adjusts the view to the bottom (right edge) of the document. .SH EXAMPLE | < < < < | 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 |
The Prior and Next keys have the same behavior
as mouse clicks over \fBtrough1\fR and \fBtrough2\fR, respectively.
.IP [13]
The Home key adjusts the view to the top (left edge) of the document.
.IP [14]
The End key adjusts the view to the bottom (right edge) of the document.
.SH EXAMPLE
Create a window with a scrollable \fBtext\fR widget:
.CS
toplevel .tl
text .tl.t \-yscrollcommand {.tl.s set}
\fBscrollbar\fR .tl.s \-command {.tl.t yview}
grid .tl.t .tl.s \-sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure .tl 0 \-weight 1
grid rowconfigure .tl 0 \-weight 1
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk:scrollbar(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
scrollbar, widget
|
Changes to doc/selection.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > | > < | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH selection n 8.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
selection \- Manipulate the X selection
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBselection \fIoption\fR ?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
This command provides a Tcl interface to the X selection mechanism and
implements the full selection functionality described in the
X Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual (ICCCM).
.PP
Note that for management of the CLIPBOARD selection (see below), the
\fBclipboard\fR command may also be used.
.PP
The first argument to \fBselection\fR determines the format of the
rest of the arguments and the behavior of the command. The following
forms are currently supported:
.PP
.TP
\fBselection clear\fR ?\fB\-displayof\fR \fIwindow\fR? ?\fB\-selection\fR \fIselection\fR?
If \fIselection\fR exists anywhere on \fIwindow\fR's display, clear it
so that no window owns the selection anymore. \fISelection\fR
specifies the X selection that should be cleared, and should be an
atom name such as PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD; see the Inter-Client
Communication Conventions Manual for complete details.
\fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY and \fIwindow\fR defaults to
.QW . .
Returns an empty string.
.TP
\fBselection get\fR ?\fB\-displayof\fR \fIwindow\fR? ?\fB\-selection\fR \fIselection\fR? ?\fB\-type\fR \fItype\fR?
Retrieves the value of \fIselection\fR from \fIwindow\fR's display and
returns it as a result. \fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY and
\fIwindow\fR defaults to
.QW . .
\fIType\fR specifies the form in which the selection is to be returned
(the desired
.QW target
for conversion, in ICCCM terminology), and
should be an atom name such as STRING or FILE_NAME; see the
Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual for complete details.
\fIType\fR defaults to STRING. The selection owner may choose to
return the selection in any of several different representation
formats, such as STRING, UTF8_STRING, ATOM, INTEGER, etc. (this format
is different
than the selection type; see the ICCCM for all the confusing details).
If the selection is returned in a non-string format, such as INTEGER
or ATOM, the \fBselection\fR command converts it to string format as a
collection of fields separated by spaces: atoms are converted to their
textual names, and anything else is converted to hexadecimal integers.
Note that \fBselection get\fR does not retrieve the selection in the
UTF8_STRING format unless told to.
.TP
\fBselection handle\fR ?\fB\-selection\fR \fIs\fR? ?\fB\-type\fR \fIt\fR? ?\fB\-format\fR \fIf\fR? \fIwindow command\fR
Creates a handler for selection requests, such that \fIcommand\fR will
be executed whenever selection \fIs\fR is owned by \fIwindow\fR and
someone attempts to retrieve it in the form given by type \fIt\fR
(e.g. \fIt\fR is specified in the \fBselection get\fR command).
\fIS\fR defaults to PRIMARY, \fIt\fR defaults to STRING, and
\fIf\fR defaults to STRING. If \fIcommand\fR is an empty string
then any existing handler for \fIwindow\fR, \fIt\fR, and
\fIs\fR is removed.
Note that when the selection is handled as type STRING it is also
automatically handled as type UTF8_STRING as well.
.RS
.PP
When \fIselection\fR is requested, \fIwindow\fR is the selection owner,
and \fItype\fR is the requested type, \fIcommand\fR will be executed
as a Tcl command with two additional numbers appended to it
(with space separators).
The two additional numbers
are \fIoffset\fR and \fImaxChars\fR: \fIoffset\fR specifies a starting
character position in the selection and \fImaxChars\fR gives the maximum
number of characters to retrieve. The command should return a value consisting
of at most \fImaxChars\fR of the selection, starting at position
\fIoffset\fR. For very large selections (larger than \fImaxChars\fR)
the selection will be retrieved using several invocations of \fIcommand\fR
with increasing \fIoffset\fR values. If \fIcommand\fR returns a string
whose length is less than \fImaxChars\fR, the return value is assumed to
include all of the remainder of the selection; if the length of
\fIcommand\fR's result is equal to \fImaxChars\fR then
\fIcommand\fR will be invoked again, until it eventually
returns a result shorter than \fImaxChars\fR. The value of \fImaxChars\fR
will always be relatively large (thousands of characters).
.PP
If \fIcommand\fR returns an error then the selection retrieval is rejected
just as if the selection did not exist at all.
.PP
The \fIformat\fR argument specifies the representation that should be
used to transmit the selection to the requester (the second column of
Table 2 of the ICCCM), and defaults to STRING. If \fIformat\fR is
STRING, the selection is transmitted as 8-bit ASCII characters (i.e.
just in the form returned by \fIcommand\fR, in the system \fBencoding\fR;
the UTF8_STRING format always uses UTF-8 as its encoding).
If \fIformat\fR is
ATOM, then the return value from \fIcommand\fR is divided into fields
separated by white space; each field is converted to its atom value,
and the 32-bit atom value is transmitted instead of the atom name.
For any other \fIformat\fR, the return value from \fIcommand\fR is
divided into fields separated by white space and each field is
converted to a 32-bit integer; an array of integers is transmitted
to the selection requester.
.PP
The \fIformat\fR argument is needed only for compatibility with
selection requesters that do not use Tk. If Tk is being
used to retrieve the selection then the value is converted back to
a string at the requesting end, so \fIformat\fR is
irrelevant.
.RE
.TP
\fBselection own\fR ?\fB\-displayof\fR \fIwindow\fR? ?\fB\-selection\fR \fIselection\fR?
.TP
\fBselection own\fR ?\fB\-command\fR \fIcommand\fR? ?\fB\-selection\fR \fIselection\fR? \fIwindow\fR
The first form of \fBselection own\fR returns the path name of the
window in this application that owns \fIselection\fR on the display
containing \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if no window in this
application owns the selection. \fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY and
\fIwindow\fR defaults to
.QW . .
.PP
The second form of \fBselection own\fR causes \fIwindow\fR to become
the new owner of \fIselection\fR on \fIwindow\fR's display, returning
an empty string as result. The existing owner, if any, is notified
that it has lost the selection.
If \fIcommand\fR is specified, it is a Tcl script to execute when
some other window claims ownership of the selection away from
\fIwindow\fR. \fISelection\fR defaults to PRIMARY.
.SH EXAMPLES
On X11 platforms, one of the standard selections available is the
SECONDARY selection. Hardly anything uses it, but here is how to read
it using Tk:
.CS
set selContents [\fBselection get\fR \-selection SECONDARY]
.CE
.PP
Many different types of data may be available for a selection; the
special type TARGETS allows you to get a list of available types:
.CS
foreach type [\fBselection get\fR \-type TARGETS] {
puts "Selection PRIMARY supports type $type"
}
.CE
.PP
To claim the selection, you must first set up a handler to supply the
data for the selection. Then you have to claim the selection...
.CS
# Set up the data handler ready for incoming requests
set foo "This is a string with some data in it... blah blah"
\fBselection handle\fR \-selection SECONDARY . getData
proc getData {offset maxChars} {
puts "Retrieving selection starting at $offset"
return [string range $::foo $offset [expr {$offset+$maxChars}]]
}
# Now we grab the selection itself
puts "Claiming selection"
\fBselection own\fR \-command lost \-selection SECONDARY .
proc lost {} {
puts "Lost selection"
}
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
clipboard(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
clear, format, handler, ICCCM, own, selection, target, type
|
Changes to doc/send.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH send n 4.0 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME send \- Execute a command in a different application .SH SYNOPSIS \fBsend ?\fIoptions\fR? \fIapp cmd \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP This command arranges for \fIcmd\fR (and \fIarg\fRs) to be executed in the application named by \fIapp\fR. It returns the result or error from that command execution. \fIApp\fR may be the name of any application whose main window is on the display containing the sender's main window; it need not |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | the application's main window. .TP \fB\-\|\-\fR Serves no purpose except to terminate the list of options. This option is needed only if \fIapp\fR could contain a leading .QW \- character. .SH "APPLICATION NAMES" .PP The name of an application is set initially from the name of the program or script that created the application. You can query and change the name of an application with the \fBtk appname\fR command. .SH "DISABLING SENDS" .PP If the \fBsend\fR command is removed from an application (e.g. | > > | > | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
the application's main window.
.TP
\fB\-\|\-\fR
Serves no purpose except to terminate the list of options. This
option is needed only if \fIapp\fR could contain a leading
.QW \-
character.
.SH "APPLICATION NAMES"
.PP
The name of an application is set initially from the name of the
program or script that created the application.
You can query and change the name of an application with the
\fBtk appname\fR command.
.SH "DISABLING SENDS"
.PP
If the \fBsend\fR command is removed from an application (e.g.
with the command \fBrename send {}\fR) then the application
will not respond to incoming send requests anymore, nor will it
be able to issue outgoing requests.
Communication can be reenabled by invoking the \fBtk appname\fR
command.
.SH SECURITY
.PP
The \fBsend\fR command is potentially a serious security loophole. On Unix,
any application that can connect to your X server can send
scripts to your applications.
These incoming scripts can use Tcl to read and
write your files and invoke subprocesses under your name.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | list of enabled hosts is empty. This means that applications cannot connect to your server unless they use some other form of authorization such as that provide by \fBxauth\fR. Under Windows, \fBsend\fR is currently disabled. Most of the functionality is provided by the \fBdde\fR command instead. .SH EXAMPLE | < < < < | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
list of enabled hosts is empty.
This means that applications cannot connect to your server unless
they use some other form of authorization
such as that provide by \fBxauth\fR.
Under Windows, \fBsend\fR is currently disabled. Most of the
functionality is provided by the \fBdde\fR command instead.
.SH EXAMPLE
This script fragment can be used to make an application that only runs
once on a particular display.
.CS
if {[tk appname FoobarApp] ne "FoobarApp"} {
\fBsend\fR \-async FoobarApp RemoteStart $argv
exit
}
# The command that will be called remotely, which raises
# the application main window and opens the requested files
proc RemoteStart args {
raise .
foreach filename $args {
OpenFile $filename
}
}
.CE
.SH KEYWORDS
application, dde, name, remote execution, security, send
|
Changes to doc/spinbox.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeffrey Hobbs. '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeffrey Hobbs. '\" Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH spinbox n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME spinbox \- Create and manipulate spinbox widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBspinbox\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-activebackground \-highlightthickness \-repeatinterval \-background \-insertbackground \-selectbackground \-borderwidth \-insertborderwidth \-selectborderwidth \-cursor \-insertontime \-selectforeground \-exportselection \-insertwidth \-takefocus \-font \-insertofftime \-textvariable \-foreground \-justify \-xscrollcommand \-highlightbackground \-relief \-highlightcolor \-repeatdelay .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-buttonbackground buttonBackground Background The background color to be used for the spin buttons. .OP \-buttoncursor buttonCursor Cursor The cursor to be used when over the spin buttons. If this is empty (the default), a default cursor will be used. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 | when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range. This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR, as it will format a floating-point number. .OP \-from from From A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its | | < | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range. This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR, as it will format a floating-point number. .OP \-from from From A floating-point value corresponding to the lowest value for a spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-to\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its contents. This value must be less than the \fB\-to\fR option. If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supercedes this option. .OP "\-invalidcommand or \-invcmd" invalidCommand InvalidCommand Specifies a script to eval when \fBvalidateCommand\fR returns 0. Setting it to an empty string disables this feature (the default). The best use of this option is to set it to \fIbell\fR. See \fBValidation\fR below for more information. .OP \-increment increment Increment A floating-point value specifying the increment. When used with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR, the value in the widget will be adjusted by \fB\-increment\fR when a spin button is pressed (up adds the value, down subtracts the value). .OP \-readonlybackground readonlyBackground ReadonlyBackground |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the \fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options. .OP \-to to To A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control | | < | | | | | 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 | displayed, the contents will not be selectable, and the spinbox may be displayed in a different color, depending on the values of the \fB\-disabledforeground\fR and \fB\-disabledbackground\fR options. .OP \-to to To A floating-point value corresponding to the highest value for the spinbox, to be used in conjunction with \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-increment\fR. When all are specified correctly, the spinbox will use these values to control its contents. This value must be greater than the \fB\-from\fR option. If \fB\-values\fR is specified, it supercedes this option. .OP \-validate validate Validate Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR, \fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR. It defaults to \fBnone\fR. When you want validation, you must explicitly state which mode you wish to use. See \fBValidation\fR below for more. .OP "\-validatecommand or \-vcmd" validateCommand ValidateCommand Specifies a script to evaluate when you want to validate the input in the widget. Setting it to an empty string disables this feature (the default). Validation occurs according to the value of \fB\-validate\fR. This command must return a valid Tcl boolean value. If it returns 0 (or the valid Tcl boolean equivalent) then the value of the widget will not change and the \fBinvalidCommand\fR will be evaluated if it is set. If it returns 1, then value will be changed. See \fBValidation\fR below for more information. .OP \-values values Values Must be a proper list value. If specified, the spinbox will use these values as to control its contents, starting with the first value. This option has precedence over the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the spinbox window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 | \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A \fBspinbox\fR is an extended \fBentry\fR widget that allows he user to move, or spin, through a fixed set of ascending or descending values such as times or dates in addition to editing the value as in an \fBentry\fR. When first created, a spinbox's string is empty. A portion of the spinbox may be selected as described below. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 | \fIpathName\fR's parent must exist. .PP A \fBspinbox\fR is an extended \fBentry\fR widget that allows he user to move, or spin, through a fixed set of ascending or descending values such as times or dates in addition to editing the value as in an \fBentry\fR. When first created, a spinbox's string is empty. A portion of the spinbox may be selected as described below. If a spinbox is exporting its selection (see the \fBexportSelection\fR option), then it will observe the standard protocols for handling the selection; spinbox selections are available as type \fBSTRING\fR. Spinboxes also observe the standard Tk rules for dealing with the input focus. When a spinbox has the input focus it displays an \fIinsertion cursor\fR to indicate where new characters will be inserted. .PP Spinboxes are capable of displaying strings that are too long to fit entirely within the widget's window. In this case, only a portion of the string will be displayed; commands described below may be used to change the view in the window. Spinboxes use the standard \fBxScrollCommand\fR mechanism for interacting with scrollbars (see the description of the \fBxScrollCommand\fR option for details). They also support scanning, as described below. .SH VALIDATION .PP Validation works by setting the \fBvalidateCommand\fR option to a script which will be evaluated according to the \fBvalidate\fR option as follows: .PP .IP \fBnone\fR 10 Default. This means no validation will occur. .IP \fBfocus\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called when the spinbox receives or loses focus. .IP \fBfocusin\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called when the spinbox receives focus. .IP \fBfocusout\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called when the spinbox loses focus. .IP \fBkey\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called when the spinbox is edited. .IP \fBall\fR 10 \fBvalidateCommand\fR will be called for all above conditions. .PP It is possible to perform percent substitutions on the \fBvalidateCommand\fR and \fBinvalidCommand\fR, just as you would in a \fBbind\fR script. The following substitutions are recognized: .PP .IP \fB%d\fR 5 Type of action: 1 for \fBinsert\fR, 0 for \fBdelete\fR, or \-1 for focus, forced or textvariable validation. .IP \fB%i\fR 5 Index of char string to be inserted/deleted, if any, otherwise \-1. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 | The type of validation currently set. .IP \fB%V\fR 5 The type of validation that triggered the callback (key, focusin, focusout, forced). .IP \fB%W\fR 5 The name of the spinbox widget. .PP | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
The type of validation currently set.
.IP \fB%V\fR 5
The type of validation that triggered the callback
(key, focusin, focusout, forced).
.IP \fB%W\fR 5
The name of the spinbox widget.
.PP
In general, the \fBtextVariable\fR and \fBvalidateCommand\fR can be
dangerous to mix. Any problems have been overcome so that using the
\fBvalidateCommand\fR will not interfere with the traditional behavior of
the spinbox widget. Using the \fBtextVariable\fR for read-only purposes will
never cause problems. The danger comes when you try set the
\fBtextVariable\fR to something that the \fBvalidateCommand\fR would not
accept, which causes \fBvalidate\fR to become \fBnone\fR (the
\fBinvalidCommand\fR will not be triggered). The same happens
when an error occurs evaluating the \fBvalidateCommand\fR.
.PP
Primarily, an error will occur when the \fBvalidateCommand\fR or
\fBinvalidCommand\fR encounters an error in its script while evaluating or
\fBvalidateCommand\fR does not return a valid Tcl boolean value. The
\fBvalidate\fR option will also set itself to \fBnone\fR when you edit the
spinbox widget from within either the \fBvalidateCommand\fR or the
\fBinvalidCommand\fR. Such editions will override the one that was being
validated. If you wish to edit the value of the widget
during validation and still have the \fBvalidate\fR option set, you should
include the command
.CS
\fI%W config \-validate %v\fR
.CE
in the \fBvalidateCommand\fR or \fBinvalidCommand\fR (whichever one you
were editing the spinbox widget from). It is also recommended to not set an
associated \fBtextVariable\fR during validation, as that can cause the
spinbox widget to become out of sync with the \fBtextVariable\fR.
.PP
Also, the \fBvalidate\fR option will set itself to \fBnone\fR when the
spinbox value gets changed because of adjustment of \fBfrom\fR or \fBto\fR
and the \fBvalidateCommand\fR returns false. For instance
.CS
\fIspinbox pathName \-from 1 \-to 10 \-validate all \-vcmd {return 0}\fR
.CE
will in fact set the \fBvalidate\fR option to \fBnone\fR because the default
value for the spinbox gets changed (due to the \fBfrom\fR and \fBto\fR
options) to a value not accepted by the validation script.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBspinbox\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is \fIpathName\fR. This command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget. It has the following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE
\fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command.
.SS INDICES
.PP
Many of the widget commands for spinboxes take one or more indices as
arguments. An index specifies a particular character in the spinbox's
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
405 406 407 408 409 410 411 | given by \fIindex\fR. Does not change the selection. Returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBselection present\fR Returns 1 if there is are characters selected in the spinbox, 0 if nothing is selected. .TP | | | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 | given by \fIindex\fR. Does not change the selection. Returns an empty string. .TP \fIpathName \fBselection present\fR Returns 1 if there is are characters selected in the spinbox, 0 if nothing is selected. .TP \fIpathName \fBselection range \fIstart\fR \fIend\fR Sets the selection to include the characters starting with the one indexed by \fIstart\fR and ending with the one just before \fIend\fR. If \fIend\fR refers to the same character as \fIstart\fR or an earlier one, then the spinbox's selection is cleared. .TP \fIpathName \fBselection to \fIindex\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
433 434 435 436 437 438 439 | .TP \fIpathName \fBset\fR ?\fIstring\fR? If \fIstring\fR is specified, the spinbox will try and set it to this value, otherwise it just returns the spinbox's string. If validation is on, it will occur when setting the string. .TP \fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR | | | | | | < | > > | | < < > | 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 | .TP \fIpathName \fBset\fR ?\fIstring\fR? If \fIstring\fR is specified, the spinbox will try and set it to this value, otherwise it just returns the spinbox's string. If validation is on, it will occur when setting the string. .TP \fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR This command is used to force an evaluation of the \fBvalidateCommand\fR independent of the conditions specified by the \fBvalidate\fR option. This is done by temporarily setting the \fBvalidate\fR option to \fBall\fR. It returns 0 or 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the text in the widget's window. It can take any of the following forms: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBxview\fR Returns a list containing two elements. Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe the horizontal span that is visible in the window. For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6, 20% of the spinbox's text is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible in the window, and 40% of the text is off-screen to the right. These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview\fR \fIindex\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that the character given by \fIindex\fR is displayed at the left edge of the window. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the way through the text appears at the left edge of the window. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right become visible. .RE .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP Tk automatically creates class bindings for spinboxes that give them the following default behavior. In the descriptions below, .QW word refers to a contiguous group of letters, digits, or |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
514 515 516 517 518 519 520 | .IP [5] Clicking mouse button 1 with the Control key down will position the insertion cursor in the spinbox without affecting the selection. .IP [6] If any normal printing characters are typed in a spinbox, they are inserted at the point of the insertion cursor. .IP [7] | | < | | | 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 | .IP [5] Clicking mouse button 1 with the Control key down will position the insertion cursor in the spinbox without affecting the selection. .IP [6] If any normal printing characters are typed in a spinbox, they are inserted at the point of the insertion cursor. .IP [7] The view in the spinbox can be adjusted by dragging with mouse button 2. If mouse button 2 is clicked without moving the mouse, the selection is copied into the spinbox at the position of the mouse cursor. .IP [8] If the mouse is dragged out of the spinbox on the left or right sides while button 1 is pressed, the spinbox will automatically scroll to make more text visible (if there is more text off-screen on the side where the mouse left the window). .IP [9] The Left and Right keys move the insertion cursor one character to the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
594 595 596 597 598 599 600 | If the spinbox is disabled using the \fB\-state\fR option, then the spinbox's view can still be adjusted and text in the spinbox can still be selected, but no insertion cursor will be displayed and no text modifications will take place. .PP The behavior of spinboxes can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. | | < < < < | 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 | If the spinbox is disabled using the \fB\-state\fR option, then the spinbox's view can still be adjusted and text in the spinbox can still be selected, but no insertion cursor will be displayed and no text modifications will take place. .PP The behavior of spinboxes can be changed by defining new bindings for individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings. .SH KEYWORDS spinbox, entry, widget |
Changes to doc/text.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | > > | | | > > > | | | | > | | > > | | | < < < < < < < | | | | > | | | > | | | | | > | > | | | > > | | | | > | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > | | > | | | | > | | | > | | | | > | | > | > | > | | > | | > | | | > | | > | > | | > | > | | | > | | | > | > | | > | | | > | > | > | | | | | | | < > < | | > | | > < | | < | > < < | > | | < | > | | < | > | > < | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > < | | | > | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | < > | | | | > | | | | > | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > > | | > | | | > | | > | > | | | | > | | | | > | > | | > | | | < | > | < | > | | | > < | > | | > > > < | | | > < | | > | > | < < | | < | | | < | > | | | < | | > | > | > | < | | > | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | > | < | | < < < < < | < < < | | | | > > < | | > | > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | > | > < | | | > < | | > | > < | | > | | | > | | | < | > | | | | < | < < < < | < < < | | | | | | | | > | | > | | > | > | | | > | > | > > | > | > > | | > | | > | | > | > | | > | | | > > | > | | > | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | | > | | > > | | > | | > | | | | > | | | > > > > > | | > | < | > > > > > | | > | | | > | > | | > | | | < | | | | > | | | < | > | | > | | > > | | > | | < | > | < < | | | < | | | > | | > < | > | | | > | | > | | > | | | > | > > > > | | | | | > | | > | | | > | > | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | > | < | | | > | | | > < | | < | | > | | < | > | < < | | | | > | < | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > | | | | > | | | | | | > | | | < | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | < | | | | | < < < | | | > | | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | < | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | | | | > | < | > | | | > | > | | < | > | > < | | > | | | | > | < | | | > | | | | | | | > > | < | | > | | | | | < < | | | | | > | | | | | > | | | | > | | | | > | | | | > | | | | > < | | > | | > | | | | > | | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California.
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH text n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands"
.so man.macros
.BS
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
.SH NAME
text, tk_textCopy, tk_textCut, tk_textPaste \- Create and manipulate text widgets
.SH SYNOPSIS
.nf
\fBtext\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
\fBtk_textCopy\fR \fIpathName\fR
\fBtk_textCut\fR \fIpathName\fR
\fBtk_textPaste\fR \fIpathName\fR
.SO
\-background \-highlightthickness \-relief
\-borderwidth \-insertbackground \-selectbackground
\-cursor \-insertborderwidth \-selectborderwidth
\-exportselection \-insertofftime \-selectforeground
\-font \-insertontime \-setgrid
\-foreground \-insertwidth \-takefocus
\-highlightbackground \-padx \-xscrollcommand
\-highlightcolor \-pady \-yscrollcommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-autoseparators autoSeparators AutoSeparators
Specifies a boolean that says whether separators are automatically
inserted in the undo stack. Only meaningful when the \fB\-undo\fR
option is true.
.OP \-blockcursor blockCursor BlockCursor
.VS 8.5
Specifies a boolean that says whether the blinking insertion cursor
should be drawn as a character-sized rectangular block. If false
(the default) a thin vertical line is used for the insertion cursor.
.VE 8.5
.OP \-endline endLine EndLine
.VS 8.5
Specifies an integer line index representing the line of the underlying
textual data store that should be just after the last line contained in
the widget.
This allows a text widget to reflect only a portion of a larger piece
of text. Instead of an integer, the empty string can be provided to
this configuration option, which will configure the widget to end
at the very last line in the textual data store.
.VE 8.5
.OP \-height height Height
Specifies the desired height for the window, in units of characters
in the font given by the \fB\-font\fR option.
Must be at least one.
.OP \-inactiveselectbackground inactiveSelectBackground Foreground
.VS 8.5
Specifies the colour to use for the selection (the \fBsel\fR tag) when
the window does not have the input focus. If empty, \fB{}\fR, then no
selection is shown when the window does not have the focus.
.VE 8.5
.OP \-maxundo maxUndo MaxUndo
Specifies the maximum number of compound undo actions on the undo
stack. A zero or a negative value imply an unlimited undo stack.
.OP \-spacing1 spacing1 Spacing1
Requests additional space above each text line in the widget,
using any of the standard forms for screen distances.
If a line wraps, this option only applies to the first line
on the display.
This option may be overridden with \fB\-spacing1\fR options in
tags.
.OP \-spacing2 spacing2 Spacing2
For lines that wrap (so that they cover more than one line on the
display) this option specifies additional space to provide between
the display lines that represent a single line of text.
The value may have any of the standard forms for screen distances.
This option may be overridden with \fB\-spacing2\fR options in
tags.
.OP \-spacing3 spacing3 Spacing3
Requests additional space below each text line in the widget,
using any of the standard forms for screen distances.
If a line wraps, this option only applies to the last line
on the display.
This option may be overridden with \fB\-spacing3\fR options in
tags.
.OP \-startline startLine StartLine
.VS 8.5
Specifies an integer line index representing the first line of the
underlying textual data store that should be contained in the widget.
This allows a text widget to reflect only a portion of a larger piece
of text. Instead of an integer, the empty string can be provided to
this configuration option, which will configure the widget to start
at the very first line in the textual data store.
.VE 8.5
.OP \-state state State
Specifies one of two states for the text: \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR.
If the text is disabled then characters may not be inserted or deleted
and no insertion cursor will be displayed, even if the input focus is
in the widget.
.OP \-tabs tabs Tabs
Specifies a set of tab stops for the window. The option's value consists
of a list of screen distances giving the positions of the tab stops,
each of which is a distance relative to the left edge of the widget
(excluding borders, padding, etc). Each
position may optionally be followed in the next list element
by one of the keywords \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR, \fBcenter\fR,
or \fBnumeric\fR, which specifies how to justify
text relative to the tab stop. \fBLeft\fR is the default; it causes
the text following the tab character to be positioned with its left edge
at the tab position. \fBRight\fR means that the right edge of the text
following the tab character is positioned at the tab position, and
\fBcenter\fR means that the text is centered at the tab position.
\fBNumeric\fR means that the decimal point in the text is positioned
at the tab position; if there is no decimal point then the least
significant digit of the number is positioned just to the left of the
tab position; if there is no number in the text then the text is
right-justified at the tab position.
For example,
.QW "\fB\-tabs {2c left 4c 6c center}\fR"
creates three tab stops at two-centimeter intervals; the first two use left
justification and the third uses center justification.
.RS
.PP
If the list of tab stops does not have enough elements to cover all
of the tabs in a text line, then Tk extrapolates new tab stops using
the spacing and alignment from the last tab stop in the list. Tab
distances must be strictly positive, and must always increase from one
tab stop to the next (if not, an error is thrown).
The value of the \fBtabs\fR option may be overridden by \fB\-tabs\fR
options in tags.
.PP
If no \fB\-tabs\fR option is specified, or if it is specified as
an empty list, then Tk uses default tabs spaced every eight
(average size) characters. To achieve a different standard spacing,
for example every 4 characters, simply configure the widget with
.QW "\fB\-tabs \N'34'[expr {4 * [font measure $font 0]}] left\N'34' \-tabstyle wordprocessor\fR" .
.RE
.OP \-tabstyle tabStyle TabStyle
Specifies how to interpret the relationship between tab stops on a line
and tabs in the text of that line. The value must be \fBtabular\fR (the
default) or \fBwordprocessor\fR. Note that tabs are interpreted as they
are encountered in the text. If the tab style is \fBtabular\fR then the
\fIn\fR'th tab character in the line's text will be associated with
the \fIn\fR'th
tab stop defined for that line. If the tab character's x coordinate
falls to the right of the \fIn\fR'th tab stop, then a gap of a single space
will be inserted as a fallback. If the tab style is \fBwordprocessor\fR
then any tab character being laid out will use (and be defined by) the
first tab stop to the right of the preceding characters already laid out
on that line. The value of the \fBtabstyle\fR option may be overridden
by \fB\-tabstyle\fR options in tags.
.OP \-undo undo Undo
Specifies a boolean that says whether the undo mechanism is active or
not.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies the desired width for the window in units of characters
in the font given by the \fB\-font\fR option.
If the font does not have a uniform width then the width of the character
.QW 0
is used in translating from character units to screen units.
.OP \-wrap wrap Wrap
Specifies how to handle lines in the text that are too long to be
displayed in a single line of the text's window.
The value must be \fBnone\fR or \fBchar\fR or \fBword\fR.
A wrap mode of \fBnone\fR means that each line of text appears as
exactly one line on the screen; extra characters that do not fit
on the screen are not displayed.
In the other modes each line of text will be broken up into several
screen lines if necessary to keep all the characters visible.
In \fBchar\fR mode a screen line break may occur after any character;
in \fBword\fR mode a line break will only be made at word boundaries.
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBtext\fR command creates a new window (given by the
\fIpathName\fR argument) and makes it into a text widget.
Additional
options, described above, may be specified on the command line
or in the option database
to configure aspects of the text such as its default background color
and relief. The \fBtext\fR command returns the
path name of the new window.
.PP
A text widget displays one or more lines of text and allows that
text to be edited.
Text widgets support four different kinds of annotations on the
text, called tags, marks, embedded windows or embedded images.
Tags allow different portions of the text
to be displayed with different fonts and colors.
In addition, Tcl commands can be associated with tags so
that scripts are invoked when particular actions such as keystrokes
and mouse button presses occur in particular ranges of the text.
See \fBTAGS\fR below for more details.
.PP
The second form of annotation consists of floating markers in the text
called
.QW marks .
Marks are used to keep track of various interesting positions in the
text as it is edited.
See \fBMARKS\fR below for more details.
.PP
The third form of annotation allows arbitrary windows to be
embedded in a text widget.
See \fBEMBEDDED WINDOWS\fR below for more details.
.PP
The fourth form of annotation allows Tk images to be embedded in a text
widget.
See \fBEMBEDDED IMAGES\fR below for more details.
.PP
The text widget also has a built-in undo/redo mechanism.
See \fBTHE UNDO MECHANISM\fR below for more details.
.PP
.VS 8.5
The text widget allows for the creation of peer widgets. These are
other text widgets which share the same underlying data (text, marks,
tags, images, etc). See \fBPEER WIDGETS\fR below for more details.
.VE 8.5
.SH INDICES
.PP
Many of the widget commands for texts take one or more indices
as arguments.
An index is a string used to indicate a particular place within
a text, such as a place to insert characters or one endpoint of a
range of characters to delete.
Indices have the syntax
.CS
\fIbase modifier modifier modifier ...\fR
.CE
Where \fIbase\fR gives a starting point and the \fImodifier\fRs
adjust the index from the starting point (e.g. move forward or
backward one character). Every index must contain a \fIbase\fR,
but the \fImodifier\fRs are optional.
.VS 8.5
Most modifiers (as documented below) allow
an optional submodifier. Valid submodifiers are \fBany\fR
and \fBdisplay\fR. If the submodifier is abbreviated, then it must be
followed by whitespace, but otherwise there need be no space between the
submodifier and the following \fImodifier\fR. Typically the \fBdisplay\fR
submodifier adjusts the meaning of the following \fImodifier\fR to make
it refer to visual or non-elided units rather than logical units, but
this is explained for each relevant case below. Lastly, where \fIcount\fR
is used as part of a modifier, it can be positive or negative, so
.QW "\fIbase\fR \- \-3 lines"
is perfectly valid (and equivalent to
.QW "\fIbase\fR +3lines" ).
.VE 8.5
.PP
The \fIbase\fR for an index must have one of the following forms:
.TP 12
\fIline\fB.\fIchar\fR
Indicates \fIchar\fR'th character on line \fIline\fR.
Lines are numbered from 1 for consistency with other UNIX programs
that use this numbering scheme.
Within a line, characters are numbered from 0.
If \fIchar\fR is \fBend\fR then it refers to the newline character
that ends the line.
.TP 12
\fB@\fIx\fB,\fIy\fR
Indicates the character that covers the pixel whose x and y coordinates
within the text's window are \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR.
.TP 12
\fBend\fR
Indicates the end of the text (the character just after the last
newline).
.TP 12
\fImark\fR
Indicates the character just after the mark whose name is \fImark\fR.
.TP 12
\fItag\fB.first\fR
Indicates the first character in the text that has been tagged with
\fItag\fR.
This form generates an error if no characters are currently tagged
with \fItag\fR.
.TP 12
\fItag\fB.last\fR
Indicates the character just after the last one in the text that has
been tagged with \fItag\fR.
This form generates an error if no characters are currently tagged
with \fItag\fR.
.TP 12
\fIpathName\fR
Indicates the position of the embedded window whose name is
\fIpathName\fR.
This form generates an error if there is no embedded window
by the given name.
.TP 12
\fIimageName\fR
Indicates the position of the embedded image whose name is
\fIimageName\fR.
This form generates an error if there is no embedded image
by the given name.
.PP
If the \fIbase\fR could match more than one of the above forms, such
as a \fImark\fR and \fIimageName\fR both having the same value, then
the form earlier in the above list takes precedence.
If modifiers follow the base index, each one of them must have one
of the forms listed below. Keywords such as \fBchars\fR and \fBwordend\fR
may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unambiguous.
.TP
\fB+ \fIcount\fR ?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBchars\fR
.VS 8.5
Adjust the index forward by \fIcount\fR characters, moving to later lines
in the text if necessary. If there are fewer than \fIcount\fR characters
in the text after the current index, then set the index to the last index
in the text. Spaces on either side of \fIcount\fR are optional. If the
\fBdisplay\fR submodifier is given, elided characters are skipped over
without being counted. If \fBany\fR is given, then all characters are
counted. For historical reasons, if neither modifier is given then the
count actually takes place in units of index positions (see \fBindices\fR
for details). This behaviour may be changed in a future major release,
so if you need an index count, you are encouraged to use \fBindices\fR
instead wherever possible.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\- \fIcount\fR ?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBchars\fR
Adjust the index backward by \fIcount\fR characters, moving to earlier
lines in the text if necessary. If there are fewer than \fIcount\fR
characters in the text before the current index, then set the index to
.VS 8.5
the first index in the text (1.0). Spaces on either side of \fIcount\fR
are optional. If the \fBdisplay\fR submodifier is given, elided
characters are skipped over without being counted. If \fBany\fR is
given, then all characters are counted. For historical reasons, if
neither modifier is given then the count actually takes place in units of
index positions (see \fBindices\fR for details). This behaviour may be
changed in a future major release, so if you need an index count, you are
encouraged to use \fBindices\fR instead wherever possible.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB+ \fIcount\fR ?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBindices\fR
.VS 8.5
Adjust the index forward by \fIcount\fR index positions, moving to later
lines in the text if necessary. If there are fewer than \fIcount\fR
index positions in the text after the current index, then set the index
to the last index position in the text. Spaces on either side of
\fIcount\fR are optional. Note that an index position is either a single
character or a single embedded image or embedded window. If the
\fBdisplay\fR submodifier is given, elided indices are skipped over
without being counted. If \fBany\fR is given, then all indices are
counted; this is also the default behaviour if no modifier is given.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\- \fIcount\fR ?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBindices\fR
.VS 8.5
Adjust the index backward by \fIcount\fR index positions, moving to
earlier lines in the text if necessary. If there are fewer than
\fIcount\fR index positions in the text before the current index, then
set the index to the first index position (1.0) in the text. Spaces on
either side of \fIcount\fR are optional. If the \fBdisplay\fR
submodifier is given, elided indices are skipped over without being
counted. If \fBany\fR is given, then all indices are counted; this is
also the default behaviour if no modifier is given.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB+ \fIcount\fR ?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBlines\fR
.VS 8.5
Adjust the index forward by \fIcount\fR lines, retaining the same
character position within the line. If there are fewer than \fIcount\fR
lines after the line containing the current index, then set the index to
refer to the same character position on the last line of the text. Then,
if the line is not long enough to contain a character at the indicated
character position, adjust the character position to refer to the last
character of the line (the newline). Spaces on either side of
\fIcount\fR are optional. If the \fBdisplay\fR submodifier is given,
then each visual display line is counted separately. Otherwise, if
\fBany\fR (or no modifier) is given, then each logical line (no matter
how many times it is visually wrapped) counts just once. If the relevant
lines are not wrapped, then these two methods of counting are equivalent.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\- \fIcount\fR ?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBlines\fR
.VS 8.5
Adjust the index backward by \fIcount\fR logical lines, retaining the
same character position within the line. If there are fewer than
\fIcount\fR lines before the line containing the current index, then set
the index to refer to the same character position on the first line of
the text. Then, if the line is not long enough to contain a character at
the indicated character position, adjust the character position to refer
to the last character of the line (the newline). Spaces on either side
of \fIcount\fR are optional. If the \fBdisplay\fR submodifier is given,
then each visual display line is counted separately. Otherwise, if
\fBany\fR (or no modifier) is given, then each logical line (no matter
how many times it is visually wrapped) counts just once. If the relevant
lines are not wrapped, then these two methods of counting are equivalent.
.VE 8.5
.TP
?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBlinestart\fR
.VS 8.5
Adjust the index to refer to the first index on the line. If the
\fBdisplay\fR submodifier is given, this is the first index on the
display line, otherwise on the logical line.
.VE 8.5
.TP
?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBlineend\fR
.VS 8.5
Adjust the index to refer to the last index on the line (the
newline). If the \fBdisplay\fR submodifier is given, this is the last
index on the display line, otherwise on the logical line.
.VE 8.5
.TP
?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBwordstart\fR
.VS 8.5
Adjust the index to refer to the first character of the word containing
the current index. A word consists of any number of adjacent characters
that are letters, digits, or underscores, or a single character that is
not one of these. If the \fBdisplay\fR submodifier is given, this only
examines non-elided characters, otherwise all characters (elided or not)
are examined.
.VE 8.5
.TP
?\fIsubmodifier\fR? \fBwordend\fR
.VS 8.5
Adjust the index to refer to the character just after the last one of the
word containing the current index. If the current index refers to the
last character of the text then it is not modified. If the \fBdisplay\fR
submodifier is given, this only examines non-elided characters, otherwise
all characters (elided or not) are examined.
.PP
If more than one modifier is present then they are applied in
left-to-right order. For example, the index
.QW "\fBend \- 1 chars\fR"
refers to the next-to-last character in the text and
.QW "\fBinsert wordstart \- 1 c\fR"
refers to the character just before
the first one in the word containing the insertion cursor. Modifiers
are applied one by one in this left to right order, and after each step
the resulting index is constrained to be a valid index in the text
widget. So, for example, the index
.QW "\fB1.0 \-1c +1c\fR"
refers to the index
.QW \fB2.0\fR .
.PP
Where modifiers result in index changes by display lines, display chars
or display indices, and the \fIbase\fR refers to an index inside an
elided tag,
that base index is considered to be equivalent to the first following
non-elided index.
.VE 8.5
.SH TAGS
.PP
The first form of annotation in text widgets is a tag.
A tag is a textual string that is associated with some of the characters
in a text.
Tags may contain arbitrary characters, but it is probably best to
avoid using the characters
.QW " "
(space), \fB+\fR, or \fB\-\fR:
these characters have special meaning in indices, so tags containing
them cannot be used as indices.
There may be any number of tags associated with characters in a
text.
Each tag may refer to a single character, a range of characters, or
several ranges of characters.
An individual character may have any number of tags associated with it.
.PP
A priority order is defined among tags, and this order is used in
implementing some of the tag-related functions described below.
When a tag is defined (by associating it with characters or setting
its display options or binding commands to it), it is given
a priority higher than any existing tag.
The priority order of tags may be redefined using the
.QW "\fIpathName \fBtag raise\fR"
and
.QW "\fIpathName \fBtag lower\fR"
widget commands.
.PP
Tags serve three purposes in text widgets.
First, they control the way information is displayed on the screen.
By default, characters are displayed as determined by the
\fB\-background\fR, \fB\-font\fR, and \fB\-foreground\fR options for the
text widget.
However, display options may be associated with individual tags
using the
.QW "\fIpathName \fBtag configure\fR"
widget command.
If a character has been tagged, then the display options associated
with the tag override the default display style.
The following options are currently supported for tags:
.TP
\fB\-background \fIcolor\fR
\fIColor\fR specifies the background color to use for characters
associated with the tag.
It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR.
.TP
\fB\-bgstipple \fIbitmap\fR
\fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap that is used as a stipple pattern
for the background.
It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR.
If \fIbitmap\fR has not been specified, or if it is specified
as an empty string, then a solid fill will be used for the
background.
.TP
\fB\-borderwidth \fIpixels\fR
\fIPixels\fR specifies the width of a 3-D border to draw around
the background.
It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetPixels\fR.
This option is used in conjunction with the \fB\-relief\fR
option to give a 3-D appearance to the background for characters;
it is ignored unless the \fB\-background\fR option
has been set for the tag.
.TP
\fB\-elide \fIboolean\fR
\fIElide\fR specifies whether the data should
be elided. Elided data (characters, images, embedded windows, etc) is
not displayed and takes no space on screen, but further on behaves just
as normal data.
.TP
\fB\-fgstipple \fIbitmap\fR
\fIBitmap\fR specifies a bitmap that is used as a stipple pattern
when drawing text and other foreground information such as
underlines.
It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR.
If \fIbitmap\fR has not been specified, or if it is specified
as an empty string, then a solid fill will be used.
.TP
\fB\-font \fIfontName\fR
\fIFontName\fR is the name of a font to use for drawing characters.
It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetFont\fR.
.TP
\fB\-foreground \fIcolor\fR
\fIColor\fR specifies the color to use when drawing text and other
foreground information such as underlines.
It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR.
.TP
\fB\-justify \fIjustify\fR
If the first non-elided character of a display line has a tag for which this
option has been specified, then \fIjustify\fR determines how to
justify the line.
It must be one of \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR, or \fBcenter\fR.
If a line wraps, then the justification for each line on the
display is determined by the first non-elided character of that display line.
.TP
\fB\-lmargin1 \fIpixels\fR
If the first non-elided character of a text line has a tag for which this
option has been specified, then \fIpixels\fR specifies how
much the line should be indented from the left edge of the
window.
\fIPixels\fR may have any of the standard forms for screen
distances.
If a line of text wraps, this option only applies to the
first line on the display; the \fB\-lmargin2\fR option controls
the indentation for subsequent lines.
.TP
\fB\-lmargin2 \fIpixels\fR
If the first non-elided character of a display line has a tag for which this
option has been specified, and if the display line is not the
first for its text line (i.e., the text line has wrapped), then
\fIpixels\fR specifies how much the line should be indented from
the left edge of the window.
\fIPixels\fR may have any of the standard forms for screen
distances.
This option is only used when wrapping is enabled, and it only
applies to the second and later display lines for a text line.
.TP
\fB\-offset \fIpixels\fR
\fIPixels\fR specifies an amount by which the text's baseline
should be offset vertically from the baseline of the overall
line, in pixels.
For example, a positive offset can be used for superscripts
and a negative offset can be used for subscripts.
\fIPixels\fR may have any of the standard forms for screen
distances.
.TP
\fB\-overstrike \fIboolean\fR
Specifies whether or not to draw a horizontal rule through
the middle of characters.
\fIBoolean\fR may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR.
.TP
\fB\-relief \fIrelief\fR
\fIRelief\fR specifies the 3-D relief to use for drawing backgrounds,
in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetRelief\fR.
This option is used in conjunction with the \fB\-borderwidth\fR
option to give a 3-D appearance to the background for characters;
it is ignored unless the \fB\-background\fR option
has been set for the tag.
.TP
\fB\-rmargin \fIpixels\fR
If the first non-elided character of a display line has a tag for which this
option has been specified, then \fIpixels\fR specifies how wide
a margin to leave between the end of the line and the right
edge of the window.
\fIPixels\fR may have any of the standard forms for screen
distances.
This option is only used when wrapping is enabled.
If a text line wraps, the right margin for each line on the
display is determined by the first non-elided character of that display
line.
.TP
\fB\-spacing1 \fIpixels\fR
\fIPixels\fR specifies how much additional space should be
left above each text line, using any of the standard forms for
screen distances.
If a line wraps, this option only applies to the first
line on the display.
.TP
\fB\-spacing2 \fIpixels\fR
For lines that wrap, this option specifies how much additional
space to leave between the display lines for a single text line.
\fIPixels\fR may have any of the standard forms for screen
distances.
.TP
\fB\-spacing3 \fIpixels\fR
\fIPixels\fR specifies how much additional space should be
left below each text line, using any of the standard forms for
screen distances.
If a line wraps, this option only applies to the last
line on the display.
.TP
\fB\-tabs \fItabList\fR
\fITabList\fR specifies a set of tab stops in the same form
as for the \fB\-tabs\fR option for the text widget. This
option only applies to a display line if it applies to the
first non-elided character on that display line.
If this option is specified as an empty string, it cancels
the option, leaving it unspecified for the tag (the default).
If the option is specified as a non-empty string that is
an empty list, such as \fB\-tags\0{\0}\fR, then it requests
default 8-character tabs as described for the \fB\-tags\fR
widget option.
.TP
\fB\-tabstyle \fIstyle\fR
\fIStyle\fR specifies either the \fItabular\fR or
\fIwordprocessor\fR style of tabbing to use for the text widget.
This option only applies to a display line if it applies to the
first non-elided character on that display line.
If this option is specified as an empty string, it cancels
the option, leaving it unspecified for the tag (the default).
.TP
\fB\-underline \fIboolean\fR
\fIBoolean\fR specifies whether or not to draw an underline underneath
characters.
It may have any of the forms accepted by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR.
.TP
\fB\-wrap \fImode\fR
\fIMode\fR specifies how to handle lines that are wider than the
text's window.
It has the same legal values as the \fB\-wrap\fR option
for the text widget: \fBnone\fR, \fBchar\fR, or \fBword\fR.
If this tag option is specified, it overrides the \fB\-wrap\fR option
for the text widget.
.PP
If a character has several tags associated with it, and if their
display options conflict, then the options of the highest priority
tag are used.
If a particular display option has not been specified for a
particular tag, or if it is specified as an empty string, then
that option will never be used; the next-highest-priority
tag's option will used instead.
If no tag specifies a particular display option, then the default
style for the widget will be used.
.PP
The second purpose for tags is event bindings.
You can associate bindings with a tag in much the same way you can
associate bindings with a widget class: whenever particular X
events occur on characters with the given tag, a given
Tcl command will be executed.
Tag bindings can be used to give behaviors to ranges of characters;
among other things, this allows hypertext-like
features to be implemented.
For details, see the description of the
.QW "\fIpathName \fBtag bind\fR"
widget command below.
.VS 8.5
Tag bindings are shared between all peer widgets
(including any bindings for the special \fBsel\fR tag).
.VE 8.5
.PP
The third use for tags is in managing the selection.
See \fBTHE SELECTION\fR below.
.VS 8.5
With the exception of the special \fBsel\fR
tag, all tags are shared between peer text widgets, and may be
manipulated on an equal basis from any such widget. The \fBsel\fR
tag exists separately and independently in each peer text widget (but
any tag bindings to \fBsel\fR are shared).
.VE 8.5
.SH MARKS
.PP
The second form of annotation in text widgets is a mark.
Marks are used for remembering particular places in a text.
They are something like tags, in that they have names and
they refer to places in the file, but a mark is not associated
with particular characters.
Instead, a mark is associated with the gap between two characters.
Only a single position may be associated with a mark at any given
time.
If the characters around a mark are deleted the mark will still
remain; it will just have new neighbor characters.
In contrast, if the characters containing a tag are deleted then
the tag will no longer have an association with characters in
the file.
Marks may be manipulated with the
.QW "\fIpathName \fBmark\fR"
widget
command, and their current locations may be determined by using the
mark name as an index in widget commands.
.PP
Each mark also has a
.QW gravity ,
which is either \fBleft\fR or \fBright\fR.
The gravity for a mark specifies what happens to the mark when
text is inserted at the point of the mark.
If a mark has left gravity, then the mark is treated as if it
were attached to the character on its left, so the mark will
remain to the left of any text inserted at the mark position.
If the mark has right gravity, new text inserted at the mark
position will appear to the left of the mark (so that the mark
remains rightmost). The gravity for a mark defaults to \fBright\fR.
.PP
The name space for marks is different from that for tags: the
same name may be used for both a mark and a tag, but they will refer
to different things.
.PP
Two marks have special significance.
First, the mark \fBinsert\fR is associated with the insertion cursor,
as described under \fBTHE INSERTION CURSOR\fR below.
Second, the mark \fBcurrent\fR is associated with the character
closest to the mouse and is adjusted automatically to track the
mouse position and any changes to the text in the widget (one
exception: \fBcurrent\fR is not updated in response to mouse
motions if a mouse button is down; the update will be deferred
until all mouse buttons have been released).
Neither of these special marks may be deleted.
.VS 8.5
With the exception of
these two special marks, all marks are shared between peer text
widgets, and may be manipulated on an equal basis from any peer.
.VE 8.5
.SH "EMBEDDED WINDOWS"
.PP
The third form of annotation in text widgets is an embedded window.
Each embedded window annotation causes a window to be displayed
at a particular point in the text.
There may be any number of embedded windows in a text widget,
and any widget may be used as an embedded window (subject to the
usual rules for geometry management, which require the text window
to be the parent of the embedded window or a descendant of its
parent).
.PP
The embedded window's position on the screen will be updated as the
text is modified or scrolled, and it will be mapped and unmapped as
it moves into and out of the visible area of the text widget.
Each embedded window occupies one
.VS 8.5
unit's
.VE 8.5
worth of index space
in the text widget, and it may be referred to either by the name
of its embedded window or by its position in the widget's
index space.
If the range of text containing the embedded window is deleted then
the window is destroyed.
.VS 8.5
Similarly if the text widget as a whole is deleted, then the window is
destroyed.
.VE 8.5
.PP
.VS 8.5
Eliding an embedded window immediately after scheduling it for creation
via \fIpathName \fBwindow create \fIindex \fB-create\fR will prevent it
from being effectively created.
Uneliding an elided embedded window scheduled for creation via
\fIpathName \fBwindow create \fIindex \fB-create\fR will automatically
trigger the associated creation script.
After destroying an elided embedded window, the latter won't get
automatically recreated.
.VE 8.5
.PP
When an embedded window is added to a text widget with the
\fIpathName \fBwindow create\fR widget command, several configuration
options may be associated with it.
These options may be modified later with the \fIpathName \fBwindow configure\fR
widget command.
The following options are currently supported:
.TP
\fB\-align \fIwhere\fR
If the window is not as tall as the line in which it is displayed,
this option determines where the window is displayed in the line.
\fIWhere\fR must have one of the values \fBtop\fR (align the top of the window
with the top of the line), \fBcenter\fR (center the window
within the range of the line), \fBbottom\fR (align the bottom of the
window with the bottom of the line's area),
or \fBbaseline\fR (align the bottom of the window with the baseline
of the line).
.TP
\fB\-create \fIscript\fR
Specifies a Tcl script that may be evaluated to create the window
for the annotation.
If no \fB\-window\fR option has been specified for the annotation
this script will be evaluated when the annotation is about to
be displayed on the screen.
\fIScript\fR must create a window for the annotation and return
the name of that window as its result.
.VS 8.5
Two substitutions will be performed in \fIscript\fR before evaluation.
\fI%W\fR will be substituted by the name of the parent text widget,
and \fI%%\fR will be substituted by a single \fI%\fR.
.VE 8.5
If the annotation's window should ever be deleted, \fIscript\fR
will be evaluated again the next time the annotation is displayed.
.TP
\fB\-padx \fIpixels\fR
\fIPixels\fR specifies the amount of extra space to leave on
each side of the embedded window.
It may have any of the usual forms defined for a screen distance.
.TP
\fB\-pady \fIpixels\fR
\fIPixels\fR specifies the amount of extra space to leave on
the top and on the bottom of the embedded window.
It may have any of the usual forms defined for a screen distance.
.TP
\fB\-stretch \fIboolean\fR
If the requested height of the embedded window is less than the
height of the line in which it is displayed, this option can be
used to specify whether the window should be stretched vertically
to fill its line.
If the \fB\-pady\fR option has been specified as well, then the
requested padding will be retained even if the window is
stretched.
.TP
\fB\-window \fIpathName\fR
Specifies the name of a window to display in the annotation.
.VS 8.5
Note that if a \fIpathName\fR has been set, then later configuring a
window to the empty string will not delete the widget corresponding to
the old \fIpathName\fR. Rather it will remove the association between
the old \fIpathName\fR and the text widget. If multiple peer widgets
are in use, it is usually simpler to use the \fB\-create\fR option if
embedded windows are desired in each peer.
.VE 8.5
.SH "EMBEDDED IMAGES"
.PP
The final form of annotation in text widgets is an embedded image.
Each embedded image annotation causes an image to be displayed
at a particular point in the text.
There may be any number of embedded images in a text widget,
and a particular image may be embedded in multiple places in the same
text widget.
.PP
The embedded image's position on the screen will be updated as the
text is modified or scrolled.
Each embedded image occupies one
.VS 8.5
unit's
.VE 8.5
worth of index space
in the text widget, and it may be referred to either by
its position in the widget's index space, or the name it is assigned
when the image is inserted into the text widget with \fIpathName \fBimage create\fR.
If the range of text containing the embedded image is deleted then
that copy of the image is removed from the screen.
.PP
.VS 8.5
Eliding an embedded image immediately after scheduling it for creation
via \fIpathName \fBimage create \fIindex \fB-create\fR will prevent it
from being effectively created.
Uneliding an elided embedded image scheduled for creation via
\fIpathName \fBimage create \fIindex \fB-create\fR will automatically
trigger the associated creation script.
After destroying an elided embedded image, the latter won't get
automatically recreated.
.VE 8.5
.PP
When an embedded image is added to a text widget with the \fIpathName \fBimage
create\fR widget command, a name unique to this instance of the image
is returned. This name may then be used to refer to this image
instance. The name is taken to be the value of the \fB\-name\fR option
(described below). If the \fB\-name\fR option is not provided, the
\fB\-image\fR name is used instead. If the \fIimageName\fR is already
in use in the text widget, then \fB#\fInn\fR is added to the end of the
\fIimageName\fR, where \fInn\fR is an arbitrary integer. This insures
the \fIimageName\fR is unique.
Once this name is assigned to this instance of the image, it does not
change, even though the \fB\-image\fR or \fB\-name\fR values can be changed
with \fIpathName \fBimage configure\fR.
.PP
When an embedded image is added to a text widget with the
\fIpathName \fBimage create\fR widget command, several configuration
options may be associated with it.
These options may be modified later with the \fIpathName \fBimage configure\fR
widget command.
The following options are currently supported:
.TP
\fB\-align \fIwhere\fR
If the image is not as tall as the line in which it is displayed,
this option determines where the image is displayed in the line.
\fIWhere\fR must have one of the values \fBtop\fR (align the top of the image
with the top of the line), \fBcenter\fR (center the image
within the range of the line), \fBbottom\fR (align the bottom of the
image with the bottom of the line's area),
or \fBbaseline\fR (align the bottom of the image with the baseline
of the line).
.TP
\fB\-image \fIimage\fR
Specifies the name of the Tk image to display in the annotation.
If \fIimage\fR is not a valid Tk image, then an error is returned.
.TP
\fB\-name \fIImageName\fR
Specifies the name by which this image instance may be referenced in
the text widget. If \fIImageName\fR is not supplied, then the
name of the Tk image is used instead.
If the \fIimageName\fR is already in use, \fI#nn\fR is appended to
the end of the name as described above.
.TP
\fB\-padx \fIpixels\fR
\fIPixels\fR specifies the amount of extra space to leave on
each side of the embedded image.
It may have any of the usual forms defined for a screen distance.
.TP
\fB\-pady \fIpixels\fR
\fIPixels\fR specifies the amount of extra space to leave on
the top and on the bottom of the embedded image.
It may have any of the usual forms defined for a screen distance.
.SH "THE SELECTION"
.PP
Selection support is implemented via tags.
If the \fBexportSelection\fR option for the text widget is true
then the \fBsel\fR tag will be associated with the selection:
.IP [1]
Whenever characters are tagged with \fBsel\fR the text widget
will claim ownership of the selection.
.IP [2]
Attempts to retrieve the
selection will be serviced by the text widget, returning all the
characters with the \fBsel\fR tag.
.IP [3]
If the selection is claimed away by another application or by another
window within this application, then the \fBsel\fR tag will be removed
from all characters in the text.
.IP [4]
Whenever the \fBsel\fR tag range changes a virtual event
\fB<<Selection>>\fR is generated.
.PP
The \fBsel\fR tag is automatically defined when a text widget is
created, and it may not be deleted with the
.QW "\fIpathName \fBtag delete\fR"
widget command. Furthermore, the \fBselectBackground\fR,
\fBselectBorderWidth\fR, and \fBselectForeground\fR options for
the text widget are tied to the \fB\-background\fR,
\fB\-borderwidth\fR, and \fB\-foreground\fR options for the \fBsel\fR
tag: changes in either will automatically be reflected in the
other.
.VS 8.5
Also the
\fB\-inactiveselectbackground\fR option for the text widget is used
instead of \fB\-selectbackground\fR when the text widget does not have
the focus. This allows programmatic control over the visualization of
the \fBsel\fR tag for foreground and background windows, or to have
\fBsel\fR not shown at all (when \fB\-inactiveselectbackground\fR is
empty) for background windows. Each peer text widget has its own
\fBsel\fR tag which can be separately configured and set.
.VE 8.5
.SH "THE INSERTION CURSOR"
.PP
The mark named \fBinsert\fR has special significance in text widgets.
It is defined automatically when a text widget is created and it
may not be unset with the
.QW "\fIpathName \fBmark unset\fR"
widget command.
The \fBinsert\fR mark represents the position of the insertion
cursor, and the insertion cursor will automatically be drawn at
this point whenever the text widget has the input focus.
.SH "THE MODIFIED FLAG"
The text widget can keep track of changes to the content of the widget
by means of the modified flag. Inserting or deleting text will set
this flag. The flag can be queried, set and cleared programmatically
as well. Whenever the flag changes state a \fB<<Modified>>\fR virtual
event is generated. See the \fIpathName \fBedit modified\fR widget command for
more details.
.SH "THE UNDO MECHANISM"
.PP
The text widget has an unlimited undo and redo mechanism (when the
\fB\-undo\fR widget option is true) which records every insert and
delete action on a stack.
.PP
Boundaries (called
.QW separators )
are inserted between edit actions. The
purpose of these separators is to group inserts, deletes and replaces
into one compound edit action. When undoing a change everything between
two separators will be undone. The undone changes are then moved to the
redo stack, so that an undone edit can be redone again. The redo stack
is cleared whenever new edit actions are recorded on the undo stack. The
undo and redo stacks can be cleared to keep their depth under control.
.PP
Separators are inserted automatically when the \fB\-autoseparators\fR
widget option is true. You can insert separators programmatically as
well. If a separator is already present at the top of the undo stack
no other will be inserted. That means that two separators on the undo
stack are always separated by at least one insert or delete action.
.PP
The undo mechanism is also linked to the modified flag. This means
that undoing or redoing changes can take a modified text widget back
to the unmodified state or vice versa. The modified flag will be set
automatically to the appropriate state. This automatic coupling
does not work when the modified flag has been set by the user, until
the flag has been reset again.
.PP
See below for the \fIpathName \fBedit\fR widget command that controls the undo
mechanism.
.SH "PEER WIDGETS"
.PP
.VS 8.5
The text widget has a separate store of all its data concerning each
line's textual contents, marks, tags, images and windows, and the undo
stack.
.PP
While this data store cannot be accessed directly (i.e. without a text
widget as an intermediary), multiple text widgets can be created, each
of which present different views on the same underlying data. Such
text widgets are known as peer text widgets.
.PP
As text is added, deleted, edited and coloured in any one widget, and as
images, marks, tags are adjusted, all such changes will be reflected in
all peers.
.PP
All data and markup is shared, except for a few small details. First,
the \fBsel\fR tag may be set and configured (in its display style)
differently for each peer. Second, each peer has its own \fBinsert\fR
and \fBcurrent\fR mark positions (but all other marks are shared).
Third, embedded windows, which are arbitrary other widgets, cannot be
shared between peers. This means the \fB\-window\fR option of embedded
windows is independently set for each peer (it is advisable to use
the \fB\-create\fR script capabilities to allow each peer to create its
own embedded windows as needed). Fourth, all of the configuration
options of each peer (e.g. \fB\-font\fR, etc) can be set independently,
with the exception of \fB\-undo\fR, \fB\-maxUndo\fR, \fB\-autoSeparators\fR
(i.e. all undo, redo and modified state issues are shared).
.PP
Finally any single peer need not contain all lines from the underlying
data store. When creating a peer, a contiguous range of lines (e.g.
only lines 52 through 125) may be specified. This allows a peer to
contain just a small portion of the overall text. The range of lines
will expand and contract as text is inserted or deleted. The peer will
only ever display complete lines of text (one cannot share just part of
a line). If the peer's contents contracts to nothing (i.e. all complete
lines in the peer widget have been deleted from another widget), then it
is impossible for new lines to be inserted. The peer will simply become
an empty shell on which the background can be configured, but which will
never show any content (without manual reconfiguration of the start and
end lines). Note that a peer which does not contain all of the
underlying data store still has indices numbered from
.QW 1.0
to
.QW end .
It is simply that those indices reflect a subset of the total data, and
data outside the contained range is not accessible to the peer. This
means that the command \fIpeerName \fBindex end\fR may return quite different
values in different peers. Similarly, commands like \fIpeerName \fBtag
ranges\fR will not return index ranges outside that which is meaningful
to the peer. The configuration options \fB\-startline\fR and
\fB\-endline\fR may be used to control how much of the underlying data is
contained in any given text widget.
.PP
Note that peers are really peers. Deleting the
.QW original
text widget will not cause any other peers to be deleted, or otherwise
affected.
.PP
See below for the \fIpathName \fBpeer\fR widget command that controls the
creation of peer widgets.
.VE 8.5
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The \fBtext\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose
name is the same as the path name of the text's window. This
command may be used to invoke various
operations on the widget. It has the following general form:
.CS
\fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
.CE
\fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as
the text widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs
determine the exact behavior of the command. The following
commands are possible for text widgets:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBbbox \fIindex\fR
Returns a list of four elements describing the screen area
of the character given by \fIindex\fR.
The first two elements of the list give the x and y coordinates
of the upper-left corner of the area occupied by the
character, and the last two elements give the width and height
of the area.
If the character is only partially visible on the screen, then
the return value reflects just the visible part.
If the character is not visible on the screen then the return
value is an empty list.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBtext\fR
command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcompare\fR \fIindex1 op index2\fR
Compares the indices given by \fIindex1\fR and \fIindex2\fR according
to the relational operator given by \fIop\fR, and returns 1 if
the relationship is satisfied and 0 if it is not.
\fIOp\fR must be one of the operators <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=.
If \fIop\fR is == then 1 is returned if the two indices refer to
the same character, if \fIop\fR is < then 1 is returned if \fIindex1\fR
refers to an earlier character in the text than \fIindex2\fR, and
so on.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? \fI?value option value ...\fR?
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for
information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified
with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the
one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding
sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If
one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in
this case the command returns an empty string.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBtext\fR
command.
.VS 8.5
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcount\fR \fI?options\fR? \fIindex1 index2\fR
Counts the number of relevant things between the two indices.
If \fIindex1\fR is after \fIindex2\fR, the result will be a negative number
(and this holds for each of the possible options).
The actual items which are counted depend on the
options given. The result is a list of integers, one for the result of
each counting option given. Valid counting options are \fB\-chars\fR,
\fB\-displaychars\fR, \fB\-displayindices\fR, \fB\-displaylines\fR,
\fB\-indices\fR, \fB\-lines\fR, \fB\-xpixels\fR and \fB\-ypixels\fR. The
default value, if no option is specified, is \fB\-indices\fR. There is an
additional possible option \fB\-update\fR which is a modifier. If given (and
if the text widget is managed by a geometry manager), then all subsequent
options ensure that any possible out of date information is recalculated.
This currently only has any effect for the \fI\-ypixels\fR count (which, if
\fB\-update\fR is not given, will use the text widget's current cached value
for each line). The count options are interpreted as follows:
.RS
.IP \fB\-chars\fR
count all characters, whether elided or not. Do not count
embedded windows or images.
.IP \fB\-displaychars\fR
count all non-elided characters.
.IP \fB\-displayindices\fR
count all non-elided characters, windows and images.
.IP \fB\-displaylines\fR
count all display lines (i.e. counting one for each
time a line wraps) from the line of the first index up to, but not
including the display line of the second index. Therefore if they are
both on the same display line, zero will be returned. By definition
displaylines are visible and therefore this only counts portions of
actual visible lines.
.IP \fB\-indices\fR
count all characters and embedded windows or images (i.e.
everything which counts in text-widget index space), whether they are
elided or not.
.IP \fB\-lines\fR
count all logical lines (irrespective of wrapping) from
the line of the first index up to, but not including the line of the
second index. Therefore if they are both on the same line, zero will be
returned. Logical lines are counted whether they are currently visible
(non-elided) or not.
.IP \fB\-xpixels\fR
count the number of horizontal pixels from the first
pixel of the first index to (but not including) the first pixel of the
second index. To count the total desired width of the text widget
(assuming wrapping is not enabled), first find the longest line and then
use
.QW ".text count \-xpixels \N'34'${line}.0\N'34' \N'34'${line}.0 lineend\N'34'" .
.IP \fB\-ypixels\fR
count the number of vertical pixels from the first pixel
of the first index to (but not including) the first pixel of the second
index. If both indices are on the same display line, zero will be
returned. To count the total number of vertical pixels in the text
widget, use
.QW ".text count \-ypixels 1.0 end" ,
and to ensure this is up to date, use
.QW ".text count \-update \-ypixels 1.0 end" .
.PP
The command returns a positive or negative integer corresponding to the
number of items counted between the two indices. One such integer is
returned for each counting option given, so a list is returned if more
than one option was supplied. For example
.QW ".text count \-xpixels \-ypixels 1.3 4.5"
is perfectly valid and will return a list of two elements.
.RE
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fIpathName \fBdebug \fR?\fIboolean\fR?
If \fIboolean\fR is specified, then it must have one of the true or
false values accepted by Tcl_GetBoolean.
If the value is a true one then internal consistency checks will be
turned on in the B-tree code associated with text widgets.
If \fIboolean\fR has a false value then the debugging checks will
be turned off.
In either case the command returns an empty string.
If \fIboolean\fR is not specified then the command returns \fBon\fR
or \fBoff\fR to indicate whether or not debugging is turned on.
There is a single debugging switch shared by all text widgets: turning
debugging on or off in any widget turns it on or off for all widgets.
For widgets with large amounts of text, the consistency checks may
cause a noticeable slow-down.
.RS
.PP
When debugging is turned on, the drawing routines of the text widget
set the global variables \fBtk_textRedraw\fR and \fBtk_textRelayout\fR
to the lists of indices that are redrawn. The values of these variables
are tested by Tk's test suite.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBdelete \fIindex1 \fR?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
Delete a range of characters from the text.
If both \fIindex1\fR and \fIindex2\fR are specified, then delete
all the characters starting with the one given by \fIindex1\fR
and stopping just before \fIindex2\fR (i.e. the character at
\fIindex2\fR is not deleted).
If \fIindex2\fR does not specify a position later in the text
than \fIindex1\fR then no characters are deleted.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 | first range so deleted text does not cause an undesired index shifting side-effects. If multiple ranges with the same start index are given, then the longest range is used. If overlapping ranges are given, then they will be merged into spans that do not cause deletion of text outside the given ranges due to text shifted during deletion. .TP \fIpathName \fBdlineinfo \fIindex\fR | < | > | | | | > | | > | | > | | | | < | > > | | | | | | | > | | < < | | < < < | | | < | | | | | > < | | > | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | < | | < | > < < | | < | < | | | > | < | > | | > | > | | | | | | | > > | | | < > | < | | > | | < | | | | < | | | | > | | | > | | | > < | > | | | > | | < < | | > < > | | > | | | | > | | > | | | | | | < | | > | < | | > | | < | | < | | > | > | | | > | | | < | < | | > | | | > | | | | < < | > | | | < | | | | | | | < | | | > | < | < < < | | | | > | < | | < | | | | < | | > | | > | | < | | | > | < | | | < | | > > | | | | > < | > | < | | | > | | > | | | | | | | > | > < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | > | | | | | | | > | | > | | | > | | > < | > < | | > > | | | | > | > | > | | | | | > | | | | < | > | | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | > < | | > | > | | > | | < | > | | > | | > | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | > | | > | | | | | > | | | < | | > < | | | | | > | | | > | | | < | > | | > | < | | > | < < | | > | | | | > < | | | > | | > | | > | > | < | | > | | | > | | > | > < | | | | < | > | | > | | | > > | < | | > | > | | | | > | | < | | > | | < | | | < | | | | > | | | > | | | > < | > | | > > | < | | < | | > < | | | > | > | | | | | > < | | | < | > > | | | | | < | | > > > | | > | < | > | < > | | | > | | > | | < | > | | > > | | | | | > < | > > | | | | > | | | > > | | < | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | > | | | | | | > | < | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | | | | < | > | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | > | > | | | | | > | < | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | > > > | | < < < | | | | | | | > | | > | | | | > | > | > | | | | | > | | > | | | | | > | | > | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | | > < < < | 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 |
first range so deleted text does not cause an undesired index shifting
side-effects. If multiple ranges with the same start index are given,
then the longest range is used. If overlapping ranges are given, then
they will be merged into spans that do not cause deletion of text
outside the given ranges due to text shifted during deletion.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBdlineinfo \fIindex\fR
Returns a list with five elements describing the area occupied
by the display line containing \fIindex\fR.
The first two elements of the list give the x and y coordinates
of the upper-left corner of the area occupied by the
line, the third and fourth elements give the width and height
of the area, and the fifth element gives the position of the baseline
for the line, measured down from the top of the area.
All of this information is measured in pixels.
If the current wrap mode is \fBnone\fR and the line extends beyond
the boundaries of the window,
the area returned reflects the entire area of the line, including the
portions that are out of the window.
If the line is shorter than the full width of the window then the
area returned reflects just the portion of the line that is occupied
by characters and embedded windows.
If the display line containing \fIindex\fR is not visible on
the screen then the return value is an empty list.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBdump \fR?\fIswitches\fR? \fIindex1 \fR?\fIindex2\fR?
Return the contents of the text widget from \fIindex1\fR up to,
but not including \fIindex2\fR,
including the text and
information about marks, tags, and embedded windows.
If \fIindex2\fR is not specified, then it defaults to
one character past \fIindex1\fR. The information is returned
in the following format:
.RS
.LP
\fIkey1 value1 index1 key2 value2 index2\fR ...
.LP
The possible \fIkey\fR values are \fBtext\fR, \fBmark\fR,
\fBtagon\fR, \fBtagoff\fR, \fBimage\fR, and \fBwindow\fR. The corresponding
\fIvalue\fR is the text, mark name, tag name, image name, or window name.
The \fIindex\fR information is the index of the
start of the text, mark, tag transition, image or window.
One or more of the following switches (or abbreviations thereof)
may be specified to control the dump:
.TP
\fB\-all\fR
Return information about all elements: text, marks, tags, images and windows.
This is the default.
.TP
\fB\-command \fIcommand\fR
Instead of returning the information as the result of the dump operation,
invoke the \fIcommand\fR on each element of the text widget within the range.
The command has three arguments appended to it before it is evaluated:
the \fIkey\fR, \fIvalue\fR, and \fIindex\fR.
.TP
\fB\-image\fR
Include information about images in the dump results.
.TP
\fB\-mark\fR
Include information about marks in the dump results.
.TP
\fB\-tag\fR
Include information about tag transitions in the dump results. Tag
information is returned as \fBtagon\fR and \fBtagoff\fR elements that
indicate the begin and end of each range of each tag, respectively.
.TP
\fB\-text\fR
Include information about text in the dump results. The value is the
text up to the next element or the end of range indicated by \fIindex2\fR.
A text element does not span newlines. A multi-line block of text that
contains no marks or tag transitions will still be dumped as a set
of text segments that each end with a newline. The newline is part
of the value.
.TP
\fB\-window\fR
Include information about embedded windows in the dump results.
The value of a window is its Tk pathname, unless the window
has not been created yet. (It must have a create script.)
In this case an empty string is returned, and you must query the
window by its index position to get more information.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
This command controls the undo mechanism and the modified flag. The
exact behavior of the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument
that follows the \fBedit\fR argument. The following forms of the
command are currently supported:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit modified ?\fIboolean\fR?
If \fIboolean\fR is not specified, returns the modified flag of the
widget. The insert, delete, edit undo and edit redo commands or the
user can set or clear the modified flag. If \fIboolean\fR is
specified, sets the modified flag of the widget to \fIboolean\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit redo\fR
When the \fB\-undo\fR option is true, reapplies the last undone edits
provided no other edits were done since then. Generates an error when
the redo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR option is
false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit reset\fR
Clears the undo and redo stacks.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit separator\fR
Inserts a separator (boundary) on the undo stack. Does nothing when
the \fB\-undo\fR option is false.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBedit undo\fR
Undoes the last edit action when the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. An
edit action is defined as all the insert and delete commands that are
recorded on the undo stack in between two separators. Generates an
error when the undo stack is empty. Does nothing when the \fB\-undo\fR
option is false.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR \fI?\-displaychars?\fR \fI\-\- index1\fR ?\fIindex2 ...\fR?
Return a range of characters from the text.
The return value will be all the characters in the text starting
with the one whose index is \fIindex1\fR and ending just before
the one whose index is \fIindex2\fR (the character at \fIindex2\fR
will not be returned).
If \fIindex2\fR is omitted then the single character at \fIindex1\fR
is returned.
If there are no characters in the specified range (e.g. \fIindex1\fR
is past the end of the file or \fIindex2\fR is less than or equal
to \fIindex1\fR) then an empty string is returned.
If the specified range contains embedded windows, no information
about them is included in the returned string.
If multiple index pairs are given, multiple ranges of text will be returned
in a list. Invalid ranges will not be represented with empty strings in
the list. The ranges are returned in the order passed to \fIpathName \fBget\fR.
.VS 8.5
If the \fB\-displaychars\fR option is given, then, within each range,
only those characters which are not elided will be returned. This may
have the effect that some of the returned ranges are empty strings.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimage \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
This command is used to manipulate embedded images.
The behavior of the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument
that follows the \fBtag\fR argument.
The following forms of the command are currently supported:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimage cget\fR \fIindex option\fR
Returns the value of a configuration option for an embedded image.
\fIIndex\fR identifies the embedded image, and \fIoption\fR
specifies a particular configuration option, which must be one of
the ones listed in the section \fBEMBEDDED IMAGES\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimage configure \fIindex\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
Query or modify the configuration options for an embedded image.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for the embedded image at \fIindex\fR
(see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list).
If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command
returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be
identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no
\fIoption\fR is specified).
If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in
this case the command returns an empty string.
See \fBEMBEDDED IMAGES\fR for information on the options that
are supported.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimage create \fIindex\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
This command creates a new image annotation, which will appear
in the text at the position given by \fIindex\fR.
Any number of \fIoption\-value\fR pairs may be specified to
configure the annotation.
Returns a unique identifier that may be used as an index to refer to
this image.
See \fBEMBEDDED IMAGES\fR for information on the options that
are supported, and a description of the identifier returned.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBimage names\fR
Returns a list whose elements are the names of all image instances currently
embedded in \fIwindow\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBindex \fIindex\fR
Returns the position corresponding to \fIindex\fR in the form
\fIline.char\fR where \fIline\fR is the line number and \fIchar\fR
is the character number.
\fIIndex\fR may have any of the forms described under \fBINDICES\fR above.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinsert \fIindex chars \fR?\fItagList chars tagList ...\fR?
Inserts all of the \fIchars\fR arguments just before the character at
\fIindex\fR.
If \fIindex\fR refers to the end of the text (the character after
the last newline) then the new text is inserted just before the
last newline instead.
If there is a single \fIchars\fR argument and no \fItagList\fR, then
the new text will receive any tags that are present on both the
character before and the character after the insertion point; if a tag
is present on only one of these characters then it will not be
applied to the new text.
If \fItagList\fR is specified then it consists of a list of
tag names; the new characters will receive all of the tags in
this list and no others, regardless of the tags present around
the insertion point.
If multiple \fIchars\fR\-\fItagList\fR argument pairs are present,
they produce the same effect as if a separate \fIpathName \fBinsert\fR widget
command had been issued for each pair, in order.
The last \fItagList\fR argument may be omitted.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBmark \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
This command is used to manipulate marks. The exact behavior of
the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument that follows
the \fBmark\fR argument. The following forms of the command
are currently supported:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBmark gravity \fImarkName\fR ?\fIdirection\fR?
If \fIdirection\fR is not specified, returns \fBleft\fR or \fBright\fR
to indicate which of its adjacent characters \fImarkName\fR is attached
to.
If \fIdirection\fR is specified, it must be \fBleft\fR or \fBright\fR;
the gravity of \fImarkName\fR is set to the given value.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBmark names\fR
Returns a list whose elements are the names of all the marks that
are currently set.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBmark next \fIindex\fR
Returns the name of the next mark at or after \fIindex\fR.
If \fIindex\fR is specified in numerical form, then the search for
the next mark begins at that index.
If \fIindex\fR is the name of a mark, then the search for
the next mark begins immediately after that mark.
This can still return a mark at the same position if
there are multiple marks at the same index.
These semantics mean that the \fBmark next\fR operation can be used to
step through all the marks in a text widget in the same order
as the mark information returned by the \fIpathName \fBdump\fR operation.
If a mark has been set to the special \fBend\fR index,
then it appears to be \fIafter\fR \fBend\fR with respect to the \fIpathName \fBmark next\fR operation.
An empty string is returned if there are no marks after \fIindex\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBmark previous \fIindex\fR
Returns the name of the mark at or before \fIindex\fR.
If \fIindex\fR is specified in numerical form, then the search for
the previous mark begins with the character just before that index.
If \fIindex\fR is the name of a mark, then the search for
the next mark begins immediately before that mark.
This can still return a mark at the same position if
there are multiple marks at the same index.
These semantics mean that the \fIpathName \fBmark previous\fR operation can be used to
step through all the marks in a text widget in the reverse order
as the mark information returned by the \fIpathName \fBdump\fR operation.
An empty string is returned if there are no marks before \fIindex\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBmark set \fImarkName index\fR
Sets the mark named \fImarkName\fR to a position just before the
character at \fIindex\fR.
If \fImarkName\fR already exists, it is moved from its old position;
if it does not exist, a new mark is created.
This command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBmark unset \fImarkName \fR?\fImarkName markName ...\fR?
Remove the mark corresponding to each of the \fImarkName\fR arguments.
The removed marks will not be usable in indices and will not be
returned by future calls to
.QW "\fIpathName \fBmark names\fR" .
This command returns an empty string.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpeer\fR \fIoption args\fR
.VS 8.5
This command is used to create and query widget peers. It has
two forms, depending on \fIoption\fR:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpeer create \fInewPathName\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
Creates a peer text widget with the given \fInewPathName\fR, and any
optional standard configuration options (as for the \fItext\fR command).
By default the peer will have the same start and end line as the
parent widget, but these can be overridden with the standard
configuration options.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBpeer names\fR
Returns a list of peers of this widget (this does not include the widget
itself). The order within this list is undefined.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBreplace\fR \fIindex1 index2 chars\fR ?\fItagList chars tagList ...\fR?
Replaces the range of characters between \fIindex1\fR and \fIindex2\fR
with the given characters and tags. See the section on \fIpathName
\fBinsert\fR for an explanation of the handling of the \fItagList...\fR
arguments, and the section on \fIpathName
\fBdelete\fR for an explanation of the handling of the indices. If
\fIindex2\fR corresponds to an index earlier in the text than
\fIindex1\fR, an error will be generated.
.RS
.PP
The deletion and insertion are arranged so that no unnecessary
scrolling of the window or movement of insertion cursor occurs. In
addition the undo/redo stack are correctly modified, if undo operations
are active in the text widget. The command returns an empty string.
.RE
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fIpathName \fBscan\fR \fIoption args\fR
This command is used to implement scanning on texts. It has
two forms, depending on \fIoption\fR:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBscan mark \fIx y\fR
Records \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR and the current view in the text window,
for use in conjunction with later \fIpathName \fBscan dragto\fR commands.
Typically this command is associated with a mouse button press in
the widget. It returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBscan dragto \fIx y\fR
This command computes the difference between its \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR
arguments and the \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR arguments to the last
\fIpathName \fBscan mark\fR command for the widget.
It then adjusts the view by 10 times the difference in coordinates.
This command is typically associated
with mouse motion events in the widget, to produce the effect of
dragging the text at high speed through the window. The return
value is an empty string.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsearch \fR?\fIswitches\fR? \fIpattern index \fR?\fIstopIndex\fR?
Searches the text in \fIpathName\fR starting at \fIindex\fR for a range
of characters that matches \fIpattern\fR.
If a match is found, the index of the first character in the match is
returned as result; otherwise an empty string is returned.
One or more of the following switches (or abbreviations thereof)
may be specified to control the search:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-forwards\fR
The search will proceed forward through the text, finding the first
matching range starting at or after the position given by \fIindex\fR.
This is the default.
.TP
\fB\-backwards\fR
The search will proceed backward through the text, finding the
matching range closest to \fIindex\fR whose first character
is before \fIindex\fR
.VS 8.5
(it is not allowed to be at \fIindex\fR). Note that, for a variety of
reasons, backwards searches can be substantially slower than forwards
searches (particularly when using \fB\-regexp\fR), so it is recommended
that performance-critical code use forward searches.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\-exact\fR
Use exact matching: the characters in the matching range must be
identical to those in \fIpattern\fR.
This is the default.
.TP
\fB\-regexp\fR
Treat \fIpattern\fR as a regular expression and match it against
the text using the rules for regular expressions (see the \fBregexp\fR
command for details).
.VS 8.5
The default matching automatically passes
both the \fB\-lineanchor\fR and \fB\-linestop\fR options
to the regexp engine (unless \fB\-nolinestop\fR is used), so that
\fI^$\fR match beginning and end of line, and \fI.\fR, \fI[^\fR
sequences will never match the newline character \fI\en\fR.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\-nolinestop\fR
.VS 8.5
This allows \fI.\fR and \fI[^\fR sequences to match the newline
character \fI\en\fR, which they will otherwise not do (see the \fBregexp\fR
command for details). This option is only meaningful if \fB\-regexp\fR
is also given, and an error will be thrown otherwise. For example,
to match the entire text, use
.QW "\fIpathName \fBsearch \-nolinestop \-regexp\fR \N'34'.*\N'34' 1.0" .
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\-nocase\fR
Ignore case differences between the pattern and the text.
.TP
\fB\-count\fI varName\fR
The argument following \fB\-count\fR gives the name of a variable;
if a match is found, the number of index positions between beginning and
end of the matching range will be stored in the variable. If there are no
embedded images or windows in the matching range (and there are no
elided characters if \fB\-elide\fR is not given), this is equivalent to the
number of characters matched. In either case, the range \fImatchIdx\fR to
\fImatchIdx + $count chars\fR will return the entire matched text.
.TP
\fB\-all\fR
.VS 8.5
Find all matches in the given range and return a list of the indices of
the first character of each match. If a \fB\-count\fI varName\fR switch is
given, then \fIvarName\fR is also set to a list containing one element
for each successful match. Note that, even for exact searches, the
elements of this list may be different, if there are embedded images,
windows or hidden text. Searches with \fB\-all\fR behave very
similarly to the Tcl command \fBregexp \-all\fR, in that overlapping
matches are not normally returned. For example, applying an
\fB\-all\fR search of the pattern
.QW \ew+
against
.QW "hello there"
will just match twice, once for each word, and matching
.QW "Z[a\-z]+Z"
against
.QW ZooZooZoo
will just match once.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\-overlap\fR
.VS 8.5
When performing \fB\-all\fR searches, the normal behaviour is that
matches which overlap an already-found match will not be returned. This
switch changes that behaviour so that all matches which are not totally
enclosed within another match are returned. For example, applying an
\fB\-overlap\fR search of the pattern
.QW \ew+
against
.QW "hello there"
will just match twice (i.e. no different to just \fB\-all\fR),
but matching
.QW Z[a\-z]+Z
against
.QW ZooZooZoo
will now match twice.
An error will be thrown if this switch is used without \fB\-all\fR.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\-strictlimits\fR
.VS 8.5
When performing any search, the normal behaviour is that
the start and stop limits are checked with respect to the
start of the matching text. With the \fB\-strictlimits\fR flag,
the entire matching range must lie inside the start and stop
limits specified for the match to be valid.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\-elide\fR
Find elided (hidden) text as well. By default only displayed text is
searched.
.TP
\fB\-\|\-\fR
This switch has no effect except to terminate the list of switches:
the next argument will be treated as \fIpattern\fR even if it starts
with \fB\-\fR.
.PP
.VS 8.5
The matching range may be within a single line of text, or run across
multiple lines (if parts of the pattern can match a new-line). For
regular expression matching one can use the various newline-matching
features such as \fB$\fR to match the end of a line, \fB^\fR to match
the beginning of a line, and to control
whether \fB.\fR is allowed to match a new-line.
.VE 8.5
If \fIstopIndex\fR is specified, the search stops at that index:
for forward searches, no match at or after \fIstopIndex\fR will
be considered; for backward searches, no match earlier in the
text than \fIstopIndex\fR will be considered.
If \fIstopIndex\fR is omitted, the entire text will be searched:
when the beginning or end of the text is reached, the search
continues at the other end until the starting location is reached
again; if \fIstopIndex\fR is specified, no wrap-around will occur.
This means that, for example, if the search is \fB\-forwards\fR
but \fIstopIndex\fR is earlier in the text than \fIstartIndex\fR,
nothing will ever be found. See \fBKNOWN BUGS\fR below for a number of
minor limitations of the \fIpathName \fBsearch\fR command.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBsee \fIindex\fR
Adjusts the view in the window so that the character given by \fIindex\fR
is completely visible.
If \fIindex\fR is already visible then the command does nothing.
If \fIindex\fR is a short distance out of view, the command
adjusts the view just enough to make \fIindex\fR visible at the
edge of the window.
If \fIindex\fR is far out of view, then the command centers
\fIindex\fR in the window.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
This command is used to manipulate tags. The exact behavior of the
command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument that follows the
\fBtag\fR argument. The following forms of the command are currently
supported:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag add \fItagName index1 \fR?\fIindex2 index1 index2 ...\fR?
Associate the tag \fItagName\fR with all of the characters starting
with \fIindex1\fR and ending just before
\fIindex2\fR (the character at \fIindex2\fR is not tagged).
A single command may contain any number of \fIindex1\fR\-\fIindex2\fR
pairs.
If the last \fIindex2\fR is omitted then the single character at
\fIindex1\fR is tagged.
If there are no characters in the specified range (e.g. \fIindex1\fR
is past the end of the file or \fIindex2\fR is less than or equal
to \fIindex1\fR) then the command has no effect.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag bind \fItagName\fR ?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIscript\fR?
This command associates \fIscript\fR with the tag given by
\fItagName\fR.
Whenever the event sequence given by \fIsequence\fR occurs for a
character that has been tagged with \fItagName\fR,
the script will be invoked.
This widget command is similar to the \fBbind\fR command except that
it operates on characters in a text rather than entire widgets.
See the \fBbind\fR manual entry for complete details
on the syntax of \fIsequence\fR and the substitutions performed
on \fIscript\fR before invoking it.
If all arguments are specified then a new binding is created, replacing
any existing binding for the same \fIsequence\fR and \fItagName\fR
(if the first character of \fIscript\fR is
.QW +
then \fIscript\fR augments an existing binding rather than replacing it).
In this case the return value is an empty string.
If \fIscript\fR is omitted then the command returns the \fIscript\fR
associated with \fItagName\fR and \fIsequence\fR (an error occurs
if there is no such binding).
If both \fIscript\fR and \fIsequence\fR are omitted then the command
returns a list of all the sequences for which bindings have been
defined for \fItagName\fR.
.RS
.PP
The only events for which bindings may be specified are those related
to the mouse and keyboard (such as \fBEnter\fR, \fBLeave\fR,
\fBButtonPress\fR, \fBMotion\fR, and \fBKeyPress\fR) or virtual events.
Event bindings for a text widget use the \fBcurrent\fR mark described
under \fBMARKS\fR above. An \fBEnter\fR event triggers for a tag when the tag
first becomes present on the current character, and a \fBLeave\fR event
triggers for a tag when it ceases to be present on the current character.
\fBEnter\fR and \fBLeave\fR events can happen either because the
\fBcurrent\fR mark moved or because the character at that position
changed. Note that these events are different than \fBEnter\fR and
\fBLeave\fR events for windows. Mouse and keyboard events are directed
to the current character. If a virtual event is used in a binding, that
binding can trigger only if the virtual event is defined by an underlying
mouse-related or keyboard-related event.
.PP
It is possible for the current character to have multiple tags,
and for each of them to have a binding for a particular event
sequence.
When this occurs, one binding is invoked for each tag, in order
from lowest-priority to highest priority.
If there are multiple matching bindings for a single tag, then
the most specific binding is chosen (see the manual entry for
the \fBbind\fR command for details).
\fBcontinue\fR and \fBbreak\fR commands within binding scripts
are processed in the same way as for bindings created with
the \fBbind\fR command.
.PP
If bindings are created for the widget as a whole using the
\fBbind\fR command, then those bindings will supplement the
tag bindings.
The tag bindings will be invoked first, followed by bindings
for the window as a whole.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag cget\fR \fItagName option\fR
This command returns the current value of the option named \fIoption\fR
associated with the tag given by \fItagName\fR.
\fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fIpathName \fBtag
configure\fR widget command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag configure \fItagName\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue\fR? ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
This command is similar to the \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR widget command except
that it modifies options associated with the tag given by \fItagName\fR
instead of modifying options for the overall text widget.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, the command returns a list describing
all of the available options for \fItagName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR
for information on the format of this list).
If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns
a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to
the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR
is specified).
If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s) in \fItagName\fR;
in this case the command returns an empty string.
See \fBTAGS\fR above for details on the options available for tags.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag delete \fItagName \fR?\fItagName ...\fR?
Deletes all tag information for each of the \fItagName\fR
arguments.
The command removes the tags from all characters in the file
and also deletes any other information associated with the tags,
such as bindings and display information.
The command returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName\fB tag lower \fItagName \fR?\fIbelowThis\fR?
Changes the priority of tag \fItagName\fR so that it is just lower
in priority than the tag whose name is \fIbelowThis\fR.
If \fIbelowThis\fR is omitted, then \fItagName\fR's priority
is changed to make it lowest priority of all tags.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag names \fR?\fIindex\fR?
Returns a list whose elements are the names of all the tags that
are active at the character position given by \fIindex\fR.
If \fIindex\fR is omitted, then the return value will describe
all of the tags that exist for the text (this includes all tags
that have been named in a
.QW "\fIpathName \fBtag\fR"
widget command but have not been deleted by a
.QW "\fIpathName \fBtag delete\fR"
widget command, even if no characters are currently marked with the tag).
The list will be sorted in order from lowest priority to highest
priority.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag nextrange \fItagName index1 \fR?\fIindex2\fR?
This command searches the text for a range of characters tagged
with \fItagName\fR where the first character of the range is
no earlier than the character at \fIindex1\fR and no later than
the character just before \fIindex2\fR (a range starting at
\fIindex2\fR will not be considered).
If several matching ranges exist, the first one is chosen.
The command's return value is a list containing
two elements, which are the index of the first character of the
range and the index of the character just after the last one in
the range.
If no matching range is found then the return value is an
empty string.
If \fIindex2\fR is not given then it defaults to the end of the text.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag prevrange \fItagName index1 \fR?\fIindex2\fR?
This command searches the text for a range of characters tagged
with \fItagName\fR where the first character of the range is
before the character at \fIindex1\fR and no earlier than
the character at \fIindex2\fR (a range starting at
\fIindex2\fR will be considered).
If several matching ranges exist, the one closest to \fIindex1\fR is chosen.
The command's return value is a list containing
two elements, which are the index of the first character of the
range and the index of the character just after the last one in
the range.
If no matching range is found then the return value is an
empty string.
If \fIindex2\fR is not given then it defaults to the beginning of the text.
.TP
\fIpathName\fB tag raise \fItagName \fR?\fIaboveThis\fR?
Changes the priority of tag \fItagName\fR so that it is just higher
in priority than the tag whose name is \fIaboveThis\fR.
If \fIaboveThis\fR is omitted, then \fItagName\fR's priority
is changed to make it highest priority of all tags.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag ranges \fItagName\fR
Returns a list describing all of the ranges of text that have been
tagged with \fItagName\fR.
The first two elements of the list describe the first tagged range
in the text, the next two elements describe the second range, and
so on.
The first element of each pair contains the index of the first
character of the range, and the second element of the pair contains
the index of the character just after the last one in the
range.
If there are no characters tagged with \fItag\fR then an
empty string is returned.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag remove \fItagName index1 \fR?\fIindex2 index1 index2 ...\fR?
Remove the tag \fItagName\fR from all of the characters starting
at \fIindex1\fR and ending just before
\fIindex2\fR (the character at \fIindex2\fR is not affected).
A single command may contain any number of \fIindex1\fR\-\fIindex2\fR
pairs.
If the last \fIindex2\fR is omitted then the tag is removed from the
single character at \fIindex1\fR.
If there are no characters in the specified range (e.g. \fIindex1\fR
is past the end of the file or \fIindex2\fR is less than or equal
to \fIindex1\fR) then the command has no effect.
This command returns an empty string.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBwindow \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR?
This command is used to manipulate embedded windows.
The behavior of the command depends on the \fIoption\fR argument
that follows the \fBwindow\fR argument.
The following forms of the command are currently supported:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBwindow cget\fR \fIindex option\fR
Returns the value of a configuration option for an embedded window.
\fIIndex\fR identifies the embedded window, and \fIoption\fR
specifies a particular configuration option, which must be one of
the ones listed in the section \fBEMBEDDED WINDOWS\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBwindow configure \fIindex\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
Query or modify the configuration options for an embedded window.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for the embedded window at \fIindex\fR
(see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list).
If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command
returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be
identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no
\fIoption\fR is specified).
If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command
modifies the given option(s) to have the given value(s); in
this case the command returns an empty string.
See \fBEMBEDDED WINDOWS\fR for information on the options that
are supported.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBwindow create \fIindex\fR ?\fIoption value ...\fR?
This command creates a new window annotation, which will appear
in the text at the position given by \fIindex\fR.
Any number of \fIoption\-value\fR pairs may be specified to
configure the annotation.
See \fBEMBEDDED WINDOWS\fR for information on the options that
are supported.
Returns an empty string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBwindow names\fR
Returns a list whose elements are the names of all windows currently
embedded in \fIwindow\fR.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview \fIoption args\fR
This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the
text in the widget's window. It can take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fR
Returns a list containing two elements.
Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe
the portion of the document's horizontal span that is visible in
the window.
For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6,
20% of the text is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible
in the window, and 40% of the text is off-screen to the right.
The fractions refer only to the lines that are actually visible in the
window: if the lines in the window are all very short, so that they
are entirely visible, the returned fractions will be 0 and 1,
even if there are other lines in the text that are
much wider than the window.
These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR
option.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR
Adjusts the view in the window so that \fIfraction\fR of the horizontal
span of the text is off-screen to the left.
\fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR
This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fIWhat\fR must be \fBunits\fR, \fBpages\fR or \fBpixels\fR.
.VS 8.5
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR then \fInumber\fR must be an
integer, otherwise number may be specified in any of the forms acceptable
to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR, such as
.QW 2.0c
or
.QW 1i
(the result is rounded
to the nearest integer value. If no units are given, pixels are
assumed). If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by
\fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is
\fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls; if it is
\fBpixels\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR pixels. If
.VE 8.5
\fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become
visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right become
visible.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fI?args\fR?
This command is used to query and change the vertical position of the
text in the widget's window.
It can take any of the following forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview\fR
Returns a list containing two elements, both of which are real fractions
between 0 and 1.
The first element gives the position of the first visible pixel of the
first character (or image, etc) in the
top line in the window, relative to the text as a whole (0.5 means
it is halfway through the text, for example).
The second element gives the position of the first pixel just after the
last visible one in the bottom line of the window,
relative to the text as a whole.
These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR
option.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview moveto\fI fraction\fR
Adjusts the view in the window so that the pixel given by \fIfraction\fR
appears at the top of the top line of the window.
\fIFraction\fR is a fraction between 0 and 1; 0 indicates the first
pixel of the first character in the text, 0.33 indicates the pixel that is
one-third the way through the text; and so on.
.VS 8.5
Values close to 1 will
indicate values close to the last pixel in the text (1 actually refers
to one pixel beyond the last pixel), but in such cases the widget will
never scroll beyond the last pixel, and so a value of 1 will effectively
be rounded back to whatever fraction ensures the last pixel is at the
bottom of the window, and some other pixel is at the top.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview scroll \fInumber what\fR
This command adjust the view in the window up or down according to
\fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR.
\fIWhat\fR must be \fBunits\fR, \fBpages\fR or \fBpixels\fR.
.VS 8.5
If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR then \fInumber\fR must be an
integer, otherwise number may be specified in any of the forms acceptable
to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR, such as
.QW 2.0c
or
.QW 1i
(the result is rounded
to the nearest integer value. If no units are given, pixels are
assumed). If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts up or down by
\fInumber\fR lines on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view
adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls; if it is \fBpixels\fR then the view
adjusts by \fInumber\fR pixels.
.VE 8.5
If \fInumber\fR is negative then earlier positions in the text
become visible; if it is positive then later positions in the text
become visible.
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fR?\fB\-pickplace\fR? \fIindex\fR
Changes the view in the widget's window to make \fIindex\fR visible.
If the \fB\-pickplace\fR option is not specified then \fIindex\fR will
appear at the top of the window.
If \fB\-pickplace\fR is specified then the widget chooses where
\fIindex\fR appears in the window:
.RS
.IP [1]
If \fIindex\fR is already visible somewhere in the window then the
command does nothing.
.IP [2]
If \fIindex\fR is only a few lines off-screen above the window then
it will be positioned at the top of the window.
.IP [3]
If \fIindex\fR is only a few lines off-screen below the window then
it will be positioned at the bottom of the window.
.IP [4]
Otherwise, \fIindex\fR will be centered in the window.
.LP
The \fB\-pickplace\fR option has been obsoleted by the \fIpathName \fBsee\fR widget
command (\fIpathName \fBsee\fR handles both x- and y-motion to make a location
visible, whereas the \fB\-pickplace\fR mode only handles motion in y).
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fByview \fInumber\fR
This command makes the first character on the line after
the one given by \fInumber\fR visible at the top of the window.
\fINumber\fR must be an integer.
This command used to be used for scrolling, but now it is obsolete.
.RE
.SH BINDINGS
.PP
Tk automatically creates class bindings for texts that give them
the following default behavior.
In the descriptions below,
.QW word
is dependent on the value of
the \fBtcl_wordchars\fR variable. See \fBtclvars\fR(n).
.IP [1]
Clicking mouse button 1 positions the insertion cursor
just before the character underneath the mouse cursor, sets the
input focus to this widget, and clears any selection in the widget.
Dragging with mouse button 1 strokes out a selection between
the insertion cursor and the character under the mouse.
.IP [2]
Double-clicking with mouse button 1 selects the word under the mouse
and positions the insertion cursor at the start of the word.
Dragging after a double click will stroke out a selection consisting
of whole words.
.IP [3]
Triple-clicking with mouse button 1 selects the line under the mouse
and positions the insertion cursor at the start of the line.
Dragging after a triple click will stroke out a selection consisting
of whole lines.
.IP [4]
The ends of the selection can be adjusted by dragging with mouse
button 1 while the Shift key is down; this will adjust the end
of the selection that was nearest to the mouse cursor when button
1 was pressed.
If the button is double-clicked before dragging then the selection
will be adjusted in units of whole words; if it is triple-clicked
then the selection will be adjusted in units of whole lines.
.IP [5]
Clicking mouse button 1 with the Control key down will reposition the
insertion cursor without affecting the selection.
.IP [6]
If any normal printing characters are typed, they are
inserted at the point of the insertion cursor.
.IP [7]
The view in the widget can be adjusted by dragging with mouse button 2.
If mouse button 2 is clicked without moving the mouse, the selection
is copied into the text at the position of the mouse cursor.
The Insert key also inserts the selection, but at the position of
the insertion cursor.
.IP [8]
If the mouse is dragged out of the widget
while button 1 is pressed, the entry will automatically scroll to
make more text visible (if there is more text off-screen on the side
where the mouse left the window).
.IP [9]
The Left and Right keys move the insertion cursor one character to the
left or right; they also clear any selection in the text.
If Left or Right is typed with the Shift key down, then the insertion
cursor moves and the selection is extended to include the new character.
Control-Left and Control-Right move the insertion cursor by words, and
Control-Shift-Left and Control-Shift-Right move the insertion cursor
by words and also extend the selection.
Control-b and Control-f behave the same as Left and Right, respectively.
Meta-b and Meta-f behave the same as Control-Left and Control-Right,
respectively.
.IP [10]
The Up and Down keys move the insertion cursor one line up or
down and clear any selection in the text.
If Up or Right is typed with the Shift key down, then the insertion
cursor moves and the selection is extended to include the new character.
Control-Up and Control-Down move the insertion cursor by paragraphs (groups
of lines separated by blank lines), and
Control-Shift-Up and Control-Shift-Down move the insertion cursor
by paragraphs and also extend the selection.
Control-p and Control-n behave the same as Up and Down, respectively.
.IP [11]
The Next and Prior keys move the insertion cursor forward or backwards
by one screenful and clear any selection in the text.
If the Shift key is held down while Next or Prior is typed, then
the selection is extended to include the new character.
.IP [12]
Control-Next and Control-Prior scroll the view right or left by one page
without moving the insertion cursor or affecting the selection.
.IP [13]
Home and Control-a move the insertion cursor to the
beginning of its display line and clear any selection in the widget.
Shift-Home moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the display line
and also extends the selection to that point.
.IP [14]
End and Control-e move the insertion cursor to the
end of the display line and clear any selection in the widget.
Shift-End moves the cursor to the end of the display line and extends
the selection to that point.
.IP [15]
Control-Home and Meta-< move the insertion cursor to the beginning of
the text and clear any selection in the widget.
Control-Shift-Home moves the insertion cursor to the beginning of the text
and also extends the selection to that point.
.IP [16]
Control-End and Meta-> move the insertion cursor to the end of the
text and clear any selection in the widget.
Control-Shift-End moves the cursor to the end of the text and extends
the selection to that point.
.IP [17]
The Select key and Control-Space set the selection anchor to the position
of the insertion cursor. They do not affect the current selection.
Shift-Select and Control-Shift-Space adjust the selection to the
current position of the insertion cursor, selecting from the anchor
to the insertion cursor if there was not any selection previously.
.IP [18]
Control-/ selects the entire contents of the widget.
.IP [19]
Control-\e clears any selection in the widget.
.IP [20]
The F16 key (labelled Copy on many Sun workstations) or Meta-w
copies the selection in the widget to the clipboard, if there is a selection.
This action is carried out by the command \fBtk_textCopy\fR.
.IP [21]
The F20 key (labelled Cut on many Sun workstations) or Control-w
copies the selection in the widget to the clipboard and deletes
the selection.
This action is carried out by the command \fBtk_textCut\fR.
If there is no selection in the widget then these keys have no effect.
.IP [22]
The F18 key (labelled Paste on many Sun workstations) or Control-y
inserts the contents of the clipboard at the position of the
insertion cursor.
This action is carried out by the command \fBtk_textPaste\fR.
.IP [23]
The Delete key deletes the selection, if there is one in the widget.
If there is no selection, it deletes the character to the right of
the insertion cursor.
.IP [24]
Backspace and Control-h delete the selection, if there is one
in the widget.
If there is no selection, they delete the character to the left of
the insertion cursor.
.IP [25]
Control-d deletes the character to the right of the insertion cursor.
.IP [26]
Meta-d deletes the word to the right of the insertion cursor.
.IP [27]
Control-k deletes from the insertion cursor to the end of its line;
if the insertion cursor is already at the end of a line, then
Control-k deletes the newline character.
.IP [28]
Control-o opens a new line by inserting a newline character in
front of the insertion cursor without moving the insertion cursor.
.IP [29]
Meta-backspace and Meta-Delete delete the word to the left of the
insertion cursor.
.IP [30]
Control-x deletes whatever is selected in the text widget
after copying it to the clipboard.
.IP [31]
Control-t reverses the order of the two characters to the right of
the insertion cursor.
.IP [32]
Control-z (undoes the last edit action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is
true. Does nothing otherwise.
.IP [33]
Control-Z (or Control-y on Windows) reapplies the last undone edit
action if the \fB\-undo\fR option is true. Does nothing otherwise.
.PP
If the widget is disabled using the \fB\-state\fR option, then its
view can still be adjusted and text can still be selected,
but no insertion cursor will be displayed and no text modifications will
take place.
.PP
The behavior of texts can be changed by defining new bindings for
individual widgets or by redefining the class bindings.
.SH "KNOWN ISSUES"
.SS "ISSUES CONCERNING CHARS AND INDICES"
.VS 8.5
.PP
Before Tk 8.5, the widget used the string
.QW chars
to refer to index positions (which included characters, embedded
windows and embedded images). As of Tk 8.5 the text widget deals
separately and correctly with
.QW chars
and
.QW indices .
For backwards compatibility, however, the index modifiers
.QW "+N chars"
and
.QW "\-N chars"
continue to refer to indices.
One must use any of the full forms
.QW "+N any chars"
or
.QW "\-N any chars"
etc. to refer to actual character indices. This confusion may be fixed in a
future release by making the widget correctly interpret
.QW "+N chars"
as a synonym for
.QW "+N any chars" .
.VE 8.5
.SS "PERFORMANCE ISSUES"
.PP
Text widgets should run efficiently under a variety
of conditions. The text widget uses about 2-3 bytes of
main memory for each byte of text, so texts containing a megabyte
or more should be practical on most workstations.
Text is represented internally with a modified B-tree structure
that makes operations relatively efficient even with large texts.
Tags are included in the B-tree structure in a way that allows
tags to span large ranges or have many disjoint smaller ranges
without loss of efficiency.
Marks are also implemented in a way that allows large numbers of
marks.
In most cases it is fine to have large numbers of unique tags,
or a tag that has many distinct ranges.
.PP
One performance problem can arise if you have hundreds or thousands
of different tags that all have the following characteristics:
the first and last ranges of each tag are near the beginning and
end of the text, respectively,
or a single tag range covers most of the text widget.
The cost of adding and deleting tags like this is proportional
to the number of other tags with the same properties.
In contrast, there is no problem with having thousands of distinct
tags if their overall ranges are localized and spread uniformly throughout
the text.
.PP
Very long text lines can be expensive,
especially if they have many marks and tags within them.
.PP
The display line with the insert cursor is redrawn each time the
cursor blinks, which causes a steady stream of graphics traffic.
Set the \fBinsertOffTime\fR attribute to 0 avoid this.
.SS "KNOWN BUGS"
.VS 8.5
.PP
The \fIpathName \fBsearch \-regexp\fR sub-command attempts to perform sophisticated
regexp matching across multiple lines in an efficient fashion (since Tk
8.5), examining each line individually, and then in small groups of lines,
whether searching forwards or backwards. Under certain conditions the
search result might differ from that obtained by applying the same regexp
to the entire text from the widget in one go. For example, when
searching with a greedy regexp, the widget will continue to attempt to
add extra lines to the match as long as one of two conditions are true:
either Tcl's regexp library returns a code to indicate a longer match is
possible (but there are known bugs in Tcl which mean this code is not
always correctly returned); or if each extra line added results in at
least a partial match with the pattern. This means in the case where the
first extra line added results in no match and Tcl's regexp system
returns the incorrect code and adding a second extra line would actually
match, the text widget will return the wrong result. In practice this is
a rare problem, but it can occur, for example:
.CS
pack [text .t]
\&.t insert 1.0 "aaaa\enbbbb\encccc\enbbbb\enaaaa\en"
\&.t search \-regexp \-\- {(a+|b+\enc+\enb+)+\ena+} 1.0
.CE
will not find a match when one exists of 19
characters starting from the first
.QW b .
.PP
Whenever one possible match is fully enclosed in another, the search
command will attempt to ensure only the larger match is returned.
When performing backwards regexp searches it is possible that Tcl
will not always achieve this, in the case where a match is preceded by
one or more short, non-overlapping matches, all of which are preceded
by a large match which actually encompasses all of them. The search
algorithm used by the widget does not look back arbitrarily far for a
possible match which might cover large portions of the widget.
For example:
.CS
pack [text .t]
\&.t insert 1.0 "aaaa\enbbbb\enbbbb\enbbbb\enbbbb\\n"
\&.t search \-regexp \-backward \-\- {b+\en|a+\en(b+\en)+} end
.CE
matches at
.QW 5.0
when a true greedy match would match at
.QW 1.0 .
Similarly if we add \fB\-all\fR to this case, it matches at all of
.QW 5.0 ,
.QW 4.0 ,
.QW 3.0
and
.QW 1.0 ,
when really it should only match at
.QW 1.0
since that match encloses all the others.
.VE 8.5
.SH "SEE ALSO"
entry(n), scrollbar(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
text, widget, tkvars
|
Changes to doc/tk.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk \- Manipulate Tk internal state .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtk\fR \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBtk\fR command provides access to miscellaneous elements of Tk's internal state. Most of the information manipulated by this command pertains to the application as a whole, or to a screen or display, rather than to a particular window. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | This will interfere with option processing, since names starting with capitals are assumed to be classes; as a result, Tk may not be able to find some options for the application. If sends have been disabled by deleting the \fBsend\fR command, this command will reenable them and recreate the \fBsend\fR command. .TP | < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 | This will interfere with option processing, since names starting with capitals are assumed to be classes; as a result, Tk may not be able to find some options for the application. If sends have been disabled by deleting the \fBsend\fR command, this command will reenable them and recreate the \fBsend\fR command. .TP \fBtk caret window \fR?\fB\-x \fIx\fR? ?\fB\-y \fIy\fR? ?\fB\-height \fIheight\fR? . Sets and queries the caret location for the display of the specified Tk window \fIwindow\fR. The caret is the per-display cursor location used for indicating global focus (e.g. to comply with Microsoft Accessibility guidelines), as well as for location of the over-the-spot XIM (X Input Methods) or Windows IME windows. If no options are specified, the last values used for setting the caret are return in option-value pair format. \fI\-x\fR and \fI\-y\fR represent window-relative coordinates, and \fI\-height\fR is the height of the current cursor location, or the height of the specified \fIwindow\fR if none is given. .TP \fBtk scaling \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fInumber\fR? . Sets and queries the current scaling factor used by Tk to convert between physical units (for example, points, inches, or millimeters) and pixels. The \fInumber\fR argument is a floating point number that specifies the number of pixels per point on \fIwindow\fR's display. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If the \fInumber\fR argument is omitted, the current value of the scaling factor is returned. .RS .PP A .QW point is a unit of measurement equal to 1/72 inch. A scaling factor of 1.0 corresponds to 1 pixel per point, which is equivalent to a standard 72 dpi monitor. A scaling factor of 1.25 would mean 1.25 pixels per point, which is the setting for a 90 dpi monitor; setting the scaling factor to 1.25 on a 72 dpi monitor would cause everything in the application to be displayed 1.25 times as large as normal. The initial value for the scaling factor is set when the application starts, based on properties of the installed monitor, but it can be changed at any time. Measurements made after the scaling factor is changed will use the new scaling factor, but it is undefined whether existing widgets will resize themselves dynamically to accommodate the new scaling factor. .RE .TP \fBtk inactive \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fBreset\fR? . Returns a positive integer, the number of milliseconds since the last time the user interacted with the system. If the \fB\-displayof\fR option is given then the return value refers to the display of \fIwindow\fR; otherwise it refers to the display of the application's main window. .RS .PP \fBtk inactive\fR will return \-1, if querying the user inactive time is not supported by the system, and in safe interpreters. .PP If the literal string \fBreset\fR is given as an additional argument, the timer is reset and an empty string is returned. Resetting the inactivity time is forbidden in safe interpreters and will throw and error if tried. .RE .TP \fBtk useinputmethods \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? ?\fIboolean\fR? . Sets and queries the state of whether Tk should use XIM (X Input Methods) for filtering events. The resulting state is returned. XIM is used in some locales (i.e., Japanese, Korean), to handle special input devices. This feature is only significant on X. If XIM support is not available, this will always return 0. If the \fIwindow\fR argument is omitted, it defaults to the main window. If the \fIboolean\fR argument is omitted, the current state is returned. This is turned on by default for the main display. .TP \fBtk windowingsystem\fR . Returns the current Tk windowing system, one of \fBx11\fR (X11-based), \fBwin32\fR (MS Windows), or \fBaqua\fR (Mac OS X Aqua). .SH "SEE ALSO" send(n), winfo(n) .SH KEYWORDS application name, send |
Changes to doc/tk4.0.ps.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | % FrameMaker. % NOTE % This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output. % Any questions should be sent to mickey@magickingdom.eng.sun.com % % Known Problems: % Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1 | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
% FrameMaker.
% NOTE
% This file fixes the problem with NeWS printers dithering color output.
% Any questions should be sent to mickey@magickingdom.eng.sun.com
%
% Known Problems:
% Due to bugs in Transcript, the 'PS-Adobe-' is omitted from line 1
/FMversion (3.0) def
% Set up Color vs. Black-and-White
/FMPrintInColor { % once-thru loop gimmick
% See if we're a NeWSprint printer
/currentcanvas where {
pop systemdict /separationdict known
exit
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
% } if
systemdict /colorimage known
systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def
% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
% /FMPrintInColor false def
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
% } if
systemdict /colorimage known
systemdict /currentcolortransfer known and
exit } loop def
% Uncomment the following line to force b&w on color printer
% /FMPrintInColor false def
/FrameDict 195 dict def
systemdict /errordict known not {/errordict 10 dict def
errordict /rangecheck {stop} put} if
% The readline in 23.0 doesn't recognize cr's as nl's on AppleTalk
FrameDict /tmprangecheck errordict /rangecheck get put
errordict /rangecheck {FrameDict /bug true put} put
FrameDict /bug false put
mark
% Some PS machines read past the CR, so keep the following 3 lines together!
currentfile 5 string readline
00
0000000000
cleartomark
errordict /rangecheck FrameDict /tmprangecheck get put
FrameDict /bug get {
/readline {
/gstring exch def
/gfile exch def
/gindex 0 def
{
gfile read pop
dup 10 eq {exit} if
dup 13 eq {exit} if
gstring exch gindex exch put
/gindex gindex 1 add def
} loop
pop
gstring 0 gindex getinterval true
} def
} if
/FMVERSION {
FMversion ne {
/Times-Roman findfont 18 scalefont setfont
100 100 moveto
(FrameMaker version does not match postscript_prolog!)
dup =
show showpage
} if
} def
/FMLOCAL {
FrameDict begin
0 def
end
} def
/gstring FMLOCAL
/gfile FMLOCAL
/gindex FMLOCAL
/orgxfer FMLOCAL
/orgproc FMLOCAL
/organgle FMLOCAL
/orgfreq FMLOCAL
/yscale FMLOCAL
/xscale FMLOCAL
/manualfeed FMLOCAL
/paperheight FMLOCAL
/paperwidth FMLOCAL
/FMDOCUMENT {
array /FMfonts exch def
/#copies exch def
FrameDict begin
0 ne dup {setmanualfeed} if
/manualfeed exch def
/paperheight exch def
/paperwidth exch def
/yscale exch def
/xscale exch def
currenttransfer cvlit /orgxfer exch def
currentscreen cvlit /orgproc exch def
/organgle exch def /orgfreq exch def
setpapername
manualfeed {true} {papersize} ifelse
{manualpapersize} {false} ifelse
{desperatepapersize} if
end
} def
/pagesave FMLOCAL
/orgmatrix FMLOCAL
/landscape FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINPAGE {
FrameDict begin
/pagesave save def
3.86 setmiterlimit
/landscape exch 0 ne def
landscape {
90 rotate 0 exch neg translate pop
}
{pop pop}
ifelse
xscale yscale scale
/orgmatrix matrix def
gsave
} def
/FMENDPAGE {
grestore
pagesave restore
end
showpage
} def
/FMFONTDEFINE {
FrameDict begin
findfont
ReEncode
1 index exch
definefont
FMfonts 3 1 roll
put
end
} def
/FMFILLS {
FrameDict begin
array /fillvals exch def
end
} def
/FMFILL {
FrameDict begin
fillvals 3 1 roll put
end
} def
/FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS {
newpath
0.0 0.0 moveto
1 setlinewidth
0 setlinecap
0 0 0 sethsbcolor
0 setgray
} bind def
/fx FMLOCAL
/fy FMLOCAL
/fh FMLOCAL
/fw FMLOCAL
/llx FMLOCAL
/lly FMLOCAL
/urx FMLOCAL
/ury FMLOCAL
/FMBEGINEPSF {
end
/FMEPSF save def
/showpage {} def
FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
[/fy /fx /fh /fw /ury /urx /lly /llx] {exch def} forall
fx fy translate
rotate
fw urx llx sub div fh ury lly sub div scale
llx neg lly neg translate
} bind def
/FMENDEPSF {
FMEPSF restore
FrameDict begin
} bind def
FrameDict begin
/setmanualfeed {
%%BeginFeature *ManualFeed True
statusdict /manualfeed true put
%%EndFeature
} def
/max {2 copy lt {exch} if pop} bind def
/min {2 copy gt {exch} if pop} bind def
/inch {72 mul} def
/pagedimen {
paperheight sub abs 16 lt exch
paperwidth sub abs 16 lt and
{/papername exch def} {pop} ifelse
} def
/papersizedict FMLOCAL
/setpapername {
/papersizedict 14 dict def
papersizedict begin
/papername /unknown def
/Letter 8.5 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
/LetterSmall 7.68 inch 10.16 inch pagedimen
/Tabloid 11.0 inch 17.0 inch pagedimen
/Ledger 17.0 inch 11.0 inch pagedimen
/Legal 8.5 inch 14.0 inch pagedimen
/Statement 5.5 inch 8.5 inch pagedimen
/Executive 7.5 inch 10.0 inch pagedimen
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
/A4 {a4tray a4} def
/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
/B4 {b4tray b4} def
/B5 {b5tray b5} def
/unknown {unknown} def
papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
end
| | | | | | | | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
/A4 {a4tray a4} def
/A4Small {a4tray a4small} def
/B4 {b4tray b4} def
/B5 {b5tray b5} def
/unknown {unknown} def
papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
end
/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
statusdict begin stopped end
countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
} def
/manualpapersize {
papersizedict begin
/Letter {letter} def
/LetterSmall {lettersmall} def
/Tabloid {11x17} def
/Ledger {ledger} def
/Legal {legal} def
/Statement {statement} def
/Executive {executive} def
/A3 {a3} def
/A4 {a4} def
/A4Small {a4small} def
/B4 {b4} def
/B5 {b5} def
/unknown {unknown} def
papersizedict dup papername known {papername} {/unknown} ifelse get
end
stopped
} def
/desperatepapersize {
statusdict /setpageparams known
{
paperwidth paperheight 0 1
statusdict begin
{setpageparams} stopped pop
end
} if
} def
/savematrix {
orgmatrix currentmatrix pop
} bind def
/restorematrix {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
310 311 312 313 314 315 316 | /fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl /periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand /Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute /Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve /Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron /breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron ] def | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
/fraction /currency /guilsinglleft /guilsinglright /fi /fl /daggerdbl
/periodcentered /quotesinglbase /quotedblbase /perthousand
/Acircumflex /Ecircumflex /Aacute /Edieresis /Egrave /Iacute
/Icircumflex /Idieresis /Igrave /Oacute /Ocircumflex /.notdef /Ograve
/Uacute /Ucircumflex /Ugrave /dotlessi /circumflex /tilde /macron
/breve /dotaccent /ring /cedilla /hungarumlaut /ogonek /caron
] def
/ReEncode {
dup
length
dict begin
{
1 index /FID ne
{def}
{pop pop} ifelse
} forall
0 eq {/Encoding DiacriticEncoding def} if
currentdict
end
} bind def
/graymode true def
/bwidth FMLOCAL
/bpside FMLOCAL
/bstring FMLOCAL
/onbits FMLOCAL
/offbits FMLOCAL
/xindex FMLOCAL
/yindex FMLOCAL
/x FMLOCAL
/y FMLOCAL
/setpattern {
/bwidth exch def
/bpside exch def
/bstring exch def
/onbits 0 def /offbits 0 def
freq sangle landscape {90 add} if
{/y exch def
/x exch def
/xindex x 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
/yindex y 1 add 2 div bpside mul cvi def
bstring yindex bwidth mul xindex 8 idiv add get
1 7 xindex 8 mod sub bitshift and 0 ne
{/onbits onbits 1 add def 1}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
366 367 368 369 370 371 372 | orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen } if } bind def /HUE FMLOCAL /SAT FMLOCAL /BRIGHT FMLOCAL /Colors FMLOCAL | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 |
orgfreq organgle orgproc cvx setscreen
} if
} bind def
/HUE FMLOCAL
/SAT FMLOCAL
/BRIGHT FMLOCAL
/Colors FMLOCAL
FMPrintInColor
{
/HUE 0 def
/SAT 0 def
/BRIGHT 0 def
% array of arrays Hue and Sat values for the separations [HUE BRIGHT]
/Colors
[[0 0 ] % black
[0 0 ] % white
[0.00 1.0] % red
[0.37 1.0] % green
[0.60 1.0] % blue
[0.50 1.0] % cyan
[0.83 1.0] % magenta
[0.16 1.0] % comment / yellow
] def
/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
BITMAPCOLOR} def
/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
BITMAPCOLORc} def
/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
BITMAPTRUECOLOR } def
/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
BITMAPTRUECOLORc } def
/K {
Colors exch get dup
0 get /HUE exch store
1 get /BRIGHT exch store
HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
ifelse
} def
/FMsetgray {
/SAT exch 1.0 exch sub store
HUE 0 eq BRIGHT 0 eq and
{1.0 SAT sub setgray}
{HUE SAT BRIGHT sethsbcolor}
ifelse
} bind def
}
{
/BEGINBITMAPCOLOR {
BITMAPGRAY} def
/BEGINBITMAPCOLORc {
BITMAPGRAYc} def
/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLOR {
BITMAPTRUEGRAY } def
/BEGINBITMAPTRUECOLORc {
BITMAPTRUEGRAYc } def
/FMsetgray {setgray} bind def
/K {
pop
} def
}
ifelse
/normalize {
transform round exch round exch itransform
} bind def
/dnormalize {
dtransform round exch round exch idtransform
} bind def
/lnormalize {
0 dtransform exch cvi 2 idiv 2 mul 1 add exch idtransform pop
} bind def
/H {
lnormalize setlinewidth
} bind def
/Z {
setlinecap
} bind def
/fillvals FMLOCAL
/X {
fillvals exch get
dup type /stringtype eq
{8 1 setpattern}
{grayness}
ifelse
} bind def
/V {
gsave eofill grestore
} bind def
/N {
stroke
} bind def
/M {newpath moveto} bind def
/E {lineto} bind def
/D {curveto} bind def
/O {closepath} bind def
/n FMLOCAL
/L {
/n exch def
newpath
normalize
moveto
2 1 n {pop normalize lineto} for
} bind def
/Y {
L
closepath
} bind def
/x1 FMLOCAL
/x2 FMLOCAL
/y1 FMLOCAL
/y2 FMLOCAL
/rad FMLOCAL
/R {
/y2 exch def
/x2 exch def
/y1 exch def
/x1 exch def
x1 y1
x2 y1
x2 y2
x1 y2
4 Y
} bind def
/RR {
/rad exch def
normalize
/y2 exch def
/x2 exch def
normalize
/y1 exch def
/x1 exch def
newpath
x1 y1 rad add moveto
x1 y2 x2 y2 rad arcto
x2 y2 x2 y1 rad arcto
x2 y1 x1 y1 rad arcto
x1 y1 x1 y2 rad arcto
closepath
16 {pop} repeat
} bind def
/C {
grestore
gsave
R
clip
} bind def
/FMpointsize FMLOCAL
/F {
FMfonts exch get
FMpointsize scalefont
setfont
} bind def
/Q {
/FMpointsize exch def
F
} bind def
/T {
moveto show
} bind def
/RF {
rotate
0 ne {-1 1 scale} if
} bind def
/TF {
gsave
moveto
RF
show
grestore
} bind def
/P {
moveto
0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
} bind def
/PF {
gsave
moveto
RF
0 32 3 2 roll widthshow
grestore
} bind def
/S {
moveto
0 exch ashow
} bind def
/SF {
gsave
moveto
RF
0 exch ashow
grestore
} bind def
/B {
moveto
0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
} bind def
/BF {
gsave
moveto
RF
0 32 4 2 roll 0 exch awidthshow
grestore
} bind def
/G {
gsave
newpath
normalize translate 0.0 0.0 moveto
dnormalize scale
0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
closepath fill
grestore
} bind def
/A {
gsave
savematrix
newpath
2 index 2 div add exch 3 index 2 div sub exch
normalize 2 index 2 div sub exch 3 index 2 div add exch
translate
scale
0.0 0.0 1.0 5 3 roll arc
restorematrix
stroke
grestore
} bind def
/x FMLOCAL
/y FMLOCAL
/w FMLOCAL
/h FMLOCAL
/xx FMLOCAL
/yy FMLOCAL
/ww FMLOCAL
/hh FMLOCAL
/FMsaveobject FMLOCAL
/FMoptop FMLOCAL
/FMdicttop FMLOCAL
/BEGINPRINTCODE {
/FMdicttop countdictstack 1 add def
/FMoptop count 4 sub def
/FMsaveobject save def
userdict begin
/showpage {} def
FMNORMALIZEGRAPHICS
3 index neg 3 index neg translate
} bind def
/ENDPRINTCODE {
count -1 FMoptop {pop pop} for
countdictstack -1 FMdicttop {pop end} for
FMsaveobject restore
} bind def
/gn {
0
{ 46 mul
cf read pop
32 sub
dup 46 lt {exit} if
46 sub add
} loop
add
} bind def
/str FMLOCAL
/cfs {
/str sl string def
0 1 sl 1 sub {str exch val put} for
str def
} bind def
/ic [
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0223
0
{0 hx} {1 hx} {2 hx} {3 hx} {4 hx} {5 hx} {6 hx} {7 hx} {8 hx} {9 hx}
{10 hx} {11 hx} {12 hx} {13 hx} {14 hx} {15 hx} {16 hx} {17 hx} {18 hx}
{19 hx} {gn hx} {0} {1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8} {9} {10} {11} {12}
{13} {14} {15} {16} {17} {18} {19} {gn} {0 wh} {1 wh} {2 wh} {3 wh}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 | /val FMLOCAL /ws FMLOCAL /im FMLOCAL /bs FMLOCAL /cs FMLOCAL /len FMLOCAL /pos FMLOCAL | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 |
/val FMLOCAL
/ws FMLOCAL
/im FMLOCAL
/bs FMLOCAL
/cs FMLOCAL
/len FMLOCAL
/pos FMLOCAL
/ms {
/sl exch def
/val 255 def
/ws cfs
/im cfs
/val 0 def
/bs cfs
/cs cfs
} bind def
400 ms
/ip {
is
0
cf cs readline pop
{ ic exch get exec
add
} forall
pop
} bind def
/wh {
/len exch def
/pos exch def
ws 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
pos len
} bind def
/bl {
/len exch def
/pos exch def
bs 0 len getinterval im pos len getinterval copy pop
pos len
} bind def
/s1 1 string def
/fl {
/len exch def
/pos exch def
/val cf s1 readhexstring pop 0 get def
pos 1 pos len add 1 sub {im exch val put} for
pos len
} bind def
/hx {
3 copy getinterval
cf exch readhexstring pop pop
} bind def
/h FMLOCAL
/w FMLOCAL
/d FMLOCAL
/lb FMLOCAL
/bitmapsave FMLOCAL
/is FMLOCAL
/cf FMLOCAL
/wbytes {
dup
8 eq {pop} {1 eq {7 add 8 idiv} {3 add 4 idiv} ifelse} ifelse
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBWc {
1 {} COMMONBITMAPc
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAYc {
8 {} COMMONBITMAPc
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BITc {
2 {} COMMONBITMAPc
} bind def
/COMMONBITMAPc {
/r exch def
/d exch def
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/lb w d wbytes def
sl lb lt {lb ms} if
/bitmapsave save def
r
/is im 0 lb getinterval def
ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
/cf currentfile def
w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ip} image
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPBW {
1 {} COMMONBITMAP
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAPGRAY {
8 {} COMMONBITMAP
} bind def
/BEGINBITMAP2BIT {
2 {} COMMONBITMAP
} bind def
/COMMONBITMAP {
/r exch def
/d exch def
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
r
/is w d wbytes string def
/cf currentfile def
w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{cf is readhexstring pop} image
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/proc1 FMLOCAL
/proc2 FMLOCAL
/newproc FMLOCAL
/Fmcc {
/proc2 exch cvlit def
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
809 810 811 812 813 814 815 |
setcolortransfer
{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
{} setblackgeneration
} bind def
/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
/tran 256 string def
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 |
setcolortransfer
{pop 0} setundercolorremoval
{} setblackgeneration
} bind def
/tran FMLOCAL
/fakecolorsetup {
/tran 256 string def
0 1 255 {/indx exch def
tran indx
red indx get 77 mul
green indx get 151 mul
blue indx get 28 mul
add add 256 idiv put} for
currenttransfer
{255 mul cvi tran exch get 255.0 div}
exch Fmcc settransfer
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLOR {
/d 8 def
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
colorsetup
/is w d wbytes string def
/cf currentfile def
w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{cf is readhexstring pop} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPCOLORc {
/d 8 def
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/lb w d wbytes def
sl lb lt {lb ms} if
/bitmapsave save def
colorsetup
/is im 0 lb getinterval def
ws 0 lb getinterval is copy pop
/cf currentfile def
w h d [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ip} {is} {is} true 3 colorimage
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLORc {
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
/is w string def
ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
/cf currentfile def
w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ip} {gip} {bip} true 3 colorimage
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPTRUECOLOR {
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
/is w string def
/gis w string def
/bis w string def
/cf currentfile def
w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ cf is readhexstring pop }
{ cf gis readhexstring pop }
{ cf bis readhexstring pop }
true 3 colorimage
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAYc {
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
/is w string def
ws 0 w getinterval is copy pop
/cf currentfile def
w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ip gip bip w gray} image
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/ww FMLOCAL
/r FMLOCAL
/g FMLOCAL
/b FMLOCAL
/i FMLOCAL
/gray {
/ww exch def
/b exch def
/g exch def
/r exch def
0 1 ww 1 sub { /i exch def r i get .299 mul g i get .587 mul
b i get .114 mul add add r i 3 -1 roll floor cvi put } for
r
} bind def
/BITMAPTRUEGRAY {
gsave
translate rotate scale /h exch def /w exch def
/bitmapsave save def
/is w string def
/gis w string def
/bis w string def
/cf currentfile def
w h 8 [w 0 0 h neg 0 h]
{ cf is readhexstring pop
cf gis readhexstring pop
cf bis readhexstring pop w gray} image
bitmapsave restore
grestore
} bind def
/BITMAPGRAY {
8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAP
} bind def
/BITMAPGRAYc {
8 {fakecolorsetup} COMMONBITMAPc
} bind def
/ENDBITMAP {
} bind def
end
/ALDsave FMLOCAL
/ALDmatrix matrix def ALDmatrix currentmatrix pop
/StartALD {
/ALDsave save def
savematrix
ALDmatrix setmatrix
} bind def
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 | -0.27 ( binding, and) 457.95 580 P (a binding on) 152.1 567.89 T 5 F (<Control-a>) 204.57 567.89 T 3 F ( takes precedence over a binding on) 270.54 567.89 T 5 F | | | 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 | -0.27 ( binding, and) 457.95 580 P (a binding on) 152.1 567.89 T 5 F (<Control-a>) 204.57 567.89 T 3 F ( takes precedence over a binding on) 270.54 567.89 T 5 F (<KeyPress>.) 416.24 567.89 T 3 F -0.26 (The mechanism for con\337ict resolution is similar in Tk 4.0 except that one binding can) 170.1 555.89 P -0.35 (trigger for) 152.1 543.78 P 2 F -0.35 (each) 194.7 543.78 P 3 F -0.35 ( binding tag on the window where the event occurs. The bindings trigger in) 213.57 543.78 P |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 | 5 F (Control) 391.17 608.33 T 3 F (, or any combina-) 433.15 608.33 T (tion of them. If you wish for a binding not to trigger when a modi\336er is present, you can) 152.1 596.33 T (just de\336ne an empty binding for that modi\336er combination. For example,) 152.1 584.33 T 5 9 Q | | | | 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 |
5 F
(Control) 391.17 608.33 T
3 F
(, or any combina-) 433.15 608.33 T
(tion of them. If you wish for a binding not to trigger when a modi\336er is present, you can) 152.1 596.33 T
(just de\336ne an empty binding for that modi\336er combination. For example,) 152.1 584.33 T
5 9 Q
(bind .b <Control-ButtonPress-1> {# this script is a no-op}) 179.1 570 T
3 10 Q
(creates a binding that will trigger on mouse button presses when the) 152.1 556.33 T
5 F
(Control) 426.36 556.33 T
3 F
( key is) 468.34 556.33 T
-0.22 (down. If there is also a) 152.1 544.33 P
5 F
-0.52 (<ButtonPress-1>) 244.35 544.33 P
3 F
-0.22 ( binding for) 334.3 544.33 P
5 F
-0.52 (.b) 383.35 544.33 P
3 F
-0.22 (, it will no longer be invoked) 395.34 544.33 P
-0.02 (if the) 152.1 532.33 P
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/tk_mac.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer. '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Kevin Walzer. '\" Copyright (c) 2011 Donal K. Fellows. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tk::mac n 8.6 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tk::mac \- Access Mac-Specific Functionality on OS X from Tk .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR \fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR \fB::tk::mac::ReopenApplication\fR \fB::tk::mac::OpenDocument \fIfile...\fR \fB::tk::mac::PrintDocument \fIfile...\fR \fB::tk::mac::Quit\fR \fB::tk::mac::OnHide\fR \fB::tk::mac::OnShow\fR \fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR \fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR \fB::tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics \fIboolean\fR \fB::tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit \fIlimit\fR \fB::tk::mac::antialiasedtext \fInumber\fR \fB::tk::mac::useThemedToplevel \fIboolean\fR \fB::tk::mac::iconBitmap \fIname width height \-kind value\fR .fi .BE .SH "EVENT HANDLER CALLBACKS" .PP The Aqua/Mac OS X application environment defines a number of additional events that applications should respond to. These events are mapped by Tk to calls to commands in the \fB::tk::mac\fR namespace; unless otherwise noted, if the command is absent, no action will be taken. .TP \fB::tk::mac::ShowPreferences\fR . The default Apple Event handler for kAEShowPreferences, .QW pref . The application menu .QW "Preferences" menu item is only enabled when this proc is defined. Typically this command is |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | } .CE .RE .TP \fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR . If a proc of this name is defined, this proc fill fire when your application | | | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | } .CE .RE .TP \fB::tk::mac::OpenApplication\fR . If a proc of this name is defined, this proc fill fire when your application is intially opened. It is the default Apple Event handler for kAEOpenApplication, .QW oapp . .TP \fB::tk::mac::ReopenApplication\fR . If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for kAEReopenApplication, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
126 127 128 129 130 131 132 | .RE .TP \fB::tk::mac::PrintDocument \fIfile...\fR . If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for kAEPrintDocuments, .QW pdoc , | | | > | 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 | .RE .TP \fB::tk::mac::PrintDocument \fIfile...\fR . If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for kAEPrintDocuments, .QW pdoc , the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to print one or more documents (e.g., via the Print menu item in the Finder). It works the same way as \fBtk::mac::OpenDocument\fR in terms of arguments. .TP \fB::tk::mac::Quit\fR . If a proc of this name is defined it is the default Apple Event handler for kAEQuitApplication, .QW quit , the Apple Event sent when your application is asked to be quit, e.g. via the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 | .TP \fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR . Customizes behavior of Apple Help menu; if this procedure is not defined, the platform-specific standard Help menu item .QW "YourApp Help" performs the default Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 | .TP \fB::tk::mac::ShowHelp\fR . Customizes behavior of Apple Help menu; if this procedure is not defined, the platform-specific standard Help menu item .QW "YourApp Help" performs the default Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set). .SH "ADDITIONAL DIALOGS" .PP The Aqua/Mac OS X defines additional dialogs that applications should support. .TP \fB::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel\fR . |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/tkerror.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | | | > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tkerror n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tkerror \- Command invoked to process background errors .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtkerror \fImessage\fR .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP Note: as of Tk 4.1 the \fBtkerror\fR command has been renamed to \fBbgerror\fR because the event loop (which is what usually invokes it) is now part of Tcl. For backward compatibility the \fBbgerror\fR provided by the current Tk version still tries to call \fBtkerror\fR if there is one (or an auto loadable one), so old script defining that error handler should still work, but you should anyhow modify your scripts to use \fBbgerror\fR instead of \fBtkerror\fR because that support for the old name might vanish in the near future. If that call fails, \fBbgerror\fR posts a dialog showing the error and offering to see the stack trace to the user. If you want your own error management you should directly override \fBbgerror\fR instead of \fBtkerror\fR. Documentation for \fBbgerror\fR is available as part of Tcl's documentation. .SH KEYWORDS background error, reporting |
Changes to doc/tkvars.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > < < < | < < < < | | | | < < > > > < > > > > | > > > < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tkvars n 4.1 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tkvars \- Variables used or set by Tk .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The following Tcl variables are either set or used by Tk at various times in its execution: .TP 15 \fBtk_library\fR This variable holds the file name for a directory containing a library of Tcl scripts related to Tk. These scripts include an initialization file that is normally processed whenever a Tk application starts up, plus other files containing procedures that implement default behaviors for widgets. The initial value of \fBtk_library\fR is set when Tk is added to an interpreter; this is done by searching several different directories until one is found that contains an appropriate Tk startup script. If the \fBTK_LIBRARY\fR environment variable exists, then the directory it names is checked first. If \fBTK_LIBRARY\fR is not set or does not refer to an appropriate directory, then Tk checks several other directories based on a compiled-in default location, the location of the Tcl library directory, the location of the binary containing the application, and the current working directory. The variable can be modified by an application to switch to a different library. .TP \fBtk_patchLevel\fR Contains a decimal integer giving the current patch level for Tk. The patch level is incremented for each new release or patch, and it uniquely identifies an official version of Tk. .TP \fBtk::Priv\fR This variable is an array containing several pieces of information that are private to Tk. The elements of \fBtk::Priv\fR are used by Tk library procedures and default bindings. They should not be accessed by any code outside Tk. .TP \fBtk_strictMotif\fR This variable is set to zero by default. If an application sets it to one, then Tk attempts to adhere as closely as possible to Motif look-and-feel standards. For example, active elements such as buttons and scrollbar sliders will not change color when the pointer passes over them. .TP \fBtk_textRedraw\fR .TP \fBtk_textRelayout\fR These variables are set by text widgets when they have debugging turned on. The values written to these variables can be used to test or debug text widget operations. These variables are mostly used by Tk's test suite. .TP 15 \fBtk_version\fR Tk sets this variable in the interpreter for each application. The variable holds the current version number of the Tk library in the form \fImajor\fR.\fIminor\fR. \fIMajor\fR and \fIminor\fR are integers. The major version number increases in any Tk release that includes changes that are not backward compatible (i.e. whenever existing Tk applications and scripts may have to change to work with the new release). The minor version number increases with each new release of Tk, except that it resets to zero whenever the major version number changes. .SH KEYWORDS variables, version, text |
Changes to doc/tkwait.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1992 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH tkwait n "" Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME tkwait \- Wait for variable to change or window to be destroyed .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtkwait variable \fIname\fR .sp \fBtkwait visibility \fIname\fR .sp \fBtkwait window \fIname\fR .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBtkwait\fR command waits for one of several things to happen, then it returns without taking any other actions. The return value is always an empty string. If the first argument is \fBvariable\fR (or any abbreviation of it) then the second argument is the name of a global variable and the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 | with a dialog box before using the result of that interaction. .PP While the \fBtkwait\fR command is waiting it processes events in the normal fashion, so the application will continue to respond to user interactions. If an event handler invokes \fBtkwait\fR again, the nested call to \fBtkwait\fR must complete before the outer call can complete. | | < < < < | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | with a dialog box before using the result of that interaction. .PP While the \fBtkwait\fR command is waiting it processes events in the normal fashion, so the application will continue to respond to user interactions. If an event handler invokes \fBtkwait\fR again, the nested call to \fBtkwait\fR must complete before the outer call can complete. .SH KEYWORDS variable, visibility, wait, window |
Changes to doc/toplevel.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH toplevel n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | > > | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH toplevel n 8.4 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME toplevel \- Create and manipulate toplevel widgets .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtoplevel\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .SO \-borderwidth \-highlightcolor \-pady \-cursor \-highlightthickness \-relief \-highlightbackground \-padx \-takefocus .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-background background Background This option is the same as the standard \fBbackground\fR option except that its value may also be specified as an empty string. In this case, the widget will display no background or border, and no colors will be consumed from its colormap for its background and border. .OP \-class class Class Specifies a class for the window. This class will be used when querying the option database for the window's other options, and it will also be used later for other purposes such as bindings. Some window managers display the class name for windows in their dock while some others display the window title. The \fBclass\fR option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-colormap colormap Colormap Specifies a colormap to use for the window. The value may be either \fBnew\fR, in which case a new colormap is created for the window and its children, or the name of another window (which must be on the same screen and have the same visual as \fIpathName\fR), in which case the new window will use the colormap from the specified window. If the \fBcolormap\fR option is not specified, the new window uses the default colormap of its screen. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-container container Container The value must be a boolean. If true, it means that this window will be used as a container in which some other application will be embedded (for example, a Tk toplevel can be embedded using the \fB\-use\fR option). |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 | Specifies the screen on which to place the new window. Any valid screen name may be used, even one associated with a different display. Defaults to the same screen as its parent. This option is special in that it may not be specified via the option database, and it may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. | < < < < < < < < < | > | | | > < | < | < < > | < | > > | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 | Specifies the screen on which to place the new window. Any valid screen name may be used, even one associated with a different display. Defaults to the same screen as its parent. This option is special in that it may not be specified via the option database, and it may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-use use Use This option is used for embedding. If the value is not an empty string, it must be the window identifier of a container window, specified as a hexadecimal string like the ones returned by the \fBwinfo id\fR command. The toplevel widget will be created as a child of the given container instead of the root window for the screen. If the container window is in a Tk application, it must be a frame or toplevel widget for which the \fB\-container\fR option was specified. This option may not be changed with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-visual visual Visual Specifies visual information for the new window in any of the forms accepted by \fBTk_GetVisual\fR. If this option is not specified, the new window will use the default visual for its screen. The \fBvisual\fR option may not be modified with the \fBconfigure\fR widget command. .OP \-width width Width Specifies the desired width for the window in any of the forms acceptable to \fBTk_GetPixels\fR. If this option is less than or equal to zero then the window will not request any size at all. .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBtoplevel\fR command creates a new toplevel widget (given by the \fIpathName\fR argument). Additional options, described above, may be specified on the command line or in the option database to configure aspects of the toplevel such as its background color and relief. The \fBtoplevel\fR command returns the path name of the new window. .PP A toplevel is similar to a frame except that it is created as a top-level window: its X parent is the root window of a screen rather than the logical parent from its path name. The primary purpose of a toplevel is to serve as a container for dialog boxes and other collections of widgets. The only visible features of a toplevel are its background color and an optional 3-D border to make the toplevel appear raised or sunken. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The \fBtoplevel\fR command creates a new Tcl command whose name is the same as the path name of the toplevel's window. This command may be used to invoke various operations on the widget. It has the following general form: .CS \fIpathName option \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .CE \fIPathName\fR is the name of the command, which is the same as the toplevel widget's path name. \fIOption\fR and the \fIarg\fRs determine the exact behavior of the command. The following commands are possible for toplevel widgets: .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the configuration option given by \fIoption\fR. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBtoplevel\fR command. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for \fIpathName\fR (see \fBTk_ConfigureInfo\fR for information on the format of this list). If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR, then the command returns a list describing the one named option (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no \fIoption\fR is specified). If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. \fIOption\fR may have any of the values accepted by the \fBtoplevel\fR command. .SH BINDINGS .PP When a new toplevel is created, it has no default event bindings: toplevels are not intended to be interactive. .SH "SEE ALSO" frame(n) .SH KEYWORDS toplevel, widget '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_Geometry.3.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 | .AP "Ttk_Box *" cavity in/out A rectangular region from which a parcel is allocated. .AP short border in Extra padding (in pixels) to add uniformly to each side of a region. .AP short bottom in Extra padding (in pixels) to add to the bottom of a region. .AP Ttk_Box box in | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 | .AP "Ttk_Box *" cavity in/out A rectangular region from which a parcel is allocated. .AP short border in Extra padding (in pixels) to add uniformly to each side of a region. .AP short bottom in Extra padding (in pixels) to add to the bottom of a region. .AP Ttk_Box box in .AP "Ttk_Box *" box_rtn out Specifies a rectangular region. .AP int height in The height in pixels of a region. .AP "Tcl_Interp *" interp in Used to store error messages. .AP int left in Extra padding (in pixels) to add to the left side of a region. .AP "Tcl_Obj *" objPtr in String value contains a symbolic name to be converted to an enumerated value or bitmask. Internal rep may be be modified to cache corresponding value. .AP Ttk_Padding padding in .AP "Ttk_Padding *" padding_rtn out Extra padding to add on the inside of a region. .AP Ttk_Box parcel in A rectangular region, allocated from a cavity. .AP int relief in One of the standard Tk relief options (TK_RELIEF_RAISED, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN, etc.). See \fBTk_GetReliefFromObj\fR. .AP short right in Extra padding (in pixles) to add to the right side of a region. .AP Ttk_Side side in One of \fBTTK_SIDE_LEFT\fR, \fBTTK_SIDE_TOP\fR, \fBTTK_SIDE_RIGHT\fR, or \fBTTK_SIDE_BOTTOM\fR. .AP unsigned sticky in A bitmask containing one or more of the bits \fBTTK_STICK_W\fR (west, or left), \fBTTK_STICK_E\fR (east, or right, \fBTTK_STICK_N\fR (north, or top), and \fBTTK_STICK_S\fR (south, or bottom). \fBTTK_FILL_X\fR is defined as a synonym for (TTK_STICK_W|TTK_STICK_E), \fBTTK_FILL_Y\fR is a synonym for (TTK_STICK_N|TTK_STICK_S), and \fBTTK_FILL_BOTH\fR and \fBTTK_STICK_ALL\fR are synonyms for (TTK_FILL_X|TTK_FILL_Y). See also: \fIgrid(n)\fR. .AP Tk_Window tkwin in Window whose screen geometry determines the conversion between absolute units and pixels. .AP short top in Extra padding at the top of a region. .AP int width in The width in pixels of a region. .AP int x in X coordinate of upper-left corner of region. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
int \fIy\fR;
int \fIwidth\fR;
int \fIheight\fR;
} \fBTtk_Box\fR;
.CE
All coordinates are relative to the window.
.PP
| | | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
int \fIy\fR;
int \fIwidth\fR;
int \fIheight\fR;
} \fBTtk_Box\fR;
.CE
All coordinates are relative to the window.
.PP
\fBTtk_MakeBox\fR is a convenience routine that contsructs
a \fBTtk_Box\fR structure representing a region \fIwidth\fR pixels
wide, \fIheight\fR pixels tall, at the specified \fIx, y\fR coordinates.
.PP
\fBTtk_PadBox\fR returns a new box located inside the specified \fIparcel\fR,
shrunken according to the left, top, right, and bottom margins
specified by \fIpadding\fR.
.PP
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
171 172 173 174 175 176 177 |
short \fIleft\fR;
short \fItop\fR;
short \fIright\fR;
short \fIbottom\fR;
} \fBTtk_Padding\fR;
.CE
.PP
| | | | | | | | | | | | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 |
short \fIleft\fR;
short \fItop\fR;
short \fIright\fR;
short \fIbottom\fR;
} \fBTtk_Padding\fR;
.CE
.PP
\fBTtk_MakePadding\fR is a convenience routine that contsructs
a \fBTtk_Padding\fR structure with the specified left, top, right, and bottom
components.
.PP
\fBTtk_UniformPadding\fR constructs a \fBTtk_Padding\fR structure
with all components equal to the specified \fIborder\fR.
.PP
\fBTtk_AddPadding\fR adds two \fBTtk_Padding\fRs together
and returns a combined padding containing the sum of the
individual padding components.
.PP
\fBTtk_RelievePadding\fR
adds an extra 2 pixels of padding to \fIpadding\fR
according to the specified \fIrelief\fR.
If \fIrelief\fR is \fBTK_RELIEF_SUNKEN\fR,
adds two pixels at the top and left
so the inner region is shifted down and to the left.
If it is \fBTK_RELIEF_RAISED\fR, adds two pixels
at the bottom and right so
the inner region is shifted up and to the right.
Otherwise, adds 1 pixel on all sides.
This is typically used in element geometry procedures to simulate a
.QW pressed-in
look for pushbuttons.
.SH "CONVERSION ROUTINES"
.PP
\fBTtk_GetPaddingFromObj\fR converts the string in \fIobjPtr\fR
to a \fBTtk_Padding\fR structure.
The string representation is a list of
up to four length specifications
.QW "\fIleft top right bottom\fR" .
If fewer than four elements are specified,
\fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR,
\fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and
\fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR.
See \fBTk_GetPixelsFromObj(3)\fR for the syntax of length specifications.
.PP
\fBTtk_GetBorderFromObj\fR is the same as \fBTtk_GetPaddingFromObj\fR
except that the lengths are specified as integers
(i.e., resolution-dependant values like \fI3m\fR are not allowed).
.PP
\fBTtk_GetStickyFromObj\fR converts the string in \fIobjPtr\fR
to a \fIsticky\fR bitmask. The string contains zero or more
of the characters \fBn\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBe\fR, or \fBw\fR.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(3), Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(3), Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(3)
.SH "KEYWORDS"
geometry, padding, margins, box, region, sticky, relief
|
Changes to doc/ttk_Theme.3.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH Ttk_CreateTheme 3 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME Ttk_CreateTheme, Ttk_GetTheme, Ttk_GetDefaultTheme, Ttk_GetCurrentTheme \- create and use Tk themes. .SH SYNOPSIS .nf |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_button.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | > > > > > > > > | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::button n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::button \- Widget that issues a command when pressed .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::button\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION A \fBttk::button\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image, and evaluates a command when pressed. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-compound \-cursor \-image \-state \-style \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline \-width .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-command command Command A script to evaluate when the widget is invoked. .OP \-default default Default May be set to one of \fBnormal\fR, \fBactive\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In a dialog box, one button may be designated the .QW default button (meaning, roughly, .QW "the one that gets invoked when the user presses <Enter>" ). \fBactive\fR indicates that this is currently the default button; \fBnormal\fR means that it may become the default button, and \fBdisabled\fR means that it is not defaultable. The default is \fBnormal\fR. .RS .PP Depending on the theme, the default button may be displayed with an extra highlight ring, or with a different border color. .RE .OP \-width width Width If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths, to allocate for the text label. If less than zero, specifies a minimum width. If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used. Note that some themes may specify a non-zero \fB\-width\fR in the style. .\" Not documented -- may go away .\" .OP \-padding padding Padding .\" .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground .\" .OP \-font font Font .\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor .\" .OP \-padding padding Padding .\" .OP \-relief relief Relief .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR commands, buttons support the following additional widget commands: .TP \fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR Invokes the command associated with the button. .SH "STANDARD STYLES" .PP \fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars. .SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS" .OP \-state state State May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit. This is a .QW write-only option: setting it changes the widget state, but the \fBstate\fR widget command does not affect the state option. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), button(n) .SH "KEYWORDS" widget, button, default, command '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_checkbutton.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::checkbutton n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::checkbutton \- On/off widget .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::checkbutton\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION A \fBttk::checkbutton\fR widget is used to show or change a setting. It has two states, selected and deselected. The state of the checkbutton may be linked to a Tcl variable. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-compound \-cursor \-image \-state \-style \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline \-width .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-command command Command A Tcl script to execute whenever the widget is invoked. .OP \-offvalue offValue OffValue The value to store in the associated \fB\-variable\fR when the widget is deselected. Defaults to \fB0\fR. .OP \-onvalue onValue OnValue The value to store in the associated \fB\-variable\fR when the widget is selected. Defaults to \fB1\fR. .OP \-variable variable Variable The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget. Defaults to the widget pathname if not specified. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR commands, checkbuttons support the following additional widget commands: .TP \fIpathname\fB invoke\fR Toggles between the selected and deselected states and evaluates the associated \fB\-command\fR. If the widget is currently selected, sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-offvalue\fR and deselects the widget; otherwise, sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-onvalue\fR Returns the result of the \fB\-command\fR. .\" Missing: select, deselect, toggle .\" Are these useful? They don't invoke the -command .\" Missing: flash. This is definitely not useful. .SH "WIDGET STATES" .PP The widget does not respond to user input if the \fBdisabled\fR state is set. The widget sets the \fBselected\fR state whenever the linked \fB\-variable\fR is set to the widget's \fB\-onvalue\fR, and clears it otherwise. The widget sets the \fBalternate\fR state whenever the linked \fB\-variable\fR is unset. (The \fBalternate\fR state may be used to indicate a .QW tri-state or .QW indeterminate selection.) .SH "STANDARD STYLES" .PP \fBTtk::checkbutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), ttk::radiobutton(n), checkbutton(n) .SH "KEYWORDS" widget, button, toggle, check, option '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_combobox.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::combobox n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::combobox \- text field with popdown selection list .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::combobox\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::combobox\fR combines a text field with a pop-down list of values; the user may select the value of the text field from among the values in the list. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-takefocus \-style .SE .\" ALSO: Other entry widget options .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection Boolean value. If set, the widget selection is linked to the X selection. .OP \-justify justify Justify Specifies how the text is aligned within the widget. Must be one of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR. .OP \-height height Height Specifies the height of the pop-down listbox, in rows. .OP \-postcommand postCommand PostCommand A Tcl script to evaluate immediately before displaying the listbox. The \fB\-postcommand\fR script may specify the \fB\-values\fR to display. .OP \-state state State One of \fBnormal\fR, \fBreadonly\fR, or \fBdisabled\fR. In the \fBreadonly\fR state, the value may not be edited directly, and the user can only select one of the \fB\-values\fR from the dropdown list. In the \fBnormal\fR state, the text field is directly editable. In the \fBdisabled\fR state, no interaction is possible. .OP \-textvariable textVariable TextVariable Specifies the name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget value. Whenever the variable changes value the widget value is updated, and vice versa. .OP \-values values Values Specifies the list of values to display in the drop-down listbox. .OP \-width width Width Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 | '\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. '\".TP '\"\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? '\"Modify or query widget options. '\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBcurrent\fR ?\fInewIndex\fR? | | | < < | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 | '\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. '\".TP '\"\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? '\"Modify or query widget options. '\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBcurrent\fR ?\fInewIndex\fR? If \fInewIndex\fR is supplied, sets the combobox value to the element at position \fInewIndex\fR in the list of \fB\-values\fR. Otherwise, returns the index of the current value in the list of \fB\-values\fR or \fB\-1\fR if the current value does not appear in the list. .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR Returns the current value of the combobox. '\".TP '\"\fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
108 109 110 111 112 113 114 | .DE .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The combobox widget generates a \fB<<ComboboxSelected>>\fR virtual event when the user selects an element from the list of values. If the selection action unposts the listbox, this event is delivered after the listbox is unposted. | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 | .DE .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The combobox widget generates a \fB<<ComboboxSelected>>\fR virtual event when the user selects an element from the list of values. If the selection action unposts the listbox, this event is delivered after the listbox is unposted. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n) .SH KEYWORDS choice, entry, list box, text box, widget '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_entry.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | < < | | > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation. '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::entry n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::entry \- Editable text field widget .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::entry\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP An \fBttk::entry\fR widget displays a one-line text string and allows that string to be edited by the user. The value of the string may be linked to a Tcl variable with the \fB\-textvariable\fR option. Entry widgets support horizontal scrolling with the standard \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option and \fBxview\fR widget command. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-style \-takefocus \-xscrollcommand .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-exportselection exportSelection ExportSelection A boolean value specifying whether or not a selection in the widget should be linked to the X selection. If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval requests when it has a selection. .\" MAYBE: .OP \-font font Font .\" MAYBE: .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground .\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertbackground insertBackground Foreground .\" MAYBE: .OP \-insertwidth insertWidth InsertWidth .OP \-invalidcommand invalidCommand InvalidCommand A script template to evaluate whenever the \fBvalidateCommand\fR returns 0. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more information. .OP \-justify justify Justify Specifies how the text is aligned within the entry widget. One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR. .\" MAYBE: .OP \-selectbackground selectBackground Foreground .\" MAYBE: .OP \-selectborderwidth selectBorderWidth BorderWidth .\" MAYBE: .OP \-selectforeground selectForeground Background |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | of the entry. .OP \-state state State Compatibility option; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details. Specifies one of three states for the entry, \fBnormal\fR, \fBdisabled\fR, or \fBreadonly\fR. See \fBWIDGET STATES\fR, below. .OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable | | | 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 | of the entry. .OP \-state state State Compatibility option; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details. Specifies one of three states for the entry, \fBnormal\fR, \fBdisabled\fR, or \fBreadonly\fR. See \fBWIDGET STATES\fR, below. .OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable Specifies the name of a global variable whose value is linked to the entry widget's contents. Whenever the variable changes value, the widget's contents are updated, and vice versa. .OP \-validate validate Validate Specifies the mode in which validation should operate: \fBnone\fR, \fBfocus\fR, \fBfocusin\fR, \fBfocusout\fR, \fBkey\fR, or \fBall\fR. Default is \fBnone\fR, meaning that validation is disabled. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 | Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. .\" Not in ttk: If the value is less than or equal to zero, the widget picks a .\" Not in ttk: size just large enough to hold its current text. .SH NOTES .PP A portion of the entry may be selected as described below. | | | | | 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 | Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size characters of the widget's font. .\" Not in ttk: If the value is less than or equal to zero, the widget picks a .\" Not in ttk: size just large enough to hold its current text. .SH NOTES .PP A portion of the entry may be selected as described below. If an entry is exporting its selection (see the \fBexportSelection\fR option), then it will observe the standard X11 protocols for handling the selection; entry selections are available as type \fBSTRING\fR. Entries also observe the standard Tk rules for dealing with the input focus. When an entry has the input focus it displays an \fIinsert cursor\fR to indicate where new characters will be inserted. .PP Entries are capable of displaying strings that are too long to fit entirely within the widget's window. In this case, only a portion of the string will be displayed; commands described below may be used to change the view in the window. Entries use the standard \fBxScrollCommand\fR mechanism for interacting with scrollbars (see the description of the \fBxScrollCommand\fR option for details). .SH "INDICES" .PP Many of the \fBentry\fR widget commands take one or more indices as arguments. An index specifies a particular character in the entry's string, in any of the following ways: .IP \fInumber\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 | .RE '\".TP '\"\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR? '\"Modify or query the widget state. '\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 | .RE '\".TP '\"\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR? '\"Modify or query the widget state. '\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR Force revalidation, independent of the conditions specified by the \fB\-validate\fR option. Returns 0 if validation fails, 1 if it succeeds. Sets or clears the \fBinvalid\fR state accordingly. See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more details. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the text in the widget's window. It can take any of the following forms: .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBxview\fR Returns a list containing two elements. Each element is a real fraction between 0 and 1; together they describe the horizontal span that is visible in the window. For example, if the first element is .2 and the second element is .6, 20% of the entry's text is off-screen to the left, the middle 40% is visible in the window, and 40% of the text is off-screen to the right. These are the same values passed to scrollbars via the \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR option. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview\fR \fIindex\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that the character given by \fIindex\fR is displayed at the left edge of the window. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview moveto\fI fraction\fR Adjusts the view in the window so that the character \fIfraction\fR of the way through the text appears at the left edge of the window. \fIFraction\fR must be a fraction between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBxview scroll \fInumber what\fR This command shifts the view in the window left or right according to \fInumber\fR and \fIwhat\fR. \fINumber\fR must be an integer. \fIWhat\fR must be either \fBunits\fR or \fBpages\fR. '\" or an abbreviation of one of these, but we don't document that. If \fIwhat\fR is \fBunits\fR, the view adjusts left or right by \fInumber\fR average-width characters on the display; if it is \fBpages\fR then the view adjusts by \fInumber\fR screenfuls. If \fInumber\fR is negative then characters farther to the left become visible; if it is positive then characters farther to the right become visible. .RE .PP The entry widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details): .DS .ta 5.5c 11c \fBcget\fR \fBconfigure\fR \fBidentify\fR \fBinstate\fR \fBstate\fR .DE .SH VALIDATION .PP The \fB\-validate\fR, \fB\-validatecommand\fR, and \fB\-invalidcommand\fR options are used to enable entry widget validation. .SS "VALIDATION MODES" .PP There are two main validation modes: \fIprevalidation\fR, in which the \fB\-validatecommand\fR is evaluated prior to each edit and the return value is used to determine whether to accept or reject the change; and \fIrevalidation\fR, in which the \fB\-validatecommand\fR is evaluated to determine whether the current value is valid. .PP The \fB\-validate\fR option determines when validation occurs; it may be set to any of the following values: .RS .IP \fBnone\fR Default. This means validation will only occur when specifically requested by the \fBvalidate\fR widget command. .IP \fBkey\fR The entry will be prevalidated prior to each edit (specifically, whenever the \fBinsert\fR or \fBdelete\fR widget commands are called). If prevalidation fails, the edit is rejected. .IP \fBfocus\fR The entry is revalidated when the entry receives or loses focus. .IP \fBfocusin\fR The entry is revalidated when the entry receives focus. .IP \fBfocusout\fR The entry is revalidated when the entry loses focus. .IP \fBall\fR Validation is performed for all above conditions. .RE .PP The \fB\-invalidcommand\fR is evaluated whenever the \fB\-validatecommand\fR returns a false value. .PP The \fB\-validatecommand\fR and \fB\-invalidcommand\fR may modify the entry widget's value via the widget \fBinsert\fR or \fBdelete\fR commands, or by setting the linked \fB\-textvariable\fR. If either does so during prevalidation, then the edit is rejected regardless of the value returned by the \fB\-validatecommand\fR. .PP If \fB\-validatecommand\fR is empty (the default), validation always succeeds. .SS "VALIDATION SCRIPT SUBSTITUTIONS" .PP It is possible to perform percent substitutions on the \fB\-validatecommand\fR and \fB\-invalidcommand\fR, just as in a \fBbind\fR script. The following substitutions are recognized: .RS .IP \fB%d\fR Type of action: 1 for \fBinsert\fR prevalidation, 0 for \fBdelete\fR prevalidation, or \-1 for revalidation. .IP \fB%i\fR Index of character string to be inserted/deleted, if any, otherwise \-1. .IP \fB%P\fR In prevalidation, the new value of the entry if the edit is accepted. In revalidation, the current value of the entry. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
305 306 307 308 309 310 311 | .IP \fB%W\fR The name of the entry widget. .RE .SS "DIFFERENCES FROM TK ENTRY WIDGET VALIDATION" .PP The standard Tk entry widget automatically disables validation (by setting \fB\-validate\fR to \fBnone\fR) | | | | | 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 | .IP \fB%W\fR The name of the entry widget. .RE .SS "DIFFERENCES FROM TK ENTRY WIDGET VALIDATION" .PP The standard Tk entry widget automatically disables validation (by setting \fB\-validate\fR to \fBnone\fR) if the \fB\-validatecommand\fR or \fB\-invalidcommand\fR modifies the entry's value. The Tk themed entry widget only disables validation if one of the validation scripts raises an error, or if \fB\-validatecommand\fR does not return a valid boolean value. (Thus, it is not necessary to re-enable validation after modifying the entry value in a validation script). .PP In addition, the standard entry widget invokes validation whenever the linked \fB\-textvariable\fR is modified; the Tk themed entry widget does not. .SH "DEFAULT BINDINGS" .PP The entry widget's default bindings enable the following behavior. In the descriptions below, .QW word refers to a contiguous group of letters, digits, or .QW _ characters, or any single character other than these. .IP \0\(bu 4 Clicking mouse button 1 positions the insert cursor |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
349 350 351 352 353 354 355 | .IP \0\(bu 4 Clicking mouse button 1 with the Control key down will position the insert cursor in the entry without affecting the selection. .IP \0\(bu 4 If any normal printing characters are typed in an entry, they are inserted at the point of the insert cursor. .IP \0\(bu 4 | | < | | | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 | .IP \0\(bu 4 Clicking mouse button 1 with the Control key down will position the insert cursor in the entry without affecting the selection. .IP \0\(bu 4 If any normal printing characters are typed in an entry, they are inserted at the point of the insert cursor. .IP \0\(bu 4 The view in the entry can be adjusted by dragging with mouse button 2. If mouse button 2 is clicked without moving the mouse, the selection is copied into the entry at the position of the mouse cursor. .IP \0\(bu 4 If the mouse is dragged out of the entry on the left or right sides while button 1 is pressed, the entry will automatically scroll to make more text visible (if there is more text off-screen on the side where the mouse left the window). .IP \0\(bu 4 The Left and Right keys move the insert cursor one character to the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
400 401 402 403 404 405 406 | .IP \0\(bu 4 Control-d deletes the character to the right of the insert cursor. .IP \0\(bu 4 Control-k deletes all the characters to the right of the insertion cursor. .SH "WIDGET STATES" .PP | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 | .IP \0\(bu 4 Control-d deletes the character to the right of the insert cursor. .IP \0\(bu 4 Control-k deletes all the characters to the right of the insertion cursor. .SH "WIDGET STATES" .PP In the \fBdisabled\fR state, the entry cannot be edited and the text cannot be selected. In the \fBreadonly\fR state, no insert cursor is displayed and the entry cannot be edited (specifically: the \fBinsert\fR and \fBdelete\fR commands have no effect). The \fBdisabled\fR state is the same as \fBreadonly\fR, and in addition text cannot be selected. .PP Note that changes to the linked \fB\-textvariable\fR will still be reflected in the entry, even if it is disabled or readonly. .PP Typically, the text is .QW grayed-out in the \fBdisabled\fR state, and a different background is used in the \fBreadonly\fR state. .PP The entry widget sets the \fBinvalid\fR state if revalidation fails, and clears it whenever validation succeeds. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), entry(n) .SH KEYWORDS entry, widget, text field '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_frame.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | < | > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::frame n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::frame \- Simple container widget .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::frame\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::frame\fR widget is a container, used to group other widgets together. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-takefocus \-style .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth The desired width of the widget border. Defaults to 0. .OP \-relief relief Relief One of the standard Tk border styles: \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR, or \fBsunken\fR. Defaults to \fBflat\fR. .OP \-padding padding Padding Additional padding to include inside the border. .OP \-width width Width If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels. .OP \-height height Height If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Supports the standard widget commands \fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .SH "NOTES" .PP Note that if the \fBpack\fR, \fBgrid\fR, or other geometry managers are used to manage the children of the \fBframe\fR, by the GM's requested size will normally take precedence over the \fBframe\fR widget's \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR options. \fBpack propagate\fR and \fBgrid propagate\fR can be used to change this. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), ttk::labelframe(n), frame(n) .SH "KEYWORDS" widget, frame, container '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_image.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk_image n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk_image \- Define an element based on an image .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::style element create \fIname\fR \fBimage\fR \fIimageSpec\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fIimage\fR element factory creates a new element in the current theme whose visual appearance is determined by Tk images. \fIimageSpec\fP is a list of one or more elements. The first element is the default image name. The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs specifying other images to use when the element is in a particular state or combination of states. .SH OPTIONS .PP Valid \fIoptions\fR are: .TP \fB\-border\fR \fIpadding\fR \fIpadding\fR is a list of up to four integers, specifying the left, top, right, and bottom borders, respectively. See \fBIMAGE STRETCHING\fR, below. .TP \fB\-height \fIheight\fR Specifies a minimum height for the element. If less than zero, the base image's height is used as a default. .TP \fB\-padding\fR \fIpadding\fR Specifies the element's interior padding. Defaults to \fB\-border\fR if not specified. .TP \fB\-sticky\fR \fIspec\fR Specifies how the image is placed within the final parcel. \fIspec\fR contains zero or more characters .QW n , .QW s , .QW w , or .QW e . .TP \fB\-width \fIwidth\fR Specifies a minimum width for the element. If less than zero, the base image's width is used as a default. .SH "IMAGE STRETCHING" .PP If the element's allocated parcel is larger than the image, the image will be placed in the parcel based on the \fB\-sticky\fR option. If the image needs to stretch horizontally (i.e., \fB\-sticky ew\fR) or vertically (\fB\-sticky ns\fR), subregions of the image are replicated to fill the parcel based on the \fB\-border\fR option. The \fB\-border\fR divides the image into 9 regions: four fixed corners, top and left edges (which may be tiled horizontally), left and right edges (which may be tiled vertically), and the central area (which may be tiled in both directions). .SH "EXAMPLE" .PP .CS set img1 [image create photo \-file button.png] |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_intro.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::intro n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::intro \- Introduction to the Tk theme engine .BE .SH "OVERVIEW" .PP The Tk themed widget set is based on a revised and enhanced version of TIP #48 (http://tip.tcl.tk/48) specified style engine. The main concepts are described below. The basic idea is to separate, to the extent possible, the code implementing a widget's behavior from the code implementing its appearance. Widget class bindings are primarily responsible for maintaining the widget state and invoking callbacks; all aspects of the widget's appearance are controlled by the style of the widget (i.e. the style of the elements of the widget). .SH "THEMES" .PP A \fItheme\fR is a collection of elements and styles that determine the look and feel of the widget set. Themes can be used to: .IP \(bu isolate platform differences (X11 vs. classic Windows vs. XP vs. Aqua ...) .IP \(bu adapt to display limitations (low-color, grayscale, monochrome, tiny screens) .IP \(bu |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | .PP An \fIelement\fR displays an individual part of a widget. For example, a vertical scrollbar widget contains \fBuparrow\fR, \fBdownarrow\fR, \fBtrough\fR and \fBslider\fR elements. .PP Element names use a recursive dotted notation. For example, \fBuparrow\fR identifies a generic arrow element, | | | | | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | .PP An \fIelement\fR displays an individual part of a widget. For example, a vertical scrollbar widget contains \fBuparrow\fR, \fBdownarrow\fR, \fBtrough\fR and \fBslider\fR elements. .PP Element names use a recursive dotted notation. For example, \fBuparrow\fR identifies a generic arrow element, and \fBScrollbar.uparrow\fR and \fBCombobox.uparrow\fR identify widget-specific elements. When looking for an element, the style engine looks for the specific name first, and if an element of that name is not found it looks for generic elements by stripping off successive leading components of the element name. .PP Like widgets, elements have \fIoptions\fR which specify what to display and how to display it. For example, the \fBtext\fR element (which displays a text string) has \fB\-text\fR, \fB\-font\fR, \fB\-foreground\fR, \fB\-background\fR, \fB\-underline\fR, and \fB\-width\fR options. The value of an element option is taken from: .IP \(bu an option of the same name and type in the widget containing the element; .IP \(bu a dynamic setting specified by \fBstyle map\fR and the current state; .IP \(bu the default setting specified by \fBstyle configure\fR; or .IP \(bu |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 |
For example, the layout for a horizontal scrollbar is:
.PP
.CS
ttk::\fBstyle layout\fR Horizontal.TScrollbar {
Scrollbar.trough \-children {
Scrollbar.leftarrow \-side left \-sticky w
Scrollbar.rightarrow \-side right \-sticky e
| | | | | | | | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
For example, the layout for a horizontal scrollbar is:
.PP
.CS
ttk::\fBstyle layout\fR Horizontal.TScrollbar {
Scrollbar.trough \-children {
Scrollbar.leftarrow \-side left \-sticky w
Scrollbar.rightarrow \-side right \-sticky e
Scrollbar.thumb \-side left \-expand true \-sticky ew
}
}
.CE
.PP
By default, the layout for a widget is the same as its class name.
Some widgets may override this (for example, the \fBttk::scrollbar\fR
widget chooses different layouts based on the \fB\-orient\fR option).
.SH "STATES"
.PP
In standard Tk, many widgets have a \fB\-state\fR option
which (in most cases) is either \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR.
Some widgets support additional states, such
as the \fBentry\fR widget which has a \fBreadonly\fR state
and the various flavors of buttons which have \fBactive\fR state.
.PP
The themed Tk widgets generalizes this idea:
every widget has a bitmap of independent state flags.
Widget state flags include \fBactive\fR, \fBdisabled\fR,
\fBpressed\fR, \fBfocus\fR, etc.,
(see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for the full list of state flags).
.PP
Instead of a \fB\-state\fR option, every widget now has
a \fBstate\fR widget command which is used to set or query
the state.
A \fIstate specification\fR is a list of symbolic state names
indicating which bits are set, each optionally prefixed with an
exclamation point indicating that the bit is cleared instead.
.PP
For example, the class bindings for the \fBttk::button\fR
widget are:
.PP
.CS
bind TButton <Enter> { %W state active }
bind TButton <Leave> { %W state !active }
bind TButton <ButtonPress-1> { %W state pressed }
bind TButton <Button1-Leave> { %W state !pressed }
bind TButton <Button1-Enter> { %W state pressed }
bind TButton <ButtonRelease-1> \e
{ %W instate {pressed} { %W state !pressed ; %W invoke } }
.CE
.PP
This specifies that the widget becomes \fBactive\fR when
the pointer enters the widget, and inactive when it leaves.
Similarly it becomes \fBpressed\fR when the mouse button is pressed,
and \fB!pressed\fR on the ButtonRelease event.
In addition, the button unpresses if
pointer is dragged outside the widget while Button-1 is held down,
and represses if it's dragged back in.
Finally, when the mouse button is released, the widget's
\fB\-command\fR is invoked, but only if the button is currently
in the \fBpressed\fR state.
(The actual bindings are a little more complicated than the above,
but not by much).
'\" Note to self: rewrite that paragraph. It's horrible.
.SH "STYLES"
.PP
Each widget is associated with a \fIstyle\fR,
which specifies values for element options.
Style names use a recursive dotted notation like layouts and elements;
by default, widgets use the class name to look up a style in the current theme.
For example:
.PP
.CS
ttk::\fBstyle configure\fR TButton \e
\-background #d9d9d9 \e
\-foreground black \e
\-relief raised \e
;
.CE
.PP
Many elements are displayed differently depending on the widget state.
For example, buttons have a different background when they are active,
a different foreground when disabled, and a different relief when pressed.
The \fBstyle map\fR command specifies dynamic option settings
for a particular style:
.PP
.CS
ttk::\fBstyle map\fR TButton \e
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | < | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::label n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::label \- Display a text string and/or image .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::label\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::label\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image. The label may be linked to a Tcl variable to automatically change the displayed text. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-compound \-cursor \-image \-style \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline \-width .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor Specifies how the information in the widget is positioned relative to the inner margins. Legal values are \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, and \fBcenter\fR. See also \fB\-justify\fR. .OP \-background frameColor FrameColor The widget's background color. If unspecified, the theme default is used. .OP \-font font Font Font to use for label text. .OP \-foreground textColor TextColor The widget's foreground color. If unspecified, the theme default is used. .OP \-justify justify Justify If there are multiple lines of text, specifies how the lines are laid out relative to one another. One of \fBleft\fR, \fBcenter\fR, or \fBright\fR. See also \fB\-anchor\fR. .OP \-padding padding Padding Specifies the amount of extra space to allocate for the widget. The padding is a list of up to four length specifications \fIleft top right bottom\fR. If fewer than four elements are specified, \fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR, \fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and \fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR. .OP \-relief relief Relief .\" Rewrite this: Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget border. Valid values are \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, \fBsolid\fR, and \fBsunken\fR. .OP \-text text Text Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget (unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR). .OP \-wraplength wrapLength WrapLength Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels). If this option is less than or equal to zero, then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise the text is split into lines such that no line is longer than the specified value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Supports the standard widget commands \fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), label(n) '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_labelframe.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::labelframe n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::labelframe \- Container widget with optional label .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::labelframe\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget is a container used to group other widgets together. It has an optional label, which may be a plain text string or another widget. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-takefocus \-style .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .\" XXX: Currently included, but may go away: .\" XXX: .OP -borderwidth borderWidth BorderWidth .\" XXX: The desired width of the widget border. Default is theme-dependent. .\" XXX: .OP -relief relief Relief .\" XXX: One of the standard Tk border styles: .\" XXX: \fBflat\fR, \fBgroove\fR, \fBraised\fR, \fBridge\fR, .\" XXX: \fBsolid\fR, or \fBsunken\fR. .\" XXX: Default is theme-dependent. .OP \-labelanchor labelAnchor LabelAnchor Specifies where to place the label. Allowed values are (clockwise from the top upper left corner): \fBnw\fR, \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBen\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBes\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR,\fBsw\fR, \fBws\fR, \fBw\fR and \fBwn\fR. The default value is theme-dependent. .\" Alternate explanation: The first character must be one of n, s, e, or w .\" and specifies which side the label should be placed on; .\" the remaining characters specify how the label is aligned on that side. .\" NOTE: Now allows other values as well; leave this undocumented for now .OP \-text text Text Specifies the text of the label. .OP \-underline underline Underline If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline in the text string. The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation. Mnemonic activation for a \fBttk::labelframe\fR sets the keyboard focus to the first child of the \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget. .OP \-padding padding Padding Additional padding to include inside the border. .OP \-labelwidget labelWidget LabelWidget The name of a widget to use for the label. If set, overrides the \fB\-text\fR option. The \fB\-labelwidget\fR must be a child of the \fBlabelframe\fR widget or one of the \fBlabelframe\fR's ancestors, and must belong to the same top-level widget as the \fBlabelframe\fR. .OP \-width width Width If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels. .OP \-height height Height If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels. (See \fIttk::frame(n)\fR for further notes on \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR). .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Supports the standard widget commands \fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), ttk::frame(n), labelframe(n) .SH "KEYWORDS" widget, frame, container, label, groupbox '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_menubutton.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::menubutton n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::menubutton \- Widget that pops down a menu when pressed .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::menubutton\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::menubutton\fR widget displays a textual label and/or image, and displays a menu when pressed. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-compound \-cursor \-image \-state \-style \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline \-width .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-direction direction Direction Specifies where the menu is to be popped up relative to the menubutton. One of: \fBabove\fR, \fBbelow\fR, \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR, or \fBflush\fR. The default is \fBbelow\fR. \fBflush\fR pops the menu up directly over the menubutton. .OP \-menu menu Menu Specifies the path name of the menu associated with the menubutton. To be on the safe side, the menu ought to be a direct child of the menubutton. .\" not documented: may go away: .\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor .\" .OP \-padding padding Pad .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Menubutton widgets support the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR methods. No other widget methods are used. .SH "STANDARD STYLES" .PP \fBTtk::menubutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), menu(n), menubutton(n) .SH "KEYWORDS" widget, button, menu '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_notebook.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::notebook n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::notebook \- Multi-paned container widget .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fBttk::notebook\fR \fIpathname \fR?\fIoptions...\fR? .br \fIpathname \fBadd\fR \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR? \fIpathname \fBinsert\fR \fIindex\fR \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR? .fi .BE .SH DESCRIPTION A \fBttk::notebook\fR widget manages a collection of windows and displays a single one at a time. Each slave window is associated with a \fItab\fR, which the user may select to change the currently-displayed window. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-takefocus \-style .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-height height Height If present and greater than zero, specifies the desired height of the pane area (not including internal padding or tabs). Otherwise, the maximum height of all panes is used. .OP \-padding padding Padding Specifies the amount of extra space to add around the outside of the notebook. The padding is a list of up to four length specifications \fIleft top right bottom\fR. If fewer than four elements are specified, \fIbottom\fR defaults to \fItop\fR, \fIright\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR, and \fItop\fR defaults to \fIleft\fR. .OP \-width width Width If present and greater than zero, specifies the desired width of the pane area (not including internal padding). Otherwise, the maximum width of all panes is used. .SH "TAB OPTIONS" The following options may be specified for individual notebook panes: .OP \-state state State Either \fBnormal\fR, \fBdisabled\fR or \fBhidden\fR. If \fBdisabled\fR, then the tab is not selectable. If \fBhidden\fR, then the tab is not shown. .OP \-sticky sticky Sticky Specifies how the slave window is positioned within the pane area. Value is a string containing zero or more of the characters \fBn, s, e,\fR or \fBw\fR. Each letter refers to a side (north, south, east, or west) that the slave window will .QW stick to, as per the \fBgrid\fR geometry manager. .OP \-padding padding Padding Specifies the amount of extra space to add between the notebook and this pane. Syntax is the same as for the widget \fB\-padding\fR option. .OP \-text text Text Specifies a string to be displayed in the tab. .OP \-image image Image Specifies an image to display in the tab. See \fIttk_widget(n)\fR for details. .OP \-compound compound Compound Specifies how to display the image relative to the text, in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present. See \fIlabel(n)\fR for legal values. .OP \-underline underline Underline Specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline in the text string. The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation if \fBttk::notebook::enableTraversal\fR is called. .SH "TAB IDENTIFIERS" The \fItabid\fR argument to the following commands may take any of the following forms: .IP \(bu An integer between zero and the number of tabs; .IP \(bu The name of a slave window; .IP \(bu A positional specification of the form .QW @\fIx\fR,\fIy\fR , which identifies the tab .IP \(bu The literal string .QW \fBcurrent\fR , which identifies the currently-selected tab; or: .IP \(bu The literal string .QW \fBend\fR , which returns the number of tabs (only valid for .QW "\fIpathname \fBindex\fR" ). .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .TP \fIpathname \fBadd\fR \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR? Adds a new tab to the notebook. See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available \fIoptions\fR. If \fIwindow\fR is currently managed by the notebook but hidden, it is restored to its previous position. .TP \fIpathname \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoptions\fR? See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathname \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathname \fBforget\fR \fItabid\fR Removes the tab specified by \fItabid\fR, unmaps and unmanages the associated window. .TP \fIpathname \fBhide\fR \fItabid\fR Hides the tab specified by \fItabid\fR. The tab will not be displayed, but the associated window remains managed by the notebook and its configuration remembered. Hidden tabs may be restored with the \fBadd\fR command. .TP \fIpathname \fBidentify\fR \fIcomponent\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR Returns the name of the element under the point given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, or the empty string if no component is present at that location. The following subcommands are supported: .RS .TP \fIpathname \fBidentify\fR \fBelement\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR Returns the name of the element at the specified location. .TP \fIpathname \fBidentify\fR \fBtab\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR Returns the index of the tab at the specified location. .RE .TP \fIpathname \fBindex\fR \fItabid\fR Returns the numeric index of the tab specified by \fItabid\fR, or the total number of tabs if \fItabid\fR is the string .QW \fBend\fR . .TP \fIpathname \fBinsert\fR \fIpos\fR \fIsubwindow\fR \fIoptions...\fR Inserts a pane at the specified position. \fIpos\fR is either the string \fBend\fR, an integer index, or the name of a managed subwindow. If \fIsubwindow\fR is already managed by the notebook, moves it to the specified position. See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .TP \fIpathname \fBinstate\fR \fIstatespec \fR?\fIscript...\fR? See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathname \fBselect\fR ?\fItabid\fR? Selects the specified tab. The associated slave window will be displayed, and the previously-selected window (if different) is unmapped. If \fItabid\fR is omitted, returns the widget name of the currently selected pane. .TP \fIpathname \fBstate\fR ?\fIstatespec\fR? See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathname \fBtab\fR \fItabid\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue ...\fR Query or modify the options of the specific tab. If no \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns a dictionary of the tab option values. If one \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns the value of that \fIoption\fR. Otherwise, sets the \fI\-option\fRs to the corresponding \fIvalue\fRs. See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the available options. .TP \fIpathname \fBtabs\fR Returns the list of windows managed by the notebook. .SH "KEYBOARD TRAVERSAL" To enable keyboard traversal for a toplevel window containing a notebook widget \fI$nb\fR, call: .CS ttk::notebook::enableTraversal $nb .CE .PP This will extend the bindings for the toplevel window containing the notebook as follows: .IP \(bu \fBControl-Tab\fR selects the tab following the currently selected one. .IP \(bu \fBShift-Control-Tab\fR selects the tab preceding the currently selected one. .IP \(bu \fBAlt-K\fR, where \fBK\fR is the mnemonic (underlined) character of any tab, will select that tab. .PP Multiple notebooks in a single toplevel may be enabled for traversal, including nested notebooks. However, notebook traversal only works properly if all panes are direct children of the notebook. .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" The notebook widget generates a \fB<<NotebookTabChanged>>\fR virtual event after a new tab is selected. .SH "EXAMPLE" .CS pack [\fBttk::notebook\fR .nb] \&.nb add [frame .nb.f1] \-text "First tab" \&.nb add [frame .nb.f2] \-text "Second tab" \&.nb select .nb.f2 ttk::notebook::enableTraversal .nb .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), grid(n) .SH "KEYWORDS" pane, tab '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_panedwindow.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::panedwindow n 8.5.9 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::panedwindow \- Multi-pane container window .SH SYNOPSIS .nf \fBttk::panedwindow\fR \fIpathname \fR?\fIoptions\fR? |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | When the paned window is resized, the extra space is added or subtracted to each pane proportionally to its \fB\-weight\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" Supports the standard \fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBstate\fR, and \fBinstate\fR commands; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details. Additional commands: .TP | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 | When the paned window is resized, the extra space is added or subtracted to each pane proportionally to its \fB\-weight\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" Supports the standard \fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBstate\fR, and \fBinstate\fR commands; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details. Additional commands: .TP \fIpathname\fR \fBadd\fR \fIsubwindow\fR \fIoptions...\fR Adds a new pane to the window. See \fBPANE OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .TP \fIpathname\fR \fBforget\fR \fIpane\fR Removes the specified subpane from the widget. \fIpane\fR is either an integer index or the name of a managed subwindow. .TP \fIpathname\fR \fBidentify\fR \fIcomponent\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR Returns the name of the element under the point given by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, or the empty string if no component is present at that location. If \fIcomponent\fR is omitted, it defaults to \fBsash\fR. The following subcommands are supported: .RS .TP \fIpathname\fR \fBidentify\fR \fBelement\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR Returns the name of the element at the specified location. .TP \fIpathname\fR \fBidentify\fR \fBsash\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR Returns the index of the sash at the specified location. .RE .TP \fIpathname\fR \fBinsert\fR \fIpos\fR \fIsubwindow\fR \fIoptions...\fR Inserts a pane at the specified position. \fIpos\fR is either the string \fBend\fR, an integer index, or the name of a managed subwindow. If \fIsubwindow\fR is already managed by the paned window, moves it to the specified position. See \fBPANE OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .TP \fIpathname\fR \fBpane\fR \fIpane \-option \fR?\fIvalue \fR?\fI\-option value...\fR Query or modify the options of the specified \fIpane\fR, where \fIpane\fR is either an integer index or the name of a managed subwindow. If no \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns a dictionary of the pane option values. If one \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns the value of that \fIoption\fR. Otherwise, sets the \fI\-option\fRs to the corresponding \fIvalue\fRs. .TP \fIpathname\fR \fBpanes\fR Returns the list of all windows managed by the widget. .TP \fIpathname\fR \fBsashpos\fR \fIindex\fR ?\fInewpos\fR? If \fInewpos\fR is specified, sets the position of sash number \fIindex\fR. May adjust the positions of adjacent sashes to ensure that positions are monotonically increasing. Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0 and the total size of the widget. .\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width), .\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width), .\" depending on which changed most recently. Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR. .\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position. .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), ttk::notebook(n), panedwindow(n) '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_progressbar.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | < < < < < < | | < > > > | < > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > > > > > > | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2005 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::progressbar n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::progressbar \- Provide progress feedback .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::progressbar\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::progressbar\fR widget shows the status of a long-running operation. They can operate in two modes: \fIdeterminate\fR mode shows the amount completed relative to the total amount of work to be done, and \fIindeterminate\fR mode provides an animated display to let the user know that something is happening. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-takefocus \-style .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-orient orient Orient One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR. Specifies the orientation of the progress bar. .OP \-length length Length Specifies the length of the long axis of the progress bar (width if horizontal, height if vertical). .OP \-mode mode Mode One of \fBdeterminate\fR or \fBindeterminate\fR. .OP \-maximum maximum Maximum A floating point number specifying the maximum \fB\-value\fR. Defaults to 100. .OP \-value value Value The current value of the progress bar. In \fIdeterminate\fR mode, this represents the amount of work completed. In \fIindeterminate\fR mode, it is interpreted modulo \fB\-maximum\fR; that is, the progress bar completes one .QW cycle when the \fB\-value\fR increases by \fB\-maximum\fR. .OP \-variable variable Variable The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR. If specified, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is automatically set to the value of the variable whenever the latter is modified. .OP \-phase phase Phase Read-only option. The widget periodically increments the value of this option whenever the \fB\-value\fR is greater than 0 and, in \fIdeterminate\fR mode, less than \fB\-maximum\fR. This option may be used by the current theme to provide additional animation effects. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Modify or query widget options; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBidentify\fR \fIx y\fR Returns the name of the element at position \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR. See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR? Test the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBstart\fR ?\fIinterval\fR? Begin autoincrement mode: schedules a recurring timer event that calls \fBstep\fR every \fIinterval\fR milliseconds. If omitted, \fIinterval\fR defaults to 50 milliseconds (20 steps/second). .TP \fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR? Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBstep\fR ?\fIamount\fR? Increments the \fB\-value\fR by \fIamount\fR. \fIamount\fR defaults to 1.0 if omitted. .TP \fIpathName \fBstop\fR Stop autoincrement mode: cancels any recurring timer event initiated by \fIpathName \fBstart\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n) '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_radiobutton.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::radiobutton n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::radiobutton \- Mutually exclusive option widget .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::radiobutton\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 | \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline \-width .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-command command Command A Tcl script to evaluate whenever the widget is invoked. .OP \-value Value Value | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | \-takefocus \-text \-textvariable \-underline \-width .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-command command Command A Tcl script to evaluate whenever the widget is invoked. .OP \-value Value Value The value to store in the associated \fI\-variable\fR when the widget is selected. .OP \-variable variable Variable The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget. Default value is \fB::selectedButton\fR. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP In addition to the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR commands, radiobuttons support the following additional widget commands: .TP \fIpathname\fB invoke\fR Sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-value\fR, selects the widget, and evaluates the associated \fB\-command\fR. Returns the result of the \fB\-command\fR, or the empty string if no \fB\-command\fR is specified. .\" Missing: select, deselect. Useful? .\" Missing: flash. This is definitely not useful. .SH "WIDGET STATES" .PP The widget does not respond to user input if the \fBdisabled\fR state is set. The widget sets the \fBselected\fR state whenever the linked \fB\-variable\fR is set to the widget's \fB\-value\fR, and clears it otherwise. The widget sets the \fBalternate\fR state whenever the linked \fB\-variable\fR is unset. (The \fBalternate\fR state may be used to indicate a .QW tri-state or .QW indeterminate selection.) .SH "STANDARD STYLES" .PP \fBTtk::radiobutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), ttk::checkbutton(n), radiobutton(n) .SH "KEYWORDS" widget, button, option '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_scale.n.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | scale's height; for horizontal scales it is the scale's width. .OP \-orient orient Orient Specifies which orientation whether the widget should be laid out horizontally or vertically. Must be either \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. .OP \-to to To Specifies a real value corresponding to the right or bottom end of the scale. | | < < | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | scale's height; for horizontal scales it is the scale's width. .OP \-orient orient Orient Specifies which orientation whether the widget should be laid out horizontally or vertically. Must be either \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR or an abbreviation of one of these. .OP \-to to To Specifies a real value corresponding to the right or bottom end of the scale. This value may be either less than or greater than the \fBfrom\fR option. .OP \-value value Value Specifies the current floating-point value of the variable. .OP \-variable variable Variable Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale. Whenever the value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this value. Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable will be modified to reflect the scale's new value. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | .TP \fIpathName \fBget \fR?\fIx y\fR? . Get the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option, or the value corresponding to the coordinates \fIx,y\fR if they are specified. \fIX\fR and \fIy\fR are pixel coordinates relative to the scale widget origin. .TP | | | 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 | .TP \fIpathName \fBget \fR?\fIx y\fR? . Get the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option, or the value corresponding to the coordinates \fIx,y\fR if they are specified. \fIX\fR and \fIy\fR are pixel coordinates relative to the scale widget origin. .TP \fIpathName \fBidentify\fR \fIx y\fR Returns the name of the element at position \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR. See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR? . Test the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 | .PP .TP \fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR? . Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR is omitted. | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 | .PP .TP \fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR? . Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR is omitted. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), scale(n) .SH KEYWORDS scale, slider, trough, widget .\" Local Variables: .\" mode: nroff .\" fill-column: 78 .\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_scrollbar.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::scrollbar n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::scrollbar \- Control the viewport of a scrollable widget .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::scrollbar\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBttk::scrollbar\fR widgets are typically linked to an associated window that displays a document of some sort, such as a file being edited or a drawing. A scrollbar displays a \fIthumb\fR in the middle portion of the scrollbar, whose position and size provides information about the portion of the document visible in the associated window. The thumb may be dragged by the user to control the visible region. Depending on the theme, two or more arrow buttons may also be present; these are used to scroll the visible region in discrete units. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-style \-takefocus .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-command command Command A Tcl script prefix to evaluate to change the view in the widget associated with the scrollbar. Additional arguments are appended to the value of this option, as described in \fBSCROLLING COMMANDS\fR below, whenever the user requests a view change by manipulating the scrollbar. .RS .PP This option typically consists of a two-element list, containing the name of a scrollable widget followed by either \fBxview\fR (for horizontal scrollbars) or \fByview\fR (for vertical scrollbars). .RE .OP \-orient orient Orient One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR. Specifies the orientation of the scrollbar. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP .TP \fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Modify or query widget options; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR Returns the scrollbar settings in the form of a list whose elements are the arguments to the most recent \fBset\fR widget command. .TP \fIpathName \fBidentify\fR \fIx y\fR Returns the name of the element at position \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR. See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR? Test the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBset\fR \fIfirst last\fR This command is normally invoked by the scrollbar's associated widget from an \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR or \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR callback. Specifies the visible range to be displayed. \fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are real fractions between 0 and 1. .TP \fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR? Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS" .PP The following widget commands are used internally by the TScrollbar widget class bindings. .TP \fIpathName \fBdelta \fIdeltaX deltaY\fR Returns a real number indicating the fractional change in the scrollbar setting that corresponds to a given change in thumb position. For example, if the scrollbar is horizontal, the result indicates how much the scrollbar setting must change to move the thumb \fIdeltaX\fR pixels to the right (\fIdeltaY\fR is |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 | The widget should adjust its view so that the point given by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget. If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the document. 1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333 refers to a point one-third of the way through the document, and so on. .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages. It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page; typically it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there is a slight overlap between the old and new views. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should become visible. | > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 | The widget should adjust its view so that the point given by \fIfraction\fR appears at the beginning of the widget. If \fIfraction\fR is 0 it refers to the beginning of the document. 1.0 refers to the end of the document, 0.333 refers to a point one-third of the way through the document, and so on. .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBunits\fR The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR units. The units are defined in whatever way makes sense for the widget, such as characters or lines in a text widget. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means one unit should scroll off the top or left of the window, or \-1, which means that one unit should scroll off the bottom or right of the window. .TP \fIprefix \fBscroll \fInumber \fBpages\fR The widget should adjust its view by \fInumber\fR pages. It is up to the widget to define the meaning of a page; typically it is slightly less than what fits in the window, so that there is a slight overlap between the old and new views. \fINumber\fR is either 1, which means the next page should become visible, or \-1, which means that the previous page should become visible. .SH "WIDGET STATES" .PP The scrollbar automatically sets the \fBdisabled\fR state bit. when the entire range is visible (range is 0.0 to 1.0), and clears it otherwise. It also sets the \fBactive\fR and \fBpressed\fR state flags of individual elements, based on the position and state of the mouse pointer. .SH EXAMPLE .PP .CS set f [frame .f] ttk::scrollbar $f.hsb \-orient horizontal \-command [list $f.t xview] ttk::scrollbar $f.vsb \-orient vertical \-command [list $f.t yview] text $f.t \-xscrollcommand [list $f.hsb set] \-yscrollcommand [list $f.vsb set] grid $f.t \-row 0 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew grid $f.vsb \-row 0 \-column 1 \-sticky nsew grid $f.hsb \-row 1 \-column 0 \-sticky nsew grid columnconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1 grid rowconfigure $f 0 \-weight 1 .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), scrollbar(n) .SH KEYWORDS scrollbar, widget '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_separator.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::separator n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::separator \- Separator bar .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::separator\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::separator\fR widget displays a horizontal or vertical separator bar. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-state \-style \-takefocus .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-orient orient Orient One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR. Specifies the orientation of the separator. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Separator widgets support the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR methods. No other widget methods are used. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n) .SH "KEYWORDS" widget, separator '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_sizegrip.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2006 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::sizegrip n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::sizegrip \- Bottom-right corner resize widget .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::sizegrip\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::sizegrip\fR widget (also known as a \fIgrow box\fR) allows the user to resize the containing toplevel window by pressing and dragging the grip. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-state \-style \-takefocus .SE .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP Sizegrip widgets support the standard \fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR methods. No other widget methods are used. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 | instead of .QW "\fBwm geometry ... \fIw\fBx\fIh\fB+\fIx\fB+\fIy\fR" ), the sizegrip widget will not resize the window. .PP \fBttk::sizegrip\fR widgets only support .QW southeast resizing. | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | instead of .QW "\fBwm geometry ... \fIw\fBx\fIh\fB+\fIx\fB+\fIy\fR" ), the sizegrip widget will not resize the window. .PP \fBttk::sizegrip\fR widgets only support .QW southeast resizing. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n) .SH "KEYWORDS" widget, sizegrip, grow box '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_spinbox.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Pat Thoyts '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | < < < < < < < | > > > > < < < < | | > > > > > > > | | > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Pat Thoyts '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::spinbox n 8.5.9 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::spinbox \- Selecting text field widget .SH SYNOPSIS \fBttk::spinbox\fR \fIpathName \fR?\fIoptions\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP A \fBttk::spinbox\fR widget is a \fBttk::entry\fR widget with built-in up and down buttons that are used to either modify a numeric value or to select among a set of values. The widget implements all the features of the \fBttk::entry\fR widget including support of the \fB\-textvariable\fR option to link the value displayed by the widget to a Tcl variable. .SO ttk_widget \-class \-cursor \-style \-takefocus \-xscrollcommand .SE .SO ttk_entry \-validate \-validatecommand .SE .SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .OP \-from from From A floating\-point value specifying the lowest value for the spinbox. This is used in conjunction with \fI\-to\fR and \fI\-increment\fR to set a numerical range. .OP \-to to To A floating\-point value specifying the highest permissible value for the widget. See also \fI\-from\fR and \fI\-increment\fR. range. .OP \-increment increment Increment A floating\-point value specifying the change in value to be applied each time one of the widget spin buttons is pressed. The up button applies a positive increment, the down button applies a negative increment. .OP \-values values Values This must be a Tcl list of values. If this option is set then this will override any range set using the \fI\-from\fR, \fI\-to\fR and \fI\-increment\fR options. The widget will instead use the values specified beginning with the first value. .OP \-wrap wrap Wrap Must be a proper boolean value. If on, the spinbox will wrap around the values of data in the widget. .OP \-format format Format Specifies an alternate format to use when setting the string value when using the \fB\-from\fR and \fB\-to\fR range. This must be a format specifier of the form \fB%<pad>.<pad>f\fR, as it will format a floating-point number. .OP \-command command Command Specifies a Tcl command to be invoked whenever a spinbutton is invoked. .SH "INDICES" .PP See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about indexing characters. .SH "VALIDATION" .PP See the \fBttk::entry\fR manual for information about using the \fI\-validate\fR and \fI\-validatecommand\fR options. .SH "WIDGET COMMAND" .PP The following subcommands are possible for spinbox widgets in addition to the commands described for the \fBttk::entry\fR widget: .TP \fIpathName \fBcurrent \fIindex\fR .TP \fIpathName \fBget\fR Returns the spinbox's current value. .TP \fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR Set the spinbox string to \fIvalue\fR. If a \fI\-format\fR option has been configured then this format will be applied. If formatting fails or is not set or the \fI\-values\fR option has been used then the value is set directly. .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The spinbox widget generates a \fB<<Increment>>\fR virtual event when the user presses <Up>, and a \fB<<Decrement>>\fR virtual event when the user presses <Down>. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), ttk::entry(n), spinbox(n) .SH KEYWORDS entry, spinbox, widget, text field '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_style.n.
1 2 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > < < < | > > > < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH ttk::style n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
ttk::style \- Manipulate style database
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBttk::style\fR \fIoption\fR ?\fIargs\fR?
.BE
.SH NOTES
.PP
See also the Tcl'2004 conference presentation,
available at http://tktable.sourceforge.net/tile/tile-tcl2004.pdf
.SH DEFINITIONS
.PP
Each widget is assigned a \fIstyle\fR,
which specifies the set of elements making up the widget
and how they are arranged, along with dynamic and default
settings for element options.
By default, the style name is the same as the widget's class;
this may be overridden by the \fB\-style\fR option.
.PP
A \fItheme\fR is a collection of elements and styles
which controls the overall look and feel of an application.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBttk::style\fR command takes the following arguments:
.TP
\fBttk::style configure \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fR ?\fIvalue option value...\fR? ?
Sets the default value of the specified option(s) in \fIstyle\fR.
.TP
\fBttk::style map \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fB { \fIstatespec value...\fB }\fR?
Sets dynamic values of the specified option(s) in \fIstyle\fR.
Each \fIstatespec / value\fR pair is examined in order;
the value corresponding to the first matching \fIstatespec\fR
is used.
.TP
\fBttk::style lookup \fIstyle\fR \fI\-option \fR?\fIstate \fR?\fIdefault\fR??
Returns the value specified for \fI\-option\fR in style \fIstyle\fR
in state \fIstate\fR, using the standard lookup rules for element options.
\fIstate\fR is a list of state names; if omitted,
it defaults to all bits off (the
.QW normal
state).
If the \fIdefault\fR argument is present, it is used as a fallback
value in case no specification for \fI\-option\fR is found.
.\" Otherwise -- signal error? return empty string? Leave unspecified for now.
.TP
\fBttk::style layout \fIstyle\fR ?\fIlayoutSpec\fR?
Define the widget layout for style \fIstyle\fR.
See \fBLAYOUTS\fR below for the format of \fIlayoutSpec\fR.
If \fIlayoutSpec\fR is omitted, return the layout specification
for style \fIstyle\fR.
.TP
\fBttk::style element create\fR \fIelementName\fR \fItype\fR ?\fIargs...\fR?
Creates a new element in the current theme of type \fItype\fR.
The only cross-platform built-in element type is \fIimage\fR
(see \fBttk_image\fR(n)) but themes may define other element types
(see \fBTtk_RegisterElementFactory\fR). On suitable versions of Windows
an element factory is registered to create Windows theme elements
(see \fBttk_vsapi\fR(n)).
.TP
\fBttk::style element names\fR
Returns the list of elements defined in the current theme.
.TP
\fBttk::style element options \fIelement\fR
Returns the list of \fIelement\fR's options.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme create\fR \fIthemeName\fR ?\fB\-parent \fIbasedon\fR? ?\fB\-settings \fIscript...\fR ?
Creates a new theme. It is an error if \fIthemeName\fR already exists.
If \fB\-parent\fR is specified, the new theme will inherit
styles, elements, and layouts from the parent theme \fIbasedon\fR.
If \fB\-settings\fR is present, \fIscript\fR is evaluated in the
context of the new theme as per \fBttk::style theme settings\fR.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme settings \fIthemeName\fR \fIscript\fR
Temporarily sets the current theme to \fIthemeName\fR,
evaluate \fIscript\fR, then restore the previous theme.
Typically \fIscript\fR simply defines styles and elements,
though arbitrary Tcl code may appear.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme names\fR
Returns a list of all known themes.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme use\fR ?\fIthemeName\fR?
Without an argument the result is the name of the current theme.
Otherwise this command sets the current theme to \fIthemeName\fR,
and refreshes all widgets.
.SH LAYOUTS
.PP
A \fIlayout\fR specifies a list of elements, each followed
by one or more options specifying how to arrange the element.
The layout mechanism uses a simplified version of the \fBpack\fR
geometry manager: given an initial cavity,
each element is allocated a parcel.
Valid options are:
.TP
\fB\-side \fIside\fR
Specifies which side of the cavity to place the element;
one of \fBleft\fR, \fBright\fR, \fBtop\fR, or \fBbottom\fR.
If omitted, the element occupies the entire cavity.
.TP
\fB\-sticky\fR \fB[\fInswe\fB]\fR
Specifies where the element is placed inside its allocated parcel.
.TP
\fB\-children { \fIsublayout... \fB}\fR
Specifies a list of elements to place inside the element.
.\" Also: -border, -unit, -expand: may go away.
.PP
For example:
.CS
ttk::style layout Horizontal.TScrollbar {
Scrollbar.trough \-children {
Scrollbar.leftarrow \-side left
Scrollbar.rightarrow \-side right
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_treeview.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | < | | | | > > > > | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH ttk::treeview n 8.5.9 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
ttk::treeview \- hierarchical multicolumn data display widget
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBttk::treeview \fIpathname \fR?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBttk::treeview\fR widget displays a hierarchical collection of items.
Each item has a textual label, an optional image,
and an optional list of data values.
The data values are displayed in successive columns after
the tree label.
.PP
The order in which data values are displayed may be controlled
by setting the \fB\-displaycolumns\fR widget option.
The tree widget can also display column headings.
Columns may be accessed by number or by symbolic names
listed in the \fB\-columns\fR widget option;
see \fBCOLUMN IDENTIFIERS\fR.
.PP
Each item is identified by a unique name.
The widget will generate item IDs if they are not supplied by the caller.
There is a distinguished root item, named \fB{}\fR.
The root item itself is not displayed;
its children appear at the top level of the hierarchy.
.PP
Each item also has a list of \fItags\fR,
which can be used to associate event bindings with individual items
and control the appearance of the item.
.\" .PP
.\" @@@HERE: describe selection, focus item
.PP
Treeview widgets support horizontal and vertical scrolling with the
standard \fB\-\fR[\fBxy\fR]\fBscrollcommand\fR options
and [\fBxy\fR]\fBview\fR widget commands.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class \-cursor \-takefocus
\-style \-xscrollcommand \-yscrollcommand
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-columns columns Columns
A list of column identifiers,
specifying the number of columns and their names.
.\"X: This is a read-only option; it may only be set when the widget is created.
.OP \-displaycolumns displayColumns DisplayColumns
A list of column identifiers
(either symbolic names or integer indices)
specifying which data columns are displayed
and the order in which they appear,
or the string \fB#all\fP.
If set to \fB#all\fP (the default),
all columns are shown in the order given.
.OP \-height height Height
Specifies the number of rows which should be visible.
Note:
the requested width is determined from the sum of the column widths.
.OP \-padding padding Padding
Specifies the internal padding for the widget.
The padding is a list of up to four length specifications;
see \fBTtk_GetPaddingFromObj()\fR for details.
.OP \-selectmode selectMode SelectMode
Controls how the built-in class bindings manage the selection.
One of \fBextended\fR, \fBbrowse\fR, or \fBnone\fR.
.RS
.PP
If set to \fBextended\fR (the default), multiple items may be selected.
If \fBbrowse\fR, only a single item will be selected at a time.
If \fBnone\fR, the selection will not be changed.
.PP
Note that application code and tag bindings can set the selection
however they wish, regardless of the value of \fB\-selectmode\fR.
.RE
.OP \-show show Show
A list containing zero or more of the following values, specifying
which elements of the tree to display.
.RS
.IP \fBtree\fR
Display tree labels in column #0.
.IP \fBheadings\fR
Display the heading row.
.PP
The default is \fBtree headings\fR, i.e., show all elements.
.PP
\fBNOTE:\fR Column #0 always refers to the tree column,
even if \fB\-show tree\fR is not specified.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 | .TP \fIpathname \fBchildren \fIitem\fR ?\fInewchildren\fR? If \fInewchildren\fR is not specified, returns the list of children belonging to \fIitem\fR. .RS .PP If \fInewchildren\fR is specified, replaces \fIitem\fR's child list | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | < < | | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 | .TP \fIpathname \fBchildren \fIitem\fR ?\fInewchildren\fR? If \fInewchildren\fR is not specified, returns the list of children belonging to \fIitem\fR. .RS .PP If \fInewchildren\fR is specified, replaces \fIitem\fR's child list with \fInewchildren\fR. Items in the old child list not present in the new child list are detached from the tree. None of the items in \fInewchildren\fR may be an ancestor of \fIitem\fR. .RE .TP \fIpathname \fBcolumn \fIcolumn\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue \-option value...\fR? Query or modify the options for the specified \fIcolumn\fR. If no \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns a dictionary of option/value pairs. If a single \fI\-option\fR is specified, returns the value of that option. Otherwise, the options are updated with the specified values. The following options may be set on each column: .RS .TP \fB\-id \fIname\fR The column name. This is a read-only option. For example, [\fI$pathname \fBcolumn #\fIn \fB\-id\fR] returns the data column associated with display column #\fIn\fR. .TP \fB\-anchor\fR Specifies how the text in this column should be aligned with respect to the cell. One of \fBn\fR, \fBne\fR, \fBe\fR, \fBse\fR, \fBs\fR, \fBsw\fR, \fBw\fR, \fBnw\fR, or \fBcenter\fR. .TP \fB\-minwidth\fR The minimum width of the column in pixels. The treeview widget will not make the column any smaller than \fB\-minwidth\fR when the widget is resized or the user drags a column separator. .TP \fB\-stretch\fR Specifies whether or not the column's width should be adjusted when the widget is resized. .TP \fB\-width \fIw\fR The width of the column in pixels. Default is something reasonable, probably 200 or so. .PP Use \fIpathname column #0\fR to configure the tree column. .RE .TP \fIpathname \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR? Modify or query widget options; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
Returns 1 if the specified \fIitem\fR is present in the tree,
0 otherwise.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBfocus \fR?\fIitem\fR?
If \fIitem\fR is specified, sets the focus item to \fIitem\fR.
Otherwise, returns the current focus item, or \fB{}\fR if there is none.
.\" Need: way to clear the focus item. {} works for this...
| | | 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
Returns 1 if the specified \fIitem\fR is present in the tree,
0 otherwise.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBfocus \fR?\fIitem\fR?
If \fIitem\fR is specified, sets the focus item to \fIitem\fR.
Otherwise, returns the current focus item, or \fB{}\fR if there is none.
.\" Need: way to clear the focus item. {} works for this...
.TP
\fIpathname \fBheading \fIcolumn\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue \-option value...\fR?
Query or modify the heading options for the specified \fIcolumn\fR.
Valid options are:
.RS
.TP
\fB\-text \fItext\fR
The text to display in the column heading.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
231 232 233 234 235 236 237 | .IP cell A data cell. .RE \fIpathname \fBidentify item \fIx y\fR Returns the item ID of the item at position \fIy\fR. .TP \fIpathname \fBidentify column \fIx y\fR | | | | | | | | | | 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 |
.IP cell
A data cell.
.RE
\fIpathname \fBidentify item \fIx y\fR
Returns the item ID of the item at position \fIy\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBidentify column \fIx y\fR
Returns the data column identifier of the cell at position \fIx\fR.
The tree column has ID \fB#0\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBidentify element \fIx y\fR
The element at position \fIx,y\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBidentify row \fIx y\fR
Obsolescent synonym for \fIpathname \fBidentify item\fR.
.PP
See \fBCOLUMN IDENTIFIERS\fR for a discussion of display columns
and data columns.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathname \fBindex \fIitem\fR
Returns the integer index of \fIitem\fR within its parent's list of children.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBinsert \fIparent index\fR ?\fB\-id \fIid\fR? \fIoptions...\fR
Creates a new item.
\fIparent\fR is the item ID of the parent item,
or the empty string \fB{}\fR
to create a new top-level item.
\fIindex\fR is an integer, or the value \fBend\fR, specifying where in the
list of \fIparent\fR's children to insert the new item.
If \fIindex\fR is less than or equal to zero,
the new node is inserted at the beginning;
if \fIindex\fR is greater than or equal to the current number of children,
it is inserted at the end.
If \fB\-id\fR is specified, it is used as the item identifier;
\fIid\fR must not already exist in the tree.
Otherwise, a new unique identifier is generated.
.RS
.PP
\fIpathname \fBinsert\fR returns the item identifier of the
newly created item.
See \fBITEM OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathname \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
Test the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBitem \fIitem\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue \-option value...\fR?
Query or modify the options for the specified \fIitem\fR.
If no \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns a dictionary of option/value pairs.
If a single \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns the value of that option.
Otherwise, the item's options are updated with the specified values.
See \fBITEM OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBmove \fIitem parent index\fR
Moves \fIitem\fR to position \fIindex\fR in \fIparent\fR's list of children.
It is illegal to move an item under one of its descendants.
.RS
.PP
If \fIindex\fR is less than or equal to zero, \fIitem\fR is moved
to the beginning; if greater than or equal to the number of children,
it is moved to the end.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathname \fBnext \fIitem\fR
Returns the identifier of \fIitem\fR's next sibling,
or \fB{}\fR if \fIitem\fR is the last child of its parent.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBparent \fIitem\fR
Returns the ID of the parent of \fIitem\fR,
or \fB{}\fR if \fIitem\fR is at the top level of the hierarchy.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBprev \fIitem\fR
Returns the identifier of \fIitem\fR's previous sibling,
or \fB{}\fR if \fIitem\fR is the first child of its parent.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBsee \fIitem\fR
Ensure that \fIitem\fR is visible:
sets all of \fIitem\fR's ancestors to \fB\-open true\fR,
and scrolls the widget if necessary so that \fIitem\fR is
within the visible portion of the tree.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBselection\fR ?\fIselop itemList\fR?
If \fIselop\fR is not specified, returns the list of selected items.
Otherwise, \fIselop\fR is one of the following:
.RS
.TP
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
340 341 342 343 344 345 346 | .TP \fIpathname \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR? Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag \fIargs...\fR .RS .TP | < < < < < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < > > > > > | | | | | | < | < > | 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 | .TP \fIpathname \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR? Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag \fIargs...\fR .RS .TP \fIpathName \fBtag bind \fItagName \fR?\fIsequence\fR? ?\fIscript\fR? Add a Tk binding script for the event sequence \fIsequence\fR to the tag \fItagName\fR. When an X event is delivered to an item, binding scripts for each of the item's \fB\-tags\fR are evaluated in order as per \fIbindtags(n)\fR. .RS .PP \fB<KeyPress>\fR, \fB<KeyRelease>\fR, and virtual events are sent to the focus item. \fB<ButtonPress>\fR, \fB<ButtonRelease>\fR, and \fB<Motion>\fR events are sent to the item under the mouse pointer. No other event types are supported. .PP The binding \fIscript\fR undergoes \fB%\fR-substitutions before evaluation; see \fBbind(n)\fR for details. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBtag configure \fItagName\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value...\fR? Query or modify the options for the specified \fItagName\fR. If one or more \fIoption/value\fR pairs are specified, sets the value of those options for the specified tag. If a single \fIoption\fR is specified, returns the value of that option (or the empty string if the option has not been specified for \fItagName\fR). With no additional arguments, returns a dictionary of the option settings for \fItagName\fR. See \fBTAG OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag has \fItagName\fR ?\fIitem\fR? If \fIitem\fR is specified, returns 1 or 0 depending on whether the specified item has the named tag. Otherwise, returns a list of all items which have the specified tag. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag names\fR Returns a list of all tags used by the widget. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag add\fR \fItag\fR \fIitems\fR Adds the specified \fItag\fR to each of the listed \fIitems\fR. If \fItag\fR is already present for a particular item, then the \fB-tags\fR for that item are unchanged. .TP \fIpathName \fBtag remove\fR \fItag\fR ?\fIitems\fR? Removes the specified \fItag\fR from each of the listed \fIitems\fR. If \fIitems\fR is omitted, removes \fItag\fR from each item in the tree. If \fItag\fR is not present for a particular item, then the \fB-tags\fR for that item are unchanged. .RE .TP \fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR Standard command for horizontal scrolling; see \fIwidget(n)\fR. .TP \fIpathName \fByview \fIargs\fR Standard command for vertical scrolling; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR. .SH "ITEM OPTIONS" .PP The following item options may be specified for items in the \fBinsert\fR and \fBitem\fR widget commands. .OP \-text text Text The textual label to display for the item. .OP \-image image Image |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
424 425 426 427 428 429 430 | If there are more values than columns, the extra values are ignored. .RE .OP \-open open Open A boolean value indicating whether the item's children should be displayed (\fB\-open true\fR) or hidden (\fB\-open false\fR). .OP \-tags tags Tags | | < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 | If there are more values than columns, the extra values are ignored. .RE .OP \-open open Open A boolean value indicating whether the item's children should be displayed (\fB\-open true\fR) or hidden (\fB\-open false\fR). .OP \-tags tags Tags A list of tags associated with this item. .SH "TAG OPTIONS" .PP The following options may be specified on tags: .IP \fB\-foreground\fR Specifies the text foreground color. .IP \fB\-background\fR Specifies the cell or item background color. .IP \fB\-font\fR Specifies the font to use when drawing text. .\" ??? Maybe: .IP \-anchor .\" ??? Maybe: .IP \-padding .\" ??? Maybe: .IP \-text .IP \fB\-image\fR Specifies the item image, in case the item's \fB\-image\fR option is empty. .\" .PP .\" \fI(@@@ TODO: sort out order of precedence for options)\fR .SH "COLUMN IDENTIFIERS" .PP Column identifiers take any of the following forms: .IP \(bu A symbolic name from the list of \fB\-columns\fR. .IP \(bu An integer \fIn\fR, specifying the \fIn\fRth data column. .IP \(bu A string of the form \fB#\fIn\fR, where \fIn\fR is an integer, specifying the \fIn\fRth display column. .PP \fBNOTE:\fR Item \fB\-values\fR may be displayed in a different order than the order in which they are stored. .PP \fBNOTE:\fR Column #0 always refers to the tree column, even if \fB\-show tree\fR is not specified. .PP A \fIdata column number\fR is an index into an item's \fB\-values\fR list; a \fIdisplay column number\fR is the column number in the tree where the values are displayed. Tree labels are displayed in column #0. If \fB\-displaycolumns\fR is not set, then data column \fIn\fR is displayed in display column \fB#\fIn+1\fR. Again, \fBcolumn #0 always refers to the tree column\fR. .SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS" .PP The treeview widget generates the following virtual events. .IP <<TreeviewSelect>> Generated whenever the selection changes. .IP <<TreeviewOpen>> Generated just before setting the focus item to \fB\-open true\fR. .IP <<TreeviewClose>> Generated just after setting the focus item to \fB\-open false\fR. .PP The \fBfocus\fR and \fBselection\fR widget commands can be used to determine the affected item or items. '\" Not yet: '\" In Tk 8.5, the affected item is also passed as the \fB\-detail\fR field '\" of the virtual event. .SH "SEE ALSO" ttk::widget(n), listbox(n), image(n), bind(n) '\" Local Variables: '\" mode: nroff '\" End: |
Changes to doc/ttk_vsapi.n.
1 2 3 4 5 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2008 Pat Thoyts '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | < | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
'\"
'\" Copyright (c) 2008 Pat Thoyts
'\"
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
'\"
.TH ttk_vsapi n 8.5 Tk "Tk Themed Widget"
.so man.macros
.BS
.SH NAME
ttk_vsapi \- Define a Microsoft Visual Styles element
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBttk::style element create \fIname\fR \fBvsapi\fR \fIclassName\fR \fIpartId\fR ?\fIstateMap\fR? ?\fIoptions\fR?
.BE
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fIvsapi\fR element factory creates a new element
in the current theme whose visual appearance is drawn using the
Microsoft Visual Styles API which is reponsible for the themed styles
on Windows XP and Vista. This factory permits any of the Visual
Styles parts to be declared as ttk elements that can then be
included in a style layout to modify the appearance of ttk widgets.
.PP
\fIclassName\fR and \fIpartId\fR are required parameters and specify
the Visual Styles class and part as given in the Microsoft
documentation. The \fIstateMap\fR may be provided to map ttk states to
Visual Styles API states (see \fBSTATE MAP\fR).
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
Valid \fIoptions\fR are:
.TP
\fB\-padding\fR \fIpadding\fR
Specify the element's interior padding.
\fIpadding\fR is a list of up to four integers specifying
the left, top, right and bottom padding quantities respectively.
This option may not be mixed with any other options.
.TP
\fB\-margins\fR \fIpadding\fR
Specifies the elements exterior padding.
\fIpadding\fR is a list of up to four integers specifying
the left, top, right and bottom padding quantities respectively.
This option may not be mixed with any other options.
.TP
\fB\-width\fR \fIwidth\fR
Specifies the height for the element. If this option is set then
the Visual Styles API will not be queried for the recommended
size or the part. If this option is set then \fI-height\fR should
also be set. The \fI-width\fR and \fI-height\fR options cannot
be mixed with the \fI-padding\fR or \fI-margins\fR options.
.TP
\fB\-height\fR \fIheight\fR
Specifies the height of the element. See the comments for \fI-width\fR.
.SH "STATE MAP"
.PP
The \fIstateMap\fR parameter is a list of ttk states and the
corresponding Visual Styles API state value.
This permits the element appearence to respond to changes in the
widget state such as becoming active or being pressed. The list should
be as described for the \fBttk::style map\fR command but note that the
last pair in the list should be the default state and is typically and
empty list and 1. Unfortunately all the Visual Styles parts have
different state values and these must be looked up either in the
Microsoft documentation or more likely in the header files. The
original header to use was \fItmschema.h\fR but in more recent
versions of the Windows Development Kit this is \fIvssym32.h\fR.
.PP
If no \fIstateMap\fR parameter is given there is an implicit default
map of {{} 1}
.SH "EXAMPLE"
.PP
Create a correctly themed close button by changing the layout of
a \fBttk::button\fR(n). This uses the WINDOW part WP_SMALLCLOSEBUTTON
and as documented the states CBS_DISABLED, CBS_HOT, CBS_NORMAL and
CBS_PUSHED are mapped from ttk states.
.CS
ttk::style element create smallclose vsapi WINDOW 19 \\
{disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1}
ttk::style layout CloseButton {CloseButton.smallclose -sticky news}
pack [ttk::button .close -style CloseButton]
.CE
.PP
Change the appearence of a \fBttk::checkbutton\fR(n) to use the
Explorer pin part EBP_HEADERPIN.
.CS
ttk::style element create pin vsapi EXPLORERBAR 3 {
{pressed !selected} 3
{active !selected} 2
{pressed selected} 6
{active selected} 5
{selected} 4
{} 1
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to doc/ttk_widget.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH ttk::widget n 8.5.9 Tk "Tk Themed Widget" .so man.macros .BS .SH NAME ttk::widget \- Standard options and commands supported by Tk themed widgets .BE .SH DESCRIPTION This manual describes common widget options and commands. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 | Each of the numbers is a fraction between 0 and 1 indicating a position in the document; 0 indicates the beginning, and 1 indicates the end. The first fraction indicates the first information in the widget that is visible in the window, and the second fraction indicates the information just after the last portion that is visible. .PP | | | | > > > > > > | < < > > > > > > > | > < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
Each of the numbers is a fraction between 0 and 1 indicating
a position in the document; 0 indicates the beginning,
and 1 indicates the end.
The first fraction indicates the first information in the widget
that is visible in the window, and the second fraction indicates
the information just after the last portion that is visible.
.PP
Typically the \fBxScrollCommand\fR option consists of the path name
of a \fBscrollbar\fR widget followed by
.QW set ,
e.g.
.QW ".x.scrollbar set" .
This will cause the scrollbar to be updated whenever the view in the
window changes.
.PP
If this option is set to the empty string (the default),
then no command will be executed.
.RE
.OP \-yscrollcommand yScrollCommand ScrollCommand
A command prefix, used to communicate with vertical scrollbars.
See the description of \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR above for details.
.SH "LABEL OPTIONS"
The following options are supported by labels, buttons,
and other button-like widgets:
.OP \-text text Text
Specifies a text string to be displayed inside the widget
(unless overridden by \fB\-textvariable\fR).
.OP \-textvariable textVariable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable whose value will be used
in place of the \fB\-text\fR resource.
.OP \-underline underline Underline
If set, specifies the integer index (0-based) of a character to underline
in the text string.
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
.OP \-image image Image
Specifies an image to display.
This is a list of 1 or more elements.
The first element is the default image name.
The rest of the list is a sequence of \fIstatespec / value\fR pairs
as per \fBstyle map\fR, specifying different images to use when
the widget is in a particular state or combination of states.
All images in the list should have the same size.
.OP \-compound compound Compound
Specifies how to display the image relative to the text,
in the case both \fB\-text\fR and \fB\-image\fR are present.
Valid values are:
.RS
.IP text
Display text only.
.IP image
Display image only.
.IP center
Display text centered on top of image.
.IP top
.IP bottom
.IP left
.IP right
Display image above, below, left of, or right of the text, respectively.
.IP none
The default; display the image if present, otherwise the text.
.RE
.OP \-width width Width
If greater than zero, specifies how much space, in character widths,
to allocate for the text label.
If less than zero, specifies a minimum width.
If zero or unspecified, the natural width of the text label is used.
.SH "COMPATIBILITY OPTIONS"
.OP \-state state State
May be set to \fBnormal\fR or \fBdisabled\fR
to control the \fBdisabled\fR state bit.
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.
.SH COMMANDS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified,
then the command modifies the given widget option(s)
to have the given value(s);
in this case the command returns an empty string.
If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR,
then the command returns a list describing the named option:
the elements of the list are the
option name, database name, database class, default value,
and current value.
.\" Note: Ttk widgets don't use TK_OPTION_SYNONYM.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBidentify\fR \fBelement\fR \fIx y\fR
Returns the name of the element under the point given
by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, or an empty string if the point does
not lie within any element.
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are pixel coordinates relative to the widget.
Some widgets accept other \fBidentify\fR subcommands.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinstate\fR \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
Test the widget's state.
If \fIscript\fR is not specified, returns 1 if
the widget state matches \fIstatespec\fR and 0 otherwise.
If \fIscript\fR is specified, equivalent to
.CS
if {[\fIpathName\fR instate \fIstateSpec\fR]} \fIscript\fR
.CE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
Modify or inquire widget state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is present, sets the widget state:
for each flag in \fIstateSpec\fR, sets the corresponding flag
or clears it if prefixed by an exclamation point.
.RS
Returns a new state spec indicating which flags were changed:
.CS
set changes [\fIpathName \fRstate \fIspec\fR]
\fIpathName \fRstate $changes
.CE
will restore \fIpathName\fR to the original state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is not specified,
returns a list of the currently-enabled state flags.
.RE
.SH "WIDGET STATES"
The widget state is a bitmap of independent state flags.
Widget state flags include:
.TP
\fBactive\fR
The mouse cursor is over the widget
and pressing a mouse button will cause some action to occur. (aka
.QW prelight
(Gnome),
.QW hot
(Windows),
.QW hover ).
.TP
\fBdisabled\fR
Widget is disabled under program control (aka
.QW unavailable ,
.QW inactive )
.TP
\fBfocus\fR
Widget has keyboard focus
.TP
\fBpressed\fR
Widget is being pressed (aka
.QW armed
in Motif).
.TP
\fBselected\fR
.QW On ,
.QW true ,
or
.QW current
for things like checkbuttons and radiobuttons.
.TP
\fBbackground\fR
Windows and the Mac have a notion of an
.QW active
or foreground window.
The \fBbackground\fR state is set for widgets in a background window,
and cleared for those in the foreground window.
.TP
\fBreadonly\fR
Widget should not allow user modification.
.TP
\fBalternate\fR
A widget-specific alternate display format.
For example, used for checkbuttons and radiobuttons in the
.QW tristate
or
.QW mixed
state, and for buttons with \fB\-default active\fR.
.TP
\fBinvalid\fR
The widget's value is invalid.
(Potential uses: scale widget value out of bounds,
entry widget value failed validation.)
.TP
\fBhover\fR
The mouse cursor is within the widget.
This is similar to the \fBactive\fP state;
it is used in some themes for widgets that
provide distinct visual feedback for
the active widget in addition to the active element
within the widget.
.PP
A \fIstate specification\fR or \fIstateSpec\fR is a list
of state names, optionally prefixed with an exclamation point (!)
indicating that the bit is off.
.SH EXAMPLES
.CS
set b [ttk::button .b]
# Disable the widget:
$b state disabled
# Invoke the widget only if it is currently pressed and enabled:
$b instate {pressed !disabled} { .b invoke }
# Reenable widget:
$b state !disabled
.CE
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ttk::intro(n), ttk::style(n)
.SH KEYWORDS
state, configure, option
'\" Local Variables:
'\" mode: nroff
'\" End:
|
Changes to doc/winfo.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH winfo n 4.3 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME winfo \- Return window-related information .SH SYNOPSIS \fBwinfo\fR \fIoption \fR?\fIarg arg ...\fR? .BE .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \fBwinfo\fR command is used to retrieve information about windows managed by Tk. It can take any of a number of different forms, depending on the \fIoption\fR argument. The legal forms are: .TP \fBwinfo atom \fR?\fB\-displayof \fIwindow\fR? \fIname\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 | system of the root window (if a virtual-root window manager is in use then the coordinate system of the virtual root window is used). If the \fB\-displayof\fR option is given then the coordinates refer to the screen containing \fIwindow\fR; otherwise they refer to the screen of the application's main window. If no window in this application contains the point then an empty string is returned. | < < < | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | system of the root window (if a virtual-root window manager is in use then the coordinate system of the virtual root window is used). If the \fB\-displayof\fR option is given then the coordinates refer to the screen containing \fIwindow\fR; otherwise they refer to the screen of the application's main window. If no window in this application contains the point then an empty string is returned. In selecting the containing window, children are given higher priority than parents and among siblings the highest one in the stacking order is chosen. .TP \fBwinfo depth \fIwindow\fR Returns a decimal string giving the depth of \fIwindow\fR (number of bits per pixel). |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 | Returns the geometry for \fIwindow\fR, in the form \fIwidth\fBx\fIheight\fB+\fIx\fB+\fIy\fR. All dimensions are in pixels. .TP \fBwinfo height \fIwindow\fR Returns a decimal string giving \fIwindow\fR's height in pixels. When a window is first created its height will be 1 pixel; the | | | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 | Returns the geometry for \fIwindow\fR, in the form \fIwidth\fBx\fIheight\fB+\fIx\fB+\fIy\fR. All dimensions are in pixels. .TP \fBwinfo height \fIwindow\fR Returns a decimal string giving \fIwindow\fR's height in pixels. When a window is first created its height will be 1 pixel; the height will eventually be changed by a geometry manager to fulfill the window's needs. If you need the true height immediately after creating a widget, invoke \fBupdate\fR to force the geometry manager to arrange it, or use \fBwinfo reqheight\fR to get the window's requested height instead of its actual height. .TP \fBwinfo id \fIwindow\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
314 315 316 317 318 319 320 | relative to the root window of its screen. This is normally either zero or negative. Returns 0 if there is no virtual root window for \fIwindow\fR. .TP \fBwinfo width \fIwindow\fR Returns a decimal string giving \fIwindow\fR's width in pixels. When a window is first created its width will be 1 pixel; the | | < > < < < | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
relative to the root window of its screen.
This is normally either zero or negative.
Returns 0 if there is no virtual root window for \fIwindow\fR.
.TP
\fBwinfo width \fIwindow\fR
Returns a decimal string giving \fIwindow\fR's width in pixels.
When a window is first created its width will be 1 pixel; the
width will eventually be changed by a geometry manager to fulfill
the window's needs.
If you need the true width immediately after creating a widget,
invoke \fBupdate\fR to force the geometry manager to arrange it,
or use \fBwinfo reqwidth\fR to get the window's requested width
instead of its actual width.
.TP
\fBwinfo x \fIwindow\fR
Returns a decimal string giving the x-coordinate, in \fIwindow\fR's
parent, of the
upper-left corner of \fIwindow\fR's border (or \fIwindow\fR if it
has no border).
.TP
\fBwinfo y \fIwindow\fR
Returns a decimal string giving the y-coordinate, in \fIwindow\fR's
parent, of the
upper-left corner of \fIwindow\fR's border (or \fIwindow\fR if it
has no border).
.SH EXAMPLE
Print where the mouse pointer is and what window it is currently over:
.CS
lassign [\fBwinfo pointerxy\fR .] x y
puts \-nonewline "Mouse pointer at ($x,$y) which is "
set win [\fBwinfo containing\fR $x $y]
if {$win eq ""} {
puts "over no window"
} else {
puts "over $win"
}
.CE
.SH KEYWORDS
atom, children, class, geometry, height, identifier, information, interpreters,
mapped, parent, path name, screen, virtual root, width, window
|
Changes to doc/wish.1.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH wish 1 8.0 Tk "Tk Applications" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME wish \- Simple windowing shell .SH SYNOPSIS \fBwish\fR ?\fB\-encoding \fIname\fR? ?\fIfileName arg arg ...\fR? .SH OPTIONS .IP "\fB\-encoding \fIname\fR" 20 .VS 8.5 Specifies the encoding of the text stored in \fIfileName\fR. This option is only recognized prior to the \fIfileName\fR argument. .VE 8.5 .IP "\fB\-colormap \fInew\fR" 20 Specifies that the window should have a new private colormap instead of using the default colormap for the screen. .IP "\fB\-display \fIdisplay\fR" 20 Display (and screen) on which to display window. .IP "\fB\-geometry \fIgeometry\fR" 20 Initial geometry to use for window. If this option is specified, its |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBWish\fR is a simple program consisting of the Tcl command language, the Tk toolkit, and a main program that reads commands from standard input or from a file. It creates a main window and then processes Tcl commands. If \fBwish\fR is invoked with arguments, then the first few | | | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 | .SH DESCRIPTION .PP \fBWish\fR is a simple program consisting of the Tcl command language, the Tk toolkit, and a main program that reads commands from standard input or from a file. It creates a main window and then processes Tcl commands. If \fBwish\fR is invoked with arguments, then the first few arguments, ?\fB\-encoding \fIname\fR? ?\fIfileName\fR? specify the name of a script file, and, optionally, the encoding of the text data stored in that script file. A value for \fIfileName\fR is recognized if the appropriate argument does not start with .QW \- . .PP If there are no arguments, or the arguments do not specify a \fIfileName\fR, then wish reads Tcl commands interactively from standard input. It will continue processing commands until all windows have been deleted or until end-of-file is reached on standard input. If there exists a file .QW \fB.wishrc\fR in the home directory of the user, \fBwish\fR evaluates the file as a Tcl script just before reading the first command from standard input. .PP If arguments to \fBwish\fR do specify a \fIfileName\fR, then \fIfileName\fR is treated as the name of a script file. \fBWish\fR will evaluate the script in \fIfileName\fR (which presumably creates a user interface), then it will respond to events until all windows have been deleted. Commands will not be read from standard input. There is no automatic evaluation of .QW \fB.wishrc\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 | \fBtcl_prompt1\fR exists then it must consist of a Tcl script to output a prompt; instead of outputting a prompt \fBwish\fR will evaluate the script in \fBtcl_prompt1\fR. The variable \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is used in a similar way when a newline is typed but the current command is not yet complete; if \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is not set then no prompt is output for incomplete commands. | < < < | | 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 | \fBtcl_prompt1\fR exists then it must consist of a Tcl script to output a prompt; instead of outputting a prompt \fBwish\fR will evaluate the script in \fBtcl_prompt1\fR. The variable \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is used in a similar way when a newline is typed but the current command is not yet complete; if \fBtcl_prompt2\fR is not set then no prompt is output for incomplete commands. .SH KEYWORDS shell, toolkit |
Changes to doc/wm.n.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | '\" '\" Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. '\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. '\" '\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution '\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. '\" .TH wm n 8.5 Tk "Tk Built-In Commands" .so man.macros .BS '\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below! .SH NAME wm \- Communicate with window manager .SH SYNOPSIS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | the \fIoption\fR argument. All of the forms expect at least one additional argument, \fIwindow\fR, which must be the path name of a top-level window. .PP The legal forms for the \fBwm\fR command are: .TP \fBwm aspect \fIwindow\fR ?\fIminNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom\fR? | < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > < < | > > > > > > < < < < | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > | < < | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
the \fIoption\fR argument. All of the forms expect at least one
additional argument, \fIwindow\fR, which must be the path name of a
top-level window.
.PP
The legal forms for the \fBwm\fR command are:
.TP
\fBwm aspect \fIwindow\fR ?\fIminNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom\fR?
If \fIminNumer\fR, \fIminDenom\fR, \fImaxNumer\fR, and \fImaxDenom\fR
are all specified, then they will be passed to the window manager
and the window manager should use them to enforce a range of
acceptable aspect ratios for \fIwindow\fR. The aspect ratio of
\fIwindow\fR (width/length) will be constrained to lie
between \fIminNumer\fR/\fIminDenom\fR and \fImaxNumer\fR/\fImaxDenom\fR.
If \fIminNumer\fR etc. are all specified as empty strings, then
any existing aspect ratio restrictions are removed.
If \fIminNumer\fR etc. are specified, then the command returns an
empty string. Otherwise, it returns
a Tcl list containing four elements, which are the current values
of \fIminNumer\fR, \fIminDenom\fR, \fImaxNumer\fR, and \fImaxDenom\fR
(if no aspect restrictions are in effect, then an empty string is
returned).
.TP
\fBwm attributes \fIwindow\fR
.TP
\fBwm attributes \fIwindow\fR ?\fBoption\fR?
.TP
\fBwm attributes \fIwindow\fR ?\fBoption value option value...\fR?
This subcommand returns or sets platform specific attributes associated
with a window. The first form returns a list of the platform specific
flags and their values. The second form returns the value for the
specific option. The third form sets one or more of the values. The
values are as follows:
.RS
.PP
All platforms support the following attributes (though X11 users
should see the notes below):
.TP
\fB\-fullscreen\fR
Places the window in a mode that takes up the entire screen, has no
borders, and covers the general use area (i.e. Start menu and taskbar on
Windows, dock and menubar on OSX, general window decorations on X11).
.TP
\fB\-topmost\fR
Specifies whether this is a topmost window (displays above all other windows).
.PP
On Windows, the following attributes may be set.
.TP
\fB\-alpha\fR
.VS 8.5
Specifies the alpha transparency level of the toplevel.
It accepts a value from \fB0.0\fR (fully transparent) to \fB1.0\fR
(opaque). Values outside that range will be constrained. This is
supported on Windows 2000/XP+. Where not supported, the \fB\-alpha\fR
value remains at \fB1.0\fR.
.VE 8.5
.TP
\fB\-disabled\fR
Specifies whether the window is in a disabled state.
.TP
\fB\-toolwindow\fR
Specifies a toolwindow style window (as defined in the MSDN).
.TP
\fB\-transparentcolor\fR
.VS 8.5
Specifies the transparent color index of the toplevel. It takes any color
value accepted by \fBTk_GetColor\fR. If the empty string is specified
(default), no transparent color is used. This is supported on Windows
2000/XP+. Where not supported, the \fB\-transparentcolor\fR value remains
at \fB{}\fR.
.VE 8.5
.PP
On Mac OS X, the following attributes may be set.
.TP
\fB\-alpha\fR
Specifies the alpha transparency level of the window.
It accepts a value from \fB0.0\fR (fully transparent) to \fB1.0\fR (opaque),
values outside that range will be constrained.
.TP
\fB\-modified\fR
Specifies the modification state of the window (determines whether the
window close widget contains the modification indicator and whether the
proxy icon is draggable).
.TP
\fB\-notify\fR
Specifies process notification state (bouncing of the application dock icon).
.TP
\fB\-titlepath\fR
Specifies the path of the file referenced as the window proxy icon (which
can be dragged and dropped in lieu of the file's finder icon).
.TP
\fB\-transparent\fR
Makes the window content area transparent and turns off the window shadow. For
the transparency to be effecive, the toplevel background needs to be set to a
color with some alpha, e.g.
.QW systemTransparent .
.PP
On X11, the following attributes may be set.
These are not supported by all window managers,
and will have no effect under older WMs.
.\" See http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/wm-spec
.TP
\fB\-zoomed\fR
Requests that the window should be maximized.
This is the same as \fBwm state zoomed\fR on Windows and Mac OS X.
.PP
On X11, changes to window attributes are performed asynchronously.
Querying the value of an attribute returns the current state,
which will not be the same as the value most recently set
if the window manager has not yet processed the request
or if it does not support the attribute.
.RE
.TP
\fBwm client \fIwindow\fR ?\fIname\fR?
If \fIname\fR is specified, this command stores \fIname\fR (which
should be the name of
the host on which the application is executing) in \fIwindow\fR's
\fBWM_CLIENT_MACHINE\fR property for use by the window manager or
session manager.
The command returns an empty string in this case.
If \fIname\fR is not specified, the command returns the last name
set in a \fBwm client\fR command for \fIwindow\fR.
If \fIname\fR is specified as an empty string, the command deletes the
\fBWM_CLIENT_MACHINE\fR property from \fIwindow\fR.
.TP
\fBwm colormapwindows \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwindowList\fR?
This command is used to manipulate the \fBWM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\fR
property, which provides information to the window managers about
windows that have private colormaps.
.RS
.PP
If \fIwindowList\fR is not specified, the command returns a list
whose elements are the names of the windows in the \fBWM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\fR
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
254 255 256 257 258 259 260 | whose colormaps differ from their parents, followed by the top-level itself; the order of the internal windows is undefined. See the ICCCM documentation for more information on the \fBWM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\fR property. .RE .TP \fBwm command \fIwindow\fR ?\fIvalue\fR? | < < < < < < | 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 | whose colormaps differ from their parents, followed by the top-level itself; the order of the internal windows is undefined. See the ICCCM documentation for more information on the \fBWM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS\fR property. .RE .TP \fBwm command \fIwindow\fR ?\fIvalue\fR? If \fIvalue\fR is specified, this command stores \fIvalue\fR in \fIwindow\fR's \fBWM_COMMAND\fR property for use by the window manager or session manager and returns an empty string. \fIValue\fR must have proper list structure; the elements should contain the words of the command used to invoke the application. If \fIvalue\fR is not specified then the command returns the last value set in a \fBwm command\fR command for \fIwindow\fR. If \fIvalue\fR is specified as an empty string, the command deletes the \fBWM_COMMAND\fR property from \fIwindow\fR. .TP \fBwm deiconify \fIwindow\fR Arrange for \fIwindow\fR to be displayed in normal (non-iconified) form. This is done by mapping the window. If the window has never been mapped then this command will not map the window, but it will ensure that when the window is first mapped it will be displayed in de-iconified form. On Windows, a deiconified window will also be raised and be given the focus (made the active window). Returns an empty string. .TP \fBwm focusmodel \fIwindow\fR ?\fBactive\fR|\fBpassive\fR? If \fBactive\fR or \fBpassive\fR is supplied as an optional argument to the command, then it specifies the focus model for \fIwindow\fR. In this case the command returns an empty string. If no additional argument is supplied, then the command returns the current focus model for \fIwindow\fR. .RS .PP An \fBactive\fR focus model means that \fIwindow\fR will claim the input focus for itself or its descendants, even at times when the focus is currently in some other application. \fBPassive\fR means that \fIwindow\fR will never claim the focus for itself: the window manager should give the focus to \fIwindow\fR at appropriate times. However, once the focus has been given to \fIwindow\fR or one of its descendants, the application may re-assign the focus among \fIwindow\fR's descendants. The focus model defaults to \fBpassive\fR, and Tk's \fBfocus\fR command assumes a passive model of focusing. .RE .TP \fBwm forget \fIwindow\fR The \fIwindow\fR will be unmapped from the screen and will no longer be managed by \fBwm\fR. Windows created with the \fBtoplevel\fR command will be treated like \fBframe\fR windows once they are no longer managed by \fBwm\fR, however, the \fB\-menu\fR configuration will be remembered and the menus will return once the widget is managed again. .TP \fBwm frame \fIwindow\fR If \fIwindow\fR has been reparented by the window manager into a decorative frame, the command returns the platform specific window identifier for the outermost frame that contains \fIwindow\fR (the window whose parent is the root or virtual root). If \fIwindow\fR has not been reparented by the window manager then the command returns the platform specific window identifier for \fIwindow\fR. .TP \fBwm geometry \fIwindow\fR ?\fInewGeometry\fR? If \fInewGeometry\fR is specified, then the geometry of \fIwindow\fR is changed and an empty string is returned. Otherwise the current geometry for \fIwindow\fR is returned (this is the most recent geometry specified either by manual resizing or in a \fBwm geometry\fR command). \fINewGeometry\fR has the form \fB=\fIwidth\fBx\fIheight\fB\(+-\fIx\fB\(+-\fIy\fR, where any of \fB=\fR, \fIwidth\fBx\fIheight\fR, or \fB\(+-\fIx\fB\(+-\fIy\fR |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
357 358 359 360 361 362 363 | size and location of the window. This can vary significantly, for example to reflect the addition of decorative elements to \fIwindow\fR such as title bars, and window managers are not required to precisely follow the requests made through this command. .RE .TP \fBwm grid \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbaseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc\fR? | < | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 | size and location of the window. This can vary significantly, for example to reflect the addition of decorative elements to \fIwindow\fR such as title bars, and window managers are not required to precisely follow the requests made through this command. .RE .TP \fBwm grid \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbaseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc\fR? This command indicates that \fIwindow\fR is to be managed as a gridded window. It also specifies the relationship between grid units and pixel units. \fIBaseWidth\fR and \fIbaseHeight\fR specify the number of grid units corresponding to the pixel dimensions requested internally by \fIwindow\fR using \fBTk_GeometryRequest\fR. \fIWidthInc\fR and \fIheightInc\fR specify the number of pixels in each horizontal |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
393 394 395 396 397 398 399 | .PP Note: this command should not be needed very often, since the \fBTk_SetGrid\fR library procedure and the \fBsetGrid\fR option provide easier access to the same functionality. .RE .TP \fBwm group \fIwindow\fR ?\fIpathName\fR? | < < | < < < < > < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 | .PP Note: this command should not be needed very often, since the \fBTk_SetGrid\fR library procedure and the \fBsetGrid\fR option provide easier access to the same functionality. .RE .TP \fBwm group \fIwindow\fR ?\fIpathName\fR? If \fIpathName\fR is specified, it gives the path name for the leader of a group of related windows. The window manager may use this information, for example, to unmap all of the windows in a group when the group's leader is iconified. \fIPathName\fR may be specified as an empty string to remove \fIwindow\fR from any group association. If \fIpathName\fR is specified then the command returns an empty string; otherwise it returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current group leader, or an empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not part of any group. .TP \fBwm iconbitmap \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbitmap\fR? If \fIbitmap\fR is specified, then it names a bitmap in the standard forms accepted by Tk (see the \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR manual entry for details). This bitmap is passed to the window manager to be displayed in \fIwindow\fR's icon, and the command returns an empty string. If an empty string is specified for \fIbitmap\fR, then any current icon bitmap is cancelled for \fIwindow\fR. If \fIbitmap\fR is specified then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns the name of the current icon bitmap associated with \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if \fIwindow\fR has no icon bitmap. On the Windows operating system, an additional flag is supported: .RS .TP \fBwm iconbitmap \fIwindow\fR ?\fB\-default\fR? ?\fIimage\fR? If the \fB\-default\fR flag is given, the icon is applied to all toplevel windows (existing and future) to which no other specific icon has yet been applied. In addition to bitmap image types, a full path specification to any file which contains a valid Windows icon is also accepted (usually .ico or .icr files), or any file for which the shell has assigned an icon. Tcl will first test if the file contains an icon, then if it has an assigned icon, and finally, if that fails, test for a bitmap. .RE .TP \fBwm iconify \fIwindow\fR Arrange for \fIwindow\fR to be iconified. It \fIwindow\fR has not yet been mapped for the first time, this command will arrange for it to appear in the iconified state when it is eventually mapped. .TP \fBwm iconmask \fIwindow\fR ?\fIbitmap\fR? If \fIbitmap\fR is specified, then it names a bitmap in the standard forms accepted by Tk (see the \fBTk_GetBitmap\fR manual entry for details). This bitmap is passed to the window manager to be used as a mask in conjunction with the \fBiconbitmap\fR option: where the mask has zeroes no icon will be displayed; where it has ones, the bits from the icon bitmap will be displayed. If an empty string is specified for \fIbitmap\fR then any current icon mask is cancelled for \fIwindow\fR (this is equivalent to specifying a bitmap of all ones). If \fIbitmap\fR is specified then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns the name of the current icon mask associated with \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if no mask is in effect. .TP \fBwm iconname \fIwindow\fR ?\fInewName\fR? If \fInewName\fR is specified, then it is passed to the window manager; the window manager should display \fInewName\fR inside the icon associated with \fIwindow\fR. In this case an empty string is returned as result. If \fInewName\fR is not specified then the command returns the current icon name for \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if no icon name has been specified (in this case the window manager will normally display the window's title, as specified with the \fBwm title\fR command). .VS 8.5 .TP \fBwm iconphoto \fIwindow\fR ?\fB\-default\fR? \fIimage1\fR ?\fIimage2 ...\fR? Sets the titlebar icon for \fIwindow\fR based on the named photo images. If \fB\-default\fR is specified, this is applied to all future created toplevels as well. The data in the images is taken as a snapshot at the time of invocation. If the images are later changed, this is not reflected to the titlebar icons. Multiple images are accepted to allow different images sizes (e.g., 16x16 and 32x32) to be provided. The window manager may scale provided icons to an appropriate size. .RS .PP On Windows, the images are packed into a Windows icon structure. This will override an ico specified to \fBwm iconbitmap\fR, and vice versa. .PP On X, the images are arranged into the _NET_WM_ICON X property, which most modern window managers support. A \fBwm iconbitmap\fR may exist simultaneously. It is recommended to use not more than 2 icons, placing the larger icon first. .PP On Macintosh, this currently does nothing. .VE 8.5 .RE .TP \fBwm iconposition \fIwindow\fR ?\fIx y\fR? If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified, they are passed to the window manager as a hint about where to position the icon for \fIwindow\fR. In this case an empty string is returned. If \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are specified as empty strings then any existing icon position hint is cancelled. If neither \fIx\fR nor \fIy\fR is specified, then the command returns a Tcl list containing two values, which are the current icon position hints (if no hints are in effect then an empty string is returned). .TP \fBwm iconwindow \fIwindow\fR ?\fIpathName\fR? If \fIpathName\fR is specified, it is the path name for a window to use as icon for \fIwindow\fR: when \fIwindow\fR is iconified then \fIpathName\fR will be mapped to serve as icon, and when \fIwindow\fR is de-iconified then \fIpathName\fR will be unmapped again. If \fIpathName\fR is specified as an empty string then any existing icon window association for \fIwindow\fR will be cancelled. If the \fIpathName\fR argument is specified then an empty string is returned. Otherwise the command returns the path name of the current icon window for \fIwindow\fR, or an empty string if there is no icon window currently specified for \fIwindow\fR. Button press events are disabled for \fIwindow\fR as long as it is an icon window; this is needed in order to allow window managers to .QW own those events. Note: not all window managers support the notion of an icon window. .TP \fBwm manage \fIwidget\fR The \fIwidget\fR specified will become a stand alone top-level window. The window will be decorated with the window managers title bar, etc. Only \fIframe\fR, \fIlabelframe\fR and \fItoplevel\fR widgets can be used with this command. Attempting to pass any other widget type will raise an error. Attempting to manage a \fItoplevel\fR widget is benign and achieves nothing. See also \fBGEOMETRY MANAGEMENT\fR. .TP \fBwm maxsize \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwidth height\fR? If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, they give the maximum permissible dimensions for \fIwindow\fR. For gridded windows the dimensions are specified in grid units; otherwise they are specified in pixel units. The window manager will restrict the window's dimensions to be less than or equal to \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR. If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns a Tcl list with two elements, which are the maximum width and height currently in effect. The maximum size defaults to the size of the screen. See the sections on geometry management below for more information. .TP \fBwm minsize \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwidth height\fR? If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, they give the minimum permissible dimensions for \fIwindow\fR. For gridded windows the dimensions are specified in grid units; otherwise they are specified in pixel units. The window manager will restrict the window's dimensions to be greater than or equal to \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR. If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns a Tcl list with two elements, which are the minimum width and height currently in effect. The minimum size defaults to one pixel in each dimension. See the sections on geometry management below for more information. .TP \fBwm overrideredirect \fIwindow\fR ?\fIboolean\fR? If \fIboolean\fR is specified, it must have a proper boolean form and the override-redirect flag for \fIwindow\fR is set to that value. If \fIboolean\fR is not specified then \fB1\fR or \fB0\fR is returned to indicate whether or not the override-redirect flag is currently set for \fIwindow\fR. Setting the override-redirect flag for a window causes it to be ignored by the window manager; among other things, this means that the window will not be reparented from the root window into a decorative frame and the user will not be able to manipulate the window using the normal window manager mechanisms. .TP \fBwm positionfrom \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwho\fR? If \fIwho\fR is specified, it must be either \fBprogram\fR or \fBuser\fR, or an abbreviation of one of these two. It indicates whether \fIwindow\fR's current position was requested by the program or by the user. Many window managers ignore program-requested initial positions and ask the user to manually position the window; if \fBuser\fR is specified then the window manager should position the window at the given place without asking the user for assistance. If \fIwho\fR is specified as an empty string, then the current position source is cancelled. If \fIwho\fR is specified, then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns \fBuser\fR or \fBprogram\fR to indicate the source of the window's current position, or an empty string if no source has been specified yet. Most window managers interpret .QW "no source" as equivalent to \fBprogram\fR. Tk will automatically set the position source to \fBuser\fR when a \fBwm geometry\fR command is invoked, unless the source has been set explicitly to \fBprogram\fR. .TP \fBwm protocol \fIwindow\fR ?\fIname\fR? ?\fIcommand\fR? This command is used to manage window manager protocols such as \fBWM_DELETE_WINDOW\fR. \fIName\fR is the name of an atom corresponding to a window manager protocol, such as \fBWM_DELETE_WINDOW\fR or \fBWM_SAVE_YOURSELF\fR or \fBWM_TAKE_FOCUS\fR. If both \fIname\fR and \fIcommand\fR are specified, then \fIcommand\fR is associated with the protocol specified by \fIname\fR. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
636 637 638 639 640 641 642 | you have not asked for one with \fBwm protocol\fR. If a \fBWM_DELETE_WINDOW\fR message arrives when you have not defined a handler, then Tk handles the message by destroying the window for which it was received. .RE .TP \fBwm resizable \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwidth height\fR? | < < < < < | < | | | > | | | | | | < | < < < < < | 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 | you have not asked for one with \fBwm protocol\fR. If a \fBWM_DELETE_WINDOW\fR message arrives when you have not defined a handler, then Tk handles the message by destroying the window for which it was received. .RE .TP \fBwm resizable \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwidth height\fR? This command controls whether or not the user may interactively resize a top-level window. If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are specified, they are boolean values that determine whether the width and height of \fIwindow\fR may be modified by the user. In this case the command returns an empty string. If \fIwidth\fR and \fIheight\fR are omitted then the command returns a list with two 0/1 elements that indicate whether the width and height of \fIwindow\fR are currently resizable. By default, windows are resizable in both dimensions. If resizing is disabled, then the window's size will be the size from the most recent interactive resize or \fBwm geometry\fR command. If there has been no such operation then the window's natural size will be used. .TP \fBwm sizefrom \fIwindow\fR ?\fIwho\fR? If \fIwho\fR is specified, it must be either \fBprogram\fR or \fBuser\fR, or an abbreviation of one of these two. It indicates whether \fIwindow\fR's current size was requested by the program or by the user. Some window managers ignore program-requested sizes and ask the user to manually size the window; if \fBuser\fR is specified then the window manager should give the window its specified size without asking the user for assistance. If \fIwho\fR is specified as an empty string, then the current size source is cancelled. If \fIwho\fR is specified, then the command returns an empty string. Otherwise it returns \fBuser\fR or \fBwindow\fR to indicate the source of the window's current size, or an empty string if no source has been specified yet. Most window managers interpret .QW "no source" as equivalent to \fBprogram\fR. .TP \fBwm stackorder \fIwindow\fR ?\fBisabove\fR|\fBisbelow \fIwindow\fR? The \fBstackorder\fR command returns a list of toplevel windows in stacking order, from lowest to highest. When a single toplevel window is passed, the returned list recursively includes all of the window's children that are toplevels. Only those toplevels that are currently mapped to the screen are returned. The \fBstackorder\fR command can also be used to determine if one toplevel is positioned above or below a second toplevel. When two window arguments separated by either \fBisabove\fR or \fBisbelow\fR are passed, a boolean result indicates whether or not the first window is currently above or below the second window in the stacking order. .TP \fBwm state \fIwindow\fR ?newstate? If \fInewstate\fR is specified, the window will be set to the new state, otherwise it returns the current state of \fIwindow\fR: either \fBnormal\fR, \fBiconic\fR, \fBwithdrawn\fR, \fBicon\fR, or (Windows and Mac OS X only) \fBzoomed\fR. The difference between \fBiconic\fR and \fBicon\fR is that \fBiconic\fR refers to a window that has been iconified (e.g., with the \fBwm iconify\fR command) while \fBicon\fR refers to a window whose only purpose is to serve as the icon for some other window (via the \fBwm iconwindow\fR command). The \fBicon\fR state cannot be set. .TP \fBwm title \fIwindow\fR ?\fIstring\fR? If \fIstring\fR is specified, then it will be passed to the window manager for use as the title for \fIwindow\fR (the window manager should display this string in \fIwindow\fR's title bar). In this case the command returns an empty string. If \fIstring\fR is not specified then the command returns the current title for the \fIwindow\fR. The title for a window defaults to its name. .TP \fBwm transient \fIwindow\fR ?\fImaster\fR? If \fImaster\fR is specified, then the window manager is informed that \fIwindow\fR is a transient window (e.g. pull-down menu) working on behalf of \fImaster\fR (where \fImaster\fR is the path name for a top-level window). If \fImaster\fR is specified as an empty string then \fIwindow\fR is marked as not being a transient window any more. Otherwise the command returns the path name of \fIwindow\fR's current master, or an empty string if \fIwindow\fR is not currently a transient window. A transient window will mirror state changes in the master and inherit the state of the master when initially mapped. It is an error to attempt to make a window a transient of itself. .TP \fBwm withdraw \fIwindow\fR Arranges for \fIwindow\fR to be withdrawn from the screen. This causes the window to be unmapped and forgotten about by the window manager. If the window has never been mapped, then this command causes the window to be mapped in the withdrawn state. Not all window managers appear to know how to handle windows that are mapped in the withdrawn state. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
799 800 801 802 803 804 805 | Tk (and the window manager) assume that there is a grid of some sort within the application and that the application should be resized in terms of \fIgrid units\fR rather than pixels. Gridded geometry management is typically invoked by turning on the \fBsetGrid\fR option for a widget; it can also be invoked with the \fBwm grid\fR command or by calling \fBTk_SetGrid\fR. In each of these approaches the particular widget (or sometimes | | < | 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 | Tk (and the window manager) assume that there is a grid of some sort within the application and that the application should be resized in terms of \fIgrid units\fR rather than pixels. Gridded geometry management is typically invoked by turning on the \fBsetGrid\fR option for a widget; it can also be invoked with the \fBwm grid\fR command or by calling \fBTk_SetGrid\fR. In each of these approaches the particular widget (or sometimes code in the application as a whole) specifies the relationship between integral grid sizes for the window and pixel sizes. To return to non-gridded geometry management, invoke \fBwm grid\fR with empty argument strings. .PP When gridded geometry management is enabled then all the dimensions specified in \fBwm minsize\fR, \fBwm maxsize\fR, and \fBwm geometry\fR commands are treated as grid units rather than pixel units. Interactive resizing is also carried out in even numbers of grid units rather than pixels. .SH BUGS .PP Most existing window managers appear to have bugs that affect the operation of the \fBwm\fR command. For example, some changes will not take effect if the window is already active: the window will have to be withdrawn and de-iconified in order to make the change happen. .SH EXAMPLES A fixed-size window that says that it is fixed-size too: .CS toplevel .fixed \fBwm title\fR .fixed "Fixed-size Window" \fBwm resizable\fR .fixed 0 0 .CE .PP |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
851 852 853 854 855 856 857 | \fBwm title\fR .msg "Dialog demo" \fBwm deiconify\fR .msg .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" toplevel(n), winfo(n) .SH KEYWORDS aspect ratio, deiconify, focus model, geometry, grid, group, icon, iconify, increments, position, size, title, top-level window, units, window manager | < < < | 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 | \fBwm title\fR .msg "Dialog demo" \fBwm deiconify\fR .msg .CE .SH "SEE ALSO" toplevel(n), winfo(n) .SH KEYWORDS aspect ratio, deiconify, focus model, geometry, grid, group, icon, iconify, increments, position, size, title, top-level window, units, window manager |
Changes to generic/default.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _DEFAULT #define _DEFAULT | > | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#ifndef _DEFAULT
#define _DEFAULT
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_WIN32) || \
defined(__MINGW32__)
# include "tkWinDefault.h"
#else
# if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# include "tkMacOSXDefault.h"
# else
# include "tkUnixDefault.h"
# endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ks_names.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * This file should be maintained in sync with xlib/X11/keysymdefs.h * * Note that this should be done manually only, because in some cases * keysymdefs.h defines the same integer for multiple keysyms, e.g.: * | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
/*
* This file should be maintained in sync with xlib/X11/keysymdefs.h
*
* Note that this should be done manually only, because in some cases
* keysymdefs.h defines the same integer for multiple keysyms, e.g.:
*
* #define XK_Greek_LAMDA 0x7cb
* #define XK_Greek_LAMBDA 0x7cb
*
* #define XK_Cyrillic_DZHE 0x6bf
* #define XK_Serbian_DZE 0x6bf (deprecated)
*
*/
{ "BackSpace", 0xFF08 },
{ "Tab", 0xFF09 },
{ "Linefeed", 0xFF0A },
{ "Clear", 0xFF0B },
{ "Return", 0xFF0D },
{ "Pause", 0xFF13 },
{ "Scroll_Lock", 0xFF14 },
{ "Sys_Req", 0xFF15 },
{ "Escape", 0xFF1B },
{ "Delete", 0xFFFF },
{ "Multi_key", 0xFF20 },
{ "Kanji", 0xFF21 },
{ "Home", 0xFF50 },
{ "Left", 0xFF51 },
{ "Up", 0xFF52 },
{ "Right", 0xFF53 },
{ "Down", 0xFF54 },
{ "Prior", 0xFF55 },
{ "Next", 0xFF56 },
{ "End", 0xFF57 },
{ "Begin", 0xFF58 },
{ "Win_L", 0xFF5B },
{ "Win_R", 0xFF5C },
{ "App", 0xFF5D },
{ "Select", 0xFF60 },
{ "Print", 0xFF61 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
{ "KP_Space", 0xFF80 },
{ "KP_Tab", 0xFF89 },
{ "KP_Enter", 0xFF8D },
{ "KP_F1", 0xFF91 },
{ "KP_F2", 0xFF92 },
{ "KP_F3", 0xFF93 },
{ "KP_F4", 0xFF94 },
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
{ "KP_Space", 0xFF80 },
{ "KP_Tab", 0xFF89 },
{ "KP_Enter", 0xFF8D },
{ "KP_F1", 0xFF91 },
{ "KP_F2", 0xFF92 },
{ "KP_F3", 0xFF93 },
{ "KP_F4", 0xFF94 },
{ "KP_Equal", 0xFFBD },
{ "KP_Multiply", 0xFFAA },
{ "KP_Add", 0xFFAB },
{ "KP_Separator", 0xFFAC },
{ "KP_Subtract", 0xFFAD },
{ "KP_Decimal", 0xFFAE },
{ "KP_Divide", 0xFFAF },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
{ "Meta_R", 0xFFE8 },
{ "Alt_L", 0xFFE9 },
{ "Alt_R", 0xFFEA },
{ "Super_L", 0xFFEB },
{ "Super_R", 0xFFEC },
{ "Hyper_L", 0xFFED },
{ "Hyper_R", 0xFFEE },
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < | < | | | | < < | < < < < < | | | | | | < | | | < < | | < < | | < < < < | | | | | | | | < | | < | < < < < < | < < | < < < < | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | < | < | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | < < | < < < < | | | < < < | < | < | | | | | | | < | | | < < < | | < | < | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < | < < | | < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < | | | < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | | | < < | | < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | | | | < | | > | | | | < < | | | | < | | | < < | | | | < | < | | < < < | | < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | > | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < | < | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < | < | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | < | < < | < | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | | | | | | > > | < > | < | < | | > | | > > > > > | | | < | < | | | | | < | < | | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < < < < < < < | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < | | | | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | | < | | | | | | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < | | | < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < | | | | < < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < | | < < < | | < < < < | | < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | < < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < | | | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | < | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 |
{ "Meta_R", 0xFFE8 },
{ "Alt_L", 0xFFE9 },
{ "Alt_R", 0xFFEA },
{ "Super_L", 0xFFEB },
{ "Super_R", 0xFFEC },
{ "Hyper_L", 0xFFED },
{ "Hyper_R", 0xFFEE },
{ "space", 0x020 },
{ "exclam", 0x021 },
{ "quotedbl", 0x022 },
{ "numbersign", 0x023 },
{ "dollar", 0x024 },
{ "percent", 0x025 },
{ "ampersand", 0x026 },
{ "quoteright", 0x027 },
{ "parenleft", 0x028 },
{ "parenright", 0x029 },
{ "asterisk", 0x02a },
{ "plus", 0x02b },
{ "comma", 0x02c },
{ "minus", 0x02d },
{ "period", 0x02e },
{ "slash", 0x02f },
{ "0", 0x030 },
{ "1", 0x031 },
{ "2", 0x032 },
{ "3", 0x033 },
{ "4", 0x034 },
{ "5", 0x035 },
{ "6", 0x036 },
{ "7", 0x037 },
{ "8", 0x038 },
{ "9", 0x039 },
{ "colon", 0x03a },
{ "semicolon", 0x03b },
{ "less", 0x03c },
{ "equal", 0x03d },
{ "greater", 0x03e },
{ "question", 0x03f },
{ "at", 0x040 },
{ "A", 0x041 },
{ "B", 0x042 },
{ "C", 0x043 },
{ "D", 0x044 },
{ "E", 0x045 },
{ "F", 0x046 },
{ "G", 0x047 },
{ "H", 0x048 },
{ "I", 0x049 },
{ "J", 0x04a },
{ "K", 0x04b },
{ "L", 0x04c },
{ "M", 0x04d },
{ "N", 0x04e },
{ "O", 0x04f },
{ "P", 0x050 },
{ "Q", 0x051 },
{ "R", 0x052 },
{ "S", 0x053 },
{ "T", 0x054 },
{ "U", 0x055 },
{ "V", 0x056 },
{ "W", 0x057 },
{ "X", 0x058 },
{ "Y", 0x059 },
{ "Z", 0x05a },
{ "bracketleft", 0x05b },
{ "backslash", 0x05c },
{ "bracketright", 0x05d },
{ "asciicircum", 0x05e },
{ "underscore", 0x05f },
{ "quoteleft", 0x060 },
{ "a", 0x061 },
{ "b", 0x062 },
{ "c", 0x063 },
{ "d", 0x064 },
{ "e", 0x065 },
{ "f", 0x066 },
{ "g", 0x067 },
{ "h", 0x068 },
{ "i", 0x069 },
{ "j", 0x06a },
{ "k", 0x06b },
{ "l", 0x06c },
{ "m", 0x06d },
{ "n", 0x06e },
{ "o", 0x06f },
{ "p", 0x070 },
{ "q", 0x071 },
{ "r", 0x072 },
{ "s", 0x073 },
{ "t", 0x074 },
{ "u", 0x075 },
{ "v", 0x076 },
{ "w", 0x077 },
{ "x", 0x078 },
{ "y", 0x079 },
{ "z", 0x07a },
{ "braceleft", 0x07b },
{ "bar", 0x07c },
{ "braceright", 0x07d },
{ "asciitilde", 0x07e },
{ "nobreakspace", 0x0a0 },
{ "exclamdown", 0x0a1 },
{ "cent", 0x0a2 },
{ "sterling", 0x0a3 },
{ "currency", 0x0a4 },
{ "yen", 0x0a5 },
{ "brokenbar", 0x0a6 },
{ "section", 0x0a7 },
{ "diaeresis", 0x0a8 },
{ "copyright", 0x0a9 },
{ "ordfeminine", 0x0aa },
{ "guillemotleft", 0x0ab },
{ "notsign", 0x0ac },
{ "hyphen", 0x0ad },
{ "registered", 0x0ae },
{ "macron", 0x0af },
{ "degree", 0x0b0 },
{ "plusminus", 0x0b1 },
{ "twosuperior", 0x0b2 },
{ "threesuperior", 0x0b3 },
{ "acute", 0x0b4 },
{ "mu", 0x0b5 },
{ "paragraph", 0x0b6 },
{ "periodcentered", 0x0b7 },
{ "cedilla", 0x0b8 },
{ "onesuperior", 0x0b9 },
{ "masculine", 0x0ba },
{ "guillemotright", 0x0bb },
{ "onequarter", 0x0bc },
{ "onehalf", 0x0bd },
{ "threequarters", 0x0be },
{ "questiondown", 0x0bf },
{ "Agrave", 0x0c0 },
{ "Aacute", 0x0c1 },
{ "Acircumflex", 0x0c2 },
{ "Atilde", 0x0c3 },
{ "Adiaeresis", 0x0c4 },
{ "Aring", 0x0c5 },
{ "AE", 0x0c6 },
{ "Ccedilla", 0x0c7 },
{ "Egrave", 0x0c8 },
{ "Eacute", 0x0c9 },
{ "Ecircumflex", 0x0ca },
{ "Ediaeresis", 0x0cb },
{ "Igrave", 0x0cc },
{ "Iacute", 0x0cd },
{ "Icircumflex", 0x0ce },
{ "Idiaeresis", 0x0cf },
{ "Eth", 0x0d0 },
{ "Ntilde", 0x0d1 },
{ "Ograve", 0x0d2 },
{ "Oacute", 0x0d3 },
{ "Ocircumflex", 0x0d4 },
{ "Otilde", 0x0d5 },
{ "Odiaeresis", 0x0d6 },
{ "multiply", 0x0d7 },
{ "Ooblique", 0x0d8 },
{ "Ugrave", 0x0d9 },
{ "Uacute", 0x0da },
{ "Ucircumflex", 0x0db },
{ "Udiaeresis", 0x0dc },
{ "Yacute", 0x0dd },
{ "Thorn", 0x0de },
{ "ssharp", 0x0df },
{ "agrave", 0x0e0 },
{ "aacute", 0x0e1 },
{ "acircumflex", 0x0e2 },
{ "atilde", 0x0e3 },
{ "adiaeresis", 0x0e4 },
{ "aring", 0x0e5 },
{ "ae", 0x0e6 },
{ "ccedilla", 0x0e7 },
{ "egrave", 0x0e8 },
{ "eacute", 0x0e9 },
{ "ecircumflex", 0x0ea },
{ "ediaeresis", 0x0eb },
{ "igrave", 0x0ec },
{ "iacute", 0x0ed },
{ "icircumflex", 0x0ee },
{ "idiaeresis", 0x0ef },
{ "eth", 0x0f0 },
{ "ntilde", 0x0f1 },
{ "ograve", 0x0f2 },
{ "oacute", 0x0f3 },
{ "ocircumflex", 0x0f4 },
{ "otilde", 0x0f5 },
{ "odiaeresis", 0x0f6 },
{ "division", 0x0f7 },
{ "oslash", 0x0f8 },
{ "ugrave", 0x0f9 },
{ "uacute", 0x0fa },
{ "ucircumflex", 0x0fb },
{ "udiaeresis", 0x0fc },
{ "yacute", 0x0fd },
{ "thorn", 0x0fe },
{ "ydiaeresis", 0x0ff },
{ "Aogonek", 0x1a1 },
{ "breve", 0x1a2 },
{ "Lstroke", 0x1a3 },
{ "Lcaron", 0x1a5 },
{ "Sacute", 0x1a6 },
{ "Scaron", 0x1a9 },
{ "Scedilla", 0x1aa },
{ "Tcaron", 0x1ab },
{ "Zacute", 0x1ac },
{ "Zcaron", 0x1ae },
{ "Zabovedot", 0x1af },
{ "aogonek", 0x1b1 },
{ "ogonek", 0x1b2 },
{ "lstroke", 0x1b3 },
{ "lcaron", 0x1b5 },
{ "sacute", 0x1b6 },
{ "caron", 0x1b7 },
{ "scaron", 0x1b9 },
{ "scedilla", 0x1ba },
{ "tcaron", 0x1bb },
{ "zacute", 0x1bc },
{ "doubleacute", 0x1bd },
{ "zcaron", 0x1be },
{ "zabovedot", 0x1bf },
{ "Racute", 0x1c0 },
{ "Abreve", 0x1c3 },
{ "Cacute", 0x1c6 },
{ "Ccaron", 0x1c8 },
{ "Eogonek", 0x1ca },
{ "Ecaron", 0x1cc },
{ "Dcaron", 0x1cf },
{ "Nacute", 0x1d1 },
{ "Ncaron", 0x1d2 },
{ "Odoubleacute", 0x1d5 },
{ "Rcaron", 0x1d8 },
{ "Uring", 0x1d9 },
{ "Udoubleacute", 0x1db },
{ "Tcedilla", 0x1de },
{ "racute", 0x1e0 },
{ "abreve", 0x1e3 },
{ "cacute", 0x1e6 },
{ "ccaron", 0x1e8 },
{ "eogonek", 0x1ea },
{ "ecaron", 0x1ec },
{ "dcaron", 0x1ef },
{ "nacute", 0x1f1 },
{ "ncaron", 0x1f2 },
{ "odoubleacute", 0x1f5 },
{ "udoubleacute", 0x1fb },
{ "rcaron", 0x1f8 },
{ "uring", 0x1f9 },
{ "tcedilla", 0x1fe },
{ "abovedot", 0x1ff },
{ "Hstroke", 0x2a1 },
{ "Hcircumflex", 0x2a6 },
{ "Iabovedot", 0x2a9 },
{ "Gbreve", 0x2ab },
{ "Jcircumflex", 0x2ac },
{ "hstroke", 0x2b1 },
{ "hcircumflex", 0x2b6 },
{ "idotless", 0x2b9 },
{ "gbreve", 0x2bb },
{ "jcircumflex", 0x2bc },
{ "Cabovedot", 0x2c5 },
{ "Ccircumflex", 0x2c6 },
{ "Gabovedot", 0x2d5 },
{ "Gcircumflex", 0x2d8 },
{ "Ubreve", 0x2dd },
{ "Scircumflex", 0x2de },
{ "cabovedot", 0x2e5 },
{ "ccircumflex", 0x2e6 },
{ "gabovedot", 0x2f5 },
{ "gcircumflex", 0x2f8 },
{ "ubreve", 0x2fd },
{ "scircumflex", 0x2fe },
{ "kappa", 0x3a2 },
{ "Rcedilla", 0x3a3 },
{ "Itilde", 0x3a5 },
{ "Lcedilla", 0x3a6 },
{ "Emacron", 0x3aa },
{ "Gcedilla", 0x3ab },
{ "Tslash", 0x3ac },
{ "rcedilla", 0x3b3 },
{ "itilde", 0x3b5 },
{ "lcedilla", 0x3b6 },
{ "emacron", 0x3ba },
{ "gacute", 0x3bb },
{ "tslash", 0x3bc },
{ "ENG", 0x3bd },
{ "eng", 0x3bf },
{ "Amacron", 0x3c0 },
{ "Iogonek", 0x3c7 },
{ "Eabovedot", 0x3cc },
{ "Imacron", 0x3cf },
{ "Ncedilla", 0x3d1 },
{ "Omacron", 0x3d2 },
{ "Kcedilla", 0x3d3 },
{ "Uogonek", 0x3d9 },
{ "Utilde", 0x3dd },
{ "Umacron", 0x3de },
{ "amacron", 0x3e0 },
{ "iogonek", 0x3e7 },
{ "eabovedot", 0x3ec },
{ "imacron", 0x3ef },
{ "ncedilla", 0x3f1 },
{ "omacron", 0x3f2 },
{ "kcedilla", 0x3f3 },
{ "uogonek", 0x3f9 },
{ "utilde", 0x3fd },
{ "umacron", 0x3fe },
{ "overline", 0x47e },
{ "kana_fullstop", 0x4a1 },
{ "kana_openingbracket", 0x4a2 },
{ "kana_closingbracket", 0x4a3 },
{ "kana_comma", 0x4a4 },
{ "kana_middledot", 0x4a5 },
{ "kana_WO", 0x4a6 },
{ "kana_a", 0x4a7 },
{ "kana_i", 0x4a8 },
{ "kana_u", 0x4a9 },
{ "kana_e", 0x4aa },
{ "kana_o", 0x4ab },
{ "kana_ya", 0x4ac },
{ "kana_yu", 0x4ad },
{ "kana_yo", 0x4ae },
{ "kana_tu", 0x4af },
{ "prolongedsound", 0x4b0 },
{ "kana_A", 0x4b1 },
{ "kana_I", 0x4b2 },
{ "kana_U", 0x4b3 },
{ "kana_E", 0x4b4 },
{ "kana_O", 0x4b5 },
{ "kana_KA", 0x4b6 },
{ "kana_KI", 0x4b7 },
{ "kana_KU", 0x4b8 },
{ "kana_KE", 0x4b9 },
{ "kana_KO", 0x4ba },
{ "kana_SA", 0x4bb },
{ "kana_SHI", 0x4bc },
{ "kana_SU", 0x4bd },
{ "kana_SE", 0x4be },
{ "kana_SO", 0x4bf },
{ "kana_TA", 0x4c0 },
{ "kana_TI", 0x4c1 },
{ "kana_TU", 0x4c2 },
{ "kana_TE", 0x4c3 },
{ "kana_TO", 0x4c4 },
{ "kana_NA", 0x4c5 },
{ "kana_NI", 0x4c6 },
{ "kana_NU", 0x4c7 },
{ "kana_NE", 0x4c8 },
{ "kana_NO", 0x4c9 },
{ "kana_HA", 0x4ca },
{ "kana_HI", 0x4cb },
{ "kana_HU", 0x4cc },
{ "kana_HE", 0x4cd },
{ "kana_HO", 0x4ce },
{ "kana_MA", 0x4cf },
{ "kana_MI", 0x4d0 },
{ "kana_MU", 0x4d1 },
{ "kana_ME", 0x4d2 },
{ "kana_MO", 0x4d3 },
{ "kana_YA", 0x4d4 },
{ "kana_YU", 0x4d5 },
{ "kana_YO", 0x4d6 },
{ "kana_RA", 0x4d7 },
{ "kana_RI", 0x4d8 },
{ "kana_RU", 0x4d9 },
{ "kana_RE", 0x4da },
{ "kana_RO", 0x4db },
{ "kana_WA", 0x4dc },
{ "kana_N", 0x4dd },
{ "voicedsound", 0x4de },
{ "semivoicedsound", 0x4df },
{ "kana_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Arabic_comma", 0x5ac },
{ "Arabic_semicolon", 0x5bb },
{ "Arabic_question_mark", 0x5bf },
{ "Arabic_hamza", 0x5c1 },
{ "Arabic_maddaonalef", 0x5c2 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaonalef", 0x5c3 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaonwaw", 0x5c4 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaunderalef", 0x5c5 },
{ "Arabic_hamzaonyeh", 0x5c6 },
{ "Arabic_alef", 0x5c7 },
{ "Arabic_beh", 0x5c8 },
{ "Arabic_tehmarbuta", 0x5c9 },
{ "Arabic_teh", 0x5ca },
{ "Arabic_theh", 0x5cb },
{ "Arabic_jeem", 0x5cc },
{ "Arabic_hah", 0x5cd },
{ "Arabic_khah", 0x5ce },
{ "Arabic_dal", 0x5cf },
{ "Arabic_thal", 0x5d0 },
{ "Arabic_ra", 0x5d1 },
{ "Arabic_zain", 0x5d2 },
{ "Arabic_seen", 0x5d3 },
{ "Arabic_sheen", 0x5d4 },
{ "Arabic_sad", 0x5d5 },
{ "Arabic_dad", 0x5d6 },
{ "Arabic_tah", 0x5d7 },
{ "Arabic_zah", 0x5d8 },
{ "Arabic_ain", 0x5d9 },
{ "Arabic_ghain", 0x5da },
{ "Arabic_tatweel", 0x5e0 },
{ "Arabic_feh", 0x5e1 },
{ "Arabic_qaf", 0x5e2 },
{ "Arabic_kaf", 0x5e3 },
{ "Arabic_lam", 0x5e4 },
{ "Arabic_meem", 0x5e5 },
{ "Arabic_noon", 0x5e6 },
{ "Arabic_heh", 0x5e7 },
{ "Arabic_waw", 0x5e8 },
{ "Arabic_alefmaksura", 0x5e9 },
{ "Arabic_yeh", 0x5ea },
{ "Arabic_fathatan", 0x5eb },
{ "Arabic_dammatan", 0x5ec },
{ "Arabic_kasratan", 0x5ed },
{ "Arabic_fatha", 0x5ee },
{ "Arabic_damma", 0x5ef },
{ "Arabic_kasra", 0x5f0 },
{ "Arabic_shadda", 0x5f1 },
{ "Arabic_sukun", 0x5f2 },
{ "Arabic_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "Serbian_dje", 0x6a1 },
{ "Macedonia_gje", 0x6a2 },
{ "Cyrillic_io", 0x6a3 },
{ "Ukranian_je", 0x6a4 },
{ "Macedonia_dse", 0x6a5 },
{ "Ukranian_i", 0x6a6 },
{ "Ukranian_yi", 0x6a7 },
{ "Serbian_je", 0x6a8 },
{ "Serbian_lje", 0x6a9 },
{ "Serbian_nje", 0x6aa },
{ "Serbian_tshe", 0x6ab },
{ "Macedonia_kje", 0x6ac },
{ "Byelorussian_shortu", 0x6ae },
{ "Serbian_dze", 0x6af },
{ "numerosign", 0x6b0 },
{ "Serbian_DJE", 0x6b1 },
{ "Macedonia_GJE", 0x6b2 },
{ "Cyrillic_IO", 0x6b3 },
{ "Ukranian_JE", 0x6b4 },
{ "Macedonia_DSE", 0x6b5 },
{ "Ukranian_I", 0x6b6 },
{ "Ukranian_YI", 0x6b7 },
{ "Serbian_JE", 0x6b8 },
{ "Serbian_LJE", 0x6b9 },
{ "Serbian_NJE", 0x6ba },
{ "Serbian_TSHE", 0x6bb },
{ "Macedonia_KJE", 0x6bc },
{ "Byelorussian_SHORTU", 0x6be },
{ "Serbian_DZE", 0x6bf },
{ "Cyrillic_yu", 0x6c0 },
{ "Cyrillic_a", 0x6c1 },
{ "Cyrillic_be", 0x6c2 },
{ "Cyrillic_tse", 0x6c3 },
{ "Cyrillic_de", 0x6c4 },
{ "Cyrillic_ie", 0x6c5 },
{ "Cyrillic_ef", 0x6c6 },
{ "Cyrillic_ghe", 0x6c7 },
{ "Cyrillic_ha", 0x6c8 },
{ "Cyrillic_i", 0x6c9 },
{ "Cyrillic_shorti", 0x6ca },
{ "Cyrillic_ka", 0x6cb },
{ "Cyrillic_el", 0x6cc },
{ "Cyrillic_em", 0x6cd },
{ "Cyrillic_en", 0x6ce },
{ "Cyrillic_o", 0x6cf },
{ "Cyrillic_pe", 0x6d0 },
{ "Cyrillic_ya", 0x6d1 },
{ "Cyrillic_er", 0x6d2 },
{ "Cyrillic_es", 0x6d3 },
{ "Cyrillic_te", 0x6d4 },
{ "Cyrillic_u", 0x6d5 },
{ "Cyrillic_zhe", 0x6d6 },
{ "Cyrillic_ve", 0x6d7 },
{ "Cyrillic_softsign", 0x6d8 },
{ "Cyrillic_yeru", 0x6d9 },
{ "Cyrillic_ze", 0x6da },
{ "Cyrillic_sha", 0x6db },
{ "Cyrillic_e", 0x6dc },
{ "Cyrillic_shcha", 0x6dd },
{ "Cyrillic_che", 0x6de },
{ "Cyrillic_hardsign", 0x6df },
{ "Cyrillic_YU", 0x6e0 },
{ "Cyrillic_A", 0x6e1 },
{ "Cyrillic_BE", 0x6e2 },
{ "Cyrillic_TSE", 0x6e3 },
{ "Cyrillic_DE", 0x6e4 },
{ "Cyrillic_IE", 0x6e5 },
{ "Cyrillic_EF", 0x6e6 },
{ "Cyrillic_GHE", 0x6e7 },
{ "Cyrillic_HA", 0x6e8 },
{ "Cyrillic_I", 0x6e9 },
{ "Cyrillic_SHORTI", 0x6ea },
{ "Cyrillic_KA", 0x6eb },
{ "Cyrillic_EL", 0x6ec },
{ "Cyrillic_EM", 0x6ed },
{ "Cyrillic_EN", 0x6ee },
{ "Cyrillic_O", 0x6ef },
{ "Cyrillic_PE", 0x6f0 },
{ "Cyrillic_YA", 0x6f1 },
{ "Cyrillic_ER", 0x6f2 },
{ "Cyrillic_ES", 0x6f3 },
{ "Cyrillic_TE", 0x6f4 },
{ "Cyrillic_U", 0x6f5 },
{ "Cyrillic_ZHE", 0x6f6 },
{ "Cyrillic_VE", 0x6f7 },
{ "Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN", 0x6f8 },
{ "Cyrillic_YERU", 0x6f9 },
{ "Cyrillic_ZE", 0x6fa },
{ "Cyrillic_SHA", 0x6fb },
{ "Cyrillic_E", 0x6fc },
{ "Cyrillic_SHCHA", 0x6fd },
{ "Cyrillic_CHE", 0x6fe },
{ "Cyrillic_HARDSIGN", 0x6ff },
{ "Greek_ALPHAaccent", 0x7a1 },
{ "Greek_EPSILONaccent", 0x7a2 },
{ "Greek_ETAaccent", 0x7a3 },
{ "Greek_IOTAaccent", 0x7a4 },
{ "Greek_IOTAdiaeresis", 0x7a5 },
{ "Greek_IOTAaccentdiaeresis", 0x7a6 },
{ "Greek_OMICRONaccent", 0x7a7 },
{ "Greek_UPSILONaccent", 0x7a8 },
{ "Greek_UPSILONdieresis", 0x7a9 },
{ "Greek_UPSILONaccentdieresis", 0x7aa },
{ "Greek_OMEGAaccent", 0x7ab },
{ "Greek_alphaaccent", 0x7b1 },
{ "Greek_epsilonaccent", 0x7b2 },
{ "Greek_etaaccent", 0x7b3 },
{ "Greek_iotaaccent", 0x7b4 },
{ "Greek_iotadieresis", 0x7b5 },
{ "Greek_iotaaccentdieresis", 0x7b6 },
{ "Greek_omicronaccent", 0x7b7 },
{ "Greek_upsilonaccent", 0x7b8 },
{ "Greek_upsilondieresis", 0x7b9 },
{ "Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis", 0x7ba },
{ "Greek_omegaaccent", 0x7bb },
{ "Greek_ALPHA", 0x7c1 },
{ "Greek_BETA", 0x7c2 },
{ "Greek_GAMMA", 0x7c3 },
{ "Greek_DELTA", 0x7c4 },
{ "Greek_EPSILON", 0x7c5 },
{ "Greek_ZETA", 0x7c6 },
{ "Greek_ETA", 0x7c7 },
{ "Greek_THETA", 0x7c8 },
{ "Greek_IOTA", 0x7c9 },
{ "Greek_KAPPA", 0x7ca },
{ "Greek_LAMBDA", 0x7cb },
{ "Greek_MU", 0x7cc },
{ "Greek_NU", 0x7cd },
{ "Greek_XI", 0x7ce },
{ "Greek_OMICRON", 0x7cf },
{ "Greek_PI", 0x7d0 },
{ "Greek_RHO", 0x7d1 },
{ "Greek_SIGMA", 0x7d2 },
{ "Greek_TAU", 0x7d4 },
{ "Greek_UPSILON", 0x7d5 },
{ "Greek_PHI", 0x7d6 },
{ "Greek_CHI", 0x7d7 },
{ "Greek_PSI", 0x7d8 },
{ "Greek_OMEGA", 0x7d9 },
{ "Greek_alpha", 0x7e1 },
{ "Greek_beta", 0x7e2 },
{ "Greek_gamma", 0x7e3 },
{ "Greek_delta", 0x7e4 },
{ "Greek_epsilon", 0x7e5 },
{ "Greek_zeta", 0x7e6 },
{ "Greek_eta", 0x7e7 },
{ "Greek_theta", 0x7e8 },
{ "Greek_iota", 0x7e9 },
{ "Greek_kappa", 0x7ea },
{ "Greek_lambda", 0x7eb },
{ "Greek_mu", 0x7ec },
{ "Greek_nu", 0x7ed },
{ "Greek_xi", 0x7ee },
{ "Greek_omicron", 0x7ef },
{ "Greek_pi", 0x7f0 },
{ "Greek_rho", 0x7f1 },
{ "Greek_sigma", 0x7f2 },
{ "Greek_finalsmallsigma", 0x7f3 },
{ "Greek_tau", 0x7f4 },
{ "Greek_upsilon", 0x7f5 },
{ "Greek_phi", 0x7f6 },
{ "Greek_chi", 0x7f7 },
{ "Greek_psi", 0x7f8 },
{ "Greek_omega", 0x7f9 },
{ "Greek_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "leftradical", 0x8a1 },
{ "topleftradical", 0x8a2 },
{ "horizconnector", 0x8a3 },
{ "topintegral", 0x8a4 },
{ "botintegral", 0x8a5 },
{ "vertconnector", 0x8a6 },
{ "topleftsqbracket", 0x8a7 },
{ "botleftsqbracket", 0x8a8 },
{ "toprightsqbracket", 0x8a9 },
{ "botrightsqbracket", 0x8aa },
{ "topleftparens", 0x8ab },
{ "botleftparens", 0x8ac },
{ "toprightparens", 0x8ad },
{ "botrightparens", 0x8ae },
{ "leftmiddlecurlybrace", 0x8af },
{ "rightmiddlecurlybrace", 0x8b0 },
{ "topleftsummation", 0x8b1 },
{ "botleftsummation", 0x8b2 },
{ "topvertsummationconnector", 0x8b3 },
{ "botvertsummationconnector", 0x8b4 },
{ "toprightsummation", 0x8b5 },
{ "botrightsummation", 0x8b6 },
{ "rightmiddlesummation", 0x8b7 },
{ "lessthanequal", 0x8bc },
{ "notequal", 0x8bd },
{ "greaterthanequal", 0x8be },
{ "integral", 0x8bf },
{ "therefore", 0x8c0 },
{ "variation", 0x8c1 },
{ "infinity", 0x8c2 },
{ "nabla", 0x8c5 },
{ "approximate", 0x8c8 },
{ "similarequal", 0x8c9 },
{ "ifonlyif", 0x8cd },
{ "implies", 0x8ce },
{ "identical", 0x8cf },
{ "radical", 0x8d6 },
{ "includedin", 0x8da },
{ "includes", 0x8db },
{ "intersection", 0x8dc },
{ "union", 0x8dd },
{ "logicaland", 0x8de },
{ "logicalor", 0x8df },
{ "partialderivative", 0x8ef },
{ "function", 0x8f6 },
{ "leftarrow", 0x8fb },
{ "uparrow", 0x8fc },
{ "rightarrow", 0x8fd },
{ "downarrow", 0x8fe },
{ "blank", 0x9df },
{ "soliddiamond", 0x9e0 },
{ "checkerboard", 0x9e1 },
{ "ht", 0x9e2 },
{ "ff", 0x9e3 },
{ "cr", 0x9e4 },
{ "lf", 0x9e5 },
{ "nl", 0x9e8 },
{ "vt", 0x9e9 },
{ "lowrightcorner", 0x9ea },
{ "uprightcorner", 0x9eb },
{ "upleftcorner", 0x9ec },
{ "lowleftcorner", 0x9ed },
{ "crossinglines", 0x9ee },
{ "horizlinescan1", 0x9ef },
{ "horizlinescan3", 0x9f0 },
{ "horizlinescan5", 0x9f1 },
{ "horizlinescan7", 0x9f2 },
{ "horizlinescan9", 0x9f3 },
{ "leftt", 0x9f4 },
{ "rightt", 0x9f5 },
{ "bott", 0x9f6 },
{ "topt", 0x9f7 },
{ "vertbar", 0x9f8 },
{ "emspace", 0xaa1 },
{ "enspace", 0xaa2 },
{ "em3space", 0xaa3 },
{ "em4space", 0xaa4 },
{ "digitspace", 0xaa5 },
{ "punctspace", 0xaa6 },
{ "thinspace", 0xaa7 },
{ "hairspace", 0xaa8 },
{ "emdash", 0xaa9 },
{ "endash", 0xaaa },
{ "signifblank", 0xaac },
{ "ellipsis", 0xaae },
{ "doubbaselinedot", 0xaaf },
{ "onethird", 0xab0 },
{ "twothirds", 0xab1 },
{ "onefifth", 0xab2 },
{ "twofifths", 0xab3 },
{ "threefifths", 0xab4 },
{ "fourfifths", 0xab5 },
{ "onesixth", 0xab6 },
{ "fivesixths", 0xab7 },
{ "careof", 0xab8 },
{ "figdash", 0xabb },
{ "leftanglebracket", 0xabc },
{ "decimalpoint", 0xabd },
{ "rightanglebracket", 0xabe },
{ "marker", 0xabf },
{ "oneeighth", 0xac3 },
{ "threeeighths", 0xac4 },
{ "fiveeighths", 0xac5 },
{ "seveneighths", 0xac6 },
{ "trademark", 0xac9 },
{ "signaturemark", 0xaca },
{ "trademarkincircle", 0xacb },
{ "leftopentriangle", 0xacc },
{ "rightopentriangle", 0xacd },
{ "emopencircle", 0xace },
{ "emopenrectangle", 0xacf },
{ "leftsinglequotemark", 0xad0 },
{ "rightsinglequotemark", 0xad1 },
{ "leftdoublequotemark", 0xad2 },
{ "rightdoublequotemark", 0xad3 },
{ "prescription", 0xad4 },
{ "minutes", 0xad6 },
{ "seconds", 0xad7 },
{ "latincross", 0xad9 },
{ "hexagram", 0xada },
{ "filledrectbullet", 0xadb },
{ "filledlefttribullet", 0xadc },
{ "filledrighttribullet", 0xadd },
{ "emfilledcircle", 0xade },
{ "emfilledrect", 0xadf },
{ "enopencircbullet", 0xae0 },
{ "enopensquarebullet", 0xae1 },
{ "openrectbullet", 0xae2 },
{ "opentribulletup", 0xae3 },
{ "opentribulletdown", 0xae4 },
{ "openstar", 0xae5 },
{ "enfilledcircbullet", 0xae6 },
{ "enfilledsqbullet", 0xae7 },
{ "filledtribulletup", 0xae8 },
{ "filledtribulletdown", 0xae9 },
{ "leftpointer", 0xaea },
{ "rightpointer", 0xaeb },
{ "club", 0xaec },
{ "diamond", 0xaed },
{ "heart", 0xaee },
{ "maltesecross", 0xaf0 },
{ "dagger", 0xaf1 },
{ "doubledagger", 0xaf2 },
{ "checkmark", 0xaf3 },
{ "ballotcross", 0xaf4 },
{ "musicalsharp", 0xaf5 },
{ "musicalflat", 0xaf6 },
{ "malesymbol", 0xaf7 },
{ "femalesymbol", 0xaf8 },
{ "telephone", 0xaf9 },
{ "telephonerecorder", 0xafa },
{ "phonographcopyright", 0xafb },
{ "caret", 0xafc },
{ "singlelowquotemark", 0xafd },
{ "doublelowquotemark", 0xafe },
{ "cursor", 0xaff },
{ "leftcaret", 0xba3 },
{ "rightcaret", 0xba6 },
{ "downcaret", 0xba8 },
{ "upcaret", 0xba9 },
{ "overbar", 0xbc0 },
{ "downtack", 0xbc2 },
{ "upshoe", 0xbc3 },
{ "downstile", 0xbc4 },
{ "underbar", 0xbc6 },
{ "jot", 0xbca },
{ "quad", 0xbcc },
{ "uptack", 0xbce },
{ "circle", 0xbcf },
{ "upstile", 0xbd3 },
{ "downshoe", 0xbd6 },
{ "rightshoe", 0xbd8 },
{ "leftshoe", 0xbda },
{ "lefttack", 0xbdc },
{ "righttack", 0xbfc },
{ "hebrew_aleph", 0xce0 },
{ "hebrew_beth", 0xce1 },
{ "hebrew_gimmel", 0xce2 },
{ "hebrew_daleth", 0xce3 },
{ "hebrew_he", 0xce4 },
{ "hebrew_waw", 0xce5 },
{ "hebrew_zayin", 0xce6 },
{ "hebrew_het", 0xce7 },
{ "hebrew_teth", 0xce8 },
{ "hebrew_yod", 0xce9 },
{ "hebrew_finalkaph", 0xcea },
{ "hebrew_kaph", 0xceb },
{ "hebrew_lamed", 0xcec },
{ "hebrew_finalmem", 0xced },
{ "hebrew_mem", 0xcee },
{ "hebrew_finalnun", 0xcef },
{ "hebrew_nun", 0xcf0 },
{ "hebrew_samekh", 0xcf1 },
{ "hebrew_ayin", 0xcf2 },
{ "hebrew_finalpe", 0xcf3 },
{ "hebrew_pe", 0xcf4 },
{ "hebrew_finalzadi", 0xcf5 },
{ "hebrew_zadi", 0xcf6 },
{ "hebrew_kuf", 0xcf7 },
{ "hebrew_resh", 0xcf8 },
{ "hebrew_shin", 0xcf9 },
{ "hebrew_taf", 0xcfa },
{ "Hebrew_switch", 0xFF7E },
{ "XF86AudioLowerVolume", 0x1008FF11 },
{ "XF86AudioMute", 0x1008FF12 },
{ "XF86AudioRaiseVolume", 0x1008FF13 },
{ "XF86AudioPlay", 0x1008FF14 },
{ "XF86AudioStop", 0x1008FF15 },
{ "XF86AudioPrev", 0x1008FF16 },
{ "XF86AudioNext", 0x1008FF17 },
|
Deleted generic/nanosvg.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted generic/nanosvgrast.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tk.decls.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
# Define the tk interface with 3 sub interfaces:
# tkPlat - platform specific public
# tkInt - generic private
# tkPlatInt - platform specific private
interface tk
hooks {tkPlat tkInt tkIntPlat tkIntXlib}
| < | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 |
# Define the tk interface with 3 sub interfaces:
# tkPlat - platform specific public
# tkInt - generic private
# tkPlatInt - platform specific private
interface tk
hooks {tkPlat tkInt tkIntPlat tkIntXlib}
# Declare each of the functions in the public Tk interface. Note that
# the an index should never be reused for a different function in order
# to preserve backwards compatibility.
declare 0 {
void Tk_MainLoop(void)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc)
}
declare 18 {
int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 19 {
| | | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc)
}
declare 18 {
int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 19 {
char *Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 20 {
Tk_Window Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas)
}
declare 21 {
void Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 24 {
void Tk_ClearSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection)
}
declare 25 {
int Tk_ClipboardAppend(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
| | | | | | | | | | | 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 24 {
void Tk_ClearSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection)
}
declare 25 {
int Tk_ClipboardAppend(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Atom target, Atom format, char *buffer)
}
declare 26 {
int Tk_ClipboardClear(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 27 {
int Tk_ConfigureInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags)
}
declare 28 {
int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
char *widgRec, const char *argvName, int flags)
}
declare 29 {
int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec,
int flags)
}
declare 30 {
void Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr)
}
declare 31 {
Tk_TextLayout Tk_ComputeTextLayout(Tk_Font font,
const char *str, int numChars, int wrapLength,
Tk_Justify justify, int flags, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr)
}
declare 32 {
Tk_Window Tk_CoordsToWindow(int rootX, int rootY, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 33 {
unsigned long Tk_CreateBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object,
const char *eventStr, const char *command, int append)
}
declare 34 {
Tk_BindingTable Tk_CreateBindingTable(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 35 {
Tk_ErrorHandler Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Display *display,
int errNum, int request, int minorCode,
Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 36 {
void Tk_CreateEventHandler(Tk_Window token,
unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc,
ClientData clientData)
}
declare 37 {
void Tk_CreateGenericHandler(Tk_GenericProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 38 {
void Tk_CreateImageType(Tk_ImageType *typePtr)
}
declare 39 {
void Tk_CreateItemType(Tk_ItemType *typePtr)
}
declare 40 {
void Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
}
declare 41 {
void Tk_CreateSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin,
Atom selection, Atom target,
Tk_SelectionProc *proc, ClientData clientData,
Atom format)
}
declare 42 {
Tk_Window Tk_CreateWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window parent, const char *name, const char *screenName)
}
declare 43 {
Tk_Window Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
const char *pathName, const char *screenName)
}
declare 44 {
int Tk_DefineBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
const char *source, int width, int height)
}
declare 45 {
void Tk_DefineCursor(Tk_Window window, Tk_Cursor cursor)
}
declare 46 {
void Tk_DeleteAllBindings(Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
declare 53 {
void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target)
}
declare 54 {
void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 55 {
| | | 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
declare 53 {
void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target)
}
declare 54 {
void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 55 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 56 {
int Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 57 {
void Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
declare 72 {
void Tk_FreeGC(Display *display, GC gc)
}
declare 73 {
void Tk_FreeImage(Tk_Image image)
}
declare 74 {
| | | | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
declare 72 {
void Tk_FreeGC(Display *display, GC gc)
}
declare 73 {
void Tk_FreeImage(Tk_Image image)
}
declare 74 {
void Tk_FreeOptions(Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags)
}
declare 75 {
void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 76 {
void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout)
}
declare 77 {
void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid)
}
declare 78 {
GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable)
}
declare 79 {
void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
344 345 346 347 348 349 350 |
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object)
}
declare 82 {
int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr)
}
declare 83 {
| | | | | 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 |
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object)
}
declare 82 {
int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr)
}
declare 83 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom)
}
declare 84 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object,
const char *eventStr)
}
declare 85 {
Pixmap Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str)
}
declare 86 {
Pixmap Tk_GetBitmapFromData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *source, int width, int height)
}
declare 87 {
int Tk_GetCapStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *capPtr)
}
declare 88 {
XColor *Tk_GetColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid name)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
GC Tk_GetGC(Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr)
}
declare 97 {
Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 98 {
| | | | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 |
GC Tk_GetGC(Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr)
}
declare 97 {
Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name,
Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 98 {
ClientData Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *name, Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr)
}
declare 99 {
Tk_ItemType *Tk_GetItemTypes(void)
}
declare 100 {
int Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *str, int *joinPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr)
}
declare 107 {
void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr)
}
declare 108 {
int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, int *reliefPtr)
}
declare 107 {
void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr)
}
declare 108 {
int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
int argc, CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 109 {
int Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *str, double *doublePtr)
}
declare 110 {
int Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
468 469 470 471 472 473 474 |
declare 115 {
void Tk_HandleEvent(XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 116 {
Tk_Window Tk_IdToWindow(Display *display, Window window)
}
declare 117 {
| | | | | 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
declare 115 {
void Tk_HandleEvent(XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 116 {
Tk_Window Tk_IdToWindow(Display *display, Window window)
}
declare 117 {
void Tk_ImageChanged(Tk_ImageMaster master, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
}
declare 118 {
int Tk_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 119 {
Atom Tk_InternAtom(Tk_Window tkwin, const char *name)
}
declare 120 {
int Tk_IntersectTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y,
int width, int height)
}
declare 121 {
void Tk_MaintainGeometry(Tk_Window slave,
Tk_Window master, int x, int y, int width, int height)
}
declare 122 {
Tk_Window Tk_MainWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 123 {
void Tk_MakeWindowExist(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
declare 128 {
void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 129 {
void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 130 {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 |
declare 128 {
void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 129 {
void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y)
}
declare 130 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border)
}
declare 131 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor)
}
declare 132 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap)
}
declare 133 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap)
}
declare 134 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr)
}
declare 135 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor)
}
declare 136 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font)
}
declare 137 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster)
}
declare 138 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join)
}
declare 139 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify)
}
declare 140 {
CONST84_RETURN char *Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief)
}
declare 141 {
Tk_Window Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 142 {
void Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin,
Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc,
ClientData clientData)
}
declare 143 {
int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags)
}
declare 144 {
void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height)
}
declare 145 {
void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
int subsampleX, int subsampleY)
}
declare 146 {
int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
}
declare 147 {
void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 148 {
void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height )
}
declare 149 {
void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 150 {
void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height)
}
declare 151 {
int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y)
}
declare 152 {
int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
688 689 690 691 692 693 694 |
Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y,
int underline)
}
declare 180 {
void Tk_Ungrab(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 181 {
| | | 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 |
Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y,
int underline)
}
declare 180 {
void Tk_Ungrab(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 181 {
void Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master)
}
declare 182 {
void Tk_UnmapWindow(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 183 {
void Tk_UnsetGrid(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
740 741 742 743 744 745 746 |
declare 193 {
void Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 194 {
void Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 195 {
| | | 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
declare 193 {
void Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 194 {
void Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 195 {
void Tk_FreeConfigOptions(char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken,
Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 196 {
void Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 197 {
void Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
770 771 772 773 774 775 776 |
XColor *Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 203 {
Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 204 {
Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | | 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
XColor *Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 203 {
Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
}
declare 204 {
Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 205 {
Tcl_Obj *Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 206 {
int Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr)
}
declare 207 {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
}
declare 210 {
int Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 211 {
| | | | | | 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
}
declare 210 {
int Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr)
}
declare 211 {
int Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 212 {
void Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 213 {
void Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr)
}
declare 214 {
int Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr)
}
declare 215 {
void Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 216 {
int Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 217 {
void Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_SmoothMethod *method)
}
#declare 218 {
# void Tk_CreateCanvasVisitor(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *typePtr)
#}
#declare 219 {
# void *Tk_GetCanvasVisitor(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name)
#}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
920 921 922 923 924 925 926 |
#
declare 241 {
Tk_Window Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName)
}
declare 242 {
void Tk_SetClassProcs(Tk_Window tkwin,
| | | | | 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 |
#
declare 241 {
Tk_Window Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window parent, const char *screenName)
}
declare 242 {
void Tk_SetClassProcs(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData)
}
# New in 8.4a4
#
declare 243 {
void Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right,
int top, int bottom)
}
declare 244 {
void Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin,
int minWidth, int minHeight)
}
# New in 8.4a5
#
declare 245 {
void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height)
}
declare 246 {
void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int compRule)
}
declare 247 {
void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule)
}
declare 248 {
int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display, int collapse)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 |
}
declare 260 {
Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
}
declare 261 {
void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
| | | | | | 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 |
}
declare 260 {
Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
}
declare 261 {
void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
}
declare 262 {
void Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr)
}
declare 263 {
int Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 264 {
void Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element,
char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int state)
}
# TIP#116
declare 265 {
int Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
int width, int height)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 |
# Note that this restores the usual rules for stub compatibility. Stub-enabled
# extensions compiled against 8.5 headers and linked to the 8.5 stub library
# will produce a file [load]able into an interp with Tk 8.X, for X >= 5.
# It will *not* be [load]able into interps with Tk 8.4 (or Tk 8.2!).
# Developers who need to produce a file [load]able into legacy interps must
# build against legacy sources.
declare 272 {
| | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 |
# Note that this restores the usual rules for stub compatibility. Stub-enabled
# extensions compiled against 8.5 headers and linked to the 8.5 stub library
# will produce a file [load]able into an interp with Tk 8.X, for X >= 5.
# It will *not* be [load]able into interps with Tk 8.4 (or Tk 8.2!).
# Developers who need to produce a file [load]able into legacy interps must
# build against legacy sources.
declare 272 {
void Tk_CreateOldImageType(Tk_ImageType *typePtr)
}
declare 273 {
void Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
}
declare 280 {
void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
}
# Define the platform specific public Tk interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.
interface tkPlat
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 |
declare 5 win {
int Tk_TranslateWinEvent(HWND hwnd,
UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LRESULT *result)
}
################################
# Aqua specific functions
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < > | < | | < > < < < < < < < < < < | < > > > > > > > < < > < < > > > > > > > > > > | 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 |
declare 5 win {
int Tk_TranslateWinEvent(HWND hwnd,
UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LRESULT *result)
}
################################
# Aqua specific functions
declare 0 aqua {
void Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler(
Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc)
}
declare 1 aqua {
void Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus(void)
}
declare 2 aqua {
void Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor(int tkOwnsIt)
}
declare 3 aqua {
void TkMacOSXInitMenus(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 4 aqua {
void TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp)
}
declare 5 aqua {
void TkGenWMConfigureEvent(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
int height, int flags)
}
declare 6 aqua {
void TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 7 aqua {
void *TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Drawable drawable)
}
declare 8 aqua {
void *TkMacOSXGetRootControl(Drawable drawable)
}
declare 9 aqua {
void Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(void)
}
declare 10 aqua {
int Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
}
declare 16 aqua {
void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
}
##############################################################################
# Public functions that are not accessible via the stubs table.
export {
const char *Tk_InitStubs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
int exact)
}
export {
const char *Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version,
int exact)
}
# Global variables that need to be exported from the tcl shared library.
export {
TkStubs *tkStubsPtr (fool checkstubs)
}
export {
TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubsPtr (fool checkstubs)
}
export {
TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr (fool checkstubs)
}
export {
TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubsPtr (fool checkstubs)
}
export {
TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubsPtr (fool checkstubs)
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to generic/tk.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TK #define _TK #include <tcl.h> | | | | < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < | | | > | | | | | | | < < < < < < < | < | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#ifndef _TK
#define _TK
#include <tcl.h>
#if (TCL_MAJOR_VERSION != 8) || (TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 5)
# error Tk 8.5 must be compiled with tcl.h from Tcl 8.5 or better
#endif
#ifndef _ANSI_ARGS_
# ifndef NO_PROTOTYPES
# define _ANSI_ARGS_(x) x
# else
# define _ANSI_ARGS_(x) ()
# endif
#endif
/*
* For C++ compilers, use extern "C"
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* When version numbers change here, you must also go into the following files
* and update the version numbers:
*
* library/tk.tcl (1 LOC patch)
* unix/configure.in (2 LOC Major, 2 LOC minor, 1 LOC patch)
* win/configure.in (as above)
* README (sections 0 and 1)
* macosx/Wish.xcode/project.pbxproj (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
* macosx/Wish-Common.xcconfig (not patchlevel) 1 LOC
* win/README (not patchlevel)
* unix/README (not patchlevel)
* unix/tk.spec (1 LOC patch)
* win/tcl.m4 (not patchlevel)
*
* You may also need to update some of these files when the numbers change for
* the version of Tcl that this release of Tk is compiled against.
*/
#define TK_MAJOR_VERSION 8
#define TK_MINOR_VERSION 5
#define TK_RELEASE_LEVEL TCL_FINAL_RELEASE
#define TK_RELEASE_SERIAL 19
#define TK_VERSION "8.5"
#define TK_PATCH_LEVEL "8.5.19"
/*
* A special definition used to allow this header file to be included from
* windows or mac resource files so that they can obtain version information.
* RC_INVOKED is defined by default by the windows RC tool and manually set
* for macintosh.
*
* Resource compilers don't like all the C stuff, like typedefs and procedure
* declarations, that occur below, so block them out.
*/
#ifndef RC_INVOKED
#if !defined(_XLIB_H) && !defined(_X11_XLIB_H_)
# include <X11/Xlib.h>
# ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
# include <X11/X.h>
# endif
#endif
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(__STDC__) || defined(__C99__FUNC__) \
|| defined(__cplusplus) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__ICC)
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Decide whether or not to use input methods.
*/
#ifdef XNQueryInputStyle
#define TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
#endif
/*
* Dummy types that are used by clients:
*/
typedef struct Tk_BindingTable_ *Tk_BindingTable;
typedef struct Tk_Canvas_ *Tk_Canvas;
typedef struct Tk_Cursor_ *Tk_Cursor;
typedef struct Tk_ErrorHandler_ *Tk_ErrorHandler;
typedef struct Tk_Font_ *Tk_Font;
typedef struct Tk_Image__ *Tk_Image;
typedef struct Tk_ImageMaster_ *Tk_ImageMaster;
typedef struct Tk_OptionTable_ *Tk_OptionTable;
typedef struct Tk_PostscriptInfo_ *Tk_PostscriptInfo;
typedef struct Tk_TextLayout_ *Tk_TextLayout;
typedef struct Tk_Window_ *Tk_Window;
typedef struct Tk_3DBorder_ *Tk_3DBorder;
typedef struct Tk_Style_ *Tk_Style;
typedef struct Tk_StyleEngine_ *Tk_StyleEngine;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
const char *optionName; /* Name used to specify option in Tcl
* commands. */
const char *dbName; /* Name for option in option database. */
const char *dbClass; /* Class for option in database. */
const char *defValue; /* Default value for option if not specified
* in command line, the option database, or
* the system. */
| < | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 |
const char *optionName; /* Name used to specify option in Tcl
* commands. */
const char *dbName; /* Name for option in option database. */
const char *dbClass; /* Class for option in database. */
const char *defValue; /* Default value for option if not specified
* in command line, the option database, or
* the system. */
int objOffset; /* Where in record to store a Tcl_Obj * that
* holds the value of this option, specified
* as an offset in bytes from the start of the
* record. Use the Tk_Offset macro to generate
* values for this. -1 means don't store the
* Tcl_Obj in the record. */
int internalOffset; /* Where in record to store the internal
* representation of the value of this option,
* such as an int or XColor *. This field is
* specified as an offset in bytes from the
* start of the record. Use the Tk_Offset
* macro to generate values for it. -1 means
* don't store the internal representation in
* the record. */
int flags; /* Any combination of the values defined
* below. */
ClientData clientData; /* An alternate place to put option-specific
* data. Used for the monochrome default value
* for colors, etc. */
int typeMask; /* An arbitrary bit mask defined by the class
* manager; typically bits correspond to
* certain kinds of options such as all those
* that require a redisplay when they change.
* Tk_SetOptions returns the bit-wise OR of
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 | /* * The following structure and function types are used by TK_OPTION_CUSTOM * options; the structure holds pointers to the functions needed by the Tk * option config code to handle a custom option. */ | < | < < < < < < | | | < | | | | | 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
/*
* The following structure and function types are used by TK_OPTION_CUSTOM
* options; the structure holds pointers to the functions needed by the Tk
* option config code to handle a custom option.
*/
typedef int (Tk_CustomOptionSetProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj **value, char *widgRec,
int offset, char *saveInternalPtr, int flags));
typedef Tcl_Obj *(Tk_CustomOptionGetProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset));
typedef void (Tk_CustomOptionRestoreProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr, char *saveInternalPtr));
typedef void (Tk_CustomOptionFreeProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr));
typedef struct Tk_ObjCustomOption {
const char *name; /* Name of the custom option. */
Tk_CustomOptionSetProc *setProc;
/* Function to use to set a record's option
* value from a Tcl_Obj */
Tk_CustomOptionGetProc *getProc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 | } Tk_ObjCustomOption; /* * Macro to use to fill in "offset" fields of the Tk_OptionSpec structure. * Computes number of bytes from beginning of structure to a given field. */ | < | < | 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 | } Tk_ObjCustomOption; /* * Macro to use to fill in "offset" fields of the Tk_OptionSpec structure. * Computes number of bytes from beginning of structure to a given field. */ #define Tk_Offset(type, field) ((int) offsetof(type, field)) /* Workaround for platforms missing offsetof(), e.g. VC++ 6.0 */ #ifndef offsetof # define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) ((char *) &((type *) 0)->field)) #endif /* * The following two structures are used for error handling. When config |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
* option. */
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; /* The old value of the option, in the form of
* a Tcl object; may be NULL if the value was
* not saved as an object. */
double internalForm; /* The old value of the option, in some
* internal representation such as an int or
* (XColor *). Valid only if the field
| | | < | < < < | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 |
* option. */
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; /* The old value of the option, in the form of
* a Tcl object; may be NULL if the value was
* not saved as an object. */
double internalForm; /* The old value of the option, in some
* internal representation such as an int or
* (XColor *). Valid only if the field
* optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset is < 0. The
* space must be large enough to accommodate a
* double, a long, or a pointer; right now it
* looks like a double (i.e., 8 bytes) is big
* enough. Also, using a double guarantees
* that the field is properly aligned for
* storing large values. */
} Tk_SavedOption;
#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
# define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 2
#else
# define TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS 20
#endif
typedef struct Tk_SavedOptions {
char *recordPtr; /* The data structure in which to restore
* configuration options. */
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
* restore certain options. */
int numItems; /* The number of valid items in items field. */
Tk_SavedOption items[TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS];
/* Items used to hold old values. */
struct Tk_SavedOptions *nextPtr;
/* Points to next structure in list; needed if
* too many options changed to hold all the
* old values in a single structure. NULL
* means no more structures. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 | /* * This is a temporary flag used while tkObjConfig and new widgets are in * development. */ #ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG | < | | > | | < < < < | < | 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
/*
* This is a temporary flag used while tkObjConfig and new widgets are in
* development.
*/
#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG
typedef int (Tk_OptionParseProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST84 char *value, char *widgRec,
int offset));
typedef char *(Tk_OptionPrintProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr));
typedef struct Tk_CustomOption {
Tk_OptionParseProc *parseProc;
/* Procedure to call to parse an option and
* store it in converted form. */
Tk_OptionPrintProc *printProc;
/* Procedure to return a printable string
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
386 387 388 389 390 391 392 |
* database, etc.
*/
typedef struct Tk_ConfigSpec {
int type; /* Type of option, such as TK_CONFIG_COLOR;
* see definitions below. Last option in table
* must have type TK_CONFIG_END. */
| | < | | < < < < | | 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
* database, etc.
*/
typedef struct Tk_ConfigSpec {
int type; /* Type of option, such as TK_CONFIG_COLOR;
* see definitions below. Last option in table
* must have type TK_CONFIG_END. */
char *argvName; /* Switch used to specify option in argv. NULL
* means this spec is part of a group. */
Tk_Uid dbName; /* Name for option in option database. */
Tk_Uid dbClass; /* Class for option in database. */
Tk_Uid defValue; /* Default value for option if not specified
* in command line or database. */
int offset; /* Where in widget record to store value; use
* Tk_Offset macro to generate values for
* this. */
int specFlags; /* Any combination of the values defined
* below; other bits are used internally by
* tkConfig.c. */
Tk_CustomOption *customPtr; /* If type is TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM then this is a
* pointer to info about how to parse and
* print the option. Otherwise it is
* irrelevant. */
} Tk_ConfigSpec;
/*
* Type values for Tk_ConfigSpec structures. See the user documentation for
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
442 443 444 445 446 447 448 | * (internal-use-only flags are defined there). */ #define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK (1 << 0) #define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY (1 << 1) #define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY (1 << 2) #define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT (1 << 3) | < | < | | | | | 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 |
* (internal-use-only flags are defined there).
*/
#define TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK (1 << 0)
#define TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY (1 << 1)
#define TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY (1 << 2)
#define TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT (1 << 3)
#define TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED (1 << 4)
#define TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT 0x100
#endif /* __NO_OLD_CONFIG */
/*
* Structure used to specify how to handle argv options.
*/
typedef struct {
char *key; /* The key string that flags the option in the
* argv array. */
int type; /* Indicates option type; see below. */
char *src; /* Value to be used in setting dst; usage
* depends on type. */
char *dst; /* Address of value to be modified; usage
* depends on type. */
char *help; /* Documentation message describing this
* option. */
} Tk_ArgvInfo;
/*
* Legal values for the type field of a Tk_ArgvInfo: see the user
* documentation for details.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
599 600 601 602 603 604 605 | #define TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES 16 /* * Widget class procedures used to implement platform specific widget * behavior. */ | | | | | > < < < < | 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 |
#define TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES 16
/*
* Widget class procedures used to implement platform specific widget
* behavior.
*/
typedef Window (Tk_ClassCreateProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
Window parent, ClientData instanceData));
typedef void (Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData instanceData));
typedef void (Tk_ClassModalProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
XEvent *eventPtr));
typedef struct Tk_ClassProcs {
unsigned int size;
Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *worldChangedProc;
/* Procedure to invoke when the widget needs
* to respond in some way to a change in the
* world (font changes, etc.) */
Tk_ClassCreateProc *createProc;
/* Procedure to invoke when the platform-
* dependent window needs to be created. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
634 635 636 637 638 639 640 | * (or NULL if the structure is NULL). * * A more general version of this function may be useful if other * size-versioned structure pop up in the future: * * #define Tk_GetField(name, who, which) \ * (((who) == NULL) ? NULL : | | | | | | > | | | | | 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 |
* (or NULL if the structure is NULL).
*
* A more general version of this function may be useful if other
* size-versioned structure pop up in the future:
*
* #define Tk_GetField(name, who, which) \
* (((who) == NULL) ? NULL :
* (((who)->size <= Tk_Offset(name, which)) ? NULL :(name)->which))
*/
#define Tk_GetClassProc(procs, which) \
(((procs) == NULL) ? NULL : \
(((procs)->size <= Tk_Offset(Tk_ClassProcs, which)) ? NULL:(procs)->which))
/*
* Each geometry manager (the packer, the placer, etc.) is represented by a
* structure of the following form, which indicates procedures to invoke in
* the geometry manager to carry out certain functions.
*/
typedef void (Tk_GeomRequestProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin));
typedef void (Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin));
typedef struct Tk_GeomMgr {
const char *name; /* Name of the geometry manager (command used
* to invoke it, or name of widget class that
* allows embedded widgets). */
Tk_GeomRequestProc *requestProc;
/* Procedure to invoke when a slave's
* requested geometry changes. */
Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *lostSlaveProc;
/* Procedure to invoke when a slave is taken
* away from one geometry manager by another.
* NULL means geometry manager doesn't care
* when slaves are lost. */
} Tk_GeomMgr;
/*
* Result values returned by Tk_GetScrollInfo:
*/
#define TK_SCROLL_MOVETO 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
711 712 713 714 715 716 717 |
typedef struct {
int type;
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server. */
Bool send_event; /* True if this came from a SendEvent
* request. */
Display *display; /* Display the event was read from. */
Window event; /* Window on which event was requested. */
| | | 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 |
typedef struct {
int type;
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server. */
Bool send_event; /* True if this came from a SendEvent
* request. */
Display *display; /* Display the event was read from. */
Window event; /* Window on which event was requested. */
Window root; /* Root window that the event occured on. */
Window subwindow; /* Child window. */
Time time; /* Milliseconds. */
int x, y; /* Pointer x, y coordinates in event
* window. */
int x_root, y_root; /* Coordinates relative to root. */
unsigned int state; /* Key or button mask */
Tk_Uid name; /* Name of virtual event. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
| | < | 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 |
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)
#define Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
#define Tk_IsManageable(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_WM_MANAGEABLE)
#define Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqWidth)
#define Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin) (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->reqHeight)
/* Tk_InternalBorderWidth is deprecated */
#define Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderLeft(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderLeft)
#define Tk_InternalBorderRight(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderRight)
#define Tk_InternalBorderTop(tkwin) \
(((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->internalBorderTop)
#define Tk_InternalBorderBottom(tkwin) \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
829 830 831 832 833 834 835 |
Tk_Uid classUid;
XWindowChanges changes;
unsigned int dummy6; /* dirtyChanges */
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
unsigned long dummy7; /* dirtyAtts */
unsigned int flags;
char *dummy8; /* handlerList */
| | < < < < < < < < < | 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 |
Tk_Uid classUid;
XWindowChanges changes;
unsigned int dummy6; /* dirtyChanges */
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
unsigned long dummy7; /* dirtyAtts */
unsigned int flags;
char *dummy8; /* handlerList */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
XIC dummy9; /* inputContext */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
ClientData *dummy10; /* tagPtr */
int dummy11; /* numTags */
int dummy12; /* optionLevel */
char *dummy13; /* selHandlerList */
char *dummy14; /* geomMgrPtr */
ClientData dummy15; /* geomData */
int reqWidth, reqHeight;
int internalBorderLeft;
char *dummy16; /* wmInfoPtr */
char *dummy17; /* classProcPtr */
ClientData dummy18; /* instanceData */
char *dummy19; /* privatePtr */
int internalBorderRight;
int internalBorderTop;
int internalBorderBottom;
int minReqWidth;
int minReqHeight;
} Tk_FakeWin;
/*
* Flag values for TkWindow (and Tk_FakeWin) structures are:
*
* TK_MAPPED: 1 means window is currently mapped,
* 0 means unmapped.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 | * process or elsewhere) may be embedding itself * inside the window. * TK_BOTH_HALVES: 1 means that this window is used for * application embedding (either as container or * embedded application), and both the containing * and embedded halves are associated with * windows in this particular process. * TK_WRAPPER: 1 means that this window is the extra wrapper * window created around a toplevel to hold the * menubar under Unix. See tkUnixWm.c for more * information. * TK_REPARENTED: 1 means that this window has been reparented * so that as far as the window system is * concerned it isn't a child of its Tk parent. | > > > | 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 | * process or elsewhere) may be embedding itself * inside the window. * TK_BOTH_HALVES: 1 means that this window is used for * application embedding (either as container or * embedded application), and both the containing * and embedded halves are associated with * windows in this particular process. * TK_DEFER_MODAL: 1 means that this window has deferred a modal * loop until all of the bindings for the current * event have been invoked. * TK_WRAPPER: 1 means that this window is the extra wrapper * window created around a toplevel to hold the * menubar under Unix. See tkUnixWm.c for more * information. * TK_REPARENTED: 1 means that this window has been reparented * so that as far as the window system is * concerned it isn't a child of its Tk parent. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
923 924 925 926 927 928 929 | * window's parent either doesn't exist or is not * owned by this Tk application. * TK_PROP_PROPCHANGE 1 means that PropertyNotify events in the * window's children should propagate up to this * window. * TK_WM_MANAGEABLE 1 marks a window as capable of being converted * into a toplevel using [wm manage]. | < < < < | < | > | | | > | < | < < < < | | < < < | 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 |
* window's parent either doesn't exist or is not
* owned by this Tk application.
* TK_PROP_PROPCHANGE 1 means that PropertyNotify events in the
* window's children should propagate up to this
* window.
* TK_WM_MANAGEABLE 1 marks a window as capable of being converted
* into a toplevel using [wm manage].
*/
#define TK_MAPPED 1
#define TK_TOP_LEVEL 2
#define TK_ALREADY_DEAD 4
#define TK_NEED_CONFIG_NOTIFY 8
#define TK_GRAB_FLAG 0x10
#define TK_CHECKED_IC 0x20
#define TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW 0x40
#define TK_WM_COLORMAP_WINDOW 0x80
#define TK_EMBEDDED 0x100
#define TK_CONTAINER 0x200
#define TK_BOTH_HALVES 0x400
#define TK_DEFER_MODAL 0x800
#define TK_WRAPPER 0x1000
#define TK_REPARENTED 0x2000
#define TK_ANONYMOUS_WINDOW 0x4000
#define TK_HAS_WRAPPER 0x8000
#define TK_WIN_MANAGED 0x10000
#define TK_TOP_HIERARCHY 0x20000
#define TK_PROP_PROPCHANGE 0x40000
#define TK_WM_MANAGEABLE 0x80000
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Procedure prototypes and structures used for defining new canvas items:
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef enum {
TK_STATE_NULL = -1, TK_STATE_ACTIVE, TK_STATE_DISABLED,
TK_STATE_NORMAL, TK_STATE_HIDDEN
} Tk_State;
typedef struct Tk_SmoothMethod {
char *name;
int (*coordProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
double *pointPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps,
XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]));
void (*postscriptProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr,
int numPoints, int numSteps));
} Tk_SmoothMethod;
/*
* For each item in a canvas widget there exists one record with the following
* structure. Each actual item is represented by a record with the following
* stuff at its beginning, plus additional type-specific stuff after that.
*/
#define TK_TAG_SPACE 3
typedef struct Tk_Item {
int id; /* Unique identifier for this item (also
* serves as first tag for item). */
struct Tk_Item *nextPtr; /* Next in display list of all items in this
* canvas. Later items in list are drawn on
* top of earlier ones. */
Tk_Uid staticTagSpace[TK_TAG_SPACE];
/* Built-in space for limited # of tags. */
Tk_Uid *tagPtr; /* Pointer to array of tags. Usually points to
* staticTagSpace, but may point to malloc-ed
* space if there are lots of tags. */
int tagSpace; /* Total amount of tag space available at
* tagPtr. */
int numTags; /* Number of tag slots actually used at
* *tagPtr. */
struct Tk_ItemType *typePtr;/* Table of procedures that implement this
* type of item. */
int x1, y1, x2, y2; /* Bounding box for item, in integer canvas
* units. Set by item-specific code and
* guaranteed to contain every pixel drawn in
* item. Item area includes x1 and y1 but not
* x2 and y2. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 | #define TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW 2 /* * Records of the following type are used to describe a type of item (e.g. * lines, circles, etc.) that can form part of a canvas widget. */ | | | | < | | | > > | | < < | | < | < | < < | | | < < | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | < > | | < < < < < | | | | > > | > | < | < | < < < | | 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 |
#define TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW 2
/*
* Records of the following type are used to describe a type of item (e.g.
* lines, circles, etc.) that can form part of a canvas widget.
*/
#ifdef USE_OLD_CANVAS
typedef int Tk_ItemCreateProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
char **argv));
typedef int Tk_ItemConfigureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
char **argv, int flags));
typedef int Tk_ItemCoordProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
char **argv));
#else
typedef int Tk_ItemCreateProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]));
typedef int Tk_ItemConfigureProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags));
typedef int Tk_ItemCoordProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
Tcl_Obj *const argv[]));
#endif
typedef void Tk_ItemDeleteProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display));
typedef void Tk_ItemDisplayProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height));
typedef double Tk_ItemPointProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr));
typedef int Tk_ItemAreaProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr));
typedef int Tk_ItemPostscriptProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass));
typedef void Tk_ItemScaleProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY));
typedef void Tk_ItemTranslateProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY));
typedef int Tk_ItemIndexProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, char *indexString,
int *indexPtr));
typedef void Tk_ItemCursorProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int index));
typedef int Tk_ItemSelectionProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int offset, char *buffer,
int maxBytes));
typedef void Tk_ItemInsertProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, char *string));
typedef void Tk_ItemDCharsProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last));
#ifndef __NO_OLD_CONFIG
typedef struct Tk_ItemType {
char *name; /* The name of this type of item, such as
* "line". */
int itemSize; /* Total amount of space needed for item's
* record. */
Tk_ItemCreateProc *createProc;
/* Procedure to create a new item of this
* type. */
Tk_ConfigSpec *configSpecs; /* Pointer to array of configuration specs for
* this type. Used for returning configuration
* info. */
Tk_ItemConfigureProc *configProc;
/* Procedure to call to change configuration
* options. */
Tk_ItemCoordProc *coordProc;/* Procedure to call to get and set the item's
* coordinates. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 |
Tk_ItemInsertProc *insertProc;
/* Procedure to insert something into an
* item. */
Tk_ItemDCharsProc *dCharsProc;
/* Procedure to delete characters from an
* item. */
struct Tk_ItemType *nextPtr;/* Used to link types together into a list. */
| < < | < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < | < < < | 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 |
Tk_ItemInsertProc *insertProc;
/* Procedure to insert something into an
* item. */
Tk_ItemDCharsProc *dCharsProc;
/* Procedure to delete characters from an
* item. */
struct Tk_ItemType *nextPtr;/* Used to link types together into a list. */
char *reserved1; /* Reserved for future extension. */
int reserved2; /* Carefully compatible with */
char *reserved3; /* Jan Nijtmans dash patch */
char *reserved4;
} Tk_ItemType;
#endif
/*
* The following structure provides information about the selection and the
* insertion cursor. It is needed by only a few items, such as those that
* display text. It is shared by the generic canvas code and the item-specific
* code, but most of the fields should be written only by the canvas generic
* code.
*/
typedef struct Tk_CanvasTextInfo {
Tk_3DBorder selBorder; /* Border and background for selected
* characters. Read-only to items.*/
int selBorderWidth; /* Width of border around selection. Read-only
* to items. */
XColor *selFgColorPtr; /* Foreground color for selected text.
* Read-only to items. */
Tk_Item *selItemPtr; /* Pointer to selected item. NULL means
* selection isn't in this canvas. Writable by
* items. */
int selectFirst; /* Character index of first selected
* character. Writable by items. */
int selectLast; /* Character index of last selected character.
* Writable by items. */
Tk_Item *anchorItemPtr; /* Item corresponding to "selectAnchor": not
* necessarily selItemPtr. Read-only to
* items. */
int selectAnchor; /* Character index of fixed end of selection
* (i.e. "select to" operation will use this
* as one end of the selection). Writable by
* items. */
Tk_3DBorder insertBorder; /* Used to draw vertical bar for insertion
* cursor. Read-only to items. */
int insertWidth; /* Total width of insertion cursor. Read-only
* to items. */
int insertBorderWidth; /* Width of 3-D border around insert cursor.
* Read-only to items. */
Tk_Item *focusItemPtr; /* Item that currently has the input focus, or
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 |
typedef struct Tk_TSOffset {
int flags; /* Flags; see below for possible values */
int xoffset; /* x offset */
int yoffset; /* y offset */
} Tk_TSOffset;
/*
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | > | | | > | | | | 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 |
typedef struct Tk_TSOffset {
int flags; /* Flags; see below for possible values */
int xoffset; /* x offset */
int yoffset; /* y offset */
} Tk_TSOffset;
/*
* Bit fields in Tk_Offset->flags:
*/
#define TK_OFFSET_INDEX 1
#define TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE 2
#define TK_OFFSET_LEFT 4
#define TK_OFFSET_CENTER 8
#define TK_OFFSET_RIGHT 16
#define TK_OFFSET_TOP 32
#define TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE 64
#define TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM 128
typedef struct Tk_Outline {
GC gc; /* Graphics context. */
double width; /* Width of outline. */
double activeWidth; /* Width of outline. */
double disabledWidth; /* Width of outline. */
int offset; /* Dash offset. */
Tk_Dash dash; /* Dash pattern. */
Tk_Dash activeDash; /* Dash pattern if state is active. */
Tk_Dash disabledDash; /* Dash pattern if state is disabled. */
VOID *reserved1; /* Reserved for future expansion. */
VOID *reserved2;
VOID *reserved3;
Tk_TSOffset tsoffset; /* Stipple offset for outline. */
XColor *color; /* Outline color. */
XColor *activeColor; /* Outline color if state is active. */
XColor *disabledColor; /* Outline color if state is disabled. */
Pixmap stipple; /* Outline Stipple pattern. */
Pixmap activeStipple; /* Outline Stipple pattern if state is
* active. */
Pixmap disabledStipple; /* Outline Stipple pattern if state is
* disabled. */
} Tk_Outline;
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Procedure prototypes and structures used for managing images:
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef struct Tk_ImageType Tk_ImageType;
#ifdef USE_OLD_IMAGE
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *name, int argc, char **argv, Tk_ImageType *typePtr,
Tk_ImageMaster master, ClientData *masterDataPtr));
#else
typedef int (Tk_ImageCreateProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *name, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_ImageType *typePtr,
Tk_ImageMaster master, ClientData *masterDataPtr));
#endif
typedef ClientData (Tk_ImageGetProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
ClientData masterData));
typedef void (Tk_ImageDisplayProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData instanceData,
Display *display, Drawable drawable, int imageX, int imageY,
int width, int height, int drawableX, int drawableY));
typedef void (Tk_ImageFreeProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData instanceData,
Display *display));
typedef void (Tk_ImageDeleteProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData masterData));
typedef void (Tk_ImageChangedProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth,
int imageHeight));
typedef int (Tk_ImagePostscriptProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_PostscriptInfo psinfo,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int prepass));
/*
* The following structure represents a particular type of image (bitmap, xpm
* image, etc.). It provides information common to all images of that type,
* such as the type name and a collection of procedures in the image manager
* that respond to various events. Each image manager is represented by one of
* these structures.
*/
struct Tk_ImageType {
char *name; /* Name of image type. */
Tk_ImageCreateProc *createProc;
/* Procedure to call to create a new image of
* this type. */
Tk_ImageGetProc *getProc; /* Procedure to call the first time
* Tk_GetImage is called in a new way (new
* visual or screen). */
Tk_ImageDisplayProc *displayProc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 | /* * Procedure prototypes and structures used in reading and writing photo * images: */ typedef struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat Tk_PhotoImageFormat; #ifdef USE_OLD_IMAGE | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | > | | | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 |
/*
* Procedure prototypes and structures used in reading and writing photo
* images:
*/
typedef struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat Tk_PhotoImageFormat;
#ifdef USE_OLD_IMAGE
typedef int (Tk_ImageFileMatchProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Channel chan,
char *fileName, char *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr));
typedef int (Tk_ImageStringMatchProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((char *string,
char *formatString, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr));
typedef int (Tk_ImageFileReadProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Channel chan, char *fileName, char *formatString,
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY,
int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY));
typedef int (Tk_ImageStringReadProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *string, char *formatString, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY));
typedef int (Tk_ImageFileWriteProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *fileName, char *formatString, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr));
typedef int (Tk_ImageStringWriteProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_DString *dataPtr, char *formatString,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr));
#else
typedef int (Tk_ImageFileMatchProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Channel chan,
const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp));
typedef int (Tk_ImageStringMatchProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Obj *dataObj,
Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp));
typedef int (Tk_ImageFileReadProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY,
int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY));
typedef int (Tk_ImageStringReadProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY));
typedef int (Tk_ImageFileWriteProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr));
typedef int (Tk_ImageStringWriteProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr));
#endif
/*
* The following structure represents a particular file format for storing
* images (e.g., PPM, GIF, JPEG, etc.). It provides information to allow image
* files of that format to be recognized and read into a photo image.
*/
struct Tk_PhotoImageFormat {
char *name; /* Name of image file format */
Tk_ImageFileMatchProc *fileMatchProc;
/* Procedure to call to determine whether an
* image file matches this format. */
Tk_ImageStringMatchProc *stringMatchProc;
/* Procedure to call to determine whether the
* data in a string matches this format. */
Tk_ImageFileReadProc *fileReadProc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 | #define TK_STYLE_VERSION TK_STYLE_VERSION_1 /* * The following structures and prototypes are used as static templates to * declare widget elements. */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 |
#define TK_STYLE_VERSION TK_STYLE_VERSION_1
/*
* The following structures and prototypes are used as static templates to
* declare widget elements.
*/
typedef void (Tk_GetElementSizeProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
char *recordPtr, const Tk_OptionSpec **optionsPtr, Tk_Window tkwin,
int width, int height, int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr));
typedef void (Tk_GetElementBoxProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
char *recordPtr, const Tk_OptionSpec **optionsPtr, Tk_Window tkwin,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr));
typedef int (Tk_GetElementBorderWidthProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
char *recordPtr, const Tk_OptionSpec **optionsPtr, Tk_Window tkwin));
typedef void (Tk_DrawElementProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
char *recordPtr, const Tk_OptionSpec **optionsPtr, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height, int state));
typedef struct Tk_ElementOptionSpec {
char *name; /* Name of the required option. */
Tk_OptionType type; /* Accepted option type. TK_OPTION_END means
* any. */
} Tk_ElementOptionSpec;
typedef struct Tk_ElementSpec {
int version; /* Version of the style support. */
char *name; /* Name of element. */
Tk_ElementOptionSpec *options;
/* List of required options. Last one's name
* must be NULL. */
Tk_GetElementSizeProc *getSize;
/* Compute the external (resp. internal) size
* of the element from its desired internal
* (resp. external) size. */
Tk_GetElementBoxProc *getBox;
/* Compute the inscribed or bounding boxes
* within a given area. */
Tk_GetElementBorderWidthProc *getBorderWidth;
/* Return the element's internal border width.
* Mostly useful for widgets. */
Tk_DrawElementProc *draw; /* Draw the element in the given bounding
* box. */
} Tk_ElementSpec;
/*
* Element state flags. Can be OR'ed.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 | * The definitions below provide backward compatibility for functions and * types related to event handling that used to be in Tk but have moved to * Tcl. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < | 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 | * The definitions below provide backward compatibility for functions and * types related to event handling that used to be in Tk but have moved to * Tcl. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #define TK_READABLE TCL_READABLE #define TK_WRITABLE TCL_WRITABLE #define TK_EXCEPTION TCL_EXCEPTION #define TK_DONT_WAIT TCL_DONT_WAIT #define TK_X_EVENTS TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS #define TK_WINDOW_EVENTS TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 | /* Additional stuff that has moved to Tcl: */ #define Tk_EventuallyFree Tcl_EventuallyFree #define Tk_FreeProc Tcl_FreeProc #define Tk_Preserve Tcl_Preserve #define Tk_Release Tcl_Release | < > > > > > > | | | | > | | > | > | > | | | | | < < < < | | < | 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 |
/* Additional stuff that has moved to Tcl: */
#define Tk_EventuallyFree Tcl_EventuallyFree
#define Tk_FreeProc Tcl_FreeProc
#define Tk_Preserve Tcl_Preserve
#define Tk_Release Tcl_Release
/* Removed Tk_Main, use macro instead */
#if TCL_MINOR_VERSION > 5
#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
(Tcl_FindExecutable(0), (Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
#else
#define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, \
(Tcl_FindExecutable(argv[0]), (Tcl_CreateInterp)()))
#endif
#else
#define Tk_Main(argc, argv, proc) \
Tk_MainEx(argc, argv, proc, (Tcl_CreateInterp)())
#endif
const char * Tk_InitStubs _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *version, int exact));
EXTERN const char * Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *version, int exact));
#ifndef USE_TK_STUBS
#define Tk_InitStubs(interp, version, exact) \
Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(interp, version, exact)
#endif /* USE_TK_STUBS */
#define Tk_InitImageArgs(interp, argc, argv) /**/
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Additional procedure types defined by Tk.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef int (Tk_ErrorProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
XErrorEvent *errEventPtr));
typedef void (Tk_EventProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr));
typedef int (Tk_GenericProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr));
typedef int (Tk_ClientMessageProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin,
XEvent *eventPtr));
typedef int (Tk_GetSelProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, char *portion));
typedef void (Tk_LostSelProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData));
typedef Tk_RestrictAction (Tk_RestrictProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((
ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr));
typedef int (Tk_SelectionProc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData,
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes));
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Platform independent exported procedures and variables.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 | #define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat #endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */ /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra | | < | 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 | #define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat #endif /* USE_OLD_IMAGE */ /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Allow users to say that they don't want to alter their source to add extra * arguments to Tk_PhotoPutBlock() et al; DO NOT DEFINE THIS WHEN BUILDING TK. * * This goes after the inclusion of the stubbed-decls so that the declarations * of what is actually there can be correct. */ #ifdef USE_COMPOSITELESS_PHOTO_PUT_BLOCK # ifdef Tk_PhotoPutBlock # undef Tk_PhotoPutBlock # endif # define Tk_PhotoPutBlock Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite # ifdef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock # undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 | # endif # define Tk_PhotoExpand Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic # ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize # undef Tk_PhotoSetSize # endif # define Tk_PhotoSetSize Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic #endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */ | < | 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 | # endif # define Tk_PhotoExpand Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic # ifdef Tk_PhotoSetSize # undef Tk_PhotoSetSize # endif # define Tk_PhotoSetSize Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic #endif /* USE_PANIC_ON_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE */ #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* RC_INVOKED */ /* |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tk3d.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | #include "tk3d.h" /* * The following table defines the string values for reliefs, which are used * by Tk_GetReliefFromObj. */ | | < | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
#include "tk3d.h"
/*
* The following table defines the string values for reliefs, which are used
* by Tk_GetReliefFromObj.
*/
static CONST char *reliefStrings[] = {
"flat", "groove", "raised", "ridge", "solid", "sunken", NULL
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void BorderInit(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
static void DupBorderObjProc(Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr);
static void FreeBorderObjProc(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int Intersect(XPoint *a1Ptr, XPoint *a2Ptr,
XPoint *b1Ptr, XPoint *b2Ptr, XPoint *iPtr);
static void InitBorderObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void ShiftLine(XPoint *p1Ptr, XPoint *p2Ptr,
int distance, XPoint *p3Ptr);
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "border" Tcl
* object, used for drawing. The border object remembers the hash table entry
* associated with a border. The actual allocation and deallocation of the
* border should be done by the configuration package when the border option
* is set.
*/
Tcl_ObjType tkBorderObjType = {
"border", /* name */
FreeBorderObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupBorderObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
NULL /* setFromAnyProc */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | * Tk_Draw3DRectangle and Tk_Free3DBorder. If an error prevented the * border from being created then NULL is returned and an error message * will be left in the interp's result. * * Side effects: * The border is added to an internal database with a reference count. * For each call to this function, there should eventually be a call to | | | | | > | > | | | | | | | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
* Tk_Draw3DRectangle and Tk_Free3DBorder. If an error prevented the
* border from being created then NULL is returned and an error message
* will be left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* The border is added to an internal database with a reference count.
* For each call to this function, there should eventually be a call to
* FreeBorderObjProc so that the database is cleaned up when borders
* aren't in use anymore.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_3DBorder
Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error results. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Need the screen the border is used on.*/
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object giving name of color for window
* background. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkBorderObjType) {
InitBorderObj(objPtr);
}
borderPtr = (TkBorder *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
/*
* If the object currently points to a TkBorder, see if it's the one we
* want. If so, increment its reference count and return.
*/
if (borderPtr != NULL) {
if (borderPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) {
/*
* This is a stale reference: it refers to a border that's no
* longer in use. Clear the reference.
*/
FreeBorderObjProc(objPtr);
borderPtr = NULL;
} else if ((Tk_Screen(tkwin) == borderPtr->screen)
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == borderPtr->colormap)) {
borderPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return (Tk_3DBorder) borderPtr;
}
}
/*
* The object didn't point to the border that we wanted. Search the list
* of borders with the same name to see if one of the others is the right
* one.
*/
/*
* If the cached value is NULL, either the object type was not a color
* going in, or the object is a color type but had previously been freed.
*
* If the value is not NULL, the internal rep is the value of the color
* the last time this object was accessed. Check the screen and colormap
* of the last access, and if they match, we are done.
*/
if (borderPtr != NULL) {
TkBorder *firstBorderPtr =
(TkBorder *) Tcl_GetHashValue(borderPtr->hashPtr);
FreeBorderObjProc(objPtr);
for (borderPtr = firstBorderPtr ; borderPtr != NULL;
borderPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((Tk_Screen(tkwin) == borderPtr->screen)
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == borderPtr->colormap)) {
borderPtr->resourceRefCount++;
borderPtr->objRefCount++;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) borderPtr;
return (Tk_3DBorder) borderPtr;
}
}
}
/*
* Still no luck. Call Tk_Get3DBorder to allocate a new border.
*/
borderPtr = (TkBorder *) Tk_Get3DBorder(interp, tkwin,
Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) borderPtr;
if (borderPtr != NULL) {
borderPtr->objRefCount++;
}
return (Tk_3DBorder) borderPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
196 197 198 199 200 201 202 |
if (!dispPtr->borderInit) {
BorderInit(dispPtr);
}
hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->borderTable, colorName, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
| | | 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
if (!dispPtr->borderInit) {
BorderInit(dispPtr);
}
hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->borderTable, colorName, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
existingBorderPtr = (TkBorder *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
for (borderPtr = existingBorderPtr; borderPtr != NULL;
borderPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((Tk_Screen(tkwin) == borderPtr->screen)
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == borderPtr->colormap)) {
borderPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return (Tk_3DBorder) borderPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_NameOf3DBorder(
Tk_3DBorder border) /* Token for border. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
return borderPtr->hashPtr->key.string;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
Tk_Free3DBorder(
Tk_3DBorder border) /* Token for border to be released. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
Display *display = DisplayOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
TkBorder *prevPtr;
| > | | | 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 |
Tk_Free3DBorder(
Tk_3DBorder border) /* Token for border to be released. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
Display *display = DisplayOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
TkBorder *prevPtr;
borderPtr->resourceRefCount--;
if (borderPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
return;
}
prevPtr = (TkBorder *) Tcl_GetHashValue(borderPtr->hashPtr);
TkpFreeBorder(borderPtr);
if (borderPtr->bgColorPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(borderPtr->bgColorPtr);
}
if (borderPtr->darkColorPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(borderPtr->darkColorPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
456 457 458 459 460 461 462 |
} else {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != borderPtr) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr;
}
if (borderPtr->objRefCount == 0) {
| | | 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 |
} else {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != borderPtr) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr;
}
if (borderPtr->objRefCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) borderPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
void
Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window this border lives in. Needed for
* the screen and colormap values. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The Tcl_Obj * to be freed. */
{
Tk_Free3DBorder(Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
| | | < < < < < < < < | | | 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 |
void
Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window this border lives in. Needed for
* the screen and colormap values. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The Tcl_Obj * to be freed. */
{
Tk_Free3DBorder(Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
FreeBorderObjProc(objPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeBorderObjProc --
*
* This proc is called to release an object reference to a border. Called
* when the object's internal rep is released or when the cached
* borderPtr needs to be changed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The object reference count is decremented. When both it and the hash
* ref count go to zero, the border's resources are released.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeBorderObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object we are releasing. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (borderPtr != NULL) {
borderPtr->objRefCount--;
if ((borderPtr->objRefCount == 0)
&& (borderPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
ckfree((char *) borderPtr);
}
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
557 558 559 560 561 562 563 |
*/
static void
DupBorderObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
| | | | 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 |
*/
static void
DupBorderObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) borderPtr;
if (borderPtr != NULL) {
borderPtr->objRefCount++;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
*/
void
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose background is to be set. */
Tk_3DBorder border) /* Token for border. */
{
| | | 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
*/
void
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose background is to be set. */
Tk_3DBorder border) /* Token for border. */
{
register TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
Tk_SetWindowBackground(tkwin, borderPtr->bgColorPtr->pixel);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
619 620 621 622 623 624 625 |
int
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object we are trying to get the value
* from. */
int *resultPtr) /* Where to place the answer. */
{
| | | | 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
int
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object we are trying to get the value
* from. */
int *resultPtr) /* Where to place the answer. */
{
return Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr, reliefStrings, "relief", 0,
resultPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetRelief --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetRelief(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
| | | | > | | | | | 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetRelief(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
CONST char *name, /* Name of a relief type. */
int *reliefPtr) /* Where to store converted relief. */
{
char c;
size_t length;
c = name[0];
length = strlen(name);
if ((c == 'f') && (strncmp(name, "flat", length) == 0)) {
*reliefPtr = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
} else if ((c == 'g') && (strncmp(name, "groove", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 2)) {
*reliefPtr = TK_RELIEF_GROOVE;
} else if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(name, "raised", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 2)) {
*reliefPtr = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
} else if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(name, "ridge", length) == 0)) {
*reliefPtr = TK_RELIEF_RIDGE;
} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(name, "solid", length) == 0)) {
*reliefPtr = TK_RELIEF_SOLID;
} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(name, "sunken", length) == 0)) {
*reliefPtr = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
} else {
char buf[200];
sprintf(buf, "bad relief type \"%.50s\": must be %s",
name, "flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken");
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
693 694 695 696 697 698 699 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_NameOfRelief(
int relief) /* One of TK_RELIEF_FLAT, TK_RELIEF_RAISED, or
* TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN. */
{
if (relief == TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
return "flat";
} else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
754 755 756 757 758 759 760 |
* negative. */
int leftRelief) /* TK_RELIEF_RAISED or TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN:
* indicates how stuff to left of trajectory
* looks relative to stuff on right. */
{
XPoint poly[4], b1, b2, newB1, newB2;
XPoint perp, c, shift1, shift2; /* Used for handling parallel lines. */
| | | > | 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 |
* negative. */
int leftRelief) /* TK_RELIEF_RAISED or TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN:
* indicates how stuff to left of trajectory
* looks relative to stuff on right. */
{
XPoint poly[4], b1, b2, newB1, newB2;
XPoint perp, c, shift1, shift2; /* Used for handling parallel lines. */
register XPoint *p1Ptr, *p2Ptr;
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
GC gc;
int i, lightOnLeft, dx, dy, parallel, pointsSeen;
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
if (borderPtr->lightGC == NULL) {
TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin);
}
/*
* Handle grooves and ridges with recursive calls.
*/
if ((leftRelief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) || (leftRelief == TK_RELIEF_RIDGE)) {
int halfWidth;
halfWidth = borderWidth/2;
Tk_Draw3DPolygon(tkwin, drawable, border, pointPtr, numPoints,
halfWidth, (leftRelief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) ? TK_RELIEF_RAISED
: TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
Tk_Draw3DPolygon(tkwin, drawable, border, pointPtr, numPoints,
-halfWidth, (leftRelief == TK_RELIEF_GROOVE) ? TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN
: TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
951 952 953 954 955 956 957 |
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Outside area of rectangular region. */
int borderWidth, /* Desired width for border, in pixels. Border
* will be *inside* region. */
int relief) /* Indicates 3D effect: TK_RELIEF_FLAT,
* TK_RELIEF_RAISED, or TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN. */
{
| | | 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 |
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Outside area of rectangular region. */
int borderWidth, /* Desired width for border, in pixels. Border
* will be *inside* region. */
int relief) /* Indicates 3D effect: TK_RELIEF_FLAT,
* TK_RELIEF_RAISED, or TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN. */
{
register TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
int doubleBorder;
/*
* This code is slightly tricky because it only draws the background in
* areas not covered by the 3D border. This avoids flashing effects on the
* screen for the border region.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
980 981 982 983 984 985 986 |
}
}
doubleBorder = 2*borderWidth;
if ((width > doubleBorder) && (height > doubleBorder)) {
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), drawable, borderPtr->bgGC,
x + borderWidth, y + borderWidth,
| | | | 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 |
}
}
doubleBorder = 2*borderWidth;
if ((width > doubleBorder) && (height > doubleBorder)) {
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), drawable, borderPtr->bgGC,
x + borderWidth, y + borderWidth,
(unsigned int) (width - doubleBorder),
(unsigned int) (height - doubleBorder));
}
if (borderWidth) {
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width,
height, borderWidth, relief);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 |
* left of the polygon's trajectory. May be
* negative. */
int leftRelief) /* Indicates 3D effect of left side of
* trajectory relative to right:
* TK_RELIEF_FLAT, TK_RELIEF_RAISED, or
* TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN. */
{
| | | 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 |
* left of the polygon's trajectory. May be
* negative. */
int leftRelief) /* Indicates 3D effect of left side of
* trajectory relative to right:
* TK_RELIEF_FLAT, TK_RELIEF_RAISED, or
* TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN. */
{
register TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
XFillPolygon(Tk_Display(tkwin), drawable, borderPtr->bgGC,
pointPtr, numPoints, Complex, CoordModeOrigin);
if (leftRelief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
Tk_Draw3DPolygon(tkwin, drawable, border, pointPtr, numPoints,
borderWidth, leftRelief);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 |
XPoint *p2Ptr, /* Second point on line. */
int distance, /* New line is to be this many units to the
* left of original line, when looking from p1
* to p2. May be negative. */
XPoint *p3Ptr) /* Store coords of point on new line here. */
{
int dx, dy, dxNeg, dyNeg;
| > > | < | | < | < | | < | | > > > | 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 |
XPoint *p2Ptr, /* Second point on line. */
int distance, /* New line is to be this many units to the
* left of original line, when looking from p1
* to p2. May be negative. */
XPoint *p3Ptr) /* Store coords of point on new line here. */
{
int dx, dy, dxNeg, dyNeg;
/*
* The table below is used for a quick approximation in computing the new
* point. An index into the table is 128 times the slope of the original
* line (the slope must always be between 0 and 1). The value of the table
* entry is 128 times the amount to displace the new line in y for each
* unit of perpendicular distance. In other words, the table maps from the
* tangent of an angle to the inverse of its cosine. If the slope of the
* original line is greater than 1, then the displacement is done in x
* rather than in y.
*/
static int shiftTable[129];
/*
* Initialize the table if this is the first time it is used.
*/
if (shiftTable[0] == 0) {
int i;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 |
/*
* If we are lucky (and the user doesn't use too many different displays,
* screens, or colormaps...) then the TkBorder structure we need will be
* cached in the internal representation of the Tcl_Obj. Check it out...
*/
| | | 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 |
/*
* If we are lucky (and the user doesn't use too many different displays,
* screens, or colormaps...) then the TkBorder structure we need will be
* cached in the internal representation of the Tcl_Obj. Check it out...
*/
borderPtr = (TkBorder *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if ((borderPtr != NULL)
&& (borderPtr->resourceRefCount > 0)
&& (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == borderPtr->screen)
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == borderPtr->colormap)) {
/*
* The object already points to the right border structure. Just
* return it.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 |
* find the right TkBorder structure.
*/
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->borderTable, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
if (hashPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
| | | | | | 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 |
* find the right TkBorder structure.
*/
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->borderTable, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
if (hashPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
for (borderPtr = (TkBorder *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
(borderPtr != NULL); borderPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((Tk_Screen(tkwin) == borderPtr->screen)
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == borderPtr->colormap)) {
FreeBorderObjProc(objPtr);
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) borderPtr;
borderPtr->objRefCount++;
return (Tk_3DBorder) borderPtr;
}
}
error:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj called with non-existent border!");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 | * Results: * The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs during * conversion, an error message is left in the interpreter's result * unless "interp" is NULL. * * Side effects: * If no error occurs, a blank internal format for a border value is | | | | 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 |
* Results:
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs during
* conversion, an error message is left in the interpreter's result
* unless "interp" is NULL.
*
* Side effects:
* If no error occurs, a blank internal format for a border value is
* intialized. The final form cannot be done without a Tk_Window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
InitBorderObj(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &tkBorderObjType;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the border will be used
* (not currently used). */
| | > | | < | < | | | 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the border will be used
* (not currently used). */
char *name) /* Name of the desired color. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *objPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->borderTable, name);
if (hashPtr != NULL) {
borderPtr = (TkBorder *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (borderPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBorder found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (borderPtr != NULL); borderPtr = borderPtr->nextPtr) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(borderPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(borderPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tk3d.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TK3D #define _TK3D | | > > > > > | | | > | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#ifndef _TK3D
#define _TK3D
#include <tkInt.h>
#ifdef BUILD_tk
# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
* One of the following data structures is allocated for each 3-D border
* currently in use. Structures of this type are indexed by borderTable, so
* that a single structure can be shared for several uses.
*/
typedef struct TkBorder {
Screen *screen; /* Screen on which the border will be used. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual for all windows and pixmaps using
* the border. */
int depth; /* Number of bits per pixel of drawables where
* the border will be used. */
Colormap colormap; /* Colormap out of which pixels are
* allocated. */
int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this color (each
* active use corresponds to a call to
* Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj or Tk_Get3DBorder).
* If this count is 0, then this structure is
* no longer valid and it isn't present in
* borderTable: it is being kept around only
* because there are objects referring to it.
* The structure is freed when
* resourceRefCount and objRefCount are both
* 0. */
int objRefCount; /* The number of Tcl objects that reference
* this structure. */
XColor *bgColorPtr; /* Background color (intensity between
* lightColorPtr and darkColorPtr). */
XColor *darkColorPtr; /* Color for darker areas (must free when
* deleting structure). NULL means shadows
* haven't been allocated yet.*/
XColor *lightColorPtr; /* Color used for lighter areas of border
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 | * Declarations for platform specific interfaces used by this module. */ MODULE_SCOPE TkBorder *TkpGetBorder(void); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpGetShadows(TkBorder *borderPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpFreeBorder(TkBorder *borderPtr); #endif /* _TK3D */ | > > > | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | * Declarations for platform specific interfaces used by this module. */ MODULE_SCOPE TkBorder *TkpGetBorder(void); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpGetShadows(TkBorder *borderPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpFreeBorder(TkBorder *borderPtr); # undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TK3D */ |
Changes to generic/tkArgv.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | #include "tkInt.h" /* * Default table of argument descriptors. These are normally available in * every application. */ | | | | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* Default table of argument descriptors. These are normally available in
* every application.
*/
static Tk_ArgvInfo defaultTable[] = {
{"-help", TK_ARGV_HELP, NULL, NULL,
"Print summary of command-line options and abort"},
{NULL, TK_ARGV_END, NULL, NULL, NULL}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void PrintUsage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable,
int flags);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ParseArgv --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
int
Tk_ParseArgv(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Place to store error message. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to use for setting Tk options. NULL
* means ignore Tk option specs. */
int *argcPtr, /* Number of arguments in argv. Modified to
* hold # args left in argv at end. */
| | | | | | | < | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
int
Tk_ParseArgv(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Place to store error message. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to use for setting Tk options. NULL
* means ignore Tk option specs. */
int *argcPtr, /* Number of arguments in argv. Modified to
* hold # args left in argv at end. */
CONST char **argv, /* Array of arguments. Modified to hold those
* that couldn't be processed here. */
Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, /* Array of option descriptions */
int flags) /* Or'ed combination of various flag bits,
* such as TK_ARGV_NO_DEFAULTS. */
{
register Tk_ArgvInfo *infoPtr;
/* Pointer to the current entry in the table
* of argument descriptions. */
Tk_ArgvInfo *matchPtr; /* Descriptor that matches current argument. */
CONST char *curArg; /* Current argument */
register char c; /* Second character of current arg (used for
* quick check for matching; use 2nd char.
* because first char. will almost always be
* '-'). */
int srcIndex; /* Location from which to read next argument
* from argv. */
int dstIndex; /* Index into argv to which next unused
* argument should be copied (never greater
* than srcIndex). */
int argc; /* # arguments in argv still to process. */
size_t length; /* Number of characters in current argument. */
int i;
if (flags & TK_ARGV_DONT_SKIP_FIRST_ARG) {
srcIndex = dstIndex = 0;
argc = *argcPtr;
} else {
srcIndex = dstIndex = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
136 137 138 139 140 141 142 |
matchPtr = infoPtr;
goto gotMatch;
}
if (flags & TK_ARGV_NO_ABBREV) {
continue;
}
if (matchPtr != NULL) {
| < | < | < | < | > > | | | | < | | | | | | > | | > > | | | | | | < | | | | > | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < | > | | | > | | < | 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 |
matchPtr = infoPtr;
goto gotMatch;
}
if (flags & TK_ARGV_NO_ABBREV) {
continue;
}
if (matchPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous option \"", curArg,
"\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
matchPtr = infoPtr;
}
}
if (matchPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Unrecognized argument. Just copy it down, unless the caller
* prefers an error to be registered.
*/
if (flags & TK_ARGV_NO_LEFTOVERS) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unrecognized argument \"",
curArg, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv[dstIndex] = curArg;
dstIndex++;
continue;
}
/*
* Take the appropriate action based on the option type
*/
gotMatch:
infoPtr = matchPtr;
switch (infoPtr->type) {
case TK_ARGV_CONSTANT:
*((int *) infoPtr->dst) = PTR2INT(infoPtr->src);
break;
case TK_ARGV_INT:
if (argc == 0) {
goto missingArg;
} else {
char *endPtr;
*((int *) infoPtr->dst) = strtol(argv[srcIndex], &endPtr, 0);
if ((endPtr == argv[srcIndex]) || (*endPtr != 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"expected integer argument for \"",
infoPtr->key, "\" but got \"", argv[srcIndex],
"\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
srcIndex++;
argc--;
}
break;
case TK_ARGV_STRING:
if (argc == 0) {
goto missingArg;
}
*((CONST char **)infoPtr->dst) = argv[srcIndex];
srcIndex++;
argc--;
break;
case TK_ARGV_UID:
if (argc == 0) {
goto missingArg;
}
*((Tk_Uid *)infoPtr->dst) = Tk_GetUid(argv[srcIndex]);
srcIndex++;
argc--;
break;
case TK_ARGV_REST:
*((int *) infoPtr->dst) = dstIndex;
goto argsDone;
case TK_ARGV_FLOAT:
if (argc == 0) {
goto missingArg;
} else {
char *endPtr;
*((double *) infoPtr->dst) = strtod(argv[srcIndex], &endPtr);
if ((endPtr == argv[srcIndex]) || (*endPtr != 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "expected floating-point ",
"argument for \"", infoPtr->key, "\" but got \"",
argv[srcIndex], "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
srcIndex++;
argc--;
}
break;
case TK_ARGV_FUNC: {
typedef int (ArgvFunc)(char *, char *, CONST char *);
ArgvFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvFunc *) infoPtr->src;
if ((*handlerProc)(infoPtr->dst, infoPtr->key, argv[srcIndex])) {
srcIndex++;
argc--;
}
break;
}
case TK_ARGV_GENFUNC: {
typedef int (ArgvGenFunc)(char *, Tcl_Interp *, char *, int,
CONST char **);
ArgvGenFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvGenFunc *) infoPtr->src;
argc = (*handlerProc)(infoPtr->dst, interp, infoPtr->key,
argc, argv+srcIndex);
if (argc < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
case TK_ARGV_HELP:
PrintUsage(interp, argTable, flags);
return TCL_ERROR;
case TK_ARGV_CONST_OPTION:
Tk_AddOption(tkwin, infoPtr->dst, infoPtr->src,
TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO);
break;
case TK_ARGV_OPTION_VALUE:
if (argc < 1) {
goto missingArg;
}
Tk_AddOption(tkwin, infoPtr->dst, argv[srcIndex],
TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO);
srcIndex++;
argc--;
break;
case TK_ARGV_OPTION_NAME_VALUE:
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\"", curArg,
"\" option requires two following arguments", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_AddOption(tkwin, argv[srcIndex], argv[srcIndex+1],
TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO);
srcIndex += 2;
argc -= 2;
break;
default: {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "bad argument type %d in Tk_ArgvInfo", infoPtr->type);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/*
* If we broke out of the loop because of an OPT_REST argument, copy the
* remaining arguments down.
*/
argsDone:
while (argc) {
argv[dstIndex] = argv[srcIndex];
srcIndex++;
dstIndex++;
argc--;
}
argv[dstIndex] = NULL;
*argcPtr = dstIndex;
return TCL_OK;
missingArg:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\"", curArg,
"\" option requires an additional argument", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PrintUsage --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PrintUsage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Place information in this interp's result
* area. */
| | | | < | | | | | < | > < | > < | > | < | 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PrintUsage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Place information in this interp's result
* area. */
Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, /* Array of command-specific argument
* descriptions. */
int flags) /* If the TK_ARGV_NO_DEFAULTS bit is set in
* this word, then don't generate information
* for default options. */
{
register Tk_ArgvInfo *infoPtr;
size_t width, i, numSpaces;
char tmp[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
/*
* First, compute the width of the widest option key, so that we can make
* everything line up.
*/
width = 4;
for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
for (infoPtr = i ? defaultTable : argTable;
infoPtr->type != TK_ARGV_END; infoPtr++) {
size_t length;
if (infoPtr->key == NULL) {
continue;
}
length = strlen(infoPtr->key);
if (length > width) {
width = length;
}
}
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Command-specific options:", NULL);
for (i = 0; ; i++) {
for (infoPtr = i ? defaultTable : argTable;
infoPtr->type != TK_ARGV_END; infoPtr++) {
if ((infoPtr->type == TK_ARGV_HELP) && (infoPtr->key == NULL)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", infoPtr->help, NULL);
continue;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n ", infoPtr->key, ":", NULL);
numSpaces = width + 1 - strlen(infoPtr->key);
while (numSpaces-- > 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, infoPtr->help, NULL);
switch (infoPtr->type) {
case TK_ARGV_INT:
sprintf(tmp, "%d", *((int *) infoPtr->dst));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n\t\tDefault value: ", tmp, NULL);
break;
case TK_ARGV_FLOAT:
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, *((double *) infoPtr->dst), tmp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n\t\tDefault value: ", tmp, NULL);
break;
case TK_ARGV_STRING: {
char *string = *((char **) infoPtr->dst);
if (string != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n\t\tDefault value: \"", string,
"\"", NULL);
}
break;
}
default:
break;
}
}
if ((flags & TK_ARGV_NO_DEFAULTS) || (i > 0)) {
break;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\nGeneric options for all commands:", NULL);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Deleted generic/tkArray.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkAtom.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | #include "tkInt.h" /* * The following are a list of the predefined atom strings. They should match * those found in xatom.h */ | | | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* The following are a list of the predefined atom strings. They should match
* those found in xatom.h
*/
static const char *atomNameArray[] = {
"PRIMARY", "SECONDARY", "ARC",
"ATOM", "BITMAP", "CARDINAL",
"COLORMAP", "CURSOR", "CUT_BUFFER0",
"CUT_BUFFER1", "CUT_BUFFER2", "CUT_BUFFER3",
"CUT_BUFFER4", "CUT_BUFFER5", "CUT_BUFFER6",
"CUT_BUFFER7", "DRAWABLE", "FONT",
"INTEGER", "PIXMAP", "POINT",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Atom
Tk_InternAtom(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window token; map name to atom for this
* window's display. */
| | | | | | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Atom
Tk_InternAtom(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window token; map name to atom for this
* window's display. */
CONST char *name) /* Name to turn into atom. */
{
register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int isNew;
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->atomInit) {
AtomInit(dispPtr);
}
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr2;
Atom atom;
atom = XInternAtom(dispPtr->display, name, False);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
hPtr2 = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr2, Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr));
}
return (Atom) PTR2INT(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetAtomName --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
117 118 119 120 121 122 123 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | < | | > > | | | | | | | | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_GetAtomName(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window token; map atom to name relative to
* this window's display. */
Atom atom) /* Atom whose name is wanted. */
{
register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->atomInit) {
AtomInit(dispPtr);
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom));
if (hPtr == NULL) {
char *name;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
int isNew, mustFree;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(dispPtr->display, BadAtom, -1, -1,
NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
name = XGetAtomName(dispPtr->display, atom);
mustFree = 1;
if (name == NULL) {
name = "?bad atom?";
mustFree = 0;
}
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
if (mustFree) {
XFree(name);
}
name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, name);
}
return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AtomInit --
*
* Initialize atom-related information for a display.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Tables get initialized, etc. etc..
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AtomInit(
register TkDisplay *dispPtr)/* Display to initialize. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Atom atom;
dispPtr->atomInit = 1;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->nameTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->atomTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
for (atom = 1; atom <= XA_LAST_PREDEFINED; atom++) {
const char *name;
int isNew;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
continue;
}
name = atomNameArray[atom - 1];
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->nameTable, name, &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, INT2PTR(atom));
name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&dispPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->atomTable, INT2PTR(atom), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, name);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkBind.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkBind.c -- * * This file provides functions that associate Tcl commands with X events * or sequences of X events. * * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation. | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > | > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < > | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > < < | | | > | > > > | | > > > > | < | > | | > | | > | > > | > | | > | | > | | | | > | < < < | | < | | | > | > | | > | | | < < < < < < < < | < < < | > | > > | | > | > > | > > | > | > | | > | < > | | | | > | | < > | > | | > > | < > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | > | > > > | | < < | | | | > > > > > > > > | | > | > | > | > | > | | | | | < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
/*
* tkBind.c --
*
* This file provides functions that associate Tcl commands with X events
* or sequences of X events.
*
* Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#ifdef __WIN32__
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#else
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif
/*
* File structure:
*
* Structure definitions and static variables.
*
* Init/Free this package.
*
* Tcl "bind" command (actually located in tkCmds.c).
* "bind" command implementation.
* "bind" implementation helpers.
*
* Tcl "event" command.
* "event" command implementation.
* "event" implementation helpers.
*
* Package-specific common helpers.
*
* Non-package-specific helpers.
*/
/*
* The following union is used to hold the detail information from an XEvent
* (including Tk's XVirtualEvent extension).
*/
typedef union {
KeySym keySym; /* KeySym that corresponds to xkey.keycode. */
int button; /* Button that was pressed (xbutton.button). */
Tk_Uid name; /* Tk_Uid of virtual event. */
ClientData clientData; /* Used when type of Detail is unknown, and to
* ensure that all bytes of Detail are
* initialized when this structure is used in
* a hash key. */
} Detail;
/*
* The structure below represents a binding table. A binding table represents
* a domain in which event bindings may occur. It includes a space of objects
* relative to which events occur (usually windows, but not always), a history
* of recent events in the domain, and a set of mappings that associate
* particular Tcl commands with sequences of events in the domain. Multiple
* binding tables may exist at once, either because there are multiple
* applications open, or because there are multiple domains within an
* application with separate event bindings for each (for example, each canvas
* widget has a separate binding table for associating events with the items
* in the canvas).
*
* Note: it is probably a bad idea to reduce EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE much below 30.
* To see this, consider a triple mouse button click while the Shift key is
* down (and auto-repeating). There may be as many as 3 auto-repeat events
* after each mouse button press or release (see the first large comment block
* within Tk_BindEvent for more on this), for a total of 20 events to cover
* the three button presses and two intervening releases. If you reduce
* EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE too much, shift multi-clicks will be lost.
*/
#define EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE 30
typedef struct BindingTable {
XEvent eventRing[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE];
/* Circular queue of recent events (higher
* indices are for more recent events). */
Detail detailRing[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE];
/* "Detail" information (keySym, button,
* Tk_Uid, or 0) for each entry in
* eventRing. */
int curEvent; /* Index in eventRing of most recent event.
* Newer events have higher indices. */
Tcl_HashTable patternTable; /* Used to map from an event to a list of
* patterns that may match that event. Keys
* are PatternTableKey structs, values are
* (PatSeq *). */
Tcl_HashTable objectTable; /* Used to map from an object to a list of
* patterns associated with that object. Keys
* are ClientData, values are (PatSeq *). */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which commands are
* executed. */
} BindingTable;
/*
* The following structure represents virtual event table. A virtual event
* table provides a way to map from platform-specific physical events such as
* button clicks or key presses to virtual events such as <<Paste>>,
* <<Close>>, or <<ScrollWindow>>.
*
* A virtual event is usually never part of the event stream, but instead is
* synthesized inline by matching low-level events. However, a virtual event
* may be generated by platform-specific code or by Tcl scripts. In that case,
* no lookup of the virtual event will need to be done using this table,
* because the virtual event is actually in the event stream.
*/
typedef struct VirtualEventTable {
Tcl_HashTable patternTable; /* Used to map from a physical event to a list
* of patterns that may match that event. Keys
* are PatternTableKey structs, values are
* (PatSeq *). */
Tcl_HashTable nameTable; /* Used to map a virtual event name to the
* array of physical events that can trigger
* it. Keys are the Tk_Uid names of the
* virtual events, values are PhysicalsOwned
* structs. */
} VirtualEventTable;
/*
* The following structure is used as a key in a patternTable for both binding
* tables and a virtual event tables.
*
* In a binding table, the object field corresponds to the binding tag for the
* widget whose bindings are being accessed.
*
* In a virtual event table, the object field is always NULL. Virtual events
* are a global definiton and are not tied to a particular binding tag.
*
* The same key is used for both types of pattern tables so that the helper
* functions that traverse and match patterns will work for both binding
* tables and virtual event tables.
*/
typedef struct PatternTableKey {
ClientData object; /* For binding table, identifies the binding
* tag of the object (or class of objects)
* relative to which the event occurred. For
* virtual event table, always NULL. */
int type; /* Type of event (from X). */
Detail detail; /* Additional information, such as keysym,
* button, Tk_Uid, or 0 if nothing
* additional. */
} PatternTableKey;
/*
* The following structure defines a pattern, which is matched against X
* events as part of the process of converting X events into Tcl commands.
*/
typedef struct TkPattern {
int eventType; /* Type of X event, e.g. ButtonPress. */
int needMods; /* Mask of modifiers that must be present (0
* means no modifiers are required). */
Detail detail; /* Additional information that must match
* event. Normally this is 0, meaning no
* additional information must match. For
* KeyPress and KeyRelease events, a keySym
* may be specified to select a particular
* keystroke (0 means any keystrokes). For
* button events, specifies a particular
* button (0 means any buttons are OK). For
* virtual events, specifies the Tk_Uid of the
* virtual event name (never 0). */
} TkPattern;
/*
* The following structure defines a pattern sequence, which consists of one
* or more patterns. In order to trigger, a pattern sequence must match the
* most recent X events (first pattern to most recent event, next pattern to
* next event, and so on). It is used as the hash value in a patternTable for
* both binding tables and virtual event tables.
*
* In a binding table, it is the sequence of physical events that make up a
* binding for an object.
*
* In a virtual event table, it is the sequence of physical events that define
* a virtual event.
*
* The same structure is used for both types of pattern tables so that the
* helper functions that traverse and match patterns will work for both
* binding tables and virtual event tables.
*/
typedef struct PatSeq {
int numPats; /* Number of patterns in sequence (usually
* 1). */
TkBindEvalProc *eventProc; /* The function that will be invoked on the
* clientData when this pattern sequence
* matches. */
TkBindFreeProc *freeProc; /* The function that will be invoked to
* release the clientData when this pattern
* sequence is freed. */
ClientData clientData; /* Arbitray data passed to eventProc and
* freeProc when sequence matches. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flag values; see below for
* definitions. */
int refCount; /* Number of times that this binding is in the
* midst of executing. If greater than 1, then
* a recursive invocation is happening. Only
* when this is zero can the binding actually
* be freed. */
struct PatSeq *nextSeqPtr; /* Next in list of all pattern sequences that
* have the same initial pattern. NULL means
* end of list. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; /* Pointer to hash table entry for the initial
* pattern. This is the head of the list of
* which nextSeqPtr forms a part. */
struct VirtualOwners *voPtr;/* In a binding table, always NULL. In a
* virtual event table, identifies the array
* of virtual events that can be triggered by
* this event. */
struct PatSeq *nextObjPtr; /* In a binding table, next in list of all
* pattern sequences for the same object (NULL
* for end of list). Needed to implement
* Tk_DeleteAllBindings. In a virtual event
* table, always NULL. */
TkPattern pats[1]; /* Array of "numPats" patterns. Only one
* element is declared here but in actuality
* enough space will be allocated for
* "numPats" patterns. To match, pats[0] must
* match event n, pats[1] must match event
* n-1, etc. */
} PatSeq;
/*
* Flag values for PatSeq structures:
*
* PAT_NEARBY 1 means that all of the events matching this sequence
* must occur with nearby X and Y mouse coordinates and
* close in time. This is typically used to restrict
* multiple button presses.
* MARKED_DELETED 1 means that this binding has been marked as deleted
* and removed from the binding table, but its memory
* could not be released because it was already queued
* for execution. When the binding is actually about to
* be executed, this flag will be checked and the binding
* skipped if set.
*/
#define PAT_NEARBY 0x1
#define MARKED_DELETED 0x2
/*
* Constants that define how close together two events must be in milliseconds
* or pixels to meet the PAT_NEARBY constraint:
*/
#define NEARBY_PIXELS 5
#define NEARBY_MS 500
/*
* The following structure keeps track of all the virtual events that are
* associated with a particular physical event. It is pointed to by the voPtr
* field in a PatSeq in the patternTable of a virtual event table.
*/
typedef struct VirtualOwners {
int numOwners; /* Number of virtual events to trigger. */
Tcl_HashEntry *owners[1]; /* Array of pointers to entries in nameTable.
* Enough space will actually be allocated for
* numOwners hash entries. */
} VirtualOwners;
/*
* The following structure is used in the nameTable of a virtual event table
* to associate a virtual event with all the physical events that can trigger
* it.
*/
typedef struct PhysicalsOwned {
int numOwned; /* Number of physical events owned. */
PatSeq *patSeqs[1]; /* Array of pointers to physical event
* patterns. Enough space will actually be
* allocated to hold numOwned. */
} PhysicalsOwned;
/*
* One of the following structures exists for each interpreter. This structure
* keeps track of the current display and screen in the interpreter, so that a
* script can be invoked whenever the display/screen changes (the script does
* things like point tk::Priv at a display-specific structure).
*/
typedef struct {
TkDisplay *curDispPtr; /* Display for last binding command invoked in
* this application. */
int curScreenIndex; /* Index of screen for last binding command */
int bindingDepth; /* Number of active instances of Tk_BindEvent
* in this application. */
} ScreenInfo;
/*
* The following structure is used to keep track of all the C bindings that
* are awaiting invocation and whether the window they refer to has been
* destroyed. If the window is destroyed, then all pending callbacks for that
* window will be cancelled. The Tcl bindings will still all be invoked,
* however.
*/
typedef struct PendingBinding {
struct PendingBinding *nextPtr;
/* Next in chain of pending bindings, in case
* a recursive binding evaluation is in
* progress. */
Tk_Window tkwin; /* The window that the following bindings
* depend upon. */
int deleted; /* Set to non-zero by window cleanup code if
* tkwin is deleted. */
PatSeq *matchArray[5]; /* Array of pending C bindings. The actual
* size of this depends on how many C bindings
* matched the event passed to Tk_BindEvent.
* THIS FIELD MUST BE THE LAST IN THE
* STRUCTURE. */
} PendingBinding;
/*
* The following structure keeps track of all the information local to the
* binding package on a per interpreter basis.
*/
typedef struct BindInfo {
VirtualEventTable virtualEventTable;
/* The virtual events that exist in this
* interpreter. */
ScreenInfo screenInfo; /* Keeps track of the current display and
* screen, so it can be restored after a
* binding has executed. */
PendingBinding *pendingList;/* The list of pending C bindings, kept in
* case a C or Tcl binding causes the target
* window to be deleted. */
int deleted; /* 1 the application has been deleted but the
* structure has been preserved. */
} BindInfo;
/*
* In X11R4 and earlier versions, XStringToKeysym is ridiculously slow. The
* data structure and hash table below, along with the code that uses them,
* implement a fast mapping from strings to keysyms. In X11R5 and later
* releases XStringToKeysym is plenty fast so this stuff isn't needed. The
* #define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP is normally undefined, so that XStringToKeysym
* gets used. It can be set in the Makefile to enable the use of the hash
* table below.
*/
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
typedef struct {
char *name; /* Name of keysym. */
KeySym value; /* Numeric identifier for keysym. */
} KeySymInfo;
static KeySymInfo keyArray[] = {
#ifndef lint
#include "ks_names.h"
#endif
{NULL, 0}
};
static Tcl_HashTable keySymTable; /* keyArray hashed by keysym value. */
static Tcl_HashTable nameTable; /* keyArray hashed by keysym name. */
#endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */
/*
* Set to non-zero when the package-wide static variables have been
* initialized.
*/
static int initialized = 0;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(bindMutex)
/*
* A hash table is kept to map from the string names of event modifiers to
* information about those modifiers. The structure for storing this
* information, and the hash table built at initialization time, are defined
* below.
*/
typedef struct {
char *name; /* Name of modifier. */
int mask; /* Button/modifier mask value, such as
* Button1Mask. */
int flags; /* Various flags; see below for
* definitions. */
} ModInfo;
/*
* Flags for ModInfo structures:
*
* DOUBLE - Non-zero means duplicate this event,
* e.g. for double-clicks.
* TRIPLE - Non-zero means triplicate this event,
* e.g. for triple-clicks.
* QUADRUPLE - Non-zero means quadruple this event,
* e.g. for 4-fold-clicks.
* MULT_CLICKS - Combination of all of above.
*/
#define DOUBLE 1
#define TRIPLE 2
#define QUADRUPLE 4
#define MULT_CLICKS 7
static ModInfo modArray[] = {
{"Control", ControlMask, 0},
{"Shift", ShiftMask, 0},
{"Lock", LockMask, 0},
{"Meta", META_MASK, 0},
{"M", META_MASK, 0},
{"Alt", ALT_MASK, 0},
{"Extended", EXTENDED_MASK, 0},
{"B1", Button1Mask, 0},
{"Button1", Button1Mask, 0},
{"B2", Button2Mask, 0},
{"Button2", Button2Mask, 0},
{"B3", Button3Mask, 0},
{"Button3", Button3Mask, 0},
{"B4", Button4Mask, 0},
{"Button4", Button4Mask, 0},
{"B5", Button5Mask, 0},
{"Button5", Button5Mask, 0},
{"Mod1", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"M1", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"Command", Mod1Mask, 0},
{"Mod2", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"M2", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"Option", Mod2Mask, 0},
{"Mod3", Mod3Mask, 0},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
/*
* This module also keeps a hash table mapping from event names to information
* about those events. The structure, an array to use to initialize the hash
* table, and the hash table are all defined below.
*/
typedef struct {
| | | | > | | > | > | 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
/*
* This module also keeps a hash table mapping from event names to information
* about those events. The structure, an array to use to initialize the hash
* table, and the hash table are all defined below.
*/
typedef struct {
char *name; /* Name of event. */
int type; /* Event type for X, such as ButtonPress. */
int eventMask; /* Mask bits (for XSelectInput) for this event
* type. */
} EventInfo;
/*
* Note: some of the masks below are an OR-ed combination of several masks.
* This is necessary because X doesn't report up events unless you also ask
* for down events. Also, X doesn't report button state in motion events
* unless you've asked about button events.
*/
static EventInfo eventArray[] = {
{"Key", KeyPress, KeyPressMask},
{"KeyPress", KeyPress, KeyPressMask},
{"KeyRelease", KeyRelease, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask},
{"Button", ButtonPress, ButtonPressMask},
{"ButtonPress", ButtonPress, ButtonPressMask},
{"ButtonRelease", ButtonRelease,
ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask},
{"Motion", MotionNotify,
ButtonPressMask|PointerMotionMask},
{"Enter", EnterNotify, EnterWindowMask},
{"Leave", LeaveNotify, LeaveWindowMask},
{"FocusIn", FocusIn, FocusChangeMask},
{"FocusOut", FocusOut, FocusChangeMask},
{"Expose", Expose, ExposureMask},
{"Visibility", VisibilityNotify, VisibilityChangeMask},
{"Destroy", DestroyNotify, StructureNotifyMask},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
{"Create", CreateNotify, SubstructureNotifyMask},
{"MapRequest", MapRequest, SubstructureRedirectMask},
{"ResizeRequest", ResizeRequest, ResizeRedirectMask},
{NULL, 0, 0}
};
static Tcl_HashTable eventTable;
| < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | | < > | < < < | | | < < < < | | < < < | | | | 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 |
{"Create", CreateNotify, SubstructureNotifyMask},
{"MapRequest", MapRequest, SubstructureRedirectMask},
{"ResizeRequest", ResizeRequest, ResizeRedirectMask},
{NULL, 0, 0}
};
static Tcl_HashTable eventTable;
/*
* The defines and table below are used to classify events into various
* groups. The reason for this is that logically identical fields (e.g.
* "state") appear at different places in different types of events. The
* classification masks can be used to figure out quickly where to extract
* information from events.
*/
#define KEY 0x1
#define BUTTON 0x2
#define MOTION 0x4
#define CROSSING 0x8
#define FOCUS 0x10
#define EXPOSE 0x20
#define VISIBILITY 0x40
#define CREATE 0x80
#define DESTROY 0x100
#define UNMAP 0x200
#define MAP 0x400
#define REPARENT 0x800
#define CONFIG 0x1000
#define GRAVITY 0x2000
#define CIRC 0x4000
#define PROP 0x8000
#define COLORMAP 0x10000
#define VIRTUAL 0x20000
#define ACTIVATE 0x40000
#define MAPREQ 0x80000
#define CONFIGREQ 0x100000
#define RESIZEREQ 0x200000
#define CIRCREQ 0x400000
#define KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL (KEY|BUTTON|MOTION|VIRTUAL)
#define KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING (KEY|BUTTON|MOTION|VIRTUAL|CROSSING)
static int flagArray[TK_LASTEVENT] = {
/* Not used */ 0,
/* Not used */ 0,
/* KeyPress */ KEY,
/* KeyRelease */ KEY,
/* ButtonPress */ BUTTON,
/* ButtonRelease */ BUTTON,
/* MotionNotify */ MOTION,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
618 619 620 621 622 623 624 | /* SelectionNotify */ 0, /* ColormapNotify */ COLORMAP, /* ClientMessage */ 0, /* MappingNotify */ 0, /* VirtualEvent */ VIRTUAL, /* Activate */ ACTIVATE, /* Deactivate */ ACTIVATE, | | | | | | | | 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
/* SelectionNotify */ 0,
/* ColormapNotify */ COLORMAP,
/* ClientMessage */ 0,
/* MappingNotify */ 0,
/* VirtualEvent */ VIRTUAL,
/* Activate */ ACTIVATE,
/* Deactivate */ ACTIVATE,
/* MouseWheel */ KEY
};
/*
* The following table is used to map between the location where an generated
* event should be queued and the string used to specify the location.
*/
static const TkStateMap queuePosition[] = {
{-1, "now"},
{TCL_QUEUE_HEAD, "head"},
{TCL_QUEUE_MARK, "mark"},
{TCL_QUEUE_TAIL, "tail"},
{-2, NULL}
};
/*
* The following tables are used as a two-way map between X's internal numeric
* values for fields in an XEvent and the strings used in Tcl. The tables are
* used both when constructing an XEvent from user input and when providing
* data from an XEvent to the user.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
{NotifyPointer, "NotifyPointer"},
{NotifyPointerRoot, "NotifyPointerRoot"},
{NotifyDetailNone, "NotifyDetailNone"},
{-1, NULL}
};
static const TkStateMap circPlace[] = {
| | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | > | > | | > | | > | > | > | | | > | | | < > | > | < > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | > < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | < | | < | 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 |
{NotifyPointer, "NotifyPointer"},
{NotifyPointerRoot, "NotifyPointerRoot"},
{NotifyDetailNone, "NotifyDetailNone"},
{-1, NULL}
};
static const TkStateMap circPlace[] = {
{PlaceOnTop, "PlaceOnTop"},
{PlaceOnBottom, "PlaceOnBottom"},
{-1, NULL}
};
static const TkStateMap visNotify[] = {
{VisibilityUnobscured, "VisibilityUnobscured"},
{VisibilityPartiallyObscured, "VisibilityPartiallyObscured"},
{VisibilityFullyObscured, "VisibilityFullyObscured"},
{-1, NULL}
};
static const TkStateMap configureRequestDetail[] = {
{None, "None"},
{Above, "Above"},
{Below, "Below"},
{BottomIf, "BottomIf"},
{TopIf, "TopIf"},
{Opposite, "Opposite"},
{-1, NULL}
};
static const TkStateMap propNotify[] = {
{PropertyNewValue, "NewValue"},
{PropertyDelete, "Delete"},
{-1, NULL}
};
/*
* Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ChangeScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *dispName,
int screenIndex);
static int CreateVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp,
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, char *virtString,
char *eventString);
static int DeleteVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp,
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, char *virtString,
char *eventString);
static void DeleteVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static void ExpandPercents(TkWindow *winPtr, const char *before,
XEvent *eventPtr,KeySym keySym,
unsigned int scriptCount, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
static void FreeTclBinding(ClientData clientData);
static PatSeq * FindSequence(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_HashTable *patternTablePtr, ClientData object,
const char *eventString, int create,
int allowVirtual, unsigned long *maskPtr);
static void GetAllVirtualEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp,
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static char * GetField(char *p, char *copy, int size);
static void GetPatternString(PatSeq *psPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
static int GetVirtualEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp,
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, char *virtString);
static Tk_Uid GetVirtualEventUid(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *virtString);
static int HandleEventGenerate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void InitVirtualEventTable(VirtualEventTable *vetPtr);
static PatSeq * MatchPatterns(TkDisplay *dispPtr,
BindingTable *bindPtr, PatSeq *psPtr,
PatSeq *bestPtr, ClientData *objectPtr,
PatSeq **sourcePtrPtr);
static int NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window main,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *tkwinPtr);
static int ParseEventDescription(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char **eventStringPtr, TkPattern *patPtr,
unsigned long *eventMaskPtr);
static void DoWarp(ClientData clientData);
/*
* The following define is used as a short circuit for the callback function
* to evaluate a TclBinding. The actual evaluation of the binding is handled
* inline, because special things have to be done with a Tcl binding before
* evaluation time.
*/
#define EvalTclBinding ((TkBindEvalProc *) 1)
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkBindInit --
*
* This function is called when an application is created. It initializes
* all the structures used by bindings and virtual events. It must be
* called before any other functions in this file are called.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Memory allocated.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkBindInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The newly created application. */
{
BindInfo *bindInfoPtr;
if (sizeof(XEvent) < sizeof(XVirtualEvent)) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBindInit: virtual events can't be supported");
}
/*
* Initialize the static data structures used by the binding package. They
* are only initialized once, no matter how many interps are created.
*/
if (!initialized) {
Tcl_MutexLock(&bindMutex);
if (!initialized) {
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
ModInfo *modPtr;
EventInfo *eiPtr;
int newEntry;
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
KeySymInfo *kPtr;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&keySymTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&nameTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->name != NULL; kPtr++) {
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keySymTable, kPtr->name, &newEntry);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->value);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&nameTable, (char *) kPtr->value,
&newEntry);
if (newEntry) {
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->name);
}
}
#endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */
Tcl_InitHashTable(&modTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
for (modPtr = modArray; modPtr->name != NULL; modPtr++) {
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&modTable, modPtr->name, &newEntry);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, modPtr);
}
Tcl_InitHashTable(&eventTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
for (eiPtr = eventArray; eiPtr->name != NULL; eiPtr++) {
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&eventTable, eiPtr->name, &newEntry);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, eiPtr);
}
initialized = 1;
}
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&bindMutex);
}
mainPtr->bindingTable = Tk_CreateBindingTable(mainPtr->interp);
bindInfoPtr = (BindInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(BindInfo));
InitVirtualEventTable(&bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable);
bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.curDispPtr = NULL;
bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.curScreenIndex = -1;
bindInfoPtr->screenInfo.bindingDepth = 0;
bindInfoPtr->pendingList = NULL;
bindInfoPtr->deleted = 0;
mainPtr->bindInfo = (TkBindInfo) bindInfoPtr;
TkpInitializeMenuBindings(mainPtr->interp, mainPtr->bindingTable);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 |
void
TkBindFree(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The newly created application. */
{
BindInfo *bindInfoPtr;
| < < > | | < < < < < < | 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 |
void
TkBindFree(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The newly created application. */
{
BindInfo *bindInfoPtr;
Tk_DeleteBindingTable(mainPtr->bindingTable);
mainPtr->bindingTable = NULL;
bindInfoPtr = (BindInfo *) mainPtr->bindInfo;
DeleteVirtualEventTable(&bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable);
bindInfoPtr->deleted = 1;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) bindInfoPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
mainPtr->bindInfo = NULL;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateBindingTable --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 | * Memory is allocated for the new table. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ Tk_BindingTable Tk_CreateBindingTable( | | > | | | < < < | | | | < < | | | | 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 |
* Memory is allocated for the new table.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_BindingTable
Tk_CreateBindingTable(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to associate with the binding
* table: commands are executed in this
* interpreter. */
{
BindingTable *bindPtr;
int i;
/*
* Create and initialize a new binding table.
*/
bindPtr = (BindingTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(BindingTable));
for (i = 0; i < EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE; i++) {
bindPtr->eventRing[i].type = -1;
}
bindPtr->curEvent = 0;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&bindPtr->patternTable,
sizeof(PatternTableKey)/sizeof(int));
Tcl_InitHashTable(&bindPtr->objectTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
bindPtr->interp = interp;
return (Tk_BindingTable) bindPtr;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DeleteBindingTable --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 | * Memory is freed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_DeleteBindingTable( | > | > > < < | | < < | | < > > > > > | > < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 |
* Memory is freed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DeleteBindingTable(
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable)
/* Token for the binding table to destroy. */
{
BindingTable *bindPtr = (BindingTable *) bindingTable;
PatSeq *psPtr, *nextPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
/*
* Find and delete all of the patterns associated with the binding table.
*/
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&bindPtr->patternTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
for (psPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
psPtr != NULL; psPtr = nextPtr) {
nextPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr;
psPtr->flags |= MARKED_DELETED;
if (psPtr->refCount == 0) {
if (psPtr->freeProc != NULL) {
(*psPtr->freeProc)(psPtr->clientData);
}
ckfree((char *) psPtr);
}
}
}
/*
* Clean up the rest of the information associated with the binding table.
*/
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&bindPtr->patternTable);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&bindPtr->objectTable);
ckfree((char *) bindPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateBinding --
*
* Add a binding to a binding table, so that future calls to Tk_BindEvent
* may execute the command in the binding.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
unsigned long
Tk_CreateBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| > | | > | > > | | > | | | > > | < | < < < < < < < < | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > < | < < < < < < < < < | < < | > > > > | > < > > > > | | | < < < | < < < < < < | < < | > | | | 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
unsigned long
Tk_CreateBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
/* Table in which to create binding. */
ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is
* associated. */
const char *eventString, /* String describing event sequence that
* triggers binding. */
const char *command, /* Contains Tcl command to execute when
* binding triggers. */
int append) /* 0 means replace any existing binding for
* eventString; 1 means append to that
* binding. If the existing binding is for a
* callback function and not a Tcl command
* string, the existing binding will always be
* replaced. */
{
BindingTable *bindPtr = (BindingTable *) bindingTable;
PatSeq *psPtr;
unsigned long eventMask;
char *newStr, *oldStr;
if (!*command) {
/* Silently ignore empty scripts -- see SF#3006842 */
return 1;
}
psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->patternTable, object, eventString,
1, 1, &eventMask);
if (psPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
if (psPtr->eventProc == NULL) {
int isNew;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
/*
* This pattern sequence was just created. Link the pattern into the
* list associated with the object, so that if the object goes away,
* these bindings will all automatically be deleted.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object,
&isNew);
if (isNew) {
psPtr->nextObjPtr = NULL;
} else {
psPtr->nextObjPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr);
} else if (psPtr->eventProc != EvalTclBinding) {
/*
* Free existing procedural binding.
*/
if (psPtr->freeProc != NULL) {
(*psPtr->freeProc)(psPtr->clientData);
}
psPtr->clientData = NULL;
append = 0;
}
oldStr = (char *) psPtr->clientData;
if ((append != 0) && (oldStr != NULL)) {
size_t length;
length = strlen(oldStr) + strlen(command) + 2;
newStr = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) length);
sprintf(newStr, "%s\n%s", oldStr, command);
} else {
newStr = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) strlen(command) + 1);
strcpy(newStr, command);
}
if (oldStr != NULL) {
ckfree(oldStr);
}
psPtr->eventProc = EvalTclBinding;
psPtr->freeProc = FreeTclBinding;
psPtr->clientData = (ClientData) newStr;
return eventMask;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCreateBindingProcedure --
*
* Add a C binding to a binding table, so that future calls to
* Tk_BindEvent may callback the function in the binding.
*
* Results:
* The return value is 0 if an error occurred while setting up the
* binding. In this case, an error message will be left in the interp's
* result. If all went well then the return value is a mask of the event
* types that must be made available to Tk_BindEvent in order to properly
* detect when this binding triggers. This value can be used to determine
* what events to select for in a window, for example.
*
* Side effects:
* Any existing binding on the same event sequence will be replaced.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
unsigned long
TkCreateBindingProcedure(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
/* Table in which to create binding. */
ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is
* associated. */
const char *eventString, /* String describing event sequence that
* triggers binding. */
TkBindEvalProc *eventProc, /* Function to invoke when binding triggers.
* Must not be NULL. */
TkBindFreeProc *freeProc, /* Function to invoke when binding is freed.
* May be NULL for no function. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary ClientData to pass to eventProc
* and freeProc. */
{
BindingTable *bindPtr = (BindingTable *) bindingTable;
PatSeq *psPtr;
unsigned long eventMask;
psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->patternTable, object, eventString,
1, 1, &eventMask);
if (psPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
if (psPtr->eventProc == NULL) {
int isNew;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
/*
* This pattern sequence was just created. Link the pattern into the
* list associated with the object, so that if the object goes away,
* these bindings will all automatically be deleted.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object,
&isNew);
if (isNew) {
psPtr->nextObjPtr = NULL;
} else {
psPtr->nextObjPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr);
} else {
/*
* Free existing callback.
*/
if (psPtr->freeProc != NULL) {
(*psPtr->freeProc)(psPtr->clientData);
}
}
psPtr->eventProc = eventProc;
psPtr->freeProc = freeProc;
psPtr->clientData = clientData;
return eventMask;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DeleteBinding --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_DeleteBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| > | | > | > > | | | < < | > | < < | | < | | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | > | > | | | > | | > | > > | > | < | > > | < | > > | | 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_DeleteBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
/* Table in which to delete binding. */
ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is
* associated. */
const char *eventString) /* String describing event sequence that
* triggers binding. */
{
BindingTable *bindPtr = (BindingTable *) bindingTable;
PatSeq *psPtr, *prevPtr;
unsigned long eventMask;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->patternTable, object, eventString,
0, 1, &eventMask);
if (psPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Unlink the binding from the list for its object, then from the list for
* its pattern.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteBinding couldn't find object table entry");
}
prevPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (prevPtr == psPtr) {
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr->nextObjPtr);
} else {
for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextObjPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteBinding couldn't find on object list");
}
if (prevPtr->nextObjPtr == psPtr) {
prevPtr->nextObjPtr = psPtr->nextObjPtr;
break;
}
}
}
prevPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr);
if (prevPtr == psPtr) {
if (psPtr->nextSeqPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(psPtr->hPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr, psPtr->nextSeqPtr);
}
} else {
for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextSeqPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteBinding couldn't find on hash chain");
}
if (prevPtr->nextSeqPtr == psPtr) {
prevPtr->nextSeqPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr;
break;
}
}
}
psPtr->flags |= MARKED_DELETED;
if (psPtr->refCount == 0) {
if (psPtr->freeProc != NULL) {
(*psPtr->freeProc)(psPtr->clientData);
}
ckfree((char *) psPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetBinding --
*
* Return the command associated with a given event string.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to the command string associated with
* eventString for object in the domain given by bindingTable. If there
* is no binding for eventString, or if eventString is improperly formed,
* then NULL is returned and an error message is left in the interp's
* result. The return value is semi-static: it will persist until the
* binding is changed or deleted.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
Tk_GetBinding(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
/* Table in which to look for binding. */
ClientData object, /* Token for object with which binding is
* associated. */
const char *eventString) /* String describing event sequence that
* triggers binding. */
{
BindingTable *bindPtr = (BindingTable *) bindingTable;
PatSeq *psPtr;
unsigned long eventMask;
psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &bindPtr->patternTable, object, eventString,
0, 1, &eventMask);
if (psPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (psPtr->eventProc == EvalTclBinding) {
return (const char *) psPtr->clientData;
}
return "";
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetAllBindings --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_GetAllBindings(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter returning result or error. */
| > | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < | | < < | < < | > | < < < < < > | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < | < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_GetAllBindings(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter returning result or error. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
/* Table in which to look for bindings. */
ClientData object) /* Token for object. */
{
BindingTable *bindPtr = (BindingTable *) bindingTable;
PatSeq *psPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
for (psPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr != NULL;
psPtr = psPtr->nextObjPtr) {
/*
* For each binding, output information about each of the patterns in
* its sequence.
*/
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, 0);
GetPatternString(psPtr, &ds);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DeleteAllBindings --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_DeleteAllBindings( | > | > | < < < | > > > > | > | > | > > | > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > | | | | | < < < | < < < < < | < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | > | | | > | > | | < < > > > > | < < < < < | > | < < < < < < < | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < > | > | | > > | > > | | > > > > > > > > > | > | | > > > > > > | < > | > > < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > < < | < < < < > | | < < < | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < | < < | < | < < < < | < < | < < < < | < | < | < | < | < | > > > | | > > > | > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < | | < < < < | > | < < < < > > > | > > > | > | | < < | | < < < | > > > | | < < | | | | < < < | < < | < | > | < > > | < < | > > > | < | > | | < < < | < < < > > | < | < < | < | < | < < < < < < < | < < | < | | < > > | | > > > | < | > > > | | < < | > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > | | > > > > | > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | | > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | > | | > > | | | > > | > | > > | > > < < | | | < < < < < > > > < | > > > > > | > > > > | | > | < > | > | > | | < < > | < > | < > > > > > | > > | < < < < < | > > > > > | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < > > > | | < > > > | | > | > | | > > > > > | < | > > > > | | < | | | > > > | > > > > | > | > | > > > | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > | < < < | < > | < < | > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > | < < | > > > > > > > > > | > > | | > | > > > > < < | | | | | | | | | > | > > < > | > > > > > > > > | > | | | > | > > | < < < | | | > > > | > > > | > > > > | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > | > > < < | < | 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DeleteAllBindings(
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
/* Table in which to delete bindings. */
ClientData object) /* Token for object. */
{
BindingTable *bindPtr = (BindingTable *) bindingTable;
PatSeq *psPtr, *prevPtr;
PatSeq *nextPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->objectTable, (char *) object);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
for (psPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr != NULL;
psPtr = nextPtr) {
nextPtr = psPtr->nextObjPtr;
/*
* Be sure to remove each binding from its hash chain in the pattern
* table. If this is the last pattern in the chain, then delete the
* hash entry too.
*/
prevPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr);
if (prevPtr == psPtr) {
if (psPtr->nextSeqPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(psPtr->hPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr, psPtr->nextSeqPtr);
}
} else {
for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextSeqPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_DeleteAllBindings couldn't find on hash chain");
}
if (prevPtr->nextSeqPtr == psPtr) {
prevPtr->nextSeqPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr;
break;
}
}
}
psPtr->flags |= MARKED_DELETED;
if (psPtr->refCount == 0) {
if (psPtr->freeProc != NULL) {
(*psPtr->freeProc)(psPtr->clientData);
}
ckfree((char *) psPtr);
}
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_BindEvent --
*
* This function is invoked to process an X event. The event is added to
* those recorded for the binding table. Then each of the objects at
* *objectPtr is checked in order to see if it has a binding that matches
* the recent events. If so, the most specific binding is invoked for
* each object.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Depends on the command associated with the matching binding.
*
* All Tcl bindings scripts for each object are accumulated before the
* first binding is evaluated. If the action of a Tcl binding is to
* change or delete a binding, or delete the window associated with the
* binding, all the original Tcl binding scripts will still fire.
* Contrast this with C binding functions. If a pending C binding (one
* that hasn't fired yet, but is queued to be fired for this window) is
* deleted, it will not be called, and if it is changed, then the new
* binding function will be called. If the window itself is deleted, no
* further C binding functions will be called for this window. When both
* Tcl binding scripts and C binding functions are interleaved, the above
* rules still apply.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_BindEvent(
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
/* Table in which to look for bindings. */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* What actually happened. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on display where event occurred
* (needed in order to locate display
* information). */
int numObjects, /* Number of objects at *objectPtr. */
ClientData *objectPtr) /* Array of one or more objects to check for a
* matching binding. */
{
BindingTable *bindPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
ScreenInfo *screenPtr;
BindInfo *bindInfoPtr;
TkDisplay *oldDispPtr;
XEvent *ringPtr;
PatSeq *vMatchDetailList, *vMatchNoDetailList;
int flags, oldScreen, i, deferModal;
unsigned int matchCount, matchSpace;
unsigned int scriptCount;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
Tcl_DString scripts, savedResult;
Detail detail;
char *p, *end;
PendingBinding staticPending, *pendingPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
PatternTableKey key;
Tk_ClassModalProc *modalProc;
/*
* Ignore events on windows that don't have names: these are windows like
* wrapper windows that shouldn't be visible to the application.
*/
if (winPtr->pathName == NULL) {
return;
}
/*
* Ignore the event completely if it is an Enter, Leave, FocusIn, or
* FocusOut event with detail NotifyInferior. The reason for ignoring
* these events is that we don't want transitions between a window and its
* children to visible to bindings on the parent: this would cause
* problems for mega-widgets, since the internal structure of a
* mega-widget isn't supposed to be visible to people watching the parent.
*/
if ((eventPtr->type == EnterNotify) || (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify)) {
if (eventPtr->xcrossing.detail == NotifyInferior) {
return;
}
}
if ((eventPtr->type == FocusIn) || (eventPtr->type == FocusOut)) {
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyInferior) {
return;
}
}
bindPtr = (BindingTable *) bindingTable;
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
bindInfoPtr = (BindInfo *) winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;
/*
* Add the new event to the ring of saved events for the binding table.
* Two tricky points:
*
* 1. Combine consecutive MotionNotify events. Do this by putting the new
* event *on top* of the previous event.
* 2. If a modifier key is held down, it auto-repeats to generate
* continuous KeyPress and KeyRelease events. These can flush the event
* ring so that valuable information is lost (such as repeated button
* clicks). To handle this, check for the special case of a modifier
* KeyPress arriving when the previous two events are a KeyRelease and
* KeyPress of the same key. If this happens, mark the most recent
* event (the KeyRelease) invalid and put the new event on top of the
* event before that (the KeyPress).
*/
if ((eventPtr->type == MotionNotify)
&& (bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent].type == MotionNotify)) {
/*
* Don't advance the ring pointer.
*/
} else if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) {
int i;
for (i = 0; ; i++) {
if (i >= dispPtr->numModKeyCodes) {
goto advanceRingPointer;
}
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) {
break;
}
}
ringPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
if ((ringPtr->type != KeyRelease)
|| (ringPtr->xkey.keycode != eventPtr->xkey.keycode)) {
goto advanceRingPointer;
}
if (bindPtr->curEvent <= 0) {
i = EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE - 1;
} else {
i = bindPtr->curEvent - 1;
}
ringPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[i];
if ((ringPtr->type != KeyPress)
|| (ringPtr->xkey.keycode != eventPtr->xkey.keycode)) {
goto advanceRingPointer;
}
bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent].type = -1;
bindPtr->curEvent = i;
} else {
advanceRingPointer:
bindPtr->curEvent++;
if (bindPtr->curEvent >= EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE) {
bindPtr->curEvent = 0;
}
}
ringPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
memcpy((void *) ringPtr, (void *) eventPtr, sizeof(XEvent));
detail.clientData = 0;
flags = flagArray[ringPtr->type];
if (flags & KEY) {
detail.keySym = TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, ringPtr);
if (detail.keySym == NoSymbol) {
detail.keySym = 0;
}
} else if (flags & BUTTON) {
detail.button = ringPtr->xbutton.button;
} else if (flags & VIRTUAL) {
detail.name = ((XVirtualEvent *) ringPtr)->name;
}
bindPtr->detailRing[bindPtr->curEvent] = detail;
/*
* Find out if there are any virtual events that correspond to this
* physical event (or sequence of physical events).
*/
vMatchDetailList = NULL;
vMatchNoDetailList = NULL;
memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key));
if (ringPtr->type != VirtualEvent) {
Tcl_HashTable *veptPtr = &bindInfoPtr->virtualEventTable.patternTable;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
key.object = NULL;
key.type = ringPtr->type;
key.detail = detail;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(veptPtr, (char *) &key);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
vMatchDetailList = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
if (key.detail.clientData != 0) {
key.detail.clientData = 0;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(veptPtr, (char *) &key);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
vMatchNoDetailList = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
}
}
/*
* Loop over all the binding tags, finding the binding script or callback
* for each one. Append all of the binding scripts, with %-sequences
* expanded, to "scripts", with null characters separating the scripts for
* each object. Append all the callbacks to the array of pending
* callbacks.
*/
pendingPtr = &staticPending;
matchCount = 0;
scriptCount = 0;
matchSpace = sizeof(staticPending.matchArray) / sizeof(PatSeq *);
Tcl_DStringInit(&scripts);
for ( ; numObjects > 0; numObjects--, objectPtr++) {
PatSeq *matchPtr = NULL, *sourcePtr = NULL;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
/*
* Match the new event against those recorded in the pattern table,
* saving the longest matching pattern. For events with details
* (button and key events), look for a binding for the specific key or
* button. First see if the event matches a physical event that the
* object is interested in, then look for a virtual event.
*/
key.object = *objectPtr;
key.type = ringPtr->type;
key.detail = detail;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->patternTable, (char *) &key);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
matchPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr,
(PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), matchPtr, NULL,
&sourcePtr);
}
if (vMatchDetailList != NULL) {
matchPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, vMatchDetailList,
matchPtr, objectPtr, &sourcePtr);
}
/*
* If no match was found, look for a binding for all keys or buttons
* (detail of 0). Again, first match on a virtual event.
*/
if ((detail.clientData != 0) && (matchPtr == NULL)) {
key.detail.clientData = 0;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->patternTable, (char *) &key);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
matchPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr,
(PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), matchPtr, NULL,
&sourcePtr);
}
if (vMatchNoDetailList != NULL) {
matchPtr = MatchPatterns(dispPtr, bindPtr, vMatchNoDetailList,
matchPtr, objectPtr, &sourcePtr);
}
}
if (matchPtr != NULL) {
if (sourcePtr->eventProc == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_BindEvent: missing command");
}
if (sourcePtr->eventProc == EvalTclBinding) {
ExpandPercents(winPtr, (char *) sourcePtr->clientData,
eventPtr, detail.keySym, scriptCount++, &scripts);
} else {
if (matchCount >= matchSpace) {
PendingBinding *newPtr;
unsigned int oldSize, newSize;
oldSize = sizeof(staticPending)
- sizeof(staticPending.matchArray)
+ matchSpace * sizeof(PatSeq*);
matchSpace *= 2;
newSize = sizeof(staticPending)
- sizeof(staticPending.matchArray)
+ matchSpace * sizeof(PatSeq*);
newPtr = (PendingBinding *) ckalloc(newSize);
memcpy((void *) newPtr, (void *) pendingPtr, oldSize);
if (pendingPtr != &staticPending) {
ckfree((char *) pendingPtr);
}
pendingPtr = newPtr;
}
sourcePtr->refCount++;
pendingPtr->matchArray[matchCount] = sourcePtr;
matchCount++;
}
/*
* A "" is added to the scripts string to separate the various
* scripts that should be invoked.
*/
Tcl_DStringAppend(&scripts, "", 1);
}
}
if (Tcl_DStringLength(&scripts) == 0) {
return;
}
/*
* Now go back through and evaluate the binding for each object, in order,
* dealing with "break" and "continue" exceptions appropriately.
*
* There are two tricks here:
* 1. Bindings can be invoked from in the middle of Tcl commands, where
* the interp's result is significant (for example, a widget might be
* deleted because of an error in creating it, so the result contains
* an error message that is eventually going to be returned by the
* creating command). To preserve the result, we save it in a dynamic
* string.
* 2. The binding's action can potentially delete the binding, so bindPtr
* may not point to anything valid once the action completes. Thus we
* have to save bindPtr->interp in a local variable in order to restore
* the result.
*/
interp = bindPtr->interp;
Tcl_DStringInit(&savedResult);
/*
* Save information about the current screen, then invoke a script if the
* screen has changed.
*/
Tcl_DStringGetResult(interp, &savedResult);
screenPtr = &bindInfoPtr->screenInfo;
oldDispPtr = screenPtr->curDispPtr;
oldScreen = screenPtr->curScreenIndex;
if ((dispPtr != screenPtr->curDispPtr)
|| (Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin) != screenPtr->curScreenIndex)) {
screenPtr->curDispPtr = dispPtr;
screenPtr->curScreenIndex = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin);
ChangeScreen(interp, dispPtr->name, screenPtr->curScreenIndex);
}
if (matchCount > 0) {
/*
* Remember the list of pending C binding callbacks, so we can mark
* them as deleted and not call them if the act of evaluating a C or
* Tcl binding deletes a C binding callback or even the whole window.
*/
pendingPtr->nextPtr = bindInfoPtr->pendingList;
pendingPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
pendingPtr->deleted = 0;
bindInfoPtr->pendingList = pendingPtr;
}
/*
* Save the current value of the TK_DEFER_MODAL flag so we can restore it
* at the end of the loop. Clear the flag so we can detect any recursive
* requests for a modal loop.
*/
flags = winPtr->flags;
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_DEFER_MODAL;
p = Tcl_DStringValue(&scripts);
end = p + Tcl_DStringLength(&scripts);
i = 0;
/*
* Be carefule when dereferencing screenPtr or bindInfoPtr. If we evaluate
* something that destroys ".", bindInfoPtr would have been freed, but we
* can tell that by first checking to see if winPtr->mainPtr == NULL.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) bindInfoPtr);
while (p < end) {
int code;
if (!bindInfoPtr->deleted) {
screenPtr->bindingDepth++;
}
Tcl_AllowExceptions(interp);
if (*p == '\0') {
PatSeq *psPtr;
psPtr = pendingPtr->matchArray[i];
i++;
code = TCL_OK;
if ((pendingPtr->deleted == 0)
&& ((psPtr->flags & MARKED_DELETED) == 0)) {
code = (*psPtr->eventProc)(psPtr->clientData, interp, eventPtr,
tkwin, detail.keySym);
}
psPtr->refCount--;
if ((psPtr->refCount == 0) && (psPtr->flags & MARKED_DELETED)) {
if (psPtr->freeProc != NULL) {
(*psPtr->freeProc)(psPtr->clientData);
}
ckfree((char *) psPtr);
}
} else {
int len = (int) strlen(p);
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, p, len, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
p += len;
}
p++;
if (!bindInfoPtr->deleted) {
screenPtr->bindingDepth--;
}
if (code != TCL_OK) {
if (code == TCL_CONTINUE) {
/*
* Do nothing: just go on to the next command.
*/
} else if (code == TCL_BREAK) {
break;
} else {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command bound to event)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
break;
}
}
}
if (matchCount > 0 && !pendingPtr->deleted) {
/*
* Restore the original modal flag value and invoke the modal loop if
* needed.
*/
deferModal = winPtr->flags & TK_DEFER_MODAL;
winPtr->flags = (winPtr->flags & (unsigned int) ~TK_DEFER_MODAL)
| (flags & TK_DEFER_MODAL);
if (deferModal) {
modalProc = Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, modalProc);
if (modalProc != NULL) {
(*modalProc)(tkwin, eventPtr);
}
}
}
if (!bindInfoPtr->deleted && (screenPtr->bindingDepth != 0)
&& ((oldDispPtr != screenPtr->curDispPtr)
|| (oldScreen != screenPtr->curScreenIndex))) {
/*
* Some other binding script is currently executing, but its screen is
* no longer current. Change the current display back again.
*/
screenPtr->curDispPtr = oldDispPtr;
screenPtr->curScreenIndex = oldScreen;
ChangeScreen(interp, oldDispPtr->name, oldScreen);
}
Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &savedResult);
Tcl_DStringFree(&scripts);
if (matchCount > 0) {
if (!bindInfoPtr->deleted) {
/*
* Delete the pending list from the list of pending scripts for
* this window.
*/
PendingBinding **curPtrPtr;
for (curPtrPtr = &bindInfoPtr->pendingList; ; ) {
if (*curPtrPtr == pendingPtr) {
*curPtrPtr = pendingPtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
curPtrPtr = &(*curPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
}
}
if (pendingPtr != &staticPending) {
ckfree((char *) pendingPtr);
}
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) bindInfoPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkBindDeadWindow --
*
* This function is invoked when it is determined that a window is dead.
* It cleans up bind-related information about the window
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Any pending C bindings for this window are cancelled.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkBindDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* The window that is being deleted. */
{
BindInfo *bindInfoPtr;
PendingBinding *curPtr;
/*
* Certain special windows like those used for send and clipboard have no
* mainPtr.
*/
if (winPtr->mainPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
bindInfoPtr = (BindInfo *) winPtr->mainPtr->bindInfo;
curPtr = bindInfoPtr->pendingList;
while (curPtr != NULL) {
if (curPtr->tkwin == (Tk_Window) winPtr) {
curPtr->deleted = 1;
}
curPtr = curPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MatchPatterns --
*
* Given a list of pattern sequences and a list of recent events, return
* the pattern sequence that best matches the event list, if there is
* one.
*
* This function is used in two different ways. In the simplest use,
* "object" is NULL and psPtr is a list of pattern sequences, each of
* which corresponds to a binding. In this case, the function finds the
* pattern sequences that match the event list and returns the most
* specific of those, if there is more than one.
*
* In the second case, psPtr is a list of pattern sequences, each of
* which corresponds to a definition for a virtual binding. In order for
* one of these sequences to "match", it must match the events (as above)
* but in addition there must be a binding for its associated virtual
* event on the current object. The "object" argument indicates which
* object the binding must be for.
*
* Results:
* The return value is NULL if bestPtr is NULL and no pattern matches the
* recent events from bindPtr. Otherwise the return value is the most
* specific pattern sequence among bestPtr and all those at psPtr that
* match the event list and object. If a pattern sequence other than
* bestPtr is returned, then *bestCommandPtr is filled in with a pointer
* to the command from the best sequence.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static PatSeq *
MatchPatterns(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display from which the event came. */
BindingTable *bindPtr, /* Information about binding table, such as
* ring of recent events. */
PatSeq *psPtr, /* List of pattern sequences. */
PatSeq *bestPtr, /* The best match seen so far, from a previous
* call to this function. NULL means no prior
* best match. */
ClientData *objectPtr, /* If NULL, the sequences at psPtr correspond
* to "normal" bindings. If non-NULL, the
* sequences at psPtr correspond to virtual
* bindings; in order to match each sequence
* must correspond to a virtual binding for
* which a binding exists for object in
* bindPtr. */
PatSeq **sourcePtrPtr) /* Filled with the pattern sequence that
* contains the eventProc and clientData
* associated with the best match. If this
* differs from the return value, it is the
* virtual event that most closely matched the
* return value (a physical event). Not
* modified unless a result other than bestPtr
* is returned. */
{
PatSeq *matchPtr, *bestSourcePtr, *sourcePtr;
bestSourcePtr = *sourcePtrPtr;
/*
* Iterate over all the pattern sequences.
*/
for ( ; psPtr != NULL; psPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr) {
XEvent *eventPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
Detail *detailPtr = &bindPtr->detailRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
TkPattern *patPtr = psPtr->pats;
Window window = eventPtr->xany.window;
int patCount, ringCount, flags, state, modMask, i;
/*
* Iterate over all the patterns in a sequence to be sure that they
* all match.
*/
patCount = psPtr->numPats;
ringCount = EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE;
while (patCount > 0) {
if (ringCount <= 0) {
goto nextSequence;
}
if (eventPtr->xany.type != patPtr->eventType) {
/*
* Most of the event types are considered superfluous in that
* they are ignored if they occur in the middle of a pattern
* sequence and have mismatching types. The only ones that
* cannot be ignored are ButtonPress and ButtonRelease events
* (if the next event in the pattern is a KeyPress or
* KeyRelease) and KeyPress and KeyRelease events (if the next
* pattern event is a ButtonPress or ButtonRelease). Here are
* some tricky cases to consider:
* 1. Double-Button or Double-Key events.
* 2. Double-ButtonRelease or Double-KeyRelease events.
* 3. The arrival of various events like Enter and Leave and
* FocusIn and GraphicsExpose between two button presses or
* key presses.
* 4. Modifier keys like Shift and Control shouldn't generate
* conflicts with button events.
*/
if ((patPtr->eventType == KeyPress)
|| (patPtr->eventType == KeyRelease)) {
if ((eventPtr->xany.type == ButtonPress)
|| (eventPtr->xany.type == ButtonRelease)) {
goto nextSequence;
}
} else if ((patPtr->eventType == ButtonPress)
|| (patPtr->eventType == ButtonRelease)) {
if ((eventPtr->xany.type == KeyPress)
|| (eventPtr->xany.type == KeyRelease)) {
/*
* Ignore key events if they are modifier keys.
*/
for (i = 0; i < dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; i++) {
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i]
== eventPtr->xkey.keycode) {
/*
* This key is a modifier key, so ignore it.
*/
goto nextEvent;
}
}
goto nextSequence;
}
}
goto nextEvent;
}
if (eventPtr->xany.type == CreateNotify
&& eventPtr->xcreatewindow.parent != window) {
goto nextSequence;
} else if (eventPtr->xany.window != window) {
goto nextSequence;
}
/*
* Note: it's important for the keysym check to go before the
* modifier check, so we can ignore unwanted modifier keys before
* choking on the modifier check.
*/
if ((patPtr->detail.clientData != 0)
&& (patPtr->detail.clientData != detailPtr->clientData)) {
/*
* The detail appears not to match. However, if the event is a
* KeyPress for a modifier key then just ignore the event.
* Otherwise event sequences like "aD" never match because the
* shift key goes down between the "a" and the "D".
*/
if (eventPtr->xany.type == KeyPress) {
for (i = 0; i < dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; i++) {
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[i] == eventPtr->xkey.keycode) {
goto nextEvent;
}
}
}
goto nextSequence;
}
flags = flagArray[eventPtr->type];
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) {
state = eventPtr->xkey.state;
} else if (flags & CROSSING) {
state = eventPtr->xcrossing.state;
} else {
state = 0;
}
if (patPtr->needMods != 0) {
modMask = patPtr->needMods;
if ((modMask & META_MASK) && (dispPtr->metaModMask != 0)) {
modMask = (modMask & ~META_MASK) | dispPtr->metaModMask;
}
if ((modMask & ALT_MASK) && (dispPtr->altModMask != 0)) {
modMask = (modMask & ~ALT_MASK) | dispPtr->altModMask;
}
if ((state & META_MASK) && (dispPtr->metaModMask != 0)) {
state = (state & ~META_MASK) | dispPtr->metaModMask;
}
if ((state & ALT_MASK) && (dispPtr->altModMask != 0)) {
state = (state & ~ALT_MASK) | dispPtr->altModMask;
}
if ((state & modMask) != modMask) {
goto nextSequence;
}
}
if (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) {
XEvent *firstPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent];
int timeDiff;
timeDiff = (Time) firstPtr->xkey.time - eventPtr->xkey.time;
if ((firstPtr->xkey.x_root
< (eventPtr->xkey.x_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
|| (firstPtr->xkey.x_root
> (eventPtr->xkey.x_root + NEARBY_PIXELS))
|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
< (eventPtr->xkey.y_root - NEARBY_PIXELS))
|| (firstPtr->xkey.y_root
> (eventPtr->xkey.y_root + NEARBY_PIXELS))
|| (timeDiff > NEARBY_MS)) {
goto nextSequence;
}
}
patPtr++;
patCount--;
nextEvent:
if (eventPtr == bindPtr->eventRing) {
eventPtr = &bindPtr->eventRing[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-1];
detailPtr = &bindPtr->detailRing[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-1];
} else {
eventPtr--;
detailPtr--;
}
ringCount--;
}
matchPtr = psPtr;
sourcePtr = psPtr;
if (objectPtr != NULL) {
int iVirt;
VirtualOwners *voPtr;
PatternTableKey key;
/*
* The sequence matches the physical constraints. Is this object
* interested in any of the virtual events that correspond to this
* sequence?
*/
voPtr = psPtr->voPtr;
memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key));
key.object = *objectPtr;
key.type = VirtualEvent;
key.detail.clientData = 0;
for (iVirt = 0; iVirt < voPtr->numOwners; iVirt++) {
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = voPtr->owners[iVirt];
key.detail.name = (Tk_Uid) Tcl_GetHashKey(hPtr->tablePtr,
hPtr);
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&bindPtr->patternTable,
(char *) &key);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
/*
* This tag is interested in this virtual event and its
* corresponding physical event is a good match with the
* virtual event's definition.
*/
PatSeq *virtMatchPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if ((virtMatchPtr->numPats != 1)
|| (virtMatchPtr->nextSeqPtr != NULL)) {
Tcl_Panic("MatchPattern: badly constructed virtual event");
}
sourcePtr = virtMatchPtr;
goto match;
}
}
/*
* The physical event matches a virtual event's definition, but
* the tag isn't interested in it.
*/
goto nextSequence;
}
match:
/*
* This sequence matches. If we've already got another match, pick
* whichever is most specific. Detail is most important, then
* needMods.
*/
if (bestPtr != NULL) {
TkPattern *patPtr2;
if (matchPtr->numPats != bestPtr->numPats) {
if (bestPtr->numPats > matchPtr->numPats) {
goto nextSequence;
} else {
goto newBest;
}
}
for (i = 0, patPtr = matchPtr->pats, patPtr2 = bestPtr->pats;
i < matchPtr->numPats; i++, patPtr++, patPtr2++) {
if (patPtr->detail.clientData != patPtr2->detail.clientData) {
if (patPtr->detail.clientData == 0) {
goto nextSequence;
} else {
goto newBest;
}
}
if (patPtr->needMods != patPtr2->needMods) {
if ((patPtr->needMods & patPtr2->needMods)
== patPtr->needMods) {
goto nextSequence;
} else if ((patPtr->needMods & patPtr2->needMods)
== patPtr2->needMods) {
goto newBest;
}
}
}
/*
* Tie goes to current best pattern.
*
* (1) For virtual vs. virtual, the least recently defined virtual
* wins, because virtuals are examined in order of definition.
* This order is _not_ guaranteed in the documentation.
*
* (2) For virtual vs. physical, the physical wins because all the
* physicals are examined before the virtuals. This order is
* guaranteed in the documentation.
*
* (3) For physical vs. physical pattern, the most recently
* defined physical wins, because physicals are examined in
* reverse order of definition. This order is guaranteed in the
* documentation.
*/
goto nextSequence;
}
newBest:
bestPtr = matchPtr;
bestSourcePtr = sourcePtr;
nextSequence:
continue;
}
*sourcePtrPtr = bestSourcePtr;
return bestPtr;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ExpandPercents --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ExpandPercents( | | > | > | > > > | | | > > > | > > < | < < < < | | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < | < > > | | > | | | | | > | | > | > > > | > | | | > | > > | > > | > | | > | | | | | | > > | | | > | | | | | > | > | > | | | | | | > > | | > | > | | | > | > | > | > | | | > > | > > | | | | | | | | > > | | | > > | | | > > | > > | | | | | | > > > > | > > | | | | | | | > > | > > > | > | > | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | > | | | | | | > > | < < | | | > > > | > > | | | > | | | > | | | > > > | > | | < | | | > | | | < < < < < | 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ExpandPercents(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred: needed to get
* input context. */
const char *before, /* Command containing percent expressions to
* be replaced. */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* X event containing information to be used
* in % replacements. */
KeySym keySym, /* KeySym: only relevant for KeyPress and
* KeyRelease events). */
unsigned int scriptCount, /* The number of script-based binding patterns
* matched so far for this event. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Dynamic string in which to append new
* command. */
{
int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags; /* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
* list element. */
int number, flags, length;
#define NUM_SIZE 40
const char *string;
Tcl_DString buf;
char numStorage[NUM_SIZE+1];
Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
if (eventPtr->type < TK_LASTEVENT) {
flags = flagArray[eventPtr->type];
} else {
flags = 0;
}
while (1) {
/*
* Find everything up to the next % character and append it to the
* result string.
*/
for (string = before; (*string != 0) && (*string != '%'); string++) {
/* Empty loop body. */
}
if (string != before) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, (int) (string-before));
before = string;
}
if (*before == 0) {
break;
}
/*
* There's a percent sequence here. Process it.
*/
number = 0;
string = "??";
switch (before[1]) {
case '#':
number = eventPtr->xany.serial;
goto doNumber;
case 'a':
if (flags & CONFIG) {
TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xconfigure.above);
string = numStorage;
}
goto doString;
case 'b':
if (flags & BUTTON) {
number = eventPtr->xbutton.button;
goto doNumber;
}
goto doString;
case 'c':
if (flags & EXPOSE) {
number = eventPtr->xexpose.count;
goto doNumber;
}
goto doString;
case 'd':
if (flags & (CROSSING|FOCUS)) {
if (flags & FOCUS) {
number = eventPtr->xfocus.detail;
} else {
number = eventPtr->xcrossing.detail;
}
string = TkFindStateString(notifyDetail, number);
} else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) {
if (eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.value_mask & CWStackMode) {
string = TkFindStateString(configureRequestDetail,
eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.detail);
} else {
string = "";
}
} else if (flags & VIRTUAL) {
XVirtualEvent *vePtr = (XVirtualEvent *) eventPtr;
if (vePtr->user_data != NULL) {
string = Tcl_GetString(vePtr->user_data);
} else {
string = "";
}
}
goto doString;
case 'f':
if (flags & CROSSING) {
number = eventPtr->xcrossing.focus;
goto doNumber;
}
goto doString;
case 'h':
if (flags & EXPOSE) {
number = eventPtr->xexpose.height;
} else if (flags & CONFIG) {
number = eventPtr->xconfigure.height;
} else if (flags & CREATE) {
number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.height;
} else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) {
number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.height;
} else if (flags & RESIZEREQ) {
number = eventPtr->xresizerequest.height;
} else {
goto doString;
}
goto doNumber;
case 'i':
if (flags & CREATE) {
TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xcreatewindow.window);
} else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) {
TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage,
eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.window);
} else if (flags & MAPREQ) {
TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xmaprequest.window);
} else {
TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xany.window);
}
string = numStorage;
goto doString;
case 'k':
if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent)) {
number = eventPtr->xkey.keycode;
goto doNumber;
}
goto doString;
case 'm':
if (flags & CROSSING) {
number = eventPtr->xcrossing.mode;
string = TkFindStateString(notifyMode, number);
} else if (flags & FOCUS) {
number = eventPtr->xfocus.mode;
string = TkFindStateString(notifyMode, number);
}
goto doString;
case 'o':
if (flags & CREATE) {
number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.override_redirect;
} else if (flags & MAP) {
number = eventPtr->xmap.override_redirect;
} else if (flags & REPARENT) {
number = eventPtr->xreparent.override_redirect;
} else if (flags & CONFIG) {
number = eventPtr->xconfigure.override_redirect;
} else {
goto doString;
}
goto doNumber;
case 'p':
if (flags & CIRC) {
string = TkFindStateString(circPlace,
eventPtr->xcirculate.place);
} else if (flags & CIRCREQ) {
string = TkFindStateString(circPlace,
eventPtr->xcirculaterequest.place);
}
goto doString;
case 's':
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) {
number = eventPtr->xkey.state;
goto doNumber;
} else if (flags & CROSSING) {
number = eventPtr->xcrossing.state;
goto doNumber;
} else if (flags & PROP) {
string = TkFindStateString(propNotify,
eventPtr->xproperty.state);
} else if (flags & VISIBILITY) {
string = TkFindStateString(visNotify,
eventPtr->xvisibility.state);
}
goto doString;
case 't':
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) {
number = (int) eventPtr->xkey.time;
} else if (flags & CROSSING) {
number = (int) eventPtr->xcrossing.time;
} else if (flags & PROP) {
number = (int) eventPtr->xproperty.time;
} else {
goto doString;
}
goto doNumber;
case 'v':
number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.value_mask;
goto doNumber;
case 'w':
if (flags & EXPOSE) {
number = eventPtr->xexpose.width;
} else if (flags & CONFIG) {
number = eventPtr->xconfigure.width;
} else if (flags & CREATE) {
number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.width;
} else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) {
number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.width;
} else if (flags & RESIZEREQ) {
number = eventPtr->xresizerequest.width;
} else {
goto doString;
}
goto doNumber;
case 'x':
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) {
number = eventPtr->xkey.x;
} else if (flags & CROSSING) {
number = eventPtr->xcrossing.x;
} else if (flags & EXPOSE) {
number = eventPtr->xexpose.x;
} else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) {
number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.x;
} else if (flags & REPARENT) {
number = eventPtr->xreparent.x;
} else if (flags & CREATE) {
number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.x;
} else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) {
number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.x;
} else {
goto doString;
}
goto doNumber;
case 'y':
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) {
number = eventPtr->xkey.y;
} else if (flags & EXPOSE) {
number = eventPtr->xexpose.y;
} else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) {
number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.y;
} else if (flags & REPARENT) {
number = eventPtr->xreparent.y;
} else if (flags & CROSSING) {
number = eventPtr->xcrossing.y;
} else if (flags & CREATE) {
number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.y;
} else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) {
number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.y;
} else {
goto doString;
}
goto doNumber;
case 'A':
if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent)) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
string = TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, &buf);
}
goto doString;
case 'B':
if (flags & CREATE) {
number = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.border_width;
} else if (flags & CONFIGREQ) {
number = eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.border_width;
} else if (flags & CONFIG) {
number = eventPtr->xconfigure.border_width;
} else {
goto doString;
}
goto doNumber;
case 'D':
/*
* This is used only by the MouseWheel event.
*/
if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type == MouseWheelEvent)) {
number = eventPtr->xkey.keycode;
goto doNumber;
}
goto doString;
case 'E':
number = (int) eventPtr->xany.send_event;
goto doNumber;
case 'K':
if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent)) {
char *name = TkKeysymToString(keySym);
if (name != NULL) {
string = name;
}
}
goto doString;
case 'M':
number = scriptCount;
goto doNumber;
case 'N':
if ((flags & KEY) && (eventPtr->type != MouseWheelEvent)) {
number = (int) keySym;
goto doNumber;
}
goto doString;
case 'P':
if (flags & PROP) {
string = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr,
eventPtr->xproperty.atom);
}
goto doString;
case 'R':
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xkey.root);
string = numStorage;
}
goto doString;
case 'S':
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
TkpPrintWindowId(numStorage, eventPtr->xkey.subwindow);
string = numStorage;
}
goto doString;
case 'T':
number = eventPtr->type;
goto doNumber;
case 'W': {
Tk_Window tkwin;
tkwin = Tk_IdToWindow(eventPtr->xany.display,
eventPtr->xany.window);
if (tkwin != NULL) {
string = Tk_PathName(tkwin);
} else {
string = "??";
}
goto doString;
}
case 'X':
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
number = eventPtr->xkey.x_root;
goto doNumber;
}
goto doString;
case 'Y':
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
number = eventPtr->xkey.y_root;
goto doNumber;
}
goto doString;
default:
numStorage[0] = before[1];
numStorage[1] = '\0';
string = numStorage;
goto doString;
}
doNumber:
sprintf(numStorage, "%d", number);
string = numStorage;
doString:
spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanElement(string, &cvtFlags);
length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded);
spaceNeeded = Tcl_ConvertElement(string,
Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + length,
cvtFlags | TCL_DONT_USE_BRACES);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, length + spaceNeeded);
before += 2;
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ChangeScreen --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 |
static void
ChangeScreen(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
char *dispName, /* Name of new display. */
int screenIndex) /* Index of new screen. */
{
| | > | > > > > > | > | > | < | 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 |
static void
ChangeScreen(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
char *dispName, /* Name of new display. */
int screenIndex) /* Index of new screen. */
{
Tcl_DString cmd;
int code;
char screen[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
Tcl_DStringInit(&cmd);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmd, "tk::ScreenChanged ", 18);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmd, dispName, -1);
sprintf(screen, ".%d", screenIndex);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmd, screen, -1);
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&cmd), Tcl_DStringLength(&cmd),
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&cmd);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (changing screen in event binding)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_EventCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 |
int
Tk_EventObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < < < | | > > > | > > | > > | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | > > > | > | | > | > > > | > | > | < | | | | | > | 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 |
int
Tk_EventObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int index;
Tk_Window tkwin;
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr;
TkBindInfo bindInfo;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"add", "delete", "generate", "info",
NULL
};
enum options {
EVENT_ADD, EVENT_DELETE, EVENT_GENERATE, EVENT_INFO
};
tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
bindInfo = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->bindInfo;
vetPtr = &((BindInfo *) bindInfo)->virtualEventTable;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case EVENT_ADD: {
int i;
char *name, *event;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"virtual sequence ?sequence ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
name = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
for (i = 3; i < objc; i++) {
event = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if (CreateVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, name, event) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
break;
}
case EVENT_DELETE: {
int i;
char *name, *event;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"virtual ?sequence sequence ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
name = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
if (objc == 3) {
return DeleteVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, name, NULL);
}
for (i = 3; i < objc; i++) {
event = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if (DeleteVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, name, event) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
break;
}
case EVENT_GENERATE:
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window event ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return HandleEventGenerate(interp, tkwin, objc - 2, objv + 2);
case EVENT_INFO:
if (objc == 2) {
GetAllVirtualEvents(interp, vetPtr);
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 3) {
return GetVirtualEvent(interp, vetPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?virtual?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 | * *vetPtr is now initialized. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void InitVirtualEventTable( | | > < < | | < | 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 |
* *vetPtr is now initialized.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
InitVirtualEventTable(
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr) /* Pointer to virtual event table. Memory is
* supplied by the caller. */
{
Tcl_InitHashTable(&vetPtr->patternTable,
sizeof(PatternTableKey) / sizeof(int));
Tcl_InitHashTable(&vetPtr->nameTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteVirtualEventTable --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 |
static void
DeleteVirtualEventTable(
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr) /* The virtual event table to delete. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
| | < | | < < | | < | | | | | < < < < < < | | > > | > < < < < | > | | > > | < | > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > > > > | > | | > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > | | 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 |
static void
DeleteVirtualEventTable(
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr) /* The virtual event table to delete. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
PatSeq *psPtr, *nextPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&vetPtr->patternTable, &search);
for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
psPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
for ( ; psPtr != NULL; psPtr = nextPtr) {
nextPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr;
ckfree((char *) psPtr->voPtr);
ckfree((char *) psPtr);
}
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&vetPtr->patternTable);
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, &search);
for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&vetPtr->nameTable);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateVirtualEvent --
*
* Add a new definition for a virtual event. If the virtual event is
* already defined, the new definition augments those that already exist.
*
* Results:
* The return value is TCL_ERROR if an error occured while creating the
* virtual binding. In this case, an error message will be left in the
* interp's result. If all went well then the return value is TCL_OK.
*
* Side effects:
* The virtual event may cause future calls to Tk_BindEvent to behave
* differently than they did previously.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CreateVirtualEvent(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, /* Table in which to augment virtual event. */
char *virtString, /* Name of new virtual event. */
char *eventString) /* String describing physical event that
* triggers virtual event. */
{
PatSeq *psPtr;
int dummy;
Tcl_HashEntry *vhPtr;
unsigned long eventMask;
PhysicalsOwned *poPtr;
VirtualOwners *voPtr;
Tk_Uid virtUid;
virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString);
if (virtUid == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Find/create physical event
*/
psPtr = FindSequence(interp, &vetPtr->patternTable, NULL, eventString,
1, 0, &eventMask);
if (psPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Find/create virtual event.
*/
vhPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, virtUid, &dummy);
/*
* Make virtual event own the physical event.
*/
poPtr = (PhysicalsOwned *) Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr);
if (poPtr == NULL) {
poPtr = (PhysicalsOwned *) ckalloc(sizeof(PhysicalsOwned));
poPtr->numOwned = 0;
} else {
/*
* See if this virtual event is already defined for this physical
* event and just return if it is.
*/
int i;
for (i = 0; i < poPtr->numOwned; i++) {
if (poPtr->patSeqs[i] == psPtr) {
return TCL_OK;
}
}
poPtr = (PhysicalsOwned *) ckrealloc((char *) poPtr,
sizeof(PhysicalsOwned) + poPtr->numOwned * sizeof(PatSeq *));
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(vhPtr, (ClientData) poPtr);
poPtr->patSeqs[poPtr->numOwned] = psPtr;
poPtr->numOwned++;
/*
* Make physical event so it can trigger the virtual event.
*/
voPtr = psPtr->voPtr;
if (voPtr == NULL) {
voPtr = (VirtualOwners *) ckalloc(sizeof(VirtualOwners));
voPtr->numOwners = 0;
} else {
voPtr = (VirtualOwners *) ckrealloc((char *) voPtr,
sizeof(VirtualOwners)
+ voPtr->numOwners * sizeof(Tcl_HashEntry *));
}
psPtr->voPtr = voPtr;
voPtr->owners[voPtr->numOwners] = vhPtr;
voPtr->numOwners++;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteVirtualEvent --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DeleteVirtualEvent(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, /* Table in which to delete event. */
| | > | > | | | < < < < | > | > | | < > | > | | > | | | < < | < | | < > > > > > > > > > | > | | < < | > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | | < < > < | | < < | > | | > | 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DeleteVirtualEvent(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, /* Table in which to delete event. */
char *virtString, /* String describing event sequence that
* triggers binding. */
char *eventString) /* The event sequence that should be deleted,
* or NULL to delete all event sequences for
* the entire virtual event. */
{
int iPhys;
Tk_Uid virtUid;
Tcl_HashEntry *vhPtr;
PhysicalsOwned *poPtr;
PatSeq *eventPSPtr;
virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString);
if (virtUid == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
vhPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, virtUid);
if (vhPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
poPtr = (PhysicalsOwned *) Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr);
eventPSPtr = NULL;
if (eventString != NULL) {
unsigned long eventMask;
/*
* Delete only the specific physical event associated with the virtual
* event. If the physical event doesn't already exist, or the virtual
* event doesn't own that physical event, return w/o doing anything.
*/
eventPSPtr = FindSequence(interp, &vetPtr->patternTable, NULL,
eventString, 0, 0, &eventMask);
if (eventPSPtr == NULL) {
const char *string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
return (string[0] != '\0') ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK;
}
}
for (iPhys = poPtr->numOwned; --iPhys >= 0; ) {
PatSeq *psPtr = poPtr->patSeqs[iPhys];
if ((eventPSPtr == NULL) || (psPtr == eventPSPtr)) {
int iVirt;
VirtualOwners *voPtr;
/*
* Remove association between this physical event and the given
* virtual event that it triggers.
*/
voPtr = psPtr->voPtr;
for (iVirt = 0; iVirt < voPtr->numOwners; iVirt++) {
if (voPtr->owners[iVirt] == vhPtr) {
break;
}
}
if (iVirt == voPtr->numOwners) {
Tcl_Panic("DeleteVirtualEvent: couldn't find owner");
}
voPtr->numOwners--;
if (voPtr->numOwners == 0) {
/*
* Removed last reference to this physical event, so remove it
* from physical->virtual map.
*/
PatSeq *prevPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr);
if (prevPtr == psPtr) {
if (psPtr->nextSeqPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(psPtr->hPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(psPtr->hPtr,
psPtr->nextSeqPtr);
}
} else {
for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextSeqPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("DeleteVirtualEvent couldn't find on hash chain");
}
if (prevPtr->nextSeqPtr == psPtr) {
prevPtr->nextSeqPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr;
break;
}
}
}
ckfree((char *) psPtr->voPtr);
ckfree((char *) psPtr);
} else {
/*
* This physical event still triggers some other virtual
* event(s). Consolidate the list of virtual owners for this
* physical event so it no longer triggers the given virtual
* event.
*/
voPtr->owners[iVirt] = voPtr->owners[voPtr->numOwners];
}
/*
* Now delete the virtual event's reference to the physical event.
*/
poPtr->numOwned--;
if (eventPSPtr != NULL && poPtr->numOwned != 0) {
/*
* Just deleting this one physical event. Consolidate list of
* owned physical events and return.
*/
poPtr->patSeqs[iPhys] = poPtr->patSeqs[poPtr->numOwned];
return TCL_OK;
}
}
}
if (poPtr->numOwned == 0) {
/*
* All the physical events for this virtual event were deleted, either
* because there was only one associated physical event or because the
* caller was deleting the entire virtual event. Now the virtual event
* itself should be deleted.
*/
ckfree((char *) poPtr);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(vhPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetVirtualEvent(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for reporting. */
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, /* Table in which to look for event. */
| | > | | < < < < | > | > > | | | > > | | | 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetVirtualEvent(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for reporting. */
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr, /* Table in which to look for event. */
char *virtString) /* String describing virtual event. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *vhPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
int iPhys;
PhysicalsOwned *poPtr;
Tk_Uid virtUid;
virtUid = GetVirtualEventUid(interp, virtString);
if (virtUid == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
vhPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, virtUid);
if (vhPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
poPtr = (PhysicalsOwned *) Tcl_GetHashValue(vhPtr);
for (iPhys = 0; iPhys < poPtr->numOwned; iPhys++) {
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, 0);
GetPatternString(poPtr->patSeqs[iPhys], &ds);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 |
static void
GetAllVirtualEvents(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter returning result. */
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr) /* Table containing events. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
| | | < | > > | > | | > | 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 |
static void
GetAllVirtualEvents(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter returning result. */
VirtualEventTable *vetPtr) /* Table containing events. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&vetPtr->nameTable, &search);
for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, 0);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "<<", 2);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_GetHashKey(hPtr->tablePtr, hPtr), -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, ">>", 2);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* HandleEventGenerate --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 | * When constructing the event, * event.xany.serial is filled with the current X serial number. * event.xany.window is filled with the target window. * event.xany.display is filled with the target window's display. * Any other fields in eventPtr which are not specified by the pattern * string or the optional arguments, are set to 0. * | | | < | < > | < | < < < < < < < | | < < | > | | | < < > | > | | < < > | | < > | | > | > | | | | | | | < < < < | > < | < | | | | | < | | | > > | > > | | | | < < < | | > | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | > | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | > < < < < < < < | | | | > | | | | > > | | | | | < < < < | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | < | | < | < < < > < < | | | | | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | > | > < < < < | | | < | < | | | < < < | | | | < | | < < < | < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < | > | < < | < | 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 |
* When constructing the event,
* event.xany.serial is filled with the current X serial number.
* event.xany.window is filled with the target window.
* event.xany.display is filled with the target window's display.
* Any other fields in eventPtr which are not specified by the pattern
* string or the optional arguments, are set to 0.
*
* The event may be handled sychronously or asynchronously, depending on
* the value specified by the optional "-when" option. The default
* setting is synchronous.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
HandleEventGenerate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for errors return and name lookup. */
Tk_Window mainWin, /* Main window associated with interp. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virtual;} event;
const char *p;
char *name, *windowName;
int count, flags, synch, i, number, warp;
Tcl_QueuePosition pos;
TkPattern pat;
Tk_Window tkwin, tkwin2;
TkWindow *mainPtr;
unsigned long eventMask;
Tcl_Obj *userDataObj;
static const char *fieldStrings[] = {
"-when", "-above", "-borderwidth", "-button",
"-count", "-data", "-delta", "-detail",
"-focus", "-height",
"-keycode", "-keysym", "-mode", "-override",
"-place", "-root", "-rootx", "-rooty",
"-sendevent", "-serial", "-state", "-subwindow",
"-time", "-warp", "-width", "-window",
"-x", "-y", NULL
};
enum field {
EVENT_WHEN, EVENT_ABOVE, EVENT_BORDER, EVENT_BUTTON,
EVENT_COUNT, EVENT_DATA, EVENT_DELTA, EVENT_DETAIL,
EVENT_FOCUS, EVENT_HEIGHT,
EVENT_KEYCODE, EVENT_KEYSYM, EVENT_MODE, EVENT_OVERRIDE,
EVENT_PLACE, EVENT_ROOT, EVENT_ROOTX, EVENT_ROOTY,
EVENT_SEND, EVENT_SERIAL, EVENT_STATE, EVENT_SUBWINDOW,
EVENT_TIME, EVENT_WARP, EVENT_WIDTH, EVENT_WINDOW,
EVENT_X, EVENT_Y
};
windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]);
if (!windowName[0]) {
tkwin = mainWin;
} else if (NameToWindow(interp, mainWin, objv[0], &tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
mainPtr = (TkWindow *) mainWin;
if ((tkwin == NULL)
|| (mainPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window id \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
"\" doesn't exist in this application", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
name = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
p = name;
eventMask = 0;
userDataObj = NULL;
count = ParseEventDescription(interp, &p, &pat, &eventMask);
if (count == 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (count != 1) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Double or Triple modifier not allowed",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (*p != '\0') {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "only one event specification allowed",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
memset((void *) &event, 0, sizeof(event));
event.general.xany.type = pat.eventType;
event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(tkwin));
event.general.xany.send_event = False;
if (windowName[0]) {
event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
} else {
event.general.xany.window =
RootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin));
}
event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
flags = flagArray[event.general.xany.type];
if (flags & DESTROY) {
/*
* Event DestroyNotify should be generated by destroying the window.
*/
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) {
event.general.xkey.state = pat.needMods;
if ((flags & KEY) && (event.general.xany.type != MouseWheelEvent)) {
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, pat.detail.keySym, &event.general);
} else if (flags & BUTTON) {
event.general.xbutton.button = pat.detail.button;
} else if (flags & VIRTUAL) {
event.virtual.name = pat.detail.name;
}
}
if (flags & (CREATE|UNMAP|MAP|REPARENT|CONFIG|GRAVITY|CIRC)) {
event.general.xcreatewindow.window = event.general.xany.window;
}
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
event.general.xkey.x_root = -1;
event.general.xkey.y_root = -1;
}
/*
* Process the remaining arguments to fill in additional fields of the
* event.
*/
synch = 1;
warp = 0;
pos = TCL_QUEUE_TAIL;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
int index;
optionPtr = objv[i];
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, fieldStrings, "option",
TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc & 1) {
/*
* This test occurs after Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() so that "event
* generate <Button> -xyz" will return the error message that
* "-xyz" is a bad option, rather than that the value for "-xyz"
* is missing.
*/
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", Tcl_GetString(optionPtr),
"\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum field) index) {
case EVENT_WARP:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &warp) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL)) {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_WHEN:
pos = (Tcl_QueuePosition) TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr,
queuePosition, valuePtr);
if ((int) pos < -1) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
synch = 0;
if ((int) pos == -1) {
synch = 1;
}
break;
case EVENT_ABOVE:
if (NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & CONFIG) {
event.general.xconfigure.above = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_BORDER:
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG)) {
event.general.xcreatewindow.border_width = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_BUTTON:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & BUTTON) {
event.general.xbutton.button = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_COUNT:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & EXPOSE) {
event.general.xexpose.count = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_DATA:
if (flags & VIRTUAL) {
/*
* Do not increment reference count until after parsing
* completes and we know that the event generation is really
* going to happen.
*/
userDataObj = valuePtr;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_DELTA:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((flags & KEY) && (event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent)) {
event.general.xkey.keycode = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_DETAIL:
number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, notifyDetail,
valuePtr);
if (number < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & FOCUS) {
event.general.xfocus.detail = number;
} else if (flags & CROSSING) {
event.general.xcrossing.detail = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_FOCUS:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & CROSSING) {
event.general.xcrossing.focus = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_HEIGHT:
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, valuePtr,
&number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & EXPOSE) {
event.general.xexpose.height = number;
} else if (flags & CONFIG) {
event.general.xconfigure.height = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_KEYCODE:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((flags & KEY) && (event.general.xkey.type != MouseWheelEvent)) {
event.general.xkey.keycode = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_KEYSYM: {
KeySym keysym;
char *value;
value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
keysym = TkStringToKeysym(value);
if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown keysym \"", value, "\"",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, keysym, &event.general);
if (event.general.xkey.keycode == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no keycode for keysym \"", value,
"\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(flags & KEY)
|| (event.general.xkey.type == MouseWheelEvent)) {
goto badopt;
}
break;
}
case EVENT_MODE:
number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp,optionPtr,notifyMode,valuePtr);
if (number < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & CROSSING) {
event.general.xcrossing.mode = number;
} else if (flags & FOCUS) {
event.general.xfocus.mode = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_OVERRIDE:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & CREATE) {
event.general.xcreatewindow.override_redirect = number;
} else if (flags & MAP) {
event.general.xmap.override_redirect = number;
} else if (flags & REPARENT) {
event.general.xreparent.override_redirect = number;
} else if (flags & CONFIG) {
event.general.xconfigure.override_redirect = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_PLACE:
number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, circPlace, valuePtr);
if (number < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & CIRC) {
event.general.xcirculate.place = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_ROOT:
if (NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
event.general.xkey.root = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_ROOTX:
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
event.general.xkey.x_root = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_ROOTY:
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
event.general.xkey.y_root = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_SEND: {
const char *value;
value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
if (isdigit(UCHAR(value[0]))) {
/*
* Allow arbitrary integer values for the field; they are
* needed by a few of the tests in the Tk test suite.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
event.general.xany.send_event = number;
break;
}
case EVENT_SERIAL:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
event.general.xany.serial = number;
break;
case EVENT_STATE:
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL) {
event.general.xkey.state = number;
} else {
event.general.xcrossing.state = number;
}
} else if (flags & VISIBILITY) {
number = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, visNotify,
valuePtr);
if (number < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
event.general.xvisibility.state = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_SUBWINDOW:
if (NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
event.general.xkey.subwindow = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_TIME:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
event.general.xkey.time = (Time) number;
} else if (flags & PROP) {
event.general.xproperty.time = (Time) number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_WIDTH:
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & EXPOSE) {
event.general.xexpose.width = number;
} else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG)) {
event.general.xcreatewindow.width = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_WINDOW:
if (NameToWindow(interp, tkwin, valuePtr, &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & (CREATE|UNMAP|MAP|REPARENT|CONFIG|GRAVITY|CIRC)) {
event.general.xcreatewindow.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_X:
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & (KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_VIRTUAL|CROSSING)) {
event.general.xkey.x = number;
/*
* Only modify rootx as well if it hasn't been changed.
*/
if (event.general.xkey.x_root == -1) {
int rootX, rootY;
Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &rootX, &rootY);
event.general.xkey.x_root = rootX + number;
}
} else if (flags & EXPOSE) {
event.general.xexpose.x = number;
} else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) {
event.general.xcreatewindow.x = number;
} else if (flags & REPARENT) {
event.general.xreparent.x = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
case EVENT_Y:
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp,tkwin,valuePtr,&number) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & KEY_BUTTON_MOTION_CROSSING) {
event.general.xkey.y = number;
/*
* Only modify rooty as well if it hasn't been changed.
*/
if (event.general.xkey.y_root == -1) {
int rootX, rootY;
Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &rootX, &rootY);
event.general.xkey.y_root = rootY + number;
}
} else if (flags & EXPOSE) {
event.general.xexpose.y = number;
} else if (flags & (CREATE|CONFIG|GRAVITY)) {
event.general.xcreatewindow.y = number;
} else if (flags & REPARENT) {
event.general.xreparent.y = number;
} else {
goto badopt;
}
break;
}
continue;
badopt:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, name, " event doesn't accept \"",
Tcl_GetString(optionPtr), "\" option", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (userDataObj != NULL) {
XVirtualEvent *vePtr = (XVirtualEvent *) &event;
/*
* Must be virtual event to set that variable to non-NULL. Now we want
* to install the object into the event. Note that we must incr the
* refcount before firing it into the low-level event subsystem; the
* refcount will be decremented once the event has been processed.
*/
vePtr->user_data = userDataObj;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(userDataObj);
}
/*
* Now we have constructed the event, inject it into the event handling
* code.
*/
if (synch != 0) {
Tk_HandleEvent(&event.general);
} else {
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, pos);
}
/*
* We only allow warping if the window is mapped.
*/
if ((warp != 0) && Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(event.general.xmotion.display);
if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWarp, (ClientData) dispPtr);
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
}
dispPtr->warpWindow = event.general.xany.window;
dispPtr->warpX = event.general.xkey.x;
dispPtr->warpY = event.general.xkey.y;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
NameToWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return and name lookup. */
Tk_Window mainWin, /* Main window of application. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Contains name or id string of window. */
Tk_Window *tkwinPtr) /* Filled with token for window. */
{
char *name;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Window id;
name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
if (name[0] == '.') {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, name, mainWin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*tkwinPtr = tkwin;
} else {
/*
* Check for the winPtr being valid, even if it looks ok to
* TkpScanWindowId. [Bug #411307]
*/
if ((TkpScanWindowId(NULL, name, &id) != TCL_OK) ||
((*tkwinPtr = Tk_IdToWindow(Tk_Display(mainWin), id))
== NULL)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad window name/identifier \"",
name, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DoWarp --
*
* Perform Warping of X pointer. Executed as an idle handler only.
*
* Results:
* None
*
* Side effects:
* X Pointer will move to a new location.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DoWarp(
ClientData clientData)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
XWarpPointer(dispPtr->display, None, (Window) dispPtr->warpWindow,
0, 0, 0, 0, (int) dispPtr->warpX, (int) dispPtr->warpY);
XForceScreenSaver(dispPtr->display, ScreenSaverReset);
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetVirtualEventUid --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 |
GetVirtualEventUid(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *virtString)
{
Tk_Uid uid;
size_t length;
| < < | < < | | | < | 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 |
GetVirtualEventUid(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *virtString)
{
Tk_Uid uid;
size_t length;
length = strlen(virtString);
if (length < 5 || virtString[0] != '<' || virtString[1] != '<' ||
virtString[length - 2] != '>' || virtString[length - 1] != '>') {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "virtual event \"", virtString,
"\" is badly formed", NULL);
return NULL;
}
virtString[length - 2] = '\0';
uid = Tk_GetUid(virtString + 2);
virtString[length - 2] = '>';
return uid;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static PatSeq *
FindSequence(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
| > | | > | | | | > | | | | | | < < | | | > | < < < < < < < < | | > > | | | | | | | > > > > > | > | | < | | | < | < > | > | > > > > > | < < | | | | | < < | | < | < < | | < > | > | | < | < | | | | | | | < < > < | < | | | | | | | | < | > | > | < | 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static PatSeq *
FindSequence(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tcl_HashTable *patternTablePtr,
/* Table to use for lookup. */
ClientData object, /* For binding table, token for object with
* which binding is associated. For virtual
* event table, NULL. */
const char *eventString, /* String description of pattern to match on.
* See user documentation for details. */
int create, /* 0 means don't create the entry if it
* doesn't already exist. Non-zero means
* create. */
int allowVirtual, /* 0 means that virtual events are not allowed
* in the sequence. Non-zero otherwise. */
unsigned long *maskPtr) /* *maskPtr is filled in with the event types
* on which this pattern sequence depends. */
{
TkPattern pats[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE];
int numPats, virtualFound;
const char *p;
TkPattern *patPtr;
PatSeq *psPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int flags, count, isNew;
size_t sequenceSize;
unsigned long eventMask;
PatternTableKey key;
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------
* Step 1: parse the pattern string to produce an array of Patterns. The
* array is generated backwards, so that the lowest-indexed pattern
* corresponds to the last event that must occur.
*-------------------------------------------------------------
*/
p = eventString;
flags = 0;
eventMask = 0;
virtualFound = 0;
patPtr = &pats[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-1];
for (numPats = 0; numPats < EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE; numPats++, patPtr--) {
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p++;
}
if (*p == '\0') {
break;
}
count = ParseEventDescription(interp, &p, patPtr, &eventMask);
if (count == 0) {
return NULL;
}
if (eventMask & VirtualEventMask) {
if (allowVirtual == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event",
TCL_STATIC);
return NULL;
}
virtualFound = 1;
}
/*
* Replicate events for DOUBLE, TRIPLE, QUADRUPLE.
*/
while ((count-- > 1) && (numPats < EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-1)) {
flags |= PAT_NEARBY;
patPtr[-1] = patPtr[0];
patPtr--;
numPats++;
}
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------
* Step 2: find the sequence in the binding table if it exists, and add a
* new sequence to the table if it doesn't.
*-------------------------------------------------------------
*/
if (numPats == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "no events specified in binding", TCL_STATIC);
return NULL;
}
if ((numPats > 1) && (virtualFound != 0)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "virtual events may not be composed",
TCL_STATIC);
return NULL;
}
patPtr = &pats[EVENT_BUFFER_SIZE-numPats];
memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key));
key.object = object;
key.type = patPtr->eventType;
key.detail = patPtr->detail;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(patternTablePtr, (char *) &key, &isNew);
sequenceSize = numPats*sizeof(TkPattern);
if (!isNew) {
for (psPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); psPtr != NULL;
psPtr = psPtr->nextSeqPtr) {
if ((numPats == psPtr->numPats)
&& ((flags & PAT_NEARBY) == (psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY))
&& (memcmp((char *) patPtr, (char *) psPtr->pats,
sequenceSize) == 0)) {
goto done;
}
}
}
if (!create) {
if (isNew) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
}
/*
* No binding exists for the sequence, so return an empty error. This
* is a special error that the caller will check for in order to
* silently ignore this case. This is a hack that maintains backward
* compatibility for Tk_GetBinding but the various "bind" commands
* silently ignore missing bindings.
*/
return NULL;
}
psPtr = (PatSeq *) ckalloc((unsigned) (sizeof(PatSeq)
+ (numPats-1)*sizeof(TkPattern)));
psPtr->numPats = numPats;
psPtr->eventProc = NULL;
psPtr->freeProc = NULL;
psPtr->clientData = NULL;
psPtr->flags = flags;
psPtr->refCount = 0;
psPtr->nextSeqPtr = (PatSeq *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
psPtr->hPtr = hPtr;
psPtr->voPtr = NULL;
psPtr->nextObjPtr = NULL;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, psPtr);
memcpy((void *) psPtr->pats, (void *) patPtr, sequenceSize);
done:
*maskPtr = eventMask;
return psPtr;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ParseEventDescription --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 | * On exit, eventStringPtr points to rest of event string (after the * closing '>', so that this function can be called repeatedly to parse * all the events in the entire sequence. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | > | | | | > > > > > | | | > > | < > | | | | | | > | | > > > < | > > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | < < < | | < < < | > > > | | < > > | > > > | < < < < < < < < < | < | | < | | | < < < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | < > > | | > | | < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < | > | > > | < < < < < < < | | > > | | | > > > > > > > | > | | < | | > > | < > > | | | | < < | > | | | < | < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | | > | < > > | | | | | < | < | | > > | | < < < | > > | | | < | | > > | | 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 |
* On exit, eventStringPtr points to rest of event string (after the
* closing '>', so that this function can be called repeatedly to parse
* all the events in the entire sequence.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParseEventDescription(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
const char **eventStringPtr,/* On input, holds a pointer to start of event
* string. On exit, gets pointer to rest of
* string after parsed event. */
TkPattern *patPtr, /* Filled with the pattern parsed from the
* event string. */
unsigned long *eventMaskPtr)/* Filled with event mask of matched event. */
{
char *p;
unsigned long eventMask;
int count, eventFlags;
#define FIELD_SIZE 48
char field[FIELD_SIZE];
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_DString copy;
Tcl_DStringInit(©);
p = Tcl_DStringAppend(©, *eventStringPtr, -1);
patPtr->eventType = -1;
patPtr->needMods = 0;
patPtr->detail.clientData = 0;
eventMask = 0;
count = 1;
/*
* Handle simple ASCII characters.
*/
if (*p != '<') {
char string[2];
patPtr->eventType = KeyPress;
eventMask = KeyPressMask;
string[0] = *p;
string[1] = 0;
patPtr->detail.keySym = TkStringToKeysym(string);
if (patPtr->detail.keySym == NoSymbol) {
if (isprint(UCHAR(*p))) {
patPtr->detail.keySym = *p;
} else {
char buf[64];
sprintf(buf, "bad ASCII character 0x%x", (unsigned char) *p);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
count = 0;
goto done;
}
}
p++;
goto end;
}
/*
* A fancier event description. This can be either a virtual event or a
* physical event.
*
* A virtual event description consists of:
*
* 1. double open angle brackets.
* 2. virtual event name.
* 3. double close angle brackets.
*
* A physical event description consists of:
*
* 1. open angle bracket.
* 2. any number of modifiers, each followed by spaces or dashes.
* 3. an optional event name.
* 4. an option button or keysym name. Either this or item 3 *must* be
* present; if both are present then they are separated by spaces or
* dashes.
* 5. a close angle bracket.
*/
p++;
if (*p == '<') {
/*
* This is a virtual event: soak up all the characters up to the next
* '>'.
*/
char *field = p + 1;
p = strchr(field, '>');
if (p == field) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "virtual event \"<<>>\" is badly formed",
TCL_STATIC);
count = 0;
goto done;
}
if ((p == NULL) || (p[1] != '>')) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "missing \">\" in virtual binding",
TCL_STATIC);
count = 0;
goto done;
}
*p = '\0';
patPtr->eventType = VirtualEvent;
eventMask = VirtualEventMask;
patPtr->detail.name = Tk_GetUid(field);
*p = '>';
p += 2;
goto end;
}
while (1) {
ModInfo *modPtr;
p = GetField(p, field, FIELD_SIZE);
if (*p == '>') {
/*
* This solves the problem of, e.g., <Control-M> being
* misinterpreted as Control + Meta + missing keysym instead of
* Control + KeyPress + M.
*/
break;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&modTable, field);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
modPtr = (ModInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
patPtr->needMods |= modPtr->mask;
if (modPtr->flags & MULT_CLICKS) {
int i = modPtr->flags & MULT_CLICKS;
count = 2;
while (i >>= 1) {
count++;
}
}
while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p++;
}
}
eventFlags = 0;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&eventTable, field);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
EventInfo *eiPtr = (EventInfo *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
patPtr->eventType = eiPtr->type;
eventFlags = flagArray[eiPtr->type];
eventMask = eiPtr->eventMask;
while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p++;
}
p = GetField(p, field, FIELD_SIZE);
}
if (*field != '\0') {
if ((*field >= '1') && (*field <= '5') && (field[1] == '\0')) {
if (eventFlags == 0) {
patPtr->eventType = ButtonPress;
eventMask = ButtonPressMask;
} else if (eventFlags & KEY) {
goto getKeysym;
} else if ((eventFlags & BUTTON) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "specified button \"", field,
"\" for non-button event", NULL);
count = 0;
goto done;
}
patPtr->detail.button = (*field - '0');
} else {
getKeysym:
patPtr->detail.keySym = TkStringToKeysym(field);
if (patPtr->detail.keySym == NoSymbol) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad event type or keysym \"",
field, "\"", NULL);
count = 0;
goto done;
}
if (eventFlags == 0) {
patPtr->eventType = KeyPress;
eventMask = KeyPressMask;
} else if ((eventFlags & KEY) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "specified keysym \"", field,
"\" for non-key event", NULL);
count = 0;
goto done;
}
}
} else if (eventFlags == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "no event type or button # or keysym",
TCL_STATIC);
count = 0;
goto done;
}
while ((*p == '-') || isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p++;
}
if (*p != '>') {
while (*p != '\0') {
p++;
if (*p == '>') {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"extra characters after detail in binding",
TCL_STATIC);
count = 0;
goto done;
}
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "missing \">\" in binding", TCL_STATIC);
count = 0;
goto done;
}
p++;
end:
*eventStringPtr += (p - Tcl_DStringValue(©));
*eventMaskPtr |= eventMask;
done:
Tcl_DStringFree(©);
return count;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetField --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | > | | < | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | < < < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
GetField(
char *p, /* Pointer to part of pattern. */
char *copy, /* Place to copy field. */
int size) /* Maximum number of characters to copy. */
{
while ((*p != '\0') && !isspace(UCHAR(*p)) && (*p != '>')
&& (*p != '-') && (size > 1)) {
*copy = *p;
p++;
copy++;
size--;
}
*copy = '\0';
return p;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetPatternString --
*
* Produce a string version of the given event, for displaying to the
* user.
*
* Results:
* The string is left in dsPtr.
*
* Side effects:
* It is the caller's responsibility to initialize the DString before and
* to free it after calling this function.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetPatternString(
PatSeq *psPtr,
Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
{
TkPattern *patPtr;
char c, buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
int patsLeft, needMods;
ModInfo *modPtr;
EventInfo *eiPtr;
/*
* The order of the patterns in the sequence is backwards from the order
* in which they must be output.
*/
for (patsLeft = psPtr->numPats, patPtr = &psPtr->pats[psPtr->numPats - 1];
patsLeft > 0; patsLeft--, patPtr--) {
/*
* Check for simple case of an ASCII character.
*/
if ((patPtr->eventType == KeyPress)
&& ((psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) == 0)
&& (patPtr->needMods == 0)
&& (patPtr->detail.keySym < 128)
&& isprint(UCHAR(patPtr->detail.keySym))
&& (patPtr->detail.keySym != '<')
&& (patPtr->detail.keySym != ' ')) {
c = (char) patPtr->detail.keySym;
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, &c, 1);
continue;
}
/*
* Check for virtual event.
*/
if (patPtr->eventType == VirtualEvent) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, "<<", 2);
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, patPtr->detail.name, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, ">>", 2);
continue;
}
/*
* It's a more general event specification. First check for "Double",
* "Triple", "Quadruple", then modifiers, then event type, then keysym
* or button detail.
*/
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, "<", 1);
if ((psPtr->flags & PAT_NEARBY) && (patsLeft > 1)
&& (memcmp((char *) patPtr, (char *) (patPtr-1),
sizeof(TkPattern)) == 0)) {
patsLeft--;
patPtr--;
if ((patsLeft > 1) && (memcmp((char *) patPtr,
(char *) (patPtr-1), sizeof(TkPattern)) == 0)) {
patsLeft--;
patPtr--;
if ((patsLeft > 1) && (memcmp((char *) patPtr,
(char *) (patPtr-1), sizeof(TkPattern)) == 0)) {
patsLeft--;
patPtr--;
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, "Quadruple-", 10);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, "Triple-", 7);
}
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, "Double-", 7);
}
}
for (needMods = patPtr->needMods, modPtr = modArray;
needMods != 0; modPtr++) {
if (modPtr->mask & needMods) {
needMods &= ~modPtr->mask;
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, modPtr->name, -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, "-", 1);
}
}
for (eiPtr = eventArray; eiPtr->name != NULL; eiPtr++) {
if (eiPtr->type == patPtr->eventType) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, eiPtr->name, -1);
if (patPtr->detail.clientData != 0) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, "-", 1);
}
break;
}
}
if (patPtr->detail.clientData != 0) {
if ((patPtr->eventType == KeyPress)
|| (patPtr->eventType == KeyRelease)) {
char *string = TkKeysymToString(patPtr->detail.keySym);
if (string != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, string, -1);
}
} else {
sprintf(buffer, "%d", patPtr->detail.button);
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buffer, -1);
}
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, ">", 1);
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EvalTclBinding --
*
* The function that is invoked by Tk_BindEvent when a Tcl binding is
* fired.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result code, the result of globally evaluating the
* percent-substitued binding string.
*
* Side effects:
* Normal side effects due to eval.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeTclBinding(
ClientData clientData)
{
ckfree((char *) clientData);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkStringToKeysym --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ KeySym TkStringToKeysym( | | | < | | < | | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | > > > > > | | 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeySym
TkStringToKeysym(
char *name) /* Name of a keysym. */
{
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&keySymTable, name);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (KeySym) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
if (strlen(name) == 1) {
KeySym keysym = (KeySym) (unsigned char) name[0];
if (TkKeysymToString(keysym) != NULL) {
return keysym;
}
}
#endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */
return XStringToKeysym(name);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkKeysymToString --
*
* This function finds the keysym name associated with a given keysym.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to a static string containing the name
* of the given keysym, or NULL if there is no known name.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkKeysymToString(
KeySym keysym)
{
#ifdef REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&nameTable, (char *)keysym);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
#endif /* REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP */
return XKeysymToString(keysym);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCopyAndGlobalEval --
*
* This function makes a copy of a script then calls Tcl_EvalEx to
* evaluate it. It's used in situations where the execution of a command
* may cause the original command string to be reallocated.
*
* Results:
* Returns the result of evaluating script, including both a standard Tcl
* completion code and a string in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* Any; depends on script.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkCopyAndGlobalEval(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which to evaluate script. */
char *script) /* Script to evaluate. */
{
Tcl_DString buffer;
int code;
Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buffer, script, -1);
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&buffer),
Tcl_DStringLength(&buffer), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
return code;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetBindingXEvent --
*
* This function returns the XEvent associated with the currently
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XEvent *
TkpGetBindingXEvent(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter. */
{
| | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XEvent *
TkpGetBindingXEvent(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
BindingTable *bindPtr = (BindingTable *) winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable;
return &(bindPtr->eventRing[bindPtr->curEvent]);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkBitmap.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
*/
typedef struct {
const char *source; /* Bitmap bits. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of bitmap. */
} DataKey;
| | < | | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
*/
typedef struct {
const char *source; /* Bitmap bits. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of bitmap. */
} DataKey;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int initialized; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
Tcl_HashTable predefBitmapTable;
/* Hash table created by Tk_DefineBitmap to
* map from a name to a collection of in-core
* data about a bitmap. The table is indexed
* by the address of the data for the bitmap,
* and the entries contain pointers to
* TkPredefBitmap structures. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void BitmapInit(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
static void DupBitmapObjProc(Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr);
static void FreeBitmap(TkBitmap *bitmapPtr);
static void FreeBitmapObjProc(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static TkBitmap * GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
const char *name);
static TkBitmap * GetBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void InitBitmapObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "bitmap" Tcl
* object, which maps a string bitmap name to a TkBitmap object. The ptr1
* field of the Tcl_Obj points to a TkBitmap object.
*/
Tcl_ObjType tkBitmapObjType = {
"bitmap", /* name */
FreeBitmapObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupBitmapObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
NULL /* setFromAnyProc */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 |
* for legal syntax of string value. */
{
TkBitmap *bitmapPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkBitmapObjType) {
InitBitmapObj(objPtr);
}
| | | | | | | | | 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
* for legal syntax of string value. */
{
TkBitmap *bitmapPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkBitmapObjType) {
InitBitmapObj(objPtr);
}
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
/*
* If the object currently points to a TkBitmap, see if it's the one we
* want. If so, increment its reference count and return.
*/
if (bitmapPtr != NULL) {
if (bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) {
/*
* This is a stale reference: it refers to a TkBitmap that's no
* longer in use. Clear the reference.
*/
FreeBitmapObjProc(objPtr);
bitmapPtr = NULL;
} else if ((Tk_Display(tkwin) == bitmapPtr->display)
&& (Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin) == bitmapPtr->screenNum)) {
bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return bitmapPtr->bitmap;
}
}
/*
* The object didn't point to the TkBitmap that we wanted. Search the list
* of TkBitmaps with the same name to see if one of the others is the
* right one.
*/
if (bitmapPtr != NULL) {
TkBitmap *firstBitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *)
Tcl_GetHashValue(bitmapPtr->nameHashPtr);
FreeBitmapObjProc(objPtr);
for (bitmapPtr = firstBitmapPtr; bitmapPtr != NULL;
bitmapPtr = bitmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((Tk_Display(tkwin) == bitmapPtr->display) &&
(Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin) == bitmapPtr->screenNum)) {
bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount++;
bitmapPtr->objRefCount++;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) bitmapPtr;
return bitmapPtr->bitmap;
}
}
}
/*
* Still no luck. Call GetBitmap to allocate a new TkBitmap object.
*/
bitmapPtr = GetBitmap(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) bitmapPtr;
if (bitmapPtr == NULL) {
return None;
}
bitmapPtr->objRefCount++;
return bitmapPtr->bitmap;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
BitmapInit(dispPtr);
}
nameHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapNameTable, string,
&isNew);
if (!isNew) {
| | | | < | < | < | | | | < < | | | | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
BitmapInit(dispPtr);
}
nameHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapNameTable, string,
&isNew);
if (!isNew) {
existingBitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr);
for (bitmapPtr = existingBitmapPtr; bitmapPtr != NULL;
bitmapPtr = bitmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if ( (Tk_Display(tkwin) == bitmapPtr->display) &&
(Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin) == bitmapPtr->screenNum) ) {
bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return bitmapPtr;
}
}
} else {
existingBitmapPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* No suitable bitmap exists. Create a new bitmap from the information
* contained in the string. If the string starts with "@" then the rest of
* the string is a file name containing the bitmap. Otherwise the string
* must refer to a bitmap defined by a call to Tk_DefineBitmap.
*/
if (*string == '@') { /* INTL: ISO char */
Tcl_DString buffer;
int result;
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't specify bitmap with '@' in a",
" safe interpreter", NULL);
goto error;
}
/*
* Note that we need to cast away the const from the string because
* Tcl_TranslateFileName is non-const, even though it doesn't modify
* the string.
*/
string = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, (char *) string + 1, &buffer);
if (string == NULL) {
goto error;
}
result = TkReadBitmapFile(Tk_Display(tkwin),
RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), string,
(unsigned int *) &width, (unsigned int *) &height,
&bitmap, &dummy2, &dummy2);
if (result != BitmapSuccess) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading bitmap file \"",
string, "\"", NULL);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
goto error;
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
} else {
predefHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->predefBitmapTable, string);
if (predefHashPtr == NULL) {
/*
* The following platform specific call allows the user to define
* bitmaps that may only exist during run time. If it returns None
* nothing was found and we return the error.
*/
bitmap = TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), string,
&width, &height);
if (bitmap == None) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bitmap \"", string,
"\" not defined", NULL);
}
goto error;
}
} else {
predefPtr = (TkPredefBitmap *) Tcl_GetHashValue(predefHashPtr);
width = predefPtr->width;
height = predefPtr->height;
if (predefPtr->native) {
bitmap = TkpCreateNativeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
predefPtr->source);
if (bitmap == None) {
Tcl_Panic("native bitmap creation failed");
}
} else {
bitmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(Tk_Display(tkwin),
RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)),
predefPtr->source, (unsigned)width, (unsigned)height);
}
}
}
/*
* Add information about this bitmap to our database.
*/
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkBitmap));
bitmapPtr->bitmap = bitmap;
bitmapPtr->width = width;
bitmapPtr->height = height;
bitmapPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
bitmapPtr->screenNum = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin);
bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount = 1;
bitmapPtr->objRefCount = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
*/
int
Tk_DefineBitmap(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
const char *name, /* Name to use for bitmap. Must not already be
* defined as a bitmap. */
| | | 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 |
*/
int
Tk_DefineBitmap(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
const char *name, /* Name to use for bitmap. Must not already be
* defined as a bitmap. */
const char *source, /* Address of bits for bitmap. */
int width, /* Width of bitmap. */
int height) /* Height of bitmap. */
{
int isNew;
Tcl_HashEntry *predefHashPtr;
TkPredefBitmap *predefPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
BitmapInit(NULL);
}
predefHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->predefBitmapTable,
name, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
| | < | | | 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 |
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
BitmapInit(NULL);
}
predefHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->predefBitmapTable,
name, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bitmap \"", name, "\" is already defined",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
predefPtr = (TkPredefBitmap *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkPredefBitmap));
predefPtr->source = source;
predefPtr->width = width;
predefPtr->height = height;
predefPtr->native = 0;
Tcl_SetHashValue(predefHashPtr, predefPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
532 533 534 535 536 537 538 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (dispPtr == NULL || !dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
unknown:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_NameOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
| | | | 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (dispPtr == NULL || !dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
unknown:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_NameOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, (char *) bitmap);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
goto unknown;
}
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
return bitmapPtr->nameHashPtr->key.string;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SizeOfBitmap --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
574 575 576 577 578 579 580 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
unknownBitmap:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_SizeOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
| | | | 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
unknownBitmap:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_SizeOfBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, (char *) bitmap);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
goto unknownBitmap;
}
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
*widthPtr = bitmapPtr->width;
*heightPtr = bitmapPtr->height;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
608 609 610 611 612 613 614 |
static void
FreeBitmap(
TkBitmap *bitmapPtr) /* Bitmap to be released. */
{
TkBitmap *prevPtr;
| > | | | | 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 |
static void
FreeBitmap(
TkBitmap *bitmapPtr) /* Bitmap to be released. */
{
TkBitmap *prevPtr;
bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount--;
if (bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
return;
}
Tk_FreePixmap(bitmapPtr->display, bitmapPtr->bitmap);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(bitmapPtr->idHashPtr);
prevPtr = (TkBitmap *) Tcl_GetHashValue(bitmapPtr->nameHashPtr);
if (prevPtr == bitmapPtr) {
if (bitmapPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(bitmapPtr->nameHashPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(bitmapPtr->nameHashPtr, bitmapPtr->nextPtr);
}
} else {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != bitmapPtr) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = bitmapPtr->nextPtr;
}
if (bitmapPtr->objRefCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) bitmapPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeBitmap --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap called before Tk_GetBitmap");
}
| | | | 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 |
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->bitmapInit) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap called before Tk_GetBitmap");
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapIdTable, (char *) bitmap);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeBitmap received unknown bitmap argument");
}
FreeBitmap((TkBitmap *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
702 703 704 705 706 707 708 |
{
FreeBitmap(GetBitmapFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | < < < < < < < < | | | 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 |
{
FreeBitmap(GetBitmapFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeBitmapObjProc --
*
* This proc is called to release an object reference to a bitmap.
* Called when the object's internal rep is released or when the cached
* bitmapPtr needs to be changed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The object reference count is decremented. When both it and the hash
* ref count go to zero, the color's resources are released.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeBitmapObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object we are releasing. */
{
TkBitmap *bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (bitmapPtr != NULL) {
bitmapPtr->objRefCount--;
if ((bitmapPtr->objRefCount == 0)
&& (bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
ckfree((char *) bitmapPtr);
}
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
765 766 767 768 769 770 771 |
*/
static void
DupBitmapObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
| | | | 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
*/
static void
DupBitmapObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
TkBitmap *bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) bitmapPtr;
if (bitmapPtr != NULL) {
bitmapPtr->objRefCount++;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 |
* For each call to this function, there should eventually be a call to
* Tk_FreeBitmap, so that the database can be cleaned up when bitmaps
* aren't needed anymore.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Pixmap
Tk_GetBitmapFromData(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which bitmap will be used. */
| > | | | | 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 |
* For each call to this function, there should eventually be a call to
* Tk_FreeBitmap, so that the database can be cleaned up when bitmaps
* aren't needed anymore.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
Pixmap
Tk_GetBitmapFromData(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which bitmap will be used. */
const char *source, /* Bitmap data for bitmap shape. */
int width, int height) /* Dimensions of bitmap. */
{
DataKey nameKey;
Tcl_HashEntry *dataHashPtr;
int isNew;
char string[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
char *name;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
BitmapInit(dispPtr);
}
nameKey.source = source;
nameKey.width = width;
nameKey.height = height;
dataHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapDataTable,
(char *) &nameKey, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
name = (char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(dataHashPtr);
} else {
dispPtr->bitmapAutoNumber++;
sprintf(string, "_tk%d", dispPtr->bitmapAutoNumber);
name = string;
Tcl_SetHashValue(dataHashPtr, name);
if (Tk_DefineBitmap(interp, name, source, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(dataHashPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
905 906 907 908 909 910 911 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkBitmapObjType) {
InitBitmapObj(objPtr);
}
| | | | | | | 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 |
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkBitmapObjType) {
InitBitmapObj(objPtr);
}
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (bitmapPtr != NULL) {
if ((bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount > 0)
&& (Tk_Display(tkwin) == bitmapPtr->display)) {
return bitmapPtr;
}
hashPtr = bitmapPtr->nameHashPtr;
FreeBitmapObjProc(objPtr);
} else {
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapNameTable,
Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
if (hashPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
}
/*
* At this point we've got a hash table entry, off of which hang one or
* more TkBitmap structures. See if any of them will work.
*/
for (bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
bitmapPtr != NULL; bitmapPtr = bitmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == bitmapPtr->display) {
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) bitmapPtr;
bitmapPtr->objRefCount++;
return bitmapPtr;
}
}
error:
Tcl_Panic("GetBitmapFromObj called with non-existent bitmap!");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
974 975 976 977 978 979 980 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
| | | 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &tkBitmapObjType;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 |
*/
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
dummy = Tcl_CreateInterp();
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->predefBitmapTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
| | | | | | | | | | | | 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 |
*/
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
dummy = Tcl_CreateInterp();
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->predefBitmapTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "error", (char *) error_bits,
error_width, error_height);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "gray75", (char *) gray75_bits,
gray75_width, gray75_height);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "gray50", (char *) gray50_bits,
gray50_width, gray50_height);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "gray25", (char *) gray25_bits,
gray25_width, gray25_height);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "gray12", (char *) gray12_bits,
gray12_width, gray12_height);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "hourglass", (char *) hourglass_bits,
hourglass_width, hourglass_height);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "info", (char *) info_bits,
info_width, info_height);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "questhead", (char *) questhead_bits,
questhead_width, questhead_height);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "question", (char *) question_bits,
question_width, question_height);
Tk_DefineBitmap(dummy, "warning", (char *) warning_bits,
warning_width, warning_height);
TkpDefineNativeBitmaps();
Tcl_DeleteInterp(dummy);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 |
unsigned int *height_return,
Pixmap *bitmap_return,
int *x_hot_return,
int *y_hot_return)
{
char *data;
| | | 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
unsigned int *height_return,
Pixmap *bitmap_return,
int *x_hot_return,
int *y_hot_return)
{
char *data;
data = TkGetBitmapData(NULL, NULL, (char *) filename,
(int *) width_return, (int *) height_return, x_hot_return,
y_hot_return);
if (data == NULL) {
return BitmapFileInvalid;
}
*bitmap_return = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, d, data, *width_return,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugBitmap(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the bitmap will be used
* (not currently used). */
| | | | | | 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugBitmap(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the bitmap will be used
* (not currently used). */
char *name) /* Name of the desired color. */
{
TkBitmap *bitmapPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *objPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->bitmapNameTable, name);
if (hashPtr != NULL) {
bitmapPtr = (TkBitmap *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (bitmapPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugBitmap found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (bitmapPtr != NULL); bitmapPtr = bitmapPtr->nextPtr) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(bitmapPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(bitmapPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted generic/tkBusy.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted generic/tkBusy.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkButton.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkButton.h" #include "default.h" | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkButton.h"
#include "default.h"
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int defaultsInitialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Class names for buttons, indexed by one of the type values defined in
* tkButton.h.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration options. There is a
* separate table for each of the four widget classes.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec labelOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 |
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration options. There is a
* separate table for each of the four widget classes.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec labelOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound), 0,
(ClientData) compoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", tkDefLabelHighlightWidth,
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec buttonOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound), 0,
(ClientData) compoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-default", "default", "Default",
DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, defaultState),
0, (ClientData) defaultStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, overRelief),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
tkDefButtonPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
tkDefButtonPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, repeatDelay),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, repeatInterval),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec checkbuttonOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound), 0,
(ClientData) compoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_CHKRAD_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, indicatorOn), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-offrelief", "offRelief", "OffRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, offRelief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", "offValue", "Value",
DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, offValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", "onValue", "Value",
DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, onValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, overRelief),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectBorder),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", "selectImage", "SelectImage",
DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectImagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
DEF_CHECKBUTTON_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec radiobuttonOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, activeFg),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
tkDefButtonBorderWidth, Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkButton, commandPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, compound), 0,
(ClientData) compoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_BUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_CHKRAD_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, heightPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightBorder), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", tkDefButtonHighlightWidth,
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, imagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, indicatorOn),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-offrelief", "offRelief", "OffRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, offRelief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-overrelief", "overRelief", "OverRelief",
DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, overRelief),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPadx, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
tkDefLabelPady, Tk_Offset(TkButton, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectBorder),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", "selectImage", "SelectImage",
DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selectImagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_BUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkButton, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, textVarNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristateimage", "tristateImage", "TristateImage",
DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateImagePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tristatevalue", "tristateValue", "TristateValue",
DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, tristateValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkButton, underline), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", "value", "Value",
DEF_BUTTON_VALUE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, onValuePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkButton, selVarNamePtr), -1,
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, widthPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLengthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkButton, wrapLength), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The following table maps from one of the type values defined in tkButton.h,
* such as TYPE_LABEL, to the option template for that class of widgets.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec *const optionSpecs[] = {
labelOptionSpecs,
buttonOptionSpecs,
checkbuttonOptionSpecs,
radiobuttonOptionSpecs
};
/*
* The following tables define the widget commands supported by each of the
* classes, and map the indexes into the string tables into a single
* enumerated type used to dispatch the widget command.
*/
static const char *commandNames[][8] = {
{"cget", "configure", NULL},
{"cget", "configure", "flash", "invoke", NULL},
{"cget", "configure", "deselect", "flash", "invoke", "select",
"toggle", NULL},
{"cget", "configure", "deselect", "flash", "invoke", "select", NULL}
};
enum command {
COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DESELECT, COMMAND_FLASH,
COMMAND_INVOKE, COMMAND_SELECT, COMMAND_TOGGLE
};
static enum command map[][8] = {
{COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE},
{COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_FLASH, COMMAND_INVOKE},
{COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DESELECT, COMMAND_FLASH,
COMMAND_INVOKE, COMMAND_SELECT, COMMAND_TOGGLE},
{COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DESELECT, COMMAND_FLASH,
COMMAND_INVOKE, COMMAND_SELECT}
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
624 625 626 627 628 629 630 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ButtonCreate( | | < | | 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ButtonCreate(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument values. */
int type) /* Type of button to create: TYPE_LABEL,
* TYPE_BUTTON, TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON, or
* TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON. */
{
TkButton *butPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->defaultsInitialized) {
TkpButtonSetDefaults();
tsdPtr->defaultsInitialized = 1;
}
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the new window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
669 670 671 672 673 674 675 |
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs[type]);
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, classNames[type]);
butPtr = TkpCreateButton(tkwin);
| | | | 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 |
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs[type]);
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, classNames[type]);
butPtr = TkpCreateButton(tkwin);
Tk_SetClassProcs(tkwin, &tkpButtonProcs, (ClientData) butPtr);
/*
* Initialize the data structure for the button.
*/
butPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
butPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
butPtr->interp = interp;
butPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, Tk_PathName(tkwin),
ButtonWidgetObjCmd, (ClientData) butPtr, ButtonCmdDeletedProc);
butPtr->type = type;
butPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
butPtr->textPtr = NULL;
butPtr->underline = -1;
butPtr->textVarNamePtr = NULL;
butPtr->bitmap = None;
butPtr->imagePtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
744 745 746 747 748 749 750 |
butPtr->cursor = NULL;
butPtr->takeFocusPtr = NULL;
butPtr->commandPtr = NULL;
butPtr->flags = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(butPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
| | | | > | 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 |
butPtr->cursor = NULL;
butPtr->takeFocusPtr = NULL;
butPtr->commandPtr = NULL;
butPtr->flags = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(butPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
ButtonEventProc, (ClientData) butPtr);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) butPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureButton(interp, butPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(butPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), Tk_PathName(butPtr->tkwin),
-1);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ButtonWidgetCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
785 786 787 788 789 790 791 |
static int
ButtonWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
| | | | | | | | | > | | | > | 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 |
static int
ButtonWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
int index;
int result;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames[butPtr->type],
"option", 0, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) butPtr);
switch (map[butPtr->type][index]) {
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) butPtr,
butPtr->optionTable, objv[2], butPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
break;
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) butPtr,
butPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
butPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureButton(interp, butPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
case COMMAND_DESELECT:
if (objc > 2) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
866 867 868 869 870 871 872 |
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(butPtr->tkwin,
butPtr->activeBorder);
} else {
butPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL;
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(butPtr->tkwin,
butPtr->normalBorder);
}
| | | | < < < < < < | 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 |
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(butPtr->tkwin,
butPtr->activeBorder);
} else {
butPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL;
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(butPtr->tkwin,
butPtr->normalBorder);
}
TkpDisplayButton((ClientData) butPtr);
/*
* Special note: must cancel any existing idle handler for
* TkpDisplayButton; it's no longer needed, and
* TkpDisplayButton cleared the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
*/
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) butPtr);
XFlush(butPtr->display);
Tcl_Sleep(50);
}
}
break;
case COMMAND_INVOKE:
if (objc > 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "invoke");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
922 923 924 925 926 927 928 |
(butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? butPtr->offValuePtr
: butPtr->onValuePtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
== NULL) {
goto error;
}
break;
}
| | | | 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 |
(butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? butPtr->offValuePtr
: butPtr->onValuePtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
== NULL) {
goto error;
}
break;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) butPtr);
return result;
error:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) butPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyButton --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
955 956 957 958 959 960 961 |
DestroyButton(
TkButton *butPtr) /* Info about button widget. */
{
butPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DELETED;
TkpDestroyButton(butPtr);
if (butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
| | | | | | 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 |
DestroyButton(
TkButton *butPtr) /* Info about button widget. */
{
butPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DELETED;
TkpDestroyButton(butPtr);
if (butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) butPtr);
}
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(butPtr->interp, butPtr->widgetCmd);
if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(butPtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) butPtr);
}
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(butPtr->image);
}
if (butPtr->selectImage != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(butPtr->selectImage);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 |
if (butPtr->copyGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->copyGC);
}
if (butPtr->textLayout != NULL) {
Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
}
if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr != NULL) {
| | | | | | 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 |
if (butPtr->copyGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(butPtr->display, butPtr->copyGC);
}
if (butPtr->textLayout != NULL) {
Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
}
if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(butPtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonVarProc, (ClientData) butPtr);
}
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) butPtr, butPtr->optionTable,
butPtr->tkwin);
butPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) butPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureButton --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureButton(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | | | | | | | 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureButton(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register TkButton *butPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may
* not already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
int error, haveImage;
Tk_Image image;
/*
* Eliminate any existing trace on variables monitored by the button.
*/
if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) butPtr);
}
if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonVarProc, (ClientData) butPtr);
}
/*
* The following loop is potentially executed twice. During the first pass
* configuration options get set to their new values. If there is an error
* in this pass, we execute a second pass to restore all the options to
* their previous values.
*/
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) butPtr,
butPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
butPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 |
}
if (butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, *namePtr;
if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) {
butPtr->selVarNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
| | | 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 |
}
if (butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) {
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, *namePtr;
if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr == NULL) {
butPtr->selVarNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_Name(butPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(butPtr->selVarNamePtr);
}
namePtr = butPtr->selVarNamePtr;
/*
* Select the button if the associated variable has the
* appropriate value, initialize the variable if it doesn't exist,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 | /* * If a radiobutton has the empty string as value it should be * selected. */ if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) && | | | | | | 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 |
/*
* If a radiobutton has the empty string as value it should be
* selected.
*/
if ((butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON) &&
(*Tcl_GetString(butPtr->onValuePtr) == 0)) {
butPtr->flags |= SELECTED;
}
}
}
/*
* Get the images for the widget, if there are any. Allocate the new
* images before freeing the old ones, so that the reference counts
* don't go to zero and cause image data to be discarded.
*/
if (butPtr->imagePtr != NULL) {
image = Tk_GetImage(butPtr->interp, butPtr->tkwin,
Tcl_GetString(butPtr->imagePtr), ButtonImageProc,
(ClientData) butPtr);
if (image == NULL) {
continue;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(butPtr->image);
}
butPtr->image = image;
if (butPtr->selectImagePtr != NULL) {
image = Tk_GetImage(butPtr->interp, butPtr->tkwin,
Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selectImagePtr),
ButtonSelectImageProc, (ClientData) butPtr);
if (image == NULL) {
continue;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (butPtr->selectImage != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(butPtr->selectImage);
}
butPtr->selectImage = image;
if (butPtr->tristateImagePtr != NULL) {
image = Tk_GetImage(butPtr->interp, butPtr->tkwin,
Tcl_GetString(butPtr->tristateImagePtr),
ButtonTristateImageProc, (ClientData) butPtr);
if (image == NULL) {
continue;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 |
}
/*
* Reestablish the variable traces, if they're needed.
*/
if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) {
| | | | | | | | | 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 |
}
/*
* Reestablish the variable traces, if they're needed.
*/
if (butPtr->textVarNamePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) butPtr);
}
if (butPtr->selVarNamePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonVarProc, (ClientData) butPtr);
}
TkButtonWorldChanged((ClientData) butPtr);
if (error) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 |
void
TkButtonWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC;
unsigned long mask;
| | > > | 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 |
void
TkButtonWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC;
unsigned long mask;
TkButton *butPtr;
butPtr = (TkButton *) instanceData;
/*
* Recompute GCs.
*/
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(butPtr->tkfont);
gcValues.foreground = butPtr->normalFg->pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 |
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr);
/*
* Lastly, arrange for the button to be redisplayed.
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(butPtr->tkwin) && !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 |
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr);
/*
* Lastly, arrange for the button to be redisplayed.
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(butPtr->tkwin) && !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) butPtr);
butPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 |
*/
static void
ButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 |
*/
static void
ButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
goto redraw;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
/*
* Must redraw after size changes, since layout could have changed and
* borders will need to be redrawn.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 |
}
}
}
return;
redraw:
if ((butPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 |
}
}
}
return;
redraw:
if ((butPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) butPtr);
butPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ButtonCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ButtonCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted or because the command was deleted,
* and then this function destroys the widget. The BUTTON_DELETED flag
* distinguishes these cases.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 |
*
* Side effects:
* The button may become selected or deselected.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
ButtonVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
| > | | | | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | | 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 |
*
* Side effects:
* The button may become selected or deselected.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
char *name, *value;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
name = Tcl_GetString(butPtr->selVarNamePtr);
/*
* If the variable is being unset, then just re-establish the trace unless
* the whole interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
butPtr->flags &= ~SELECTED;
butPtr->flags &= ~TRISTATED;
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, name,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonVarProc, clientData);
}
goto redisplay;
}
/*
* Use the value of the variable to update the selected status of the
* button.
*/
valuePtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, name, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (valuePtr == NULL) {
value = Tcl_GetString(butPtr->tristateValuePtr);
} else {
value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
}
if (strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->onValuePtr)) == 0) {
if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {
return NULL;
}
butPtr->flags |= SELECTED;
butPtr->flags &= ~TRISTATED;
} else if (butPtr->offValuePtr
&& strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->offValuePtr)) == 0) {
if (!(butPtr->flags & (SELECTED | TRISTATED))) {
return NULL;
}
butPtr->flags &= ~(SELECTED | TRISTATED);
} else if (strcmp(value, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->tristateValuePtr)) == 0) {
if (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED) {
return NULL;
}
butPtr->flags |= TRISTATED;
butPtr->flags &= ~SELECTED;
} else if (butPtr->flags & (SELECTED | TRISTATED)) {
butPtr->flags &= ~(SELECTED | TRISTATED);
} else {
return NULL;
}
redisplay:
if ((butPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(butPtr->tkwin)
&& !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) butPtr);
butPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 |
*
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the button will change to match the variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Not used. */
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
| > | > < < > > < | < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < | | | 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 |
*
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the button will change to match the variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ButtonTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Not used. */
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
char *name;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
if (butPtr->flags & BUTTON_DELETED) {
return NULL;
}
name = Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textVarNamePtr);
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, name, NULL, butPtr->textPtr,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, name,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
}
return NULL;
}
valuePtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, name, NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (valuePtr == NULL) {
valuePtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(butPtr->textPtr);
butPtr->textPtr = valuePtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(butPtr->textPtr);
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr);
if ((butPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(butPtr->tkwin)
&& !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) butPtr);
butPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | < < < < < < | | 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
if (butPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr);
if (Tk_IsMapped(butPtr->tkwin) && !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) butPtr);
butPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
/*
* Don't recompute geometry: it's controlled by the primary image.
*/
if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && (butPtr->tkwin != NULL)
&& Tk_IsMapped(butPtr->tkwin)
&& !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) butPtr);
butPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (might be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
/*
* Don't recompute geometry: it's controlled by the primary image.
*/
if ((butPtr->flags & TRISTATED) && (butPtr->tkwin != NULL)
&& Tk_IsMapped(butPtr->tkwin)
&& !(butPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) butPtr);
butPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkButton.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
288 289 290 291 292 293 294 | #define TRISTATED (1 << 4) /* * Declaration of button class functions structure * and button/label defaults, for use in optionSpecs. */ | | | 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 | #define TRISTATED (1 << 4) /* * Declaration of button class functions structure * and button/label defaults, for use in optionSpecs. */ MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs; MODULE_SCOPE char tkDefButtonHighlightWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; MODULE_SCOPE char tkDefButtonPadx[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; MODULE_SCOPE char tkDefButtonPady[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; MODULE_SCOPE char tkDefButtonBorderWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; MODULE_SCOPE char tkDefLabelHighlightWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; MODULE_SCOPE char tkDefLabelPadx[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; MODULE_SCOPE char tkDefLabelPady[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvArc.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | /* * tkCanvArc.c -- * * This file implements arc items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
/*
* tkCanvArc.c --
*
* This file implements arc items for canvas widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
/*
* The structure below defines the record for each arc item.
*/
typedef enum {
PIESLICE_STYLE, CHORD_STYLE, ARC_STYLE
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
Style style; /* How to draw arc: arc, chord, or
* pieslice. */
GC fillGC; /* Graphics context for filling item. */
double center1[2]; /* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
* start (see ComputeArcOutline). */
double center2[2]; /* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
* start+extent (see ComputeArcOutline). */
| < < < < < < | | | | | > | | > | | > | | > | | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | < < | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
Style style; /* How to draw arc: arc, chord, or
* pieslice. */
GC fillGC; /* Graphics context for filling item. */
double center1[2]; /* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
* start (see ComputeArcOutline). */
double center2[2]; /* Coordinates of center of arc outline at
* start+extent (see ComputeArcOutline). */
} ArcItem;
/*
* The definitions below define the sizes of the polygons used to display
* outline information for various styles of arcs:
*/
#define CHORD_OUTLINE_PTS 7
#define PIE_OUTLINE1_PTS 6
#define PIE_OUTLINE2_PTS 7
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static int StyleParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value,
char *widgRec, int offset);
static char * StylePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkStateParseProc,
TkStatePrintProc, (ClientData) 2
};
static Tk_CustomOption styleOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) StyleParseProc,
StylePrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc,
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption dashOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkCanvasDashParseProc,
TkCanvasDashPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkOffsetParseProc,
TkOffsetPrintProc, (ClientData) (TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};
static Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkPixelParseProc,
TkPixelPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.offset), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-extent", NULL, NULL,
"90", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, extent), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-start", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, start), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-style", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ArcItem, style), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
&styleOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(ArcItem, outline.width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
&pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ComputeArcBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr);
static int ConfigureArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
static int CreateArc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void DeleteArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static int ArcCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int ArcToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double ArcToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr);
static int ArcToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static void ScaleArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void TranslateArc(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
static int AngleInRange(double x, double y,
double start, double extent);
static void ComputeArcOutline(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr);
static int HorizLineToArc(double x1, double x2,
double y, double rx, double ry,
double start, double extent);
static int VertLineToArc(double x, double y1,
double y2, double rx, double ry,
double start, double extent);
/*
* The structures below defines the arc item types by means of functions that
* can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkArcType = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
TranslateArc, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < < > > > > | 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
TranslateArc, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
#ifndef PI
#define PI 3.14159265358979323846
#endif
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateArc --
*
* This function is invoked to create a new arc item in a canvas.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
static int
CreateArc(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
| | | | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
static int
CreateArc(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing arc. */
{
ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Panic("canvas did not pass any coords\n");
}
/*
* Carry out initialization that is needed in order to clean up after
* errors during the the remainder of this function.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
arcPtr->activeFillColor = NULL;
arcPtr->disabledFillColor = NULL;
arcPtr->fillStipple = None;
arcPtr->activeFillStipple = None;
arcPtr->disabledFillStipple = None;
arcPtr->style = PIESLICE_STYLE;
arcPtr->fillGC = NULL;
| < | | 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 |
arcPtr->activeFillColor = NULL;
arcPtr->disabledFillColor = NULL;
arcPtr->fillStipple = None;
arcPtr->activeFillStipple = None;
arcPtr->disabledFillStipple = None;
arcPtr->style = PIESLICE_STYLE;
arcPtr->fillGC = NULL;
/*
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
break;
}
}
if (ArcCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, i, objv) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 |
static int
ArcCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
| | | > < > | > | > | > | | | > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
static int
ArcCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[0]);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[1]);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[2]);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(arcPtr->bbox[3]);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
} else if ((objc == 1)||(objc == 4)) {
if (objc==1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc != 4) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 4, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[0],
&arcPtr->bbox[0]) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[1],
&arcPtr->bbox[1]) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[2],
&arcPtr->bbox[2]) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[3],
&arcPtr->bbox[3]) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
} else {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 4, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
432 433 434 435 436 437 438 |
static int
ConfigureArc(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Arc item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
| | | | 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 |
static int
ConfigureArc(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Arc item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC;
unsigned long mask;
int i;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset;
XColor *color;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state;
tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
(CONST char **) objv, (char *) arcPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
state = itemPtr->state;
/*
* A few of the options require additional processing, such as style and
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
arcPtr->activeFillColor != NULL ||
arcPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > | | | | 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 |
arcPtr->activeFillColor != NULL ||
arcPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
tsoffset = &arcPtr->outline.tsoffset;
flags = tsoffset->flags;
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[0] + 0.5);
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) ((arcPtr->bbox[0]+arcPtr->bbox[2]+1)/2);
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_RIGHT) {
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[2] + 0.5);
}
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_TOP) {
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[1] + 0.5);
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE) {
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) ((arcPtr->bbox[1]+arcPtr->bbox[3]+1)/2);
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (arcPtr->bbox[2] + 0.5);
}
i = (int) (arcPtr->start/360.0);
arcPtr->start -= i*360.0;
if (arcPtr->start < 0) {
arcPtr->start += 360.0;
}
i = (int) (arcPtr->extent/360.0);
arcPtr->extent -= i*360.0;
mask = Tk_ConfigOutlineGC(&gcValues, canvas, itemPtr, &(arcPtr->outline));
if (mask) {
gcValues.cap_style = CapButt;
mask |= GCCapStyle;
newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
} else {
newGC = NULL;
}
if (arcPtr->outline.gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), arcPtr->outline.gc);
}
arcPtr->outline.gc = newGC;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
color = arcPtr->fillColor;
stipple = arcPtr->fillStipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (arcPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) {
color = arcPtr->activeFillColor;
}
if (arcPtr->activeFillStipple!=None) {
stipple = arcPtr->activeFillStipple;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (arcPtr->disabledFillColor!=NULL) {
color = arcPtr->disabledFillColor;
}
if (arcPtr->disabledFillStipple!=None) {
stipple = arcPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
}
if (arcPtr->style == ARC_STYLE) {
newGC = NULL;
} else if (color == NULL) {
newGC = NULL;
} else {
gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
590 591 592 593 594 595 596 |
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 |
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteArc --
*
* This function is called to clean up the data structure associated with
* an arc item.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Resources associated with itemPtr are released.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteArc(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_DeleteOutline(display, &(arcPtr->outline));
if (arcPtr->numOutlinePoints != 0) {
ckfree((char *) arcPtr->outlinePtr);
}
if (arcPtr->fillColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(arcPtr->fillColor);
}
if (arcPtr->activeFillColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(arcPtr->activeFillColor);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeArcBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
ArcItem *arcPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
double tmp, center[2], point[2];
double width;
Tk_State state = arcPtr->header.state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| > | | | | | | 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
ComputeArcBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
ArcItem *arcPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
double tmp, center[2], point[2];
double width;
Tk_State state = arcPtr->header.state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = arcPtr->outline.width;
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
if (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
arcPtr->header.x1 = arcPtr->header.x2 =
arcPtr->header.y1 = arcPtr->header.y2 = -1;
return;
} else if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) {
if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (arcPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = arcPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
/*
* Make sure that the first coordinates are the lowest ones.
*/
if (arcPtr->bbox[1] > arcPtr->bbox[3]) {
double tmp = arcPtr->bbox[3];
arcPtr->bbox[3] = arcPtr->bbox[1];
arcPtr->bbox[1] = tmp;
}
if (arcPtr->bbox[0] > arcPtr->bbox[2]) {
double tmp = arcPtr->bbox[2];
arcPtr->bbox[2] = arcPtr->bbox[0];
arcPtr->bbox[0] = tmp;
}
ComputeArcOutline(canvas,arcPtr);
/*
* To compute the bounding box, start with the the bbox formed by the two
* endpoints of the arc. Then add in the center of the arc's oval (if
* relevant) and the 3-o'clock, 6-o'clock, 9-o'clock, and 12-o'clock
* positions, if they are relevant.
*/
arcPtr->header.x1 = arcPtr->header.x2 = (int) arcPtr->center1[0];
arcPtr->header.y1 = arcPtr->header.y2 = (int) arcPtr->center1[1];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
895 896 897 898 899 900 901 |
static void
DisplayArc(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
| | | < < | | | 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 |
static void
DisplayArc(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
int x, int y, /* Describes region of canvas that must be */
int width, int height) /* redisplayed (not used). */
{
ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
short x1, y1, x2, y2;
int start, extent, dashnumber;
double lineWidth;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
Pixmap stipple;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
lineWidth = arcPtr->outline.width;
if (lineWidth < 1.0) {
lineWidth = 1.0;
}
dashnumber = arcPtr->outline.dash.number;
stipple = arcPtr->fillStipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>lineWidth) {
lineWidth = arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
if (arcPtr->outline.activeDash.number != 0) {
dashnumber = arcPtr->outline.activeDash.number;
}
if (arcPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static double
ArcToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
double vertex[2], pointAngle, diff, dist, newDist;
double poly[8], polyDist, width, t1, t2;
int filled, angleInRange;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| > | | | 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
ArcToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
double vertex[2], pointAngle, diff, dist, newDist;
double poly[8], polyDist, width, t1, t2;
int filled, angleInRange;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = (double) arcPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = (double) arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (arcPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = (double) arcPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ArcToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against arc. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
| > | 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ArcToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against arc. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 |
* that arc is inside rectangle. 0 means every
* test so far shows arc to be outside of
* rectangle. */
int newInside;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| | | | 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 |
* that arc is inside rectangle. 0 means every
* test so far shows arc to be outside of
* rectangle. */
int newInside;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = (double) arcPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = (double) arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (arcPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = (double) arcPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 |
arcPtr->bbox[3] = originY + scaleY*(arcPtr->bbox[3] - originY);
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 |
arcPtr->bbox[3] = originY + scaleY*(arcPtr->bbox[3] - originY);
ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TranslateArc --
*
* This function is called to move an arc by a given amount.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 |
/*
* Make sure that the outlinePtr array is large enough to hold either a
* chord or pie-slice outline.
*/
if (arcPtr->numOutlinePoints == 0) {
| | > | | | 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 |
/*
* Make sure that the outlinePtr array is large enough to hold either a
* chord or pie-slice outline.
*/
if (arcPtr->numOutlinePoints == 0) {
arcPtr->outlinePtr = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(26 * sizeof(double)));
arcPtr->numOutlinePoints = 22;
}
outlinePtr = arcPtr->outlinePtr;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
/*
* First compute the two points that lie at the centers of the ends of the
* curved arc segment, which are marked with X's in the figure below:
*
*
* * * *
* * *
* * * * *
* * * * *
* * * * *
* X * * X
*
* The code is tricky because the arc can be ovular in shape. It computes
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 |
* shape of the oval. The key in the code below is to realize that the
* slope of the line from arcPtr->center1 to corner1 is (boxWidth*sin1)
* divided by (boxHeight*cos1), and similarly for arcPtr->center2 and
* corner2. These formulas can be computed from the formula for the oval.
*/
width = arcPtr->outline.width;
| | | 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 |
* shape of the oval. The key in the code below is to realize that the
* slope of the line from arcPtr->center1 to corner1 is (boxWidth*sin1)
* divided by (boxHeight*cos1), and similarly for arcPtr->center2 and
* corner2. These formulas can be computed from the formula for the oval.
*/
width = arcPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) {
if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>arcPtr->outline.width) {
width = arcPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (arcPtr->outline.disabledWidth>arcPtr->outline.width) {
width = arcPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 |
*/
static int
ArcToPostscript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
| | > < < | | | 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 |
*/
static int
ArcToPostscript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr;
char buffer[400];
double y1, y2, ang1, ang2;
XColor *color;
Pixmap stipple;
XColor *fillColor;
Pixmap fillStipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
y1 = Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, arcPtr->bbox[1]);
y2 = Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, arcPtr->bbox[3]);
ang1 = arcPtr->start;
ang2 = ang1 + arcPtr->extent;
if (ang2 < ang1) {
ang1 = ang2;
ang2 = arcPtr->start;
}
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
color = arcPtr->outline.color;
stipple = arcPtr->outline.stipple;
fillColor = arcPtr->fillColor;
fillStipple = arcPtr->fillStipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (arcPtr->outline.activeColor!=NULL) {
color = arcPtr->outline.activeColor;
}
if (arcPtr->outline.activeStipple!=None) {
stipple = arcPtr->outline.activeStipple;
}
if (arcPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 |
fillColor = arcPtr->disabledFillColor;
}
if (arcPtr->disabledFillStipple!=None) {
fillStipple = arcPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < | | | | > | | | | | | | < > | < < | | < > | | | < < | | < | < | > | < > | | < < | | > | | > > | < < < | | < < | | > | | > > | < < < | < < < < < < < | 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 |
fillColor = arcPtr->disabledFillColor;
}
if (arcPtr->disabledFillStipple!=None) {
fillStipple = arcPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
}
/*
* If the arc is filled, output Postscript for the interior region of the
* arc.
*/
if (arcPtr->fillGC != NULL) {
sprintf(buffer, "matrix currentmatrix\n%.15g %.15g translate %.15g %.15g scale\n",
(arcPtr->bbox[0] + arcPtr->bbox[2])/2, (y1 + y2)/2,
(arcPtr->bbox[2] - arcPtr->bbox[0])/2, (y1 - y2)/2);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
if (arcPtr->style == CHORD_STYLE) {
sprintf(buffer, "0 0 1 %.15g %.15g arc closepath\nsetmatrix\n",
ang1, ang2);
} else {
sprintf(buffer,
"0 0 moveto 0 0 1 %.15g %.15g arc closepath\nsetmatrix\n",
ang1, ang2);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, fillColor) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (fillStipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, fillStipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (arcPtr->outline.gc != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
}
/*
* If there's an outline for the arc, draw it.
*/
if (arcPtr->outline.gc != NULL) {
sprintf(buffer, "matrix currentmatrix\n%.15g %.15g translate %.15g %.15g scale\n",
(arcPtr->bbox[0] + arcPtr->bbox[2])/2, (y1 + y2)/2,
(arcPtr->bbox[2] - arcPtr->bbox[0])/2, (y1 - y2)/2);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
sprintf(buffer, "0 0 1 %.15g %.15g", ang1, ang2);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer,
" arc\nsetmatrix\n0 setlinecap\n", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr, &(arcPtr->outline)) != TCL_OK){
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (arcPtr->style != ARC_STYLE) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
if (arcPtr->style == CHORD_STYLE) {
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, arcPtr->outlinePtr,
CHORD_OUTLINE_PTS);
} else {
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, arcPtr->outlinePtr,
PIE_OUTLINE1_PTS);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK){
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas,
arcPtr->outlinePtr + 2*PIE_OUTLINE1_PTS,
PIE_OUTLINE2_PTS);
}
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* StyleParseProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 | * value argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int StyleParseProc( | | | | | > | | 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 |
* value argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StyleParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
CONST char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
register Style *stylePtr = (Style *) (widgRec + offset);
if (value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*stylePtr = PIESLICE_STYLE;
return TCL_OK;
}
c = value[0];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(value, "pieslice", length) == 0)) {
*stylePtr = PIESLICE_STYLE;
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | < < | 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(value, "pieslice", length) == 0)) {
*stylePtr = PIESLICE_STYLE;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad -style option \"", value,
"\": must be arc, chord, or pieslice", NULL);
*stylePtr = PIESLICE_STYLE;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
StylePrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Ignored. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
register Style *stylePtr = (Style *) (widgRec + offset);
if (*stylePtr == ARC_STYLE) {
return "arc";
} else if (*stylePtr == CHORD_STYLE) {
return "chord";
} else {
return "pieslice";
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvBmap.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkCanvBmap.c -- * * This file implements bitmap items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" | > < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
/*
* tkCanvBmap.c --
*
* This file implements bitmap items for canvas widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
/*
* The structure below defines the record for each bitmap item.
*/
typedef struct BitmapItem {
Tk_Item header; /* Generic stuff that's the same for all
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 | * on screen. */ } BitmapItem; /* * Information used for parsing configuration specs: */ | | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
* on screen. */
} BitmapItem;
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkStateParseProc,
TkStatePrintProc, (ClientData) 2
};
static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc,
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activebackground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activebitmap", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeBitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeforeground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, activeFgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-background", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bgColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-bitmap", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, bitmap), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledbackground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBgColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledbitmap", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledBitmap),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, disabledFgColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(BitmapItem, fgColor), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK,
&stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static int BitmapCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int BitmapToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double BitmapToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr);
static int BitmapToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static void ComputeBitmapBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
BitmapItem *bmapPtr);
static int ConfigureBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
static int TkcCreateBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void DeleteBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static void ScaleBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void TranslateBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
136 137 138 139 140 141 142 |
TranslateBitmap, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < < | 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
TranslateBitmap, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkcCreateBitmap --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
static int
TkcCreateBitmap(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
| | | | 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
static int
TkcCreateBitmap(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Panic("canvas did not pass any coords\n");
}
/*
* Initialize item's record.
*/
bmapPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
* y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
i = 1;
} else {
| | | 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
* y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
i = 1;
} else {
char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
i = 2;
if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
i = 1;
}
}
if (BitmapCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, i, objv) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
static int
BitmapCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
| | > | > | > | | | < > | | | | 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
static int
BitmapCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(bmapPtr->x);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(bmapPtr->y);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
} else if (objc < 3) {
if (objc == 1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc != 2) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[0],
&bmapPtr->x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[1],
&bmapPtr->y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr);
} else {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
305 306 307 308 309 310 311 |
static int
ConfigureBitmap(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Bitmap item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
| | | | | | 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 |
static int
ConfigureBitmap(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Bitmap item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC;
Tk_Window tkwin;
unsigned long mask;
XColor *fgColor;
XColor *bgColor;
Pixmap bitmap;
Tk_State state;
tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
(CONST char **) objv, (char *) bmapPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* A few of the options require additional processing, such as those that
* determine the graphics context.
*/
state = itemPtr->state;
if (bmapPtr->activeFgColor!=NULL ||
bmapPtr->activeBgColor!=NULL ||
bmapPtr->activeBitmap!=None) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
fgColor = bmapPtr->fgColor;
bgColor = bmapPtr->bgColor;
bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (bmapPtr->activeFgColor!=NULL) {
fgColor = bmapPtr->activeFgColor;
}
if (bmapPtr->activeBgColor!=NULL) {
bgColor = bmapPtr->activeBgColor;
}
if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap!=None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
static void
DeleteBitmap(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
| < | 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
static void
DeleteBitmap(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
if (bmapPtr->bitmap != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(display, bmapPtr->bitmap);
}
if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(display, bmapPtr->activeBitmap);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeBitmapBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
BitmapItem *bmapPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
Pixmap bitmap;
Tk_State state = bmapPtr->header.state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| > | | | 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
ComputeBitmapBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
BitmapItem *bmapPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
Pixmap bitmap;
Tk_State state = bmapPtr->header.state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)bmapPtr) {
if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap!=None) {
bitmap = bmapPtr->activeBitmap;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (bmapPtr->disabledBitmap!=None) {
bitmap = bmapPtr->disabledBitmap;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
/*
* If the area being displayed doesn't cover the whole bitmap, then only
* redisplay the part of the bitmap that needs redisplay.
*/
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| | | | 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 |
/*
* If the area being displayed doesn't cover the whole bitmap, then only
* redisplay the part of the bitmap that needs redisplay.
*/
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap!=None) {
bitmap = bmapPtr->activeBitmap;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (bmapPtr->disabledBitmap!=None) {
bitmap = bmapPtr->disabledBitmap;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static double
BitmapToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
| > < | 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
BitmapToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
x1 = bmapPtr->header.x1;
y1 = bmapPtr->header.y1;
x2 = bmapPtr->header.x2;
y2 = bmapPtr->header.y2;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
BitmapToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
| > < | 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
BitmapToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
if ((rectPtr[2] <= bmapPtr->header.x1)
|| (rectPtr[0] >= bmapPtr->header.x2)
|| (rectPtr[3] <= bmapPtr->header.y1)
|| (rectPtr[1] >= bmapPtr->header.y2)) {
return -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 |
double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
bmapPtr->x = originX + scaleX*(bmapPtr->x - originX);
bmapPtr->y = originY + scaleY*(bmapPtr->y - originY);
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 |
double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
double scaleY) /* Amount to scale in Y direction. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
bmapPtr->x = originX + scaleX*(bmapPtr->x - originX);
bmapPtr->y = originY + scaleY*(bmapPtr->y - originY);
ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TranslateBitmap --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 |
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
double x, y;
int width, height, rowsAtOnce, rowsThisTime;
int curRow;
XColor *fgColor;
XColor *bgColor;
Pixmap bitmap;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| > < < < | | | 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 |
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr;
double x, y;
int width, height, rowsAtOnce, rowsThisTime;
int curRow;
char buffer[100 + TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE * 2 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
XColor *fgColor;
XColor *bgColor;
Pixmap bitmap;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
fgColor = bmapPtr->fgColor;
bgColor = bmapPtr->bgColor;
bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (bmapPtr->activeFgColor!=NULL) {
fgColor = bmapPtr->activeFgColor;
}
if (bmapPtr->activeBgColor!=NULL) {
bgColor = bmapPtr->activeBgColor;
}
if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap!=None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
944 945 946 947 948 949 950 |
case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x -= width; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
}
| < < < < < < < | | < | < | | < > | | < | < > | | | | < < > < < | | < < | < | | | < | < | < | < < < | < < < < | < < < | | 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 |
case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x -= width; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
}
/*
* Color the background, if there is one.
*/
if (bgColor != NULL) {
sprintf(buffer,
"%.15g %.15g moveto %d 0 rlineto 0 %d rlineto %d %s\n",
x, y, width, height, -width, "0 rlineto closepath");
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, bgColor) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
/*
* Draw the bitmap, if there is a foreground color. If the bitmap is very
* large, then chop it up into multiple bitmaps, each consisting of one or
* more rows. This is needed because Postscript can't handle single
* strings longer than 64 KBytes long.
*/
if (fgColor != NULL) {
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, fgColor) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (width > 60000) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't generate Postscript",
" for bitmaps more than 60000 pixels wide", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
rowsAtOnce = 60000/width;
if (rowsAtOnce < 1) {
rowsAtOnce = 1;
}
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g translate\n", x, y+height);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
for (curRow = 0; curRow < height; curRow += rowsAtOnce) {
rowsThisTime = rowsAtOnce;
if (rowsThisTime > (height - curRow)) {
rowsThisTime = height - curRow;
}
sprintf(buffer, "0 -%.15g translate\n%d %d true matrix {\n",
(double) rowsThisTime, width, rowsThisTime);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsBitmap(interp, canvas, bitmap,
0, curRow, width, rowsThisTime) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n} imagemask\n", NULL);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCanvImg.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | /* * tkCanvImg.c -- * * This file implements image items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" /* * The structure below defines the record for each image item. */ | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | /* * tkCanvImg.c -- * * This file implements image items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include <stdio.h> #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" /* * The structure below defines the record for each image item. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 | * image at present. */ } ImageItem; /* * Information used for parsing configuration specs: */ | | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
* image at present. */
} ImageItem;
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkStateParseProc,
TkStatePrintProc, (ClientData) 2
};
static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc,
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-activeimage", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, activeImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(ImageItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-disabledimage", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, disabledImageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(ImageItem, imageString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ImageChangedProc(ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imgWidth,
int imgHeight);
static int ImageCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]);
static int ImageToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double ImageToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr);
static int ImageToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static void ComputeImageBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ImageItem *imgPtr);
static int ConfigureImage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[], int flags);
static int CreateImage(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]);
static void DeleteImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static void ScaleImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void TranslateImage(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
TranslateImage, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < < | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
TranslateImage, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateImage --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
static int
CreateImage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
| | | | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
static int
CreateImage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Panic("canvas did not pass any coords\n");
}
/*
* Initialize item's record.
*/
imgPtr->canvas = canvas;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
* y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
i = 1;
} else {
| | | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 |
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
* y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
i = 1;
} else {
char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
i = 2;
if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
i = 1;
}
}
if ((ImageCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, i, objv) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
226 227 228 229 230 231 232 |
static int
ImageCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
| | | | > | > | > | | | < | < > | | | | 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
static int
ImageCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(imgPtr->x);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(imgPtr->y);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
} else if (objc < 3) {
if (objc==1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc != 2) {
char buf[64];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[0], &imgPtr->x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[1],
&imgPtr->y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ComputeImageBbox(canvas, imgPtr);
} else {
char buf[64];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
289 290 291 292 293 294 295 |
static int
ConfigureImage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Image item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
| | | | | | | 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 |
static int
ConfigureImage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Image item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_Image image;
tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
(CONST char **) objv, (char *) imgPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the image. Save the old image around and don't free it until
* after the new one is allocated. This keeps the reference count from
* going to zero so the image doesn't have to be recreated if it hasn't
* changed.
*/
if (imgPtr->activeImageString != NULL) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
if (imgPtr->imageString != NULL) {
image = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, imgPtr->imageString,
ImageChangedProc, (ClientData) imgPtr);
if (image == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (imgPtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(imgPtr->image);
}
imgPtr->image = image;
if (imgPtr->activeImageString != NULL) {
image = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, imgPtr->activeImageString,
ImageChangedProc, (ClientData) imgPtr);
if (image == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(imgPtr->activeImage);
}
imgPtr->activeImage = image;
if (imgPtr->disabledImageString != NULL) {
image = Tk_GetImage(interp, tkwin, imgPtr->disabledImageString,
ImageChangedProc, (ClientData) imgPtr);
if (image == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (imgPtr->disabledImage != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
381 382 383 384 385 386 387 |
static void
DeleteImage(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
| < < | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 |
static void
DeleteImage(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
if (imgPtr->imageString != NULL) {
ckfree(imgPtr->imageString);
}
if (imgPtr->activeImageString != NULL) {
ckfree(imgPtr->activeImageString);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeImageBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
ImageItem *imgPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
Tk_Image image;
Tk_State state = imgPtr->header.state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| > | | | 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
ComputeImageBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
ImageItem *imgPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int width, height;
int x, y;
Tk_Image image;
Tk_State state = imgPtr->header.state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
image = imgPtr->image;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)imgPtr) {
if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) {
image = imgPtr->activeImage;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (imgPtr->disabledImage != NULL) {
image = imgPtr->disabledImage;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
534 535 536 537 538 539 540 |
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
short drawableX, drawableY;
Tk_Image image;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| < | | | 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 |
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
short drawableX, drawableY;
Tk_Image image;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
image = imgPtr->image;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) {
image = imgPtr->activeImage;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (imgPtr->disabledImage != NULL) {
image = imgPtr->disabledImage;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
593 594 595 596 597 598 599 |
ImageToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
| < | 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 |
ImageToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *coordPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
x1 = imgPtr->header.x1;
y1 = imgPtr->header.y1;
x2 = imgPtr->header.x2;
y2 = imgPtr->header.y2;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
| < | 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr;
if ((rectPtr[2] <= imgPtr->header.x1)
|| (rectPtr[0] >= imgPtr->header.x2)
|| (rectPtr[3] <= imgPtr->header.y1)
|| (rectPtr[1] >= imgPtr->header.y2)) {
return -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
696 697 698 699 700 701 702 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created.*/
{
| | > > | | | | 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created.*/
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *)itemPtr;
Tk_Window canvasWin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
char buffer[256];
double x, y;
int width, height;
Tk_Image image;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
image = imgPtr->image;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) {
image = imgPtr->activeImage;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (imgPtr->disabledImage != NULL) {
image = imgPtr->disabledImage;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
}
if (!prepass) {
| < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 |
case TK_ANCHOR_S: x -= width/2.0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SW: break;
case TK_ANCHOR_W: y -= height/2.0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x -= width/2.0; y -= height/2.0; break;
}
if (!prepass) {
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g", x, y);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, " translate\n", NULL);
}
return Tk_PostscriptImage(image, interp, canvasWin,
((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, 0, 0, width, height, prepass);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleImage --
*
* This function is invoked to rescale an item.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
888 889 890 891 892 893 894 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas item for image. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be <=
* 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | | 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas item for image. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be <=
* 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) clientData;
/*
* If the image's size changed and it's not anchored at its northwest
* corner then just redisplay the entire area of the image. This is a bit
* over-conservative, but we need to do something because a size change
* also means a position change.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvLine.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkCanvLine.c -- * * This file implements line items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" | > < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
/*
* tkCanvLine.c --
*
* This file implements line items for canvas widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
/*
* The structure below defines the record for each line item.
*/
typedef enum {
ARROWS_NONE, ARROWS_FIRST, ARROWS_LAST, ARROWS_BOTH
} Arrows;
typedef struct LineItem {
Tk_Item header; /* Generic stuff that's the same for all
* types. MUST BE FIRST IN STRUCTURE. */
Tk_Outline outline; /* Outline structure */
Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing item. Needed for parsing
* arrow shapes. */
int numPoints; /* Number of points in line (always >= 0). */
double *coordPtr; /* Pointer to malloc-ed array containing x-
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
* point in line. First point of arrowhead is
* tip. Malloc'ed. NULL means no arrowhead at
* first point. */
double *lastArrowPtr; /* Points to polygon for arrowhead at last
* point in line (PTS_IN_ARROW points, first
* of which is tip). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
* arrowhead at last point. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | > | | > | | > | | > | | > | | > | | > | | | > | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
* point in line. First point of arrowhead is
* tip. Malloc'ed. NULL means no arrowhead at
* first point. */
double *lastArrowPtr; /* Points to polygon for arrowhead at last
* point in line (PTS_IN_ARROW points, first
* of which is tip). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
* arrowhead at last point. */
Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth; /* Non-zero means draw line smoothed (i.e.
* with Bezier splines). */
int splineSteps; /* Number of steps in each spline segment. */
} LineItem;
/*
* Number of points in an arrowHead:
*/
#define PTS_IN_ARROW 6
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static int ArrowheadPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr,
double *arrowPtr);
static void ComputeLineBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr);
static int ConfigureLine(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
static int ConfigureArrows(Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr);
static int CreateLine(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void DeleteLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static int GetLineIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr);
static int LineCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void LineDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
static void LineInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj);
static int LineToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double LineToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *coordPtr);
static int LineToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static int ArrowParseProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
static char * ArrowPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static int ParseArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset);
static char * PrintArrowShape(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
static void ScaleLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void TranslateLine(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs. If you change any of the
* default strings, be sure to change the corresponding default values in
* CreateLine.
*/
static Tk_CustomOption arrowShapeOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) ParseArrowShape,
PrintArrowShape, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption arrowOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) ArrowParseProc,
ArrowPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption smoothOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkSmoothParseProc,
TkSmoothPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkStateParseProc,
TkStatePrintProc, (ClientData) 2
};
static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc,
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption dashOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkCanvasDashParseProc,
TkCanvasDashPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkOffsetParseProc,
TkOffsetPrintProc,
(ClientData) (TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE|TK_OFFSET_INDEX)
};
static Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkPixelParseProc,
TkPixelPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrow", NULL, NULL,
"none", Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrow), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-arrowshape", NULL, NULL,
"8 10 3", Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrowShapeA),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &arrowShapeOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE, "-capstyle", NULL, NULL,
"butt", Tk_Offset(LineItem, capStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.offset), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
"round", Tk_Offset(LineItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, smooth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
"12", Tk_Offset(LineItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(LineItem, outline.width),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The structures below defines the line item type by means of functions that
* can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkLineType = {
"line", /* name */
sizeof(LineItem), /* itemSize */
CreateLine, /* createProc */
configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
ConfigureLine, /* configureProc */
LineCoords, /* coordProc */
DeleteLine, /* deleteProc */
DisplayLine, /* displayProc */
TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
LineToPoint, /* pointProc */
LineToArea, /* areaProc */
LineToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
ScaleLine, /* scaleProc */
TranslateLine, /* translateProc */
(Tk_ItemIndexProc *) GetLineIndex, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
(Tk_ItemInsertProc *) LineInsert, /* insertProc */
LineDeleteCoords, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
* The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
* spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
* malloc-ed).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
static int
CreateLine(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
| | | | | 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
static int
CreateLine(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing line. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Panic("canvas did not pass any coords\n");
}
/*
* Carry out initialization that is needed to set defaults and to allow
* proper cleanup after errors during the the remainder of this function.
*/
Tk_CreateOutline(&(linePtr->outline));
linePtr->canvas = canvas;
linePtr->numPoints = 0;
linePtr->coordPtr = NULL;
linePtr->capStyle = CapButt;
linePtr->joinStyle = JoinRound;
linePtr->arrowGC = NULL;
linePtr->arrow = ARROWS_NONE;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
/*
* Count the number of points and then parse them into a point array.
* Leading arguments are assumed to be points if they start with a digit
* or a minus sign followed by a digit.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
| | | 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 |
/*
* Count the number of points and then parse them into a point array.
* Leading arguments are assumed to be points if they start with a digit
* or a minus sign followed by a digit.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
break;
}
}
if (LineCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, i, objv) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
static int
LineCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
| | | 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
static int
LineCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int i, numPoints;
double *coordPtr;
if (objc == 0) {
int numCoords;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
if (objc == 1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (objc & 1) {
| > | | | | > | | | < | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
if (objc == 1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (objc & 1) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected an even number, got %d",
objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc < 4) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected at least 4, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
numPoints = objc/2;
if (linePtr->numPoints != numPoints) {
coordPtr = (double *)
ckalloc((unsigned) (sizeof(double) * objc));
if (linePtr->coordPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->coordPtr);
}
linePtr->coordPtr = coordPtr;
linePtr->numPoints = numPoints;
}
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr;
for (i = 0; i <objc; i++) {
if (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[i],
coordPtr++) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Update arrowheads by throwing away any existing arrow-head
* information and calling ConfigureArrows to recompute it.
*/
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->firstArrowPtr);
linePtr->firstArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
linePtr->lastArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_NONE) {
ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr);
}
ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureLine --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
464 465 466 467 468 469 470 |
*/
static int
ConfigureLine(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to reconfigure. */
| | | | | | | > | | < | 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 |
*/
static int
ConfigureLine(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC, arrowGC;
unsigned long mask;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_State state;
tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
(CONST char **) objv, (char *) linePtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* A few of the options require additional processing, such as graphics
* contexts.
*/
state = itemPtr->state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth > linePtr->outline.width ||
linePtr->outline.activeDash.number != 0 ||
linePtr->outline.activeColor != NULL ||
linePtr->outline.activeStipple != None) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
mask = Tk_ConfigOutlineGC(&gcValues, canvas, itemPtr,
&(linePtr->outline));
if (mask) {
if (linePtr->arrow == ARROWS_NONE) {
gcValues.cap_style = linePtr->capStyle;
mask |= GCCapStyle;
}
gcValues.join_style = linePtr->joinStyle;
mask |= GCJoinStyle;
newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
* Mac OS X CG drawing needs access to linewidth even for
* arrow fills (as linewidth controls antialiasing).
*/
mask |= GCLineWidth;
#else
gcValues.line_width = 0;
#endif
arrowGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
} else {
newGC = arrowGC = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
if (linePtr->splineSteps < 1) {
linePtr->splineSteps = 1;
} else if (linePtr->splineSteps > 100) {
linePtr->splineSteps = 100;
}
| | | | | 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 |
if (linePtr->splineSteps < 1) {
linePtr->splineSteps = 1;
} else if (linePtr->splineSteps > 100) {
linePtr->splineSteps = 100;
}
if ((!linePtr->numPoints) || (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Setup arrowheads, if needed. If arrowheads are turned off, restore the
* line's endpoints (they were shortened when the arrowheads were added).
*/
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_FIRST)
&& (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_BOTH)) {
linePtr->coordPtr[0] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[1] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[1];
ckfree((char *) linePtr->firstArrowPtr);
linePtr->firstArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_LAST)
&& (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_BOTH)) {
int i;
i = 2*(linePtr->numPoints-1);
linePtr->coordPtr[i] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[i+1] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[1];
ckfree((char *) linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
linePtr->lastArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_NONE) {
ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
601 602 603 604 605 606 607 | * Resources associated with itemPtr are released. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DeleteLine( | | | | | | | 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 |
* Resources associated with itemPtr are released.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteLine(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_DeleteOutline(display, &(linePtr->outline));
if (linePtr->coordPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->coordPtr);
}
if (linePtr->arrowGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(display, linePtr->arrowGC);
}
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->firstArrowPtr);
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ComputeLineBbox --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
650 651 652 653 654 655 656 |
{
double *coordPtr;
int i, intWidth;
double width;
Tk_State state = linePtr->header.state;
Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset;
| | | | | | | | | | | | 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
{
double *coordPtr;
int i, intWidth;
double width;
Tk_State state = linePtr->header.state;
Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (!(linePtr->numPoints) || (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
linePtr->header.x1 = -1;
linePtr->header.x2 = -1;
linePtr->header.y1 = -1;
linePtr->header.y2 = -1;
return;
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr;
linePtr->header.x1 = linePtr->header.x2 = (int) *coordPtr;
linePtr->header.y1 = linePtr->header.y2 = (int) coordPtr[1];
/*
* Compute the bounding box of all the points in the line, then expand in
* all directions by the line's width to take care of butting or rounded
* corners and projecting or rounded caps. This expansion is an
* overestimate (worst-case is square root of two over two) but it's
* simple. eDon't do anything special for curves. This causes an
* additional overestimate in the bounding box, but is faster.
*/
for (i = 1, coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr+2; i < linePtr->numPoints;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) linePtr, coordPtr);
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
705 706 707 708 709 710 711 |
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_FIRST) {
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) linePtr, linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
}
}
tsoffset = &linePtr->outline.tsoffset;
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
| < | < | < | < | 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_FIRST) {
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) linePtr, linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
}
}
tsoffset = &linePtr->outline.tsoffset;
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
double *coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr + (tsoffset->flags & ~TK_OFFSET_INDEX);
if (tsoffset->flags <= 0) {
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr;
if ((linePtr->arrow == ARROWS_FIRST) || (linePtr->arrow == ARROWS_BOTH)) {
coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr;
}
}
if (tsoffset->flags > (linePtr->numPoints * 2)) {
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr + (linePtr->numPoints * 2);
if ((linePtr->arrow == ARROWS_LAST) || (linePtr->arrow == ARROWS_BOTH)) {
coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr;
}
}
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (coordPtr[0] + 0.5);
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (coordPtr[1] + 0.5);
} else {
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
intWidth = (int) (width + 0.5);
linePtr->header.x1 -= intWidth;
linePtr->header.x2 += intWidth;
linePtr->header.y1 -= intWidth;
linePtr->header.y2 += intWidth;
| | | 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 |
intWidth = (int) (width + 0.5);
linePtr->header.x1 -= intWidth;
linePtr->header.x2 += intWidth;
linePtr->header.y1 -= intWidth;
linePtr->header.y2 += intWidth;
if (linePtr->numPoints==1) {
linePtr->header.x1 -= 1;
linePtr->header.x2 += 1;
linePtr->header.y1 -= 1;
linePtr->header.y2 += 1;
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
829 830 831 832 833 834 835 |
static void
DisplayLine(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
| > | | < < | | | | | 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 |
static void
DisplayLine(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
int x, int y, int width, int height)
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
XPoint staticPoints[MAX_STATIC_POINTS*3];
XPoint *pointPtr;
double linewidth;
int numPoints;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (!linePtr->numPoints || (linePtr->outline.gc == NULL)) {
return;
}
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
linewidth = linePtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth != linewidth) {
linewidth = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth != linewidth) {
linewidth = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
/*
* Build up an array of points in screen coordinates. Use a static array
* unless the line has an enormous number of points; in this case,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
875 876 877 878 879 880 881 |
} else {
numPoints = linePtr->numPoints;
}
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
pointPtr = staticPoints;
} else {
| | | | | < | | < | | | | | | 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 |
} else {
numPoints = linePtr->numPoints;
}
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
pointPtr = staticPoints;
} else {
pointPtr = (XPoint *)ckalloc((unsigned)(numPoints * 3*sizeof(XPoint)));
}
if ((linePtr->smooth) && (linePtr->numPoints > 2)) {
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr,
linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, pointPtr, NULL);
} else {
numPoints = TkCanvTranslatePath((TkCanvas*)canvas, numPoints,
linePtr->coordPtr, 0, pointPtr);
}
/*
* Display line, the free up line storage if it was dynamically allocated.
* If we're stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure
* to reset the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be
* read-only.
*/
if (Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(canvas, itemPtr, &(linePtr->outline))) {
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, linePtr->arrowGC, &linePtr->outline.tsoffset);
}
if (numPoints>1) {
XDrawLines(display, drawable, linePtr->outline.gc, pointPtr, numPoints,
CoordModeOrigin);
} else {
int intwidth = (int) (linewidth + 0.5);
if (intwidth<1) {
intwidth=1;
}
XFillArc(display, drawable, linePtr->outline.gc,
pointPtr->x - intwidth/2, pointPtr->y - intwidth/2,
(unsigned int)intwidth+1, (unsigned int)intwidth+1, 0, 64*360);
}
if (pointPtr != staticPoints) {
ckfree((char *) pointPtr);
}
/*
* Display arrowheads, if they are wanted.
*/
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
TkFillPolygon(canvas, linePtr->firstArrowPtr, PTS_IN_ARROW,
display, drawable, linePtr->arrowGC, NULL);
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
TkFillPolygon(canvas, linePtr->lastArrowPtr, PTS_IN_ARROW,
display, drawable, linePtr->arrowGC, NULL);
}
if (Tk_ResetOutlineGC(canvas, itemPtr, &(linePtr->outline))) {
XSetTSOrigin(display, linePtr->arrowGC, 0, 0);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
951 952 953 954 955 956 957 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LineInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to be modified. */
| | | | | | > | | | | | | < | < < | < < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LineInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to be modified. */
int beforeThis, /* Index before which new coordinates are to
* be inserted. */
Tcl_Obj *obj) /* New coordinates to be inserted. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int length, objc, i;
double *newCoordPtr, *coordPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
|| !objc || objc&1) {
return;
}
length = 2*linePtr->numPoints;
if (beforeThis < 0) {
beforeThis = 0;
}
if (beforeThis > length) {
beforeThis = length;
}
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
linePtr->coordPtr[0] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[1] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[1];
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
linePtr->coordPtr[length-2] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[length-1] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[1];
}
newCoordPtr = (double *)
ckalloc(sizeof(double) * (unsigned)(length + objc));
for (i=0; i<beforeThis; i++) {
newCoordPtr[i] = linePtr->coordPtr[i];
}
for (i=0; i<objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objv[i],
&newCoordPtr[i + beforeThis]) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->interp);
ckfree((char *) newCoordPtr);
return;
}
}
for (i=beforeThis; i<length; i++) {
newCoordPtr[i+objc] = linePtr->coordPtr[i];
}
if (linePtr->coordPtr) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->coordPtr);
}
linePtr->coordPtr = newCoordPtr;
length += objc;
linePtr->numPoints = length / 2;
if ((length>3) && (state != TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
/*
* This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of
* the polygon that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with
* that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs
* the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this
* flag is not set, the canvas will do the redrawing, otherwise I have
* to do it here.
*/
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
if (beforeThis>0) {beforeThis -= 2; objc+=2; }
if ((beforeThis+objc)<length) objc+=2;
if (linePtr->smooth) {
if(beforeThis>0) {
beforeThis-=2; objc+=2;
}
if((beforeThis+objc+2)<length) {
objc+=2;
}
}
itemPtr->x1 = itemPtr->x2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[beforeThis];
itemPtr->y1 = itemPtr->y2 = (int) linePtr->coordPtr[beforeThis+1];
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis<1)) {
/*
* Include old first arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && ((beforeThis+objc)>=length)) {
/*
* Include old last arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr+beforeThis+2;
for (i=2; i<objc; i+=2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
coordPtr+=2;
}
}
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->firstArrowPtr);
linePtr->firstArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
linePtr->lastArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_NONE) {
ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr);
}
if (itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW) {
double width;
int intWidth;
if ((linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis>2)) {
/*
* Include new first arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->firstArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
if ((linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) && (beforeThis+objc < length-2)) {
/*
* Include new right arrow.
*/
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
intWidth = (int) (width + 0.5);
if (intWidth < 1) {
intWidth = 1;
}
itemPtr->x1 -= intWidth; itemPtr->y1 -= intWidth;
itemPtr->x2 += intWidth; itemPtr->y2 += intWidth;
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(canvas, itemPtr->x1, itemPtr->y1,
itemPtr->x2, itemPtr->y2);
}
ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LineDeleteCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
| | | | | | | | 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LineDeleteCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
int first, /* Index of first character to delete. */
int last) /* Index of last character to delete. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int count, i, first1, last1;
int length = 2*linePtr->numPoints;
double *coordPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
first &= -2;
last &= -2;
if (first < 0) {
first = 0;
}
if (last >= length) {
last = length-2;
}
if (first > last) {
return;
}
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
linePtr->coordPtr[0] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[1] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[1];
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 |
first1 -= 2;
}
if (last1 < length-2) {
last1 += 2;
}
}
| | | 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 |
first1 -= 2;
}
if (last1 < length-2) {
last1 += 2;
}
}
if (!(first1 < 2) && (last1 >= length-2)) {
/*
* This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of
* the line that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with
* that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs
* the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this
* flag is set, the redrawing has to be done here, otherwise the
* general Canvas code will take care of it.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 |
count = last + 2 - first;
for (i=last+2; i<length; i++) {
linePtr->coordPtr[i-count] = linePtr->coordPtr[i];
}
linePtr->numPoints -= count/2;
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
| | | | 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 |
count = last + 2 - first;
for (i=last+2; i<length; i++) {
linePtr->coordPtr[i-count] = linePtr->coordPtr[i];
}
linePtr->numPoints -= count/2;
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->firstArrowPtr);
linePtr->firstArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
linePtr->lastArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_NONE) {
ConfigureArrows(canvas, linePtr);
}
if (itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW) {
double width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 |
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
| | | | 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 |
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->lastArrowPtr; i < PTS_IN_ARROW;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, coordPtr);
}
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth > width) {
width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth > 0) {
width = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
intWidth = (int) (width + 0.5);
if (intWidth < 1) {
intWidth = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static double
LineToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| > | 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
LineToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 |
bestDist = 1.0e36;
/*
* Handle smoothed lines by generating an expanded set of points against
* which to do the check.
*/
| | | | | | | | > | | < < | 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 |
bestDist = 1.0e36;
/*
* Handle smoothed lines by generating an expanded set of points against
* which to do the check.
*/
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
if ((linePtr->smooth) && (linePtr->numPoints > 2)) {
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
linePoints = staticSpace;
} else {
linePoints = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(2*numPoints*sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr,
linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, linePoints);
} else {
numPoints = linePtr->numPoints;
linePoints = linePtr->coordPtr;
}
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
if (!numPoints || itemPtr->state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
return bestDist;
} else if (numPoints == 1) {
bestDist = hypot(linePoints[0]-pointPtr[0], linePoints[1]-pointPtr[1])
- width/2.0;
if (bestDist < 0) bestDist = 0;
return bestDist;
}
/*
* The overall idea is to iterate through all of the edges of the line,
* computing a polygon for each edge and testing the point against that
* polygon. In addition, there are additional tests to deal with rounded
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 |
bestDist = dist;
}
}
}
done:
if ((linePoints != staticSpace) && (linePoints != linePtr->coordPtr)) {
| | | 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 |
bestDist = dist;
}
}
}
done:
if ((linePoints != staticSpace) && (linePoints != linePtr->coordPtr)) {
ckfree((char *) linePoints);
}
return bestDist;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
LineToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against line. */
double *rectPtr)
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
double staticSpace[2*MAX_STATIC_POINTS];
double *linePoints;
int numPoints, result;
double radius, width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| > | | | | | | | | 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
LineToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against line. */
double *rectPtr)
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
double staticSpace[2*MAX_STATIC_POINTS];
double *linePoints;
int numPoints, result;
double radius, width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
radius = (width+1.0)/2.0;
if ((state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) || !linePtr->numPoints) {
return -1;
} else if (linePtr->numPoints == 1) {
double oval[4];
oval[0] = linePtr->coordPtr[0]-radius;
oval[1] = linePtr->coordPtr[1]-radius;
oval[2] = linePtr->coordPtr[0]+radius;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 |
if ((linePtr->smooth) && (linePtr->numPoints > 2)) {
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
linePoints = staticSpace;
} else {
| | > | | | > | 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 |
if ((linePtr->smooth) && (linePtr->numPoints > 2)) {
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
linePoints = staticSpace;
} else {
linePoints = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(2*numPoints*sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr,
linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, linePoints);
} else {
numPoints = linePtr->numPoints;
linePoints = linePtr->coordPtr;
}
/*
* Check the segments of the line.
*/
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
result = TkThickPolyLineToArea(linePoints, numPoints,
width, linePtr->capStyle, linePtr->joinStyle,
rectPtr);
if (result == 0) {
goto done;
}
/*
* Check arrowheads, if any.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 |
goto done;
}
}
}
done:
if ((linePoints != staticSpace) && (linePoints != linePtr->coordPtr)) {
| | | 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 |
goto done;
}
}
}
done:
if ((linePoints != staticSpace) && (linePoints != linePtr->coordPtr)) {
ckfree((char *) linePoints);
}
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 |
* Delete any arrowheads before scaling all the points (so that the
* end-points of the line get restored).
*/
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
linePtr->coordPtr[0] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[1] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[1];
| | > > | | 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 |
* Delete any arrowheads before scaling all the points (so that the
* end-points of the line get restored).
*/
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
linePtr->coordPtr[0] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[1] = linePtr->firstArrowPtr[1];
ckfree((char *) linePtr->firstArrowPtr);
linePtr->firstArrowPtr = NULL;
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
int i;
i = 2*(linePtr->numPoints-1);
linePtr->coordPtr[i] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[0];
linePtr->coordPtr[i+1] = linePtr->lastArrowPtr[1];
ckfree((char *) linePtr->lastArrowPtr);
linePtr->lastArrowPtr = NULL;
}
for (i = 0, coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr; i < linePtr->numPoints;
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
coordPtr[0] = originX + scaleX*(*coordPtr - originX);
coordPtr[1] = originY + scaleY*(coordPtr[1] - originY);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 |
GetLineIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular coord in
* itemPtr's line. */
| | < > | < < | < < > | > > > | | | > > | | < < < | | | < | | > > | > | < < | > > | < < < < | 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 |
GetLineIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular coord in
* itemPtr's line. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
int length;
char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
if (string[0] == 'e') {
if (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = 2*linePtr->numPoints;
} else {
/*
* Some of the paths here leave messages in interp->result, so we
* have to clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
badIndex:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (string[0] == '@') {
int i;
double x ,y, bestDist, dist, *coordPtr;
char *end, *p;
p = string+1;
x = strtod(p, &end);
if ((end == p) || (*end != ',')) {
goto badIndex;
}
p = end+1;
y = strtod(p, &end);
if ((end == p) || (*end != 0)) {
goto badIndex;
}
bestDist = 1.0e36;
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr;
*indexPtr = 0;
for(i=0; i<linePtr->numPoints; i++) {
dist = hypot(coordPtr[0] - x, coordPtr[1] - y);
if (dist<bestDist) {
bestDist = dist;
*indexPtr = 2*i;
}
coordPtr += 2;
}
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, obj, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr &= -2; /* if index is odd, make it even */
if (*indexPtr < 0){
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > (2*linePtr->numPoints)) {
*indexPtr = (2*linePtr->numPoints);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 |
}
ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | | > > | 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 |
}
ComputeLineBbox(canvas, linePtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ParseArrowShape --
*
* This function is called back during option parsing to parse arrow
* shape information.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a standard Tcl result: TCL_OK means that the arrow
* shape information was parsed ok, and TCL_ERROR means it couldn't be
* parsed.
*
* Side effects:
* Arrow information in recordPtr is updated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ParseArrowShape(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Not used. */
CONST char *value, /* Textual specification of arrow shape. */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to item record in which to store
* arrow information. */
int offset) /* Offset of shape information in widget
* record. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr;
double a, b, c;
int argc;
CONST char **argv = NULL;
if (offset != Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrowShapeA)) {
Tcl_Panic("ParseArrowShape received bogus offset");
}
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, (char *) value, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
syntaxError:
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad arrow shape \"", value,
"\": must be list with three numbers", NULL);
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (argc != 3) {
goto syntaxError;
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoord(interp, linePtr->canvas, argv[0], &a) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoord(interp, linePtr->canvas, argv[1], &b)
!= TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoord(interp, linePtr->canvas, argv[2], &c)
!= TCL_OK)) {
goto syntaxError;
}
linePtr->arrowShapeA = (float)a;
linePtr->arrowShapeB = (float)b;
linePtr->arrowShapeC = (float)c;
ckfree((char *) argv);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PrintArrowShape --
*
* This function is a callback invoked by the configuration code to
* return a printable value describing an arrow shape.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
PrintArrowShape(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window associated with linePtr's widget. */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to item record containing current
* shape information. */
int offset, /* Offset of arrow information in record. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Store address of function to call to free
* string here. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr;
char *buffer;
buffer = (char *) ckalloc(120);
sprintf(buffer, "%.5g %.5g %.5g", linePtr->arrowShapeA,
linePtr->arrowShapeB, linePtr->arrowShapeC);
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
return buffer;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ArrowParseProc --
*
* This function is invoked during option processing to handle the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 | * value argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ArrowParseProc( | | | | | > | | | 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 |
* value argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ArrowParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
CONST char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
register Arrows *arrowPtr = (Arrows *) (widgRec + offset);
if(value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*arrowPtr = ARROWS_NONE;
return TCL_OK;
}
c = value[0];
length = strlen(value);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'b') && (strncmp(value, "both", length) == 0)) {
*arrowPtr = ARROWS_BOTH;
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | < < | 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'b') && (strncmp(value, "both", length) == 0)) {
*arrowPtr = ARROWS_BOTH;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad arrow spec \"", value,
"\": must be none, first, last, or both", NULL);
*arrowPtr = ARROWS_NONE;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
ArrowPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
register Arrows *arrowPtr = (Arrows *) (widgRec + offset);
switch (*arrowPtr) {
case ARROWS_FIRST:
return "first";
case ARROWS_LAST:
return "last";
case ARROWS_BOTH:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 |
* firstArrowPtr and lastArrowPtr polygons are allocated and initialized,
* if need be, and the end points of the line are adjusted so that a
* thick line doesn't stick out past the arrowheads.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureArrows(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas in which arrows will be displayed
* (interp and tkwin fields are needed). */
LineItem *linePtr) /* Item to configure for arrows. */
{
double *poly, *coordPtr;
double dx, dy, length, sinTheta, cosTheta, temp;
double fracHeight; /* Line width as fraction of arrowhead
* width. */
double backup; /* Distance to backup end points so the line
* ends in the middle of the arrowhead. */
double vertX, vertY; /* Position of arrowhead vertex. */
double shapeA, shapeB, shapeC;
/* Adjusted coordinates (see explanation
* below). */
double width;
Tk_State state = linePtr->header.state;
| > | | | | | | | | 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 |
* firstArrowPtr and lastArrowPtr polygons are allocated and initialized,
* if need be, and the end points of the line are adjusted so that a
* thick line doesn't stick out past the arrowheads.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ConfigureArrows(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas in which arrows will be displayed
* (interp and tkwin fields are needed). */
LineItem *linePtr) /* Item to configure for arrows. */
{
double *poly, *coordPtr;
double dx, dy, length, sinTheta, cosTheta, temp;
double fracHeight; /* Line width as fraction of arrowhead
* width. */
double backup; /* Distance to backup end points so the line
* ends in the middle of the arrowhead. */
double vertX, vertY; /* Position of arrowhead vertex. */
double shapeA, shapeB, shapeC;
/* Adjusted coordinates (see explanation
* below). */
double width;
Tk_State state = linePtr->header.state;
if (linePtr->numPoints <2) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
/*
* The code below makes a tiny increase in the shape parameters for the
* line. This is a bit of a hack, but it seems to result in displays that
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 |
*/
fracHeight = (width/2.0)/shapeC;
backup = fracHeight*shapeB + shapeA*(1.0 - fracHeight)/2.0;
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_LAST) {
poly = linePtr->firstArrowPtr;
if (poly == NULL) {
| | > | 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 |
*/
fracHeight = (width/2.0)/shapeC;
backup = fracHeight*shapeB + shapeA*(1.0 - fracHeight)/2.0;
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_LAST) {
poly = linePtr->firstArrowPtr;
if (poly == NULL) {
poly = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(2*PTS_IN_ARROW*sizeof(double)));
poly[0] = poly[10] = linePtr->coordPtr[0];
poly[1] = poly[11] = linePtr->coordPtr[1];
linePtr->firstArrowPtr = poly;
}
dx = poly[0] - linePtr->coordPtr[2];
dy = poly[1] - linePtr->coordPtr[3];
length = hypot(dx, dy);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 |
* Similar arrowhead calculation for the last point of the line.
*/
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_FIRST) {
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr + 2*(linePtr->numPoints-2);
poly = linePtr->lastArrowPtr;
if (poly == NULL) {
| | > | 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 |
* Similar arrowhead calculation for the last point of the line.
*/
if (linePtr->arrow != ARROWS_FIRST) {
coordPtr = linePtr->coordPtr + 2*(linePtr->numPoints-2);
poly = linePtr->lastArrowPtr;
if (poly == NULL) {
poly = (double *)
ckalloc((unsigned) (2*PTS_IN_ARROW*sizeof(double)));
poly[0] = poly[10] = coordPtr[2];
poly[1] = poly[11] = coordPtr[3];
linePtr->lastArrowPtr = poly;
}
dx = poly[0] - coordPtr[0];
dy = poly[1] - coordPtr[1];
length = hypot(dx, dy);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 |
*/
static int
LineToPostscript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
| | > | > < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < < | < > | < | | < > > | < > < < > | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | < > > | | < < | > | | < < | < | < > > | | | > | > | | | > | | < < < < < < < < | | < | < | | | | < < < | > > | < < < | | 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 |
*/
static int
LineToPostscript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr;
char buffer[64 + 4*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
char *style;
double width;
XColor *color;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = linePtr->outline.width;
color = linePtr->outline.color;
stipple = linePtr->outline.stipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
if (linePtr->outline.activeColor!=NULL) {
color = linePtr->outline.activeColor;
}
if (linePtr->outline.activeStipple!=None) {
stipple = linePtr->outline.activeStipple;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (linePtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = linePtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
if (linePtr->outline.disabledColor!=NULL) {
color = linePtr->outline.disabledColor;
}
if (linePtr->outline.disabledStipple!=None) {
stipple = linePtr->outline.disabledStipple;
}
}
if (color == NULL || linePtr->numPoints<1 || linePtr->coordPtr==NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (linePtr->numPoints==1) {
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g translate %.15g %.15g",
linePtr->coordPtr[0], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr[1]),
width/2.0, width/2.0);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "matrix currentmatrix\n",buffer,
" scale 1 0 moveto 0 0 1 0 360 arc\nsetmatrix\n", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Generate a path for the line's center-line (do this differently for
* straight lines and smoothed lines).
*/
if ((!linePtr->smooth) || (linePtr->numPoints < 3)) {
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, linePtr->coordPtr, linePtr->numPoints);
} else {
if ((stipple == None) && linePtr->smooth->postscriptProc) {
linePtr->smooth->postscriptProc(interp, canvas,
linePtr->coordPtr, linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps);
} else {
/*
* Special hack: Postscript printers don't appear to be able to
* turn a path drawn with "curveto"s into a clipping path without
* exceeding resource limits, so TkMakeBezierPostscript won't work
* for stippled curves. Instead, generate all of the intermediate
* points here and output them into the Postscript file with
* "lineto"s instead.
*/
double staticPoints[2*MAX_STATIC_POINTS];
double *pointPtr;
int numPoints;
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
pointPtr = staticPoints;
if (numPoints > MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
pointPtr = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(numPoints * 2 * sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = linePtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, linePtr->coordPtr,
linePtr->numPoints, linePtr->splineSteps, NULL, pointPtr);
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, pointPtr, numPoints);
if (pointPtr != staticPoints) {
ckfree((char *) pointPtr);
}
}
}
/*
* Set other line-drawing parameters and stroke out the line.
*/
style = "0 setlinecap\n";
if (linePtr->capStyle == CapRound) {
style = "1 setlinecap\n";
} else if (linePtr->capStyle == CapProjecting) {
style = "2 setlinecap\n";
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, style, NULL);
style = "0 setlinejoin\n";
if (linePtr->joinStyle == JoinRound) {
style = "1 setlinejoin\n";
} else if (linePtr->joinStyle == JoinBevel) {
style = "2 setlinejoin\n";
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, style, NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr, &(linePtr->outline)) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Output polygons for the arrowheads, if there are any.
*/
if (linePtr->firstArrowPtr != NULL) {
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
}
if (ArrowheadPostscript(interp, canvas, linePtr,
linePtr->firstArrowPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (linePtr->lastArrowPtr != NULL) {
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
}
if (ArrowheadPostscript(interp, canvas, linePtr,
linePtr->lastArrowPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ArrowheadPostscript --
*
* This function is called to generate Postscript for an arrowhead for a
* line item.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a standard Tcl result. If an error occurs in
* generating Postscript then an error message is left in the interp's
* result, replacing whatever used to be there. If no error occurs, then
* Postscript for the arrowhead is appended to the result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ArrowheadPostscript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
LineItem *linePtr, /* Line item for which Postscript is being
* generated. */
double *arrowPtr) /* Pointer to first of five points describing
* arrowhead polygon. */
{
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state = linePtr->header.state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
stipple = linePtr->outline.stipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeStipple!=None) {
stipple = linePtr->outline.activeStipple;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (linePtr->outline.activeStipple!=None) {
stipple = linePtr->outline.disabledStipple;
}
}
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, arrowPtr, PTS_IN_ARROW);
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCanvPoly.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * tkCanvPoly.c -- * * This file implements polygon items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" | > < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
/*
* tkCanvPoly.c --
*
* This file implements polygon items for canvas widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
/*
* The structure below defines the record for each polygon item.
*/
typedef struct PolygonItem {
Tk_Item header; /* Generic stuff that's the same for all
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
* disabled. */
Pixmap fillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon. */
Pixmap activeFillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon if state
* is active. */
Pixmap disabledFillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon if state
* is disabled. */
GC fillGC; /* Graphics context for filling polygon. */
| | | > | | > | | > | | > | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | < < | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
* disabled. */
Pixmap fillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon. */
Pixmap activeFillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon if state
* is active. */
Pixmap disabledFillStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for filling polygon if state
* is disabled. */
GC fillGC; /* Graphics context for filling polygon. */
Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth; /* Non-zero means draw shape smoothed (i.e.
* with Bezier splines). */
int splineSteps; /* Number of steps in each spline segment. */
int autoClosed; /* Zero means the given polygon was closed,
one means that we auto closed it. */
} PolygonItem;
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static Tk_CustomOption smoothOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkSmoothParseProc,
TkSmoothPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkStateParseProc,
TkStatePrintProc, (ClientData) 2
};
static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc,
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption dashOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkCanvasDashParseProc,
TkCanvasDashPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkOffsetParseProc,
TkOffsetPrintProc,
(ClientData) (TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE|TK_OFFSET_INDEX)
};
static Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkPixelParseProc,
TkPixelPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.offset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE, "-joinstyle", NULL, NULL,
"round", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, joinStyle), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-smooth", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, smooth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &smoothOption},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-splinesteps", NULL, NULL,
"12", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, splineSteps), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, fillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(PolygonItem, outline.width),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ComputePolygonBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
PolygonItem *polyPtr);
static int ConfigurePolygon(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
static int CreatePolygon(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void DeletePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayPolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static int GetPolygonIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr);
static int PolygonCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void PolygonDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
static void PolygonInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, Tcl_Obj *obj);
static int PolygonToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double PolygonToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
static int PolygonToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static void ScalePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void TranslatePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
* The structures below defines the polygon item type by means of functions
* that can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
Tk_ItemType tkPolygonType = {
"polygon", /* name */
sizeof(PolygonItem), /* itemSize */
CreatePolygon, /* createProc */
configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
ConfigurePolygon, /* configureProc */
PolygonCoords, /* coordProc */
DeletePolygon, /* deleteProc */
DisplayPolygon, /* displayProc */
TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
PolygonToPoint, /* pointProc */
PolygonToArea, /* areaProc */
PolygonToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
ScalePolygon, /* scaleProc */
TranslatePolygon, /* translateProc */
(Tk_ItemIndexProc *) GetPolygonIndex,/* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
(Tk_ItemInsertProc *) PolygonInsert,/* insertProc */
PolygonDeleteCoords, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
* The definition below determines how large are static arrays used to hold
* spline points (splines larger than this have to have their arrays
* malloc-ed).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
static int
CreatePolygon(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
| | | | | 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
static int
CreatePolygon(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing polygon. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Panic("canvas did not pass any coords\n");
}
/*
* Carry out initialization that is needed in order to clean up after
* errors during the the remainder of this function.
*/
Tk_CreateOutline(&(polyPtr->outline));
polyPtr->numPoints = 0;
polyPtr->pointsAllocated = 0;
polyPtr->coordPtr = NULL;
polyPtr->joinStyle = JoinRound;
polyPtr->tsoffset.flags = 0;
polyPtr->tsoffset.xoffset = 0;
polyPtr->tsoffset.yoffset = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
/*
* Count the number of points and then parse them into a point array.
* Leading arguments are assumed to be points if they start with a digit
* or a minus sign followed by a digit.
*/
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
| | < | 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
/*
* Count the number of points and then parse them into a point array.
* Leading arguments are assumed to be points if they start with a digit
* or a minus sign followed by a digit.
*/
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
break;
}
}
if (i && PolygonCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, i, objv) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
static int
PolygonCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
| | | 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 |
static int
PolygonCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int i, numPoints;
if (objc == 0) {
/*
* Print the coords used to create the polygon. If we auto closed the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
356 357 358 359 360 361 362 |
if (objc == 1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (objc & 1) {
| > | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | > | 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
if (objc == 1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (objc & 1) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected an even number, got %d",
objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
numPoints = objc/2;
if (polyPtr->pointsAllocated <= numPoints) {
if (polyPtr->coordPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) polyPtr->coordPtr);
}
/*
* One extra point gets allocated here, because we always add
* another point to close the polygon.
*/
polyPtr->coordPtr = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(sizeof(double) * (objc+2)));
polyPtr->pointsAllocated = numPoints+1;
}
for (i = objc-1; i >= 0; i--) {
if (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[i],
&polyPtr->coordPtr[i]) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
polyPtr->numPoints = numPoints;
polyPtr->autoClosed = 0;
/*
* Close the polygon if it isn't already closed.
*/
if (objc>2 && ((polyPtr->coordPtr[objc-2] != polyPtr->coordPtr[0])
|| (polyPtr->coordPtr[objc-1] != polyPtr->coordPtr[1]))) {
polyPtr->autoClosed = 1;
polyPtr->numPoints++;
polyPtr->coordPtr[objc] = polyPtr->coordPtr[0];
polyPtr->coordPtr[objc+1] = polyPtr->coordPtr[1];
}
ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigurePolygon --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
427 428 429 430 431 432 433 |
static int
ConfigurePolygon(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Polygon item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
| | | | 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 |
static int
ConfigurePolygon(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Polygon item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC;
unsigned long mask;
Tk_Window tkwin;
XColor *color;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state;
tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
(CONST char **) objv, (char *) polyPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* A few of the options require additional processing, such as graphics
* contexts.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
polyPtr->activeFillColor != NULL ||
polyPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 |
polyPtr->activeFillColor != NULL ||
polyPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
mask = Tk_ConfigOutlineGC(&gcValues, canvas, itemPtr, &(polyPtr->outline));
if (mask) {
gcValues.cap_style = CapRound;
gcValues.join_style = polyPtr->joinStyle;
mask |= GCCapStyle|GCJoinStyle;
newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
} else {
newGC = NULL;
}
if (polyPtr->outline.gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), polyPtr->outline.gc);
}
polyPtr->outline.gc = newGC;
color = polyPtr->fillColor;
stipple = polyPtr->fillStipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (polyPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) {
color = polyPtr->activeFillColor;
}
if (polyPtr->activeFillStipple!=None) {
stipple = polyPtr->activeFillStipple;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (polyPtr->disabledFillColor!=NULL) {
color = polyPtr->disabledFillColor;
}
if (polyPtr->disabledFillStipple!=None) {
stipple = polyPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
}
if (color == NULL) {
newGC = NULL;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
562 563 564 565 566 567 568 | * Resources associated with itemPtr are released. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DeletePolygon( | | | | | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 |
* Resources associated with itemPtr are released.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeletePolygon(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_DeleteOutline(display,&(polyPtr->outline));
if (polyPtr->coordPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) polyPtr->coordPtr);
}
if (polyPtr->fillColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(polyPtr->fillColor);
}
if (polyPtr->activeFillColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(polyPtr->activeFillColor);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
623 624 625 626 627 628 629 |
{
double *coordPtr;
int i;
double width;
Tk_State state = polyPtr->header.state;
Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset;
| | | | < | | | | | | 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
{
double *coordPtr;
int i;
double width;
Tk_State state = polyPtr->header.state;
Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = polyPtr->outline.width;
if (polyPtr->coordPtr == NULL || (polyPtr->numPoints < 1) || (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
polyPtr->header.x1 = polyPtr->header.x2 =
polyPtr->header.y1 = polyPtr->header.y2 = -1;
return;
}
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)polyPtr) {
if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0.0) {
width = polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
coordPtr = polyPtr->coordPtr;
polyPtr->header.x1 = polyPtr->header.x2 = (int) *coordPtr;
polyPtr->header.y1 = polyPtr->header.y2 = (int) coordPtr[1];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) polyPtr, coordPtr);
}
tsoffset = &polyPtr->tsoffset;
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
int index = tsoffset->flags & ~TK_OFFSET_INDEX;
| < | | 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 |
i++, coordPtr += 2) {
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) polyPtr, coordPtr);
}
tsoffset = &polyPtr->tsoffset;
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
int index = tsoffset->flags & ~TK_OFFSET_INDEX;
if (tsoffset->flags == INT_MAX) {
index = (polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed) * 2;
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
}
index %= (polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed) * 2;
if (index <0) {
index += (polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed) * 2;
}
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (polyPtr->coordPtr[index] + 0.5);
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (polyPtr->coordPtr[index+1] + 0.5);
} else {
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
tsoffset->xoffset = polyPtr->header.x1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
704 705 706 707 708 709 710 |
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
int index = tsoffset->flags & ~TK_OFFSET_INDEX;
if (tsoffset->flags == INT_MAX) {
index = (polyPtr->numPoints - 1) * 2;
}
index %= (polyPtr->numPoints - 1) * 2;
| | < | < | | | | > | > | | | 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 |
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
int index = tsoffset->flags & ~TK_OFFSET_INDEX;
if (tsoffset->flags == INT_MAX) {
index = (polyPtr->numPoints - 1) * 2;
}
index %= (polyPtr->numPoints - 1) * 2;
if (index <0) {
index += (polyPtr->numPoints - 1) * 2;
}
tsoffset->xoffset = (int) (polyPtr->coordPtr[index] + 0.5);
tsoffset->yoffset = (int) (polyPtr->coordPtr[index+1] + 0.5);
} else {
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
tsoffset->xoffset = polyPtr->header.x1;
} else if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
tsoffset->xoffset = (polyPtr->header.x1 + polyPtr->header.x2)/2;
} else if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_RIGHT) {
tsoffset->xoffset = polyPtr->header.x2;
}
if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_TOP) {
tsoffset->yoffset = polyPtr->header.y1;
} else if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE) {
tsoffset->yoffset = (polyPtr->header.y1 + polyPtr->header.y2)/2;
} else if (tsoffset->flags & TK_OFFSET_BOTTOM) {
tsoffset->yoffset = polyPtr->header.y2;
}
}
}
i = (int) ((width+1.5)/2.0);
polyPtr->header.x1 -= i;
polyPtr->header.x2 += i;
polyPtr->header.y1 -= i;
polyPtr->header.y2 += i;
/*
* For mitered lines, make a second pass through all the points.
* Compute the locations of the two miter vertex points and add those
* into the bounding box.
*/
if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinMiter) {
double miter[4];
int j;
coordPtr = polyPtr->coordPtr;
if (polyPtr->numPoints>3) {
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr+2*(polyPtr->numPoints-2),
coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width,
miter, miter+2)) {
for (j = 0; j < 4; j += 2) {
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) polyPtr, miter+j);
}
}
}
for (i = polyPtr->numPoints ; i >= 3; i--, coordPtr += 2) {
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, coordPtr+4,
width, miter, miter+2)) {
for (j = 0; j < 4; j += 2) {
TkIncludePoint((Tk_Item *) polyPtr, miter+j);
}
}
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
823 824 825 826 827 828 829 |
* unless the polygon has an enormous number of points; in this case,
* dynamically allocate an array.
*/
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
pointPtr = staticPoints;
} else {
| | | | | | | 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 |
* unless the polygon has an enormous number of points; in this case,
* dynamically allocate an array.
*/
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
pointPtr = staticPoints;
} else {
pointPtr = (XPoint *) ckalloc((unsigned) (numPoints * sizeof(XPoint)));
}
for (i=0, pPtr=pointPtr ; i<numPoints; i+=1, coordPtr+=2, pPtr++) {
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, coordPtr[0], coordPtr[1], &pPtr->x,
&pPtr->y);
}
/*
* Display polygon, then free up polygon storage if it was dynamically
* allocated.
*/
if (gc != NULL && numPoints>3) {
XFillPolygon(display, drawable, gc, pointPtr, numPoints, Complex,
CoordModeOrigin);
}
if (outlineGC != NULL) {
XDrawLines(display, drawable, outlineGC, pointPtr,
numPoints, CoordModeOrigin);
}
if (pointPtr != staticPoints) {
ckfree((char *) pointPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DisplayPolygon --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
872 873 874 875 876 877 878 |
static void
DisplayPolygon(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
| > | | < < | | | | | | | < | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | | | | | 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 |
static void
DisplayPolygon(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to be displayed. */
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw item. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
int x, int y, int width, int height)
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
Pixmap stipple = polyPtr->fillStipple;
double linewidth = polyPtr->outline.width;
if (((polyPtr->fillGC == NULL) && (polyPtr->outline.gc == NULL)) ||
(polyPtr->numPoints < 1) ||
(polyPtr->numPoints < 3 && polyPtr->outline.gc == NULL)) {
return;
}
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>linewidth) {
linewidth = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
if (polyPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
stipple = polyPtr->activeFillStipple;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0.0) {
linewidth = polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
if (polyPtr->disabledFillStipple != None) {
stipple = polyPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
}
/*
* If we're stippling then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure to
* reset the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be read-only.
*/
if ((stipple != None) && (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL)) {
Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset = &polyPtr->tsoffset;
int w=0; int h=0;
int flags = tsoffset->flags;
if (!(flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) && (flags & (TK_OFFSET_CENTER|TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE))) {
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(display, stipple, &w, &h);
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
w /= 2;
} else {
w = 0;
}
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE) {
h /= 2;
} else {
h = 0;
}
}
tsoffset->xoffset -= w;
tsoffset->yoffset -= h;
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, polyPtr->fillGC, tsoffset);
tsoffset->xoffset += w;
tsoffset->yoffset += h;
}
Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(canvas, itemPtr, &(polyPtr->outline));
if(polyPtr->numPoints < 3) {
short x,y;
int intLineWidth = (int) (linewidth + 0.5);
if (intLineWidth < 1) {
intLineWidth = 1;
}
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr[0],
polyPtr->coordPtr[1], &x,&y);
XFillArc(display, drawable, polyPtr->outline.gc,
x - intLineWidth/2, y - intLineWidth/2,
(unsigned int)intLineWidth+1, (unsigned int)intLineWidth+1,
0, 64*360);
} else if (!polyPtr->smooth || polyPtr->numPoints < 4) {
TkFillPolygon(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr, polyPtr->numPoints,
display, drawable, polyPtr->fillGC, polyPtr->outline.gc);
} else {
int numPoints;
XPoint staticPoints[MAX_STATIC_POINTS];
XPoint *pointPtr;
/*
* This is a smoothed polygon. Display using a set of generated spline
* points rather than the original points.
*/
numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
pointPtr = staticPoints;
} else {
pointPtr = (XPoint *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(numPoints * sizeof(XPoint)));
}
numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, pointPtr, NULL);
if (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL) {
XFillPolygon(display, drawable, polyPtr->fillGC, pointPtr,
numPoints, Complex, CoordModeOrigin);
}
if (polyPtr->outline.gc != NULL) {
XDrawLines(display, drawable, polyPtr->outline.gc, pointPtr,
numPoints, CoordModeOrigin);
}
if (pointPtr != staticPoints) {
ckfree((char *) pointPtr);
}
}
Tk_ResetOutlineGC(canvas, itemPtr, &(polyPtr->outline));
if ((stipple != None) && (polyPtr->fillGC != NULL)) {
XSetTSOrigin(display, polyPtr->fillGC, 0, 0);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PolygonInsert --
*
* Insert coords into a polugon item at a given index.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The coords in the given item is modified.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PolygonInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to be modified. */
int beforeThis, /* Index before which new coordinates are to
* be inserted. */
Tcl_Obj *obj) /* New coordinates to be inserted. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int length, objc, i;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
double *newCoordPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
|| !objc || objc&1) {
return;
}
length = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
while (beforeThis>length) {
beforeThis -= length;
}
while (beforeThis<0) {
beforeThis += length;
}
newCoordPtr = (double *)
ckalloc(sizeof(double) * (unsigned)(length + 2 + objc));
for (i=0; i<beforeThis; i++) {
newCoordPtr[i] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
for (i=0; i<objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objv[i],
&newCoordPtr[i+beforeThis]) != TCL_OK){
ckfree((char *) newCoordPtr);
return;
}
}
for (i=beforeThis; i<length; i++) {
newCoordPtr[i+objc] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
if (polyPtr->coordPtr) {
ckfree((char *) polyPtr->coordPtr);
}
length += objc;
polyPtr->coordPtr = newCoordPtr;
polyPtr->numPoints = (length/2) + polyPtr->autoClosed;
/*
* Close the polygon if it isn't already closed, or remove autoclosing if
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 |
polyPtr->autoClosed = 1;
polyPtr->numPoints++;
}
}
newCoordPtr[length] = newCoordPtr[0];
newCoordPtr[length+1] = newCoordPtr[1];
| | < | < | | | | | | | | < | < | 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 |
polyPtr->autoClosed = 1;
polyPtr->numPoints++;
}
}
newCoordPtr[length] = newCoordPtr[0];
newCoordPtr[length+1] = newCoordPtr[1];
if (((length-objc)>3) && (state != TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
/*
* This is some optimizing code that will result that only the part of
* the polygon that changed (and the objects that are overlapping with
* that part) need to be redrawn. A special flag is set that instructs
* the general canvas code not to redraw the whole object. If this
* flag is not set, the canvas will do the redrawing, otherwise I have
* to do it here.
*/
double width;
int j;
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
/*
* The header elements that normally are used for the bounding box,
* are now used to calculate the bounding box for only the part that
* has to be redrawn. That doesn't matter, because afterwards the
* bounding box has to be re-calculated anyway.
*/
itemPtr->x1 = itemPtr->x2 = (int) polyPtr->coordPtr[beforeThis];
itemPtr->y1 = itemPtr->y2 = (int) polyPtr->coordPtr[beforeThis+1];
beforeThis-=2; objc+=4;
if (polyPtr->smooth) {
beforeThis-=2;
objc+=4;
}
/*
* Be careful; beforeThis could now be negative
*/
for (i=beforeThis; i<beforeThis+objc; i+=2) {
j = i;
if (j<0) {
j += length;
} else if (j>=length) {
j -= length;
}
TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, polyPtr->coordPtr+j);
}
width = polyPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth > width) {
width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth > 0.0) {
width = polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
itemPtr->x1 -= (int) width; itemPtr->y1 -= (int) width;
itemPtr->x2 += (int) width; itemPtr->y2 += (int) width;
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(canvas,
itemPtr->x1, itemPtr->y1, itemPtr->x2, itemPtr->y2);
}
ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PolygonDeleteCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PolygonDeleteCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
int first, /* Index of first character to delete. */
int last) /* Index of last character to delete. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int count, i;
int length = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
while (first>=length) {
first -= length;
}
while (first<0) {
first += length;
}
while (last>=length) {
last -= length;
}
while (last<0) {
last += length;
}
first &= -2;
last &= -2;
count = last + 2 - first;
if (count<=0) {
count += length;
}
if (count >= length) {
polyPtr->numPoints = 0;
if (polyPtr->coordPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) polyPtr->coordPtr);
polyPtr->coordPtr = NULL;
}
ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
return;
}
if (last>=first) {
for(i=last+2; i<length; i++) {
polyPtr->coordPtr[i-count] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
} else {
for(i=last; i<=first; i++) {
polyPtr->coordPtr[i-last] = polyPtr->coordPtr[i];
}
}
polyPtr->coordPtr[length-count] = polyPtr->coordPtr[0];
polyPtr->coordPtr[length-count+1] = polyPtr->coordPtr[1];
polyPtr->numPoints -= count/2;
ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static double
PolygonToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
| > | 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
PolygonToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 |
* angle was < 11 degrees. */
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
bestDist = 1.0e36;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| | | | | | | | > | > | > | | 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 |
* angle was < 11 degrees. */
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
bestDist = 1.0e36;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = polyPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0.0) {
width = polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
radius = width/2.0;
/*
* Handle smoothed polygons by generating an expanded set of points
* against which to do the check.
*/
if ((polyPtr->smooth) && (polyPtr->numPoints>2)) {
numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL,
NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
polyPoints = staticSpace;
} else {
polyPoints = (double *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(2*numPoints*sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL,
polyPoints);
} else {
numPoints = polyPtr->numPoints;
polyPoints = polyPtr->coordPtr;
}
bestDist = TkPolygonToPoint(polyPoints, numPoints, pointPtr);
if (bestDist<=0.0) {
goto donepoint;
}
if ((polyPtr->outline.gc != NULL) && (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinRound)) {
dist = bestDist - radius;
if (dist <= 0.0) {
bestDist = 0.0;
goto donepoint;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 |
/*
* Compute the polygonal shape corresponding to this edge, consisting
* of two points for the first point of the edge and two points for
* the last point of the edge.
*/
if (count == numPoints) {
| | | | | | 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 |
/*
* Compute the polygonal shape corresponding to this edge, consisting
* of two points for the first point of the edge and two points for
* the last point of the edge.
*/
if (count == numPoints) {
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr+2, coordPtr, (double) width,
0, poly, poly+2);
} else if ((polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinMiter) && !changedMiterToBevel) {
poly[0] = poly[6];
poly[1] = poly[7];
poly[2] = poly[4];
poly[3] = poly[5];
} else {
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr+2, coordPtr, (double) width, 0,
poly, poly+2);
/*
* If this line uses beveled joints, then check the distance to a
* polygon comprising the last two points of the previous polygon
* and the first two from this polygon; this checks the wedges
* that fill the mitered joint.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 |
} else if (dist < bestDist) {
bestDist = dist;
}
changedMiterToBevel = 0;
}
}
if (count == 2) {
| | | | | | | | 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 |
} else if (dist < bestDist) {
bestDist = dist;
}
changedMiterToBevel = 0;
}
}
if (count == 2) {
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, (double) width,
0, poly+4, poly+6);
} else if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinMiter) {
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, coordPtr+4,
(double) width, poly+4, poly+6) == 0) {
changedMiterToBevel = 1;
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, (double) width, 0,
poly+4, poly+6);
}
} else {
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, (double) width, 0,
poly+4, poly+6);
}
poly[8] = poly[0];
poly[9] = poly[1];
dist = TkPolygonToPoint(poly, 5, pointPtr);
if (dist <= 0.0) {
bestDist = 0.0;
goto donepoint;
} else if (dist < bestDist) {
bestDist = dist;
}
}
donepoint:
if ((polyPoints != staticSpace) && polyPoints != polyPtr->coordPtr) {
ckfree((char *) polyPoints);
}
return bestDist;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
PolygonToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against polygon. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
| > | 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
PolygonToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against polygon. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 |
* everything seen so far was inside the area;
* -1 means everything was outside the area. 0
* means overlap has been found. */
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| | | | | | | | | > | | 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 |
* everything seen so far was inside the area;
* -1 means everything was outside the area. 0
* means overlap has been found. */
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = polyPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0.0) {
width = polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
radius = width/2.0;
inside = -1;
if ((state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) || polyPtr->numPoints<2) {
return -1;
} else if (polyPtr->numPoints <3) {
double oval[4];
oval[0] = polyPtr->coordPtr[0]-radius;
oval[1] = polyPtr->coordPtr[1]-radius;
oval[2] = polyPtr->coordPtr[0]+radius;
oval[3] = polyPtr->coordPtr[1]+radius;
return TkOvalToArea(oval, rectPtr);
}
/*
* Handle smoothed polygons by generating an expanded set of points
* against which to do the check.
*/
if (polyPtr->smooth) {
numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, NULL,
polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL, NULL);
if (numPoints <= MAX_STATIC_POINTS) {
polyPoints = staticSpace;
} else {
polyPoints = (double *)
ckalloc((unsigned) (2*numPoints*sizeof(double)));
}
numPoints = polyPtr->smooth->coordProc(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps, NULL, polyPoints);
} else {
numPoints = polyPtr->numPoints;
polyPoints = polyPtr->coordPtr;
}
/*
* Simple test to see if we are in the polygon. Polygons are different
* from othe canvas items in that they register points being inside even
* if it isn't filled.
*/
inside = TkPolygonToArea(polyPoints, numPoints, rectPtr);
if (inside==0) {
goto donearea;
}
if (polyPtr->outline.gc == NULL) {
goto donearea;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 |
}
changedMiterToBevel = 0;
}
}
if (count == 2) {
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width, 0, poly+4, poly+6);
} else if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinMiter) {
| | | | | 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 |
}
changedMiterToBevel = 0;
}
}
if (count == 2) {
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width, 0, poly+4, poly+6);
} else if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinMiter) {
if (TkGetMiterPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, coordPtr+4,
width, poly+4, poly+6) == 0) {
changedMiterToBevel = 1;
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width,0, poly+4, poly+6);
}
} else {
TkGetButtPoints(coordPtr, coordPtr+2, width, 0, poly+4, poly+6);
}
poly[8] = poly[0];
poly[9] = poly[1];
if (TkPolygonToArea(poly, 5, rectPtr) != inside) {
inside = 0;
goto donearea;
}
}
donearea:
if ((polyPoints != staticSpace) && (polyPoints != polyPtr->coordPtr)) {
ckfree((char *) polyPoints);
}
return inside;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetPolygonIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | < > | < < | < > > > | > > | | > > | | < < < | | | < | | | < < < > | < < < | < < | < < < < < < | | < < < > | < < < < < < > | < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < > | 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetPolygonIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular coord in
* itemPtr's line. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
int length;
char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
if (string[0] == 'e') {
if (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned)length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
} else {
/*
* Some of the paths here leave messages in interp->result, so we
* have to clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
badIndex:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (string[0] == '@') {
int i;
double x ,y, bestDist, dist, *coordPtr;
char *end, *p;
p = string+1;
x = strtod(p, &end);
if ((end == p) || (*end != ',')) {
goto badIndex;
}
p = end+1;
y = strtod(p, &end);
if ((end == p) || (*end != 0)) {
goto badIndex;
}
bestDist = 1.0e36;
coordPtr = polyPtr->coordPtr;
*indexPtr = 0;
for(i=0; i<(polyPtr->numPoints-1); i++) {
dist = hypot(coordPtr[0] - x, coordPtr[1] - y);
if (dist<bestDist) {
bestDist = dist;
*indexPtr = 2*i;
}
coordPtr += 2;
}
} else {
int count = 2*(polyPtr->numPoints - polyPtr->autoClosed);
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, obj, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
*indexPtr &= -2; /* if odd, make it even */
if (count) {
if (*indexPtr > 0) {
*indexPtr = ((*indexPtr - 2) % count) + 2;
} else {
*indexPtr = -((-(*indexPtr)) % count);
}
} else {
*indexPtr = 0;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TranslatePolygon --
*
* This function is called to move a polygon by a given amount.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 |
*/
static int
PolygonToPostscript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
| | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | > < > < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | < < < | < | < > | | > > | < < < | < > | < | | | < < | | < > | | | < < | | | < | < | < > > | | < < < < < < < < | 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 |
*/
static int
PolygonToPostscript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr;
char *style;
XColor *color;
XColor *fillColor;
Pixmap stipple;
Pixmap fillStipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
double width;
if (polyPtr->numPoints<2 || polyPtr->coordPtr==NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = polyPtr->outline.width;
color = polyPtr->outline.color;
stipple = polyPtr->fillStipple;
fillColor = polyPtr->fillColor;
fillStipple = polyPtr->fillStipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
if (polyPtr->outline.activeColor!=NULL) {
color = polyPtr->outline.activeColor;
}
if (polyPtr->outline.activeStipple!=None) {
stipple = polyPtr->outline.activeStipple;
}
if (polyPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) {
fillColor = polyPtr->activeFillColor;
}
if (polyPtr->activeFillStipple!=None) {
fillStipple = polyPtr->activeFillStipple;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0.0) {
width = polyPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
if (polyPtr->outline.disabledColor!=NULL) {
color = polyPtr->outline.disabledColor;
}
if (polyPtr->outline.disabledStipple!=None) {
stipple = polyPtr->outline.disabledStipple;
}
if (polyPtr->disabledFillColor!=NULL) {
fillColor = polyPtr->disabledFillColor;
}
if (polyPtr->disabledFillStipple!=None) {
fillStipple = polyPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
}
if (polyPtr->numPoints==2) {
char string[128];
if (color == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
sprintf(string, "%.15g %.15g translate %.15g %.15g",
polyPtr->coordPtr[0], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr[1]),
width/2.0, width/2.0);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "matrix currentmatrix\n",string,
" scale 1 0 moveto 0 0 1 0 360 arc\nsetmatrix\n", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Fill the area of the polygon.
*/
if (fillColor != NULL && polyPtr->numPoints>3) {
if (!polyPtr->smooth || !polyPtr->smooth->postscriptProc) {
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
polyPtr->numPoints);
} else {
polyPtr->smooth->postscriptProc(interp, canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps);
}
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, fillColor) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (fillStipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "eoclip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, fillStipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (color != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "eofill\n", NULL);
}
}
/*
* Now draw the outline, if there is one.
*/
if (color != NULL) {
if (!polyPtr->smooth || !polyPtr->smooth->postscriptProc) {
Tk_CanvasPsPath(interp, canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
polyPtr->numPoints);
} else {
polyPtr->smooth->postscriptProc(interp, canvas, polyPtr->coordPtr,
polyPtr->numPoints, polyPtr->splineSteps);
}
if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinRound) {
style = "1";
} else if (polyPtr->joinStyle == JoinBevel) {
style = "2";
} else {
style = "0";
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, style," setlinejoin 1 setlinecap\n", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr,
&(polyPtr->outline)) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCanvPs.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
/*
* One of the following structures is created to keep track of Postscript
* output being generated. It consists mostly of information provided on the
* widget command line.
*/
typedef struct TkPostscriptInfo {
int x, y, width, height; /* Area to print, in canvas pixel
* coordinates. */
int x2, y2; /* x+width and y+height. */
char *pageXString; /* String value of "-pagex" option or NULL. */
char *pageYString; /* String value of "-pagey" option or NULL. */
double pageX, pageY; /* Postscript coordinates (in points)
* corresponding to pageXString and
| > | 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
/*
* One of the following structures is created to keep track of Postscript
* output being generated. It consists mostly of information provided on the
* widget command line.
*/
typedef struct TkPostscriptInfo {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* The canvas being printed. */
int x, y, width, height; /* Area to print, in canvas pixel
* coordinates. */
int x2, y2; /* x+width and y+height. */
char *pageXString; /* String value of "-pagex" option or NULL. */
char *pageYString; /* String value of "-pagey" option or NULL. */
double pageX, pageY; /* Postscript coordinates (in points)
* corresponding to pageXString and
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
* "gray", or "color". Malloc'ed. */
int colorLevel; /* Numeric value corresponding to colorMode: 0
* for mono, 1 for gray, 2 for color. */
char *fileName; /* Name of file in which to write Postscript;
* NULL means return Postscript info as
* result. Malloc'ed. */
char *channelName; /* If -channel is specified, the name of the
| | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < > | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 |
* "gray", or "color". Malloc'ed. */
int colorLevel; /* Numeric value corresponding to colorMode: 0
* for mono, 1 for gray, 2 for color. */
char *fileName; /* Name of file in which to write Postscript;
* NULL means return Postscript info as
* result. Malloc'ed. */
char *channelName; /* If -channel is specified, the name of the
* channel to use. */
Tcl_Channel chan; /* Open channel corresponding to fileName. */
Tcl_HashTable fontTable; /* Hash table containing names of all font
* families used in output. The hash table
* values are not used. */
int prepass; /* Non-zero means that we're currently in the
* pre-pass that collects font information, so
* the Postscript generated isn't relevant. */
int prolog; /* Non-zero means output should contain the
* prolog definitions in the header. */
} TkPostscriptInfo;
/*
* The table below provides a template that's used to process arguments to the
* canvas "postscript" command and fill in TkPostscriptInfo structures.
*/
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormap", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, colorVar), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-colormode", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, colorMode), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, fileName), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-channel", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, channelName), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-fontmap", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, fontVar), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, height), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-pageanchor", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageAnchor), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pageheight", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageHeightString), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagewidth", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageWidthString), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagex", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageXString), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-pagey", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, pageYString), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-prolog", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, prolog), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-rotate", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, rotate), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, width), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, x), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TkPostscriptInfo, y), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static int GetPostscriptPoints(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *string, double *doublePtr);
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCanvPostscriptCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "postscript" options of the
* widget command for canvas widgets. See the user documentation for
* details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkCanvPostscriptCmd(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about canvas widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. Caller has already parsed
* this command enough to know that argv[1] is
* "postscript". */
{
TkPostscriptInfo psInfo, *psInfoPtr = &psInfo;
Tk_PostscriptInfo oldInfoPtr;
int result;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#define STRING_LENGTH 400
char string[STRING_LENGTH+1];
CONST char *p;
time_t now;
size_t length;
Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_DString buffer;
char psenccmd[] = "::tk::ensure_psenc_is_loaded";
int deltaX = 0, deltaY = 0; /* Offset of lower-left corner of area to be
* marked up, measured in canvas units from
* the positioning point on the page (reflects
* anchor position). Initial values needed
* only to stop compiler warnings. */
/*
* Initialize the data structure describing Postscript generation, then
* process all the arguments to fill the data structure in.
*/
result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp,psenccmd,-1,TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
oldInfoPtr = canvasPtr->psInfo;
canvasPtr->psInfo = (Tk_PostscriptInfo) psInfoPtr;
psInfo.tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
psInfo.x = canvasPtr->xOrigin;
psInfo.y = canvasPtr->yOrigin;
psInfo.width = -1;
psInfo.height = -1;
psInfo.pageXString = NULL;
psInfo.pageYString = NULL;
psInfo.pageX = 72*4.25;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
psInfo.colorMode = NULL;
psInfo.colorLevel = 0;
psInfo.fileName = NULL;
psInfo.channelName = NULL;
psInfo.chan = NULL;
psInfo.prepass = 0;
psInfo.prolog = 1;
| < | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 |
psInfo.colorMode = NULL;
psInfo.colorLevel = 0;
psInfo.fileName = NULL;
psInfo.channelName = NULL;
psInfo.chan = NULL;
psInfo.prepass = 0;
psInfo.prolog = 1;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&psInfo.fontTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
result = Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, argc-2, argv+2,
(char *) &psInfo, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto cleanup;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
if (strncmp(psInfo.colorMode, "monochrome", length) == 0) {
psInfo.colorLevel = 0;
} else if (strncmp(psInfo.colorMode, "gray", length) == 0) {
psInfo.colorLevel = 1;
} else if (strncmp(psInfo.colorMode, "color", length) == 0) {
psInfo.colorLevel = 2;
} else {
| | | < < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | < < | | < | | < | > | | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | > < < | < | < < < < < < | > < | | | | < | > | < | | | | > | < > | < < | | > | < | | > | | | > < < < < | < | < < < | < | | < < | | | < < < < | < < < | 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 |
if (strncmp(psInfo.colorMode, "monochrome", length) == 0) {
psInfo.colorLevel = 0;
} else if (strncmp(psInfo.colorMode, "gray", length) == 0) {
psInfo.colorLevel = 1;
} else if (strncmp(psInfo.colorMode, "color", length) == 0) {
psInfo.colorLevel = 2;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad color mode \"", psInfo.colorMode,
"\": must be monochrome, gray, or color", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
}
if (psInfo.fileName != NULL) {
/*
* Check that -file and -channel are not both specified.
*/
if (psInfo.channelName != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't specify both -file",
" and -channel", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto cleanup;
}
/*
* Check that we are not in a safe interpreter. If we are, disallow
* the -file specification.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't specify -file in a",
" safe interpreter", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto cleanup;
}
p = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, psInfo.fileName, &buffer);
if (p == NULL) {
goto cleanup;
}
psInfo.chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, p, "w", 0666);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
if (psInfo.chan == NULL) {
goto cleanup;
}
}
if (psInfo.channelName != NULL) {
int mode;
/*
* Check that the channel is found in this interpreter and that it is
* open for writing.
*/
psInfo.chan = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, psInfo.channelName, &mode);
if (psInfo.chan == (Tcl_Channel) NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto cleanup;
}
if ((mode & TCL_WRITABLE) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "channel \"", psInfo.channelName,
"\" wasn't opened for writing", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto cleanup;
}
}
/*
* Make a pre-pass over all of the items, generating Postscript and then
* throwing it away. The purpose of this pass is just to collect
* information about all the fonts in use, so that we can output font
* information in the proper form required by the Document Structuring
* Conventions.
*/
psInfo.prepass = 1;
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((itemPtr->x1 >= psInfo.x2) || (itemPtr->x2 < psInfo.x)
|| (itemPtr->y1 >= psInfo.y2) || (itemPtr->y2 < psInfo.y)) {
continue;
}
if (itemPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc == NULL) {
continue;
}
result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc)(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, 1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
/*
* An error just occurred. Just skip out of this loop. There's no
* need to report the error now; it can be reported later (errors
* can happen later that don't happen now, so we still have to
* check for errors later anyway).
*/
break;
}
}
psInfo.prepass = 0;
/*
* Generate the header and prolog for the Postscript.
*/
if (psInfo.prolog) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0\n",
"%%Creator: Tk Canvas Widget\n", NULL);
#ifdef HAVE_PW_GECOS
if (!Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
struct passwd *pwPtr = getpwuid(getuid()); /* INTL: Native. */
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%For: ",
(pwPtr != NULL) ? pwPtr->pw_gecos : "Unknown", "\n", NULL);
endpwent();
}
#endif /* HAVE_PW_GECOS */
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Title: Window ", Tk_PathName(tkwin), "\n",
NULL);
time(&now);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%CreationDate: ",
ctime(&now), NULL); /* INTL: Native. */
if (!psInfo.rotate) {
sprintf(string, "%d %d %d %d",
(int) (psInfo.pageX + psInfo.scale*deltaX),
(int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*deltaY),
(int) (psInfo.pageX + psInfo.scale*(deltaX + psInfo.width)
+ 1.0),
(int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*(deltaY + psInfo.height)
+ 1.0));
} else {
sprintf(string, "%d %d %d %d",
(int) (psInfo.pageX - psInfo.scale*(deltaY+psInfo.height)),
(int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*deltaX),
(int) (psInfo.pageX - psInfo.scale*deltaY + 1.0),
(int) (psInfo.pageY + psInfo.scale*(deltaX + psInfo.width)
+ 1.0));
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%BoundingBox: ", string, "\n", NULL);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Pages: 1\n",
"%%DocumentData: Clean7Bit\n", NULL);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Orientation: ",
psInfo.rotate ? "Landscape\n" : "Portrait\n", NULL);
p = "%%DocumentNeededResources: font ";
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&psInfo.fontTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, p,
Tcl_GetHashKey(&psInfo.fontTable, hPtr), "\n", NULL);
p = "%%+ font ";
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%EndComments\n\n", NULL);
/*
* Insert the prolog
*/
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetVar(interp,"::tk::ps_preamable",
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY), NULL);
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
Tcl_Write(psInfo.chan, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(canvasPtr->interp);
}
/*
* Document setup: set the color level and include fonts.
*/
sprintf(string, "/CL %d def\n", psInfo.colorLevel);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%BeginSetup\n", string, NULL);
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&psInfo.fontTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%IncludeResource: font ",
Tcl_GetHashKey(&psInfo.fontTable, hPtr), "\n", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%EndSetup\n\n", NULL);
/*
* Page setup: move to page positioning point, rotate if needed, set
* scale factor, offset for proper anchor position, and set clip
* region.
*/
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "%%Page: 1 1\n", "save\n", NULL);
sprintf(string, "%.1f %.1f translate\n", psInfo.pageX, psInfo.pageY);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
if (psInfo.rotate) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "90 rotate\n", NULL);
}
sprintf(string, "%.4g %.4g scale\n", psInfo.scale, psInfo.scale);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
sprintf(string, "%d %d translate\n", deltaX - psInfo.x, deltaY);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
sprintf(string,
"%d %.15g moveto %d %.15g lineto %d %.15g lineto %d %.15g",
psInfo.x, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
psInfo.x2, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr),
psInfo.x, Tk_PostscriptY((double)psInfo.y2,
(Tk_PostscriptInfo)psInfoPtr));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string,
" lineto closepath clip newpath\n", NULL);
}
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
Tcl_Write(psInfo.chan, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(canvasPtr->interp);
}
/*
* Iterate through all the items, having each relevant one draw itself.
* Quit if any of the items returns an error.
*/
result = TCL_OK;
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((itemPtr->x1 >= psInfo.x2) || (itemPtr->x2 < psInfo.x)
|| (itemPtr->y1 >= psInfo.y2) || (itemPtr->y2 < psInfo.y)) {
continue;
}
if (itemPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc == NULL) {
continue;
}
if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
continue;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "gsave\n", NULL);
result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc)(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, 0);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
char msg[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(msg, "\n (generating Postscript for item %d)",
itemPtr->id);
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, msg);
goto cleanup;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore\n", NULL);
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
Tcl_Write(psInfo.chan, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
}
/*
* Output page-end information, such as commands to print the page and
* document trailer stuff.
*/
if (psInfo.prolog) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "restore showpage\n\n",
"%%Trailer\nend\n%%EOF\n", NULL);
}
if (psInfo.chan != NULL) {
Tcl_Write(psInfo.chan, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(canvasPtr->interp);
}
/*
* Clean up psInfo to release malloc'ed stuff.
*/
cleanup:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
if (psInfo.fileName != NULL) {
ckfree(psInfo.fileName);
}
if ((psInfo.chan != NULL) && (psInfo.channelName == NULL)) {
Tcl_Close(interp, psInfo.chan);
}
if (psInfo.channelName != NULL) {
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 |
if (psInfo.fileName != NULL) {
ckfree(psInfo.fileName);
}
if ((psInfo.chan != NULL) && (psInfo.channelName == NULL)) {
Tcl_Close(interp, psInfo.chan);
}
if (psInfo.channelName != NULL) {
ckfree(psInfo.channelName);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&psInfo.fontTable);
canvasPtr->psInfo = (Tk_PostscriptInfo) oldInfoPtr;
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PostscriptColor --
*
* This function is called by individual canvas items when they want to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 |
int
Tk_PostscriptColor(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript info. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Information about color. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
double red, green, blue;
if (psInfoPtr->prepass) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* If there is a color map defined, then look up the color's name in the
* map and use the Postscript commands found there, if there are any.
*/
if (psInfoPtr->colorVar != NULL) {
| > > > > | < < | > | > | > | < | > | 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
int
Tk_PostscriptColor(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript info. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Information about color. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
int tmp;
double red, green, blue;
char string[200];
if (psInfoPtr->prepass) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* If there is a color map defined, then look up the color's name in the
* map and use the Postscript commands found there, if there are any.
*/
if (psInfoPtr->colorVar != NULL) {
CONST char *cmdString;
cmdString = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, psInfoPtr->colorVar,
Tk_NameOfColor(colorPtr), 0);
if (cmdString != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, cmdString, "\n", NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
/*
* No color map entry for this color. Grab the color's intensities and
* output Postscript commands for them. Special note: X uses a range of
* 0-65535 for intensities, but most displays only use a range of 0-255,
* which maps to (0, 256, 512, ... 65280) in the X scale. This means that
* there's no way to get perfect white, since the highest intensity is
* only 65280 out of 65535. To work around this problem, rescale the X
* intensity to a 0-255 scale and use that as the basis for the Postscript
* colors. This scheme still won't work if the display only uses 4 bits
* per color, but most diplays use at least 8 bits.
*/
tmp = colorPtr->red;
red = ((double) (tmp >> 8))/255.0;
tmp = colorPtr->green;
green = ((double) (tmp >> 8))/255.0;
tmp = colorPtr->blue;
blue = ((double) (tmp >> 8))/255.0;
sprintf(string, "%.3f %.3f %.3f setrgbcolor AdjustColor\n",
red, green, blue);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PostscriptFont --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 |
Tk_PostscriptFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript Info. */
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Information about font in which text is to
* be printed. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
Tcl_DString ds;
int i, points;
| > < | > > | < | | | < < > | | | > | > > > > | < | < | > > > | 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 |
Tk_PostscriptFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript Info. */
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Information about font in which text is to
* be printed. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
char pointString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
Tcl_DString ds;
int i, points;
/*
* First, look up the font's name in the font map, if there is one. If
* there is an entry for this font, it consists of a list containing font
* name and size. Use this information.
*/
if (psInfoPtr->fontVar != NULL) {
CONST char *name = Tk_NameOfFont(tkfont);
Tcl_Obj **objv;
int objc;
double size;
Tcl_Obj *list = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, psInfoPtr->fontVar, name, 0);
if (list != NULL) {
CONST char *fontname;
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, list, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK
|| objc != 2
|| Tcl_GetString(objv[0])[0]=='\0'
|| Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[1], &size) != TCL_OK
|| size <= 0) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad font map entry for \"", name,
"\": \"", Tcl_GetString(list), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
fontname = Tcl_GetString(objv[0]);
sprintf(pointString, "%d", (int)size);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "/", fontname, " findfont ",
pointString, " scalefont ", NULL);
if (strncasecmp(fontname, "Symbol", 7) != 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ISOEncode ", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "setfont\n", NULL);
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&psInfoPtr->fontTable, fontname, &i);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
/*
* Nothing in the font map, so fall back to the old guessing technique.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
points = Tk_PostscriptFontName(tkfont, &ds);
sprintf(pointString, "%d", TkFontGetPoints(psInfoPtr->tkwin, points));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "/", Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), " findfont ",
pointString, " scalefont ", NULL);
if (strncasecmp(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), "Symbol", 7) != 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ISOEncode ", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "setfont\n", NULL);
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&psInfoPtr->fontTable, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), &i);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 |
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript info. */
Pixmap bitmap, /* Bitmap for which to generate Postscript. */
int startX, int startY, /* Coordinates of upper-left corner of
* rectangular region to output. */
int width, int height) /* Height of rectangular region. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
if (psInfoPtr->prepass) {
return TCL_OK;
}
| > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | > | | > < | > | 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 |
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript info. */
Pixmap bitmap, /* Bitmap for which to generate Postscript. */
int startX, int startY, /* Coordinates of upper-left corner of
* rectangular region to output. */
int width, int height) /* Height of rectangular region. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
XImage *imagePtr;
int charsInLine, x, y, lastX, lastY, value, mask;
unsigned int totalWidth, totalHeight;
char string[100];
Window dummyRoot;
int dummyX, dummyY;
unsigned dummyBorderwidth, dummyDepth;
if (psInfoPtr->prepass) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* The following call should probably be a call to Tk_SizeOfBitmap
* instead, but it seems that we are occasionally invoked by custom item
* types that create their own bitmaps without registering them with Tk.
* XGetGeometry is a bit slower than Tk_SizeOfBitmap, but it shouldn't
* matter here.
*/
XGetGeometry(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, &dummyRoot,
(int *) &dummyX, (int *) &dummyY, (unsigned int *) &totalWidth,
(unsigned int *) &totalHeight, &dummyBorderwidth, &dummyDepth);
imagePtr = XGetImage(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, 0, 0,
totalWidth, totalHeight, 1, XYPixmap);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "<", NULL);
mask = 0x80;
value = 0;
charsInLine = 0;
lastX = startX + width - 1;
lastY = startY + height - 1;
for (y = lastY; y >= startY; y--) {
for (x = startX; x <= lastX; x++) {
if (XGetPixel(imagePtr, x, y)) {
value |= mask;
}
mask >>= 1;
if (mask == 0) {
sprintf(string, "%02x", value);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
mask = 0x80;
value = 0;
charsInLine += 2;
if (charsInLine >= 60) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
charsInLine = 0;
}
}
}
if (mask != 0x80) {
sprintf(string, "%02x", value);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
mask = 0x80;
value = 0;
charsInLine += 2;
}
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ">", NULL);
XDestroyImage(imagePtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PostscriptStipple --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Interpreter for returning Postscript or
* error message. */
Pixmap bitmap) /* Bitmap to use for stippling. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
int width, height;
Window dummyRoot;
int dummyX, dummyY;
unsigned dummyBorderwidth, dummyDepth;
| > < > > > > > | < < < | | 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 |
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Interpreter for returning Postscript or
* error message. */
Pixmap bitmap) /* Bitmap to use for stippling. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
int width, height;
char string[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
Window dummyRoot;
int dummyX, dummyY;
unsigned dummyBorderwidth, dummyDepth;
if (psInfoPtr->prepass) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* The following call should probably be a call to Tk_SizeOfBitmap
* instead, but it seems that we are occasionally invoked by custom item
* types that create their own bitmaps without registering them with Tk.
* XGetGeometry is a bit slower than Tk_SizeOfBitmap, but it shouldn't
* matter here.
*/
XGetGeometry(Tk_Display(tkwin), bitmap, &dummyRoot,
(int *) &dummyX, (int *) &dummyY, (unsigned *) &width,
(unsigned *) &height, &dummyBorderwidth, &dummyDepth);
sprintf(string, "%d %d ", width, height);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
if (Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, tkwin, psInfo, bitmap, 0, 0,
width, height) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " StippleFill\n", NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PostscriptY --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 |
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Canvas on whose behalf Postscript is being
* generated. */
double *coordPtr, /* Pointer to first in array of 2*numPoints
* coordinates giving points for path. */
int numPoints) /* Number of points at *coordPtr. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
| | < < | | > | | > | 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 |
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Canvas on whose behalf Postscript is being
* generated. */
double *coordPtr, /* Pointer to first in array of 2*numPoints
* coordinates giving points for path. */
int numPoints) /* Number of points at *coordPtr. */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
char buffer[200];
if (psInfoPtr->prepass) {
return;
}
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g moveto\n", coordPtr[0],
Tk_PostscriptY(coordPtr[1], psInfo));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
for (numPoints--, coordPtr += 2; numPoints > 0;
numPoints--, coordPtr += 2) {
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g lineto\n", coordPtr[0],
Tk_PostscriptY(coordPtr[1], psInfo));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetPostscriptPoints --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 |
if (*end != 0) {
goto error;
}
*doublePtr = d;
return TCL_OK;
error:
| | < | 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 |
if (*end != 0) {
goto error;
}
*doublePtr = d;
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad distance \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkImageGetColor --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | < < | | 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef WIN32
#include <windows.h>
/*
* We could just define these instead of pulling in windows.h.
#define GetRValue(rgb) ((BYTE)(rgb))
#define GetGValue(rgb) ((BYTE)(((WORD)(rgb)) >> 8))
#define GetBValue(rgb) ((BYTE)((rgb)>>16))
*/
#else /* !WIN32 */
#define GetRValue(rgb) ((rgb & cdata->red_mask) >> cdata->red_shift)
#define GetGValue(rgb) ((rgb & cdata->green_mask) >> cdata->green_shift)
#define GetBValue(rgb) ((rgb & cdata->blue_mask) >> cdata->blue_shift)
#endif /* WIN32 */
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
static void
TkImageGetColor(
TkColormapData *cdata, /* Colormap data */
unsigned long pixel, /* Pixel value to look up */
double *red, double *green, double *blue)
/* Color data to return */
{
*red = (double) GetRValue(pixel) / 255.0;
*green = (double) GetGValue(pixel) / 255.0;
*blue = (double) GetBValue(pixel) / 255.0;
}
#else /* ! (WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK) */
static void
TkImageGetColor(
TkColormapData *cdata, /* Colormap data */
unsigned long pixel, /* Pixel value to look up */
double *red, double *green, double *blue)
/* Color data to return */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 |
*blue = cdata->colors[b].blue / 65535.0;
} else {
*red = cdata->colors[pixel].red / 65535.0;
*green = cdata->colors[pixel].green / 65535.0;
*blue = cdata->colors[pixel].blue / 65535.0;
}
}
| | | 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 |
*blue = cdata->colors[b].blue / 65535.0;
} else {
*red = cdata->colors[pixel].red / 65535.0;
*green = cdata->colors[pixel].green / 65535.0;
*blue = cdata->colors[pixel].blue / 65535.0;
}
}
#endif /* WIN32 || MAC_OSX_TK */
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPostscriptImage --
*
* This function is called to output the contents of an image in
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 |
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* postscript info */
XImage *ximage, /* Image to draw */
int x, int y, /* First pixel to output */
int width, int height) /* Width and height of area */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
int xx, yy, band, maxRows;
double red, green, blue;
| > | < < | | | 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 |
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* postscript info */
XImage *ximage, /* Image to draw */
int x, int y, /* First pixel to output */
int width, int height) /* Width and height of area */
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
char buffer[256];
int xx, yy, band, maxRows;
double red, green, blue;
int bytesPerLine=0, maxWidth=0;
int level = psInfoPtr->colorLevel;
Colormap cmap;
int i, ncolors;
Visual *visual;
TkColormapData cdata;
if (psInfoPtr->prepass) {
return TCL_OK;
}
cmap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
visual = Tk_Visual(tkwin);
/*
* Obtain information about the colormap, ie the mapping between pixel
* values and RGB values. The code below should work for all Visual types.
*/
ncolors = visual->map_entries;
cdata.colors = (XColor *) ckalloc(sizeof(XColor) * ncolors);
cdata.ncolors = ncolors;
if (visual->class == DirectColor || visual->class == TrueColor) {
cdata.separated = 1;
cdata.red_mask = visual->red_mask;
cdata.green_mask = visual->green_mask;
cdata.blue_mask = visual->blue_mask;
cdata.red_shift = 0;
cdata.green_shift = 0;
cdata.blue_shift = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 |
} else {
cdata.separated=0;
for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i ++) {
cdata.colors[i].pixel = i;
}
}
| | | | | | | | | < | > | > | | > | 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 |
} else {
cdata.separated=0;
for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i ++) {
cdata.colors[i].pixel = i;
}
}
if (visual->class == StaticGray || visual->class == GrayScale) {
cdata.color = 0;
} else {
cdata.color = 1;
}
XQueryColors(Tk_Display(tkwin), cmap, cdata.colors, ncolors);
/*
* Figure out which color level to use (possibly lower than the one
* specified by the user). For example, if the user specifies color with
* monochrome screen, use gray or monochrome mode instead.
*/
if (!cdata.color && level == 2) {
level = 1;
}
if (!cdata.color && cdata.ncolors == 2) {
level = 0;
}
/*
* Check that at least one row of the image can be represented with a
* string less than 64 KB long (this is a limit in the Postscript
* interpreter).
*/
switch (level) {
case 0: bytesPerLine = (width + 7) / 8; maxWidth = 240000; break;
case 1: bytesPerLine = width; maxWidth = 60000; break;
case 2: bytesPerLine = 3 * width; maxWidth = 20000; break;
}
if (bytesPerLine > 60000) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
sprintf(buffer,
"Can't generate Postscript for images more than %d pixels wide",
maxWidth);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
ckfree((char *) cdata.colors);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
maxRows = 60000 / bytesPerLine;
for (band = height-1; band >= 0; band -= maxRows) {
int rows = (band >= maxRows) ? maxRows : band + 1;
int lineLen = 0;
switch (level) {
case 0:
sprintf(buffer, "%d %d 1 matrix {\n<", width, rows);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
break;
case 1:
sprintf(buffer, "%d %d 8 matrix {\n<", width, rows);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
break;
case 2:
sprintf(buffer, "%d %d 8 matrix {\n<", width, rows);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
break;
}
for (yy = band; yy > band - rows; yy--) {
switch (level) {
case 0: {
/*
* Generate data for image in monochrome mode. No attempt at
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 |
TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
&red, &green, &blue);
if (0.30 * red + 0.59 * green + 0.11 * blue > 0.5) {
data |= mask;
}
mask >>= 1;
if (mask == 0) {
| | > | | | | > | | < | > | | | > | | | | > | > | | 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 |
TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
&red, &green, &blue);
if (0.30 * red + 0.59 * green + 0.11 * blue > 0.5) {
data |= mask;
}
mask >>= 1;
if (mask == 0) {
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 2;
if (lineLen > 60) {
lineLen = 0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
mask=0x80;
data=0x00;
}
}
if ((width % 8) != 0) {
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
mask=0x80;
data=0x00;
}
break;
}
case 1:
/*
* Generate data in gray mode; in this case, take a weighted
* sum of the red, green, and blue values.
*/
for (xx = x; xx < x+width; xx ++) {
TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
&red, &green, &blue);
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", (int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 *
(0.30 * red + 0.59 * green + 0.11 * blue)));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 2;
if (lineLen > 60) {
lineLen = 0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
}
break;
case 2:
/*
* Finally, color mode. Here, just output the red, green, and
* blue values directly.
*/
for (xx = x; xx < x+width; xx++) {
TkImageGetColor(&cdata, XGetPixel(ximage, xx, yy),
&red, &green, &blue);
sprintf(buffer, "%02X%02X%02X",
(int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 * red),
(int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 * green),
(int) floor(0.5 + 255.0 * blue));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 6;
if (lineLen > 60) {
lineLen = 0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
}
break;
}
}
switch (level) {
case 0: case 1:
sprintf(buffer, ">\n} image\n"); break;
case 2:
sprintf(buffer, ">\n} false 3 colorimage\n"); break;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
sprintf(buffer, "0 %d translate\n", rows);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
ckfree((char *) cdata.colors);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PostscriptPhoto --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 |
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo,
int width, int height)
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
int colorLevel = psInfoPtr->colorLevel;
| > | > > | > | > < > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | < | | | | | | | > | | > > | > | > | < | 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 |
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo,
int width, int height)
{
TkPostscriptInfo *psInfoPtr = (TkPostscriptInfo *) psInfo;
int colorLevel = psInfoPtr->colorLevel;
static int codeIncluded = 0;
unsigned char *pixelPtr;
char buffer[256], cspace[40], decode[40];
int bpc;
int xx, yy, lineLen;
float red, green, blue;
int alpha;
int bytesPerLine=0, maxWidth=0;
unsigned char opaque = 255;
unsigned char *alphaPtr;
int alphaOffset, alphaPitch, alphaIncr;
if (psInfoPtr->prepass) {
codeIncluded = 0;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Define the "TkPhoto" function, which is a modified version of the
* original "transparentimage" function posted by ian@five-d.com (Ian
* Kemmish) to comp.lang.postscript. For a monochrome colorLevel this is a
* slightly different version that uses the imagemask command instead of
* image.
*/
if (!codeIncluded && (colorLevel != 0)) {
/*
* Color and gray-scale code.
*/
codeIncluded = !0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"/TkPhoto { \n",
" gsave \n",
" 32 dict begin \n",
" /tinteger exch def \n",
" /transparent 1 string def \n",
" transparent 0 tinteger put \n",
" /olddict exch def \n",
" olddict /DataSource get dup type /filetype ne { \n",
" olddict /DataSource 3 -1 roll \n",
" 0 () /SubFileDecode filter put \n",
" } { \n",
" pop \n",
" } ifelse \n",
" /newdict olddict maxlength dict def \n",
" olddict newdict copy pop \n",
" /w newdict /Width get def \n",
" /crpp newdict /Decode get length 2 idiv def \n",
" /str w string def \n",
" /pix w crpp mul string def \n",
" /substrlen 2 w log 2 log div floor exp cvi def \n",
" /substrs [ \n",
" { \n",
" substrlen string \n",
" 0 1 substrlen 1 sub { \n",
" 1 index exch tinteger put \n",
" } for \n",
" /substrlen substrlen 2 idiv def \n",
" substrlen 0 eq {exit} if \n",
" } loop \n",
" ] def \n",
" /h newdict /Height get def \n",
" 1 w div 1 h div matrix scale \n",
" olddict /ImageMatrix get exch matrix concatmatrix \n",
" matrix invertmatrix concat \n",
" newdict /Height 1 put \n",
" newdict /DataSource pix put \n",
" /mat [w 0 0 h 0 0] def \n",
" newdict /ImageMatrix mat put \n",
" 0 1 h 1 sub { \n",
" mat 5 3 -1 roll neg put \n",
" olddict /DataSource get str readstring pop pop \n",
" /tail str def \n",
" /x 0 def \n",
" olddict /DataSource get pix readstring pop pop \n",
" { \n",
" tail transparent search dup /done exch not def \n",
" {exch pop exch pop} if \n",
" /w1 exch length def \n",
" w1 0 ne { \n",
" newdict /DataSource ",
" pix x crpp mul w1 crpp mul getinterval put \n",
" newdict /Width w1 put \n",
" mat 4 x neg put \n",
" /x x w1 add def \n",
" newdict image \n",
" /tail tail w1 tail length w1 sub getinterval def \n",
" } if \n",
" done {exit} if \n",
" tail substrs { \n",
" anchorsearch {pop} if \n",
" } forall \n",
" /tail exch def \n",
" tail length 0 eq {exit} if \n",
" /x w tail length sub def \n",
" } loop \n",
" } for \n",
" end \n",
" grestore \n",
"} bind def \n\n\n", NULL);
} else if (!codeIncluded && (colorLevel == 0)) {
/*
* Monochrome-only code
*/
codeIncluded = !0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"/TkPhoto { \n",
" gsave \n",
" 32 dict begin \n",
" /dummyInteger exch def \n",
" /olddict exch def \n",
" olddict /DataSource get dup type /filetype ne { \n",
" olddict /DataSource 3 -1 roll \n",
" 0 () /SubFileDecode filter put \n",
" } { \n",
" pop \n",
" } ifelse \n",
" /newdict olddict maxlength dict def \n",
" olddict newdict copy pop \n",
" /w newdict /Width get def \n",
" /pix w 7 add 8 idiv string def \n",
" /h newdict /Height get def \n",
" 1 w div 1 h div matrix scale \n",
" olddict /ImageMatrix get exch matrix concatmatrix \n",
" matrix invertmatrix concat \n",
" newdict /Height 1 put \n",
" newdict /DataSource pix put \n",
" /mat [w 0 0 h 0 0] def \n",
" newdict /ImageMatrix mat put \n",
" 0 1 h 1 sub { \n",
" mat 5 3 -1 roll neg put \n",
" 0.000 0.000 0.000 setrgbcolor \n",
" olddict /DataSource get pix readstring pop pop \n",
" newdict /DataSource pix put \n",
" newdict imagemask \n",
" 1.000 1.000 1.000 setrgbcolor \n",
" olddict /DataSource get pix readstring pop pop \n",
" newdict /DataSource pix put \n",
" newdict imagemask \n",
" } for \n",
" end \n",
" grestore \n",
"} bind def \n\n\n", NULL);
}
/*
* Check that at least one row of the image can be represented with a
* string less than 64 KB long (this is a limit in the Postscript
* interpreter).
*/
switch (colorLevel) {
case 0: bytesPerLine = (width + 7) / 8; maxWidth = 240000; break;
case 1: bytesPerLine = width; maxWidth = 60000; break;
case 2: bytesPerLine = 3 * width; maxWidth = 20000; break;
}
if (bytesPerLine > 60000) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
sprintf(buffer,
"Can't generate Postscript for images more than %d pixels wide",
maxWidth);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Set up the postscript code except for the image-data stream.
*/
switch (colorLevel) {
case 0:
strcpy(cspace, "/DeviceGray");
strcpy(decode, "[1 0]");
bpc = 1;
break;
case 1:
strcpy(cspace, "/DeviceGray");
strcpy(decode, "[0 1]");
bpc = 8;
break;
default:
strcpy(cspace, "/DeviceRGB");
strcpy(decode, "[0 1 0 1 0 1]");
bpc = 8;
break;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, cspace, " setcolorspace\n\n", NULL);
sprintf(buffer, " /Width %d\n /Height %d\n /BitsPerComponent %d\n",
width, height, bpc);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "<<\n /ImageType 1\n", buffer,
" /DataSource currentfile /ASCIIHexDecode filter\n", NULL);
sprintf(buffer, " /ImageMatrix [1 0 0 -1 0 %d]\n", height);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, " /Decode ", decode,
"\n>>\n1 TkPhoto\n", NULL);
/*
* Check the PhotoImageBlock information. We assume that:
* if pixelSize is 1,2 or 4, the image is R,G,B,A;
* if pixelSize is 3, the image is R,G,B and offset[3] is bogus.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 |
for (yy = 0, lineLen=0; yy < height; yy++) {
switch (colorLevel) {
case 0: {
/*
* Generate data for image in monochrome mode. No attempt at
* dithering is made--instead, just set a threshold. To handle
| | | 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 |
for (yy = 0, lineLen=0; yy < height; yy++) {
switch (colorLevel) {
case 0: {
/*
* Generate data for image in monochrome mode. No attempt at
* dithering is made--instead, just set a threshold. To handle
* transparecies we need to output two lines: one for the black
* pixels, one for the white ones.
*/
unsigned char mask = 0x80;
unsigned char data = 0x00;
for (xx = 0; xx< width; xx ++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 |
if ((alpha != 0) &&
(0.3086*red + 0.6094*green + 0.082*blue < 128)) {
data |= mask;
}
mask >>= 1;
if (mask == 0) {
| | > | | > | 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 |
if ((alpha != 0) &&
(0.3086*red + 0.6094*green + 0.082*blue < 128)) {
data |= mask;
}
mask >>= 1;
if (mask == 0) {
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 2;
if (lineLen >= 60) {
lineLen = 0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
mask = 0x80;
data = 0x00;
}
}
if ((width % 8) != 0) {
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
mask = 0x80;
data = 0x00;
}
mask = 0x80;
data = 0x00;
for (xx=0 ; xx<width ; xx++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 |
if ((alpha != 0) &&
(0.3086*red + 0.6094*green + 0.082*blue >= 128)) {
data |= mask;
}
mask >>= 1;
if (mask == 0) {
| | > | | > | > | | > | | > | | > | < < < | < | 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 |
if ((alpha != 0) &&
(0.3086*red + 0.6094*green + 0.082*blue >= 128)) {
data |= mask;
}
mask >>= 1;
if (mask == 0) {
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 2;
if (lineLen >= 60) {
lineLen = 0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
mask = 0x80;
data = 0x00;
}
}
if ((width % 8) != 0) {
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", data);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
mask = 0x80;
data = 0x00;
}
break;
}
case 1: {
/*
* Generate transparency data. We must prevent a transparent value
* of 0 because of a bug in some HP printers.
*/
for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
+ (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", alpha | 0x01);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 2;
if (lineLen >= 60) {
lineLen = 0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
}
/*
* Generate data in gray mode; in this case, take a weighted sum
* of the red, green, and blue values.
*/
for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
+ (xx *blockPtr->pixelSize);
red = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]];
green = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]];
blue = pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]];
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", (int) floor(0.5 +
( 0.3086 * red + 0.6094 * green + 0.0820 * blue)));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 2;
if (lineLen >= 60) {
lineLen = 0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
}
break;
}
default:
/*
* Generate transparency data. We must prevent a transparent value
* of 0 because of a bug in some HP printers.
*/
for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
alpha = *(alphaPtr + (yy * alphaPitch)
+ (xx * alphaIncr) + alphaOffset);
sprintf(buffer, "%02X", alpha | 0x01);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 2;
if (lineLen >= 60) {
lineLen = 0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
}
/*
* Finally, color mode. Here, just output the red, green, and blue
* values directly.
*/
for (xx = 0; xx < width; xx ++) {
pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + (yy * blockPtr->pitch)
+ (xx * blockPtr->pixelSize);
sprintf(buffer, "%02X%02X%02X",
pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[0]],
pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[1]],
pixelPtr[blockPtr->offset[2]]);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
lineLen += 6;
if (lineLen >= 60) {
lineLen = 0;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
}
break;
}
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ">\n", NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCanvText.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | /* * tkCanvText.c -- * * This file implements text items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" #include "default.h" /* * The structure below defines the record for each text item. */ | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | /* * tkCanvText.c -- * * This file implements text items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include <stdio.h> #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" #include "default.h" /* * The structure below defines the record for each text item. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
* (and shared with) the generic canvas
* code. */
/*
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure".
*/
double x, y; /* Positioning point for text. */
| | | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
* (and shared with) the generic canvas
* code. */
/*
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure".
*/
double x, y; /* Positioning point for text. */
int insertPos; /* Character index of character just before
* which the insertion cursor is displayed. */
/*
* Configuration settings that are updated by Tk_ConfigureWidget.
*/
Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Where to anchor text relative to (x,y). */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
Pixmap activeStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
Pixmap disabledStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
char *text; /* Text for item (malloc-ed). */
int width; /* Width of lines for word-wrap, pixels. Zero
* means no word-wrap. */
int underline; /* Index of character to put underline beneath
* or -1 for no underlining. */
| < < | | | > > > | | < < < | > | | > | | | > | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
Pixmap activeStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
Pixmap disabledStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text, or None. */
char *text; /* Text for item (malloc-ed). */
int width; /* Width of lines for word-wrap, pixels. Zero
* means no word-wrap. */
int underline; /* Index of character to put underline beneath
* or -1 for no underlining. */
/*
* Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
* configuration settings above.
*/
int numChars; /* Length of text in characters. */
int numBytes; /* Length of text in bytes. */
Tk_TextLayout textLayout; /* Cached text layout information. */
int leftEdge; /* Pixel location of the left edge of the text
* item; where the left border of the text
* layout is drawn. */
int rightEdge; /* Pixel just to right of right edge of area
* of text item. Used for selecting up to end
* of line. */
GC gc; /* Graphics context for drawing text. */
GC selTextGC; /* Graphics context for selected text. */
GC cursorOffGC; /* If not None, this gives a graphics context
* to use to draw the insertion cursor when
* it's off. Used if the selection and
* insertion cursor colors are the same. */
} TextItem;
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkStateParseProc,
TkStatePrintProc, (ClientData) 2
};
static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc,
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkOffsetParseProc,
TkOffsetPrintProc, (ClientData) (TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE)
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, activeStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(TextItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, disabledStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(TextItem, color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT, Tk_Offset(TextItem, tkfont), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL,
"left", Tk_Offset(TextItem, justify), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TextItem, stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-text", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TextItem, text), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
"-1", Tk_Offset(TextItem, underline), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(TextItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ComputeTextBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, TextItem *textPtr);
static int ConfigureText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
static int CreateText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void DeleteText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayCanvText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static int GetSelText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int offset, char *buffer,
int maxBytes);
static int GetTextIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr);
static void ScaleText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void SetTextCursor(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int index);
static int TextCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void TextDeleteChars(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last);
static void TextInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int beforeThis, char *string);
static int TextToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
static double TextToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
static int TextToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static void TranslateText(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
* The structures below defines the rectangle and oval item types by means of
* functions that can be invoked by generic item code.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
191 192 193 194 195 196 197 |
DisplayCanvText, /* displayProc */
TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
TextToPoint, /* pointProc */
TextToArea, /* areaProc */
TextToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
ScaleText, /* scaleProc */
TranslateText, /* translateProc */
| | < < < < | 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
DisplayCanvText, /* displayProc */
TK_CONFIG_OBJS, /* flags */
TextToPoint, /* pointProc */
TextToArea, /* areaProc */
TextToPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
ScaleText, /* scaleProc */
TranslateText, /* translateProc */
(Tk_ItemIndexProc *) GetTextIndex,/* indexProc */
SetTextCursor, /* icursorProc */
GetSelText, /* selectionProc */
TextInsert, /* insertProc */
TextDeleteChars, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateText --
*
* This function is invoked to create a new text item in a canvas.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
static int
CreateText(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
| | | | 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
static int
CreateText(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Panic("canvas did not pass any coords\n");
}
/*
* Carry out initialization that is needed in order to clean up after
* errors during the the remainder of this function.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
261 262 263 264 265 266 267 |
textPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
textPtr->stipple = None;
textPtr->activeStipple = None;
textPtr->disabledStipple = None;
textPtr->text = NULL;
textPtr->width = 0;
textPtr->underline = -1;
| < | | < < | | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
textPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
textPtr->stipple = None;
textPtr->activeStipple = None;
textPtr->disabledStipple = None;
textPtr->text = NULL;
textPtr->width = 0;
textPtr->underline = -1;
textPtr->numChars = 0;
textPtr->numBytes = 0;
textPtr->textLayout = NULL;
textPtr->leftEdge = 0;
textPtr->rightEdge = 0;
textPtr->gc = NULL;
textPtr->selTextGC = NULL;
textPtr->cursorOffGC = NULL;
/*
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
* y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
i = 1;
} else {
char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
i = 2;
if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
i = 1;
}
}
if ((TextCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, i, objv) != TCL_OK)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
325 326 327 328 329 330 331 |
static int
TextCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
| | < > < | < < < < < < | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > | 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
static int
TextCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(textPtr->x);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(textPtr->y);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
} else if (objc < 3) {
if (objc==1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc != 2) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[0],
&textPtr->x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[1],
&textPtr->y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr);
} else {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureText --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
static int
ConfigureText(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
static int
ConfigureText(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC, newSelGC;
unsigned long mask;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
XColor *selBgColorPtr;
XColor *color;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state;
tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
(CONST char **) objv, (char *) textPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* A few of the options require additional processing, such as graphics
* contexts.
*/
state = itemPtr->state;
if (textPtr->activeColor != NULL || textPtr->activeStipple != None) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
} else {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT;
}
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
color = textPtr->color;
stipple = textPtr->stipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (textPtr->activeColor!=NULL) {
color = textPtr->activeColor;
}
if (textPtr->activeStipple!=None) {
stipple = textPtr->activeStipple;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (textPtr->disabledColor!=NULL) {
color = textPtr->disabledColor;
}
if (textPtr->disabledStipple!=None) {
stipple = textPtr->disabledStipple;
}
}
newGC = newSelGC = NULL;
if (textPtr->tkfont != NULL) {
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(textPtr->tkfont);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 |
} else {
newGC = NULL;
}
if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), textPtr->cursorOffGC);
}
textPtr->cursorOffGC = newGC;
/*
* If the text was changed, move the selection and insertion indices to
* keep them inside the item.
*/
textPtr->numBytes = strlen(textPtr->text);
textPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(textPtr->text, textPtr->numBytes);
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
| > | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
} else {
newGC = NULL;
}
if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), textPtr->cursorOffGC);
}
textPtr->cursorOffGC = newGC;
/*
* If the text was changed, move the selection and insertion indices to
* keep them inside the item.
*/
textPtr->numBytes = strlen(textPtr->text);
textPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(textPtr->text, textPtr->numBytes);
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst >= textPtr->numChars) {
textInfoPtr->selItemPtr = NULL;
} else {
if (textInfoPtr->selectLast >= textPtr->numChars) {
textInfoPtr->selectLast = textPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if ((textInfoPtr->anchorItemPtr == itemPtr)
&& (textInfoPtr->selectAnchor >= textPtr->numChars)) {
textInfoPtr->selectAnchor = textPtr->numChars - 1;
}
}
}
if (textPtr->insertPos >= textPtr->numChars) {
textPtr->insertPos = textPtr->numChars;
}
ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
566 567 568 569 570 571 572 |
static void
DeleteText(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
| < | 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 |
static void
DeleteText(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
if (textPtr->color != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(textPtr->color);
}
if (textPtr->activeColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(textPtr->activeColor);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
static void
ComputeTextBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
TextItem *textPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
| | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < | | 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 |
static void
ComputeTextBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
TextItem *textPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
int leftX, topY, width, height, fudge;
Tk_State state = textPtr->header.state;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
Tk_FreeTextLayout(textPtr->textLayout);
textPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(textPtr->tkfont,
textPtr->text, textPtr->numChars, textPtr->width,
textPtr->justify, 0, &width, &height);
if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || textPtr->color == NULL) {
width = height = 0;
}
/*
* Use overall geometry information to compute the top-left corner of the
* bounding box for the text item.
*/
leftX = (int) floor(textPtr->x + 0.5);
topY = (int) floor(textPtr->y + 0.5);
switch (textPtr->anchor) {
case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
case TK_ANCHOR_N:
case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
break;
case TK_ANCHOR_W:
case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
case TK_ANCHOR_E:
topY -= height / 2;
break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
case TK_ANCHOR_S:
case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
topY -= height;
break;
}
switch (textPtr->anchor) {
case TK_ANCHOR_NW:
case TK_ANCHOR_W:
case TK_ANCHOR_SW:
break;
case TK_ANCHOR_N:
case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
case TK_ANCHOR_S:
leftX -= width / 2;
break;
case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
case TK_ANCHOR_E:
case TK_ANCHOR_SE:
leftX -= width;
break;
}
textPtr->leftEdge = leftX;
textPtr->rightEdge = leftX + width;
/*
* Last of all, update the bounding box for the item. The item's bounding
* box includes the bounding box of all its lines, plus an extra fudge
* factor for the cursor border (which could potentially be quite large).
*/
textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
fudge = (textInfoPtr->insertWidth + 1) / 2;
if (textInfoPtr->selBorderWidth > fudge) {
fudge = textInfoPtr->selBorderWidth;
}
textPtr->header.x1 = leftX - fudge;
textPtr->header.y1 = topY;
textPtr->header.x2 = leftX + width + fudge;
textPtr->header.y2 = topY + height;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DisplayCanvText --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
int x, int y, int width, int height)
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
| | | | | | | | | | < < | | | 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 |
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw item. */
int x, int y, int width, int height)
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr;
int selFirstChar, selLastChar;
short drawableX, drawableY;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
stipple = textPtr->stipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (textPtr->activeStipple!=None) {
stipple = textPtr->activeStipple;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (textPtr->disabledStipple!=None) {
stipple = textPtr->disabledStipple;
}
}
if (textPtr->gc == NULL) {
return;
}
/*
* If we're stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure
* to reset the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be
* read-only.
*/
if (stipple != None) {
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, textPtr->gc, &textPtr->tsoffset);
}
selFirstChar = -1;
selLastChar = 0; /* lint. */
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
selFirstChar = textInfoPtr->selectFirst;
selLastChar = textInfoPtr->selectLast;
if (selLastChar > textPtr->numChars) {
selLastChar = textPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if ((selFirstChar >= 0) && (selFirstChar <= selLastChar)) {
int xFirst, yFirst, hFirst;
int xLast, yLast, wLast;
/*
* Draw a special background under the selection.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
868 869 870 871 872 873 874 |
* However, for the last line we only want to display up to the
* last character, not the end of the line.
*/
x = xFirst;
height = hFirst;
for (y = yFirst ; y <= yLast; y += height) {
| < < < < | > > | | < < | < < < < < < < | | > | | < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < | | | | > > | | > > > > > | < | < | < | | | < | | < < | | < | < | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 |
* However, for the last line we only want to display up to the
* last character, not the end of the line.
*/
x = xFirst;
height = hFirst;
for (y = yFirst ; y <= yLast; y += height) {
if (y == yLast) {
width = xLast + wLast - x;
} else {
width = textPtr->rightEdge - textPtr->leftEdge - x;
}
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas,
(double) (textPtr->leftEdge + x
- textInfoPtr->selBorderWidth),
(double) (textPtr->header.y1 + y),
&drawableX, &drawableY);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas), drawable,
textInfoPtr->selBorder, drawableX, drawableY,
width + 2 * textInfoPtr->selBorderWidth,
height, textInfoPtr->selBorderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
x = 0;
}
}
}
/*
* If the insertion point should be displayed, then draw a special
* background for the cursor before drawing the text. Note: if we're the
* cursor item but the cursor is turned off, then redraw background over
* the area of the cursor. This guarantees that the selection won't make
* the cursor invisible on mono displays, where both are drawn in the same
* color.
*/
if ((textInfoPtr->focusItemPtr == itemPtr) && (textInfoPtr->gotFocus)) {
if (Tk_CharBbox(textPtr->textLayout, textPtr->insertPos,
&x, &y, NULL, &height)) {
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas,
(double) (textPtr->leftEdge + x
- (textInfoPtr->insertWidth / 2)),
(double) (textPtr->header.y1 + y),
&drawableX, &drawableY);
Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas), drawableX, drawableY,
height);
if (textInfoPtr->cursorOn) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas), drawable,
textInfoPtr->insertBorder,
drawableX, drawableY,
textInfoPtr->insertWidth, height,
textInfoPtr->insertBorderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
} else if (textPtr->cursorOffGC != NULL) {
/*
* Redraw the background over the area of the cursor, even
* though the cursor is turned off. This guarantees that the
* selection won't make the cursor invisible on mono displays,
* where both may be drawn in the same color.
*/
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, textPtr->cursorOffGC,
drawableX, drawableY,
(unsigned) textInfoPtr->insertWidth,
(unsigned) height);
}
}
}
/*
* If there is no selected text or the selected text foreground is the
* same as the regular text foreground, then draw one text string. If
* there is selected text and the foregrounds differ, draw the regular
* text up to the selection, draw the selection, then draw the rest of the
* regular text. Drawing the regular text and then the selected text over
* it would causes problems with anti-aliased text because the two
* anti-aliasing colors would blend together.
*/
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, (double) textPtr->leftEdge,
(double) textPtr->header.y1, &drawableX, &drawableY);
if ((selFirstChar >= 0) && (textPtr->selTextGC != textPtr->gc)) {
Tk_DrawTextLayout(display, drawable, textPtr->gc, textPtr->textLayout,
drawableX, drawableY, 0, selFirstChar);
Tk_DrawTextLayout(display, drawable, textPtr->selTextGC,
textPtr->textLayout, drawableX, drawableY, selFirstChar,
selLastChar + 1);
Tk_DrawTextLayout(display, drawable, textPtr->gc, textPtr->textLayout,
drawableX, drawableY, selLastChar + 1, -1);
} else {
Tk_DrawTextLayout(display, drawable, textPtr->gc, textPtr->textLayout,
drawableX, drawableY, 0, -1);
}
Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(display, drawable, textPtr->gc, textPtr->textLayout,
drawableX, drawableY, textPtr->underline);
if (stipple != None) {
XSetTSOrigin(display, textPtr->gc, 0, 0);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextInsert --
*
* Insert characters into a text item at a given position.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The text in the given item is modified. The cursor and selection
* positions are also modified to reflect the insertion.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextInsert(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing text item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item to be modified. */
int index, /* Character index before which string is to
* be inserted. */
char *string) /* New characters to be inserted. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteIndex, byteCount, charsAdded;
char *newStr, *text;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj((Tcl_Obj *) string, &byteCount);
text = textPtr->text;
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
if (index > textPtr->numChars) {
index = textPtr->numChars;
}
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text, index) - text;
byteCount = strlen(string);
if (byteCount == 0) {
return;
}
newStr = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) textPtr->numBytes + byteCount + 1);
memcpy(newStr, text, (size_t) byteIndex);
strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, string);
strcpy(newStr + byteIndex + byteCount, text + byteIndex);
ckfree(text);
textPtr->text = newStr;
charsAdded = Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, byteCount);
textPtr->numChars += charsAdded;
textPtr->numBytes += byteCount;
/*
* Inserting characters invalidates indices such as those for the
* selection and cursor. Update the indices appropriately.
*/
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst >= index) {
textInfoPtr->selectFirst += charsAdded;
}
if (textInfoPtr->selectLast >= index) {
textInfoPtr->selectLast += charsAdded;
}
if ((textInfoPtr->anchorItemPtr == itemPtr)
&& (textInfoPtr->selectAnchor >= index)) {
textInfoPtr->selectAnchor += charsAdded;
}
}
if (textPtr->insertPos >= index) {
textPtr->insertPos += charsAdded;
}
ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextDeleteChars(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextDeleteChars(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item in which to delete characters. */
int first, /* Character index of first character to
* delete. */
int last) /* Character index of last character to delete
* (inclusive). */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteIndex, byteCount, charsRemoved;
char *newStr, *text;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
text = textPtr->text;
if (first < 0) {
first = 0;
}
if (last >= textPtr->numChars) {
last = textPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if (first > last) {
return;
}
charsRemoved = last + 1 - first;
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text, first) - text;
byteCount = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text + byteIndex, charsRemoved)
- (text + byteIndex);
newStr = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (textPtr->numBytes + 1 - byteCount));
memcpy(newStr, text, (size_t) byteIndex);
strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, text + byteIndex + byteCount);
ckfree(text);
textPtr->text = newStr;
textPtr->numChars -= charsRemoved;
textPtr->numBytes -= byteCount;
/*
* Update indexes for the selection and cursor to reflect the renumbering
* of the remaining characters.
*/
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst > first) {
textInfoPtr->selectFirst -= charsRemoved;
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst < first) {
textInfoPtr->selectFirst = first;
}
}
if (textInfoPtr->selectLast >= first) {
textInfoPtr->selectLast -= charsRemoved;
if (textInfoPtr->selectLast < first - 1) {
textInfoPtr->selectLast = first - 1;
}
}
if (textInfoPtr->selectFirst > textInfoPtr->selectLast) {
textInfoPtr->selItemPtr = NULL;
}
if ((textInfoPtr->anchorItemPtr == itemPtr)
&& (textInfoPtr->selectAnchor > first)) {
textInfoPtr->selectAnchor -= charsRemoved;
if (textInfoPtr->selectAnchor < first) {
textInfoPtr->selectAnchor = first;
}
}
}
if (textPtr->insertPos > first) {
textPtr->insertPos -= charsRemoved;
if (textPtr->insertPos < first) {
textPtr->insertPos = first;
}
}
ComputeTextBbox(canvas, textPtr);
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 |
TextToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| | | < < | | | 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 |
TextToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
double value;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
value = (double) Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(textPtr->textLayout,
(int) pointPtr[0] - textPtr->leftEdge,
(int) pointPtr[1] - textPtr->header.y1);
if ((state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) || (textPtr->color == NULL) ||
(textPtr->text == NULL) || (*textPtr->text == 0)) {
value = 1.0e36;
}
return value;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 |
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 |
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
TextItem *textPtr;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
return Tk_IntersectTextLayout(textPtr->textLayout,
(int) (rectPtr[0] + 0.5) - textPtr->leftEdge,
(int) (rectPtr[1] + 0.5) - textPtr->header.y1,
(int) (rectPtr[2] - rectPtr[0] + 0.5),
(int) (rectPtr[3] - rectPtr[1] + 0.5));
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleText --
*
* This function is invoked to rescale a text item.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Scales the position of the text, but not the size of the font for the
* text.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
ScaleText(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing rectangle. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle to be scaled. */
double originX, double originY,
/* Origin about which to scale rect. */
double scaleX, /* Amount to scale in X direction. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetTextIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | > | < < | < < | > | < < < < < < | | | < | < | < | < | | < < < > > | > > > > > | | | 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetTextIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Specification of a particular character in
* itemPtr's text. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted character
* index. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int length;
int c;
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
c = string[0];
if ((c == 'e') && (strncmp(string, "end", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
*indexPtr = textPtr->numChars;
} else if ((c == 'i')
&& (strncmp(string, "insert", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
*indexPtr = textPtr->insertPos;
} else if ((c == 's') && (length >= 5)
&& (strncmp(string, "sel.first", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr != itemPtr) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "selection isn't in item", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*indexPtr = textInfoPtr->selectFirst;
} else if ((c == 's') && (length >= 5)
&& (strncmp(string, "sel.last", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
if (textInfoPtr->selItemPtr != itemPtr) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "selection isn't in item", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*indexPtr = textInfoPtr->selectLast;
} else if (c == '@') {
int x, y;
double tmp;
char *end, *p;
p = string+1;
tmp = strtod(p, &end);
if ((end == p) || (*end != ',')) {
goto badIndex;
}
x = (int) ((tmp < 0) ? tmp - 0.5 : tmp + 0.5);
p = end+1;
tmp = strtod(p, &end);
if ((end == p) || (*end != 0)) {
goto badIndex;
}
y = (int) ((tmp < 0) ? tmp - 0.5 : tmp + 0.5);
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(textPtr->textLayout,
x + canvasPtr->scrollX1 - textPtr->leftEdge,
y + canvasPtr->scrollY1 - textPtr->header.y1);
} else if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, obj, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
if (*indexPtr < 0){
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > textPtr->numChars) {
*indexPtr = textPtr->numChars;
}
} else {
/*
* Some of the paths here leave messages in the interp's result, so we
* have to clear it out before storing our own message.
*/
badIndex:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 | * * Side effects: * The cursor position will change. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void SetTextCursor( | > | | | | 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 |
*
* Side effects:
* The cursor position will change.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
SetTextCursor(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Record describing canvas widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item in which cursor position is to be
* set. */
int index) /* Character index of character just before
* which cursor is to be positioned. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
if (index < 0) {
textPtr->insertPos = 0;
} else if (index > textPtr->numChars) {
textPtr->insertPos = textPtr->numChars;
} else {
textPtr->insertPos = index;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | | < < < > > > | | 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetSelText(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing selection. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Text item containing selection. */
int offset, /* Byte offset within selection of first
* character to be returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NULL
* character. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int byteCount;
char *text;
CONST char *selStart, *selEnd;
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr;
if ((textInfoPtr->selectFirst < 0) ||
(textInfoPtr->selectFirst > textInfoPtr->selectLast)) {
return 0;
}
text = textPtr->text;
selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(text, textInfoPtr->selectFirst);
selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
textInfoPtr->selectLast + 1 - textInfoPtr->selectFirst);
byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
if (byteCount > maxBytes) {
byteCount = maxBytes;
}
if (byteCount <= 0) {
return 0;
}
memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, (size_t) byteCount);
buffer[byteCount] = '\0';
return byteCount;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
| | | > < < | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < > < < < > < < | < > | | > > | > > | | > | | | | | | < | | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr;
int x, y;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
char *justify;
char buffer[500];
XColor *color;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
color = textPtr->color;
stipple = textPtr->stipple;
if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || textPtr->color == NULL ||
textPtr->text == NULL || *textPtr->text == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
} else if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (textPtr->activeColor!=NULL) {
color = textPtr->activeColor;
}
if (textPtr->activeStipple!=None) {
stipple = textPtr->activeStipple;
}
} else if (state==TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (textPtr->disabledColor!=NULL) {
color = textPtr->disabledColor;
}
if (textPtr->disabledStipple!=None) {
stipple = textPtr->disabledStipple;
}
}
if (Tk_CanvasPsFont(interp, canvas, textPtr->tkfont) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (prepass != 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "/StippleText {\n ", NULL);
Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "} bind def\n", NULL);
}
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g [\n", textPtr->x,
Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, textPtr->y));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript(interp, textPtr->textLayout);
x = 0; y = 0; justify = NULL; /* lint. */
switch (textPtr->anchor) {
case TK_ANCHOR_NW: x = 0; y = 0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_N: x = 1; y = 0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_NE: x = 2; y = 0; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_E: x = 2; y = 1; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SE: x = 2; y = 2; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_S: x = 1; y = 2; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_SW: x = 0; y = 2; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_W: x = 0; y = 1; break;
case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER: x = 1; y = 1; break;
}
switch (textPtr->justify) {
case TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT: justify = "0"; break;
case TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER: justify = "0.5"; break;
case TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: justify = "1"; break;
}
Tk_GetFontMetrics(textPtr->tkfont, &fm);
sprintf(buffer, "] %d ", fm.linespace);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, x / -2.0, buffer);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, y / 2.0, buffer);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", buffer, NULL);
sprintf(buffer, " %s %s DrawText\n",
justify, ((stipple == None) ? "false" : "true"));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCanvUtil.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
/*
* Structures defined only in this file.
*/
typedef struct SmoothAssocData {
struct SmoothAssocData *nextPtr;
/* Pointer to next SmoothAssocData. */
Tk_SmoothMethod smooth; /* Name and functions associated with this
* option. */
} SmoothAssocData;
| > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#include <assert.h>
/*
* Structures defined only in this file.
*/
typedef struct SmoothAssocData {
struct SmoothAssocData *nextPtr;
/* Pointer to next SmoothAssocData. */
Tk_SmoothMethod smooth; /* Name and functions associated with this
* option. */
} SmoothAssocData;
Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod = {
"true",
TkMakeBezierCurve,
(void (*) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr,
int numPoints, int numSteps))(void *)TkMakeBezierPostscript,
};
static Tk_SmoothMethod tkRawSmoothMethod = {
"raw",
TkMakeRawCurve,
(void (*) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr,
int numPoints, int numSteps))(void *)TkMakeRawCurvePostscript,
};
/*
* Function forward-declarations.
*/
static void SmoothMethodCleanupProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
static SmoothAssocData *InitSmoothMethods(Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int DashConvert(char *l, CONST char *p, int n,
double width);
static void TranslateAndAppendCoords(TkCanvas *canvPtr,
double x, double y, XPoint *outArr, int numOut);
#define ABS(a) ((a>=0)?(a):(-(a)))
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasTkwin --
*
* Given a token for a canvas, this function returns the widget that
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
Tk_CanvasTkwin(
Tk_Canvas canvas) /* Token for the canvas. */
{
| > | | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
Tk_CanvasTkwin(
Tk_Canvas canvas) /* Token for the canvas. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
return canvasPtr->tkwin;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for the canvas. */
double x, /* Coordinates in canvas space. */
double y,
short *drawableXPtr, /* Screen coordinates are stored here. */
short *drawableYPtr)
{
double tmp;
| > | | | 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for the canvas. */
double x, /* Coordinates in canvas space. */
double y,
short *drawableXPtr, /* Screen coordinates are stored here. */
short *drawableYPtr)
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
double tmp;
tmp = x - canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin;
if (tmp > 0) {
tmp += 0.5;
} else {
tmp -= 0.5;
}
if (tmp > 32767) {
*drawableXPtr = 32767;
} else if (tmp < -32768) {
*drawableXPtr = -32768;
} else {
*drawableXPtr = (short) tmp;
}
tmp = y - canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin;
if (tmp > 0) {
tmp += 0.5;
} else {
tmp -= 0.5;
}
if (tmp > 32767) {
*drawableYPtr = 32767;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for the canvas. */
double x, /* Coordinates in canvas space. */
double y,
short *screenXPtr, /* Screen coordinates are stored here. */
short *screenYPtr)
{
double tmp;
| > | | | 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for the canvas. */
double x, /* Coordinates in canvas space. */
double y,
short *screenXPtr, /* Screen coordinates are stored here. */
short *screenYPtr)
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
double tmp;
tmp = x - canvasPtr->xOrigin;
if (tmp > 0) {
tmp += 0.5;
} else {
tmp -= 0.5;
}
if (tmp > 32767) {
*screenXPtr = 32767;
} else if (tmp < -32768) {
*screenXPtr = -32768;
} else {
*screenXPtr = (short) tmp;
}
tmp = y - canvasPtr->yOrigin;
if (tmp > 0) {
tmp += 0.5;
} else {
tmp -= 0.5;
}
if (tmp > 32767) {
*screenYPtr = 32767;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
227 228 229 230 231 232 233 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_CanvasGetCoord( | | | | | | | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_CanvasGetCoord(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to which coordinate applies. */
CONST char *string, /* Describes coordinate (any screen coordinate
* form may be used here). */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted coordinate. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
if (Tk_GetScreenMM(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, string,
doublePtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*doublePtr *= canvasPtr->pixelsPerMM;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
265 266 267 268 269 270 271 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj( | | | | | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to which coordinate applies. */
Tcl_Obj *obj, /* Describes coordinate (any screen coordinate
* form may be used here). */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted coordinate. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
return Tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, obj, doublePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
void
Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for a canvas. */
GC gc) /* Graphics context that is about to be used
* to draw a stippled pattern as part of
* redisplaying the canvas. */
{
| > | | | | 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
void
Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for a canvas. */
GC gc) /* Graphics context that is about to be used
* to draw a stippled pattern as part of
* redisplaying the canvas. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
XSetTSOrigin(canvasPtr->display, gc, -canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin,
-canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasSetOffset--
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
332 333 334 335 336 337 338 |
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for a canvas. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context that is about to be used
* to draw a stippled pattern as part of
* redisplaying the canvas. */
Tk_TSOffset *offset) /* Offset (may be NULL pointer)*/
{
| | | 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 |
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for a canvas. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context that is about to be used
* to draw a stippled pattern as part of
* redisplaying the canvas. */
Tk_TSOffset *offset) /* Offset (may be NULL pointer)*/
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
int flags = 0;
int x = - canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin;
int y = - canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin;
if (offset != NULL) {
flags = offset->flags;
x += offset->xoffset;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *
Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo(
Tk_Canvas canvas) /* Token for the canvas widget. */
{
| | | 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_CanvasTextInfo *
Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo(
Tk_Canvas canvas) /* Token for the canvas widget. */
{
return &((TkCanvas *) canvas)->textInfo;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 | * The tags for a given item get replaced by those indicated in the value * argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | | 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
* The tags for a given item get replaced by those indicated in the value
* argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
CONST char *value, /* Value of option (list of tag names). */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item (ignored). */
{
register Tk_Item *itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) widgRec;
int argc, i;
CONST char **argv;
Tk_Uid *newPtr;
/*
* Break the value up into the individual tag names.
*/
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, value, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Make sure that there's enough space in the item to hold the tag names.
*/
if (itemPtr->tagSpace < argc) {
newPtr = (Tk_Uid *) ckalloc((unsigned) (argc * sizeof(Tk_Uid)));
for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
newPtr[i] = itemPtr->tagPtr[i];
}
if (itemPtr->tagPtr != itemPtr->staticTagSpace) {
ckfree((char *) itemPtr->tagPtr);
}
itemPtr->tagPtr = newPtr;
itemPtr->tagSpace = argc;
}
itemPtr->numTags = argc;
for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
itemPtr->tagPtr[i] = Tk_GetUid(argv[i]);
}
ckfree((char *) argv);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
467 468 469 470 471 472 473 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | < < < | | | 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Ignored. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
register Tk_Item *itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) widgRec;
if (itemPtr->numTags == 0) {
*freeProcPtr = NULL;
return "";
}
if (itemPtr->numTags == 1) {
*freeProcPtr = NULL;
return (char *) itemPtr->tagPtr[0];
}
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
return Tcl_Merge(itemPtr->numTags, (CONST char **) itemPtr->tagPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCanvasDashParseProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
514 515 516 517 518 519 520 | * indicated in the value argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkCanvasDashParseProc( | | | | < < < | | 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
* indicated in the value argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkCanvasDashParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
CONST char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
return Tk_GetDash(interp, value, (Tk_Dash *)(widgRec+offset));
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCanvasDashPrintProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
549 550 551 552 553 554 555 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | > < < | | | | 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkCanvasDashPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset in record for item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
Tk_Dash *dash = (Tk_Dash *) (widgRec+offset);
char *buffer;
char *p;
int i = dash->number;
if (i < 0) {
i = -i;
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
buffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) (i+1));
p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
memcpy(buffer, p, (unsigned int) i);
buffer[i] = 0;
return buffer;
} else if (!i) {
*freeProcPtr = NULL;
return "";
}
buffer = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (4*i));
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
sprintf(buffer, "%d", *p++ & 0xff);
while(--i) {
sprintf(buffer+strlen(buffer), " %d", *p++ & 0xff);
}
return buffer;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
613 614 615 616 617 618 619 |
static SmoothAssocData *
InitSmoothMethods(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
SmoothAssocData *methods, *ptr;
| | > > | | > | 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 |
static SmoothAssocData *
InitSmoothMethods(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
SmoothAssocData *methods, *ptr;
methods = (SmoothAssocData *) ckalloc(sizeof(SmoothAssocData));
methods->smooth.name = tkRawSmoothMethod.name;
methods->smooth.coordProc = tkRawSmoothMethod.coordProc;
methods->smooth.postscriptProc = tkRawSmoothMethod.postscriptProc;
methods->nextPtr = (SmoothAssocData *) ckalloc(sizeof(SmoothAssocData));
ptr = methods->nextPtr;
ptr->smooth.name = tkBezierSmoothMethod.name;
ptr->smooth.coordProc = tkBezierSmoothMethod.coordProc;
ptr->smooth.postscriptProc = tkBezierSmoothMethod.postscriptProc;
ptr->nextPtr = NULL;
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc,
(ClientData) methods);
return methods;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateSmoothMethod --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
649 650 651 652 653 654 655 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | > | 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth)
{
SmoothAssocData *methods, *typePtr2, *prevPtr, *ptr;
methods = (SmoothAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod",
NULL);
/*
* Initialize if we were not previously initialized.
*/
if (methods == NULL) {
methods = InitSmoothMethods(interp);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
674 675 676 677 678 679 680 |
prevPtr = typePtr2, typePtr2 = typePtr2->nextPtr) {
if (!strcmp(typePtr2->smooth.name, smooth->name)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
methods = typePtr2->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = typePtr2->nextPtr;
}
| | | | > | 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 |
prevPtr = typePtr2, typePtr2 = typePtr2->nextPtr) {
if (!strcmp(typePtr2->smooth.name, smooth->name)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
methods = typePtr2->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = typePtr2->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) typePtr2);
break;
}
}
ptr = (SmoothAssocData *) ckalloc(sizeof(SmoothAssocData));
ptr->smooth.name = smooth->name;
ptr->smooth.coordProc = smooth->coordProc;
ptr->smooth.postscriptProc = smooth->postscriptProc;
ptr->nextPtr = methods;
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc,
(ClientData) ptr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SmoothMethodCleanupProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
707 708 709 710 711 712 713 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SmoothMethodCleanupProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Points to "smoothMethod" AssocData for the
* interpreter. */
| | | < | < | | 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SmoothMethodCleanupProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Points to "smoothMethod" AssocData for the
* interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter that is being deleted. */
{
SmoothAssocData *ptr, *methods = (SmoothAssocData *) clientData;
while (methods != NULL) {
methods = (ptr = methods)->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) ptr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSmoothParseProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
738 739 740 741 742 743 744 | * indicated in the value argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkSmoothParseProc( | | | | | | | < < | > | < | < | | 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 |
* indicated in the value argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkSmoothParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
CONST char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
register Tk_SmoothMethod **smoothPtr =
(Tk_SmoothMethod **) (widgRec + offset);
Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth = NULL;
int b;
size_t length;
SmoothAssocData *methods;
if (value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*smoothPtr = NULL;
return TCL_OK;
}
length = strlen(value);
methods = (SmoothAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod",
NULL);
/*
* Not initialized yet; fix that now.
*/
if (methods == NULL) {
methods = InitSmoothMethods(interp);
}
/*
* Backward compatibility hack.
*/
if (strncmp(value, "bezier", length) == 0) {
smooth = &tkBezierSmoothMethod;
}
/*
* Search the list of installed smooth methods.
*/
while (methods != NULL) {
if (strncmp(value, methods->smooth.name, length) == 0) {
if (smooth != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous smooth method \"", value,
"\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
smooth = &methods->smooth;
}
methods = methods->nextPtr;
}
if (smooth) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
830 831 832 833 834 835 836 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | < < < | | 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkSmoothPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
register Tk_SmoothMethod **smoothPtr =
(Tk_SmoothMethod **) (widgRec + offset);
return (*smoothPtr) ? (*smoothPtr)->name : "0";
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetDash
*
* This function is used to parse a string, assuming it is dash
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
869 870 871 872 873 874 875 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetDash(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | | > > < | | | | | | | | > | | | < | | | < | | | | | 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetDash(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
CONST char *value, /* Textual specification of dash list. */
Tk_Dash *dash) /* Pointer to record in which to store dash
* information. */
{
int argc, i;
CONST char **largv, **argv = NULL;
char *pt;
if ((value==NULL) || (*value==0) ) {
dash->number = 0;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* switch is usually compiled more efficiently than a chain of conditions.
*/
switch (*value) {
case '.': case ',': case '-': case '_':
i = DashConvert(NULL, value, -1, 0.0);
if (i>0) {
i = strlen(value);
} else {
goto badDashList;
}
if (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) {
dash->pattern.pt = pt = (char *) ckalloc(strlen(value));
} else {
pt = dash->pattern.array;
}
memcpy(pt,value, (unsigned int) i);
dash->number = -i;
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, (char *) value, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
goto badDashList;
}
if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
ckfree((char *) dash->pattern.pt);
}
if (argc > (int)sizeof(char *)) {
dash->pattern.pt = pt = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) argc);
} else {
pt = dash->pattern.array;
}
dash->number = argc;
largv = argv;
while (argc>0) {
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, *largv, &i) != TCL_OK || i < 1 || i>255) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"expected integer in the range 1..255 but got \"",
*largv, "\"", NULL);
goto syntaxError;
}
*pt++ = i;
argc--;
largv++;
}
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
return TCL_OK;
/*
* Something went wrong. Generate error message, clean up and return.
*/
badDashList:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad dash list \"", value,
"\": must be a list of integers or a format like \"-..\"",
NULL);
syntaxError:
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
ckfree((char *) dash->pattern.pt);
}
dash->number = 0;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 |
Tk_DeleteOutline(
Display *display, /* Display containing window. */
Tk_Outline *outline)
{
if (outline->gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(display, outline->gc);
}
| | | | | | | | 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 |
Tk_DeleteOutline(
Display *display, /* Display containing window. */
Tk_Outline *outline)
{
if (outline->gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(display, outline->gc);
}
if ((unsigned int)ABS(outline->dash.number) > sizeof(char *)) {
ckfree((char *) outline->dash.pattern.pt);
}
if ((unsigned int)ABS(outline->activeDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) {
ckfree((char *) outline->activeDash.pattern.pt);
}
if ((unsigned int)ABS(outline->disabledDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) {
ckfree((char *) outline->disabledDash.pattern.pt);
}
if (outline->color != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(outline->color);
}
if (outline->activeColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(outline->activeColor);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 |
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
dash = &(outline->dash);
color = outline->color;
stipple = outline->stipple;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| | | | 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 |
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
dash = &(outline->dash);
color = outline->color;
stipple = outline->stipple;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
if (outline->activeWidth>width) {
width = outline->activeWidth;
}
if (outline->activeDash.number != 0) {
dash = &(outline->activeDash);
}
if (outline->activeColor!=NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 |
int
Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(
Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *item,
Tk_Outline *outline)
{
| | | | | 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 |
int
Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(
Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *item,
Tk_Outline *outline)
{
CONST char *p;
double width;
Tk_Dash *dash;
XColor *color;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state = item->state;
width = outline->width;
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
dash = &(outline->dash);
color = outline->color;
stipple = outline->stipple;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
if (outline->activeWidth > width) {
width = outline->activeWidth;
}
if (outline->activeDash.number != 0) {
dash = &(outline->activeDash);
}
if (outline->activeColor != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 |
if ((dash->number<-1) ||
((dash->number == -1) && (dash->pattern.array[0] != ','))) {
char *q;
int i = -dash->number;
p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
| | | > | | | | < | > | | | | 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 |
if ((dash->number<-1) ||
((dash->number == -1) && (dash->pattern.array[0] != ','))) {
char *q;
int i = -dash->number;
p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
q = (char *) ckalloc(2*(unsigned int)i);
i = DashConvert(q, p, i, width);
XSetDashes(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc,
outline->offset, q, i);
ckfree(q);
} else if (dash->number>2 || (dash->number==2 &&
(dash->pattern.array[0]!=dash->pattern.array[1]))) {
p = (dash->number > (int)sizeof(char *))
? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
XSetDashes(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc,
outline->offset, p, dash->number);
}
if (stipple!=None) {
int w=0; int h=0;
Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset = &outline->tsoffset;
int flags = tsoffset->flags;
if (!(flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) &&
(flags & (TK_OFFSET_CENTER|TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE))) {
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, stipple, &w, &h);
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
w /= 2;
} else {
w = 0;
}
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE) {
h /= 2;
} else {
h = 0;
}
}
tsoffset->xoffset -= w;
tsoffset->yoffset -= h;
Tk_CanvasSetOffset(canvas, outline->gc, tsoffset);
tsoffset->xoffset += w;
tsoffset->yoffset += h;
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ResetOutlineGC
*
* Restores the GC to the situation before Tk_ChangeDashGC() was called.
* This function should be called just after the dashed item is drawn,
* because the GC is supposed to be read-only.
*
* Results:
* 1 if there is a stipple pattern, and 0 otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* GC is updated.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 |
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
dash = &(outline->dash);
color = outline->color;
stipple = outline->stipple;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| | | | 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 |
if (width < 1.0) {
width = 1.0;
}
dash = &(outline->dash);
color = outline->color;
stipple = outline->stipple;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
if (outline->activeWidth>width) {
width = outline->activeWidth;
}
if (outline->activeDash.number != 0) {
dash = &(outline->activeDash);
}
if (outline->activeColor!=NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 |
if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
dashList = dash->pattern.pt[0];
} else if (dash->number != 0) {
dashList = dash->pattern.array[0];
} else {
dashList = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
}
| | | | | 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 |
if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) {
dashList = dash->pattern.pt[0];
} else if (dash->number != 0) {
dashList = dash->pattern.array[0];
} else {
dashList = (char) (4 * width + 0.5);
}
XSetDashes(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc,
outline->offset, &dashList , 1);
}
if (stipple != None) {
XSetTSOrigin(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc, 0, 0);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 |
int
Tk_CanvasPsOutline(
Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *item,
Tk_Outline *outline)
{
char pattern[11];
int i;
| > | > > | | | | | < > > > > | | | | > > < > > > > > | | < < | | | > | | | | < < | > > | | | < < < > > > | | > > | > | | < | | | | | | > | < < | > | | | > > | | 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 |
int
Tk_CanvasPsOutline(
Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *item,
Tk_Outline *outline)
{
char string[41];
char pattern[11];
int i;
char *ptr;
char *str = string;
char *lptr = pattern;
Tcl_Interp *interp = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->interp;
double width;
Tk_Dash *dash;
XColor *color;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state = item->state;
width = outline->width;
dash = &(outline->dash);
color = outline->color;
stipple = outline->stipple;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) {
if (outline->activeWidth > width) {
width = outline->activeWidth;
}
if (outline->activeDash.number > 0) {
dash = &(outline->activeDash);
}
if (outline->activeColor != NULL) {
color = outline->activeColor;
}
if (outline->activeStipple != None) {
stipple = outline->activeStipple;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (outline->disabledWidth > 0) {
width = outline->disabledWidth;
}
if (outline->disabledDash.number > 0) {
dash = &(outline->disabledDash);
}
if (outline->disabledColor != NULL) {
color = outline->disabledColor;
}
if (outline->disabledStipple != None) {
stipple = outline->disabledStipple;
}
}
sprintf(string, "%.15g setlinewidth\n", width);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
if (dash->number > 10) {
str = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 + 4*dash->number));
} else if (dash->number < -5) {
str = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 - 8*dash->number));
lptr = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 - 2*dash->number));
}
ptr = ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) ?
dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array;
if (dash->number > 0) {
char *ptr0 = ptr;
sprintf(str, "[%d", *ptr++ & 0xff);
i = dash->number-1;
while (i--) {
sprintf(str+strlen(str), " %d", *ptr++ & 0xff);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, NULL);
if (dash->number&1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", str+1, NULL);
}
sprintf(str, "] %d setdash\n", outline->offset);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, NULL);
ptr = ptr0;
} else if (dash->number < 0) {
if ((i = DashConvert(lptr, ptr, -dash->number, width)) != 0) {
char *lptr0 = lptr;
sprintf(str, "[%d", *lptr++ & 0xff);
while (--i) {
sprintf(str+strlen(str), " %d", *lptr++ & 0xff);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, NULL);
sprintf(str, "] %d setdash\n", outline->offset);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, str, NULL);
lptr = lptr0;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "[] 0 setdash\n", NULL);
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "[] 0 setdash\n", NULL);
}
if (str != string) {
ckfree(str);
}
if (lptr != pattern) {
ckfree(lptr);
}
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, color) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (stipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "StrokeClip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, stipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "stroke\n", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DashConvert(
char *l, /* Must be at least 2*n chars long, or NULL to
* indicate "just check syntax". */
| | | | 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DashConvert(
char *l, /* Must be at least 2*n chars long, or NULL to
* indicate "just check syntax". */
CONST char *p, /* String to parse. */
int n, /* Length of string to parse, or -1 to
* indicate that strlen() should be used. */
double width) /* Width of line. */
{
int result = 0;
int size, intWidth;
if (n<0) {
n = strlen(p);
}
intWidth = (int) (width + 0.5);
if (intWidth < 1) {
intWidth = 1;
}
while (n-- && *p) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 |
int numOutput = 0; /* Number of output coordinates */
double lft, rgh; /* Left and right sides of the bounding box */
double top, btm; /* Top and bottom sizes of the bounding box */
double *tempArr; /* Temporary storage used by the clipper */
double *a, *b, *t; /* Pointers to parts of the temporary
* storage */
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
double limit[4]; /* Boundries at which clipping occurs */
double staticSpace[480]; /* Temp space from the stack */
| > > > > < | 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 |
int numOutput = 0; /* Number of output coordinates */
double lft, rgh; /* Left and right sides of the bounding box */
double top, btm; /* Top and bottom sizes of the bounding box */
double *tempArr; /* Temporary storage used by the clipper */
double *a, *b, *t; /* Pointers to parts of the temporary
* storage */
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
#ifndef NDEBUG
int maxOutput; /* Maximum number of outputs that we will
* allow */
#endif
double limit[4]; /* Boundries at which clipping occurs */
double staticSpace[480]; /* Temp space from the stack */
/*
* Constrain all vertices of the path to be within a box that is no larger
* than 32000 pixels wide or height. The top-left corner of this clipping
* box is 1000 pixels above and to the left of the top left corner of the
* window on which the canvas is displayed.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 |
* to do the translation.
*/
for (i=0; i<numVertex; i++){
double x, y;
x = coordArr[i*2];
| | | | | 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 |
* to do the translation.
*/
for (i=0; i<numVertex; i++){
double x, y;
x = coordArr[i*2];
y = coordArr[i*2+1];
if (x<lft || x>rgh || y<top || y>btm) {
break;
}
TranslateAndAppendCoords(canvPtr, x, y, outArr, numOutput++);
}
if (i == numVertex){
assert(numOutput == numVertex);
return numOutput;
}
/*
* If we reach this point, it means that some clipping is required. Begin
* by allocating some working storage - at least 6 times as much space as
* coordArr[] requires. Divide this space into two separate arrays a[] and
* b[]. Initialize a[] to be equal to coordArr[].
*/
if (numVertex*12 <= (int)(sizeof(staticSpace)/sizeof(staticSpace[0]))) {
tempArr = staticSpace;
} else {
tempArr = (double *)ckalloc(numVertex*12*sizeof(tempArr[0]));
}
for (i=0; i<numVertex*2; i++){
tempArr[i] = coordArr[i];
}
a = tempArr;
b = &tempArr[numVertex*6];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 |
limit[2] = -lft;
limit[3] = btm;
/*
* This is the loop that makes the four passes through the data.
*/
| > > > | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 |
limit[2] = -lft;
limit[3] = btm;
/*
* This is the loop that makes the four passes through the data.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
maxOutput = numVertex*3;
#endif
for (j=0; j<4; j++){
double xClip = limit[j];
int inside = a[0]<xClip;
double priorY = a[1];
numOutput = 0;
/*
* Clip everything to the right of xClip. Store the results in b[]
* rotated by 90 degrees clockwise.
*/
for (i=0; i<numVertex; i++){
double x = a[i*2];
double y = a[i*2+1];
if (x >= xClip) {
/*
* The current vertex is to the right of xClip.
*/
if (inside) {
/*
* If the current vertex is to the right of xClip but the
* previous vertex was left of xClip, then draw a line
* segment from the previous vertex to until it intersects
* the vertical at xClip.
*/
double x0, y0, yN;
assert(i > 0);
x0 = a[i*2-2];
y0 = a[i*2-1];
yN = y0 + (y - y0)*(xClip-x0)/(x-x0);
b[numOutput*2] = -yN;
b[numOutput*2+1] = xClip;
numOutput++;
assert(numOutput <= maxOutput);
priorY = yN;
inside = 0;
} else if (i == 0) {
/*
* If the first vertex is to the right of xClip, add a
* vertex that is the projection of the first vertex onto
* the vertical xClip line.
*/
b[0] = -y;
b[1] = xClip;
numOutput = 1;
priorY = y;
}
} else {
/*
* The current vertex is to the left of xClip
*/
if (!inside) {
/* If the current vertex is on the left of xClip and one
* or more prior vertices where to the right, then we have
* to draw a line segment along xClip that extends from
* the spot where we first crossed from left to right to
* the spot where we cross back from right to left.
*/
double x0, y0, yN;
assert(i > 0);
x0 = a[i*2-2];
y0 = a[i*2-1];
yN = y0 + (y - y0)*(xClip-x0)/(x-x0);
if (yN != priorY) {
b[numOutput*2] = -yN;
b[numOutput*2+1] = xClip;
numOutput++;
assert(numOutput <= maxOutput);
}
inside = 1;
}
b[numOutput*2] = -y;
b[numOutput*2+1] = x;
numOutput++;
assert(numOutput <= maxOutput);
}
}
/*
* Interchange a[] and b[] in preparation for the next pass.
*/
t = a;
a = b;
b = t;
numVertex = numOutput;
}
/*
* All clipping is now finished. Convert the coordinates from doubles into
* XPoints and translate the origin for the drawable.
*/
for (i=0; i<numVertex; i++){
TranslateAndAppendCoords(canvPtr, a[i*2], a[i*2+1], outArr, i);
}
if (tempArr != staticSpace) {
ckfree((char *) tempArr);
}
return numOutput;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCanvWind.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | /* * tkCanvWind.c -- * * This file implements window items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" /* * The structure below defines the record for each window item. */ | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | /* * tkCanvWind.c -- * * This file implements window items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include <stdio.h> #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" /* * The structure below defines the record for each window item. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing this item. */
} WindowItem;
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
| | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
Tk_Canvas canvas; /* Canvas containing this item. */
} WindowItem;
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkStateParseProc,
TkStatePrintProc, (ClientData) 2
};
static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc,
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL,
"center", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, anchor), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, height), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(WindowItem, width), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_WINDOW, "-window", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(WindowItem, tkwin), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ComputeWindowBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
WindowItem *winItemPtr);
static int ConfigureWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
static int CreateWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void DeleteWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display);
static void DisplayWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst,
int x, int y, int width, int height);
static void ScaleWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void TranslateWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY);
static int WinItemCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void WinItemLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void WinItemRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void WinItemStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int WinItemToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
TranslateWinItem, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* cursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < < | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 |
TranslateWinItem, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* cursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
* The structure below defines the official type record for the canvas (as
* geometry manager):
*/
static const Tk_GeomMgr canvasGeomType = {
"canvas", /* name */
WinItemRequestProc, /* requestProc */
WinItemLostSlaveProc, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateWinItem --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
static int
CreateWinItem(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
| | | | < | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
static int
CreateWinItem(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing window. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Panic("canvas did not pass any coords\n");
}
/*
* Initialize item's record.
*/
winItemPtr->tkwin = NULL;
winItemPtr->width = 0;
winItemPtr->height = 0;
winItemPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
winItemPtr->canvas = canvas;
/*
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record. Only 1 (list) or 2 (x
* y) coords are allowed.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
i = 1;
} else {
char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
i = 2;
if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
i = 1;
}
}
if (WinItemCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, i, objv) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
static int
WinItemCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
| | | < | > | > | > | | | < > | | | | 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 |
static int
WinItemCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(winItemPtr->x);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(winItemPtr->y);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
} else if (objc < 3) {
if (objc==1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc != 2) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[0], &winItemPtr->x)
!= TCL_OK) || (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, canvas, objv[1],
&winItemPtr->y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ComputeWindowBbox(canvas, winItemPtr);
} else {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
static int
ConfigureWinItem(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Window item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
| | | | | | > | | > > > > > | | | > < < < < < < < | | 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 |
static int
ConfigureWinItem(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Window item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_Window oldWindow;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin;
oldWindow = winItemPtr->tkwin;
canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, canvasTkwin, configSpecs, objc,
(CONST char **) objv, (char *) winItemPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* A few of the options require additional processing.
*/
if (oldWindow != winItemPtr->tkwin) {
if (oldWindow != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(oldWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
WinItemStructureProc, (ClientData) winItemPtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(oldWindow, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(oldWindow, canvasTkwin);
Tk_UnmapWindow(oldWindow);
}
if (winItemPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_Window ancestor, parent;
/*
* Make sure that the canvas is either the parent of the window
* associated with the item or a descendant of that parent. Also,
* don't allow a top-of-hierarchy window to be managed inside a
* canvas.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin);
for (ancestor = canvasTkwin; ;
ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (ancestor))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
badWindow:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ",
Tk_PathName(winItemPtr->tkwin),
" in a window item of this canvas", NULL);
winItemPtr->tkwin = NULL;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (winItemPtr->tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
goto badWindow;
}
if (winItemPtr->tkwin == canvasTkwin) {
goto badWindow;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(winItemPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
WinItemStructureProc, (ClientData) winItemPtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, &canvasGeomType,
(ClientData) winItemPtr);
}
}
if ((winItemPtr->tkwin != NULL)
&& (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
if (canvasTkwin == Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
}
}
ComputeWindowBbox(canvas, winItemPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteWinItem --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
404 405 406 407 408 409 410 |
DeleteWinItem(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Overall info about widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
| < | | > | 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
DeleteWinItem(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Overall info about widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (winItemPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(winItemPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
WinItemStructureProc, (ClientData) winItemPtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, NULL,
(ClientData) NULL);
if (canvasTkwin != Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
}
Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
447 448 449 450 451 452 453 |
int width, height, x, y;
Tk_State state = winItemPtr->header.state;
x = (int) (winItemPtr->x + ((winItemPtr->x >= 0) ? 0.5 : - 0.5));
y = (int) (winItemPtr->y + ((winItemPtr->y >= 0) ? 0.5 : - 0.5));
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| | | 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 |
int width, height, x, y;
Tk_State state = winItemPtr->header.state;
x = (int) (winItemPtr->x + ((winItemPtr->x >= 0) ? 0.5 : - 0.5));
y = (int) (winItemPtr->y + ((winItemPtr->y >= 0) ? 0.5 : - 0.5));
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if ((winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
/*
* There is no window for this item yet. Just give it a 1x1 bounding
* box. Don't give it a 0x0 bounding box; there are strange cases
* where this bounding box might be used as the dimensions of the
* window, and 0x0 causes problems under X.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
567 568 569 570 571 572 573 |
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
int width, height;
short x, y;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| < < < < < | | 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 |
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
int width, height;
short x, y;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
/*
* A drawable of None is used by the canvas UnmapNotify handler
* to indicate that we should no longer display ourselves.
*/
if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || drawable == None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
660 661 662 663 664 665 666 |
WinItemToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
| < | 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
WinItemToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
double x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff;
x1 = winItemPtr->header.x1;
y1 = winItemPtr->header.y1;
x2 = winItemPtr->header.x2;
y2 = winItemPtr->header.y2;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
718 719 720 721 722 723 724 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
| < | 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 |
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *rectPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates
* (x1,y1,x2,y2) describing rectangular
* area. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr;
if ((rectPtr[2] <= winItemPtr->header.x1)
|| (rectPtr[0] >= winItemPtr->header.x2)
|| (rectPtr[3] <= winItemPtr->header.y1)
|| (rectPtr[1] >= winItemPtr->header.y2)) {
return -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
755 756 757 758 759 760 761 | * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ #ifdef X_GetImage static int xerrorhandler( | | < < < | > | 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef X_GetImage
static int
xerrorhandler(
ClientData clientData,
XErrorEvent *e)
{
return 0;
}
#endif
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WinItemToPostscript --
*
* This function is called to generate Postscript for window items.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
| | > | 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *)itemPtr;
double x, y;
int width, height;
Tk_Window tkwin = winItemPtr->tkwin;
if (prepass || winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 |
CanvasPsWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* window to be printed */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
double x, double y, /* origin of window. */
int width, int height) /* width/height of window. */
{
XImage *ximage;
int result;
#ifdef X_GetImage
Tk_ErrorHandler handle;
#endif
| > > < < < < < < < | < > > > | | < | > > | < | | < | > > | > | > > | | | < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 |
CanvasPsWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Leave Postscript or error message here. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* window to be printed */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
double x, double y, /* origin of window. */
int width, int height) /* width/height of window. */
{
char buffer[256];
XImage *ximage;
int result;
Tcl_DString buffer1, buffer2;
#ifdef X_GetImage
Tk_ErrorHandler handle;
#endif
sprintf(buffer, "\n%%%% %s item (%s, %d x %d)\n%.15g %.15g translate\n",
Tk_Class(tkwin), Tk_PathName(tkwin), width, height, x, y);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
/*
* First try if the widget has its own "postscript" command. If it exists,
* this will produce much better postscript than when a pixmap is used.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer1);
Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer2);
Tcl_DStringGetResult(interp, &buffer2);
sprintf(buffer, "%s postscript -prolog 0\n", Tk_PathName(tkwin));
result = Tcl_Eval(interp, buffer);
Tcl_DStringGetResult(interp, &buffer1);
Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &buffer2);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer2);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "50 dict begin\nsave\ngsave\n", NULL);
sprintf(buffer, "0 %d moveto %d 0 rlineto 0 -%d rlineto -%d",
height, width, height, width);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " 0 rlineto closepath\n",
"1.000 1.000 1.000 setrgbcolor AdjustColor\nfill\ngrestore\n",
Tcl_DStringValue(&buffer1), "\nrestore\nend\n\n\n", NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer1);
return result;
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer1);
/*
* If the window is off the screen it will generate a BadMatch/XError. We
* catch any BadMatch errors here
*/
#ifdef X_GetImage
handle = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Tk_Display(tkwin), BadMatch,
X_GetImage, -1, xerrorhandler, (ClientData) tkwin);
#endif
/*
* Generate an XImage from the window. We can then read pixel values out
* of the XImage.
*/
ximage = XGetImage(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), 0, 0,
(unsigned int)width, (unsigned int)height, AllPlanes, ZPixmap);
#ifdef X_GetImage
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handle);
#endif
if (ximage == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
result = TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin,
((TkCanvas *)canvas)->psInfo, ximage, 0, 0, width, height);
XDestroyImage(ximage);
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleWinItem --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 |
*/
static void
WinItemStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
| | | 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 |
*/
static void
WinItemStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
winItemPtr->tkwin = NULL;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 |
*/
static void
WinItemRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for window item. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
| | < | | | > | | | | < | | 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 |
*/
static void
WinItemRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for window item. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) clientData;
ComputeWindowBbox(winItemPtr->canvas, winItemPtr);
/*
* A drawable argument of None to DisplayWinItem is used by the canvas
* UnmapNotify handler to indicate that we should no longer display
* ourselves, so need to pass a (bogus) non-zero drawable value here.
*/
DisplayWinItem(winItemPtr->canvas, (Tk_Item *) winItemPtr, NULL,
(Drawable) -1, 0, 0, 0, 0);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WinItemLostSlaveProc --
*
* This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
* control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Forgets all canvas-related information about the slave.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
WinItemLostSlaveProc(
ClientData clientData, /* WindowItem structure for slave window that
* was stolen away. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
{
WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) clientData;
Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(winItemPtr->canvas);
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(winItemPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
WinItemStructureProc, (ClientData) winItemPtr);
if (canvasTkwin != Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin);
}
Tk_UnmapWindow(winItemPtr->tkwin);
winItemPtr->tkwin = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkCanvas.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
/* #define USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH 1 */
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
#ifdef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
/*
* See tkCanvas.h for key data structures used to implement canvases.
*/
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
* The structure defined below is used to keep track of a tag search in
* progress. No field should be accessed by anyone other than StartTagSearch
* and NextItem.
*/
typedef struct TagSearch {
TkCanvas *canvasPtr; /* Canvas widget being searched. */
Tk_Uid tag; /* Tag to search for. 0 means return all
* items. */
Tk_Item *currentPtr; /* Pointer to last item returned. */
Tk_Item *lastPtr; /* The item right before the currentPtr is
* tracked so if the currentPtr is deleted we
* don't have to start from the beginning. */
int searchOver; /* Non-zero means NextItem should always
* return NULL. */
} TagSearch;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* The structure defined below is used to keep track of a tag search in
* progress. No field should be accessed by anyone other than TagSearchScan,
* TagSearchFirst, TagSearchNext, TagSearchScanExpr, TagSearchEvalExpr,
* TagSearchExprInit, TagSearchExprDestroy, TagSearchDestroy.
* (
* Not quite accurate: the TagSearch structure is also accessed from:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 |
Tk_Item *currentPtr; /* Pointer to last item returned. */
Tk_Item *lastPtr; /* The item right before the currentPtr is
* tracked so if the currentPtr is deleted we
* don't have to start from the beginning. */
int searchOver; /* Non-zero means NextItem should always
* return NULL. */
int type; /* Search type (see #defs below) */
| | | > > | > | | | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | > > | | | | | > | < < < | < | | > | > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > | < < > > > > > > > < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
Tk_Item *currentPtr; /* Pointer to last item returned. */
Tk_Item *lastPtr; /* The item right before the currentPtr is
* tracked so if the currentPtr is deleted we
* don't have to start from the beginning. */
int searchOver; /* Non-zero means NextItem should always
* return NULL. */
int type; /* Search type (see #defs below) */
int id; /* Item id for searches by id */
char *string; /* Tag expression string */
int stringIndex; /* Current position in string scan */
int stringLength; /* Length of tag expression string */
char *rewritebuffer; /* Tag string (after removing escapes) */
unsigned int rewritebufferAllocated;
/* Available space for rewrites. */
TagSearchExpr *expr; /* Compiled tag expression. */
} TagSearch;
/*
* Values for the TagSearch type field.
*/
#define SEARCH_TYPE_EMPTY 0 /* Looking for empty tag */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_ID 1 /* Looking for an item by id */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_ALL 2 /* Looking for all items */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_TAG 3 /* Looking for an item by simple tag */
#define SEARCH_TYPE_EXPR 4 /* Compound search */
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Custom option for handling "-state" and "-offset"
*/
static Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkStateParseProc,
TkStatePrintProc,
(ClientData) NULL /* only "normal" and "disabled" */
};
static Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkOffsetParseProc,
TkOffsetPrintProc,
(ClientData) TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE
};
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_CANVAS_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, bgBorder),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_CANVAS_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, bgBorder),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", NULL, NULL, 0, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", NULL, NULL, 0, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, borderWidth), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-closeenough", "closeEnough", "CloseEnough",
DEF_CANVAS_CLOSE_ENOUGH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, closeEnough), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-confine", "confine", "Confine",
DEF_CANVAS_CONFINE, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, confine), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_CANVAS_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_CANVAS_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, height), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, highlightBgColorPtr), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, highlightColorPtr), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness",
DEF_CANVAS_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, highlightWidth), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BG, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorder), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_BD_MONO,
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_OFF_TIME, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, insertOffTime), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_ON_TIME, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, insertOnTime), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_INSERT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.insertWidth), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", "offset", "Offset", "0,0",
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, tsoffset),TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
&offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_CANVAS_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, relief), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-scrollregion", "scrollRegion", "ScrollRegion",
DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, regionString),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorder),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorder),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorderWidth), TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selBorderWidth),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selFgColorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, textInfo.selFgColorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY|TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", "state", "State",
"normal", Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, canvas_state), TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
&stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, takeFocus),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, width), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, xScrollCmd),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-xscrollincrement", "xScrollIncrement",
"ScrollIncrement",
DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, xScrollIncrement),
0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, yScrollCmd),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-yscrollincrement", "yScrollIncrement",
"ScrollIncrement",
DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT, Tk_Offset(TkCanvas, yScrollIncrement),
0},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* List of all the item types known at present. This is *global* and is
* protected by typeListMutex.
*/
static Tk_ItemType *typeList = NULL; /* NULL means initialization hasn't
* been done yet. */
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(typeListMutex)
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
* Uids for operands in compiled advanced tag search expressions.
* Initialization is done by GetStaticUids()
*/
typedef struct {
Tk_Uid allUid;
Tk_Uid currentUid;
Tk_Uid andUid;
Tk_Uid orUid;
Tk_Uid xorUid;
Tk_Uid parenUid;
Tk_Uid negparenUid;
Tk_Uid endparenUid;
Tk_Uid tagvalUid;
Tk_Uid negtagvalUid;
} SearchUids;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
static SearchUids * GetStaticUids(void);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void CanvasBindProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void CanvasBlinkProc(ClientData clientData);
static void CanvasCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void CanvasDoEvent(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void CanvasEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int CanvasFetchSelection(ClientData clientData, int offset,
char *buffer, int maxBytes);
static Tk_Item * CanvasFindClosest(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
double coords[2]);
static void CanvasFocusProc(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int gotFocus);
static void CanvasLostSelection(ClientData clientData);
static void CanvasSelectTo(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int index);
static void CanvasSetOrigin(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
int xOrigin, int yOrigin);
static void CanvasUpdateScrollbars(TkCanvas *canvasPtr);
static int CanvasWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv);
static void CanvasWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData);
static int ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv, int flags);
static void DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr);
static void DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData);
static void DoItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, Tk_Uid tag);
static void EventuallyRedrawItem(Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static int FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv,
Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv,
Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first,
TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int FindArea(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv, Tk_Uid uid, int enclosed);
static double GridAlign(double coord, double spacing);
static CONST char** TkGetStringsFromObjs(int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv);
static void InitCanvas(void);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static Tk_Item * NextItem(TagSearch *searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static void PickCurrentItem(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
static Tcl_Obj * ScrollFractions(int screen1,
int screen2, int object1, int object2);
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static void RelinkItems(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tcl_Obj *tag, Tk_Item *prevPtr);
static Tk_Item * StartTagSearch(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tcl_Obj *tag, TagSearch *searchPtr);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int RelinkItems(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, Tcl_Obj *tag,
Tk_Item *prevPtr, TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
static void TagSearchExprInit(TagSearchExpr **exprPtrPtr);
static void TagSearchExprDestroy(TagSearchExpr *expr);
static void TagSearchDestroy(TagSearch *searchPtr);
static int TagSearchScan(TkCanvas *canvasPtr,
Tcl_Obj *tag, TagSearch **searchPtrPtr);
static int TagSearchScanExpr(Tcl_Interp *interp,
TagSearch *searchPtr, TagSearchExpr *expr);
static int TagSearchEvalExpr(TagSearchExpr *expr,
Tk_Item *itemPtr);
static Tk_Item * TagSearchFirst(TagSearch *searchPtr);
static Tk_Item * TagSearchNext(TagSearch *searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* The structure below defines canvas class behavior by means of functions
* that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static Tk_ClassProcs canvasClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
CanvasWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
};
/*
* Macros that significantly simplify all code that finds items.
*/
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
#define FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
(itemPtr) = StartTagSearch(canvasPtr,(objPtr),&search)
#define FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
for ((itemPtr) = StartTagSearch(canvasPtr, (objPtr), &search); \
(itemPtr) != NULL; (itemPtr) = NextItem(&search))
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
#define FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
if ((result=TagSearchScan(canvasPtr,(objPtr),(searchPtrPtr))) != TCL_OK){ \
errorExitClause; \
} \
itemPtr = TagSearchFirst(*(searchPtrPtr));
#define FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objPtr,searchPtrPtr,errorExitClause) \
if ((result=TagSearchScan(canvasPtr,(objPtr),(searchPtrPtr))) != TCL_OK){ \
errorExitClause; \
} \
for (itemPtr = TagSearchFirst(*(searchPtrPtr)); \
itemPtr != NULL; itemPtr = TagSearchNext(*(searchPtrPtr)))
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasObjCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "canvas" Tcl command. See the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
678 679 680 681 682 683 684 |
*/
int
Tk_CanvasObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
*/
int
Tk_CanvasObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
TkCanvas *canvasPtr;
Tk_Window newWin;
if (typeList == NULL) {
InitCanvas();
}
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, argv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
newWin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp,tkwin,Tcl_GetString(argv[1]),NULL);
if (newWin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Initialize fields that won't be initialized by ConfigureCanvas, or
* which ConfigureCanvas expects to have reasonable values (e.g. resource
* pointers).
*/
canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkCanvas));
canvasPtr->tkwin = newWin;
canvasPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
canvasPtr->interp = interp;
canvasPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(canvasPtr->tkwin), CanvasWidgetCmd,
(ClientData) canvasPtr, CanvasCmdDeletedProc);
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->borderWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->bgBorder = NULL;
canvasPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
canvasPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->highlightBgColorPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->highlightColorPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->inset = 0;
canvasPtr->pixmapGC = NULL;
canvasPtr->width = None;
canvasPtr->height = None;
canvasPtr->confine = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selBorder = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selBorderWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selFgColorPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst = -1;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast = -1;
canvasPtr->textInfo.anchorItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.insertBorder = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.insertWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.insertBorderWidth = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0;
canvasPtr->insertOnTime = 0;
canvasPtr->insertOffTime = 0;
canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL;
canvasPtr->xOrigin = canvasPtr->yOrigin = 0;
canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin = canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin = 0;
canvasPtr->bindingTable = NULL;
canvasPtr->currentItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->closeEnough = 0.0;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.type = LeaveNotify;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
canvasPtr->flags = 0;
canvasPtr->nextId = 1;
canvasPtr->psInfo = NULL;
canvasPtr->canvas_state = TK_STATE_NORMAL;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.flags = 0;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.xoffset = 0;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.yoffset = 0;
canvasPtr->bindTagExprs = NULL;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tk_SetClass(canvasPtr->tkwin, "Canvas");
| > > | | | | | | 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 |
canvasPtr->flags = 0;
canvasPtr->nextId = 1;
canvasPtr->psInfo = NULL;
canvasPtr->canvas_state = TK_STATE_NORMAL;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.flags = 0;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.xoffset = 0;
canvasPtr->tsoffset.yoffset = 0;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
canvasPtr->bindTagExprs = NULL;
#endif
Tcl_InitHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tk_SetClass(canvasPtr->tkwin, "Canvas");
Tk_SetClassProcs(canvasPtr->tkwin, &canvasClass, (ClientData) canvasPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
CanvasEventProc, (ClientData) canvasPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
|LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
CanvasBindProc, (ClientData) canvasPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(canvasPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
CanvasFetchSelection, (ClientData) canvasPtr, XA_STRING);
if (ConfigureCanvas(interp, canvasPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(canvasPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tk_DestroyWindow(canvasPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
826 827 828 829 830 831 832 |
*/
static int
CanvasWidgetCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about canvas widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | > > > > | | < | | < | | > | < | | < | | | | | | | | > | > > > | 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
*/
static int
CanvasWidgetCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about canvas widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
int c, result;
Tk_Item *itemPtr = NULL; /* Initialization needed only to prevent
* compiler warning. */
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearch search;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
TagSearch *searchPtr = NULL;/* Allocated by first TagSearchScan, freed by
* TagSearchDestroy */
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
int index;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"addtag", "bbox", "bind", "canvasx",
"canvasy", "cget", "configure", "coords",
"create", "dchars", "delete", "dtag",
"find", "focus", "gettags", "icursor",
"index", "insert", "itemcget", "itemconfigure",
"lower", "move", "postscript", "raise",
"scale", "scan", "select", "type",
"xview", "yview",
NULL
};
enum options {
CANV_ADDTAG, CANV_BBOX, CANV_BIND, CANV_CANVASX,
CANV_CANVASY, CANV_CGET, CANV_CONFIGURE, CANV_COORDS,
CANV_CREATE, CANV_DCHARS, CANV_DELETE, CANV_DTAG,
CANV_FIND, CANV_FOCUS, CANV_GETTAGS, CANV_ICURSOR,
CANV_INDEX, CANV_INSERT, CANV_ITEMCGET, CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE,
CANV_LOWER, CANV_MOVE, CANV_POSTSCRIPT,CANV_RAISE,
CANV_SCALE, CANV_SCAN, CANV_SELECT, CANV_TYPE,
CANV_XVIEW, CANV_YVIEW
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) canvasPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
switch ((enum options) index) {
case CANV_ADDTAG:
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tag searchCommand ?arg arg ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
result = FindItems(interp, canvasPtr, objc, objv, objv[2], 3);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
result = FindItems(interp, canvasPtr, objc, objv, objv[2], 3, &searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
break;
case CANV_BBOX: {
int i, gotAny;
int x1 = 0, y1 = 0, x2 = 0, y2 = 0; /* Initializations needed only
* to prevent overcautious
* compiler warnings. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
923 924 925 926 927 928 929 |
if (itemPtr->y2 > y2) {
y2 = itemPtr->y2;
}
}
}
}
if (gotAny) {
| | | < < < | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | < < | > | | > | 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 |
if (itemPtr->y2 > y2) {
y2 = itemPtr->y2;
}
}
}
}
if (gotAny) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", x1, y1, x2, y2);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
break;
}
case CANV_BIND: {
ClientData object;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId ?sequence? ?command?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
/*
* Figure out what object to use for the binding (individual item vs.
* tag).
*/
object = 0;
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
if (isdigit(UCHAR(Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0]))) {
int id;
char *end;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
id = strtoul(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), &end, 0);
if (*end != 0) {
goto bindByTag;
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable, (char *) id);
if (entryPtr != NULL) {
itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
object = (ClientData) itemPtr;
}
if (object == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "item \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\" doesn't exist", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else {
bindByTag:
object = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
}
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
result = TagSearchScan(canvasPtr, objv[2], &searchPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_ID) {
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable,
(char *) INT2PTR(searchPtr->id));
if (entryPtr != NULL) {
itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
object = (ClientData) itemPtr;
}
if (object == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "item \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\" doesn't exist", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else {
object = (ClientData) searchPtr->expr->uid;
}
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Make a binding table if the canvas doesn't already have one.
*/
if (canvasPtr->bindingTable == NULL) {
canvasPtr->bindingTable = Tk_CreateBindingTable(interp);
}
if (objc == 5) {
int append = 0;
unsigned long mask;
char* argv4 = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
if (argv4[0] == 0) {
result = Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
goto done;
}
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_EXPR) {
/*
* If new tag expression, then insert in linked list.
*/
TagSearchExpr *expr, **lastPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 |
* Flag in TagSearch that expr has changed ownership so
* that TagSearchDestroy doesn't try to free it.
*/
searchPtr->expr = NULL;
}
}
if (argv4[0] == '+') {
argv4++;
append = 1;
}
mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), argv4, append);
if (mask == 0) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
| > | | | | | | > > | | | > | > | < | | | > > | < | > | 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 |
* Flag in TagSearch that expr has changed ownership so
* that TagSearchDestroy doesn't try to free it.
*/
searchPtr->expr = NULL;
}
}
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
if (argv4[0] == '+') {
argv4++;
append = 1;
}
mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), argv4, append);
if (mask == 0) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (mask & (unsigned) ~(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask
|Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask
|Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
|EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask
|KeyReleaseMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask)) {
Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "requested illegal events; ",
"only key, button, motion, enter, leave, and virtual ",
"events may be used", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else if (objc == 4) {
CONST char *command;
command = Tk_GetBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
if (command == NULL) {
CONST char *string;
string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
/*
* Ignore missing binding errors. This is a special hack that
* relies on the error message returned by FindSequence in
* tkBind.c.
*/
if (string[0] != '\0') {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
} else {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
} else {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) command, TCL_STATIC);
}
} else {
Tk_GetAllBindings(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable, object);
}
break;
}
case CANV_CANVASX: {
int x;
double grid;
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "screenx ?gridspacing?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (objc == 4) {
if (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[3],
&grid) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else {
grid = 0.0;
}
x += canvasPtr->xOrigin;
Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, GridAlign((double) x, grid), buf);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
case CANV_CANVASY: {
int y;
double grid;
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "screeny ?gridspacing?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, objv[2], &y) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (objc == 4) {
if (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
objv[3], &grid) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else {
grid = 0.0;
}
y += canvasPtr->yOrigin;
Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, GridAlign((double) y, grid), buf);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
case CANV_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId ?x y x y ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
if (objc != 3) {
| | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > | | | | < < < < < < < | | | > > > > < | | > < | < < < < < < < | < | | > > > > > > > > > > | > | | < | | > | | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > | | | | > > | | | | | 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId ?x y x y ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
if (objc != 3) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
if (itemPtr->typePtr->coordProc != NULL) {
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->coordProc)(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
} else {
CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3);
result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->coordProc)(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3,
(Tcl_Obj **) args);
if (args != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) args);
}
}
}
if (objc != 3) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
}
break;
case CANV_CREATE: {
Tk_ItemType *typePtr;
Tk_ItemType *matchPtr = NULL;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
int isNew = 0;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
char *arg;
int length;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type coords ?arg arg ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
c = arg[0];
Tcl_MutexLock(&typeListMutex);
for (typePtr = typeList; typePtr != NULL; typePtr = typePtr->nextPtr) {
if ((c == typePtr->name[0])
&& (strncmp(arg, typePtr->name, (unsigned)length) == 0)) {
if (matchPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&typeListMutex);
badType:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"unknown or ambiguous item type \"",arg,"\"",NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
matchPtr = typePtr;
}
}
/*
* Can unlock now because we no longer look at the fields of
* the matched item type that are potentially modified by
* other threads.
*/
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&typeListMutex);
if (matchPtr == NULL) {
goto badType;
}
if (objc < 4) {
/*
* Allow more specific error return.
*/
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "coords ?arg arg ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
typePtr = matchPtr;
itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) ckalloc((unsigned) typePtr->itemSize);
itemPtr->id = canvasPtr->nextId;
canvasPtr->nextId++;
itemPtr->tagPtr = itemPtr->staticTagSpace;
itemPtr->tagSpace = TK_TAG_SPACE;
itemPtr->numTags = 0;
itemPtr->typePtr = typePtr;
itemPtr->state = TK_STATE_NULL;
itemPtr->redraw_flags = 0;
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
result = (*typePtr->createProc)(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
} else {
CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3);
result = (*typePtr->createProc)(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, objc-3, (Tcl_Obj **) args);
if (args != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) args);
}
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) itemPtr);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable,
(char *) INT2PTR(itemPtr->id), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, itemPtr);
itemPtr->prevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
canvasPtr->hotPtr = itemPtr;
canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
if (canvasPtr->lastItemPtr == NULL) {
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = itemPtr;
} else {
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr->nextPtr = itemPtr;
}
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = itemPtr;
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= FORCE_REDRAW;
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
sprintf(buf, "%d", itemPtr->id);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
case CANV_DCHARS: {
int first, last;
int x1,x2,y1,y2;
if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId first ?last?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
if ((itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc == NULL)
|| (itemPtr->typePtr->dCharsProc == NULL)) {
continue;
}
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, (char *) objv[3],
&first);
} else {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
&first);
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
if (objc == 5) {
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, (char *) objv[4],
&last);
} else {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), &last);
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
} else {
last = first;
}
/*
* Redraw both item's old and new areas: it's possible that a
* delete could result in a new area larger than the old area.
* Except if the insertProc sets the TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag,
* nothing more needs to be done.
*/
x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
(*itemPtr->typePtr->dCharsProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, first, last);
if (!(itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW)) {
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
x1, y1, x2, y2);
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
}
break;
}
case CANV_DELETE: {
int i;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[i], &searchPtr, goto done) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
if (canvasPtr->bindingTable != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteAllBindings(canvasPtr->bindingTable,
(ClientData) itemPtr);
}
(*itemPtr->typePtr->deleteProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr,
canvasPtr->display);
if (itemPtr->tagPtr != itemPtr->staticTagSpace) {
ckfree((char *) itemPtr->tagPtr);
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable,
(char *) INT2PTR(itemPtr->id));
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
if (itemPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
itemPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
}
if (itemPtr->prevPtr != NULL) {
itemPtr->prevPtr->nextPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr;
}
if (canvasPtr->firstItemPtr == itemPtr) {
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr;
if (canvasPtr->firstItemPtr == NULL) {
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = NULL;
}
}
if (canvasPtr->lastItemPtr == itemPtr) {
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) itemPtr);
if (itemPtr == canvasPtr->currentItemPtr) {
canvasPtr->currentItemPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
}
if (itemPtr == canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr) {
canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr = NULL;
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 |
}
if (objc == 4) {
tag = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
} else {
tag = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
| | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | > > > | > > > | > > | | | < < | | < < | > > | > > > > > > > | | | > < | | < > > | > > > > > | | | > > | > > > > > > > > | > > > > | | > > | | > > | > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | > > > | < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < | | | 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 |
}
if (objc == 4) {
tag = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
} else {
tag = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
if (itemPtr->tagPtr[i] == tag) {
itemPtr->tagPtr[i] = itemPtr->tagPtr[itemPtr->numTags-1];
itemPtr->numTags--;
}
}
}
break;
}
case CANV_FIND:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "searchCommand ?arg arg ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
result = FindItems(interp, canvasPtr, objc, objv, NULL, 2);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
result = FindItems(interp, canvasPtr, objc, objv, NULL, 2,
&searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
break;
case CANV_FOCUS:
if (objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?tagOrId?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
if (objc == 2) {
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "%d", itemPtr->id);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
goto done;
}
if ((itemPtr != NULL) && (canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus)) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == 0) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr = NULL;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
if (itemPtr->typePtr->icursorProc != NULL) {
break;
}
}
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
goto done;
}
canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr = itemPtr;
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
break;
case CANV_GETTAGS:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
int i;
for (i = 0; i < itemPtr->numTags; i++) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (char *) itemPtr->tagPtr[i]);
}
}
break;
case CANV_ICURSOR: {
int index;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
if ((itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc == NULL)
|| (itemPtr->typePtr->icursorProc == NULL)) {
goto done;
}
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, (char *) objv[3],
&index);
} else {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
&index);
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
(*itemPtr->typePtr->icursorProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr,
index);
if ((itemPtr == canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr)
&& (canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn)) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
}
break;
}
case CANV_INDEX: {
int index;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId string");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
if (itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc != NULL) {
break;
}
}
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't find an indexable item \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\"", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, (char *) objv[3], &index);
} else {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index);
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
sprintf(buf, "%d", index);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
case CANV_INSERT: {
int beforeThis;
int x1,x2,y1,y2;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId beforeThis string");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
if ((itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc == NULL)
|| (itemPtr->typePtr->insertProc == NULL)) {
continue;
}
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, (char *) objv[3],
&beforeThis);
} else {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
&beforeThis);
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
/*
* Redraw both item's old and new areas: it's possible that an
* insertion could result in a new area either larger or smaller
* than the old area. Except if the insertProc sets the
* TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW flag, nothing more needs to be done.
*/
x1 = itemPtr->x1; y1 = itemPtr->y1;
x2 = itemPtr->x2; y2 = itemPtr->y2;
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
(*itemPtr->typePtr->insertProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, beforeThis, (char *) objv[4]);
} else {
(*itemPtr->typePtr->insertProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, beforeThis, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
}
if (!(itemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW)) {
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
x1, y1, x2, y2);
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~TK_ITEM_DONT_REDRAW;
}
break;
}
case CANV_ITEMCGET:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
result = Tk_ConfigureValue(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin,
itemPtr->typePtr->configSpecs, (char *) itemPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), 0);
}
break;
case CANV_ITEMCONFIGURE:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId ?option value ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
if (objc == 3) {
result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin,
itemPtr->typePtr->configSpecs, (char *) itemPtr,
NULL, 0);
} else if (objc == 4) {
result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin,
itemPtr->typePtr->configSpecs, (char *) itemPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), 0);
} else {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, objv+3,
TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
} else {
CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3);
result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3,
(Tcl_Obj **) args, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
if (args != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) args);
}
}
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
}
if ((result != TCL_OK) || (objc < 5)) {
break;
}
}
break;
case CANV_LOWER: {
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId ?belowThis?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
/*
* First find the item just after which we'll insert the named items.
*/
if (objc == 3) {
itemPtr = NULL;
} else {
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[3], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "tag \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
"\" doesn't match any items", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
itemPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
RelinkItems(canvasPtr, objv[2], itemPtr);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
result = RelinkItems(canvasPtr, objv[2], itemPtr, &searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
break;
}
case CANV_MOVE: {
double xAmount, yAmount;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId xAmount yAmount");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[3],
&xAmount) != TCL_OK) || (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[4], &yAmount) != TCL_OK)) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
(void) (*itemPtr->typePtr->translateProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, xAmount, yAmount);
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
}
break;
}
case CANV_POSTSCRIPT: {
CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv);
result = TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, objc, args);
if (args != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) args);
}
break;
}
case CANV_RAISE: {
Tk_Item *prevPtr;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 |
prevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
} else {
prevPtr = NULL;
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[3], &searchPtr, goto done) {
prevPtr = itemPtr;
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
| < < < | < < < < < < | < < | | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < | < | > | | | | | | | | 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 |
prevPtr = canvasPtr->lastItemPtr;
} else {
prevPtr = NULL;
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[3], &searchPtr, goto done) {
prevPtr = itemPtr;
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "tagOrId \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
"\" doesn't match any items", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
RelinkItems(canvasPtr, objv[2], prevPtr);
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
result = RelinkItems(canvasPtr, objv[2], prevPtr, &searchPtr);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
break;
}
case CANV_SCALE: {
double xOrigin, yOrigin, xScale, yScale;
if (objc != 7) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId xOrigin yOrigin xScale yScale");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
objv[3], &xOrigin) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
objv[4], &yOrigin) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[5], &xScale) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[6], &yScale) != TCL_OK)) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if ((xScale == 0.0) || (yScale == 0.0)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "scale factor cannot be zero", TCL_STATIC);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
(void) (*itemPtr->typePtr->scaleProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, xOrigin, yOrigin, xScale, yScale);
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
}
break;
}
case CANV_SCAN: {
int x, y, gain = 10;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"mark", "dragto", NULL
};
if (objc < 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "mark|dragto x y ?dragGain?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], optionStrings,
"scan option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if ((objc != 5) && (objc != 5+index)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, index?"x y ?gain?":"x y");
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)){
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if ((objc == 6) &&
(Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &gain) != TCL_OK)) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if (!index) {
canvasPtr->scanX = x;
canvasPtr->scanXOrigin = canvasPtr->xOrigin;
canvasPtr->scanY = y;
canvasPtr->scanYOrigin = canvasPtr->yOrigin;
} else {
int newXOrigin, newYOrigin, tmp;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 |
- canvasPtr->scrollY1;
newYOrigin = canvasPtr->scrollY1 + tmp;
CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, newXOrigin, newYOrigin);
}
break;
}
case CANV_SELECT: {
| < | | | | | < < > > | > > > > > > | | > > | | > > | | 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 |
- canvasPtr->scrollY1;
newYOrigin = canvasPtr->scrollY1 + tmp;
CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, newXOrigin, newYOrigin);
}
break;
}
case CANV_SELECT: {
int index, optionindex;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"adjust", "clear", "from", "item", "to", NULL
};
enum options {
CANV_ADJUST, CANV_CLEAR, CANV_FROM, CANV_ITEM, CANV_TO
};
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?tagOrId? ?arg?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (objc >= 4) {
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[3], &searchPtr, goto done) {
if ((itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc != NULL)
&& (itemPtr->typePtr->selectionProc != NULL)){
break;
}
}
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't find an indexable and selectable item \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "\"", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
}
if (objc == 5) {
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, (char *) objv[4],
&index);
} else {
result = itemPtr->typePtr->indexProc(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]),
&index);
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], optionStrings,
"select option", 0, &optionindex) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
switch ((enum options) optionindex) {
case CANV_ADJUST:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagOrId index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (index < (canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst
+ canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast)/2) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor =
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast + 1;
} else {
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor =
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst;
}
}
CanvasSelectTo(canvasPtr, itemPtr, index);
break;
case CANV_CLEAR:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != NULL) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr);
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr = NULL;
}
goto done;
break;
case CANV_FROM:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagOrId index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
canvasPtr->textInfo.anchorItemPtr = itemPtr;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor = index;
break;
case CANV_ITEM:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj(canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr->id));
}
break;
case CANV_TO:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tagOrId index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 |
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tag");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
| < | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | > | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | < < < | < < < > | < | < | | < < < < | < < < < | < > > | | 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 |
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tag");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[2], &searchPtr, goto done);
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, itemPtr->typePtr->name, TCL_STATIC);
}
break;
case CANV_XVIEW: {
int count, type;
int newX = 0; /* Initialization needed only to prevent
* gcc warnings. */
double fraction;
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, ScrollFractions(
canvasPtr->xOrigin + canvasPtr->inset,
canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin)
- canvasPtr->inset, canvasPtr->scrollX1,
canvasPtr->scrollX2));
} else {
CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv);
type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, objc, args, &fraction, &count);
if (args != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) args);
}
switch (type) {
case TK_SCROLL_ERROR:
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
newX = canvasPtr->scrollX1 - canvasPtr->inset
+ (int) (fraction * (canvasPtr->scrollX2
- canvasPtr->scrollX1) + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
newX = (int) (canvasPtr->xOrigin + count * .9
* (Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin) - 2*canvasPtr->inset));
break;
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
if (canvasPtr->xScrollIncrement > 0) {
newX = canvasPtr->xOrigin
+ count*canvasPtr->xScrollIncrement;
} else {
newX = (int) (canvasPtr->xOrigin + count * .1
* (Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin)
- 2*canvasPtr->inset));
}
break;
}
CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, newX, canvasPtr->yOrigin);
}
break;
}
case CANV_YVIEW: {
int count, type;
int newY = 0; /* Initialization needed only to prevent
* gcc warnings. */
double fraction;
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, ScrollFractions(
canvasPtr->yOrigin + canvasPtr->inset,
canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin)
- canvasPtr->inset,
canvasPtr->scrollY1, canvasPtr->scrollY2));
} else {
CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv);
type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, objc, args, &fraction, &count);
if (args != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) args);
}
switch (type) {
case TK_SCROLL_ERROR:
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
newY = canvasPtr->scrollY1 - canvasPtr->inset
+ (int) (fraction*(canvasPtr->scrollY2
- canvasPtr->scrollY1) + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
newY = (int) (canvasPtr->yOrigin + count * .9
* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin)
- 2*canvasPtr->inset));
break;
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
if (canvasPtr->yScrollIncrement > 0) {
newY = canvasPtr->yOrigin
+ count*canvasPtr->yScrollIncrement;
} else {
newY = (int) (canvasPtr->yOrigin + count * .1
* (Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin)
- 2*canvasPtr->inset));
}
break;
}
CanvasSetOrigin(canvasPtr, canvasPtr->xOrigin, newY);
}
break;
}
}
done:
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearchDestroy(searchPtr);
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
Tcl_Release((ClientData) canvasPtr);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyCanvas --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 | * Everything associated with the canvas is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyCanvas( | | | > > > | | | > > | | 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 |
* Everything associated with the canvas is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyCanvas(
char *memPtr) /* Info about canvas widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) memPtr;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearchExpr *expr, *next;
#endif
/*
* Free up all of the items in the canvas.
*/
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr) {
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr;
(*itemPtr->typePtr->deleteProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr,
canvasPtr->display);
if (itemPtr->tagPtr != itemPtr->staticTagSpace) {
ckfree((char *) itemPtr->tagPtr);
}
ckfree((char *) itemPtr);
}
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&canvasPtr->idTable);
if (canvasPtr->pixmapGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(canvasPtr->display, canvasPtr->pixmapGC);
}
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
while (expr) {
next = expr->next;
TagSearchExprDestroy(expr);
expr = next;
}
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
if (canvasPtr->bindingTable != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteBindingTable(canvasPtr->bindingTable);
}
Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) canvasPtr, canvasPtr->display, 0);
canvasPtr->tkwin = NULL;
ckfree((char *) canvasPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureCanvas --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 |
static int
ConfigureCanvas(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */
| | | | 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 |
static int
ConfigureCanvas(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC;
Tk_State old_canvas_state=canvasPtr->canvas_state;
if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
objc, (CONST char **) objv, (char *) canvasPtr,
flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* A few options need special processing, such as setting the background
* from a 3-D border and creating a GC for copying bits to the screen.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 |
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(canvasPtr->interp);
}
}
}
}
| | | 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 |
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(canvasPtr->interp);
}
}
}
}
/*
* Reset the desired dimensions for the window.
*/
Tk_GeometryRequest(canvasPtr->tkwin, canvasPtr->width + 2*canvasPtr->inset,
canvasPtr->height + 2*canvasPtr->inset);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 |
canvasPtr->scrollX1 = 0;
canvasPtr->scrollY1 = 0;
canvasPtr->scrollX2 = 0;
canvasPtr->scrollY2 = 0;
if (canvasPtr->regionString != NULL) {
int argc2;
| | | | < | | | | 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 |
canvasPtr->scrollX1 = 0;
canvasPtr->scrollY1 = 0;
canvasPtr->scrollX2 = 0;
canvasPtr->scrollY2 = 0;
if (canvasPtr->regionString != NULL) {
int argc2;
CONST char **argv2;
if (Tcl_SplitList(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->regionString,
&argc2, &argv2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (argc2 != 4) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad scrollRegion \"",
canvasPtr->regionString, "\"", NULL);
badRegion:
ckfree(canvasPtr->regionString);
ckfree((char *) argv2);
canvasPtr->regionString = NULL;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tk_GetPixels(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin,
argv2[0], &canvasPtr->scrollX1) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_GetPixels(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin,
argv2[1], &canvasPtr->scrollY1) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_GetPixels(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin,
argv2[2], &canvasPtr->scrollX2) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_GetPixels(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin,
argv2[3], &canvasPtr->scrollY2) != TCL_OK)) {
goto badRegion;
}
ckfree((char *) argv2);
}
flags = canvasPtr->tsoffset.flags;
if (flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
canvasPtr->tsoffset.xoffset = 0;
} else if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
canvasPtr->tsoffset.xoffset = canvasPtr->width/2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 |
canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
| | | | > > > | > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 |
canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasWorldChanged --
*
* This function is called when the world has changed in some way and the
* widget needs to recompute all its graphics contexts and determine its
* new geometry.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Configures all items in the canvas with a empty argc/argv, for the
* side effect of causing all the items to recompute their geometry and
* to be redisplayed.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
int result;
canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) instanceData;
itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
for ( ; itemPtr != NULL; itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(canvasPtr->interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, 0, NULL,
TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(canvasPtr->interp);
}
}
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
canvasPtr->xOrigin, canvasPtr->yOrigin,
canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin),
canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin));
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DisplayCanvas --
*
* This function redraws the contents of a canvas window. It is invoked
* as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's nothing else
* for the application to do.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Information appears on the screen.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayCanvas(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
int screenX1, screenX2, screenY1, screenY2, width, height;
if (canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 |
/*
* Choose a new current item if that is needed (this could cause event
* handlers to be invoked).
*/
while (canvasPtr->flags & REPICK_NEEDED) {
| | | | | < | 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 |
/*
* Choose a new current item if that is needed (this could cause event
* handlers to be invoked).
*/
while (canvasPtr->flags & REPICK_NEEDED) {
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) canvasPtr);
canvasPtr->flags &= ~REPICK_NEEDED;
PickCurrentItem(canvasPtr, &canvasPtr->pickEvent);
tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
Tcl_Release((ClientData) canvasPtr);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
}
/*
* Scan through the item list, registering the bounding box for all items
* that didn't do that for the final coordinates yet. This can be
* determined by the FORCE_REDRAW flag.
*/
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
if (itemPtr->redraw_flags & FORCE_REDRAW) {
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas)canvasPtr, itemPtr);
itemPtr->redraw_flags &= ~FORCE_REDRAW;
}
}
/*
* Compute the intersection between the area that needs redrawing and the
* area that's visible on the screen.
*/
if ((canvasPtr->redrawX1 < canvasPtr->redrawX2)
&& (canvasPtr->redrawY1 < canvasPtr->redrawY2)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 |
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((itemPtr->x1 >= screenX2)
|| (itemPtr->y1 >= screenY2)
|| (itemPtr->x2 < screenX1)
|| (itemPtr->y2 < screenY1)) {
| | | | > | | 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 |
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((itemPtr->x1 >= screenX2)
|| (itemPtr->y1 >= screenY2)
|| (itemPtr->x2 < screenX1)
|| (itemPtr->y2 < screenY1)) {
if (!(itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & 1)
|| (itemPtr->x1 >= canvasPtr->redrawX2)
|| (itemPtr->y1 >= canvasPtr->redrawY2)
|| (itemPtr->x2 < canvasPtr->redrawX1)
|| (itemPtr->y2 < canvasPtr->redrawY1)) {
continue;
}
}
if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN ||
(itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL &&
canvasPtr->canvas_state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
continue;
}
(*itemPtr->typePtr->displayProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr,
canvasPtr->display, pixmap, screenX1, screenY1, width,
height);
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
* Copy from the temporary pixmap to the screen, then free up the
* temporary pixmap.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 |
canvasPtr->redrawY1 = canvasPtr->redrawY2 = 0;
if (canvasPtr->flags & UPDATE_SCROLLBARS) {
CanvasUpdateScrollbars(canvasPtr);
}
}
/*
| | | | | | | 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 |
canvasPtr->redrawY1 = canvasPtr->redrawY2 = 0;
if (canvasPtr->flags & UPDATE_SCROLLBARS) {
CanvasUpdateScrollbars(canvasPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasEventProc --
*
* This function is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on
* canvases.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* When the window gets deleted, internal structures get cleaned up.
* When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
int x, y;
x = eventPtr->xexpose.x + canvasPtr->xOrigin;
y = eventPtr->xexpose.y + canvasPtr->yOrigin;
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, x, y,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 |
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (canvasPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
canvasPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(canvasPtr->interp,
canvasPtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
| | > | | 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 |
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (canvasPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
canvasPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(canvasPtr->interp,
canvasPtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayCanvas, (ClientData) canvasPtr);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) canvasPtr,
(Tcl_FreeProc *) DestroyCanvas);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
canvasPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBARS;
/*
* The call below is needed in order to recenter the canvas if it's
* confined and its scroll region is smaller than the window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 |
* Special hack: if the canvas is unmapped, then must notify all items
* with "alwaysRedraw" set, so that they know that they are no longer
* displayed.
*/
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
| | > | | 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 |
* Special hack: if the canvas is unmapped, then must notify all items
* with "alwaysRedraw" set, so that they know that they are no longer
* displayed.
*/
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
if (itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & 1) {
(*itemPtr->typePtr->displayProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, canvasPtr->display, None, 0, 0, 0, 0);
}
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | | | | 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
* widget.
*/
if (tkwin != NULL) {
canvasPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw --
*
* Arrange for part or all of a canvas widget to redrawn at some
* convenient time in the future.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The screen will eventually be refreshed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about widget. */
int x1, int y1, /* Upper left corner of area to redraw. Pixels
* on edge are redrawn. */
int x2, int y2) /* Lower right corner of area to redraw.
* Pixels on edge are not redrawn. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
/*
* If tkwin is NULL, the canvas has been destroyed, so we can't really
* redraw it.
*/
if (canvasPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 |
canvasPtr->redrawX1 = x1;
canvasPtr->redrawY1 = y1;
canvasPtr->redrawX2 = x2;
canvasPtr->redrawY2 = y2;
canvasPtr->flags |= BBOX_NOT_EMPTY;
}
if (!(canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | | | | < | < < | | | | 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 |
canvasPtr->redrawX1 = x1;
canvasPtr->redrawY1 = y1;
canvasPtr->redrawX2 = x2;
canvasPtr->redrawY2 = y2;
canvasPtr->flags |= BBOX_NOT_EMPTY;
}
if (!(canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayCanvas, (ClientData) canvasPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EventuallyRedrawItem --
*
* Arrange for part or all of a canvas widget to redrawn at some
* convenient time in the future.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The screen will eventually be refreshed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EventuallyRedrawItem(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr) /* Item to be redrawn. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas;
if ((itemPtr->x1 >= itemPtr->x2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= itemPtr->y2) ||
(itemPtr->x2 < canvasPtr->xOrigin) ||
(itemPtr->y2 < canvasPtr->yOrigin) ||
(itemPtr->x1 >= canvasPtr->xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin)) ||
(itemPtr->y1 >= canvasPtr->yOrigin + Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin))) {
if (!(itemPtr->typePtr->alwaysRedraw & 1)) {
return;
}
}
if (!(itemPtr->redraw_flags & FORCE_REDRAW)) {
if (canvasPtr->flags & BBOX_NOT_EMPTY) {
if (itemPtr->x1 <= canvasPtr->redrawX1) {
canvasPtr->redrawX1 = itemPtr->x1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 |
canvasPtr->redrawX2 = itemPtr->x2;
canvasPtr->redrawY2 = itemPtr->y2;
canvasPtr->flags |= BBOX_NOT_EMPTY;
}
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= FORCE_REDRAW;
}
if (!(canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | | | 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 |
canvasPtr->redrawX2 = itemPtr->x2;
canvasPtr->redrawY2 = itemPtr->y2;
canvasPtr->flags |= BBOX_NOT_EMPTY;
}
itemPtr->redraw_flags |= FORCE_REDRAW;
}
if (!(canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayCanvas, (ClientData) canvasPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateItemType --
*
* This function may be invoked to add a new kind of canvas element to
* the core item types supported by Tk.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* From now on, the new item type will be useable in canvas widgets
* (e.g. typePtr->name can be used as the item type in "create" widget
* commands). If there was already a type with the same name as in
* typePtr, it is replaced with the new type.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_CreateItemType(
Tk_ItemType *typePtr) /* Information about item type; storage must
* be statically allocated (must live
* forever). */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 |
tkOvalType.nextPtr = &tkBitmapType;
tkBitmapType.nextPtr = &tkArcType;
tkArcType.nextPtr = &tkWindowType;
tkWindowType.nextPtr = NULL;
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&typeListMutex);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetStaticUids --
*
* This function is invoked to return a structure filled with the Uids
* used when doing tag searching. If it was never before called in the
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 |
tkOvalType.nextPtr = &tkBitmapType;
tkBitmapType.nextPtr = &tkArcType;
tkArcType.nextPtr = &tkWindowType;
tkWindowType.nextPtr = NULL;
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&typeListMutex);
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* StartTagSearch --
*
* This function is called to initiate an enumeration of all items in a
* given canvas that contain a given tag.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to the first item in canvasPtr that
* matches tag, or NULL if there is no such item. The information at
* *searchPtr is initialized such that successive calls to NextItem will
* return successive items that match tag.
*
* Side effects:
* SearchPtr is linked into a list of searches in progress on canvasPtr,
* so that elements can safely be deleted while the search is in
* progress. EndTagSearch must be called at the end of the search to
* unlink searchPtr from this list.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tk_Item *
StartTagSearch(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
Tcl_Obj *tagObj, /* Object giving tag value. */
TagSearch *searchPtr) /* Record describing tag search; will be
* initialized here. */
{
int id;
Tk_Item *itemPtr, *lastPtr;
Tk_Uid *tagPtr;
Tk_Uid uid;
char *tag = Tcl_GetString(tagObj);
int count;
TkWindow *tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
tkwin = (TkWindow *) canvasPtr->tkwin;
dispPtr = tkwin->dispPtr;
/*
* Initialize the search.
*/
searchPtr->canvasPtr = canvasPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 0;
/*
* Find the first matching item in one of several ways. If the tag is a
* number then it selects the single item with the matching identifier.
* In this case see if the item being requested is the hot item, in which
* case the search can be skipped.
*/
if (isdigit(UCHAR(*tag))) {
char *end;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
dispPtr->numIdSearches++;
id = strtoul(tag, &end, 0);
if (*end == 0) {
itemPtr = canvasPtr->hotPtr;
lastPtr = canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr;
if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (itemPtr->id != id) || (lastPtr == NULL)
|| (lastPtr->nextPtr != itemPtr)) {
dispPtr->numSlowSearches++;
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&canvasPtr->idTable, (char *) id);
if (entryPtr != NULL) {
itemPtr = (Tk_Item *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
lastPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
} else {
lastPtr = itemPtr = NULL;
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
canvasPtr->hotPtr = itemPtr;
canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr = lastPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
searchPtr->tag = uid = Tk_GetUid(tag);
if (uid == Tk_GetUid("all")) {
/*
* All items match.
*/
searchPtr->tag = NULL;
searchPtr->lastPtr = NULL;
searchPtr->currentPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
return canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
}
/*
* None of the above. Search for an item with a matching tag.
*/
for (lastPtr = NULL, itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* NextItem --
*
* This function returns successive items that match a given tag; it
* should be called only after StartTagSearch has been used to begin a
* search.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to the next item that matches the tag
* specified to StartTagSearch, or NULL if no such item exists.
* *SearchPtr is updated so that the next call to this function will
* return the next item.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tk_Item *
NextItem(
TagSearch *searchPtr) /* Record describing search in progress. */
{
Tk_Item *itemPtr, *lastPtr;
int count;
Tk_Uid uid;
Tk_Uid *tagPtr;
/*
* Find next item in list (this may not actually be a suitable one to
* return), and return if there are no items left.
*/
lastPtr = searchPtr->lastPtr;
if (lastPtr == NULL) {
itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
} else {
itemPtr = lastPtr->nextPtr;
}
if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (searchPtr->searchOver)) {
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
if (itemPtr != searchPtr->currentPtr) {
/*
* The structure of the list has changed. Probably the previously-
* returned item was removed from the list. In this case, don't
* advance lastPtr; just return its new successor (i.e. do nothing
* here).
*/
} else {
lastPtr = itemPtr;
itemPtr = lastPtr->nextPtr;
}
/*
* Handle special case of "all" search by returning next item.
*/
uid = searchPtr->tag;
if (uid == NULL) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
/*
* Look for an item with a particular tag.
*/
for ( ; itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
#else /* !USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetStaticUids --
*
* This function is invoked to return a structure filled with the Uids
* used when doing tag searching. If it was never before called in the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TagSearchExprInit(
TagSearchExpr **exprPtrPtr)
{
| | | | | 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TagSearchExprInit(
TagSearchExpr **exprPtrPtr)
{
TagSearchExpr* expr = *exprPtrPtr;
if (! expr) {
expr = (TagSearchExpr *) ckalloc(sizeof(TagSearchExpr));
expr->allocated = 0;
expr->uids = NULL;
expr->next = NULL;
}
expr->uid = NULL;
expr->index = 0;
expr->length = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TagSearchExprDestroy(
TagSearchExpr *expr)
{
| | | | | 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TagSearchExprDestroy(
TagSearchExpr *expr)
{
if (expr) {
if (expr->uids) {
ckfree((char *)expr->uids);
}
ckfree((char *)expr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TagSearchScan --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 |
static int
TagSearchScan(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
Tcl_Obj *tagObj, /* Object giving tag value. */
TagSearch **searchPtrPtr) /* Record describing tag search; will be
* initialized here. */
{
| | | | | | | | | 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 |
static int
TagSearchScan(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
Tcl_Obj *tagObj, /* Object giving tag value. */
TagSearch **searchPtrPtr) /* Record describing tag search; will be
* initialized here. */
{
char *tag = Tcl_GetString(tagObj);
int i;
TagSearch *searchPtr;
/*
* Initialize the search.
*/
if (*searchPtrPtr) {
searchPtr = *searchPtrPtr;
} else {
/*
* Allocate primary search struct on first call.
*/
*searchPtrPtr = searchPtr = (TagSearch *) ckalloc(sizeof(TagSearch));
searchPtr->expr = NULL;
/*
* Allocate buffer for rewritten tags (after de-escaping).
*/
searchPtr->rewritebufferAllocated = 100;
searchPtr->rewritebuffer = ckalloc(searchPtr->rewritebufferAllocated);
}
TagSearchExprInit(&(searchPtr->expr));
/*
* How long is the tagOrId?
*/
searchPtr->stringLength = strlen(tag);
/*
* Make sure there is enough buffer to hold rewritten tags.
*/
if ((unsigned int)searchPtr->stringLength >=
searchPtr->rewritebufferAllocated) {
searchPtr->rewritebufferAllocated = searchPtr->stringLength + 100;
searchPtr->rewritebuffer =
ckrealloc(searchPtr->rewritebuffer,
searchPtr->rewritebufferAllocated);
}
/*
* Initialize search.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 |
}
/*
* For all other tags and tag expressions convert to a UID. This UID is
* kept forever, but this should be thought of as a cache rather than as a
* memory leak.
*/
| < | | | 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 |
}
/*
* For all other tags and tag expressions convert to a UID. This UID is
* kept forever, but this should be thought of as a cache rather than as a
* memory leak.
*/
searchPtr->expr->uid = Tk_GetUid(tag);
/*
* Short circuit impossible searches for null tags.
*/
if (searchPtr->stringLength == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Pre-scan tag for at least one unquoted "&&" "||" "^" "!"
* if not found then use string as simple tag
*/
for (i = 0; i < searchPtr->stringLength ; i++) {
if (tag[i] == '"') {
i++;
for ( ; i < searchPtr->stringLength; i++) {
if (tag[i] == '\\') {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 | * Deallocates memory. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TagSearchDestroy( | | | | | 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 |
* Deallocates memory.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TagSearchDestroy(
TagSearch *searchPtr) /* Record describing tag search */
{
if (searchPtr) {
TagSearchExprDestroy(searchPtr->expr);
ckfree((char *)searchPtr->rewritebuffer);
ckfree((char *)searchPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TagSearchScanExpr --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TagSearchScanExpr(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
| | | | | | | | | > | | > > | | | | < | | | | | | < | | | | < < | | | | < | | | 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TagSearchScanExpr(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
TagSearch *searchPtr, /* Search data */
TagSearchExpr *expr) /* compiled expression result */
{
int looking_for_tag; /* When true, scanner expects next char(s) to
* be a tag, else operand expected */
int found_tag; /* One or more tags found */
int found_endquote; /* For quoted tag string parsing */
int negate_result; /* Pending negation of next tag value */
char *tag; /* Tag from tag expression string */
char c;
SearchUids *searchUids; /* Collection of uids for basic search
* expression terms. */
searchUids = GetStaticUids();
negate_result = 0;
found_tag = 0;
looking_for_tag = 1;
while (searchPtr->stringIndex < searchPtr->stringLength) {
c = searchPtr->string[searchPtr->stringIndex++];
/*
* Need two slots free at this point, not one. [Bug 2931374]
*/
if (expr->index >= expr->allocated-1) {
expr->allocated += 15;
if (expr->uids) {
expr->uids = (Tk_Uid *)
ckrealloc((char *)(expr->uids),
(expr->allocated)*sizeof(Tk_Uid));
} else {
expr->uids = (Tk_Uid *)
ckalloc((expr->allocated)*sizeof(Tk_Uid));
}
}
if (looking_for_tag) {
switch (c) {
case ' ': /* ignore unquoted whitespace */
case '\t':
case '\n':
case '\r':
break;
case '!': /* negate next tag or subexpr */
if (looking_for_tag > 1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Too many '!' in tag search expression",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
looking_for_tag++;
negate_result = 1;
break;
case '(': /* scan (negated) subexpr recursively */
if (negate_result) {
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->negparenUid;
negate_result = 0;
} else {
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->parenUid;
}
if (TagSearchScanExpr(interp, searchPtr, expr) != TCL_OK) {
/*
* Result string should be already set by nested call to
* tag_expr_scan()
*/
return TCL_ERROR;
}
looking_for_tag = 0;
found_tag = 1;
break;
case '"': /* quoted tag string */
if (negate_result) {
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->negtagvalUid;
negate_result = 0;
} else {
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->tagvalUid;
}
tag = searchPtr->rewritebuffer;
found_endquote = 0;
while (searchPtr->stringIndex < searchPtr->stringLength) {
c = searchPtr->string[searchPtr->stringIndex++];
if (c == '\\') {
c = searchPtr->string[searchPtr->stringIndex++];
}
if (c == '"') {
found_endquote = 1;
break;
}
*tag++ = c;
}
if (! found_endquote) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Missing endquote in tag search expression",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (! (tag - searchPtr->rewritebuffer)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Null quoted tag string in tag search expression",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*tag++ = '\0';
expr->uids[expr->index++] =
Tk_GetUid(searchPtr->rewritebuffer);
looking_for_tag = 0;
found_tag = 1;
break;
case '&': /* illegal chars when looking for tag */
case '|':
case '^':
case ')':
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Unexpected operator in tag search expression",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
default: /* unquoted tag string */
if (negate_result) {
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->negtagvalUid;
negate_result = 0;
} else {
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->tagvalUid;
}
tag = searchPtr->rewritebuffer;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 | *++tag = '\0'; expr->uids[expr->index++] = Tk_GetUid(searchPtr->rewritebuffer); looking_for_tag = 0; found_tag = 1; } | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | < < | < | < | 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 |
*++tag = '\0';
expr->uids[expr->index++] =
Tk_GetUid(searchPtr->rewritebuffer);
looking_for_tag = 0;
found_tag = 1;
}
} else { /* ! looking_for_tag */
switch (c) {
case ' ': /* ignore whitespace */
case '\t':
case '\n':
case '\r':
break;
case '&': /* AND operator */
c = searchPtr->string[searchPtr->stringIndex++];
if (c != '&') {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Singleton '&' in tag search expression",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->andUid;
looking_for_tag = 1;
break;
case '|': /* OR operator */
c = searchPtr->string[searchPtr->stringIndex++];
if (c != '|') {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Singleton '|' in tag search expression",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->orUid;
looking_for_tag = 1;
break;
case '^' : /* XOR operator */
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->xorUid;
looking_for_tag = 1;
break;
case ')' : /* end subexpression */
expr->uids[expr->index++] = searchUids->endparenUid;
goto breakwhile;
default: /* syntax error */
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Invalid boolean operator in tag search expression",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
breakwhile:
if (found_tag && ! looking_for_tag) {
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Missing tag in tag search expression", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TagSearchEvalExpr --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 |
int count;
int result; /* Value of expr so far */
int parendepth;
SearchUids *searchUids; /* Collection of uids for basic search
* expression terms. */
searchUids = GetStaticUids();
| | | | | | | | > > > > | | 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 |
int count;
int result; /* Value of expr so far */
int parendepth;
SearchUids *searchUids; /* Collection of uids for basic search
* expression terms. */
searchUids = GetStaticUids();
result = 0; /* just to keep the compiler quiet */
negate_result = 0;
looking_for_tag = 1;
while (expr->index < expr->length) {
uid = expr->uids[expr->index++];
if (looking_for_tag) {
if (uid == searchUids->tagvalUid) {
/*
* assert(expr->index < expr->length);
*/
uid = expr->uids[expr->index++];
result = 0;
/*
* set result 1 if tag is found in item's tags
*/
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
result = 1;
break;
}
}
} else if (uid == searchUids->negtagvalUid) {
negate_result = ! negate_result;
/*
* assert(expr->index < expr->length);
*/
uid = expr->uids[expr->index++];
result = 0;
/*
* set result 1 if tag is found in item's tags
*/
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
result = 1;
break;
}
}
} else if (uid == searchUids->parenUid) {
/*
* Evaluate subexpressions with recursion
*/
result = TagSearchEvalExpr(expr, itemPtr);
} else if (uid == searchUids->negparenUid) {
negate_result = ! negate_result;
/*
* Evaluate subexpressions with recursion
*/
result = TagSearchEvalExpr(expr, itemPtr);
/*
* } else {
* assert(0);
*/
}
if (negate_result) {
result = ! result;
negate_result = 0;
}
looking_for_tag = 0;
} else { /* ! looking_for_tag */
if (((uid == searchUids->andUid) && (!result)) ||
((uid == searchUids->orUid) && result)) {
/*
* Short circuit expression evaluation.
*
* if result before && is 0, or result before || is 1, then
* the expression is decided and no further evaluation is
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 |
* If the previous result was 1 then negate the next result.
*/
negate_result = result;
} else if (uid == searchUids->endparenUid) {
return result;
}
looking_for_tag = 1;
}
}
/*
| > > > > | | 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 |
* If the previous result was 1 then negate the next result.
*/
negate_result = result;
} else if (uid == searchUids->endparenUid) {
return result;
/*
* } else {
* assert(0);
*/
}
looking_for_tag = 1;
}
}
/*
* assert(! looking_for_tag);
*/
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->hotPtr;
lastPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr;
if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (itemPtr->id != searchPtr->id)
|| (lastPtr == NULL) || (lastPtr->nextPtr != itemPtr)) {
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&searchPtr->canvasPtr->idTable,
| | | 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->hotPtr;
lastPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->hotPrevPtr;
if ((itemPtr == NULL) || (itemPtr->id != searchPtr->id)
|| (lastPtr == NULL) || (lastPtr->nextPtr != itemPtr)) {
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&searchPtr->canvasPtr->idTable,
(char *) INT2PTR(searchPtr->id));
if (entryPtr != NULL) {
itemPtr = (Tk_Item *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
lastPtr = itemPtr->prevPtr;
} else {
lastPtr = itemPtr = NULL;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 |
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_TAG) {
/*
* Optimized single-tag search
*/
uid = searchPtr->expr->uid;
for (lastPtr = NULL, itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
| | | > | 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 |
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_TAG) {
/*
* Optimized single-tag search
*/
uid = searchPtr->expr->uid;
for (lastPtr = NULL, itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
}
} else {
/*
* None of the above. Search for an item matching the tag expression.
*/
for (lastPtr = NULL, itemPtr = searchPtr->canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
searchPtr->expr->index = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 |
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_TAG) {
/*
* Optimized single-tag search
*/
uid = searchPtr->expr->uid;
for (; itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
| | | 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 |
if (searchPtr->type == SEARCH_TYPE_TAG) {
/*
* Optimized single-tag search
*/
uid = searchPtr->expr->uid;
for (; itemPtr != NULL; lastPtr = itemPtr, itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtr == uid) {
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->currentPtr = itemPtr;
return itemPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 |
return itemPtr;
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DoItem --
*
* This is a utility function called by FindItems. It either adds
| > | | | | | > | > > | | > | | 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 |
return itemPtr;
}
}
searchPtr->lastPtr = lastPtr;
searchPtr->searchOver = 1;
return NULL;
}
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DoItem --
*
* This is a utility function called by FindItems. It either adds
* itemPtr's id to the result forming in interp, or it adds a new tag to
* itemPtr, depending on the value of tag.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* If tag is NULL then itemPtr's id is added as a list element to the
* interp's result; otherwise tag is added to itemPtr's list of tags.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DoItem(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which to (possibly) record
* item id. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to (possibly) modify. */
Tk_Uid tag) /* Tag to add to those already present for
* item, or NULL. */
{
Tk_Uid *tagPtr;
int count;
/*
* Handle the "add-to-result" case and return, if appropriate.
*/
if (tag == NULL) {
char msg[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(msg, "%d", itemPtr->id);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, msg);
return;
}
for (tagPtr = itemPtr->tagPtr, count = itemPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtr++, count--) {
if (tag == *tagPtr) {
return;
}
}
/*
* Grow the tag space if there's no more room left in the current block.
*/
if (itemPtr->tagSpace == itemPtr->numTags) {
Tk_Uid *newTagPtr;
itemPtr->tagSpace += 5;
newTagPtr = (Tk_Uid *)
ckalloc((unsigned) (itemPtr->tagSpace * sizeof(Tk_Uid)));
memcpy((void *) newTagPtr, itemPtr->tagPtr,
itemPtr->numTags * sizeof(Tk_Uid));
if (itemPtr->tagPtr != itemPtr->staticTagSpace) {
ckfree((char *) itemPtr->tagPtr);
}
itemPtr->tagPtr = newTagPtr;
tagPtr = &itemPtr->tagPtr[itemPtr->numTags];
}
/*
* Add in the new tag.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 |
static int
FindItems(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
int objc, /* Number of entries in argv. Must be greater
* than zero. */
| | > > > > > < | | 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 |
static int
FindItems(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
int objc, /* Number of entries in argv. Must be greater
* than zero. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv, /* Arguments that describe what items to
* search for (see user doc on "find" and
* "addtag" options). */
Tcl_Obj *newTag, /* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all
* found items; if NULL, then ids of found
* items are returned in the interp's
* result. */
int first /* For error messages: gives number of
* elements of objv which are already
* handled. */
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
,TagSearch **searchPtrPtr /* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars*/
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
)
{
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearch search;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Tk_Uid uid;
int index, result;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"above", "all", "below", "closest",
"enclosed", "overlapping", "withtag", NULL
};
enum options {
CANV_ABOVE, CANV_ALL, CANV_BELOW, CANV_CLOSEST,
CANV_ENCLOSED, CANV_OVERLAPPING, CANV_WITHTAG
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[first+1], searchPtrPtr,
return TCL_ERROR) {
lastPtr = itemPtr;
}
if ((lastPtr != NULL) && (lastPtr->nextPtr != NULL)) {
| < | < < | < > | < | < > | < | | | | < | > | 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[first+1], searchPtrPtr,
return TCL_ERROR) {
lastPtr = itemPtr;
}
if ((lastPtr != NULL) && (lastPtr->nextPtr != NULL)) {
DoItem(interp, lastPtr->nextPtr, uid);
}
break;
}
case CANV_ALL:
if (objc != first+1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, first+1, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
DoItem(interp, itemPtr, uid);
}
break;
case CANV_BELOW:
if (objc != first+2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, first+1, objv, "tagOrId");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
FIRST_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[first+1], searchPtrPtr,
return TCL_ERROR);
if (itemPtr != NULL) {
if (itemPtr->prevPtr != NULL) {
DoItem(interp, itemPtr->prevPtr, uid);
}
}
break;
case CANV_CLOSEST: {
double closestDist;
Tk_Item *startPtr, *closestPtr;
double coords[2], halo;
int x1, y1, x2, y2;
if ((objc < first+3) || (objc > first+5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, first+1, objv, "x y ?halo? ?start?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[first+1],
&coords[0]) != TCL_OK) || (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[first+2], &coords[1]) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc > first+3) {
if (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[first+3],
&halo) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (halo < 0.0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't have negative halo value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
halo = 0.0;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 |
(itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL &&
canvasPtr->canvas_state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN))) {
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr;
}
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
| > > > | > | 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 |
(itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL &&
canvasPtr->canvas_state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN))) {
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr;
}
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
closestDist = (*itemPtr->typePtr->pointProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, coords) - halo;
if (closestDist < 0.0) {
closestDist = 0.0;
}
while (1) {
double newDist;
/*
* Update the bounding box using itemPtr, which is the new closest
* item.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 |
while (1) {
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr;
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
}
if (itemPtr == startPtr) {
| < | < > > > | > | 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 |
while (1) {
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr;
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
}
if (itemPtr == startPtr) {
DoItem(interp, closestPtr, uid);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN ||
(itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL &&
canvasPtr->canvas_state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
continue;
}
if ((itemPtr->x1 >= x2) || (itemPtr->x2 <= x1)
|| (itemPtr->y1 >= y2) || (itemPtr->y2 <= y1)) {
continue;
}
newDist = (*itemPtr->typePtr->pointProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, coords) - halo;
if (newDist < 0.0) {
newDist = 0.0;
}
if (newDist <= closestDist) {
closestDist = newDist;
break;
}
}
}
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 |
}
return FindArea(interp, canvasPtr, objv+first+1, uid, 0);
case CANV_WITHTAG:
if (objc != first+2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, first+1, objv, "tagOrId");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| < | | < < < < < | 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 |
}
return FindArea(interp, canvasPtr, objv+first+1, uid, 0);
case CANV_WITHTAG:
if (objc != first+2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, first+1, objv, "tagOrId");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
FOR_EVERY_CANVAS_ITEM_MATCHING(objv[first+1], searchPtrPtr,
return TCL_ERROR) {
DoItem(interp, itemPtr, uid);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 |
*/
static int
FindArea(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting and result
* storing. */
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
| | < | | | | | | | < | < | > | | < | 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 |
*/
static int
FindArea(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting and result
* storing. */
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv, /* Array of four arguments that give the
* coordinates of the rectangular area to
* search. */
Tk_Uid uid, /* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all
* found items; if NULL, then ids of found
* items are returned in the interp's
* result. */
int enclosed) /* 0 means overlapping or enclosed items are
* OK, 1 means only enclosed items are OK. */
{
double rect[4], tmp;
int x1, y1, x2, y2;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
if ((Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[0],
&rect[0]) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[1],
&rect[1]) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[2],
&rect[2]) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, objv[3],
&rect[3]) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (rect[0] > rect[2]) {
tmp = rect[0]; rect[0] = rect[2]; rect[2] = tmp;
}
if (rect[1] > rect[3]) {
tmp = rect[1]; rect[1] = rect[3]; rect[3] = tmp;
}
/*
* Use an integer bounding box for a quick test, to avoid calling
* item-specific code except for items that are close.
*/
x1 = (int) (rect[0]-1.0);
y1 = (int) (rect[1]-1.0);
x2 = (int) (rect[2]+1.0);
y2 = (int) (rect[3]+1.0);
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL &&
canvasPtr->canvas_state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) {
continue;
}
if ((itemPtr->x1 >= x2) || (itemPtr->x2 <= x1)
|| (itemPtr->y1 >= y2) || (itemPtr->y2 <= y1)) {
continue;
}
if ((*itemPtr->typePtr->areaProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, rect)
>= enclosed) {
DoItem(interp, itemPtr, uid);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* RelinkItems --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 |
* The items identified by "tag" are moved so that they are all together
* in the display list and immediately after prevPtr. The order of the
* moved items relative to each other is not changed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
RelinkItems(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas to be modified. */
Tcl_Obj *tag, /* Tag identifying items to be moved in the
* redisplay list. */
Tk_Item *prevPtr, /* Reposition the items so that they go just
* after this item (NULL means put at
* beginning of list). */
TagSearch **searchPtrPtr) /* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars */
{
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
Tk_Item *firstMovePtr, *lastMovePtr;
int result;
/*
* Find all of the items to be moved and remove them from the list, making
* an auxiliary list running from firstMovePtr to lastMovePtr. Record
* their areas for redisplay.
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 |
* The items identified by "tag" are moved so that they are all together
* in the display list and immediately after prevPtr. The order of the
* moved items relative to each other is not changed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
static void
RelinkItems(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas to be modified. */
Tcl_Obj *tag, /* Tag identifying items to be moved in the
* redisplay list. */
Tk_Item *prevPtr) /* Reposition the items so that they go just
* after this item (NULL means put at
* beginning of list). */
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
static int
RelinkItems(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas to be modified. */
Tcl_Obj *tag, /* Tag identifying items to be moved in the
* redisplay list. */
Tk_Item *prevPtr, /* Reposition the items so that they go just
* after this item (NULL means put at
* beginning of list). */
TagSearch **searchPtrPtr) /* From CanvasWidgetCmd local vars */
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
{
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearch search;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
Tk_Item *firstMovePtr, *lastMovePtr;
int result;
/*
* Find all of the items to be moved and remove them from the list, making
* an auxiliary list running from firstMovePtr to lastMovePtr. Record
* their areas for redisplay.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 |
itemPtr->prevPtr = NULL;
firstMovePtr = itemPtr;
} else {
itemPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
lastMovePtr->nextPtr = itemPtr;
}
lastMovePtr = itemPtr;
| | > > > > > > | 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 |
itemPtr->prevPtr = NULL;
firstMovePtr = itemPtr;
} else {
itemPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
lastMovePtr->nextPtr = itemPtr;
}
lastMovePtr = itemPtr;
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
}
/*
* Insert the list of to-be-moved items back into the canvas's at the
* desired position.
*/
if (firstMovePtr == NULL) {
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
return;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
return TCL_OK;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
if (canvasPtr->firstItemPtr != NULL) {
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
}
lastMovePtr->nextPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr;
canvasPtr->firstItemPtr = firstMovePtr;
} else {
if (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
prevPtr->nextPtr->prevPtr = lastMovePtr;
}
lastMovePtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
if (firstMovePtr != NULL) {
firstMovePtr->prevPtr = prevPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = firstMovePtr;
}
if (canvasPtr->lastItemPtr == prevPtr) {
canvasPtr->lastItemPtr = lastMovePtr;
}
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
return TCL_OK;
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasBindProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 |
*/
static void
CanvasBindProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas structure. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Pointer to X event that just happened. */
{
| | < | > > > | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 |
*/
static void
CanvasBindProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas structure. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Pointer to X event that just happened. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) canvasPtr);
/*
* This code below keeps track of the current modifier state in
* canvasPtr>state. This information is used to defer repicks of the
* current item while buttons are down.
*/
if ((eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) || (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease)) {
int mask;
switch (eventPtr->xbutton.button) {
case Button1:
mask = Button1Mask;
break;
case Button2:
mask = Button2Mask;
break;
case Button3:
mask = Button3Mask;
break;
case Button4:
mask = Button4Mask;
break;
case Button5:
mask = Button5Mask;
break;
default:
mask = 0;
break;
}
/*
* For button press events, repick the current item using the button
* state before the event, then process the event. For button release
* events, first process the event, then repick the current item using
* the button state *after* the event (the button has logically gone
* up before we change the current item).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 | canvasPtr->state = eventPtr->xbutton.state; CanvasDoEvent(canvasPtr, eventPtr); eventPtr->xbutton.state ^= mask; canvasPtr->state = eventPtr->xbutton.state; PickCurrentItem(canvasPtr, eventPtr); eventPtr->xbutton.state ^= mask; } | | | | | | < < > | | | | | 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 |
canvasPtr->state = eventPtr->xbutton.state;
CanvasDoEvent(canvasPtr, eventPtr);
eventPtr->xbutton.state ^= mask;
canvasPtr->state = eventPtr->xbutton.state;
PickCurrentItem(canvasPtr, eventPtr);
eventPtr->xbutton.state ^= mask;
}
goto done;
} else if ((eventPtr->type == EnterNotify)
|| (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify)) {
canvasPtr->state = eventPtr->xcrossing.state;
PickCurrentItem(canvasPtr, eventPtr);
goto done;
} else if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) {
canvasPtr->state = eventPtr->xmotion.state;
PickCurrentItem(canvasPtr, eventPtr);
}
CanvasDoEvent(canvasPtr, eventPtr);
done:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) canvasPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PickCurrentItem --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 |
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas widget in which to select current
* item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event describing location of mouse cursor.
* Must be EnterWindow, LeaveWindow,
* ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
double coords[2];
| | > > | > | 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 |
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas widget in which to select current
* item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event describing location of mouse cursor.
* Must be EnterWindow, LeaveWindow,
* ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
double coords[2];
int buttonDown;
Tk_Item *prevItemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();
#endif
/*
* Check whether or not a button is down. If so, we'll log entry and exit
* into and out of the current item, but not entry into any other item.
* This implements a form of grabbing equivalent to what the X server does
* for windows.
*/
buttonDown = canvasPtr->state
& (Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask);
/*
* Save information about this event in the canvas. The event in the
* canvas is used for two purposes:
*
* 1. Event bindings: if the current item changes, fake events are
* generated to allow item-enter and item-leave bindings to trigger.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 | canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.time = eventPtr->xmotion.time; canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.x = eventPtr->xmotion.x; canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.y = eventPtr->xmotion.y; canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.x_root = eventPtr->xmotion.x_root; canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.y_root = eventPtr->xmotion.y_root; canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.mode = NotifyNormal; canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.detail = NotifyNonlinear; | | | | | 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 |
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.time = eventPtr->xmotion.time;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.x = eventPtr->xmotion.x;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.y = eventPtr->xmotion.y;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.x_root = eventPtr->xmotion.x_root;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.y_root = eventPtr->xmotion.y_root;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.mode = NotifyNormal;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.detail = NotifyNonlinear;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.same_screen
= eventPtr->xmotion.same_screen;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.focus = False;
canvasPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.state = eventPtr->xmotion.state;
} else {
canvasPtr->pickEvent = *eventPtr;
}
}
/*
* If this is a recursive call (there's already a partially completed call
* pending on the stack; it's in the middle of processing a Leave event
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 |
} else {
canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr = NULL;
}
if ((canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr == canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)
&& !(canvasPtr->flags & LEFT_GRABBED_ITEM)) {
/*
| | | 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 |
} else {
canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr = NULL;
}
if ((canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr == canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)
&& !(canvasPtr->flags & LEFT_GRABBED_ITEM)) {
/*
* Nothing to do: the current item hasn't changed.
*/
return;
}
if (!buttonDown) {
canvasPtr->flags &= ~LEFT_GRABBED_ITEM;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 |
/*
* The check below is needed because there could be an event handler
* for <LeaveNotify> that deletes the current item.
*/
if ((itemPtr == canvasPtr->currentItemPtr) && !buttonDown) {
| | > > > > < | < | | > | > > > > > | | > | > > | | 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 |
/*
* The check below is needed because there could be an event handler
* for <LeaveNotify> that deletes the current item.
*/
if ((itemPtr == canvasPtr->currentItemPtr) && !buttonDown) {
for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
if (itemPtr->tagPtr[i] == Tk_GetUid("current"))
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
if (itemPtr->tagPtr[i] == searchUids->currentUid)
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/* then */ {
itemPtr->tagPtr[i] = itemPtr->tagPtr[itemPtr->numTags-1];
itemPtr->numTags--;
break;
}
}
}
/*
* Note: during CanvasDoEvent above, it's possible that
* canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr got reset to NULL because the item was
* deleted.
*/
}
if ((canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr) && buttonDown) {
canvasPtr->flags |= LEFT_GRABBED_ITEM;
return;
}
/*
* Special note: it's possible that canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr ==
* canvasPtr->currentItemPtr here. This can happen, for example, if
* LEFT_GRABBED_ITEM was set.
*/
prevItemPtr = canvasPtr->currentItemPtr;
canvasPtr->flags &= ~LEFT_GRABBED_ITEM;
canvasPtr->currentItemPtr = canvasPtr->newCurrentPtr;
if (prevItemPtr != NULL && prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr &&
(prevItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT)) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, prevItemPtr);
(*prevItemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(canvasPtr->interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, prevItemPtr, 0, NULL,
TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
}
if (canvasPtr->currentItemPtr != NULL) {
XEvent event;
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, Tk_GetUid("current"));
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, searchUids->currentUid);
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEA */
if ((canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT &&
prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)) {
(*canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(canvasPtr->interp,
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, 0, NULL,
TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
canvasPtr->currentItemPtr);
}
event = canvasPtr->pickEvent;
event.type = EnterNotify;
event.xcrossing.detail = NotifyAncestor;
CanvasDoEvent(canvasPtr, &event);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 |
y1 = (int) (coords[1] - canvasPtr->closeEnough);
x2 = (int) (coords[0] + canvasPtr->closeEnough);
y2 = (int) (coords[1] + canvasPtr->closeEnough);
bestPtr = NULL;
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
| | < | < > | | 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 |
y1 = (int) (coords[1] - canvasPtr->closeEnough);
x2 = (int) (coords[0] + canvasPtr->closeEnough);
y2 = (int) (coords[1] + canvasPtr->closeEnough);
bestPtr = NULL;
for (itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; itemPtr != NULL;
itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) {
if (itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || itemPtr->state==TK_STATE_DISABLED ||
(itemPtr->state == TK_STATE_NULL && (canvasPtr->canvas_state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN ||
canvasPtr->canvas_state == TK_STATE_DISABLED))) {
continue;
}
if ((itemPtr->x1 > x2) || (itemPtr->x2 < x1)
|| (itemPtr->y1 > y2) || (itemPtr->y2 < y1)) {
continue;
}
if ((*itemPtr->typePtr->pointProc)((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
itemPtr, coords) <= canvasPtr->closeEnough) {
bestPtr = itemPtr;
}
}
return bestPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 |
static void
CanvasDoEvent(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas widget in which event occurred. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Real or simulated X event that is to be
* processed. */
{
#define NUM_STATIC 3
| | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 |
static void
CanvasDoEvent(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas widget in which event occurred. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Real or simulated X event that is to be
* processed. */
{
#define NUM_STATIC 3
ClientData staticObjects[NUM_STATIC];
ClientData *objectPtr;
int numObjects, i;
Tk_Item *itemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
TagSearchExpr *expr;
int numExprs;
SearchUids *searchUids = GetStaticUids();
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
if (canvasPtr->bindingTable == NULL) {
return;
}
itemPtr = canvasPtr->currentItemPtr;
if ((eventPtr->type == KeyPress) || (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease)) {
itemPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr;
}
if (itemPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
* Set up an array with all the relevant objects for processing this
* event. The relevant objects are (a) the event's item, (b) the tags
* associated with the event's item, and (c) the tag "all". If there are a
* lot of tags then malloc an array to hold all of the objects.
*/
numObjects = itemPtr->numTags + 2;
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Set up an array with all the relevant objects for processing this
* event. The relevant objects are:
* (a) the event's item,
* (b) the tags associated with the event's item,
* (c) the expressions that are true for the event's item's tags, and
* (d) the tag "all".
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 |
if (expr->match) {
numExprs++;
}
expr = expr->next;
}
numObjects = itemPtr->numTags + numExprs + 2;
if (numObjects <= NUM_STATIC) {
objectPtr = staticObjects;
} else {
| > > | > > > | > | | | > > | | 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 |
if (expr->match) {
numExprs++;
}
expr = expr->next;
}
numObjects = itemPtr->numTags + numExprs + 2;
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
if (numObjects <= NUM_STATIC) {
objectPtr = staticObjects;
} else {
objectPtr = (ClientData *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(numObjects * sizeof(ClientData)));
}
#ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
objectPtr[0] = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid("all");
#else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
objectPtr[0] = (ClientData) searchUids->allUid;
#endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) {
objectPtr[i+1] = (ClientData) itemPtr->tagPtr[i];
}
objectPtr[itemPtr->numTags+1] = (ClientData) itemPtr;
#ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH
/*
* Copy uids of matching expressions into object array
*/
i = itemPtr->numTags+2;
expr = canvasPtr->bindTagExprs;
while (expr) {
if (expr->match) {
objectPtr[i++] = (int *) expr->uid;
}
expr = expr->next;
}
#endif /* not USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */
/*
* Invoke the binding system, then free up the object array if it was
* malloc-ed.
*/
if (canvasPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_BindEvent(canvasPtr->bindingTable, eventPtr, canvasPtr->tkwin,
numObjects, objectPtr);
}
if (objectPtr != staticObjects) {
ckfree((char *) objectPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasBlinkProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasBlinkProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to record describing entry. */
{
| | | > | > > > | > | 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasBlinkProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to record describing entry. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
if (!canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus || (canvasPtr->insertOffTime == 0)) {
return;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0;
canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc,
(ClientData) canvasPtr);
} else {
canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 1;
canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
canvasPtr->insertOnTime, CanvasBlinkProc,
(ClientData) canvasPtr);
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr != NULL) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasFocusProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 |
{
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
if (gotFocus) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 1;
canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 1;
if (canvasPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
| | > | > > | > | | 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 |
{
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
if (gotFocus) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 1;
canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 1;
if (canvasPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc,
(ClientData) canvasPtr);
}
} else {
canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0;
canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0;
canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr != NULL) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr);
}
if (canvasPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_BORDERS;
if (!(canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayCanvas, (ClientData) canvasPtr);
canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasSelectTo(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is to hold selection. */
| | | | > | | | | | 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasSelectTo(
TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is to hold selection. */
int index) /* Index of element that is to become the
* "other" end of the selection. */
{
int oldFirst, oldLast;
Tk_Item *oldSelPtr;
oldFirst = canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst;
oldLast = canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast;
oldSelPtr = canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr;
/*
* Grab the selection if we don't own it already.
*/
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr == NULL) {
Tk_OwnSelection(canvasPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, CanvasLostSelection,
(ClientData) canvasPtr);
} else if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != itemPtr) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr);
}
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr = itemPtr;
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.anchorItemPtr != itemPtr) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.anchorItemPtr = itemPtr;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor = index;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor <= index) {
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst = canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast = index;
} else {
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst = index;
canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast = canvasPtr->textInfo.selectAnchor - 1;
}
if ((canvasPtr->textInfo.selectFirst != oldFirst)
|| (canvasPtr->textInfo.selectLast != oldLast)
|| (itemPtr != oldSelPtr)) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasFetchSelection --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | > > > > > > > | | 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CanvasFetchSelection(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about canvas widget. */
int offset, /* Offset within selection of first character
* to be returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NULL
* character. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr == NULL) {
return -1;
}
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr->typePtr->selectionProc == NULL) {
return -1;
}
return (*canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr->typePtr->selectionProc)(
(Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr, offset,
buffer, maxBytes);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasLostSelection --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about entry widget. */
{
| | > > | > | 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CanvasLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about entry widget. */
{
TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData;
if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != NULL) {
EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr,
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr);
}
canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GridAlign --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 |
TkCanvas *canvasPtr) /* Information about canvas. */
{
int result;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
int xOrigin, yOrigin, inset, width, height;
int scrollX1, scrollX2, scrollY1, scrollY2;
char *xScrollCmd, *yScrollCmd;
| < | | | | | < < < < | < | | | < < < < | < | | | | | 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 |
TkCanvas *canvasPtr) /* Information about canvas. */
{
int result;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
int xOrigin, yOrigin, inset, width, height;
int scrollX1, scrollX2, scrollY1, scrollY2;
char *xScrollCmd, *yScrollCmd;
/*
* Save all the relevant values from the canvasPtr, because it might be
* deleted as part of either of the two calls to Tcl_VarEval below.
*/
interp = canvasPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
xScrollCmd = canvasPtr->xScrollCmd;
if (xScrollCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) xScrollCmd);
}
yScrollCmd = canvasPtr->yScrollCmd;
if (yScrollCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) yScrollCmd);
}
xOrigin = canvasPtr->xOrigin;
yOrigin = canvasPtr->yOrigin;
inset = canvasPtr->inset;
width = Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin);
height = Tk_Height(canvasPtr->tkwin);
scrollX1 = canvasPtr->scrollX1;
scrollX2 = canvasPtr->scrollX2;
scrollY1 = canvasPtr->scrollY1;
scrollY2 = canvasPtr->scrollY2;
canvasPtr->flags &= ~UPDATE_SCROLLBARS;
if (canvasPtr->xScrollCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *fractions = ScrollFractions(xOrigin + inset,
xOrigin + width - inset, scrollX1, scrollX2);
result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, xScrollCmd, " ", Tcl_GetString(fractions),
NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(fractions);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) xScrollCmd);
}
if (yScrollCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *fractions = ScrollFractions(yOrigin + inset,
yOrigin + height - inset, scrollY1, scrollY2);
result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, yScrollCmd, " ", Tcl_GetString(fractions),
NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(fractions);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) yScrollCmd);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanvasSetOrigin --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 |
}
}
/*
* Adjust the origin if necessary to keep as much as possible of the
* canvas in the view. The variables left, right, etc. keep track of how
* much extra space there is on each side of the view before it will stick
| | | | | | | 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 |
}
}
/*
* Adjust the origin if necessary to keep as much as possible of the
* canvas in the view. The variables left, right, etc. keep track of how
* much extra space there is on each side of the view before it will stick
* out past the scroll region. If one side sticks out past the edge of
* the scroll region, adjust the view to bring that side back to the edge
* of the scrollregion (but don't move it so much that the other side
* sticks out now). If scroll increments are in effect, be sure to adjust
* only by full increments.
*/
if ((canvasPtr->confine) && (canvasPtr->regionString != NULL)) {
left = xOrigin + canvasPtr->inset - canvasPtr->scrollX1;
right = canvasPtr->scrollX2
- (xOrigin + Tk_Width(canvasPtr->tkwin) - canvasPtr->inset);
top = yOrigin + canvasPtr->inset - canvasPtr->scrollY1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 | * Side effects: * Memory is allocated for the objv array, which must be freed using * ckfree() when no longer needed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | > | | | | < | | 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 |
* Side effects:
* Memory is allocated for the objv array, which must be freed using
* ckfree() when no longer needed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static CONST char **
TkGetStringsFromObjs(
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[])
{
register int i;
CONST char **argv;
if (objc <= 0) {
return NULL;
}
argv = (CONST char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *));
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
argv[i] = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
}
argv[objc] = 0;
return argv;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 |
int
Tk_CanvasPsColor(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning Postscript or
* error message. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Information about color. */
{
| | > | 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 |
int
Tk_CanvasPsColor(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning Postscript or
* error message. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Information about color. */
{
return Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo,
colorPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasPsFont --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 |
Tk_CanvasPsFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning Postscript or
* error message. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Information about font in which text is to
* be printed. */
{
| | | 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 |
Tk_CanvasPsFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning Postscript or
* error message. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Information about font in which text is to
* be printed. */
{
return Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, tkfont);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasPsBitmap --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 |
* error message. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */
Pixmap bitmap, /* Bitmap for which to generate Postscript. */
int startX, int startY, /* Coordinates of upper-left corner of
* rectangular region to output. */
int width, int height) /* Size of rectangular region. */
{
| | | > | 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 |
* error message. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */
Pixmap bitmap, /* Bitmap for which to generate Postscript. */
int startX, int startY, /* Coordinates of upper-left corner of
* rectangular region to output. */
int width, int height) /* Size of rectangular region. */
{
return Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->tkwin,
((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY,
width, height);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasPsStipple --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 |
int
Tk_CanvasPsStipple(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning Postscript or
* error message. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */
Pixmap bitmap) /* Bitmap to use for stippling. */
{
| | | | 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 |
int
Tk_CanvasPsStipple(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning Postscript or
* error message. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */
Pixmap bitmap) /* Bitmap to use for stippling. */
{
return Tk_PostscriptStipple(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->tkwin,
((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, bitmap);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasPsY --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 |
double
Tk_CanvasPsY(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for canvas on whose behalf Postscript
* is being generated. */
double y) /* Y-coordinate in canvas coords. */
{
| | | 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 |
double
Tk_CanvasPsY(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Token for canvas on whose behalf Postscript
* is being generated. */
double y) /* Y-coordinate in canvas coords. */
{
return Tk_PostscriptY(y, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CanvasPsPath --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 |
* interpreter's result field. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas on whose behalf Postscript is being
* generated. */
double *coordPtr, /* Pointer to first in array of 2*numPoints
* coordinates giving points for path. */
int numPoints) /* Number of points at *coordPtr. */
{
| > | | 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 |
* interpreter's result field. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas on whose behalf Postscript is being
* generated. */
double *coordPtr, /* Pointer to first in array of 2*numPoints
* coordinates giving points for path. */
int numPoints) /* Number of points at *coordPtr. */
{
Tk_PostscriptPath(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo,
coordPtr, numPoints);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCanvas.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
* of the previous current item. */
double closeEnough; /* The mouse is assumed to be inside an item
* if it is this close to it. */
XEvent pickEvent; /* The event upon which the current choice of
* currentItem is based. Must be saved so that
* if the currentItem is deleted, can pick
* another. */
| | | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
* of the previous current item. */
double closeEnough; /* The mouse is assumed to be inside an item
* if it is this close to it. */
XEvent pickEvent; /* The event upon which the current choice of
* currentItem is based. Must be saved so that
* if the currentItem is deleted, can pick
* another. */
int state; /* Last known modifier state. Used to defer
* picking a new current object while buttons
* are down. */
/*
* Information used for managing scrollbars:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
210 211 212 213 214 215 216 |
char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the
* C code, but used by keyboard traversal
* scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
double pixelsPerMM; /* Scale factor between MM and pixels; used
* when converting coordinates. */
int flags; /* Various flags; see below for
* definitions. */
| | | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
char *takeFocus; /* Value of -takefocus option; not used in the
* C code, but used by keyboard traversal
* scripts. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
double pixelsPerMM; /* Scale factor between MM and pixels; used
* when converting coordinates. */
int flags; /* Various flags; see below for
* definitions. */
int nextId; /* Number to use as id for next item created
* in widget. */
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo; /* Pointer to information used for generating
* Postscript for the canvas. NULL means no
* Postscript is currently being generated. */
Tcl_HashTable idTable; /* Table of integer indices. */
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 | /* * Canvas-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported * to the outside world: */ MODULE_SCOPE int TkCanvPostscriptCmd(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, | | < < < < < < | 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 | /* * Canvas-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported * to the outside world: */ MODULE_SCOPE int TkCanvPostscriptCmd(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); MODULE_SCOPE int TkCanvTranslatePath(TkCanvas *canvPtr, int numVertex, double *coordPtr, int closed, XPoint *outPtr); /* * Standard item types provided by Tk: */ MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ItemType tkArcType, tkBitmapType, tkImageType, tkLineType; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ItemType tkOvalType, tkPolygonType; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ItemType tkRectangleType, tkTextType, tkWindowType; #endif /* _TKCANVAS */ |
Changes to generic/tkClipboard.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkSelect.h" /* * Prototypes for functions used only in this file: */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkSelect.h"
/*
* Prototypes for functions used only in this file:
*/
static int ClipboardAppHandler(ClientData clientData,
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes);
static int ClipboardHandler(ClientData clientData,
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes);
static int ClipboardWindowHandler(ClientData clientData,
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes);
static void ClipboardLostSel(ClientData clientData);
static int ClipboardGetProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, char *portion);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ClipboardHandler --
*
* This function acts as selection handler for the clipboard manager. It
* extracts the required chunk of data from the buffer chain for a given
* selection target.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a count of the number of bytes actually stored at
* buffer.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ClipboardHandler(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about data to fetch. */
int offset, /* Return selection bytes starting at this
* offset. */
char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
{
TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr = (TkClipboardTarget*) clientData;
TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr;
char *srcPtr, *destPtr;
size_t count = 0;
int scanned = 0;
size_t length, freeCount;
/*
* Skip to buffer containing offset byte
*/
for (cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr; ; cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cbPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr;
if (cbPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
srcPtr = cbPtr->buffer;
length = cbPtr->length;
}
| | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr;
if (cbPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
srcPtr = cbPtr->buffer;
length = cbPtr->length;
}
return (int)count;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ClipboardAppHandler --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | > | < | | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ClipboardAppHandler(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TkDisplay structure. */
int offset, /* Return selection bytes starting at this
* offset. */
char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
size_t length;
CONST char *p;
p = dispPtr->clipboardAppPtr->winPtr->nameUid;
length = strlen(p);
length -= offset;
if (length <= 0) {
return 0;
}
if (length > (size_t) maxBytes) {
length = maxBytes;
}
memcpy(buffer, p, length);
buffer[length] = 0;
return (int)length;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ClipboardWindowHandler --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
167 168 169 170 171 172 173 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ClipboardWindowHandler(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
int offset, /* Return selection bytes starting at this
* offset. */
char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
{
buffer[0] = '.';
buffer[1] = 0;
return 1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ClipboardLostSel(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TkDisplay structure. */
{
| | | 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ClipboardLostSel(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TkDisplay structure. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay*) clientData;
dispPtr->clipboardActive = 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
for (targetPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; targetPtr != NULL;
targetPtr = nextTargetPtr) {
for (cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr; cbPtr != NULL;
cbPtr = nextCbPtr) {
ckfree(cbPtr->buffer);
nextCbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr;
| | | | 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
for (targetPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; targetPtr != NULL;
targetPtr = nextTargetPtr) {
for (cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr; cbPtr != NULL;
cbPtr = nextCbPtr) {
ckfree(cbPtr->buffer);
nextCbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) cbPtr);
}
nextTargetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr;
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
targetPtr->type);
ckfree((char *) targetPtr);
}
dispPtr->clipTargetPtr = NULL;
/*
* Reclaim the clipboard selection if we lost it.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
Tk_ClipboardAppend(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that selects a display. */
Atom type, /* The desired conversion type for this
* clipboard item, e.g. STRING or LENGTH. */
Atom format, /* Format in which the selection information
* should be returned to the requestor. */
| | | 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
Tk_ClipboardAppend(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that selects a display. */
Atom type, /* The desired conversion type for this
* clipboard item, e.g. STRING or LENGTH. */
Atom format, /* Format in which the selection information
* should be returned to the requestor. */
char* buffer) /* NULL terminated string containing the data
* to be added to the clipboard. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr;
TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
for (targetPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; targetPtr != NULL;
targetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr) {
if (targetPtr->type == type) {
break;
}
}
if (targetPtr == NULL) {
| | | | | < | | < | | | | 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 |
for (targetPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; targetPtr != NULL;
targetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr) {
if (targetPtr->type == type) {
break;
}
}
if (targetPtr == NULL) {
targetPtr = (TkClipboardTarget*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardTarget));
targetPtr->type = type;
targetPtr->format = format;
targetPtr->firstBufferPtr = targetPtr->lastBufferPtr = NULL;
targetPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr;
dispPtr->clipTargetPtr = targetPtr;
Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
type, ClipboardHandler, (ClientData) targetPtr, format);
} else if (targetPtr->format != format) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "format \"", Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, format),
"\" does not match current format \"",
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, targetPtr->format),"\" for ",
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, type), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Append a new buffer to the buffer chain.
*/
cbPtr = (TkClipboardBuffer*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardBuffer));
cbPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
if (targetPtr->lastBufferPtr != NULL) {
targetPtr->lastBufferPtr->nextPtr = cbPtr;
} else {
targetPtr->firstBufferPtr = cbPtr;
}
targetPtr->lastBufferPtr = cbPtr;
cbPtr->length = strlen(buffer);
cbPtr->buffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (cbPtr->length + 1));
strcpy(cbPtr->buffer, buffer);
TkSelUpdateClipboard((TkWindow*)(dispPtr->clipWindow), targetPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
*/
int
Tk_ClipboardObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | | | < | | 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 |
*/
int
Tk_ClipboardObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
char *path = NULL;
Atom selection;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { "append", "clear", "get", NULL };
enum options { CLIPBOARD_APPEND, CLIPBOARD_CLEAR, CLIPBOARD_GET };
int index, i;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case CLIPBOARD_APPEND: {
Atom target, format;
char *targetName = NULL;
char *formatName = NULL;
char *string;
static CONST char *appendOptionStrings[] = {
"-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL
};
enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE };
int subIndex, length;
for (i = 2; i < objc - 1; i++) {
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (string[0] != '-') {
break;
}
/*
* If the argument is "--", it signifies the end of arguments.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
/*
* Increment i so that it points to the value for the flag instead
* of the flag itself.
*/
i++;
if (i >= objc) {
| | | < | | 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
/*
* Increment i so that it points to the value for the flag instead
* of the flag itself.
*/
i++;
if (i >= objc) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string,
"\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum appendOptions) subIndex) {
case APPEND_DISPLAYOF:
path = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
break;
case APPEND_FORMAT:
formatName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
break;
case APPEND_TYPE:
targetName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
break;
}
}
if (objc - i != 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?options? data");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (path != NULL) {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, path, tkwin);
}
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 |
} else {
format = XA_STRING;
}
return Tk_ClipboardAppend(interp, tkwin, target, format,
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
}
case CLIPBOARD_CLEAR: {
| | | 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 |
} else {
format = XA_STRING;
}
return Tk_ClipboardAppend(interp, tkwin, target, format,
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
}
case CLIPBOARD_CLEAR: {
static CONST char *clearOptionStrings[] = { "-displayof", NULL };
enum clearOptions { CLEAR_DISPLAYOF };
int subIndex;
if (objc != 2 && objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
543 544 545 546 547 548 549 |
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return Tk_ClipboardClear(interp, tkwin);
}
case CLIPBOARD_GET: {
Atom target;
| | | | | | < | | 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 |
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return Tk_ClipboardClear(interp, tkwin);
}
case CLIPBOARD_GET: {
Atom target;
char *targetName = NULL;
Tcl_DString selBytes;
int result;
char *string;
static CONST char *getOptionStrings[] = {
"-displayof", "-type", NULL
};
enum getOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_TYPE };
int subIndex;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if (string[0] != '-') {
break;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], getOptionStrings,
"option", 0, &subIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
i++;
if (i >= objc) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string,
"\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum getOptions) subIndex) {
case APPEND_DISPLAYOF:
path = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
break;
case APPEND_TYPE:
targetName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
break;
}
}
if (path != NULL) {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, path, tkwin);
}
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
selection = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD");
if (objc - i > 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc - i == 1) {
target = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
} else if (targetName != NULL) {
target = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, targetName);
} else {
target = XA_STRING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
633 634 635 636 637 638 639 | * Sets up the clipWindow and related data structures. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkClipInit( | | | | | < | 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 |
* Sets up the clipWindow and related data structures.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkClipInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
register TkDisplay *dispPtr)/* Display to initialize. */
{
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
dispPtr->clipTargetPtr = NULL;
dispPtr->clipboardActive = 0;
dispPtr->clipboardAppPtr = NULL;
/*
* Create the window used for clipboard ownership and selection retrieval,
* and set up an event handler for it.
*/
dispPtr->clipWindow = (Tk_Window) TkAllocWindow(dispPtr,
DefaultScreen(dispPtr->display), NULL);
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow);
((TkWindow *) dispPtr->clipWindow)->flags |= TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
TkWmNewWindow((TkWindow *) dispPtr->clipWindow);
atts.override_redirect = True;
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(dispPtr->clipWindow, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
Tk_MakeWindowExist(dispPtr->clipWindow);
if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
673 674 675 676 677 678 679 |
/*
* Create selection handlers for types TK_APPLICATION and TK_WINDOW on
* this window. Can't use the default handlers for these types because
* this isn't a full-fledged window.
*/
Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
| | > | > | 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 |
/*
* Create selection handlers for types TK_APPLICATION and TK_WINDOW on
* this window. Can't use the default handlers for these types because
* this isn't a full-fledged window.
*/
Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->applicationAtom, ClipboardAppHandler,
(ClientData) dispPtr, XA_STRING);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->windowAtom, ClipboardWindowHandler,
(ClientData) dispPtr, XA_STRING);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ClipboardGetProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 |
* Side effects:
* Bytes get appended to the dynamic string pointed to by the clientData
* argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ClipboardGetProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
* selection. */
| > | | | | 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 |
* Side effects:
* Bytes get appended to the dynamic string pointed to by the clientData
* argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ClipboardGetProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
* selection. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter used for error reporting (not
* used). */
char *portion) /* New information to be appended. */
{
Tcl_DStringAppend((Tcl_DString *) clientData, portion, -1);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCmds.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #if defined(WIN32) #include "tkWinInt.h" #elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" #else #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ static TkWindow * GetTopHierarchy(Tk_Window tkwin); static char * WaitVariableProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, const char *name2, int flags); static void WaitVisibilityProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void WaitWindowProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_BellObjCmd -- * * This function is invoked to process the "bell" Tcl command. See the |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
int
Tk_BellObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < | | < | < | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
int
Tk_BellObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *bellOptions[] = {
"-displayof", "-nice", NULL
};
enum options { TK_BELL_DISPLAYOF, TK_BELL_NICE };
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
int i, index, nice = 0;
if (objc > 4) {
wrongArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-displayof window? ?-nice?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], bellOptions, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case TK_BELL_DISPLAYOF:
if (++i >= objc) {
goto wrongArgs;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_BELL_NICE:
nice = 1;
break;
}
}
XBell(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
if (!nice) {
XForceScreenSaver(Tk_Display(tkwin), ScreenSaverReset);
}
XFlush(Tk_Display(tkwin));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_BindObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
int
Tk_BindObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | > | | | 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 |
int
Tk_BindObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
TkWindow *winPtr;
ClientData object;
char *string;
if ((objc < 2) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window ?pattern? ?command?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
/*
* Bind tags either a window name or a tag name for the first argument.
* If the argument starts with ".", assume it is a window; otherwise, it
* is a tag.
*/
if (string[0] == '.') {
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
object = (ClientData) winPtr->pathName;
} else {
winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
object = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid(string);
}
/*
* If there are four arguments, the command is modifying a binding. If
* there are three arguments, the command is querying a binding. If there
* are only two arguments, the command is querying all the bindings for
* the given tag/window.
*/
if (objc == 4) {
int append = 0;
unsigned long mask;
char *sequence, *script;
sequence = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
script = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
/*
* If the script is null, just delete the binding.
*/
if (script[0] == 0) {
return Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
232 233 234 235 236 237 238 |
command = Tk_GetBinding(interp, winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
if (command == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
command = Tk_GetBinding(interp, winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
object, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
if (command == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) command, TCL_STATIC);
} else {
Tk_GetAllBindings(interp, winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable, object);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
if (winPtr->numTags != 0) {
/*
* Make a copy of the tags for the window, replacing window names with
* pointers to the pathName from the appropriate window.
*/
if (winPtr->numTags > MAX_OBJS) {
| > | | | 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
if (winPtr->numTags != 0) {
/*
* Make a copy of the tags for the window, replacing window names with
* pointers to the pathName from the appropriate window.
*/
if (winPtr->numTags > MAX_OBJS) {
objPtr = (ClientData *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(winPtr->numTags * sizeof(ClientData)));
}
for (i = 0; i < winPtr->numTags; i++) {
p = winPtr->tagPtr[i];
if (*p == '.') {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable, p);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
p = ((TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr))->pathName;
} else {
p = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
315 316 317 318 319 320 321 |
count = 3;
}
objPtr[count-1] = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid("all");
}
Tk_BindEvent(winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable, eventPtr, (Tk_Window) winPtr,
count, objPtr);
if (objPtr != objects) {
| | | 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
count = 3;
}
objPtr[count-1] = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid("all");
}
Tk_BindEvent(winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable, eventPtr, (Tk_Window) winPtr,
count, objPtr);
if (objPtr != objects) {
ckfree((char *) objPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_BindtagsObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
int
Tk_BindtagsObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | | | | > | | | 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 |
int
Tk_BindtagsObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
TkWindow *winPtr, *winPtr2;
int i, length;
char *p;
Tcl_Obj *listPtr, **tags;
if ((objc < 2) || (objc > 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window ?taglist?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
tkwin);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
listPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
if (winPtr->numTags == 0) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->pathName, -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->classUid, -1));
winPtr2 = winPtr;
while ((winPtr2 != NULL) && !(Tk_TopWinHierarchy(winPtr2))) {
winPtr2 = winPtr2->parentPtr;
}
if ((winPtr != winPtr2) && (winPtr2 != NULL)) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr2->pathName, -1));
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("all", -1));
} else {
for (i = 0; i < winPtr->numTags; i++) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj((char *)winPtr->tagPtr[i], -1));
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (winPtr->tagPtr != NULL) {
TkFreeBindingTags(winPtr);
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &length, &tags) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (length == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
winPtr->numTags = length;
winPtr->tagPtr = (ClientData *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(length * sizeof(ClientData)));
for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
p = Tcl_GetString(tags[i]);
if (p[0] == '.') {
char *copy;
/*
* Handle names starting with "." specially: store a malloc'ed
* string, rather than a Uid; at event time we'll look up the name
* in the window table and use the corresponding window, if there
* is one.
*/
copy = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(p) + 1));
strcpy(copy, p);
winPtr->tagPtr[i] = (ClientData) copy;
} else {
winPtr->tagPtr[i] = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid(p);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
444 445 446 447 448 449 450 |
TkFreeBindingTags(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window whose tags are to be released. */
{
int i;
const char *p;
for (i = 0; i < winPtr->numTags; i++) {
| | | | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
TkFreeBindingTags(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window whose tags are to be released. */
{
int i;
const char *p;
for (i = 0; i < winPtr->numTags; i++) {
p = winPtr->tagPtr[i];
if (*p == '.') {
/*
* Names starting with "." are malloced rather than Uids, so they
* have to be freed.
*/
ckfree((char *)p);
}
}
ckfree((char *) winPtr->tagPtr);
winPtr->numTags = 0;
winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 |
Tk_DestroyObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window window;
| | | 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 |
Tk_DestroyObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window window;
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
int i;
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), tkwin);
if (window == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
continue;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_LowerObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| > | < < < | < < | < | | 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tk_LowerObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window mainwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin, other;
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window ?belowThis?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), mainwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
other = NULL;
} else {
other = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), mainwin);
if (other == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (Tk_RestackWindow(tkwin, Below, other) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't lower \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
"\" below \"", (other ? Tcl_GetString(objv[2]) : ""),
"\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_RaiseObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| > | < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | < > | | | | | | | | > > > > > | | | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | > | | | | > > > | < < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | > > > | 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tk_RaiseObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window mainwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin, other;
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window ?aboveThis?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), mainwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
other = NULL;
} else {
other = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), mainwin);
if (other == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (Tk_RestackWindow(tkwin, Above, other) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't raise \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
"\" above \"", (other ? Tcl_GetString(objv[2]) : ""),
"\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_TkObjCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "tk" Tcl command. See the user
* documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_TkObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int index;
Tk_Window tkwin;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"appname", "caret", "scaling", "useinputmethods",
"windowingsystem", "inactive", NULL
};
enum options {
TK_APPNAME, TK_CARET, TK_SCALING, TK_USE_IM,
TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM, TK_INACTIVE
};
tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case TK_APPNAME: {
TkWindow *winPtr;
char *string;
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"appname not accessible in a safe interpreter",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?newName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
winPtr->nameUid = Tk_GetUid(Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, string));
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, winPtr->nameUid, NULL);
break;
}
case TK_CARET: {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
TkCaret *caretPtr;
Tk_Window window;
static const char *caretStrings[] = {
"-x", "-y", "-height", NULL
};
enum caretOptions {
TK_CARET_X, TK_CARET_Y, TK_CARET_HEIGHT
};
if ((objc < 3) || ((objc > 4) && !(objc & 1))) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?-x x? ?-y y? ?-height height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
if (window == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
caretPtr = &(((TkWindow *) window)->dispPtr->caret);
if (objc == 3) {
/*
* Return all the current values
*/
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-height", 7));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(caretPtr->height));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-x", 2));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(caretPtr->x));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-y", 2));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(caretPtr->y));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
} else if (objc == 4) {
int value;
/*
* Return the current value of the selected option
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], caretStrings,
"caret option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == TK_CARET_X) {
value = caretPtr->x;
} else if (index == TK_CARET_Y) {
value = caretPtr->y;
} else /* if (index == TK_CARET_HEIGHT) -- last case */ {
value = caretPtr->height;
}
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), value);
} else {
int i, value, x = 0, y = 0, height = -1;
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
if ((Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], caretStrings,
"caret option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) ||
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp,objv[i+1],&value) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == TK_CARET_X) {
x = value;
} else if (index == TK_CARET_Y) {
y = value;
} else /* if (index == TK_CARET_HEIGHT) -- last case */ {
height = value;
}
}
if (height < 0) {
height = Tk_Height(window);
}
Tk_SetCaretPos(window, x, y, height);
}
break;
}
case TK_SCALING: {
Screen *screenPtr;
int skip, width, height;
double d;
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"scaling not accessible in a safe interpreter",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
screenPtr = Tk_Screen(tkwin);
if (objc - skip == 2) {
d = 25.4 / 72;
d *= WidthOfScreen(screenPtr);
d /= WidthMMOfScreen(screenPtr);
Tcl_SetDoubleObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), d);
} else if (objc - skip == 3) {
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2+skip], &d) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
d = (25.4 / 72) / d;
width = (int) (d * WidthOfScreen(screenPtr) + 0.5);
if (width <= 0) {
width = 1;
}
height = (int) (d * HeightOfScreen(screenPtr) + 0.5);
if (height <= 0) {
height = 1;
}
WidthMMOfScreen(screenPtr) = width;
HeightMMOfScreen(screenPtr) = height;
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"?-displayof window? ?factor?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
case TK_USE_IM: {
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
int skip;
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"useinputmethods not accessible in a safe interpreter",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc-2, objv+2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if ((objc - skip) == 3) {
/*
* In the case where TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS is not defined, this
* will be ignored and we will always return 0. That will indicate
* to the user that input methods are just not available.
*/
int boolVal;
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2+skip],
&boolVal) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
if (boolVal) {
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM;
} else {
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM;
}
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
} else if ((objc - skip) != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"?-displayof window? ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
(int) (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM));
break;
}
case TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM: {
const char *windowingsystem;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#if defined(WIN32)
windowingsystem = "win32";
#elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
windowingsystem = "aqua";
#else
windowingsystem = "x11";
#endif
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), windowingsystem, -1);
break;
}
case TK_INACTIVE: {
int skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc - skip == 2) {
long inactive;
inactive = (Tcl_IsSafe(interp) ? -1 :
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(inactive));
} else if (objc - skip == 3) {
char *string;
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-1]);
if (strcmp(string, "reset") != 0) {
Tcl_Obj *msg = Tcl_NewStringObj("bad option \"", -1);
Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(msg, string, "\": must be reset", NULL);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, msg);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"resetting the user inactivity timer "
"is not allowed in a safe interpreter", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(Tk_Display(tkwin));
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window? ?reset?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_TkwaitObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| > | < | | | | < < < < | | | | < < < < | | | < < | | < < < < | | < < < < < | < < < | > | | | | | > | > | | | 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tk_TkwaitObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
int done, index;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"variable", "visibility", "window", NULL
};
enum options {
TKWAIT_VARIABLE, TKWAIT_VISIBILITY, TKWAIT_WINDOW
};
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "variable|visibility|window name");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case TKWAIT_VARIABLE:
if (Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
WaitVariableProc, (ClientData) &done) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
done = 0;
while (!done) {
Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
}
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
WaitVariableProc, (ClientData) &done);
break;
case TKWAIT_VISIBILITY: {
Tk_Window window;
window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
if (window == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(window,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
WaitVisibilityProc, (ClientData) &done);
done = 0;
while (!done) {
Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
}
if (done != 1) {
/*
* Note that we do not delete the event handler because it was
* deleted automatically when the window was destroyed.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\" was deleted before its visibility changed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(window,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
WaitVisibilityProc, (ClientData) &done);
break;
}
case TKWAIT_WINDOW: {
Tk_Window window;
window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
if (window == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(window, StructureNotifyMask,
WaitWindowProc, (ClientData) &done);
done = 0;
while (!done) {
Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
}
/*
* Note: there's no need to delete the event handler. It was deleted
* automatically when the window was destroyed.
*/
break;
}
}
/*
* Clear out the interpreter's result, since it may have been set by event
* handlers.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
WaitVariableProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to integer to set to 1. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
int *donePtr = (int *) clientData;
*donePtr = 1;
return NULL;
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void
WaitVisibilityProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to integer to set to 1. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event (not used). */
{
int *donePtr = (int *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == VisibilityNotify) {
*donePtr = 1;
}
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
*donePtr = 2;
}
}
static void
WaitWindowProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to integer to set to 1. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
int *donePtr = (int *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
*donePtr = 1;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 | * * Side effects: * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_UpdateObjCmd( | > | | < | 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tk_UpdateObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *updateOptions[] = {"idletasks", NULL};
int flags, index;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
if (objc == 1) {
flags = TCL_DONT_WAIT;
} else if (objc == 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], updateOptions, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 |
* possible that the entire application could be destroyed by an event
* handler that occurs during the update. Thus, don't use any information
* from tkwin after calling Tcl_DoOneEvent.
*/
while (1) {
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(flags) != 0) {
| < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 |
* possible that the entire application could be destroyed by an event
* handler that occurs during the update. Thus, don't use any information
* from tkwin after calling Tcl_DoOneEvent.
*/
while (1) {
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(flags) != 0) {
/* Empty loop body */
}
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
}
if (Tcl_DoOneEvent(flags) == 0) {
break;
}
}
/*
* Must clear the interpreter's result because event handlers could have
* executed commands.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_WinfoObjCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 |
int
Tk_WinfoObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | > | | 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 |
int
Tk_WinfoObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int index, x, y, width, height, useX, useY, class, skip;
char *string;
TkWindow *winPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
static const TkStateMap visualMap[] = {
{PseudoColor, "pseudocolor"},
{GrayScale, "grayscale"},
{DirectColor, "directcolor"},
{TrueColor, "truecolor"},
{StaticColor, "staticcolor"},
{StaticGray, "staticgray"},
{-1, NULL}
};
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"cells", "children", "class", "colormapfull",
"depth", "geometry", "height", "id",
"ismapped", "manager", "name", "parent",
"pointerx", "pointery", "pointerxy", "reqheight",
"reqwidth", "rootx", "rooty", "screen",
"screencells", "screendepth", "screenheight", "screenwidth",
"screenmmheight","screenmmwidth","screenvisual","server",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 |
WIN_ATOM, WIN_ATOMNAME, WIN_CONTAINING, WIN_INTERPS,
WIN_PATHNAME,
WIN_EXISTS, WIN_FPIXELS, WIN_PIXELS, WIN_RGB,
WIN_VISUALSAVAILABLE
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
| > > | 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 |
WIN_ATOM, WIN_ATOMNAME, WIN_CONTAINING, WIN_INTERPS,
WIN_PATHNAME,
WIN_EXISTS, WIN_FPIXELS, WIN_PIXELS, WIN_RGB,
WIN_VISUALSAVAILABLE
};
tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 |
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
switch ((enum options) index) {
case WIN_CELLS:
| > < | | < | | | | | > | > | > > | > > > > > | > | < | | < | | 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 |
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case WIN_CELLS:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, Tk_Visual(tkwin)->map_entries);
break;
case WIN_CHILDREN: {
Tcl_Obj *strPtr;
winPtr = winPtr->childList;
for ( ; winPtr != NULL; winPtr = winPtr->nextPtr) {
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ANONYMOUS_WINDOW)) {
strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(winPtr->pathName, -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
}
}
break;
}
case WIN_CLASS:
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, Tk_Class(tkwin), -1);
break;
case WIN_COLORMAPFULL:
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(resultPtr,
TkpCmapStressed(tkwin, Tk_Colormap(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_DEPTH:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, Tk_Depth(tkwin));
break;
case WIN_GEOMETRY: {
char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "%dx%d+%d+%d", Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin));
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, buf, -1);
break;
}
case WIN_HEIGHT:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, Tk_Height(tkwin));
break;
case WIN_ID: {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
TkpPrintWindowId(buf, Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
/*
* interp result may have changed, refetch it
*/
resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, buf, -1);
break;
}
case WIN_ISMAPPED:
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(resultPtr, (int) Tk_IsMapped(tkwin));
break;
case WIN_MANAGER:
if (winPtr->geomMgrPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, winPtr->geomMgrPtr->name, -1);
}
break;
case WIN_NAME:
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, Tk_Name(tkwin), -1);
break;
case WIN_PARENT:
if (winPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, winPtr->parentPtr->pathName, -1);
}
break;
case WIN_POINTERX:
useX = 1;
useY = 0;
goto pointerxy;
case WIN_POINTERY:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 |
if (winPtr == NULL) {
x = -1;
y = -1;
} else {
TkGetPointerCoords((Tk_Window) winPtr, &x, &y);
}
if (useX & useY) {
| | | < | | | | | | | | > | | > > < | < | < | < | < | < | | | | | | | | > | > | > > | | | | | | | < | | | | > | < < | | 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 |
if (winPtr == NULL) {
x = -1;
y = -1;
} else {
TkGetPointerCoords((Tk_Window) winPtr, &x, &y);
}
if (useX & useY) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", x, y);
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, buf, -1);
} else if (useX) {
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, x);
} else {
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, y);
}
break;
case WIN_REQHEIGHT:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin));
break;
case WIN_REQWIDTH:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin));
break;
case WIN_ROOTX:
Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &x, &y);
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, x);
break;
case WIN_ROOTY:
Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, &x, &y);
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, y);
break;
case WIN_SCREEN: {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "%d", Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin));
Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(resultPtr, Tk_DisplayName(tkwin),".",buf, NULL);
break;
}
case WIN_SCREENCELLS:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, CellsOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_SCREENDEPTH:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, DefaultDepthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_SCREENHEIGHT:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_SCREENWIDTH:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_SCREENMMHEIGHT:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, HeightMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_SCREENMMWIDTH:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)));
break;
case WIN_SCREENVISUAL:
class = DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))->class;
goto visual;
case WIN_SERVER:
TkGetServerInfo(interp, tkwin);
break;
case WIN_TOPLEVEL:
winPtr = GetTopHierarchy(tkwin);
if (winPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, winPtr->pathName, -1);
}
break;
case WIN_VIEWABLE: {
int viewable = 0;
for ( ; ; winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr) {
if ((winPtr == NULL) || !(winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {
break;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
viewable = 1;
break;
}
}
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(resultPtr, viewable);
break;
}
case WIN_VISUAL:
class = Tk_Visual(tkwin)->class;
visual:
string = TkFindStateString(visualMap, class);
if (string == NULL) {
string = "unknown";
}
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, string, -1);
break;
case WIN_VISUALID: {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "0x%x",
(unsigned int) XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin)));
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, buf, -1);
break;
}
case WIN_VROOTHEIGHT:
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, height);
break;
case WIN_VROOTWIDTH:
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, width);
break;
case WIN_VROOTX:
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, x);
break;
case WIN_VROOTY:
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, &x, &y, &width, &height);
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, y);
break;
case WIN_WIDTH:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, Tk_Width(tkwin));
break;
case WIN_X:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, Tk_X(tkwin));
break;
case WIN_Y:
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, Tk_Y(tkwin));
break;
/*
* Uses -displayof.
*/
case WIN_ATOM:
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc - skip != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window? name");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objv += skip;
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
Tcl_SetLongObj(resultPtr, (long) Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, string));
break;
case WIN_ATOMNAME: {
const char *name;
long id;
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc - skip != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window? id");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objv += skip;
if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[2], &id) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
name = Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, (Atom) id);
if (strcmp(name, "?bad atom?") == 0) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(resultPtr,
"no atom exists with id \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, name, -1);
break;
}
case WIN_CONTAINING:
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 |
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, string, &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CoordsToWindow(x, y, tkwin);
if (tkwin != NULL) {
| | | 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 |
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, string, &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CoordsToWindow(x, y, tkwin);
if (tkwin != NULL) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, Tk_PathName(tkwin), -1);
}
break;
case WIN_INTERPS:
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window? id");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2 + skip]);
if (TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, &id) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | < < | > | > | > | > | > | > > | > < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < | | > | | > | > | | | | < < | | | < > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window? id");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2 + skip]);
if (TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, &id) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *)Tk_IdToWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), id);
if ((winPtr == NULL) ||
(winPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr)) {
Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(resultPtr, "window id \"", string,
"\" doesn't exist in this application", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* If the window is a utility window with no associated path (such as
* a wrapper window or send communication window), just return an
* empty string.
*/
tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
if (Tk_PathName(tkwin) != NULL) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, Tk_PathName(tkwin), -1);
}
break;
}
/*
* objv[3] is window.
*/
case WIN_EXISTS: {
int alive;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
alive = 1;
if ((winPtr == NULL) || (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
alive = 0;
}
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(resultPtr, alive);
break;
}
case WIN_FPIXELS: {
double mm, pixels;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window number");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (Tk_GetScreenMM(interp, tkwin, string, &mm) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pixels = mm * WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))
/ WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
Tcl_SetDoubleObj(resultPtr, pixels);
break;
}
case WIN_PIXELS: {
int pixels;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window number");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, string, &pixels) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, pixels);
break;
}
case WIN_RGB: {
XColor *colorPtr;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 3];
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window colorName");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
colorPtr = Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, string);
if (colorPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d", colorPtr->red, colorPtr->green,
colorPtr->blue);
Tk_FreeColor(colorPtr);
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr, buf, -1);
break;
}
case WIN_VISUALSAVAILABLE: {
XVisualInfo template, *visInfoPtr;
int count, i;
int includeVisualId;
Tcl_Obj *strPtr;
char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
char visualIdString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (objc == 3) {
includeVisualId = 0;
} else if ((objc == 4)
&& (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "includeids") == 0)) {
includeVisualId = 1;
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?includeids?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
template.screen = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin);
visInfoPtr = XGetVisualInfo(Tk_Display(tkwin), VisualScreenMask,
&template, &count);
if (visInfoPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(resultPtr,
"can't find any visuals for screen", -1);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
string = TkFindStateString(visualMap, visInfoPtr[i].class);
if (string == NULL) {
strcpy(buf, "unknown");
} else {
sprintf(buf, "%s %d", string, visInfoPtr[i].depth);
}
if (includeVisualId) {
sprintf(visualIdString, " 0x%x",
(unsigned int) visInfoPtr[i].visualid);
strcat(buf, visualIdString);
}
strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
}
XFree((char *) visInfoPtr);
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
#if 0
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_WmObjCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. See the user
* documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tk_WmObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkWindow *winPtr;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"aspect", "client", "command", "deiconify",
"focusmodel", "frame", "geometry", "grid",
"group", "iconbitmap", "iconify", "iconmask",
"iconname", "iconposition", "iconwindow", "maxsize",
"minsize", "overrideredirect", "positionfrom", "protocol",
"resizable", "sizefrom", "state", "title",
"tracing", "transient", "withdraw", NULL
};
enum options {
TKWM_ASPECT, TKWM_CLIENT, TKWM_COMMAND, TKWM_DEICONIFY,
TKWM_FOCUSMOD, TKWM_FRAME, TKWM_GEOMETRY, TKWM_GRID,
TKWM_GROUP, TKWM_ICONBMP, TKWM_ICONIFY, TKWM_ICONMASK,
TKWM_ICONNAME, TKWM_ICONPOS, TKWM_ICONWIN, TKWM_MAXSIZE,
TKWM_MINSIZE, TKWM_OVERRIDE, TKWM_POSFROM, TKWM_PROTOCOL,
TKWM_RESIZABLE, TKWM_SIZEFROM, TKWM_STATE, TKWM_TITLE,
TKWM_TRACING, TKWM_TRANSIENT, TKWM_WITHDRAW
};
tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == TKWM_TRACING) {
int wmTracing;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "tracing ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmTracing) {
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
} else {
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case TKWM_ASPECT:
TkpWmAspectCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_CLIENT:
TkpWmClientCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_COMMAND:
TkpWmCommandCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_DEICONIFY:
TkpWmDeiconifyCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_FOCUSMOD:
TkpWmFocusmodCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_FRAME:
TkpWmFrameCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_GEOMETRY:
TkpWmGeometryCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_GRID:
TkpWmGridCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_GROUP:
TkpWmGroupCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_ICONBMP:
TkpWmIconbitmapCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_ICONIFY:
TkpWmIconifyCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_ICONMASK:
TkpWmIconmaskCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_ICONNAME:
/*
* Slight Unix variation.
*/
TkpWmIconnameCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_ICONPOS:
/*
* nearly same - 1 line more on Unix.
*/
TkpWmIconpositionCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_ICONWIN:
TkpWmIconwindowCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_MAXSIZE:
/*
* Nearly same, win diffs.
*/
TkpWmMaxsizeCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_MINSIZE:
/*
* Nearly same, win diffs
*/
TkpWmMinsizeCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_OVERRIDE:
/*
* Almost same.
*/
TkpWmOverrideCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_POSFROM:
/*
* Equal across platforms
*/
TkpWmPositionfromCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_PROTOCOL:
/*
* Equal across platforms
*/
TkpWmProtocolCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_RESIZABLE:
/*
* Almost same
*/
TkpWmResizableCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_SIZEFROM:
/*
* Equal across platforms
*/
TkpWmSizefromCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_STATE:
TkpWmStateCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_TITLE:
TkpWmTitleCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_TRANSIENT:
TkpWmTransientCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case TKWM_WITHDRAW:
TkpWmWithdrawCmd(interp, tkwin, winPtr, objc, objv);
break;
}
updateGeom:
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetDisplayOf --
*
* Parses a "-displayof window" option for various commands. If present,
* the literal "-displayof" should be in objv[0] and the window name in
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 |
Tk_Window *tkwinPtr) /* On input, contains main window of
* application associated with interp. On
* output, filled with window specified as
* option to "-displayof" argument, or
* unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
* present. */
{
| | | | | | | < | > | < > | | | | < | 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 |
Tk_Window *tkwinPtr) /* On input, contains main window of
* application associated with interp. On
* output, filled with window specified as
* option to "-displayof" argument, or
* unmodified if "-displayof" argument was not
* present. */
{
char *string;
int length;
if (objc < 1) {
return 0;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[0], &length);
if ((length >= 2) &&
(strncmp(string, "-displayof", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
"value for \"-displayof\" missing", -1);
return -1;
}
*tkwinPtr = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), *tkwinPtr);
if (*tkwinPtr == NULL) {
return -1;
}
return 2;
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkDeadAppCmd --
*
* If an application has been deleted then all Tk commands will be
* re-bound to this function.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl error is reported to let the user know that the
* application is dead.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkDeadAppCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Dummy. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't invoke \"", argv[0],
"\" command: application has been destroyed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTopHierarchy --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkColor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
Display *display; /* Display for colormap. */
} ValueKey;
/*
* The structure below is used to allocate thread-local data.
*/
| | < | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
Display *display; /* Display for colormap. */
} ValueKey;
/*
* The structure below is used to allocate thread-local data.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
char rgbString[20]; /* */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ColorInit(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
static void DupColorObjProc(Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr);
static void FreeColorObjProc(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void InitColorObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "color" Tcl
* object, which maps a string color name to a TkColor object. The ptr1 field
* of the Tcl_Obj points to a TkColor object.
*/
Tcl_ObjType tkColorObjType = {
"color", /* name */
FreeColorObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupColorObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
NULL /* setFromAnyProc */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
if (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) {
/*
* This is a stale reference: it refers to a TkColor that's no
* longer in use. Clear the reference.
*/
| | | | | | | 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
if (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) {
/*
* This is a stale reference: it refers to a TkColor that's no
* longer in use. Clear the reference.
*/
FreeColorObjProc(objPtr);
tkColPtr = NULL;
} else if ((Tk_Screen(tkwin) == tkColPtr->screen)
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == tkColPtr->colormap)) {
tkColPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return (XColor *) tkColPtr;
}
}
/*
* The object didn't point to the TkColor that we wanted. Search the list
* of TkColors with the same name to see if one of the other TkColors is
* the right one.
*/
if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
TkColor *firstColorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr);
FreeColorObjProc(objPtr);
for (tkColPtr = firstColorPtr; tkColPtr != NULL;
tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((Tk_Screen(tkwin) == tkColPtr->screen)
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == tkColPtr->colormap)) {
tkColPtr->resourceRefCount++;
tkColPtr->objRefCount++;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr;
return (XColor *) tkColPtr;
}
}
}
/*
* Still no luck. Call Tk_GetColor to allocate a new TkColor object.
*/
tkColPtr = (TkColor *) Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr;
if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
tkColPtr->objRefCount++;
}
return (XColor *) tkColPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
/*
* First, check to see if there's already a mapping for this color name.
*/
nameHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorNameTable, name, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
| | < | | < | | | 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 |
/*
* First, check to see if there's already a mapping for this color name.
*/
nameHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorNameTable, name, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
existingColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr);
for (tkColPtr = existingColPtr; tkColPtr != NULL;
tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((tkColPtr->screen == Tk_Screen(tkwin))
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == tkColPtr->colormap)) {
tkColPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return &tkColPtr->color;
}
}
} else {
existingColPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* The name isn't currently known. Map from the name to a pixel value.
*/
tkColPtr = TkpGetColor(tkwin, name);
if (tkColPtr == NULL) {
if (interp != NULL) {
if (*name == '#') {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", name,
"\"", NULL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown color name \"", name,
"\"", NULL);
}
}
if (isNew) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(nameHashPtr);
}
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
valueKey.green = colorPtr->green;
valueKey.blue = colorPtr->blue;
valueKey.colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
valueKey.display = display;
valueHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorValueTable,
(char *) &valueKey, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
| | | 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 |
valueKey.green = colorPtr->green;
valueKey.blue = colorPtr->blue;
valueKey.colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
valueKey.display = display;
valueHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorValueTable,
(char *) &valueKey, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
tkColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(valueHashPtr);
tkColPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return &tkColPtr->color;
}
/*
* The name isn't currently known. Find a pixel value for this color and
* add a new structure to colorValueTable (in TkDisplay).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
355 356 357 358 359 360 361 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_NameOfColor(
XColor *colorPtr) /* Color whose name is desired. */
{
register TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) colorPtr;
if (tkColPtr->magic==COLOR_MAGIC && tkColPtr->type==TK_COLOR_BY_NAME) {
return tkColPtr->hashPtr->key.string;
} else {
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
sprintf(tsdPtr->rgbString, "#%04x%04x%04x", colorPtr->red,
colorPtr->green, colorPtr->blue);
return tsdPtr->rgbString;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
* Tk_GetColor.
*/
if (tkColPtr->magic != COLOR_MAGIC) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeColor called with bogus color");
}
| > | | | | 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 |
* Tk_GetColor.
*/
if (tkColPtr->magic != COLOR_MAGIC) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeColor called with bogus color");
}
tkColPtr->resourceRefCount--;
if (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
return;
}
/*
* This color is no longer being actively used, so free the color
* resources associated with it and remove it from the hash table. No
* longer any objects referencing it.
*/
if (tkColPtr->gc != NULL) {
XFreeGC(DisplayOfScreen(screen), tkColPtr->gc);
tkColPtr->gc = NULL;
}
TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr);
prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr);
if (prevPtr == tkColPtr) {
if (tkColPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(tkColPtr->hashPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr, tkColPtr->nextPtr);
}
} else {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != tkColPtr) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr;
}
/*
* Free the TkColor structure if there are no objects referencing it.
* However, if there are objects referencing it then keep the structure
* around; it will get freed when the last reference is cleared
*/
if (tkColPtr->objRefCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) tkColPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeColorFromObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
545 546 547 548 549 550 551 |
void
Tk_FreeColorFromObj(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window this color lives in. Needed for
* the screen and colormap values. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The Tcl_Obj * to be freed. */
{
Tk_FreeColor(Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
| | | < < < < < < < < | > | | | 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 |
void
Tk_FreeColorFromObj(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window this color lives in. Needed for
* the screen and colormap values. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The Tcl_Obj * to be freed. */
{
Tk_FreeColor(Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
FreeColorObjProc(objPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeColorObjProc --
*
* This proc is called to release an object reference to a color. Called
* when the object's internal rep is released or when the cached tkColPtr
* needs to be changed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The object reference count is decremented. When both it and the hash
* ref count go to zero, the color's resources are released.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeColorObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object we are releasing. */
{
TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
tkColPtr->objRefCount--;
if ((tkColPtr->objRefCount == 0)
&& (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
ckfree((char *) tkColPtr);
}
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
613 614 615 616 617 618 619 |
*/
static void
DupColorObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
| | | | 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
*/
static void
DupColorObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr;
if (tkColPtr != NULL) {
tkColPtr->objRefCount++;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
663 664 665 666 667 668 669 |
/*
* First check to see if the internal representation of the object is
* defined and is a color that is valid for the current screen and color
* map. If it is, we are done.
*/
| | | 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 |
/*
* First check to see if the internal representation of the object is
* defined and is a color that is valid for the current screen and color
* map. If it is, we are done.
*/
tkColPtr = (TkColor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if ((tkColPtr != NULL)
&& (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount > 0)
&& (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == tkColPtr->screen)
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == tkColPtr->colormap)) {
/*
* The object already points to the right TkColor structure. Just
* return it.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
*/
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorNameTable,
Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
if (hashPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
| | | | | 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 |
*/
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorNameTable,
Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
if (hashPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
for (tkColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
(tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((Tk_Screen(tkwin) == tkColPtr->screen)
&& (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == tkColPtr->colormap)) {
FreeColorObjProc(objPtr);
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr;
tkColPtr->objRefCount++;
return (XColor *) tkColPtr;
}
}
error:
Tcl_Panic("Tk_GetColorFromObj called with non-existent color!");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
739 740 741 742 743 744 745 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
| | | 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &tkColorObjType;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
796 797 798 799 800 801 802 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugColor(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the color will be used
* (not currently used). */
| | | | | | | | | | | 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugColor(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the color will be used
* (not currently used). */
char *name) /* Name of the desired color. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorNameTable, name);
if (hashPtr != NULL) {
TkColor *tkColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (tkColPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugColor found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(tkColPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(tkColPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
#ifndef __WIN32__
/* This function is not necessary for Win32,
* since XParseColor already does the right thing */
#undef XParseColor
CONST char *CONST tkWebColors[20] = {
/* 'a' */ "qua\0#0000ffffffff",
/* 'b' */ NULL,
/* 'c' */ "rimson\0#dcdc14143c3c",
/* 'd' */ NULL,
/* 'e' */ NULL,
/* 'f' */ "uchsia\0#ffff0000ffff",
/* 'g' */ NULL,
/* 'h' */ NULL,
/* 'i' */ "ndigo\0#4b4b00008282",
/* 'j' */ NULL,
/* 'k' */ NULL,
/* 'l' */ "ime\0#0000ffff0000",
/* 'm' */ NULL,
/* 'n' */ NULL,
/* 'o' */ "live\0#808080800000",
/* 'p' */ NULL,
/* 'q' */ NULL,
/* 'r' */ NULL,
/* 's' */ "ilver\0#c0c0c0c0c0c0",
/* 't' */ "eal\0#000080808080"
};
Status
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
907 908 909 910 911 912 913 |
/* Not exactly 12 hex digits, so invalid */
return 0;
} else {
name -= 13;
}
goto done;
} else if (((*name - 'A') & 0xdf) < sizeof(tkWebColors)/sizeof(tkWebColors[0])) {
| < < < < < < | | | | | | | < > | | 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 |
/* Not exactly 12 hex digits, so invalid */
return 0;
} else {
name -= 13;
}
goto done;
} else if (((*name - 'A') & 0xdf) < sizeof(tkWebColors)/sizeof(tkWebColors[0])) {
const char *p = tkWebColors[((*name - 'A') & 0x1f)];
if (p) {
const char *q = name;
while (!((*p - *(++q)) & 0xdf)) {
if (!*p++) {
name = p;
goto done;
}
}
}
}
if (strlen(name) > 99) {
/* Don't bother to parse this. [Bug 2809525]*/
return 0;
}
done:
return XParseColor(display, map, name, color);
}
#endif /* __WIN32__ */
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkColor.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKCOLOR #define _TKCOLOR | | > > > > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKCOLOR #define _TKCOLOR #include <tkInt.h> #ifdef BUILD_tk #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT #endif /* * One of the following data structures is used to keep track of each color * that is being used by the application; typically there is a colormap entry * allocated for each of these colors. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
* color and all other fields defaulted. May
* be NULL. */
Screen *screen; /* Screen where this color is valid. Used to
* delete it, and to find its display. */
Colormap colormap; /* Colormap from which this entry was
* allocated. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual associated with colormap. */
| | | | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
* color and all other fields defaulted. May
* be NULL. */
Screen *screen; /* Screen where this color is valid. Used to
* delete it, and to find its display. */
Colormap colormap; /* Colormap from which this entry was
* allocated. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual associated with colormap. */
int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this color (each
* active use corresponds to a call to
* Tk_AllocColorFromObj or Tk_GetColor). If
* this count is 0, then this TkColor
* structure is no longer valid and it isn't
* present in a hash table: it is being kept
* around only because there are objects
* referring to it. The structure is freed
* when resourceRefCount and objRefCount are
* both 0. */
int objRefCount; /* The number of Tcl objects that reference
* this structure. */
int type; /* TK_COLOR_BY_NAME or TK_COLOR_BY_VALUE. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Pointer to hash table entry for this
* structure. (for use in deleting entry). */
struct TkColor *nextPtr; /* Points to the next TkColor structure with
* the same color name. Colors with the same
* name but different screens or colormaps are
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 | #ifndef TkpFreeColor MODULE_SCOPE void TkpFreeColor(TkColor *tkColPtr); #endif MODULE_SCOPE TkColor * TkpGetColor(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid name); MODULE_SCOPE TkColor * TkpGetColorByValue(Tk_Window tkwin, XColor *colorPtr); #endif /* _TKCOLOR */ | > > > | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | #ifndef TkpFreeColor MODULE_SCOPE void TkpFreeColor(TkColor *tkColPtr); #endif MODULE_SCOPE TkColor * TkpGetColor(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid name); MODULE_SCOPE TkColor * TkpGetColorByValue(Tk_Window tkwin, XColor *colorPtr); #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKCOLOR */ |
Changes to generic/tkConfig.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | #define __NO_OLD_CONFIG #endif #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" /* | | | < < < < < | | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | #define __NO_OLD_CONFIG #endif #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" /* * The following definition is an AssocData key used to keep track of all of * the option tables that have been created for an interpreter. */ #define OPTION_HASH_KEY "TkOptionTable" /* * The following two structures are used along with Tk_OptionSpec structures * to manage configuration options. Tk_OptionSpec is static templates that are * compiled into the code of a widget or other object manager. However, to * look up options efficiently we need to supplement the static information * with additional dynamic information, and this dynamic information may be |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
Tcl_Obj *defaultPtr; /* Default value for this option. */
union {
Tcl_Obj *monoColorPtr; /* For color and border options, this is an
* alternate default value to use on
* monochrome displays. */
struct TkOption *synonymPtr;
/* For synonym options, this points to the
| | | | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
Tcl_Obj *defaultPtr; /* Default value for this option. */
union {
Tcl_Obj *monoColorPtr; /* For color and border options, this is an
* alternate default value to use on
* monochrome displays. */
struct TkOption *synonymPtr;
/* For synonym options, this points to the
* master entry. */
struct Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom;
/* For TK_OPTION_CUSTOM. */
} extra;
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flag values; see below for
* definitions. */
} Option;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
/*
* One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
* passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
*/
typedef struct OptionTable {
| | | | > > | | | | < | | | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
/*
* One of the following exists for each Tk_OptionSpec array that has been
* passed to Tk_CreateOptionTable.
*/
typedef struct OptionTable {
int refCount; /* Counts the number of uses of this table
* (the number of times Tk_CreateOptionTable
* has returned it). This can be greater than
* 1 if it is shared along several option
* table chains, or if the same table is used
* for multiple purposes. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* Hash table entry that refers to this table;
* used to delete the entry. */
struct OptionTable *nextPtr;/* If templatePtr was part of a chain of
* templates, this points to the table
* corresponding to the next template in the
* chain. */
int numOptions; /* The number of items in the options array
* below. */
Option options[1]; /* Information about the individual options in
* the table. This must be the last field in
* the structure: the actual size of the array
* will be numOptions, not 1. */
} OptionTable;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static int DoObjConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOption *savePtr);
static void DestroyOptionHashTable(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void FreeResources(Option *optionPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
char *internalPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj * GetConfigList(char *recordPtr,
Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Tcl_Obj * GetObjectForOption(char *recordPtr,
Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Option * GetOption(const char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static Option * GetOptionFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, OptionTable *tablePtr);
static int ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int SetOptionFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/*
* The structure below defines an object type that is used to cache the result
* of looking up an option name. If an object has this type, then its
* internalPtr1 field points to the OptionTable in which it was looked up, and
* the internalPtr2 field points to the entry that matched.
*/
Tcl_ObjType tkOptionObjType = {
"option", /* name */
NULL, /* freeIntRepProc */
NULL, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetOptionFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateOptionTable --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
Tk_CreateOptionTable(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter associated with the application
* in which this table will be used. */
const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr)
/* Static information about the configuration
* options. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
OptionTable *tablePtr;
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
Option *optionPtr;
| > | < < | | | > > | > > | > | > | | | > | | | | 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 |
Tk_CreateOptionTable(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter associated with the application
* in which this table will be used. */
const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr)
/* Static information about the configuration
* options. */
{
Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
OptionTable *tablePtr;
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2;
Option *optionPtr;
int numOptions, i;
/*
* We use an AssocData value in the interpreter to keep a hash table of
* all the option tables we've created for this application. This is used
* for two purposes. First, it allows us to share the tables (e.g. in
* several chains) and second, we use the deletion callback for the
* AssocData to delete all the option tables when the interpreter is
* deleted. The code below finds the hash table or creates a new one if it
* doesn't already exist.
*/
hashTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, OPTION_HASH_KEY,
NULL);
if (hashTablePtr == NULL) {
hashTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
Tcl_InitHashTable(hashTablePtr, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, OPTION_HASH_KEY, DestroyOptionHashTable,
(ClientData) hashTablePtr);
}
/*
* See if a table has already been created for this template. If so, just
* reuse the existing table.
*/
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(hashTablePtr, (char *) templatePtr,
&newEntry);
if (!newEntry) {
tablePtr = (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
tablePtr->refCount++;
return (Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr;
}
/*
* Count the number of options in the template, then create the table
* structure.
*/
numOptions = 0;
for (specPtr = templatePtr; specPtr->type != TK_OPTION_END; specPtr++) {
numOptions++;
}
tablePtr = (OptionTable *) (ckalloc(sizeof(OptionTable)
+ (numOptions * sizeof(Option))));
tablePtr->refCount = 1;
tablePtr->hashEntryPtr = hashEntryPtr;
tablePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
tablePtr->numOptions = numOptions;
/*
* Initialize all of the Option structures in the table.
*/
for (specPtr = templatePtr, optionPtr = tablePtr->options;
specPtr->type != TK_OPTION_END; specPtr++, optionPtr++) {
optionPtr->specPtr = specPtr;
optionPtr->dbNameUID = NULL;
optionPtr->dbClassUID = NULL;
optionPtr->defaultPtr = NULL;
optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr = NULL;
optionPtr->flags = 0;
if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
/*
* This is a synonym option; find the master option that it refers
* to and create a pointer from the synonym to the master.
*/
for (specPtr2 = templatePtr, i = 0; ; specPtr2++, i++) {
if (specPtr2->type == TK_OPTION_END) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_CreateOptionTable couldn't find synonym");
}
if (strcmp(specPtr2->optionName,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
262 263 264 265 266 267 268 |
optionPtr->defaultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(specPtr->defValue,-1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(optionPtr->defaultPtr);
}
if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_COLOR)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER))
&& (specPtr->clientData != NULL)) {
optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr =
| | < | > | | | | 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 |
optionPtr->defaultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(specPtr->defValue,-1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(optionPtr->defaultPtr);
}
if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_COLOR)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER))
&& (specPtr->clientData != NULL)) {
optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr =
Tcl_NewStringObj((char *) specPtr->clientData, -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr);
}
if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CUSTOM) {
/*
* Get the custom parsing, etc., functions.
*/
optionPtr->extra.custom =
(Tk_ObjCustomOption *) specPtr->clientData;
}
}
if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_STRING)
&& (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0))
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_COLOR)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_FONT)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BITMAP)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CURSOR)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_CUSTOM)) {
optionPtr->flags |= OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING;
}
}
tablePtr->hashEntryPtr = hashEntryPtr;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, tablePtr);
/*
* Finally, check to see if this template chains to another template with
* additional options. If so, call ourselves recursively to create the
* next table(s).
*/
if (specPtr->clientData != NULL) {
tablePtr->nextPtr = (OptionTable *) Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
(Tk_OptionSpec *) specPtr->clientData);
}
return (Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
Tk_OptionTable optionTable) /* The option table to delete. */
{
OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
Option *optionPtr;
| | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 |
void
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(
Tk_OptionTable optionTable) /* The option table to delete. */
{
OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
Option *optionPtr;
int count;
tablePtr->refCount--;
if (tablePtr->refCount > 0) {
return;
}
if (tablePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr->nextPtr);
}
for (count = tablePtr->numOptions, optionPtr = tablePtr->options;
count > 0; count--, optionPtr++) {
if (optionPtr->defaultPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(optionPtr->defaultPtr);
}
if (((optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_COLOR)
|| (optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER))
&& (optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr != NULL)) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr);
}
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(tablePtr->hashEntryPtr);
ckfree((char *) tablePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyOptionHashTable --
*
* This function is the deletion callback associated with the AssocData
* entry created by Tk_CreateOptionTable. It is invoked when an
* interpreter is deleted, and deletes all of the option tables
* associated with that interpreter.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The option hash table is destroyed along with all of the OptionTable
* structures that it refers to.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyOptionHashTable(
ClientData clientData, /* The hash table we are destroying */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* The interpreter we are destroying */
{
Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) clientData;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
OptionTable *tablePtr;
for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(hashTablePtr, &search);
hashEntryPtr != NULL;
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
tablePtr = (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
/*
* The following statements do two tricky things:
* 1. They ensure that the option table is deleted, even if there are
* outstanding references to it.
* 2. They ensure that Tk_DeleteOptionTable doesn't delete other
* tables chained from this one; we'll do it when we come across
* the hash table entry for the chained table (in fact, the chained
* table may already have been deleted).
*/
tablePtr->refCount = 1;
tablePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
Tk_DeleteOptionTable((Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(hashTablePtr);
ckfree((char *) hashTablePtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_InitOptions --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_InitOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. NULL means
* don't leave an error message. */
| | | 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_InitOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. NULL means
* don't leave an error message. */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to the record to configure. Note:
* the caller should have properly initialized
* the record with NULL pointers for each
* option value. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* The token which matches the config specs
* for the widget in question. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Certain options types (such as
* TK_OPTION_COLOR) need fields out of the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 |
*/
static int
DoObjConfig(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no message is left if an error
* occurs. */
| | | | | | | | | 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 |
*/
static int
DoObjConfig(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no message is left if an error
* occurs. */
char *recordPtr, /* The record to modify to hold the new option
* value. */
Option *optionPtr, /* Pointer to information about the option. */
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, /* New value for option. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which option will be used (needed
* to allocate resources for some options).
* May be NULL if the option doesn't require
* window-related resources. */
Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr)
/* If NULL, the old value for the option will
* be freed. If non-NULL, the old value will
* be stored here, and it becomes the property
* of the caller (the caller must eventually
* free the old value). */
{
Tcl_Obj **slotPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
char *internalPtr; /* Points to location in record where internal
* representation of value should be stored,
* or NULL. */
char *oldInternalPtr; /* Points to location in which to save old
* internal representation of value. */
Tk_SavedOption internal; /* Used to save the old internal
* representation of the value if
* savedOptionPtr is NULL. */
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
int nullOK;
/*
* Save the old object form for the value, if there is one.
*/
specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
slotPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
oldPtr = *slotPtrPtr;
} else {
slotPtrPtr = NULL;
oldPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* Apply the new value in a type-specific way. Also remember the old
* object and internal forms, if they exist.
*/
if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
internalPtr = recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
} else {
internalPtr = NULL;
}
if (savedOptionPtr != NULL) {
savedOptionPtr->optionPtr = optionPtr;
savedOptionPtr->valuePtr = oldPtr;
oldInternalPtr = (char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
650 651 652 653 654 655 656 |
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((double *) oldInternalPtr) = *((double *) internalPtr);
*((double *) internalPtr) = newDbl;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_STRING: {
| | < | | | < < < < | | | | | < | 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 |
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((double *) oldInternalPtr) = *((double *) internalPtr);
*((double *) internalPtr) = newDbl;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_STRING: {
char *newStr, *value;
int length;
if (nullOK && ObjectIsEmpty(valuePtr)) {
valuePtr = NULL;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
if (valuePtr != NULL) {
value = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &length);
newStr = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
strcpy(newStr, value);
} else {
newStr = NULL;
}
*((char **) oldInternalPtr) = *((char **) internalPtr);
*((char **) internalPtr) = newStr;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE: {
int newValue;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, valuePtr,
(const char **) optionPtr->specPtr->clientData,
optionPtr->specPtr->optionName+1, 0, &newValue) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((int *) oldInternalPtr) = *((int *) internalPtr);
*((int *) internalPtr) = newValue;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_COLOR: {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
876 877 878 879 880 881 882 |
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((Tk_Window *) oldInternalPtr) = *((Tk_Window *) internalPtr);
*((Tk_Window *) internalPtr) = newWin;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
| | | > > > < | | | > | 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 |
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((Tk_Window *) oldInternalPtr) = *((Tk_Window *) internalPtr);
*((Tk_Window *) internalPtr) = newWin;
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
if (custom->setProc(custom->clientData, interp, tkwin,
&valuePtr, recordPtr, optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset,
(char *)oldInternalPtr, optionPtr->specPtr->flags) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
{
char buf[40+TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
default:
sprintf(buf, "bad config table: unknown type %d",
optionPtr->specPtr->type);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Release resources associated with the old value, if we're not returning
* it to the caller, then install the new object value into the record.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return 1;
}
| > > | | > | | 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
int length;
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return 1;
}
if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
return (objPtr->length == 0);
}
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
return (length == 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetOption --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
975 976 977 978 979 980 981 |
const char *name, /* String balue to be looked up in the option
* table. */
OptionTable *tablePtr) /* Table in which to look up name. */
{
Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
OptionTable *tablePtr2;
const char *p1, *p2;
| | | 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 |
const char *name, /* String balue to be looked up in the option
* table. */
OptionTable *tablePtr) /* Table in which to look up name. */
{
Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr;
OptionTable *tablePtr2;
const char *p1, *p2;
int count;
/*
* Search through all of the option tables in the chain to find the best
* match. Some tricky aspects:
*
* 1. We have to accept unique abbreviations.
* 2. The same name could appear in different tables in the chain. If this
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used only for error reporting; if NULL no
* message is left after an error. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Object whose string value is to be looked
* up in the option table. */
OptionTable *tablePtr) /* Table in which to look up objPtr. */
{
Option *bestPtr;
| | | | 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used only for error reporting; if NULL no
* message is left after an error. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Object whose string value is to be looked
* up in the option table. */
OptionTable *tablePtr) /* Table in which to look up objPtr. */
{
Option *bestPtr;
char *name;
/*
* First, check to see if the object already has the answer cached.
*/
if (objPtr->typePtr == &tkOptionObjType) {
if (objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 == (void *) tablePtr) {
return (Option *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2;
}
}
/*
* The answer isn't cached.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 |
if ((objPtr->typePtr != NULL)
&& (objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
}
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tablePtr;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (void *) bestPtr;
| | < < | < | 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 |
if ((objPtr->typePtr != NULL)
&& (objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc(objPtr);
}
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tablePtr;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (void *) bestPtr;
objPtr->typePtr = &tkOptionObjType;
return bestPtr;
error:
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", name, "\"", NULL);
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 |
}
return optionPtr->specPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | | > < > > < < | | | > | < | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 |
}
return optionPtr->specPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetOptionFromAny --
*
* This function is called to convert a Tcl object to option internal
* form. However, this doesn't make sense (need to have a table of
* options in order to do the conversion) so the function always
* generates an error.
*
* Results:
* The return value is always TCL_ERROR, and an error message is left in
* interp's result if interp isn't NULL.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetOptionFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
register Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
"can't convert value to option except via GetOptionFromObj API",
-1);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SetOptions --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_SetOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no error message is returned.*/
| | | 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_SetOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no error message is returned.*/
char *recordPtr, /* The record to configure. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Describes valid options. */
int objc, /* The number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window associated with the thing being
* configured; needed for some options (such
* as colors). */
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, /* If non-NULL, the old values of modified
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 |
}
if (optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
optionPtr = optionPtr->extra.synonymPtr;
}
if (objc < 2) {
if (interp != NULL) {
| | < | | | > | | | > | 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 |
}
if (optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
optionPtr = optionPtr->extra.synonymPtr;
}
if (objc < 2) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
"value for \"", Tcl_GetStringFromObj(*objv, NULL),
"\" missing", NULL);
goto error;
}
}
if ((savePtr != NULL)
&& (lastSavePtr->numItems >= TK_NUM_SAVED_OPTIONS)) {
/*
* We've run out of space for saving old option values. Allocate
* more space.
*/
newSavePtr = (Tk_SavedOptions *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions));
newSavePtr->recordPtr = recordPtr;
newSavePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
newSavePtr->numItems = 0;
newSavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
lastSavePtr->nextPtr = newSavePtr;
lastSavePtr = newSavePtr;
}
if (DoObjConfig(interp, recordPtr, optionPtr, objv[1], tkwin,
(savePtr != NULL) ? &lastSavePtr->items[lastSavePtr->numItems]
: NULL) != TCL_OK) {
char msg[100];
sprintf(msg, "\n (processing \"%.40s\" option)",
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(*objv, NULL));
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, msg);
goto error;
}
if (savePtr != NULL) {
lastSavePtr->numItems++;
}
mask |= optionPtr->specPtr->typeMask;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 |
*/
void
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr) /* Holds saved option information; must have
* been passed to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | | < > > | 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 |
*/
void
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr) /* Holds saved option information; must have
* been passed to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
int i;
Option *optionPtr;
Tcl_Obj *newPtr; /* New object value of option, which we
* replace with old value and free. Taken from
* record. */
char *internalPtr; /* Points to internal value of option in
* record. */
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
/*
* Be sure to restore the options in the opposite order they were set.
* This is important because it's possible that the same option name was
* used twice in a single call to Tk_SetOptions.
*/
if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
ckfree((char *) savePtr->nextPtr);
savePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
for (i = savePtr->numItems - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
optionPtr = savePtr->items[i].optionPtr;
specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
/*
* First free the new value of the option, which is currently in the
* record.
*/
if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
newPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset));
} else {
newPtr = NULL;
}
if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
internalPtr = savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
} else {
internalPtr = NULL;
}
if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
FreeResources(optionPtr, newPtr, internalPtr, savePtr->tkwin);
}
if (newPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newPtr);
}
/*
* Now restore the old value of the option.
*/
if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
*((Tcl_Obj **) (savePtr->recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset))
= savePtr->items[i].valuePtr;
}
if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
register char *ptr = (char *) &savePtr->items[i].internalForm;
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_INT:
*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
*((double *) internalPtr) = *((double *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 |
case TK_OPTION_PIXELS:
*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_WINDOW:
*((Tk_Window *) internalPtr) = *((Tk_Window *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
| | | | 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 |
case TK_OPTION_PIXELS:
*((int *) internalPtr) = *((int *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_WINDOW:
*((Tk_Window *) internalPtr) = *((Tk_Window *) ptr);
break;
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
if (custom->restoreProc != NULL) {
custom->restoreProc(custom->clientData, savePtr->tkwin,
internalPtr, ptr);
}
break;
}
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad option type in Tk_RestoreSavedOptions");
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 |
*/
void
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr) /* Contains options saved in a previous call
* to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
| | | | | > | 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 |
*/
void
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr) /* Contains options saved in a previous call
* to Tk_SetOptions. */
{
int count;
Tk_SavedOption *savedOptionPtr;
if (savePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(savePtr->nextPtr);
ckfree((char *) savePtr->nextPtr);
}
for (count = savePtr->numItems,
savedOptionPtr = &savePtr->items[savePtr->numItems-1];
count > 0; count--, savedOptionPtr--) {
if (savedOptionPtr->optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
FreeResources(savedOptionPtr->optionPtr, savedOptionPtr->valuePtr,
(char *) &savedOptionPtr->internalForm, savePtr->tkwin);
}
if (savedOptionPtr->valuePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(savedOptionPtr->valuePtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 | * Side effects: * All of the Tcl_Obj's in recordPtr that are controlled by configuration * options in optionTable are freed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_FreeConfigOptions( | > | | | | | | | | 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 |
* Side effects:
* All of the Tcl_Obj's in recordPtr that are controlled by configuration
* options in optionTable are freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
void
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(
char *recordPtr, /* Record whose fields contain current values
* for options. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Describes legal options. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window associated with recordPtr; needed
* for freeing some options. */
{
OptionTable *tablePtr;
Option *optionPtr;
int count;
Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr;
char *oldInternalPtr;
const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr;
for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL;
tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
for (optionPtr = tablePtr->options, count = tablePtr->numOptions;
count > 0; optionPtr++, count--) {
specPtr = optionPtr->specPtr;
if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
continue;
}
if (specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
oldPtrPtr = (Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr + specPtr->objOffset);
oldPtr = *oldPtrPtr;
*oldPtrPtr = NULL;
} else {
oldPtr = NULL;
}
if (specPtr->internalOffset >= 0) {
oldInternalPtr = recordPtr + specPtr->internalOffset;
} else {
oldInternalPtr = NULL;
}
if (optionPtr->flags & OPTION_NEEDS_FREEING) {
FreeResources(optionPtr, oldPtr, oldInternalPtr, tkwin);
}
if (oldPtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 |
*/
static void
FreeResources(
Option *optionPtr, /* Description of the configuration option. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The current value of the option, specified
* as an object. */
| | | | | 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 |
*/
static void
FreeResources(
Option *optionPtr, /* Description of the configuration option. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The current value of the option, specified
* as an object. */
char *internalPtr, /* A pointer to an internal representation for
* the option's value, such as an int or
* (XColor *). Only valid if
* optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset >= 0. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The window in which this option is used. */
{
int internalFormExists;
/*
* If there exists an internal form for the value, use it to free
* resources (also zero out the internal form). If there is no internal
* form, then use the object form.
*/
internalFormExists = optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset >= 0;
switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
if (internalFormExists) {
if (*((char **) internalPtr) != NULL) {
ckfree(*((char **) internalPtr));
*((char **) internalPtr) = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 |
Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
if (internalFormExists) {
Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
if (internalFormExists) {
if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;
| > > | 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 |
Tk_FreeFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_STYLE:
if (internalFormExists) {
Tk_FreeStyle(*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr));
*((Tk_Style *) internalPtr) = NULL;
} else if (objPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(objPtr);
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_BITMAP:
if (internalFormExists) {
if (*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), *((Pixmap *) internalPtr));
*((Pixmap *) internalPtr) = None;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 |
*((Tk_Cursor *) internalPtr) = NULL;
}
} else if (objPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
| | | > | 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 |
*((Tk_Cursor *) internalPtr) = NULL;
}
} else if (objPtr != NULL) {
Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(tkwin, objPtr);
}
break;
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
if (internalFormExists && custom->freeProc != NULL) {
custom->freeProc(custom->clientData, tkwin, internalPtr);
}
break;
}
default:
break;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetOptionInfo --
*
* Returns a list object containing complete information about either a
* single option or all the configuration options in a table.
*
* Results:
* This function normally returns a pointer to an object. If namePtr
* isn't NULL, then the result object is a list with five elements: the
* option's name, its database name, database class, default value, and
* current value. If the option is a synonym then the list will contain
* only two values: the option name and the name of the option it refers
* to. If namePtr is NULL, then information is returned for every option
* in the option table: the result will have one sub-list (in the form
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no error message is created. */
| | | | 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL,
* then no error message is created. */
char *recordPtr, /* Record whose fields contain current values
* for options. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Describes all the legal options. */
Tcl_Obj *namePtr, /* If non-NULL, the string value selects a
* single option whose info is to be returned.
* Otherwise info is returned for all options
* in optionTable. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window associated with recordPtr; needed to
* compute correct default value for some
* options. */
{
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
Option *optionPtr;
int count;
/*
* If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
* handle that one spec specially.
*/
if (namePtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 | * Memory is allocated. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * GetConfigList( | | | 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 |
* Memory is allocated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetConfigList(
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to record holding current values of
* configuration options. */
Option *optionPtr, /* Pointer to information describing a
* particular option. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
Tcl_Obj *listPtr, *elementPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 |
} else if (optionPtr->defaultPtr != NULL) {
elementPtr = optionPtr->defaultPtr;
} else {
elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, elementPtr);
| | | | 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 |
} else if (optionPtr->defaultPtr != NULL) {
elementPtr = optionPtr->defaultPtr;
} else {
elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listPtr, elementPtr);
if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
elementPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr
+ optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
if (elementPtr == NULL) {
elementPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
} else {
elementPtr = GetObjectForOption(recordPtr, optionPtr, tkwin);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * GetObjectForOption( | | | > < < | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetObjectForOption(
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to record holding current values of
* configuration options. */
Option *optionPtr, /* Pointer to information describing an option
* whose internal value is stored in
* *recordPtr. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
char *internalPtr; /* Points to internal value of option in
* record. */
internalPtr = recordPtr + optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset;
objPtr = NULL;
switch (optionPtr->specPtr->type) {
case TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN:
objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_INT:
objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_DOUBLE:
objPtr = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(*((double *) internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(*((char **) internalPtr), -1);
break;
case TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(((char **) optionPtr->specPtr->clientData)[
*((int *) internalPtr)], -1);
break;
case TK_OPTION_COLOR: {
XColor *colorPtr = *((XColor **) internalPtr);
if (colorPtr != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfColor(colorPtr), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_FONT: {
Tk_Font tkfont = *((Tk_Font *) internalPtr);
if (tkfont != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfFont(tkfont), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_STYLE: {
Tk_Style style = *((Tk_Style *) internalPtr);
if (style != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfStyle(style), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_BITMAP: {
Pixmap pixmap = *((Pixmap *) internalPtr);
if (pixmap != None) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_NameOfBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pixmap), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_BORDER: {
Tk_3DBorder border = *((Tk_3DBorder *) internalPtr);
if (border != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOf3DBorder(border), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_RELIEF:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfRelief(*((int *) internalPtr)), -1);
break;
case TK_OPTION_CURSOR: {
Tk_Cursor cursor = *((Tk_Cursor *) internalPtr);
if (cursor != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_NameOfCursor(Tk_Display(tkwin), cursor), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfJustify(
*((Tk_Justify *) internalPtr)), -1);
break;
case TK_OPTION_ANCHOR:
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_NameOfAnchor(
*((Tk_Anchor *) internalPtr)), -1);
break;
case TK_OPTION_PIXELS:
objPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(*((int *) internalPtr));
break;
case TK_OPTION_WINDOW: {
Tk_Window tkwin = *((Tk_Window *) internalPtr);
if (tkwin != NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(tkwin), -1);
}
break;
}
case TK_OPTION_CUSTOM: {
Tk_ObjCustomOption *custom = optionPtr->extra.custom;
objPtr = custom->getProc(custom->clientData, tkwin, recordPtr,
optionPtr->specPtr->internalOffset);
break;
}
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad option type in GetObjectForOption");
}
if (objPtr == NULL) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
return objPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 |
*/
Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL
* then no messages are provided for
* errors. */
| | | | | 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 |
*/
Tcl_Obj *
Tk_GetOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. If NULL
* then no messages are provided for
* errors. */
char *recordPtr, /* Record whose fields contain current values
* for options. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Describes legal options. */
Tcl_Obj *namePtr, /* Gives the command-line name for the option
* whose value is to be returned. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window corresponding to recordPtr. */
{
OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable;
Option *optionPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
optionPtr = GetOptionFromObj(interp, namePtr, tablePtr);
if (optionPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (optionPtr->specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_SYNONYM) {
optionPtr = optionPtr->extra.synonymPtr;
}
if (optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset >= 0) {
resultPtr = *((Tcl_Obj **) (recordPtr+optionPtr->specPtr->objOffset));
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
/*
* This option has a null value and is represented by a null
* object pointer. We can't return the null pointer, since that
* would indicate an error. Instead, return a new empty object.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Tcl_Obj * TkDebugConfig( | | > < < > > | | | | | 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugConfig(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which the table is
* defined. */
Tk_OptionTable table) /* Table about which information is to be
* returned. May not necessarily exist in the
* interpreter anymore. */
{
OptionTable *tablePtr = (OptionTable *) table;
Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
hashTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, OPTION_HASH_KEY,
NULL);
if (hashTablePtr == NULL) {
return objPtr;
}
/*
* Scan all the tables for this interpreter to make sure that the one we
* want still is valid.
*/
for (hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(hashTablePtr, &search);
hashEntryPtr != NULL;
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
if (tablePtr == (OptionTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr)) {
for ( ; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->refCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(tablePtr->numOptions));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
tablePtr->options[0].specPtr->optionName, -1));
}
break;
}
}
return objPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkConsole.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkConsole.c -- * * This file implements a Tcl console for systems that may not otherwise * have access to a console. It uses the Text widget and provides special * access via a console command. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
/*
* tkConsole.c --
*
* This file implements a Tcl console for systems that may not otherwise
* have access to a console. It uses the Text widget and provides special
* access via a console command.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tk.h"
/*
* Each console is associated with an instance of the ConsoleInfo struct.
* It keeps track of what interp holds the Tk application that displays
* the console, and what interp is controlled by the interactions in that
* console. A refCount permits the struct to be shared as instance data
* by commands and by channels.
*/
typedef struct ConsoleInfo {
Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp; /* Interpreter displaying the console. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter controlled by console. */
int refCount;
} ConsoleInfo;
/*
* Each console channel holds an instance of the ChannelData struct as
* its instance data. It contains ConsoleInfo, so the channel can work
* with the appropriate console window, and a type value to distinguish
* the stdout channel from the stderr channel.
*/
typedef struct ChannelData {
ConsoleInfo *info;
int type; /* TCL_STDOUT or TCL_STDERR */
} ChannelData;
/*
* Prototypes for local procedures defined in this file:
*/
static int ConsoleClose(ClientData instanceData, Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void ConsoleDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
static void ConsoleEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static int ConsoleHandle(ClientData instanceData,
int direction, ClientData *handlePtr);
static int ConsoleInput(ClientData instanceData,
char *buf, int toRead, int *errorCode);
static int ConsoleObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int ConsoleOutput(ClientData instanceData,
CONST char *buf, int toWrite, int *errorCode);
static void ConsoleWatch(ClientData instanceData, int mask);
static void DeleteConsoleInterp(ClientData clientData);
static void InterpDeleteProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int InterpreterObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
/*
* This structure describes the channel type structure for file based IO:
*/
static Tcl_ChannelType consoleChannelType = {
"console", /* Type name. */
TCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4, /* v4 channel */
ConsoleClose, /* Close proc. */
ConsoleInput, /* Input proc. */
ConsoleOutput, /* Output proc. */
NULL, /* Seek proc. */
NULL, /* Set option proc. */
NULL, /* Get option proc. */
ConsoleWatch, /* Watch for events on console. */
ConsoleHandle, /* Get a handle from the device. */
NULL, /* close2proc. */
NULL, /* Always non-blocking.*/
NULL, /* flush proc. */
NULL, /* handler proc. */
NULL, /* wide seek proc */
NULL, /* thread action proc */
NULL
};
#ifdef __WIN32__
#include <windows.h>
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ShouldUseConsoleChannel
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 |
/*
* If the file is a character device, we need to try to figure out whether
* it is a serial port, a console, or something else. We test for the
* console case first because this is more common.
*/
if (fileType == FILE_TYPE_CHAR) {
| | | 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
/*
* If the file is a character device, we need to try to figure out whether
* it is a serial port, a console, or something else. We test for the
* console case first because this is more common.
*/
if (fileType == FILE_TYPE_CHAR) {
dcb.DCBlength = sizeof( DCB ) ;
if (!GetConsoleMode(handle, &consoleParams) &&
!GetCommState(handle, &dcb)) {
/*
* Don't use a CHAR type channel for stdio, otherwise Tk runs into
* trouble with the MS DevStudio debugger.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
ConsoleInfo *info;
Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;
/*
* Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
*/
| | | < | < < | | < | | | < | | > | > | > | < | | > | > | > | < | | > | > | > | | 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 |
ConsoleInfo *info;
Tcl_Channel consoleChannel;
/*
* Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
*/
if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.5.0", 0) == NULL) {
return;
}
consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int)sizeof(int));
if (*consoleInitPtr) {
/* We've already initialized console channels in this thread. */
return;
}
*consoleInitPtr = 1;
doIn = ShouldUseConsoleChannel(TCL_STDIN);
doOut = ShouldUseConsoleChannel(TCL_STDOUT);
doErr = ShouldUseConsoleChannel(TCL_STDERR);
if (!(doIn || doOut || doErr)) {
/*
* No std channels should be tied to the console;
* Thus, no need to create the console
*/
return;
}
/*
* At least one std channel wants to be tied to the console,
* so create the interp for it to live in.
*/
info = (ConsoleInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ConsoleInfo));
info->consoleInterp = NULL;
info->interp = NULL;
info->refCount = 0;
if (doIn) {
ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) ckalloc(sizeof(ChannelData));
data->info = info;
data->info->refCount++;
data->type = TCL_STDIN;
consoleChannel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&consoleChannelType, "console0",
(ClientData) data, TCL_READABLE);
if (consoleChannel != NULL) {
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
"-translation", "lf");
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
"-buffering", "none");
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
"-encoding", "utf-8");
}
Tcl_SetStdChannel(consoleChannel, TCL_STDIN);
Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, consoleChannel);
}
if (doOut) {
ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) ckalloc(sizeof(ChannelData));
data->info = info;
data->info->refCount++;
data->type = TCL_STDOUT;
consoleChannel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&consoleChannelType, "console1",
(ClientData) data, TCL_WRITABLE);
if (consoleChannel != NULL) {
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
"-translation", "lf");
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
"-buffering", "none");
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
"-encoding", "utf-8");
}
Tcl_SetStdChannel(consoleChannel, TCL_STDOUT);
Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, consoleChannel);
}
if (doErr) {
ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) ckalloc(sizeof(ChannelData));
data->info = info;
data->info->refCount++;
data->type = TCL_STDERR;
consoleChannel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&consoleChannelType, "console2",
(ClientData) data, TCL_WRITABLE);
if (consoleChannel != NULL) {
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
"-translation", "lf");
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
"-buffering", "none");
Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel,
"-encoding", "utf-8");
}
Tcl_SetStdChannel(consoleChannel, TCL_STDERR);
Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, consoleChannel);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateConsoleWindow --
*
* Initialize the console. This code actually creates a new application
* and associated interpreter. This effectivly hides the implementation
* from the main application.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A new console it created.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
341 342 343 344 345 346 347 |
Tcl_Command token;
int result = TCL_OK;
int haveConsoleChannel = 1;
/* Init an interp with Tcl and Tk */
Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
if (Tcl_Init(consoleInterp) != TCL_OK) {
| < < < < | < | < < | < | < < | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 |
Tcl_Command token;
int result = TCL_OK;
int haveConsoleChannel = 1;
/* Init an interp with Tcl and Tk */
Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
if (Tcl_Init(consoleInterp) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (Tk_Init(consoleInterp) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
/*
* Fetch the instance data from whatever std channel is a
* console channel. If none, create fresh instance data.
*/
if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN))
== &consoleChannelType) {
} else if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT))
== &consoleChannelType) {
} else if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR))
== &consoleChannelType) {
} else {
haveConsoleChannel = 0;
}
if (haveConsoleChannel) {
ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
info = data->info;
if (info->consoleInterp) {
/* New ConsoleInfo for a new console window */
info = (ConsoleInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ConsoleInfo));
info->refCount = 0;
/* Update any console channels to make use of the new console */
if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN))
== &consoleChannelType) {
data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
data->info->refCount--;
data->info = info;
data->info->refCount++;
}
if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT))
== &consoleChannelType) {
data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
data->info->refCount--;
data->info = info;
data->info->refCount++;
}
if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR))
== &consoleChannelType) {
data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan);
data->info->refCount--;
data->info = info;
data->info->refCount++;
}
}
} else {
info = (ConsoleInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ConsoleInfo));
info->refCount = 0;
}
info->consoleInterp = consoleInterp;
info->interp = interp;
Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(consoleInterp, InterpDeleteProc, (ClientData) info);
info->refCount++;
Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp,
(ClientData) consoleInterp);
/*
* Add console commands to the interp
*/
token = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "console", ConsoleObjCmd,
(ClientData) info, ConsoleDeleteProc);
info->refCount++;
/*
* We don't have to count the ref held by the [consoleinterp] command
* in the consoleInterp. The ref held by the consoleInterp delete
* handler takes care of us.
*/
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(consoleInterp, "consoleinterp", InterpreterObjCmd,
(ClientData) info, NULL);
mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
if (mainWindow) {
Tk_CreateEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
ConsoleEventProc, (ClientData) info);
info->refCount++;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) consoleInterp);
result = Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "source $tk_library/console.tcl",
-1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp,
Tcl_GetReturnOptions(consoleInterp, result));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp));
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) consoleInterp);
if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token);
mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
if (mainWindow) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
ConsoleEventProc, (ClientData) info);
if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
ckfree((char *) info);
}
}
goto error;
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (creating console window)");
if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
Tcl_DeleteInterp(consoleInterp);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConsoleOutput(
ClientData instanceData, /* Indicates which device to use. */
| | | 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConsoleOutput(
ClientData instanceData, /* Indicates which device to use. */
CONST char *buf, /* The data buffer. */
int toWrite, /* How many bytes to write? */
int *errorCode) /* Where to store error code. */
{
ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *)instanceData;
ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;
*errorCode = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
513 514 515 516 517 518 519 | /* * Not checking for utf8 == NULL. Did not check for TCL_ERROR * from Tcl_SetChannelOption() in Tk_InitConsoleChannels() either. * Assumption is utf-8 Tcl_Encoding is reliably present. */ | | | 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 |
/*
* Not checking for utf8 == NULL. Did not check for TCL_ERROR
* from Tcl_SetChannelOption() in Tk_InitConsoleChannels() either.
* Assumption is utf-8 Tcl_Encoding is reliably present.
*/
CONST char *bytes
= Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, buf, toWrite, &ds);
int numBytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds);
Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewStringObj("tk::ConsoleOutput", -1);
Tcl_FreeEncoding(utf8);
if (data->type == TCL_STDERR) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ConsoleInput( | > < > | | | | > | | | < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ConsoleInput(
ClientData instanceData, /* Unused. */
char *buf, /* Where to store data read. */
int bufSize, /* How much space is available in the
* buffer? */
int *errorCode) /* Where to store error code. */
{
return 0; /* Always return EOF. */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConsoleClose --
*
* Closes the IO channel.
*
* Results:
* Always returns 0 (success).
*
* Side effects:
* Frees the dummy file associated with the channel.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ConsoleClose(
ClientData instanceData, /* Unused. */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Unused. */
{
ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *)instanceData;
ConsoleInfo *info = data->info;
if (info) {
if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
/* Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL */
ckfree((char *) info);
}
}
ckfree((char *) data);
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConsoleWatch --
*
* Called by the notifier to set up the console device so that events
* will be noticed. Since there are no events on the console, this
* routine just returns without doing anything.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
ConsoleWatch(
ClientData instanceData, /* Device ID for the channel. */
int mask) /* OR-ed combination of TCL_READABLE,
* TCL_WRITABLE and TCL_EXCEPTION, for the
* events we are interested in. */
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ConsoleHandle( | > | | | | 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ConsoleHandle(
ClientData instanceData, /* Device ID for the channel. */
int direction, /* TCL_READABLE or TCL_WRITABLE to indicate
* which direction of the channel is being
* requested. */
ClientData *handlePtr) /* Where to store handle */
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
*/
static int
ConsoleObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Access to the console interp */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
| | < | | | | | 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 |
*/
static int
ConsoleObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Access to the console interp */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
int index, result;
static CONST char *options[] = {"eval", "hide", "show", "title", NULL};
enum option {CON_EVAL, CON_HIDE, CON_SHOW, CON_TITLE};
Tcl_Obj *cmd = NULL;
ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "option", 0, &index)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum option) index) {
case CON_EVAL:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "script");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
743 744 745 746 747 748 749 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
cmd = Tcl_NewStringObj("wm title .", -1);
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd, objv[2]);
}
break;
| < < | | < | < | 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
cmd = Tcl_NewStringObj("wm title .", -1);
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd, objv[2]);
}
break;
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd);
if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) consoleInterp);
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(consoleInterp, cmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp,
Tcl_GetReturnOptions(consoleInterp, result));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp));
Tcl_Release((ClientData) consoleInterp);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no active console interp", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmd);
return result;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 |
*/
static int
InterpreterObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
| | | | | | | < < | < < < | | | < | | | < | | | | > | | | 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 |
*/
static int
InterpreterObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
int index, result = TCL_OK;
static CONST char *options[] = {"eval", "record", NULL};
enum option {OTHER_EVAL, OTHER_RECORD};
ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
Tcl_Interp *otherInterp = info->interp;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "option", 0, &index)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "script");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((otherInterp == NULL) || Tcl_InterpDeleted(otherInterp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no active master interp", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) otherInterp);
switch ((enum option) index) {
case OTHER_EVAL:
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(otherInterp, objv[2], TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
/*
* TODO: Should exceptions be filtered here?
*/
Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp,
Tcl_GetReturnOptions(otherInterp, result));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(otherInterp));
break;
case OTHER_RECORD:
Tcl_RecordAndEvalObj(otherInterp, objv[2], TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
/*
* By not setting result, we discard any exceptions or errors here
* and always return TCL_OK. All the caller wants is the
* interp result to display, whether that's result or error message.
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(otherInterp));
break;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) otherInterp);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteConsoleInterp --
*
* Thread exit handler to destroy a console interp when the
* thread it lives in gets torn down.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteConsoleInterp(
ClientData clientData)
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = (Tcl_Interp *)clientData;
Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InterpDeleteProc --
*
* React when the interp in which the console is displayed is deleted
* for any reason.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A new console it created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
InterpDeleteProc(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
if (info->consoleInterp == interp) {
Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp,
(ClientData) info->consoleInterp);
info->consoleInterp = NULL;
}
if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
ckfree((char *) info);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConsoleDeleteProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
916 917 918 919 920 921 922 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ConsoleDeleteProc(
ClientData clientData)
{
| | | | | | | | | 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ConsoleDeleteProc(
ClientData clientData)
{
ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
if (info->consoleInterp) {
Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp);
}
if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
ckfree((char *) info);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConsoleEventProc --
*
* This event function is registered on the main window of the slave
* interpreter. If the user or a running script causes the main window to
* be destroyed, then we need to inform the console interpreter by
* invoking "::tk::ConsoleExit".
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Invokes the "::tk::ConsoleExit" command in the console interp.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ConsoleEventProc(
ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData;
Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp;
if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) {
Tcl_EvalEx(consoleInterp, "tk::ConsoleExit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}
if (--info->refCount <= 0) {
ckfree((char *) info);
}
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkCursor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
* structure is indexed with two hash tables defined below. One of the tables
* is cursorIdTable, and the other is either cursorNameTable or
* cursorDataTable, each of which are stored in the TkDisplay structure for
* the current thread.
*/
typedef struct {
| | | < | | | | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
* structure is indexed with two hash tables defined below. One of the tables
* is cursorIdTable, and the other is either cursorNameTable or
* cursorDataTable, each of which are stored in the TkDisplay structure for
* the current thread.
*/
typedef struct {
CONST char *source; /* Cursor bits. */
CONST char *mask; /* Mask bits. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of cursor (and data and
* mask). */
int xHot, yHot; /* Location of cursor hot-spot. */
Tk_Uid fg, bg; /* Colors for cursor. */
Display *display; /* Display on which cursor will be used. */
} DataKey;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void CursorInit(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
static void DupCursorObjProc(Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr,
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr);
static void FreeCursor(TkCursor *cursorPtr);
static void FreeCursorObjProc(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static TkCursor * TkcGetCursor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name);
static TkCursor * GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void InitCursorObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "cursor" Tcl
* object, used for drawing. The color object remembers the hash table
* entry associated with a color. The actual allocation and deallocation
* of the color should be done by the configuration package when the cursor
* option is set.
*/
Tcl_ObjType tkCursorObjType = {
"cursor", /* name */
FreeCursorObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupCursorObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
NULL /* setFromAnyProc */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
* obj's string rep. */
{
TkCursor *cursorPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkCursorObjType) {
InitCursorObj(objPtr);
}
| | | | | | | | | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
* obj's string rep. */
{
TkCursor *cursorPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkCursorObjType) {
InitCursorObj(objPtr);
}
cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
/*
* If the object currently points to a TkCursor, see if it's the one we
* want. If so, increment its reference count and return.
*/
if (cursorPtr != NULL) {
if (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) {
/*
* This is a stale reference: it refers to a TkCursor that's no
* longer in use. Clear the reference.
*/
FreeCursorObjProc(objPtr);
cursorPtr = NULL;
} else if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) {
cursorPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return cursorPtr->cursor;
}
}
/*
* The object didn't point to the TkCursor that we wanted. Search the list
* of TkCursors with the same name to see if one of the other TkCursors is
* the right one.
*/
if (cursorPtr != NULL) {
TkCursor *firstCursorPtr = (TkCursor *)
Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
FreeCursorObjProc(objPtr);
for (cursorPtr = firstCursorPtr; cursorPtr != NULL;
cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) {
cursorPtr->resourceRefCount++;
cursorPtr->objRefCount++;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr;
return cursorPtr->cursor;
}
}
}
/*
* Still no luck. Call TkcGetCursor to allocate a new TkCursor object.
*/
cursorPtr = TkcGetCursor(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr;
if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
cursorPtr->objRefCount++;
return cursorPtr->cursor;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
Tk_GetCursor(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
* details on legal syntax. */
{
TkCursor *cursorPtr = TkcGetCursor(interp, tkwin, string);
| < | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
Tk_GetCursor(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
* details on legal syntax. */
{
TkCursor *cursorPtr = TkcGetCursor(interp, tkwin, string);
if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
return cursorPtr->cursor;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
221 222 223 224 225 226 227 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkCursor *
TkcGetCursor(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
| | | | | | 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkCursor *
TkcGetCursor(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
CONST char *string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
* details on legal syntax. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *nameHashPtr;
register TkCursor *cursorPtr;
TkCursor *existingCursorPtr = NULL;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
CursorInit(dispPtr);
}
nameHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorNameTable,
string, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
existingCursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr);
for (cursorPtr = existingCursorPtr; cursorPtr != NULL;
cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) {
cursorPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return cursorPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
cursorPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
cursorPtr->resourceRefCount = 1;
cursorPtr->objRefCount = 0;
cursorPtr->otherTable = &dispPtr->cursorNameTable;
cursorPtr->hashPtr = nameHashPtr;
cursorPtr->nextPtr = existingCursorPtr;
cursorPtr->idHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable,
| | | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
cursorPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
cursorPtr->resourceRefCount = 1;
cursorPtr->objRefCount = 0;
cursorPtr->otherTable = &dispPtr->cursorNameTable;
cursorPtr->hashPtr = nameHashPtr;
cursorPtr->nextPtr = existingCursorPtr;
cursorPtr->idHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable,
(char *) cursorPtr->cursor, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
Tcl_Panic("cursor already registered in Tk_GetCursor");
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(nameHashPtr, cursorPtr);
Tcl_SetHashValue(cursorPtr->idHashPtr, cursorPtr);
return cursorPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
307 308 309 310 311 312 313 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Cursor
Tk_GetCursorFromData(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
| | | | | | < | < < | < | | 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Cursor
Tk_GetCursorFromData(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
CONST char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
CONST char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */
int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
Tk_Uid fg, /* Foreground color for cursor. */
Tk_Uid bg) /* Background color for cursor. */
{
DataKey dataKey;
Tcl_HashEntry *dataHashPtr;
register TkCursor *cursorPtr;
int isNew;
XColor fgColor, bgColor;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
CursorInit(dispPtr);
}
dataKey.source = source;
dataKey.mask = mask;
dataKey.width = width;
dataKey.height = height;
dataKey.xHot = xHot;
dataKey.yHot = yHot;
dataKey.fg = fg;
dataKey.bg = bg;
dataKey.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
dataHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorDataTable,
(char *) &dataKey, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(dataHashPtr);
cursorPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return cursorPtr->cursor;
}
/*
* No suitable cursor exists yet. Make one using the data available and
* add it to the database.
*/
if (TkParseColor(dataKey.display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), fg, &fgColor) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", fg, "\"", NULL);
goto error;
}
if (TkParseColor(dataKey.display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), bg, &bgColor) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", bg, "\"", NULL);
goto error;
}
cursorPtr = TkCreateCursorFromData(tkwin, source, mask, width, height,
xHot, yHot, fgColor, bgColor);
if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
cursorPtr->resourceRefCount = 1;
cursorPtr->otherTable = &dispPtr->cursorDataTable;
cursorPtr->hashPtr = dataHashPtr;
cursorPtr->objRefCount = 0;
cursorPtr->idHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable,
(char *) cursorPtr->cursor, &isNew);
cursorPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
if (!isNew) {
Tcl_Panic("cursor already registered in Tk_GetCursorFromData");
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(dataHashPtr, cursorPtr);
Tcl_SetHashValue(cursorPtr->idHashPtr, cursorPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
407 408 409 410 411 412 413 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_NameOfCursor(
Display *display, /* Display for which cursor was allocated. */
Tk_Cursor cursor) /* Identifier for cursor whose name is
* wanted. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
TkCursor *cursorPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
printid:
sprintf(dispPtr->cursorString, "cursor id %p", cursor);
return dispPtr->cursorString;
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable, (char *) cursor);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
goto printid;
}
cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
if (cursorPtr->otherTable != &dispPtr->cursorNameTable) {
goto printid;
}
return cursorPtr->hashPtr->key.string;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
459 460 461 462 463 464 465 |
static void
FreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr) /* Cursor to be released. */
{
TkCursor *prevPtr;
| > | | | | 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
static void
FreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr) /* Cursor to be released. */
{
TkCursor *prevPtr;
cursorPtr->resourceRefCount--;
if (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
return;
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->idHashPtr);
prevPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
if (prevPtr == cursorPtr) {
if (cursorPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->hashPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr, cursorPtr->nextPtr);
}
} else {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != cursorPtr) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr;
}
TkpFreeCursor(cursorPtr);
if (cursorPtr->objRefCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) cursorPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeCursor --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
513 514 515 516 517 518 519 |
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor called before Tk_GetCursor");
}
| | | | 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor called before Tk_GetCursor");
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorIdTable, (char *) cursor);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor received unknown cursor argument");
}
FreeCursor((TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeCursorFromObj --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 |
void
Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window this cursor lives in. Needed for
* the display value. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The Tcl_Obj * to be freed. */
{
FreeCursor(GetCursorFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
| | | < < < < < < < < | > | | | 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
void
Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window this cursor lives in. Needed for
* the display value. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The Tcl_Obj * to be freed. */
{
FreeCursor(GetCursorFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
FreeCursorObjProc(objPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeCursorFromObjProc --
*
* This proc is called to release an object reference to a cursor.
* Called when the object's internal rep is released or when the cached
* tkColPtr needs to be changed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The object reference count is decremented. When both it and the hash
* ref count go to zero, the color's resources are released.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeCursorObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object we are releasing. */
{
TkCursor *cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (cursorPtr != NULL) {
cursorPtr->objRefCount--;
if ((cursorPtr->objRefCount == 0)
&& (cursorPtr->resourceRefCount == 0)) {
ckfree((char *) cursorPtr);
}
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
616 617 618 619 620 621 622 |
*/
static void
DupCursorObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
| | | | 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
*/
static void
DupCursorObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
TkCursor *cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr;
if (cursorPtr != NULL) {
cursorPtr->objRefCount++;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
701 702 703 704 705 706 707 |
/*
* The internal representation is a cache of the last cursor used with the
* given name. But there can be lots different cursors for each cursor
* name; one cursor for each display. Check to see if the cursor we have
* cached is the one that is needed.
*/
| | | | | | 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 |
/*
* The internal representation is a cache of the last cursor used with the
* given name. But there can be lots different cursors for each cursor
* name; one cursor for each display. Check to see if the cursor we have
* cached is the one that is needed.
*/
cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if ((cursorPtr != NULL) && (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display)) {
return cursorPtr;
}
/*
* If we get to here, it means the cursor we need is not in the cache.
* Try to look up the cursor in the TkDisplay structure of the window.
*/
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorNameTable,
Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
if (hashPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
for (cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
cursorPtr != NULL; cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) {
FreeCursorObjProc(objPtr);
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr;
cursorPtr->objRefCount++;
return cursorPtr;
}
}
error:
Tcl_Panic("GetCursorFromObj called with non-existent cursor!");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
765 766 767 768 769 770 771 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
| | | 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &tkCursorObjType;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
838 839 840 841 842 843 844 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugCursor(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the cursor will be used
* (not currently used). */
| | | | | | 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugCursor(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the cursor will be used
* (not currently used). */
char *name) /* Name of the desired color. */
{
TkCursor *cursorPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *objPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->cursorInit) {
CursorInit(dispPtr);
}
resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorNameTable, name);
if (hashPtr != NULL) {
cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (cursorPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugCursor found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (cursorPtr != NULL); cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(cursorPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(cursorPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Deleted generic/tkDList.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkDecls.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | #define _TKDECLS #ifdef BUILD_tk #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT #endif | < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | | > > > | | > > > | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | | > > > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > > > > > < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | < | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | | > > > < | > > > < | > > > > > > > > > < | > > > > > > < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > < | > > > < | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > | < | < | < < < | < | < < > > > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < | < < < < < < < < | < | < | < < < < < | | | < < < < < | < < < < > < < < < < < < < < > > > > | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 |
#define _TKDECLS
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
* WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
* script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
* in the generic/tk.decls script.
*/
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Exported function declarations:
*/
#ifndef Tk_MainLoop_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MainLoop_TCL_DECLARED
/* 0 */
EXTERN void Tk_MainLoop(void);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_3DBorderColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_3DBorderColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 1 */
EXTERN XColor * Tk_3DBorderColor(Tk_3DBorder border);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_3DBorderGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_3DBorderGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 2 */
EXTERN GC Tk_3DBorderGC(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_3DBorder border,
int which);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_3DHorizontalBevel_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_3DHorizontalBevel_TCL_DECLARED
/* 3 */
EXTERN void Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x,
int y, int width, int height, int leftIn,
int rightIn, int topBevel, int relief);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_3DVerticalBevel_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_3DVerticalBevel_TCL_DECLARED
/* 4 */
EXTERN void Tk_3DVerticalBevel(Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x,
int y, int width, int height, int leftBevel,
int relief);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AddOption_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_AddOption_TCL_DECLARED
/* 5 */
EXTERN void Tk_AddOption(Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name,
CONST char *value, int priority);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_BindEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_BindEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 6 */
EXTERN void Tk_BindEvent(Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
XEvent *eventPtr, Tk_Window tkwin,
int numObjects, ClientData *objectPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords_TCL_DECLARED
/* 7 */
EXTERN void Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x,
double y, short *drawableXPtr,
short *drawableYPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw_TCL_DECLARED
/* 8 */
EXTERN void Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw(Tk_Canvas canvas, int x1,
int y1, int x2, int y2);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasGetCoord_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasGetCoord_TCL_DECLARED
/* 9 */
EXTERN int Tk_CanvasGetCoord(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, CONST char *str,
double *doublePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo_TCL_DECLARED
/* 10 */
EXTERN Tk_CanvasTextInfo * Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo(Tk_Canvas canvas);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasPsBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 11 */
EXTERN int Tk_CanvasPsBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap, int x,
int y, int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasPsColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 12 */
EXTERN int Tk_CanvasPsColor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, XColor *colorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsFont_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasPsFont_TCL_DECLARED
/* 13 */
EXTERN int Tk_CanvasPsFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Font font);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsPath_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasPsPath_TCL_DECLARED
/* 14 */
EXTERN void Tk_CanvasPsPath(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
double *coordPtr, int numPoints);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsStipple_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasPsStipple_TCL_DECLARED
/* 15 */
EXTERN int Tk_CanvasPsStipple(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsY_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasPsY_TCL_DECLARED
/* 16 */
EXTERN double Tk_CanvasPsY(Tk_Canvas canvas, double y);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
/* 17 */
EXTERN void Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 18 */
EXTERN int Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 19 */
EXTERN char * Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasTkwin_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasTkwin_TCL_DECLARED
/* 20 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_CanvasTkwin(Tk_Canvas canvas);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasWindowCoords_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasWindowCoords_TCL_DECLARED
/* 21 */
EXTERN void Tk_CanvasWindowCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, double x,
double y, short *screenXPtr,
short *screenYPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
/* 22 */
EXTERN void Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(Tk_Window tkwin,
unsigned long valueMask,
XSetWindowAttributes *attsPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CharBbox_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CharBbox_TCL_DECLARED
/* 23 */
EXTERN int Tk_CharBbox(Tk_TextLayout layout, int index,
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ClearSelection_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ClearSelection_TCL_DECLARED
/* 24 */
EXTERN void Tk_ClearSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ClipboardAppend_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ClipboardAppend_TCL_DECLARED
/* 25 */
EXTERN int Tk_ClipboardAppend(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Atom target, Atom format,
char *buffer);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ClipboardClear_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ClipboardClear_TCL_DECLARED
/* 26 */
EXTERN int Tk_ClipboardClear(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigureInfo_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ConfigureInfo_TCL_DECLARED
/* 27 */
EXTERN int Tk_ConfigureInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec,
CONST char *argvName, int flags);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigureValue_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ConfigureValue_TCL_DECLARED
/* 28 */
EXTERN int Tk_ConfigureValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
char *widgRec, CONST char *argvName,
int flags);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigureWidget_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ConfigureWidget_TCL_DECLARED
/* 29 */
EXTERN int Tk_ConfigureWidget(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs,
int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec,
int flags);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigureWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ConfigureWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 30 */
EXTERN void Tk_ConfigureWindow(Tk_Window tkwin,
unsigned int valueMask,
XWindowChanges *valuePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ComputeTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ComputeTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
/* 31 */
EXTERN Tk_TextLayout Tk_ComputeTextLayout(Tk_Font font, CONST char *str,
int numChars, int wrapLength,
Tk_Justify justify, int flags, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CoordsToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CoordsToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 32 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_CoordsToWindow(int rootX, int rootY,
Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateBinding_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateBinding_TCL_DECLARED
/* 33 */
EXTERN unsigned long Tk_CreateBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
ClientData object, CONST char *eventStr,
CONST char *command, int append);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateBindingTable_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateBindingTable_TCL_DECLARED
/* 34 */
EXTERN Tk_BindingTable Tk_CreateBindingTable(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateErrorHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateErrorHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 35 */
EXTERN Tk_ErrorHandler Tk_CreateErrorHandler(Display *display, int errNum,
int request, int minorCode,
Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateEventHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateEventHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 36 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateEventHandler(Tk_Window token,
unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateGenericHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateGenericHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 37 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateGenericHandler(Tk_GenericProc *proc,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateImageType_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateImageType_TCL_DECLARED
/* 38 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateImageType(Tk_ImageType *typePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateItemType_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateItemType_TCL_DECLARED
/* 39 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateItemType(Tk_ItemType *typePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat_TCL_DECLARED
/* 40 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateSelHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateSelHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 41 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
Atom target, Tk_SelectionProc *proc,
ClientData clientData, Atom format);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 42 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_CreateWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent,
CONST char *name, CONST char *screenName);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateWindowFromPath_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateWindowFromPath_TCL_DECLARED
/* 43 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *pathName,
CONST char *screenName);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DefineBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DefineBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 44 */
EXTERN int Tk_DefineBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name,
CONST char *source, int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DefineCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DefineCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 45 */
EXTERN void Tk_DefineCursor(Tk_Window window, Tk_Cursor cursor);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteAllBindings_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteAllBindings_TCL_DECLARED
/* 46 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteAllBindings(Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
ClientData object);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteBinding_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteBinding_TCL_DECLARED
/* 47 */
EXTERN int Tk_DeleteBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
ClientData object, CONST char *eventStr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteBindingTable_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteBindingTable_TCL_DECLARED
/* 48 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteBindingTable(Tk_BindingTable bindingTable);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteErrorHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteErrorHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 49 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(Tk_ErrorHandler handler);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteEventHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteEventHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 50 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteEventHandler(Tk_Window token,
unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteGenericHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteGenericHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 51 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteGenericHandler(Tk_GenericProc *proc,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 52 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteSelHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteSelHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 53 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteSelHandler(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
Atom target);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DestroyWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DestroyWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 54 */
EXTERN void Tk_DestroyWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DisplayName_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DisplayName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 55 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_DisplayName(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DistanceToTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DistanceToTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
/* 56 */
EXTERN int Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x,
int y);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Draw3DPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Draw3DPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
/* 57 */
EXTERN void Tk_Draw3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable,
Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr,
int numPoints, int borderWidth,
int leftRelief);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Draw3DRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Draw3DRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 58 */
EXTERN void Tk_Draw3DRectangle(Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x,
int y, int width, int height,
int borderWidth, int relief);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DrawChars_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DrawChars_TCL_DECLARED
/* 59 */
EXTERN void Tk_DrawChars(Display *display, Drawable drawable,
GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST char *source,
int numBytes, int x, int y);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DrawFocusHighlight_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DrawFocusHighlight_TCL_DECLARED
/* 60 */
EXTERN void Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc,
int width, Drawable drawable);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DrawTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DrawTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
/* 61 */
EXTERN void Tk_DrawTextLayout(Display *display,
Drawable drawable, GC gc,
Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y,
int firstChar, int lastChar);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Fill3DPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Fill3DPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
/* 62 */
EXTERN void Tk_Fill3DPolygon(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable,
Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr,
int numPoints, int borderWidth,
int leftRelief);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Fill3DRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Fill3DRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 63 */
EXTERN void Tk_Fill3DRectangle(Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x,
int y, int width, int height,
int borderWidth, int relief);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FindPhoto_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FindPhoto_TCL_DECLARED
/* 64 */
EXTERN Tk_PhotoHandle Tk_FindPhoto(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *imageName);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FontId_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FontId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 65 */
EXTERN Font Tk_FontId(Tk_Font font);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Free3DBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Free3DBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 66 */
EXTERN void Tk_Free3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 67 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 68 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeColor(XColor *colorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 69 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeColormap(Display *display, Colormap colormap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 70 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeCursor(Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeFont_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeFont_TCL_DECLARED
/* 71 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeFont(Tk_Font f);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 72 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeGC(Display *display, GC gc);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 73 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeImage(Tk_Image image);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeOptions_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeOptions_TCL_DECLARED
/* 74 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeOptions(Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec,
Display *display, int needFlags);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreePixmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreePixmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 75 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreePixmap(Display *display, Pixmap pixmap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
/* 76 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout textLayout);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeXId_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeXId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 77 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeXId(Display *display, XID xid);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GCForColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GCForColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 78 */
EXTERN GC Tk_GCForColor(XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GeometryRequest_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GeometryRequest_TCL_DECLARED
/* 79 */
EXTERN void Tk_GeometryRequest(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
int reqHeight);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Get3DBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Get3DBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 80 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder Tk_Get3DBorder(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_Uid colorName);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetAllBindings_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetAllBindings_TCL_DECLARED
/* 81 */
EXTERN void Tk_GetAllBindings(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
ClientData object);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetAnchor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetAnchor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 82 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetAnchor(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *str,
Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetAtomName_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetAtomName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 83 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_GetAtomName(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetBinding_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetBinding_TCL_DECLARED
/* 84 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_GetBinding(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
ClientData object, CONST char *eventStr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 85 */
EXTERN Pixmap Tk_GetBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *str);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetBitmapFromData_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetBitmapFromData_TCL_DECLARED
/* 86 */
EXTERN Pixmap Tk_GetBitmapFromData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *source,
int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetCapStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetCapStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 87 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetCapStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *str,
int *capPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 88 */
EXTERN XColor * Tk_GetColor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_Uid name);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetColorByValue_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetColorByValue_TCL_DECLARED
/* 89 */
EXTERN XColor * Tk_GetColorByValue(Tk_Window tkwin, XColor *colorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 90 */
EXTERN Colormap Tk_GetColormap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *str);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 91 */
EXTERN Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_Uid str);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetCursorFromData_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetCursorFromData_TCL_DECLARED
/* 92 */
EXTERN Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *source,
CONST char *mask, int width, int height,
int xHot, int yHot, Tk_Uid fg, Tk_Uid bg);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetFont_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetFont_TCL_DECLARED
/* 93 */
EXTERN Tk_Font Tk_GetFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *str);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetFontFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetFontFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 94 */
EXTERN Tk_Font Tk_GetFontFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetFontMetrics_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetFontMetrics_TCL_DECLARED
/* 95 */
EXTERN void Tk_GetFontMetrics(Tk_Font font,
Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 96 */
EXTERN GC Tk_GetGC(Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask,
XGCValues *valuePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 97 */
EXTERN Tk_Image Tk_GetImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *name,
Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetImageMasterData_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetImageMasterData_TCL_DECLARED
/* 98 */
EXTERN ClientData Tk_GetImageMasterData(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *name, Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetItemTypes_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetItemTypes_TCL_DECLARED
/* 99 */
EXTERN Tk_ItemType * Tk_GetItemTypes(void);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetJoinStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetJoinStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 100 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetJoinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *str,
int *joinPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetJustify_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetJustify_TCL_DECLARED
/* 101 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetJustify(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *str,
Tk_Justify *justifyPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetNumMainWindows_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetNumMainWindows_TCL_DECLARED
/* 102 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetNumMainWindows(void);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetOption_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetOption_TCL_DECLARED
/* 103 */
EXTERN Tk_Uid Tk_GetOption(Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name,
CONST char *className);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetPixels_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetPixels_TCL_DECLARED
/* 104 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetPixels(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *str, int *intPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 105 */
EXTERN Pixmap Tk_GetPixmap(Display *display, Drawable d, int width,
int height, int depth);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetRelief_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetRelief_TCL_DECLARED
/* 106 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetRelief(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name,
int *reliefPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetRootCoords_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetRootCoords_TCL_DECLARED
/* 107 */
EXTERN void Tk_GetRootCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr,
int *yPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetScrollInfo_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetScrollInfo_TCL_DECLARED
/* 108 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetScrollInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr,
int *intPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetScreenMM_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetScreenMM_TCL_DECLARED
/* 109 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetScreenMM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *str, double *doublePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetSelection_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetSelection_TCL_DECLARED
/* 110 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Atom selection, Atom target,
Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetUid_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetUid_TCL_DECLARED
/* 111 */
EXTERN Tk_Uid Tk_GetUid(CONST char *str);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetVisual_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetVisual_TCL_DECLARED
/* 112 */
EXTERN Visual * Tk_GetVisual(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *str, int *depthPtr,
Colormap *colormapPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetVRootGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetVRootGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 113 */
EXTERN void Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr,
int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Grab_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Grab_TCL_DECLARED
/* 114 */
EXTERN int Tk_Grab(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
int grabGlobal);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_HandleEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_HandleEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 115 */
EXTERN void Tk_HandleEvent(XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_IdToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_IdToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 116 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_IdToWindow(Display *display, Window window);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ImageChanged_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ImageChanged_TCL_DECLARED
/* 117 */
EXTERN void Tk_ImageChanged(Tk_ImageMaster master, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int imageWidth,
int imageHeight);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Init_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Init_TCL_DECLARED
/* 118 */
EXTERN int Tk_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_InternAtom_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_InternAtom_TCL_DECLARED
/* 119 */
EXTERN Atom Tk_InternAtom(Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_IntersectTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_IntersectTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
/* 120 */
EXTERN int Tk_IntersectTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x,
int y, int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MaintainGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MaintainGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 121 */
EXTERN void Tk_MaintainGeometry(Tk_Window slave,
Tk_Window master, int x, int y, int width,
int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MainWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MainWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 122 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_MainWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MakeWindowExist_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MakeWindowExist_TCL_DECLARED
/* 123 */
EXTERN void Tk_MakeWindowExist(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ManageGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ManageGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 124 */
EXTERN void Tk_ManageGeometry(Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 125 */
EXTERN void Tk_MapWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MeasureChars_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MeasureChars_TCL_DECLARED
/* 126 */
EXTERN int Tk_MeasureChars(Tk_Font tkfont, CONST char *source,
int numBytes, int maxPixels, int flags,
int *lengthPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MoveResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MoveResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 127 */
EXTERN void Tk_MoveResizeWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MoveWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MoveWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 128 */
EXTERN void Tk_MoveWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MoveToplevelWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MoveToplevelWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 129 */
EXTERN void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOf3DBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOf3DBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 130 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOf3DBorder(Tk_3DBorder border);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfAnchor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfAnchor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 131 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 132 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfCapStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfCapStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 133 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfCapStyle(int cap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 134 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfColor(XColor *colorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 135 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfCursor(Display *display,
Tk_Cursor cursor);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfFont_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfFont_TCL_DECLARED
/* 136 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfFont(Tk_Font font);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 137 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfImage(Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfJoinStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfJoinStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 138 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(int join);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfJustify_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfJustify_TCL_DECLARED
/* 139 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfJustify(Tk_Justify justify);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfRelief_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfRelief_TCL_DECLARED
/* 140 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * Tk_NameOfRelief(int relief);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 141 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_NameToWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_OwnSelection_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_OwnSelection_TCL_DECLARED
/* 142 */
EXTERN void Tk_OwnSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection,
Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ParseArgv_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ParseArgv_TCL_DECLARED
/* 143 */
EXTERN int Tk_ParseArgv(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv,
Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite_TCL_DECLARED
/* 144 */
EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite_TCL_DECLARED
/* 145 */
EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
int subsampleX, int subsampleY);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoGetImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoGetImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 146 */
EXTERN int Tk_PhotoGetImage(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoBlank_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoBlank_TCL_DECLARED
/* 147 */
EXTERN void Tk_PhotoBlank(Tk_PhotoHandle handle);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic_TCL_DECLARED
/* 148 */
EXTERN void Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoGetSize_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoGetSize_TCL_DECLARED
/* 149 */
EXTERN void Tk_PhotoGetSize(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic_TCL_DECLARED
/* 150 */
EXTERN void Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PointToChar_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PointToChar_TCL_DECLARED
/* 151 */
EXTERN int Tk_PointToChar(Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptFontName_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PostscriptFontName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 152 */
EXTERN int Tk_PostscriptFontName(Tk_Font tkfont,
Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PreserveColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PreserveColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 153 */
EXTERN void Tk_PreserveColormap(Display *display,
Colormap colormap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_QueueWindowEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_QueueWindowEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 154 */
EXTERN void Tk_QueueWindowEvent(XEvent *eventPtr,
Tcl_QueuePosition position);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RedrawImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_RedrawImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 155 */
EXTERN void Tk_RedrawImage(Tk_Image image, int imageX,
int imageY, int width, int height,
Drawable drawable, int drawableX,
int drawableY);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 156 */
EXTERN void Tk_ResizeWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int width,
int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RestackWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_RestackWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 157 */
EXTERN int Tk_RestackWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int aboveBelow,
Tk_Window other);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RestrictEvents_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_RestrictEvents_TCL_DECLARED
/* 158 */
EXTERN Tk_RestrictProc * Tk_RestrictEvents(Tk_RestrictProc *proc,
ClientData arg, ClientData *prevArgPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SafeInit_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SafeInit_TCL_DECLARED
/* 159 */
EXTERN int Tk_SafeInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetAppName_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetAppName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 160 */
EXTERN CONST char * Tk_SetAppName(Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 161 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_3DBorder border);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetClass_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetClass_TCL_DECLARED
/* 162 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetClass(Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *className);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetGrid_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetGrid_TCL_DECLARED
/* 163 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetGrid(Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth,
int reqHeight, int gridWidth, int gridHeight);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetInternalBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetInternalBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 164 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetInternalBorder(Tk_Window tkwin, int width);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBackground_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetWindowBackground_TCL_DECLARED
/* 165 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetWindowBackground(Tk_Window tkwin,
unsigned long pixel);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 166 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap(Tk_Window tkwin,
Pixmap pixmap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetWindowBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 167 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetWindowBorder(Tk_Window tkwin,
unsigned long pixel);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth_TCL_DECLARED
/* 168 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth(Tk_Window tkwin, int width);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 169 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap(Tk_Window tkwin,
Pixmap pixmap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetWindowColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 170 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetWindowColormap(Tk_Window tkwin,
Colormap colormap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowVisual_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetWindowVisual_TCL_DECLARED
/* 171 */
EXTERN int Tk_SetWindowVisual(Tk_Window tkwin, Visual *visual,
int depth, Colormap colormap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SizeOfBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SizeOfBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 172 */
EXTERN void Tk_SizeOfBitmap(Display *display, Pixmap bitmap,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SizeOfImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SizeOfImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 173 */
EXTERN void Tk_SizeOfImage(Tk_Image image, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_StrictMotif_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_StrictMotif_TCL_DECLARED
/* 174 */
EXTERN int Tk_StrictMotif(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript_TCL_DECLARED
/* 175 */
EXTERN void Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_TextLayout layout);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_TextWidth_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_TextWidth_TCL_DECLARED
/* 176 */
EXTERN int Tk_TextWidth(Tk_Font font, CONST char *str,
int numBytes);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UndefineCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_UndefineCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 177 */
EXTERN void Tk_UndefineCursor(Tk_Window window);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnderlineChars_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_UnderlineChars_TCL_DECLARED
/* 178 */
EXTERN void Tk_UnderlineChars(Display *display,
Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont,
CONST char *source, int x, int y,
int firstByte, int lastByte);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnderlineTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_UnderlineTextLayout_TCL_DECLARED
/* 179 */
EXTERN void Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(Display *display,
Drawable drawable, GC gc,
Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y,
int underline);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Ungrab_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Ungrab_TCL_DECLARED
/* 180 */
EXTERN void Tk_Ungrab(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnmaintainGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_UnmaintainGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 181 */
EXTERN void Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(Tk_Window slave,
Tk_Window master);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnmapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_UnmapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 182 */
EXTERN void Tk_UnmapWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnsetGrid_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_UnsetGrid_TCL_DECLARED
/* 183 */
EXTERN void Tk_UnsetGrid(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UpdatePointer_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_UpdatePointer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 184 */
EXTERN void Tk_UpdatePointer(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
int state);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 185 */
EXTERN Pixmap Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 186 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocColorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_AllocColorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 187 */
EXTERN XColor * Tk_AllocColorFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocCursorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_AllocCursorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 188 */
EXTERN Tk_Cursor Tk_AllocCursorFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocFontFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_AllocFontFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 189 */
EXTERN Tk_Font Tk_AllocFontFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateOptionTable_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateOptionTable_TCL_DECLARED
/* 190 */
EXTERN Tk_OptionTable Tk_CreateOptionTable(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteOptionTable_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteOptionTable_TCL_DECLARED
/* 191 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteOptionTable(Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 192 */
EXTERN void Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 193 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeColorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeColorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 194 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeConfigOptions_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeConfigOptions_TCL_DECLARED
/* 195 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeConfigOptions(char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeSavedOptions_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeSavedOptions_TCL_DECLARED
/* 196 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeCursorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeCursorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 197 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeFontFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeFontFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 198 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeFontFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 199 */
EXTERN Tk_3DBorder Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetAnchorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetAnchorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 200 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetBitmapFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetBitmapFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 201 */
EXTERN Pixmap Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetColorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetColorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 202 */
EXTERN XColor * Tk_GetColorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetCursorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetCursorFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 203 */
EXTERN Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetOptionInfo_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetOptionInfo_TCL_DECLARED
/* 204 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * Tk_GetOptionInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr,
Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetOptionValue_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetOptionValue_TCL_DECLARED
/* 205 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * Tk_GetOptionValue(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable,
Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetJustifyFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetJustifyFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 206 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetJustifyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetMMFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetMMFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 207 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetMMFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetPixelsFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetPixelsFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 208 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
int *intPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetReliefFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetReliefFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 209 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetReliefFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetScrollInfoObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetScrollInfoObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 210 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], double *dblPtr,
int *intPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_InitOptions_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_InitOptions_TCL_DECLARED
/* 211 */
EXTERN int Tk_InitOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MainEx_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MainEx_TCL_DECLARED
/* 212 */
EXTERN void Tk_MainEx(int argc, char **argv,
Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RestoreSavedOptions_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_RestoreSavedOptions_TCL_DECLARED
/* 213 */
EXTERN void Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetOptions_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetOptions_TCL_DECLARED
/* 214 */
EXTERN int Tk_SetOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_InitConsoleChannels_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_InitConsoleChannels_TCL_DECLARED
/* 215 */
EXTERN void Tk_InitConsoleChannels(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateConsoleWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 216 */
EXTERN int Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateSmoothMethod_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateSmoothMethod_TCL_DECLARED
/* 217 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateSmoothMethod(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_SmoothMethod *method);
#endif
/* Slot 218 is reserved */
/* Slot 219 is reserved */
#ifndef Tk_GetDash_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetDash_TCL_DECLARED
/* 220 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetDash(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *value,
Tk_Dash *dash);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateOutline_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateOutline_TCL_DECLARED
/* 221 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateOutline(Tk_Outline *outline);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteOutline_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteOutline_TCL_DECLARED
/* 222 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteOutline(Display *display,
Tk_Outline *outline);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigOutlineGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ConfigOutlineGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 223 */
EXTERN int Tk_ConfigOutlineGC(XGCValues *gcValues,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *item,
Tk_Outline *outline);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ChangeOutlineGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ChangeOutlineGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 224 */
EXTERN int Tk_ChangeOutlineGC(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *item,
Tk_Outline *outline);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ResetOutlineGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ResetOutlineGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 225 */
EXTERN int Tk_ResetOutlineGC(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *item,
Tk_Outline *outline);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsOutline_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasPsOutline_TCL_DECLARED
/* 226 */
EXTERN int Tk_CanvasPsOutline(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *item,
Tk_Outline *outline);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetTSOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetTSOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
/* 227 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetTSOrigin(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 228 */
EXTERN int Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tcl_Obj *obj,
double *doublePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasSetOffset_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CanvasSetOffset_TCL_DECLARED
/* 229 */
EXTERN void Tk_CanvasSetOffset(Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc,
Tk_TSOffset *offset);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DitherPhoto_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DitherPhoto_TCL_DECLARED
/* 230 */
EXTERN void Tk_DitherPhoto(Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int x, int y,
int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PostscriptBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 231 */
EXTERN int Tk_PostscriptBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo,
Pixmap bitmap, int startX, int startY,
int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PostscriptColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 232 */
EXTERN int Tk_PostscriptColor(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, XColor *colorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptFont_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PostscriptFont_TCL_DECLARED
/* 233 */
EXTERN int Tk_PostscriptFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, Tk_Font font);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PostscriptImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 234 */
EXTERN int Tk_PostscriptImage(Tk_Image image,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psinfo, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int prepass);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptPath_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PostscriptPath_TCL_DECLARED
/* 235 */
EXTERN void Tk_PostscriptPath(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, double *coordPtr,
int numPoints);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptStipple_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PostscriptStipple_TCL_DECLARED
/* 236 */
EXTERN int Tk_PostscriptStipple(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo,
Pixmap bitmap);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptY_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PostscriptY_TCL_DECLARED
/* 237 */
EXTERN double Tk_PostscriptY(double y, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptPhoto_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PostscriptPhoto_TCL_DECLARED
/* 238 */
EXTERN int Tk_PostscriptPhoto(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, int width,
int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 239 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler(
Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 240 */
EXTERN void Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler(
Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 241 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window parent, CONST char *screenName);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetClassProcs_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetClassProcs_TCL_DECLARED
/* 242 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetClassProcs(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_ClassProcs *procs,
ClientData instanceData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetInternalBorderEx_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetInternalBorderEx_TCL_DECLARED
/* 243 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(Tk_Window tkwin, int left,
int right, int top, int bottom);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize_TCL_DECLARED
/* 244 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(Tk_Window tkwin,
int minWidth, int minHeight);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetCaretPos_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_SetCaretPos_TCL_DECLARED
/* 245 */
EXTERN void Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic_TCL_DECLARED
/* 246 */
EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int compRule);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic_TCL_DECLARED
/* 247 */
EXTERN void Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic(Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CollapseMotionEvents_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CollapseMotionEvents_TCL_DECLARED
/* 248 */
EXTERN int Tk_CollapseMotionEvents(Display *display,
int collapse);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RegisterStyleEngine_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_RegisterStyleEngine_TCL_DECLARED
/* 249 */
EXTERN Tk_StyleEngine Tk_RegisterStyleEngine(CONST char *name,
Tk_StyleEngine parent);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetStyleEngine_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetStyleEngine_TCL_DECLARED
/* 250 */
EXTERN Tk_StyleEngine Tk_GetStyleEngine(CONST char *name);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RegisterStyledElement_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_RegisterStyledElement_TCL_DECLARED
/* 251 */
EXTERN int Tk_RegisterStyledElement(Tk_StyleEngine engine,
Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetElementId_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetElementId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 252 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetElementId(CONST char *name);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 253 */
EXTERN Tk_Style Tk_CreateStyle(CONST char *name,
Tk_StyleEngine engine, ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 254 */
EXTERN Tk_Style Tk_GetStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 255 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeStyle(Tk_Style style);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_NameOfStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 256 */
EXTERN CONST char * Tk_NameOfStyle(Tk_Style style);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocStyleFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_AllocStyleFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 257 */
EXTERN Tk_Style Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetStyleFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 258 */
EXTERN Tk_Style Tk_GetStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 259 */
EXTERN void Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetStyledElement_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetStyledElement_TCL_DECLARED
/* 260 */
EXTERN Tk_StyledElement Tk_GetStyledElement(Tk_Style style, int elementId,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetElementSize_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetElementSize_TCL_DECLARED
/* 261 */
EXTERN void Tk_GetElementSize(Tk_Style style,
Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height,
int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetElementBox_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetElementBox_TCL_DECLARED
/* 262 */
EXTERN void Tk_GetElementBox(Tk_Style style,
Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width,
int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetElementBorderWidth_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetElementBorderWidth_TCL_DECLARED
/* 263 */
EXTERN int Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(Tk_Style style,
Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DrawElement_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_DrawElement_TCL_DECLARED
/* 264 */
EXTERN void Tk_DrawElement(Tk_Style style,
Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr,
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int state);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoExpand_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoExpand_TCL_DECLARED
/* 265 */
EXTERN int Tk_PhotoExpand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_TCL_DECLARED
/* 266 */
EXTERN int Tk_PhotoPutBlock(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int compRule);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_TCL_DECLARED
/* 267 */
EXTERN int Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY,
int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoSetSize_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PhotoSetSize_TCL_DECLARED
/* 268 */
EXTERN int Tk_PhotoSetSize(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetUserInactiveTime_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetUserInactiveTime_TCL_DECLARED
/* 269 */
EXTERN long Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime_TCL_DECLARED
/* 270 */
EXTERN void Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Interp_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_Interp_TCL_DECLARED
/* 271 */
EXTERN Tcl_Interp * Tk_Interp(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateOldImageType_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateOldImageType_TCL_DECLARED
/* 272 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateOldImageType(Tk_ImageType *typePtr);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat_TCL_DECLARED
/* 273 */
EXTERN void Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr);
#endif
/* Slot 274 is reserved */
/* Slot 275 is reserved */
/* Slot 276 is reserved */
/* Slot 277 is reserved */
/* Slot 278 is reserved */
/* Slot 279 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 280 */
EXTERN void TkUnusedStubEntry(void);
#endif
typedef struct TkStubHooks {
struct TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubs;
struct TkIntStubs *tkIntStubs;
struct TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubs;
struct TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubs;
} TkStubHooks;
typedef struct TkStubs {
int magic;
struct TkStubHooks *hooks;
void (*tk_MainLoop) (void); /* 0 */
XColor * (*tk_3DBorderColor) (Tk_3DBorder border); /* 1 */
GC (*tk_3DBorderGC) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_3DBorder border, int which); /* 2 */
void (*tk_3DHorizontalBevel) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x, int y, int width, int height, int leftIn, int rightIn, int topBevel, int relief); /* 3 */
void (*tk_3DVerticalBevel) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x, int y, int width, int height, int leftBevel, int relief); /* 4 */
void (*tk_AddOption) (Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name, CONST char *value, int priority); /* 5 */
void (*tk_BindEvent) (Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, XEvent *eventPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int numObjects, ClientData *objectPtr); /* 6 */
void (*tk_CanvasDrawableCoords) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y, short *drawableXPtr, short *drawableYPtr); /* 7 */
void (*tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw) (Tk_Canvas canvas, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); /* 8 */
int (*tk_CanvasGetCoord) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, CONST char *str, double *doublePtr); /* 9 */
Tk_CanvasTextInfo * (*tk_CanvasGetTextInfo) (Tk_Canvas canvas); /* 10 */
int (*tk_CanvasPsBitmap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 11 */
int (*tk_CanvasPsColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, XColor *colorPtr); /* 12 */
int (*tk_CanvasPsFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Font font); /* 13 */
void (*tk_CanvasPsPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints); /* 14 */
int (*tk_CanvasPsStipple) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Pixmap bitmap); /* 15 */
double (*tk_CanvasPsY) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double y); /* 16 */
void (*tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin) (Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc); /* 17 */
int (*tk_CanvasTagsParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 18 */
char * (*tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 19 */
Tk_Window (*tk_CanvasTkwin) (Tk_Canvas canvas); /* 20 */
void (*tk_CanvasWindowCoords) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double x, double y, short *screenXPtr, short *screenYPtr); /* 21 */
void (*tk_ChangeWindowAttributes) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XSetWindowAttributes *attsPtr); /* 22 */
int (*tk_CharBbox) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int index, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 23 */
void (*tk_ClearSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection); /* 24 */
int (*tk_ClipboardAppend) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom target, Atom format, char *buffer); /* 25 */
int (*tk_ClipboardClear) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 26 */
int (*tk_ConfigureInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, CONST char *argvName, int flags); /* 27 */
int (*tk_ConfigureValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, CONST char *argvName, int flags); /* 28 */
int (*tk_ConfigureWidget) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, char *widgRec, int flags); /* 29 */
void (*tk_ConfigureWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned int valueMask, XWindowChanges *valuePtr); /* 30 */
Tk_TextLayout (*tk_ComputeTextLayout) (Tk_Font font, CONST char *str, int numChars, int wrapLength, Tk_Justify justify, int flags, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 31 */
Tk_Window (*tk_CoordsToWindow) (int rootX, int rootY, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 32 */
unsigned long (*tk_CreateBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, CONST char *eventStr, CONST char *command, int append); /* 33 */
Tk_BindingTable (*tk_CreateBindingTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 34 */
Tk_ErrorHandler (*tk_CreateErrorHandler) (Display *display, int errNum, int request, int minorCode, Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, ClientData clientData); /* 35 */
void (*tk_CreateEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 36 */
void (*tk_CreateGenericHandler) (Tk_GenericProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 37 */
void (*tk_CreateImageType) (Tk_ImageType *typePtr); /* 38 */
void (*tk_CreateItemType) (Tk_ItemType *typePtr); /* 39 */
void (*tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat) (Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr); /* 40 */
void (*tk_CreateSelHandler) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_SelectionProc *proc, ClientData clientData, Atom format); /* 41 */
Tk_Window (*tk_CreateWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, CONST char *name, CONST char *screenName); /* 42 */
Tk_Window (*tk_CreateWindowFromPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *pathName, CONST char *screenName); /* 43 */
int (*tk_DefineBitmap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name, CONST char *source, int width, int height); /* 44 */
void (*tk_DefineCursor) (Tk_Window window, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 45 */
void (*tk_DeleteAllBindings) (Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 46 */
int (*tk_DeleteBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, CONST char *eventStr); /* 47 */
void (*tk_DeleteBindingTable) (Tk_BindingTable bindingTable); /* 48 */
void (*tk_DeleteErrorHandler) (Tk_ErrorHandler handler); /* 49 */
void (*tk_DeleteEventHandler) (Tk_Window token, unsigned long mask, Tk_EventProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 50 */
void (*tk_DeleteGenericHandler) (Tk_GenericProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 51 */
void (*tk_DeleteImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name); /* 52 */
void (*tk_DeleteSelHandler) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target); /* 53 */
void (*tk_DestroyWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 54 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_DisplayName) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 55 */
int (*tk_DistanceToTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 56 */
void (*tk_Draw3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 57 */
void (*tk_Draw3DRectangle) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x, int y, int width, int height, int borderWidth, int relief); /* 58 */
void (*tk_DrawChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y); /* 59 */
void (*tk_DrawFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable); /* 60 */
void (*tk_DrawTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int firstChar, int lastChar); /* 61 */
void (*tk_Fill3DPolygon) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, XPoint *pointPtr, int numPoints, int borderWidth, int leftRelief); /* 62 */
void (*tk_Fill3DRectangle) (Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable drawable, Tk_3DBorder border, int x, int y, int width, int height, int borderWidth, int relief); /* 63 */
Tk_PhotoHandle (*tk_FindPhoto) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *imageName); /* 64 */
Font (*tk_FontId) (Tk_Font font); /* 65 */
void (*tk_Free3DBorder) (Tk_3DBorder border); /* 66 */
void (*tk_FreeBitmap) (Display *display, Pixmap bitmap); /* 67 */
void (*tk_FreeColor) (XColor *colorPtr); /* 68 */
void (*tk_FreeColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 69 */
void (*tk_FreeCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 70 */
void (*tk_FreeFont) (Tk_Font f); /* 71 */
void (*tk_FreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 72 */
void (*tk_FreeImage) (Tk_Image image); /* 73 */
void (*tk_FreeOptions) (Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, char *widgRec, Display *display, int needFlags); /* 74 */
void (*tk_FreePixmap) (Display *display, Pixmap pixmap); /* 75 */
void (*tk_FreeTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout textLayout); /* 76 */
void (*tk_FreeXId) (Display *display, XID xid); /* 77 */
GC (*tk_GCForColor) (XColor *colorPtr, Drawable drawable); /* 78 */
void (*tk_GeometryRequest) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight); /* 79 */
Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorder) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid colorName); /* 80 */
void (*tk_GetAllBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object); /* 81 */
int (*tk_GetAnchor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *str, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 82 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetAtomName) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom atom); /* 83 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_GetBinding) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, CONST char *eventStr); /* 84 */
Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *str); /* 85 */
Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *source, int width, int height); /* 86 */
int (*tk_GetCapStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *str, int *capPtr); /* 87 */
XColor * (*tk_GetColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid name); /* 88 */
XColor * (*tk_GetColorByValue) (Tk_Window tkwin, XColor *colorPtr); /* 89 */
Colormap (*tk_GetColormap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *str); /* 90 */
Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid str); /* 91 */
Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *source, CONST char *mask, int width, int height, int xHot, int yHot, Tk_Uid fg, Tk_Uid bg); /* 92 */
Tk_Font (*tk_GetFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *str); /* 93 */
Tk_Font (*tk_GetFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 94 */
void (*tk_GetFontMetrics) (Tk_Font font, Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr); /* 95 */
GC (*tk_GetGC) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long valueMask, XGCValues *valuePtr); /* 96 */
Tk_Image (*tk_GetImage) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name, Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, ClientData clientData); /* 97 */
ClientData (*tk_GetImageMasterData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name, Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr); /* 98 */
Tk_ItemType * (*tk_GetItemTypes) (void); /* 99 */
int (*tk_GetJoinStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *str, int *joinPtr); /* 100 */
int (*tk_GetJustify) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *str, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 101 */
int (*tk_GetNumMainWindows) (void); /* 102 */
Tk_Uid (*tk_GetOption) (Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name, CONST char *className); /* 103 */
int (*tk_GetPixels) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *str, int *intPtr); /* 104 */
Pixmap (*tk_GetPixmap) (Display *display, Drawable d, int width, int height, int depth); /* 105 */
int (*tk_GetRelief) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name, int *reliefPtr); /* 106 */
void (*tk_GetRootCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 107 */
int (*tk_GetScrollInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST84 char **argv, double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 108 */
int (*tk_GetScreenMM) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *str, double *doublePtr); /* 109 */
int (*tk_GetSelection) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 110 */
Tk_Uid (*tk_GetUid) (CONST char *str); /* 111 */
Visual * (*tk_GetVisual) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *str, int *depthPtr, Colormap *colormapPtr); /* 112 */
void (*tk_GetVRootGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 113 */
int (*tk_Grab) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int grabGlobal); /* 114 */
void (*tk_HandleEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr); /* 115 */
Tk_Window (*tk_IdToWindow) (Display *display, Window window); /* 116 */
void (*tk_ImageChanged) (Tk_ImageMaster master, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight); /* 117 */
int (*tk_Init) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 118 */
Atom (*tk_InternAtom) (Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name); /* 119 */
int (*tk_IntersectTextLayout) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 120 */
void (*tk_MaintainGeometry) (Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 121 */
Tk_Window (*tk_MainWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 122 */
void (*tk_MakeWindowExist) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 123 */
void (*tk_ManageGeometry) (Tk_Window tkwin, CONST Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, ClientData clientData); /* 124 */
void (*tk_MapWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 125 */
int (*tk_MeasureChars) (Tk_Font tkfont, CONST char *source, int numBytes, int maxPixels, int flags, int *lengthPtr); /* 126 */
void (*tk_MoveResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 127 */
void (*tk_MoveWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 128 */
void (*tk_MoveToplevelWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y); /* 129 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOf3DBorder) (Tk_3DBorder border); /* 130 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfAnchor) (Tk_Anchor anchor); /* 131 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfBitmap) (Display *display, Pixmap bitmap); /* 132 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfCapStyle) (int cap); /* 133 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfColor) (XColor *colorPtr); /* 134 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfCursor) (Display *display, Tk_Cursor cursor); /* 135 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfFont) (Tk_Font font); /* 136 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfImage) (Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster); /* 137 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJoinStyle) (int join); /* 138 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfJustify) (Tk_Justify justify); /* 139 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tk_NameOfRelief) (int relief); /* 140 */
Tk_Window (*tk_NameToWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *pathName, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 141 */
void (*tk_OwnSelection) (Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Tk_LostSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 142 */
int (*tk_ParseArgv) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, int *argcPtr, CONST84 char **argv, Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, int flags); /* 143 */
void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 144 */
void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY); /* 145 */
int (*tk_PhotoGetImage) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); /* 146 */
void (*tk_PhotoBlank) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 147 */
void (*tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 148 */
void (*tk_PhotoGetSize) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 149 */
void (*tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 150 */
int (*tk_PointToChar) (Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y); /* 151 */
int (*tk_PostscriptFontName) (Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 152 */
void (*tk_PreserveColormap) (Display *display, Colormap colormap); /* 153 */
void (*tk_QueueWindowEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 154 */
void (*tk_RedrawImage) (Tk_Image image, int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height, Drawable drawable, int drawableX, int drawableY); /* 155 */
void (*tk_ResizeWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height); /* 156 */
int (*tk_RestackWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int aboveBelow, Tk_Window other); /* 157 */
Tk_RestrictProc * (*tk_RestrictEvents) (Tk_RestrictProc *proc, ClientData arg, ClientData *prevArgPtr); /* 158 */
int (*tk_SafeInit) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 159 */
CONST char * (*tk_SetAppName) (Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name); /* 160 */
void (*tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_3DBorder border); /* 161 */
void (*tk_SetClass) (Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *className); /* 162 */
void (*tk_SetGrid) (Tk_Window tkwin, int reqWidth, int reqHeight, int gridWidth, int gridHeight); /* 163 */
void (*tk_SetInternalBorder) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width); /* 164 */
void (*tk_SetWindowBackground) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long pixel); /* 165 */
void (*tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap) (Tk_Window tkwin, Pixmap pixmap); /* 166 */
void (*tk_SetWindowBorder) (Tk_Window tkwin, unsigned long pixel); /* 167 */
void (*tk_SetWindowBorderWidth) (Tk_Window tkwin, int width); /* 168 */
void (*tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap) (Tk_Window tkwin, Pixmap pixmap); /* 169 */
void (*tk_SetWindowColormap) (Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap); /* 170 */
int (*tk_SetWindowVisual) (Tk_Window tkwin, Visual *visual, int depth, Colormap colormap); /* 171 */
void (*tk_SizeOfBitmap) (Display *display, Pixmap bitmap, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 172 */
void (*tk_SizeOfImage) (Tk_Image image, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 173 */
int (*tk_StrictMotif) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 174 */
void (*tk_TextLayoutToPostscript) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_TextLayout layout); /* 175 */
int (*tk_TextWidth) (Tk_Font font, CONST char *str, int numBytes); /* 176 */
void (*tk_UndefineCursor) (Tk_Window window); /* 177 */
void (*tk_UnderlineChars) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST char *source, int x, int y, int firstByte, int lastByte); /* 178 */
void (*tk_UnderlineTextLayout) (Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_TextLayout layout, int x, int y, int underline); /* 179 */
void (*tk_Ungrab) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 180 */
void (*tk_UnmaintainGeometry) (Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master); /* 181 */
void (*tk_UnmapWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 182 */
void (*tk_UnsetGrid) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 183 */
void (*tk_UpdatePointer) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int state); /* 184 */
Pixmap (*tk_AllocBitmapFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 185 */
Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 186 */
XColor * (*tk_AllocColorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 187 */
Tk_Cursor (*tk_AllocCursorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 188 */
Tk_Font (*tk_AllocFontFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 189 */
Tk_OptionTable (*tk_CreateOptionTable) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr); /* 190 */
void (*tk_DeleteOptionTable) (Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 191 */
void (*tk_Free3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 192 */
void (*tk_FreeBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 193 */
void (*tk_FreeColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 194 */
void (*tk_FreeConfigOptions) (char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 195 */
void (*tk_FreeSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 196 */
void (*tk_FreeCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 197 */
void (*tk_FreeFontFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 198 */
Tk_3DBorder (*tk_Get3DBorderFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 199 */
int (*tk_GetAnchorFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr); /* 200 */
Pixmap (*tk_GetBitmapFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 201 */
XColor * (*tk_GetColorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 202 */
Tk_Cursor (*tk_GetCursorFromObj) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 203 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 204 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tk_GetOptionValue) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tcl_Obj *namePtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 205 */
int (*tk_GetJustifyFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Justify *justifyPtr); /* 206 */
int (*tk_GetMMFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); /* 207 */
int (*tk_GetPixelsFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *intPtr); /* 208 */
int (*tk_GetReliefFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr); /* 209 */
int (*tk_GetScrollInfoObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); /* 210 */
int (*tk_InitOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionToken, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 211 */
void (*tk_MainEx) (int argc, char **argv, Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 212 */
void (*tk_RestoreSavedOptions) (Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr); /* 213 */
int (*tk_SetOptions) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_SavedOptions *savePtr, int *maskPtr); /* 214 */
void (*tk_InitConsoleChannels) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 215 */
int (*tk_CreateConsoleWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 216 */
void (*tk_CreateSmoothMethod) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_SmoothMethod *method); /* 217 */
VOID *reserved218;
VOID *reserved219;
int (*tk_GetDash) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *value, Tk_Dash *dash); /* 220 */
void (*tk_CreateOutline) (Tk_Outline *outline); /* 221 */
void (*tk_DeleteOutline) (Display *display, Tk_Outline *outline); /* 222 */
int (*tk_ConfigOutlineGC) (XGCValues *gcValues, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *item, Tk_Outline *outline); /* 223 */
int (*tk_ChangeOutlineGC) (Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *item, Tk_Outline *outline); /* 224 */
int (*tk_ResetOutlineGC) (Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *item, Tk_Outline *outline); /* 225 */
int (*tk_CanvasPsOutline) (Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *item, Tk_Outline *outline); /* 226 */
void (*tk_SetTSOrigin) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 227 */
int (*tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tcl_Obj *obj, double *doublePtr); /* 228 */
void (*tk_CanvasSetOffset) (Tk_Canvas canvas, GC gc, Tk_TSOffset *offset); /* 229 */
void (*tk_DitherPhoto) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int x, int y, int width, int height); /* 230 */
int (*tk_PostscriptBitmap) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, Pixmap bitmap, int startX, int startY, int width, int height); /* 231 */
int (*tk_PostscriptColor) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, XColor *colorPtr); /* 232 */
int (*tk_PostscriptFont) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, Tk_Font font); /* 233 */
int (*tk_PostscriptImage) (Tk_Image image, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_PostscriptInfo psinfo, int x, int y, int width, int height, int prepass); /* 234 */
void (*tk_PostscriptPath) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, double *coordPtr, int numPoints); /* 235 */
int (*tk_PostscriptStipple) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, Pixmap bitmap); /* 236 */
double (*tk_PostscriptY) (double y, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo); /* 237 */
int (*tk_PostscriptPhoto) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, int width, int height); /* 238 */
void (*tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 239 */
void (*tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) (Tk_ClientMessageProc *proc); /* 240 */
Tk_Window (*tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window parent, CONST char *screenName); /* 241 */
void (*tk_SetClassProcs) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData); /* 242 */
void (*tk_SetInternalBorderEx) (Tk_Window tkwin, int left, int right, int top, int bottom); /* 243 */
void (*tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) (Tk_Window tkwin, int minWidth, int minHeight); /* 244 */
void (*tk_SetCaretPos) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height); /* 245 */
void (*tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 246 */
void (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 247 */
int (*tk_CollapseMotionEvents) (Display *display, int collapse); /* 248 */
Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_RegisterStyleEngine) (CONST char *name, Tk_StyleEngine parent); /* 249 */
Tk_StyleEngine (*tk_GetStyleEngine) (CONST char *name); /* 250 */
int (*tk_RegisterStyledElement) (Tk_StyleEngine engine, Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr); /* 251 */
int (*tk_GetElementId) (CONST char *name); /* 252 */
Tk_Style (*tk_CreateStyle) (CONST char *name, Tk_StyleEngine engine, ClientData clientData); /* 253 */
Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyle) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name); /* 254 */
void (*tk_FreeStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 255 */
CONST char * (*tk_NameOfStyle) (Tk_Style style); /* 256 */
Tk_Style (*tk_AllocStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 257 */
Tk_Style (*tk_GetStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 258 */
void (*tk_FreeStyleFromObj) (Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 259 */
Tk_StyledElement (*tk_GetStyledElement) (Tk_Style style, int elementId, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 260 */
void (*tk_GetElementSize) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int width, int height, int inner, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 261 */
void (*tk_GetElementBox) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int inner, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* 262 */
int (*tk_GetElementBorderWidth) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 263 */
void (*tk_DrawElement) (Tk_Style style, Tk_StyledElement element, char *recordPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height, int state); /* 264 */
int (*tk_PhotoExpand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 265 */
int (*tk_PhotoPutBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int compRule); /* 266 */
int (*tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int zoomX, int zoomY, int subsampleX, int subsampleY, int compRule); /* 267 */
int (*tk_PhotoSetSize) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_PhotoHandle handle, int width, int height); /* 268 */
long (*tk_GetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 269 */
void (*tk_ResetUserInactiveTime) (Display *dpy); /* 270 */
Tcl_Interp * (*tk_Interp) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 271 */
void (*tk_CreateOldImageType) (Tk_ImageType *typePtr); /* 272 */
void (*tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) (Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr); /* 273 */
VOID *reserved274;
VOID *reserved275;
VOID *reserved276;
VOID *reserved277;
VOID *reserved278;
VOID *reserved279;
void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 280 */
} TkStubs;
extern TkStubs *tkStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#if defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS)
/*
* Inline function declarations:
*/
#ifndef Tk_MainLoop
#define Tk_MainLoop \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MainLoop) /* 0 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_3DBorderColor
#define Tk_3DBorderColor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_3DBorderColor) /* 1 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_3DBorderGC
#define Tk_3DBorderGC \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_3DBorderGC) /* 2 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_3DHorizontalBevel
#define Tk_3DHorizontalBevel \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_3DHorizontalBevel) /* 3 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_3DVerticalBevel
#define Tk_3DVerticalBevel \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_3DVerticalBevel) /* 4 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AddOption
#define Tk_AddOption \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_AddOption) /* 5 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_BindEvent
#define Tk_BindEvent \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_BindEvent) /* 6 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords
#define Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasDrawableCoords) /* 7 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw
#define Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw) /* 8 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasGetCoord
#define Tk_CanvasGetCoord \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasGetCoord) /* 9 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo
#define Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasGetTextInfo) /* 10 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsBitmap
#define Tk_CanvasPsBitmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasPsBitmap) /* 11 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsColor
#define Tk_CanvasPsColor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasPsColor) /* 12 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsFont
#define Tk_CanvasPsFont \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasPsFont) /* 13 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsPath
#define Tk_CanvasPsPath \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasPsPath) /* 14 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsStipple
#define Tk_CanvasPsStipple \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasPsStipple) /* 15 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsY
#define Tk_CanvasPsY \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasPsY) /* 16 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin
#define Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin) /* 17 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc
#define Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasTagsParseProc) /* 18 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc
#define Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc) /* 19 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasTkwin
#define Tk_CanvasTkwin \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasTkwin) /* 20 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasWindowCoords
#define Tk_CanvasWindowCoords \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasWindowCoords) /* 21 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes
#define Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ChangeWindowAttributes) /* 22 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CharBbox
#define Tk_CharBbox \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CharBbox) /* 23 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ClearSelection
#define Tk_ClearSelection \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ClearSelection) /* 24 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ClipboardAppend
#define Tk_ClipboardAppend \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ClipboardAppend) /* 25 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ClipboardClear
#define Tk_ClipboardClear \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ClipboardClear) /* 26 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigureInfo
#define Tk_ConfigureInfo \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ConfigureInfo) /* 27 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigureValue
#define Tk_ConfigureValue \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ConfigureValue) /* 28 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigureWidget
#define Tk_ConfigureWidget \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ConfigureWidget) /* 29 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigureWindow
#define Tk_ConfigureWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ConfigureWindow) /* 30 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ComputeTextLayout
#define Tk_ComputeTextLayout \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ComputeTextLayout) /* 31 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CoordsToWindow
#define Tk_CoordsToWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CoordsToWindow) /* 32 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateBinding
#define Tk_CreateBinding \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateBinding) /* 33 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateBindingTable
#define Tk_CreateBindingTable \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateBindingTable) /* 34 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateErrorHandler
#define Tk_CreateErrorHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateErrorHandler) /* 35 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateEventHandler
#define Tk_CreateEventHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateEventHandler) /* 36 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateGenericHandler
#define Tk_CreateGenericHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateGenericHandler) /* 37 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateImageType
#define Tk_CreateImageType \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateImageType) /* 38 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateItemType
#define Tk_CreateItemType \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateItemType) /* 39 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat
#define Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat) /* 40 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateSelHandler
#define Tk_CreateSelHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateSelHandler) /* 41 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateWindow
#define Tk_CreateWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateWindow) /* 42 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateWindowFromPath
#define Tk_CreateWindowFromPath \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateWindowFromPath) /* 43 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DefineBitmap
#define Tk_DefineBitmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DefineBitmap) /* 44 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DefineCursor
#define Tk_DefineCursor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DefineCursor) /* 45 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteAllBindings
#define Tk_DeleteAllBindings \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteAllBindings) /* 46 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteBinding
#define Tk_DeleteBinding \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteBinding) /* 47 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteBindingTable
#define Tk_DeleteBindingTable \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteBindingTable) /* 48 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteErrorHandler
#define Tk_DeleteErrorHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteErrorHandler) /* 49 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteEventHandler
#define Tk_DeleteEventHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteEventHandler) /* 50 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteGenericHandler
#define Tk_DeleteGenericHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteGenericHandler) /* 51 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteImage
#define Tk_DeleteImage \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteImage) /* 52 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteSelHandler
#define Tk_DeleteSelHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteSelHandler) /* 53 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DestroyWindow
#define Tk_DestroyWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DestroyWindow) /* 54 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DisplayName
#define Tk_DisplayName \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DisplayName) /* 55 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DistanceToTextLayout
#define Tk_DistanceToTextLayout \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DistanceToTextLayout) /* 56 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Draw3DPolygon
#define Tk_Draw3DPolygon \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Draw3DPolygon) /* 57 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Draw3DRectangle
#define Tk_Draw3DRectangle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Draw3DRectangle) /* 58 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DrawChars
#define Tk_DrawChars \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DrawChars) /* 59 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DrawFocusHighlight
#define Tk_DrawFocusHighlight \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DrawFocusHighlight) /* 60 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DrawTextLayout
#define Tk_DrawTextLayout \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DrawTextLayout) /* 61 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Fill3DPolygon
#define Tk_Fill3DPolygon \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Fill3DPolygon) /* 62 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Fill3DRectangle
#define Tk_Fill3DRectangle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Fill3DRectangle) /* 63 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FindPhoto
#define Tk_FindPhoto \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FindPhoto) /* 64 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FontId
#define Tk_FontId \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FontId) /* 65 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Free3DBorder
#define Tk_Free3DBorder \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Free3DBorder) /* 66 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeBitmap
#define Tk_FreeBitmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeBitmap) /* 67 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeColor
#define Tk_FreeColor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeColor) /* 68 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeColormap
#define Tk_FreeColormap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeColormap) /* 69 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeCursor
#define Tk_FreeCursor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeCursor) /* 70 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeFont
#define Tk_FreeFont \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeFont) /* 71 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeGC
#define Tk_FreeGC \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeGC) /* 72 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeImage
#define Tk_FreeImage \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeImage) /* 73 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeOptions
#define Tk_FreeOptions \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeOptions) /* 74 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreePixmap
#define Tk_FreePixmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreePixmap) /* 75 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeTextLayout
#define Tk_FreeTextLayout \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeTextLayout) /* 76 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeXId
#define Tk_FreeXId \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeXId) /* 77 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GCForColor
#define Tk_GCForColor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GCForColor) /* 78 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GeometryRequest
#define Tk_GeometryRequest \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GeometryRequest) /* 79 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Get3DBorder
#define Tk_Get3DBorder \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Get3DBorder) /* 80 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetAllBindings
#define Tk_GetAllBindings \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetAllBindings) /* 81 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetAnchor
#define Tk_GetAnchor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetAnchor) /* 82 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetAtomName
#define Tk_GetAtomName \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetAtomName) /* 83 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetBinding
#define Tk_GetBinding \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetBinding) /* 84 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetBitmap
#define Tk_GetBitmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetBitmap) /* 85 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetBitmapFromData
#define Tk_GetBitmapFromData \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetBitmapFromData) /* 86 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetCapStyle
#define Tk_GetCapStyle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetCapStyle) /* 87 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetColor
#define Tk_GetColor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetColor) /* 88 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetColorByValue
#define Tk_GetColorByValue \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetColorByValue) /* 89 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetColormap
#define Tk_GetColormap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetColormap) /* 90 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetCursor
#define Tk_GetCursor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetCursor) /* 91 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetCursorFromData
#define Tk_GetCursorFromData \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetCursorFromData) /* 92 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetFont
#define Tk_GetFont \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetFont) /* 93 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetFontFromObj
#define Tk_GetFontFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetFontFromObj) /* 94 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetFontMetrics
#define Tk_GetFontMetrics \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetFontMetrics) /* 95 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetGC
#define Tk_GetGC \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetGC) /* 96 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetImage
#define Tk_GetImage \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetImage) /* 97 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetImageMasterData
#define Tk_GetImageMasterData \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetImageMasterData) /* 98 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetItemTypes
#define Tk_GetItemTypes \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetItemTypes) /* 99 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetJoinStyle
#define Tk_GetJoinStyle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetJoinStyle) /* 100 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetJustify
#define Tk_GetJustify \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetJustify) /* 101 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetNumMainWindows
#define Tk_GetNumMainWindows \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetNumMainWindows) /* 102 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetOption
#define Tk_GetOption \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetOption) /* 103 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetPixels
#define Tk_GetPixels \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetPixels) /* 104 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetPixmap
#define Tk_GetPixmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetPixmap) /* 105 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetRelief
#define Tk_GetRelief \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetRelief) /* 106 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetRootCoords
#define Tk_GetRootCoords \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetRootCoords) /* 107 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetScrollInfo
#define Tk_GetScrollInfo \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetScrollInfo) /* 108 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetScreenMM
#define Tk_GetScreenMM \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetScreenMM) /* 109 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetSelection
#define Tk_GetSelection \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetSelection) /* 110 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetUid
#define Tk_GetUid \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetUid) /* 111 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetVisual
#define Tk_GetVisual \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetVisual) /* 112 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetVRootGeometry
#define Tk_GetVRootGeometry \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetVRootGeometry) /* 113 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Grab
#define Tk_Grab \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Grab) /* 114 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_HandleEvent
#define Tk_HandleEvent \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_HandleEvent) /* 115 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_IdToWindow
#define Tk_IdToWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_IdToWindow) /* 116 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ImageChanged
#define Tk_ImageChanged \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ImageChanged) /* 117 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Init
#define Tk_Init \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Init) /* 118 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_InternAtom
#define Tk_InternAtom \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_InternAtom) /* 119 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_IntersectTextLayout
#define Tk_IntersectTextLayout \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_IntersectTextLayout) /* 120 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MaintainGeometry
#define Tk_MaintainGeometry \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MaintainGeometry) /* 121 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MainWindow
#define Tk_MainWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MainWindow) /* 122 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MakeWindowExist
#define Tk_MakeWindowExist \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MakeWindowExist) /* 123 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ManageGeometry
#define Tk_ManageGeometry \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ManageGeometry) /* 124 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MapWindow
#define Tk_MapWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MapWindow) /* 125 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MeasureChars
#define Tk_MeasureChars \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MeasureChars) /* 126 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MoveResizeWindow
#define Tk_MoveResizeWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MoveResizeWindow) /* 127 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MoveWindow
#define Tk_MoveWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MoveWindow) /* 128 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MoveToplevelWindow
#define Tk_MoveToplevelWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MoveToplevelWindow) /* 129 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOf3DBorder
#define Tk_NameOf3DBorder \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOf3DBorder) /* 130 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfAnchor
#define Tk_NameOfAnchor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfAnchor) /* 131 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfBitmap
#define Tk_NameOfBitmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfBitmap) /* 132 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfCapStyle
#define Tk_NameOfCapStyle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfCapStyle) /* 133 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfColor
#define Tk_NameOfColor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfColor) /* 134 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfCursor
#define Tk_NameOfCursor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfCursor) /* 135 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfFont
#define Tk_NameOfFont \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfFont) /* 136 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfImage
#define Tk_NameOfImage \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfImage) /* 137 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfJoinStyle
#define Tk_NameOfJoinStyle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfJoinStyle) /* 138 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfJustify
#define Tk_NameOfJustify \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfJustify) /* 139 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfRelief
#define Tk_NameOfRelief \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfRelief) /* 140 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameToWindow
#define Tk_NameToWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameToWindow) /* 141 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_OwnSelection
#define Tk_OwnSelection \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_OwnSelection) /* 142 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ParseArgv
#define Tk_ParseArgv \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ParseArgv) /* 143 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite) /* 144 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite) /* 145 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoGetImage
#define Tk_PhotoGetImage \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoGetImage) /* 146 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoBlank
#define Tk_PhotoBlank \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoBlank) /* 147 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic
#define Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoExpand_Panic) /* 148 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoGetSize
#define Tk_PhotoGetSize \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoGetSize) /* 149 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#define Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic) /* 150 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PointToChar
#define Tk_PointToChar \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PointToChar) /* 151 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptFontName
#define Tk_PostscriptFontName \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PostscriptFontName) /* 152 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PreserveColormap
#define Tk_PreserveColormap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PreserveColormap) /* 153 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_QueueWindowEvent
#define Tk_QueueWindowEvent \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_QueueWindowEvent) /* 154 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RedrawImage
#define Tk_RedrawImage \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_RedrawImage) /* 155 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ResizeWindow
#define Tk_ResizeWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ResizeWindow) /* 156 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RestackWindow
#define Tk_RestackWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_RestackWindow) /* 157 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RestrictEvents
#define Tk_RestrictEvents \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_RestrictEvents) /* 158 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SafeInit
#define Tk_SafeInit \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SafeInit) /* 159 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetAppName
#define Tk_SetAppName \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetAppName) /* 160 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder
#define Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder) /* 161 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetClass
#define Tk_SetClass \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetClass) /* 162 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetGrid
#define Tk_SetGrid \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetGrid) /* 163 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetInternalBorder
#define Tk_SetInternalBorder \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetInternalBorder) /* 164 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBackground
#define Tk_SetWindowBackground \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetWindowBackground) /* 165 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap
#define Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap) /* 166 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBorder
#define Tk_SetWindowBorder \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetWindowBorder) /* 167 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth
#define Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetWindowBorderWidth) /* 168 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap
#define Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap) /* 169 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowColormap
#define Tk_SetWindowColormap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetWindowColormap) /* 170 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetWindowVisual
#define Tk_SetWindowVisual \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetWindowVisual) /* 171 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SizeOfBitmap
#define Tk_SizeOfBitmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SizeOfBitmap) /* 172 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SizeOfImage
#define Tk_SizeOfImage \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SizeOfImage) /* 173 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_StrictMotif
#define Tk_StrictMotif \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_StrictMotif) /* 174 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript
#define Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_TextLayoutToPostscript) /* 175 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_TextWidth
#define Tk_TextWidth \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_TextWidth) /* 176 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UndefineCursor
#define Tk_UndefineCursor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_UndefineCursor) /* 177 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnderlineChars
#define Tk_UnderlineChars \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_UnderlineChars) /* 178 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnderlineTextLayout
#define Tk_UnderlineTextLayout \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_UnderlineTextLayout) /* 179 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Ungrab
#define Tk_Ungrab \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Ungrab) /* 180 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnmaintainGeometry
#define Tk_UnmaintainGeometry \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_UnmaintainGeometry) /* 181 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnmapWindow
#define Tk_UnmapWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_UnmapWindow) /* 182 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UnsetGrid
#define Tk_UnsetGrid \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_UnsetGrid) /* 183 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_UpdatePointer
#define Tk_UpdatePointer \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_UpdatePointer) /* 184 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj
#define Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_AllocBitmapFromObj) /* 185 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj
#define Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj) /* 186 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocColorFromObj
#define Tk_AllocColorFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_AllocColorFromObj) /* 187 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocCursorFromObj
#define Tk_AllocCursorFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_AllocCursorFromObj) /* 188 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocFontFromObj
#define Tk_AllocFontFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_AllocFontFromObj) /* 189 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateOptionTable
#define Tk_CreateOptionTable \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOptionTable) /* 190 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteOptionTable
#define Tk_DeleteOptionTable \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteOptionTable) /* 191 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj
#define Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Free3DBorderFromObj) /* 192 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj
#define Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeBitmapFromObj) /* 193 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeColorFromObj
#define Tk_FreeColorFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeColorFromObj) /* 194 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeConfigOptions
#define Tk_FreeConfigOptions \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeConfigOptions) /* 195 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeSavedOptions
#define Tk_FreeSavedOptions \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeSavedOptions) /* 196 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeCursorFromObj
#define Tk_FreeCursorFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeCursorFromObj) /* 197 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeFontFromObj
#define Tk_FreeFontFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeFontFromObj) /* 198 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj
#define Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Get3DBorderFromObj) /* 199 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetAnchorFromObj
#define Tk_GetAnchorFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetAnchorFromObj) /* 200 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetBitmapFromObj
#define Tk_GetBitmapFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetBitmapFromObj) /* 201 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetColorFromObj
#define Tk_GetColorFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetColorFromObj) /* 202 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetCursorFromObj
#define Tk_GetCursorFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetCursorFromObj) /* 203 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetOptionInfo
#define Tk_GetOptionInfo \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetOptionInfo) /* 204 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetOptionValue
#define Tk_GetOptionValue \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetOptionValue) /* 205 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetJustifyFromObj
#define Tk_GetJustifyFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetJustifyFromObj) /* 206 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetMMFromObj
#define Tk_GetMMFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetMMFromObj) /* 207 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetPixelsFromObj
#define Tk_GetPixelsFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetPixelsFromObj) /* 208 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetReliefFromObj
#define Tk_GetReliefFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetReliefFromObj) /* 209 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetScrollInfoObj
#define Tk_GetScrollInfoObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetScrollInfoObj) /* 210 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_InitOptions
#define Tk_InitOptions \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_InitOptions) /* 211 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MainEx
#define Tk_MainEx \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_MainEx) /* 212 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RestoreSavedOptions
#define Tk_RestoreSavedOptions \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_RestoreSavedOptions) /* 213 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetOptions
#define Tk_SetOptions \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetOptions) /* 214 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_InitConsoleChannels
#define Tk_InitConsoleChannels \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_InitConsoleChannels) /* 215 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateConsoleWindow
#define Tk_CreateConsoleWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateConsoleWindow) /* 216 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateSmoothMethod
#define Tk_CreateSmoothMethod \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateSmoothMethod) /* 217 */
#endif
/* Slot 218 is reserved */
/* Slot 219 is reserved */
#ifndef Tk_GetDash
#define Tk_GetDash \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetDash) /* 220 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateOutline
#define Tk_CreateOutline \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOutline) /* 221 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteOutline
#define Tk_DeleteOutline \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteOutline) /* 222 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ConfigOutlineGC
#define Tk_ConfigOutlineGC \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ConfigOutlineGC) /* 223 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ChangeOutlineGC
#define Tk_ChangeOutlineGC \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ChangeOutlineGC) /* 224 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ResetOutlineGC
#define Tk_ResetOutlineGC \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ResetOutlineGC) /* 225 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasPsOutline
#define Tk_CanvasPsOutline \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasPsOutline) /* 226 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetTSOrigin
#define Tk_SetTSOrigin \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetTSOrigin) /* 227 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj
#define Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj) /* 228 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CanvasSetOffset
#define Tk_CanvasSetOffset \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CanvasSetOffset) /* 229 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DitherPhoto
#define Tk_DitherPhoto \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DitherPhoto) /* 230 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptBitmap
#define Tk_PostscriptBitmap \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PostscriptBitmap) /* 231 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptColor
#define Tk_PostscriptColor \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PostscriptColor) /* 232 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptFont
#define Tk_PostscriptFont \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PostscriptFont) /* 233 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptImage
#define Tk_PostscriptImage \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PostscriptImage) /* 234 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptPath
#define Tk_PostscriptPath \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PostscriptPath) /* 235 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptStipple
#define Tk_PostscriptStipple \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PostscriptStipple) /* 236 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptY
#define Tk_PostscriptY \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PostscriptY) /* 237 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PostscriptPhoto
#define Tk_PostscriptPhoto \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PostscriptPhoto) /* 238 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler
#define Tk_CreateClientMessageHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateClientMessageHandler) /* 239 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler
#define Tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DeleteClientMessageHandler) /* 240 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow
#define Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateAnonymousWindow) /* 241 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetClassProcs
#define Tk_SetClassProcs \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetClassProcs) /* 242 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetInternalBorderEx
#define Tk_SetInternalBorderEx \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetInternalBorderEx) /* 243 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize
#define Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetMinimumRequestSize) /* 244 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_SetCaretPos
#define Tk_SetCaretPos \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_SetCaretPos) /* 245 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic) /* 246 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic) /* 247 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CollapseMotionEvents
#define Tk_CollapseMotionEvents \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CollapseMotionEvents) /* 248 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RegisterStyleEngine
#define Tk_RegisterStyleEngine \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_RegisterStyleEngine) /* 249 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetStyleEngine
#define Tk_GetStyleEngine \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetStyleEngine) /* 250 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_RegisterStyledElement
#define Tk_RegisterStyledElement \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_RegisterStyledElement) /* 251 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetElementId
#define Tk_GetElementId \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetElementId) /* 252 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateStyle
#define Tk_CreateStyle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateStyle) /* 253 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetStyle
#define Tk_GetStyle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetStyle) /* 254 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeStyle
#define Tk_FreeStyle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeStyle) /* 255 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_NameOfStyle
#define Tk_NameOfStyle \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_NameOfStyle) /* 256 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_AllocStyleFromObj
#define Tk_AllocStyleFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_AllocStyleFromObj) /* 257 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetStyleFromObj
#define Tk_GetStyleFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetStyleFromObj) /* 258 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_FreeStyleFromObj
#define Tk_FreeStyleFromObj \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_FreeStyleFromObj) /* 259 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetStyledElement
#define Tk_GetStyledElement \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetStyledElement) /* 260 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetElementSize
#define Tk_GetElementSize \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetElementSize) /* 261 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetElementBox
#define Tk_GetElementBox \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetElementBox) /* 262 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetElementBorderWidth
#define Tk_GetElementBorderWidth \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetElementBorderWidth) /* 263 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_DrawElement
#define Tk_DrawElement \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_DrawElement) /* 264 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoExpand
#define Tk_PhotoExpand \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoExpand) /* 265 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutBlock
#define Tk_PhotoPutBlock \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoPutBlock) /* 266 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock
#define Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock) /* 267 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PhotoSetSize
#define Tk_PhotoSetSize \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_PhotoSetSize) /* 268 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetUserInactiveTime
#define Tk_GetUserInactiveTime \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_GetUserInactiveTime) /* 269 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime
#define Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_ResetUserInactiveTime) /* 270 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_Interp
#define Tk_Interp \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_Interp) /* 271 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateOldImageType
#define Tk_CreateOldImageType \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldImageType) /* 272 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat
#define Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat \
(tkStubsPtr->tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat) /* 273 */
#endif
/* Slot 274 is reserved */
/* Slot 275 is reserved */
/* Slot 276 is reserved */
/* Slot 277 is reserved */
/* Slot 278 is reserved */
/* Slot 279 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry
#define TkUnusedStubEntry \
(tkStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 280 */
#endif
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS) */
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#undef TkUnusedStubEntry
#endif /* _TKDECLS */
|
Changes to generic/tkEntry.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | < > | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "default.h" #include "tkEntry.h" /* * The following macro defines how many extra pixels to leave on each side of * the text in the entry. */ #define XPAD 1 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
/*
* Information used for Entry objv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec entryOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
/*
* Information used for Entry objv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec entryOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, normalBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-disabledbackground", "disabledBackground",
"DisabledBackground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, disabledBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorder), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOffTime),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOnTime), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-invalidcommand", 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorderWidth),
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
DEF_ENTRY_SHOW, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, showChar),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, textVarName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validate),
0, (ClientData) validateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand","ValidateCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-validatecommand", 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Information used for Spinbox objv parsing.
*/
#define DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_DELAY "400"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
#define DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT ""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES ""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP "0"
static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Background",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < > | | < | | 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 |
#define DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT ""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES ""
#define DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP "0"
static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, activeBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, normalBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-buttonbackground", "Button.background", "Background",
DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, buttonBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-buttoncursor", "Button.cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, bCursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-buttondownrelief", "Button.relief", "Relief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, bdRelief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-buttonuprelief", "Button.relief", "Relief",
DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, buRelief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_SPINBOX_CMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, command),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-disabledbackground", "disabledBackground",
"DisabledBackground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, disabledBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_ENTRY_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-format", "format", "Format",
DEF_SPINBOX_FORMAT, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, reqFormat),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From",
DEF_SPINBOX_FROM, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, fromValue), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
-1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-increment", "increment", "Increment",
DEF_SPINBOX_INCREMENT, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, increment), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorder), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, insertBorderWidth), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOffTime),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertOnTime), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, insertWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
DEF_ENTRY_INVALIDCMD, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, invalidCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-invcmd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-invalidcommand", 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-readonlybackground", "readonlyBackground",
"ReadonlyBackground", DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, readonlyBorder), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, repeatDelay),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
DEF_SPINBOX_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, repeatInterval),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(Entry, selBorderWidth),
0, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, selFgColorPtr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, textVarName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
DEF_SPINBOX_TO, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, toValue), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
DEF_ENTRY_VALIDATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validate),
0, (ClientData) validateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand","ValidateCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, validateCmd), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
DEF_SPINBOX_VALUES, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, valueStr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-vcmd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-validatecommand", 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, prefWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
DEF_SPINBOX_WRAP, -1, Tk_Offset(Spinbox, wrap), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The following tables define the entry widget commands (and sub-commands)
* and map the indexes into the string tables into enumerated types used to
* dispatch the entry widget command.
*/
static const char *entryCmdNames[] = {
"bbox", "cget", "configure", "delete", "get", "icursor", "index",
"insert", "scan", "selection", "validate", "xview", NULL
};
enum entryCmd {
COMMAND_BBOX, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_DELETE,
COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_ICURSOR, COMMAND_INDEX, COMMAND_INSERT,
COMMAND_SCAN, COMMAND_SELECTION, COMMAND_VALIDATE, COMMAND_XVIEW
};
static const char *selCmdNames[] = {
"adjust", "clear", "from", "present", "range", "to", NULL
};
enum selCmd {
SELECTION_ADJUST, SELECTION_CLEAR, SELECTION_FROM,
SELECTION_PRESENT, SELECTION_RANGE, SELECTION_TO
};
/*
* The following tables define the spinbox widget commands (and sub-commands)
* and map the indexes into the string tables into enumerated types used to
* dispatch the spinbox widget command.
*/
static const char *sbCmdNames[] = {
"bbox", "cget", "configure", "delete", "get", "icursor", "identify",
"index", "insert", "invoke", "scan", "selection", "set",
"validate", "xview", NULL
};
enum sbCmd {
SB_CMD_BBOX, SB_CMD_CGET, SB_CMD_CONFIGURE, SB_CMD_DELETE,
SB_CMD_GET, SB_CMD_ICURSOR, SB_CMD_IDENTIFY, SB_CMD_INDEX,
SB_CMD_INSERT, SB_CMD_INVOKE, SB_CMD_SCAN, SB_CMD_SELECTION,
SB_CMD_SET, SB_CMD_VALIDATE, SB_CMD_XVIEW
};
static const char *sbSelCmdNames[] = {
"adjust", "clear", "element", "from", "present", "range", "to", NULL
};
enum sbselCmd {
SB_SEL_ADJUST, SB_SEL_CLEAR, SB_SEL_ELEMENT, SB_SEL_FROM,
SB_SEL_PRESENT, SB_SEL_RANGE, SB_SEL_TO
};
/*
* Extra for selection of elements
*/
/*
* This is the string array corresponding to the enum in selelement. If you
* modify them, you must modify the strings here.
*/
static const char *selElementNames[] = {
"none", "buttondown", "buttonup", NULL, "entry"
};
/*
* Flags for GetEntryIndex function:
*/
#define ZERO_OK 1
#define LAST_PLUS_ONE_OK 2
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static int ConfigureEntry(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int DeleteChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, int count);
static void DestroyEntry(char *memPtr);
static void DisplayEntry(ClientData clientData);
static void EntryBlinkProc(ClientData clientData);
static void EntryCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void EntryComputeGeometry(Entry *entryPtr);
static void EntryEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EntryFocusProc(Entry *entryPtr, int gotFocus);
static int EntryFetchSelection(ClientData clientData, int offset,
char *buffer, int maxBytes);
static void EntryLostSelection(ClientData clientData);
static void EventuallyRedraw(Entry *entryPtr);
static void EntryScanTo(Entry *entryPtr, int y);
static void EntrySetValue(Entry *entryPtr, const char *value);
static void EntrySelectTo(Entry *entryPtr, int index);
static char * EntryTextVarProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
const char *name2, int flags);
static void EntryUpdateScrollbar(Entry *entryPtr);
static int EntryValidate(Entry *entryPtr, char *cmd);
static int EntryValidateChange(Entry *entryPtr, char *change,
const char *newStr, int index, int type);
static void ExpandPercents(Entry *entryPtr, const char *before,
const char *change, const char *newStr, int index,
int type, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
static int EntryValueChanged(Entry *entryPtr,
const char *newValue);
static void EntryVisibleRange(Entry *entryPtr,
double *firstPtr, double *lastPtr);
static int EntryWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void EntryWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int GetEntryIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr,
char *string, int *indexPtr);
static int InsertChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, char *string);
/*
* These forward declarations are the spinbox specific ones:
*/
static int SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int GetSpinboxElement(Spinbox *sbPtr, int x, int y);
static int SpinboxInvoke(Tcl_Interp *interp, Spinbox *sbPtr,
int element);
static int ComputeFormat(Spinbox *sbPtr);
/*
* The structure below defines widget class behavior by means of functions
* that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static Tk_ClassProcs entryClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
EntryWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_EntryObjCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "entry" Tcl command. See the
* user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_EntryObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register Entry *entryPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
char *tmp;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
/*
* Initialize the fields of the structure that won't be initialized by
* ConfigureEntry, or that ConfigureEntry requires to be initialized
* already (e.g. resource pointers). Only the non-NULL/0 data must be
* initialized as memset covers the rest.
*/
| | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 |
/*
* Initialize the fields of the structure that won't be initialized by
* ConfigureEntry, or that ConfigureEntry requires to be initialized
* already (e.g. resource pointers). Only the non-NULL/0 data must be
* initialized as memset covers the rest.
*/
entryPtr = (Entry *) ckalloc(sizeof(Entry));
memset(entryPtr, 0, sizeof(Entry));
entryPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
entryPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
entryPtr->interp = interp;
entryPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), EntryWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) entryPtr, EntryCmdDeletedProc);
entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
entryPtr->type = TK_ENTRY;
tmp = (char *) ckalloc(1);
tmp[0] = '\0';
entryPtr->string = tmp;
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
entryPtr->cursor = NULL;
entryPtr->exportSelection = 1;
entryPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
entryPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
entryPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL;
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
entryPtr->inset = XPAD;
entryPtr->textGC = NULL;
entryPtr->selTextGC = NULL;
entryPtr->highlightGC = NULL;
entryPtr->avgWidth = 1;
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE;
/*
* Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the entry,
* otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr->tkwin);
Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry");
Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, (ClientData) entryPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
EntryEventProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
EntryFetchSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr, XA_STRING);
if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) ||
(ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EntryWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
599 600 601 602 603 604 605 |
static int
EntryWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about entry widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | < | < > | | | | < < | | | | > | | | > | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < | | | 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 |
static int
EntryWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about entry widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
int cmdIndex, selIndex, result;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Parse the widget command by looking up the second token in the list of
* valid command names.
*/
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], entryCmdNames,
"option", 0, &cmdIndex);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr);
switch ((enum entryCmd) cmdIndex) {
case COMMAND_BBOX: {
int index, x, y, width, height;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) {
index--;
}
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, &width, &height);
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", x + entryPtr->layoutX,
y + entryPtr->layoutY, width, height);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
break;
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
entryPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
case COMMAND_DELETE: {
int first, last, code;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&first) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (objc == 3) {
last = first + 1;
} else if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
&last) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((last >= first) && (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL)) {
code = DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
break;
}
case COMMAND_GET:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), entryPtr->string, -1);
break;
case COMMAND_ICURSOR:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pos");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&entryPtr->insertPos) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
break;
case COMMAND_INDEX: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
break;
}
case COMMAND_INSERT: {
int index, code;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) {
code = InsertChars(entryPtr, index, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
break;
}
case COMMAND_SCAN: {
int x;
char *minorCmd;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "mark|dragto x");
goto error;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
minorCmd = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
if (minorCmd[0] == 'm'
&& (strncmp(minorCmd, "mark", strlen(minorCmd)) == 0)) {
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x;
entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->leftIndex;
} else if ((minorCmd[0] == 'd')
&& (strncmp(minorCmd, "dragto", strlen(minorCmd)) == 0)) {
EntryScanTo(entryPtr, x);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad scan option \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\": must be mark or dragto",
NULL);
goto error;
}
break;
}
case COMMAND_SELECTION: {
int index, index2;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?index?");
goto error;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
825 826 827 828 829 830 831 |
switch (selIndex) {
case SELECTION_ADJUST:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 |
switch (selIndex) {
case SELECTION_ADJUST:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
int half1, half2;
half1 = (entryPtr->selectFirst + entryPtr->selectLast)/2;
half2 = (entryPtr->selectFirst + entryPtr->selectLast + 1)/2;
if (index < half1) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectLast;
} else if (index > half2) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectFirst;
} else {
/*
* We're at about the halfway point in the selection; just
* keep the existing anchor.
*/
}
}
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index);
break;
case SELECTION_CLEAR:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
goto done;
case SELECTION_FROM:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
entryPtr->selectAnchor = index;
break;
case SELECTION_PRESENT:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0)));
goto done;
case SELECTION_RANGE:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "start end");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]),
&index2) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index >= index2) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
} else {
entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
}
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
&& (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
EntryLostSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
}
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
break;
case SELECTION_TO:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index);
break;
}
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
939 940 941 942 943 944 945 |
selIndex = entryPtr->validate;
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_ALL;
code = EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, entryPtr->string,
-1, VALIDATE_FORCED);
if (entryPtr->validate != VALIDATE_NONE) {
entryPtr->validate = selIndex;
}
| | | | | > | | | | 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 |
selIndex = entryPtr->validate;
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_ALL;
code = EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, entryPtr->string,
-1, VALIDATE_FORCED);
if (entryPtr->validate != VALIDATE_NONE) {
entryPtr->validate = selIndex;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj((code == TCL_OK)));
break;
}
case COMMAND_XVIEW: {
int index;
if (objc == 2) {
double first, last;
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, buf);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, buf);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", buf, NULL);
goto done;
} else if (objc == 3) {
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
} else {
double fraction;
int count;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
988 989 990 991 992 993 994 | break; } case TK_SCROLL_UNITS: index += count; break; } } | | | | | | 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 |
break;
}
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
index += count;
break;
}
}
if (index >= entryPtr->numChars) {
index = entryPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
entryPtr->leftIndex = index;
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
break;
}
}
done:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
return result;
error:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyEntry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 | * Everything associated with the entry is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyEntry( | | | | | | | 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 |
* Everything associated with the entry is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyEntry(
char *memPtr) /* Info about entry widget. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) memPtr;
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
ckfree((char *)entryPtr->string);
if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags &= ~ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
}
if (entryPtr->textGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
}
if (entryPtr->selTextGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 |
if (sbPtr->formatBuf) {
ckfree(sbPtr->formatBuf);
}
}
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) entryPtr, entryPtr->optionTable,
entryPtr->tkwin);
| | | | 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 |
if (sbPtr->formatBuf) {
ckfree(sbPtr->formatBuf);
}
}
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) entryPtr, entryPtr->optionTable,
entryPtr->tkwin);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr->tkwin);
entryPtr->tkwin = NULL;
ckfree((char *) entryPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureEntry --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 |
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
Tk_3DBorder border;
Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) entryPtr;
/* Only used when this widget is of type
* TK_SPINBOX */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 |
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
Tk_3DBorder border;
Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) entryPtr;
/* Only used when this widget is of type
* TK_SPINBOX */
char *oldValues = NULL; /* lint initialization */
char *oldFormat = NULL; /* lint initialization */
int error;
int oldExport = 0; /* lint initialization */
int valuesChanged = 0; /* lint initialization */
double oldFrom = 0.0; /* lint initialization */
double oldTo = 0.0; /* lint initialization */
int code;
/*
* Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the entry.
*/
if ((entryPtr->textVarName != NULL)
&& (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags &= ~ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
}
/*
* Store old values that we need to effect certain behavior if they change
* value.
*/
oldExport = entryPtr->exportSelection;
if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
oldValues = sbPtr->valueStr;
oldFormat = sbPtr->reqFormat;
oldFrom = sbPtr->fromValue;
oldTo = sbPtr->toValue;
}
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
entryPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 |
}
if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
}
if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {
| < > | < | < | < < | | < | | < < | | 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 |
}
if (entryPtr->insertBorderWidth > entryPtr->insertWidth/2) {
entryPtr->insertBorderWidth = entryPtr->insertWidth/2;
}
if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
if (sbPtr->fromValue > sbPtr->toValue) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"-to value must be greater than -from value",
TCL_VOLATILE);
continue;
}
if (sbPtr->reqFormat && (oldFormat != sbPtr->reqFormat)) {
/*
* Make sure that the given format is somewhat correct, and
* calculate the minimum space we'll need for the values as
* strings.
*/
int min, max;
size_t formatLen, formatSpace = TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE;
char fbuf[4], *fmt = sbPtr->reqFormat;
formatLen = strlen(fmt);
if ((fmt[0] != '%') || (fmt[formatLen-1] != 'f')) {
badFormatOpt:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad spinbox format specifier \"",
sbPtr->reqFormat, "\"", NULL);
continue;
}
if ((sscanf(fmt, "%%%d.%d%[f]", &min, &max, fbuf) == 3)
&& (max >= 0)) {
formatSpace = min + max + 1;
} else if (((sscanf(fmt, "%%.%d%[f]", &min, fbuf) == 2)
|| (sscanf(fmt, "%%%d%[f]", &min, fbuf) == 2)
|| (sscanf(fmt, "%%%d.%[f]", &min, fbuf) == 2))
&& (min >= 0)) {
formatSpace = min + 1;
} else {
goto badFormatOpt;
}
if (formatSpace < TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE) {
formatSpace = TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE;
}
sbPtr->formatBuf = ckrealloc(sbPtr->formatBuf, formatSpace);
/*
* We perturb the value of oldFrom to allow us to go into the
* branch below that will reformat the displayed value.
*/
oldFrom = sbPtr->fromValue - 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(sbPtr->listObj);
}
sbPtr->listObj = NULL;
if (sbPtr->valueStr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *newObjPtr;
int nelems;
| | | 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(sbPtr->listObj);
}
sbPtr->listObj = NULL;
if (sbPtr->valueStr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *newObjPtr;
int nelems;
newObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(sbPtr->valueStr, -1);
if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp, newObjPtr, &nelems)
!= TCL_OK) {
valuesChanged = -1;
continue;
}
sbPtr->listObj = newObjPtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(sbPtr->listObj);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 | } /* * Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it. */ if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport) | < | | | 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 |
}
/*
* Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it.
*/
if (entryPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1)
&& !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
(ClientData) entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
}
/*
* Recompute the window's geometry and arrange for it to be
* redisplayed.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 |
* If the entry is tied to the value of a variable, create the variable if
* it doesn't exist, and set the entry's value from the variable's value.
*/
if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
const char *value;
| | | 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 |
* If the entry is tied to the value of a variable, create the variable if
* it doesn't exist, and set the entry's value from the variable's value.
*/
if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
const char *value;
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (value == NULL) {
/*
* Since any trace on the textvariable was eliminated above,
* the only possible reason for EntryValueChanged to return
* an error is that the textvariable lives in a namespace
* that does not (yet) exist. Indeed, namespaces are not
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 |
*/
double dvalue;
if (sscanf(entryPtr->string, "%lf", &dvalue) <= 0) {
/* Scan failure */
dvalue = sbPtr->fromValue;
| > | | | | > | | | | | 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 |
*/
double dvalue;
if (sscanf(entryPtr->string, "%lf", &dvalue) <= 0) {
/* Scan failure */
dvalue = sbPtr->fromValue;
} else {
if (dvalue > sbPtr->toValue) {
dvalue = sbPtr->toValue;
} else if (dvalue < sbPtr->fromValue) {
dvalue = sbPtr->fromValue;
}
}
sprintf(sbPtr->formatBuf, sbPtr->valueFormat, dvalue);
/*
* No check for error return here as well, because any possible
* error will be trapped below when attempting tracing.
*/
EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, sbPtr->formatBuf);
}
}
/*
* Set up a trace on the variable's value after we've possibly constrained
* the value according to new -from/-to values.
*/
if ((entryPtr->textVarName != NULL)
&& !(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) {
code = Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
}
EntryWorldChanged((ClientData) entryPtr);
if (error) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 |
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc = NULL;
unsigned long mask;
Tk_3DBorder border;
XColor *colorPtr;
| | | 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 |
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc = NULL;
unsigned long mask;
Tk_3DBorder border;
XColor *colorPtr;
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) instanceData;
entryPtr->avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(entryPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
if (entryPtr->avgWidth == 0) {
entryPtr->avgWidth = 1;
}
if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 |
/*
* Default background and foreground are from the normal state. In a
* disabled state, both of those may be overridden; in the readonly state,
* the background may be overridden.
*/
| | | | 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 |
/*
* Default background and foreground are from the normal state. In a
* disabled state, both of those may be overridden; in the readonly state,
* the background may be overridden.
*/
border = entryPtr->normalBorder;
colorPtr = entryPtr->fgColorPtr;
switch (entryPtr->state) {
case STATE_DISABLED:
if (entryPtr->disabledBorder != NULL) {
border = entryPtr->disabledBorder;
}
if (entryPtr->dfgColorPtr != NULL) {
colorPtr = entryPtr->dfgColorPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 |
mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
if (entryPtr->textGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
}
entryPtr->textGC = gc;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 |
mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
if (entryPtr->textGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->textGC);
}
entryPtr->textGC = gc;
if (entryPtr->selFgColorPtr != NULL) {
gcValues.foreground = entryPtr->selFgColorPtr->pixel;
}
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(entryPtr->tkfont);
mask = GCForeground | GCFont;
gc = Tk_GetGC(entryPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
if (entryPtr->selTextGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(entryPtr->display, entryPtr->selTextGC);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 | #ifndef MAC_OSX_TK /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus -- * | | | | > > < > < > < < < < | | | > > < > < > < < < | 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 |
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus --
*
* This function redraws the border of an entry widget. It overrides the
* generic border drawing code if the entry widget parameters are such
* that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just
* returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't
* have to implement it.
*
* Results:
* 1 if it has drawn the border, 0 if not.
*
* Side effects:
* May draw the entry border into pixmap.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus(
Entry *entryPtr,
Drawable pixmap,
int isSpinbox)
{
return 0;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawSpinboxButtons --
*
* This function redraws the buttons of an spinbox widget. It overrides
* the generic button drawing code if the spinbox widget parameters are
* such that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just
* returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't
* have to implement it.
*
* Results:
* 1 if it has drawn the border, 0 if not.
*
* Side effects:
* May draw the entry border into pixmap.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpDrawSpinboxButtons(
Spinbox *sbPtr,
Pixmap pixmap)
{
return 0;
}
#endif /* Not MAC_OSX_TK */
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayEntry(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayEntry(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->tkwin;
int baseY, selStartX, selEndX, cursorX;
int showSelection, xBound;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Pixmap pixmap;
Tk_3DBorder border;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 | entryPtr->flags &= ~UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; /* * Preserve/Release because updating the scrollbar can have the * side-effect of destroying or unmapping the entry widget. */ | | | | | 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 |
entryPtr->flags &= ~UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
/*
* Preserve/Release because updating the scrollbar can have the
* side-effect of destroying or unmapping the entry widget.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr);
EntryUpdateScrollbar(entryPtr);
if ((entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
return;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
* In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the textual
* area of the entry into off-screen memory, then copies it back on-screen
* in a single operation. This means there's no point in time where the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 |
xBound = Tk_Width(tkwin) - entryPtr->inset - entryPtr->xWidth;
baseY = (Tk_Height(tkwin) + fm.ascent - fm.descent) / 2;
/*
* Hide the selection whenever we don't have the focus, unless we
* always want to show selection.
*/
| | | 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 |
xBound = Tk_Width(tkwin) - entryPtr->inset - entryPtr->xWidth;
baseY = (Tk_Height(tkwin) + fm.ascent - fm.descent) / 2;
/*
* Hide the selection whenever we don't have the focus, unless we
* always want to show selection.
*/
if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)) {
showSelection = 1;
} else {
showSelection = (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS);
}
/*
* Draw the background in three layers. From bottom to top the layers are:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 |
} else {
border = entryPtr->normalBorder;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
| | | | 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 |
} else {
border = entryPtr->normalBorder;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
&& (entryPtr->selectLast > entryPtr->leftIndex)) {
if (entryPtr->selectFirst <= entryPtr->leftIndex) {
selStartX = entryPtr->leftX;
} else {
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->selectFirst,
&selStartX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
selStartX += entryPtr->layoutX;
}
if ((selStartX - entryPtr->selBorderWidth) < xBound) {
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->selectLast,
&selEndX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
selEndX += entryPtr->layoutX;
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->selBorder,
selStartX - entryPtr->selBorderWidth,
baseY - fm.ascent - entryPtr->selBorderWidth,
(selEndX - selStartX) + 2*entryPtr->selBorderWidth,
(fm.ascent + fm.descent) + 2*entryPtr->selBorderWidth,
entryPtr->selBorderWidth,
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
TK_RELIEF_RAISED
#else
MAC_OSX_ENTRY_SELECT_RELIEF
#endif
);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 |
if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) && (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->insertPos, &cursorX, NULL,
NULL, NULL);
cursorX += entryPtr->layoutX;
cursorX -= (entryPtr->insertWidth == 1) ? 1 : (entryPtr->insertWidth)/2;
Tk_SetCaretPos(entryPtr->tkwin, cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent,
fm.ascent + fm.descent);
| | < < | | > | | | | < < | | | < < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 |
if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) && (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->insertPos, &cursorX, NULL,
NULL, NULL);
cursorX += entryPtr->layoutX;
cursorX -= (entryPtr->insertWidth == 1) ? 1 : (entryPtr->insertWidth)/2;
Tk_SetCaretPos(entryPtr->tkwin, cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent,
fm.ascent + fm.descent);
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= entryPtr->leftIndex && cursorX < xBound) {
if (entryPtr->flags & CURSOR_ON) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, entryPtr->insertBorder,
cursorX, baseY - fm.ascent, entryPtr->insertWidth,
fm.ascent + fm.descent, entryPtr->insertBorderWidth,
TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
} else if (entryPtr->insertBorder == entryPtr->selBorder) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, cursorX,
baseY - fm.ascent, entryPtr->insertWidth,
fm.ascent + fm.descent, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
}
}
/*
* Draw the text in two pieces: first the unselected portion, then the
* selected portion on top of it.
*/
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->textGC,
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
entryPtr->leftIndex, entryPtr->numChars);
if (showSelection && (entryPtr->state != STATE_DISABLED)
&& (entryPtr->selTextGC != entryPtr->textGC)
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->selectLast)) {
int selFirst;
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < entryPtr->leftIndex) {
selFirst = entryPtr->leftIndex;
} else {
selFirst = entryPtr->selectFirst;
}
Tk_DrawTextLayout(entryPtr->display, pixmap, entryPtr->selTextGC,
entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->layoutX, entryPtr->layoutY,
selFirst, entryPtr->selectLast);
}
if (entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) {
int startx, height, inset, pad, tHeight, xWidth;
Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) entryPtr;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryComputeGeometry(
Entry *entryPtr) /* Widget record for entry. */
{
| | < | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryComputeGeometry(
Entry *entryPtr) /* Widget record for entry. */
{
int totalLength, overflow, maxOffScreen, rightX;
int height, width, i;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
char *p;
if (entryPtr->displayString != entryPtr->string) {
ckfree((char *)entryPtr->displayString);
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes;
}
/*
* If we're displaying a special character instead of the value of the
* entry, recompute the displayString.
*/
if (entryPtr->showChar != NULL) {
Tcl_UniChar ch;
char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];
int size;
/*
* Normalize the special character so we can safely duplicate it in
* the display string. If we didn't do this, then two malformed
* characters might end up looking like one valid UTF character in the
* resulting string.
*/
Tcl_UtfToUniChar(entryPtr->showChar, &ch);
size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numChars * size;
p = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (entryPtr->numDisplayBytes + 1));
entryPtr->displayString = p;
for (i = entryPtr->numChars; --i >= 0; ) {
p += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, p);
}
*p = '\0';
}
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout);
entryPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(entryPtr->tkfont,
entryPtr->displayString, entryPtr->numChars, 0,
entryPtr->justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES, &totalLength, &height);
entryPtr->layoutY = (Tk_Height(entryPtr->tkwin) - height) / 2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 |
maxOffScreen = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, overflow, 0);
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, maxOffScreen,
&rightX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (rightX < overflow) {
maxOffScreen++;
}
| | > | | | | > | 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 |
maxOffScreen = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout, overflow, 0);
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, maxOffScreen,
&rightX, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (rightX < overflow) {
maxOffScreen++;
}
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > maxOffScreen) {
entryPtr->leftIndex = maxOffScreen;
}
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, entryPtr->leftIndex, &rightX,
NULL, NULL, NULL);
entryPtr->leftX = entryPtr->inset;
entryPtr->layoutX = entryPtr->leftX - rightX;
}
Tk_GetFontMetrics(entryPtr->tkfont, &fm);
height = fm.linespace + 2*entryPtr->inset + 2*(YPAD-XPAD);
if (entryPtr->prefWidth > 0) {
width = entryPtr->prefWidth*entryPtr->avgWidth + 2*entryPtr->inset;
} else {
if (totalLength == 0) {
width = entryPtr->avgWidth + 2*entryPtr->inset;
} else {
width = totalLength + 2*entryPtr->inset;
}
}
/*
* Add one extra length for the spin buttons
*/
width += entryPtr->xWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
InsertChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
| | | > | > | | 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
InsertChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
int index, /* Add the new elements before this character
* index. */
char *value) /* New characters to add (NULL-terminated
* string). */
{
ptrdiff_t byteIndex;
size_t byteCount, newByteCount;
int oldChars, charsAdded;
const char *string;
char *newStr;
string = entryPtr->string;
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
byteCount = strlen(value);
if (byteCount == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
newByteCount = entryPtr->numBytes + byteCount + 1;
newStr = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) newByteCount);
memcpy(newStr, string, byteIndex);
strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, value);
strcpy(newStr + byteIndex + byteCount, string + byteIndex);
if ((entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_KEY ||
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL) &&
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, value, newStr, index,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 |
* result in actually forming valid UTF-8 sequences; the number of
* characters added may not be Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, -1), because of
* context. The actual number of characters added is how many characters
* are in the string now minus the number that used to be there.
*/
oldChars = entryPtr->numChars;
| | | | | | | | 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 |
* result in actually forming valid UTF-8 sequences; the number of
* characters added may not be Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, -1), because of
* context. The actual number of characters added is how many characters
* are in the string now minus the number that used to be there.
*/
oldChars = entryPtr->numChars;
entryPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(newStr, -1);
charsAdded = entryPtr->numChars - oldChars;
entryPtr->numBytes += byteCount;
if (entryPtr->displayString == string) {
entryPtr->displayString = newStr;
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes;
}
/*
* Inserting characters invalidates all indexes into the string. Touch up
* the indexes so that they still refer to the same characters (at new
* positions). When updating the selection end-points, don't include the
* new text in the selection unless it was completely surrounded by the
* selection.
*/
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index) {
entryPtr->selectFirst += charsAdded;
}
if (entryPtr->selectLast > index) {
entryPtr->selectLast += charsAdded;
}
if ((entryPtr->selectAnchor > index) || (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index)) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor += charsAdded;
}
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > index) {
entryPtr->leftIndex += charsAdded;
}
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index) {
entryPtr->insertPos += charsAdded;
}
return EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DeleteChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to modify. */
| | | | | | | | 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DeleteChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to modify. */
int index, /* Index of first character to delete. */
int count) /* How many characters to delete. */
{
int byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount;
const char *string;
char *newStr, *toDelete;
if ((index + count) > entryPtr->numChars) {
count = entryPtr->numChars - index;
}
if (count <= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
string = entryPtr->string;
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
byteCount = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string + byteIndex, count) - (string+byteIndex);
newByteCount = entryPtr->numBytes + 1 - byteCount;
newStr = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) newByteCount);
memcpy(newStr, string, (size_t) byteIndex);
strcpy(newStr + byteIndex, string + byteIndex + byteCount);
toDelete = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (byteCount + 1));
memcpy(toDelete, string + byteIndex, (size_t) byteCount);
toDelete[byteCount] = '\0';
if ((entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_KEY ||
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL) &&
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, toDelete, newStr, index,
VALIDATE_DELETE) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 |
/*
* Deleting characters results in the remaining characters being
* renumbered. Update the various indexes into the string to reflect this
* change.
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 |
/*
* Deleting characters results in the remaining characters being
* renumbered. Update the various indexes into the string to reflect this
* change.
*/
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= index) {
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= (index + count)) {
entryPtr->selectFirst -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
}
}
if (entryPtr->selectLast >= index) {
if (entryPtr->selectLast >= (index + count)) {
entryPtr->selectLast -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->selectLast = index;
}
}
if (entryPtr->selectLast <= entryPtr->selectFirst) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
}
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor >= index) {
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor >= (index+count)) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = index;
}
}
if (entryPtr->leftIndex > index) {
if (entryPtr->leftIndex >= (index + count)) {
entryPtr->leftIndex -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->leftIndex = index;
}
}
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= index) {
if (entryPtr->insertPos >= (index + count)) {
entryPtr->insertPos -= count;
} else {
entryPtr->insertPos = index;
}
}
return EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, NULL);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 |
if (newValue != NULL) {
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, newValue);
}
if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
newValue = NULL;
} else {
| | | | 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 |
if (newValue != NULL) {
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, newValue);
}
if (entryPtr->textVarName == NULL) {
newValue = NULL;
} else {
newValue = Tcl_SetVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
entryPtr->string, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
}
if ((newValue != NULL) && (strcmp(newValue, entryPtr->string) != 0)) {
/*
* The value of the variable is different than what we asked for.
* This means that a trace on the variable modified it. In this case
* our trace function wasn't invoked since the modification came while
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 |
} else {
/*
* If we validate, we create a copy of the value, as it may point to
* volatile memory, like the value of the -textvar which may get freed
* during validation
*/
| | | 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 |
} else {
/*
* If we validate, we create a copy of the value, as it may point to
* volatile memory, like the value of the -textvar which may get freed
* during validation
*/
char *tmp = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (valueLen + 1));
strcpy(tmp, value);
value = tmp;
malloced = 1;
entryPtr->flags |= VALIDATE_VAR;
(void) EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, value, -1,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 |
oldSource = entryPtr->string;
ckfree((char *)entryPtr->string);
if (malloced) {
entryPtr->string = value;
} else {
| | | | | | | | | | | 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 |
oldSource = entryPtr->string;
ckfree((char *)entryPtr->string);
if (malloced) {
entryPtr->string = value;
} else {
char *tmp = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (valueLen + 1));
strcpy(tmp, value);
entryPtr->string = tmp;
}
entryPtr->numBytes = valueLen;
entryPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, valueLen);
if (entryPtr->displayString == oldSource) {
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
entryPtr->numDisplayBytes = entryPtr->numBytes;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= entryPtr->numChars) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
} else if (entryPtr->selectLast > entryPtr->numChars) {
entryPtr->selectLast = entryPtr->numChars;
}
}
if (entryPtr->leftIndex >= entryPtr->numChars) {
if (entryPtr->numChars > 0) {
entryPtr->leftIndex = entryPtr->numChars - 1;
} else {
entryPtr->leftIndex = 0;
}
}
if (entryPtr->insertPos > entryPtr->numChars) {
entryPtr->insertPos = entryPtr->numChars;
}
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 |
*/
static void
EntryEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 |
*/
static void
EntryEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
if ((entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) && (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify)) {
Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) clientData;
int elem;
elem = GetSpinboxElement(sbPtr, eventPtr->xmotion.x,
eventPtr->xmotion.y);
if (elem != sbPtr->curElement) {
Tk_Cursor cursor;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 |
case DestroyNotify:
if (!(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED)) {
entryPtr->flags |= (ENTRY_DELETED | VALIDATE_ABORT);
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->widgetCmd);
if (entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayEntry, clientData);
}
| | | | | 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 |
case DestroyNotify:
if (!(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED)) {
entryPtr->flags |= (ENTRY_DELETED | VALIDATE_ABORT);
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->widgetCmd);
if (entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayEntry, clientData);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, DestroyEntry);
}
break;
case ConfigureNotify:
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
break;
case FocusIn:
case FocusOut:
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
EntryFocusProc(entryPtr, (eventPtr->type == FocusIn));
}
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
* widget.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 |
*/
static int
GetEntryIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry for which the index is being
* specified. */
| | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < | < | > > | | > > > > > > > | < | < > > | < | > > > | < < | | < < < < | | | | > > | | | < | < | < < > | 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 |
*/
static int
GetEntryIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry for which the index is being
* specified. */
char *string, /* Specifies character in entryPtr. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted character index */
{
size_t length;
length = strlen(string);
if (string[0] == 'a') {
if (strncmp(string, "anchor", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectAnchor;
} else {
badIndex:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad ",
(entryPtr->type == TK_ENTRY) ? "entry" : "spinbox",
" index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (string[0] == 'e') {
if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->numChars;
} else {
goto badIndex;
}
} else if (string[0] == 'i') {
if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->insertPos;
} else {
goto badIndex;
}
} else if (string[0] == 's') {
if (entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "selection isn't in widget ",
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (length < 5) {
goto badIndex;
}
if (strncmp(string, "sel.first", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectFirst;
} else if (strncmp(string, "sel.last", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->selectLast;
} else {
goto badIndex;
}
} else if (string[0] == '@') {
int x, roundUp, maxWidth;
if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, string + 1, &x) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
if (x < entryPtr->inset) {
x = entryPtr->inset;
}
roundUp = 0;
maxWidth = Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset
- entryPtr->xWidth - 1;
if (x > maxWidth) {
x = maxWidth;
roundUp = 1;
}
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout,
x - entryPtr->layoutX, 0);
/*
* Special trick: if the x-position was off-screen to the right, round
* the index up to refer to the character just after the last visible
* one on the screen. This is needed to enable the last character to
* be selected, for example.
*/
if (roundUp && (*indexPtr < entryPtr->numChars)) {
*indexPtr += 1;
}
} else {
if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, string, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
if (*indexPtr < 0){
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > entryPtr->numChars) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->numChars;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 |
*/
static void
EntryScanTo(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int x) /* X-coordinate to use for scan operation. */
{
| | | | | 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 |
*/
static void
EntryScanTo(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int x) /* X-coordinate to use for scan operation. */
{
int newLeftIndex;
/*
* Compute new leftIndex for entry by amplifying the difference between
* the current position and the place where the scan started (the "mark"
* position). If we run off the left or right side of the entry, then
* reset the mark point so that the current position continues to
* correspond to the edge of the window. This means that the picture will
* start dragging as soon as the mouse reverses direction (without this
* reset, might have to slide mouse a long ways back before the picture
* starts moving again).
*/
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex
- (10 * (x - entryPtr->scanMarkX)) / entryPtr->avgWidth;
if (newLeftIndex >= entryPtr->numChars) {
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->numChars - 1;
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x;
}
if (newLeftIndex < 0) {
newLeftIndex = entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = 0;
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x;
}
if (newLeftIndex != entryPtr->leftIndex) {
entryPtr->leftIndex = newLeftIndex;
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntrySelectTo(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Information about widget. */
| | | | < | | | | | | 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntrySelectTo(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int index) /* Character index of element that is to
* become the "other" end of the selection. */
{
int newFirst, newLast;
/*
* Grab the selection if we don't own it already.
*/
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
(ClientData) entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
}
/*
* Pick new starting and ending points for the selection.
*/
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor > entryPtr->numChars) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->numChars;
}
if (entryPtr->selectAnchor <= index) {
newFirst = entryPtr->selectAnchor;
newLast = index;
} else {
newFirst = index;
newLast = entryPtr->selectAnchor;
if (newLast < 0) {
newFirst = newLast = -1;
}
}
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst == newFirst)
&& (entryPtr->selectLast == newLast)) {
return;
}
entryPtr->selectFirst = newFirst;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | < < < < > > > | | | 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
EntryFetchSelection(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about entry widget. */
int offset, /* Byte offset within selection of first
* character to be returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NUL character. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
int byteCount;
const char *string;
const char *selStart, *selEnd;
if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || !(entryPtr->exportSelection)) {
return -1;
}
string = entryPtr->displayString;
selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->selectFirst);
selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
entryPtr->selectLast - entryPtr->selectFirst);
byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
if (byteCount > maxBytes) {
byteCount = maxBytes;
}
if (byteCount <= 0) {
return 0;
}
memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, (size_t) byteCount);
buffer[byteCount] = '\0';
return byteCount;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EntryLostSelection --
*
* This function is called back by Tk when the selection is grabbed away
* from an entry widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about entry widget. */
{
| | | | < | | | 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about entry widget. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
entryPtr->flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
/*
* On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for the
* next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, we need to clear the
* selection since it is always visible.
* This is controlled by ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection.
*/
if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(entryPtr->tkwin)
&& (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) && entryPtr->exportSelection) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 |
* Right now we don't do selective redisplays: the whole window will be
* redrawn. This doesn't seem to hurt performance noticeably, but if it
* does then this could be changed.
*/
if (!(entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
entryPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
| | | 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 |
* Right now we don't do selective redisplays: the whole window will be
* redrawn. This doesn't seem to hurt performance noticeably, but if it
* does then this could be changed.
*/
if (!(entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
entryPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayEntry, (ClientData) entryPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EntryVisibleRange --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 |
if (entryPtr->numChars == 0) {
*firstPtr = 0.0;
*lastPtr = 1.0;
} else {
charsInWindow = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout,
Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset
- entryPtr->xWidth - entryPtr->layoutX - 1, 0);
| | | 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 |
if (entryPtr->numChars == 0) {
*firstPtr = 0.0;
*lastPtr = 1.0;
} else {
charsInWindow = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->textLayout,
Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin) - entryPtr->inset
- entryPtr->xWidth - entryPtr->layoutX - 1, 0);
if (charsInWindow < entryPtr->numChars) {
charsInWindow++;
}
charsInWindow -= entryPtr->leftIndex;
if (charsInWindow == 0) {
charsInWindow = 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 |
EntryUpdateScrollbar(
Entry *entryPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
char firstStr[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE], lastStr[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
int code;
double first, last;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
| < | < | < < < | < < | | | > | | | | 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 |
EntryUpdateScrollbar(
Entry *entryPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
char firstStr[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE], lastStr[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
int code;
double first, last;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
if (entryPtr->scrollCmd == NULL) {
return;
}
interp = entryPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, firstStr);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, lastStr);
code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, entryPtr->scrollCmd, " ", firstStr, " ",
lastStr, NULL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (horizontal scrolling command executed by ");
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin));
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, ")");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EntryBlinkProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryBlinkProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to record describing entry. */
{
| | | | | 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EntryBlinkProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to record describing entry. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) ||
(entryPtr->state == STATE_READONLY) ||
!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) || (entryPtr->insertOffTime == 0)) {
return;
}
if (entryPtr->flags & CURSOR_ON) {
entryPtr->flags &= ~CURSOR_ON;
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
entryPtr->insertOffTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
} else {
entryPtr->flags |= CURSOR_ON;
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
}
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 |
* it's losing it. */
{
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
if (gotFocus) {
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON;
if (entryPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
| | > | | | | | | | | | | 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 |
* it's losing it. */
{
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
if (gotFocus) {
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON;
if (entryPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc,
(ClientData) entryPtr);
}
if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL ||
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS ||
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSIN) {
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL,
entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSIN);
}
} else {
entryPtr->flags &= ~(GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON);
entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL;
if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL ||
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS ||
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT) {
EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL,
entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT);
}
}
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 |
*
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the entry will change to match the variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Not used. */
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
| > | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 |
*
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the entry will change to match the variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
EntryTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Not used. */
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
const char *value;
if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) {
/*
* Just abort early if we entered here while being deleted.
*/
return NULL;
}
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, entryPtr->string,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
EntryTextVarProc, clientData);
entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
* Update the entry's text with the value of the variable, unless the
* entry already has that value (this happens when the variable changes
* value because we changed it because someone typed in the entry).
*/
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (value == NULL) {
value = "";
}
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, value);
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 | * An error condition may arise * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int EntryValidate( | | | | | | < | | > | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < | 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 |
* An error condition may arise
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
EntryValidate(
register Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
register char *cmd) /* Validation command (NULL-terminated
* string). */
{
register Tcl_Interp *interp = entryPtr->interp;
int code, bool;
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, cmd, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL | TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
/*
* We accept TCL_OK and TCL_RETURN as valid return codes from the command
* callback.
*/
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_RETURN) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n\t(in validation command executed by ");
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin));
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, ")");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* The command callback should return an acceptable Tcl boolean.
*/
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
&bool) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\nvalid boolean not returned by validation command");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, 0);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, 0);
return (bool ? TCL_OK : TCL_BREAK);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EntryValidateChange --
*
* This function is invoked when any character is added or removed from
* the entry widget, or a focus has trigerred validation.
*
* Results:
* TCL_OK if the validatecommand accepts the new string, TCL_ERROR if any
* problems occured with validatecommand.
*
* Side effects:
* The insertion/deletion may be aborted, and the validatecommand might
* turn itself off (if an error or loop condition arises).
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
EntryValidateChange(
register Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
char *change, /* Characters to be added/deleted
* (NUL-terminated string). */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete, -1 otherwise */
int type) /* forced, delete, insert, focusin or
* focusout */
{
int code, varValidate = (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR);
char *p;
Tcl_DString script;
if (entryPtr->validateCmd == NULL ||
entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE) {
return (varValidate ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK);
}
/*
* If we're already validating, then we're hitting a loop condition Return
* and set validate to 0 to disallow further validations and prevent
* current validation from finishing
*/
if (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATING) {
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE;
return (varValidate ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK);
}
entryPtr->flags |= VALIDATING;
/*
* Now form command string and run through the -validatecommand
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 |
p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script);
code = EntryValidate(entryPtr, p);
Tcl_DStringFree(&script);
/*
* If e->validate has become VALIDATE_NONE during the validation, or we
* now have VALIDATE_VAR set (from EntrySetValue) and didn't before, it
| | | 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 |
p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script);
code = EntryValidate(entryPtr, p);
Tcl_DStringFree(&script);
/*
* If e->validate has become VALIDATE_NONE during the validation, or we
* now have VALIDATE_VAR set (from EntrySetValue) and didn't before, it
* means that a loop condition almost occured. Do not allow this
* validation result to finish.
*/
if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_NONE
|| (!varValidate && (entryPtr->flags & VALIDATE_VAR))) {
code = TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 |
* We also don't call the invcmd, as it may want to do entry
* manipulation which the setting of the var will later wipe anyway.
*/
if (varValidate) {
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE;
} else if (entryPtr->invalidCmd != NULL) {
| < < | | < | | | 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 |
* We also don't call the invcmd, as it may want to do entry
* manipulation which the setting of the var will later wipe anyway.
*/
if (varValidate) {
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE;
} else if (entryPtr->invalidCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringInit(&script);
ExpandPercents(entryPtr, entryPtr->invalidCmd,
change, newValue, index, type, &script);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&script, "", 1);
p = Tcl_DStringValue(&script);
if (Tcl_EvalEx(entryPtr->interp, p, -1,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL | TCL_EVAL_DIRECT) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(entryPtr->interp,
"\n\t(in invalidcommand executed by entry)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(entryPtr->interp);
code = TCL_ERROR;
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_NONE;
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&script);
/*
* It's possible that the user deleted the entry during
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ExpandPercents( | | | | | | | 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ExpandPercents(
register Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
register const char *before,
/* Command containing percent expressions to
* be replaced. */
const char *change, /* Characters to added/deleted (NUL-terminated
* string). */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete */
int type, /* INSERT or DELETE */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Dynamic string in which to append new
* command. */
{
int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags; /* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl
* list element. */
int number, length;
register const char *string;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
while (1) {
if (*before == '\0') {
break;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 |
/*
* There's a percent sequence here. Process it.
*/
before++; /* skip over % */
if (*before != '\0') {
| | | | 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 |
/*
* There's a percent sequence here. Process it.
*/
before++; /* skip over % */
if (*before != '\0') {
before += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(before, &ch);
} else {
ch = '%';
}
if (type == VALIDATE_BUTTON) {
/*
* -command %-substitution
*/
switch (ch) {
case 's': /* Current string value of spinbox */
string = entryPtr->string;
break;
case 'd': /* direction, up or down */
string = change;
break;
case 'W': /* widget name */
string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin);
break;
default:
length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
numStorage[length] = '\0';
string = numStorage;
break;
}
} else {
/*
* -validatecommand / -invalidcommand %-substitution
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 | number = -1; break; } sprintf(numStorage, "%d", number); string = numStorage; break; case 'i': /* index of insert/delete */ | | | 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 | number = -1; break; } sprintf(numStorage, "%d", number); string = numStorage; break; case 'i': /* index of insert/delete */ sprintf(numStorage, "%d", index); string = numStorage; break; case 'P': /* 'Peeked' new value of the string */ string = newValue; break; case 's': /* Current string value of spinbox */ string = entryPtr->string; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 | break; } break; case 'W': /* widget name */ string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin); break; default: | | | 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 | break; } break; case 'W': /* widget name */ string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin); break; default: length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage); numStorage[length] = '\0'; string = numStorage; break; } } spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, -1, &cvtFlags); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_SpinboxObjCmd( | | | | < | | 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register Entry *entryPtr;
register Spinbox *sbPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
char *tmp;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 |
/*
* Initialize the fields of the structure that won't be initialized by
* ConfigureEntry, or that ConfigureEntry requires to be initialized
* already (e.g. resource pointers). Only the non-NULL/0 data must be
* initialized as memset covers the rest.
*/
| | | | | | | | 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 |
/*
* Initialize the fields of the structure that won't be initialized by
* ConfigureEntry, or that ConfigureEntry requires to be initialized
* already (e.g. resource pointers). Only the non-NULL/0 data must be
* initialized as memset covers the rest.
*/
sbPtr = (Spinbox *) ckalloc(sizeof(Spinbox));
entryPtr = (Entry *) sbPtr;
memset(sbPtr, 0, sizeof(Spinbox));
entryPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
entryPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
entryPtr->interp = interp;
entryPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), SpinboxWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) sbPtr, EntryCmdDeletedProc);
entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
entryPtr->type = TK_SPINBOX;
tmp = (char *) ckalloc(1);
tmp[0] = '\0';
entryPtr->string = tmp;
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
entryPtr->cursor = NULL;
entryPtr->exportSelection = 1;
entryPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
entryPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
entryPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL;
entryPtr->displayString = entryPtr->string;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 |
sbPtr->curElement = SEL_NONE;
sbPtr->bCursor = NULL;
sbPtr->repeatDelay = 400;
sbPtr->repeatInterval = 100;
sbPtr->fromValue = 0.0;
sbPtr->toValue = 100.0;
sbPtr->increment = 1.0;
| | < < | | | | | | | | 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 |
sbPtr->curElement = SEL_NONE;
sbPtr->bCursor = NULL;
sbPtr->repeatDelay = 400;
sbPtr->repeatInterval = 100;
sbPtr->fromValue = 0.0;
sbPtr->toValue = 100.0;
sbPtr->increment = 1.0;
sbPtr->formatBuf = (char *) ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE);
sbPtr->bdRelief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
sbPtr->buRelief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
/*
* Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the spinbox,
* otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr->tkwin);
Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Spinbox");
Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, (ClientData) entryPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin,
PointerMotionMask|ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
EntryEventProc, (ClientData) entryPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
EntryFetchSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr, XA_STRING);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) sbPtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 |
static int
SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about spinbox widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | < | < > | | | > | | < < | | | | > | | > | | > | < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 |
static int
SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about spinbox widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) clientData;
int cmdIndex, selIndex, result;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Parse the widget command by looking up the second token in the list of
* valid command names.
*/
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], sbCmdNames,
"option", 0, &cmdIndex);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr);
switch ((enum sbCmd) cmdIndex) {
case SB_CMD_BBOX: {
int index, x, y, width, height;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) {
index--;
}
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y,
&width, &height);
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", x + entryPtr->layoutX,
y + entryPtr->layoutY, width, height);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
case SB_CMD_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable, objv[2], entryPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
break;
case SB_CMD_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr,
entryPtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
entryPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureEntry(interp, entryPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
case SB_CMD_DELETE: {
int first, last, code;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&first) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (objc == 3) {
last = first + 1;
} else {
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
&last) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
if ((last >= first) && (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL)) {
code = DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
break;
}
case SB_CMD_GET:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), entryPtr->string, -1);
break;
case SB_CMD_ICURSOR:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pos");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&entryPtr->insertPos) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
break;
case SB_CMD_IDENTIFY: {
int x, y, elem;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
goto error;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) ||
(Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
elem = GetSpinboxElement(sbPtr, x, y);
if (elem != SEL_NONE) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
selElementNames[elem], -1);
}
break;
}
case SB_CMD_INDEX: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
break;
}
case SB_CMD_INSERT: {
int index, code;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->state == STATE_NORMAL) {
code = InsertChars(entryPtr, index, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 |
goto error;
}
}
break;
case SB_CMD_SCAN: {
int x;
| | | | < < | | | 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 |
goto error;
}
}
break;
case SB_CMD_SCAN: {
int x;
char *minorCmd;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "mark|dragto x");
goto error;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
minorCmd = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
if (minorCmd[0] == 'm'
&& (strncmp(minorCmd, "mark", strlen(minorCmd)) == 0)) {
entryPtr->scanMarkX = x;
entryPtr->scanMarkIndex = entryPtr->leftIndex;
} else if ((minorCmd[0] == 'd')
&& (strncmp(minorCmd, "dragto", strlen(minorCmd)) == 0)) {
EntryScanTo(entryPtr, x);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad scan option \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\": must be mark or dragto",
NULL);
goto error;
}
break;
}
case SB_CMD_SELECTION: {
int index, index2;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?index?");
goto error;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 |
switch (selIndex) {
case SB_SEL_ADJUST:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 |
switch (selIndex) {
case SB_SEL_ADJUST:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
int half1, half2;
half1 = (entryPtr->selectFirst + entryPtr->selectLast)/2;
half2 = (entryPtr->selectFirst + entryPtr->selectLast + 1)/2;
if (index < half1) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectLast;
} else if (index > half2) {
entryPtr->selectAnchor = entryPtr->selectFirst;
} else {
/*
* We're at about the halfway point in the selection; just
* keep the existing anchor.
*/
}
}
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index);
break;
case SB_SEL_CLEAR:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
if (entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
}
goto done;
case SB_SEL_FROM:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
entryPtr->selectAnchor = index;
break;
case SB_SEL_PRESENT:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((entryPtr->selectFirst >= 0)));
goto done;
case SB_SEL_RANGE:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "start end");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[4]),& index2) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index >= index2) {
entryPtr->selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->selectLast = -1;
} else {
entryPtr->selectFirst = index;
entryPtr->selectLast = index2;
}
if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)
&& (entryPtr->exportSelection)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
EntryLostSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr);
entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
}
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
break;
case SB_SEL_TO:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
EntrySelectTo(entryPtr, index);
break;
case SB_SEL_ELEMENT:
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?elemName?");
goto error;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
selElementNames[sbPtr->selElement], -1);
} else {
int lastElement = sbPtr->selElement;
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], selElementNames,
"selection element", 0, &(sbPtr->selElement));
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 |
}
if (objc == 3) {
code = EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
| | < | | | | > | | | | | | | | | 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 |
}
if (objc == 3) {
code = EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), entryPtr->string, -1);
break;
}
case SB_CMD_VALIDATE: {
int code;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
selIndex = entryPtr->validate;
entryPtr->validate = VALIDATE_ALL;
code = EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, entryPtr->string,
-1, VALIDATE_FORCED);
if (entryPtr->validate != VALIDATE_NONE) {
entryPtr->validate = selIndex;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj((code == TCL_OK)));
break;
}
case SB_CMD_XVIEW: {
int index;
if (objc == 2) {
double first, last;
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, buf);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, buf);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", buf, NULL);
goto done;
} else if (objc == 3) {
if (GetEntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
} else {
double fraction;
int count;
index = entryPtr->leftIndex;
switch (Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction,
&count)) {
case TK_SCROLL_ERROR:
goto error;
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
index = (int) ((fraction * entryPtr->numChars) + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES: {
int charsPerPage;
charsPerPage = ((Tk_Width(entryPtr->tkwin)
- 2 * entryPtr->inset - entryPtr->xWidth)
/ entryPtr->avgWidth) - 2;
if (charsPerPage < 1) {
charsPerPage = 1;
}
index += count * charsPerPage;
break;
}
case TK_SCROLL_UNITS:
index += count;
break;
}
}
if (index >= entryPtr->numChars) {
index = entryPtr->numChars - 1;
}
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
entryPtr->leftIndex = index;
entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR;
EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr);
EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr);
break;
}
}
done:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
return result;
error:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetSpinboxElement --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 | * The widget value may change. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SpinboxInvoke( | | | | | 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 |
* The widget value may change.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SpinboxInvoke(
register Tcl_Interp *interp,/* Current interpreter. */
register Spinbox *sbPtr, /* Spinbox to invoke. */
int element) /* Element to invoke, either the "up" or
* "down" button. */
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) sbPtr;
char *type;
int code, up;
Tcl_DString script;
switch (element) {
case SEL_BUTTONUP:
type = "up";
up = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 |
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objPtr), entryPtr->string)) {
/*
* Somehow the string changed from what we expected, so let's
* do a search on the list to see if the current value is
* there. If not, move to the first element of the list.
*/
| < | | | | | 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 |
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objPtr), entryPtr->string)) {
/*
* Somehow the string changed from what we expected, so let's
* do a search on the list to see if the current value is
* there. If not, move to the first element of the list.
*/
int i, listc, elemLen, length = entryPtr->numChars;
char *bytes;
Tcl_Obj **listv;
Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, sbPtr->listObj, &listc, &listv);
for (i = 0; i < listc; i++) {
bytes = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(listv[i], &elemLen);
if ((length == elemLen) &&
(memcmp(bytes, entryPtr->string,
(size_t) length) == 0)) {
sbPtr->eIndex = i;
break;
}
}
}
if (up) {
if (++sbPtr->eIndex >= sbPtr->nElements) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(&script, "", 1);
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&script), -1,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL | TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
Tcl_DStringFree(&script);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
| | < | | | 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(&script, "", 1);
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&script), -1,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL | TCL_EVAL_DIRECT);
Tcl_DStringFree(&script);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n\t(in command executed by spinbox)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
/*
* Yes, it's an error, but a bg one, so we return OK
*/
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, 0);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkEntry.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkEntry.h -- * * This module defined the structures for the Entry & SpinBox widgets. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * | | > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 |
/*
* tkEntry.h --
*
* This module defined the structures for the Entry & SpinBox widgets.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
* Copyright (c) 2002 Apple Computer, Inc.
*/
#ifndef _TKENTRY
#define _TKENTRY
#ifndef _TKINT
#include "tkInt.h"
#endif
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
enum EntryType {
TK_ENTRY, TK_SPINBOX
};
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each Entry widget
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
* available for this widget. */
enum EntryType type; /* Specialized type of Entry widget */
/*
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure".
*/
| | | | | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
* available for this widget. */
enum EntryType type; /* Specialized type of Entry widget */
/*
* Fields that are set by widget commands other than "configure".
*/
CONST char *string; /* Pointer to storage for string;
* NULL-terminated; malloc-ed. */
int insertPos; /* Character index before which next typed
* character will be inserted. */
/*
* Information about what's selected, if any.
*/
int selectFirst; /* Character index of first selected character
* (-1 means nothing selected. */
int selectLast; /* Character index just after last selected
* character (-1 means nothing selected. */
int selectAnchor; /* Fixed end of selection (i.e. "select to"
* operation will use this as one end of the
* selection). */
/*
* Information for scanning:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
* scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
* command to issue. */
char *showChar; /* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
* character is used for displaying all
* characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
* only used by the Entry widget. */
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
* scrollbar(s). Malloc'ed. NULL means no
* command to issue. */
char *showChar; /* Value of -show option. If non-NULL, first
* character is used for displaying all
* characters in entry. Malloc'ed. This is
* only used by the Entry widget. */
/*
* Fields whose values are derived from the current values of the
* configuration settings above.
*/
CONST char *displayString; /* String to use when displaying. This may be
* a pointer to string, or a pointer to
* malloced memory with the same character
* length as string but whose characters are
* all equal to showChar. */
int numBytes; /* Length of string in bytes. */
int numChars; /* Length of string in characters. Both string
* and displayString have the same character
* length, but may have different byte lengths
* due to being made from different UTF-8
* characters. */
int numDisplayBytes; /* Length of displayString in bytes. */
int inset; /* Number of pixels on the left and right
* sides that are taken up by XPAD,
* borderWidth (if any), and highlightWidth
* (if any). */
Tk_TextLayout textLayout; /* Cached text layout information. */
int layoutX, layoutY; /* Origin for layout. */
int leftX; /* X position at which character at leftIndex
* is drawn (varies depending on justify). */
int leftIndex; /* Character index of left-most character
* visible in window. */
Tcl_TimerToken insertBlinkHandler;
/* Timer handler used to blink cursor on and
* off. */
GC textGC; /* For drawing normal text. */
GC selTextGC; /* For drawing selected text. */
GC highlightGC; /* For drawing traversal highlight. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 | * the Entry widget. */ MODULE_SCOPE int TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus(Entry *entryPtr, Drawable d, int isSpinbox); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpDrawSpinboxButtons(Spinbox *sbPtr, Drawable d); #endif /* _TKENTRY */ | > > > | 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 | * the Entry widget. */ MODULE_SCOPE int TkpDrawEntryBorderAndFocus(Entry *entryPtr, Drawable d, int isSpinbox); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpDrawSpinboxButtons(Spinbox *sbPtr, Drawable d); #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKENTRY */ |
Changes to generic/tkError.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
* request code (-1 means consider all minor
* codes). */
Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, /* Procedure to invoke when a matching error
* occurs. NULL means just ignore matching
* errors. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to errorProc. */
{
| | | | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
* request code (-1 means consider all minor
* codes). */
Tk_ErrorProc *errorProc, /* Procedure to invoke when a matching error
* occurs. NULL means just ignore matching
* errors. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to errorProc. */
{
register TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
/*
* Find the display. If Tk doesn't know about this display then it's an
* error: panic.
*/
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
defaultHandler = XSetErrorHandler(ErrorProc);
}
/*
* Create the handler record.
*/
| | | 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
defaultHandler = XSetErrorHandler(ErrorProc);
}
/*
* Create the handler record.
*/
errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkErrorHandler));
errorPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
errorPtr->firstRequest = NextRequest(display);
errorPtr->lastRequest = (unsigned) -1;
errorPtr->error = error;
errorPtr->request = request;
errorPtr->minorCode = minorCode;
errorPtr->errorProc = errorProc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
*/
void
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(
Tk_ErrorHandler handler) /* Token for handler to delete; was previous
* return value from Tk_CreateErrorHandler. */
{
| | | > | | < < < < < < < < | < | > | | | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
*/
void
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(
Tk_ErrorHandler handler) /* Token for handler to delete; was previous
* return value from Tk_CreateErrorHandler. */
{
register TkErrorHandler *errorPtr = (TkErrorHandler *) handler;
register TkDisplay *dispPtr = errorPtr->dispPtr;
errorPtr->lastRequest = NextRequest(dispPtr->display) - 1;
/*
* Every once-in-a-while, cleanup handlers that are no longer active. We
* probably won't be able to free the handler that was just deleted (need
* to wait for any outstanding requests to be processed by server), but
* there may be previously-deleted handlers that are now ready for garbage
* collection. To reduce the cost of the cleanup, let a few dead handlers
* pile up, then clean them all at once. This adds a bit of overhead to
* errors that might occur while the dead handlers are hanging around, but
* reduces the overhead of scanning the list to clean up (particularly if
* there are many handlers that stay around forever).
*/
dispPtr->deleteCount += 1;
if (dispPtr->deleteCount >= 10) {
register TkErrorHandler *prevPtr;
TkErrorHandler *nextPtr;
int lastSerial;
dispPtr->deleteCount = 0;
lastSerial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dispPtr->display);
errorPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr;
for (prevPtr = NULL; errorPtr != NULL; errorPtr = nextPtr) {
nextPtr = errorPtr->nextPtr;
if ((errorPtr->lastRequest != (unsigned long) -1)
&& (errorPtr->lastRequest <= (unsigned long) lastSerial)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
dispPtr->errorPtr = nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) errorPtr);
continue;
}
prevPtr = errorPtr;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ErrorProc(
Display *display, /* Display for which error occurred. */
| | | | | 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ErrorProc(
Display *display, /* Display for which error occurred. */
register XErrorEvent *errEventPtr)
/* Information about error. */
{
register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
register TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
/*
* See if we know anything about the display. If not, then invoke the
* default error handler.
*/
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
&& (errorPtr->request != errEventPtr->request_code))
|| ((errorPtr->minorCode != -1)
&& (errorPtr->minorCode != errEventPtr->minor_code))
|| ((errorPtr->lastRequest != (unsigned long) -1)
&& (errorPtr->lastRequest < errEventPtr->serial))) {
continue;
}
| | | | 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 |
&& (errorPtr->request != errEventPtr->request_code))
|| ((errorPtr->minorCode != -1)
&& (errorPtr->minorCode != errEventPtr->minor_code))
|| ((errorPtr->lastRequest != (unsigned long) -1)
&& (errorPtr->lastRequest < errEventPtr->serial))) {
continue;
}
if (errorPtr->errorProc == NULL || (*errorPtr->errorProc)(
errorPtr->clientData, errEventPtr) == 0) {
return 0;
}
}
/*
* See if the error is a BadWindow error. If so, and it refers to a window
* that still exists in our window table, then ignore the error. Errors
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
* were deleted by the container. Now we are getting the errors
* (BadWindow) after Tk already deleted the window itself.
*/
if (errEventPtr->error_code == BadWindow) {
Window w = (Window) errEventPtr->resourceid;
| | > | | 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
* were deleted by the container. Now we are getting the errors
* (BadWindow) after Tk already deleted the window itself.
*/
if (errEventPtr->error_code == BadWindow) {
Window w = (Window) errEventPtr->resourceid;
if (Tk_IdToWindow(display, w) != NULL
|| TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(w, dispPtr)) {
return 0;
}
}
/*
* We couldn't handle the error. Use the default handler.
*/
couldntHandle:
return (*defaultHandler)(display, errEventPtr);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkEvent.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | < < < < < < < < | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* * There's a potential problem if a handler is deleted while it's current * (i.e. its function is executing), since Tk_HandleEvent will need to read * the handler's "nextPtr" field when the function returns. To handle this * problem, structures of the type below indicate the next handler to be * processed for any (recursively nested) dispatches in progress. The * nextHandler fields get updated if the handlers pointed to are deleted. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
XEvent event; /* The X event. */
} TkWindowEvent;
/*
* Array of event masks corresponding to each X event:
*/
| | | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
XEvent event; /* The X event. */
} TkWindowEvent;
/*
* Array of event masks corresponding to each X event:
*/
static unsigned long eventMasks[TK_LASTEVENT] = {
0,
0,
KeyPressMask, /* KeyPress */
KeyReleaseMask, /* KeyRelease */
ButtonPressMask, /* ButtonPress */
ButtonReleaseMask, /* ButtonRelease */
PointerMotionMask|PointerMotionHintMask|ButtonMotionMask
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 | /* * The structure below is used to store Data for the Event module that must be * kept thread-local. The "dataKey" is used to fetch the thread-specific * storage for the current thread. */ | | | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
/*
* The structure below is used to store Data for the Event module that must be
* kept thread-local. The "dataKey" is used to fetch the thread-specific
* storage for the current thread.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int handlersActive; /* The following variable has a non-zero value
* when a handler is active. */
InProgress *pendingPtr; /* Topmost search in progress, or NULL if
* none. */
/*
* List of generic handler records.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 | /* * Prototypes for functions that are only referenced locally within this file. */ static void CleanUpTkEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); static void DelayedMotionProc(ClientData clientData); static unsigned long GetEventMaskFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); static TkWindow * GetTkWindowFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); static void InvokeClientMessageHandlers(ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); static int InvokeFocusHandlers(TkWindow **winPtrPtr, unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr); static int InvokeGenericHandlers(ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); static int InvokeMouseHandlers(TkWindow *winPtr, unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr); static Window ParentXId(Display *display, Window w); static int RefreshKeyboardMappingIfNeeded(XEvent *eventPtr); static int TkXErrorHandler(ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr); static int WindowEventProc(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags); static void CreateXIC(TkWindow *winPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * InvokeFocusHandlers -- * * Call focus-related code to look at FocusIn, FocusOut, Enter, and Leave | > > > > | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 | /* * Prototypes for functions that are only referenced locally within this file. */ static void CleanUpTkEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); static void DelayedMotionProc(ClientData clientData); static int GetButtonMask(unsigned int Button); static unsigned long GetEventMaskFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); static TkWindow * GetTkWindowFromXEvent(XEvent *eventPtr); static void InvokeClientMessageHandlers(ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); static int InvokeFocusHandlers(TkWindow **winPtrPtr, unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr); static int InvokeGenericHandlers(ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); static int InvokeMouseHandlers(TkWindow *winPtr, unsigned long mask, XEvent *eventPtr); static Window ParentXId(Display *display, Window w); static int RefreshKeyboardMappingIfNeeded(XEvent *eventPtr); static int TkXErrorHandler(ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errEventPtr); static void UpdateButtonEventState(XEvent *eventPtr); static int WindowEventProc(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags); #ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS static void CreateXIC(TkWindow *winPtr); #endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */ /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * InvokeFocusHandlers -- * * Call focus-related code to look at FocusIn, FocusOut, Enter, and Leave |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
{
if ((mask & (FocusChangeMask|EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask))
&& (TkFocusFilterEvent(*winPtrPtr, eventPtr) == 0)) {
return 1;
}
/*
| | > | > > > > > | 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
{
if ((mask & (FocusChangeMask|EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask))
&& (TkFocusFilterEvent(*winPtrPtr, eventPtr) == 0)) {
return 1;
}
/*
* MouseWheel events are not focus specific on Mac OS X.
*/
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define FOCUS_DIRECTED_EVENT_MASK (KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask)
#else
#define FOCUS_DIRECTED_EVENT_MASK (KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask|MouseWheelMask)
#endif
if (mask & FOCUS_DIRECTED_EVENT_MASK) {
(*winPtrPtr)->dispPtr->lastEventTime = eventPtr->xkey.time;
*winPtrPtr = TkFocusKeyEvent(*winPtrPtr, eventPtr);
if (*winPtrPtr == NULL) {
return 1;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 |
*
* Create the X input context for our winPtr.
* XIM is only ever enabled on Unix.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CreateXIC(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
long im_event_mask = 0L;
const char *preedit_attname = NULL;
| > | 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 |
*
* Create the X input context for our winPtr.
* XIM is only ever enabled on Unix.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#if defined(TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS)
static void
CreateXIC(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
long im_event_mask = 0L;
const char *preedit_attname = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
preedit_attname, preedit_attlist,
NULL);
if (preedit_attlist) {
XFree(preedit_attlist);
}
| | | < | > | 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 |
preedit_attname, preedit_attlist,
NULL);
if (preedit_attlist) {
XFree(preedit_attlist);
}
if (winPtr->inputContext == NULL) {
/* XCreateIC failed. */
return;
}
/*
* Adjust the window's event mask if the IM requires it.
*/
XGetICValues(winPtr->inputContext, XNFilterEvents, &im_event_mask, NULL);
if ((winPtr->atts.event_mask & im_event_mask) != im_event_mask) {
winPtr->atts.event_mask |= im_event_mask;
XSelectInput(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, winPtr->atts.event_mask);
}
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTkWindowFromXEvent --
*
* Attempt to find which TkWindow is associated with an event. If it
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
509 510 511 512 513 514 515 |
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | < < < | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > | > > > | > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 |
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetButtonMask --
*
* Return the proper Button${n}Mask for the button.
*
* Results:
* A button mask.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetButtonMask(
unsigned int button)
{
switch (button) {
case 1:
return Button1Mask;
case 2:
return Button2Mask;
case 3:
return Button3Mask;
case 4:
return Button4Mask;
case 5:
return Button5Mask;
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateButtonEventState --
*
* Update the button event state in our TkDisplay using the XEvent
* passed. We also may modify the the XEvent passed to fit some aspects
* of our TkDisplay.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The TkDisplay's private button state may be modified. The eventPtr's
* state may be updated to reflect masks stored in our TkDisplay that the
* event doesn't contain. The eventPtr may also be modified to not
* contain a button state for the window in which it was not pressed in.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateButtonEventState(
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
int allButtonsMask = Button1Mask | Button2Mask | Button3Mask
| Button4Mask | Button5Mask;
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case ButtonPress:
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xbutton.display);
dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow = eventPtr->xbutton.window;
eventPtr->xbutton.state |= dispPtr->mouseButtonState;
dispPtr->mouseButtonState |= GetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button);
break;
case ButtonRelease:
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xbutton.display);
dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow = None;
dispPtr->mouseButtonState &= ~GetButtonMask(eventPtr->xbutton.button);
eventPtr->xbutton.state |= dispPtr->mouseButtonState;
break;
case MotionNotify:
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xmotion.display);
if (dispPtr->mouseButtonState & allButtonsMask) {
if (eventPtr->xbutton.window != dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow) {
/*
* This motion event should not be interpreted as a button
* press + motion event since this is not the same window the
* button was pressed down in.
*/
dispPtr->mouseButtonState &= ~allButtonsMask;
dispPtr->mouseButtonWindow = None;
} else {
eventPtr->xmotion.state |= dispPtr->mouseButtonState;
}
}
break;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InvokeClientMessageHandlers --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 |
tsdPtr->cmList = tmpPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = tmpPtr;
}
if (tmpPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->lastCmPtr = prevPtr;
}
| | | 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 |
tsdPtr->cmList = tmpPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = tmpPtr;
}
if (tmpPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->lastCmPtr = prevPtr;
}
(void) ckfree((char *) curPtr);
curPtr = tmpPtr;
continue;
}
} else {
int done;
tsdPtr->handlersActive++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
641 642 643 644 645 646 647 |
tsdPtr->genericList = tmpPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = tmpPtr;
}
if (tmpPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->lastGenericPtr = prevPtr;
}
| | | | 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 |
tsdPtr->genericList = tmpPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = tmpPtr;
}
if (tmpPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->lastGenericPtr = prevPtr;
}
(void) ckfree((char *) curPtr);
curPtr = tmpPtr;
continue;
}
} else {
int done;
tsdPtr->handlersActive++;
done = (*curPtr->proc)(curPtr->clientData, eventPtr);
tsdPtr->handlersActive--;
if (done) {
return done;
}
}
prevPtr = curPtr;
curPtr = curPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
Tk_CreateEventHandler(
Tk_Window token, /* Token for window in which to create
* handler. */
unsigned long mask, /* Events for which proc should be called. */
Tk_EventProc *proc, /* Function to call for each selected event */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary data to pass to proc. */
{
| | | | | 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 |
Tk_CreateEventHandler(
Tk_Window token, /* Token for window in which to create
* handler. */
unsigned long mask, /* Events for which proc should be called. */
Tk_EventProc *proc, /* Function to call for each selected event */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary data to pass to proc. */
{
register TkEventHandler *handlerPtr;
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) token;
/*
* Skim through the list of existing handlers to (a) compute the overall
* event mask for the window (so we can pass this new value to the X
* system) and (b) see if there's already a handler declared with the same
* callback and clientData (if so, just change the mask). If no existing
* handler matches, then create a new handler.
*/
if (winPtr->handlerList == NULL) {
/*
* No event handlers defined at all, so must create.
*/
handlerPtr = (TkEventHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkEventHandler));
winPtr->handlerList = handlerPtr;
} else {
int found = 0;
for (handlerPtr = winPtr->handlerList; ;
handlerPtr = handlerPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((handlerPtr->proc == proc)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
736 737 738 739 740 741 742 | return; } /* * No event handler matched, so create a new one. */ | | > | 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 |
return;
}
/*
* No event handler matched, so create a new one.
*/
handlerPtr->nextPtr = (TkEventHandler *)
ckalloc(sizeof(TkEventHandler));
handlerPtr = handlerPtr->nextPtr;
}
/*
* Initialize the new event handler.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
779 780 781 782 783 784 785 |
void
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(
Tk_Window token, /* Same as corresponding arguments passed */
unsigned long mask, /* previously to Tk_CreateEventHandler. */
Tk_EventProc *proc,
ClientData clientData)
{
| | | | | 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 |
void
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(
Tk_Window token, /* Same as corresponding arguments passed */
unsigned long mask, /* previously to Tk_CreateEventHandler. */
Tk_EventProc *proc,
ClientData clientData)
{
register TkEventHandler *handlerPtr;
register InProgress *ipPtr;
TkEventHandler *prevPtr;
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) token;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Find the event handler to be deleted, or return immediately if it
* doesn't exist.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
822 823 824 825 826 827 828 |
*/
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
winPtr->handlerList = handlerPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = handlerPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 |
*/
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
winPtr->handlerList = handlerPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = handlerPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) handlerPtr);
/*
* No need to call XSelectInput: Tk always selects on all events for all
* windows (needed to support bindings on classes and "all").
*/
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
858 859 860 861 862 863 864 |
Tk_GenericProc *proc, /* Function to call on every event. */
ClientData clientData) /* One-word value to pass to proc. */
{
GenericHandler *handlerPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 |
Tk_GenericProc *proc, /* Function to call on every event. */
ClientData clientData) /* One-word value to pass to proc. */
{
GenericHandler *handlerPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
handlerPtr = (GenericHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(GenericHandler));
handlerPtr->proc = proc;
handlerPtr->clientData = clientData;
handlerPtr->deleteFlag = 0;
handlerPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
if (tsdPtr->genericList == NULL) {
tsdPtr->genericList = handlerPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
937 938 939 940 941 942 943 |
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* We use a GenericHandler struct, because it's basically the same, except
* with an extra clientData field we'll never use.
*/
| | | 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 |
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* We use a GenericHandler struct, because it's basically the same, except
* with an extra clientData field we'll never use.
*/
handlerPtr = (GenericHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(GenericHandler));
handlerPtr->proc = (Tk_GenericProc *) proc;
handlerPtr->clientData = NULL; /* never used */
handlerPtr->deleteFlag = 0;
handlerPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
if (tsdPtr->cmList == NULL) {
tsdPtr->cmList = handlerPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TkXErrorHandler(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to flag we set. */
| | | > | 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TkXErrorHandler(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to flag we set. */
XErrorEvent *errEventPtr) /* X error info. */
{
int *error;
error = (int *) clientData;
*error = 1;
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 |
/*
* Handle errors ourselves.
*/
gotXError = 0;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1,
| | | 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 |
/*
* Handle errors ourselves.
*/
gotXError = 0;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1,
TkXErrorHandler, (ClientData) (&gotXError));
/*
* Get the parent window.
*/
status = XQueryTree(display, w, &root, &parent, &childList, &nChildren);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_HandleEvent(
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event to dispatch. */
{
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_HandleEvent(
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event to dispatch. */
{
register TkEventHandler *handlerPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr;
unsigned long mask;
InProgress ip;
Tcl_Interp *interp = NULL;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
UpdateButtonEventState(eventPtr);
/*
* If the generic handler processed this event we are done and can return.
*/
if (InvokeGenericHandlers(tsdPtr, eventPtr)) {
goto releaseEventResources;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 | /* * Protect interpreter for this window from possible deletion while we * are dealing with the event for this window. Thus, widget writers do * not have to worry about protecting the interpreter in their own * code. */ | | < < < < < < < | < < | > | 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 |
/*
* Protect interpreter for this window from possible deletion while we
* are dealing with the event for this window. Thus, widget writers do
* not have to worry about protecting the interpreter in their own
* code.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
result = ((InvokeFocusHandlers(&winPtr, mask, eventPtr))
|| (InvokeMouseHandlers(winPtr, mask, eventPtr)));
if (result) {
goto releaseInterpreter;
}
}
/*
* Create the input context for the window if it hasn't already been done
* (XFilterEvent needs this context). When the event is a FocusIn event,
* set the input context focus to the receiving window. This code is only
* ever active for X11.
*/
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)) {
if (!(winPtr->flags & (TK_CHECKED_IC|TK_ALREADY_DEAD))) {
winPtr->flags |= TK_CHECKED_IC;
if (winPtr->dispPtr->inputMethod != NULL) {
CreateXIC(winPtr);
}
}
if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn && winPtr->inputContext != NULL) {
XSetICFocus(winPtr->inputContext);
}
}
#endif
/*
* For events where it hasn't already been done, update the current time
* in the display.
*/
if (eventPtr->type == PropertyNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 |
|| (eventPtr->type == SelectionNotify)) {
TkSelEventProc((Tk_Window) winPtr, eventPtr);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ClientMessage) {
if (eventPtr->xclient.message_type ==
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS")) {
TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr);
} else {
| | | | | 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 |
|| (eventPtr->type == SelectionNotify)) {
TkSelEventProc((Tk_Window) winPtr, eventPtr);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ClientMessage) {
if (eventPtr->xclient.message_type ==
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS")) {
TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr);
} else {
InvokeClientMessageHandlers(tsdPtr, (Tk_Window)winPtr,
eventPtr);
}
}
} else {
for (handlerPtr = winPtr->handlerList; handlerPtr != NULL; ) {
if ((handlerPtr->mask & mask) != 0) {
ip.nextHandler = handlerPtr->nextPtr;
(*(handlerPtr->proc))(handlerPtr->clientData, eventPtr);
handlerPtr = ip.nextHandler;
} else {
handlerPtr = handlerPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 |
/*
* Release the interpreter for this window so that it can be potentially
* deleted if requested.
*/
releaseInterpreter:
if (interp != NULL) {
| | | 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 |
/*
* Release the interpreter for this window so that it can be potentially
* deleted if requested.
*/
releaseInterpreter:
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
/*
* Release the user_data from the event (if it is a virtual event and the
* field was non-NULL in the first place.) Note that this is done using a
* Tcl_Obj interface, and we set the field back to NULL afterwards out of
* paranoia. Also clean up any cached %A substitutions from key events.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 |
*/
void
TkEventDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Information about the window that is being
* deleted. */
{
| | | | 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 |
*/
void
TkEventDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Information about the window that is being
* deleted. */
{
register TkEventHandler *handlerPtr;
register InProgress *ipPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* While deleting all the handlers, be careful to check for Tk_HandleEvent
* being about to process one of the deleted handlers. If it is, tell it
* to quit (all of the handlers are being deleted).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 |
if (ipPtr->nextHandler == handlerPtr) {
ipPtr->nextHandler = NULL;
}
if (ipPtr->winPtr == winPtr) {
ipPtr->winPtr = NULL;
}
}
| | | 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 |
if (ipPtr->nextHandler == handlerPtr) {
ipPtr->nextHandler = NULL;
}
if (ipPtr->winPtr == winPtr) {
ipPtr->winPtr = NULL;
}
}
ckfree((char *) handlerPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCurrentTime --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Time
TkCurrentTime(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display for which the time is desired. */
{
| | | 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Time
TkCurrentTime(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display for which the time is desired. */
{
register XEvent *eventPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->pendingPtr == NULL) {
return dispPtr->lastEventTime;
}
eventPtr = tsdPtr->pendingPtr->eventPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 |
/*
* Don't filter motion events if the user defaulting to true (1), which
* could be set to false (0) when the user wishes to receive all the
* motion data)
*/
if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS)) {
| | | 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 |
/*
* Don't filter motion events if the user defaulting to true (1), which
* could be set to false (0) when the user wishes to receive all the
* motion data)
*/
if (!(dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS)) {
wevPtr = (TkWindowEvent *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWindowEvent));
wevPtr->header.proc = WindowEventProc;
wevPtr->event = *eventPtr;
Tcl_QueueEvent(&wevPtr->header, position);
return;
}
if ((dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr != NULL) && (position == TCL_QUEUE_TAIL)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 | * The new event may conflict with the saved motion event. Queue * the saved motion event now so that it will be processed before * the new event. */ Tcl_QueueEvent(&dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr->header, position); dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr = NULL; | | | | | 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 |
* The new event may conflict with the saved motion event. Queue
* the saved motion event now so that it will be processed before
* the new event.
*/
Tcl_QueueEvent(&dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr->header, position);
dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr = NULL;
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DelayedMotionProc, (ClientData) dispPtr);
}
}
wevPtr = (TkWindowEvent *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWindowEvent));
wevPtr->header.proc = WindowEventProc;
wevPtr->event = *eventPtr;
if ((eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) && (position == TCL_QUEUE_TAIL)) {
/*
* The new event is a motion event so don't queue it immediately; save
* it around in case another motion event arrives that it can be
* collapsed with.
*/
if (dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_QueueWindowEvent found unexpected delayed motion event");
}
dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr = wevPtr;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DelayedMotionProc, (ClientData) dispPtr);
} else {
Tcl_QueueEvent(&wevPtr->header, position);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 |
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 |
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WindowEventProc --
*
* This function is called by Tcl_DoOneEvent when a window event reaches
* the front of the event queue. This function is responsible for
* actually handling the event.
*
* Results:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 |
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
return 0;
}
if (tsdPtr->restrictProc != NULL) {
| | | 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 |
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
return 0;
}
if (tsdPtr->restrictProc != NULL) {
result = (*tsdPtr->restrictProc)(tsdPtr->restrictArg, &wevPtr->event);
if (result != TK_PROCESS_EVENT) {
if (result == TK_DEFER_EVENT) {
return 0;
} else {
/*
* TK_DELETE_EVENT: return and say we processed the event,
* even though we didn't do anything at all.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 |
static void
CleanUpTkEvent(
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case KeyPress:
case KeyRelease: {
| < < > < | 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 |
static void
CleanUpTkEvent(
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case KeyPress:
case KeyRelease: {
TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;
if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
ckfree(kePtr->charValuePtr);
kePtr->charValuePtr = NULL;
kePtr->charValueLen = 0;
}
break;
}
case VirtualEvent: {
XVirtualEvent *vePtr = (XVirtualEvent *) eventPtr;
if (vePtr->user_data != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 |
*/
static void
DelayedMotionProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to display containing a delayed
* motion event to be serviced. */
{
| | | 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 |
*/
static void
DelayedMotionProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to display containing a delayed
* motion event to be serviced. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
if (dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("DelayedMotionProc found no delayed mouse motion event");
}
Tcl_QueueEvent(&dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr->header, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
dispPtr->delayedMotionPtr = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 |
void
TkCreateExitHandler(
Tcl_ExitProc *proc, /* Function to invoke. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
ExitHandler *exitPtr;
| | | 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 |
void
TkCreateExitHandler(
Tcl_ExitProc *proc, /* Function to invoke. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
ExitHandler *exitPtr;
exitPtr = (ExitHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(ExitHandler));
exitPtr->proc = proc;
exitPtr->clientData = clientData;
Tcl_MutexLock(&exitMutex);
/*
* The call to TclInExit() is disabled here. That's a private Tcl routine,
* and calling it is causing some trouble with portability of building Tk.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 |
if ((exitPtr->proc == proc)
&& (exitPtr->clientData == clientData)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
firstExitPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 |
if ((exitPtr->proc == proc)
&& (exitPtr->clientData == clientData)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
firstExitPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) exitPtr);
break;
}
}
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&exitMutex);
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 |
Tcl_ExitProc *proc, /* Function to invoke. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
ExitHandler *exitPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 |
Tcl_ExitProc *proc, /* Function to invoke. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
ExitHandler *exitPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
exitPtr = (ExitHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(ExitHandler));
exitPtr->proc = proc;
exitPtr->clientData = clientData;
/*
* See comments in TkCreateExitHandler().
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 |
if ((exitPtr->proc == proc)
&& (exitPtr->clientData == clientData)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->firstExitPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 |
if ((exitPtr->proc == proc)
&& (exitPtr->clientData == clientData)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->firstExitPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) exitPtr);
return;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkFinalize( | | | 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFinalize(
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
ExitHandler *exitPtr;
#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if (!tclStubsPtr) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 | * Be careful to remove the handler from the list before invoking its * callback. This protects us against double-freeing if the callback * should call TkDeleteExitHandler on itself. */ firstExitPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr; Tcl_MutexUnlock(&exitMutex); | | | | | | | | 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 |
* Be careful to remove the handler from the list before invoking its
* callback. This protects us against double-freeing if the callback
* should call TkDeleteExitHandler on itself.
*/
firstExitPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&exitMutex);
(*exitPtr->proc)(exitPtr->clientData);
ckfree((char *) exitPtr);
Tcl_MutexLock(&exitMutex);
}
firstExitPtr = NULL;
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&exitMutex);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFinalizeThread --
*
* Runs our private thread exit handlers and removes itself from Tcl.
* This is benificial should we want to protect from dangling pointers
* should the Tk shared library be unloaded prior to Tcl which can happen
* on Windows should the process be forcefully exiting from an exception
* handler.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects.
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFinalizeThread(
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
ExitHandler *exitPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(TkFinalizeThread, NULL);
if (tsdPtr != NULL) {
tsdPtr->inExit = 1;
for (exitPtr = tsdPtr->firstExitPtr; exitPtr != NULL;
exitPtr = tsdPtr->firstExitPtr) {
/*
* Be careful to remove the handler from the list before invoking
* its callback. This protects us against double-freeing if the
* callback should call TkDeleteThreadExitHandler on itself.
*/
tsdPtr->firstExitPtr = exitPtr->nextPtr;
(*exitPtr->proc)(exitPtr->clientData);
ckfree((char *) exitPtr);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkFileFilter.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkFileFilter.h" | | | | > > > | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkFileFilter.h" static int AddClause(Tcl_Interp *interp, FileFilter *filterPtr, Tcl_Obj *patternsObj, Tcl_Obj *ostypesObj, int isWindows); static void FreeClauses(FileFilter *filterPtr); static void FreeGlobPatterns(FileFilterClause *clausePtr); static void FreeMacFileTypes(FileFilterClause *clausePtr); static FileFilter * GetFilter(FileFilterList *flistPtr, CONST char *name); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkInitFileFilters -- * * Initializes a FileFilterList data structure. A FileFilterList must be |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
int isWindows) /* True if we are running on Windows. */
{
int listObjc;
Tcl_Obj ** listObjv = NULL;
int i;
if (types == NULL) {
| | < | | | | < < | 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
int isWindows) /* True if we are running on Windows. */
{
int listObjc;
Tcl_Obj ** listObjv = NULL;
int i;
if (types == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, types, &listObjc,
&listObjv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (listObjc == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Free the filter information that have been allocated the previous time;
* the -filefilters option may have been used more than once in the
* command line.
*/
TkFreeFileFilters(flistPtr);
for (i = 0; i<listObjc; i++) {
/*
* Each file type should have two or three elements: the first one is
* the name of the type and the second is the filter of the type. The
* third is the Mac OSType ID, but we don't care about them here.
*/
int count;
FileFilter *filterPtr;
Tcl_Obj **typeInfo;
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, listObjv[i], &count,
&typeInfo) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (count != 2 && count != 3) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad file type \"",
Tcl_GetString(listObjv[i]), "\", ",
"should be \"typeName {extension ?extensions ...?} ",
"?{macType ?macTypes ...?}?\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
filterPtr = GetFilter(flistPtr, Tcl_GetString(typeInfo[0]));
if (AddClause(interp, filterPtr, typeInfo[1],
(count==2 ? NULL : typeInfo[2]), isWindows) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFreeFileFilters(
FileFilterList *flistPtr) /* List of file filters to free */
{
| | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > | 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFreeFileFilters(
FileFilterList *flistPtr) /* List of file filters to free */
{
FileFilter *filterPtr, *toFree;
filterPtr=flistPtr->filters;
while (filterPtr != NULL) {
toFree = filterPtr;
filterPtr = filterPtr->next;
FreeClauses(toFree);
ckfree((char*)toFree->name);
ckfree((char*)toFree);
}
flistPtr->filters = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
/*
* Might be cleaner to use 'Tcl_GetOSTypeFromObj' but that is actually
* static to the MacOS X/Darwin version of Tcl, and would therefore
* require further code refactoring.
*/
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
| | | | 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
/*
* Might be cleaner to use 'Tcl_GetOSTypeFromObj' but that is actually
* static to the MacOS X/Darwin version of Tcl, and would therefore
* require further code refactoring.
*/
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
int len;
CONST char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
/*
* If len is < 4, it is definitely an error. If equal or longer,
* we need to use the macRoman encoding to determine the correct
* length (assuming there may be non-ascii characters, e.g.,
* embedded nulls or accented characters in the string, the
* macRoman length will be different).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
*/
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(macRoman, strType, len, &osTypeDS);
len = Tcl_DStringLength(&osTypeDS);
Tcl_DStringFree(&osTypeDS);
}
if (len != 4) {
| < | | < | | | | | < > > | | | | | | | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 |
*/
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(macRoman, strType, len, &osTypeDS);
len = Tcl_DStringLength(&osTypeDS);
Tcl_DStringFree(&osTypeDS);
}
if (len != 4) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad Macintosh file type \"",
Tcl_GetString(ostypeList[i]), "\"", NULL);
code = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
}
}
/*
* Add the clause into the list of clauses
*/
clausePtr = (FileFilterClause*)ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilterClause));
clausePtr->patterns = NULL;
clausePtr->patternsTail = NULL;
clausePtr->macTypes = NULL;
clausePtr->macTypesTail = NULL;
if (filterPtr->clauses == NULL) {
filterPtr->clauses = filterPtr->clausesTail = clausePtr;
} else {
filterPtr->clausesTail->next = clausePtr;
filterPtr->clausesTail = clausePtr;
}
clausePtr->next = NULL;
if (globCount > 0 && globList != NULL) {
for (i=0; i<globCount; i++) {
GlobPattern *globPtr = (GlobPattern*)ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern));
int len;
CONST char *str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(globList[i], &len);
len = (len + 1) * sizeof(char);
if (str[0] && str[0] != '*') {
/*
* Prepend a "*" to patterns that do not have a leading "*"
*/
globPtr->pattern = (char*)ckalloc((unsigned int) len+1);
globPtr->pattern[0] = '*';
strcpy(globPtr->pattern+1, str);
} else if (isWindows) {
if (strcmp(str, "*") == 0) {
globPtr->pattern = (char*)ckalloc(4 * sizeof(char));
strcpy(globPtr->pattern, "*.*");
} else if (strcmp(str, "") == 0) {
/*
* An empty string means "match all files with no
* extensions"
* BUG: "*." actually matches with all files on Win95
*/
globPtr->pattern = (char *) ckalloc(3 * sizeof(char));
strcpy(globPtr->pattern, "*.");
} else {
globPtr->pattern = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) len);
strcpy(globPtr->pattern, str);
}
} else {
globPtr->pattern = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) len);
strcpy(globPtr->pattern, str);
}
/*
* Add the glob pattern into the list of patterns.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
371 372 373 374 375 376 377 |
}
if (ostypeList != NULL && ostypeCount > 0) {
if (macRoman == NULL) {
macRoman = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
}
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
Tcl_DString osTypeDS;
| | | | | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
}
if (ostypeList != NULL && ostypeCount > 0) {
if (macRoman == NULL) {
macRoman = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
}
for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) {
Tcl_DString osTypeDS;
int len;
MacFileType *mfPtr = (MacFileType *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacFileType));
CONST char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len);
char *string;
/*
* Convert utf to macRoman, since MacOS types are defined to be 4
* macRoman characters long
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static FileFilter *
GetFilter(
FileFilterList *flistPtr, /* The FileFilterList that contains the newly
* created filter */
| | < | < | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static FileFilter *
GetFilter(
FileFilterList *flistPtr, /* The FileFilterList that contains the newly
* created filter */
CONST char *name) /* Name of the filter. It is usually displayed
* in the "File Types" listbox in the file
* dialogs. */
{
FileFilter *filterPtr = flistPtr->filters;
for (; filterPtr; filterPtr=filterPtr->next) {
if (strcmp(filterPtr->name, name) == 0) {
return filterPtr;
}
}
filterPtr = (FileFilter *) ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilter));
filterPtr->clauses = NULL;
filterPtr->clausesTail = NULL;
filterPtr->name = (char *) ckalloc((strlen(name)+1) * sizeof(char));
strcpy(filterPtr->name, name);
if (flistPtr->filters == NULL) {
flistPtr->filters = flistPtr->filtersTail = filterPtr;
} else {
flistPtr->filtersTail->next = filterPtr;
flistPtr->filtersTail = filterPtr;
}
filterPtr->next = NULL;
++flistPtr->numFilters;
return filterPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeClauses --
*
* Frees the malloc'ed file type clause
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The list of clauses in filterPtr->clauses are freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeClauses(
FileFilter *filterPtr) /* FileFilter whose clauses are to be freed */
{
FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses;
while (clausePtr != NULL) {
FileFilterClause *toFree = clausePtr;
clausePtr = clausePtr->next;
FreeGlobPatterns(toFree);
FreeMacFileTypes(toFree);
ckfree((char *) toFree);
}
filterPtr->clauses = NULL;
filterPtr->clausesTail = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeGlobPatterns --
*
* Frees the malloc'ed glob patterns in a clause
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The list of glob patterns in clausePtr->patterns are freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeGlobPatterns(
FileFilterClause *clausePtr)/* The clause whose patterns are to be freed*/
{
GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns;
while (globPtr != NULL) {
GlobPattern *toFree = globPtr;
globPtr = globPtr->next;
ckfree((char *) toFree->pattern);
ckfree((char *) toFree);
}
clausePtr->patterns = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeMacFileTypes --
*
* Frees the malloc'ed Mac file types in a clause
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The list of Mac file types in clausePtr->macTypes are freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeMacFileTypes(
FileFilterClause *clausePtr)/* The clause whose mac types are to be
* freed */
{
MacFileType *mfPtr = clausePtr->macTypes;
while (mfPtr != NULL) {
MacFileType *toFree = mfPtr;
mfPtr = mfPtr->next;
ckfree((char *) toFree);
}
clausePtr->macTypes = NULL;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkFileFilter.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TK_FILE_FILTER #define _TK_FILE_FILTER | | | > > > < < | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#ifndef _TK_FILE_FILTER
#define _TK_FILE_FILTER
#define OSType long
#ifdef BUILD_tk
# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
typedef struct GlobPattern {
struct GlobPattern *next; /* Chains to the next glob pattern in a glob
* pattern list */
char *pattern; /* String value of the pattern, such as
* "*.txt" or "*.*" */
} GlobPattern;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
MODULE_SCOPE void TkFreeFileFilters(FileFilterList *flistPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkInitFileFilters(FileFilterList *flistPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkGetFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp,
FileFilterList *flistPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
int isWindows);
| | < > < < | 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
MODULE_SCOPE void TkFreeFileFilters(FileFilterList *flistPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkInitFileFilters(FileFilterList *flistPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkGetFileFilters(Tcl_Interp *interp,
FileFilterList *flistPtr, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
int isWindows);
# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#endif
|
Changes to generic/tkFocus.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
* this display. Used to identify stale focus
* notifications coming from the X server. */
struct TkDisplayFocusInfo *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of all display focus records
* for a given application. */
} DisplayFocusInfo;
/*
* Debugging support...
*/
#define DEBUG(dispPtr, arguments) \
if ((dispPtr)->focusDebug) { \
printf arguments; \
| > > > > > > > > | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
* this display. Used to identify stale focus
* notifications coming from the X server. */
struct TkDisplayFocusInfo *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of all display focus records
* for a given application. */
} DisplayFocusInfo;
/*
* The following magic value is stored in the "send_event" field of FocusIn
* and FocusOut events that are generated in this file. This allows us to
* separate "real" events coming from the server from those that we generated.
*/
#define GENERATED_EVENT_MAGIC ((Bool) 0x547321ac)
/*
* Debugging support...
*/
#define DEBUG(dispPtr, arguments) \
if ((dispPtr)->focusDebug) { \
printf arguments; \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
*/
int
Tk_FocusObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | < | | | 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
*/
int
Tk_FocusObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static CONST char *focusOptions[] = {
"-displayof", "-force", "-lastfor", NULL
};
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
TkWindow *newPtr, *focusWinPtr, *topLevelPtr;
ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr;
char *windowName;
int index;
/*
* If invoked with no arguments, just return the current focus window.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
focusWinPtr = TkGetFocusWin(winPtr);
if (focusWinPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, focusWinPtr->pathName, TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* If invoked with a single argument beginning with "." then focus on that
* window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
}
}
/*
* We have a subcommand to parse and act upon.
*/
| | | | | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
}
}
/*
* We have a subcommand to parse and act upon.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], focusOptions, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch (index) {
case 0: /* -displayof */
windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
newPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, windowName, tkwin);
if (newPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
newPtr = TkGetFocusWin(newPtr);
if (newPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, newPtr->pathName, TCL_STATIC);
}
break;
case 1: /* -force */
windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
/*
* The empty string case exists for backwards compatibility.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
case 2: /* -lastfor */
windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
newPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, windowName, tkwin);
if (newPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (topLevelPtr = newPtr; topLevelPtr != NULL;
| | | | | | 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
case 2: /* -lastfor */
windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
newPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, windowName, tkwin);
if (newPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (topLevelPtr = newPtr; topLevelPtr != NULL;
topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
continue;
}
for (tlFocusPtr = newPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
if (tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == topLevelPtr) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr->pathName, TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, topLevelPtr->pathName, TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad const entries to focusOptions in focus command");
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
int retValue, delta;
/*
* If this was a generated event, just turn off the generated flag and
* pass the event through to Tk bindings.
*/
| | | | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 |
int retValue, delta;
/*
* If this was a generated event, just turn off the generated flag and
* pass the event through to Tk bindings.
*/
if (eventPtr->xfocus.send_event == GENERATED_EVENT_MAGIC) {
eventPtr->xfocus.send_event = 0;
return 1;
}
/*
* Check for special events generated by embedded applications to request
* the input focus. If this is one of those events, make the change in
* focus and return without any additional processing of the event (note:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
378 379 380 381 382 383 384 |
}
/*
* If there is a grab in effect and this window is outside the grabbed
* tree, then ignore the event.
*/
| | | 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 |
}
/*
* If there is a grab in effect and this window is outside the grabbed
* tree, then ignore the event.
*/
if (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED) {
return retValue;
}
/*
* It is possible that there were outstanding FocusIn and FocusOut events
* on their way to us at the time the focus was changed internally with
* the "focus" command. If so, these events could potentially cause us to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
411 412 413 414 415 416 417 |
for (tlFocusPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
if (tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) {
break;
}
}
if (tlFocusPtr == NULL) {
| | | 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
for (tlFocusPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
if (tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) {
break;
}
}
if (tlFocusPtr == NULL) {
tlFocusPtr = (ToplevelFocusInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ToplevelFocusInfo));
tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr = tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = winPtr;
tlFocusPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr;
winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr;
}
newFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
485 486 487 488 489 490 491 |
displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = newFocusPtr;
dispPtr->implicitWinPtr = winPtr;
dispPtr->focusPtr = newFocusPtr;
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) {
/*
* If the pointer just left a window for which we automatically
| | | | | | | | | 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 |
displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = newFocusPtr;
dispPtr->implicitWinPtr = winPtr;
dispPtr->focusPtr = newFocusPtr;
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) {
/*
* If the pointer just left a window for which we automatically
* claimed the focus on enter, move the focus back to the root
* window, where it was before we claimed it above. Note:
* dispPtr->implicitWinPtr may not be the same as
* displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr (e.g. because the "focus" command
* was used to redirect the focus after it arrived at
* dispPtr->implicitWinPtr)!! In addition, we generate events
* because the window manager won't give us a FocusOut event when
* we focus on the root.
*/
if ((dispPtr->implicitWinPtr != NULL)
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
DEBUG(dispPtr, ("Defocussed implicit Async\n"));
GenerateFocusEvents(displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr, NULL);
XSetInputFocus(dispPtr->display, PointerRoot, RevertToPointerRoot,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
* Don't set focus if window is already dead. [Bug 3574708]
*/
if (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
return;
}
| < < < < < < | > | | | | < | | | | | > | | | | | > | < < < | < > | < < < | < < | < > | | > | | | < < | | < < < | > | > | > | 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 |
* Don't set focus if window is already dead. [Bug 3574708]
*/
if (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
return;
}
displayFocusPtr = FindDisplayFocusInfo(winPtr->mainPtr, winPtr->dispPtr);
/*
* If force is set, we should make sure we grab the focus regardless of
* the current focus window since under Windows, we may need to take
* control away from another application.
*/
if (winPtr == displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr && !force) {
return;
}
/*
* Find the top-level window for winPtr, then find (or create) a record
* for the top-level. Also see whether winPtr and all its ancestors are
* mapped.
*/
allMapped = 1;
for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
if (topLevelPtr == NULL) {
/*
* The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about giving
* it the focus.
*/
return;
}
if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {
allMapped = 0;
}
if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
break;
}
}
/*
* If the new focus window isn't mapped, then we can't focus on it (X will
* generate an error, for example). Instead, create an event handler that
* will set the focus to this window once it gets mapped. At the same
* time, delete any old handler that might be around; it's no longer
* relevant.
*/
if (displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(
(Tk_Window) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr,
StructureNotifyMask, FocusMapProc,
(ClientData) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr);
displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = NULL;
}
if (!allMapped) {
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask, FocusMapProc,
(ClientData) winPtr);
displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = winPtr;
displayFocusPtr->forceFocus = force;
return;
}
for (tlFocusPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
if (tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == topLevelPtr) {
break;
}
}
if (tlFocusPtr == NULL) {
tlFocusPtr = (ToplevelFocusInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ToplevelFocusInfo));
tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr;
tlFocusPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr;
winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr;
}
tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = winPtr;
/*
* Reset the window system's focus window and generate focus events, with
* two special cases:
*
* 1. If the application is embedded and doesn't currently have the focus,
* don't set the focus directly. Instead, see if the embedding code can
* claim the focus from the enclosing container.
* 2. Otherwise, if the application doesn't currently have the focus,
* don't change the window system's focus unless it was already in this
* application or "force" was specified.
*/
if ((topLevelPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)
&& (displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr == NULL)) {
TkpClaimFocus(topLevelPtr, force);
} else if ((displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr != NULL) || force) {
/*
* Generate events to shift focus between Tk windows. We do this
* regardless of what TkpChangeFocus does with the real X focus so
* that Tk widgets track focus commands when there is no window
* manager. GenerateFocusEvents will set up a serial number marker so
* we discard focus events that are triggered by the ChangeFocus.
*/
serial = TkpChangeFocus(TkpGetWrapperWindow(topLevelPtr), force);
if (serial != 0) {
displayFocusPtr->focusSerial = serial;
}
GenerateFocusEvents(displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr, winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
803 804 805 806 807 808 809 | * Various things get cleaned up and recycled. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkFocusDeadWindow( | | | 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 |
* Various things get cleaned up and recycled.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFocusDeadWindow(
register TkWindow *winPtr) /* Information about the window that is being
* deleted. */
{
ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr, *prevPtr;
DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
851 852 853 854 855 856 857 |
dispPtr->focusPtr = NULL;
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 |
dispPtr->focusPtr = NULL;
}
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) tlFocusPtr);
break;
} else if (winPtr == tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr) {
/*
* The deleted window had the focus for its top-level: move the
* focus to the top-level itself.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
924 925 926 927 928 929 930 |
winPtr = destPtr;
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
}
event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
| | | 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 |
winPtr = destPtr;
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
}
event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xfocus.send_event = GENERATED_EVENT_MAGIC;
event.xfocus.display = winPtr->display;
event.xfocus.mode = NotifyNormal;
TkInOutEvents(&event, sourcePtr, destPtr, FocusOut, FocusIn,
TCL_QUEUE_MARK);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
957 958 959 960 961 962 963 |
*/
static void
FocusMapProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Toplevel window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 |
*/
static void
FocusMapProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Toplevel window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr;
if (eventPtr->type == VisibilityNotify) {
displayFocusPtr = FindDisplayFocusInfo(winPtr->mainPtr,
winPtr->dispPtr);
DEBUG(winPtr->dispPtr, ("auto-focussing on %s, force %d\n",
winPtr->pathName, displayFocusPtr->forceFocus));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 |
}
}
/*
* The record doesn't exist yet. Make a new one.
*/
| | | 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 |
}
}
/*
* The record doesn't exist yet. Make a new one.
*/
displayFocusPtr = (DisplayFocusInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(DisplayFocusInfo));
displayFocusPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = NULL;
displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = NULL;
displayFocusPtr->forceFocus = 0;
displayFocusPtr->focusSerial = 0;
displayFocusPtr->nextPtr = mainPtr->displayFocusPtr;
mainPtr->displayFocusPtr = displayFocusPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 |
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* Record that identifies a particular
* application. */
{
while (mainPtr->displayFocusPtr != NULL) {
DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr = mainPtr->displayFocusPtr;
mainPtr->displayFocusPtr = mainPtr->displayFocusPtr->nextPtr;
| | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | < < | < < | < | < < < | < < | | | < | < < | < < | > < < | < < < < | < | | | > < | | | | | | | 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 |
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* Record that identifies a particular
* application. */
{
while (mainPtr->displayFocusPtr != NULL) {
DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr = mainPtr->displayFocusPtr;
mainPtr->displayFocusPtr = mainPtr->displayFocusPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) displayFocusPtr);
}
while (mainPtr->tlFocusPtr != NULL) {
ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr = mainPtr->tlFocusPtr;
mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = mainPtr->tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) tlFocusPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFocusSplit --
*
* Adjust focus window for a newly managed toplevel, thus splitting
* the toplevel into two toplevels.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A new record is allocated for the new toplevel window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFocusSplit(winPtr)
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window is the new toplevel
* Any focus point at or below window
* must be moved to this new toplevel */
{
ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr;
TkWindow *topLevelPtr;
TkWindow *subWinPtr;
FindDisplayFocusInfo(winPtr->mainPtr, winPtr->dispPtr);
/*
* Find the top-level window for winPtr, then find (or create)
* a record for the top-level. Also see whether winPtr and all its
* ancestors are mapped.
*/
for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) {
if (topLevelPtr == NULL) {
/*
* The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about
* giving it the focus.
*/
return;
}
if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
break;
}
}
/* Search all focus records to find child windows of winPtr */
for (tlFocusPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
if (tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == topLevelPtr) {
break;
}
}
if (tlFocusPtr == NULL) {
/* No focus record for this toplevel, nothing to do. */
return;
}
/* See if current focusWin is child of the new toplevel */
for (subWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr;
subWinPtr && subWinPtr != winPtr && subWinPtr != topLevelPtr;
subWinPtr = subWinPtr->parentPtr) {}
if (subWinPtr == winPtr) {
/* Move focus to new toplevel */
ToplevelFocusInfo *newTlFocusPtr;
newTlFocusPtr = (ToplevelFocusInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ToplevelFocusInfo));
newTlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr = winPtr;
newTlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr;
newTlFocusPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr;
winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = newTlFocusPtr;
/* Move old toplevel's focus to the toplevel itself */
tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = topLevelPtr;
}
/* If it's not, then let focus progress naturally */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFocusJoin --
*
* Remove the focus record for this window that is nolonger managed
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A tlFocusPtr record is removed
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFocusJoin(winPtr)
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window is no longer a toplevel */
{
ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr;
ToplevelFocusInfo *tmpPtr;
/*
* Remove old toplevel record
*/
if (winPtr && winPtr->mainPtr && winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr
&& winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) {
tmpPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr;
winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tmpPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *)tmpPtr);
} else {
for (tlFocusPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL;
tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) {
if (tlFocusPtr->nextPtr &&
tlFocusPtr->nextPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) {
tmpPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr;
tlFocusPtr->nextPtr = tmpPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *)tmpPtr);
break;
}
}
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkFont.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" | < < < | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" /* * The following structure is used to keep track of all the fonts that exist * in the current application. It must be stored in the TkMainInfo for the * application. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
/*
* The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
* for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
* when the last reference to it goes away.
*/
typedef struct NamedFont {
| | | 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
/*
* The following data structure is used to keep track of the font attributes
* for each named font that has been defined. The named font is only deleted
* when the last reference to it goes away.
*/
typedef struct NamedFont {
int refCount; /* Number of users of named font. */
int deletePending; /* Non-zero if font should be deleted when
* last reference goes away. */
TkFontAttributes fa; /* Desired attributes for named font. */
} NamedFont;
/*
* The following two structures are used to keep track of string measurement
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
typedef struct TextLayout {
Tk_Font tkfont; /* The font used when laying out the text. */
const char *string; /* The string that was layed out. */
int width; /* The maximum width of all lines in the text
* layout. */
int numChunks; /* Number of chunks actually used in following
* array. */
| | | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
typedef struct TextLayout {
Tk_Font tkfont; /* The font used when laying out the text. */
const char *string; /* The string that was layed out. */
int width; /* The maximum width of all lines in the text
* layout. */
int numChunks; /* Number of chunks actually used in following
* array. */
LayoutChunk chunks[1]; /* Array of chunks. The actual size will be
* maxChunks. THIS FIELD MUST BE THE LAST IN
* THE STRUCTURE. */
} TextLayout;
/*
* The following structures are used as two-way maps between the values for
* the fields in the TkFontAttributes structure and the strings used in Tcl,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
162 163 164 165 166 167 168 | }; /* * The following structure and defines specify the valid builtin options when * configuring a set of font attributes. */ | | | 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
};
/*
* The following structure and defines specify the valid builtin options when
* configuring a set of font attributes.
*/
static const char *fontOpt[] = {
"-family",
"-size",
"-weight",
"-slant",
"-underline",
"-overstrike",
NULL
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
187 188 189 190 191 192 193 | /* * Hardcoded font aliases. These are used to describe (mostly) identical fonts * whose names differ from platform to platform. If the user-supplied font * name matches any of the names in one of the alias lists, the other names in * the alias list are also automatically tried. */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
/*
* Hardcoded font aliases. These are used to describe (mostly) identical fonts
* whose names differ from platform to platform. If the user-supplied font
* name matches any of the names in one of the alias lists, the other names in
* the alias list are also automatically tried.
*/
static char *timesAliases[] = {
"Times", /* Unix. */
"Times New Roman", /* Windows. */
"New York", /* Mac. */
NULL
};
static char *helveticaAliases[] = {
"Helvetica", /* Unix. */
"Arial", /* Windows. */
"Geneva", /* Mac. */
NULL
};
static char *courierAliases[] = {
"Courier", /* Unix and Mac. */
"Courier New", /* Windows. */
NULL
};
static char *minchoAliases[] = {
"mincho", /* Unix. */
"\357\274\255\357\274\263 \346\230\216\346\234\235",
/* Windows (MS mincho). */
"\346\234\254\346\230\216\346\234\235\342\210\222\357\274\255",
/* Mac (honmincho-M). */
NULL
};
static char *gothicAliases[] = {
"gothic", /* Unix. */
"\357\274\255\357\274\263 \343\202\264\343\202\267\343\203\203\343\202\257",
/* Windows (MS goshikku). */
"\344\270\270\343\202\264\343\202\267\343\203\203\343\202\257\342\210\222\357\274\255",
/* Mac (goshikku-M). */
NULL
};
static char *dingbatsAliases[] = {
"dingbats", "zapfdingbats", "itc zapfdingbats",
/* Unix. */
/* Windows. */
"zapf dingbats", /* Mac. */
NULL
};
static char **fontAliases[] = {
timesAliases,
helveticaAliases,
courierAliases,
minchoAliases,
gothicAliases,
dingbatsAliases,
NULL
};
/*
* Hardcoded font classes. If the character cannot be found in the base font,
* the classes are examined in order to see if some other similar font should
* be examined also.
*/
static char *systemClass[] = {
"fixed", /* Unix. */
/* Windows. */
"chicago", "osaka", "sistemny",
/* Mac. */
NULL
};
static char *serifClass[] = {
"times", "palatino", "mincho",
/* All platforms. */
"song ti", /* Unix. */
"ms serif", "simplified arabic",
/* Windows. */
"latinski", /* Mac. */
NULL
};
static char *sansClass[] = {
"helvetica", "gothic", /* All platforms. */
/* Unix. */
"ms sans serif", "traditional arabic",
/* Windows. */
"bastion", /* Mac. */
NULL
};
static char *monoClass[] = {
"courier", "gothic", /* All platforms. */
"fangsong ti", /* Unix. */
"simplified arabic fixed", /* Windows. */
"monaco", "pryamoy", /* Mac. */
NULL
};
static char *symbolClass[] = {
"symbol", "dingbats", "wingdings", NULL
};
static char **fontFallbacks[] = {
systemClass,
serifClass,
sansClass,
monoClass,
symbolClass,
NULL
};
/*
* Global fallbacks. If the character could not be found in the preferred
* fallback list, this list is examined. If the character still cannot be
* found, all font families in the system are examined.
*/
static char *globalFontClass[] = {
"symbol", /* All platforms. */
/* Unix. */
"lucida sans unicode", /* Windows. */
"bitstream cyberbit", /* Windows popular CJK font */
"chicago", /* Mac. */
NULL
};
#define GetFontAttributes(tkfont) \
((const TkFontAttributes *) &((TkFont *) (tkfont))->fa)
#define GetFontMetrics(tkfont) \
((const TkFontMetrics *) &((TkFont *) (tkfont))->fm)
static int ConfigAttributesObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
static void DupFontObjProc(Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr);
static int FieldSpecified(const char *field);
static void FreeFontObjProc(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int GetAttributeInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const TkFontAttributes *faPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static LayoutChunk * NewChunk(TextLayout **layoutPtrPtr, int *maxPtr,
const char *start, int numChars, int curX,
int newX, int y);
static int ParseFontNameObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
static void RecomputeWidgets(TkWindow *winPtr);
static int SetFontFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void TheWorldHasChanged(ClientData clientData);
static void UpdateDependentFonts(TkFontInfo *fiPtr,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr);
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "font" Tcl
* object, used for drawing. The internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 field of each
* font object points to the TkFont structure for the font, or NULL.
*/
Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType = {
"font", /* name */
FreeFontObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupFontObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetFontFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFontPkgInit --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFontPkgInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */
{
| | > | 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFontPkgInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */
{
TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
fiPtr = (TkFontInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkFontInfo));
Tcl_InitHashTable(&fiPtr->fontCache, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&fiPtr->namedTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
fiPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr;
fiPtr->updatePending = 0;
mainPtr->fontInfoPtr = fiPtr;
TkpFontPkgInit(mainPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
409 410 411 412 413 414 415 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFontPkgFree(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being deleted. */
{
| | | > > > | | | | | | 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFontPkgFree(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being deleted. */
{
TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, *searchPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
int fontsLeft;
fiPtr = mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
fontsLeft = 0;
for (searchPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, &search);
searchPtr != NULL;
searchPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
fontsLeft++;
#ifdef DEBUG_FONTS
fprintf(stderr, "Font %s still in cache.\n",
Tcl_GetHashKey(&fiPtr->fontCache, searchPtr));
#endif
}
#ifdef PURIFY
if (fontsLeft) {
Tcl_Panic("TkFontPkgFree: all fonts should have been freed already");
}
#endif
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&fiPtr->fontCache);
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, &search);
while (hPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&fiPtr->namedTable);
if (fiPtr->updatePending != 0) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TheWorldHasChanged, (ClientData) fiPtr);
}
ckfree((char *) fiPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FontObjCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
469 470 471 472 473 474 475 |
Tk_FontObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int index;
| | | | > > > | | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 |
Tk_FontObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int index;
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"actual", "configure", "create", "delete",
"families", "measure", "metrics", "names",
NULL
};
enum options {
FONT_ACTUAL, FONT_CONFIGURE, FONT_CREATE, FONT_DELETE,
FONT_FAMILIES, FONT_MEASURE, FONT_METRICS, FONT_NAMES
};
tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
fiPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case FONT_ACTUAL: {
int skip, result, n;
const char *s;
Tk_Font tkfont;
Tcl_Obj *optPtr, *charPtr, *resultPtr;
Tcl_UniChar uniChar = 0;
const TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
TkFontAttributes fa;
/*
* Params 0 and 1 are 'font actual'. Param 2 is the font name. 3-4 may
* be '-displayof $window'
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
n = skip + 3;
optPtr = NULL;
charPtr = NULL;
if (n < objc) {
s = Tcl_GetString(objv[n]);
if (s[0] == '-' && s[1] != '-') {
optPtr = objv[n];
| | | | | < < | < | < > | 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
n = skip + 3;
optPtr = NULL;
charPtr = NULL;
if (n < objc) {
s = Tcl_GetString(objv[n]);
if (s[0] == '-' && s[1] != '-') {
optPtr = objv[n];
++n;
} else {
optPtr = NULL;
}
}
/*
* Next parameter may be '--' to mark end of options.
*/
if (n < objc) {
if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[n]), "--")) {
++n;
}
}
/*
* Next parameter is the character to get font information for.
*/
if (n < objc) {
charPtr = objv[n];
++n;
}
/*
* If there were fewer than 3 args, or args remain, that's an error.
*/
if (objc < 3 || n < objc) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* The 'charPtr' arg must be a single Unicode.
*/
if (charPtr != NULL) {
if (Tcl_GetCharLength(charPtr) != 1) {
resultPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
"expected a single character but got \"", -1);
Tcl_AppendLimitedToObj(resultPtr, Tcl_GetString(charPtr),
-1, 40, "...");
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, "\"", -1);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
uniChar = Tcl_GetUniChar(charPtr, 0);
}
/*
* Find the font.
*/
tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
601 602 603 604 605 606 607 |
}
result = GetAttributeInfoObj(interp, faPtr, optPtr);
Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
return result;
}
case FONT_CONFIGURE: {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 |
}
result = GetAttributeInfoObj(interp, faPtr, optPtr);
Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
return result;
}
case FONT_CONFIGURE: {
int result;
char *string;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
NamedFont *nfPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "fontname ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
namedHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, string);
nfPtr = NULL; /* lint. */
if (namedHashPtr != NULL) {
nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
}
if ((namedHashPtr == NULL) || (nfPtr->deletePending != 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "named font \"", string,
"\" doesn't exist", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
objPtr = NULL;
} else if (objc == 4) {
objPtr = objv[3];
} else {
result = ConfigAttributesObj(interp, tkwin, objc - 3, objv + 3,
&nfPtr->fa);
UpdateDependentFonts(fiPtr, tkwin, namedHashPtr);
return result;
}
return GetAttributeInfoObj(interp, &nfPtr->fa, objPtr);
}
case FONT_CREATE: {
int skip, i;
char *name;
char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
TkFontAttributes fa;
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;
skip = 3;
if (objc < 3) {
name = NULL;
} else {
name = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
if (name[0] == '-') {
name = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
673 674 675 676 677 678 679 |
if (ConfigAttributesObj(interp, tkwin, objc - skip, objv + skip,
&fa) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkCreateNamedFont(interp, tkwin, name, &fa) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | | > | | | | < | | | | | | > | | | > | > > | | | < | | < | | < < | 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
if (ConfigAttributesObj(interp, tkwin, objc - skip, objv + skip,
&fa) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkCreateNamedFont(interp, tkwin, name, &fa) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, name, NULL);
break;
}
case FONT_DELETE: {
int i, result = TCL_OK;
char *string;
/*
* Delete the named font. If there are still widgets using this font,
* then it isn't deleted right away.
*/
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "fontname ?fontname ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 2; i < objc && result == TCL_OK; i++) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
result = TkDeleteNamedFont(interp, tkwin, string);
}
return result;
}
case FONT_FAMILIES: {
int skip;
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 2, objv + 2, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc - skip != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?-displayof window?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpGetFontFamilies(interp, tkwin);
break;
}
case FONT_MEASURE: {
char *string;
Tk_Font tkfont;
int length = 0, skip = 0;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc > 4) {
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 3, objv + 3, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (objc - skip != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "font ?-displayof window? text");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
if (tkfont == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3 + skip], &length);
resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
Tcl_SetIntObj(resultPtr, Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, string, length));
Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
break;
}
case FONT_METRICS: {
Tk_Font tkfont;
int skip, index, i;
const TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
static const char *switches[] = {
"-ascent", "-descent", "-linespace", "-fixed", NULL
};
skip = TkGetDisplayOf(interp, objc - 3, objv + 3, &tkwin);
if (skip < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((objc < 3) || ((objc - skip) > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"font ?-displayof window? ?option?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2]);
if (tkfont == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objc -= skip;
objv += skip;
fmPtr = GetFontMetrics(tkfont);
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "-ascent %d -descent %d -linespace %d -fixed %d",
fmPtr->ascent, fmPtr->descent,
fmPtr->ascent + fmPtr->descent, fmPtr->fixed);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], switches, "metric", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
i = 0; /* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
switch (index) {
case 0: i = fmPtr->ascent; break;
case 1: i = fmPtr->descent; break;
case 2: i = fmPtr->ascent + fmPtr->descent; break;
case 3: i = fmPtr->fixed; break;
}
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), i);
}
Tk_FreeFont(tkfont);
break;
}
case FONT_NAMES: {
char *string;
NamedFont *nfPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;
Tcl_Obj *strPtr, *resultPtr;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "names");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
namedHashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, &search);
while (namedHashPtr != NULL) {
nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
if (nfPtr->deletePending == 0) {
string = Tcl_GetHashKey(&fiPtr->namedTable, namedHashPtr);
strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
}
namedHashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
840 841 842 843 844 845 846 |
TkFontInfo *fiPtr, /* Info about application's fonts. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window in the application. */
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr)/* The named font that is changing. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *cacheHashPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
TkFont *fontPtr;
| | > | | | | | < < < < < | < < | < < | | < | | 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 |
TkFontInfo *fiPtr, /* Info about application's fonts. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window in the application. */
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr)/* The named font that is changing. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *cacheHashPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
TkFont *fontPtr;
NamedFont *nfPtr;
nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
if (nfPtr->refCount == 0) {
/*
* Well nobody's using this named font, so don't have to tell any
* widgets to recompute themselves.
*/
return;
}
cacheHashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, &search);
while (cacheHashPtr != NULL) {
for (fontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr);
fontPtr != NULL; fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr == namedHashPtr) {
TkpGetFontFromAttributes(fontPtr, tkwin, &nfPtr->fa);
if (fiPtr->updatePending == 0) {
fiPtr->updatePending = 1;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TheWorldHasChanged, (ClientData) fiPtr);
}
}
}
cacheHashPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
}
static void
TheWorldHasChanged(
ClientData clientData) /* Info about application's fonts. */
{
TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
fiPtr = (TkFontInfo *) clientData;
fiPtr->updatePending = 0;
RecomputeWidgets(fiPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
}
static void
RecomputeWidgets(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window to which command is sent. */
{
Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *proc;
proc = Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, worldChangedProc);
if (proc != NULL) {
(*proc)(winPtr->instanceData);
}
/*
* Notify all the descendants of this window that the world has changed.
*
* This could be done recursively or iteratively. The recursive version is
* easier to implement and understand, and typically, windows with a -font
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
954 955 956 957 958 959 960 |
int
TkCreateNamedFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return (can be NULL). */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window associated with interp. */
const char *name, /* Name for the new named font. */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Attributes for the new named font. */
{
| | > > > | | | | < | | 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 |
int
TkCreateNamedFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return (can be NULL). */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window associated with interp. */
const char *name, /* Name for the new named font. */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Attributes for the new named font. */
{
TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;
int isNew;
NamedFont *nfPtr;
fiPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
namedHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, name, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
if (nfPtr->deletePending == 0) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "named font \"", name,
"\" already exists", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Recreating a named font with the same name as a previous named
* font. Some widgets were still using that named font, so they need
* to get redisplayed.
*/
nfPtr->fa = *faPtr;
nfPtr->deletePending = 0;
UpdateDependentFonts(fiPtr, tkwin, namedHashPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
nfPtr = (NamedFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(NamedFont));
nfPtr->deletePending = 0;
Tcl_SetHashValue(namedHashPtr, nfPtr);
nfPtr->fa = *faPtr;
nfPtr->refCount = 0;
nfPtr->deletePending = 0;
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkDeleteNamedFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return (can be NULL). */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window associated with interp. */
| | | > > | | < | | | 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkDeleteNamedFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return (can be NULL). */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window associated with interp. */
CONST char *name) /* Name for the new named font. */
{
TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
NamedFont *nfPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;
fiPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
namedHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, name);
if (namedHashPtr == NULL) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "named font \"", name,
"\" doesn't exist", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
if (nfPtr->refCount != 0) {
nfPtr->deletePending = 1;
} else {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(namedHashPtr);
ckfree((char *) nfPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display on which font will be used. */
const char *string) /* String describing font, as: named font,
* native format, or parseable string. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont;
Tcl_Obj *strPtr;
| | | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display on which font will be used. */
const char *string) /* String describing font, as: named font,
* native format, or parseable string. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont;
Tcl_Obj *strPtr;
strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj((char *) string, -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(strPtr);
tkfont = Tk_AllocFontFromObj(interp, tkwin, strPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(strPtr);
return tkfont;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 |
Tk_Font
Tk_AllocFontFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for database and error return. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For screen on which font will be used. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object describing font, as: named font,
* native format, or parseable string. */
{
| | > | < | > | | | | < | | 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 |
Tk_Font
Tk_AllocFontFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for database and error return. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For screen on which font will be used. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object describing font, as: named font,
* native format, or parseable string. */
{
TkFontInfo *fiPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *cacheHashPtr, *namedHashPtr;
TkFont *fontPtr, *firstFontPtr, *oldFontPtr;
int isNew, descent;
NamedFont *nfPtr;
fiPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkFontObjType) {
SetFontFromAny(interp, objPtr);
}
oldFontPtr = (TkFont *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (oldFontPtr != NULL) {
if (oldFontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) {
/*
* This is a stale reference: it refers to a TkFont that's no
* longer in use. Clear the reference.
*/
FreeFontObjProc(objPtr);
oldFontPtr = NULL;
} else if (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == oldFontPtr->screen) {
oldFontPtr->resourceRefCount++;
return (Tk_Font) oldFontPtr;
}
}
/*
* Next, search the list of fonts that have the name we want, to see if
* one of them is for the right screen.
*/
isNew = 0;
if (oldFontPtr != NULL) {
cacheHashPtr = oldFontPtr->cacheHashPtr;
FreeFontObjProc(objPtr);
} else {
cacheHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache,
Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &isNew);
}
firstFontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr);
for (fontPtr = firstFontPtr; (fontPtr != NULL);
fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
if (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == fontPtr->screen) {
fontPtr->resourceRefCount++;
fontPtr->objRefCount++;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr;
return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
}
}
/*
* The desired font isn't in the table. Make a new one.
*/
namedHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable,
Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
if (namedHashPtr != NULL) {
/*
* Construct a font based on a named font.
*/
nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr);
nfPtr->refCount++;
fontPtr = TkpGetFontFromAttributes(NULL, tkwin, &nfPtr->fa);
} else {
/*
* Native font?
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 |
* Detect the system font engine going wrong and fail more gracefully.
*/
if (fontPtr == NULL) {
if (isNew) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cacheHashPtr);
}
| < | | < | 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 |
* Detect the system font engine going wrong and fail more gracefully.
*/
if (fontPtr == NULL) {
if (isNew) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cacheHashPtr);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to allocate font due to ",
"internal system font engine problem", NULL);
return NULL;
}
fontPtr->resourceRefCount = 1;
fontPtr->objRefCount = 1;
fontPtr->cacheHashPtr = cacheHashPtr;
fontPtr->namedHashPtr = namedHashPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 |
/*
* Get information used for drawing underlines in generic code on a
* non-underlined font.
*/
descent = fontPtr->fm.descent;
fontPtr->underlinePos = descent / 2;
| | | < | 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 |
/*
* Get information used for drawing underlines in generic code on a
* non-underlined font.
*/
descent = fontPtr->fm.descent;
fontPtr->underlinePos = descent / 2;
fontPtr->underlineHeight = TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, fontPtr->fa.size) / 10;
if (fontPtr->underlineHeight == 0) {
fontPtr->underlineHeight = 1;
}
if (fontPtr->underlinePos + fontPtr->underlineHeight > descent) {
/*
* If this set of values would cause the bottom of the underline bar
* to stick below the descent of the font, jack the underline up a bit
* higher.
*/
fontPtr->underlineHeight = descent - fontPtr->underlinePos;
if (fontPtr->underlineHeight == 0) {
fontPtr->underlinePos--;
fontPtr->underlineHeight = 1;
}
}
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr;
return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetFontFromObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 | * old internal representation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Tk_Font Tk_GetFontFromObj( | | < | < | > | | | | < | 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 |
* old internal representation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Font
Tk_GetFontFromObj(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window that the font will be used in. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object from which to get the font. */
{
TkFontInfo *fiPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->fontInfoPtr;
TkFont *fontPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkFontObjType) {
SetFontFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
}
fontPtr = (TkFont *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (fontPtr != NULL) {
if (fontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) {
/*
* This is a stale reference: it refers to a TkFont that's no
* longer in use. Clear the reference.
*/
FreeFontObjProc(objPtr);
fontPtr = NULL;
} else if (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == fontPtr->screen) {
return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
}
}
/*
* Next, search the list of fonts that have the name we want, to see if
* one of them is for the right screen.
*/
if (fontPtr != NULL) {
hashPtr = fontPtr->cacheHashPtr;
FreeFontObjProc(objPtr);
} else {
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
}
if (hashPtr != NULL) {
for (fontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); fontPtr != NULL;
fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
if (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == fontPtr->screen) {
fontPtr->objRefCount++;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr;
return (Tk_Font) fontPtr;
}
}
}
Tcl_Panic("Tk_GetFontFromObj called with non-existent font!");
return NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 | * TkFont pointer is NULL. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SetFontFromAny( | | | < | 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 |
* TkFont pointer is NULL.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetFontFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &tkFontObjType;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
Tk_NameOfFont(
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Font whose name is desired. */
{
| | > | 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
Tk_NameOfFont(
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Font whose name is desired. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
return fontPtr->cacheHashPtr->key.string;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeFont --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeFont(
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Font to be released. */
{
| | | > > | | | > | | | | 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeFont(
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Font to be released. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr, *prevPtr;
NamedFont *nfPtr;
if (tkfont == NULL) {
return;
}
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
fontPtr->resourceRefCount--;
if (fontPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) {
return;
}
if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL) {
/*
* This font derived from a named font. Reduce the reference count on
* the named font and free it if no-one else is using it.
*/
nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
nfPtr->refCount--;
if ((nfPtr->refCount == 0) && (nfPtr->deletePending != 0)) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr);
ckfree((char *) nfPtr);
}
}
prevPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
if (prevPtr == fontPtr) {
if (fontPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr, fontPtr->nextPtr);
}
} else {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != fontPtr) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr;
}
TkpDeleteFont(fontPtr);
if (fontPtr->objRefCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) fontPtr);
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeFontFromObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 |
{
Tk_FreeFont(Tk_GetFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | < < < < < < < < | | > | < | 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 |
{
Tk_FreeFont(Tk_GetFontFromObj(tkwin, objPtr));
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeFontObjProc --
*
* This proc is called to release an object reference to a font. Called
* when the object's internal rep is released or when the cached fontPtr
* needs to be changed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The object reference count is decremented. When both it and the hash
* ref count go to zero, the font's resources are released.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeFontObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object we are releasing. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (fontPtr != NULL) {
fontPtr->objRefCount--;
if ((fontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) && (fontPtr->objRefCount == 0)) {
ckfree((char *) fontPtr);
}
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DupFontObjProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 |
*/
static void
DupFontObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
| | | < < | 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 |
*/
static void
DupFontObjProc(
Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */
Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr;
dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr;
if (fontPtr != NULL) {
fontPtr->objRefCount++;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 |
*/
Font
Tk_FontId(
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Font that is going to be selected into
* GC. */
{
| | > | 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 |
*/
Font
Tk_FontId(
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Font that is going to be selected into
* GC. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
return fontPtr->fid;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetFontMetrics --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 |
void
Tk_GetFontMetrics(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which metrics are calculated. */
Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr) /* Pointer to structure in which font metrics
* for tkfont will be stored. */
{
| | > | 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 |
void
Tk_GetFontMetrics(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which metrics are calculated. */
Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr) /* Pointer to structure in which font metrics
* for tkfont will be stored. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
fmPtr->ascent = fontPtr->fm.ascent;
fmPtr->descent = fontPtr->fm.descent;
fmPtr->linespace = fontPtr->fm.ascent + fontPtr->fm.descent;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 |
int
Tk_PostscriptFontName(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which text will be printed. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Pointer to an initialized Tcl_DString to
* which the name of the Postscript font that
* corresponds to tkfont will be appended. */
{
| | > | 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 |
int
Tk_PostscriptFontName(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which text will be printed. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Pointer to an initialized Tcl_DString to
* which the name of the Postscript font that
* corresponds to tkfont will be appended. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr;
Tk_Uid family, weightString, slantString;
char *src, *dest;
int upper, len;
len = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
/*
* Convert the case-insensitive Tk_Font family name to the case-sensitive
* Postscript family name. Take out any spaces and capitalize the first
* letter of each word.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 |
} else if (strcasecmp(family, "AvantGarde") == 0) {
family = "AvantGarde";
} else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfChancery") == 0) {
family = "ZapfChancery";
} else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfDingbats") == 0) {
family = "ZapfDingbats";
} else {
| | | | | 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 |
} else if (strcasecmp(family, "AvantGarde") == 0) {
family = "AvantGarde";
} else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfChancery") == 0) {
family = "ZapfChancery";
} else if (strcasecmp(family, "ZapfDingbats") == 0) {
family = "ZapfDingbats";
} else {
Tcl_UniChar ch;
/*
* Inline, capitalize the first letter of each word, lowercase the
* rest of the letters in each word, and then take out the spaces
* between the words. This may make the DString shorter, which is safe
* to do.
*/
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, family, -1);
src = dest = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
upper = 1;
for (; *src != '\0'; ) {
while (isspace(UCHAR(*src))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
src++;
upper = 1;
}
src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
if (upper) {
ch = Tcl_UniCharToUpper(ch);
upper = 0;
} else {
ch = Tcl_UniCharToLower(ch);
}
dest += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, dest);
}
*dest = '\0';
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, dest - Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
family = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len;
}
if (family != Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr) + len) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, family, -1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 |
/*
* Get the string to use for the slant.
*/
slantString = NULL;
if (fontPtr->fa.slant == TK_FS_ROMAN) {
| < > | 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 |
/*
* Get the string to use for the slant.
*/
slantString = NULL;
if (fontPtr->fa.slant == TK_FS_ROMAN) {
;
} else if ((strcmp(family, "Helvetica") == 0)
|| (strcmp(family, "Courier") == 0)
|| (strcmp(family, "AvantGarde") == 0)) {
slantString = "Oblique";
} else {
slantString = "Italic";
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, weightString, -1);
}
if (slantString != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, slantString, -1);
}
}
| | | 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, weightString, -1);
}
if (slantString != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, slantString, -1);
}
}
return fontPtr->fa.size;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_TextWidth --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 |
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int x, int y, /* Coordinates at which the first character of
* the whole string would be drawn. */
int firstByte, /* Index of first byte of first character. */
int lastByte) /* Index of first byte after the last
* character. */
{
| | > > | | | 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 |
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int x, int y, /* Coordinates at which the first character of
* the whole string would be drawn. */
int firstByte, /* Index of first byte of first character. */
int lastByte) /* Index of first byte after the last
* character. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr;
int startX, endX;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
TkpMeasureCharsInContext(tkfont, string, numBytes, 0, firstByte, -1, 0,
&startX);
TkpMeasureCharsInContext(tkfont, string, numBytes, 0, lastByte, -1, 0,
&endX);
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, x + startX,
y + fontPtr->underlinePos, (unsigned int) (endX - startX),
(unsigned int) fontPtr->underlineHeight);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 |
* means that tab characters should not be
* expanded. TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES means that
* newline characters should not cause a line
* break. */
int *widthPtr, /* Filled with width of string. */
int *heightPtr) /* Filled with height of string. */
{
| | | > | 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 |
* means that tab characters should not be
* expanded. TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES means that
* newline characters should not cause a line
* break. */
int *widthPtr, /* Filled with width of string. */
int *heightPtr) /* Filled with height of string. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr;
const char *start, *end, *special;
int n, y, bytesThisChunk, maxChunks, curLine, layoutHeight;
int baseline, height, curX, newX, maxWidth, *lineLengths;
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
const TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
Tcl_DString lineBuffer;
Tcl_DStringInit(&lineBuffer);
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
if ((fontPtr == NULL) || (string == NULL)) {
if (widthPtr != NULL) {
*widthPtr = 0;
}
if (heightPtr != NULL) {
*heightPtr = 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 |
}
if (wrapLength == 0) {
wrapLength = -1;
}
maxChunks = 1;
| | | | | | | 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 |
}
if (wrapLength == 0) {
wrapLength = -1;
}
maxChunks = 1;
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *)
ckalloc(sizeof(TextLayout) + (maxChunks-1) * sizeof(LayoutChunk));
layoutPtr->tkfont = tkfont;
layoutPtr->string = string;
layoutPtr->numChunks = 0;
baseline = fmPtr->ascent;
maxWidth = 0;
/*
* Divide the string up into simple strings and measure each string.
*/
curX = 0;
end = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, numChars);
special = string;
flags &= TK_IGNORE_TABS | TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES;
flags |= TK_WHOLE_WORDS | TK_AT_LEAST_ONE;
for (start = string; start < end; ) {
if (start >= special) {
/*
* Find the next special character in the string.
*
* INTL: Note that it is safe to increment by byte, because we are
* looking for 7-bit characters that will appear unchanged in
* UTF-8. At some point we may need to support the full Unicode
* whitespace set.
*/
for (special = start; special < end; special++) {
if (!(flags & TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES)) {
if ((*special == '\n') || (*special == '\r')) {
break;
}
}
if (!(flags & TK_IGNORE_TABS)) {
if (*special == '\t') {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 | bytesThisChunk, curX, newX, baseline); start += bytesThisChunk; curX = newX; } } | | | | 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 |
bytesThisChunk, curX, newX, baseline);
start += bytesThisChunk;
curX = newX;
}
}
if ((start == special) && (special < end)) {
/*
* Handle the special character.
*
* INTL: Special will be pointing at a 7-bit character so we can
* safely treat it as a single byte.
*/
chunkPtr = NULL;
if (*special == '\t') {
newX = curX + fontPtr->tabWidth;
newX -= newX % fontPtr->tabWidth;
NewChunk(&layoutPtr, &maxChunks, start, 1, curX, newX,
baseline)->numDisplayChars = -1;
start++;
curX = newX;
flags &= ~TK_AT_LEAST_ONE;
if ((start < end) &&
((wrapLength <= 0) || (newX <= wrapLength))) {
/*
* More chars can still fit on this line.
*/
continue;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 | /* * No more characters are going to go on this line, either because no * more characters can fit or there are no more characters left. * Consume all extra spaces at end of line. */ | | | 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 |
/*
* No more characters are going to go on this line, either because no
* more characters can fit or there are no more characters left.
* Consume all extra spaces at end of line.
*/
while ((start < end) && isspace(UCHAR(*start))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
if (!(flags & TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES)) {
if ((*start == '\n') || (*start == '\r')) {
break;
}
}
if (!(flags & TK_IGNORE_TABS)) {
if (*start == '\t') {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 |
}
/*
* If last line ends with a newline, then we need to make a 0 width chunk
* on the next line. Otherwise "Hello" and "Hello\n" are the same height.
*/
| | | 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 |
}
/*
* If last line ends with a newline, then we need to make a 0 width chunk
* on the next line. Otherwise "Hello" and "Hello\n" are the same height.
*/
if ((layoutPtr->numChunks > 0) && ((flags & TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES) == 0)) {
if (layoutPtr->chunks[layoutPtr->numChunks - 1].start[0] == '\n') {
chunkPtr = NewChunk(&layoutPtr, &maxChunks, start, 0, curX,
curX, baseline);
chunkPtr->numDisplayChars = -1;
Tcl_DStringAppend(&lineBuffer, (char *) &curX, sizeof(curX));
baseline += height;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeTextLayout(
Tk_TextLayout textLayout) /* The text layout to be released. */
{
| | > | | 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeTextLayout(
Tk_TextLayout textLayout) /* The text layout to be released. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) textLayout;
if (layoutPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) layoutPtr);
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DrawTextLayout --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DrawTextLayout(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
| | < | < < < < | | > > | 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DrawTextLayout(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context to use for drawing text. */
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y, /* Upper-left hand corner of rectangle in
* which to draw (pixels). */
int firstChar, /* The index of the first character to draw
* from the given text item. 0 specfies the
* beginning. */
int lastChar) /* The index just after the last character to
* draw from the given text item. A number < 0
* means to draw all characters. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
int i, numDisplayChars, drawX;
const char *firstByte;
const char *lastByte;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
if (layoutPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (lastChar < 0) {
lastChar = 100000000;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 |
Tk_MeasureChars(layoutPtr->tkfont, chunkPtr->start,
firstByte - chunkPtr->start, -1, 0, &drawX);
}
if (lastChar < numDisplayChars) {
numDisplayChars = lastChar;
}
lastByte = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, numDisplayChars);
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < | 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 |
Tk_MeasureChars(layoutPtr->tkfont, chunkPtr->start,
firstByte - chunkPtr->start, -1, 0, &drawX);
}
if (lastChar < numDisplayChars) {
numDisplayChars = lastChar;
}
lastByte = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, numDisplayChars);
Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, layoutPtr->tkfont,
firstByte, lastByte - firstByte,
x + chunkPtr->x + drawX, y + chunkPtr->y);
}
firstChar -= chunkPtr->numChars;
lastChar -= chunkPtr->numChars;
if (lastChar <= 0) {
break;
}
chunkPtr++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 |
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y, /* Upper-left hand corner of rectangle in
* which to draw (pixels). */
int underline) /* Index of the single character to underline,
* or -1 for no underline. */
{
| < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 |
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y, /* Upper-left hand corner of rectangle in
* which to draw (pixels). */
int underline) /* Index of the single character to underline,
* or -1 for no underline. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
TkFont *fontPtr;
int xx, yy, width, height;
if ((Tk_CharBbox(layout, underline, &xx, &yy, &width, &height) != 0)
&& (width != 0)) {
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) layoutPtr->tkfont;
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, x + xx,
y + yy + fontPtr->fm.ascent + fontPtr->underlinePos,
(unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) fontPtr->underlineHeight);
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PointToChar --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 |
Tk_PointToChar(
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates of point to check, with respect
* to the upper-left corner of the text
* layout. */
{
| | > | 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 |
Tk_PointToChar(
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates of point to check, with respect
* to the upper-left corner of the text
* layout. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr, *lastPtr;
TkFont *fontPtr;
int i, n, dummy, baseline, pos, numChars;
if (y < 0) {
/*
* Point lies above any line in this layout. Return the index of the
* first char.
*/
return 0;
}
/*
* Find which line contains the point.
*/
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) layoutPtr->tkfont;
lastPtr = chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
numChars = 0;
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++) {
baseline = chunkPtr->y;
if (y < baseline + fontPtr->fm.descent) {
if (x < chunkPtr->x) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 | * This is a special chunk that encapsulates a single * tab or newline char. */ return numChars; } n = Tk_MeasureChars((Tk_Font) fontPtr, chunkPtr->start, | | > | 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 | * This is a special chunk that encapsulates a single * tab or newline char. */ return numChars; } n = Tk_MeasureChars((Tk_Font) fontPtr, chunkPtr->start, chunkPtr->numBytes, x - chunkPtr->x, 0, &dummy); return numChars + Tcl_NumUtfChars(chunkPtr->start, n); } numChars += chunkPtr->numChars; lastPtr = chunkPtr; chunkPtr++; i++; } |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 |
* character specified by index, if
* non-NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Filled with the width and height of the
* bounding box for the character specified by
* index, if non-NULL. */
{
| | | > > < | > | 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 |
* character specified by index, if
* non-NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Filled with the width and height of the
* bounding box for the character specified by
* index, if non-NULL. */
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
int i, x = 0, w;
Tk_Font tkfont;
TkFont *fontPtr;
const char *end;
if (index < 0) {
return 0;
}
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
tkfont = layoutPtr->tkfont;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont;
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++) {
if (chunkPtr->numDisplayChars < 0) {
if (index == 0) {
x = chunkPtr->x;
w = chunkPtr->totalWidth;
goto check;
}
} else if (index < chunkPtr->numChars) {
end = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, index);
if (xPtr != NULL) {
Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, chunkPtr->start,
end - chunkPtr->start, -1, 0, &x);
x += chunkPtr->x;
}
if (widthPtr != NULL) {
Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, end, Tcl_UtfNext(end) - end,
-1, 0, &w);
}
goto check;
}
index -= chunkPtr->numChars;
chunkPtr++;
}
if (index != 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 |
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call
* to Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates of point to check, with respect
* to the upper-left corner of the text layout
* (in pixels). */
{
int i, x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff, dist, minDist, ascent, descent;
| < > > | 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 |
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call
* to Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates of point to check, with respect
* to the upper-left corner of the text layout
* (in pixels). */
{
int i, x1, x2, y1, y2, xDiff, yDiff, dist, minDist, ascent, descent;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
TkFont *fontPtr;
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) layoutPtr->tkfont;
ascent = fontPtr->fm.ascent;
descent = fontPtr->fm.descent;
minDist = 0;
chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 |
* layout. Coordinates are with respect to the
* upper-left hand corner of the text layout
* itself. */
int width, int height) /* The width and height of the above
* rectangular area, in pixels. */
{
int result, i, x1, y1, x2, y2;
| | > | | | < | 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 |
* layout. Coordinates are with respect to the
* upper-left hand corner of the text layout
* itself. */
int width, int height) /* The width and height of the above
* rectangular area, in pixels. */
{
int result, i, x1, y1, x2, y2;
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
TkFont *fontPtr;
int left, top, right, bottom;
/*
* Scan the chunks one at a time, seeing whether each is entirely in,
* entirely out, or overlapping the rectangle. If an overlap is detected,
* return immediately; otherwise wait until all chunks have been processed
* and see if they were all inside or all outside.
*/
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
fontPtr = (TkFont *) layoutPtr->tkfont;
left = x;
top = y;
right = x + width;
bottom = y + height;
result = 0;
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++) {
if (chunkPtr->start[0] == '\n') {
/*
* Newline characters are not counted when computing area
* intersection (but tab characters would still be considered).
*/
chunkPtr++;
continue;
}
x1 = chunkPtr->x;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 |
} else {
result = 1;
}
chunkPtr++;
}
return result;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 |
} else {
result = 1;
}
chunkPtr++;
}
return result;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript --
*
* Outputs the contents of a text layout in Postscript format. The set of
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 |
*/
void
Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Filled with Postscript code. */
Tk_TextLayout layout) /* The layout to be rendered. */
{
| | > | < < | < > | < > | > | > > > > | < > > > > > | > < | | | | | < | | | > | > > > > > | > | | | > | | | | | | < < < | < < < | | | | | | < < < | | | < | < | < > > | | > > > > > | > > > | > < < > > | | | | | < > | < < | | > | < > > | > | < | 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 |
*/
void
Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Filled with Postscript code. */
Tk_TextLayout layout) /* The layout to be rendered. */
{
#define MAXUSE 128
char buf[MAXUSE+30], uindex[5] = "\0\0\0\0", one_char[5];
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
int i, j, used, c, baseline, charsize;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
const char *p, *last_p, *glyphname;
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
int bytecount=0;
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout;
chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
baseline = chunkPtr->y;
used = 0;
buf[used++] = '[';
buf[used++] = '(';
for (i = 0; i < layoutPtr->numChunks; i++) {
if (baseline != chunkPtr->y) {
buf[used++] = ')';
buf[used++] = ']';
buf[used++] = '\n';
buf[used++] = '[';
buf[used++] = '(';
baseline = chunkPtr->y;
}
if (chunkPtr->numDisplayChars <= 0) {
if (chunkPtr->start[0] == '\t') {
buf[used++] = '\\';
buf[used++] = 't';
}
} else {
p = chunkPtr->start;
for (j = 0; j < chunkPtr->numDisplayChars; j++) {
/*
* INTL: For now we just treat the characters as binary data
* and display the lower byte. Eventually this should be
* revised to handle international postscript fonts.
*/
last_p = p;
p += (charsize = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p,&ch));
Tcl_UtfToExternal(interp, NULL, last_p, charsize, 0, NULL,
one_char, 4, NULL, &bytecount, NULL);
if (bytecount == 1) {
c = UCHAR(one_char[0]);
/* c = UCHAR( ch & 0xFF) */;
if ((c == '(') || (c == ')') || (c == '\\') || (c < 0x20)
|| (c >= UCHAR(0x7f))) {
/*
* Tricky point: the "03" is necessary in the sprintf
* below, so that a full three digits of octal are
* always generated. Without the "03", a number
* following this sequence could be interpreted by
* Postscript as part of this sequence.
*/
sprintf(buf + used, "\\%03o", c);
used += 4;
} else {
buf[used++] = c;
}
} else {
/*
* This character doesn't belong to system character set.
* So, we must use full glyph name.
*/
sprintf(uindex, "%04X", ch); /* endianness? */
glyphname = Tcl_GetVar2(interp,"::tk::psglyphs",uindex,0);
if (glyphname) {
if (used > 0 && buf [used-1] == '(') {
--used;
} else {
buf[used++] = ')';
}
buf[used++] = '/';
while ((*glyphname) && (used < (MAXUSE+27))) {
buf[used++] = *glyphname++ ;
}
buf[used++] = '(';
}
}
if (used >= MAXUSE) {
buf[used] = '\0';
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
used = 0;
}
}
}
if (used >= MAXUSE) {
/*
* If there are a whole bunch of returns or tabs in a row, then
* buf[] could get filled up.
*/
buf[used] = '\0';
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
used = 0;
}
chunkPtr++;
}
buf[used++] = ')';
buf[used++] = ']';
buf[used++] = '\n';
buf[used] = '\0';
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigAttributesObj --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigAttributesObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */
| | | | < | < | | 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigAttributesObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display on which font will be used. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Command line options. */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Font attributes structure whose fields are
* to be modified. Structure must already be
* properly initialized. */
{
int i, n, index;
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
char *value;
for (i = 0; i < objc; i += 2) {
optionPtr = objv[i];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, fontOpt, "option", 1,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((i+2 >= objc) && (objc & 1)) {
/*
* This test occurs after Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() so that "font
* create xyz -xyz" will return the error message that "-xyz" is a
* bad option, rather than that the value for "-xyz" is missing.
*/
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"",
Tcl_GetString(optionPtr), "\" option missing", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
switch (index) {
case FONT_FAMILY:
value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(value);
break;
case FONT_SIZE:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &n) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
faPtr->size = n;
break;
case FONT_WEIGHT:
n = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, weightMap, valuePtr);
if (n == TK_FW_UNKNOWN) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
faPtr->weight = n;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 |
/* The font attributes to inspect. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* If non-NULL, indicates the single option
* whose value is to be returned. Otherwise
* information is returned for all options. */
{
int i, index, start, end;
const char *str;
| | > > < < < | < < < < | 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 |
/* The font attributes to inspect. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* If non-NULL, indicates the single option
* whose value is to be returned. Otherwise
* information is returned for all options. */
{
int i, index, start, end;
const char *str;
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr, *resultPtr;
resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
start = 0;
end = FONT_NUMFIELDS;
if (objPtr != NULL) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr, fontOpt, "option", TCL_EXACT,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
start = index;
end = index + 1;
}
valuePtr = NULL;
for (i = start; i < end; i++) {
switch (i) {
case FONT_FAMILY:
str = faPtr->family;
valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, ((str == NULL) ? 0 : -1));
break;
case FONT_SIZE:
valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(faPtr->size);
break;
case FONT_WEIGHT:
str = TkFindStateString(weightMap, faPtr->weight);
valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(str, -1);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 |
valuePtr = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(faPtr->overstrike);
break;
}
if (objPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, valuePtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
| < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 |
valuePtr = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(faPtr->overstrike);
break;
}
if (objPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, valuePtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
optionPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(fontOpt[i], -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, optionPtr);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, valuePtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ParseFontNameObj --
*
* Converts a object into a set of font attributes that can be used to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 |
* name. Any attributes that were not
* specified in font name are filled with
* default values. */
{
const char *dash;
int objc, result, i, n;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
| | | | 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 |
* name. Any attributes that were not
* specified in font name are filled with
* default values. */
{
const char *dash;
int objc, result, i, n;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
char *string;
TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
if (*string == '-') {
/*
* This may be an XLFD or an "-option value" string.
*
* If the string begins with "-*" or a "-foundry-family-*" pattern,
* then consider it an XLFD.
*/
if (string[1] == '*') {
goto xlfd;
}
dash = strchr(string + 1, '-');
if ((dash != NULL)
&& (!isspace(UCHAR(dash[-1])))) { /* INTL: ISO space */
goto xlfd;
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 |
* Wasn't an XLFD or "-option value" string. Try it as a "font size style"
* list.
*/
if ((Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
|| (objc < 1)) {
if (interp != NULL) {
| | < | | | 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 |
* Wasn't an XLFD or "-option value" string. Try it as a "font size style"
* list.
*/
if ((Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
|| (objc < 1)) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "font \"", string, "\" doesn't exist",
NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[0]));
if (objc > 1) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &n) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
faPtr->size = n;
}
i = 2;
if (objc == 3) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 |
}
/*
* Unknown style.
*/
if (interp != NULL) {
| < | < | | 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 |
}
/*
* Unknown style.
*/
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown font style \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 |
int maxChunks, numChars;
size_t s;
layoutPtr = *layoutPtrPtr;
maxChunks = *maxPtr;
if (layoutPtr->numChunks == maxChunks) {
maxChunks *= 2;
| | | | 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 |
int maxChunks, numChars;
size_t s;
layoutPtr = *layoutPtrPtr;
maxChunks = *maxPtr;
if (layoutPtr->numChunks == maxChunks) {
maxChunks *= 2;
s = sizeof(TextLayout) + ((maxChunks - 1) * sizeof(LayoutChunk));
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) ckrealloc((char *) layoutPtr, s);
*layoutPtrPtr = layoutPtr;
*maxPtr = maxChunks;
}
numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(start, numBytes);
chunkPtr = &layoutPtr->chunks[layoutPtr->numChunks];
chunkPtr->start = start;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 |
str = string;
if (*str == '-') {
str++;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
| | | 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 |
str = string;
if (*str == '-') {
str++;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, (char *) str, -1);
src = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
field[0] = src;
for (i = 0; *src != '\0'; src++) {
if (!(*src & 0x80)
&& Tcl_UniCharIsUpper(UCHAR(*src))) {
*src = (char) Tcl_UniCharToLower(UCHAR(*src));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 |
* then assume the above incorrect form was used and shift all the rest of
* the fields right by one, so the number gets interpreted as a pixelsize.
* This fix is so that we don't get a million reports that "it works under
* X (as a native font name), but gives a syntax error under Windows (as a
* parsed set of attributes)".
*/
| | | 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 |
* then assume the above incorrect form was used and shift all the rest of
* the fields right by one, so the number gets interpreted as a pixelsize.
* This fix is so that we don't get a million reports that "it works under
* X (as a native font name), but gives a syntax error under Windows (as a
* parsed set of attributes)".
*/
if ((i > XLFD_ADD_STYLE) && (FieldSpecified(field[XLFD_ADD_STYLE]))) {
if (atoi(field[XLFD_ADD_STYLE]) != 0) {
for (j = XLFD_NUMFIELDS - 1; j >= XLFD_ADD_STYLE; j--) {
field[j + 1] = field[j];
}
field[XLFD_ADD_STYLE] = NULL;
i++;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 |
/* XLFD_ADD_STYLE ignored. */
/*
* Pointsize in tenths of a point, but treat it as tenths of a pixel for
* historical compatibility.
*/
| | | | | | 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 |
/* XLFD_ADD_STYLE ignored. */
/*
* Pointsize in tenths of a point, but treat it as tenths of a pixel for
* historical compatibility.
*/
faPtr->size = 12;
if (FieldSpecified(field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE])) {
if (field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE][0] == '[') {
/*
* Some X fonts have the point size specified as follows:
*
* [ N1 N2 N3 N4 ]
*
* where N1 is the point size (in points, not decipoints!), and
* N2, N3, and N4 are some additional numbers that I don't know
* the purpose of, so I ignore them.
*/
faPtr->size = atoi(field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE] + 1);
} else if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, field[XLFD_POINT_SIZE],
&faPtr->size) == TCL_OK) {
faPtr->size /= 10;
} else {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Pixel height of font. If specified, overrides pointsize.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 | * [ N1 N2 N3 N4 ] * * where N1 is the pixel size, and where N2, N3, and N4 are some * additional numbers that I don't know the purpose of, so I * ignore them. */ | | | < < | 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 |
* [ N1 N2 N3 N4 ]
*
* where N1 is the pixel size, and where N2, N3, and N4 are some
* additional numbers that I don't know the purpose of, so I
* ignore them.
*/
faPtr->size = atoi(field[XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE] + 1);
} else if (Tcl_GetInt(NULL, field[XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE],
&faPtr->size) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
faPtr->size = -faPtr->size;
/* XLFD_RESOLUTION_X ignored. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 | * * Side effects: * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < > | | | < > | | | > | | 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkFontGetPixels(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For point->pixel conversion factor. */
int size) /* Font size. */
{
double d;
if (size < 0) {
return -size;
}
d = size * 25.4 / 72.0;
d *= WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
d /= WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
return (int) (d + 0.5);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFontGetPoints --
*
* Given a font size specification (as described in the TkFontAttributes
* structure) return the number of points it represents.
*
* Results:
* As above.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkFontGetPoints(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For pixel->point conversion factor. */
int size) /* Font size. */
{
double d;
if (size >= 0) {
return size;
}
d = -size * 72.0 / 25.4;
d *= WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
d /= WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
return (int) (d + 0.5);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFontGetAliasList --
*
* Given a font name, find the list of all aliases for that font name.
* One of the names in this list will probably be the name that this
* platform expects when asking for the font.
*
* Results:
* As above. The return value is NULL if the font name has no aliases.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char **
TkFontGetAliasList(
const char *faceName) /* Font name to test for aliases. */
{
int i, j;
for (i = 0; fontAliases[i] != NULL; i++) {
for (j = 0; fontAliases[i][j] != NULL; j++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 | * * Side effects: * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char ***
TkFontGetFallbacks(void)
{
return fontFallbacks;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 | * * Side effects: * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char **
TkFontGetGlobalClass(void)
{
return globalFontClass;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 | * * Side effects: * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char **
TkFontGetSymbolClass(void)
{
return symbolClass;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the font will be used
* (not currently used). */
| | | | | | 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkDebugFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window in which the font will be used
* (not currently used). */
char *name) /* Name of the desired color. */
{
TkFont *fontPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *objPtr;
resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(
&((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->fontInfoPtr->fontCache, name);
if (hashPtr != NULL) {
fontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr);
if (fontPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkDebugFont found empty hash table entry");
}
for ( ; (fontPtr != NULL); fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) {
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(fontPtr->resourceRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewIntObj(fontPtr->objRefCount));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, objPtr);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 |
int
TkFontGetFirstTextLayout(
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
Tk_Font *font,
char *dst)
{
| | > | | | 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 |
int
TkFontGetFirstTextLayout(
Tk_TextLayout layout, /* Layout information, from a previous call to
* Tk_ComputeTextLayout(). */
Tk_Font *font,
char *dst)
{
TextLayout *layoutPtr;
LayoutChunk *chunkPtr;
int numBytesInChunk;
layoutPtr = (TextLayout *)layout;
if ((layoutPtr==NULL) || (layoutPtr->numChunks==0)
|| (layoutPtr->chunks->numDisplayChars <= 0)) {
dst[0] = '\0';
return 0;
}
chunkPtr = layoutPtr->chunks;
numBytesInChunk = chunkPtr->numBytes;
strncpy(dst, chunkPtr->start, (size_t) numBytesInChunk);
*font = layoutPtr->tkfont;
return numBytesInChunk;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkFont.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKFONT #define _TKFONT | | | > | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#ifndef _TKFONT
#define _TKFONT
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
* The following structure keeps track of the attributes of a font. It can be
* used to keep track of either the desired attributes or the actual
* attributes gotten when the font was instantiated.
*/
struct TkFontAttributes {
Tk_Uid family; /* Font family, or NULL to represent plaform-
* specific default system font. */
int size; /* Pointsize of font, 0 for default size, or
* negative number meaning pixel size. */
int weight; /* Weight flag; see below for def'n. */
int slant; /* Slant flag; see below for def'n. */
int underline; /* Non-zero for underline font. */
int overstrike; /* Non-zero for overstrike font. */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
*/
typedef struct TkFont {
/*
* Fields used and maintained exclusively by generic code.
*/
| | | | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
*/
typedef struct TkFont {
/*
* Fields used and maintained exclusively by generic code.
*/
int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this font (each
* active use corresponds to a call to
* Tk_AllocFontFromTable or Tk_GetFont). If
* this count is 0, then this TkFont structure
* is no longer valid and it isn't present in
* a hash table: it is being kept around only
* because there are objects referring to it.
* The structure is freed when
* resourceRefCount and objRefCount are both
* 0. */
int objRefCount; /* The number of Tcl objects that reference
* this structure. */
Tcl_HashEntry *cacheHashPtr;/* Entry in font cache for this structure,
* used when deleting it. */
Tcl_HashEntry *namedHashPtr;/* Pointer to hash table entry that
* corresponds to the named font that the
* tkfont was based on, or NULL if the tkfont
* was not based on a named font. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 | #define XLFD_RESOLUTION_X 8 #define XLFD_RESOLUTION_Y 9 #define XLFD_SPACING 10 #define XLFD_AVERAGE_WIDTH 11 #define XLFD_CHARSET 12 #define XLFD_NUMFIELDS 13 /* Number of fields in XLFD. */ | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < < | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 | #define XLFD_RESOLUTION_X 8 #define XLFD_RESOLUTION_Y 9 #define XLFD_SPACING 10 #define XLFD_AVERAGE_WIDTH 11 #define XLFD_CHARSET 12 #define XLFD_NUMFIELDS 13 /* Number of fields in XLFD. */ /* * Low-level API exported by generic code to platform-specific code. */ #define TkInitFontAttributes(fa) memset((fa), 0, sizeof(TkFontAttributes)); #define TkInitXLFDAttributes(xa) memset((xa), 0, sizeof(TkXLFDAttributes)); MODULE_SCOPE int TkFontParseXLFD(CONST char *string, TkFontAttributes *faPtr, TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr); MODULE_SCOPE char ** TkFontGetAliasList(CONST char *faceName); MODULE_SCOPE char *** TkFontGetFallbacks(void); MODULE_SCOPE int TkFontGetPixels(Tk_Window tkwin, int size); MODULE_SCOPE int TkFontGetPoints(Tk_Window tkwin, int size); MODULE_SCOPE char ** TkFontGetGlobalClass(void); MODULE_SCOPE char ** TkFontGetSymbolClass(void); MODULE_SCOPE int TkCreateNamedFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name, TkFontAttributes *faPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkDeleteNamedFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name); MODULE_SCOPE int TkFontGetFirstTextLayout(Tk_TextLayout layout, Tk_Font *font, char *dst); /* * Low-level API exported by platform-specific code to generic code. */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDeleteFont(TkFont *tkFontPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpFontPkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkFont * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(TkFont *tkFontPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpGetFontFamilies(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE TkFont * TkpGetNativeFont(Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name); #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKFONT */ |
Changes to generic/tkFrame.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* The following enum is used to define the type of the frame.
*/
enum FrameType {
TYPE_FRAME, TYPE_TOPLEVEL, TYPE_LABELFRAME
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
* pixels of extra space to leave on left and
* right of child area. */
int padX; /* Integer value corresponding to padXPtr. */
Tcl_Obj *padYPtr; /* Value of -padx option: specifies how many
* pixels of extra space to leave above and
* below child area. */
int padY; /* Integer value corresponding to padYPtr. */
| < < < < < < < < < < | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
* pixels of extra space to leave on left and
* right of child area. */
int padX; /* Integer value corresponding to padXPtr. */
Tcl_Obj *padYPtr; /* Value of -padx option: specifies how many
* pixels of extra space to leave above and
* below child area. */
int padY; /* Integer value corresponding to padYPtr. */
} Frame;
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each labelframe widget
* managed by this file:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 |
enum labelanchor {
LABELANCHOR_E, LABELANCHOR_EN, LABELANCHOR_ES,
LABELANCHOR_N, LABELANCHOR_NE, LABELANCHOR_NW,
LABELANCHOR_S, LABELANCHOR_SE, LABELANCHOR_SW,
LABELANCHOR_W, LABELANCHOR_WN, LABELANCHOR_WS
};
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | < < | | | < < | < < < | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | < < | | 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
enum labelanchor {
LABELANCHOR_E, LABELANCHOR_EN, LABELANCHOR_ES,
LABELANCHOR_N, LABELANCHOR_NE, LABELANCHOR_NW,
LABELANCHOR_S, LABELANCHOR_SE, LABELANCHOR_SW,
LABELANCHOR_W, LABELANCHOR_WN, LABELANCHOR_WS
};
static CONST char *labelAnchorStrings[] = {
"e", "en", "es", "n", "ne", "nw", "s", "se", "sw", "w", "wn", "ws",
NULL
};
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration options. There are one common
* table used by all and one table for each widget class.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec commonOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, border),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-colormap", "colormap", "Colormap",
DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, colormapName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
/*
* Having -container is useless in a labelframe since a container has
* no border. It should be deprecated.
*/
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-container", "container", "Container",
DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, isContainer), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_FRAME_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, height), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Frame, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Frame, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
DEF_FRAME_PADX, Tk_Offset(Frame, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(Frame, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
DEF_FRAME_PADY, Tk_Offset(Frame, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(Frame, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_FRAME_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-visual", "visual", "Visual",
DEF_FRAME_VISUAL, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, visualName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_FRAME_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, width), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec frameOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
DEF_FRAME_CLASS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_FRAME_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, 0, 0, (ClientData) commonOptSpec, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec toplevelOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, menuName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_FRAME_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-screen", "screen", "Screen",
DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, screenName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-use", "use", "Use",
DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, useThis),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, 0, 0, (ClientData) commonOptSpec, 0}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec labelframeOptSpec[] = {
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, borderWidth),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "class", "Class",
DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, className), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_LABELFRAME_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, textColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-labelanchor", "labelAnchor", "LabelAnchor",
DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, labelAnchor),
0, (ClientData) labelAnchorStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-labelwidget", "labelWidget", "LabelWidget",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, labelWin), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Frame, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT, Tk_Offset(Labelframe, textPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, 0, 0, (ClientData) commonOptSpec, 0}
};
/*
* Class names for widgets, indexed by FrameType.
*/
static CONST char *classNames[] = {"Frame", "Toplevel", "Labelframe"};
/*
* The following table maps from FrameType to the option template for that
* class of widgets.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec * const optionSpecs[] = {
frameOptSpec,
toplevelOptSpec,
labelframeOptSpec
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void ComputeFrameGeometry(Frame *framePtr);
static int ConfigureFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, Frame *framePtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int CreateFrame(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[],
enum FrameType type, char *appName);
static void DestroyFrame(char *memPtr);
static void DestroyFramePartly(Frame *framePtr);
static void DisplayFrame(ClientData clientData);
static void FrameCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void FrameEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void FrameLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void FrameRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void FrameStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int FrameWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void FrameWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static void MapFrame(ClientData clientData);
/*
* The structure below defines frame class behavior by means of functions that
* can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static Tk_ClassProcs frameClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
FrameWorldChanged /* worldChangedProc */
};
/*
* The structure below defines the official type record for the labelframe's
* geometry manager:
*/
static const Tk_GeomMgr frameGeomType = {
"labelframe", /* name */
FrameRequestProc, /* requestProc */
FrameLostSlaveProc /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FrameObjCmd, Tk_ToplevelObjCmd, Tk_LabelframeObjCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
*/
int
Tk_FrameObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 |
*/
int
Tk_FrameObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_FRAME, NULL);
}
int
Tk_ToplevelObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_TOPLEVEL, NULL);
}
int
Tk_LabelframeObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_LABELFRAME, NULL);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
*/
int
TkCreateFrame(
ClientData clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | < < | | > | | | | | | | | | | | 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 |
*/
int
TkCreateFrame(
ClientData clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
char **argv, /* Argument strings. */
int toplevel, /* Non-zero means create a toplevel window,
* zero means create a frame. */
char *appName) /* Should only be non-NULL if there is no main
* window associated with the interpreter.
* Gives the base name to use for the new
* application. */
{
int result, i;
Tcl_Obj **objv = (Tcl_Obj **) ckalloc((argc+1) * sizeof(Tcl_Obj **));
for (i=0; i<argc; i++) {
objv[i] = Tcl_NewStringObj(argv[i], -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(objv[i]);
}
objv[argc] = NULL;
result = CreateFrame(clientData, interp, argc, objv,
toplevel ? TYPE_TOPLEVEL : TYPE_FRAME, appName);
for (i=0; i<argc; i++) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(objv[i]);
}
ckfree((char *) objv);
return result;
}
static int
CreateFrame(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */
enum FrameType type, /* What widget type to create. */
char *appName) /* Should only be non-NULL if there are no
* Main window associated with the
* interpreter. Gives the base name to use for
* the new application. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
Frame *framePtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window newWin;
CONST char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName, *arg, *useOption;
int i, c, length, depth;
unsigned int mask;
Colormap colormap;
Visual *visual;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
* created, the cached pointer will be returned.
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs[type]);
/*
* Pre-process the argument list. Scan through it to find any "-class",
* "-screen", "-visual", and "-colormap" options. These arguments need to
* be processed specially, before the window is configured using the usual
* Tk mechanisms.
*/
className = colormapName = screenName = visualName = useOption = NULL;
colormap = None;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i += 2) {
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (length < 2) {
continue;
}
c = arg[1];
if ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
className = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
} else if ((c == 'c')
&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
colormapName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
} else if ((c == 's') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
screenName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
} else if ((c == 'u') && (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
useOption = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
} else if ((c == 'v')
&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
visualName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
}
}
/*
* Create the window, and deal with the special options -use, -classname,
* -colormap, -screenname, and -visual. These options must be handle
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
598 599 600 601 602 603 604 |
screenName);
} else if (appName == NULL) {
/*
* This occurs when someone tried to create a frame/toplevel while we
* are being destroyed. Let an error be thrown.
*/
| | | < | < | | | | | | | | | | > | 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
screenName);
} else if (appName == NULL) {
/*
* This occurs when someone tried to create a frame/toplevel while we
* are being destroyed. Let an error be thrown.
*/
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unable to create widget \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), "\"", NULL);
newWin = NULL;
} else {
/*
* We were called from Tk_Init; create a new application.
*/
newWin = TkCreateMainWindow(interp, screenName, appName);
}
if (newWin == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
/*
* Mark Tk frames as suitable candidates for [wm manage]
*/
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)newWin;
winPtr->flags |= TK_WM_MANAGEABLE;
}
if (className == NULL) {
className = Tk_GetOption(newWin, "class", "Class");
if (className == NULL) {
className = classNames[type];
}
}
Tk_SetClass(newWin, className);
if (useOption == NULL) {
useOption = Tk_GetOption(newWin, "use", "Use");
}
if ((useOption != NULL) && (*useOption != 0)) {
if (TkpUseWindow(interp, newWin, useOption) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
}
if (visualName == NULL) {
visualName = Tk_GetOption(newWin, "visual", "Visual");
}
if (colormapName == NULL) {
colormapName = Tk_GetOption(newWin, "colormap", "Colormap");
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
/*
* Create the widget record, process configuration options, and create
* event handlers. Then fill in a few additional fields in the widget
* record from the special options.
*/
if (type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
| | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | | > | | < < | | | 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 |
/*
* Create the widget record, process configuration options, and create
* event handlers. Then fill in a few additional fields in the widget
* record from the special options.
*/
if (type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
framePtr = (Frame *) ckalloc(sizeof(Labelframe));
memset((void *) framePtr, 0, (sizeof(Labelframe)));
} else {
framePtr = (Frame *) ckalloc(sizeof(Frame));
memset((void *) framePtr, 0, (sizeof(Frame)));
}
framePtr->tkwin = newWin;
framePtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
framePtr->interp = interp;
framePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(newWin), FrameWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) framePtr, FrameCmdDeletedProc);
framePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
framePtr->type = type;
framePtr->colormap = colormap;
framePtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
framePtr->cursor = NULL;
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
labelframePtr->labelAnchor = LABELANCHOR_NW;
labelframePtr->textGC = NULL;
}
/*
* Store backreference to frame widget in window structure.
*/
Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, (ClientData) framePtr);
mask = ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask;
if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
mask |= ActivateMask;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, (ClientData) framePtr);
if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr, optionTable, newWin)
!= TCL_OK) ||
(ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
if ((framePtr->isContainer)) {
if (framePtr->useThis == NULL) {
TkpMakeContainer(framePtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "A window cannot have both the -use ",
"and the -container option set.", NULL);
goto error;
}
}
if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(newWin), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
error:
if (newWin != NULL) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(newWin);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
761 762 763 764 765 766 767 |
*/
static int
FrameWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about frame widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | < | | | | | | | > | | > | | > | < | | | | | | | < > > > > | | | | < < < | | > | | 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
*/
static int
FrameWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about frame widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static CONST char *frameOptions[] = {
"cget", "configure", NULL
};
enum options {
FRAME_CGET, FRAME_CONFIGURE
};
register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
int result = TCL_OK, index;
int c, i, length;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], frameOptions, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) framePtr);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case FRAME_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) framePtr,
framePtr->optionTable, objv[2], framePtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
break;
case FRAME_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) framePtr,
framePtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
framePtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
} else {
/*
* Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen,
* -use, or -visual to be changed.
*/
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (length < 2) {
continue;
}
c = arg[1];
if (((c == 'c') && (length >= 2)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-class", (unsigned)length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-colormap", (unsigned)length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'c') && (length >= 3)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-container", (unsigned)length) == 0))
|| ((c == 's') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-screen", (unsigned)length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'u') && (framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL)
&& (strncmp(arg, "-use", (unsigned)length) == 0))
|| ((c == 'v')
&& (strncmp(arg, "-visual", (unsigned)length) == 0))) {
#ifdef SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED
if (c == 'u') {
CONST char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
if (TkpUseWindow(interp, framePtr->tkwin,
string) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't modify ", arg,
" option after widget is created", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
#else
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't modify ", arg,
" option after widget is created", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
#endif
}
}
result = ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
}
done:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) framePtr);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyFrame --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
886 887 888 889 890 891 892 | * Everything associated with the frame is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyFrame( | | | | < < < < < | < < < | 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 |
* Everything associated with the frame is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyFrame(
char *memPtr) /* Info about frame widget. */
{
register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) memPtr;
register Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) memPtr;
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout);
if (labelframePtr->textGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(framePtr->display, labelframePtr->textGC);
}
}
if (framePtr->colormap != None) {
Tk_FreeColormap(framePtr->display, framePtr->colormap);
}
ckfree((char *) framePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyFramePartly --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
933 934 935 936 937 938 939 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyFramePartly(
Frame *framePtr) /* Info about frame widget. */
{
| | | | | 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyFramePartly(
Frame *framePtr) /* Info about frame widget. */
{
register Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME && labelframePtr->labelWin != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(labelframePtr->labelWin, StructureNotifyMask,
FrameStructureProc, (ClientData) framePtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
if (framePtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(labelframePtr->labelWin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin);
}
Tk_UnmapWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin);
labelframePtr->labelWin = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
973 974 975 976 977 978 979 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureFrame(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | < | | < | < < < < | < | < < < < < < < | | 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureFrame(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register Frame *framePtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
char *oldMenuName;
Tk_Window oldWindow = NULL;
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
/*
* Need the old menubar name for the menu code to delete it.
*/
if (framePtr->menuName == NULL) {
oldMenuName = NULL;
} else {
oldMenuName = ckalloc(strlen(framePtr->menuName) + 1);
strcpy(oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName);
}
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
oldWindow = labelframePtr->labelWin;
}
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr,
framePtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
framePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
if (oldMenuName != NULL) {
ckfree(oldMenuName);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
}
/*
* A few of the options require additional processing.
*/
if ((((oldMenuName == NULL) && (framePtr->menuName != NULL))
|| ((oldMenuName != NULL) && (framePtr->menuName == NULL))
|| ((oldMenuName != NULL) && (framePtr->menuName != NULL)
&& strcmp(oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName) != 0))
&& framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
TkSetWindowMenuBar(interp, framePtr->tkwin, oldMenuName,
framePtr->menuName);
}
if (oldMenuName != NULL) {
ckfree(oldMenuName);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 |
* geometry management for it.
*/
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
if (oldWindow != labelframePtr->labelWin) {
if (oldWindow != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(oldWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
| | | | > > > > > | | | > | | < < < < < < < | | 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 |
* geometry management for it.
*/
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
if (oldWindow != labelframePtr->labelWin) {
if (oldWindow != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(oldWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
FrameStructureProc, (ClientData) framePtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(oldWindow, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(oldWindow, framePtr->tkwin);
Tk_UnmapWindow(oldWindow);
}
if (labelframePtr->labelWin != NULL) {
Tk_Window ancestor, parent, sibling = NULL;
/*
* Make sure that the frame is either the parent of the window
* used as label or a descendant of that parent. Also, don't
* allow a top-level window to be managed inside the frame.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(labelframePtr->labelWin);
for (ancestor = framePtr->tkwin; ;
ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
sibling = ancestor;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(ancestor)) {
badWindow:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ",
Tk_PathName(labelframePtr->labelWin),
" as label in this frame", NULL);
labelframePtr->labelWin = NULL;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(labelframePtr->labelWin)) {
goto badWindow;
}
if (labelframePtr->labelWin == framePtr->tkwin) {
goto badWindow;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(labelframePtr->labelWin,
StructureNotifyMask, FrameStructureProc,
(ClientData) framePtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, &frameGeomType,
(ClientData) framePtr);
/*
* If the frame is not parent to the label, make sure the
* label is above its sibling in the stacking order.
*/
if (sibling != NULL) {
Tk_RestackWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin, Above, sibling);
}
}
}
}
FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) framePtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FrameWorldChanged --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | < < < < < < < < < | 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) instanceData;
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
int anyTextLabel, anyWindowLabel;
int bWidthLeft, bWidthRight, bWidthTop, bWidthBottom;
char *labelText;
anyTextLabel = (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) &&
(labelframePtr->textPtr != NULL) &&
(labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL);
anyWindowLabel = (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) &&
(labelframePtr->labelWin != NULL);
if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
/*
* The textGC is needed even in the labelWin case, so it's always
* created for a labelframe.
*/
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(labelframePtr->tkfont);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 |
*/
labelframePtr->labelReqWidth = labelframePtr->labelReqHeight = 0;
if (anyTextLabel) {
labelText = Tcl_GetString(labelframePtr->textPtr);
Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout);
| | < | < | < | 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 |
*/
labelframePtr->labelReqWidth = labelframePtr->labelReqHeight = 0;
if (anyTextLabel) {
labelText = Tcl_GetString(labelframePtr->textPtr);
Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout);
labelframePtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(labelframePtr->tkfont,
labelText, -1, 0, TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER, 0,
&labelframePtr->labelReqWidth, &labelframePtr->labelReqHeight);
labelframePtr->labelReqWidth += 2 * LABELSPACING;
labelframePtr->labelReqHeight += 2 * LABELSPACING;
} else if (anyWindowLabel) {
labelframePtr->labelReqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(labelframePtr->labelWin);
labelframePtr->labelReqHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(labelframePtr->labelWin);
}
/*
* Make sure label size is at least as big as the border. This
* simplifies later calculations and gives a better appearance with
* thick borders.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 |
if ((framePtr->width > 0) || (framePtr->height > 0)) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(tkwin, framePtr->width, framePtr->height);
}
if (Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
if (!(framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 |
if ((framePtr->width > 0) || (framePtr->height > 0)) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(tkwin, framePtr->width, framePtr->height);
}
if (Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
if (!(framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
}
framePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 | * Display-related numbers get changed in *framePtr. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ComputeFrameGeometry( | | | < < | 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 |
* Display-related numbers get changed in *framePtr.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeFrameGeometry(
register Frame *framePtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
int otherWidth, otherHeight, otherWidthT, otherHeightT, padding;
int maxWidth, maxHeight;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
/*
* We have nothing to do here unless there is a label.
*/
if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) return;
if (labelframePtr->textPtr == NULL && labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL) {
return;
}
tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 |
maxHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin);
maxWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
if ((labelframePtr->labelAnchor >= LABELANCHOR_N) &&
(labelframePtr->labelAnchor <= LABELANCHOR_SW)) {
maxWidth -= padding;
| | < < | < < | 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 |
maxHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin);
maxWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
if ((labelframePtr->labelAnchor >= LABELANCHOR_N) &&
(labelframePtr->labelAnchor <= LABELANCHOR_SW)) {
maxWidth -= padding;
if (maxWidth < 1) maxWidth = 1;
} else {
maxHeight -= padding;
if (maxHeight < 1) maxHeight = 1;
}
if (labelframePtr->labelBox.width > maxWidth) {
labelframePtr->labelBox.width = maxWidth;
}
if (labelframePtr->labelBox.height > maxHeight) {
labelframePtr->labelBox.height = maxHeight;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayFrame(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayFrame(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
register Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
int bdX1, bdY1, bdX2, bdY2, hlWidth;
Pixmap pixmap;
TkRegion clipRegion = NULL;
framePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((framePtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 |
}
}
/*
* If -background is set to "", no interior is drawn.
*/
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 |
}
}
/*
* If -background is set to "", no interior is drawn.
*/
if (framePtr->border == NULL) return;
if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
/*
* Pass to platform specific draw function. In general, it just draws
* a simple rectangle, but it may "theme" the background.
*/
noLabel:
TkpDrawFrame(tkwin, framePtr->border, hlWidth,
framePtr->borderWidth, framePtr->relief);
} else {
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr;
if ((labelframePtr->textPtr == NULL) &&
(labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL)) {
goto noLabel;
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
* In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the frame
* into off-screen memory, then copies it back on-screen in a single
* operation. This means there's no point in time where the on-screen
* image has been cleared.
*/
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(framePtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin));
#else
pixmap = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
/*
* Clear the pixmap.
*/
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, framePtr->border, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 |
|| (labelframePtr->labelBox.y !=
Tk_Y(labelframePtr->labelWin))
|| (labelframePtr->labelBox.width !=
Tk_Width(labelframePtr->labelWin))
|| (labelframePtr->labelBox.height !=
Tk_Height(labelframePtr->labelWin))) {
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin,
| | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 |
|| (labelframePtr->labelBox.y !=
Tk_Y(labelframePtr->labelWin))
|| (labelframePtr->labelBox.width !=
Tk_Width(labelframePtr->labelWin))
|| (labelframePtr->labelBox.height !=
Tk_Height(labelframePtr->labelWin))) {
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin,
labelframePtr->labelBox.x, labelframePtr->labelBox.y,
labelframePtr->labelBox.width,
labelframePtr->labelBox.height);
}
Tk_MapWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin);
} else {
Tk_MaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin,
labelframePtr->labelBox.x, labelframePtr->labelBox.y,
labelframePtr->labelBox.width,
labelframePtr->labelBox.height);
}
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
* Everything's been redisplayed; now copy the pixmap onto the screen
* and free up the pixmap.
*/
XCopyArea(framePtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
labelframePtr->textGC, hlWidth, hlWidth,
(unsigned) (Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * hlWidth),
(unsigned) (Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * hlWidth),
hlWidth, hlWidth);
Tk_FreePixmap(framePtr->display, pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FrameEventProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
| | | | 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
goto redraw;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
ComputeFrameGeometry(framePtr);
goto redraw;
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 | * DestroyFrame, we must free all options now. */ DestroyFramePartly(framePtr); Tk_DeleteEventHandler(framePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, | | | | | | 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 |
* DestroyFrame, we must free all options now.
*/
DestroyFramePartly(framePtr);
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(framePtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
FrameEventProc, (ClientData) framePtr);
framePtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(framePtr->interp, framePtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
}
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MapFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) framePtr, DestroyFrame);
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
framePtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS;
if (framePtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
goto redraw;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 |
TkpSetMainMenubar(framePtr->interp, framePtr->tkwin,
framePtr->menuName);
}
return;
redraw:
if ((framePtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 |
TkpSetMainMenubar(framePtr->interp, framePtr->tkwin,
framePtr->menuName);
}
return;
redraw:
if ((framePtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, (ClientData) framePtr);
framePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin;
if (framePtr->menuName != NULL) {
TkSetWindowMenuBar(framePtr->interp, framePtr->tkwin,
framePtr->menuName, NULL);
ckfree(framePtr->menuName);
framePtr->menuName = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MapFrame(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to frame structure. */
{
| | | | | | 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MapFrame(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to frame structure. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
/*
* Wait for all other background events to be processed before mapping
* window. This ensures that the window's correct geometry will have been
* determined before it is first mapped, so that the window manager
* doesn't get a false idea of its desired geometry.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) framePtr);
while (1) {
if (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS) == 0) {
break;
}
/*
* After each event, make sure that the window still exists and quit
* if the window has been destroyed.
*/
if (framePtr->tkwin == NULL) {
Tcl_Release((ClientData) framePtr);
return;
}
}
Tk_MapWindow(framePtr->tkwin);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) framePtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkInstallFrameMenu --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 |
void
TkInstallFrameMenu(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The window that was just created. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) {
| | | | 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 |
void
TkInstallFrameMenu(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The window that was just created. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) {
Frame *framePtr;
framePtr = (Frame*) winPtr->instanceData;
if (framePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkInstallFrameMenu couldn't get frame pointer");
}
TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(winPtr->mainPtr->interp,
framePtr->menuName);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 |
*/
static void
FrameStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing frame. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
| | | | 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 |
*/
static void
FrameStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing frame. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
/*
* This should only happen in a labelframe but it doesn't hurt to be
* careful.
*/
if (labelframePtr->frame.type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
labelframePtr->labelWin = NULL;
FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) labelframePtr);
}
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 |
*/
static void
FrameRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for frame. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
| | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | < | < < < | | < | < | 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 |
*/
static void
FrameRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for frame. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) framePtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FrameLostSlaveProc --
*
* This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
* control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Forgets all frame-related information about the slave.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FrameLostSlaveProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Frame structure for slave window that was
* stolen away. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData;
Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) clientData;
/*
* This should only happen in a labelframe but it doesn't hurt to be
* careful.
*/
if (labelframePtr->frame.type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(labelframePtr->labelWin, StructureNotifyMask,
FrameStructureProc, (ClientData) labelframePtr);
if (framePtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(labelframePtr->labelWin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin);
}
Tk_UnmapWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin);
labelframePtr->labelWin = NULL;
}
FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) framePtr);
}
void
TkMapTopFrame (tkwin)
Tk_Window tkwin;
{
Frame *framePtr = ((TkWindow*)tkwin)->instanceData;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin) && framePtr->type == TYPE_FRAME) {
framePtr->type = TYPE_TOPLEVEL;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, (ClientData)framePtr);
if (framePtr->menuName != NULL) {
TkSetWindowMenuBar(framePtr->interp, framePtr->tkwin, NULL,
framePtr->menuName);
}
} else if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin) && framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
framePtr->type = TYPE_FRAME;
} else {
/* Not a frame or toplevel, skip it */
return;
}
/*
* The option table has already been created so
* the cached pointer will be returned.
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(framePtr->interp, optionSpecs[framePtr->type]);
framePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkToplevelWindowFromCommandToken --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
TkToplevelWindowForCommand(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
TkToplevelWindowForCommand(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *cmdName)
{
Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
Frame *framePtr;
if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, cmdName, &cmdInfo) == 0) {
return NULL;
}
if (cmdInfo.objProc != FrameWidgetObjCmd) {
return NULL;
}
framePtr = (Frame *) cmdInfo.objClientData;
if (framePtr->type != TYPE_TOPLEVEL) {
return NULL;
}
return framePtr->tkwin;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkGC.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
* values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
* identifier.
*/
typedef struct {
GC gc; /* Graphics context. */
Display *display; /* Display to which gc belongs. */
| | | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
* values in the graphics context and the other based on the display and GC
* identifier.
*/
typedef struct {
GC gc; /* Graphics context. */
Display *display; /* Display to which gc belongs. */
int refCount; /* Number of active uses of gc. */
Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;/* Entry in valueTable (needed when deleting
* this structure). */
} TkGC;
typedef struct {
XGCValues values; /* Desired values for GC. */
Display *display; /* Display for which GC is valid. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
GC
Tk_GetGC(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which GC will be used. */
| | | | | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
GC
Tk_GetGC(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which GC will be used. */
register unsigned long valueMask,
/* 1 bits correspond to values specified in
* *valuesPtr; other values are set from
* defaults. */
register XGCValues *valuePtr)
/* Values are specified here for bits set in
* valueMask. */
{
ValueKey valueKey;
Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr, *idHashPtr;
register TkGC *gcPtr;
int isNew;
Drawable d, freeDrawable;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (dispPtr->gcInit <= 0) {
GCInit(dispPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
}
valueKey.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
valueKey.screenNum = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin);
valueKey.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin);
valueHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcValueTable,
(char *) &valueKey, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
| | | | 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 |
}
valueKey.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
valueKey.screenNum = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin);
valueKey.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin);
valueHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcValueTable,
(char *) &valueKey, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
gcPtr = (TkGC *) Tcl_GetHashValue(valueHashPtr);
gcPtr->refCount++;
return gcPtr->gc;
}
/*
* No GC is currently available for this set of values. Allocate a new GC
* and add a new structure to the database.
*/
gcPtr = (TkGC *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkGC));
/*
* Find or make a drawable to use to specify the screen and depth of the
* GC. We may have to make a small pixmap, to avoid doing
* Tk_MakeWindowExist on the window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
void
Tk_FreeGC(
Display *display, /* Display for which gc was allocated. */
GC gc) /* Graphics context to be released. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
| | | | > | > | | 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
void
Tk_FreeGC(
Display *display, /* Display for which gc was allocated. */
GC gc) /* Graphics context to be released. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr;
register TkGC *gcPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (!dispPtr->gcInit) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC called before Tk_GetGC");
}
if (dispPtr->gcInit < 0) {
/*
* The GCCleanup has been called, and remaining GCs have been freed.
* This may still get called by other things shutting down, but the
* GCs should no longer be in use.
*/
return;
}
idHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, (char *) gc);
if (idHashPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeGC received unknown gc argument");
}
gcPtr = (TkGC *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr);
gcPtr->refCount--;
if (gcPtr->refCount == 0) {
Tk_FreeXId(gcPtr->display, (XID) XGContextFromGC(gcPtr->gc));
XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(idHashPtr);
ckfree((char *) gcPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGCCleanup --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
{
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
TkGC *gcPtr;
for (entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, &search);
entryPtr != NULL; entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
| | > > > > > > | | 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 |
{
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
TkGC *gcPtr;
for (entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&dispPtr->gcIdTable, &search);
entryPtr != NULL; entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
gcPtr = (TkGC *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
/*
* This call is not needed, as it is only used on Unix to restore the
* Id to the stack pool, and we don't want to use them anymore.
* Tk_FreeXId(gcPtr->display, (XID) XGContextFromGC(gcPtr->gc));
*/
XFreeGC(gcPtr->display, gcPtr->gc);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(gcPtr->valueHashPtr);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
ckfree((char *) gcPtr);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->gcValueTable);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->gcIdTable);
dispPtr->gcInit = -1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGeometry.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* * Data structures of the following type are used by Tk_MaintainGeometry. For | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* Data structures of the following type are used by Tk_MaintainGeometry. For
* each slave managed by Tk_MaintainGeometry, there is one of these structures
* associated with its master.
*/
typedef struct MaintainSlave {
Tk_Window slave; /* The slave window being positioned. */
Tk_Window master; /* The master that determines slave's
* position; it must be a descendant of
* slave's parent. */
int x, y; /* Desired position of slave relative to
* master. */
int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of slave. */
struct MaintainSlave *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of Maintains associated with
* master. */
} MaintainSlave;
/*
* For each window that has been specified as a master to Tk_MaintainGeometry,
* there is a structure of the following type:
*/
typedef struct MaintainMaster {
Tk_Window ancestor; /* The lowest ancestor of this window for
* which we have *not* created a
* StructureNotify handler. May be the same as
* the window itself. */
int checkScheduled; /* Non-zero means that there is already a call
* to MaintainCheckProc scheduled as an idle
* handler. */
MaintainSlave *slavePtr; /* First in list of all slaves associated with
* this master. */
} MaintainMaster;
/*
* Prototypes for static procedures in this file:
*/
static void MaintainCheckProc(ClientData clientData);
static void MaintainMasterProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void MaintainSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ManageGeometry --
*
* Arrange for a particular procedure to manage the geometry of a given
* slave window.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Proc becomes the new geometry manager for tkwin, replacing any
* previous geometry manager. The geometry manager will be notified (by
* calling procedures in *mgrPtr) when interesting things happen in the
* future. If there was an existing geometry manager for tkwin different
* from the new one, it is notified by calling its lostSlaveProc.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_ManageGeometry(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose geometry is to be managed by
* proc. */
CONST Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, /* Static structure describing the geometry
* manager. This structure must never go
* away. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
* geometry manager procedures. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if ((winPtr->geomMgrPtr != NULL) && (mgrPtr != NULL)
&& ((winPtr->geomMgrPtr != mgrPtr)
|| (winPtr->geomData != clientData))
&& (winPtr->geomMgrPtr->lostSlaveProc != NULL)) {
(*winPtr->geomMgrPtr->lostSlaveProc)(winPtr->geomData, tkwin);
}
winPtr->geomMgrPtr = mgrPtr;
winPtr->geomData = clientData;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
void
Tk_GeometryRequest(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that geometry information pertains
* to. */
int reqWidth, int reqHeight)/* Minimum desired dimensions for window, in
* pixels. */
{
| | | | 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 |
void
Tk_GeometryRequest(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that geometry information pertains
* to. */
int reqWidth, int reqHeight)/* Minimum desired dimensions for window, in
* pixels. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
/*
* X gets very upset if a window requests a width or height of zero, so
* rounds requested sizes up to at least 1.
*/
if (reqWidth <= 0) {
reqWidth = 1;
}
if (reqHeight <= 0) {
reqHeight = 1;
}
if ((reqWidth == winPtr->reqWidth) && (reqHeight == winPtr->reqHeight)) {
return;
}
winPtr->reqWidth = reqWidth;
winPtr->reqHeight = reqHeight;
if ((winPtr->geomMgrPtr != NULL)
&& (winPtr->geomMgrPtr->requestProc != NULL)) {
(*winPtr->geomMgrPtr->requestProc)(winPtr->geomData, tkwin);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SetInternalBorderEx --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
void
Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that will have internal border. */
int left, int right, /* Width of internal border, in pixels. */
int top, int bottom)
{
| | | | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
void
Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that will have internal border. */
int left, int right, /* Width of internal border, in pixels. */
int top, int bottom)
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register int changed = 0;
if (left < 0) {
left = 0;
}
if (left != winPtr->internalBorderLeft) {
winPtr->internalBorderLeft = left;
changed = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
}
if (bottom != winPtr->internalBorderBottom) {
winPtr->internalBorderBottom = bottom;
changed = 1;
}
/*
| | | > | | | 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
}
if (bottom != winPtr->internalBorderBottom) {
winPtr->internalBorderBottom = bottom;
changed = 1;
}
/*
* All the slaves for which this is the master window must now be
* repositioned to take account of the new internal border width. To
* signal all the geometry managers to do this, just resize the window to
* its current size. The ConfigureNotify event will cause geometry
* managers to recompute everything.
*/
if (changed) {
Tk_ResizeWindow(tkwin, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin));
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SetInternalBorder --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
*/
void
Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that will have internal border. */
int minWidth, int minHeight)/* Minimum requested size, in pixels. */
{
| | | 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
*/
void
Tk_SetMinimumRequestSize(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that will have internal border. */
int minWidth, int minHeight)/* Minimum requested size, in pixels. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if ((winPtr->minReqWidth == minWidth) &&
(winPtr->minReqHeight == minHeight)) {
return;
}
winPtr->minReqWidth = minWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
299 300 301 302 303 304 305 |
Tk_ResizeWindow(tkwin, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 |
Tk_ResizeWindow(tkwin, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MaintainGeometry --
*
* This procedure is invoked by geometry managers to handle slaves whose
* master's are not their parents. It translates the desired geometry for
* the slave into the coordinate system of the parent and respositions
* the slave if it isn't already at the right place. Furthermore, it sets
* up event handlers so that if the master (or any of its ancestors up to
* the slave's parent) is mapped, unmapped, or moved, then the slave will
* be adjusted to match.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Event handlers are created and state is allocated to keep track of
* slave. Note: if slave was already managed for master by
* Tk_MaintainGeometry, then the previous information is replaced with
* the new information. The caller must eventually call
* Tk_UnmaintainGeometry to eliminate the correspondence (or, the state
* is automatically freed when either window is destroyed).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MaintainGeometry(
Tk_Window slave, /* Slave for geometry management. */
Tk_Window master, /* Master for slave; must be a descendant of
* slave's parent. */
int x, int y, /* Desired position of slave within master. */
int width, int height) /* Desired dimensions for slave. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
MaintainMaster *masterPtr;
register MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
int isNew, map;
Tk_Window ancestor, parent;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) master)->dispPtr;
if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) {
/*
* If the slave is a direct descendant of the master, don't bother
* setting up the extra infrastructure for management, just make a
* call to Tk_MoveResizeWindow; the parent/child relationship will
* take care of the rest.
*/
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slave, x, y, width, height);
/*
* Map the slave if the master is already mapped; otherwise, wait
* until the master is mapped later (in which case mapping the slave
* is taken care of elsewhere).
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(master)) {
Tk_MapWindow(slave);
}
return;
}
if (!dispPtr->geomInit) {
dispPtr->geomInit = 1;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
}
/*
* See if there is already a MaintainMaster structure for the master; if
* not, then create one.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable,
(char *) master, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
} else {
masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(MaintainMaster));
masterPtr->ancestor = master;
masterPtr->checkScheduled = 0;
masterPtr->slavePtr = NULL;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, masterPtr);
}
/*
* Create a MaintainSlave structure for the slave if there isn't already
* one.
*/
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
if (slavePtr->slave == slave) {
goto gotSlave;
}
}
slavePtr = (MaintainSlave *) ckalloc(sizeof(MaintainSlave));
slavePtr->slave = slave;
slavePtr->master = master;
slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(slave, StructureNotifyMask, MaintainSlaveProc,
(ClientData) slavePtr);
/*
* Make sure that there are event handlers registered for all the windows
* between master and slave's parent (including master but not slave's
* parent). There may already be handlers for master and some of its
* ancestors (masterPtr->ancestor tells how many).
*/
for (ancestor = master; ancestor != parent;
ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == masterPtr->ancestor) {
Tk_CreateEventHandler(ancestor, StructureNotifyMask,
MaintainMasterProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
masterPtr->ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor);
}
}
/*
* Fill in up-to-date information in the structure, then update the window
* if it's not currently in the right place or state.
*/
gotSlave:
slavePtr->x = x;
slavePtr->y = y;
slavePtr->width = width;
slavePtr->height = height;
map = 1;
for (ancestor = slavePtr->master; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (!Tk_IsMapped(ancestor) && (ancestor != parent)) {
map = 0;
}
if (ancestor == parent) {
if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->slave))
|| (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->slave))
|| (width != Tk_Width(slavePtr->slave))
|| (height != Tk_Height(slavePtr->slave))) {
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slavePtr->slave, x, y, width, height);
}
if (map) {
Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->slave);
} else {
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->slave);
}
break;
}
x += Tk_X(ancestor) + Tk_Changes(ancestor)->border_width;
y += Tk_Y(ancestor) + Tk_Changes(ancestor)->border_width;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_UnmaintainGeometry --
*
* This procedure cancels a previous Tk_MaintainGeometry call, so that
* the relationship between slave and master is no longer maintained.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The slave is unmapped and state is released, so that slave won't track
* master any more. If we weren't previously managing slave relative to
* master, then this procedure has no effect.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(
Tk_Window slave, /* Slave for geometry management. */
Tk_Window master) /* Master for slave; must be a descendant of
* slave's parent. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
MaintainMaster *masterPtr;
register MaintainSlave *slavePtr, *prevPtr;
Tk_Window ancestor;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slave)->dispPtr;
if (master == Tk_Parent(slave)) {
/*
* If the slave is a direct descendant of the master,
* Tk_MaintainGeometry will not have set up any of the extra
* infrastructure. Don't even bother to look for it, just return.
*/
return;
}
if (!dispPtr->geomInit) {
dispPtr->geomInit = 1;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
}
if (!(((TkWindow *) slave)->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(slave);
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, (char *) master);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
if (slavePtr->slave == slave) {
masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (prevPtr = slavePtr, slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr; ;
prevPtr = slavePtr, slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
if (slavePtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (slavePtr->slave == slave) {
prevPtr->nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
}
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->slave, StructureNotifyMask,
MaintainSlaveProc, (ClientData) slavePtr);
ckfree((char *) slavePtr);
if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
if (masterPtr->ancestor != NULL) {
for (ancestor = master; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(ancestor, StructureNotifyMask,
MaintainMasterProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
if (ancestor == masterPtr->ancestor) {
break;
}
}
}
if (masterPtr->checkScheduled) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MaintainCheckProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MaintainMasterProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher in response to
* StructureNotify events on the master or one of its ancestors, on
* behalf of Tk_MaintainGeometry.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* It schedules a call to MaintainCheckProc, which will eventually caused
* the postions and mapped states to be recalculated for all the
* maintained slaves of the master. Or, if the master window is being
* deleted then state is cleaned up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MaintainMasterProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to MaintainMaster structure for the
* master window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
MaintainMaster *masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) clientData;
MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
int done;
if ((eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify)
|| (eventPtr->type == MapNotify)
|| (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify)) {
if (!masterPtr->checkScheduled) {
masterPtr->checkScheduled = 1;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MaintainCheckProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
/*
* Delete all of the state associated with this master, but be careful
* not to use masterPtr after the last slave is deleted, since its
* memory will have been freed.
*/
done = 0;
do {
slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
if (slavePtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
done = 1;
}
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->slave, slavePtr->master);
} while (!done);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MaintainSlaveProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher in response to
* StructureNotify events on a slave being managed by
* Tk_MaintainGeometry.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* If the event is a DestroyNotify event then the Maintain state and
* event handlers for this slave are deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MaintainSlaveProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to MaintainSlave structure for
* master-slave pair. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
MaintainSlave *slavePtr = (MaintainSlave *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->slave, slavePtr->master);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MaintainCheckProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher as an idle
* handler, when a master or one of its ancestors has been reconfigured,
* mapped, or unmapped. Its job is to scan all of the slaves for the
* master and reposition them, map them, or unmap them as needed to
* maintain their geometry relative to the master.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Slaves can get repositioned, mapped, or unmapped.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MaintainCheckProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to MaintainMaster structure for the
* master window. */
{
MaintainMaster *masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) clientData;
MaintainSlave *slavePtr;
Tk_Window ancestor, parent;
int x, y, map;
masterPtr->checkScheduled = 0;
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
parent = Tk_Parent(slavePtr->slave);
x = slavePtr->x;
y = slavePtr->y;
map = 1;
for (ancestor = slavePtr->master; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (!Tk_IsMapped(ancestor) && (ancestor != parent)) {
map = 0;
}
if (ancestor == parent) {
if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->slave))
|| (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->slave))) {
Tk_MoveWindow(slavePtr->slave, x, y);
}
if (map) {
Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->slave);
} else {
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->slave);
}
break;
}
x += Tk_X(ancestor) + Tk_Changes(ancestor)->border_width;
y += Tk_Y(ancestor) + Tk_Changes(ancestor)->border_width;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGet.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | /* * One of these structures is created per thread to store thread-specific * data. In this case, it is used to house the Tk_Uid structs used by each * thread. The "dataKey" below is used to locate the ThreadSpecificData for * the current thread. */ | | | | | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
/*
* One of these structures is created per thread to store thread-specific
* data. In this case, it is used to house the Tk_Uid structs used by each
* thread. The "dataKey" below is used to locate the ThreadSpecificData for
* the current thread.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int initialized;
Tcl_HashTable uidTable;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
static void FreeUidThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData);
/*
* The following tables defines the string values for reliefs, which are
* used by Tk_GetAnchorFromObj and Tk_GetJustifyFromObj.
*/
static CONST char *anchorStrings[] = {
"n", "ne", "e", "se", "s", "sw", "w", "nw", "center", NULL
};
static CONST char *justifyStrings[] = {
"left", "right", "center", NULL
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetAnchorFromObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetAnchor(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
| | | 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetAnchor(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
CONST char *string, /* String describing a direction. */
Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr) /* Where to store Tk_Anchor corresponding to
* string. */
{
switch (string[0]) {
case 'n':
if (string[1] == 0) {
*anchorPtr = TK_ANCHOR_N;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
*anchorPtr = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
return TCL_OK;
}
goto error;
}
error:
| < | | < | | 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
*anchorPtr = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
return TCL_OK;
}
goto error;
}
error:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad anchor position \"", string,
"\": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_NameOfAnchor --
*
* Given a Tk_Anchor, return the string that corresponds to it.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_NameOfAnchor(
Tk_Anchor anchor) /* Anchor for which identifying string is
* desired. */
{
switch (anchor) {
case TK_ANCHOR_N: return "n";
case TK_ANCHOR_NE: return "ne";
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetJoinStyle(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
| | | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetJoinStyle(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
CONST char *string, /* String describing a justification style. */
int *joinPtr) /* Where to store join style corresponding to
* string. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
c = string[0];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(string, "round", length) == 0)) {
*joinPtr = JoinRound;
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | < < | | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(string, "round", length) == 0)) {
*joinPtr = JoinRound;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad join style \"", string,
"\": must be bevel, miter, or round", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_NameOfJoinStyle --
*
* Given a Tk JoinStyle, return the string that corresponds to it.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(
int join) /* Join style for which identifying string is
* desired. */
{
switch (join) {
case JoinBevel: return "bevel";
case JoinMiter: return "miter";
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetCapStyle(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
| | | 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetCapStyle(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
CONST char *string, /* String describing a justification style. */
int *capPtr) /* Where to store cap style corresponding to
* string. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
c = string[0];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
316 317 318 319 320 321 322 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(string, "round", length) == 0)) {
*capPtr = CapRound;
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | < < | | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'r') && (strncmp(string, "round", length) == 0)) {
*capPtr = CapRound;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cap style \"", string,
"\": must be butt, projecting, or round", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_NameOfCapStyle --
*
* Given a Tk CapStyle, return the string that corresponds to it.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_NameOfCapStyle(
int cap) /* Cap style for which identifying string is
* desired. */
{
switch (cap) {
case CapButt: return "butt";
case CapProjecting: return "projecting";
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
411 412 413 414 415 416 417 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetJustify(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
| | | 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetJustify(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
CONST char *string, /* String describing a justification style. */
Tk_Justify *justifyPtr) /* Where to store Tk_Justify corresponding to
* string. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
c = string[0];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
434 435 436 437 438 439 440 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(string, "center", length) == 0)) {
*justifyPtr = TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER;
return TCL_OK;
}
| | | < < | | 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(string, "center", length) == 0)) {
*justifyPtr = TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad justification \"", string,
"\": must be left, right, or center", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_NameOfJustify --
*
* Given a Tk_Justify, return the string that corresponds
* to it.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_NameOfJustify(
Tk_Justify justify) /* Justification style for which identifying
* string is desired. */
{
switch (justify) {
case TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT: return "left";
case TK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT: return "right";
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
489 490 491 492 493 494 495 | * All information in the identifier table is deleted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FreeUidThreadExitProc( | | | < | 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 |
* All information in the identifier table is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeUidThreadExitProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Not used. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->uidTable);
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
522 523 524 525 526 527 528 | * New information may be entered into the identifier table. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Tk_Uid Tk_GetUid( | | | 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
* New information may be entered into the identifier table.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Uid
Tk_GetUid(
CONST char *string) /* String to convert. */
{
int dummy;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = &tsdPtr->uidTable;
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
564 565 566 567 568 569 570 |
int
Tk_GetScreenMM(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose screen determines conversion
* from centimeters and other absolute
* units. */
| | | > > | 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
int
Tk_GetScreenMM(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose screen determines conversion
* from centimeters and other absolute
* units. */
CONST char *string, /* String describing a screen distance. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted result. */
{
char *end;
double d;
d = strtod(string, &end);
if (end == string) {
error:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad screen distance \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while ((*end != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*end))) {
end++;
}
switch (*end) {
case 0:
d /= WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
608 609 610 611 612 613 614 |
end++;
}
if (*end != 0) {
goto error;
}
*doublePtr = d;
return TCL_OK;
| < < < < < < | 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 |
end++;
}
if (*end != 0) {
goto error;
}
*doublePtr = d;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetPixels --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
int
Tk_GetPixels(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose screen determines conversion
* from centimeters and other absolute
* units. */
| | | 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 |
int
Tk_GetPixels(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose screen determines conversion
* from centimeters and other absolute
* units. */
CONST char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */
int *intPtr) /* Place to store converted result. */
{
double d;
if (TkGetDoublePixels(interp, tkwin, string, &d) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 |
*
* TkGetDoublePixels --
*
* Given a string, returns the number of pixels corresponding to that
* string.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a standard Tcl return result. If TCL_OK is
* returned, then everything went well and the pixel distance is stored
* at *doublePtr; otherwise TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is
* left in interp->result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkGetDoublePixels(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose screen determines conversion
* from centimeters and other absolute
* units. */
| > | | > > | 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 |
*
* TkGetDoublePixels --
*
* Given a string, returns the number of pixels corresponding to that
* string.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a standard Tcl return result. If TCL_OK is
* returned, then everything went well and the pixel distance is stored
* at *doublePtr; otherwise TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is
* left in interp->result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkGetDoublePixels(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose screen determines conversion
* from centimeters and other absolute
* units. */
CONST char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted result. */
{
char *end;
double d;
d = strtod((char *) string, &end);
if (end == string) {
error:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad screen distance \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while ((*end != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*end))) {
end++;
}
switch (*end) {
case 0:
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
731 732 733 734 735 736 737 |
end++;
}
if (*end != 0) {
goto error;
}
*doublePtr = d;
return TCL_OK;
| < < < < < < | 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 |
end++;
}
if (*end != 0) {
goto error;
}
*doublePtr = d;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkGrab.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef __WIN32__ #include "tkWinInt.h" #elif !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif /* * The grab state machine has four states: ungrabbed, button pressed, grabbed, * and button pressed while grabbed. In addition, there are three pieces of * grab state information: the current grab window, the current restrict |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 | /* * The following magic value is stored in the "send_event" field of * EnterNotify and LeaveNotify events that are generated in this file. This * allows us to separate "real" events coming from the server from those that * we generated. */ | | > > > > > > > > > > > | | 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 |
/*
* The following magic value is stored in the "send_event" field of
* EnterNotify and LeaveNotify events that are generated in this file. This
* allows us to separate "real" events coming from the server from those that
* we generated.
*/
#define GENERATED_EVENT_MAGIC ((Bool) 0x147321ac)
/*
* Mask that selects any of the state bits corresponding to buttons, plus
* masks that select individual buttons' bits:
*/
#define ALL_BUTTONS \
(Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask)
static unsigned int buttonStates[] = {
Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions declared later in this file:
*/
static void EatGrabEvents(TkDisplay *dispPtr, unsigned int serial);
static TkWindow * FindCommonAncestor(TkWindow *winPtr1,
TkWindow *winPtr2, int *countPtr1, int *countPtr2);
static Tk_RestrictAction GrabRestrictProc(ClientData arg, XEvent *eventPtr);
static int GrabWinEventProc(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags);
static void MovePointer2(TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr,
int mode, int leaveEvents, int EnterEvents);
static void QueueGrabWindowChange(TkDisplay *dispPtr,
TkWindow *grabWinPtr);
static void ReleaseButtonGrab(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GrabObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| > | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | | | > | 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tk_GrabObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int globalGrab;
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
char *arg;
int index;
int len;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"current", "release", "set", "status", NULL
};
static CONST char *flagStrings[] = {
"-global", NULL
};
enum options {
GRABCMD_CURRENT, GRABCMD_RELEASE, GRABCMD_SET, GRABCMD_STATUS
};
if (objc < 2) {
/*
* Can't use Tcl_WrongNumArgs here because we want the message to
* read:
* wrong # args: should be "cmd ?-global window" or "cmd option
* ?arg arg ...?"
* We can fake it with Tcl_WrongNumArgs if we assume the command name
* is "grab", but if it has been aliased, the message will be
* incorrect.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " ?-global? window\" or \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " option ?arg arg ...?\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* First check for a window name or "-global" as the first argument.
*/
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &len);
if (arg[0] == '.') {
/* [grab window] */
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, (Tk_Window) clientData);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return Tk_Grab(interp, tkwin, 0);
} else if (arg[0] == '-' && len > 1) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], flagStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* [grab -global window] */
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
(Tk_Window) clientData);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return Tk_Grab(interp, tkwin, 1);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
260 261 262 263 264 265 266 |
/* [grab current ?window?] */
if (objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "current ?window?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
| | < | > < < | | < | > | | < | | | | < | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 |
/* [grab current ?window?] */
if (objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "current ?window?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
(Tk_Window) clientData);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr->pathName,
TCL_STATIC);
}
} else {
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr->pathName);
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
case GRABCMD_RELEASE:
/* [grab release window] */
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "release window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
(Tk_Window) clientData);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
} else {
Tk_Ungrab(tkwin);
}
break;
case GRABCMD_SET:
/* [grab set ?-global? window] */
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set ?-global? window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
globalGrab = 0;
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
(Tk_Window) clientData);
} else {
globalGrab = 1;
/*
* We could just test the argument by hand instead of using
* Tcl_GetIndexFromObj; the benefit of using the function is that
* it sets up the error message for us, so we are certain to be
* consistant with the rest of Tcl.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], flagStrings, "option",
0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
(Tk_Window) clientData);
}
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return Tk_Grab(interp, tkwin, globalGrab);
case GRABCMD_STATUS: {
/* [grab status window] */
TkWindow *winPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "status window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
(Tk_Window) clientData);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr != winPtr) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "none", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (dispPtr->grabFlags & GRAB_GLOBAL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "global", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "local", TCL_STATIC);
}
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
404 405 406 407 408 409 410 |
ReleaseButtonGrab(dispPtr);
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr != NULL) {
if ((dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr == winPtr)
&& (grabGlobal == ((dispPtr->grabFlags & GRAB_GLOBAL) != 0))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr->mainPtr != winPtr->mainPtr) {
| | > > > | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 |
ReleaseButtonGrab(dispPtr);
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr != NULL) {
if ((dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr == winPtr)
&& (grabGlobal == ((dispPtr->grabFlags & GRAB_GLOBAL) != 0))) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr->mainPtr != winPtr->mainPtr) {
alreadyGrabbed:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "grab failed: another application has grab",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_Ungrab((Tk_Window) dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr);
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
if (!grabGlobal) {
Window dummy1, dummy2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
426 427 428 429 430 431 432 | * (b) it allows us to track mouse motion among all of the windows of * this application. */ dispPtr->grabFlags &= ~(GRAB_GLOBAL|GRAB_TEMP_GLOBAL); XQueryPointer(dispPtr->display, winPtr->window, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3, &dummy4, &dummy5, &dummy6, &state); | | | 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
* (b) it allows us to track mouse motion among all of the windows of
* this application.
*/
dispPtr->grabFlags &= ~(GRAB_GLOBAL|GRAB_TEMP_GLOBAL);
XQueryPointer(dispPtr->display, winPtr->window, &dummy1,
&dummy2, &dummy3, &dummy4, &dummy5, &dummy6, &state);
if ((state & ALL_BUTTONS) != 0) {
dispPtr->grabFlags |= GRAB_TEMP_GLOBAL;
goto setGlobalGrab;
}
} else {
dispPtr->grabFlags |= GRAB_GLOBAL;
setGlobalGrab:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
465 466 467 468 469 470 471 |
None, CurrentTime);
if (grabResult != AlreadyGrabbed) {
break;
}
Tcl_Sleep(100);
}
if (grabResult != 0) {
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 |
None, CurrentTime);
if (grabResult != AlreadyGrabbed) {
break;
}
Tcl_Sleep(100);
}
if (grabResult != 0) {
grabError:
if (grabResult == GrabNotViewable) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "grab failed: window not viewable",
TCL_STATIC);
} else if (grabResult == AlreadyGrabbed) {
goto alreadyGrabbed;
} else if (grabResult == GrabFrozen) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"grab failed: keyboard or pointer frozen", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (grabResult == GrabInvalidTime) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "grab failed: invalid time",
TCL_STATIC);
} else {
char msg[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(msg, "grab failed for unknown reason (code %d)",
grabResult);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, msg, NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
grabResult = XGrabKeyboard(dispPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
False, GrabModeAsync, GrabModeAsync, CurrentTime);
if (grabResult != 0) {
XUngrabPointer(dispPtr->display, CurrentTime);
goto grabError;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
513 514 515 516 517 518 519 |
MovePointer2(dispPtr->serverWinPtr, winPtr, NotifyGrab, 1, 0);
break;
}
}
}
QueueGrabWindowChange(dispPtr, winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 |
MovePointer2(dispPtr->serverWinPtr, winPtr, NotifyGrab, 1, 0);
break;
}
}
}
QueueGrabWindowChange(dispPtr, winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_Ungrab --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
633 634 635 636 637 638 639 | * to its current window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ReleaseButtonGrab( | | | 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
* to its current window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ReleaseButtonGrab(
register TkDisplay *dispPtr)/* Display whose button grab is to be
* released. */
{
unsigned int serial;
if (dispPtr->buttonWinPtr != NULL) {
if (dispPtr->buttonWinPtr != dispPtr->serverWinPtr) {
MovePointer2(dispPtr->buttonWinPtr, dispPtr->serverWinPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
662 663 664 665 666 667 668 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkPointerEvent -- * * This function is called for each pointer-related event, before the * event has been processed. It does various things to make grabs work * correctly. | < < < < | | | 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPointerEvent --
*
* This function is called for each pointer-related event, before the
* event has been processed. It does various things to make grabs work
* correctly.
*
* Results:
* If the return value is 1 it means the event should be processed (event
* handlers should be invoked). If the return value is 0 it means the
* event should be ignored in order to make grabs work correctly. In some
* cases this function modifies the event.
*
* Side effects:
* Grab state information may be updated. New events may also be pushed
* back onto the event queue to replace or augment the one passed in
* here.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPointerEvent(
register XEvent *eventPtr, /* Pointer to the event. */
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's information for window where event was
* reported. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr2;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
unsigned int serial;
int outsideGrabTree = 0;
int ancestorOfGrab = 0;
int appGrabbed = 0; /* Non-zero means event is being reported to
* an application that is affected by the
* grab. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
723 724 725 726 727 728 729 | /* * Keep track of what window the mouse is *really* over. Any events * that we generate have a special send_event value, which is detected * below and used to ignore the event for purposes of setting * serverWinPtr. */ | | | 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
/*
* Keep track of what window the mouse is *really* over. Any events
* that we generate have a special send_event value, which is detected
* below and used to ignore the event for purposes of setting
* serverWinPtr.
*/
if (eventPtr->xcrossing.send_event != GENERATED_EVENT_MAGIC) {
if ((eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) &&
(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
dispPtr->serverWinPtr = NULL;
} else {
dispPtr->serverWinPtr = winPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
773 774 775 776 777 778 779 |
&& (winPtr != dispPtr->buttonWinPtr)) {
return 0;
}
}
return 1;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
&& (winPtr != dispPtr->buttonWinPtr)) {
return 0;
}
}
return 1;
}
if (!appGrabbed) {
return 1;
}
if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) {
/*
* When grabs are active, X reports motion events relative to the
* window under the pointer. Instead, it should report the events
* relative to the window the button went down in, if there is a
* button down. Otherwise, if the pointer window is outside the
* subtree of the grab window, the events should be reported relative
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
winPtr2 = dispPtr->grabWinPtr;
}
if (winPtr2 != winPtr) {
TkChangeEventWindow(eventPtr, winPtr2);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
return 0;
}
| < < < < < < < | 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 |
winPtr2 = dispPtr->grabWinPtr;
}
if (winPtr2 != winPtr) {
TkChangeEventWindow(eventPtr, winPtr2);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
/*
* Process ButtonPress and ButtonRelease events:
* 1. Keep track of whether a button is down and what window it went down
* in.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
863 864 865 866 867 868 869 |
if (outsideGrabTree) {
winPtr2 = dispPtr->grabWinPtr; /* Note 5. */
} else {
winPtr2 = winPtr; /* Note 5. */
}
}
if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
| | | 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 |
if (outsideGrabTree) {
winPtr2 = dispPtr->grabWinPtr; /* Note 5. */
} else {
winPtr2 = winPtr; /* Note 5. */
}
}
if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS) == 0) {
if (outsideGrabTree) {
TkChangeEventWindow(eventPtr, dispPtr->grabWinPtr);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
return 0; /* Note 2. */
}
if (!(dispPtr->grabFlags & GRAB_GLOBAL)) { /* Note 6. */
serial = NextRequest(dispPtr->display);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
890 891 892 893 894 895 896 |
}
}
}
dispPtr->buttonWinPtr = winPtr;
return 1;
}
} else {
| < | | | 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 |
}
}
}
dispPtr->buttonWinPtr = winPtr;
return 1;
}
} else {
if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & ALL_BUTTONS)
== buttonStates[eventPtr->xbutton.button - Button1]) {
ReleaseButtonGrab(dispPtr); /* Note 4. */
}
}
if (winPtr2 != winPtr) {
TkChangeEventWindow(eventPtr, winPtr2);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
return 0; /* Note 3. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
927 928 929 930 931 932 933 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkChangeEventWindow( | | | | 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkChangeEventWindow(
register XEvent *eventPtr, /* Event to retarget. Must have type
* ButtonPress, ButtonRelease, KeyPress,
* KeyRelease, MotionNotify, EnterNotify, or
* LeaveNotify. */
TkWindow *winPtr) /* New target window for event. */
{
int x, y, sameScreen, bd;
register TkWindow *childPtr;
eventPtr->xmotion.window = Tk_WindowId(winPtr);
if (eventPtr->xmotion.root ==
RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum)) {
Tk_GetRootCoords((Tk_Window) winPtr, &x, &y);
eventPtr->xmotion.x = eventPtr->xmotion.x_root - x;
eventPtr->xmotion.y = eventPtr->xmotion.y_root - y;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 |
* means don't generate leave events. */
int enterType, /* Type of events to generate for windows
* being entered (EnterNotify or FocusIn). 0
* means don't generate enter events. */
Tcl_QueuePosition position) /* Position at which events are added to the
* system event queue. */
{
| | | 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 |
* means don't generate leave events. */
int enterType, /* Type of events to generate for windows
* being entered (EnterNotify or FocusIn). 0
* means don't generate enter events. */
Tcl_QueuePosition position) /* Position at which events are added to the
* system event queue. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr;
int upLevels, downLevels, i, j, focus;
/*
* There are four possible cases to deal with:
*
* 1. SourcePtr and destPtr are the same. There's nothing to do in this
* case.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 |
winPtr = destPtr;
if ((winPtr == NULL) || (winPtr->window == None)) {
return;
}
}
event.xcrossing.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
| | | 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 |
winPtr = destPtr;
if ((winPtr == NULL) || (winPtr->window == None)) {
return;
}
}
event.xcrossing.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xcrossing.send_event = GENERATED_EVENT_MAGIC;
event.xcrossing.display = winPtr->display;
event.xcrossing.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
event.xcrossing.time = TkCurrentTime(winPtr->dispPtr);
XQueryPointer(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, &dummy1, &dummy2,
&event.xcrossing.x_root, &event.xcrossing.y_root,
&dummy3, &dummy4, &event.xcrossing.state);
event.xcrossing.mode = mode;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 | * code. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkGrabDeadWindow( | | | 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 |
* code.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkGrabDeadWindow(
register TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that is in the process of being
* deleted. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
if (dispPtr->eventualGrabWinPtr == winPtr) {
/*
* Grab window was deleted. Release the grab.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 |
static void
EatGrabEvents(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display from which to consume events. */
unsigned int serial) /* Only discard events that have a serial
* number at least this great. */
{
| | | | < | | 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 |
static void
EatGrabEvents(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display from which to consume events. */
unsigned int serial) /* Only discard events that have a serial
* number at least this great. */
{
Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;
GrabInfo info;
ClientData oldArg, dummy;
info.display = dispPtr->display;
info.serial = serial;
TkpSync(info.display);
oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(GrabRestrictProc, (ClientData)&info, &oldArg);
while (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
}
Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &dummy);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GrabRestrictProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 |
*/
static Tk_RestrictAction
GrabRestrictProc(
ClientData arg,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
| | | 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 |
*/
static Tk_RestrictAction
GrabRestrictProc(
ClientData arg,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
GrabInfo *info = (GrabInfo *) arg;
int mode, diff;
/*
* The diff caculation is trickier than it may seem. Don't forget that
* serial numbers can wrap around, so can't compare the two serial numbers
* directly.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display on which to change the grab
* window. */
TkWindow *grabWinPtr) /* Window that is to become the new grab
* window (may be NULL). */
{
NewGrabWinEvent *grabEvPtr;
| | | 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display on which to change the grab
* window. */
TkWindow *grabWinPtr) /* Window that is to become the new grab
* window (may be NULL). */
{
NewGrabWinEvent *grabEvPtr;
grabEvPtr = (NewGrabWinEvent *) ckalloc(sizeof(NewGrabWinEvent));
grabEvPtr->header.proc = GrabWinEventProc;
grabEvPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
if (grabWinPtr == NULL) {
grabEvPtr->grabWindow = None;
} else {
grabEvPtr->grabWindow = grabWinPtr->window;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GrabWinEventProc(
Tcl_Event *evPtr, /* Event of type NewGrabWinEvent. */
| | | 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GrabWinEventProc(
Tcl_Event *evPtr, /* Event of type NewGrabWinEvent. */
int flags) /* Flags argument to Tcl_DoOneEvent: indicates
* what kinds of events are being processed
* right now. */
{
NewGrabWinEvent *grabEvPtr = (NewGrabWinEvent *) evPtr;
grabEvPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(
grabEvPtr->dispPtr->display, grabEvPtr->grabWindow);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 |
TkWindow *winPtr1, /* First window. May be NULL. */
TkWindow *winPtr2, /* Second window. May be NULL. */
int *countPtr1, /* Store nesting level of winPtr1 within
* common ancestor here. */
int *countPtr2) /* Store nesting level of winPtr2 within
* common ancestor here. */
{
| | | 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 |
TkWindow *winPtr1, /* First window. May be NULL. */
TkWindow *winPtr2, /* Second window. May be NULL. */
int *countPtr1, /* Store nesting level of winPtr1 within
* common ancestor here. */
int *countPtr2) /* Store nesting level of winPtr2 within
* common ancestor here. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr;
TkWindow *ancestorPtr;
int count1, count2, i;
/*
* Mark winPtr1 and all of its ancestors with a special flag bit.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkGrid.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 | /* * Default value for 'grid anchor'. */ #define GRID_DEFAULT_ANCHOR TK_ANCHOR_NW /* | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
/*
* Default value for 'grid anchor'.
*/
#define GRID_DEFAULT_ANCHOR TK_ANCHOR_NW
/*
* Structure to hold information for grid masters. A slot is either a row or
* column.
*/
typedef struct SlotInfo {
int minSize; /* The minimum size of this slot (in pixels).
* It is set via the rowconfigure or
* columnconfigure commands. */
int weight; /* The resize weight of this slot. (0) means
* this slot doesn't resize. Extra space in
* the layout is given distributed among slots
* inproportion to their weights. */
int pad; /* Extra padding, in pixels, required for this
* slot. This amount is "added" to the largest
* slave in the slot. */
Tk_Uid uniform; /* Value of -uniform option. It is used to
* group slots that should have the same
* size. */
int offset; /* This is a cached value used for
* introspection. It is the pixel offset of
* the right or bottom edge of this slot from
* the beginning of the layout. */
int temp; /* This is a temporary value used for
* calculating adjusted weights when shrinking
* the layout below its nominal size. */
} SlotInfo;
/*
* Structure to hold information during layout calculations. There is one of
* these for each slot, an array for each of the rows or columns.
*/
typedef struct GridLayout {
struct Gridder *binNextPtr; /* The next slave window in this bin. Each bin
* contains a list of all slaves whose spans
* are >1 and whose right edges fall in this
* slot. */
int minSize; /* Minimum size needed for this slot, in
* pixels. This is the space required to hold
* any slaves contained entirely in this slot,
* adjusted for any slot constrants, such as
* size or padding. */
int pad; /* Padding needed for this slot */
int weight; /* Slot weight, controls resizing. */
Tk_Uid uniform; /* Value of -uniform option. It is used to
* group slots that should have the same
* size. */
int minOffset; /* The minimum offset, in pixels, from the
* beginning of the layout to the bottom/right
* edge of the slot calculated from top/left
* to bottom/right. */
int maxOffset; /* The maximum offset, in pixels, from the
* beginning of the layout to the bottom/right
* edge of the slot calculated from
* bottom/right to top/left. */
} GridLayout;
/*
* Keep one of these for each geometry master.
*/
typedef struct {
SlotInfo *columnPtr; /* Pointer to array of column constraints. */
SlotInfo *rowPtr; /* Pointer to array of row constraints. */
int columnEnd; /* The last column occupied by any slave. */
int columnMax; /* The number of columns with constraints. */
int columnSpace; /* The number of slots currently allocated for
* column constraints. */
int rowEnd; /* The last row occupied by any slave. */
int rowMax; /* The number of rows with constraints. */
int rowSpace; /* The number of slots currently allocated for
* row constraints. */
int startX; /* Pixel offset of this layout within its
* master. */
int startY; /* Pixel offset of this layout within its
* master. */
Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Value of anchor option: specifies where a
* grid without weight should be placed. */
} GridMaster;
/*
* For each window that the grid cares about (either because the window is
* managed by the grid or because the window has slaves that are managed by
* the grid), there is a structure of the following type:
*/
typedef struct Gridder {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Tk token for window. NULL means that the
* window has been deleted, but the gridder
* hasn't had a chance to clean up yet because
* the structure is still in use. */
struct Gridder *masterPtr; /* Master window within which this window is
* managed (NULL means this window isn't
* managed by the gridder). */
struct Gridder *nextPtr; /* Next window managed within same master.
* List order doesn't matter. */
struct Gridder *slavePtr; /* First in list of slaves managed inside this
* window (NULL means no grid slaves). */
GridMaster *masterDataPtr; /* Additional data for geometry master. */
Tcl_Obj *in; /* Store master name when removed. */
int column, row; /* Location in the grid (starting from
* zero). */
int numCols, numRows; /* Number of columns or rows this slave spans.
* Should be at least 1. */
int padX, padY; /* Total additional pixels to leave around the
* window. Some is of this space is on each
* side. This is space *outside* the window:
* we'll allocate extra space in frame but
* won't enlarge window). */
int padLeft, padTop; /* The part of padX or padY to use on the left
* or top of the widget, respectively. By
* default, this is half of padX or padY. */
int iPadX, iPadY; /* Total extra pixels to allocate inside the
* window (half this amount will appear on
* each side). */
int sticky; /* which sides of its cavity this window
* sticks to. See below for definitions */
int doubleBw; /* Twice the window's last known border width.
* If this changes, the window must be
* re-arranged within its master. */
int *abortPtr; /* If non-NULL, it means that there is a
* nested call to ArrangeGrid already working
* on this window. *abortPtr may be set to 1
* to abort that nested call. This happens,
* for example, if tkwin or any of its slaves
* is deleted. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
* definitions. */
/*
* These fields are used temporarily for layout calculations only.
*/
struct Gridder *binNextPtr; /* Link to next span>1 slave in this bin. */
int size; /* Nominal size (width or height) in pixels of
* the slave. This includes the padding. */
} Gridder;
/*
* Flag values for "sticky"ness. The 16 combinations subsume the packer's
* notion of anchor and fill.
*
* STICK_NORTH This window sticks to the top of its cavity.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
231 232 233 234 235 236 237 |
int minSize;
} UniformGroup;
/*
* Flag values for Grid structures:
*
* REQUESTED_RELAYOUT 1 means a Tcl_DoWhenIdle request has already
| | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 |
int minSize;
} UniformGroup;
/*
* Flag values for Grid structures:
*
* REQUESTED_RELAYOUT 1 means a Tcl_DoWhenIdle request has already
* been made to re-arrange all the slaves of this
* window.
* DONT_PROPAGATE 1 means don't set this window's requested
* size. 0 means if this window is a master then
* Tk will set its requested size to fit the
* needs of its slaves.
*/
#define REQUESTED_RELAYOUT 1
#define DONT_PROPAGATE 2
/*
* Prototypes for procedures used only in this file:
*/
static void AdjustForSticky(Gridder *slavePtr, int *xPtr,
int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
static int AdjustOffsets(int width, int elements,
SlotInfo *slotPtr);
static void ArrangeGrid(ClientData clientData);
static int CheckSlotData(Gridder *masterPtr, int slot,
int slotType, int checkOnly);
static int ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void DestroyGrid(char *memPtr);
static Gridder * GetGrid(Tk_Window tkwin);
static int GridAnchorCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int GridBboxCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int GridForgetRemoveCommand(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int GridInfoCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int GridLocationCommand(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int GridPropagateCommand(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int GridSizeCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int GridSlavesCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void GridStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void GridLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void GridReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
static void InitMasterData(Gridder *masterPtr);
static Tcl_Obj * NewPairObj(int, int);
static Tcl_Obj * NewQuadObj(int, int, int, int);
static int ResolveConstraints(Gridder *gridPtr, int rowOrColumn,
int maxOffset);
static void SetGridSize(Gridder *gridPtr);
static int SetSlaveColumn(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *slavePtr,
int column, int numCols);
static int SetSlaveRow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Gridder *slavePtr,
int row, int numRows);
static void StickyToString(int flags, char *result);
static int StringToSticky(char *string);
static void Unlink(Gridder *gridPtr);
static const Tk_GeomMgr gridMgrType = {
"grid", /* name */
GridReqProc, /* requestProc */
GridLostSlaveProc, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GridCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
*/
int
Tk_GridObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | < | 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
*/
int
Tk_GridObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"anchor", "bbox", "columnconfigure", "configure",
"forget", "info", "location", "propagate", "remove",
"rowconfigure", "size", "slaves", NULL
};
enum options {
GRID_ANCHOR, GRID_BBOX, GRID_COLUMNCONFIGURE, GRID_CONFIGURE,
GRID_FORGET, GRID_INFO, GRID_LOCATION, GRID_PROPAGATE, GRID_REMOVE,
GRID_ROWCONFIGURE, GRID_SIZE, GRID_SLAVES
};
int index;
if (objc >= 2) {
char *argv1 = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
if ((argv1[0] == '.') || (argv1[0] == REL_SKIP) ||
(argv1[0] == REL_VERT)) {
return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
}
}
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case GRID_ANCHOR:
return GridAnchorCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
case GRID_BBOX:
return GridBboxCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
case GRID_CONFIGURE:
return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-2, objv+2);
case GRID_FORGET:
case GRID_REMOVE:
return GridForgetRemoveCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
case GRID_INFO:
return GridInfoCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
case GRID_LOCATION:
return GridLocationCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
case GRID_PROPAGATE:
return GridPropagateCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
case GRID_SIZE:
return GridSizeCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
case GRID_SLAVES:
return GridSlavesCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
/*
* Sample argument combinations:
* grid columnconfigure <master> <index> -option
* grid columnconfigure <master> <index> -option value -option value
* grid rowconfigure <master> <index>
* grid rowconfigure <master> <index> -option
* grid rowconfigure <master> <index> -option value -option value.
*/
case GRID_COLUMNCONFIGURE:
case GRID_ROWCONFIGURE:
return GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(tkwin, interp, objc, objv);
}
/* This should not happen */
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Internal error in grid.", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GridAnchorCommand --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
*/
static int
GridAnchorCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
*/
static int
GridAnchorCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window master;
Gridder *masterPtr;
GridMaster *gridPtr;
Tk_Anchor old;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?anchor?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
if (objc == 3) {
gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) Tk_NameOfAnchor(gridPtr == NULL ?
GRID_DEFAULT_ANCHOR : gridPtr->anchor), TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
InitMasterData(masterPtr);
gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
old = gridPtr->anchor;
if (Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(interp, objv[3], &gridPtr->anchor) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Only request a relayout if the anchor changes.
*/
if (old != gridPtr->anchor) {
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
508 509 510 511 512 513 514 |
*/
static int
GridBboxCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
*/
static int
GridBboxCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window master;
Gridder *masterPtr; /* master grid record */
GridMaster *gridPtr; /* pointer to grid data */
int row, column; /* origin for bounding box */
int row2, column2; /* end of bounding box */
int endX, endY; /* last column/row in the layout */
int x=0, y=0; /* starting pixels for this bounding box */
int width, height; /* size of the bounding box */
if (objc!=3 && objc != 5 && objc != 7) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "master ?column row ?column row??");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
if (objc >= 5) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &column) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &row) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
549 550 551 552 553 554 555 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &row2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
| | | | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &row2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
if (gridPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewQuadObj(0, 0, 0, 0));
return TCL_OK;
}
SetGridSize(masterPtr);
endX = MAX(gridPtr->columnEnd, gridPtr->columnMax);
endY = MAX(gridPtr->rowEnd, gridPtr->rowMax);
if ((endX == 0) || (endY == 0)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewQuadObj(0, 0, 0, 0));
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
*/
static int
GridForgetRemoveCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
*/
static int
GridForgetRemoveCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window slave;
Gridder *slavePtr;
int i;
char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
char c = string[0];
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
/*
* For "forget", reset all the settings to their defaults
*/
if (c == 'f') {
slavePtr->column = -1;
slavePtr->row = -1;
slavePtr->numCols = 1;
slavePtr->numRows = 1;
slavePtr->padX = 0;
slavePtr->padY = 0;
slavePtr->padLeft = 0;
slavePtr->padTop = 0;
slavePtr->iPadX = 0;
slavePtr->iPadY = 0;
if (slavePtr->in != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(slavePtr->in);
slavePtr->in = NULL;
}
slavePtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
if (slavePtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) slavePtr);
}
slavePtr->flags = 0;
slavePtr->sticky = 0;
} else {
/*
* When removing, store name of master to be able to
* restore it later, even if the master is recreated.
*/
if (slavePtr->in != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(slavePtr->in);
slavePtr->in = NULL;
}
if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
slavePtr->in = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_PathName(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(slavePtr->in);
}
}
Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin,
slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(slavePtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
*/
static int
GridInfoCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | < | | | < < < | < | | | | | < | | | 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
*/
static int
GridInfoCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register Gridder *slavePtr;
Tk_Window slave;
char buffer[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "-in");
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_PathName(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin));
sprintf(buffer, " -column %d -row %d -columnspan %d -rowspan %d",
slavePtr->column, slavePtr->row,
slavePtr->numCols, slavePtr->numRows);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
TkPrintPadAmount(interp, "ipadx", slavePtr->iPadX/2, slavePtr->iPadX);
TkPrintPadAmount(interp, "ipady", slavePtr->iPadY/2, slavePtr->iPadY);
TkPrintPadAmount(interp, "padx", slavePtr->padLeft, slavePtr->padX);
TkPrintPadAmount(interp, "pady", slavePtr->padTop, slavePtr->padY);
StickyToString(slavePtr->sticky, buffer);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " -sticky ", buffer, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GridLocationCommand --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
790 791 792 793 794 795 796 |
*/
static int
GridLocationCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | > > > > < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 |
*/
static int
GridLocationCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window master;
Gridder *masterPtr; /* Master grid record. */
GridMaster *gridPtr; /* Pointer to grid data. */
register SlotInfo *slotPtr;
int x, y; /* Offset in pixels, from edge of master. */
int i, j; /* Corresponding column and row indeces. */
int endX, endY; /* End of grid. */
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "master x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewPairObj(-1, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
/*
* Update any pending requests. This is not always the steady state value,
* as more configure events could be in the pipeline, but its as close as
* its easy to get.
*/
while (masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
ArrangeGrid((ClientData) masterPtr);
}
SetGridSize(masterPtr);
endX = MAX(gridPtr->columnEnd, gridPtr->columnMax);
endY = MAX(gridPtr->rowEnd, gridPtr->rowMax);
slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr;
if (x < masterPtr->masterDataPtr->startX) {
i = -1;
} else {
x -= masterPtr->masterDataPtr->startX;
for (i = 0; slotPtr[i].offset < x && i < endX; i++) {
/* null body */
}
}
slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr;
if (y < masterPtr->masterDataPtr->startY) {
j = -1;
} else {
y -= masterPtr->masterDataPtr->startY;
for (j = 0; slotPtr[j].offset < y && j < endY; j++) {
/* null body */
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewPairObj(i, j));
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
883 884 885 886 887 888 889 |
*/
static int
GridPropagateCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | | | | | | | | 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 |
*/
static int
GridPropagateCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window master;
Gridder *masterPtr;
int propagate, old;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &propagate) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Only request a relayout if the propagation bit changes.
*/
old = !(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE);
if (propagate != old) {
if (propagate) {
masterPtr->flags &= ~DONT_PROPAGATE;
} else {
masterPtr->flags |= DONT_PROPAGATE;
}
/*
* Re-arrange the master to allow new geometry information to
* propagate upwards to the master's master.
*/
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
971 972 973 974 975 976 977 |
*/
static int
GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < | < | | | | 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 |
*/
static int
GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window master, slave;
Gridder *masterPtr, *slavePtr;
SlotInfo *slotPtr = NULL;
int slot; /* the column or row number */
int slotType; /* COLUMN or ROW */
int size; /* the configuration value */
int lObjc; /* Number of items in index list */
Tcl_Obj **lObjv; /* array of indices */
int ok; /* temporary TCL result code */
int i, j, first, last;
char *string;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"-minsize", "-pad", "-uniform", "-weight", NULL
};
enum options {
ROWCOL_MINSIZE, ROWCOL_PAD, ROWCOL_UNIFORM, ROWCOL_WEIGHT
};
int index;
Tcl_Obj *listCopy;
if (((objc % 2 != 0) && (objc > 6)) || (objc < 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "master index ?-option value...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
listCopy = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objv[3]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(listCopy);
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, listCopy, &lObjc, &lObjv) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
slotType = (*string == 'c') ? COLUMN : ROW;
if (lObjc == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no ",
(slotType == COLUMN) ? "column" : "row",
" indices specified", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
first = 0; /* lint */
last = 0; /* lint */
if ((objc == 4) || (objc == 5)) {
if (lObjc != 1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " ",
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
": must specify a single element on retrieval", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, lObjv[0], &slot) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
" (when retreiving options only integer indices are "
"allowed)", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ok = CheckSlotData(masterPtr, slot, slotType, /* checkOnly */ 1);
if (ok == TCL_OK) {
slotPtr = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr :
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr;
}
/*
* Return all of the options for this row or column. If the request is
* out of range, return all 0's.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 |
pad = slotPtr[slot].pad;
weight = slotPtr[slot].weight;
uniform = slotPtr[slot].uniform;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-minsize", -1));
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | < | > | < | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | > > > | < > | | > > > | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < | 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 |
pad = slotPtr[slot].pad;
weight = slotPtr[slot].weight;
uniform = slotPtr[slot].uniform;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-minsize", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewIntObj(minsize));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-pad", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewIntObj(pad));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-uniform", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj(uniform == NULL ? "" : uniform, -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-weight", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res, Tcl_NewIntObj(weight));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, res);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* If only one option is given, with no value, the current value is
* returned.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[4], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == ROWCOL_MINSIZE) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj((ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].minSize : 0));
} else if (index == ROWCOL_WEIGHT) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj((ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].weight : 0));
} else if (index == ROWCOL_UNIFORM) {
Tk_Uid value = (ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].uniform : "";
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj(value == NULL ? "" : value, -1));
} else if (index == ROWCOL_PAD) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewIntObj((ok == TCL_OK) ? slotPtr[slot].pad : 0));
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_OK;
}
for (j = 0; j < lObjc; j++) {
int allSlaves = 0;
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, lObjv[j], &slot) == TCL_OK) {
first = slot;
last = slot;
slavePtr = NULL;
} else if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j]), "all") == 0) {
/*
* Make sure master is initialised.
*/
InitMasterData(masterPtr);
slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
if (slavePtr == NULL) {
continue;
}
allSlaves = 1;
} else if (TkGetWindowFromObj(NULL, tkwin, lObjv[j], &slave)
== TCL_OK) {
/*
* Is it gridded in this master?
*/
slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
if (slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " ",
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), ": the window \"",
Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j]), "\" is not managed by \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\"", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " ",
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), ": illegal index \"",
Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j]), "\"", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* The outer loop is only to handle "all".
*/
do {
if (slavePtr != NULL) {
first = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
slavePtr->column : slavePtr->row;
last = first - 1 + ((slotType == COLUMN) ?
slavePtr->numCols : slavePtr->numRows);
}
for (slot = first; slot <= last; slot++) {
ok = CheckSlotData(masterPtr, slot, slotType, /*checkOnly*/ 0);
if (ok != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " ",
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), ": \"",
Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j]),
"\" is out of range", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slotPtr = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr :
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr;
/*
* Loop through each option value pair, setting the values as
* required.
*/
for (i = 4; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
"option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == ROWCOL_MINSIZE) {
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[i+1],
&size) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
slotPtr[slot].minSize = size;
}
} else if (index == ROWCOL_WEIGHT) {
int wt;
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp,objv[i+1],&wt)!=TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (wt < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid arg \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\": should be non-negative", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
slotPtr[slot].weight = wt;
}
} else if (index == ROWCOL_UNIFORM) {
slotPtr[slot].uniform =
Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]));
if (slotPtr[slot].uniform != NULL &&
slotPtr[slot].uniform[0] == 0) {
slotPtr[slot].uniform = NULL;
}
} else if (index == ROWCOL_PAD) {
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[i+1],
&size) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (size < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid arg \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\": should be non-negative", NULL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
slotPtr[slot].pad = size;
}
}
}
}
if (slavePtr != NULL) {
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
}
} while ((allSlaves == 1) && (slavePtr != NULL));
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy);
/*
* We changed a property, re-arrange the table, and check for constraint
* shrinkage. A null slotPtr will occur for 'all' checks.
*/
if (slotPtr != NULL) {
if (slotType == ROW) {
int last = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax - 1;
while ((last >= 0) && (slotPtr[last].weight == 0)
&& (slotPtr[last].pad == 0) && (slotPtr[last].minSize == 0)
&& (slotPtr[last].uniform == NULL)) {
last--;
}
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax = last+1;
} else {
int last = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax - 1;
while ((last >= 0) && (slotPtr[last].weight == 0)
&& (slotPtr[last].pad == 0) && (slotPtr[last].minSize == 0)
&& (slotPtr[last].uniform == NULL)) {
last--;
}
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax = last + 1;
}
}
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GridSizeCommand --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 |
*/
static int
GridSizeCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | > | 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 |
*/
static int
GridSizeCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window master;
Gridder *masterPtr;
GridMaster *gridPtr; /* pointer to grid data */
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
SetGridSize(masterPtr);
gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewPairObj(
MAX(gridPtr->columnEnd, gridPtr->columnMax),
MAX(gridPtr->rowEnd, gridPtr->rowMax)));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, NewPairObj(0, 0));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GridSlavesCommand --
*
* Implementation of the [grid slaves] subcommand. See the user
* documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* Standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Places a list of slaves of the specified window in the interpreter's
* result field.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GridSlavesCommand(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window master;
Gridder *masterPtr; /* master grid record */
Gridder *slavePtr;
int i, value, index;
int row = -1, column = -1;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"-column", "-row", NULL
};
enum options { SLAVES_COLUMN, SLAVES_ROW };
Tcl_Obj *res;
if ((objc < 3) || ((objc % 2) == 0)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-option value...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &value) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (value < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
" is an invalid value: should NOT be < 0", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == SLAVES_COLUMN) {
column = value;
} else {
row = value;
}
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetGrid(master);
res = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
if (column>=0 && (slavePtr->column > column
|| slavePtr->column+slavePtr->numCols-1 < column)) {
continue;
}
if (row>=0 && (slavePtr->row > row ||
slavePtr->row+slavePtr->numRows-1 < row)) {
continue;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, res,
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin), -1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, res);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GridReqProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Grid's information about window that got
* new preferred geometry. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GridReqProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Grid's information about window that got
* new preferred geometry. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Other Tk-related information about the
* window. */
{
register Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *) clientData;
gridPtr = gridPtr->masterPtr;
if (gridPtr && !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GridLostSlaveProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
* control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Forgets all grid-related information about the slave.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GridLostSlaveProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Grid structure for slave window that was
* stolen away. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
{
register Gridder *slavePtr = (Gridder *) clientData;
if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(slavePtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AdjustOffsets --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
AdjustOffsets(
int size, /* The total layout size (in pixels). */
int slots, /* Number of slots. */
| | | | 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
AdjustOffsets(
int size, /* The total layout size (in pixels). */
int slots, /* Number of slots. */
register SlotInfo *slotPtr) /* Pointer to slot array. */
{
register int slot; /* Current slot. */
int diff; /* Extra pixels needed to add to the layout. */
int totalWeight; /* Sum of the weights for all the slots. */
int weight; /* Sum of the weights so far. */
int minSize; /* Minimum possible layout size. */
int newDiff; /* The most pixels that can be added on the
* current pass. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * AdjustForSticky -- * | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AdjustForSticky --
*
* This procedure adjusts the size of a slave in its cavity based on its
* "sticky" flags.
*
* Results:
* The input x, y, width, and height are changed to represent the desired
* coordinates of the slave.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AdjustForSticky(
Gridder *slavePtr, /* Slave window to arrange in its cavity. */
int *xPtr, /* Pixel location of the left edge of the cavity. */
int *yPtr, /* Pixel location of the top edge of the cavity. */
int *widthPtr, /* Width of the cavity (in pixels). */
int *heightPtr) /* Height of the cavity (in pixels). */
{
int diffx = 0; /* Cavity width - slave width. */
int diffy = 0; /* Cavity hight - slave height. */
int sticky = slavePtr->sticky;
*xPtr += slavePtr->padLeft;
*widthPtr -= slavePtr->padX;
*yPtr += slavePtr->padTop;
*heightPtr -= slavePtr->padY;
if (*widthPtr > (Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadX)) {
diffx = *widthPtr - (Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadX);
*widthPtr = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadX;
}
if (*heightPtr > (Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadY)) {
diffy = *heightPtr - (Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadY);
*heightPtr = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->iPadY;
}
if (sticky&STICK_EAST && sticky&STICK_WEST) {
*widthPtr += diffx;
}
if (sticky&STICK_NORTH && sticky&STICK_SOUTH) {
*heightPtr += diffy;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 | * time so that a series of grid requests can be merged into a single * layout operation. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 |
* time so that a series of grid requests can be merged into a single
* layout operation.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The slaves of masterPtr may get resized or moved.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ArrangeGrid(
ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing master whose slaves
* are to be re-layed out. */
{
register Gridder *masterPtr = (Gridder *) clientData;
register Gridder *slavePtr;
GridMaster *slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr;
int abort;
int width, height; /* Requested size of layout, in pixels. */
int realWidth, realHeight; /* Actual size layout should take-up. */
int usedX, usedY;
masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
/*
* If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't do anything at all:
* just leave the master's size as-is. Otherwise there is no way to
* "relinquish" control over the master so another geometry manager can
* take over.
*/
if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
/*
* Abort any nested call to ArrangeGrid for this window, since we'll do
* everything necessary here, and set up so this call can be aborted if
* necessary.
*/
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
abort = 0;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr);
/*
* Call the constraint engine to fill in the row and column offsets.
*/
SetGridSize(masterPtr);
width = ResolveConstraints(masterPtr, COLUMN, 0);
height = ResolveConstraints(masterPtr, ROW, 0);
width += Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin) +
Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
height += Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin) +
Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
if (width < Tk_MinReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
width = Tk_MinReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin);
}
if (height < Tk_MinReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
height = Tk_MinReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin);
}
if (((width != Tk_ReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin))
|| (height != Tk_ReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin)))
&& !(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(masterPtr->tkwin, width, height);
if (width>1 && height>1) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
return;
}
/*
* If the currently requested layout size doesn't match the master's
* window size, then adjust the slot offsets according to the weights. If
* all of the weights are zero, place the layout according to the anchor
* value.
*/
realWidth = Tk_Width(masterPtr->tkwin) -
Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin) -
Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
realHeight = Tk_Height(masterPtr->tkwin) -
Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin) -
Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
usedX = AdjustOffsets(realWidth,
MAX(slotPtr->columnEnd, slotPtr->columnMax), slotPtr->columnPtr);
usedY = AdjustOffsets(realHeight, MAX(slotPtr->rowEnd, slotPtr->rowMax),
slotPtr->rowPtr);
TkComputeAnchor(masterPtr->masterDataPtr->anchor, masterPtr->tkwin,
0, 0, usedX, usedY, &slotPtr->startX, &slotPtr->startY);
/*
* Now adjust the actual size of the slave to its cavity by computing the
* cavity size, and adjusting the widget according to its stickyness.
*/
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL && !abort;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
int x, y; /* Top left coordinate */
int width, height; /* Slot or slave size */
int col = slavePtr->column;
int row = slavePtr->row;
x = (col>0) ? slotPtr->columnPtr[col-1].offset : 0;
y = (row>0) ? slotPtr->rowPtr[row-1].offset : 0;
width = slotPtr->columnPtr[slavePtr->numCols+col-1].offset - x;
height = slotPtr->rowPtr[slavePtr->numRows+row-1].offset - y;
x += slotPtr->startX;
y += slotPtr->startY;
AdjustForSticky(slavePtr, &x, &y, &width, &height);
/*
* Now put the window in the proper spot. (This was taken directly
* from tkPack.c.) If the slave is a child of the master, then do this
* here. Otherwise let Tk_MaintainGeometry do the work.
*/
if (masterPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
} else {
if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->tkwin))
|| (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->tkwin))
|| (width != Tk_Width(slavePtr->tkwin))
|| (height != Tk_Height(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slavePtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
}
if (abort) {
break;
}
/*
* Don't map the slave if the master isn't mapped: wait until
* the master gets mapped later.
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
}
}
} else if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_MaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin, x, y,
width, height);
}
}
masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ResolveConstraints --
*
* Resolve all of the column and row boundaries. Most of the calculations
* are identical for rows and columns, so this procedure is called twice,
* once for rows, and again for columns.
*
* Results:
* The offset (in pixels) from the left/top edge of this layout is
* returned.
*
* Side effects:
* The slot offsets are copied into the SlotInfo structure for the
* geometry master.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ResolveConstraints(
Gridder *masterPtr, /* The geometry master for this grid. */
int slotType, /* Either ROW or COLUMN. */
int maxOffset) /* The actual maximum size of this layout in
* pixels, or 0 (not currently used). */
{
register SlotInfo *slotPtr; /* Pointer to row/col constraints. */
register Gridder *slavePtr; /* List of slave windows in this grid. */
int constraintCount; /* Count of rows or columns that have
* constraints. */
int slotCount; /* Last occupied row or column. */
int gridCount; /* The larger of slotCount and
* constraintCount. */
GridLayout *layoutPtr; /* Temporary layout structure. */
int requiredSize; /* The natural size of the grid (pixels).
* This is the minimum size needed to
* accomodate all of the slaves at their
* requested sizes. */
int offset; /* The pixel offset of the right edge of the
* current slot from the beginning of the
* layout. */
int slot; /* The current slot. */
int start; /* The first slot of a contiguous set whose
* constraints are not yet fully resolved. */
int end; /* The Last slot of a contiguous set whose
* constraints are not yet fully resolved. */
UniformGroup uniformPre[UNIFORM_PREALLOC];
/* Pre-allocated space for uniform groups. */
UniformGroup *uniformGroupPtr;
/* Uniform groups data. */
int uniformGroups; /* Number of currently used uniform groups. */
int uniformGroupsAlloced; /* Size of allocated space for uniform
* groups. */
int weight, minSize;
int prevGrow, accWeight, grow;
/*
* For typical sized tables, we'll use stack space for the layout data to
* avoid the overhead of a malloc and free for every layout.
*/
GridLayout layoutData[TYPICAL_SIZE + 1];
if (slotType == COLUMN) {
constraintCount = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax;
slotCount = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnEnd;
slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr;
} else {
constraintCount = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax;
slotCount = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr;
}
/*
* Make sure there is enough memory for the layout.
*/
gridCount = MAX(constraintCount, slotCount);
if (gridCount >= TYPICAL_SIZE) {
layoutPtr = (GridLayout *)
ckalloc(sizeof(GridLayout) * (1+gridCount));
} else {
layoutPtr = layoutData;
}
/*
* Allocate an extra layout slot to represent the left/top edge of the 0th
* slot to make it easier to calculate slot widths from offsets without
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 |
layoutPtr[slot].uniform = NULL;
layoutPtr[slot].pad = 0;
layoutPtr[slot].binNextPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* Step 2.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 |
layoutPtr[slot].uniform = NULL;
layoutPtr[slot].pad = 0;
layoutPtr[slot].binNextPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* Step 2.
* Slaves with a span of 1 are used to determine the minimum size of each
* slot. Slaves whose span is two or more slots don't contribute to the
* minimum size of each slot directly, but can cause slots to grow if
* their size exceeds the the sizes of the slots they span.
*
* Bin all slaves whose spans are > 1 by their right edges. This allows
* the computation on minimum and maximum possible layout sizes at each
* slot boundary, without the need to re-sort the slaves.
*/
switch (slotType) {
case COLUMN:
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
int rightEdge = slavePtr->column + slavePtr->numCols - 1;
slavePtr->size = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->padX
+ slavePtr->iPadX + slavePtr->doubleBw;
if (slavePtr->numCols > 1) {
slavePtr->binNextPtr = layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr;
layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr = slavePtr;
} else if (rightEdge >= 0) {
int size = slavePtr->size + layoutPtr[rightEdge].pad;
if (size > layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize) {
layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize = size;
}
}
}
break;
case ROW:
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
int rightEdge = slavePtr->row + slavePtr->numRows - 1;
slavePtr->size = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->padY
+ slavePtr->iPadY + slavePtr->doubleBw;
if (slavePtr->numRows > 1) {
slavePtr->binNextPtr = layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr;
layoutPtr[rightEdge].binNextPtr = slavePtr;
} else if (rightEdge >= 0) {
int size = slavePtr->size + layoutPtr[rightEdge].pad;
if (size > layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize) {
layoutPtr[rightEdge].minSize = size;
}
}
}
break;
}
/*
* Step 2b.
* Consider demands on uniform sizes.
*/
uniformGroupPtr = uniformPre;
uniformGroupsAlloced = UNIFORM_PREALLOC;
uniformGroups = 0;
for (slot = 0; slot < gridCount; slot++) {
if (layoutPtr[slot].uniform != NULL) {
for (start = 0; start < uniformGroups; start++) {
if (uniformGroupPtr[start].group == layoutPtr[slot].uniform) {
break;
}
}
if (start >= uniformGroups) {
/*
* Have not seen that group before, set up data for it.
*/
if (uniformGroups >= uniformGroupsAlloced) {
/*
* We need to allocate more space.
*/
size_t oldSize = uniformGroupsAlloced
* sizeof(UniformGroup);
size_t newSize = (uniformGroupsAlloced + UNIFORM_PREALLOC)
* sizeof(UniformGroup);
UniformGroup *newUG = (UniformGroup *) ckalloc(newSize);
UniformGroup *oldUG = uniformGroupPtr;
memcpy(newUG, oldUG, oldSize);
if (oldUG != uniformPre) {
ckfree((char *) oldUG);
}
uniformGroupPtr = newUG;
uniformGroupsAlloced += UNIFORM_PREALLOC;
}
uniformGroups++;
uniformGroupPtr[start].group = layoutPtr[slot].uniform;
uniformGroupPtr[start].minSize = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 |
if (uniformGroups > 0) {
for (slot = 0; slot < gridCount; slot++) {
if (layoutPtr[slot].uniform != NULL) {
for (start = 0; start < uniformGroups; start++) {
if (uniformGroupPtr[start].group ==
layoutPtr[slot].uniform) {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 |
if (uniformGroups > 0) {
for (slot = 0; slot < gridCount; slot++) {
if (layoutPtr[slot].uniform != NULL) {
for (start = 0; start < uniformGroups; start++) {
if (uniformGroupPtr[start].group ==
layoutPtr[slot].uniform) {
weight = layoutPtr[slot].weight;
weight = weight > 0 ? weight : 1;
layoutPtr[slot].minSize =
uniformGroupPtr[start].minSize * weight;
break;
}
}
}
}
}
if (uniformGroupPtr != uniformPre) {
ckfree((char *) uniformGroupPtr);
}
/*
* Step 3.
* Determine the minimum slot offsets going from left to right that would
* fit all of the slaves. This determines the minimum
*/
for (offset=0,slot=0; slot < gridCount; slot++) {
layoutPtr[slot].minOffset = layoutPtr[slot].minSize + offset;
for (slavePtr = layoutPtr[slot].binNextPtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->binNextPtr) {
int span = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
slavePtr->numCols : slavePtr->numRows;
int required = slavePtr->size + layoutPtr[slot - span].minOffset;
if (required > layoutPtr[slot].minOffset) {
layoutPtr[slot].minOffset = required;
}
}
offset = layoutPtr[slot].minOffset;
}
/*
* At this point, we know the minimum required size of the entire layout.
* It might be prudent to stop here if our "master" will resize itself to
* this size.
*/
requiredSize = offset;
if (maxOffset > offset) {
offset=maxOffset;
}
/*
* Step 4.
* Determine the minimum slot offsets going from right to left, bounding
* the pixel range of each slot boundary. Pre-fill all of the right
* offsets with the actual size of the table; they will be reduced as
* required.
*/
for (slot=0; slot < gridCount; slot++) {
layoutPtr[slot].maxOffset = offset;
}
for (slot=gridCount-1; slot > 0;) {
for (slavePtr = layoutPtr[slot].binNextPtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->binNextPtr) {
int span = (slotType == COLUMN) ?
slavePtr->numCols : slavePtr->numRows;
int require = offset - slavePtr->size;
int startSlot = slot - span;
if (startSlot >=0 && require < layoutPtr[startSlot].maxOffset) {
layoutPtr[startSlot].maxOffset = require;
}
}
offset -= layoutPtr[slot].minSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 |
}
}
}
/*
* Step 6.
* All of the space has been apportioned; copy the layout information back
| | | | 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 |
}
}
}
/*
* Step 6.
* All of the space has been apportioned; copy the layout information back
* into the master.
*/
for (slot=0; slot < gridCount; slot++) {
slotPtr[slot].offset = layoutPtr[slot].minOffset;
}
--layoutPtr;
if (layoutPtr != layoutData) {
ckfree((char *) layoutPtr);
}
return requiredSize;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 |
*/
static Gridder *
GetGrid(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window for which grid structure
* is desired. */
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | < | | < < < | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | < | < > | | < | < | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | | < | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > | > > > | | > > | > > | | | | < | | < | | | < < | > | < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | | 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 |
*/
static Gridder *
GetGrid(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window for which grid structure
* is desired. */
{
register Gridder *gridPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->gridInit) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->gridHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
dispPtr->gridInit = 1;
}
/*
* See if there's already grid for this window. If not, then create a new
* one.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable, (char*) tkwin, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
return (Gridder *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
gridPtr = (Gridder *) ckalloc(sizeof(Gridder));
gridPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
gridPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
gridPtr->masterDataPtr = NULL;
gridPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
gridPtr->slavePtr = NULL;
gridPtr->binNextPtr = NULL;
gridPtr->column = -1;
gridPtr->row = -1;
gridPtr->numCols = 1;
gridPtr->numRows = 1;
gridPtr->padX = 0;
gridPtr->padY = 0;
gridPtr->padLeft = 0;
gridPtr->padTop = 0;
gridPtr->iPadX = 0;
gridPtr->iPadY = 0;
gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
gridPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
gridPtr->flags = 0;
gridPtr->sticky = 0;
gridPtr->size = 0;
gridPtr->in = NULL;
gridPtr->masterDataPtr = NULL;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, gridPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
GridStructureProc, (ClientData) gridPtr);
return gridPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetGridSize --
*
* This internal procedure sets the size of the grid occupied by slaves.
*
* Results:
* None
*
* Side effects:
* The width and height arguments are filled in the master data
* structure. Additional space is allocated for the constraints to
* accomodate the offsets.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SetGridSize(
Gridder *masterPtr) /* The geometry master for this grid. */
{
register Gridder *slavePtr; /* Current slave window. */
int maxX = 0, maxY = 0;
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
maxX = MAX(maxX, slavePtr->numCols + slavePtr->column);
maxY = MAX(maxY, slavePtr->numRows + slavePtr->row);
}
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnEnd = maxX;
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd = maxY;
CheckSlotData(masterPtr, maxX, COLUMN, CHECK_SPACE);
CheckSlotData(masterPtr, maxY, ROW, CHECK_SPACE);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetSlaveColumn --
*
* Update column data for a slave, checking that MAX_ELEMENT bound
* is not passed.
*
* Results:
* TCL_ERROR if out of bounds, TCL_OK otherwise
*
* Side effects:
* Slave fields are updated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetSlaveColumn(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error message. */
Gridder *slavePtr, /* Slave to be updated. */
int column, /* New column or -1 to be unchanged. */
int numCols) /* New columnspan or -1 to be unchanged. */
{
int newColumn, newNumCols, lastCol;
newColumn = (column >= 0) ? column : slavePtr->column;
newNumCols = (numCols >= 1) ? numCols : slavePtr->numCols;
lastCol = ((newColumn >= 0) ? newColumn : 0) + newNumCols;
if (lastCol >= MAX_ELEMENT) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Column out of bounds", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr->column = newColumn;
slavePtr->numCols = newNumCols;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetSlaveRow --
*
* Update row data for a slave, checking that MAX_ELEMENT bound
* is not passed.
*
* Results:
* TCL_ERROR if out of bounds, TCL_OK otherwise
*
* Side effects:
* Slave fields are updated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetSlaveRow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error message. */
Gridder *slavePtr, /* Slave to be updated. */
int row, /* New row or -1 to be unchanged. */
int numRows) /* New rowspan or -1 to be unchanged. */
{
int newRow, newNumRows, lastRow;
newRow = (row >= 0) ? row : slavePtr->row;
newNumRows = (numRows >= 1) ? numRows : slavePtr->numRows;
lastRow = ((newRow >= 0) ? newRow : 0) + newNumRows;
if (lastRow >= MAX_ELEMENT) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Row out of bounds", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr->row = newRow;
slavePtr->numRows = newNumRows;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CheckSlotData --
*
* This internal procedure is used to manage the storage for row and
* column (slot) constraints.
*
* Results:
* TRUE if the index is OK, False otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* A new master grid structure may be created. If so, then it is
* initialized. In addition, additional storage for a row or column
* constraints may be allocated, and the constraint maximums are
* adjusted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CheckSlotData(
Gridder *masterPtr, /* The geometry master for this grid. */
int slot, /* Which slot to look at. */
int slotType, /* ROW or COLUMN. */
int checkOnly) /* Don't allocate new space if true. */
{
int numSlot; /* Number of slots already allocated (Space) */
int end; /* Last used constraint. */
/*
* If slot is out of bounds, return immediately.
*/
if (slot < 0 || slot >= MAX_ELEMENT) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((checkOnly == CHECK_ONLY) && (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* If we need to allocate more space, allocate a little extra to avoid
* repeated re-alloc's for large tables. We need enough space to hold all
* of the offsets as well.
*/
InitMasterData(masterPtr);
end = (slotType == ROW) ? masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax :
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax;
if (checkOnly == CHECK_ONLY) {
return ((end < slot) ? TCL_ERROR : TCL_OK);
} else {
numSlot = (slotType == ROW) ? masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowSpace
: masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnSpace;
if (slot >= numSlot) {
int newNumSlot = slot + PREALLOC;
size_t oldSize = numSlot * sizeof(SlotInfo);
size_t newSize = newNumSlot * sizeof(SlotInfo);
SlotInfo *newSI = (SlotInfo *) ckalloc(newSize);
SlotInfo *oldSI = (slotType == ROW)
? masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr
: masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr;
memcpy(newSI, oldSI, oldSize);
memset(newSI+numSlot, 0, newSize - oldSize);
ckfree((char *) oldSI);
if (slotType == ROW) {
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr = newSI;
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowSpace = newNumSlot;
} else {
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr = newSI;
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnSpace = newNumSlot;
}
}
if (slot >= end && checkOnly != CHECK_SPACE) {
if (slotType == ROW) {
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowMax = slot+1;
} else {
masterPtr->masterDataPtr->columnMax = slot+1;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InitMasterData --
*
* This internal procedure is used to allocate and initialize the data
* for a geometry master, if the data doesn't exist already.
*
* Results:
* none
*
* Side effects:
* A new master grid structure may be created. If so, then it is
* initialized.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
InitMasterData(
Gridder *masterPtr)
{
if (masterPtr->masterDataPtr == NULL) {
GridMaster *gridPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr = (GridMaster *)
ckalloc(sizeof(GridMaster));
size_t size = sizeof(SlotInfo) * TYPICAL_SIZE;
gridPtr->columnEnd = 0;
gridPtr->columnMax = 0;
gridPtr->columnPtr = (SlotInfo *) ckalloc(size);
gridPtr->columnSpace = TYPICAL_SIZE;
gridPtr->rowEnd = 0;
gridPtr->rowMax = 0;
gridPtr->rowPtr = (SlotInfo *) ckalloc(size);
gridPtr->rowSpace = TYPICAL_SIZE;
gridPtr->startX = 0;
gridPtr->startY = 0;
gridPtr->anchor = GRID_DEFAULT_ANCHOR;
memset(gridPtr->columnPtr, 0, size);
memset(gridPtr->rowPtr, 0, size);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Unlink --
*
* Remove a grid from its master's list of slaves.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The master will be scheduled for re-arranging, and the size of the
* grid will be adjusted accordingly
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
Unlink(
register Gridder *slavePtr) /* Window to unlink. */
{
register Gridder *masterPtr, *slavePtr2;
masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (masterPtr->slavePtr == slavePtr) {
masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (slavePtr2=masterPtr->slavePtr ; ; slavePtr2=slavePtr2->nextPtr) {
if (slavePtr2 == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Unlink couldn't find previous window");
}
if (slavePtr2->nextPtr == slavePtr) {
slavePtr2->nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
}
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
SetGridSize(slavePtr->masterPtr);
slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyGrid --
*
* This procedure is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release to
* clean up the internal structure of a grid at a safe time (when no-one
* is using it anymore). Cleaning up the grid involves freeing the main
* structure for all windows and the master structure for geometry
* managers.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Everything associated with the grid is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyGrid(
char *memPtr) /* Info about window that is now dead. */
{
register Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *) memPtr;
if (gridPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
if (gridPtr->masterDataPtr->rowPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) gridPtr->masterDataPtr -> rowPtr);
}
if (gridPtr->masterDataPtr->columnPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) gridPtr->masterDataPtr -> columnPtr);
}
ckfree((char *) gridPtr->masterDataPtr);
}
if (gridPtr->in != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(gridPtr->in);
}
ckfree((char *) gridPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GridStructureProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher in response to
* StructureNotify events.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* If a window was just deleted, clean up all its grid-related
* information. If it was just resized, re-configure its slaves, if any.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GridStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Our information about window referred to by
* eventPtr. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
register Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *) clientData;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) gridPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr);
}
if ((gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) &&
(gridPtr->doubleBw != 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width)) {
if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr->masterPtr);
}
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
register Gridder *gridPtr2, *nextPtr;
if (gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
Unlink(gridPtr);
}
for (gridPtr2 = gridPtr->slavePtr; gridPtr2 != NULL;
gridPtr2 = nextPtr) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(gridPtr2->tkwin);
gridPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
nextPtr = gridPtr2->nextPtr;
gridPtr2->nextPtr = NULL;
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable,
(char *) gridPtr->tkwin));
if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr);
}
gridPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) gridPtr, DestroyGrid);
} else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
&& !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
register Gridder *gridPtr2;
for (gridPtr2 = gridPtr->slavePtr; gridPtr2 != NULL;
gridPtr2 = gridPtr2->nextPtr) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(gridPtr2->tkwin);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureSlaves --
*
* This implements the guts of the "grid configure" command. Given a list
* of slaves and configuration options, it arranges for the grid to
* manage the slaves and sets the specified options. Arguments consist
* of windows or window shortcuts followed by "-option value" pairs.
*
* Results:
* TCL_OK is returned if all went well. Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned
* and the interp's result is set to contain an error message.
*
* Side effects:
* Slave windows get taken over by the grid.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureSlaves(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Any window in application containing
* slaves. Used to look up slave names. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects: contains one or more
* window names followed by any number of
* "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
* that there is at least one window name. */
{
Gridder *masterPtr = NULL;
Gridder *slavePtr;
Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor;
int i, j, tmp;
int numWindows;
int width;
int defaultRow = -1;
int defaultColumn = 0; /* Default column number */
int defaultColumnSpan = 1; /* Default number of columns */
char *lastWindow; /* Use this window to base current row/col
* on */
int numSkip; /* Number of 'x' found */
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"-column", "-columnspan", "-in", "-ipadx", "-ipady",
"-padx", "-pady", "-row", "-rowspan", "-sticky", NULL
};
enum options {
CONF_COLUMN, CONF_COLUMNSPAN, CONF_IN, CONF_IPADX, CONF_IPADY,
CONF_PADX, CONF_PADY, CONF_ROW, CONF_ROWSPAN, CONF_STICKY };
int index;
char *string;
char firstChar;
int positionGiven;
/*
* Count the number of windows, or window short-cuts.
*/
firstChar = 0;
for (numWindows=0, i=0; i < objc; i++) {
int length;
char prevChar = firstChar;
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
firstChar = string[0];
if (firstChar == '.') {
/*
* Check that windows are valid, and locate the first slave's
* parent window (default for -in).
*/
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Is there any saved -in from a removed slave?
* If there is, it becomes default for -in.
* If the stored master does not exist, just ignore it.
*/
struct Gridder *slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
if (slavePtr->in != NULL) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, slave, slavePtr->in, &parent)
== TCL_OK) {
masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
InitMasterData(masterPtr);
}
}
}
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
if (parent != NULL) {
masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
InitMasterData(masterPtr);
}
}
numWindows++;
continue;
}
if (length > 1 && i == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad argument \"", string,
"\": must be name of window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (length > 1 && firstChar == '-') {
break;
}
if (length > 1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unexpected parameter, \"",
string, "\", in configure list. ",
"Should be window name or option", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((firstChar == REL_HORIZ) && ((numWindows == 0) ||
(prevChar == REL_SKIP) || (prevChar == REL_VERT))) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Must specify window before shortcut '-'.", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((firstChar == REL_VERT) || (firstChar == REL_SKIP)
|| (firstChar == REL_HORIZ)) {
continue;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid window shortcut, \"",
string, "\" should be '-', 'x', or '^'", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
numWindows = i;
if ((objc - numWindows) & 1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "extra option or option with no value", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Go through all options looking for -in and -row, which are needed to be
* found first to handle the special case where ^ is used on a row without
* windows names, but with an -in option. Since all options are checked
* here, we do not need to handle the error case again later.
*/
for (i = numWindows; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == CONF_IN) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other) !=
TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetGrid(other);
InitMasterData(masterPtr);
} else if (index == CONF_ROW) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK
|| tmp < 0) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad row value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), "\": must be ",
"a non-negative integer", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
defaultRow = tmp;
}
}
/*
* If no -row is given, use the first unoccupied row of the master.
*/
if (defaultRow < 0) {
if (masterPtr != NULL && masterPtr->masterDataPtr != NULL) {
SetGridSize(masterPtr);
defaultRow = masterPtr->masterDataPtr->rowEnd;
} else {
defaultRow = 0;
}
}
/*
* Iterate over all of the slave windows and short-cuts, parsing options
* for each slave. It's a bit wasteful to re-parse the options for each
* slave, but things get too messy if we try to parse the arguments just
* once at the beginning. For example, if a slave already is managed we
* want to just change a few existing values without resetting everything.
* If there are multiple windows, the -in option only gets processed for
* the first window.
*/
positionGiven = 0;
for (j = 0; j < numWindows; j++) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[j]);
firstChar = string[0];
/*
* '^' and 'x' cause us to skip a column. '-' is processed as part of
* its preceeding slave.
*/
if ((firstChar == REL_VERT) || (firstChar == REL_SKIP)) {
defaultColumn++;
continue;
}
if (firstChar == REL_HORIZ) {
continue;
}
for (defaultColumnSpan = 1; j + defaultColumnSpan < numWindows;
defaultColumnSpan++) {
char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[j + defaultColumnSpan]);
if (*string != REL_HORIZ) {
break;
}
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[j], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(slave)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't manage \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
"\": it's a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr = GetGrid(slave);
/*
* The following statement is taken from tkPack.c:
*
* "If the slave isn't currently managed, reset all of its
* configuration information to default values (there could be old
* values left from a previous packer)."
*
* I [D.S.] disagree with this statement. If a slave is disabled
* (using "forget") and then re-enabled, I submit that 90% of the time
* the programmer will want it to retain its old configuration
* information. If the programmer doesn't want this behavior, then the
* defaults can be reestablished by hand, without having to worry
* about keeping track of the old state.
*/
for (i = numWindows; i < objc; i += 2) {
Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case CONF_COLUMN:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK
|| tmp < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad column value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), "\": must be ",
"a non-negative integer", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (SetSlaveColumn(interp, slavePtr, tmp, -1) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_COLUMNSPAN:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK
|| tmp <= 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad columnspan value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), "\": must be ",
"a positive integer", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (SetSlaveColumn(interp, slavePtr, -1, tmp) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_IN:
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1],
&other) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (other == slave) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Window can't be managed in itself",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
positionGiven = 1;
masterPtr = GetGrid(other);
InitMasterData(masterPtr);
break;
case CONF_STICKY: {
int sticky = StringToSticky(Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]));
if (sticky == -1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad stickyness value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), "\": must be ",
"a string containing n, e, s, and/or w", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr->sticky = sticky;
break;
}
case CONF_IPADX:
if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, slave, objv[i+1],
&tmp) != TCL_OK) || (tmp < 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad ipadx value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), "\": must be ",
"positive screen distance", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr->iPadX = tmp*2;
break;
case CONF_IPADY:
if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, slave, objv[i+1],
&tmp) != TCL_OK) || (tmp < 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad ipady value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), "\": must be ",
"positive screen distance", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr->iPadY = tmp*2;
break;
case CONF_PADX:
if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1],
&slavePtr->padLeft, &slavePtr->padX) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_PADY:
if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1],
&slavePtr->padTop, &slavePtr->padY) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_ROW:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK
|| tmp < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad row value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]),
"\": must be a non-negative integer", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (SetSlaveRow(interp, slavePtr, tmp, -1) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_ROWSPAN:
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK)
|| tmp <= 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad rowspan value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]),
"\": must be a positive integer", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (SetSlaveRow(interp, slavePtr, -1, tmp) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
}
/*
* If no position was specified via -in and the slave is already
* packed, then leave it in its current location.
*/
if (!positionGiven && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
goto scheduleLayout;
}
/*
* If the same -in window is passed in again, then just leave it in
* its current location.
*/
if (positionGiven && (masterPtr == slavePtr->masterPtr)) {
goto scheduleLayout;
}
/*
* Make sure we have a geometry master. We look at:
* 1) the -in flag
* 2) the parent of the first slave.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
masterPtr = GetGrid(parent);
InitMasterData(masterPtr);
}
if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL && slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) {
Unlink(slavePtr);
slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
}
if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
Gridder *tempPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
slavePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
slavePtr->nextPtr = tempPtr;
}
/*
* Make sure that the slave's parent is either the master or an
* ancestor of the master, and that the master and slave aren't the
* same.
*/
for (ancestor = masterPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't put ", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
" inside ", Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin), NULL);
Unlink(slavePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Try to make sure our master isn't managed by us.
*/
if (masterPtr->masterPtr == slavePtr) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't put ", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
" inside ", Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin),
", would cause management loop.", NULL);
Unlink(slavePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &gridMgrType, (ClientData) slavePtr);
/*
* Assign default position information.
*/
if (slavePtr->column == -1) {
if (SetSlaveColumn(interp, slavePtr, defaultColumn,-1) != TCL_OK){
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (SetSlaveColumn(interp, slavePtr, -1,
slavePtr->numCols + defaultColumnSpan - 1) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (slavePtr->row == -1) {
if (SetSlaveRow(interp, slavePtr, defaultRow, -1) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
defaultColumn += slavePtr->numCols;
defaultColumnSpan = 1;
/*
* Arrange for the master to be re-arranged at the first idle moment.
*/
scheduleLayout:
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
}
/*
* Now look for all the "^"'s.
*/
lastWindow = NULL;
numSkip = 0;
for (j = 0; j < numWindows; j++) {
struct Gridder *otherPtr;
int match; /* Found a match for the ^ */
int lastRow, lastColumn; /* Implied end of table. */
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[j]);
firstChar = string[0];
if (firstChar == '.') {
lastWindow = string;
numSkip = 0;
}
if (firstChar == REL_SKIP) {
numSkip++;
}
if (firstChar != REL_VERT) {
continue;
}
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use '^', cant find master", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Count the number of consecutive ^'s starting from this position.
*/
for (width = 1; width + j < numWindows; width++) {
char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[j+width]);
if (*string != REL_VERT) {
break;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 | lastRow = otherPtr->row + otherPtr->numRows - 2; lastColumn = otherPtr->column + otherPtr->numCols; } lastColumn += numSkip; match = 0; | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > < < | | | | | | | | | > > > > | 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 |
lastRow = otherPtr->row + otherPtr->numRows - 2;
lastColumn = otherPtr->column + otherPtr->numCols;
}
lastColumn += numSkip;
match = 0;
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
if (slavePtr->column == lastColumn
&& slavePtr->row + slavePtr->numRows - 1 == lastRow) {
if (slavePtr->numCols <= width) {
if (SetSlaveRow(interp, slavePtr, -1,
slavePtr->numRows + 1) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
match++;
j += slavePtr->numCols - 1;
lastWindow = Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin);
numSkip = 0;
break;
}
}
}
if (!match) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't find slave to extend with \"^\".",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't determine master window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
SetGridSize(masterPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* StickyToString
*
* Converts the internal boolean combination of "sticky" bits onto a Tcl
* list element containing zero or more of n, s, e, or w.
*
* Results:
* A string is placed into the "result" pointer.
*
* Side effects:
* none.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
StickyToString(
int flags, /* The sticky flags. */
char *result) /* Where to put the result. */
{
int count = 0;
if (flags&STICK_NORTH) {
result[count++] = 'n';
}
if (flags&STICK_EAST) {
result[count++] = 'e';
}
if (flags&STICK_SOUTH) {
result[count++] = 's';
}
if (flags&STICK_WEST) {
result[count++] = 'w';
}
if (count) {
result[count] = '\0';
} else {
sprintf(result, "{}");
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* StringToSticky --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 | * none * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int StringToSticky( | | | 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 |
* none
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StringToSticky(
char *string)
{
int sticky = 0;
char c;
while ((c = *string++) != '\0') {
switch (c) {
case 'n': case 'N':
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * NewPairObj( | | | | | 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
NewPairObj(
int val1, int val2)
{
Tcl_Obj *ary[2];
ary[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val1);
ary[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val2);
return Tcl_NewListObj(2, ary);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* NewQuadObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * NewQuadObj( | | | | | | | 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
NewQuadObj(
int val1, int val2, int val3, int val4)
{
Tcl_Obj *ary[4];
ary[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val1);
ary[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val2);
ary[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val3);
ary[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(val4);
return Tcl_NewListObj(4, ary);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkImage.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* * Each call to Tk_GetImage returns a pointer to one of the following | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* Each call to Tk_GetImage returns a pointer to one of the following
* structures, which is used as a token by clients (widgets) that
* display images.
*/
typedef struct Image {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window passed to Tk_GetImage (needed to
* "re-get" the image later if the manager
* changes). */
Display *display; /* Display for tkwin. Needed because when the
* image is eventually freed tkwin may not
* exist anymore. */
struct ImageMaster *masterPtr;
/* Master for this image (identifiers image
* manager, for example). */
ClientData instanceData; /* One word argument to pass to image manager
* when dealing with this image instance. */
Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc;
/* Code in widget to call when image changes
* in a way that affects redisplay. */
ClientData widgetClientData;/* Argument to pass to changeProc. */
struct Image *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all image instances
* associated with the same name. */
} Image;
/*
* For each image master there is one of the following structures, which
* represents a name in the image table and all of the images instantiated
* from it. Entries in mainPtr->imageTable point to these structures.
*/
typedef struct ImageMaster {
Tk_ImageType *typePtr; /* Information about image type. NULL means
* that no image manager owns this image: the
* image was deleted. */
ClientData masterData; /* One-word argument to pass to image mgr when
* dealing with the master, as opposed to
* instances. */
int width, height; /* Last known dimensions for image. */
Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr; /* Pointer to hash table containing image (the
* imageTable field in some TkMainInfo
* structure). */
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; /* Hash entry in mainPtr->imageTable for this
* structure (used to delete the hash
* entry). */
Image *instancePtr; /* Pointer to first in list of instances
* derived from this name. */
int deleted; /* Flag set when image is being deleted. */
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Main window of interpreter (used to detect
* when the world is falling apart.) */
} ImageMaster;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
Tk_ImageType *imageTypeList;/* First in a list of all known image
* types. */
Tk_ImageType *oldImageTypeList;
/* First in a list of all known old-style
* image types. */
int initialized; /* Set to 1 if we've initialized the
* structure. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Prototypes for local functions:
*/
static void ImageTypeThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData);
static void DeleteImage(ImageMaster *masterPtr);
static void EventuallyDeleteImage(ImageMaster *masterPtr,
int forgetImageHashNow);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageTypeThreadExitProc --
*
* Clean up the registered list of image types.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The thread's linked lists of photo image formats is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImageTypeThreadExitProc(
ClientData clientData) /* not used */
{
Tk_ImageType *freePtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
while (tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList != NULL) {
freePtr = tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList;
tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList = tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) freePtr);
}
while (tsdPtr->imageTypeList != NULL) {
freePtr = tsdPtr->imageTypeList;
tsdPtr->imageTypeList = tsdPtr->imageTypeList->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) freePtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateOldImageType, Tk_CreateImageType --
*
* This function is invoked by an image manager to tell Tk about a new
* kind of image and the functions that manage the new type. The function
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 | * command. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_CreateOldImageType( | < | | | | < | | | | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
* command.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_CreateOldImageType(
Tk_ImageType *typePtr) /* Structure describing the type. All of the
* fields except "nextPtr" must be filled in
* by caller. */
{
Tk_ImageType *copyPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(ImageTypeThreadExitProc, NULL);
}
copyPtr = (Tk_ImageType *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_ImageType));
*copyPtr = *typePtr;
copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList;
tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList = copyPtr;
}
void
Tk_CreateImageType(
Tk_ImageType *typePtr) /* Structure describing the type. All of the
* fields except "nextPtr" must be filled in
* by caller. */
{
Tk_ImageType *copyPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr =
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(ImageTypeThreadExitProc, NULL);
}
copyPtr = (Tk_ImageType *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_ImageType));
*copyPtr = *typePtr;
copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->imageTypeList;
tsdPtr->imageTypeList = copyPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
*/
int
Tk_ImageObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | < | | < | < | 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 |
*/
int
Tk_ImageObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
static CONST char *imageOptions[] = {
"create", "delete", "height", "inuse", "names", "type", "types",
"width", NULL
};
enum options {
IMAGE_CREATE, IMAGE_DELETE, IMAGE_HEIGHT, IMAGE_INUSE, IMAGE_NAMES,
IMAGE_TYPE, IMAGE_TYPES, IMAGE_WIDTH
};
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
int i, isNew, firstOption, index;
Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
ImageMaster *masterPtr;
Image *imagePtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
char idString[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
char *arg, *name;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?args?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], imageOptions, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case IMAGE_CREATE: {
Tcl_Obj **args;
int oldimage = 0;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type ?name? ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Look up the image type.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
if ((*arg == typePtr->name[0])
&& (strcmp(arg, typePtr->name) == 0)) {
break;
}
}
}
if (typePtr == NULL) {
| | < | > | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | < | | | | < < < | < | < | | | | | | | < | | | < | 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
if ((*arg == typePtr->name[0])
&& (strcmp(arg, typePtr->name) == 0)) {
break;
}
}
}
if (typePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "image type \"", arg, "\" doesn't exist",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Figure out a name to use for the new image.
*/
if ((objc == 3) || (*(arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[3])) == '-')) {
Tcl_CmdInfo dummy;
do {
dispPtr->imageId++;
sprintf(idString, "image%d", dispPtr->imageId);
name = idString;
} while (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, name, &dummy) != 0);
firstOption = 3;
} else {
TkWindow *topWin;
name = arg;
firstOption = 4;
/*
* Need to check if the _command_ that we are about to create is
* the name of the current master widget command (normally "." but
* could have been renamed) and fail in that case before a really
* nasty and hard to stop crash happens.
*/
topWin = (TkWindow *) TkToplevelWindowForCommand(interp, name);
if (topWin != NULL && winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr == topWin) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "images may not be named the ",
"same as the main window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Create the data structure for the new image.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, name, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(ImageMaster));
masterPtr->typePtr = NULL;
masterPtr->masterData = NULL;
masterPtr->width = masterPtr->height = 1;
masterPtr->tablePtr = &winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable;
masterPtr->hPtr = hPtr;
masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
masterPtr->deleted = 0;
masterPtr->winPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr->winPtr);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, masterPtr);
} else {
/*
* An image already exists by this name. Disconnect the instances
* from the master.
*/
masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
(*masterPtr->typePtr->freeProc)(imagePtr->instanceData,
imagePtr->display);
(*imagePtr->changeProc)(imagePtr->widgetClientData,
0, 0, masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height,
masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
}
(*masterPtr->typePtr->deleteProc)(masterPtr->masterData);
masterPtr->typePtr = NULL;
}
masterPtr->deleted = 0;
}
/*
* Call the image type manager so that it can perform its own
* initialization, then re-"get" for any existing instances of the
* image.
*/
objv += firstOption;
objc -= firstOption;
args = (Tcl_Obj **) objv;
if (oldimage) {
int i;
args = (Tcl_Obj **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *));
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
args[i] = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
}
args[objc] = NULL;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr);
if ((*typePtr->createProc)(interp, name, objc, args, typePtr,
(Tk_ImageMaster)masterPtr, &masterPtr->masterData) != TCL_OK) {
EventuallyDeleteImage(masterPtr, 0);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
if (oldimage) {
ckfree((char *) args);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
if (oldimage) {
ckfree((char *) args);
}
masterPtr->typePtr = typePtr;
for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
imagePtr->instanceData = (*typePtr->getProc)(imagePtr->tkwin,
masterPtr->masterData);
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
Tcl_GetHashKey(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, hPtr),
TCL_STATIC);
break;
}
case IMAGE_DELETE:
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, arg);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
goto alreadyDeleted;
}
masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (masterPtr->deleted) {
goto alreadyDeleted;
}
DeleteImage(masterPtr);
}
break;
case IMAGE_NAMES:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, &search);
for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (masterPtr->deleted) {
continue;
}
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tcl_GetHashKey(
&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, hPtr));
}
break;
case IMAGE_TYPES:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (typePtr = tsdPtr->imageTypeList; typePtr != NULL;
typePtr = typePtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, typePtr->name);
}
for (typePtr = tsdPtr->oldImageTypeList; typePtr != NULL;
typePtr = typePtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, typePtr->name);
}
break;
case IMAGE_HEIGHT:
case IMAGE_INUSE:
case IMAGE_TYPE:
case IMAGE_WIDTH:
/*
* These operations all parse virtually identically. First check to
* see if three args are given. Then get a non-deleted master from the
* third arg.
*/
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "name");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, arg);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
goto alreadyDeleted;
}
masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (masterPtr->deleted) {
goto alreadyDeleted;
}
/*
* Now we read off the specific piece of data we were asked for.
*/
switch ((enum options) index) {
case IMAGE_HEIGHT:
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), masterPtr->height);
break;
case IMAGE_INUSE:
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
masterPtr->typePtr!=NULL && masterPtr->instancePtr!=NULL);
break;
case IMAGE_TYPE:
if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, masterPtr->typePtr->name, TCL_STATIC);
}
break;
case IMAGE_WIDTH:
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), masterPtr->width);
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("can't happen");
}
break;
}
return TCL_OK;
alreadyDeleted:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "image \"", arg, "\" doesn't exist", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ImageChanged --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
517 518 519 520 521 522 523 | * redisplay themselves as appropriate. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_ImageChanged( | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 |
* redisplay themselves as appropriate.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_ImageChanged(
Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster, /* Image that needs redisplay. */
int x, int y, /* Coordinates of upper-left pixel of region
* of image that needs to be redrawn. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions (in pixels) of region of image
* to redraw. If either dimension is zero then
* the image doesn't need to be redrawn
* (perhaps all that happened is that its size
* changed). */
int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
/* New dimensions of image. */
{
ImageMaster *masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) imageMaster;
Image *imagePtr;
masterPtr->width = imageWidth;
masterPtr->height = imageHeight;
for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
(*imagePtr->changeProc)(imagePtr->widgetClientData, x, y,
width, height, imageWidth, imageHeight);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_NameOfImage --
*
* Given a token for an image master, this function returns the name of
* the image.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the string name for imageMaster.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_NameOfImage(
Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster) /* Token for image. */
{
ImageMaster *masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) imageMaster;
if (masterPtr->hPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
return Tcl_GetHashKey(masterPtr->tablePtr, masterPtr->hPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetImage --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
597 598 599 600 601 602 603 |
Tk_Image
Tk_GetImage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Place to leave error message if image can't
* be found. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window in which image will be
* used. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 |
Tk_Image
Tk_GetImage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Place to leave error message if image can't
* be found. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window in which image will be
* used. */
CONST char *name, /* Name of desired image. */
Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc,
/* Function to invoke when redisplay is needed
* because image's pixels or size changed. */
ClientData clientData) /* One-word argument to pass to damageProc. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
ImageMaster *masterPtr;
Image *imagePtr;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->imageTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
goto noSuchImage;
}
masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
goto noSuchImage;
}
if (masterPtr->deleted) {
goto noSuchImage;
}
imagePtr = (Image *) ckalloc(sizeof(Image));
imagePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
imagePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
imagePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
imagePtr->instanceData =
(*masterPtr->typePtr->getProc)(tkwin, masterPtr->masterData);
imagePtr->changeProc = changeProc;
imagePtr->widgetClientData = clientData;
imagePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->instancePtr;
masterPtr->instancePtr = imagePtr;
return (Tk_Image) imagePtr;
noSuchImage:
if (interp) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "image \"", name, "\" doesn't exist", NULL);
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
663 664 665 666 667 668 669 |
void
Tk_FreeImage(
Tk_Image image) /* Token for image that is no longer needed by
* a widget. */
{
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
void
Tk_FreeImage(
Tk_Image image) /* Token for image that is no longer needed by
* a widget. */
{
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
ImageMaster *masterPtr = imagePtr->masterPtr;
Image *prevPtr;
/*
* Clean up the particular instance.
*/
if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
(*masterPtr->typePtr->freeProc)(imagePtr->instanceData,
imagePtr->display);
}
prevPtr = masterPtr->instancePtr;
if (prevPtr == imagePtr) {
masterPtr->instancePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr;
} else {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != imagePtr) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = imagePtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) imagePtr);
/*
* If there are no more instances left for the master, and if the master
* image has been deleted, then delete the master too.
*/
if ((masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) && (masterPtr->instancePtr == NULL)) {
if (masterPtr->hPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(masterPtr->hPtr);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr->winPtr);
ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PostscriptImage --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
735 736 737 738 739 740 741 |
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
int result;
XImage *ximage;
Pixmap pmap;
GC newGC;
XGCValues gcValues;
| | | | | | | | | | | 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 |
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
int result;
XImage *ximage;
Pixmap pmap;
GC newGC;
XGCValues gcValues;
if (imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
/*
* No master for image, so nothing to display on postscript.
*/
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Check if an image specific postscript-generation function exists;
* otherwise go on with generic code.
*/
if (imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc != NULL) {
return (*imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr->postscriptProc)(
imagePtr->masterPtr->masterData, interp, tkwin, psinfo,
x, y, width, height, prepass);
}
if (prepass) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Create a Pixmap, tell the image to redraw itself there, and then
* generate an XImage from the Pixmap. We can then read pixel values out
* of the XImage.
*/
pmap = Tk_GetPixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), width, height,
Tk_Depth(tkwin));
gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
if (newGC != NULL) {
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), pmap, newGC,
0, 0, (unsigned int)width, (unsigned int)height);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), newGC);
}
Tk_RedrawImage(image, x, y, width, height, pmap, 0, 0);
ximage = XGetImage(Tk_Display(tkwin), pmap, 0, 0,
(unsigned int)width, (unsigned int)height, AllPlanes, ZPixmap);
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pmap);
if (ximage == NULL) {
/*
* The XGetImage() function is apparently not implemented on this
* system. Just ignore it.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
831 832 833 834 835 836 837 |
* the Tk_GetImage call for the image. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates in drawable that correspond to
* imageX and imageY. */
{
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
| | | | | | | | | | | 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 |
* the Tk_GetImage call for the image. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates in drawable that correspond to
* imageX and imageY. */
{
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
if (imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) {
/*
* No master for image, so nothing to display.
*/
return;
}
/*
* Clip the redraw area to the area of the image.
*/
if (imageX < 0) {
width += imageX;
drawableX -= imageX;
imageX = 0;
}
if (imageY < 0) {
height += imageY;
drawableY -= imageY;
imageY = 0;
}
if ((imageX + width) > imagePtr->masterPtr->width) {
width = imagePtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
}
if ((imageY + height) > imagePtr->masterPtr->height) {
height = imagePtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;
}
(*imagePtr->masterPtr->typePtr->displayProc)(
imagePtr->instanceData, imagePtr->display, drawable,
imageX, imageY, width, height, drawableX, drawableY);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SizeOfImage --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
889 890 891 892 893 894 895 |
Tk_SizeOfImage(
Tk_Image image, /* Token for image whose size is wanted. */
int *widthPtr, /* Return width of image here. */
int *heightPtr) /* Return height of image here. */
{
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
| | | | 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 |
Tk_SizeOfImage(
Tk_Image image, /* Token for image whose size is wanted. */
int *widthPtr, /* Return width of image here. */
int *heightPtr) /* Return height of image here. */
{
Image *imagePtr = (Image *) image;
*widthPtr = imagePtr->masterPtr->width;
*heightPtr = imagePtr->masterPtr->height;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DeleteImage --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
914 915 916 917 918 919 920 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DeleteImage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which the image was
* created. */
| | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DeleteImage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which the image was
* created. */
CONST char *name) /* Name of image. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr;
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
DeleteImage((ImageMaster *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteImage --
*
* This function is responsible for deleting an image.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The connection is dropped between instances of this image and an image
* master. Image instances will redisplay themselves as empty areas, but
* existing instances will not be deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteImage(
ImageMaster *masterPtr) /* Pointer to main data structure for image. */
{
Image *imagePtr;
Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
typePtr = masterPtr->typePtr;
masterPtr->typePtr = NULL;
if (typePtr != NULL) {
for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL;
imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) {
(*typePtr->freeProc)(imagePtr->instanceData,
imagePtr->display);
(*imagePtr->changeProc)(imagePtr->widgetClientData, 0, 0,
masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height);
}
(*typePtr->deleteProc)(masterPtr->masterData);
}
if (masterPtr->instancePtr == NULL) {
if (masterPtr->hPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(masterPtr->hPtr);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr->winPtr);
ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
} else {
masterPtr->deleted = 1;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EventuallyDeleteImage --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 | * ill effects. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void EventuallyDeleteImage( | | | | | | > | 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 |
* ill effects.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EventuallyDeleteImage(
ImageMaster *masterPtr, /* Pointer to main data structure for image. */
int forgetImageHashNow) /* Flag to say whether the hash table is about
* to vanish. */
{
if (forgetImageHashNow) {
masterPtr->hPtr = NULL;
}
if (!masterPtr->deleted) {
masterPtr->deleted = 1;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) masterPtr,
(Tcl_FreeProc *)DeleteImage);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkDeleteAllImages --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 |
* going away. */
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&mainPtr->imageTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
| | | | | | < | < > | > | | | | | 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 |
* going away. */
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&mainPtr->imageTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
EventuallyDeleteImage((ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), 1);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&mainPtr->imageTable);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetImageMasterData --
*
* Given the name of an image, this function returns the type of the
* image and the clientData associated with its master.
*
* Results:
* If there is no image by the given name, then NULL is returned and a
* NULL value is stored at *typePtrPtr. Otherwise the return value is the
* clientData returned by the createProc when the image was created and a
* pointer to the type structure for the image is stored at *typePtrPtr.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
ClientData
Tk_GetImageMasterData(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which the image was
* created. */
CONST char *name, /* Name of image. */
Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr) /* Points to location to fill in with pointer
* to type information for image. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr;
ImageMaster *masterPtr;
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
*typePtrPtr = NULL;
return NULL;
}
masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (masterPtr->deleted) {
*typePtrPtr = NULL;
return NULL;
}
*typePtrPtr = masterPtr->typePtr;
return masterPtr->masterData;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SetTSOrigin --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 |
* Side Effects:
* The GCTileStipOrigin is reset in the GC. This will cause the tile
* origin to change when the GC is used for drawing.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_SetTSOrigin(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC gc,
int x, int y)
{
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin)) {
| > | 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 |
* Side Effects:
* The GCTileStipOrigin is reset in the GC. This will cause the tile
* origin to change when the GC is used for drawing.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
void
Tk_SetTSOrigin(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC gc,
int x, int y)
{
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkImgBmap.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* | | | | | | | | | | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* The following data structure represents the master for a bitmap
* image:
*/
typedef struct BitmapMaster {
Tk_ImageMaster tkMaster; /* Tk's token for image master. NULL means the
* image is being deleted. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for application that is using
* image. */
Tcl_Command imageCmd; /* Token for image command (used to delete it
* when the image goes away). NULL means the
* image command has already been deleted. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of image. */
char *data; /* Data comprising bitmap (suitable for input
* to XCreateBitmapFromData). May be NULL if
* no data. Malloc'ed. */
char *maskData; /* Data for bitmap's mask (suitable for input
* to XCreateBitmapFromData). Malloc'ed. */
Tk_Uid fgUid; /* Value of -foreground option (malloc'ed). */
Tk_Uid bgUid; /* Value of -background option (malloc'ed). */
char *fileString; /* Value of -file option (malloc'ed). */
char *dataString; /* Value of -data option (malloc'ed). */
char *maskFileString; /* Value of -maskfile option (malloc'ed). */
char *maskDataString; /* Value of -maskdata option (malloc'ed). */
struct BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
/* First in list of all instances associated
* with this master. */
} BitmapMaster;
/*
* The following data structure represents all of the instances of an image
* that lie within a particular window:
*/
typedef struct BitmapInstance {
int refCount; /* Number of instances that share this data
* structure. */
BitmapMaster *masterPtr; /* Pointer to master for image. */
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which the instances will be
* displayed. */
XColor *fg; /* Foreground color for displaying image. */
XColor *bg; /* Background color for displaying image. */
Pixmap bitmap; /* The bitmap to display. */
Pixmap mask; /* Mask: only display bitmap pixels where
* there are 1's here. */
GC gc; /* Graphics context for displaying bitmap.
* None means there was an error while setting
* up the instance, so it cannot be
* displayed. */
struct BitmapInstance *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of all instance structures
* associated with masterPtr (NULL means end
* of list). */
} BitmapInstance;
/*
* The type record for bitmap images:
*/
static int GetByte(Tcl_Channel chan);
static int ImgBmapCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
ClientData *clientDataPtr);
static ClientData ImgBmapGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData);
static void ImgBmapDisplay(ClientData clientData,
Display *display, Drawable drawable,
int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
int drawableX, int drawableY);
static void ImgBmapFree(ClientData clientData, Display *display);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
"bitmap", /* name */
ImgBmapCreate, /* createProc */
ImgBmapGet, /* getProc */
ImgBmapDisplay, /* displayProc */
ImgBmapFree, /* freeProc */
ImgBmapDelete, /* deleteProc */
ImgBmapPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
| | < | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < > | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 |
"bitmap", /* name */
ImgBmapCreate, /* createProc */
ImgBmapGet, /* getProc */
ImgBmapDisplay, /* displayProc */
ImgBmapFree, /* freeProc */
ImgBmapDelete, /* deleteProc */
ImgBmapPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
NULL /* nextPtr */
};
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_UID, "-background", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, bgUid), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-data", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, dataString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, fileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_UID, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
"#000000", Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, fgUid), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-maskdata", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, maskDataString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-maskfile", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(BitmapMaster, maskFileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The following data structure is used to describe the state of parsing a
* bitmap file or string. It is used for communication between TkGetBitmapData
* and NextBitmapWord.
*/
#define MAX_WORD_LENGTH 100
typedef struct ParseInfo {
char *string; /* Next character of string data for bitmap,
* or NULL if bitmap is being read from
* file. */
Tcl_Channel chan; /* File containing bitmap data, or NULL if no
* file. */
char word[MAX_WORD_LENGTH+1];
/* Current word of bitmap data, NULL
* terminated. */
int wordLength; /* Number of non-NULL bytes in word. */
} ParseInfo;
/*
* Prototypes for procedures used only locally in this file:
*/
static int ImgBmapCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void ImgBmapConfigureInstance(BitmapInstance *instancePtr);
static int ImgBmapConfigureMaster(BitmapMaster *masterPtr,
int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
static int NextBitmapWord(ParseInfo *parseInfoPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapCreate --
*
* This procedure is called by the Tk image code to create "test" images.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* The data structure for a new image is allocated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ImgBmapCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for application containing
* image. */
char *name, /* Name to use for image. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[], /* Argument objects for options (doesn't
* include image name or type). */
Tk_ImageType *typePtr, /* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
Tk_ImageMaster master, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later
* callbacks. */
ClientData *clientDataPtr) /* Store manager's token for image here; it
* will be returned in later callbacks. */
{
BitmapMaster *masterPtr;
masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(BitmapMaster));
masterPtr->tkMaster = master;
masterPtr->interp = interp;
masterPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImgBmapCmd,
(ClientData) masterPtr, ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc);
masterPtr->width = masterPtr->height = 0;
masterPtr->data = NULL;
masterPtr->maskData = NULL;
masterPtr->fgUid = NULL;
masterPtr->bgUid = NULL;
masterPtr->fileString = NULL;
masterPtr->dataString = NULL;
masterPtr->maskFileString = NULL;
masterPtr->maskDataString = NULL;
masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
if (ImgBmapConfigureMaster(masterPtr, argc, argv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
ImgBmapDelete((ClientData) masterPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*clientDataPtr = (ClientData) masterPtr;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapConfigureMaster --
*
* This procedure is called when a bitmap image is created or
* reconfigured. It process configuration options and resets any
* instances of the image.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl return value. If TCL_ERROR is returned then an error
* message is left in the masterPtr->interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* Existing instances of the image will be redisplayed to match the new
* configuration options.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgBmapConfigureMaster(
BitmapMaster *masterPtr, /* Pointer to data structure describing
* overall bitmap image to (reconfigure). */
int objc, /* Number of entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Pairs of configuration options for image. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
* as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
int maskWidth, maskHeight, dummy1, dummy2;
CONST char **argv = (CONST char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *));
for (dummy1 = 0; dummy1 < objc; dummy1++) {
argv[dummy1]=Tcl_GetString(objv[dummy1]);
}
argv[objc] = NULL;
if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, Tk_MainWindow(masterPtr->interp),
configSpecs, objc, argv, (char *) masterPtr, flags)
!= TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ckfree((char *) argv);
/*
* Parse the bitmap and/or mask to create binary data. Make sure that the
* bitmap and mask have the same dimensions.
*/
if (masterPtr->data != NULL) {
ckfree(masterPtr->data);
masterPtr->data = NULL;
}
if ((masterPtr->fileString != NULL) || (masterPtr->dataString != NULL)) {
masterPtr->data = TkGetBitmapData(masterPtr->interp,
masterPtr->dataString, masterPtr->fileString,
&masterPtr->width, &masterPtr->height, &dummy1, &dummy2);
if (masterPtr->data == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (masterPtr->maskData != NULL) {
ckfree(masterPtr->maskData);
masterPtr->maskData = NULL;
}
if ((masterPtr->maskFileString != NULL)
|| (masterPtr->maskDataString != NULL)) {
if (masterPtr->data == NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(masterPtr->interp, "can't have mask without bitmap",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr->maskData = TkGetBitmapData(masterPtr->interp,
masterPtr->maskDataString, masterPtr->maskFileString,
&maskWidth, &maskHeight, &dummy1, &dummy2);
if (masterPtr->maskData == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((maskWidth != masterPtr->width)
|| (maskHeight != masterPtr->height)) {
ckfree(masterPtr->maskData);
masterPtr->maskData = NULL;
Tcl_SetResult(masterPtr->interp,
"bitmap and mask have different sizes", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Cycle through all of the instances of this image, regenerating the
* information for each instance. Then force the image to be redisplayed
* everywhere that it is used.
*/
for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
ImgBmapConfigureInstance(instancePtr);
}
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height, masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapConfigureInstance --
*
* This procedure is called to create displaying information for a bitmap
* image instance based on the configuration information in the master.
* It is invoked both when new instances are created and when the master
* is reconfigured.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Generates errors via Tcl_BackgroundError if there are problems in
* setting up the instance.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgBmapConfigureInstance(
BitmapInstance *instancePtr)/* Instance to reconfigure. */
{
BitmapMaster *masterPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
XColor *colorPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
unsigned int mask;
Pixmap oldBitmap, oldMask;
/*
* For each of the options in masterPtr, translate the string form into an
* internal form appropriate for instancePtr.
*/
if (*masterPtr->bgUid != 0) {
colorPtr = Tk_GetColor(masterPtr->interp, instancePtr->tkwin,
masterPtr->bgUid);
if (colorPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
} else {
colorPtr = NULL;
}
if (instancePtr->bg != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(instancePtr->bg);
}
instancePtr->bg = colorPtr;
colorPtr = Tk_GetColor(masterPtr->interp, instancePtr->tkwin,
masterPtr->fgUid);
if (colorPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
if (instancePtr->fg != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(instancePtr->fg);
}
instancePtr->fg = colorPtr;
/*
* Careful: We have to allocate new Pixmaps before deleting the old ones.
* Otherwise, The XID allocator will always return the same XID for the
* new Pixmaps as was used for the old Pixmaps. And that will prevent the
* data and/or mask from changing in the GC below.
*/
oldBitmap = instancePtr->bitmap;
instancePtr->bitmap = None;
oldMask = instancePtr->mask;
instancePtr->mask = None;
if (masterPtr->data != NULL) {
instancePtr->bitmap = XCreateBitmapFromData(
Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin),
RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(instancePtr->tkwin)),
masterPtr->data, (unsigned) masterPtr->width,
(unsigned) masterPtr->height);
}
if (masterPtr->maskData != NULL) {
instancePtr->mask = XCreateBitmapFromData(
Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin),
RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(instancePtr->tkwin)),
masterPtr->maskData, (unsigned) masterPtr->width,
(unsigned) masterPtr->height);
}
if (oldMask != None) {
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin), oldMask);
}
if (oldBitmap != None) {
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin), oldBitmap);
}
if (masterPtr->data != NULL) {
gcValues.foreground = instancePtr->fg->pixel;
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
mask = GCForeground|GCGraphicsExposures;
if (instancePtr->bg != NULL) {
gcValues.background = instancePtr->bg->pixel;
mask |= GCBackground;
if (instancePtr->mask != None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
* it clear that this instance cannot be displayed. Then report the error.
*/
if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin), instancePtr->gc);
}
instancePtr->gc = NULL;
| < | | > | | 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 |
* it clear that this instance cannot be displayed. Then report the error.
*/
if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(instancePtr->tkwin), instancePtr->gc);
}
instancePtr->gc = NULL;
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(masterPtr->interp, "\n (while configuring image \"");
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(masterPtr->interp, Tk_NameOfImage(masterPtr->tkMaster));
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(masterPtr->interp, "\")");
Tcl_BackgroundError(masterPtr->interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetBitmapData --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
472 473 474 475 476 477 478 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkGetBitmapData(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For reporting errors, or NULL. */
| | | | < | < | < | | | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkGetBitmapData(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For reporting errors, or NULL. */
char *string, /* String describing bitmap. May be NULL. */
char *fileName, /* Name of file containing bitmap description.
* Used only if string is NULL. Must not be
* NULL if string is NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* Dimensions of bitmap get returned here. */
int *hotXPtr, int *hotYPtr) /* Position of hot spot or -1,-1. */
{
int width, height, numBytes, hotX, hotY;
CONST char *expandedFileName;
char *p, *end;
ParseInfo pi;
char *data = NULL;
Tcl_DString buffer;
pi.string = string;
if (string == NULL) {
if ((interp != NULL) && Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't get bitmap data from a file in a",
" safe interpreter", NULL);
return NULL;
}
expandedFileName = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, fileName, &buffer);
if (expandedFileName == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
pi.chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, expandedFileName, "r", 0);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
if (pi.chan == NULL) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't read bitmap file \"",
fileName, "\": ", Tcl_PosixError(interp), NULL);
}
return NULL;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, pi.chan, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
}
if ((pi.word[0] == '{') && (pi.word[1] == 0)) {
goto getData;
}
}
} else if ((pi.word[0] == '{') && (pi.word[1] == 0)) {
if (interp != NULL) {
| < | | < < | | 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
}
if ((pi.word[0] == '{') && (pi.word[1] == 0)) {
goto getData;
}
}
} else if ((pi.word[0] == '{') && (pi.word[1] == 0)) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "format error in bitmap data; ",
"looks like it's an obsolete X10 bitmap file", NULL);
}
goto errorCleanup;
}
}
/*
* Now we've read everything but the data. Allocate an array and read in
* the data.
*/
getData:
if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
goto error;
}
numBytes = ((width+7)/8) * height;
data = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) numBytes);
for (p = data; numBytes > 0; p++, numBytes--) {
if (NextBitmapWord(&pi) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
*p = (char) strtol(pi.word, &end, 0);
if (end == pi.word) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
*heightPtr = height;
*hotXPtr = hotX;
*hotYPtr = hotY;
return data;
error:
if (interp != NULL) {
| < | < | 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 |
*heightPtr = height;
*hotXPtr = hotX;
*hotYPtr = hotY;
return data;
error:
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "format error in bitmap data", TCL_STATIC);
}
errorCleanup:
if (data != NULL) {
ckfree(data);
}
if (pi.chan != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
681 682 683 684 685 686 687 |
*/
static int
NextBitmapWord(
ParseInfo *parseInfoPtr) /* Describes what we're reading and where we
* are in it. */
{
| < | | 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 |
*/
static int
NextBitmapWord(
ParseInfo *parseInfoPtr) /* Describes what we're reading and where we
* are in it. */
{
char *src, *dst;
int c;
parseInfoPtr->wordLength = 0;
dst = parseInfoPtr->word;
if (parseInfoPtr->string != NULL) {
for (src = parseInfoPtr->string; isspace(UCHAR(*src)) || (*src == ',');
src++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
747 748 749 750 751 752 753 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ImgBmapCmd( | | | | | | | | | | | | | 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgBmapCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about the image master. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static CONST char *bmapOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL};
BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) clientData;
int index;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], bmapOptions, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch (index) {
case 0: /* cget */
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
(char *) masterPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
case 1: /* configure */
if (objc == 2) {
return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, NULL, 0);
} else if (objc == 3) {
return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
} else {
return ImgBmapConfigureMaster(masterPtr, objc-2, objv+2,
TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
}
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad const entries to bmapOptions in ImgBmapCmd");
return TCL_OK;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
812 813 814 815 816 817 818 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ClientData
ImgBmapGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which the instance will be
* used. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ClientData
ImgBmapGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which the instance will be
* used. */
ClientData masterData) /* Pointer to our master structure for the
* image. */
{
BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) masterData;
BitmapInstance *instancePtr;
/*
* See if there is already an instance for this window. If so then just
* re-use it.
*/
for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
if (instancePtr->tkwin == tkwin) {
instancePtr->refCount++;
return (ClientData) instancePtr;
}
}
/*
* The image isn't already in use in this window. Make a new instance of
* the image.
*/
instancePtr = (BitmapInstance *) ckalloc(sizeof(BitmapInstance));
instancePtr->refCount = 1;
instancePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
instancePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
instancePtr->fg = NULL;
instancePtr->bg = NULL;
instancePtr->bitmap = None;
instancePtr->mask = None;
instancePtr->gc = NULL;
instancePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->instancePtr;
masterPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr;
ImgBmapConfigureInstance(instancePtr);
/*
* If this is the first instance, must set the size of the image.
*/
if (instancePtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height);
}
return (ClientData) instancePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapDisplay --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
890 891 892 893 894 895 896 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Upper-left corner of region within image to
* draw. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of region within image to draw. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates within drawable that correspond
* to imageX and imageY. */
{
| | | 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Upper-left corner of region within image to
* draw. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of region within image to draw. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates within drawable that correspond
* to imageX and imageY. */
{
BitmapInstance *instancePtr = (BitmapInstance *) clientData;
int masking;
/*
* If there's no graphics context, it means that an error occurred while
* creating the image instance so it can't be displayed.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
944 945 946 947 948 949 950 |
static void
ImgBmapFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
* instance to be displayed. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window that used image. */
{
| | > | | 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 |
static void
ImgBmapFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to BitmapInstance structure for
* instance to be displayed. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window that used image. */
{
BitmapInstance *instancePtr = (BitmapInstance *) clientData;
BitmapInstance *prevPtr;
instancePtr->refCount--;
if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
return;
}
/*
* There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Free the
* instance structure.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
971 972 973 974 975 976 977 |
}
if (instancePtr->mask != None) {
Tk_FreePixmap(display, instancePtr->mask);
}
if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(display, instancePtr->gc);
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 |
}
if (instancePtr->mask != None) {
Tk_FreePixmap(display, instancePtr->mask);
}
if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(display, instancePtr->gc);
}
if (instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr == instancePtr) {
instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (prevPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr;
prevPtr->nextPtr != instancePtr; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
/* Empty loop body */
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = instancePtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) instancePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapDelete --
*
* This procedure is called by the image code to delete the master
* structure for an image.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Resources associated with the image get freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgBmapDelete(
ClientData masterData) /* Pointer to BitmapMaster structure for
* image. Must not have any more instances. */
{
BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) masterData;
if (masterPtr->instancePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("tried to delete bitmap image when instances still exist");
}
masterPtr->tkMaster = NULL;
if (masterPtr->imageCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->imageCmd);
}
if (masterPtr->data != NULL) {
ckfree(masterPtr->data);
}
if (masterPtr->maskData != NULL) {
ckfree(masterPtr->maskData);
}
Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, NULL, 0);
ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 | * The image is deleted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc( | | | | | | | 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 |
* The image is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to BitmapMaster structure for
* image. */
{
BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) clientData;
masterPtr->imageCmd = NULL;
if (masterPtr->tkMaster != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteImage(masterPtr->interp, Tk_NameOfImage(masterPtr->tkMaster));
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetByte --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 |
*/
static int
GetByte(
Tcl_Channel chan) /* The channel we read from. */
{
char buffer;
| | | > | 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 |
*/
static int
GetByte(
Tcl_Channel chan) /* The channel we read from. */
{
char buffer;
int size;
size = Tcl_Read(chan, &buffer, 1);
if (size <= 0) {
return EOF;
} else {
return buffer;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapPsImagemask --
*
* This procedure generates postscript suitable for rendering a single
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 | * * 2. The origin of the postscript coordinate system is set to the * lower left corner of the bitmap. * * 3. The postscript coordinate system has been scaled so that the * entire bitmap is one unit squared. * * Results: | > > > > < > > | | | | > | 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 |
*
* 2. The origin of the postscript coordinate system is set to the
* lower left corner of the bitmap.
*
* 3. The postscript coordinate system has been scaled so that the
* entire bitmap is one unit squared.
*
* Some postscript implementations cannot handle bitmap strings longer
* than about 60k characters. If the bitmap data is that big or bigger,
* then we render it by splitting it into several smaller bitmaps.
*
* Results:
* Returns TCL_OK on success. Returns TCL_ERROR and leaves and error
* message in interp->result if there is a problem.
*
* Side effects:
* Postscript code is appended to interp->result.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgBmapPsImagemask(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Append postscript to this interpreter */
int width, int height, /* Width and height of the bitmap in pixels */
char *data) /* Data for the bitmap */
{
int i, j, nBytePerRow;
char buffer[200];
/*
* The bit order of bitmaps in Tk is the opposite of the bit order that
* postscript uses. (In Tk, the least significant bit is on the right side
* of the bitmap and in postscript the least significant bit is shown on
* the left.) The following array is used to reverse the order of bits
* within a byte so that the bits will be in the order postscript expects.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 |
13, 141, 77, 205, 45, 173, 109, 237, 29, 157, 93, 221, 61, 189, 125, 253,
3, 131, 67, 195, 35, 163, 99, 227, 19, 147, 83, 211, 51, 179, 115, 243,
11, 139, 75, 203, 43, 171, 107, 235, 27, 155, 91, 219, 59, 187, 123, 251,
7, 135, 71, 199, 39, 167, 103, 231, 23, 151, 87, 215, 55, 183, 119, 247,
15, 143, 79, 207, 47, 175, 111, 239, 31, 159, 95, 223, 63, 191, 127, 255,
};
| > > > > > > | | > | | | | > | | > > | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | | > | | < < > < < | | | | < | | > | | < < > < | < | < | < < < | < < < < | < < < | | 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 |
13, 141, 77, 205, 45, 173, 109, 237, 29, 157, 93, 221, 61, 189, 125, 253,
3, 131, 67, 195, 35, 163, 99, 227, 19, 147, 83, 211, 51, 179, 115, 243,
11, 139, 75, 203, 43, 171, 107, 235, 27, 155, 91, 219, 59, 187, 123, 251,
7, 135, 71, 199, 39, 167, 103, 231, 23, 151, 87, 215, 55, 183, 119, 247,
15, 143, 79, 207, 47, 175, 111, 239, 31, 159, 95, 223, 63, 191, 127, 255,
};
if (width*height > 60000) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unable to generate postscript for bitmaps "
"larger than 60000 pixels", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
sprintf(buffer, "0 0 moveto %d %d true [%d 0 0 %d 0 %d] {<\n",
width, height, width, -height, height);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
nBytePerRow = (width+7)/8;
for(i=0; i<height; i++){
for(j=0; j<nBytePerRow; j++){
sprintf(buffer, " %02x",
bit_reverse[0xff & data[i*nBytePerRow + j]]);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "\n", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ">} imagemask \n", NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgBmapPostscript --
*
* This procedure generates postscript for rendering a bitmap image.
*
* Results:
* On success, this routine writes postscript code into interp->result
* and returns TCL_OK TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is left
* in interp->result if anything goes wrong.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgBmapPostscript(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psinfo,
int x, int y, int width, int height,
int prepass)
{
BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) clientData;
char buffer[200];
if (prepass) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* There is nothing to do for bitmaps with zero width or height.
*/
if (width<=0 || height<=0 || masterPtr->width<=0 || masterPtr->height<= 0){
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Translate the origin of the coordinate system to be the lower-left
* corner of the bitmap and adjust the scale of the coordinate system so
* that entire bitmap covers one square unit of the page. The calling
* function put a "gsave" into the postscript and will add a "grestore" at
* after this routine returns, so it is safe to make whatever changes are
* necessary here.
*/
if (x!=0 || y!=0) {
sprintf(buffer, "%d %d moveto\n", x, y);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
if (width!=1 || height!=1) {
sprintf(buffer, "%d %d scale\n", width, height);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
/*
* Color the background, if there is one. This step is skipped if the
* background is transparent. If the background is not transparent and
* there is no background mask, then color the complete rectangle that
* encloses the bitmap. If there is a background mask, then only apply
* color to the bits specified by the mask.
*/
if ((masterPtr->bgUid != NULL) && (masterPtr->bgUid[0] != '\000')) {
XColor color;
TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin), masterPtr->bgUid,
&color);
if (Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, psinfo, &color) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (masterPtr->maskData == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"0 0 moveto 1 0 rlineto 0 1 rlineto -1 0 rlineto ",
"closepath fill\n", NULL);
} else if (ImgBmapPsImagemask(interp, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height, masterPtr->maskData) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Draw the bitmap foreground, assuming there is one.
*/
if ((masterPtr->fgUid != NULL) && (masterPtr->data != NULL)) {
XColor color;
TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin), masterPtr->fgUid,
&color);
if (Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, psinfo, &color) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ImgBmapPsImagemask(interp, masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height,
masterPtr->data) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkImgGIF.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkImgGIF.c -- * * A photo image file handler for GIF files. Reads 87a and 89a GIF files. * At present, there only is a file write function. GIF images may be * read using the -data option of the photo image. The data may be given * as a binary string in a Tcl_Obj or by representing the data as BASE64 * encoded ascii. Derived from the giftoppm code found in the pbmplus * package and tkImgFmtPPM.c in the tk4.0b2 distribution. * * Copyright (c) Reed Wade (wade@cs.utk.edu), University of Tennessee * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1997 Australian National University | | > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | /* * tkImgGIF.c -- * * A photo image file handler for GIF files. Reads 87a and 89a GIF files. * At present, there only is a file write function. GIF images may be * read using the -data option of the photo image. The data may be given * as a binary string in a Tcl_Obj or by representing the data as BASE64 * encoded ascii. Derived from the giftoppm code found in the pbmplus * package and tkImgFmtPPM.c in the tk4.0b2 distribution. * * Copyright (c) Reed Wade (wade@cs.utk.edu), University of Tennessee * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1997 Australian National University * Copyright (c) 2005 Donal K. Fellows * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * * This file also contains code from the giftoppm program, which is * copyrighted as follows: * * +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ * | Copyright 1990, David Koblas. | * | Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software | * | and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby | * | granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all | * | copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission | * | notice appear in supporting documentation. This software is | * | provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. | * +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ * * This file also contains code from miGIF. See lower down in file for the * applicable copyright notice for that portion. */ #include "tkInt.h" /* * GIF's are represented as data in either binary or base64 format. base64 * strings consist of 4 6-bit characters -> 3 8 bit bytes. A-Z, a-z, 0-9, + |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
* state keeps track of which byte we are about to read, or EOF.
*/
typedef struct mFile {
unsigned char *data; /* mmencoded source string */
int c; /* bits left over from previous character */
int state; /* decoder state (0-4 or GIF_DONE) */
| | | | | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
* state keeps track of which byte we are about to read, or EOF.
*/
typedef struct mFile {
unsigned char *data; /* mmencoded source string */
int c; /* bits left over from previous character */
int state; /* decoder state (0-4 or GIF_DONE) */
int length; /* Total amount of bytes in data */
} MFile;
/*
* Non-ASCII encoding support:
* Most data in a GIF image is binary and is treated as such. However, a few
* key bits are stashed in ASCII. If we try to compare those pieces to the
* char they represent, it will fail on any non-ASCII (eg, EBCDIC) system. To
* accomodate these systems, we test against the numeric value of the ASCII
* characters instead of the characters themselves. This is encoding
* independant.
*/
static const char GIF87a[] = { /* ASCII GIF87a */
0x47, 0x49, 0x46, 0x38, 0x37, 0x61, 0x00
};
static const char GIF89a[] = { /* ASCII GIF89a */
0x47, 0x49, 0x46, 0x38, 0x39, 0x61, 0x00
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
int done;
unsigned int window;
int bitsInWindow;
unsigned char *c;
} reader;
} GIFImageConfig;
| < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 |
int done;
unsigned int window;
int bitsInWindow;
unsigned char *c;
} reader;
} GIFImageConfig;
/*
* The format record for the GIF file format:
*/
static int FileMatchGIF(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName,
Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int FileReadGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY,
int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY);
static int StringMatchGIF(Tcl_Obj *dataObj, Tcl_Obj *format,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int StringReadGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *dataObj,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
int srcX, int srcY);
static int FileWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *filename,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int CommonWriteGIF(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel handle,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF = {
"gif", /* name */
FileMatchGIF, /* fileMatchProc */
StringMatchGIF, /* stringMatchProc */
FileReadGIF, /* fileReadProc */
StringReadGIF, /* stringReadProc */
FileWriteGIF, /* fileWriteProc */
NULL, /* stringWriteProc */
};
#define INTERLACE 0x40
#define LOCALCOLORMAP 0x80
#define BitSet(byte, bit) (((byte) & (bit)) == (bit))
#define MAXCOLORMAPSIZE 256
#define CM_RED 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 | unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4], int srcX, int srcY, int interlace, int transparent); /* * these are for the BASE64 image reader code only */ | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 | unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4], int srcX, int srcY, int interlace, int transparent); /* * these are for the BASE64 image reader code only */ static int Fread(GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr, unsigned char *dst, size_t size, size_t count, Tcl_Channel chan); static int Mread(unsigned char *dst, size_t size, size_t count, MFile *handle); static int Mgetc(MFile *handle); static int char64(int c); static void mInit(unsigned char *string, MFile *handle, int length); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * FileMatchGIF -- * * This function is invoked by the photo image type to see if a file |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
FileMatchGIF(
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
const char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here if the file is a valid raw GIF file. */
| | < < < | 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 |
FileMatchGIF(
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
const char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format object, or NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here if the file is a valid raw GIF file. */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* not used */
{
GIFImageConfig gifConf;
memset(&gifConf, 0, sizeof(GIFImageConfig));
return ReadGIFHeader(&gifConf, chan, widthPtr, heightPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
392 393 394 395 396 397 398 |
* image to be written to. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
{
int fileWidth, fileHeight, imageWidth, imageHeight;
| < | | < < | | < | | < < | | | | < < | < | 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 |
* image to be written to. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
{
int fileWidth, fileHeight, imageWidth, imageHeight;
int nBytes, index = 0, argc = 0, i, result = TCL_ERROR;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
unsigned char buf[100];
unsigned char *trashBuffer = NULL;
int bitPixel;
unsigned char colorMap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4];
int transparent = -1;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"-index", NULL
};
GIFImageConfig gifConf, *gifConfPtr = &gifConf;
/*
* Decode the magic used to convey when we're sourcing data from a string
* source and not a file.
*/
memset(gifConfPtr, 0, sizeof(GIFImageConfig));
if (fileName == INLINE_DATA_BINARY || fileName == INLINE_DATA_BASE64) {
gifConfPtr->fromData = fileName;
fileName = "inline data";
}
/*
* Parse the format string to get options.
*/
if (format && Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, format,
&argc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option name",
0, &nBytes) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (i == (argc-1)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no value given for \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\" option", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[++i], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Read the GIF file header and check for some sanity.
*/
if (!ReadGIFHeader(gifConfPtr, chan, &fileWidth, &fileHeight)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't read GIF header from file \"",
fileName, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((fileWidth <= 0) || (fileHeight <= 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "GIF image file \"", fileName,
"\" has dimension(s) <= 0", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Get the general colormap information.
*/
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 3, chan) != 3) {
return TCL_OK;
}
bitPixel = 2 << (buf[0] & 0x07);
if (BitSet(buf[0], LOCALCOLORMAP)) { /* Global Colormap */
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading color map", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((srcX + width) > fileWidth) {
width = fileWidth - srcX;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
509 510 511 512 513 514 515 |
while (1) {
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 1, chan) != 1) {
/*
* Premature end of image.
*/
| | | < < < | < | | < < < | < | | | < < | 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
while (1) {
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 1, chan) != 1) {
/*
* Premature end of image.
*/
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"premature end of image data for this index", NULL);
goto error;
}
switch (buf[0]) {
case GIF_TERMINATOR:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no image data for this index", NULL);
goto error;
case GIF_EXTENSION:
/*
* This is a GIF extension.
*/
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 1, chan) != 1) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"error reading extension function code in GIF image",
TCL_STATIC);
goto error;
}
if (DoExtension(gifConfPtr, chan, buf[0],
gifConfPtr->workingBuffer, &transparent) < 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "error reading extension in GIF image",
TCL_STATIC);
goto error;
}
continue;
case GIF_START:
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, 1, 9, chan) != 9) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"couldn't read left/top/width/height in GIF image",
TCL_STATIC);
goto error;
}
break;
default:
/*
* Not a valid start character; ignore it.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 |
if (index--) {
/*
* This is not the GIF frame we want to read: skip it.
*/
if (BitSet(buf[8], LOCALCOLORMAP)) {
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
| < | < < < < < | < < < | 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 |
if (index--) {
/*
* This is not the GIF frame we want to read: skip it.
*/
if (BitSet(buf[8], LOCALCOLORMAP)) {
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading color map", NULL);
goto error;
}
}
/*
* If we've not yet allocated a trash buffer, do so now.
*/
if (trashBuffer == NULL) {
nBytes = fileWidth * fileHeight * 3;
trashBuffer = (unsigned char *) ckalloc((unsigned) nBytes);
}
/*
* Slurp! Process the data for this image and stuff it in a trash
* buffer.
*
* Yes, it might be more efficient here to *not* store the data
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
635 636 637 638 639 640 641 |
/*
* Found the frame we want to read. Next, check for a local color map for
* this frame.
*/
if (BitSet(buf[8], LOCALCOLORMAP)) {
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
| < | < | 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
/*
* Found the frame we want to read. Next, check for a local color map for
* this frame.
*/
if (BitSet(buf[8], LOCALCOLORMAP)) {
if (!ReadColorMap(gifConfPtr, chan, bitPixel, colorMap)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading color map", NULL);
goto error;
}
}
/*
* Extract the location within the overall visible image to put the data
* in this frame, together with the size of this frame.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
683 684 685 686 687 688 689 | block.width = width; block.height = height; block.pixelSize = (transparent>=0) ? 4 : 3; block.offset[0] = 0; block.offset[1] = 1; block.offset[2] = 2; block.offset[3] = (transparent>=0) ? 3 : 0; | < < < < < < | < < | < | | | | | | | 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
block.width = width;
block.height = height;
block.pixelSize = (transparent>=0) ? 4 : 3;
block.offset[0] = 0;
block.offset[1] = 1;
block.offset[2] = 2;
block.offset[3] = (transparent>=0) ? 3 : 0;
block.pitch = block.pixelSize * imageWidth;
nBytes = block.pitch * imageHeight;
block.pixelPtr = (unsigned char *) ckalloc((unsigned) nBytes);
if (ReadImage(gifConfPtr, interp, block.pixelPtr, chan, imageWidth,
imageHeight, colorMap, srcX, srcY, BitSet(buf[8],INTERLACE),
transparent) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) block.pixelPtr);
goto error;
}
if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY,
width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) block.pixelPtr);
goto error;
}
ckfree((char *) block.pixelPtr);
}
/*
* We've successfully read the GIF frame (or there was nothing to read,
* which suits as well). We're done.
*/
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, tkImgFmtGIF.name, NULL);
result = TCL_OK;
error:
/*
* If a trash buffer has been allocated, free it now.
*/
if (trashBuffer != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) trashBuffer);
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
753 754 755 756 757 758 759 |
static int
StringMatchGIF(
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* the object containing the image data */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* the image format object, or NULL */
int *widthPtr, /* where to put the string width */
int *heightPtr, /* where to put the string height */
| | | < < | | 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
static int
StringMatchGIF(
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* the object containing the image data */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* the image format object, or NULL */
int *widthPtr, /* where to put the string width */
int *heightPtr, /* where to put the string height */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* not used */
{
unsigned char *data, header[10];
int got, length;
MFile handle;
data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);
/*
* Header is a minimum of 10 bytes.
*/
if (length < 10) {
return 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
Tcl_Obj *format, /* format object, or NULL */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* the image to write this data into */
int destX, int destY, /* The rectangular region of the */
int width, int height, /* image to copy */
int srcX, int srcY)
{
MFile handle, *hdlPtr = &handle;
| | | | 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 |
Tcl_Obj *format, /* format object, or NULL */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* the image to write this data into */
int destX, int destY, /* The rectangular region of the */
int width, int height, /* image to copy */
int srcX, int srcY)
{
MFile handle, *hdlPtr = &handle;
int length;
const char *xferFormat;
unsigned char *data = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataObj, &length);
mInit(data, hdlPtr, length);
/*
* Check whether the data is Base64 encoded by doing a character-by-
* charcter comparison with the binary-format headers; BASE64-encoded
* never matches (matching the other way is harder because of potential
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
918 919 920 921 922 923 924 |
int number,
unsigned char buffer[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4])
{
int i;
unsigned char rgb[3];
for (i = 0; i < number; ++i) {
| | | 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 |
int number,
unsigned char buffer[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4])
{
int i;
unsigned char rgb[3];
for (i = 0; i < number; ++i) {
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, rgb, sizeof(rgb), 1, chan) <= 0) {
return 0;
}
if (buffer) {
buffer[i][CM_RED] = rgb[0];
buffer[i][CM_GREEN] = rgb[1];
buffer[i][CM_BLUE] = rgb[2];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
943 944 945 946 947 948 949 |
int label,
unsigned char *buf,
int *transparent)
{
int count;
switch (label) {
| | | | | | 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
int label,
unsigned char *buf,
int *transparent)
{
int count;
switch (label) {
case 0x01: /* Plain Text Extension */
break;
case 0xff: /* Application Extension */
break;
case 0xfe: /* Comment Extension */
do {
count = GetDataBlock(gifConfPtr, chan, buf);
} while (count > 0);
return count;
case 0xf9: /* Graphic Control Extension */
count = GetDataBlock(gifConfPtr, chan, buf);
if (count < 0) {
return 1;
}
if ((buf[0] & 0x1) != 0) {
*transparent = buf[3];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
984 985 986 987 988 989 990 |
GetDataBlock(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
unsigned char *buf)
{
unsigned char count;
| | | | 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 |
GetDataBlock(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
Tcl_Channel chan,
unsigned char *buf)
{
unsigned char count;
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, &count, 1, 1, chan) <= 0) {
return -1;
}
if ((count != 0) && (Fread(gifConfPtr, buf, count, 1, chan) <= 0)) {
return -1;
}
return count;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 |
int len, int rows,
unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4],
int srcX, int srcY,
int interlace,
int transparent)
{
unsigned char initialCodeSize;
| | | | < < | | | | < | 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 |
int len, int rows,
unsigned char cmap[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][4],
int srcX, int srcY,
int interlace,
int transparent)
{
unsigned char initialCodeSize;
int xpos = 0, ypos = 0, pass = 0, i;
register unsigned char *pixelPtr;
static const int interlaceStep[] = { 8, 8, 4, 2 };
static const int interlaceStart[] = { 0, 4, 2, 1 };
unsigned short prefix[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
unsigned char append[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)];
unsigned char stack[(1 << MAX_LWZ_BITS)*2];
register unsigned char *top;
int codeSize, clearCode, inCode, endCode, oldCode, maxCode;
int code, firstCode, v;
/*
* Initialize the decoder
*/
if (Fread(gifConfPtr, &initialCodeSize, 1, 1, chan) <= 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading GIF image: ",
Tcl_PosixError(interp), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (initialCodeSize > MAX_LWZ_BITS) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "malformed image", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (transparent != -1) {
cmap[transparent][CM_RED] = 0;
cmap[transparent][CM_GREEN] = 0;
cmap[transparent][CM_BLUE] = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 |
ypos = interlaceStart[pass];
}
} else {
ypos++;
}
pixelPtr = imagePtr + (ypos) * len * ((transparent>=0)?4:3);
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 |
ypos = interlaceStart[pass];
}
} else {
ypos++;
}
pixelPtr = imagePtr + (ypos) * len * ((transparent>=0)?4:3);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetCode --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
mInit(
unsigned char *string, /* string containing initial mmencoded data */
MFile *handle, /* mmdecode "file" handle */
| | | 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
mInit(
unsigned char *string, /* string containing initial mmencoded data */
MFile *handle, /* mmdecode "file" handle */
int length) /* Number of bytes in string */
{
handle->data = string;
handle->state = 0;
handle->c = 0;
handle->length = length;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 | * * Side effects: * The base64 handle will change state. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 |
*
* Side effects:
* The base64 handle will change state.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
Mread(
unsigned char *dst, /* where to put the result */
size_t chunkSize, /* size of each transfer */
size_t numChunks, /* number of chunks */
MFile *handle) /* mmdecode "file" handle */
{
register int i, c;
int count = chunkSize * numChunks;
for (i=0; i<count && (c=Mgetc(handle)) != GIF_DONE; i++) {
*dst++ = c;
}
return i;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 |
if (handle->length-- <= 0) {
return GIF_DONE;
}
c = char64(*handle->data);
handle->data++;
} while (c == GIF_SPACE);
| | | 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 |
if (handle->length-- <= 0) {
return GIF_DONE;
}
c = char64(*handle->data);
handle->data++;
} while (c == GIF_SPACE);
if (c>GIF_SPECIAL) {
handle->state = GIF_DONE;
return handle->c;
}
switch (handle->state++) {
case 0:
handle->c = c<<2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 | * a base64 encoded string. * * Results: - same as POSIX fread() or Tcl Tcl_Read() * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 |
* a base64 encoded string.
*
* Results: - same as POSIX fread() or Tcl Tcl_Read()
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
Fread(
GIFImageConfig *gifConfPtr,
unsigned char *dst, /* where to put the result */
size_t hunk, size_t count, /* how many */
Tcl_Channel chan)
{
if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BASE64) {
return Mread(dst, hunk, count, (MFile *) chan);
}
if (gifConfPtr->fromData == INLINE_DATA_BINARY) {
MFile *handle = (MFile *) chan;
if (handle->length <= 0 || (size_t) handle->length < hunk*count) {
return -1;
}
memcpy(dst, handle->data, (size_t) (hunk * count));
handle->data += hunk * count;
handle->length -= hunk * count;
return (int)(hunk * count);
}
/*
* Otherwise we've got a real file to read.
*/
return Tcl_Read(chan, (char *) dst, (int) (hunk * count));
}
/*
* ChanWriteGIF - writes a image in GIF format.
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Author: Lolo
* Engeneering Projects Area
* Department of Mining
* University of Oviedo
* e-mail zz11425958@zeus.etsimo.uniovi.es
* lolo@pcsig22.etsimo.uniovi.es
* Date: Fri September 20 1996
*
* Modified for transparency handling (gif89a) and miGIF compression
* by Jan Nijtmans <j.nijtmans@chello.nl>
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* FileWriteGIF-
*
* This function is called by the photo image type to write GIF format
* data from a photo image into a given file
*
* Results:
* A standard TCL completion code. If TCL_ERROR is returned then an error
* message is left in interp->result.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Types, defines and variables needed to write and compress a GIF.
*/
typedef int (* ifunptr) (ClientData clientData);
#define LSB(a) ((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) & 0x00FF))
#define MSB(a) ((unsigned char) (((short)(a)) >> 8))
#define GIFBITS 12
#define HSIZE 5003 /* 80% occupancy */
typedef struct {
int ssize;
int csize;
int rsize;
unsigned char *pixelo;
int pixelSize;
int pixelPitch;
int greenOffset;
int blueOffset;
int alphaOffset;
int num;
unsigned char mapa[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][3];
} GifWriterState;
/*
* Definition of new functions to write GIFs
*/
static int color(GifWriterState *statePtr,
int red, int green, int blue,
unsigned char mapa[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][3]);
static void compress(int initBits, Tcl_Channel handle,
ifunptr readValue, ClientData clientData);
static int nuevo(GifWriterState *statePtr,
int red, int green, int blue,
unsigned char mapa[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][3]);
static void savemap(GifWriterState *statePtr,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
unsigned char mapa[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][3]);
static int ReadValue(ClientData clientData);
static int
FileWriteGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
const char *filename,
Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 |
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-translation",
"binary") != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | > < | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | > > | | < < | | < < | | > > | | | | | | | < > | | | > > > > > > > > | < > > > | < < | < | | | < | < < > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > | > > > > | | | > > | < < < | > | > | > | < < < | | > > > | > | > > > | > > > | < > > > > > | < < | | < > | < < < | | > | > > > | < < | | | < | | > > > > | | | < > > > | < < | > > > > | | | | < < < < < | > | | | < > | < | > | | < | | < < < | > | > > > | | | > | < | | | | < < | > > > > | | > > > > > | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < > > > > | > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > | | | | > > > > > > > > | > > | > > | < < | < | > > | | > | > | > | > | | > > | | < | | | | > > > > | > | < < < > > > > > > > > | > | | > > | | > > | > > | > > > | | > > > | < < < | | | > > > | > > | > | | > > > > | < | | > | | | | > > | > > > | > > > > > | < < | | | | | | | | > | < | | | < < < < > | | | | > > > | | | < < < < < < < | < < < | < > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | | > > > > | < | < < > > | | < | < > | > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > | | < < < > > > > | < < < < < | < | < < < | < | | > > | > > > | | 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 |
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan, "-translation",
"binary") != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = CommonWriteGIF(interp, chan, format, blockPtr);
if (Tcl_Close(interp, chan) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return result;
}
static int
CommonWriteGIF(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Channel handle,
Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
GifWriterState state, *statePtr = &state;
int resolution;
long width, height, x;
unsigned char c;
unsigned int top, left;
top = 0;
left = 0;
memset(statePtr, 0, sizeof(state));
statePtr->pixelSize = blockPtr->pixelSize;
statePtr->greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1]-blockPtr->offset[0];
statePtr->blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2]-blockPtr->offset[0];
statePtr->alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[0];
if (statePtr->alphaOffset < blockPtr->offset[2]) {
statePtr->alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[2];
}
if (++statePtr->alphaOffset < statePtr->pixelSize) {
statePtr->alphaOffset -= blockPtr->offset[0];
} else {
statePtr->alphaOffset = 0;
}
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) (statePtr->alphaOffset ? GIF89a : GIF87a), 6);
for (x=0 ; x<MAXCOLORMAPSIZE ; x++) {
statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED] = 255;
statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN] = 255;
statePtr->mapa[x][CM_BLUE] = 255;
}
width = blockPtr->width;
height = blockPtr->height;
statePtr->pixelo = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
statePtr->pixelPitch = blockPtr->pitch;
savemap(statePtr, blockPtr, statePtr->mapa);
if (statePtr->num >= MAXCOLORMAPSIZE) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "too many colors", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (statePtr->num<2) {
statePtr->num = 2;
}
c = LSB(width);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = MSB(width);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = LSB(height);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = MSB(height);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
resolution = 0;
while (statePtr->num >> resolution) {
resolution++;
}
c = 111 + resolution * 17;
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
statePtr->num = 1 << resolution;
/*
* Background color
*/
c = 0;
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
/*
* Zero for future expansion.
*/
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
for (x=0 ; x<statePtr->num ; x++) {
c = statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED];
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN];
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = statePtr->mapa[x][CM_BLUE];
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
}
/*
* Write out extension for transparent colour index, if necessary.
*/
if (statePtr->alphaOffset) {
c = GIF_EXTENSION;
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
Tcl_Write(handle, "\371\4\1\0\0\0", 7);
}
c = GIF_START;
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = LSB(top);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = MSB(top);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = LSB(left);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = MSB(left);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = LSB(width);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = MSB(width);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = LSB(height);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = MSB(height);
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = 0;
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = resolution;
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
statePtr->ssize = statePtr->rsize = blockPtr->width;
statePtr->csize = blockPtr->height;
compress(resolution+1, handle, ReadValue, (ClientData) statePtr);
c = 0;
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
c = GIF_TERMINATOR;
Tcl_Write(handle, (char *) &c, 1);
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
color(
GifWriterState *statePtr,
int red, int green, int blue,
unsigned char mapa[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][3])
{
int x = (statePtr->alphaOffset != 0);
for (; x<=MAXCOLORMAPSIZE ; x++) {
if ((mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) && (mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) &&
(mapa[x][CM_BLUE] == blue)) {
return x;
}
}
return -1;
}
static int
nuevo(
GifWriterState *statePtr,
int red, int green, int blue,
unsigned char mapa[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][3])
{
int x = (statePtr->alphaOffset != 0);
for (; x<=statePtr->num ; x++) {
if ((mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) && (mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) &&
(mapa[x][CM_BLUE] == blue)) {
return 0;
}
}
return 1;
}
static void
savemap(
GifWriterState *statePtr,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
unsigned char mapa[MAXCOLORMAPSIZE][3])
{
unsigned char *colores;
int x, y;
unsigned char red, green, blue;
if (statePtr->alphaOffset) {
statePtr->num = 0;
mapa[0][CM_RED] = 0xd9;
mapa[0][CM_GREEN] = 0xd9;
mapa[0][CM_BLUE] = 0xd9;
} else {
statePtr->num = -1;
}
for (y=0 ; y<blockPtr->height ; y++) {
colores = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0] + y*blockPtr->pitch;
for (x=0 ; x<blockPtr->width ; x++) {
if (!statePtr->alphaOffset || colores[statePtr->alphaOffset]!=0) {
red = colores[0];
green = colores[statePtr->greenOffset];
blue = colores[statePtr->blueOffset];
if (nuevo(statePtr, red, green, blue, mapa)) {
statePtr->num++;
if (statePtr->num >= MAXCOLORMAPSIZE) {
return;
}
mapa[statePtr->num][CM_RED] = red;
mapa[statePtr->num][CM_GREEN] = green;
mapa[statePtr->num][CM_BLUE] = blue;
}
}
colores += statePtr->pixelSize;
}
}
}
static int
ReadValue(
ClientData clientData)
{
GifWriterState *statePtr = (GifWriterState *) clientData;
unsigned int col;
if (statePtr->csize == 0) {
return EOF;
}
if (statePtr->alphaOffset && statePtr->pixelo[statePtr->alphaOffset]==0) {
col = 0;
} else {
col = color(statePtr, statePtr->pixelo[0],
statePtr->pixelo[statePtr->greenOffset],
statePtr->pixelo[statePtr->blueOffset], statePtr->mapa);
}
statePtr->pixelo += statePtr->pixelSize;
if (--statePtr->ssize <= 0) {
statePtr->ssize = statePtr->rsize;
statePtr->csize--;
statePtr->pixelo += statePtr->pixelPitch
- (statePtr->rsize * statePtr->pixelSize);
}
return col;
}
/*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* miGIF Compression - mouse and ivo's GIF-compatible compression
*
* -run length encoding compression routines-
*
* Copyright (C) 1998 Hutchison Avenue Software Corporation
* http://www.hasc.com
* info@hasc.com
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
* documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
* that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
* documentation. This software is provided "AS IS." The Hutchison Avenue
* Software Corporation disclaims all warranties, either express or implied,
* including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and
* fitness for a particular purpose, with respect to this code and
* accompanying documentation.
*
* The miGIF compression routines do not, strictly speaking, generate files
* conforming to the GIF spec, since the image data is not LZW-compressed
* (this is the point: in order to avoid transgression of the Unisys patent on
* the LZW algorithm.) However, miGIF generates data streams that any
* reasonably sane LZW decompresser will decompress to what we want.
*
* miGIF compression uses run length encoding. It compresses horizontal runs
* of pixels of the same color. This type of compression gives good results on
* images with many runs, for example images with lines, text and solid shapes
* on a solid-colored background. It gives little or no compression on images
* with few runs, for example digital or scanned photos.
*
* der Mouse
* mouse@rodents.montreal.qc.ca
* 7D C8 61 52 5D E7 2D 39 4E F1 31 3E E8 B3 27 4B
*
* ivo@hasc.com
*
* The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of CompuServe
* Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of CompuServe Incorporated.
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef struct {
int runlengthPixel;
int runlengthBaseCode;
int runlengthCount;
int runlengthTablePixel;
int runlengthTableMax;
int justCleared;
int outputBits;
int outputBitsInit;
int outputCount;
int outputBump;
int outputBumpInit;
int outputClear;
int outputClearInit;
int maxOcodes;
int codeClear;
int codeEOF;
unsigned int obuf;
int obits;
Tcl_Channel ofile;
unsigned char oblock[256];
int oblen;
} miGIFState_t;
/*
* Used only when debugging GIF compression code
*/
/* #define MIGIF_DEBUGGING_ENVARS */
#ifdef MIGIF_DEBUGGING_ENVARS
/*
* This debugging code is _absolutely_ not thread-safe. It's also not normally
* enabled either.
*/
static int verboseSet = 0;
static int verbose;
#define MIGIF_VERBOSE (verboseSet?verbose:setVerbose())
#define DEBUGMSG(printfArgs) if (MIGIF_VERBOSE) { printf printfArgs; }
static int
setVerbose(void)
{
verbose = !!getenv("MIGIF_VERBOSE");
verboseSet = 1;
return verbose;
}
static const char *
binformat(
unsigned int v,
int nbits)
{
static char bufs[8][64];
static int bhand = 0;
unsigned int bit;
int bno;
char *bp;
bhand--;
if (bhand < 0) {
bhand = (sizeof(bufs) / sizeof(bufs[0])) - 1;
}
bp = &bufs[bhand][0];
for (bno=nbits-1,bit=((unsigned int)1)<<bno ; bno>=0 ; bno--,bit>>=1) {
*bp++ = (v & bit) ? '1' : '0';
if (((bno&3) == 0) && (bno != 0)) {
*bp++ = '.';
}
}
*bp = '\0';
return &bufs[bhand][0];
}
#else /* !MIGIF_DEBUGGING_ENVARS */
#define DEBUGMSG(printfArgs) /* do nothing */
#endif
static void
writeBlock(
miGIFState_t *statePtr)
{
unsigned char c;
#ifdef MIGIF_DEBUGGING_ENVARS
if (MIGIF_VERBOSE) {
int i;
printf("writeBlock %d:", statePtr->oblen);
for (i=0 ; i<statePtr->oblen ; i++) {
printf(" %02x", statePtr->oblock[i]);
}
printf("\n");
}
#endif
c = statePtr->oblen;
Tcl_Write(statePtr->ofile, (char *) &c, 1);
Tcl_Write(statePtr->ofile, (char *) &statePtr->oblock[0], statePtr->oblen);
statePtr->oblen = 0;
}
static void
blockOut(
miGIFState_t *statePtr,
unsigned c)
{
DEBUGMSG(("blockOut %s\n", binformat(c, 8)));
statePtr->oblock[statePtr->oblen++] = (unsigned char) c;
if (statePtr->oblen >= 255) {
writeBlock(statePtr);
}
}
static void
blockFlush(
miGIFState_t *statePtr)
{
DEBUGMSG(("blockFlush\n"));
if (statePtr->oblen > 0) {
writeBlock(statePtr);
}
}
static void
output(
miGIFState_t *statePtr,
int val)
{
DEBUGMSG(("output %s [%s %d %d]\n", binformat(val, statePtr->outputBits),
binformat(statePtr->obuf, statePtr->obits), statePtr->obits,
statePtr->outputBits));
statePtr->obuf |= val << statePtr->obits;
statePtr->obits += statePtr->outputBits;
while (statePtr->obits >= 8) {
blockOut(statePtr, statePtr->obuf & 0xff);
statePtr->obuf >>= 8;
statePtr->obits -= 8;
}
DEBUGMSG(("output leaving [%s %d]\n",
binformat(statePtr->obuf, statePtr->obits), statePtr->obits));
}
static void
outputFlush(
miGIFState_t *statePtr)
{
DEBUGMSG(("outputFlush\n"));
if (statePtr->obits > 0) {
blockOut(statePtr, statePtr->obuf);
}
blockFlush(statePtr);
}
static void
didClear(
miGIFState_t *statePtr)
{
DEBUGMSG(("didClear\n"));
statePtr->outputBits = statePtr->outputBitsInit;
statePtr->outputBump = statePtr->outputBumpInit;
statePtr->outputClear = statePtr->outputClearInit;
statePtr->outputCount = 0;
statePtr->runlengthTableMax = 0;
statePtr->justCleared = 1;
}
static void
outputPlain(
miGIFState_t *statePtr,
int c)
{
DEBUGMSG(("outputPlain %s\n", binformat(c, statePtr->outputBits)));
statePtr->justCleared = 0;
output(statePtr, c);
statePtr->outputCount++;
if (statePtr->outputCount >= statePtr->outputBump) {
statePtr->outputBits++;
statePtr->outputBump += 1 << (statePtr->outputBits - 1);
}
if (statePtr->outputCount >= statePtr->outputClear) {
output(statePtr, statePtr->codeClear);
didClear(statePtr);
}
}
static unsigned int
isqrt(
unsigned int x)
{
unsigned int r;
unsigned int v;
if (x < 2) {
return x;
}
for (v=x,r=1 ; v ; v>>=2,r<<=1);
while (1) {
v = ((x / r) + r) / 2;
if (v==r || v==r+1) {
return r;
}
r = v;
}
}
static int
computeTriangleCount(
unsigned int count,
unsigned int nrepcodes)
{
unsigned int perrep;
unsigned int cost;
cost = 0;
perrep = (nrepcodes * (nrepcodes+1)) / 2;
while (count >= perrep) {
cost += nrepcodes;
count -= perrep;
}
if (count > 0) {
unsigned int n = isqrt(count);
while (n*(n+1) >= 2*count) {
n--;
}
while (n*(n+1) < 2*count) {
n++;
}
cost += n;
}
return (int) cost + 1;
}
static void
maxOutputClear(
miGIFState_t *statePtr)
{
statePtr->outputClear = statePtr->maxOcodes;
}
static void
resetOutputClear(
miGIFState_t *statePtr)
{
statePtr->outputClear = statePtr->outputClearInit;
if (statePtr->outputCount >= statePtr->outputClear) {
output(statePtr, statePtr->codeClear);
didClear(statePtr);
}
}
static void
runlengthFlushFromClear(
miGIFState_t *statePtr,
int count)
{
int n;
DEBUGMSG(("runlengthFlushFromClear %d\n", count));
maxOutputClear(statePtr);
statePtr->runlengthTablePixel = statePtr->runlengthPixel;
n = 1;
while (count > 0) {
if (n == 1) {
statePtr->runlengthTableMax = 1;
outputPlain(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthPixel);
count--;
} else if (count >= n) {
statePtr->runlengthTableMax = n;
outputPlain(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthBaseCode+n-2);
count -= n;
} else if (count == 1) {
statePtr->runlengthTableMax++;
outputPlain(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthPixel);
count = 0;
} else {
statePtr->runlengthTableMax++;
outputPlain(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthBaseCode+count-2);
count = 0;
}
if (statePtr->outputCount == 0) {
n = 1;
} else {
n++;
}
}
resetOutputClear(statePtr);
DEBUGMSG(("runlengthFlushFromClear leaving tableMax=%d\n",
statePtr->runlengthTableMax));
}
static void
runlengthFlushClearOrRep(
miGIFState_t *statePtr,
int count)
{
int withclr;
DEBUGMSG(("runlengthFlushClearOrRep %d\n", count));
withclr = computeTriangleCount((unsigned) count,
(unsigned) statePtr->maxOcodes);
if (withclr < count) {
output(statePtr, statePtr->codeClear);
didClear(statePtr);
runlengthFlushFromClear(statePtr, count);
} else {
for (; count>0 ; count--) {
outputPlain(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthPixel);
}
}
}
static void
runlengthFlushWithTable(
miGIFState_t *statePtr,
int count)
{
int repmax;
int repleft;
int leftover;
DEBUGMSG(("runlengthFlushWithTable %d\n", count));
repmax = count / statePtr->runlengthTableMax;
leftover = count % statePtr->runlengthTableMax;
repleft = (leftover ? 1 : 0);
if (statePtr->outputCount+repmax+repleft > statePtr->maxOcodes) {
repmax = statePtr->maxOcodes - statePtr->outputCount;
leftover = count - (repmax * statePtr->runlengthTableMax);
repleft = computeTriangleCount((unsigned) leftover,
(unsigned) statePtr->maxOcodes);
}
DEBUGMSG(("runlengthFlushWithTable repmax=%d leftover=%d repleft=%d\n",
repmax, leftover, repleft));
if (computeTriangleCount((unsigned) count, (unsigned) statePtr->maxOcodes)
< repmax+repleft) {
output(statePtr, statePtr->codeClear);
didClear(statePtr);
runlengthFlushFromClear(statePtr, count);
return;
}
maxOutputClear(statePtr);
for (; repmax>0 ; repmax--) {
outputPlain(statePtr,
statePtr->runlengthBaseCode + statePtr->runlengthTableMax - 2);
}
if (leftover) {
if (statePtr->justCleared) {
runlengthFlushFromClear(statePtr, leftover);
} else if (leftover == 1) {
outputPlain(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthPixel);
} else {
outputPlain(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthBaseCode + leftover - 2);
}
}
resetOutputClear(statePtr);
}
static void
runlengthFlush(
miGIFState_t *statePtr)
{
DEBUGMSG(("runlengthFlush [ %d %d\n", statePtr->runlengthCount,
statePtr->runlengthPixel));
if (statePtr->runlengthCount == 1) {
outputPlain(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthPixel);
statePtr->runlengthCount = 0;
DEBUGMSG(("runlengthFlush ]\n"));
return;
}
if (statePtr->justCleared) {
runlengthFlushFromClear(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthCount);
} else if ((statePtr->runlengthTableMax < 2)
|| (statePtr->runlengthTablePixel != statePtr->runlengthPixel)) {
runlengthFlushClearOrRep(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthCount);
} else {
runlengthFlushWithTable(statePtr, statePtr->runlengthCount);
}
DEBUGMSG(("runlengthFlush ]\n"));
statePtr->runlengthCount = 0;
}
static void
compress(
int initBits,
Tcl_Channel handle,
ifunptr readValue,
ClientData clientData)
{
int c;
miGIFState_t state, *statePtr = &state;
memset(statePtr, 0, sizeof(state));
statePtr->ofile = handle;
statePtr->obuf = 0;
statePtr->obits = 0;
statePtr->oblen = 0;
statePtr->codeClear = 1 << (initBits - 1);
statePtr->codeEOF = statePtr->codeClear + 1;
statePtr->runlengthBaseCode = statePtr->codeEOF + 1;
statePtr->outputBumpInit = (1 << (initBits - 1)) - 1;
/*
* For images with a lot of runs, making outputClearInit larger will give
* better compression.
*/
statePtr->outputClearInit =
(initBits <= 3) ? 9 : (statePtr->outputBumpInit-1);
#ifdef MIGIF_DEBUGGING_ENVARS
{
const char *ocienv = getenv("MIGIF_OUT_CLEAR_INIT");
if (ocienv) {
statePtr->outputClearInit = atoi(ocienv);
DEBUGMSG(("[overriding outputClearInit to %d]\n",
statePtr->outputClearInit));
}
}
#endif
statePtr->outputBitsInit = initBits;
statePtr->maxOcodes =
(1 << GIFBITS) - ((1 << (statePtr->outputBitsInit - 1)) + 3);
didClear(statePtr);
output(statePtr, statePtr->codeClear);
statePtr->runlengthCount = 0;
while (1) {
c = readValue(clientData);
if (statePtr->runlengthCount>0 && statePtr->runlengthPixel!=c) {
runlengthFlush(statePtr);
}
if (c == EOF) {
break;
}
if (statePtr->runlengthPixel == c) {
statePtr->runlengthCount++;
} else {
statePtr->runlengthPixel = c;
statePtr->runlengthCount = 1;
}
}
output(statePtr, statePtr->codeEOF);
outputFlush(statePtr);
}
/*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* End of miGIF section - See copyright notice at start of section.
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Deleted generic/tkImgListFormat.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted generic/tkImgPNG.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkImgPPM.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | #define PGM 1 #define PPM 2 /* * The format record for the PPM file format: */ | | | | < | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
#define PGM 1
#define PPM 2
/*
* The format record for the PPM file format:
*/
static int FileMatchPPM(Tcl_Channel chan, CONST char *fileName,
Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int FileReadPPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
CONST char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY,
int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY);
static int FileWritePPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *fileName,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int StringWritePPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static int StringMatchPPM(Tcl_Obj *dataObj, Tcl_Obj *format,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int StringReadPPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *dataObj,
Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle,
int destX, int destY, int width, int height,
int srcX, int srcY);
Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM = {
"ppm", /* name */
FileMatchPPM, /* fileMatchProc */
StringMatchPPM, /* stringMatchProc */
FileReadPPM, /* fileReadProc */
StringReadPPM, /* stringReadProc */
FileWritePPM, /* fileWriteProc */
StringWritePPM, /* stringWriteProc */
};
/*
* Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
*/
static int ReadPPMFileHeader(Tcl_Channel chan, int *widthPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FileMatchPPM(
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
| | | | | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FileMatchPPM(
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
CONST char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format string, or NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here if the file is a valid raw PPM
* file. */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* unused */
{
int dummy;
return ReadPPMFileHeader(chan, widthPtr, heightPtr, &dummy);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FileReadPPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
| | | | < < | | | | < | | | | > | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FileReadPPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
CONST char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format string, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */
int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo
* image to be written to. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
{
int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
int nLines, nBytes, h, type, count, bytesPerChannel = 1;
unsigned char *pixelPtr;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
type = ReadPPMFileHeader(chan, &fileWidth, &fileHeight, &maxIntensity);
if (type == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't read raw PPM header from file \"",
fileName, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((fileWidth <= 0) || (fileHeight <= 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "PPM image file \"", fileName,
"\" has dimension(s) <= 0", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((maxIntensity <= 0) || (maxIntensity > 0xffff)) {
char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buffer, "%d", maxIntensity);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "PPM image file \"", fileName,
"\" has bad maximum intensity value ", buffer, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (maxIntensity > 0x00ff) {
bytesPerChannel = 2;
}
if ((srcX + width) > fileWidth) {
width = fileWidth - srcX;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
if (nLines > height) {
nLines = height;
}
if (nLines <= 0) {
nLines = 1;
}
nBytes = nLines * block.pitch;
| | < | < > | | < | | 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 |
if (nLines > height) {
nLines = height;
}
if (nLines <= 0) {
nLines = 1;
}
nBytes = nLines * block.pitch;
pixelPtr = (unsigned char *) ckalloc((unsigned) nBytes);
block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr + srcX * block.pixelSize;
for (h = height; h > 0; h -= nLines) {
if (nLines > h) {
nLines = h;
nBytes = nLines * block.pitch;
}
count = Tcl_Read(chan, (char *) pixelPtr, nBytes);
if (count != nBytes) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading PPM image file \"",
fileName, "\": ",
Tcl_Eof(chan) ? "not enough data" : Tcl_PosixError(interp),
NULL);
ckfree((char *) pixelPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (maxIntensity < 0x00ff) {
unsigned char *p;
for (p = pixelPtr; count > 0; count--, p++) {
*p = (((int) *p) * 255)/maxIntensity;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
value = value * 255 / maxIntensity;
p[0] = p[1] = (unsigned char) value;
}
}
block.height = nLines;
if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY,
width, nLines, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) {
| | | | 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
value = value * 255 / maxIntensity;
p[0] = p[1] = (unsigned char) value;
}
}
block.height = nLines;
if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY,
width, nLines, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) pixelPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
destY += nLines;
}
ckfree((char *) pixelPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FileWritePPM --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FileWritePPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | | < | 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FileWritePPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *fileName,
Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
Tcl_Channel chan;
int w, h, greenOffset, blueOffset, nBytes;
unsigned char *pixelPtr, *pixLinePtr;
char header[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "w", 0666);
if (chan == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
pixLinePtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
if ((greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (blockPtr->pixelSize == 3)
&& (blockPtr->pitch == (blockPtr->width * 3))) {
nBytes = blockPtr->height * blockPtr->pitch;
| | | | | | | | 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
pixLinePtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
if ((greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (blockPtr->pixelSize == 3)
&& (blockPtr->pitch == (blockPtr->width * 3))) {
nBytes = blockPtr->height * blockPtr->pitch;
if (Tcl_Write(chan, (char *) pixLinePtr, nBytes) != nBytes) {
goto writeerror;
}
} else {
for (h = blockPtr->height; h > 0; h--) {
pixelPtr = pixLinePtr;
for (w = blockPtr->width; w > 0; w--) {
if ( Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[0], 1) == -1 ||
Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[greenOffset],1)==-1 ||
Tcl_Write(chan,(char *)&pixelPtr[blueOffset],1) ==-1) {
goto writeerror;
}
pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
}
pixLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
}
}
if (Tcl_Close(NULL, chan) == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
chan = NULL;
writeerror:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error writing \"", fileName, "\": ",
Tcl_PosixError(interp), NULL);
if (chan != NULL) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StringWritePPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StringWritePPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *format,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
int w, h, size, greenOffset, blueOffset;
unsigned char *pixLinePtr, *byteArray;
char header[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
Tcl_Obj *byteArrayObj;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StringMatchPPM(
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* The image data. */
| | | | 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StringMatchPPM(
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* The image data. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format string, or NULL. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here if the file is a valid raw PPM
* file. */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* unused */
{
int dummy;
return ReadPPMStringHeader(dataObj, widthPtr, heightPtr,
&dummy, NULL, NULL);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
477 478 479 480 481 482 483 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StringReadPPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* The image data. */
| | < | | < | | > > > | | < | | 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
StringReadPPM(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Obj *dataObj, /* The image data. */
Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format string, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */
int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo
* image to be written to. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of block of photo image to be
* written to. */
int srcX, int srcY) /* Coordinates of top-left pixel to be used in
* image being read. */
{
int fileWidth, fileHeight, maxIntensity;
int nLines, nBytes, h, type, count, dataSize, bytesPerChannel = 1;
unsigned char *pixelPtr, *dataBuffer;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
type = ReadPPMStringHeader(dataObj, &fileWidth, &fileHeight,
&maxIntensity, &dataBuffer, &dataSize);
if (type == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't read raw PPM header from string",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((fileWidth <= 0) || (fileHeight <= 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "PPM image data has dimension(s) <= 0",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((maxIntensity <= 0) || (maxIntensity > 0xffff)) {
char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buffer, "%d", maxIntensity);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"PPM image data has bad maximum intensity value ", buffer,
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (maxIntensity > 0x00ff) {
bytesPerChannel = 2;
}
if ((srcX + width) > fileWidth) {
width = fileWidth - srcX;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
if (maxIntensity == 0x00ff) {
/*
* We have all the data in memory, so write everything in one go.
*/
if (block.pitch*height > dataSize) {
| < | < | 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 |
if (maxIntensity == 0x00ff) {
/*
* We have all the data in memory, so write everything in one go.
*/
if (block.pitch*height > dataSize) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "truncated PPM data", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
block.pixelPtr = dataBuffer + srcX * block.pixelSize;
block.height = height;
return Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY,
width, height, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
576 577 578 579 580 581 582 |
if (nLines > height) {
nLines = height;
}
if (nLines <= 0) {
nLines = 1;
}
nBytes = nLines * block.pitch;
| | | < | < > | | | 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
if (nLines > height) {
nLines = height;
}
if (nLines <= 0) {
nLines = 1;
}
nBytes = nLines * block.pitch;
pixelPtr = (unsigned char *) ckalloc((unsigned) nBytes);
block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr + srcX * block.pixelSize;
for (h = height; h > 0; h -= nLines) {
unsigned char *p;
if (nLines > h) {
nLines = h;
nBytes = nLines * block.pitch;
}
if (dataSize < nBytes) {
ckfree((char *) pixelPtr);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "truncated PPM data", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (maxIntensity < 0x00ff) {
for (p=pixelPtr,count=nBytes ; count>0 ; count--,p++,dataBuffer++) {
*p = (((int) *dataBuffer) * 255)/maxIntensity;
}
} else {
unsigned char *p;
unsigned int value;
for (p = pixelPtr,count=nBytes; count > 1; count-=2, p += 2) {
value = ((unsigned int) p[0]) * 256 + ((unsigned int) p[1]);
value = value * 255 / maxIntensity;
p[0] = p[1] = (unsigned char) value;
}
}
dataSize -= nBytes;
block.height = nLines;
if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, imageHandle, &block, destX, destY,
width, nLines, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) pixelPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
destY += nLines;
}
ckfree((char *) pixelPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ReadPPMFileHeader --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
759 760 761 762 763 764 765 |
int *maxIntensityPtr, /* The maximum intensity value for the image
* is stored here. */
unsigned char **dataBufferPtr,
int *dataSizePtr)
{
#define BUFFER_SIZE 1000
char buffer[BUFFER_SIZE], c;
| | < | | 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 |
int *maxIntensityPtr, /* The maximum intensity value for the image
* is stored here. */
unsigned char **dataBufferPtr,
int *dataSizePtr)
{
#define BUFFER_SIZE 1000
char buffer[BUFFER_SIZE], c;
int i, numFields, dataSize, type = 0;
unsigned char *dataBuffer;
dataBuffer = Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(dataPtr, &dataSize);
/*
* Read 4 space-separated fields from the string, ignoring comments (any
* line that starts with "#").
*/
if (dataSize-- < 1) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted generic/tkImgPhInstance.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * * Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au), * Department of Computer Science, * Australian National University. */ | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
* Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au),
* Department of Computer Science,
* Australian National University.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#ifdef __WIN32__
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#elif defined(__CYGWIN__)
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif
/*
* Declaration for internal Xlib function used here:
*/
extern int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image);
/*
* A signed 8-bit integral type. If chars are unsigned and the compiler isn't
* an ANSI one, then we have to use short instead (which wastes space) to get
* signed behavior.
*/
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(_AIX)
typedef signed char schar;
#else
# ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
typedef char schar;
# else
typedef short schar;
# endif
#endif
/*
* An unsigned 32-bit integral type, used for pixel values. We use int rather
* than long here to accommodate those systems where longs are 64 bits.
*/
typedef unsigned int pixel;
/*
* The maximum number of pixels to transmit to the server in a single
* XPutImage call.
*/
#define MAX_PIXELS 65536
/*
* The set of colors required to display a photo image in a window depends on:
* - the visual used by the window
* - the palette, which specifies how many levels of each primary color to
* use, and
* - the gamma value for the image.
*
* Pixel values allocated for specific colors are valid only for the colormap
* in which they were allocated. Sets of pixel values allocated for displaying
* photos are re-used in other windows if possible, that is, if the display,
* colormap, palette and gamma values match. A hash table is used to locate
* these sets of pixel values, using the following data structure as key:
*/
typedef struct {
Display *display; /* Qualifies the colormap resource ID. */
Colormap colormap; /* Colormap that the windows are using. */
double gamma; /* Gamma exponent value for images. */
Tk_Uid palette; /* Specifies how many shades of each primary
* we want to allocate. */
} ColorTableId;
/*
* For a particular (display, colormap, palette, gamma) combination, a data
* structure of the following type is used to store the allocated pixel values
* and other information:
*/
typedef struct ColorTable {
ColorTableId id; /* Information used in selecting this color
* table. */
int flags; /* See below. */
int refCount; /* Number of instances using this map. */
int liveRefCount; /* Number of instances which are actually in
* use, using this map. */
int numColors; /* Number of colors allocated for this map. */
XVisualInfo visualInfo; /* Information about the visual for windows
* using this color table. */
pixel redValues[256]; /* Maps 8-bit values of red intensity to a
* pixel value or index in pixelMap. */
pixel greenValues[256]; /* Ditto for green intensity. */
pixel blueValues[256]; /* Ditto for blue intensity. */
unsigned long *pixelMap; /* Actual pixel values allocated. */
unsigned char colorQuant[3][256];
/* Maps 8-bit intensities to quantized
* intensities. The first index is 0 for red,
* 1 for green, 2 for blue. */
} ColorTable;
/*
* Bit definitions for the flags field of a ColorTable.
* BLACK_AND_WHITE: 1 means only black and white colors are
* available.
* COLOR_WINDOW: 1 means a full 3-D color cube has been
* allocated.
* DISPOSE_PENDING: 1 means a call to DisposeColorTable has been
* scheduled as an idle handler, but it hasn't
* been invoked yet.
* MAP_COLORS: 1 means pixel values should be mapped through
* pixelMap.
*/
#ifdef COLOR_WINDOW
#undef COLOR_WINDOW
#endif
#define BLACK_AND_WHITE 1
#define COLOR_WINDOW 2
#define DISPOSE_PENDING 4
#define MAP_COLORS 8
/*
* Definition of the data associated with each photo image master.
*/
typedef struct PhotoMaster {
Tk_ImageMaster tkMaster; /* Tk's token for image master. NULL means the
* image is being deleted. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with the application
* using this image. */
Tcl_Command imageCmd; /* Token for image command (used to delete it
* when the image goes away). NULL means the
* image command has already been deleted. */
int flags; /* Sundry flags, defined below. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of image. */
int userWidth, userHeight; /* User-declared image dimensions. */
Tk_Uid palette; /* User-specified default palette for
* instances of this image. */
double gamma; /* Display gamma value to correct for. */
char *fileString; /* Name of file to read into image. */
Tcl_Obj *dataString; /* Object to use as contents of image. */
Tcl_Obj *format; /* User-specified format of data in image file
* or string value. */
unsigned char *pix32; /* Local storage for 32-bit image. */
int ditherX, ditherY; /* Location of first incorrectly dithered
* pixel in image. */
TkRegion validRegion; /* Tk region indicating which parts of the
* image have valid image data. */
struct PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
/* First in the list of instances associated
* with this master. */
} PhotoMaster;
/*
* Bit definitions for the flags field of a PhotoMaster.
* COLOR_IMAGE: 1 means that the image has different color
* components.
* IMAGE_CHANGED: 1 means that the instances of this image need
* to be redithered.
* COMPLEX_ALPHA: 1 means that the instances of this image have
* alpha values that aren't 0 or 255, and so need
* the copy-merge-replace renderer .
*/
#define COLOR_IMAGE 1
#define IMAGE_CHANGED 2
#define COMPLEX_ALPHA 4
/*
* Flag to OR with the compositing rule to indicate that the source, despite
* having an alpha channel, has simple alpha.
*/
#define SOURCE_IS_SIMPLE_ALPHA_PHOTO 0x10000000
/*
* The following data structure represents all of the instances of a photo
* image in windows on a given screen that are using the same colormap.
*/
typedef struct PhotoInstance {
PhotoMaster *masterPtr; /* Pointer to master for image. */
Display *display; /* Display for windows using this instance. */
Colormap colormap; /* The image may only be used in windows with
* this particular colormap. */
struct PhotoInstance *nextPtr;
/* Pointer to the next instance in the list of
* instances associated with this master. */
int refCount; /* Number of instances using this structure. */
Tk_Uid palette; /* Palette for these particular instances. */
double gamma; /* Gamma value for these instances. */
Tk_Uid defaultPalette; /* Default palette to use if a palette is not
* specified for the master. */
ColorTable *colorTablePtr; /* Pointer to information about colors
* allocated for image display in windows like
* this one. */
Pixmap pixels; /* X pixmap containing dithered image. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of the pixmap. */
schar *error; /* Error image, used in dithering. */
XImage *imagePtr; /* Image structure for converted pixels. */
XVisualInfo visualInfo; /* Information about the visual that these
* windows are using. */
GC gc; /* Graphics context for writing images to the
* pixmap. */
} PhotoInstance;
/*
* The following data structure is used to return information from
* ParseSubcommandOptions:
*/
struct SubcommandOptions {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | /* * Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the * allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option * is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is * set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option * was specified. * | < < < | | | | | | | | < | < < | | | > > > > > > | | | | < | < < | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > | > > > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | > > > > | < | < | | | 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 |
/*
* Bit definitions for use with ParseSubcommandOptions: each bit is set in the
* allowedOptions parameter on a call to ParseSubcommandOptions if that option
* is allowed for the current photo image subcommand. On return, the bit is
* set in the options field of the SubcommandOptions structure if that option
* was specified.
*
* OPT_BACKGROUND: Set if -format option allowed/specified.
* OPT_COMPOSITE: Set if -compositingrule option allowed/spec'd.
* OPT_FORMAT: Set if -format option allowed/specified.
* OPT_FROM: Set if -from option allowed/specified.
* OPT_GRAYSCALE: Set if -grayscale option allowed/specified.
* OPT_SHRINK: Set if -shrink option allowed/specified.
* OPT_SUBSAMPLE: Set if -subsample option allowed/spec'd.
* OPT_TO: Set if -to option allowed/specified.
* OPT_ZOOM: Set if -zoom option allowed/specified.
*/
#define OPT_BACKGROUND 1
#define OPT_COMPOSITE 2
#define OPT_FORMAT 4
#define OPT_FROM 8
#define OPT_GRAYSCALE 0x10
#define OPT_SHRINK 0x20
#define OPT_SUBSAMPLE 0x40
#define OPT_TO 0x80
#define OPT_ZOOM 0x100
/*
* List of option names. The order here must match the order of declarations
* of the OPT_* constants above.
*/
static const char *const optionNames[] = {
"-background",
"-compositingrule",
"-format",
"-from",
"-grayscale",
"-shrink",
"-subsample",
"-to",
"-zoom",
NULL
};
/*
* Message to generate when an attempt to resize an image fails due to memory
* problems.
*/
#define TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE \
"not enough free memory for image buffer"
/*
* Functions used in the type record for photo images.
*/
static int ImgPhotoCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
ClientData *clientDataPtr);
static ClientData ImgPhotoGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData);
static void ImgPhotoDisplay(ClientData clientData,
Display *display, Drawable drawable,
int imageX, int imageY, int width, int height,
int drawableX, int drawableY);
static void ImgPhotoFree(ClientData clientData, Display *display);
static void ImgPhotoDelete(ClientData clientData);
static int ImgPhotoPostscript(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, int x, int y, int width,
int height, int prepass);
/*
* The type record itself for photo images:
*/
Tk_ImageType tkPhotoImageType = {
"photo", /* name */
ImgPhotoCreate, /* createProc */
ImgPhotoGet, /* getProc */
ImgPhotoDisplay, /* displayProc */
ImgPhotoFree, /* freeProc */
ImgPhotoDelete, /* deleteProc */
ImgPhotoPostscript, /* postscriptProc */
NULL /* nextPtr */
};
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatList;
/* Pointer to the first in the list of known
* photo image formats.*/
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *oldFormatList;
/* Pointer to the first in the list of known
* photo image formats.*/
int initialized; /* Set to 1 if we've initialized the
* strucuture. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Default configuration
*/
#define DEF_PHOTO_GAMMA "1"
#define DEF_PHOTO_HEIGHT "0"
#define DEF_PHOTO_PALETTE ""
#define DEF_PHOTO_WIDTH "0"
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specifications:
*/
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-file", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, fileString), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE, "-gamma", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PHOTO_GAMMA, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, gamma), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-height", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PHOTO_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, userHeight), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_UID, "-palette", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PHOTO_PALETTE, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, palette), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-width", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PHOTO_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(PhotoMaster, userWidth), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Hash table used to hash from (display, colormap, palette, gamma) to
* ColorTable address.
*/
static Tcl_HashTable imgPhotoColorHash;
static int imgPhotoColorHashInitialized;
#define N_COLOR_HASH (sizeof(ColorTableId) / sizeof(int))
/*
* Implementation of the Porter-Duff Source-Over compositing rule.
*/
#define PD_SRC_OVER(srcColor,srcAlpha,dstColor,dstAlpha) \
(srcColor*srcAlpha/255) + dstAlpha*(255-srcAlpha)/255*dstColor/255
#define PD_SRC_OVER_ALPHA(srcAlpha,dstAlpha) \
(srcAlpha + (255-srcAlpha)*dstAlpha/255)
/*
* Forward declarations
*/
static void PhotoFormatThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData);
static int ImgPhotoCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int ParseSubcommandOptions(
struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int allowedOptions,
int *indexPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(Tcl_Interp *interp,
PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags);
static void ImgPhotoConfigureInstance(PhotoInstance *instancePtr);
static int ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(PhotoMaster *mPtr);
static void ImgPhotoBlendComplexAlpha(XImage *bgImg,
PhotoInstance *iPtr, int xOffset, int yOffset,
int width, int height);
static int ImgPhotoSetSize(PhotoMaster *masterPtr, int width,
int height);
static void ImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(PhotoInstance *instancePtr);
static int ImgStringWrite(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *formatString,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr);
static char * ImgGetPhoto(PhotoMaster *masterPtr,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr);
static int IsValidPalette(PhotoInstance *instancePtr,
const char *palette);
static int CountBits(pixel mask);
static void GetColorTable(PhotoInstance *instancePtr);
static void FreeColorTable(ColorTable *colorPtr, int force);
static void AllocateColors(ColorTable *colorPtr);
static void DisposeColorTable(ClientData clientData);
static void DisposeInstance(ClientData clientData);
static int ReclaimColors(ColorTableId *id, int numColors);
static int MatchFileFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan,
char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *formatString,
Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *oldformat);
static int MatchStringFormat(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *data,
Tcl_Obj *formatString,
Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *oldformat);
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc * PhotoOptionFind(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *obj);
static void DitherInstance(PhotoInstance *instancePtr, int x,
int y, int width, int height);
static void PhotoOptionCleanupProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
#undef MIN
#define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b)? (a): (b))
#undef MAX
#define MAX(a, b) ((a) > (b)? (a): (b))
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PhotoFormatThreadExitProc --
*
* Clean up the registered list of photo formats.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The thread's linked lists of photo image formats is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PhotoFormatThreadExitProc(
ClientData clientData) /* not used */
{
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *freePtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
while (tsdPtr->oldFormatList != NULL) {
freePtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList;
tsdPtr->oldFormatList = tsdPtr->oldFormatList->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) freePtr);
}
while (tsdPtr->formatList != NULL) {
freePtr = tsdPtr->formatList;
tsdPtr->formatList = tsdPtr->formatList->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) freePtr->name);
ckfree((char *) freePtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat, Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
257 258 259 260 261 262 263 | * Side effects: * The new image file format is entered into a table used in the photo * image "read" and "write" subcommands. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < | | < | | < | < < | | 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 |
* Side effects:
* The new image file format is entered into a table used in the photo
* image "read" and "write" subcommands.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat(
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
/* Structure describing the format. All of the
* fields except "nextPtr" must be filled in
* by caller. */
{
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *copyPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(PhotoFormatThreadExitProc, NULL);
}
copyPtr = (Tk_PhotoImageFormat *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_PhotoImageFormat));
*copyPtr = *formatPtr;
copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList;
tsdPtr->oldFormatList = copyPtr;
}
void
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr)
/* Structure describing the format. All of the
* fields except "nextPtr" must be filled in
* by caller. */
{
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *copyPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(PhotoFormatThreadExitProc, NULL);
}
copyPtr = (Tk_PhotoImageFormat *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_PhotoImageFormat));
*copyPtr = *formatPtr;
if (isupper((unsigned char) *formatPtr->name)) {
copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList;
tsdPtr->oldFormatList = copyPtr;
} else {
/* for compatibility with aMSN: make a copy of formatPtr->name */
char *name = ckalloc(strlen(formatPtr->name) + 1);
strcpy(name, formatPtr->name);
copyPtr->name = name;
copyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->formatList;
tsdPtr->formatList = copyPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
334 335 336 337 338 339 340 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgPhotoCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for application containing
* image. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgPhotoCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for application containing
* image. */
char *name, /* Name to use for image. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects for options (doesn't
* include image name or type). */
Tk_ImageType *typePtr, /* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
Tk_ImageMaster master, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later
* callbacks. */
ClientData *clientDataPtr) /* Store manager's token for image here; it
* will be returned in later callbacks. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr;
/*
* Allocate and initialize the photo image master record.
*/
masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(PhotoMaster));
memset(masterPtr, 0, sizeof(PhotoMaster));
masterPtr->tkMaster = master;
masterPtr->interp = interp;
masterPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImgPhotoCmd,
(ClientData) masterPtr, ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc);
masterPtr->palette = NULL;
masterPtr->pix32 = NULL;
masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL;
masterPtr->validRegion = TkCreateRegion();
/*
* Process configuration options given in the image create command.
*/
if (ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(interp, masterPtr, objc, objv, 0) != TCL_OK) {
ImgPhotoDelete((ClientData) masterPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*clientDataPtr = (ClientData) masterPtr;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
394 395 396 397 398 399 400 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ImgPhotoCmd( | | | | | | > > < | | > > > | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | < < < < | | | < > | | < | 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgPhotoCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about photo master. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *photoOptions[] = {
"blank", "cget", "configure", "copy", "data", "get", "put",
"read", "redither", "transparency", "write", NULL
};
enum PhotoOptions {
PHOTO_BLANK, PHOTO_CGET, PHOTO_CONFIGURE, PHOTO_COPY, PHOTO_DATA,
PHOTO_GET, PHOTO_PUT, PHOTO_READ, PHOTO_REDITHER, PHOTO_TRANS,
PHOTO_WRITE
};
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) clientData;
int result, index, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc;
struct SubcommandOptions options;
Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv;
unsigned char *pixelPtr;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
int imageWidth, imageHeight, matched, length, oldformat = 0;
Tcl_Channel chan;
Tk_PhotoHandle srcHandle;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], photoOptions, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc;
proc = PhotoOptionFind(interp, objv[1]);
if (proc == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return proc(clientData, interp, objc, objv);
}
switch ((enum PhotoOptions) index) {
case PHOTO_BLANK:
/*
* photo blank command - just call Tk_PhotoBlank.
*/
if (objc == 2) {
Tk_PhotoBlank(masterPtr);
return TCL_OK;
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
case PHOTO_CGET: {
char *arg;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
if (strncmp(arg,"-data", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
if (masterPtr->dataString) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->dataString);
}
} else if (strncmp(arg,"-format", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
if (masterPtr->format) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, masterPtr->format);
}
} else {
Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
(char *) masterPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), 0);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
case PHOTO_CONFIGURE:
/*
* photo configure command - handle this in the standard way.
*/
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_Obj *obj, *subobj;
result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, NULL, 0);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
obj = Tcl_NewObj();
subobj = Tcl_NewStringObj("-data {} {} {}", 14);
if (masterPtr->dataString) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, subobj, masterPtr->dataString);
} else {
Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(subobj, " {}", NULL);
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
subobj = Tcl_NewStringObj("-format {} {} {}", 16);
if (masterPtr->format) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, subobj, masterPtr->format);
} else {
Tcl_AppendStringsToObj(subobj, " {}", NULL);
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, obj, subobj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, obj, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 3) {
char *arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
if (length > 1 && !strncmp(arg, "-data", (unsigned) length)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data {} {} {}", NULL);
if (masterPtr->dataString) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
masterPtr->dataString);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {}", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
} else if (length > 1 &&
!strncmp(arg, "-format", (unsigned) length)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-format {} {} {}", NULL);
if (masterPtr->format) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
masterPtr->format);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " {}", NULL);
}
return TCL_OK;
} else {
return Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, arg, 0);
}
}
return ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(interp, masterPtr, objc-2, objv+2,
TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
case PHOTO_COPY:
/*
* photo copy command - first parse options.
*/
index = 2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
569 570 571 572 573 574 575 |
/*
* Look for the source image and get a pointer to its image data.
* Check the values given for the -from option.
*/
srcHandle = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(options.name));
if (srcHandle == NULL) {
| | < | < | < < < | | < < | | 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 |
/*
* Look for the source image and get a pointer to its image data.
* Check the values given for the -from option.
*/
srcHandle = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(options.name));
if (srcHandle == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "image \"",
Tcl_GetString(options.name), "\" doesn't",
" exist or is not a photo image", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_PhotoGetImage(srcHandle, &block);
if ((options.fromX2 > block.width) || (options.fromY2 > block.height)
|| (options.fromX2 > block.width)
|| (options.fromY2 > block.height)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "coordinates for -from option extend ",
"outside source image", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Hack to pass through the message that the place we're coming from
* has a simple alpha channel.
*/
if (!(((PhotoMaster *) srcHandle)->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) {
options.compositingRule |= SOURCE_IS_SIMPLE_ALPHA_PHOTO;
}
/*
* Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 |
height = 0;
} else {
height = (height - options.subsampleY - 1)
/ -options.subsampleY;
}
options.toY2 = options.toY + height * options.zoomY;
}
/*
* Copy the image data over using Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock.
*/
block.pixelPtr += options.fromX * block.pixelSize
+ options.fromY * block.pitch;
block.width = options.fromX2 - options.fromX;
block.height = options.fromY2 - options.fromY;
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | < | | | | | < < < < > | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | | | > > | | < | < < < > > | | > | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | | < < < < | | | | < < < | | | < | < | | < < | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > < < < < < | | < | < < | < > | | < < | < | < | | | < | < < < < < < < < < | > | | | | | < | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 |
height = 0;
} else {
height = (height - options.subsampleY - 1)
/ -options.subsampleY;
}
options.toY2 = options.toY + height * options.zoomY;
}
/*
* Set the destination image size if the -shrink option was specified.
*/
if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, options.toX2,
options.toY2) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Copy the image data over using Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock.
*/
block.pixelPtr += options.fromX * block.pixelSize
+ options.fromY * block.pitch;
block.width = options.fromX2 - options.fromX;
block.height = options.fromY2 - options.fromY;
return Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(interp, (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr,
&block, options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
options.toY2 - options.toY, options.zoomX, options.zoomY,
options.subsampleX, options.subsampleY,
options.compositingRule);
case PHOTO_DATA: {
char *data;
/*
* photo data command - first parse and check any options given.
*/
Tk_ImageStringWriteProc *stringWriteProc = NULL;
index = 2;
memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
options.name = NULL;
options.format = NULL;
options.fromX = 0;
options.fromY = 0;
if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.name != NULL) || (index < objc)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.fromX > masterPtr->width)
|| (options.fromY > masterPtr->height)
|| (options.fromX2 > masterPtr->width)
|| (options.fromY2 > masterPtr->height)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "coordinates for -from option extend ",
"outside image", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
*/
if (((options.options & OPT_FROM) == 0) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
options.fromX2 = masterPtr->width;
options.fromY2 = masterPtr->height;
}
/*
* Search for an appropriate image string format handler.
*/
if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
matched = 0;
for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL;
imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
matched = 1;
if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
break;
}
}
}
if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
oldformat = 1;
for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
if ((strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
imageFormat->name,
strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
matched = 1;
if (imageFormat->stringWriteProc != NULL) {
stringWriteProc = imageFormat->stringWriteProc;
break;
}
}
}
}
if (stringWriteProc == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "image string format \"",
Tcl_GetString(options.format), "\" is ",
(matched ? "not supported" : "unknown"), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
stringWriteProc = ImgStringWrite;
}
/*
* Call the handler's string write function to write out the image.
*/
data = ImgGetPhoto(masterPtr, &block, &options);
if (oldformat) {
Tcl_DString buffer;
Tcl_DStringInit(&buffer);
result = ((int (*) (Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_DString *dataPtr, char *formatString,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr))(void *)stringWriteProc)
(interp, &buffer, Tcl_GetString(options.format), &block);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringFree(&buffer);
}
} else {
result = ((int (*) (Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *formatString, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
void *dummy))(void *)stringWriteProc)
(interp, options.format, &block, NULL);
}
if (options.background) {
Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
}
if (data) {
ckfree(data);
}
return result;
}
case PHOTO_GET: {
/*
* photo get command - first parse and check parameters.
*/
char string[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 3];
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), " get: ",
"coordinates out of range", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Extract the value of the desired pixel and format it as a string.
*/
pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
sprintf(string, "%d %d %d", pixelPtr[0], pixelPtr[1],
pixelPtr[2]);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
case PHOTO_PUT:
/*
* photo put command - first parse the options and colors specified.
*/
index = 2;
memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
options.name = NULL;
if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp, OPT_TO|OPT_FORMAT,
&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "data ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (MatchStringFormat(interp, options.name ? objv[2]:NULL,
options.format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
&imageHeight, &oldformat) == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Obj *format, *data;
if (((options.options & OPT_TO) == 0) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
options.toX2 = options.toX + imageWidth;
options.toY2 = options.toY + imageHeight;
}
if (imageWidth > options.toX2 - options.toX) {
imageWidth = options.toX2 - options.toX;
}
if (imageHeight > options.toY2 - options.toY) {
imageHeight = options.toY2 - options.toY;
}
format = options.format;
data = objv[2];
if (oldformat) {
if (format) {
format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format);
}
data = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data);
}
if ((*imageFormat->stringReadProc)(interp, data,
format, (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr,
options.toX, options.toY, imageWidth, imageHeight,
0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;
return TCL_OK;
}
if (options.options & OPT_FORMAT) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, options.name,
&dataHeight, &srcObjv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
block.pixelPtr = NULL;
dataWidth = 0;
pixelPtr = NULL;
for (y = 0; y < dataHeight; ++y) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, srcObjv[y],
&listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
if (y == 0) {
if (listObjc == 0) {
/*
* Lines must be non-empty...
*/
break;
}
dataWidth = listObjc;
pixelPtr = (unsigned char *)
ckalloc((unsigned) dataWidth * dataHeight * 3);
block.pixelPtr = pixelPtr;
} else if (listObjc != dataWidth) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "all elements of color list must",
" have the same number of elements", NULL);
break;
}
for (x = 0; x < dataWidth; ++x) {
char *colorString = Tcl_GetString(listObjv[x]);
XColor color;
int tmpr, tmpg, tmpb;
/*
* We do not use Tk_GetColorFromObj() because we absolutely do
* not want to invoke the fallback code.
*/
if (colorString[0] == '#') {
if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[1])) &&
isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[2])) &&
isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[3]))) {
if (colorString[4] == '\0') {
/* Got #rgb */
sscanf(colorString+1, "%1x%1x%1x",
&tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
*pixelPtr++ = tmpr * 0x11;
*pixelPtr++ = tmpg * 0x11;
*pixelPtr++ = tmpb * 0x11;
continue;
} else if (isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[4])) &&
isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[5])) &&
isxdigit(UCHAR(colorString[6])) &&
colorString[7] == '\0') {
/* Got #rrggbb */
sscanf(colorString+1, "%2x%2x%2x",
&tmpr, &tmpg, &tmpb);
*pixelPtr++ = tmpr;
*pixelPtr++ = tmpg;
*pixelPtr++ = tmpb;
continue;
}
}
}
if (!TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin),
colorString, &color)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't parse color \"",
colorString, "\"", NULL);
break;
}
*pixelPtr++ = color.red >> 8;
*pixelPtr++ = color.green >> 8;
*pixelPtr++ = color.blue >> 8;
}
if (x < dataWidth) {
break;
}
}
if (y < dataHeight || dataHeight == 0 || dataWidth == 0) {
if (block.pixelPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) block.pixelPtr);
}
if (y < dataHeight) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Fill in default values for the -to option, then copy the block in
* using Tk_PhotoPutBlock.
*/
if (!(options.options & OPT_TO) || (options.toX2 < 0)) {
options.toX2 = options.toX + dataWidth;
options.toY2 = options.toY + dataHeight;
}
block.width = dataWidth;
block.height = dataHeight;
block.pitch = dataWidth * 3;
block.pixelSize = 3;
block.offset[0] = 0;
block.offset[1] = 1;
block.offset[2] = 2;
block.offset[3] = 0;
result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, (ClientData)masterPtr, &block,
options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX,
options.toY2 - options.toY,
TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);
ckfree((char *) block.pixelPtr);
return result;
case PHOTO_READ: {
Tcl_Obj *format;
/*
* photo read command - first parse the options specified.
*/
index = 2;
memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
options.name = NULL;
options.format = NULL;
if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_TO | OPT_SHRINK,
&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "fileName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Prevent file system access in safe interpreters.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't get image from a file in a",
" safe interpreter", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Open the image file and look for a handler for it.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 |
/*
* Check the values given for the -from option.
*/
if ((options.fromX > imageWidth) || (options.fromY > imageHeight)
|| (options.fromX2 > imageWidth)
|| (options.fromY2 > imageHeight)) {
| | | < < | | < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < > > | < < < < > > > > > > > | > > | < < < < < | | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > | | < | > | > > > > > > > > > > | > | > < | | | | < < | | < | | | | | < | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | > | | > | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < | | < | > | | < < | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | | | | > > > > > | < < | | > > > > > | > > > > | > > > | | | | | | | | | < > | > | > > | | > > | > | 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 |
/*
* Check the values given for the -from option.
*/
if ((options.fromX > imageWidth) || (options.fromY > imageHeight)
|| (options.fromX2 > imageWidth)
|| (options.fromY2 > imageHeight)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "coordinates for -from option extend ",
"outside source image", NULL);
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (((options.options & OPT_FROM) == 0) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
width = imageWidth - options.fromX;
height = imageHeight - options.fromY;
} else {
width = options.fromX2 - options.fromX;
height = options.fromY2 - options.fromY;
}
/*
* If the -shrink option was specified, set the size of the image.
*/
if (options.options & OPT_SHRINK) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, options.toX + width,
options.toY + height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Call the handler's file read function to read the data into the
* image.
*/
format = options.format;
if (oldformat && format) {
format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(format);
}
result = (*imageFormat->fileReadProc)(interp, chan,
Tcl_GetString(options.name),
format, (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, options.toX,
options.toY, width, height, options.fromX, options.fromY);
if (chan != NULL) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
}
return result;
}
case PHOTO_REDITHER:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Call Dither if any part of the image is not correctly dithered at
* present.
*/
x = masterPtr->ditherX;
y = masterPtr->ditherY;
if (masterPtr->ditherX != 0) {
Tk_DitherPhoto((Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, x, y,
masterPtr->width - x, 1);
}
if (masterPtr->ditherY < masterPtr->height) {
x = 0;
Tk_DitherPhoto((Tk_PhotoHandle)masterPtr, 0,
masterPtr->ditherY, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height - masterPtr->ditherY);
}
if (y < masterPtr->height) {
/*
* Tell the core image code that part of the image has changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y,
(masterPtr->width - x), (masterPtr->height - y),
masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
}
return TCL_OK;
case PHOTO_TRANS: {
static const char *photoTransOptions[] = {
"get", "set", NULL
};
enum transOptions {
PHOTO_TRANS_GET, PHOTO_TRANS_SET
};
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], photoTransOptions, "option",
0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum transOptions) index) {
case PHOTO_TRANS_GET: {
XRectangle testBox;
TkRegion testRegion;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
" transparency get: coordinates out of range", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
testBox.x = x;
testBox.y = y;
testBox.width = 1;
testBox.height = 1;
/* What a way to do a test! */
testRegion = TkCreateRegion();
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&testBox, testRegion, testRegion);
TkIntersectRegion(testRegion, masterPtr->validRegion, testRegion);
TkClipBox(testRegion, &testBox);
TkDestroyRegion(testRegion);
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
(testBox.width==0 && testBox.height==0));
return TCL_OK;
}
case PHOTO_TRANS_SET: {
int transFlag;
XRectangle setBox;
if (objc != 6) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "x y boolean");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[5],
&transFlag) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((x < 0) || (x >= masterPtr->width)
|| (y < 0) || (y >= masterPtr->height)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
" transparency set: coordinates out of range", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
setBox.x = x;
setBox.y = y;
setBox.width = 1;
setBox.height = 1;
pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
if (transFlag) {
/*
* Make pixel transparent.
*/
TkRegion clearRegion = TkCreateRegion();
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, clearRegion, clearRegion);
TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, clearRegion,
masterPtr->validRegion);
TkDestroyRegion(clearRegion);
/*
* Set the alpha value correctly.
*/
pixelPtr[3] = 0;
} else {
/*
* Make pixel opaque.
*/
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&setBox, masterPtr->validRegion,
masterPtr->validRegion);
pixelPtr[3] = 255;
}
/*
* Inform the generic image code that the image
* has (potentially) changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, 1, 1,
masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
masterPtr->flags &= ~IMAGE_CHANGED;
return TCL_OK;
}
}
Tcl_Panic("unexpected fallthrough");
}
/* FALLTHRU */
case PHOTO_WRITE: {
char *data;
Tcl_Obj *format;
/*
* Prevent file system access in safe interpreters.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't write image to a file in a",
" safe interpreter", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* photo write command - first parse and check any options given.
*/
index = 2;
memset(&options, 0, sizeof(options));
options.name = NULL;
options.format = NULL;
if (ParseSubcommandOptions(&options, interp,
OPT_FORMAT | OPT_FROM | OPT_GRAYSCALE | OPT_BACKGROUND,
&index, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.name == NULL) || (index < objc)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "fileName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((options.fromX > masterPtr->width)
|| (options.fromY > masterPtr->height)
|| (options.fromX2 > masterPtr->width)
|| (options.fromY2 > masterPtr->height)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "coordinates for -from option extend ",
"outside image", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Fill in default values for unspecified parameters.
*/
if (!(options.options & OPT_FROM) || (options.fromX2 < 0)) {
options.fromX2 = masterPtr->width;
options.fromY2 = masterPtr->height;
}
/*
* Search for an appropriate image file format handler, and give an
* error if none is found.
*/
matched = 0;
for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->formatList; imageFormat != NULL;
imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
if ((options.format == NULL)
|| (strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
matched = 1;
if (imageFormat->fileWriteProc != NULL) {
break;
}
}
}
if (imageFormat == NULL) {
oldformat = 1;
for (imageFormat = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; imageFormat != NULL;
imageFormat = imageFormat->nextPtr) {
if ((options.format == NULL)
|| (strncasecmp(Tcl_GetString(options.format),
imageFormat->name, strlen(imageFormat->name)) == 0)) {
matched = 1;
if (imageFormat->fileWriteProc != NULL) {
break;
}
}
}
}
if (imageFormat == NULL) {
if (options.format == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no available image file format ",
"has file writing capability", NULL);
} else if (!matched) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "image file format \"",
Tcl_GetString(options.format),
"\" is unknown", NULL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "image file format \"",
Tcl_GetString(options.format),
"\" has no file writing capability", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Call the handler's file write function to write out the image.
*/
data = ImgGetPhoto(masterPtr, &block, &options);
format = options.format;
if (oldformat && format) {
format = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(options.format);
}
result = (*imageFormat->fileWriteProc)(interp,
Tcl_GetString(options.name), format, &block);
if (options.background) {
Tk_FreeColor(options.background);
}
if (data) {
ckfree(data);
}
return result;
}
}
Tcl_Panic("unexpected fallthrough");
return TCL_ERROR; /* NOT REACHED */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ParseSubcommandOptions --
*
* This function is invoked to process one of the options which may be
* specified for the photo image subcommands, namely, -from, -to, -zoom,
* -subsample, -format, -shrink, and -compositingrule.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Fields in *optPtr get filled in.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParseSubcommandOptions(
struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr,
/* Information about the options specified and
* the values given is returned here. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
int allowedOptions, /* Indicates which options are valid for the
* current command. */
int *optIndexPtr, /* Points to a variable containing the current
* index in objv; this variable is updated by
* this function. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv[]. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments to be parsed. */
{
int index, c, bit, currentBit, length;
int values[4], numValues, maxValues, argIndex;
char *option;
const char *const *listPtr;
for (index = *optIndexPtr; index < objc; *optIndexPtr = ++index) {
/*
* We can have one value specified without an option; it goes into
* optPtr->name.
*/
option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[index], &length);
if (option[0] != '-') {
if (optPtr->name == NULL) {
optPtr->name = objv[index];
continue;
}
break;
}
/*
* Work out which option this is.
*/
c = option[0];
bit = 0;
currentBit = 1;
for (listPtr = optionNames; *listPtr != NULL; ++listPtr) {
if ((c == *listPtr[0])
&& (strncmp(option, *listPtr, (size_t) length) == 0)) {
if (bit != 0) {
bit = 0; /* An ambiguous option. */
break;
}
bit = currentBit;
}
currentBit <<= 1;
}
/*
* If this option is not recognized and allowed, put an error message
* in the interpreter and return.
*/
if ((allowedOptions & bit) == 0) {
if (optPtr->name == NULL) {
optPtr->name = objv[index];
continue;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unrecognized option \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[index]),
"\": must be ", NULL);
bit = 1;
for (listPtr = optionNames; *listPtr != NULL; ++listPtr) {
if ((allowedOptions & bit) != 0) {
if ((allowedOptions & (bit - 1)) != 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ", ", NULL);
if ((allowedOptions & ~((bit << 1) - 1)) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "or ", NULL);
}
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, *listPtr, NULL);
}
bit <<= 1;
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* For the -from, -to, -zoom and -subsample options, parse the values
* given. Report an error if too few or too many values are given.
*/
if (bit == OPT_BACKGROUND) {
/*
* The -background option takes a single XColor value.
*/
if (index + 1 < objc) {
*optIndexPtr = ++index;
optPtr->background = Tk_GetColor(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tk_GetUid(Tcl_GetString(objv[index])));
if (!optPtr->background) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "the \"-background\" option ",
"requires a value", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (bit == OPT_FORMAT) {
/*
* The -format option takes a single string value. Note that
* parsing this is outside the scope of this function.
*/
if (index + 1 < objc) {
*optIndexPtr = ++index;
optPtr->format = objv[index];
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "the \"-format\" option ",
"requires a value", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (bit == OPT_COMPOSITE) {
/*
* The -compositingrule option takes a single value from a
* well-known set.
*/
if (index + 1 < objc) {
/*
* Note that these must match the TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_*
* constants.
*/
static const char *compositingRules[] = {
"overlay", "set", NULL
};
index++;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[index], compositingRules,
"compositing rule", 0, &optPtr->compositingRule)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*optIndexPtr = index;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "the \"-compositingrule\" option ",
"requires a value", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if ((bit != OPT_SHRINK) && (bit != OPT_GRAYSCALE)) {
char *val;
maxValues = ((bit == OPT_FROM) || (bit == OPT_TO))? 4: 2;
argIndex = index + 1;
for (numValues = 0; numValues < maxValues; ++numValues) {
if (argIndex >= objc) {
break;
}
val = Tcl_GetString(objv[argIndex]);
if ((argIndex < objc) && (isdigit(UCHAR(val[0]))
|| ((val[0] == '-') && isdigit(UCHAR(val[1]))))) {
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, val, &values[numValues])
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
break;
}
++argIndex;
}
if (numValues == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "the \"", option, "\" option ",
"requires one ", maxValues == 2? "or two": "to four",
" integer values", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*optIndexPtr = (index += numValues);
/*
* Y values default to the corresponding X value if not specified.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 |
* the SubcommandOptions structure.
*/
switch (bit) {
case OPT_FROM:
if ((values[0] < 0) || (values[1] < 0) || ((numValues > 2)
&& ((values[2] < 0) || (values[3] < 0)))) {
| > | < > > | < > > | < > < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | | | | < | | < < | < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | > | | < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 |
* the SubcommandOptions structure.
*/
switch (bit) {
case OPT_FROM:
if ((values[0] < 0) || (values[1] < 0) || ((numValues > 2)
&& ((values[2] < 0) || (values[3] < 0)))) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value(s) for the -from",
" option must be non-negative", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (numValues <= 2) {
optPtr->fromX = values[0];
optPtr->fromY = values[1];
optPtr->fromX2 = -1;
optPtr->fromY2 = -1;
} else {
optPtr->fromX = MIN(values[0], values[2]);
optPtr->fromY = MIN(values[1], values[3]);
optPtr->fromX2 = MAX(values[0], values[2]);
optPtr->fromY2 = MAX(values[1], values[3]);
}
break;
case OPT_SUBSAMPLE:
optPtr->subsampleX = values[0];
optPtr->subsampleY = values[1];
break;
case OPT_TO:
if ((values[0] < 0) || (values[1] < 0) || ((numValues > 2)
&& ((values[2] < 0) || (values[3] < 0)))) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value(s) for the -to",
" option must be non-negative", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (numValues <= 2) {
optPtr->toX = values[0];
optPtr->toY = values[1];
optPtr->toX2 = -1;
optPtr->toY2 = -1;
} else {
optPtr->toX = MIN(values[0], values[2]);
optPtr->toY = MIN(values[1], values[3]);
optPtr->toX2 = MAX(values[0], values[2]);
optPtr->toY2 = MAX(values[1], values[3]);
}
break;
case OPT_ZOOM:
if ((values[0] <= 0) || (values[1] <= 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value(s) for the -zoom",
" option must be positive", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
optPtr->zoomX = values[0];
optPtr->zoomY = values[1];
break;
}
}
/*
* Remember that we saw this option.
*/
optPtr->options |= bit;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoConfigureMaster --
*
* This function is called when a photo image is created or reconfigured.
* It processes configuration options and resets any instances of the
* image.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl return value. If TCL_ERROR is returned then an error
* message is left in the masterPtr->interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* Existing instances of the image will be redisplayed to match the new
* configuration options.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
PhotoMaster *masterPtr, /* Pointer to data structure describing
* overall photo image to (re)configure. */
int objc, /* Number of entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Pairs of configuration options for image. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such
* as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */
{
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
const char *oldFileString, *oldPaletteString;
Tcl_Obj *oldData, *data = NULL, *oldFormat, *format = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *tempdata, *tempformat;
int length, i, j, result, imageWidth, imageHeight, oldformat;
double oldGamma;
Tcl_Channel chan;
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *imageFormat;
const char **args;
args = (const char **) ckalloc((objc + 1) * sizeof(char *));
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < objc; i++,j++) {
args[j] = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if ((length > 1) && (args[j][0] == '-')) {
if ((args[j][1] == 'd') &&
!strncmp(args[j], "-data", (size_t) length)) {
if (++i < objc) {
data = objv[i];
j--;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"value for \"-data\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if ((args[j][1] == 'f') &&
!strncmp(args[j], "-format", (size_t) length)) {
if (++i < objc) {
format = objv[i];
j--;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"value for \"-format\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
}
/*
* Save the current values for fileString and dataString, so we can tell
* if the user specifies them anew. IMPORTANT: if the format changes we
* have to interpret "-file" and "-data" again as well! It might be that
* the format string influences how "-data" or "-file" is interpreted.
*/
oldFileString = masterPtr->fileString;
if (oldFileString == NULL) {
oldData = masterPtr->dataString;
if (oldData != NULL) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldData);
}
} else {
oldData = NULL;
}
oldFormat = masterPtr->format;
if (oldFormat != NULL) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldFormat);
}
oldPaletteString = masterPtr->palette;
oldGamma = masterPtr->gamma;
/*
* Process the configuration options specified.
*/
if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), configSpecs,
j, args, (char *) masterPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) args);
goto errorExit;
}
ckfree((char *) args);
/*
* Regard the empty string for -file, -data or -format as the null value.
*/
if ((masterPtr->fileString != NULL) && (masterPtr->fileString[0] == 0)) {
ckfree(masterPtr->fileString);
masterPtr->fileString = NULL;
}
if (data) {
/*
* Force into ByteArray format, which most (all) image handlers will
* use anyway. Empty length means ignore the -data option.
*/
(void) Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj(data, &length);
if (length) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(data);
} else {
data = NULL;
}
if (masterPtr->dataString) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->dataString);
}
masterPtr->dataString = data;
}
if (format) {
/*
* Stringify to ignore -format "". It may come in as a list or other
* object.
*/
(void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(format, &length);
if (length) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(format);
} else {
format = NULL;
}
if (masterPtr->format) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->format);
}
masterPtr->format = format;
}
/*
* Set the image to the user-requested size, if any, and make sure storage
* is correctly allocated for this image.
*/
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, NULL);
goto errorExit;
}
/*
* Read in the image from the file or string if the user has specified the
* -file or -data option.
*/
if ((masterPtr->fileString != NULL)
&& ((masterPtr->fileString != oldFileString)
|| (masterPtr->format != oldFormat))) {
/*
* Prevent file system access in a safe interpreter.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't get image from a file in a safe interpreter", NULL);
goto errorExit;
}
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, masterPtr->fileString, "r", 0);
if (chan == NULL) {
goto errorExit;
}
/*
* -translation binary also sets -encoding binary
*/
if ((Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, chan,
"-translation", "binary") != TCL_OK) ||
(MatchFileFormat(interp, chan, masterPtr->fileString,
masterPtr->format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
&imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK)) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
goto errorExit;
}
result = ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, imageWidth, imageHeight);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, NULL);
goto errorExit;
}
tempformat = masterPtr->format;
if (oldformat && tempformat) {
tempformat = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(tempformat);
}
result = (*imageFormat->fileReadProc)(interp, chan,
masterPtr->fileString, tempformat, (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr,
0, 0, imageWidth, imageHeight, 0, 0);
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto errorExit;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;
}
if ((masterPtr->fileString == NULL) && (masterPtr->dataString != NULL)
&& ((masterPtr->dataString != oldData)
|| (masterPtr->format != oldFormat))) {
if (MatchStringFormat(interp, masterPtr->dataString,
masterPtr->format, &imageFormat, &imageWidth,
&imageHeight, &oldformat) != TCL_OK) {
goto errorExit;
}
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, imageWidth, imageHeight) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, NULL);
goto errorExit;
}
tempformat = masterPtr->format;
tempdata = masterPtr->dataString;
if (oldformat) {
if (tempformat) {
tempformat = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(tempformat);
}
tempdata = (Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(tempdata);
}
if ((*imageFormat->stringReadProc)(interp, tempdata,
tempformat, (Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr,
0, 0, imageWidth, imageHeight, 0, 0) != TCL_OK) {
goto errorExit;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;
}
/*
* Enforce a reasonable value for gamma.
*/
if (masterPtr->gamma <= 0) {
masterPtr->gamma = 1.0;
}
if ((masterPtr->gamma != oldGamma)
|| (masterPtr->palette != oldPaletteString)) {
masterPtr->flags |= IMAGE_CHANGED;
}
/*
* Cycle through all of the instances of this image, regenerating the
* information for each instance. Then force the image to be redisplayed
* everywhere that it is used.
*/
for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
ImgPhotoConfigureInstance(instancePtr);
}
/*
* Inform the generic image code that the image has (potentially) changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height, masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
masterPtr->flags &= ~IMAGE_CHANGED;
if (oldData != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldData);
}
if (oldFormat != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldFormat);
}
ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(masterPtr);
return TCL_OK;
errorExit:
if (oldData != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldData);
}
if (oldFormat != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldFormat);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoConfigureInstance --
*
* This function is called to create displaying information for a photo
* image instance based on the configuration information in the master.
* It is invoked both when new instances are created and when the master
* is reconfigured.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Generates errors via Tcl_BackgroundError if there are problems in
* setting up the instance.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgPhotoConfigureInstance(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr) /* Instance to reconfigure. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
XImage *imagePtr;
int bitsPerPixel;
ColorTable *colorTablePtr;
XRectangle validBox;
/*
* If the -palette configuration option has been set for the master, use
* the value specified for our palette, but only if it is a valid palette
* for our windows. Use the gamma value specified the master.
*/
if ((masterPtr->palette && masterPtr->palette[0])
&& IsValidPalette(instancePtr, masterPtr->palette)) {
instancePtr->palette = masterPtr->palette;
} else {
instancePtr->palette = instancePtr->defaultPalette;
}
instancePtr->gamma = masterPtr->gamma;
/*
* If we don't currently have a color table, or if the one we have no
* longer applies (e.g. because our palette or gamma has changed), get a
* new one.
*/
colorTablePtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
if ((colorTablePtr == NULL)
|| (instancePtr->colormap != colorTablePtr->id.colormap)
|| (instancePtr->palette != colorTablePtr->id.palette)
|| (instancePtr->gamma != colorTablePtr->id.gamma)) {
/*
* Free up our old color table, and get a new one.
*/
if (colorTablePtr != NULL) {
colorTablePtr->liveRefCount -= 1;
FreeColorTable(colorTablePtr, 0);
}
GetColorTable(instancePtr);
/*
* Create a new XImage structure for sending data to the X server, if
* necessary.
*/
if (instancePtr->colorTablePtr->flags & BLACK_AND_WHITE) {
bitsPerPixel = 1;
} else {
bitsPerPixel = instancePtr->visualInfo.depth;
}
if ((instancePtr->imagePtr == NULL)
|| (instancePtr->imagePtr->bits_per_pixel != bitsPerPixel)) {
if (instancePtr->imagePtr != NULL) {
XDestroyImage(instancePtr->imagePtr);
}
imagePtr = XCreateImage(instancePtr->display,
instancePtr->visualInfo.visual, (unsigned) bitsPerPixel,
(bitsPerPixel > 1? ZPixmap: XYBitmap), 0, NULL,
1, 1, 32, 0);
instancePtr->imagePtr = imagePtr;
/*
* We create images using the local host's endianness, rather than
* the endianness of the server; otherwise we would have to
* byte-swap any 16 or 32 bit values that we store in the image
* if the server's endianness is different from ours.
*/
if (imagePtr != NULL) {
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
imagePtr->byte_order = MSBFirst;
#else
imagePtr->byte_order = LSBFirst;
#endif
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(imagePtr);
}
}
}
/*
* If the user has specified a width and/or height for the master which is
* different from our current width/height, set the size to the values
* specified by the user. If we have no pixmap, we do this also, since it
* has the side effect of allocating a pixmap for us.
*/
if ((instancePtr->pixels == None) || (instancePtr->error == NULL)
|| (instancePtr->width != masterPtr->width)
|| (instancePtr->height != masterPtr->height)) {
ImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(instancePtr);
}
/*
* Redither this instance if necessary.
*/
if ((masterPtr->flags & IMAGE_CHANGED)
|| (instancePtr->colorTablePtr != colorTablePtr)) {
TkClipBox(masterPtr->validRegion, &validBox);
if ((validBox.width > 0) && (validBox.height > 0)) {
DitherInstance(instancePtr, validBox.x, validBox.y,
validBox.width, validBox.height);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoGet --
*
* This function is called for each use of a photo image in a widget.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a token for the instance, which is passed back to
* us in calls to ImgPhotoDisplay and ImgPhotoFree.
*
* Side effects:
* A data structure is set up for the instance (or, an existing instance
* is re-used for the new one).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ClientData
ImgPhotoGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which the instance will be
* used. */
ClientData masterData) /* Pointer to our master structure for the
* image. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) masterData;
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
Colormap colormap;
int mono, nRed, nGreen, nBlue, numVisuals;
XVisualInfo visualInfo, *visInfoPtr;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 3];
XColor *white, *black;
XGCValues gcValues;
/*
* Table of "best" choices for palette for PseudoColor displays with
* between 3 and 15 bits/pixel.
*/
static const int paletteChoice[13][3] = {
/* #red, #green, #blue */
{2, 2, 2, /* 3 bits, 8 colors */},
{2, 3, 2, /* 4 bits, 12 colors */},
{3, 4, 2, /* 5 bits, 24 colors */},
{4, 5, 3, /* 6 bits, 60 colors */},
{5, 6, 4, /* 7 bits, 120 colors */},
{7, 7, 4, /* 8 bits, 198 colors */},
{8, 10, 6, /* 9 bits, 480 colors */},
{10, 12, 8, /* 10 bits, 960 colors */},
{14, 15, 9, /* 11 bits, 1890 colors */},
{16, 20, 12, /* 12 bits, 3840 colors */},
{20, 24, 16, /* 13 bits, 7680 colors */},
{26, 30, 20, /* 14 bits, 15600 colors */},
{32, 32, 30, /* 15 bits, 30720 colors */}
};
/*
* See if there is already an instance for windows using the same
* colormap. If so then just re-use it.
*/
colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
if ((colormap == instancePtr->colormap)
&& (Tk_Display(tkwin) == instancePtr->display)) {
/*
* Re-use this instance.
*/
if (instancePtr->refCount == 0) {
/*
* We are resurrecting this instance.
*/
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, (ClientData) instancePtr);
if (instancePtr->colorTablePtr != NULL) {
FreeColorTable(instancePtr->colorTablePtr, 0);
}
GetColorTable(instancePtr);
}
instancePtr->refCount++;
return (ClientData) instancePtr;
}
}
/*
* The image isn't already in use in a window with the same colormap. Make
* a new instance of the image.
*/
instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) ckalloc(sizeof(PhotoInstance));
instancePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
instancePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
instancePtr->colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
Tk_PreserveColormap(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->colormap);
instancePtr->refCount = 1;
instancePtr->colorTablePtr = NULL;
instancePtr->pixels = None;
instancePtr->error = NULL;
instancePtr->width = 0;
instancePtr->height = 0;
instancePtr->imagePtr = 0;
instancePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->instancePtr;
masterPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr;
/*
* Obtain information about the visual and decide on the default palette.
*/
visualInfo.screen = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin);
visualInfo.visualid = XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin));
visInfoPtr = XGetVisualInfo(Tk_Display(tkwin),
VisualScreenMask | VisualIDMask, &visualInfo, &numVisuals);
if (visInfoPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("ImgPhotoGet couldn't find visual for window");
}
nRed = 2;
nGreen = nBlue = 0;
mono = 1;
instancePtr->visualInfo = *visInfoPtr;
switch (visInfoPtr->class) {
case DirectColor:
case TrueColor:
nRed = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->red_mask);
nGreen = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->green_mask);
nBlue = 1 << CountBits(visInfoPtr->blue_mask);
mono = 0;
break;
case PseudoColor:
case StaticColor:
if (visInfoPtr->depth > 15) {
nRed = 32;
nGreen = 32;
nBlue = 32;
mono = 0;
} else if (visInfoPtr->depth >= 3) {
const int *ip = paletteChoice[visInfoPtr->depth - 3];
nRed = ip[0];
nGreen = ip[1];
nBlue = ip[2];
mono = 0;
}
break;
case GrayScale:
case StaticGray:
nRed = 1 << visInfoPtr->depth;
break;
}
XFree((char *) visInfoPtr);
if (mono) {
sprintf(buf, "%d", nRed);
} else {
sprintf(buf, "%d/%d/%d", nRed, nGreen, nBlue);
}
instancePtr->defaultPalette = Tk_GetUid(buf);
/*
* Make a GC with background = black and foreground = white.
*/
white = Tk_GetColor(masterPtr->interp, tkwin, "white");
black = Tk_GetColor(masterPtr->interp, tkwin, "black");
gcValues.foreground = (white != NULL)? white->pixel:
WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
gcValues.background = (black != NULL)? black->pixel:
BlackPixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
Tk_FreeColor(white);
Tk_FreeColor(black);
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
instancePtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin,
GCForeground|GCBackground|GCGraphicsExposures, &gcValues);
/*
* Set configuration options and finish the initialization of the
* instance. This will also dither the image if necessary.
*/
ImgPhotoConfigureInstance(instancePtr);
/*
* If this is the first instance, must set the size of the image.
*/
if (instancePtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
}
return (ClientData) instancePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded --
*
* This function is called when an image is modified to check if any
* partially transparent pixels exist, which requires blending instead of
* straight copy.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* (Re)sets COMPLEX_ALPHA flag of master.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(
PhotoMaster *mPtr)
{
size_t len = MAX(mPtr->userWidth, mPtr->width) *
MAX(mPtr->userHeight, mPtr->height) * 4;
unsigned char *c = mPtr->pix32;
unsigned char *end = c + len;
/*
* Set the COMPLEX_ALPHA flag if we have an image with partially
* transparent bits.
*/
mPtr->flags &= ~COMPLEX_ALPHA;
c += 3; /* Start at first alpha byte. */
for (; c < end; c += 4) {
if (*c && *c != 255) {
mPtr->flags |= COMPLEX_ALPHA;
break;
}
}
return (mPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoBlendComplexAlpha --
*
* This function is called when an image with partially transparent
* pixels must be drawn over another image. It blends the photo data onto
* a local copy of the surface that we are drawing on, *including* the
* pixels drawn by everything that should be drawn underneath the image.
*
* Much of this code has hard-coded values in for speed because this
* routine is performance critical for complex image drawing.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Background image passed in gets drawn over with image data.
*
* Notes:
* This should work on all platforms that set mask and shift data
* properly from the visualInfo. RGB is really only a 24+ bpp version
* whereas RGB15 is the correct version and works for 15bpp+, but it
* slower, so it's only used for 15bpp+.
*
* Note that Win32 pre-defines those operations that we really need.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef __WIN32__
#define GetRValue(rgb) (UCHAR(((rgb) & red_mask) >> red_shift))
#define GetGValue(rgb) (UCHAR(((rgb) & green_mask) >> green_shift))
#define GetBValue(rgb) (UCHAR(((rgb) & blue_mask) >> blue_shift))
#define RGB(r, g, b) ((unsigned)( \
(UCHAR(r) << red_shift) | \
(UCHAR(g) << green_shift) | \
(UCHAR(b) << blue_shift) ))
#define RGB15(r, g, b) ((unsigned)( \
(((r) * red_mask / 255) & red_mask) | \
(((g) * green_mask / 255) & green_mask) | \
(((b) * blue_mask / 255) & blue_mask) ))
#endif /* !__WIN32__ */
static void
ImgPhotoBlendComplexAlpha(
XImage *bgImg, /* Background image to draw on. */
PhotoInstance *iPtr, /* Image instance to draw. */
int xOffset, int yOffset, /* X & Y offset into image instance to
* draw. */
int width, int height) /* Width & height of image to draw. */
{
int x, y, line;
unsigned long pixel;
unsigned char r, g, b, alpha, unalpha, *masterPtr;
unsigned char *alphaAr = iPtr->masterPtr->pix32;
/*
* This blending is an integer version of the Source-Over compositing rule
* (see Porter&Duff, "Compositing Digital Images", proceedings of SIGGRAPH
* 1984) that has been hard-coded (for speed) to work with targetting a
* solid surface.
*
* The 'unalpha' field must be 255-alpha; it is separated out to encourage
* more efficient compilation.
*/
#define ALPHA_BLEND(bgPix, imgPix, alpha, unalpha) \
((bgPix * unalpha + imgPix * alpha) / 255)
/*
* We have to get the mask and shift info from the visual on non-Win32 so
* that the macros Get*Value(), RGB() and RGB15() work correctly. This
* might be cached for better performance.
*/
#ifndef __WIN32__
unsigned long red_mask, green_mask, blue_mask;
unsigned long red_shift, green_shift, blue_shift;
Visual *visual = iPtr->visualInfo.visual;
red_mask = visual->red_mask;
green_mask = visual->green_mask;
blue_mask = visual->blue_mask;
red_shift = 0;
green_shift = 0;
blue_shift = 0;
while ((0x0001 & (red_mask >> red_shift)) == 0) {
red_shift++;
}
while ((0x0001 & (green_mask >> green_shift)) == 0) {
green_shift++;
}
while ((0x0001 & (blue_mask >> blue_shift)) == 0) {
blue_shift++;
}
#endif /* !__WIN32__ */
/*
* Only UNIX requires the special case for <24bpp. It varies with 3 extra
* shifts and uses RGB15. The 24+bpp version could also then be further
* optimized.
*/
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
if (bgImg->depth < 24) {
unsigned char red_mlen, green_mlen, blue_mlen;
red_mlen = 8 - CountBits(red_mask >> red_shift);
green_mlen = 8 - CountBits(green_mask >> green_shift);
blue_mlen = 8 - CountBits(blue_mask >> blue_shift);
for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
line = (y + yOffset) * iPtr->masterPtr->width;
for (x = 0; x < width; x++) {
masterPtr = alphaAr + ((line + x + xOffset) * 4);
alpha = masterPtr[3];
/*
* Ignore pixels that are fully transparent
*/
if (alpha) {
/*
* We could perhaps be more efficient than XGetPixel for
* 24 and 32 bit displays, but this seems "fast enough".
*/
r = masterPtr[0];
g = masterPtr[1];
b = masterPtr[2];
if (alpha != 255) {
/*
* Only blend pixels that have some transparency
*/
unsigned char ra, ga, ba;
pixel = XGetPixel(bgImg, x, y);
ra = GetRValue(pixel) << red_mlen;
ga = GetGValue(pixel) << green_mlen;
ba = GetBValue(pixel) << blue_mlen;
unalpha = 255 - alpha; /* Calculate once. */
r = ALPHA_BLEND(ra, r, alpha, unalpha);
g = ALPHA_BLEND(ga, g, alpha, unalpha);
b = ALPHA_BLEND(ba, b, alpha, unalpha);
}
XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB15(r, g, b));
}
}
}
return;
}
#endif /* !__WIN32__ && !MAC_OSX_TK */
for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
line = (y + yOffset) * iPtr->masterPtr->width;
for (x = 0; x < width; x++) {
masterPtr = alphaAr + ((line + x + xOffset) * 4);
alpha = masterPtr[3];
/*
* Ignore pixels that are fully transparent
*/
if (alpha) {
/*
* We could perhaps be more efficient than XGetPixel for 24
* and 32 bit displays, but this seems "fast enough".
*/
r = masterPtr[0];
g = masterPtr[1];
b = masterPtr[2];
if (alpha != 255) {
/*
* Only blend pixels that have some transparency
*/
unsigned char ra, ga, ba;
pixel = XGetPixel(bgImg, x, y);
ra = GetRValue(pixel);
ga = GetGValue(pixel);
ba = GetBValue(pixel);
unalpha = 255 - alpha; /* Calculate once. */
r = ALPHA_BLEND(ra, r, alpha, unalpha);
g = ALPHA_BLEND(ga, g, alpha, unalpha);
b = ALPHA_BLEND(ba, b, alpha, unalpha);
}
XPutPixel(bgImg, x, y, RGB(r, g, b));
}
}
}
#undef ALPHA_BLEND
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoDisplay --
*
* This function is invoked to draw a photo image.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A portion of the image gets rendered in a pixmap or window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgPhotoDisplay(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to PhotoInstance structure for
* instance to be displayed. */
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw image. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw image. */
int imageX, int imageY, /* Upper-left corner of region within image to
* draw. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of region within image to
* draw. */
int drawableX,int drawableY)/* Coordinates within drawable that correspond
* to imageX and imageY. */
{
PhotoInstance *instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) clientData;
XVisualInfo visInfo = instancePtr->visualInfo;
/*
* If there's no pixmap, it means that an error occurred while creating
* the image instance so it can't be displayed.
*/
if (instancePtr->pixels == None) {
return;
}
if ((instancePtr->masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)
&& visInfo.depth >= 15
&& (visInfo.class == DirectColor || visInfo.class == TrueColor)) {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
XImage *bgImg = NULL;
/*
* Create an error handler to suppress the case where the input was
* not properly constrained, which can cause an X error. [Bug 979239]
*/
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL,
(ClientData) NULL);
/*
* Pull the current background from the display to blend with
*/
bgImg = XGetImage(display, drawable, drawableX, drawableY,
(unsigned int)width, (unsigned int)height, AllPlanes, ZPixmap);
if (bgImg == NULL) {
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
/* We failed to get the image so draw without blending alpha. It's the best we can do */
goto fallBack;
}
ImgPhotoBlendComplexAlpha(bgImg, instancePtr, imageX, imageY, width,
height);
/*
* Color info is unimportant as we only do this operation for depth >=
* 15.
*/
TkPutImage(NULL, 0, display, drawable, instancePtr->gc,
bgImg, 0, 0, drawableX, drawableY,
(unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height);
XDestroyImage(bgImg);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
} else {
/*
* masterPtr->region describes which parts of the image contain valid
* data. We set this region as the clip mask for the gc, setting its
* origin appropriately, and use it when drawing the image.
*/
fallBack:
TkSetRegion(display, instancePtr->gc,
instancePtr->masterPtr->validRegion);
XSetClipOrigin(display, instancePtr->gc, drawableX - imageX,
drawableY - imageY);
XCopyArea(display, instancePtr->pixels, drawable, instancePtr->gc,
imageX, imageY, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height,
drawableX, drawableY);
XSetClipMask(display, instancePtr->gc, None);
XSetClipOrigin(display, instancePtr->gc, 0, 0);
}
XFlush(display);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoFree --
*
* This function is called when a widget ceases to use a particular
* instance of an image. We don't actually get rid of the instance until
* later because we may be about to get this instance again.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Internal data structures get cleaned up, later.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgPhotoFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to PhotoInstance structure for
* instance to be displayed. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window that used
* image. */
{
PhotoInstance *instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) clientData;
ColorTable *colorPtr;
instancePtr->refCount -= 1;
if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
return;
}
/*
* There are no more uses of the image within this widget. Decrement the
* count of live uses of its color table, so that its colors can be
* reclaimed if necessary, and set up an idle call to free the instance
* structure.
*/
colorPtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
if (colorPtr != NULL) {
colorPtr->liveRefCount -= 1;
}
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeInstance, (ClientData) instancePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoDelete --
*
* This function is called by the image code to delete the master
* structure for an image.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Resources associated with the image get freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgPhotoDelete(
ClientData masterData) /* Pointer to PhotoMaster structure for image.
* Must not have any more instances. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) masterData;
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
while ((instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr) != NULL) {
if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) {
Tcl_Panic("tried to delete photo image when instances still exist");
}
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, (ClientData) instancePtr);
DisposeInstance((ClientData) instancePtr);
}
masterPtr->tkMaster = NULL;
if (masterPtr->imageCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(masterPtr->interp, masterPtr->imageCmd);
}
if (masterPtr->pix32 != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) masterPtr->pix32);
}
if (masterPtr->validRegion != NULL) {
TkDestroyRegion(masterPtr->validRegion);
}
if (masterPtr->dataString != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->dataString);
}
if (masterPtr->format != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(masterPtr->format);
}
Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) masterPtr, NULL, 0);
ckfree((char *) masterPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 | * The image is deleted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc( | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > | > < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 |
* The image is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to PhotoMaster structure for
* image. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) clientData;
masterPtr->imageCmd = NULL;
if (masterPtr->tkMaster != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteImage(masterPtr->interp, Tk_NameOfImage(masterPtr->tkMaster));
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoSetSize --
*
* This function reallocates the image storage and instance pixmaps for a
* photo image, as necessary, to change the image's size to `width' x
* `height' pixels.
*
* Results:
* TCL_OK if successful, TCL_ERROR if failure occurred (currently just
* with memory allocation.)
*
* Side effects:
* Storage gets reallocated, for the master and all its instances.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgPhotoSetSize(
PhotoMaster *masterPtr,
int width, int height)
{
unsigned char *newPix32 = NULL;
int h, offset, pitch;
unsigned char *srcPtr, *destPtr;
XRectangle validBox, clipBox;
TkRegion clipRegion;
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
if (masterPtr->userWidth > 0) {
width = masterPtr->userWidth;
}
if (masterPtr->userHeight > 0) {
height = masterPtr->userHeight;
}
if (width > INT_MAX / 4) {
/* Pitch overflows int */
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pitch = width * 4;
/*
* Test if we're going to (re)allocate the main buffer now, so that any
* failures will leave the photo unchanged.
*/
if ((width != masterPtr->width) || (height != masterPtr->height)
|| (masterPtr->pix32 == NULL)) {
/*
* Not a u-long, but should be one.
*/
unsigned /*long*/ newPixSize = (unsigned /*long*/) (height * pitch);
if (pitch && height > (int)(UINT_MAX / pitch)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Some mallocs() really hate allocating zero bytes. [Bug 619544]
*/
if (newPixSize == 0) {
newPix32 = NULL;
} else {
newPix32 = (unsigned char *) attemptckalloc(newPixSize);
if (newPix32 == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
/*
* We have to trim the valid region if it is currently larger than the new
* image size.
*/
TkClipBox(masterPtr->validRegion, &validBox);
if ((validBox.x + validBox.width > width)
|| (validBox.y + validBox.height > height)) {
clipBox.x = 0;
clipBox.y = 0;
clipBox.width = width;
clipBox.height = height;
clipRegion = TkCreateRegion();
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&clipBox, clipRegion, clipRegion);
TkIntersectRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, clipRegion,
masterPtr->validRegion);
TkDestroyRegion(clipRegion);
TkClipBox(masterPtr->validRegion, &validBox);
}
/*
* Use the reallocated storage (allocation above) for the 32-bit image and
* copy over valid regions. Note that this test is true precisely when the
* allocation has already been done.
*/
if (newPix32 != NULL) {
/*
* Zero the new array. The dithering code shouldn't read the areas
* outside validBox, but they might be copied to another photo image
* or written to a file.
*/
if ((masterPtr->pix32 != NULL)
&& ((width == masterPtr->width) || (width == validBox.width))) {
if (validBox.y > 0) {
memset(newPix32, 0, ((size_t) validBox.y * pitch));
}
h = validBox.y + validBox.height;
if (h < height) {
memset(newPix32 + h*pitch, 0, ((size_t) (height - h) * pitch));
}
} else {
memset(newPix32, 0, ((size_t) height * pitch));
}
if (masterPtr->pix32 != NULL) {
/*
* Copy the common area over to the new array array and free the
* old array.
*/
if (width == masterPtr->width) {
/*
* The region to be copied is contiguous.
*/
offset = validBox.y * pitch;
memcpy(newPix32 + offset, masterPtr->pix32 + offset,
((size_t) validBox.height * pitch));
} else if ((validBox.width > 0) && (validBox.height > 0)) {
/*
* Area to be copied is not contiguous - copy line by line.
*/
destPtr = newPix32 + (validBox.y * width + validBox.x) * 4;
srcPtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (validBox.y * masterPtr->width
+ validBox.x) * 4;
for (h = validBox.height; h > 0; h--) {
memcpy(destPtr, srcPtr, ((size_t) validBox.width * 4));
destPtr += width * 4;
srcPtr += masterPtr->width * 4;
}
}
ckfree((char *) masterPtr->pix32);
}
masterPtr->pix32 = newPix32;
masterPtr->width = width;
masterPtr->height = height;
/*
* Dithering will be correct up to the end of the last pre-existing
* complete scanline.
*/
if ((validBox.x > 0) || (validBox.y > 0)) {
masterPtr->ditherX = 0;
masterPtr->ditherY = 0;
} else if (validBox.width == width) {
if ((int) validBox.height < masterPtr->ditherY) {
masterPtr->ditherX = 0;
masterPtr->ditherY = validBox.height;
}
} else if ((masterPtr->ditherY > 0)
|| ((int) validBox.width < masterPtr->ditherX)) {
masterPtr->ditherX = validBox.width;
masterPtr->ditherY = 0;
}
}
ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(masterPtr);
/*
* Now adjust the sizes of the pixmaps for all of the instances.
*/
for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
ImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(instancePtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgPhotoInstanceSetSize --
*
* This function reallocates the instance pixmap and dithering error
* array for a photo instance, as necessary, to change the image's size
* to `width' x `height' pixels.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Storage gets reallocated, here and in the X server.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImgPhotoInstanceSetSize(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr) /* Instance whose size is to be changed. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr;
schar *newError, *errSrcPtr, *errDestPtr;
int h, offset;
XRectangle validBox;
Pixmap newPixmap;
masterPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
TkClipBox(masterPtr->validRegion, &validBox);
if ((instancePtr->width != masterPtr->width)
|| (instancePtr->height != masterPtr->height)
|| (instancePtr->pixels == None)) {
newPixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(instancePtr->display,
RootWindow(instancePtr->display,
instancePtr->visualInfo.screen),
(masterPtr->width > 0) ? masterPtr->width: 1,
(masterPtr->height > 0) ? masterPtr->height: 1,
instancePtr->visualInfo.depth);
if (!newPixmap) {
Tcl_Panic("Fail to create pixmap with Tk_GetPixmap in ImgPhotoInstanceSetSize.\n");
}
/*
* The following is a gross hack needed to properly support colormaps
* under Windows. Before the pixels can be copied to the pixmap, the
* relevent colormap must be associated with the drawable. Normally we
* can infer this association from the window that was used to create
* the pixmap. However, in this case we're using the root window, so
* we have to be more explicit.
*/
TkSetPixmapColormap(newPixmap, instancePtr->colormap);
if (instancePtr->pixels != None) {
/*
* Copy any common pixels from the old pixmap and free it.
*/
XCopyArea(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->pixels, newPixmap,
instancePtr->gc, validBox.x, validBox.y,
validBox.width, validBox.height, validBox.x, validBox.y);
Tk_FreePixmap(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->pixels);
}
instancePtr->pixels = newPixmap;
}
if ((instancePtr->width != masterPtr->width)
|| (instancePtr->height != masterPtr->height)
|| (instancePtr->error == NULL)) {
if (masterPtr->height > 0 && masterPtr->width > 0) {
newError = (schar *) ckalloc((unsigned)
masterPtr->height * masterPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar));
/*
* Zero the new array so that we don't get bogus error values
* propagating into areas we dither later.
*/
if ((instancePtr->error != NULL)
&& ((instancePtr->width == masterPtr->width)
|| (validBox.width == masterPtr->width))) {
if (validBox.y > 0) {
memset(newError, 0, (size_t)
validBox.y * masterPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar));
}
h = validBox.y + validBox.height;
if (h < masterPtr->height) {
memset(newError + h*masterPtr->width*3, 0,
(size_t) (masterPtr->height - h)
* masterPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar));
}
} else {
memset(newError, 0, (size_t)
masterPtr->height * masterPtr->width *3*sizeof(schar));
}
} else {
newError = NULL;
}
if (instancePtr->error != NULL) {
/*
* Copy the common area over to the new array and free the old
* array.
*/
if (masterPtr->width == instancePtr->width) {
offset = validBox.y * masterPtr->width * 3;
memcpy(newError + offset, instancePtr->error + offset,
((size_t) validBox.height
* masterPtr->width * 3 * sizeof(schar)));
} else if (validBox.width > 0 && validBox.height > 0) {
errDestPtr = newError +
(validBox.y * masterPtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;
errSrcPtr = instancePtr->error +
(validBox.y * instancePtr->width + validBox.x) * 3;
for (h = validBox.height; h > 0; --h) {
memcpy(errDestPtr, errSrcPtr,
validBox.width * 3 * sizeof(schar));
errDestPtr += masterPtr->width * 3;
errSrcPtr += instancePtr->width * 3;
}
}
ckfree((char *) instancePtr->error);
}
instancePtr->error = newError;
}
instancePtr->width = masterPtr->width;
instancePtr->height = masterPtr->height;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* IsValidPalette --
*
* This function is called to check whether a value given for the
* -palette option is valid for a particular instance of a photo image.
*
* Results:
* A boolean value: 1 if the palette is acceptable, 0 otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
IsValidPalette(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr, /* Instance to which the palette specification
* is to be applied. */
const char *palette) /* Palette specification string. */
{
int nRed, nGreen, nBlue, mono, numColors;
char *endp;
/*
* First parse the specification: it must be of the form %d or %d/%d/%d.
*/
nRed = strtol(palette, &endp, 10);
if ((endp == palette) || ((*endp != 0) && (*endp != '/'))
|| (nRed < 2) || (nRed > 256)) {
return 0;
}
if (*endp == 0) {
mono = 1;
nGreen = nBlue = nRed;
} else {
palette = endp + 1;
nGreen = strtol(palette, &endp, 10);
if ((endp == palette) || (*endp != '/') || (nGreen < 2)
|| (nGreen > 256)) {
return 0;
}
palette = endp + 1;
nBlue = strtol(palette, &endp, 10);
if ((endp == palette) || (*endp != 0) || (nBlue < 2)
|| (nBlue > 256)) {
return 0;
}
mono = 0;
}
switch (instancePtr->visualInfo.class) {
case DirectColor:
case TrueColor:
if ((nRed > (1 << CountBits(instancePtr->visualInfo.red_mask)))
|| (nGreen>(1<<CountBits(instancePtr->visualInfo.green_mask)))
|| (nBlue>(1<<CountBits(instancePtr->visualInfo.blue_mask)))) {
return 0;
}
break;
case PseudoColor:
case StaticColor:
numColors = nRed;
if (!mono) {
numColors *= nGreen*nBlue;
}
if (numColors > (1 << instancePtr->visualInfo.depth)) {
return 0;
}
break;
case GrayScale:
case StaticGray:
if (!mono || (nRed > (1 << instancePtr->visualInfo.depth))) {
return 0;
}
break;
}
return 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CountBits --
*
* This function counts how many bits are set to 1 in `mask'.
*
* Results:
* The integer number of bits.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CountBits(
pixel mask) /* Value to count the 1 bits in. */
{
int n;
for (n=0 ; mask!=0 ; mask&=mask-1) {
n++;
}
return n;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetColorTable --
*
* This function is called to allocate a table of colormap information
* for an instance of a photo image. Only one such table is allocated for
* all photo instances using the same display, colormap, palette and
* gamma values, so that the application need only request a set of
* colors from the X server once for all such photo widgets. This
* function maintains a hash table to find previously-allocated
* ColorTables.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A new ColorTable may be allocated and placed in the hash table, and
* have colors allocated for it.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetColorTable(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr) /* Instance needing a color table. */
{
ColorTable *colorPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
ColorTableId id;
int isNew;
/*
* Look for an existing ColorTable in the hash table.
*/
memset(&id, 0, sizeof(id));
id.display = instancePtr->display;
id.colormap = instancePtr->colormap;
id.palette = instancePtr->palette;
id.gamma = instancePtr->gamma;
if (!imgPhotoColorHashInitialized) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&imgPhotoColorHash, N_COLOR_HASH);
imgPhotoColorHashInitialized = 1;
}
entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, (char *) &id, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
/*
* Re-use the existing entry.
*/
colorPtr = (ColorTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
} else {
/*
* No color table currently available; need to make one.
*/
colorPtr = (ColorTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(ColorTable));
/*
* The following line of code should not normally be needed due to the
* assignment in the following line. However, it compensates for bugs
* in some compilers (HP, for example) where sizeof(ColorTable) is 24
* but the assignment only copies 20 bytes, leaving 4 bytes
* uninitialized; these cause problems when using the id for lookups
* in imgPhotoColorHash, and can result in core dumps.
*/
memset(&colorPtr->id, 0, sizeof(ColorTableId));
colorPtr->id = id;
Tk_PreserveColormap(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap);
colorPtr->flags = 0;
colorPtr->refCount = 0;
colorPtr->liveRefCount = 0;
colorPtr->numColors = 0;
colorPtr->visualInfo = instancePtr->visualInfo;
colorPtr->pixelMap = NULL;
Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, colorPtr);
}
colorPtr->refCount++;
colorPtr->liveRefCount++;
instancePtr->colorTablePtr = colorPtr;
if (colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, (ClientData) colorPtr);
colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING;
}
/*
* Allocate colors for this color table if necessary.
*/
if ((colorPtr->numColors == 0)
&& ((colorPtr->flags & BLACK_AND_WHITE) == 0)) {
AllocateColors(colorPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeColorTable --
*
* This function is called when an instance ceases using a color table.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* If no other instances are using this color table, a when-idle handler
* is registered to free up the color table and the colors allocated for
* it.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeColorTable(
ColorTable *colorPtr, /* Pointer to the color table which is no
* longer required by an instance. */
int force) /* Force free to happen immediately. */
{
colorPtr->refCount--;
if (colorPtr->refCount > 0) {
return;
}
if (force) {
if ((colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) != 0) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, (ClientData) colorPtr);
colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING;
}
DisposeColorTable((ClientData) colorPtr);
} else if ((colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) == 0) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeColorTable, (ClientData) colorPtr);
colorPtr->flags |= DISPOSE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AllocateColors --
*
* This function allocates the colors required by a color table, and sets
* up the fields in the color table data structure which are used in
* dithering.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Colors are allocated from the X server. Fields in the color table data
* structure are updated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AllocateColors(
ColorTable *colorPtr) /* Pointer to the color table requiring colors
* to be allocated. */
{
int i, r, g, b, rMult, mono;
int numColors, nRed, nGreen, nBlue;
double fr, fg, fb, igam;
XColor *colors;
unsigned long *pixels;
/*
* 16-bit intensity value for i/n of full intensity.
*/
#define CFRAC(i, n) ((i) * 65535 / (n))
/* As for CFRAC, but apply exponent of g. */
#define CGFRAC(i, n, g) ((int)(65535 * pow((double)(i) / (n), (g))))
/*
* First parse the palette specification to get the required number of
* shades of each primary.
*/
mono = sscanf(colorPtr->id.palette, "%d/%d/%d", &nRed, &nGreen, &nBlue)
<= 1;
igam = 1.0 / colorPtr->id.gamma;
/*
* Each time around this loop, we reduce the number of colors we're trying
* to allocate until we succeed in allocating all of the colors we need.
*/
for (;;) {
/*
* If we are using 1 bit/pixel, we don't need to allocate any colors
* (we just use the foreground and background colors in the GC).
*/
if (mono && (nRed <= 2)) {
colorPtr->flags |= BLACK_AND_WHITE;
return;
}
/*
* Calculate the RGB coordinates of the colors we want to allocate and
* store them in *colors.
*/
if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.class == DirectColor)
|| (colorPtr->visualInfo.class == TrueColor)) {
/*
* Direct/True Color: allocate shades of red, green, blue
* independently.
*/
if (mono) {
numColors = nGreen = nBlue = nRed;
} else {
numColors = MAX(MAX(nRed, nGreen), nBlue);
}
colors = (XColor *) ckalloc(numColors * sizeof(XColor));
for (i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) {
if (igam == 1.0) {
colors[i].red = CFRAC(i, nRed - 1);
colors[i].green = CFRAC(i, nGreen - 1);
colors[i].blue = CFRAC(i, nBlue - 1);
} else {
colors[i].red = CGFRAC(i, nRed - 1, igam);
colors[i].green = CGFRAC(i, nGreen - 1, igam);
colors[i].blue = CGFRAC(i, nBlue - 1, igam);
}
}
} else {
/*
* PseudoColor, StaticColor, GrayScale or StaticGray visual: we
* have to allocate each color in the color cube separately.
*/
numColors = (mono) ? nRed: (nRed * nGreen * nBlue);
colors = (XColor *) ckalloc(numColors * sizeof(XColor));
if (!mono) {
/*
* Color display using a PseudoColor or StaticColor visual.
*/
i = 0;
for (r = 0; r < nRed; ++r) {
for (g = 0; g < nGreen; ++g) {
for (b = 0; b < nBlue; ++b) {
if (igam == 1.0) {
colors[i].red = CFRAC(r, nRed - 1);
colors[i].green = CFRAC(g, nGreen - 1);
colors[i].blue = CFRAC(b, nBlue - 1);
} else {
colors[i].red = CGFRAC(r, nRed - 1, igam);
colors[i].green = CGFRAC(g, nGreen - 1, igam);
colors[i].blue = CGFRAC(b, nBlue - 1, igam);
}
i++;
}
}
}
} else {
/*
* Monochrome display - allocate the shades of grey we want.
*/
for (i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) {
if (igam == 1.0) {
r = CFRAC(i, numColors - 1);
} else {
r = CGFRAC(i, numColors - 1, igam);
}
colors[i].red = colors[i].green = colors[i].blue = r;
}
}
}
/*
* Now try to allocate the colors we've calculated.
*/
pixels = (unsigned long *) ckalloc(numColors * sizeof(unsigned long));
for (i = 0; i < numColors; ++i) {
if (!XAllocColor(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap,
&colors[i])) {
/*
* Can't get all the colors we want in the default colormap;
* first try freeing colors from other unused color tables.
*/
if (!ReclaimColors(&colorPtr->id, numColors - i)
|| !XAllocColor(colorPtr->id.display,
colorPtr->id.colormap, &colors[i])) {
/*
* Still can't allocate the color.
*/
break;
}
}
pixels[i] = colors[i].pixel;
}
/*
* If we didn't get all of the colors, reduce the resolution of the
* color cube, free the ones we got, and try again.
*/
if (i >= numColors) {
break;
}
XFreeColors(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap, pixels, i, 0);
ckfree((char *) colors);
ckfree((char *) pixels);
if (!mono) {
if ((nRed == 2) && (nGreen == 2) && (nBlue == 2)) {
/*
* Fall back to 1-bit monochrome display.
*/
mono = 1;
} else {
/*
* Reduce the number of shades of each primary to about 3/4 of
* the previous value. This should reduce the total number of
* colors required to about half the previous value for
* PseudoColor displays.
*/
nRed = (nRed * 3 + 2) / 4;
nGreen = (nGreen * 3 + 2) / 4;
nBlue = (nBlue * 3 + 2) / 4;
}
} else {
/*
* Reduce the number of shades of gray to about 1/2.
*/
nRed = nRed / 2;
}
}
/*
* We have allocated all of the necessary colors: fill in various fields
* of the ColorTable record.
*/
if (!mono) {
colorPtr->flags |= COLOR_WINDOW;
/*
* The following is a hairy hack. We only want to index into the
* pixelMap on colormap displays. However, if the display is on
* Windows, then we actually want to store the index not the value
* since we will be passing the color table into the TkPutImage call.
*/
#ifndef __WIN32__
if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.class != DirectColor)
&& (colorPtr->visualInfo.class != TrueColor)) {
colorPtr->flags |= MAP_COLORS;
}
#endif /* __WIN32__ */
}
colorPtr->numColors = numColors;
colorPtr->pixelMap = pixels;
/*
* Set up quantization tables for dithering.
*/
rMult = nGreen * nBlue;
for (i = 0; i < 256; ++i) {
r = (i * (nRed - 1) + 127) / 255;
if (mono) {
fr = (double) colors[r].red / 65535.0;
if (colorPtr->id.gamma != 1.0 ) {
fr = pow(fr, colorPtr->id.gamma);
}
colorPtr->colorQuant[0][i] = (int)(fr * 255.99);
colorPtr->redValues[i] = colors[r].pixel;
} else {
g = (i * (nGreen - 1) + 127) / 255;
b = (i * (nBlue - 1) + 127) / 255;
if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.class == DirectColor)
|| (colorPtr->visualInfo.class == TrueColor)) {
colorPtr->redValues[i] =
colors[r].pixel & colorPtr->visualInfo.red_mask;
colorPtr->greenValues[i] =
colors[g].pixel & colorPtr->visualInfo.green_mask;
colorPtr->blueValues[i] =
colors[b].pixel & colorPtr->visualInfo.blue_mask;
} else {
r *= rMult;
g *= nBlue;
colorPtr->redValues[i] = r;
colorPtr->greenValues[i] = g;
colorPtr->blueValues[i] = b;
}
fr = (double) colors[r].red / 65535.0;
fg = (double) colors[g].green / 65535.0;
fb = (double) colors[b].blue / 65535.0;
if (colorPtr->id.gamma != 1.0) {
fr = pow(fr, colorPtr->id.gamma);
fg = pow(fg, colorPtr->id.gamma);
fb = pow(fb, colorPtr->id.gamma);
}
colorPtr->colorQuant[0][i] = (int)(fr * 255.99);
colorPtr->colorQuant[1][i] = (int)(fg * 255.99);
colorPtr->colorQuant[2][i] = (int)(fb * 255.99);
}
}
ckfree((char *) colors);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DisposeColorTable --
*
* Release a color table and its associated resources.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The colors in the argument color table are freed, as is the color
* table structure itself. The color table is removed from the hash table
* which is used to locate color tables.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisposeColorTable(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the ColorTable whose
* colors are to be released. */
{
ColorTable *colorPtr = (ColorTable *) clientData;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
if (colorPtr->pixelMap != NULL) {
if (colorPtr->numColors > 0) {
XFreeColors(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap,
colorPtr->pixelMap, colorPtr->numColors, 0);
Tk_FreeColormap(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap);
}
ckfree((char *) colorPtr->pixelMap);
}
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, (char *) &colorPtr->id);
if (entry == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("DisposeColorTable couldn't find hash entry");
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
ckfree((char *) colorPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ReclaimColors --
*
* This function is called to try to free up colors in the colormap used
* by a color table. It looks for other color tables with the same
* colormap and with a zero live reference count, and frees their colors.
* It only does so if there is the possibility of freeing up at least
* `numColors' colors.
*
* Results:
* The return value is TRUE if any colors were freed, FALSE otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* ColorTables which are not currently in use may lose their color
* allocations.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ReclaimColors(
ColorTableId *id, /* Pointer to information identifying
* the color table which needs more colors. */
int numColors) /* Number of colors required. */
{
Tcl_HashSearch srch;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
ColorTable *colorPtr;
int nAvail = 0;
/*
* First scan through the color hash table to get an upper bound on how
* many colors we might be able to free.
*/
entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch);
while (entry != NULL) {
colorPtr = (ColorTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
if ((colorPtr->id.display == id->display)
&& (colorPtr->id.colormap == id->colormap)
&& (colorPtr->liveRefCount == 0 )&& (colorPtr->numColors != 0)
&& ((colorPtr->id.palette != id->palette)
|| (colorPtr->id.gamma != id->gamma))) {
/*
* We could take this guy's colors off him.
*/
nAvail += colorPtr->numColors;
}
entry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&srch);
}
/*
* nAvail is an (over)estimate of the number of colors we could free.
*/
if (nAvail < numColors) {
return 0;
}
/*
* Scan through a second time freeing colors.
*/
entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch);
while ((entry != NULL) && (numColors > 0)) {
colorPtr = (ColorTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
if ((colorPtr->id.display == id->display)
&& (colorPtr->id.colormap == id->colormap)
&& (colorPtr->liveRefCount == 0) && (colorPtr->numColors != 0)
&& ((colorPtr->id.palette != id->palette)
|| (colorPtr->id.gamma != id->gamma))) {
/*
* Free the colors that this ColorTable has.
*/
XFreeColors(colorPtr->id.display, colorPtr->id.colormap,
colorPtr->pixelMap, colorPtr->numColors, 0);
numColors -= colorPtr->numColors;
colorPtr->numColors = 0;
ckfree((char *) colorPtr->pixelMap);
colorPtr->pixelMap = NULL;
}
entry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&srch);
}
return 1; /* We freed some colors. */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DisposeInstance --
*
* This function is called to finally free up an instance of a photo
* image which is no longer required.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The instance data structure and the resources it references are freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisposeInstance(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the instance whose resources are
* to be released. */
{
PhotoInstance *instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) clientData;
PhotoInstance *prevPtr;
if (instancePtr->pixels != None) {
Tk_FreePixmap(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->pixels);
}
if (instancePtr->gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->gc);
}
if (instancePtr->imagePtr != NULL) {
XDestroyImage(instancePtr->imagePtr);
}
if (instancePtr->error != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) instancePtr->error);
}
if (instancePtr->colorTablePtr != NULL) {
FreeColorTable(instancePtr->colorTablePtr, 1);
}
if (instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr == instancePtr) {
instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (prevPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr->instancePtr;
prevPtr->nextPtr != instancePtr; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
/* Empty loop body. */
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = instancePtr->nextPtr;
}
Tk_FreeColormap(instancePtr->display, instancePtr->colormap);
ckfree((char *) instancePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MatchFileFormat --
*
* This function is called to find a photo image file format handler
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MatchFileFormat(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
| | | < | < | | < < | < | < | | < < | < | | < < < | | < < | | 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MatchFileFormat(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */
Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */
char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */
Tcl_Obj *formatObj, /* User-specified format string, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoImageFormat **imageFormatPtr,
/* A pointer to the photo image format record
* is returned here. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here. */
int *oldformat) /* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
char *formatString = NULL;
if (formatObj) {
formatString = Tcl_GetString(formatObj);
}
/*
* Scan through the table of file format handlers to find one which can
* handle the image.
*/
for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL;
formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
if (formatObj != NULL) {
if (strncasecmp(formatString,
formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
continue;
}
matched = 1;
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-file option isn't supported for ",
formatString, " images", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc != NULL) {
(void) Tcl_Seek(chan, Tcl_LongAsWide(0L), SEEK_SET);
if ((*formatPtr->fileMatchProc)(chan, fileName, formatObj,
widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
if (*widthPtr < 1) {
*widthPtr = 1;
}
if (*heightPtr < 1) {
*heightPtr = 1;
}
break;
}
}
}
if (formatPtr == NULL) {
useoldformat = 1;
for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; formatPtr != NULL;
formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
if (formatString != NULL) {
if (strncasecmp(formatString,
formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
continue;
}
matched = 1;
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-file option isn't supported",
" for ", formatString, " images", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (formatPtr->fileMatchProc != NULL) {
(void) Tcl_Seek(chan, Tcl_LongAsWide(0L), SEEK_SET);
if ((*formatPtr->fileMatchProc)(chan, fileName, (Tcl_Obj *)
formatString, widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
if (*widthPtr < 1) {
*widthPtr = 1;
}
if (*heightPtr < 1) {
*heightPtr = 1;
}
break;
}
}
}
}
if (formatPtr == NULL) {
if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "image file format \"", formatString,
"\" is not supported", NULL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"couldn't recognize data in image file \"", fileName, "\"",
NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
*oldformat = useoldformat;
(void) Tcl_Seek(chan, Tcl_LongAsWide(0L), SEEK_SET);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 |
* is returned here. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here. */
int *oldformat) /* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < | | < | | > | | 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 |
* is returned here. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here. */
int *oldformat) /* Returns 1 if the old image API is used. */
{
int matched = 0, useoldformat = 0;
Tk_PhotoImageFormat *formatPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
char *formatString = NULL;
if (formatObj) {
formatString = Tcl_GetString(formatObj);
}
/*
* Scan through the table of file format handlers to find one which can
* handle the image.
*/
for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->formatList; formatPtr != NULL;
formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
if (formatObj != NULL) {
if (strncasecmp(formatString,
formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
continue;
}
matched = 1;
if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data option isn't supported for ",
formatString, " images", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
&& (*formatPtr->stringMatchProc)(data, formatObj,
widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
break;
}
}
if (formatPtr == NULL) {
useoldformat = 1;
for (formatPtr = tsdPtr->oldFormatList; formatPtr != NULL;
formatPtr = formatPtr->nextPtr) {
if (formatObj != NULL) {
if (strncasecmp(formatString,
formatPtr->name, strlen(formatPtr->name)) != 0) {
continue;
}
matched = 1;
if (formatPtr->stringMatchProc == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-data option isn't supported",
" for ", formatString, " images", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ((formatPtr->stringMatchProc != NULL)
&& (formatPtr->stringReadProc != NULL)
&& (*formatPtr->stringMatchProc)(
(Tcl_Obj *) Tcl_GetString(data),
(Tcl_Obj *) formatString,
widthPtr, heightPtr, interp)) {
break;
}
}
}
if (formatPtr == NULL) {
if ((formatObj != NULL) && !matched) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "image format \"", formatString,
"\" is not supported", NULL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't recognize image data", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*imageFormatPtr = formatPtr;
*oldformat = useoldformat;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FindPhoto --
*
* This function is called to get an opaque handle (actually a
* PhotoMaster *) for a given image, which can be used in subsequent
* calls to Tk_PhotoPutBlock, etc. The `name' parameter is the name of
* the image.
*
* Results:
* The handle for the photo image, or NULL if there is no photo image
* with the name given.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_PhotoHandle
Tk_FindPhoto(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter (application) in which image
* exists. */
CONST char *imageName) /* Name of the desired photo image. */
{
ClientData clientData;
Tk_ImageType *typePtr;
clientData = Tk_GetImageMasterData(interp, imageName, &typePtr);
if ((typePtr == NULL) || (typePtr->name != tkPhotoImageType.name)) {
return NULL;
}
return (Tk_PhotoHandle) clientData;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoPutBlock --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 |
int
Tk_PhotoPutBlock(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for passing back error
* messages, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Opaque handle for the photo image to be
* updated. */
| | < | < < < < | < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < | | < | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 |
int
Tk_PhotoPutBlock(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for passing back error
* messages, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Opaque handle for the photo image to be
* updated. */
register Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
/* Pointer to a structure describing the pixel
* data to be copied into the image. */
int x, int y, /* Coordinates of the top-left pixel to be
* updated in the image. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of the area of the image to be
* updated. */
int compRule) /* Compositing rule to use when processing
* transparent pixels. */
{
register PhotoMaster *masterPtr;
int xEnd, yEnd, greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset;
int wLeft, hLeft, wCopy, hCopy, pitch;
unsigned char *srcPtr, *srcLinePtr, *destPtr, *destLinePtr;
int sourceIsSimplePhoto = compRule & SOURCE_IS_SIMPLE_ALPHA_PHOTO;
XRectangle rect;
masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
compRule &= ~SOURCE_IS_SIMPLE_ALPHA_PHOTO;
if ((masterPtr->userWidth != 0) && ((x + width) > masterPtr->userWidth)) {
width = masterPtr->userWidth - x;
}
if ((masterPtr->userHeight != 0)
&& ((y + height) > masterPtr->userHeight)) {
height = masterPtr->userHeight - y;
}
if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
return TCL_OK;
}
xEnd = x + width;
yEnd = y + height;
if ((xEnd > masterPtr->width) || (yEnd > masterPtr->height)) {
int sameSrc = (blockPtr->pixelPtr == masterPtr->pix32);
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, MAX(xEnd, masterPtr->width),
MAX(yEnd, masterPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (sameSrc) {
blockPtr->pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32;
blockPtr->pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;
}
}
if ((y < masterPtr->ditherY) || ((y == masterPtr->ditherY)
&& (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) {
/*
* The dithering isn't correct past the start of this block.
*/
masterPtr->ditherX = x;
masterPtr->ditherY = y;
}
/*
* If this image block could have different red, green and blue
* components, mark it as a color image.
*/
greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[3];
if ((alphaOffset >= blockPtr->pixelSize) || (alphaOffset < 0)) {
alphaOffset = 0;
sourceIsSimplePhoto = 1;
} else {
alphaOffset -= blockPtr->offset[0];
}
if ((greenOffset != 0) || (blueOffset != 0)) {
masterPtr->flags |= COLOR_IMAGE;
}
/*
* Copy the data into our local 32-bit/pixel array. If we can do it with a
* single memmove, we do.
*/
destLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;
/*
* Test to see if we can do the whole write in a single copy. This test is
* probably too restrictive. We should also be able to do a memmove if
* pixelSize == 3 and alphaOffset == 0. Maybe other cases too.
*/
if ((blockPtr->pixelSize == 4)
&& (greenOffset == 1) && (blueOffset == 2) && (alphaOffset == 3)
&& (width <= blockPtr->width) && (height <= blockPtr->height)
&& ((height == 1) || ((x == 0) && (width == masterPtr->width)
&& (blockPtr->pitch == pitch)))
&& (compRule == TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET)) {
memmove(destLinePtr, blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0],
((size_t) height * width * 4));
/*
* We know there's an alpha offset and we're setting the data, so skip
* directly to the point when we recompute the photo validity region.
*/
goto recalculateValidRegion;
}
/*
* Copy and merge pixels according to the compositing rule.
*/
for (hLeft = height; hLeft > 0;) {
int pixelSize = blockPtr->pixelSize;
int compRuleSet = (compRule == TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET);
srcLinePtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
hCopy = MIN(hLeft, blockPtr->height);
hLeft -= hCopy;
for (; hCopy > 0; --hCopy) {
/*
* If the layout of the source line matches our memory layout and
* we're setting, we can just copy the bytes directly, which is
* much faster.
*/
if ((pixelSize == 4) && (greenOffset == 1)
&& (blueOffset == 2) && (alphaOffset == 3)
&& (width <= blockPtr->width)
&& compRuleSet) {
memcpy(destLinePtr, srcLinePtr, ((size_t) width * 4));
srcLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
destLinePtr += pitch;
continue;
}
/*
* Have to copy the slow way.
*/
destPtr = destLinePtr;
for (wLeft = width; wLeft > 0;) {
wCopy = MIN(wLeft, blockPtr->width);
wLeft -= wCopy;
srcPtr = srcLinePtr;
/*
* But we might be lucky and be able to use fairly fast loops.
* It's worth checking...
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 | destPtr[2], Alpha); destPtr[3] = PD_SRC_OVER_ALPHA(alpha, Alpha); } destPtr += 4; } } | | | 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 |
destPtr[2], Alpha);
destPtr[3] = PD_SRC_OVER_ALPHA(alpha, Alpha);
}
destPtr += 4;
}
}
srcLinePtr += blockPtr->pitch;
destLinePtr += pitch;
}
}
/*
* Add this new block to the region which specifies which data is valid.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 | recalculateValidRegion: workRgn = TkCreateRegion(); rect.x = x; rect.y = y; rect.width = width; rect.height = height; TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, workRgn, workRgn); | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < | | | > | | < | | < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 |
recalculateValidRegion:
workRgn = TkCreateRegion();
rect.x = x;
rect.y = y;
rect.width = width;
rect.height = height;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, workRgn, workRgn);
TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, workRgn,
masterPtr->validRegion);
TkDestroyRegion(workRgn);
}
/*
* Factorize out the main part of the building of the region data to
* allow for more efficient per-platform implementations. [Bug 919066]
*/
TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData(masterPtr->validRegion, (unsigned) x,
(unsigned) y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height,
masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4 + 3,
4, (unsigned) masterPtr->width * 4);
} else {
rect.x = x;
rect.y = y;
rect.width = width;
rect.height = height;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, masterPtr->validRegion,
masterPtr->validRegion);
}
/*
* Check if display code needs alpha blending...
*/
if (!sourceIsSimplePhoto && (width == 1) && (height == 1)) {
/*
* Optimize the single pixel case if we can. This speeds up code that
* builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels. We don't
* negate COMPLEX_ALPHA in this case. [Bug 1409140]
*/
if (!(masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) {
unsigned char newAlpha;
destLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
newAlpha = destLinePtr[3];
if (newAlpha && newAlpha != 255) {
masterPtr->flags |= COMPLEX_ALPHA;
}
}
} else if ((alphaOffset != 0) || (masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) {
/*
* Check for partial transparency if alpha pixels are specified, or
* rescan if we already knew such pixels existed. To restrict this
* Toggle to only checking the changed pixels requires knowing where
* the alpha pixels are.
*/
ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(masterPtr);
}
/*
* Update each instance.
*/
Tk_DitherPhoto((Tk_PhotoHandle)masterPtr, x, y, width, height);
/*
* Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, width, height,
masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 |
int
Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for passing back error
* messages, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Opaque handle for the photo image to be
* updated. */
| | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < | | < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 |
int
Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for passing back error
* messages, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Opaque handle for the photo image to be
* updated. */
register Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
/* Pointer to a structure describing the pixel
* data to be copied into the image. */
int x, int y, /* Coordinates of the top-left pixel to be
* updated in the image. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of the area of the image to be
* updated. */
int zoomX, int zoomY, /* Zoom factors for the X and Y axes. */
int subsampleX, int subsampleY,
/* Subsampling factors for the X and Y
* axes. */
int compRule) /* Compositing rule to use when processing
* transparent pixels. */
{
register PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
int xEnd, yEnd, greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset;
int wLeft, hLeft, wCopy, hCopy, blockWid, blockHt;
unsigned char *srcPtr, *srcLinePtr, *srcOrigPtr, *destPtr, *destLinePtr;
int pitch, xRepeat, yRepeat, blockXSkip, blockYSkip, sourceIsSimplePhoto;
XRectangle rect;
if (zoomX==1 && zoomY==1 && subsampleX==1 && subsampleY==1) {
return Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,
compRule);
}
sourceIsSimplePhoto = compRule & SOURCE_IS_SIMPLE_ALPHA_PHOTO;
compRule &= ~SOURCE_IS_SIMPLE_ALPHA_PHOTO;
if (zoomX <= 0 || zoomY <= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((masterPtr->userWidth != 0) && ((x + width) > masterPtr->userWidth)) {
width = masterPtr->userWidth - x;
}
if ((masterPtr->userHeight != 0)
&& ((y + height) > masterPtr->userHeight)) {
height = masterPtr->userHeight - y;
}
if (width <= 0 || height <= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
xEnd = x + width;
yEnd = y + height;
if ((xEnd > masterPtr->width) || (yEnd > masterPtr->height)) {
int sameSrc = (blockPtr->pixelPtr == masterPtr->pix32);
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, MAX(xEnd, masterPtr->width),
MAX(yEnd, masterPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (sameSrc) {
blockPtr->pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32;
blockPtr->pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;
}
}
if ((y < masterPtr->ditherY) || ((y == masterPtr->ditherY)
&& (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) {
/*
* The dithering isn't correct past the start of this block.
*/
masterPtr->ditherX = x;
masterPtr->ditherY = y;
}
/*
* If this image block could have different red, green and blue
* components, mark it as a color image.
*/
greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
alphaOffset = blockPtr->offset[3];
if ((alphaOffset >= blockPtr->pixelSize) || (alphaOffset < 0)) {
alphaOffset = 0;
sourceIsSimplePhoto = 1;
} else {
alphaOffset -= blockPtr->offset[0];
}
if ((greenOffset != 0) || (blueOffset != 0)) {
masterPtr->flags |= COLOR_IMAGE;
}
/*
* Work out what area the pixel data in the block expands to after
* subsampling and zooming.
*/
blockXSkip = subsampleX * blockPtr->pixelSize;
blockYSkip = subsampleY * blockPtr->pitch;
if (subsampleX > 0) {
blockWid = ((blockPtr->width + subsampleX - 1) / subsampleX) * zoomX;
} else if (subsampleX == 0) {
blockWid = width;
} else {
blockWid = ((blockPtr->width - subsampleX - 1) / -subsampleX) * zoomX;
}
if (subsampleY > 0) {
blockHt = ((blockPtr->height + subsampleY - 1) / subsampleY) * zoomY;
} else if (subsampleY == 0) {
blockHt = height;
} else {
blockHt = ((blockPtr->height - subsampleY - 1) / -subsampleY) * zoomY;
}
/*
* Copy the data into our local 32-bit/pixel array.
*/
destLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
srcOrigPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
if (subsampleX < 0) {
srcOrigPtr += (blockPtr->width - 1) * blockPtr->pixelSize;
}
if (subsampleY < 0) {
srcOrigPtr += (blockPtr->height - 1) * blockPtr->pitch;
}
pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;
for (hLeft = height; hLeft > 0; ) {
hCopy = MIN(hLeft, blockHt);
hLeft -= hCopy;
yRepeat = zoomY;
srcLinePtr = srcOrigPtr;
for (; hCopy > 0; --hCopy) {
destPtr = destLinePtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 | TkRegion workRgn = TkCreateRegion(); rect.x = x; rect.y = y; rect.width = width; rect.height = 1; TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, workRgn, workRgn); | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 |
TkRegion workRgn = TkCreateRegion();
rect.x = x;
rect.y = y;
rect.width = width;
rect.height = 1;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, workRgn, workRgn);
TkSubtractRegion(masterPtr->validRegion, workRgn,
masterPtr->validRegion);
TkDestroyRegion(workRgn);
}
TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData(masterPtr->validRegion,
(unsigned)x, (unsigned)y, (unsigned)width, (unsigned)height,
&masterPtr->pix32[(y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4 + 3], 4,
(unsigned) masterPtr->width * 4);
} else {
rect.x = x;
rect.y = y;
rect.width = width;
rect.height = height;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, masterPtr->validRegion,
masterPtr->validRegion);
}
/*
* Check if display code needs alpha blending...
*/
if (!sourceIsSimplePhoto && (width == 1) && (height == 1)) {
/*
* Optimize the single pixel case if we can. This speeds up code that
* builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels. We don't
* negate COMPLEX_ALPHA in this case. [Bug 1409140]
*/
if (!(masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) {
unsigned char newAlpha;
destLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (y * masterPtr->width + x) * 4;
newAlpha = destLinePtr[3];
if (newAlpha && newAlpha != 255) {
masterPtr->flags |= COMPLEX_ALPHA;
}
}
} else if ((alphaOffset != 0) || (masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) {
/*
* Check for partial transparency if alpha pixels are specified, or
* rescan if we already knew such pixels existed. To restrict this
* Toggle to only checking the changed pixels requires knowing where
* the alpha pixels are.
*/
ToggleComplexAlphaIfNeeded(masterPtr);
}
/*
* Update each instance.
*/
Tk_DitherPhoto((Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, x, y, width, height);
/*
* Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, x, y, width, height, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DitherPhoto --
*
* This function is called to update an area of each instance's pixmap by
* dithering the corresponding area of the image master.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The pixmap of each instance of this image gets updated. The fields in
* *masterPtr indicating which area of the image is correctly dithered
* get updated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DitherPhoto(
Tk_PhotoHandle photo, /* Image master whose instances are to be
* updated. */
int x, int y, /* Coordinates of the top-left pixel in the
* area to be dithered. */
int width, int height) /* Dimensions of the area to be dithered. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) photo;
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
return;
}
for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
DitherInstance(instancePtr, x, y, width, height);
}
/*
* Work out whether this block will be correctly dithered and whether it
* will extend the correctly dithered region.
*/
if (((y < masterPtr->ditherY)
|| ((y == masterPtr->ditherY) && (x <= masterPtr->ditherX)))
&& ((y + height) > (masterPtr->ditherY))) {
/*
* This block starts inside (or immediately after) the correctly
* dithered region, so the first scan line at least will be right.
* Furthermore this block extends into scanline masterPtr->ditherY.
*/
if ((x == 0) && (width == masterPtr->width)) {
/*
* We are doing the full width, therefore the dithering will be
* correct to the end.
*/
masterPtr->ditherX = 0;
masterPtr->ditherY = y + height;
} else {
/*
* We are doing partial scanlines, therefore the
* correctly-dithered region will be extended by at most one scan
* line.
*/
if (x <= masterPtr->ditherX) {
masterPtr->ditherX = x + width;
if (masterPtr->ditherX >= masterPtr->width) {
masterPtr->ditherX = 0;
masterPtr->ditherY++;
}
}
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DitherInstance --
*
* This function is called to update an area of an instance's pixmap by
* dithering the corresponding area of the master.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The instance's pixmap gets updated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DitherInstance(
PhotoInstance *instancePtr, /* The instance to be updated. */
int xStart, int yStart, /* Coordinates of the top-left pixel in the
* block to be dithered. */
int width, int height) /* Dimensions of the block to be dithered. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = instancePtr->masterPtr;
ColorTable *colorPtr = instancePtr->colorTablePtr;
XImage *imagePtr;
int nLines, bigEndian, i, c, x, y, xEnd, doDithering = 1;
int bitsPerPixel, bytesPerLine, lineLength;
unsigned char *srcLinePtr;
schar *errLinePtr;
pixel firstBit, word, mask;
/*
* Turn dithering off in certain cases where it is not needed (TrueColor,
* DirectColor with many colors).
*/
if ((colorPtr->visualInfo.class == DirectColor)
|| (colorPtr->visualInfo.class == TrueColor)) {
int nRed, nGreen, nBlue, result;
result = sscanf(colorPtr->id.palette, "%d/%d/%d", &nRed,
&nGreen, &nBlue);
if ((nRed >= 256)
&& ((result == 1) || ((nGreen >= 256) && (nBlue >= 256)))) {
doDithering = 0;
}
}
/*
* First work out how many lines to do at a time, then how many bytes
* we'll need for pixel storage, and allocate it.
*/
nLines = (MAX_PIXELS + width - 1) / width;
if (nLines < 1) {
nLines = 1;
}
if (nLines > height ) {
nLines = height;
}
imagePtr = instancePtr->imagePtr;
if (imagePtr == NULL) {
return; /* We must be really tight on memory. */
}
bitsPerPixel = imagePtr->bits_per_pixel;
bytesPerLine = ((bitsPerPixel * width + 31) >> 3) & ~3;
imagePtr->width = width;
imagePtr->height = nLines;
imagePtr->bytes_per_line = bytesPerLine;
imagePtr->data = (char *)
ckalloc((unsigned) (imagePtr->bytes_per_line * nLines));
bigEndian = imagePtr->bitmap_bit_order == MSBFirst;
firstBit = bigEndian? (1 << (imagePtr->bitmap_unit - 1)): 1;
lineLength = masterPtr->width * 3;
srcLinePtr = masterPtr->pix32 + (yStart * masterPtr->width + xStart) * 4;
errLinePtr = instancePtr->error + yStart * lineLength + xStart * 3;
xEnd = xStart + width;
/*
* Loop over the image, doing at most nLines lines before updating the
* screen image.
*/
for (; height > 0; height -= nLines) {
unsigned char *dstLinePtr = (unsigned char *) imagePtr->data;
int yEnd;
if (nLines > height) {
nLines = height;
}
yEnd = yStart + nLines;
for (y = yStart; y < yEnd; ++y) {
unsigned char *srcPtr = srcLinePtr;
schar *errPtr = errLinePtr;
unsigned char *destBytePtr = dstLinePtr;
pixel *destLongPtr = (pixel *) dstLinePtr;
if (colorPtr->flags & COLOR_WINDOW) {
/*
* Color window. We dither the three components independently,
* using Floyd-Steinberg dithering, which propagates errors
* from the quantization of pixels to the pixels below and to
* the right.
*/
for (x = xStart; x < xEnd; ++x) {
int col[3];
if (doDithering) {
for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
/*
* Compute the error propagated into this pixel
* for this component. If e[x,y] is the array of
* quantization error values, we compute
* 7/16 * e[x-1,y] + 1/16 * e[x-1,y-1]
* + 5/16 * e[x,y-1] + 3/16 * e[x+1,y-1]
* and round it to an integer.
*
* The expression ((c + 2056) >> 4) - 128 computes
* round(c / 16), and works correctly on machines
* without a sign-extending right shift.
*/
c = (x > 0) ? errPtr[-3] * 7: 0;
if (y > 0) {
if (x > 0) {
c += errPtr[-lineLength-3];
}
c += errPtr[-lineLength] * 5;
if ((x + 1) < masterPtr->width) {
c += errPtr[-lineLength+3] * 3;
}
}
/*
* Add the propagated error to the value of this
* component, quantize it, and store the
* quantization error.
*/
c = ((c + 2056) >> 4) - 128 + *srcPtr++;
if (c < 0) {
c = 0;
} else if (c > 255) {
c = 255;
}
col[i] = colorPtr->colorQuant[i][c];
*errPtr++ = c - col[i];
}
} else {
/*
* Output is virtually continuous in this case, so
* don't bother dithering.
*/
col[0] = *srcPtr++;
col[1] = *srcPtr++;
col[2] = *srcPtr++;
}
srcPtr++;
/*
* Translate the quantized component values into an X
* pixel value, and store it in the image.
*/
i = colorPtr->redValues[col[0]]
+ colorPtr->greenValues[col[1]]
+ colorPtr->blueValues[col[2]];
if (colorPtr->flags & MAP_COLORS) {
i = colorPtr->pixelMap[i];
}
switch (bitsPerPixel) {
case NBBY:
*destBytePtr++ = i;
break;
#ifndef __WIN32__
/*
* This case is not valid for Windows because the
* image format is different from the pixel format in
* Win32. Eventually we need to fix the image code in
* Tk to use the Windows native image ordering. This
* would speed up the image code for all of the common
* sizes.
*/
case NBBY * sizeof(pixel):
*destLongPtr++ = i;
break;
#endif
default:
XPutPixel(imagePtr, x - xStart, y - yStart,
(unsigned) i);
}
}
} else if (bitsPerPixel > 1) {
/*
* Multibit monochrome window. The operation here is similar
* to the color window case above, except that there is only
* one component. If the master image is in color, use the
* luminance computed as
* 0.344 * red + 0.5 * green + 0.156 * blue.
*/
for (x = xStart; x < xEnd; ++x) {
c = (x > 0) ? errPtr[-1] * 7: 0;
if (y > 0) {
if (x > 0) {
c += errPtr[-lineLength-1];
}
c += errPtr[-lineLength] * 5;
if (x + 1 < masterPtr->width) {
c += errPtr[-lineLength+1] * 3;
}
}
c = ((c + 2056) >> 4) - 128;
if ((masterPtr->flags & COLOR_IMAGE) == 0) {
c += srcPtr[0];
} else {
c += (unsigned)(srcPtr[0] * 11 + srcPtr[1] * 16
+ srcPtr[2] * 5 + 16) >> 5;
}
srcPtr += 4;
if (c < 0) {
c = 0;
} else if (c > 255) {
c = 255;
}
i = colorPtr->colorQuant[0][c];
*errPtr++ = c - i;
i = colorPtr->redValues[i];
switch (bitsPerPixel) {
case NBBY:
*destBytePtr++ = i;
break;
#ifndef __WIN32__
/*
* This case is not valid for Windows because the
* image format is different from the pixel format in
* Win32. Eventually we need to fix the image code in
* Tk to use the Windows native image ordering. This
* would speed up the image code for all of the common
* sizes.
*/
case NBBY * sizeof(pixel):
*destLongPtr++ = i;
break;
#endif
default:
XPutPixel(imagePtr, x - xStart, y - yStart,
(unsigned) i);
}
}
} else {
/*
* 1-bit monochrome window. This is similar to the multibit
* monochrome case above, except that the quantization is
* simpler (we only have black = 0 and white = 255), and we
* produce an XY-Bitmap.
*/
word = 0;
mask = firstBit;
for (x = xStart; x < xEnd; ++x) {
/*
* If we have accumulated a whole word, store it in the
* image and start a new word.
*/
if (mask == 0) {
*destLongPtr++ = word;
mask = firstBit;
word = 0;
}
c = (x > 0) ? errPtr[-1] * 7: 0;
if (y > 0) {
if (x > 0) {
c += errPtr[-lineLength-1];
}
c += errPtr[-lineLength] * 5;
if (x + 1 < masterPtr->width) {
c += errPtr[-lineLength+1] * 3;
}
}
c = ((c + 2056) >> 4) - 128;
if ((masterPtr->flags & COLOR_IMAGE) == 0) {
c += srcPtr[0];
} else {
c += (unsigned)(srcPtr[0] * 11 + srcPtr[1] * 16
+ srcPtr[2] * 5 + 16) >> 5;
}
srcPtr += 4;
if (c < 0) {
c = 0;
} else if (c > 255) {
c = 255;
}
if (c >= 128) {
word |= mask;
*errPtr++ = c - 255;
} else {
*errPtr++ = c;
}
mask = bigEndian? (mask >> 1): (mask << 1);
}
*destLongPtr = word;
}
srcLinePtr += masterPtr->width * 4;
errLinePtr += lineLength;
dstLinePtr += bytesPerLine;
}
/*
* Update the pixmap for this instance with the block of pixels that
* we have just computed.
*/
TkPutImage(colorPtr->pixelMap, colorPtr->numColors,
instancePtr->display, instancePtr->pixels,
instancePtr->gc, imagePtr, 0, 0, xStart, yStart,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) nLines);
yStart = yEnd;
}
ckfree(imagePtr->data);
imagePtr->data = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoBlank --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_PhotoBlank(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle) /* Handle for the image to be blanked. */
{
| | | | | | | | | | | > > > > | | | 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_PhotoBlank(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle) /* Handle for the image to be blanked. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
PhotoInstance *instancePtr;
masterPtr->ditherX = masterPtr->ditherY = 0;
masterPtr->flags = 0;
/*
* The image has valid data nowhere.
*/
if (masterPtr->validRegion != NULL) {
TkDestroyRegion(masterPtr->validRegion);
}
masterPtr->validRegion = TkCreateRegion();
/*
* Clear out the 32-bit pixel storage array. Clear out the dithering error
* arrays for each instance.
*/
memset(masterPtr->pix32, 0,
((size_t) masterPtr->width * masterPtr->height * 4));
for (instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) {
if (instancePtr->error) {
memset(instancePtr->error, 0,
((size_t) masterPtr->width * masterPtr->height
* 3 * sizeof(schar)));
}
}
/*
* Tell the core image code that this image has changed.
*/
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height, masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoExpand --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 |
int
Tk_PhotoExpand(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for passing back error
* messages, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Handle for the image to be expanded. */
int width, int height) /* Desired minimum dimensions of the image. */
{
| | | | | | | | | | | < | | | 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 |
int
Tk_PhotoExpand(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for passing back error
* messages, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Handle for the image to be expanded. */
int width, int height) /* Desired minimum dimensions of the image. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
if (width <= masterPtr->width) {
width = masterPtr->width;
}
if (height <= masterPtr->height) {
height = masterPtr->height;
}
if ((width != masterPtr->width) || (height != masterPtr->height)) {
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, MAX(width, masterPtr->width),
MAX(height, masterPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0, masterPtr->width,
masterPtr->height);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 |
Tk_PhotoGetSize(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Handle for the image whose dimensions are
* requested. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here. */
{
| | | | | 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 |
Tk_PhotoGetSize(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Handle for the image whose dimensions are
* requested. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* The dimensions of the image are returned
* here. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
*widthPtr = masterPtr->width;
*heightPtr = masterPtr->height;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoSetSize --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 |
Tk_PhotoSetSize(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for passing back error
* messages, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Handle for the image whose size is to be
* set. */
int width, int height) /* New dimensions for the image. */
{
| | | | | | | | < | | | 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 |
Tk_PhotoSetSize(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for passing back error
* messages, or NULL. */
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Handle for the image whose size is to be
* set. */
int width, int height) /* New dimensions for the image. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
masterPtr->userWidth = width;
masterPtr->userHeight = height;
if (ImgPhotoSetSize(masterPtr, ((width > 0) ? width: masterPtr->width),
((height > 0) ? height: masterPtr->height)) == TCL_ERROR) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE, NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_ImageChanged(masterPtr->tkMaster, 0, 0, 0, 0,
masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetPhotoValidRegion --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 |
*/
TkRegion
TkPhotoGetValidRegion(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle) /* Handle for the image whose valid region is
* to obtained. */
{
| | | | 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 |
*/
TkRegion
TkPhotoGetValidRegion(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle) /* Handle for the image whose valid region is
* to obtained. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
return masterPtr->validRegion;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgGetPhoto --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * ImgGetPhoto( | | | | | 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
ImgGetPhoto(
PhotoMaster *masterPtr, /* Handle for the photo image from which image
* data is desired. */
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
/* Information about the address and layout of
* the image data is returned here. */
struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr)
{
unsigned char *pixelPtr;
int x, y, greenOffset, blueOffset, alphaOffset;
Tk_PhotoGetImage((Tk_PhotoHandle) masterPtr, blockPtr);
blockPtr->pixelPtr += optPtr->fromY * blockPtr->pitch
+ optPtr->fromX * blockPtr->pixelSize;
blockPtr->width = optPtr->fromX2 - optPtr->fromX;
blockPtr->height = optPtr->fromY2 - optPtr->fromY;
if (!(masterPtr->flags & COLOR_IMAGE) &&
(!(optPtr->options & OPT_BACKGROUND)
|| ((optPtr->background->red == optPtr->background->green)
&& (optPtr->background->red == optPtr->background->blue)))) {
blockPtr->offset[0] = blockPtr->offset[1] = blockPtr->offset[2];
}
alphaOffset = 0;
for (y = 0; y < blockPtr->height; y++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 |
if (!alphaOffset) {
blockPtr->offset[3]= -1; /* Tell caller alpha need not be read */
}
greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
if (((optPtr->options & OPT_BACKGROUND) && alphaOffset) ||
((optPtr->options & OPT_GRAYSCALE) && (greenOffset||blueOffset))) {
| | | | < < < < < < | 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 |
if (!alphaOffset) {
blockPtr->offset[3]= -1; /* Tell caller alpha need not be read */
}
greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
if (((optPtr->options & OPT_BACKGROUND) && alphaOffset) ||
((optPtr->options & OPT_GRAYSCALE) && (greenOffset||blueOffset))) {
int newPixelSize,x,y;
unsigned char *srcPtr, *destPtr;
char *data;
newPixelSize = (!(optPtr->options & OPT_BACKGROUND) && alphaOffset)
? 2 : 1;
if ((greenOffset||blueOffset) && !(optPtr->options & OPT_GRAYSCALE)) {
newPixelSize += 2;
}
data = ckalloc((unsigned int) (newPixelSize *
blockPtr->width * blockPtr->height));
srcPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0];
destPtr = (unsigned char *) data;
if (!greenOffset && !blueOffset) {
for (y = blockPtr->height; y > 0; y--) {
for (x = blockPtr->width; x > 0; x--) {
*destPtr = *srcPtr;
srcPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 | blockPtr->width * blockPtr->pixelSize; } } blockPtr->pixelPtr = (unsigned char *) data; blockPtr->pixelSize = newPixelSize; blockPtr->pitch = newPixelSize * blockPtr->width; blockPtr->offset[0] = 0; | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 |
blockPtr->width * blockPtr->pixelSize;
}
}
blockPtr->pixelPtr = (unsigned char *) data;
blockPtr->pixelSize = newPixelSize;
blockPtr->pitch = newPixelSize * blockPtr->width;
blockPtr->offset[0] = 0;
if (newPixelSize>2) {
blockPtr->offset[1]= 1;
blockPtr->offset[2]= 2;
blockPtr->offset[3]= 3;
} else {
blockPtr->offset[1]= 0;
blockPtr->offset[2]= 0;
blockPtr->offset[3]= 1;
}
return data;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImgStringWrite --
*
* Default string write function. The data is formatted in the default
* format as accepted by the "<img> put" command.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgStringWrite(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *formatString,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
{
int row, col;
char *line, *linePtr;
unsigned char *pixelPtr;
int greenOffset, blueOffset;
Tcl_DString data;
greenOffset = blockPtr->offset[1] - blockPtr->offset[0];
blueOffset = blockPtr->offset[2] - blockPtr->offset[0];
Tcl_DStringInit(&data);
if ((blockPtr->width > 0) && (blockPtr->height > 0)) {
line = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) ((8 * blockPtr->width) + 2));
for (row=0; row<blockPtr->height; row++) {
pixelPtr = blockPtr->pixelPtr + blockPtr->offset[0] +
row * blockPtr->pitch;
linePtr = line;
for (col=0; col<blockPtr->width; col++) {
sprintf(linePtr, " #%02x%02x%02x", *pixelPtr,
pixelPtr[greenOffset], pixelPtr[blueOffset]);
pixelPtr += blockPtr->pixelSize;
linePtr += 8;
}
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&data, line+1);
}
ckfree (line);
}
Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &data);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoGetImage --
*
* This function is called to obtain image data from a photo image. This
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 |
Tk_PhotoGetImage(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Handle for the photo image from which image
* data is desired. */
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
/* Information about the address and layout of
* the image data is returned here. */
{
| | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 |
Tk_PhotoGetImage(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle, /* Handle for the photo image from which image
* data is desired. */
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr)
/* Information about the address and layout of
* the image data is returned here. */
{
PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) handle;
blockPtr->pixelPtr = masterPtr->pix32;
blockPtr->width = masterPtr->width;
blockPtr->height = masterPtr->height;
blockPtr->pitch = masterPtr->width * 4;
blockPtr->pixelSize = 4;
blockPtr->offset[0] = 0;
blockPtr->offset[1] = 1;
blockPtr->offset[2] = 2;
blockPtr->offset[3] = 3;
return 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PhotoOptionFind --
*
* Finds a specific Photo option.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* After commands are removed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
typedef struct OptionAssocData {
struct OptionAssocData *nextPtr;
/* Pointer to next OptionAssocData. */
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *command; /* Command associated with this option. */
char name[1]; /* Name of option (remaining chars) */
} OptionAssocData;
static Tcl_ObjCmdProc *
PhotoOptionFind(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter that is being deleted. */
Tcl_Obj *obj) /* Name of option to be found. */
{
int length;
char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length);
char *prevname = NULL;
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc = NULL;
OptionAssocData *list = (OptionAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp,
"photoOption", NULL);
while (list != NULL) {
if (strncmp(name, list->name, (unsigned) length) == 0) {
if (proc != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous option \"", name,
"\": must be ", prevname, NULL);
while (list->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, prevname, ", ",NULL);
list = list->nextPtr;
prevname = list->name;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ", or", prevname, NULL);
return NULL;
}
proc = list->command;
prevname = list->name;
}
list = list->nextPtr;
}
if (proc != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
return proc;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PhotoOptionCleanupProc --
*
* This function is invoked whenever an interpreter is deleted to cleanup
* the AssocData for "photoVisitor".
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Photo Visitor options are removed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PhotoOptionCleanupProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Points to "photoVisitor" AssocData for the
* interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter that is being deleted. */
{
OptionAssocData *list = (OptionAssocData *) clientData;
while (list != NULL) {
register OptionAssocData *ptr;
list = (ptr = list)->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) ptr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreatePhotoOption --
*
* This function may be invoked to add a new kind of photo option to the
* core photo command supported by Tk.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* From now on, the new option will be useable by the photo command.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
Tk_CreatePhotoOption(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter. */
CONST char *name, /* Option name. */
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc) /* Function to execute command. */
{
OptionAssocData *typePtr2, *prevPtr, *ptr;
OptionAssocData *list = (OptionAssocData *)
Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", NULL);
/*
* If there's already a photo option with the given name, remove it.
*/
for (typePtr2 = list, prevPtr = NULL; typePtr2 != NULL;
prevPtr = typePtr2, typePtr2 = typePtr2->nextPtr) {
if (strcmp(typePtr2->name, name) == 0) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
list = typePtr2->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = typePtr2->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) typePtr2);
break;
}
}
ptr = (OptionAssocData *) ckalloc(sizeof(OptionAssocData) + strlen(name));
strcpy(&(ptr->name[0]), name);
ptr->command = proc;
ptr->nextPtr = list;
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", PhotoOptionCleanupProc,
(ClientData) ptr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPostscriptPhoto --
*
* This function is called to output the contents of a photo image in
* Postscript by calling the Tk_PostscriptPhoto function.
*
* Results:
* Returns a standard Tcl return value.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImgPhotoPostscript(
ClientData clientData, /* Handle for the photo image. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* (unused) */
Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, /* Postscript info. */
int x, int y, /* First pixel to output. */
int width, int height, /* Width and height of area. */
int prepass) /* (unused) */
{
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
Tk_PhotoGetImage((Tk_PhotoHandle) clientData, &block);
block.pixelPtr += y * block.pitch + x * block.pixelSize;
return Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, &block, psInfo, width, height);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite, Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite --
*
* These backward-compatibility functions just exist to fill slots in stubs
* table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
* function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
* always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
* failure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite(
Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr,
int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
if (Tk_PhotoPutBlock(NULL, handle, blockPtr, x, y, width, height,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic, Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic, * Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic, Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic * | | | 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic, Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic, * Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic, Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic * * Backward compatibility functions for preserving the old behaviour (i.e. * panic on memory allocation failure) so that extensions do not need to be * significantly updated to take account of TIP #116. These call the new * interface (i.e. the interface without the extra suffix), but panic if an * error condition is returned. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 |
Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
int width, int height)
{
if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
}
}
| < < | 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 |
Tk_PhotoHandle handle,
int width, int height)
{
if (Tk_PhotoSetSize(NULL, handle, width, height) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Panic(TK_PHOTO_ALLOC_FAILURE_MESSAGE);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Deleted generic/tkImgPhoto.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted generic/tkImgSVGnano.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkImgUtil.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
*/
dataWidth = image->bytes_per_line;
if (dataWidth % alignment) {
dataWidth += (alignment - (dataWidth % alignment));
}
| | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
*/
dataWidth = image->bytes_per_line;
if (dataWidth % alignment) {
dataWidth += (alignment - (dataWidth % alignment));
}
data = ckalloc((unsigned) dataWidth * image->height);
destPtr = data;
for (i = 0; i < image->height; i++) {
srcPtr = &image->data[i * image->bytes_per_line];
for (j = 0; j < dataWidth; j++) {
if (j >= image->bytes_per_line) {
*destPtr = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkInt.decls.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | library tk ############################################################################## # Define the unsupported generic interfaces. interface tkInt | < < > | < > < > | > > | < > > > > | | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
library tk
##############################################################################
# Define the unsupported generic interfaces.
interface tkInt
# Declare each of the functions in the unsupported internal Tcl interface.
# These interfaces are allowed to changed between versions. Use at your own
# risk. Note that the position of functions should not be changed between
# versions to avoid gratuitous incompatibilities.
declare 0 {
TkWindow *TkAllocWindow(TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum,
TkWindow *parentPtr)
}
declare 1 {
void TkBezierPoints(double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr)
}
declare 2 {
void TkBezierScreenPoints(Tk_Canvas canvas, double control[],
int numSteps, XPoint *xPointPtr)
}
declare 3 {
void TkBindDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 4 {
void TkBindEventProc(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 5 {
void TkBindFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
}
declare 6 {
void TkBindInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
}
declare 7 {
void TkChangeEventWindow(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 8 {
int TkClipInit(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 9 {
void TkComputeAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor, Tk_Window tkwin, int padX, int padY,
int innerWidth, int innerHeight, int *xPtr, int *yPtr)
}
declare 10 {
int TkCopyAndGlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *script)
}
declare 11 {
unsigned long TkCreateBindingProcedure(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object,
const char *eventString, TkBindEvalProc *evalProc,
TkBindFreeProc *freeProc, ClientData clientData)
}
declare 12 {
TkCursor *TkCreateCursorFromData(Tk_Window tkwin,
const char *source, const char *mask, int width, int height,
int xHot, int yHot, XColor fg, XColor bg)
}
declare 13 {
int TkCreateFrame(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int argc, char **argv, int toplevel, char *appName)
}
declare 14 {
Tk_Window TkCreateMainWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *screenName, char *baseName)
}
declare 15 {
Time TkCurrentTime(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 16 {
void TkDeleteAllImages(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC)
}
declare 21 {
int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option,
const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey)
}
declare 22 {
| | | 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC)
}
declare 21 {
int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *option,
const TkStateMap *mapPtr, const char *strKey)
}
declare 22 {
char *TkFindStateString(const TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey)
}
declare 23 {
void TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 24 {
int TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
}
# Name change only, TkFreeCursor in Tcl 8.0.x now TkpFreeCursor
declare 29 {
void TkpFreeCursor(TkCursor *cursorPtr)
}
declare 30 {
| | | | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 |
}
# Name change only, TkFreeCursor in Tcl 8.0.x now TkpFreeCursor
declare 29 {
void TkpFreeCursor(TkCursor *cursorPtr)
}
declare 30 {
char *TkGetBitmapData(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string,
char *fileName, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
int *hotXPtr, int *hotYPtr)
}
declare 31 {
void TkGetButtPoints(double p1[], double p2[],
double width, int project, double m1[], double m2[])
}
declare 32 {
TkCursor *TkGetCursorByName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid string)
}
declare 33 {
CONST84_RETURN char *TkGetDefaultScreenName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *screenName)
}
declare 34 {
TkDisplay *TkGetDisplay(Display *display)
}
declare 35 {
int TkGetDisplayOf(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType,
Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 45 {
void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 46 {
| | | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType,
Tcl_QueuePosition position)
}
declare 45 {
void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 46 {
char *TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym)
}
declare 47 {
int TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[])
}
declare 48 {
double TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[])
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
declare 65 {
void TkpMakeMenuWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int transient)
}
declare 66 {
Window TkpMakeWindow(TkWindow *winPtr, Window parent)
}
declare 67 {
| | | < > | < > | | 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 |
declare 65 {
void TkpMakeMenuWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int transient)
}
declare 66 {
Window TkpMakeWindow(TkWindow *winPtr, Window parent)
}
declare 67 {
void TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *menuName)
}
declare 68 {
TkDisplay *TkpOpenDisplay(const char *display_name)
}
declare 69 {
int TkPointerEvent(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 70 {
int TkPolygonToArea(double *polyPtr, int numPoints, double *rectPtr)
}
declare 71 {
double TkPolygonToPoint(double *polyPtr, int numPoints, double *pointPtr)
}
declare 72 {
int TkPositionInTree(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *treePtr)
}
declare 73 {
void TkpRedirectKeyEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 74 {
void TkpSetMainMenubar(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *menuName)
}
declare 75 {
int TkpUseWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *string)
}
declare 76 {
int TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(Window win, TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 77 {
void TkQueueEventForAllChildren(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 78 {
int TkReadBitmapFile(Display *display, Drawable d, const char *filename,
unsigned int *width_return, unsigned int *height_return,
Pixmap *bitmap_return, int *x_hot_return, int *y_hot_return)
}
declare 79 {
int TkScrollWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int dx, int dy, TkRegion damageRgn)
}
declare 80 {
void TkSelDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 81 {
void TkSelEventProc(Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
306 307 308 309 310 311 312 |
# Exported publically as Tk_SetClassProcs in 8.4a2
#declare 84 {
# void TkSetClassProcs(Tk_Window tkwin,
# TkClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData)
#}
declare 85 {
void TkSetWindowMenuBar(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
| | | | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
# Exported publically as Tk_SetClassProcs in 8.4a2
#declare 84 {
# void TkSetClassProcs(Tk_Window tkwin,
# TkClassProcs *procs, ClientData instanceData)
#}
declare 85 {
void TkSetWindowMenuBar(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *oldMenuName, char *menuName)
}
declare 86 {
KeySym TkStringToKeysym(char *name)
}
declare 87 {
int TkThickPolyLineToArea(double *coordPtr, int numPoints,
double width, int capStyle, int joinStyle, double *rectPtr)
}
declare 88 {
void TkWmAddToColormapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
350 351 352 353 354 355 356 |
declare 97 {
void TkWmUnmapWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
# new for 8.1
declare 98 {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
declare 97 {
void TkWmUnmapWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
# new for 8.1
declare 98 {
Tcl_Obj *TkDebugBitmap(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name)
}
declare 99 {
Tcl_Obj *TkDebugBorder(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name)
}
declare 100 {
Tcl_Obj *TkDebugCursor(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name)
}
declare 101 {
Tcl_Obj *TkDebugColor(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name)
}
declare 102 {
Tcl_Obj *TkDebugConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_OptionTable table)
}
declare 103 {
Tcl_Obj *TkDebugFont(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name)
}
declare 104 {
int TkFindStateNumObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *optionPtr,
const TkStateMap *mapPtr, Tcl_Obj *keyPtr)
}
declare 105 {
Tcl_HashTable *TkGetBitmapPredefTable(void)
}
declare 106 {
TkDisplay *TkGetDisplayList(void)
}
declare 107 {
TkMainInfo *TkGetMainInfoList(void)
}
declare 108 {
int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr)
}
declare 109 {
char *TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
}
declare 110 {
void TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont)
}
declare 111 {
Tcl_Obj *TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
const char *dbName, const char *className)
}
declare 112 {
void TkpMenuThreadInit(void)
}
declare 113 {
void TkClipBox(TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return)
}
declare 114 {
TkRegion TkCreateRegion(void)
}
declare 115 {
void TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion rgn)
}
declare 116 {
void TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return)
}
declare 117 {
int TkRectInRegion(TkRegion rgn, int x, int y, unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
}
declare 118 {
void TkSetRegion(Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn)
}
declare 119 {
void TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *rect,
TkRegion src, TkRegion dr_return)
}
declare 121 aqua {
Pixmap TkpCreateNativeBitmap(Display *display, const char *source)
}
declare 122 aqua {
void TkpDefineNativeBitmaps(void)
}
declare 124 aqua {
Pixmap TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(Display *display,
const char *name, int *width, int *height)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
declare 138 {
KeySym TkpGetKeySym(TkDisplay *dispPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 139 {
void TkpInitKeymapInfo(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 140 {
| | | | 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 |
declare 138 {
KeySym TkpGetKeySym(TkDisplay *dispPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
}
declare 139 {
void TkpInitKeymapInfo(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 140 {
TkRegion TkPhotoGetValidRegion(Tk_PhotoHandle handle)
}
declare 141 {
TkWindow **TkWmStackorderToplevel(TkWindow *parentPtr)
}
declare 142 {
void TkFocusFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
}
declare 143 {
void TkClipCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 144 {
void TkGCCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 145 {
void TkSubtractRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return)
}
declare 146 {
void TkStylePkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
}
declare 147 {
void TkStylePkgFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
502 503 504 505 506 507 508 |
}
declare 154 {
void TkDeleteThreadExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
# entries needed only by tktest:
declare 156 {
| | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < > > > | | 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 |
}
declare 154 {
void TkDeleteThreadExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData)
}
# entries needed only by tktest:
declare 156 {
int TkpTestembedCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
const char **argv)
}
declare 157 {
int TkpTesttextCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
const char **argv)
}
# Next group of functions exposed due to [Bug 2768945]. Numbers are chosen so
# as to match 8.6 branch/HEAD.
declare 169 {
int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 170 {
char *TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 171 {
int TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 172 {
char *TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 173 {
int TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 174 {
char *TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 175 {
int TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 176 {
char *TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 177 {
int TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 178 {
char *TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 179 {
int TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset)
}
declare 180 {
char *TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr)
}
declare 186 {
void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
}
##############################################################################
# Define the platform specific internal Tcl interface. These functions are
# only available on the designated platform.
interface tkIntPlat
################################
# Unix specific functions
declare 0 x11 {
void TkCreateXEventSource(void)
}
declare 1 x11 {
void TkFreeWindowId(TkDisplay *dispPtr, Window w)
}
declare 2 x11 {
void TkInitXId(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 3 x11 {
int TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap)
}
declare 4 x11 {
void TkpSync(Display *display)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 |
}
declare 9 x11 {
void TkWmCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 10 x11 {
void TkSendCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 12 x11 {
int TkpWmSetState(TkWindow *winPtr, int state)
}
# only needed by tktest:
declare 13 x11 {
| > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 |
}
declare 9 x11 {
void TkWmCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 10 x11 {
void TkSendCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 11 x11 {
void TkFreeXId(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 12 x11 {
int TkpWmSetState(TkWindow *winPtr, int state)
}
# only needed by tktest:
declare 13 x11 {
int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
const char **argv)
}
################################
# Windows specific functions
declare 0 win {
char *TkAlignImageData(XImage *image, int alignment, int bitOrder)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
874 875 876 877 878 879 880 |
void TkWmCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 44 win {
void TkSendCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
# only needed by tktest:
declare 45 win {
| | | < < < > > > > > > | | > | | 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 |
void TkWmCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
declare 44 win {
void TkSendCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr)
}
# only needed by tktest:
declare 45 win {
int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
const char **argv)
}
################################
# Aqua specific functions
declare 0 aqua {
void TkGenerateActivateEvents(TkWindow *winPtr, int active)
}
# removed duplicates from tkInt table
#declare 1 aqua {
# Pixmap TkpCreateNativeBitmap(Display *display, const char *source)
#}
#
#declare 2 aqua {
# void TkpDefineNativeBitmaps(void)
#}
declare 3 aqua {
void TkPointerDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 4 aqua {
void TkpSetCapture(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 5 aqua {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
914 915 916 917 918 919 920 |
}
declare 9 aqua {
void TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive(void)
}
declare 10 aqua {
int TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent(int menuID, int index)
}
| < | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 |
}
declare 9 aqua {
void TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive(void)
}
declare 10 aqua {
int TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent(int menuID, int index)
}
declare 11 aqua {
void TkMacOSXInstallCursor(int resizeOverride)
}
declare 12 aqua {
void TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu(void)
}
# removed duplicate from tkPlat table(tk.decls)
#declare 13 aqua {
# void TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns(TkWindow *winPtr)
#}
declare 14 aqua {
int TkMacOSXDoHLEvent(void *theEvent)
}
# removed duplicate from tkPlat table(tk.decls)
#declare 15 aqua {
# void *TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Drawable drawable)
#}
declare 16 aqua {
Window TkMacOSXGetXWindow(void *macWinPtr)
}
declare 17 aqua {
int TkMacOSXGrowToplevel(void *whichWindow, XPoint start)
}
declare 18 aqua {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
959 960 961 962 963 964 965 |
}
declare 24 aqua {
void *TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap(Drawable d1, Drawable d2)
}
declare 25 aqua {
void TkMacOSXMenuClick(void)
}
| < | | < > < | | < > | > > > | | > > > > > > > > | 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 |
}
declare 24 aqua {
void *TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap(Drawable d1, Drawable d2)
}
declare 25 aqua {
void TkMacOSXMenuClick(void)
}
declare 26 aqua {
void TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow(Window window, void *portPtr)
}
declare 27 aqua {
int TkMacOSXResizable(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 28 aqua {
void TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount(void)
}
declare 29 aqua {
void TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow(TkWindow *winPtr, int flag)
}
declare 30 aqua {
void TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Drawable drawable)
}
declare 31 aqua {
void TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort(GC gc, void *destPort)
}
declare 32 aqua {
void TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 33 aqua {
void TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(void *portPtr)
}
declare 34 aqua {
int TkMacOSXUseMenuID(short macID)
}
declare 35 aqua {
TkRegion TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 36 aqua {
void TkMacOSXWinBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, void *geometry)
}
declare 37 aqua {
void TkMacOSXWindowOffset(void *wRef, int *xOffset, int *yOffset)
}
declare 38 aqua {
int TkSetMacColor(unsigned long pixel, void *macColor)
}
declare 39 aqua {
void TkSetWMName(TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid)
}
declare 40 aqua {
void TkSuspendClipboard(void)
}
declare 41 aqua {
int TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(void *whichWindow, short zoomPart)
}
declare 42 aqua {
Tk_Window Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX, int rootY,
int *newX, int *newY)
}
declare 43 aqua {
MacDrawable *TkMacOSXContainerId(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 44 aqua {
MacDrawable *TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 45 aqua {
void TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu(void)
}
declare 46 aqua {
int TkpIsWindowFloating(void *window)
}
declare 47 aqua {
Tk_Window TkMacOSXGetCapture(void)
}
declare 49 aqua {
Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr)
}
declare 50 aqua {
int TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state)
}
declare 51 aqua {
void TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin)
}
declare 52 aqua {
void TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(TkWindow *winPtr, int flag)
}
# removed duplicate from tkPlat table (tk.decls)
#declare 52 aqua {
# void TkGenWMConfigureEvent(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
# int width, int height, int flags)
#}
declare 53 aqua {
unsigned long TkpGetMS(void)
}
# For Canvas3d, requested by Sean Woods
declare 54 aqua {
void *TkMacOSXDrawable(Drawable drawable)
}
declare 55 aqua {
int TkpScanWindowId(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *string, Window *idPtr)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 |
unsigned int sw, unsigned int sh, int dx, int dy)
}
declare 106 win {
int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
| | | 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 |
unsigned int sw, unsigned int sh, int dx, int dy)
}
declare 106 win {
int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
# new for 8.4.20+/8.5.12+ Cygwin only
declare 107 win {
int XFlush(Display *display)
}
declare 108 win {
int XGrabServer(Display *display)
}
declare 109 win {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 |
declare 113 win {
int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard)
}
declare 114 win {
VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual)
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 |
declare 113 win {
int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard)
}
declare 114 win {
VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual)
}
declare 133 win {
int XDrawSegments(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n)
}
declare 134 win {
int XDrawPoint(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y)
}
declare 135 win {
int XDrawPoints(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m)
}
declare 158 win {
void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
}
################################
# X functions for Aqua
declare 0 aqua {
int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
_Xconst char *dash_list, int n)
}
declare 1 aqua {
XModifierKeymap *XGetModifierMapping(Display *d)
}
declare 2 aqua {
XImage *XCreateImage(Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1,
int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3,
int i4)
}
declare 3 aqua {
XImage *XGetImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3)
}
declare 4 aqua {
char *XGetAtomName(Display *d, Atom a)
}
declare 5 aqua {
char *XKeysymToString(KeySym k)
}
declare 6 aqua {
Colormap XCreateColormap(Display *d, Window w, Visual *v, int i)
}
declare 7 aqua {
GContext XGContextFromGC(GC g)
}
declare 8 aqua {
KeySym XKeycodeToKeysym(Display *d, KeyCode k, int i)
}
declare 9 aqua {
KeySym XStringToKeysym(_Xconst char *c)
}
declare 10 aqua {
Window XRootWindow(Display *d, int i)
}
declare 11 aqua {
XErrorHandler XSetErrorHandler(XErrorHandler x)
}
declare 12 aqua {
Status XAllocColor(Display *d, Colormap c, XColor *xp)
}
declare 13 aqua {
int XBell(Display *d, int i)
}
declare 14 aqua {
void XChangeProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, Atom a2, int i1,
int i2, _Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3)
}
declare 15 aqua {
void XChangeWindowAttributes(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul,
XSetWindowAttributes *x)
}
declare 16 aqua {
void XConfigureWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int i,
XWindowChanges *x)
}
declare 17 aqua {
void XCopyArea(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4)
}
declare 18 aqua {
void XCopyPlane(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4, unsigned long ul)
}
declare 19 aqua {
Pixmap XCreateBitmapFromData(Display *display, Drawable d,
_Xconst char *data, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 20 aqua {
int XDefineCursor(Display *d, Window w, Cursor c)
}
declare 21 aqua {
void XDestroyWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 22 aqua {
void XDrawArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4)
}
declare 23 aqua {
int XDrawLines(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, int i1, int i2)
}
declare 24 aqua {
void XDrawRectangle(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2)
}
declare 25 aqua {
void XFillArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4)
}
declare 26 aqua {
void XFillPolygon(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x,
int i1, int i2, int i3)
}
declare 27 aqua {
int XFillRectangles(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XRectangle *x, int i)
}
declare 28 aqua {
int XFreeColormap(Display *d, Colormap c)
}
declare 29 aqua {
int XFreeColors(Display *d, Colormap c,
unsigned long *ulp, int i, unsigned long ul)
}
declare 30 aqua {
int XFreeModifiermap(XModifierKeymap *x)
}
declare 31 aqua {
Status XGetGeometry(Display *d, Drawable dr, Window *w, int *i1,
int *i2, unsigned int *ui1, unsigned int *ui2, unsigned int *ui3,
unsigned int *ui4)
}
declare 32 aqua {
int XGetWindowProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, long l1, long l2,
Bool b, Atom a2, Atom *ap, int *ip, unsigned long *ulp1,
unsigned long *ulp2, unsigned char **cpp)
}
declare 33 aqua {
int XGrabKeyboard(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, int i1, int i2, Time t)
}
declare 34 aqua {
int XGrabPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Bool b, unsigned int ui,
int i1, int i2, Window w2, Cursor c, Time t)
}
declare 35 aqua {
KeyCode XKeysymToKeycode(Display *d, KeySym k)
}
declare 36 aqua {
void XMapWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 37 aqua {
void XMoveResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2)
}
declare 38 aqua {
void XMoveWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2)
}
declare 39 aqua {
Bool XQueryPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3,
int *i1, int *i2, int *i3, int *i4, unsigned int *ui)
}
declare 40 aqua {
void XRaiseWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 41 aqua {
void XRefreshKeyboardMapping(XMappingEvent *x)
}
declare 42 aqua {
void XResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2)
}
declare 43 aqua {
void XSelectInput(Display *d, Window w, long l)
}
declare 44 aqua {
Status XSendEvent(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, long l, XEvent *x)
}
declare 45 aqua {
void XSetIconName(Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c)
}
declare 46 aqua {
void XSetInputFocus(Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t)
}
declare 47 aqua {
int XSetSelectionOwner(Display *d, Atom a, Window w, Time t)
}
declare 48 aqua {
void XSetWindowBackground(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul)
}
declare 49 aqua {
void XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p)
}
declare 50 aqua {
void XSetWindowBorder(Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul)
}
declare 51 aqua {
void XSetWindowBorderPixmap(Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p)
}
declare 52 aqua {
void XSetWindowBorderWidth(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui)
}
declare 53 aqua {
void XSetWindowColormap(Display *d, Window w, Colormap c)
}
declare 54 aqua {
void XUngrabKeyboard(Display *d, Time t)
}
declare 55 aqua {
int XUngrabPointer(Display *d, Time t)
}
declare 56 aqua {
void XUnmapWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 57 aqua {
int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display,
Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y,
int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 58 aqua {
Status XParseColor(Display *display, Colormap map,
_Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr)
}
declare 59 aqua {
GC XCreateGC(Display *display, Drawable d,
unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values)
}
declare 60 aqua {
int XFreeGC(Display *display, GC gc)
}
declare 61 aqua {
Atom XInternAtom(Display *display, _Xconst char *atom_name,
Bool only_if_exists)
}
declare 62 aqua {
int XSetBackground(Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground)
}
declare 63 aqua {
int XSetForeground(Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground)
}
declare 64 aqua {
int XSetClipMask(Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap)
}
declare 65 aqua {
int XSetClipOrigin(Display *display, GC gc,
int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin)
}
declare 66 aqua {
int XSetTSOrigin(Display *display, GC gc,
int ts_x_origin, int ts_y_origin)
}
declare 67 aqua {
int XChangeGC(Display *d, GC gc, unsigned long mask, XGCValues *values)
}
declare 68 aqua {
int XSetFont(Display *display, GC gc, Font font)
}
declare 69 aqua {
int XSetArcMode(Display *display, GC gc, int arc_mode)
}
declare 70 aqua {
int XSetStipple(Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap stipple)
}
declare 71 aqua {
int XSetFillRule(Display *display, GC gc, int fill_rule)
}
declare 72 aqua {
int XSetFillStyle(Display *display, GC gc, int fill_style)
}
declare 73 aqua {
int XSetFunction(Display *display, GC gc, int function)
}
declare 74 aqua {
int XSetLineAttributes(Display *display, GC gc, unsigned int line_width,
int line_style, int cap_style, int join_style)
}
declare 75 aqua {
int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image)
}
declare 76 aqua {
XIC XCreateIC(void)
}
declare 77 aqua {
XVisualInfo *XGetVisualInfo(Display *display, long vinfo_mask,
XVisualInfo *vinfo_template, int *nitems_return)
}
declare 78 aqua {
void XSetWMClientMachine(Display *display, Window w,
XTextProperty *text_prop)
}
declare 79 aqua {
Status XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
XTextProperty *text_prop_return)
}
declare 80 aqua {
int XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
XSegment *segments, int nsegments)
}
declare 81 aqua {
void XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode)
}
declare 82 aqua {
int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1,
int x2, int y2)
}
declare 83 aqua {
int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
}
declare 84 aqua {
void XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w)
}
declare 85 aqua {
int XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y)
}
declare 86 aqua {
int XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points,
int npoints, int mode)
}
declare 87 aqua {
int XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w,
int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width,
unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y)
}
declare 88 aqua {
void XQueryColor(Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out)
}
declare 89 aqua {
void XQueryColors(Display *display, Colormap colormap,
XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors)
}
declare 90 aqua {
Status XQueryTree(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3,
Window **w4, unsigned int *ui)
}
declare 91 aqua {
int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard)
}
declare 158 aqua {
void TkUnusedStubEntry(void)
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to generic/tkInt.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKINT #define _TKINT #ifndef _TKPORT #include "tkPort.h" #endif /* | > > > > > > | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKINT #define _TKINT #ifndef _TK #include "tk.h" #endif #ifndef _TCL #include "tcl.h" #endif #ifndef _TKPORT #include "tkPort.h" #endif /* * Ensure WORDS_BIGENDIAN is defined correcly: * Needs to happen here in addition to configure to work with fat compiles on * Darwin (where configure runs only once for multiple architectures). */ #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include <sys/types.h> #endif |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | # ifdef __cplusplus # define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C" # else # define MODULE_SCOPE extern # endif #endif | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | > > > > > > > | | | | 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define MODULE_SCOPE extern "C"
# else
# define MODULE_SCOPE extern
# endif
#endif
/*
* Macros used to cast between pointers and integers (e.g. when storing an int
* in ClientData), on 64-bit architectures they avoid gcc warning about "cast
* to/from pointer from/to integer of different size".
*/
#if !defined(INT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2INT)
# if defined(HAVE_INTPTR_T) || defined(intptr_t)
# define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(intptr_t)(p))
# define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(intptr_t)(p))
# else
# define INT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
# define PTR2INT(p) ((int)(p))
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(UINT2PTR) && !defined(PTR2UINT)
# if defined(HAVE_UINTPTR_T) || defined(uintptr_t)
# define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(uintptr_t)(p))
# define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(uintptr_t)(p))
# else
# define UINT2PTR(p) ((void*)(p))
# define PTR2UINT(p) ((unsigned int)(p))
# endif
#endif
/*
* Opaque type declarations:
*/
typedef struct TkColormap TkColormap;
typedef struct TkFontAttributes TkFontAttributes;
typedef struct TkGrabEvent TkGrabEvent;
typedef struct TkpCursor_ *TkpCursor;
typedef struct TkRegion_ *TkRegion;
typedef struct TkStressedCmap TkStressedCmap;
typedef struct TkBindInfo_ *TkBindInfo;
/*
* Function types.
*/
typedef int (TkBindEvalProc)(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
XEvent *eventPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym);
typedef void (TkBindFreeProc)(ClientData clientData);
/*
* One of the following structures is maintained for each cursor in use in the
* system. This structure is used by tkCursor.c and the various system
* specific cursor files.
*/
typedef struct TkCursor {
Tk_Cursor cursor; /* System specific identifier for cursor. */
Display *display; /* Display containing cursor. Needed for
* disposal and retrieval of cursors. */
int resourceRefCount; /* Number of active uses of this cursor (each
* active use corresponds to a call to
* Tk_AllocPreserveFromObj or Tk_Preserve). If
* this count is 0, then this structure is no
* longer valid and it isn't present in a hash
* table: it is being kept around only because
* there are objects referring to it. The
* structure is freed when resourceRefCount
* and objRefCount are both 0. */
int objRefCount; /* Number of Tcl objects that reference this
* structure.. */
Tcl_HashTable *otherTable; /* Second table (other than idTable) used to
* index this entry. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr; /* Entry in otherTable for this structure
* (needed when deleting). */
Tcl_HashEntry *idHashPtr; /* Entry in idTable for this structure (needed
* when deleting). */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
196 197 198 199 200 201 202 | /* * One of the following structures is maintained for each display containing a * window managed by Tk. In part, the structure is used to store thread- * specific data, since each thread will have its own TkDisplay structure. */ | < < | 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
/*
* One of the following structures is maintained for each display containing a
* window managed by Tk. In part, the structure is used to store thread-
* specific data, since each thread will have its own TkDisplay structure.
*/
typedef struct TkDisplay {
Display *display; /* Xlib's info about display. */
struct TkDisplay *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all displays. */
char *name; /* Name of display (with any screen identifier
* removed). Malloc-ed. */
Time lastEventTime; /* Time of last event received for this
* display. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
239 240 241 242 243 244 245 |
* modifier, than this is zero. */
unsigned int metaModMask; /* Has one bit set to indicate the modifier
* corresponding to the "Meta" key. If no such
* modifier, then this is zero. */
unsigned int altModMask; /* Has one bit set to indicate the modifier
* corresponding to the "Meta" key. If no such
* modifier, then this is zero. */
| | | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
* modifier, than this is zero. */
unsigned int metaModMask; /* Has one bit set to indicate the modifier
* corresponding to the "Meta" key. If no such
* modifier, then this is zero. */
unsigned int altModMask; /* Has one bit set to indicate the modifier
* corresponding to the "Meta" key. If no such
* modifier, then this is zero. */
enum {LU_IGNORE, LU_CAPS, LU_SHIFT} lockUsage;
/* Indicates how to interpret lock
* modifier. */
int numModKeyCodes; /* Number of entries in modKeyCodes array
* below. */
KeyCode *modKeyCodes; /* Pointer to an array giving keycodes for all
* of the keys that have modifiers associated
* with them. Malloc'ed, but may be NULL. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
* Information used by tkError.c only:
*/
struct TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
/* First in list of error handlers for this
* display. NULL means no handlers exist at
* present. */
| | | 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 |
* Information used by tkError.c only:
*/
struct TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
/* First in list of error handlers for this
* display. NULL means no handlers exist at
* present. */
int deleteCount; /* Counts # of handlers deleted since last
* time inactive handlers were garbage-
* collected. When this number gets big,
* handlers get cleaned up. */
/*
* Used by tkEvent.c only:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
* initializing. */
/*
* Information used by tkGeometry.c only:
*/
Tcl_HashTable maintainHashTable;
| | | | < < < | 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 |
* initializing. */
/*
* Information used by tkGeometry.c only:
*/
Tcl_HashTable maintainHashTable;
/* Hash table that maps from a master's
* Tk_Window token to a list of slaves managed
* by that master. */
int geomInit;
/*
* Information used by tkGet.c only:
*/
Tcl_HashTable uidTable; /* Stores all Tk_Uid used in a thread. */
int uidInit; /* 0 means uidTable needs initializing. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
/*
* Information used by tkMacWinMenu.c only:
*/
int postCommandGeneration;
/*
* Information used by tkPack.c only.
*/
int packInit; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
Tcl_HashTable packerHashTable;
/* Maps from Tk_Window tokens to corresponding
* Packer structures. */
/*
* Information used by tkPlace.c only.
*/
int placeInit; /* 0 means tables below need initializing. */
| > > > > | | | 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 |
/*
* Information used by tkMacWinMenu.c only:
*/
int postCommandGeneration;
/*
* Information used by tkOption.c only.
*/
/*
* Information used by tkPack.c only.
*/
int packInit; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
Tcl_HashTable packerHashTable;
/* Maps from Tk_Window tokens to corresponding
* Packer structures. */
/*
* Information used by tkPlace.c only.
*/
int placeInit; /* 0 means tables below need initializing. */
Tcl_HashTable masterTable; /* Maps from Tk_Window toke to the Master
* structure for the window, if it exists. */
Tcl_HashTable slaveTable; /* Maps from Tk_Window toke to the Slave
* structure for the window, if it exists. */
/*
* Information used by tkSelect.c and tkClipboard.c only:
*/
struct TkSelectionInfo *selectionInfoPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
Atom timestampAtom; /* Atom for TIMESTAMP. */
Atom textAtom; /* Atom for TEXT. */
Atom compoundTextAtom; /* Atom for COMPOUND_TEXT. */
Atom applicationAtom; /* Atom for TK_APPLICATION. */
Atom windowAtom; /* Atom for TK_WINDOW. */
Atom clipboardAtom; /* Atom for CLIPBOARD. */
Atom utf8Atom; /* Atom for UTF8_STRING. */
| < | 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
Atom timestampAtom; /* Atom for TIMESTAMP. */
Atom textAtom; /* Atom for TEXT. */
Atom compoundTextAtom; /* Atom for COMPOUND_TEXT. */
Atom applicationAtom; /* Atom for TK_APPLICATION. */
Atom windowAtom; /* Atom for TK_WINDOW. */
Atom clipboardAtom; /* Atom for CLIPBOARD. */
Atom utf8Atom; /* Atom for UTF8_STRING. */
Tk_Window clipWindow; /* Window used for clipboard ownership and to
* retrieve selections between processes. NULL
* means clipboard info hasn't been
* initialized. */
int clipboardActive; /* 1 means we currently own the clipboard
* selection, 0 means we don't. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
* yet. */
Atom commProperty; /* X's name for comm property. */
Atom registryProperty; /* X's name for property containing registry
* of interpreter names. */
Atom appNameProperty; /* X's name for property used to hold the
* application name on each comm window. */
/*
* Information used by tkUnixWm.c and tkWinWm.c only:
*/
struct TkWmInfo *firstWmPtr;/* Points to first top-level window. */
struct TkWmInfo *foregroundWmPtr;
/* Points to the foreground window. */
/*
* Information used by tkVisual.c only:
*/
TkColormap *cmapPtr; /* First in list of all non-default colormaps
* allocated for this display. */
/*
* Miscellaneous information:
*/
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < > > > > | 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 |
* yet. */
Atom commProperty; /* X's name for comm property. */
Atom registryProperty; /* X's name for property containing registry
* of interpreter names. */
Atom appNameProperty; /* X's name for property used to hold the
* application name on each comm window. */
/*
* Information used by tkXId.c only:
*/
struct TkIdStack *idStackPtr;
/* First in list of chunks of free resource
* identifiers, or NULL if there are no free
* resources. */
XID (*defaultAllocProc) (Display *display);
/* Default resource allocator for display. */
struct TkIdStack *windowStackPtr;
/* First in list of chunks of window ids that
* can't be reused right now. */
Tcl_TimerToken idCleanupScheduled;
/* If set, it means a call to WindowIdCleanup
* has already been scheduled, 0 means it
* hasn't. */
/*
* Information used by tkUnixWm.c and tkWinWm.c only:
*/
struct TkWmInfo *firstWmPtr;/* Points to first top-level window. */
struct TkWmInfo *foregroundWmPtr;
/* Points to the foreground window. */
/*
* Information maintained by tkWindow.c for use later on by tkXId.c:
*/
int destroyCount; /* Number of Tk_DestroyWindow operations in
* progress. */
unsigned long lastDestroyRequest;
/* Id of most recent XDestroyWindow request;
* can re-use ids in windowStackPtr when
* server has seen this request and event
* queue is empty. */
/*
* Information used by tkVisual.c only:
*/
TkColormap *cmapPtr; /* First in list of all non-default colormaps
* allocated for this display. */
/*
* Miscellaneous information:
*/
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
XIM inputMethod; /* Input method for this display. */
XIMStyle inputStyle; /* Input style selected for this display. */
XFontSet inputXfs; /* XFontSet cached for over-the-spot XIM. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
Tcl_HashTable winTable; /* Maps from X window ids to TkWindow ptrs. */
int refCount; /* Reference count of how many Tk applications
* are using this display. Used to clean up
* the display when we no longer have any Tk
* applications using it. */
/*
* The following field were all added for Tk8.3
*/
int mouseButtonState; /* Current mouse button state for this
* display. */
Window mouseButtonWindow; /* Window the button state was set in, added
* in Tk 8.4. */
Window warpWindow;
int warpX;
int warpY;
/*
* The following field(s) were all added for Tk8.4
*/
unsigned int flags; /* Various flag values: these are all defined
* in below. */
TkCaret caret; /* Information about the caret for this
* display. This is not a pointer. */
int iconDataSize; /* Size of default iconphoto image data. */
unsigned char *iconDataPtr; /* Default iconphoto image data, if set. */
} TkDisplay;
/*
* Flag values for TkDisplay flags.
* TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS: (default on)
* Indicates that we should collapse motion events on this display
* TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM: (default on, set via tk.tcl)
* Whether to use input methods for this display
* TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING: (default off)
* Whether we should do wm tracing on this display.
* TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP: (default off)
* Indicates that we are in a pointer warp
*/
#define TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS (1 << 0)
#define TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM (1 << 1)
#define TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING (1 << 3)
#define TK_DISPLAY_IN_WARP (1 << 4)
#define TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB (1 << 5)
/*
* One of the following structures exists for each error handler created by a
* call to Tk_CreateErrorHandler. The structure is managed by tkError.c.
*/
typedef struct TkErrorHandler {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
639 640 641 642 643 644 645 |
/*
* Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
* by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
* all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
*/
typedef struct TkMainInfo {
| | < | < < < | 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
/*
* Tk keeps one of the following data structures for each main window (created
* by a call to TkCreateMainWindow). It stores information that is shared by
* all of the windows associated with a particular main window.
*/
typedef struct TkMainInfo {
int refCount; /* Number of windows whose "mainPtr" fields
* point here. When this becomes zero, can
* free up the structure (the reference count
* is zero because windows can get deleted in
* almost any order; the main window isn't
* necessarily the last one deleted). */
struct TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main window. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with application. */
Tcl_HashTable nameTable; /* Hash table mapping path names to TkWindow
* structs for all windows related to this
* main window. Managed by tkWindow.c. */
long deletionEpoch; /* Incremented by window deletions. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
/* Used in conjunction with "bind" command to
* bind events to Tcl commands. */
TkBindInfo bindInfo; /* Information used by tkBind.c on a per
* application basis. */
struct TkFontInfo *fontInfoPtr;
/* Information used by tkFont.c on a per
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
682 683 684 685 686 687 688 |
* application has ever used. Used only by
* tkFocus.c. */
struct ElArray *optionRootPtr;
/* Top level of option hierarchy for this main
* window. NULL means uninitialized. Managed
* by tkOption.c. */
| | < | | 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 |
* application has ever used. Used only by
* tkFocus.c. */
struct ElArray *optionRootPtr;
/* Top level of option hierarchy for this main
* window. NULL means uninitialized. Managed
* by tkOption.c. */
Tcl_HashTable imageTable; /* Maps from image names to Tk_ImageMaster
* structures. Managed by tkImage.c. */
int strictMotif; /* This is linked to the tk_strictMotif global
* variable. */
int alwaysShowSelection; /* This is linked to the
* ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection variable. */
struct TkMainInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all main windows managed by
* this process. */
} TkMainInfo;
/*
* Tk keeps the following data structure for each of it's builtin bitmaps.
* This structure is only used by tkBitmap.c and other platform specific
* bitmap files.
*/
typedef struct {
const char *source; /* Bits for bitmap. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of bitmap. */
int native; /* 0 means generic (X style) bitmap, 1 means
* native style bitmap. */
} TkPredefBitmap;
/*
* Tk keeps one of the following structures for each window. Some of the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
729 730 731 732 733 734 735 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Tk's information about display for
* window. */
int screenNum; /* Index of screen for window, among all those
* for dispPtr. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual to use for window. If not default,
* MUST be set before X window is created. */
int depth; /* Number of bits/pixel. */
| | | 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Tk's information about display for
* window. */
int screenNum; /* Index of screen for window, among all those
* for dispPtr. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual to use for window. If not default,
* MUST be set before X window is created. */
int depth; /* Number of bits/pixel. */
Window window; /* X's id for window. NULL means window hasn't
* actually been created yet, or it's been
* deleted. */
struct TkWindow *childList; /* First in list of child windows, or NULL if
* no children. List is in stacking order,
* lowest window first.*/
struct TkWindow *lastChildPtr;
/* Last in list of child windows (highest in
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
791 792 793 794 795 796 797 |
/*
* Information kept by the event manager (tkEvent.c):
*/
TkEventHandler *handlerList;/* First in list of event handlers declared
* for this window, or NULL if none. */
| | | 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 |
/*
* Information kept by the event manager (tkEvent.c):
*/
TkEventHandler *handlerList;/* First in list of event handlers declared
* for this window, or NULL if none. */
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
XIC inputContext; /* XIM input context. */
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
/*
* Information used for event bindings (see "bind" and "bindtags" commands
* in tkCmds.c):
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
825 826 827 828 829 830 831 |
/* First in list of handlers for returning the
* selection in various forms. */
/*
* Information used by tkGeometry.c for geometry management.
*/
| | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > > | 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 |
/* First in list of handlers for returning the
* selection in various forms. */
/*
* Information used by tkGeometry.c for geometry management.
*/
const Tk_GeomMgr *geomMgrPtr; /* Information about geometry manager for this
* window. */
ClientData geomData; /* Argument for geometry manager functions. */
int reqWidth, reqHeight; /* Arguments from last call to
* Tk_GeometryRequest, or 0's if
* Tk_GeometryRequest hasn't been called. */
int internalBorderLeft; /* Width of internal border of window (0 means
* no internal border). Geometry managers
* should not normally place children on top
* of the border. Fields for the other three
* sides are found below. */
/*
* Information maintained by tkWm.c for window manager communication.
*/
struct TkWmInfo *wmInfoPtr; /* For top-level windows (and also for special
* Unix menubar and wrapper windows), points
* to structure with wm-related info (see
* tkWm.c). For other windows, this is NULL. */
/*
* Information used by widget classes.
*/
Tk_ClassProcs *classProcsPtr;
ClientData instanceData;
/*
* Platform specific information private to each port.
*/
struct TkWindowPrivate *privatePtr;
/*
* More information used by tkGeometry.c for geometry management.
*/
/* The remaining fields of internal border. */
int internalBorderRight;
int internalBorderTop;
int internalBorderBottom;
int minReqWidth; /* Minimum requested width. */
int minReqHeight; /* Minimum requested height. */
} TkWindow;
/*
* Real definition of some events. Note that these events come from outside
* but have internally generated pieces added to them.
*/
typedef struct {
XKeyEvent keyEvent; /* The real event from X11. */
char *charValuePtr; /* A pointer to a string that holds the key's
* %A substitution text (before backslash
* adding), or NULL if that has not been
* computed yet. If non-NULL, this string was
* allocated with ckalloc(). */
int charValueLen; /* Length of string in charValuePtr when that
* is non-NULL. */
KeySym keysym; /* Key symbol computed after input methods
* have been invoked */
} TkKeyEvent;
/*
* The following structure is used as a two way map between integers and
* strings, usually to map between an internal C representation and the
* strings used in Tcl.
*/
typedef struct TkStateMap {
int numKey; /* Integer representation of a value. */
const char *strKey; /* String representation of a value. */
} TkStateMap;
/*
* This structure is used by the Mac and Window porting layers as the internal
* representation of a clip_mask in a GC.
*/
typedef struct TkpClipMask {
int type; /* TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP or TKP_CLIP_REGION. */
union {
Pixmap pixmap;
TkRegion region;
} value;
} TkpClipMask;
#define TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP 0
#define TKP_CLIP_REGION 1
/*
* Pointer to first entry in list of all displays currently known.
*/
extern TkDisplay *tkDisplayList;
/*
* Return values from TkGrabState:
*/
#define TK_GRAB_NONE 0
#define TK_GRAB_IN_TREE 1
#define TK_GRAB_ANCESTOR 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 | * modifiers such as Meta and Alt that may float among the actual modifier * bits. */ #define META_MASK (AnyModifier<<1) #define ALT_MASK (AnyModifier<<2) #define EXTENDED_MASK (AnyModifier<<3) /* | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > | | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > | 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 | * modifiers such as Meta and Alt that may float among the actual modifier * bits. */ #define META_MASK (AnyModifier<<1) #define ALT_MASK (AnyModifier<<2) #define EXTENDED_MASK (AnyModifier<<3) /* * Object types not declared in tkObj.c need to be mentioned here so they can * be properly registered with Tcl: */ MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjType tkBorderObjType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjType tkBitmapObjType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjType tkColorObjType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjType tkCursorObjType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjType tkFontObjType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjType tkOptionObjType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjType tkStateKeyObjType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ObjType tkTextIndexType; /* * Miscellaneous variables shared among Tk modules but not exported to the * outside world: */ MODULE_SCOPE Tk_SmoothMethod tkBezierSmoothMethod; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType tkBitmapImageType; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtGIF; MODULE_SCOPE void (*tkHandleEventProc) (XEvent* eventPtr); MODULE_SCOPE Tk_PhotoImageFormat tkImgFmtPPM; MODULE_SCOPE TkMainInfo *tkMainWindowList; MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ImageType tkPhotoImageType; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable tkPredefBitmapTable; MODULE_SCOPE CONST char *const tkWebColors[20]; #include "tkIntDecls.h" /* * Themed widget set init function: */ MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp); /* * Internal functions shared among Tk modules but not exported to the outside * world: */ MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_BellObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_BindObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_BindtagsObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ButtonObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_CanvasObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_CheckbuttonObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ClipboardObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ChooseFontObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_DestroyObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_EntryObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ListboxObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_LowerObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | < < < | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ListboxObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_LowerObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_MessageObjCmd(ClientData clientData, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_RaiseObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ScaleObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | | | < | | < > > > | | < | > | | < < < < < < < < < | | | > < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_RaiseObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ScaleObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ScrollbarCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_SelectionObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_SendCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_SendObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_SpinboxObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_TextObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_TkObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_TkwaitObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_ToplevelObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_UpdateObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_WinfoObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_WmObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int Tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, double *doublePtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkEventInit(void); MODULE_SCOPE void TkRegisterObjTypes(void); MODULE_SCOPE int TkCreateMenuCmd(Tcl_Interp *interp); MODULE_SCOPE int TkDeadAppCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); MODULE_SCOPE int TkCanvasGetCoordObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tcl_Obj *obj, double *doublePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkGetDoublePixels(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, const char *string, double *doublePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostscriptImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_PostscriptInfo psInfo, XImage *ximage, int x, int y, int width, int height); MODULE_SCOPE void TkMapTopFrame(Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE XEvent * TkpGetBindingXEvent(Tcl_Interp *interp); MODULE_SCOPE void TkCreateExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); MODULE_SCOPE void TkDeleteExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ExitProc TkFinalize; MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_ExitProc TkFinalizeThread; MODULE_SCOPE void TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData(TkRegion region, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned width, unsigned height, unsigned char *dataPtr, unsigned pixelStride, unsigned lineStride); MODULE_SCOPE void TkPrintPadAmount(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *buffer, int pad1, int pad2); MODULE_SCOPE int TkParsePadAmount(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *pad1Ptr, int *pad2Ptr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkFocusSplit(TkWindow *winPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkFocusJoin(TkWindow *winPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpAlwaysShowSelection(Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDrawCharsInContext(Display * display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart, int rangeLength, int x, int y); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpMeasureCharsInContext(Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart, int rangeLength, int maxLength, int flags, int *lengthPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkUnderlineCharsInContext(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const char *string, int numBytes, int x, int y, int firstByte, int lastByte); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Font tkfont, Tcl_UniChar c, struct TkFontAttributes *faPtr); #ifdef __WIN32__ #define TkParseColor XParseColor #else MODULE_SCOPE Status TkParseColor (Display * display, Colormap map, CONST char* spec, XColor * colorPtr); #endif #ifdef HAVE_XFT MODULE_SCOPE void TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(TkRegion clipRegion); #endif /* * Unsupported commands. */ MODULE_SCOPE int TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); #endif /* _TKINT */ /* * Local Variables: * mode: c * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 78 * End: */ |
Changes to generic/tkIntDecls.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKINTDECLS #define _TKINTDECLS | < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | < | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > | > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | | > > > | > > > | > > > | | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > | > | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < > > | > | > | | | > > > | | > > | | | > > > | > | > | | | > > > | | > > | | | > > > | | > > | | | > > > | > | > | | | > | < < < < | < < < < | < < < | < < < < < | < < | > | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | | < | < < < < < | < < | < < | < < | | > > > > > < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | | < < | > | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > | | | | < < | > | > > > | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | | < > | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#ifndef _TKINTDECLS
#define _TKINTDECLS
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
* WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
* script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
* in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
*/
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Exported function declarations:
*/
#ifndef TkAllocWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkAllocWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 0 */
EXTERN TkWindow * TkAllocWindow(TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum,
TkWindow *parentPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkBezierPoints_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkBezierPoints_TCL_DECLARED
/* 1 */
EXTERN void TkBezierPoints(double control[], int numSteps,
double *coordPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkBezierScreenPoints_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkBezierScreenPoints_TCL_DECLARED
/* 2 */
EXTERN void TkBezierScreenPoints(Tk_Canvas canvas,
double control[], int numSteps,
XPoint *xPointPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkBindDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkBindDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 3 */
EXTERN void TkBindDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkBindEventProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkBindEventProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 4 */
EXTERN void TkBindEventProc(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkBindFree_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkBindFree_TCL_DECLARED
/* 5 */
EXTERN void TkBindFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkBindInit_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkBindInit_TCL_DECLARED
/* 6 */
EXTERN void TkBindInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkChangeEventWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkChangeEventWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 7 */
EXTERN void TkChangeEventWindow(XEvent *eventPtr,
TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkClipInit_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkClipInit_TCL_DECLARED
/* 8 */
EXTERN int TkClipInit(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkComputeAnchor_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkComputeAnchor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 9 */
EXTERN void TkComputeAnchor(Tk_Anchor anchor, Tk_Window tkwin,
int padX, int padY, int innerWidth,
int innerHeight, int *xPtr, int *yPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkCopyAndGlobalEval_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCopyAndGlobalEval_TCL_DECLARED
/* 10 */
EXTERN int TkCopyAndGlobalEval(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *script);
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateBindingProcedure_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCreateBindingProcedure_TCL_DECLARED
/* 11 */
EXTERN unsigned long TkCreateBindingProcedure(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable,
ClientData object, CONST char *eventString,
TkBindEvalProc *evalProc,
TkBindFreeProc *freeProc,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateCursorFromData_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCreateCursorFromData_TCL_DECLARED
/* 12 */
EXTERN TkCursor * TkCreateCursorFromData(Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *source, CONST char *mask,
int width, int height, int xHot, int yHot,
XColor fg, XColor bg);
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateFrame_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCreateFrame_TCL_DECLARED
/* 13 */
EXTERN int TkCreateFrame(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, char **argv,
int toplevel, char *appName);
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateMainWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCreateMainWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 14 */
EXTERN Tk_Window TkCreateMainWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *screenName, char *baseName);
#endif
#ifndef TkCurrentTime_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCurrentTime_TCL_DECLARED
/* 15 */
EXTERN Time TkCurrentTime(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkDeleteAllImages_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDeleteAllImages_TCL_DECLARED
/* 16 */
EXTERN void TkDeleteAllImages(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkDoConfigureNotify_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDoConfigureNotify_TCL_DECLARED
/* 17 */
EXTERN void TkDoConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight_TCL_DECLARED
/* 18 */
EXTERN void TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc,
int width, Drawable drawable, int padding);
#endif
#ifndef TkEventDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkEventDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 19 */
EXTERN void TkEventDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkFillPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFillPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
/* 20 */
EXTERN void TkFillPolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr,
int numPoints, Display *display,
Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC);
#endif
#ifndef TkFindStateNum_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFindStateNum_TCL_DECLARED
/* 21 */
EXTERN int TkFindStateNum(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *option, CONST TkStateMap *mapPtr,
CONST char *strKey);
#endif
#ifndef TkFindStateString_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFindStateString_TCL_DECLARED
/* 22 */
EXTERN char * TkFindStateString(CONST TkStateMap *mapPtr,
int numKey);
#endif
#ifndef TkFocusDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFocusDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 23 */
EXTERN void TkFocusDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkFocusFilterEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFocusFilterEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 24 */
EXTERN int TkFocusFilterEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkFocusKeyEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFocusKeyEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 25 */
EXTERN TkWindow * TkFocusKeyEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkFontPkgInit_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFontPkgInit_TCL_DECLARED
/* 26 */
EXTERN void TkFontPkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkFontPkgFree_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFontPkgFree_TCL_DECLARED
/* 27 */
EXTERN void TkFontPkgFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkFreeBindingTags_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFreeBindingTags_TCL_DECLARED
/* 28 */
EXTERN void TkFreeBindingTags(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpFreeCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpFreeCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 29 */
EXTERN void TkpFreeCursor(TkCursor *cursorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetBitmapData_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetBitmapData_TCL_DECLARED
/* 30 */
EXTERN char * TkGetBitmapData(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string,
char *fileName, int *widthPtr,
int *heightPtr, int *hotXPtr, int *hotYPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetButtPoints_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetButtPoints_TCL_DECLARED
/* 31 */
EXTERN void TkGetButtPoints(double p1[], double p2[],
double width, int project, double m1[],
double m2[]);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetCursorByName_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetCursorByName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 32 */
EXTERN TkCursor * TkGetCursorByName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid string);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetDefaultScreenName_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetDefaultScreenName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 33 */
EXTERN CONST84_RETURN char * TkGetDefaultScreenName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *screenName);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetDisplay_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetDisplay_TCL_DECLARED
/* 34 */
EXTERN TkDisplay * TkGetDisplay(Display *display);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetDisplayOf_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetDisplayOf_TCL_DECLARED
/* 35 */
EXTERN int TkGetDisplayOf(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], Tk_Window *tkwinPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetFocusWin_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetFocusWin_TCL_DECLARED
/* 36 */
EXTERN TkWindow * TkGetFocusWin(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetInterpNames_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetInterpNames_TCL_DECLARED
/* 37 */
EXTERN int TkGetInterpNames(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetMiterPoints_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetMiterPoints_TCL_DECLARED
/* 38 */
EXTERN int TkGetMiterPoints(double p1[], double p2[],
double p3[], double width, double m1[],
double m2[]);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetPointerCoords_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetPointerCoords_TCL_DECLARED
/* 39 */
EXTERN void TkGetPointerCoords(Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr,
int *yPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetServerInfo_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetServerInfo_TCL_DECLARED
/* 40 */
EXTERN void TkGetServerInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef TkGrabDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGrabDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 41 */
EXTERN void TkGrabDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkGrabState_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGrabState_TCL_DECLARED
/* 42 */
EXTERN int TkGrabState(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkIncludePoint_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkIncludePoint_TCL_DECLARED
/* 43 */
EXTERN void TkIncludePoint(Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkInOutEvents_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkInOutEvents_TCL_DECLARED
/* 44 */
EXTERN void TkInOutEvents(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr,
TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType,
int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position);
#endif
#ifndef TkInstallFrameMenu_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkInstallFrameMenu_TCL_DECLARED
/* 45 */
EXTERN void TkInstallFrameMenu(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef TkKeysymToString_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkKeysymToString_TCL_DECLARED
/* 46 */
EXTERN char * TkKeysymToString(KeySym keysym);
#endif
#ifndef TkLineToArea_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkLineToArea_TCL_DECLARED
/* 47 */
EXTERN int TkLineToArea(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
double rectPtr[]);
#endif
#ifndef TkLineToPoint_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkLineToPoint_TCL_DECLARED
/* 48 */
EXTERN double TkLineToPoint(double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[],
double pointPtr[]);
#endif
#ifndef TkMakeBezierCurve_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMakeBezierCurve_TCL_DECLARED
/* 49 */
EXTERN int TkMakeBezierCurve(Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr,
int numPoints, int numSteps,
XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]);
#endif
#ifndef TkMakeBezierPostscript_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMakeBezierPostscript_TCL_DECLARED
/* 50 */
EXTERN void TkMakeBezierPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr,
int numPoints);
#endif
#ifndef TkOptionClassChanged_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkOptionClassChanged_TCL_DECLARED
/* 51 */
EXTERN void TkOptionClassChanged(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkOptionDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkOptionDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 52 */
EXTERN void TkOptionDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkOvalToArea_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkOvalToArea_TCL_DECLARED
/* 53 */
EXTERN int TkOvalToArea(double *ovalPtr, double *rectPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkOvalToPoint_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkOvalToPoint_TCL_DECLARED
/* 54 */
EXTERN double TkOvalToPoint(double ovalPtr[], double width,
int filled, double pointPtr[]);
#endif
#ifndef TkpChangeFocus_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpChangeFocus_TCL_DECLARED
/* 55 */
EXTERN int TkpChangeFocus(TkWindow *winPtr, int force);
#endif
#ifndef TkpCloseDisplay_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpCloseDisplay_TCL_DECLARED
/* 56 */
EXTERN void TkpCloseDisplay(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpClaimFocus_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpClaimFocus_TCL_DECLARED
/* 57 */
EXTERN void TkpClaimFocus(TkWindow *topLevelPtr, int force);
#endif
#ifndef TkpDisplayWarning_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpDisplayWarning_TCL_DECLARED
/* 58 */
EXTERN void TkpDisplayWarning(CONST char *msg, CONST char *title);
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetAppName_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetAppName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 59 */
EXTERN void TkpGetAppName(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_DString *name);
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetOtherWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetOtherWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 60 */
EXTERN TkWindow * TkpGetOtherWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetWrapperWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetWrapperWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 61 */
EXTERN TkWindow * TkpGetWrapperWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpInit_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpInit_TCL_DECLARED
/* 62 */
EXTERN int TkpInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef TkpInitializeMenuBindings_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpInitializeMenuBindings_TCL_DECLARED
/* 63 */
EXTERN void TkpInitializeMenuBindings(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable);
#endif
#ifndef TkpMakeContainer_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpMakeContainer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 64 */
EXTERN void TkpMakeContainer(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef TkpMakeMenuWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpMakeMenuWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 65 */
EXTERN void TkpMakeMenuWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int transient);
#endif
#ifndef TkpMakeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpMakeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 66 */
EXTERN Window TkpMakeWindow(TkWindow *winPtr, Window parent);
#endif
#ifndef TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate_TCL_DECLARED
/* 67 */
EXTERN void TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *menuName);
#endif
#ifndef TkpOpenDisplay_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpOpenDisplay_TCL_DECLARED
/* 68 */
EXTERN TkDisplay * TkpOpenDisplay(CONST char *display_name);
#endif
#ifndef TkPointerEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPointerEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 69 */
EXTERN int TkPointerEvent(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkPolygonToArea_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPolygonToArea_TCL_DECLARED
/* 70 */
EXTERN int TkPolygonToArea(double *polyPtr, int numPoints,
double *rectPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkPolygonToPoint_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPolygonToPoint_TCL_DECLARED
/* 71 */
EXTERN double TkPolygonToPoint(double *polyPtr, int numPoints,
double *pointPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkPositionInTree_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPositionInTree_TCL_DECLARED
/* 72 */
EXTERN int TkPositionInTree(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *treePtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpRedirectKeyEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpRedirectKeyEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 73 */
EXTERN void TkpRedirectKeyEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetMainMenubar_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpSetMainMenubar_TCL_DECLARED
/* 74 */
EXTERN void TkpSetMainMenubar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *menuName);
#endif
#ifndef TkpUseWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpUseWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 75 */
EXTERN int TkpUseWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *string);
#endif
#ifndef TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted_TCL_DECLARED
/* 76 */
EXTERN int TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(Window win,
TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkQueueEventForAllChildren_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkQueueEventForAllChildren_TCL_DECLARED
/* 77 */
EXTERN void TkQueueEventForAllChildren(TkWindow *winPtr,
XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkReadBitmapFile_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkReadBitmapFile_TCL_DECLARED
/* 78 */
EXTERN int TkReadBitmapFile(Display *display, Drawable d,
CONST char *filename,
unsigned int *width_return,
unsigned int *height_return,
Pixmap *bitmap_return, int *x_hot_return,
int *y_hot_return);
#endif
#ifndef TkScrollWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkScrollWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 79 */
EXTERN int TkScrollWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int dx, int dy,
TkRegion damageRgn);
#endif
#ifndef TkSelDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSelDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 80 */
EXTERN void TkSelDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkSelEventProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSelEventProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 81 */
EXTERN void TkSelEventProc(Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkSelInit_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSelInit_TCL_DECLARED
/* 82 */
EXTERN void TkSelInit(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef TkSelPropProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSelPropProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 83 */
EXTERN void TkSelPropProc(XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
/* Slot 84 is reserved */
#ifndef TkSetWindowMenuBar_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSetWindowMenuBar_TCL_DECLARED
/* 85 */
EXTERN void TkSetWindowMenuBar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *oldMenuName,
char *menuName);
#endif
#ifndef TkStringToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkStringToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
/* 86 */
EXTERN KeySym TkStringToKeysym(char *name);
#endif
#ifndef TkThickPolyLineToArea_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkThickPolyLineToArea_TCL_DECLARED
/* 87 */
EXTERN int TkThickPolyLineToArea(double *coordPtr,
int numPoints, double width, int capStyle,
int joinStyle, double *rectPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmAddToColormapWindows_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmAddToColormapWindows_TCL_DECLARED
/* 88 */
EXTERN void TkWmAddToColormapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 89 */
EXTERN void TkWmDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmFocusToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmFocusToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
/* 90 */
EXTERN TkWindow * TkWmFocusToplevel(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmMapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmMapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 91 */
EXTERN void TkWmMapWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmNewWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmNewWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 92 */
EXTERN void TkWmNewWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmProtocolEventProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmProtocolEventProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 93 */
EXTERN void TkWmProtocolEventProc(TkWindow *winPtr,
XEvent *evenvPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows_TCL_DECLARED
/* 94 */
EXTERN void TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmRestackToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmRestackToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
/* 95 */
EXTERN void TkWmRestackToplevel(TkWindow *winPtr, int aboveBelow,
TkWindow *otherPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmSetClass_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmSetClass_TCL_DECLARED
/* 96 */
EXTERN void TkWmSetClass(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmUnmapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmUnmapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 97 */
EXTERN void TkWmUnmapWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDebugBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 98 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TkDebugBitmap(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name);
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDebugBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 99 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TkDebugBorder(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name);
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDebugCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 100 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TkDebugCursor(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name);
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDebugColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 101 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TkDebugColor(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name);
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugConfig_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDebugConfig_TCL_DECLARED
/* 102 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TkDebugConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_OptionTable table);
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugFont_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDebugFont_TCL_DECLARED
/* 103 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TkDebugFont(Tk_Window tkwin, char *name);
#endif
#ifndef TkFindStateNumObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFindStateNumObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 104 */
EXTERN int TkFindStateNumObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, CONST TkStateMap *mapPtr,
Tcl_Obj *keyPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetBitmapPredefTable_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetBitmapPredefTable_TCL_DECLARED
/* 105 */
EXTERN Tcl_HashTable * TkGetBitmapPredefTable(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetDisplayList_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetDisplayList_TCL_DECLARED
/* 106 */
EXTERN TkDisplay * TkGetDisplayList(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetMainInfoList_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetMainInfoList_TCL_DECLARED
/* 107 */
EXTERN TkMainInfo * TkGetMainInfoList(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetWindowFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetWindowFromObj_TCL_DECLARED
/* 108 */
EXTERN int TkGetWindowFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
Tk_Window *windowPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetString_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetString_TCL_DECLARED
/* 109 */
EXTERN char * TkpGetString(TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr,
Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetSubFonts_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetSubFonts_TCL_DECLARED
/* 110 */
EXTERN void TkpGetSubFonts(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont);
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetSystemDefault_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetSystemDefault_TCL_DECLARED
/* 111 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TkpGetSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *dbName, CONST char *className);
#endif
#ifndef TkpMenuThreadInit_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpMenuThreadInit_TCL_DECLARED
/* 112 */
EXTERN void TkpMenuThreadInit(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkClipBox_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkClipBox_TCL_DECLARED
/* 113 */
EXTERN void TkClipBox(TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return);
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateRegion_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCreateRegion_TCL_DECLARED
/* 114 */
EXTERN TkRegion TkCreateRegion(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkDestroyRegion_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDestroyRegion_TCL_DECLARED
/* 115 */
EXTERN void TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion rgn);
#endif
#ifndef TkIntersectRegion_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkIntersectRegion_TCL_DECLARED
/* 116 */
EXTERN void TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb,
TkRegion dr_return);
#endif
#ifndef TkRectInRegion_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkRectInRegion_TCL_DECLARED
/* 117 */
EXTERN int TkRectInRegion(TkRegion rgn, int x, int y,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
#endif
#ifndef TkSetRegion_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSetRegion_TCL_DECLARED
/* 118 */
EXTERN void TkSetRegion(Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn);
#endif
#ifndef TkUnionRectWithRegion_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnionRectWithRegion_TCL_DECLARED
/* 119 */
EXTERN void TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *rect, TkRegion src,
TkRegion dr_return);
#endif
/* Slot 120 is reserved */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef TkpCreateNativeBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpCreateNativeBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 121 */
EXTERN Pixmap TkpCreateNativeBitmap(Display *display,
CONST char *source);
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef TkpDefineNativeBitmaps_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpDefineNativeBitmaps_TCL_DECLARED
/* 122 */
EXTERN void TkpDefineNativeBitmaps(void);
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef TkpGetNativeAppBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetNativeAppBitmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 124 */
EXTERN Pixmap TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(Display *display,
CONST char *name, int *width, int *height);
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
/* Slot 130 is reserved */
/* Slot 131 is reserved */
/* Slot 132 is reserved */
/* Slot 133 is reserved */
/* Slot 134 is reserved */
#ifndef TkpDrawHighlightBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpDrawHighlightBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 135 */
EXTERN void TkpDrawHighlightBorder(Tk_Window tkwin, GC fgGC,
GC bgGC, int highlightWidth,
Drawable drawable);
#endif
#ifndef TkSetFocusWin_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSetFocusWin_TCL_DECLARED
/* 136 */
EXTERN void TkSetFocusWin(TkWindow *winPtr, int force);
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetKeycodeAndState_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpSetKeycodeAndState_TCL_DECLARED
/* 137 */
EXTERN void TkpSetKeycodeAndState(Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym,
XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetKeySym_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetKeySym_TCL_DECLARED
/* 138 */
EXTERN KeySym TkpGetKeySym(TkDisplay *dispPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpInitKeymapInfo_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpInitKeymapInfo_TCL_DECLARED
/* 139 */
EXTERN void TkpInitKeymapInfo(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkPhotoGetValidRegion_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPhotoGetValidRegion_TCL_DECLARED
/* 140 */
EXTERN TkRegion TkPhotoGetValidRegion(Tk_PhotoHandle handle);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmStackorderToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmStackorderToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
/* 141 */
EXTERN TkWindow ** TkWmStackorderToplevel(TkWindow *parentPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkFocusFree_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFocusFree_TCL_DECLARED
/* 142 */
EXTERN void TkFocusFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkClipCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkClipCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
/* 143 */
EXTERN void TkClipCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkGCCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGCCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
/* 144 */
EXTERN void TkGCCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkSubtractRegion_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSubtractRegion_TCL_DECLARED
/* 145 */
EXTERN void TkSubtractRegion(TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb,
TkRegion dr_return);
#endif
#ifndef TkStylePkgInit_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkStylePkgInit_TCL_DECLARED
/* 146 */
EXTERN void TkStylePkgInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkStylePkgFree_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkStylePkgFree_TCL_DECLARED
/* 147 */
EXTERN void TkStylePkgFree(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkToplevelWindowForCommand_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkToplevelWindowForCommand_TCL_DECLARED
/* 148 */
EXTERN Tk_Window TkToplevelWindowForCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *cmdName);
#endif
#ifndef TkGetOptionSpec_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetOptionSpec_TCL_DECLARED
/* 149 */
EXTERN CONST Tk_OptionSpec * TkGetOptionSpec(CONST char *name,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
#endif
#ifndef TkMakeRawCurve_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMakeRawCurve_TCL_DECLARED
/* 150 */
EXTERN int TkMakeRawCurve(Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr,
int numPoints, int numSteps,
XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]);
#endif
#ifndef TkMakeRawCurvePostscript_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMakeRawCurvePostscript_TCL_DECLARED
/* 151 */
EXTERN void TkMakeRawCurvePostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr,
int numPoints);
#endif
#ifndef TkpDrawFrame_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpDrawFrame_TCL_DECLARED
/* 152 */
EXTERN void TkpDrawFrame(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_3DBorder border,
int highlightWidth, int borderWidth,
int relief);
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateThreadExitHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCreateThreadExitHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 153 */
EXTERN void TkCreateThreadExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef TkDeleteThreadExitHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkDeleteThreadExitHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 154 */
EXTERN void TkDeleteThreadExitHandler(Tcl_ExitProc *proc,
ClientData clientData);
#endif
/* Slot 155 is reserved */
#ifndef TkpTestembedCmd_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpTestembedCmd_TCL_DECLARED
/* 156 */
EXTERN int TkpTestembedCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
CONST char **argv);
#endif
#ifndef TkpTesttextCmd_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpTesttextCmd_TCL_DECLARED
/* 157 */
EXTERN int TkpTesttextCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int argc, CONST char **argv);
#endif
/* Slot 158 is reserved */
/* Slot 159 is reserved */
/* Slot 160 is reserved */
/* Slot 161 is reserved */
/* Slot 162 is reserved */
/* Slot 163 is reserved */
/* Slot 164 is reserved */
/* Slot 165 is reserved */
/* Slot 166 is reserved */
/* Slot 167 is reserved */
/* Slot 168 is reserved */
#ifndef TkStateParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkStateParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 169 */
EXTERN int TkStateParseProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
#endif
#ifndef TkStatePrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkStatePrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 170 */
EXTERN char * TkStatePrintProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkCanvasDashParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCanvasDashParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 171 */
EXTERN int TkCanvasDashParseProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
#endif
#ifndef TkCanvasDashPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCanvasDashPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 172 */
EXTERN char * TkCanvasDashPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkOffsetParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkOffsetParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 173 */
EXTERN int TkOffsetParseProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
#endif
#ifndef TkOffsetPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkOffsetPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 174 */
EXTERN char * TkOffsetPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkPixelParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPixelParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 175 */
EXTERN int TkPixelParseProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
#endif
#ifndef TkPixelPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPixelPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 176 */
EXTERN char * TkPixelPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkOrientParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkOrientParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 177 */
EXTERN int TkOrientParseProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
#endif
#ifndef TkOrientPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkOrientPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 178 */
EXTERN char * TkOrientPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkSmoothParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSmoothParseProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 179 */
EXTERN int TkSmoothParseProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset);
#endif
#ifndef TkSmoothPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSmoothPrintProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 180 */
EXTERN char * TkSmoothPrintProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset,
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr);
#endif
/* Slot 181 is reserved */
/* Slot 182 is reserved */
/* Slot 183 is reserved */
/* Slot 184 is reserved */
/* Slot 185 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 186 */
EXTERN void TkUnusedStubEntry(void);
#endif
typedef struct TkIntStubs {
int magic;
struct TkIntStubHooks *hooks;
TkWindow * (*tkAllocWindow) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, int screenNum, TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 0 */
void (*tkBezierPoints) (double control[], int numSteps, double *coordPtr); /* 1 */
void (*tkBezierScreenPoints) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double control[], int numSteps, XPoint *xPointPtr); /* 2 */
void (*tkBindDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 3 */
void (*tkBindEventProc) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 4 */
void (*tkBindFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 5 */
void (*tkBindInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 6 */
void (*tkChangeEventWindow) (XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); /* 7 */
int (*tkClipInit) (Tcl_Interp *interp, TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 8 */
void (*tkComputeAnchor) (Tk_Anchor anchor, Tk_Window tkwin, int padX, int padY, int innerWidth, int innerHeight, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 9 */
int (*tkCopyAndGlobalEval) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *script); /* 10 */
unsigned long (*tkCreateBindingProcedure) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable, ClientData object, CONST char *eventString, TkBindEvalProc *evalProc, TkBindFreeProc *freeProc, ClientData clientData); /* 11 */
TkCursor * (*tkCreateCursorFromData) (Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *source, CONST char *mask, int width, int height, int xHot, int yHot, XColor fg, XColor bg); /* 12 */
int (*tkCreateFrame) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, char **argv, int toplevel, char *appName); /* 13 */
Tk_Window (*tkCreateMainWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *screenName, char *baseName); /* 14 */
Time (*tkCurrentTime) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 15 */
void (*tkDeleteAllImages) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 16 */
void (*tkDoConfigureNotify) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 17 */
void (*tkDrawInsetFocusHighlight) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int width, Drawable drawable, int padding); /* 18 */
void (*tkEventDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 19 */
void (*tkFillPolygon) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *coordPtr, int numPoints, Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, GC outlineGC); /* 20 */
int (*tkFindStateNum) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *option, CONST TkStateMap *mapPtr, CONST char *strKey); /* 21 */
char * (*tkFindStateString) (CONST TkStateMap *mapPtr, int numKey); /* 22 */
void (*tkFocusDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 23 */
int (*tkFocusFilterEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 24 */
TkWindow * (*tkFocusKeyEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 25 */
void (*tkFontPkgInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 26 */
void (*tkFontPkgFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 27 */
void (*tkFreeBindingTags) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 28 */
void (*tkpFreeCursor) (TkCursor *cursorPtr); /* 29 */
char * (*tkGetBitmapData) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string, char *fileName, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *hotXPtr, int *hotYPtr); /* 30 */
void (*tkGetButtPoints) (double p1[], double p2[], double width, int project, double m1[], double m2[]); /* 31 */
TkCursor * (*tkGetCursorByName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Uid string); /* 32 */
CONST84_RETURN char * (*tkGetDefaultScreenName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *screenName); /* 33 */
TkDisplay * (*tkGetDisplay) (Display *display); /* 34 */
int (*tkGetDisplayOf) (Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], Tk_Window *tkwinPtr); /* 35 */
TkWindow * (*tkGetFocusWin) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 36 */
int (*tkGetInterpNames) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 37 */
int (*tkGetMiterPoints) (double p1[], double p2[], double p3[], double width, double m1[], double m2[]); /* 38 */
void (*tkGetPointerCoords) (Tk_Window tkwin, int *xPtr, int *yPtr); /* 39 */
void (*tkGetServerInfo) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); /* 40 */
void (*tkGrabDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 41 */
int (*tkGrabState) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 42 */
void (*tkIncludePoint) (Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); /* 43 */
void (*tkInOutEvents) (XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *sourcePtr, TkWindow *destPtr, int leaveType, int enterType, Tcl_QueuePosition position); /* 44 */
void (*tkInstallFrameMenu) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 45 */
char * (*tkKeysymToString) (KeySym keysym); /* 46 */
int (*tkLineToArea) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double rectPtr[]); /* 47 */
double (*tkLineToPoint) (double end1Ptr[], double end2Ptr[], double pointPtr[]); /* 48 */
int (*tkMakeBezierCurve) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]); /* 49 */
void (*tkMakeBezierPostscript) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints); /* 50 */
void (*tkOptionClassChanged) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 51 */
void (*tkOptionDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 52 */
int (*tkOvalToArea) (double *ovalPtr, double *rectPtr); /* 53 */
double (*tkOvalToPoint) (double ovalPtr[], double width, int filled, double pointPtr[]); /* 54 */
int (*tkpChangeFocus) (TkWindow *winPtr, int force); /* 55 */
void (*tkpCloseDisplay) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 56 */
void (*tkpClaimFocus) (TkWindow *topLevelPtr, int force); /* 57 */
void (*tkpDisplayWarning) (CONST char *msg, CONST char *title); /* 58 */
void (*tkpGetAppName) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_DString *name); /* 59 */
TkWindow * (*tkpGetOtherWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 60 */
TkWindow * (*tkpGetWrapperWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 61 */
int (*tkpInit) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 62 */
void (*tkpInitializeMenuBindings) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_BindingTable bindingTable); /* 63 */
void (*tkpMakeContainer) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 64 */
void (*tkpMakeMenuWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int transient); /* 65 */
Window (*tkpMakeWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr, Window parent); /* 66 */
void (*tkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate) (Tcl_Interp *interp, char *menuName); /* 67 */
TkDisplay * (*tkpOpenDisplay) (CONST char *display_name); /* 68 */
int (*tkPointerEvent) (XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); /* 69 */
int (*tkPolygonToArea) (double *polyPtr, int numPoints, double *rectPtr); /* 70 */
double (*tkPolygonToPoint) (double *polyPtr, int numPoints, double *pointPtr); /* 71 */
int (*tkPositionInTree) (TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *treePtr); /* 72 */
void (*tkpRedirectKeyEvent) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 73 */
void (*tkpSetMainMenubar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *menuName); /* 74 */
int (*tkpUseWindow) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *string); /* 75 */
int (*tkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted) (Window win, TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 76 */
void (*tkQueueEventForAllChildren) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 77 */
int (*tkReadBitmapFile) (Display *display, Drawable d, CONST char *filename, unsigned int *width_return, unsigned int *height_return, Pixmap *bitmap_return, int *x_hot_return, int *y_hot_return); /* 78 */
int (*tkScrollWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC gc, int x, int y, int width, int height, int dx, int dy, TkRegion damageRgn); /* 79 */
void (*tkSelDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 80 */
void (*tkSelEventProc) (Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 81 */
void (*tkSelInit) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 82 */
void (*tkSelPropProc) (XEvent *eventPtr); /* 83 */
VOID *reserved84;
void (*tkSetWindowMenuBar) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *oldMenuName, char *menuName); /* 85 */
KeySym (*tkStringToKeysym) (char *name); /* 86 */
int (*tkThickPolyLineToArea) (double *coordPtr, int numPoints, double width, int capStyle, int joinStyle, double *rectPtr); /* 87 */
void (*tkWmAddToColormapWindows) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 88 */
void (*tkWmDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 89 */
TkWindow * (*tkWmFocusToplevel) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 90 */
void (*tkWmMapWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 91 */
void (*tkWmNewWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 92 */
void (*tkWmProtocolEventProc) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *evenvPtr); /* 93 */
void (*tkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 94 */
void (*tkWmRestackToplevel) (TkWindow *winPtr, int aboveBelow, TkWindow *otherPtr); /* 95 */
void (*tkWmSetClass) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 96 */
void (*tkWmUnmapWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 97 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugBitmap) (Tk_Window tkwin, char *name); /* 98 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugBorder) (Tk_Window tkwin, char *name); /* 99 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugCursor) (Tk_Window tkwin, char *name); /* 100 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugColor) (Tk_Window tkwin, char *name); /* 101 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugConfig) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_OptionTable table); /* 102 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkDebugFont) (Tk_Window tkwin, char *name); /* 103 */
int (*tkFindStateNumObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, CONST TkStateMap *mapPtr, Tcl_Obj *keyPtr); /* 104 */
Tcl_HashTable * (*tkGetBitmapPredefTable) (void); /* 105 */
TkDisplay * (*tkGetDisplayList) (void); /* 106 */
TkMainInfo * (*tkGetMainInfoList) (void); /* 107 */
int (*tkGetWindowFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Tk_Window *windowPtr); /* 108 */
char * (*tkpGetString) (TkWindow *winPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* 109 */
void (*tkpGetSubFonts) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Font tkfont); /* 110 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkpGetSystemDefault) (Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *dbName, CONST char *className); /* 111 */
void (*tkpMenuThreadInit) (void); /* 112 */
void (*tkClipBox) (TkRegion rgn, XRectangle *rect_return); /* 113 */
TkRegion (*tkCreateRegion) (void); /* 114 */
void (*tkDestroyRegion) (TkRegion rgn); /* 115 */
void (*tkIntersectRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 116 */
int (*tkRectInRegion) (TkRegion rgn, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 117 */
void (*tkSetRegion) (Display *display, GC gc, TkRegion rgn); /* 118 */
void (*tkUnionRectWithRegion) (XRectangle *rect, TkRegion src, TkRegion dr_return); /* 119 */
VOID *reserved120;
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
VOID *reserved121;
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
VOID *reserved121;
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
VOID *reserved121; /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
Pixmap (*tkpCreateNativeBitmap) (Display *display, CONST char *source); /* 121 */
#endif /* AQUA */
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
VOID *reserved122;
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
VOID *reserved122;
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
VOID *reserved122; /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
void (*tkpDefineNativeBitmaps) (void); /* 122 */
#endif /* AQUA */
VOID *reserved123;
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
VOID *reserved124;
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
VOID *reserved124;
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
VOID *reserved124; /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
Pixmap (*tkpGetNativeAppBitmap) (Display *display, CONST char *name, int *width, int *height); /* 124 */
#endif /* AQUA */
VOID *reserved125;
VOID *reserved126;
VOID *reserved127;
VOID *reserved128;
VOID *reserved129;
VOID *reserved130;
VOID *reserved131;
VOID *reserved132;
VOID *reserved133;
VOID *reserved134;
void (*tkpDrawHighlightBorder) (Tk_Window tkwin, GC fgGC, GC bgGC, int highlightWidth, Drawable drawable); /* 135 */
void (*tkSetFocusWin) (TkWindow *winPtr, int force); /* 136 */
void (*tkpSetKeycodeAndState) (Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 137 */
KeySym (*tkpGetKeySym) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); /* 138 */
void (*tkpInitKeymapInfo) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 139 */
TkRegion (*tkPhotoGetValidRegion) (Tk_PhotoHandle handle); /* 140 */
TkWindow ** (*tkWmStackorderToplevel) (TkWindow *parentPtr); /* 141 */
void (*tkFocusFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 142 */
void (*tkClipCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 143 */
void (*tkGCCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 144 */
void (*tkSubtractRegion) (TkRegion sra, TkRegion srcb, TkRegion dr_return); /* 145 */
void (*tkStylePkgInit) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 146 */
void (*tkStylePkgFree) (TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* 147 */
Tk_Window (*tkToplevelWindowForCommand) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *cmdName); /* 148 */
CONST Tk_OptionSpec * (*tkGetOptionSpec) (CONST char *name, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); /* 149 */
int (*tkMakeRawCurve) (Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints, int numSteps, XPoint xPoints[], double dblPoints[]); /* 150 */
void (*tkMakeRawCurvePostscript) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, double *pointPtr, int numPoints); /* 151 */
void (*tkpDrawFrame) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_3DBorder border, int highlightWidth, int borderWidth, int relief); /* 152 */
void (*tkCreateThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 153 */
void (*tkDeleteThreadExitHandler) (Tcl_ExitProc *proc, ClientData clientData); /* 154 */
VOID *reserved155;
int (*tkpTestembedCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); /* 156 */
int (*tkpTesttextCmd) (ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); /* 157 */
VOID *reserved158;
VOID *reserved159;
VOID *reserved160;
VOID *reserved161;
VOID *reserved162;
VOID *reserved163;
VOID *reserved164;
VOID *reserved165;
VOID *reserved166;
VOID *reserved167;
VOID *reserved168;
int (*tkStateParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 169 */
char * (*tkStatePrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 170 */
int (*tkCanvasDashParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 171 */
char * (*tkCanvasDashPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 172 */
int (*tkOffsetParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 173 */
char * (*tkOffsetPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 174 */
int (*tkPixelParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 175 */
char * (*tkPixelPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 176 */
int (*tkOrientParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 177 */
char * (*tkOrientPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 178 */
int (*tkSmoothParseProc) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); /* 179 */
char * (*tkSmoothPrintProc) (ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); /* 180 */
VOID *reserved181;
VOID *reserved182;
VOID *reserved183;
VOID *reserved184;
VOID *reserved185;
void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 186 */
} TkIntStubs;
extern TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#if defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS)
/*
* Inline function declarations:
*/
#ifndef TkAllocWindow
#define TkAllocWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkAllocWindow) /* 0 */
#endif
#ifndef TkBezierPoints
#define TkBezierPoints \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkBezierPoints) /* 1 */
#endif
#ifndef TkBezierScreenPoints
#define TkBezierScreenPoints \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkBezierScreenPoints) /* 2 */
#endif
#ifndef TkBindDeadWindow
#define TkBindDeadWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow) /* 3 */
#endif
#ifndef TkBindEventProc
#define TkBindEventProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindEventProc) /* 4 */
#endif
#ifndef TkBindFree
#define TkBindFree \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindFree) /* 5 */
#endif
#ifndef TkBindInit
#define TkBindInit \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindInit) /* 6 */
#endif
#ifndef TkChangeEventWindow
#define TkChangeEventWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkChangeEventWindow) /* 7 */
#endif
#ifndef TkClipInit
#define TkClipInit \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkClipInit) /* 8 */
#endif
#ifndef TkComputeAnchor
#define TkComputeAnchor \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkComputeAnchor) /* 9 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCopyAndGlobalEval
#define TkCopyAndGlobalEval \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCopyAndGlobalEval) /* 10 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateBindingProcedure
#define TkCreateBindingProcedure \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCreateBindingProcedure) /* 11 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateCursorFromData
#define TkCreateCursorFromData \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCreateCursorFromData) /* 12 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateFrame
#define TkCreateFrame \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCreateFrame) /* 13 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateMainWindow
#define TkCreateMainWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCreateMainWindow) /* 14 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCurrentTime
#define TkCurrentTime \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCurrentTime) /* 15 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDeleteAllImages
#define TkDeleteAllImages \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDeleteAllImages) /* 16 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDoConfigureNotify
#define TkDoConfigureNotify \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDoConfigureNotify) /* 17 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight
#define TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDrawInsetFocusHighlight) /* 18 */
#endif
#ifndef TkEventDeadWindow
#define TkEventDeadWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkEventDeadWindow) /* 19 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFillPolygon
#define TkFillPolygon \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFillPolygon) /* 20 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFindStateNum
#define TkFindStateNum \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFindStateNum) /* 21 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFindStateString
#define TkFindStateString \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFindStateString) /* 22 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFocusDeadWindow
#define TkFocusDeadWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFocusDeadWindow) /* 23 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFocusFilterEvent
#define TkFocusFilterEvent \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFocusFilterEvent) /* 24 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFocusKeyEvent
#define TkFocusKeyEvent \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFocusKeyEvent) /* 25 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFontPkgInit
#define TkFontPkgInit \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFontPkgInit) /* 26 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFontPkgFree
#define TkFontPkgFree \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFontPkgFree) /* 27 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFreeBindingTags
#define TkFreeBindingTags \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFreeBindingTags) /* 28 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpFreeCursor
#define TkpFreeCursor \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpFreeCursor) /* 29 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetBitmapData
#define TkGetBitmapData \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetBitmapData) /* 30 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetButtPoints
#define TkGetButtPoints \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetButtPoints) /* 31 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetCursorByName
#define TkGetCursorByName \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetCursorByName) /* 32 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetDefaultScreenName
#define TkGetDefaultScreenName \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetDefaultScreenName) /* 33 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetDisplay
#define TkGetDisplay \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetDisplay) /* 34 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetDisplayOf
#define TkGetDisplayOf \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetDisplayOf) /* 35 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetFocusWin
#define TkGetFocusWin \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetFocusWin) /* 36 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetInterpNames
#define TkGetInterpNames \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetInterpNames) /* 37 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetMiterPoints
#define TkGetMiterPoints \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetMiterPoints) /* 38 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetPointerCoords
#define TkGetPointerCoords \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetPointerCoords) /* 39 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetServerInfo
#define TkGetServerInfo \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetServerInfo) /* 40 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGrabDeadWindow
#define TkGrabDeadWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGrabDeadWindow) /* 41 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGrabState
#define TkGrabState \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGrabState) /* 42 */
#endif
#ifndef TkIncludePoint
#define TkIncludePoint \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkIncludePoint) /* 43 */
#endif
#ifndef TkInOutEvents
#define TkInOutEvents \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkInOutEvents) /* 44 */
#endif
#ifndef TkInstallFrameMenu
#define TkInstallFrameMenu \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkInstallFrameMenu) /* 45 */
#endif
#ifndef TkKeysymToString
#define TkKeysymToString \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkKeysymToString) /* 46 */
#endif
#ifndef TkLineToArea
#define TkLineToArea \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkLineToArea) /* 47 */
#endif
#ifndef TkLineToPoint
#define TkLineToPoint \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkLineToPoint) /* 48 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMakeBezierCurve
#define TkMakeBezierCurve \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkMakeBezierCurve) /* 49 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMakeBezierPostscript
#define TkMakeBezierPostscript \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkMakeBezierPostscript) /* 50 */
#endif
#ifndef TkOptionClassChanged
#define TkOptionClassChanged \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkOptionClassChanged) /* 51 */
#endif
#ifndef TkOptionDeadWindow
#define TkOptionDeadWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkOptionDeadWindow) /* 52 */
#endif
#ifndef TkOvalToArea
#define TkOvalToArea \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkOvalToArea) /* 53 */
#endif
#ifndef TkOvalToPoint
#define TkOvalToPoint \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkOvalToPoint) /* 54 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpChangeFocus
#define TkpChangeFocus \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpChangeFocus) /* 55 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpCloseDisplay
#define TkpCloseDisplay \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpCloseDisplay) /* 56 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpClaimFocus
#define TkpClaimFocus \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpClaimFocus) /* 57 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpDisplayWarning
#define TkpDisplayWarning \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpDisplayWarning) /* 58 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetAppName
#define TkpGetAppName \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetAppName) /* 59 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetOtherWindow
#define TkpGetOtherWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetOtherWindow) /* 60 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetWrapperWindow
#define TkpGetWrapperWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetWrapperWindow) /* 61 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpInit
#define TkpInit \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpInit) /* 62 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpInitializeMenuBindings
#define TkpInitializeMenuBindings \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpInitializeMenuBindings) /* 63 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpMakeContainer
#define TkpMakeContainer \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpMakeContainer) /* 64 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpMakeMenuWindow
#define TkpMakeMenuWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpMakeMenuWindow) /* 65 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpMakeWindow
#define TkpMakeWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpMakeWindow) /* 66 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate
#define TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate) /* 67 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpOpenDisplay
#define TkpOpenDisplay \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpOpenDisplay) /* 68 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPointerEvent
#define TkPointerEvent \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkPointerEvent) /* 69 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPolygonToArea
#define TkPolygonToArea \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkPolygonToArea) /* 70 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPolygonToPoint
#define TkPolygonToPoint \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkPolygonToPoint) /* 71 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPositionInTree
#define TkPositionInTree \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkPositionInTree) /* 72 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpRedirectKeyEvent
#define TkpRedirectKeyEvent \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpRedirectKeyEvent) /* 73 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetMainMenubar
#define TkpSetMainMenubar \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpSetMainMenubar) /* 74 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpUseWindow
#define TkpUseWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpUseWindow) /* 75 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted
#define TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted) /* 76 */
#endif
#ifndef TkQueueEventForAllChildren
#define TkQueueEventForAllChildren \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkQueueEventForAllChildren) /* 77 */
#endif
#ifndef TkReadBitmapFile
#define TkReadBitmapFile \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkReadBitmapFile) /* 78 */
#endif
#ifndef TkScrollWindow
#define TkScrollWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkScrollWindow) /* 79 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSelDeadWindow
#define TkSelDeadWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSelDeadWindow) /* 80 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSelEventProc
#define TkSelEventProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSelEventProc) /* 81 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSelInit
#define TkSelInit \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSelInit) /* 82 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSelPropProc
#define TkSelPropProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSelPropProc) /* 83 */
#endif
/* Slot 84 is reserved */
#ifndef TkSetWindowMenuBar
#define TkSetWindowMenuBar \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSetWindowMenuBar) /* 85 */
#endif
#ifndef TkStringToKeysym
#define TkStringToKeysym \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkStringToKeysym) /* 86 */
#endif
#ifndef TkThickPolyLineToArea
#define TkThickPolyLineToArea \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkThickPolyLineToArea) /* 87 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmAddToColormapWindows
#define TkWmAddToColormapWindows \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmAddToColormapWindows) /* 88 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmDeadWindow
#define TkWmDeadWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmDeadWindow) /* 89 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmFocusToplevel
#define TkWmFocusToplevel \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmFocusToplevel) /* 90 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmMapWindow
#define TkWmMapWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmMapWindow) /* 91 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmNewWindow
#define TkWmNewWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmNewWindow) /* 92 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmProtocolEventProc
#define TkWmProtocolEventProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmProtocolEventProc) /* 93 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows
#define TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows) /* 94 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmRestackToplevel
#define TkWmRestackToplevel \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmRestackToplevel) /* 95 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmSetClass
#define TkWmSetClass \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmSetClass) /* 96 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmUnmapWindow
#define TkWmUnmapWindow \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmUnmapWindow) /* 97 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugBitmap
#define TkDebugBitmap \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugBitmap) /* 98 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugBorder
#define TkDebugBorder \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugBorder) /* 99 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugCursor
#define TkDebugCursor \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugCursor) /* 100 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugColor
#define TkDebugColor \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugColor) /* 101 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugConfig
#define TkDebugConfig \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugConfig) /* 102 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDebugFont
#define TkDebugFont \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDebugFont) /* 103 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFindStateNumObj
#define TkFindStateNumObj \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFindStateNumObj) /* 104 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetBitmapPredefTable
#define TkGetBitmapPredefTable \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetBitmapPredefTable) /* 105 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetDisplayList
#define TkGetDisplayList \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetDisplayList) /* 106 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetMainInfoList
#define TkGetMainInfoList \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetMainInfoList) /* 107 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetWindowFromObj
#define TkGetWindowFromObj \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetWindowFromObj) /* 108 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetString
#define TkpGetString \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetString) /* 109 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetSubFonts
#define TkpGetSubFonts \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetSubFonts) /* 110 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetSystemDefault
#define TkpGetSystemDefault \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetSystemDefault) /* 111 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpMenuThreadInit
#define TkpMenuThreadInit \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpMenuThreadInit) /* 112 */
#endif
#ifndef TkClipBox
#define TkClipBox \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkClipBox) /* 113 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateRegion
#define TkCreateRegion \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCreateRegion) /* 114 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDestroyRegion
#define TkDestroyRegion \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDestroyRegion) /* 115 */
#endif
#ifndef TkIntersectRegion
#define TkIntersectRegion \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkIntersectRegion) /* 116 */
#endif
#ifndef TkRectInRegion
#define TkRectInRegion \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkRectInRegion) /* 117 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSetRegion
#define TkSetRegion \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSetRegion) /* 118 */
#endif
#ifndef TkUnionRectWithRegion
#define TkUnionRectWithRegion \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnionRectWithRegion) /* 119 */
#endif
/* Slot 120 is reserved */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef TkpCreateNativeBitmap
#define TkpCreateNativeBitmap \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpCreateNativeBitmap) /* 121 */
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef TkpDefineNativeBitmaps
#define TkpDefineNativeBitmaps \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpDefineNativeBitmaps) /* 122 */
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef TkpGetNativeAppBitmap
#define TkpGetNativeAppBitmap \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetNativeAppBitmap) /* 124 */
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
/* Slot 130 is reserved */
/* Slot 131 is reserved */
/* Slot 132 is reserved */
/* Slot 133 is reserved */
/* Slot 134 is reserved */
#ifndef TkpDrawHighlightBorder
#define TkpDrawHighlightBorder \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpDrawHighlightBorder) /* 135 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSetFocusWin
#define TkSetFocusWin \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSetFocusWin) /* 136 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetKeycodeAndState
#define TkpSetKeycodeAndState \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpSetKeycodeAndState) /* 137 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetKeySym
#define TkpGetKeySym \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpGetKeySym) /* 138 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpInitKeymapInfo
#define TkpInitKeymapInfo \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpInitKeymapInfo) /* 139 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPhotoGetValidRegion
#define TkPhotoGetValidRegion \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkPhotoGetValidRegion) /* 140 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmStackorderToplevel
#define TkWmStackorderToplevel \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkWmStackorderToplevel) /* 141 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFocusFree
#define TkFocusFree \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkFocusFree) /* 142 */
#endif
#ifndef TkClipCleanup
#define TkClipCleanup \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkClipCleanup) /* 143 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGCCleanup
#define TkGCCleanup \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGCCleanup) /* 144 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSubtractRegion
#define TkSubtractRegion \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSubtractRegion) /* 145 */
#endif
#ifndef TkStylePkgInit
#define TkStylePkgInit \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkStylePkgInit) /* 146 */
#endif
#ifndef TkStylePkgFree
#define TkStylePkgFree \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkStylePkgFree) /* 147 */
#endif
#ifndef TkToplevelWindowForCommand
#define TkToplevelWindowForCommand \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkToplevelWindowForCommand) /* 148 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGetOptionSpec
#define TkGetOptionSpec \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkGetOptionSpec) /* 149 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMakeRawCurve
#define TkMakeRawCurve \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkMakeRawCurve) /* 150 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMakeRawCurvePostscript
#define TkMakeRawCurvePostscript \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkMakeRawCurvePostscript) /* 151 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpDrawFrame
#define TkpDrawFrame \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpDrawFrame) /* 152 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateThreadExitHandler
#define TkCreateThreadExitHandler \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCreateThreadExitHandler) /* 153 */
#endif
#ifndef TkDeleteThreadExitHandler
#define TkDeleteThreadExitHandler \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkDeleteThreadExitHandler) /* 154 */
#endif
/* Slot 155 is reserved */
#ifndef TkpTestembedCmd
#define TkpTestembedCmd \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpTestembedCmd) /* 156 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpTesttextCmd
#define TkpTesttextCmd \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkpTesttextCmd) /* 157 */
#endif
/* Slot 158 is reserved */
/* Slot 159 is reserved */
/* Slot 160 is reserved */
/* Slot 161 is reserved */
/* Slot 162 is reserved */
/* Slot 163 is reserved */
/* Slot 164 is reserved */
/* Slot 165 is reserved */
/* Slot 166 is reserved */
/* Slot 167 is reserved */
/* Slot 168 is reserved */
#ifndef TkStateParseProc
#define TkStateParseProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkStateParseProc) /* 169 */
#endif
#ifndef TkStatePrintProc
#define TkStatePrintProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkStatePrintProc) /* 170 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCanvasDashParseProc
#define TkCanvasDashParseProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCanvasDashParseProc) /* 171 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCanvasDashPrintProc
#define TkCanvasDashPrintProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkCanvasDashPrintProc) /* 172 */
#endif
#ifndef TkOffsetParseProc
#define TkOffsetParseProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkOffsetParseProc) /* 173 */
#endif
#ifndef TkOffsetPrintProc
#define TkOffsetPrintProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkOffsetPrintProc) /* 174 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPixelParseProc
#define TkPixelParseProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkPixelParseProc) /* 175 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPixelPrintProc
#define TkPixelPrintProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkPixelPrintProc) /* 176 */
#endif
#ifndef TkOrientParseProc
#define TkOrientParseProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkOrientParseProc) /* 177 */
#endif
#ifndef TkOrientPrintProc
#define TkOrientPrintProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkOrientPrintProc) /* 178 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSmoothParseProc
#define TkSmoothParseProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSmoothParseProc) /* 179 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSmoothPrintProc
#define TkSmoothPrintProc \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkSmoothPrintProc) /* 180 */
#endif
/* Slot 181 is reserved */
/* Slot 182 is reserved */
/* Slot 183 is reserved */
/* Slot 184 is reserved */
/* Slot 185 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry
#define TkUnusedStubEntry \
(tkIntStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 186 */
#endif
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS) */
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
/*
* These macros are just wrappers for the equivalent X Region calls.
*/
# undef TkClipBox
# undef TkCreateRegion
# undef TkDestroyRegion
# undef TkIntersectRegion
# undef TkRectInRegion
# undef TkSetRegion
# undef TkSubtractRegion
# undef TkUnionRectWithRegion
# define TkClipBox(rgn, rect) XClipBox((Region) (rgn), (rect))
# define TkCreateRegion() (TkRegion) XCreateRegion()
# define TkDestroyRegion(rgn) XDestroyRegion((Region) (rgn))
# define TkIntersectRegion(a, b, r) XIntersectRegion((Region) (a), \
(Region) (b), (Region) (r))
# define TkRectInRegion(r, x, y, w, h) XRectInRegion((Region) (r), (x), (y), (w), (h))
# define TkSetRegion(d, gc, rgn) XSetRegion((d), (gc), (Region) (rgn))
# define TkSubtractRegion(a, b, r) XSubtractRegion((Region) (a), \
(Region) (b), (Region) (r))
# define TkUnionRectWithRegion(rect, src, ret) XUnionRectWithRegion((rect), \
(Region) (src), (Region) (ret))
#endif /* !__CYGWIN__*/
#undef TkUnusedStubEntry
#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS)
# undef TkBindDeadWindow
# define TkBindDeadWindow(winPtr) /* Removed from Cygwins stub table, just do nothing */
#endif
#endif /* _TKINTDECLS */
|
Changes to generic/tkIntPlatDecls.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 |
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Exported function declarations:
*/
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | | > > > > | < | | > > > > > > > > > > > > < > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > < > > > > > > > > > > | > > > < < > | < | | < < < < < < | < | > | < | | | > > > | | | > > | | > > > | | < < > | | | | < < > | < | | | > > > | > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < < | > > | | | > > > | | > > > | | > > > > | > > > | > | | > > > > | | > | | | < > > > | | | > > | | > > > > | < < | > > > | | > > > > | | < < | > > | | < | < > > | | > > > | | > > > > | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > | | > > > | | > > > | | > > > | | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > | | | > | | | | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Exported function declarations:
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
#ifndef TkAlignImageData_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkAlignImageData_TCL_DECLARED
/* 0 */
EXTERN char * TkAlignImageData(XImage *image, int alignment,
int bitOrder);
#endif
/* Slot 1 is reserved */
#ifndef TkGenerateActivateEvents_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGenerateActivateEvents_TCL_DECLARED
/* 2 */
EXTERN void TkGenerateActivateEvents(TkWindow *winPtr,
int active);
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetMS_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetMS_TCL_DECLARED
/* 3 */
EXTERN unsigned long TkpGetMS(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkPointerDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPointerDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 4 */
EXTERN void TkPointerDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpPrintWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpPrintWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 5 */
EXTERN void TkpPrintWindowId(char *buf, Window window);
#endif
#ifndef TkpScanWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpScanWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 6 */
EXTERN int TkpScanWindowId(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *string, Window *idPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetCapture_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpSetCapture_TCL_DECLARED
/* 7 */
EXTERN void TkpSetCapture(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpSetCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 8 */
EXTERN void TkpSetCursor(TkpCursor cursor);
#endif
#ifndef TkpWmSetState_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpWmSetState_TCL_DECLARED
/* 9 */
EXTERN int TkpWmSetState(TkWindow *winPtr, int state);
#endif
#ifndef TkSetPixmapColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSetPixmapColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 10 */
EXTERN void TkSetPixmapColormap(Pixmap pixmap, Colormap colormap);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinCancelMouseTimer_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinCancelMouseTimer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 11 */
EXTERN void TkWinCancelMouseTimer(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinClipboardRender_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinClipboardRender_TCL_DECLARED
/* 12 */
EXTERN void TkWinClipboardRender(TkDisplay *dispPtr, UINT format);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinEmbeddedEventProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinEmbeddedEventProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 13 */
EXTERN LRESULT TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinFillRect_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinFillRect_TCL_DECLARED
/* 14 */
EXTERN void TkWinFillRect(HDC dc, int x, int y, int width,
int height, int pixel);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetBorderPixels_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinGetBorderPixels_TCL_DECLARED
/* 15 */
EXTERN COLORREF TkWinGetBorderPixels(Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_3DBorder border, int which);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetDrawableDC_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinGetDrawableDC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 16 */
EXTERN HDC TkWinGetDrawableDC(Display *display, Drawable d,
TkWinDCState *state);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetModifierState_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinGetModifierState_TCL_DECLARED
/* 17 */
EXTERN int TkWinGetModifierState(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetSystemPalette_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinGetSystemPalette_TCL_DECLARED
/* 18 */
EXTERN HPALETTE TkWinGetSystemPalette(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetWrapperWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinGetWrapperWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 19 */
EXTERN HWND TkWinGetWrapperWindow(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinHandleMenuEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinHandleMenuEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 20 */
EXTERN int TkWinHandleMenuEvent(HWND *phwnd, UINT *pMessage,
WPARAM *pwParam, LPARAM *plParam,
LRESULT *plResult);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinIndexOfColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinIndexOfColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 21 */
EXTERN int TkWinIndexOfColor(XColor *colorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinReleaseDrawableDC_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinReleaseDrawableDC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 22 */
EXTERN void TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(Drawable d, HDC hdc,
TkWinDCState *state);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinResendEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinResendEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 23 */
EXTERN LRESULT TkWinResendEvent(WNDPROC wndproc, HWND hwnd,
XEvent *eventPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSelectPalette_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinSelectPalette_TCL_DECLARED
/* 24 */
EXTERN HPALETTE TkWinSelectPalette(HDC dc, Colormap colormap);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSetMenu_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinSetMenu_TCL_DECLARED
/* 25 */
EXTERN void TkWinSetMenu(Tk_Window tkwin, HMENU hMenu);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSetWindowPos_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinSetWindowPos_TCL_DECLARED
/* 26 */
EXTERN void TkWinSetWindowPos(HWND hwnd, HWND siblingHwnd,
int pos);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinWmCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinWmCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
/* 27 */
EXTERN void TkWinWmCleanup(HINSTANCE hInstance);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinXCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinXCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
/* 28 */
EXTERN void TkWinXCleanup(ClientData clientData);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinXInit_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinXInit_TCL_DECLARED
/* 29 */
EXTERN void TkWinXInit(HINSTANCE hInstance);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSetForegroundWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinSetForegroundWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 30 */
EXTERN void TkWinSetForegroundWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinDialogDebug_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinDialogDebug_TCL_DECLARED
/* 31 */
EXTERN void TkWinDialogDebug(int debug);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault_TCL_DECLARED
/* 32 */
EXTERN Tcl_Obj * TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault(Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char *dbName, CONST char *className);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetPlatformId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinGetPlatformId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 33 */
EXTERN int TkWinGetPlatformId(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSetHINSTANCE_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinSetHINSTANCE_TCL_DECLARED
/* 34 */
EXTERN void TkWinSetHINSTANCE(HINSTANCE hInstance);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetPlatformTheme_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinGetPlatformTheme_TCL_DECLARED
/* 35 */
EXTERN int TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkWinChildProc_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWinChildProc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 36 */
EXTERN LRESULT __stdcall TkWinChildProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateXEventSource_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCreateXEventSource_TCL_DECLARED
/* 37 */
EXTERN void TkCreateXEventSource(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkpCmapStressed_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpCmapStressed_TCL_DECLARED
/* 38 */
EXTERN int TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap);
#endif
#ifndef TkpSync_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpSync_TCL_DECLARED
/* 39 */
EXTERN void TkpSync(Display *display);
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixContainerId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnixContainerId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 40 */
EXTERN Window TkUnixContainerId(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixDoOneXEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnixDoOneXEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 41 */
EXTERN int TkUnixDoOneXEvent(Tcl_Time *timePtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixSetMenubar_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnixSetMenubar_TCL_DECLARED
/* 42 */
EXTERN void TkUnixSetMenubar(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window menubar);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
/* 43 */
EXTERN void TkWmCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkSendCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSendCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
/* 44 */
EXTERN void TkSendCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpTestsendCmd_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpTestsendCmd_TCL_DECLARED
/* 45 */
EXTERN int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
CONST char **argv);
#endif
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef TkGenerateActivateEvents_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGenerateActivateEvents_TCL_DECLARED
/* 0 */
EXTERN void TkGenerateActivateEvents(TkWindow *winPtr,
int active);
#endif
/* Slot 1 is reserved */
/* Slot 2 is reserved */
#ifndef TkPointerDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPointerDeadWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 3 */
EXTERN void TkPointerDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetCapture_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpSetCapture_TCL_DECLARED
/* 4 */
EXTERN void TkpSetCapture(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpSetCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 5 */
EXTERN void TkpSetCursor(TkpCursor cursor);
#endif
#ifndef TkpWmSetState_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpWmSetState_TCL_DECLARED
/* 6 */
EXTERN void TkpWmSetState(TkWindow *winPtr, int state);
#endif
#ifndef TkAboutDlg_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkAboutDlg_TCL_DECLARED
/* 7 */
EXTERN void TkAboutDlg(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXButtonKeyState_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXButtonKeyState_TCL_DECLARED
/* 8 */
EXTERN unsigned int TkMacOSXButtonKeyState(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive_TCL_DECLARED
/* 9 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 10 */
EXTERN int TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent(int menuID, int index);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXInstallCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXInstallCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 11 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXInstallCursor(int resizeOverride);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu_TCL_DECLARED
/* 12 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu(void);
#endif
/* Slot 13 is reserved */
#ifndef TkMacOSXDoHLEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXDoHLEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 14 */
EXTERN int TkMacOSXDoHLEvent(VOID *theEvent);
#endif
/* Slot 15 is reserved */
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetXWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXGetXWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 16 */
EXTERN Window TkMacOSXGetXWindow(VOID *macWinPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGrowToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXGrowToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
/* 17 */
EXTERN int TkMacOSXGrowToplevel(VOID *whichWindow, XPoint start);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect_TCL_DECLARED
/* 18 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect(short theMenu,
unsigned short theItem, int optionKeyPressed);
#endif
/* Slot 19 is reserved */
/* Slot 20 is reserved */
#ifndef TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 21 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(MacDrawable *macWin,
int flag);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing_TCL_DECLARED
/* 22 */
EXTERN int TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing(Tk_Font tkfont,
unsigned int searchChar);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist_TCL_DECLARED
/* 23 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 24 */
EXTERN VOID * TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap(Drawable d1, Drawable d2);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXMenuClick_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXMenuClick_TCL_DECLARED
/* 25 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXMenuClick(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 26 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow(Window window,
VOID *portPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXResizable_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXResizable_TCL_DECLARED
/* 27 */
EXTERN int TkMacOSXResizable(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount_TCL_DECLARED
/* 28 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 29 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow(TkWindow *winPtr, int flag);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn_TCL_DECLARED
/* 30 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Drawable drawable);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort_TCL_DECLARED
/* 31 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort(GC gc, VOID *destPort);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn_TCL_DECLARED
/* 32 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 33 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(VOID *portPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXUseMenuID_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXUseMenuID_TCL_DECLARED
/* 34 */
EXTERN int TkMacOSXUseMenuID(short macID);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn_TCL_DECLARED
/* 35 */
EXTERN TkRegion TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXWinBounds_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXWinBounds_TCL_DECLARED
/* 36 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXWinBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, VOID *geometry);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXWindowOffset_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXWindowOffset_TCL_DECLARED
/* 37 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXWindowOffset(VOID *wRef, int *xOffset,
int *yOffset);
#endif
#ifndef TkSetMacColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSetMacColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 38 */
EXTERN int TkSetMacColor(unsigned long pixel, VOID *macColor);
#endif
#ifndef TkSetWMName_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSetWMName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 39 */
EXTERN void TkSetWMName(TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid);
#endif
#ifndef TkSuspendClipboard_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSuspendClipboard_TCL_DECLARED
/* 40 */
EXTERN void TkSuspendClipboard(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXZoomToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXZoomToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
/* 41 */
EXTERN int TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(VOID *whichWindow,
short zoomPart);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_TopCoordsToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_TopCoordsToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 42 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX,
int rootY, int *newX, int *newY);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXContainerId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXContainerId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 43 */
EXTERN MacDrawable * TkMacOSXContainerId(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel_TCL_DECLARED
/* 44 */
EXTERN MacDrawable * TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu_TCL_DECLARED
/* 45 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkpIsWindowFloating_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpIsWindowFloating_TCL_DECLARED
/* 46 */
EXTERN int TkpIsWindowFloating(VOID *window);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetCapture_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXGetCapture_TCL_DECLARED
/* 47 */
EXTERN Tk_Window TkMacOSXGetCapture(void);
#endif
/* Slot 48 is reserved */
#ifndef TkGetTransientMaster_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGetTransientMaster_TCL_DECLARED
/* 49 */
EXTERN Window TkGetTransientMaster(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkGenerateButtonEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGenerateButtonEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 50 */
EXTERN int TkGenerateButtonEvent(int x, int y, Window window,
unsigned int state);
#endif
#ifndef TkGenWMDestroyEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGenWMDestroyEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 51 */
EXTERN void TkGenWMDestroyEvent(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled_TCL_DECLARED
/* 52 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(TkWindow *winPtr, int flag);
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetMS_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpGetMS_TCL_DECLARED
/* 53 */
EXTERN unsigned long TkpGetMS(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXDrawable_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXDrawable_TCL_DECLARED
/* 54 */
EXTERN VOID * TkMacOSXDrawable(Drawable drawable);
#endif
#ifndef TkpScanWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpScanWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 55 */
EXTERN int TkpScanWindowId(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *string, Window *idPtr);
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
#ifndef TkCreateXEventSource_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkCreateXEventSource_TCL_DECLARED
/* 0 */
EXTERN void TkCreateXEventSource(void);
#endif
#ifndef TkFreeWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFreeWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 1 */
EXTERN void TkFreeWindowId(TkDisplay *dispPtr, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef TkInitXId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkInitXId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 2 */
EXTERN void TkInitXId(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpCmapStressed_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpCmapStressed_TCL_DECLARED
/* 3 */
EXTERN int TkpCmapStressed(Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap);
#endif
#ifndef TkpSync_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpSync_TCL_DECLARED
/* 4 */
EXTERN void TkpSync(Display *display);
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixContainerId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnixContainerId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 5 */
EXTERN Window TkUnixContainerId(TkWindow *winPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixDoOneXEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnixDoOneXEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 6 */
EXTERN int TkUnixDoOneXEvent(Tcl_Time *timePtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixSetMenubar_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnixSetMenubar_TCL_DECLARED
/* 7 */
EXTERN void TkUnixSetMenubar(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window menubar);
#endif
#ifndef TkpScanWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpScanWindowId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 8 */
EXTERN int TkpScanWindowId(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *string, Window *idPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkWmCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkWmCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
/* 9 */
EXTERN void TkWmCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkSendCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkSendCleanup_TCL_DECLARED
/* 10 */
EXTERN void TkSendCleanup(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkFreeXId_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkFreeXId_TCL_DECLARED
/* 11 */
EXTERN void TkFreeXId(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifndef TkpWmSetState_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpWmSetState_TCL_DECLARED
/* 12 */
EXTERN int TkpWmSetState(TkWindow *winPtr, int state);
#endif
#ifndef TkpTestsendCmd_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkpTestsendCmd_TCL_DECLARED
/* 13 */
EXTERN int TkpTestsendCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc,
CONST char **argv);
#endif
#endif /* X11 */
typedef struct TkIntPlatStubs {
int magic;
struct TkIntPlatStubHooks *hooks;
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
char * (*tkAlignImageData) (XImage *image, int alignment, int bitOrder); /* 0 */
VOID *reserved1;
void (*tkGenerateActivateEvents) (TkWindow *winPtr, int active); /* 2 */
unsigned long (*tkpGetMS) (void); /* 3 */
void (*tkPointerDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 4 */
void (*tkpPrintWindowId) (char *buf, Window window); /* 5 */
int (*tkpScanWindowId) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *string, Window *idPtr); /* 6 */
void (*tkpSetCapture) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 7 */
void (*tkpSetCursor) (TkpCursor cursor); /* 8 */
int (*tkpWmSetState) (TkWindow *winPtr, int state); /* 9 */
void (*tkSetPixmapColormap) (Pixmap pixmap, Colormap colormap); /* 10 */
void (*tkWinCancelMouseTimer) (void); /* 11 */
void (*tkWinClipboardRender) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, UINT format); /* 12 */
LRESULT (*tkWinEmbeddedEventProc) (HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); /* 13 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
void (*tkWinSetMenu) (Tk_Window tkwin, HMENU hMenu); /* 25 */
void (*tkWinSetWindowPos) (HWND hwnd, HWND siblingHwnd, int pos); /* 26 */
void (*tkWinWmCleanup) (HINSTANCE hInstance); /* 27 */
void (*tkWinXCleanup) (ClientData clientData); /* 28 */
void (*tkWinXInit) (HINSTANCE hInstance); /* 29 */
void (*tkWinSetForegroundWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 30 */
void (*tkWinDialogDebug) (int debug); /* 31 */
| | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | < < < < < < < < < < | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > | < | | | | | | > > | | > > | | > | | | | | | | < > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | < > | > | < | | > | > > | | < > > | | | > | | > > | | > > | | < < > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > | > | | > > | < | | > > | | > > | | > > > > | | < > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | < > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | < > > | | > > | | > > > > > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | | | | | | > | | > > | | > > | | > | < | | | < > > | | > > | | > > | | < > > | | > > | | < < < < < | | | | | | | | > | > > > > > | | | | | | | | | < | | > > | | > > | | > > | | > > | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | > | | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > | > | > | 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 |
void (*tkWinSetMenu) (Tk_Window tkwin, HMENU hMenu); /* 25 */
void (*tkWinSetWindowPos) (HWND hwnd, HWND siblingHwnd, int pos); /* 26 */
void (*tkWinWmCleanup) (HINSTANCE hInstance); /* 27 */
void (*tkWinXCleanup) (ClientData clientData); /* 28 */
void (*tkWinXInit) (HINSTANCE hInstance); /* 29 */
void (*tkWinSetForegroundWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 30 */
void (*tkWinDialogDebug) (int debug); /* 31 */
Tcl_Obj * (*tkWinGetMenuSystemDefault) (Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *dbName, CONST char *className); /* 32 */
int (*tkWinGetPlatformId) (void); /* 33 */
void (*tkWinSetHINSTANCE) (HINSTANCE hInstance); /* 34 */
int (*tkWinGetPlatformTheme) (void); /* 35 */
LRESULT (__stdcall *tkWinChildProc) (HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); /* 36 */
void (*tkCreateXEventSource) (void); /* 37 */
int (*tkpCmapStressed) (Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap); /* 38 */
void (*tkpSync) (Display *display); /* 39 */
Window (*tkUnixContainerId) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 40 */
int (*tkUnixDoOneXEvent) (Tcl_Time *timePtr); /* 41 */
void (*tkUnixSetMenubar) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window menubar); /* 42 */
void (*tkWmCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 43 */
void (*tkSendCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 44 */
int (*tkpTestsendCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); /* 45 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
void (*tkGenerateActivateEvents) (TkWindow *winPtr, int active); /* 0 */
VOID *reserved1;
VOID *reserved2;
void (*tkPointerDeadWindow) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 3 */
void (*tkpSetCapture) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 4 */
void (*tkpSetCursor) (TkpCursor cursor); /* 5 */
void (*tkpWmSetState) (TkWindow *winPtr, int state); /* 6 */
void (*tkAboutDlg) (void); /* 7 */
unsigned int (*tkMacOSXButtonKeyState) (void); /* 8 */
void (*tkMacOSXClearMenubarActive) (void); /* 9 */
int (*tkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent) (int menuID, int index); /* 10 */
void (*tkMacOSXInstallCursor) (int resizeOverride); /* 11 */
void (*tkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu) (void); /* 12 */
VOID *reserved13;
int (*tkMacOSXDoHLEvent) (VOID *theEvent); /* 14 */
VOID *reserved15;
Window (*tkMacOSXGetXWindow) (VOID *macWinPtr); /* 16 */
int (*tkMacOSXGrowToplevel) (VOID *whichWindow, XPoint start); /* 17 */
void (*tkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect) (short theMenu, unsigned short theItem, int optionKeyPressed); /* 18 */
VOID *reserved19;
VOID *reserved20;
void (*tkMacOSXInvalidateWindow) (MacDrawable *macWin, int flag); /* 21 */
int (*tkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing) (Tk_Font tkfont, unsigned int searchChar); /* 22 */
void (*tkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 23 */
VOID * (*tkMacOSXMakeStippleMap) (Drawable d1, Drawable d2); /* 24 */
void (*tkMacOSXMenuClick) (void); /* 25 */
void (*tkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow) (Window window, VOID *portPtr); /* 26 */
int (*tkMacOSXResizable) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 27 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount) (void); /* 28 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 29 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn) (Drawable drawable); /* 30 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort) (GC gc, VOID *destPort); /* 31 */
void (*tkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 32 */
void (*tkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow) (VOID *portPtr); /* 33 */
int (*tkMacOSXUseMenuID) (short macID); /* 34 */
TkRegion (*tkMacOSXVisableClipRgn) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 35 */
void (*tkMacOSXWinBounds) (TkWindow *winPtr, VOID *geometry); /* 36 */
void (*tkMacOSXWindowOffset) (VOID *wRef, int *xOffset, int *yOffset); /* 37 */
int (*tkSetMacColor) (unsigned long pixel, VOID *macColor); /* 38 */
void (*tkSetWMName) (TkWindow *winPtr, Tk_Uid titleUid); /* 39 */
void (*tkSuspendClipboard) (void); /* 40 */
int (*tkMacOSXZoomToplevel) (VOID *whichWindow, short zoomPart); /* 41 */
Tk_Window (*tk_TopCoordsToWindow) (Tk_Window tkwin, int rootX, int rootY, int *newX, int *newY); /* 42 */
MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXContainerId) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 43 */
MacDrawable * (*tkMacOSXGetHostToplevel) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 44 */
void (*tkMacOSXPreprocessMenu) (void); /* 45 */
int (*tkpIsWindowFloating) (VOID *window); /* 46 */
Tk_Window (*tkMacOSXGetCapture) (void); /* 47 */
VOID *reserved48;
Window (*tkGetTransientMaster) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 49 */
int (*tkGenerateButtonEvent) (int x, int y, Window window, unsigned int state); /* 50 */
void (*tkGenWMDestroyEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 51 */
void (*tkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled) (TkWindow *winPtr, int flag); /* 52 */
unsigned long (*tkpGetMS) (void); /* 53 */
VOID * (*tkMacOSXDrawable) (Drawable drawable); /* 54 */
int (*tkpScanWindowId) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *string, Window *idPtr); /* 55 */
#endif /* AQUA */
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
void (*tkCreateXEventSource) (void); /* 0 */
void (*tkFreeWindowId) (TkDisplay *dispPtr, Window w); /* 1 */
void (*tkInitXId) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 2 */
int (*tkpCmapStressed) (Tk_Window tkwin, Colormap colormap); /* 3 */
void (*tkpSync) (Display *display); /* 4 */
Window (*tkUnixContainerId) (TkWindow *winPtr); /* 5 */
int (*tkUnixDoOneXEvent) (Tcl_Time *timePtr); /* 6 */
void (*tkUnixSetMenubar) (Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window menubar); /* 7 */
int (*tkpScanWindowId) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *string, Window *idPtr); /* 8 */
void (*tkWmCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 9 */
void (*tkSendCleanup) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 10 */
void (*tkFreeXId) (TkDisplay *dispPtr); /* 11 */
int (*tkpWmSetState) (TkWindow *winPtr, int state); /* 12 */
int (*tkpTestsendCmd) (ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); /* 13 */
#endif /* X11 */
} TkIntPlatStubs;
extern TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#if defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS)
/*
* Inline function declarations:
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
#ifndef TkAlignImageData
#define TkAlignImageData \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkAlignImageData) /* 0 */
#endif
/* Slot 1 is reserved */
#ifndef TkGenerateActivateEvents
#define TkGenerateActivateEvents \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGenerateActivateEvents) /* 2 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetMS
#define TkpGetMS \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpGetMS) /* 3 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPointerDeadWindow
#define TkPointerDeadWindow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkPointerDeadWindow) /* 4 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpPrintWindowId
#define TkpPrintWindowId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpPrintWindowId) /* 5 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpScanWindowId
#define TkpScanWindowId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpScanWindowId) /* 6 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetCapture
#define TkpSetCapture \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpSetCapture) /* 7 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetCursor
#define TkpSetCursor \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpSetCursor) /* 8 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpWmSetState
#define TkpWmSetState \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpWmSetState) /* 9 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSetPixmapColormap
#define TkSetPixmapColormap \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSetPixmapColormap) /* 10 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinCancelMouseTimer
#define TkWinCancelMouseTimer \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinCancelMouseTimer) /* 11 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinClipboardRender
#define TkWinClipboardRender \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinClipboardRender) /* 12 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinEmbeddedEventProc
#define TkWinEmbeddedEventProc \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinEmbeddedEventProc) /* 13 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinFillRect
#define TkWinFillRect \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinFillRect) /* 14 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetBorderPixels
#define TkWinGetBorderPixels \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinGetBorderPixels) /* 15 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetDrawableDC
#define TkWinGetDrawableDC \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinGetDrawableDC) /* 16 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetModifierState
#define TkWinGetModifierState \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinGetModifierState) /* 17 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetSystemPalette
#define TkWinGetSystemPalette \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinGetSystemPalette) /* 18 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetWrapperWindow
#define TkWinGetWrapperWindow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinGetWrapperWindow) /* 19 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinHandleMenuEvent
#define TkWinHandleMenuEvent \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinHandleMenuEvent) /* 20 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinIndexOfColor
#define TkWinIndexOfColor \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinIndexOfColor) /* 21 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinReleaseDrawableDC
#define TkWinReleaseDrawableDC \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinReleaseDrawableDC) /* 22 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinResendEvent
#define TkWinResendEvent \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinResendEvent) /* 23 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSelectPalette
#define TkWinSelectPalette \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinSelectPalette) /* 24 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSetMenu
#define TkWinSetMenu \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinSetMenu) /* 25 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSetWindowPos
#define TkWinSetWindowPos \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinSetWindowPos) /* 26 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinWmCleanup
#define TkWinWmCleanup \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinWmCleanup) /* 27 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinXCleanup
#define TkWinXCleanup \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinXCleanup) /* 28 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinXInit
#define TkWinXInit \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinXInit) /* 29 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSetForegroundWindow
#define TkWinSetForegroundWindow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinSetForegroundWindow) /* 30 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinDialogDebug
#define TkWinDialogDebug \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinDialogDebug) /* 31 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault
#define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinGetMenuSystemDefault) /* 32 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetPlatformId
#define TkWinGetPlatformId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinGetPlatformId) /* 33 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinSetHINSTANCE
#define TkWinSetHINSTANCE \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinSetHINSTANCE) /* 34 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinGetPlatformTheme
#define TkWinGetPlatformTheme \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinGetPlatformTheme) /* 35 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWinChildProc
#define TkWinChildProc \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWinChildProc) /* 36 */
#endif
#ifndef TkCreateXEventSource
#define TkCreateXEventSource \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkCreateXEventSource) /* 37 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpCmapStressed
#define TkpCmapStressed \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpCmapStressed) /* 38 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpSync
#define TkpSync \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpSync) /* 39 */
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixContainerId
#define TkUnixContainerId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkUnixContainerId) /* 40 */
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixDoOneXEvent
#define TkUnixDoOneXEvent \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkUnixDoOneXEvent) /* 41 */
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixSetMenubar
#define TkUnixSetMenubar \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkUnixSetMenubar) /* 42 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmCleanup
#define TkWmCleanup \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWmCleanup) /* 43 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSendCleanup
#define TkSendCleanup \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSendCleanup) /* 44 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpTestsendCmd
#define TkpTestsendCmd \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpTestsendCmd) /* 45 */
#endif
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef TkGenerateActivateEvents
#define TkGenerateActivateEvents \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGenerateActivateEvents) /* 0 */
#endif
/* Slot 1 is reserved */
/* Slot 2 is reserved */
#ifndef TkPointerDeadWindow
#define TkPointerDeadWindow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkPointerDeadWindow) /* 3 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetCapture
#define TkpSetCapture \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpSetCapture) /* 4 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpSetCursor
#define TkpSetCursor \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpSetCursor) /* 5 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpWmSetState
#define TkpWmSetState \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpWmSetState) /* 6 */
#endif
#ifndef TkAboutDlg
#define TkAboutDlg \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkAboutDlg) /* 7 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXButtonKeyState
#define TkMacOSXButtonKeyState \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXButtonKeyState) /* 8 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive
#define TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXClearMenubarActive) /* 9 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent
#define TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent) /* 10 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXInstallCursor
#define TkMacOSXInstallCursor \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXInstallCursor) /* 11 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu
#define TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu) /* 12 */
#endif
/* Slot 13 is reserved */
#ifndef TkMacOSXDoHLEvent
#define TkMacOSXDoHLEvent \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXDoHLEvent) /* 14 */
#endif
/* Slot 15 is reserved */
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetXWindow
#define TkMacOSXGetXWindow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetXWindow) /* 16 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGrowToplevel
#define TkMacOSXGrowToplevel \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGrowToplevel) /* 17 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect
#define TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect) /* 18 */
#endif
/* Slot 19 is reserved */
/* Slot 20 is reserved */
#ifndef TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow
#define TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXInvalidateWindow) /* 21 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing
#define TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing) /* 22 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist
#define TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist) /* 23 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap
#define TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXMakeStippleMap) /* 24 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXMenuClick
#define TkMacOSXMenuClick \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXMenuClick) /* 25 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow
#define TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow) /* 26 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXResizable
#define TkMacOSXResizable \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXResizable) /* 27 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount
#define TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount) /* 28 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow
#define TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow) /* 29 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn
#define TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn) /* 30 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort
#define TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort) /* 31 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn
#define TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn) /* 32 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow
#define TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow) /* 33 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXUseMenuID
#define TkMacOSXUseMenuID \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXUseMenuID) /* 34 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn
#define TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXVisableClipRgn) /* 35 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXWinBounds
#define TkMacOSXWinBounds \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXWinBounds) /* 36 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXWindowOffset
#define TkMacOSXWindowOffset \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXWindowOffset) /* 37 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSetMacColor
#define TkSetMacColor \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSetMacColor) /* 38 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSetWMName
#define TkSetWMName \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSetWMName) /* 39 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSuspendClipboard
#define TkSuspendClipboard \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSuspendClipboard) /* 40 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXZoomToplevel
#define TkMacOSXZoomToplevel \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXZoomToplevel) /* 41 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_TopCoordsToWindow
#define Tk_TopCoordsToWindow \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tk_TopCoordsToWindow) /* 42 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXContainerId
#define TkMacOSXContainerId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXContainerId) /* 43 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel
#define TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetHostToplevel) /* 44 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu
#define TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXPreprocessMenu) /* 45 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpIsWindowFloating
#define TkpIsWindowFloating \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpIsWindowFloating) /* 46 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetCapture
#define TkMacOSXGetCapture \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetCapture) /* 47 */
#endif
/* Slot 48 is reserved */
#ifndef TkGetTransientMaster
#define TkGetTransientMaster \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGetTransientMaster) /* 49 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGenerateButtonEvent
#define TkGenerateButtonEvent \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGenerateButtonEvent) /* 50 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGenWMDestroyEvent
#define TkGenWMDestroyEvent \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkGenWMDestroyEvent) /* 51 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled
#define TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled) /* 52 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpGetMS
#define TkpGetMS \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpGetMS) /* 53 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXDrawable
#define TkMacOSXDrawable \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXDrawable) /* 54 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpScanWindowId
#define TkpScanWindowId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpScanWindowId) /* 55 */
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
#ifndef TkCreateXEventSource
#define TkCreateXEventSource \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkCreateXEventSource) /* 0 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFreeWindowId
#define TkFreeWindowId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkFreeWindowId) /* 1 */
#endif
#ifndef TkInitXId
#define TkInitXId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkInitXId) /* 2 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpCmapStressed
#define TkpCmapStressed \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpCmapStressed) /* 3 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpSync
#define TkpSync \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpSync) /* 4 */
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixContainerId
#define TkUnixContainerId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkUnixContainerId) /* 5 */
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixDoOneXEvent
#define TkUnixDoOneXEvent \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkUnixDoOneXEvent) /* 6 */
#endif
#ifndef TkUnixSetMenubar
#define TkUnixSetMenubar \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkUnixSetMenubar) /* 7 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpScanWindowId
#define TkpScanWindowId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpScanWindowId) /* 8 */
#endif
#ifndef TkWmCleanup
#define TkWmCleanup \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkWmCleanup) /* 9 */
#endif
#ifndef TkSendCleanup
#define TkSendCleanup \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkSendCleanup) /* 10 */
#endif
#ifndef TkFreeXId
#define TkFreeXId \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkFreeXId) /* 11 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpWmSetState
#define TkpWmSetState \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpWmSetState) /* 12 */
#endif
#ifndef TkpTestsendCmd
#define TkpTestsendCmd \
(tkIntPlatStubsPtr->tkpTestsendCmd) /* 13 */
#endif
#endif /* X11 */
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS) */
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#ifdef __CYGWIN__
void TkFreeXId(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
void TkFreeWindowId(TkDisplay *dispPtr, Window w);
void TkInitXId(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
#ifdef __WIN32__
#undef TkpCmapStressed
#undef TkpSync
#define TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,colormap) (0)
#define TkpSync(display)
#endif
#endif /* _TKINTPLATDECLS */
|
Changes to generic/tkIntXlibDecls.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | /* * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl * script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made * in the generic/tkInt.decls script. */ | | | | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | < < | < < < < < < < | < | < < | < < | | < > > > > > > > > | < < | < < < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < < < < | < < < < | < | < < | < | < | < < < < < | < | < < > > | < < > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > < < < | | < | < | < | < < | < | < | < > | < | < < | < < | < | < | < | < < < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < < | < | < | < < | < < < < < < < | < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < < < | < < < | < | < | < < < < | < < < < | < | < < | < | < | < < < < < | < | < < > > | | < | | | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 |
/*
* WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
* script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
* in the generic/tkInt.decls script.
*/
#ifdef MAC_TCL
#include "Xutil.h"
#else
#include "X11/Xutil.h"
#endif
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
typedef int (*XAfterFunction) ( /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
Display* /* display */
);
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Exported function declarations:
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
#ifndef XSetDashes_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetDashes_TCL_DECLARED
/* 0 */
EXTERN int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
#endif
#ifndef XGetModifierMapping_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetModifierMapping_TCL_DECLARED
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 2 */
EXTERN XImage * XCreateImage(Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1,
int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2,
unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4);
#endif
#ifndef XGetImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 3 */
EXTERN XImage * XGetImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2,
unsigned long ul, int i3);
#endif
#ifndef XGetAtomName_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetAtomName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 4 */
EXTERN char * XGetAtomName(Display *d, Atom a);
#endif
#ifndef XKeysymToString_TCL_DECLARED
#define XKeysymToString_TCL_DECLARED
/* 5 */
EXTERN char * XKeysymToString(KeySym k);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 6 */
EXTERN Colormap XCreateColormap(Display *d, Window w, Visual *v,
int i);
#endif
#ifndef XCreatePixmapCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreatePixmapCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 7 */
EXTERN Cursor XCreatePixmapCursor(Display *d, Pixmap p1, Pixmap p2,
XColor *x1, XColor *x2, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateGlyphCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateGlyphCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 8 */
EXTERN Cursor XCreateGlyphCursor(Display *d, Font f1, Font f2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2,
XColor _Xconst *x1, XColor _Xconst *x2);
#endif
#ifndef XGContextFromGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGContextFromGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 9 */
EXTERN GContext XGContextFromGC(GC g);
#endif
#ifndef XListHosts_TCL_DECLARED
#define XListHosts_TCL_DECLARED
/* 10 */
EXTERN XHostAddress * XListHosts(Display *d, int *i, Bool *b);
#endif
#ifndef XKeycodeToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
#define XKeycodeToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
/* 11 */
EXTERN KeySym XKeycodeToKeysym(Display *d, unsigned int k, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XStringToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
#define XStringToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
/* 12 */
EXTERN KeySym XStringToKeysym(_Xconst char *c);
#endif
#ifndef XRootWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XRootWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 13 */
EXTERN Window XRootWindow(Display *d, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XSetErrorHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetErrorHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 14 */
EXTERN XErrorHandler XSetErrorHandler(XErrorHandler x);
#endif
#ifndef XIconifyWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XIconifyWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 15 */
EXTERN Status XIconifyWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XWithdrawWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XWithdrawWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 16 */
EXTERN Status XWithdrawWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XGetWMColormapWindows_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetWMColormapWindows_TCL_DECLARED
/* 17 */
EXTERN Status XGetWMColormapWindows(Display *d, Window w,
Window **wpp, int *ip);
#endif
#ifndef XAllocColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XAllocColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 18 */
EXTERN Status XAllocColor(Display *d, Colormap c, XColor *xp);
#endif
#ifndef XBell_TCL_DECLARED
#define XBell_TCL_DECLARED
/* 19 */
EXTERN int XBell(Display *d, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XChangeProperty_TCL_DECLARED
#define XChangeProperty_TCL_DECLARED
/* 20 */
EXTERN int XChangeProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1,
Atom a2, int i1, int i2,
_Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3);
#endif
#ifndef XChangeWindowAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
#define XChangeWindowAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
/* 21 */
EXTERN int XChangeWindowAttributes(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned long ul, XSetWindowAttributes *x);
#endif
#ifndef XClearWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XClearWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 22 */
EXTERN int XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XConfigureWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XConfigureWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 23 */
EXTERN int XConfigureWindow(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned int i, XWindowChanges *x);
#endif
#ifndef XCopyArea_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCopyArea_TCL_DECLARED
/* 24 */
EXTERN int XCopyArea(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2,
GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4);
#endif
#ifndef XCopyPlane_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCopyPlane_TCL_DECLARED
/* 25 */
EXTERN int XCopyPlane(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2,
GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4,
unsigned long ul);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateBitmapFromData_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateBitmapFromData_TCL_DECLARED
/* 26 */
EXTERN Pixmap XCreateBitmapFromData(Display *display, Drawable d,
_Xconst char *data, unsigned int width,
unsigned int height);
#endif
#ifndef XDefineCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDefineCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 27 */
EXTERN int XDefineCursor(Display *d, Window w, Cursor c);
#endif
#ifndef XDeleteProperty_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDeleteProperty_TCL_DECLARED
/* 28 */
EXTERN int XDeleteProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a);
#endif
#ifndef XDestroyWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDestroyWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 29 */
EXTERN int XDestroyWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawArc_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawArc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 30 */
EXTERN int XDrawArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2,
int i3, int i4);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawLines_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawLines_TCL_DECLARED
/* 31 */
EXTERN int XDrawLines(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x,
int i1, int i2);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 32 */
EXTERN int XDrawRectangle(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2);
#endif
#ifndef XFillArc_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFillArc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 33 */
EXTERN int XFillArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2,
int i3, int i4);
#endif
#ifndef XFillPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFillPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
/* 34 */
EXTERN int XFillPolygon(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g,
XPoint *x, int i1, int i2, int i3);
#endif
#ifndef XFillRectangles_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFillRectangles_TCL_DECLARED
/* 35 */
EXTERN int XFillRectangles(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g,
XRectangle *x, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XForceScreenSaver_TCL_DECLARED
#define XForceScreenSaver_TCL_DECLARED
/* 36 */
EXTERN int XForceScreenSaver(Display *d, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XFreeColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFreeColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 37 */
EXTERN int XFreeColormap(Display *d, Colormap c);
#endif
#ifndef XFreeColors_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFreeColors_TCL_DECLARED
/* 38 */
EXTERN int XFreeColors(Display *d, Colormap c,
unsigned long *ulp, int i, unsigned long ul);
#endif
#ifndef XFreeCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFreeCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 39 */
EXTERN int XFreeCursor(Display *d, Cursor c);
#endif
#ifndef XFreeModifiermap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFreeModifiermap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 40 */
EXTERN int XFreeModifiermap(XModifierKeymap *x);
#endif
#ifndef XGetGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 41 */
EXTERN Status XGetGeometry(Display *d, Drawable dr, Window *w,
int *i1, int *i2, unsigned int *ui1,
unsigned int *ui2, unsigned int *ui3,
unsigned int *ui4);
#endif
#ifndef XGetInputFocus_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetInputFocus_TCL_DECLARED
/* 42 */
EXTERN int XGetInputFocus(Display *d, Window *w, int *i);
#endif
#ifndef XGetWindowProperty_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetWindowProperty_TCL_DECLARED
/* 43 */
EXTERN int XGetWindowProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1,
long l1, long l2, Bool b, Atom a2, Atom *ap,
int *ip, unsigned long *ulp1,
unsigned long *ulp2, unsigned char **cpp);
#endif
#ifndef XGetWindowAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetWindowAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
/* 44 */
EXTERN Status XGetWindowAttributes(Display *d, Window w,
XWindowAttributes *x);
#endif
#ifndef XGrabKeyboard_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGrabKeyboard_TCL_DECLARED
/* 45 */
EXTERN int XGrabKeyboard(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, int i1,
int i2, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XGrabPointer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGrabPointer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 46 */
EXTERN int XGrabPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Bool b,
unsigned int ui, int i1, int i2, Window w2,
Cursor c, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XKeysymToKeycode_TCL_DECLARED
#define XKeysymToKeycode_TCL_DECLARED
/* 47 */
EXTERN KeyCode XKeysymToKeycode(Display *d, KeySym k);
#endif
#ifndef XLookupColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XLookupColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 48 */
EXTERN Status XLookupColor(Display *d, Colormap c1,
_Xconst char *c2, XColor *x1, XColor *x2);
#endif
#ifndef XMapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XMapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 49 */
EXTERN int XMapWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XMoveResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XMoveResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 50 */
EXTERN int XMoveResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2);
#endif
#ifndef XMoveWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XMoveWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 51 */
EXTERN int XMoveWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2);
#endif
#ifndef XNextEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define XNextEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 52 */
EXTERN int XNextEvent(Display *d, XEvent *x);
#endif
#ifndef XPutBackEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define XPutBackEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 53 */
EXTERN int XPutBackEvent(Display *d, XEvent *x);
#endif
#ifndef XQueryColors_TCL_DECLARED
#define XQueryColors_TCL_DECLARED
/* 54 */
EXTERN int XQueryColors(Display *d, Colormap c, XColor *x,
int i);
#endif
#ifndef XQueryPointer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XQueryPointer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 55 */
EXTERN Bool XQueryPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2,
Window *w3, int *i1, int *i2, int *i3,
int *i4, unsigned int *ui);
#endif
#ifndef XQueryTree_TCL_DECLARED
#define XQueryTree_TCL_DECLARED
/* 56 */
EXTERN Status XQueryTree(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2,
Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui);
#endif
#ifndef XRaiseWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XRaiseWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 57 */
EXTERN int XRaiseWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XRefreshKeyboardMapping_TCL_DECLARED
#define XRefreshKeyboardMapping_TCL_DECLARED
/* 58 */
EXTERN int XRefreshKeyboardMapping(XMappingEvent *x);
#endif
#ifndef XResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 59 */
EXTERN int XResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2);
#endif
#ifndef XSelectInput_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSelectInput_TCL_DECLARED
/* 60 */
EXTERN int XSelectInput(Display *d, Window w, long l);
#endif
#ifndef XSendEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSendEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 61 */
EXTERN Status XSendEvent(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, long l,
XEvent *x);
#endif
#ifndef XSetCommand_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetCommand_TCL_DECLARED
/* 62 */
EXTERN int XSetCommand(Display *d, Window w, char **c, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XSetIconName_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetIconName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 63 */
EXTERN int XSetIconName(Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c);
#endif
#ifndef XSetInputFocus_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetInputFocus_TCL_DECLARED
/* 64 */
EXTERN int XSetInputFocus(Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XSetSelectionOwner_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetSelectionOwner_TCL_DECLARED
/* 65 */
EXTERN int XSetSelectionOwner(Display *d, Atom a, Window w,
Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBackground_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBackground_TCL_DECLARED
/* 66 */
EXTERN int XSetWindowBackground(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned long ul);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 67 */
EXTERN int XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(Display *d, Window w,
Pixmap p);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 68 */
EXTERN int XSetWindowBorder(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned long ul);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorderPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBorderPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 69 */
EXTERN int XSetWindowBorderPixmap(Display *d, Window w,
Pixmap p);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorderWidth_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBorderWidth_TCL_DECLARED
/* 70 */
EXTERN int XSetWindowBorderWidth(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned int ui);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 71 */
EXTERN int XSetWindowColormap(Display *d, Window w, Colormap c);
#endif
#ifndef XTranslateCoordinates_TCL_DECLARED
#define XTranslateCoordinates_TCL_DECLARED
/* 72 */
EXTERN Bool XTranslateCoordinates(Display *d, Window w1,
Window w2, int i1, int i2, int *i3, int *i4,
Window *w3);
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabKeyboard_TCL_DECLARED
#define XUngrabKeyboard_TCL_DECLARED
/* 73 */
EXTERN int XUngrabKeyboard(Display *d, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabPointer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XUngrabPointer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 74 */
EXTERN int XUngrabPointer(Display *d, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XUnmapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XUnmapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 75 */
EXTERN int XUnmapWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XWindowEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define XWindowEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 76 */
EXTERN int XWindowEvent(Display *d, Window w, long l, XEvent *x);
#endif
#ifndef XDestroyIC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDestroyIC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 77 */
EXTERN void XDestroyIC(XIC x);
#endif
#ifndef XFilterEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFilterEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 78 */
EXTERN Bool XFilterEvent(XEvent *x, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XmbLookupString_TCL_DECLARED
#define XmbLookupString_TCL_DECLARED
/* 79 */
EXTERN int XmbLookupString(XIC xi, XKeyPressedEvent *xk,
char *c, int i, KeySym *k, Status *s);
#endif
#ifndef TkPutImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPutImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 80 */
EXTERN int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors,
Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y,
int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width,
unsigned int height);
#endif
/* Slot 81 is reserved */
#ifndef XParseColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XParseColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 82 */
EXTERN Status XParseColor(Display *display, Colormap map,
_Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 83 */
EXTERN GC XCreateGC(Display *display, Drawable d,
unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values);
#endif
#ifndef XFreeGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFreeGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 84 */
EXTERN int XFreeGC(Display *display, GC gc);
#endif
#ifndef XInternAtom_TCL_DECLARED
#define XInternAtom_TCL_DECLARED
/* 85 */
EXTERN Atom XInternAtom(Display *display,
_Xconst char *atom_name, Bool only_if_exists);
#endif
#ifndef XSetBackground_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetBackground_TCL_DECLARED
/* 86 */
EXTERN int XSetBackground(Display *display, GC gc,
unsigned long foreground);
#endif
#ifndef XSetForeground_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetForeground_TCL_DECLARED
/* 87 */
EXTERN int XSetForeground(Display *display, GC gc,
unsigned long foreground);
#endif
#ifndef XSetClipMask_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetClipMask_TCL_DECLARED
/* 88 */
EXTERN int XSetClipMask(Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap);
#endif
#ifndef XSetClipOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetClipOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
/* 89 */
EXTERN int XSetClipOrigin(Display *display, GC gc,
int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin);
#endif
#ifndef XSetTSOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetTSOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
/* 90 */
EXTERN int XSetTSOrigin(Display *display, GC gc,
int ts_x_origin, int ts_y_origin);
#endif
#ifndef XChangeGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XChangeGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 91 */
EXTERN int XChangeGC(Display *d, GC gc, unsigned long mask,
XGCValues *values);
#endif
#ifndef XSetFont_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetFont_TCL_DECLARED
/* 92 */
EXTERN int XSetFont(Display *display, GC gc, Font font);
#endif
#ifndef XSetArcMode_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetArcMode_TCL_DECLARED
/* 93 */
EXTERN int XSetArcMode(Display *display, GC gc, int arc_mode);
#endif
#ifndef XSetStipple_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetStipple_TCL_DECLARED
/* 94 */
EXTERN int XSetStipple(Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap stipple);
#endif
#ifndef XSetFillRule_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetFillRule_TCL_DECLARED
/* 95 */
EXTERN int XSetFillRule(Display *display, GC gc, int fill_rule);
#endif
#ifndef XSetFillStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetFillStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 96 */
EXTERN int XSetFillStyle(Display *display, GC gc,
int fill_style);
#endif
#ifndef XSetFunction_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetFunction_TCL_DECLARED
/* 97 */
EXTERN int XSetFunction(Display *display, GC gc, int function);
#endif
#ifndef XSetLineAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetLineAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
/* 98 */
EXTERN int XSetLineAttributes(Display *display, GC gc,
unsigned int line_width, int line_style,
int cap_style, int join_style);
#endif
#ifndef _XInitImageFuncPtrs_TCL_DECLARED
#define _XInitImageFuncPtrs_TCL_DECLARED
/* 99 */
EXTERN int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateIC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateIC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 100 */
EXTERN XIC XCreateIC(XIM xim, ...);
#endif
#ifndef XGetVisualInfo_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetVisualInfo_TCL_DECLARED
/* 101 */
EXTERN XVisualInfo * XGetVisualInfo(Display *display, long vinfo_mask,
XVisualInfo *vinfo_template,
int *nitems_return);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWMClientMachine_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWMClientMachine_TCL_DECLARED
/* 102 */
EXTERN void XSetWMClientMachine(Display *display, Window w,
XTextProperty *text_prop);
#endif
#ifndef XStringListToTextProperty_TCL_DECLARED
#define XStringListToTextProperty_TCL_DECLARED
/* 103 */
EXTERN Status XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
XTextProperty *text_prop_return);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawLine_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawLine_TCL_DECLARED
/* 104 */
EXTERN int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1,
int y1, int x2, int y2);
#endif
#ifndef XWarpPointer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XWarpPointer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 105 */
EXTERN int XWarpPointer(Display *d, Window s, Window dw, int sx,
int sy, unsigned int sw, unsigned int sh,
int dx, int dy);
#endif
#ifndef XFillRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFillRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 106 */
EXTERN int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
int x, int y, unsigned int width,
unsigned int height);
#endif
#ifndef XFlush_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFlush_TCL_DECLARED
/* 107 */
EXTERN int XFlush(Display *display);
#endif
#ifndef XGrabServer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGrabServer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 108 */
EXTERN int XGrabServer(Display *display);
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabServer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XUngrabServer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 109 */
EXTERN int XUngrabServer(Display *display);
#endif
#ifndef XFree_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFree_TCL_DECLARED
/* 110 */
EXTERN int XFree(VOID *data);
#endif
#ifndef XNoOp_TCL_DECLARED
#define XNoOp_TCL_DECLARED
/* 111 */
EXTERN int XNoOp(Display *display);
#endif
#ifndef XSynchronize_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSynchronize_TCL_DECLARED
/* 112 */
EXTERN XAfterFunction XSynchronize(Display *display, Bool onoff);
#endif
#ifndef XSync_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSync_TCL_DECLARED
/* 113 */
EXTERN int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard);
#endif
#ifndef XVisualIDFromVisual_TCL_DECLARED
#define XVisualIDFromVisual_TCL_DECLARED
/* 114 */
EXTERN VisualID XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual);
#endif
/* Slot 115 is reserved */
/* Slot 116 is reserved */
/* Slot 117 is reserved */
/* Slot 118 is reserved */
/* Slot 119 is reserved */
/* Slot 120 is reserved */
/* Slot 121 is reserved */
/* Slot 122 is reserved */
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
/* Slot 124 is reserved */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
/* Slot 130 is reserved */
/* Slot 131 is reserved */
/* Slot 132 is reserved */
#ifndef XDrawSegments_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawSegments_TCL_DECLARED
/* 133 */
EXTERN int XDrawSegments(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc,
XSegment *s, int n);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawPoint_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawPoint_TCL_DECLARED
/* 134 */
EXTERN int XDrawPoint(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x,
int y);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawPoints_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawPoints_TCL_DECLARED
/* 135 */
EXTERN int XDrawPoints(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc,
XPoint *p, int n, int m);
#endif
/* Slot 136 is reserved */
/* Slot 137 is reserved */
/* Slot 138 is reserved */
/* Slot 139 is reserved */
/* Slot 140 is reserved */
/* Slot 141 is reserved */
/* Slot 142 is reserved */
/* Slot 143 is reserved */
/* Slot 144 is reserved */
/* Slot 145 is reserved */
/* Slot 146 is reserved */
/* Slot 147 is reserved */
/* Slot 148 is reserved */
/* Slot 149 is reserved */
/* Slot 150 is reserved */
/* Slot 151 is reserved */
/* Slot 152 is reserved */
/* Slot 153 is reserved */
/* Slot 154 is reserved */
/* Slot 155 is reserved */
/* Slot 156 is reserved */
/* Slot 157 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 158 */
EXTERN void TkUnusedStubEntry(void);
#endif
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef XSetDashes_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetDashes_TCL_DECLARED
/* 0 */
EXTERN int XSetDashes(Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset,
_Xconst char *dash_list, int n);
#endif
#ifndef XGetModifierMapping_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetModifierMapping_TCL_DECLARED
/* 1 */
EXTERN XModifierKeymap * XGetModifierMapping(Display *d);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 2 */
EXTERN XImage * XCreateImage(Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1,
int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2,
unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4);
#endif
#ifndef XGetImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 3 */
EXTERN XImage * XGetImage(Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2,
unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2,
unsigned long ul, int i3);
#endif
#ifndef XGetAtomName_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetAtomName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 4 */
EXTERN char * XGetAtomName(Display *d, Atom a);
#endif
#ifndef XKeysymToString_TCL_DECLARED
#define XKeysymToString_TCL_DECLARED
/* 5 */
EXTERN char * XKeysymToString(KeySym k);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 6 */
EXTERN Colormap XCreateColormap(Display *d, Window w, Visual *v,
int i);
#endif
#ifndef XGContextFromGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGContextFromGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 7 */
EXTERN GContext XGContextFromGC(GC g);
#endif
#ifndef XKeycodeToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
#define XKeycodeToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
/* 8 */
EXTERN KeySym XKeycodeToKeysym(Display *d, KeyCode k, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XStringToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
#define XStringToKeysym_TCL_DECLARED
/* 9 */
EXTERN KeySym XStringToKeysym(_Xconst char *c);
#endif
#ifndef XRootWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XRootWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 10 */
EXTERN Window XRootWindow(Display *d, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XSetErrorHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetErrorHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 11 */
EXTERN XErrorHandler XSetErrorHandler(XErrorHandler x);
#endif
#ifndef XAllocColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XAllocColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 12 */
EXTERN Status XAllocColor(Display *d, Colormap c, XColor *xp);
#endif
#ifndef XBell_TCL_DECLARED
#define XBell_TCL_DECLARED
/* 13 */
EXTERN int XBell(Display *d, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XChangeProperty_TCL_DECLARED
#define XChangeProperty_TCL_DECLARED
/* 14 */
EXTERN void XChangeProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1,
Atom a2, int i1, int i2,
_Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3);
#endif
#ifndef XChangeWindowAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
#define XChangeWindowAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
/* 15 */
EXTERN void XChangeWindowAttributes(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned long ul, XSetWindowAttributes *x);
#endif
#ifndef XConfigureWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XConfigureWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 16 */
EXTERN void XConfigureWindow(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned int i, XWindowChanges *x);
#endif
#ifndef XCopyArea_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCopyArea_TCL_DECLARED
/* 17 */
EXTERN void XCopyArea(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2,
GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4);
#endif
#ifndef XCopyPlane_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCopyPlane_TCL_DECLARED
/* 18 */
EXTERN void XCopyPlane(Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2,
GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4,
unsigned long ul);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateBitmapFromData_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateBitmapFromData_TCL_DECLARED
/* 19 */
EXTERN Pixmap XCreateBitmapFromData(Display *display, Drawable d,
_Xconst char *data, unsigned int width,
unsigned int height);
#endif
#ifndef XDefineCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDefineCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 20 */
EXTERN int XDefineCursor(Display *d, Window w, Cursor c);
#endif
#ifndef XDestroyWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDestroyWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 21 */
EXTERN void XDestroyWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawArc_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawArc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 22 */
EXTERN void XDrawArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2,
int i3, int i4);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawLines_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawLines_TCL_DECLARED
/* 23 */
EXTERN int XDrawLines(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x,
int i1, int i2);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 24 */
EXTERN void XDrawRectangle(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2);
#endif
#ifndef XFillArc_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFillArc_TCL_DECLARED
/* 25 */
EXTERN void XFillArc(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2,
int i3, int i4);
#endif
#ifndef XFillPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFillPolygon_TCL_DECLARED
/* 26 */
EXTERN void XFillPolygon(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g,
XPoint *x, int i1, int i2, int i3);
#endif
#ifndef XFillRectangles_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFillRectangles_TCL_DECLARED
/* 27 */
EXTERN int XFillRectangles(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g,
XRectangle *x, int i);
#endif
#ifndef XFreeColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFreeColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 28 */
EXTERN int XFreeColormap(Display *d, Colormap c);
#endif
#ifndef XFreeColors_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFreeColors_TCL_DECLARED
/* 29 */
EXTERN int XFreeColors(Display *d, Colormap c,
unsigned long *ulp, int i, unsigned long ul);
#endif
#ifndef XFreeModifiermap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFreeModifiermap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 30 */
EXTERN int XFreeModifiermap(XModifierKeymap *x);
#endif
#ifndef XGetGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetGeometry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 31 */
EXTERN Status XGetGeometry(Display *d, Drawable dr, Window *w,
int *i1, int *i2, unsigned int *ui1,
unsigned int *ui2, unsigned int *ui3,
unsigned int *ui4);
#endif
#ifndef XGetWindowProperty_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetWindowProperty_TCL_DECLARED
/* 32 */
EXTERN int XGetWindowProperty(Display *d, Window w, Atom a1,
long l1, long l2, Bool b, Atom a2, Atom *ap,
int *ip, unsigned long *ulp1,
unsigned long *ulp2, unsigned char **cpp);
#endif
#ifndef XGrabKeyboard_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGrabKeyboard_TCL_DECLARED
/* 33 */
EXTERN int XGrabKeyboard(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, int i1,
int i2, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XGrabPointer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGrabPointer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 34 */
EXTERN int XGrabPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Bool b,
unsigned int ui, int i1, int i2, Window w2,
Cursor c, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XKeysymToKeycode_TCL_DECLARED
#define XKeysymToKeycode_TCL_DECLARED
/* 35 */
EXTERN KeyCode XKeysymToKeycode(Display *d, KeySym k);
#endif
#ifndef XMapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XMapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 36 */
EXTERN void XMapWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XMoveResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XMoveResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 37 */
EXTERN void XMoveResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1,
int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2);
#endif
#ifndef XMoveWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XMoveWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 38 */
EXTERN void XMoveWindow(Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2);
#endif
#ifndef XQueryPointer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XQueryPointer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 39 */
EXTERN Bool XQueryPointer(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2,
Window *w3, int *i1, int *i2, int *i3,
int *i4, unsigned int *ui);
#endif
#ifndef XRaiseWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XRaiseWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 40 */
EXTERN void XRaiseWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XRefreshKeyboardMapping_TCL_DECLARED
#define XRefreshKeyboardMapping_TCL_DECLARED
/* 41 */
EXTERN void XRefreshKeyboardMapping(XMappingEvent *x);
#endif
#ifndef XResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XResizeWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 42 */
EXTERN void XResizeWindow(Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1,
unsigned int ui2);
#endif
#ifndef XSelectInput_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSelectInput_TCL_DECLARED
/* 43 */
EXTERN void XSelectInput(Display *d, Window w, long l);
#endif
#ifndef XSendEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSendEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 44 */
EXTERN Status XSendEvent(Display *d, Window w, Bool b, long l,
XEvent *x);
#endif
#ifndef XSetIconName_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetIconName_TCL_DECLARED
/* 45 */
EXTERN void XSetIconName(Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c);
#endif
#ifndef XSetInputFocus_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetInputFocus_TCL_DECLARED
/* 46 */
EXTERN void XSetInputFocus(Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XSetSelectionOwner_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetSelectionOwner_TCL_DECLARED
/* 47 */
EXTERN int XSetSelectionOwner(Display *d, Atom a, Window w,
Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBackground_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBackground_TCL_DECLARED
/* 48 */
EXTERN void XSetWindowBackground(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned long ul);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 49 */
EXTERN void XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(Display *d, Window w,
Pixmap p);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorder_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBorder_TCL_DECLARED
/* 50 */
EXTERN void XSetWindowBorder(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned long ul);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorderPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBorderPixmap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 51 */
EXTERN void XSetWindowBorderPixmap(Display *d, Window w,
Pixmap p);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorderWidth_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowBorderWidth_TCL_DECLARED
/* 52 */
EXTERN void XSetWindowBorderWidth(Display *d, Window w,
unsigned int ui);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowColormap_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWindowColormap_TCL_DECLARED
/* 53 */
EXTERN void XSetWindowColormap(Display *d, Window w, Colormap c);
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabKeyboard_TCL_DECLARED
#define XUngrabKeyboard_TCL_DECLARED
/* 54 */
EXTERN void XUngrabKeyboard(Display *d, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabPointer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XUngrabPointer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 55 */
EXTERN int XUngrabPointer(Display *d, Time t);
#endif
#ifndef XUnmapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XUnmapWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 56 */
EXTERN void XUnmapWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef TkPutImage_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkPutImage_TCL_DECLARED
/* 57 */
EXTERN int TkPutImage(unsigned long *colors, int ncolors,
Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y,
int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width,
unsigned int height);
#endif
#ifndef XParseColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XParseColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 58 */
EXTERN Status XParseColor(Display *display, Colormap map,
_Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 59 */
EXTERN GC XCreateGC(Display *display, Drawable d,
unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values);
#endif
#ifndef XFreeGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFreeGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 60 */
EXTERN int XFreeGC(Display *display, GC gc);
#endif
#ifndef XInternAtom_TCL_DECLARED
#define XInternAtom_TCL_DECLARED
/* 61 */
EXTERN Atom XInternAtom(Display *display,
_Xconst char *atom_name, Bool only_if_exists);
#endif
#ifndef XSetBackground_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetBackground_TCL_DECLARED
/* 62 */
EXTERN int XSetBackground(Display *display, GC gc,
unsigned long foreground);
#endif
#ifndef XSetForeground_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetForeground_TCL_DECLARED
/* 63 */
EXTERN int XSetForeground(Display *display, GC gc,
unsigned long foreground);
#endif
#ifndef XSetClipMask_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetClipMask_TCL_DECLARED
/* 64 */
EXTERN int XSetClipMask(Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap);
#endif
#ifndef XSetClipOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetClipOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
/* 65 */
EXTERN int XSetClipOrigin(Display *display, GC gc,
int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin);
#endif
#ifndef XSetTSOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetTSOrigin_TCL_DECLARED
/* 66 */
EXTERN int XSetTSOrigin(Display *display, GC gc,
int ts_x_origin, int ts_y_origin);
#endif
#ifndef XChangeGC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XChangeGC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 67 */
EXTERN int XChangeGC(Display *d, GC gc, unsigned long mask,
XGCValues *values);
#endif
#ifndef XSetFont_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetFont_TCL_DECLARED
/* 68 */
EXTERN int XSetFont(Display *display, GC gc, Font font);
#endif
#ifndef XSetArcMode_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetArcMode_TCL_DECLARED
/* 69 */
EXTERN int XSetArcMode(Display *display, GC gc, int arc_mode);
#endif
#ifndef XSetStipple_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetStipple_TCL_DECLARED
/* 70 */
EXTERN int XSetStipple(Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap stipple);
#endif
#ifndef XSetFillRule_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetFillRule_TCL_DECLARED
/* 71 */
EXTERN int XSetFillRule(Display *display, GC gc, int fill_rule);
#endif
#ifndef XSetFillStyle_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetFillStyle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 72 */
EXTERN int XSetFillStyle(Display *display, GC gc,
int fill_style);
#endif
#ifndef XSetFunction_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetFunction_TCL_DECLARED
/* 73 */
EXTERN int XSetFunction(Display *display, GC gc, int function);
#endif
#ifndef XSetLineAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetLineAttributes_TCL_DECLARED
/* 74 */
EXTERN int XSetLineAttributes(Display *display, GC gc,
unsigned int line_width, int line_style,
int cap_style, int join_style);
#endif
#ifndef _XInitImageFuncPtrs_TCL_DECLARED
#define _XInitImageFuncPtrs_TCL_DECLARED
/* 75 */
EXTERN int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image);
#endif
#ifndef XCreateIC_TCL_DECLARED
#define XCreateIC_TCL_DECLARED
/* 76 */
EXTERN XIC XCreateIC(void);
#endif
#ifndef XGetVisualInfo_TCL_DECLARED
#define XGetVisualInfo_TCL_DECLARED
/* 77 */
EXTERN XVisualInfo * XGetVisualInfo(Display *display, long vinfo_mask,
XVisualInfo *vinfo_template,
int *nitems_return);
#endif
#ifndef XSetWMClientMachine_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSetWMClientMachine_TCL_DECLARED
/* 78 */
EXTERN void XSetWMClientMachine(Display *display, Window w,
XTextProperty *text_prop);
#endif
#ifndef XStringListToTextProperty_TCL_DECLARED
#define XStringListToTextProperty_TCL_DECLARED
/* 79 */
EXTERN Status XStringListToTextProperty(char **list, int count,
XTextProperty *text_prop_return);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawSegments_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawSegments_TCL_DECLARED
/* 80 */
EXTERN int XDrawSegments(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
XSegment *segments, int nsegments);
#endif
#ifndef XForceScreenSaver_TCL_DECLARED
#define XForceScreenSaver_TCL_DECLARED
/* 81 */
EXTERN void XForceScreenSaver(Display *display, int mode);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawLine_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawLine_TCL_DECLARED
/* 82 */
EXTERN int XDrawLine(Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1,
int y1, int x2, int y2);
#endif
#ifndef XFillRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
#define XFillRectangle_TCL_DECLARED
/* 83 */
EXTERN int XFillRectangle(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
int x, int y, unsigned int width,
unsigned int height);
#endif
#ifndef XClearWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define XClearWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 84 */
EXTERN void XClearWindow(Display *d, Window w);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawPoint_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawPoint_TCL_DECLARED
/* 85 */
EXTERN int XDrawPoint(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
int x, int y);
#endif
#ifndef XDrawPoints_TCL_DECLARED
#define XDrawPoints_TCL_DECLARED
/* 86 */
EXTERN int XDrawPoints(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc,
XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode);
#endif
#ifndef XWarpPointer_TCL_DECLARED
#define XWarpPointer_TCL_DECLARED
/* 87 */
EXTERN int XWarpPointer(Display *display, Window src_w,
Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y,
unsigned int src_width,
unsigned int src_height, int dest_x,
int dest_y);
#endif
#ifndef XQueryColor_TCL_DECLARED
#define XQueryColor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 88 */
EXTERN void XQueryColor(Display *display, Colormap colormap,
XColor *def_in_out);
#endif
#ifndef XQueryColors_TCL_DECLARED
#define XQueryColors_TCL_DECLARED
/* 89 */
EXTERN void XQueryColors(Display *display, Colormap colormap,
XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors);
#endif
#ifndef XQueryTree_TCL_DECLARED
#define XQueryTree_TCL_DECLARED
/* 90 */
EXTERN Status XQueryTree(Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2,
Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui);
#endif
#ifndef XSync_TCL_DECLARED
#define XSync_TCL_DECLARED
/* 91 */
EXTERN int XSync(Display *display, Bool discard);
#endif
/* Slot 92 is reserved */
/* Slot 93 is reserved */
/* Slot 94 is reserved */
/* Slot 95 is reserved */
/* Slot 96 is reserved */
/* Slot 97 is reserved */
/* Slot 98 is reserved */
/* Slot 99 is reserved */
/* Slot 100 is reserved */
/* Slot 101 is reserved */
/* Slot 102 is reserved */
/* Slot 103 is reserved */
/* Slot 104 is reserved */
/* Slot 105 is reserved */
/* Slot 106 is reserved */
/* Slot 107 is reserved */
/* Slot 108 is reserved */
/* Slot 109 is reserved */
/* Slot 110 is reserved */
/* Slot 111 is reserved */
/* Slot 112 is reserved */
/* Slot 113 is reserved */
/* Slot 114 is reserved */
/* Slot 115 is reserved */
/* Slot 116 is reserved */
/* Slot 117 is reserved */
/* Slot 118 is reserved */
/* Slot 119 is reserved */
/* Slot 120 is reserved */
/* Slot 121 is reserved */
/* Slot 122 is reserved */
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
/* Slot 124 is reserved */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
/* Slot 130 is reserved */
/* Slot 131 is reserved */
/* Slot 132 is reserved */
/* Slot 133 is reserved */
/* Slot 134 is reserved */
/* Slot 135 is reserved */
/* Slot 136 is reserved */
/* Slot 137 is reserved */
/* Slot 138 is reserved */
/* Slot 139 is reserved */
/* Slot 140 is reserved */
/* Slot 141 is reserved */
/* Slot 142 is reserved */
/* Slot 143 is reserved */
/* Slot 144 is reserved */
/* Slot 145 is reserved */
/* Slot 146 is reserved */
/* Slot 147 is reserved */
/* Slot 148 is reserved */
/* Slot 149 is reserved */
/* Slot 150 is reserved */
/* Slot 151 is reserved */
/* Slot 152 is reserved */
/* Slot 153 is reserved */
/* Slot 154 is reserved */
/* Slot 155 is reserved */
/* Slot 156 is reserved */
/* Slot 157 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 158 */
EXTERN void TkUnusedStubEntry(void);
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
typedef struct TkIntXlibStubs {
int magic;
struct TkIntXlibStubHooks *hooks;
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */
char * (*xKeysymToString) (KeySym k); /* 5 */
Colormap (*xCreateColormap) (Display *d, Window w, Visual *v, int i); /* 6 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
979 980 981 982 983 984 985 |
int (*xUngrabPointer) (Display *d, Time t); /* 74 */
int (*xUnmapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 75 */
int (*xWindowEvent) (Display *d, Window w, long l, XEvent *x); /* 76 */
void (*xDestroyIC) (XIC x); /* 77 */
Bool (*xFilterEvent) (XEvent *x, Window w); /* 78 */
int (*xmbLookupString) (XIC xi, XKeyPressedEvent *xk, char *c, int i, KeySym *k, Status *s); /* 79 */
int (*tkPutImage) (unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y, int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 80 */
| | | 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 |
int (*xUngrabPointer) (Display *d, Time t); /* 74 */
int (*xUnmapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 75 */
int (*xWindowEvent) (Display *d, Window w, long l, XEvent *x); /* 76 */
void (*xDestroyIC) (XIC x); /* 77 */
Bool (*xFilterEvent) (XEvent *x, Window w); /* 78 */
int (*xmbLookupString) (XIC xi, XKeyPressedEvent *xk, char *c, int i, KeySym *k, Status *s); /* 79 */
int (*tkPutImage) (unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y, int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 80 */
VOID *reserved81;
Status (*xParseColor) (Display *display, Colormap map, _Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr); /* 82 */
GC (*xCreateGC) (Display *display, Drawable d, unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values); /* 83 */
int (*xFreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 84 */
Atom (*xInternAtom) (Display *display, _Xconst char *atom_name, Bool only_if_exists); /* 85 */
int (*xSetBackground) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground); /* 86 */
int (*xSetForeground) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground); /* 87 */
int (*xSetClipMask) (Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap); /* 88 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 |
Status (*xStringListToTextProperty) (char **list, int count, XTextProperty *text_prop_return); /* 103 */
int (*xDrawLine) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); /* 104 */
int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *d, Window s, Window dw, int sx, int sy, unsigned int sw, unsigned int sh, int dx, int dy); /* 105 */
int (*xFillRectangle) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 106 */
int (*xFlush) (Display *display); /* 107 */
int (*xGrabServer) (Display *display); /* 108 */
int (*xUngrabServer) (Display *display); /* 109 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < | < | < | | | | | | < < < > > > > | | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | | < | < < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > | > | | | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 |
Status (*xStringListToTextProperty) (char **list, int count, XTextProperty *text_prop_return); /* 103 */
int (*xDrawLine) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); /* 104 */
int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *d, Window s, Window dw, int sx, int sy, unsigned int sw, unsigned int sh, int dx, int dy); /* 105 */
int (*xFillRectangle) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 106 */
int (*xFlush) (Display *display); /* 107 */
int (*xGrabServer) (Display *display); /* 108 */
int (*xUngrabServer) (Display *display); /* 109 */
int (*xFree) (VOID *data); /* 110 */
int (*xNoOp) (Display *display); /* 111 */
XAfterFunction (*xSynchronize) (Display *display, Bool onoff); /* 112 */
int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool discard); /* 113 */
VisualID (*xVisualIDFromVisual) (Visual *visual); /* 114 */
VOID *reserved115;
VOID *reserved116;
VOID *reserved117;
VOID *reserved118;
VOID *reserved119;
VOID *reserved120;
VOID *reserved121;
VOID *reserved122;
VOID *reserved123;
VOID *reserved124;
VOID *reserved125;
VOID *reserved126;
VOID *reserved127;
VOID *reserved128;
VOID *reserved129;
VOID *reserved130;
VOID *reserved131;
VOID *reserved132;
int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XSegment *s, int n); /* 133 */
int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 134 */
int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC gc, XPoint *p, int n, int m); /* 135 */
VOID *reserved136;
VOID *reserved137;
VOID *reserved138;
VOID *reserved139;
VOID *reserved140;
VOID *reserved141;
VOID *reserved142;
VOID *reserved143;
VOID *reserved144;
VOID *reserved145;
VOID *reserved146;
VOID *reserved147;
VOID *reserved148;
VOID *reserved149;
VOID *reserved150;
VOID *reserved151;
VOID *reserved152;
VOID *reserved153;
VOID *reserved154;
VOID *reserved155;
VOID *reserved156;
VOID *reserved157;
void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 158 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
int (*xSetDashes) (Display *display, GC gc, int dash_offset, _Xconst char *dash_list, int n); /* 0 */
XModifierKeymap * (*xGetModifierMapping) (Display *d); /* 1 */
XImage * (*xCreateImage) (Display *d, Visual *v, unsigned int ui1, int i1, int i2, char *cp, unsigned int ui2, unsigned int ui3, int i3, int i4); /* 2 */
XImage * (*xGetImage) (Display *d, Drawable dr, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, unsigned long ul, int i3); /* 3 */
char * (*xGetAtomName) (Display *d, Atom a); /* 4 */
char * (*xKeysymToString) (KeySym k); /* 5 */
Colormap (*xCreateColormap) (Display *d, Window w, Visual *v, int i); /* 6 */
GContext (*xGContextFromGC) (GC g); /* 7 */
KeySym (*xKeycodeToKeysym) (Display *d, KeyCode k, int i); /* 8 */
KeySym (*xStringToKeysym) (_Xconst char *c); /* 9 */
Window (*xRootWindow) (Display *d, int i); /* 10 */
XErrorHandler (*xSetErrorHandler) (XErrorHandler x); /* 11 */
Status (*xAllocColor) (Display *d, Colormap c, XColor *xp); /* 12 */
int (*xBell) (Display *d, int i); /* 13 */
void (*xChangeProperty) (Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, Atom a2, int i1, int i2, _Xconst unsigned char *c, int i3); /* 14 */
void (*xChangeWindowAttributes) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul, XSetWindowAttributes *x); /* 15 */
void (*xConfigureWindow) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned int i, XWindowChanges *x); /* 16 */
void (*xCopyArea) (Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); /* 17 */
void (*xCopyPlane) (Display *d, Drawable dr1, Drawable dr2, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4, unsigned long ul); /* 18 */
Pixmap (*xCreateBitmapFromData) (Display *display, Drawable d, _Xconst char *data, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 19 */
int (*xDefineCursor) (Display *d, Window w, Cursor c); /* 20 */
void (*xDestroyWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 21 */
void (*xDrawArc) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); /* 22 */
int (*xDrawLines) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, int i1, int i2); /* 23 */
void (*xDrawRectangle) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 24 */
void (*xFillArc) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2, int i3, int i4); /* 25 */
void (*xFillPolygon) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XPoint *x, int i1, int i2, int i3); /* 26 */
int (*xFillRectangles) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, XRectangle *x, int i); /* 27 */
int (*xFreeColormap) (Display *d, Colormap c); /* 28 */
int (*xFreeColors) (Display *d, Colormap c, unsigned long *ulp, int i, unsigned long ul); /* 29 */
int (*xFreeModifiermap) (XModifierKeymap *x); /* 30 */
Status (*xGetGeometry) (Display *d, Drawable dr, Window *w, int *i1, int *i2, unsigned int *ui1, unsigned int *ui2, unsigned int *ui3, unsigned int *ui4); /* 31 */
int (*xGetWindowProperty) (Display *d, Window w, Atom a1, long l1, long l2, Bool b, Atom a2, Atom *ap, int *ip, unsigned long *ulp1, unsigned long *ulp2, unsigned char **cpp); /* 32 */
int (*xGrabKeyboard) (Display *d, Window w, Bool b, int i1, int i2, Time t); /* 33 */
int (*xGrabPointer) (Display *d, Window w1, Bool b, unsigned int ui, int i1, int i2, Window w2, Cursor c, Time t); /* 34 */
KeyCode (*xKeysymToKeycode) (Display *d, KeySym k); /* 35 */
void (*xMapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 36 */
void (*xMoveResizeWindow) (Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 37 */
void (*xMoveWindow) (Display *d, Window w, int i1, int i2); /* 38 */
Bool (*xQueryPointer) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, int *i1, int *i2, int *i3, int *i4, unsigned int *ui); /* 39 */
void (*xRaiseWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 40 */
void (*xRefreshKeyboardMapping) (XMappingEvent *x); /* 41 */
void (*xResizeWindow) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui1, unsigned int ui2); /* 42 */
void (*xSelectInput) (Display *d, Window w, long l); /* 43 */
Status (*xSendEvent) (Display *d, Window w, Bool b, long l, XEvent *x); /* 44 */
void (*xSetIconName) (Display *d, Window w, _Xconst char *c); /* 45 */
void (*xSetInputFocus) (Display *d, Window w, int i, Time t); /* 46 */
int (*xSetSelectionOwner) (Display *d, Atom a, Window w, Time t); /* 47 */
void (*xSetWindowBackground) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul); /* 48 */
void (*xSetWindowBackgroundPixmap) (Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p); /* 49 */
void (*xSetWindowBorder) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned long ul); /* 50 */
void (*xSetWindowBorderPixmap) (Display *d, Window w, Pixmap p); /* 51 */
void (*xSetWindowBorderWidth) (Display *d, Window w, unsigned int ui); /* 52 */
void (*xSetWindowColormap) (Display *d, Window w, Colormap c); /* 53 */
void (*xUngrabKeyboard) (Display *d, Time t); /* 54 */
int (*xUngrabPointer) (Display *d, Time t); /* 55 */
void (*xUnmapWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 56 */
int (*tkPutImage) (unsigned long *colors, int ncolors, Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XImage *image, int src_x, int src_y, int dest_x, int dest_y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 57 */
Status (*xParseColor) (Display *display, Colormap map, _Xconst char *spec, XColor *colorPtr); /* 58 */
GC (*xCreateGC) (Display *display, Drawable d, unsigned long valuemask, XGCValues *values); /* 59 */
int (*xFreeGC) (Display *display, GC gc); /* 60 */
Atom (*xInternAtom) (Display *display, _Xconst char *atom_name, Bool only_if_exists); /* 61 */
int (*xSetBackground) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground); /* 62 */
int (*xSetForeground) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned long foreground); /* 63 */
int (*xSetClipMask) (Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap); /* 64 */
int (*xSetClipOrigin) (Display *display, GC gc, int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin); /* 65 */
int (*xSetTSOrigin) (Display *display, GC gc, int ts_x_origin, int ts_y_origin); /* 66 */
int (*xChangeGC) (Display *d, GC gc, unsigned long mask, XGCValues *values); /* 67 */
int (*xSetFont) (Display *display, GC gc, Font font); /* 68 */
int (*xSetArcMode) (Display *display, GC gc, int arc_mode); /* 69 */
int (*xSetStipple) (Display *display, GC gc, Pixmap stipple); /* 70 */
int (*xSetFillRule) (Display *display, GC gc, int fill_rule); /* 71 */
int (*xSetFillStyle) (Display *display, GC gc, int fill_style); /* 72 */
int (*xSetFunction) (Display *display, GC gc, int function); /* 73 */
int (*xSetLineAttributes) (Display *display, GC gc, unsigned int line_width, int line_style, int cap_style, int join_style); /* 74 */
int (*_XInitImageFuncPtrs) (XImage *image); /* 75 */
XIC (*xCreateIC) (void); /* 76 */
XVisualInfo * (*xGetVisualInfo) (Display *display, long vinfo_mask, XVisualInfo *vinfo_template, int *nitems_return); /* 77 */
void (*xSetWMClientMachine) (Display *display, Window w, XTextProperty *text_prop); /* 78 */
Status (*xStringListToTextProperty) (char **list, int count, XTextProperty *text_prop_return); /* 79 */
int (*xDrawSegments) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XSegment *segments, int nsegments); /* 80 */
void (*xForceScreenSaver) (Display *display, int mode); /* 81 */
int (*xDrawLine) (Display *d, Drawable dr, GC g, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2); /* 82 */
int (*xFillRectangle) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height); /* 83 */
void (*xClearWindow) (Display *d, Window w); /* 84 */
int (*xDrawPoint) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y); /* 85 */
int (*xDrawPoints) (Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode); /* 86 */
int (*xWarpPointer) (Display *display, Window src_w, Window dest_w, int src_x, int src_y, unsigned int src_width, unsigned int src_height, int dest_x, int dest_y); /* 87 */
void (*xQueryColor) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *def_in_out); /* 88 */
void (*xQueryColors) (Display *display, Colormap colormap, XColor *defs_in_out, int ncolors); /* 89 */
Status (*xQueryTree) (Display *d, Window w1, Window *w2, Window *w3, Window **w4, unsigned int *ui); /* 90 */
int (*xSync) (Display *display, Bool discard); /* 91 */
VOID *reserved92;
VOID *reserved93;
VOID *reserved94;
VOID *reserved95;
VOID *reserved96;
VOID *reserved97;
VOID *reserved98;
VOID *reserved99;
VOID *reserved100;
VOID *reserved101;
VOID *reserved102;
VOID *reserved103;
VOID *reserved104;
VOID *reserved105;
VOID *reserved106;
VOID *reserved107;
VOID *reserved108;
VOID *reserved109;
VOID *reserved110;
VOID *reserved111;
VOID *reserved112;
VOID *reserved113;
VOID *reserved114;
VOID *reserved115;
VOID *reserved116;
VOID *reserved117;
VOID *reserved118;
VOID *reserved119;
VOID *reserved120;
VOID *reserved121;
VOID *reserved122;
VOID *reserved123;
VOID *reserved124;
VOID *reserved125;
VOID *reserved126;
VOID *reserved127;
VOID *reserved128;
VOID *reserved129;
VOID *reserved130;
VOID *reserved131;
VOID *reserved132;
VOID *reserved133;
VOID *reserved134;
VOID *reserved135;
VOID *reserved136;
VOID *reserved137;
VOID *reserved138;
VOID *reserved139;
VOID *reserved140;
VOID *reserved141;
VOID *reserved142;
VOID *reserved143;
VOID *reserved144;
VOID *reserved145;
VOID *reserved146;
VOID *reserved147;
VOID *reserved148;
VOID *reserved149;
VOID *reserved150;
VOID *reserved151;
VOID *reserved152;
VOID *reserved153;
VOID *reserved154;
VOID *reserved155;
VOID *reserved156;
VOID *reserved157;
void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 158 */
#endif /* AQUA */
} TkIntXlibStubs;
extern TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#if defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS)
/*
* Inline function declarations:
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
#ifndef XSetDashes
#define XSetDashes \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetModifierMapping
#define XGetModifierMapping \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateImage
#define XCreateImage \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateImage) /* 2 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetImage
#define XGetImage \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetImage) /* 3 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetAtomName
#define XGetAtomName \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetAtomName) /* 4 */
#endif
#ifndef XKeysymToString
#define XKeysymToString \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xKeysymToString) /* 5 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateColormap
#define XCreateColormap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateColormap) /* 6 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreatePixmapCursor
#define XCreatePixmapCursor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreatePixmapCursor) /* 7 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateGlyphCursor
#define XCreateGlyphCursor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateGlyphCursor) /* 8 */
#endif
#ifndef XGContextFromGC
#define XGContextFromGC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGContextFromGC) /* 9 */
#endif
#ifndef XListHosts
#define XListHosts \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xListHosts) /* 10 */
#endif
#ifndef XKeycodeToKeysym
#define XKeycodeToKeysym \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xKeycodeToKeysym) /* 11 */
#endif
#ifndef XStringToKeysym
#define XStringToKeysym \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xStringToKeysym) /* 12 */
#endif
#ifndef XRootWindow
#define XRootWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xRootWindow) /* 13 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetErrorHandler
#define XSetErrorHandler \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetErrorHandler) /* 14 */
#endif
#ifndef XIconifyWindow
#define XIconifyWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xIconifyWindow) /* 15 */
#endif
#ifndef XWithdrawWindow
#define XWithdrawWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xWithdrawWindow) /* 16 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetWMColormapWindows
#define XGetWMColormapWindows \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetWMColormapWindows) /* 17 */
#endif
#ifndef XAllocColor
#define XAllocColor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xAllocColor) /* 18 */
#endif
#ifndef XBell
#define XBell \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xBell) /* 19 */
#endif
#ifndef XChangeProperty
#define XChangeProperty \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xChangeProperty) /* 20 */
#endif
#ifndef XChangeWindowAttributes
#define XChangeWindowAttributes \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xChangeWindowAttributes) /* 21 */
#endif
#ifndef XClearWindow
#define XClearWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xClearWindow) /* 22 */
#endif
#ifndef XConfigureWindow
#define XConfigureWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xConfigureWindow) /* 23 */
#endif
#ifndef XCopyArea
#define XCopyArea \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCopyArea) /* 24 */
#endif
#ifndef XCopyPlane
#define XCopyPlane \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCopyPlane) /* 25 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateBitmapFromData
#define XCreateBitmapFromData \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateBitmapFromData) /* 26 */
#endif
#ifndef XDefineCursor
#define XDefineCursor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDefineCursor) /* 27 */
#endif
#ifndef XDeleteProperty
#define XDeleteProperty \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDeleteProperty) /* 28 */
#endif
#ifndef XDestroyWindow
#define XDestroyWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDestroyWindow) /* 29 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawArc
#define XDrawArc \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawArc) /* 30 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawLines
#define XDrawLines \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawLines) /* 31 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawRectangle
#define XDrawRectangle \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawRectangle) /* 32 */
#endif
#ifndef XFillArc
#define XFillArc \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillArc) /* 33 */
#endif
#ifndef XFillPolygon
#define XFillPolygon \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillPolygon) /* 34 */
#endif
#ifndef XFillRectangles
#define XFillRectangles \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillRectangles) /* 35 */
#endif
#ifndef XForceScreenSaver
#define XForceScreenSaver \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xForceScreenSaver) /* 36 */
#endif
#ifndef XFreeColormap
#define XFreeColormap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeColormap) /* 37 */
#endif
#ifndef XFreeColors
#define XFreeColors \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeColors) /* 38 */
#endif
#ifndef XFreeCursor
#define XFreeCursor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeCursor) /* 39 */
#endif
#ifndef XFreeModifiermap
#define XFreeModifiermap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeModifiermap) /* 40 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetGeometry
#define XGetGeometry \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetGeometry) /* 41 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetInputFocus
#define XGetInputFocus \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetInputFocus) /* 42 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetWindowProperty
#define XGetWindowProperty \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetWindowProperty) /* 43 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetWindowAttributes
#define XGetWindowAttributes \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetWindowAttributes) /* 44 */
#endif
#ifndef XGrabKeyboard
#define XGrabKeyboard \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGrabKeyboard) /* 45 */
#endif
#ifndef XGrabPointer
#define XGrabPointer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGrabPointer) /* 46 */
#endif
#ifndef XKeysymToKeycode
#define XKeysymToKeycode \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xKeysymToKeycode) /* 47 */
#endif
#ifndef XLookupColor
#define XLookupColor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xLookupColor) /* 48 */
#endif
#ifndef XMapWindow
#define XMapWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xMapWindow) /* 49 */
#endif
#ifndef XMoveResizeWindow
#define XMoveResizeWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xMoveResizeWindow) /* 50 */
#endif
#ifndef XMoveWindow
#define XMoveWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xMoveWindow) /* 51 */
#endif
#ifndef XNextEvent
#define XNextEvent \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xNextEvent) /* 52 */
#endif
#ifndef XPutBackEvent
#define XPutBackEvent \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xPutBackEvent) /* 53 */
#endif
#ifndef XQueryColors
#define XQueryColors \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryColors) /* 54 */
#endif
#ifndef XQueryPointer
#define XQueryPointer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryPointer) /* 55 */
#endif
#ifndef XQueryTree
#define XQueryTree \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryTree) /* 56 */
#endif
#ifndef XRaiseWindow
#define XRaiseWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xRaiseWindow) /* 57 */
#endif
#ifndef XRefreshKeyboardMapping
#define XRefreshKeyboardMapping \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xRefreshKeyboardMapping) /* 58 */
#endif
#ifndef XResizeWindow
#define XResizeWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xResizeWindow) /* 59 */
#endif
#ifndef XSelectInput
#define XSelectInput \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSelectInput) /* 60 */
#endif
#ifndef XSendEvent
#define XSendEvent \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSendEvent) /* 61 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetCommand
#define XSetCommand \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetCommand) /* 62 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetIconName
#define XSetIconName \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetIconName) /* 63 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetInputFocus
#define XSetInputFocus \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetInputFocus) /* 64 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetSelectionOwner
#define XSetSelectionOwner \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetSelectionOwner) /* 65 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBackground
#define XSetWindowBackground \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBackground) /* 66 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap
#define XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBackgroundPixmap) /* 67 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorder
#define XSetWindowBorder \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBorder) /* 68 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorderPixmap
#define XSetWindowBorderPixmap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBorderPixmap) /* 69 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorderWidth
#define XSetWindowBorderWidth \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBorderWidth) /* 70 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowColormap
#define XSetWindowColormap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowColormap) /* 71 */
#endif
#ifndef XTranslateCoordinates
#define XTranslateCoordinates \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xTranslateCoordinates) /* 72 */
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabKeyboard
#define XUngrabKeyboard \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUngrabKeyboard) /* 73 */
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabPointer
#define XUngrabPointer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUngrabPointer) /* 74 */
#endif
#ifndef XUnmapWindow
#define XUnmapWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUnmapWindow) /* 75 */
#endif
#ifndef XWindowEvent
#define XWindowEvent \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xWindowEvent) /* 76 */
#endif
#ifndef XDestroyIC
#define XDestroyIC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDestroyIC) /* 77 */
#endif
#ifndef XFilterEvent
#define XFilterEvent \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFilterEvent) /* 78 */
#endif
#ifndef XmbLookupString
#define XmbLookupString \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xmbLookupString) /* 79 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPutImage
#define TkPutImage \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->tkPutImage) /* 80 */
#endif
/* Slot 81 is reserved */
#ifndef XParseColor
#define XParseColor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xParseColor) /* 82 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateGC
#define XCreateGC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateGC) /* 83 */
#endif
#ifndef XFreeGC
#define XFreeGC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeGC) /* 84 */
#endif
#ifndef XInternAtom
#define XInternAtom \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xInternAtom) /* 85 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetBackground
#define XSetBackground \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetBackground) /* 86 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetForeground
#define XSetForeground \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetForeground) /* 87 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetClipMask
#define XSetClipMask \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetClipMask) /* 88 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetClipOrigin
#define XSetClipOrigin \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetClipOrigin) /* 89 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetTSOrigin
#define XSetTSOrigin \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetTSOrigin) /* 90 */
#endif
#ifndef XChangeGC
#define XChangeGC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xChangeGC) /* 91 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetFont
#define XSetFont \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetFont) /* 92 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetArcMode
#define XSetArcMode \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetArcMode) /* 93 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetStipple
#define XSetStipple \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetStipple) /* 94 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetFillRule
#define XSetFillRule \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetFillRule) /* 95 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetFillStyle
#define XSetFillStyle \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetFillStyle) /* 96 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetFunction
#define XSetFunction \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetFunction) /* 97 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetLineAttributes
#define XSetLineAttributes \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetLineAttributes) /* 98 */
#endif
#ifndef _XInitImageFuncPtrs
#define _XInitImageFuncPtrs \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->_XInitImageFuncPtrs) /* 99 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateIC
#define XCreateIC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateIC) /* 100 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetVisualInfo
#define XGetVisualInfo \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetVisualInfo) /* 101 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWMClientMachine
#define XSetWMClientMachine \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWMClientMachine) /* 102 */
#endif
#ifndef XStringListToTextProperty
#define XStringListToTextProperty \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xStringListToTextProperty) /* 103 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawLine
#define XDrawLine \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawLine) /* 104 */
#endif
#ifndef XWarpPointer
#define XWarpPointer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xWarpPointer) /* 105 */
#endif
#ifndef XFillRectangle
#define XFillRectangle \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillRectangle) /* 106 */
#endif
#ifndef XFlush
#define XFlush \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFlush) /* 107 */
#endif
#ifndef XGrabServer
#define XGrabServer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGrabServer) /* 108 */
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabServer
#define XUngrabServer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUngrabServer) /* 109 */
#endif
#ifndef XFree
#define XFree \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFree) /* 110 */
#endif
#ifndef XNoOp
#define XNoOp \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xNoOp) /* 111 */
#endif
#ifndef XSynchronize
#define XSynchronize \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSynchronize) /* 112 */
#endif
#ifndef XSync
#define XSync \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync) /* 113 */
#endif
#ifndef XVisualIDFromVisual
#define XVisualIDFromVisual \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xVisualIDFromVisual) /* 114 */
#endif
/* Slot 115 is reserved */
/* Slot 116 is reserved */
/* Slot 117 is reserved */
/* Slot 118 is reserved */
/* Slot 119 is reserved */
/* Slot 120 is reserved */
/* Slot 121 is reserved */
/* Slot 122 is reserved */
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
/* Slot 124 is reserved */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
/* Slot 130 is reserved */
/* Slot 131 is reserved */
/* Slot 132 is reserved */
#ifndef XDrawSegments
#define XDrawSegments \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawSegments) /* 133 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawPoint
#define XDrawPoint \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 134 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawPoints
#define XDrawPoints \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 135 */
#endif
/* Slot 136 is reserved */
/* Slot 137 is reserved */
/* Slot 138 is reserved */
/* Slot 139 is reserved */
/* Slot 140 is reserved */
/* Slot 141 is reserved */
/* Slot 142 is reserved */
/* Slot 143 is reserved */
/* Slot 144 is reserved */
/* Slot 145 is reserved */
/* Slot 146 is reserved */
/* Slot 147 is reserved */
/* Slot 148 is reserved */
/* Slot 149 is reserved */
/* Slot 150 is reserved */
/* Slot 151 is reserved */
/* Slot 152 is reserved */
/* Slot 153 is reserved */
/* Slot 154 is reserved */
/* Slot 155 is reserved */
/* Slot 156 is reserved */
/* Slot 157 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry
#define TkUnusedStubEntry \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 158 */
#endif
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef XSetDashes
#define XSetDashes \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetDashes) /* 0 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetModifierMapping
#define XGetModifierMapping \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetModifierMapping) /* 1 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateImage
#define XCreateImage \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateImage) /* 2 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetImage
#define XGetImage \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetImage) /* 3 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetAtomName
#define XGetAtomName \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetAtomName) /* 4 */
#endif
#ifndef XKeysymToString
#define XKeysymToString \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xKeysymToString) /* 5 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateColormap
#define XCreateColormap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateColormap) /* 6 */
#endif
#ifndef XGContextFromGC
#define XGContextFromGC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGContextFromGC) /* 7 */
#endif
#ifndef XKeycodeToKeysym
#define XKeycodeToKeysym \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xKeycodeToKeysym) /* 8 */
#endif
#ifndef XStringToKeysym
#define XStringToKeysym \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xStringToKeysym) /* 9 */
#endif
#ifndef XRootWindow
#define XRootWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xRootWindow) /* 10 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetErrorHandler
#define XSetErrorHandler \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetErrorHandler) /* 11 */
#endif
#ifndef XAllocColor
#define XAllocColor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xAllocColor) /* 12 */
#endif
#ifndef XBell
#define XBell \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xBell) /* 13 */
#endif
#ifndef XChangeProperty
#define XChangeProperty \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xChangeProperty) /* 14 */
#endif
#ifndef XChangeWindowAttributes
#define XChangeWindowAttributes \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xChangeWindowAttributes) /* 15 */
#endif
#ifndef XConfigureWindow
#define XConfigureWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xConfigureWindow) /* 16 */
#endif
#ifndef XCopyArea
#define XCopyArea \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCopyArea) /* 17 */
#endif
#ifndef XCopyPlane
#define XCopyPlane \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCopyPlane) /* 18 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateBitmapFromData
#define XCreateBitmapFromData \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateBitmapFromData) /* 19 */
#endif
#ifndef XDefineCursor
#define XDefineCursor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDefineCursor) /* 20 */
#endif
#ifndef XDestroyWindow
#define XDestroyWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDestroyWindow) /* 21 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawArc
#define XDrawArc \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawArc) /* 22 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawLines
#define XDrawLines \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawLines) /* 23 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawRectangle
#define XDrawRectangle \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawRectangle) /* 24 */
#endif
#ifndef XFillArc
#define XFillArc \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillArc) /* 25 */
#endif
#ifndef XFillPolygon
#define XFillPolygon \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillPolygon) /* 26 */
#endif
#ifndef XFillRectangles
#define XFillRectangles \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillRectangles) /* 27 */
#endif
#ifndef XFreeColormap
#define XFreeColormap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeColormap) /* 28 */
#endif
#ifndef XFreeColors
#define XFreeColors \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeColors) /* 29 */
#endif
#ifndef XFreeModifiermap
#define XFreeModifiermap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeModifiermap) /* 30 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetGeometry
#define XGetGeometry \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetGeometry) /* 31 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetWindowProperty
#define XGetWindowProperty \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetWindowProperty) /* 32 */
#endif
#ifndef XGrabKeyboard
#define XGrabKeyboard \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGrabKeyboard) /* 33 */
#endif
#ifndef XGrabPointer
#define XGrabPointer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGrabPointer) /* 34 */
#endif
#ifndef XKeysymToKeycode
#define XKeysymToKeycode \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xKeysymToKeycode) /* 35 */
#endif
#ifndef XMapWindow
#define XMapWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xMapWindow) /* 36 */
#endif
#ifndef XMoveResizeWindow
#define XMoveResizeWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xMoveResizeWindow) /* 37 */
#endif
#ifndef XMoveWindow
#define XMoveWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xMoveWindow) /* 38 */
#endif
#ifndef XQueryPointer
#define XQueryPointer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryPointer) /* 39 */
#endif
#ifndef XRaiseWindow
#define XRaiseWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xRaiseWindow) /* 40 */
#endif
#ifndef XRefreshKeyboardMapping
#define XRefreshKeyboardMapping \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xRefreshKeyboardMapping) /* 41 */
#endif
#ifndef XResizeWindow
#define XResizeWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xResizeWindow) /* 42 */
#endif
#ifndef XSelectInput
#define XSelectInput \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSelectInput) /* 43 */
#endif
#ifndef XSendEvent
#define XSendEvent \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSendEvent) /* 44 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetIconName
#define XSetIconName \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetIconName) /* 45 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetInputFocus
#define XSetInputFocus \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetInputFocus) /* 46 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetSelectionOwner
#define XSetSelectionOwner \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetSelectionOwner) /* 47 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBackground
#define XSetWindowBackground \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBackground) /* 48 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap
#define XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBackgroundPixmap) /* 49 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorder
#define XSetWindowBorder \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBorder) /* 50 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorderPixmap
#define XSetWindowBorderPixmap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBorderPixmap) /* 51 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowBorderWidth
#define XSetWindowBorderWidth \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowBorderWidth) /* 52 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWindowColormap
#define XSetWindowColormap \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWindowColormap) /* 53 */
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabKeyboard
#define XUngrabKeyboard \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUngrabKeyboard) /* 54 */
#endif
#ifndef XUngrabPointer
#define XUngrabPointer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUngrabPointer) /* 55 */
#endif
#ifndef XUnmapWindow
#define XUnmapWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUnmapWindow) /* 56 */
#endif
#ifndef TkPutImage
#define TkPutImage \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->tkPutImage) /* 57 */
#endif
#ifndef XParseColor
#define XParseColor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xParseColor) /* 58 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateGC
#define XCreateGC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateGC) /* 59 */
#endif
#ifndef XFreeGC
#define XFreeGC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFreeGC) /* 60 */
#endif
#ifndef XInternAtom
#define XInternAtom \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xInternAtom) /* 61 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetBackground
#define XSetBackground \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetBackground) /* 62 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetForeground
#define XSetForeground \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetForeground) /* 63 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetClipMask
#define XSetClipMask \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetClipMask) /* 64 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetClipOrigin
#define XSetClipOrigin \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetClipOrigin) /* 65 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetTSOrigin
#define XSetTSOrigin \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetTSOrigin) /* 66 */
#endif
#ifndef XChangeGC
#define XChangeGC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xChangeGC) /* 67 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetFont
#define XSetFont \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetFont) /* 68 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetArcMode
#define XSetArcMode \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetArcMode) /* 69 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetStipple
#define XSetStipple \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetStipple) /* 70 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetFillRule
#define XSetFillRule \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetFillRule) /* 71 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetFillStyle
#define XSetFillStyle \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetFillStyle) /* 72 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetFunction
#define XSetFunction \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetFunction) /* 73 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetLineAttributes
#define XSetLineAttributes \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetLineAttributes) /* 74 */
#endif
#ifndef _XInitImageFuncPtrs
#define _XInitImageFuncPtrs \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->_XInitImageFuncPtrs) /* 75 */
#endif
#ifndef XCreateIC
#define XCreateIC \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xCreateIC) /* 76 */
#endif
#ifndef XGetVisualInfo
#define XGetVisualInfo \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGetVisualInfo) /* 77 */
#endif
#ifndef XSetWMClientMachine
#define XSetWMClientMachine \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSetWMClientMachine) /* 78 */
#endif
#ifndef XStringListToTextProperty
#define XStringListToTextProperty \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xStringListToTextProperty) /* 79 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawSegments
#define XDrawSegments \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawSegments) /* 80 */
#endif
#ifndef XForceScreenSaver
#define XForceScreenSaver \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xForceScreenSaver) /* 81 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawLine
#define XDrawLine \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawLine) /* 82 */
#endif
#ifndef XFillRectangle
#define XFillRectangle \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFillRectangle) /* 83 */
#endif
#ifndef XClearWindow
#define XClearWindow \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xClearWindow) /* 84 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawPoint
#define XDrawPoint \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoint) /* 85 */
#endif
#ifndef XDrawPoints
#define XDrawPoints \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xDrawPoints) /* 86 */
#endif
#ifndef XWarpPointer
#define XWarpPointer \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xWarpPointer) /* 87 */
#endif
#ifndef XQueryColor
#define XQueryColor \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryColor) /* 88 */
#endif
#ifndef XQueryColors
#define XQueryColors \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryColors) /* 89 */
#endif
#ifndef XQueryTree
#define XQueryTree \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xQueryTree) /* 90 */
#endif
#ifndef XSync
#define XSync \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync) /* 91 */
#endif
/* Slot 92 is reserved */
/* Slot 93 is reserved */
/* Slot 94 is reserved */
/* Slot 95 is reserved */
/* Slot 96 is reserved */
/* Slot 97 is reserved */
/* Slot 98 is reserved */
/* Slot 99 is reserved */
/* Slot 100 is reserved */
/* Slot 101 is reserved */
/* Slot 102 is reserved */
/* Slot 103 is reserved */
/* Slot 104 is reserved */
/* Slot 105 is reserved */
/* Slot 106 is reserved */
/* Slot 107 is reserved */
/* Slot 108 is reserved */
/* Slot 109 is reserved */
/* Slot 110 is reserved */
/* Slot 111 is reserved */
/* Slot 112 is reserved */
/* Slot 113 is reserved */
/* Slot 114 is reserved */
/* Slot 115 is reserved */
/* Slot 116 is reserved */
/* Slot 117 is reserved */
/* Slot 118 is reserved */
/* Slot 119 is reserved */
/* Slot 120 is reserved */
/* Slot 121 is reserved */
/* Slot 122 is reserved */
/* Slot 123 is reserved */
/* Slot 124 is reserved */
/* Slot 125 is reserved */
/* Slot 126 is reserved */
/* Slot 127 is reserved */
/* Slot 128 is reserved */
/* Slot 129 is reserved */
/* Slot 130 is reserved */
/* Slot 131 is reserved */
/* Slot 132 is reserved */
/* Slot 133 is reserved */
/* Slot 134 is reserved */
/* Slot 135 is reserved */
/* Slot 136 is reserved */
/* Slot 137 is reserved */
/* Slot 138 is reserved */
/* Slot 139 is reserved */
/* Slot 140 is reserved */
/* Slot 141 is reserved */
/* Slot 142 is reserved */
/* Slot 143 is reserved */
/* Slot 144 is reserved */
/* Slot 145 is reserved */
/* Slot 146 is reserved */
/* Slot 147 is reserved */
/* Slot 148 is reserved */
/* Slot 149 is reserved */
/* Slot 150 is reserved */
/* Slot 151 is reserved */
/* Slot 152 is reserved */
/* Slot 153 is reserved */
/* Slot 154 is reserved */
/* Slot 155 is reserved */
/* Slot 156 is reserved */
/* Slot 157 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry
#define TkUnusedStubEntry \
(tkIntXlibStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 158 */
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS) */
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#undef TkUnusedStubEntry
#if defined(__WIN32__)
#undef XFlush
#undef XGrabServer
#undef XUngrabServer
#undef XFree
#undef XNoOp
#undef XSynchronize
#undef XSync
#undef XVisualIDFromVisual
#if defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS)
/*
* The following stubs implement various calls that don't do anything
* under Windows. In win32 tclsh 8.4 and 8.5 holds:
* tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow != NULL
* Then the following macros don't do anything. But when running Tcl win32
* version 8.6 or Cygwin (8.4, 8.5 or 8.6) then the functions are available in
* the stub table. The real function from the stub table will be called,
* even though it might be doing nothing.
*/
#define XFlush(display) (tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow? 0: tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFlush(display))
#define XGrabServer(display) (tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow? 0: tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xGrabServer(display))
#define XUngrabServer(display) (tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow? 0: tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xUngrabServer(display))
/*
* The following functions are implemented as macros under Windows.
*/
#define XFree(data) (tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow? ((data)? (ckfree((char *) (data)), 0): 0): tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xFree(data))
#define XNoOp(display) (tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow? 0: tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xNoOp(display))
#define XSynchronize(display, bool) (tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow? 0: tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSynchronize(display, bool))
#define XSync(display, bool) (tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow? 0: tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xSync(display, bool))
#define XVisualIDFromVisual(visual) (tkIntStubsPtr->tkBindDeadWindow? ((visual)->visualid): tkIntXlibStubsPtr->xVisualIDFromVisual(visual))
#else /* !USE_TK_STUBS */
/*
* The following stubs implement various calls that don't do anything
* under Windows.
*/
#define XFlush(display)
#define XGrabServer(display)
#define XUngrabServer(display)
/*
* The following functions are implemented as macros under Windows.
*/
#define XFree(data) {if ((data) != NULL) ckfree((char *) (data));}
#define XNoOp(display) {display->request++;}
#define XSynchronize(display, bool) {display->request++;}
#define XSync(display, bool) {display->request++;}
#define XVisualIDFromVisual(visual) (visual->visualid)
#endif /* !USE_TK_STUBS */
#endif /* __WIN32__ */
#endif /* _TKINTXLIBDECLS */
|
Changes to generic/tkListbox.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#ifdef WIN32
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
typedef struct {
Tk_OptionTable listboxOptionTable;
/* Table defining configuration options
* available for the listbox. */
Tk_OptionTable itemAttrOptionTable;
/* Table definining configuration options
* available for listbox items. */
} ListboxOptionTables;
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each listbox widget
* managed by this file:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
GC selTextGC; /* For drawing selected text. */
int width; /* Desired width of window, in characters. */
int height; /* Desired height of window, in lines. */
int lineHeight; /* Number of pixels allocated for each line in
* display. */
int topIndex; /* Index of top-most element visible in
* window. */
| | | | < | | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
GC selTextGC; /* For drawing selected text. */
int width; /* Desired width of window, in characters. */
int height; /* Desired height of window, in lines. */
int lineHeight; /* Number of pixels allocated for each line in
* display. */
int topIndex; /* Index of top-most element visible in
* window. */
int fullLines; /* Number of lines that fit are completely
* visible in window. There may be one
* additional line at the bottom that is
* partially visible. */
int partialLine; /* 0 means that the window holds exactly
* fullLines lines. 1 means that there is one
* additional line that is partially
* visble. */
int setGrid; /* Non-zero means pass gridding information to
* window manager. */
/*
* Information to support horizontal scrolling:
*/
int maxWidth; /* Width (in pixels) of widest string in
* listbox. */
int xScrollUnit; /* Number of pixels in one "unit" for
* horizontal scrolling (window scrolls
* horizontally in increments of this size).
* This is an average character size. */
int xOffset; /* The left edge of each string in the listbox
* is offset to the left by this many pixels
* (0 means no offset, positive means there is
* an offset). */
/*
* Information about what's selected or active, if any.
*/
Tk_Uid selectMode; /* Selection style: single, browse, multiple,
* or extended. This value isn't used in C
* code, but the Tcl bindings use it. */
int numSelected; /* Number of elements currently selected. */
int selectAnchor; /* Fixed end of selection (i.e. element at
* which selection was started.) */
int exportSelection; /* Non-zero means tie internal listbox to X
* selection. */
int active; /* Index of "active" element (the one that has
* been selected by keyboard traversal). -1
* means none. */
int activeStyle; /* style in which to draw the active element.
* One of: underline, none, dotbox */
/*
* Information for scanning:
*/
int scanMarkX; /* X-position at which scan started (e.g.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
char *xScrollCmd; /* Command prefix for communicating with
* horizontal scrollbar. NULL means no command
* to issue. Malloc'ed. */
int state; /* Listbox state. */
Pixmap gray; /* Pixmap for displaying disabled text. */
int flags; /* Various flag bits: see below for
* definitions. */
| < < < < < < < < | 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
char *xScrollCmd; /* Command prefix for communicating with
* horizontal scrollbar. NULL means no command
* to issue. Malloc'ed. */
int state; /* Listbox state. */
Pixmap gray; /* Pixmap for displaying disabled text. */
int flags; /* Various flag bits: see below for
* definitions. */
} Listbox;
/*
* ItemAttr structures are used to store item configuration information for
* the items in a listbox
*/
typedef struct {
Tk_3DBorder border; /* Used for drawing background around text */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
195 196 197 198 199 200 201 | * already been queued to redraw this window. * UPDATE_V_SCROLLBAR: Non-zero means vertical scrollbar needs to be * updated. * UPDATE_H_SCROLLBAR: Non-zero means horizontal scrollbar needs to * be updated. * GOT_FOCUS: Non-zero means this widget currently has the * input focus. | | | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 | * already been queued to redraw this window. * UPDATE_V_SCROLLBAR: Non-zero means vertical scrollbar needs to be * updated. * UPDATE_H_SCROLLBAR: Non-zero means horizontal scrollbar needs to * be updated. * GOT_FOCUS: Non-zero means this widget currently has the * input focus. * MAXWIDTH_IS_STALE: Stored maxWidth may be out-of-date * LISTBOX_DELETED: This listbox has been effectively destroyed. */ #define REDRAW_PENDING 1 #define UPDATE_V_SCROLLBAR 2 #define UPDATE_H_SCROLLBAR 4 #define GOT_FOCUS 8 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
/*
* The optionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for the
* listbox widget.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-activestyle", "activeStyle", "ActiveStyle",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
/*
* The optionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for the
* listbox widget.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-activestyle", "activeStyle", "ActiveStyle",
DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, activeStyle),
0, (ClientData) activeStyleStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, normalBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, borderWidth),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, dfgColorPtr), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_LISTBOX_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_LISTBOX_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, height), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD, -1,
Tk_Offset(Listbox, selBorderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selFgColorPtr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, selectMode),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-setgrid", "setGrid", "SetGrid",
DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, setGrid), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_LISTBOX_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, width), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, xScrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, yScrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-listvariable", "listVariable", "Variable",
DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Listbox, listVarName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The itemAttrOptionSpecs table defines the valid configuration options for
* listbox items
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec itemAttrOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, border),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
(ClientData) DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, fgColor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, selBorder),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
(ClientData) DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(ItemAttr, selFgColor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT,
(ClientData) DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The following tables define the listbox widget commands (and sub- commands)
* and map the indexes into the string tables into enumerated types used to
* dispatch the listbox widget command.
*/
static const char *commandNames[] = {
"activate", "bbox", "cget", "configure", "curselection", "delete", "get",
"index", "insert", "itemcget", "itemconfigure", "nearest", "scan",
"see", "selection", "size", "xview", "yview", NULL
};
enum command {
COMMAND_ACTIVATE, COMMAND_BBOX, COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE,
COMMAND_CURSELECTION, COMMAND_DELETE, COMMAND_GET, COMMAND_INDEX,
COMMAND_INSERT, COMMAND_ITEMCGET, COMMAND_ITEMCONFIGURE,
COMMAND_NEAREST, COMMAND_SCAN, COMMAND_SEE, COMMAND_SELECTION,
COMMAND_SIZE, COMMAND_XVIEW, COMMAND_YVIEW
};
static const char *selCommandNames[] = {
"anchor", "clear", "includes", "set", NULL
};
enum selcommand {
SELECTION_ANCHOR, SELECTION_CLEAR, SELECTION_INCLUDES, SELECTION_SET
};
static const char *scanCommandNames[] = {
"mark", "dragto", NULL
};
enum scancommand {
SCAN_MARK, SCAN_DRAGTO
};
static const char *indexNames[] = {
"active", "anchor", "end", NULL
};
enum indices {
INDEX_ACTIVE, INDEX_ANCHOR, INDEX_END
};
/*
* Declarations for procedures defined later in this file.
*/
static void ChangeListboxOffset(Listbox *listPtr, int offset);
static void ChangeListboxView(Listbox *listPtr, int index);
static int ConfigureListbox(Tcl_Interp *interp, Listbox *listPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int ConfigureListboxItem(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Listbox *listPtr, ItemAttr *attrs, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int index);
static int ListboxDeleteSubCmd(Listbox *listPtr,
int first, int last);
static void DestroyListbox(char *memPtr);
static void DestroyListboxOptionTables(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void DisplayListbox(ClientData clientData);
static int GetListboxIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Listbox *listPtr,
Tcl_Obj *index, int endIsSize, int *indexPtr);
static int ListboxInsertSubCmd(Listbox *listPtr,
int index, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void ListboxCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void ListboxComputeGeometry(Listbox *listPtr,
int fontChanged, int maxIsStale, int updateGrid);
static void ListboxEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int ListboxFetchSelection(ClientData clientData,
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes);
static void ListboxLostSelection(ClientData clientData);
static void GenerateListboxSelectEvent(Listbox *listPtr);
static void EventuallyRedrawRange(Listbox *listPtr,
int first, int last);
static void ListboxScanTo(Listbox *listPtr, int x, int y);
static int ListboxSelect(Listbox *listPtr,
int first, int last, int select);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
436 437 438 439 440 441 442 | static void ListboxWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); static int NearestListboxElement(Listbox *listPtr, int y); static char * ListboxListVarProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, const char *name2, int flags); static void MigrateHashEntries(Tcl_HashTable *table, int first, int last, int offset); | < | | | | 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 |
static void ListboxWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int NearestListboxElement(Listbox *listPtr, int y);
static char * ListboxListVarProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
const char *name2, int flags);
static void MigrateHashEntries(Tcl_HashTable *table,
int first, int last, int offset);
/*
* The structure below defines button class behavior by means of procedures
* that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static Tk_ClassProcs listboxClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
ListboxWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
NULL, /* createProc */
NULL /* modalProc */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ListboxObjCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
469 470 471 472 473 474 475 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_ListboxObjCmd( | | | < | | > | > | | | | | | > | > < | | | | | | | 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ListboxObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register Listbox *listPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
ListboxOptionTables *optionTables;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
optionTables = (ListboxOptionTables *)
Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "ListboxOptionTables", NULL);
if (optionTables == NULL) {
/*
* We haven't created the option tables for this widget class yet. Do
* it now and save the a pointer to them as the ClientData for the
* command, so future invocations will have access to it.
*/
optionTables = (ListboxOptionTables *)
ckalloc(sizeof(ListboxOptionTables));
/*
* Set up an exit handler to free the optionTables struct.
*/
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "ListboxOptionTables",
DestroyListboxOptionTables, (ClientData) optionTables);
/*
* Create the listbox option table and the listbox item option table.
*/
optionTables->listboxOptionTable =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
optionTables->itemAttrOptionTable =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, itemAttrOptionSpecs);
}
/*
* Initialize the fields of the structure that won't be initialized by
* ConfigureListbox, or that ConfigureListbox requires to be initialized
* already (e.g. resource pointers).
*/
listPtr = (Listbox *) ckalloc(sizeof(Listbox));
memset(listPtr, 0, (sizeof(Listbox)));
listPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
listPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
listPtr->interp = interp;
listPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(listPtr->tkwin), ListboxWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) listPtr, ListboxCmdDeletedProc);
listPtr->optionTable = optionTables->listboxOptionTable;
listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable = optionTables->itemAttrOptionTable;
listPtr->selection = (Tcl_HashTable *)
ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
Tcl_InitHashTable(listPtr->selection, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
listPtr->itemAttrTable = (Tcl_HashTable *)
ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
Tcl_InitHashTable(listPtr->itemAttrTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
listPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
listPtr->textGC = NULL;
listPtr->selFgColorPtr = NULL;
listPtr->selTextGC = NULL;
listPtr->fullLines = 1;
listPtr->xScrollUnit = 1;
listPtr->exportSelection = 1;
listPtr->cursor = NULL;
listPtr->state = STATE_NORMAL;
listPtr->gray = None;
/*
* Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the listbox,
* otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) listPtr->tkwin);
Tk_SetClass(listPtr->tkwin, "Listbox");
Tk_SetClassProcs(listPtr->tkwin, &listboxClass, (ClientData) listPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(listPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
ListboxEventProc, (ClientData) listPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
ListboxFetchSelection, (ClientData) listPtr, XA_STRING);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)listPtr,
optionTables->listboxOptionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(listPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(listPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ListboxWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
604 605 606 607 608 609 610 |
static int
ListboxWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about listbox widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments as Tcl_Obj's. */
{
| | < | | | | 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
static int
ListboxWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about listbox widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments as Tcl_Obj's. */
{
register Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *) clientData;
int cmdIndex, index;
int result = TCL_OK;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Parse the command by looking up the second argument in the list of
* valid subcommand names
*/
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames,
"option", 0, &cmdIndex);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)listPtr);
/*
* The subcommand was valid, so continue processing.
*/
switch (cmdIndex) {
case COMMAND_ACTIVATE:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
672 673 674 675 676 677 678 |
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
result = ListboxBboxSubCmd(interp, listPtr, index);
break;
| | > > | | > | > > | | | | > | > > < | > | < | 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 |
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
result = ListboxBboxSubCmd(interp, listPtr, index);
break;
case COMMAND_CGET: {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) listPtr,
listPtr->optionTable, objv[2], listPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
break;
}
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE: {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) listPtr,
listPtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
}
} else {
result = ConfigureListbox(interp, listPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
}
case COMMAND_CURSELECTION: {
char indexStringRep[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
int i;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
/*
* Of course, it would be more efficient to use the Tcl_HashTable
* search functions (Tcl_FirstHashEntry, Tcl_NextHashEntry), but then
* the result wouldn't be in sorted order. So instead we loop through
* the indices in order, adding them to the result if they are
* selected.
*/
for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
if (Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, (char *) INT2PTR(i))) {
sprintf(indexStringRep, "%d", i);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, indexStringRep);
}
}
result = TCL_OK;
break;
}
case COMMAND_DELETE: {
int first, last;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
821 822 823 824 825 826 827 |
if (objc == 3) {
/*
* One element request - we return a string
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, elemPtrs[first]);
} else {
| | | | | > < | | < > | | | < < | | | | > | 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 |
if (objc == 3) {
/*
* One element request - we return a string
*/
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, elemPtrs[first]);
} else {
Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), (last - first + 1),
&(elemPtrs[first]));
}
result = TCL_OK;
break;
}
case COMMAND_INDEX:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
result = GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 1, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
result = TCL_OK;
break;
case COMMAND_INSERT:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index ?element element ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
result = GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 1, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
if (!(listPtr->state & STATE_NORMAL)) {
break;
}
result = ListboxInsertSubCmd(listPtr, index, objc-3, objv+3);
break;
case COMMAND_ITEMCGET: {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
ItemAttr *attrPtr;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
result = GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 0, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
if (index < 0 || index >= listPtr->nElements) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "item number \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\" out of range", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
attrPtr = ListboxGetItemAttributes(interp, listPtr, index);
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) attrPtr,
listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable, objv[3], listPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
break;
}
case COMMAND_ITEMCONFIGURE: {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
ItemAttr *attrPtr;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"index ?option? ?value? ?option value ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
result = GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 0, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
if (index < 0 || index >= listPtr->nElements) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "item number \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\" out of range", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
attrPtr = ListboxGetItemAttributes(interp, listPtr, index);
if (objc <= 4) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) attrPtr,
listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
(objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, listPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
}
} else {
result = ConfigureListboxItem(interp, listPtr, attrPtr,
objc-3, objv+3, index);
}
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
953 954 955 956 957 958 959 |
}
result = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &y);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
index = NearestListboxElement(listPtr, y);
| | | 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 |
}
result = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &y);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
index = NearestListboxElement(listPtr, y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
result = TCL_OK;
break;
}
case COMMAND_SCAN: {
int x, y, scanCmdIndex;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 |
index = listPtr->nElements - 1;
}
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
diff = listPtr->topIndex - index;
if (diff > 0) {
| | | | | | 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 |
index = listPtr->nElements - 1;
}
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
diff = listPtr->topIndex - index;
if (diff > 0) {
if (diff <= (listPtr->fullLines/3)) {
ChangeListboxView(listPtr, index);
} else {
ChangeListboxView(listPtr, index - (listPtr->fullLines-1)/2);
}
} else {
diff = index - (listPtr->topIndex + listPtr->fullLines - 1);
if (diff > 0) {
if (diff <= (listPtr->fullLines/3)) {
ChangeListboxView(listPtr, listPtr->topIndex + diff);
} else {
ChangeListboxView(listPtr, index-(listPtr->fullLines-1)/2);
}
}
}
result = TCL_OK;
break;
}
case COMMAND_SELECTION:
result = ListboxSelectionSubCmd(interp, listPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case COMMAND_SIZE:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(listPtr->nElements));
result = TCL_OK;
break;
case COMMAND_XVIEW:
result = ListboxXviewSubCmd(interp, listPtr, objc, objv);
break;
case COMMAND_YVIEW:
result = ListboxYviewSubCmd(interp, listPtr, objc, objv);
break;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData)listPtr);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ListboxBboxSubCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 |
static int
ListboxBboxSubCmd(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Pointer to the calling Tcl interpreter */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about the listbox */
int index) /* Index of the element to get bbox info on */
{
| < > | | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 |
static int
ListboxBboxSubCmd(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Pointer to the calling Tcl interpreter */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about the listbox */
int index) /* Index of the element to get bbox info on */
{
int lastVisibleIndex;
/*
* Determine the index of the last visible item in the listbox.
*/
lastVisibleIndex = listPtr->topIndex + listPtr->fullLines
+ listPtr->partialLine;
if (listPtr->nElements < lastVisibleIndex) {
lastVisibleIndex = listPtr->nElements;
}
/*
* Only allow bbox requests for indices that are visible.
*/
if ((listPtr->topIndex <= index) && (index < lastVisibleIndex)) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
Tcl_Obj *el;
char *stringRep;
int pixelWidth, stringLen, x, y, result;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
/*
* Compute the pixel width of the requested element.
*/
result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, listPtr->listObj, index, &el);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(el, &stringLen);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, stringLen);
x = listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth - listPtr->xOffset;
y = ((index - listPtr->topIndex)*listPtr->lineHeight)
+ listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth;
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", x, y, pixelWidth, fm.linespace);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 |
result = ListboxSelect(listPtr, first, last, 0);
break;
case SELECTION_INCLUDES:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | > | 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 |
result = ListboxSelect(listPtr, first, last, 0);
break;
case SELECTION_INCLUDES:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection,
(char *) INT2PTR(first)) != NULL)));
result = TCL_OK;
break;
case SELECTION_SET:
result = ListboxSelect(listPtr, first, last, 1);
break;
}
return result;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 |
static int
ListboxXviewSubCmd(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Pointer to the calling Tcl interpreter */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about the listbox */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in the objv array */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of arguments to the procedure */
{
| > | | < < | < < > | | | > | > < | > | | 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 |
static int
ListboxXviewSubCmd(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Pointer to the calling Tcl interpreter */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about the listbox */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in the objv array */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of arguments to the procedure */
{
int index, count, type, windowWidth, windowUnits;
int offset = 0; /* Initialized to stop gcc warnings. */
double fraction, fraction2;
windowWidth = Tk_Width(listPtr->tkwin)
- 2*(listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth);
if (objc == 2) {
if (listPtr->maxWidth == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "0.0 1.0", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
fraction = listPtr->xOffset/((double) listPtr->maxWidth);
fraction2 = (listPtr->xOffset + windowWidth)
/ ((double) listPtr->maxWidth);
if (fraction2 > 1.0) {
fraction2 = 1.0;
}
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, fraction, buf);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, fraction2, buf);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", buf, NULL);
}
} else if (objc == 3) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ChangeListboxOffset(listPtr, index*listPtr->xScrollUnit);
} else {
type = Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, &count);
switch (type) {
case TK_SCROLL_ERROR:
return TCL_ERROR;
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
offset = (int) (fraction*listPtr->maxWidth + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
windowUnits = windowWidth/listPtr->xScrollUnit;
if (windowUnits > 2) {
offset = listPtr->xOffset
+ count*listPtr->xScrollUnit*(windowUnits-2);
} else {
offset = listPtr->xOffset + count*listPtr->xScrollUnit;
}
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 |
static int
ListboxYviewSubCmd(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Pointer to the calling Tcl interpreter */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about the listbox */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in the objv array */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of arguments to the procedure */
{
| | | < < | < < > | | > | > | > < | > | 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 |
static int
ListboxYviewSubCmd(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Pointer to the calling Tcl interpreter */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about the listbox */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in the objv array */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of arguments to the procedure */
{
int index, count, type;
double fraction, fraction2;
if (objc == 2) {
if (listPtr->nElements == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "0.0 1.0", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
fraction = listPtr->topIndex/((double) listPtr->nElements);
fraction2 = (listPtr->topIndex+listPtr->fullLines)
/((double) listPtr->nElements);
if (fraction2 > 1.0) {
fraction2 = 1.0;
}
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, fraction, buf);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, fraction2, buf);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " ", buf, NULL);
}
} else if (objc == 3) {
if (GetListboxIndex(interp, listPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ChangeListboxView(listPtr, index);
} else {
type = Tk_GetScrollInfoObj(interp, objc, objv, &fraction, &count);
switch (type) {
case TK_SCROLL_MOVETO:
index = (int) (listPtr->nElements*fraction + 0.5);
break;
case TK_SCROLL_PAGES:
if (listPtr->fullLines > 2) {
index = listPtr->topIndex + count*(listPtr->fullLines-2);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 |
int index) /* Index of the item to retrieve attributes
* for. */
{
int isNew;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
ItemAttr *attrs;
| | > | | | < < > | 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 |
int index) /* Index of the item to retrieve attributes
* for. */
{
int isNew;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
ItemAttr *attrs;
entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable,
(char *) INT2PTR(index), &isNew);
if (isNew) {
attrs = (ItemAttr *) ckalloc(sizeof(ItemAttr));
attrs->border = NULL;
attrs->selBorder = NULL;
attrs->fgColor = NULL;
attrs->selFgColor = NULL;
Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)attrs, listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable,
listPtr->tkwin);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, (ClientData) attrs);
}
attrs = (ItemAttr *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
return attrs;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyListbox --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 | * Everything associated with the listbox is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyListbox( | | | | | | | | | | | | 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 |
* Everything associated with the listbox is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyListbox(
char *memPtr) /* Info about listbox widget. */
{
register Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *) memPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
/*
* If we have an internal list object, free it.
*/
if (listPtr->listObj != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(listPtr->listObj);
listPtr->listObj = NULL;
}
if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ListboxListVarProc, (ClientData) listPtr);
}
/*
* Free the selection hash table.
*/
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(listPtr->selection);
ckfree((char *)listPtr->selection);
/*
* Free the item attribute hash table.
*/
for (entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable, &search);
entry != NULL; entry = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
ckfree((char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry));
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(listPtr->itemAttrTable);
ckfree((char *)listPtr->itemAttrTable);
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
if (listPtr->textGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(listPtr->display, listPtr->textGC);
}
if (listPtr->selTextGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(listPtr->display, listPtr->selTextGC);
}
if (listPtr->gray != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(Tk_Display(listPtr->tkwin), listPtr->gray);
}
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *)listPtr, listPtr->optionTable,
listPtr->tkwin);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) listPtr->tkwin);
listPtr->tkwin = NULL;
ckfree((char *) listPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyListboxOptionTables --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyListboxOptionTables(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the OptionTables struct */
| | < < | | 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyListboxOptionTables(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the OptionTables struct */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Pointer to the calling interp */
{
ckfree((char *) clientData);
return;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureListbox --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureListbox(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | | | | 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureListbox(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
Tcl_Obj *oldListObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
int oldExport, error;
oldExport = listPtr->exportSelection;
if (listPtr->listVarName != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, listPtr->listVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ListboxListVarProc, (ClientData) listPtr);
}
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) listPtr,
listPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
listPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 |
if (listPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
listPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
listPtr->inset = listPtr->highlightWidth + listPtr->borderWidth;
/*
* Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and
| | | < | | | 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 |
if (listPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
listPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
listPtr->inset = listPtr->highlightWidth + listPtr->borderWidth;
/*
* Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and
* there is a selection to export.
*/
if (listPtr->exportSelection && !oldExport
&& (listPtr->numSelected != 0)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, ListboxLostSelection,
(ClientData) listPtr);
}
/*
* Verify the current status of the list var.
* PREVIOUS STATE | NEW STATE | ACTION
* ---------------+------------+----------------------------------
* no listvar | listvar | If listvar does not exist, create it
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 |
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(listPtr->interp,
": invalid -listvariable value", NULL);
continue;
}
listPtr->listObj = listVarObj;
| | | | | 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 |
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(listPtr->interp,
": invalid -listvariable value", NULL);
continue;
}
listPtr->listObj = listVarObj;
Tcl_TraceVar(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ListboxListVarProc, (ClientData) listPtr);
} else if (listPtr->listObj == NULL) {
listPtr->listObj = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(listPtr->listObj);
if (oldListObj != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldListObj);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 |
Tcl_ListObjLength(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, &listPtr->nElements);
if (error) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
return TCL_ERROR;
| | | | > | 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 |
Tcl_ListObjLength(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, &listPtr->nElements);
if (error) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
ListboxWorldChanged((ClientData) listPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureListboxItem --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureListboxItem(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureListboxItem(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
ItemAttr *attrs, /* Information about the item to configure */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments. */
int index) /* Index of the listbox item being configure */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)attrs,
listPtr->itemAttrOptionTable, objc, objv, listPtr->tkwin,
&savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 |
static void
ListboxWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
unsigned long mask;
| | | 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 |
static void
ListboxWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
unsigned long mask;
Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *) instanceData;
if (listPtr->state & STATE_NORMAL) {
gcValues.foreground = listPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel;
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
mask = GCForeground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures;
} else if (listPtr->dfgColorPtr != NULL) {
gcValues.foreground = listPtr->dfgColorPtr->pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayListbox(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | | < | < | | | | | 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayListbox(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
register Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *) clientData;
register Tk_Window tkwin = listPtr->tkwin;
GC gc;
int i, limit, x, y, prevSelected, freeGC, stringLen;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tcl_Obj *curElement;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
char *stringRep;
ItemAttr *attrs;
Tk_3DBorder selectedBg;
XGCValues gcValues;
unsigned long mask;
int left, right; /* Non-zero values here indicate that the left
* or right edge of the listbox is
* off-screen. */
Pixmap pixmap;
listPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if (listPtr->flags & LISTBOX_DELETED) {
return;
}
if (listPtr->flags & MAXWIDTH_IS_STALE) {
ListboxComputeGeometry(listPtr, 0, 1, 0);
listPtr->flags &= ~MAXWIDTH_IS_STALE;
listPtr->flags |= UPDATE_H_SCROLLBAR;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) listPtr);
if (listPtr->flags & UPDATE_V_SCROLLBAR) {
ListboxUpdateVScrollbar(listPtr);
if ((listPtr->flags & LISTBOX_DELETED) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
Tcl_Release((ClientData) listPtr);
return;
}
}
if (listPtr->flags & UPDATE_H_SCROLLBAR) {
ListboxUpdateHScrollbar(listPtr);
if ((listPtr->flags & LISTBOX_DELETED) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
Tcl_Release((ClientData) listPtr);
return;
}
}
listPtr->flags &= ~(REDRAW_PENDING|UPDATE_V_SCROLLBAR|UPDATE_H_SCROLLBAR);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) listPtr);
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
* Redrawing is done in a temporary pixmap that is allocated here and
* freed at the end of the procedure. All drawing is done to the pixmap,
* and the pixmap is copied to the screen at the end of the procedure.
* This provides the smoothest possible visual effects (no flashing on the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 | freeGC = 0; /* * Lookup this item in the item attributes table, to see if it has * special foreground/background colors. */ | | | | 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 |
freeGC = 0;
/*
* Lookup this item in the item attributes table, to see if it has
* special foreground/background colors.
*/
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable, (char *) INT2PTR(i));
/*
* If the listbox is enabled, items may be drawn differently; they may
* be drawn selected, or they may have special foreground or
* background colors.
*/
if (listPtr->state & STATE_NORMAL) {
if (Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, (char *) INT2PTR(i))) {
/*
* Selected items are drawn differently.
*/
gc = listPtr->selTextGC;
width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*listPtr->inset;
selectedBg = listPtr->selBorder;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 | Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(tkwin, pixmap, selectedBg, x-left, y, width+left+right, listPtr->selBorderWidth, 1, 1, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED); } /* Draw bottom bevel */ if (i + 1 == listPtr->nElements || | | > | | 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 |
Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(tkwin, pixmap, selectedBg,
x-left, y, width+left+right,
listPtr->selBorderWidth,
1, 1, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
/* Draw bottom bevel */
if (i + 1 == listPtr->nElements ||
Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection,
(char *) INT2PTR(i + 1)) == NULL ) {
Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(tkwin, pixmap, selectedBg, x-left,
y + listPtr->lineHeight - listPtr->selBorderWidth,
width+left+right, listPtr->selBorderWidth, 0, 0, 0,
TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
prevSelected = 1;
} else {
/*
* If there is an item attributes record for this item, draw
* the background box and set the foreground color accordingly
*/
if (entry != NULL) {
attrs = (ItemAttr *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
gcValues.foreground = listPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel;
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(listPtr->tkfont);
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 | } } /* * Draw the actual text of this item. */ | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | | | | | 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 |
}
}
/*
* Draw the actual text of this item.
*/
Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
y += fm.ascent + listPtr->selBorderWidth;
x = listPtr->inset + listPtr->selBorderWidth - listPtr->xOffset;
Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &curElement);
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
Tk_DrawChars(listPtr->display, pixmap, gc, listPtr->tkfont,
stringRep, stringLen, x, y);
/*
* If this is the active element, apply the activestyle to it.
*/
if ((i == listPtr->active) && (listPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
if (listPtr->activeStyle == ACTIVE_STYLE_UNDERLINE) {
/*
* Underline the text.
*/
Tk_UnderlineChars(listPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, x, y, 0, stringLen);
} else if (listPtr->activeStyle == ACTIVE_STYLE_DOTBOX) {
#ifdef WIN32
/*
* This provides for exact default look and feel on Windows.
*/
TkWinDCState state;
HDC dc;
RECT rect;
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(listPtr->display, pixmap, &state);
rect.left = listPtr->inset;
rect.top = ((i - listPtr->topIndex) * listPtr->lineHeight)
+ listPtr->inset;
rect.right = rect.left + width;
rect.bottom = rect.top + listPtr->lineHeight;
DrawFocusRect(dc, &rect);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state);
#else /* !WIN32 */
/*
* Draw a dotted box around the text.
*/
x = listPtr->inset;
y = ((i - listPtr->topIndex) * listPtr->lineHeight)
+ listPtr->inset;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 | /* * Don't bother changing if it is about to be freed. */ gcValues.line_style = LineSolid; XChangeGC(listPtr->display, gc, GCLineStyle, &gcValues); } | | | 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 |
/*
* Don't bother changing if it is about to be freed.
*/
gcValues.line_style = LineSolid;
XChangeGC(listPtr->display, gc, GCLineStyle, &gcValues);
}
#endif /* WIN32 */
}
}
if (freeGC) {
Tk_FreeGC(listPtr->display, gc);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 |
* longer be up-to-date and must be
* recomputed. If fontChanged is 1 then this
* must be 1. */
int updateGrid) /* Non-zero means call Tk_SetGrid or
* Tk_UnsetGrid to update gridding for the
* window. */
{
| | < | | | | 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 |
* longer be up-to-date and must be
* recomputed. If fontChanged is 1 then this
* must be 1. */
int updateGrid) /* Non-zero means call Tk_SetGrid or
* Tk_UnsetGrid to update gridding for the
* window. */
{
int width, height, pixelWidth, pixelHeight, textLength, i, result;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tcl_Obj *element;
char *text;
if (fontChanged || maxIsStale) {
listPtr->xScrollUnit = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
if (listPtr->xScrollUnit == 0) {
listPtr->xScrollUnit = 1;
}
listPtr->maxWidth = 0;
for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
/*
* Compute the pixel width of the current element.
*/
result = Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
&element);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
text = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element, &textLength);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, text, textLength);
if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
}
}
}
Tk_GetFontMetrics(listPtr->tkfont, &fm);
listPtr->lineHeight = fm.linespace + 1 + 2*listPtr->selBorderWidth;
width = listPtr->width;
if (width <= 0) {
width = (listPtr->maxWidth + listPtr->xScrollUnit - 1)
/listPtr->xScrollUnit;
if (width < 1) {
width = 1;
}
}
pixelWidth = width*listPtr->xScrollUnit + 2*listPtr->inset
+ 2*listPtr->selBorderWidth;
height = listPtr->height;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 | * callback is registered for the listbox. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ListboxInsertSubCmd( | | | < | | | 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 |
* callback is registered for the listbox.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ListboxInsertSubCmd(
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox that is to get the new elements. */
int index, /* Add the new elements before this
* element. */
int objc, /* Number of new elements to add. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* New elements (one per entry). */
{
int i, oldMaxWidth, pixelWidth, result, length;
Tcl_Obj *newListObj;
char *stringRep;
oldMaxWidth = listPtr->maxWidth;
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
/*
* Check if any of the new elements are wider than the current widest;
* if so, update our notion of "widest."
*/
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
if (pixelWidth > listPtr->maxWidth) {
listPtr->maxWidth = pixelWidth;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 | * The listbox will be modified and (eventually) redisplayed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ListboxDeleteSubCmd( | | | < | | 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 |
* The listbox will be modified and (eventually) redisplayed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ListboxDeleteSubCmd(
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox widget to modify. */
int first, /* Index of first element to delete. */
int last) /* Index of last element to delete. */
{
int count, i, widthChanged, length, result, pixelWidth;
Tcl_Obj *newListObj, *element;
char *stringRep;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
/*
* Adjust the range to fit within the existing elements of the listbox,
* and make sure there's something to delete.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 |
widthChanged = 0;
for (i = first; i <= last; i++) {
/*
* Remove selection information.
*/
| | | | | | | 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 |
widthChanged = 0;
for (i = first; i <= last; i++) {
/*
* Remove selection information.
*/
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, (char *) INT2PTR(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
listPtr->numSelected--;
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
}
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable, (char *) INT2PTR(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
ckfree((char *)Tcl_GetHashValue(entry));
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
}
/*
* Check width of the element. We only have to check if widthChanged
* has not already been set to 1, because we only need one maxWidth
* element to disappear for us to have to recompute the width
*/
if (widthChanged == 0) {
Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i, &element);
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(element, &length);
pixelWidth = Tk_TextWidth(listPtr->tkfont, stringRep, length);
if (pixelWidth == listPtr->maxWidth) {
widthChanged = 1;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 |
*/
static void
ListboxEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 |
*/
static void
ListboxEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
EventuallyRedrawRange(listPtr,
NearestListboxElement(listPtr, eventPtr->xexpose.y),
NearestListboxElement(listPtr, eventPtr->xexpose.y
+ eventPtr->xexpose.height));
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (!(listPtr->flags & LISTBOX_DELETED)) {
listPtr->flags |= LISTBOX_DELETED;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(listPtr->interp, listPtr->widgetCmd);
if (listPtr->setGrid) {
Tk_UnsetGrid(listPtr->tkwin);
}
if (listPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayListbox, clientData);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, DestroyListbox);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
int vertSpace;
vertSpace = Tk_Height(listPtr->tkwin) - 2*listPtr->inset;
listPtr->fullLines = vertSpace / listPtr->lineHeight;
if ((listPtr->fullLines*listPtr->lineHeight) < vertSpace) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *) clientData;
/*
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this procedure destroys the
* widget.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 |
static int
GetListboxIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Specifies an element in the listbox. */
| | < | < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > < < | < < < | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > < | | | | | 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 |
static int
GetListboxIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Listbox *listPtr, /* Listbox for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Specifies an element in the listbox. */
int endIsSize, /* If 1, "end" refers to the number of entries
* in the listbox. If 0, "end" refers to 1
* less than the number of entries. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
int result, index;
char *stringRep;
/*
* First see if the index is one of the named indices.
*/
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, indexObj, indexNames, "", 0, &index);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
switch (index) {
case INDEX_ACTIVE:
/* "active" index */
*indexPtr = listPtr->active;
break;
case INDEX_ANCHOR:
/* "anchor" index */
*indexPtr = listPtr->selectAnchor;
break;
case INDEX_END:
/* "end" index */
if (endIsSize) {
*indexPtr = listPtr->nElements;
} else {
*indexPtr = listPtr->nElements - 1;
}
break;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* The index didn't match any of the named indices; maybe it's an @x,y
*/
stringRep = Tcl_GetString(indexObj);
if (stringRep[0] == '@') {
/* @x,y index */
int y;
char *start, *end;
start = stringRep + 1;
y = strtol(start, &end, 0);
if ((start == end) || (*end != ',')) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad listbox index \"", stringRep,
"\": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
start = end+1;
y = strtol(start, &end, 0);
if ((start == end) || (*end != '\0')) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad listbox index \"", stringRep,
"\": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*indexPtr = NearestListboxElement(listPtr, y);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Maybe the index is just an integer.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, indexObj, indexPtr) == TCL_OK) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Everything failed, nothing matched. Throw up an error message.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad listbox index \"",
Tcl_GetString(indexObj), "\": must be active, anchor, ",
"end, @x,y, or a number", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ChangeListboxView --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 | * change its display too. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ChangeListboxView( | | | 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 |
* change its display too.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ChangeListboxView(
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int index) /* Index of element in listPtr that should now
* appear at the top of the listbox. */
{
if (index >= (listPtr->nElements - listPtr->fullLines)) {
index = listPtr->nElements - listPtr->fullLines;
}
if (index < 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 | * The listbox may be redrawn to reflect its new horizontal offset. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ChangeListboxOffset( | | | > > | 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 |
* The listbox may be redrawn to reflect its new horizontal offset.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ChangeListboxOffset(
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int offset) /* Desired new "xOffset" for listbox. */
{
int maxOffset;
/*
* Make sure that the new offset is within the allowable range, and round
* it off to an even multiple of xScrollUnit.
*
* Add half a scroll unit to do entry/text-like synchronization. [Bug
* #225025]
*/
offset += listPtr->xScrollUnit / 2;
maxOffset = listPtr->maxWidth - (Tk_Width(listPtr->tkwin) -
2*listPtr->inset - 2*listPtr->selBorderWidth)
+ listPtr->xScrollUnit - 1;
if (offset > maxOffset) {
offset = maxOffset;
}
if (offset < 0) {
offset = 0;
}
offset -= offset % listPtr->xScrollUnit;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 | * The view in the window may change. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ListboxScanTo( | | | > > | | 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 |
* The view in the window may change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxScanTo(
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int x, /* X-coordinate to use for scan operation. */
int y) /* Y-coordinate to use for scan operation. */
{
int newTopIndex, newOffset, maxIndex, maxOffset;
maxIndex = listPtr->nElements - listPtr->fullLines;
maxOffset = listPtr->maxWidth + (listPtr->xScrollUnit - 1)
- (Tk_Width(listPtr->tkwin) - 2*listPtr->inset
- 2*listPtr->selBorderWidth - listPtr->xScrollUnit);
/*
* Compute new top line for screen by amplifying the difference between
* the current position and the place where the scan started (the "mark"
* position). If we run off the top or bottom of the list, then reset the
* mark point so that the current position continues to correspond to the
* edge of the window. This means that the picture will start dragging as
* soon as the mouse reverses direction (without this reset, might have to
* slide mouse a long ways back before the picture starts moving again).
*/
newTopIndex = listPtr->scanMarkYIndex
- (10*(y - listPtr->scanMarkY))/listPtr->lineHeight;
if (newTopIndex > maxIndex) {
newTopIndex = listPtr->scanMarkYIndex = maxIndex;
listPtr->scanMarkY = y;
} else if (newTopIndex < 0) {
newTopIndex = listPtr->scanMarkYIndex = 0;
listPtr->scanMarkY = y;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int NearestListboxElement( | | | | 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
NearestListboxElement(
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int y) /* Y-coordinate in listPtr's window. */
{
int index;
index = (y - listPtr->inset)/listPtr->lineHeight;
if (index >= (listPtr->fullLines + listPtr->partialLine)) {
index = listPtr->fullLines + listPtr->partialLine - 1;
}
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
index += listPtr->topIndex;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 | * non-zero. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ListboxSelect( | | | 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 |
* non-zero.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ListboxSelect(
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int first, /* Index of first element to select or
* deselect. */
int last, /* Index of last element to select or
* deselect. */
int select) /* 1 means select items, 0 means deselect
* them. */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 |
/*
* For each index in the range, find it in our selection hash table. If
* it's not there but should be, add it. If it's there but shouldn't be,
* remove it.
*/
for (i = first; i <= last; i++) {
| | | | | | < | | | 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 |
/*
* For each index in the range, find it in our selection hash table. If
* it's not there but should be, add it. If it's there but shouldn't be,
* remove it.
*/
for (i = first; i <= last; i++) {
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, (char *) INT2PTR(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
if (!select) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
listPtr->numSelected--;
if (firstRedisplay < 0) {
firstRedisplay = i;
}
}
} else {
if (select) {
entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(listPtr->selection,
(char *) INT2PTR(i), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, (ClientData) NULL);
listPtr->numSelected++;
if (firstRedisplay < 0) {
firstRedisplay = i;
}
}
}
}
if (firstRedisplay >= 0) {
EventuallyRedrawRange(listPtr, first, last);
}
if ((oldCount == 0) && (listPtr->numSelected > 0)
&& (listPtr->exportSelection)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(listPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, ListboxLostSelection,
(ClientData) listPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | < | | | | | > < | | | | 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ListboxFetchSelection(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about listbox widget. */
int offset, /* Offset within selection of first byte to be
* returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NULL
* character. */
{
register Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *) clientData;
Tcl_DString selection;
int length, count, needNewline, stringLen, i;
Tcl_Obj *curElement;
char *stringRep;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
if (!listPtr->exportSelection) {
return -1;
}
/*
* Use a dynamic string to accumulate the contents of the selection.
*/
needNewline = 0;
Tcl_DStringInit(&selection);
for (i = 0; i < listPtr->nElements; i++) {
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, (char *) INT2PTR(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
if (needNewline) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, "\n", 1);
}
Tcl_ListObjIndex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, i,
&curElement);
stringRep = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curElement, &stringLen);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&selection, stringRep, stringLen);
needNewline = 1;
}
}
length = Tcl_DStringLength(&selection);
if (length == 0) {
return -1;
}
/*
* Copy the requested portion of the selection to the buffer.
*/
count = length - offset;
if (count <= 0) {
count = 0;
} else {
if (count > maxBytes) {
count = maxBytes;
}
memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&selection) + offset, (size_t) count);
}
buffer[count] = '\0';
Tcl_DStringFree(&selection);
return count;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about listbox widget. */
{
| | | < | 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about listbox widget. */
{
register Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *) clientData;
if ((listPtr->exportSelection) && (listPtr->nElements > 0)) {
ListboxSelect(listPtr, 0, listPtr->nElements-1, 0);
GenerateListboxSelectEvent(listPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GenerateListboxSelectEvent(
Listbox *listPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
| > | > > > > > > > > | 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GenerateListboxSelectEvent(
Listbox *listPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virtual;} event;
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(listPtr->tkwin));
event.general.xany.send_event = False;
event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(listPtr->tkwin);
event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(listPtr->tkwin);
event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid("ListboxSelect");
Tk_HandleEvent(&event.general);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EventuallyRedrawRange --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 | * Information gets redisplayed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void EventuallyRedrawRange( | | < < < | | 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 |
* Information gets redisplayed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EventuallyRedrawRange(
register Listbox *listPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int first, /* Index of first element in list that needs
* to be redrawn. */
int last) /* Index of last element in list that needs to
* be redrawn. May be less than first; these
* just bracket a range. */
{
/*
* We don't have to register a redraw callback if one is already pending,
* or if the window doesn't exist, or if the window isn't mapped.
*/
if ((listPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)
|| (listPtr->flags & LISTBOX_DELETED)
|| !Tk_IsMapped(listPtr->tkwin)) {
return;
}
listPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayListbox, (ClientData) listPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ListboxUpdateVScrollbar --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 | * process errors in the command. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ListboxUpdateVScrollbar( | | | < > | | | < | < < < < < | | | 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 |
* process errors in the command.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxUpdateVScrollbar(
register Listbox *listPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
char firstStr[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1], lastStr[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
double first, last;
int result;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
if (listPtr->yScrollCmd == NULL) {
return;
}
if (listPtr->nElements == 0) {
first = 0.0;
last = 1.0;
} else {
first = listPtr->topIndex / (double) listPtr->nElements;
last = (listPtr->topIndex + listPtr->fullLines)
/ (double) listPtr->nElements;
if (last > 1.0) {
last = 1.0;
}
}
firstStr[0] = lastStr[0] = ' ';
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, firstStr+1);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, lastStr+1);
/*
* We must hold onto the interpreter from the listPtr because the data at
* listPtr might be freed as a result of the Tcl_VarEval.
*/
interp = listPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, listPtr->yScrollCmd, firstStr, lastStr,
NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (vertical scrolling command executed by listbox)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release(interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 | * process errors in the command. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ListboxUpdateHScrollbar( | | | < < | | > > | | > | | | < | < < < < < | | | 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 |
* process errors in the command.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ListboxUpdateHScrollbar(
register Listbox *listPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
char firstStr[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1], lastStr[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
int result, windowWidth;
double first, last;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
if (listPtr->xScrollCmd == NULL) {
return;
}
windowWidth = Tk_Width(listPtr->tkwin) - 2*(listPtr->inset
+ listPtr->selBorderWidth);
if (listPtr->maxWidth == 0) {
first = 0;
last = 1.0;
} else {
register double maxWide = (double) listPtr->maxWidth;
first = listPtr->xOffset / maxWide;
last = (listPtr->xOffset + windowWidth) / maxWide;
if (last > 1.0) {
last = 1.0;
}
}
firstStr[0] = lastStr[0] = ' ';
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, firstStr+1);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, lastStr+1);
/*
* We must hold onto the interpreter because the data referred to at
* listPtr might be freed as a result of the call to Tcl_VarEval.
*/
interp = listPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, listPtr->xScrollCmd, firstStr, lastStr,
NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (horizontal scrolling command executed by listbox)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release(interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 |
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *)clientData;
Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
int oldLength, i;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
| < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 |
const char *name2, /* Not used. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
Listbox *listPtr = (Listbox *)clientData;
Tcl_Obj *oldListObj, *varListObj;
int oldLength, i;
Tcl_HashEntry *entry;
/*
* Bwah hahahaha! Puny mortal, you can't unset a -listvar'd variable!
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, listPtr->listVarName, NULL,
listPtr->listObj, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, listPtr->listVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ListboxListVarProc, clientData);
return NULL;
}
} else {
oldListObj = listPtr->listObj;
varListObj = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listVarName,
NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 |
*/
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldListObj);
}
/*
* If the list length has decreased, then we should clean up selection and
| | | | > | | 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 |
*/
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldListObj);
}
/*
* If the list length has decreased, then we should clean up selection and
* attributes information for elements past the end of the new list
*/
oldLength = listPtr->nElements;
Tcl_ListObjLength(listPtr->interp, listPtr->listObj, &listPtr->nElements);
if (listPtr->nElements < oldLength) {
for (i = listPtr->nElements; i < oldLength; i++) {
/*
* Clean up selection.
*/
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->selection, (char *) INT2PTR(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
listPtr->numSelected--;
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
}
/*
* Clean up attributes.
*/
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(listPtr->itemAttrTable,
(char *) INT2PTR(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry));
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
}
}
}
if (oldLength != listPtr->nElements) {
listPtr->flags |= UPDATE_V_SCROLLBAR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 |
* It's more efficient to do one if/else and nest the for loops inside,
* although we could avoid some code duplication if we nested the if/else
* inside the for loops.
*/
if (offset > 0) {
for (i = last; i >= first; i--) {
| | | > | | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 |
* It's more efficient to do one if/else and nest the for loops inside,
* although we could avoid some code duplication if we nested the if/else
* inside the for loops.
*/
if (offset > 0) {
for (i = last; i >= first; i--) {
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(table, (char *) INT2PTR(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
clientData = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table,
(char *) INT2PTR(i + offset), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, clientData);
}
}
} else {
for (i = first; i <= last; i++) {
entry = Tcl_FindHashEntry(table, (char *) INT2PTR(i));
if (entry != NULL) {
clientData = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entry);
entry = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table,
(char *) INT2PTR(i + offset), &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entry, clientData);
}
}
}
return;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkMacWinMenu.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int postCommandGeneration;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
static int PreprocessMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
PreprocessMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
int index, result, finished;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | | | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
PreprocessMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
int index, result, finished;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr);
/*
* First, let's process the post command on ourselves. If this command
* destroys this menu, or if there was an error, we are done.
*/
result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
if ((result != TCL_OK) || (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL)) {
goto done;
}
/*
* Now, we go through structure and process all of the commands. Since the
* structure is changing, we stop after we do one command, and start over.
* When we get through without doing any, we are done.
*/
do {
finished = 1;
for (index = 0; index < menuPtr->numEntries; index++) {
register TkMenuEntry *entryPtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
if ((entryPtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY)
&& (entryPtr->namePtr != NULL)
&& (entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
TkMenu *cascadeMenuPtr = entryPtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
break;
}
}
}
} while (!finished);
done:
| | | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
break;
}
}
}
} while (!finished);
done:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPreprocessMenu --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMain.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < | > | | | < | > > | | < | < | < < | | | | > > > | | | > | > > > | > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#if TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6
#include "tclInt.h"
#elif defined(_WIN32)
/* Little hack to eliminate the need for "tclInt.h" here:
Just copy a small portion of TclIntPlatStubs, just
enough to make it work. See [600b72bfbc] */
typedef struct {
int magic;
void *hooks;
void (*dummy[16]) (void); /* dummy entries 0-15, not used */
int (*tclpIsAtty) (int fd); /* 16 */
} TclIntPlatStubs;
extern const TclIntPlatStubs *tclIntPlatStubsPtr;
# include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif
extern int TkCygwinMainEx(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for this thread. */
Tcl_DString command; /* Used to assemble lines of terminal input
* into Tcl commands. */
Tcl_DString line; /* Used to read the next line from the
* terminal input. */
int tty; /* Non-zero means standard input is a
* terminal-like device. Zero means it's a
* file. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Declarations for various library functions and variables (don't want to
* include tkInt.h or tkPort.h here, because people might copy this file out
* of the Tk source directory to make their own modified versions). Note: do
* not declare "exit" here even though a declaration is really needed, because
* it will conflict with a declaration elsewhere on some systems.
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_WIN32)
#define isatty WinIsTty
static int WinIsTty(int fd) {
HANDLE handle;
/*
* For now, under Windows, we assume we are not running as a console mode
* app, so we need to use the GUI console. In order to enable this, we
* always claim to be running on a tty. This probably isn't the right
* way to do it.
*/
#if !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if (tclStubsPtr->reserved9 && tclIntPlatStubsPtr->tclpIsAtty) {
/* We are running on Cygwin */
return tclIntPlatStubsPtr->tclpIsAtty(fd);
}
#endif
handle = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE + fd);
if ((handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) || (handle == 0)
|| (GetFileType(handle) == FILE_TYPE_UNKNOWN)) {
/*
* If it's a bad or closed handle, then it's been connected
* to a wish console window.
*/
return 1;
} else if (GetFileType(handle) == FILE_TYPE_CHAR) {
/*
* A character file handle is a tty by definition.
*/
return 1;
} else {
return 0;
}
}
#else
extern int isatty(int fd);
extern char * strrchr(CONST char *string, int c);
#endif
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file.
*/
static void Prompt(Tcl_Interp *interp, int partial);
static void StdinProc(ClientData clientData, int mask);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MainEx --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MainEx(
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | > | | | | | > | > > > | < | < | < | > > > | > > > > | | | | | < | < | | | | | | | | > > | > > > | > | > > > | > > | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MainEx(
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
char **argv, /* Array of argument strings. */
Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc,
/* Application-specific initialization
* function to call after most initialization
* but before starting to execute commands. */
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Tcl_Obj *path, *argvPtr;
CONST char *encodingName;
int code, nullStdin = 0;
Tcl_Channel inChannel, outChannel;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
Tcl_DString appName;
/*
* Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
*/
if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.5.0", 0) == NULL) {
if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.1", 0) == NULL) {
abort();
} else {
Tcl_Panic("%s", Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
}
}
#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if (tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
/* We are running win32 Tk under Cygwin, so let's check
* whether the env("DISPLAY") variable or the -display
* argument is set. If so, we really want to run the
* Tk_MainEx function of libtk8.?.dll, not this one. */
if (Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "env", "DISPLAY", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY)) {
loadCygwinTk:
if (TkCygwinMainEx(argc, argv, appInitProc, interp)) {
/* Should never reach here. */
return;
}
} else {
int i;
for (i = 1; i < argc; ++i) {
if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-display")) {
goto loadCygwinTk;
}
}
}
}
#endif
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
#if TCL_MINOR_VERSION < 6
Tcl_FindExecutable(argv[0]);
#endif
tsdPtr->interp = interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if (!tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
/* Only initialize console when not running under cygwin */
Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
}
#elif defined(__WIN32__)
Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
#endif
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
if (Tcl_GetStartupScript(NULL) == NULL) {
TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript();
}
#endif
#ifdef TCL_MEM_DEBUG
Tcl_InitMemory(interp);
#endif
/*
* If the application has not already set a startup script, parse the
* first few command line arguments to determine the script path and
* encoding.
*/
if (NULL == Tcl_GetStartupScript(NULL)) {
size_t length;
/*
* Check whether first 3 args (argv[1] - argv[3]) look like
* -encoding ENCODING FILENAME
* or like
* FILENAME
* or like
* -file FILENAME (ancient history support only)
*/
if ((argc > 3) && (0 == strcmp("-encoding", argv[1]))
&& ('-' != argv[3][0])) {
Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(argv[3], -1), argv[2]);
argc -= 3;
argv += 3;
} else if ((argc > 1) && ('-' != argv[1][0])) {
Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(argv[1], -1), NULL);
argc--;
argv++;
} else if ((argc > 2) && (length = strlen(argv[1]))
&& (length > 1) && (0 == strncmp("-file", argv[1], length))
&& ('-' != argv[2][0])) {
Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(argv[2], -1), NULL);
argc -= 2;
argv += 2;
}
}
path = Tcl_GetStartupScript(&encodingName);
if (NULL == path) {
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, argv[0], -1, &appName);
} else {
int numBytes;
CONST char *pathName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(path, &numBytes);
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, pathName, numBytes, &appName);
path = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&appName), -1);
Tcl_SetStartupScript(path, encodingName);
}
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "argv0", Tcl_DStringValue(&appName), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
Tcl_DStringFree(&appName);
argc--;
argv++;
Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argc", NULL, Tcl_NewIntObj(argc), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
argvPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
while (argc--) {
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, *argv++, -1, &ds);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, argvPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
Tcl_SetVar2Ex(interp, "argv", NULL, argvPtr, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
/*
* Set the "tcl_interactive" variable.
*/
tsdPtr->tty = isatty(0);
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
/*
* On TkAqua, if we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file
* of length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
* clicking Wish) then use the GUI console.
*/
if (!tsdPtr->tty) {
struct stat st;
nullStdin = fstat(0, &st) || (S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && !st.st_blocks);
}
#endif
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_interactive",
((path == NULL) && (tsdPtr->tty || nullStdin)) ? "1" : "0",
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
/*
* Invoke application-specific initialization.
*/
if ((*appInitProc)(interp) != TCL_OK) {
TkpDisplayWarning(Tcl_GetStringResult(interp),
"Application initialization failed");
}
/*
* Invoke the script specified on the command line, if any. Must fetch it
* again, as the appInitProc might have reset it.
*/
path = Tcl_GetStartupScript(&encodingName);
if (path != NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
code = Tcl_FSEvalFileEx(interp, path, encodingName);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
/*
* The following statement guarantees that the errorInfo variable
* is set properly.
*/
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "");
TkpDisplayWarning(Tcl_GetVar(interp, "errorInfo",
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY), "Error in startup script");
Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp);
Tcl_Exit(1);
}
tsdPtr->tty = 0;
} else {
/*
* Evaluate the .rc file, if one has been specified.
*/
Tcl_SourceRCFile(interp);
/*
* Establish a channel handler for stdin.
*/
inChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN);
if (inChannel) {
Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(inChannel, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc,
(ClientData) inChannel);
}
if (tsdPtr->tty) {
Prompt(interp, 0);
}
}
outChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT);
if (outChannel) {
Tcl_Flush(outChannel);
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&tsdPtr->command);
Tcl_DStringInit(&tsdPtr->line);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
/*
* Loop infinitely, waiting for commands to execute. When there are no
* windows left, Tk_MainLoop returns and we exit.
*/
Tk_MainLoop();
Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
Tcl_SetStartupScript(NULL, NULL);
Tcl_Exit(0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 | * * Side effects: * Could be almost arbitrary, depending on the command that's typed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void StdinProc( | > | | > | < < | > > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 |
*
* Side effects:
* Could be almost arbitrary, depending on the command that's typed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
StdinProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
int mask) /* Not used. */
{
static int gotPartial = 0;
char *cmd;
int code, count;
Tcl_Channel chan = (Tcl_Channel) clientData;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_Interp *interp = tsdPtr->interp;
count = Tcl_Gets(chan, &tsdPtr->line);
if (count < 0 && !gotPartial) {
if (tsdPtr->tty) {
Tcl_Exit(0);
} else {
Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, (ClientData) chan);
}
return;
}
(void) Tcl_DStringAppend(&tsdPtr->command, Tcl_DStringValue(
&tsdPtr->line), -1);
cmd = Tcl_DStringAppend(&tsdPtr->command, "\n", -1);
Tcl_DStringFree(&tsdPtr->line);
if (!Tcl_CommandComplete(cmd)) {
gotPartial = 1;
goto prompt;
}
gotPartial = 0;
/*
* Disable the stdin channel handler while evaluating the command;
* otherwise if the command re-enters the event loop we might process
* commands from stdin before the current command is finished. Among other
* things, this will trash the text of the command being evaluated.
*/
Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, 0, StdinProc, (ClientData) chan);
code = Tcl_RecordAndEval(interp, cmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN);
if (chan) {
Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc,
(ClientData) chan);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&tsdPtr->command);
if (Tcl_GetStringResult(interp)[0] != '\0') {
if ((code != TCL_OK) || (tsdPtr->tty)) {
chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT);
if (chan) {
Tcl_WriteObj(chan, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
Tcl_WriteChars(chan, "\n", 1);
}
}
}
/*
* Output a prompt.
*/
prompt:
if (tsdPtr->tty) {
Prompt(interp, gotPartial);
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
Prompt(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for prompting. */
| > > | | | | | | | > > > > > | > | | < | | > > > > > | > | | | < | < | | | 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
Prompt(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for prompting. */
int partial) /* Non-zero means there already exists a
* partial command, so use the secondary
* prompt. */
{
Tcl_Obj *promptCmd;
int code;
Tcl_Channel outChannel, errChannel;
promptCmd = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp,
partial ? "tcl_prompt2" : "tcl_prompt1", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (promptCmd == NULL) {
defaultPrompt:
if (!partial) {
/*
* We must check that outChannel is a real channel - it is
* possible that someone has transferred stdout out of this
* interpreter with "interp transfer".
*/
outChannel = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, "stdout", NULL);
if (outChannel != (Tcl_Channel) NULL) {
Tcl_WriteChars(outChannel, "% ", 2);
}
}
} else {
code = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, promptCmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (script that generates prompt)");
/*
* We must check that errChannel is a real channel - it is
* possible that someone has transferred stderr out of this
* interpreter with "interp transfer".
*/
errChannel = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, "stderr", NULL);
if (errChannel != (Tcl_Channel) NULL) {
Tcl_WriteObj(errChannel, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, "\n", 1);
}
goto defaultPrompt;
}
}
outChannel = Tcl_GetChannel(interp, "stdout", NULL);
if (outChannel != (Tcl_Channel) NULL) {
Tcl_Flush(outChannel);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkMenu.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | * the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle for cascades attached to a * menu bar must have a title that matches the label for the cascade menu. * * To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are * implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own * right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have a * TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the | | | | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | * the Macintosh, the platform specific menu handle for cascades attached to a * menu bar must have a title that matches the label for the cascade menu. * * To handle all of the constraints, Tk menubars and tearoff menus are * implemented using menu clones. Menu clones are full menus in their own * right; they have a Tk window and pathname associated with them; they have a * TkMenu structure and array of entries. However, they are linked with the * original menu that they were cloned from. The reflect the attributes of the * original, or "master", menu. So if an item is added to a menu, and that * menu has clones, then the item must be added to all of its clones also. * Menus are cloned when a menu is torn-off or when a menu is assigned as a * menubar using the "-menu" option of the toplevel's pathname configure * subcommand. When a clone is destroyed, only the clone is destroyed, but * when the master menu is destroyed, all clones are also destroyed. This * allows the developer to just deal with one set of menus when creating and * destroying. * * Clones are rather tricky when a menu with cascade entries is cloned (such * as a menubar). Not only does the menu have to be cloned, but each cascade * entry's corresponding menu must also be cloned. This maintains the pathname * parent-child hierarchy necessary for menubars and toplevels to work. This |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | #endif #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" #define MENU_HASH_KEY "tkMenus" | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 |
#endif
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#define MENU_HASH_KEY "tkMenus"
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int menusInitialized; /* Flag indicates whether thread-specific
* elements of the Windows Menu module have
* been initialized. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* The following flag indicates whether the process-wide state for the Menu
* module has been intialized. The Mutex protects access to that flag.
*/
static int menusInitialized;
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(menuMutex)
/*
* Configuration specs for individual menu entries. If this changes, be sure
* to update code in TkpMenuInit that changes the font string entry.
*/
const char *tkMenuStateStrings[] = {"active", "normal", "disabled", NULL};
static const char *menuEntryTypeStrings[] = {
"cascade", "checkbutton", "command", "radiobutton", "separator", NULL
};
/*
* The following table defines the legal values for the -compound option. It
* is used with the "enum compound" declaration in tkMenu.h
*/
static const char *compoundStrings[] = {
"bottom", "center", "left", "none", "right", "top", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeBorderPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, activeFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-accelerator", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, accelPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, bitmapPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-columnbreak", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, columnBreak)},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, commandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, compound), 0,
(ClientData) compoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fontPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, fgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hidemargin", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, hideMargin)},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, imagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, labelPtr), -1, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state), 0,
(ClientData) tkMenuStateStrings},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, underline)},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn)},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, offValuePtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorOn)},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, indicatorFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-selectimage", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, selectImagePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, onValuePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, namePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, borderPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", NULL, NULL,
DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuEntry, state), 0,
(ClientData) tkMenuStateStrings},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec *const specsArray[] = {
tkCascadeEntryConfigSpecs, tkCheckButtonEntryConfigSpecs,
tkBasicMenuEntryConfigSpecs, tkRadioButtonEntryConfigSpecs,
tkSeparatorEntryConfigSpecs, tkTearoffEntryConfigSpecs
};
/*
* Menu type strings for use with Tcl_GetIndexFromObj.
*/
static const char *menuTypeStrings[] = {
"normal", "tearoff", "menubar", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tkMenuConfigSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground",
"Foreground", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-activeborderwidth", "activeBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeBorderWidthPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground",
"Background", DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, activeFgPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_BG_MONO},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth"},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background"},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, borderWidthPtr), -1, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_MENU_CURSOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, cursorPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, disabledFgPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground"},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_MENU_FONT, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fontPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_MENU_FG, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, fgPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "Command",
DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, postCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_MENU_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, reliefPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectcolor", "selectColor", "Background",
DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, indicatorFgPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, takeFocusPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-tearoff", "tearOff", "TearOff",
DEF_MENU_TEAROFF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoff)},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tearoffcommand", "tearOffCommand",
"TearOffCommand", DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD,
Tk_Offset(TkMenu, tearoffCommandPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-title", "title", "Title",
DEF_MENU_TITLE, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, titlePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-type", "type", "Type",
DEF_MENU_TYPE, Tk_Offset(TkMenu, menuTypePtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) menuTypeStrings},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
/*
* Command line options. Put here because MenuCmd has to look at them along
* with MenuWidgetObjCmd.
*/
static const char *menuOptions[] = {
"activate", "add", "cget", "clone", "configure", "delete", "entrycget",
"entryconfigure", "index", "insert", "invoke", "post", "postcascade",
"type", "unpost", "xposition", "yposition", NULL
};
enum options {
MENU_ACTIVATE, MENU_ADD, MENU_CGET, MENU_CLONE, MENU_CONFIGURE,
MENU_DELETE, MENU_ENTRYCGET, MENU_ENTRYCONFIGURE, MENU_INDEX,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
341 342 343 344 345 346 347 | static int ConfigureMenuEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteMenuCloneEntries(TkMenu *menuPtr, int first, int last); static void DestroyMenuHashTable(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); static void DestroyMenuInstance(TkMenu *menuPtr); | | | < | > > | | < < | | < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
static int ConfigureMenuEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void DeleteMenuCloneEntries(TkMenu *menuPtr,
int first, int last);
static void DestroyMenuHashTable(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void DestroyMenuInstance(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static void DestroyMenuEntry(char *memPtr);
static int GetIndexFromCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
char *string, int *indexPtr);
static int MenuDoYPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int MenuDoXPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int MenuAddOrInsert(Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int MenuCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void MenuCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static TkMenuEntry * MenuNewEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, int type);
static char * MenuVarProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
const char *name2, int flags);
static int MenuWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void MenuWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int PostProcessEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
static void RecursivelyDeleteMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static void UnhookCascadeEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
static void TkMenuCleanup(ClientData unused);
/*
* The structure below is a list of procs that respond to certain window
* manager events. One of these includes a font change, which forces the
* geometry proc to be called.
*/
static Tk_ClassProcs menuClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
MenuWorldChanged /* worldChangedProc */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCreateMenuCmd --
*
* Called by Tk at initialization time to create the menu command.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeOptionTables(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
ckfree(clientData);
}
int
TkCreateMenuCmd(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter we are creating the command
* in. */
{
TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr =
(TkMenuOptionTables *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuOptionTables));
optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, tkMenuConfigSpecs);
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[TEAROFF_ENTRY] =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[TEAROFF_ENTRY]);
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[COMMAND_ENTRY] =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[COMMAND_ENTRY]);
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CASCADE_ENTRY] =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CASCADE_ENTRY]);
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[SEPARATOR_ENTRY] =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[SEPARATOR_ENTRY]);
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY] =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY]);
optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY] =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY]);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menu", MenuCmd, optionTablesPtr, 0);
Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(interp, FreeOptionTables, optionTablesPtr);
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "menu", "menu");
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "menu" Tcl command. See the
* user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MenuCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
Tk_Window newWin;
register TkMenu *menuPtr;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
int i, index, toplevel;
char *windowName;
static const char *typeStringList[] = {"-type", NULL};
TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = (TkMenuOptionTables *) clientData;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkMenuInit();
toplevel = 1;
for (i = 2; i < (objc - 1); i++) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i], typeStringList, NULL, 0, &index)
!= TCL_ERROR) {
if ((Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, objv[i + 1], menuTypeStrings, NULL,
0, &index) == TCL_OK) && (index == MENUBAR)) {
toplevel = 0;
}
break;
}
}
windowName = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
newWin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, tkwin, windowName,
toplevel ? "" : NULL);
if (newWin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Initialize the data structure for the menu. Note that the menuPtr is
* eventually freed in 'TkMenuEventProc' in tkMenuDraw.c, when
* Tcl_EventuallyFree is called.
*/
menuPtr = (TkMenu *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenu));
memset(menuPtr, 0, sizeof(TkMenu));
menuPtr->tkwin = newWin;
menuPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
menuPtr->interp = interp;
menuPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) menuPtr, MenuCmdDeletedProc);
menuPtr->active = -1;
menuPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr;
menuPtr->menuType = UNKNOWN_TYPE;
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr = optionTablesPtr;
TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr);
Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu");
Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, (ClientData) menuPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask,
TkMenuEventProc, (ClientData) menuPtr);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
menuRefPtr = TkCreateMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
TkMenuEntry *nextCascadePtr;
Tcl_Obj *newMenuName, *newObjv[2];
while (cascadeListPtr != NULL) {
nextCascadePtr = cascadeListPtr->nextCascadePtr;
/*
| | | | | | | 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 |
TkMenuEntry *nextCascadePtr;
Tcl_Obj *newMenuName, *newObjv[2];
while (cascadeListPtr != NULL) {
nextCascadePtr = cascadeListPtr->nextCascadePtr;
/*
* If we have a new master menu, and an existing cloned menu
* points to this menu in a cascade entry, we have to clone the
* new menu and point the entry to the clone instead of the menu
* we are creating. Otherwise, ConfigureMenuEntry will hook up the
* platform-specific cascade linkages now that the menu we are
* creating exists.
*/
if ((menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr)
|| ((menuPtr->masterMenuPtr == menuPtr)
&& ((cascadeListPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr
== cascadeListPtr->menuPtr)))) {
newObjv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1);
newObjv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadeListPtr, 2, newObjv);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
} else {
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
listtkwin = topLevelListPtr->tkwin;
TkSetWindowMenuBar(menuPtr->interp, listtkwin,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin));
topLevelListPtr = nextPtr;
}
}
| | | 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 |
listtkwin = topLevelListPtr->tkwin;
TkSetWindowMenuBar(menuPtr->interp, listtkwin,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin));
topLevelListPtr = nextPtr;
}
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
618 619 620 621 622 623 624 |
static int
MenuWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about menu widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
| | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < | | | < | | < < < | < < < | | | | > | | | | | | < | | | > | < | 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 |
static int
MenuWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about menu widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
register TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData;
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
int result = TCL_OK;
int option;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], menuOptions, "option", 0,
&option) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr);
switch ((enum options) option) {
case MENU_ACTIVATE: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (menuPtr->active == index) {
goto done;
}
if ((index >= 0) && ((menuPtr->entries[index]->type==SEPARATOR_ENTRY)
|| (menuPtr->entries[index]->state == ENTRY_DISABLED))) {
index = -1;
}
result = TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index);
break;
}
case MENU_ADD:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "type ?options?");
goto error;
}
if (MenuAddOrInsert(interp, menuPtr, NULL, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
break;
case MENU_CGET: {
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
goto error;
}
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
break;
}
case MENU_CLONE:
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "newMenuName ?menuType?");
goto error;
}
result = CloneMenu(menuPtr, objv[2], (objc == 3) ? NULL : objv[3]);
break;
case MENU_CONFIGURE: {
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc == 2) {
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, NULL,
menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
} else if (objc == 3) {
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) menuPtr,
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objv[2],
menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureMenu(interp, menuPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2);
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
break;
}
case MENU_DELETE: {
int first, last;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "first ?last?");
goto error;
}
/*
* If 'first' explicitly refers to past the end of the menu, we don't
* do anything. [Bug 220950]
*/
if (isdigit(UCHAR(Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0]))
&& Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objv[2], &first) == TCL_OK) {
if (first >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
goto done;
}
} else if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp,menuPtr,objv[2],0,&first) != TCL_OK){
goto error;
}
if (objc == 3) {
last = first;
} else if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp,menuPtr,objv[3],0,&last) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (menuPtr->tearoff && (first == 0)) {
/*
* Sorry, can't delete the tearoff entry; must reconfigure the
* menu.
*/
first = 1;
}
if ((first < 0) || (last < first)) {
goto done;
}
DeleteMenuCloneEntries(menuPtr, first, last);
break;
}
case MENU_ENTRYCGET: {
int index;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index option");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr);
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
break;
}
case MENU_ENTRYCONFIGURE: {
int index;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index ?option value ...?");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr);
if (objc == 3) {
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, NULL, menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
} else if (objc == 4) {
resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin);
if (resultPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index,
objc-3, objv+3);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr);
break;
}
case MENU_INDEX: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "none", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), index);
}
break;
}
case MENU_INSERT:
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index type ?options?");
goto error;
}
if (MenuAddOrInsert(interp,menuPtr,objv[2],objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
break;
case MENU_INVOKE: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, index);
break;
}
case MENU_POST: {
int x, y;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
goto error;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
/*
* Tearoff menus are posted differently on Mac and Windows than
* non-tearoffs. TkpPostMenu does not actually map the menu's window
* on those platforms, and popup menus have to be handled specially.
* Also, menubar menues are not intended to be posted (bug 1567681,
* 2160206).
*/
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "a menubar menu cannot be posted", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (menuPtr->menuType != TEAROFF_MENU) {
result = TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y);
} else {
result = TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y);
}
break;
}
case MENU_POSTCASCADE: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((index < 0) || (menuPtr->entries[index]->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, NULL);
} else {
result = TkPostSubmenu(interp, menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[index]);
}
break;
}
case MENU_TYPE: {
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objv[2], 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
if (menuPtr->entries[index]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "tearoff", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
menuEntryTypeStrings[menuPtr->entries[index]->type], -1);
}
break;
}
case MENU_UNPOST:
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
goto error;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
971 972 973 974 975 976 977 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
result = MenuDoYPosition(interp, menuPtr, objv[2]);
break;
}
done:
| | | | 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
goto error;
}
result = MenuDoYPosition(interp, menuPtr, objv[2]);
break;
}
done:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr);
return result;
error:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkInvokeMenu --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkInvokeMenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp that the menu lives in. */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are invoking. */
| | | < | < | | 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkInvokeMenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp that the menu lives in. */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are invoking. */
int index) /* The zero based index of the item we are
* invoking. */
{
int result = TCL_OK;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
if (index < 0) {
goto done;
}
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
goto done;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr);
if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "tk::TearOffMenu ", -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1);
result = Tcl_Eval(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
} else if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
&& (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) {
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) {
valuePtr = mePtr->offValuePtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 |
&& (mePtr->commandPtr != NULL)) {
Tcl_Obj *commandPtr = mePtr->commandPtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(commandPtr);
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, commandPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(commandPtr);
}
| | < | 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 |
&& (mePtr->commandPtr != NULL)) {
Tcl_Obj *commandPtr = mePtr->commandPtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(commandPtr);
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, commandPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(commandPtr);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr);
done:
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 |
DestroyMenuInstance(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Info about menu widget. */
{
int i;
TkMenu *menuInstancePtr;
TkMenuEntry *cascadePtr, *nextCascadePtr;
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2];
| | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 |
DestroyMenuInstance(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Info about menu widget. */
{
int i;
TkMenu *menuInstancePtr;
TkMenuEntry *cascadePtr, *nextCascadePtr;
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2];
TkMenu *parentMasterMenuPtr;
TkMenuEntry *parentMasterEntryPtr;
/*
* If the menu has any cascade menu entries pointing to it, the cascade
* entries need to be told that the menu is going away. We need to clear
* the menu ptr field in the menu reference at this point in the code so
* that everything else can forget about this menu properly. We also need
* to reset -menu field of all entries that are not master menus back to
* this entry name if this is a master menu pointed to by another master
* menu. If there is a clone menu that points to this menu, then this menu
* is itself a clone, so when this menu goes away, the -menu field of the
* pointing entry must be set back to this menu's master menu name so that
* later if another menu is created the cascade hierarchy can be
* maintained.
*/
TkpDestroyMenu(menuPtr);
if (menuPtr->menuRefPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
cascadePtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
menuPtr->menuRefPtr->menuPtr = NULL;
if (TkFreeMenuReferences(menuPtr->menuRefPtr)) {
menuPtr->menuRefPtr = NULL;
}
for (; cascadePtr != NULL; cascadePtr = nextCascadePtr) {
nextCascadePtr = cascadePtr->nextCascadePtr;
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) {
Tcl_Obj *menuNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1);
parentMasterMenuPtr = cascadePtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
parentMasterEntryPtr =
parentMasterMenuPtr->entries[cascadePtr->index];
newObjv[0] = menuNamePtr;
newObjv[1] = parentMasterEntryPtr->namePtr;
/*
* It is possible that the menu info is out of sync, and these
* things point to NULL, so verify existence [Bug: 3402]
*/
if (newObjv[0] && newObjv[1]) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadePtr, 2, newObjv);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
}
} else {
ConfigureMenuEntry(cascadePtr, 0, NULL);
}
}
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) {
for (menuInstancePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
menuInstancePtr != NULL;
menuInstancePtr = menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr) {
if (menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr == menuPtr) {
menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr =
menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr;
break;
}
}
} else if (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Attempting to delete master menu when there are still clones.");
}
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeConfigOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
for (i = menuPtr->numEntries; --i >= 0; ) {
/*
* As each menu entry is deleted from the end of the array of entries,
* decrement menuPtr->numEntries. Otherwise, the act of deleting menu
* entry i will dereference freed memory attempting to queue a redraw
* for menu entries (i+1)...numEntries.
*/
DestroyMenuEntry((char *) menuPtr->entries[i]);
menuPtr->numEntries = i;
}
if (menuPtr->entries != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) menuPtr->entries);
}
TkMenuFreeDrawOptions(menuPtr);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) menuPtr,
menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin);
if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
menuPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkDestroyMenu --
*
* This function is invoked by Tcl_EventuallyFree or Tcl_Release to clean
* up the internal structure of a menu at a safe time (when no-one is
* using it anymore). If called on a master instance, destroys all of the
* slave instances. If called on a non-master instance, just destroys
* that instance.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Everything associated with the menu is freed up.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 |
topLevelListPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr;
while (topLevelListPtr != NULL) {
nextTopLevelPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr;
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(topLevelListPtr->tkwin, NULL);
topLevelListPtr = nextTopLevelPtr;
}
}
| | | 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 |
topLevelListPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr;
while (topLevelListPtr != NULL) {
nextTopLevelPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr;
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(topLevelListPtr->tkwin, NULL);
topLevelListPtr = nextTopLevelPtr;
}
}
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr == menuPtr) {
while (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr != NULL) {
menuInstancePtr = menuPtr->nextInstancePtr;
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = menuInstancePtr->nextInstancePtr;
if (menuInstancePtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_Window tkwin = menuInstancePtr->tkwin;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 | * Everything associated with the menu entry is freed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyMenuEntry( | | | | < < > > | | 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 |
* Everything associated with the menu entry is freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMenuEntry(
char *memPtr) /* Pointer to entry to be freed. */
{
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) memPtr;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
if (menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr) {
/*
* Ignore errors while unposting the menu, since it's possible that
* the menu has already been deleted and the unpost will generate an
* error.
*/
TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr, NULL);
}
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeConfigOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
if (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr != menuPtr) {
TkMenu *destroyThis = NULL;
/*
* The menu as a whole is a clone. We must delete the clone of the
* cascaded menu for the particular entry we are destroying.
*/
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr;
if (menuRefPtr != NULL) {
destroyThis = menuRefPtr->menuPtr;
/*
* But only if it is a clone. What can happen is that we are
* in the middle of deleting a menu and this menu pointer has
* already been reset to point to the original menu. In that
* case we have nothing special to do.
*/
if ((destroyThis != NULL)
&& (destroyThis->masterMenuPtr == destroyThis)) {
destroyThis = NULL;
}
}
UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr);
menuRefPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr;
if (menuRefPtr != NULL) {
if (menuRefPtr->menuPtr == destroyThis) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 |
}
if (mePtr->selectImage != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->selectImage);
}
if (((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY))
&& (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) {
| | | | | | 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 |
}
if (mePtr->selectImage != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->selectImage);
}
if (((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY))
&& (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) {
char *varName = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, varName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
}
TkpDestroyMenuEntry(mePtr);
TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions(mePtr);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin);
ckfree((char *) mePtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuWorldChanged --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) instanceData;
int i;
TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuPtr);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(menuPtr->entries[i],
menuPtr->entries[i]->index);
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(menuPtr->entries[i]);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureMenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | < < | | > | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | | | | | > > | | > | | | | | | 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureMenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */
{
int i;
TkMenu *menuListPtr, *cleanupPtr;
int result;
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = (Tk_SavedOptions *)
ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_SavedOptions));
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) menuListPtr,
menuListPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, objc, objv,
menuListPtr->tkwin, menuListPtr->errorStructPtr, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
cleanupPtr != menuListPtr;
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL;
}
if (menuListPtr->errorStructPtr != NULL) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(menuListPtr->errorStructPtr);
ckfree((char *) menuListPtr->errorStructPtr);
menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL;
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* When a menu is created, the type is in all of the arguments to the
* menu command. Let Tk_ConfigureWidget take care of parsing them, and
* then set the type after we can look at the type string. Once set, a
* menu's type cannot be changed
*/
if (menuListPtr->menuType == UNKNOWN_TYPE) {
Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, menuListPtr->menuTypePtr,
menuTypeStrings, NULL, 0, &menuListPtr->menuType);
/*
* Configure the new window to be either a pop-up menu or a
* tear-off menu. We don't do this for menubars since they are not
* toplevel windows. Also, since this gets called before CloneMenu
* has a chance to set the menuType field, we have to look at the
* menuTypeName field to tell that this is a menu bar.
*/
if (menuListPtr->menuType == MASTER_MENU) {
TkpMakeMenuWindow(menuListPtr->tkwin, 1);
} else if (menuListPtr->menuType == TEAROFF_MENU) {
TkpMakeMenuWindow(menuListPtr->tkwin, 0);
}
}
/*
* Depending on the -tearOff option, make sure that there is or isn't
* an initial tear-off entry at the beginning of the menu.
*/
if (menuListPtr->tearoff) {
if ((menuListPtr->numEntries == 0)
|| (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type != TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
if (MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, 0, TEAROFF_ENTRY) == NULL) {
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
cleanupPtr != menuListPtr;
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL;
}
if (menuListPtr->errorStructPtr != NULL) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(menuListPtr->errorStructPtr);
ckfree((char *) menuListPtr->errorStructPtr);
menuListPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL;
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
} else if ((menuListPtr->numEntries > 0)
&& (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
int i;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[0],
DestroyMenuEntry);
for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
menuListPtr->entries[i] = menuListPtr->entries[i + 1];
menuListPtr->entries[i]->index = i;
}
menuListPtr->numEntries--;
if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) {
ckfree((char *) menuListPtr->entries);
menuListPtr->entries = NULL;
}
}
TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuListPtr);
/*
* After reconfiguring a menu, we need to reconfigure all of the
* entries in the menu, since some of the things in the children (such
* as graphics contexts) may have to change to reflect changes in the
* parent.
*/
for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[i];
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 0, NULL);
}
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr);
}
for (cleanupPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; cleanupPtr != NULL;
cleanupPtr = cleanupPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
ckfree((char *) cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr);
cleanupPtr->errorStructPtr = NULL;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 |
static int
PostProcessEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr) /* The entry we are configuring. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
int index = mePtr->index;
| | | | | 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 |
static int
PostProcessEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr) /* The entry we are configuring. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
int index = mePtr->index;
char *name;
Tk_Image image;
/*
* The code below handles special configuration stuff not taken care of by
* Tk_ConfigureWidget, such as special processing for defaults, sizing
* strings, graphics contexts, etc.
*/
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) {
mePtr->labelLength = 0;
} else {
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &mePtr->labelLength);
}
if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) {
mePtr->accelLength = 0;
} else {
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, &mePtr->accelLength);
}
/*
* If this is a cascade entry, the platform-specific data of the child
* menu has to be updated. Also, the links that point to parents and
* cascades have to be updated.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 |
* the list of entries pointing to the new menu.
*
* BUG: We are not recloning for special case #3 yet.
*/
name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
if (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL) {
| | | 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 |
* the list of entries pointing to the new menu.
*
* BUG: We are not recloning for special case #3 yet.
*/
name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
if (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL) {
oldHashKey = Tcl_GetHashKey(TkGetMenuHashTable(menuPtr->interp),
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr);
if (strcmp(oldHashKey, name) != 0) {
UnhookCascadeEntry(mePtr);
}
}
if ((mePtr->childMenuRefPtr == NULL)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 |
/*
* Get the images for the entry, if there are any. Allocate the new images
* before freeing the old ones, so that the reference counts don't go to
* zero and cause image data to be discarded.
*/
if (mePtr->imagePtr != NULL) {
| | | | | > | 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 |
/*
* Get the images for the entry, if there are any. Allocate the new images
* before freeing the old ones, so that the reference counts don't go to
* zero and cause image data to be discarded.
*/
if (mePtr->imagePtr != NULL) {
char *imageString = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->imagePtr);
image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, imageString,
TkMenuImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
if (image == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->image);
}
mePtr->image = image;
if (mePtr->selectImagePtr != NULL) {
char *selectImageString = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->selectImagePtr);
image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, selectImageString,
TkMenuSelectImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
if (image == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (mePtr->selectImage != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(mePtr->selectImage);
}
mePtr->selectImage = image;
if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) {
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
char *name;
if (mePtr->namePtr == NULL) {
if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) {
mePtr->namePtr = NULL;
} else {
mePtr->namePtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(mePtr->labelPtr);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(mePtr->namePtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 |
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
} else {
valuePtr = NULL;
}
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED;
if (valuePtr != NULL) {
if (mePtr->onValuePtr != NULL) {
| | | | | | | 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 |
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
} else {
valuePtr = NULL;
}
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED;
if (valuePtr != NULL) {
if (mePtr->onValuePtr != NULL) {
char *value = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
char *onValue = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->onValuePtr);
if (strcmp(value, onValue) == 0) {
mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_SELECTED;
}
}
} else {
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_ObjSetVar2(menuPtr->interp, mePtr->namePtr, NULL,
(mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
? mePtr->offValuePtr : Tcl_NewObj(), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
}
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) {
name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
Tcl_TraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
}
}
if (TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 | * mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ConfigureMenuEntry( | | | | | | | 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 |
* mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureMenuEntry(
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr,/* Information about menu entry; may or may
* not already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
Tk_SavedOptions errorStruct;
int result;
/*
* If this entry is a check button or radio button, then remove its old
* trace function.
*/
if ((mePtr->namePtr != NULL)
&& ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY))) {
char *name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr);
}
result = TCL_OK;
if (menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
if (Tk_SetOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, menuPtr->tkwin,
&errorStruct, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = PostProcessEntry(mePtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&errorStruct);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 | * mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ConfigureMenuCloneEntries( | | | < | | | | 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 |
* mePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Information about whole menu. */
int index, /* Index of mePtr within menuPtr's entries. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
TkMenu *menuListPtr;
int cascadeEntryChanged = 0;
TkMenuReferences *oldCascadeMenuRefPtr, *cascadeMenuRefPtr = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *oldCascadePtr = NULL;
char *newCascadeName;
/*
* Cascades are kind of tricky here. This is special case #3 in the
* comment at the top of this file. Basically, if a menu is the master
* menu of a clone chain, and has an entry with a cascade menu, the clones
* of the menu will point to clones of the cascade menu. We have to
* destroy the clones of the cascades, clone the new cascade menu, and
* configure the entry to point to the new clone.
*/
mePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->entries[index];
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
oldCascadePtr = mePtr->namePtr;
if (oldCascadePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(oldCascadePtr);
}
}
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
char *oldCascadeName;
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) {
newCascadeName = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
} else {
newCascadeName = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 |
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) {
newCascadeName = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
cascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
newCascadeName);
}
}
| | | | 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 |
if (mePtr->namePtr != NULL) {
newCascadeName = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
cascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
newCascadeName);
}
}
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr;
menuListPtr != NULL;
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
mePtr = menuListPtr->entries[index];
if (cascadeEntryChanged && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) {
oldCascadeMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp,
mePtr->namePtr);
if ((oldCascadeMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (oldCascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(oldCascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr);
}
}
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (cascadeEntryChanged && (mePtr->namePtr != NULL)) {
if (cascadeMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[2];
Tcl_Obj *newCloneNamePtr;
Tcl_Obj *pathNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_PathName(menuListPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1);
Tcl_Obj *menuObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 |
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < | < | 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 |
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetMenuIndex --
*
* Parse a textual index into a menu and return the numerical index of
* the indicated entry.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result. If all went well, then *indexPtr is filled in
* with the entry index corresponding to string (ranges from -1 to the
* number of entries in the menu minus one). Otherwise an error message
* is left in the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkGetMenuIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Menu for which the index is being
* specified. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Specification of an entry in menu. See
* manual entry for valid .*/
int lastOK, /* Non-zero means its OK to return index just
* *after* last entry. */
int *indexPtr) /* Where to store converted index. */
{
int i;
char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
if ((string[0] == 'a') && (strcmp(string, "active") == 0)) {
*indexPtr = menuPtr->active;
goto success;
}
if (((string[0] == 'l') && (strcmp(string, "last") == 0))
|| ((string[0] == 'e') && (strcmp(string, "end") == 0))) {
*indexPtr = menuPtr->numEntries - ((lastOK) ? 0 : 1);
goto success;
}
if ((string[0] == 'n') && (strcmp(string, "none") == 0)) {
*indexPtr = -1;
goto success;
}
if (string[0] == '@') {
if (GetIndexFromCoords(interp, menuPtr, string, indexPtr)
== TCL_OK) {
goto success;
}
}
if (isdigit(UCHAR(string[0]))) {
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &i) == TCL_OK) {
if (i >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
if (lastOK) {
i = menuPtr->numEntries;
} else {
i = menuPtr->numEntries-1;
}
} else if (i < 0) {
i = -1;
}
*indexPtr = i;
goto success;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
}
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
char *label = (labelPtr == NULL) ? NULL : Tcl_GetString(labelPtr);
if ((label != NULL) && (Tcl_StringMatch(label, string))) {
*indexPtr = i;
goto success;
}
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad menu entry index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
success:
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
* widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkMenuEntry *
MenuNewEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Menu that will hold the new entry. */
| | | < < | > | | | | 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkMenuEntry *
MenuNewEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Menu that will hold the new entry. */
int index, /* Where in the menu the new entry is to
* go. */
int type) /* The type of the new entry. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
TkMenuEntry **newEntries;
int i;
/*
* Create a new array of entries with an empty slot for the new entry.
*/
newEntries = (TkMenuEntry **) ckalloc((unsigned)
((menuPtr->numEntries+1)*sizeof(TkMenuEntry *)));
for (i = 0; i < index; i++) {
newEntries[i] = menuPtr->entries[i];
}
for (; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
newEntries[i+1] = menuPtr->entries[i];
newEntries[i+1]->index = i + 1;
}
if (menuPtr->numEntries != 0) {
ckfree((char *) menuPtr->entries);
}
menuPtr->entries = newEntries;
menuPtr->numEntries++;
mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuEntry));
menuPtr->entries[index] = mePtr;
mePtr->type = type;
mePtr->optionTable = menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[type];
mePtr->menuPtr = menuPtr;
mePtr->labelPtr = NULL;
mePtr->labelLength = 0;
mePtr->underline = -1;
mePtr->bitmapPtr = NULL;
mePtr->imagePtr = NULL;
mePtr->image = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 |
mePtr->namePtr = NULL;
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL;
mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL;
mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL;
mePtr->entryFlags = 0;
mePtr->index = index;
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL;
| | | | | 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 |
mePtr->namePtr = NULL;
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr = NULL;
mePtr->onValuePtr = NULL;
mePtr->offValuePtr = NULL;
mePtr->entryFlags = 0;
mePtr->index = index;
mePtr->nextCascadePtr = NULL;
if (Tk_InitOptions(menuPtr->interp, (char *) mePtr,
mePtr->optionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) mePtr);
return NULL;
}
TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(mePtr);
if (TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable,
menuPtr->tkwin);
ckfree((char *) mePtr);
return NULL;
}
return mePtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 |
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Widget in which to create new entry. */
Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, /* Object describing index at which to insert.
* NULL means insert at end. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments to command: first arg is type of
* entry, others are config options. */
{
| | < | | < | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 |
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Widget in which to create new entry. */
Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, /* Object describing index at which to insert.
* NULL means insert at end. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments to command: first arg is type of
* entry, others are config options. */
{
int type, index;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
TkMenu *menuListPtr;
if (indexPtr != NULL) {
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, indexPtr, 1, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
index = menuPtr->numEntries;
}
if (index < 0) {
char *indexString = Tcl_GetString(indexPtr);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad index \"", indexString, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (menuPtr->tearoff && (index == 0)) {
index = 1;
}
/*
* Figure out the type of the new entry.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[0], menuEntryTypeStrings,
"menu entry type", 0, &type) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Now we have to add an entry for every instance related to this menu.
*/
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
mePtr = MenuNewEntry(menuListPtr, index, type);
if (mePtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, objc - 1, objv + 1) != TCL_OK) {
TkMenu *errorMenuPtr;
int i;
for (errorMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
errorMenuPtr != NULL;
errorMenuPtr = errorMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) errorMenuPtr->entries[index],
DestroyMenuEntry);
for (i = index; i < errorMenuPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) {
errorMenuPtr->entries[i] = errorMenuPtr->entries[i + 1];
errorMenuPtr->entries[i]->index = i;
}
errorMenuPtr->numEntries--;
if (errorMenuPtr->numEntries == 0) {
ckfree((char *) errorMenuPtr->entries);
errorMenuPtr->entries = NULL;
}
if (errorMenuPtr == menuListPtr) {
break;
}
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* If a menu has cascades, then every instance of the menu has to have
* its own parallel cascade structure. So adding an entry to a menu
* with clones means that the menu that the entry points to has to be
* cloned for every clone the master menu has. This is special case #2
* in the comment at the top of this file.
*/
if ((menuPtr != menuListPtr) && (type == CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
if ((mePtr->namePtr != NULL)
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
TkMenu *cascadeMenuPtr =
mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
Tcl_Obj *newCascadePtr, *newObjv[2];
Tcl_Obj *menuNamePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-menu", -1);
Tcl_Obj *windowNamePtr =
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuListPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_Obj *normalPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1);
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(windowNamePtr);
newCascadePtr = TkNewMenuName(menuListPtr->interp,
windowNamePtr, cascadeMenuPtr);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCascadePtr);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(normalPtr);
CloneMenu(cascadeMenuPtr, newCascadePtr, normalPtr);
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuListPtr->interp,
newCascadePtr);
if (menuRefPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("CloneMenu failed inside of MenuAddOrInsert.");
}
newObjv[0] = menuNamePtr;
newObjv[1] = newCascadePtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuNamePtr);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newCascadePtr);
ConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr, 2, newObjv);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newCascadePtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 |
MenuVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about menu entry. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* First part of variable's name. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable's name. */
int flags) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
| | | | < < > | < < < < < < < | < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 |
MenuVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about menu entry. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* First part of variable's name. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable's name. */
int flags) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) clientData;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
const char *value;
char *name;
char *onValue;
if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
/*
* Do nothing if the interpreter is going away.
*/
return NULL;
}
menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr);
/*
* If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_SELECTED;
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, name,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuVarProc, clientData);
}
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr);
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, NULL);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Use the value of the variable to update the selected status of the menu
* entry.
*/
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (value == NULL) {
value = "";
}
if (mePtr->onValuePtr != NULL) {
onValue = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->onValuePtr);
if (strcmp(value, onValue) == 0) {
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 | * may get posted and unposted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkActivateMenuEntry( | | | | | | | | 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 |
* may get posted and unposted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkActivateMenuEntry(
register TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Menu in which to activate. */
int index) /* Index of entry to activate, or -1 to
* deactivate all entries. */
{
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
int result = TCL_OK;
if (menuPtr->active >= 0) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active];
/*
* Don't change the state unless it's currently active (state might
* already have been changed to disabled).
*/
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
mePtr->state = ENTRY_NORMAL;
}
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->active]);
}
menuPtr->active = index;
if (index >= 0) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index];
mePtr->state = ENTRY_ACTIVE;
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, mePtr);
}
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 |
{
int returnResult;
int menuType, i;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
Tcl_Obj *menuDupCommandArray[4];
if (newMenuTypePtr == NULL) {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 |
{
int returnResult;
int menuType, i;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
Tcl_Obj *menuDupCommandArray[4];
if (newMenuTypePtr == NULL) {
menuType = MASTER_MENU;
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(menuPtr->interp, newMenuTypePtr,
menuTypeStrings, "menu type", 0, &menuType) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
menuDupCommandArray[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("tk::MenuDup", -1);
menuDupCommandArray[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1);
menuDupCommandArray[2] = newMenuNamePtr;
if (newMenuTypePtr == NULL) {
menuDupCommandArray[3] = Tcl_NewStringObj("normal", -1);
} else {
menuDupCommandArray[3] = newMenuTypePtr;
}
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]);
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr);
returnResult = Tcl_EvalObjv(menuPtr->interp, 4, menuDupCommandArray, 0);
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]);
}
/*
* Make sure the tcl command actually created the clone.
*/
if ((returnResult == TCL_OK) &&
((menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp,
newMenuNamePtr)) != NULL)
&& (menuPtr->numEntries == menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries)) {
TkMenu *newMenuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr;
Tcl_Obj *newObjv[3];
int i, numElements;
/*
* Now put this newly created menu into the parent menu's instance
* chain.
*/
if (menuPtr->nextInstancePtr == NULL) {
menuPtr->nextInstancePtr = newMenuPtr;
newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
} else {
TkMenu *masterMenuPtr;
masterMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
newMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr = masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr;
masterMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr = newMenuPtr;
newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr = masterMenuPtr;
}
/*
* Add the master menu's window to the bind tags for this window after
* this window's tag. This is so the user can bind to either this
* clone (which may not be easy to do) or the entire menu clone
* structure.
*/
newObjv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj("bindtags", -1);
newObjv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
if (Tk_BindtagsObjCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin,
newMenuPtr->interp, 2, newObjv) == TCL_OK) {
char *windowName;
Tcl_Obj *bindingsPtr =
Tcl_DuplicateObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(newMenuPtr->interp));
Tcl_Obj *elementPtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(bindingsPtr);
Tcl_ListObjLength(newMenuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, &numElements);
for (i = 0; i < numElements; i++) {
Tcl_ListObjIndex(newMenuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, i,
&elementPtr);
windowName = Tcl_GetString(elementPtr);
if (strcmp(windowName, Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin))
== 0) {
Tcl_Obj *newElementPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin), -1);
/*
* The newElementPtr will have its refCount incremented
* here, so we don't need to worry about it any more.
*/
Tcl_ListObjReplace(menuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr,
i + 1, 0, 1, &newElementPtr);
newObjv[2] = bindingsPtr;
Tk_BindtagsObjCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->interp, 3, newObjv);
break;
}
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(bindingsPtr);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[0]);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjv[1]);
Tcl_ResetResult(menuPtr->interp);
/*
* Clone all of the cascade menus that this menu points to.
*/
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
TkMenuReferences *cascadeRefPtr;
TkMenu *oldCascadePtr;
if ((menuPtr->entries[i]->type == CASCADE_ENTRY)
&& (menuPtr->entries[i]->namePtr != NULL)) {
cascadeRefPtr =
TkFindMenuReferencesObj(menuPtr->interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 |
}
}
returnResult = TCL_OK;
} else {
returnResult = TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 |
}
}
returnResult = TCL_OK;
} else {
returnResult = TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr);
return returnResult;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuDoXPosition --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 |
static int
MenuDoXPosition(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
| | | | | | | 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 |
static int
MenuDoXPosition(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
int index;
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (index < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(0));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->x));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 |
static int
MenuDoYPosition(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
| | | | | | | 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 |
static int
MenuDoYPosition(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
int index;
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
if (TkGetMenuIndex(interp, menuPtr, objPtr, 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (index < 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(0));
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(menuPtr->entries[index]->y));
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 | * * Side effects: * If int is invalid, interp's result will be set to NULL. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | < | | 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 |
*
* Side effects:
* If int is invalid, interp's result will be set to NULL.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetIndexFromCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter of menu. */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are searching. */
char *string, /* The @string we are parsing. */
int *indexPtr) /* The index of the item that matches. */
{
int x, y, i;
char *p, *end;
int x2, borderwidth, max;
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
p = string + 1;
y = strtol(p, &end, 0);
if (end == p) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 |
}
} else {
x = borderwidth;
}
*indexPtr = -1;
| | | | | | 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 |
}
} else {
x = borderwidth;
}
*indexPtr = -1;
/* set the width of the final column to the remainder of the window
* being aware of windows that may not be mapped yet.
*/
max = Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)
? Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin) : Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
max -= borderwidth;
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
if (menuPtr->entries[i]->entryFlags & ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN) {
x2 = max;
} else {
x2 = menuPtr->entries[i]->x + menuPtr->entries[i]->width;
}
if ((x >= menuPtr->entries[i]->x) && (y >= menuPtr->entries[i]->y)
&& (x < x2)
&& (y < (menuPtr->entries[i]->y
+ menuPtr->entries[i]->height))) {
*indexPtr = i;
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* RecursivelyDeleteMenu --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menubar instance we are deleting. */
{
| | | 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menubar instance we are deleting. */
{
int i;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
/*
* It is not 100% clear that this preserve/release pair is required, but
* we have added them for safety in this very complex code.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 |
{
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL; /* Initialization needed only to prevent
* compiler warning. */
Tcl_Obj *childPtr;
char *destString;
int i;
int doDot;
Tcl_HashTable *nameTablePtr = NULL;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin;
| > | | 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 |
{
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = NULL; /* Initialization needed only to prevent
* compiler warning. */
Tcl_Obj *childPtr;
char *destString;
int i;
int doDot;
Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo;
Tcl_HashTable *nameTablePtr = NULL;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin;
char *parentName = Tcl_GetString(parentPtr);
if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) {
nameTablePtr = &(winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable);
}
doDot = parentName[strlen(parentName) - 1] != '.';
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr);
if (doDot) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1);
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr);
| | | | 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultPtr);
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(parentPtr);
if (doDot) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, ".", -1);
}
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, childPtr);
intPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(i);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(resultPtr, intPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(intPtr);
}
destString = Tcl_GetString(resultPtr);
if ((Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, destString, &cmdInfo) == 0)
&& ((nameTablePtr == NULL)
|| (Tcl_FindHashEntry(nameTablePtr, destString) == NULL))) {
break;
}
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(childPtr);
return resultPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSetWindowMenuBar(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter the toplevel lives in. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The toplevel window. */
| | | | 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSetWindowMenuBar(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter the toplevel lives in. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The toplevel window. */
char *oldMenuName, /* The name of the menubar previously set in
* this toplevel. NULL means no menu was set
* previously. */
char *menuName) /* The name of the new menubar that the
* toplevel needs to be set to. NULL means
* that their is no menu now. */
{
TkMenuTopLevelList *topLevelListPtr, *prevTopLevelPtr;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 |
*/
if (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) {
TkMenu *instancePtr;
menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr;
| | | 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 |
*/
if (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) {
TkMenu *instancePtr;
menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr;
for (instancePtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
instancePtr != NULL;
instancePtr = instancePtr->nextInstancePtr) {
if (instancePtr->menuType == MENUBAR
&& instancePtr->parentTopLevelPtr == tkwin) {
RecursivelyDeleteMenu(instancePtr);
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 |
if (topLevelListPtr != NULL) {
if (prevTopLevelPtr == NULL) {
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr =
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevTopLevelPtr->nextPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 |
if (topLevelListPtr != NULL) {
if (prevTopLevelPtr == NULL) {
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr =
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevTopLevelPtr->nextPtr = topLevelListPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) topLevelListPtr);
TkFreeMenuReferences(menuRefPtr);
}
}
}
/*
* Now, add the clone references for the new menu.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 |
CloneMenu(menuPtr, cloneMenuPtr, menubarPtr);
cloneMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(interp, cloneMenuPtr);
if ((cloneMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
Tcl_Obj *cursorPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-cursor", -1);
Tcl_Obj *nullPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
| < | 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 |
CloneMenu(menuPtr, cloneMenuPtr, menubarPtr);
cloneMenuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferencesObj(interp, cloneMenuPtr);
if ((cloneMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
Tcl_Obj *cursorPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-cursor", -1);
Tcl_Obj *nullPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr = tkwin;
menuBarPtr = cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;
newObjv[0] = cursorPtr;
newObjv[1] = nullPtr;
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cursorPtr);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(nullPtr);
ConfigureMenu(menuPtr->interp, cloneMenuRefPtr->menuPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 | } /* * Add this window to the menu's list of windows that refer to this * menu. */ | | > | 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 |
}
/*
* Add this window to the menu's list of windows that refer to this
* menu.
*/
topLevelListPtr = (TkMenuTopLevelList *)
ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuTopLevelList));
topLevelListPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
topLevelListPtr->nextPtr = menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr;
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = topLevelListPtr;
} else {
TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, NULL);
}
TkpSetMainMenubar(interp, tkwin, menuName);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMenuHashTable(
ClientData clientData, /* The menu hash table we are destroying. */
| | < < | | | 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMenuHashTable(
ClientData clientData, /* The menu hash table we are destroying. */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* The interpreter we are destroying. */
{
Tcl_DeleteHashTable((Tcl_HashTable *) clientData);
ckfree((char *) clientData);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetMenuHashTable --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_HashTable *
TkGetMenuHashTable(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* The interp we need the hash table in.*/
{
| | < > > | | | 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_HashTable *
TkGetMenuHashTable(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* The interp we need the hash table in.*/
{
Tcl_HashTable *menuTablePtr;
menuTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *)
Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, MENU_HASH_KEY, NULL);
if (menuTablePtr == NULL) {
menuTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
Tcl_InitHashTable(menuTablePtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, MENU_HASH_KEY, DestroyMenuHashTable,
(ClientData) menuTablePtr);
}
return menuTablePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkMenuReferences *
TkCreateMenuReferences(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | | | | 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkMenuReferences *
TkCreateMenuReferences(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *pathName) /* The path of the menu widget. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
int newEntry;
Tcl_HashTable *menuTablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(interp);
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(menuTablePtr, pathName, &newEntry);
if (newEntry) {
menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuReferences));
menuRefPtr->menuPtr = NULL;
menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = NULL;
menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = NULL;
menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr = hashEntryPtr;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, (char *) menuRefPtr);
} else {
menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
}
return menuRefPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkMenuReferences *
TkFindMenuReferences(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu is living in. */
| | | | 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkMenuReferences *
TkFindMenuReferences(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu is living in. */
char *pathName) /* The path of the menu widget. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = NULL;
Tcl_HashTable *menuTablePtr;
menuTablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(interp);
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(menuTablePtr, pathName);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
}
return menuRefPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 |
*/
TkMenuReferences *
TkFindMenuReferencesObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu is living in. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The path of the menu widget. */
{
| | < | 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 |
*/
TkMenuReferences *
TkFindMenuReferencesObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu is living in. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The path of the menu widget. */
{
char *pathName = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
return TkFindMenuReferences(interp, pathName);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFreeMenuReferences --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 |
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr)
/* The menu reference to free. */
{
if ((menuRefPtr->menuPtr == NULL)
&& (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr == NULL)
&& (menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr == NULL)) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr);
| | | 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 |
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr)
/* The menu reference to free. */
{
if ((menuRefPtr->menuPtr == NULL)
&& (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr == NULL)
&& (menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr == NULL)) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr);
ckfree((char *) menuRefPtr);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 |
* entries to delete. */
int last) /* The zero-based last entry. */
{
TkMenu *menuListPtr;
int numDeleted, i, j;
numDeleted = last + 1 - first;
| | > | | | | | | | | | < < | 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 |
* entries to delete. */
int last) /* The zero-based last entry. */
{
TkMenu *menuListPtr;
int numDeleted, i, j;
numDeleted = last + 1 - first;
for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL;
menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
for (i = last; i >= first; i--) {
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[i],
DestroyMenuEntry);
}
for (i = last + 1; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) {
j = i - numDeleted;
menuListPtr->entries[j] = menuListPtr->entries[i];
menuListPtr->entries[j]->index = j;
}
menuListPtr->numEntries -= numDeleted;
if (menuListPtr->numEntries == 0) {
ckfree((char *) menuListPtr->entries);
menuListPtr->entries = NULL;
}
if ((menuListPtr->active >= first)
&& (menuListPtr->active <= last)) {
menuListPtr->active = -1;
} else if (menuListPtr->active > last) {
menuListPtr->active -= numDeleted;
}
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuListPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMenuCleanup --
*
* Resets menusInitialized to allow Tk to be finalized and reused without
* the DLL being unloaded.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMenuCleanup(
ClientData unused)
{
menusInitialized = 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMenuInit --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 | menusInitialized = 1; } /* * Make sure we cleanup on finalize. */ | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 |
menusInitialized = 1;
}
/*
* Make sure we cleanup on finalize.
*/
TkCreateExitHandler((Tcl_ExitProc *) TkMenuCleanup, NULL);
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&menuMutex);
}
if (!tsdPtr->menusInitialized) {
TkpMenuThreadInit();
tsdPtr->menusInitialized = 1;
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkMenu.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMENU #define _TKMENU #ifndef _TKINT #include "tkInt.h" #endif #ifndef _DEFAULT #include "default.h" #endif /* * Dummy types used by the platform menu code. */ typedef struct TkMenuPlatformData_ *TkMenuPlatformData; typedef struct TkMenuPlatformEntryData_ *TkMenuPlatformEntryData; | > > > > > > > > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMENU #define _TKMENU #ifndef _TK #include "tk.h" #endif #ifndef _TKINT #include "tkInt.h" #endif #ifndef _DEFAULT #include "default.h" #endif #ifdef BUILD_tk # undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT #endif /* * Dummy types used by the platform menu code. */ typedef struct TkMenuPlatformData_ *TkMenuPlatformData; typedef struct TkMenuPlatformEntryData_ *TkMenuPlatformEntryData; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
int type; /* Type of menu entry; see below for valid
* types. */
struct TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu with which this entry is
* associated. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Option table for this menu entry. */
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr; /* Main text label displayed in entry (NULL if
* no label). */
| | | | | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
int type; /* Type of menu entry; see below for valid
* types. */
struct TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Menu with which this entry is
* associated. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Option table for this menu entry. */
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr; /* Main text label displayed in entry (NULL if
* no label). */
int labelLength; /* Number of non-NULL characters in label. */
int state; /* State of button for display purposes:
* normal, active, or disabled. */
int underline; /* Value of -underline option: specifies index
* of character to underline (<0 means don't
* underline anything). */
Tcl_Obj *underlinePtr; /* Index of character to underline. */
Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr; /* Bitmap to display in menu entry, or NULL.
* If not NULL then label is ignored. */
Tcl_Obj *imagePtr; /* Name of image to display, or NULL. If not
* NULL, bitmap, text, and textVarName are
* ignored. */
Tk_Image image; /* Image to display in menu entry, or NULL if
* none. */
Tcl_Obj *selectImagePtr; /* Name of image to display when selected, or
* NULL. */
Tk_Image selectImage; /* Image to display in entry when selected, or
* NULL if none. Ignored if image is NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *accelPtr; /* Accelerator string displayed at right of
* menu entry. NULL means no such accelerator.
* Malloc'ed. */
int accelLength; /* Number of non-NULL characters in
* accelerator. */
int indicatorOn; /* True means draw indicator, false means
* don't draw it. This field is ignored unless
* the entry is a radio or check button. */
/*
* Display attributes
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
112 113 114 115 116 117 118 |
* overall font for menu. */
int columnBreak; /* If this is 0, this item appears below the
* item in front of it. If this is 1, this
* item starts a new column. This field is
* always 0 for tearoff and separator
* entries. */
int hideMargin; /* If this is 0, then the item has enough
| | | 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
* overall font for menu. */
int columnBreak; /* If this is 0, this item appears below the
* item in front of it. If this is 1, this
* item starts a new column. This field is
* always 0 for tearoff and separator
* entries. */
int hideMargin; /* If this is 0, then the item has enough
* margin to accomodate a standard check mark
* and a default right margin. If this is 1,
* then the item has no such margins, and
* checkbuttons and radiobuttons with this set
* will have a rectangle drawn in the
* indicator around the item if the item is
* checked. This is useful for palette menus.
* This field is ignored for separators and
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
int entryFlags; /* Various flags. See below for
* definitions. */
int index; /* Need to know which index we are. This is
* zero-based. This is the top-left entry of
* the menu. */
/*
| | | 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
int entryFlags; /* Various flags. See below for
* definitions. */
int index; /* Need to know which index we are. This is
* zero-based. This is the top-left entry of
* the menu. */
/*
* Bookeeping for master menus and cascade menus.
*/
struct TkMenuReferences *childMenuRefPtr;
/* A pointer to the hash table entry for the
* child menu. Stored here when the menu entry
* is configured so that a hash lookup is not
* necessary later.*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
#define SEPARATOR_ENTRY 4
#define TEAROFF_ENTRY 5
/*
* Menu states
*/
#define ENTRY_ACTIVE 0
#define ENTRY_NORMAL 1
#define ENTRY_DISABLED 2
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each menu widget:
*/
typedef struct TkMenu {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the pane. NULL means
* that the window has been destroyed but the
* data structures haven't yet been cleaned
* up. */
Display *display; /* Display containing widget. Needed, among
* other things, so that resources can be
* freed up even after tkwin has gone away. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with menu. */
Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for menu's widget command. */
TkMenuEntry **entries; /* Array of pointers to all the entries in the
* menu. NULL means no entries. */
| > > | | | | | 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
#define SEPARATOR_ENTRY 4
#define TEAROFF_ENTRY 5
/*
* Menu states
*/
MODULE_SCOPE const char *tkMenuStateStrings[];
#define ENTRY_ACTIVE 0
#define ENTRY_NORMAL 1
#define ENTRY_DISABLED 2
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each menu widget:
*/
typedef struct TkMenu {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the pane. NULL means
* that the window has been destroyed but the
* data structures haven't yet been cleaned
* up. */
Display *display; /* Display containing widget. Needed, among
* other things, so that resources can be
* freed up even after tkwin has gone away. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with menu. */
Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for menu's widget command. */
TkMenuEntry **entries; /* Array of pointers to all the entries in the
* menu. NULL means no entries. */
int numEntries; /* Number of elements in entries. */
int active; /* Index of active entry. -1 means nothing
* active. */
int menuType; /* MASTER_MENU, TEAROFF_MENU, or MENUBAR. See
* below for definitions. */
Tcl_Obj *menuTypePtr; /* Used to control whether created tkwin is a
* toplevel or not. "normal", "menubar", or
* "toplevel" */
/*
* Information used when displaying widget:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
* definition. */
TkMenuEntry *postedCascade; /* Points to menu entry for cascaded submenu
* that is currently posted or NULL if no
* submenu posted. */
struct TkMenu *nextInstancePtr;
/* The next instance of this menu in the
* chain. */
| | | > > > | | 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 |
* definition. */
TkMenuEntry *postedCascade; /* Points to menu entry for cascaded submenu
* that is currently posted or NULL if no
* submenu posted. */
struct TkMenu *nextInstancePtr;
/* The next instance of this menu in the
* chain. */
struct TkMenu *masterMenuPtr;
/* A pointer to the original menu for this
* clone chain. Points back to this structure
* if this menu is a master menu. */
struct TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr;
/* A pointer to the collection of option
* tables that work with menus and menu
* entries. */
Tk_Window parentTopLevelPtr;/* If this menu is a menubar, this is the
* toplevel that owns the menu. Only
* applicable for menubar clones. */
struct TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
/* Each menu is hashed into a table with the
* name of the menu's window as the key. The
* information in this hash table includes a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
374 375 376 377 378 379 380 |
* of options are in this structure. */
Tk_OptionSpec *extensionPtr;/* Needed by the configuration package for
* this widget to be extended. */
Tk_SavedOptions *errorStructPtr;
/* We actually have to allocate these because
* multiple menus get changed during one
* ConfigureMenu call. */
| < | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 |
* of options are in this structure. */
Tk_OptionSpec *extensionPtr;/* Needed by the configuration package for
* this widget to be extended. */
Tk_SavedOptions *errorStructPtr;
/* We actually have to allocate these because
* multiple menus get changed during one
* ConfigureMenu call. */
} TkMenu;
/*
* When the toplevel configure -menu command is executed, the menu may not
* exist yet. We need to keep a linked list of windows that reference a
* particular menu.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 |
* entries that have this menu as their child.
* NULL means no cascade entries. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* This is needed because the pathname of the
* window (which is what we hash on) may not
* be around when we are deleting. */
} TkMenuReferences;
/*
* Flag bits for menus:
*
* REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has
* already been queued to redraw this window.
* RESIZE_PENDING: Non-zero means a call to ComputeMenuGeometry
* has already been scheduled.
* MENU_DELETION_PENDING Non-zero means that we are currently
* destroying this menu's internal structures.
* This is useful when we are in the middle of
| > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | > > | | | | 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 |
* entries that have this menu as their child.
* NULL means no cascade entries. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;/* This is needed because the pathname of the
* window (which is what we hash on) may not
* be around when we are deleting. */
} TkMenuReferences;
/*
* This structure contains all of the option tables that are needed by menus.
*/
typedef struct TkMenuOptionTables {
Tk_OptionTable menuOptionTable;
/* The option table for menus. */
Tk_OptionTable entryOptionTables[6];
/* The tables for menu entries. */
} TkMenuOptionTables;
/*
* Flag bits for menus:
*
* REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has
* already been queued to redraw this window.
* RESIZE_PENDING: Non-zero means a call to ComputeMenuGeometry
* has already been scheduled.
* MENU_DELETION_PENDING Non-zero means that we are currently
* destroying this menu's internal structures.
* This is useful when we are in the middle of
* cleaning this master menu's chain of menus up
* when TkDestroyMenu was called again on this
* menu (via a destroy binding or somesuch).
* MENU_WIN_DESTRUCTION_PENDING Non-zero means we are in the middle of
* destroying this menu's Tk_Window.
* MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG1... Reserved for use by the platform-specific menu
* code.
*/
#define REDRAW_PENDING 1
#define RESIZE_PENDING 2
#define MENU_DELETION_PENDING 4
#define MENU_WIN_DESTRUCTION_PENDING 8
#define MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG1 (1 << 30)
#define MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG2 (1 << 29)
#define MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG3 (1 << 28)
/*
* Each menu created by the user is a MASTER_MENU. When a menu is torn off, a
* TEAROFF_MENU instance is created. When a menu is assigned to a toplevel as
* a menu bar, a MENUBAR instance is created. All instances have the same
* configuration information. If the master instance is deleted, all instances
* are deleted. If one of the other instances is deleted, only that instance
* is deleted.
*/
#define UNKNOWN_TYPE -1
#define MASTER_MENU 0
#define TEAROFF_MENU 1
#define MENUBAR 2
/*
* Various geometry definitions:
*/
#define CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT 10
#define CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH 8
#define DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH 2
/*
* Menu-related functions that are shared among Tk modules but not exported to
* the outside world:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TkActivateMenuEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkBindMenu(Tk_Window tkwin, TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkCreateMenuReferences(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkDestroyMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr,
TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkFindMenuReferences(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuReferences*TkFindMenuReferencesObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *namePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkFreeMenuReferences(TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_HashTable *TkGetMenuHashTable(Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkGetMenuIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int lastOK, int *indexPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuInitializeEntryDrawingFields(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkInvokeMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, int index);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuFreeDrawOptions(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions(TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int imgWidth,
int imgHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuInit(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuSelectImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x,
int y, int width, int height, int imgWidth,
int imgHeight);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj * TkNewMenuName(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *parentNamePtr, TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostCommand(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostSubmenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
TkMenuEntry *mePtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkPostTearoffMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr,
int x, int y);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkPreprocessMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkRecomputeMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
/*
* These routines are the platform-dependent routines called by the common
* code.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
534 535 536 537 538 539 540 | const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int strictMotif, int drawingParameters); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpMenuInit(void); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpMenuNewEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpNewMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpPostMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, | | < < > > > | 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 | const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height, int strictMotif, int drawingParameters); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpMenuInit(void); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpMenuNewEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpNewMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpPostMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, int x, int y); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpSetWindowMenuBar(Tk_Window tkwin, TkMenu *menuPtr); # undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKMENU */ |
Changes to generic/tkMenuDraw.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
294 295 296 297 298 299 300 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
| | | 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr,
int index)
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC, newActiveGC, newDisabledGC, newIndicatorGC;
unsigned long mask;
Tk_Font tkfont;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
void
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
if (!(menuPtr->menuFlags & RESIZE_PENDING)) {
menuPtr->menuFlags |= RESIZE_PENDING;
| | | 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 |
void
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
if (!(menuPtr->menuFlags & RESIZE_PENDING)) {
menuPtr->menuFlags |= RESIZE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ComputeMenuGeometry, (ClientData) menuPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkRecomputeMenu --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
454 455 456 457 458 459 460 |
*/
void
TkRecomputeMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & RESIZE_PENDING) {
| | | | | | | | | 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 |
*/
void
TkRecomputeMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & RESIZE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ComputeMenuGeometry, (ClientData) menuPtr);
ComputeMenuGeometry((ClientData) menuPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkEventuallyRedrawMenu --
*
* Arrange for an entry of a menu, or the whole menu, to be redisplayed
* at some point in the future.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A when-idle hander is scheduled to do the redisplay, if there isn't
* one already scheduled.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(
register TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Information about menu to redraw. */
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Entry to redraw. NULL means redraw all the
* entries in the menu. */
{
int i;
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if (mePtr != NULL) {
mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY;
} else {
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
menuPtr->entries[i]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY;
}
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)
|| (menuPtr->menuFlags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
return;
}
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr);
menuPtr->menuFlags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ComputeMenuGeometry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeMenuGeometry(
ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
| | | 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeMenuGeometry(
ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData;
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
TkpComputeMenubarGeometry(menuPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
582 583 584 585 586 587 588 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be
* <=0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | < < < < < < | | 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be
* <=0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) clientData;
if ((mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)
&& !(mePtr->menuPtr->menuFlags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
mePtr->menuPtr->menuFlags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMenu, (ClientData) mePtr->menuPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DisplayMenu --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
617 618 619 620 621 622 623 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayMenu(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | < | > > > | 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayMenu(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
register TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData;
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
register Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin;
int index, strictMotif;
Tk_Font tkfont;
Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics;
int width;
int borderWidth;
Tk_3DBorder border;
int activeBorderWidth;
int relief;
menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, borderWidth,
borderWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * borderWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * borderWidth, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
668 669 670 671 672 673 674 |
if (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) {
if (!(mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY)) {
continue;
}
}
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY;
| | | < | | | < < < < | < > | < < | | > > > < < < < < | > | > | | | < < < < < | > | | | < < < < < < | 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 |
if (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) {
if (!(mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY)) {
continue;
}
}
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_NEEDS_REDISPLAY;
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
width = mePtr->width;
} else {
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN) {
width = Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin) - mePtr->x
- activeBorderWidth;
} else {
width = mePtr->width + borderWidth;
}
}
TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, Tk_WindowId(menuPtr->tkwin), tkfont,
&menuMetrics, mePtr->x, mePtr->y, width,
mePtr->height, strictMotif, 1);
if ((index > 0) && (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR)
&& mePtr->columnBreak) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index - 1];
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border,
mePtr->x, mePtr->y + mePtr->height,
mePtr->width,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - mePtr->y - mePtr->height -
activeBorderWidth, 0,
TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
}
if (menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR) {
int x, y, height;
if (menuPtr->numEntries == 0) {
x = y = borderWidth;
width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * activeBorderWidth;
height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * activeBorderWidth;
} else {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[menuPtr->numEntries - 1];
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
border, mePtr->x, mePtr->y + mePtr->height, mePtr->width,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - mePtr->y - mePtr->height
- activeBorderWidth, 0,
TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
x = mePtr->x + mePtr->width;
y = mePtr->y + mePtr->height;
width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - x - activeBorderWidth;
height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - y - activeBorderWidth;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, x, y,
width, height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->reliefPtr, &relief);
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
border, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), borderWidth,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
*/
void
TkMenuEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 |
*/
void
TkMenuEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, NULL);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
TkEventuallyRedrawMenu(menuPtr, NULL);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
789 790 791 792 793 794 795 |
}
menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_WIN_DESTRUCTION_PENDING;
if (menuPtr->widgetCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->widgetCmd);
menuPtr->widgetCmd = NULL;
}
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
| | | | | 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 |
}
menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_WIN_DESTRUCTION_PENDING;
if (menuPtr->widgetCmd != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->widgetCmd);
menuPtr->widgetCmd = NULL;
}
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr);
menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
}
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & RESIZE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ComputeMenuGeometry, (ClientData) menuPtr);
menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~RESIZE_PENDING;
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMenuImageProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be
* <=0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | < < < < < < | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be
* <=0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
register TkMenu *menuPtr = ((TkMenuEntry *)clientData)->menuPtr;
if ((menuPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(menuPtr->menuFlags & RESIZE_PENDING)) {
menuPtr->menuFlags |= RESIZE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ComputeMenuGeometry, (ClientData) menuPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPostTearoffMenu --
*
* Posts a menu on the screen. Used to post tearoff menus. On Unix, all
* menus are posted this way. Adjusts the menu's position so that it fits
* on the screen, and maps and raises the menu.
*
* Results:
* Returns a standard Tcl Error.
*
* Side effects:
* The menu is posted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPostTearoffMenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter of the menu */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are posting */
int x, int y) /* The root X,Y coordinates where we are
* posting */
{
int vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
int result;
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr);
result = TkPostCommand(menuPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
/*
* The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means we are dead
* and should go away.
*/
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Adjust the position of the menu if necessary to keep it visible on the
* screen. There are two special tricks to make this work right:
*
* 1. If a virtual root window manager is being used then the coordinates
* are in the virtual root window of menuPtr's parent; since the menu
* uses override-redirect mode it will be in the *real* root window for
* the screen, so we have to map the coordinates from the virtual root
* (if any) to the real root. Can't get the virtual root from the menu
* itself (it will never be seen by the wm) so use its parent instead
* (it would be better to have an an option that names a window to use
* for this...).
* 2. The menu may not have been mapped yet, so its current size might be
* the default 1x1. To compute how much space it needs, use its
* requested size, not its actual size.
*/
Tk_GetVRootGeometry(Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin), &vRootX, &vRootY,
&vRootWidth, &vRootHeight);
vRootWidth -= Tk_ReqWidth(menuPtr->tkwin);
if (x > vRootX + vRootWidth) {
x = vRootX + vRootWidth;
}
if (x < vRootX) {
x = vRootX;
}
vRootHeight -= Tk_ReqHeight(menuPtr->tkwin);
if (y > vRootY + vRootHeight) {
y = vRootY + vRootHeight;
}
if (y < vRootY) {
y = vRootY;
}
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(menuPtr->tkwin, x, y);
if (!Tk_IsMapped(menuPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_MapWindow(menuPtr->tkwin);
}
TkWmRestackToplevel((TkWindow *) menuPtr->tkwin, Above, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPostSubmenu --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
891 892 893 894 895 896 897 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPostSubmenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for invoking sub-commands and
* reporting errors. */
| | | | 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPostSubmenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for invoking sub-commands and
* reporting errors. */
register TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Information about menu as a whole. */
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Info about submenu that is to be posted.
* NULL means make sure that no submenu is
* posted. */
{
int result, x, y;
Tcl_Obj *subary[4];
if (mePtr == menuPtr->postedCascade) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
950 951 952 953 954 955 956 |
Tk_GetRootCoords(menuPtr->tkwin, &x, &y);
AdjustMenuCoords(menuPtr, mePtr, &x, &y);
menuPtr->postedCascade = mePtr;
subary[0] = mePtr->namePtr;
subary[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj("post", -1);
| | | | 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 |
Tk_GetRootCoords(menuPtr->tkwin, &x, &y);
AdjustMenuCoords(menuPtr, mePtr, &x, &y);
menuPtr->postedCascade = mePtr;
subary[0] = mePtr->namePtr;
subary[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj("post", -1);
subary[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(x);
subary[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(y);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[1]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[2]);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(subary[3]);
result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, 4, subary, 0);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[1]);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[2]);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(subary[3]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkMenubutton.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkMenubutton.h" | | < < < < < < < < < < < | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenubutton.h"
#include "default.h"
/*
* The following table defines the legal values for the -direction option. It
* is used together with the "enum direction" declaration in tkMenubutton.h.
*/
static const char *const directionStrings[] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, activeBorder), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-activeforeground", "activeForeground", "Background",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, activeFg),
0, (ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, normalBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
(ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
(ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, bitmap),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-direction", "direction", "Direction",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, direction),
0, (ClientData) directionStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-disabledforeground", "disabledForeground",
"DisabledForeground", DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, disabledFg), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
(ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, normalFg), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, heightString),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, highlightColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, imageString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-indicatoron", "indicatorOn", "IndicatorOn",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, indicatorOn),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, menuName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, padX),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, padY),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, relief),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, compound), 0,
(ClientData) compoundStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, takeFocus), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, text), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, textVarName), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, underline),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, widthString),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkMenuButton, wrapLength),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The following tables define the menubutton widget commands and map the
* indexes into the string tables into a single enumerated type used to
* dispatch the scale widget command.
*/
static const char *commandNames[] = {
"cget", "configure", NULL
};
enum command {
COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd( | | | < | | 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register TkMenuButton *mbPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the new window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Menubutton");
mbPtr = TkpCreateMenuButton(tkwin);
| | | | | | 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Menubutton");
mbPtr = TkpCreateMenuButton(tkwin);
Tk_SetClassProcs(tkwin, &tkpMenubuttonClass, (ClientData) mbPtr);
/*
* Initialize the data structure for the button.
*/
mbPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
mbPtr->display = Tk_Display (tkwin);
mbPtr->interp = interp;
mbPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(mbPtr->tkwin), MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) mbPtr, MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc);
mbPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
mbPtr->menuName = NULL;
mbPtr->text = NULL;
mbPtr->underline = -1;
mbPtr->textVarName = NULL;
mbPtr->bitmap = None;
mbPtr->imageString = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
mbPtr->direction = DIRECTION_FLUSH;
mbPtr->cursor = NULL;
mbPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
mbPtr->flags = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
| | | | | 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
mbPtr->direction = DIRECTION_FLUSH;
mbPtr->cursor = NULL;
mbPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
mbPtr->flags = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
MenuButtonEventProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureMenuButton(interp, mbPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), Tk_PathName(mbPtr->tkwin), -1);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
static int
MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 |
static int
MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
int result, index;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames, "option", 0,
&index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mbPtr);
switch (index) {
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
mbPtr->optionTable, objv[2], mbPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
break;
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
mbPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
mbPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureMenuButton(interp, mbPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mbPtr);
return result;
error:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) mbPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyMenuButton --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMenuButton(
char *memPtr) /* Info about button widget. */
{
| | | | | | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMenuButton(
char *memPtr) /* Info about button widget. */
{
register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) memPtr;
TkpDestroyMenuButton(mbPtr);
if (mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
}
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->widgetCmd);
if (mbPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
}
if (mbPtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_FreeImage(mbPtr->image);
}
if (mbPtr->normalTextGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->normalTextGC);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
459 460 461 462 463 464 465 |
Tk_FreeBitmap(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->gray);
}
if (mbPtr->textLayout != NULL) {
Tk_FreeTextLayout(mbPtr->textLayout);
}
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mbPtr, mbPtr->optionTable, mbPtr->tkwin);
mbPtr->tkwin = NULL;
| | | 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
Tk_FreeBitmap(mbPtr->display, mbPtr->gray);
}
if (mbPtr->textLayout != NULL) {
Tk_FreeTextLayout(mbPtr->textLayout);
}
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mbPtr, mbPtr->optionTable, mbPtr->tkwin);
mbPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) mbPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureMenuButton --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
486 487 488 489 490 491 492 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureMenuButton(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | | | 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureMenuButton(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register TkMenuButton *mbPtr,
/* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
int error;
Tk_Image image;
/*
* Eliminate any existing trace on variables monitored by the menubutton.
*/
if (mbPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
}
/*
* The following loop is potentially executed twice. During the first pass
* configuration options get set to their new values. If there is an error
* in this pass, we execute a second pass to restore all the options to
* their previous values.
*/
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr,
mbPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
mbPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
567 568 569 570 571 572 573 |
* Get the image for the widget, if there is one. Allocate the new
* image before freeing the old one, so that the reference count
* doesn't go to zero and cause image data to be discarded.
*/
if (mbPtr->imageString != NULL) {
image = Tk_GetImage(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->tkwin,
| | > | 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 |
* Get the image for the widget, if there is one. Allocate the new
* image before freeing the old one, so that the reference count
* doesn't go to zero and cause image data to be discarded.
*/
if (mbPtr->imageString != NULL) {
image = Tk_GetImage(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->tkwin,
mbPtr->imageString, MenuButtonImageProc,
(ClientData) mbPtr);
if (image == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (mbPtr->image != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
621 622 623 624 625 626 627 | /* * If no image or -compound is used, display the value of a variable. * Set up a trace to watch for any changes in it, create the variable * if it doesn't exist, and fetch its current value. */ const char *value; | | | | | | | | 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 |
/*
* If no image or -compound is used, display the value of a variable.
* Set up a trace to watch for any changes in it, create the variable
* if it doesn't exist, and fetch its current value.
*/
const char *value;
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (value == NULL) {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, mbPtr->text,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
} else {
if (mbPtr->text != NULL) {
ckfree(mbPtr->text);
}
mbPtr->text = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(value) + 1));
strcpy(mbPtr->text, value);
}
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
}
TkMenuButtonWorldChanged((ClientData) mbPtr);
if (error) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
671 672 673 674 675 676 677 |
void
TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
unsigned long mask;
| | > > | 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 |
void
TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
unsigned long mask;
TkMenuButton *mbPtr;
mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) instanceData;
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(mbPtr->tkfont);
gcValues.foreground = mbPtr->normalFg->pixel;
gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(mbPtr->normalBorder)->pixel;
/*
* Note: GraphicsExpose events are disabled in GC's because they're used
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
744 745 746 747 748 749 750 |
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(mbPtr);
/*
* Lastly, arrange for the button to be redisplayed.
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 |
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(mbPtr);
/*
* Lastly, arrange for the button to be redisplayed.
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
772 773 774 775 776 777 778 |
*/
static void
MenuButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | < | 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 |
*/
static void
MenuButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
goto redraw;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
/*
* Must redraw after size changes, since layout could have changed and
* borders will need to be redrawn.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
804 805 806 807 808 809 810 |
}
}
}
return;
redraw:
if ((mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 |
}
}
}
return;
redraw:
if ((mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
831 832 833 834 835 836 837 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = mbPtr->tkwin;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
* widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 |
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the menu button will change to match the
* variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
MenuButtonTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
| > | | < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 |
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the menu button will change to match the
* variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
MenuButtonTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
const char *value;
unsigned len;
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, mbPtr->text,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MenuButtonTextVarProc, clientData);
}
return NULL;
}
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (value == NULL) {
value = "";
}
if (mbPtr->text != NULL) {
ckfree(mbPtr->text);
}
len = 1 + (unsigned) strlen(value);
mbPtr->text = (char *) ckalloc(len);
memcpy(mbPtr->text, value, len);
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(mbPtr);
if ((mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin)
&& !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
961 962 963 964 965 966 967 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be <=
* 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
| | < < < < < < | | 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 |
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be <=
* 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
if (mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(mbPtr);
if (Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr);
mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkMenubutton.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
#include "tkInt.h"
#endif
#ifndef _TKMENU
#include "tkMenu.h"
#endif
/*
* Legal values for the "orient" field of TkMenubutton records.
*/
enum direction {
DIRECTION_ABOVE, DIRECTION_BELOW, DIRECTION_FLUSH,
DIRECTION_LEFT, DIRECTION_RIGHT
| > > > > > | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
#include "tkInt.h"
#endif
#ifndef _TKMENU
#include "tkMenu.h"
#endif
#ifdef BUILD_tk
# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
* Legal values for the "orient" field of TkMenubutton records.
*/
enum direction {
DIRECTION_ABOVE, DIRECTION_BELOW, DIRECTION_FLUSH,
DIRECTION_LEFT, DIRECTION_RIGHT
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 | * which is displayed if the "-indicatoron" option is true. The units for * these options are 1/10 millimeters. */ #define INDICATOR_WIDTH 40 #define INDICATOR_HEIGHT 17 /* * Declaration of procedures used in the implementation of the button widget. */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(TkMenuButton *mbPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuButton *TkpCreateMenuButton(Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDisplayMenuButton(ClientData clientData); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDestroyMenuButton(TkMenuButton *mbPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); #endif /* _TKMENUBUTTON */ | > > > > > > > > > | 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 | * which is displayed if the "-indicatoron" option is true. The units for * these options are 1/10 millimeters. */ #define INDICATOR_WIDTH 40 #define INDICATOR_HEIGHT 17 /* * Declaration of variables shared between the files in the button module. */ MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ClassProcs tkpMenubuttonClass; /* * Declaration of procedures used in the implementation of the button widget. */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(TkMenuButton *mbPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkMenuButton *TkpCreateMenuButton(Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDisplayMenuButton(ClientData clientData); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDestroyMenuButton(TkMenuButton *mbPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); # undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKMENUBUTTON */ |
Changes to generic/tkMessage.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each message widget
* managed by this file:
*/
typedef struct {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR,
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(Message, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-aspect", "aspect", "Aspect", DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT,
-1, Tk_Offset(Message, aspect), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, border), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL,
0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL,
0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Message, borderWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, NULL,
0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_MESSAGE_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_MESSAGE_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, fgColorPtr), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG, -1,
Tk_Offset(Message, highlightBgColorPtr), 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(Message, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, justify), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
DEF_MESSAGE_PADX, Tk_Offset(Message, padXPtr),
Tk_Offset(Message, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
DEF_MESSAGE_PADY, Tk_Offset(Message, padYPtr),
Tk_Offset(Message, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_MESSAGE_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_MESSAGE_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, string), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
DEF_MESSAGE_TEXT_VARIABLE, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, textVarName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_MESSAGE_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(Message, width), 0, 0 ,0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void MessageCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void MessageEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static char * MessageTextVarProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1,
CONST char *name2, int flags);
static int MessageWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void MessageWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static void ComputeMessageGeometry(Message *msgPtr);
static int ConfigureMessage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Message *msgPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags);
static void DestroyMessage(char *memPtr);
static void DisplayMessage(ClientData clientData);
/*
* The structure below defines message class behavior by means of functions
* that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static Tk_ClassProcs messageClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
MessageWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MessageObjCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
210 211 212 213 214 215 216 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_MessageObjCmd( | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MessageObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
register Message *msgPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
* created, the cached pointer will be returned.
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
msgPtr = (Message *) ckalloc(sizeof(Message));
memset(msgPtr, 0, (size_t) sizeof(Message));
/*
* Set values for those fields that don't take a 0 or NULL value.
*/
msgPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
msgPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
msgPtr->interp = interp;
msgPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(msgPtr->tkwin), MessageWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) msgPtr, MessageCmdDeletedProc);
msgPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
msgPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
msgPtr->textGC = NULL;
msgPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
msgPtr->aspect = 150;
msgPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
msgPtr->cursor = NULL;
Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message");
Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, (ClientData) msgPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(msgPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
MessageEventProc, (ClientData) msgPtr);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)msgPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureMessage(interp, msgPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(msgPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MessageWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
*/
static int
MessageWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about message widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 |
*/
static int
MessageWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about message widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { "cget", "configure", NULL };
enum options { MESSAGE_CGET, MESSAGE_CONFIGURE };
int index;
int result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) msgPtr);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case MESSAGE_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) msgPtr,
msgPtr->optionTable, objv[2], msgPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
}
}
break;
case MESSAGE_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) msgPtr,
msgPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL,
msgPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
}
} else {
result = ConfigureMessage(interp, msgPtr, objc-2, objv+2, 0);
}
break;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) msgPtr);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyMessage --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 | * Everything associated with the message is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyMessage( | | | | | | | | 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 |
* Everything associated with the message is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyMessage(
char *memPtr) /* Info about message widget. */
{
register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) memPtr;
msgPtr->flags |= MESSAGE_DELETED;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(msgPtr->interp, msgPtr->widgetCmd);
if (msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr);
}
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeConfigOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
if (msgPtr->textGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(msgPtr->display, msgPtr->textGC);
}
if (msgPtr->textLayout != NULL) {
Tk_FreeTextLayout(msgPtr->textLayout);
}
if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(msgPtr->interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MessageTextVarProc, (ClientData) msgPtr);
}
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, msgPtr->tkwin);
msgPtr->tkwin = NULL;
ckfree((char *) msgPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureMessage --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
434 435 436 437 438 439 440 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureMessage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | < | | | | | | | | | | | 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureMessage(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register Message *msgPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
/*
* Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the message.
*/
if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MessageTextVarProc, (ClientData) msgPtr);
}
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
msgPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* If the message is to display the value of a variable, then set up a
* trace on the variable's value, create the variable if it doesn't exist,
* and fetch its current value.
*/
if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) {
CONST char *value;
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (value == NULL) {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, msgPtr->string,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
} else {
if (msgPtr->string != NULL) {
ckfree(msgPtr->string);
}
msgPtr->string = strcpy(ckalloc(strlen(value) + 1), value);
}
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MessageTextVarProc, (ClientData) msgPtr);
}
/*
* A few other options need special processing, such as setting the
* background from a 3-D border or handling special defaults that couldn't
* be specified to Tk_ConfigureWidget.
*/
msgPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(msgPtr->string, -1);
if (msgPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
msgPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
MessageWorldChanged((ClientData) msgPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MessageWorldChanged --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
525 526 527 528 529 530 531 |
static void
MessageWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc = NULL;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
| | > > | 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 |
static void
MessageWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc = NULL;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Message *msgPtr;
msgPtr = (Message *) instanceData;
if (msgPtr->border != NULL) {
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(msgPtr->tkwin, msgPtr->border);
}
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(msgPtr->tkfont);
gcValues.foreground = msgPtr->fgColorPtr->pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
555 556 557 558 559 560 561 |
* Recompute the desired geometry for the window, and arrange for the
* window to be redisplayed.
*/
ComputeMessageGeometry(msgPtr);
if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(msgPtr->tkwin)
&& !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 |
* Recompute the desired geometry for the window, and arrange for the
* window to be redisplayed.
*/
ComputeMessageGeometry(msgPtr);
if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(msgPtr->tkwin)
&& !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr);
msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
580 581 582 583 584 585 586 | * desired geometry for this window. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ComputeMessageGeometry( | | | 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 |
* desired geometry for this window.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeMessageGeometry(
register Message *msgPtr) /* Information about window. */
{
int width, inc, height;
int thisWidth, thisHeight, maxWidth;
int aspect, lowerBound, upperBound, inset;
Tk_FreeTextLayout(msgPtr->textLayout);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayMessage(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | | 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayMessage(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
register Tk_Window tkwin = msgPtr->tkwin;
int x, y;
int borderWidth = msgPtr->highlightWidth;
msgPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((msgPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
740 741 742 743 744 745 746 |
*/
static void
MessageEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | | 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 |
*/
static void
MessageEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
if (((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0))
|| (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify)) {
goto redraw;
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
DestroyMessage((char *) clientData);
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
msgPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS;
if (msgPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
goto redraw;
}
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusOut) {
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
msgPtr->flags &= ~GOT_FOCUS;
if (msgPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
goto redraw;
}
}
}
return;
redraw:
if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr);
msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MessageCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MessageCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
* widget.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 |
*
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the message will change to match the variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
MessageTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about message. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
| > | | | | < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 |
*
* Side effects:
* The text displayed in the message will change to match the variable.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
MessageTextVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about message. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
CONST char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
CONST char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData;
CONST char *value;
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, msgPtr->string,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
MessageTextVarProc, clientData);
}
return NULL;
}
value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (value == NULL) {
value = "";
}
if (msgPtr->string != NULL) {
ckfree(msgPtr->string);
}
msgPtr->numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, -1);
msgPtr->string = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(value) + 1));
strcpy(msgPtr->string, value);
ComputeMessageGeometry(msgPtr);
if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(msgPtr->tkwin)
&& !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr);
msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkObj.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
(objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = INT2PTR(intval); \
(objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = 0
#define GET_SIMPLEPIXEL(objPtr) \
(PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1))
#define SET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr, repPtr) \
| | | | < | 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
(objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = INT2PTR(intval); \
(objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = 0
#define GET_SIMPLEPIXEL(objPtr) \
(PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1))
#define SET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr, repPtr) \
(objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = 0; \
(objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (VOID *) repPtr
#define GET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr) \
((PixelRep *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2)
/*
* One of these structures is created per thread to store thread-specific
* data. In this case, it is used to contain references to selected
* Tcl_ObjTypes that we can use as screen distances without conversion. The
* "dataKey" below is used to locate the ThreadSpecificData for the current
* thread.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
const Tcl_ObjType *doubleTypePtr;
const Tcl_ObjType *intTypePtr;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* The following structure is the internal representation for mm objects.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
* A WindowRep caches name-to-window lookups. The cache is invalid if tkwin is
* NULL or if mainPtr->deletionEpoch does not match epoch.
*/
typedef struct WindowRep {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Cached window; NULL if not found. */
TkMainInfo *mainPtr; /* MainWindow associated with tkwin. */
| < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
* A WindowRep caches name-to-window lookups. The cache is invalid if tkwin is
* NULL or if mainPtr->deletionEpoch does not match epoch.
*/
typedef struct WindowRep {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Cached window; NULL if not found. */
TkMainInfo *mainPtr; /* MainWindow associated with tkwin. */
long epoch; /* Value of mainPtr->deletionEpoch at last
* successful lookup. */
} WindowRep;
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void DupMMInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
static void DupPixelInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
static void DupWindowInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
static void FreeMMInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void FreePixelInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void FreeWindowInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static ThreadSpecificData *GetTypeCache(void);
static void UpdateStringOfMM(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int SetMMFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int SetPixelFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static int SetWindowFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
* object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
* initial display-independant settings.
*/
static Tcl_ObjType pixelObjType = {
"pixel", /* name */
FreePixelInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupPixelInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetPixelFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "pixel" Tcl
* object, used for measuring distances. The pixel object remembers its
* initial display-independant settings.
*/
static Tcl_ObjType mmObjType = {
"mm", /* name */
FreeMMInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupMMInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */
UpdateStringOfMM, /* updateStringProc */
SetMMFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "window"
* Tcl object.
*/
static Tcl_ObjType windowObjType = {
"window", /* name */
FreeWindowInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupWindowInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetWindowFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTypeCache --
*
* Get (and build if necessary) the cache of useful Tcl object types for
* comparisons in the conversion functions. This allows optimized checks
* for standard cases.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ThreadSpecificData *
GetTypeCache()
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->doubleTypePtr = Tcl_GetObjType("double");
tsdPtr->intTypePtr = Tcl_GetObjType("int");
}
return tsdPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetPixelsFromObjEx --
*
* Attempt to return a pixel value from the Tcl object "objPtr". If the
* object is not already a pixel value, an attempt will be made to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
282 283 284 285 286 287 288 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object from which to get pixels. */
int *intPtr,
double *dblPtr) /* Places to store resulting pixels. */
{
int result, fresh;
double d;
PixelRep *pixelPtr;
| | | 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 |
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object from which to get pixels. */
int *intPtr,
double *dblPtr) /* Places to store resulting pixels. */
{
int result, fresh;
double d;
PixelRep *pixelPtr;
static double bias[] = {
1.0, 10.0, 25.4, 0.35278 /*25.4 / 72.0*/
};
/*
* Special hacks where the type of the object is known to be something
* that is just numeric and cannot require distance conversion. This pokes
* holes in Tcl's abstractions, but they are just for optimization, not
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
461 462 463 464 465 466 467 |
static void
FreePixelInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Pixel object with internal rep to free. */
{
if (!SIMPLE_PIXELREP(objPtr)) {
PixelRep *pixelPtr = GET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr);
| | | 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 |
static void
FreePixelInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Pixel object with internal rep to free. */
{
if (!SIMPLE_PIXELREP(objPtr)) {
PixelRep *pixelPtr = GET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr);
ckfree((char *) pixelPtr);
}
SET_SIMPLEPIXEL(objPtr, 0);
objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
487 488 489 490 491 492 493 | * internal rep. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DupPixelInternalRep( | | | | | 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 |
* internal rep.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DupPixelInternalRep(
register Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, /* Object with internal rep to copy. */
register Tcl_Obj *copyPtr) /* Object with internal rep to set. */
{
copyPtr->typePtr = srcPtr->typePtr;
if (SIMPLE_PIXELREP(srcPtr)) {
SET_SIMPLEPIXEL(copyPtr, GET_SIMPLEPIXEL(srcPtr));
} else {
PixelRep *oldPtr, *newPtr;
oldPtr = GET_COMPLEXPIXEL(srcPtr);
newPtr = (PixelRep *) ckalloc(sizeof(PixelRep));
newPtr->value = oldPtr->value;
newPtr->units = oldPtr->units;
newPtr->tkwin = oldPtr->tkwin;
newPtr->returnValue = oldPtr->returnValue;
SET_COMPLEXPIXEL(copyPtr, newPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
532 533 534 535 536 537 538 |
static int
SetPixelFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
| | < | 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
static int
SetPixelFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
char *string, *rest;
double d;
int i, units;
string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
d = strtod(string, &rest);
if (rest == string) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
| | | > > > > | > > | > | | 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &pixelObjType;
i = (int) d;
if ((units < 0) && (i == d)) {
SET_SIMPLEPIXEL(objPtr, i);
} else {
PixelRep *pixelPtr = (PixelRep *) ckalloc(sizeof(PixelRep));
pixelPtr->value = d;
pixelPtr->units = units;
pixelPtr->tkwin = NULL;
pixelPtr->returnValue = i;
SET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr, pixelPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
if (interp != NULL) {
/*
* Must copy string before resetting the result in case a caller is
* trying to convert the interpreter's result to pixels.
*/
char buf[100];
sprintf(buf, "bad screen distance \"%.50s\"", string);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
632 633 634 635 636 637 638 |
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object from which to get mms. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store resulting millimeters. */
{
int result;
double d;
MMRep *mmPtr;
| | | | 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 |
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object from which to get mms. */
double *doublePtr) /* Place to store resulting millimeters. */
{
int result;
double d;
MMRep *mmPtr;
static double bias[] = {
10.0, 25.4, 1.0, 0.35278 /*25.4 / 72.0*/
};
if (objPtr->typePtr != &mmObjType) {
result = SetMMFromAny(interp, objPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
}
mmPtr = (MMRep *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (mmPtr->tkwin != tkwin) {
d = mmPtr->value;
if (mmPtr->units == -1) {
d /= WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
d *= WidthMMOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
} else {
d *= bias[mmPtr->units];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
682 683 684 685 686 687 688 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeMMInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* MM object with internal rep to free. */
{
| | | 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeMMInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* MM object with internal rep to free. */
{
ckfree((char *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1);
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
707 708 709 710 711 712 713 | * internal rep. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DupMMInternalRep( | | | | | | | 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 |
* internal rep.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DupMMInternalRep(
register Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, /* Object with internal rep to copy. */
register Tcl_Obj *copyPtr) /* Object with internal rep to set. */
{
MMRep *oldPtr, *newPtr;
copyPtr->typePtr = srcPtr->typePtr;
oldPtr = (MMRep *) srcPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
newPtr = (MMRep *) ckalloc(sizeof(MMRep));
newPtr->value = oldPtr->value;
newPtr->units = oldPtr->units;
newPtr->tkwin = oldPtr->tkwin;
newPtr->returnValue = oldPtr->returnValue;
copyPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (VOID *) newPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateStringOfMM --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
743 744 745 746 747 748 749 | * double-to-string conversion. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void UpdateStringOfMM( | | | | | | | 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 |
* double-to-string conversion.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateStringOfMM(
register Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* pixel obj with string rep to update. */
{
MMRep *mmPtr;
char buffer[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
register int len;
mmPtr = (MMRep *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
/* assert( mmPtr->units == -1 && objPtr->bytes == NULL ); */
if ((mmPtr->units != -1) || (objPtr->bytes != NULL)) {
Tcl_Panic("UpdateStringOfMM: false precondition");
}
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, mmPtr->value, buffer);
len = (int)strlen(buffer);
objPtr->bytes = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) len + 1);
strcpy(objPtr->bytes, buffer);
objPtr->length = len;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
789 790 791 792 793 794 795 |
static int
SetMMFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *typeCache = GetTypeCache();
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
| | < | 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 |
static int
SetMMFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *typeCache = GetTypeCache();
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
char *string, *rest;
double d;
int units;
MMRep *mmPtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr == typeCache->doubleTypePtr) {
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objPtr, &d);
units = -1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
825 826 827 828 829 830 831 |
if (rest == string) {
/*
* Must copy string before resetting the result in case a caller
* is trying to convert the interpreter's result to mms.
*/
error:
| < | | | 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 |
if (rest == string) {
/*
* Must copy string before resetting the result in case a caller
* is trying to convert the interpreter's result to mms.
*/
error:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad screen distance \"", string,
"\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while ((*rest != '\0') && isspace(UCHAR(*rest))) {
rest++;
}
switch (*rest) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
861 862 863 864 865 866 867 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
| | | | | 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 |
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &mmObjType;
mmPtr = (MMRep *) ckalloc(sizeof(MMRep));
mmPtr->value = d;
mmPtr->units = units;
mmPtr->tkwin = NULL;
mmPtr->returnValue = d;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (VOID *) mmPtr;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
906 907 908 909 910 911 912 |
TkGetWindowFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A token to get the main window from. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object from which to get window. */
Tk_Window *windowPtr) /* Place to store resulting window. */
{
TkMainInfo *mainPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
| | > | < | | | | < | | > | 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 |
TkGetWindowFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A token to get the main window from. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* The object from which to get window. */
Tk_Window *windowPtr) /* Place to store resulting window. */
{
TkMainInfo *mainPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
register WindowRep *winPtr;
int result;
result = Tcl_ConvertToType(interp, objPtr, &windowObjType);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
winPtr = (WindowRep *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
if (winPtr->tkwin == NULL
|| winPtr->mainPtr == NULL
|| winPtr->mainPtr != mainPtr
|| winPtr->epoch != mainPtr->deletionEpoch)
{
/*
* Cache is invalid.
*/
winPtr->tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objPtr), tkwin);
if (winPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
961 962 963 964 965 966 967 | * TkGetWindowFromObj, which initializes the WindowRep cache. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SetWindowFromAny( | | | | | | | | 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 |
* TkGetWindowFromObj, which initializes the WindowRep cache.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetWindowFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
register Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
WindowRep *winPtr;
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
(void)Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
winPtr = (WindowRep *) ckalloc(sizeof(WindowRep));
winPtr->tkwin = NULL;
winPtr->mainPtr = NULL;
winPtr->epoch = 0;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (VOID*)winPtr;
objPtr->typePtr = &windowObjType;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 | * internal rep. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DupWindowInternalRep( | | | | | | | | 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 |
* internal rep.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DupWindowInternalRep(
register Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
register Tcl_Obj *copyPtr)
{
register WindowRep *oldPtr, *newPtr;
oldPtr = srcPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
newPtr = (WindowRep *) ckalloc(sizeof(WindowRep));
newPtr->tkwin = oldPtr->tkwin;
newPtr->mainPtr = oldPtr->mainPtr;
newPtr->epoch = oldPtr->epoch;
copyPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (VOID *)newPtr;
copyPtr->typePtr = srcPtr->typePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeWindowInternalRep --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeWindowInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Window object with internal rep to free. */
{
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeWindowInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Window object with internal rep to free. */
{
ckfree((char *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1);
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = NULL;
objPtr->typePtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkParsePadAmount --
*
* This function parses a padding specification and returns the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 |
/*
* Check for a common case where a single object would otherwise be
* shimmered between a list and a pixel spec.
*/
if (specObj->typePtr == &pixelObjType) {
| | | | | | | | < | > | < < | | | | | 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 |
/*
* Check for a common case where a single object would otherwise be
* shimmered between a list and a pixel spec.
*/
if (specObj->typePtr == &pixelObjType) {
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, specObj, &firstInt) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad pad value \"",
Tcl_GetString(specObj),
"\": must be positive screen distance", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
secondInt = firstInt;
goto done;
}
/*
* Pad specifications are a list of one or two elements, each of which is
* a pixel specification.
*/
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, specObj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc != 1 && objc != 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"wrong number of parts to pad specification", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Parse the first part.
*/
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[0], &firstInt) != TCL_OK ||
(firstInt < 0)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad pad value \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
"\": must be positive screen distance", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Parse the second part if it exists, otherwise it is as if it was the
* same as the first part.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
secondInt = firstInt;
} else if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[1],
&secondInt) != TCL_OK || (secondInt < 0)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad 2nd pad value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
"\": must be positive screen distance", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Write the parsed bits back into the receiving variables.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 | * * Registers Tk's Tcl_ObjType structures with the Tcl run-time. * * Results: * None * * Side effects: | | > | 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 |
*
* Registers Tk's Tcl_ObjType structures with the Tcl run-time.
*
* Results:
* None
*
* Side effects:
* All instances of Tcl_ObjType structues used in Tk are registered with
* Tcl.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkRegisterObjTypes(void)
{
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&tkBorderObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&tkBitmapObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&tkColorObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&tkCursorObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&tkFontObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&mmObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&tkOptionObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&pixelObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&tkStateKeyObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&windowObjType);
Tcl_RegisterObjType(&tkTextIndexType);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkOldConfig.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | < < < < | | | | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkPort.h" /* * Values for "flags" field of Tk_ConfigSpec structures. Be sure to coordinate * these values with those defined in tk.h (TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY, etc.) There * must not be overlap! * * INIT - Non-zero means (char *) things have been converted to * Tk_Uid's. */ #define INIT 0x20 /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ static int DoConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, Tk_Uid value, int valueIsUid, char *widgRec); static Tk_ConfigSpec * FindConfigSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, CONST char *argvName, int needFlags, int hateFlags); static char * FormatConfigInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec); static CONST char * FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec, char *buffer, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); static Tk_ConfigSpec * GetCachedSpecs(Tcl_Interp *interp, const Tk_ConfigSpec *staticSpecs); static void DeleteSpecCacheTable(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
*/
int
Tk_ConfigureWidget(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing widget (needed to set up
* X resources). */
| | | | | < | | | | | | | < < > | | > > | > | | | | > > | > | | > | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
*/
int
Tk_ConfigureWidget(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing widget (needed to set up
* X resources). */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Describes legal options. */
int argc, /* Number of elements in argv. */
CONST char **argv, /* Command-line options. */
char *widgRec, /* Record whose fields are to be modified.
* Values must be properly initialized. */
int flags) /* Used to specify additional flags that must
* be present in config specs for them to be
* considered. Also, may have
* TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY set. */
{
register Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
Tk_Uid value; /* Value of option from database. */
int needFlags; /* Specs must contain this set of flags or
* else they are not considered. */
int hateFlags; /* If a spec contains any bits here, it's not
* considered. */
if (tkwin == NULL) {
/*
* Either we're not really in Tk, or the main window was destroyed and
* we're on our way out of the application
*/
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "NULL main window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
needFlags = flags & ~(TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT - 1);
if (Tk_Depth(tkwin) <= 1) {
hateFlags = TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY;
} else {
hateFlags = TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY;
}
/*
* Get the build of the config for this interpreter.
*/
specs = GetCachedSpecs(interp, specs);
for (specPtr = specs; specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END; specPtr++) {
specPtr->specFlags &= ~TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED;
}
/*
* Pass one: scan through all of the arguments, processing those that
* match entries in the specs.
*/
for ( ; argc > 0; argc -= 2, argv += 2) {
CONST char *arg;
if (flags & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj((Tcl_Obj *) *argv, NULL);
} else {
arg = *argv;
}
specPtr = FindConfigSpec(interp, specs, arg, needFlags, hateFlags);
if (specPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Process the entry.
*/
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", arg, "\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (flags & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) {
arg = Tcl_GetString((Tcl_Obj *) argv[1]);
} else {
arg = argv[1];
}
if (DoConfig(interp, tkwin, specPtr, arg, 0, widgRec) != TCL_OK) {
char msg[100];
sprintf(msg, "\n (processing \"%.40s\" option)",
specPtr->argvName);
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, msg);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(flags & TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY)) {
specPtr->specFlags |= TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED;
}
}
/*
* Pass two: scan through all of the specs again; if no command-line
* argument matched a spec, then check for info in the option database.
* If there was nothing in the database, then use the default.
*/
if (!(flags & TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY)) {
for (specPtr=specs; specPtr->type!=TK_CONFIG_END; specPtr++) {
if ((specPtr->specFlags & TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED)
|| (specPtr->argvName == NULL)
|| (specPtr->type == TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM)) {
continue;
}
if (((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) != needFlags)
|| (specPtr->specFlags & hateFlags)) {
continue;
}
value = NULL;
if (specPtr->dbName != NULL) {
value = Tk_GetOption(tkwin, specPtr->dbName, specPtr->dbClass);
}
if (value != NULL) {
if (DoConfig(interp, tkwin, specPtr, value, 1, widgRec) !=
TCL_OK) {
char msg[200];
sprintf(msg, "\n (%s \"%.50s\" in widget \"%.50s\")",
"database entry for",
specPtr->dbName, Tk_PathName(tkwin));
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, msg);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
if (specPtr->defValue != NULL) {
value = Tk_GetUid(specPtr->defValue);
} else {
value = NULL;
}
if ((value != NULL) && !(specPtr->specFlags
& TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT)) {
if (DoConfig(interp, tkwin, specPtr, value, 1, widgRec) !=
TCL_OK) {
char msg[200];
sprintf(msg,
"\n (%s \"%.50s\" in widget \"%.50s\")",
"default value for",
specPtr->dbName, Tk_PathName(tkwin));
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, msg);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
*/
static Tk_ConfigSpec *
FindConfigSpec(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Pointer to table of configuration
* specifications for a widget. */
| | | | | 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
*/
static Tk_ConfigSpec *
FindConfigSpec(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Pointer to table of configuration
* specifications for a widget. */
CONST char *argvName, /* Name (suitable for use in a "config"
* command) identifying particular option. */
int needFlags, /* Flags that must be present in matching
* entry. */
int hateFlags) /* Flags that must NOT be present in matching
* entry. */
{
register Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
register char c; /* First character of current argument. */
Tk_ConfigSpec *matchPtr; /* Matching spec, or NULL. */
size_t length;
c = argvName[1];
length = strlen(argvName);
matchPtr = NULL;
for (specPtr = specs; specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END; specPtr++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
continue;
}
if (specPtr->argvName[length] == 0) {
matchPtr = specPtr;
goto gotMatch;
}
if (matchPtr != NULL) {
| < | | < | < < | | < < | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
continue;
}
if (specPtr->argvName[length] == 0) {
matchPtr = specPtr;
goto gotMatch;
}
if (matchPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "ambiguous option \"", argvName,
"\"", NULL);
return NULL;
}
matchPtr = specPtr;
}
if (matchPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argvName, "\"", NULL);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Found a matching entry. If it's a synonym, then find the entry that
* it's a synonym for.
*/
gotMatch:
specPtr = matchPtr;
if (specPtr->type == TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM) {
for (specPtr = specs; ; specPtr++) {
if (specPtr->type == TK_CONFIG_END) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't find synonym for option \"",
argvName, "\"", NULL);
return NULL;
}
if ((specPtr->dbName == matchPtr->dbName)
&& (specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM)
&& ((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) == needFlags)
&& !(specPtr->specFlags & hateFlags)) {
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing widget (needed to set up
* X resources). */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Specifier to apply. */
Tk_Uid value, /* Value to use to fill in widgRec. */
int valueIsUid, /* Non-zero means value is a Tk_Uid; zero
* means it's an ordinary string. */
| | | | | 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing widget (needed to set up
* X resources). */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Specifier to apply. */
Tk_Uid value, /* Value to use to fill in widgRec. */
int valueIsUid, /* Non-zero means value is a Tk_Uid; zero
* means it's an ordinary string. */
char *widgRec) /* Record whose fields are to be modified.
* Values must be properly initialized. */
{
char *ptr;
Tk_Uid uid;
int nullValue;
nullValue = 0;
if ((*value == 0) && (specPtr->specFlags & TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK)) {
nullValue = 1;
}
do {
ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, value, (int *) ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_INT:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
break;
case TK_CONFIG_STRING: {
char *oldStr, *newStr;
if (nullValue) {
newStr = NULL;
} else {
| | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 |
break;
case TK_CONFIG_STRING: {
char *oldStr, *newStr;
if (nullValue) {
newStr = NULL;
} else {
newStr = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(value) + 1));
strcpy(newStr, value);
}
oldStr = *((char **) ptr);
if (oldStr != NULL) {
ckfree(oldStr);
}
*((char **) ptr) = newStr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
545 546 547 548 549 550 551 | return TCL_ERROR; } } *((Tk_Window *) ptr) = tkwin2; break; } case TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM: | | > | | > | | | > | 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
*((Tk_Window *) ptr) = tkwin2;
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM:
if ((*specPtr->customPtr->parseProc)(
specPtr->customPtr->clientData, interp, tkwin, value,
widgRec, specPtr->offset) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
default: {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "bad config table: unknown type %d", specPtr->type);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
specPtr++;
} while ((specPtr->argvName == NULL) && (specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
593 594 595 596 597 598 599 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ConfigureInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widgRec. */
| | | | | | | | < > | < | | | 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ConfigureInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widgRec. */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Describes legal options. */
char *widgRec, /* Record whose fields contain current values
* for options. */
CONST char *argvName, /* If non-NULL, indicates a single option
* whose info is to be returned. Otherwise
* info is returned for all options. */
int flags) /* Used to specify additional flags that must
* be present in config specs for them to be
* considered. */
{
register Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
int needFlags, hateFlags;
char *list;
char *leader = "{";
needFlags = flags & ~(TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT - 1);
if (Tk_Depth(tkwin) <= 1) {
hateFlags = TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY;
} else {
hateFlags = TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY;
}
/*
* Get the build of the config for this interpreter.
*/
specs = GetCachedSpecs(interp, specs);
/*
* If information is only wanted for a single configuration spec, then
* handle that one spec specially.
*/
Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
if (argvName != NULL) {
specPtr = FindConfigSpec(interp, specs, argvName, needFlags,hateFlags);
if (specPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
FormatConfigInfo(interp, tkwin, specPtr, widgRec),
TCL_DYNAMIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Loop through all the specs, creating a big list with all their
* information.
*/
for (specPtr = specs; specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END; specPtr++) {
if ((argvName != NULL) && (specPtr->argvName != argvName)) {
continue;
}
if (((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) != needFlags)
|| (specPtr->specFlags & hateFlags)) {
continue;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
686 687 688 689 690 691 692 |
*/
static char *
FormatConfigInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for things like
* floating-point precision. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widget. */
| | | | | 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
*/
static char *
FormatConfigInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for things like
* floating-point precision. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widget. */
register Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr,
/* Pointer to information describing
* option. */
char *widgRec) /* Pointer to record holding current values of
* info for widget. */
{
CONST char *argv[6];
char *result;
char buffer[200];
Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc = NULL;
argv[0] = specPtr->argvName;
argv[1] = specPtr->dbName;
argv[2] = specPtr->dbClass;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
}
if (argv[4] == NULL) {
argv[4] = "";
}
result = Tcl_Merge(5, argv);
if (freeProc != NULL) {
if ((freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) || (freeProc == (Tcl_FreeProc *) free)) {
| | | | 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
}
if (argv[4] == NULL) {
argv[4] = "";
}
result = Tcl_Merge(5, argv);
if (freeProc != NULL) {
if ((freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) || (freeProc == (Tcl_FreeProc *) free)) {
ckfree((char *)argv[4]);
} else {
(*freeProc)((char *)argv[4]);
}
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
749 750 751 752 753 754 755 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | > | | | 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static CONST char *
FormatConfigValue(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for use in real conversions. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widget. */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, /* Pointer to information describing option.
* Must not point to a synonym option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record holding current values of
* info for widget. */
char *buffer, /* Static buffer to use for small values.
* Must have at least 200 bytes of storage. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to word to fill in with address of
* function to free the result, or NULL if
* result is static. */
{
CONST char *ptr, *result;
*freeProcPtr = NULL;
ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
result = "";
switch (specPtr->type) {
case TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN:
if (*((int *) ptr) == 0) {
result = "0";
} else {
result = "1";
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_INT:
sprintf(buffer, "%d", *((int *) ptr));
result = buffer;
break;
case TK_CONFIG_DOUBLE:
Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, *((double *) ptr), buffer);
result = buffer;
break;
case TK_CONFIG_STRING:
result = (*(char **) ptr);
if (result == NULL) {
result = "";
}
break;
case TK_CONFIG_UID: {
Tk_Uid uid = *((Tk_Uid *) ptr);
if (uid != NULL) {
result = uid;
}
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_COLOR: {
XColor *colorPtr = *((XColor **) ptr);
if (colorPtr != NULL) {
result = Tk_NameOfColor(colorPtr);
}
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_FONT: {
Tk_Font tkfont = *((Tk_Font *) ptr);
if (tkfont != NULL) {
result = Tk_NameOfFont(tkfont);
}
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_BITMAP: {
Pixmap pixmap = *((Pixmap *) ptr);
if (pixmap != None) {
result = Tk_NameOfBitmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), pixmap);
}
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_BORDER: {
Tk_3DBorder border = *((Tk_3DBorder *) ptr);
if (border != NULL) {
result = Tk_NameOf3DBorder(border);
}
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_RELIEF:
result = Tk_NameOfRelief(*((int *) ptr));
break;
case TK_CONFIG_CURSOR:
case TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR: {
Tk_Cursor cursor = *((Tk_Cursor *) ptr);
if (cursor != NULL) {
result = Tk_NameOfCursor(Tk_Display(tkwin), cursor);
}
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_JUSTIFY:
result = Tk_NameOfJustify(*((Tk_Justify *) ptr));
break;
case TK_CONFIG_ANCHOR:
result = Tk_NameOfAnchor(*((Tk_Anchor *) ptr));
break;
case TK_CONFIG_CAP_STYLE:
result = Tk_NameOfCapStyle(*((int *) ptr));
break;
case TK_CONFIG_JOIN_STYLE:
result = Tk_NameOfJoinStyle(*((int *) ptr));
break;
case TK_CONFIG_PIXELS:
sprintf(buffer, "%d", *((int *) ptr));
result = buffer;
break;
case TK_CONFIG_MM:
Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, *((double *) ptr), buffer);
result = buffer;
break;
case TK_CONFIG_WINDOW: {
Tk_Window tkwin;
tkwin = *((Tk_Window *) ptr);
if (tkwin != NULL) {
result = Tk_PathName(tkwin);
}
break;
}
case TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM:
result = (*specPtr->customPtr->printProc)(
specPtr->customPtr->clientData, tkwin, widgRec,
specPtr->offset, freeProcPtr);
break;
default:
result = "?? unknown type ??";
}
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
904 905 906 907 908 909 910 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ConfigureValue(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widgRec. */
| | | | | | | | | | 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ConfigureValue(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widgRec. */
Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Describes legal options. */
char *widgRec, /* Record whose fields contain current values
* for options. */
CONST char *argvName, /* Gives the command-line name for the option
* whose value is to be returned. */
int flags) /* Used to specify additional flags that must
* be present in config specs for them to be
* considered. */
{
Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
int needFlags, hateFlags;
Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc;
CONST char *result;
char buffer[200];
needFlags = flags & ~(TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT - 1);
if (Tk_Depth(tkwin) <= 1) {
hateFlags = TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY;
} else {
hateFlags = TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY;
}
/*
* Get the build of the config for this interpreter.
*/
specs = GetCachedSpecs(interp, specs);
specPtr = FindConfigSpec(interp, specs, argvName, needFlags, hateFlags);
if (specPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = FormatConfigValue(interp, tkwin, specPtr, widgRec, buffer,
&freeProc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) result, TCL_VOLATILE);
if (freeProc != NULL) {
if ((freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) || (freeProc == (Tcl_FreeProc *) free)) {
ckfree((char *)result);
} else {
(*freeProc)((char *)result);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 | * Notes: * Since this is not looking anything up, this uses the static version of * the config specs. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_FreeOptions( | > | | | 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 |
* Notes:
* Since this is not looking anything up, this uses the static version of
* the config specs.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
void
Tk_FreeOptions(
Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Describes legal options. */
char *widgRec, /* Record whose fields contain current values
* for options. */
Display *display, /* X display; needed for freeing some
* resources. */
int needFlags) /* Used to specify additional flags that must
* be present in config specs for them to be
* considered. */
{
register Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
char *ptr;
for (specPtr = specs; specPtr->type != TK_CONFIG_END; specPtr++) {
if ((specPtr->specFlags & needFlags) != needFlags) {
continue;
}
ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 |
* copies of the widget specs are stored in. In effect, this is
* self-initializing code.
*/
specCacheTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *)
Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tkConfigSpec.threadTable", NULL);
if (specCacheTablePtr == NULL) {
| | | | | | | | 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 |
* copies of the widget specs are stored in. In effect, this is
* self-initializing code.
*/
specCacheTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *)
Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tkConfigSpec.threadTable", NULL);
if (specCacheTablePtr == NULL) {
specCacheTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable));
Tcl_InitHashTable(specCacheTablePtr, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "tkConfigSpec.threadTable",
DeleteSpecCacheTable, (ClientData) specCacheTablePtr);
}
/*
* Look up or create the hash entry that the constant specs are mapped to,
* which will have the writable specs as its associated value.
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(specCacheTablePtr, (char *) staticSpecs,
&isNew);
if (isNew) {
unsigned int entrySpace = sizeof(Tk_ConfigSpec);
const Tk_ConfigSpec *staticSpecPtr;
Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr;
/*
* OK, no working copy in this interpreter so copy. Need to work out
* how much space to allocate first.
*/
for (staticSpecPtr=staticSpecs; staticSpecPtr->type!=TK_CONFIG_END;
staticSpecPtr++) {
entrySpace += sizeof(Tk_ConfigSpec);
}
/*
* Now allocate our working copy's space and copy over the contents
* from the master copy.
*/
cachedSpecs = (Tk_ConfigSpec *) ckalloc(entrySpace);
memcpy(cachedSpecs, staticSpecs, entrySpace);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) cachedSpecs);
/*
* Finally, go through and replace database names, database classes
* and default values with Tk_Uids. This is the bit that has to be
* per-thread.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 |
}
if (specPtr->defValue != NULL) {
specPtr->defValue = Tk_GetUid(specPtr->defValue);
}
}
}
} else {
| | | 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 |
}
if (specPtr->defValue != NULL) {
specPtr->defValue = Tk_GetUid(specPtr->defValue);
}
}
}
} else {
cachedSpecs = (Tk_ConfigSpec *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
return cachedSpecs;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteSpecCacheTable(
ClientData clientData,
| | | | | | 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteSpecCacheTable(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) clientData;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
for (entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(tablePtr,&search); entryPtr != NULL;
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
/*
* Someone else deallocates the Tk_Uids themselves.
*/
ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(tablePtr);
ckfree((char *) tablePtr);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkOldTest.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | * Contributions by Don Porter, NIST, 2007. (not subject to US copyright) * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #define USE_OLD_IMAGE | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < | | | | | | < < < | > | | | < | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
* Contributions by Don Porter, NIST, 2007. (not subject to US copyright)
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#define USE_OLD_IMAGE
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* The following data structure represents the master for a test image:
*/
typedef struct TImageMaster {
Tk_ImageMaster master; /* Tk's token for image master. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for application. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of image. */
char *imageName; /* Name of image (malloc-ed). */
char *varName; /* Name of variable in which to log events for
* image (malloc-ed). */
} TImageMaster;
/*
* The following data structure represents a particular use of a particular
* test image.
*/
typedef struct TImageInstance {
TImageMaster *masterPtr; /* Pointer to master for image. */
XColor *fg; /* Foreground color for drawing in image. */
GC gc; /* Graphics context for drawing in image. */
} TImageInstance;
/*
* The type record for test images:
*/
static int ImageCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *name, int argc, char **argv,
Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
ClientData *clientDataPtr);
static ClientData ImageGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData);
static void ImageDisplay(ClientData clientData,
Display *display, Drawable drawable,
int imageX, int imageY, int width,
int height, int drawableX,
int drawableY);
static void ImageFree(ClientData clientData, Display *display);
static void ImageDelete(ClientData clientData);
static Tk_ImageType imageType = {
"oldtest", /* name */
(Tk_ImageCreateProc *) ImageCreate, /* createProc */
ImageGet, /* getProc */
ImageDisplay, /* displayProc */
ImageFree, /* freeProc */
ImageDelete, /* deleteProc */
NULL, /* postscriptPtr */
NULL /* nextPtr */
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static int ImageCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkOldTestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkOldTestInit --
*
* This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite
* extensions for testing support for legacy interfaces.
*
* Results:
* Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in
* the interp's result if an error occurs.
*
* Side effects:
* Creates several test commands.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkOldTestInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
static int initialized = 0;
if (!initialized) {
initialized = 1;
Tk_CreateImageType(&imageType);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageCreate --
*
* This function is called by the Tk image code to create "oldtest" images.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* The data structure for a new image is allocated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ImageCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for application containing
* image. */
char *name, /* Name to use for image. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
char **argv, /* Argument strings for options (doesn't
* include image name or type). */
Tk_ImageType *typePtr, /* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
Tk_ImageMaster master, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later
* callbacks. */
ClientData *clientDataPtr) /* Store manager's token for image here; it
* will be returned in later callbacks. */
{
TImageMaster *timPtr;
char *varName;
int i;
varName = "log";
for (i = 0; i < argc; i += 2) {
if (strcmp(argv[i], "-variable") != 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option name \"",
argv[i], "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((i+1) == argc) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no value given for \"",
argv[i], "\" option", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
varName = argv[i+1];
}
timPtr = (TImageMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(TImageMaster));
timPtr->master = master;
timPtr->interp = interp;
timPtr->width = 30;
timPtr->height = 15;
timPtr->imageName = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(name) + 1));
strcpy(timPtr->imageName, name);
timPtr->varName = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(varName) + 1));
strcpy(timPtr->varName, varName);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImageCmd, (ClientData) timPtr, NULL);
*clientDataPtr = (ClientData) timPtr;
Tk_ImageChanged(master, 0, 0, 30, 15, 30, 15);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageCmd --
*
* This function implements the commands corresponding to individual
* images.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Forces windows to be created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ImageCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
int x, y, width, height;
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], "option ?arg arg ...?", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (strcmp(argv[1], "changed") == 0) {
if (argc != 8) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
" changed x y width height imageWidth imageHeight", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[5], &height) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[6], &timPtr->width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[7], &timPtr->height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_ImageChanged(timPtr->master, x, y, width, height, timPtr->width,
timPtr->height);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
"\": must be changed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ClientData
ImageGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window in which image will be
* used. */
| | | | | | | | 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ClientData
ImageGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window in which image will be
* used. */
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. */
{
TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
TImageInstance *instPtr;
char buffer[100];
XGCValues gcValues;
sprintf(buffer, "%s get", timPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
instPtr = (TImageInstance *) ckalloc(sizeof(TImageInstance));
instPtr->masterPtr = timPtr;
instPtr->fg = Tk_GetColor(timPtr->interp, tkwin, "#ff0000");
gcValues.foreground = instPtr->fg->pixel;
instPtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
return (ClientData) instPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageDisplay --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
308 309 310 311 312 313 314 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Origin of area to redraw, relative to
* origin of image. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redraw. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
* imageX and imageY. */
{
| | | | | | | | | | 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Origin of area to redraw, relative to
* origin of image. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redraw. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
* imageX and imageY. */
{
TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];
sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d %d %d",
instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height,
drawableX, drawableY);
Tcl_SetVar(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
}
if (height > (instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY)) {
height = instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;
}
XDrawRectangle(display, drawable, instPtr->gc, drawableX, drawableY,
(unsigned) (width-1), (unsigned) (height-1));
XDrawLine(display, drawable, instPtr->gc, drawableX, drawableY,
(int) (drawableX + width - 1), (int) (drawableY + height - 1));
XDrawLine(display, drawable, instPtr->gc, drawableX,
(int) (drawableY + height - 1),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
353 354 355 356 357 358 359 |
*/
static void
ImageFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
Display *display) /* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
| | | | | | | 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 |
*/
static void
ImageFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
Display *display) /* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
char buffer[200];
sprintf(buffer, "%s free", instPtr->masterPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
Tk_FreeColor(instPtr->fg);
Tk_FreeGC(display, instPtr->gc);
ckfree((char *) instPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageDelete --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
383 384 385 386 387 388 389 | * Information about the image is deleted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImageDelete( | | | | | < | 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 |
* Information about the image is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImageDelete(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. When
* this function is called, no more instances
* exist. */
{
TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
char buffer[100];
sprintf(buffer, "%s delete", timPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
Tcl_DeleteCommand(timPtr->interp, timPtr->imageName);
ckfree(timPtr->imageName);
ckfree(timPtr->varName);
ckfree((char *) timPtr);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkOption.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
172 173 174 175 176 177 178 |
* level. */
int bases[NUM_STACKS]; /* For each stack, index of first element on
* stack corresponding to this level (used to
* restore "numUsed" fields when popping out
* of a level. */
} StackLevel;
| | | 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 |
* level. */
int bases[NUM_STACKS]; /* For each stack, index of first element on
* stack corresponding to this level (used to
* restore "numUsed" fields when popping out
* of a level. */
} StackLevel;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int initialized; /* 0 means the ThreadSpecific Data structure
* for the current thread needs to be
* initialized. */
ElArray *stacks[NUM_STACKS];
TkWindow *cachedWindow; /* Lowest-level window currently loaded in
* stacks at present. NULL means stacks have
* never been used, or have been invalidated
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
217 218 219 220 221 222 223 | static ElArray * ExtendArray(ElArray *arrayPtr, Element *elPtr); static void ExtendStacks(ElArray *arrayPtr, int leaf); static int GetDefaultOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr); static ElArray * NewArray(int numEls); static void OptionThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData); static void OptionInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); | | | | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 | static ElArray * ExtendArray(ElArray *arrayPtr, Element *elPtr); static void ExtendStacks(ElArray *arrayPtr, int leaf); static int GetDefaultOptions(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr); static ElArray * NewArray(int numEls); static void OptionThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData); static void OptionInit(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); static int ParsePriority(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string); static int ReadOptionFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, char *fileName, int priority); static void SetupStacks(TkWindow *winPtr, int leaf); /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_AddOption -- * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_AddOption(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window token; option will be associated
* with main window for this window. */
| | | | | | | | | 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_AddOption(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window token; option will be associated
* with main window for this window. */
CONST char *name, /* Multi-element name of option. */
CONST char *value, /* String value for option. */
int priority) /* Overall priority level to use for this
* option, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
* TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
* TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr;
register ElArray **arrayPtrPtr;
register Element *elPtr;
Element newEl;
register CONST char *p;
CONST char *field;
int count, firstField;
ptrdiff_t length;
#define TMP_SIZE 100
char tmp[TMP_SIZE+1];
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (winPtr->mainPtr->optionRootPtr == NULL) {
OptionInit(winPtr->mainPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
307 308 309 310 311 312 313 |
while ((*p != 0) && (*p != '.') && (*p != '*')) {
p++;
}
length = p - field;
if (length > TMP_SIZE) {
length = TMP_SIZE;
}
| | | 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 |
while ((*p != 0) && (*p != '.') && (*p != '*')) {
p++;
}
length = p - field;
if (length > TMP_SIZE) {
length = TMP_SIZE;
}
strncpy(tmp, field, (size_t) length);
tmp[length] = 0;
newEl.nameUid = Tk_GetUid(tmp);
if (isupper(UCHAR(*field))) {
newEl.flags |= CLASS;
}
if (*p != 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
396 397 398 399 400 401 402 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Uid
Tk_GetOption(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window that option is associated
* with. */
| | | | | | 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Uid
Tk_GetOption(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window that option is associated
* with. */
CONST char *name, /* Name of option. */
CONST char *className) /* Class of option. NULL means there is no
* class for this option: just check for
* name. */
{
Tk_Uid nameId, classId = NULL;
const char *masqName;
register Element *elPtr, *bestPtr;
register int count;
StackLevel *levelPtr;
int stackDepth[NUM_STACKS];
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Note: no need to call OptionInit here: it will be done by the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
}
/*
* Probe the stacks for matches.
*/
for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[EXACT_LEAF_NAME]->els,
| | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
}
/*
* Probe the stacks for matches.
*/
for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[EXACT_LEAF_NAME]->els,
count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0;
elPtr++, count--) {
if ((elPtr->nameUid == nameId)
&& (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) {
bestPtr = elPtr;
}
}
for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[WILDCARD_LEAF_NAME]->els,
count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0;
elPtr++, count--) {
if ((elPtr->nameUid == nameId)
&& (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) {
bestPtr = elPtr;
}
}
if (className != NULL) {
classId = Tk_GetUid(className);
for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[EXACT_LEAF_CLASS]->els,
count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0;
elPtr++, count--) {
if ((elPtr->nameUid == classId)
&& (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) {
bestPtr = elPtr;
}
}
for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[WILDCARD_LEAF_CLASS]->els,
count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0;
elPtr++, count--) {
if ((elPtr->nameUid == classId)
&& (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) {
bestPtr = elPtr;
}
}
}
/*
* If this option was masquerading with a different window class, probe
* the option database now. Note that this will be inefficient if the
* option database is densely populated, or if the widget has many
* masquerading options.
*/
if (masqName != NULL) {
char *masqClass;
Tk_Uid nodeId, winClassId, winNameId;
unsigned int classNameLength;
register Element *nodePtr, *leafPtr;
static int searchOrder[] = {
EXACT_NODE_NAME, WILDCARD_NODE_NAME, EXACT_NODE_CLASS,
WILDCARD_NODE_CLASS, -1
};
int *currentPtr, currentStack, leafCount;
/*
* Extract the masquerade class name from the name field.
*/
classNameLength = (unsigned int)(masqName - name);
masqClass = (char *) ckalloc(classNameLength + 1);
strncpy(masqClass, name, classNameLength);
masqClass[classNameLength] = '\0';
winClassId = Tk_GetUid(masqClass);
ckfree(masqClass);
winNameId = ((TkWindow *)tkwin)->nameUid;
levelPtr = &tsdPtr->levels[tsdPtr->curLevel];
for (currentPtr = searchOrder; *currentPtr != -1; currentPtr++) {
currentStack = *currentPtr;
nodePtr = tsdPtr->stacks[currentStack]->els;
count = levelPtr->bases[currentStack];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
609 610 611 612 613 614 615 |
*/
int
Tk_OptionObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of Tcl_Obj arguments. */
| | | > | > | | < | > | 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 |
*/
int
Tk_OptionObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of Tcl_Obj arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Tcl_Obj arguments. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
int index, result;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
static CONST char *optionCmds[] = {
"add", "clear", "get", "readfile", NULL
};
enum optionVals {
OPTION_ADD, OPTION_CLEAR, OPTION_GET, OPTION_READFILE
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cmd arg ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionCmds, "option", 0,
&index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
result = TCL_OK;
switch ((enum optionVals) index) {
case OPTION_ADD: {
int priority;
if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pattern value ?priority?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 4) {
priority = TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO;
} else {
priority = ParsePriority(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
if (priority < 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
Tk_AddOption(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
priority);
break;
}
case OPTION_CLEAR: {
TkMainInfo *mainPtr;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
mainPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr;
if (mainPtr->optionRootPtr != NULL) {
ClearOptionTree(mainPtr->optionRootPtr);
mainPtr->optionRootPtr = NULL;
}
tsdPtr->cachedWindow = NULL;
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
686 687 688 689 690 691 692 |
window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
if (window == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
value = Tk_GetOption(window, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
if (value != NULL) {
| | | 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 |
window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
if (window == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
value = Tk_GetOption(window, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
if (value != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)value, TCL_STATIC);
}
break;
}
case OPTION_READFILE: {
int priority;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
734 735 736 737 738 739 740 | * Option-related resources are freed. See code below for details. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkOptionDeadWindow( | | | 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 |
* Option-related resources are freed. See code below for details.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkOptionDeadWindow(
register TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window to be cleaned up. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* If this window is in the option stacks, then clear the stacks.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
847 848 849 850 851 852 853 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParsePriority(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
| | | 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParsePriority(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
char *string) /* Describes a priority level, either
* symbolically or numerically. */
{
int priority, c;
size_t length;
c = string[0];
length = strlen(string);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
873 874 875 876 877 878 879 |
return TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO;
} else {
char *end;
priority = strtoul(string, &end, 0);
if ((end == string) || (*end != 0) || (priority < 0)
|| (priority > 100)) {
| < | | | < | 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 |
return TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO;
} else {
char *end;
priority = strtoul(string, &end, 0);
if ((end == string) || (*end != 0) || (priority < 0)
|| (priority > 100)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad priority level \"", string,
"\": must be widgetDefault, startupFile, userDefault, ",
"interactive, or a number between 0 and 100", NULL);
return -1;
}
}
return priority;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
918 919 920 921 922 923 924 |
* this window's main window. */
char *string, /* String containing option specifiers. */
int priority) /* Priority level to use for options in this
* string, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
* TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
* TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
| | > | 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 |
* this window's main window. */
char *string, /* String containing option specifiers. */
int priority) /* Priority level to use for options in this
* string, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
* TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
* TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
register char *src, *dst;
char *name, *value;
int lineNum;
src = string;
lineNum = 1;
while (1) {
/*
* Skip leading white space and empty lines and comment lines, and
* check for the end of the spec.
*/
while ((*src == ' ') || (*src == '\t')) {
src++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
959 960 961 962 963 964 965 |
* Parse off the option name, collapsing out backslash-newline
* sequences of course.
*/
dst = name = src;
while (*src != ':') {
if ((*src == '\0') || (*src == '\n')) {
| > | | | | 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 |
* Parse off the option name, collapsing out backslash-newline
* sequences of course.
*/
dst = name = src;
while (*src != ':') {
if ((*src == '\0') || (*src == '\n')) {
char buf[32 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "missing colon on line %d", lineNum);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((src[0] == '\\') && (src[1] == '\n')) {
src += 2;
lineNum++;
} else {
*dst = *src;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
992 993 994 995 996 997 998 |
* Skip white space between the name and the value.
*/
src++;
while ((*src == ' ') || (*src == '\t')) {
src++;
}
| | | | < < | | > | | | | | 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 |
* Skip white space between the name and the value.
*/
src++;
while ((*src == ' ') || (*src == '\t')) {
src++;
}
if (*src == '\0') {
char buf[32 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "missing value on line %d", lineNum);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Parse off the value, squeezing out backslash-newline sequences
* along the way.
*/
dst = value = src;
while (*src != '\n') {
if (*src == '\0') {
char buf[32 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "missing newline on line %d", lineNum);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (*src == '\\'){
if (src[1] == '\n') {
src += 2;
lineNum++;
continue;
} else if (src[1] == 'n') {
src += 2;
*dst++ = '\n';
continue;
} else if (src[1] == '\t' || src[1] == ' ' || src[1] == '\\') {
++src;
} else if (src[1] >= '0' && src[1] <= '3' && src[2] >= '0' &&
src[2] <= '9' && src[3] >= '0' && src[3] <= '9') {
*dst++ = ((src[1]&7)<<6) | ((src[2]&7)<<3) | (src[3]&7);
src += 4;
continue;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 |
*/
static int
ReadOptionFile(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting results. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window: options are entered for
* this window's main window. */
| | | | | < < | | > | | > > > > | > > | > > > > > | > > | | < | | > | | | 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 |
*/
static int
ReadOptionFile(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting results. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window: options are entered for
* this window's main window. */
char *fileName, /* Name of file containing options. */
int priority) /* Priority level to use for options in this
* file, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or
* TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and
* TK_MAX_PRIO. */
{
CONST char *realName;
char *buffer;
int result, bufferSize;
Tcl_Channel chan;
Tcl_DString newName;
/*
* Prevent file system access in a safe interpreter.
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't read options from a file in a",
" safe interpreter", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
realName = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, fileName, &newName);
if (realName == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
chan = Tcl_OpenFileChannel(interp, realName, "r", 0);
Tcl_DStringFree(&newName);
if (chan == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't open \"", fileName,
"\": ", Tcl_PosixError(interp), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Compute size of file by seeking to the end of the file. This will
* overallocate if we are performing CRLF translation.
*/
bufferSize = (int) Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_END);
(void) Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_SET);
if (bufferSize < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error seeking to end of file \"",
fileName, "\":", Tcl_PosixError(interp), NULL);
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
buffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) bufferSize+1);
bufferSize = Tcl_Read(chan, buffer, bufferSize);
if (bufferSize < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading file \"", fileName, "\":",
Tcl_PosixError(interp), NULL);
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Close(NULL, chan);
buffer[bufferSize] = 0;
result = AddFromString(interp, tkwin, buffer, priority);
ckfree(buffer);
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* NewArray --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ElArray *
NewArray(
int numEls) /* How many elements of space to allocate. */
{
| | > | 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ElArray *
NewArray(
int numEls) /* How many elements of space to allocate. */
{
register ElArray *arrayPtr;
arrayPtr = (ElArray *) ckalloc(EL_ARRAY_SIZE(numEls));
arrayPtr->arraySize = numEls;
arrayPtr->numUsed = 0;
arrayPtr->nextToUse = arrayPtr->els;
return arrayPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 | * Memory may be allocated or freed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static ElArray * ExtendArray( | | | | | > > > > | > | | 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 |
* Memory may be allocated or freed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ElArray *
ExtendArray(
register ElArray *arrayPtr, /* Array to be extended. */
register Element *elPtr) /* Element to be copied into array. */
{
/*
* If the current array has filled up, make it bigger.
*/
if (arrayPtr->numUsed >= arrayPtr->arraySize) {
register ElArray *newPtr;
newPtr = (ElArray *) ckalloc(EL_ARRAY_SIZE(2*arrayPtr->arraySize));
newPtr->arraySize = 2*arrayPtr->arraySize;
newPtr->numUsed = arrayPtr->numUsed;
newPtr->nextToUse = &newPtr->els[newPtr->numUsed];
memcpy(newPtr->els, arrayPtr->els,
arrayPtr->arraySize * sizeof(Element));
ckfree((char *) arrayPtr);
arrayPtr = newPtr;
}
*arrayPtr->nextToUse = *elPtr;
arrayPtr->nextToUse++;
arrayPtr->numUsed++;
return arrayPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 |
SetupStacks(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window for which information is to be
* cached. */
int leaf) /* Non-zero means this is the leaf window
* being probed. Zero means this is an
* ancestor of the desired leaf. */
{
| | < | | | | 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 |
SetupStacks(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window for which information is to be
* cached. */
int leaf) /* Non-zero means this is the leaf window
* being probed. Zero means this is an
* ancestor of the desired leaf. */
{
int level, i, *iPtr;
register StackLevel *levelPtr;
register ElArray *arrayPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* The following array defines the order in which the current stacks are
* searched to find matching entries to add to the stacks. Given the
* current priority-based scheme, the order below is no longer relevant;
* all that matters is that an element is on the list *somewhere*. The
* ordering is a relic of the old days when priorities were determined
* differently.
*/
static int searchOrder[] = {WILDCARD_NODE_CLASS, WILDCARD_NODE_NAME,
EXACT_NODE_CLASS, EXACT_NODE_NAME, -1};
if (winPtr->mainPtr->optionRootPtr == NULL) {
OptionInit(winPtr->mainPtr);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 |
/*
* Step 4: create a new stack level; grow the level array if we've run out
* of levels. Clear the stacks for EXACT_LEAF_NAME and EXACT_LEAF_CLASS
* (anything that was there is of no use any more).
*/
if (tsdPtr->curLevel >= tsdPtr->numLevels) {
| | < > > | | 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 |
/*
* Step 4: create a new stack level; grow the level array if we've run out
* of levels. Clear the stacks for EXACT_LEAF_NAME and EXACT_LEAF_CLASS
* (anything that was there is of no use any more).
*/
if (tsdPtr->curLevel >= tsdPtr->numLevels) {
StackLevel *newLevels;
newLevels = (StackLevel *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(tsdPtr->numLevels * 2 * sizeof(StackLevel)));
memcpy(newLevels, tsdPtr->levels,
tsdPtr->numLevels * sizeof(StackLevel));
ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->levels);
tsdPtr->numLevels *= 2;
tsdPtr->levels = newLevels;
}
levelPtr = &tsdPtr->levels[tsdPtr->curLevel];
levelPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
arrayPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[EXACT_LEAF_NAME];
arrayPtr->numUsed = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 |
/*
* Step 5: scan the current stack level looking for matches to this
* window's name or class; where found, add new information to the stacks.
*/
for (iPtr = searchOrder; *iPtr != -1; iPtr++) {
| | | 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 |
/*
* Step 5: scan the current stack level looking for matches to this
* window's name or class; where found, add new information to the stacks.
*/
for (iPtr = searchOrder; *iPtr != -1; iPtr++) {
register Element *elPtr;
int count;
Tk_Uid id;
i = *iPtr;
if (i & CLASS) {
id = winPtr->classUid;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 |
static void
ExtendStacks(
ElArray *arrayPtr, /* Array of elements to copy onto stacks. */
int leaf) /* If zero, then don't copy exact leaf
* elements. */
{
| | | | 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 |
static void
ExtendStacks(
ElArray *arrayPtr, /* Array of elements to copy onto stacks. */
int leaf) /* If zero, then don't copy exact leaf
* elements. */
{
register int count;
register Element *elPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
for (elPtr = arrayPtr->els, count = arrayPtr->numUsed;
count > 0; elPtr++, count--) {
if (!(elPtr->flags & (NODE|WILDCARD)) && !leaf) {
continue;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 | * Option-related data structures get freed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void OptionThreadExitProc( | | | | | 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 |
* Option-related data structures get freed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
OptionThreadExitProc(
ClientData clientData) /* not used */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->initialized) {
int i;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_STACKS; i++) {
ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->stacks[i]);
}
ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->levels);
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 | * Option-related data structures get initialized. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void OptionInit( | | | > | | 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 |
* Option-related data structures get initialized.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
OptionInit(
register TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
/* Top-level information about window that
* isn't initialized yet. */
{
int i;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Element *defaultMatchPtr = &tsdPtr->defaultMatch;
/*
* First, once-only initialization.
*/
if (tsdPtr->initialized == 0) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
tsdPtr->cachedWindow = NULL;
tsdPtr->numLevels = 5;
tsdPtr->curLevel = -1;
tsdPtr->serial = 0;
tsdPtr->levels = (StackLevel *)
ckalloc((unsigned) (5*sizeof(StackLevel)));
for (i = 0; i < NUM_STACKS; i++) {
tsdPtr->stacks[i] = NewArray(10);
tsdPtr->levels[0].bases[i] = 0;
}
defaultMatchPtr->nameUid = NULL;
defaultMatchPtr->child.valueUid = NULL;
defaultMatchPtr->priority = -1;
defaultMatchPtr->flags = 0;
Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(OptionThreadExitProc, NULL);
}
/*
* Then, per-main-window initialization. Create and delete dummy
* interpreter for message logging.
*/
mainPtr->optionRootPtr = NewArray(20);
interp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
(void) GetDefaultOptions(interp, mainPtr->winPtr);
Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ClearOptionTree --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 |
*/
static void
ClearOptionTree(
ElArray *arrayPtr) /* Array of options; delete everything
* referred to recursively by this. */
{
| | | | 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 |
*/
static void
ClearOptionTree(
ElArray *arrayPtr) /* Array of options; delete everything
* referred to recursively by this. */
{
register Element *elPtr;
int count;
for (count = arrayPtr->numUsed, elPtr = arrayPtr->els; count > 0;
count--, elPtr++) {
if (elPtr->flags & NODE) {
ClearOptionTree(elPtr->child.arrayPtr);
}
}
ckfree((char *) arrayPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetDefaultOptions --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkPack.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
typedef enum {TOP, BOTTOM, LEFT, RIGHT} Side;
| | < | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | < | < | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | < < > | | | | | | | < | < < < < | | < | | | > | | < | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | < | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | < < | | | | | | < | < | < | < | | | | | < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | < < < < | | < | | < | < | | | | < < < | | > | | < | | > | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
typedef enum {TOP, BOTTOM, LEFT, RIGHT} Side;
static CONST char *sideNames[] = {
"top", "bottom", "left", "right", NULL
};
/* For each window that the packer cares about (either because
* the window is managed by the packer or because the window
* has slaves that are managed by the packer), there is a
* structure of the following type:
*/
typedef struct Packer {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Tk token for window. NULL means that the
* window has been deleted, but the packet
* hasn't had a chance to clean up yet because
* the structure is still in use. */
struct Packer *masterPtr; /* Master window within which this window is
* packed (NULL means this window isn't
* managed by the packer). */
struct Packer *nextPtr; /* Next window packed within same master.
* List is priority-ordered: first on list
* gets packed first. */
struct Packer *slavePtr; /* First in list of slaves packed inside this
* window (NULL means no packed slaves). */
Side side; /* Side of master against which this window is
* packed. */
Tk_Anchor anchor; /* If frame allocated for window is larger
* than window needs, this indicates how where
* to position window in frame. */
int padX, padY; /* Total additional pixels to leave around the
* window. Some is of this space is on each
* side. This is space *outside* the window:
* we'll allocate extra space in frame but
* won't enlarge window). */
int padLeft, padTop; /* The part of padX or padY to use on the left
* or top of the widget, respectively. By
* default, this is half of padX or padY. */
int iPadX, iPadY; /* Total extra pixels to allocate inside the
* window (half of this amount will appear on
* each side). */
int doubleBw; /* Twice the window's last known border width.
* If this changes, the window must be
* repacked within its master. */
int *abortPtr; /* If non-NULL, it means that there is a
* nested call to ArrangePacking already
* working on this window. *abortPtr may be
* set to 1 to abort that nested call. This
* happens, for example, if tkwin or any of
* its slaves is deleted. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
* definitions. */
} Packer;
/*
* Flag values for Packer structures:
*
* REQUESTED_REPACK: 1 means a Tcl_DoWhenIdle request has already
* been made to repack all the slaves of this
* window.
* FILLX: 1 means if frame allocated for window is wider
* than window needs, expand window to fill
* frame. 0 means don't make window any larger
* than needed.
* FILLY: Same as FILLX, except for height.
* EXPAND: 1 means this window's frame will absorb any
* extra space in the master window.
* OLD_STYLE: 1 means this window is being managed with the
* old-style packer algorithms (before Tk version
* 3.3). The main difference is that padding and
* filling are done differently.
* DONT_PROPAGATE: 1 means don't set this window's requested
* size. 0 means if this window is a master then
* Tk will set its requested size to fit the
* needs of its slaves.
*/
#define REQUESTED_REPACK 1
#define FILLX 2
#define FILLY 4
#define EXPAND 8
#define OLD_STYLE 16
#define DONT_PROPAGATE 32
/*
* The following structure is the official type record for the packer:
*/
static void PackReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
static void PackLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr packerType = {
"pack", /* name */
PackReqProc, /* requestProc */
PackLostSlaveProc, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData);
static int ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void DestroyPacker(char *memPtr);
static Packer * GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin);
static int PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr,
Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void Unlink(Packer *packPtr);
static int XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth);
static int YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight);
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPrintPadAmount --
*
* This function generates a text value that describes one of the -padx,
* -pady, -ipadx, or -ipady configuration options. The text value
* generated is appended to the interpreter result.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkPrintPadAmount(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter into which the result is
* written. */
char *switchName, /* One of "padx", "pady", "ipadx" or "ipady" */
int halfSpace, /* The left or top padding amount */
int allSpace) /* The total amount of padding */
{
char buffer[60 + 2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (halfSpace*2 == allSpace) {
sprintf(buffer, " -%.10s %d", switchName, halfSpace);
} else {
sprintf(buffer, " -%.10s {%d %d}", switchName, halfSpace,
allSpace - halfSpace);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PackCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "pack" Tcl command. See the
* user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_PackObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
char *argv2;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
/* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */
"after", "append", "before", "unpack",
"configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL };
enum options {
PACK_AFTER, PACK_APPEND, PACK_BEFORE, PACK_UNPACK,
PACK_CONFIGURE, PACK_FORGET, PACK_INFO, PACK_PROPAGATE, PACK_SLAVES };
int index;
if (objc >= 2) {
char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
if (string[0] == '.') {
return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1);
}
}
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option arg ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
/*
* Call it again without the deprecated ones to get a proper error
* message. This works well since there can't be any ambiguity between
* deprecated and new options.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], &optionStrings[4], "option", 0,
&index);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv2 = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case PACK_AFTER: {
Packer *prevPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
prevPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
if (prevPtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", argv2,
"\" isn't packed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, prevPtr->masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
}
case PACK_APPEND: {
Packer *masterPtr;
register Packer *prevPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
if (prevPtr != NULL) {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
}
case PACK_BEFORE: {
Packer *packPtr, *masterPtr;
register Packer *prevPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
if (packPtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", argv2,
"\" isn't packed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = packPtr->masterPtr;
prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
if (prevPtr == packPtr) {
prevPtr = NULL;
} else {
for ( ; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("\"pack before\" couldn't find predecessor");
}
if (prevPtr->nextPtr == packPtr) {
break;
}
}
}
return PackAfter(interp, prevPtr, masterPtr, objc-3, objv+3);
}
case PACK_CONFIGURE:
if (argv2[0] != '.') {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad argument \"", argv2,
"\": must be name of window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-2, objv+2);
case PACK_FORGET: {
Tk_Window slave;
Packer *slavePtr;
int i;
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
slavePtr = GetPacker(slave);
if ((slavePtr != NULL) && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL,
(ClientData) NULL);
if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin,
slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(slavePtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
}
}
break;
}
case PACK_INFO: {
register Packer *slavePtr;
Tk_Window slave;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr = GetPacker(slave);
if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", argv2,
"\" isn't packed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "-in");
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_PathName(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin));
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "-anchor");
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_NameOfAnchor(slavePtr->anchor));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " -expand ",
(slavePtr->flags & EXPAND) ? "1" : "0", " -fill ", NULL);
switch (slavePtr->flags & (FILLX|FILLY)) {
case 0:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "none", NULL);
break;
case FILLX:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "x", NULL);
break;
case FILLY:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "y", NULL);
break;
case FILLX|FILLY:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "both", NULL);
break;
}
TkPrintPadAmount(interp, "ipadx", slavePtr->iPadX/2, slavePtr->iPadX);
TkPrintPadAmount(interp, "ipady", slavePtr->iPadY/2, slavePtr->iPadY);
TkPrintPadAmount(interp, "padx", slavePtr->padLeft, slavePtr->padX);
TkPrintPadAmount(interp, "pady", slavePtr->padTop, slavePtr->padY);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " -side ", sideNames[slavePtr->side], NULL);
break;
}
case PACK_PROPAGATE: {
Tk_Window master;
Packer *masterPtr;
int propagate;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetPacker(master);
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(!(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &propagate) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (propagate) {
masterPtr->flags &= ~DONT_PROPAGATE;
/*
* Repack the master to allow new geometry information to
* propagate upwards to the master's master.
*/
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
} else {
masterPtr->flags |= DONT_PROPAGATE;
}
break;
}
case PACK_SLAVES: {
Tk_Window master;
Packer *masterPtr, *slavePtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetPacker(master);
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin));
}
break;
}
case PACK_UNPACK: {
Tk_Window tkwin2;
Packer *packPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2);
if ((packPtr != NULL) && (packPtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin2, NULL,
(ClientData) NULL);
if (packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(packPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(packPtr->tkwin,
packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(packPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr->tkwin);
}
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PackReqProc --
*
* This function is invoked by Tk_GeometryRequest for windows managed by
* the packer.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Arranges for tkwin, and all its managed siblings, to be re-packed at
* the next idle point.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
PackReqProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Packer's information about window that got
* new preferred geometry. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Other Tk-related information about the
* window. */
{
register Packer *packPtr = (Packer *) clientData;
packPtr = packPtr->masterPtr;
if (!(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PackLostSlaveProc --
*
* This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
* control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Forgets all packer-related information about the slave.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
PackLostSlaveProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Packer structure for slave window that was
* stolen away. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
{
register Packer *slavePtr = (Packer *) clientData;
if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(slavePtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ArrangePacking --
*
* This function is invoked (using the Tcl_DoWhenIdle mechanism) to
* re-layout a set of windows managed by the packer. It is invoked at
* idle time so that a series of packer requests can be merged into a
* single layout operation.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The packed slaves of masterPtr may get resized or moved.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ArrangePacking(
ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing master whose slaves
* are to be re-layed out. */
{
register Packer *masterPtr = (Packer *) clientData;
register Packer *slavePtr;
int cavityX, cavityY, cavityWidth, cavityHeight;
/* These variables keep track of the
* as-yet-unallocated space remaining in the
* middle of the master window. */
int frameX, frameY, frameWidth, frameHeight;
/* These variables keep track of the frame
* allocated to the current window. */
int x, y, width, height; /* These variables are used to hold the actual
* geometry of the current window. */
int abort; /* May get set to non-zero to abort this
* repacking operation. */
int borderX, borderY;
int borderTop, borderBtm;
int borderLeft, borderRight;
int maxWidth, maxHeight, tmp;
masterPtr->flags &= ~REQUESTED_REPACK;
/*
* If the master has no slaves anymore, then don't do anything at all:
* just leave the master's size as-is.
*/
if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) {
return;
}
/*
* Abort any nested call to ArrangePacking for this window, since we'll do
* everything necessary here, and set up so this call can be aborted if
* necessary.
*/
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
abort = 0;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr);
/*
* Pass #1: scan all the slaves to figure out the total amount of space
* needed. Two separate width and height values are computed:
*
* width - Holds the sum of the widths (plus padding) of all the
* slaves seen so far that were packed LEFT or RIGHT.
* height - Holds the sum of the heights (plus padding) of all the
* slaves seen so far that were packed TOP or BOTTOM.
*
* maxWidth - Gradually builds up the width needed by the master to
* just barely satisfy all the slave's needs. For each
* slave, the code computes the width needed for all the
* slaves so far and updates maxWidth if the new value is
* greater.
* maxHeight - Same as maxWidth, except keeps height info.
*/
width = maxWidth = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin) +
Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
height = maxHeight = Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin) +
Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
if ((slavePtr->side == TOP) || (slavePtr->side == BOTTOM)) {
tmp = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->padX + slavePtr->iPadX + width;
if (tmp > maxWidth) {
maxWidth = tmp;
}
height += Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->padY + slavePtr->iPadY;
} else {
tmp = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->padY + slavePtr->iPadY + height;
if (tmp > maxHeight) {
maxHeight = tmp;
}
width += Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->padX + slavePtr->iPadX;
}
}
if (width > maxWidth) {
maxWidth = width;
}
if (height > maxHeight) {
maxHeight = height;
}
if (maxWidth < Tk_MinReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
maxWidth = Tk_MinReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin);
}
if (maxHeight < Tk_MinReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
maxHeight = Tk_MinReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin);
}
/*
* If the total amount of space needed in the master window has changed,
* and if we're propagating geometry information, then notify the next
* geometry manager up and requeue ourselves to start again after the
* master has had a chance to resize us.
*/
if (((maxWidth != Tk_ReqWidth(masterPtr->tkwin))
|| (maxHeight != Tk_ReqHeight(masterPtr->tkwin)))
&& !(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(masterPtr->tkwin, maxWidth, maxHeight);
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
goto done;
}
/*
* Pass #2: scan the slaves a second time assigning new sizes. The
* "cavity" variables keep track of the unclaimed space in the cavity of
* the window; this shrinks inward as we allocate windows around the
* edges. The "frame" variables keep track of the space allocated to the
* current window and its frame. The current window is then placed
* somewhere inside the frame, depending on anchor.
*/
cavityX = x = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin);
cavityY = y = Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin);
cavityWidth = Tk_Width(masterPtr->tkwin) -
Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin) -
Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
cavityHeight = Tk_Height(masterPtr->tkwin) -
Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin) -
Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
if ((slavePtr->side == TOP) || (slavePtr->side == BOTTOM)) {
frameWidth = cavityWidth;
frameHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->padY + slavePtr->iPadY;
if (slavePtr->flags & EXPAND) {
frameHeight += YExpansion(slavePtr, cavityHeight);
}
cavityHeight -= frameHeight;
if (cavityHeight < 0) {
frameHeight += cavityHeight;
cavityHeight = 0;
}
frameX = cavityX;
if (slavePtr->side == TOP) {
frameY = cavityY;
cavityY += frameHeight;
} else {
frameY = cavityY + cavityHeight;
}
} else {
frameHeight = cavityHeight;
frameWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->padX + slavePtr->iPadX;
if (slavePtr->flags & EXPAND) {
frameWidth += XExpansion(slavePtr, cavityWidth);
}
cavityWidth -= frameWidth;
if (cavityWidth < 0) {
frameWidth += cavityWidth;
cavityWidth = 0;
}
frameY = cavityY;
if (slavePtr->side == LEFT) {
frameX = cavityX;
cavityX += frameWidth;
} else {
frameX = cavityX + cavityWidth;
}
}
/*
* Now that we've got the size of the frame for the window, compute
* the window's actual size and location using the fill, padding, and
* frame factors. The variables "borderX" and "borderY" are used to
* handle the differences between old-style packing and the new style
* (in old-style, iPadX and iPadY are always zero and padding is
* completely ignored except when computing frame size).
*/
if (slavePtr->flags & OLD_STYLE) {
borderX = borderY = 0;
borderTop = borderBtm = 0;
borderLeft = borderRight = 0;
} else {
borderX = slavePtr->padX;
borderY = slavePtr->padY;
borderLeft = slavePtr->padLeft;
borderRight = borderX - borderLeft;
borderTop = slavePtr->padTop;
borderBtm = borderY - borderTop;
}
width = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->iPadX;
if ((slavePtr->flags & FILLX)
|| (width > (frameWidth - borderX))) {
width = frameWidth - borderX;
}
height = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->iPadY;
if ((slavePtr->flags & FILLY)
|| (height > (frameHeight - borderY))) {
height = frameHeight - borderY;
}
switch (slavePtr->anchor) {
case TK_ANCHOR_N:
x = frameX + (borderLeft + frameWidth - width - borderRight)/2;
y = frameY + borderTop;
break;
case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
x = frameX + frameWidth - width - borderRight;
y = frameY + borderTop;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
829 830 831 832 833 834 835 |
case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
x = frameX + (borderLeft + frameWidth - width - borderRight)/2;
y = frameY + (borderTop + frameHeight - height - borderBtm)/2;
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad frame factor in ArrangePacking");
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | < | | | < | | | | | | | < | | | < | < | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | > < | | | | | < | | < | | 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 |
case TK_ANCHOR_CENTER:
x = frameX + (borderLeft + frameWidth - width - borderRight)/2;
y = frameY + (borderTop + frameHeight - height - borderBtm)/2;
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("bad frame factor in ArrangePacking");
}
width -= slavePtr->doubleBw;
height -= slavePtr->doubleBw;
/*
* The final step is to set the position, size, and mapped/unmapped
* state of the slave. If the slave is a child of the master, then do
* this here. Otherwise let Tk_MaintainGeometry do the work.
*/
if (masterPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
} else {
if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->tkwin))
|| (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->tkwin))
|| (width != Tk_Width(slavePtr->tkwin))
|| (height != Tk_Height(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slavePtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
}
if (abort) {
goto done;
}
/*
* Don't map the slave if the master isn't mapped: wait until
* the master gets mapped later.
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
}
}
} else {
if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_MaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin,
x, y, width, height);
}
}
/*
* Changes to the window's structure could cause almost anything to
* happen, including deleting the parent or child. If this happens,
* we'll be told to abort.
*/
if (abort) {
goto done;
}
}
done:
masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XExpansion --
*
* Given a list of packed slaves, the first of which is packed on the
* left or right and is expandable, compute how much to expand the child.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the number of additional pixels to give to the
* child.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
XExpansion(
register Packer *slavePtr, /* First in list of remaining slaves. */
int cavityWidth) /* Horizontal space left for all remaining
* slaves. */
{
int numExpand, minExpand, curExpand;
int childWidth;
/*
* This function is tricky because windows packed top or bottom can be
* interspersed among expandable windows packed left or right. Scan
* through the list, keeping a running sum of the widths of all left and
* right windows (actually, count the cavity space not allocated) and a
* running count of all expandable left and right windows. At each top or
* bottom window, and at the end of the list, compute the expansion factor
* that seems reasonable at that point. Return the smallest factor seen at
* any of these points.
*/
minExpand = cavityWidth;
numExpand = 0;
for ( ; slavePtr != NULL; slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
childWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->padX + slavePtr->iPadX;
if ((slavePtr->side == TOP) || (slavePtr->side == BOTTOM)) {
curExpand = (cavityWidth - childWidth)/numExpand;
if (curExpand < minExpand) {
minExpand = curExpand;
}
} else {
cavityWidth -= childWidth;
if (slavePtr->flags & EXPAND) {
numExpand++;
}
}
}
curExpand = cavityWidth/numExpand;
if (curExpand < minExpand) {
minExpand = curExpand;
}
return (minExpand < 0) ? 0 : minExpand;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* YExpansion --
*
* Given a list of packed slaves, the first of which is packed on the top
* or bottom and is expandable, compute how much to expand the child.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the number of additional pixels to give to the
* child.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
YExpansion(
register Packer *slavePtr, /* First in list of remaining slaves. */
int cavityHeight) /* Vertical space left for all remaining
* slaves. */
{
int numExpand, minExpand, curExpand;
int childHeight;
/*
* See comments for XExpansion.
*/
minExpand = cavityHeight;
numExpand = 0;
for ( ; slavePtr != NULL; slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
childHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + slavePtr->doubleBw
+ slavePtr->padY + slavePtr->iPadY;
if ((slavePtr->side == LEFT) || (slavePtr->side == RIGHT)) {
curExpand = (cavityHeight - childHeight)/numExpand;
if (curExpand < minExpand) {
minExpand = curExpand;
}
} else {
cavityHeight -= childHeight;
if (slavePtr->flags & EXPAND) {
numExpand++;
}
}
}
curExpand = cavityHeight/numExpand;
if (curExpand < minExpand) {
minExpand = curExpand;
}
return (minExpand < 0) ? 0 : minExpand;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetPacker --
*
* This internal function is used to locate a Packer structure for a
* given window, creating one if one doesn't exist already.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to the Packer structure corresponding to
* tkwin.
*
* Side effects:
* A new packer structure may be created. If so, then a callback is set
* up to clean things up when the window is deleted.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Packer *
GetPacker(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window for which packer structure
* is desired. */
{
register Packer *packPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->packInit) {
dispPtr->packInit = 1;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->packerHashTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
}
/*
* See if there's already packer for this window. If not, then create a
* new one.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable, (char *) tkwin,
&isNew);
if (!isNew) {
return (Packer *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
packPtr = (Packer *) ckalloc(sizeof(Packer));
packPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
packPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
packPtr->slavePtr = NULL;
packPtr->side = TOP;
packPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
packPtr->padX = packPtr->padY = 0;
packPtr->padLeft = packPtr->padTop = 0;
packPtr->iPadX = packPtr->iPadY = 0;
packPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width;
packPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
packPtr->flags = 0;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, packPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
PackStructureProc, (ClientData) packPtr);
return packPtr;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PackAfter --
*
* This function does most of the real work of adding one or more windows
* into the packing order for its master.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl return value.
*
* Side effects:
* The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again
* in the future.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
PackAfter(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Packer *prevPtr, /* Pack windows in argv just after this
* window; NULL means pack as first child of
* masterPtr. */
Packer *masterPtr, /* Master in which to pack windows. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of lists, each containing 2 elements:
* window name and side against which to
* pack. */
{
register Packer *packPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin, ancestor, parent;
int length;
Tcl_Obj **options;
int index, optionCount, c;
/*
* Iterate over all of the window specifiers, each consisting of two
* arguments. The first argument contains the window name and the
* additional arguments contain options such as "top" or "padx 20".
*/
for ( ; objc > 0; objc -= 2, objv += 2, prevPtr = packPtr) {
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: window \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), "\" should be followed by options",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Find the packer for the window to be packed, and make sure that the
* window in which it will be packed is either its or a descendant of
* its parent.
*/
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, masterPtr->tkwin, objv[0], &tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
parent = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
for (ancestor = masterPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (ancestor))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
badWindow:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't pack ", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
" inside ", Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (((Tk_FakeWin *) (tkwin))->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) {
goto badWindow;
}
if (tkwin == masterPtr->tkwin) {
goto badWindow;
}
packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin);
/*
* Process options for this window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 |
packPtr->padX = packPtr->padY = 0;
packPtr->padLeft = packPtr->padTop = 0;
packPtr->iPadX = packPtr->iPadY = 0;
packPtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
packPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE;
for (index = 0 ; index < optionCount; index++) {
Tcl_Obj *curOptPtr = options[index];
| < | | | | | | < | | < | 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 |
packPtr->padX = packPtr->padY = 0;
packPtr->padLeft = packPtr->padTop = 0;
packPtr->iPadX = packPtr->iPadY = 0;
packPtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
packPtr->flags |= OLD_STYLE;
for (index = 0 ; index < optionCount; index++) {
Tcl_Obj *curOptPtr = options[index];
char *curOpt = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(curOptPtr, &length);
c = curOpt[0];
if ((c == 't')
&& (strncmp(curOpt, "top", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
packPtr->side = TOP;
} else if ((c == 'b')
&& (strncmp(curOpt, "bottom", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
packPtr->side = BOTTOM;
} else if ((c == 'l')
&& (strncmp(curOpt, "left", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
packPtr->side = LEFT;
} else if ((c == 'r')
&& (strncmp(curOpt, "right", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
packPtr->side = RIGHT;
} else if ((c == 'e')
&& (strncmp(curOpt, "expand", (size_t) length)) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= EXPAND;
} else if ((c == 'f')
&& (strcmp(curOpt, "fill")) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= FILLX|FILLY;
} else if ((length == 5) && (strcmp(curOpt, "fillx")) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= FILLX;
} else if ((length == 5) && (strcmp(curOpt, "filly")) == 0) {
packPtr->flags |= FILLY;
} else if ((c == 'p') && (strcmp(curOpt, "padx")) == 0) {
if (optionCount < (index+2)) {
missingPad:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: \"", curOpt,
"\" option must be followed by screen distance",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, tkwin, options[index+1],
&packPtr->padLeft, &packPtr->padX) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 | return TCL_ERROR; } packPtr->padY /= 2; packPtr->padTop /= 2; packPtr->iPadY = 0; index++; } else if ((c == 'f') && (length > 1) | | < | | < < | | | < < < > | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | < | < < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
packPtr->padY /= 2;
packPtr->padTop /= 2;
packPtr->iPadY = 0;
index++;
} else if ((c == 'f') && (length > 1)
&& (strncmp(curOpt, "frame", (size_t) length) == 0)) {
if (optionCount < (index+2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: \"frame\" ",
"option must be followed by anchor point", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(interp, options[index+1],
&packPtr->anchor) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
index++;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", curOpt,
"\": should be top, bottom, left, right, expand, ",
"fill, fillx, filly, padx, pady, or frame", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (packPtr != prevPtr) {
/*
* Unpack this window if it's currently packed.
*/
if (packPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
if ((packPtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) &&
(packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin
!= Tk_Parent(packPtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(packPtr->tkwin,
packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(packPtr);
}
/*
* Add the window in the correct place in its master's packing
* order, then make sure that the window is managed by us.
*/
packPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
packPtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
masterPtr->slavePtr = packPtr;
} else {
packPtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
prevPtr->nextPtr = packPtr;
}
Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &packerType, (ClientData) packPtr);
}
}
/*
* Arrange for the master to be re-packed at the first idle moment.
*/
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Unlink --
*
* Remove a packer from its master's list of slaves.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The master will be scheduled for repacking.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
Unlink(
register Packer *packPtr) /* Window to unlink. */
{
register Packer *masterPtr, *packPtr2;
masterPtr = packPtr->masterPtr;
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (masterPtr->slavePtr == packPtr) {
masterPtr->slavePtr = packPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (packPtr2 = masterPtr->slavePtr; ; packPtr2 = packPtr2->nextPtr) {
if (packPtr2 == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Unlink couldn't find previous window");
}
if (packPtr2->nextPtr == packPtr) {
packPtr2->nextPtr = packPtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
}
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
packPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyPacker --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 | * Everything associated with the packer is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyPacker( | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | | | | > | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 |
* Everything associated with the packer is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyPacker(
char *memPtr) /* Info about packed window that is now
* dead. */
{
register Packer *packPtr = (Packer *) memPtr;
ckfree((char *) packPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PackStructureProc --
*
* This function is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher in response to
* StructureNotify events.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* If a window was just deleted, clean up all its packer-related
* information. If it was just resized, repack its slaves, if any.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PackStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Our information about window referred to by
* eventPtr. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
register Packer *packPtr = (Packer *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
if ((packPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
&& !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr);
}
if ((packPtr->masterPtr != NULL)
&& (packPtr->doubleBw != 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width)) {
if (!(packPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
packPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
packPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr->masterPtr);
}
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
register Packer *slavePtr, *nextPtr;
if (packPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
Unlink(packPtr);
}
for (slavePtr = packPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = nextPtr) {
Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL,
(ClientData) NULL);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
if (packPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) packPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable,
(char *) packPtr->tkwin));
}
if (packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr);
}
packPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) packPtr, DestroyPacker);
} else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
/*
* When a master gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
* that all of its slaves get remapped.
*/
if ((packPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
&& !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
register Packer *packPtr2;
/*
* Unmap all of the slaves when the master gets unmapped, so that they
* don't bother to keep redisplaying themselves.
*/
for (packPtr2 = packPtr->slavePtr; packPtr2 != NULL;
packPtr2 = packPtr2->nextPtr) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(packPtr2->tkwin);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureSlaves --
*
* This implements the guts of the "pack configure" command. Given a list
* of slaves and configuration options, it arranges for the packer to
* manage the slaves and sets the specified options.
*
* Results:
* TCL_OK is returned if all went well. Otherwise, TCL_ERROR is returned
* and the interp's result is set to contain an error message.
*
* Side effects:
* Slave windows get taken over by the packer.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureSlaves(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Any window in application containing
* slaves. Used to look up slave names. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in argv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects: contains one or more
* window names followed by any number of
* "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure
* that there is at least one window name. */
{
Packer *masterPtr, *slavePtr, *prevPtr, *otherPtr;
Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor;
int i, j, numWindows, tmp, positionGiven;
char *string;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"-after", "-anchor", "-before", "-expand", "-fill",
"-in", "-ipadx", "-ipady", "-padx", "-pady", "-side", NULL };
enum options {
CONF_AFTER, CONF_ANCHOR, CONF_BEFORE, CONF_EXPAND, CONF_FILL,
CONF_IN, CONF_IPADX, CONF_IPADY, CONF_PADX, CONF_PADY, CONF_SIDE };
int index, side;
/*
* Find out how many windows are specified.
*/
for (numWindows = 0; numWindows < objc; numWindows++) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[numWindows]);
if (string[0] != '.') {
break;
}
}
/*
* Iterate over all of the slave windows, parsing the configuration
* options for each slave. It's a bit wasteful to re-parse the options for
* each slave, but things get too messy if we try to parse the arguments
* just once at the beginning. For example, if a slave already is packed
* we want to just change a few existing values without resetting
* everything. If there are multiple windows, the -after, -before, and -in
* options only get processed for the first window.
*/
masterPtr = NULL;
prevPtr = NULL;
positionGiven = 0;
for (j = 0; j < numWindows; j++) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[j], &slave) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(slave)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't pack \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
"\": it's a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr = GetPacker(slave);
slavePtr->flags &= ~OLD_STYLE;
/*
* If the slave isn't currently packed, reset all of its configuration
* information to default values (there could be old values left from
* a previous packing).
*/
if (slavePtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
slavePtr->side = TOP;
slavePtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
slavePtr->padX = slavePtr->padY = 0;
slavePtr->padLeft = slavePtr->padTop = 0;
slavePtr->iPadX = slavePtr->iPadY = 0;
slavePtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY|EXPAND);
}
for (i = numWindows; i < objc; i+=2) {
if ((i+2) > objc) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "extra option \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\" (option with no value?)", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option",
0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case CONF_AFTER:
if (j == 0) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
prevPtr = GetPacker(other);
if (prevPtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
notPacked:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]),
"\" isn't packed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = prevPtr->masterPtr;
positionGiven = 1;
}
break;
case CONF_ANCHOR:
if (Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &slavePtr->anchor)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_BEFORE:
if (j == 0) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
otherPtr = GetPacker(other);
if (otherPtr->masterPtr == NULL) {
goto notPacked;
}
masterPtr = otherPtr->masterPtr;
prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
if (prevPtr == otherPtr) {
prevPtr = NULL;
} else {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != otherPtr) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
positionGiven = 1;
}
break;
case CONF_EXPAND:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr->flags &= ~EXPAND;
if (tmp) {
slavePtr->flags |= EXPAND;
}
break;
case CONF_FILL:
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
if (strcmp(string, "none") == 0) {
slavePtr->flags &= ~(FILLX|FILLY);
} else if (strcmp(string, "x") == 0) {
slavePtr->flags = (slavePtr->flags & ~FILLY) | FILLX;
} else if (strcmp(string, "y") == 0) {
slavePtr->flags = (slavePtr->flags & ~FILLX) | FILLY;
} else if (strcmp(string, "both") == 0) {
slavePtr->flags |= FILLX|FILLY;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad fill style \"", string,
"\": must be none, x, y, or both", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_IN:
if (j == 0) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], &other)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = GetPacker(other);
prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
if (prevPtr != NULL) {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
positionGiven = 1;
}
break;
case CONF_IPADX:
if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, slave, objv[i+1], &tmp)
!= TCL_OK)
|| (tmp < 0)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad ipadx value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]),
"\": must be positive screen distance", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr->iPadX = tmp * 2;
break;
case CONF_IPADY:
if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, slave, objv[i+1], &tmp)
!= TCL_OK)
|| (tmp < 0)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad ipady value \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]),
"\": must be positive screen distance", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr->iPadY = tmp * 2;
break;
case CONF_PADX:
if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, slave, objv[i+1],
&slavePtr->padLeft, &slavePtr->padX) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_PADY:
if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, slave, objv[i+1],
&slavePtr->padTop, &slavePtr->padY) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONF_SIDE:
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], sideNames, "side",
TCL_EXACT, &side) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr->side = (Side) side;
break;
}
}
/*
* If no position in a packing list was specified and the slave is
* already packed, then leave it in its current location in its
* current packing list.
*/
if (!positionGiven && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
goto scheduleLayout;
}
/*
* If the slave is going to be put back after itself or the same -in
* window is passed in again, then just skip the whole operation,
* since it won't work anyway.
*/
if (prevPtr == slavePtr) {
masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
goto scheduleLayout;
}
/*
* If none of the "-in", "-before", or "-after" options has been
* specified, arrange for the slave to go at the end of the order for
* its parent.
*/
if (!positionGiven) {
masterPtr = GetPacker(Tk_Parent(slave));
prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
if (prevPtr != NULL) {
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
}
/*
* Make sure that the slave's parent is either the master or an
* ancestor of the master, and that the master and slave aren't the
* same.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
for (ancestor = masterPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't pack ", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
" inside ", Tk_PathName(masterPtr->tkwin), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (slave == masterPtr->tkwin) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't pack ", Tcl_GetString(objv[j]),
" inside itself", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Unpack the slave if it's currently packed, then position it after
* prevPtr.
*/
if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != masterPtr) &&
(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin
!= Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin,
slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(slavePtr);
}
slavePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
} else {
slavePtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
prevPtr->nextPtr = slavePtr;
}
Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &packerType, (ClientData) slavePtr);
prevPtr = slavePtr;
/*
* Arrange for the master to be re-packed at the first idle moment.
*/
scheduleLayout:
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkPanedWindow.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "default.h" #include "tkInt.h" /* * Flag values for "sticky"ness. The 16 combinations subsume the packer's * notion of anchor and fill. * * STICK_NORTH This window sticks to the top of its cavity. * STICK_EAST This window sticks to the right edge of its cavity. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
(((stretch) == STRETCH_ALWAYS) || \
((stretch) == STRETCH_FIRST && (index) == (first)) || \
((stretch) == STRETCH_LAST && (index) == (last)) || \
((stretch) == STRETCH_MIDDLE && (index) != (first) && (index) != (last)))
typedef struct {
Tk_OptionTable pwOptions; /* Token for paned window option table. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
(((stretch) == STRETCH_ALWAYS) || \
((stretch) == STRETCH_FIRST && (index) == (first)) || \
((stretch) == STRETCH_LAST && (index) == (last)) || \
((stretch) == STRETCH_MIDDLE && (index) != (first) && (index) != (last)))
typedef struct {
Tk_OptionTable pwOptions; /* Token for paned window option table. */
Tk_OptionTable slaveOpts; /* Token for slave cget option table. */
} OptionTables;
/*
* One structure of the following type is kept for each window
* managed by a paned window widget.
*/
typedef struct Slave {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window being managed. */
int minSize; /* Minimum size of this pane, on the relevant
* axis, in pixels. */
int padx; /* Additional padding requested for slave, in
* the x dimension. */
int pady; /* Additional padding requested for slave, in
* the y dimension. */
Tcl_Obj *widthPtr, *heightPtr;
/* Tcl_Obj rep's of slave width/height, to
* allow for null values. */
int width; /* Slave width. */
int height; /* Slave height. */
int sticky; /* Sticky string. */
int x, y; /* Coordinates of the widget. */
int paneWidth, paneHeight; /* Pane dimensions (may be different from
* slave width/height). */
int sashx, sashy; /* Coordinates of the sash of the right or
* bottom of this pane. */
int markx, marky; /* Coordinates of the last mark set for the
* sash. */
int handlex, handley; /* Coordinates of the sash handle. */
enum stretch stretch; /* Controls how slave grows/shrinks */
int hide; /* Controls visibility of pane */
struct PanedWindow *masterPtr;
/* Paned window managing the window. */
Tk_Window after; /* Placeholder for parsing options. */
Tk_Window before; /* Placeholder for parsing options. */
} Slave;
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each paned window widget
* managed by this file:
*/
typedef struct PanedWindow {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that embodies the paned window. */
Tk_Window proxywin; /* Window for the resizing proxy. */
Display *display; /* X's token for the window's display. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with widget. */
Tcl_Command widgetCmd; /* Token for square's widget command. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Token representing the configuration
* specifications. */
Tk_OptionTable slaveOpts; /* Token for slave cget table. */
Tk_3DBorder background; /* Background color. */
int borderWidth; /* Value of -borderwidth option. */
int relief; /* 3D border effect (TK_RELIEF_RAISED, etc) */
Tcl_Obj *widthPtr; /* Tcl_Obj rep for width. */
Tcl_Obj *heightPtr; /* Tcl_Obj rep for height. */
int width, height; /* Width and height of the widget. */
enum orient orient; /* Orientation of the widget. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
147 148 149 150 151 152 153 |
GC gc; /* Graphics context for copying from
* off-screen pixmap onto screen. */
int proxyx, proxyy; /* Proxy x,y coordinates. */
Tk_3DBorder proxyBackground;/* Background color used to draw proxy. If NULL, use background. */
Tcl_Obj *proxyBorderWidthPtr; /* Tcl_Obj rep for proxyBorderWidth */
int proxyBorderWidth; /* Borderwidth used to draw proxy. */
int proxyRelief; /* Relief used to draw proxy, if TK_RELIEF_NULL then use relief. */
| | | | | 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
GC gc; /* Graphics context for copying from
* off-screen pixmap onto screen. */
int proxyx, proxyy; /* Proxy x,y coordinates. */
Tk_3DBorder proxyBackground;/* Background color used to draw proxy. If NULL, use background. */
Tcl_Obj *proxyBorderWidthPtr; /* Tcl_Obj rep for proxyBorderWidth */
int proxyBorderWidth; /* Borderwidth used to draw proxy. */
int proxyRelief; /* Relief used to draw proxy, if TK_RELIEF_NULL then use relief. */
Slave **slaves; /* Pointer to array of Slaves. */
int numSlaves; /* Number of slaves. */
int sizeofSlaves; /* Number of elements in the slaves array. */
int flags; /* Flags for widget; see below. */
} PanedWindow;
/*
* Flags used for paned windows:
*
* REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has been
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
196 197 198 199 200 201 202 | XEvent *eventPtr); static void ProxyWindowEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void DisplayProxyWindow(ClientData clientData); static void PanedWindowWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); static int PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void ProxyWindowEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void DisplayProxyWindow(ClientData clientData);
static void PanedWindowWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static int PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void PanedWindowLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void PanedWindowReqProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void ArrangePanes(ClientData clientData);
static void Unlink(Slave *slavePtr);
static Slave * GetPane(PanedWindow *pwPtr, Tk_Window tkwin);
static void GetFirstLastVisiblePane(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
int *firstPtr, int *lastPtr);
static void SlaveStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int PanedWindowSashCommand(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static int PanedWindowProxyCommand(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void ComputeGeometry(PanedWindow *pwPtr);
static int ConfigureSlaves(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void DestroyOptionTables(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int SetSticky(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset, char *oldInternalPtr,
int flags);
static Tcl_Obj * GetSticky(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *recordPtr, int internalOffset);
static void RestoreSticky(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin,
char *internalPtr, char *oldInternalPtr);
static void AdjustForSticky(int sticky, int cavityWidth,
int cavityHeight, int *xPtr, int *yPtr,
int *slaveWidthPtr, int *slaveHeightPtr);
static void MoveSash(PanedWindow *pwPtr, int sash, int diff);
static int ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static char * ComputeSlotAddress(char *recordPtr, int offset);
static int PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(PanedWindow *pwPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int x, int y);
/*
* Sashes are between panes only, so there is one less sash than slaves
*/
#define ValidSashIndex(pwPtr, sash) \
(((sash) >= 0) && ((sash) < ((pwPtr)->numSlaves-1)))
static const Tk_GeomMgr panedWindowMgrType = {
"panedwindow", /* name */
PanedWindowReqProc, /* requestProc */
PanedWindowLostSlaveProc, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
* Information used for objv parsing.
*/
#define GEOMETRY 0x0001
/*
* The following structure contains pointers to functions used for processing
* the custom "-sticky" option for slave windows.
*/
static const Tk_ObjCustomOption stickyOption = {
"sticky", /* name */
SetSticky, /* setProc */
GetSticky, /* getProc */
RestoreSticky, /* restoreProc */
NULL, /* freeProc */
0
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, background), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth"},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background"},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BORDERWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, borderWidth),
0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlepad", "handlePad", "HandlePad",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, handlePad),
0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-handlesize", "handleSize", "HandleSize",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, handleSizePtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, handleSize), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, heightPtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-opaqueresize", "opaqueResize", "OpaqueResize",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE, -1,
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, resizeOpaque), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, orient),
0, (ClientData) orientStrings, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-proxybackground", "proxyBackground", "ProxyBackground",
0, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBackground), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-proxyborderwidth", "proxyBorderWidth", "ProxyBorderWidth",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PROXYBORDER, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyBorderWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-proxyrelief", "proxyRelief", "Relief",
0, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, proxyRelief),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-sashcursor", "sashCursor", "Cursor",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHCURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashCursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashpad", "sashPad", "SashPad",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHPAD, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashPad),
0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-sashrelief", "sashRelief", "Relief",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHRELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashRelief),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sashwidth", "sashWidth", "Width",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, sashWidth), 0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showhandle", "showHandle", "ShowHandle",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE, -1, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, showHandle),
0, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, widthPtr),
Tk_Offset(PanedWindow, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec slaveOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-after", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_AFTER, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, after),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-before", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_BEFORE, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, before),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(Slave, heightPtr),
Tk_Offset(Slave, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-hide", "hide", "Hide",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HIDE, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, hide), 0,0,GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-minsize", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_MINSIZE, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, minSize), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADX, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, padx), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADY, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, pady), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-sticky", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STICKY, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, sticky), 0,
(ClientData) &stickyOption, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch",
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STRETCH, -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, stretch), 0,
(ClientData) stretchStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL,
DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Slave, widthPtr),
Tk_Offset(Slave, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 | * A new widget is created and configured. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd( | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 |
* A new widget is created and configured.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
PanedWindow *pwPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin, parent;
OptionTables *pwOpts;
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], NULL), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pwOpts = (OptionTables *)
Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "PanedWindowOptionTables", NULL);
if (pwOpts == NULL) {
/*
* The first time this function is invoked, the option tables will be
* NULL. We then create the option tables from the templates and store
* a pointer to the tables as the command's clinical so we'll have
* easy access to it in the future.
*/
pwOpts = (OptionTables *) ckalloc(sizeof(OptionTables));
/*
* Set up an exit handler to free the optionTables struct.
*/
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "PanedWindowOptionTables",
DestroyOptionTables, (ClientData) pwOpts);
/*
* Create the paned window option tables.
*/
pwOpts->pwOptions = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
pwOpts->slaveOpts = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, slaveOptionSpecs);
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Panedwindow");
/*
* Allocate and initialize the widget record.
*/
pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) ckalloc(sizeof(PanedWindow));
memset((void *)pwPtr, 0, (sizeof(PanedWindow)));
pwPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
pwPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
pwPtr->interp = interp;
pwPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(pwPtr->tkwin), PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) pwPtr, PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc);
pwPtr->optionTable = pwOpts->pwOptions;
pwPtr->slaveOpts = pwOpts->slaveOpts;
pwPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
pwPtr->gc = NULL;
pwPtr->cursor = NULL;
pwPtr->sashCursor = NULL;
/*
* Keep a hold of the associated tkwin until we destroy the widget,
* otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) pwPtr->tkwin);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr, pwOpts->pwOptions,
tkwin) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
PanedWindowEventProc, (ClientData) pwPtr);
/*
* Find the toplevel ancestor of the panedwindow, and make a proxy win as
* a child of that window; this way the proxy can always float above
* slaves in the panedwindow.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(pwPtr->tkwin);
while (!(Tk_IsTopLevel(parent))) {
parent = Tk_Parent(parent);
if (parent == NULL) {
parent = pwPtr->tkwin;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
492 493 494 495 496 497 498 |
* set the X window save under attribute to avoid expose events as the
* proxy sash is dragged across the panes. [Bug 1036963]
*/
Tk_SetWindowVisual(pwPtr->proxywin,
Tk_Visual(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin));
Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->proxywin, ExposureMask, ProxyWindowEventProc,
| | | | 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 |
* set the X window save under attribute to avoid expose events as the
* proxy sash is dragged across the panes. [Bug 1036963]
*/
Tk_SetWindowVisual(pwPtr->proxywin,
Tk_Visual(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin));
Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->proxywin, ExposureMask, ProxyWindowEventProc,
(ClientData) pwPtr);
atts.save_under = True;
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(pwPtr->proxywin, CWSaveUnder, &atts);
if (ConfigurePanedWindow(interp, pwPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->proxywin);
Tk_DestroyWindow(pwPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), Tk_PathName(pwPtr->tkwin), -1);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
531 532 533 534 535 536 537 |
static int
PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about square widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | | | | | | 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
static int
PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about square widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
int result = TCL_OK;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"add", "cget", "configure", "forget", "identify", "panecget",
"paneconfigure", "panes", "proxy", "sash", NULL
};
enum options {
PW_ADD, PW_CGET, PW_CONFIGURE, PW_FORGET, PW_IDENTIFY, PW_PANECGET,
PW_PANECONFIGURE, PW_PANES, PW_PROXY, PW_SASH
};
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
int index, count, i, x, y;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Slave *slavePtr;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "command",
0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) pwPtr);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case PW_ADD:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "widget ?widget ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
result = ConfigureSlaves(pwPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case PW_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) pwPtr,
pwPtr->optionTable, objv[2], pwPtr->tkwin);
if (resultObj == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
break;
case PW_CONFIGURE:
resultObj = NULL;
if (objc <= 3) {
resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) pwPtr,
pwPtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, pwPtr->tkwin);
if (resultObj == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
} else {
result = ConfigurePanedWindow(interp, pwPtr, objc - 2, objv + 2);
}
break;
case PW_FORGET: {
int i;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "widget ?widget ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
/*
* Clean up each window named in the arg list.
*/
for (count = 0, i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
Tk_Window slave = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
pwPtr->tkwin);
if (slave == NULL) {
continue;
}
slavePtr = GetPane(pwPtr, slave);
if ((slavePtr != NULL) && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
count++;
Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, (ClientData)NULL);
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, pwPtr->tkwin);
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) slavePtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
Unlink(slavePtr);
}
if (count != 0) {
ComputeGeometry(pwPtr);
}
}
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
661 662 663 664 665 666 667 |
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), pwPtr->tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
resultObj = NULL;
| | | | < | < | < < | > | | | | | > > > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 |
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), pwPtr->tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
resultObj = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
resultObj = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp,
(char *) pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
objv[3], tkwin);
}
}
if (i == pwPtr->numSlaves) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "not managed by this window", TCL_STATIC);
}
if (resultObj == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
break;
case PW_PANECONFIGURE:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"pane ?option? ?value option value ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
resultObj = NULL;
if (objc <= 4) {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
pwPtr->tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
/*
* Just a plain old bad window; Tk_NameToWindow filled in an
* error message for us.
*/
result = TCL_ERROR;
break;
}
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
resultObj = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
(char *) pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
(objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL,
pwPtr->tkwin);
if (resultObj == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
}
break;
}
}
} else {
result = ConfigureSlaves(pwPtr, interp, objc, objv);
}
break;
case PW_PANES:
resultObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_IncrRefCount(resultObj);
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resultObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin),-1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultObj);
break;
case PW_PROXY:
result = PanedWindowProxyCommand(pwPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case PW_SASH:
result = PanedWindowSashCommand(pwPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) pwPtr);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureSlaves --
*
* Add or alter the configuration options of a slave in a paned window.
*
* Results:
* Standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Depends on options; may add a slave to the paned window, may alter the
* geometry management options of a slave.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureSlaves(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Information about paned window. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int i, firstOptionArg, j, found, doubleBw, index, numNewSlaves, haveLoc;
int insertIndex;
Tk_Window tkwin = NULL, ancestor, parent;
Slave *slavePtr, **inserts, **newSlaves;
Slave options;
char *arg;
/*
* Find the non-window name arguments; these are the configure options for
* the slaves. Also validate that the window names given are legitimate
* (ie, they are real windows, they are not the panedwindow itself, etc.).
*/
for (i = 2; i < objc; i++) {
arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if (arg[0] == '-') {
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
796 797 798 799 800 801 802 |
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (tkwin == pwPtr->tkwin) {
/*
* A panedwindow cannot manage itself.
*/
| | | | | | | < | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 |
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (tkwin == pwPtr->tkwin) {
/*
* A panedwindow cannot manage itself.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't add ", arg, " to itself",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
/*
* A panedwindow cannot manage a toplevel.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't add toplevel ", arg, " to ",
Tk_PathName(pwPtr->tkwin), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
/*
* Make sure the panedwindow is the parent of the slave,
* or a descendant of the slave's parent.
*/
parent = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
for (ancestor = pwPtr->tkwin;;ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(ancestor)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't add ", arg, " to ",
Tk_PathName(pwPtr->tkwin), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
}
}
firstOptionArg = i;
/*
* Pre-parse the configuration options, to get the before/after specifiers
* into an easy-to-find location (a local variable). Also, check the
* return from Tk_SetOptions once, here, so we can save a little bit of
* extra testing in the for loop below.
*/
memset((void *)&options, 0, sizeof(Slave));
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) &options, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* If either -after or -before was given, find the numerical index that
* corresponds to the given window. If both -after and -before are given,
* the option precedence is: -after, then -before.
*/
index = -1;
haveLoc = 0;
if (options.after != NULL) {
tkwin = options.after;
haveLoc = 1;
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
if (options.after == pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin) {
index = i + 1;
break;
}
}
} else if (options.before != NULL) {
tkwin = options.before;
haveLoc = 1;
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
if (options.before == pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin) {
index = i;
break;
}
}
}
/*
* If a window was given for -after/-before, but it's not a window managed
* by the panedwindow, throw an error
*/
if (haveLoc && index == -1) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", Tk_PathName(tkwin),
"\" is not managed by ", Tk_PathName(pwPtr->tkwin), NULL);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) &options, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
pwPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Allocate an array to hold, in order, the pointers to the slave
* structures corresponding to the windows specified. Some of those
* structures may already have existed, some may be new.
*/
inserts = (Slave **)ckalloc(sizeof(Slave *) * (firstOptionArg - 2));
insertIndex = 0;
/*
* Populate the inserts array, creating new slave structures as necessary,
* applying the options to each structure as we go, and, if necessary,
* marking the spot in the original slaves array as empty (for
* pre-existing slave structures).
*/
for (i = 0, numNewSlaves = 0; i < firstOptionArg - 2; i++) {
/*
* We don't check that tkwin is NULL here, because the pre-pass above
* guarantees that the input at this stage is good.
*/
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 2]),
pwPtr->tkwin);
found = 0;
for (j = 0; j < pwPtr->numSlaves; j++) {
if (pwPtr->slaves[j] != NULL && pwPtr->slaves[j]->tkwin == tkwin) {
Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr->slaves[j],
pwPtr->slaveOpts, objc - firstOptionArg,
objv + firstOptionArg, pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize < 0) {
pwPtr->slaves[j]->minSize = 0;
}
found = 1;
/*
* If the slave is supposed to move, add it to the inserts
* array now; otherwise, leave it where it is.
*/
if (index != -1) {
inserts[insertIndex++] = pwPtr->slaves[j];
pwPtr->slaves[j] = NULL;
}
break;
}
}
if (found) {
continue;
}
/*
* Make sure this slave wasn't already put into the inserts array,
* i.e., when the user specifies the same window multiple times in a
* single add commaned.
*/
for (j = 0; j < insertIndex; j++) {
if (inserts[j]->tkwin == tkwin) {
found = 1;
break;
}
}
if (found) {
continue;
}
/*
* Create a new slave structure and initialize it. All slaves start
* out with their "natural" dimensions.
*/
slavePtr = (Slave *) ckalloc(sizeof(Slave));
memset(slavePtr, 0, sizeof(Slave));
Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
pwPtr->tkwin);
Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *)slavePtr, pwPtr->slaveOpts,
objc - firstOptionArg, objv + firstOptionArg,
pwPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
slavePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
slavePtr->masterPtr = pwPtr;
doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
if (slavePtr->width > 0) {
slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->width;
} else {
slavePtr->paneWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin) + doubleBw;
}
if (slavePtr->height > 0) {
slavePtr->paneHeight = slavePtr->height;
} else {
slavePtr->paneHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin) + doubleBw;
}
if (slavePtr->minSize < 0) {
slavePtr->minSize = 0;
}
/*
* Set up the geometry management callbacks for this slave.
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler(slavePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) slavePtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &panedWindowMgrType,
(ClientData) slavePtr);
inserts[insertIndex++] = slavePtr;
numNewSlaves++;
}
/*
* Allocate the new slaves array, then copy the slaves into it, in order.
*/
i = sizeof(Slave *) * (pwPtr->numSlaves+numNewSlaves);
newSlaves = (Slave **)ckalloc((unsigned) i);
memset(newSlaves, 0, (size_t) i);
if (index == -1) {
/*
* If none of the existing slaves have to be moved, just copy the old
* and append the new.
*/
memcpy((void *)&(newSlaves[0]), pwPtr->slaves,
sizeof(Slave *) * pwPtr->numSlaves);
memcpy((void *)&(newSlaves[pwPtr->numSlaves]), inserts,
sizeof(Slave *) * numNewSlaves);
} else {
/*
* If some of the existing slaves were moved, the old slaves array
* will be partially populated, with some valid and some invalid
* entries. Walk through it, copying valid entries to the new slaves
* array as we go; when we get to the insert location for the new
* slaves, copy the inserts array over, then finish off the old slaves
* array.
*/
for (i = 0, j = 0; i < index; i++) {
if (pwPtr->slaves[i] != NULL) {
newSlaves[j] = pwPtr->slaves[i];
j++;
}
}
memcpy((void *)&(newSlaves[j]), inserts, sizeof(Slave *)*insertIndex);
j += firstOptionArg - 2;
for (i = index; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
if (pwPtr->slaves[i] != NULL) {
newSlaves[j] = pwPtr->slaves[i];
j++;
}
}
}
/*
* Make the new slaves array the paned window's slave array, and clean up.
*/
ckfree((void *)pwPtr->slaves);
ckfree((void *)inserts);
pwPtr->slaves = newSlaves;
/*
* Set the paned window's slave count to the new value.
*/
pwPtr->numSlaves += numNewSlaves;
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) &options, pwPtr->slaveOpts, pwPtr->tkwin);
ComputeGeometry(pwPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 |
static int
PanedWindowSashCommand(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Pointer to paned window information. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | > | | < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | < | | | | | | 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 |
static int
PanedWindowSashCommand(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Pointer to paned window information. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *sashOptionStrings[] = {
"coord", "dragto", "mark", "place", NULL
};
enum sashOptions {
SASH_COORD, SASH_DRAGTO, SASH_MARK, SASH_PLACE
};
int index, sash, x, y, diff;
Tcl_Obj *coords[2];
Slave *slavePtr;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], sashOptionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
switch ((enum sashOptions) index) {
case SASH_COORD:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &sash) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!ValidSashIndex(pwPtr, sash)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "invalid sash index", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[sash];
coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->sashx);
coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(slavePtr->sashy);
Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), 2, coords);
break;
case SASH_MARK:
if (objc != 6 && objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index ?x y?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &sash) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!ValidSashIndex(pwPtr, sash)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "invalid sash index", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 6) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &x) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pwPtr->slaves[sash]->markx = x;
pwPtr->slaves[sash]->marky = y;
} else {
coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->slaves[sash]->markx);
coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->slaves[sash]->marky);
Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), 2, coords);
}
break;
case SASH_DRAGTO:
case SASH_PLACE:
if (objc != 6) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &sash) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!ValidSashIndex(pwPtr, sash)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "invalid sash index", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &x) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[sash];
if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
if (index == SASH_PLACE) {
diff = x - pwPtr->slaves[sash]->sashx;
} else {
diff = x - pwPtr->slaves[sash]->markx;
}
} else {
if (index == SASH_PLACE) {
diff = y - pwPtr->slaves[sash]->sashy;
} else {
diff = y - pwPtr->slaves[sash]->marky;
}
}
MoveSash(pwPtr, sash, diff);
ComputeGeometry(pwPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 |
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int typemask = 0;
| | | | 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 |
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Information about widget. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int typemask = 0;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr, pwPtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
pwPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &typemask) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
PanedWindowWorldChanged((ClientData) pwPtr);
/*
* If an option that affects geometry has changed, make a re-layout
* request.
*/
if (typemask & GEOMETRY) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 |
static void
PanedWindowWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about the paned window. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC;
| | | 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 |
static void
PanedWindowWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about the paned window. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC;
PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) instanceData;
/*
* Allocated a graphics context for drawing the paned window widget
* elements (background, sashes, etc.) and set the window background.
*/
gcValues.background = Tk_3DBorderColor(pwPtr->background)->pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 |
}
/*
* Arrange for the window to be redrawn, if neccessary.
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin) && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 |
}
/*
* Arrange for the window to be redrawn, if neccessary.
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin) && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 |
*/
static void
PanedWindowEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | | < | | < | < | < | 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 |
*/
static void
PanedWindowEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
int i;
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
if (pwPtr->tkwin != NULL && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
if (pwPtr->tkwin != NULL && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
DestroyPanedWindow(pwPtr);
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
Tk_MapWindow(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted or because the command was deleted,
* and then this function destroys the widget. The WIDGET_DELETED flag
* distinguishes these cases.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayPanedWindow(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | | 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayPanedWindow(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
Slave *slavePtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
Tk_Window tkwin = pwPtr->tkwin;
int i, sashWidth, sashHeight;
const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);
int first, last;
pwPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 |
/*
* Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
* coordinates).
*/
if (horizontal) {
| | | | | | | | | 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 |
/*
* Set up boilerplate geometry values for sashes (width, height, common
* coordinates).
*/
if (horizontal) {
sashHeight = Tk_Height(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
} else {
sashWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin) - (2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(tkwin));
sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
}
/*
* Draw the sashes.
*/
GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[i];
if (slavePtr->hide || i == last) {
continue;
}
if (sashWidth > 0 && sashHeight > 0) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, pwPtr->background,
slavePtr->sashx, slavePtr->sashy, sashWidth, sashHeight,
1, pwPtr->sashRelief);
}
if (pwPtr->showHandle) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, pwPtr->background,
slavePtr->handlex, slavePtr->handley,
pwPtr->handleSize, pwPtr->handleSize, 1,
TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 |
/*
* Cancel idle callbacks for redrawing the widget and for rearranging the
* panes.
*/
if (pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 |
/*
* Cancel idle callbacks for redrawing the widget and for rearranging the
* panes.
*/
if (pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
}
if (pwPtr->flags & RESIZE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePanes, (ClientData) pwPtr);
}
/*
* Clean up the slave list; foreach slave:
* o Cancel the slave's structure notification callback
* o Cancel geometry management for the slave.
* o Free memory for the slave
*/
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) pwPtr->slaves[i]);
Tk_ManageGeometry(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *)pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts,
pwPtr->tkwin);
ckfree((void *)pwPtr->slaves[i]);
pwPtr->slaves[i] = NULL;
}
if (pwPtr->slaves) {
ckfree((char *) pwPtr->slaves);
}
/*
* Remove the widget command from the interpreter.
*/
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(pwPtr->interp, pwPtr->widgetCmd);
/*
* Let Tk_FreeConfigOptions clean up the rest.
*/
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) pwPtr, pwPtr->optionTable, pwPtr->tkwin);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) pwPtr->tkwin);
pwPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) pwPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PanedWindowReqProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PanedWindowReqProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Paned window's information about window
* that got new preferred geometry. */
| | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PanedWindowReqProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Paned window's information about window
* that got new preferred geometry. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Other Tk-related information about the
* window. */
{
Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) (slavePtr->masterPtr);
if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
if (!(pwPtr->flags & RESIZE_PENDING)) {
pwPtr->flags |= RESIZE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePanes, (ClientData) pwPtr);
}
} else {
int doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
if (slavePtr->width <= 0) {
slavePtr->paneWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + doubleBw;
}
if (slavePtr->height <= 0) {
slavePtr->paneHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + doubleBw;
}
ComputeGeometry(pwPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PanedWindowLostSlaveProc --
*
* This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
* control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Forgets all information about the slave. Causes geometry to be
* recomputed for the panedwindow.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PanedWindowLostSlaveProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Grid structure for slave window that was
* stolen away. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
{
register Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) (slavePtr->masterPtr);
if (pwPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, pwPtr->tkwin);
}
Unlink(slavePtr);
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) slavePtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
slavePtr->tkwin = NULL;
ckfree((void *)slavePtr);
ComputeGeometry(pwPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ArrangePanes --
*
* This function is invoked (using the Tcl_DoWhenIdle mechanism) to
* re-layout a set of windows managed by a paned window. It is invoked at
* idle time so that a series of pane requests can be merged into a
* single layout operation.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The slaves of masterPtr may get resized or moved.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ArrangePanes(
ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing parent whose slaves
* are to be re-layed out. */
{
register PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
register Slave *slavePtr;
int i, slaveWidth, slaveHeight, slaveX, slaveY;
int paneWidth, paneHeight, paneSize, paneMinSize;
int doubleBw;
int x, y;
int sashWidth, sashOffset, sashCount, handleOffset;
int sashReserve, sxReserve, syReserve;
int internalBW;
int paneDynSize, paneDynMinSize, pwHeight, pwWidth, pwSize;
int first, last;
int stretchReserve, stretchAmount;
const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);
pwPtr->flags &= ~(REQUESTED_RELAYOUT|RESIZE_PENDING);
/*
* If the parent has no slaves anymore, then don't do anything at all:
* just leave the parent's size as-is. Otherwise there is no way to
* "relinquish" control over the parent so another geometry manager can
* take over.
*/
if (pwPtr->numSlaves == 0) {
return;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) pwPtr);
/*
* Find index of first and last visible panes.
*/
GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
/*
* First pass; compute sizes
*/
paneDynSize = paneDynMinSize = 0;
internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
x = y = internalBW;
stretchReserve = (horizontal ? pwWidth : pwHeight);
/*
* Calculate the sash width, including handle and padding, and the sash
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 |
+ pwPtr->sashPad;
} else {
sashWidth = (2 * pwPtr->sashPad) + pwPtr->sashWidth;
handleOffset = ((pwPtr->sashWidth - pwPtr->handleSize) / 2)
+ pwPtr->sashPad;
}
| | | | | < < < | < | < < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | < < < < | < | | | 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 |
+ pwPtr->sashPad;
} else {
sashWidth = (2 * pwPtr->sashPad) + pwPtr->sashWidth;
handleOffset = ((pwPtr->sashWidth - pwPtr->handleSize) / 2)
+ pwPtr->sashPad;
}
for (i = sashCount = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[i];
if (slavePtr->hide) {
continue;
}
/*
* Compute the total size needed by all the slaves and the left-over,
* or shortage of space available.
*/
if (horizontal) {
paneSize = slavePtr->paneWidth;
stretchReserve -= paneSize + (2 * slavePtr->padx);
} else {
paneSize = slavePtr->paneHeight;
stretchReserve -= paneSize + (2 * slavePtr->pady);
}
if (IsStretchable(slavePtr->stretch,i,first,last)
&& Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
paneDynSize += paneSize;
paneDynMinSize += slavePtr->minSize;
}
if (i != last) {
stretchReserve -= sashWidth;
sashCount++;
}
}
/*
* Second pass; adjust/arrange panes.
*/
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[i];
if (slavePtr->hide) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, pwPtr->tkwin);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
continue;
}
/*
* Compute the size of this slave. The algorithm (assuming a
* horizontal paned window) is:
*
* 1. Get "base" dimensions. If a width or height is specified for
* this slave, use those values; else use the ReqWidth/ReqHeight.
* 2. Using base dimensions, pane dimensions, and sticky values,
* determine the x and y, and actual width and height of the
* widget.
*/
doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
slaveWidth = (slavePtr->width > 0 ? slavePtr->width :
Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + doubleBw);
slaveHeight = (slavePtr->height > 0 ? slavePtr->height :
Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + doubleBw);
paneMinSize = slavePtr->minSize;
/*
* Calculate pane width and height.
*/
if (horizontal) {
paneSize = slavePtr->paneWidth;
pwSize = pwWidth;
} else {
paneSize = slavePtr->paneHeight;
pwSize = pwHeight;
}
if (IsStretchable(slavePtr->stretch, i, first, last)) {
double frac;
if (paneDynSize > 0) {
frac = (double)paneSize / (double)paneDynSize;
} else {
frac = (double)paneSize / (double)pwSize;
}
paneDynSize -= paneSize;
paneDynMinSize -= slavePtr->minSize;
stretchAmount = (int) (frac * stretchReserve);
if (paneSize + stretchAmount >= paneMinSize) {
stretchReserve -= stretchAmount;
paneSize += stretchAmount;
} else {
stretchReserve += paneSize - paneMinSize;
paneSize = paneMinSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 |
} else {
paneSize += paneDynSize - paneDynMinSize + stretchReserve;
stretchReserve = paneDynMinSize - paneDynSize;
}
}
if (horizontal) {
paneWidth = paneSize;
| | | | 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 |
} else {
paneSize += paneDynSize - paneDynMinSize + stretchReserve;
stretchReserve = paneDynMinSize - paneDynSize;
}
}
if (horizontal) {
paneWidth = paneSize;
paneHeight = pwHeight - (2 * slavePtr->pady);
} else {
paneWidth = pwWidth - (2 * slavePtr->padx);
paneHeight = paneSize;
}
/*
* Adjust for area reserved for sashes.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 |
if (pwWidth - sxReserve < x + paneWidth - internalBW) {
paneWidth = pwWidth - sxReserve - x + internalBW;
}
if (pwHeight - syReserve < y + paneHeight - internalBW) {
paneHeight = pwHeight - syReserve - y + internalBW;
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 |
if (pwWidth - sxReserve < x + paneWidth - internalBW) {
paneWidth = pwWidth - sxReserve - x + internalBW;
}
if (pwHeight - syReserve < y + paneHeight - internalBW) {
paneHeight = pwHeight - syReserve - y + internalBW;
}
if (slaveWidth > paneWidth) {
slaveWidth = paneWidth;
}
if (slaveHeight > paneHeight) {
slaveHeight = paneHeight;
}
slavePtr->x = x;
slavePtr->y = y;
/*
* Compute the location of the sash at the right or bottom of the
* parcel and the location of the next parcel.
*/
if (horizontal) {
x += paneWidth + (2 * slavePtr->padx);
if (x < internalBW) {
x = internalBW;
}
slavePtr->sashx = x + sashOffset;
slavePtr->sashy = y;
slavePtr->handlex = x + handleOffset;
slavePtr->handley = y + pwPtr->handlePad;
x += sashWidth;
} else {
y += paneHeight + (2 * slavePtr->pady);
if (y < internalBW) {
y = internalBW;
}
slavePtr->sashx = x;
slavePtr->sashy = y + sashOffset;
slavePtr->handlex = x + pwPtr->handlePad;
slavePtr->handley = y + handleOffset;
y += sashWidth;
}
/*
* Compute the actual dimensions of the slave in the pane.
*/
slaveX = slavePtr->x;
slaveY = slavePtr->y;
AdjustForSticky(slavePtr->sticky, paneWidth, paneHeight,
&slaveX, &slaveY, &slaveWidth, &slaveHeight);
slaveX += slavePtr->padx;
slaveY += slavePtr->pady;
/*
* Now put the window in the proper spot.
*/
if (slaveWidth <= 0 || slaveHeight <= 0 ||
(horizontal ? slaveX - internalBW > pwWidth :
slaveY - internalBW > pwHeight)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, pwPtr->tkwin);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_MaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, pwPtr->tkwin,
slaveX, slaveY, slaveWidth, slaveHeight);
}
sashCount--;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) pwPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Unlink --
*
* Remove a slave from a paned window.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The paned window will be scheduled for re-arranging and redrawing.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
Unlink(
register Slave *slavePtr) /* Window to unlink. */
{
register PanedWindow *masterPtr;
int i, j;
masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
/*
* Find the specified slave in the panedwindow's list of slaves, then
* remove it from that list.
*/
for (i = 0; i < masterPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
if (masterPtr->slaves[i] == slavePtr) {
for (j = i; j < masterPtr->numSlaves - 1; j++) {
masterPtr->slaves[j] = masterPtr->slaves[j + 1];
}
break;
}
}
/*
* Clean out any -after or -before references to this slave
*/
for (i = 0; i < masterPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
if (masterPtr->slaves[i]->before == slavePtr->tkwin) {
masterPtr->slaves[i]->before = NULL;
}
if (masterPtr->slaves[i]->after == slavePtr->tkwin) {
masterPtr->slaves[i]->after = NULL;
}
}
masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
if (!(masterPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
masterPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
/*
* Set the slave's masterPtr to NULL, so that we can tell that the slave
* is no longer attached to any panedwindow.
*/
slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
masterPtr->numSlaves--;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetPane --
*
* Given a token to a Tk window, find the pane that corresponds to that
* token in a given paned window.
*
* Results:
* Pointer to the slave structure, or NULL if the window is not managed
* by this paned window.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Slave *
GetPane(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Pointer to the paned window info. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window to search for. */
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin == tkwin) {
return pwPtr->slaves[i];
}
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 |
GetFirstLastVisiblePane(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Pointer to the paned window info. */
int *firstPtr, /* Returned index for first. */
int *lastPtr) /* Returned index for last. */
{
int i;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 |
GetFirstLastVisiblePane(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Pointer to the paned window info. */
int *firstPtr, /* Returned index for first. */
int *lastPtr) /* Returned index for last. */
{
int i;
for (i = 0, *lastPtr = 0, *firstPtr = -1; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->hide == 0) {
if (*firstPtr < 0) {
*firstPtr = i;
}
*lastPtr = i;
}
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SlaveStructureProc --
*
* This function is invoked whenever StructureNotify events occur for a
* window that's managed by a paned window. This function's only purpose
* is to clean up when windows are deleted.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The paned window slave structure associated with the window
* is freed, and the slave is disassociated from the paned
* window which managed it.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SlaveStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
PanedWindow *pwPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
Unlink(slavePtr);
slavePtr->tkwin = NULL;
ckfree((void *)slavePtr);
ComputeGeometry(pwPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ComputeGeometry --
*
* Compute geometry for the paned window, including coordinates of all
* slave windows and each sash.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Recomputes geometry information for a paned window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeGeometry(
PanedWindow *pwPtr) /* Pointer to the Paned Window structure. */
{
int i, x, y, doubleBw, internalBw;
int sashWidth, sashOffset, handleOffset;
int reqWidth, reqHeight, dim;
Slave *slavePtr;
const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);
pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT;
x = y = internalBw = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
reqWidth = reqHeight = 0;
/*
* Sashes and handles share space on the display. To simplify processing
* below, precompute the x and y offsets of the handles and sashes within
* the space occupied by their combination; later, just add those offsets
* blindly (avoiding the extra showHandle, etc, checks).
*/
sashOffset = handleOffset = pwPtr->sashPad;
if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
sashWidth = (2 * pwPtr->sashPad) + pwPtr->handleSize;
sashOffset = ((pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2)
+ pwPtr->sashPad;
} else {
sashWidth = (2 * pwPtr->sashPad) + pwPtr->sashWidth;
handleOffset = ((pwPtr->sashWidth - pwPtr->handleSize) / 2)
+ pwPtr->sashPad;
}
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[i];
if (slavePtr->hide) {
continue;
}
/*
* First set the coordinates for the top left corner of the slave's
* parcel.
*/
slavePtr->x = x;
slavePtr->y = y;
/*
* Make sure the pane's paned dimension is at least minsize. This
* check may be redundant, since the only way to change a pane's size
* is by moving a sash, and that code checks the minsize.
*/
if (horizontal) {
if (slavePtr->paneWidth < slavePtr->minSize) {
slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->minSize;
}
} else {
if (slavePtr->paneHeight < slavePtr->minSize) {
slavePtr->paneHeight = slavePtr->minSize;
}
}
/*
* Compute the location of the sash at the right or bottom of the
* parcel.
*/
if (horizontal) {
x += slavePtr->paneWidth + (2 * slavePtr->padx);
slavePtr->sashx = x + sashOffset;
slavePtr->sashy = y;
slavePtr->handlex = x + handleOffset;
slavePtr->handley = y + pwPtr->handlePad;
x += sashWidth;
} else {
y += slavePtr->paneHeight + (2 * slavePtr->pady);
slavePtr->sashx = x;
slavePtr->sashy = y + sashOffset;
slavePtr->handlex = x + pwPtr->handlePad;
slavePtr->handley = y + handleOffset;
y += sashWidth;
}
/*
* Find the maximum height/width of the slaves, for computing the
* requested height/width of the paned window.
*/
if (horizontal) {
/*
* If the slave has an explicit height set, use that; otherwise,
* use the slave's requested height.
*/
if (slavePtr->height > 0) {
dim = slavePtr->height;
} else {
doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
dim = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin) + doubleBw;
}
dim += 2 * slavePtr->pady;
if (dim > reqHeight) {
reqHeight = dim;
}
} else {
/*
* If the slave has an explicit width set use that; otherwise, use
* the slave's requested width.
*/
if (slavePtr->width > 0) {
dim = slavePtr->width;
} else {
doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
dim = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin) + doubleBw;
}
dim += 2 * slavePtr->padx;
if (dim > reqWidth) {
reqWidth = dim;
}
}
}
/*
* The loop above should have left x (or y) equal to the sum of the widths
* (or heights) of the widgets, plus the size of one sash and the sash
* padding for each widget, plus the width of the left (or top) border of
* the paned window.
*
* The requested width (or height) is therefore x (or y) minus the size of
* one sash and padding, plus the width of the right (or bottom) border of
* the paned window.
*
* The height (or width) is equal to the maximum height (or width) of the
* slaves, plus the width of the border of the top and bottom (or left and
* right) of the paned window.
*
* If the panedwindow has an explicit width/height set use that;
* otherwise, use the requested width/height.
*/
if (horizontal) {
reqWidth = (pwPtr->width > 0 ?
pwPtr->width : x - sashWidth + internalBw);
reqHeight = (pwPtr->height > 0 ?
pwPtr->height : reqHeight + (2 * internalBw));
} else {
reqWidth = (pwPtr->width > 0 ?
pwPtr->width : reqWidth + (2 * internalBw));
reqHeight = (pwPtr->height > 0 ?
pwPtr->height : y - sashWidth + internalBw);
}
Tk_GeometryRequest(pwPtr->tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight);
if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin) && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyOptionTables --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyOptionTables(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the OptionTables struct */
| | | > | 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyOptionTables(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the OptionTables struct */
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Pointer to the calling interp */
{
ckfree((char *)clientData);
return;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetSticky -
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 | * Creates a new Tcl_Obj. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * GetSticky( | | | | | | | | | | | | 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 |
* Creates a new Tcl_Obj.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetSticky(
ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int internalOffset) /* Offset within *recordPtr containing the
* sticky value. */
{
int sticky = *(int *)(recordPtr + internalOffset);
static char buffer[5];
int count = 0;
if (sticky & STICK_NORTH) {
buffer[count++] = 'n';
}
if (sticky & STICK_EAST) {
buffer[count++] = 'e';
}
if (sticky & STICK_SOUTH) {
buffer[count++] = 's';
}
if (sticky & STICK_WEST) {
buffer[count++] = 'w';
}
buffer[count] = '\0';
return Tcl_NewStringObj(buffer, -1);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 | * specified string was empty and that is acceptable. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SetSticky( | | | | < | < | 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 |
* specified string was empty and that is acceptable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetSticky(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interp; may be used for errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which option is being set. */
Tcl_Obj **value, /* Pointer to the pointer to the value object.
* We use a pointer to the pointer because we
* may need to return a value (NULL). */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
int internalOffset, /* Offset within *recordPtr at which the
* internal value is to be stored. */
char *oldInternalPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the old value. */
int flags) /* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
int sticky = 0;
char c, *string, *internalPtr;
internalPtr = ComputeSlotAddress(recordPtr, internalOffset);
if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
*value = NULL;
} else {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 | break; case 'w': case 'W': sticky |= STICK_WEST; break; case ' ': case ',': case '\t': case '\r': case '\n': break; default: | | | < | | | 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 |
break;
case 'w': case 'W':
sticky |= STICK_WEST;
break;
case ' ': case ',': case '\t': case '\r': case '\n':
break;
default:
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad stickyness value \"",
Tcl_GetString(*value), "\": must be a string ",
"containing zero or more of n, e, s, and w", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
*((int *) oldInternalPtr) = *((int *) internalPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 | * Restores the old value. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void RestoreSticky( | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 |
* Restores the old value.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RestoreSticky(
ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *internalPtr, /* Pointer to storage for value. */
char *oldInternalPtr) /* Pointer to old value. */
{
*(int *)internalPtr = *(int *)oldInternalPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AdjustForSticky --
*
* Given the x,y coords of the top-left corner of a pane, the dimensions
* of that pane, and the dimensions of a slave, compute the x,y coords
* and actual dimensions of the slave based on the slave's sticky value.
*
* Results:
* No direct return; sets the x, y, slaveWidth and slaveHeight to correct
* values.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AdjustForSticky(
int sticky, /* Sticky value; see top of file for
* definition. */
int cavityWidth, /* Width of the cavity. */
int cavityHeight, /* Height of the cavity. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Initially, coordinates of the top-left
* corner of cavity; also return values for
* actual x, y coords of slave. */
int *slaveWidthPtr, /* Slave width. */
int *slaveHeightPtr) /* Slave height. */
{
int diffx = 0; /* Cavity width - slave width. */
int diffy = 0; /* Cavity hight - slave height. */
if (cavityWidth > *slaveWidthPtr) {
diffx = cavityWidth - *slaveWidthPtr;
}
if (cavityHeight > *slaveHeightPtr) {
diffy = cavityHeight - *slaveHeightPtr;
}
if ((sticky & STICK_EAST) && (sticky & STICK_WEST)) {
*slaveWidthPtr += diffx;
}
if ((sticky & STICK_NORTH) && (sticky & STICK_SOUTH)) {
*slaveHeightPtr += diffy;
}
if (!(sticky & STICK_WEST)) {
*xPtr += (sticky & STICK_EAST) ? diffx : diffx/2;
}
if (!(sticky & STICK_NORTH)) {
*yPtr += (sticky & STICK_SOUTH) ? diffy : diffy/2;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 |
static void
MoveSash(
PanedWindow *pwPtr,
int sash,
int diff)
{
int i;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 |
static void
MoveSash(
PanedWindow *pwPtr,
int sash,
int diff)
{
int i;
int expandPane, reduceFirst, reduceLast, reduceIncr, slaveSize, sashOffset;
Slave *slavePtr;
int stretchReserve = 0;
int nextSash = sash + 1;
const int horizontal = (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL);
if (diff == 0)
return;
/*
* Update the slave sizes with their real sizes.
*/
if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
sashOffset = ((pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2)
+ pwPtr->sashPad;
} else {
sashOffset = pwPtr->sashPad;
}
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) {
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[i];
if (slavePtr->hide) {
continue;
}
if (horizontal) {
slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->width = slavePtr->sashx
- sashOffset - slavePtr->x - (2 * slavePtr->padx);
} else {
slavePtr->paneHeight = slavePtr->height = slavePtr->sashy
- sashOffset - slavePtr->y - (2 * slavePtr->pady);
}
}
/*
* There must be a next sash since it is only possible to enter this
* routine when moving an actual sash which implies there exists a visible
* pane to either side of the sash.
*/
while (nextSash < pwPtr->numSlaves-1 && pwPtr->slaves[nextSash]->hide) {
nextSash++;
}
/*
* Consolidate +/-diff variables to reduce duplicate code.
*/
if (diff > 0) {
expandPane = sash;
reduceFirst = nextSash;
reduceLast = pwPtr->numSlaves;
reduceIncr = 1;
} else {
diff = abs(diff);
expandPane = nextSash;
reduceFirst = sash;
reduceLast = -1;
reduceIncr = -1;
}
/*
* Calculate how much room we have to stretch in and adjust diff value
* accordingly.
*/
for (i = reduceFirst; i != reduceLast; i += reduceIncr) {
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[i];
if (slavePtr->hide) {
continue;
}
if (horizontal) {
stretchReserve += slavePtr->width - slavePtr->minSize;
} else {
stretchReserve += slavePtr->height - slavePtr->minSize;
}
}
if (stretchReserve <= 0) {
return;
}
if (diff > stretchReserve) {
diff = stretchReserve;
}
/*
* Expand pane by diff amount.
*/
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[expandPane];
if (horizontal) {
slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->width += diff;
} else {
slavePtr->paneHeight = slavePtr->height += diff;
}
/*
* Reduce panes, respecting minsize, until diff amount has been used.
*/
for (i = reduceFirst; i != reduceLast; i += reduceIncr) {
slavePtr = pwPtr->slaves[i];
if (slavePtr->hide) {
continue;
}
if (horizontal) {
slaveSize = slavePtr->width;
} else {
slaveSize = slavePtr->height;
}
if (diff > (slaveSize - slavePtr->minSize)) {
diff -= slaveSize - slavePtr->minSize;
slaveSize = slavePtr->minSize;
} else {
slaveSize -= diff;
i = reduceLast - reduceIncr;
}
if (horizontal) {
slavePtr->paneWidth = slavePtr->width = slaveSize;
} else {
slavePtr->paneHeight = slavePtr->height = slaveSize;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ProxyWindowEventProc --
*
* This function is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on
* paned window proxy windows.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* When the window gets deleted, internal structures get cleaned up. Whena
* it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ProxyWindowEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
if (pwPtr->proxywin != NULL &&!(pwPtr->flags & PROXY_REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayProxyWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr);
pwPtr->flags |= PROXY_REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayProxyWindow(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayProxyWindow(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData;
Pixmap pixmap;
Tk_Window tkwin = pwPtr->proxywin;
pwPtr->flags &= ~PROXY_REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 |
static int
PanedWindowProxyCommand(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Pointer to paned window information. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 |
static int
PanedWindowProxyCommand(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Pointer to paned window information. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"coord", "forget", "place", NULL
};
enum options {
PROXY_COORD, PROXY_FORGET, PROXY_PLACE
};
int index, x, y, sashWidth, sashHeight;
int internalBW, pwWidth, pwHeight;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 |
switch ((enum options) index) {
case PROXY_COORD:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | | 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 |
switch ((enum options) index) {
case PROXY_COORD:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
coords[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->proxyx);
coords[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pwPtr->proxyy);
Tcl_SetListObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), 2, coords);
break;
case PROXY_FORGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
internalBW = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
if (x < 0) {
x = 0;
}
pwWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
if (x > pwWidth) {
x = pwWidth;
}
y = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
sashWidth = pwPtr->sashWidth;
sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) -
(2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
} else {
if (y < 0) {
y = 0;
}
pwHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin) - (2 * internalBW);
if (y > pwHeight) {
y = pwHeight;
}
x = Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
sashHeight = pwPtr->sashWidth;
sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin) -
(2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin));
}
if (sashWidth < 1) {
sashWidth = 1;
}
if (sashHeight < 1) {
sashHeight = 1;
}
/*
* Stash the proxy coordinates for future "proxy coord" calls.
*/
pwPtr->proxyx = x;
pwPtr->proxyy = y;
/*
* Make sure the proxy window is higher in the stacking order than the
* slaves, so that it will be visible when drawn. It would be more
* correct to push the proxy window just high enough to appear above
* the highest slave, but it's much easier to just force it all the
* way to the top of the stacking order.
*/
Tk_RestackWindow(pwPtr->proxywin, Above, NULL);
/*
* Let Tk_MaintainGeometry take care of placing the window at the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return 1;
}
| > > | | > | | | | | | | 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
int length;
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return 1;
}
if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
return (objPtr->length == 0);
}
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
return (length == 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ComputeInternalPointer --
*
* Given a pointer to the start of a record and the offset of a slot
* within that record, compute the address of that slot.
*
* Results:
* If offset is non-negative, returns the computed address; else, returns
* NULL.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
ComputeSlotAddress(
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to the start of a record. */
int offset) /* Offset of a slot within that record; may be < 0. */
{
if (offset >= 0) {
return recordPtr + offset;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 |
static int
PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Information about the widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which to store result. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates of the point to identify. */
{
int i, sashHeight, sashWidth, thisx, thisy;
int found, isHandle, lpad, rpad, tpad, bpad;
int first, last;
if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
} else {
sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
}
| > > | | 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 |
static int
PanedWindowIdentifyCoords(
PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Information about the widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which to store result. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates of the point to identify. */
{
Tcl_Obj *list;
int i, sashHeight, sashWidth, thisx, thisy;
int found, isHandle, lpad, rpad, tpad, bpad;
int first, last;
list = Tcl_NewObj();
if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
sashHeight = Tk_Height(pwPtr->tkwin);
} else {
sashHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(pwPtr->tkwin);
}
sashHeight -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
if (pwPtr->showHandle && pwPtr->handleSize > pwPtr->sashWidth) {
sashWidth = pwPtr->handleSize;
lpad = (pwPtr->handleSize - pwPtr->sashWidth) / 2;
rpad = pwPtr->handleSize - lpad;
lpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
rpad += pwPtr->sashPad;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 |
tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
}
if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
} else {
sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
}
| | | | | | | | | < > | > | | < | < | 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 |
tpad = bpad = pwPtr->sashPad;
}
if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) {
sashWidth = Tk_Width(pwPtr->tkwin);
} else {
sashWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
}
sashWidth -= 2 * Tk_InternalBorderWidth(pwPtr->tkwin);
lpad = rpad = 0;
}
GetFirstLastVisiblePane(pwPtr, &first, &last);
isHandle = 0;
found = -1;
for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves - 1; i++) {
if (pwPtr->slaves[i]->hide || i == last) {
continue;
}
thisx = pwPtr->slaves[i]->sashx;
thisy = pwPtr->slaves[i]->sashy;
if (((thisx - lpad) <= x && x <= (thisx + rpad + sashWidth)) &&
((thisy - tpad) <= y && y <= (thisy + bpad + sashHeight))) {
found = i;
/*
* Determine if the point is over the handle or the sash.
*/
if (pwPtr->showHandle) {
thisx = pwPtr->slaves[i]->handlex;
thisy = pwPtr->slaves[i]->handley;
if (pwPtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
if (thisy <= y && y <= (thisy + pwPtr->handleSize)) {
isHandle = 1;
}
} else {
if (thisx <= x && x <= (thisx + pwPtr->handleSize)) {
isHandle = 1;
}
}
}
break;
}
}
/*
* Set results.
*/
if (found != -1) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, list, Tcl_NewIntObj(found));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, list, Tcl_NewStringObj(
(isHandle ? "handle" : "sash"), -1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, list);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Deleted generic/tkPkgConfig.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to generic/tkPlace.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | #include "tkInt.h" /* * Border modes for relative placement: * * BM_INSIDE: relative distances computed using area inside all | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | > | | < < < | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | > | | | | | | | < < | | < | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | > | < > | < < | < < < < | | < > | | > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 |
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* Border modes for relative placement:
*
* BM_INSIDE: relative distances computed using area inside all
* borders of master window.
* BM_OUTSIDE: relative distances computed using outside area that
* includes all borders of master.
* BM_IGNORE: border issues are ignored: place relative to master's
* actual window size.
*/
static CONST char *borderModeStrings[] = {
"inside", "outside", "ignore", NULL
};
typedef enum {BM_INSIDE, BM_OUTSIDE, BM_IGNORE} BorderMode;
/*
* For each window whose geometry is managed by the placer there is a
* structure of the following type:
*/
typedef struct Slave {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Tk's token for window. */
Tk_Window inTkwin; /* Token for the -in window. */
struct Master *masterPtr; /* Pointer to information for window relative
* to which tkwin is placed. This isn't
* necessarily the logical parent of tkwin.
* NULL means the master was deleted or never
* assigned. */
struct Slave *nextPtr; /* Next in list of windows placed relative to
* same master (NULL for end of list). */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Table that defines configuration options
* available for this command. */
/*
* Geometry information for window; where there are both relative and
* absolute values for the same attribute (e.g. x and relX) only one of
* them is actually used, depending on flags.
*/
int x, y; /* X and Y pixel coordinates for tkwin. */
Tcl_Obj *xPtr, *yPtr; /* Tcl_Obj rep's of x, y coords, to keep pixel
* spec. information. */
double relX, relY; /* X and Y coordinates relative to size of
* master. */
int width, height; /* Absolute dimensions for tkwin. */
Tcl_Obj *widthPtr; /* Tcl_Obj rep of width, to keep pixel
* spec. */
Tcl_Obj *heightPtr; /* Tcl_Obj rep of height, to keep pixel
* spec. */
double relWidth, relHeight; /* Dimensions for tkwin relative to size of
* master. */
Tcl_Obj *relWidthPtr;
Tcl_Obj *relHeightPtr;
Tk_Anchor anchor; /* Which point on tkwin is placed at the given
* position. */
BorderMode borderMode; /* How to treat borders of master window. */
int flags; /* Various flags; see below for bit
* definitions. */
} Slave;
/*
* Type masks for options:
*/
#define IN_MASK 1
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", NULL, NULL, "nw", -1,
Tk_Offset(Slave, anchor), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-bordermode", NULL, NULL, "inside", -1,
Tk_Offset(Slave, borderMode), 0, (ClientData) borderModeStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Slave, heightPtr),
Tk_Offset(Slave, height), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-in", NULL, NULL, "", -1, Tk_Offset(Slave, inTkwin),
0, 0, IN_MASK},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relheight", NULL, NULL, "",
Tk_Offset(Slave, relHeightPtr), Tk_Offset(Slave, relHeight),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relwidth", NULL, NULL, "",
Tk_Offset(Slave, relWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(Slave, relWidth),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-relx", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
Tk_Offset(Slave, relX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-rely", NULL, NULL, "0", -1,
Tk_Offset(Slave, relY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", NULL, NULL, "", Tk_Offset(Slave, widthPtr),
Tk_Offset(Slave, width), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-x", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Slave, xPtr),
Tk_Offset(Slave, x), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-y", NULL, NULL, "0", Tk_Offset(Slave, yPtr),
Tk_Offset(Slave, y), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Flag definitions for Slave structures:
*
* CHILD_WIDTH - 1 means -width was specified;
* CHILD_REL_WIDTH - 1 means -relwidth was specified.
* CHILD_HEIGHT - 1 means -height was specified;
* CHILD_REL_HEIGHT - 1 means -relheight was specified.
*/
#define CHILD_WIDTH 1
#define CHILD_REL_WIDTH 2
#define CHILD_HEIGHT 4
#define CHILD_REL_HEIGHT 8
/*
* For each master window that has a slave managed by the placer there is a
* structure of the following form:
*/
typedef struct Master {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Tk's token for master window. */
struct Slave *slavePtr; /* First in linked list of slaves placed
* relative to this master. */
int *abortPtr; /* If non-NULL, it means that there is a nested
* call to RecomputePlacement already working on
* this window. *abortPtr may be set to 1 to
* abort that nested call. This happens, for
* example, if tkwin or any of its slaves
* is deleted. */
int flags; /* See below for bit definitions. */
} Master;
/*
* Flag definitions for masters:
*
* PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING - 1 means that a call to RecomputePlacement is
* already pending via a Do_When_Idle handler.
*/
#define PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING 1
/*
* The following structure is the official type record for the placer:
*/
static void PlaceRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void PlaceLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr placerType = {
"place", /* name */
PlaceRequestProc, /* requestProc */
PlaceLostSlaveProc, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void SlaveStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int ConfigureSlave(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_OptionTable table, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int PlaceInfoCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin);
static Slave * CreateSlave(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_OptionTable table);
static void FreeSlave(Slave *slavePtr);
static Slave * FindSlave(Tk_Window tkwin);
static Master * CreateMaster(Tk_Window tkwin);
static Master * FindMaster(Tk_Window tkwin);
static void MasterStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void RecomputePlacement(ClientData clientData);
static void UnlinkSlave(Slave *slavePtr);
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PlaceObjCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "place" Tcl commands. See the
* user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_PlaceObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
Slave *slavePtr;
char *string;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"configure", "forget", "info", "slaves", NULL
};
enum options { PLACE_CONFIGURE, PLACE_FORGET, PLACE_INFO, PLACE_SLAVES };
int index;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option|pathName args");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
* created, the cached pointer will be returned.
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
/*
* Handle special shortcut where window name is first argument.
*/
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
if (string[0] == '.') {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, Tk_MainWindow(interp));
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Initialize, if that hasn't been done yet.
*/
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->placeInit) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->masterTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->slaveTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
dispPtr->placeInit = 1;
}
return ConfigureSlave(interp, tkwin, optionTable, objc-2, objv+2);
}
/*
* Handle more general case of option followed by window name followed by
* possible additional arguments.
*/
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
Tk_MainWindow(interp));
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Initialize, if that hasn't been done yet.
*/
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (!dispPtr->placeInit) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->masterTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->slaveTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
dispPtr->placeInit = 1;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case PLACE_CONFIGURE:
if (objc == 3 || objc == 4) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
if (slavePtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) slavePtr, optionTable,
(objc == 4) ? objv[3] : NULL, tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
return ConfigureSlave(interp, tkwin, optionTable, objc-3, objv+3);
case PLACE_FORGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pathName");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
if (slavePtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) &&
(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
(char *) tkwin));
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
(ClientData) slavePtr);
Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
FreeSlave(slavePtr);
break;
case PLACE_INFO:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pathName");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return PlaceInfoCommand(interp, tkwin);
case PLACE_SLAVES: {
Master *masterPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pathName");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = FindMaster(tkwin);
if (masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *listPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin),-1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listPtr);
}
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateSlave --
*
* Given a Tk_Window token, find the Slave structure corresponding to
* that token, creating a new one if necessary.
*
* Results:
* Pointer to the Slave structure.
*
* Side effects:
* A new Slave structure may be created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Slave *
CreateSlave(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for desired slave. */
Tk_OptionTable table)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
register Slave *slavePtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, (char *) tkwin, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
return (Slave *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
* No preexisting slave structure for that window, so make a new one and
* populate it with some default values.
*/
slavePtr = (Slave *) ckalloc(sizeof(Slave));
memset(slavePtr, 0, sizeof(Slave));
slavePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
slavePtr->inTkwin = NULL;
slavePtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_NW;
slavePtr->borderMode = BM_INSIDE;
slavePtr->optionTable = table;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, slavePtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
(ClientData) slavePtr);
return slavePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeSlave --
*
* Frees the resources held by a Slave structure.
*
* Results:
* None
*
* Side effects:
* Memory are freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeSlave(
Slave *slavePtr)
{
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) slavePtr, slavePtr->optionTable,
slavePtr->tkwin);
ckfree((char *) slavePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FindSlave --
*
* Given a Tk_Window token, find the Slave structure corresponding to
* that token. This is purely a lookup function; it will not create a
* record if one does not yet exist.
*
* Results:
* Pointer to Slave structure; NULL if none exists.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Slave *
FindSlave(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for desired slave. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
register Slave *slavePtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, (char *) tkwin);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
slavePtr = (Slave *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
return slavePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UnlinkSlave --
*
* This function removes a slave window from the chain of slaves in its
* master.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The slave list of slavePtr's master changes.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UnlinkSlave(
Slave *slavePtr) /* Slave structure to be unlinked. */
{
register Master *masterPtr;
register Slave *prevPtr;
masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (masterPtr->slavePtr == slavePtr) {
masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (prevPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; ; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("UnlinkSlave couldn't find slave to unlink");
}
if (prevPtr->nextPtr == slavePtr) {
prevPtr->nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
}
}
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateMaster --
*
* Given a Tk_Window token, find the Master structure corresponding to
* that token, creating a new one if necessary.
*
* Results:
* Pointer to the Master structure.
*
* Side effects:
* A new Master structure may be created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Master *
CreateMaster(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for desired master. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
register Master *masterPtr;
int isNew;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, (char *) tkwin, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
masterPtr = (Master *) ckalloc(sizeof(Master));
masterPtr->tkwin = tkwin;
masterPtr->slavePtr = NULL;
masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
masterPtr->flags = 0;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, masterPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(masterPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
MasterStructureProc, (ClientData) masterPtr);
} else {
masterPtr = (Master *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
return masterPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FindMaster --
*
* Given a Tk_Window token, find the Master structure corresponding to
* that token. This is simply a lookup function; a new record will not be
* created if one does not already exist.
*
* Results:
* Pointer to the Master structure; NULL if one does not exist for the
* given Tk_Window token.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Master *
FindMaster(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for desired master. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
register Master *masterPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, (char *) tkwin);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
masterPtr = (Master *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
return masterPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureSlave --
*
* This function is called to process an argv/argc list to reconfigure
* the placement of a window.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result. If an error occurs then a message is left in
* the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* Information in slavePtr may change, and slavePtr's master is scheduled
* for reconfiguration.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureSlave(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for the window to manipulate. */
Tk_OptionTable table, /* Token for option table. */
int objc, /* Number of config arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Object values for arguments. */
{
register Master *masterPtr;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
Slave *slavePtr;
Tk_Window masterWin = (Tk_Window) NULL;
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(tkwin)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use placer on top-level window \"",
Tk_PathName(tkwin), "\"; use wm command instead", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slavePtr = CreateSlave(tkwin, table);
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) slavePtr, table, objc, objv,
slavePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
/*
* Set slave flags. First clear the field, then add bits as needed.
*/
slavePtr->flags = 0;
if (slavePtr->heightPtr) {
slavePtr->flags |= CHILD_HEIGHT;
}
if (slavePtr->relHeightPtr) {
slavePtr->flags |= CHILD_REL_HEIGHT;
}
if (slavePtr->relWidthPtr) {
slavePtr->flags |= CHILD_REL_WIDTH;
}
if (slavePtr->widthPtr) {
slavePtr->flags |= CHILD_WIDTH;
}
if (((mask & IN_MASK) == 0) && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) {
/*
* If no -in option was passed and the slave is already placed then
* just recompute the placement.
*/
masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
goto scheduleLayout;
} else if (mask & IN_MASK) {
/* -in changed */
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_Window ancestor;
tkwin = slavePtr->inTkwin;
/*
* Make sure that the new master is either the logical parent of the
* slave or a descendant of that window, and that the master and slave
* aren't the same.
*/
for (ancestor = tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't place ",
Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin), " relative to ",
Tk_PathName(tkwin), NULL);
goto error;
}
}
if (slavePtr->tkwin == tkwin) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't place ",
Tk_PathName(slavePtr->tkwin), " relative to itself",
NULL);
goto error;
}
if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)
&& (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin == tkwin)) {
/*
* Re-using same old master. Nothing to do.
*/
masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
goto scheduleLayout;
}
if ((slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) &&
(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
masterWin = tkwin;
}
/*
* If there's no master specified for this slave, use its Tk_Parent.
*/
if (masterWin == NULL) {
masterWin = Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin);
slavePtr->inTkwin = masterWin;
}
/*
* Manage the slave window in this master.
*/
masterPtr = CreateMaster(masterWin);
slavePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr;
masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr;
Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &placerType, (ClientData) slavePtr);
/*
* Arrange for the master to be re-arranged at the first idle moment.
*/
scheduleLayout:
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
/*
* Error while processing some option, cleanup and return.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
803 804 805 806 807 808 809 |
*/
static int
PlaceInfoCommand(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp into which to place result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for the window to get info on. */
{
| > | < | | < | < | < | > | | > > > | > | | > | | > | < | | | > | | < | > | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 |
*/
static int
PlaceInfoCommand(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp into which to place result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for the window to get info on. */
{
char buffer[32 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
Slave *slavePtr;
slavePtr = FindSlave(tkwin);
if (slavePtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "-in");
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_PathName(slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin));
}
sprintf(buffer, " -x %d", slavePtr->x);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
sprintf(buffer, " -relx %.4g", slavePtr->relX);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
sprintf(buffer, " -y %d", slavePtr->y);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
sprintf(buffer, " -rely %.4g", slavePtr->relY);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_WIDTH) {
sprintf(buffer, " -width %d", slavePtr->width);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " -width {}", NULL);
}
if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_REL_WIDTH) {
sprintf(buffer, " -relwidth %.4g", slavePtr->relWidth);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " -relwidth {}", NULL);
}
if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_HEIGHT) {
sprintf(buffer, " -height %d", slavePtr->height);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " -height {}", NULL);
}
if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_REL_HEIGHT) {
sprintf(buffer, " -relheight %.4g", slavePtr->relHeight);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " -relheight {}", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "-anchor");
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_NameOfAnchor(slavePtr->anchor));
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "-bordermode");
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, borderModeStrings[slavePtr->borderMode]);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* RecomputePlacement --
*
* This function is called as a when-idle handler. It recomputes the
* geometries of all the slaves of a given master.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Windows may change size or shape.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RecomputePlacement(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to Master record. */
{
register Master *masterPtr = (Master *) clientData;
register Slave *slavePtr;
int x, y, width, height, tmp;
int masterWidth, masterHeight, masterX, masterY;
double x1, y1, x2, y2;
int abort; /* May get set to non-zero to abort this
* placement operation. */
masterPtr->flags &= ~PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
/*
* Abort any nested call to RecomputePlacement for this window, since
* we'll do everything necessary here, and set up so this call
* can be aborted if necessary.
*/
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort;
abort = 0;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr);
/*
* Iterate over all the slaves for the master. Each slave's geometry can
* be computed independently of the other slaves. Changes to the window's
* structure could cause almost anything to happen, including deleting the
* parent or child. If this happens, we'll be told to abort.
*/
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL && !abort;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
/*
* Step 1: compute size and borderwidth of master, taking into account
* desired border mode.
*/
masterX = masterY = 0;
masterWidth = Tk_Width(masterPtr->tkwin);
masterHeight = Tk_Height(masterPtr->tkwin);
if (slavePtr->borderMode == BM_INSIDE) {
masterX = Tk_InternalBorderLeft(masterPtr->tkwin);
masterY = Tk_InternalBorderTop(masterPtr->tkwin);
masterWidth -= masterX + Tk_InternalBorderRight(masterPtr->tkwin);
masterHeight -= masterY +
Tk_InternalBorderBottom(masterPtr->tkwin);
} else if (slavePtr->borderMode == BM_OUTSIDE) {
masterX = masterY = -Tk_Changes(masterPtr->tkwin)->border_width;
masterWidth -= 2 * masterX;
masterHeight -= 2 * masterY;
}
/*
* Step 2: compute size of slave (outside dimensions including border)
* and location of anchor point within master.
*/
x1 = slavePtr->x + masterX + (slavePtr->relX*masterWidth);
x = (int) (x1 + ((x1 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5));
y1 = slavePtr->y + masterY + (slavePtr->relY*masterHeight);
y = (int) (y1 + ((y1 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5));
if (slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH)) {
width = 0;
if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_WIDTH) {
width += slavePtr->width;
}
if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_REL_WIDTH) {
/*
* The code below is a bit tricky. In order to round correctly
* when both relX and relWidth are specified, compute the
* location of the right edge and round that, then compute
* width. If we compute the width and round it, rounding
* errors in relX and relWidth accumulate.
*/
x2 = x1 + (slavePtr->relWidth*masterWidth);
tmp = (int) (x2 + ((x2 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5));
width += tmp - x;
}
} else {
width = Tk_ReqWidth(slavePtr->tkwin)
+ 2*Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
}
if (slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_HEIGHT|CHILD_REL_HEIGHT)) {
height = 0;
if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_HEIGHT) {
height += slavePtr->height;
}
if (slavePtr->flags & CHILD_REL_HEIGHT) {
/*
* See note above for rounding errors in width computation.
*/
y2 = y1 + (slavePtr->relHeight*masterHeight);
tmp = (int) (y2 + ((y2 > 0) ? 0.5 : -0.5));
height += tmp - y;
}
} else {
height = Tk_ReqHeight(slavePtr->tkwin)
+ 2*Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
}
/*
* Step 3: adjust the x and y positions so that the desired anchor
* point on the slave appears at that position. Also adjust for the
* border mode and master's border.
*/
switch (slavePtr->anchor) {
case TK_ANCHOR_N:
x -= width/2;
break;
case TK_ANCHOR_NE:
x -= width;
break;
case TK_ANCHOR_E:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 | /* * Step 4: adjust width and height again to reflect inside dimensions * of window rather than outside. Also make sure that the width and * height aren't zero. */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 |
/*
* Step 4: adjust width and height again to reflect inside dimensions
* of window rather than outside. Also make sure that the width and
* height aren't zero.
*/
width -= 2*Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
height -= 2*Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width;
if (width <= 0) {
width = 1;
}
if (height <= 0) {
height = 1;
}
/*
* Step 5: reconfigure the window and map it if needed. If the slave
* is a child of the master, we do this ourselves. If the slave isn't
* a child of the master, let Tk_MaintainGeometry do the work (it will
* re-adjust things as relevant windows map, unmap, and move).
*/
if (masterPtr->tkwin == Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
if ((x != Tk_X(slavePtr->tkwin))
|| (y != Tk_Y(slavePtr->tkwin))
|| (width != Tk_Width(slavePtr->tkwin))
|| (height != Tk_Height(slavePtr->tkwin))) {
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(slavePtr->tkwin, x, y, width, height);
}
if (abort) {
break;
}
/*
* Don't map the slave unless the master is mapped: the slave will
* get mapped later, when the master is mapped.
*/
if (Tk_IsMapped(masterPtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_MapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
}
} else {
if ((width <= 0) || (height <= 0)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_MaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, masterPtr->tkwin,
x, y, width, height);
}
}
}
masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL;
Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MasterStructureProc --
*
* This function is invoked by the Tk event handler when StructureNotify
* events occur for a master window.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Structures get cleaned up if the window was deleted. If the window was
* resized then slave geometries get recomputed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MasterStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to Master structure for window
* referred to by eventPtr. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
register Master *masterPtr = (Master *) clientData;
register Slave *slavePtr, *nextPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) masterPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
if ((masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
&& !(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = nextPtr) {
slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL;
nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr;
slavePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable,
(char *) masterPtr->tkwin));
if (masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
masterPtr->tkwin = NULL;
if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) {
*masterPtr->abortPtr = 1;
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) masterPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
} else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
/*
* When a master gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so
* that all of its slaves get remapped.
*/
if ((masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL)
&& !(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
/*
* Unmap all of the slaves when the master gets unmapped, so that they
* don't keep redisplaying themselves.
*/
for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL;
slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SlaveStructureProc --
*
* This function is invoked by the Tk event handler when StructureNotify
* events occur for a slave window.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Structures get cleaned up if the window was deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SlaveStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to Slave structure for window
* referred to by eventPtr. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
register Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
(char *) slavePtr->tkwin));
FreeSlave(slavePtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PlaceRequestProc --
*
* This function is invoked by Tk whenever a slave managed by us changes
* its requested geometry.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The window will get relayed out, if its requested size has anything to
* do with its actual size.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
PlaceRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to our record for slave. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
Master *masterPtr;
if (((slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH)) != 0)
&& ((slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_HEIGHT|CHILD_REL_HEIGHT)) != 0)) {
return;
}
masterPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr;
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) {
masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PlaceLostSlaveProc --
*
* This function is invoked by Tk whenever some other geometry claims
* control over a slave that used to be managed by us.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Forgets all placer-related information about the slave.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
PlaceLostSlaveProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Slave structure for slave window that was
* stolen away. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */
{
register Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin);
}
Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
UnlinkSlave(slavePtr);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable,
(char *) tkwin));
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc,
(ClientData) slavePtr);
FreeSlave(slavePtr);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkPlatDecls.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | /* * WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl * script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made * in the generic/tk.decls script. */ | < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < | | < | | > | | | | > | < < | | | > | | | | > > > | | > > > | | < < > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > | > > > > > > > > | < | | < < < < > > > > > | | > | < < < < < < < | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
/*
* WARNING: This file is automatically generated by the tools/genStubs.tcl
* script. Any modifications to the function declarations below should be made
* in the generic/tk.decls script.
*/
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Exported function declarations:
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
#ifndef Tk_AttachHWND_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_AttachHWND_TCL_DECLARED
/* 0 */
EXTERN Window Tk_AttachHWND(Tk_Window tkwin, HWND hwnd);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetHINSTANCE_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetHINSTANCE_TCL_DECLARED
/* 1 */
EXTERN HINSTANCE Tk_GetHINSTANCE(void);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetHWND_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_GetHWND_TCL_DECLARED
/* 2 */
EXTERN HWND Tk_GetHWND(Window window);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_HWNDToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_HWNDToWindow_TCL_DECLARED
/* 3 */
EXTERN Tk_Window Tk_HWNDToWindow(HWND hwnd);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PointerEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_PointerEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 4 */
EXTERN void Tk_PointerEvent(HWND hwnd, int x, int y);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_TranslateWinEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_TranslateWinEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 5 */
EXTERN int Tk_TranslateWinEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
LRESULT *result);
#endif
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler_TCL_DECLARED
/* 0 */
EXTERN void Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler(
Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProcPtr,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus_TCL_DECLARED
/* 1 */
EXTERN void Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus(void);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor_TCL_DECLARED
/* 2 */
EXTERN void Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor(int tkOwnsIt);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXInitMenus_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXInitMenus_TCL_DECLARED
/* 3 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXInitMenus(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents_TCL_DECLARED
/* 4 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
#ifndef TkGenWMConfigureEvent_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkGenWMConfigureEvent_TCL_DECLARED
/* 5 */
EXTERN void TkGenWMConfigureEvent(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int flags);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns_TCL_DECLARED
/* 6 */
EXTERN void TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns(Tk_Window tkwin);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort_TCL_DECLARED
/* 7 */
EXTERN VOID * TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Drawable drawable);
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetRootControl_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkMacOSXGetRootControl_TCL_DECLARED
/* 8 */
EXTERN VOID * TkMacOSXGetRootControl(Drawable drawable);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier_TCL_DECLARED
/* 9 */
EXTERN void Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(void);
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront_TCL_DECLARED
#define Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront_TCL_DECLARED
/* 10 */
EXTERN int Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void);
#endif
/* Slot 11 is reserved */
/* Slot 12 is reserved */
/* Slot 13 is reserved */
/* Slot 14 is reserved */
/* Slot 15 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
#define TkUnusedStubEntry_TCL_DECLARED
/* 16 */
EXTERN void TkUnusedStubEntry(void);
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
typedef struct TkPlatStubs {
int magic;
struct TkPlatStubHooks *hooks;
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
Window (*tk_AttachHWND) (Tk_Window tkwin, HWND hwnd); /* 0 */
HINSTANCE (*tk_GetHINSTANCE) (void); /* 1 */
HWND (*tk_GetHWND) (Window window); /* 2 */
Tk_Window (*tk_HWNDToWindow) (HWND hwnd); /* 3 */
void (*tk_PointerEvent) (HWND hwnd, int x, int y); /* 4 */
int (*tk_TranslateWinEvent) (HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LRESULT *result); /* 5 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
void (*tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler) (Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProcPtr, Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProcPtr, Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProcPtr, Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc, Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc); /* 0 */
void (*tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus) (void); /* 1 */
void (*tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor) (int tkOwnsIt); /* 2 */
void (*tkMacOSXInitMenus) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 3 */
void (*tkMacOSXInitAppleEvents) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 4 */
void (*tkGenWMConfigureEvent) (Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int width, int height, int flags); /* 5 */
void (*tkMacOSXInvalClipRgns) (Tk_Window tkwin); /* 6 */
VOID * (*tkMacOSXGetDrawablePort) (Drawable drawable); /* 7 */
VOID * (*tkMacOSXGetRootControl) (Drawable drawable); /* 8 */
void (*tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier) (void); /* 9 */
int (*tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront) (void); /* 10 */
VOID *reserved11;
VOID *reserved12;
VOID *reserved13;
VOID *reserved14;
VOID *reserved15;
void (*tkUnusedStubEntry) (void); /* 16 */
#endif /* AQUA */
} TkPlatStubs;
extern TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#if defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS)
/*
* Inline function declarations:
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
#ifndef Tk_AttachHWND
#define Tk_AttachHWND \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_AttachHWND) /* 0 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetHINSTANCE
#define Tk_GetHINSTANCE \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_GetHINSTANCE) /* 1 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_GetHWND
#define Tk_GetHWND \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_GetHWND) /* 2 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_HWNDToWindow
#define Tk_HWNDToWindow \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_HWNDToWindow) /* 3 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_PointerEvent
#define Tk_PointerEvent \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_PointerEvent) /* 4 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_TranslateWinEvent
#define Tk_TranslateWinEvent \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_TranslateWinEvent) /* 5 */
#endif
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler
#define Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler) /* 0 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus
#define Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus) /* 1 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor
#define Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor) /* 2 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXInitMenus
#define TkMacOSXInitMenus \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXInitMenus) /* 3 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents
#define TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXInitAppleEvents) /* 4 */
#endif
#ifndef TkGenWMConfigureEvent
#define TkGenWMConfigureEvent \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tkGenWMConfigureEvent) /* 5 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns
#define TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXInvalClipRgns) /* 6 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort
#define TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetDrawablePort) /* 7 */
#endif
#ifndef TkMacOSXGetRootControl
#define TkMacOSXGetRootControl \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tkMacOSXGetRootControl) /* 8 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier
#define Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier) /* 9 */
#endif
#ifndef Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront
#define Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront) /* 10 */
#endif
/* Slot 11 is reserved */
/* Slot 12 is reserved */
/* Slot 13 is reserved */
/* Slot 14 is reserved */
/* Slot 15 is reserved */
#ifndef TkUnusedStubEntry
#define TkUnusedStubEntry \
(tkPlatStubsPtr->tkUnusedStubEntry) /* 16 */
#endif
#endif /* AQUA */
#endif /* defined(USE_TK_STUBS) && !defined(USE_TK_STUB_PROCS) */
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
#endif /* _TKPLATDECLS */
|
Changes to generic/tkPointer.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#ifdef __WIN32__
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#define Cursor XCursor
#endif
/*
* Mask that selects any of the state bits corresponding to buttons, plus
* masks that select individual buttons' bits:
*/
#define ALL_BUTTONS \
(Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask)
static unsigned int buttonMasks[] = {
Button1Mask, Button2Mask, Button3Mask, Button4Mask, Button5Mask
};
#define ButtonMask(b) (buttonMasks[(b)-Button1])
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
TkWindow *grabWinPtr; /* Window that defines the top of the grab
* tree in a global grab. */
int lastState; /* Last known state flags. */
XPoint lastPos; /* Last reported mouse position. */
TkWindow *lastWinPtr; /* Last reported mouse window. */
TkWindow *restrictWinPtr; /* Window to which all mouse events will be
* reported. */
TkWindow *cursorWinPtr; /* Window that is currently controlling the
* global cursor. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Forward declarations of procedures used in this file.
*/
static int GenerateEnterLeave(TkWindow *winPtr, int x, int y,
int state);
static void InitializeEvent(XEvent* eventPtr, TkWindow *winPtr,
int type, int x, int y, int state, int detail);
static void UpdateCursor(TkWindow *winPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InitializeEvent --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
TkWindow *targetWinPtr;
XPoint pos;
XEvent event;
| | | < | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
TkWindow *targetWinPtr;
XPoint pos;
XEvent event;
int changes = (state ^ tsdPtr->lastState) & ALL_BUTTONS;
int type, b, mask;
pos.x = x;
pos.y = y;
/*
* Use the current keyboard state, but the old mouse button state since we
* haven't generated the button events yet.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
}
/*
* Generate ButtonPress/ButtonRelease events based on the differences
* between the current button state and the last known button state.
*/
| | | | | 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
}
/*
* Generate ButtonPress/ButtonRelease events based on the differences
* between the current button state and the last known button state.
*/
for (b = Button1; b <= Button5; b++) {
mask = ButtonMask(b);
if (changes & mask) {
if (state & mask) {
type = ButtonPress;
/*
* ButtonPress - Set restrict window if we aren't grabbed, or
* if this is the first button down.
*/
if (!tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr) {
if (!tsdPtr->grabWinPtr) {
/*
* Mouse is not grabbed, so set a button grab.
*/
tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr = winPtr;
TkpSetCapture(tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr);
} else if ((tsdPtr->lastState & ALL_BUTTONS) == 0) {
/*
* Mouse is in a non-button grab, so ensure the button
* grab is inside the grab tree.
*/
if (TkPositionInTree(winPtr, tsdPtr->grabWinPtr)
== TK_GRAB_IN_TREE) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
422 423 424 425 426 427 428 |
int keyboard_mode,
Window confine_to,
Cursor cursor,
Time time)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| < < < < < < < | 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 |
int keyboard_mode,
Window confine_to,
Cursor cursor,
Time time)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
display->request++;
tsdPtr->grabWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(display, grab_window);
tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr = NULL;
TkpSetCapture(tsdPtr->grabWinPtr);
if (TkPositionInTree(tsdPtr->lastWinPtr, tsdPtr->grabWinPtr)
!= TK_GRAB_IN_TREE) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
464 465 466 467 468 469 470 |
int
XUngrabPointer(
Display *display,
Time time)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| < | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
int
XUngrabPointer(
Display *display,
Time time)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
display->request++;
tsdPtr->grabWinPtr = NULL;
tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr = NULL;
TkpSetCapture(NULL);
UpdateCursor(tsdPtr->lastWinPtr);
return Success;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
507 508 509 510 511 512 513 |
if (winPtr == tsdPtr->grabWinPtr) {
tsdPtr->grabWinPtr = NULL;
}
if (winPtr == tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr) {
tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr = NULL;
}
if (!(tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr || tsdPtr->grabWinPtr)) {
| < < < < < < < | < | 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 |
if (winPtr == tsdPtr->grabWinPtr) {
tsdPtr->grabWinPtr = NULL;
}
if (winPtr == tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr) {
tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr = NULL;
}
if (!(tsdPtr->restrictWinPtr || tsdPtr->grabWinPtr)) {
TkpSetCapture(NULL);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateCursor --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
586 587 588 589 590 591 592 |
int
XDefineCursor(
Display *display,
Window w,
Cursor cursor)
{
| | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 |
int
XDefineCursor(
Display *display,
Window w,
Cursor cursor)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)Tk_IdToWindow(display, w);
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->cursorWinPtr == winPtr) {
UpdateCursor(winPtr);
}
display->request++;
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGenerateActivateEvents --
*
* This function is called by the Mac and Windows window manager routines
* when a toplevel window is activated or deactivated.
* Activate/Deactivate events will be sent to every subwindow of the
* toplevel followed by a FocusIn/FocusOut message.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Generates X events.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkGenerateActivateEvents(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to activate. */
int active) /* Non-zero if the window is being activated,
* else 0.*/
{
XEvent event;
/*
* Generate Activate and Deactivate events. This event is sent to every
* subwindow in a toplevel window.
*/
event.xany.serial = winPtr->display->request++;
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = winPtr->display;
event.xany.window = winPtr->window;
event.xany.type = active ? ActivateNotify : DeactivateNotify;
TkQueueEventForAllChildren(winPtr, &event);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkPort.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKPORT #define _TKPORT | | | | | | > > > | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKPORT #define _TKPORT #ifndef _TK #include "tk.h" #endif #ifndef _TCL #include "tcl.h" #endif #if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_WIN32) # include "tkWinPort.h" #else # if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) # include "tkMacOSXPort.h" # else # include "tkUnixPort.h" # endif #endif |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkRectOval.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * tkRectOval.c -- * * This file implements rectangle and oval items for canvas widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" | > < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
/*
* tkRectOval.c --
*
* This file implements rectangle and oval items for canvas widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkCanvas.h"
/*
* The structure below defines the record for each rectangle/oval item.
*/
typedef struct RectOvalItem {
Tk_Item header; /* Generic stuff that's the same for all
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
GC fillGC; /* Graphics context for filling item. */
} RectOvalItem;
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
| | > | | > | | > | | | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
GC fillGC; /* Graphics context for filling item. */
} RectOvalItem;
/*
* Information used for parsing configuration specs:
*/
static Tk_CustomOption stateOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkStateParseProc,
TkStatePrintProc, (ClientData) 2
};
static Tk_CustomOption tagsOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc,
Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption dashOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkCanvasDashParseProc,
TkCanvasDashPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_CustomOption offsetOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkOffsetParseProc,
TkOffsetPrintProc, (ClientData) TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE
};
static Tk_CustomOption pixelOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkPixelParseProc,
TkPixelPrintProc, (ClientData) NULL
};
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activedash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activefill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, activeFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-activeoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activeoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-activestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, activeFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-activewidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.activeWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-dash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.dash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-dashoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.offset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-disableddash", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledDash),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &dashOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledfill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, disabledFillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-disabledoutline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledColor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledoutlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledStipple),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-disabledstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, disabledFillStipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-disabledwidth", NULL, NULL,
"0.0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.disabledWidth),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-fill", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, fillColor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-outline", NULL, NULL,
"black", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.color), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-outlineoffset", NULL, NULL,
"0,0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.tsoffset),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &offsetOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-outlinestipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.stipple), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-state", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tk_Item, state),TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &stateOption},
{TK_CONFIG_BITMAP, "-stipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, fillStipple),TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-tags", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, &tagsOption},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-width", NULL, NULL,
"1.0", Tk_Offset(RectOvalItem, outline.width),
TK_CONFIG_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, &pixelOption},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static void ComputeRectOvalBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas,
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr);
static int ConfigureRectOval(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[],
int flags);
static int CreateRectOval(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static void DeleteRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Display *display);
static void DisplayRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
Display *display, Drawable dst, int x, int y,
int width, int height);
static int OvalToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double *areaPtr);
static double OvalToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double *pointPtr);
static int RectOvalCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas,
Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]);
static int RectOvalToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass);
static int RectToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double *areaPtr);
static double RectToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double *pointPtr);
static void ScaleRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double originX, double originY,
double scaleX, double scaleY);
static void TranslateRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr,
double deltaX, double deltaY);
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
TranslateRectOval, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < < | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
TranslateRectOval, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* icursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
Tk_ItemType tkOvalType = {
"oval", /* name */
sizeof(RectOvalItem), /* itemSize */
CreateRectOval, /* createProc */
configSpecs, /* configSpecs */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
TranslateRectOval, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* cursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
| < < | 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
TranslateRectOval, /* translateProc */
NULL, /* indexProc */
NULL, /* cursorProc */
NULL, /* selectionProc */
NULL, /* insertProc */
NULL, /* dTextProc */
NULL, /* nextPtr */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateRectOval --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
static int
CreateRectOval(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
| | | | 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
static int
CreateRectOval(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to hold new item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been
* initialized by caller. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
int i;
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Panic("canvas did not pass any coords\n");
}
/*
* Carry out initialization that is needed in order to clean up after
* errors during the the remainder of this function.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
rectOvalPtr->fillGC = NULL;
/*
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
| | | 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
rectOvalPtr->fillGC = NULL;
/*
* Process the arguments to fill in the item record.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) {
break;
}
}
if ((RectOvalCoords(interp, canvas, itemPtr, i, objv) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
static int
RectOvalCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
| | | > | > | > | > | | > | | | < < | 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 |
static int
RectOvalCoords(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or
* modified. */
int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1,y1,x2,y2,... */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
/*
* If no coordinates, return the current coordinates (i.e. bounding box).
*/
if (objc == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *obj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, obj,
Tcl_NewDoubleObj(rectOvalPtr->bbox[0]));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, obj,
Tcl_NewDoubleObj(rectOvalPtr->bbox[1]));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, obj,
Tcl_NewDoubleObj(rectOvalPtr->bbox[2]));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, obj,
Tcl_NewDoubleObj(rectOvalPtr->bbox[3]));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, obj);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* If one "coordinate", treat as list of coordinates.
*/
if (objc == 1) {
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[0], &objc,
(Tcl_Obj ***) &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Better have four coordinates now. Spit out an error message otherwise.
*/
if (objc != 4) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 4, got %d", objc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Parse the coordinates and update our bounding box.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
396 397 398 399 400 401 402 |
static int
ConfigureRectOval(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
| | | | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 |
static int
ConfigureRectOval(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */
int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC newGC;
unsigned long mask;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset;
XColor *color;
Pixmap stipple;
Tk_State state;
tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas);
if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc,
(CONST char **)objv, (char *) rectOvalPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
state = itemPtr->state;
/*
* A few of the options require additional processing, such as graphics
* contexts.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
475 476 477 478 479 480 481 |
}
if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), rectOvalPtr->outline.gc);
}
rectOvalPtr->outline.gc = newGC;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| | | | 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 |
}
if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), rectOvalPtr->outline.gc);
}
rectOvalPtr->outline.gc = newGC;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
ComputeRectOvalBbox(canvas, rectOvalPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
color = rectOvalPtr->fillColor;
stipple = rectOvalPtr->fillStipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) {
color = rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor;
}
if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple!=None) {
stipple = rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
513 514 515 516 517 518 519 |
gcValues.fill_style = FillStippled;
mask = GCForeground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
} else {
mask = GCForeground;
}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
| | | | 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 |
gcValues.fill_style = FillStippled;
mask = GCForeground|GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
} else {
mask = GCForeground;
}
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
* Mac OS X CG drawing needs access to the outline linewidth
* even for fills (as linewidth controls antialiasing).
*/
gcValues.line_width = rectOvalPtr->outline.gc != NULL ?
rectOvalPtr->outline.gc->line_width : 0;
mask |= GCLineWidth;
#endif
newGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
575 576 577 578 579 580 581 |
static void
DeleteRectOval(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
| < | 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 |
static void
DeleteRectOval(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Info about overall widget. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item that is being deleted. */
Display *display) /* Display containing window for canvas. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
Tk_DeleteOutline(display, &(rectOvalPtr->outline));
if (rectOvalPtr->fillColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(rectOvalPtr->fillColor);
}
if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor != NULL) {
Tk_FreeColor(rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeRectOvalBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int bloat, tmp;
double dtmp, width;
Tk_State state = rectOvalPtr->header.state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| > | | | 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
*
* Side effects:
* The fields x1, y1, x2, and y2 are updated in the header for itemPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
ComputeRectOvalBbox(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas that contains item. */
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr) /* Item whose bbox is to be recomputed. */
{
int bloat, tmp;
double dtmp, width;
Tk_State state = rectOvalPtr->header.state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = rectOvalPtr->outline.width;
if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) {
rectOvalPtr->header.x1 = rectOvalPtr->header.y1 =
rectOvalPtr->header.x2 = rectOvalPtr->header.y2 = -1;
return;
}
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)rectOvalPtr) {
if (rectOvalPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = rectOvalPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (rectOvalPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = rectOvalPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
671 672 673 674 675 676 677 |
if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc == NULL) {
/*
* The Win32 switch was added for 8.3 to solve a problem with ovals
* leaving traces on bottom and right of 1 pixel. This may not be the
* correct place to solve it, but it works.
*/
| | | | | 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
if (rectOvalPtr->outline.gc == NULL) {
/*
* The Win32 switch was added for 8.3 to solve a problem with ovals
* leaving traces on bottom and right of 1 pixel. This may not be the
* correct place to solve it, but it works.
*/
#ifdef __WIN32__
bloat = 1;
#else
bloat = 0;
#endif
} else {
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
* Mac OS X CoreGraphics needs correct rounding here otherwise it will
* draw outside the bounding box. Probably correct on other platforms
* as well?
*/
bloat = (int) (width+1.5)/2;
#else
bloat = (int) (width+1)/2;
#endif
}
/*
* Special note: the rectangle is always drawn at least 1x1 in size, so
* round up the upper coordinates to be at least 1 unit greater than the
* lower ones.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
748 749 750 751 752 753 754 |
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
short x1, y1, x2, y2;
Pixmap fillStipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
| < < < < | | | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 |
/* Describes region of canvas that must be
* redisplayed (not used). */
{
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
short x1, y1, x2, y2;
Pixmap fillStipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
/*
* Compute the screen coordinates of the bounding box for the item. Make
* sure that the bbox is at least one pixel large, since some X servers
* will die if it isn't.
*/
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[0], rectOvalPtr->bbox[1],
&x1, &y1);
Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[2], rectOvalPtr->bbox[3],
&x2, &y2);
if (x2 <= x1) {
x2 = x1+1;
}
if (y2 <= y1) {
y2 = y1+1;
}
/*
* Display filled part first (if wanted), then outline. If we're
* stippling, then modify the stipple offset in the GC. Be sure to reset
* the offset when done, since the GC is supposed to be read-only.
*/
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->fillStipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)rectOvalPtr) {
if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple != None) {
fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (rectOvalPtr->disabledFillStipple != None) {
fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static double
RectToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double xDiff, yDiff, x1, y1, x2, y2, inc, tmp;
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| > | | | 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
RectToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double xDiff, yDiff, x1, y1, x2, y2, inc, tmp;
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = rectPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (rectPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = rectPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static double
OvalToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
RectOvalItem *ovalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double width;
int filled;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| > | | | 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static double
OvalToPoint(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against point. */
double *pointPtr) /* Pointer to x and y coordinates. */
{
RectOvalItem *ovalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double width;
int filled;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = (double) ovalPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = (double) ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = (double) ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
RectToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *areaPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double halfWidth;
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
| > | | | | | 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
RectToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against rectangle. */
double *areaPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
RectOvalItem *rectPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double halfWidth;
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = rectPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (rectPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = rectPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
halfWidth = width/2.0;
if (rectPtr->outline.gc == NULL) {
halfWidth = 0.0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
OvalToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against oval. */
double *areaPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
RectOvalItem *ovalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
| > | > | | | | | 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
OvalToArea(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing item. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item to check against oval. */
double *areaPtr) /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */
{
RectOvalItem *ovalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double oval[4], halfWidth;
int result;
double width;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
width = ovalPtr->outline.width;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) {
width = ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth;
}
} else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) {
width = ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth;
}
}
/*
* Expand the oval to include the width of the outline, if any.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 |
&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta1) < 1.0)
&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta2) < 1.0)) {
return -1;
}
}
return result;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 |
&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta1) < 1.0)
&& ((xDelta2 + yDelta2) < 1.0)) {
return -1;
}
}
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleRectOval --
*
* This function is invoked to rescale a rectangle or oval item.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
| | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < | < | | | 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about overall canvas. */
Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item for which Postscript is wanted. */
int prepass) /* 1 means this is a prepass to collect font
* information; 0 means final Postscript is
* being created. */
{
char pathCmd[500];
RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr;
double y1, y2;
XColor *color;
XColor *fillColor;
Pixmap fillStipple;
Tk_State state = itemPtr->state;
y1 = Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[1]);
y2 = Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, rectOvalPtr->bbox[3]);
/*
* Generate a string that creates a path for the rectangle or oval. This
* is the only part of the function's code that is type-specific.
*/
if (rectOvalPtr->header.typePtr == &tkRectangleType) {
sprintf(pathCmd, "%.15g %.15g moveto %.15g 0 rlineto 0 %.15g rlineto %.15g 0 rlineto closepath\n",
rectOvalPtr->bbox[0], y1,
rectOvalPtr->bbox[2]-rectOvalPtr->bbox[0], y2-y1,
rectOvalPtr->bbox[0]-rectOvalPtr->bbox[2]);
} else {
sprintf(pathCmd, "matrix currentmatrix\n%.15g %.15g translate %.15g %.15g scale 1 0 moveto 0 0 1 0 360 arc\nsetmatrix\n",
(rectOvalPtr->bbox[0] + rectOvalPtr->bbox[2])/2, (y1 + y2)/2,
(rectOvalPtr->bbox[2] - rectOvalPtr->bbox[0])/2, (y1 - y2)/2);
}
if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) {
state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state;
}
color = rectOvalPtr->outline.color;
fillColor = rectOvalPtr->fillColor;
fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->fillStipple;
if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) {
if (rectOvalPtr->outline.activeColor!=NULL) {
color = rectOvalPtr->outline.activeColor;
}
if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) {
fillColor = rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor;
}
if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple!=None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 |
fillColor = rectOvalPtr->disabledFillColor;
}
if (rectOvalPtr->disabledFillStipple!=None) {
fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < | | < > | | > > | < < < | | < | | < | < > > | | < < < < < < < < | 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 |
fillColor = rectOvalPtr->disabledFillColor;
}
if (rectOvalPtr->disabledFillStipple!=None) {
fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->disabledFillStipple;
}
}
/*
* First draw the filled area of the rectangle.
*/
if (fillColor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pathCmd, NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsColor(interp, canvas, fillColor) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (fillStipple != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "clip ", NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsStipple(interp, canvas, fillStipple) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (color != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "grestore gsave\n", NULL);
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "fill\n", NULL);
}
}
/*
* Now draw the outline, if there is one.
*/
if (color != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pathCmd, "0 setlinejoin 2 setlinecap\n",
NULL);
if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr,
&(rectOvalPtr->outline))!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkScale.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | | < < < < | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 |
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"
/*
* The following table defines the legal values for the -orient option. It is
* used together with the "enum orient" declaration in tkScale.h.
*/
static const char *const orientStrings[] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
static const char *const stateStrings[] = {
"active", "disabled", "normal", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
static const char *const stateStrings[] = {
"active", "disabled", "normal", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, activeBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_SCALE_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, bgBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-bigincrement", "bigIncrement", "BigIncrement",
DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, bigIncrement),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth", 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, borderWidth),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_SCALE_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, command),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_SCALE_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-digits", "digits", "Digits",
DEF_SCALE_DIGITS, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, digits),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_SCALE_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, tkfont), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, textColorPtr), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", DEF_SCALE_FROM, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkScale, fromValue), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, highlightBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkScale, highlightWidth), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-label", "label", "Label",
DEF_SCALE_LABEL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, label),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, length), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
DEF_SCALE_ORIENT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, orient),
0, (ClientData) orientStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_SCALE_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, repeatDelay),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, repeatInterval),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-resolution", "resolution", "Resolution",
DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, resolution),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-showvalue", "showValue", "ShowValue",
DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, showValue),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-sliderlength", "sliderLength", "SliderLength",
DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, sliderLength),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-sliderrelief", "sliderRelief", "SliderRelief",
DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, sliderRelief),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_SCALE_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkScale, takeFocusPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-tickinterval", "tickInterval", "TickInterval",
DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, tickInterval),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
DEF_SCALE_TO, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, toValue), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, troughColorPtr),
0, (ClientData) DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE, Tk_Offset(TkScale, varNamePtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_SCALE_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkScale, width), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* The following tables define the scale widget commands and map the indexes
* into the string tables into a single enumerated type used to dispatch the
* scale widget command.
*/
static const char *commandNames[] = {
"cget", "configure", "coords", "get", "identify", "set", NULL
};
enum command {
COMMAND_CGET, COMMAND_CONFIGURE, COMMAND_COORDS, COMMAND_GET,
COMMAND_IDENTIFY, COMMAND_SET
};
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
static void ComputeFormat(TkScale *scalePtr);
static void ComputeScaleGeometry(TkScale *scalePtr);
static int ConfigureScale(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkScale *scalePtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void DestroyScale(char *memPtr);
static void ScaleCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static void ScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static char * ScaleVarProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1,
const char *name2, int flags);
static int ScaleWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void ScaleWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData);
static void ScaleSetVariable(TkScale *scalePtr);
/*
* The structure below defines scale class behavior by means of procedures
* that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static Tk_ClassProcs scaleClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
ScaleWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ScaleObjCmd --
*
* This procedure is invoked to process the "scale" Tcl command. See the
* user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ScaleObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
register TkScale *scalePtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
*/
scalePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
scalePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
scalePtr->interp = interp;
scalePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(scalePtr->tkwin), ScaleWidgetObjCmd,
| | | 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 |
*/
scalePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
scalePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
scalePtr->interp = interp;
scalePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(scalePtr->tkwin), ScaleWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) scalePtr, ScaleCmdDeletedProc);
scalePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
scalePtr->orient = ORIENT_VERTICAL;
scalePtr->width = 0;
scalePtr->length = 0;
scalePtr->value = 0.0;
scalePtr->varNamePtr = NULL;
scalePtr->fromValue = 0.0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
335 336 337 338 339 340 341 |
scalePtr->vertTroughX = 0;
scalePtr->vertLabelX = 0;
scalePtr->fontHeight = 0;
scalePtr->cursor = NULL;
scalePtr->takeFocusPtr = NULL;
scalePtr->flags = NEVER_SET;
| | | | < < < | < < < | 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 |
scalePtr->vertTroughX = 0;
scalePtr->vertLabelX = 0;
scalePtr->fontHeight = 0;
scalePtr->cursor = NULL;
scalePtr->takeFocusPtr = NULL;
scalePtr->flags = NEVER_SET;
Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, (ClientData) scalePtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(scalePtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
ScaleEventProc, (ClientData) scalePtr);
if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) ||
(ConfigureScale(interp, scalePtr, objc - 2, objv + 2) != TCL_OK)) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(scalePtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(scalePtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
static int
ScaleWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about scale widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
| | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 |
static int
ScaleWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about scale widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
int index, result;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], commandNames,
"option", 0, &index);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return result;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
switch (index) {
case COMMAND_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cget option");
goto error;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
scalePtr->optionTable, objv[2], scalePtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
break;
case COMMAND_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
scalePtr->optionTable,
(objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, scalePtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
goto error;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureScale(interp, scalePtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
case COMMAND_COORDS: {
int x, y ;
double value;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "coords ?value?");
goto error;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &value) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
+ scalePtr->borderWidth;
y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
} else {
x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
y = scalePtr->horizTroughY + scalePtr->width/2
+ scalePtr->borderWidth;
}
| | < | > > | | < | > | > > | > > | > > < | | | 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
+ scalePtr->borderWidth;
y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
} else {
x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
y = scalePtr->horizTroughY + scalePtr->width/2
+ scalePtr->borderWidth;
}
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", x, y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
case COMMAND_GET: {
double value;
int x, y;
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get ?x y?");
goto error;
}
if (objc == 2) {
value = scalePtr->value;
} else {
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK) ||
(Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
value = TkScalePixelToValue(scalePtr, x, y);
}
sprintf(buf, scalePtr->format, value);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
case COMMAND_IDENTIFY: {
int x, y, thing;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "identify x y");
goto error;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
thing = TkpScaleElement(scalePtr, x,y);
switch (thing) {
case TROUGH1:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "trough1", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case SLIDER:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "slider", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case TROUGH2:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "trough2", TCL_STATIC);
break;
}
break;
}
case COMMAND_SET: {
double value;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set value");
goto error;
}
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &value) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (scalePtr->state != STATE_DISABLED) {
TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, value, 1, 1);
}
break;
}
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
return result;
error:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyScale --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
537 538 539 540 541 542 543 | * Everything associated with the scale is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyScale( | | | | | | | | 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
* Everything associated with the scale is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyScale(
char *memPtr) /* Info about scale widget. */
{
register TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) memPtr;
scalePtr->flags |= SCALE_DELETED;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->widgetCmd);
if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScale, (ClientData) scalePtr);
}
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(scalePtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ScaleVarProc, (ClientData) scalePtr);
}
if (scalePtr->troughGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->troughGC);
}
if (scalePtr->copyGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->copyGC);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureScale(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | | | | | | 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureScale(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL;
int error;
double varValue;
/*
* Eliminate any existing trace on a variable monitored by the scale.
*/
if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ScaleVarProc, (ClientData) scalePtr);
}
for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) {
if (!error) {
/*
* First pass: set options to new values.
*/
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr,
scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv,
scalePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
} else {
/*
* Second pass: restore options to old values.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
651 652 653 654 655 656 657 |
double value;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if ((valuePtr != NULL) &&
(Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &value) == TCL_OK)) {
| | | | | | > > | | | < | | 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
double value;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if ((valuePtr != NULL) &&
(Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, valuePtr, &value) == TCL_OK)) {
scalePtr->value = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value);
}
}
/*
* Several options need special processing, such as parsing the
* orientation and creating GCs.
*/
scalePtr->fromValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr,
scalePtr->fromValue);
scalePtr->toValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, scalePtr->toValue);
scalePtr->tickInterval = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr,
scalePtr->tickInterval);
/*
* Make sure that the tick interval has the right sign so that
* addition moves from fromValue to toValue.
*/
if ((scalePtr->tickInterval < 0)
^ ((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue) < 0)) {
scalePtr->tickInterval = -scalePtr->tickInterval;
}
ComputeFormat(scalePtr);
scalePtr->labelLength = scalePtr->label ? (int)strlen(scalePtr->label) : 0;
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(scalePtr->tkwin, scalePtr->bgBorder);
if (scalePtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
scalePtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
scalePtr->inset = scalePtr->highlightWidth + scalePtr->borderWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
720 721 722 723 724 725 726 |
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if ((valuePtr == NULL) || (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL,
valuePtr, &varValue) != TCL_OK)) {
ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
} else {
char varString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE], scaleString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
| | | | | | | | | 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if ((valuePtr == NULL) || (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL,
valuePtr, &varValue) != TCL_OK)) {
ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
} else {
char varString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE], scaleString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
sprintf(varString, scalePtr->format, varValue);
sprintf(scaleString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);
if (strcmp(varString, scaleString)) {
ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
}
}
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ScaleVarProc, (ClientData) scalePtr);
}
ScaleWorldChanged((ClientData) scalePtr);
if (error) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
764 765 766 767 768 769 770 |
static void
ScaleWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
| | > > | 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 |
static void
ScaleWorldChanged(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC gc;
TkScale *scalePtr;
scalePtr = (TkScale *) instanceData;
gcValues.foreground = scalePtr->troughColorPtr->pixel;
gc = Tk_GetGC(scalePtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
if (scalePtr->troughGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->troughGC);
}
scalePtr->troughGC = gc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
* know how much space is needed now.
*/
ComputeScaleGeometry(scalePtr);
TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL);
}
| | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > | | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 |
* know how much space is needed now.
*/
ComputeScaleGeometry(scalePtr);
TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ComputeFormat --
*
* This procedure is invoked to recompute the "format" field of a scale's
* widget record, which determines how the value of the scale is
* converted to a string.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The format field of scalePtr is modified.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeFormat(
TkScale *scalePtr) /* Information about scale widget. */
{
double maxValue, x;
int mostSigDigit, numDigits, leastSigDigit, afterDecimal;
int eDigits, fDigits;
/*
* Compute the displacement from the decimal of the most significant digit
* required for any number in the scale's range.
*/
maxValue = fabs(scalePtr->fromValue);
x = fabs(scalePtr->toValue);
if (x > maxValue) {
maxValue = x;
}
if (maxValue == 0) {
maxValue = 1;
}
mostSigDigit = (int) floor(log10(maxValue));
/*
* If the number of significant digits wasn't specified explicitly,
* compute it. It's the difference between the most significant digit
* needed to represent any number on the scale and the most significant
* digit of the smallest difference between numbers on the scale. In other
* words, display enough digits so that at least one digit will be
* different between any two adjacent positions of the scale.
*/
numDigits = scalePtr->digits;
if (numDigits > TCL_MAX_PREC) {
numDigits = 0;
}
if (numDigits <= 0) {
if (scalePtr->resolution > 0) {
/*
* A resolution was specified for the scale, so just use it.
*/
leastSigDigit = (int) floor(log10(scalePtr->resolution));
} else {
/*
* No resolution was specified, so compute the difference in value
* between adjacent pixels and use it for the least significant
* digit.
*/
x = fabs(scalePtr->fromValue - scalePtr->toValue);
if (scalePtr->length > 0) {
x /= scalePtr->length;
}
if (x > 0){
leastSigDigit = (int) floor(log10(x));
} else {
leastSigDigit = 0;
}
}
numDigits = mostSigDigit - leastSigDigit + 1;
if (numDigits < 1) {
numDigits = 1;
}
}
/*
* Compute the number of characters required using "e" format and "f"
* format, and then choose whichever one takes fewer characters.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
977 978 979 980 981 982 983 |
fDigits = (mostSigDigit >= 0) ? mostSigDigit + afterDecimal : afterDecimal;
if (afterDecimal > 0) {
fDigits++; /* Decimal point. */
}
if (mostSigDigit < 0) {
fDigits++; /* Zero to left of decimal point. */
}
| < < | | | | < < < < < < < | 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 |
fDigits = (mostSigDigit >= 0) ? mostSigDigit + afterDecimal : afterDecimal;
if (afterDecimal > 0) {
fDigits++; /* Decimal point. */
}
if (mostSigDigit < 0) {
fDigits++; /* Zero to left of decimal point. */
}
if (fDigits <= eDigits) {
sprintf(scalePtr->format, "%%.%df", afterDecimal);
} else {
sprintf(scalePtr->format, "%%.%de", numDigits-1);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ComputeScaleGeometry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 | * gets told about the window's preferred size. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ComputeScaleGeometry( | | | | 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 |
* gets told about the window's preferred size.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ComputeScaleGeometry(
register TkScale *scalePtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
int tmp, valuePixels, x, y, extraSpace;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
scalePtr->fontHeight = fm.linespace + SPACING;
/*
* Horizontal scales are simpler than vertical ones because all sizes are
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 |
/*
* Vertical scale: compute the amount of space needed to display the
* scales value by formatting strings for the two end points; use
* whichever length is longer.
*/
| < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 |
/*
* Vertical scale: compute the amount of space needed to display the
* scales value by formatting strings for the two end points; use
* whichever length is longer.
*/
sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->fromValue);
valuePixels = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->toValue);
tmp = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
if (valuePixels < tmp) {
valuePixels = tmp;
}
/*
* Assign x-locations to the elements of the scale, working from left to
* right.
*/
x = scalePtr->inset;
if ((scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) && (scalePtr->showValue)) {
scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + valuePixels;
scalePtr->vertValueRightX = scalePtr->vertTickRightX + valuePixels
+ fm.ascent/2;
x = scalePtr->vertValueRightX + SPACING;
} else if (scalePtr->tickInterval != 0) {
scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x + SPACING + valuePixels;
scalePtr->vertValueRightX = scalePtr->vertTickRightX;
x = scalePtr->vertTickRightX + SPACING;
} else if (scalePtr->showValue) {
scalePtr->vertTickRightX = x;
scalePtr->vertValueRightX = x + SPACING + valuePixels;
x = scalePtr->vertValueRightX + SPACING;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 |
*/
static void
ScaleEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 |
*/
static void
ScaleEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL);
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
DestroyScale((char *) clientData);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
ComputeScaleGeometry(scalePtr);
TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL);
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
scalePtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS;
if (scalePtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ScaleCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ScaleCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
/*
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this procedure destroys the
* widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 | * be redrawn. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkEventuallyRedrawScale( | | | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 |
* be redrawn.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkEventuallyRedrawScale(
register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about widget. */
int what) /* What to redraw: REDRAW_SLIDER or
* REDRAW_ALL. */
{
if ((what == 0) || (scalePtr->tkwin == NULL)
|| !Tk_IsMapped(scalePtr->tkwin)) {
return;
}
if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
scalePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScale, (ClientData) scalePtr);
}
scalePtr->flags |= what;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkRoundToResolution --
*
* Round a given floating-point value to the nearest multiple of the
* scale's resolution.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the rounded result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
double
TkRoundToResolution(
TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about scale widget. */
double value) /* Value to round. */
{
double rem, rounded, tick;
if (scalePtr->resolution <= 0) {
return value;
}
tick = floor(value/scalePtr->resolution);
rounded = scalePtr->resolution * tick;
rem = value - rounded;
if (rem < 0) {
if (rem <= -scalePtr->resolution/2) {
rounded = (tick - 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution;
}
} else {
if (rem >= scalePtr->resolution/2) {
rounded = (tick + 1.0) * scalePtr->resolution;
}
}
return rounded;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 |
* The value displayed in the scale will change to match the variable's
* new value. If the variable has a bogus value then it is reset to the
* value of the scale.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
ScaleVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
| > | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 |
* The value displayed in the scale will change to match the variable's
* new value. If the variable has a bogus value then it is reset to the
* value of the scale.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static char *
ScaleVarProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */
const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
register TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
char *resultStr;
double value;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
int result;
/*
* If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole
* interpreter is going away.
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_UNSETS) {
if ((flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) && !(flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED)) {
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
ScaleVarProc, clientData);
scalePtr->flags |= NEVER_SET;
TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, scalePtr->value, 1, 0);
}
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 |
valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
result = Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &value);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
resultStr = "can't assign non-numeric value to scale variable";
ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
} else {
| | | | 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 |
valuePtr = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
result = Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &value);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
resultStr = "can't assign non-numeric value to scale variable";
ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
} else {
scalePtr->value = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value);
/*
* This code is a bit tricky because it sets the scale's value before
* calling TkScaleSetValue. This way, TkScaleSetValue won't bother to
* set the variable again or to invoke the -command. However, it also
* won't redisplay the scale, so we have to ask for that explicitly.
*/
TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, scalePtr->value, 1, 0);
}
TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_SLIDER);
return resultStr;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkScaleSetValue --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 | * may also be invoked. The scale's slider is redrawn. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkScaleSetValue( | | | < < < < < < < | | 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 |
* may also be invoked. The scale's slider is redrawn.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkScaleSetValue(
register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Info about widget. */
double value, /* New value for scale. Gets adjusted if it's
* off the scale. */
int setVar, /* Non-zero means reflect new value through to
* associated variable, if any. */
int invokeCommand) /* Non-zero means invoked -command option to
* notify of new value, 0 means don't. */
{
value = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value);
if ((value < scalePtr->fromValue)
^ (scalePtr->toValue < scalePtr->fromValue)) {
value = scalePtr->fromValue;
}
if ((value > scalePtr->toValue)
^ (scalePtr->toValue < scalePtr->fromValue)) {
value = scalePtr->toValue;
}
if (scalePtr->flags & NEVER_SET) {
scalePtr->flags &= ~NEVER_SET;
} else if (scalePtr->value == value) {
return;
}
scalePtr->value = value;
if (invokeCommand) {
scalePtr->flags |= INVOKE_COMMAND;
}
TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_SLIDER);
if (setVar && scalePtr->varNamePtr) {
ScaleSetVariable(scalePtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 | * Other write traces on the variable will trigger. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ScaleSetVariable( | | < | < < | 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 |
* Other write traces on the variable will trigger.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ScaleSetVariable(
register TkScale *scalePtr) /* Info about widget. */
{
if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) {
char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);
scalePtr->flags |= SETTING_VAR;
Tcl_ObjSetVar2(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->varNamePtr, NULL,
Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
scalePtr->flags &= ~SETTING_VAR;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ double TkScalePixelToValue( | | | 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
double
TkScalePixelToValue(
register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about widget. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates of point within window. */
{
double value, pixelRange;
if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
pixelRange = Tk_Height(scalePtr->tkwin) - scalePtr->sliderLength
- 2*scalePtr->inset - 2*scalePtr->borderWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 |
value = 0;
}
if (value > 1) {
value = 1;
}
value = scalePtr->fromValue +
value * (scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue);
| | | 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 |
value = 0;
}
if (value > 1) {
value = 1;
}
value = scalePtr->fromValue +
value * (scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue);
return TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, value);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkScaleValueToPixel --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkScaleValueToPixel( | | | | | 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkScaleValueToPixel(
register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about widget. */
double value) /* Reading of the widget. */
{
int y, pixelRange;
double valueRange;
valueRange = scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue;
pixelRange = ((scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL)
? Tk_Height(scalePtr->tkwin) : Tk_Width(scalePtr->tkwin))
- scalePtr->sliderLength - 2*scalePtr->inset - 2*scalePtr->borderWidth;
if (valueRange == 0) {
y = 0;
} else {
y = (int) ((value - scalePtr->fromValue) * pixelRange
/ valueRange + 0.5);
if (y < 0) {
y = 0;
} else if (y > pixelRange) {
y = pixelRange;
}
}
y += scalePtr->sliderLength/2 + scalePtr->inset + scalePtr->borderWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkScale.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
#ifndef _TKSCALE
#define _TKSCALE
#ifndef _TKINT
#include "tkInt.h"
#endif
/*
* Legal values for the "orient" field of TkScale records.
*/
enum orient {
ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, ORIENT_VERTICAL
};
| > > > > > | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
#ifndef _TKSCALE
#define _TKSCALE
#ifndef _TKINT
#include "tkInt.h"
#endif
#ifdef BUILD_tk
# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
* Legal values for the "orient" field of TkScale records.
*/
enum orient {
ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, ORIENT_VERTICAL
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
* display any tick marks. */
double resolution; /* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
* multiple of this value. */
int digits; /* Number of significant digits to print in
* values. 0 means we get to choose the number
* based on resolution and/or the range of the
* scale. */
| | < < | | 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
* display any tick marks. */
double resolution; /* If > 0, all values are rounded to an even
* multiple of this value. */
int digits; /* Number of significant digits to print in
* values. 0 means we get to choose the number
* based on resolution and/or the range of the
* scale. */
char format[16]; /* Sprintf conversion specifier computed from
* digits and other information. */
double bigIncrement; /* Amount to use for large increments to scale
* value. (0 means we pick a value). */
char *command; /* Command prefix to use when invoking Tcl
* commands because the scale value changed.
* NULL means don't invoke commands. */
int repeatDelay; /* How long to wait before auto-repeating on
* scrolling actions (in ms). */
int repeatInterval; /* Interval between autorepeats (in ms). */
char *label; /* Label to display above or to right of
* scale; NULL means don't display a label. */
int labelLength; /* Number of non-NULL chars. in label. */
enum state state; /* Values are active, normal, or disabled.
* Value of scale cannot be changed when
* disabled. */
/*
* Information used when displaying widget:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 | /* * Space to leave between scale area and text, and between text and edge of * window. */ #define SPACING 2 | < < < < < < < < | < > > > | 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 | /* * Space to leave between scale area and text, and between text and edge of * window. */ #define SPACING 2 /* * Declaration of procedures used in the implementation of the scale widget. */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkEventuallyRedrawScale(TkScale *scalePtr, int what); MODULE_SCOPE double TkRoundToResolution(TkScale *scalePtr, double value); MODULE_SCOPE TkScale * TkpCreateScale(Tk_Window tkwin); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDestroyScale(TkScale *scalePtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDisplayScale(ClientData clientData); MODULE_SCOPE int TkpScaleElement(TkScale *scalePtr, int x, int y); MODULE_SCOPE void TkScaleSetValue(TkScale *scalePtr, double value, int setVar, int invokeCommand); MODULE_SCOPE double TkScalePixelToValue(TkScale *scalePtr, int x, int y); MODULE_SCOPE int TkScaleValueToPixel(TkScale *scalePtr, double value); # undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKSCALE */ |
Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | #include "tkScrollbar.h" #include "default.h" /* * Custom option for handling "-orient" */ | | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 |
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "default.h"
/*
* Custom option for handling "-orient"
*/
static Tk_CustomOption orientOption = {
(Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkOrientParseProc,
TkOrientPrintProc,
(ClientData) NULL
};
/* non-const space for "-width" default value for scrollbars */
char tkDefScrollbarWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE] = DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH;
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = {
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, activeBorder),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-activebackground", "activeBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, activeBorder),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-activerelief", "activeRelief", "Relief",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_ACTIVE_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, activeRelief), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, bgBorder),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_BG_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, bgBorder),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bd", "borderWidth", NULL, NULL, 0, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_SYNONYM, "-bg", "background", NULL, NULL, 0, 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_BORDER_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, borderWidth), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_COMMAND, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, command),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_ACTIVE_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_CURSOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, cursor), TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-elementborderwidth", "elementBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_SCROLLBAR_EL_BORDER_WIDTH,
Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, elementBorderWidth), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, highlightBgColorPtr), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT,
Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, highlightColorPtr), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, highlightWidth), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_BOOLEAN, "-jump", "jump", "Jump",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, jump), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_CUSTOM, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, vertical), 0,
&orientOption},
{TK_CONFIG_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, relief), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-repeatdelay", "repeatDelay", "RepeatDelay",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, repeatDelay), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_INT, "-repeatinterval", "repeatInterval", "RepeatInterval",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, repeatInterval), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, takeFocus),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, troughColorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_COLOR_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_COLOR, "-troughcolor", "troughColor", "Background",
DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, troughColorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_MONO_ONLY},
{TK_CONFIG_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
tkDefScrollbarWidth, Tk_Offset(TkScrollbar, width), 0},
{TK_CONFIG_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static int ConfigureScrollbar(Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, int argc,
CONST char **argv, int flags);
static void ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int ScrollbarWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *, int argc, CONST char **argv);
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ScrollbarCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "scrollbar" Tcl command. See
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_ScrollbarCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr;
Tk_Window newWin;
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], " pathName ?options?\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
newWin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, tkwin, argv[1], NULL);
if (newWin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(newWin, "Scrollbar");
scrollPtr = TkpCreateScrollbar(newWin);
Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &tkpScrollbarProcs, (ClientData) scrollPtr);
/*
* Initialize fields that won't be initialized by ConfigureScrollbar, or
* which ConfigureScrollbar expects to have reasonable values (e.g.
* resource pointers).
*/
scrollPtr->tkwin = newWin;
scrollPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
scrollPtr->interp = interp;
scrollPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(scrollPtr->tkwin), ScrollbarWidgetCmd,
(ClientData) scrollPtr, ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc);
scrollPtr->vertical = 0;
scrollPtr->width = 0;
scrollPtr->command = NULL;
scrollPtr->commandSize = 0;
scrollPtr->repeatDelay = 0;
scrollPtr->repeatInterval = 0;
scrollPtr->borderWidth = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
scrollPtr->inset = 0;
scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
| < < | | | | | | | | | < < < < | < < < | > | < < < < < < < < < < | < < > > > | < | < < | > > | > > | > > < | > | | > | | | | < < > | > | > | | < < > | | | | | < < < > | > | > | | | > | < | < | > | > | | | | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 |
scrollPtr->inset = 0;
scrollPtr->elementBorderWidth = -1;
scrollPtr->arrowLength = 0;
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
scrollPtr->sliderLast = 0;
scrollPtr->activeField = 0;
scrollPtr->activeRelief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
scrollPtr->totalUnits = 0;
scrollPtr->windowUnits = 0;
scrollPtr->firstUnit = 0;
scrollPtr->lastUnit = 0;
scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
scrollPtr->lastFraction = 0.0;
scrollPtr->cursor = NULL;
scrollPtr->takeFocus = NULL;
scrollPtr->flags = 0;
if (ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, argc-2, argv+2, 0) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(scrollPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(scrollPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScrollbarWidgetCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the Tcl command that corresponds
* to a widget managed by this module. See the user documentation for
* details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ScrollbarWidgetCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about scrollbar widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
int result = TCL_OK;
size_t length;
int c;
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], " option ?arg arg ...?\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scrollPtr);
c = argv[1][0];
length = strlen(argv[1]);
if ((c == 'a') && (strncmp(argv[1], "activate", length) == 0)) {
int oldActiveField;
if (argc == 2) {
switch (scrollPtr->activeField) {
case TOP_ARROW:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "arrow1", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case SLIDER:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "slider", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case BOTTOM_ARROW:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "arrow2", TCL_STATIC);
break;
}
goto done;
}
if (argc != 3) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], " activate element\"", NULL);
goto error;
}
c = argv[2][0];
length = strlen(argv[2]);
oldActiveField = scrollPtr->activeField;
if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(argv[2], "arrow1") == 0)) {
scrollPtr->activeField = TOP_ARROW;
} else if ((c == 'a') && (strcmp(argv[2], "arrow2") == 0)) {
scrollPtr->activeField = BOTTOM_ARROW;
} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(argv[2], "slider", length) == 0)) {
scrollPtr->activeField = SLIDER;
} else {
scrollPtr->activeField = OUTSIDE;
}
if (oldActiveField != scrollPtr->activeField) {
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
}
} else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "cget", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 2)) {
if (argc != 3) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], " cget option\"",
NULL);
goto error;
}
result = Tk_ConfigureValue(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin,
configSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr, argv[2], 0);
} else if ((c == 'c') && (strncmp(argv[1], "configure", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 2)) {
if (argc == 2) {
result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin,
configSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr, NULL, 0);
} else if (argc == 3) {
result = Tk_ConfigureInfo(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin,
configSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr, argv[2], 0);
} else {
result = ConfigureScrollbar(interp, scrollPtr, argc-2, argv+2,
TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY);
}
} else if ((c == 'd') && (strncmp(argv[1], "delta", length) == 0)) {
int xDelta, yDelta, pixels, length;
double fraction;
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
if (argc != 4) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], " delta xDelta yDelta\"", NULL);
goto error;
}
if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &xDelta) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &yDelta) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
pixels = yDelta;
length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin) - 1
- 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
} else {
pixels = xDelta;
length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin) - 1
- 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
}
if (length == 0) {
fraction = 0.0;
} else {
fraction = ((double) pixels / (double) length);
}
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, fraction, buf);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
} else if ((c == 'f') && (strncmp(argv[1], "fraction", length) == 0)) {
int x, y, pos, length;
double fraction;
char buf[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
if (argc != 4) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], " fraction x y\"", NULL);
goto error;
}
if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
pos = y - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin) - 1
- 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
fraction = ((double) pos / (double) length);
}
if (fraction < 0) {
fraction = 0;
} else if (fraction > 1.0) {
fraction = 1.0;
}
| > | < < < < | | | > < | > | < | | | | > | < > | | | < | < > | | > > > > > > < < < < < < | | > | > > | > > | > > | > > | < | | | > > | | | | < | | < | | | | | < > | > > < | > > > > | | | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 |
fraction = ((double) pos / (double) length);
}
if (fraction < 0) {
fraction = 0;
} else if (fraction > 1.0) {
fraction = 1.0;
}
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, fraction, buf);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
} else if ((c == 'g') && (strncmp(argv[1], "get", length) == 0)) {
if (argc != 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], " get\"", NULL);
goto error;
}
if (scrollPtr->flags & NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS) {
char first[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE], last[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, scrollPtr->firstFraction, first);
Tcl_PrintDouble(interp, scrollPtr->lastFraction, last);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, first, " ", last, NULL);
} else {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", scrollPtr->totalUnits,
scrollPtr->windowUnits, scrollPtr->firstUnit,
scrollPtr->lastUnit);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
} else if ((c == 'i') && (strncmp(argv[1], "identify", length) == 0)) {
int x, y, thing;
if (argc != 4) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], " identify x y\"", NULL);
goto error;
}
if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)) {
goto error;
}
thing = TkpScrollbarPosition(scrollPtr, x,y);
switch (thing) {
case TOP_ARROW:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "arrow1", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case TOP_GAP:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "trough1", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case SLIDER:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "slider", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case BOTTOM_GAP:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "trough2", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case BOTTOM_ARROW:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "arrow2", TCL_STATIC);
break;
}
} else if ((c == 's') && (strncmp(argv[1], "set", length) == 0)) {
int totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, lastUnit;
if (argc == 4) {
double first, last;
if (Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (first < 0) {
scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0;
} else if (first > 1.0) {
scrollPtr->firstFraction = 1.0;
} else {
scrollPtr->firstFraction = first;
}
if (last < scrollPtr->firstFraction) {
scrollPtr->lastFraction = scrollPtr->firstFraction;
} else if (last > 1.0) {
scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
} else {
scrollPtr->lastFraction = last;
}
scrollPtr->flags |= NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
} else if (argc == 6) {
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &totalUnits) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (totalUnits < 0) {
totalUnits = 0;
}
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &windowUnits) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (windowUnits < 0) {
windowUnits = 0;
}
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], &firstUnit) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[5], &lastUnit) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (totalUnits > 0) {
if (lastUnit < firstUnit) {
lastUnit = firstUnit;
}
} else {
firstUnit = lastUnit = 0;
}
scrollPtr->totalUnits = totalUnits;
scrollPtr->windowUnits = windowUnits;
scrollPtr->firstUnit = firstUnit;
scrollPtr->lastUnit = lastUnit;
if (scrollPtr->totalUnits == 0) {
scrollPtr->firstFraction = 0.0;
scrollPtr->lastFraction = 1.0;
} else {
scrollPtr->firstFraction = ((double) firstUnit)/totalUnits;
scrollPtr->lastFraction = ((double) (lastUnit+1))/totalUnits;
}
scrollPtr->flags &= ~NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], " set firstFraction lastFraction\" or \"",
argv[0],
" set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit\"", NULL);
goto error;
}
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
"\": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, ",
"get, identify, or set", NULL);
goto error;
}
done:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) scrollPtr);
return result;
error:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) scrollPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureScrollbar --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureScrollbar(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | | | | | 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureScrollbar(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
/* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int argc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */
CONST char **argv, /* Arguments. */
int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */
{
if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin, configSpecs,
argc, argv, (char *) scrollPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* A few options need special processing, such as setting the background
* from a 3-D border.
*/
if (scrollPtr->command != NULL) {
scrollPtr->commandSize = (int)strlen(scrollPtr->command);
} else {
scrollPtr->commandSize = 0;
}
/*
* Configure platform specific options.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
*/
void
TkScrollbarEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | > | | 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 |
*/
void
TkScrollbarEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) {
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
TkpDestroyScrollbar(scrollPtr);
if (scrollPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
scrollPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(scrollPtr->interp,
scrollPtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (scrollPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScrollbar, (ClientData) scrollPtr);
}
/*
* Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let
* Tk_FreeOptions handle all the standard option-related stuff.
*/
Tk_FreeOptions(configSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr,
scrollPtr->display, 0);
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) scrollPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr);
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
} else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) {
scrollPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS;
if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
648 649 650 651 652 653 654 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
* widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
684 685 686 687 688 689 690 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | | 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
if ((scrollPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (!Tk_IsMapped(scrollPtr->tkwin))) {
return;
}
if ((scrollPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) == 0) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScrollbar, (ClientData) scrollPtr);
scrollPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkScrollbar.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
/*
* Information describing the application related to the scrollbar. This
* information is provided by the application by invoking the "set" widget
* command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
* form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
* form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
* will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
| | < | | | | | < < < | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
/*
* Information describing the application related to the scrollbar. This
* information is provided by the application by invoking the "set" widget
* command. This information can now be provided in two ways: the "old"
* form (totalUnits, windowUnits, firstUnit, and lastUnit), or the "new"
* form (firstFraction and lastFraction). FirstFraction and lastFraction
* will always be valid, but the old-style information is only valid if
* the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag is 0.
*/
int totalUnits; /* Total dimension of application, in units.
* Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
* isn't set. */
int windowUnits; /* Maximum number of units that can be
* displayed in the window at once. Valid only
* if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
int firstUnit; /* Number of last unit visible in
* application's window. Valid only if the
* NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag isn't set. */
int lastUnit; /* Index of last unit visible in window.
* Valid only if the NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS flag
* isn't set. */
double firstFraction; /* Position of first visible thing in window,
* specified as a fraction between 0 and
* 1.0. */
double lastFraction; /* Position of last visible thing in window,
* specified as a fraction between 0 and
* 1.0. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 | #define BOTTOM_ARROW 5 /* * Flag bits for scrollbars: * * REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has * already been queued to redraw this window. | | < | > < | < | | 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | #define BOTTOM_ARROW 5 /* * Flag bits for scrollbars: * * REDRAW_PENDING: Non-zero means a DoWhenIdle handler has * already been queued to redraw this window. * NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS: Non-zero means the new style of commands * should be used to communicate with the widget: * ".t yview scroll 2 lines", instead of * ".t yview 40", for example. * GOT_FOCUS: Non-zero means this window has the input * focus. */ #define REDRAW_PENDING 1 #define NEW_STYLE_COMMANDS 2 #define GOT_FOCUS 4 /* * Declaration of scrollbar class functions structure * and default scrollbar width, for use in configSpec. */ MODULE_SCOPE Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs; MODULE_SCOPE char tkDefScrollbarWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; /* * Declaration of functions used in the implementation of the scrollbar * widget. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkSelect.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
int cmdLength; /* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
int charOffset; /* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
int byteOffset; /* The expected byte offset of the next
* chunk. */
| | | | > > | | | | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
int cmdLength; /* # of non-NULL bytes in command. */
int charOffset; /* The offset of the next char to retrieve. */
int byteOffset; /* The expected byte offset of the next
* chunk. */
char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
* that is split across chunks. */
char command[4]; /* Command to invoke. Actual space is
* allocated as large as necessary. This must
* be the last entry in the structure. */
} CommandInfo;
/*
* When selection ownership is claimed with the "selection own" Tcl command,
* one of the following structures is created to record the Tcl command to be
* executed when the selection is lost again.
*/
typedef struct LostCommand {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
char command[4]; /* Command to invoke. Actual space is
* allocated as large as necessary. This must
* be the last entry in the structure. */
} LostCommand;
/*
* The structure below is used to keep each thread's pending list separate.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
TkSelInProgress *pendingPtr;
/* Topmost search in progress, or NULL if
* none. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
*/
static int HandleTclCommand(ClientData clientData,
int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes);
static void LostSelection(ClientData clientData);
static int SelGetProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, char *portion);
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateSelHandler --
*
* This function is called to register a function as the handler for
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
ClientData clientData, /* Value to pass to proc. */
Atom format) /* Format in which the selection information
* should be returned to the requestor.
* XA_STRING is best by far, but anything
* listed in the ICCCM will be tolerated
* (blech). */
{
| | | | | 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
ClientData clientData, /* Value to pass to proc. */
Atom format) /* Format in which the selection information
* should be returned to the requestor.
* XA_STRING is best by far, but anything
* listed in the ICCCM will be tolerated
* (blech). */
{
register TkSelHandler *selPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (winPtr->dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
TkSelInit(tkwin);
}
/*
* See if there's already a handler for this target and selection on this
* window. If so, re-use it. If not, create a new one.
*/
for (selPtr = winPtr->selHandlerList; ; selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) {
if (selPtr == NULL) {
selPtr = (TkSelHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkSelHandler));
selPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->selHandlerList;
winPtr->selHandlerList = selPtr;
break;
}
if ((selPtr->selection == selection) && (selPtr->target == target)) {
/*
* Special case: when replacing handler created by "selection
* handle", free up memory. Should there be a callback to allow
* other clients to do this too?
*/
if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
ckfree((char *) selPtr->clientData);
}
break;
}
}
selPtr->selection = selection;
selPtr->target = target;
selPtr->format = format;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
* If the user asked for a STRING handler and we understand
* UTF8_STRING, we implicitly create a UTF8_STRING handler for them.
*/
target = winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom;
for (selPtr = winPtr->selHandlerList; ; selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) {
if (selPtr == NULL) {
| | | | | | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
* If the user asked for a STRING handler and we understand
* UTF8_STRING, we implicitly create a UTF8_STRING handler for them.
*/
target = winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom;
for (selPtr = winPtr->selHandlerList; ; selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) {
if (selPtr == NULL) {
selPtr = (TkSelHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkSelHandler));
selPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->selHandlerList;
winPtr->selHandlerList = selPtr;
selPtr->selection = selection;
selPtr->target = target;
selPtr->format = target; /* We want UTF8_STRING format */
selPtr->proc = proc;
if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
/*
* The clientData is selection controlled memory, so we
* should make a copy for this selPtr.
*/
unsigned cmdInfoLen = sizeof(CommandInfo) +
((CommandInfo*)clientData)->cmdLength - 3;
selPtr->clientData = (ClientData)ckalloc(cmdInfoLen);
memcpy(selPtr->clientData, clientData, cmdInfoLen);
} else {
selPtr->clientData = clientData;
}
selPtr->size = 8;
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
Atom selection, /* The selection whose handler is to be
* removed. */
Atom target) /* The target whose selection handler is to be
* removed. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
| | | | 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
Atom selection, /* The selection whose handler is to be
* removed. */
Atom target) /* The target whose selection handler is to be
* removed. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register TkSelHandler *selPtr, *prevPtr;
register TkSelInProgress *ipPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Find the selection handler to be deleted, or return if it doesn't
* exist.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
}
if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
/*
* Mark the CommandInfo as deleted and free it if we can.
*/
| | | | 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
}
if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
/*
* Mark the CommandInfo as deleted and free it if we can.
*/
((CommandInfo*)selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree(selPtr->clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
ckfree((char *) selPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_OwnSelection --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
349 350 351 352 353 354 355 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to become new selection owner. */
Atom selection, /* Selection that window should own. */
Tk_LostSelProc *proc, /* Function to call when selection is taken
* away from tkwin. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
* proc. */
{
| | | | 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to become new selection owner. */
Atom selection, /* Selection that window should own. */
Tk_LostSelProc *proc, /* Function to call when selection is taken
* away from tkwin. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to
* proc. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
ClientData clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
* compiler warning. */
if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
TkSelInit(tkwin);
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
378 379 380 381 382 383 384 |
for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr; infoPtr != NULL;
infoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr) {
if (infoPtr->selection == selection) {
break;
}
}
if (infoPtr == NULL) {
| | | | 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr; infoPtr != NULL;
infoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr) {
if (infoPtr->selection == selection) {
break;
}
}
if (infoPtr == NULL) {
infoPtr = (TkSelectionInfo*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkSelectionInfo));
infoPtr->selection = selection;
infoPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr;
dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr = infoPtr;
} else if (infoPtr->clearProc != NULL) {
if (infoPtr->owner != tkwin) {
clearProc = infoPtr->clearProc;
clearData = infoPtr->clearData;
} else if (infoPtr->clearProc == LostSelection) {
/*
* If the selection handler is one created by "selection own", be
* sure to free the record for it; otherwise there will be a
* memory leak.
*/
ckfree((char *) infoPtr->clearData);
}
}
infoPtr->owner = tkwin;
infoPtr->serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display);
infoPtr->clearProc = proc;
infoPtr->clearData = clientData;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
427 428 429 430 431 432 433 |
/*
* Now that we are done, we can invoke clearProc without running into
* reentrancy problems.
*/
if (clearProc != NULL) {
| | | 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
/*
* Now that we are done, we can invoke clearProc without running into
* reentrancy problems.
*/
if (clearProc != NULL) {
(*clearProc)(clearData);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ClearSelection --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
456 457 458 459 460 461 462 |
*/
void
Tk_ClearSelection(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that selects a display. */
Atom selection) /* Selection to be cancelled. */
{
| | | | 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 |
*/
void
Tk_ClearSelection(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that selects a display. */
Atom selection) /* Selection to be cancelled. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *prevPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc = NULL;
ClientData clearData = NULL;/* Initialization needed only to prevent
* compiler warning. */
if (dispPtr->multipleAtom == None) {
TkSelInit(tkwin);
}
for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr, prevPtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
486 487 488 489 490 491 492 |
}
prevPtr = infoPtr;
}
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
clearProc = infoPtr->clearProc;
clearData = infoPtr->clearData;
| | | | 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
}
prevPtr = infoPtr;
}
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
clearProc = infoPtr->clearProc;
clearData = infoPtr->clearData;
ckfree((char *) infoPtr);
}
XSetSelectionOwner(winPtr->display, selection, None, CurrentTime);
if (clearProc != NULL) {
(*clearProc)(clearData);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetSelection --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr; infoPtr != NULL;
infoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr) {
if (infoPtr->selection == selection) {
break;
}
}
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
| | | 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
for (infoPtr = dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr; infoPtr != NULL;
infoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr) {
if (infoPtr->selection == selection) {
break;
}
}
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
register TkSelHandler *selPtr;
int offset, result, count;
char buffer[TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE+1];
TkSelInProgress ip;
for (selPtr = ((TkWindow *) infoPtr->owner)->selHandlerList;
selPtr != NULL; selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) {
if (selPtr->target==target && selPtr->selection==selection) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
if (count > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes");
}
if (count < 0) {
goto cantget;
}
buffer[count] = 0;
| | | | | | < | | 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 |
if (count > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes");
}
if (count < 0) {
goto cantget;
}
buffer[count] = 0;
result = (*proc)(clientData, interp, buffer);
} else {
offset = 0;
result = TCL_OK;
ip.selPtr = selPtr;
ip.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingPtr;
tsdPtr->pendingPtr = &ip;
while (1) {
count = (selPtr->proc)(selPtr->clientData, offset, buffer,
TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE);
if ((count < 0) || (ip.selPtr == NULL)) {
tsdPtr->pendingPtr = ip.nextPtr;
goto cantget;
}
if (count > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes");
}
buffer[count] = '\0';
result = (*proc)(clientData, interp, buffer);
if ((result != TCL_OK) || (count < TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE)
|| (ip.selPtr == NULL)) {
break;
}
offset += count;
}
tsdPtr->pendingPtr = ip.nextPtr;
}
return result;
}
/*
* The selection is owned by some other process.
*/
return TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc,
clientData);
cantget:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, selection),
" selection doesn't exist or form \"",
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, target), "\" not defined", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SelectionObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
int
Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with
* interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 |
int
Tk_SelectionObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with
* interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
char *path = NULL;
Atom selection;
char *selName = NULL, *string;
int count, index;
Tcl_Obj **objs;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"clear", "get", "handle", "own", NULL
};
enum options {
SELECTION_CLEAR, SELECTION_GET, SELECTION_HANDLE, SELECTION_OWN
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case SELECTION_CLEAR: {
static CONST char *clearOptionStrings[] = {
"-displayof", "-selection", NULL
};
enum clearOptions { CLEAR_DISPLAYOF, CLEAR_SELECTION };
int clearIndex;
for (count = objc-2, objs = ((Tcl_Obj **)objv)+2; count > 0;
count-=2, objs+=2) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objs[0]);
if (string[0] != '-') {
break;
}
if (count < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string,
"\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objs[0], clearOptionStrings,
"option", 0, &clearIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum clearOptions) clearIndex) {
case CLEAR_DISPLAYOF:
path = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]);
break;
case CLEAR_SELECTION:
selName = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]);
break;
}
}
if (count == 1) {
path = Tcl_GetString(objs[0]);
} else if (count > 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (path != NULL) {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, path, tkwin);
}
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (selName != NULL) {
selection = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, selName);
} else {
selection = XA_PRIMARY;
}
Tk_ClearSelection(tkwin, selection);
break;
}
case SELECTION_GET: {
Atom target;
char *targetName = NULL;
Tcl_DString selBytes;
int result;
static CONST char *getOptionStrings[] = {
"-displayof", "-selection", "-type", NULL
};
enum getOptions { GET_DISPLAYOF, GET_SELECTION, GET_TYPE };
int getIndex;
for (count = objc-2, objs = ((Tcl_Obj **)objv)+2; count>0;
count-=2, objs+=2) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objs[0]);
if (string[0] != '-') {
break;
}
if (count < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string,
"\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objs[0], getOptionStrings,
"option", 0, &getIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
801 802 803 804 805 806 807 |
}
if (selName != NULL) {
selection = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, selName);
} else {
selection = XA_PRIMARY;
}
if (count > 1) {
| | | | | | | | | | < | 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 |
}
if (selName != NULL) {
selection = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, selName);
} else {
selection = XA_PRIMARY;
}
if (count > 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (count == 1) {
target = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objs[0]));
} else if (targetName != NULL) {
target = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, targetName);
} else {
target = XA_STRING;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&selBytes);
result = Tk_GetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target,
SelGetProc, (ClientData) &selBytes);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &selBytes);
} else {
Tcl_DStringFree(&selBytes);
}
return result;
}
case SELECTION_HANDLE: {
Atom target, format;
char *targetName = NULL;
char *formatName = NULL;
register CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr;
int cmdLength;
static CONST char *handleOptionStrings[] = {
"-format", "-selection", "-type", NULL
};
enum handleOptions {
HANDLE_FORMAT, HANDLE_SELECTION, HANDLE_TYPE
};
int handleIndex;
for (count = objc-2, objs = ((Tcl_Obj **)objv)+2; count > 0;
count-=2, objs+=2) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objs[0]);
if (string[0] != '-') {
break;
}
if (count < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string,
"\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objs[0],handleOptionStrings,
"option", 0, &handleIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
868 869 870 871 872 873 874 |
case HANDLE_TYPE:
targetName = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]);
break;
}
}
if ((count < 2) || (count > 4)) {
| | < | 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 |
case HANDLE_TYPE:
targetName = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]);
break;
}
}
if ((count < 2) || (count > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?options? window command");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objs[0]), tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (selName != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
896 897 898 899 900 901 902 |
if (count > 3) {
format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objs[3]));
} else if (formatName != NULL) {
format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, formatName);
} else {
format = XA_STRING;
}
| | | | | | | > | | | < | | | | | | | > | > | < | | 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 |
if (count > 3) {
format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objs[3]));
} else if (formatName != NULL) {
format = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, formatName);
} else {
format = XA_STRING;
}
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objs[1], &cmdLength);
if (cmdLength == 0) {
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(tkwin, selection, target);
} else {
cmdInfoPtr = (CommandInfo *) ckalloc((unsigned) (
sizeof(CommandInfo) - 3 + cmdLength));
cmdInfoPtr->interp = interp;
cmdInfoPtr->charOffset = 0;
cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset = 0;
cmdInfoPtr->buffer[0] = '\0';
cmdInfoPtr->cmdLength = cmdLength;
memcpy(cmdInfoPtr->command, string, cmdLength + 1);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(tkwin, selection, target, HandleTclCommand,
(ClientData) cmdInfoPtr, format);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
case SELECTION_OWN: {
register LostCommand *lostPtr;
char *script = NULL;
int cmdLength;
static CONST char *ownOptionStrings[] = {
"-command", "-displayof", "-selection", NULL
};
enum ownOptions { OWN_COMMAND, OWN_DISPLAYOF, OWN_SELECTION };
int ownIndex;
for (count = objc-2, objs = ((Tcl_Obj **)objv)+2; count > 0;
count-=2, objs+=2) {
string = Tcl_GetString(objs[0]);
if (string[0] != '-') {
break;
}
if (count < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string,
"\" missing", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objs[0], ownOptionStrings,
"option", 0, &ownIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum ownOptions) ownIndex) {
case OWN_COMMAND:
script = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]);
break;
case OWN_DISPLAYOF:
path = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]);
break;
case OWN_SELECTION:
selName = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]);
break;
}
}
if (count > 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?options? ?window?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (selName != NULL) {
selection = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, selName);
} else {
selection = XA_PRIMARY;
}
if (count == 0) {
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr;
if (path != NULL) {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, path, tkwin);
}
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
for (infoPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr;
infoPtr != NULL; infoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr) {
if (infoPtr->selection == selection) {
break;
}
}
/*
* Ignore the internal clipboard window.
*/
if ((infoPtr != NULL)
&& (infoPtr->owner != winPtr->dispPtr->clipWindow)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(infoPtr->owner), TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objs[0]), tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (count == 2) {
script = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]);
}
if (script == NULL) {
Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
cmdLength = strlen(script);
lostPtr = (LostCommand *) ckalloc((unsigned) (sizeof(LostCommand)
-3 + cmdLength));
lostPtr->interp = interp;
strcpy(lostPtr->command, script);
Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, LostSelection, (ClientData) lostPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 | * Frees up memory associated with the selection. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkSelDeadWindow( | | | | | 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 |
* Frees up memory associated with the selection.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelDeadWindow(
register TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that's being deleted. */
{
register TkSelHandler *selPtr;
register TkSelInProgress *ipPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr, *prevPtr, *nextPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* While deleting all the handlers, be careful to check whether
* ConvertSelection or TkSelPropProc are about to process one of the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 |
}
}
if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
/*
* Mark the CommandInfo as deleted and free it when we can.
*/
| | | | | | 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 |
}
}
if (selPtr->proc == HandleTclCommand) {
/*
* Mark the CommandInfo as deleted and free it when we can.
*/
((CommandInfo*)selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL;
Tcl_EventuallyFree(selPtr->clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
ckfree((char *) selPtr);
}
/*
* Remove selections owned by window being deleted.
*/
for (infoPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr, prevPtr = NULL;
infoPtr != NULL; infoPtr = nextPtr) {
nextPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
if (infoPtr->owner == (Tk_Window) winPtr) {
if (infoPtr->clearProc == LostSelection) {
ckfree((char *) infoPtr->clearData);
}
ckfree((char *) infoPtr);
infoPtr = prevPtr;
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
winPtr->dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr = nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = nextPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 |
*/
void
TkSelInit(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window token (used to find display to
* initialize). */
{
| | < | | 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 |
*/
void
TkSelInit(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window token (used to find display to
* initialize). */
{
register TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
/*
* Fetch commonly-used atoms.
*/
dispPtr->multipleAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "MULTIPLE");
dispPtr->incrAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "INCR");
dispPtr->targetsAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TARGETS");
dispPtr->timestampAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TIMESTAMP");
dispPtr->textAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TEXT");
dispPtr->compoundTextAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "COMPOUND_TEXT");
dispPtr->applicationAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_APPLICATION");
dispPtr->windowAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "TK_WINDOW");
dispPtr->clipboardAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD");
/*
* Using UTF8_STRING instead of the XA_UTF8_STRING macro allows us to
* support older X servers that didn't have UTF8_STRING yet. This is
* necessary on Unix systems. For more information, see:
* http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html#x11
*/
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
dispPtr->utf8Atom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "UTF8_STRING");
#else
dispPtr->utf8Atom = (Atom) 0;
#endif
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelClearSelection(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */
| | | | 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelClearSelection(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X SelectionClear event. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
TkSelectionInfo *prevPtr;
/*
* Invoke clear function for window that just lost the selection. This
* code is a bit tricky, because any callbacks due to selection changes
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 |
if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselectionclear.selection) {
break;
}
prevPtr = infoPtr;
}
if (infoPtr != NULL && (infoPtr->owner == tkwin) &&
| | | | | 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 |
if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselectionclear.selection) {
break;
}
prevPtr = infoPtr;
}
if (infoPtr != NULL && (infoPtr->owner == tkwin) &&
(eventPtr->xselectionclear.serial >= (unsigned) infoPtr->serial)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr;
}
/*
* Because of reentrancy problems, calling clearProc must be done
* after the infoPtr has been removed from the selectionInfoPtr list
* (clearProc could modify the list, e.g. by creating a new
* selection).
*/
if (infoPtr->clearProc != NULL) {
(*infoPtr->clearProc)(infoPtr->clearData);
}
ckfree((char *) infoPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SelGetProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 |
* Side effects:
* Bytes get appended to the dynamic string pointed to by the clientData
* argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SelGetProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
* selection. */
| > | | | | 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 |
* Side effects:
* Bytes get appended to the dynamic string pointed to by the clientData
* argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
SelGetProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Dynamic string holding partially assembled
* selection. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter used for error reporting (not
* used). */
char *portion) /* New information to be appended. */
{
Tcl_DStringAppend((Tcl_DString *) clientData, portion, -1);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* HandleTclCommand --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 | * * Side effects: * None except for things done by the Tcl command. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | > > | < > | | | | | > > | > > > | < | | < | < < < | | | | | < | | < < < < > | < < | | > | < | | 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 |
*
* Side effects:
* None except for things done by the Tcl command.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
HandleTclCommand(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about command to execute. */
int offset, /* Return selection bytes starting at this
* offset. */
char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
{
CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr = (CommandInfo *) clientData;
int spaceNeeded, length;
#define MAX_STATIC_SIZE 100
char staticSpace[MAX_STATIC_SIZE];
char *command, *string;
Tcl_Interp *interp = cmdInfoPtr->interp;
Tcl_DString oldResult;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
int extraBytes, charOffset, count, numChars;
CONST char *p;
/*
* We must also protect the interpreter and the command from being deleted
* too soon.
*/
Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
/*
* Compute the proper byte offset in the case where the last chunk split a
* character.
*/
if (offset == cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset) {
charOffset = cmdInfoPtr->charOffset;
extraBytes = strlen(cmdInfoPtr->buffer);
if (extraBytes > 0) {
strcpy(buffer, cmdInfoPtr->buffer);
maxBytes -= extraBytes;
buffer += extraBytes;
}
} else {
cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset = 0;
cmdInfoPtr->charOffset = 0;
extraBytes = 0;
charOffset = 0;
}
/*
* First, generate a command by taking the command string and appending
* the offset and maximum # of bytes.
*/
spaceNeeded = cmdInfoPtr->cmdLength + 30;
if (spaceNeeded < MAX_STATIC_SIZE) {
command = staticSpace;
} else {
command = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) spaceNeeded);
}
sprintf(command, "%s %d %d", cmdInfoPtr->command, charOffset, maxBytes);
/*
* Execute the command. Be sure to restore the state of the interpreter
* after executing the command.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&oldResult);
Tcl_DStringGetResult(interp, &oldResult);
if (TkCopyAndGlobalEval(interp, command) == TCL_OK) {
objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
count = (length > maxBytes) ? maxBytes : length;
memcpy(buffer, string, (size_t) count);
buffer[count] = '\0';
/*
* Update the partial character information for the next retrieval if
* the command has not been deleted.
*/
if (cmdInfoPtr->interp != NULL) {
if (length <= maxBytes) {
cmdInfoPtr->charOffset += Tcl_NumUtfChars(string, -1);
cmdInfoPtr->buffer[0] = '\0';
} else {
p = string;
string += count;
numChars = 0;
while (p < string) {
p = Tcl_UtfNext(p);
numChars++;
}
cmdInfoPtr->charOffset += numChars;
length = p - string;
if (length > 0) {
strncpy(cmdInfoPtr->buffer, string, (size_t) length);
}
cmdInfoPtr->buffer[length] = '\0';
}
cmdInfoPtr->byteOffset += count + extraBytes;
}
count += extraBytes;
} else {
count = -1;
}
Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &oldResult);
if (command != staticSpace) {
ckfree(command);
}
Tcl_Release(clientData);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
return count;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSelDefaultSelection --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 |
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr, /* Info about selection being retrieved. */
Atom target, /* Desired form of selection. */
char *buffer, /* Place to put selection characters. */
int maxBytes, /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
Atom *typePtr) /* Store here the type of the selection, for
* use in converting to proper X format. */
{
| | | | < | | 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 |
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr, /* Info about selection being retrieved. */
Atom target, /* Desired form of selection. */
char *buffer, /* Place to put selection characters. */
int maxBytes, /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */
Atom *typePtr) /* Store here the type of the selection, for
* use in converting to proper X format. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) infoPtr->owner;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
if (target == dispPtr->timestampAtom) {
if (maxBytes < 20) {
return -1;
}
sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (unsigned int) infoPtr->time);
*typePtr = XA_INTEGER;
return strlen(buffer);
}
if (target == dispPtr->targetsAtom) {
register TkSelHandler *selPtr;
int length;
Tcl_DString ds;
if (maxBytes < 50) {
return -1;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds,
"MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW", -1);
for (selPtr = winPtr->selHandlerList; selPtr != NULL;
selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((selPtr->selection == infoPtr->selection)
&& (selPtr->target != dispPtr->applicationAtom)
&& (selPtr->target != dispPtr->windowAtom)) {
CONST char *atomString = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr,
selPtr->target);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&ds, atomString);
}
}
length = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds);
if (length >= maxBytes) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return -1;
}
memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), (unsigned) (1+length));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
*typePtr = XA_ATOM;
return length;
}
if (target == dispPtr->applicationAtom) {
int length;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to LostCommand structure. */
{
| | > | < < > | | > | | | | > > > > < | < | 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
LostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to LostCommand structure. */
{
LostCommand *lostPtr = (LostCommand *) clientData;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
interp = lostPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
/*
* Execute the command. Save the interpreter's result, if any, and restore
* it after executing the command.
*/
objPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(objPtr);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (TkCopyAndGlobalEval(interp, lostPtr->command) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
/*
* Free the storage for the command, since we're done with it now.
*/
ckfree((char *) lostPtr);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkSelect.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
* structures because a display can have multiple different selections active
* at the same time.
*/
typedef struct TkSelectionInfo {
Atom selection; /* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
Tk_Window owner; /* Current owner of this selection. */
| < | < < < | | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
* structures because a display can have multiple different selections active
* at the same time.
*/
typedef struct TkSelectionInfo {
Atom selection; /* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
Tk_Window owner; /* Current owner of this selection. */
int serial; /* Serial number of last XSelectionSetOwner
* request made to server for this selection
* (used to filter out redundant
* SelectionClear events). */
Time time; /* Timestamp used to acquire selection. */
Tk_LostSelProc *clearProc; /* Procedure to call when owner loses
* selection. */
ClientData clearData; /* Info to pass to clearProc. */
struct TkSelectionInfo *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of current selections on this
* display. NULL means end of list. */
} TkSelectionInfo;
/*
* One of the following structures exists for each selection handler created
* for a window by calling Tk_CreateSelHandler. The handlers are linked in a
* list rooted in the TkWindow structure.
*/
typedef struct TkSelHandler {
Atom selection; /* Selection name, e.g. XA_PRIMARY. */
Atom target; /* Target type for selection conversion, such
* as TARGETS or STRING. */
Atom format; /* Format in which selection info will be
* returned, such as STRING or ATOM. */
Tk_SelectionProc *proc; /* Procedure to generate selection in this
* format. */
ClientData clientData; /* Argument to pass to proc. */
int size; /* Size of units returned by proc (8 for
* STRING, 32 for almost anything else). */
struct TkSelHandler *nextPtr;
/* Next selection handler associated with same
* window (NULL for end of list). */
} TkSelHandler;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
typedef struct TkSelRetrievalInfo {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window used as requestor for selection. */
Atom selection; /* Selection being requested. */
Atom property; /* Property where selection will appear. */
Atom target; /* Desired form for selection. */
| > | | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
typedef struct TkSelRetrievalInfo {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting. */
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window used as requestor for selection. */
Atom selection; /* Selection being requested. */
Atom property; /* Property where selection will appear. */
Atom target; /* Desired form for selection. */
int (*proc) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *portion)); /* Procedure to call to handle pieces of
* selection. */
ClientData clientData; /* Argument for proc. */
int result; /* Initially -1. Set to a Tcl return value
* once the selection has been retrieved. */
Tcl_TimerToken timeout; /* Token for current timeout procedure. */
int idleTime; /* Number of seconds that have gone by without
* hearing anything from the selection
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
* CLIPBOARD selection is retrieved. All buffers of a given type on the same
* clipboard must have the same format. The TkClipboardTarget structure is
* used to record the information about a chain of buffers of the same type.
*/
typedef struct TkClipboardBuffer {
char *buffer; /* Null terminated data buffer. */
| | | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
* CLIPBOARD selection is retrieved. All buffers of a given type on the same
* clipboard must have the same format. The TkClipboardTarget structure is
* used to record the information about a chain of buffers of the same type.
*/
typedef struct TkClipboardBuffer {
char *buffer; /* Null terminated data buffer. */
long length; /* Length of string in buffer. */
struct TkClipboardBuffer *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of buffers. NULL means end of
* list . */
} TkClipboardBuffer;
typedef struct TkClipboardTarget {
Atom type; /* Type conversion supported. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | MODULE_SCOPE TkSelInProgress *TkSelGetInProgress(void); MODULE_SCOPE void TkSelSetInProgress(TkSelInProgress *pendingPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkSelClearSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkSelDefaultSelection(TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr, Atom target, char *buffer, int maxBytes, Atom *typePtr); #ifndef TkSelUpdateClipboard MODULE_SCOPE void TkSelUpdateClipboard(TkWindow *winPtr, TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr); #endif #endif /* _TKSELECT */ | > > > | 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | MODULE_SCOPE TkSelInProgress *TkSelGetInProgress(void); MODULE_SCOPE void TkSelSetInProgress(TkSelInProgress *pendingPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkSelClearSelection(Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkSelDefaultSelection(TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr, Atom target, char *buffer, int maxBytes, Atom *typePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkSelGetSelection(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Atom selection, Atom target, Tk_GetSelProc *proc, ClientData clientData); #ifndef TkSelUpdateClipboard MODULE_SCOPE void TkSelUpdateClipboard(TkWindow *winPtr, TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr); #endif #endif /* _TKSELECT */ |
Changes to generic/tkSquare.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #if 0 #define __NO_OLD_CONFIG #endif | < < < < < < | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #if 0 #define __NO_OLD_CONFIG #endif #include "tkInt.h" /* * A data structure of the following type is kept for each square widget * managed by this file: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > | | | | < | | 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 |
/*
* Information used for argv parsing.
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
"#d9d9d9", Tk_Offset(Square, bgBorderPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) "white"},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
(ClientData) "-borderwidth"},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
(ClientData) "-background"},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
"2", Tk_Offset(Square, borderWidthPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-dbl", "doubleBuffer", "DoubleBuffer",
"1", Tk_Offset(Square, doubleBufferPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
(ClientData) "-foreground"},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
"#b03060", Tk_Offset(Square, fgBorderPtr), -1, 0,
(ClientData) "black"},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-posx", "posx", "PosX", "0",
Tk_Offset(Square, xPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-posy", "posy", "PosY", "0",
Tk_Offset(Square, yPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
"raised", Tk_Offset(Square, reliefPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-size", "size", "Size", "20",
Tk_Offset(Square, sizeObjPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
int SquareObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
static void SquareDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int SquareConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, Square *squarePtr);
static void SquareDestroy(char *memPtr);
static void SquareDisplay(ClientData clientData);
static void KeepInWindow(Square *squarePtr);
static void SquareObjEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static int SquareWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]);
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SquareCmd --
*
* This procedure is invoked to process the "square" Tcl command. It
* creates a new "square" widget.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* A new widget is created and configured.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
SquareObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Square *squarePtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
/*
* Allocate and initialize the widget record. The memset allows us to set
* just the non-NULL/0 items.
*/
| | | | | | | | | | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
/*
* Allocate and initialize the widget record. The memset allows us to set
* just the non-NULL/0 items.
*/
squarePtr = (Square *) ckalloc(sizeof(Square));
memset((void *) squarePtr, 0, (sizeof(Square)));
squarePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
squarePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
squarePtr->interp = interp;
squarePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) squarePtr, SquareDeletedProc);
squarePtr->gc = NULL;
squarePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(squarePtr->tkwin);
ckfree((char *) squarePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(squarePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask,
SquareObjEventProc, (ClientData) squarePtr);
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, objc - 2,
objv + 2, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
*/
static int
SquareWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about square widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
*/
static int
SquareWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about square widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData;
int result = TCL_OK;
static CONST char *squareOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL};
enum {
SQUARE_CGET, SQUARE_CONFIGURE
};
Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr;
int index;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], squareOptions, "command",
0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) squarePtr);
switch (index) {
case SQUARE_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
goto error;
}
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
}
break;
case SQUARE_CONFIGURE:
resultObjPtr = NULL;
if (objc == 2) {
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
squarePtr->optionTable, NULL, squarePtr->tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (objc == 3) {
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
squarePtr->optionTable, objv[2], squarePtr->tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr,
squarePtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
squarePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr);
}
if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
squarePtr->updatePending = 1;
}
}
if (resultObjPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
}
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) squarePtr);
return result;
error:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) squarePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SquareConfigure --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
315 316 317 318 319 320 321 | * for squarePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SquareConfigure( | | < | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 |
* for squarePtr; old resources get freed, if there were any.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SquareConfigure(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
Square *squarePtr) /* Information about widget. */
{
int borderWidth;
Tk_3DBorder bgBorder;
int doubleBuffer;
/*
* Set the background for the window and create a graphics context for use
* during redisplay.
*/
bgBorder = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(squarePtr->tkwin,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 |
*/
Tk_GeometryRequest(squarePtr->tkwin, 200, 150);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, squarePtr->tkwin, squarePtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
Tk_SetInternalBorder(squarePtr->tkwin, borderWidth);
if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
| | | 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
*/
Tk_GeometryRequest(squarePtr->tkwin, 200, 150);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, squarePtr->tkwin, squarePtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
Tk_SetInternalBorder(squarePtr->tkwin, borderWidth);
if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
squarePtr->updatePending = 1;
}
KeepInWindow(squarePtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
381 382 383 384 385 386 387 |
*/
static void
SquareObjEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | | | | 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 |
*/
static void
SquareObjEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
squarePtr->updatePending = 1;
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
KeepInWindow(squarePtr);
if (!squarePtr->updatePending) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
squarePtr->updatePending = 1;
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (squarePtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) squarePtr, squarePtr->optionTable,
squarePtr->tkwin);
if (squarePtr->gc != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(squarePtr->display, squarePtr->gc);
}
squarePtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(squarePtr->interp,
squarePtr->widgetCmd);
}
if (squarePtr->updatePending) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) squarePtr, SquareDestroy);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SquareDeletedProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
434 435 436 437 438 439 440 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SquareDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SquareDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = squarePtr->tkwin;
/*
* This procedure could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which case tkwin is NULL) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this procedure destroys the
* widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SquareDisplay(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SquareDisplay(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = squarePtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pm = None;
Drawable d;
int borderWidth, size, relief;
Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, fgBorder;
int doubleBuffer;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
552 553 554 555 556 557 558 | * Everything associated with the square is freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void SquareDestroy( | | | | | 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 |
* Everything associated with the square is freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SquareDestroy(
char *memPtr) /* Info about square widget. */
{
Square *squarePtr = (Square *) memPtr;
ckfree((char *) squarePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* KeepInWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 | * the square in the window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void KeepInWindow( | | | 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 |
* the square in the window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
KeepInWindow(
register Square *squarePtr) /* Pointer to widget record. */
{
int i, bd, relief;
int borderWidth, size;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, squarePtr->tkwin, squarePtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, squarePtr->tkwin, squarePtr->xPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkStubInit.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkStubInit.c -- * * This file contains the initializers for the Tk stub vectors. * * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > | > > < < < | > > > | | > > > < < | > > | > > > > | > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
/*
* tkStubInit.c --
*
* This file contains the initializers for the Tk stub vectors.
*
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
/* UNIX */
#define UNIX_TK
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif
#ifdef __WIN32__
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
/* we could have used _TKMACINT */
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#endif
/* TODO: These ought to come in some other way */
#include "tkPlatDecls.h"
#include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"
#define TkUnusedStubEntry NULL
#ifdef __WIN32__
static int
doNothing(void)
{
/* dummy implementation, no need to do anything */
return 0;
}
#define TkCreateXEventSource TkPlatCreateXEventSource
static void
TkCreateXEventSource(void)
{
TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
}
#undef XFree
#define XFree TkPlatXFree
static int
XFree(void *data)
{
if (data != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) data);
}
return 0;
}
#undef XVisualIDFromVisual
#define XVisualIDFromVisual TkPlatXVisualIDFromVisual
static VisualID
XVisualIDFromVisual(Visual *visual)
{
return visual->visualid;
}
/*
* Remove macros that will interfere with the definitions below.
*/
# undef TkpCmapStressed
# undef TkpSync
# undef XFlush
# undef XGrabServer
# undef XUngrabServer
# undef XNoOp
# undef XSynchronize
# undef XSync
# define TkpCmapStressed (int (*) (Tk_Window, Colormap))(void *)doNothing
# define TkpSync (void (*) (Display *))(void *)doNothing
# define TkUnixContainerId 0
# define TkUnixDoOneXEvent 0
# define TkUnixSetMenubar 0
# define TkWmCleanup (void (*) (TkDisplay *))(void *)doNothing
# define TkSendCleanup (void (*) (TkDisplay *))(void *)doNothing
# define TkpTestsendCmd 0
# define XFlush (int (*) (Display *))(void *)doNothing
# define XGrabServer (int (*) (Display *))(void *)doNothing
# define XUngrabServer (int (*) (Display *))(void *)doNothing
# define XNoOp (int (*) (Display *))(void *)doNothing
# define XSynchronize (XAfterFunction (*) (Display *, Bool))(void *)doNothing
# define XSync (int (*) (Display *, Bool))(void *)doNothing
#else /* !__WIN32__ */
/*
* Make sure that extensions which call XParseColor through the stub
* table, call TkParseColor instead. [Bug 3486474]
*/
# define XParseColor TkParseColor
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
TkIntStubs tkIntStubs;
/*
* Trick, so we don't have to include <windows.h> here, which in any
* case lacks this function anyway.
*/
#define GET_MODULE_HANDLE_EX_FLAG_FROM_ADDRESS 0x00000004
int __stdcall GetModuleHandleExW(unsigned int, const char *, void *);
void *Tk_GetHINSTANCE()
{
void *hInstance = NULL;
GetModuleHandleExW(GET_MODULE_HANDLE_EX_FLAG_FROM_ADDRESS,
(const char *) &tkIntStubs, &hInstance);
return hInstance;
}
void
TkSetPixmapColormap(
Pixmap pixmap,
Colormap colormap)
{
}
void
TkpPrintWindowId(
char *buf, /* Pointer to string large enough to hold
* the hex representation of a pointer. */
Window window) /* Window to be printed into buffer. */
{
sprintf(buf, "%#08lx", (unsigned long) (window));
}
int
TkPutImage(
unsigned long *colors, /* Array of pixel values used by this image.
* May be NULL. */
int ncolors, /* Number of colors used, or 0. */
Display *display,
Drawable d, /* Destination drawable. */
GC gc,
XImage *image, /* Source image. */
int src_x, int src_y, /* Offset of subimage. */
int dest_x, int dest_y, /* Position of subimage origin in drawable. */
unsigned int width, unsigned int height)
/* Dimensions of subimage. */
{
return XPutImage(display, d, gc, image, src_x, src_y, dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
}
TkRegion TkCreateRegion()
{
return (TkRegion) XCreateRegion();
}
void TkDestroyRegion(TkRegion r)
{
XDestroyRegion((Region)r);
}
void TkSetRegion(Display *d, GC g, TkRegion r)
{
XSetRegion(d, g, (Region)r);
}
void TkUnionRectWithRegion(XRectangle *a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c)
{
XUnionRectWithRegion(a, (Region) b, (Region) c);
}
void TkClipBox(TkRegion a, XRectangle *b)
{
XClipBox((Region) a, b);
}
void TkIntersectRegion(TkRegion a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c)
{
XIntersectRegion((Region) a, (Region) b, (Region) c);
}
int TkRectInRegion (TkRegion r, int a, int b, unsigned int c, unsigned int d)
{
return XRectInRegion((Region) r, a, b, c, d);
}
void TkSubtractRegion (TkRegion a, TkRegion b, TkRegion c)
{
XSubtractRegion((Region) a, (Region) b, (Region) c);
}
/* TODO: To be implemented for Cygwin */
# define Tk_AttachHWND 0
# define Tk_GetHWND 0
# define Tk_HWNDToWindow 0
# define Tk_PointerEvent 0
# define Tk_TranslateWinEvent 0
# define TkAlignImageData 0
# define TkGenerateActivateEvents 0
# define TkpGetMS 0
# define TkPointerDeadWindow 0
# define TkpSetCapture 0
# define TkpSetCursor 0
# define TkWinCancelMouseTimer 0
# define TkWinClipboardRender 0
# define TkWinEmbeddedEventProc 0
# define TkWinFillRect 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 | # define TkWinSetWindowPos 0 # define TkWinWmCleanup 0 # define TkWinXCleanup 0 # define TkWinXInit 0 # define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0 # define TkWinDialogDebug 0 # define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0 # define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0 # define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0 # define TkWinChildProc 0 | > | < | | | > | | | | < < < < < < | | | > | | < < > > > > | | < < < < < < < < | < > | | | | 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
# define TkWinSetWindowPos 0
# define TkWinWmCleanup 0
# define TkWinXCleanup 0
# define TkWinXInit 0
# define TkWinSetForegroundWindow 0
# define TkWinDialogDebug 0
# define TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault 0
# define TkWinGetPlatformId 0
# define TkWinSetHINSTANCE 0
# define TkWinGetPlatformTheme 0
# define TkWinChildProc 0
# define TkBindDeadWindow 0 /* On purpose not in Cygwin's stub table */
# elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* UNIX */
# undef TkClipBox
# undef TkCreateRegion
# undef TkDestroyRegion
# undef TkIntersectRegion
# undef TkRectInRegion
# undef TkSetRegion
# undef TkUnionRectWithRegion
# undef TkSubtractRegion
# define TkClipBox (void (*) (TkRegion, XRectangle *)) XClipBox
# define TkCreateRegion (TkRegion (*) ()) XCreateRegion
# define TkDestroyRegion (void (*) (TkRegion)) XDestroyRegion
# define TkIntersectRegion (void (*) (TkRegion, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XIntersectRegion
# define TkRectInRegion (int (*) (TkRegion, int, int, unsigned int, unsigned int)) XRectInRegion
# define TkSetRegion (void (*) (Display *, GC, TkRegion)) XSetRegion
# define TkUnionRectWithRegion (void (*) (XRectangle *, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XUnionRectWithRegion
# define TkSubtractRegion (void (*) (TkRegion, TkRegion, TkRegion)) XSubtractRegion
# endif
#endif /* !__WIN32__ */
/*
* WARNING: The contents of this file is automatically generated by the
* tools/genStubs.tcl script. Any modifications to the function declarations
* below should be made in the generic/tk.decls script.
*/
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
TkIntStubs tkIntStubs = {
TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
NULL,
TkAllocWindow, /* 0 */
TkBezierPoints, /* 1 */
TkBezierScreenPoints, /* 2 */
TkBindDeadWindow, /* 3 */
TkBindEventProc, /* 4 */
TkBindFree, /* 5 */
TkBindInit, /* 6 */
TkChangeEventWindow, /* 7 */
TkClipInit, /* 8 */
TkComputeAnchor, /* 9 */
TkCopyAndGlobalEval, /* 10 */
TkCreateBindingProcedure, /* 11 */
TkCreateCursorFromData, /* 12 */
TkCreateFrame, /* 13 */
TkCreateMainWindow, /* 14 */
TkCurrentTime, /* 15 */
TkDeleteAllImages, /* 16 */
TkDoConfigureNotify, /* 17 */
TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight, /* 18 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
361 362 363 364 365 366 367 |
TkPointerEvent, /* 69 */
TkPolygonToArea, /* 70 */
TkPolygonToPoint, /* 71 */
TkPositionInTree, /* 72 */
TkpRedirectKeyEvent, /* 73 */
TkpSetMainMenubar, /* 74 */
TkpUseWindow, /* 75 */
| | | | 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 |
TkPointerEvent, /* 69 */
TkPolygonToArea, /* 70 */
TkPolygonToPoint, /* 71 */
TkPositionInTree, /* 72 */
TkpRedirectKeyEvent, /* 73 */
TkpSetMainMenubar, /* 74 */
TkpUseWindow, /* 75 */
TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted, /* 76 */
TkQueueEventForAllChildren, /* 77 */
TkReadBitmapFile, /* 78 */
TkScrollWindow, /* 79 */
TkSelDeadWindow, /* 80 */
TkSelEventProc, /* 81 */
TkSelInit, /* 82 */
TkSelPropProc, /* 83 */
NULL, /* 84 */
TkSetWindowMenuBar, /* 85 */
TkStringToKeysym, /* 86 */
TkThickPolyLineToArea, /* 87 */
TkWmAddToColormapWindows, /* 88 */
TkWmDeadWindow, /* 89 */
TkWmFocusToplevel, /* 90 */
TkWmMapWindow, /* 91 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 |
TkGetDisplayList, /* 106 */
TkGetMainInfoList, /* 107 */
TkGetWindowFromObj, /* 108 */
TkpGetString, /* 109 */
TkpGetSubFonts, /* 110 */
TkpGetSystemDefault, /* 111 */
TkpMenuThreadInit, /* 112 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < > | | | 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 |
TkGetDisplayList, /* 106 */
TkGetMainInfoList, /* 107 */
TkGetWindowFromObj, /* 108 */
TkpGetString, /* 109 */
TkpGetSubFonts, /* 110 */
TkpGetSystemDefault, /* 111 */
TkpMenuThreadInit, /* 112 */
TkClipBox, /* 113 */
TkCreateRegion, /* 114 */
TkDestroyRegion, /* 115 */
TkIntersectRegion, /* 116 */
TkRectInRegion, /* 117 */
TkSetRegion, /* 118 */
TkUnionRectWithRegion, /* 119 */
NULL, /* 120 */
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
NULL, /* 121 */
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
NULL, /* 121 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
NULL, /* 121 */ /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
TkpCreateNativeBitmap, /* 121 */
#endif /* AQUA */
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
NULL, /* 122 */
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
NULL, /* 122 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
NULL, /* 122 */ /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
TkpDefineNativeBitmaps, /* 122 */
#endif /* AQUA */
NULL, /* 123 */
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
NULL, /* 124 */
#endif /* X11 */
#if defined(__WIN32__) /* WIN */
NULL, /* 124 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
NULL, /* 124 */ /* Dummy entry for stubs table backwards compatibility */
TkpGetNativeAppBitmap, /* 124 */
#endif /* AQUA */
NULL, /* 125 */
NULL, /* 126 */
NULL, /* 127 */
NULL, /* 128 */
NULL, /* 129 */
NULL, /* 130 */
NULL, /* 131 */
NULL, /* 132 */
NULL, /* 133 */
NULL, /* 134 */
TkpDrawHighlightBorder, /* 135 */
TkSetFocusWin, /* 136 */
TkpSetKeycodeAndState, /* 137 */
TkpGetKeySym, /* 138 */
TkpInitKeymapInfo, /* 139 */
TkPhotoGetValidRegion, /* 140 */
TkWmStackorderToplevel, /* 141 */
TkFocusFree, /* 142 */
TkClipCleanup, /* 143 */
TkGCCleanup, /* 144 */
TkSubtractRegion, /* 145 */
TkStylePkgInit, /* 146 */
TkStylePkgFree, /* 147 */
TkToplevelWindowForCommand, /* 148 */
TkGetOptionSpec, /* 149 */
TkMakeRawCurve, /* 150 */
TkMakeRawCurvePostscript, /* 151 */
TkpDrawFrame, /* 152 */
TkCreateThreadExitHandler, /* 153 */
TkDeleteThreadExitHandler, /* 154 */
NULL, /* 155 */
TkpTestembedCmd, /* 156 */
TkpTesttextCmd, /* 157 */
NULL, /* 158 */
NULL, /* 159 */
NULL, /* 160 */
NULL, /* 161 */
NULL, /* 162 */
NULL, /* 163 */
NULL, /* 164 */
NULL, /* 165 */
NULL, /* 166 */
NULL, /* 167 */
NULL, /* 168 */
TkStateParseProc, /* 169 */
TkStatePrintProc, /* 170 */
TkCanvasDashParseProc, /* 171 */
TkCanvasDashPrintProc, /* 172 */
TkOffsetParseProc, /* 173 */
TkOffsetPrintProc, /* 174 */
TkPixelParseProc, /* 175 */
TkPixelPrintProc, /* 176 */
TkOrientParseProc, /* 177 */
TkOrientPrintProc, /* 178 */
TkSmoothParseProc, /* 179 */
TkSmoothPrintProc, /* 180 */
NULL, /* 181 */
NULL, /* 182 */
NULL, /* 183 */
NULL, /* 184 */
NULL, /* 185 */
TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 186 */
};
TkIntPlatStubs tkIntPlatStubs = {
TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
NULL,
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
TkAlignImageData, /* 0 */
NULL, /* 1 */
TkGenerateActivateEvents, /* 2 */
TkpGetMS, /* 3 */
TkPointerDeadWindow, /* 4 */
TkpPrintWindowId, /* 5 */
TkpScanWindowId, /* 6 */
TkpSetCapture, /* 7 */
TkpSetCursor, /* 8 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
TkpSync, /* 39 */
TkUnixContainerId, /* 40 */
TkUnixDoOneXEvent, /* 41 */
TkUnixSetMenubar, /* 42 */
TkWmCleanup, /* 43 */
TkSendCleanup, /* 44 */
TkpTestsendCmd, /* 45 */
| < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < > | | 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 |
TkpSync, /* 39 */
TkUnixContainerId, /* 40 */
TkUnixDoOneXEvent, /* 41 */
TkUnixSetMenubar, /* 42 */
TkWmCleanup, /* 43 */
TkSendCleanup, /* 44 */
TkpTestsendCmd, /* 45 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
TkGenerateActivateEvents, /* 0 */
NULL, /* 1 */
NULL, /* 2 */
TkPointerDeadWindow, /* 3 */
TkpSetCapture, /* 4 */
TkpSetCursor, /* 5 */
TkpWmSetState, /* 6 */
TkAboutDlg, /* 7 */
TkMacOSXButtonKeyState, /* 8 */
TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive, /* 9 */
TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent, /* 10 */
TkMacOSXInstallCursor, /* 11 */
TkMacOSXHandleTearoffMenu, /* 12 */
NULL, /* 13 */
TkMacOSXDoHLEvent, /* 14 */
NULL, /* 15 */
TkMacOSXGetXWindow, /* 16 */
TkMacOSXGrowToplevel, /* 17 */
TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect, /* 18 */
NULL, /* 19 */
NULL, /* 20 */
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow, /* 21 */
TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing, /* 22 */
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist, /* 23 */
TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap, /* 24 */
TkMacOSXMenuClick, /* 25 */
TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow, /* 26 */
TkMacOSXResizable, /* 27 */
TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount, /* 28 */
TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow, /* 29 */
TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn, /* 30 */
TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort, /* 31 */
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn, /* 32 */
TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow, /* 33 */
TkMacOSXUseMenuID, /* 34 */
TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn, /* 35 */
TkMacOSXWinBounds, /* 36 */
TkMacOSXWindowOffset, /* 37 */
TkSetMacColor, /* 38 */
TkSetWMName, /* 39 */
TkSuspendClipboard, /* 40 */
TkMacOSXZoomToplevel, /* 41 */
Tk_TopCoordsToWindow, /* 42 */
TkMacOSXContainerId, /* 43 */
TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel, /* 44 */
TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu, /* 45 */
TkpIsWindowFloating, /* 46 */
TkMacOSXGetCapture, /* 47 */
NULL, /* 48 */
TkGetTransientMaster, /* 49 */
TkGenerateButtonEvent, /* 50 */
TkGenWMDestroyEvent, /* 51 */
TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled, /* 52 */
TkpGetMS, /* 53 */
TkMacOSXDrawable, /* 54 */
TkpScanWindowId, /* 55 */
#endif /* AQUA */
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */
TkCreateXEventSource, /* 0 */
TkFreeWindowId, /* 1 */
TkInitXId, /* 2 */
TkpCmapStressed, /* 3 */
TkpSync, /* 4 */
TkUnixContainerId, /* 5 */
TkUnixDoOneXEvent, /* 6 */
TkUnixSetMenubar, /* 7 */
TkpScanWindowId, /* 8 */
TkWmCleanup, /* 9 */
TkSendCleanup, /* 10 */
TkFreeXId, /* 11 */
TkpWmSetState, /* 12 */
TkpTestsendCmd, /* 13 */
#endif /* X11 */
};
TkIntXlibStubs tkIntXlibStubs = {
TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
NULL,
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
XSetDashes, /* 0 */
XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
XCreateImage, /* 2 */
XGetImage, /* 3 */
XGetAtomName, /* 4 */
XKeysymToString, /* 5 */
XCreateColormap, /* 6 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
764 765 766 767 768 769 770 |
XUngrabPointer, /* 74 */
XUnmapWindow, /* 75 */
XWindowEvent, /* 76 */
XDestroyIC, /* 77 */
XFilterEvent, /* 78 */
XmbLookupString, /* 79 */
TkPutImage, /* 80 */
| | | 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 |
XUngrabPointer, /* 74 */
XUnmapWindow, /* 75 */
XWindowEvent, /* 76 */
XDestroyIC, /* 77 */
XFilterEvent, /* 78 */
XmbLookupString, /* 79 */
TkPutImage, /* 80 */
NULL, /* 81 */
XParseColor, /* 82 */
XCreateGC, /* 83 */
XFreeGC, /* 84 */
XInternAtom, /* 85 */
XSetBackground, /* 86 */
XSetForeground, /* 87 */
XSetClipMask, /* 88 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
XGrabServer, /* 108 */
XUngrabServer, /* 109 */
XFree, /* 110 */
XNoOp, /* 111 */
XSynchronize, /* 112 */
XSync, /* 113 */
XVisualIDFromVisual, /* 114 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
XGrabServer, /* 108 */
XUngrabServer, /* 109 */
XFree, /* 110 */
XNoOp, /* 111 */
XSynchronize, /* 112 */
XSync, /* 113 */
XVisualIDFromVisual, /* 114 */
NULL, /* 115 */
NULL, /* 116 */
NULL, /* 117 */
NULL, /* 118 */
NULL, /* 119 */
NULL, /* 120 */
NULL, /* 121 */
NULL, /* 122 */
NULL, /* 123 */
NULL, /* 124 */
NULL, /* 125 */
NULL, /* 126 */
NULL, /* 127 */
NULL, /* 128 */
NULL, /* 129 */
NULL, /* 130 */
NULL, /* 131 */
NULL, /* 132 */
XDrawSegments, /* 133 */
XDrawPoint, /* 134 */
XDrawPoints, /* 135 */
NULL, /* 136 */
NULL, /* 137 */
NULL, /* 138 */
NULL, /* 139 */
NULL, /* 140 */
NULL, /* 141 */
NULL, /* 142 */
NULL, /* 143 */
NULL, /* 144 */
NULL, /* 145 */
NULL, /* 146 */
NULL, /* 147 */
NULL, /* 148 */
NULL, /* 149 */
NULL, /* 150 */
NULL, /* 151 */
NULL, /* 152 */
NULL, /* 153 */
NULL, /* 154 */
NULL, /* 155 */
NULL, /* 156 */
NULL, /* 157 */
TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 158 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
XSetDashes, /* 0 */
XGetModifierMapping, /* 1 */
XCreateImage, /* 2 */
XGetImage, /* 3 */
XGetAtomName, /* 4 */
XKeysymToString, /* 5 */
XCreateColormap, /* 6 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
936 937 938 939 940 941 942 |
XDrawPoint, /* 85 */
XDrawPoints, /* 86 */
XWarpPointer, /* 87 */
XQueryColor, /* 88 */
XQueryColors, /* 89 */
XQueryTree, /* 90 */
XSync, /* 91 */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 |
XDrawPoint, /* 85 */
XDrawPoints, /* 86 */
XWarpPointer, /* 87 */
XQueryColor, /* 88 */
XQueryColors, /* 89 */
XQueryTree, /* 90 */
XSync, /* 91 */
NULL, /* 92 */
NULL, /* 93 */
NULL, /* 94 */
NULL, /* 95 */
NULL, /* 96 */
NULL, /* 97 */
NULL, /* 98 */
NULL, /* 99 */
NULL, /* 100 */
NULL, /* 101 */
NULL, /* 102 */
NULL, /* 103 */
NULL, /* 104 */
NULL, /* 105 */
NULL, /* 106 */
NULL, /* 107 */
NULL, /* 108 */
NULL, /* 109 */
NULL, /* 110 */
NULL, /* 111 */
NULL, /* 112 */
NULL, /* 113 */
NULL, /* 114 */
NULL, /* 115 */
NULL, /* 116 */
NULL, /* 117 */
NULL, /* 118 */
NULL, /* 119 */
NULL, /* 120 */
NULL, /* 121 */
NULL, /* 122 */
NULL, /* 123 */
NULL, /* 124 */
NULL, /* 125 */
NULL, /* 126 */
NULL, /* 127 */
NULL, /* 128 */
NULL, /* 129 */
NULL, /* 130 */
NULL, /* 131 */
NULL, /* 132 */
NULL, /* 133 */
NULL, /* 134 */
NULL, /* 135 */
NULL, /* 136 */
NULL, /* 137 */
NULL, /* 138 */
NULL, /* 139 */
NULL, /* 140 */
NULL, /* 141 */
NULL, /* 142 */
NULL, /* 143 */
NULL, /* 144 */
NULL, /* 145 */
NULL, /* 146 */
NULL, /* 147 */
NULL, /* 148 */
NULL, /* 149 */
NULL, /* 150 */
NULL, /* 151 */
NULL, /* 152 */
NULL, /* 153 */
NULL, /* 154 */
NULL, /* 155 */
NULL, /* 156 */
NULL, /* 157 */
TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 158 */
#endif /* AQUA */
};
TkPlatStubs tkPlatStubs = {
TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
NULL,
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) /* WIN */
Tk_AttachHWND, /* 0 */
Tk_GetHINSTANCE, /* 1 */
Tk_GetHWND, /* 2 */
Tk_HWNDToWindow, /* 3 */
Tk_PointerEvent, /* 4 */
Tk_TranslateWinEvent, /* 5 */
#endif /* WIN */
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK /* AQUA */
Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler, /* 0 */
Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus, /* 1 */
Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor, /* 2 */
TkMacOSXInitMenus, /* 3 */
TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents, /* 4 */
TkGenWMConfigureEvent, /* 5 */
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns, /* 6 */
TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort, /* 7 */
TkMacOSXGetRootControl, /* 8 */
Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier, /* 9 */
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront, /* 10 */
NULL, /* 11 */
NULL, /* 12 */
NULL, /* 13 */
NULL, /* 14 */
NULL, /* 15 */
TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 16 */
#endif /* AQUA */
};
static TkStubHooks tkStubHooks = {
&tkPlatStubs,
&tkIntStubs,
&tkIntPlatStubs,
&tkIntXlibStubs
};
TkStubs tkStubs = {
TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
&tkStubHooks,
Tk_MainLoop, /* 0 */
Tk_3DBorderColor, /* 1 */
Tk_3DBorderGC, /* 2 */
Tk_3DHorizontalBevel, /* 3 */
Tk_3DVerticalBevel, /* 4 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 |
Tk_GetCursor, /* 91 */
Tk_GetCursorFromData, /* 92 */
Tk_GetFont, /* 93 */
Tk_GetFontFromObj, /* 94 */
Tk_GetFontMetrics, /* 95 */
Tk_GetGC, /* 96 */
Tk_GetImage, /* 97 */
| | | 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 |
Tk_GetCursor, /* 91 */
Tk_GetCursorFromData, /* 92 */
Tk_GetFont, /* 93 */
Tk_GetFontFromObj, /* 94 */
Tk_GetFontMetrics, /* 95 */
Tk_GetGC, /* 96 */
Tk_GetImage, /* 97 */
Tk_GetImageMasterData, /* 98 */
Tk_GetItemTypes, /* 99 */
Tk_GetJoinStyle, /* 100 */
Tk_GetJustify, /* 101 */
Tk_GetNumMainWindows, /* 102 */
Tk_GetOption, /* 103 */
Tk_GetPixels, /* 104 */
Tk_GetPixmap, /* 105 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 |
Tk_InitOptions, /* 211 */
Tk_MainEx, /* 212 */
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, /* 213 */
Tk_SetOptions, /* 214 */
Tk_InitConsoleChannels, /* 215 */
Tk_CreateConsoleWindow, /* 216 */
Tk_CreateSmoothMethod, /* 217 */
| | | | 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 |
Tk_InitOptions, /* 211 */
Tk_MainEx, /* 212 */
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions, /* 213 */
Tk_SetOptions, /* 214 */
Tk_InitConsoleChannels, /* 215 */
Tk_CreateConsoleWindow, /* 216 */
Tk_CreateSmoothMethod, /* 217 */
NULL, /* 218 */
NULL, /* 219 */
Tk_GetDash, /* 220 */
Tk_CreateOutline, /* 221 */
Tk_DeleteOutline, /* 222 */
Tk_ConfigOutlineGC, /* 223 */
Tk_ChangeOutlineGC, /* 224 */
Tk_ResetOutlineGC, /* 225 */
Tk_CanvasPsOutline, /* 226 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 |
Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock, /* 267 */
Tk_PhotoSetSize, /* 268 */
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, /* 269 */
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime, /* 270 */
Tk_Interp, /* 271 */
Tk_CreateOldImageType, /* 272 */
Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat, /* 273 */
| | | | | | | > | < < < < | < < < < < < | 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 |
Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock, /* 267 */
Tk_PhotoSetSize, /* 268 */
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime, /* 269 */
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime, /* 270 */
Tk_Interp, /* 271 */
Tk_CreateOldImageType, /* 272 */
Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat, /* 273 */
NULL, /* 274 */
NULL, /* 275 */
NULL, /* 276 */
NULL, /* 277 */
NULL, /* 278 */
NULL, /* 279 */
TkUnusedStubEntry, /* 280 */
};
/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */
#undef UNIX_TK
#undef MAC_OSX_TK
|
Changes to generic/tkStubLib.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef __WIN32__ #include "tkWinInt.h" #endif #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" #endif #if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif /* TODO: These ought to come in some other way */ #include "tkPlatDecls.h" #include "tkIntXlibDecls.h" TkStubs *tkStubsPtr = NULL; TkPlatStubs *tkPlatStubsPtr = NULL; TkIntStubs *tkIntStubsPtr = NULL; TkIntPlatStubs *tkIntPlatStubsPtr = NULL; TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubsPtr = NULL; /* * Use our own isdigit to avoid linking to libc on windows */ static int isDigit(const int c) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | * * Side effects: * Sets the stub table pointers. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #undef Tk_InitStubs | | | | | | | | | | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
*
* Side effects:
* Sets the stub table pointers.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#undef Tk_InitStubs
CONST char *
Tk_InitStubs(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *version,
int exact)
{
const char *packageName = "Tk";
const char *errMsg = NULL;
ClientData clientData = NULL;
CONST char *actualVersion = tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp,
packageName, version, 0, &clientData);
TkStubs *stubsPtr = (TkStubs *)clientData;
if (actualVersion == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (exact) {
CONST char *p = version;
int count = 0;
while (*p) {
count += !isDigit(*p++);
}
if (count == 1) {
CONST char *q = actualVersion;
p = version;
while (*p && (*p == *q)) {
p++; q++;
}
if (*p || isDigit(*q)) {
/* Construct error message */
tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Tk", version, 1, NULL);
return NULL;
}
} else {
actualVersion = tclStubsPtr->tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Tk",
version, 1, NULL);
if (actualVersion == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
}
}
if (stubsPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkStyle.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
94 95 96 97 98 99 100 | * (by a derived element). */ } Element; /* * Thread-local data. */ | | | 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
* (by a derived element). */
} Element;
/*
* Thread-local data.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int nbInit; /* Number of calls to the init proc. */
Tcl_HashTable engineTable; /* Map a name to a style engine. Keys are
* strings, values are Tk_StyleEngine
* pointers. */
StyleEngine *defaultEnginePtr;
/* Default, core-defined style engine. Global
* fallback for all engines. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 | static void InitWidgetSpec(StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr, StyledElement *elementPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); static int SetStyleFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* * The following structure defines the implementation of the "style" Tcl | | | | | | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
static void InitWidgetSpec(StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr,
StyledElement *elementPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable);
static int SetStyleFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/*
* The following structure defines the implementation of the "style" Tcl
* object, used for drawing. The internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 field of each style
* object points to the Style structure for the stylefont, or NULL.
*/
static Tcl_ObjType styleObjType = {
"style", /* name */
FreeStyleObjProc, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupStyleObjProc, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetStyleFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkStylePkgInit --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 | * Memory allocated. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkStylePkgInit( | | | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
* Memory allocated.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkStylePkgInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->nbInit != 0) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr = (StyleEngine *)
Tk_RegisterStyleEngine(NULL, NULL);
/*
* Create the default system style.
*/
| | > | 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr = (StyleEngine *)
Tk_RegisterStyleEngine(NULL, NULL);
/*
* Create the default system style.
*/
Tk_CreateStyle(NULL, (Tk_StyleEngine) tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr,
(ClientData) 0);
tsdPtr->nbInit++;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
229 230 231 232 233 234 235 | * Memory freed. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkStylePkgFree( | | | | | | | 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
* Memory freed.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkStylePkgFree(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being deleted. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
StyleEngine *enginePtr;
int i;
tsdPtr->nbInit--;
if (tsdPtr->nbInit != 0) {
return;
}
/*
* Free styles.
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->styleTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->styleTable);
/*
* Free engines.
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->engineTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
enginePtr = (StyleEngine *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
FreeStyleEngine(enginePtr);
ckfree((char *) enginePtr);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->engineTable);
/*
* Free elements.
*/
for (i = 0; i < tsdPtr->nbElements; i++) {
FreeElement(tsdPtr->elements+i);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->elementTable);
ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->elements);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_RegisterStyleEngine --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
327 328 329 330 331 332 333 |
return NULL;
}
/*
* Allocate and intitialize a new engine.
*/
| | | | | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 |
return NULL;
}
/*
* Allocate and intitialize a new engine.
*/
enginePtr = (StyleEngine *) ckalloc(sizeof(StyleEngine));
InitStyleEngine(enginePtr, Tcl_GetHashKey(&tsdPtr->engineTable, entryPtr),
(StyleEngine *) parent);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) enginePtr);
return (Tk_StyleEngine) enginePtr;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
385 386 387 388 389 390 391 |
}
/*
* Allocate and initialize elements array.
*/
if (tsdPtr->nbElements > 0) {
| | | 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 |
}
/*
* Allocate and initialize elements array.
*/
if (tsdPtr->nbElements > 0) {
enginePtr->elements = (StyledElement *) ckalloc(
sizeof(StyledElement) * tsdPtr->nbElements);
for (elementId = 0; elementId < tsdPtr->nbElements; elementId++) {
InitStyledElement(enginePtr->elements+elementId);
}
} else {
enginePtr->elements = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
/*
* Free allocated elements.
*/
for (elementId = 0; elementId < tsdPtr->nbElements; elementId++) {
FreeStyledElement(enginePtr->elements+elementId);
}
| | | 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
/*
* Free allocated elements.
*/
for (elementId = 0; elementId < tsdPtr->nbElements; elementId++) {
FreeStyledElement(enginePtr->elements+elementId);
}
ckfree((char *) enginePtr->elements);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetStyleEngine --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->engineTable, (name!=NULL?name:""));
if (!entryPtr) {
return NULL;
}
| | | 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 |
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->engineTable, (name!=NULL?name:""));
if (!entryPtr) {
return NULL;
}
return (Tk_StyleEngine) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InitElement --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
517 518 519 520 521 522 523 | * Memory freed. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FreeElement( | | | 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
* Memory freed.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeElement(
Element *elementPtr) /* The element to free. */
{
/* Nothing to do. */
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
574 575 576 577 578 579 580 |
/*
* Free allocated widget specs.
*/
for (i = 0; i < elementPtr->nbWidgetSpecs; i++) {
FreeWidgetSpec(elementPtr->widgetSpecs+i);
}
| | | 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
/*
* Free allocated widget specs.
*/
for (i = 0; i < elementPtr->nbWidgetSpecs; i++) {
FreeWidgetSpec(elementPtr->widgetSpecs+i);
}
ckfree((char *) elementPtr->widgetSpecs);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateElement --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
632 633 634 635 636 637 638 |
dot = strchr(name, '.');
if (dot) {
genericId = CreateElement(dot+1, 0);
}
elementId = tsdPtr->nbElements++;
| | | | | | > | 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
dot = strchr(name, '.');
if (dot) {
genericId = CreateElement(dot+1, 0);
}
elementId = tsdPtr->nbElements++;
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) INT2PTR(elementId));
/*
* Reallocate element table.
*/
tsdPtr->elements = (Element *) ckrealloc((char *) tsdPtr->elements,
sizeof(Element) * tsdPtr->nbElements);
InitElement(tsdPtr->elements+elementId,
Tcl_GetHashKey(&tsdPtr->elementTable, entryPtr), elementId,
genericId, create);
/*
* Reallocate style engines' element table.
*/
engineEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->engineTable, &search);
while (engineEntryPtr != NULL) {
enginePtr = (StyleEngine *) Tcl_GetHashValue(engineEntryPtr);
enginePtr->elements = (StyledElement *) ckrealloc(
(char *) enginePtr->elements,
sizeof(StyledElement) * tsdPtr->nbElements);
InitStyledElement(enginePtr->elements+elementId);
engineEntryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
return elementId;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
755 756 757 758 759 760 761 |
Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr)/* Static template information about the
* element. */
{
int elementId;
StyledElement *elementPtr;
Tk_ElementSpec *specPtr;
int nbOptions;
| | | 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 |
Tk_ElementSpec *templatePtr)/* Static template information about the
* element. */
{
int elementId;
StyledElement *elementPtr;
Tk_ElementSpec *specPtr;
int nbOptions;
register Tk_ElementOptionSpec *srcOptions, *dstOptions;
if (templatePtr->version != TK_STYLE_VERSION_1) {
/*
* Version mismatch. Do nothing.
*/
return -1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
782 783 784 785 786 787 788 |
/*
* Initialize the styled element.
*/
elementPtr = ((StyleEngine *) engine)->elements+elementId;
| | | | | 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 |
/*
* Initialize the styled element.
*/
elementPtr = ((StyleEngine *) engine)->elements+elementId;
specPtr = (Tk_ElementSpec *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_ElementSpec));
specPtr->version = templatePtr->version;
specPtr->name = ckalloc(strlen(templatePtr->name)+1);
strcpy(specPtr->name, templatePtr->name);
nbOptions = 0;
for (nbOptions = 0, srcOptions = templatePtr->options;
srcOptions->name != NULL; nbOptions++, srcOptions++) {
/* empty body */
}
specPtr->options = (Tk_ElementOptionSpec *)
ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_ElementOptionSpec) * (nbOptions+1));
for (srcOptions = templatePtr->options, dstOptions = specPtr->options;
/* End condition within loop */; srcOptions++, dstOptions++) {
if (srcOptions->name == NULL) {
dstOptions->name = NULL;
break;
}
dstOptions->name = ckalloc(strlen(srcOptions->name)+1);
strcpy(dstOptions->name, srcOptions->name);
dstOptions->type = srcOptions->type;
}
specPtr->getSize = templatePtr->getSize;
specPtr->getBox = templatePtr->getBox;
specPtr->getBorderWidth = templatePtr->getBorderWidth;
specPtr->draw = templatePtr->draw;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
919 920 921 922 923 924 925 |
/* empty body */
}
/*
* Build the widget option list.
*/
| | | | 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 |
/* empty body */
}
/*
* Build the widget option list.
*/
widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr = (const Tk_OptionSpec **)
ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_OptionSpec *) * nbOptions);
for (i = 0, elementOptionPtr = elementPtr->specPtr->options;
i < nbOptions; i++, elementOptionPtr++) {
widgetOptionPtr = TkGetOptionSpec(elementOptionPtr->name, optionTable);
/*
* Check that the widget option type is compatible with one of the
* element's required types.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
960 961 962 963 964 965 966 |
*/
static void
FreeWidgetSpec(
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr)
/* The widget spec to free. */
{
| | | 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 |
*/
static void
FreeWidgetSpec(
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr)
/* The widget spec to free. */
{
ckfree((char *) widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetWidgetSpec --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 |
}
/*
* Create and initialize a new widget spec.
*/
i = elementPtr->nbWidgetSpecs++;
| | > | 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 |
}
/*
* Create and initialize a new widget spec.
*/
i = elementPtr->nbWidgetSpecs++;
elementPtr->widgetSpecs = (StyledWidgetSpec *) ckrealloc(
(char *) elementPtr->widgetSpecs,
sizeof(StyledWidgetSpec) * elementPtr->nbWidgetSpecs);
widgetSpecPtr = elementPtr->widgetSpecs+i;
InitWidgetSpec(widgetSpecPtr, elementPtr, optionTable);
return widgetSpecPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 |
*/
void
Tk_GetElementSize(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
| | | | 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 |
*/
void
Tk_GetElementSize(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
int width, int height, /* Requested size. */
int inner, /* If TRUE, compute the outer size according
* to the requested minimum inner size. If
* FALSE, compute the inner size according to
* the requested maximum outer size. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Returned size. */
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;
widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getSize(stylePtr->clientData,
recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin, width, height, inner,
widthPtr, heightPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetElementBox --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 |
*/
void
Tk_GetElementBox(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
| | | | 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 |
*/
void
Tk_GetElementBox(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
int x, int y, /* Top left corner of available area. */
int width, int height, /* Size of available area. */
int inner, /* Boolean. If TRUE, compute the bounding box
* according to the requested inscribed box
* size. If FALSE, compute the inscribed box
* according to the requested bounding box. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Returned top left corner. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Returned size. */
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;
widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getBox(stylePtr->clientData,
recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin, x, y, width, height,
inner, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetElementBorderWidth --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 |
*/
int
Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
| | | | 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 |
*/
int
Tk_GetElementBorderWidth(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The widget window. */
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;
return widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->getBorderWidth(
stylePtr->clientData, recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DrawElement --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 |
*/
void
Tk_DrawElement(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
| | | | 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 |
*/
void
Tk_DrawElement(
Tk_Style style, /* The widget style. */
Tk_StyledElement element, /* The styled element, previously returned by
* Tk_GetStyledElement. */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
Drawable d, /* Where to draw element. */
int x, int y, /* Top left corner of element. */
int width, int height, /* Size of element. */
int state) /* Drawing state flags. */
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style *) style;
StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr = (StyledWidgetSpec *) element;
widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr->specPtr->draw(stylePtr->clientData,
recordPtr, widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr, tkwin, d, x, y, width,
height, state);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CreateStyle --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 |
return NULL;
}
/*
* Allocate and intitialize a new style.
*/
| | | | | | 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 |
return NULL;
}
/*
* Allocate and intitialize a new style.
*/
stylePtr = (Style *) ckalloc(sizeof(Style));
InitStyle(stylePtr, Tcl_GetHashKey(&tsdPtr->styleTable, entryPtr),
(engine!=NULL ? (StyleEngine *) engine : tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr),
clientData);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) stylePtr);
return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */
const char *name) /* Name of the style to retrieve. NULL or empty
* means the default system style. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
/*
* Search for a corresponding entry in the style table.
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->styleTable, (name!=NULL?name:""));
if (entryPtr == NULL) {
if (interp != NULL) {
| > | < | | > > | | | 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */
const char *name) /* Name of the style to retrieve. NULL or empty
* means the default system style. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
Style *stylePtr;
/*
* Search for a corresponding entry in the style table.
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->styleTable, (name!=NULL?name:""));
if (entryPtr == NULL) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "style \"", name, "\" doesn't exist",
NULL);
}
return (Tk_Style) NULL;
}
stylePtr = (Style *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeStyle --
*
* No-op. Present only for stubs compatibility.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeStyle(
Tk_Style style)
{
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_AllocStyleFromObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 |
Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object containing name of the style to
* retrieve. */
{
if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
| > > | > > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < | < < < < | | 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 |
Tk_Style
Tk_AllocStyleFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object containing name of the style to
* retrieve. */
{
Style *stylePtr;
if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr);
}
stylePtr = (Style *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
return (Tk_Style) stylePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetStyleFromObj --
*
* Find the style that corresponds to a given object. The style must have
* already been created by Tk_CreateStyle.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a token for the style that matches objPtr, or NULL
* if none found.
*
* Side effects:
* If the object is not already a style ref, the conversion will free any
* old internal representation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Style
Tk_GetStyleFromObj(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object from which to get the style. */
{
if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) {
SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr);
}
return (Tk_Style) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeStyleFromObj --
*
* No-op. Present only for stubs compatibility.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeStyleFromObj(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetStyleFromAny --
*
* Convert the internal representation of a Tcl object to the style
* internal form.
*
* Results:
* Always returns TCL_OK. If an error occurs is returned (e.g. the style
* doesn't exist), an error message will be left in interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* The object is left with its typePtr pointing to styleObjType.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetStyleFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
const Tcl_ObjType *typePtr;
const char *name;
/*
* Free the old internalRep before setting the new one.
*/
name = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
typePtr = objPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType;
objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (VOID *) Tk_GetStyle(interp, name);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTest.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < | | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"
#ifdef __WIN32__
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#endif
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#endif
#ifdef __UNIX__
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif
/*
* The following data structure represents the master for a test image:
*/
typedef struct TImageMaster {
Tk_ImageMaster master; /* Tk's token for image master. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for application. */
int width, height; /* Dimensions of image. */
char *imageName; /* Name of image (malloc-ed). */
char *varName; /* Name of variable in which to log events for
* image (malloc-ed). */
} TImageMaster;
/*
* The following data structure represents a particular use of a particular
* test image.
*/
typedef struct TImageInstance {
TImageMaster *masterPtr; /* Pointer to master for image. */
XColor *fg; /* Foreground color for drawing in image. */
GC gc; /* Graphics context for drawing in image. */
} TImageInstance;
/*
* The type record for test images:
*/
static int ImageCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp,
char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[],
Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master,
ClientData *clientDataPtr);
static ClientData ImageGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData);
static void ImageDisplay(ClientData clientData,
Display *display, Drawable drawable,
int imageX, int imageY, int width,
int height, int drawableX,
int drawableY);
static void ImageFree(ClientData clientData, Display *display);
static void ImageDelete(ClientData clientData);
static Tk_ImageType imageType = {
"test", /* name */
ImageCreate, /* createProc */
ImageGet, /* getProc */
ImageDisplay, /* displayProc */
ImageFree, /* freeProc */
ImageDelete, /* deleteProc */
NULL, /* postscriptPtr */
NULL /* nextPtr */
};
/*
* One of the following structures describes each of the interpreters created
* by the "testnewapp" command. This information is used by the
* "testdeleteinterps" command to destroy all of those interpreters.
*/
typedef struct NewApp {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Token for interpreter. */
struct NewApp *nextPtr; /* Next in list of new interpreters. */
} NewApp;
static NewApp *newAppPtr = NULL;/* First in list of all new interpreters. */
/*
* Declaration for the square widget's class command function:
*/
extern int SquareObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
typedef struct CBinding {
Tcl_Interp *interp;
char *command;
char *delete;
} CBinding;
/*
* Header for trivial configuration command items.
*/
#define ODD TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT
#define EVEN (TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT << 1)
enum {
NONE,
ODD_TYPE,
EVEN_TYPE
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
147 148 149 150 151 152 153 | * this widget. */ } TrivialCommandHeader; /* * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ | > > > > > | | > | | | < | | < | | | < | | | < | < < < < | | > > > > > > > > > > | | < | | | < | > > > > > > > | > | > > > > | < < < < < < < | | | > > > | | | | < | < < < | | | | | | | | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
* this widget. */
} TrivialCommandHeader;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static int CBindingEvalProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, XEvent *eventPtr,
Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym);
static void CBindingFreeProc(ClientData clientData);
int Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int ImageCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
static int TestcbindCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
static int TestbitmapObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static int TestborderObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static int TestcolorObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static int TestcursorObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static int TestdeleteappsCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
static int TestfontObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int TestmakeexistCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int TestmenubarCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
#endif
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
static int TestmetricsCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
#endif
static int TestobjconfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static int CustomOptionSet(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset, char *saveInternalPtr,
int flags);
static Tcl_Obj * CustomOptionGet(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset);
static void CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr,
char *saveInternalPtr);
static void CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr);
static int TestpropCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int TestwrapperCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv);
#endif
static void TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData);
static int TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj * const objv[]);
static void TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
/*
* External (platform specific) initialization routine:
*/
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK))
#define TkplatformtestInit(x) TCL_OK
#else
MODULE_SCOPE int TkplatformtestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif
/*
* External legacy testing initialization routine:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TkOldTestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tktest_Init --
*
* This function performs intialization for the Tk test suite exensions.
*
* Results:
* Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in
* the interp's result if an error occurs.
*
* Side effects:
* Creates several test commands.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tktest_Init(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */
{
static int initialized = 0;
/*
* Create additional commands for testing Tk.
*/
if (Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "Tktest", TK_VERSION) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "square", SquareObjCmd,
(ClientData) NULL, NULL);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testcbind", TestcbindCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testbitmap", TestbitmapObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testborder", TestborderObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testcolor", TestcolorObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testcursor", TestcursorObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testdeleteapps", TestdeleteappsCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testembed", TkpTestembedCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testobjconfig", TestobjconfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfont", TestfontObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testmakeexist", TestmakeexistCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testprop", TestpropCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testtext", TkpTesttextCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testmetrics", TestmetricsCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#elif !defined(__CYGWIN__)
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testmenubar", TestmenubarCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testsend", TkpTestsendCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testwrapper", TestwrapperCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
#endif /* __WIN32__ || MAC_OSX_TK */
/*
* Create test image type.
*/
if (!initialized) {
initialized = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
return TkplatformtestInit(interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestbitmapObjCmd --
*
* This function implements the "testbitmap" command, which is used to
* test color resource handling in tkBitmap tmp.c.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TestbitmapObjCmd(
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
return TkplatformtestInit(interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestcbindCmd --
*
* This function implements the "testcbinding" command. It provides a set
* of functions for testing C bindings in tkBind.c.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Depends on option; see below.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TestcbindCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
ClientData object;
CBinding *cbindPtr;
if (argc < 4 || argc > 5) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
" bindtag pattern command ?deletecommand?", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
if (argv[1][0] == '.') {
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], tkwin);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
object = (ClientData) winPtr->pathName;
} else {
winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
object = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid(argv[1]);
}
if (argv[3][0] == '\0') {
return Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
object, argv[2]);
}
cbindPtr = (CBinding *) ckalloc(sizeof(CBinding));
cbindPtr->interp = interp;
cbindPtr->command =
strcpy((char *) ckalloc(strlen(argv[3]) + 1), argv[3]);
if (argc == 4) {
cbindPtr->delete = NULL;
} else {
cbindPtr->delete =
strcpy((char *) ckalloc(strlen(argv[4]) + 1), argv[4]);
}
if (TkCreateBindingProcedure(interp, winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
object, argv[2], CBindingEvalProc, CBindingFreeProc,
(ClientData) cbindPtr) == 0) {
ckfree((char *) cbindPtr->command);
if (cbindPtr->delete != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) cbindPtr->delete);
}
ckfree((char *) cbindPtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
CBindingEvalProc(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
XEvent *eventPtr,
Tk_Window tkwin,
KeySym keySym)
{
CBinding *cbindPtr;
cbindPtr = (CBinding *) clientData;
return Tcl_EvalEx(interp, cbindPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}
static void
CBindingFreeProc(
ClientData clientData)
{
CBinding *cbindPtr = (CBinding *) clientData;
if (cbindPtr->delete != NULL) {
Tcl_EvalEx(cbindPtr->interp, cbindPtr->delete, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
ckfree((char *) cbindPtr->delete);
}
ckfree((char *) cbindPtr->command);
ckfree((char *) cbindPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestbitmapObjCmd --
*
* This function implements the "testbitmap" command, which is used to
* test color resource handling in tkBitmap tmp.c.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestbitmapObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "bitmap");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkDebugBitmap(Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1])));
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int TestborderObjCmd( | > | > | 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestborderObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "border");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkDebugBorder(Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1])));
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int TestcolorObjCmd( | > | | 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestcolorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "color");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int TestcursorObjCmd( | > | | | > | | | | | | | 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestcursorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cursor");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkDebugCursor(Tk_MainWindow(interp),
Tcl_GetString(objv[1])));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestdeleteappsCmd --
*
* This function implements the "testdeleteapps" command. It cleans up
* all the interpreters left behind by the "testnewapp" command.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* All the intepreters created by previous calls to "testnewapp" get
* deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestdeleteappsCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
NewApp *nextPtr;
while (newAppPtr != NULL) {
nextPtr = newAppPtr->nextPtr;
Tcl_DeleteInterp(newAppPtr->interp);
ckfree((char *) newAppPtr);
newAppPtr = nextPtr;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TestobjconfigObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > | | > | | | | < | | | | | | > | | > | | | | | | | | < < < | | | | 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestobjconfigObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *options[] = {
"alltypes", "chain1", "chain2", "configerror", "delete", "info",
"internal", "new", "notenoughparams", "twowindows", NULL
};
enum {
ALL_TYPES, CHAIN1, CHAIN2, CONFIG_ERROR,
DEL, /* Can't use DELETE: VC++ compiler barfs. */
INFO, INTERNAL, NEW, NOT_ENOUGH_PARAMS, TWO_WINDOWS
};
static Tk_OptionTable tables[11];
/* Holds pointers to option tables created by
* commands below; indexed with same values as
* "options" array. */
static const Tk_ObjCustomOption CustomOption = {
"custom option",
CustomOptionSet,
CustomOptionGet,
CustomOptionRestore,
CustomOptionFree,
(ClientData) 1
};
Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin;
int index, result = TCL_OK;
/*
* Structures used by the "chain1" subcommand and also shared by the
* "chain2" subcommand:
*/
typedef struct ExtensionWidgetRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
Tcl_Obj *base1ObjPtr;
Tcl_Obj *base2ObjPtr;
Tcl_Obj *extension3ObjPtr;
Tcl_Obj *extension4ObjPtr;
Tcl_Obj *extension5ObjPtr;
} ExtensionWidgetRecord;
static const Tk_OptionSpec baseSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-one", "one", "One", "one",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base1ObjPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-two", "two", "Two", "two",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base2ObjPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "command");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "command", 0, &index)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch (index) {
case ALL_TYPES: {
typedef struct TypesRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
Tcl_Obj *booleanPtr;
Tcl_Obj *integerPtr;
Tcl_Obj *doublePtr;
Tcl_Obj *stringPtr;
Tcl_Obj *stringTablePtr;
Tcl_Obj *colorPtr;
Tcl_Obj *fontPtr;
Tcl_Obj *bitmapPtr;
Tcl_Obj *borderPtr;
Tcl_Obj *reliefPtr;
Tcl_Obj *cursorPtr;
Tcl_Obj *activeCursorPtr;
Tcl_Obj *justifyPtr;
Tcl_Obj *anchorPtr;
Tcl_Obj *pixelPtr;
Tcl_Obj *mmPtr;
Tcl_Obj *customPtr;
} TypesRecord;
TypesRecord *recordPtr;
static const char *stringTable[] = {
"one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec typesSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, booleanPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x1},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-integer", "integer", "Integer", "7",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, integerPtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x2},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-double", "double", "Double", "3.14159",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, doublePtr), -1, 0, 0, 0x4},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-string", "string", "String",
"foo", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, stringPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x8},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
"-stringtable", "StringTable", "stringTable",
"one", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, stringTablePtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, (ClientData) stringTable, 0x10},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color",
"red", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, colorPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, (ClientData) "black", 0x20},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", "Helvetica 12",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, fontPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x40},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap", "gray50",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, bitmapPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x80},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-border", "border", "Border",
"blue", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, borderPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, (ClientData) "white", 0x100},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", "raised",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, reliefPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x200},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", "xterm",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, cursorPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x400},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL, "left",
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, justifyPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x800},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", NULL,
Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, anchorPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x1000},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixel", "pixel", "Pixel",
"1", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, pixelPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x2000},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-custom", NULL, NULL,
"", Tk_Offset(TypesRecord, customPtr), -1,
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, (ClientData)&CustomOption, 0x4000},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-synonym", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-color", 0x8000},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, typesSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
recordPtr = (TypesRecord *) ckalloc(sizeof(TypesRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
recordPtr->booleanPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->integerPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->doublePtr = NULL;
recordPtr->stringPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->colorPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->fontPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->bitmapPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->borderPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->reliefPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->cursorPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->justifyPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->anchorPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->pixelPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->mmPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->stringTablePtr = NULL;
recordPtr->customPtr = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
}
} else {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
ckfree((char *) recordPtr);
}
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
}
break;
}
case CHAIN1: {
ExtensionWidgetRecord *recordPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, baseSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
recordPtr = (ExtensionWidgetRecord *)
ckalloc(sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
}
}
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
}
break;
}
case CHAIN2: {
ExtensionWidgetRecord *recordPtr;
static const Tk_OptionSpec extensionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-three", "three", "Three", "three",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension3ObjPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-four", "four", "Four", "four",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension4ObjPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-two", "two", "Two", "two and a half",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, base2ObjPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_STRING,
"-oneAgain", "oneAgain", "OneAgain", "one again",
Tk_Offset(ExtensionWidgetRecord, extension5ObjPtr), -1},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, -1, 0,
(ClientData) baseSpecs}
};
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, extensionSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
recordPtr = (ExtensionWidgetRecord *) ckalloc(
sizeof(ExtensionWidgetRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
recordPtr->base1ObjPtr = recordPtr->base2ObjPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->extension3ObjPtr = recordPtr->extension4ObjPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->extension5ObjPtr = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
objc-3, objv+3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin);
}
}
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
}
break;
}
case CONFIG_ERROR: {
typedef struct ErrorWidgetRecord {
Tcl_Obj *intPtr;
} ErrorWidgetRecord;
ErrorWidgetRecord widgetRecord;
static const Tk_OptionSpec errorSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-int", "integer", "Integer", "bogus",
Tk_Offset(ErrorWidgetRecord, intPtr)},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
widgetRecord.intPtr = NULL;
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
return Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) &widgetRecord, optionTable,
(Tk_Window) NULL);
}
case DEL:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tableName");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], options, "table", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (tables[index] != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteOptionTable(tables[index]);
}
break;
case INFO:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tableName");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], options, "table", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, TkDebugConfig(interp, tables[index]));
break;
case INTERNAL: {
/*
* This command is similar to the "alltypes" command except that it
* stores all the configuration options as internal forms instead of
* objects.
*/
typedef struct InternalRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
int boolean;
int integer;
double doubleValue;
char *string;
int index;
XColor *colorPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
860 861 862 863 864 865 866 |
} InternalRecord;
InternalRecord *recordPtr;
static const char *const internalStringTable[] = {
"one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec internalSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 |
} InternalRecord;
InternalRecord *recordPtr;
static const char *const internalStringTable[] = {
"one", "two", "three", "four", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec internalSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-boolean", "boolean", "Boolean", "1",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, boolean), 0, 0, 0x1},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-integer", "integer", "Integer", "148962237",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, integer), 0, 0, 0x2},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-double", "double", "Double", "3.14159",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, doubleValue), 0, 0, 0x4},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-string", "string", "String", "foo",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, string),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x8},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE,
"-stringtable", "StringTable", "stringTable", "one",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, index),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, (ClientData) internalStringTable, 0x10},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-color", "color", "Color", "red",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, colorPtr),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, (ClientData) "black", 0x20},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font", "Helvetica 12",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, tkfont),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x40},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bitmap", "bitmap", "Bitmap", "gray50",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, bitmap),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x80},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-border", "border", "Border", "blue",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, border),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, (ClientData) "white", 0x100},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", "raised",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, relief),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x200},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", "xterm",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, cursor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x400},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", NULL, NULL, "left",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, justify),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x800},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor", NULL,
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, anchor),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x1000},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pixel", "pixel", "Pixel", "1",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, pixels),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0x2000},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window", NULL,
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, tkwin),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-custom", NULL, NULL, "",
-1, Tk_Offset(InternalRecord, custom),
TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK, (ClientData)&CustomOption, 0x4000},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-synonym", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-color", 0x8000},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin;
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, internalSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, (Tk_Window) clientData,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
recordPtr = (InternalRecord *) ckalloc(sizeof(InternalRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
recordPtr->boolean = 0;
recordPtr->integer = 0;
recordPtr->doubleValue = 0.0;
recordPtr->string = NULL;
recordPtr->index = 0;
recordPtr->colorPtr = NULL;
recordPtr->tkfont = NULL;
recordPtr->bitmap = None;
recordPtr->border = NULL;
recordPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
recordPtr->cursor = NULL;
recordPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
recordPtr->anchor = TK_ANCHOR_N;
recordPtr->pixels = 0;
recordPtr->mm = 0.0;
recordPtr->tkwin = NULL;
recordPtr->custom = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr, optionTable,
objc - 3, objv + 3, tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
}
} else {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
ckfree((char *) recordPtr);
}
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
}
break;
}
case NEW: {
typedef struct FiveRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
Tcl_Obj *one;
Tcl_Obj *two;
Tcl_Obj *three;
Tcl_Obj *four;
Tcl_Obj *five;
} FiveRecord;
FiveRecord *recordPtr;
static const Tk_OptionSpec smallSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-one", "one", "One", "1",
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, one), -1},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-two", "two", "Two", "2",
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, two), -1},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-three", "three", "Three", "3",
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, three), -1},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-four", "four", "Four", "4",
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, four), -1},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-five", NULL, NULL, NULL,
Tk_Offset(FiveRecord, five), -1},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "new name ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
recordPtr = (FiveRecord *) ckalloc(sizeof(FiveRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
smallSpecs);
tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = NULL;
recordPtr->one = recordPtr->two = recordPtr->three = NULL;
recordPtr->four = recordPtr->five = NULL;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
(Tk_Window) NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
} else {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
}
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) recordPtr);
}
break;
}
case NOT_ENOUGH_PARAMS: {
typedef struct NotEnoughRecord {
Tcl_Obj *fooObjPtr;
} NotEnoughRecord;
NotEnoughRecord record;
static const Tk_OptionSpec errorSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-foo", "foo", "Foo", "0",
Tk_Offset(NotEnoughRecord, fooObjPtr)},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
Tcl_Obj *newObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj("-foo", -1);
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
record.fooObjPtr = NULL;
tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, mainWin, ".config", NULL);
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Config");
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, errorSpecs);
tables[index] = optionTable;
Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) &record, optionTable, 1,
&newObjPtr, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(newObjPtr);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions( (char *) &record, optionTable, tkwin);
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
return result;
}
case TWO_WINDOWS: {
typedef struct SlaveRecord {
TrivialCommandHeader header;
Tcl_Obj *windowPtr;
} SlaveRecord;
SlaveRecord *recordPtr;
static const Tk_OptionSpec slaveSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", "window", "Window", ".bar",
Tk_Offset(SlaveRecord, windowPtr), -1, TK_CONFIG_NULL_OK},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp,
(Tk_Window) clientData, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), NULL);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Test");
recordPtr = (SlaveRecord *) ckalloc(sizeof(SlaveRecord));
recordPtr->header.interp = interp;
recordPtr->header.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,
slaveSpecs);
tables[index] = recordPtr->header.optionTable;
recordPtr->header.tkwin = tkwin;
recordPtr->windowPtr = NULL;
result = Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, objc - 3, objv + 3,
tkwin, NULL, NULL);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
recordPtr->header.widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), TrivialConfigObjCmd,
(ClientData) recordPtr, TrivialCmdDeletedProc);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
TrivialEventProc, (ClientData) recordPtr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[2]);
} else {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) recordPtr,
recordPtr->header.optionTable, tkwin);
}
}
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
ckfree((char *) recordPtr);
}
}
}
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TrivialConfigObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int result = TCL_OK;
| > | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TrivialConfigObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int result = TCL_OK;
static const char *options[] = {
"cget", "configure", "csave", NULL
};
enum {
CGET, CONFIGURE, CSAVE
};
Tcl_Obj *resultObjPtr;
int index, mask;
TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = (TrivialCommandHeader *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = headerPtr->tkwin;
Tk_SavedOptions saved;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "command", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
switch (index) {
case CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
} else {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case CONFIGURE:
if (objc == 2) {
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, NULL, tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
}
} else if (objc == 3) {
resultObjPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, objv[2], tkwin);
if (resultObjPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr);
}
} else {
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
tkwin, NULL, &mask);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), mask);
}
}
break;
case CSAVE:
result = Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
tkwin, &saved, &mask);
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&saved);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), mask);
}
break;
}
done:
Tcl_Release(clientData);
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TrivialCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | | | 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TrivialCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = (TrivialCommandHeader *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = headerPtr->tkwin;
if (tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
} else if (headerPtr->optionTable != NULL) {
/*
* This is a "new" object, which doesn't have a window, so we can't
* depend on cleaning up in the event function. Free its resources
* here.
*/
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, (Tk_Window) NULL);
Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 |
*/
static void
TrivialEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 |
*/
static void
TrivialEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TrivialCommandHeader *headerPtr = (TrivialCommandHeader *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
if (headerPtr->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) clientData,
headerPtr->optionTable, headerPtr->tkwin);
headerPtr->optionTable = NULL;
headerPtr->tkwin = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(headerPtr->interp,
headerPtr->widgetCmd);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TestfontObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| > | | | | | 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestfontObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *options[] = {"counts", "subfonts", NULL};
enum option {COUNTS, SUBFONTS};
int index;
Tk_Window tkwin;
Tk_Font tkfont;
tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option fontName");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], options, "command", 0, &index)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum option) index) {
case COUNTS:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
TkDebugFont(Tk_MainWindow(interp), Tcl_GetString(objv[2])));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 |
*
* Side effects:
* The data structure for a new image is allocated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImageCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for application containing
* image. */
| > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 |
*
* Side effects:
* The data structure for a new image is allocated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ImageCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for application containing
* image. */
char *name, /* Name to use for image. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument strings for options (doesn't
* include image name or type). */
Tk_ImageType *typePtr, /* Pointer to our type record (not used). */
Tk_ImageMaster master, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later
* callbacks. */
ClientData *clientDataPtr) /* Store manager's token for image here; it
* will be returned in later callbacks. */
{
TImageMaster *timPtr;
char *varName;
int i;
varName = "log";
for (i = 0; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "-variable") != 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option name \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((i+1) == objc) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no value given for \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\" option", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
varName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]);
}
timPtr = (TImageMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(TImageMaster));
timPtr->master = master;
timPtr->interp = interp;
timPtr->width = 30;
timPtr->height = 15;
timPtr->imageName = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(name) + 1));
strcpy(timPtr->imageName, name);
timPtr->varName = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(varName) + 1));
strcpy(timPtr->varName, varName);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImageCmd, (ClientData) timPtr, NULL);
*clientDataPtr = (ClientData) timPtr;
Tk_ImageChanged(master, 0, 0, 30, 15, 30, 15);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageCmd --
*
* This function implements the commands corresponding to individual
* images.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Forces windows to be created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
ImageCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
int x, y, width, height;
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"",
argv[0], "option ?arg arg ...?", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (strcmp(argv[1], "changed") == 0) {
if (argc != 8) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
" changed x y width height imageWidth imageHeight", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[2], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], &y) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[4], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[5], &height) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[6], &timPtr->width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[7], &timPtr->height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_ImageChanged(timPtr->master, x, y, width, height, timPtr->width,
timPtr->height);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
"\": must be changed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ClientData
ImageGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window in which image will be
* used. */
| | | | | | < | | 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static ClientData
ImageGet(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window in which image will be
* used. */
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. */
{
TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
TImageInstance *instPtr;
char buffer[100];
XGCValues gcValues;
sprintf(buffer, "%s get", timPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
instPtr = (TImageInstance *) ckalloc(sizeof(TImageInstance));
instPtr->masterPtr = timPtr;
instPtr->fg = Tk_GetColor(timPtr->interp, tkwin, "#ff0000");
gcValues.foreground = instPtr->fg->pixel;
instPtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
return (ClientData) instPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageDisplay --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Origin of area to redraw, relative to
* origin of image. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redraw. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
* imageX and imageY. */
{
| | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 |
int imageX, int imageY, /* Origin of area to redraw, relative to
* origin of image. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redraw. */
int drawableX, int drawableY)
/* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to
* imageX and imageY. */
{
TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6];
sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d %d %d",
instPtr->masterPtr->imageName, imageX, imageY, width, height,
drawableX, drawableY);
Tcl_SetVar(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
if (width > (instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX)) {
width = instPtr->masterPtr->width - imageX;
}
if (height > (instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY)) {
height = instPtr->masterPtr->height - imageY;
}
XDrawRectangle(display, drawable, instPtr->gc, drawableX, drawableY,
(unsigned) (width-1), (unsigned) (height-1));
XDrawLine(display, drawable, instPtr->gc, drawableX, drawableY,
(int) (drawableX + width - 1), (int) (drawableY + height - 1));
XDrawLine(display, drawable, instPtr->gc, drawableX,
(int) (drawableY + height - 1),
(int) (drawableX + width - 1), drawableY);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 |
*/
static void
ImageFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
Display *display) /* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
| | | | | | | 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 |
*/
static void
ImageFree(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */
Display *display) /* Display where image was to be drawn. */
{
TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData;
char buffer[200];
sprintf(buffer, "%s free", instPtr->masterPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar(instPtr->masterPtr->interp, instPtr->masterPtr->varName, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
Tk_FreeColor(instPtr->fg);
Tk_FreeGC(display, instPtr->gc);
ckfree((char *) instPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageDelete --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 | * Information about the image is deleted. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ImageDelete( | | | | | | > | | | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | | > | | | | | | > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > | | > | | | | | > | | | | | 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 |
* Information about the image is deleted.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ImageDelete(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. When
* this function is called, no more instances
* exist. */
{
TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData;
char buffer[100];
sprintf(buffer, "%s delete", timPtr->imageName);
Tcl_SetVar(timPtr->interp, timPtr->varName, buffer,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT);
Tcl_DeleteCommand(timPtr->interp, timPtr->imageName);
ckfree(timPtr->imageName);
ckfree(timPtr->varName);
ckfree((char *) timPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestmakeexistCmd --
*
* This function implements the "testmakeexist" command. It calls
* Tk_MakeWindowExist on each of its arguments to force the windows to be
* created.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Forces windows to be created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestmakeexistCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
int i;
Tk_Window tkwin;
for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) {
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[i], mainWin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestmenubarCmd --
*
* This function implements the "testmenubar" command. It is used to test
* the Unix facilities for creating space above a toplevel window for a
* menubar.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Changes menubar related stuff.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
static int
TestmenubarCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
#ifdef __UNIX__
Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin, menubar;
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0],
" option ?arg ...?\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (strcmp(argv[1], "window") == 0) {
if (argc != 4) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0],
"window toplevel menubar\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[2], mainWin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (argv[3][0] == 0) {
TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, NULL);
} else {
menubar = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[3], mainWin);
if (menubar == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkUnixSetMenubar(tkwin, menubar);
}
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
"\": must be window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
#else
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "testmenubar is supported only under Unix",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
#endif
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestmetricsCmd --
*
* This function implements the testmetrics command. It provides a way to
* determine the size of various widget components.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
static int
TestmetricsCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
int val;
#ifdef __WIN32__
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0],
" option ?arg ...?\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#else
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
TkWindow *winPtr;
if (argc != 3) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0],
" option window\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[2], tkwin);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#endif
if (strcmp(argv[1], "cyvscroll") == 0) {
#ifdef __WIN32__
val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVSCROLL);
#else
val = ((TkScrollbar *) winPtr->instanceData)->width;
#endif
} else if (strcmp(argv[1], "cxhscroll") == 0) {
#ifdef __WIN32__
val = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHSCROLL);
#else
val = ((TkScrollbar *) winPtr->instanceData)->width;
#endif
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
"\": must be cxhscroll or cyvscroll", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
sprintf(buf, "%d", val);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestpropCmd --
*
* This function implements the "testprop" command. It fetches and prints
* the value of a property on a window.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestpropCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
int result, actualFormat;
unsigned long bytesAfter, length, value;
Atom actualType, propName;
unsigned char *property, *p;
char *end;
Window w;
char buffer[30];
if (argc != 3) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0],
" window property\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
w = strtoul(argv[1], &end, 0);
propName = Tk_InternAtom(mainWin, argv[2]);
property = NULL;
result = XGetWindowProperty(Tk_Display(mainWin),
w, propName, 0, 100000, False, AnyPropertyType,
&actualType, &actualFormat, &length,
&bytesAfter, &property);
if ((result == Success) && (actualType != None)) {
if ((actualFormat == 8) && (actualType == XA_STRING)) {
for (p = property; ((unsigned long)(p-property)) < length; p++) {
if (*p == 0) {
*p = '\n';
}
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (/*!unsigned*/char*)property, TCL_VOLATILE);
} else {
for (p = property; length > 0; length--) {
if (actualFormat == 32) {
value = *((long *) p);
p += sizeof(long);
} else if (actualFormat == 16) {
value = 0xffff & (*((short *) p));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 |
}
if (property != NULL) {
XFree(property);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | | | | > | | | | | 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 |
}
if (property != NULL) {
XFree(property);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__CYGWIN__))
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestwrapperCmd --
*
* This function implements the "testwrapper" command. It provides a way
* from Tcl to determine the extra window Tk adds in between the toplevel
* window and the window decorations.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
TestwrapperCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
if (argc != 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0],
" window\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[1], tkwin);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wrapperPtr = TkpGetWrapperWindow(winPtr);
if (wrapperPtr != NULL) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
TkpPrintWindowId(buf, Tk_WindowId(wrapperPtr));
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 | * CustomOptionFree None. * * Side effects: * Depends on the function. * CustomOptionSet Sets option value to new setting. * CustomOptionGet Creates a new Tcl_Obj. * CustomOptionRestore Resets option value to original value. | | > | | | | | < | | | | > | | | | | | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 |
* CustomOptionFree None.
*
* Side effects:
* Depends on the function.
* CustomOptionSet Sets option value to new setting.
* CustomOptionGet Creates a new Tcl_Obj.
* CustomOptionRestore Resets option value to original value.
* CustomOptionFree Free storage for internal rep of
* option.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CustomOptionSet(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj **value,
char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset,
char *saveInternalPtr,
int flags)
{
int objEmpty, length;
char *newStr, *string, *internalPtr;
objEmpty = 0;
if (internalOffset >= 0) {
internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
} else {
internalPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* See if the object is empty.
*/
if (value == NULL) {
objEmpty = 1;
} else if ((*value)->bytes != NULL) {
objEmpty = ((*value)->length == 0);
} else {
Tcl_GetStringFromObj((*value), &length);
objEmpty = (length == 0);
}
if ((flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK) && objEmpty) {
*value = NULL;
} else {
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj((*value), &length);
Tcl_UtfToUpper(string);
if (strcmp(string, "BAD") == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "expected good value, got \"BAD\"",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (internalPtr != NULL) {
if ((*value) != NULL) {
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj((*value), &length);
newStr = ckalloc((size_t) (length + 1));
strcpy(newStr, string);
} else {
newStr = NULL;
}
*((char **) saveInternalPtr) = *((char **) internalPtr);
*((char **) internalPtr) = newStr;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static Tcl_Obj *
CustomOptionGet(
ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset)
{
return (Tcl_NewStringObj(*(char **)(recordPtr + internalOffset), -1));
}
static void
CustomOptionRestore(
ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *internalPtr,
char *saveInternalPtr)
{
*(char **)internalPtr = *(char **)saveInternalPtr;
return;
}
static void
CustomOptionFree(
ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *internalPtr)
{
if (*(char **)internalPtr != NULL) {
ckfree(*(char **)internalPtr);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkText.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "default.h" #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkUndo.h" #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #define Style TkStyle #define DInfo TkDInfo #endif /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
* the string table below.
*/
static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
"tabular", "wordprocessor", NULL
};
| < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
* the string table below.
*/
static const char *const tabStyleStrings[] = {
"tabular", "wordprocessor", NULL
};
/*
* The following functions and custom option type are used to define the
* "line" option type, and thereby handle the text widget '-startline',
* '-endline' configuration options which are of that type.
*
* We do not need a 'freeProc' because all changes to these two options are
* handled through the TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE flag in the optionSpecs list, and
* the internal storage is just a pointer, which therefore doesn't need
* freeing.
*/
static int SetLineStartEnd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset, char *oldInternalPtr,
int flags);
static Tcl_Obj * GetLineStartEnd(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr,
int internalOffset);
static void RestoreLineStartEnd(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr,
char *oldInternalPtr);
static int ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static const Tk_ObjCustomOption lineOption = {
"line", /* name */
SetLineStartEnd, /* setProc */
GetLineStartEnd, /* getProc */
RestoreLineStartEnd, /* restoreProc */
NULL, /* freeProc */
0
};
/*
* Information used to parse text configuration options:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-autoseparators", "autoSeparators",
"AutoSeparators", DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, autoSeparators), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "background", "Background",
DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, border),
0, (ClientData) DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bd", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-borderwidth",
TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-bg", NULL, NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-background", 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-blockcursor", "blockCursor",
"BlockCursor", DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, insertCursorType), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, borderWidth),
0, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor",
DEF_TEXT_CURSOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, cursor),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-endline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, end), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) &lineOption, TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, exportSelection), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_SYNONYM, "-fg", "foreground", NULL,
NULL, 0, -1, 0, (ClientData) "-foreground", 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_TEXT_FONT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, tkfont), 0, 0,
TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEF_TEXT_FG, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, fgColor), 0,
0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, height), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightbackground", "highlightBackground",
"HighlightBackground", DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkText, highlightBgColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-highlightcolor", "highlightColor", "HighlightColor",
DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, highlightColorPtr),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-highlightthickness", "highlightThickness",
"HighlightThickness", DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, highlightWidth), 0, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-inactiveselectbackground","inactiveSelectBackground",
"Foreground",
DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkText, inactiveSelBorder),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-insertbackground", "insertBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG,
-1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertBorder),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertborderwidth", "insertBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR, -1,
Tk_Offset(TkText, insertBorderWidth), 0,
(ClientData) DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertofftime", "insertOffTime", "OffTime",
DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertOffTime),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-insertontime", "insertOnTime", "OnTime",
DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertOnTime),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-insertwidth", "insertWidth", "InsertWidth",
DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, insertWidth),
0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-maxundo", "maxUndo", "MaxUndo",
DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, maxUndo), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", "padX", "Pad",
DEF_TEXT_PADX, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, padX), 0, 0,
TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", "padY", "Pad",
DEF_TEXT_PADY, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
DEF_TEXT_RELIEF, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, relief), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-selectbackground", "selectBackground", "Foreground",
DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, selBorder),
0, (ClientData) DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-selectborderwidth", "selectBorderWidth",
"BorderWidth", DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TkText, selBorderWidthPtr),
Tk_Offset(TkText, selBorderWidth),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-selectforeground", "selectForeground", "Background",
DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, selFgColorPtr),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-setgrid", "setGrid", "SetGrid",
DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, setGrid), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing1", "spacing1", "Spacing",
DEF_TEXT_SPACING1, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing1),
0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing2", "spacing2", "Spacing",
DEF_TEXT_SPACING2, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing2),
0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-spacing3", "spacing3", "Spacing",
DEF_TEXT_SPACING3, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, spacing3),
0, 0 , TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY },
{TK_OPTION_CUSTOM, "-startline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, start), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,
(ClientData) &lineOption, TK_TEXT_LINE_RANGE},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "state", "State",
DEF_TEXT_STATE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, state),
0, (ClientData) stateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tabs", "tabs", "Tabs",
DEF_TEXT_TABS, Tk_Offset(TkText, tabOptionPtr), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-tabstyle", "tabStyle", "TabStyle",
DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, tabStyle),
0, (ClientData) tabStyleStrings, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus",
DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, takeFocus),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-undo", "undo", "Undo",
DEF_TEXT_UNDO, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, undo), 0, 0 , 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_TEXT_WIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, width), 0, 0,
TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
DEF_TEXT_WRAP, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, wrapMode),
0, (ClientData) wrapStrings, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, xScrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND, -1, Tk_Offset(TkText, yScrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*
* These three typedefs, the structure and the SearchPerform, SearchCore
* functions below are used for line-based searches of the text widget, and,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
275 276 277 278 279 280 281 | typedef ClientData SearchAddLineProc(int lineNum, struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, Tcl_Obj *theLine, int *lenPtr, int *extraLinesPtr); typedef int SearchMatchProc(int lineNum, struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, ClientData clientData, Tcl_Obj *theLine, | | | | | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
typedef ClientData SearchAddLineProc(int lineNum,
struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
Tcl_Obj *theLine, int *lenPtr,
int *extraLinesPtr);
typedef int SearchMatchProc(int lineNum,
struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Obj *theLine,
int matchOffset, int matchLength);
typedef int SearchLineIndexProc(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, struct SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
int *linePosPtr, int *offsetPosPtr);
typedef struct SearchSpec {
int exact; /* Whether search is exact or regexp. */
int noCase; /* Case-insenstivive? */
int noLineStop; /* If not set, a regexp search will use the
* TCL_REG_NLSTOP flag. */
int overlap; /* If set, results from multiple searches
* (-all) are allowed to overlap each
* other. */
int strictLimits; /* If set, matches must be completely inside
* the from,to range. Otherwise the limits
* only apply to the start of each match. */
int all; /* Whether all or the first match should be
* reported. */
int startLine; /* First line to examine. */
int startOffset; /* Index in first line to start at. */
int stopLine; /* Last line to examine, or -1 when we search
* all available text. */
int stopOffset; /* Index to stop at, provided stopLine is not
* -1. */
int numLines; /* Total lines which are available. */
int backwards; /* Searching forwards or backwards. */
Tcl_Obj *varPtr; /* If non-NULL, store length(s) of match(es)
* in this variable. */
Tcl_Obj *countPtr; /* Keeps track of currently found lengths. */
Tcl_Obj *resPtr; /* Keeps track of currently found locations */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
361 362 363 364 365 366 367 | static void TextBlinkProc(ClientData clientData); static void TextCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int CreateWidget(TkSharedText *sharedPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, const TkText *parent, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void TextEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); | | | | 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 | static void TextBlinkProc(ClientData clientData); static void TextCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int CreateWidget(TkSharedText *sharedPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, const TkText *parent, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void TextEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int TextFetchSelection(ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes); static int TextIndexSortProc(const void *first, const void *second); static int TextInsertCmd(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int viewUpdate); static int TextReplaceCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
400 401 402 403 404 405 406 | int what); static int TextEditUndo(TkText *textPtr); static int TextEditRedo(TkText *textPtr); static Tcl_Obj * TextGetText(const TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *index1, const TkTextIndex *index2, int visibleOnly); static void GenerateModifiedEvent(TkText *textPtr); | < | | | | 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
int what);
static int TextEditUndo(TkText *textPtr);
static int TextEditRedo(TkText *textPtr);
static Tcl_Obj * TextGetText(const TkText *textPtr,
const TkTextIndex *index1,
const TkTextIndex *index2, int visibleOnly);
static void GenerateModifiedEvent(TkText *textPtr);
static void UpdateDirtyFlag(TkSharedText *sharedPtr);
static void TextPushUndoAction(TkText *textPtr,
Tcl_Obj *undoString, int insert,
const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
static int TextSearchIndexInLine(const SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr, int byteIndex);
static int TextPeerCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static TkUndoProc TextUndoRedoCallback;
/*
* Declarations of the three search procs required by the multi-line search
* routines.
*/
static SearchMatchProc TextSearchFoundMatch;
static SearchAddLineProc TextSearchAddNextLine;
static SearchLineIndexProc TextSearchGetLineIndex;
/*
* The structure below defines text class behavior by means of functions that
* can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
static Tk_ClassProcs textClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
TextWorldChangedCallback, /* worldChangedProc */
NULL, /* createProc */
NULL /* modalProc */
};
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
int
Tk_TextObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
int
Tk_TextObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return CreateWidget(NULL, tkwin, interp, NULL, objc, objv);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
498 499 500 501 502 503 504 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
const TkText *parent, /* If non-NULL then take default start, end
* from this parent. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | | 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
const TkText *parent, /* If non-NULL then take default start, end
* from this parent. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register TkText *textPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable;
TkTextIndex startIndex;
Tk_Window newWin;
/*
* Create the window.
*/
newWin = Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
NULL);
if (newWin == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the text widget and initialize everything to zero, then set the
* necessary initial (non-NULL) values. It is important that the 'set' tag
* and 'insert', 'current' mark pointers are all NULL to start.
*/
textPtr = (TkText *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkText));
memset(textPtr, 0, sizeof(TkText));
textPtr->tkwin = newWin;
textPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin);
textPtr->interp = interp;
textPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp,
Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), TextWidgetObjCmd,
(ClientData) textPtr, TextCmdDeletedProc);
if (sharedPtr == NULL) {
sharedPtr = (TkSharedText *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkSharedText));
memset(sharedPtr, 0, sizeof(TkSharedText));
sharedPtr->refCount = 0;
sharedPtr->peers = NULL;
sharedPtr->tree = TkBTreeCreate(sharedPtr);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->tagTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->markTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->windowTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&sharedPtr->imageTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
sharedPtr->undoStack = TkUndoInitStack(interp,0);
sharedPtr->undo = 1;
sharedPtr->isDirty = 0;
sharedPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
sharedPtr->autoSeparators = 1;
sharedPtr->lastEditMode = TK_TEXT_EDIT_OTHER;
sharedPtr->stateEpoch = 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
643 644 645 646 647 648 649 |
* Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
* created, the cached pointer will be returned.
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
Tk_SetClass(textPtr->tkwin, "Text");
| | | | | | | > | 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 |
* Create the option table for this widget class. If it has already been
* created, the cached pointer will be returned.
*/
optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
Tk_SetClass(textPtr->tkwin, "Text");
Tk_SetClassProcs(textPtr->tkwin, &textClass, (ClientData) textPtr);
textPtr->optionTable = optionTable;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(textPtr->tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
TextEventProc, (ClientData) textPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(textPtr->tkwin, KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask|EnterWindowMask
|LeaveWindowMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask,
TkTextBindProc, (ClientData) textPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
TextFetchSelection, (ClientData) textPtr, XA_STRING);
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, optionTable, textPtr->tkwin)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureText(interp, textPtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(textPtr->tkwin);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin),-1));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextWidgetObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
695 696 697 698 699 700 701 |
static int
TextWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | > | 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 |
static int
TextWidgetObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
int result = TCL_OK;
int index;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"bbox", "cget", "compare", "configure", "count", "debug", "delete",
"dlineinfo", "dump", "edit", "get", "image", "index", "insert",
"mark", "peer", "replace", "scan", "search", "see", "tag", "window",
"xview", "yview", NULL
};
enum options {
TEXT_BBOX, TEXT_CGET, TEXT_COMPARE, TEXT_CONFIGURE, TEXT_COUNT,
TEXT_DEBUG, TEXT_DELETE, TEXT_DLINEINFO, TEXT_DUMP, TEXT_EDIT,
TEXT_GET, TEXT_IMAGE, TEXT_INDEX, TEXT_INSERT, TEXT_MARK,
TEXT_PEER, TEXT_REPLACE, TEXT_SCAN, TEXT_SEARCH, TEXT_SEE,
TEXT_TAG, TEXT_WINDOW, TEXT_XVIEW, TEXT_YVIEW
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
textPtr->refCount++;
switch ((enum options) index) {
case TEXT_BBOX: {
int x, y, width, height;
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
indexPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[2]);
if (indexPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (TkTextIndexBbox(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
NULL) == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(width));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
}
break;
}
case TEXT_CGET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
} else {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) textPtr,
textPtr->optionTable, objv[2], textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
result = TCL_OK;
}
}
break;
case TEXT_COMPARE: {
int relation, value;
const char *p;
const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, *index2Ptr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
relation = TkTextIndexCmp(index1Ptr, index2Ptr);
p = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (p[0] == '<') {
value = (relation < 0);
if ((p[1] == '=') && (p[2] == 0)) {
value = (relation <= 0);
} else if (p[1] != 0) {
| | > > > > > < < < < < < < < | < | | > | < | < | | > > > > > > > > | | | | | 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 |
relation = TkTextIndexCmp(index1Ptr, index2Ptr);
p = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (p[0] == '<') {
value = (relation < 0);
if ((p[1] == '=') && (p[2] == 0)) {
value = (relation <= 0);
} else if (p[1] != 0) {
compareError:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad comparison operator \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
"\": must be <, <=, ==, >=, >, or !=", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
} else if (p[0] == '>') {
value = (relation > 0);
if ((p[1] == '=') && (p[2] == 0)) {
value = (relation >= 0);
} else if (p[1] != 0) {
goto compareError;
}
} else if ((p[0] == '=') && (p[1] == '=') && (p[2] == 0)) {
value = (relation == 0);
} else if ((p[0] == '!') && (p[1] == '=') && (p[2] == 0)) {
value = (relation != 0);
} else {
goto compareError;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(value));
break;
}
case TEXT_CONFIGURE:
if (objc <= 3) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) textPtr,
textPtr->optionTable, ((objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL),
textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
} else {
result = ConfigureText(interp, textPtr, objc-2, objv+2);
}
break;
case TEXT_COUNT: {
const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr;
int i, found = 0, update = 0;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?options? index1 index2");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
indexFromPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[objc-2]);
if (indexFromPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
indexToPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[objc-1]);
if (indexToPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) {
int value, length;
const char *option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
char c;
if (length < 2 || option[0] != '-') {
badOption:
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\" must be -chars, -displaychars, -displayindices, ",
"-displaylines, -indices, -lines, -update, ",
"-xpixels, or -ypixels", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
c = option[1];
if (c == 'c' && !strncmp("-chars", option, (unsigned) length)) {
value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
COUNT_CHARS);
} else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
&& !strncmp("-displaychars", option, (unsigned) length)) {
value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
COUNT_DISPLAY_CHARS);
} else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
&& !strncmp("-displayindices", option,(unsigned)length)) {
value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
} else if (c == 'd' && (length > 8)
&& !strncmp("-displaylines", option, (unsigned) length)) {
TkTextLine *fromPtr, *lastPtr;
TkTextIndex index, index2;
int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexFromPtr, indexToPtr);
value = 0;
if (compare == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
918 919 920 921 922 923 924 | index = *indexFromPtr; index.byteIndex = 0; /* * We're going to count up all display lines in the logical * line of 'indexFromPtr' up to, but not including the logical * line of 'indexToPtr' (except if this line is elided), and | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 |
index = *indexFromPtr;
index.byteIndex = 0;
/*
* We're going to count up all display lines in the logical
* line of 'indexFromPtr' up to, but not including the logical
* line of 'indexToPtr' (except if this line is elided), and
* then subtract off what came in too much from elided lines,
* also subtract off what we didn't want from 'from' and add
* on what we didn't count from 'to'.
*/
while (TkTextIndexCmp(&index,indexToPtr) < 0) {
value += TkTextUpdateOneLine(textPtr, index.linePtr,
0, &index, 0);
}
index2 = index;
/*
* Now we need to adjust the count to:
* - subtract off the number of display lines between
* indexToPtr and index2, since we might have skipped past
* indexToPtr, if we have several logical lines in a
* single display line
* - subtract off the number of display lines overcounted
* in the first logical line
* - add on the number of display lines in the last logical
* line
* This logic is still ok if both indexFromPtr and indexToPtr
* are in the same logical line.
*/
index = *indexToPtr;
index.byteIndex = 0;
while (TkTextIndexCmp(&index,&index2) < 0) {
value -= TkTextUpdateOneLine(textPtr, index.linePtr,
0, &index, 0);
}
index.linePtr = indexFromPtr->linePtr;
index.byteIndex = 0;
while (1) {
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 1, NULL);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index,indexFromPtr) >= 0) {
break;
}
TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &index, 1, &index);
value--;
}
if (indexToPtr->linePtr != lastPtr) {
index.linePtr = indexToPtr->linePtr;
index.byteIndex = 0;
while (1) {
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 1, NULL);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index,indexToPtr) >= 0) {
break;
}
TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &index, 1, &index);
value++;
}
}
if (compare > 0) {
value = -value;
}
} else if (c == 'i'
&& !strncmp("-indices", option, (unsigned) length)) {
value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
COUNT_INDICES);
} else if (c == 'l'
&& !strncmp("-lines", option, (unsigned) length)) {
value = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexToPtr->linePtr)
- TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexFromPtr->linePtr);
} else if (c == 'u'
&& !strncmp("-update", option, (unsigned) length)) {
update = 1;
continue;
} else if (c == 'x'
&& !strncmp("-xpixels", option, (unsigned) length)) {
int x1, x2;
TkTextIndex index;
index = *indexFromPtr;
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 0, &x1);
index = *indexToPtr;
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &index, 0, &x2);
value = x2 - x1;
} else if (c == 'y'
&& !strncmp("-ypixels", option, (unsigned) length)) {
if (update) {
TkTextUpdateLineMetrics(textPtr,
TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexFromPtr->linePtr),
TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexToPtr->linePtr), -1);
}
value = TkTextIndexYPixels(textPtr, indexToPtr)
- TkTextIndexYPixels(textPtr, indexFromPtr);
} else {
goto badOption;
}
countDone:
found++;
if (found == 1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
} else {
if (found == 2) {
/*
* Move the first item we put into the result into the
* first element of the list object.
*/
objPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_GetObjResult(interp));
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
}
}
if (found == 0) {
/*
* Use the default '-indices'.
*/
int value = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr, indexToPtr,
COUNT_INDICES);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(value));
} else if (found > 1) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
}
break;
}
case TEXT_DEBUG:
if (objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "boolean");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 | TkTextIndex *indices, *ixStart, *ixEnd, *lastStart; char *useIdx; int i; objc -= 2; objv += 2; | | > | | | | | 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 |
TkTextIndex *indices, *ixStart, *ixEnd, *lastStart;
char *useIdx;
int i;
objc -= 2;
objv += 2;
indices = (TkTextIndex *)
ckalloc((objc + 1) * sizeof(TkTextIndex));
/*
* First pass verifies that all indices are valid.
*/
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr =
TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[i]);
if (indexPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
ckfree((char *) indices);
goto done;
}
indices[i] = *indexPtr;
}
/*
* Pad out the pairs evenly to make later code easier.
*/
if (objc & 1) {
indices[i] = indices[i-1];
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &indices[i], 1, &indices[i],
COUNT_INDICES);
objc++;
}
useIdx = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) objc);
memset(useIdx, 0, (unsigned) objc);
/*
* Do a decreasing order sort so that we delete the end ranges
* first to maintain index consistency.
*/
qsort(indices, (unsigned) objc / 2,
2 * sizeof(TkTextIndex), TextIndexSortProc);
lastStart = NULL;
/*
* Second pass will handle bogus ranges (end < start) and
* overlapping ranges.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 | * indices are preparsed above. */ DeleteIndexRange(NULL, textPtr, &indices[i], &indices[i+1], 1); } } | | | 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 |
* indices are preparsed above.
*/
DeleteIndexRange(NULL, textPtr, &indices[i],
&indices[i+1], 1);
}
}
ckfree((char *) indices);
}
}
break;
case TEXT_DLINEINFO: {
int x, y, width, height, base;
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (TkTextDLineInfo(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
&base) == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
| | | | | | | | | | | 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (TkTextDLineInfo(textPtr, indexPtr, &x, &y, &width, &height,
&base) == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *listObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(x));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(y));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(width));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj, Tcl_NewIntObj(base));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
}
break;
}
case TEXT_DUMP:
result = TextDumpCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_EDIT:
result = TextEditCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_GET: {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL;
int i, found = 0, visible = 0;
const char *name;
int length;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"?-displaychars? ?--? index1 ?index2 ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
/*
* Simple, restrictive argument parsing. The only options are -- and
* -displaychars (or any unique prefix).
*/
i = 2;
if (objc > 3) {
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if (length > 1 && name[0] == '-') {
if (strncmp("-displaychars", name, (unsigned)length)==0) {
i++;
visible = 1;
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
}
if ((i < objc-1) && (length == 2) && !strcmp("--", name)) {
i++;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 |
}
case TEXT_MARK:
result = TkTextMarkCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_PEER:
result = TextPeerCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
| < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 |
}
case TEXT_MARK:
result = TkTextMarkCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_PEER:
result = TextPeerCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_REPLACE: {
const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr;
if (objc < 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"index1 index2 chars ?tagList chars tagList ...?");
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
indexFromPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[2]);
if (indexFromPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
indexToPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
if (indexToPtr == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (TkTextIndexCmp(indexFromPtr, indexToPtr) > 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Index \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
"\" before \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\" in the text", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (textPtr->state == TK_TEXT_STATE_NORMAL) {
int lineNum, byteIndex;
TkTextIndex index;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 |
&& (TkTextIndexCmp(indexToPtr, &index) > 0)) {
/*
* The insertion point is inside the range to be replaced, so
* we have to do some calculations to ensure it doesn't move
* unnecessarily.
*/
| | < < < < < < < | | 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 |
&& (TkTextIndexCmp(indexToPtr, &index) > 0)) {
/*
* The insertion point is inside the range to be replaced, so
* we have to do some calculations to ensure it doesn't move
* unnecessarily.
*/
int deleteInsertOffset, insertLength, j;
insertLength = 0;
for (j = 4; j < objc; j += 2) {
insertLength += Tcl_GetCharLength(objv[j]);
}
/*
* Calculate 'deleteInsertOffset' as an offset we will apply
* to the insertion point after this operation.
*/
deleteInsertOffset = CountIndices(textPtr, indexFromPtr,
&index, COUNT_CHARS);
if (deleteInsertOffset > insertLength) {
deleteInsertOffset = insertLength;
}
result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,
indexToPtr, objc, objv, 0);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
/*
* Move the insertion position to the correct place.
*/
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, indexFromPtr,
deleteInsertOffset, &index, COUNT_INDICES);
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr,
textPtr->insertMarkPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
TkBTreeLinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr, &index);
}
} else {
result = TextReplaceCmd(textPtr, interp, indexFromPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 |
break;
case TEXT_SEARCH:
result = TextSearchCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_SEE:
result = TkTextSeeCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 |
break;
case TEXT_SEARCH:
result = TextSearchCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_SEE:
result = TkTextSeeCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_TAG:
result = TkTextTagCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_WINDOW:
result = TkTextWindowCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_XVIEW:
result = TkTextXviewCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
case TEXT_YVIEW:
result = TkTextYviewCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv);
break;
}
done:
textPtr->refCount--;
if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr);
}
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 |
static int
SharedTextObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about shared test B-tree. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | | 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 |
static int
SharedTextObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about shared test B-tree. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register TkSharedText *sharedPtr = (TkSharedText *) clientData;
int result = TCL_OK;
int index;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"delete", "insert", NULL
};
enum options {
TEXT_DELETE, TEXT_INSERT
};
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case TEXT_DELETE:
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index1 ?index2 ...?");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = textPtr->tkwin;
int index;
| | | | | | | < < | < < | 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = textPtr->tkwin;
int index;
static const char *peerOptionStrings[] = {
"create", "names", NULL
};
enum peerOptions {
PEER_CREATE, PEER_NAMES
};
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], peerOptionStrings,
"peer option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum peerOptions)index) {
case PEER_CREATE:
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "pathName ?options?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return CreateWidget(textPtr->sharedTextPtr, tkwin, interp, textPtr,
objc-2, objv+2);
case PEER_NAMES: {
TkText *tPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->peers;
if (objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while (tPtr != NULL) {
if (tPtr != textPtr) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_PathName(tPtr->tkwin));
}
tPtr = tPtr->next;
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 |
* We also need to clean up widget-specific marks ('insert', 'current'),
* since otherwise marks will never disappear from the B-tree.
*/
TkTextDeleteTag(textPtr, textPtr->selTagPtr);
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr,
textPtr->insertMarkPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
| | | > > | | | 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 |
* We also need to clean up widget-specific marks ('insert', 'current'),
* since otherwise marks will never disappear from the B-tree.
*/
TkTextDeleteTag(textPtr, textPtr->selTagPtr);
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(textPtr->insertMarkPtr,
textPtr->insertMarkPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
ckfree((char *) textPtr->insertMarkPtr);
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(textPtr->currentMarkPtr,
textPtr->currentMarkPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
ckfree((char *) textPtr->currentMarkPtr);
/*
* Now we've cleaned up everything of relevance to us in the B-tree, so we
* disassociate outselves from it.
*
* When the refCount reaches zero, it's time to clean up the shared
* portion of the text widget.
*/
sharedTextPtr->refCount--;
if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > 0) {
TkBTreeRemoveClient(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr);
/*
* Free up any embedded windows which belong to this widget.
*/
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->windowTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
TkTextEmbWindowClient *loop;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = (TkTextSegment *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
loop = ewPtr->body.ew.clients;
if (loop->textPtr == textPtr) {
ewPtr->body.ew.clients = loop->next;
TkTextWinFreeClient(hPtr, loop);
} else {
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = ewPtr->body.ew.clients;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 |
* everything in one go, more quickly.
*/
TkBTreeDestroy(sharedTextPtr->tree);
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
| | | | | > < < < < | | | 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 |
* everything in one go, more quickly.
*/
TkBTreeDestroy(sharedTextPtr->tree);
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
/*
* No need to use 'TkTextDeleteTag' since we've already removed
* the B-tree completely.
*/
TkTextFreeTag(textPtr, tagPtr);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable);
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->markTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr));
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&sharedTextPtr->markTable);
TkUndoFreeStack(sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&sharedTextPtr->windowTable);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&sharedTextPtr->imageTable);
if (sharedTextPtr->bindingTable != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteBindingTable(sharedTextPtr->bindingTable);
}
ckfree((char *) sharedTextPtr);
}
if (textPtr->tabArrayPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr->tabArrayPtr);
}
if (textPtr->insertBlinkHandler != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(textPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
}
textPtr->tkwin = NULL;
textPtr->refCount--;
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(textPtr->interp, textPtr->widgetCmd);
if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureText --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureText(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | | 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ConfigureText(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int oldExport = textPtr->exportSelection;
int mask = 0;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) textPtr, textPtr->optionTable,
objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Copy down shared flags.
*/
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = textPtr->undo;
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->maxUndo = textPtr->maxUndo;
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->autoSeparators = textPtr->autoSeparators;
TkUndoSetDepth(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack,
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->maxUndo);
/*
* A few other options also need special processing, such as parsing the
* geometry and setting the background from a 3-D border.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 |
}
if (textPtr->end != NULL) {
end = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, textPtr->end);
} else {
end = TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL);
}
if (start > end) {
| | | | | 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 |
}
if (textPtr->end != NULL) {
end = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, textPtr->end);
} else {
end = TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL);
}
if (start > end) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"-startline must be less than or equal to -endline",
NULL);
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
current = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, textPtr->topIndex.linePtr);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL, start, 0,
&index1);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL, end, 0,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 |
0, &last);
TkBTreeStartSearch(&first, &last, textPtr->selTagPtr, &search);
if (!TkBTreeCharTagged(&first, textPtr->selTagPtr)
&& !TkBTreeNextTag(&search)) {
/* Nothing tagged with "sel" */
} else {
int line = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, search.curIndex.linePtr);
| < | 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 |
0, &last);
TkBTreeStartSearch(&first, &last, textPtr->selTagPtr, &search);
if (!TkBTreeCharTagged(&first, textPtr->selTagPtr)
&& !TkBTreeNextTag(&search)) {
/* Nothing tagged with "sel" */
} else {
int line = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, search.curIndex.linePtr);
if (line < start) {
selChanged = 1;
} else {
TkTextLine *linePtr = search.curIndex.linePtr;
while (TkBTreeNextTag(&search)) {
linePtr = search.curIndex.linePtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 | } /* Indices are potentially obsolete after changing -startline and/or * -endline, therefore increase the epoch. * Also, clamp the insert and current (unshared) marks to the new * -startline/-endline range limits of the widget. All other (shared) * marks are unchanged. | | | | | | 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 |
}
/* Indices are potentially obsolete after changing -startline and/or
* -endline, therefore increase the epoch.
* Also, clamp the insert and current (unshared) marks to the new
* -startline/-endline range limits of the widget. All other (shared)
* marks are unchanged.
* The return value of TkTextMarkNameToIndex does not need to be
* checked: "insert" and "current" marks always exist, and the
* purpose of the code below precisely is to move them inside the
* -startline/-endline range.
*/
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch++;
TkTextMarkNameToIndex(textPtr, "insert", &index3);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index3, &index1) < 0) {
textPtr->insertMarkPtr = TkTextSetMark(textPtr, "insert", &index1);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 |
}
/*
* Parse tab stops.
*/
if (textPtr->tabArrayPtr != NULL) {
| | < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < | | | | | 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 |
}
/*
* Parse tab stops.
*/
if (textPtr->tabArrayPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr->tabArrayPtr);
textPtr->tabArrayPtr = NULL;
}
if (textPtr->tabOptionPtr != NULL) {
textPtr->tabArrayPtr = TkTextGetTabs(interp, textPtr,
textPtr->tabOptionPtr);
if (textPtr->tabArrayPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,"\n (while processing -tabs option)");
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Make sure that configuration options are properly mirrored between the
* widget record and the "sel" tags. NOTE: we don't have to free up
* information during the mirroring; old information was freed when it was
* replaced in the widget record.
*/
textPtr->selTagPtr->border = textPtr->selBorder;
if (textPtr->selTagPtr->borderWidthPtr != textPtr->selBorderWidthPtr) {
textPtr->selTagPtr->borderWidthPtr = textPtr->selBorderWidthPtr;
textPtr->selTagPtr->borderWidth = textPtr->selBorderWidth;
}
textPtr->selTagPtr->fgColor = textPtr->selFgColorPtr;
textPtr->selTagPtr->affectsDisplay = 0;
textPtr->selTagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 0;
if ((textPtr->selTagPtr->elideString != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->tkfont != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->justifyString != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->lMargin1String != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->lMargin2String != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->offsetString != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->rMarginString != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->spacing1String != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->spacing2String != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->spacing3String != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->wrapMode != TEXT_WRAPMODE_NULL)) {
textPtr->selTagPtr->affectsDisplay = 1;
textPtr->selTagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 1;
}
if ((textPtr->selTagPtr->border != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->reliefString != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->bgStipple != None)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->fgColor != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->fgStipple != None)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->overstrikeString != NULL)
|| (textPtr->selTagPtr->underlineString != NULL)) {
textPtr->selTagPtr->affectsDisplay = 1;
}
TkTextRedrawTag(NULL, textPtr, NULL, NULL, textPtr->selTagPtr, 1);
/*
* Claim the selection if we've suddenly started exporting it and there
* are tagged characters.
*/
if (textPtr->exportSelection && (!oldExport)) {
TkTextSearch search;
TkTextIndex first, last;
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0,
&first);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr),
0, &last);
TkBTreeStartSearch(&first, &last, textPtr->selTagPtr, &search);
if (TkBTreeCharTagged(&first, textPtr->selTagPtr)
|| TkBTreeNextTag(&search)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, TkTextLostSelection,
(ClientData) textPtr);
textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
}
}
/*
* Account for state changes that would reenable blinking cursor state.
*/
if (textPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(textPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
textPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL;
TextBlinkProc((ClientData) textPtr);
}
/*
* Register the desired geometry for the window, and arrange for the
* window to be redisplayed.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextWorldChangedCallback(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | > | 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextWorldChangedCallback(
ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkText *textPtr;
textPtr = (TkText *) instanceData;
TextWorldChanged(textPtr, TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextWorldChanged --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 |
Tk_GetFontMetrics(textPtr->tkfont, &fm);
textPtr->charHeight = fm.linespace;
if (textPtr->charHeight <= 0) {
textPtr->charHeight = 1;
}
if (textPtr->charHeight != oldCharHeight) {
| | | 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 |
Tk_GetFontMetrics(textPtr->tkfont, &fm);
textPtr->charHeight = fm.linespace;
if (textPtr->charHeight <= 0) {
textPtr->charHeight = 1;
}
if (textPtr->charHeight != oldCharHeight) {
TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(textPtr, textPtr->charHeight);
}
border = textPtr->borderWidth + textPtr->highlightWidth;
Tk_GeometryRequest(textPtr->tkwin,
textPtr->width * textPtr->charWidth + 2*textPtr->padX + 2*border,
textPtr->height*(fm.linespace+textPtr->spacing1+textPtr->spacing3)
+ 2*textPtr->padY + 2*border);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
| | | | 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
TkTextIndex index, index2;
if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
TkTextRedrawRegion(textPtr, eventPtr->xexpose.x,
eventPtr->xexpose.y, eventPtr->xexpose.width,
eventPtr->xexpose.height);
} else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 |
|| eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyAncestor
|| eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyNonlinear) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(textPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
textPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS | INSERT_ON;
if (textPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
textPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
| | > | | 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 |
|| eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyAncestor
|| eventPtr->xfocus.detail == NotifyNonlinear) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(textPtr->insertBlinkHandler);
if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
textPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS | INSERT_ON;
if (textPtr->insertOffTime != 0) {
textPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
textPtr->insertOnTime, TextBlinkProc,
(ClientData) textPtr);
}
} else {
textPtr->flags &= ~(GOT_FOCUS | INSERT_ON);
textPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL;
}
if (textPtr->inactiveSelBorder != textPtr->selBorder) {
TkTextRedrawTag(NULL, textPtr, NULL, NULL, textPtr->selTagPtr,
1);
}
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, textPtr->insertMarkPtr, &index);
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &index, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
| | | 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextCmdDeletedProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */
{
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = textPtr->tkwin;
/*
* This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed
* and the command was then deleted (in which this flag is already set) or
* because the command was deleted, and then this function destroys the
* widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 |
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Where to insert new characters. May be
* modified if the index is not valid for
* insertion (e.g. if at "end"). */
Tcl_Obj *stringPtr, /* Null-terminated string containing new
* information to add to text. */
int viewUpdate) /* Update the view if set. */
{
| | < > | | 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 |
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Where to insert new characters. May be
* modified if the index is not valid for
* insertion (e.g. if at "end"). */
Tcl_Obj *stringPtr, /* Null-terminated string containing new
* information to add to text. */
int viewUpdate) /* Update the view if set. */
{
int lineIndex, length;
TkText *tPtr;
int *lineAndByteIndex;
int resetViewCount;
int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(stringPtr, &length);
if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
}
/*
* Don't allow insertions on the last (dummy) line of the text. This is
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 |
* insertion. If the insertion occurs on the top line of the widget
* (textPtr->topIndex), then we have to recompute topIndex after the
* insertion, since the insertion could invalidate it.
*/
resetViewCount = 0;
if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
| > | | 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 |
* insertion. If the insertion occurs on the top line of the widget
* (textPtr->topIndex), then we have to recompute topIndex after the
* insertion, since the insertion could invalidate it.
*/
resetViewCount = 0;
if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
lineAndByteIndex = (int *)
ckalloc(sizeof(int) * 2 * sharedTextPtr->refCount);
} else {
lineAndByteIndex = pixels;
}
for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ; tPtr = tPtr->next) {
lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount] = -1;
if (indexPtr->linePtr == tPtr->topIndex.linePtr) {
lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount] =
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 |
lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount+1], &newTop);
TkTextSetYView(tPtr, &newTop, 0);
}
}
resetViewCount += 2;
}
if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
| | | < < < < | 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 |
lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount+1], &newTop);
TkTextSetYView(tPtr, &newTop, 0);
}
}
resetViewCount += 2;
}
if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
ckfree((char *) lineAndByteIndex);
}
/*
* Invalidate any selection retrievals in progress.
*/
for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ; tPtr = tPtr->next) {
tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
}
/*
* For convenience, return the length of the string.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 |
int insert, /* 1 if insert, else delete. */
const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
/* Index describing first location. */
const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
/* Index describing second location. */
{
TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
| < < < < < < < < | 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 |
int insert, /* 1 if insert, else delete. */
const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
/* Index describing first location. */
const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
/* Index describing second location. */
{
TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom;
/*
* Create the helpers.
*/
Tcl_Obj *seeInsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *markSet1InsertObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *markSet2InsertObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *insertCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_Obj *deleteCmdObj = Tcl_NewObj();
/*
* Get the index positions.
*/
Tcl_Obj *index1Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index1Ptr);
Tcl_Obj *index2Obj = TkTextNewIndexObj(NULL, index2Ptr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, insertCmdObj, undoString);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj("delete", 6));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index1Obj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, deleteCmdObj, index2Obj);
/*
* Note: we don't wish to use textPtr->widgetCmd in these callbacks
* because if we delete the textPtr, but peers still exist, we will then
* have references to a non-existent Tcl_Command in the undo stack, which
* will lead to crashes later. Also, the behaviour of the widget w.r.t.
* bindings (%W substitutions) always uses the widget path name, so there
* is no good reason the undo stack should do otherwise.
*
* For the 'insert' and 'delete' actions, we have to register a functional
* callback, because these actions are defined to operate on the
* underlying data shared by all peers.
*/
iAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback,
(ClientData)textPtr->sharedTextPtr, insertCmdObj, NULL);
TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet2InsertObj, iAtom);
TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, iAtom);
dAtom = TkUndoMakeSubAtom(&TextUndoRedoCallback,
(ClientData)textPtr->sharedTextPtr, deleteCmdObj, NULL);
TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, markSet1InsertObj, dAtom);
TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(NULL, seeInsertObj, dAtom);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(seeInsertObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(index1Obj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(index2Obj);
/*
* Depending whether the action is to insert or delete, we provide the
* appropriate second and third arguments to TkUndoPushAction. (The first
* is the 'actionCommand', and the second the 'revertCommand').
*/
if (insert) {
TkUndoPushAction(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack, iAtom, dAtom);
} else {
TkUndoPushAction(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack, dAtom, iAtom);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextUndoRedoCallback --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 |
TextUndoRedoCallback(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
ClientData clientData, /* Passed from undo code, but contains our
* shared text data structure. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Arguments of a command to be handled by the
* shared text data structure. */
{
| | | 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 |
TextUndoRedoCallback(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
ClientData clientData, /* Passed from undo code, but contains our
* shared text data structure. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Arguments of a command to be handled by the
* shared text data structure. */
{
TkSharedText *sharedPtr = (TkSharedText *) clientData;
int res, objc;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
TkText *textPtr;
res = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv);
if (res != TCL_OK) {
return res;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 |
/*
* If there's no current text widget which shows everything, then we fall
* back on acting directly. This means there is no way to intercept from
* the Tcl level.
*/
| | | 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 |
/*
* If there's no current text widget which shows everything, then we fall
* back on acting directly. This means there is no way to intercept from
* the Tcl level.
*/
return SharedTextObjCmd((ClientData)sharedPtr, interp, objc+1, objv-1);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CountIndices --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 | * Side effects: * Characters and other entities (windows, images) get deleted from the * text. * * If 'viewUpdate' is true, we may adjust the window contents' * y-position, and scrollbar setting. * | | | 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 | * Side effects: * Characters and other entities (windows, images) get deleted from the * text. * * If 'viewUpdate' is true, we may adjust the window contents' * y-position, and scrollbar setting. * * If 'viewUpdate' is false, true we can guarantee that textPtr->topIndex * points to a valid TkTextLine after this function returns. However, if * 'viewUpdate' is false, then there is no such guarantee (since * topIndex.linePtr can be garbage). The caller is expected to take * actions to ensure the topIndex is validated before laying out the * window again. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 |
{
int line1, line2;
TkTextIndex index1, index2;
TkText *tPtr;
int *lineAndByteIndex;
int resetViewCount;
int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
| < < < | 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 |
{
int line1, line2;
TkTextIndex index1, index2;
TkText *tPtr;
int *lineAndByteIndex;
int resetViewCount;
int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS];
if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
}
/*
* Prepare the starting and stopping indices.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 |
* deleted but tags might be removed.
*/
line1 = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, index1.linePtr);
line2 = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, index2.linePtr);
if (line2 == TkBTreeNumLines(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr)) {
TkTextTag **arrayPtr;
| | | > | | | | | > > > > | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 |
* deleted but tags might be removed.
*/
line1 = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, index1.linePtr);
line2 = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, index2.linePtr);
if (line2 == TkBTreeNumLines(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr)) {
TkTextTag **arrayPtr;
int arraySize, i;
TkTextIndex oldIndex2;
oldIndex2 = index2;
TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, &oldIndex2, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
line2--;
if ((index1.byteIndex == 0) && (line1 != 0)) {
TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, &index1, 1, &index1, COUNT_INDICES);
line1--;
}
arrayPtr = TkBTreeGetTags(&index2, NULL, &arraySize);
if (arrayPtr != NULL) {
for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
TkBTreeTag(&index2, &oldIndex2, arrayPtr[i], 0);
}
ckfree((char *) arrayPtr);
}
}
if (line1 < line2) {
/*
* We are deleting more than one line. For speed, we remove all tags
* from the range first. If we don't do this, the code below can (when
* there are many tags) grow non-linearly in execution time.
*/
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int i;
for (i=0, hPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
TkTextTag *tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tagPtr, 0);
}
/*
* Special case for the sel tag which is not in the hash table. We
* need to do this once for each peer text widget.
*/
for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ;
tPtr = tPtr->next) {
if (TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, tPtr->selTagPtr, 0)) {
/*
* Send an event that the selection changed. This is
* equivalent to:
* event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
*/
TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);
tPtr->abortSelections = 1;
}
}
}
/*
* Tell the display what's about to happen so it can discard obsolete
* display information, then do the deletion. Also, if the deletion
* involves the top line on the screen, then we have to reset the view
* (the deletion will invalidate textPtr->topIndex). Compute what the new
* first character will be, then do the deletion, then reset the view.
*/
TkTextChanged(sharedTextPtr, NULL, &index1, &index2);
resetViewCount = 0;
if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
lineAndByteIndex = (int *)
ckalloc(sizeof(int) * 2 * sharedTextPtr->refCount);
} else {
lineAndByteIndex = pixels;
}
for (tPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; tPtr != NULL ; tPtr = tPtr->next) {
int line = 0;
int byteIndex = 0;
int resetView = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 | * Deletion range starts on top line but after topIndex. Use * the current topIndex as the new one. */ resetView = 1; line = line1; byteIndex = tPtr->topIndex.byteIndex; | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 |
* Deletion range starts on top line but after topIndex. Use
* the current topIndex as the new one.
*/
resetView = 1;
line = line1;
byteIndex = tPtr->topIndex.byteIndex;
} else {
/*
* Deletion range starts after the top line. This peers's view
* will not need to be reset. Nothing to do.
*/
}
} else if (index2.linePtr == tPtr->topIndex.linePtr) {
/*
* Deletion range ends on top line but before topIndex. Figure out
* what will be the new character index for the character
* currently pointed to by topIndex.
*/
resetView = 1;
line = line2;
byteIndex = tPtr->topIndex.byteIndex;
if (index1.linePtr != index2.linePtr) {
byteIndex -= index2.byteIndex;
} else {
byteIndex -= (index2.byteIndex - index1.byteIndex);
}
} else {
/*
* Deletion range ends before the top line. This peers's view
* will not need to be reset. Nothing to do.
*/
}
if (resetView) {
lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount] = line;
lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount+1] = byteIndex;
} else {
lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount] = -1;
}
resetViewCount+=2;
}
/*
* Push the deletion on the undo stack if something was actually deleted.
*/
if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index1, &index2) < 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 |
int line = lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount];
if (line != -1) {
int byteIndex = lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount+1];
TkTextIndex indexTmp;
if (tPtr == textPtr) {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 |
int line = lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount];
if (line != -1) {
int byteIndex = lineAndByteIndex[resetViewCount+1];
TkTextIndex indexTmp;
if (tPtr == textPtr) {
if (viewUpdate) {
/*
* line cannot be before -startline of textPtr because
* this line corresponds to an index which is necessarily
* between "1.0" and "end" relative to textPtr.
* Therefore no need to clamp line to the -start/-end
* range.
*/
TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, line,
byteIndex, &indexTmp);
TkTextSetYView(tPtr, &indexTmp, 0);
}
} else {
TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedTextPtr->tree, tPtr, line,
byteIndex, &indexTmp);
/*
* line may be before -startline of tPtr and must be
* clamped to -startline before providing it to
* TkTextSetYView otherwise lines before -startline
* would be displayed.
* There is no need to worry about -endline however,
* because the view will only be reset if the deletion
* involves the TOP line of the screen
*/
if (tPtr->start != NULL) {
int start;
TkTextIndex indexStart;
start = TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, tPtr->start);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedTextPtr->tree, NULL, start,
0, &indexStart);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(&indexTmp, &indexStart) < 0) {
indexTmp = indexStart;
}
}
TkTextSetYView(tPtr, &indexTmp, 0);
}
}
resetViewCount += 2;
}
if (sharedTextPtr->refCount > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
ckfree((char *) lineAndByteIndex);
}
if (line1 >= line2) {
/*
* Invalidate any selection retrievals in progress, assuming we didn't
* check for this case above.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | < | | 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TextFetchSelection(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about text widget. */
int offset, /* Offset within selection of first character
* to be returned. */
char *buffer, /* Location in which to place selection. */
int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer,
* not including terminating NULL
* character. */
{
register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
TkTextIndex eof;
int count, chunkSize, offsetInSeg;
TkTextSearch search;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
if (!textPtr->exportSelection) {
return -1;
}
/*
* Find the beginning of the next range of selected text. Note: if the
* selection is being retrieved in multiple pieces (offset != 0) and some
* modification has been made to the text that affects the selection then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 |
while (1) {
if (maxBytes == 0) {
goto fetchDone;
}
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&textPtr->selIndex, &offsetInSeg);
chunkSize = segPtr->size - offsetInSeg;
| | | | | 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 |
while (1) {
if (maxBytes == 0) {
goto fetchDone;
}
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&textPtr->selIndex, &offsetInSeg);
chunkSize = segPtr->size - offsetInSeg;
if (chunkSize > maxBytes) {
chunkSize = maxBytes;
}
if (textPtr->selIndex.linePtr == search.curIndex.linePtr) {
int leftInRange;
leftInRange = search.curIndex.byteIndex
- textPtr->selIndex.byteIndex;
if (leftInRange < chunkSize) {
chunkSize = leftInRange;
if (chunkSize <= 0) {
break;
}
}
}
if ((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
&& !TkTextIsElided(textPtr, &textPtr->selIndex, NULL)) {
memcpy(buffer, segPtr->body.chars + offsetInSeg,
(size_t) chunkSize);
buffer += chunkSize;
maxBytes -= chunkSize;
count += chunkSize;
}
TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &textPtr->selIndex, chunkSize,
&textPtr->selIndex);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about text widget. */
{
| | | | | 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextLostSelection(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about text widget. */
{
register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
if (TkpAlwaysShowSelection(textPtr->tkwin)) {
TkTextIndex start, end;
if (!textPtr->exportSelection) {
return;
}
/*
* On Windows and Mac systems, we want to remember the selection for
* the next time the focus enters the window. On Unix, just remove the
* "sel" tag from everything in the widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 |
TkText *textPtr)
{
/*
* Send an event that the selection changed. This is equivalent to:
* event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
*/
| > | > > > > > > > > | 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 |
TkText *textPtr)
{
/*
* Send an event that the selection changed. This is equivalent to:
* event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
*/
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virtual;} event;
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin));
event.general.xany.send_event = False;
event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(textPtr->tkwin);
event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin);
event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid("Selection");
Tk_HandleEvent(&event.general);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextBlinkProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextBlinkProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to record describing text. */
{
| | < < < < < < < < < < | | | 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TextBlinkProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to record describing text. */
{
register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
TkTextIndex index;
int x, y, w, h, charWidth;
if ((textPtr->state == TK_TEXT_STATE_DISABLED) ||
!(textPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) || (textPtr->insertOffTime == 0)) {
if ((textPtr->insertOffTime == 0) && !(textPtr->flags & INSERT_ON)) {
/*
* The widget was configured to have zero offtime while the
* insertion point was not displayed. We have to display it once.
*/
textPtr->flags |= INSERT_ON;
goto redrawInsert;
}
return;
}
if (textPtr->flags & INSERT_ON) {
textPtr->flags &= ~INSERT_ON;
textPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
textPtr->insertOffTime, TextBlinkProc, (ClientData) textPtr);
} else {
textPtr->flags |= INSERT_ON;
textPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
textPtr->insertOnTime, TextBlinkProc, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
redrawInsert:
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, textPtr->insertMarkPtr, &index);
if (TkTextIndexBbox(textPtr, &index, &x, &y, &w, &h, &charWidth) == 0) {
if (textPtr->insertCursorType) {
/* Block cursor */
TkTextRedrawRegion(textPtr, x - textPtr->width / 2, y,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 |
oldTagArrayPtr = TkBTreeGetTags(&index1, NULL, &numTags);
if (oldTagArrayPtr != NULL) {
int i;
for (i = 0; i < numTags; i++) {
TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, oldTagArrayPtr[i], 0);
}
| | | 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 |
oldTagArrayPtr = TkBTreeGetTags(&index1, NULL, &numTags);
if (oldTagArrayPtr != NULL) {
int i;
for (i = 0; i < numTags; i++) {
TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, oldTagArrayPtr[i], 0);
}
ckfree((char *) oldTagArrayPtr);
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[j+1], &numTags,
&tagNamePtrs) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
int i;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int i, argsLeft, code;
SearchSpec searchSpec;
| | < | > | < | | | < | | | < | | > > > | | | | < | < > | | | | | | | | | < | | < < | | < | 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int i, argsLeft, code;
SearchSpec searchSpec;
static const char *switchStrings[] = {
"--", "-all", "-backwards", "-count", "-elide", "-exact", "-forwards",
"-hidden", "-nocase", "-nolinestop", "-overlap", "-regexp",
"-strictlimits", NULL
};
enum SearchSwitches {
SEARCH_END, SEARCH_ALL, SEARCH_BACK, SEARCH_COUNT, SEARCH_ELIDE,
SEARCH_EXACT, SEARCH_FWD, SEARCH_HIDDEN, SEARCH_NOCASE,
SEARCH_NOLINESTOP, SEARCH_OVERLAP, SEARCH_REGEXP, SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS
};
/*
* Set up the search specification, including the last 4 fields which are
* text widget specific.
*/
searchSpec.exact = 1;
searchSpec.noCase = 0;
searchSpec.all = 0;
searchSpec.backwards = 0;
searchSpec.varPtr = NULL;
searchSpec.countPtr = NULL;
searchSpec.resPtr = NULL;
searchSpec.searchElide = 0;
searchSpec.noLineStop = 0;
searchSpec.overlap = 0;
searchSpec.strictLimits = 0;
searchSpec.numLines =
TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr);
searchSpec.clientData = (ClientData)textPtr;
searchSpec.addLineProc = &TextSearchAddNextLine;
searchSpec.foundMatchProc = &TextSearchFoundMatch;
searchSpec.lineIndexProc = &TextSearchGetLineIndex;
/*
* Parse switches and other arguments.
*/
for (i=2 ; i<objc ; i++) {
int index;
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[i])[0] != '-') {
break;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], switchStrings, "switch", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
/*
* Hide the -hidden option.
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad switch \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\": must be --, -all, -backward, -count, -elide, ",
"-exact, -forward, -nocase, -nolinestop, -overlap, ",
"-regexp, or -strictlimits", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum SearchSwitches) index) {
case SEARCH_END:
i++;
goto endOfSwitchProcessing;
case SEARCH_ALL:
searchSpec.all = 1;
break;
case SEARCH_BACK:
searchSpec.backwards = 1;
break;
case SEARCH_COUNT:
if (i >= objc-1) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "no value given for \"-count\" option",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
i++;
/*
* Assumption objv[i] isn't going to disappear on us during this
* function, which is fair.
*/
searchSpec.varPtr = objv[i];
break;
case SEARCH_ELIDE:
case SEARCH_HIDDEN:
searchSpec.searchElide = 1;
break;
case SEARCH_EXACT:
searchSpec.exact = 1;
break;
case SEARCH_FWD:
searchSpec.backwards = 0;
break;
case SEARCH_NOCASE:
searchSpec.noCase = 1;
break;
case SEARCH_NOLINESTOP:
searchSpec.noLineStop = 1;
break;
case SEARCH_OVERLAP:
searchSpec.overlap = 1;
break;
case SEARCH_STRICTLIMITS:
searchSpec.strictLimits = 1;
break;
case SEARCH_REGEXP:
searchSpec.exact = 0;
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
}
}
endOfSwitchProcessing:
argsLeft = objc - (i+2);
if ((argsLeft != 0) && (argsLeft != 1)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"?switches? pattern index ?stopIndex?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (searchSpec.noLineStop && searchSpec.exact) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "the \"-nolinestop\" option requires the "
"\"-regexp\" option to be present", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (searchSpec.overlap && !searchSpec.all) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "the \"-overlap\" option requires the "
"\"-all\" option to be present", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Scan through all of the lines of the text circularly, starting at the
* given index. 'objv[i]' is the pattern which may be an exact string or a
* regexp pattern depending on the flags set above.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 |
static int
TextSearchGetLineIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Contains a textual index like "1.2" */
SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, /* Contains other search parameters. */
int *linePosPtr, /* For returning the line number. */
| | | | 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 |
static int
TextSearchGetLineIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Contains a textual index like "1.2" */
SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, /* Contains other search parameters. */
int *linePosPtr, /* For returning the line number. */
int *offsetPosPtr) /* For returning the text offset in the
* line. */
{
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
int line;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) searchSpecPtr->clientData;
indexPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objPtr);
if (indexPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
line = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexPtr->linePtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | < | | | | | 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TextSearchIndexInLine(
const SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr,
/* Search parameters. */
TkTextLine *linePtr, /* The line we're looking at. */
int byteIndex) /* Index into the line. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextIndex curIndex;
int index, leftToScan;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) searchSpecPtr->clientData;
index = 0;
curIndex.tree = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree;
curIndex.linePtr = linePtr; curIndex.byteIndex = 0;
for (segPtr = linePtr->segPtr, leftToScan = byteIndex;
leftToScan > 0;
curIndex.byteIndex += segPtr->size, segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) &&
(searchSpecPtr->searchElide
|| !TkTextIsElided(textPtr, &curIndex, NULL))) {
if (leftToScan < segPtr->size) {
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
index += leftToScan;
} else {
index += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, leftToScan);
}
} else if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
index += segPtr->size;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 |
* incremented by the number of additional
* logical lines which are merged into this
* one by newlines being elided. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr, *thisLinePtr;
TkTextIndex curIndex;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
| | | 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 |
* incremented by the number of additional
* logical lines which are merged into this
* one by newlines being elided. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr, *thisLinePtr;
TkTextIndex curIndex;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) searchSpecPtr->clientData;
int nothingYet = 1;
/*
* Extract the text from the line.
*/
linePtr = TkBTreeFindLine(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, lineNum);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 |
if (searchSpecPtr->exact && searchSpecPtr->noCase) {
Tcl_SetObjLength(theLine, Tcl_UtfToLower(Tcl_GetString(theLine)));
}
if (lenPtr != NULL) {
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
| | < | | 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 |
if (searchSpecPtr->exact && searchSpecPtr->noCase) {
Tcl_SetObjLength(theLine, Tcl_UtfToLower(Tcl_GetString(theLine)));
}
if (lenPtr != NULL) {
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(theLine, lenPtr);
} else {
*lenPtr = Tcl_GetCharLength(theLine);
}
}
return (ClientData)linePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextSearchFoundMatch --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token returned by the 'addNextLineProc',
* TextSearchAddNextLine. May be NULL, in
* which we case we must generate it (from
* lineNum). */
Tcl_Obj *theLine, /* Text from current line, only accessed for
* exact searches, and is allowed to be NULL
* for regexp searches. */
| | | | | | | 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token returned by the 'addNextLineProc',
* TextSearchAddNextLine. May be NULL, in
* which we case we must generate it (from
* lineNum). */
Tcl_Obj *theLine, /* Text from current line, only accessed for
* exact searches, and is allowed to be NULL
* for regexp searches. */
int matchOffset, /* Offset of found item in utf-8 bytes for
* exact search, Unicode chars for regexp. */
int matchLength) /* Length also in bytes/chars as per search
* type. */
{
int numChars;
int leftToScan;
TkTextIndex curIndex, foundIndex;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) searchSpecPtr->clientData;
if (lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine) {
/*
* If the current index is on the wrong side of the stopIndex, then
* the item we just found is actually outside the acceptable range,
* and the search is over.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards ^
(matchOffset >= searchSpecPtr->stopOffset)) {
return 0;
}
}
/*
* Calculate the character count, which may need augmenting if there are
* embedded windows or elidden text.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 |
/*
* If we're using strict limits checking, ensure that the match with its
* full length fits inside the given range.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits && lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine) {
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards ^
| | | 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 |
/*
* If we're using strict limits checking, ensure that the match with its
* full length fits inside the given range.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits && lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine) {
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards ^
((matchOffset + numChars) > searchSpecPtr->stopOffset)) {
return 0;
}
}
/*
* The index information returned by the regular expression parser only
* considers textual information: it doesn't account for embedded windows,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 |
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
matchOffset += segPtr->size;
} else {
matchOffset += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, -1);
}
} else {
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
| | | 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 |
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
matchOffset += segPtr->size;
} else {
matchOffset += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, -1);
}
} else {
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
leftToScan -= segPtr->size;
} else {
leftToScan -= Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, -1);
}
}
curIndex.byteIndex += segPtr->size;
}
if (segPtr == NULL && leftToScan >= 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 |
}
/*
* Now store the count result, if it is wanted.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->varPtr != NULL) {
| | | 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 |
}
/*
* Now store the count result, if it is wanted.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->varPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *tmpPtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(numChars);
if (searchSpecPtr->all) {
if (searchSpecPtr->countPtr == NULL) {
searchSpecPtr->countPtr = Tcl_NewObj();
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, searchSpecPtr->countPtr, tmpPtr);
} else {
searchSpecPtr->countPtr = tmpPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 |
Tcl_Obj *stringPtr) /* Description of the tab stops. See the text
* manual entry for details. */
{
int objc, i, count;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;
TkTextTab *tabPtr;
| | | < | | | | < < | | | 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 |
Tcl_Obj *stringPtr) /* Description of the tab stops. See the text
* manual entry for details. */
{
int objc, i, count;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;
TkTextTab *tabPtr;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
double prevStop, lastStop;
/*
* Map these strings to TkTextTabAlign values.
*/
static const char *tabOptionStrings[] = {
"left", "right", "center", "numeric", NULL
};
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, stringPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
/*
* First find out how many entries we need to allocate in the tab array.
*/
count = 0;
for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) {
char c = Tcl_GetString(objv[i])[0];
if ((c != 'l') && (c != 'r') && (c != 'c') && (c != 'n')) {
count++;
}
}
/*
* Parse the elements of the list one at a time to fill in the array.
*/
tabArrayPtr = (TkTextTabArray *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(sizeof(TkTextTabArray) + (count-1)*sizeof(TkTextTab)));
tabArrayPtr->numTabs = 0;
prevStop = 0.0;
lastStop = 0.0;
for (i = 0, tabPtr = &tabArrayPtr->tabs[0]; i < objc; i++, tabPtr++) {
int index;
/*
* This will round fractional pixels above 0.5 upwards, and otherwise
* downwards, to find the right integer pixel position.
*/
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, textPtr->tkwin, objv[i],
&tabPtr->location) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (tabPtr->location <= 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "tab stop \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\" is not at a positive distance", NULL);
goto error;
}
prevStop = lastStop;
if (Tk_GetDoublePixelsFromObj (interp, textPtr->tkwin, objv[i],
&lastStop) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if (i > 0 && (tabPtr->location <= (tabPtr-1)->location)) {
/*
* This tab is actually to the left of the previous one, which is
* illegal.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 |
if (textPtr->charWidth > 0) {
tabPtr->location = (tabPtr-1)->location + textPtr->charWidth;
} else {
tabPtr->location = (tabPtr-1)->location + 8;
}
lastStop = tabPtr->location;
#else
| | | < | > | | | | | | | 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 |
if (textPtr->charWidth > 0) {
tabPtr->location = (tabPtr-1)->location + textPtr->charWidth;
} else {
tabPtr->location = (tabPtr-1)->location + 8;
}
lastStop = tabPtr->location;
#else
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"tabs must be monotonically increasing, but \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\" is smaller than or equal to the previous tab",
NULL);
goto error;
#endif /* _TK_ALLOW_DECREASING_TABS */
}
tabArrayPtr->numTabs++;
/*
* See if there is an explicit alignment in the next list element.
* Otherwise just use "left".
*/
tabPtr->alignment = LEFT;
if ((i+1) == objc) {
continue;
}
/*
* There may be a more efficient way of getting this.
*/
Tcl_UtfToUniChar(Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), &ch);
if (!Tcl_UniCharIsAlpha(ch)) {
continue;
}
i += 1;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], tabOptionStrings,
"tab alignment", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
tabPtr->alignment = ((TkTextTabAlign)index);
}
/*
* For when we need to interpolate tab stops, store these two so we know
* the tab stop size to very high precision. With the above checks, we can
* guarantee that tabIncrement is strictly positive here.
*/
tabArrayPtr->lastTab = lastStop;
tabArrayPtr->tabIncrement = lastStop - prevStop;
return tabArrayPtr;
error:
ckfree((char *) tabArrayPtr);
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextDumpCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 | * side effects). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int TextDumpCmd( | | | | | | 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 |
* side effects).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TextDumpCmd(
register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "dump". */
{
TkTextIndex index1, index2;
int arg;
int lineno; /* Current line number. */
int what = 0; /* bitfield to select segment types. */
int atEnd; /* True if dumping up to logical end. */
TkTextLine *linePtr;
Tcl_Obj *command = NULL; /* Script callback to apply to segments. */
#define TK_DUMP_TEXT 0x1
#define TK_DUMP_MARK 0x2
#define TK_DUMP_TAG 0x4
#define TK_DUMP_WIN 0x8
#define TK_DUMP_IMG 0x10
#define TK_DUMP_ALL (TK_DUMP_TEXT|TK_DUMP_MARK|TK_DUMP_TAG| \
TK_DUMP_WIN|TK_DUMP_IMG)
static const char *optStrings[] = {
"-all", "-command", "-image", "-mark", "-tag", "-text", "-window",
NULL
};
enum opts {
DUMP_ALL, DUMP_CMD, DUMP_IMG, DUMP_MARK, DUMP_TAG, DUMP_TXT, DUMP_WIN
};
for (arg=2 ; arg < objc ; arg++) {
int index;
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[arg])[0] != '-') {
break;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[arg], optStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum opts) index) {
case DUMP_ALL:
what = TK_DUMP_ALL;
break;
case DUMP_TXT:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 |
break;
case DUMP_WIN:
what |= TK_DUMP_WIN;
break;
case DUMP_CMD:
arg++;
if (arg >= objc) {
| | > > > < | | | < | | | | | 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 |
break;
case DUMP_WIN:
what |= TK_DUMP_WIN;
break;
case DUMP_CMD:
arg++;
if (arg >= objc) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Usage: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
" dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ",
"?-command script? index ?index2?", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
command = objv[arg];
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
}
}
if (arg >= objc || arg+2 < objc) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Usage: ", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]),
" dump ?-all -image -text -mark -tag -window? ",
"?-command script? index ?index2?", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (what == 0) {
what = TK_DUMP_ALL;
}
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[arg], &index1) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
arg++;
atEnd = 0;
if (objc == arg) {
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, &index1, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
} else {
int length;
char *str;
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[arg], &index2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[arg], &length);
if (strncmp(str, "end", (unsigned)length) == 0) {
atEnd = 1;
}
}
if (TkTextIndexCmp(&index1, &index2) >= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
lineno = TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, index1.linePtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 |
linePtr = index1.linePtr;
}
while ((linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(textPtr, linePtr)) != NULL) {
lineno++;
if (lineno == lineend) {
break;
}
| | | | 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 |
linePtr = index1.linePtr;
}
while ((linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(textPtr, linePtr)) != NULL) {
lineno++;
if (lineno == lineend) {
break;
}
textChanged = DumpLine(interp, textPtr, what, linePtr, 0, 32000000,
lineno, command);
if (textChanged) {
if (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED) {
return TCL_OK;
}
linePtr = TkBTreeFindLine(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree,
textPtr, lineno);
textChanged = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 | * To avoid modifying the string in place we copy over just * the segment that we want. Since DumpSegment can modify the * text, we could not confidently revert the modification * here. */ int length = last - first; | | | > | < < | | | | 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 |
* To avoid modifying the string in place we copy over just
* the segment that we want. Since DumpSegment can modify the
* text, we could not confidently revert the modification
* here.
*/
int length = last - first;
char *range = ckalloc((length + 1) * sizeof(char));
memcpy(range, segPtr->body.chars + first,
length * sizeof(char));
range[length] = '\0';
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
lineno, offset + first, &index);
lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "text", range,
command, &index, what);
ckfree(range);
} else {
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
lineno, offset + first, &index);
lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "text",
segPtr->body.chars + first, command, &index, what);
}
} else if ((offset >= startByte)) {
if ((what & TK_DUMP_MARK) && (segPtr->typePtr->name[0] == 'm')) {
char *name;
TkTextMark *markPtr = (TkTextMark *) &segPtr->body;
if (segPtr == textPtr->insertMarkPtr) {
name = "insert";
} else if (segPtr == textPtr->currentMarkPtr) {
name = "current";
} else if (markPtr->hPtr == NULL) {
name = NULL;
lineChanged = 0;
} else {
name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable,
markPtr->hPtr);
}
if (name != NULL) {
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
lineno, offset, &index);
lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "mark", name,
command, &index, what);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 |
(segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOffType)) {
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
lineno, offset, &index);
lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "tagoff",
segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr->name, command, &index,
what);
} else if ((what & TK_DUMP_IMG) &&
| | | | | | | | < | > > | 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 |
(segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOffType)) {
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
lineno, offset, &index);
lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "tagoff",
segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr->name, command, &index,
what);
} else if ((what & TK_DUMP_IMG) &&
(segPtr->typePtr->name[0] == 'i')) {
TkTextEmbImage *eiPtr = (TkTextEmbImage *)&segPtr->body;
char *name = (eiPtr->name == NULL) ? "" : eiPtr->name;
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
lineno, offset, &index);
lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "image", name,
command, &index, what);
} else if ((what & TK_DUMP_WIN) &&
(segPtr->typePtr->name[0] == 'w')) {
TkTextEmbWindow *ewPtr = (TkTextEmbWindow *)&segPtr->body;
char *pathname;
if (ewPtr->tkwin == (Tk_Window) NULL) {
pathname = "";
} else {
pathname = Tk_PathName(ewPtr->tkwin);
}
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
lineno, offset, &index);
lineChanged = DumpSegment(textPtr, interp, "window", pathname,
command, &index, what);
}
}
offset += currentSize;
if (lineChanged) {
TkTextSegment *newSegPtr;
int newOffset = 0;
textChanged = 1;
/*
* Our indices are no longer valid.
*/
if (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED) {
return textChanged;
}
linePtr = TkBTreeFindLine(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree,
textPtr, lineno);
newSegPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
if (segPtr == newSegPtr) {
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
while ((newOffset < endByte) && (newOffset < offset)
&& (newSegPtr != NULL)) {
newOffset += currentSize;
newSegPtr = newSegPtr->nextPtr;
if (segPtr == newSegPtr) {
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 | newSegPtr = searchPtr; break; } searchPtr = searchPtr->nextPtr; } } segPtr = newSegPtr; | > > | | | | 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 |
newSegPtr = searchPtr;
break;
}
searchPtr = searchPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
segPtr = newSegPtr;
if (segPtr != NULL) {
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
} else {
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
}
}
return textChanged;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 |
DumpSegment(
TkText *textPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *key, /* Segment type key. */
const char *value, /* Segment value. */
Tcl_Obj *command, /* Script callback. */
const TkTextIndex *index, /* index with line/byte position info. */
| | < < < < < | | > > > | < < > > > > | | < < < | < < < < < < | | > > > > | 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 |
DumpSegment(
TkText *textPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *key, /* Segment type key. */
const char *value, /* Segment value. */
Tcl_Obj *command, /* Script callback. */
const TkTextIndex *index, /* index with line/byte position info. */
int what) /* Look for TK_DUMP_INDEX bit. */
{
char buffer[TK_POS_CHARS];
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, index, buffer);
if (command == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, key);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, value);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buffer);
return 0;
} else {
const char *argv[4];
char *list;
int oldStateEpoch = TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree);
argv[0] = key;
argv[1] = value;
argv[2] = buffer;
argv[3] = NULL;
list = Tcl_Merge(3, argv);
Tcl_VarEval(interp, Tcl_GetString(command), " ", list, NULL);
ckfree(list);
if ((textPtr->flags & DESTROYED) ||
TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree) != oldStateEpoch) {
return 1;
} else {
return 0;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextEditUndo --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 |
*/
static int
TextEditUndo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */
{
int status;
| < < | 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 |
*/
static int
TextEditUndo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */
{
int status;
if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Turn off the undo feature while we revert a compound action, setting
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 |
status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
}
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 |
status = TkUndoRevert(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
}
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;
return status;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextEditRedo --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 |
*/
static int
TextEditRedo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */
{
int status;
| < < | 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 |
*/
static int
TextEditRedo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information about text widget. */
{
int status;
if (!textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Turn off the undo feature temporarily while we revert a previously
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 |
status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
}
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 |
status = TkUndoApply(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
if (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode != TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
}
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undo = 1;
return status;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextEditCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 |
static int
TextEditCmd(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < < | | < | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < > > > > > | 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 |
static int
TextEditCmd(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int index;
static const char *editOptionStrings[] = {
"modified", "redo", "reset", "separator", "undo", NULL
};
enum editOptions {
EDIT_MODIFIED, EDIT_REDO, EDIT_RESET, EDIT_SEPARATOR, EDIT_UNDO
};
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], editOptionStrings,
"edit option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum editOptions) index) {
case EDIT_MODIFIED:
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->isDirty));
} else if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
int setModified, oldModified;
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3],
&setModified) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Set or reset the dirty info, and trigger a Modified event.
*/
setModified = setModified ? 1 : 0;
oldModified = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->isDirty;
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->isDirty = setModified;
if (setModified) {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED;
} else {
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode = TK_TEXT_DIRTY_NORMAL;
}
/*
* Only issue the <<Modified>> event if the flag actually changed.
* However, degree of modified-ness doesn't matter. [Bug 1799782]
*/
if ((!oldModified) != (!setModified)) {
GenerateModifiedEvent(textPtr);
}
}
break;
case EDIT_REDO:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TextEditRedo(textPtr)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "nothing to redo", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case EDIT_RESET:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkUndoClearStacks(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
break;
case EDIT_SEPARATOR:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkUndoInsertUndoSeparator(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->undoStack);
break;
case EDIT_UNDO:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TextEditUndo(textPtr)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "nothing to undo", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TextGetText --
*
* Returns the text from indexPtr1 to indexPtr2, placing that text in a
* string object which is returned with a refCount of zero.
*
* Since the amount of text may potentially be several megabytes (e.g.
* in text editors built on the text widget), efficiency is very
* important. We may want to investigate the efficiency of the
* Tcl_AppendToObj more carefully (e.g. if we know we are going to be
* appending several thousand lines, we could attempt to pre-allocate a
* larger space).
*
* Also the result is built up as a utf-8 string, but, if we knew we
* wanted it as Unicode, we could potentially save a huge conversion by
* building it up as Unicode directly. This could be as simple as
* replacing Tcl_NewObj by Tcl_NewUnicodeObj.
*
* Results:
* Tcl_Obj of string type containing the specified text. If the
* visibleOnly flag is set to 1, then only those characters which are not
* elided will be returned. Otherwise (flag is 0) all characters in the
* given range are returned.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 |
TkTextMakeByteIndex(indexPtr1->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexPtr1->linePtr),
indexPtr1->byteIndex, &tmpIndex);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2) < 0) {
while (1) {
| | | < > > | | > > | | | | > | | | | > | < | | | < | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < | | > | < | 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 |
TkTextMakeByteIndex(indexPtr1->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr, indexPtr1->linePtr),
indexPtr1->byteIndex, &tmpIndex);
if (TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2) < 0) {
while (1) {
int offset, last;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&tmpIndex, &offset);
last = segPtr->size;
if (tmpIndex.linePtr == indexPtr2->linePtr) {
/*
* The last line that was requested must be handled carefully,
* because we may need to break out of this loop in the middle
* of the line.
*/
if (indexPtr2->byteIndex == tmpIndex.byteIndex) {
break;
} else {
int last2 = indexPtr2->byteIndex - tmpIndex.byteIndex
+ offset;
if (last2 < last) {
last = last2;
}
}
}
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
if (!visibleOnly || !TkTextIsElided(textPtr,&tmpIndex,NULL)) {
Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, segPtr->body.chars + offset,
last - offset);
}
}
TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &tmpIndex, last-offset, &tmpIndex);
}
}
return resultPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GenerateModifiedEvent --
*
* Send an event that the text was modified. This is equivalent to
* event generate $textWidget <<Modified>>
*
* Results:
* None
*
* Side effects:
* May force the text window into existence.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GenerateModifiedEvent(
TkText *textPtr) /* Information about text widget. */
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virtual;} event;
Tk_MakeWindowExist(textPtr->tkwin);
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin));
event.general.xany.send_event = False;
event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(textPtr->tkwin);
event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin);
event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid("Modified");
Tk_HandleEvent(&event.general);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateDirtyFlag --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 |
*/
static void
UpdateDirtyFlag(
TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr)/* Information about text widget. */
{
int oldDirtyFlag;
/*
* If we've been forced to be dirty, we stay dirty (until explicitly
* reset, of course).
*/
if (sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode == TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
| > | 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 |
*/
static void
UpdateDirtyFlag(
TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr)/* Information about text widget. */
{
int oldDirtyFlag;
TkText *textPtr;
/*
* If we've been forced to be dirty, we stay dirty (until explicitly
* reset, of course).
*/
if (sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode == TK_TEXT_DIRTY_FIXED) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 |
if (sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode == TK_TEXT_DIRTY_UNDO) {
sharedTextPtr->isDirty--;
} else {
sharedTextPtr->isDirty++;
}
if (sharedTextPtr->isDirty == 0 || oldDirtyFlag == 0) {
| | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 |
if (sharedTextPtr->dirtyMode == TK_TEXT_DIRTY_UNDO) {
sharedTextPtr->isDirty--;
} else {
sharedTextPtr->isDirty++;
}
if (sharedTextPtr->isDirty == 0 || oldDirtyFlag == 0) {
for (textPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers; textPtr != NULL;
textPtr = textPtr->next) {
GenerateModifiedEvent(textPtr);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SearchPerform --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 |
* index. */
{
/*
* Find the starting line and starting offset (measured in Unicode chars
* for regexp search, utf-8 bytes for exact search).
*/
| | | > | < | | > > > | > > | | 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 |
* index. */
{
/*
* Find the starting line and starting offset (measured in Unicode chars
* for regexp search, utf-8 bytes for exact search).
*/
if ((*searchSpecPtr->lineIndexProc)(interp, fromPtr, searchSpecPtr,
&searchSpecPtr->startLine,
&searchSpecPtr->startOffset) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Find the optional end location, similarly.
*/
if (toPtr != NULL) {
const TkTextIndex *indexToPtr, *indexFromPtr;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) searchSpecPtr->clientData;
indexToPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, toPtr);
if (indexToPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
indexFromPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, fromPtr);
/*
* Check for any empty search range here. It might be better in the
* future to embed that in SearchCore (whose default behaviour is to
* wrap when given a negative search range).
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
if (TkTextIndexCmp(indexFromPtr, indexToPtr) == -1) {
return TCL_OK;
}
} else {
if (TkTextIndexCmp(indexFromPtr, indexToPtr) == 1) {
return TCL_OK;
}
}
if ((*searchSpecPtr->lineIndexProc)(interp, toPtr, searchSpecPtr,
&searchSpecPtr->stopLine,
&searchSpecPtr->stopOffset) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
searchSpecPtr->stopLine = -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 |
* pattern. Must have a refCount > 0. */
{
/*
* For exact searches these are utf-8 char* offsets, for regexp searches
* they are Unicode char offsets.
*/
| | < | | | | 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 |
* pattern. Must have a refCount > 0. */
{
/*
* For exact searches these are utf-8 char* offsets, for regexp searches
* they are Unicode char offsets.
*/
int firstOffset, lastOffset, matchOffset, matchLength;
int passes;
int lineNum = searchSpecPtr->startLine;
int code = TCL_OK;
Tcl_Obj *theLine;
int alreadySearchOffset = -1;
const char *pattern = NULL; /* For exact searches only. */
int firstNewLine = -1; /* For exact searches only. */
Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL; /* For regexp searches only. */
/*
* These items are for backward regexp searches only. They are for two
* purposes: to allow us to report backwards matches in the correct order,
* even though the implementation uses repeated forward searches; and to
* provide for overlap checking between backwards matches on different
* text lines.
*/
#define LOTS_OF_MATCHES 20
int matchNum = LOTS_OF_MATCHES;
int smArray[2 * LOTS_OF_MATCHES];
int *storeMatch = smArray;
int *storeLength = smArray + LOTS_OF_MATCHES;
int lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
int lastBackwardsMatchOffset = -1;
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
/*
* Convert the pattern to lower-case if we're supposed to ignore case.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 | /* * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we * do it here. It is also used below as the actual pattern length, so * it has dual purpose. */ | | | 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 | /* * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we * do it here. It is also used below as the actual pattern length, so * it has dual purpose. */ pattern = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(patObj, &matchLength); nl = strchr(pattern, '\n'); /* * If there is no newline, or it is the very end of the string, then * we don't need any special treatment, since single-line matching * will work fine. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 | /* * Extract the text from the line, storing its length in 'lastOffset' * (in bytes if exact, chars if regexp), since obviously the length is * the maximum offset at which it is possible to find something on * this line, which is what 'lastOffset' represents. */ | | | | | 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 |
/*
* Extract the text from the line, storing its length in 'lastOffset'
* (in bytes if exact, chars if regexp), since obviously the length is
* the maximum offset at which it is possible to find something on
* this line, which is what 'lastOffset' represents.
*/
lineInfo = (*searchSpecPtr->addLineProc)(lineNum, searchSpecPtr,
theLine, &lastOffset, &linesSearched);
if (lineInfo == NULL) {
/*
* This should not happen, since 'lineNum' should be valid in the
* call above. However, let's try to be flexible and not cause a
* crash below.
*/
goto nextLine;
}
if (lineNum == searchSpecPtr->stopLine && searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
firstOffset = searchSpecPtr->stopOffset;
} else {
firstOffset = 0;
}
if (alreadySearchOffset != -1) {
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
if (alreadySearchOffset < lastOffset) {
lastOffset = alreadySearchOffset;
}
} else {
if (alreadySearchOffset > firstOffset) {
firstOffset = alreadySearchOffset;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 | /* * Forward search and first pass, or backward search and * second pass. * * Only use the last part of the line. */ | | | | < | | | | | | | | 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 |
/*
* Forward search and first pass, or backward search and
* second pass.
*
* Only use the last part of the line.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->startOffset > firstOffset) {
firstOffset = searchSpecPtr->startOffset;
}
if ((firstOffset >= lastOffset)
&& ((lastOffset != 0) || searchSpecPtr->exact)) {
goto nextLine;
}
} else {
/*
* Use only the first part of the line.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->startOffset < lastOffset) {
lastOffset = searchSpecPtr->startOffset;
}
}
}
/*
* Check for matches within the current line 'lineNum'. If so, and if
* we're searching backwards or for all matches, repeat the search
* until we find the last match in the line. The 'lastOffset' is one
* beyond the last position in the line at which a match is allowed to
* begin.
*/
matchOffset = -1;
if (searchSpecPtr->exact) {
int maxExtraLines = 0;
const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);
do {
Tcl_UniChar ch;
const char *p;
int lastFullLine = lastOffset;
if (firstNewLine == -1) {
if (searchSpecPtr->strictLimits
&& (firstOffset + matchLength > lastOffset)) {
/*
* Not enough characters to match.
*/
break;
}
/*
* Single line matching. We want to scan forwards or
* backwards as appropriate.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
/*
* Search back either from the previous match or from
* 'startOfLine + lastOffset - 1' until we find a
* match.
*/
const char c = pattern[0];
if (alreadySearchOffset != -1) {
p = startOfLine + alreadySearchOffset;
alreadySearchOffset = -1;
} else {
p = startOfLine + lastOffset -1;
}
while (p >= startOfLine + firstOffset) {
if (p[0] == c && !strncmp(p, pattern,
(unsigned)matchLength)) {
goto backwardsMatch;
}
p--;
}
break;
} else {
p = strstr(startOfLine + firstOffset, pattern);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 |
} else {
/*
* Multi-line match has only one possible match position,
* because we know where the '\n' is.
*/
p = startOfLine + lastOffset - firstNewLine - 1;
| | | 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 |
} else {
/*
* Multi-line match has only one possible match position,
* because we know where the '\n' is.
*/
p = startOfLine + lastOffset - firstNewLine - 1;
if (strncmp(p, pattern, (unsigned)(firstNewLine + 1))) {
/*
* No match.
*/
break;
} else {
int extraLines = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 |
/*
* Only add the line if we haven't already done so
* already.
*/
if (extraLines > maxExtraLines) {
| | | | | 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 |
/*
* Only add the line if we haven't already done so
* already.
*/
if (extraLines > maxExtraLines) {
if ((*searchSpecPtr->addLineProc)(lineNum
+ extraLines, searchSpecPtr, theLine,
&lastTotal, &extraLines) == NULL) {
p = NULL;
if (!searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
extraLinesSearched = extraLines;
}
break;
}
maxExtraLines = extraLines;
}
startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine);
p = startOfLine + skipFirst;
/*
* Use the fact that 'matchLength = patLength' for
* exact searches.
*/
if ((lastTotal - skipFirst) >= matchLength) {
/*
* We now have enough text to match, so we
* make a final test and break whatever the
* result.
*/
if (strncmp(p,pattern,(unsigned)matchLength)) {
p = NULL;
}
break;
} else {
/*
* Not enough text yet, but check the prefix.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 | /* * Remember the match. */ matchOffset = p - startOfLine; if (searchSpecPtr->all && | | | > | < < | < | < | 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 |
/*
* Remember the match.
*/
matchOffset = p - startOfLine;
if (searchSpecPtr->all &&
!(*searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc)(lineNum,
searchSpecPtr, lineInfo, theLine, matchOffset,
matchLength)) {
/*
* We reached the end of the search.
*/
goto searchDone;
}
if (!searchSpecPtr->overlap) {
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
alreadySearchOffset = p - startOfLine;
if (firstNewLine != -1) {
break;
} else {
alreadySearchOffset -= matchLength;
}
} else {
firstOffset = p - startOfLine + matchLength;
if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
/*
* Now, we have to be careful not to find
* overlapping matches either on the same or
* following lines. Assume that if we did find
* something, it goes until the last extra line we
* added.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 |
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
alreadySearchOffset = p - startOfLine - 1;
if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
break;
}
} else {
firstOffset = p - startOfLine +
| | | | | | | 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 |
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
alreadySearchOffset = p - startOfLine - 1;
if (alreadySearchOffset < 0) {
break;
}
} else {
firstOffset = p - startOfLine +
Tcl_UtfToUniChar(startOfLine+matchOffset,&ch);
}
}
} while (searchSpecPtr->all);
} else {
int maxExtraLines = 0;
int matches = 0;
int lastNonOverlap = -1;
do {
Tcl_RegExpInfo info;
int match;
int lastFullLine = lastOffset;
match = Tcl_RegExpExecObj(interp, regexp, theLine,
firstOffset, 1, (firstOffset>0 ? TCL_REG_NOTBOL : 0));
if (match < 0) {
code = TCL_ERROR;
goto searchDone;
}
Tcl_RegExpGetInfo(regexp, &info);
/*
* If we don't have a match, or if we do, but it extends to
* the end of the line, we must try to add more lines to get a
* full greedy match.
*/
if (!match ||
((info.extendStart == info.matches[0].start)
&& (info.matches[0].end == lastOffset-firstOffset))) {
int extraLines = 0;
int prevFullLine;
/*
* If we find a match that overlaps more than one line, we
* will use this value to determine the first allowed
* starting offset for the following search (to avoid
* overlapping results).
*/
int lastTotal = lastOffset;
if ((lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1)
&& (lastBackwardsLineMatch == (lineNum + 1))) {
lastNonOverlap = lastTotal;
}
if (info.extendStart < 0) {
/*
* No multi-line match is possible.
*/
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 |
}
/*
* Add next line, provided we haven't already done so.
*/
if (extraLines > maxExtraLines) {
| | | 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 |
}
/*
* Add next line, provided we haven't already done so.
*/
if (extraLines > maxExtraLines) {
if ((*searchSpecPtr->addLineProc)(lineNum
+ extraLines, searchSpecPtr, theLine,
&lastTotal, &extraLines) == NULL) {
/*
* There are no more acceptable lines, so we
* can say we have searched all of these.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 | * This means we often add and search one more line * than might be necessary if Tcl were able to give us * a correct value of info.extendStart under all * circumstances. */ if ((match && | | | | | | 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 |
* This means we often add and search one more line
* than might be necessary if Tcl were able to give us
* a correct value of info.extendStart under all
* circumstances.
*/
if ((match &&
firstOffset+info.matches[0].end != lastTotal &&
firstOffset+info.matches[0].end < prevFullLine)
|| info.extendStart < 0) {
break;
}
/*
* If there is a match, but that match starts after
* the end of the first line, then we'll handle that
* next time around, when we're actually looking at
* that line.
*/
if (match && (info.matches[0].start >= lastOffset)) {
break;
}
if (match && ((firstOffset + info.matches[0].end)
>= prevFullLine)) {
if (extraLines > 0) {
extraLinesSearched = extraLines - 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 |
- info.matches[0].start;
if (lastNonOverlap != -1) {
/*
* Possible overlap or enclosure.
*/
| | | | 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 |
- info.matches[0].start;
if (lastNonOverlap != -1) {
/*
* Possible overlap or enclosure.
*/
if (thisOffset-lastNonOverlap >=
lastBackwardsMatchOffset+matchLength){
/*
* Totally encloses previous match, so
* forget the previous match.
*/
lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
} else if ((thisOffset - lastNonOverlap)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 |
} else {
/*
* Matched in a single line.
*/
if (lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1) {
recordBackwardsMatch:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 |
} else {
/*
* Matched in a single line.
*/
if (lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1) {
recordBackwardsMatch:
(*searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc)(
lastBackwardsLineMatch, searchSpecPtr, NULL,
NULL, lastBackwardsMatchOffset, matchLength);
lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
if (!searchSpecPtr->all) {
goto searchDone;
}
}
}
firstOffset += info.matches[0].start;
if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
break;
}
/*
* Update our local variables with the match, if we haven't
* yet found anything, or if we're doing '-all' or
* '-backwards' _and_ this match isn't fully enclosed in the
* previous match.
*/
if (matchOffset == -1 ||
((searchSpecPtr->all || searchSpecPtr->backwards)
&& ((firstOffset < matchOffset)
|| ((firstOffset + info.matches[0].end
- info.matches[0].start)
> (matchOffset + matchLength))))) {
matchOffset = firstOffset;
matchLength = info.matches[0].end - info.matches[0].start;
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
/*
* To get backwards searches in the correct order, we
* must store them away here.
*/
if (matches == matchNum) {
/*
* We've run out of space in our normal store, so
* we must allocate space for these backwards
* matches on the heap.
*/
int *newArray = (int *)
ckalloc(4 * matchNum * sizeof(int));
memcpy(newArray, storeMatch, matchNum*sizeof(int));
memcpy(newArray + 2*matchNum, storeLength,
matchNum * sizeof(int));
if (storeMatch != smArray) {
ckfree((char *) storeMatch);
}
matchNum *= 2;
storeMatch = newArray;
storeLength = newArray + matchNum;
}
storeMatch[matches] = matchOffset;
storeLength[matches] = matchLength;
matches++;
} else {
/*
* Now actually record the match, but only if we are
* doing an '-all' search.
*/
if (searchSpecPtr->all &&
!(*searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc)(lineNum,
searchSpecPtr, lineInfo, theLine, matchOffset,
matchLength)) {
/*
* We reached the end of the search.
*/
goto searchDone;
}
}
/*
* For forward matches, unless we allow overlaps, we move
* this on by the length of the current match so that we
* explicitly disallow overlapping matches.
*/
if (matchLength > 0 && !searchSpecPtr->overlap
&& !searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
firstOffset += matchLength;
if (firstOffset >= lastOffset) {
/*
* Now, we have to be careful not to find
* overlapping matches either on the same or
* following lines. Assume that if we did find
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 | * if (storeMatch[matches]<searchSpecPtr->stopOffset) * break; * * might be needed here, but no test case has been * found which would exercise such a problem. */ } | | | | | | | | 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 |
* if (storeMatch[matches]<searchSpecPtr->stopOffset)
* break;
*
* might be needed here, but no test case has been
* found which would exercise such a problem.
*/
}
if (storeMatch[matches] + storeLength[matches]
>= matchOffset + matchLength) {
/*
* The new match totally encloses the previous one, so
* we overwrite the previous one.
*/
matchOffset = storeMatch[matches];
matchLength = storeLength[matches];
continue;
}
if (!searchSpecPtr->overlap) {
if (storeMatch[matches] + storeLength[matches]
> matchOffset) {
continue;
}
}
(*searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc)(lineNum, searchSpecPtr,
lineInfo, theLine, matchOffset, matchLength);
if (!searchSpecPtr->all) {
goto searchDone;
}
matchOffset = storeMatch[matches];
matchLength = storeLength[matches];
}
if (searchSpecPtr->all && matches > 0) {
/*
* We only need to do this for the '-all' case, because
* just below we will call the foundMatchProc for the
* non-all case.
*/
(*searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc)(lineNum, searchSpecPtr,
lineInfo, theLine, matchOffset, matchLength);
} else {
lastBackwardsLineMatch = lineNum;
lastBackwardsMatchOffset = matchOffset;
}
}
}
/*
* If the 'all' flag is set, we will already have stored all matches,
* so we just proceed to the next line.
*
* If not, and there is a match we need to store that information and
* we are done.
*/
if ((lastBackwardsLineMatch == -1) && (matchOffset >= 0)
&& !searchSpecPtr->all) {
(*searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc)(lineNum, searchSpecPtr, lineInfo,
theLine, matchOffset, matchLength);
goto searchDone;
}
/*
* Go to the next (or previous) line;
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 |
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
lineNum--;
if (lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1
&& ((lineNum < 0)
|| (lineNum + 2 < lastBackwardsLineMatch))) {
| | | 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 |
if (searchSpecPtr->backwards) {
lineNum--;
if (lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1
&& ((lineNum < 0)
|| (lineNum + 2 < lastBackwardsLineMatch))) {
(*searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc)(lastBackwardsLineMatch,
searchSpecPtr, NULL, NULL,
lastBackwardsMatchOffset, matchLength);
lastBackwardsLineMatch = -1;
if (!searchSpecPtr->all) {
goto searchDone;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6731 6732 6733 6734 6735 6736 6737 |
}
Tcl_SetObjLength(theLine, 0);
}
searchDone:
if (lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1) {
| | | | 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 |
}
Tcl_SetObjLength(theLine, 0);
}
searchDone:
if (lastBackwardsLineMatch != -1) {
(*searchSpecPtr->foundMatchProc)(lastBackwardsLineMatch, searchSpecPtr,
NULL, NULL, lastBackwardsMatchOffset, matchLength);
}
/*
* Free up the cached line and pattern.
*/
Tcl_DecrRefCount(theLine);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(patObj);
/*
* Free up any extra space we allocated.
*/
if (storeMatch != smArray) {
ckfree((char *) storeMatch);
}
return code;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 | * Creates a new Tcl_Obj. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Tcl_Obj * GetLineStartEnd( | | | | > > < | 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 6489 6490 6491 6492 6493 6494 6495 6496 6497 6498 6499 6500 6501 6502 6503 6504 6505 6506 6507 6508 |
* Creates a new Tcl_Obj.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetLineStartEnd(
ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int internalOffset) /* Offset within *recordPtr containing the
* line value. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr = *(TkTextLine **)(recordPtr + internalOffset);
if (linePtr == NULL) {
return Tcl_NewObj();
} else {
return Tcl_NewIntObj(1+TkBTreeLinesTo(NULL, linePtr));
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetLineStartEnd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 | * that the specified string was empty and that is acceptable. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SetLineStartEnd( | | | | | | | 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 6548 6549 |
* that the specified string was empty and that is acceptable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetLineStartEnd(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interp; may be used for errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which option is being set. */
Tcl_Obj **value, /* Pointer to the pointer to the value object.
* We use a pointer to the pointer because we
* may need to return a value (NULL). */
char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the widget record. */
int internalOffset, /* Offset within *recordPtr at which the
* internal value is to be stored. */
char *oldInternalPtr, /* Pointer to storage for the old value. */
int flags) /* Flags for the option, set Tk_SetOptions. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr = NULL;
char *internalPtr;
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) recordPtr;
if (internalOffset >= 0) {
internalPtr = recordPtr + internalOffset;
} else {
internalPtr = NULL;
}
if (flags & TK_OPTION_NULL_OK && ObjectIsEmpty(*value)) {
*value = NULL;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871 6872 | * Restores the old value. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void RestoreLineStartEnd( | | | | 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 |
* Restores the old value.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RestoreLineStartEnd(
ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *internalPtr, /* Pointer to storage for value. */
char *oldInternalPtr) /* Pointer to old value. */
{
*(TkTextLine **)internalPtr = *(TkTextLine **)oldInternalPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6896 6897 6898 6899 6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return 1;
}
| > > | | > | | 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 6619 6620 6621 6622 6623 6624 6625 6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ObjectIsEmpty(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object to test. May be NULL. */
{
int length;
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return 1;
}
if (objPtr->bytes != NULL) {
return (objPtr->length == 0);
}
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objPtr, &length);
return (length == 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpTesttextCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 | * Depends on option; see below. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpTesttextCmd( | | | | | | > > > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 6714 6715 6716 |
* Depends on option; see below.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpTesttextCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkText *textPtr;
size_t len;
int lineIndex, byteIndex, byteOffset;
TkTextIndex index;
char buf[64];
Tcl_CmdInfo info;
if (argc < 3) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, argv[1], &info) == 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (info.isNativeObjectProc) {
textPtr = (TkText *) info.objClientData;
} else {
textPtr = (TkText *) info.clientData;
}
len = strlen(argv[2]);
if (strncmp(argv[2], "byteindex", len) == 0) {
if (argc != 5) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
lineIndex = atoi(argv[3]) - 1;
byteIndex = atoi(argv[4]);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, lineIndex,
byteIndex, &index);
} else if (strncmp(argv[2], "forwbytes", len) == 0) {
if (argc != 5) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, argv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
byteOffset = atoi(argv[4]);
TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &index, byteOffset, &index);
} else if (strncmp(argv[2], "backbytes", len) == 0) {
if (argc != 5) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, argv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
byteOffset = atoi(argv[4]);
TkTextIndexBackBytes(textPtr, &index, byteOffset, &index);
} else {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkTextSetMark(textPtr, "insert", &index);
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &index, buf);
sprintf(buf + strlen(buf), " %d", index.byteIndex);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buf, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkText.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
#include "tk.h"
#endif
#ifndef _TKUNDO
#include "tkUndo.h"
#endif
/*
* The data structure below defines a single logical line of text (from
* newline to newline, not necessarily what appears on one display line of the
* screen).
*/
typedef struct TkTextLine {
| > > > > > > > > > > > | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
#include "tk.h"
#endif
#ifndef _TKUNDO
#include "tkUndo.h"
#endif
#ifdef BUILD_tk
# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
* Opaque types for structures whose guts are only needed by a single file.
*/
typedef struct TkTextBTree_ *TkTextBTree;
/*
* The data structure below defines a single logical line of text (from
* newline to newline, not necessarily what appears on one display line of the
* screen).
*/
typedef struct TkTextLine {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
typedef struct TkTextSegment {
const struct Tk_SegType *typePtr;
/* Pointer to record describing segment's
* type. */
struct TkTextSegment *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of segments for this line, or
* NULL for end of list. */
| | | | 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
typedef struct TkTextSegment {
const struct Tk_SegType *typePtr;
/* Pointer to record describing segment's
* type. */
struct TkTextSegment *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of segments for this line, or
* NULL for end of list. */
int size; /* Size of this segment (# of bytes of index
* space it occupies). */
union {
char chars[4]; /* Characters that make up character info.
* Actual length varies to hold as many
* characters as needed.*/
TkTextToggle toggle; /* Information about tag toggle. */
TkTextMark mark; /* Information about mark. */
TkTextEmbWindow ew; /* Information about embedded window. */
TkTextEmbImage ei; /* Information about embedded image. */
} body;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
* text line, in pixels. Only valid if
* lMargin1String is non-NULL. */
char *lMargin2String; /* -lmargin2 option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
int lMargin2; /* Left margin for second and later display
* lines of each text line, in pixels. Only
* valid if lMargin2String is non-NULL. */
| < < < < < < < < < < < | 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
* text line, in pixels. Only valid if
* lMargin1String is non-NULL. */
char *lMargin2String; /* -lmargin2 option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
int lMargin2; /* Left margin for second and later display
* lines of each text line, in pixels. Only
* valid if lMargin2String is non-NULL. */
char *offsetString; /* -offset option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
int offset; /* Vertical offset of text's baseline from
* baseline of line. Used for superscripts and
* subscripts. Only valid if offsetString is
* non-NULL. */
char *overstrikeString; /* -overstrike option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
int overstrike; /* Non-zero means draw horizontal line through
* middle of text. Only valid if
* overstrikeString is non-NULL. */
char *rMarginString; /* -rmargin option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
int rMargin; /* Right margin for text, in pixels. Only
* valid if rMarginString is non-NULL. */
char *spacing1String; /* -spacing1 option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
int spacing1; /* Extra spacing above first display line for
* text line. Only valid if spacing1String is
* non-NULL. */
char *spacing2String; /* -spacing2 option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
396 397 398 399 400 401 402 |
int tabStyle; /* One of TABULAR or WORDPROCESSOR or NONE (if
* not specified). */
char *underlineString; /* -underline option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
int underline; /* Non-zero means draw underline underneath
* text. Only valid if underlineString is
* non-NULL. */
| < < | 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
int tabStyle; /* One of TABULAR or WORDPROCESSOR or NONE (if
* not specified). */
char *underlineString; /* -underline option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
int underline; /* Non-zero means draw underline underneath
* text. Only valid if underlineString is
* non-NULL. */
TkWrapMode wrapMode; /* How to handle wrap-around for this tag.
* Must be TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR,
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE, TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD, or
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_NULL to use wrapmode for
* whole widget. */
char *elideString; /* -elide option string (malloc-ed). NULL
* means option not specified. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
485 486 487 488 489 490 491 |
typedef struct TkTextTabArray {
int numTabs; /* Number of tab stops. */
double lastTab; /* The accurate fractional pixel position of
* the last tab. */
double tabIncrement; /* The accurate fractional pixel increment
* between interpolated tabs we have to create
* when we exceed numTabs. */
| | | | 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 |
typedef struct TkTextTabArray {
int numTabs; /* Number of tab stops. */
double lastTab; /* The accurate fractional pixel position of
* the last tab. */
double tabIncrement; /* The accurate fractional pixel increment
* between interpolated tabs we have to create
* when we exceed numTabs. */
TkTextTab tabs[1]; /* Array of tabs. The actual size will be
* numTabs. THIS FIELD MUST BE THE LAST IN THE
* STRUCTURE. */
} TkTextTabArray;
/*
* Enumeration definining the edit modes of the widget.
*/
typedef enum {
TK_TEXT_EDIT_INSERT, /* insert mode */
TK_TEXT_EDIT_DELETE, /* delete mode */
TK_TEXT_EDIT_REPLACE, /* replace mode */
TK_TEXT_EDIT_OTHER /* none of the above */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
528 529 530 531 532 533 534 | } TkTextState; /* * A data structure of the following type is shared between each text widget * that are peers. */ | < < < < < < < < | | 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 |
} TkTextState;
/*
* A data structure of the following type is shared between each text widget
* that are peers.
*/
typedef struct TkSharedText {
int refCount; /* Reference count this shared object. */
TkTextBTree tree; /* B-tree representation of text and tags for
* widget. */
Tcl_HashTable tagTable; /* Hash table that maps from tag names to
* pointers to TkTextTag structures. The "sel"
* tag does not feature in this table, since
* there's one of those for each text peer. */
int numTags; /* Number of tags currently defined for
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
566 567 568 569 570 571 572 |
* image, there is no entry for it here. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
/* Table of all bindings currently defined for
* this widget. NULL means that no bindings
* exist, so the table hasn't been created.
* Each "object" used for this table is the
* name of a tag. */
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 |
* image, there is no entry for it here. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable;
/* Table of all bindings currently defined for
* this widget. NULL means that no bindings
* exist, so the table hasn't been created.
* Each "object" used for this table is the
* name of a tag. */
int stateEpoch; /* This is incremented each time the B-tree's
* contents change structurally, or when the
* start/end limits change, and means that any
* cached TkTextIndex objects are no longer
* valid. */
/*
* Information related to the undo/redo functionality.
*/
TkUndoRedoStack *undoStack; /* The undo/redo stack. */
int undo; /* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
* enabled. */
int maxUndo; /* The maximum depth of the undo stack
* expressed as the maximum number of compound
* statements. */
int autoSeparators; /* Non-zero means the separators will be
* inserted automatically. */
int isDirty; /* Flag indicating the 'dirtyness' of the
* text widget. If the flag is not zero,
* unsaved modifications have been applied to
* the text widget. */
TkTextDirtyMode dirtyMode; /* The nature of the dirtyness characterized
* by the isDirty flag. */
TkTextEditMode lastEditMode;/* Keeps track of what the last edit mode
* was. */
/*
* Keep track of all the peers
*/
struct TkText *peers;
} TkSharedText;
/*
* A data structure of the following type is kept for each text widget that
* currently exists for this process:
*/
typedef struct TkText {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
745 746 747 748 749 750 751 |
*/
TkTextSegment *insertMarkPtr;
/* Points to segment for "insert" mark. */
Tk_3DBorder insertBorder; /* Used to draw vertical bar for insertion
* cursor. */
int insertWidth; /* Total width of insert cursor. */
| | < < < | 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 |
*/
TkTextSegment *insertMarkPtr;
/* Points to segment for "insert" mark. */
Tk_3DBorder insertBorder; /* Used to draw vertical bar for insertion
* cursor. */
int insertWidth; /* Total width of insert cursor. */
int insertBorderWidth; /* Width of 3-D border around insert cursor. */
int insertOnTime; /* Number of milliseconds cursor should spend
* in "on" state for each blink. */
int insertOffTime; /* Number of milliseconds cursor should spend
* in "off" state for each blink. */
Tcl_TimerToken insertBlinkHandler;
/* Timer handler used to blink cursor on and
* off. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
787 788 789 790 791 792 793 |
* horizontal scrollbar when view changes. */
char *yScrollCmd; /* Prefix of command to issue to update
* vertical scrollbar when view changes. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
* definitions. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Token representing the configuration
* specifications. */
| | < < | 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 |
* horizontal scrollbar when view changes. */
char *yScrollCmd; /* Prefix of command to issue to update
* vertical scrollbar when view changes. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags; see below for
* definitions. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Token representing the configuration
* specifications. */
int refCount; /* Number of cached TkTextIndex objects
* refering to us. */
int insertCursorType; /* 0 = standard insertion cursor, 1 = block
* cursor. */
/*
* Copies of information from the shared section relating to the undo/redo
* functonality
*/
int undo; /* Non-zero means the undo/redo behaviour is
* enabled. */
int maxUndo; /* The maximum depth of the undo stack
* expressed as the maximum number of compound
* statements. */
int autoSeparators; /* Non-zero means the separators will be
* inserted automatically. */
} TkText;
/*
* Flag values for TkText records:
*
* GOT_SELECTION: Non-zero means we've already claimed the
* selection.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
843 844 845 846 847 848 849 | /* * Records of the following type define segment types in terms of a collection * of procedures that may be called to manipulate segments of that type. */ typedef TkTextSegment * Tk_SegSplitProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr, | | | | | 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 |
/*
* Records of the following type define segment types in terms of a collection
* of procedures that may be called to manipulate segments of that type.
*/
typedef TkTextSegment * Tk_SegSplitProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr,
int index);
typedef int Tk_SegDeleteProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone);
typedef TkTextSegment * Tk_SegCleanupProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
typedef void Tk_SegLineChangeProc(struct TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
typedef int Tk_SegLayoutProc(struct TkText *textPtr,
struct TkTextIndex *indexPtr,
TkTextSegment *segPtr, int offset, int maxX,
int maxChars, int noCharsYet, TkWrapMode wrapMode,
struct TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr);
typedef void Tk_SegCheckProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
typedef struct Tk_SegType {
const char *name; /* Name of this kind of segment. */
int leftGravity; /* If a segment has zero size (e.g. a mark or
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
979 980 981 982 983 984 985 | MODULE_SCOPE int tkBTreeDebug; MODULE_SCOPE int tkTextDebug; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextCharType; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextLeftMarkType; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextRightMarkType; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextToggleOnType; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextToggleOffType; | < < | 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 | MODULE_SCOPE int tkBTreeDebug; MODULE_SCOPE int tkTextDebug; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextCharType; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextLeftMarkType; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextRightMarkType; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextToggleOnType; MODULE_SCOPE const Tk_SegType tkTextToggleOffType; /* * Convenience macros for use by B-tree clients which want to access pixel * information on each line. Currently only used by TkTextDisp.c */ #define TkBTreeLinePixelCount(text, line) \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(TkText *textPtr, int defaultHeight); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeRemoveClient(TkTextBTree tree, TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeDestroy(TkTextBTree tree); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(TkTextBTree tree, TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); | | > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > < > > > > > > | > > > | 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeClientRangeChanged(TkText *textPtr, int defaultHeight); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeRemoveClient(TkTextBTree tree, TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeDestroy(TkTextBTree tree); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(TkTextBTree tree, TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkBTreeEpoch(TkTextBTree tree); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindLine(TkTextBTree tree, const TkText *textPtr, int line); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeFindPixelLine(TkTextBTree tree, const TkText *textPtr, int pixels, int *pixelOffset); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextTag **TkBTreeGetTags(const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, const TkText *textPtr, int *numTagsPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeInsertChars(TkTextBTree tree, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, const char *string); MODULE_SCOPE int TkBTreeLinesTo(const TkText *textPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkBTreePixelsTo(const TkText *textPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeLinkSegment(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreeNextLine(const TkText *textPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkBTreeNextTag(TkTextSearch *searchPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkBTreeNumLines(TkTextBTree tree, const TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkBTreeNumPixels(TkTextBTree tree, const TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextLine *TkBTreePreviousLine(TkText *textPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkBTreePrevTag(TkTextSearch *searchPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeStartSearch(TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, TkTextTag *tagPtr, TkTextSearch *searchPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeStartSearchBack(TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, TkTextTag *tagPtr, TkTextSearch *searchPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkBTreeTag(TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, TkTextTag *tagPtr, int add); MODULE_SCOPE void TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextBindProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextSelectionEvent(TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextChanged(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexBbox(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *charWidthPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextCharLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr, int offset, int maxX, int maxChars, int noBreakYet, TkWrapMode wrapMode, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextCreateDInfo(TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextDLineInfo(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *xPtr, int *yPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, int *basePtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int lineHeight, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextTag *TkTextCreateTag(TkText *textPtr, const char *tagName, int *newTag); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextFreeDInfo(TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextDeleteTag(TkText *textPtr, TkTextTag *tagPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextFreeTag(TkText *textPtr, TkTextTag *tagPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextGetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, const char *string, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextGetObjIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *idxPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextSharedGetObjIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, Tcl_Obj *idxPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE const TkTextIndex *TkTextGetIndexFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextTabArray *TkTextGetTabs(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *stringPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int end, int *xOffset); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexBackBytes(const TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, TkTextIndex *dstPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextIndexBackChars(const TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, TkTextIndex *dstPtr, TkTextCountType type); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexCmp(const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexCountBytes(const TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexCount(const TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, TkTextCountType type); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexForwBytes(const TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, TkTextIndex *dstPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextIndexForwChars(const TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int count, TkTextIndex *dstPtr, TkTextCountType type); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextIndexOfX(TkText *textPtr, int x, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIndexYPixels(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextSegment *TkTextIndexToSeg(const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *offsetPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextInsertDisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextLostSelection(ClientData clientData); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextIndex *TkTextMakeCharIndex(TkTextBTree tree, TkText *textPtr, int lineIndex, int charIndex, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextMeasureDown(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int distance); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextFreeElideInfo(TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextIsElided(const TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextIndex *TkTextMakeByteIndex(TkTextBTree tree, const TkText *textPtr, int lineIndex, int byteIndex, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextMakePixelIndex(TkText *textPtr, int pixelIndex, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics( TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, TkText *textPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr, int lineCount, int action); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextUpdateLineMetrics(TkText *textPtr, int lineNum, int endLine, int doThisMuch); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextUpdateOneLine(TkText *textPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr, int pixelHeight, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int partialCalc); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextMarkCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextMarkNameToIndex(TkText *textPtr, const char *name, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextMarkSegToIndex(TkText *textPtr, TkTextSegment *markPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextEventuallyRepick(TkText *textPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextPickCurrent(TkText *textPtr, XEvent *eventPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextPixelIndex(TkText *textPtr, int x, int y, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *nearest); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextPrintIndex(const TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, char *string); MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj * TkTextNewIndexObj(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextRedrawRegion(TkText *textPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextRedrawTag(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, TkTextTag *tagPtr, int withTag); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextRelayoutWindow(TkText *textPtr, int mask); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextScanCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextSeeCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextSegToOffset(const TkTextSegment *segPtr, const TkTextLine *linePtr); MODULE_SCOPE TkTextSegment *TkTextSetMark(TkText *textPtr, const char *name, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextSetYView(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int pickPlace); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextTagCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextImageCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextImageIndex(TkText *textPtr, const char *name, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextWindowCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextWindowIndex(TkText *textPtr, const char *name, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextXviewCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkTextYviewCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE void TkTextWinFreeClient(Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, TkTextEmbWindowClient *client); # undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKTEXT */ /* * Local Variables: * mode: c * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 78 * End: */ |
Changes to generic/tkTextBTree.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
*/
typedef struct BTree {
Node *rootPtr; /* Pointer to root of B-tree. */
int clients; /* Number of clients of this B-tree. */
int pixelReferences; /* Number of clients of this B-tree which care
* about pixel heights. */
| | | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
*/
typedef struct BTree {
Node *rootPtr; /* Pointer to root of B-tree. */
int clients; /* Number of clients of this B-tree. */
int pixelReferences; /* Number of clients of this B-tree which care
* about pixel heights. */
int stateEpoch; /* Updated each time any aspect of the B-tree
* changes. */
TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr;/* Used to find tagTable in consistency
* checking code, and to access list of all
* B-tree clients. */
int startEndCount;
TkTextLine **startEnd;
TkText **startEndRef;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
136 137 138 139 140 141 142 | int tkBTreeDebug = 0; /* * Macros that determine how much space to allocate for new segments: */ | | | | | | | 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | int tkBTreeDebug = 0; /* * Macros that determine how much space to allocate for new segments: */ #define CSEG_SIZE(chars) ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \ + 1 + (chars))) #define TSEG_SIZE ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \ + sizeof(TkTextToggle))) /* * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ static int AdjustPixelClient(BTree *treePtr, int defaultHeight, Node *nodePtr, TkTextLine *start, TkTextLine *end, int useReference, int newPixelReferences, int *counting); static void ChangeNodeToggleCount(Node *nodePtr, TkTextTag *tagPtr, int delta); static void CharCheckProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); static int CharDeleteProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone); static TkTextSegment * CharCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); static TkTextSegment * CharSplitProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, int index); static void CheckNodeConsistency(Node *nodePtr, int references); static void CleanupLine(TkTextLine *linePtr); static void DeleteSummaries(Summary *tagPtr); static void DestroyNode(Node *nodePtr); static TkTextSegment * FindTagEnd(TkTextBTree tree, TkTextTag *tagPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); static void IncCount(TkTextTag *tagPtr, int inc, |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
257 258 259 260 261 262 263 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextBTree
TkBTreeCreate(
TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr)
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextBTree
TkBTreeCreate(
TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr)
{
register BTree *treePtr;
register Node *rootPtr;
register TkTextLine *linePtr, *linePtr2;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
/*
* The tree will initially have two empty lines. The second line isn't
* actually part of the tree's contents, but its presence makes several
* operations easier. The tree will have one node, which is also the root
* of the tree.
*/
rootPtr = (Node *) ckalloc(sizeof(Node));
linePtr = (TkTextLine *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextLine));
linePtr2 = (TkTextLine *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextLine));
rootPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
rootPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
rootPtr->summaryPtr = NULL;
rootPtr->level = 0;
rootPtr->children.linePtr = linePtr;
rootPtr->numChildren = 2;
rootPtr->numLines = 2;
/*
* The tree currently has no registered clients, so all pixel count
* pointers are simply NULL.
*/
rootPtr->numPixels = NULL;
linePtr->pixels = NULL;
linePtr2->pixels = NULL;
linePtr->parentPtr = rootPtr;
linePtr->nextPtr = linePtr2;
segPtr = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(1));
linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
segPtr->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
segPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
segPtr->size = 1;
segPtr->body.chars[0] = '\n';
segPtr->body.chars[1] = 0;
linePtr2->parentPtr = rootPtr;
linePtr2->nextPtr = NULL;
segPtr = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(1));
linePtr2->segPtr = segPtr;
segPtr->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
segPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
segPtr->size = 1;
segPtr->body.chars[0] = '\n';
segPtr->body.chars[1] = 0;
treePtr = (BTree *) ckalloc(sizeof(BTree));
treePtr->sharedTextPtr = sharedTextPtr;
treePtr->rootPtr = rootPtr;
treePtr->clients = 0;
treePtr->stateEpoch = 0;
treePtr->pixelReferences = 0;
treePtr->startEndCount = 0;
treePtr->startEnd = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
void
TkBTreeAddClient(
TkTextBTree tree, /* B-tree to add a client to. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Client to add. */
int defaultHeight) /* Default line height for the new client, or
* -1 if no pixel heights are to be kept. */
{
| | | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
void
TkBTreeAddClient(
TkTextBTree tree, /* B-tree to add a client to. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Client to add. */
int defaultHeight) /* Default line height for the new client, or
* -1 if no pixel heights are to be kept. */
{
register BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
if (treePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("NULL treePtr in TkBTreeAddClient");
}
if (textPtr->start != NULL || textPtr->end != NULL) {
AdjustStartEndRefs(treePtr, textPtr, TEXT_ADD_REFS);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
* There's no need to loop over each client of the tree, calling
* 'TkBTreeRemoveClient', since the 'DestroyNode' will clean everything up
* itself.
*/
DestroyNode(treePtr->rootPtr);
if (treePtr->startEnd != NULL) {
| | | | | | 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 |
* There's no need to loop over each client of the tree, calling
* 'TkBTreeRemoveClient', since the 'DestroyNode' will clean everything up
* itself.
*/
DestroyNode(treePtr->rootPtr);
if (treePtr->startEnd != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) treePtr->startEnd);
ckfree((char *) treePtr->startEndRef);
}
ckfree((char *) treePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkBTreeEpoch --
*
* Return the epoch for the B-tree. This number is incremented any time
* anything changes in the tree.
*
* Results:
* The epoch number.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkBTreeEpoch(
TkTextBTree tree) /* Tree to get epoch for. */
{
BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
return treePtr->stateEpoch;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
539 540 541 542 543 544 545 |
if (treePtr->clients == 1) {
/*
* The last reference to the tree.
*/
DestroyNode(treePtr->rootPtr);
| | | 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
if (treePtr->clients == 1) {
/*
* The last reference to the tree.
*/
DestroyNode(treePtr->rootPtr);
ckfree((char *) treePtr);
return;
} else if (pixelReference == -1) {
/*
* A client which doesn't care about pixels.
*/
treePtr->clients--;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
628 629 630 631 632 633 634 |
}
if (treePtr->startEndRef[i] != textPtr) {
count++;
}
i++;
}
treePtr->startEndCount = count;
| | > | > | > | > | 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 |
}
if (treePtr->startEndRef[i] != textPtr) {
count++;
}
i++;
}
treePtr->startEndCount = count;
treePtr->startEnd = (TkTextLine **)
ckrealloc((char *) treePtr->startEnd,
sizeof(TkTextLine *) * count);
treePtr->startEndRef = (TkText **)
ckrealloc((char *) treePtr->startEndRef,
sizeof(TkText *) * count);
}
if ((action & TEXT_ADD_REFS)
&& (textPtr->start != NULL || textPtr->end != NULL)) {
int count;
if (textPtr->start != NULL) {
treePtr->startEndCount++;
}
if (textPtr->end != NULL) {
treePtr->startEndCount++;
}
count = treePtr->startEndCount;
treePtr->startEnd = (TkTextLine **)
ckrealloc((char *) treePtr->startEnd,
sizeof(TkTextLine *) * count);
treePtr->startEndRef = (TkText **)
ckrealloc((char *) treePtr->startEndRef,
sizeof(TkText *) * count);
if (textPtr->start != NULL) {
count--;
treePtr->startEnd[count] = textPtr->start;
treePtr->startEndRef[count] = textPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
while (loopPtr != NULL) {
pixelCount += AdjustPixelClient(treePtr, defaultHeight, loopPtr,
start, end, useReference, newPixelReferences, counting);
loopPtr = loopPtr->nextPtr;
}
} else {
| | | | | 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 |
while (loopPtr != NULL) {
pixelCount += AdjustPixelClient(treePtr, defaultHeight, loopPtr,
start, end, useReference, newPixelReferences, counting);
loopPtr = loopPtr->nextPtr;
}
} else {
register TkTextLine *linePtr = nodePtr->children.linePtr;
while (linePtr != NULL) {
if (!*counting && (linePtr == start)) {
*counting = 1;
}
if (*counting && (linePtr == end)) {
*counting = 0;
}
if (newPixelReferences != treePtr->pixelReferences) {
linePtr->pixels = (int *) ckrealloc((char *) linePtr->pixels,
sizeof(int) * 2 * newPixelReferences);
}
/*
* Notice that for the very last line, we are never counting and
* therefore this always has a height of 0 and an epoch of 1.
*/
linePtr->pixels[2*useReference] = (*counting ? defaultHeight : 0);
linePtr->pixels[2*useReference+1] = (*counting ? 0 : 1);
pixelCount += linePtr->pixels[2*useReference];
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr;
}
}
if (newPixelReferences != treePtr->pixelReferences) {
nodePtr->numPixels = (int *) ckrealloc((char *) nodePtr->numPixels,
sizeof(int) * newPixelReferences);
}
nodePtr->numPixels[useReference] = pixelCount;
return pixelCount;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
795 796 797 798 799 800 801 |
*/
if (overwriteWithLast != -1) {
nodePtr->numPixels[overwriteWithLast] =
nodePtr->numPixels[treePtr->pixelReferences-1];
}
if (treePtr->pixelReferences == 1) {
| < | | | | 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 |
*/
if (overwriteWithLast != -1) {
nodePtr->numPixels[overwriteWithLast] =
nodePtr->numPixels[treePtr->pixelReferences-1];
}
if (treePtr->pixelReferences == 1) {
nodePtr->numPixels = NULL;
} else {
nodePtr->numPixels = (int *) ckrealloc((char *) nodePtr->numPixels,
sizeof(int) * (treePtr->pixelReferences - 1));
}
if (nodePtr->level != 0) {
nodePtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr;
while (nodePtr != NULL) {
RemovePixelClient(treePtr, nodePtr, overwriteWithLast);
nodePtr = nodePtr->nextPtr;
}
} else {
register TkTextLine *linePtr = nodePtr->children.linePtr;
while (linePtr != NULL) {
if (overwriteWithLast != -1) {
linePtr->pixels[2*overwriteWithLast] =
linePtr->pixels[2*(treePtr->pixelReferences-1)];
linePtr->pixels[1+2*overwriteWithLast] =
linePtr->pixels[1+2*(treePtr->pixelReferences-1)];
}
if (treePtr->pixelReferences == 1) {
linePtr->pixels = NULL;
} else {
linePtr->pixels = (int *) ckrealloc((char *) linePtr->pixels,
sizeof(int) * 2 * (treePtr->pixelReferences-1));
}
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
846 847 848 849 850 851 852 | * All the storage for nodePtr and its descendants is freed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DestroyNode( | | | | | | | | | 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 |
* All the storage for nodePtr and its descendants is freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DestroyNode(
register Node *nodePtr) /* Destroy from this node downwards. */
{
if (nodePtr->level == 0) {
TkTextLine *linePtr;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
while (nodePtr->children.linePtr != NULL) {
linePtr = nodePtr->children.linePtr;
nodePtr->children.linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr;
while (linePtr->segPtr != NULL) {
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
linePtr->segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
(*segPtr->typePtr->deleteProc)(segPtr, linePtr, 1);
}
ckfree((char *) linePtr->pixels);
ckfree((char *) linePtr);
}
} else {
register Node *childPtr;
while (nodePtr->children.nodePtr != NULL) {
childPtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr;
nodePtr->children.nodePtr = childPtr->nextPtr;
DestroyNode(childPtr);
}
}
DeleteSummaries(nodePtr->summaryPtr);
ckfree((char *) nodePtr->numPixels);
ckfree((char *) nodePtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DeleteSummaries --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
896 897 898 899 900 901 902 | * Storage is released. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DeleteSummaries( | | | | | 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 |
* Storage is released.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DeleteSummaries(
register Summary *summaryPtr)
/* First in list of node's tag summaries. */
{
register Summary *nextPtr;
while (summaryPtr != NULL) {
nextPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) summaryPtr);
summaryPtr = nextPtr;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
928 929 930 931 932 933 934 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkBTreeAdjustPixelHeight(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Client of the B-tree. */
| | | | 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkBTreeAdjustPixelHeight(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Client of the B-tree. */
register TkTextLine *linePtr,
/* The logical line to update. */
int newPixelHeight, /* The line's known height in pixels. */
int mergedLogicalLines) /* The number of extra logical lines which
* have been merged with this one (due to
* elided eols). They will have their pixel
* height set to zero, and the total pixel
* height associated with the given
* linePtr. */
{
register Node *nodePtr;
int changeToPixelCount; /* Counts change to total number of pixels in
* file. */
int pixelReference = textPtr->pixelReference;
changeToPixelCount = newPixelHeight - linePtr->pixels[2 * pixelReference];
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkBTreeInsertChars(
TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree to insert into. */
| | | | | | | | 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkBTreeInsertChars(
TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree to insert into. */
register TkTextIndex *indexPtr,
/* Indicates where to insert text. When the
* function returns, this index is no longer
* valid because of changes to the segment
* structure. */
const char *string) /* Pointer to bytes to insert (may contain
* newlines, must be null-terminated). */
{
register Node *nodePtr;
register TkTextSegment *prevPtr;
/* The segment just before the first new
* segment (NULL means new segment is at
* beginning of line). */
TkTextSegment *curPtr; /* Current segment; new characters are
* inserted just after this one. NULL means
* insert at beginning of line. */
TkTextLine *linePtr; /* Current line (new segments are added to
* this line). */
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextLine *newLinePtr;
int chunkSize; /* # characters in current chunk. */
register const char *eol; /* Pointer to character just after last one in
* current chunk. */
int changeToLineCount; /* Counts change to total number of lines in
* file. */
int *changeToPixelCount; /* Counts change to total number of pixels in
* file. */
int ref;
int pixels[PIXEL_CLIENTS];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 |
/*
* Chop the string up into lines and create a new segment for each line,
* plus a new line for the leftovers from the previous line.
*/
changeToLineCount = 0;
if (treePtr->pixelReferences > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
| | > | | | | 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 |
/*
* Chop the string up into lines and create a new segment for each line,
* plus a new line for the leftovers from the previous line.
*/
changeToLineCount = 0;
if (treePtr->pixelReferences > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
changeToPixelCount = (int *)
ckalloc(sizeof(int) * treePtr->pixelReferences);
} else {
changeToPixelCount = pixels;
}
for (ref = 0; ref < treePtr->pixelReferences; ref++) {
changeToPixelCount[ref] = 0;
}
while (*string != 0) {
for (eol = string; *eol != 0; eol++) {
if (*eol == '\n') {
eol++;
break;
}
}
chunkSize = eol-string;
segPtr = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(chunkSize));
segPtr->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
if (curPtr == NULL) {
segPtr->nextPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
} else {
segPtr->nextPtr = curPtr->nextPtr;
curPtr->nextPtr = segPtr;
}
segPtr->size = chunkSize;
memcpy(segPtr->body.chars, string, (size_t) chunkSize);
segPtr->body.chars[chunkSize] = 0;
if (eol[-1] != '\n') {
break;
}
/*
* The chunk ended with a newline, so create a new TkTextLine and move
* the remainder of the old line to it.
*/
newLinePtr = (TkTextLine *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextLine));
newLinePtr->pixels = (int *)
ckalloc(sizeof(int) * 2 * treePtr->pixelReferences);
newLinePtr->parentPtr = linePtr->parentPtr;
newLinePtr->nextPtr = linePtr->nextPtr;
linePtr->nextPtr = newLinePtr;
newLinePtr->segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 |
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
nodePtr->numLines += changeToLineCount;
for (ref = 0; ref < treePtr->pixelReferences; ref++) {
nodePtr->numPixels[ref] += changeToPixelCount[ref];
}
}
if (treePtr->pixelReferences > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
| | | 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 |
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
nodePtr->numLines += changeToLineCount;
for (ref = 0; ref < treePtr->pixelReferences; ref++) {
nodePtr->numPixels[ref] += changeToPixelCount[ref];
}
}
if (treePtr->pixelReferences > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
ckfree((char *) changeToPixelCount);
}
nodePtr = linePtr->parentPtr;
nodePtr->numChildren += changeToLineCount;
if (nodePtr->numChildren > MAX_CHILDREN) {
Rebalance(treePtr, nodePtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 |
static TkTextSegment *
SplitSeg(
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index identifying position at which to
* split a segment. */
{
TkTextSegment *prevPtr, *segPtr;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
| | | | | 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 |
static TkTextSegment *
SplitSeg(
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index identifying position at which to
* split a segment. */
{
TkTextSegment *prevPtr, *segPtr;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
int count = indexPtr->byteIndex;
linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
prevPtr = NULL;
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
while (segPtr != NULL) {
if (segPtr->size > count) {
if (count == 0) {
return prevPtr;
}
segPtr = (*segPtr->typePtr->splitProc)(segPtr, count);
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = segPtr;
}
return segPtr;
} else if ((segPtr->size == 0) && (count == 0)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 |
*/
linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr);
if (linePtr == NULL) {
/*
* Reached end of the text.
*/
| < < > | 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 |
*/
linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr);
if (linePtr == NULL) {
/*
* Reached end of the text.
*/
}
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
}
}
Tcl_Panic("SplitSeg reached end of line!");
return NULL;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 |
while (1) {
anyChanges = 0;
for (prevPtrPtr = &linePtr->segPtr, segPtr = *prevPtrPtr;
segPtr != NULL;
prevPtrPtr = &(*prevPtrPtr)->nextPtr, segPtr = *prevPtrPtr) {
if (segPtr->typePtr->cleanupProc != NULL) {
| | | 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 |
while (1) {
anyChanges = 0;
for (prevPtrPtr = &linePtr->segPtr, segPtr = *prevPtrPtr;
segPtr != NULL;
prevPtrPtr = &(*prevPtrPtr)->nextPtr, segPtr = *prevPtrPtr) {
if (segPtr->typePtr->cleanupProc != NULL) {
*prevPtrPtr = (*segPtr->typePtr->cleanupProc)(segPtr, linePtr);
if (segPtr != *prevPtrPtr) {
anyChanges = 1;
}
}
}
if (!anyChanges) {
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(
TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree to delete from. */
| | | | 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkBTreeDeleteIndexRange(
TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree to delete from. */
register TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
/* Indicates first character that is to be
* deleted. */
register TkTextIndex *index2Ptr)
/* Indicates character just after the last one
* that is to be deleted. */
{
TkTextSegment *prevPtr; /* The segment just before the start of the
* deletion range. */
TkTextSegment *lastPtr; /* The segment just after the end of the
* deletion range. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 |
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
nodePtr->numLines--;
for (ref = 0; ref < treePtr->pixelReferences; ref++) {
nodePtr->numPixels[ref] -= curLinePtr->pixels[2*ref];
}
}
changeToLineCount++;
| < | 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 |
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
nodePtr->numLines--;
for (ref = 0; ref < treePtr->pixelReferences; ref++) {
nodePtr->numPixels[ref] -= curLinePtr->pixels[2*ref];
}
}
changeToLineCount++;
curNodePtr->numChildren--;
/*
* Check if we need to adjust any partial clients.
*/
if (treePtr->startEnd != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 |
if (peer->end == curLinePtr) {
peer->end = nextLinePtr;
}
}
checkCount++;
}
}
| | | | 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 |
if (peer->end == curLinePtr) {
peer->end = nextLinePtr;
}
}
checkCount++;
}
}
ckfree((char *) curLinePtr->pixels);
ckfree((char *) curLinePtr);
}
curLinePtr = nextLinePtr;
segPtr = curLinePtr->segPtr;
/*
* If the node is empty then delete it and its parents recursively
* upwards until a non-empty node is found.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 |
Node *prevNodePtr = parentPtr->children.nodePtr;
while (prevNodePtr->nextPtr != curNodePtr) {
prevNodePtr = prevNodePtr->nextPtr;
}
prevNodePtr->nextPtr = curNodePtr->nextPtr;
}
parentPtr->numChildren--;
| < < | | | 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 |
Node *prevNodePtr = parentPtr->children.nodePtr;
while (prevNodePtr->nextPtr != curNodePtr) {
prevNodePtr = prevNodePtr->nextPtr;
}
prevNodePtr->nextPtr = curNodePtr->nextPtr;
}
parentPtr->numChildren--;
ckfree((char *) curNodePtr);
curNodePtr = parentPtr;
}
curNodePtr = curLinePtr->parentPtr;
continue;
}
nextPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
if ((*segPtr->typePtr->deleteProc)(segPtr, curLinePtr, 0) != 0) {
/*
* This segment refuses to die. Move it to prevPtr and advance
* prevPtr if the segment has left gravity.
*/
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
segPtr->nextPtr = index1Ptr->linePtr->segPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 |
if (index1Ptr->linePtr != index2Ptr->linePtr) {
TkTextLine *prevLinePtr;
for (segPtr = lastPtr; segPtr != NULL;
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if (segPtr->typePtr->lineChangeProc != NULL) {
| | | 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 |
if (index1Ptr->linePtr != index2Ptr->linePtr) {
TkTextLine *prevLinePtr;
for (segPtr = lastPtr; segPtr != NULL;
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if (segPtr->typePtr->lineChangeProc != NULL) {
(*segPtr->typePtr->lineChangeProc)(segPtr, index2Ptr->linePtr);
}
}
curNodePtr = index2Ptr->linePtr->parentPtr;
for (nodePtr = curNodePtr; nodePtr != NULL;
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
nodePtr->numLines--;
for (ref = 0; ref < treePtr->pixelReferences; ref++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 |
if (peer->end == index2Ptr->linePtr) {
peer->end = index1Ptr->linePtr;
}
}
checkCount++;
}
}
| | | | 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 |
if (peer->end == index2Ptr->linePtr) {
peer->end = index1Ptr->linePtr;
}
}
checkCount++;
}
}
ckfree((char *) index2Ptr->linePtr->pixels);
ckfree((char *) index2Ptr->linePtr);
Rebalance((BTree *) index2Ptr->tree, curNodePtr);
}
/*
* Cleanup the segments in the new line.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 |
TkTextLine *
TkBTreeFindLine(
TkTextBTree tree, /* B-tree in which to find line. */
const TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
int line) /* Index of desired line. */
{
BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
| | | | 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 |
TkTextLine *
TkBTreeFindLine(
TkTextBTree tree, /* B-tree in which to find line. */
const TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
int line) /* Index of desired line. */
{
BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
register Node *nodePtr;
register TkTextLine *linePtr;
if (treePtr == NULL) {
treePtr = (BTree *) textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree;
}
nodePtr = treePtr->rootPtr;
if ((line < 0) || (line >= nodePtr->numLines)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 |
TkBTreeFindPixelLine(
TkTextBTree tree, /* B-tree to use. */
const TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
int pixels, /* Pixel index of desired line. */
int *pixelOffset) /* Used to return offset. */
{
BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
| | | | 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 |
TkBTreeFindPixelLine(
TkTextBTree tree, /* B-tree to use. */
const TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
int pixels, /* Pixel index of desired line. */
int *pixelOffset) /* Used to return offset. */
{
BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
register Node *nodePtr;
register TkTextLine *linePtr;
int pixelReference = textPtr->pixelReference;
nodePtr = treePtr->rootPtr;
if ((pixels < 0) || (pixels > nodePtr->numPixels[pixelReference])) {
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextLine *
TkBTreeNextLine(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Next line in the context of this client. */
| | | | 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextLine *
TkBTreeNextLine(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Next line in the context of this client. */
register TkTextLine *linePtr)
/* Pointer to existing line in B-tree. */
{
register Node *nodePtr;
if (linePtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
if (textPtr != NULL && (linePtr == textPtr->end)) {
return NULL;
} else {
return linePtr->nextPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextLine *
TkBTreePreviousLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
| | | | | | 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextLine *
TkBTreePreviousLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
register TkTextLine *linePtr)
/* Pointer to existing line in B-tree. */
{
register Node *nodePtr;
register Node *node2Ptr;
register TkTextLine *prevPtr;
if (textPtr != NULL && textPtr->start == linePtr) {
return NULL;
}
/*
* Find the line under this node just before the starting line.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 |
*/
int
TkBTreePixelsTo(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Pointer to existing line in B-tree. */
{
| | | | 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 |
*/
int
TkBTreePixelsTo(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Pointer to existing line in B-tree. */
{
register TkTextLine *linePtr2;
register Node *nodePtr, *parentPtr;
int index;
int pixelReference = textPtr->pixelReference;
/*
* First count how many pixels precede this line in its level-0 node.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 |
/*
* Now work up through the levels of the tree one at a time, counting how
* many pixels are in nodes preceding the current node.
*/
for (parentPtr = nodePtr->parentPtr ; parentPtr != NULL;
nodePtr = parentPtr, parentPtr = parentPtr->parentPtr) {
| | | 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 |
/*
* Now work up through the levels of the tree one at a time, counting how
* many pixels are in nodes preceding the current node.
*/
for (parentPtr = nodePtr->parentPtr ; parentPtr != NULL;
nodePtr = parentPtr, parentPtr = parentPtr->parentPtr) {
register Node *nodePtr2;
for (nodePtr2 = parentPtr->children.nodePtr; nodePtr2 != nodePtr;
nodePtr2 = nodePtr2->nextPtr) {
if (nodePtr2 == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreePixelsTo couldn't find node");
}
index += nodePtr2->numPixels[pixelReference];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 |
*/
int
TkBTreeLinesTo(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Pointer to existing line in B-tree. */
{
| | | | 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 |
*/
int
TkBTreeLinesTo(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Relative to this client of the B-tree. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Pointer to existing line in B-tree. */
{
register TkTextLine *linePtr2;
register Node *nodePtr, *parentPtr, *nodePtr2;
int index;
/*
* First count how many lines precede this one in its level-0 node.
*/
nodePtr = linePtr->parentPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 |
if (nodePtr2 == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeLinesTo couldn't find node");
}
index += nodePtr2->numLines;
}
}
if (textPtr != NULL) {
| | | 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 |
if (nodePtr2 == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeLinesTo couldn't find node");
}
index += nodePtr2->numLines;
}
}
if (textPtr != NULL) {
/*
* The index to return must be relative to textPtr, not to the entire
* tree. Take care to never return a negative index when linePtr
* denotes a line before -startline, or an index larger than the
* number of lines in textPtr when linePtr is a line past -endline.
*/
int indexStart, indexEnd;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 |
*
* Side effects:
* SegPtr will be linked into its tree.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkBTreeLinkSegment(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Pointer to new segment to be added to
* B-tree. Should be completely initialized by
* caller except for nextPtr field. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Where to add segment: it gets linked in
* just before the segment indicated here. */
{
| > | | 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 |
*
* Side effects:
* SegPtr will be linked into its tree.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
void
TkBTreeLinkSegment(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Pointer to new segment to be added to
* B-tree. Should be completely initialized by
* caller except for nextPtr field. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Where to add segment: it gets linked in
* just before the segment indicated here. */
{
register TkTextSegment *prevPtr;
prevPtr = SplitSeg(indexPtr);
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
segPtr->nextPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr;
indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
} else {
segPtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 |
* Side effects:
* SegPtr will be unlinked from linePtr. The segment itself isn't
* modified by this function.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment to be unlinked. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line that currently contains segment. */
{
| > | | 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 |
* Side effects:
* SegPtr will be unlinked from linePtr. The segment itself isn't
* modified by this function.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
void
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment to be unlinked. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line that currently contains segment. */
{
register TkTextSegment *prevPtr;
if (linePtr->segPtr == segPtr) {
linePtr->segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
while (prevPtr->nextPtr != segPtr) {
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 | * indexes may be modified by this function. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkBTreeTag( | | | | | 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 |
* indexes may be modified by this function.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkBTreeTag(
register TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
/* Indicates first character in range. */
register TkTextIndex *index2Ptr,
/* Indicates character just after the last one
* in range. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to add or remove. */
int add) /* One means add tag to the given range of
* characters; zero means remove the tag from
* the range. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr, *prevPtr;
TkTextSearch search;
TkTextLine *cleanupLinePtr;
int oldState, changed, anyChanges = 0;
/*
* See whether the tag is present at the start of the range. If the state
* doesn't already match what we want then add a toggle there.
*/
oldState = TkBTreeCharTagged(index1Ptr, tagPtr);
if ((add != 0) ^ oldState) {
segPtr = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(TSEG_SIZE);
segPtr->typePtr = (add) ? &tkTextToggleOnType : &tkTextToggleOffType;
prevPtr = SplitSeg(index1Ptr);
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
segPtr->nextPtr = index1Ptr->linePtr->segPtr;
index1Ptr->linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
} else {
segPtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 |
ChangeNodeToggleCount(search.curIndex.linePtr->parentPtr,
segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr, -1);
segPtr->body.toggle.inNodeCounts = 0;
changed = 1;
} else {
changed = 0;
}
| | | 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 |
ChangeNodeToggleCount(search.curIndex.linePtr->parentPtr,
segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr, -1);
segPtr->body.toggle.inNodeCounts = 0;
changed = 1;
} else {
changed = 0;
}
ckfree((char *) segPtr);
/*
* The code below is a bit tricky. After deleting a toggle we
* eventually have to call CleanupLine, in order to allow character
* segments to be merged together. To do this, we remember in
* cleanupLinePtr a line that needs to be cleaned up, but we don't
* clean it up until we've moved on to a different line. That way the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 |
*/
if (changed) {
TkBTreeStartSearch(index1Ptr, index2Ptr, tagPtr, &search);
}
}
if ((add != 0) ^ oldState) {
| | | 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 |
*/
if (changed) {
TkBTreeStartSearch(index1Ptr, index2Ptr, tagPtr, &search);
}
}
if ((add != 0) ^ oldState) {
segPtr = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(TSEG_SIZE);
segPtr->typePtr = (add) ? &tkTextToggleOffType : &tkTextToggleOnType;
prevPtr = SplitSeg(index2Ptr);
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
segPtr->nextPtr = index2Ptr->linePtr->segPtr;
index2Ptr->linePtr->segPtr = segPtr;
} else {
segPtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 | * for the tag, moving it up or down the tree as needed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ChangeNodeToggleCount( | | | | | 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 |
* for the tag, moving it up or down the tree as needed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ChangeNodeToggleCount(
register Node *nodePtr, /* Node whose toggle count for a tag must be
* changed. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Information about tag. */
int delta) /* Amount to add to current toggle count for
* tag (may be negative). */
{
register Summary *summaryPtr, *prevPtr;
register Node *node2Ptr;
int rootLevel; /* Level of original tag root. */
tagPtr->toggleCount += delta;
if (tagPtr->tagRootPtr == NULL) {
tagPtr->tagRootPtr = nodePtr;
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 |
*/
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
nodePtr->summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | | | 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 |
*/
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
nodePtr->summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) summaryPtr);
} else {
/*
* This tag isn't currently in the summary information list.
*/
if (rootLevel == nodePtr->level) {
/*
* The old tag root is at the same level in the tree as this
* node, but it isn't at this node. Move the tag root up a
* level, in the hopes that it will now cover this node as
* well as the old root (if not, we'll move it up again the
* next time through the loop). To push it up one level we
* copy the original toggle count into the summary information
* at the old root and change the root to its parent node.
*/
Node *rootNodePtr = tagPtr->tagRootPtr;
summaryPtr = (Summary *) ckalloc(sizeof(Summary));
summaryPtr->tagPtr = tagPtr;
summaryPtr->toggleCount = tagPtr->toggleCount - delta;
summaryPtr->nextPtr = rootNodePtr->summaryPtr;
rootNodePtr->summaryPtr = summaryPtr;
rootNodePtr = rootNodePtr->parentPtr;
rootLevel = rootNodePtr->level;
tagPtr->tagRootPtr = rootNodePtr;
}
summaryPtr = (Summary *) ckalloc(sizeof(Summary));
summaryPtr->tagPtr = tagPtr;
summaryPtr->toggleCount = delta;
summaryPtr->nextPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr;
nodePtr->summaryPtr = summaryPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 |
*/
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
node2Ptr->summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 |
*/
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
node2Ptr->summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) summaryPtr);
tagPtr->tagRootPtr = node2Ptr;
break;
}
nodePtr = tagPtr->tagRootPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 |
static TkTextSegment *
FindTagStart(
TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree to search within. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Return - index information. */
{
| | | | | | < < < < | 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 |
static TkTextSegment *
FindTagStart(
TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree to search within. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Return - index information. */
{
register Node *nodePtr;
register TkTextLine *linePtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
register Summary *summaryPtr;
int offset;
nodePtr = tagPtr->tagRootPtr;
if (nodePtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
/*
* Search from the root of the subtree that contains the tag down to the
* level 0 node.
*/
while (nodePtr->level > 0) {
for (nodePtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr ; nodePtr != NULL;
nodePtr = nodePtr->nextPtr) {
for (summaryPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr ; summaryPtr != NULL;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr->tagPtr == tagPtr) {
goto gotNodeWithTag;
}
}
}
gotNodeWithTag:
continue;
}
/*
* Work through the lines attached to the level-0 node.
*/
for (linePtr = nodePtr->children.linePtr; linePtr != NULL;
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr) {
for (offset = 0, segPtr = linePtr->segPtr ; segPtr != NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 |
static TkTextSegment *
FindTagEnd(
TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree to search within. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Return - index information. */
{
| | | | | | < < < < | 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 |
static TkTextSegment *
FindTagEnd(
TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree to search within. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Return - index information. */
{
register Node *nodePtr, *lastNodePtr;
register TkTextLine *linePtr ,*lastLinePtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr, *lastSegPtr, *last2SegPtr;
register Summary *summaryPtr;
int lastoffset, lastoffset2, offset;
nodePtr = tagPtr->tagRootPtr;
if (nodePtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
/*
* Search from the root of the subtree that contains the tag down to the
* level 0 node.
*/
while (nodePtr->level > 0) {
for (lastNodePtr = NULL, nodePtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr ;
nodePtr != NULL; nodePtr = nodePtr->nextPtr) {
for (summaryPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr ; summaryPtr != NULL;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr->tagPtr == tagPtr) {
lastNodePtr = nodePtr;
break;
}
}
}
nodePtr = lastNodePtr;
}
/*
* Work through the lines attached to the level-0 node.
*/
last2SegPtr = NULL;
lastoffset2 = 0;
lastoffset = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 |
TkBTreeStartSearch(
TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, /* Search starts here. Tag toggles at this
* position will not be returned. */
TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, /* Search stops here. Tag toggles at this
* position *will* be returned. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. NULL means search for
* any tag. */
| | | | 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 |
TkBTreeStartSearch(
TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, /* Search starts here. Tag toggles at this
* position will not be returned. */
TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, /* Search stops here. Tag toggles at this
* position *will* be returned. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. NULL means search for
* any tag. */
register TkTextSearch *searchPtr)
/* Where to store information about search's
* progress. */
{
int offset;
TkTextIndex index0; /* First index of the tag. */
TkTextSegment *seg0Ptr; /* First segment of the tag. */
/*
* Find the segment that contains the first toggle for the tag. This may
* become the starting point in the search.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 |
TkBTreeStartSearchBack(
TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, /* Search starts here. Tag toggles at this
* position will not be returned. */
TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, /* Search stops here. Tag toggles at this
* position *will* be returned. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. NULL means search for
* any tag. */
| | | | 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 |
TkBTreeStartSearchBack(
TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, /* Search starts here. Tag toggles at this
* position will not be returned. */
TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, /* Search stops here. Tag toggles at this
* position *will* be returned. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag to search for. NULL means search for
* any tag. */
register TkTextSearch *searchPtr)
/* Where to store information about search's
* progress. */
{
int offset;
TkTextIndex index0; /* Last index of the tag. */
TkTextIndex backOne; /* One character before starting index. */
TkTextSegment *seg0Ptr; /* Last segment of the tag. */
/*
* Find the segment that contains the last toggle for the tag. This may
* become the starting point in the search.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 | * search and indicate where the next tag toggle is located. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkBTreeNextTag( | | | | | | 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 |
* search and indicate where the next tag toggle is located.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkBTreeNextTag(
register TkTextSearch *searchPtr)
/* Information about search in progress; must
* have been set up by call to
* TkBTreeStartSearch. */
{
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
register Node *nodePtr;
register Summary *summaryPtr;
if (searchPtr->linesLeft <= 0) {
goto searchOver;
}
/*
* The outermost loop iterates over lines that may potentially contain a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 |
*/
goto nextChild;
}
}
searchPtr->linesLeft -= nodePtr->numLines;
if (nodePtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
| | | 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 |
*/
goto nextChild;
}
}
searchPtr->linesLeft -= nodePtr->numLines;
if (nodePtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeNextTag found incorrect tag summary info.");
}
}
nextChild:
continue;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 | * search and indicate where the next tag toggle is located. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkBTreePrevTag( | | | | | | | 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 |
* search and indicate where the next tag toggle is located.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkBTreePrevTag(
register TkTextSearch *searchPtr)
/* Information about search in progress; must
* have been set up by call to
* TkBTreeStartSearch. */
{
register TkTextSegment *segPtr, *prevPtr;
register TkTextLine *linePtr, *prevLinePtr;
register Node *nodePtr, *node2Ptr, *prevNodePtr;
register Summary *summaryPtr;
int byteIndex, linesSkipped;
int pastLast; /* Saw last marker during scan. */
if (searchPtr->linesLeft <= 0) {
goto searchOver;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 |
}
linesSkipped += nodePtr->numLines;
keepLooking2:
continue;
}
if (prevNodePtr == NULL) {
| | | 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 |
}
linesSkipped += nodePtr->numLines;
keepLooking2:
continue;
}
if (prevNodePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreePrevTag found incorrect tag summary info.");
}
searchPtr->linesLeft -= linesSkipped;
nodePtr = prevNodePtr;
}
/*
* Now we're down to a level-0 node that contains a line that contains
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 |
int
TkBTreeCharTagged(
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Indicates a character position at which to
* check for a tag. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr) /* Tag of interest. */
{
| | | | | | 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 |
int
TkBTreeCharTagged(
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Indicates a character position at which to
* check for a tag. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr) /* Tag of interest. */
{
register Node *nodePtr;
register TkTextLine *siblingLinePtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextSegment *toggleSegPtr;
int toggles, index;
/*
* Check for toggles for the tag in indexPtr's line but before indexPtr.
* If there is one, its type indicates whether or not the character is
* tagged.
*/
toggleSegPtr = NULL;
for (index = 0, segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr;
(index + segPtr->size) <= indexPtr->byteIndex;
index += segPtr->size, segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if (((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOnType)
|| (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOffType))
&& (segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr == tagPtr)) {
toggleSegPtr = segPtr;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 |
* node, counting the number of toggles of the given tag in siblings that
* precede that node.
*/
toggles = 0;
for (nodePtr = indexPtr->linePtr->parentPtr; nodePtr->parentPtr != NULL;
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
| | | | 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 |
* node, counting the number of toggles of the given tag in siblings that
* precede that node.
*/
toggles = 0;
for (nodePtr = indexPtr->linePtr->parentPtr; nodePtr->parentPtr != NULL;
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
register Node *siblingPtr;
register Summary *summaryPtr;
for (siblingPtr = nodePtr->parentPtr->children.nodePtr;
siblingPtr != nodePtr; siblingPtr = siblingPtr->nextPtr) {
for (summaryPtr = siblingPtr->summaryPtr; summaryPtr != NULL;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr->tagPtr == tagPtr) {
toggles += summaryPtr->toggleCount;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextTag **
TkBTreeGetTags(
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Indicates a particular position in the
* B-tree. */
const TkText *textPtr, /* If non-NULL, then only return tags for this
* text widget (when there are peer
* widgets). */
int *numTagsPtr) /* Store number of tags found at this
* location. */
{
| > | | | | > | > | | 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
TkTextTag **
TkBTreeGetTags(
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Indicates a particular position in the
* B-tree. */
const TkText *textPtr, /* If non-NULL, then only return tags for this
* text widget (when there are peer
* widgets). */
int *numTagsPtr) /* Store number of tags found at this
* location. */
{
register Node *nodePtr;
register TkTextLine *siblingLinePtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
int src, dst, index;
TagInfo tagInfo;
#define NUM_TAG_INFOS 10
tagInfo.numTags = 0;
tagInfo.arraySize = NUM_TAG_INFOS;
tagInfo.tagPtrs = (TkTextTag **)
ckalloc((unsigned) NUM_TAG_INFOS * sizeof(TkTextTag *));
tagInfo.counts = (int *)
ckalloc((unsigned) NUM_TAG_INFOS * sizeof(int));
/*
* Record tag toggles within the line of indexPtr but preceding indexPtr.
*/
linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
index = 0;
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
while ((index + segPtr->size) <= indexPtr->byteIndex) {
if ((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOnType)
|| (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOffType)) {
IncCount(segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr, 1, &tagInfo);
}
index += segPtr->size;
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 |
/*
* For each node in the ancestry of this line, record tag toggles for all
* siblings that precede that node.
*/
for (nodePtr = indexPtr->linePtr->parentPtr; nodePtr->parentPtr != NULL;
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
| | | | 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 |
/*
* For each node in the ancestry of this line, record tag toggles for all
* siblings that precede that node.
*/
for (nodePtr = indexPtr->linePtr->parentPtr; nodePtr->parentPtr != NULL;
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
register Node *siblingPtr;
register Summary *summaryPtr;
for (siblingPtr = nodePtr->parentPtr->children.nodePtr;
siblingPtr != nodePtr; siblingPtr = siblingPtr->nextPtr) {
for (summaryPtr = siblingPtr->summaryPtr; summaryPtr != NULL;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr->toggleCount & 1) {
IncCount(summaryPtr->tagPtr, summaryPtr->toggleCount,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 |
if (tagTextPtr==NULL || textPtr==NULL || tagTextPtr==textPtr) {
tagInfo.tagPtrs[dst] = tagInfo.tagPtrs[src];
dst++;
}
}
}
*numTagsPtr = dst;
| | | | 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 |
if (tagTextPtr==NULL || textPtr==NULL || tagTextPtr==textPtr) {
tagInfo.tagPtrs[dst] = tagInfo.tagPtrs[src];
dst++;
}
}
}
*numTagsPtr = dst;
ckfree((char *) tagInfo.counts);
if (dst == 0) {
ckfree((char *) tagInfo.tagPtrs);
return NULL;
}
return tagInfo.tagPtrs;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIsElided(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* The character in the text for which display
* information is wanted. */
TkTextElideInfo *elideInfo) /* NULL or a pointer to a structure in which
* indexPtr's elide state will be stored and
* returned. */
{
| > | | | | | | | > | > | > | | 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkTextIsElided(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* The character in the text for which display
* information is wanted. */
TkTextElideInfo *elideInfo) /* NULL or a pointer to a structure in which
* indexPtr's elide state will be stored and
* returned. */
{
register Node *nodePtr;
register TkTextLine *siblingLinePtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
register TkTextTag *tagPtr = NULL;
register int i, index;
register TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
int elide;
if (elideInfo == NULL) {
infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *)
ckalloc((unsigned) sizeof(TkTextElideInfo));
} else {
infoPtr = elideInfo;
}
infoPtr->elide = 0; /* If nobody says otherwise, it's visible. */
infoPtr->tagCnts = infoPtr->deftagCnts;
infoPtr->tagPtrs = infoPtr->deftagPtrs;
infoPtr->numTags = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->numTags;
/*
* Almost always avoid malloc, so stay out of system calls.
*/
if (LOTSA_TAGS < infoPtr->numTags) {
infoPtr->tagCnts = (int *)
ckalloc((unsigned) sizeof(int) * infoPtr->numTags);
infoPtr->tagPtrs = (TkTextTag **)
ckalloc((unsigned) sizeof(TkTextTag *) * infoPtr->numTags);
}
for (i=0; i<infoPtr->numTags; i++) {
infoPtr->tagCnts[i] = 0;
}
/*
* Record tag toggles within the line of indexPtr but preceding indexPtr.
*/
index = 0;
linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
while ((index + segPtr->size) <= indexPtr->byteIndex) {
if ((segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOnType)
|| (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOffType)) {
tagPtr = segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr;
if (tagPtr->elideString != NULL) {
infoPtr->tagPtrs[tagPtr->priority] = tagPtr;
infoPtr->tagCnts[tagPtr->priority]++;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 |
/*
* For each node in the ancestry of this line, record tag toggles for all
* siblings that precede that node.
*/
for (nodePtr = indexPtr->linePtr->parentPtr; nodePtr->parentPtr != NULL;
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
| | | | 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 |
/*
* For each node in the ancestry of this line, record tag toggles for all
* siblings that precede that node.
*/
for (nodePtr = indexPtr->linePtr->parentPtr; nodePtr->parentPtr != NULL;
nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
register Node *siblingPtr;
register Summary *summaryPtr;
for (siblingPtr = nodePtr->parentPtr->children.nodePtr;
siblingPtr != nodePtr; siblingPtr = siblingPtr->nextPtr) {
for (summaryPtr = siblingPtr->summaryPtr; summaryPtr != NULL;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr->toggleCount & 1) {
tagPtr = summaryPtr->tagPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 |
}
}
elide = infoPtr->elide;
if (elideInfo == NULL) {
if (LOTSA_TAGS < infoPtr->numTags) {
| | | | | 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 |
}
}
elide = infoPtr->elide;
if (elideInfo == NULL) {
if (LOTSA_TAGS < infoPtr->numTags) {
ckfree((char *) infoPtr->tagCnts);
ckfree((char *) infoPtr->tagPtrs);
}
ckfree((char *) infoPtr);
}
return elide;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 |
void
TkTextFreeElideInfo(
TkTextElideInfo *elideInfo) /* Free any allocated memory in this
* structure. */
{
if (LOTSA_TAGS < elideInfo->numTags) {
| | | | 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 |
void
TkTextFreeElideInfo(
TkTextElideInfo *elideInfo) /* Free any allocated memory in this
* structure. */
{
if (LOTSA_TAGS < elideInfo->numTags) {
ckfree((char *) elideInfo->tagCnts);
ckfree((char *) elideInfo->tagPtrs);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* IncCount --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 |
static void
IncCount(
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Handle for tag. */
int inc, /* Amount by which to increment tag count. */
TagInfo *tagInfoPtr) /* Holds cumulative information about tags;
* increment count here. */
{
| | | > | | | | 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 |
static void
IncCount(
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Handle for tag. */
int inc, /* Amount by which to increment tag count. */
TagInfo *tagInfoPtr) /* Holds cumulative information about tags;
* increment count here. */
{
register TkTextTag **tagPtrPtr;
int count;
for (tagPtrPtr = tagInfoPtr->tagPtrs, count = tagInfoPtr->numTags;
count > 0; tagPtrPtr++, count--) {
if (*tagPtrPtr == tagPtr) {
tagInfoPtr->counts[tagInfoPtr->numTags-count] += inc;
return;
}
}
/*
* There isn't currently an entry for this tag, so we have to make a new
* one. If the arrays are full, then enlarge the arrays first.
*/
if (tagInfoPtr->numTags == tagInfoPtr->arraySize) {
TkTextTag **newTags;
int *newCounts, newSize;
newSize = 2 * tagInfoPtr->arraySize;
newTags = (TkTextTag **)
ckalloc((unsigned) newSize * sizeof(TkTextTag *));
memcpy(newTags, tagInfoPtr->tagPtrs,
tagInfoPtr->arraySize * sizeof(TkTextTag *));
ckfree((char *) tagInfoPtr->tagPtrs);
tagInfoPtr->tagPtrs = newTags;
newCounts = (int *) ckalloc((unsigned) newSize * sizeof(int));
memcpy(newCounts, tagInfoPtr->counts,
tagInfoPtr->arraySize * sizeof(int));
ckfree((char *) tagInfoPtr->counts);
tagInfoPtr->counts = newCounts;
tagInfoPtr->arraySize = newSize;
}
tagInfoPtr->tagPtrs[tagInfoPtr->numTags] = tagPtr;
tagInfoPtr->counts[tagInfoPtr->numTags] = inc;
tagInfoPtr->numTags++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 |
*/
void
TkBTreeCheck(
TkTextBTree tree) /* Tree to check. */
{
BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
| | | | | | | | 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 |
*/
void
TkBTreeCheck(
TkTextBTree tree) /* Tree to check. */
{
BTree *treePtr = (BTree *) tree;
register Summary *summaryPtr;
register Node *nodePtr;
register TkTextLine *linePtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
register TkTextTag *tagPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
int count;
/*
* Make sure that the tag toggle counts and the tag root pointers are OK.
*/
for (entryPtr=Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&treePtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable,&search);
entryPtr != NULL ; entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
nodePtr = tagPtr->tagRootPtr;
if (nodePtr == NULL) {
if (tagPtr->toggleCount != 0) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck found \"%s\" with toggles (%d) but no root",
tagPtr->name, tagPtr->toggleCount);
}
continue; /* No ranges for the tag. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 |
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has bogus segment type");
}
if (segPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has too many segments");
}
if (segPtr->size != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has wrong # characters: %d",
| | | 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 |
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has bogus segment type");
}
if (segPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has too many segments");
}
if (segPtr->size != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line has wrong # characters: %d",
segPtr->size);
}
if ((segPtr->body.chars[0] != '\n') || (segPtr->body.chars[1] != 0)) {
Tcl_Panic("TkBTreeCheck: last line had bad value: %s",
segPtr->body.chars);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 | * panics. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void CheckNodeConsistency( | | | | | | | | | 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 |
* panics.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CheckNodeConsistency(
register Node *nodePtr, /* Node whose subtree should be checked. */
int references) /* Number of referring widgets which have
* pixel counts. */
{
register Node *childNodePtr;
register Summary *summaryPtr, *summaryPtr2;
register TkTextLine *linePtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
int numChildren, numLines, toggleCount, minChildren, i;
int *numPixels;
int pixels[PIXEL_CLIENTS];
if (nodePtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
minChildren = MIN_CHILDREN;
} else if (nodePtr->level > 0) {
minChildren = 2;
} else {
minChildren = 1;
}
if ((nodePtr->numChildren < minChildren)
|| (nodePtr->numChildren > MAX_CHILDREN)) {
Tcl_Panic("CheckNodeConsistency: bad child count (%d)",
nodePtr->numChildren);
}
numChildren = 0;
numLines = 0;
if (references > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
numPixels = (int *) ckalloc(sizeof(int) * references);
} else {
numPixels = pixels;
}
for (i = 0; i<references; i++) {
numPixels[i] = 0;
}
if (nodePtr->level == 0) {
for (linePtr = nodePtr->children.linePtr; linePtr != NULL;
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr) {
if (linePtr->parentPtr != nodePtr) {
Tcl_Panic("CheckNodeConsistency: line doesn't point to parent");
}
if (linePtr->segPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("CheckNodeConsistency: line has no segments");
}
for (segPtr = linePtr->segPtr; segPtr != NULL;
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if (segPtr->typePtr->checkProc != NULL) {
(*segPtr->typePtr->checkProc)(segPtr, linePtr);
}
if ((segPtr->size == 0) && (!segPtr->typePtr->leftGravity)
&& (segPtr->nextPtr != NULL)
&& (segPtr->nextPtr->size == 0)
&& (segPtr->nextPtr->typePtr->leftGravity)) {
Tcl_Panic("CheckNodeConsistency: wrong segment order for gravity");
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 |
for (i = 0; i<references; i++) {
if (numPixels[i] != nodePtr->numPixels[i]) {
Tcl_Panic("CheckNodeConsistency: mismatch in numPixels (%d %d) for widget (%d)",
numPixels[i], nodePtr->numPixels[i], i);
}
}
if (references > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
| | | 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 |
for (i = 0; i<references; i++) {
if (numPixels[i] != nodePtr->numPixels[i]) {
Tcl_Panic("CheckNodeConsistency: mismatch in numPixels (%d %d) for widget (%d)",
numPixels[i], nodePtr->numPixels[i], i);
}
}
if (references > PIXEL_CLIENTS) {
ckfree((char *) numPixels);
}
for (summaryPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr; summaryPtr != NULL;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr->tagPtr->toggleCount == summaryPtr->toggleCount) {
Tcl_Panic("CheckNodeConsistency: found unpruned root for \"%s\"",
summaryPtr->tagPtr->name);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
Rebalance(
BTree *treePtr, /* Tree that is being rebalanced. */
| | | | | | | 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
Rebalance(
BTree *treePtr, /* Tree that is being rebalanced. */
register Node *nodePtr) /* Node that may be out of balance. */
{
/*
* Loop over the entire ancestral chain of the node, working up through
* the tree one node at a time until the root node has been processed.
*/
for ( ; nodePtr != NULL; nodePtr = nodePtr->parentPtr) {
register Node *newPtr, *childPtr;
register TkTextLine *linePtr;
int i;
/*
* Check to see if the node has too many children. If it does, then
* split off all but the first MIN_CHILDREN into a separate node
* following the original one. Then repeat until the node has a decent
* size.
*/
if (nodePtr->numChildren > MAX_CHILDREN) {
while (1) {
/*
* If the node being split is the root node, then make a new
* root node above it first.
*/
if (nodePtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
newPtr = (Node *) ckalloc(sizeof(Node));
newPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
newPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
newPtr->summaryPtr = NULL;
newPtr->level = nodePtr->level + 1;
newPtr->children.nodePtr = nodePtr;
newPtr->numChildren = 1;
newPtr->numLines = nodePtr->numLines;
newPtr->numPixels = (int *)
ckalloc(sizeof(int) * treePtr->pixelReferences);
for (i=0; i<treePtr->pixelReferences; i++) {
newPtr->numPixels[i] = nodePtr->numPixels[i];
}
RecomputeNodeCounts(treePtr, newPtr);
treePtr->rootPtr = newPtr;
}
newPtr = (Node *) ckalloc(sizeof(Node));
newPtr->numPixels = (int *)
ckalloc(sizeof(int) * treePtr->pixelReferences);
for (i=0; i<treePtr->pixelReferences; i++) {
newPtr->numPixels[i] = 0;
}
newPtr->parentPtr = nodePtr->parentPtr;
newPtr->nextPtr = nodePtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 |
RecomputeNodeCounts(treePtr, nodePtr);
break;
}
}
}
while (nodePtr->numChildren < MIN_CHILDREN) {
| | | < | | 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 |
RecomputeNodeCounts(treePtr, nodePtr);
break;
}
}
}
while (nodePtr->numChildren < MIN_CHILDREN) {
register Node *otherPtr;
Node *halfwayNodePtr = NULL; /* Initialization needed only */
TkTextLine *halfwayLinePtr = NULL; /* to prevent cc warnings. */
int totalChildren, firstChildren, i;
/*
* Too few children for this node. If this is the root then, it's
* OK for it to have less than MIN_CHILDREN children as long as
* it's got at least two. If it has only one (and isn't at level
* 0), then chop the root node out of the tree and use its child
* as the new root.
*/
if (nodePtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
if ((nodePtr->numChildren == 1) && (nodePtr->level > 0)) {
treePtr->rootPtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr;
treePtr->rootPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
DeleteSummaries(nodePtr->summaryPtr);
ckfree((char *) nodePtr);
}
return;
}
/*
* Not the root. Make sure that there are siblings to balance
* with.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 |
firstChildren = totalChildren/2;
if (nodePtr->children.nodePtr == NULL) {
nodePtr->children = otherPtr->children;
otherPtr->children.nodePtr = NULL;
otherPtr->children.linePtr = NULL;
}
if (nodePtr->level == 0) {
for (linePtr = nodePtr->children.linePtr, i = 1;
linePtr->nextPtr != NULL;
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr, i++) {
if (i == firstChildren) {
halfwayLinePtr = linePtr;
}
}
linePtr->nextPtr = otherPtr->children.linePtr;
while (i <= firstChildren) {
halfwayLinePtr = linePtr;
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr;
i++;
}
} else {
for (childPtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr, i = 1;
childPtr->nextPtr != NULL;
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr, i++) {
if (i <= firstChildren) {
if (i == firstChildren) {
halfwayNodePtr = childPtr;
}
| > > > > | 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 |
firstChildren = totalChildren/2;
if (nodePtr->children.nodePtr == NULL) {
nodePtr->children = otherPtr->children;
otherPtr->children.nodePtr = NULL;
otherPtr->children.linePtr = NULL;
}
if (nodePtr->level == 0) {
register TkTextLine *linePtr;
for (linePtr = nodePtr->children.linePtr, i = 1;
linePtr->nextPtr != NULL;
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr, i++) {
if (i == firstChildren) {
halfwayLinePtr = linePtr;
}
}
linePtr->nextPtr = otherPtr->children.linePtr;
while (i <= firstChildren) {
halfwayLinePtr = linePtr;
linePtr = linePtr->nextPtr;
i++;
}
} else {
register Node *childPtr;
for (childPtr = nodePtr->children.nodePtr, i = 1;
childPtr->nextPtr != NULL;
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr, i++) {
if (i <= firstChildren) {
if (i == firstChildren) {
halfwayNodePtr = childPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 |
*/
if (totalChildren <= MAX_CHILDREN) {
RecomputeNodeCounts(treePtr, nodePtr);
nodePtr->nextPtr = otherPtr->nextPtr;
nodePtr->parentPtr->numChildren--;
DeleteSummaries(otherPtr->summaryPtr);
| < | < < | 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 |
*/
if (totalChildren <= MAX_CHILDREN) {
RecomputeNodeCounts(treePtr, nodePtr);
nodePtr->nextPtr = otherPtr->nextPtr;
nodePtr->parentPtr->numChildren--;
DeleteSummaries(otherPtr->summaryPtr);
ckfree((char *) otherPtr);
continue;
}
/*
* The siblings can't be merged, so just divide their children
* evenly between them.
*/
if (nodePtr->level == 0) {
otherPtr->children.linePtr = halfwayLinePtr->nextPtr;
halfwayLinePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
} else {
otherPtr->children.nodePtr = halfwayNodePtr->nextPtr;
halfwayNodePtr->nextPtr = NULL;
}
RecomputeNodeCounts(treePtr, nodePtr);
RecomputeNodeCounts(treePtr, otherPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 | * the childrens' parentPtr fields are made to point to nodePtr. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void RecomputeNodeCounts( | | | | | | | | 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 |
* the childrens' parentPtr fields are made to point to nodePtr.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RecomputeNodeCounts(
register BTree *treePtr, /* The whole B-tree. */
register Node *nodePtr) /* Node whose tag summary information must be
* recomputed. */
{
register Summary *summaryPtr, *summaryPtr2;
register Node *childPtr;
register TkTextLine *linePtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextTag *tagPtr;
int ref;
/*
* Zero out all the existing counts for the node, but don't delete the
* existing Summary records (most of them will probably be reused).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 |
|| !(segPtr->body.toggle.inNodeCounts)) {
continue;
}
tagPtr = segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr;
for (summaryPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr; ;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr == NULL) {
| | | 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 |
|| !(segPtr->body.toggle.inNodeCounts)) {
continue;
}
tagPtr = segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr;
for (summaryPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr; ;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr == NULL) {
summaryPtr = (Summary *) ckalloc(sizeof(Summary));
summaryPtr->tagPtr = tagPtr;
summaryPtr->toggleCount = 1;
summaryPtr->nextPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr;
nodePtr->summaryPtr = summaryPtr;
break;
}
if (summaryPtr->tagPtr == tagPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 |
}
childPtr->parentPtr = nodePtr;
for (summaryPtr2 = childPtr->summaryPtr; summaryPtr2 != NULL;
summaryPtr2 = summaryPtr2->nextPtr) {
for (summaryPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr; ;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr == NULL) {
| | | 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 |
}
childPtr->parentPtr = nodePtr;
for (summaryPtr2 = childPtr->summaryPtr; summaryPtr2 != NULL;
summaryPtr2 = summaryPtr2->nextPtr) {
for (summaryPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr; ;
summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr) {
if (summaryPtr == NULL) {
summaryPtr = (Summary *) ckalloc(sizeof(Summary));
summaryPtr->tagPtr = summaryPtr2->tagPtr;
summaryPtr->toggleCount = summaryPtr2->toggleCount;
summaryPtr->nextPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr;
nodePtr->summaryPtr = summaryPtr;
break;
}
if (summaryPtr->tagPtr == summaryPtr2->tagPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 |
* the root down to this level.
*/
summaryPtr->tagPtr->tagRootPtr = nodePtr;
}
if (summaryPtr2 != NULL) {
summaryPtr2->nextPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
| | | | 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 |
* the root down to this level.
*/
summaryPtr->tagPtr->tagRootPtr = nodePtr;
}
if (summaryPtr2 != NULL) {
summaryPtr2->nextPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) summaryPtr);
summaryPtr = summaryPtr2->nextPtr;
} else {
nodePtr->summaryPtr = summaryPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) summaryPtr);
summaryPtr = nodePtr->summaryPtr;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkTextSegment *
CharSplitProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Pointer to segment to split. */
| | | | > | | | 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkTextSegment *
CharSplitProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Pointer to segment to split. */
int index) /* Position within segment at which to
* split. */
{
TkTextSegment *newPtr1, *newPtr2;
newPtr1 = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(index));
newPtr2 = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(
CSEG_SIZE(segPtr->size - index));
newPtr1->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
newPtr1->nextPtr = newPtr2;
newPtr1->size = index;
memcpy(newPtr1->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars, (size_t) index);
newPtr1->body.chars[index] = 0;
newPtr2->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
newPtr2->nextPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
newPtr2->size = segPtr->size - index;
memcpy(newPtr2->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars + index, newPtr2->size);
newPtr2->body.chars[newPtr2->size] = 0;
ckfree((char *) segPtr);
return newPtr1;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CharCleanupProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 |
*
* Side effects:
* Storage for the segments may be allocated and freed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkTextSegment *
CharCleanupProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Pointer to first of two adjacent segments
* to join. */
| > | | > | | > | | | > | | | | 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 |
*
* Side effects:
* Storage for the segments may be allocated and freed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static TkTextSegment *
CharCleanupProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Pointer to first of two adjacent segments
* to join. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line containing segments (not used). */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr2, *newPtr;
segPtr2 = segPtr->nextPtr;
if ((segPtr2 == NULL) || (segPtr2->typePtr != &tkTextCharType)) {
return segPtr;
}
newPtr = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(CSEG_SIZE(
segPtr->size + segPtr2->size));
newPtr->typePtr = &tkTextCharType;
newPtr->nextPtr = segPtr2->nextPtr;
newPtr->size = segPtr->size + segPtr2->size;
memcpy(newPtr->body.chars, segPtr->body.chars, segPtr->size);
memcpy(newPtr->body.chars + segPtr->size, segPtr2->body.chars, segPtr2->size);
newPtr->body.chars[newPtr->size] = 0;
ckfree((char *) segPtr);
ckfree((char *) segPtr2);
return newPtr;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CharDeleteProc --
*
* This function is invoked to delete a character segment.
*
* Results:
* Always returns 0 to indicate that the segment was deleted.
*
* Side effects:
* Storage for the segment is freed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
CharDeleteProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment to delete. */
TkTextLine *linePtr, /* Line containing segment. */
int treeGone) /* Non-zero means the entire tree is being
* deleted, so everything must get cleaned
* up. */
{
ckfree((char *) segPtr);
return 0;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CharCheckProc --
*
* This function is invoked to perform consistency checks on character
* segments.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* If the segment isn't inconsistent then the function panics.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
CharCheckProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment to check. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line containing segment. */
{
/*
* Make sure that the segment contains the number of characters indicated
* by its header, and that the last segment in a line ends in a newline.
* Also make sure that there aren't ever two character segments adjacent
* to each other: they should be merged together.
*/
if (segPtr->size <= 0) {
Tcl_Panic("CharCheckProc: segment has size <= 0");
}
if (strlen(segPtr->body.chars) != (size_t) segPtr->size) {
Tcl_Panic("CharCheckProc: segment has wrong size");
}
if (segPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
if (segPtr->body.chars[segPtr->size-1] != '\n') {
Tcl_Panic("CharCheckProc: line doesn't end with newline");
}
} else if (segPtr->nextPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 |
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment to check. */
TkTextLine *linePtr, /* Line containing segment. */
int treeGone) /* Non-zero means the entire tree is being
* deleted, so everything must get cleaned
* up. */
{
if (treeGone) {
| | | 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 |
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment to check. */
TkTextLine *linePtr, /* Line containing segment. */
int treeGone) /* Non-zero means the entire tree is being
* deleted, so everything must get cleaned
* up. */
{
if (treeGone) {
ckfree((char *) segPtr);
return 0;
}
/*
* This toggle is in the middle of a range of characters that's being
* deleted. Refuse to die. We'll be moved to the end of the deleted range
* and our cleanup function will be called later. Decrement node toggle
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 |
counts = segPtr->body.toggle.inNodeCounts
+ segPtr2->body.toggle.inNodeCounts;
if (counts != 0) {
ChangeNodeToggleCount(linePtr->parentPtr,
segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr, -counts);
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = segPtr2->nextPtr;
| | | | 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 |
counts = segPtr->body.toggle.inNodeCounts
+ segPtr2->body.toggle.inNodeCounts;
if (counts != 0) {
ChangeNodeToggleCount(linePtr->parentPtr,
segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr, -counts);
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = segPtr2->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) segPtr2);
segPtr2 = segPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) segPtr);
return segPtr2;
}
}
if (!segPtr->body.toggle.inNodeCounts) {
ChangeNodeToggleCount(linePtr->parentPtr,
segPtr->body.toggle.tagPtr, 1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 |
*/
static void
ToggleCheckProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment to check. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line containing segment. */
{
| | | 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 |
*/
static void
ToggleCheckProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment to check. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line containing segment. */
{
register Summary *summaryPtr;
int needSummary;
if (segPtr->size != 0) {
Tcl_Panic("ToggleCheckProc: segment had non-zero size");
}
if (!segPtr->body.toggle.inNodeCounts) {
Tcl_Panic("ToggleCheckProc: toggle counts not updated in nodes");
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextDisp.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkText.h" | | < < < | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkText.h" #ifdef __WIN32__ #include "tkWinInt.h" #elif defined(__CYGWIN__) #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" #endif /* * "Calculations of line pixel heights and the size of the vertical * scrollbar." * * Given that tag, font and elide changes can happen to large numbers of |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
Pixmap fgStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text and other
* foreground stuff. None means draw solid.*/
int justify; /* Justification style for text. */
int lMargin1; /* Left margin, in pixels, for first display
* line of each text line. */
int lMargin2; /* Left margin, in pixels, for second and
* later display lines of each text line. */
| < < < < < < | < < | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
Pixmap fgStipple; /* Stipple bitmap for text and other
* foreground stuff. None means draw solid.*/
int justify; /* Justification style for text. */
int lMargin1; /* Left margin, in pixels, for first display
* line of each text line. */
int lMargin2; /* Left margin, in pixels, for second and
* later display lines of each text line. */
int offset; /* Offset in pixels of baseline, relative to
* baseline of line. */
int overstrike; /* Non-zero means draw overstrike through
* text. */
int rMargin; /* Right margin, in pixels. */
int spacing1; /* Spacing above first dline in text line. */
int spacing2; /* Spacing between lines of dline. */
int spacing3; /* Spacing below last dline in text line. */
TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr;/* Locations and types of tab stops (may be
* NULL). */
int tabStyle; /* One of TABULAR or WORDPROCESSOR. */
int underline; /* Non-zero means draw underline underneath
* text. */
int elide; /* Zero means draw text, otherwise not. */
TkWrapMode wrapMode; /* How to handle wrap-around for this tag.
* One of TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR,
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE or TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD.*/
} StyleValues;
/*
* The following structure extends the StyleValues structure above with
* graphics contexts used to actually draw the characters. The entries in
* dInfoPtr->styleTable point to structures of this type.
*/
typedef struct TextStyle {
int refCount; /* Number of times this structure is
* referenced in Chunks. */
GC bgGC; /* Graphics context for background. None means
* use widget background. */
GC fgGC; /* Graphics context for foreground. */
StyleValues *sValuePtr; /* Raw information from which GCs were
* derived. */
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; /* Pointer to entry in styleTable. Used to
* delete entry. */
} TextStyle;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
* precision is different (e.g. Intel)
*/
#define FP_EQUAL_SCALE(double1, double2, scaleFactor) \
(fabs((double1)-(double2))*((scaleFactor)+1.0) < 0.3)
/*
| | < < < < < | < | | < < < | 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
* precision is different (e.g. Intel)
*/
#define FP_EQUAL_SCALE(double1, double2, scaleFactor) \
(fabs((double1)-(double2))*((scaleFactor)+1.0) < 0.3)
/*
* Macro to make debugging/testing logging a little easier.
*/
#define LOG(toVar,what) \
Tcl_SetVar2(textPtr->interp, toVar, NULL, (what), \
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_APPEND_VALUE|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT)
/*
* The following structure describes one line of the display, which may be
* either part or all of one line of the text.
*/
typedef struct DLine {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
* pixels. */
int spaceAbove; /* How much extra space was added to the top
* of the line because of spacing options.
* This is included in height and baseline. */
int spaceBelow; /* How much extra space was added to the
* bottom of the line because of spacing
* options. This is included in height. */
| < < < < < < < < | 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
* pixels. */
int spaceAbove; /* How much extra space was added to the top
* of the line because of spacing options.
* This is included in height and baseline. */
int spaceBelow; /* How much extra space was added to the
* bottom of the line because of spacing
* options. This is included in height. */
int length; /* Total length of line, in pixels. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr; /* Pointer to first chunk in list of all of
* those that are displayed on this line of
* the screen. */
struct DLine *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all display lines for this
* window. The list is sorted in order from
* top to bottom. Note: the next DLine doesn't
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
* calculations, if they are out of date. */
TkTextIndex metricIndex; /* If the current metric update line wraps
* into very many display lines, then this is
* used to keep track of what index we've got
* to so far... */
int metricPixelHeight; /* ...and this is for the height calculation
* so far...*/
| | | 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 |
* calculations, if they are out of date. */
TkTextIndex metricIndex; /* If the current metric update line wraps
* into very many display lines, then this is
* used to keep track of what index we've got
* to so far... */
int metricPixelHeight; /* ...and this is for the height calculation
* so far...*/
int metricEpoch; /* ...and this for the epoch of the partial
* calculation so it can be cancelled if
* things change once more. This field will be
* -1 if there is no long-line calculation in
* progress, and take a non-negative value if
* there is such a calculation in progress. */
int lastMetricUpdateLine; /* When the current update line reaches this
* line, we are done and should stop the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
436 437 438 439 440 441 442 | } TextDInfo; /* * In TkTextDispChunk structures for character segments, the clientData field * points to one of the following structures: */ | | | | | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 |
} TextDInfo;
/*
* In TkTextDispChunk structures for character segments, the clientData field
* points to one of the following structures:
*/
#if !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
typedef struct CharInfo {
int numBytes; /* Number of bytes to display. */
char chars[4]; /* UTF characters to display. Actual size will
* be numBytes, not 4. THIS MUST BE THE LAST
* FIELD IN THE STRUCTURE. */
} CharInfo;
#else /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
typedef struct CharInfo {
TkTextDispChunk *baseChunkPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
Tcl_DString baseChars; /* Actual characters for the stretch of text
* represented by this base chunk. */
int width; /* Width in pixels of the whole string, if
* known, else -1. Valid during
* LayoutDLine(). */
} BaseCharInfo;
| < < < | | 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
Tcl_DString baseChars; /* Actual characters for the stretch of text
* represented by this base chunk. */
int width; /* Width in pixels of the whole string, if
* known, else -1. Valid during
* LayoutDLine(). */
} BaseCharInfo;
static TkTextDispChunk *baseCharChunkPtr = NULL;
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
/*
* Flag values for TextDInfo structures:
*
* DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE: Non-zero means that the DLine structures for
* this window are partially or completely out of
* date and need to be recomputed.
* REDRAW_PENDING: Means that a when-idle handler has been
* scheduled to update the display.
* REDRAW_BORDERS: Means window border or pad area has
* potentially been damaged and must be redrawn.
* REPICK_NEEDED: 1 means that the widget has been modified in a
* way that could change the current character (a
* different character might be under the mouse
* cursor now). Need to recompute the current
* character before the next redisplay.
*/
#define DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE 1
#define REDRAW_PENDING 2
#define REDRAW_BORDERS 4
#define REPICK_NEEDED 8
/*
* Action values for FreeDLines:
*
* DLINE_FREE: Free the lines, but no need to unlink them from the
* current list of actual display lines.
* DLINE_UNLINK: Free and unlink from current display.
* DLINE_FREE_TEMP: Free, but don't unlink, and also don't set
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 | static void CharDisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); static int CharMeasureProc(TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x); static void CharUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); | | | 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 | static void CharDisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int height, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); static int CharMeasureProc(TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x); static void CharUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); #if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS static void FinalizeBaseChunk(TkTextDispChunk *additionalChunkPtr); static void FreeBaseChunk(TkTextDispChunk *baseChunkPtr); static int IsSameFGStyle(TextStyle *style1, TextStyle *style2); static void RemoveFromBaseChunk(TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); #endif /* * Definitions of elided procs. Compiler can't inline these since we use |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
571 572 573 574 575 576 577 | static int ElideMeasureProc(TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x); static void DisplayDLine(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr, DLine *prevPtr, Pixmap pixmap); static void DisplayLineBackground(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr, DLine *prevPtr, Pixmap pixmap); static void DisplayText(ClientData clientData); static DLine * FindDLine(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr, | | | | | | | | | | < | | 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
static int ElideMeasureProc(TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x);
static void DisplayDLine(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr,
DLine *prevPtr, Pixmap pixmap);
static void DisplayLineBackground(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr,
DLine *prevPtr, Pixmap pixmap);
static void DisplayText(ClientData clientData);
static DLine * FindDLine(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static void FreeDLines(TkText *textPtr, DLine *firstPtr,
DLine *lastPtr, int action);
static void FreeStyle(TkText *textPtr, TextStyle *stylePtr);
static TextStyle * GetStyle(TkText *textPtr, CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static void GetXView(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr,
int report);
static void GetYView(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr,
int report);
static int GetYPixelCount(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr);
static DLine * LayoutDLine(TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static int MeasureChars(Tk_Font tkfont, CONST char *source,
int maxBytes, int rangeStart, int rangeLength,
int startX, int maxX, int flags, int *nextXPtr);
static void MeasureUp(TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int distance,
TkTextIndex *dstPtr, int *overlap);
static int NextTabStop(Tk_Font tkfont, int x, int tabOrigin);
static void UpdateDisplayInfo(TkText *textPtr);
static void YScrollByLines(TkText *textPtr, int offset);
static void YScrollByPixels(TkText *textPtr, int offset);
static int SizeOfTab(TkText *textPtr, int tabStyle,
TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr, int *indexPtr, int x,
int maxX);
static void TextChanged(TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr,
CONST TkTextIndex *index2Ptr);
static void TextInvalidateRegion(TkText *textPtr, TkRegion region);
static void TextRedrawTag(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr,
TkTextTag *tagPtr, int withTag);
static void TextInvalidateLineMetrics(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr, int lineCount, int action);
static int CalculateDisplayLineHeight(TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *byteCountPtr,
int *mergedLinePtr);
static void DlineIndexOfX(TkText *textPtr,
DLine *dlPtr, int x, TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static int DlineXOfIndex(TkText *textPtr,
DLine *dlPtr, int byteIndex);
static int TextGetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkText *textPtr, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], double *dblPtr,
int *intPtr);
static void AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData);
static void AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData);
static int IsStartOfNotMergedLine(TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
/*
* Result values returned by TextGetScrollInfoObj:
*/
#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO 1
#define TKTEXT_SCROLL_PAGES 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
654 655 656 657 658 659 660 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextCreateDInfo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information for text widget. */
{
| | | | | 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextCreateDInfo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information for text widget. */
{
register TextDInfo *dInfoPtr;
XGCValues gcValues;
dInfoPtr = (TextDInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TextDInfo));
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dInfoPtr->styleTable, sizeof(StyleValues)/sizeof(int));
dInfoPtr->dLinePtr = NULL;
dInfoPtr->copyGC = NULL;
gcValues.graphics_exposures = True;
dInfoPtr->scrollGC = Tk_GetGC(textPtr->tkwin, GCGraphicsExposures,
&gcValues);
dInfoPtr->topOfEof = 0;
dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset = 0;
dInfoPtr->curXPixelOffset = 0;
dInfoPtr->maxLength = 0;
dInfoPtr->xScrollFirst = -1;
dInfoPtr->xScrollLast = -1;
dInfoPtr->yScrollFirst = -1;
dInfoPtr->yScrollLast = -1;
dInfoPtr->scanMarkXPixel = 0;
dInfoPtr->scanMarkX = 0;
dInfoPtr->scanTotalYScroll = 0;
dInfoPtr->scanMarkY = 0;
dInfoPtr->dLinesInvalidated = 0;
dInfoPtr->flags = DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE;
dInfoPtr->topPixelOffset = 0;
dInfoPtr->newTopPixelOffset = 0;
dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine = -1;
dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine = -1;
dInfoPtr->lineMetricUpdateEpoch = 1;
dInfoPtr->metricEpoch = -1;
dInfoPtr->metricIndex.textPtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
713 714 715 716 717 718 719 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextFreeDInfo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information for text widget. */
{
| | | | | 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextFreeDInfo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Overall information for text widget. */
{
register TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
/*
* Be careful to free up styleTable *after* freeing up all the DLines, so
* that the hash table is still intact to free up the style-related
* information from the lines. Once the lines are all free then styleTable
* will be empty.
*/
FreeDLines(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, NULL, DLINE_UNLINK);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dInfoPtr->styleTable);
if (dInfoPtr->copyGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, dInfoPtr->copyGC);
}
Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, dInfoPtr->scrollGC);
if (dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
if (dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer);
textPtr->refCount--;
dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = NULL;
}
if (dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer);
textPtr->refCount--;
dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = NULL;
}
ckfree((char *) dInfoPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetStyle --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
765 766 767 768 769 770 771 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TextStyle *
GetStyle(
TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TextStyle *
GetStyle(
TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The character in the text for which display
* information is wanted. */
{
TkTextTag **tagPtrs;
register TkTextTag *tagPtr;
StyleValues styleValues;
TextStyle *stylePtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int numTags, isNew, i;
XGCValues gcValues;
unsigned long mask;
/*
* The variables below keep track of the highest-priority specification
* that has occurred for each of the various fields of the StyleValues.
*/
int borderPrio, borderWidthPrio, reliefPrio, bgStipplePrio;
int fgPrio, fontPrio, fgStipplePrio;
int underlinePrio, elidePrio, justifyPrio, offsetPrio;
int lMargin1Prio, lMargin2Prio, rMarginPrio;
int spacing1Prio, spacing2Prio, spacing3Prio;
int overstrikePrio, tabPrio, tabStylePrio, wrapPrio;
/*
* Find out what tags are present for the character, then compute a
* StyleValues structure corresponding to those tags (scan through all of
* the tags, saving information for the highest-priority tag).
*/
tagPtrs = TkBTreeGetTags(indexPtr, textPtr, &numTags);
borderPrio = borderWidthPrio = reliefPrio = bgStipplePrio = -1;
fgPrio = fontPrio = fgStipplePrio = -1;
underlinePrio = elidePrio = justifyPrio = offsetPrio = -1;
lMargin1Prio = lMargin2Prio = rMarginPrio = -1;
spacing1Prio = spacing2Prio = spacing3Prio = -1;
overstrikePrio = tabPrio = tabStylePrio = wrapPrio = -1;
memset(&styleValues, 0, sizeof(StyleValues));
styleValues.relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
styleValues.fgColor = textPtr->fgColor;
styleValues.tkfont = textPtr->tkfont;
styleValues.justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
styleValues.spacing1 = textPtr->spacing1;
styleValues.spacing2 = textPtr->spacing2;
styleValues.spacing3 = textPtr->spacing3;
styleValues.tabArrayPtr = textPtr->tabArrayPtr;
styleValues.tabStyle = textPtr->tabStyle;
styleValues.wrapMode = textPtr->wrapMode;
styleValues.elide = 0;
for (i = 0 ; i < numTags; i++) {
Tk_3DBorder border;
tagPtr = tagPtrs[i];
border = tagPtr->border;
/*
* If this is the selection tag, and inactiveSelBorder is NULL (the
* default on Windows), then we need to skip it if we don't have the
* focus.
*/
if ((tagPtr == textPtr->selTagPtr) && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
if (textPtr->inactiveSelBorder == NULL
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/* Don't show inactive selection in disabled widgets. */
|| textPtr->state == TK_TEXT_STATE_DISABLED
#endif
) {
continue;
}
border = textPtr->inactiveSelBorder;
}
if ((border != NULL) && (tagPtr->priority > borderPrio)) {
styleValues.border = border;
borderPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->borderWidthPtr != NULL)
&& (Tcl_GetString(tagPtr->borderWidthPtr)[0] != '\0')
&& (tagPtr->priority > borderWidthPrio)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
883 884 885 886 887 888 889 |
reliefPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->bgStipple != None)
&& (tagPtr->priority > bgStipplePrio)) {
styleValues.bgStipple = tagPtr->bgStipple;
bgStipplePrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
| | | | 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 |
reliefPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->bgStipple != None)
&& (tagPtr->priority > bgStipplePrio)) {
styleValues.bgStipple = tagPtr->bgStipple;
bgStipplePrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->fgColor != NULL) && (tagPtr->priority > fgPrio)) {
styleValues.fgColor = tagPtr->fgColor;
fgPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->tkfont != NULL) && (tagPtr->priority > fontPrio)) {
styleValues.tkfont = tagPtr->tkfont;
fontPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->fgStipple != None)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
911 912 913 914 915 916 917 |
lMargin1Prio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->lMargin2String != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > lMargin2Prio)) {
styleValues.lMargin2 = tagPtr->lMargin2;
lMargin2Prio = tagPtr->priority;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 |
lMargin1Prio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->lMargin2String != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > lMargin2Prio)) {
styleValues.lMargin2 = tagPtr->lMargin2;
lMargin2Prio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->offsetString != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > offsetPrio)) {
styleValues.offset = tagPtr->offset;
offsetPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->overstrikeString != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > overstrikePrio)) {
styleValues.overstrike = tagPtr->overstrike;
overstrikePrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->rMarginString != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > rMarginPrio)) {
styleValues.rMargin = tagPtr->rMargin;
rMarginPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->spacing1String != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > spacing1Prio)) {
styleValues.spacing1 = tagPtr->spacing1;
spacing1Prio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->spacing2String != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > spacing2Prio)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
970 971 972 973 974 975 976 |
styleValues.tabStyle = tagPtr->tabStyle;
tabStylePrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->underlineString != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > underlinePrio)) {
styleValues.underline = tagPtr->underline;
underlinePrio = tagPtr->priority;
| < < < < < | | | | 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 |
styleValues.tabStyle = tagPtr->tabStyle;
tabStylePrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->underlineString != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > underlinePrio)) {
styleValues.underline = tagPtr->underline;
underlinePrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->elideString != NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > elidePrio)) {
styleValues.elide = tagPtr->elide;
elidePrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
if ((tagPtr->wrapMode != TEXT_WRAPMODE_NULL)
&& (tagPtr->priority > wrapPrio)) {
styleValues.wrapMode = tagPtr->wrapMode;
wrapPrio = tagPtr->priority;
}
}
if (tagPtrs != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) tagPtrs);
}
/*
* Use an existing style if there's one around that matches.
*/
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&textPtr->dInfoPtr->styleTable,
(char *) &styleValues, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
stylePtr = (TextStyle *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
stylePtr->refCount++;
return stylePtr;
}
/*
* No existing style matched. Make a new one.
*/
stylePtr = (TextStyle *) ckalloc(sizeof(TextStyle));
stylePtr->refCount = 1;
if (styleValues.border != NULL) {
gcValues.foreground = Tk_3DBorderColor(styleValues.border)->pixel;
mask = GCForeground;
if (styleValues.bgStipple != None) {
gcValues.stipple = styleValues.bgStipple;
gcValues.fill_style = FillStippled;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 |
gcValues.foreground = styleValues.fgColor->pixel;
if (styleValues.fgStipple != None) {
gcValues.stipple = styleValues.fgStipple;
gcValues.fill_style = FillStippled;
mask |= GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
}
stylePtr->fgGC = Tk_GetGC(textPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
| < < < < < | 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 |
gcValues.foreground = styleValues.fgColor->pixel;
if (styleValues.fgStipple != None) {
gcValues.stipple = styleValues.fgStipple;
gcValues.fill_style = FillStippled;
mask |= GCStipple|GCFillStyle;
}
stylePtr->fgGC = Tk_GetGC(textPtr->tkwin, mask, &gcValues);
stylePtr->sValuePtr = (StyleValues *)
Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->dInfoPtr->styleTable, hPtr);
stylePtr->hPtr = hPtr;
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, stylePtr);
return stylePtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeStyle(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about overall widget. */
| | > | < < < < < < | | 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeStyle(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about overall widget. */
register TextStyle *stylePtr)
/* Information about style to free. */
{
stylePtr->refCount--;
if (stylePtr->refCount == 0) {
if (stylePtr->bgGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->bgGC);
}
if (stylePtr->fgGC != NULL) {
Tk_FreeGC(textPtr->display, stylePtr->fgGC);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(stylePtr->hPtr);
ckfree((char *) stylePtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* LayoutDLine --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static DLine *
LayoutDLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
| | | | 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static DLine *
LayoutDLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Beginning of display line. May not
* necessarily point to a character
* segment. */
{
register DLine *dlPtr; /* New display line. */
TkTextSegment *segPtr; /* Current segment in text. */
TkTextDispChunk *lastChunkPtr;
/* Last chunk allocated so far for line. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr; /* Current chunk. */
TkTextIndex curIndex;
TkTextDispChunk *breakChunkPtr;
/* Chunk containing best word break point, if
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 |
int tabStyle; /* One of TABULAR or WORDPROCESSOR. */
int tabSize; /* Number of pixels consumed by current tab
* stop. */
TkTextDispChunk *lastCharChunkPtr;
/* Pointer to last chunk in display lines with
* numBytes > 0. Used to drop 0-sized chunks
* from the end of the line. */
| < | | < < < < | | 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 |
int tabStyle; /* One of TABULAR or WORDPROCESSOR. */
int tabSize; /* Number of pixels consumed by current tab
* stop. */
TkTextDispChunk *lastCharChunkPtr;
/* Pointer to last chunk in display lines with
* numBytes > 0. Used to drop 0-sized chunks
* from the end of the line. */
int byteOffset, ascent, descent, code, elide, elidesize;
StyleValues *sValuePtr;
TkTextElideInfo info; /* Keep track of elide state. */
/*
* Create and initialize a new DLine structure.
*/
dlPtr = (DLine *) ckalloc(sizeof(DLine));
dlPtr->index = *indexPtr;
dlPtr->byteCount = 0;
dlPtr->y = 0;
dlPtr->oldY = 0; /* Only set to avoid compiler warnings. */
dlPtr->height = 0;
dlPtr->baseline = 0;
dlPtr->chunkPtr = NULL;
dlPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
dlPtr->flags = NEW_LAYOUT | OLD_Y_INVALID;
dlPtr->logicalLinesMerged = 0;
/*
* This is not necessarily totally correct, where we have merged logical
* lines. Fixing this would require a quite significant overhaul, though,
* so currently we make do with this.
*/
paragraphStart = (indexPtr->byteIndex == 0);
/*
* Special case entirely elide line as there may be 1000s or more.
*/
elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, indexPtr, &info);
if (elide && indexPtr->byteIndex == 0) {
maxBytes = 0;
for (segPtr = info.segPtr; segPtr != NULL; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if (segPtr->size > 0) {
if (elide == 0) {
/*
* We toggled a tag and the elide state changed to
* visible, and we have something of non-zero size.
* Therefore we must bail out.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 |
* TkTextIndexToSeg for this because it won't return a segment with zero
* size (such as the insertion cursor's mark).
*/
connectNextLogicalLine:
byteOffset = curIndex.byteIndex;
segPtr = curIndex.linePtr->segPtr;
| | | < < < | | | | > > > | | | 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 |
* TkTextIndexToSeg for this because it won't return a segment with zero
* size (such as the insertion cursor's mark).
*/
connectNextLogicalLine:
byteOffset = curIndex.byteIndex;
segPtr = curIndex.linePtr->segPtr;
while ((byteOffset > 0) && (byteOffset >= segPtr->size)) {
byteOffset -= segPtr->size;
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
if (segPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Two logical lines merged into one display line through eliding
* of a newline.
*/
TkTextLine *linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, curIndex.linePtr);
if (linePtr != NULL) {
dlPtr->logicalLinesMerged++;
curIndex.byteIndex = 0;
curIndex.linePtr = linePtr;
segPtr = curIndex.linePtr->segPtr;
} else {
break;
}
}
}
while (segPtr != NULL) {
/*
* Every logical line still gets at least one chunk due to
* expectations in the rest of the code, but we are able to skip
* elided portions of the line quickly.
*
* If current chunk is elided and last chunk was too, coalese.
*
* This also means that each logical line which is entirely elided
* still gets laid out into a DLine, but with zero height. This isn't
* particularly a problem, but it does seem somewhat unnecessary. We
* may wish to redesign the code to remove these zero height DLines in
* the future.
*/
if (elide && (lastChunkPtr != NULL)
&& (lastChunkPtr->displayProc == NULL /*ElideDisplayProc*/)) {
elidesize = segPtr->size - byteOffset;
if (elidesize > 0) {
curIndex.byteIndex += elidesize;
lastChunkPtr->numBytes += elidesize;
breakByteOffset = lastChunkPtr->breakIndex
= lastChunkPtr->numBytes;
/*
* If have we have a tag toggle, there is a chance that
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 |
}
/*
* Code no longer needed, now that we allow logical lines to merge
* into a single display line.
*
if (segPtr == NULL && chunkPtr != NULL) {
| | | | 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 |
}
/*
* Code no longer needed, now that we allow logical lines to merge
* into a single display line.
*
if (segPtr == NULL && chunkPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) chunkPtr);
chunkPtr = NULL;
}
*/
continue;
}
if (segPtr->typePtr->layoutProc == NULL) {
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
byteOffset = 0;
continue;
}
if (chunkPtr == NULL) {
chunkPtr = (TkTextDispChunk *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextDispChunk));
chunkPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
chunkPtr->clientData = NULL;
}
chunkPtr->stylePtr = GetStyle(textPtr, &curIndex);
elide = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->elide;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 |
} else {
/*
* Beginning of display line.
*/
x = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->lMargin2;
}
| < | 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 |
} else {
/*
* Beginning of display line.
*/
x = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->lMargin2;
}
if (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE) {
maxX = -1;
} else {
maxX = textPtr->dInfoPtr->maxX - textPtr->dInfoPtr->x
- rMargin;
if (maxX < x) {
maxX = x;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 | maxBytes = (p + 1 - segPtr->body.chars) - byteOffset; gotTab = 1; break; } } } | | | 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 |
maxBytes = (p + 1 - segPtr->body.chars) - byteOffset;
gotTab = 1;
break;
}
}
}
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
if (baseCharChunkPtr != NULL) {
int expectedX =
((BaseCharInfo *) baseCharChunkPtr->clientData)->width
+ baseCharChunkPtr->x;
if ((expectedX != x) || !IsSameFGStyle(
baseCharChunkPtr->stylePtr, chunkPtr->stylePtr)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 |
chunkPtr->displayProc = NULL;
chunkPtr->undisplayProc = NULL;
chunkPtr->measureProc = ElideMeasureProc;
chunkPtr->bboxProc = ElideBboxProc;
code = 1;
} else {
| | | 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 |
chunkPtr->displayProc = NULL;
chunkPtr->undisplayProc = NULL;
chunkPtr->measureProc = ElideMeasureProc;
chunkPtr->bboxProc = ElideBboxProc;
code = 1;
} else {
code = (*segPtr->typePtr->layoutProc)(textPtr, &curIndex, segPtr,
byteOffset, maxX-tabSize, maxBytes, noCharsYet, wrapMode,
chunkPtr);
}
if (code <= 0) {
FreeStyle(textPtr, chunkPtr->stylePtr);
if (code < 0) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 |
/*
* No characters from this segment fit in the window: this means
* we're at the end of the display line.
*/
if (chunkPtr != NULL) {
| | | 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 |
/*
* No characters from this segment fit in the window: this means
* we're at the end of the display line.
*/
if (chunkPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) chunkPtr);
}
break;
}
/*
* We currently say we have some characters (and therefore something
* from which to examine tag values for the first character of the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 |
goto connectNextLogicalLine;
}
}
}
chunkPtr = NULL;
}
| | | 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 |
goto connectNextLogicalLine;
}
}
}
chunkPtr = NULL;
}
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
FinalizeBaseChunk(NULL);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
if (noCharsYet) {
dlPtr->spaceAbove = 0;
dlPtr->spaceBelow = 0;
dlPtr->length = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 |
chunkPtr = breakChunkPtr->nextPtr;
if (chunkPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
FreeStyle(textPtr, chunkPtr->stylePtr);
breakChunkPtr->nextPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr;
if (chunkPtr->undisplayProc != NULL) {
| | | | | | | | | 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 |
chunkPtr = breakChunkPtr->nextPtr;
if (chunkPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
FreeStyle(textPtr, chunkPtr->stylePtr);
breakChunkPtr->nextPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr;
if (chunkPtr->undisplayProc != NULL) {
(*chunkPtr->undisplayProc)(textPtr, chunkPtr);
}
ckfree((char *) chunkPtr);
}
if (breakByteOffset != breakChunkPtr->numBytes) {
if (breakChunkPtr->undisplayProc != NULL) {
(*breakChunkPtr->undisplayProc)(textPtr, breakChunkPtr);
}
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&breakIndex, &byteOffset);
(*segPtr->typePtr->layoutProc)(textPtr, &breakIndex,
segPtr, byteOffset, maxX, breakByteOffset, 0,
wrapMode, breakChunkPtr);
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
FinalizeBaseChunk(NULL);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
}
lastChunkPtr = breakChunkPtr;
wholeLine = 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 |
if (wholeLine) {
dlPtr->spaceBelow = sValuePtr->spacing3;
} else {
dlPtr->spaceBelow = sValuePtr->spacing2/2;
}
dlPtr->height += dlPtr->spaceAbove + dlPtr->spaceBelow;
dlPtr->baseline += dlPtr->spaceAbove;
| < < < < < | 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 |
if (wholeLine) {
dlPtr->spaceBelow = sValuePtr->spacing3;
} else {
dlPtr->spaceBelow = sValuePtr->spacing2/2;
}
dlPtr->height += dlPtr->spaceAbove + dlPtr->spaceBelow;
dlPtr->baseline += dlPtr->spaceAbove;
/*
* Recompute line length: may have changed because of justification.
*/
dlPtr->length = lastChunkPtr->x + lastChunkPtr->width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateDisplayInfo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Text widget to update. */
{
| | | | 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateDisplayInfo(
TkText *textPtr) /* Text widget to update. */
{
register TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
register DLine *dlPtr, *prevPtr;
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextLine *lastLinePtr;
int y, maxY, xPixelOffset, maxOffset, lineHeight;
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE)) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 |
lastLinePtr = TkBTreeFindLine(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr));
dlPtr = dInfoPtr->dLinePtr;
prevPtr = NULL;
y = dInfoPtr->y - dInfoPtr->newTopPixelOffset;
maxY = dInfoPtr->maxY;
while (1) {
| | | 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 |
lastLinePtr = TkBTreeFindLine(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr));
dlPtr = dInfoPtr->dLinePtr;
prevPtr = NULL;
y = dInfoPtr->y - dInfoPtr->newTopPixelOffset;
maxY = dInfoPtr->maxY;
while (1) {
register DLine *newPtr;
if (index.linePtr == lastLinePtr) {
break;
}
/*
* There are three possibilities right now:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 |
/*
* If we switched text lines, delete any DLines left for the old text
* line.
*/
if (index.linePtr != prevPtr->index.linePtr) {
| | | 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 |
/*
* If we switched text lines, delete any DLines left for the old text
* line.
*/
if (index.linePtr != prevPtr->index.linePtr) {
register DLine *nextPtr;
nextPtr = dlPtr;
while ((nextPtr != NULL)
&& (nextPtr->index.linePtr == prevPtr->index.linePtr)) {
nextPtr = nextPtr->nextPtr;
}
if (nextPtr != dlPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeDLines(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about overall text widget. */
| | | | | | | | | 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FreeDLines(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about overall text widget. */
register DLine *firstPtr, /* Pointer to first DLine to free up. */
DLine *lastPtr, /* Pointer to DLine just after last one to
* free (NULL means everything starting with
* firstPtr). */
int action) /* DLINE_UNLINK means DLines are currently
* linked into the list rooted at
* textPtr->dInfoPtr->dLinePtr and they have
* to be unlinked. DLINE_FREE means just free
* without unlinking. DLINE_FREE_TEMP means
* the DLine given is just a temporary one and
* we shouldn't invalidate anything for the
* overall widget. */
{
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, *nextChunkPtr;
register DLine *nextDLinePtr;
if (action == DLINE_FREE_TEMP) {
lineHeightsRecalculated++;
if (tkTextDebug) {
char string[TK_POS_CHARS];
/*
* Debugging is enabled, so keep a log of all the lines whose
* height was recalculated. The test suite uses this information.
*/
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &firstPtr->index, string);
LOG("tk_textHeightCalc", string);
}
} else if (action == DLINE_UNLINK) {
if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->dLinePtr == firstPtr) {
textPtr->dInfoPtr->dLinePtr = lastPtr;
} else {
register DLine *prevPtr;
for (prevPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr->dLinePtr;
prevPtr->nextPtr != firstPtr; prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
/* Empty loop body. */
}
prevPtr->nextPtr = lastPtr;
}
}
while (firstPtr != lastPtr) {
nextDLinePtr = firstPtr->nextPtr;
for (chunkPtr = firstPtr->chunkPtr; chunkPtr != NULL;
chunkPtr = nextChunkPtr) {
if (chunkPtr->undisplayProc != NULL) {
(*chunkPtr->undisplayProc)(textPtr, chunkPtr);
}
FreeStyle(textPtr, chunkPtr->stylePtr);
nextChunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) chunkPtr);
}
ckfree((char *) firstPtr);
firstPtr = nextDLinePtr;
}
if (action != DLINE_FREE_TEMP) {
textPtr->dInfoPtr->dLinesInvalidated = 1;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayDLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget in which to draw line. */
| | | | 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayDLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget in which to draw line. */
register DLine *dlPtr, /* Information about line to draw. */
DLine *prevPtr, /* Line just before one to draw, or NULL if
* dlPtr is the top line. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Pixmap to use for double-buffering. Caller
* must make sure it's large enough to hold
* line. */
{
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
Display *display;
int height, y_off;
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
const int y = 0;
#else
const int y = dlPtr->y;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 |
* widget.
*/
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, textPtr->border, 0, y,
Tk_Width(textPtr->tkwin), dlPtr->height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
/*
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 |
* widget.
*/
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(textPtr->tkwin, pixmap, textPtr->border, 0, y,
Tk_Width(textPtr->tkwin), dlPtr->height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
/*
* Next, draw background information for the whole line.
*/
DisplayLineBackground(textPtr, dlPtr, prevPtr, pixmap);
/*
* Make another pass through all of the chunks to redraw the insertion
* cursor, if it is visible on this line. Must do it here rather than in
* the foreground pass below because otherwise a wide insertion cursor
* will obscure the character to its left.
*/
if (textPtr->state == TK_TEXT_STATE_NORMAL) {
for (chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr; (chunkPtr != NULL);
chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
if (chunkPtr->displayProc == TkTextInsertDisplayProc) {
int x = chunkPtr->x + dInfoPtr->x - dInfoPtr->curXPixelOffset;
(*chunkPtr->displayProc)(textPtr, chunkPtr, x,
y + dlPtr->spaceAbove,
dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove - dlPtr->spaceBelow,
dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, display, pixmap,
dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove);
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 | * displayProc as being off-screen to the left (the * displayProc may not be able to tell if something is off to * the right). */ x = -chunkPtr->width; } | | | 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 |
* displayProc as being off-screen to the left (the
* displayProc may not be able to tell if something is off to
* the right).
*/
x = -chunkPtr->width;
}
(*chunkPtr->displayProc)(textPtr, chunkPtr, x,
y + dlPtr->spaceAbove, dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove -
dlPtr->spaceBelow, dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove,
display, pixmap, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove);
}
if (dInfoPtr->dLinesInvalidated) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayLineBackground(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget containing line. */
| | | 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayLineBackground(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget containing line. */
register DLine *dlPtr, /* Information about line to draw. */
DLine *prevPtr, /* Line just above dlPtr, or NULL if dlPtr is
* the top-most line in the window. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Pixmap to use for double-buffering. Caller
* must make sure it's large enough to hold
* line. Caller must also have filled it with
* the background color for the widget. */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
int lineNum;
dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = NULL;
if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)
|| !Tk_IsMapped(textPtr->tkwin)) {
/*
* The widget has been deleted, or is not mapped. Don't do anything.
*/
if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr);
}
return;
}
if (dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) {
dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
AsyncUpdateLineMetrics, clientData);
return;
}
lineNum = dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine;
if (dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine == -1) {
dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine =
TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr);
}
/*
* Update the lines in blocks of about 24 recalculations, or 250+ lines
* examined, so we pass in 256 for 'doThisMuch'.
*/
lineNum = TkTextUpdateLineMetrics(textPtr, lineNum,
dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine, 256);
if (tkTextDebug) {
char buffer[2 * TCL_INTEGER_SPACE + 1];
sprintf(buffer, "%d %d", lineNum, dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine);
LOG("tk_textInvalidateLine", buffer);
}
/*
* If we're not in the middle of a long-line calculation (metricEpoch==-1)
* and we've reached the last line, then we're done.
*/
if (dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1
&& lineNum == dInfoPtr->lastMetricUpdateLine) {
/*
* We have looped over all lines, so we're done. We must release our
* refCount on the widget (the timer token was already set to NULL
* above).
*/
textPtr->refCount--;
if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr);
}
return;
}
dInfoPtr->currentMetricUpdateLine = lineNum;
/*
* Re-arm the timer. We already have a refCount on the text widget so no
* need to adjust that.
*/
dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
AsyncUpdateLineMetrics, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextUpdateLineMetrics --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 |
* lines to recalculate. If '-1' then do
* everything in the range (which may take a
* while). */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr = NULL;
int count = 0;
int totalLines = TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr);
| < < < < | 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 |
* lines to recalculate. If '-1' then do
* everything in the range (which may take a
* while). */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr = NULL;
int count = 0;
int totalLines = TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr);
if (totalLines == 0) {
/*
* Empty peer widget.
*/
return endLine;
}
while (1) {
/*
* Get a suitable line.
*/
if (lineNum == -1 && linePtr == NULL) {
lineNum = 0;
linePtr = TkBTreeFindLine(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 | } /* * If we're in the middle of a partial-line height calculation, * then we can't be done. */ | | < < | 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 |
}
/*
* If we're in the middle of a partial-line height calculation,
* then we can't be done.
*/
if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch == -1 && lineNum == endLine) {
/*
* We have looped over all lines, so we're done.
*/
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 | } /* * Now update the line's metrics if necessary. */ if (TkBTreeLinePixelEpoch(textPtr, linePtr) | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 |
}
/*
* Now update the line's metrics if necessary.
*/
if (TkBTreeLinePixelEpoch(textPtr, linePtr)
!= textPtr->dInfoPtr->lineMetricUpdateEpoch) {
if (doThisMuch == -1) {
count += 8 * TkTextUpdateOneLine(textPtr, linePtr, 0,
NULL, 0);
} else {
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextIndex *indexPtr;
int pixelHeight;
/*
* If the metric epoch is the same as the widget's epoch,
* then we know that indexPtrs are still valid, and if the
* cached metricIndex (if any) is for the same line as we
* wish to examine, then we are looking at a long line
* wrapped many times, which we will examine in pieces.
*/
if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch ==
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch &&
textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricIndex.linePtr==linePtr) {
indexPtr = &textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricIndex;
pixelHeight = textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricPixelHeight;
} else {
/*
* We must reset the partial line height calculation
* data here, so we don't use it when it is out of
* date.
*/
textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch = -1;
index.tree = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree;
index.linePtr = linePtr;
index.byteIndex = 0;
index.textPtr = NULL;
indexPtr = &index;
pixelHeight = 0;
}
/*
* Update the line and update the counter, counting 8 for
* each display line we actually re-layout.
*/
count += 8 * TkTextUpdateOneLine(textPtr, linePtr,
pixelHeight, indexPtr, 1);
if (indexPtr->linePtr == linePtr) {
/*
* We didn't complete the logical line, because it
* produced very many display lines - it must be a
* long line wrapped many times. So we must cache as
* far as we got for next time around.
*/
if (pixelHeight == 0) {
/*
* These have already been stored, unless we just
* started the new line.
*/
textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricIndex = index;
textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch =
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch;
}
textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricPixelHeight =
TkBTreeLinePixelCount(textPtr, linePtr);
break;
} else {
/*
* We're done with this long line.
*/
textPtr->dInfoPtr->metricEpoch = -1;
}
}
} else {
/*
* This line is already up to date. That means there's nothing
* to do here.
*/
}
} else {
/*
* We must never recalculate the height of the last artificial
* line. It must stay at zero, and if we recalculate it, it will
* change.
*/
if (endLine >= totalLines) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 |
count++;
if (doThisMuch != -1 && count >= doThisMuch) {
break;
}
}
if (doThisMuch == -1) {
| < | | < < < | 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 |
count++;
if (doThisMuch != -1 && count >= doThisMuch) {
break;
}
}
if (doThisMuch == -1) {
/*
* If we were requested to provide a full update, then also update the
* scrollbar.
*/
GetYView(textPtr->interp, textPtr, 1);
}
return lineNum;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics, TextInvalidateLineMetrics --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 |
/*
* Now re-set the current update calculations.
*/
if (dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer == NULL) {
textPtr->refCount++;
dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
| | < < < < < | 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 |
/*
* Now re-set the current update calculations.
*/
if (dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer == NULL) {
textPtr->refCount++;
dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
AsyncUpdateLineMetrics, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 |
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Index we will adjust to the display line
* start or end. */
int end, /* 0 = start, 1 = end. */
int *xOffset) /* NULL, or used to store the x-pixel offset
* of the original index within its display
* line. */
{
| < < | > < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | > | 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 |
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Index we will adjust to the display line
* start or end. */
int end, /* 0 = start, 1 = end. */
int *xOffset) /* NULL, or used to store the x-pixel offset
* of the original index within its display
* line. */
{
if (!end && IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, indexPtr)) {
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
if (xOffset != NULL) {
*xOffset = 0;
}
return;
} else {
TkTextIndex index = *indexPtr;
index.byteIndex = 0;
index.textPtr = NULL;
while (1) {
TkTextIndex endOfLastLine;
if (TkTextIndexBackBytes(textPtr, &index, 1, &endOfLastLine)) {
/*
* Reached beginning of text.
*/
break;
}
if (!TkTextIsElided(textPtr, &endOfLastLine, NULL)) {
/*
* The eol is not elided, so 'index' points to the start of a
* display line (as well as logical line).
*/
break;
}
/*
* indexPtr's logical line is actually merged with the previous
* logical line whose eol is elided. Continue searching back to
* get a real line start.
*/
index = endOfLastLine;
index.byteIndex = 0;
}
while (1) {
DLine *dlPtr;
int byteCount;
TkTextIndex nextLineStart;
dlPtr = LayoutDLine(textPtr, &index);
byteCount = dlPtr->byteCount;
TkTextIndexForwBytes(textPtr, &index, byteCount, &nextLineStart);
/*
* 'byteCount' goes up to the beginning of the next display line,
* so equality here says we need one more line. We try to perform
* a quick comparison which is valid for the case where the
* logical line is the same, but otherwise fall back on a full
* TkTextIndexCmp.
*/
if (((index.linePtr == indexPtr->linePtr)
&& (index.byteIndex + byteCount > indexPtr->byteIndex))
|| (dlPtr->logicalLinesMerged > 0
&& TkTextIndexCmp(&nextLineStart, indexPtr) > 0)) {
/*
* It's on this display line.
*/
if (xOffset != NULL) {
/*
* This call takes a byte index relative to the start of
* the current _display_ line, not logical line. We are
* about to overwrite indexPtr->byteIndex, so we must do
* this now.
*/
*xOffset = DlineXOfIndex(textPtr, dlPtr,
TkTextIndexCountBytes(textPtr, &dlPtr->index,
indexPtr));
}
if (end) {
/*
* The index we want is one less than the number of bytes
* in the display line.
*/
TkTextIndexBackBytes(textPtr, &nextLineStart, 1, indexPtr);
} else {
*indexPtr = index;
}
FreeDLines(textPtr, dlPtr, NULL, DLINE_FREE_TEMP);
return;
}
FreeDLines(textPtr, dlPtr, NULL, DLINE_FREE_TEMP);
index = nextLineStart;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CalculateDisplayLineHeight --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CalculateDisplayLineHeight(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
| | | 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CalculateDisplayLineHeight(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* The index at the beginning of the display
* line of interest. */
int *byteCountPtr, /* NULL or used to return the number of byte
* indices on the given display line. */
int *mergedLinePtr) /* NULL or used to return if the given display
* line merges with a following logical line
* (because the eol is elided). */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexYPixels(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
| | | 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexYPixels(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The index of which we want the pixel
* distance from top of logical line to top of
* index. */
{
int pixelHeight;
TkTextIndex index;
int alreadyStartOfLine = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 |
sprintf(buffer, "%d %d", TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr,linePtr), pixelHeight);
LOG("tk_textNumPixels", buffer);
}
if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer == NULL) {
textPtr->refCount++;
textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(200,
| | | 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 |
sprintf(buffer, "%d %d", TkBTreeLinesTo(textPtr,linePtr), pixelHeight);
LOG("tk_textNumPixels", buffer);
}
if (textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer == NULL) {
textPtr->refCount++;
textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(200,
AsyncUpdateYScrollbar, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
return displayLines;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayText(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayText(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
register DLine *dlPtr;
DLine *prevPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
int maxHeight, borders;
int bottomY = 0; /* Initialization needed only to stop compiler
* warnings. */
Tcl_Interp *interp;
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
/*
* If drawing is disabled, all we need to do is
* clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag.
*/
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)(textPtr->tkwin);
MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
if (macWin && (macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW)){
dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
return;
}
#endif
if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
/*
* The widget has been deleted. Don't do anything.
*/
return;
}
interp = textPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
if (tkTextDebug) {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_textRelayout", NULL, "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(textPtr->tkwin) || (dInfoPtr->maxX <= dInfoPtr->x)
|| (dInfoPtr->maxY <= dInfoPtr->y)) {
UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
goto doScrollbars;
}
numRedisplays++;
if (tkTextDebug) {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "tk_textRedraw", NULL, "", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
/*
* Choose a new current item if that is needed (this could cause event
* handlers to be invoked, hence the preserve/release calls and the loop,
* since the handlers could conceivably necessitate yet another current
* item calculation). The tkwin check is because the whole window could go
* away in the Tcl_Release call.
*/
while (dInfoPtr->flags & REPICK_NEEDED) {
textPtr->refCount++;
dInfoPtr->flags &= ~REPICK_NEEDED;
TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, &textPtr->pickEvent);
if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr);
goto end;
}
if ((textPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
goto end;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 |
* scrolling (copying from other parts of the screen). We have to be
* particularly careful with the top and bottom lines of the display,
* since these may only be partially visible and therefore not helpful for
* some scrolling purposes.
*/
for (dlPtr = dInfoPtr->dLinePtr; dlPtr != NULL; dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr) {
| | | 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 |
* scrolling (copying from other parts of the screen). We have to be
* particularly careful with the top and bottom lines of the display,
* since these may only be partially visible and therefore not helpful for
* some scrolling purposes.
*/
for (dlPtr = dInfoPtr->dLinePtr; dlPtr != NULL; dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr) {
register DLine *dlPtr2;
int offset, height, y, oldY;
TkRegion damageRgn;
/*
* These tests are, in order:
*
* 1. If the line is already marked as invalid
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 |
/*
* Reduce the height of the area being copied if necessary to avoid
* overwriting the border area.
*/
if ((y + height) > dInfoPtr->maxY) {
| | | 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 |
/*
* Reduce the height of the area being copied if necessary to avoid
* overwriting the border area.
*/
if ((y + height) > dInfoPtr->maxY) {
height = dInfoPtr->maxY -y;
}
oldY = dlPtr->oldY;
if (y < dInfoPtr->y) {
/*
* Adjust if the area being copied is going to overwrite the top
* border of the window (so the top line is only half onscreen).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 |
dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
if (dlPtr->nextPtr == dlPtr2) {
break;
}
dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
}
/*
* Scan through the lines following the copied ones to see if we are
* going to overwrite them with the copy operation. If so, mark them
* for redisplay.
*/
for ( ; dlPtr2 != NULL; dlPtr2 = dlPtr2->nextPtr) {
| > | 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 |
dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
if (dlPtr->nextPtr == dlPtr2) {
break;
}
dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
}
/*
* Scan through the lines following the copied ones to see if we are
* going to overwrite them with the copy operation. If so, mark them
* for redisplay.
*/
for ( ; dlPtr2 != NULL; dlPtr2 = dlPtr2->nextPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 |
*/
damageRgn = TkCreateRegion();
if (TkScrollWindow(textPtr->tkwin, dInfoPtr->scrollGC, dInfoPtr->x,
oldY, dInfoPtr->maxX-dInfoPtr->x, height, 0, y-oldY,
damageRgn)) {
TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);
}
numCopies++;
TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
}
/*
* Clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag here. This is actually pretty tricky. We
| > | 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 |
*/
damageRgn = TkCreateRegion();
if (TkScrollWindow(textPtr->tkwin, dInfoPtr->scrollGC, dInfoPtr->x,
oldY, dInfoPtr->maxX-dInfoPtr->x, height, 0, y-oldY,
damageRgn)) {
TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);
}
numCopies++;
TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
}
/*
* Clear the REDRAW_PENDING flag here. This is actually pretty tricky. We
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 | #ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap); #endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */ return; } dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y; dlPtr->flags &= ~(NEW_LAYOUT | OLD_Y_INVALID); | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | > < < | 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 |
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
return;
}
dlPtr->oldY = dlPtr->y;
dlPtr->flags &= ~(NEW_LAYOUT | OLD_Y_INVALID);
} else if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL && ((dlPtr->y < 0)
|| (dlPtr->y + dlPtr->height > dInfoPtr->maxY))) {
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;
/*
* It's the first or last DLine which are also overlapping the
* top or bottom of the window, but we decided above it wasn't
* necessary to display them (we were able to update them by
* scrolling). This is fine, except that if the lines contain
* any embedded windows, we must still call the display proc
* on them because they might need to be unmapped or they
* might need to be moved to reflect their new position.
* Otherwise, everything else moves, but the embedded window
* doesn't!
*
* So, we loop through all the chunks, calling the display
* proc of embedded windows only.
*/
for (chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr; (chunkPtr != NULL);
chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
int x;
if (chunkPtr->displayProc != TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc) {
continue;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 | * as being off-screen to the left (the displayProc * may not be able to tell if something is off to the * right). */ x = -chunkPtr->width; } | < < < < < < > | 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 |
* as being off-screen to the left (the displayProc
* may not be able to tell if something is off to the
* right).
*/
x = -chunkPtr->width;
}
TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(textPtr, chunkPtr, x,
dlPtr->spaceAbove,
dlPtr->height-dlPtr->spaceAbove-dlPtr->spaceBelow,
dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, NULL,
None, dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove);
}
}
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(textPtr->tkwin), pixmap);
#endif /* TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING */
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 |
if (textPtr->xScrollCmd != NULL) {
GetXView(textPtr->interp, textPtr, 1);
}
}
end:
| | | 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 |
if (textPtr->xScrollCmd != NULL) {
GetXView(textPtr->interp, textPtr, 1);
}
}
end:
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextEventuallyRepick --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 |
TkText *textPtr) /* Widget record for text widget. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
dInfoPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
| | | 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 |
TkText *textPtr) /* Widget record for text widget. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
dInfoPtr->flags |= REPICK_NEEDED;
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextRedrawRegion --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 |
rect.height = height;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, damageRgn, damageRgn);
TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
| | | 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 |
rect.height = height;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, damageRgn, damageRgn);
TextInvalidateRegion(textPtr, damageRgn);
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
TkDestroyRegion(damageRgn);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 |
*/
static void
TextInvalidateRegion(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
TkRegion region) /* Region of area to redraw. */
{
| | | 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 |
*/
static void
TextInvalidateRegion(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
TkRegion region) /* Region of area to redraw. */
{
register DLine *dlPtr;
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
int maxY, inset;
XRectangle rect;
/*
* Find all lines that overlap the given region and mark them for
* redisplay.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextChanged(
TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr,/* Shared widget section, or NULL. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget, or NULL. */
| | | | | | 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextChanged(
TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr,/* Shared widget section, or NULL. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget, or NULL. */
CONST TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */
CONST TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to
* redisplay. */
{
if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) {
TextChanged(textPtr, index1Ptr, index2Ptr);
} else {
textPtr = sharedTextPtr->peers;
while (textPtr != NULL) {
TextChanged(textPtr, index1Ptr, index2Ptr);
textPtr = textPtr->next;
}
}
}
static void
TextChanged(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget, or NULL. */
CONST TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */
CONST TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to
* redisplay. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
DLine *firstPtr, *lastPtr;
TkTextIndex rounded;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
int notBegin;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 |
* the idle handler for redisplay to be called first, so that it can
* put the embedded window back on the screen again (if appropriate).
* This will prevent the window from ever being unmapped, and thereby
* avoid flashing.
*/
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 |
* the idle handler for redisplay to be called first, so that it can
* put the embedded window back on the screen again (if appropriate).
* This will prevent the window from ever being unmapped, and thereby
* avoid flashing.
*/
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING|DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE|REPICK_NEEDED;
/*
* Find the DLines corresponding to index1Ptr and index2Ptr. There is one
* tricky thing here, which is that we have to relayout in units of whole
* text lines: This is necessary because the indices stored in the display
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 |
TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, /* Character just after last one to consider
* for redisplay. NULL means process all the
* characters in the text. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Information about tag. */
int withTag) /* 1 means redraw characters that have the
* tag, 0 means redraw those without. */
{
| | | 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 |
TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, /* Character just after last one to consider
* for redisplay. NULL means process all the
* characters in the text. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Information about tag. */
int withTag) /* 1 means redraw characters that have the
* tag, 0 means redraw those without. */
{
register DLine *dlPtr;
DLine *endPtr;
int tagOn;
TkTextSearch search;
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
TkTextIndex *curIndexPtr;
TkTextIndex endOfText, *endIndexPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 |
/*
* Schedule a redisplay and layout recalculation if they aren't already
* pending. This has to be done before calling FreeDLines, for the reason
* given in TkTextChanged.
*/
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 |
/*
* Schedule a redisplay and layout recalculation if they aren't already
* pending. This has to be done before calling FreeDLines, for the reason
* given in TkTextChanged.
*/
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING|DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE|REPICK_NEEDED;
/*
* Each loop through the loop below is for one range of characters where
* the tag's current state is different than its eventual state. At the
* top of the loop, search contains information about the first character
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 |
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
int mask) /* OR'd collection of bits showing what has
* changed. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
GC newGC;
XGCValues gcValues;
| < | < | 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 |
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
int mask) /* OR'd collection of bits showing what has
* changed. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
GC newGC;
XGCValues gcValues;
/*
* Schedule the window redisplay. See TkTextChanged for the reason why
* this has to be done before any calls to FreeDLines.
*/
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING|REDRAW_BORDERS|DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE
|REPICK_NEEDED;
/*
* (Re-)create the graphics context for drawing the traversal highlight.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 |
if (!IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex)) {
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex, 0, NULL);
}
/*
* Invalidate cached scrollbar positions, so that scrollbars sliders will
| | < | 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 |
if (!IsStartOfNotMergedLine(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex)) {
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, &textPtr->topIndex, 0, NULL);
}
/*
* Invalidate cached scrollbar positions, so that scrollbars sliders will
* be udpated.
*/
dInfoPtr->xScrollFirst = dInfoPtr->xScrollLast = -1;
dInfoPtr->yScrollFirst = dInfoPtr->yScrollLast = -1;
if (mask & TK_TEXT_LINE_GEOMETRY) {
/*
* Set up line metric recalculation.
*
* Avoid the special zero value, since that is used to mark individual
* lines as being out of date.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 |
*/
dInfoPtr->metricEpoch = -1;
if (dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer == NULL) {
textPtr->refCount++;
dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
| | < < < | 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 |
*/
dInfoPtr->metricEpoch = -1;
if (dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer == NULL) {
textPtr->refCount++;
dInfoPtr->lineUpdateTimer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1,
AsyncUpdateLineMetrics, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextSetYView --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 |
* line, don't nudge it up or down by a few
* pixels just to make sure it is entirely
* displayed. Positive numbers indicate the
* number of pixels of the index's line which
* are to be off the top of the screen. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
| | | 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 |
* line, don't nudge it up or down by a few
* pixels just to make sure it is entirely
* displayed. Positive numbers indicate the
* number of pixels of the index's line which
* are to be off the top of the screen. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
register DLine *dlPtr;
int bottomY, close, lineIndex;
TkTextIndex tmpIndex, rounded;
int lineHeight;
/*
* If the specified position is the extra line at the end of the text,
* round it back to the last real line.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 |
*/
MeasureUp(textPtr, indexPtr, bottomY, &textPtr->topIndex,
&dInfoPtr->newTopPixelOffset);
scheduleUpdate:
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 |
*/
MeasureUp(textPtr, indexPtr, bottomY, &textPtr->topIndex,
&dInfoPtr->newTopPixelOffset);
scheduleUpdate:
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING|DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE|REPICK_NEEDED;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MeasureUp(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget in which to measure. */
| | | 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MeasureUp(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget in which to measure. */
CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Index of character from which to start
* measuring. */
int distance, /* Vertical distance in pixels measured from
* the pixel just below the lowest one in
* srcPtr's line. */
TkTextIndex *dstPtr, /* Index to fill in with result. */
int *overlap) /* Used to store how much of the final index
* returned was not covered by 'distance'. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 |
*/
int
TkTextSeeCmd(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 |
*/
int
TkTextSeeCmd(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "see". */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
TkTextIndex index;
int x, y, width, height, lineWidth, byteCount, oneThird, delta;
DLine *dlPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 |
/*
* Call a chunk-specific function to find the horizontal range of the
* character within the chunk. chunkPtr is NULL if trying to see in elided
* region.
*/
if (chunkPtr != NULL) {
| | | | | | < < | | | | > > > | | 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 |
/*
* Call a chunk-specific function to find the horizontal range of the
* character within the chunk. chunkPtr is NULL if trying to see in elided
* region.
*/
if (chunkPtr != NULL) {
(*chunkPtr->bboxProc)(textPtr, chunkPtr, byteCount,
dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove,
dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove - dlPtr->spaceBelow,
dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, &x, &y, &width,
&height);
delta = x - dInfoPtr->curXPixelOffset;
oneThird = lineWidth/3;
if (delta < 0) {
if (delta < -oneThird) {
dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset = (x - lineWidth/2);
} else {
dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset -= ((-delta) );
}
} else {
delta -= (lineWidth - width);
if (delta > 0) {
if (delta > oneThird) {
dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset = (x - lineWidth/2);
} else {
dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset += (delta );
}
} else {
return TCL_OK;
}
}
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE;
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 |
*/
int
TkTextXviewCmd(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 |
*/
int
TkTextXviewCmd(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "xview". */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
int type, count;
double fraction;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 |
dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset += count;
break;
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE;
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
| | | 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 |
dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset += count;
break;
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE;
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 |
/*
* offset = 0, so no scrolling required.
*/
return;
}
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 |
/*
* offset = 0, so no scrolling required.
*/
return;
}
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING|DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE|REPICK_NEEDED;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 |
}
textPtr->topIndex = newIdx;
}
}
scheduleUpdate:
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
| | | 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 |
}
textPtr->topIndex = newIdx;
}
}
scheduleUpdate:
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING|DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE|REPICK_NEEDED;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 |
*/
int
TkTextYviewCmd(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 |
*/
int
TkTextYviewCmd(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "yview". */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
int pickPlace, type;
int pixels, count;
int switchLength;
double fraction;
TkTextIndex index;
if (dInfoPtr->flags & DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE) {
UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
}
if (objc == 2) {
GetYView(interp, textPtr, 0);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Next, handle the old syntax: "pathName yview ?-pickplace? where"
*/
pickPlace = 0;
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == '-') {
register CONST char *switchStr =
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &switchLength);
if ((switchLength >= 2) && (strncmp(switchStr, "-pickplace",
(unsigned) switchLength) == 0)) {
pickPlace = 1;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "lineNum|index");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 |
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 |
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextScanCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "scan" option for the widget
* command for text widgets. See the user documentation for details on
* what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextScanCmd(
register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "scan". */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
TkTextIndex index;
int c, x, y, totalScroll, gain=10;
size_t length;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 |
dInfoPtr->scanTotalYScroll = 0;
dInfoPtr->scanMarkY = y;
}
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE;
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
| | | | < < < | 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 |
dInfoPtr->scanTotalYScroll = 0;
dInfoPtr->scanMarkY = y;
}
}
dInfoPtr->flags |= DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE;
if (!(dInfoPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) {
dInfoPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayText, (ClientData) textPtr);
}
} else if (c=='m' && strncmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "mark", length)==0) {
dInfoPtr->scanMarkXPixel = dInfoPtr->newXPixelOffset;
dInfoPtr->scanMarkX = x;
dInfoPtr->scanTotalYScroll = 0;
dInfoPtr->scanMarkY = y;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad scan option \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\": must be mark or dragto", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 |
return;
}
dInfoPtr->xScrollFirst = first;
dInfoPtr->xScrollLast = last;
if (textPtr->xScrollCmd != NULL) {
char buf1[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
char buf2[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
| < < | < < < < | | 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 |
return;
}
dInfoPtr->xScrollFirst = first;
dInfoPtr->xScrollLast = last;
if (textPtr->xScrollCmd != NULL) {
char buf1[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
char buf2[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
buf1[0] = ' ';
buf2[0] = ' ';
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, buf1+1);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, buf2+1);
code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, textPtr->xScrollCmd, buf1, buf2, NULL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (horizontal scrolling command executed by text)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 |
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &index, string);
LOG("tk_textHeightCalc", string);
}
count -= dlPtr->height;
notFirst = 1;
}
break;
| | | > | 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 |
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &index, string);
LOG("tk_textHeightCalc", string);
}
count -= dlPtr->height;
notFirst = 1;
}
break;
} else {
dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr;
}
} while (dlPtr->index.linePtr == linePtr);
return count;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 |
}
dInfoPtr->yScrollFirst = first;
dInfoPtr->yScrollLast = last;
if (textPtr->yScrollCmd != NULL) {
char buf1[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
char buf2[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
| < < | < < < < | | 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 |
}
dInfoPtr->yScrollFirst = first;
dInfoPtr->yScrollLast = last;
if (textPtr->yScrollCmd != NULL) {
char buf1[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
char buf2[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE+1];
buf1[0] = ' ';
buf2[0] = ' ';
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, first, buf1+1);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, last, buf2+1);
code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, textPtr->yScrollCmd, buf1, buf2, NULL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (vertical scrolling command executed by text)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | | 6546 6547 6548 6549 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 6555 6556 6557 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
textPtr->dInfoPtr->scrollbarTimer = NULL;
if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
GetYView(textPtr->interp, textPtr, 1);
}
if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FindDLine --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6876 6877 6878 6879 6880 6881 6882 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static DLine *
FindDLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
| | | | 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static DLine *
FindDLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
register DLine *dlPtr, /* Pointer to first in list of DLines to
* search. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Index of desired character. */
{
DLine *dlPtrPrev;
TkTextIndex indexPtr2;
if (dlPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
IsStartOfNotMergedLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
| | | 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 6700 6701 6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
IsStartOfNotMergedLine(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index to check. */
{
TkTextIndex indexPtr2;
if (indexPtr->byteIndex != 0) {
/*
* Not the start of a logical line.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 |
* the character nearest to (x,y). */
int *nearest) /* If non-NULL then gets set to 0 if (x,y) is
* actually over the returned index, and 1 if
* it is just nearby (e.g. if x,y is on the
* border of the widget). */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
| | | 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 |
* the character nearest to (x,y). */
int *nearest) /* If non-NULL then gets set to 0 if (x,y) is
* actually over the returned index, and 1 if
* it is just nearby (e.g. if x,y is on the
* border of the widget). */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
register DLine *dlPtr, *validDlPtr;
int nearby = 0;
/*
* Make sure that all of the layout information about what's displayed
* where on the screen is up-to-date.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 |
if (dInfoPtr->dLinePtr == NULL) {
if (nearest != NULL) {
*nearest = 1;
}
*indexPtr = textPtr->topIndex;
return;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 6825 |
if (dInfoPtr->dLinePtr == NULL) {
if (nearest != NULL) {
*nearest = 1;
}
*indexPtr = textPtr->topIndex;
return;
} else {
for (dlPtr = validDlPtr = dInfoPtr->dLinePtr;
y >= (dlPtr->y + dlPtr->height);
dlPtr = dlPtr->nextPtr) {
if (dlPtr->chunkPtr != NULL) {
validDlPtr = dlPtr;
}
if (dlPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Y-coordinate is off the bottom of the displayed text. Use
* the last character on the last line.
*/
x = dInfoPtr->maxX - 1;
nearby = 1;
break;
}
}
if (dlPtr->chunkPtr == NULL) dlPtr = validDlPtr;
}
if (nearest != NULL) {
*nearest = nearby;
}
DlineIndexOfX(textPtr, dlPtr, x, indexPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7148 7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 |
* line. */
int x, /* Pixel x coordinate of point in widget's
* window. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* This index gets filled in with the index of
* the character nearest to x. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
| | | 6852 6853 6854 6855 6856 6857 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 |
* line. */
int x, /* Pixel x coordinate of point in widget's
* window. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* This index gets filled in with the index of
* the character nearest to x. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;
/*
* Scan through the line's chunks to find the one that contains the
* desired x-coordinate. Before doing this, translate the x-coordinate
* from the coordinate system of the window to the coordinate system of
* the line (to take account of x-scrolling).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 |
* If the chunk has more than one byte in it, ask it which character is at
* the desired location. In this case we can manipulate
* 'indexPtr->byteIndex' directly, because we know we're staying inside a
* single logical line.
*/
if (chunkPtr->numBytes > 1) {
| | | 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 |
* If the chunk has more than one byte in it, ask it which character is at
* the desired location. In this case we can manipulate
* 'indexPtr->byteIndex' directly, because we know we're staying inside a
* single logical line.
*/
if (chunkPtr->numBytes > 1) {
indexPtr->byteIndex += (*chunkPtr->measureProc)(chunkPtr, x);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextIndexOfX --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7276 7277 7278 7279 7280 7281 7282 |
DlineXOfIndex(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
DLine *dlPtr, /* Display information for this display
* line. */
int byteIndex) /* The byte index for which we want the
* coordinate. */
{
| | | | | | > | 6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 |
DlineXOfIndex(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
DLine *dlPtr, /* Display information for this display
* line. */
int byteIndex) /* The byte index for which we want the
* coordinate. */
{
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr;
int x = 0;
if (byteIndex == 0 || chunkPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
/*
* Scan through the line's chunks to find the one that contains the
* desired byte index.
*/
chunkPtr = dlPtr->chunkPtr;
while (byteIndex > 0) {
if (byteIndex < chunkPtr->numBytes) {
int y, width, height;
(*chunkPtr->bboxProc)(textPtr, chunkPtr, byteIndex,
dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove,
dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove - dlPtr->spaceBelow,
dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, &x, &y, &width,
&height);
break;
} else {
byteIndex -= chunkPtr->numBytes;
}
if (chunkPtr->nextPtr == NULL || byteIndex == 0) {
x = chunkPtr->x + chunkPtr->width;
break;
}
chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexBbox(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
| | | | | 7039 7040 7041 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 7075 7076 7077 7078 7079 7080 7081 7082 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexBbox(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index whose bounding box is desired. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Filled with index's upper-left
* coordinate. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* Filled in with index's dimensions. */
int *charWidthPtr) /* If the 'index' is at the end of a display
* line and therefore takes up a very large
* width, this is used to return the smaller
* width actually desired by the index. */
{
TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr;
DLine *dlPtr;
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;
int byteCount;
/*
* Make sure that all of the screen layout information is up to date.
*/
if (dInfoPtr->flags & DINFO_OUT_OF_DATE) {
UpdateDisplayInfo(textPtr);
}
/*
* Find the display line containing the desired index.
*/
dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, indexPtr);
/*
* Two cases shall be trapped here because the logic later really
* needs dlPtr to be the display line containing indexPtr:
* 1. if no display line contains the desired index (NULL dlPtr)
* 2. if indexPtr is before the first display line, in which case
* dlPtr currently points to the first display line
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7401 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7407 |
/*
* Call a chunk-specific function to find the horizontal range of the
* character within the chunk, then fill in the vertical range. The
* x-coordinate returned by bboxProc is a coordinate within a line, not a
* coordinate on the screen. Translate it to reflect horizontal scrolling.
*/
| | | 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116 7117 7118 7119 7120 |
/*
* Call a chunk-specific function to find the horizontal range of the
* character within the chunk, then fill in the vertical range. The
* x-coordinate returned by bboxProc is a coordinate within a line, not a
* coordinate on the screen. Translate it to reflect horizontal scrolling.
*/
(*chunkPtr->bboxProc)(textPtr, chunkPtr, byteCount,
dlPtr->y + dlPtr->spaceAbove,
dlPtr->height - dlPtr->spaceAbove - dlPtr->spaceBelow,
dlPtr->baseline - dlPtr->spaceAbove, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr,
heightPtr);
*xPtr = *xPtr + dInfoPtr->x - dInfoPtr->curXPixelOffset;
if ((byteCount == chunkPtr->numBytes-1) && (chunkPtr->nextPtr == NULL)) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7480 7481 7482 7483 7484 7485 7486 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextDLineInfo(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
| | | 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextDLineInfo(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index of character whose bounding box is
* desired. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Filled with line's upper-left
* coordinate. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr,
/* Filled in with line's dimensions. */
int *basePtr) /* Filled in with the baseline position,
* measured as an offset down from *yPtr. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7507 7508 7509 7510 7511 7512 7513 |
/*
* Find the display line containing the desired index.
*/
dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, indexPtr);
| | | 7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217 7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 |
/*
* Find the display line containing the desired index.
*/
dlPtr = FindDLine(textPtr, dInfoPtr->dLinePtr, indexPtr);
/*
* Two cases shall be trapped here because the logic later really
* needs dlPtr to be the display line containing indexPtr:
* 1. if no display line contains the desired index (NULL dlPtr)
* 2. if indexPtr is before the first display line, in which case
* dlPtr currently points to the first display line
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7538 7539 7540 7541 7542 7543 7544 | /* * Get bounding-box information about an elided chunk. */ static void ElideBboxProc( | | | | | < | | | 7243 7244 7245 7246 7247 7248 7249 7250 7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 7256 7257 7258 7259 7260 7261 7262 7263 7264 7265 7266 7267 7268 7269 7270 7271 7272 7273 7274 7275 7276 7277 7278 7279 7280 7281 7282 7283 7284 7285 7286 |
/*
* Get bounding-box information about an elided chunk.
*/
static void
ElideBboxProc(
TkText *textPtr,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk containing desired char. */
int index, /* Index of desired character within the
* chunk. */
int y, /* Topmost pixel in area allocated for this
* line. */
int lineHeight, /* Height of line, in pixels. */
int baseline, /* Location of line's baseline, in pixels
* measured down from y. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Gets filled in with coords of character's
* upper-left pixel. X-coord is in same
* coordinate system as chunkPtr->x. */
int *widthPtr, /* Gets filled in with width of character, in
* pixels. */
int *heightPtr) /* Gets filled in with height of character, in
* pixels. */
{
*xPtr = chunkPtr->x;
*yPtr = y;
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = 0;
}
/*
* Measure an elided chunk.
*/
static int
ElideMeasureProc(
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk containing desired coord. */
int x) /* X-coordinate, in same coordinate system as
* chunkPtr->x. */
{
return 0 /*chunkPtr->numBytes - 1*/;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7597 7598 7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 | * Memory is allocated to hold additional information about the chunk. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextCharLayoutProc( | | | | | | | < | < < < | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305 7306 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 7321 7322 7323 7324 7325 7326 7327 7328 7329 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7336 7337 7338 7339 7340 7341 7342 7343 7344 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357 7358 7359 7360 7361 7362 7363 7364 7365 7366 7367 7368 7369 7370 7371 7372 7373 7374 7375 7376 7377 7378 7379 7380 7381 7382 7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392 7393 7394 7395 7396 7397 7398 7399 7400 7401 7402 7403 7404 7405 7406 7407 7408 7409 7410 7411 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 7417 7418 7419 7420 7421 7422 7423 7424 7425 7426 7427 7428 7429 7430 7431 7432 7433 7434 7435 7436 7437 |
* Memory is allocated to hold additional information about the chunk.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextCharLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Index of first character to lay out
* (corresponds to segPtr and offset). */
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment being layed out. */
int byteOffset, /* Byte offset within segment of first
* character to consider. */
int maxX, /* Chunk must not occupy pixels at this
* position or higher. */
int maxBytes, /* Chunk must not include more than this many
* characters. */
int noCharsYet, /* Non-zero means no characters have been
* assigned to this display line yet. */
TkWrapMode wrapMode, /* How to handle line wrapping:
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR, TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE, or
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD. */
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr)
/* Structure to fill in with information about
* this chunk. The x field has already been
* set by the caller. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont;
int nextX, bytesThatFit, count;
CharInfo *ciPtr;
char *p;
TkTextSegment *nextPtr;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
const char *line;
int lineOffset;
BaseCharInfo *bciPtr;
Tcl_DString *baseString;
#endif
/*
* Figure out how many characters will fit in the space we've got. Include
* the next character, even though it won't fit completely, if any of the
* following is true:
* (a) the chunk contains no characters and the display line contains no
* characters yet (i.e. the line isn't wide enough to hold even a
* single character).
* (b) at least one pixel of the character is visible, we have not
* already exceeded the character limit, and the next character is a
* white space character.
*/
p = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
if (baseCharChunkPtr == NULL) {
baseCharChunkPtr = chunkPtr;
bciPtr = (BaseCharInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(BaseCharInfo));
baseString = &bciPtr->baseChars;
Tcl_DStringInit(baseString);
bciPtr->width = 0;
ciPtr = &bciPtr->ci;
} else {
bciPtr = (BaseCharInfo *) baseCharChunkPtr->clientData;
ciPtr = (CharInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(CharInfo));
baseString = &bciPtr->baseChars;
}
lineOffset = Tcl_DStringLength(baseString);
line = Tcl_DStringAppend(baseString,p,maxBytes);
chunkPtr->clientData = (ClientData) ciPtr;
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr = baseCharChunkPtr;
ciPtr->baseOffset = lineOffset;
ciPtr->chars = NULL;
ciPtr->numBytes = 0;
bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, line,
lineOffset + maxBytes, lineOffset, -1, chunkPtr->x, maxX,
TK_ISOLATE_END, &nextX);
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, maxBytes, 0, -1,
chunkPtr->x, maxX, TK_ISOLATE_END, &nextX);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
if (bytesThatFit < maxBytes) {
if ((bytesThatFit == 0) && noCharsYet) {
Tcl_UniChar ch;
int chLen = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, line,
lineOffset+chLen, lineOffset, -1, chunkPtr->x, -1, 0,
&nextX);
#else /* !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
bytesThatFit = CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, p, chLen, 0, -1,
chunkPtr->x, -1, 0, &nextX);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
}
if ((nextX < maxX) && ((p[bytesThatFit] == ' ')
|| (p[bytesThatFit] == '\t'))) {
/*
* Space characters are funny, in that they are considered to fit
* if there is at least one pixel of space left on the line. Just
* give the space character whatever space is left.
*/
nextX = maxX;
bytesThatFit++;
}
if (p[bytesThatFit] == '\n') {
/*
* A newline character takes up no space, so if the previous
* character fits then so does the newline.
*/
bytesThatFit++;
}
if (bytesThatFit == 0) {
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
chunkPtr->clientData = NULL;
if (chunkPtr == baseCharChunkPtr) {
baseCharChunkPtr = NULL;
Tcl_DStringFree(baseString);
} else {
Tcl_DStringSetLength(baseString,lineOffset);
}
ckfree((char *) ciPtr);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
return 0;
}
}
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &fm);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 |
chunkPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
chunkPtr->minAscent = fm.ascent + chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
chunkPtr->minDescent = fm.descent - chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
chunkPtr->minHeight = 0;
chunkPtr->width = nextX - chunkPtr->x;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
| | | > | | | | 7448 7449 7450 7451 7452 7453 7454 7455 7456 7457 7458 7459 7460 7461 7462 7463 7464 7465 7466 7467 7468 7469 7470 7471 7472 7473 7474 |
chunkPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
chunkPtr->minAscent = fm.ascent + chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
chunkPtr->minDescent = fm.descent - chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->offset;
chunkPtr->minHeight = 0;
chunkPtr->width = nextX - chunkPtr->x;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
#if !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
ciPtr = (CharInfo *)
ckalloc((unsigned) bytesThatFit + Tk_Offset(CharInfo, chars) + 1);
chunkPtr->clientData = (ClientData) ciPtr;
memcpy(ciPtr->chars, p, (unsigned) bytesThatFit);
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
ciPtr->numBytes = bytesThatFit;
if (p[bytesThatFit - 1] == '\n') {
ciPtr->numBytes--;
}
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
/*
* Final update for the current base chunk data.
*/
Tcl_DStringSetLength(baseString,lineOffset+ciPtr->numBytes);
bciPtr->width = nextX - baseCharChunkPtr->x;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 |
*/
if (wrapMode != TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD) {
chunkPtr->breakIndex = chunkPtr->numBytes;
} else {
for (count = bytesThatFit, p += bytesThatFit - 1; count > 0;
count--, p--) {
| < < < < < < < | < < < > < | 7489 7490 7491 7492 7493 7494 7495 7496 7497 7498 7499 7500 7501 7502 7503 7504 7505 7506 7507 |
*/
if (wrapMode != TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD) {
chunkPtr->breakIndex = chunkPtr->numBytes;
} else {
for (count = bytesThatFit, p += bytesThatFit - 1; count > 0;
count--, p--) {
if (UCHAR(*p) < 0x80 && isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
chunkPtr->breakIndex = count;
break;
}
}
if ((bytesThatFit + byteOffset) == segPtr->size) {
for (nextPtr = segPtr->nextPtr; nextPtr != NULL;
nextPtr = nextPtr->nextPtr) {
if (nextPtr->size != 0) {
if (nextPtr->typePtr != &tkTextCharType) {
chunkPtr->breakIndex = chunkPtr->numBytes;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7877 7878 7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 |
* for unlimited. */
int flags, /* Flags to pass to MeasureChars. */
int *nextXPtr) /* The function puts the newly calculated
* right border x-position of the span
* here. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;
| | | | | 7553 7554 7555 7556 7557 7558 7559 7560 7561 7562 7563 7564 7565 7566 7567 7568 7569 7570 7571 7572 7573 7574 7575 7576 7577 7578 7579 7580 |
* for unlimited. */
int flags, /* Flags to pass to MeasureChars. */
int *nextXPtr) /* The function puts the newly calculated
* right border x-position of the span
* here. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont = chunkPtr->stylePtr->sValuePtr->tkfont;
CharInfo *ciPtr = (CharInfo *) chunkPtr->clientData;
#if !TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
if (chars == NULL) {
chars = ciPtr->chars;
charsLen = ciPtr->numBytes;
}
if (end == -1) {
end = charsLen;
}
return MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, start, end-start,
startX, maxX, flags, nextXPtr);
#else
{
int xDisplacement;
int fit, bstart = start, bend = end;
if (chars == NULL) {
Tcl_DString *baseChars = &((BaseCharInfo *)
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->clientData)->baseChars;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 |
if (bstart == ciPtr->baseOffset) {
xDisplacement = startX - chunkPtr->x;
} else {
int widthUntilStart = 0;
MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bstart,
0, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
| | | | 7594 7595 7596 7597 7598 7599 7600 7601 7602 7603 7604 7605 7606 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7619 7620 |
if (bstart == ciPtr->baseOffset) {
xDisplacement = startX - chunkPtr->x;
} else {
int widthUntilStart = 0;
MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bstart,
0, -1, 0, &widthUntilStart);
xDisplacement = startX - widthUntilStart - chunkPtr->x;
}
fit = MeasureChars(tkfont, chars, charsLen, 0, bend,
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x + xDisplacement, maxX, flags, nextXPtr);
if (fit < bstart) {
return 0;
} else {
return fit - bstart;
}
}
#endif
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CharDisplayProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7952 7953 7954 7955 7956 7957 7958 | * Graphics are drawn. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void CharDisplayProc( | | | | | | | | | | 7628 7629 7630 7631 7632 7633 7634 7635 7636 7637 7638 7639 7640 7641 7642 7643 7644 7645 7646 7647 7648 7649 7650 7651 7652 7653 7654 7655 7656 7657 7658 7659 7660 7661 7662 7663 7664 7665 7666 7667 7668 7669 7670 7671 7672 7673 7674 7675 7676 7677 7678 |
* Graphics are drawn.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CharDisplayProc(
TkText *textPtr,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk that is to be drawn. */
int x, /* X-position in dst at which to draw this
* chunk (may differ from the x-position in
* the chunk because of scrolling). */
int y, /* Y-position at which to draw this chunk in
* dst. */
int height, /* Total height of line. */
int baseline, /* Offset of baseline from y. */
Display *display, /* Display to use for drawing. */
Drawable dst, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw chunk. */
int screenY) /* Y-coordinate in text window that
* corresponds to y. */
{
CharInfo *ciPtr = (CharInfo *) chunkPtr->clientData;
const char *string;
TextStyle *stylePtr;
StyleValues *sValuePtr;
int numBytes, offsetBytes, offsetX;
#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
BaseCharInfo *bciPtr;
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
if ((x + chunkPtr->width) <= 0) {
/*
* The chunk is off-screen.
*/
return;
}
#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
bciPtr = (BaseCharInfo *) ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->clientData;
numBytes = Tcl_DStringLength(&bciPtr->baseChars);
string = Tcl_DStringValue(&bciPtr->baseChars);
#elif TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
if (ciPtr->baseChunkPtr != chunkPtr) {
/*
* Without context drawing only base chunks display their foreground.
*/
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 8034 8035 |
/*
* Draw the text, underline, and overstrike for this chunk.
*/
if (!sValuePtr->elide && (numBytes > offsetBytes)
&& (stylePtr->fgGC != NULL)) {
| | | | | | | 7705 7706 7707 7708 7709 7710 7711 7712 7713 7714 7715 7716 7717 7718 7719 7720 7721 7722 7723 7724 7725 7726 7727 7728 7729 7730 7731 7732 7733 7734 7735 7736 7737 7738 7739 7740 7741 7742 7743 7744 7745 7746 7747 7748 7749 7750 7751 7752 7753 7754 7755 7756 7757 7758 7759 7760 7761 7762 7763 7764 7765 7766 7767 7768 7769 7770 7771 7772 7773 7774 |
/*
* Draw the text, underline, and overstrike for this chunk.
*/
if (!sValuePtr->elide && (numBytes > offsetBytes)
&& (stylePtr->fgGC != NULL)) {
#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
int start = ciPtr->baseOffset + offsetBytes;
int len = ciPtr->numBytes - offsetBytes;
int xDisplacement = x - chunkPtr->x;
if ((len > 0) && (string[start + len - 1] == '\t')) {
len--;
}
if (len <= 0) {
return;
}
TkpDrawCharsInContext(display, dst, stylePtr->fgGC, sValuePtr->tkfont,
string, numBytes, start, len,
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x + xDisplacement,
y + baseline - sValuePtr->offset);
if (sValuePtr->underline) {
TkUnderlineCharsInContext(display, dst, stylePtr->fgGC,
sValuePtr->tkfont, string, numBytes,
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x + xDisplacement,
y + baseline - sValuePtr->offset,
start, start+len);
}
if (sValuePtr->overstrike) {
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(sValuePtr->tkfont, &fm);
TkUnderlineCharsInContext(display, dst, stylePtr->fgGC,
sValuePtr->tkfont, string, numBytes,
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr->x + xDisplacement,
y + baseline - sValuePtr->offset
- fm.descent - (fm.ascent * 3) / 10,
start, start+len);
}
#else /* !TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
string += offsetBytes;
numBytes -= offsetBytes;
if ((numBytes > 0) && (string[numBytes - 1] == '\t')) {
numBytes--;
}
Tk_DrawChars(display, dst, stylePtr->fgGC, sValuePtr->tkfont, string,
numBytes, offsetX, y + baseline - sValuePtr->offset);
if (sValuePtr->underline) {
Tk_UnderlineChars(display, dst, stylePtr->fgGC, sValuePtr->tkfont,
string, offsetX,
y + baseline - sValuePtr->offset,
0, numBytes);
}
if (sValuePtr->overstrike) {
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(sValuePtr->tkfont, &fm);
Tk_UnderlineChars(display, dst, stylePtr->fgGC, sValuePtr->tkfont,
string, offsetX,
y + baseline - sValuePtr->offset
- fm.descent - (fm.ascent * 3) / 10,
0, numBytes);
}
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8114 8115 8116 8117 8118 8119 8120 | * Memory and other resources get freed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void CharUndisplayProc( | | | | | 7790 7791 7792 7793 7794 7795 7796 7797 7798 7799 7800 7801 7802 7803 7804 7805 7806 7807 7808 7809 7810 |
* Memory and other resources get freed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CharUndisplayProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr) /* Chunk that is about to be freed. */
{
CharInfo *ciPtr = (CharInfo *) chunkPtr->clientData;
if (ciPtr) {
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
if (chunkPtr == ciPtr->baseChunkPtr) {
/*
* Basechunks are undisplayed first, when DLines are freed or
* partially freed, so this makes sure we don't access their data
* any more.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8144 8145 8146 8147 8148 8149 8150 | } ciPtr->baseChunkPtr = NULL; ciPtr->chars = NULL; ciPtr->numBytes = 0; #endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */ | | | 7820 7821 7822 7823 7824 7825 7826 7827 7828 7829 7830 7831 7832 7833 7834 |
}
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr = NULL;
ciPtr->chars = NULL;
ciPtr->numBytes = 0;
#endif /* TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS */
ckfree((char *) ciPtr);
chunkPtr->clientData = NULL;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8203 8204 8205 8206 8207 8208 8209 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void CharBboxProc( | | | | | 7879 7880 7881 7882 7883 7884 7885 7886 7887 7888 7889 7890 7891 7892 7893 7894 7895 7896 7897 7898 7899 7900 7901 7902 7903 7904 7905 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CharBboxProc(
TkText *textPtr,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk containing desired char. */
int byteIndex, /* Byte offset of desired character within the
* chunk. */
int y, /* Topmost pixel in area allocated for this
* line. */
int lineHeight, /* Height of line, in pixels. */
int baseline, /* Location of line's baseline, in pixels
* measured down from y. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Gets filled in with coords of character's
* upper-left pixel. X-coord is in same
* coordinate system as chunkPtr->x. */
int *widthPtr, /* Gets filled in with width of character, in
* pixels. */
int *heightPtr) /* Gets filled in with height of character, in
* pixels. */
{
CharInfo *ciPtr = (CharInfo *) chunkPtr->clientData;
int maxX;
maxX = chunkPtr->width + chunkPtr->x;
CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, byteIndex,
chunkPtr->x, -1, 0, xPtr);
if (byteIndex == ciPtr->numBytes) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8383 8384 8385 8386 8387 8388 8389 |
decimalChunkPtr = NULL;
decimal = gotDigit = 0;
for (chunkPtr2 = chunkPtr->nextPtr; chunkPtr2 != NULL;
chunkPtr2 = chunkPtr2->nextPtr) {
if (chunkPtr2->displayProc != CharDisplayProc) {
continue;
}
| | | < | | | | | | | | | | > | 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 8074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 8080 8081 8082 8083 8084 8085 8086 8087 8088 8089 8090 8091 8092 8093 8094 8095 8096 8097 8098 8099 8100 8101 8102 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 8108 8109 8110 |
decimalChunkPtr = NULL;
decimal = gotDigit = 0;
for (chunkPtr2 = chunkPtr->nextPtr; chunkPtr2 != NULL;
chunkPtr2 = chunkPtr2->nextPtr) {
if (chunkPtr2->displayProc != CharDisplayProc) {
continue;
}
ciPtr = (CharInfo *) chunkPtr2->clientData;
for (p = ciPtr->chars, i = 0; i < ciPtr->numBytes; p++, i++) {
if (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
gotDigit = 1;
} else if ((*p == '.') || (*p == ',')) {
decimal = p-ciPtr->chars;
decimalChunkPtr = chunkPtr2;
} else if (gotDigit) {
if (decimalChunkPtr == NULL) {
decimal = p-ciPtr->chars;
decimalChunkPtr = chunkPtr2;
}
goto endOfNumber;
}
}
}
endOfNumber:
if (decimalChunkPtr != NULL) {
int curX;
ciPtr = (CharInfo *) decimalChunkPtr->clientData;
CharChunkMeasureChars(decimalChunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, decimal,
decimalChunkPtr->x, -1, 0, &curX);
desired = tabX - (curX - x);
goto update;
} else {
/*
* There wasn't a decimal point. Right justify the text.
*/
width = 0;
for (chunkPtr2 = chunkPtr->nextPtr; chunkPtr2 != NULL;
chunkPtr2 = chunkPtr2->nextPtr) {
width += chunkPtr2->width;
}
desired = tabX - width;
}
/*
* Shift all of the chunks to the right so that the left edge is at the
* desired location, then expand the chunk containing the tab. Be sure
* that the tab occupies at least the width of a space character.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8658 8659 8660 8661 8662 8663 8664 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MeasureChars(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which to draw characters. */
| | | | | 8334 8335 8336 8337 8338 8339 8340 8341 8342 8343 8344 8345 8346 8347 8348 8349 8350 8351 8352 8353 8354 8355 8356 8357 8358 8359 8360 8361 8362 8363 8364 8365 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MeasureChars(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which to draw characters. */
CONST char *source, /* Characters to be displayed. Need not be
* NULL-terminated. */
int maxBytes, /* Maximum # of bytes to consider from
* source. */
int rangeStart, int rangeLength,
/* Range of bytes to consider in source.*/
int startX, /* X-position at which first character will be
* drawn. */
int maxX, /* Don't consider any character that would
* cross this x-position. */
int flags, /* Flags to pass to Tk_MeasureChars. */
int *nextXPtr) /* Return x-position of terminating character
* here. */
{
int curX, width, ch;
CONST char *special, *end, *start;
ch = 0; /* lint. */
curX = startX;
start = source + rangeStart;
end = start + rangeLength;
special = start;
while (start < end) {
if (start >= special) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8702 8703 8704 8705 8706 8707 8708 |
* Special points at the next special character (or the end of the
* string). Process characters between start and special.
*/
if ((maxX >= 0) && (curX >= maxX)) {
break;
}
| | | > > < | 8378 8379 8380 8381 8382 8383 8384 8385 8386 8387 8388 8389 8390 8391 8392 8393 8394 8395 8396 8397 8398 8399 8400 8401 8402 8403 8404 8405 8406 8407 8408 8409 8410 8411 8412 8413 8414 |
* Special points at the next special character (or the end of the
* string). Process characters between start and special.
*/
if ((maxX >= 0) && (curX >= maxX)) {
break;
}
#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
start += TkpMeasureCharsInContext(tkfont, source, maxBytes,
start - source, special - start,
maxX >= 0 ? maxX - curX : -1, flags, &width);
#else
(void) maxBytes;
start += Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, start, special - start,
maxX >= 0 ? maxX - curX : -1, flags, &width);
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
curX += width;
if (start < special) {
/*
* No more chars fit in line.
*/
break;
}
if (special < end) {
if (ch == '\t') {
start++;
} else {
break;
}
}
}
*nextXPtr = curX;
return start - (source+rangeStart);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8764 8765 8766 8767 8768 8769 8770 |
*/
static int
TextGetScrollInfoObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about the text widget. */
int objc, /* # arguments for command. */
| | | | | | < | | | | | | < < < < < < < | < < < < | | 8441 8442 8443 8444 8445 8446 8447 8448 8449 8450 8451 8452 8453 8454 8455 8456 8457 8458 8459 8460 8461 8462 8463 8464 8465 8466 8467 8468 8469 8470 8471 8472 8473 8474 8475 8476 8477 8478 8479 8480 8481 8482 8483 8484 8485 8486 8487 8488 8489 8490 8491 8492 8493 8494 8495 8496 8497 8498 8499 8500 8501 8502 8503 8504 8505 8506 8507 8508 8509 8510 8511 8512 8513 8514 8515 8516 8517 8518 8519 8520 8521 8522 |
*/
static int
TextGetScrollInfoObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about the text widget. */
int objc, /* # arguments for command. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments for command. */
double *dblPtr, /* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
* any. */
int *intPtr) /* Filled in with number of pages or lines or
* pixels to scroll, if any. */
{
static CONST char *subcommands[] = {
"moveto", "scroll", NULL
};
enum viewSubcmds {
VIEW_MOVETO, VIEW_SCROLL
};
static CONST char *units[] = {
"units", "pages", "pixels", NULL
};
enum viewUnits {
VIEW_SCROLL_UNITS, VIEW_SCROLL_PAGES, VIEW_SCROLL_PIXELS
};
int index;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], subcommands, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum viewSubcmds) index) {
case VIEW_MOVETO:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "fraction");
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_MOVETO;
case VIEW_SCROLL:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "number units|pages|pixels");
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[4], units, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum viewUnits) index) {
case VIEW_SCROLL_PAGES:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_PAGES;
case VIEW_SCROLL_PIXELS:
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, textPtr->tkwin, objv[3],
intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_PIXELS;
case VIEW_SCROLL_UNITS:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_UNITS;
}
}
Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
return TKTEXT_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
#if TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FinalizeBaseChunk --
*
* This procedure makes sure that all the chunks of the stretch are
* up-to-date. It is invoked when the LayoutProc has been called for all
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8874 8875 8876 8877 8878 8879 8880 |
* even though it may not be in the linked
* list yet. Used by the LayoutProc, otherwise
* NULL. */
{
const char *baseChars;
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;
CharInfo *ciPtr;
| | | | | | | | | 8539 8540 8541 8542 8543 8544 8545 8546 8547 8548 8549 8550 8551 8552 8553 8554 8555 8556 8557 8558 8559 8560 8561 8562 8563 8564 8565 8566 8567 8568 8569 8570 8571 8572 8573 8574 8575 8576 8577 8578 8579 8580 8581 8582 8583 8584 8585 8586 8587 8588 8589 8590 8591 8592 8593 8594 |
* even though it may not be in the linked
* list yet. Used by the LayoutProc, otherwise
* NULL. */
{
const char *baseChars;
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr;
CharInfo *ciPtr;
#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
int widthAdjust = 0;
int newwidth;
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
if (baseCharChunkPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
baseChars = Tcl_DStringValue(
&((BaseCharInfo *) baseCharChunkPtr->clientData)->baseChars);
for (chunkPtr = baseCharChunkPtr; chunkPtr != NULL;
chunkPtr = chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
chunkPtr->x += widthAdjust;
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
if (chunkPtr->displayProc != CharDisplayProc) {
continue;
}
ciPtr = (CharInfo *)chunkPtr->clientData;
if (ciPtr->baseChunkPtr != baseCharChunkPtr) {
break;
}
ciPtr->chars = baseChars + ciPtr->baseOffset;
#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
newwidth = 0;
CharChunkMeasureChars(chunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, -1, 0, -1, 0, &newwidth);
if (newwidth != chunkPtr->width) {
widthAdjust += newwidth - chunkPtr->width;
chunkPtr->width = newwidth;
}
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
}
if (addChunkPtr != NULL) {
ciPtr = (CharInfo *)addChunkPtr->clientData;
ciPtr->chars = baseChars + ciPtr->baseOffset;
#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
addChunkPtr->x += widthAdjust;
CharChunkMeasureChars(addChunkPtr, NULL, 0, 0, -1, 0, -1, 0,
&addChunkPtr->width);
#endif /* TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
}
baseCharChunkPtr = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8963 8964 8965 8966 8967 8968 8969 |
baseCharChunkPtr = NULL;
}
for (chunkPtr=baseChunkPtr; chunkPtr!=NULL; chunkPtr=chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
if (chunkPtr->undisplayProc != CharUndisplayProc) {
continue;
}
| | < | < | 8628 8629 8630 8631 8632 8633 8634 8635 8636 8637 8638 8639 8640 8641 8642 8643 8644 8645 8646 8647 8648 8649 8650 8651 |
baseCharChunkPtr = NULL;
}
for (chunkPtr=baseChunkPtr; chunkPtr!=NULL; chunkPtr=chunkPtr->nextPtr) {
if (chunkPtr->undisplayProc != CharUndisplayProc) {
continue;
}
ciPtr = (CharInfo *) chunkPtr->clientData;
if (ciPtr->baseChunkPtr != baseChunkPtr) {
break;
}
ciPtr->baseChunkPtr = NULL;
ciPtr->chars = NULL;
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&((BaseCharInfo *) baseChunkPtr->clientData)->baseChars);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* IsSameFGStyle --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9013 9014 9015 9016 9017 9018 9019 |
StyleValues *sv1;
StyleValues *sv2;
if (style1 == style2) {
return 1;
}
| | | | 8676 8677 8678 8679 8680 8681 8682 8683 8684 8685 8686 8687 8688 8689 8690 8691 8692 8693 8694 8695 8696 8697 8698 8699 8700 8701 8702 8703 8704 8705 8706 |
StyleValues *sv1;
StyleValues *sv2;
if (style1 == style2) {
return 1;
}
#if !TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
if (
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
!TkMacOSXCompareColors(style1->fgGC->foreground,
style2->fgGC->foreground)
#else
style1->fgGC->foreground != style2->fgGC->foreground
#endif
) {
return 0;
}
#endif /* !TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT */
sv1 = style1->sValuePtr;
sv2 = style2->sValuePtr;
#if TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT
return sv1->tkfont == sv2->tkfont && sv1->offset == sv2->offset;
#else
return sv1->tkfont == sv2->tkfont
&& sv1->underline == sv2->underline
&& sv1->overstrike == sv2->overstrike
&& sv1->elide == sv2->elide
&& sv1->offset == sv2->offset
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9083 9084 9085 9086 9087 9088 9089 |
return;
}
/*
* Reinstitute this base chunk for re-layout.
*/
| | | < > < > | 8746 8747 8748 8749 8750 8751 8752 8753 8754 8755 8756 8757 8758 8759 8760 8761 8762 8763 8764 8765 8766 8767 8768 8769 8770 8771 8772 8773 8774 8775 |
return;
}
/*
* Reinstitute this base chunk for re-layout.
*/
ciPtr = (CharInfo *) chunkPtr->clientData;
baseCharChunkPtr = ciPtr->baseChunkPtr;
/*
* Remove the chunk data from the base chunk data.
*/
bciPtr = (BaseCharInfo *) baseCharChunkPtr->clientData;
if ((ciPtr->baseOffset + ciPtr->numBytes)
!= Tcl_DStringLength(&bciPtr->baseChars)) {
#ifdef DEBUG_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS
fprintf(stderr,"RemoveFromBaseChunk called with wrong chunk "
"(not last)\n");
#endif
}
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&bciPtr->baseChars, ciPtr->baseOffset);
/*
* Invalidate the stored pixel width of the base chunk.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextImage.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | #include "tkText.h" /* * Macro that determines the size of an embedded image segment: */ #define EI_SEG_SIZE \ | | | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | #include "tkText.h" /* * Macro that determines the size of an embedded image segment: */ #define EI_SEG_SIZE \ ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) + sizeof(TkTextEmbImage))) /* * Prototypes for functions defined in this file: */ static TkTextSegment * EmbImageCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 | TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone); static void EmbImageDisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y, int lineHeight, int baseline, Display *display, Drawable dst, int screenY); static int EmbImageLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr, | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | < | | < | | < | | < | < | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone);
static void EmbImageDisplayProc(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int x, int y,
int lineHeight, int baseline, Display *display,
Drawable dst, int screenY);
static int EmbImageLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr,
int offset, int maxX, int maxChars,
int noCharsYet, TkWrapMode wrapMode,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr);
static void EmbImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x, int y,
int width, int height, int imageWidth,
int imageHeight);
/*
* The following structure declares the "embedded image" segment type.
*/
static const Tk_SegType tkTextEmbImageType = {
"image", /* name */
0, /* leftGravity */
NULL, /* splitProc */
EmbImageDeleteProc, /* deleteProc */
EmbImageCleanupProc, /* cleanupProc */
NULL, /* lineChangeProc */
EmbImageLayoutProc, /* layoutProc */
EmbImageCheckProc /* checkProc */
};
/*
* Definitions for alignment values:
*/
static const char *alignStrings[] = {
"baseline", "bottom", "center", "top", NULL
};
typedef enum {
ALIGN_BASELINE, ALIGN_BOTTOM, ALIGN_CENTER, ALIGN_TOP
} alignMode;
/*
* Information used for parsing image configuration options:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
"center", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, align),
0, (ClientData) alignStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, imageString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-name", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbImage, imageName),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextImageCmd --
*
* This function implements the "image" widget command for text widgets.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result or error.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextImageCmd(
register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "image". */
{
int idx;
register TkTextSegment *eiPtr;
TkTextIndex index;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"cget", "configure", "create", "names", NULL
};
enum opts {
CMD_CGET, CMD_CONF, CMD_CREATE, CMD_NAMES
};
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&idx) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum opts) idx) {
case CMD_CGET: {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
eiPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&index, NULL);
if (eiPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbImageType) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no embedded image at index \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) &eiPtr->body.ei,
eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
case CMD_CONF:
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index ?option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
eiPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&index, NULL);
if (eiPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbImageType) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no embedded image at index \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc <= 5) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp,
(char *) &eiPtr->body.ei, eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
(objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
/*
* Add a new image. Find where to put the new image, and mark that
* position for redisplay.
*/
if (objc < 4) {
| | | 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 |
/*
* Add a new image. Find where to put the new image, and mark that
* position for redisplay.
*/
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index ?option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
238 239 240 241 242 243 244 | lineIndex, 1000000, &index); } /* * Create the new image segment and initialize it. */ | | | 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 | lineIndex, 1000000, &index); } /* * Create the new image segment and initialize it. */ eiPtr = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(EI_SEG_SIZE); eiPtr->typePtr = &tkTextEmbImageType; eiPtr->size = 1; eiPtr->body.ei.sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr; eiPtr->body.ei.linePtr = NULL; eiPtr->body.ei.imageName = NULL; eiPtr->body.ei.imageString = NULL; eiPtr->body.ei.name = NULL; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics(textPtr->sharedTextPtr, NULL,
index.linePtr, 0, TK_TEXT_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
return TCL_OK;
}
case CMD_NAMES: {
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
| < < | | < < < < < | < | 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics(textPtr->sharedTextPtr, NULL,
index.linePtr, 0, TK_TEXT_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
return TCL_OK;
}
case CMD_NAMES: {
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable,
&search); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, hPtr));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
default:
Tcl_Panic("unexpected switch fallthrough");
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
332 333 334 335 336 337 338 |
* options. */
{
Tk_Image image;
Tcl_DString newName;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
char *name;
| < | | | | 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
* options. */
{
Tk_Image image;
Tcl_DString newName;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
char *name;
int count = 0; /* The counter for picking a unique name */
int conflict = 0; /* True if we have a name conflict */
size_t len; /* length of image name */
if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, (char*)&eiPtr->body.ei,
eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Create the image. Save the old image around and don't free it until
* after the new one is allocated. This keeps the reference count from
* going to zero so the image doesn't have to be recreated if it hasn't
* changed.
*/
if (eiPtr->body.ei.imageString != NULL) {
image = Tk_GetImage(textPtr->interp, textPtr->tkwin,
eiPtr->body.ei.imageString, EmbImageProc, (ClientData) eiPtr);
if (image == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
image = NULL;
}
if (eiPtr->body.ei.image != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 |
*/
name = eiPtr->body.ei.imageName;
if (name == NULL) {
name = eiPtr->body.ei.imageString;
}
if (name == NULL) {
| | | | < < | | 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
*/
name = eiPtr->body.ei.imageName;
if (name == NULL) {
name = eiPtr->body.ei.imageString;
}
if (name == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(textPtr->interp, "Either a \"-name\" ",
"or a \"-image\" argument must be provided ",
"to the \"image create\" subcommand.", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
len = strlen(name);
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable,
&search); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
char *haveName =
Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable, hPtr);
if (strncmp(name, haveName, len) == 0) {
int newVal = 0;
sscanf(haveName+len, "#%d", &newVal);
if (newVal > count) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
415 416 417 418 419 420 421 |
if (conflict) {
char buf[4 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "#%d", count+1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&newName, buf, -1);
}
name = Tcl_DStringValue(&newName);
| > > > | | > | | | 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
if (conflict) {
char buf[4 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "#%d", count+1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&newName, buf, -1);
}
name = Tcl_DStringValue(&newName);
{
int dummy;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable, name,
&dummy);
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, eiPtr);
Tcl_AppendResult(textPtr->interp, name, NULL);
eiPtr->body.ei.name = ckalloc((unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&newName)+1);
strcpy(eiPtr->body.ei.name, name);
Tcl_DStringFree(&newName);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 |
* Side effects:
* The embedded image is deleted, if it exists, and any resources
* associated with it are released.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
EmbImageDeleteProc(
TkTextSegment *eiPtr, /* Segment being deleted. */
| > | | | 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
* Side effects:
* The embedded image is deleted, if it exists, and any resources
* associated with it are released.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
EmbImageDeleteProc(
TkTextSegment *eiPtr, /* Segment being deleted. */
TkTextLine *linePtr, /* Line containing segment. */
int treeGone) /* Non-zero means the entire tree is being
* deleted, so everything must get cleaned
* up. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
if (eiPtr->body.ei.image != NULL) {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&eiPtr->body.ei.sharedTextPtr->imageTable,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
479 480 481 482 483 484 485 |
*/
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) &eiPtr->body.ei, eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
NULL);
if (eiPtr->body.ei.name) {
ckfree(eiPtr->body.ei.name);
}
| | | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 |
*/
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) &eiPtr->body.ei, eiPtr->body.ei.optionTable,
NULL);
if (eiPtr->body.ei.name) {
ckfree(eiPtr->body.ei.name);
}
ckfree((char *) eiPtr);
return 0;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbImageCleanupProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 |
*
* Side effects:
* None, except for filling in chunkPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
EmbImageLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
| > | | | | | | 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 |
*
* Side effects:
* None, except for filling in chunkPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
static int
EmbImageLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Identifies first character in chunk. */
TkTextSegment *eiPtr, /* Segment corresponding to indexPtr. */
int offset, /* Offset within segPtr corresponding to
* indexPtr (always 0). */
int maxX, /* Chunk must not occupy pixels at this
* position or higher. */
int maxChars, /* Chunk must not include more than this many
* characters. */
int noCharsYet, /* Non-zero means no characters have been
* assigned to this line yet. */
TkWrapMode wrapMode, /* Wrap mode to use for line:
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR, TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE, or
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD. */
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr)
/* Structure to fill in with information about
* this chunk. The x field has already been
* set by the caller. */
{
int width, height;
if (offset != 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
591 592 593 594 595 596 597 |
chunkPtr->minAscent = 0;
chunkPtr->minDescent = 0;
chunkPtr->minHeight = height;
}
chunkPtr->width = width;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = 1;
| | | 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 |
chunkPtr->minAscent = 0;
chunkPtr->minDescent = 0;
chunkPtr->minHeight = height;
}
chunkPtr->width = width;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = 1;
chunkPtr->clientData = (ClientData) eiPtr;
eiPtr->body.ei.chunkCount += 1;
return 1;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
617 618 619 620 621 622 623 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbImageCheckProc(
TkTextSegment *eiPtr, /* Segment to check. */
| | | | 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbImageCheckProc(
TkTextSegment *eiPtr, /* Segment to check. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line containing segment. */
{
if (eiPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbImageCheckProc: embedded image is last segment in line");
}
if (eiPtr->size != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbImageCheckProc: embedded image has size %d",
eiPtr->size);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbImageDisplayProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
658 659 660 661 662 663 664 |
* chunk (differs from the x-position in the
* chunk because of scrolling). */
int y, /* Top of rectangular bounding box for line:
* tells where to draw this chunk in dst
* (x-position is in the chunk itself). */
int lineHeight, /* Total height of line. */
int baseline, /* Offset of baseline from y. */
| | | | | 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
* chunk (differs from the x-position in the
* chunk because of scrolling). */
int y, /* Top of rectangular bounding box for line:
* tells where to draw this chunk in dst
* (x-position is in the chunk itself). */
int lineHeight, /* Total height of line. */
int baseline, /* Offset of baseline from y. */
Display *display, /* Display to use for drawing. */
Drawable dst, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw */
int screenY) /* Y-coordinate in text window that
* corresponds to y. */
{
TkTextSegment *eiPtr = (TkTextSegment *) chunkPtr->clientData;
int lineX, imageX, imageY, width, height;
Tk_Image image;
image = eiPtr->body.ei.image;
if (image == NULL) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
711 712 713 714 715 716 717 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void EmbImageBboxProc( | | | | | 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbImageBboxProc(
TkText *textPtr,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk containing desired char. */
int index, /* Index of desired character within the
* chunk. */
int y, /* Topmost pixel in area allocated for this
* line. */
int lineHeight, /* Total height of line. */
int baseline, /* Location of line's baseline, in pixels
* measured down from y. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Gets filled in with coords of character's
* upper-left pixel. */
int *widthPtr, /* Gets filled in with width of image, in
* pixels. */
int *heightPtr) /* Gets filled in with height of image, in
* pixels. */
{
TkTextSegment *eiPtr = (TkTextSegment *) chunkPtr->clientData;
Tk_Image image;
image = eiPtr->body.ei.image;
if (image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(image, widthPtr, heightPtr);
} else {
*widthPtr = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
792 793 794 795 796 797 798 |
return 0;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
| | | 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 |
return 0;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->imageTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
eiPtr = (TkTextSegment *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
indexPtr->tree = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree;
indexPtr->linePtr = eiPtr->body.ei.linePtr;
indexPtr->byteIndex = TkTextSegToOffset(eiPtr, indexPtr->linePtr);
return 1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
819 820 821 822 823 824 825 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbImageProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
| | < | < | < | | 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbImageProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to widget record. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left pixel (within image) that must
* be redisplayed. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of area to redisplay (may be
* <= 0). */
int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */
{
TkTextSegment *eiPtr = (TkTextSegment *) clientData;
TkTextIndex index;
index.tree = eiPtr->body.ei.sharedTextPtr->tree;
index.linePtr = eiPtr->body.ei.linePtr;
index.byteIndex = TkTextSegToOffset(eiPtr, eiPtr->body.ei.linePtr);
TkTextChanged(eiPtr->body.ei.sharedTextPtr, NULL, &index, &index);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextIndex.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkTextIndex.c -- * * This module provides functions that manipulate indices for text * widgets. * * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | < | | | < | | | | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
/*
* tkTextIndex.c --
*
* This module provides functions that manipulate indices for text
* widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"
/*
* Index to use to select last character in line (very large integer):
*/
#define LAST_CHAR 1000000
/*
* Modifiers for index parsing: 'display', 'any' or nothing.
*/
#define TKINDEX_NONE 0
#define TKINDEX_DISPLAY 1
#define TKINDEX_ANY 2
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static CONST char * ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, CONST char *string,
TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static CONST char * StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, CONST char *string,
TkTextIndex *indexPtr);
static int GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
TkText *textPtr, CONST char *string,
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr);
static int IndexCountBytesOrdered(CONST TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2);
/*
* The "textindex" Tcl_Obj definition:
*/
static void DupTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *srcPtr,
Tcl_Obj *copyPtr);
static void FreeTextIndexInternalRep(Tcl_Obj *listPtr);
static int SetTextIndexFromAny(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
static void UpdateStringOfTextIndex(Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/*
* Accessor macros for the "textindex" type.
*/
#define GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr) \
((TkTextIndex *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1)
#define GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr) \
(PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2))
#define SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr) \
((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (VOID *) (indexPtr))
#define SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, epoch) \
((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(epoch))
/*
* Define the 'textindex' object type, which Tk uses to represent indices in
* text widgets internally.
*/
Tcl_ObjType tkTextIndexType = {
"textindex", /* name */
FreeTextIndexInternalRep, /* freeIntRepProc */
DupTextIndexInternalRep, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
SetTextIndexFromAny /* setFromAnyProc */
};
static void
FreeTextIndexInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *indexObjPtr) /* TextIndex object with internal rep to
* free. */
{
TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(indexObjPtr);
if (indexPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
if (--indexPtr->textPtr->refCount == 0) {
/*
* The text widget has been deleted and we need to free it now.
*/
ckfree((char *) (indexPtr->textPtr));
}
}
ckfree((char *) indexPtr);
}
static void
DupTextIndexInternalRep(
Tcl_Obj *srcPtr, /* TextIndex obj with internal rep to copy. */
Tcl_Obj *copyPtr) /* TextIndex obj with internal rep to set. */
{
int epoch;
TkTextIndex *dupIndexPtr, *indexPtr;
dupIndexPtr = (TkTextIndex *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextIndex));
indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(srcPtr);
epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(srcPtr);
dupIndexPtr->tree = indexPtr->tree;
dupIndexPtr->linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
dupIndexPtr->byteIndex = indexPtr->byteIndex;
dupIndexPtr->textPtr = indexPtr->textPtr;
if (dupIndexPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
dupIndexPtr->textPtr->refCount++;
}
SET_TEXTINDEX(copyPtr, dupIndexPtr);
SET_INDEXEPOCH(copyPtr, epoch);
copyPtr->typePtr = &tkTextIndexType;
}
/*
* This will not be called except by TkTextNewIndexObj below. This is because
* if a TkTextIndex is no longer valid, it is not possible to regenerate the
* string representation.
*/
static void
UpdateStringOfTextIndex(
Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
char buffer[TK_POS_CHARS];
register int len;
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);
len = TkTextPrintIndex(indexPtr->textPtr, indexPtr, buffer);
objPtr->bytes = ckalloc((unsigned) len + 1);
strcpy(objPtr->bytes, buffer);
objPtr->length = len;
}
static int
SetTextIndexFromAny(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting if not NULL. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object to convert. */
{
Tcl_AppendToObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
"can't convert value to textindex except via TkTextGetIndexFromObj API",
-1);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MakeObjIndex --
*
* This function generates a Tcl_Obj description of an index, suitable
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
*/
static TkTextIndex *
MakeObjIndex(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Object containing description of
* position. */
| | | | | | | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
*/
static TkTextIndex *
MakeObjIndex(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Object containing description of
* position. */
CONST TkTextIndex *origPtr) /* Pointer to index. */
{
TkTextIndex *indexPtr = (TkTextIndex *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextIndex));
indexPtr->tree = origPtr->tree;
indexPtr->linePtr = origPtr->linePtr;
indexPtr->byteIndex = origPtr->byteIndex;
SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr);
objPtr->typePtr = &tkTextIndexType;
indexPtr->textPtr = textPtr;
if (textPtr != NULL) {
textPtr->refCount++;
SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch);
} else {
SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, 0);
}
return indexPtr;
}
CONST TkTextIndex *
TkTextGetIndexFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* Object containing description of
* position. */
{
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextIndex *indexPtr = NULL;
int cache;
if (objPtr->typePtr == &tkTextIndexType) {
int epoch;
indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr);
epoch = GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr);
if (epoch == textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch) {
if (indexPtr->textPtr == textPtr) {
return indexPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
return NULL;
}
if (objPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
objPtr->typePtr->updateStringProc(objPtr);
}
| | | | 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
return NULL;
}
if (objPtr->typePtr != NULL) {
if (objPtr->bytes == NULL) {
objPtr->typePtr->updateStringProc(objPtr);
}
if ((objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc) != NULL) {
(*objPtr->typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(objPtr);
}
}
return MakeObjIndex((cache ? textPtr : NULL), objPtr, &index);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkTextNewIndexObj(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget for this index */
| | | 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkTextNewIndexObj(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget for this index */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Pointer to index. */
{
Tcl_Obj *retVal;
retVal = Tcl_NewObj();
retVal->bytes = NULL;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
372 373 374 375 376 377 378 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkTextIndex * TkTextMakeByteIndex( | | | | | | 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextIndex *
TkTextMakeByteIndex(
TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree that lineIndex and byteIndex refer
* to. */
CONST TkText *textPtr,
int lineIndex, /* Index of desired line (0 means first line
* of text). */
int byteIndex, /* Byte index of desired character. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Structure to fill in. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
int index;
CONST char *p, *start;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
indexPtr->tree = tree;
if (lineIndex < 0) {
lineIndex = 0;
byteIndex = 0;
}
if (byteIndex < 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
421 422 423 424 425 426 427 | * character on the line is guaranteed to be a '\n', we can back * up a constant sizeof(char) bytes. */ indexPtr->byteIndex = index - sizeof(char); break; } | | | | | | 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
* character on the line is guaranteed to be a '\n', we can back
* up a constant sizeof(char) bytes.
*/
indexPtr->byteIndex = index - sizeof(char);
break;
}
if (index + segPtr->size > byteIndex) {
indexPtr->byteIndex = byteIndex;
if ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)) {
/*
* Prevent UTF-8 character from being split up by ensuring
* that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If index
* falls in the middle of a UTF-8 character, it will be
* adjusted to the end of that UTF-8 character.
*/
start = segPtr->body.chars + (byteIndex - index);
p = Tcl_UtfPrev(start, segPtr->body.chars);
p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
indexPtr->byteIndex += p - start;
}
break;
}
index += segPtr->size;
}
return indexPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
* to. */
TkText *textPtr,
int lineIndex, /* Index of desired line (0 means first line
* of text). */
int charIndex, /* Index of desired character. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Structure to fill in. */
{
| | | | 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
* to. */
TkText *textPtr,
int lineIndex, /* Index of desired line (0 means first line
* of text). */
int charIndex, /* Index of desired character. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Structure to fill in. */
{
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
char *p, *start, *end;
int index, offset;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
indexPtr->tree = tree;
if (lineIndex < 0) {
lineIndex = 0;
charIndex = 0;
}
if (charIndex < 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
end = start + segPtr->size;
for (p = start; p < end; p += offset) {
if (charIndex == 0) {
indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
return indexPtr;
}
charIndex--;
| | | | 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
end = start + segPtr->size;
for (p = start; p < end; p += offset) {
if (charIndex == 0) {
indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
return indexPtr;
}
charIndex--;
offset = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
index += offset;
}
} else {
if (charIndex < segPtr->size) {
indexPtr->byteIndex = index;
break;
}
charIndex -= segPtr->size;
index += segPtr->size;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
560 561 562 563 564 565 566 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkTextSegment * TkTextIndexToSeg( | | | | | 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextSegment *
TkTextIndexToSeg(
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Text index. */
int *offsetPtr) /* Where to store offset within segment, or
* NULL if offset isn't wanted. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
int offset;
for (offset = indexPtr->byteIndex, segPtr = indexPtr->linePtr->segPtr;
offset >= segPtr->size;
offset -= segPtr->size, segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
/* Empty loop body. */
}
if (offsetPtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
598 599 600 601 602 603 604 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextSegToOffset( | | | | | 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextSegToOffset(
CONST TkTextSegment *segPtr,/* Segment whose offset is desired. */
CONST TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line containing segPtr. */
{
CONST TkTextSegment *segPtr2;
int offset = 0;
for (segPtr2 = linePtr->segPtr; segPtr2 != segPtr;
segPtr2 = segPtr2->nextPtr) {
offset += segPtr2->size;
}
return offset;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextGetIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
| | | 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextGetIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
CONST char *string, /* Textual description of position. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index structure to fill in. */
{
return GetIndex(interp, NULL, textPtr, string, indexPtr, NULL);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
726 727 728 729 730 731 732 |
*/
static int
GetIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
| | | | 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 |
*/
static int
GetIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */
TkSharedText *sharedPtr,
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
CONST char *string, /* Textual description of position. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Index structure to fill in. */
int *canCachePtr) /* Pointer to integer to store whether we can
* cache the index (or NULL). */
{
char *p, *end, *endOfBase;
TkTextIndex first, last;
int wantLast, result;
char c;
CONST char *cp;
Tcl_DString copy;
int canCache = 0;
if (sharedPtr == NULL) {
sharedPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
787 788 789 790 791 792 793 |
Tcl_DStringInit(©);
p = strrchr(Tcl_DStringAppend(©, string, -1), '.');
if (p != NULL) {
TkTextSearch search;
TkTextTag *tagPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = NULL;
| | | 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 |
Tcl_DStringInit(©);
p = strrchr(Tcl_DStringAppend(©, string, -1), '.');
if (p != NULL) {
TkTextSearch search;
TkTextTag *tagPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = NULL;
CONST char *tagName;
if ((p[1] == 'f') && (strncmp(p+1, "first", 5) == 0)) {
wantLast = 0;
endOfBase = p+6;
} else if ((p[1] == 'l') && (strncmp(p+1, "last", 4) == 0)) {
wantLast = 1;
endOfBase = p+5;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
812 813 814 815 816 817 818 |
tagPtr = textPtr->selTagPtr;
} else {
*p = 0;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&sharedPtr->tagTable, tagName);
*p = '.';
if (hPtr != NULL) {
| | | | > | | | < < | 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 |
tagPtr = textPtr->selTagPtr;
} else {
*p = 0;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&sharedPtr->tagTable, tagName);
*p = '.';
if (hPtr != NULL) {
tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
}
if (tagPtr == NULL) {
goto tryxy;
}
TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0, &first);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeNumLines(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr), 0, &last);
TkBTreeStartSearch(&first, &last, tagPtr, &search);
if (!TkBTreeCharTagged(&first, tagPtr) && !TkBTreeNextTag(&search)) {
if (tagPtr == textPtr->selTagPtr) {
tagName = "sel";
} else {
tagName = Tcl_GetHashKey(&sharedPtr->tagTable, hPtr);
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"text doesn't contain any characters tagged with \"",
tagName, "\"", NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(©);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*indexPtr = search.curIndex;
if (wantLast) {
while (TkBTreeNextTag(&search)) {
*indexPtr = search.curIndex;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
919 920 921 922 923 924 925 |
*endOfBase = c;
if (result != 0) {
goto gotBase;
}
}
if ((string[0] == 'e')
&& (strncmp(string, "end",
| | | 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 |
*endOfBase = c;
if (result != 0) {
goto gotBase;
}
}
if ((string[0] == 'e')
&& (strncmp(string, "end",
(size_t) (endOfBase-Tcl_DStringValue(©))) == 0)) {
/*
* Base position is end of text.
*/
TkTextMakeByteIndex(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeNumLines(sharedPtr->tree, textPtr), 0, indexPtr);
canCache = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 |
if (indexPtr->linePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Bad index created");
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_DStringFree(©);
| | | | 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 |
if (indexPtr->linePtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("Bad index created");
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_DStringFree(©);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad text index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextPrintIndex --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 | * * Side effects: * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextPrintIndex(
CONST TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Pointer to index. */
char *string) /* Place to store the position. Must have at
* least TK_POS_CHARS characters. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
int numBytes, charIndex;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 | * Two logical lines merged into one display line through eliding * of a newline. */ linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr); segPtr = linePtr->segPtr; } | | | 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 |
* Two logical lines merged into one display line through eliding
* of a newline.
*/
linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr);
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
}
if (numBytes <= segPtr->size) {
break;
}
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
charIndex += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars, segPtr->size);
} else {
charIndex += segPtr->size;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextIndexCmp( | | | | 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexCmp(
CONST TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* First index. */
CONST TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Second index. */
{
int line1, line2;
if (index1Ptr->linePtr == index2Ptr->linePtr) {
if (index1Ptr->byteIndex < index2Ptr->byteIndex) {
return -1;
} else if (index1Ptr->byteIndex > index2Ptr->byteIndex) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 | * * Side effects: * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static CONST char *
ForwBack(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
CONST char *string, /* String to parse for additional info about
* modifier (count and units). Points to "+"
* or "-" that starts modifier. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index to update as specified in string. */
{
register CONST char *p, *units;
char *end;
int count, lineIndex, modifier;
size_t length;
/*
* Get the count (how many units forward or backward).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 |
if (count == 0) {
return p;
}
if (forward) {
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, &xOffset);
while (count-- > 0) {
| < < < | | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < | 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 |
if (count == 0) {
return p;
}
if (forward) {
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, &xOffset);
while (count-- > 0) {
/*
* Go to the end of the line, then forward one char/byte
* to get to the beginning of the next line.
*/
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, NULL);
TkTextIndexForwChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
}
} else {
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, &xOffset);
while (count-- > 0) {
/*
* Go to the beginning of the line, then backward one
* char/byte to get to the end of the previous line.
*/
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL);
TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
}
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL);
}
/*
* This call assumes indexPtr is the beginning of a display line
* and moves it to the 'xOffset' position of that line, which is
* just what we want.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextIndexForwBytes( | | | | 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexForwBytes(
CONST TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */
int byteCount, /* How many bytes forward to move. May be
* negative. */
TkTextIndex *dstPtr) /* Destination index: gets modified. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
int lineLength;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkTextIndexForwChars( | | | | | | > | 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextIndexForwChars(
CONST TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */
int charCount, /* How many characters forward to move. May
* be negative. */
TkTextIndex *dstPtr, /* Destination index: gets modified. */
TkTextCountType type) /* The type of item to count */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr;
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
int byteOffset;
char *start, *end, *p;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
int elide = 0;
int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);
if (charCount < 0) {
TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, srcPtr, -charCount, dstPtr, type);
return;
}
if (checkElided) {
infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *)
ckalloc((unsigned) sizeof(TkTextElideInfo));
elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, srcPtr, infoPtr);
}
*dstPtr = *srcPtr;
/*
* Find seg that contains src byteIndex. Move forward specified number of
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 |
}
}
if (!elide) {
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
start = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
end = segPtr->body.chars + segPtr->size;
| | | | 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 |
}
}
if (!elide) {
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
start = segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
end = segPtr->body.chars + segPtr->size;
for (p = start; p < end; p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch)) {
if (charCount == 0) {
dstPtr->byteIndex += (p - start);
goto forwardCharDone;
}
charCount--;
}
} else if (type & COUNT_INDICES) {
if (charCount < segPtr->size - byteOffset) {
dstPtr->byteIndex += charCount;
goto forwardCharDone;
}
charCount -= segPtr->size - byteOffset;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 |
dstPtr->byteIndex = 0;
segPtr = dstPtr->linePtr->segPtr;
}
forwardCharDone:
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
TkTextFreeElideInfo(infoPtr);
| | | 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 |
dstPtr->byteIndex = 0;
segPtr = dstPtr->linePtr->segPtr;
}
forwardCharDone:
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
TkTextFreeElideInfo(infoPtr);
ckfree((char *) infoPtr);
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextIndexCountBytes --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextIndexCountBytes( | | | | | | | | | 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexCountBytes(
CONST TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing one location. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2) /* Index describing second location. */
{
int compare = TkTextIndexCmp(indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
if (compare == 0) {
return 0;
} else if (compare > 0) {
return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr2, indexPtr1);
} else {
return IndexCountBytesOrdered(textPtr, indexPtr1, indexPtr2);
}
}
static int
IndexCountBytesOrdered(
CONST TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
/* Index describing location of character from
* which to count. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2)
/* Index describing location of last character
* at which to stop the count. */
{
int byteCount, offset;
TkTextSegment *segPtr, *segPtr1;
TkTextLine *linePtr;
if (indexPtr1->linePtr == indexPtr2->linePtr) {
return indexPtr2->byteIndex - indexPtr1->byteIndex;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextIndexCount( | | | | | < | > | 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexCount(
CONST TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1,
/* Index describing location of character from
* which to count. */
CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2,
/* Index describing location of last character
* at which to stop the count. */
TkTextCountType type) /* The kind of indices to count. */
{
TkTextLine *linePtr1;
TkTextSegment *segPtr, *seg2Ptr = NULL;
TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
int byteOffset, maxBytes, count = 0, elide = 0;
int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);
/*
* Find seg that contains src index, and remember how many bytes not to
* count in the given segment.
*/
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr1, &byteOffset);
linePtr1 = indexPtr1->linePtr;
seg2Ptr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr2, &maxBytes);
if (checkElided) {
infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *)
ckalloc((unsigned) sizeof(TkTextElideInfo));
elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, indexPtr1, infoPtr);
}
while (1) {
/*
* Go through each segment in line adding up the number of characters.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 |
}
byteOffset = 0;
continue;
}
}
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
| | | | | | 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 |
}
byteOffset = 0;
continue;
}
}
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
int byteLen = segPtr->size - byteOffset;
register unsigned char *str = (unsigned char *)
segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset;
register int i;
if (segPtr == seg2Ptr) {
if (byteLen > (maxBytes - byteOffset)) {
byteLen = maxBytes - byteOffset;
}
}
i = byteLen;
/*
* This is a speed sensitive function, so run specially over
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 |
count += byteLen - i;
if (i) {
count += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset
+ (byteLen - i), i);
}
} else {
if (type & COUNT_INDICES) {
| | | | 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 |
count += byteLen - i;
if (i) {
count += Tcl_NumUtfChars(segPtr->body.chars + byteOffset
+ (byteLen - i), i);
}
} else {
if (type & COUNT_INDICES) {
int byteLen = segPtr->size - byteOffset;
if (segPtr == seg2Ptr) {
if (byteLen > (maxBytes - byteOffset)) {
byteLen = maxBytes - byteOffset;
}
}
count += byteLen;
}
}
if (segPtr == seg2Ptr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 |
}
segPtr = linePtr1->segPtr;
}
countDone:
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
TkTextFreeElideInfo(infoPtr);
| | | | 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 |
}
segPtr = linePtr1->segPtr;
}
countDone:
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
TkTextFreeElideInfo(infoPtr);
ckfree((char *) infoPtr);
}
return count;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextIndexBackBytes --
*
* Given an index for a text widget, this function creates a new index
* that points "count" bytes earlier than the source index.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextIndexBackBytes( | | | | 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextIndexBackBytes(
CONST TkText *textPtr,
CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */
int byteCount, /* How many bytes backward to move. May be
* negative. */
TkTextIndex *dstPtr) /* Destination index: gets modified. */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr;
int lineIndex;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkTextIndexBackChars( | | | | | | 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextIndexBackChars(
CONST TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */
int charCount, /* How many characters backward to move. May
* be negative. */
TkTextIndex *dstPtr, /* Destination index: gets modified. */
TkTextCountType type) /* The type of item to count */
{
TkTextSegment *segPtr, *oldPtr;
TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL;
int lineIndex, segSize;
CONST char *p, *start, *end;
int elide = 0;
int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY);
if (charCount < 0) {
TkTextIndexForwChars(textPtr, srcPtr, -charCount, dstPtr, type);
return;
}
if (checkElided) {
infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextElideInfo));
elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, srcPtr, infoPtr);
}
*dstPtr = *srcPtr;
/*
* Find offset within seg that contains byteIndex. Move backward specified
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 | * Two logical lines merged into one display line through * eliding of a newline. */ linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr); segPtr = linePtr->segPtr; } | | | 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 |
* Two logical lines merged into one display line through
* eliding of a newline.
*/
linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(NULL, linePtr);
segPtr = linePtr->segPtr;
}
if (segSize <= segPtr->size) {
break;
}
segSize -= segPtr->size;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 |
}
}
if (!elide) {
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
start = segPtr->body.chars;
end = segPtr->body.chars + segSize;
| | | 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 |
}
}
if (!elide) {
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
start = segPtr->body.chars;
end = segPtr->body.chars + segSize;
for (p = end; ; p = Tcl_UtfPrev(p, start)) {
if (charCount == 0) {
dstPtr->byteIndex -= (end - p);
goto backwardCharDone;
}
if (p == start) {
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 |
segPtr = oldPtr;
segSize = segPtr->size;
}
backwardCharDone:
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
TkTextFreeElideInfo(infoPtr);
| | | 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 |
segPtr = oldPtr;
segSize = segPtr->size;
}
backwardCharDone:
if (infoPtr != NULL) {
TkTextFreeElideInfo(infoPtr);
ckfree((char *) infoPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* StartEnd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static CONST char *
StartEnd(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
CONST char *string, /* String to parse for additional info about
* modifier (count and units). Points to first
* character of modifier word. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index to modify based on string. */
{
CONST char *p;
size_t length;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
int modifier;
/*
* Find the end of the modifier word.
*/
for (p = string; isalnum(UCHAR(*p)); p++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 |
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL);
} else {
indexPtr->byteIndex = 0;
}
} else if ((*string == 'w') && (strncmp(string, "wordend", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 5)) {
int firstChar = 1;
| | | | | 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 |
TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, NULL);
} else {
indexPtr->byteIndex = 0;
}
} else if ((*string == 'w') && (strncmp(string, "wordend", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 5)) {
int firstChar = 1;
int offset;
/*
* If the current character isn't part of a word then just move
* forward one character. Otherwise move forward until finding a
* character that isn't part of a word and stop there.
*/
if (modifier == TKINDEX_DISPLAY) {
TkTextIndexForwChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, indexPtr,
COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
}
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
while (1) {
int chSize = 1;
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
Tcl_UniChar ch;
chSize = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
break;
}
firstChar = 0;
}
offset += chSize;
indexPtr->byteIndex += chSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 |
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_INDICES);
}
}
} else if ((*string == 'w') && (strncmp(string, "wordstart", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 5)) {
int firstChar = 1;
| | > < | | | | | 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 |
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_INDICES);
}
}
} else if ((*string == 'w') && (strncmp(string, "wordstart", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 5)) {
int firstChar = 1;
int offset;
if (modifier == TKINDEX_DISPLAY) {
TkTextIndexForwChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 0, indexPtr,
COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
}
/*
* Starting with the current character, look for one that's not part
* of a word and keep moving backward until you find one. Then if the
* character found wasn't the first one, move forward again one
* position.
*/
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
while (1) {
int chSize = 1;
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType) {
Tcl_UniChar ch;
Tcl_UtfToUniChar(segPtr->body.chars + offset, &ch);
if (!Tcl_UniCharIsWordChar(ch)) {
break;
}
if (offset > 0) {
chSize = (segPtr->body.chars + offset
- Tcl_UtfPrev(segPtr->body.chars + offset,
segPtr->body.chars));
}
firstChar = 0;
}
if (offset == 0) {
if (modifier == TKINDEX_DISPLAY) {
TkTextIndexBackChars(textPtr, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_DISPLAY_INDICES);
} else {
TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL, indexPtr, 1, indexPtr,
COUNT_INDICES);
}
} else {
indexPtr->byteIndex -= chSize;
}
offset -= chSize;
if (offset < 0) {
if (indexPtr->byteIndex == 0) {
goto done;
}
segPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr, &offset);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTextMark.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkText.h" | < | | < | | | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkText.h" /* * Macro that determines the size of a mark segment: */ #define MSEG_SIZE ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \ + sizeof(TkTextMark))) /* * Forward references for functions defined in this file: */ static void InsertUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); static int MarkDeleteProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone); static TkTextSegment * MarkCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); static void MarkCheckProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr); static int MarkLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr, int offset, int maxX, int maxChars, int noCharsYet, TkWrapMode wrapMode, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr); static int MarkFindNext(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, const char *markName); static int MarkFindPrev(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, const char *markName); /* * The following structures declare the "mark" segment types. There are * actually two types for marks, one with left gravity and one with right * gravity. They are identical except for their gravity property. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextMarkCmd( | | | | | | | | | < | < | | < < | | < | | | | | < | < < < < | < | | | < < < | | | | | 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextMarkCmd(
register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "mark". */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkTextSegment *markPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
TkTextIndex index;
const Tk_SegType *newTypePtr;
int optionIndex;
static const char *markOptionStrings[] = {
"gravity", "names", "next", "previous", "set", "unset", NULL
};
enum markOptions {
MARK_GRAVITY, MARK_NAMES, MARK_NEXT, MARK_PREVIOUS, MARK_SET,
MARK_UNSET
};
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], markOptionStrings, "mark option",
0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum markOptions) optionIndex) {
case MARK_GRAVITY: {
char c;
int length;
char *str;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markName ?gravity?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3],&length);
if (length == 6 && !strcmp(str, "insert")) {
markPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
} else if (length == 7 && !strcmp(str, "current")) {
markPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
} else {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, str);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "there is no mark named \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
markPtr = (TkTextSegment *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
if (objc == 4) {
if (markPtr->typePtr == &tkTextRightMarkType) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "right", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "left", TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4],&length);
c = str[0];
if ((c == 'l') && (strncmp(str, "left", (unsigned)length) == 0)) {
newTypePtr = &tkTextLeftMarkType;
} else if ((c == 'r') &&
(strncmp(str, "right", (unsigned)length) == 0)) {
newTypePtr = &tkTextRightMarkType;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad mark gravity \"", str,
"\": must be left or right", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, markPtr, &index);
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(markPtr, markPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
markPtr->typePtr = newTypePtr;
TkBTreeLinkSegment(markPtr, &index);
break;
}
case MARK_NAMES:
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "insert");
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, "current");
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable,
&search); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, hPtr));
}
break;
case MARK_NEXT:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return MarkFindNext(interp, textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
case MARK_PREVIOUS:
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return MarkFindPrev(interp, textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
case MARK_SET:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "markName index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[4], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkTextSetMark(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &index);
return TCL_OK;
case MARK_UNSET: {
int i;
for (i = 3; i < objc; i++) {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable,
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
markPtr = (TkTextSegment *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
/*
* Special case not needed with peer widgets.
*/
if ((markPtr == textPtr->insertMarkPtr)
|| (markPtr == textPtr->currentMarkPtr)) {
continue;
}
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(markPtr, markPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr);
ckfree((char *) markPtr);
}
}
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
widgetSpecific = 2;
markPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
isNew = (markPtr == NULL ? 1 : 0);
} else {
widgetSpecific = 0;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, name,
&isNew);
| | | | 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 |
widgetSpecific = 2;
markPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
isNew = (markPtr == NULL ? 1 : 0);
} else {
widgetSpecific = 0;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, name,
&isNew);
markPtr = (TkTextSegment *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
if (!isNew) {
/*
* If this is the insertion point that's being moved, be sure to force
* a display update at the old position. Also, don't let the insertion
* cursor be after the final newline of the file.
*/
if (markPtr == textPtr->insertMarkPtr) {
TkTextIndex index, index2;
int nblines;
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, textPtr->insertMarkPtr, &index);
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL,&index, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
/*
* While we wish to redisplay, no heights have changed, so no need
* to call TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics.
*/
TkTextChanged(NULL, textPtr, &index, &index2);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL,indexPtr, 1, &insertIndex,
COUNT_INDICES);
indexPtr = &insertIndex;
}
}
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(markPtr, markPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
} else {
| | | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
TkTextIndexBackChars(NULL,indexPtr, 1, &insertIndex,
COUNT_INDICES);
indexPtr = &insertIndex;
}
}
TkBTreeUnlinkSegment(markPtr, markPtr->body.mark.linePtr);
} else {
markPtr = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(MSEG_SIZE);
markPtr->typePtr = &tkTextRightMarkType;
markPtr->size = 0;
markPtr->body.mark.textPtr = textPtr;
markPtr->body.mark.linePtr = indexPtr->linePtr;
markPtr->body.mark.hPtr = hPtr;
if (widgetSpecific == 0) {
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, markPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
350 351 352 353 354 355 356 |
* If the mark is the insertion cursor, then update the screen at the
* mark's new location.
*/
if (markPtr == textPtr->insertMarkPtr) {
TkTextIndex index2;
| | | 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 |
* If the mark is the insertion cursor, then update the screen at the
* mark's new location.
*/
if (markPtr == textPtr->insertMarkPtr) {
TkTextIndex index2;
TkTextIndexForwChars(NULL,indexPtr, 1, &index2, COUNT_INDICES);
/*
* While we wish to redisplay, no heights have changed, so no need to
* call TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics
*/
TkTextChanged(NULL, textPtr, indexPtr, &index2);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
}
if (!strcmp(name, "insert")) {
segPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
} else if (!strcmp(name, "current")) {
segPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
} else {
| | | < | | 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 |
}
if (!strcmp(name, "insert")) {
segPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
} else if (!strcmp(name, "current")) {
segPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
} else {
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
segPtr = (TkTextSegment *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, segPtr, indexPtr);
/* If indexPtr refers to somewhere outside the -startline/-endline
* range limits of the widget, error out since the mark indeed is not
* reachable from this text widget (it may be reachable from a peer)
* (bug 1630271).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 | * Side effects: * None (even if the whole tree is being deleted we don't free up the * mark; it will be done elsewhere). * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int MarkDeleteProc( | > | | | | 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 |
* Side effects:
* None (even if the whole tree is being deleted we don't free up the
* mark; it will be done elsewhere).
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
MarkDeleteProc(
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment being deleted. */
TkTextLine *linePtr, /* Line containing segment. */
int treeGone) /* Non-zero means the entire tree is being
* deleted, so everything must get cleaned
* up. */
{
return 1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
554 555 556 557 558 559 560 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MarkLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
| | | | | | | | | 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MarkLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Identifies first character in chunk. */
TkTextSegment *segPtr, /* Segment corresponding to indexPtr. */
int offset, /* Offset within segPtr corresponding to
* indexPtr (always 0). */
int maxX, /* Chunk must not occupy pixels at this
* position or higher. */
int maxChars, /* Chunk must not include more than this many
* characters. */
int noCharsYet, /* Non-zero means no characters have been
* assigned to this line yet. */
TkWrapMode wrapMode, /* Not used. */
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr)
/* Structure to fill in with information about
* this chunk. The x field has already been
* set by the caller. */
{
if (segPtr != textPtr->insertMarkPtr) {
return -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
590 591 592 593 594 595 596 |
/*
* Note: can't break a line after the insertion cursor: this prevents the
* insertion cursor from being stranded at the end of a line.
*/
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
| | > | | | | | | 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
/*
* Note: can't break a line after the insertion cursor: this prevents the
* insertion cursor from being stranded at the end of a line.
*/
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
chunkPtr->clientData = (ClientData) textPtr;
return 1;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextInsertDisplayProc --
*
* This function is called to display the insertion cursor.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Graphics are drawn.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
void
TkTextInsertDisplayProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* The current text widget. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk that is to be drawn. */
int x, /* X-position in dst at which to draw this
* chunk (may differ from the x-position in
* the chunk because of scrolling). */
int y, /* Y-position at which to draw this chunk in
* dst (x-position is in the chunk itself). */
int height, /* Total height of line. */
int baseline, /* Offset of baseline from y. */
Display *display, /* Display to use for drawing. */
Drawable dst, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw chunk. */
int screenY) /* Y-coordinate in text window that
* corresponds to y. */
{
/*
* We have no need for the clientData.
*/
/* TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) chunkPtr->clientData; */
TkTextIndex index;
int halfWidth = textPtr->insertWidth/2;
int rightSideWidth;
int ix = 0, iy = 0, iw = 0, ih = 0, charWidth = 0;
if(textPtr->insertCursorType) {
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, textPtr->insertMarkPtr, &index);
TkTextIndexBbox(textPtr, &index, &ix, &iy, &iw, &ih, &charWidth);
rightSideWidth = charWidth + halfWidth;
} else {
rightSideWidth = halfWidth;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
* As a special hack to keep the cursor visible on mono displays (or
* anywhere else that the selection and insertion cursors have the same
* color) write the default background in the cursor area (instead of
* nothing) when the cursor isn't on. Otherwise the selection might hide
* the cursor.
*/
| < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
* As a special hack to keep the cursor visible on mono displays (or
* anywhere else that the selection and insertion cursors have the same
* color) write the default background in the cursor area (instead of
* nothing) when the cursor isn't on. Otherwise the selection might hide
* the cursor.
*/
if (textPtr->flags & INSERT_ON) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(textPtr->tkwin, dst, textPtr->insertBorder,
x - halfWidth, y, charWidth + textPtr->insertWidth, height,
textPtr->insertBorderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
} else if (textPtr->selBorder == textPtr->insertBorder) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(textPtr->tkwin, dst, textPtr->border,
x - halfWidth, y, charWidth + textPtr->insertWidth, height,
0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InsertUndisplayProc --
*
* This function is called when the insertion cursor is no longer at a
* visible point on the display. It does nothing right now.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
InsertUndisplayProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr) /* Chunk that is about to be freed. */
{
return;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MarkFindNext(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error reporting */
TkText *textPtr, /* The widget */
| | | < | | | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > | 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MarkFindNext(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error reporting */
TkText *textPtr, /* The widget */
const char *string) /* The starting index or mark name */
{
TkTextIndex index;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr;
int offset;
if (!strcmp(string, "insert")) {
segPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, segPtr, &index);
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
} else if (!strcmp(string, "current")) {
segPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, segPtr, &index);
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, string);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
/*
* If given a mark name, return the next mark in the list of
* segments, even if it happens to be at the same character
* position.
*/
segPtr = (TkTextSegment *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, segPtr, &index);
segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
/*
* For non-mark name indices we want to return any marks that are
* right at the index.
*/
if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, string, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (offset = 0, segPtr = index.linePtr->segPtr;
segPtr != NULL && offset < index.byteIndex;
offset += segPtr->size, segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
/* Empty loop body */ ;
}
}
}
while (1) {
/*
* segPtr points at the first possible candidate, or NULL if we ran
* off the end of the line.
*/
for ( ; segPtr != NULL ; segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
if (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextRightMarkType ||
segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextLeftMarkType) {
if (segPtr == textPtr->currentMarkPtr) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "current", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (segPtr == textPtr->insertMarkPtr) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "insert", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (segPtr->body.mark.hPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Ignore widget-specific marks for the other widgets.
* This is either an insert or a current mark
* (markPtr->body.mark.hPtr actually receives NULL
* for these marks in TkTextSetMark).
* The insert and current marks for textPtr having
* already been tested above, the current segment is
* an insert or current mark from a peer of textPtr,
* which we don't want to return.
*/
continue;
} else {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable,
segPtr->body.mark.hPtr), TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
}
index.linePtr = TkBTreeNextLine(textPtr, index.linePtr);
if (index.linePtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
index.byteIndex = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
889 890 891 892 893 894 895 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MarkFindPrev(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error reporting */
TkText *textPtr, /* The widget */
| | | < | | | 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MarkFindPrev(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error reporting */
TkText *textPtr, /* The widget */
const char *string) /* The starting index or mark name */
{
TkTextIndex index;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
register TkTextSegment *segPtr, *seg2Ptr, *prevPtr;
int offset;
if (!strcmp(string, "insert")) {
segPtr = textPtr->insertMarkPtr;
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, segPtr, &index);
} else if (!strcmp(string, "current")) {
segPtr = textPtr->currentMarkPtr;
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, segPtr, &index);
} else {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, string);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
/*
* If given a mark name, return the previous mark in the list of
* segments, even if it happens to be at the same character
* position.
*/
segPtr = (TkTextSegment *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
TkTextMarkSegToIndex(textPtr, segPtr, &index);
} else {
/*
* For non-mark name indices we do not return any marks that are
* right at the index.
*/
if (TkTextGetIndex(interp, textPtr, string, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (offset = 0, segPtr = index.linePtr->segPtr;
segPtr != NULL && offset < index.byteIndex;
offset += segPtr->size, segPtr = segPtr->nextPtr) {
/* Empty loop body */
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
956 957 958 959 960 961 962 |
continue;
}
}
prevPtr = seg2Ptr;
}
}
if (prevPtr != NULL) {
| | | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 |
continue;
}
}
prevPtr = seg2Ptr;
}
}
if (prevPtr != NULL) {
if (prevPtr == textPtr->currentMarkPtr) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "current", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
} else if (prevPtr == textPtr->insertMarkPtr) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "insert", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
} else if (prevPtr->body.mark.hPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Ignore widget-specific marks for the other widgets.
* This is either an insert or a current mark
* (markPtr->body.mark.hPtr actually receives NULL
* for these marks in TkTextSetMark).
* The insert and current marks for textPtr having
* already been tested above, the current segment is
* an insert or current mark from a peer of textPtr,
* which we don't want to return.
*/
} else {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable,
prevPtr->body.mark.hPtr), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
index.linePtr = TkBTreePreviousLine(textPtr, index.linePtr);
if (index.linePtr == NULL) {
return TCL_OK;
}
segPtr = NULL;
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkTextTag.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | < < < | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
* Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "default.h"
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkText.h"
/*
* The 'TkWrapMode' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the -wrap
* option of tags in a Text widget. These values are used as indices into the
* string table below. Tags are allowed an empty wrap value, but the widget as
* a whole is not.
*/
static const char *wrapStrings[] = {
"char", "none", "word", "", NULL
};
/*
* The 'TkTextTabStyle' enum in tkText.h is used to define a type for the
* -tabstyle option of the Text widget. These values are used as indices into
* the string table below. Tags are allowed an empty wrap value, but the
* widget as a whole is not.
*/
static const char *tabStyleStrings[] = {
"tabular", "wordprocessor", "", NULL
};
static const Tk_OptionSpec tagOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, border), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-bgstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, bgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidthPtr), Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, borderWidth),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-elide", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, elideString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK|TK_OPTION_DONT_SET_DEFAULT, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BITMAP, "-fgstipple", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, fgStipple), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, tkfont), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, fgColor), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-justify", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, justifyString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-lmargin1", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, lMargin1String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-lmargin2", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, lMargin2String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offset", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, offsetString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-overstrike", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, overstrikeString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-relief", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, reliefString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-rmargin", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, rMarginString), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-spacing1", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, spacing1String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-spacing2", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, spacing2String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-spacing3", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, spacing3String), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tabs", NULL, NULL,
NULL, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, tabStringPtr), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-tabstyle", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, tabStyle),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) tabStyleStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-underline", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, underlineString),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-wrap", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextTag, wrapMode),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (ClientData) wrapStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void ChangeTagPriority(TkText *textPtr, TkTextTag *tagPtr,
int prio);
static TkTextTag * FindTag(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr,
Tcl_Obj *tagName);
static void SortTags(int numTags, TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr);
static int TagSortProc(CONST VOID *first, CONST VOID *second);
static void TagBindEvent(TkText *textPtr, XEvent *eventPtr,
int numTags, TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr);
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextTagCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
133 134 135 136 137 138 139 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextTagCmd( | | | | | | | | | 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextTagCmd(
register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "tag". */
{
static CONST char *tagOptionStrings[] = {
"add", "bind", "cget", "configure", "delete", "lower", "names",
"nextrange", "prevrange", "raise", "ranges", "remove", NULL
};
enum tagOptions {
TAG_ADD, TAG_BIND, TAG_CGET, TAG_CONFIGURE, TAG_DELETE, TAG_LOWER,
TAG_NAMES, TAG_NEXTRANGE, TAG_PREVRANGE, TAG_RAISE, TAG_RANGES,
TAG_REMOVE
};
int optionIndex, i;
register TkTextTag *tagPtr;
TkTextIndex index1, index2;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], tagOptionStrings,
"tag option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum tagOptions)optionIndex) {
case TAG_ADD:
case TAG_REMOVE: {
int addTag;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
231 232 233 234 235 236 237 |
* textPtr (not for other peer widget's "sel" tags) because we
* cannot reach this code path with a different widget's "sel"
* tag.
*/
if (tagPtr == textPtr->selTagPtr) {
/*
| | < | | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
* textPtr (not for other peer widget's "sel" tags) because we
* cannot reach this code path with a different widget's "sel"
* tag.
*/
if (tagPtr == textPtr->selTagPtr) {
/*
* Send an event that the selection changed. This is
* equivalent to:
* event generate $textWidget <<Selection>>
*/
TkTextSelectionEvent(textPtr);
if (addTag && textPtr->exportSelection
&& !(textPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY,
TkTextLostSelection, (ClientData) textPtr);
textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
}
textPtr->abortSelections = 1;
}
}
}
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable =
Tk_CreateBindingTable(interp);
}
if (objc == 6) {
int append = 0;
unsigned long mask;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 |
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable =
Tk_CreateBindingTable(interp);
}
if (objc == 6) {
int append = 0;
unsigned long mask;
char *fifth = Tcl_GetString(objv[5]);
if (fifth[0] == 0) {
return Tk_DeleteBinding(interp,
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
(ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
}
if (fifth[0] == '+') {
fifth++;
append = 1;
}
mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp,
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
(ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), fifth,
append);
if (mask == 0) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (mask & (unsigned) ~(ButtonMotionMask|Button1MotionMask
|Button2MotionMask|Button3MotionMask|Button4MotionMask
|Button5MotionMask|ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
|EnterWindowMask|LeaveWindowMask|KeyPressMask
|KeyReleaseMask|PointerMotionMask|VirtualEventMask)) {
Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
(ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "requested illegal events; ",
"only key, button, motion, enter, leave, and virtual ",
"events may be used", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (objc == 5) {
CONST char *command;
command = Tk_GetBinding(interp,
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
(ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4]));
if (command == NULL) {
CONST char *string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp);
/*
* Ignore missing binding errors. This is a special hack that
* relies on the error message returned by FindSequence in
* tkBind.c.
*/
if (string[0] != '\0') {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
} else {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) command, TCL_STATIC);
}
} else {
Tk_GetAllBindings(interp, textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable,
(ClientData) tagPtr->name);
}
break;
case TAG_CGET:
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "tag cget tagName option");
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
tagPtr = FindTag(interp, textPtr, objv[3]);
if (tagPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) tagPtr,
tagPtr->optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
break;
case TAG_CONFIGURE: {
int newTag;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv,
"tagName ?option? ?value? ?option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tagPtr = TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), &newTag);
if (objc <= 5) {
Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) tagPtr,
tagPtr->optionTable,
(objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL, textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
} else {
int result = TCL_OK;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char*)tagPtr, tagPtr->optionTable,
objc-4, objv+4, textPtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Some of the configuration options, like -underline and
* -justify, require additional translation (this is needed
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
455 456 457 458 459 460 461 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (tagPtr->spacing3 < 0) {
tagPtr->spacing3 = 0;
}
}
if (tagPtr->tabArrayPtr != NULL) {
| | < < | | | | < | < | < < < < | < < < | 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (tagPtr->spacing3 < 0) {
tagPtr->spacing3 = 0;
}
}
if (tagPtr->tabArrayPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) tagPtr->tabArrayPtr);
tagPtr->tabArrayPtr = NULL;
}
if (tagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL) {
tagPtr->tabArrayPtr =
TkTextGetTabs(interp, textPtr, tagPtr->tabStringPtr);
if (tagPtr->tabArrayPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (tagPtr->underlineString != NULL) {
if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, tagPtr->underlineString,
&tagPtr->underline) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (tagPtr->elideString != NULL) {
if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, tagPtr->elideString,
&tagPtr->elide) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Indices are potentially obsolete after changing -elide,
* especially those computed with "display" or "any"
* submodifier, therefore increase the epoch.
*/
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->stateEpoch++;
}
/*
* If the "sel" tag was changed, be sure to mirror information
* from the tag back into the text widget record. NOTE: we don't
* have to free up information in the widget record before
* overwriting it, because it was mirrored in the tag and hence
* freed when the tag field was overwritten.
*/
if (tagPtr == textPtr->selTagPtr) {
textPtr->selBorder = tagPtr->border;
textPtr->selBorderWidth = tagPtr->borderWidth;
textPtr->selBorderWidthPtr = tagPtr->borderWidthPtr;
textPtr->selFgColorPtr = tagPtr->fgColor;
}
tagPtr->affectsDisplay = 0;
tagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 0;
if ((tagPtr->elideString != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->tkfont != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->justifyString != NULL)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
528 529 530 531 532 533 534 |
|| (tagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->tabStyle != TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_NONE)
|| (tagPtr->wrapMode != TEXT_WRAPMODE_NULL)) {
tagPtr->affectsDisplay = 1;
tagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 1;
}
if ((tagPtr->border != NULL)
| < < < | < < < | 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 |
|| (tagPtr->tabStringPtr != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->tabStyle != TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_NONE)
|| (tagPtr->wrapMode != TEXT_WRAPMODE_NULL)) {
tagPtr->affectsDisplay = 1;
tagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 1;
}
if ((tagPtr->border != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->reliefString != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->bgStipple != None)
|| (tagPtr->fgColor != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->fgStipple != None)
|| (tagPtr->overstrikeString != NULL)
|| (tagPtr->underlineString != NULL)) {
tagPtr->affectsDisplay = 1;
}
if (!newTag) {
/*
* This line is not necessary if this is a new tag, since it
* can't possibly have been applied to anything yet.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
580 581 582 583 584 585 586 | * Either this tag doesn't exist or it's the 'sel' tag (which * is not in the hash table). Either way we don't want to * delete it. */ continue; } | | | 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 |
* Either this tag doesn't exist or it's the 'sel' tag (which
* is not in the hash table). Either way we don't want to
* delete it.
*/
continue;
}
tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if (tagPtr == textPtr->selTagPtr) {
continue;
}
if (tagPtr->affectsDisplay) {
TkTextRedrawTag(textPtr->sharedTextPtr, NULL,
NULL, NULL, tagPtr, 1);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
641 642 643 644 645 646 647 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?index?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
| | | | | 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?index?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
arrayPtr = (TkTextTag **) ckalloc((unsigned)
(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->numTags * sizeof(TkTextTag *)));
for (i=0, hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(
&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
arrayPtr[i] = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
* The 'sel' tag is not in the hash table.
*/
arrayPtr[i] = textPtr->selTagPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
tagPtr = arrayPtr[i];
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj(tagPtr->name,-1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
| | < | 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 |
for (i = 0; i < arraySize; i++) {
tagPtr = arrayPtr[i];
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj(tagPtr->name,-1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
ckfree((char *) arrayPtr);
break;
}
case TAG_NEXTRANGE: {
TkTextIndex last;
TkTextSearch tSearch;
char position[TK_POS_CHARS];
if ((objc != 5) && (objc != 6)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName index1 ?index2?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tagPtr = FindTag(NULL, textPtr, objv[3]);
if (tagPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
751 752 753 754 755 756 757 |
return TCL_OK;
}
gotStart:
if (TkTextIndexCmp(&tSearch.curIndex, &index2) >= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
| < | < | < < < | 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 |
return TCL_OK;
}
gotStart:
if (TkTextIndexCmp(&tSearch.curIndex, &index2) >= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &tSearch.curIndex, position);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, position);
TkBTreeNextTag(&tSearch);
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &tSearch.curIndex, position);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, position);
break;
}
case TAG_PREVRANGE: {
TkTextIndex last;
TkTextSearch tSearch;
char position1[TK_POS_CHARS];
char position2[TK_POS_CHARS];
if ((objc != 5) && (objc != 6)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName index1 ?index2?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tagPtr = FindTag(NULL, textPtr, objv[3]);
if (tagPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
815 816 817 818 819 820 821 | /* * The first character is tagged, so just add the range from * the first char to the start of the range. */ TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &index2, position1); TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &index1, position2); | | > | 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 |
/*
* The first character is tagged, so just add the range from
* the first char to the start of the range.
*/
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &index2, position1);
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &index1, position2);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, position1);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, position2);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (tSearch.segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextToggleOnType) {
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &tSearch.curIndex, position1);
if (textPtr->start != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
865 866 867 868 869 870 871 |
/* It's ok */
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &index2, position1);
} else {
return TCL_OK;
}
}
}
| < < < | < | < < | 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 |
/* It's ok */
TkTextPrintIndex(textPtr, &index2, position1);
} else {
return TCL_OK;
}
}
}
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, position1);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, position2);
break;
}
case TAG_RAISE: {
TkTextTag *tagPtr2;
int prio;
if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
931 932 933 934 935 936 937 |
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0,
&first);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr),
0, &last);
TkBTreeStartSearch(&first, &last, tagPtr, &tSearch);
if (TkBTreeCharTagged(&first, tagPtr)) {
| | | | | 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 |
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0,
&first);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr),
0, &last);
TkBTreeStartSearch(&first, &last, tagPtr, &tSearch);
if (TkBTreeCharTagged(&first, tagPtr)) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj,
TkTextNewIndexObj(textPtr, &first));
count++;
}
while (TkBTreeNextTag(&tSearch)) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj,
TkTextNewIndexObj(textPtr, &tSearch.curIndex));
count++;
}
if (count % 2 == 1) {
/*
* If a text widget uses '-end', it won't necessarily run to the
* end of the B-tree, and therefore the tag range might not be
* closed. In this case we add the end of the range.
*/
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObj,
TkTextNewIndexObj(textPtr, &last));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, listObj);
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
978 979 980 981 982 983 984 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextTag *
TkTextCreateTag(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget in which tag is being used. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < | 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkTextTag *
TkTextCreateTag(
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget in which tag is being used. */
CONST char *tagName, /* Name of desired tag. */
int *newTag) /* If non-NULL, then return 1 if new, or 0 if
* already exists. */
{
register TkTextTag *tagPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = NULL;
int isNew;
CONST char *name;
if (!strcmp(tagName, "sel")) {
if (textPtr->selTagPtr != NULL) {
if (newTag != NULL) {
*newTag = 0;
}
return textPtr->selTagPtr;
}
if (newTag != NULL) {
*newTag = 1;
}
name = "sel";
} else {
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable,
tagName, &isNew);
if (newTag != NULL) {
*newTag = isNew;
}
if (!isNew) {
return (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, hPtr);
}
/*
* No existing entry. Create a new one, initialize it, and add a pointer
* to it to the hash table entry.
*/
tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextTag));
tagPtr->name = name;
tagPtr->textPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->toggleCount = 0;
tagPtr->tagRootPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->priority = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->numTags;
tagPtr->border = NULL;
tagPtr->borderWidth = 0;
tagPtr->borderWidthPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->reliefString = NULL;
tagPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
tagPtr->bgStipple = None;
tagPtr->fgColor = NULL;
tagPtr->tkfont = NULL;
tagPtr->fgStipple = None;
tagPtr->justifyString = NULL;
tagPtr->justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
tagPtr->lMargin1String = NULL;
tagPtr->lMargin1 = 0;
tagPtr->lMargin2String = NULL;
tagPtr->lMargin2 = 0;
tagPtr->offsetString = NULL;
tagPtr->offset = 0;
tagPtr->overstrikeString = NULL;
tagPtr->overstrike = 0;
tagPtr->rMarginString = NULL;
tagPtr->rMargin = 0;
tagPtr->spacing1String = NULL;
tagPtr->spacing1 = 0;
tagPtr->spacing2String = NULL;
tagPtr->spacing2 = 0;
tagPtr->spacing3String = NULL;
tagPtr->spacing3 = 0;
tagPtr->tabStringPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->tabArrayPtr = NULL;
tagPtr->tabStyle = TK_TEXT_TABSTYLE_NONE;
tagPtr->underlineString = NULL;
tagPtr->underline = 0;
tagPtr->elideString = NULL;
tagPtr->elide = 0;
tagPtr->wrapMode = TEXT_WRAPMODE_NULL;
tagPtr->affectsDisplay = 0;
tagPtr->affectsDisplayGeometry = 0;
textPtr->sharedTextPtr->numTags++;
if (!strcmp(tagName, "sel")) {
tagPtr->textPtr = textPtr;
textPtr->refCount++;
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, tagPtr);
}
tagPtr->optionTable =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(textPtr->interp, tagOptionSpecs);
return tagPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 |
static TkTextTag *
FindTag(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error message; if
* NULL, then don't record an error
* message. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget in which tag is being used. */
| | | | | | | | | | < < < | 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 |
static TkTextTag *
FindTag(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error message; if
* NULL, then don't record an error
* message. */
TkText *textPtr, /* Widget in which tag is being used. */
Tcl_Obj *tagName) /* Name of desired tag. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int len;
CONST char *str;
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(tagName, &len);
if (len == 3 && !strcmp(str,"sel")) {
return textPtr->selTagPtr;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable,
Tcl_GetString(tagName));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "tag \"", Tcl_GetString(tagName),
"\" isn't defined in text widget", NULL);
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextDeleteTag(
TkText *textPtr, /* Info about overall widget. */
| | | 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextDeleteTag(
TkText *textPtr, /* Info about overall widget. */
register TkTextTag *tagPtr) /* Tag being deleted. */
{
TkTextIndex first, last;
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr, 0, 0, &first);
TkTextMakeByteIndex(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr,
TkBTreeNumLines(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree, textPtr), 0, &last),
TkBTreeTag(&first, &last, tagPtr, 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextFreeTag(
TkText *textPtr, /* Info about overall widget. */
| | | | 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextFreeTag(
TkText *textPtr, /* Info about overall widget. */
register TkTextTag *tagPtr) /* Tag being deleted. */
{
int i;
/*
* Let Tk do most of the hard work for us.
*/
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) tagPtr, tagPtr->optionTable,
textPtr->tkwin);
/*
* This associated information is managed by us.
*/
if (tagPtr->tabArrayPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) tagPtr->tabArrayPtr);
}
/*
* Make sure this tag isn't referenced from the 'current' tag array.
*/
for (i = 0; i < textPtr->numCurTags; i++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 |
* refCount it holds.
*/
if (tagPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
if (textPtr != tagPtr->textPtr) {
Tcl_Panic("Tag being deleted from wrong widget");
}
| > | | | | 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 |
* refCount it holds.
*/
if (tagPtr->textPtr != NULL) {
if (textPtr != tagPtr->textPtr) {
Tcl_Panic("Tag being deleted from wrong widget");
}
textPtr->refCount--;
if (textPtr->refCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr);
}
tagPtr->textPtr = NULL;
}
/*
* Finally free the tag's memory.
*/
ckfree((char *) tagPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SortTags --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 |
static void
SortTags(
int numTags, /* Number of tag pointers at *tagArrayPtr. */
TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr) /* Pointer to array of pointers. */
{
int i, j, prio;
| | | 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 |
static void
SortTags(
int numTags, /* Number of tag pointers at *tagArrayPtr. */
TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr) /* Pointer to array of pointers. */
{
int i, j, prio;
register TkTextTag **tagPtrPtr;
TkTextTag **maxPtrPtr, *tmp;
if (numTags < 2) {
return;
}
if (numTags < 20) {
for (i = numTags-1; i > 0; i--, tagArrayPtr++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int TagSortProc( | | | | 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TagSortProc(
CONST void *first,
CONST void *second) /* Elements to be compared. */
{
TkTextTag *tagPtr1, *tagPtr2;
tagPtr1 = * (TkTextTag **) first;
tagPtr2 = * (TkTextTag **) second;
return tagPtr1->priority - tagPtr2->priority;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 |
static void
ChangeTagPriority(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag whose priority is to be changed. */
int prio) /* New priority for tag. */
{
int low, high, delta;
| | | 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 |
static void
ChangeTagPriority(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
TkTextTag *tagPtr, /* Tag whose priority is to be changed. */
int prio) /* New priority for tag. */
{
int low, high, delta;
register TkTextTag *tagPtr2;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
if (prio < 0) {
prio = 0;
}
if (prio >= textPtr->sharedTextPtr->numTags) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 |
if ((textPtr->selTagPtr->priority >= low)
&& (textPtr->selTagPtr->priority <= high)) {
textPtr->selTagPtr->priority += delta;
}
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
| | | 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 |
if ((textPtr->selTagPtr->priority >= low)
&& (textPtr->selTagPtr->priority <= high)) {
textPtr->selTagPtr->priority += delta;
}
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search);
hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
tagPtr2 = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
if ((tagPtr2->priority >= low) && (tagPtr2->priority <= high)) {
tagPtr2->priority += delta;
}
}
tagPtr->priority = prio;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 | * any). * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkTextBindProc( | | | | > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | | | 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 |
* any).
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextBindProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas structure. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Pointer to X event that just happened. */
{
TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData;
int repick = 0;
# define AnyButtonMask \
(Button1Mask|Button2Mask|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask)
textPtr->refCount++;
/*
* This code simulates grabs for mouse buttons by keeping track of whether
* a button is pressed and refusing to pick a new current character while
* a button is pressed.
*/
if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
} else if (eventPtr->type == ButtonRelease) {
int mask;
switch (eventPtr->xbutton.button) {
case Button1:
mask = Button1Mask;
break;
case Button2:
mask = Button2Mask;
break;
case Button3:
mask = Button3Mask;
break;
case Button4:
mask = Button4Mask;
break;
case Button5:
mask = Button5Mask;
break;
default:
mask = 0;
break;
}
if ((eventPtr->xbutton.state & AnyButtonMask) == (unsigned) mask) {
textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
repick = 1;
}
} else if ((eventPtr->type == EnterNotify)
|| (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify)) {
if (eventPtr->xcrossing.state & AnyButtonMask) {
textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
} else {
textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
}
TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
goto done;
} else if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) {
if (eventPtr->xmotion.state & AnyButtonMask) {
textPtr->flags |= BUTTON_DOWN;
} else {
textPtr->flags &= ~BUTTON_DOWN;
}
TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
}
if ((textPtr->numCurTags > 0)
&& (textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable != NULL)
&& (textPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
TagBindEvent(textPtr, eventPtr, textPtr->numCurTags,
textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
}
if (repick) {
unsigned int oldState;
oldState = eventPtr->xbutton.state;
eventPtr->xbutton.state &= ~(Button1Mask|Button2Mask
|Button3Mask|Button4Mask|Button5Mask);
if (!(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED)) {
TkTextPickCurrent(textPtr, eventPtr);
}
eventPtr->xbutton.state = oldState;
}
done:
if (--textPtr->refCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) textPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextPickCurrent --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 | * widget. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkTextPickCurrent( | | | < | 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 |
* widget.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkTextPickCurrent(
register TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget in which to select current
* character. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event describing location of mouse cursor.
* Must be EnterWindow, LeaveWindow,
* ButtonRelease, or MotionNotify. */
{
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextTag **oldArrayPtr, **newArrayPtr;
TkTextTag **copyArrayPtr = NULL;
/* Initialization needed to prevent compiler
* warning. */
int numOldTags, numNewTags, i, j, size, nearby;
XEvent event;
/*
* If a button is down, then don't do anything at all; we'll be called
* again when all buttons are up, and we can repick then. This implements
* a form of mouse grabbing.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 | textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.y_root = eventPtr->xmotion.y_root; textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.mode = NotifyNormal; textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.detail = NotifyNonlinear; textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.same_screen = eventPtr->xmotion.same_screen; textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.focus = False; textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.state = eventPtr->xmotion.state; | | | 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 |
textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.y_root = eventPtr->xmotion.y_root;
textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.mode = NotifyNormal;
textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.detail = NotifyNonlinear;
textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.same_screen
= eventPtr->xmotion.same_screen;
textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.focus = False;
textPtr->pickEvent.xcrossing.state = eventPtr->xmotion.state;
} else {
textPtr->pickEvent = *eventPtr;
}
}
/*
* Find the new current character, then find and sort all of the tags
* associated with it.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 |
* compare the old tags to the copy, nullifying any tags that are present
* in both groups (i.e. the tags that haven't changed).
*/
SortTags(textPtr->numCurTags, textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
if (numNewTags > 0) {
size = numNewTags * sizeof(TkTextTag *);
| | | | 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 |
* compare the old tags to the copy, nullifying any tags that are present
* in both groups (i.e. the tags that haven't changed).
*/
SortTags(textPtr->numCurTags, textPtr->curTagArrayPtr);
if (numNewTags > 0) {
size = numNewTags * sizeof(TkTextTag *);
copyArrayPtr = (TkTextTag **) ckalloc((unsigned) size);
memcpy(copyArrayPtr, newArrayPtr, (size_t) size);
for (i = 0; i < textPtr->numCurTags; i++) {
for (j = 0; j < numNewTags; j++) {
if (textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] == copyArrayPtr[j]) {
textPtr->curTagArrayPtr[i] = NULL;
copyArrayPtr[j] = NULL;
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 | * consistent, this avoids problems where the binding code will * discard NotifyInferior events. */ event.xcrossing.detail = NotifyAncestor; TagBindEvent(textPtr, &event, numOldTags, oldArrayPtr); } | | | 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 |
* consistent, this avoids problems where the binding code will
* discard NotifyInferior events.
*/
event.xcrossing.detail = NotifyAncestor;
TagBindEvent(textPtr, &event, numOldTags, oldArrayPtr);
}
ckfree((char *) oldArrayPtr);
}
/*
* Reset the "current" mark (be careful to recompute its location, since
* it might have changed during an event binding). Then invoke the binding
* system with an EnterNotify event for all of the tags that have just
* appeared.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 |
&& (textPtr->tkwin != NULL)
&& !(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED) && !nearby) {
event = textPtr->pickEvent;
event.type = EnterNotify;
event.xcrossing.detail = NotifyAncestor;
TagBindEvent(textPtr, &event, numNewTags, copyArrayPtr);
}
| | | 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 |
&& (textPtr->tkwin != NULL)
&& !(textPtr->flags & DESTROYED) && !nearby) {
event = textPtr->pickEvent;
event.type = EnterNotify;
event.xcrossing.detail = NotifyAncestor;
TagBindEvent(textPtr, &event, numNewTags, copyArrayPtr);
}
ckfree((char *) copyArrayPtr);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TagBindEvent --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 |
static void
TagBindEvent(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget to fire bindings in. */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* What actually happened. */
int numTags, /* Number of relevant tags. */
TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr) /* Array of relevant tags. */
{
| | | | | < | | 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 |
static void
TagBindEvent(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget to fire bindings in. */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* What actually happened. */
int numTags, /* Number of relevant tags. */
TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr) /* Array of relevant tags. */
{
#define NUM_BIND_TAGS 10
CONST char *nameArray[NUM_BIND_TAGS];
CONST char **nameArrPtr;
int i;
/*
* Try to avoid allocation unless there are lots of tags.
*/
if (numTags > NUM_BIND_TAGS) {
nameArrPtr = (CONST char **) ckalloc(numTags * sizeof(CONST char *));
} else {
nameArrPtr = nameArray;
}
/*
* We use tag names as keys in the hash table. We do this instead of using
* the actual tagPtr objects because we want one "sel" tag binding for all
* peer widgets, despite the fact that each has its own tagPtr object.
*/
for (i = 0; i < numTags; i++) {
TkTextTag *tagPtr = tagArrayPtr[i];
if (tagPtr != NULL) {
nameArrPtr[i] = tagPtr->name;
} else {
/*
* Tag has been deleted elsewhere, and therefore nulled out in
* this array. Tk_BindEvent is clever enough to cope with NULLs
* being thrown at it.
*/
nameArrPtr[i] = NULL;
}
}
Tk_BindEvent(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable, eventPtr,
textPtr->tkwin, numTags, (ClientData *) nameArrPtr);
if (numTags > NUM_BIND_TAGS) {
ckfree((char *) nameArrPtr);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkTextWind.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | /* * The following structure is the official type record for the embedded window * geometry manager: */ static void EmbWinRequestProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin); | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 |
/*
* The following structure is the official type record for the embedded window
* geometry manager:
*/
static void EmbWinRequestProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static void EmbWinLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData,
Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr textGeomType = {
"text", /* name */
EmbWinRequestProc, /* requestProc */
EmbWinLostSlaveProc, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
* Macro that determines the size of an embedded window segment:
*/
#define EW_SEG_SIZE ((unsigned) (Tk_Offset(TkTextSegment, body) \
+ sizeof(TkTextEmbWindow)))
/*
* Prototypes for functions defined in this file:
*/
static TkTextSegment * EmbWinCleanupProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
static void EmbWinCheckProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr);
static void EmbWinBboxProc(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, int index, int y,
int lineHeight, int baseline, int *xPtr,int *yPtr,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
static int EmbWinConfigure(TkText *textPtr, TkTextSegment *ewPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void EmbWinDelayedUnmap(ClientData clientData);
static int EmbWinDeleteProc(TkTextSegment *segPtr,
TkTextLine *linePtr, int treeGone);
static int EmbWinLayoutProc(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, TkTextSegment *segPtr,
int offset, int maxX, int maxChars,int noCharsYet,
TkWrapMode wrapMode, TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr);
static void EmbWinStructureProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbWinUndisplayProc(TkText *textPtr,
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr);
static TkTextEmbWindowClient* EmbWinGetClient(const TkText *textPtr,
TkTextSegment *ewPtr);
/*
* The following structure declares the "embedded window" segment type.
*/
static const Tk_SegType tkTextEmbWindowType = {
"window", /* name */
0, /* leftGravity */
NULL, /* splitProc */
EmbWinDeleteProc, /* deleteProc */
EmbWinCleanupProc, /* cleanupProc */
NULL, /* lineChangeProc */
EmbWinLayoutProc, /* layoutProc */
EmbWinCheckProc /* checkProc */
};
/*
* Definitions for alignment values:
*/
static const char *alignStrings[] = {
"baseline", "bottom", "center", "top", NULL
};
typedef enum {
ALIGN_BASELINE, ALIGN_BOTTOM, ALIGN_CENTER, ALIGN_TOP
} alignMode;
/*
* Information used for parsing window configuration options:
*/
static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-align", NULL, NULL,
"center", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, align),
0, (ClientData) alignStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-create", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, create), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-padx", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, padX), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-pady", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, padY), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stretch", NULL, NULL,
"0", -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, stretch), 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-window", NULL, NULL,
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(TkTextEmbWindow, tkwin), TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_END}
};
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextWindowCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
129 130 131 132 133 134 135 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkTextWindowCmd( | | | | | | | > < | | < | > | < | | < | | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkTextWindowCmd(
register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already
* parsed this command enough to know that
* objv[1] is "window". */
{
int optionIndex;
static const char *windOptionStrings[] = {
"cget", "configure", "create", "names", NULL
};
enum windOptions {
WIND_CGET, WIND_CONFIGURE, WIND_CREATE, WIND_NAMES
};
register TkTextSegment *ewPtr;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option ?arg arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], windOptionStrings,
"window option", 0, &optionIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum windOptions) optionIndex) {
case WIND_CGET: {
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr;
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ewPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&index, NULL);
if (ewPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbWindowType) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no embedded window at index \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Copy over client specific value before querying.
*/
client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) &ewPtr->body.ew,
ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objv[4], textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
case WIND_CONFIGURE: {
TkTextIndex index;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index ?option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ewPtr = TkTextIndexToSeg(&index, NULL);
if (ewPtr->typePtr != &tkTextEmbWindowType) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no embedded window at index \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc <= 5) {
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client;
Tcl_Obj* objPtr;
/*
* Copy over client specific value before querying.
*/
client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) &ewPtr->body.ew,
ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, (objc == 5) ? objv[4] : NULL,
textPtr->tkwin);
if (objPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
261 262 263 264 265 266 267 |
/*
* Add a new window. Find where to put the new window, and mark that
* position for redisplay.
*/
if (objc < 4) {
| | | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 |
/*
* Add a new window. Find where to put the new window, and mark that
* position for redisplay.
*/
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "index ?option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkTextGetObjIndex(interp, textPtr, objv[3], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
284 285 286 287 288 289 290 | lineIndex, 1000000, &index); } /* * Create the new window segment and initialize it. */ | | | > | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 | lineIndex, 1000000, &index); } /* * Create the new window segment and initialize it. */ ewPtr = (TkTextSegment *) ckalloc(EW_SEG_SIZE); ewPtr->typePtr = &tkTextEmbWindowType; ewPtr->size = 1; ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr; ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr = NULL; ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL; ewPtr->body.ew.create = NULL; ewPtr->body.ew.align = ALIGN_CENTER; ewPtr->body.ew.padX = ewPtr->body.ew.padY = 0; ewPtr->body.ew.stretch = 0; ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs); client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextEmbWindowClient)); client->next = NULL; client->textPtr = textPtr; client->tkwin = NULL; client->chunkCount = 0; client->displayed = 0; client->parent = ewPtr; ewPtr->body.ew.clients = client; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics(textPtr->sharedTextPtr, NULL,
index.linePtr, 0, TK_TEXT_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
break;
}
case WIND_NAMES: {
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
| < < | | < < | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 |
TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics(textPtr->sharedTextPtr, NULL,
index.linePtr, 0, TK_TEXT_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
break;
}
case WIND_NAMES: {
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->windowTable,
&search); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->markTable, hPtr));
}
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
oldWindow = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
| | | | | 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 |
if (client != NULL) {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = client->tkwin;
} else {
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
}
oldWindow = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
if (Tk_SetOptions(textPtr->interp, (char *) &ewPtr->body.ew,
ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable, objc, objv, textPtr->tkwin, NULL,
NULL) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (oldWindow != ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin) {
if (oldWindow != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(
&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->windowTable,
Tk_PathName(oldWindow)));
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(oldWindow, StructureNotifyMask,
EmbWinStructureProc, (ClientData) client);
Tk_ManageGeometry(oldWindow, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
if (textPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(oldWindow)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(oldWindow, textPtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_UnmapWindow(oldWindow);
}
}
if (client != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
parent = Tk_Parent(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin);
for (ancestor = textPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
| | | < | | < < | | > | > | | 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 |
parent = Tk_Parent(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin);
for (ancestor = textPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == parent) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
badMaster:
Tcl_AppendResult(textPtr->interp, "can't embed ",
Tk_PathName(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin), " in ",
Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), NULL);
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
if (client != NULL) {
client->tkwin = NULL;
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin)
|| (ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin == textPtr->tkwin)) {
goto badMaster;
}
if (client == NULL) {
/*
* Have to make the new client.
*/
client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient *)
ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextEmbWindowClient));
client->next = ewPtr->body.ew.clients;
client->textPtr = textPtr;
client->tkwin = NULL;
client->chunkCount = 0;
client->displayed = 0;
client->parent = ewPtr;
ewPtr->body.ew.clients = client;
}
client->tkwin = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
/*
* Take over geometry management for the window, plus create an
* event handler to find out when it is deleted.
*/
Tk_ManageGeometry(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin, &textGeomType,
(ClientData) client);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
EmbWinStructureProc, (ClientData) client);
/*
* Special trick! Must enter into the hash table *after* calling
* Tk_ManageGeometry: if the window was already managed elsewhere
* in this text, the Tk_ManageGeometry call will cause the entry
* to be removed, which could potentially lose the new entry.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
*/
static void
EmbWinStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
| | | 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
*/
static void
EmbWinStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */
{
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient*)clientData;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = client->parent;
TkTextIndex index;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 |
* Side effects:
* The size and location on the screen of the window may change,
* depending on the options specified for the window item.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for window item. */
| > | | | | | | | | | 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 |
* Side effects:
* The size and location on the screen of the window may change,
* depending on the options specified for the window item.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
EmbWinRequestProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for window item. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */
{
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient*)clientData;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = client->parent;
TkTextIndex index;
index.tree = ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr->tree;
index.linePtr = ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr;
index.byteIndex = TkTextSegToOffset(ewPtr, ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr);
TkTextChanged(ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr, NULL, &index, &index);
TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics(ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr, NULL,
index.linePtr, 0, TK_TEXT_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbWinLostSlaveProc --
*
* This function is invoked by the Tk geometry manager when a slave
* window managed by a text widget is claimed away by another geometry
* manager.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The window is disassociated from the window segment, and the portion
* of the text is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinLostSlaveProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that was claimed away by another
* geometry manager. */
{
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient*)clientData;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = client->parent;
TkTextIndex index;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
TkTextEmbWindowClient *loop;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(client->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
EmbWinStructureProc, (ClientData) client);
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(EmbWinDelayedUnmap, (ClientData) client);
if (client->textPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(tkwin, client->textPtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin);
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr->windowTable,
Tk_PathName(client->tkwin));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
ewPtr->body.ew.clients = client->next;
} else {
while (loop->next != client) {
loop = loop->next;
}
loop->next = client->next;
}
| | | 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
ewPtr->body.ew.clients = client->next;
} else {
while (loop->next != client) {
loop = loop->next;
}
loop->next = client->next;
}
ckfree((char *) client);
index.tree = ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr->tree;
index.linePtr = ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr;
index.byteIndex = TkTextSegToOffset(ewPtr, ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr);
TkTextChanged(ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr, NULL, &index, &index);
TkTextInvalidateLineMetrics(ewPtr->body.ew.sharedTextPtr, NULL,
index.linePtr, 0, TK_TEXT_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
699 700 701 702 703 704 705 |
* Delete the event handler for the window before destroying the window,
* so that EmbWinStructureProc doesn't get called (we'll already do
* everything that it would have done, and it will just get confused).
*/
if (client->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(client->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
| | | | > | | | 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 |
* Delete the event handler for the window before destroying the window,
* so that EmbWinStructureProc doesn't get called (we'll already do
* everything that it would have done, and it will just get confused).
*/
if (client->tkwin != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(client->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
EmbWinStructureProc, (ClientData) client);
Tk_DestroyWindow(client->tkwin);
}
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(EmbWinDelayedUnmap, (ClientData) client);
/*
* Free up this client.
*/
ckfree((char *) client);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbWinDeleteProc --
*
* This function is invoked by the text B-tree code whenever an embedded
* window lies in a range of characters being deleted.
*
* Results:
* Returns 0 to indicate that the deletion has been accepted.
*
* Side effects:
* The embedded window is deleted, if it exists, and any resources
* associated with it are released.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
EmbWinDeleteProc(
TkTextSegment *ewPtr, /* Segment being deleted. */
TkTextLine *linePtr, /* Line containing segment. */
int treeGone) /* Non-zero means the entire tree is being
* deleted, so everything must get cleaned
* up. */
{
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client;
client = ewPtr->body.ew.clients;
while (client != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
761 762 763 764 765 766 767 |
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) &ewPtr->body.ew, ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable,
NULL);
/*
* Free up all memory allocated.
*/
| | | 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 |
Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) &ewPtr->body.ew, ewPtr->body.ew.optionTable,
NULL);
/*
* Free up all memory allocated.
*/
ckfree((char *) ewPtr);
return 0;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbWinCleanupProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 |
*
* Side effects:
* None, except for filling in chunkPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
EmbWinLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
| > | | | | | | 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 |
*
* Side effects:
* None, except for filling in chunkPtr.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
static int
EmbWinLayoutProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget being layed out. */
TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Identifies first character in chunk. */
TkTextSegment *ewPtr, /* Segment corresponding to indexPtr. */
int offset, /* Offset within segPtr corresponding to
* indexPtr (always 0). */
int maxX, /* Chunk must not occupy pixels at this
* position or higher. */
int maxChars, /* Chunk must not include more than this many
* characters. */
int noCharsYet, /* Non-zero means no characters have been
* assigned to this line yet. */
TkWrapMode wrapMode, /* Wrap mode to use for line:
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_CHAR, TEXT_WRAPMODE_NONE, or
* TEXT_WRAPMODE_WORD. */
register TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr)
/* Structure to fill in with information about
* this chunk. The x field has already been
* set by the caller. */
{
int width, height;
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
848 849 850 851 852 853 854 |
}
if ((ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin == NULL) && (ewPtr->body.ew.create != NULL)) {
int code, isNew;
Tk_Window ancestor;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
const char *before, *string;
| | < | 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 |
}
if ((ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin == NULL) && (ewPtr->body.ew.create != NULL)) {
int code, isNew;
Tk_Window ancestor;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
const char *before, *string;
Tcl_DString name, buf, *dsPtr = NULL;
before = ewPtr->body.ew.create;
/*
* Find everything up to the next % character and append it to the
* result string.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, (int) (string-before));
code = Tcl_EvalEx(textPtr->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DStringFree(dsPtr);
} else {
code = Tcl_EvalEx(textPtr->interp, ewPtr->body.ew.create, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}
if (code != TCL_OK) {
| > | > | < | | < | < > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < | | > | > | | 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, before, (int) (string-before));
code = Tcl_EvalEx(textPtr->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DStringFree(dsPtr);
} else {
code = Tcl_EvalEx(textPtr->interp, ewPtr->body.ew.create, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}
if (code != TCL_OK) {
createError:
Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
goto gotWindow;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&name);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&name, Tcl_GetStringResult(textPtr->interp), -1);
Tcl_ResetResult(textPtr->interp);
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(textPtr->interp,
Tcl_DStringValue(&name), textPtr->tkwin);
Tcl_DStringFree(&name);
if (ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin == NULL) {
goto createError;
}
for (ancestor = textPtr->tkwin; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) {
if (ancestor == Tk_Parent(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin)) {
break;
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ancestor)) {
badMaster:
Tcl_AppendResult(textPtr->interp, "can't embed ",
Tk_PathName(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin), " relative to ",
Tk_PathName(textPtr->tkwin), NULL);
Tcl_BackgroundError(textPtr->interp);
ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin = NULL;
goto gotWindow;
}
}
if (Tk_TopWinHierarchy(ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin)
|| (textPtr->tkwin == ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin)) {
goto badMaster;
}
if (client == NULL) {
/*
* We just used a '-create' script to make a new window, which we
* now need to add to our client list.
*/
client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient *)
ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextEmbWindowClient));
client->next = ewPtr->body.ew.clients;
client->textPtr = textPtr;
client->tkwin = NULL;
client->chunkCount = 0;
client->displayed = 0;
client->parent = ewPtr;
ewPtr->body.ew.clients = client;
}
client->tkwin = ewPtr->body.ew.tkwin;
Tk_ManageGeometry(client->tkwin, &textGeomType,
(ClientData) client);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(client->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
EmbWinStructureProc, (ClientData) client);
/*
* Special trick! Must enter into the hash table *after* calling
* Tk_ManageGeometry: if the window was already managed elsewhere in
* this text, the Tk_ManageGeometry call will cause the entry to be
* removed, which could potentially lose the new entry.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 |
chunkPtr->minAscent = 0;
chunkPtr->minDescent = 0;
chunkPtr->minHeight = height;
}
chunkPtr->width = width;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = 1;
| | | 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 |
chunkPtr->minAscent = 0;
chunkPtr->minDescent = 0;
chunkPtr->minHeight = height;
}
chunkPtr->width = width;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = -1;
chunkPtr->breakIndex = 1;
chunkPtr->clientData = (ClientData) ewPtr;
if (client != NULL) {
client->chunkCount += 1;
}
return 1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinCheckProc(
TkTextSegment *ewPtr, /* Segment to check. */
| | | | 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinCheckProc(
TkTextSegment *ewPtr, /* Segment to check. */
TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line containing segment. */
{
if (ewPtr->nextPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbWinCheckProc: embedded window is last segment in line");
}
if (ewPtr->size != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("EmbWinCheckProc: embedded window has size %d", ewPtr->size);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 |
void
TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk that is to be drawn. */
int x, /* X-position in dst at which to draw this
* chunk (differs from the x-position in the
* chunk because of scrolling). */
| | | | | | 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
void
TkTextEmbWinDisplayProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk that is to be drawn. */
int x, /* X-position in dst at which to draw this
* chunk (differs from the x-position in the
* chunk because of scrolling). */
int y, /* Top of rectangular bounding box for line:
* tells where to draw this chunk in dst
* (x-position is in the chunk itself). */
int lineHeight, /* Total height of line. */
int baseline, /* Offset of baseline from y. */
Display *display, /* Display to use for drawing (unused). */
Drawable dst, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw
* (unused). */
int screenY) /* Y-coordinate in text window that
* corresponds to y. */
{
int lineX, windowX, windowY, width, height;
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = (TkTextSegment*) chunkPtr->clientData;
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
if (client == NULL) {
return;
}
tkwin = client->tkwin;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 |
*/
static void
EmbWinUndisplayProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr) /* Chunk that is about to be freed. */
{
| | | | 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 |
*/
static void
EmbWinUndisplayProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr) /* Chunk that is about to be freed. */
{
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = (TkTextSegment*) chunkPtr->clientData;
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
if (client == NULL) {
return;
}
client->chunkCount--;
if (client->chunkCount == 0) {
/*
* Don't unmap the window immediately, since there's a good chance
* that it will immediately be redisplayed, perhaps even in the same
* place. Instead, schedule the window to be unmapped later; the call
* to EmbWinDelayedUnmap will be cancelled in the likely event that
* the unmap becomes unnecessary.
*/
client->displayed = 0;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(EmbWinDelayedUnmap, (ClientData) client);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbWinBboxProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinBboxProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk containing desired char. */
| | | | 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinBboxProc(
TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
TkTextDispChunk *chunkPtr, /* Chunk containing desired char. */
int index, /* Index of desired character within the
* chunk. */
int y, /* Topmost pixel in area allocated for this
* line. */
int lineHeight, /* Total height of line. */
int baseline, /* Location of line's baseline, in pixels
* measured down from y. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Gets filled in with coords of character's
* upper-left pixel. */
int *widthPtr, /* Gets filled in with width of window, in
* pixels. */
int *heightPtr) /* Gets filled in with height of window, in
* pixels. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkTextSegment *ewPtr = (TkTextSegment *) chunkPtr->clientData;
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = EmbWinGetClient(textPtr, ewPtr);
if (client == NULL) {
tkwin = NULL;
} else {
tkwin = client->tkwin;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinDelayedUnmap(
ClientData clientData) /* Token for the window to be unmapped. */
{
| | | 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbWinDelayedUnmap(
ClientData clientData) /* Token for the window to be unmapped. */
{
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = (TkTextEmbWindowClient*) clientData;
if (!client->displayed && (client->tkwin != NULL)) {
if (client->textPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(client->tkwin)) {
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(client->tkwin, client->textPtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_UnmapWindow(client->tkwin);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 |
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->windowTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
| | | 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 |
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->windowTable, name);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
ewPtr = (TkTextSegment *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
indexPtr->tree = textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree;
indexPtr->linePtr = ewPtr->body.ew.linePtr;
indexPtr->byteIndex = TkTextSegToOffset(ewPtr, indexPtr->linePtr);
return 1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkTextEmbWindowClient*
EmbWinGetClient(
const TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */
TkTextSegment *ewPtr) /* Segment containing embedded window. */
{
TkTextEmbWindowClient *client = ewPtr->body.ew.clients;
while (client != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkTrig.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" #undef MIN #define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) #undef MAX #define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkLineToPoint -- * * Compute the distance from a point to a finite line segment. | > > > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | * Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include <stdio.h> #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkCanvas.h" #undef MIN #define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) #undef MAX #define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) #ifndef PI # define PI 3.14159265358979323846 #endif /* PI */ /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkLineToPoint -- * * Compute the distance from a point to a finite line segment. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkThickPolyLineToArea(
double *coordPtr, /* Points to an array of coordinates for the
* polyline: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... */
int numPoints, /* Total number of points at *coordPtr. */
double width, /* Width of each line segment. */
int capStyle, /* How are end-points of polyline drawn?
| > | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkThickPolyLineToArea(
double *coordPtr, /* Points to an array of coordinates for the
* polyline: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... */
int numPoints, /* Total number of points at *coordPtr. */
double width, /* Width of each line segment. */
int capStyle, /* How are end-points of polyline drawn?
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
{
double bestDist; /* Closest distance between point and any edge
* in polygon. */
int intersections; /* Number of edges in the polygon that
* intersect a ray extending vertically
* upwards from the point to infinity. */
int count;
| | | 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
{
double bestDist; /* Closest distance between point and any edge
* in polygon. */
int intersections; /* Number of edges in the polygon that
* intersect a ray extending vertically
* upwards from the point to infinity. */
int count;
register double *pPtr;
/*
* Iterate through all of the edges in the polygon, updating bestDist and
* intersections.
*
* TRICKY POINT: when computing intersections, include left x-coordinate
* of line within its range, but not y-coordinate. Otherwise if the point
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
int
TkPolygonToArea(
double *polyPtr, /* Points to an array coordinates for closed
* polygon: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... The polygon
* may be self-intersecting. */
int numPoints, /* Total number of points at *polyPtr. */
| | | | 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 |
int
TkPolygonToArea(
double *polyPtr, /* Points to an array coordinates for closed
* polygon: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... The polygon
* may be self-intersecting. */
int numPoints, /* Total number of points at *polyPtr. */
register double *rectPtr) /* Points to coords for rectangle, in the
* order x1, y1, x2, y2. X1 and y1 must be
* lower-left corner. */
{
int state; /* State of all edges seen so far (-1 means
* outside, 1 means inside, won't ever be
* 0). */
int count;
register double *pPtr;
/*
* Iterate over all of the edges of the polygon and test them against the
* rectangle. Can quit as soon as the state becomes "intersecting".
*/
state = TkLineToArea(polyPtr, polyPtr+2, rectPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
double
TkOvalToPoint(
double ovalPtr[4], /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) defining oval's bounding
* box. */
double width, /* Width of outline for oval. */
int filled, /* Non-zero means oval should be treated as
| > | 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
double
TkOvalToPoint(
double ovalPtr[4], /* Pointer to array of four coordinates (x1,
* y1, x2, y2) defining oval's bounding
* box. */
double width, /* Width of outline for oval. */
int filled, /* Non-zero means oval should be treated as
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
745 746 747 748 749 750 751 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkOvalToArea( | | | | 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkOvalToArea(
register double *ovalPtr, /* Points to coordinates definining the
* bounding rectangle for the oval: x1, y1,
* x2, y2. X1 must be less than x2 and y1 less
* than y2. */
register double *rectPtr) /* Points to coords for rectangle, in the
* order x1, y1, x2, y2. X1 and y1 must be
* lower-left corner. */
{
double centerX, centerY, radX, radY, deltaX, deltaY;
/*
* First, see if oval is entirely inside rectangle or entirely outside
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 | * * Side effects: * The boudn. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkIncludePoint( | > | | 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 |
*
* Side effects:
* The boudn.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
void
TkIncludePoint(
register Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose bounding box is being
* calculated. */
double *pointPtr) /* Address of two doubles giving x and y
* coordinates of point. */
{
int tmp;
tmp = (int) (pointPtr[0] + 0.5);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
912 913 914 915 916 917 918 |
void
TkBezierScreenPoints(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas in which curve is to be drawn. */
double control[], /* Array of coordinates for four control
* points: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... x3 y3. */
int numSteps, /* Number of curve points to generate. */
| | | 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 |
void
TkBezierScreenPoints(
Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas in which curve is to be drawn. */
double control[], /* Array of coordinates for four control
* points: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... x3 y3. */
int numSteps, /* Number of curve points to generate. */
register XPoint *xPointPtr) /* Where to put new points. */
{
int i;
double u, u2, u3, t, t2, t3;
for (i = 1; i <= numSteps; i++, xPointPtr++) {
t = ((double) i)/((double) numSteps);
t2 = t*t;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
958 959 960 961 962 963 964 |
*/
void
TkBezierPoints(
double control[], /* Array of coordinates for four control
* points: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... x3 y3. */
int numSteps, /* Number of curve points to generate. */
| | | 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 |
*/
void
TkBezierPoints(
double control[], /* Array of coordinates for four control
* points: x0, y0, x1, y1, ... x3 y3. */
int numSteps, /* Number of curve points to generate. */
register double *coordPtr) /* Where to put new points. */
{
int i;
double u, u2, u3, t, t2, t3;
for (i = 1; i <= numSteps; i++, coordPtr += 2) {
t = ((double) i)/((double) numSteps);
t2 = t*t;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 |
double *pointPtr, /* Array of input coordinates: x0, y0, x1, y1,
* etc.. */
int numPoints) /* Number of points at pointPtr. */
{
int closed, i;
int numCoords = numPoints*2;
double control[8];
| | < | < | > | 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 |
double *pointPtr, /* Array of input coordinates: x0, y0, x1, y1,
* etc.. */
int numPoints) /* Number of points at pointPtr. */
{
int closed, i;
int numCoords = numPoints*2;
double control[8];
char buffer[200];
/*
* If the curve is a closed one then generate a special spline that spans
* the last points and the first ones. Otherwise just put the first point
* into the path.
*/
if ((pointPtr[0] == pointPtr[numCoords-2])
&& (pointPtr[1] == pointPtr[numCoords-1])) {
closed = 1;
control[0] = 0.5*pointPtr[numCoords-4] + 0.5*pointPtr[0];
control[1] = 0.5*pointPtr[numCoords-3] + 0.5*pointPtr[1];
control[2] = 0.167*pointPtr[numCoords-4] + 0.833*pointPtr[0];
control[3] = 0.167*pointPtr[numCoords-3] + 0.833*pointPtr[1];
control[4] = 0.833*pointPtr[0] + 0.167*pointPtr[2];
control[5] = 0.833*pointPtr[1] + 0.167*pointPtr[3];
control[6] = 0.5*pointPtr[0] + 0.5*pointPtr[2];
control[7] = 0.5*pointPtr[1] + 0.5*pointPtr[3];
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g moveto\n%.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g curveto\n",
control[0], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[1]),
control[2], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[3]),
control[4], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[5]),
control[6], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[7]));
} else {
closed = 0;
control[6] = pointPtr[0];
control[7] = pointPtr[1];
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g moveto\n",
control[6], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[7]));
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
/*
* Cycle through all the remaining points in the curve, generating a curve
* section for each vertex in the linear path.
*/
for (i = numPoints-2, pointPtr += 2; i > 0; i--, pointPtr += 2) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 |
} else {
control[6] = 0.5*pointPtr[0] + 0.5*pointPtr[2];
control[7] = 0.5*pointPtr[1] + 0.5*pointPtr[3];
}
control[4] = 0.333*control[6] + 0.667*pointPtr[0];
control[5] = 0.333*control[7] + 0.667*pointPtr[1];
| < | > < < < | 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 |
} else {
control[6] = 0.5*pointPtr[0] + 0.5*pointPtr[2];
control[7] = 0.5*pointPtr[1] + 0.5*pointPtr[3];
}
control[4] = 0.333*control[6] + 0.667*pointPtr[0];
control[5] = 0.333*control[7] + 0.667*pointPtr[1];
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g curveto\n",
control[2], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[3]),
control[4], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[5]),
control[6], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[7]));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMakeRawCurvePostscript --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 |
* being generated. */
double *pointPtr, /* Array of input coordinates: x0, y0, x1, y1,
* etc.. */
int numPoints) /* Number of points at pointPtr. */
{
int i;
double *segPtr;
| | | > | < | > | 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 |
* being generated. */
double *pointPtr, /* Array of input coordinates: x0, y0, x1, y1,
* etc.. */
int numPoints) /* Number of points at pointPtr. */
{
int i;
double *segPtr;
char buffer[200];
/*
* Put the first point into the path.
*/
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g moveto\n",
pointPtr[0], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, pointPtr[1]));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
/*
* Loop through all the remaining points in the curve, generating a
* straight line or curve section for every three of them.
*/
for (i=numPoints-1,segPtr=pointPtr ; i>=3 ; i-=3,segPtr+=6) {
if (segPtr[0]==segPtr[2] && segPtr[1]==segPtr[3] &&
segPtr[4]==segPtr[6] && segPtr[5]==segPtr[7]) {
/*
* The control points on this segment are equal to their
* neighbouring knots, so this segment is just a straight line.
*/
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g lineto\n",
segPtr[6], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, segPtr[7]));
} else {
/*
* This is a generic Bezier curve segment.
*/
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g curveto\n",
segPtr[2], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, segPtr[3]),
segPtr[4], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, segPtr[5]),
segPtr[6], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, segPtr[7]));
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
/*
* If there are any points left that haven't been used, then build the
* last segment and generate Postscript in the same way for that.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 |
if (control[0]==control[2] && control[1]==control[3] &&
control[4]==control[6] && control[5]==control[7]) {
/*
* Straight line.
*/
| | < | > < < < | 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 |
if (control[0]==control[2] && control[1]==control[3] &&
control[4]==control[6] && control[5]==control[7]) {
/*
* Straight line.
*/
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g lineto\n",
control[6], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[7]));
} else {
/*
* Bezier curve segment.
*/
sprintf(buffer, "%.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g %.15g curveto\n",
control[2], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[3]),
control[4], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[5]),
control[6], Tk_CanvasPsY(canvas, control[7]));
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, NULL);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetMiterPoints --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkUndo.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
int
TkUndoInsertSeparator(
TkUndoAtom **stack)
{
TkUndoAtom *separator;
if (*stack!=NULL && (*stack)->type!=TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
| | | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
int
TkUndoInsertSeparator(
TkUndoAtom **stack)
{
TkUndoAtom *separator;
if (*stack!=NULL && (*stack)->type!=TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
separator = (TkUndoAtom *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkUndoAtom));
separator->type = TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR;
TkUndoPushStack(stack,separator);
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
sub = elem->apply;
while (sub != NULL) {
TkUndoSubAtom *next = sub->next;
if (sub->action != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(sub->action);
}
| | | | | 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
sub = elem->apply;
while (sub != NULL) {
TkUndoSubAtom *next = sub->next;
if (sub->action != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(sub->action);
}
ckfree((char *)sub);
sub = next;
}
sub = elem->revert;
while (sub != NULL) {
TkUndoSubAtom *next = sub->next;
if (sub->action != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(sub->action);
}
ckfree((char *)sub);
sub = next;
}
}
ckfree((char *)elem);
}
*stack = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
TkUndoPushAction(
TkUndoRedoStack *stack, /* An Undo or Redo stack */
TkUndoSubAtom *apply,
TkUndoSubAtom *revert)
{
TkUndoAtom *atom;
| | | 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 |
TkUndoPushAction(
TkUndoRedoStack *stack, /* An Undo or Redo stack */
TkUndoSubAtom *apply,
TkUndoSubAtom *revert)
{
TkUndoAtom *atom;
atom = (TkUndoAtom *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkUndoAtom));
atom->type = TK_UNDO_ACTION;
atom->apply = apply;
atom->revert = revert;
TkUndoPushStack(&stack->undoStack, atom);
TkUndoClearStack(&stack->redoStack);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
{
TkUndoSubAtom *atom;
if (command == NULL && actionScript == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("NULL command and actionScript in TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom");
}
| | | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
{
TkUndoSubAtom *atom;
if (command == NULL && actionScript == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("NULL command and actionScript in TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom");
}
atom = (TkUndoSubAtom *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkUndoSubAtom));
atom->command = command;
atom->funcPtr = NULL;
atom->clientData = NULL;
atom->next = NULL;
atom->action = actionScript;
if (atom->action != NULL) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(atom->action);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
{
TkUndoSubAtom *atom;
if (funcPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("NULL funcPtr in TkUndoMakeSubAtom");
}
| | | 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
{
TkUndoSubAtom *atom;
if (funcPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("NULL funcPtr in TkUndoMakeSubAtom");
}
atom = (TkUndoSubAtom *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkUndoSubAtom));
atom->command = NULL;
atom->funcPtr = funcPtr;
atom->clientData = clientData;
atom->next = NULL;
atom->action = actionScript;
if (atom->action != NULL) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(atom->action);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
337 338 339 340 341 342 343 |
TkUndoRedoStack *
TkUndoInitStack(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter */
int maxdepth) /* The maximum stack depth */
{
TkUndoRedoStack *stack; /* An Undo/Redo stack */
| | | | | 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 |
TkUndoRedoStack *
TkUndoInitStack(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter */
int maxdepth) /* The maximum stack depth */
{
TkUndoRedoStack *stack; /* An Undo/Redo stack */
stack = (TkUndoRedoStack *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkUndoRedoStack));
stack->undoStack = NULL;
stack->redoStack = NULL;
stack->interp = interp;
stack->maxdepth = maxdepth;
stack->depth = 0;
return stack;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUndoSetDepth --
*
* Set the maximum depth of stack.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* May delete elements from the stack if the new maximum depth is smaller
* than the number of elements previously in the stack.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkUndoSetDepth(
TkUndoRedoStack *stack, /* An Undo/Redo stack */
int maxdepth) /* The maximum stack depth */
{
stack->maxdepth = maxdepth;
if (stack->maxdepth>0 && stack->depth>stack->maxdepth) {
TkUndoAtom *elem, *prevelem;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
while ((elem != NULL) && (sepNumber <= stack->maxdepth)) {
if (elem->type == TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
sepNumber++;
}
prevelem = elem;
elem = elem->next;
}
| < | | | | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 |
while ((elem != NULL) && (sepNumber <= stack->maxdepth)) {
if (elem->type == TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
sepNumber++;
}
prevelem = elem;
elem = elem->next;
}
prevelem->next = NULL;
while (elem != NULL) {
prevelem = elem;
if (elem->type != TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
TkUndoSubAtom *sub = elem->apply;
while (sub != NULL) {
TkUndoSubAtom *next = sub->next;
if (sub->action != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(sub->action);
}
ckfree((char *)sub);
sub = next;
}
sub = elem->revert;
while (sub != NULL) {
TkUndoSubAtom *next = sub->next;
if (sub->action != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(sub->action);
}
ckfree((char *)sub);
sub = next;
}
}
elem = elem->next;
ckfree((char *) prevelem);
}
stack->depth = stack->maxdepth;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
468 469 470 471 472 473 474 |
*/
void
TkUndoFreeStack(
TkUndoRedoStack *stack) /* An Undo/Redo stack */
{
TkUndoClearStacks(stack);
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 |
*/
void
TkUndoFreeStack(
TkUndoRedoStack *stack) /* An Undo/Redo stack */
{
TkUndoClearStacks(stack);
ckfree((char *) stack);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUndoInsertUndoSeparator --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
540 541 542 543 544 545 546 |
void
TkUndoInsertUndoSeparator(
TkUndoRedoStack *stack)
{
if (TkUndoInsertSeparator(&stack->undoStack)) {
stack->depth++;
| | | 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
void
TkUndoInsertUndoSeparator(
TkUndoRedoStack *stack)
{
if (TkUndoInsertSeparator(&stack->undoStack)) {
stack->depth++;
TkUndoSetDepth(stack, stack->maxdepth);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUndoRevert --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
elem = TkUndoPopStack(&stack->undoStack);
if (elem == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (elem->type == TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
| | | 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
elem = TkUndoPopStack(&stack->undoStack);
if (elem == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (elem->type == TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
ckfree((char *) elem);
elem = TkUndoPopStack(&stack->undoStack);
}
while (elem != NULL && elem->type != TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
/*
* Note that we currently ignore errors thrown here.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
elem = TkUndoPopStack(&stack->redoStack);
if (elem == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (elem->type == TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
| | | 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 |
elem = TkUndoPopStack(&stack->redoStack);
if (elem == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (elem->type == TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
ckfree((char *) elem);
elem = TkUndoPopStack(&stack->redoStack);
}
while (elem != NULL && elem->type != TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR) {
/*
* Note that we currently ignore errors thrown here.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
TkUndoSubAtom *action) /* Head of linked list of action steps to
* perform. */
{
int result = TCL_OK;
while (action != NULL) {
if (action->funcPtr != NULL) {
| | | 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 |
TkUndoSubAtom *action) /* Head of linked list of action steps to
* perform. */
{
int result = TCL_OK;
while (action != NULL) {
if (action->funcPtr != NULL) {
result = (*action->funcPtr)(interp, action->clientData,
action->action);
} else if (action->command != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *cmdNameObj, *evalObj;
cmdNameObj = Tcl_NewObj();
evalObj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_IncrRefCount(evalObj);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/tkUndo.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | #ifndef _TKUNDO #define _TKUNDO #ifndef _TKINT #include "tkInt.h" #endif /* | > > > > > | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
#ifndef _TKUNDO
#define _TKUNDO
#ifndef _TKINT
#include "tkInt.h"
#endif
#ifdef BUILD_tk
# undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
# define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
* Enum definining the types used in an undo stack.
*/
typedef enum {
TK_UNDO_SEPARATOR, /* Marker */
TK_UNDO_ACTION /* Command */
} TkUndoAtomType;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkUndoClearStack(TkUndoAtom **stack); /* * Functions for working on an undo/redo stack. */ MODULE_SCOPE TkUndoRedoStack *TkUndoInitStack(Tcl_Interp *interp, int maxdepth); | | < < > > > | 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 | MODULE_SCOPE void TkUndoClearStack(TkUndoAtom **stack); /* * Functions for working on an undo/redo stack. */ MODULE_SCOPE TkUndoRedoStack *TkUndoInitStack(Tcl_Interp *interp, int maxdepth); MODULE_SCOPE void TkUndoSetDepth(TkUndoRedoStack *stack, int maxdepth); MODULE_SCOPE void TkUndoClearStacks(TkUndoRedoStack *stack); MODULE_SCOPE void TkUndoFreeStack(TkUndoRedoStack *stack); MODULE_SCOPE void TkUndoInsertUndoSeparator(TkUndoRedoStack *stack); MODULE_SCOPE TkUndoSubAtom *TkUndoMakeCmdSubAtom(Tcl_Command command, Tcl_Obj *actionScript, TkUndoSubAtom *subAtomList); MODULE_SCOPE TkUndoSubAtom *TkUndoMakeSubAtom(TkUndoProc *funcPtr, ClientData clientData, Tcl_Obj *actionScript, TkUndoSubAtom *subAtomList); MODULE_SCOPE void TkUndoPushAction(TkUndoRedoStack *stack, TkUndoSubAtom *apply, TkUndoSubAtom *revert); MODULE_SCOPE int TkUndoRevert(TkUndoRedoStack *stack); MODULE_SCOPE int TkUndoApply(TkUndoRedoStack *stack); # undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKUNDO */ |
Changes to generic/tkUtil.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | #include "tkInt.h" /* * The structure below defines the implementation of the "statekey" Tcl * object, used for quickly finding a mapping in a TkStateMap. */ | | | 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
* The structure below defines the implementation of the "statekey" Tcl
* object, used for quickly finding a mapping in a TkStateMap.
*/
Tcl_ObjType tkStateKeyObjType = {
"statekey", /* name */
NULL, /* freeIntRepProc */
NULL, /* dupIntRepProc */
NULL, /* updateStringProc */
NULL /* setFromAnyProc */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkStateParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
| | | | | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkStateParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
int c;
int flags = PTR2INT(clientData);
size_t length;
register Tk_State *statePtr = (Tk_State *) (widgRec + offset);
if(value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*statePtr = TK_STATE_NULL;
return TCL_OK;
}
c = value[0];
length = strlen(value);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'h') && (flags&2) && (strncmp(value, "hidden", length) == 0)) {
*statePtr = TK_STATE_HIDDEN;
return TCL_OK;
}
| < | > | | | | | | | < < | 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'h') && (flags&2) && (strncmp(value, "hidden", length) == 0)) {
*statePtr = TK_STATE_HIDDEN;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad ", (flags&4)?"-default" : "state",
" value \"", value, "\": must be normal", NULL);
if (flags&1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ", active", NULL);
}
if (flags&2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ", hidden", NULL);
}
if (flags&3) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ",", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, " or disabled", NULL);
*statePtr = TK_STATE_NORMAL;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkStatePrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
register Tk_State *statePtr = (Tk_State *) (widgRec + offset);
switch (*statePtr) {
case TK_STATE_NORMAL:
return "normal";
case TK_STATE_DISABLED:
return "disabled";
case TK_STATE_HIDDEN:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | * indicated in the value argument. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkOrientParseProc( | | | | > | | | | < < | 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 |
* indicated in the value argument.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkOrientParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
const char *value, /* Value of option. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset) /* Offset into item. */
{
int c;
size_t length;
register int *orientPtr = (int *) (widgRec + offset);
if(value == NULL || *value == 0) {
*orientPtr = 0;
return TCL_OK;
}
c = value[0];
length = strlen(value);
if ((c == 'h') && (strncmp(value, "horizontal", length) == 0)) {
*orientPtr = 0;
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((c == 'v') && (strncmp(value, "vertical", length) == 0)) {
*orientPtr = 1;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad orientation \"", value,
"\": must be vertical or horizontal", NULL);
*orientPtr = 0;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
221 222 223 224 225 226 227 | * * Side effects: * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkOrientPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Ignored. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */
char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */
int offset, /* Offset into item. */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* Pointer to variable to fill in with
* information about how to reclaim storage
* for return string. */
{
register int *statePtr = (int *) (widgRec + offset);
if (*statePtr) {
return "vertical";
} else {
return "horizontal";
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
int
TkOffsetParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* not used */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to send results back to */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on same display as tile */
const char *value, /* Name of image */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
| | < | | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
int
TkOffsetParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* not used */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to send results back to */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on same display as tile */
const char *value, /* Name of image */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
int offset) /* Offset of tile in record */
{
Tk_TSOffset *offsetPtr = (Tk_TSOffset *) (widgRec + offset);
Tk_TSOffset tsoffset;
const char *q, *p;
int result;
if ((value == NULL) || (*value == 0)) {
tsoffset.flags = TK_OFFSET_CENTER|TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE;
goto goodTSOffset;
}
tsoffset.flags = 0;
p = value;
switch(value[0]) {
case '#':
if (PTR2INT(clientData) & TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE) {
tsoffset.flags = TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE;
p++;
break;
}
goto badTSOffset;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
337 338 339 340 341 342 343 |
case 'c':
if (strncmp(value, "center", strlen(value)) != 0) {
goto badTSOffset;
}
tsoffset.flags = TK_OFFSET_CENTER|TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE;
goto goodTSOffset;
}
| < < < < < | < < > | < > | | | | < < | | | | | | 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
case 'c':
if (strncmp(value, "center", strlen(value)) != 0) {
goto badTSOffset;
}
tsoffset.flags = TK_OFFSET_CENTER|TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE;
goto goodTSOffset;
}
if ((q = strchr(p,',')) == NULL) {
if (PTR2INT(clientData) & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, (char *) p, &tsoffset.flags) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
goto badTSOffset;
}
tsoffset.flags |= TK_OFFSET_INDEX;
goto goodTSOffset;
}
goto badTSOffset;
}
*((char *) q) = 0;
result = Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, (char *) p, &tsoffset.xoffset);
*((char *) q) = ',';
if (result != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_GetPixels(interp, tkwin, (char*)q+1, &tsoffset.yoffset) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
goodTSOffset:
/*
* Below is a hack to allow the stipple/tile offset to be stored in the
* internal tile structure. Most of the times, offsetPtr is a pointer to
* an already existing tile structure. However if this structure is not
* already created, we must do it with Tk_GetTile()!!!!;
*/
memcpy(offsetPtr, &tsoffset, sizeof(Tk_TSOffset));
return TCL_OK;
badTSOffset:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad offset \"", value,
"\": expected \"x,y\"", NULL);
if (PTR2INT(clientData) & TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ", \"#x,y\"", NULL);
}
if (PTR2INT(clientData) & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ", <index>", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ", n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkOffsetPrintProc --
*
* Returns the offset of the tile.
*
* Results:
* The offset of the tile is returned.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkOffsetPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* not used */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* not used */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
int offset, /* Offset of tile in record */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* not used */
{
Tk_TSOffset *offsetPtr = (Tk_TSOffset *) (widgRec + offset);
char *p, *q;
if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) {
if (offsetPtr->flags >= INT_MAX) {
return "end";
}
p = (char *) ckalloc(32);
sprintf(p, "%d", offsetPtr->flags & ~TK_OFFSET_INDEX);
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
return p;
}
if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_TOP) {
if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_LEFT) {
return "nw";
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
return "sw";
} else if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
return "s";
} else if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_RIGHT) {
return "se";
}
}
| | | 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 |
return "sw";
} else if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) {
return "s";
} else if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_RIGHT) {
return "se";
}
}
q = p = (char *) ckalloc(32);
if (offsetPtr->flags & TK_OFFSET_RELATIVE) {
*q++ = '#';
}
sprintf(q, "%d,%d", offsetPtr->xoffset, offsetPtr->yoffset);
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
return p;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPixelParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* If non-NULL, negative values are allowed as
| | | < | < | | | | | | 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPixelParseProc(
ClientData clientData, /* If non-NULL, negative values are allowed as
* well */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to send results back to */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on same display as tile */
const char *value, /* Name of image */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
int offset) /* Offset of tile in record */
{
double *doublePtr = (double *) (widgRec + offset);
int result;
result = TkGetDoublePixels(interp, tkwin, value, doublePtr);
if ((result == TCL_OK) && (clientData == NULL) && (*doublePtr < 0.0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad screen distance \"", value, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPixelPrintProc --
*
* Returns the name of the tile.
*
* Results:
* The name of the tile is returned.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkPixelPrintProc(
ClientData clientData, /* not used */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* not used */
char *widgRec, /* Widget structure record */
int offset, /* Offset of tile in record */
Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr) /* not used */
{
double *doublePtr = (double *) (widgRec + offset);
char *p = (char *) ckalloc(24);
Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, *doublePtr, p);
*freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC;
return p;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
648 649 650 651 652 653 654 |
* scroll, if any. */
{
int c = argv[2][0];
size_t length = strlen(argv[2]);
if ((c == 'm') && (strncmp(argv[2], "moveto", length) == 0)) {
if (argc != 4) {
| < | | < < < | | < | < | | < | | < < | 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 |
* scroll, if any. */
{
int c = argv[2][0];
size_t length = strlen(argv[2]);
if ((c == 'm') && (strncmp(argv[2], "moveto", length) == 0)) {
if (argc != 4) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
" ", argv[1], " moveto fraction\"", NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetDouble(interp, argv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
} else if ((c == 's')
&& (strncmp(argv[2], "scroll", length) == 0)) {
if (argc != 5) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
" ", argv[1], " scroll number units|pages\"", NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, argv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
length = strlen(argv[4]);
c = argv[4][0];
if ((c == 'p') && (strncmp(argv[4], "pages", length) == 0)) {
return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
} else if ((c == 'u') && (strncmp(argv[4], "units", length) == 0)) {
return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad argument \"", argv[4],
"\": must be units or pages", NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", argv[2],
"\": must be moveto or scroll", NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetScrollInfoObj --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
726 727 728 729 730 731 732 |
int objc, /* # arguments for command. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments for command. */
double *dblPtr, /* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
* any. */
int *intPtr) /* Filled in with number of pages or lines to
* scroll, if any. */
{
| | > > | | < < | | < < < | < | | | < | | < | 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 |
int objc, /* # arguments for command. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments for command. */
double *dblPtr, /* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if
* any. */
int *intPtr) /* Filled in with number of pages or lines to
* scroll, if any. */
{
int length;
const char *arg;
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &length);
#define ArgPfxEq(str) ((arg[0]==str[0])&&!strncmp(arg,str,(unsigned)length))
if (ArgPfxEq("moveto")) {
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "moveto fraction");
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[3], dblPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
return TK_SCROLL_MOVETO;
} else if (ArgPfxEq("scroll")) {
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "scroll number units|pages");
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], intPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &length);
if (ArgPfxEq("pages")) {
return TK_SCROLL_PAGES;
} else if (ArgPfxEq("units")) {
return TK_SCROLL_UNITS;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad argument \"", arg,
"\": must be units or pages", NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown option \"", arg,
"\": must be moveto or scroll", NULL);
return TK_SCROLL_ERROR;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkComputeAnchor --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
874 875 876 877 878 879 880 | * * Side effects. * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 |
*
* Side effects.
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkFindStateString(
const TkStateMap *mapPtr, /* The state table. */
int numKey) /* The key to try to find in the table. */
{
for (; mapPtr->strKey!=NULL ; mapPtr++) {
if (numKey == mapPtr->numKey) {
return (char *) mapPtr->strKey;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
933 934 935 936 937 938 939 |
/*
* Not there. Generate an error message (if we can) and return the
* default.
*/
if (interp != NULL) {
| < < | | | | > < < | 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 |
/*
* Not there. Generate an error message (if we can) and return the
* default.
*/
if (interp != NULL) {
mPtr = mapPtr;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad ", option, " value \"", strKey,
"\": must be ", mPtr->strKey, NULL);
for (mPtr++; mPtr->strKey != NULL; mPtr++) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
((mPtr[1].strKey != NULL) ? ", " : ", or "),
mPtr->strKey, NULL);
}
}
return mPtr->numKey;
}
int
TkFindStateNumObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error reporting. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
972 973 974 975 976 977 978 |
return PTR2INT(keyPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2);
}
/*
* Not there. Look in the state map.
*/
| | | < < < < | > | | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 |
return PTR2INT(keyPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2);
}
/*
* Not there. Look in the state map.
*/
key = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(keyPtr, NULL);
for (mPtr = mapPtr; mPtr->strKey != NULL; mPtr++) {
if (strcmp(key, mPtr->strKey) == 0) {
typePtr = keyPtr->typePtr;
if ((typePtr != NULL) && (typePtr->freeIntRepProc != NULL)) {
(*typePtr->freeIntRepProc)(keyPtr);
}
keyPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) mapPtr;
keyPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(mPtr->numKey);
keyPtr->typePtr = &tkStateKeyObjType;
return mPtr->numKey;
}
}
/*
* Not there either. Generate an error message (if we can) and return the
* default.
*/
if (interp != NULL) {
mPtr = mapPtr;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad ", Tcl_GetString(optionPtr),
" value \"", key, "\": must be ", mPtr->strKey, NULL);
for (mPtr++; mPtr->strKey != NULL; mPtr++) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
((mPtr[1].strKey != NULL) ? ", " : ", or "),
mPtr->strKey, NULL);
}
}
return mPtr->numKey;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkVisual.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
/*
* The table below maps from symbolic names for visual classes to the
* associated X class symbols.
*/
typedef struct VisualDictionary {
| | | | | | | | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
/*
* The table below maps from symbolic names for visual classes to the
* associated X class symbols.
*/
typedef struct VisualDictionary {
char *name; /* Textual name of class. */
int minLength; /* Minimum # characters that must be specified
* for an unambiguous match. */
int class; /* X symbol for class. */
} VisualDictionary;
static VisualDictionary visualNames[] = {
{"best", 1, 0},
{"directcolor", 2, DirectColor},
{"grayscale", 1, GrayScale},
{"greyscale", 1, GrayScale},
{"pseudocolor", 1, PseudoColor},
{"staticcolor", 7, StaticColor},
{"staticgray", 7, StaticGray},
{"staticgrey", 7, StaticGray},
{"truecolor", 1, TrueColor},
{NULL, 0, 0},
};
/*
* One of the following structures exists for each distinct non-default
* colormap allocated for a display by Tk_GetColormap.
*/
struct TkColormap {
Colormap colormap; /* X's identifier for the colormap. */
Visual *visual; /* Visual for which colormap was allocated. */
int refCount; /* How many uses of the colormap are still
* outstanding (calls to Tk_GetColormap minus
* calls to Tk_FreeColormap). */
int shareable; /* 0 means this colormap was allocated by a
* call to Tk_GetColormap with "new", implying
* that the window wants it all for itself. 1
* means that the colormap was allocated as a
* default for a particular visual, so it can
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Visual *
Tk_GetVisual(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which visual will be used. */
| | | | | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Visual *
Tk_GetVisual(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which visual will be used. */
CONST char *string, /* String describing visual. See manual entry
* for details. */
int *depthPtr, /* The depth of the returned visual is stored
* here. */
Colormap *colormapPtr) /* If non-NULL, then a suitable colormap for
* visual is placed here. This colormap must
* eventually be freed by calling
* Tk_FreeColormap. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin2;
XVisualInfo template, *visInfoList, *bestPtr;
long mask;
Visual *visual;
ptrdiff_t length;
int c, numVisuals, prio, bestPrio, i;
CONST char *p;
VisualDictionary *dictPtr;
TkColormap *cmapPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
/*
* Parse string and set up a template for use in searching for an
* appropriate visual.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
* allocated here).
*/
*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
| | | | | | | | | | 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
* allocated here).
*/
*colormapPtr = Tk_Colormap(tkwin2);
for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cmapPtr->colormap == *colormapPtr) {
cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
break;
}
}
}
return visual;
}
template.depth = Tk_Depth(tkwin2);
template.class = visual->class;
template.red_mask = visual->red_mask;
template.green_mask = visual->green_mask;
template.blue_mask = visual->blue_mask;
template.colormap_size = visual->map_entries;
template.bits_per_rgb = visual->bits_per_rgb;
mask = VisualDepthMask|VisualClassMask|VisualRedMaskMask
|VisualGreenMaskMask|VisualBlueMaskMask|VisualColormapSizeMask
|VisualBitsPerRGBMask;
} else if ((c == 0) || ((c == 'd') && (string[1] != 0)
&& (strncmp(string, "default", strlen(string)) == 0))) {
/*
* Use the default visual for the window's screen.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
int visualId;
/*
* This is a visual ID.
*/
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &visualId) == TCL_ERROR) {
| | | | | | | | > | | < | | < | | < | < | > | | > | | < | < > | | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 |
int visualId;
/*
* This is a visual ID.
*/
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &visualId) == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad X identifier for visual: \"",
string, "\"", NULL);
return NULL;
}
template.visualid = visualId;
mask = VisualIDMask;
} else {
/*
* Parse the string into a class name (or "best") optionally followed
* by whitespace and a depth.
*/
for (p = string; *p != 0; p++) {
if (isspace(UCHAR(*p)) || isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
break;
}
}
length = p - string;
template.class = -1;
for (dictPtr = visualNames; dictPtr->name != NULL; dictPtr++) {
if ((dictPtr->name[0] == c) && (length >= dictPtr->minLength)
&& (strncmp(string, dictPtr->name,
(size_t) length) == 0)) {
template.class = dictPtr->class;
break;
}
}
if (template.class == -1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unknown or ambiguous visual name \"",
string, "\": class must be ", NULL);
for (dictPtr = visualNames; dictPtr->name != NULL; dictPtr++) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, dictPtr->name, ", ", NULL);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "or default", NULL);
return NULL;
}
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
p++;
}
if (*p == 0) {
template.depth = 10000;
} else {
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, p, &template.depth) != TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
}
if (c == 'b') {
mask = 0;
} else {
mask = VisualClassMask;
}
}
/*
* Find all visuals that match the template we've just created, and return
* an error if there are none that match.
*/
template.screen = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin);
mask |= VisualScreenMask;
visInfoList = XGetVisualInfo(Tk_Display(tkwin), mask, &template,
&numVisuals);
if (visInfoList == NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "couldn't find an appropriate visual",
TCL_STATIC);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Search through the visuals that were returned to find the best one.
* The choice is based on the following criteria, in decreasing order of
* importance:
*
* 1. Depth: choose a visual with exactly the desired depth, else one with
* more bits than requested but as few bits as possible, else one with
* fewer bits but as many as possible.
* 2. Class: some visual classes are more desirable than others; pick the
* visual with the most desirable class.
* 3. Default: the default visual for the screen gets preference over
* other visuals, all else being equal.
*/
bestPrio = 0;
bestPtr = NULL;
for (i = 0; i < numVisuals; i++) {
switch (visInfoList[i].class) {
case DirectColor:
prio = 5; break;
case GrayScale:
prio = 1; break;
case PseudoColor:
prio = 7; break;
case StaticColor:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
== DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
prio++;
}
if (bestPtr == NULL) {
goto newBest;
}
if (visInfoList[i].depth < bestPtr->depth) {
| | | < | | | 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
== DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
prio++;
}
if (bestPtr == NULL) {
goto newBest;
}
if (visInfoList[i].depth < bestPtr->depth) {
if (visInfoList[i].depth >= template.depth) {
goto newBest;
}
} else if (visInfoList[i].depth > bestPtr->depth) {
if (bestPtr->depth < template.depth) {
goto newBest;
}
} else {
if (prio > bestPrio) {
goto newBest;
}
}
continue;
newBest:
bestPtr = &visInfoList[i];
bestPrio = prio;
}
*depthPtr = bestPtr->depth;
visual = bestPtr->visual;
XFree((char *) visInfoList);
/*
* If we need to find a colormap for this visual, do it now. If the visual
* is the default visual for the screen, then use the default colormap.
* Otherwise search for an existing colormap that's shareable. If all else
* fails, create a new colormap.
*/
if (colormapPtr != NULL) {
if (visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin))) {
*colormapPtr = DefaultColormapOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
} else {
for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cmapPtr->shareable && (cmapPtr->visual == visual)) {
*colormapPtr = cmapPtr->colormap;
cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
goto done;
}
}
cmapPtr = (TkColormap *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), visual,
AllocNone);
cmapPtr->visual = visual;
cmapPtr->refCount = 1;
cmapPtr->shareable = 1;
cmapPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Colormap
Tk_GetColormap(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window where colormap will be used. */
| | | | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Colormap
Tk_GetColormap(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window where colormap will be used. */
CONST char *string) /* String that identifies colormap: either
* "new" or the name of another window. */
{
Colormap colormap;
TkColormap *cmapPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
Tk_Window other;
/*
* Allocate a new colormap, if that's what is wanted.
*/
if (strcmp(string, "new") == 0) {
cmapPtr = (TkColormap *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkColormap));
cmapPtr->colormap = XCreateColormap(Tk_Display(tkwin),
RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin)), Tk_Visual(tkwin),
AllocNone);
cmapPtr->visual = Tk_Visual(tkwin);
cmapPtr->refCount = 1;
cmapPtr->shareable = 0;
cmapPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
401 402 403 404 405 406 407 |
*/
other = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (other == NULL) {
return None;
}
if (Tk_Screen(other) != Tk_Screen(tkwin)) {
| | | < | | < | | 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 |
*/
other = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (other == NULL) {
return None;
}
if (Tk_Screen(other) != Tk_Screen(tkwin)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use colormap for ", string,
": not on same screen", NULL);
return None;
}
if (Tk_Visual(other) != Tk_Visual(tkwin)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use colormap for ", string,
": incompatible visuals", NULL);
return None;
}
colormap = Tk_Colormap(other);
/*
* If the colormap was a special one allocated by code in this file,
* increment its reference count.
*/
for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
}
}
return colormap;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
}
for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
| > | | | 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_FreeColormap");
}
for (prevPtr = NULL, cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
prevPtr = cmapPtr, cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
cmapPtr->refCount -= 1;
if (cmapPtr->refCount == 0) {
XFreeColormap(display, colormap);
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
dispPtr->cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) cmapPtr);
}
return;
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
528 529 530 531 532 533 534 |
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
}
for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
| | | 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("unknown display passed to Tk_PreserveColormap");
}
for (cmapPtr = dispPtr->cmapPtr; cmapPtr != NULL;
cmapPtr = cmapPtr->nextPtr) {
if (cmapPtr->colormap == colormap) {
cmapPtr->refCount += 1;
return;
}
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/tkWindow.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef __WIN32__ #include "tkWinInt.h" #elif !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif /* * Type used to keep track of Window objects that were only partially |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
typedef struct TkHalfdeadWindow {
int flags;
struct TkWindow *winPtr;
struct TkHalfdeadWindow *nextPtr;
} TkHalfdeadWindow;
| | > > > > > > | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
typedef struct TkHalfdeadWindow {
int flags;
struct TkWindow *winPtr;
struct TkHalfdeadWindow *nextPtr;
} TkHalfdeadWindow;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int numMainWindows; /* Count of numver of main windows currently
* open in this thread. */
TkMainInfo *mainWindowList;
/* First in list of all main windows managed
* by this thread. */
TkHalfdeadWindow *halfdeadWindowList;
/* First in list of partially deallocated
* windows. */
TkDisplay *displayList; /* List of all displays currently in use by
* the current thread. */
int initialized; /* 0 means the structures above need
* initializing. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* The Mutex below is used to lock access to the Tk_Uid structs above.
*/
TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(windowMutex)
/*
* Default values for "changes" and "atts" fields of TkWindows. Note that Tk
* always requests all events for all windows, except StructureNotify events
* on internal windows: these events are generated internally.
*/
static const XWindowChanges defChanges = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | /* * The following structure defines all of the commands supported by Tk, and * the C functions that execute them. */ #define ISSAFE 1 #define PASSMAINWINDOW 2 | > | < < | | < | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
/*
* The following structure defines all of the commands supported by Tk, and
* the C functions that execute them.
*/
#define ISSAFE 1
#define PASSMAINWINDOW 2
#define NOOBJPROC 4
#define WINMACONLY 8
typedef struct {
const char *name; /* Name of command. */
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *objProc; /* Command's object- (or string-) based function. */
int flags;
} TkCmd;
static const TkCmd commands[] = {
/*
* Commands that are part of the intrinsics:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
{"font", Tk_FontObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"grab", Tk_GrabObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW},
{"grid", Tk_GridObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"image", Tk_ImageObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"lower", Tk_LowerObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"option", Tk_OptionObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"pack", Tk_PackObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
| | | < | | 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
{"font", Tk_FontObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"grab", Tk_GrabObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW},
{"grid", Tk_GridObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"image", Tk_ImageObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"lower", Tk_LowerObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"option", Tk_OptionObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"pack", Tk_PackObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"place", Tk_PlaceObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"raise", Tk_RaiseObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"selection", Tk_SelectionObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW},
{"tk", Tk_TkObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"tkwait", Tk_TkwaitObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"update", Tk_UpdateObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"winfo", Tk_WinfoObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"wm", Tk_WmObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW},
/*
* Default widget class commands.
*/
{"button", Tk_ButtonObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"canvas", Tk_CanvasObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"checkbutton", Tk_CheckbuttonObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"entry", Tk_EntryObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"frame", Tk_FrameObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"label", Tk_LabelObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"labelframe", Tk_LabelframeObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"listbox", Tk_ListboxObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"menubutton", Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"message", Tk_MessageObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"panedwindow", Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"radiobutton", Tk_RadiobuttonObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"scale", Tk_ScaleObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"scrollbar", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc *) Tk_ScrollbarCmd, NOOBJPROC|PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"spinbox", Tk_SpinboxObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"text", Tk_TextObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"toplevel", Tk_ToplevelObjCmd, 0},
/*
* Classic widget class commands.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
{"::tk::labelframe",Tk_LabelframeObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::listbox", Tk_ListboxObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::menubutton",Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::message", Tk_MessageObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::panedwindow",Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::radiobutton",Tk_RadiobuttonObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::scale", Tk_ScaleObjCmd, ISSAFE},
| | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
{"::tk::labelframe",Tk_LabelframeObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::listbox", Tk_ListboxObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::menubutton",Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::message", Tk_MessageObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::panedwindow",Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::radiobutton",Tk_RadiobuttonObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::scale", Tk_ScaleObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::scrollbar", (Tcl_ObjCmdProc *) Tk_ScrollbarCmd, NOOBJPROC|PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"::tk::spinbox", Tk_SpinboxObjCmd, ISSAFE},
{"::tk::text", Tk_TextObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
{"::tk::toplevel", Tk_ToplevelObjCmd, 0},
/*
* Standard dialog support. Note that the Unix/X11 platform implements
* these commands differently (via the script library).
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
{"tk_chooseColor", Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW},
{"tk_chooseDirectory", Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd,WINMACONLY|PASSMAINWINDOW},
{"tk_getOpenFile", Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd, WINMACONLY|PASSMAINWINDOW},
{"tk_getSaveFile", Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd, WINMACONLY|PASSMAINWINDOW},
{"tk_messageBox", Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW},
#endif
/*
* Misc.
*/
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
{"::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle",
TkUnsupported1ObjCmd, PASSMAINWINDOW|ISSAFE},
#endif
{NULL, NULL, 0}
};
/*
* The variables and table below are used to parse arguments from the "argv"
* variable in Tk_Init.
*/
static int synchronize = 0;
static char *name = NULL;
static char *display = NULL;
static char *geometry = NULL;
static char *colormap = NULL;
static char *use = NULL;
static char *visual = NULL;
static int rest = 0;
static Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = {
{"-colormap", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, (char *) &colormap,
"Colormap for main window"},
{"-display", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, (char *) &display,
"Display to use"},
{"-geometry", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, (char *) &geometry,
"Initial geometry for window"},
{"-name", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, (char *) &name,
"Name to use for application"},
{"-sync", TK_ARGV_CONSTANT, (char *) 1, (char *) &synchronize,
"Use synchronous mode for display server"},
{"-visual", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, (char *) &visual,
"Visual for main window"},
{"-use", TK_ARGV_STRING, NULL, (char *) &use,
"Id of window in which to embed application"},
{"--", TK_ARGV_REST, (char *) 1, (char *) &rest,
"Pass all remaining arguments through to script"},
{NULL, TK_ARGV_END, NULL, NULL, NULL}
};
/*
* Forward declarations to functions defined later in this file:
*/
static Tk_Window CreateTopLevelWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window parent, CONST char *name,
CONST char *screenName, unsigned int flags);
static void DeleteWindowsExitProc(ClientData clientData);
static TkDisplay * GetScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *screenName,
int *screenPtr);
static int Initialize(Tcl_Interp *interp);
static int NameWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr,
TkWindow *parentPtr, CONST char *name);
static void UnlinkWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCloseDisplay --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->nameTable);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->atomTable);
dispPtr->atomInit = 0;
}
if (dispPtr->errorPtr != NULL) {
TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
| < | | | 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 |
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->nameTable);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->atomTable);
dispPtr->atomInit = 0;
}
if (dispPtr->errorPtr != NULL) {
TkErrorHandler *errorPtr;
for (errorPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr;
errorPtr != NULL;
errorPtr = dispPtr->errorPtr) {
dispPtr->errorPtr = errorPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) errorPtr);
}
}
TkGCCleanup(dispPtr);
TkpCloseDisplay(dispPtr);
/*
* Delete winTable after TkpCloseDisplay since special windows may need
* call Tk_DestroyWindow and it checks the winTable.
*/
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&dispPtr->winTable);
ckfree((char *) dispPtr);
/*
* There is more to clean up, we leave it at this for the time being.
*/
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
static Tk_Window
CreateTopLevelWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window parent, /* Token for logical parent of new window
* (used for naming, options, etc.). May be
* NULL. */
| | | | | < < < | < | 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 |
static Tk_Window
CreateTopLevelWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window parent, /* Token for logical parent of new window
* (used for naming, options, etc.). May be
* NULL. */
CONST char *name, /* Name for new window; if parent is non-NULL,
* must be unique among parent's children. */
CONST char *screenName, /* Name of screen on which to create window.
* NULL means use DISPLAY environment variable
* to determine. Empty string means use
* parent's screen, or DISPLAY if no
* parent. */
unsigned int flags) /* Additional flags to set on the window. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr;
register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
int screenId;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
/*
* Create built-in image types.
*/
Tk_CreateImageType(&tkBitmapImageType);
Tk_CreateImageType(&tkPhotoImageType);
/*
* Create built-in photo image formats.
*/
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtGIF);
Tk_CreatePhotoImageFormat(&tkImgFmtPPM);
}
if ((parent != NULL) && (screenName != NULL) && (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) parent)->dispPtr;
screenId = Tk_ScreenNumber(parent);
} else {
dispPtr = GetScreen(interp, screenName, &screenId);
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
return (Tk_Window) NULL;
}
}
winPtr = TkAllocWindow(dispPtr, screenId, (TkWindow *) parent);
/*
* Set the flags specified in the call.
*/
winPtr->flags |= flags;
/*
* Force the window to use a border pixel instead of border pixmap. This
* is needed for the case where the window doesn't use the default visual.
* In this case, the default border is a pixmap inherited from the root
* window, which won't work because it will have the wrong visual.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 |
winPtr->flags |=
TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
if (parent != NULL) {
if (NameWindow(interp, winPtr, (TkWindow *) parent, name) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
| | | 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
winPtr->flags |=
TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
if (parent != NULL) {
if (NameWindow(interp, winPtr, (TkWindow *) parent, name) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
return (Tk_Window) NULL;
}
}
TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
409 410 411 412 413 414 415 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkDisplay *
GetScreen(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Place to leave error message. */
| | | | | | | | 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkDisplay *
GetScreen(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Place to leave error message. */
CONST char *screenName, /* Name for screen. NULL or empty means use
* DISPLAY envariable. */
int *screenPtr) /* Where to store screen number. */
{
register TkDisplay *dispPtr;
CONST char *p;
int screenId;
size_t length;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Separate the screen number from the rest of the display name.
* ScreenName is assumed to have the syntax <display>.<screen> with the
* dot and the screen being optional.
*/
screenName = TkGetDefaultScreenName(interp, screenName);
if (screenName == NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"no display name and no $DISPLAY environment variable",
TCL_STATIC);
return NULL;
}
length = strlen(screenName);
screenId = 0;
p = screenName+length-1;
while (isdigit(UCHAR(*p)) && (p != screenName)) {
p--;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
458 459 460 461 462 463 464 |
/*
* The private function zeros out dispPtr when it is created, so
* we only need to initialize the non-zero items.
*/
dispPtr = TkpOpenDisplay(screenName);
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
| | | | | | > > > | | | | 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
/*
* The private function zeros out dispPtr when it is created, so
* we only need to initialize the non-zero items.
*/
dispPtr = TkpOpenDisplay(screenName);
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't connect to display \"",
screenName, "\"", NULL);
return NULL;
}
dispPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->displayList; /* TkGetDisplayList(); */
tsdPtr->displayList = dispPtr;
dispPtr->lastEventTime = CurrentTime;
dispPtr->bindInfoStale = 1;
dispPtr->cursorFont = None;
dispPtr->warpWindow = None;
dispPtr->multipleAtom = None;
/*
* By default we do want to collapse motion events in
* Tk_QueueWindowEvent.
*/
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_COLLAPSE_MOTION_EVENTS;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&dispPtr->winTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
dispPtr->name = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (length+1));
strncpy(dispPtr->name, screenName, length);
dispPtr->name[length] = '\0';
TkInitXId(dispPtr);
break;
}
if ((strncmp(dispPtr->name, screenName, length) == 0)
&& (dispPtr->name[length] == '\0')) {
break;
}
}
if (screenId >= ScreenCount(dispPtr->display)) {
char buf[32 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "bad screen number \"%d\"", screenId);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return NULL;
}
*screenPtr = screenId;
return dispPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
614 615 616 617 618 619 620 |
TkAllocWindow(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display associated with new window. */
int screenNum, /* Index of screen for new window. */
TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent from which this window should
* inherit visual information. NULL means use
* screen defaults instead of inheriting. */
{
| | > | 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 |
TkAllocWindow(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display associated with new window. */
int screenNum, /* Index of screen for new window. */
TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent from which this window should
* inherit visual information. NULL means use
* screen defaults instead of inheriting. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr;
winPtr = (TkWindow *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWindow));
winPtr->display = dispPtr->display;
winPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
winPtr->screenNum = screenNum;
if ((parentPtr != NULL) && (parentPtr->display == winPtr->display)
&& (parentPtr->screenNum == winPtr->screenNum)) {
winPtr->visual = parentPtr->visual;
winPtr->depth = parentPtr->depth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
648 649 650 651 652 653 654 |
winPtr->atts.colormap = parentPtr->atts.colormap;
} else {
winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(dispPtr->display, screenNum);
}
winPtr->dirtyAtts = CWEventMask|CWColormap|CWBitGravity;
winPtr->flags = 0;
winPtr->handlerList = NULL;
| | > < < | 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 |
winPtr->atts.colormap = parentPtr->atts.colormap;
} else {
winPtr->atts.colormap = DefaultColormap(dispPtr->display, screenNum);
}
winPtr->dirtyAtts = CWEventMask|CWColormap|CWBitGravity;
winPtr->flags = 0;
winPtr->handlerList = NULL;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
winPtr->tagPtr = NULL;
winPtr->numTags = 0;
winPtr->optionLevel = -1;
winPtr->selHandlerList = NULL;
winPtr->geomMgrPtr = NULL;
winPtr->geomData = NULL;
winPtr->reqWidth = winPtr->reqHeight = 1;
winPtr->internalBorderLeft = 0;
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
winPtr->classProcsPtr = NULL;
winPtr->instanceData = NULL;
winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
winPtr->internalBorderRight = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
693 694 695 696 697 698 699 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
NameWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
| | | | 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
NameWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
register TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that is to be named and inserted. */
TkWindow *parentPtr, /* Pointer to logical parent for winPtr (used
* for naming, options, etc.). */
CONST char *name) /* Name for winPtr; must be unique among
* parentPtr's children. */
{
#define FIXED_SIZE 200
char staticSpace[FIXED_SIZE];
char *pathName;
int isNew;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 |
* now.
*/
if (winPtr->flags & TK_ANONYMOUS_WINDOW) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Don't permit names that start with an upper-case letter: this will just
* cause confusion with class names in the option database.
*/
if (isupper(UCHAR(name[0]))) {
| > > > > > > | | | < < < < < < < | | | | < | | 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 |
* now.
*/
if (winPtr->flags & TK_ANONYMOUS_WINDOW) {
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* For non-anonymous windows, set up the window name.
*/
winPtr->nameUid = Tk_GetUid(name);
/*
* Don't permit names that start with an upper-case letter: this will just
* cause confusion with class names in the option database.
*/
if (isupper(UCHAR(name[0]))) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"window name starts with an upper-case letter: \"",
name, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* To permit names of arbitrary length, must be prepared to malloc a
* buffer to hold the new path name. To run fast in the common case where
* names are short, use a fixed-size buffer on the stack.
*/
length1 = strlen(parentPtr->pathName);
length2 = strlen(name);
if ((length1+length2+2) <= FIXED_SIZE) {
pathName = staticSpace;
} else {
pathName = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (length1+length2+2));
}
if (length1 == 1) {
pathName[0] = '.';
strcpy(pathName+1, name);
} else {
strcpy(pathName, parentPtr->pathName);
pathName[length1] = '.';
strcpy(pathName+length1+1, name);
}
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&parentPtr->mainPtr->nameTable, pathName,
&isNew);
if (pathName != staticSpace) {
ckfree(pathName);
}
if (!isNew) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window name \"", name,
"\" already exists in parent", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
winPtr->pathName = Tcl_GetHashKey(&parentPtr->mainPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCreateMainWindow --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
815 816 817 818 819 820 821 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
TkCreateMainWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
| | | | | | | | | 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
TkCreateMainWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
CONST char *screenName, /* Name of screen on which to create window.
* Empty or NULL string means use DISPLAY
* environment variable. */
char *baseName) /* Base name for application; usually of the
* form "prog instance". */
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
int dummy, isSafe;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
register TkMainInfo *mainPtr;
register TkWindow *winPtr;
register const TkCmd *cmdPtr;
ClientData clientData;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Panic if someone updated the TkWindow structure without also updating
* the Tk_FakeWin structure (or vice versa).
*/
if (sizeof(TkWindow) != sizeof(Tk_FakeWin)) {
Tcl_Panic("TkWindow and Tk_FakeWin are not the same size");
}
/*
* Create the basic TkWindow structure.
*/
tkwin = CreateTopLevelWindow(interp, (Tk_Window) NULL, baseName,
screenName, /* flags */ 0);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
/*
* Create the TkMainInfo structure for this application, and set up
* name-related information for the new window.
*/
winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
mainPtr = (TkMainInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMainInfo));
mainPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
mainPtr->refCount = 1;
mainPtr->interp = interp;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&mainPtr->nameTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
mainPtr->deletionEpoch = 0l;
TkEventInit();
TkBindInit(mainPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
889 890 891 892 893 894 895 |
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
mainPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->mainWindowList;
tsdPtr->mainWindowList = mainPtr;
winPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&mainPtr->nameTable, ".", &dummy);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
| | < | 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 |
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
mainPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->mainWindowList;
tsdPtr->mainWindowList = mainPtr;
winPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr;
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&mainPtr->nameTable, ".", &dummy);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
winPtr->pathName = Tcl_GetHashKey(&mainPtr->nameTable, hPtr);
/*
* We have just created another Tk application; increment the refcount on
* the display pointer.
*/
winPtr->dispPtr->refCount++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
914 915 916 917 918 919 920 |
*/
isSafe = Tcl_IsSafe(interp);
for (cmdPtr = commands; cmdPtr->name != NULL; cmdPtr++) {
if (cmdPtr->objProc == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkCreateMainWindow: builtin command with NULL string and object procs");
}
| < | < | < < | < | | | > | > | | > > > | | | | 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 |
*/
isSafe = Tcl_IsSafe(interp);
for (cmdPtr = commands; cmdPtr->name != NULL; cmdPtr++) {
if (cmdPtr->objProc == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkCreateMainWindow: builtin command with NULL string and object procs");
}
#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if ((cmdPtr->flags & WINMACONLY) && tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
/* We are running on Cygwin, so don't use the win32 dialogs */
continue;
}
#endif
if (cmdPtr->flags & PASSMAINWINDOW) {
clientData = (ClientData) tkwin;
} else {
clientData = (ClientData) NULL;
}
if (cmdPtr->flags & NOOBJPROC) {
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name,
(Tcl_CmdProc *)(void *)cmdPtr->objProc, clientData, NULL);
} else {
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->objProc,
clientData, NULL);
}
if (isSafe) {
if (!(cmdPtr->flags & ISSAFE)) {
Tcl_HideCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->name);
}
}
}
TkCreateMenuCmd(interp);
/*
* Set variables for the intepreter.
*/
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tk_patchLevel", TK_PATCH_LEVEL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tk_version", TK_VERSION, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
tsdPtr->numMainWindows++;
return tkwin;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
980 981 982 983 984 985 986 |
Tk_Window
Tk_CreateWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting.
* the interp's result is assumed to be
* initialized by the caller. */
Tk_Window parent, /* Token for parent of new window. */
| | | > < | | | < | > | | | < < | > > | | | < | | | | | < | 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 |
Tk_Window
Tk_CreateWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting.
* the interp's result is assumed to be
* initialized by the caller. */
Tk_Window parent, /* Token for parent of new window. */
CONST char *name, /* Name for new window. Must be unique among
* parent's children. */
CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, new window will be internal on
* same screen as its parent. If non-NULL,
* gives name of screen on which to create new
* window; window will be a top-level
* window. */
{
TkWindow *parentPtr = (TkWindow *) parent;
TkWindow *winPtr;
if ((parentPtr != NULL) && (parentPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't create window: parent has been destroyed", NULL);
return NULL;
} else if ((parentPtr != NULL) &&
(parentPtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't create window: its parent has -container = yes", NULL);
return NULL;
}
if (screenName == NULL) {
winPtr = TkAllocWindow(parentPtr->dispPtr, parentPtr->screenNum,
parentPtr);
if (NameWindow(interp, winPtr, parentPtr, name) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
return NULL;
}
return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
}
return CreateTopLevelWindow(interp, parent, name, screenName,
/* flags */ 0);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 |
Tk_Window
Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting.
* the interp's result is assumed to be
* initialized by the caller. */
Tk_Window parent, /* Token for parent of new window. */
| | > < | | | < | > | | | < < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 |
Tk_Window
Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting.
* the interp's result is assumed to be
* initialized by the caller. */
Tk_Window parent, /* Token for parent of new window. */
CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, new window will be internal on
* same screen as its parent. If non-NULL,
* gives name of screen on which to create new
* window; window will be a top-level
* window. */
{
TkWindow *parentPtr = (TkWindow *) parent;
TkWindow *winPtr;
if ((parentPtr != NULL) && (parentPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't create window: parent has been destroyed", NULL);
return NULL;
} else if ((parentPtr != NULL) &&
(parentPtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't create window: its parent has -container = yes", NULL);
return NULL;
}
if (screenName == NULL) {
winPtr = TkAllocWindow(parentPtr->dispPtr, parentPtr->screenNum,
parentPtr);
/*
* Add the anonymous window flag now, so that NameWindow will behave
* correctly.
*/
winPtr->flags |= TK_ANONYMOUS_WINDOW;
if (NameWindow(interp, winPtr, parentPtr, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
return NULL;
}
return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
}
return CreateTopLevelWindow(interp, parent, NULL, screenName,
TK_ANONYMOUS_WINDOW);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 |
Tk_Window
Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting.
* the interp's result is assumed to be
* initialized by the caller. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in application that is
* to contain new window. */
| | | | | < | | | | | | | < > | | | < | 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 |
Tk_Window
Tk_CreateWindowFromPath(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting.
* the interp's result is assumed to be
* initialized by the caller. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in application that is
* to contain new window. */
CONST char *pathName, /* Path name for new window within the
* application of tkwin. The parent of this
* window must already exist, but the window
* itself must not exist. */
CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, new window will be on same screen
* as its parent. If non-NULL, gives name of
* screen on which to create new window;
* window will be a top-level window. */
{
#define FIXED_SPACE 5
char fixedSpace[FIXED_SPACE+1];
char *p;
Tk_Window parent;
int numChars;
/*
* Strip the parent's name out of pathName (it's everything up to the last
* dot). There are two tricky parts: (a) must copy the parent's name
* somewhere else to avoid modifying the pathName string (for large names,
* space for the copy will have to be malloc'ed); (b) must special-case
* the situation where the parent is ".".
*/
p = strrchr(pathName, '.');
if (p == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad window path name \"", pathName,
"\"", NULL);
return NULL;
}
numChars = (int) (p-pathName);
if (numChars > FIXED_SPACE) {
p = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (numChars+1));
} else {
p = fixedSpace;
}
if (numChars == 0) {
*p = '.';
p[1] = '\0';
} else {
strncpy(p, pathName, (size_t) numChars);
p[numChars] = '\0';
}
/*
* Find the parent window.
*/
parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, p, tkwin);
if (p != fixedSpace) {
ckfree(p);
}
if (parent == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (((TkWindow *) parent)->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't create window: parent has been destroyed", NULL);
return NULL;
}
if (((TkWindow *) parent)->flags & TK_CONTAINER) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't create window: its parent has -container = yes", NULL);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Create the window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 |
*/
if (tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList &&
(tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->flags & HD_CLEANUP) &&
(tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr == winPtr)) {
halfdeadPtr = tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList;
} else {
| | | 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 |
*/
if (tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList &&
(tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->flags & HD_CLEANUP) &&
(tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr == winPtr)) {
halfdeadPtr = tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList;
} else {
halfdeadPtr = (TkHalfdeadWindow *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkHalfdeadWindow));
halfdeadPtr->flags = 0;
halfdeadPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
halfdeadPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList;
tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList = halfdeadPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 |
* Recursively destroy children. Note that this child window block may
* need to be run multiple times in the case where a child window has a
* Destroy binding that calls exit.
*/
if (!(halfdeadPtr->flags & HD_DESTROY_COUNT)) {
halfdeadPtr->flags |= HD_DESTROY_COUNT;
}
while (winPtr->childList != NULL) {
| > | | | 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 |
* Recursively destroy children. Note that this child window block may
* need to be run multiple times in the case where a child window has a
* Destroy binding that calls exit.
*/
if (!(halfdeadPtr->flags & HD_DESTROY_COUNT)) {
halfdeadPtr->flags |= HD_DESTROY_COUNT;
dispPtr->destroyCount++;
}
while (winPtr->childList != NULL) {
TkWindow *childPtr;
childPtr = winPtr->childList;
childPtr->flags |= TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW;
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) childPtr);
if (winPtr->childList == childPtr) {
/*
* The child didn't remove itself from the child list, so let's
* remove it here. This can happen in some strange conditions,
* such as when a Destroy event handler for a window destroys the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 | * in-line here, for the same reasons we delete children in-line * (otherwise, for example, the Tk window may appear to exist even * though its X window is gone; this could cause errors). Special * note: it's possible that the embedded window has already been * deleted, in which case TkpGetOtherWindow will return NULL. */ | | | | 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 |
* in-line here, for the same reasons we delete children in-line
* (otherwise, for example, the Tk window may appear to exist even
* though its X window is gone; this could cause errors). Special
* note: it's possible that the embedded window has already been
* deleted, in which case TkpGetOtherWindow will return NULL.
*/
TkWindow *childPtr;
childPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (childPtr != NULL) {
childPtr->flags |= TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW;
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) childPtr);
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 |
halfdeadPtr != NULL; ) {
if (halfdeadPtr->winPtr == winPtr) {
if (prev_halfdeadPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList = halfdeadPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prev_halfdeadPtr->nextPtr = halfdeadPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | > > | > > > | < < | > > < < < < | > | | | | | | | | < | | | 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 |
halfdeadPtr != NULL; ) {
if (halfdeadPtr->winPtr == winPtr) {
if (prev_halfdeadPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList = halfdeadPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prev_halfdeadPtr->nextPtr = halfdeadPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) halfdeadPtr);
break;
}
prev_halfdeadPtr = halfdeadPtr;
halfdeadPtr = halfdeadPtr->nextPtr;
}
if (halfdeadPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("window not found on half dead list");
}
/*
* Cleanup the data structures associated with this window.
*/
if (winPtr->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED) {
TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
} else if (winPtr->flags & TK_WM_COLORMAP_WINDOW) {
TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr);
}
if (winPtr->window != None) {
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) || defined(__WIN32__)
XDestroyWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
#else
if ((winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)
|| !(winPtr->flags & TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW)) {
/*
* The parent has already been destroyed and this isn't a
* top-level window, so this window will be destroyed implicitly
* when the parent's X window is destroyed; it's much faster not
* to do an explicit destroy of this X window.
*/
dispPtr->lastDestroyRequest = NextRequest(winPtr->display);
XDestroyWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
}
#endif
TkFreeWindowId(dispPtr, winPtr->window);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable,
(char *) winPtr->window));
winPtr->window = None;
}
dispPtr->destroyCount--;
UnlinkWindow(winPtr);
TkEventDeadWindow(winPtr);
TkBindDeadWindow(winPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
if (winPtr->inputContext != NULL) {
XDestroyIC(winPtr->inputContext);
winPtr->inputContext = NULL;
}
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
if (winPtr->tagPtr != NULL) {
TkFreeBindingTags(winPtr);
}
TkOptionDeadWindow(winPtr);
TkSelDeadWindow(winPtr);
TkGrabDeadWindow(winPtr);
if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) {
if (winPtr->pathName != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteAllBindings(winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
(ClientData) winPtr->pathName);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable,
winPtr->pathName));
/*
* The memory pointed to by pathName has been deallocated. Keep
* users from accessing it after the window has been destroyed by
* setting it to NULL.
*/
winPtr->pathName = NULL;
/*
* Invalidate all objects referring to windows with the same main
* window.
*/
winPtr->mainPtr->deletionEpoch++;
}
winPtr->mainPtr->refCount--;
if (winPtr->mainPtr->refCount == 0) {
register const TkCmd *cmdPtr;
/*
* We just deleted the last window in the application. Delete the
* TkMainInfo structure too and replace all of Tk's commands with
* dummy commands that return errors. Also delete the "send"
* command to unregister the interpreter.
*
* NOTE: Only replace the commands it if the interpreter is not
* being deleted. If it *is*, the interpreter cleanup will do all
* the needed work.
*/
if ((winPtr->mainPtr->interp != NULL) &&
(!Tcl_InterpDeleted(winPtr->mainPtr->interp))) {
for (cmdPtr = commands; cmdPtr->name != NULL; cmdPtr++) {
Tcl_CreateCommand(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, cmdPtr->name,
TkDeadAppCmd, NULL, NULL);
}
Tcl_CreateCommand(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, "send",
TkDeadAppCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_UnlinkVar(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, "tk_strictMotif");
Tcl_UnlinkVar(winPtr->mainPtr->interp,
"::tk::AlwaysShowSelection");
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable);
TkBindFree(winPtr->mainPtr);
TkDeleteAllImages(winPtr->mainPtr);
TkFontPkgFree(winPtr->mainPtr);
TkFocusFree(winPtr->mainPtr);
TkStylePkgFree(winPtr->mainPtr);
/*
* When embedding Tk into other applications, make sure that all
* destroy events reach the server. Otherwise the embedding
* application may also attempt to destroy the windows, resulting
* in an X error
*/
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
XSync(winPtr->display, False);
}
ckfree((char *) winPtr->mainPtr);
/*
* If no other applications are using the display, close the
* display now and relinquish its data structures.
*/
#if !defined(WIN32) && defined(NOT_YET)
if (dispPtr->refCount <= 0) {
/*
* I have disabled this code because on Windows there are
* still order dependencies in close-down. All displays and
* resources will get closed down properly anyway at exit,
* through the exit handler. -- jyl
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 | /* * Found and spliced it out, now actually do the cleanup. */ TkCloseDisplay(dispPtr); } | | | | 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 |
/*
* Found and spliced it out, now actually do the cleanup.
*/
TkCloseDisplay(dispPtr);
}
#endif
}
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) winPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MapWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 |
event.type = MapNotify;
event.xmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xmap.send_event = False;
event.xmap.display = winPtr->display;
event.xmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
| | | 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 |
event.type = MapNotify;
event.xmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xmap.send_event = False;
event.xmap.display = winPtr->display;
event.xmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MakeWindowExist --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MakeWindowExist(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window. */
{
| | | 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MakeWindowExist(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkWindow *winPtr2;
Window parent;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tk_ClassCreateProc *createProc;
int isNew;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 |
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr);
}
parent = winPtr->parentPtr->window;
}
createProc = Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, createProc);
if (createProc != NULL && parent != None) {
| | | 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 |
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr);
}
parent = winPtr->parentPtr->window;
}
createProc = Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, createProc);
if (createProc != NULL && parent != None) {
winPtr->window = (*createProc)(tkwin, parent, winPtr->instanceData);
} else {
winPtr->window = TkpMakeWindow(winPtr, parent);
}
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&winPtr->dispPtr->winTable,
(char *) winPtr->window, &isNew);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 |
*/
for (winPtr2 = winPtr->nextPtr; winPtr2 != NULL;
winPtr2 = winPtr2->nextPtr) {
if ((winPtr2->window != None)
&& !(winPtr2->flags & (TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_REPARENTED))) {
XWindowChanges changes;
| < | 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 |
*/
for (winPtr2 = winPtr->nextPtr; winPtr2 != NULL;
winPtr2 = winPtr2->nextPtr) {
if ((winPtr2->window != None)
&& !(winPtr2->flags & (TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_REPARENTED))) {
XWindowChanges changes;
changes.sibling = winPtr2->window;
changes.stack_mode = Below;
XConfigureWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
CWSibling|CWStackMode, &changes);
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_UnmapWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window to unmap. */
{
| | | 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_UnmapWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window to unmap. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED) || (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
return;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED) {
/*
* Special processing has to be done for top-level windows. Let tkWm.c
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 | event.type = UnmapNotify; event.xunmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display); event.xunmap.send_event = False; event.xunmap.display = winPtr->display; event.xunmap.event = winPtr->window; event.xunmap.window = winPtr->window; event.xunmap.from_configure = False; | | | | | | | | | | | 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 |
event.type = UnmapNotify;
event.xunmap.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xunmap.send_event = False;
event.xunmap.display = winPtr->display;
event.xunmap.event = winPtr->window;
event.xunmap.window = winPtr->window;
event.xunmap.from_configure = False;
Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
}
}
void
Tk_ConfigureWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to re-configure. */
unsigned int valueMask, /* Mask indicating which parts of *valuePtr
* are to be used. */
XWindowChanges *valuePtr) /* New values. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (valueMask & CWX) {
winPtr->changes.x = valuePtr->x;
}
if (valueMask & CWY) {
winPtr->changes.y = valuePtr->y;
}
if (valueMask & CWWidth) {
winPtr->changes.width = valuePtr->width;
}
if (valueMask & CWHeight) {
winPtr->changes.height = valuePtr->height;
}
if (valueMask & CWBorderWidth) {
winPtr->changes.border_width = valuePtr->border_width;
}
if (valueMask & (CWSibling|CWStackMode)) {
Tcl_Panic("Can't set sibling or stack mode from Tk_ConfigureWindow.");
}
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XConfigureWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
valueMask, valuePtr);
TkDoConfigureNotify(winPtr);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyChanges |= valueMask;
winPtr->flags |= TK_NEED_CONFIG_NOTIFY;
}
}
void
Tk_MoveWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->changes.x = x;
winPtr->changes.y = y;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XMoveWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, x, y);
TkDoConfigureNotify(winPtr);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyChanges |= CWX|CWY;
winPtr->flags |= TK_NEED_CONFIG_NOTIFY;
}
}
void
Tk_ResizeWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to resize. */
int width, int height) /* New dimensions for window. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->changes.width = (unsigned) width;
winPtr->changes.height = (unsigned) height;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XResizeWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, (unsigned) width,
(unsigned) height);
TkDoConfigureNotify(winPtr);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyChanges |= CWWidth|CWHeight;
winPtr->flags |= TK_NEED_CONFIG_NOTIFY;
}
}
void
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move and resize. */
int x, int y, /* New location for window (within parent). */
int width, int height) /* New dimensions for window. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->changes.x = x;
winPtr->changes.y = y;
winPtr->changes.width = (unsigned) width;
winPtr->changes.height = (unsigned) height;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XMoveResizeWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, x, y,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
TkDoConfigureNotify(winPtr);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyChanges |= CWX|CWY|CWWidth|CWHeight;
winPtr->flags |= TK_NEED_CONFIG_NOTIFY;
}
}
void
Tk_SetWindowBorderWidth(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to modify. */
int width) /* New border width for window. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->changes.border_width = width;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XSetWindowBorderWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
(unsigned) width);
TkDoConfigureNotify(winPtr);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyChanges |= CWBorderWidth;
winPtr->flags |= TK_NEED_CONFIG_NOTIFY;
}
}
void
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
unsigned long valueMask, /* OR'ed combination of bits, indicating which
* fields of *attsPtr are to be used. */
register XSetWindowAttributes *attsPtr)
/* New values for some attributes. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (valueMask & CWBackPixmap) {
winPtr->atts.background_pixmap = attsPtr->background_pixmap;
}
if (valueMask & CWBackPixel) {
winPtr->atts.background_pixel = attsPtr->background_pixel;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 |
void
Tk_SetWindowBackground(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
unsigned long pixel) /* Pixel value to use for window's
* background. */
{
| | | | | | > > > > | | 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 |
void
Tk_SetWindowBackground(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
unsigned long pixel) /* Pixel value to use for window's
* background. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->atts.background_pixel = pixel;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XSetWindowBackground(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, pixel);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyAtts = (winPtr->dirtyAtts & (unsigned) ~CWBackPixmap)
| CWBackPixel;
}
}
void
Tk_SetWindowBackgroundPixmap(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Pixmap to use for window's background. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->atts.background_pixmap = pixmap;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(winPtr->display,
winPtr->window, pixmap);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyAtts = (winPtr->dirtyAtts & (unsigned) ~CWBackPixel)
| CWBackPixmap;
}
}
void
Tk_SetWindowBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
unsigned long pixel) /* Pixel value to use for window's border. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->atts.border_pixel = pixel;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XSetWindowBorder(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, pixel);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyAtts = (winPtr->dirtyAtts & (unsigned) ~CWBorderPixmap)
| CWBorderPixel;
}
}
void
Tk_SetWindowBorderPixmap(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Pixmap to use for window's border. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->atts.border_pixmap = pixmap;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XSetWindowBorderPixmap(winPtr->display,
winPtr->window, pixmap);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyAtts = (winPtr->dirtyAtts & (unsigned) ~CWBorderPixel)
| CWBorderPixmap;
}
}
void
Tk_DefineCursor(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
Tk_Cursor cursor) /* Cursor to use for window (may be None). */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
winPtr->atts.cursor = (XCursor) cursor;
#else
winPtr->atts.cursor = (Cursor) cursor;
#endif
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XDefineCursor(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, winPtr->atts.cursor);
} else {
winPtr->dirtyAtts = winPtr->dirtyAtts | CWCursor;
}
}
void
Tk_UndefineCursor(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window to manipulate. */
{
Tk_DefineCursor(tkwin, NULL);
}
void
Tk_SetWindowColormap(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
Colormap colormap) /* Colormap to use for window. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->atts.colormap = colormap;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XSetWindowColormap(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, colormap);
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED)) {
TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 |
int
Tk_SetWindowVisual(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
Visual *visual, /* New visual for window. */
int depth, /* New depth for window. */
Colormap colormap) /* An appropriate colormap for the visual. */
{
| | | 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 |
int
Tk_SetWindowVisual(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to manipulate. */
Visual *visual, /* New visual for window. */
int depth, /* New depth for window. */
Colormap colormap) /* An appropriate colormap for the visual. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
/* Too late! */
return 0;
}
winPtr->visual = visual;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 | * An event is generated and processed by Tk_HandleEvent. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkDoConfigureNotify( | | | 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 |
* An event is generated and processed by Tk_HandleEvent.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkDoConfigureNotify(
register TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window whose configuration was just
* changed. */
{
XEvent event;
event.type = ConfigureNotify;
event.xconfigure.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(winPtr->display);
event.xconfigure.send_event = False;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_SetClass(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window to assign class. */
| | | | 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_SetClass(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window to assign class. */
CONST char *className) /* New class for tkwin. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->classUid = Tk_GetUid(className);
if (winPtr->flags & TK_WIN_MANAGED) {
TkWmSetClass(winPtr);
}
TkOptionClassChanged(winPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_SetClassProcs(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window to modify. */
| | | | 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_SetClassProcs(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window to modify. */
Tk_ClassProcs *procs, /* Class procs structure. */
ClientData instanceData) /* Data to be passed to class functions. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
winPtr->classProcsPtr = procs;
winPtr->instanceData = instanceData;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
Tk_NameToWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to report errors. */
| | | < < | < | | | 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
Tk_NameToWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to report errors. */
CONST char *pathName, /* Path name of window. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window: name is assumed to belong
* to the same main window as tkwin. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
if (tkwin == NULL) {
/*
* Either we're not really in Tk, or the main window was destroyed and
* we're on our way out of the application.
*/
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "NULL main window", NULL);
}
return NULL;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->nameTable,
pathName);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad window path name \"",
pathName, "\"", NULL);
}
return NULL;
}
return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_IdToWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 |
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (dispPtr->display == display) {
break;
}
}
| < < | < | | | | 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 |
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (dispPtr->display == display) {
break;
}
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->winTable, (char *) window);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DisplayName --
*
* Return the textual name of a window's display.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the string name of the display associated with
* tkwin.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_DisplayName(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display name is desired. */
{
return ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr->name;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Interp *
Tk_Interp(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
| | | | 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Interp *
Tk_Interp(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
if (tkwin != NULL && ((TkWindow *)tkwin)->mainPtr != NULL) {
return ((TkWindow *)tkwin)->mainPtr->interp;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 |
* Notify the X server of the change. If winPtr hasn't yet been created
* then there's no need to tell the X server now, since the stacking order
* will be handled properly when the window is finally created.
*/
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XWindowChanges changes;
| | > | 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 |
* Notify the X server of the change. If winPtr hasn't yet been created
* then there's no need to tell the X server now, since the stacking order
* will be handled properly when the window is finally created.
*/
if (winPtr->window != None) {
XWindowChanges changes;
unsigned int mask;
mask = CWStackMode;
changes.stack_mode = Above;
for (otherPtr = winPtr->nextPtr; otherPtr != NULL;
otherPtr = otherPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((otherPtr->window != None)
&& !(otherPtr->flags & (TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_REPARENTED))){
changes.sibling = otherPtr->window;
changes.stack_mode = Below;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 |
return NULL;
}
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
if (tclStubsPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
#endif
| | > < | < | 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 |
return NULL;
}
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
if (tclStubsPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
#endif
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
for (mainPtr = tsdPtr->mainWindowList; mainPtr != NULL;
mainPtr = mainPtr->nextPtr) {
if (mainPtr->interp == interp) {
return (Tk_Window) mainPtr->winPtr;
}
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "this isn't a Tk application", TCL_STATIC);
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_StrictMotif --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 |
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
if (tclStubsPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
#endif
| | > | | | 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 |
#ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS
if (tclStubsPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
#endif
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
return tsdPtr->numMainWindows;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpAlwaysShowSelection --
*
* Indicates whether text/entry widgets should always display
* their selection, regardless of window focus.
*
* Results:
* The return value is 1 if always showing the selection has been
* requested for tkwin's application by setting the
* ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection variable in its interpreter to a true value.
* 0 is returned if it has a false value.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpAlwaysShowSelection(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose application is to be
* checked. */
{
return ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->alwaysShowSelection;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 |
static void
DeleteWindowsExitProc(
ClientData clientData) /* tsdPtr when handler was created. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr, *nextPtr;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
| | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 |
static void
DeleteWindowsExitProc(
ClientData clientData) /* tsdPtr when handler was created. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr, *nextPtr;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) clientData;
if (tsdPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
/*
* Finish destroying any windows that are in a half-dead state. We must
* protect the interpreter while destroying the window, because of
* <Destroy> bindings which could destroy the interpreter while the window
* is being deleted. This would leave frames on the call stack pointing at
* deleted memory, causing core dumps.
*/
while (tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList != NULL) {
interp = tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->flags |= HD_CLEANUP;
tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr->flags &= ~TK_ALREADY_DEAD;
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
/*
* Destroy any remaining main windows.
*/
while (tsdPtr->mainWindowList != NULL) {
interp = tsdPtr->mainWindowList->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->mainWindowList->winPtr);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
/*
* Iterate destroying the displays until no more displays remain. It is
* possible for displays to get recreated during exit by any code that
* calls GetScreen, so we must destroy these new displays as well as the
* old ones.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 |
}
tsdPtr->numMainWindows = 0;
tsdPtr->mainWindowList = NULL;
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
| | | | | < | | | < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 |
}
tsdPtr->numMainWindows = 0;
tsdPtr->mainWindowList = NULL;
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
#if defined(__WIN32__)
static HMODULE tkcygwindll = NULL;
/*
* Run Tk_MainEx from libtk8.?.dll
*
* This function is only ever called from wish8.4.exe, the cygwin
* port of Tcl. This means that the system encoding is utf-8,
* so we don't have to do any encoding conversions.
*/
int
TkCygwinMainEx(
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
char **argv, /* Array of argument strings. */
Tcl_AppInitProc *appInitProc, /* Application-specific initialization
* procedure to call after most
* initialization but before starting
* to execute commands. */
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
char name[MAX_PATH];
int len;
void (*sym)(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *);
/* construct "<path>/libtk8.?.dll", from "<path>/tk8?.dll" */
len = GetModuleFileName(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), name, MAX_PATH);
name[len-2] = '.';
name[len-1] = name[len-5];
strcpy(name+len, ".dll");
memcpy(name+len-8, "libtk8", 6);
tkcygwindll = LoadLibrary(name);
if (!tkcygwindll) {
/* dll is not present */
return 0;
}
sym = (void (*)(int, char **, Tcl_AppInitProc *, Tcl_Interp *))(void *)GetProcAddress(tkcygwindll, "Tk_MainEx");
if (!sym) {
return 0;
}
sym(argc, argv, appInitProc, interp);
return 1;
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_Init --
*
* This function is invoked to add Tk to an interpreter. It incorporates
* all of Tk's commands into the interpreter and creates the main window
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_Init(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to initialize. */
{
| | | | | | | | 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_Init(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to initialize. */
{
#if defined(__WIN32__)
if (tkcygwindll) {
int (*sym)(Tcl_Interp *);
sym = (int (*)(Tcl_Interp *))(void *)GetProcAddress(tkcygwindll, "Tk_Init");
if (sym) {
return sym(interp);
}
}
#endif
return Initialize(interp);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SafeInit --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 |
* - Wm is unsafe because (if toplevels are allowed, in the future) it can
* be used to remove decorations, move windows around, cover the entire
* screen etc etc.
*
* Current risks:
*
* - No CPU time limit, no memory allocation limits, no color limits.
| | | | < | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > | | | | | | < < | > > > > > | | > | | < | | | | < | < < > > > > | > > > > > | | | | < < < < | < < | < < > > > > | > > > | < > | < | < < < < < < < < | | | < | < | | > > > | | < < < | | < < | < | | < | | | | | | | | > | < | | | > | | | | > | | | | > | | | < | | | | | < | < < < < < < > | 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 |
* - Wm is unsafe because (if toplevels are allowed, in the future) it can
* be used to remove decorations, move windows around, cover the entire
* screen etc etc.
*
* Current risks:
*
* - No CPU time limit, no memory allocation limits, no color limits.
* CPU time limits can be imposed by an unsafe master interpreter.
*
* The actual code called is the same as Tk_Init but Tcl_IsSafe() is
* checked at several places to differentiate the two initialisations.
*/
#if defined(__WIN32__)
if (tkcygwindll) {
int (*sym)(Tcl_Interp *);
sym = (int (*)(Tcl_Interp *))(void *)GetProcAddress(tkcygwindll, "Tk_SafeInit");
if (sym) {
return sym(interp);
}
}
#endif
return Initialize(interp);
}
extern TkStubs tkStubs;
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Initialize --
*
* ???TODO???
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result. Also leaves an error message in the interp's
* result if there was an error.
*
* Side effects:
* Depends on the initialization scripts that are invoked.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
Initialize(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to initialize. */
{
char *p;
int argc, code;
CONST char **argv;
char *args[20];
CONST char *argString = NULL;
Tcl_DString class;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
/*
* Ensure that we are getting a compatible version of Tcl.
*/
if (Tcl_InitStubs(interp, "8.5.0", 0) == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Ensure that our obj-types are registered with the Tcl runtime.
*/
TkRegisterObjTypes();
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Start by initializing all the static variables to default acceptable
* values so that no information is leaked from a previous run of this
* code.
*/
Tcl_MutexLock(&windowMutex);
synchronize = 0;
name = NULL;
display = NULL;
geometry = NULL;
colormap = NULL;
use = NULL;
visual = NULL;
rest = 0;
argv = NULL;
/*
* We start by resetting the result because it might not be clean
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
/*
* Get the clearance to start Tk and the "argv" parameters from the
* master.
*/
Tcl_DString ds;
/*
* Step 1 : find the master and construct the interp name (could be a
* function if new APIs were ok). We could also construct the path
* while walking, but there is no API to get the name of an interp
* either.
*/
Tcl_Interp *master = interp;
while (1) {
master = Tcl_GetMaster(master);
if (master == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "NULL master", NULL);
code = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (!Tcl_IsSafe(master)) {
/* Found the trusted master. */
break;
}
}
/*
* Construct the name (rewalk...)
*/
code = Tcl_GetInterpPath(master, interp);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error in Tcl_GetInterpPath", NULL);
goto done;
}
/*
* Build the string to eval.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&ds, "::safe::TkInit");
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&ds, Tcl_GetStringResult(master));
/*
* Step 2 : Eval in the master. The argument is the *reversed* interp
* path of the slave.
*/
code = Tcl_Eval(master, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
if (code != TCL_OK) {
/*
* We might want to transfer the error message or not. We don't.
* (No API to do it and maybe security reasons).
*/
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"not allowed to start Tk by master's safe::TkInit", NULL);
goto done;
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
/*
* Use the master's result as argv. Note: We don't use the Obj
* interfaces to avoid dealing with cross interp refcounting and
* changing the code below.
*/
argString = Tcl_GetStringResult(master);
} else {
/*
* If there is an "argv" variable, get its value, extract out relevant
* arguments from it, and rewrite the variable without the arguments
* that we used.
*/
argString = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "argv", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
if (argString != NULL) {
char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argString, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
argError:
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\n (processing arguments in argv variable)");
code = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if (Tk_ParseArgv(interp, (Tk_Window) NULL, &argc, argv,
argTable, TK_ARGV_DONT_SKIP_FIRST_ARG|TK_ARGV_NO_DEFAULTS)
!= TCL_OK) {
goto argError;
}
p = Tcl_Merge(argc, argv);
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "argv", NULL, p, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
sprintf(buffer, "%d", argc);
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "argc", NULL, buffer, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
ckfree(p);
}
/*
* Figure out the application's name and class.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&class);
if (name == NULL) {
int offset;
TkpGetAppName(interp, &class);
offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&class)+1;
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&class, 2*offset);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&class, offset-1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&class, Tcl_DStringValue(&class), offset-1);
name = Tcl_DStringValue(&class) + offset;
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&class, name, -1);
}
p = Tcl_DStringValue(&class);
if (*p) {
Tcl_UtfToTitle(p);
}
/*
* Create an argument list for creating the top-level window, using the
* information parsed from argv, if any.
*/
args[0] = "toplevel";
args[1] = ".";
args[2] = "-class";
args[3] = Tcl_DStringValue(&class);
argc = 4;
if (display != NULL) {
args[argc] = "-screen";
args[argc+1] = display;
argc += 2;
/*
* If this is the first application for this process, save the display
* name in the DISPLAY environment variable so that it will be
* available to subprocesses created by us.
*/
if (tsdPtr->numMainWindows == 0) {
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, "env", "DISPLAY", display, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
}
if (colormap != NULL) {
args[argc] = "-colormap";
args[argc+1] = colormap;
argc += 2;
colormap = NULL;
}
if (use != NULL) {
args[argc] = "-use";
args[argc+1] = use;
argc += 2;
use = NULL;
}
if (visual != NULL) {
args[argc] = "-visual";
args[argc+1] = visual;
argc += 2;
visual = NULL;
}
args[argc] = NULL;
code = TkCreateFrame((ClientData) NULL, interp, argc, args, 1, name);
Tcl_DStringFree(&class);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (synchronize) {
XSynchronize(Tk_Display(Tk_MainWindow(interp)), True);
}
/*
* Set the geometry of the main window, if requested. Put the requested
* geometry into the "geometry" variable.
*/
if (geometry != NULL) {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "geometry", geometry, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, "wm geometry . ", geometry, NULL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
geometry = NULL;
}
/*
* Provide Tk and its stub table.
*/
code = Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Tk", TK_PATCH_LEVEL,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 |
* loop function in Tcl to our main loop proc. This will cause tclsh to be
* event-aware when Tk is dynamically loaded. This will have no effect in
* wish, which already is prepared to run the event loop.
*/
Tcl_SetMainLoop(Tk_MainLoop);
/*
* Initialized the themed widget set
*/
code = Ttk_Init(interp);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
/*
* Invoke platform-specific initialization. Unlock mutex before entering
* TkpInit, as that may run through the Tk_Init routine again for the
* console window interpreter.
*/
code = TkpInit(interp);
if (code == TCL_OK) {
/*
* In order to find tk.tcl during initialization, we evaluate the
* following script. It calls on the Tcl command [tcl_findLibrary]
* to perform the search. See the docs for that command for details
* on where it looks.
*
* Note that this entire search mechanism can be bypassed by defining
* an alternate [tkInit] command before calling Tk_Init().
*/
| > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > < | | > | 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 |
* loop function in Tcl to our main loop proc. This will cause tclsh to be
* event-aware when Tk is dynamically loaded. This will have no effect in
* wish, which already is prepared to run the event loop.
*/
Tcl_SetMainLoop(Tk_MainLoop);
#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
/* On Windows, this has no added value. */
# undef Tk_InitStubs
Tk_InitStubs(interp, TK_VERSION, 1);
#endif
/*
* Initialized the themed widget set
*/
code = Ttk_Init(interp);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
goto done;
}
/*
* Invoke platform-specific initialization. Unlock mutex before entering
* TkpInit, as that may run through the Tk_Init routine again for the
* console window interpreter.
*/
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&windowMutex);
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
code = TkpInit(interp);
if (code == TCL_OK) {
/*
* In order to find tk.tcl during initialization, we evaluate the
* following script. It calls on the Tcl command [tcl_findLibrary]
* to perform the search. See the docs for that command for details
* on where it looks.
*
* Note that this entire search mechanism can be bypassed by defining
* an alternate [tkInit] command before calling Tk_Init().
*/
code = Tcl_Eval(interp,
"if {[namespace which -command tkInit] eq \"\"} {\n\
proc tkInit {} {\n\
global tk_library tk_version tk_patchLevel\n\
rename tkInit {}\n\
tcl_findLibrary tk $tk_version $tk_patchLevel tk.tcl TK_LIBRARY tk_library\n\
}\n\
}\n\
tkInit");
}
if (code == TCL_OK) {
/*
* Create exit handlers to delete all windows when the application or
* thread exits. The handler need to be invoked before other platform
* specific cleanups take place to avoid panics in finalization.
*/
TkCreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteWindowsExitProc, (ClientData) tsdPtr);
}
return code;
done:
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&windowMutex);
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
return code;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | < | 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char * version,
int exact)
{
CONST char *actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Tk", version, 0);
if (exact && actualVersion) {
CONST char *p = version;
int count = 0;
while (*p) {
count += !isdigit(UCHAR(*p++));
}
if (count == 1) {
if (0 != strncmp(version, actualVersion, strlen(version))) {
/* Construct error message */
Tcl_PkgPresent(interp, "Tk", version, 1);
return NULL;
}
} else {
return Tcl_PkgPresent(interp, "Tk", version, 1);
}
}
return actualVersion;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttk.decls.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc)
}
declare 5 {
int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
| | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc)
}
declare 5 {
int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec,
void *clientData)
}
declare 6 {
Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_RegisterElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec,
void *clientData)
}
declare 7 {
int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *name,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
}
declare 13 {
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMapLookup(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_StateMap map, Ttk_State state)
}
declare 14 {
int Ttk_StateTableLookup(
| | | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
}
declare 13 {
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMapLookup(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_StateMap map, Ttk_State state)
}
declare 14 {
int Ttk_StateTableLookup(
Ttk_StateTable map[], Ttk_State state)
}
#
# Low-level geometry utilities.
#
declare 20 {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
declare 35 {
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box)
}
#
# Utilities.
#
| | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
declare 35 {
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box)
}
#
# Utilities.
#
declare 40 {
int Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *orient)
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkBlink.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * to display the cursor or not (e.g., readonly or disabled states); * TtkBlinkCursor() does not account for this. * * TODO: * Add script-level access to configure application-wide blink rate. */ | | | < < | | | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
* to display the cursor or not (e.g., readonly or disabled states);
* TtkBlinkCursor() does not account for this.
*
* TODO:
* Add script-level access to configure application-wide blink rate.
*/
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#define DEF_CURSOR_ON_TIME 600 /* milliseconds */
#define DEF_CURSOR_OFF_TIME 300 /* milliseconds */
/* Interp-specific data for tracking cursors:
*/
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore *owner; /* Widget that currently has cursor */
Tcl_TimerToken timer; /* Blink timer */
int onTime; /* #milliseconds to blink cursor on */
int offTime; /* #milliseconds to blink cursor off */
} CursorManager;
/* CursorManagerDeleteProc --
* InterpDeleteProc for cursor manager.
*/
static void CursorManagerDeleteProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
CursorManager *cm = (CursorManager*)clientData;
if (cm->timer) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(cm->timer);
}
ckfree(clientData);
}
/* GetCursorManager --
* Look up and create if necessary the interp's cursor manager.
*/
static CursorManager *GetCursorManager(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
static const char *cm_key = "ttk::CursorManager";
CursorManager *cm = (CursorManager *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, cm_key,0);
if (!cm) {
cm = (CursorManager*)ckalloc(sizeof(*cm));
cm->timer = 0;
cm->owner = 0;
cm->onTime = DEF_CURSOR_ON_TIME;
cm->offTime = DEF_CURSOR_OFF_TIME;
Tcl_SetAssocData(interp,cm_key,CursorManagerDeleteProc,(ClientData)cm);
}
return cm;
}
/* CursorBlinkProc --
* Timer handler to blink the insert cursor on and off.
*/
static void
CursorBlinkProc(ClientData clientData)
{
CursorManager *cm = (CursorManager*)clientData;
int blinkTime;
if (cm->owner->flags & CURSOR_ON) {
cm->owner->flags &= ~CURSOR_ON;
blinkTime = cm->offTime;
} else {
cm->owner->flags |= CURSOR_ON;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * label, button, checkbutton, radiobutton, and menubutton widgets. */ | > | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
/*
* Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
*
* label, button, checkbutton, radiobutton, and menubutton widgets.
*/
#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
/* Bit fields for OptionSpec mask field:
*/
#define STATE_CHANGED (0x100) /* -state option changed */
#define DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED (0x200) /* -default option changed */
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Base resources for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, etc:
*/
typedef struct
{
/*
* Text element resources:
*/
Tcl_Obj *textObj;
Tcl_Obj *textVariableObj;
Tcl_Obj *underlineObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
BasePart base;
} Base;
| | < < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
BasePart base;
} Base;
static Tk_OptionSpec BaseOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
Tk_Offset(Base,base.textObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable", "",
Tk_Offset(Base,base.textVariableObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
"-1", Tk_Offset(Base,base.underlineObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
/* SB: OPTION_INT, see <<NOTE-NULLOPTIONS>> */
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-width", "width", "Width",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.widthObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
/*
* Image options
*/
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/,
Tk_Offset(Base,base.imageObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
/*
* Compound base/image options
*/
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
"none", Tk_Offset(Base,base.compoundObj), -1,
0,(ClientData)ttkCompoundStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Base,base.paddingObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
/*
* Compatibility/legacy options
*/
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
"normal", Tk_Offset(Base,base.stateObj), -1,
0,0,STATE_CHANGED },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* Variable trace procedure for -textvariable option:
*/
static void TextVariableChanged(void *clientData, const char *value)
{
Base *basePtr = clientData;
Tcl_Obj *newText;
if (WidgetDestroyed(&basePtr->core)) {
return;
}
newText = value ? Tcl_NewStringObj(value, -1) : Tcl_NewStringObj("", 0);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newText);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(basePtr->base.textObj);
basePtr->base.textObj = newText;
TtkResizeWidget(&basePtr->core);
}
static void
BaseInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
basePtr->base.textVariableTrace = 0;
basePtr->base.imageSpec = NULL;
}
static void
BaseCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
if (basePtr->base.textVariableTrace)
Ttk_UntraceVariable(basePtr->base.textVariableTrace);
if (basePtr->base.imageSpec)
TtkFreeImageSpec(basePtr->base.imageSpec);
}
static void
BaseImageChanged(
ClientData clientData, int x, int y, int width, int height,
int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{
Base *basePtr = (Base *)clientData;
TtkResizeWidget(&basePtr->core);
}
static int BaseConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *textVarName = basePtr->base.textVariableObj;
Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = NULL;
if (textVarName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName) != '\0') {
vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp,textVarName,TextVariableChanged,basePtr);
if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
TtkCheckStateOption(&basePtr->core, basePtr->base.stateObj);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
| | | < < | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
TtkCheckStateOption(&basePtr->core, basePtr->base.stateObj);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
BasePostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Base *basePtr = recordPtr;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (basePtr->base.textVariableTrace) {
status = Ttk_FireTrace(basePtr->base.textVariableTrace);
}
return status;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
BasePart base;
LabelPart label;
} Label;
| | | | | | | | | | | | 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
BasePart base;
LabelPart label;
} Label;
static Tk_OptionSpec LabelOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-background", "frameColor", "FrameColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.backgroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.foregroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.fontObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.borderWidthObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.reliefObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label,label.anchorObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label, label.justifyObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-wraplength", "wrapLength", "WrapLength",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Label, label.wrapLengthObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*SB: SIZE_CHANGED*/ },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
static const Ttk_Ensemble LabelCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec LabelWidgetSpec =
{
"TLabel", /* className */
sizeof(Label), /* recordSize */
LabelOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
LabelCommands, /* subcommands */
BaseInitialize, /* initializeProc */
BaseCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
320 321 322 323 324 325 326 |
BasePart base;
ButtonPart button;
} Button;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
| | | | | | | | | | 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
BasePart base;
ButtonPart button;
} Button;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec ButtonOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
"", Tk_Offset(Button, button.commandObj), -1, 0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-default", "default", "Default",
"normal", Tk_Offset(Button, button.defaultStateObj), -1,
0, (ClientData) ttkDefaultStrings, DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
static int ButtonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Button *buttonPtr = recordPtr;
if (BaseConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Handle "-default" option:
*/
if (mask & DEFAULTSTATE_CHANGED) {
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(
NULL, buttonPtr->button.defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
if (defaultState == TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&buttonPtr->core, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0);
} else {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&buttonPtr->core, 0, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $button invoke --
* Evaluate the button's -command.
*/
static int
ButtonInvokeCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Button *buttonPtr = recordPtr;
if (objc > 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "invoke");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (buttonPtr->core.state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
return TCL_OK;
}
return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, buttonPtr->button.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}
static const Ttk_Ensemble ButtonCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "invoke", ButtonInvokeCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec ButtonWidgetSpec =
{
"TButton", /* className */
sizeof(Button), /* recordSize */
ButtonOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
ButtonCommands, /* subcommands */
BaseInitialize, /* initializeProc */
BaseCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
430 431 432 433 434 435 436 |
BasePart base;
CheckbuttonPart checkbutton;
} Checkbutton;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
| | | | | | | | 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 |
BasePart base;
CheckbuttonPart checkbutton;
} Checkbutton;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec CheckbuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.variableObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-onvalue", "onValue", "OnValue",
"1", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.onValueObj), -1,
0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-offvalue", "offValue", "OffValue",
"0", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.offValueObj), -1,
0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
"", Tk_Offset(Checkbutton, checkbutton.commandObj), -1,
0,0,0},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* Variable trace procedure for checkbutton -variable option
*/
static void CheckbuttonVariableChanged(void *clientData, const char *value)
{
Checkbutton *checkPtr = clientData;
if (WidgetDestroyed(&checkPtr->core)) {
return;
}
if (!value) {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&checkPtr->core, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 |
TtkWidgetChangeState(&checkPtr->core, 0, TTK_STATE_SELECTED);
}
}
static void
CheckbuttonInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
| | | | < | | < < | > | | < < | < | | < < < | | | | | | 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 |
TtkWidgetChangeState(&checkPtr->core, 0, TTK_STATE_SELECTED);
}
}
static void
CheckbuttonInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
/* default -variable is the widget name:
*/
variableObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(checkPtr->core.tkwin), -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(variableObj);
checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj = variableObj;
BaseInitialize(interp, recordPtr);
}
static void
CheckbuttonCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_UntraceVariable(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace);
checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace = 0;
BaseCleanup(recordPtr);
}
static int
CheckbuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(
interp, checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj,
CheckbuttonVariableChanged, checkPtr);
if (!vt) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (BaseConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK){
Ttk_UntraceVariable(vt);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_UntraceVariable(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace);
checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace = vt;
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
CheckbuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace)
status = Ttk_FireTrace(checkPtr->checkbutton.variableTrace);
if (status == TCL_OK && !WidgetDestroyed(&checkPtr->core))
status = BasePostConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask);
return status;
}
/*
* Checkbutton 'invoke' subcommand:
* Toggles the checkbutton state.
*/
static int
CheckbuttonInvokeCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr = &checkPtr->core;
Tcl_Obj *newValue;
if (objc > 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "invoke");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (corePtr->state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
return TCL_OK;
/*
* Toggle the selected state.
*/
if (corePtr->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)
newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.offValueObj;
else
newValue = checkPtr->checkbutton.onValueObj;
if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp,
checkPtr->checkbutton.variableObj, NULL, newValue,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
== NULL)
return TCL_ERROR;
if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr))
return TCL_ERROR;
return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
checkPtr->checkbutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}
static const Ttk_Ensemble CheckbuttonCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "invoke", CheckbuttonInvokeCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
/* MISSING: select, deselect, toggle */
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec CheckbuttonWidgetSpec =
{
"TCheckbutton", /* className */
sizeof(Checkbutton), /* recordSize */
CheckbuttonOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
CheckbuttonCommands, /* subcommands */
CheckbuttonInitialize, /* initializeProc */
CheckbuttonCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
BasePart base;
RadiobuttonPart radiobutton;
} Radiobutton;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
| | | | | | | 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 |
BasePart base;
RadiobuttonPart radiobutton;
} Radiobutton;
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec RadiobuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
"::selectedButton", Tk_Offset(Radiobutton, radiobutton.variableObj),-1,
0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-value", "Value", "Value",
"1", Tk_Offset(Radiobutton, radiobutton.valueObj), -1,
0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
"", Tk_Offset(Radiobutton, radiobutton.commandObj), -1,
0,0,0},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* Variable trace procedure for radiobuttons.
*/
static void
RadiobuttonVariableChanged(void *clientData, const char *value)
{
Radiobutton *radioPtr = clientData;
if (WidgetDestroyed(&radioPtr->core)) {
return;
}
if (!value) {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&radioPtr->core, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
682 683 684 685 686 687 688 |
TtkWidgetChangeState(&radioPtr->core, 0, TTK_STATE_SELECTED);
}
}
static void
RadiobuttonCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
| | | | 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 |
TtkWidgetChangeState(&radioPtr->core, 0, TTK_STATE_SELECTED);
}
}
static void
RadiobuttonCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Radiobutton *radioPtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_UntraceVariable(radioPtr->radiobutton.variableTrace);
radioPtr->radiobutton.variableTrace = 0;
BaseCleanup(recordPtr);
}
static int
RadiobuttonConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Radiobutton *radioPtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(
interp, radioPtr->radiobutton.variableObj,
RadiobuttonVariableChanged, radioPtr);
if (!vt) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
714 715 716 717 718 719 720 |
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
RadiobuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
| | | | 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 |
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
RadiobuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Radiobutton *radioPtr = recordPtr;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (radioPtr->radiobutton.variableTrace)
status = Ttk_FireTrace(radioPtr->radiobutton.variableTrace);
if (status == TCL_OK && !WidgetDestroyed(&radioPtr->core))
status = BasePostConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask);
return status;
}
/*
* Radiobutton 'invoke' subcommand:
* Sets the radiobutton -variable to the -value, evaluates the -command.
*/
static int
RadiobuttonInvokeCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Radiobutton *radioPtr = recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr = &radioPtr->core;
if (objc > 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "invoke");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (corePtr->state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
767 768 769 770 771 772 773 |
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
/* MISSING: select, deselect */
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | | 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 |
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
/* MISSING: select, deselect */
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec RadiobuttonWidgetSpec =
{
"TRadiobutton", /* className */
sizeof(Radiobutton), /* recordSize */
RadiobuttonOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
RadiobuttonCommands, /* subcommands */
BaseInitialize, /* initializeProc */
RadiobuttonCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static const char *const directionStrings[] = {
"above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
| | | | | | | | 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
/*
* Option specifications:
*/
static const char *const directionStrings[] = {
"above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
static Tk_OptionSpec MenubuttonOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-menu", "menu", "Menu",
"", Tk_Offset(Menubutton, menubutton.menuObj), -1, 0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-direction", "direction", "Direction",
"below", Tk_Offset(Menubutton, menubutton.directionObj), -1,
0,(ClientData)directionStrings,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};
static const Ttk_Ensemble MenubuttonCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec MenubuttonWidgetSpec =
{
"TMenubutton", /* className */
sizeof(Menubutton), /* recordSize */
MenubuttonOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
MenubuttonCommands, /* subcommands */
BaseInitialize, /* initializeProc */
BaseCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
BaseConfigure, /* configureProc */
BasePostConfigure, /* postConfigureProc */
TtkWidgetGetLayout, /* getLayoutProc */
TtkWidgetSize, /* sizeProc */
TtkWidgetDoLayout, /* layoutProc */
TtkWidgetDisplay /* displayProc */
};
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(MenubuttonLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.focus", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.indicator", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkCache.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | * @@@ BUGS/TODO: Need distinct caches for each combination * of display, visual, and colormap. * * @@@ Colormap flashing on PseudoColor visuals is still possible, * but this will be a transient effect. */ | > | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
* @@@ BUGS/TODO: Need distinct caches for each combination
* of display, visual, and colormap.
*
* @@@ Colormap flashing on PseudoColor visuals is still possible,
* but this will be a transient effect.
*/
#include <stdio.h> /* for sprintf */
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
struct Ttk_ResourceCache_ {
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for error reporting */
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Cache window. */
Tcl_HashTable fontTable; /* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding FontObjs */
Tcl_HashTable colorTable; /* Entries: Tcl_Obj* holding ColorObjs */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
/*
* Free fonts:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->fontTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
| | | | | | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
/*
* Free fonts:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->fontTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *fontObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
if (fontObj) {
Tk_FreeFontFromObj(cache->tkwin, fontObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(fontObj);
}
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->fontTable);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->fontTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
/*
* Free colors:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->colorTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
if (colorObj) {
Tk_FreeColorFromObj(cache->tkwin, colorObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(colorObj);
}
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->colorTable);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->colorTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
/*
* Free borders:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->borderTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
if (borderObj) {
Tk_Free3DBorderFromObj(cache->tkwin, borderObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(borderObj);
}
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->borderTable);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->borderTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
/*
* Free images:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->imageTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tk_Image image = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
if (image) {
Tk_FreeImage(image);
}
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->imageTable);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cache->imageTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->imageTable);
/*
* Free named colors:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->namedColors, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
| | | | | 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->imageTable);
/*
* Free named colors:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&cache->namedColors, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *colorNameObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(colorNameObj);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cache->namedColors);
ckfree((ClientData)cache);
}
/*
* CacheWinEventHandler --
* Detect when the cache window is destroyed, clear cache.
*/
static void CacheWinEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Ttk_ResourceCache cache = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type != DestroyNotify) {
return;
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(cache->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
CacheWinEventHandler, clientData);
Ttk_ClearCache(cache);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
sprintf(nameBuf, "#%04X%04X%04X",
colorPtr->red, colorPtr->green, colorPtr->blue);
colorNameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(nameBuf, -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(colorNameObj);
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cache->namedColors, colorName, &newEntry);
if (!newEntry) {
| | | | 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 |
sprintf(nameBuf, "#%04X%04X%04X",
colorPtr->red, colorPtr->green, colorPtr->blue);
colorNameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(nameBuf, -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(colorNameObj);
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cache->namedColors, colorName, &newEntry);
if (!newEntry) {
Tcl_Obj *oldColor = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(oldColor);
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, colorNameObj);
}
/*
* CheckNamedColor(objPtr) --
* If objPtr is a registered color name, return a Tcl_Obj *
* containing the registered color value specification.
* Otherwise, return the input argument.
*/
static Tcl_Obj *CheckNamedColor(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&cache->namedColors, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
if (entryPtr) { /* Use named color instead */
objPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
return objPtr;
}
/*
* Template for allocation routines:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
253 254 255 256 257 258 259 |
{
int newEntry;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table,Tcl_GetString(objPtr),&newEntry);
Tcl_Obj *cacheObj;
if (!newEntry) {
| | | | 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 |
{
int newEntry;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table,Tcl_GetString(objPtr),&newEntry);
Tcl_Obj *cacheObj;
if (!newEntry) {
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
cacheObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(objPtr);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cacheObj);
if (allocate(interp, tkwin, cacheObj)) {
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, cacheObj);
return cacheObj;
} else {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cacheObj);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, NULL);
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
return NULL;
}
}
/*
* Ttk_UseFont --
* Acquire a font from the cache.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
310 311 312 313 314 315 316 | &cache->borderTable,(Allocator)Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, tkwin, objPtr); } /* NullImageChanged -- * Tk_ImageChangedProc for Ttk_UseImage */ | | | < < < < < < < < | | | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 |
&cache->borderTable,(Allocator)Tk_Alloc3DBorderFromObj, tkwin, objPtr);
}
/* NullImageChanged --
* Tk_ImageChangedProc for Ttk_UseImage
*/
static void NullImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{ /* No-op */ }
/*
* Ttk_UseImage --
* Acquire a Tk_Image from the cache.
*/
Tk_Image Ttk_UseImage(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
const char *imageName = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
int newEntry;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cache->imageTable,imageName,&newEntry);
Tk_Image image;
InitCacheWindow(cache, tkwin);
if (!newEntry) {
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
image = Tk_GetImage(cache->interp, tkwin, imageName, NullImageChanged,0);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, image);
if (!image) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(cache->interp);
}
return image;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClamTheme.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English * * "clam" theme; inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes. */ | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | /* * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English * * "clam" theme; inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes. */ #include <tk.h> #include "ttkTheme.h" /* * Under windows, the Tk-provided XDrawLine and XDrawArc have an * off-by-one error in the end point. This is especially apparent with this * theme. Defining this macro as true handles this case. */ #if defined(WIN32) && !defined(WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK) # define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 1 #else # define WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK 0 #endif #define STR(x) StR(x) #define StR(x) #x |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* See <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>> */
} BorderElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | < < | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* See <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>> */
} BorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* <<NOTE-BORDERWIDTH>>: -borderwidth is only partially supported:
* in this theme, borders are always exactly 2 pixels thick.
* With -borderwidth 0, border is not drawn at all;
* otherwise a 2-pixel border is used. For -borderwidth > 2,
* the excess is used as padding.
*/
static void BorderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
BorderElement *border = (BorderElement*)elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, border->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
if (borderWidth == 1) ++borderWidth;
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void BorderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
BorderElement *border = elementRecord;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
int borderWidth = 2;
Tcl_Obj *outer = 0, *upper = 0, *lower = 0;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, border->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, border->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
if (borderWidth == 0) return;
switch (relief) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
outer = upper = lower = border->borderColorObj;
break;
}
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b, outer, upper, lower);
}
| | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | < | | < < | 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 |
outer = upper = lower = border->borderColorObj;
break;
}
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b, outer, upper, lower);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BorderElement),
BorderElementOptions,
BorderElementSize,
BorderElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Field element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
{ "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void FieldElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(2);
}
static void FieldElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
FieldElement *field = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder bg = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->backgroundObj);
Ttk_Box f = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
Tcl_Obj *outer = field->borderColorObj,
*inner = field->lightColorObj;
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b, outer, inner, inner);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
tkwin, d, bg, f.x, f.y, f.width, f.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
FieldElementDraw
};
/*
* Modified field element for comboboxes:
* Right edge is expanded to overlap the dropdown button.
*/
static void ComboboxFieldElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
FieldElement *field = elementRecord;
GC gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,field->borderColorObj,d);
++b.width;
FieldElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
b.x + b.width - 1, b.y,
b.x + b.width - 1, b.y + b.height - 1 + WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxFieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
ComboboxFieldElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Indicator elements for check and radio buttons.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *upperColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lowerColorObj;
} IndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-indicatorsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,sizeObj), "10" },
{ "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "1" },
{ "-indicatorbackground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
{ "-indicatorforeground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,foregroundObj), "black" },
{ "-upperbordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,upperColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-lowerbordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,lowerColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void IndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int size = 10;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->sizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void RadioIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
GC gcb=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->backgroundObj,d);
GC gcf=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->foregroundObj,d);
GC gcu=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->upperColorObj,d);
GC gcl=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->lowerColorObj,d);
Ttk_Padding padding;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
XFillArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcb, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 0,360*64);
XDrawArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcl, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 225*64,180*64);
XDrawArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcu, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 45*64,180*64);
if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
b = Ttk_PadBox(b,Ttk_UniformPadding(3));
XFillArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcf, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 0,360*64);
XDrawArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcf, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 0,360*64);
#if WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK
XDrawArc(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gcf, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 300*64,360*64);
#endif
}
}
static void CheckIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
GC gcb=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->backgroundObj,d);
GC gcf=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->foregroundObj,d);
GC gcu=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->upperColorObj,d);
GC gcl=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,indicator->lowerColorObj,d);
Ttk_Padding padding;
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
XFillRectangle(display,d,gcb, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height);
XDrawLine(display,d,gcl,b.x,b.y+b.height,b.x+b.width+w,b.y+b.height);/*S*/
XDrawLine(display,d,gcl,b.x+b.width,b.y,b.x+b.width,b.y+b.height+w); /*E*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
s-=w, q-=w;
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p, s, r, q);
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p+1, s, r, q+1);
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p, s-1, r-1, q);
}
}
| | | | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | > > > > | | | | | | | < < | | | < | | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 |
s-=w, q-=w;
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p, s, r, q);
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p+1, s, r, q+1);
XDrawLine(display, d, gcf, p, s-1, r-1, q);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec RadioIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
IndicatorElementSize,
RadioIndicatorElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec CheckIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
IndicatorElementSize,
CheckIndicatorElementDraw
};
#define MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE 5
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,sizeObj),
STR(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
{ "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,colorObj),
"black" },
{ "-arrowpadding",TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,paddingObj),
"3" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void MenuIndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
MenuIndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int size = MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->sizeObj, &size);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->paddingObj, &margins);
TtkArrowSize(size, ARROW_DOWN, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void MenuIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
MenuIndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d);
int size = MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE;
int width, height;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->sizeObj, &size);
TtkArrowSize(size, ARROW_DOWN, &width, &height);
b = Ttk_StickBox(b, width, height, 0);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, ARROW_DOWN);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec MenuIndicatorElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(MenuIndicatorElement),
MenuIndicatorElementOptions,
MenuIndicatorElementSize,
MenuIndicatorElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Grips.
*
* TODO: factor this with ThumbElementDraw
*/
static Ttk_Orient GripClientData[] = {
TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
};
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *gripCountObj;
} GripElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec GripElementOptions[] = {
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(GripElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(GripElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-gripcount", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(GripElement,gripCountObj), "5" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void GripElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
int horizontal = *((Ttk_Orient*)clientData) == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
GripElement *grip = elementRecord;
int gripCount = 0;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, grip->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
if (horizontal) {
*widthPtr = 2*gripCount;
} else {
*heightPtr = 2*gripCount;
}
}
static void GripElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
int horizontal = *((Ttk_Orient*)clientData) == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
GripElement *grip = elementRecord;
GC lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,grip->lightColorObj,d);
GC darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,grip->borderColorObj,d);
int gripPad = 1, gripCount = 0;
int i;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, grip->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
if (horizontal) {
int x = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
int y1 = b.y + gripPad, y2 = b.y + b.height - gripPad - 1 + w;
for (i=0; i<gripCount; ++i) {
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x,y1, x,y2); ++x;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, x,y1, x,y2); ++x;
}
} else {
int y = b.y + b.height / 2 - gripCount;
int x1 = b.x + gripPad, x2 = b.x + b.width - gripPad - 1 + w;
for (i=0; i<gripCount; ++i) {
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x1,y, x2,y); ++y;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, x1,y, x2,y); ++y;
}
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec GripElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(GripElement),
GripElementOptions,
GripElementSize,
GripElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
574 575 576 577 578 579 580 |
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *arrowColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *arrowSizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *gripCountObj;
Tcl_Obj *sliderlengthObj;
} ScrollbarElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < < < < | | | < < < | | | | | | < < < | | | 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 |
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *arrowColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *arrowSizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *gripCountObj;
Tcl_Obj *sliderlengthObj;
} ScrollbarElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ScrollbarElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,backgroundObj), FRAME_COLOR },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,troughColorObj), DARKER_COLOR },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
{ "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,arrowColorObj), "#000000" },
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,arrowSizeObj), STR(SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS) },
{ "-gripcount", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,gripCountObj), "5" },
{ "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(ScrollbarElement,sliderlengthObj), "30" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void TroughElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
GC gcb = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);
GC gct = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->troughColorObj,d);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gct, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gcb, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
int size = SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->arrowSizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = size;
}
static void ThumbElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
int gripCount = 0, orient = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
GC lightGC, darkGC;
int x1, y1, x2, y2, dx, dy, i;
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
XFillRectangle(
Tk_Display(tkwin), d, BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
/*
* Draw grip:
*/
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->gripCountObj, &gripCount);
lightGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->lightColorObj,d);
darkGC = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->borderColorObj,d);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
dx = 1; dy = 0;
x1 = x2 = b.x + b.width / 2 - gripCount;
y1 = b.y + 2;
y2 = b.y + b.height - 3 + w;
} else {
dx = 0; dy = 1;
y1 = y2 = b.y + b.height / 2 - gripCount;
x1 = b.x + 2;
x2 = b.x + b.width - 3 + w;
}
for (i=0; i<gripCount; ++i) {
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x1,y1, x2,y2);
x1 += dx; x2 += dx; y1 += dy; y2 += dy;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, x1,y1, x2,y2);
x1 += dx; x2 += dx; y1 += dy; y2 += dy;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Slider element.
*/
static void SliderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
int length, thickness, orient;
length = thickness = SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, sb->orientObj, &orient);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->arrowSizeObj, &thickness);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sb->sliderlengthObj, &length);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
*heightPtr = length;
*widthPtr = thickness;
} else {
*heightPtr = thickness;
*widthPtr = length;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
SliderElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
739 740 741 742 743 744 745 |
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(2);
*widthPtr += 4;
*heightPtr += 4;
}
static void PbarElementDraw(
| | | < < | | | > > | | < < < < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | < | 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(2);
*widthPtr += 4;
*heightPtr += 4;
}
static void PbarElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(2));
if (b.width > 4 && b.height > 4) {
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
PbarElementSize,
PbarElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Scrollbar arrows.
*/
static int ArrowElements[] = { ARROW_UP, ARROW_DOWN, ARROW_LEFT, ARROW_RIGHT };
static void ArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
int size = SCROLLBAR_THICKNESS;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sb->arrowSizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = size;
}
static void ArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned state)
{
ArrowDirection dir = *(ArrowDirection*)clientData;
ScrollbarElement *sb = elementRecord;
GC gc = Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,sb->arrowColorObj, d);
int h, cx, cy;
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
sb->borderColorObj, sb->lightColorObj, sb->darkColorObj);
XFillRectangle(
Tk_Display(tkwin), d, BackgroundGC(tkwin, sb->backgroundObj),
b.x+2, b.y+2, b.width-4, b.height-4);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(3));
h = b.width < b.height ? b.width : b.height;
TtkArrowSize(h/2, dir, &cx, &cy);
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, cx, cy, TK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, dir);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ScrollbarElement),
ScrollbarElementOptions,
ArrowElementSize,
ArrowElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Notebook elements.
*
* Note: Tabs, except for the rightmost, overlap the neighbor to
* their right by one pixel.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *darkColorObj;
} NotebookElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec NotebookElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,backgroundObj), FRAME_COLOR },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,borderColorObj), DARKEST_COLOR },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,lightColorObj), LIGHT_COLOR },
{ "-darkcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(NotebookElement,darkColorObj), DARK_COLOR },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void TabElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
int borderWidth = 2;
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = borderWidth;
paddingPtr->bottom = 0;
}
static void TabElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
NotebookElement *tab = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, tab->backgroundObj);
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
int borderWidth = 2, dh = 0;
int x1,y1,x2,y2;
GC gc;
const int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
dh = borderWidth;
}
if (state & TTK_STATE_USER2) { /* Rightmost tab */
--b.width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
895 896 897 898 899 900 901 |
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y1, x2-1+w,y1);
gc=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,tab->lightColorObj,d);
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y1+1, x1+1,y2-1+dh+w);
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y1+1, x2-1+w,y1+1);
}
| | | < < < < < < | | < < | | | 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 |
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y1, x2-1+w,y1);
gc=Ttk_GCForColor(tkwin,tab->lightColorObj,d);
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y1+1, x1+1,y2-1+dh+w);
XDrawLine(display,d,gc, x1+1,y1+1, x2-1+w,y1+1);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NotebookElement),
NotebookElementOptions,
TabElementSize,
TabElementDraw
};
static void ClientElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
int borderWidth = 2;
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void ClientElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
NotebookElement *ce = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, ce->backgroundObj);
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth,TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
DrawSmoothBorder(tkwin, d, b,
ce->borderColorObj, ce->lightColorObj, ce->darkColorObj);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ClientElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NotebookElement),
NotebookElementOptions,
ClientElementSize,
ClientElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Modified widget layouts.
*/
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable)
TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox",
TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_EXPAND,
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))
TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.Sash",
TTK_GROUP("Sash.hsash", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Sash.hgrip", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
989 990 991 992 993 994 995 |
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "Combobox.field", &ComboboxFieldElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "trough", &TroughElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
| | | | | | | | 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 |
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "Combobox.field", &ComboboxFieldElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "trough", &TroughElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "uparrow", &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "downarrow", &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "leftarrow", &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "rightarrow", &ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "Radiobutton.indicator", &RadioIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "Checkbutton.indicator", &CheckIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp,
theme, "Menubutton.indicator", &MenuIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "tab", &TabElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "client", &ClientElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "bar", &PbarElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "pbar", &PbarElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hgrip",
&GripElementSpec, &GripClientData[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vgrip",
&GripElementSpec, &GripClientData[1]);
Ttk_RegisterLayouts(theme, LayoutTable);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::clam", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkClassicTheme.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English * * "classic" theme; implements the classic Motif-like Tk look. * */ | | > > | | | | | | < < < < | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
/*
* Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
*
* "classic" theme; implements the classic Motif-like Tk look.
*
*/
#include <tk.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
#define DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE "15"
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Highlight element implementation.
* Draw a solid highlight border to indicate focus.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *highlightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *highlightThicknessObj;
} HighlightElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec HighlightElementOptions[] = {
{ "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(HighlightElement,highlightColorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-highlightthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(HighlightElement,highlightThicknessObj), "0" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void HighlightElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
HighlightElement *hl = elementRecord;
int highlightThickness = 0;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL,hl->highlightThicknessObj,&highlightThickness);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)highlightThickness);
}
static void HighlightElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
HighlightElement *hl = elementRecord;
int highlightThickness = 0;
XColor *highlightColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, hl->highlightColorObj);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL,hl->highlightThicknessObj,&highlightThickness);
if (highlightColor && highlightThickness > 0) {
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(highlightColor, d);
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, highlightThickness, d);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec HighlightElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(HighlightElement),
HighlightElementOptions,
HighlightElementSize,
HighlightElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Button Border element:
*
* The Motif-style button border on X11 consists of (from outside-in):
*
* + focus indicator (controlled by -highlightcolor and -highlightthickness),
* + default ring (if -default active; blank if -default normal)
* + shaded border (controlled by -background, -borderwidth, and -relief)
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
int borderWidth = 0;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
if (defaultState != TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED) {
borderWidth += 5;
}
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
/*
* (@@@ Note: ButtonBorderElement still still still buggy:
* padding for default ring is drawn in the wrong color
* when the button is active.)
*/
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int borderWidth = 1, relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
int inset = 0;
/*
* Get option values.
*/
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, bd->borderObj);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
if (border && borderWidth > 0) {
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x+inset, b.y+inset, b.width - 2*inset, b.height - 2*inset,
borderWidth,relief);
}
}
| | > | | | | | | | | < < | | < | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 |
if (border && borderWidth > 0) {
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x+inset, b.y+inset, b.width - 2*inset, b.height - 2*inset,
borderWidth,relief);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonBorderElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ButtonBorderElement),
ButtonBorderElementOptions,
ButtonBorderElementSize,
ButtonBorderElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Arrow element(s).
*
* Draws a 3-D shaded triangle.
* clientData is an enum ArrowDirection pointer.
*/
static int ArrowElements[] = { ARROW_UP, ARROW_DOWN, ARROW_LEFT, ARROW_RIGHT };
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} ArrowElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,sizeObj),
DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderWidthObj),
DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void ArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ArrowElement *arrow = elementRecord;
int size = 12;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = size;
}
static void ArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
ArrowElement *arrow = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderObj);
int borderWidth = 2;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int size = b.width < b.height ? b.width : b.height;
XPoint points[3];
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, arrow->reliefObj, &relief);
/*
* @@@ There are off-by-one pixel errors in the way these are drawn;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
points[2].x = b.x; points[2].y = b.y + size;
break;
}
Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, d, border, points, 3, borderWidth, relief);
}
| | | | > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | < | | | | | | | 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 |
points[2].x = b.x; points[2].y = b.y + size;
break;
}
Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin, d, border, points, 3, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ArrowElement),
ArrowElementOptions,
ArrowElementSize,
ArrowElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Sash element (for ttk::panedwindow)
*
* NOTES:
*
* panedwindows with -orient horizontal use vertical sashes, and vice versa.
*
* Interpretation of -sashrelief 'groove' and 'ridge' are
* swapped wrt. the core panedwindow, which (I think) has them backwards.
*
* Default -sashrelief is sunken; the core panedwindow has default
* -sashrelief raised, but that looks wrong to me.
*/
static Ttk_Orient SashClientData[] = {
TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
};
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* background color */
Tcl_Obj *sashReliefObj; /* sash relief */
Tcl_Obj *sashThicknessObj; /* overall thickness of sash */
Tcl_Obj *sashPadObj; /* padding on either side of handle */
Tcl_Obj *handleSizeObj; /* handle width and height */
Tcl_Obj *handlePadObj; /* handle's distance from edge */
} SashElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-sashrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashReliefObj), "sunken" },
{ "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashThicknessObj), "6" },
{ "-sashpad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,sashPadObj), "2" },
{ "-handlesize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,handleSizeObj), "8" },
{ "-handlepad", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,handlePadObj), "8" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void SashElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SashElement *sash = elementRecord;
int sashPad = 2, sashThickness = 6, handleSize = 8;
int horizontal = *((Ttk_Orient*)clientData) == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->sashThicknessObj, &sashThickness);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->handleSizeObj, &handleSize);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->sashPadObj, &sashPad);
if (sashThickness < handleSize + 2*sashPad)
sashThickness = handleSize + 2*sashPad;
if (horizontal)
*heightPtr = sashThickness;
else
*widthPtr = sashThickness;
}
static void SashElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
SashElement *sash = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, sash->borderObj);
GC gc1,gc2;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int handleSize = 8, handlePad = 8;
int horizontal = *((Ttk_Orient*)clientData) == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Ttk_Box hb;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->handleSizeObj, &handleSize);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, sash->handlePadObj, &handlePad);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, sash->sashReliefObj, &relief);
switch (relief) {
case TK_RELIEF_RAISED: case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE:
gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
break;
case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE:
gc1 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
break;
case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:
gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
break;
case TK_RELIEF_FLAT:
default:
gc1 = gc2 = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC);
break;
}
/* Draw sash line:
*/
if (horizontal) {
int y = b.y + b.height/2 - 1;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc1, b.x, y, b.x+b.width, y); ++y;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc2, b.x, y, b.x+b.width, y);
} else {
int x = b.x + b.width/2 - 1;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc1, x, b.y, x, b.y+b.height); ++x;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc2, x, b.y, x, b.y+b.height);
}
/* Draw handle:
*/
if (handleSize >= 0) {
if (horizontal) {
hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_W);
hb.x += handlePad;
} else {
hb = Ttk_StickBox(b, handleSize, handleSize, TTK_STICK_N);
hb.y += handlePad;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
hb.x, hb.y, hb.width, hb.height, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SashElement),
SashOptions,
SashElementSize,
SashElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
449 450 451 452 453 454 455 |
TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton",
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.indicator", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
| | | 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 |
TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton",
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.indicator", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", 0)))))
/* "classic" entry, includes highlight border */
TTK_LAYOUT("TEntry",
TTK_GROUP("Entry.highlight", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Entry.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_BORDER,
TTK_GROUP("Entry.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "highlight",
&HighlightElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Button.border",
&ButtonBorderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
| | | | | | | | | | 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 |
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "highlight",
&HighlightElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Button.border",
&ButtonBorderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "downarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "hsash",
&SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "vsash",
&SashElementSpec, &SashClientData[1]);
/*
* Register layouts:
*/
Ttk_RegisterLayouts(theme, LayoutTable);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::classic", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkDecls.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | extern const char *TtkInitializeStubs( Tcl_Interp *, const char *version, int epoch, int revision); #define Ttk_InitStubs(interp) TtkInitializeStubs( \ interp, TTK_VERSION, TTK_STUBS_EPOCH, TTK_STUBS_REVISION) #else | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
extern const char *TtkInitializeStubs(
Tcl_Interp *, const char *version, int epoch, int revision);
#define Ttk_InitStubs(interp) TtkInitializeStubs( \
interp, TTK_VERSION, TTK_STUBS_EPOCH, TTK_STUBS_REVISION)
#else
#define Ttk_InitStubs(interp) Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Ttk", TTK_VERSION, 0)
#endif
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
#define TTK_STUBS_EPOCH 0
#define TTK_STUBS_REVISION 31
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Exported function declarations:
*/
/* 0 */
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name);
/* 1 */
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 2 */
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetCurrentTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/* 3 */
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_CreateTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name,
Ttk_Theme parent);
/* 4 */
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterCleanup(Tcl_Interp *interp,
VOID *deleteData,
Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc);
/* 5 */
TTKAPI int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(Ttk_Theme theme,
CONST char *elementName,
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec,
VOID *clientData);
/* 6 */
TTKAPI Ttk_ElementClass * Ttk_RegisterElement(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Ttk_Theme theme, CONST char *elementName,
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec,
VOID *clientData);
/* 7 */
TTKAPI int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *name,
Ttk_ElementFactory factoryProc,
VOID *clientData);
/* 8 */
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterLayout(Ttk_Theme theme,
CONST char *className,
Ttk_LayoutSpec layoutSpec);
/* Slot 9 is reserved */
/* 10 */
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Ttk_StateSpec *spec_rtn);
/* 11 */
TTKAPI Tcl_Obj * Ttk_NewStateSpecObj(unsigned int onbits,
unsigned int offbits);
/* 12 */
TTKAPI Ttk_StateMap Ttk_GetStateMapFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
/* 13 */
TTKAPI Tcl_Obj * Ttk_StateMapLookup(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Ttk_StateMap map, Ttk_State state);
/* 14 */
TTKAPI int Ttk_StateTableLookup(Ttk_StateTable map[],
Ttk_State state);
/* Slot 15 is reserved */
/* Slot 16 is reserved */
/* Slot 17 is reserved */
/* Slot 18 is reserved */
/* Slot 19 is reserved */
/* 20 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
135 136 137 138 139 140 141 | /* 35 */ TTKAPI Tcl_Obj * Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box); /* Slot 36 is reserved */ /* Slot 37 is reserved */ /* Slot 38 is reserved */ /* Slot 39 is reserved */ /* 40 */ | < | | | | | | | | | | | 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
/* 35 */
TTKAPI Tcl_Obj * Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box);
/* Slot 36 is reserved */
/* Slot 37 is reserved */
/* Slot 38 is reserved */
/* Slot 39 is reserved */
/* 40 */
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *orient);
typedef struct TtkStubs {
int magic;
int epoch;
int revision;
const struct TtkStubHooks *hooks;
Ttk_Theme (*ttk_GetTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name); /* 0 */
Ttk_Theme (*ttk_GetDefaultTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 1 */
Ttk_Theme (*ttk_GetCurrentTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp); /* 2 */
Ttk_Theme (*ttk_CreateTheme) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name, Ttk_Theme parent); /* 3 */
void (*ttk_RegisterCleanup) (Tcl_Interp *interp, VOID *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc); /* 4 */
int (*ttk_RegisterElementSpec) (Ttk_Theme theme, CONST char *elementName, Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec, VOID *clientData); /* 5 */
Ttk_ElementClass * (*ttk_RegisterElement) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, CONST char *elementName, Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec, VOID *clientData); /* 6 */
int (*ttk_RegisterElementFactory) (Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name, Ttk_ElementFactory factoryProc, VOID *clientData); /* 7 */
void (*ttk_RegisterLayout) (Ttk_Theme theme, CONST char *className, Ttk_LayoutSpec layoutSpec); /* 8 */
void (*reserved9)(void);
int (*ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Ttk_StateSpec *spec_rtn); /* 10 */
Tcl_Obj * (*ttk_NewStateSpecObj) (unsigned int onbits, unsigned int offbits); /* 11 */
Ttk_StateMap (*ttk_GetStateMapFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); /* 12 */
Tcl_Obj * (*ttk_StateMapLookup) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_StateMap map, Ttk_State state); /* 13 */
int (*ttk_StateTableLookup) (Ttk_StateTable map[], Ttk_State state); /* 14 */
void (*reserved15)(void);
void (*reserved16)(void);
void (*reserved17)(void);
void (*reserved18)(void);
void (*reserved19)(void);
int (*ttk_GetPaddingFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Ttk_Padding *pad_rtn); /* 20 */
int (*ttk_GetBorderFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, Ttk_Padding *pad_rtn); /* 21 */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 |
Ttk_Box (*ttk_ExpandBox) (Ttk_Box b, Ttk_Padding p); /* 33 */
Ttk_Box (*ttk_PlaceBox) (Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_Side side, Ttk_Sticky sticky); /* 34 */
Tcl_Obj * (*ttk_NewBoxObj) (Ttk_Box box); /* 35 */
void (*reserved36)(void);
void (*reserved37)(void);
void (*reserved38)(void);
void (*reserved39)(void);
| | | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
Ttk_Box (*ttk_ExpandBox) (Ttk_Box b, Ttk_Padding p); /* 33 */
Ttk_Box (*ttk_PlaceBox) (Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_Side side, Ttk_Sticky sticky); /* 34 */
Tcl_Obj * (*ttk_NewBoxObj) (Ttk_Box box); /* 35 */
void (*reserved36)(void);
void (*reserved37)(void);
void (*reserved38)(void);
void (*reserved39)(void);
int (*ttk_GetOrientFromObj) (Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *orient); /* 40 */
} TtkStubs;
extern const TtkStubs *ttkStubsPtr;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkDefaultTheme.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * Tk alternate theme, intended to match the MSUE and Gtk's (old) default theme */ | | > > > > > | < < < < | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
/*
* Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
*
* Tk alternate theme, intended to match the MSUE and Gtk's (old) default theme
*/
#include <math.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <tkInt.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#if defined(WIN32)
static const int WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK = 1;
#else
static const int WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK = 0;
#endif
#define BORDERWIDTH 2
#define SCROLLBAR_WIDTH 14
#define MIN_THUMB_SIZE 8
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Helper routines for border drawing:
*
* NOTE: MSUE specifies a slightly different arrangement
* for button borders than for other elements; "shadowColors"
* is for button borders.
*
* Please excuse the gross misspelling "LITE" for "LIGHT",
* but it makes things line up nicer.
*/
enum BorderColor { FLAT = 1, LITE = 2, DARK = 3, BRDR = 4 };
/* top-left outer, top-left inner, bottom-right inner, bottom-right outer */
static int const shadowColors[6][4] = {
{ FLAT, FLAT, FLAT, FLAT }, /* TK_RELIEF_FLAT = 0*/
{ DARK, LITE, DARK, LITE }, /* TK_RELIEF_GROOVE = 1*/
{ LITE, FLAT, DARK, BRDR }, /* TK_RELIEF_RAISED = 2*/
{ LITE, DARK, LITE, DARK }, /* TK_RELIEF_RIDGE = 3*/
{ BRDR, BRDR, BRDR, BRDR }, /* TK_RELIEF_SOLID = 4*/
{ BRDR, DARK, FLAT, LITE } /* TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN = 5*/
};
/* top-left, bottom-right */
static int const thinShadowColors[6][4] = {
{ FLAT, FLAT }, /* TK_RELIEF_FLAT = 0*/
{ DARK, LITE }, /* TK_RELIEF_GROOVE = 1*/
{ LITE, DARK }, /* TK_RELIEF_RAISED = 2*/
{ LITE, DARK }, /* TK_RELIEF_RIDGE = 3*/
{ BRDR, BRDR }, /* TK_RELIEF_SOLID = 4*/
{ DARK, LITE } /* TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN = 5*/
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
break;
}
}
/* Alternate shadow colors for entry fields:
* NOTE: FLAT color is normally white, and the LITE color is a darker shade.
*/
static void DrawFieldBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *borderColor,
Ttk_Box b)
{
GC borderGC = Tk_GCForColor(borderColor, d);
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
| > > | | | | | | | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 |
break;
}
}
/* Alternate shadow colors for entry fields:
* NOTE: FLAT color is normally white, and the LITE color is a darker shade.
*/
static int fieldShadowColors[4] = { DARK, BRDR, LITE, FLAT };
static void DrawFieldBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *borderColor,
Ttk_Box b)
{
GC borderGC = Tk_GCForColor(borderColor, d);
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 0,fieldShadowColors[0]);
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
b.x+1, b.y+1, b.width-2, b.height-2, 0,fieldShadowColors[1]);
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
b.x+1, b.y+1, b.width-2, b.height-2, 1,fieldShadowColors[2]);
DrawCorner(tkwin, d, border, borderGC,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 1,fieldShadowColors[3]);
return;
}
/*
* ArrowPoints --
* Compute points of arrow polygon.
*/
static void ArrowPoints(Ttk_Box b, ArrowDirection dir, XPoint points[4])
{
int cx, cy, h;
switch (dir) {
case ARROW_UP:
h = (b.width - 1)/2;
cx = b.x + h;
cy = b.y;
if (b.height <= h) h = b.height - 1;
points[0].x = cx; points[0].y = cy;
points[1].x = cx - h; points[1].y = cy + h;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
180 181 182 183 184 185 186 |
}
points[3].x = points[0].x;
points[3].y = points[0].y;
}
/*public*/
| | | | | < < < | | < < < | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 |
}
points[3].x = points[0].x;
points[3].y = points[0].y;
}
/*public*/
void TtkArrowSize(int h, ArrowDirection dir, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
switch (dir) {
case ARROW_UP:
case ARROW_DOWN: *widthPtr = 2*h+1; *heightPtr = h+1; break;
case ARROW_LEFT:
case ARROW_RIGHT: *widthPtr = h+1; *heightPtr = 2*h+1;
}
}
/*
* TtkDrawArrow, TtkFillArrow --
* Draw an arrow in the indicated direction inside the specified box.
*/
/*public*/
void TtkFillArrow(
Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, Ttk_Box b, ArrowDirection dir)
{
XPoint points[4];
ArrowPoints(b, dir, points);
XFillPolygon(display, d, gc, points, 3, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
XDrawLines(display, d, gc, points, 4, CoordModeOrigin);
}
/*public*/
void TtkDrawArrow(
Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, Ttk_Box b, ArrowDirection dir)
{
XPoint points[4];
ArrowPoints(b, dir, points);
XDrawLines(display, d, gc, points, 4, CoordModeOrigin);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Border element implementation.
*
* This border consists of (from outside-in):
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Extra border color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj; /* for buttons */
} BorderElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | < < | 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Extra border color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj; /* for buttons */
} BorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-bordercolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
{ "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,defaultStateObj),
"disabled" },
{ "-borderwidth",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj),
STRINGIFY(BORDERWIDTH) },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj),
"flat" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void BorderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
BorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 0;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
if (defaultState != TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED) {
++borderWidth;
}
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void BorderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
BorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, bd->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, bd->borderColorObj);
int borderWidth = 2;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
/*
* Get option values.
*/
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
307 308 309 310 311 312 313 |
/* Space for default ring: */
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(1));
}
DrawBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b, borderWidth, relief);
}
| | | | | | | < < < < < < | | < < | | 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 |
/* Space for default ring: */
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(1));
}
DrawBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BorderElement),
BorderElementOptions,
BorderElementSize,
BorderElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Field element:
* Used for editable fields.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Extra border color */
} FieldElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
{ "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderObj),
"white" },
{ "-bordercolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderColorObj),
"black" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void FieldElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(2);
}
static void FieldElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
FieldElement *field = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, field->borderColorObj);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
DrawFieldBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
FieldElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
* Indicator bitmap descriptor:
*/
typedef struct {
int width; /* Width of each image */
int height; /* Height of each image */
int nimages; /* #images / row */
const char *const *pixels; /* array[height] of char[width*nimage] */
| | | | 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 |
* Indicator bitmap descriptor:
*/
typedef struct {
int width; /* Width of each image */
int height; /* Height of each image */
int nimages; /* #images / row */
const char *const *pixels; /* array[height] of char[width*nimage] */
Ttk_StateTable *map;/* used to look up image index by state */
} IndicatorSpec;
#if 0
/*XPM*/
static const char *const button_images[] = {
/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
"52 13 8 1",
/* colors */
"A c #808000000000 s shadow",
"B c #000080800000 s highlight",
"C c #808080800000 s 3dlight",
"D c #000000008080 s window",
"E c #808000008080 s 3ddark",
"F c #000080808080 s frame",
"G c #000000000000 s foreground",
"H c #000080800000 s disabledfg",
};
#endif
static Ttk_StateTable checkbutton_states[] = {
{ 0, 0, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED },
{ 1, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED },
{ 2, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED },
{ 3, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 }
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
static IndicatorSpec checkbutton_spec = {
13, 13, 4, /* width, height, nimages */
checkbutton_pixels,
checkbutton_states
};
| | | 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 |
static IndicatorSpec checkbutton_spec = {
13, 13, 4, /* width, height, nimages */
checkbutton_pixels,
checkbutton_states
};
static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_states[] = {
{ 0, 0, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED },
{ 1, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED },
{ 2, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED },
{ 3, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 }
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *shadeColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} IndicatorElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 |
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *lightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *shadeColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} IndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,foregroundObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
{ "-indicatorcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,colorObj), "#FFFFFF" },
{ "-lightcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,lightColorObj), "#DDDDDD" },
{ "-shadecolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,shadeColorObj), "#888888" },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
{ "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "0 2 4 2" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void IndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
IndicatorSpec *spec = clientData;
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
*widthPtr = spec->width + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = spec->height + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void IndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
IndicatorSpec *spec = clientData;
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
Ttk_Padding padding;
XColor *fgColor, *frameColor, *shadeColor, *indicatorColor, *borderColor;
int index, ix, iy;
XGCValues gcValues;
GC copyGC;
unsigned long imgColors[8];
XImage *img;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
if ( b.x < 0
|| b.y < 0
|| Tk_Width(tkwin) < b.x + spec->width
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
559 560 561 562 563 564 565 |
imgColors[5 /*F*/] = frameColor->pixel;
imgColors[6 /*G*/] = fgColor->pixel;
imgColors[7 /*H*/] = fgColor->pixel;
/*
* Create a scratch buffer to store the image:
*/
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | | | | 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 |
imgColors[5 /*F*/] = frameColor->pixel;
imgColors[6 /*G*/] = fgColor->pixel;
imgColors[7 /*H*/] = fgColor->pixel;
/*
* Create a scratch buffer to store the image:
*/
img = XGetImage(display,d, 0, 0,
(unsigned int)spec->width, (unsigned int)spec->height,
AllPlanes, ZPixmap);
if (img == NULL)
return;
/*
* Create the image, painting it into an XImage one pixel at a time.
*/
index = Ttk_StateTableLookup(spec->map, state);
for (iy=0 ; iy<spec->height ; iy++) {
for (ix=0 ; ix<spec->width ; ix++) {
XPutPixel(img, ix, iy,
imgColors[spec->pixels[iy][index*spec->width+ix] - 'A'] );
}
}
/*
* Copy onto our target drawable surface.
*/
memset(&gcValues, 0, sizeof(gcValues));
copyGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, 0, &gcValues);
TkPutImage(NULL, 0, display, d, copyGC, img, 0, 0, b.x, b.y,
spec->width, spec->height);
/*
* Tidy up.
*/
Tk_FreeGC(display, copyGC);
XDestroyImage(img);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec IndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
IndicatorElementSize,
IndicatorElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Arrow element(s).
*
* Draws a solid triangle, inside a box.
* clientData is an enum ArrowDirection pointer.
*/
static int ArrowElements[] = { ARROW_UP, ARROW_DOWN, ARROW_LEFT, ARROW_RIGHT };
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Extra color for borders */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj; /* Arrow color */
} ArrowElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] = {
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,sizeObj), STRINGIFY(SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderColorObj), "black" },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised"},
{ "-arrowcolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,colorObj),"black"},
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* Note asymmetric padding:
* top/left padding is 1 less than bottom/right,
* since in this theme 2-pixel borders are asymmetric.
*/
static Ttk_Padding ArrowPadding = { 3,3,4,4 };
static void ArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ArrowElement *arrow = elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
int width = SCROLLBAR_WIDTH;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &width);
width -= Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
TtkArrowSize(width/2, direction, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowPadding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(ArrowPadding);
}
static void ArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
ArrowElement *arrow = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderColorObj);
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->colorObj);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, arrow->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
DrawBorder(tkwin,d,border,borderColor,b,borderWidth,relief);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d),
Ttk_PadBox(b, ArrowPadding), direction);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ArrowElement),
ArrowElementOptions,
ArrowElementSize,
ArrowElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Menubutton indicator:
* Draw an arrow in the direction where the menu will be posted.
*/
#define MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE 5
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *directionObj;
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} MenubuttonArrowElement;
static const char *directionStrings[] = { /* See also: button.c */
"above", "below", "left", "right", "flush", NULL
};
enum { POST_ABOVE, POST_BELOW, POST_LEFT, POST_RIGHT, POST_FLUSH };
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenubuttonArrowElementOptions[] = {
{ "-direction", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,directionObj), "below" },
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,sizeObj), STRINGIFY(MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE)},
{ "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(MenubuttonArrowElement,colorObj), "black"},
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static Ttk_Padding MenubuttonArrowPadding = { 3, 0, 3, 0 };
static void MenubuttonArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
MenubuttonArrowElement *arrow = elementRecord;
int size = MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = 2 * size + 1;
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(MenubuttonArrowPadding);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(MenubuttonArrowPadding);
}
static void MenubuttonArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
MenubuttonArrowElement *arrow = elementRecord;
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->colorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d);
int size = MENUBUTTON_ARROW_SIZE;
int postDirection = POST_BELOW;
ArrowDirection arrowDirection = ARROW_DOWN;
int width = 0, height = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &size);
Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL, arrow->directionObj, directionStrings,
""/*message*/, 0/*flags*/, &postDirection);
/* ... this might not be such a great idea ... */
switch (postDirection) {
case POST_ABOVE: arrowDirection = ARROW_UP; break;
case POST_BELOW: arrowDirection = ARROW_DOWN; break;
case POST_LEFT: arrowDirection = ARROW_LEFT; break;
case POST_RIGHT: arrowDirection = ARROW_RIGHT; break;
case POST_FLUSH: arrowDirection = ARROW_DOWN; break;
}
TtkArrowSize(size, arrowDirection, &width, &height);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, MenubuttonArrowPadding);
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, width, height, TK_ANCHOR_CENTER);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, arrowDirection);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec MenubuttonArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(MenubuttonArrowElement),
MenubuttonArrowElementOptions,
MenubuttonArrowElementSize,
MenubuttonArrowElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
836 837 838 839 840 841 842 |
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *grooveWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} TroughElement;
| | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 |
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *grooveWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} TroughElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TroughElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ "-troughborderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
{ "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-troughrelief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,reliefObj), "sunken" },
{ "-groovewidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,grooveWidthObj), "-1" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void TroughElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TroughElement *troughPtr = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 2, grooveWidth = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->grooveWidthObj, &grooveWidth);
if (grooveWidth <= 0) {
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
}
static void TroughElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
TroughElement *troughPtr = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int borderWidth = 2, relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN, groove = -1, orient;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, troughPtr->colorObj);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, troughPtr->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, troughPtr->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->grooveWidthObj, &groove);
if (groove != -1 && groove < b.height && groove < b.width) {
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
b.y = b.y + b.height/2 - groove/2;
b.height = groove;
} else {
b.x = b.x + b.width/2 - groove/2;
b.width = groove;
}
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TroughElement),
TroughElementOptions,
TroughElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
922 923 924 925 926 927 928 |
Tcl_Obj *lastObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | < < | | 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 |
Tcl_Obj *lastObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,sizeObj),
STRINGIFY(SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderColorObj),
"black" },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"},
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ThumbElement *thumb = elementRecord;
int orient, size;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, thumb->sizeObj, &size);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, thumb->orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
*widthPtr = size;
*heightPtr = MIN_THUMB_SIZE;
} else {
*widthPtr = MIN_THUMB_SIZE;
*heightPtr = size;
}
}
static void ThumbElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
ThumbElement *thumb = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, thumb->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, thumb->borderColorObj);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int borderWidth = 2;
/*
* Don't draw the thumb if we are disabled.
* This makes it behave like Windows ... if that's what we want.
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
return;
*/
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, thumb->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
tkwin, d, border, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
DrawBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ThumbElement),
ThumbElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 |
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* Relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* Border / background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Additional border color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* Orientation of overall slider */
} SliderElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < | | | < < | | | | | | | | < < | | < | 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 |
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* Relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* Border / background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderColorObj; /* Additional border color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* Orientation of overall slider */
} SliderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,lengthObj),
"15" },
{ "-sliderthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,Tk_Offset(SliderElement,thicknessObj),
"15" },
{ "-sliderrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,reliefObj),
"raised" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderWidthObj),
STRINGIFY(BORDERWIDTH) },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-bordercolor", TK_OPTION_COLOR, Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderColorObj),
"black" },
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj),
"horizontal" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void SliderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SliderElement *slider = elementRecord;
int orient, length, thickness, borderWidth;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->lengthObj, &length);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->thicknessObj, &thickness);
switch (orient) {
case TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL:
*widthPtr = thickness + (borderWidth *2);
*heightPtr = *widthPtr/2;
break;
case TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL:
*heightPtr = thickness + (borderWidth *2);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr/2;
break;
}
}
static void SliderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
SliderElement *slider = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, slider->borderObj);
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, slider->borderColorObj);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED, borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, slider->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
DrawBorder(tkwin, d, border, borderColor, b, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SliderElement),
SliderElementOptions,
SliderElementSize,
SliderElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tree indicator element.
*/
#define TTK_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1 /* XREF: treeview.c */
#define TTK_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
Tcl_Obj *diameterObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TreeitemIndicatorOptions[] = {
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,colorObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
{ "-diameter", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,diameterObj), "9" },
{ "-indicatormargins", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,marginObj), "2 2 4 2" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void TreeitemIndicatorSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TreeitemIndicator *indicator = elementRecord;
int diameter = 0;
Ttk_Padding margins;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->diameterObj, &diameter);
*widthPtr = diameter + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = diameter + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void TreeitemIndicatorDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
TreeitemIndicator *indicator = elementRecord;
XColor *color = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(color, d);
Ttk_Padding padding = Ttk_UniformPadding(0);
int w = WIN32_XDRAWLINE_HACK;
int cx, cy;
if (state & TTK_STATE_LEAF) {
/* don't draw anything ... */
return;
}
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL,tkwin,indicator->marginObj,&padding);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 |
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_OPEN)) {
/* turn '-' into a '+' */
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, cx, b.y+2, cx, b.y+b.height-3+w);
}
}
| | | 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 |
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_OPEN)) {
/* turn '-' into a '+' */
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, cx, b.y+2, cx, b.y+b.height-3+w);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeitemIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TreeitemIndicator),
TreeitemIndicatorOptions,
TreeitemIndicatorSize,
TreeitemIndicatorDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 |
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "field", &FieldElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "trough", &TroughElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
| | | | | | > > > | 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 |
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "field", &FieldElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "trough", &TroughElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "downarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Treeitem.indicator",
&TreeitemIndicatorElementSpec, 0);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::alt", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkElements.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * Default implementation for themed elements. * */ | > | > | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
/*
* Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
*
* Default implementation for themed elements.
*
*/
#include <tcl.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2"
#define DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE "15"
#define MIN_THUMB_SIZE 10
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Null element. Does nothing; used as a stub.
* Null element methods, option table and element spec are public,
* and may be used in other engines.
*/
/* public */ Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TtkNullElementOptions[] = { { NULL, 0, 0, NULL } };
/* public */ void
TtkNullElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
}
/* public */ void
TtkNullElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
}
/* public */ Ttk_ElementSpec ttkNullElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
* Ttk_GetLayout() automatically includes a background element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} BackgroundElement;
| | | | | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | | < < | | | | | | | < < < < | | < < | | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
* Ttk_GetLayout() automatically includes a background element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} BackgroundElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BackgroundElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(BackgroundElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void FillElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
BackgroundElement *bg = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin,bg->backgroundObj);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height);
}
static void BackgroundElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
FillElementDraw(
clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin), state);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FillElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BackgroundElement),
BackgroundElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
FillElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec BackgroundElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BackgroundElement),
BackgroundElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
BackgroundElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Border element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} BorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void BorderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
BorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 0;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void BorderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
BorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int borderWidth = 1, relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, bd->borderObj);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, bd->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
if (border && borderWidth > 0 && relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth,relief);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BorderElement),
BorderElementOptions,
BorderElementSize,
BorderElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Field element.
* Used for editable fields.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} FieldElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
{ "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderObj), "white" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,borderWidthObj), "2" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void FieldElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
FieldElement *field = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, field->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void FieldElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
FieldElement *field = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->borderObj);
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, field->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
FieldElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *shiftreliefObj;
} PaddingElement;
| | | | | | | | < < < | | 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *paddingObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *shiftreliefObj;
} PaddingElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PaddingElementOptions[] = {
{ "-padding", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(PaddingElement,paddingObj), "0" },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(PaddingElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ "-shiftrelief", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(PaddingElement,shiftreliefObj), "0" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void PaddingElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
PaddingElement *padding = elementRecord;
int shiftRelief = 0;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
Ttk_Padding pad;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, padding->reliefObj, &relief);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, padding->shiftreliefObj, &shiftRelief);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL,tkwin,padding->paddingObj,&pad);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_RelievePadding(pad, relief, shiftRelief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PaddingElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(PaddingElement),
PaddingElementOptions,
PaddingElementSize,
TtkNullElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
314 315 316 317 318 319 320 |
mask = GCForeground | GCLineStyle | GCDashList | GCDashOffset | GCLineWidth;
gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcvalues);
XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
| | | | | | | < < < < | | < | | | | | | < < < < < | | < < | | < < | | < | | | | | | | | < < < < < | | < < | | 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 |
mask = GCForeground | GCLineStyle | GCDashList | GCDashOffset | GCLineWidth;
gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcvalues);
XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b.x, b.y, b.width-1, b.height-1);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FocusElementOptions[] = {
{ "-focuscolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FocusElement,focusColorObj), "black" },
{ "-focusthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(FocusElement,focusThicknessObj), "1" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void FocusElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
FocusElement *focus = elementRecord;
int focusThickness = 0;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, focus->focusThicknessObj, &focusThickness);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)focusThickness);
}
static void FocusElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
FocusElement *focus = elementRecord;
int focusThickness = 0;
if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL,focus->focusThicknessObj,&focusThickness);
DrawFocusRing(tkwin, d, focus->focusColorObj, b);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FocusElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FocusElement),
FocusElementOptions,
FocusElementSize,
FocusElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Separator element.
* Just draws a horizontal or vertical bar.
* Three elements are defined: horizontal, vertical, and general;
* the general separator checks the "-orient" option.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
} SeparatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SeparatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(SeparatorElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(SeparatorElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void SeparatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = 2;
}
static void HorizontalSeparatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
SeparatorElement *separator = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, separator->borderObj);
GC lightGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
GC darkGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, b.x, b.y, b.x + b.width, b.y);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, b.x, b.y+1, b.x + b.width, b.y+1);
}
static void VerticalSeparatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
SeparatorElement *separator = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, separator->borderObj);
GC lightGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
GC darkGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, b.x, b.y, b.x, b.y + b.height);
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, b.x+1, b.y, b.x+1, b.y+b.height);
}
static void GeneralSeparatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
SeparatorElement *separator = elementRecord;
int orient;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, separator->orientObj, &orient);
switch (orient) {
case TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL:
HorizontalSeparatorElementDraw(
clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
break;
case TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL:
VerticalSeparatorElementDraw(
clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
break;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec HorizontalSeparatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SeparatorElement),
SeparatorElementOptions,
SeparatorElementSize,
HorizontalSeparatorElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec VerticalSeparatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SeparatorElement),
SeparatorElementOptions,
SeparatorElementSize,
HorizontalSeparatorElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec SeparatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SeparatorElement),
SeparatorElementOptions,
SeparatorElementSize,
GeneralSeparatorElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Sizegrip: lower-right corner grip handle for resizing window.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} SizegripElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SizegripOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(SizegripElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{0,0,0,0}
};
static void SizegripSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
int gripCount = 3, gripSpace = 2, gripThickness = 3;
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = gripCount * (gripSpace + gripThickness);
}
static void SizegripDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
SizegripElement *grip = elementRecord;
int gripCount = 3, gripSpace = 2;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, grip->backgroundObj);
GC lightGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC);
GC darkGC = Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC);
int x1 = b.x + b.width-1, y1 = b.y + b.height-1, x2 = x1, y2 = y1;
while (gripCount--) {
x1 -= gripSpace; y2 -= gripSpace;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x1,y1, x2,y2); --x1; --y2;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, darkGC, x1,y1, x2,y2); --x1; --y2;
XDrawLine(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, lightGC, x1,y1, x2,y2); --x1; --y2;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SizegripElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SizegripElement),
SizegripOptions,
SizegripSize,
SizegripDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
541 542 543 544 545 546 547 |
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *diameterObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} IndicatorElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | | < < < | | < < | 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *diameterObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} IndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec IndicatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-indicatorcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-indicatorrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
{ "-indicatordiameter", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,diameterObj), "12" },
{ "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,marginObj), "0 2 4 2" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(IndicatorElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* Checkbutton indicators (default): 3-D square.
*/
static void SquareIndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int diameter = 0;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->diameterObj, &diameter);
*widthPtr = diameter + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = diameter + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void SquareIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = 0, interior = 0;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
Ttk_Padding padding;
int borderWidth = 2;
int diameter;
interior = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, indicator->backgroundObj);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL,indicator->borderWidthObj,&borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL,indicator->reliefObj,&relief);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL,tkwin,indicator->marginObj,&padding);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, padding);
diameter = b.width < b.height ? b.width : b.height;
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, interior, b.x, b.y,
diameter, diameter,borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y,
diameter, diameter, borderWidth, relief);
}
/*
* Radiobutton indicators: 3-D diamond.
*/
static void DiamondIndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int diameter = 0;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginObj, &margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->diameterObj, &diameter);
*widthPtr = diameter + 3 + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = diameter + 3 + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void DiamondIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
IndicatorElement *indicator = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = 0, interior = 0;
int borderWidth = 2;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int diameter, radius;
XPoint points[4];
Ttk_Padding padding;
interior = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, indicator->backgroundObj);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL,indicator->borderWidthObj,&borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL,indicator->reliefObj,&relief);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL,tkwin,indicator->marginObj,&padding);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
661 662 663 664 665 666 667 |
points[3].x = b.x + radius;
points[3].y = b.y;
Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin,d,interior,points,4,borderWidth,TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
Tk_Draw3DPolygon(tkwin,d,border,points,4,borderWidth,relief);
}
| | | | 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
points[3].x = b.x + radius;
points[3].y = b.y;
Tk_Fill3DPolygon(tkwin,d,interior,points,4,borderWidth,TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
Tk_Draw3DPolygon(tkwin,d,border,points,4,borderWidth,relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec CheckbuttonIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
SquareIndicatorElementSize,
SquareIndicatorElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec RadiobuttonIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(IndicatorElement),
IndicatorElementOptions,
DiamondIndicatorElementSize,
DiamondIndicatorElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | > | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | | 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 |
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginObj;
} MenuIndicatorElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec MenuIndicatorElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-indicatorwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,widthObj), "4.0m" },
{ "-indicatorheight", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,heightObj), "1.7m" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-indicatorrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,reliefObj),"raised" },
{ "-indicatormargin", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(MenuIndicatorElement,marginObj), "5 0" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void MenuIndicatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
MenuIndicatorElement *mi = elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, mi->widthObj, widthPtr);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, mi->heightObj, heightPtr);
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL,tkwin,mi->marginObj, &margins);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void MenuIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
MenuIndicatorElement *mi = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, mi->backgroundObj);
Ttk_Padding margins;
int borderWidth = 2;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL,tkwin,mi->marginObj,&margins);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, mi->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec MenuIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(MenuIndicatorElement),
MenuIndicatorElementOptions,
MenuIndicatorElementSize,
MenuIndicatorElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Arrow elements.
*
* Draws a solid triangle inside a box.
* clientData is an enum ArrowDirection pointer.
*/
static int ArrowElements[] = { ARROW_UP, ARROW_DOWN, ARROW_LEFT, ARROW_RIGHT };
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
} ArrowElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ArrowElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,reliefObj),"raised"},
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,borderWidthObj), "1" },
{ "-arrowcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,colorObj),"black"},
{ "-arrowsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ArrowElement,sizeObj), "14" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static Ttk_Padding ArrowMargins = { 3,3,3,3 };
static void ArrowElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ArrowElement *arrow = elementRecord;
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
int width = 14;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, arrow->sizeObj, &width);
width -= Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowMargins);
TtkArrowSize(width/2, direction, widthPtr, heightPtr);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowMargins);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ArrowMargins);
}
static void ArrowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
int direction = *(int *)clientData;
ArrowElement *arrow = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, arrow->borderObj);
XColor *arrowColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, arrow->colorObj);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int borderWidth = 1;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, arrow->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth, relief);
TtkFillArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, Tk_GCForColor(arrowColor, d),
Ttk_PadBox(b, ArrowMargins), direction);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ArrowElement),
ArrowElementOptions,
ArrowElementSize,
ArrowElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Trough element.
*
* Used in scrollbars and scales in place of "border".
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} TroughElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TroughElementOptions[] = {
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-troughcolor", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,colorObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-troughrelief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(TroughElement,reliefObj), "sunken" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void TroughElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TroughElement *troughPtr = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static void TroughElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
TroughElement *troughPtr = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int borderWidth = 2, relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, troughPtr->colorObj);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, troughPtr->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, troughPtr->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TroughElement),
TroughElementOptions,
TroughElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} ThumbElement;
| | | | | | | | | | < | < < | | | < < | | 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 |
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
} ThumbElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement, orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,thicknessObj), DEFAULT_ARROW_SIZE },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,reliefObj), "raised" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,borderWidthObj), DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ThumbElement *thumb = elementRecord;
int orient, thickness;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, thumb->thicknessObj, &thickness);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, thumb->orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
*widthPtr = thickness;
*heightPtr = MIN_THUMB_SIZE;
} else {
*widthPtr = MIN_THUMB_SIZE;
*heightPtr = thickness;
}
}
static void ThumbElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
ThumbElement *thumb = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, thumb->borderObj);
int borderWidth = 2, relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, thumb->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, thumb->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ThumbElement),
ThumbElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
984 985 986 987 988 989 990 |
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; /* slider length */
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj; /* slider thickness */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* the relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* the background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* the size of the border */
} SliderElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | < | < < | | | | < < < | | 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 |
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; /* slider length */
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj; /* slider thickness */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* the relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* the background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* the size of the border */
} SliderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-sliderlength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,lengthObj),
"30" },
{ "-sliderthickness",TK_OPTION_PIXELS,Tk_Offset(SliderElement,thicknessObj),
"15" },
{ "-sliderrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,reliefObj),
"raised" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderWidthObj),
DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj),
"horizontal" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void SliderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SliderElement *slider = elementRecord;
int orient, length, thickness;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->lengthObj, &length);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->thicknessObj, &thickness);
switch (orient) {
case TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL:
*widthPtr = thickness;
*heightPtr = length;
break;
case TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL:
*widthPtr = length;
*heightPtr = thickness;
break;
}
}
static void SliderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
SliderElement *slider = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = NULL;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED, borderWidth = 2, orient;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, slider->borderObj);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, slider->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, slider->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 |
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC),
b.x+borderWidth, b.y, b.x+b.width-borderWidth, b.y);
}
}
}
}
| | | 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 |
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC),
b.x+borderWidth, b.y, b.x+b.width-borderWidth, b.y);
}
}
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SliderElement),
SliderElementOptions,
SliderElementSize,
SliderElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 |
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj; /* the height/width of the bar */
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; /* default width/height of the bar */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* border relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* thickness of the border */
} PbarElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | < | < < | | | < < | | | | | | | < < < < | | < | 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 |
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj; /* the height/width of the bar */
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; /* default width/height of the bar */
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; /* border relief for this object */
Tcl_Obj *borderObj; /* background color */
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj; /* thickness of the border */
} PbarElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,orientObj),
"horizontal" },
{ "-thickness", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,thicknessObj),
DEFAULT_PBAR_THICKNESS },
{ "-barsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,lengthObj),
DEFAULT_PBAR_LENGTH },
{ "-pbarrelief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,reliefObj),
"raised" },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,borderWidthObj),
DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(PbarElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void PbarElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
PbarElement *pbar = elementRecord;
int orient, thickness = 15, length = 30, borderWidth = 2;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pbar->orientObj, &orient);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, pbar->thicknessObj, &thickness);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, pbar->lengthObj, &length);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, pbar->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
switch (orient) {
case TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL:
*widthPtr = length + 2 * borderWidth;
*heightPtr = thickness + 2 * borderWidth;
break;
case TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL:
*widthPtr = thickness + 2 * borderWidth;
*heightPtr = length + 2 * borderWidth;
break;
}
}
static void PbarElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
PbarElement *pbar = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, pbar->borderObj);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED, borderWidth = 2;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, pbar->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, pbar->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height,
borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(PbarElement),
PbarElementOptions,
PbarElementSize,
PbarElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Notebook tabs and client area.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} TabElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TabElementOptions[] = {
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TabElement,borderWidthObj),"1" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(TabElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{0,0,0,0}
};
static void TabElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TabElement *tab = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 1;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(0, tkwin, tab->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = borderWidth;
paddingPtr->bottom = 0;
}
static void TabElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
TabElement *tab = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, tab->backgroundObj);
int borderWidth = 1;
int cut = 2;
XPoint pts[6];
int n = 0;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, tab->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
if (state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED) {
/*
* Draw slightly outside of the allocated parcel,
* to overwrite the client area border.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 |
pts[n].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[n].y = b.y + cut; ++n;
pts[n].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[n].y = b.y + b.height; ++n;
XFillPolygon(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
pts, 6, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
| | | | | < < | | < < < < | | 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 |
pts[n].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[n].y = b.y + cut; ++n;
pts[n].x = b.x + b.width-1; pts[n].y = b.y + b.height; ++n;
XFillPolygon(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
pts, 6, Convex, CoordModeOrigin);
#ifndef WIN32
/*
* Account for whether XDrawLines draws endpoints by platform
*/
--pts[5].y;
#endif
while (borderWidth--) {
XDrawLines(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC),
pts, 4, CoordModeOrigin);
XDrawLines(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, border, TK_3D_DARK_GC),
pts+3, 3, CoordModeOrigin);
++pts[0].x; ++pts[1].x; ++pts[2].x; --pts[4].x; --pts[5].x;
++pts[2].y; ++pts[3].y;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TabElement),
TabElementOptions,
TabElementSize,
TabElementDraw
};
/*
* Client area element:
* Uses same resources as tab element.
*/
typedef TabElement ClientElement;
#define ClientElementOptions TabElementOptions
static void ClientElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
ClientElement *ce = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, ce->backgroundObj);
int borderWidth = 1;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, ce->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, border,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth,TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
static void ClientElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ClientElement *ce = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 1;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(0, tkwin, ce->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ClientElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ClientElement),
ClientElementOptions,
ClientElementSize,
ClientElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 |
&RadiobuttonIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Menubutton.indicator",
&MenuIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "indicator", &ttkNullElementSpec,NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
| | | | | | | 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 |
&RadiobuttonIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "Menubutton.indicator",
&MenuIndicatorElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "indicator", &ttkNullElementSpec,NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "uparrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "downarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[1]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "leftarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[2]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "rightarrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[3]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "arrow",
&ArrowElementSpec, &ArrowElements[0]);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "trough", &TroughElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "pbar", &PbarElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "separator",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 |
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "tab", &TabElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "client", &ClientElementSpec, NULL);
/*
* Register "default" as a user-loadable theme (for now):
*/
| | | 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 |
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "tab", &TabElementSpec, NULL);
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "client", &ClientElementSpec, NULL);
/*
* Register "default" as a user-loadable theme (for now):
*/
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::default", TTK_VERSION);
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | /* * DERIVED FROM: tk/generic/tkEntry.c r1.35. * * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation. * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English */ | | > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | /* * DERIVED FROM: tk/generic/tkEntry.c r1.35. * * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions. * Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation. * Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English */ #include <string.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <tkInt.h> #include <X11/Xatom.h> #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" /* * Extra bits for core.flags: */ #define GOT_SELECTION (WIDGET_USER_FLAG<<1) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
* displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
* or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
*/
/* Style parameters:
*/
typedef struct {
| < | | | | | | 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
* displayString points to string if showChar == NULL,
* or to malloc'ed storage if showChar != NULL.
*/
/* Style parameters:
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj; /* Foreground color for normal text */
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; /* Entry widget background color */
Tcl_Obj *selBorderObj; /* Border and background for selection */
Tcl_Obj *selBorderWidthObj; /* Width of selection border */
Tcl_Obj *selForegroundObj; /* Foreground color for selected text */
Tcl_Obj *insertColorObj; /* Color of insertion cursor */
Tcl_Obj *insertWidthObj; /* Insert cursor width */
} EntryStyleData;
typedef struct {
/*
* Internal state:
*/
char *string; /* Storage for string (malloced) */
int numBytes; /* Length of string in bytes. */
int numChars; /* Length of string in characters. */
int insertPos; /* Insert index */
int selectFirst; /* Index of start of selection, or -1 */
int selectLast; /* Index of end of selection, or -1 */
Scrollable xscroll; /* Current scroll position */
ScrollHandle xscrollHandle;
/*
* Options managed by Tk_SetOptions:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
Tk_Justify justify; /* Text justification */
EntryStyleData styleData; /* Display style data (widget options) */
EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */
Tcl_Obj *stateObj; /* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */
| < < | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
Tk_Justify justify; /* Text justification */
EntryStyleData styleData; /* Display style data (widget options) */
EntryStyleData styleDefaults;/* Style defaults (fallback values) */
Tcl_Obj *stateObj; /* Compatibility option -- see CheckStateObj */
/*
* Derived resources:
*/
Ttk_TraceHandle *textVariableTrace;
char *displayString; /* String to use when displaying */
Tk_TextLayout textLayout; /* Cached text layout information. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 | #define STATE_CHANGED (0x100) /* -state option changed */ #define TEXTVAR_CHANGED (0x200) /* -textvariable option changed */ #define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED (0x400) /* -xscrollcommand option changed */ /* * Default option values: */ | | | < | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | | | | < < < | | < | < < | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
#define STATE_CHANGED (0x100) /* -state option changed */
#define TEXTVAR_CHANGED (0x200) /* -textvariable option changed */
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED (0x400) /* -xscrollcommand option changed */
/*
* Default option values:
*/
#define DEF_SELECT_BG "#000000"
#define DEF_SELECT_FG "#ffffff"
#define DEF_INSERT_BG "black"
#define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20"
#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT "TkTextFont"
#define DEF_LIST_HEIGHT "10"
static Tk_OptionSpec EntryOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-exportselection", "exportSelection",
"ExportSelection", "1", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.exportSelection),
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
DEF_ENTRY_FONT, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.fontObj),-1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-invalidcommand", "invalidCommand", "InvalidCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.invalidCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY, "-justify", "justify", "Justify",
"left", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.justify),
0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.showChar),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-state", "state", "State",
"normal", Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.stateObj), -1,
0,0,STATE_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-textvariable", "textVariable", "Variable",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.textVariableObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,TEXTVAR_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-validate", "validate", "Validate",
"none", -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.validate),
0, (ClientData) validateStrings, 0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-validatecommand", "validateCommand", "ValidateCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.validateCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.widthObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.xscroll.scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},
/* EntryStyleData options:
*/
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.foregroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Entry, entry.styleData.backgroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ EntryStyleData management.
* This is still more awkward than it should be;
* it should be able to use the Element API instead.
*/
/* EntryInitStyleDefaults --
* Initialize EntryStyleData record to fallback values.
*/
static void EntryInitStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
#define INIT(member, value) \
es->member = Tcl_NewStringObj(value, -1); \
Tcl_IncrRefCount(es->member);
INIT(foregroundObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
INIT(selBorderObj, DEF_SELECT_BG)
INIT(selForegroundObj, DEF_SELECT_FG)
INIT(insertColorObj, DEFAULT_FOREGROUND)
INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "0")
INIT(insertWidthObj, "1")
#undef INIT
}
static void EntryFreeStyleDefaults(EntryStyleData *es)
{
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->foregroundObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selForegroundObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertColorObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->selBorderWidthObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(es->insertWidthObj);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
/* Initialize to fallback values:
*/
*es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;
# define INIT(member, name) \
if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
es->member=tmp;
| < < | | | | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | | | < | < < < > > > | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 |
/* Initialize to fallback values:
*/
*es = entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults;
# define INIT(member, name) \
if ((tmp=Ttk_QueryOption(entryPtr->core.layout,name,state))) \
es->member=tmp;
INIT(foregroundObj, "-foreground");
INIT(selBorderObj, "-selectbackground")
INIT(selBorderWidthObj, "-selectborderwidth")
INIT(selForegroundObj, "-selectforeground")
INIT(insertColorObj, "-insertcolor")
INIT(insertWidthObj, "-insertwidth")
#undef INIT
/* Reacquire color & border resources from resource cache.
*/
es->foregroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->foregroundObj);
es->selForegroundObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->selForegroundObj);
es->insertColorObj = Ttk_UseColor(cache, tkwin, es->insertColorObj);
es->selBorderObj = Ttk_UseBorder(cache, tkwin, es->selBorderObj);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Resource management.
*/
/* EntryDisplayString --
* Return a malloc'ed string consisting of 'numChars' copies
* of (the first character in the string) 'showChar'.
* Used to compute the displayString if -show is non-NULL.
*/
static char *EntryDisplayString(const char *showChar, int numChars)
{
char *displayString, *p;
int size;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];
Tcl_UtfToUniChar(showChar, &ch);
size = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, buf);
p = displayString = ckalloc(numChars * size + 1);
while (numChars--) {
p += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, p);
}
*p = '\0';
return displayString;
}
/* EntryUpdateTextLayout --
* Recompute textLayout, layoutWidth, and layoutHeight
* from displayString and fontObj.
*/
static void EntryUpdateTextLayout(Entry *entryPtr)
{
Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->entry.textLayout);
entryPtr->entry.textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(
Tk_GetFontFromObj(entryPtr->core.tkwin, entryPtr->entry.fontObj),
entryPtr->entry.displayString, entryPtr->entry.numChars,
0/*wraplength*/, entryPtr->entry.justify, TK_IGNORE_NEWLINES,
&entryPtr->entry.layoutWidth, &entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight);
}
/* EntryEditable --
* Returns 1 if the entry widget accepts user changes, 0 otherwise
*/
static int
EntryEditable(Entry *entryPtr)
{
return !(entryPtr->core.state & (TTK_STATE_DISABLED|TTK_STATE_READONLY));
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Selection management.
*/
/* EntryFetchSelection --
* Selection handler for entry widgets.
*/
static int
EntryFetchSelection(
ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
int byteCount;
const char *string;
const char *selStart, *selEnd;
if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0 || !entryPtr->entry.exportSelection) {
return -1;
}
string = entryPtr->entry.displayString;
selStart = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
selEnd = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(selStart,
entryPtr->entry.selectLast - entryPtr->entry.selectFirst);
byteCount = selEnd - selStart - offset;
if (byteCount > maxBytes) {
/* @@@POSSIBLE BUG: Can transfer partial UTF-8 sequences. Is this OK? */
byteCount = maxBytes;
}
if (byteCount <= 0) {
return 0;
}
memcpy(buffer, selStart + offset, byteCount);
buffer[byteCount] = '\0';
return byteCount;
}
/* EntryLostSelection --
* Tk_LostSelProc for Entry widgets; called when an entry
* loses ownership of the selection.
*/
static void EntryLostSelection(ClientData clientData)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
entryPtr->core.flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION;
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
}
/* EntryOwnSelection --
* Assert ownership of the PRIMARY selection,
* if -exportselection set and selection is present.
*/
static void EntryOwnSelection(Entry *entryPtr)
{
if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection
&& !(entryPtr->core.flags & GOT_SELECTION)) {
Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->core.tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection,
(ClientData) entryPtr);
entryPtr->core.flags |= GOT_SELECTION;
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Validation.
*/
/* ExpandPercents --
* Expand an entry validation script template (-validatecommand
* or -invalidcommand).
*/
static void
ExpandPercents(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
const char *template, /* Script template */
const char *new, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete */
int count, /* #changed characters */
VREASON reason, /* Reason for change */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Result of %-substitutions */
{
int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags;
int number, length;
const char *string;
int stringLength;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
while (*template) {
/* Find everything up to the next % character and append it
* to the result string.
*/
string = Tcl_UtfFindFirst(template, '%');
if (string == NULL) {
/* No more %-sequences to expand.
* Copy the rest of the template.
*/
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, template, -1);
return;
}
if (string != template) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, template, string - template);
template = string;
}
/* There's a percent sequence here. Process it.
*/
++template; /* skip over % */
if (*template != '\0') {
template += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(template, &ch);
} else {
ch = '%';
}
stringLength = -1;
switch (ch) {
case 'd': /* Type of call that caused validation */
if (reason == VALIDATE_INSERT) {
number = 1;
} else if (reason == VALIDATE_DELETE) {
number = 0;
} else {
number = -1;
}
sprintf(numStorage, "%d", number);
string = numStorage;
break;
case 'i': /* index of insert/delete */
sprintf(numStorage, "%d", index);
string = numStorage;
break;
case 'P': /* 'Peeked' new value of the string */
string = new;
break;
case 's': /* Current string value */
string = entryPtr->entry.string;
break;
case 'S': /* string to be inserted/deleted, if any */
if (reason == VALIDATE_INSERT) {
string = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(new, index);
stringLength = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, count) - string;
} else if (reason == VALIDATE_DELETE) {
string = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(entryPtr->entry.string, index);
stringLength = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, count) - string;
} else {
string = "";
stringLength = 0;
}
break;
case 'v': /* type of validation currently set */
string = validateStrings[entryPtr->entry.validate];
break;
case 'V': /* type of validation in effect */
string = validateReasonStrings[reason];
break;
case 'W': /* widget name */
string = Tk_PathName(entryPtr->core.tkwin);
break;
default:
length = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, numStorage);
numStorage[length] = '\0';
string = numStorage;
break;
}
spaceNeeded = Tcl_ScanCountedElement(string, stringLength, &cvtFlags);
length = Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
524 525 526 527 528 529 530 |
* Build and evaluate an entry validation script.
* If the script raises an error, disable validation
* by setting '-validate none'
*/
static int RunValidationScript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry being validated */
| | | | | | | 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 |
* Build and evaluate an entry validation script.
* If the script raises an error, disable validation
* by setting '-validate none'
*/
static int RunValidationScript(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry being validated */
const char *template, /* Script template */
const char *optionName, /* "-validatecommand", "-invalidcommand" */
const char *new, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete */
int count, /* #changed characters */
VREASON reason) /* Reason for change */
{
Tcl_DString script;
int code;
Tcl_DStringInit(&script);
ExpandPercents(entryPtr, template, new, index, count, reason, &script);
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp,
Tcl_DStringValue(&script), Tcl_DStringLength(&script),
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&script);
if (WidgetDestroyed(&entryPtr->core))
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 | /* EntryValidateChange -- * Validate a proposed change to the entry widget's value if required. * Call the -invalidcommand if validation fails. * * Returns: * TCL_OK if the change is accepted * TCL_BREAK if the change is rejected | | | | | | | 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
/* EntryValidateChange --
* Validate a proposed change to the entry widget's value if required.
* Call the -invalidcommand if validation fails.
*
* Returns:
* TCL_OK if the change is accepted
* TCL_BREAK if the change is rejected
* TCL_ERROR if any errors occured
*
* The change will be rejected if -validatecommand returns 0,
* or if -validatecommand or -invalidcommand modifies the value.
*/
static int
EntryValidateChange(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */
const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */
int index, /* index of insert/delete, -1 otherwise */
int count, /* #changed characters */
VREASON reason) /* Reason for change */
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = entryPtr->core.interp;
VMODE vmode = entryPtr->entry.validate;
int code, change_ok;
if ( (entryPtr->entry.validateCmd == NULL)
|| (entryPtr->core.flags & VALIDATING)
|| !EntryNeedsValidation(vmode, reason) )
{
return TCL_OK;
}
entryPtr->core.flags |= VALIDATING;
/* Run -validatecommand and check return value:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
652 653 654 655 656 657 658 | /* EntryRevalidate -- * Revalidate the current value of an entry widget, * update the TTK_STATE_INVALID bit. * * Returns: * TCL_OK if valid, TCL_BREAK if invalid, TCL_ERROR on error. */ | | < < < < | | < | 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 |
/* EntryRevalidate --
* Revalidate the current value of an entry widget,
* update the TTK_STATE_INVALID bit.
*
* Returns:
* TCL_OK if valid, TCL_BREAK if invalid, TCL_ERROR on error.
*/
static int EntryRevalidate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr, VREASON reason)
{
int code = EntryValidateChange(
entryPtr, entryPtr->entry.string, -1,0, reason);
if (code == TCL_BREAK) {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&entryPtr->core, TTK_STATE_INVALID, 0);
} else if (code == TCL_OK) {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&entryPtr->core, 0, TTK_STATE_INVALID);
}
return code;
}
/* EntryRevalidateBG --
* Revalidate in the background (called from event handler).
*/
static void EntryRevalidateBG(Entry *entryPtr, VREASON reason)
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = entryPtr->core.interp;
if (EntryRevalidate(interp, entryPtr, reason) == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Entry widget modification.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
716 717 718 719 720 721 722 |
int g = nChars > 0; /* left gravity adjustment */
e->insertPos = AdjustIndex(e->insertPos, index, nChars);
e->selectFirst = AdjustIndex(e->selectFirst, index, nChars);
e->selectLast = AdjustIndex(e->selectLast, index+g, nChars);
e->xscroll.first= AdjustIndex(e->xscroll.first, index+g, nChars);
| | | | | | 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 |
int g = nChars > 0; /* left gravity adjustment */
e->insertPos = AdjustIndex(e->insertPos, index, nChars);
e->selectFirst = AdjustIndex(e->selectFirst, index, nChars);
e->selectLast = AdjustIndex(e->selectLast, index+g, nChars);
e->xscroll.first= AdjustIndex(e->xscroll.first, index+g, nChars);
if (e->selectLast <= e->selectFirst)
e->selectFirst = e->selectLast = -1;
}
/* EntryStoreValue --
* Replace the contents of a text entry with a given value,
* recompute dependent resources, and schedule a redisplay.
*
* See also: EntrySetValue().
*/
static void
EntryStoreValue(Entry *entryPtr, const char *value)
{
size_t numBytes = strlen(value);
int numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, numBytes);
if (entryPtr->core.flags & VALIDATING)
entryPtr->core.flags |= VALIDATION_SET_VALUE;
/* Make sure all indices remain in bounds:
*/
if (numChars < entryPtr->entry.numChars)
AdjustIndices(entryPtr, numChars, numChars - entryPtr->entry.numChars);
/* Free old value:
*/
if (entryPtr->entry.displayString != entryPtr->entry.string)
ckfree(entryPtr->entry.displayString);
ckfree(entryPtr->entry.string);
/* Store new value:
*/
entryPtr->entry.string = ckalloc(numBytes + 1);
strcpy(entryPtr->entry.string, value);
entryPtr->entry.numBytes = numBytes;
entryPtr->entry.numChars = numChars;
entryPtr->entry.displayString
= entryPtr->entry.showChar
? EntryDisplayString(entryPtr->entry.showChar, numChars)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 |
EntryStoreValue(entryPtr, value);
if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableObj) {
const char *textVarName =
Tcl_GetString(entryPtr->entry.textVariableObj);
if (textVarName && *textVarName) {
entryPtr->core.flags |= SYNCING_VARIABLE;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 |
EntryStoreValue(entryPtr, value);
if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableObj) {
const char *textVarName =
Tcl_GetString(entryPtr->entry.textVariableObj);
if (textVarName && *textVarName) {
entryPtr->core.flags |= SYNCING_VARIABLE;
value = Tcl_SetVar(entryPtr->core.interp, textVarName,
value, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG);
entryPtr->core.flags &= ~SYNCING_VARIABLE;
if (!value || WidgetDestroyed(&entryPtr->core)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (strcmp(value, entryPtr->entry.string) != 0) {
/* Some write trace has changed the variable value.
*/
EntryStoreValue(entryPtr, value);
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* EntryTextVariableTrace --
* Variable trace procedure for entry -textvariable
*/
static void EntryTextVariableTrace(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
if (WidgetDestroyed(&entryPtr->core)) {
return;
}
if (entryPtr->core.flags & SYNCING_VARIABLE) {
/* Trace was fired due to Tcl_SetVar call in EntrySetValue.
* Don't do anything.
*/
return;
}
EntryStoreValue(entryPtr, value ? value : "");
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Insertion and deletion.
*/
/* InsertChars --
* Add new characters to an entry widget.
*/
static int
InsertChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that is to get the new elements. */
int index, /* Insert before this index */
const char *value) /* New characters to add */
{
char *string = entryPtr->entry.string;
size_t byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
size_t byteCount = strlen(value);
int charsAdded = Tcl_NumUtfChars(value, byteCount);
size_t newByteCount = entryPtr->entry.numBytes + byteCount + 1;
char *new;
int code;
if (byteCount == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
new = ckalloc(newByteCount);
memcpy(new, string, byteIndex);
strcpy(new + byteIndex, value);
strcpy(new + byteIndex + byteCount, string + byteIndex);
code = EntryValidateChange(
entryPtr, new, index, charsAdded, VALIDATE_INSERT);
if (code == TCL_OK) {
AdjustIndices(entryPtr, index, charsAdded);
code = EntrySetValue(entryPtr, new);
} else if (code == TCL_BREAK) {
code = TCL_OK;
}
ckfree(new);
return code;
}
/* DeleteChars --
* Remove one or more characters from an entry widget.
*/
static int
DeleteChars(
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to modify. */
int index, /* Index of first character to delete. */
int count) /* How many characters to delete. */
{
char *string = entryPtr->entry.string;
size_t byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount;
char *new;
int code;
if (index < 0) {
index = 0;
}
if (count > entryPtr->entry.numChars - index) {
count = entryPtr->entry.numChars - index;
}
if (count <= 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
byteIndex = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string, index) - string;
byteCount = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(string+byteIndex, count) - (string+byteIndex);
newByteCount = entryPtr->entry.numBytes + 1 - byteCount;
new = ckalloc(newByteCount);
memcpy(new, string, byteIndex);
strcpy(new + byteIndex, string + byteIndex + byteCount);
code = EntryValidateChange(
entryPtr, new, index, count, VALIDATE_DELETE);
if (code == TCL_OK) {
AdjustIndices(entryPtr, index, -count);
code = EntrySetValue(entryPtr, new);
} else if (code == TCL_BREAK) {
code = TCL_OK;
}
ckfree(new);
return code;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Event handler.
*/
/* EntryEventProc --
* Extra event handling for entry widgets:
* Triggers validation on FocusIn and FocusOut events.
*/
#define EntryEventMask (FocusChangeMask)
static void
EntryEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData;
Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case DestroyNotify:
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(entryPtr->core.tkwin,
EntryEventMask, EntryEventProc, clientData);
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
946 947 948 949 950 951 952 | } /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Initialization and cleanup. */ static void | | | < | | | | | | 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 |
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization and cleanup.
*/
static void
EntryInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(
entryPtr->core.tkwin, EntryEventMask, EntryEventProc, entryPtr);
Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->core.tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING,
EntryFetchSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr, XA_STRING);
TtkBlinkCursor(&entryPtr->core);
entryPtr->entry.string = ckalloc(1);
*entryPtr->entry.string = '\0';
entryPtr->entry.displayString = entryPtr->entry.string;
entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = 0;
entryPtr->entry.numBytes = entryPtr->entry.numChars = 0;
EntryInitStyleDefaults(&entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults);
entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle =
TtkCreateScrollHandle(&entryPtr->core, &entryPtr->entry.xscroll);
entryPtr->entry.insertPos = 0;
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = -1;
entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
}
static void
EntryCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
TtkFreeScrollHandle(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle);
EntryFreeStyleDefaults(&entryPtr->entry.styleDefaults);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 |
}
/* EntryConfigure --
* Configure hook for Entry widgets.
*/
static int EntryConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
| | | | 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 |
}
/* EntryConfigure --
* Configure hook for Entry widgets.
*/
static int EntryConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *textVarName = entryPtr->entry.textVariableObj;
Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;
if (mask & TEXTVAR_CHANGED) {
if (textVarName && *Tcl_GetString(textVarName)) {
vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp,
textVarName,EntryTextVariableTrace,entryPtr);
if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 |
if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
}
/* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
*/
| | < | 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 |
if (entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace)
Ttk_UntraceVariable(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace = vt;
}
/* Claim the selection, in case we've suddenly started exporting it.
*/
if (entryPtr->entry.exportSelection && entryPtr->entry.selectFirst != -1) {
EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
}
/* Handle -state compatibility option:
*/
if (mask & STATE_CHANGED) {
TtkCheckStateOption(&entryPtr->core, entryPtr->entry.stateObj);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 |
EntryUpdateTextLayout(entryPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* EntryPostConfigure --
* Post-configuration hook for entry widgets.
*/
| | | < | | | 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 |
EntryUpdateTextLayout(entryPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* EntryPostConfigure --
* Post-configuration hook for entry widgets.
*/
static int EntryPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
int status = TCL_OK;
if ((mask & TEXTVAR_CHANGED) && entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace != NULL) {
status = Ttk_FireTrace(entryPtr->entry.textVariableTrace);
}
return status;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout and display.
*/
/* EntryCharPosition --
* Return the X coordinate of the specified character index.
* Precondition: textLayout and layoutX up-to-date.
*/
static int
EntryCharPosition(Entry *entryPtr, int index)
{
int xPos;
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->entry.textLayout, index, &xPos, NULL, NULL, NULL);
return xPos + entryPtr->entry.layoutX;
}
/* EntryDoLayout --
* Layout hook for entry widgets.
*
* Determine position of textLayout based on xscroll.first, justify,
* and display area.
*
* Recalculates layoutX, layoutY, and rightIndex,
* and updates xscroll accordingly.
* May adjust xscroll.first to ensure the maximum #characters are onscreen.
*/
static void
EntryDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr = &entryPtr->core;
Tk_TextLayout textLayout = entryPtr->entry.textLayout;
int leftIndex = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;
int rightIndex;
Ttk_Box textarea;
Ttk_PlaceLayout(corePtr->layout,corePtr->state,Ttk_WinBox(corePtr->tkwin));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 |
}
/* EntryDisplay --
* Redraws the contents of an entry window.
*/
static void EntryDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
| | | < | | | | | | | > | | | 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 |
}
/* EntryDisplay --
* Redraws the contents of an entry window.
*/
static void EntryDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
Entry *entryPtr = clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->core.tkwin;
int leftIndex = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first,
rightIndex = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.last + 1,
selFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectFirst,
selLast = entryPtr->entry.selectLast;
EntryStyleData es;
GC gc;
int showSelection, showCursor;
Ttk_Box textarea;
TkRegion clipRegion;
XRectangle rect;
EntryInitStyleData(entryPtr, &es);
textarea = Ttk_ClientRegion(entryPtr->core.layout, "textarea");
showCursor =
(entryPtr->core.flags & CURSOR_ON) != 0
&& EntryEditable(entryPtr)
&& entryPtr->entry.insertPos >= leftIndex
&& entryPtr->entry.insertPos <= rightIndex
;
showSelection =
(entryPtr->core.state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) == 0
&& selFirst > -1
&& selLast > leftIndex
&& selFirst <= rightIndex
;
/* Adjust selection range to keep in display bounds.
*/
if (showSelection) {
if (selFirst < leftIndex)
selFirst = leftIndex;
if (selLast > rightIndex)
selLast = rightIndex;
}
/* Draw widget background & border
*/
Ttk_DrawLayout(entryPtr->core.layout, entryPtr->core.state, d);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 |
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(clipRegion);
#endif
/* Draw cursor:
*/
if (showCursor) {
| < < < < < < < < | | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < | | | | > < < < < < < < < < < | 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 |
#ifdef HAVE_XFT
TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(clipRegion);
#endif
/* Draw cursor:
*/
if (showCursor) {
int cursorX = EntryCharPosition(entryPtr, entryPtr->entry.insertPos),
cursorY = entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
cursorHeight = entryPtr->entry.layoutHeight,
cursorWidth = 1;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL,es.insertWidthObj,&cursorWidth);
if (cursorWidth <= 0) {
cursorWidth = 1;
}
/* @@@ should: maybe: SetCaretPos even when blinked off */
Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, cursorX, cursorY, cursorHeight);
gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.insertColorObj, clipRegion);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
cursorX-cursorWidth/2, cursorY, cursorWidth, cursorHeight);
XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
/* Draw the text:
*/
gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.foregroundObj, clipRegion);
Tk_DrawTextLayout(
Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
entryPtr->entry.layoutX, entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
leftIndex, rightIndex);
XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
/* Overwrite the selected portion (if any) in the -selectforeground color:
*/
if (showSelection) {
gc = EntryGetGC(entryPtr, es.selForegroundObj, clipRegion);
Tk_DrawTextLayout(
Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
entryPtr->entry.layoutX, entryPtr->entry.layoutY,
selFirst, selLast);
XSetClipMask(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc, None);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
/* Drop the region. Note that we have to manually remove the reference to
* it from the Xft guts (if they're being used).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 |
* error occurs then an error message is left in the interp's result.
*/
static int
EntryIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to query */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Symbolic index name */
| | | | | < | < < < < < < < | | | | | < | 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 |
* error occurs then an error message is left in the interp's result.
*/
static int
EntryIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */
Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry widget to query */
Tcl_Obj *indexObj, /* Symbolic index name */
int *indexPtr) /* Return value */
{
# define EntryWidth(e) (Tk_Width(entryPtr->core.tkwin)) /* Not Right */
int length;
const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(indexObj, &length);
if (strncmp(string, "end", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.numChars;
} else if (strncmp(string, "insert", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.insertPos;
} else if (strncmp(string, "left", length) == 0) { /* for debugging */
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;
} else if (strncmp(string, "right", length) == 0) { /* for debugging */
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.last;
} else if (strncmp(string, "sel.", 4) == 0) {
if (entryPtr->entry.selectFirst < 0) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "selection isn't in widget ",
Tk_PathName(entryPtr->core.tkwin), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (strncmp(string, "sel.first", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.selectFirst;
} else if (strncmp(string, "sel.last", length) == 0) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.selectLast;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 |
if (x > maxWidth) {
x = maxWidth;
roundUp = 1;
}
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
x - entryPtr->entry.layoutX, 0);
| < | | > | > > > > > > | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 |
if (x > maxWidth) {
x = maxWidth;
roundUp = 1;
}
*indexPtr = Tk_PointToChar(entryPtr->entry.textLayout,
x - entryPtr->entry.layoutX, 0);
if (*indexPtr < entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.xscroll.first;
}
/*
* Special trick: if the x-position was off-screen to the right,
* round the index up to refer to the character just after the
* last visible one on the screen. This is needed to enable the
* last character to be selected, for example.
*/
if (roundUp && (*indexPtr < entryPtr->entry.numChars)) {
*indexPtr += 1;
}
} else {
if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, indexPtr) != TCL_OK) {
goto badIndex;
}
if (*indexPtr < 0) {
*indexPtr = 0;
} else if (*indexPtr > entryPtr->entry.numChars) {
*indexPtr = entryPtr->entry.numChars;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
badIndex:
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad entry index \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* $entry bbox $index --
* Return the bounding box of the character at the specified index.
*/
static int
EntryBBoxCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_Box b;
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((index == entryPtr->entry.numChars) && (index > 0)) {
index--;
}
Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->entry.textLayout, index,
&b.x, &b.y, &b.width, &b.height);
b.x += entryPtr->entry.layoutX;
b.y += entryPtr->entry.layoutY;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Ttk_NewBoxObj(b));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry delete $from ?$to? --
* Delete the characters in the range [$from,$to).
* $to defaults to $from+1 if not specified.
*/
static int
EntryDeleteCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
int first, last;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "firstIndex ?lastIndex?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &first) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
last = first + 1;
} else if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[3], &last) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (last >= first && EntryEditable(entryPtr)) {
return DeleteChars(entryPtr, first, last - first);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry get --
* Return the current value of the entry widget.
*/
static int
EntryGetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, entryPtr->entry.string, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry icursor $index --
* Set the insert cursor position.
*/
static int
EntryICursorCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pos");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2],
&entryPtr->entry.insertPos) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry index $index --
* Return numeric value (0..numChars) of the specified index.
*/
static int
EntryIndexCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "string");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry insert $index $text --
* Insert $text after position $index.
* Silent no-op if the entry is disabled or read-only.
*/
static int
EntryInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
int index;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index text");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (EntryEditable(entryPtr)) {
return InsertChars(entryPtr, index, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry selection clear --
* Clear selection.
*/
static int EntrySelectionClearCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry selection present --
* Returns 1 if any characters are selected, 0 otherwise.
*/
static int EntrySelectionPresentCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(entryPtr->entry.selectFirst >= 0));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry selection range $start $end --
* Explicitly set the selection range.
*/
static int EntrySelectionRangeCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
int start, end;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "start end");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ( EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[3], &start) != TCL_OK
|| EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[4], &end) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (entryPtr->core.state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
return TCL_OK;
}
if (start >= end) {
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = entryPtr->entry.selectLast = -1;
} else {
entryPtr->entry.selectFirst = start;
entryPtr->entry.selectLast = end;
EntryOwnSelection(entryPtr);
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&entryPtr->core);
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 |
/* $entry set $value
* Sets the value of an entry widget.
*/
static int EntrySetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 |
/* $entry set $value
* Sets the value of an entry widget.
*/
static int EntrySetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "value");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
EntrySetValue(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $entry validate --
* Trigger forced validation. Returns 1/0 if validation succeeds/fails
* or error status from -validatecommand / -invalidcommand.
*/
static int EntryValidateCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
int code;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 |
}
/* $entry xview -- horizontal scrolling interface
*/
static int EntryXViewCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | | 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 |
}
/* $entry xview -- horizontal scrolling interface
*/
static int EntryXViewCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Entry *entryPtr = recordPtr;
if (objc == 3) {
int newFirst;
if (EntryIndex(interp, entryPtr, objv[2], &newFirst) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TtkScrollTo(entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle, newFirst);
return TCL_OK;
}
return TtkScrollviewCommand(interp, objc, objv, entryPtr->entry.xscrollHandle);
}
static const Ttk_Ensemble EntryCommands[] = {
{ "bbox", EntryBBoxCommand,0 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Entry widget definition.
*/
| | | 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Entry widget definition.
*/
static WidgetSpec EntryWidgetSpec = {
"TEntry", /* className */
sizeof(Entry), /* recordSize */
EntryOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
EntryCommands, /* subcommands */
EntryInitialize, /* initializeProc */
EntryCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
EntryConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 |
* +++ Combobox widget record.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *postCommandObj;
Tcl_Obj *valuesObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < | | | < | | | | | 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 |
* +++ Combobox widget record.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *postCommandObj;
Tcl_Obj *valuesObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
int currentIndex;
} ComboboxPart;
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
EntryPart entry;
ComboboxPart combobox;
} Combobox;
static Tk_OptionSpec ComboboxOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_LIST_HEIGHT, Tk_Offset(Combobox, combobox.heightObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-postcommand", "postCommand", "PostCommand",
"", Tk_Offset(Combobox, combobox.postCommandObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
"", Tk_Offset(Combobox, combobox.valuesObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(EntryOptionSpecs)
};
/* ComboboxInitialize --
* Initialization hook for combobox widgets.
*/
static void
ComboboxInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Combobox *cb = recordPtr;
cb->combobox.currentIndex = -1;
TtkTrackElementState(&cb->core);
EntryInitialize(interp, recordPtr);
}
/* ComboboxConfigure --
* Configuration hook for combobox widgets.
*/
static int
ComboboxConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Combobox *cbPtr = recordPtr;
int unused;
/* Make sure -values is a valid list:
*/
if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp,cbPtr->combobox.valuesObj,&unused) != TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
return EntryConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask);
}
/* $cb current ?newIndex? -- get or set current index.
* Setting the current index updates the combobox value,
* but the value and -values may be changed independently
* of the index. Instead of trying to keep currentIndex
* in sync at all times, [$cb current] double-checks
*/
static int ComboboxCurrentCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Combobox *cbPtr = recordPtr;
int currentIndex = cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex;
const char *currentValue = cbPtr->entry.string;
int nValues;
Tcl_Obj **values;
Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp,cbPtr->combobox.valuesObj,&nValues,&values);
if (objc == 2) {
/* Check if currentIndex still valid:
*/
if ( currentIndex < 0
|| currentIndex >= nValues
|| strcmp(currentValue,Tcl_GetString(values[currentIndex]))
)
{
/* Not valid. Check current value against each element in -values:
*/
for (currentIndex = 0; currentIndex < nValues; ++currentIndex) {
if (!strcmp(currentValue,Tcl_GetString(values[currentIndex]))) {
break;
}
}
if (currentIndex >= nValues) {
/* Not found */
currentIndex = -1;
}
}
cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex = currentIndex;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(currentIndex));
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 3) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], ¤tIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (currentIndex < 0 || currentIndex >= nValues) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Index ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), " out of range",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
cbPtr->combobox.currentIndex = currentIndex;
return EntrySetValue(recordPtr, Tcl_GetString(values[currentIndex]));
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?newIndex?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "set", EntrySetCommand,0 },
{ "validate", EntryValidateCommand,0 },
{ "xview", EntryXViewCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | | 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "set", EntrySetCommand,0 },
{ "validate", EntryValidateCommand,0 },
{ "xview", EntryXViewCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec ComboboxWidgetSpec = {
"TCombobox", /* className */
sizeof(Combobox), /* recordSize */
ComboboxOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
ComboboxCommands, /* subcommands */
ComboboxInitialize, /* initializeProc */
EntryCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
ComboboxConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 |
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
EntryPart entry;
SpinboxPart spinbox;
} Spinbox;
| | | | | | | | | | | | 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 |
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
EntryPart entry;
SpinboxPart spinbox;
} Spinbox;
static Tk_OptionSpec SpinboxOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
"", Tk_Offset(Spinbox, spinbox.valuesObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From",
"0", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.fromObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To",
"0", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.toObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-increment", "increment", "Increment",
"1", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.incrementObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-format", "format", "Format",
"", Tk_Offset(Spinbox, spinbox.formatObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command",
"", Tk_Offset(Spinbox, spinbox.commandObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-wrap", "wrap", "Wrap",
"0", Tk_Offset(Spinbox,spinbox.wrapObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(EntryOptionSpecs)
};
/* SpinboxInitialize --
* Initialization hook for spinbox widgets.
*/
static void
SpinboxInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Spinbox *sb = recordPtr;
TtkTrackElementState(&sb->core);
EntryInitialize(interp, recordPtr);
}
/* SpinboxConfigure --
* Configuration hook for spinbox widgets.
*/
static int
SpinboxConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Spinbox *sb = recordPtr;
int unused;
/* Make sure -values is a valid list:
*/
if (Tcl_ListObjLength(interp,sb->spinbox.valuesObj,&unused) != TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "set", EntrySetCommand,0 },
{ "validate", EntryValidateCommand,0 },
{ "xview", EntryXViewCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | | 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "set", EntrySetCommand,0 },
{ "validate", EntryValidateCommand,0 },
{ "xview", EntryXViewCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec SpinboxWidgetSpec = {
"TSpinbox", /* className */
sizeof(Spinbox), /* recordSize */
SpinboxOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
SpinboxCommands, /* subcommands */
SpinboxInitialize, /* initializeProc */
EntryCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
SpinboxConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 |
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
} TextareaElement;
| | | | | | | < < | | | 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 |
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
} TextareaElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextareaElementOptions[] = {
{ "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
Tk_Offset(TextareaElement,fontObj), DEF_ENTRY_FONT },
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(TextareaElement,widthObj), "20" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void TextareaElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TextareaElement *textarea = elementRecord;
Tk_Font font = Tk_GetFontFromObj(tkwin, textarea->fontObj);
int avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(font, "0", 1);
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
int prefWidth = 1;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(font, &fm);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, textarea->widthObj, &prefWidth);
if (prefWidth <= 0)
prefWidth = 1;
*heightPtr = fm.linespace;
*widthPtr = prefWidth * avgWidth;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TextareaElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TextareaElement),
TextareaElementOptions,
TextareaElementSize,
TtkNullElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget layouts.
*/
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(EntryLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Entry.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_BORDER,
TTK_GROUP("Entry.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Entry.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(ComboboxLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SpinboxLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.field", TTK_PACK_TOP|TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_GROUP("null", TTK_PACK_RIGHT,
TTK_NODE("Spinbox.uparrow", TTK_PACK_TOP|TTK_STICK_E)
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkFrame.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English * * ttk::frame and ttk::labelframe widgets. */ | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English * * ttk::frame and ttk::labelframe widgets. */ #include <tk.h> #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #include "ttkManager.h" /* ====================================================================== * +++ Frame widget: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
} FramePart;
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
FramePart frame;
} Frame;
| | | | | | | | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
} FramePart;
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
FramePart frame;
} Frame;
static Tk_OptionSpec FrameOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.borderWidthObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.paddingObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.reliefObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.widthObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
Tk_Offset(Frame,frame.heightObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
static const Ttk_Ensemble FrameCommands[] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
return margins;
}
/* FrameSize procedure --
* The frame doesn't request a size of its own by default,
* but it does have an internal border. See also <<NOTE-SIZE>>
*/
| | < < < | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
return margins;
}
/* FrameSize procedure --
* The frame doesn't request a size of its own by default,
* but it does have an internal border. See also <<NOTE-SIZE>>
*/
static int FrameSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Frame *framePtr = (Frame *)recordPtr;
Ttk_SetMargins(framePtr->core.tkwin, FrameMargins(framePtr));
return 0;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
if ((width > 0 || height > 0) && (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED)) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(framePtr->core.tkwin, width, height);
}
return TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask);
}
| | | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
if ((width > 0 || height > 0) && (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED)) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(framePtr->core.tkwin, width, height);
}
return TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask);
}
static WidgetSpec FrameWidgetSpec = {
"TFrame", /* className */
sizeof(Frame), /* recordSize */
FrameOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
FrameCommands, /* subcommands */
TtkNullInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
FrameConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
}
*anchorPtr = flags;
return TCL_OK;
error:
if (interp) {
| > | | | | 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
}
*anchorPtr = flags;
return TCL_OK;
error:
if (interp) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Bad label anchor specification ", Tcl_GetString(objPtr),
NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* LabelAnchorSide --
* Returns the side corresponding to a LabelAnchor value.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
WidgetCore core;
FramePart frame;
LabelframePart label;
} Labelframe;
#define LABELWIDGET_CHANGED 0x100
| | | | | | | 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
WidgetCore core;
FramePart frame;
LabelframePart label;
} Labelframe;
#define LABELWIDGET_CHANGED 0x100
static Tk_OptionSpec LabelframeOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-labelanchor", "labelAnchor", "LabelAnchor",
"nw", Tk_Offset(Labelframe, label.labelAnchorObj),-1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
Tk_Offset(Labelframe,label.textObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline",
"-1", Tk_Offset(Labelframe,label.underlineObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_WINDOW, "-labelwidget", "labelWidget", "LabelWidget", NULL,
-1, Tk_Offset(Labelframe,label.labelWidget),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,LABELWIDGET_CHANGED|GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(FrameOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* Labelframe style parameters:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
336 337 338 339 340 341 342 | } /* * LabelframeSize -- * Like the frame, this doesn't request a size of its own * but it does have internal padding and a minimum size. */ | | < < < | 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
}
/*
* LabelframeSize --
* Like the frame, this doesn't request a size of its own
* but it does have internal padding and a minimum size.
*/
static int LabelframeSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Labelframe *lframePtr = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr = &lframePtr->core;
Ttk_Padding margins;
LabelframeStyle style;
int labelWidth, labelHeight;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
* Place border and label:
*/
Ttk_PlaceLayout(corePtr->layout, corePtr->state, borderParcel);
if (lframePtr->label.labelLayout) {
Ttk_PlaceLayout(
lframePtr->label.labelLayout, corePtr->state, labelParcel);
}
| | | | | | | | < < < < | | < < | < | | | < < | 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
* Place border and label:
*/
Ttk_PlaceLayout(corePtr->layout, corePtr->state, borderParcel);
if (lframePtr->label.labelLayout) {
Ttk_PlaceLayout(
lframePtr->label.labelLayout, corePtr->state, labelParcel);
}
/* labelWidget placed in LabelframePlaceSlaves GM hook */
lframePtr->label.labelParcel = labelParcel;
}
static void LabelframeDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
{
Labelframe *lframePtr = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
Ttk_DrawLayout(lframePtr->core.layout, lframePtr->core.state, d);
if (lframePtr->label.labelLayout) {
Ttk_DrawLayout(lframePtr->label.labelLayout, lframePtr->core.state, d);
}
}
/* +++ Labelframe geometry manager hooks.
*/
/* LabelframePlaceSlaves --
* Sets the position and size of the labelwidget.
*/
static void LabelframePlaceSlaves(void *recordPtr)
{
Labelframe *lframe = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
if (Ttk_NumberSlaves(lframe->label.mgr) == 1) {
Ttk_Box b;
LabelframeDoLayout(recordPtr);
b = lframe->label.labelParcel;
/* ASSERT: slave #0 is lframe->label.labelWidget */
Ttk_PlaceSlave(lframe->label.mgr, 0, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height);
}
}
static int LabelRequest(void *managerData, int index, int width, int height)
{
return 1;
}
/* LabelRemoved --
* Unset the -labelwidget option.
*
* <<NOTE-LABELREMOVED>>:
* This routine is also called when the widget voluntarily forgets
* the slave in LabelframeConfigure.
*/
static void LabelRemoved(void *managerData, int slaveIndex)
{
Labelframe *lframe = managerData;
lframe->label.labelWidget = 0;
}
static Ttk_ManagerSpec LabelframeManagerSpec = {
{ "labelframe", Ttk_GeometryRequestProc, Ttk_LostSlaveProc },
LabelframeSize,
LabelframePlaceSlaves,
LabelRequest,
LabelRemoved
};
/* LabelframeInitialize --
* Initialization hook.
*/
static void LabelframeInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Labelframe *lframe = (Labelframe *)recordPtr;
lframe->label.mgr = Ttk_CreateManager(
&LabelframeManagerSpec, lframe, lframe->core.tkwin);
lframe->label.labelWidget = 0;
lframe->label.labelLayout = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
601 602 603 604 605 606 607 |
if (FrameConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Update -labelwidget changes, if any:
*/
if (mask & LABELWIDGET_CHANGED) {
| | | | | | 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 |
if (FrameConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Update -labelwidget changes, if any:
*/
if (mask & LABELWIDGET_CHANGED) {
if (Ttk_NumberSlaves(lframePtr->label.mgr) == 1) {
Ttk_ForgetSlave(lframePtr->label.mgr, 0);
/* Restore labelWidget field (see <<NOTE-LABELREMOVED>>)
*/
lframePtr->label.labelWidget = labelWidget;
}
if (labelWidget) {
Ttk_InsertSlave(lframePtr->label.mgr, 0, labelWidget, NULL);
RaiseLabelWidget(lframePtr);
}
}
if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) {
Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(lframePtr->label.mgr);
Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(lframePtr->label.mgr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static WidgetSpec LabelframeWidgetSpec = {
"TLabelframe", /* className */
sizeof(Labelframe), /* recordSize */
LabelframeOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
FrameCommands, /* subcommands */
LabelframeInitialize, /* initializeProc */
LabelframeCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
LabelframeConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added generic/ttk/ttkGenStubs.tcl.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 |
# ttkGenStubs.tcl --
#
# This script generates a set of stub files for a given
# interface.
#
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# SOURCE: tcl/tools/genStubs.tcl, revision 1.20
#
# CHANGES:
# + Remove xxx_TCL_DECLARED #ifdeffery
# + Use application-defined storage class specifier instead of "EXTERN"
# + Add "epoch" and "revision" fields to stubs table record
# + Remove dead code related to USE_*_STUB_PROCS (emitStubs, makeStub)
# + Second argument to "declare" is used as a status guard
# instead of a platform guard.
# + Use void (*reserved$i)(void) = 0 instead of void *reserved$i = NULL
# for unused stub entries, in case pointer-to-function and
# pointer-to-object are different sizes.
# + Allow trailing semicolon in function declarations
# + stubs table is const-qualified
#
namespace eval genStubs {
# libraryName --
#
# The name of the entire library. This value is used to compute
# the USE_*_STUBS macro and the name of the init file.
variable libraryName "UNKNOWN"
# interfaces --
#
# An array indexed by interface name that is used to maintain
# the set of valid interfaces. The value is empty.
array set interfaces {}
# curName --
#
# The name of the interface currently being defined.
variable curName "UNKNOWN"
# scspec --
#
# Storage class specifier for external function declarations.
# Normally "extern", may be set to something like XYZAPI
#
variable scspec "extern"
# epoch, revision --
#
# The epoch and revision numbers of the interface currently being defined.
# (@@@TODO: should be an array mapping interface names -> numbers)
#
variable epoch 0
variable revision 0
# hooks --
#
# An array indexed by interface name that contains the set of
# subinterfaces that should be defined for a given interface.
array set hooks {}
# stubs --
#
# This three dimensional array is indexed first by interface name,
# second by field name, and third by a numeric offset or the
# constant "lastNum". The lastNum entry contains the largest
# numeric offset used for a given interface.
#
# Field "decl,$i" contains the C function specification that
# should be used for the given entry in the stub table. The spec
# consists of a list in the form returned by parseDecl.
# Other fields TBD later.
array set stubs {}
# outDir --
#
# The directory where the generated files should be placed.
variable outDir .
}
# genStubs::library --
#
# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
# of the library that the interfaces are associated with (e.g. "tcl").
# This value will be used to define the inline conditional macro.
#
# Arguments:
# name The library name.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::library {name} {
variable libraryName $name
}
# genStubs::interface --
#
# This function is used in the declarations file to set the name
# of the interface currently being defined.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::interface {name} {
variable curName $name
variable interfaces
variable stubs
set interfaces($name) {}
set stubs($name,lastNum) 0
return
}
# genStubs::scspec --
#
# Define the storage class macro used for external function declarations.
# Typically, this will be a macro like XYZAPI or EXTERN that
# expands to either DLLIMPORT or DLLEXPORT, depending on whether
# -DBUILD_XYZ has been set.
#
proc genStubs::scspec {value} {
variable scspec $value
}
# genStubs::epoch --
#
# Define the epoch number for this library. The epoch
# should be incrememented when a release is made that
# contains incompatible changes to the public API.
#
proc genStubs::epoch {value} {
variable epoch $value
}
# genStubs::hooks --
#
# This function defines the subinterface hooks for the current
# interface.
#
# Arguments:
# names The ordered list of interfaces that are reachable through the
# hook vector.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::hooks {names} {
variable curName
variable hooks
set hooks($curName) $names
return
}
# genStubs::declare --
#
# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a new
# interface entry.
#
# Arguments:
# index The index number of the interface.
# status Status of the interface: one of "current",
# "deprecated", or "obsolete".
# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
# entry.
#
proc genStubs::declare {args} {
variable stubs
variable curName
variable revision
incr revision
if {[llength $args] == 2} {
lassign $args index decl
set status current
} elseif {[llength $args] == 3} {
lassign $args index status decl
} else {
puts stderr "wrong # args: declare $args"
return
}
# Check for duplicate declarations, then add the declaration and
# bump the lastNum counter if necessary.
if {[info exists stubs($curName,decl,$index)]} {
puts stderr "Duplicate entry: $index"
}
regsub -all const $decl CONST decl
regsub -all "\[ \t\n\]+" [string trim $decl] " " decl
set decl [parseDecl $decl]
set stubs($curName,status,$index) $status
set stubs($curName,decl,$index) $decl
if {$index > $stubs($curName,lastNum)} {
set stubs($curName,lastNum) $index
}
return
}
# genStubs::export --
#
# This function is used in the declarations file to declare a symbol
# that is exported from the library but is not in the stubs table.
#
# Arguments:
# decl The C function declaration, or {} for an undefined
# entry.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::export {args} {
if {[llength $args] != 1} {
puts stderr "wrong # args: export $args"
}
return
}
# genStubs::rewriteFile --
#
# This function replaces the machine generated portion of the
# specified file with new contents. It looks for the !BEGIN! and
# !END! comments to determine where to place the new text.
#
# Arguments:
# file The name of the file to modify.
# text The new text to place in the file.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::rewriteFile {file text} {
if {![file exists $file]} {
puts stderr "Cannot find file: $file"
return
}
set in [open ${file} r]
set out [open ${file}.new w]
fconfigure $out -translation lf
while {![eof $in]} {
set line [gets $in]
if {[string match "*!BEGIN!*" $line]} {
break
}
puts $out $line
}
puts $out "/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */"
puts $out $text
while {![eof $in]} {
set line [gets $in]
if {[string match "*!END!*" $line]} {
break
}
}
puts $out "/* !END!: Do not edit above this line. */"
puts -nonewline $out [read $in]
close $in
close $out
file rename -force ${file}.new ${file}
return
}
# genStubs::addPlatformGuard --
#
# Wrap a string inside a platform #ifdef.
#
# Arguments:
# plat Platform to test.
#
# Results:
# Returns the original text inside an appropriate #ifdef.
proc genStubs::addPlatformGuard {plat text} {
switch $plat {
win {
return "#ifdef __WIN32__\n${text}#endif /* __WIN32__ */\n"
}
unix {
return "#if !defined(__WIN32__) /* UNIX */\n${text}#endif /* UNIX */\n"
}
macosx {
return "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TCL\n${text}#endif /* MAC_OSX_TCL */\n"
}
aqua {
return "#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK\n${text}#endif /* MAC_OSX_TK */\n"
}
x11 {
return "#if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) /* X11 */\n${text}#endif /* X11 */\n"
}
}
return $text
}
# genStubs::emitSlots --
#
# Generate the stub table slots for the given interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface being emitted.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitSlots {name textVar} {
upvar $textVar text
forAllStubs $name makeSlot noGuard text {" void (*reserved$i)(void);\n"}
return
}
# genStubs::parseDecl --
#
# Parse a C function declaration into its component parts.
#
# Arguments:
# decl The function declaration.
#
# Results:
# Returns a list of the form {returnType name args}. The args
# element consists of a list of type/name pairs, or a single
# element "void". If the function declaration is malformed
# then an error is displayed and the return value is {}.
proc genStubs::parseDecl {decl} {
if {![regexp {^(.*)\((.*)\);?$} $decl all prefix args]} {
set prefix $decl
set args {}
}
set prefix [string trim $prefix]
if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^ *]+)$} $prefix all rtype fname]} {
puts stderr "Bad return type: $decl"
return
}
set rtype [string trim $rtype]
if {$args == ""} {
return [list $rtype $fname {}]
}
foreach arg [split $args ,] {
lappend argList [string trim $arg]
}
if {![string compare [lindex $argList end] "..."]} {
set args TCL_VARARGS
foreach arg [lrange $argList 0 end-1] {
set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
if {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
lappend args $argInfo
} else {
puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
return
}
}
} else {
set args {}
foreach arg $argList {
set argInfo [parseArg $arg]
if {![string compare $argInfo "void"]} {
lappend args "void"
break
} elseif {[llength $argInfo] == 2 || [llength $argInfo] == 3} {
lappend args $argInfo
} else {
puts stderr "Bad argument: '$arg' in '$decl'"
return
}
}
}
return [list $rtype $fname $args]
}
# genStubs::parseArg --
#
# This function parses a function argument into a type and name.
#
# Arguments:
# arg The argument to parse.
#
# Results:
# Returns a list of type and name with an optional third array
# indicator. If the argument is malformed, returns "".
proc genStubs::parseArg {arg} {
if {![regexp {^(.+[ ][*]*)([^][ *]+)(\[\])?$} $arg all type name array]} {
if {$arg == "void"} {
return $arg
} else {
return
}
}
set result [list [string trim $type] $name]
if {$array != ""} {
lappend result $array
}
return $result
}
# genStubs::makeDecl --
#
# Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# decl The function declaration.
# index The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted declaration string.
proc genStubs::makeDecl {name decl index} {
variable scspec
lassign $decl rtype fname args
append text "/* $index */\n"
if {$rtype != "void"} {
regsub -all void $rtype VOID rtype
}
set line "$scspec $rtype"
set count [expr {2 - ([string length $line] / 8)}]
append line [string range "\t\t\t" 0 $count]
set pad [expr {24 - [string length $line]}]
if {$pad <= 0} {
append line " "
set pad 0
}
if {$args == ""} {
append line $fname
append text $line
append text ";\n"
return $text
}
append line $fname
regsub -all void $args VOID args
set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
switch -exact $arg1 {
VOID {
append line "(void)"
}
TCL_VARARGS {
set sep "("
foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
append line $sep
set next {}
append next [lindex $arg 0]
if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
append next " "
}
append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
+ $pad > 76} {
append text [string trimright $line] \n
set line "\t\t\t\t"
set pad 28
}
append line $next
set sep ", "
}
append line ", ...)"
}
default {
set sep "("
foreach arg $args {
append line $sep
set next {}
append next [lindex $arg 0]
if {[string index $next end] ne "*"} {
append next " "
}
append next [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
if {[string length $line] + [string length $next] \
+ $pad > 76} {
append text [string trimright $line] \n
set line "\t\t\t\t"
set pad 28
}
append line $next
set sep ", "
}
append line ")"
}
}
return "$text$line;\n"
}
# genStubs::makeMacro --
#
# Generate the inline macro for a function.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# decl The function declaration.
# index The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted macro definition.
proc genStubs::makeMacro {name decl index} {
lassign $decl rtype fname args
set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]
set text "#define $fname \\\n\t("
if {$args == ""} {
append text "*"
}
append text "${name}StubsPtr->$lfname)"
append text " /* $index */\n"
return $text
}
# genStubs::makeSlot --
#
# Generate the stub table entry for a function.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# decl The function declaration.
# index The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted table entry.
proc genStubs::makeSlot {name decl index} {
lassign $decl rtype fname args
set lfname [string tolower [string index $fname 0]]
append lfname [string range $fname 1 end]
set text " "
if {$rtype != "void"} {
regsub -all void $rtype VOID rtype
}
if {$args == ""} {
append text $rtype " *" $lfname "; /* $index */\n"
return $text
}
append text $rtype " (*" $lfname ") "
regsub -all void $args VOID args
set arg1 [lindex $args 0]
switch -exact $arg1 {
VOID {
append text "(void)"
}
TCL_VARARGS {
set sep "("
foreach arg [lrange $args 1 end] {
append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
append text " "
}
append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
set sep ", "
}
append text ", ...)"
}
default {
set sep "("
foreach arg $args {
append text $sep [lindex $arg 0]
if {[string index $text end] ne "*"} {
append text " "
}
append text [lindex $arg 1] [lindex $arg 2]
set sep ", "
}
append text ")"
}
}
append text "; /* $index */\n"
return $text
}
# genStubs::makeInit --
#
# Generate the prototype for a function.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# decl The function declaration.
# index The slot index for this function.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted declaration string.
proc genStubs::makeInit {name decl index} {
if {[lindex $decl 2] == ""} {
append text " &" [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
} else {
append text " " [lindex $decl 1] ", /* " $index " */\n"
}
return $text
}
# genStubs::forAllStubs --
#
# This function iterates over all of the slots and invokes
# a callback for each slot. The result of the callback is then
# placed inside appropriate guards.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# slotProc The proc to invoke to handle the slot. It will
# have the interface name, the declaration, and
# the index appended.
# guardProc The proc to invoke to add guards. It will have
# the slot status and text appended.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
# skipString The string to emit if a slot is skipped. This
# string will be subst'ed in the loop so "$i" can
# be used to substitute the index value.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::forAllStubs {name slotProc guardProc textVar
{skipString {"/* Slot $i is reserved */\n"}}} {
variable stubs
upvar $textVar text
set lastNum $stubs($name,lastNum)
for {set i 0} {$i <= $lastNum} {incr i} {
if {[info exists stubs($name,decl,$i)]} {
append text [$guardProc $stubs($name,status,$i) \
[$slotProc $name $stubs($name,decl,$i) $i]]
} else {
eval {append text} $skipString
}
}
}
proc genStubs::noGuard {status text} { return $text }
proc genStubs::addGuard {status text} {
variable libraryName
set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
switch -- $status {
current {
# No change
}
deprecated {
set text [ifdeffed "${upName}_DEPRECATED" $text]
}
obsolete {
set text ""
}
default {
puts stderr "Unrecognized status code $status"
}
}
return $text
}
proc genStubs::ifdeffed {macro text} {
join [list "#ifdef $macro" $text "#endif" ""] \n
}
# genStubs::emitDeclarations --
#
# This function emits the function declarations for this interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The interface name.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitDeclarations {name textVar} {
upvar $textVar text
append text "\n/*\n * Exported function declarations:\n */\n\n"
forAllStubs $name makeDecl noGuard text
return
}
# genStubs::emitMacros --
#
# This function emits the inline macros for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface being emitted.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitMacros {name textVar} {
variable libraryName
upvar $textVar text
set upName [string toupper $libraryName]
append text "\n#if defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS)\n"
append text "\n/*\n * Inline function declarations:\n */\n\n"
forAllStubs $name makeMacro addGuard text
append text "\n#endif /* defined(USE_${upName}_STUBS) */\n"
return
}
# genStubs::emitHeader --
#
# This function emits the body of the <name>Decls.h file for
# the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitHeader {name} {
variable outDir
variable hooks
variable epoch
variable revision
set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
append capName [string range $name 1 end]
set CAPName [string toupper $name]
append text "\n"
append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH $epoch\n"
append text "#define ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION $revision\n"
append text "\n#ifdef __cplusplus\nextern \"C\" {\n#endif\n"
emitDeclarations $name text
if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}StubHooks {\n"
foreach hook $hooks($name) {
set capHook [string toupper [string index $hook 0]]
append capHook [string range $hook 1 end]
append text " const struct ${capHook}Stubs *${hook}Stubs;\n"
}
append text "} ${capName}StubHooks;\n"
}
append text "\ntypedef struct ${capName}Stubs {\n"
append text " int magic;\n"
append text " int epoch;\n"
append text " int revision;\n"
append text " const struct ${capName}StubHooks *hooks;\n\n"
emitSlots $name text
append text "} ${capName}Stubs;\n\n"
append text "extern const ${capName}Stubs *${name}StubsPtr;\n\n"
append text "#ifdef __cplusplus\n}\n#endif\n"
emitMacros $name text
rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${name}Decls.h] $text
return
}
# genStubs::emitInit --
#
# Generate the table initializers for an interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface to initialize.
# textVar The variable to use for output.
#
# Results:
# Returns the formatted output.
proc genStubs::emitInit {name textVar} {
variable hooks
variable interfaces
variable epoch
variable revision
upvar $textVar text
set root 1
set capName [string toupper [string index $name 0]]
append capName [string range $name 1 end]
set CAPName [string toupper $name]
if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
append text "\nstatic const ${capName}StubHooks ${name}StubHooks = \{\n"
set sep " "
foreach sub $hooks($name) {
append text $sep "&${sub}Stubs"
set sep ",\n "
}
append text "\n\};\n"
}
foreach intf [array names interfaces] {
if {[info exists hooks($intf)]} {
if {0<=[lsearch -exact $hooks($intf) $name]} {
set root 0
break;
}
}
}
if {$root} {
append text "\nconst ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n"
} else {
append text "\nstatic const ${capName}Stubs ${name}Stubs = \{\n"
}
append text " TCL_STUB_MAGIC,\n"
append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_EPOCH,\n"
append text " ${CAPName}_STUBS_REVISION,\n"
if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
append text " &${name}StubHooks,\n"
} else {
append text " 0,\n"
}
forAllStubs $name makeInit noGuard text {" 0, /* $i */\n"}
append text "\};\n"
return
}
# genStubs::emitInits --
#
# This function emits the body of the <name>StubInit.c file for
# the specified interface.
#
# Arguments:
# name The name of the interface being emitted.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::emitInits {} {
variable hooks
variable outDir
variable libraryName
variable interfaces
# Assuming that dependencies only go one level deep, we need to emit
# all of the leaves first to avoid needing forward declarations.
set leaves {}
set roots {}
foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
if {[info exists hooks($name)]} {
lappend roots $name
} else {
lappend leaves $name
}
}
foreach name $leaves {
emitInit $name text
}
foreach name $roots {
emitInit $name text
}
rewriteFile [file join $outDir ${libraryName}StubInit.c] $text
}
# genStubs::init --
#
# This is the main entry point.
#
# Arguments:
# None.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc genStubs::init {} {
global argv argv0
variable outDir
variable interfaces
if {[llength $argv] < 2} {
puts stderr "usage: $argv0 outDir declFile ?declFile...?"
exit 1
}
set outDir [lindex $argv 0]
foreach file [lrange $argv 1 end] {
source $file
}
foreach name [lsort [array names interfaces]] {
puts "Emitting $name"
emitHeader $name
}
emitInits
}
# lassign --
#
# This function emulates the TclX lassign command.
#
# Arguments:
# valueList A list containing the values to be assigned.
# args The list of variables to be assigned.
#
# Results:
# Returns any values that were not assigned to variables.
if {[string length [namespace which lassign]] == 0} {
proc lassign {valueList args} {
if {[llength $args] == 0} {
error "wrong # args: should be \"lassign list varName ?varName ...?\""
}
uplevel [list foreach $args $valueList {break}]
return [lrange $valueList [llength $args] end]
}
}
genStubs::init
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkImage.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | /* * Image specifications and image element factory. * * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net> * Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English * * An imageSpec is a multi-element list; the first element * is the name of the default image to use, the remainder of the * list is a sequence of statespec/imagename options as per * [style map]. */ | > | | | < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
/*
* Image specifications and image element factory.
*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net>
* Copyright (C) 2004 Joe English
*
* An imageSpec is a multi-element list; the first element
* is the name of the default image to use, the remainder of the
* list is a sequence of statespec/imagename options as per
* [style map].
*/
#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ ImageSpec management.
*/
struct TtkImageSpec {
Tk_Image baseImage; /* Base image to use */
int mapCount; /* #state-specific overrides */
Ttk_StateSpec *states; /* array[mapCount] of states ... */
Tk_Image *images; /* ... per-state images to use */
Tk_ImageChangedProc *imageChanged;
ClientData imageChangedClientData;
};
/* NullImageChanged --
* Do-nothing Tk_ImageChangedProc.
*/
static void NullImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{ /* No-op */ }
/* ImageSpecImageChanged --
* Image changes should trigger a repaint.
*/
static void ImageSpecImageChanged(ClientData clientData,
int x, int y, int width, int height, int imageWidth, int imageHeight)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((objc % 2) != 1) {
if (interp) {
| | | < | | | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
}
if ((objc % 2) != 1) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"image specification must contain an odd number of elements",
TCL_STATIC);
}
goto error;
}
n = (objc - 1) / 2;
imageSpec->states = (Ttk_StateSpec*)ckalloc(n * sizeof(Ttk_StateSpec));
imageSpec->images = (Tk_Image*)ckalloc(n * sizeof(Tk_Image *));
/* Get base image:
*/
imageSpec->baseImage = Tk_GetImage(
interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objv[0]), ImageSpecImageChanged, imageSpec);
if (!imageSpec->baseImage) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
int i;
for (i=0; i < imageSpec->mapCount; ++i) {
Tk_FreeImage(imageSpec->images[i]);
}
if (imageSpec->baseImage) { Tk_FreeImage(imageSpec->baseImage); }
| | | | | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
int i;
for (i=0; i < imageSpec->mapCount; ++i) {
Tk_FreeImage(imageSpec->images[i]);
}
if (imageSpec->baseImage) { Tk_FreeImage(imageSpec->baseImage); }
if (imageSpec->states) { ckfree((ClientData)imageSpec->states); }
if (imageSpec->images) { ckfree((ClientData)imageSpec->images); }
ckfree((ClientData)imageSpec);
}
/* TtkSelectImage --
* Return a state-specific image from an ImageSpec
*/
Tk_Image TtkSelectImage(Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec, Ttk_State state)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
*/
static void Ttk_Fill(
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Tk_Image image, Ttk_Box src, Ttk_Box dst)
{
int dr = dst.x + dst.width;
int db = dst.y + dst.height;
int x,y;
| < | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
*/
static void Ttk_Fill(
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Tk_Image image, Ttk_Box src, Ttk_Box dst)
{
int dr = dst.x + dst.width;
int db = dst.y + dst.height;
int x,y;
if (!(src.width && src.height && dst.width && dst.height))
return;
for (x = dst.x; x < dr; x += src.width) {
int cw = MIN(src.width, dr - x);
for (y = dst.y; y <= db; y += src.height) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec; /* Image(s) to use */
int minWidth; /* Minimum width; overrides image width */
int minHeight; /* Minimum width; overrides image width */
Ttk_Sticky sticky; /* -stickiness specification */
Ttk_Padding border; /* Fixed border region */
Ttk_Padding padding; /* Internal padding */
| | | | | < < | < | | 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec; /* Image(s) to use */
int minWidth; /* Minimum width; overrides image width */
int minHeight; /* Minimum width; overrides image width */
Ttk_Sticky sticky; /* -stickiness specification */
Ttk_Padding border; /* Fixed border region */
Ttk_Padding padding; /* Internal padding */
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
Ttk_ResourceCache cache; /* Resource cache for images */
Ttk_StateMap imageMap; /* State-based lookup table for images */
#endif
} ImageData;
static void FreeImageData(void *clientData)
{
ImageData *imageData = clientData;
if (imageData->imageSpec) { TtkFreeImageSpec(imageData->imageSpec); }
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
if (imageData->imageMap) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(imageData->imageMap); }
#endif
ckfree(clientData);
}
static void ImageElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ImageData *imageData = clientData;
Tk_Image image = imageData->imageSpec->baseImage;
if (image) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(image, widthPtr, heightPtr);
}
if (imageData->minWidth >= 0) {
*widthPtr = imageData->minWidth;
}
if (imageData->minHeight >= 0) {
*heightPtr = imageData->minHeight;
}
*paddingPtr = imageData->padding;
}
static void ImageElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
ImageData *imageData = clientData;
Tk_Image image = 0;
int imgWidth, imgHeight;
Ttk_Box src, dst;
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
if (imageData->imageMap) {
Tcl_Obj *imageObj = Ttk_StateMapLookup(NULL,imageData->imageMap,state);
if (imageObj) {
image = Ttk_UseImage(imageData->cache, tkwin, imageObj);
}
}
if (!image) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
332 333 334 335 336 337 338 |
Tk_SizeOfImage(image, &imgWidth, &imgHeight);
src = Ttk_MakeBox(0, 0, imgWidth, imgHeight);
dst = Ttk_StickBox(b, imgWidth, imgHeight, imageData->sticky);
Ttk_Tile(tkwin, d, image, src, dst, imageData->border);
}
| | | | < < | < | | | | | | | | < < | < < | 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 |
Tk_SizeOfImage(image, &imgWidth, &imgHeight);
src = Ttk_MakeBox(0, 0, imgWidth, imgHeight);
dst = Ttk_StickBox(b, imgWidth, imgHeight, imageData->sticky);
Ttk_Tile(tkwin, d, image, src, dst, imageData->border);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ImageElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
ImageElementSize,
ImageElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Image element factory.
*/
static int
Ttk_CreateImageElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
void *clientData,
Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *elementName,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
static const char *optionStrings[] =
{ "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL };
enum { O_BORDER, O_HEIGHT, O_PADDING, O_STICKY, O_WIDTH };
Ttk_ImageSpec *imageSpec = 0;
ImageData *imageData = 0;
int padding_specified = 0;
int i;
if (objc <= 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Must supply a base image", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
imageSpec = TtkGetImageSpec(interp, Tk_MainWindow(interp), objv[0]);
if (!imageSpec) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
imageData = (ImageData*)ckalloc(sizeof(*imageData));
imageData->imageSpec = imageSpec;
imageData->minWidth = imageData->minHeight = -1;
imageData->sticky = TTK_FILL_BOTH;
imageData->border = imageData->padding = Ttk_UniformPadding(0);
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
imageData->cache = Ttk_GetResourceCache(interp);
imageData->imageMap = 0;
#endif
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int option;
if (i == objc - 1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Value for ", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), " missing",
NULL);
goto error;
}
#if TILE_07_COMPAT
if (!strcmp("-map", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]))) {
imageData->imageMap = objv[i+1];
Tcl_IncrRefCount(imageData->imageMap);
continue;
}
#endif
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
"option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) { goto error; }
switch (option) {
case O_BORDER:
if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &imageData->border)
!= TCL_OK) { goto error; }
if (!padding_specified) {
imageData->padding = imageData->border;
}
break;
case O_PADDING:
if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &imageData->padding)
!= TCL_OK) { goto error; }
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkInit.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * Ttk package: initialization routine and miscellaneous utilities. */ | > | | | | | | < < < | | | | | < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
/*
* Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
*
* Ttk package: initialization routine and miscellaneous utilities.
*/
#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
/*
* Legal values for the button -default option.
* See also: enum Ttk_ButtonDefaultState.
*/
const char *ttkDefaultStrings[] = {
"normal", "active", "disabled", NULL
};
int Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *statePtr)
{
*statePtr = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
return Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr,
ttkDefaultStrings, "default state", 0, statePtr);
}
/*
* Legal values for the -compound option.
* See also: enum Ttk_Compound.
*/
const char *ttkCompoundStrings[] = {
"none", "text", "image", "center",
"top", "bottom", "left", "right", NULL
};
int Ttk_GetCompoundFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *statePtr)
{
*statePtr = TTK_COMPOUND_NONE;
return Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr,
ttkCompoundStrings, "compound layout", 0, statePtr);
}
/*
* Legal values for the -orient option.
* See also: enum Ttk_Orient.
*/
const char *ttkOrientStrings[] = {
"horizontal", "vertical", NULL
};
int Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
{
*resultPtr = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
return Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objPtr,
ttkOrientStrings, "orientation", 0, resultPtr);
}
/*
* Recognized values for the -state compatibility option.
* Other options are accepted and interpreted as synonyms for "normal".
*/
static const char *ttkStateStrings[] = {
"normal", "readonly", "disabled", "active", NULL
};
enum {
TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL,
TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY,
TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED,
TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE
};
/* TtkCheckStateOption --
* Handle -state compatibility option.
*
* NOTE: setting -state disabled / -state enabled affects the
* widget state, but the internal widget state does *not* affect
* the value of the -state option.
* This option is present for compatibility only.
*/
void TtkCheckStateOption(WidgetCore *corePtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
int stateOption = TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL;
unsigned all = TTK_STATE_DISABLED|TTK_STATE_READONLY|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
# define SETFLAGS(f) TtkWidgetChangeState(corePtr, f, all^f)
(void)Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(NULL,objPtr,ttkStateStrings,"",0,&stateOption);
switch (stateOption) {
case TTK_COMPAT_STATE_NORMAL:
default:
SETFLAGS(0);
break;
case TTK_COMPAT_STATE_READONLY:
SETFLAGS(TTK_STATE_READONLY);
break;
case TTK_COMPAT_STATE_DISABLED:
SETFLAGS(TTK_STATE_DISABLED);
break;
case TTK_COMPAT_STATE_ACTIVE:
SETFLAGS(TTK_STATE_ACTIVE);
break;
}
# undef SETFLAGS
}
/* TtkSendVirtualEvent --
* Send a virtual event notification to the specified target window.
* Equivalent to "event generate $tgtWindow <<$eventName>>"
*
* Note that we use Tk_QueueWindowEvent, not Tk_HandleEvent,
* so this routine does not reenter the interpreter.
*/
void TtkSendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tgtWin, const char *eventName)
{
union {XEvent general; XVirtualEvent virtual;} event;
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(event));
event.general.xany.type = VirtualEvent;
event.general.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(tgtWin));
event.general.xany.send_event = False;
event.general.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tgtWin);
event.general.xany.display = Tk_Display(tgtWin);
event.virtual.name = Tk_GetUid(eventName);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event.general, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
/* TtkEnumerateOptions, TtkGetOptionValue --
* Common factors for data accessor commands.
*/
int TtkEnumerateOptions(
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr,
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, Tk_Window tkwin)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, optionName);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, optionValue);
}
++specPtr;
if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_END && specPtr->clientData != NULL) {
/* Chain to next option spec array: */
| | | 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, optionName);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, optionValue);
}
++specPtr;
if (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_END && specPtr->clientData != NULL) {
/* Chain to next option spec array: */
specPtr = specPtr->clientData;
}
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
}
int TtkGetOptionValue(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
167 168 169 170 171 172 173 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * Core Option specifications: * type name dbName dbClass default objOffset intOffset flags clientData mask */ | | | | | | | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Core Option specifications:
* type name dbName dbClass default objOffset intOffset flags clientData mask
*/
/* public */
Tk_OptionSpec ttkCoreOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_CURSOR, "-cursor", "cursor", "Cursor", NULL,
Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, cursorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-style", "style", "Style", "",
Tk_Offset(WidgetCore,styleObj), -1, 0,0,STYLE_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-class", "", "", NULL,
Tk_Offset(WidgetCore,classObj), -1, 0,0,READONLY_OPTION},
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization: elements and element factories.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
267 268 269 270 271 272 273 |
RegisterElements(interp);
RegisterWidgets(interp);
RegisterThemes(interp);
Ttk_PlatformInit(interp);
| | | 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
RegisterElements(interp);
RegisterWidgets(interp);
RegisterThemes(interp);
Ttk_PlatformInit(interp);
Tcl_PkgProvideEx(interp, "Ttk", TTK_PATCH_LEVEL, (ClientData)&ttkStubs);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLabel.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * text, image, and label elements. * * The label element combines text and image elements, * with layout determined by the "-compound" option. * */ | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * text, image, and label elements. * * The label element combines text and image elements, * with layout determined by the "-compound" option. * */ #include <tcl.h> #include <tkInt.h> #include "ttkTheme.h" /*---------------------------------------------------------------------- * +++ Text element. * * This element displays a textual label in the foreground color. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
int embossed;
} TextElement;
/* Text element options table.
* NB: Keep in sync with label element option table.
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
int embossed;
} TextElement;
/* Text element options table.
* NB: Keep in sync with label element option table.
*/
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] = {
{ "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,textObj), "" },
{ "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,foregroundObj), "black" },
{ "-underline", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,underlineObj), "-1"},
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,widthObj), "-1"},
{ "-anchor", TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,anchorObj), "w"},
{ "-justify", TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,justifyObj), "left" },
{ "-wraplength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,wrapLengthObj), "0" },
{ "-embossed", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,embossedObj), "0"},
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static int TextSetup(TextElement *text, Tk_Window tkwin)
{
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(text->textObj);
Tk_Justify justify = TK_JUSTIFY_LEFT;
int wrapLength = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(text->tkfont);
gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
gc1 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
gc2 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
| | | 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(text->tkfont);
gcValues.foreground = color->pixel;
gc1 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
gc2 = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCFont | GCForeground, &gcValues);
/*
* Place text according to -anchor:
*/
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, text->anchorObj, &anchor);
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(b, text->width, text->height, anchor);
/*
* Clip text if it's too wide:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
TkDestroyRegion(clipRegion);
}
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc1);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc2);
}
static void TextElementSize(
| | | < < | | < < < | | 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
TkDestroyRegion(clipRegion);
}
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc1);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc2);
}
static void TextElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TextElement *text = elementRecord;
if (!TextSetup(text, tkwin))
return;
*heightPtr = text->height;
*widthPtr = TextReqWidth(text);
TextCleanup(text);
return;
}
static void TextElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
TextElement *text = elementRecord;
if (TextSetup(text, tkwin)) {
TextDraw(text, tkwin, d, b);
TextCleanup(text);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TextElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TextElement),
TextElementOptions,
TextElementSize,
TextElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
Tk_Image tkimg;
int width;
int height;
} ImageElement;
/* ===> NB: Keep in sync with label element option table. <===
*/
| | | | | | | 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
Tk_Image tkimg;
int width;
int height;
} ImageElement;
/* ===> NB: Keep in sync with label element option table. <===
*/
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ImageElementOptions[] = {
{ "-image", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(ImageElement,imageObj), "" },
{ "-stipple", TK_OPTION_STRING, /* Really: TK_OPTION_BITMAP */
Tk_Offset(ImageElement,stippleObj), "gray50" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ImageElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* ImageSetup() --
* Look up the Tk_Image from the image element's imageObj resource.
* Caller must release the image with ImageCleanup().
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
342 343 344 345 346 347 348 |
/* Completely clipped - bail out.
*/
return;
}
Tk_RedrawImage(image->tkimg, 0,0, width, height, d, b.x, b.y);
| | | | | | < < | | < | | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 |
/* Completely clipped - bail out.
*/
return;
}
Tk_RedrawImage(image->tkimg, 0,0, width, height, d, b.x, b.y);
/* If we're disabled there's no state-specific 'disabled' image,
* stipple the image.
* @@@ Possibly: Don't do disabled-stippling at all;
* @@@ it's ugly and out of fashion.
* Do not stipple at all under Aqua, just draw the image: it shows up
* as a white rectangle otherwise.
*/
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
if (TtkSelectImage(image->imageSpec, 0ul) == image->tkimg) {
#ifndef MAC_OSX_TK
StippleOver(image, tkwin, d, b.x,b.y);
#endif
}
}
}
static void ImageElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ImageElement *image = elementRecord;
if (ImageSetup(image, tkwin, 0)) {
*widthPtr = image->width;
*heightPtr = image->height;
ImageCleanup(image);
}
}
static void ImageElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
ImageElement *image = elementRecord;
if (ImageSetup(image, tkwin, state)) {
ImageDraw(image, tkwin, d, b, state);
ImageCleanup(image);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ImageElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ImageElement),
ImageElementOptions,
ImageElementSize,
ImageElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
444 445 446 447 448 449 450 |
* Computed values (see LabelSetup)
*/
Ttk_Compound compound;
int space;
int totalWidth, totalHeight;
} LabelElement;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 |
* Computed values (see LabelSetup)
*/
Ttk_Compound compound;
int space;
int totalWidth, totalHeight;
} LabelElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec LabelElementOptions[] = {
{ "-compound", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,compoundObj), "none" },
{ "-space", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,spaceObj), "4" },
/* Text element part:
* NB: Keep in sync with TextElementOptions.
*/
{ "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.textObj), "" },
{ "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.foregroundObj), "black" },
{ "-underline", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.underlineObj), "-1"},
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.widthObj), ""},
{ "-anchor", TK_OPTION_ANCHOR,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.anchorObj), "w"},
{ "-justify", TK_OPTION_JUSTIFY,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.justifyObj), "left" },
{ "-wraplength", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.wrapLengthObj), "0" },
{ "-embossed", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,text.embossedObj), "0"},
/* Image element part:
* NB: Keep in sync with ImageElementOptions.
*/
{ "-image", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,image.imageObj), "" },
{ "-stipple", TK_OPTION_STRING, /* Really: TK_OPTION_BITMAP */
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,image.stippleObj), "gray50" },
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(LabelElement,image.backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* LabelSetup --
* Fills in computed fields of the label element.
*
* Calculate the text, image, and total width and height.
*/
#undef MAX
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? a : b);
static void LabelSetup(
LabelElement *c, Tk_Window tkwin, Ttk_State state)
{
Ttk_Compound *compoundPtr = &c->compound;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL,tkwin,c->spaceObj,&c->space);
Ttk_GetCompoundFromObj(NULL,c->compoundObj,(int*)compoundPtr);
/*
* Deal with TTK_COMPOUND_NONE.
*/
if (c->compound == TTK_COMPOUND_NONE) {
if (ImageSetup(&c->image, tkwin, state)) {
c->compound = TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
565 566 567 568 569 570 571 |
if (c->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT)
ImageCleanup(&c->image);
if (c->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
TextCleanup(&c->text);
}
static void LabelElementSize(
| < | < | < < | | | | | < | < | < < | | 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 |
if (c->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT)
ImageCleanup(&c->image);
if (c->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
TextCleanup(&c->text);
}
static void LabelElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
LabelElement *label = elementRecord;
int textReqWidth = 0;
LabelSetup(label, tkwin, 0);
*heightPtr = label->totalHeight;
/* Requested width based on -width option, not actual text width:
*/
if (label->compound != TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE)
textReqWidth = TextReqWidth(&label->text);
switch (label->compound)
{
case TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT:
*widthPtr = textReqWidth;
break;
case TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE:
*widthPtr = label->image.width;
break;
case TTK_COMPOUND_TOP:
case TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
case TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER:
*widthPtr = MAX(label->image.width, textReqWidth);
break;
case TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT:
case TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT:
*widthPtr = label->image.width + textReqWidth + label->space;
break;
case TTK_COMPOUND_NONE:
break; /* Can't happen */
}
LabelCleanup(label);
}
/*
* DrawCompound --
* Helper routine for LabelElementDraw;
* Handles layout for -compound {left,right,top,bottom}
*/
static void DrawCompound(
LabelElement *l, Ttk_Box b, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_State state,
int imageSide, int textSide)
{
Ttk_Box imageBox =
Ttk_PlaceBox(&b, l->image.width, l->image.height, imageSide, 0);
Ttk_Box textBox =
Ttk_PlaceBox(&b, l->text.width, l->text.height, textSide, 0);
ImageDraw(&l->image,tkwin,d,imageBox,state);
TextDraw(&l->text,tkwin,d,textBox);
}
static void LabelElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
LabelElement *l = elementRecord;
Tk_Anchor anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
LabelSetup(l, tkwin, state);
/*
* Adjust overall parcel based on -anchor:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
685 686 687 688 689 690 691 |
DrawCompound(l, b, tkwin, d, state, TTK_SIDE_RIGHT, TTK_SIDE_LEFT);
break;
}
LabelCleanup(l);
}
| | | 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 |
DrawCompound(l, b, tkwin, d, state, TTK_SIDE_RIGHT, TTK_SIDE_LEFT);
break;
}
LabelCleanup(l);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec LabelElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(LabelElement),
LabelElementOptions,
LabelElementSize,
LabelElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkLayout.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * ttkLayout.c -- * * Generic layout processing. * * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English. Freely redistributable. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkThemeInt.h" #define MAX(a,b) (a > b ? a : b) #define MIN(a,b) (a < b ? a : b) /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * ttkLayout.c -- * * Generic layout processing. * * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English. Freely redistributable. */ #include <string.h> #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkThemeInt.h" #define MAX(a,b) (a > b ? a : b) #define MIN(a,b) (a < b ? a : b) /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
}
Tcl_Obj *
Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box)
{
Tcl_Obj *result[4];
| | | | | | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
}
Tcl_Obj *
Ttk_NewBoxObj(Ttk_Box box)
{
Tcl_Obj *result[4];
result[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(box.x);
result[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(box.y);
result[2] = Tcl_NewIntObj(box.width);
result[3] = Tcl_NewIntObj(box.height);
return Tcl_NewListObj(4, result);
}
/*
* packTop, packBottom, packLeft, packRight --
* Carve out a parcel of the specified height (resp width)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &padc, &padv)) {
goto error;
}
if (padc > 4) {
if (interp) {
| | | < | 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 |
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &padc, &padv)) {
goto error;
}
if (padc > 4) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Wrong #elements in padding spec", NULL);
}
goto error;
}
for (i=0; i < padc; ++i) {
if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, tkwin, padv[i], &pixels[i]) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
359 360 361 362 363 364 365 |
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &padc, &padv)) {
goto error;
}
if (padc > 4) {
if (interp) {
| | | < | 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &padc, &padv)) {
goto error;
}
if (padc > 4) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Wrong #elements in border spec", NULL);
}
goto error;
}
for (i=0; i < padc; ++i) {
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, padv[i], &pixels[i]) != TCL_OK) {
goto error;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
switch (c) {
case 'w': case 'W': sticky |= TTK_STICK_W; break;
case 'e': case 'E': sticky |= TTK_STICK_E; break;
case 'n': case 'N': sticky |= TTK_STICK_N; break;
case 's': case 'S': sticky |= TTK_STICK_S; break;
default:
if (interp) {
| > | | | | | 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 |
switch (c) {
case 'w': case 'W': sticky |= TTK_STICK_W; break;
case 'e': case 'E': sticky |= TTK_STICK_E; break;
case 'n': case 'N': sticky |= TTK_STICK_N; break;
case 's': case 'S': sticky |= TTK_STICK_S; break;
default:
if (interp) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Bad -sticky specification ",
Tcl_GetString(objPtr),
NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
*result = sticky;
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
Ttk_Box parcel; /* allocated parcel */
Ttk_LayoutNode *next, *child;
};
static Ttk_LayoutNode *Ttk_NewLayoutNode(
unsigned flags, Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass)
{
| | | | | | | 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 |
Ttk_Box parcel; /* allocated parcel */
Ttk_LayoutNode *next, *child;
};
static Ttk_LayoutNode *Ttk_NewLayoutNode(
unsigned flags, Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass)
{
Ttk_LayoutNode *node = (Ttk_LayoutNode*)ckalloc(sizeof(*node));
node->flags = flags;
node->eclass = elementClass;
node->state = 0u;
node->next = node->child = 0;
node->parcel = Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,0,0);
return node;
}
static void Ttk_FreeLayoutNode(Ttk_LayoutNode *node)
{
while (node) {
Ttk_LayoutNode *next = node->next;
Ttk_FreeLayoutNode(node->child);
ckfree((ClientData)node);
node = next;
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout templates.
*/
struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ {
char *name;
unsigned flags;
struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ *next, *child;
};
static Ttk_TemplateNode *Ttk_NewTemplateNode(const char *name, unsigned flags)
{
Ttk_TemplateNode *op = (Ttk_TemplateNode*)ckalloc(sizeof(*op));
op->name = ckalloc(strlen(name) + 1); strcpy(op->name, name);
op->flags = flags;
op->next = op->child = 0;
return op;
}
void Ttk_FreeLayoutTemplate(Ttk_LayoutTemplate op)
{
while (op) {
Ttk_LayoutTemplate next = op->next;
Ttk_FreeLayoutTemplate(op->child);
ckfree(op->name);
ckfree((ClientData)op);
op = next;
}
}
/* InstantiateLayout --
* Create a layout tree from a template.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
599 600 601 602 603 604 605 |
* Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
*
* Syntax:
* layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
*/
/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
| | | | 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 |
* Convert a Tcl list into a layout template.
*
* Syntax:
* layoutSpec ::= { elementName ?-option value ...? }+
*/
/* NB: This must match bit definitions TTK_PACK_LEFT etc. */
static const char *packSideStrings[] =
{ "left", "right", "top", "bottom", NULL };
Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
enum { OP_SIDE, OP_STICKY, OP_EXPAND, OP_BORDER, OP_UNIT, OP_CHILDREN };
static const char *optStrings[] = {
"-side", "-sticky", "-expand", "-border", "-unit", "-children", 0 };
int i = 0, objc;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
Ttk_TemplateNode *head = 0, *tail = 0;
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
631 632 633 634 635 636 637 |
while (i < objc) {
const char *optName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
int option, value;
if (optName[0] != '-')
break;
| | | > | | < | | | | 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 |
while (i < objc) {
const char *optName = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
int option, value;
if (optName[0] != '-')
break;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(
interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option", 0, &option)
!= TCL_OK)
{
goto error;
}
if (++i >= objc) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Missing value for option ",Tcl_GetString(objv[i-1]),
NULL);
goto error;
}
switch (option) {
case OP_SIDE: /* <<NOTE-PACKSIDE>> */
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], packSideStrings,
"side", 0, &value) != TCL_OK)
{
goto error;
}
flags |= (TTK_PACK_LEFT << value);
break;
case OP_STICKY:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
tail = tail->next;
} else {
head = tail = Ttk_NewTemplateNode(elementName, flags | sticky);
}
if (childSpec) {
tail->child = Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(interp, childSpec);
if (!tail->child) {
| < < | 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 |
tail = tail->next;
} else {
head = tail = Ttk_NewTemplateNode(elementName, flags | sticky);
}
if (childSpec) {
tail->child = Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(interp, childSpec);
if (!tail->child) {
goto error;
}
}
}
return head;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
788 789 790 791 792 793 794 |
APPENDSTR("-expand");
APPENDSTR("1");
} else {
if (flags & _TTK_MASK_PACK) {
int side = 0;
unsigned sideFlags = flags & _TTK_MASK_PACK;
| | < | | < | | 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 |
APPENDSTR("-expand");
APPENDSTR("1");
} else {
if (flags & _TTK_MASK_PACK) {
int side = 0;
unsigned sideFlags = flags & _TTK_MASK_PACK;
while ((sideFlags & TTK_PACK_LEFT) == 0) {
++side;
sideFlags >>= 1;
}
APPENDSTR("-side");
APPENDSTR(packSideStrings[side]);
}
}
/* In Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate, default -sticky is "nsew",
* so always include this even if no sticky bits are set.
*/
APPENDSTR("-sticky");
APPENDOBJ(Ttk_NewStickyObj(flags & _TTK_MASK_STICK));
/* @@@ Check again: are these necessary? */
if (flags & TTK_BORDER) { APPENDSTR("-border"); APPENDSTR("1"); }
if (flags & TTK_UNIT) { APPENDSTR("-unit"); APPENDSTR("1"); }
if (node->child) {
APPENDSTR("-children");
APPENDOBJ(Ttk_UnparseLayoutTemplate(node->child));
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
851 852 853 854 855 856 857 |
layout->root = root;
return layout;
}
void Ttk_FreeLayout(Ttk_Layout layout)
{
Ttk_FreeLayoutNode(layout->root);
| | | 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 |
layout->root = root;
return layout;
}
void Ttk_FreeLayout(Ttk_Layout layout)
{
Ttk_FreeLayoutNode(layout->root);
ckfree((ClientData)layout);
}
/*
* Ttk_CreateLayout --
* Create a layout from the specified theme and style name.
* Returns: New layout, 0 on error.
* Leaves an error message in interp's result if there is an error.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
875 876 877 878 879 880 881 |
Ttk_Style style = Ttk_GetStyle(themePtr, styleName);
Ttk_LayoutTemplate layoutTemplate =
Ttk_FindLayoutTemplate(themePtr,styleName);
Ttk_ElementClass *bgelement = Ttk_GetElement(themePtr, "background");
Ttk_LayoutNode *bgnode;
if (!layoutTemplate) {
| | | < | 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 |
Ttk_Style style = Ttk_GetStyle(themePtr, styleName);
Ttk_LayoutTemplate layoutTemplate =
Ttk_FindLayoutTemplate(themePtr,styleName);
Ttk_ElementClass *bgelement = Ttk_GetElement(themePtr, "background");
Ttk_LayoutNode *bgnode;
if (!layoutTemplate) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Layout ", styleName, " not found", NULL);
return 0;
}
bgnode = Ttk_NewLayoutNode(TTK_FILL_BOTH, bgelement);
bgnode->next = Ttk_InstantiateLayout(themePtr, layoutTemplate);
return TTKNewLayout(style, recordPtr, optionTable, tkwin, bgnode);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
916 917 918 919 920 921 922 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, baseName, -1);
styleName = Tcl_DStringValue(&buf);
style = Ttk_GetStyle(themePtr, styleName);
layoutTemplate = Ttk_FindLayoutTemplate(themePtr, styleName);
if (!layoutTemplate) {
| | | < | 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 |
Tcl_DStringAppend(&buf, baseName, -1);
styleName = Tcl_DStringValue(&buf);
style = Ttk_GetStyle(themePtr, styleName);
layoutTemplate = Ttk_FindLayoutTemplate(themePtr, styleName);
if (!layoutTemplate) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Layout ", styleName, " not found", NULL);
return 0;
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
return TTKNewLayout(
style, 0, optionTable, parentLayout->tkwin,
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright 2005, Joe English. Freely redistributable. * * Support routines for geometry managers. */ | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
/*
* Copyright 2005, Joe English. Freely redistributable.
*
* Support routines for geometry managers.
*/
#include <string.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkManager.h"
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ The Geometry Propagation Dance.
*
* When a slave window requests a new size or some other parameter changes,
* the manager recomputes the required size for the master window and calls
* Tk_GeometryRequest(). This is scheduled as an idle handler so multiple
* updates can be processed as a single batch.
*
* If all goes well, the master's manager will process the request
* (and so on up the chain to the toplevel window), and the master
* window will eventually receive a <Configure> event. At this point
* it recomputes the size and position of all slaves and places them.
*
* If all does not go well, however, the master's request may be ignored
* (typically because the top-level window has a fixed, user-specified size).
* Tk doesn't provide any notification when this happens; to account for this,
* we also schedule an idle handler to call the layout procedure
* after making a geometry request.
*
* +++ Slave removal <<NOTE-LOSTSLAVE>>.
*
* There are three conditions under which a slave is removed:
*
* (1) Another GM claims control
* (2) Manager voluntarily relinquishes control
* (3) Slave is destroyed
*
* In case (1), Tk calls the manager's lostSlaveProc.
* Case (2) is performed by calling Tk_ManageGeometry(slave,NULL,0);
* in this case Tk does _not_ call the LostSlaveProc (documented behavior).
* Tk doesn't handle case (3) either; to account for that we
* register an event handler on the slave widget to track <Destroy> events.
*/
/* ++ Data structures.
*/
typedef struct
{
Tk_Window slaveWindow;
Ttk_Manager *manager;
void *slaveData;
unsigned flags;
} Ttk_Slave;
/* slave->flags bits:
*/
#define SLAVE_MAPPED 0x1 /* slave to be mapped when master is */
struct TtkManager_
{
Ttk_ManagerSpec *managerSpec;
void *managerData;
Tk_Window masterWindow;
unsigned flags;
int nSlaves;
Ttk_Slave **slaves;
};
/* manager->flags bits:
*/
#define MGR_UPDATE_PENDING 0x1
#define MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED 0x2
#define MGR_RELAYOUT_REQUIRED 0x4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ManagerIdleProc, mgr);
mgr->flags |= MGR_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
mgr->flags |= flags;
}
/* ++ RecomputeSize --
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | > | | > | < | < < < < < < > > | > > > | < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 |
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ManagerIdleProc, mgr);
mgr->flags |= MGR_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
mgr->flags |= flags;
}
/* ++ RecomputeSize --
* Recomputes the required size of the master window,
* makes geometry request.
*/
static void RecomputeSize(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
int width = 1, height = 1;
if (mgr->managerSpec->RequestedSize(mgr->managerData, &width, &height)) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(mgr->masterWindow, width, height);
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RELAYOUT_REQUIRED);
}
mgr->flags &= ~MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED;
}
/* ++ RecomputeLayout --
* Recompute geometry of all slaves.
*/
static void RecomputeLayout(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
mgr->managerSpec->PlaceSlaves(mgr->managerData);
mgr->flags &= ~MGR_RELAYOUT_REQUIRED;
}
/* ++ ManagerIdleProc --
* DoWhenIdle procedure for deferred updates.
*/
static void ManagerIdleProc(ClientData clientData)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
mgr->flags &= ~MGR_UPDATE_PENDING;
if (mgr->flags & MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED) {
RecomputeSize(mgr);
}
if (mgr->flags & MGR_RELAYOUT_REQUIRED) {
if (mgr->flags & MGR_UPDATE_PENDING) {
/* RecomputeSize has scheduled another update; relayout later */
return;
}
RecomputeLayout(mgr);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Event handlers.
*/
/* ++ ManagerEventHandler --
* Recompute slave layout when master widget is resized.
* Keep the slave's map state in sync with the master's.
*/
static const int ManagerEventMask = StructureNotifyMask;
static void ManagerEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
int i;
switch (eventPtr->type)
{
case ConfigureNotify:
RecomputeLayout(mgr);
break;
case MapNotify:
for (i = 0; i < mgr->nSlaves; ++i) {
Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[i];
if (slave->flags & SLAVE_MAPPED) {
Tk_MapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
}
}
break;
case UnmapNotify:
for (i = 0; i < mgr->nSlaves; ++i) {
Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[i];
Tk_UnmapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
}
break;
}
}
/* ++ SlaveEventHandler --
* Notifies manager when a slave is destroyed
* (see <<NOTE-LOSTSLAVE>>).
*/
static const unsigned SlaveEventMask = StructureNotifyMask;
static void SlaveEventHandler(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
Ttk_Slave *slave = clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
slave->manager->managerSpec->tkGeomMgr.lostSlaveProc(
slave->manager, slave->slaveWindow);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Slave initialization and cleanup.
*/
static Ttk_Slave *NewSlave(
Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tk_Window slaveWindow, void *slaveData)
{
Ttk_Slave *slave = (Ttk_Slave*)ckalloc(sizeof(*slave));
slave->slaveWindow = slaveWindow;
slave->manager = mgr;
slave->flags = 0;
slave->slaveData = slaveData;
return slave;
}
static void DeleteSlave(Ttk_Slave *slave)
{
ckfree((ClientData)slave);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Manager initialization and cleanup.
*/
Ttk_Manager *Ttk_CreateManager(
Ttk_ManagerSpec *managerSpec, void *managerData, Tk_Window masterWindow)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = (Ttk_Manager*)ckalloc(sizeof(*mgr));
mgr->managerSpec = managerSpec;
mgr->managerData = managerData;
mgr->masterWindow = masterWindow;
mgr->nSlaves = 0;
mgr->slaves = NULL;
mgr->flags = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(
mgr->masterWindow, ManagerEventMask, ManagerEventHandler, mgr);
return mgr;
}
void Ttk_DeleteManager(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(
mgr->masterWindow, ManagerEventMask, ManagerEventHandler, mgr);
while (mgr->nSlaves > 0) {
Ttk_ForgetSlave(mgr, mgr->nSlaves - 1);
}
if (mgr->slaves) {
ckfree((ClientData)mgr->slaves);
}
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ManagerIdleProc, mgr);
ckfree((ClientData)mgr);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Slave management.
*/
/* ++ InsertSlave --
* Adds slave to the list of managed windows.
*/
static void InsertSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, Ttk_Slave *slave, int index)
{
int endIndex = mgr->nSlaves++;
mgr->slaves = (Ttk_Slave**)ckrealloc(
(ClientData)mgr->slaves, mgr->nSlaves * sizeof(Ttk_Slave *));
while (endIndex > index) {
mgr->slaves[endIndex] = mgr->slaves[endIndex - 1];
--endIndex;
}
mgr->slaves[index] = slave;
Tk_ManageGeometry(slave->slaveWindow,
&mgr->managerSpec->tkGeomMgr, (ClientData)mgr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(slave->slaveWindow,
SlaveEventMask, SlaveEventHandler, (ClientData)slave);
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
}
/* RemoveSlave --
* Unmanage and delete the slave.
*
* NOTES/ASSUMPTIONS:
*
* [1] It's safe to call Tk_UnmapWindow / Tk_UnmaintainGeometry even if this
* routine is called from the slave's DestroyNotify event handler.
*/
static void RemoveSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index)
{
Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[index];
int i;
/* Notify manager:
*/
mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRemoved(mgr->managerData, index);
/* Remove from array:
*/
--mgr->nSlaves;
for (i = index ; i < mgr->nSlaves; ++i) {
mgr->slaves[i] = mgr->slaves[i+1];
}
/* Clean up:
*/
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(
slave->slaveWindow, SlaveEventMask, SlaveEventHandler, slave);
/* Note [1] */
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slave->slaveWindow, mgr->masterWindow);
Tk_UnmapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
DeleteSlave(slave);
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tk_GeomMgr hooks.
*/
void Ttk_GeometryRequestProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
int slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
int reqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
int reqHeight= Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);
if (mgr->managerSpec->SlaveRequest(
mgr->managerData, slaveIndex, reqWidth, reqHeight))
{
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
}
}
void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = clientData;
int index = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, slaveWindow);
/* ASSERT: index >= 0 */
RemoveSlave(mgr, index);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Public API.
*/
/* ++ Ttk_InsertSlave --
* Add a new slave window at the specified index.
*/
void Ttk_InsertSlave(
Ttk_Manager *mgr, int index, Tk_Window tkwin, void *slaveData)
{
Ttk_Slave *slave = NewSlave(mgr, tkwin, slaveData);
InsertSlave(mgr, slave, index);
}
/* ++ Ttk_ForgetSlave --
* Unmanage the specified slave.
*/
void Ttk_ForgetSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex)
{
Tk_Window slaveWindow = mgr->slaves[slaveIndex]->slaveWindow;
RemoveSlave(mgr, slaveIndex);
Tk_ManageGeometry(slaveWindow, NULL, 0);
}
/* ++ Ttk_PlaceSlave --
* Set the position and size of the specified slave window.
*
* NOTES:
* Contrary to documentation, Tk_MaintainGeometry doesn't always
* map the slave.
*/
void Ttk_PlaceSlave(
Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex, int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[slaveIndex];
Tk_MaintainGeometry(slave->slaveWindow,mgr->masterWindow,x,y,width,height);
slave->flags |= SLAVE_MAPPED;
if (Tk_IsMapped(mgr->masterWindow)) {
Tk_MapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
}
}
/* ++ Ttk_UnmapSlave --
* Unmap the specified slave, but leave it managed.
*/
void Ttk_UnmapSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex)
{
Ttk_Slave *slave = mgr->slaves[slaveIndex];
Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slave->slaveWindow, mgr->masterWindow);
slave->flags &= ~SLAVE_MAPPED;
/* Contrary to documentation, Tk_UnmaintainGeometry doesn't always
* unmap the slave:
*/
Tk_UnmapWindow(slave->slaveWindow);
}
/* LayoutChanged, SizeChanged --
* Schedule a relayout, resp. resize request.
*/
void Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RELAYOUT_REQUIRED);
}
void Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
}
/* +++ Accessors.
*/
int Ttk_NumberSlaves(Ttk_Manager *mgr)
{
return mgr->nSlaves;
}
void *Ttk_SlaveData(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex)
{
return mgr->slaves[slaveIndex]->slaveData;
}
Tk_Window Ttk_SlaveWindow(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int slaveIndex)
{
return mgr->slaves[slaveIndex]->slaveWindow;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Utility routines.
*/
/* ++ Ttk_SlaveIndex --
* Returns the index of specified slave window, -1 if not found.
*/
int Ttk_SlaveIndex(Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{
int index;
for (index = 0; index < mgr->nSlaves; ++index)
if (mgr->slaves[index]->slaveWindow == slaveWindow)
return index;
return -1;
}
/* ++ Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(interp, mgr, objPtr, indexPtr) --
* Return the index of the slave specified by objPtr.
* Slaves may be specified as an integer index or
* as the name of the managed window.
*
* Returns:
* Standard Tcl completion code. Leaves an error message in case of error.
*/
int Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Manager *mgr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *indexPtr)
{
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
int slaveIndex = 0;
Tk_Window tkwin;
/* Try interpreting as an integer first:
*/
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &slaveIndex) == TCL_OK) {
if (slaveIndex < 0 || slaveIndex >= mgr->nSlaves) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Slave index ", Tcl_GetString(objPtr), " out of bounds",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*indexPtr = slaveIndex;
return TCL_OK;
}
/* Try interpreting as a slave window name;
*/
if ( (*string == '.')
&& (tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, mgr->masterWindow)))
{
slaveIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(mgr, tkwin);
if (slaveIndex < 0) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
string, " is not managed by ", Tk_PathName(mgr->masterWindow),
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*indexPtr = slaveIndex;
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Invalid slave specification ", string, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* ++ Ttk_ReorderSlave(mgr, fromIndex, toIndex) --
* Change slave order.
*/
void Ttk_ReorderSlave(Ttk_Manager *mgr, int fromIndex, int toIndex)
{
Ttk_Slave *moved = mgr->slaves[fromIndex];
/* Shuffle down: */
while (fromIndex > toIndex) {
mgr->slaves[fromIndex] = mgr->slaves[fromIndex - 1];
--fromIndex;
}
/* Or, shuffle up: */
while (fromIndex < toIndex) {
mgr->slaves[fromIndex] = mgr->slaves[fromIndex + 1];
++fromIndex;
}
/* ASSERT: fromIndex == toIndex */
mgr->slaves[fromIndex] = moved;
/* Schedule a relayout. In general, rearranging slaves
* may also change the size:
*/
ScheduleUpdate(mgr, MGR_RESIZE_REQUIRED);
}
/* ++ Ttk_Maintainable(interp, slave, master) --
* Utility routine. Verifies that 'master' may be used to maintain
* the geometry of 'slave' via Tk_MaintainGeometry:
*
* + 'master' is either 'slave's parent -OR-
* + 'master is a descendant of 'slave's parent.
* + 'slave' is not a toplevel window
* + 'slave' belongs to the same toplevel as 'master'
*
* Returns: 1 if OK; otherwise 0, leaving an error message in 'interp'.
*/
int Ttk_Maintainable(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master)
{
Tk_Window ancestor = master, parent = Tk_Parent(slave);
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(slave) || slave == master) {
goto badWindow;
}
while (ancestor != parent) {
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(ancestor)) {
goto badWindow;
}
ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor);
}
return 1;
badWindow:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't add ", Tk_PathName(slave),
" as slave of ", Tk_PathName(master),
NULL);
return 0;
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkManager.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | #include "ttkTheme.h" typedef struct TtkManager_ Ttk_Manager; /* * Geometry manager specification record: * | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | < | < | | < | | | < | | < | | < | | | < | < | | < | | | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
#include "ttkTheme.h"
typedef struct TtkManager_ Ttk_Manager;
/*
* Geometry manager specification record:
*
* RequestedSize computes the requested size of the master window.
*
* PlaceSlaves sets the position and size of all managed slaves
* by calling Ttk_PlaceSlave().
*
* SlaveRemoved() is called immediately before a slave is removed.
* NB: the associated slave window may have been destroyed when this
* routine is called.
*
* SlaveRequest() is called when a slave requests a size change.
* It should return 1 if the request should propagate, 0 otherwise.
*/
typedef struct { /* Manager hooks */
Tk_GeomMgr tkGeomMgr; /* "real" Tk Geometry Manager */
int (*RequestedSize)(void *managerData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr);
void (*PlaceSlaves)(void *managerData);
int (*SlaveRequest)(void *managerData, int slaveIndex, int w, int h);
void (*SlaveRemoved)(void *managerData, int slaveIndex);
} Ttk_ManagerSpec;
/*
* Default implementations for Tk_GeomMgr hooks:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_GeometryRequestProc(ClientData, Tk_Window slave);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_LostSlaveProc(ClientData, Tk_Window slave);
/*
* Public API:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Manager *Ttk_CreateManager(
Ttk_ManagerSpec *, void *managerData, Tk_Window masterWindow);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DeleteManager(Ttk_Manager *);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_InsertSlave(
Ttk_Manager *, int position, Tk_Window, void *slaveData);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ForgetSlave(Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ReorderSlave(Ttk_Manager *, int fromIndex, int toIndex);
/* Rearrange slave positions */
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_PlaceSlave(
Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex, int x, int y, int width, int height);
/* Position and map the slave */
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_UnmapSlave(Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex);
/* Unmap the slave */
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(Ttk_Manager *);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(Ttk_Manager *);
/* Notify manager that size (resp. layout) needs to be recomputed */
/* Utilities:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_SlaveIndex(Ttk_Manager *, Tk_Window);
/* Returns: index in slave array of specified window, -1 if not found */
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_Manager *, Tcl_Obj *, int *indexPtr);
/* Accessor functions:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_NumberSlaves(Ttk_Manager *);
/* Returns: number of managed slaves */
MODULE_SCOPE void *Ttk_SlaveData(Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex);
/* Returns: client data associated with slave */
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_Window Ttk_SlaveWindow(Ttk_Manager *, int slaveIndex);
/* Returns: slave window */
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_Maintainable(Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window slave, Tk_Window master);
/* Returns: 1 if master can manage slave; 0 otherwise leaving error msg */
#endif /* _TTKMANAGER */
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c.
1 2 3 4 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English */ | > > > | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English */ #include <string.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <tk.h> #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #include "ttkManager.h" #define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) #define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 | } Tab; /* Two different option tables are used for tabs: * TabOptionSpecs is used to draw the tab, and only includes resources * relevant to the tab. * * PaneOptionSpecs includes additional options for child window placement | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
} Tab;
/* Two different option tables are used for tabs:
* TabOptionSpecs is used to draw the tab, and only includes resources
* relevant to the tab.
*
* PaneOptionSpecs includes additional options for child window placement
* and is used to configure the content window.
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec TabOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-state", "", "",
"normal", -1,Tk_Offset(Tab,state),
0, (void *)TabStateStrings, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text", "",
Tk_Offset(Tab,textObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image", NULL/*default*/,
Tk_Offset(Tab,imageObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-compound", "compound", "Compound",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Tab,compoundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, (void *)ttkCompoundStrings, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-underline", "underline", "Underline", "-1",
Tk_Offset(Tab,underlineObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
};
static Tk_OptionSpec PaneOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Padding", "0",
Tk_Offset(Tab,paddingObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-sticky", "sticky", "Sticky", "nsew",
Tk_Offset(Tab,stickyObj), -1, 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(TabOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Notebook resources.
*/
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *widthObj; /* Default width */
Tcl_Obj *heightObj; /* Default height */
Tcl_Obj *paddingObj; /* Padding around notebook */
Ttk_Manager *mgr; /* Geometry manager */
Tk_OptionTable tabOptionTable; /* Tab options */
Tk_OptionTable paneOptionTable; /* Tab+pane options */
int currentIndex; /* index of currently selected tab */
int activeIndex; /* index of currently active tab */
Ttk_Layout tabLayout; /* Sublayout for tabs */
Ttk_Box clientArea; /* Where to pack content widgets */
} NotebookPart;
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
NotebookPart notebook;
} Notebook;
static Tk_OptionSpec NotebookOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
Tk_Offset(Notebook,notebook.widthObj),-1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
Tk_Offset(Notebook,notebook.heightObj),-1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Padding", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Notebook,notebook.paddingObj),-1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/* Notebook style options:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
static Tab *CreateTab(Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tk_Window window)
{
Tk_OptionTable optionTable = nb->notebook.paneOptionTable;
Tab *record = (Tab *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tab));
memset(record, 0, sizeof(Tab));
| | | | 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
static Tab *CreateTab(Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tk_Window window)
{
Tk_OptionTable optionTable = nb->notebook.paneOptionTable;
Tab *record = (Tab *)ckalloc(sizeof(Tab));
memset(record, 0, sizeof(Tab));
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)record, optionTable, window) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((ClientData)record);
return NULL;
}
return record;
}
static void DestroyTab(Notebook *nb, Tab *tab)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask = 0;
| | | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky;
Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask = 0;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void *)tab, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable,
objc, objv, window, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Check options:
* @@@ TODO: validate -image option.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
250 251 252 253 254 255 256 | } /* * IdentifyTab -- * Return the index of the tab at point x,y, * or -1 if no tab at that point. */ | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | | | < | 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 |
}
/*
* IdentifyTab --
* Return the index of the tab at point x,y,
* or -1 if no tab at that point.
*/
static int IdentifyTab(Notebook *nb, int x, int y)
{
int index;
for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++index) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr,index);
if ( tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN
&& Ttk_BoxContains(tab->parcel, x,y))
{
return index;
}
}
return -1;
}
/*
* ActivateTab --
* Set the active tab index, redisplay if necessary.
*/
static void ActivateTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
if (index != nb->notebook.activeIndex) {
nb->notebook.activeIndex = index;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
}
}
/*
* TabState --
* Return the state of the specified tab, based on
* notebook state, currentIndex, activeIndex, and user-specified tab state.
* The USER1 bit is set for the leftmost tab, and USER2
* is set for the rightmost tab.
*/
static Ttk_State TabState(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
Ttk_State state = nb->core.state;
Tab *itab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
state |= TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
} else {
state &= ~TTK_STATE_FOCUS;
}
if (index == nb->notebook.activeIndex) {
state |= TTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
}
if (index == 0) {
state |= TTK_STATE_USER1;
}
if (index == Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr) - 1) {
state |= TTK_STATE_USER2;
}
if (itab->state == TAB_STATE_DISABLED) {
state |= TTK_STATE_DISABLED;
}
return state;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Geometry management - size computation.
*/
/* TabrowSize --
* Compute max height and total width of all tabs (horizontal layouts)
* or total height and max width (vertical layouts).
*
* Side effects:
* Sets width and height fields for all tabs.
*
* Notes:
* Hidden tabs are included in the perpendicular computation
* (max height/width) but not parallel (total width/height).
*/
static void TabrowSize(
Notebook *nb, Ttk_Orient orient, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
int tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb,i);
Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab);
Ttk_LayoutSize(tabLayout,tabState,&tab->width,&tab->height);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
tabrowHeight = MAX(tabrowHeight, tab->height);
if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) { tabrowWidth += tab->width; }
} else {
tabrowWidth = MAX(tabrowWidth, tab->width);
if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) { tabrowHeight += tab->height; }
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
387 388 389 390 391 392 393 |
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
NotebookStyle nbstyle;
Ttk_Padding padding;
Ttk_Element clientNode = Ttk_FindElement(nb->core.layout, "client");
int clientWidth = 0, clientHeight = 0,
reqWidth = 0, reqHeight = 0,
tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
| | | | | | | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 |
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
NotebookStyle nbstyle;
Ttk_Padding padding;
Ttk_Element clientNode = Ttk_FindElement(nb->core.layout, "client");
int clientWidth = 0, clientHeight = 0,
reqWidth = 0, reqHeight = 0,
tabrowWidth = 0, tabrowHeight = 0;
int i;
NotebookStyleOptions(nb, &nbstyle);
/* Compute max requested size of all content windows:
*/
for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); ++i) {
Tk_Window window = Ttk_SlaveWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
int width
= Tk_ReqWidth(window) + Ttk_PaddingWidth(tab->padding);
int height
= Tk_ReqHeight(window) + Ttk_PaddingHeight(tab->padding);
clientWidth = MAX(clientWidth, width);
clientHeight = MAX(clientHeight, height);
}
/* Client width/height overridable by widget options:
*/
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, nb->notebook.widthObj,&reqWidth);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, nb->notebook.heightObj,&reqHeight);
if (reqWidth > 0)
clientWidth = reqWidth;
if (reqHeight > 0)
clientHeight = reqHeight;
/* Tab row:
*/
TabrowSize(nb, nbstyle.tabOrient, &tabrowWidth, &tabrowHeight);
tabrowHeight += Ttk_PaddingHeight(nbstyle.tabMargins);
tabrowWidth += Ttk_PaddingWidth(nbstyle.tabMargins);
/* Account for exterior and interior padding:
*/
padding = nbstyle.padding;
if (clientNode) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
446 447 448 449 450 451 452 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Geometry management - layout. */ /* SqueezeTabs -- * Squeeze or stretch tabs to fit within the tab area parcel. | < | > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | > > | > | > | | > > > > | | | 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Geometry management - layout.
*/
/* SqueezeTabs --
* Squeeze or stretch tabs to fit within the tab area parcel.
*
* All tabs are adjusted by an equal amount, but will not be made
* smaller than the minimum width. (If all the tabs still do
* not fit in the available space, the rightmost ones will
* be further squozen by PlaceTabs()).
*
* The algorithm does not always yield an optimal layout, but does
* have the important property that decreasing the available width
* by one pixel will cause at most one tab to shrink by one pixel;
* this means that tabs resize "smoothly" when the window shrinks
* and grows.
*
* @@@ <<NOTE-TABPOSITION>> bug: only works for horizontal orientations
* @@@ <<NOTE-SQUEEZE-HIDDEN>> does not account for hidden tabs.
*/
static void SqueezeTabs(
Notebook *nb, int needed, int available, int minTabWidth)
{
int nTabs = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
if (nTabs > 0) {
int difference = available - needed,
delta = difference / nTabs,
remainder = difference % nTabs,
slack = 0;
int i;
if (remainder < 0) { remainder += nTabs; --delta; }
for (i = 0; i < nTabs; ++i) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr,i);
int adj = delta + (i < remainder) + slack;
if (tab->width + adj >= minTabWidth) {
tab->width += adj;
slack = 0;
} else {
slack = adj - (minTabWidth - tab->width);
tab->width = minTabWidth;
}
}
}
}
/* PlaceTabs --
* Compute all tab parcels.
*/
static void PlaceTabs(
Notebook *nb, Ttk_Box tabrowBox, Ttk_PositionSpec tabPlacement)
{
Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
int nTabs = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < nTabs; ++i) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, i);
Ttk_State tabState = TabState(nb, i);
if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
Ttk_Padding expand = Ttk_UniformPadding(0);
Tcl_Obj *expandObj = Ttk_QueryOption(tabLayout,"-expand",tabState);
if (expandObj) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
532 533 534 535 536 537 538 |
cavity = Ttk_PadBox(cavity, nbstyle.padding);
/* Layout for notebook background (base layout):
*/
Ttk_PlaceLayout(nb->core.layout, nb->core.state, Ttk_WinBox(nbwin));
/* Place tabs:
| < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 |
cavity = Ttk_PadBox(cavity, nbstyle.padding);
/* Layout for notebook background (base layout):
*/
Ttk_PlaceLayout(nb->core.layout, nb->core.state, Ttk_WinBox(nbwin));
/* Place tabs:
*/
TabrowSize(nb, nbstyle.tabOrient, &tabrowWidth, &tabrowHeight);
tabrowBox = Ttk_PadBox(
Ttk_PositionBox(&cavity,
tabrowWidth + Ttk_PaddingWidth(nbstyle.tabMargins),
tabrowHeight + Ttk_PaddingHeight(nbstyle.tabMargins),
nbstyle.tabPosition),
nbstyle.tabMargins);
SqueezeTabs(nb, tabrowWidth, tabrowBox.width, nbstyle.minTabWidth);
PlaceTabs(nb, tabrowBox, nbstyle.tabPlacement);
/* Layout for client area frame:
*/
if (clientNode) {
Ttk_PlaceElement(nb->core.layout, clientNode, cavity);
cavity = Ttk_LayoutNodeInternalParcel(nb->core.layout, clientNode);
}
if (cavity.height <= 0) cavity.height = 1;
if (cavity.width <= 0) cavity.width = 1;
nb->notebook.clientArea = cavity;
}
/*
* NotebookPlaceSlave --
* Set the position and size of a child widget
* based on the current client area and content window options:
*/
static void NotebookPlaceSlave(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
Tk_Window window = Ttk_SlaveWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
Ttk_Box box =
Ttk_StickBox(Ttk_PadBox(nb->notebook.clientArea, tab->padding),
Tk_ReqWidth(window), Tk_ReqHeight(window),tab->sticky);
Ttk_PlaceSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, index,
box.x, box.y, box.width, box.height);
}
/* NotebookPlaceSlaves --
* Geometry manager hook.
*/
static void NotebookPlaceSlaves(void *recordPtr)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int currentIndex = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
if (currentIndex >= 0) {
NotebookDoLayout(nb);
NotebookPlaceSlave(nb, currentIndex);
}
}
/*
* SelectTab(nb, index) --
* Change the currently-selected tab.
*/
static void SelectTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
int currentIndex = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
if (index == currentIndex) {
return;
}
if (TabState(nb, index) & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
return;
}
/* Unhide the tab if it is currently hidden and being selected.
*/
if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
tab->state = TAB_STATE_NORMAL;
}
if (currentIndex >= 0) {
Ttk_UnmapSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
}
/* Must be set before calling NotebookPlaceSlave(), otherwise it may
* happen that NotebookPlaceSlaves(), triggered by an interveaning
* geometry request, will swap to old index. */
nb->notebook.currentIndex = index;
NotebookPlaceSlave(nb, index);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
TtkSendVirtualEvent(nb->core.tkwin, "NotebookTabChanged");
}
/* NextTab --
* Returns the index of the next tab after the specified tab
* in the normal state (e.g., not hidden or disabled),
* or -1 if all tabs are disabled or hidden.
*/
static int NextTab(Notebook *nb, int index)
{
int nTabs = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
int nextIndex;
/* Scan forward for following usable tab:
*/
for (nextIndex = index + 1; nextIndex < nTabs; ++nextIndex) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, nextIndex);
if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_NORMAL) {
return nextIndex;
}
}
/* Not found -- scan backwards.
*/
for (nextIndex = index - 1; nextIndex >= 0; --nextIndex) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, nextIndex);
if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_NORMAL) {
return nextIndex;
}
}
/* Still nothing. Give up.
*/
return -1;
}
/* SelectNearestTab --
* Handles the case where the current tab is forgotten, hidden,
* or destroyed.
*
* Unmap the current tab and schedule the next available one
* to be mapped at the next GM update.
*/
static void SelectNearestTab(Notebook *nb)
{
int currentIndex = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
int nextIndex = NextTab(nb, currentIndex);
if (currentIndex >= 0) {
Ttk_UnmapSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, currentIndex);
}
if (currentIndex != nextIndex) {
TtkSendVirtualEvent(nb->core.tkwin, "NotebookTabChanged");
}
nb->notebook.currentIndex = nextIndex;
Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(nb->notebook.mgr);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
}
/* TabRemoved -- GM SlaveRemoved hook.
* Select the next tab if the current one is being removed.
* Adjust currentIndex to account for removed content window.
*/
static void TabRemoved(void *managerData, int index)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)managerData;
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
SelectNearestTab(nb);
}
if (index < nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
--nb->notebook.currentIndex;
}
DestroyTab(nb, tab);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
}
static int TabRequest(void *managerData, int index, int width, int height)
{
return 1;
}
/* AddTab --
* Add new tab at specified index.
*/
static int AddTab(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb,
int destIndex, Tk_Window window,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tab *tab;
if (!Ttk_Maintainable(interp, window, nb->core.tkwin)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#if 0 /* can't happen */
if (Ttk_SlaveIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, window) >= 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
Tk_PathName(slaveWindow), " already added",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
#endif
/* Create and insert tab.
*/
tab = CreateTab(interp, nb, window);
if (!tab) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, window, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
DestroyTab(nb, tab);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_InsertSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, destIndex, window, tab);
/* Adjust indices and/or autoselect first tab:
*/
if (nb->notebook.currentIndex < 0) {
SelectTab(nb, destIndex);
} else if (nb->notebook.currentIndex >= destIndex) {
++nb->notebook.currentIndex;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
static Ttk_ManagerSpec NotebookManagerSpec = {
{ "notebook", Ttk_GeometryRequestProc, Ttk_LostSlaveProc },
NotebookSize,
NotebookPlaceSlaves,
TabRequest,
TabRemoved
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Event handlers.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
791 792 793 794 795 796 797 |
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { /* Remove self */
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(nb->core.tkwin,
NotebookEventMask, NotebookEventHandler, clientData);
} else if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) {
| | | 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { /* Remove self */
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(nb->core.tkwin,
NotebookEventMask, NotebookEventHandler, clientData);
} else if (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify) {
int index = IdentifyTab(nb, eventPtr->xmotion.x, eventPtr->xmotion.y);
ActivateTab(nb, index);
} else if (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) {
ActivateTab(nb, -1);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
819 820 821 822 823 824 825 | * * Returns TCL_ERROR and leaves an error message in interp->result * if the tab identifier was incorrect. * * See also: GetTabIndex. */ static int FindTabIndex( | | | | < < < < < | < | | < < < < < | < | > | | | | 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 |
*
* Returns TCL_ERROR and leaves an error message in interp->result
* if the tab identifier was incorrect.
*
* See also: GetTabIndex.
*/
static int FindTabIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *index_rtn)
{
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objPtr);
int x, y;
*index_rtn = -1;
/* Check for @x,y ...
*/
if (string[0] == '@' && sscanf(string, "@%d,%d",&x,&y) == 2) {
*index_rtn = IdentifyTab(nb, x, y);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* ... or "current" ...
*/
if (!strcmp(string, "current")) {
*index_rtn = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
return TCL_OK;
}
/* ... or integer index or content window name:
*/
if (Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objPtr, index_rtn) == TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/* Nothing matched; Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj will have left error message.
*/
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* GetTabIndex --
* Get the index of an existing tab.
* Tab identifiers are as per FindTabIndex.
* Returns TCL_ERROR if the tab does not exist.
*/
static int GetTabIndex(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *index_rtn)
{
int status = FindTabIndex(interp, nb, objPtr, index_rtn);
if (status == TCL_OK && *index_rtn < 0) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"tab '", Tcl_GetString(objPtr), "' not found",
NULL);
status = TCL_ERROR;
}
return status;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget command routines.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
907 908 909 910 911 912 913 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),nb->core.tkwin);
if (!window) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | | | | | | | > > | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | > > > > > > > > > | < | | | < | | | | | | | | 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = Tk_NameToWindow(interp,Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),nb->core.tkwin);
if (!window) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
index = Ttk_SlaveIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, window);
if (index < 0) { /* New tab */
return AddTab(interp, nb, Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr), window, objc-3,objv+3);
}
tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
if (tab->state == TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
tab->state = TAB_STATE_NORMAL;
}
if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb, tab, window, objc-3,objv+3) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $nb insert $index $tab ?-option value ...?
* Insert new tab, or move existing one.
*/
static int NotebookInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int current = nb->notebook.currentIndex;
int nContent = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
int srcIndex, destIndex;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index slave ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "end")) {
destIndex = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
} else if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objv[2], &destIndex)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '.') {
/* Window name -- could be new or existing content window.
*/
Tk_Window window =
Tk_NameToWindow(interp,Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),nb->core.tkwin);
if (!window) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
srcIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(nb->notebook.mgr, window);
if (srcIndex < 0) { /* New content window */
return AddTab(interp, nb, destIndex, window, objc-4,objv+4);
}
} else if (Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
interp, nb->notebook.mgr, objv[3], &srcIndex) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Move existing content window:
*/
if (ConfigureTab(interp, nb,
(Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex),
Ttk_SlaveWindow(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex),
objc-4,objv+4) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (destIndex >= nContent) {
destIndex = nContent - 1;
}
Ttk_ReorderSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, srcIndex, destIndex);
/* Adjust internal indexes:
*/
nb->notebook.activeIndex = -1;
if (current == srcIndex) {
nb->notebook.currentIndex = destIndex;
} else if (destIndex <= current && current < srcIndex) {
++nb->notebook.currentIndex;
} else if (srcIndex < current && current <= destIndex) {
--nb->notebook.currentIndex;
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $nb forget $tab --
* Removes the specified tab.
*/
static int NotebookForgetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int index;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (GetTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_ForgetSlave(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $nb hide $tab --
* Hides the specified tab.
*/
static int NotebookHideCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int index;
Tab *tab;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (GetTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
tab->state = TAB_STATE_HIDDEN;
if (index == nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
SelectNearestTab(nb);
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&nb->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $nb identify $x $y --
* Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none.
*/
static int NotebookIdentifyCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "tab", NULL };
enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_TAB };
int what = IDENTIFY_ELEMENT;
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Element element = NULL;
int x, y;
int tabIndex;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?what? x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &y) != TCL_OK
|| (objc == 5 && Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], whatTable,
"option", 0, &what) != TCL_OK)
) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tabIndex = IdentifyTab(nb, x, y);
if (tabIndex >= 0) {
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, tabIndex);
Ttk_State state = TabState(nb, tabIndex);
Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab);
Ttk_PlaceLayout(tabLayout, state, tab->parcel);
element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(tabLayout, x, y);
}
switch (what) {
case IDENTIFY_ELEMENT:
if (element) {
const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));
}
break;
case IDENTIFY_TAB:
if (tabIndex >= 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(tabIndex));
}
break;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $nb index $item --
* Returns the integer index of the tab specified by $item,
* the empty string if $item does not identify a tab.
* See above for valid item formats.
*/
static int NotebookIndexCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
int index;
int status;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Special-case for "end":
*/
if (!strcmp("end", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]))) {
int nContent = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(nContent));
return TCL_OK;
}
status = FindTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index);
if (status == TCL_OK && index >= 0) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
}
return status;
}
/* $nb select ?$item? --
* Select the specified tab, or return the widget path of
* the currently-selected pane.
*/
static int NotebookSelectCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
if (objc == 2) {
if (nb->notebook.currentIndex >= 0) {
Tk_Window pane = Ttk_SlaveWindow(
nb->notebook.mgr, nb->notebook.currentIndex);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(pane), -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 3) {
int index, status = GetTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index);
if (status == TCL_OK) {
SelectTab(nb, index);
}
return status;
} /*else*/
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?tab?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* $nb tabs --
* Return list of tabs.
*/
static int NotebookTabsCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr;
Tcl_Obj *result;
int i;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(mgr); ++i) {
const char *pathName = Tk_PathName(Ttk_SlaveWindow(mgr,i));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, Tcl_NewStringObj(pathName,-1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $nb tab $tab ?-option ?value -option value...??
*/
static int NotebookTabCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)recordPtr;
Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr;
int index;
Tk_Window window;
Tab *tab;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "tab ?-option ?value??...");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (GetTabIndex(interp, nb, objv[2], &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(mgr, index);
window = Ttk_SlaveWindow(mgr, index);
if (objc == 3) {
return TtkEnumerateOptions(interp, tab,
PaneOptionSpecs, nb->notebook.paneOptionTable, window);
} else if (objc == 4) {
return TtkGetOptionValue(interp, tab, objv[3],
nb->notebook.paneOptionTable, window);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 |
nb->notebook.mgr = Ttk_CreateManager(
&NotebookManagerSpec, recordPtr, nb->core.tkwin);
nb->notebook.tabOptionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,TabOptionSpecs);
nb->notebook.paneOptionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,PaneOptionSpecs);
| | | | 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 |
nb->notebook.mgr = Ttk_CreateManager(
&NotebookManagerSpec, recordPtr, nb->core.tkwin);
nb->notebook.tabOptionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,TabOptionSpecs);
nb->notebook.paneOptionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,PaneOptionSpecs);
nb->notebook.currentIndex = -1;
nb->notebook.activeIndex = -1;
nb->notebook.tabLayout = 0;
nb->notebook.clientArea = Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,1,1);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(
nb->core.tkwin, NotebookEventMask, NotebookEventHandler, recordPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Display routines.
*/
static void DisplayTab(Notebook *nb, int index, Drawable d)
{
Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
| | | | | | | 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Display routines.
*/
static void DisplayTab(Notebook *nb, int index, Drawable d)
{
Ttk_Layout tabLayout = nb->notebook.tabLayout;
Tab *tab = (Tab *)Ttk_SlaveData(nb->notebook.mgr, index);
Ttk_State state = TabState(nb, index);
if (tab->state != TAB_STATE_HIDDEN) {
Ttk_RebindSublayout(tabLayout, tab);
Ttk_PlaceLayout(tabLayout, state, tab->parcel);
Ttk_DrawLayout(tabLayout, state, d);
}
}
static void NotebookDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
Notebook *nb = (Notebook *)clientData;
int nContent = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr);
int index;
/* Draw notebook background (base layout):
*/
Ttk_DrawLayout(nb->core.layout, nb->core.state, d);
/* Draw tabs from left to right, but draw the current tab last
* so it will overwrite its neighbors.
*/
for (index = 0; index < nContent; ++index) {
if (index != nb->notebook.currentIndex) {
DisplayTab(nb, index, d);
}
}
if (nb->notebook.currentIndex >= 0) {
DisplayTab(nb, nb->notebook.currentIndex, d);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification and layout definitions.
*/
static WidgetSpec NotebookWidgetSpec =
{
"TNotebook", /* className */
sizeof(Notebook), /* recordSize */
NotebookOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
NotebookCommands, /* subcommands */
NotebookInitialize, /* initializeProc */
NotebookCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * Copyright (c) 2005, Joe English. Freely redistributable. * * ttk::panedwindow widget implementation. * * TODO: track active/pressed sash. */ | > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * Copyright (c) 2005, Joe English. Freely redistributable. * * ttk::panedwindow widget implementation. * * TODO: track active/pressed sash. */ #include <string.h> #include <tk.h> #include "ttkManager.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Layout algorithm. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | * When resizing, sash positions are computed from the request sizes, * the available space, and pane weights (see PlaceSashes()). * This ensures continuous resize behavior (that is: changing * the size by X pixels then changing the size by Y pixels * gives the same result as changing the size by X+Y pixels * in one step). * | | | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | * When resizing, sash positions are computed from the request sizes, * the available space, and pane weights (see PlaceSashes()). * This ensures continuous resize behavior (that is: changing * the size by X pixels then changing the size by Y pixels * gives the same result as changing the size by X+Y pixels * in one step). * * The request size is initially set to the slave window's requested size. * When the user drags a sash, each pane's request size is set to its * actual size. This ensures that panes "stay put" on the next resize. * * If reqSize == 0, use 0 for the weight as well. This ensures that * "collapsed" panes stay collapsed during a resize, regardless of * their nominal -weight. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
PanedPart paned;
} Paned;
/* @@@ NOTE: -orient is readonly 'cause dynamic oriention changes NYI
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
PanedPart paned;
} Paned;
/* @@@ NOTE: -orient is readonly 'cause dynamic oriention changes NYI
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec PanedOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.orientObj), Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.orient),
0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,READONLY_OPTION|STYLE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width", "0",
-1,Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.width),
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-height", "height", "Height", "0",
-1,Tk_Offset(Paned,paned.height),
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Slave pane record.
*/
typedef struct {
int reqSize; /* Pane request size */
int sashPos; /* Folowing sash position */
int weight; /* Pane -weight, for resizing */
} Pane;
static Tk_OptionSpec PaneOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-weight", "weight", "Weight", "0",
-1,Tk_Offset(Pane,weight), 0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
/* CreatePane --
* Create a new pane record.
*/
static Pane *CreatePane(Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Tk_Window slaveWindow)
{
Tk_OptionTable optionTable = pw->paned.paneOptionTable;
void *record = ckalloc(sizeof(Pane));
Pane *pane = record;
memset(record, 0, sizeof(Pane));
if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, record, optionTable, slaveWindow) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree(record);
return NULL;
}
pane->reqSize
= pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL
? Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow) : Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);
return pane;
}
/* DestroyPane --
* Free pane record.
*/
static void DestroyPane(Paned *pw, Pane *pane)
{
void *record = pane;
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(record, pw->paned.paneOptionTable, pw->core.tkwin);
ckfree(record);
}
/* ConfigurePane --
* Set pane options.
*/
static int ConfigurePane(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask = 0;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (void*)pane, pw->paned.paneOptionTable,
objc, objv, slaveWindow, &savedOptions, &mask) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Sanity-check:
*/
if (pane->weight < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-weight must be nonnegative", NULL);
goto error;
}
/* Done.
*/
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
Ttk_ManagerSizeChanged(mgr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
* of the window. If that happens, shove back down.
*
* Returns: final position of sash i.
*/
static int ShoveUp(Paned *pw, int i, int pos)
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
* of the window. If that happens, shove back down.
*
* Returns: final position of sash i.
*/
static int ShoveUp(Paned *pw, int i, int pos)
{
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, i);
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
if (i == 0) {
if (pos < 0)
pos = 0;
} else {
Pane *prevPane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, i-1);
if (pos < prevPane->sashPos + sashThickness)
pos = ShoveUp(pw, i-1, pos - sashThickness) + sashThickness;
}
return pane->sashPos = pos;
}
/* ShoveDown --
* Same as ShoveUp, but going in the opposite direction
* and stopping at the sentinel sash.
*/
static int ShoveDown(Paned *pw, int i, int pos)
{
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr,i);
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
if (i == Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1) {
pos = pane->sashPos; /* Sentinel value == master window size */
} else {
Pane *nextPane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr,i+1);
if (pos + sashThickness > nextPane->sashPos)
pos = ShoveDown(pw, i+1, pos + sashThickness) - sashThickness;
}
return pane->sashPos = pos;
}
/* PanedSize --
* Compute the requested size of the paned widget
* from the individual pane request sizes.
*
* Used as the WidgetSpec sizeProc and the ManagerSpec sizeProc.
*/
static int PanedSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
int nPanes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr);
int nSashes = nPanes - 1;
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int width = 0, height = 0;
int index;
if (pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
for (index = 0; index < nPanes; ++index) {
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
Tk_Window slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
if (height < Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow))
height = Tk_ReqHeight(slaveWindow);
width += pane->reqSize;
}
width += nSashes * sashThickness;
} else {
for (index = 0; index < nPanes; ++index) {
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
Tk_Window slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
if (width < Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow))
width = Tk_ReqWidth(slaveWindow);
height += pane->reqSize;
}
height += nSashes * sashThickness;
}
*widthPtr = pw->paned.width > 0 ? pw->paned.width : width;
*heightPtr = pw->paned.height > 0 ? pw->paned.height : height;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
* will leave the sashes in the same place, as long as available size
* remains contant.
*/
static void AdjustPanes(Paned *pw)
{
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int pos = 0;
| | | | | 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
* will leave the sashes in the same place, as long as available size
* remains contant.
*/
static void AdjustPanes(Paned *pw)
{
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int pos = 0;
int index;
for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr); ++index) {
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
int size = pane->sashPos - pos;
pane->reqSize = size >= 0 ? size : 0;
pos = pane->sashPos + sashThickness;
}
}
/* PlaceSashes --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
* Notes:
* This doesn't distribute the remainder pixels as evenly as it could
* when more than one pane has weight > 1.
*/
static void PlaceSashes(Paned *pw, int width, int height)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
| | | | 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
* Notes:
* This doesn't distribute the remainder pixels as evenly as it could
* when more than one pane has weight > 1.
*/
static void PlaceSashes(Paned *pw, int width, int height)
{
Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
int nPanes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(mgr);
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int available = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? width : height;
int reqSize = 0, totalWeight = 0;
int difference, delta, remainder, pos, i;
if (nPanes == 0)
return;
/* Compute total required size and total available weight:
*/
for (i = 0; i < nPanes; ++i) {
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(mgr, i);
reqSize += pane->reqSize;
totalWeight += pane->weight * (pane->reqSize != 0);
}
/* Compute difference to be redistributed:
*/
difference = available - reqSize - sashThickness*(nPanes-1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
336 337 338 339 340 341 342 |
}
/* ASSERT: 0 <= remainder < totalWeight */
/* Place sashes:
*/
pos = 0;
for (i = 0; i < nPanes; ++i) {
| | | 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
}
/* ASSERT: 0 <= remainder < totalWeight */
/* Place sashes:
*/
pos = 0;
for (i = 0; i < nPanes; ++i) {
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(mgr, i);
int weight = pane->weight * (pane->reqSize != 0);
int size = pane->reqSize + delta * weight;
if (weight > remainder)
weight = remainder;
remainder -= weight;
size += weight;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
360 361 362 363 364 365 366 |
* Set sentinel sash position to end of widget,
* shove preceding sashes up.
*/
ShoveUp(pw, nPanes - 1, available);
}
/* PlacePanes --
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 |
* Set sentinel sash position to end of widget,
* shove preceding sashes up.
*/
ShoveUp(pw, nPanes - 1, available);
}
/* PlacePanes --
* Places slave panes based on sash positions.
*/
static void PlacePanes(Paned *pw)
{
int horizontal = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
int width = Tk_Width(pw->core.tkwin), height = Tk_Height(pw->core.tkwin);
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int pos = 0;
int index;
for (index = 0; index < Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr); ++index) {
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
int size = pane->sashPos - pos;
if (size > 0) {
if (horizontal) {
Ttk_PlaceSlave(pw->paned.mgr, index, pos, 0, size, height);
} else {
Ttk_PlaceSlave(pw->paned.mgr, index, 0, pos, width, size);
}
} else {
Ttk_UnmapSlave(pw->paned.mgr, index);
}
pos = pane->sashPos + sashThickness;
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Manager specification.
*/
static void PanedPlaceSlaves(void *managerData)
{
Paned *pw = managerData;
PlaceSashes(pw, Tk_Width(pw->core.tkwin), Tk_Height(pw->core.tkwin));
PlacePanes(pw);
}
static void PaneRemoved(void *managerData, int index)
{
Paned *pw = managerData;
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
DestroyPane(pw, pane);
}
static int AddPane(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw,
int destIndex, Tk_Window slaveWindow,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Pane *pane;
if (!Ttk_Maintainable(interp, slaveWindow, pw->core.tkwin)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Ttk_SlaveIndex(pw->paned.mgr, slaveWindow) >= 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
Tk_PathName(slaveWindow), " already added",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pane = CreatePane(interp, pw, slaveWindow);
if (!pane) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (ConfigurePane(interp, pw, pane, slaveWindow, objc, objv) != TCL_OK) {
DestroyPane(pw, pane);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_InsertSlave(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex, slaveWindow, pane);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* PaneRequest --
* Only update pane request size if slave is currently unmapped.
* Geometry requests from mapped slaves are not directly honored
* in order to avoid unexpected pane resizes (esp. while the
* user is dragging a sash [#1325286]).
*/
static int PaneRequest(void *managerData, int index, int width, int height)
{
Paned *pw = managerData;
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
Tk_Window slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, index);
int horizontal = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
if (!Tk_IsMapped(slaveWindow)) {
pane->reqSize = horizontal ? width : height;
}
return 1;
}
static Ttk_ManagerSpec PanedManagerSpec = {
{ "panedwindow", Ttk_GeometryRequestProc, Ttk_LostSlaveProc },
PanedSize,
PanedPlaceSlaves,
PaneRequest,
PaneRemoved
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Event handler.
*
* <<NOTE-PW-LEAVE-NOTIFYINFERIOR>>
* Tk does not execute binding scripts for <Leave> events when
* the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. This widget
* needs to know when that happens, though, so it can reset
* the cursor.
*
* This event handler generates an <<EnteredChild>> virtual event
* on LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior.
*/
static const unsigned PanedEventMask = LeaveWindowMask;
static void PanedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
if ( eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify
&& eventPtr->xcrossing.detail == NotifyInferior)
{
TtkSendVirtualEvent(corePtr->tkwin, "EnteredChild");
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization and cleanup hooks.
*/
static void PanedInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(pw->core.tkwin,
PanedEventMask, PanedEventProc, recordPtr);
pw->paned.mgr = Ttk_CreateManager(&PanedManagerSpec, pw, pw->core.tkwin);
pw->paned.paneOptionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp,PaneOptionSpecs);
pw->paned.sashLayout = 0;
pw->paned.sashThickness = 1;
}
static void PanedCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
if (pw->paned.sashLayout)
Ttk_FreeLayout(pw->paned.sashLayout);
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(pw->core.tkwin,
PanedEventMask, PanedEventProc, recordPtr);
Ttk_DeleteManager(pw->paned.mgr);
}
/* Post-configuration hook.
*/
static int PanedPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, int mask)
{
Paned *pw = clientData;
if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) {
/* User has changed -width or -height.
* Recalculate sash positions based on requested size.
*/
Tk_Window tkwin = pw->core.tkwin;
PlaceSashes(pw,
pw->paned.width > 0 ? pw->paned.width : Tk_Width(tkwin),
pw->paned.height > 0 ? pw->paned.height : Tk_Height(tkwin));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout management hooks.
*/
static Ttk_Layout PanedGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr)
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
Ttk_Layout panedLayout = TtkWidgetGetLayout(interp, themePtr, recordPtr);
if (panedLayout) {
int horizontal = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
const char *layoutName =
horizontal ? ".Vertical.Sash" : ".Horizontal.Sash";
Ttk_Layout sashLayout = Ttk_CreateSublayout(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 |
/* SashLayout --
* Place the sash sublayout after the specified pane,
* in preparation for drawing.
*/
static Ttk_Layout SashLayout(Paned *pw, int index)
{
| | | 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 |
/* SashLayout --
* Place the sash sublayout after the specified pane,
* in preparation for drawing.
*/
static Ttk_Layout SashLayout(Paned *pw, int index)
{
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
int thickness = pw->paned.sashThickness,
height = Tk_Height(pw->core.tkwin),
width = Tk_Width(pw->core.tkwin),
sashPos = pane->sashPos;
Ttk_PlaceLayout(
pw->paned.sashLayout, pw->core.state,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
601 602 603 604 605 606 607 |
static void DrawSash(Paned *pw, int index, Drawable d)
{
Ttk_DrawLayout(SashLayout(pw, index), pw->core.state, d);
}
static void PanedDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | > | | | 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
static void DrawSash(Paned *pw, int index, Drawable d)
{
Ttk_DrawLayout(SashLayout(pw, index), pw->core.state, d);
}
static void PanedDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
int i, nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
TtkWidgetDisplay(recordPtr, d);
for (i = 0; i < nSashes; ++i) {
DrawSash(pw, i, d);
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands.
*/
/* $pw add window [ options ... ]
*/
static int PanedAddCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
Tk_Window slaveWindow;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slaveWindow = Tk_NameToWindow(
interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), pw->core.tkwin);
if (!slaveWindow) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return AddPane(interp, pw, Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr), slaveWindow,
objc - 3, objv + 3);
}
/* $pw insert $index $slave ?-option value ...?
* Insert new slave, or move existing one.
*/
static int PanedInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
int nSlaves = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr);
int srcIndex, destIndex;
Tk_Window slaveWindow;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index slave ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
slaveWindow = Tk_NameToWindow(
interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), pw->core.tkwin);
if (!slaveWindow) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "end")) {
destIndex = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr);
} else if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
interp,pw->paned.mgr,objv[2],&destIndex))
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
srcIndex = Ttk_SlaveIndex(pw->paned.mgr, slaveWindow);
if (srcIndex < 0) { /* New slave: */
return AddPane(interp, pw, destIndex, slaveWindow, objc-4, objv+4);
} /* else -- move existing slave: */
if (destIndex >= nSlaves)
destIndex = nSlaves - 1;
Ttk_ReorderSlave(pw->paned.mgr, srcIndex, destIndex);
return objc == 4 ? TCL_OK :
ConfigurePane(interp, pw,
Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex),
Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, destIndex),
objc-4,objv+4);
}
/* $pw forget $pane
*/
static int PanedForgetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
int paneIndex;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "pane");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
interp, pw->paned.mgr, objv[2], &paneIndex))
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_ForgetSlave(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $pw identify ?what? $x $y --
* Return index of sash at $x,$y
*/
static int PanedIdentifyCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", "sash", NULL };
enum { IDENTIFY_ELEMENT, IDENTIFY_SASH };
int what = IDENTIFY_SASH;
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness;
int nSashes = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1;
int x, y, pos;
int index;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?what? x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &y) != TCL_OK
|| (objc == 5 &&
Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], whatTable, "option", 0, &what)
!= TCL_OK)
) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pos = pw->paned.orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ? x : y;
for (index = 0; index < nSashes; ++index) {
Pane *pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, index);
if (pane->sashPos <= pos && pos <= pane->sashPos + sashThickness) {
/* Found it. */
switch (what) {
case IDENTIFY_SASH:
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
return TCL_OK;
case IDENTIFY_ELEMENT:
{
Ttk_Element element =
Ttk_IdentifyElement(SashLayout(pw, index), x, y);
if (element) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
767 768 769 770 771 772 773 |
/* $pw pane $pane ?-option ?value -option value ...??
* Query/modify pane options.
*/
static int PanedPaneCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 |
/* $pw pane $pane ?-option ?value -option value ...??
* Query/modify pane options.
*/
static int PanedPaneCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
int paneIndex;
Tk_Window slaveWindow;
Pane *pane;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "pane ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TCL_OK != Ttk_GetSlaveIndexFromObj(
interp,pw->paned.mgr,objv[2],&paneIndex))
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
slaveWindow = Ttk_SlaveWindow(pw->paned.mgr, paneIndex);
switch (objc) {
case 3:
return TtkEnumerateOptions(interp, pane, PaneOptionSpecs,
pw->paned.paneOptionTable, slaveWindow);
case 4:
return TtkGetOptionValue(interp, pane, objv[3],
pw->paned.paneOptionTable, slaveWindow);
default:
return ConfigurePane(interp, pw, pane, slaveWindow, objc-3,objv+3);
}
}
/* $pw panes --
* Return list of managed panes.
*/
static int PanedPanesCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr;
Tcl_Obj *panes;
int i;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
panes = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
for (i = 0; i < Ttk_NumberSlaves(mgr); ++i) {
const char *pathName = Tk_PathName(Ttk_SlaveWindow(mgr,i));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, panes, Tcl_NewStringObj(pathName,-1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, panes);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $pw sashpos $index ?$newpos?
* Query or modify sash position.
*/
static int PanedSashposCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Paned *pw = recordPtr;
int sashIndex, position = -1;
Pane *pane;
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "index ?newpos?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &sashIndex) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (sashIndex < 0 || sashIndex >= Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr) - 1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"sash index ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), " out of range",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pane = Ttk_SlaveData(pw->paned.mgr, sashIndex);
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pane->sashPos));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* else -- set new sash position */
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &position) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (position < pane->sashPos) {
ShoveUp(pw, sashIndex, position);
} else {
ShoveDown(pw, sashIndex, position);
}
AdjustPanes(pw);
Ttk_ManagerLayoutChanged(pw->paned.mgr);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(pane->sashPos));
return TCL_OK;
}
static const Ttk_Ensemble PanedCommands[] = {
{ "add", PanedAddCommand,0 },
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
895 896 897 898 899 900 901 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification.
*/
| | | 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification.
*/
static WidgetSpec PanedWidgetSpec =
{
"TPanedwindow", /* className */
sizeof(Paned), /* recordSize */
PanedOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
PanedCommands, /* subcommands */
PanedInitialize, /* initializeProc */
PanedCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
921 922 923 924 925 926 927 |
static const int DEFAULT_SASH_THICKNESS = 5;
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
} SashElement;
| | | | < | < | < < | < | | 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 |
static const int DEFAULT_SASH_THICKNESS = 5;
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *thicknessObj;
} SashElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SashElementOptions[] = {
{ "-sashthickness", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(SashElement,thicknessObj), "5" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void SashElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SashElement *sash = elementRecord;
int thickness = DEFAULT_SASH_THICKNESS;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, sash->thicknessObj, &thickness);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = thickness;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SashElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SashElement),
SashElementOptions,
SashElementSize,
TtkNullElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright (c) Joe English, Pat Thoyts, Michael Kirkham * * ttk::progressbar widget. */ | > | > < | < < < < | | | < | < < < < < < < < | < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | | < > | | | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
/*
* Copyright (c) Joe English, Pat Thoyts, Michael Kirkham
*
* ttk::progressbar widget.
*/
#include <math.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget record:
*/
#define DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH "100"
enum {
TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE, TTK_PROGRESSBAR_INDETERMINATE
};
static const char *const ProgressbarModeStrings[] = {
"determinate", "indeterminate", NULL
};
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj;
Tcl_Obj *modeObj;
Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
Tcl_Obj *maximumObj;
Tcl_Obj *valueObj;
Tcl_Obj *phaseObj;
int mode;
Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace; /* Trace handle for -variable option */
int period; /* Animation period */
int maxPhase; /* Max animation phase */
Tcl_TimerToken timer; /* Animation timer */
} ProgressbarPart;
typedef struct {
WidgetCore core;
ProgressbarPart progress;
} Progressbar;
static Tk_OptionSpec ProgressbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient",
"horizontal", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.orientObj), -1,
0, (ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
DEF_PROGRESSBAR_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.lengthObj), -1,
0, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-mode", "mode", "ProgressMode", "determinate",
Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.modeObj),
Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.mode),
0, (ClientData)ProgressbarModeStrings, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-maximum", "maximum", "Maximum",
"100", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.maximumObj), -1,
0, 0, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.variableObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value",
"0.0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.valueObj), -1,
0, 0, 0 },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-phase", "phase", "Phase",
"0", Tk_Offset(Progressbar,progress.phaseObj), -1,
0, 0, 0 },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Animation procedures:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
/* AnimateProgressProc --
* Timer callback for progress bar animation.
* Increments the -phase option, redisplays the widget,
* and reschedules itself if animation still enabled.
*/
static void AnimateProgressProc(ClientData clientData)
{
| | | | 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
/* AnimateProgressProc --
* Timer callback for progress bar animation.
* Increments the -phase option, redisplays the widget,
* and reschedules itself if animation still enabled.
*/
static void AnimateProgressProc(ClientData clientData)
{
Progressbar *pb = clientData;
pb->progress.timer = 0;
if (AnimationEnabled(pb)) {
int phase = 0;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.phaseObj, &phase);
/*
* Update -phase:
*/
++phase;
if (pb->progress.maxPhase)
phase %= pb->progress.maxPhase;
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.phaseObj);
pb->progress.phaseObj = Tcl_NewIntObj(phase);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(pb->progress.phaseObj);
/*
* Reschedule:
*/
pb->progress.timer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
pb->progress.period, AnimateProgressProc, clientData);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
* If animation is disabled but scheduled, cancel it.
*/
static void CheckAnimation(Progressbar *pb)
{
if (AnimationEnabled(pb)) {
if (pb->progress.timer == 0) {
pb->progress.timer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
| | | | 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
* If animation is disabled but scheduled, cancel it.
*/
static void CheckAnimation(Progressbar *pb)
{
if (AnimationEnabled(pb)) {
if (pb->progress.timer == 0) {
pb->progress.timer = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
pb->progress.period, AnimateProgressProc, (ClientData)pb);
}
} else {
if (pb->progress.timer != 0) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(pb->progress.timer);
pb->progress.timer = 0;
}
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Trace hook for progressbar -variable option:
*/
static void VariableChanged(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
{
Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *newValue;
double scratch;
if (WidgetDestroyed(&pb->core)) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget class methods:
*/
| | < < | < | | | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget class methods:
*/
static void ProgressbarInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
pb->progress.variableTrace = 0;
pb->progress.timer = 0;
}
static void ProgressbarCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
if (pb->progress.variableTrace)
Ttk_UntraceVariable(pb->progress.variableTrace);
if (pb->progress.timer)
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(pb->progress.timer);
}
/*
* Configure hook:
*
* @@@ TODO: deal with [$pb configure -value ... -variable ...]
*/
static int ProgressbarConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *varName = pb->progress.variableObj;
Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;
if (varName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(varName) != '\0') {
vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp, varName, VariableChanged, recordPtr);
if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Post-configuration hook:
*/
static int ProgressbarPostConfigure(
| < | < | | 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Post-configuration hook:
*/
static int ProgressbarPostConfigure(
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
status = Ttk_FireTrace(pb->progress.variableTrace);
if (WidgetDestroyed(&pb->core)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
289 290 291 292 293 294 295 |
/*
* Size hook:
* Compute base layout size, overrid
*/
static int ProgressbarSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
| | | < | | 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 |
/*
* Size hook:
* Compute base layout size, overrid
*/
static int ProgressbarSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
int length = 100, orient = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
TtkWidgetSize(recordPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr);
/* Override requested width (height) based on -length and -orient
*/
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, pb->core.tkwin, pb->progress.lengthObj, &length);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
*widthPtr = length;
} else {
*heightPtr = length;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
358 359 360 361 362 363 364 |
pbarBox.y = parcel.y + (int)(fraction * (parcel.height-pbarBox.height));
}
Ttk_PlaceElement(pb->core.layout, pbar, pbarBox);
}
static void ProgressbarDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
{
| | | | | | 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
pbarBox.y = parcel.y + (int)(fraction * (parcel.height-pbarBox.height));
}
Ttk_PlaceElement(pb->core.layout, pbar, pbarBox);
}
static void ProgressbarDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
{
Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr = &pb->core;
Ttk_Element pbar = Ttk_FindElement(corePtr->layout, "pbar");
double value = 0.0, maximum = 100.0;
int orient = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Ttk_PlaceLayout(corePtr->layout,corePtr->state,Ttk_WinBox(corePtr->tkwin));
/* Adjust the bar size:
*/
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.valueObj, &value);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.orientObj, &orient);
if (pbar) {
double fraction = value / maximum;
Ttk_Box parcel = Ttk_ClientRegion(corePtr->layout, "trough");
if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
ProgressbarDeterminateLayout(
pb, pbar, parcel, fraction, orient);
} else {
ProgressbarIndeterminateLayout(
pb, pbar, parcel, fraction, orient);
}
}
}
static Ttk_Layout ProgressbarGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
Ttk_Layout layout = TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
interp, theme, recordPtr, pb->progress.orientObj);
/*
* Check if the style supports animation:
*/
pb->progress.period = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
420 421 422 423 424 425 426 |
*/
/* $sb step ?amount?
*/
static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 |
*/
/* $sb step ?amount?
*/
static int ProgressbarStepCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Progressbar *pb = recordPtr;
double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0;
Tcl_Obj *newValueObj;
if (objc == 3) {
if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &stepAmount) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2,objv, "?stepAmount?");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
445 446 447 448 449 450 451 |
if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
double maximum = 100.0;
(void)Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
value = fmod(value, maximum);
}
newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
| < | | | | | < < > | | 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
if (pb->progress.mode == TTK_PROGRESSBAR_DETERMINATE) {
double maximum = 100.0;
(void)Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pb->progress.maximumObj, &maximum);
value = fmod(value, maximum);
}
newValueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(value);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&pb->core);
/* Update value by setting the linked -variable, if there is one:
*/
if (pb->progress.variableTrace) {
return Tcl_ObjSetVar2(
interp, pb->progress.variableObj, 0, newValueObj,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY | TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG)
? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Otherwise, change the -value directly:
*/
Tcl_IncrRefCount(newValueObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pb->progress.valueObj);
pb->progress.valueObj = newValueObj;
CheckAnimation(pb);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $sb start|stop ?args? --
* Change [$sb $cmd ...] to [ttk::progressbar::$cmd ...]
* and pass to interpreter.
*/
static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv);
Tcl_Obj *prefix[2];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
494 495 496 497 498 499 500 |
status = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, cmd, 0);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmd);
return status;
}
static int ProgressbarStartCommand(
| < < < | | < < < | | | | 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 |
status = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, cmd, 0);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmd);
return status;
}
static int ProgressbarStartCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
return ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
interp, "::ttk::progressbar::start", objc, objv);
}
static int ProgressbarStopCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
return ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
interp, "::ttk::progressbar::stop", objc, objv);
}
static const Ttk_Ensemble ProgressbarCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "start", ProgressbarStartCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ "step", ProgressbarStepCommand,0 },
{ "stop", ProgressbarStopCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*
* Widget specification:
*/
static WidgetSpec ProgressbarWidgetSpec =
{
"TProgressbar", /* className */
sizeof(Progressbar), /* recordSize */
ProgressbarOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
ProgressbarCommands, /* subcommands */
ProgressbarInitialize, /* initializeProc */
ProgressbarCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
554 555 556 557 558 559 560 |
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
| | < | 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalProgressbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM|TTK_FILL_X))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalProgressbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_FILL_Y))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*
* Initialization:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScale.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> * * ttk::scale widget. */ | | | > < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | < < | < | | < < < < < | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
/*
* Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* ttk::scale widget.
*/
#include <tk.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
#define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100"
#define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
#define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
/*
* Scale widget record
*/
typedef struct
{
/* slider element options */
Tcl_Obj *fromObj; /* minimum value */
Tcl_Obj *toObj; /* maximum value */
Tcl_Obj *valueObj; /* current value */
Tcl_Obj *lengthObj; /* length of the long axis of the scale */
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* widget orientation */
int orient;
/* widget options */
Tcl_Obj *commandObj;
Tcl_Obj *variableObj;
/* internal state */
Ttk_TraceHandle *variableTrace;
} ScalePart;
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
ScalePart scale;
} Scale;
static Tk_OptionSpec ScaleOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.commandObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-variable", "variable", "Variable", "",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.variableObj), -1,
0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orientObj),
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.orient), 0,
(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings, STYLE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-from", "from", "From", "0",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.fromObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-to", "to", "To", "1.0",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.toObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, "-value", "value", "Value", "0",
Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.valueObj), -1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-length", "length", "Length",
DEF_SCALE_LENGTH, Tk_Offset(Scale,scale.lengthObj), -1, 0, 0,
GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
static XPoint ValueToPoint(Scale *scalePtr, double value);
static double PointToValue(Scale *scalePtr, int x, int y);
/* ScaleVariableChanged --
* Variable trace procedure for scale -variable;
* Updates the scale's value.
* If the linked variable is not a valid double,
* sets the 'invalid' state.
*/
static void ScaleVariableChanged(void *recordPtr, const char *value)
{
Scale *scale = recordPtr;
double v;
if (value == NULL || Tcl_GetDouble(0, value, &v) != TCL_OK) {
TtkWidgetChangeState(&scale->core, TTK_STATE_INVALID, 0);
} else {
Tcl_Obj *valueObj = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(v);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(valueObj);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(scale->scale.valueObj);
scale->scale.valueObj = valueObj;
TtkWidgetChangeState(&scale->core, 0, TTK_STATE_INVALID);
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&scale->core);
}
/* ScaleInitialize --
* Scale widget initialization hook.
*/
static void ScaleInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
TtkTrackElementState(&scalePtr->core);
}
static void ScaleCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Scale *scale = recordPtr;
if (scale->scale.variableTrace) {
Ttk_UntraceVariable(scale->scale.variableTrace);
scale->scale.variableTrace = 0;
}
}
/* ScaleConfigure --
* Configuration hook.
*/
static int ScaleConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Scale *scale = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *varName = scale->scale.variableObj;
Ttk_TraceHandle *vt = 0;
if (varName != NULL && *Tcl_GetString(varName) != '\0') {
vt = Ttk_TraceVariable(interp,varName, ScaleVariableChanged,recordPtr);
if (!vt) return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
if (vt) Ttk_UntraceVariable(vt);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (scale->scale.variableTrace) {
Ttk_UntraceVariable(scale->scale.variableTrace);
}
scale->scale.variableTrace = vt;
return TCL_OK;
}
/* ScalePostConfigure --
* Post-configuration hook.
*/
static int ScalePostConfigure(
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Scale *scale = recordPtr;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (scale->scale.variableTrace) {
status = Ttk_FireTrace(scale->scale.variableTrace);
if (WidgetDestroyed(&scale->core)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
return status;
}
/* ScaleGetLayout --
* getLayout hook.
*/
| | | | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
return status;
}
/* ScaleGetLayout --
* getLayout hook.
*/
static Ttk_Layout
ScaleGetLayout(Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
interp, theme, recordPtr, scalePtr->scale.orientObj);
}
/*
* TroughBox --
* Returns the inner area of the trough element.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
253 254 255 256 257 258 259 |
fraction = (value - from) / (to - from);
return fraction < 0 ? 0 : fraction > 1 ? 1 : fraction;
}
/* $scale get ?x y? --
| | | | 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 |
fraction = (value - from) / (to - from);
return fraction < 0 ? 0 : fraction > 1 ? 1 : fraction;
}
/* $scale get ?x y? --
* Returns the current value of the scale widget, or if $x and
* $y are specified, the value represented by point @x,y.
*/
static int
ScaleGetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
int x, y, r = TCL_OK;
double value = 0;
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "get ?x y?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
/* $scale set $newValue
*/
static int
ScaleSetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
/* $scale set $newValue
*/
static int
ScaleSetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
double from = 0.0, to = 1.0, value;
int result = TCL_OK;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "set value");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
356 357 358 359 360 361 362 |
return result;
}
static int
ScaleCoordsCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | | | | 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 |
return result;
}
static int
ScaleCoordsCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr;
double value;
int r = TCL_OK;
if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "coords ?value?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
r = Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, objv[2], &value);
} else {
r = Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, scalePtr->scale.valueObj, &value);
}
if (r == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Obj *point[2];
XPoint pt = ValueToPoint(scalePtr, value);
point[0] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pt.x);
point[1] = Tcl_NewIntObj(pt.y);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, point));
}
return r;
}
static void ScaleDoLayout(void *clientData)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
Ttk_Element slider = Ttk_FindElement(corePtr->layout, "slider");
Ttk_PlaceLayout(corePtr->layout,corePtr->state,Ttk_WinBox(corePtr->tkwin));
/* Adjust the slider position:
*/
if (slider) {
Scale *scalePtr = clientData;
Ttk_Box troughBox = TroughBox(scalePtr);
Ttk_Box sliderBox = Ttk_ElementParcel(slider);
double value = 0.0;
double fraction;
int range;
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, scalePtr->scale.valueObj, &value);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
/*
* ScaleSize --
* Compute requested size of scale.
*/
static int ScaleSize(void *clientData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
| | | | 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 |
/*
* ScaleSize --
* Compute requested size of scale.
*/
static int ScaleSize(void *clientData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
Scale *scalePtr = clientData;
int length;
Ttk_LayoutSize(corePtr->layout, corePtr->state, widthPtr, heightPtr);
/* Assert the -length configuration option */
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, corePtr->tkwin,
scalePtr->scale.lengthObj, &length);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "set", ScaleSetCommand,0 },
{ "get", ScaleGetCommand,0 },
{ "coords", ScaleCoordsCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
| | | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 |
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "set", ScaleSetCommand,0 },
{ "get", ScaleGetCommand,0 },
{ "coords", ScaleCoordsCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec ScaleWidgetSpec =
{
"TScale", /* Class name */
sizeof(Scale), /* record size */
ScaleOptionSpecs, /* option specs */
ScaleCommands, /* widget commands */
ScaleInitialize, /* initialization proc */
ScaleCleanup, /* cleanup proc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScroll.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * Copyright 2004, Joe English * * Support routines for scrollable widgets. * * (This is sort of half-baked; needs some work) * * Scrollable interface: * | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | /* * Copyright 2004, Joe English * * Support routines for scrollable widgets. * * (This is sort of half-baked; needs some work) * * Scrollable interface: * * + 'first' is controlled by [xy]view widget command * and other scrolling commands like 'see'; * + 'total' depends on widget contents; * + 'last' depends on first, total, and widget size. * * Choreography (typical usage): * * 1. User adjusts scrollbar, scrollbar widget calls its -command * 2. Scrollbar -command invokes the scrollee [xy]view widget method * 3. TtkScrollviewCommand calls TtkScrollTo(), which updates * 'first' and schedules a redisplay. * 4. Once the scrollee knows 'total' and 'last' (typically in * the LayoutProc), call TtkScrolled(h,first,last,total) to * synchronize the scrollbar. * 5. The scrollee -[xy]scrollcommand is called (in an idle callback) * 6. Which calls the scrollbar 'set' method and redisplays the scrollbar. * * If the scrollee has internal scrolling (e.g., a 'see' method), * it should TtkScrollTo() directly (step 2). * * If the widget value changes, it should call TtkScrolled() (step 4). * (This usually happens automatically when the widget is redisplayed). * * If the scrollee's -[xy]scrollcommand changes, it should call * TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired, which will invoke step (5) (@@@ Fix this) */ #include <tkInt.h> #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" /* Private data: */ #define SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING (0x1) #define SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED (0x2) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr)) {
Tcl_Release(corePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Release(corePtr);
if (code != TCL_OK && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {
| < < | < < > > < | | | | | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 |
if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr)) {
Tcl_Release(corePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_Release(corePtr);
if (code != TCL_OK && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {
/* Disable the -scrollcommand, add to stack trace:
*/
ckfree(s->scrollCmd);
s->scrollCmd = 0;
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, /* @@@ "horizontal" / "vertical" */
"\n (scrolling command executed by ");
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, Tk_PathName(h->corePtr->tkwin));
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, ")");
}
return code;
}
/* UpdateScrollbarBG --
* Idle handler to update the scrollbar.
*/
static void UpdateScrollbarBG(ClientData clientData)
{
ScrollHandle h = (ScrollHandle)clientData;
Tcl_Interp *interp = h->corePtr->interp;
int code;
h->flags &= ~SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
code = UpdateScrollbar(interp, h);
if (code == TCL_ERROR && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(interp)) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
/* TtkScrolled --
* Update scroll info, schedule scrollbar update.
*/
void TtkScrolled(ScrollHandle h, int first, int last, int total)
{
Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr;
/* Sanity-check inputs:
*/
if (total <= 0) {
first = 0;
last = 1;
total = 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 |
|| (h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED))
{
s->first = first;
s->last = last;
s->total = total;
if (!(h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
|| (h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED))
{
s->first = first;
s->last = last;
s->total = total;
if (!(h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateScrollbarBG, (ClientData)h);
h->flags |= SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
}
/* TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired --
* Force a scrollbar update at the next call to TtkScrolled(),
* even if scroll parameters haven't changed (e.g., if
* -yscrollcommand has changed).
*/
void TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(ScrollHandle h)
{
h->flags |= SCROLL_UPDATE_REQUIRED;
}
/* TtkScrollviewCommand --
* Widget [xy]view command implementation.
*
* $w [xy]view -- return current view region
* $w [xy]view $index -- set topmost item
* $w [xy]view moveto $fraction
* $w [xy]view scroll $number $what -- scrollbar interface
*/
int TtkScrollviewCommand(
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], ScrollHandle h)
{
Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr;
int newFirst = s->first;
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_Obj *result[2];
result[0] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj((double)s->first / s->total);
result[1] = Tcl_NewDoubleObj((double)s->last / s->total);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(2, result));
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
int perPage = s->last - s->first; /* @@@ */
newFirst = s->first + count * perPage;
break;
}
}
}
| | | < < < < | | | 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
int perPage = s->last - s->first; /* @@@ */
newFirst = s->first + count * perPage;
break;
}
}
}
TtkScrollTo(h, newFirst);
return TCL_OK;
}
void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle h, int newFirst)
{
Scrollable *s = h->scrollPtr;
if (newFirst >= s->total)
newFirst = s->total - 1;
if (newFirst > s->first && s->last >= s->total) /* don't scroll past end */
newFirst = s->first;
if (newFirst < 0)
newFirst = 0;
if (newFirst != s->first) {
s->first = newFirst;
TtkRedisplayWidget(h->corePtr);
}
}
void TtkFreeScrollHandle(ScrollHandle h)
{
if (h->flags & SCROLL_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateScrollbarBG, (ClientData)h);
}
ckfree((ClientData)h);
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * ttk::scrollbar widget. */ | | > | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
/*
* Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
*
* ttk::scrollbar widget.
*/
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Scrollbar widget record.
*/
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *commandObj;
int orient;
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
double first; /* top fraction */
double last; /* bottom fraction */
Ttk_Box troughBox; /* trough parcel */
int minSize; /* minimum size of thumb */
} ScrollbarPart;
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
ScrollbarPart scrollbar;
} Scrollbar;
static Tk_OptionSpec ScrollbarOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "command", "Command", "",
Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.commandObj), -1, 0,0,0},
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "vertical",
Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orientObj),
Tk_Offset(Scrollbar,scrollbar.orient),
0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,STYLE_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget hooks.
*/
static void
ScrollbarInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
sb->scrollbar.first = 0.0;
sb->scrollbar.last = 1.0;
TtkTrackElementState(&sb->core);
}
static Ttk_Layout ScrollbarGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
interp, theme, recordPtr, sb->scrollbar.orientObj);
}
/*
* ScrollbarDoLayout --
* Layout hook. Adjusts the position of the scrollbar thumb.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets sb->troughBox and sb->minSize.
*/
static void ScrollbarDoLayout(void *recordPtr)
{
Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr = &sb->core;
Ttk_Element thumb;
Ttk_Box thumbBox;
int thumbWidth, thumbHeight;
double first, last, size;
int minSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
/* $sb set $first $last --
* Set the position of the scrollbar.
*/
static int
ScrollbarSetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
/* $sb set $first $last --
* Set the position of the scrollbar.
*/
static int
ScrollbarSetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Scrollbar *scrollbar = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *firstObj, *lastObj;
double first, last;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "first last");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
/* $sb get --
* Returns the last thing passed to 'set'.
*/
static int
ScrollbarGetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
/* $sb get --
* Returns the last thing passed to 'set'.
*/
static int
ScrollbarGetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Scrollbar *scrollbar = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *result[2];
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
205 206 207 208 209 210 211 |
* Returns the percentage change corresponding to a mouse movement
* of $dx, $dy.
*/
static int
ScrollbarDeltaCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
* Returns the percentage change corresponding to a mouse movement
* of $dx, $dy.
*/
static int
ScrollbarDeltaCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
double dx, dy;
double delta = 0.0;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "dx dy");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
239 240 241 242 243 244 245 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(delta));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $sb fraction $x $y --
* Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating where the
| | | | 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 |
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(delta));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $sb fraction $x $y --
* Returns a real number between 0 and 1 indicating where the
* point given by x and y lies in the trough area of the scrollbar.
*/
static int
ScrollbarFractionCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr;
Ttk_Box b = sb->scrollbar.troughBox;
int minSize = sb->scrollbar.minSize;
double x, y;
double fraction = 0.0;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "x y");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification.
*/
| | > | > | | 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget specification.
*/
static WidgetSpec ScrollbarWidgetSpec =
{
"TScrollbar", /* className */
sizeof(Scrollbar), /* recordSize */
ScrollbarOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
ScrollbarCommands, /* subcommands */
ScrollbarInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
TtkCoreConfigure, /* configureProc */
TtkNullPostConfigure, /* postConfigureProc */
ScrollbarGetLayout, /* getLayoutProc */
TtkWidgetSize, /* sizeProc */
ScrollbarDoLayout, /* layoutProc */
TtkWidgetDisplay /* displayProc */
};
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(VerticalScrollbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_Y,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow", TTK_PACK_TOP)
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM)
TTK_NODE(
"Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_PACK_TOP|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(HorizontalScrollbarLayout)
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
TTK_NODE(
"Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSeparator.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English * * ttk::separator and ttk::sizegrip widgets. */ | | > | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
/*
* Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
*
* ttk::separator and ttk::sizegrip widgets.
*/
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
/* +++ Separator widget record:
*/
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
int orient;
} SeparatorPart;
typedef struct
{
WidgetCore core;
SeparatorPart separator;
} Separator;
static Tk_OptionSpec SeparatorOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-orient", "orient", "Orient", "horizontal",
Tk_Offset(Separator,separator.orientObj),
Tk_Offset(Separator,separator.orient),
0,(ClientData)ttkOrientStrings,STYLE_CHANGED },
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* GetLayout hook --
* Choose layout based on -orient option.
*/
static Ttk_Layout SeparatorGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, void *recordPtr)
{
Separator *sep = recordPtr;
return TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
interp, theme, recordPtr, sep->separator.orientObj);
}
/*
* Widget commands:
*/
static const Ttk_Ensemble SeparatorCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*
* Widget specification:
*/
static WidgetSpec SeparatorWidgetSpec =
{
"TSeparator", /* className */
sizeof(Separator), /* recordSize */
SeparatorOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
SeparatorCommands, /* subcommands */
TtkNullInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
TTK_NODE("Separator.separator", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/* +++ Sizegrip widget:
* Has no options or methods other than the standard ones.
*/
| | | | 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
TTK_NODE("Separator.separator", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/* +++ Sizegrip widget:
* Has no options or methods other than the standard ones.
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec SizegripOptionSpecs[] = {
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
static const Ttk_Ensemble SizegripCommands[] = {
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
static WidgetSpec SizegripWidgetSpec =
{
"TSizegrip", /* className */
sizeof(WidgetCore), /* recordSize */
SizegripOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
SizegripCommands, /* subcommands */
TtkNullInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* square.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> * * Minimal sample ttk widget. */ | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* square.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> * * Minimal sample ttk widget. */ #include <tk.h> #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #if defined(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET) || 1 #ifndef DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH #define DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH "2" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | * This structure is the same as the option specification structure used * for Tk widgets. For each option we provide the type, name and options * database name and class name and the position in the structure and * default values. At the bottom we bring in the standard widget option * defined for all widgets. */ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
* This structure is the same as the option specification structure used
* for Tk widgets. For each option we provide the type, name and options
* database name and class name and the position in the structure and
* default values. At the bottom we bring in the standard widget option
* defined for all widgets.
*/
static Tk_OptionSpec SquareOptionSpecs[] =
{
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-borderwidth", "borderWidth", "BorderWidth",
DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH, Tk_Offset(Square,square.borderWidthObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_BORDER, "-foreground", "foreground", "Foreground",
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND, Tk_Offset(Square,square.foregroundObj),
-1, 0, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-width", "width", "Width",
"50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.widthObj), -1, 0, 0,
GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
"50", Tk_Offset(Square,square.heightObj), -1, 0, 0,
GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad", NULL,
Tk_Offset(Square,square.paddingObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_RELIEF, "-relief", "relief", "Relief",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.reliefObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Square,square.anchorObj), -1, TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, 0},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*
* Almost all of the widget functionality is handled by the default Ttk
* widget code and the contained element. The one thing that we must handle
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 |
/*
* Adjust the position of the square element within the widget according
* to the -anchor option.
*/
if (squareNode) {
| | | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
/*
* Adjust the position of the square element within the widget according
* to the -anchor option.
*/
if (squareNode) {
Square *squarePtr = clientData;
Tk_Anchor anchor = TK_ANCHOR_CENTER;
Ttk_Box b;
b = Ttk_ElementParcel(squareNode);
if (squarePtr->square.anchorObj != NULL)
Tk_GetAnchorFromObj(NULL, squarePtr->square.anchorObj, &anchor);
b = Ttk_AnchorBox(winBox, b.width, b.height, anchor);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*
| | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | < < | < | < | < < | | | | | | 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
{ "identify", TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "state", TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*
* The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation
* information about this widget and this is what must be registered
* with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).
*/
static WidgetSpec SquareWidgetSpec =
{
"TSquare", /* className */
sizeof(Square), /* recordSize */
SquareOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
SquareCommands, /* subcommands */
TtkNullInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TtkNullCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
TtkCoreConfigure, /* configureProc */
TtkNullPostConfigure, /* postConfigureProc */
TtkWidgetGetLayout, /* getLayoutProc */
TtkWidgetSize, /* sizeProc */
SquareDoLayout, /* layoutProc */
TtkWidgetDisplay /* displayProc */
};
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
* Square element
*
* In this section we demonstrate what is required to create a new themed
* element.
*/
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *borderObj;
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *borderWidthObj;
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *widthObj;
Tcl_Obj *heightObj;
} SquareElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SquareElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,foregroundObj),
DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-borderwidth", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,borderWidthObj),
DEFAULT_BORDERWIDTH },
{ "-relief", TK_OPTION_RELIEF, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,reliefObj),
"raised" },
{ "-width", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,widthObj), "20"},
{ "-height", TK_OPTION_PIXELS, Tk_Offset(SquareElement,heightObj), "20"},
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
/*
* The element geometry function is called when the layout code wishes to
* find out how big this element wants to be. We must return our preferred
* size and padding information
*/
static void SquareElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SquareElement *square = elementRecord;
int borderWidth = 0;
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, square->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding((short)borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, square->widthObj, widthPtr);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, square->heightObj, heightPtr);
}
/*
* Draw the element in the box provided.
*/
static void SquareElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
SquareElement *square = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder foreground = NULL;
int borderWidth = 1, relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
foreground = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, square->foregroundObj);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, square->borderWidthObj, &borderWidth);
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, square->reliefObj, &relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, d, foreground,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, borderWidth, relief);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SquareElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SquareElement),
SquareElementOptions,
SquareElementSize,
SquareElementDraw
};
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Layout section.
*
* Every widget class needs a layout style that specifies which elements
* are part of the widget and how they should be placed. The element layout
* engine is similar to the Tk pack geometry manager. Read the documentation
* for the details. In this example we just need to have the square element
* that has been defined for this widget placed on a background. We will
* also need some padding to keep it away from the edges.
*/
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(SquareLayout)
TTK_NODE("Square.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
TTK_GROUP("Square.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Square.square", 0))
TTK_END_LAYOUT
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Widget initialization.
*
* This file defines a new element and a new widget. We need to register
* the element with the themes that will need it. In this case we will
* register with the default theme that is the root of the theme inheritance
* tree. This means all themes will find this element.
* We then need to register the widget class style. This is the layout
* specification. If a different theme requires an alternative layout, we
* could register that here. For instance, in some themes the scrollbars have
* one uparrow, in other themes there are two uparrow elements.
* Finally we register the widget itself. This step creates a tcl command so
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
291 292 293 294 295 296 297 |
/* public */ MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkSquareWidget_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
/* register the new elements for this theme engine */
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "square", &SquareElementSpec, NULL);
| | | | 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
/* public */ MODULE_SCOPE int
TtkSquareWidget_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme theme = Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(interp);
/* register the new elements for this theme engine */
Ttk_RegisterElement(interp, theme, "square", &SquareElementSpec, NULL);
/* register the layout for this theme */
Ttk_RegisterLayout(theme, "TSquare", SquareLayout);
/* register the widget */
RegisterWidget(interp, "ttk::square", &SquareWidgetSpec);
return TCL_OK;
}
#endif /* TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET */
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkState.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | /* * Tk widget state utilities. * * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English. Freely redistributable. * */ | > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * Tk widget state utilities. * * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English. Freely redistributable. * */ #include <string.h> #include <tk.h> #include "ttkTheme.h" /* * Table of state names. Must be kept in sync with TTK_STATE_* * #defines in ttkTheme.h. */ static const char *const stateNames[] = |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
for (j = 0; stateNames[j] != 0; ++j) {
if (strcmp(stateName, stateNames[j]) == 0)
break;
}
if (stateNames[j] == 0) {
if (interp) {
| | | < | 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
for (j = 0; stateNames[j] != 0; ++j) {
if (strcmp(stateName, stateNames[j]) == 0)
break;
}
if (stateNames[j] == 0) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Invalid state name ", stateName,NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (on) {
onbits |= (1<<j);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
static void StateSpecUpdateString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
unsigned int onbits = (objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16;
unsigned int offbits = objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0x0000FFFF;
unsigned int mask = onbits | offbits;
Tcl_DString result;
| | < | | | | 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 |
static void StateSpecUpdateString(Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
unsigned int onbits = (objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16;
unsigned int offbits = objPtr->internalRep.longValue & 0x0000FFFF;
unsigned int mask = onbits | offbits;
Tcl_DString result;
int i, len;
Tcl_DStringInit(&result);
for (i=0; stateNames[i] != NULL; ++i) {
if (mask & (1<<i)) {
if (offbits & (1<<i))
Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, "!", 1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, stateNames[i], -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&result, " ", 1);
}
}
len = Tcl_DStringLength(&result);
if (len) {
/* 'len' includes extra trailing ' ' */
objPtr->bytes = Tcl_Alloc((unsigned)len);
objPtr->length = len-1;
strncpy(objPtr->bytes, Tcl_DStringValue(&result), (size_t)len-1);
objPtr->bytes[len-1] = '\0';
} else {
/* empty string */
objPtr->length = 0;
objPtr->bytes = Tcl_Alloc(1);
*objPtr->bytes = '\0';
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&result);
}
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewStateSpecObj(unsigned int onbits, unsigned int offbits)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, specs[j], &spec);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return NULL;
if (Ttk_StateMatches(state, &spec))
return specs[j+1];
}
if (interp) {
| > | < | 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 |
status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, specs[j], &spec);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return NULL;
if (Ttk_StateMatches(state, &spec))
return specs[j+1];
}
if (interp) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "No match in state map", NULL);
}
return NULL;
}
/* Ttk_GetStateMapFromObj --
* Returns a Ttk_StateMap from a Tcl_Obj*.
* Since a Ttk_StateMap is just a specially-formatted Tcl_Obj,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
int j, status;
status = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, mapObj, &nSpecs, &specs);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return NULL;
if (nSpecs % 2 != 0) {
| | | | | < | | 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 |
int j, status;
status = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, mapObj, &nSpecs, &specs);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return NULL;
if (nSpecs % 2 != 0) {
if (interp)
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"State map must have an even number of elements",
TCL_STATIC);
return 0;
}
for (j = 0; j < nSpecs; j += 2) {
Ttk_StateSpec spec;
if (Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, specs[j], &spec) != TCL_OK)
return NULL;
}
return mapObj;
}
/*
* Ttk_StateTableLooup --
* Look up an index from a statically allocated state table.
*/
int Ttk_StateTableLookup(Ttk_StateTable *map, unsigned int state)
{
while ((state & map->onBits) != map->onBits
|| (~state & map->offBits) != map->offBits)
{
++map;
}
return map->index;
}
/*EOF*/
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkStubInit.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * This file is (mostly) automatically generated from ttk.decls. * It is compiled and linked in with the ttk package proper. */ | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
/*
* This file is (mostly) automatically generated from ttk.decls.
* It is compiled and linked in with the ttk package proper.
*/
#include "tk.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
MODULE_SCOPE const TtkStubs ttkStubs;
/* !BEGIN!: Do not edit below this line. */
const TtkStubs ttkStubs = {
TCL_STUB_MAGIC,
TTK_STUBS_EPOCH,
TTK_STUBS_REVISION,
0,
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkStubLib.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * We need to ensure that we use the tcl stub macros so that this file * contains no references to any of the tcl stub functions. */ #undef USE_TCL_STUBS #define USE_TCL_STUBS | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | /* * We need to ensure that we use the tcl stub macros so that this file * contains no references to any of the tcl stub functions. */ #undef USE_TCL_STUBS #define USE_TCL_STUBS #include "tk.h" #define USE_TTK_STUBS 1 #include "ttkTheme.h" MODULE_SCOPE const TtkStubs *ttkStubsPtr; const TtkStubs *ttkStubsPtr = NULL; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
MODULE_SCOPE const char *
TtkInitializeStubs(
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version, int epoch, int revision)
{
int exact = 0;
const char *packageName = "Ttk";
const char *errMsg = NULL;
| | | | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
MODULE_SCOPE const char *
TtkInitializeStubs(
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *version, int epoch, int revision)
{
int exact = 0;
const char *packageName = "Ttk";
const char *errMsg = NULL;
ClientData pkgClientData = NULL;
const char *actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequireEx(
interp, packageName, version, exact, &pkgClientData);
const TtkStubs *stubsPtr = pkgClientData;
if (!actualVersion) {
return NULL;
}
if (!stubsPtr) {
errMsg = "missing stub table pointer";
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
error:
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Error loading ", packageName, " package",
" (requested version '", version,
"', loaded version '", actualVersion, "'): ",
| | | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
error:
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Error loading ", packageName, " package",
" (requested version '", version,
"', loaded version '", actualVersion, "'): ",
errMsg,
NULL);
return NULL;
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTagSet.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * Tag tables. 3/4-baked, work in progress. * * Copyright (C) 2005, Joe English. Freely redistributable. */ | > > | > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
/*
* Tag tables. 3/4-baked, work in progress.
*
* Copyright (C) 2005, Joe English. Freely redistributable.
*/
#include <string.h> /* for memset() */
#include <tcl.h>
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Internal data structures.
*/
struct TtkTag {
int priority; /* 1=>highest */
const char *tagName; /* Back-pointer to hash table entry */
void *tagRecord; /* User data */
};
struct TtkTagTable {
Tk_Window tkwin; /* owner window */
Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpecs; /* ... */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* ... */
int recordSize; /* size of tag record */
int nTags; /* #tags defined so far */
Tcl_HashTable tags; /* defined tags */
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
return tag;
}
static void DeleteTag(Ttk_TagTable tagTable, Ttk_Tag tag)
{
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(tag->tagRecord,tagTable->optionTable,tagTable->tkwin);
ckfree(tag->tagRecord);
| | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
return tag;
}
static void DeleteTag(Ttk_TagTable tagTable, Ttk_Tag tag)
{
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(tag->tagRecord,tagTable->optionTable,tagTable->tkwin);
ckfree(tag->tagRecord);
ckfree((void*)tag);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tag tables.
*/
Ttk_TagTable Ttk_CreateTagTable(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[], int recordSize)
{
Ttk_TagTable tagTable = (Ttk_TagTable)ckalloc(sizeof(*tagTable));
tagTable->tkwin = tkwin;
tagTable->optionSpecs = optionSpecs;
tagTable->optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, optionSpecs);
tagTable->recordSize = recordSize;
tagTable->nTags = 0;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tagTable->tags, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
return tagTable;
}
void Ttk_DeleteTagTable(Ttk_TagTable tagTable)
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tagTable->tags, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
DeleteTag(tagTable, Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tagTable->tags);
ckfree((void*)tagTable);
}
Ttk_Tag Ttk_GetTag(Ttk_TagTable tagTable, const char *tagName)
{
int isNew = 0;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(
&tagTable->tags, tagName, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
tagName = Tcl_GetHashKey(&tagTable->tags, entryPtr);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, NewTag(tagTable,tagName));
}
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
Ttk_Tag Ttk_GetTagFromObj(Ttk_TagTable tagTable, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
return Ttk_GetTag(tagTable, Tcl_GetString(objPtr));
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 |
* Returns NULL and leaves an error message in interp->result on error.
*
* Non-NULL results must be passed to Ttk_FreeTagSet().
*/
Ttk_TagSet Ttk_GetTagSetFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_TagTable tagTable, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
| | | | | 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
* Returns NULL and leaves an error message in interp->result on error.
*
* Non-NULL results must be passed to Ttk_FreeTagSet().
*/
Ttk_TagSet Ttk_GetTagSetFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_TagTable tagTable, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
Ttk_TagSet tagset = (Ttk_TagSet)(ckalloc(sizeof *tagset));
Tcl_Obj **objv;
int i, objc;
if (objPtr == NULL) {
tagset->tags = NULL;
tagset->nTags = 0;
return tagset;
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((ClientData)tagset);
return NULL;
}
tagset->tags = (Ttk_Tag*)ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(Ttk_Tag));
for (i=0; i<objc; ++i) {
tagset->tags[i] = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tagTable, objv[i]);
}
tagset->tags[i] = NULL;
tagset->nTags = objc;
return tagset;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
NULL, result, Tcl_NewStringObj(tagset->tags[i]->tagName, -1));
}
return result;
}
void Ttk_FreeTagSet(Ttk_TagSet tagset)
{
| | | | 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 |
NULL, result, Tcl_NewStringObj(tagset->tags[i]->tagName, -1));
}
return result;
}
void Ttk_FreeTagSet(Ttk_TagSet tagset)
{
ckfree((ClientData)tagset->tags);
ckfree((ClientData)tagset);
}
/* Ttk_TagSetContains -- test if tag set contains a tag.
*/
int Ttk_TagSetContains(Ttk_TagSet tagset, Ttk_Tag tag)
{
int i;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
192 193 194 195 196 197 198 |
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < tagset->nTags; ++i) {
if (tagset->tags[i] == tag) {
return 0;
}
}
| | | 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 |
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < tagset->nTags; ++i) {
if (tagset->tags[i] == tag) {
return 0;
}
}
tagset->tags = (void*)ckrealloc((void*)tagset->tags,
(tagset->nTags+1)*sizeof(tagset->tags[0]));
tagset->tags[tagset->nTags++] = tag;
return 1;
}
/* Ttk_TagSetRemove -- remove a tag from a tag set.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
{
const int LOWEST_PRIORITY = 0x7FFFFFFF;
int i, j;
memset(record, 0, tagTable->recordSize);
for (i = 0; tagTable->optionSpecs[i].type != TK_OPTION_END; ++i) {
| | | | | | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
{
const int LOWEST_PRIORITY = 0x7FFFFFFF;
int i, j;
memset(record, 0, tagTable->recordSize);
for (i = 0; tagTable->optionSpecs[i].type != TK_OPTION_END; ++i) {
Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = tagTable->optionSpecs + i;
int offset = optionSpec->objOffset;
int prio = LOWEST_PRIORITY;
for (j = 0; j < tagSet->nTags; ++j) {
Ttk_Tag tag = tagSet->tags[j];
if (OBJ_AT(tag->tagRecord, offset) != 0 && tag->priority < prio) {
OBJ_AT(record, offset) = OBJ_AT(tag->tagRecord, offset);
prio = tag->priority;
}
}
}
}
void Ttk_TagSetApplyStyle(
Ttk_TagTable tagTable, Ttk_Style style, Ttk_State state, void *record)
{
Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = tagTable->optionSpecs;
while (optionSpec->type != TK_OPTION_END) {
int offset = optionSpec->objOffset;
const char *optionName = optionSpec->optionName;
Tcl_Obj *val = Ttk_StyleMap(style, optionName, state);
if (val) {
OBJ_AT(record, offset) = val;
} else if (OBJ_AT(record, offset) == 0) {
OBJ_AT(record, offset) = Ttk_StyleDefault(style, optionName);
}
++optionSpec;
}
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | /* * ttkTheme.c -- * * This file implements the widget styles and themes support. * * Copyright (c) 2002 Frederic Bonnet * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | > > | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | /* * ttkTheme.c -- * * This file implements the widget styles and themes support. * * Copyright (c) 2002 Frederic Bonnet * Copyright (c) 2003 Joe English * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <tk.h> #include <tkInt.h> #include "ttkThemeInt.h" #define PKG_ASSOC_KEY "Ttk" /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Styles. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
Ttk_LayoutTemplate layoutTemplate; /* Layout template for style, or NULL */
Ttk_Style parentStyle; /* Previous style in chain */
Ttk_ResourceCache cache; /* Back-pointer to resource cache */
} Style;
static Style *NewStyle(void)
{
| | | | | | | | | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 |
Ttk_LayoutTemplate layoutTemplate; /* Layout template for style, or NULL */
Ttk_Style parentStyle; /* Previous style in chain */
Ttk_ResourceCache cache; /* Back-pointer to resource cache */
} Style;
static Style *NewStyle(void)
{
Style *stylePtr = (Style*)ckalloc(sizeof(Style));
stylePtr->styleName = NULL;
stylePtr->parentStyle = NULL;
stylePtr->layoutTemplate = NULL;
stylePtr->cache = NULL;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&stylePtr->settingsTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&stylePtr->defaultsTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
return stylePtr;
}
static void FreeStyle(Style *stylePtr)
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&stylePtr->settingsTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Ttk_StateMap stateMap = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(stateMap);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&stylePtr->settingsTable);
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&stylePtr->defaultsTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *defaultValue = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(defaultValue);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&stylePtr->defaultsTable);
Ttk_FreeLayoutTemplate(stylePtr->layoutTemplate);
ckfree((ClientData)stylePtr);
}
/*
* Ttk_StyleMap --
* Look up state-specific option value from specified style.
*/
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StyleMap(Ttk_Style style, const char *optionName, Ttk_State state)
{
while (style) {
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&style->settingsTable, optionName);
if (entryPtr) {
Ttk_StateMap stateMap = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
return Ttk_StateMapLookup(NULL, stateMap, state);
}
style = style->parentStyle;
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Ttk_StyleDefault --
* Look up default resource setting the in the specified style.
*/
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StyleDefault(Ttk_Style style, const char *optionName)
{
while (style) {
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&style->defaultsTable, optionName);
if (entryPtr)
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
style= style->parentStyle;
}
return 0;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Elements.
*/
typedef const Tk_OptionSpec **OptionMap;
/* array of Tk_OptionSpecs mapping widget options to element options */
struct Ttk_ElementClass_ {
const char *name; /* Points to hash table key */
Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr; /* Template provided during registration. */
void *clientData; /* Client data passed in at registration time */
void *elementRecord; /* Scratch buffer for element record storage */
int nResources; /* #Element options */
Tcl_Obj **defaultValues; /* Array of option default values */
Tcl_HashTable optMapCache; /* Map: Tk_OptionTable * -> OptionMap */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
const Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = TkGetOptionSpec(optionName, optionTable);
if (!optionSpec)
return 0;
/* Make sure widget option has a Tcl_Obj* entry:
*/
| | | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
const Tk_OptionSpec *optionSpec = TkGetOptionSpec(optionName, optionTable);
if (!optionSpec)
return 0;
/* Make sure widget option has a Tcl_Obj* entry:
*/
if (optionSpec->objOffset < 0) {
return 0;
}
/* Grrr. Ignore accidental mismatches caused by prefix-matching:
*/
if (strcmp(optionSpec->optionName, optionName)) {
return 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
BuildOptionMap(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass, Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
{
OptionMap optionMap = (OptionMap)ckalloc(
sizeof(const Tk_OptionSpec) * elementClass->nResources + 1);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < elementClass->nResources; ++i) {
| | | 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
BuildOptionMap(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass, Tk_OptionTable optionTable)
{
OptionMap optionMap = (OptionMap)ckalloc(
sizeof(const Tk_OptionSpec) * elementClass->nResources + 1);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < elementClass->nResources; ++i) {
Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *e = elementClass->specPtr->options+i;
optionMap[i] = TTKGetOptionSpec(e->optionName, optionTable, e->type);
}
return optionMap;
}
/* GetOptionMap --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
200 201 202 203 204 205 206 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(
&elementClass->optMapCache, (void*)optionTable, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
optionMap = BuildOptionMap(elementClass, optionTable);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, optionMap);
} else {
| | | | > | | 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(
&elementClass->optMapCache, (void*)optionTable, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
optionMap = BuildOptionMap(elementClass, optionTable);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, optionMap);
} else {
optionMap = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
return optionMap;
}
/*
* NewElementClass --
* Allocate and initialize an element class record
* from the specified element specification.
*/
static Ttk_ElementClass *
NewElementClass(const char *name, Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr,void *clientData)
{
Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass =
(Ttk_ElementClass*)ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_ElementClass));
int i;
elementClass->name = name;
elementClass->specPtr = specPtr;
elementClass->clientData = clientData;
elementClass->elementRecord = ckalloc(specPtr->elementSize);
/* Count #element resources:
*/
for (i = 0; specPtr->options[i].optionName != 0; ++i)
continue;
elementClass->nResources = i;
/* Initialize default values:
*/
elementClass->defaultValues = (Tcl_Obj**)
ckalloc(elementClass->nResources * sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) + 1);
for (i=0; i < elementClass->nResources; ++i) {
const char *defaultValue = specPtr->options[i].defaultValue;
if (defaultValue) {
elementClass->defaultValues[i] = Tcl_NewStringObj(defaultValue,-1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(elementClass->defaultValues[i]);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
267 268 269 270 271 272 273 |
* Free default values:
*/
for (i = 0; i < elementClass->nResources; ++i) {
if (elementClass->defaultValues[i]) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(elementClass->defaultValues[i]);
}
}
| | | | < < < < < | | | | | | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 |
* Free default values:
*/
for (i = 0; i < elementClass->nResources; ++i) {
if (elementClass->defaultValues[i]) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(elementClass->defaultValues[i]);
}
}
ckfree((ClientData)elementClass->defaultValues);
/*
* Free option map cache:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&elementClass->optMapCache, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
ckfree(Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&elementClass->optMapCache);
ckfree(elementClass->elementRecord);
ckfree((ClientData)elementClass);
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Themes.
*/
static int ThemeEnabled(Ttk_Theme theme, void *clientData) { return 1; }
/* Default ThemeEnabledProc -- always return true */
typedef struct Ttk_Theme_
{
Ttk_Theme parentPtr; /* Parent theme. */
Tcl_HashTable elementTable; /* Map element names to class records */
Tcl_HashTable styleTable; /* Map style names to Styles */
Ttk_Style rootStyle; /* "." style, root of chain */
Ttk_ThemeEnabledProc *enabledProc; /* Function called by SetTheme */
void *enabledData; /* ClientData for enabledProc */
Ttk_ResourceCache cache; /* Back-pointer to resource cache */
} Theme;
static Theme *NewTheme(Ttk_ResourceCache cache, Ttk_Theme parent)
{
Theme *themePtr = (Theme*)ckalloc(sizeof(Theme));
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
int unused;
themePtr->parentPtr = parent;
themePtr->enabledProc = ThemeEnabled;
themePtr->enabledData = NULL;
themePtr->cache = cache;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&themePtr->elementTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&themePtr->styleTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
/*
* Create root style "."
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&themePtr->styleTable, ".", &unused);
themePtr->rootStyle = NewStyle();
themePtr->rootStyle->styleName =
Tcl_GetHashKey(&themePtr->styleTable, entryPtr);
themePtr->rootStyle->cache = themePtr->cache;
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, themePtr->rootStyle);
return themePtr;
}
static void FreeTheme(Theme *themePtr)
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
/*
* Free element table:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&themePtr->elementTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
FreeElementClass(elementClass);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&themePtr->elementTable);
/*
* Free style table:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&themePtr->styleTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Style *stylePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
FreeStyle(stylePtr);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&themePtr->styleTable);
/*
* Free theme record:
*/
ckfree((ClientData)themePtr);
return;
}
/*
* Element constructors.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
385 386 387 388 389 390 391 |
typedef struct CleanupStruct {
void *clientData;
Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc;
struct CleanupStruct *next;
} Cleanup;
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | < < | | | 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 |
typedef struct CleanupStruct {
void *clientData;
Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc;
struct CleanupStruct *next;
} Cleanup;
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Master style package data structure.
*/
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Owner interp */
Tcl_HashTable themeTable; /* KEY: name; VALUE: Theme pointer */
Tcl_HashTable factoryTable; /* KEY: name; VALUE: FactoryRec ptr */
Theme *defaultTheme; /* Default theme; global fallback*/
Theme *currentTheme; /* Currently-selected theme */
Cleanup *cleanupList; /* Cleanup records */
Ttk_ResourceCache cache; /* Resource cache */
int themeChangePending; /* scheduled ThemeChangedProc call? */
} StylePackageData;
static void ThemeChangedProc(ClientData); /* Forward */
/* Ttk_StylePkgFree --
* Cleanup procedure for StylePackageData.
*/
static void Ttk_StylePkgFree(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
Cleanup *cleanup;
/*
* Cancel any pending ThemeChanged calls:
*/
if (pkgPtr->themeChangePending) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ThemeChangedProc, pkgPtr);
}
/*
* Free themes.
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&pkgPtr->themeTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Theme *themePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
FreeTheme(themePtr);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&pkgPtr->themeTable);
/*
* Free element constructor table:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
/*
* Call all registered cleanup procedures:
*/
cleanup = pkgPtr->cleanupList;
while (cleanup) {
Cleanup *next = cleanup->next;
cleanup->cleanupProc(cleanup->clientData);
| | | | | | | 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
/*
* Call all registered cleanup procedures:
*/
cleanup = pkgPtr->cleanupList;
while (cleanup) {
Cleanup *next = cleanup->next;
cleanup->cleanupProc(cleanup->clientData);
ckfree((ClientData)cleanup);
cleanup = next;
}
ckfree((ClientData)pkgPtr);
}
/*
* GetStylePackageData --
* Look up the package data registered with the interp.
*/
static StylePackageData *GetStylePackageData(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
return Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, PKG_ASSOC_KEY, NULL);
}
/*
* Ttk_RegisterCleanup --
*
* Register a function to be called when a theme engine is deleted.
* (This only happens when the main interp is destroyed). The cleanup
* function is called with the current Tcl interpreter and the client
* data provided here.
*
*/
void Ttk_RegisterCleanup(
Tcl_Interp *interp, ClientData clientData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc)
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = GetStylePackageData(interp);
Cleanup *cleanup = (Cleanup*)ckalloc(sizeof(*cleanup));
cleanup->clientData = clientData;
cleanup->cleanupProc = cleanupProc;
cleanup->next = pkgPtr->cleanupList;
pkgPtr->cleanupList = cleanup;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
506 507 508 509 510 511 512 |
* The Tk C API doesn't doesn't provide an easy way to traverse
* the widget hierarchy, so this is done by evaluating a Tcl script.
*/
static void ThemeChangedProc(ClientData clientData)
{
static char ThemeChangedScript[] = "ttk::ThemeChanged";
| | | < | | 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
* The Tk C API doesn't doesn't provide an easy way to traverse
* the widget hierarchy, so this is done by evaluating a Tcl script.
*/
static void ThemeChangedProc(ClientData clientData)
{
static char ThemeChangedScript[] = "ttk::ThemeChanged";
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
if (Tcl_EvalEx(pkgPtr->interp, ThemeChangedScript, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(pkgPtr->interp);
}
pkgPtr->themeChangePending = 0;
}
/*
* ThemeChanged --
* Schedule a call to ThemeChanged if one is not already pending.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
549 550 551 552 553 554 555 |
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = GetStylePackageData(interp);
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
int newEntry;
Theme *themePtr;
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&pkgPtr->themeTable, name, &newEntry);
if (!newEntry) {
| | | < | 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 |
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = GetStylePackageData(interp);
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
int newEntry;
Theme *themePtr;
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&pkgPtr->themeTable, name, &newEntry);
if (!newEntry) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Theme ", name, " already exists", NULL);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Initialize new theme:
*/
if (!parent) parent = pkgPtr->defaultTheme;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
586 587 588 589 590 591 592 |
* LookupTheme --
* Retrieve a registered theme by name. If not found,
* returns NULL and leaves an error message in interp's result.
*/
static Ttk_Theme LookupTheme(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* where to leave error messages */
| | | | < | | 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 |
* LookupTheme --
* Retrieve a registered theme by name. If not found,
* returns NULL and leaves an error message in interp's result.
*/
static Ttk_Theme LookupTheme(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* where to leave error messages */
StylePackageData *pkgPtr, /* style package master record */
const char *name) /* theme name */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&pkgPtr->themeTable, name);
if (!entryPtr) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "theme \"", name, "\" doesn't exist", NULL);
return NULL;
}
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
/*
* Ttk_GetTheme --
* Public interface to LookupTheme.
*/
Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *themeName)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
707 708 709 710 711 712 713 |
if (dot) {
stylePtr->parentStyle = Ttk_GetStyle(themePtr, dot + 1);
} else {
stylePtr->parentStyle = themePtr->rootStyle;
}
| | | | 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 |
if (dot) {
stylePtr->parentStyle = Ttk_GetStyle(themePtr, dot + 1);
} else {
stylePtr->parentStyle = themePtr->rootStyle;
}
stylePtr->styleName = Tcl_GetHashKey(&themePtr->styleTable, entryPtr);
stylePtr->cache = stylePtr->parentStyle->cache;
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, stylePtr);
return stylePtr;
}
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
/* FindLayoutTemplate --
* Locate a layout template in the layout table, checking
* generic names to specific names first, then looking for
* the full name in the parent theme.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
758 759 760 761 762 763 764 |
const char *dot = elementName;
/*
* Check if element has already been registered:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&themePtr->elementTable, elementName);
if (entryPtr) {
| | | | | | | 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 |
const char *dot = elementName;
/*
* Check if element has already been registered:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&themePtr->elementTable, elementName);
if (entryPtr) {
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
/*
* Check generic names:
*/
while (!entryPtr && ((dot = strchr(dot, '.')) != NULL)) {
dot++;
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&themePtr->elementTable, dot);
}
if (entryPtr) {
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
/*
* Check parent theme:
*/
if (themePtr->parentPtr) {
return Ttk_GetElement(themePtr->parentPtr, elementName);
}
/*
* Not found, and this is the root theme; return null element, "".
* (@@@ SHOULD: signal a background error)
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&themePtr->elementTable, "");
/* ASSERT: entryPtr != 0 */
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass)
{
return elementClass->name;
}
/*
* Ttk_RegisterElementFactory --
* Register a new element factory.
*/
int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name,
Ttk_ElementFactory factory, void *clientData)
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = GetStylePackageData(interp);
FactoryRec *recPtr = (FactoryRec*)ckalloc(sizeof(*recPtr));
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
int newEntry;
recPtr->factory = factory;
recPtr->clientData = clientData;
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&pkgPtr->factoryTable, name, &newEntry);
if (!newEntry) {
/* Free old factory: */
ckfree(Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, recPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* Ttk_CloneElement -- element factory procedure.
* (style element create $name) "from" $theme ?$element?
*/
static int Ttk_CloneElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData,
Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Ttk_Theme fromTheme;
Ttk_ElementClass *fromElement;
if (objc <= 0 || objc > 2) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
868 869 870 871 872 873 874 |
* if interp is non-NULL.
*/
Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_RegisterElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to leave error messages */
Ttk_Theme theme, /* Style engine providing the implementation. */
const char *name, /* Name of new element */
| | | | | < < | < | | | 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
* if interp is non-NULL.
*/
Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_RegisterElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to leave error messages */
Ttk_Theme theme, /* Style engine providing the implementation. */
const char *name, /* Name of new element */
Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr, /* Static template information */
void *clientData) /* application-specific data */
{
Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
int newEntry;
if (specPtr->version != TK_STYLE_VERSION_2) {
/* Version mismatch */
if (interp) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Internal error: Ttk_RegisterElement (",
name, "): invalid version",
NULL);
}
return 0;
}
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&theme->elementTable, name, &newEntry);
if (!newEntry) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Duplicate element ", name, NULL);
}
return 0;
}
name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&theme->elementTable, entryPtr);
elementClass = NewElementClass(name, specPtr, clientData);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, elementClass);
return elementClass;
}
/* Ttk_RegisterElementSpec (deprecated) --
* Register a new element.
*/
int Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(Ttk_Theme theme,
const char *name, Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr, void *clientData)
{
return Ttk_RegisterElement(NULL, theme, name, specPtr, clientData)
? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Element record initialization.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
973 974 975 976 977 978 979 |
* Tcl_Obj * reference counts are _NOT_ adjusted.
*/
static
int InitializeElementRecord(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element instance to initialize */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style table */
| | | | | | | 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 |
* Tcl_Obj * reference counts are _NOT_ adjusted.
*/
static
int InitializeElementRecord(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element instance to initialize */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style table */
char *widgetRecord, /* Source of widget option values */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Option table describing widget record */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Corresponding window */
Ttk_State state) /* Widget or element state */
{
char *elementRecord = eclass->elementRecord;
OptionMap optionMap = GetOptionMap(eclass,optionTable);
int nResources = eclass->nResources;
Ttk_ResourceCache cache = style->cache;
Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *elementOption = eclass->specPtr->options;
int i;
for (i=0; i<nResources; ++i, ++elementOption) {
Tcl_Obj **dest = (Tcl_Obj **)
(elementRecord + elementOption->offset);
const char *optionName = elementOption->optionName;
Tcl_Obj *dynamicSetting = Ttk_StyleMap(style, optionName, state);
Tcl_Obj *widgetValue = 0;
Tcl_Obj *elementDefault = eclass->defaultValues[i];
if (optionMap[i]) {
widgetValue = *(Tcl_Obj **)
(widgetRecord + optionMap[i]->objOffset);
}
if (widgetValue) {
*dest = widgetValue;
} else if (dynamicSetting) {
*dest = dynamicSetting;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 |
* Compute the requested size of the given element.
*/
void
Ttk_ElementSize(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element to query */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style settings */
| | | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 |
* Compute the requested size of the given element.
*/
void
Ttk_ElementSize(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element to query */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style settings */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Description of widget record */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
Ttk_State state, /* Current widget state */
int *widthPtr, /* Requested width */
int *heightPtr, /* Reqested height */
Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) /* Requested inner border */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 |
* Draw the given widget element in a given drawable area.
*/
void
Ttk_DrawElement(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element instance */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style settings */
| | | 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 |
* Draw the given widget element in a given drawable area.
*/
void
Ttk_DrawElement(
Ttk_ElementClass *eclass, /* Element instance */
Ttk_Style style, /* Style settings */
char *recordPtr, /* The widget record. */
Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Description of option table */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The widget window. */
Drawable d, /* Where to draw element. */
Ttk_Box b, /* Element area */
Ttk_State state) /* Widget or element state flags. */
{
if (b.width <= 0 || b.height <= 0)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 |
int TtkEnumerateHashTable(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_HashTable *ht)
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(ht, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
| | | | | | | 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 |
int TtkEnumerateHashTable(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_HashTable *ht)
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(ht, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetHashKey(ht, entryPtr),-1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result, nameObj);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* HashTableToDict --
* Helper routine. Converts a TCL_STRING_KEYS Tcl_HashTable
* with Tcl_Obj * entries into a dictionary.
*/
static Tcl_Obj* HashTableToDict(Tcl_HashTable *ht)
{
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(ht, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *nameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetHashKey(ht, entryPtr),-1);
Tcl_Obj *valueObj = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, nameObj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, valueObj);
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
return result;
}
/* + style map $style ? -resource statemap ... ?
*
* Note that resource names are unconstrained; the Style
* doesn't know what resources individual elements may use.
*/
static int
StyleMapCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Master StylePackageData pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *styleName;
Style *stylePtr;
int i;
if (objc < 3) {
usage:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 |
}
/* + style configure $style -option ?value...
*/
static int StyleConfigureCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 |
}
/* + style configure $style -option ?value...
*/
static int StyleConfigureCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *styleName;
Style *stylePtr;
int i;
if (objc < 3) {
usage:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 |
}
/* + style lookup $style -option ?statespec? ?defaultValue?
*/
static int StyleLookupCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 |
}
/* + style lookup $style -option ?statespec? ?defaultValue?
*/
static int StyleLookupCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
Ttk_Style style = NULL;
const char *optionName;
Ttk_State state = 0ul;
Tcl_Obj *result;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 6) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 |
return TCL_OK;
}
static int StyleThemeCurrentCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[])
{
| | | | | | < | | | | | 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 |
return TCL_OK;
}
static int StyleThemeCurrentCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = NULL;
const char *name = NULL;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&pkgPtr->themeTable, &search);
while (entryPtr != NULL) {
Theme *ptr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
if (ptr == pkgPtr->currentTheme) {
name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&pkgPtr->themeTable, entryPtr);
break;
}
entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
if (name == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj("error: failed to get theme name", -1));
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(name, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }?
*/
static int StyleThemeCreateCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
static const char *optStrings[] =
{ "-parent", "-settings", NULL };
enum { OP_PARENT, OP_SETTINGS };
Ttk_Theme parentTheme = pkgPtr->defaultTheme, newTheme;
Tcl_Obj *settingsScript = NULL;
const char *themeName;
int i;
if (objc < 4 || objc % 2 != 0) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "name ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
themeName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
for (i=4; i < objc; i +=2) {
int option;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(
interp, objv[i], optStrings, "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch (option) {
case OP_PARENT:
parentTheme = LookupTheme(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 |
}
}
/* + style theme names --
* Return list of registered themes.
*/
static int StyleThemeNamesCmd(
| | < < < | < | | | 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 |
}
}
/* + style theme names --
* Return list of registered themes.
*/
static int StyleThemeNamesCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
return TtkEnumerateHashTable(interp, &pkgPtr->themeTable);
}
/* + style theme settings $theme $script
*
* Temporarily sets the current theme to $themeName,
* evaluates $script, then restores the old theme.
*/
static int
StyleThemeSettingsCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Master StylePackageData pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Ttk_Theme oldTheme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
Ttk_Theme newTheme;
int status;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "theme script");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 |
}
/* + style element create name type ? ...args ?
*/
static int StyleElementCreateCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | < | < < | | | | | | < < | | < < < | | | 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 |
}
/* + style element create name type ? ...args ?
*/
static int StyleElementCreateCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *elementName, *factoryName;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
FactoryRec *recPtr;
if (objc < 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "name type ?-option value ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
elementName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
factoryName = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]);
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&pkgPtr->factoryTable, factoryName);
if (!entryPtr) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "No such element type ", factoryName, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
recPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
return recPtr->factory(interp, recPtr->clientData,
theme, elementName, objc - 5, objv + 5);
}
/* + style element names --
* Return a list of elements defined in the current theme.
*/
static int StyleElementNamesCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TtkEnumerateHashTable(interp, &theme->elementTable);
}
/* + style element options $element --
* Return list of element options for specified element
*/
static int StyleElementOptionsCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *elementName;
Ttk_ElementClass *elementClass;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "element");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
elementName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
elementClass = Ttk_GetElement(theme, elementName);
if (elementClass) {
Ttk_ElementSpec *specPtr = elementClass->specPtr;
Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *option = specPtr->options;
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
while (option->optionName) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(
interp, result, Tcl_NewStringObj(option->optionName,-1));
++option;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "element ", elementName, " not found", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* + style layout name ?spec?
*/
static int StyleLayoutCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme;
const char *layoutName;
Ttk_LayoutTemplate layoutTemplate;
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "name ?spec?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
layoutName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
if (objc == 3) {
layoutTemplate = Ttk_FindLayoutTemplate(theme, layoutName);
if (!layoutTemplate) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Layout ", layoutName, " not found", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Ttk_UnparseLayoutTemplate(layoutTemplate));
} else {
layoutTemplate = Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(interp, objv[3]);
if (!layoutTemplate) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Ttk_RegisterLayoutTemplate(theme, layoutName, layoutTemplate);
ThemeChanged(pkgPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + style theme use $theme --
* Sets the current theme to $theme
*/
static int
StyleThemeUseCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Master StylePackageData pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData;
Ttk_Theme theme;
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?theme?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 |
{ "theme", 0, StyleThemeEnsemble },
{ "element", 0, StyleElementEnsemble },
{ NULL, 0, 0 }
};
static int
StyleObjCmd(
| | | | 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 |
{ "theme", 0, StyleThemeEnsemble },
{ "element", 0, StyleElementEnsemble },
{ NULL, 0, 0 }
};
static int
StyleObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Master StylePackageData pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */
{
return Ttk_InvokeEnsemble(StyleEnsemble, 1, clientData,interp,objc,objv);
}
MODULE_SCOPE
int Ttk_InvokeEnsemble( /* Run an ensemble command */
const Ttk_Ensemble *ensemble, int cmdIndex,
void *clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
while (cmdIndex < objc) {
int index;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 |
* package on a per-interp basis.
*/
void Ttk_StylePkgInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr;
| | > | 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 |
* package on a per-interp basis.
*/
void Ttk_StylePkgInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Tcl_Namespace *nsPtr;
StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)
ckalloc(sizeof(StylePackageData));
pkgPtr->interp = interp;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&pkgPtr->themeTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&pkgPtr->factoryTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
pkgPtr->cleanupList = NULL;
pkgPtr->cache = Ttk_CreateResourceCache(interp);
pkgPtr->themeChangePending = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 | #define TTK_VERSION TK_VERSION #define TTK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_PATCH_LEVEL /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Defaults for element option specifications. */ #define DEFAULT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" | < < < < | | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | #define TTK_VERSION TK_VERSION #define TTK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_PATCH_LEVEL /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Defaults for element option specifications. */ #define DEFAULT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEFAULT_BACKGROUND "#d9d9d9" #define DEFAULT_FOREGROUND "black" /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Widget states. * Keep in sync with stateNames[] in tkstate.c. */ typedef unsigned int Ttk_State; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
#define Ttk_StateMatches(state, spec) \
(((state) & ((spec)->onbits|(spec)->offbits)) == (spec)->onbits)
#define Ttk_ModifyState(state, spec) \
(((state) & ~(spec)->offbits) | (spec)->onbits)
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ State maps and state tables.
*/
typedef Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMap;
/*
* Table for looking up an integer index based on widget state:
*/
typedef struct
{
int index; /* Value to return if this entry matches */
unsigned int onBits; /* Bits which must be set */
unsigned int offBits; /* Bits which must be cleared */
} Ttk_StateTable;
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Padding.
* Used to represent internal padding and borders.
*/
typedef struct
{
short left;
short top;
short right;
short bottom;
} Ttk_Padding;
#define Ttk_PaddingWidth(p) ((p).left + (p).right)
#define Ttk_PaddingHeight(p) ((p).top + (p).bottom)
#define Ttk_SetMargins(tkwin, pad) \
Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(tkwin, pad.left, pad.right, pad.top, pad.bottom)
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Boxes.
* Used to represent rectangular regions
*/
typedef struct /* Hey, this is an XRectangle! */
{
int x;
int y;
int width;
int height;
} Ttk_Box;
#define Ttk_WinBox(tkwin) Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,Tk_Width(tkwin),Tk_Height(tkwin))
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout utilities.
*/
typedef enum {
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
#define Ttk_StateMatches(state, spec) \
(((state) & ((spec)->onbits|(spec)->offbits)) == (spec)->onbits)
#define Ttk_ModifyState(state, spec) \
(((state) & ~(spec)->offbits) | (spec)->onbits)
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *, Ttk_StateSpec *);
TTKAPI Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewStateSpecObj(unsigned int onbits,unsigned int offbits);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ State maps and state tables.
*/
typedef Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMap;
TTKAPI Ttk_StateMap Ttk_GetStateMapFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *);
TTKAPI Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StateMapLookup(Tcl_Interp*, Ttk_StateMap, Ttk_State);
/*
* Table for looking up an integer index based on widget state:
*/
typedef struct
{
int index; /* Value to return if this entry matches */
unsigned int onBits; /* Bits which must be set */
unsigned int offBits; /* Bits which must be cleared */
} Ttk_StateTable;
TTKAPI int Ttk_StateTableLookup(Ttk_StateTable map[], Ttk_State);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Padding.
* Used to represent internal padding and borders.
*/
typedef struct
{
short left;
short top;
short right;
short bottom;
} Ttk_Padding;
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(Tcl_Interp*,Tk_Window,Tcl_Obj*,Ttk_Padding*);
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(Tcl_Interp*,Tcl_Obj*,Ttk_Padding*);
TTKAPI Ttk_Padding Ttk_MakePadding(short l, short t, short r, short b);
TTKAPI Ttk_Padding Ttk_UniformPadding(short borderWidth);
TTKAPI Ttk_Padding Ttk_AddPadding(Ttk_Padding, Ttk_Padding);
TTKAPI Ttk_Padding Ttk_RelievePadding(Ttk_Padding, int relief, int n);
#define Ttk_PaddingWidth(p) ((p).left + (p).right)
#define Ttk_PaddingHeight(p) ((p).top + (p).bottom)
#define Ttk_SetMargins(tkwin, pad) \
Tk_SetInternalBorderEx(tkwin, pad.left, pad.right, pad.top, pad.bottom)
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Boxes.
* Used to represent rectangular regions
*/
typedef struct /* Hey, this is an XRectangle! */
{
int x;
int y;
int width;
int height;
} Ttk_Box;
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_MakeBox(int x, int y, int width, int height);
TTKAPI int Ttk_BoxContains(Ttk_Box, int x, int y);
#define Ttk_WinBox(tkwin) Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,Tk_Width(tkwin),Tk_Height(tkwin))
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout utilities.
*/
typedef enum {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 | /* * Aliases and useful combinations: */ #define TTK_FILL_X (0x3) /* -sticky ew */ #define TTK_FILL_Y (0xC) /* -sticky ns */ #define TTK_FILL_BOTH (0xF) /* -sticky nswe */ TTKAPI Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewStickyObj(Ttk_Sticky); /* * Extra bits for position specifications (combine -side and -sticky) */ typedef unsigned int Ttk_PositionSpec; /* See below */ | > | 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 | /* * Aliases and useful combinations: */ #define TTK_FILL_X (0x3) /* -sticky ew */ #define TTK_FILL_Y (0xC) /* -sticky ns */ #define TTK_FILL_BOTH (0xF) /* -sticky nswe */ TTKAPI int Ttk_GetStickyFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *, Ttk_Sticky *); TTKAPI Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewStickyObj(Ttk_Sticky); /* * Extra bits for position specifications (combine -side and -sticky) */ typedef unsigned int Ttk_PositionSpec; /* See below */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
#define _TTK_CHILDREN (0x1000)/* for LayoutSpecs -- children follow */
#define _TTK_LAYOUT_END (0x2000)/* for LayoutSpecs -- end of child list */
#define _TTK_LAYOUT (0x4000)/* for LayoutSpec tables -- define layout */
#define _TTK_MASK_STICK (0x0F) /* See Ttk_UnparseLayout() */
#define _TTK_MASK_PACK (0xF0) /* See Ttk_UnparseLayout(), packStrings */
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PositionBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_PositionSpec);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Themes.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_StylePkgInit(Tcl_Interp *);
typedef struct Ttk_Theme_ *Ttk_Theme;
typedef struct Ttk_ElementClass_ Ttk_ElementClass;
typedef struct Ttk_Layout_ *Ttk_Layout;
typedef struct Ttk_LayoutNode_ *Ttk_Element;
typedef struct Ttk_Style_ *Ttk_Style;
typedef int (Ttk_ThemeEnabledProc)(Ttk_Theme theme, void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(Ttk_Theme, Ttk_ThemeEnabledProc, void *);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_UseTheme(Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_Theme);
typedef void (Ttk_CleanupProc)(void *clientData);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Elements.
*/
enum TTKStyleVersion2 { TK_STYLE_VERSION_2 = 2 };
typedef void (Ttk_ElementSizeProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
typedef void (Ttk_ElementDrawProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < | | > > > > > > > | | 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 |
#define _TTK_CHILDREN (0x1000)/* for LayoutSpecs -- children follow */
#define _TTK_LAYOUT_END (0x2000)/* for LayoutSpecs -- end of child list */
#define _TTK_LAYOUT (0x4000)/* for LayoutSpec tables -- define layout */
#define _TTK_MASK_STICK (0x0F) /* See Ttk_UnparseLayout() */
#define _TTK_MASK_PACK (0xF0) /* See Ttk_UnparseLayout(), packStrings */
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PackBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_Side side);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_StickBox(Ttk_Box parcel, int w, int h, Ttk_Sticky sticky);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_AnchorBox(Ttk_Box parcel, int w, int h, Tk_Anchor anchor);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PadBox(Ttk_Box b, Ttk_Padding p);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_ExpandBox(Ttk_Box b, Ttk_Padding p);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PlaceBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int w,int h, Ttk_Side,Ttk_Sticky);
TTKAPI Ttk_Box Ttk_PositionBox(Ttk_Box *cavity, int w, int h, Ttk_PositionSpec);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Themes.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_StylePkgInit(Tcl_Interp *);
typedef struct Ttk_Theme_ *Ttk_Theme;
typedef struct Ttk_ElementClass_ Ttk_ElementClass;
typedef struct Ttk_Layout_ *Ttk_Layout;
typedef struct Ttk_LayoutNode_ *Ttk_Element;
typedef struct Ttk_Style_ *Ttk_Style;
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name);
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetDefaultTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp);
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_GetCurrentTheme(Tcl_Interp *interp);
TTKAPI Ttk_Theme Ttk_CreateTheme(
Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name, Ttk_Theme parent);
typedef int (Ttk_ThemeEnabledProc)(Ttk_Theme theme, void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(Ttk_Theme, Ttk_ThemeEnabledProc, void *);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_UseTheme(Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_Theme);
typedef void (Ttk_CleanupProc)(void *clientData);
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterCleanup(
Tcl_Interp *interp, void *deleteData, Ttk_CleanupProc *cleanupProc);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Elements.
*/
enum TTKStyleVersion2 { TK_STYLE_VERSION_2 = 2 };
typedef void (Ttk_ElementSizeProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
typedef void (Ttk_ElementDrawProc)(void *clientData, void *elementRecord,
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);
typedef struct Ttk_ElementOptionSpec
{
const char *optionName; /* Command-line name of the widget option */
Tk_OptionType type; /* Accepted option types */
int offset; /* Offset of Tcl_Obj* field in element record */
const char *defaultValue; /* Default value to used if resource missing */
} Ttk_ElementOptionSpec;
#define TK_OPTION_ANY TK_OPTION_STRING
typedef struct Ttk_ElementSpec {
enum TTKStyleVersion2 version; /* Version of the style support. */
size_t elementSize; /* Size of element record */
Ttk_ElementOptionSpec *options; /* List of options, NULL-terminated */
Ttk_ElementSizeProc *size; /* Compute min size and padding */
Ttk_ElementDrawProc *draw; /* Draw the element */
} Ttk_ElementSpec;
TTKAPI Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_RegisterElement(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName,
Ttk_ElementSpec *, void *clientData);
typedef int (*Ttk_ElementFactory)
(Tcl_Interp *, void *clientData,
Ttk_Theme, const char *elementName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
TTKAPI int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(
Tcl_Interp *, const char *name, Ttk_ElementFactory, void *clientData);
/*
* Null element implementation:
* has no geometry or layout; may be used as a stub or placeholder.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *unused;
} NullElement;
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkNullElementSize
(void *, void *, Tk_Window, int *, int *, Ttk_Padding *);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkNullElementDraw
(void *, void *, Tk_Window, Drawable, Ttk_Box, Ttk_State);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TtkNullElementOptions[];
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementSpec ttkNullElementSpec;
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout templates.
*/
typedef struct {
const char * elementName;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
{ 0, _TTK_LAYOUT_END },
#define TTK_NODE(name, flags) { name, flags },
#define TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE { 0, _TTK_LAYOUT | _TTK_LAYOUT_END } };
#define TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(name) static TTKLayoutInstruction name[] = {
#define TTK_END_LAYOUT { 0, _TTK_LAYOUT_END } };
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterLayouts(
Ttk_Theme theme, Ttk_LayoutSpec layoutTable);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout instances.
*/
| > > > | 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 |
{ 0, _TTK_LAYOUT_END },
#define TTK_NODE(name, flags) { name, flags },
#define TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE { 0, _TTK_LAYOUT | _TTK_LAYOUT_END } };
#define TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT(name) static TTKLayoutInstruction name[] = {
#define TTK_END_LAYOUT { 0, _TTK_LAYOUT_END } };
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterLayout(
Ttk_Theme theme, const char *className, Ttk_LayoutSpec layoutSpec);
TTKAPI void Ttk_RegisterLayouts(
Ttk_Theme theme, Ttk_LayoutSpec layoutTable);
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Layout instances.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
351 352 353 354 355 356 357 |
typedef enum /* -default option values */
{
TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_NORMAL, /* widget defaultable */
TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE, /* currently the default widget */
TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED /* not defaultable */
} Ttk_ButtonDefaultState;
| | | < < < | 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 |
typedef enum /* -default option values */
{
TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_NORMAL, /* widget defaultable */
TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE, /* currently the default widget */
TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED /* not defaultable */
} Ttk_ButtonDefaultState;
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *, int *);
typedef enum /* -compound option values */
{
TTK_COMPOUND_NONE, /* image if specified, otherwise text */
TTK_COMPOUND_TEXT, /* text only */
TTK_COMPOUND_IMAGE, /* image only */
TTK_COMPOUND_CENTER, /* text overlays image */
TTK_COMPOUND_TOP, /* image above text */
TTK_COMPOUND_BOTTOM, /* image below text */
TTK_COMPOUND_LEFT, /* image to left of text */
TTK_COMPOUND_RIGHT /* image to right of text */
} Ttk_Compound;
TTKAPI int Ttk_GetCompoundFromObj(Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *, int *);
typedef enum { /* -orient option values */
TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL,
TTK_ORIENT_VERTICAL
} Ttk_Orient;
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Utilities.
*/
typedef struct TtkEnsemble {
const char *name; /* subcommand name */
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *command; /* subcommand implementation, OR: */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkThemeInt.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | typedef struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ Ttk_TemplateNode, *Ttk_LayoutTemplate; MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme, const char *name); MODULE_SCOPE const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *); MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ElementSize( | | | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 |
typedef struct Ttk_TemplateNode_ Ttk_TemplateNode, *Ttk_LayoutTemplate;
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_ElementClass *Ttk_GetElement(Ttk_Theme, const char *name);
MODULE_SCOPE const char *Ttk_ElementClassName(Ttk_ElementClass *);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_ElementSize(
Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
Tk_Window tkwin, Ttk_State state,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding*);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DrawElement(
Ttk_ElementClass *, Ttk_Style, char *recordPtr, Tk_OptionTable,
Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_QueryStyle(
Ttk_Style, void *, Tk_OptionTable, const char *, Ttk_State state);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_LayoutTemplate Ttk_ParseLayoutTemplate(
Tcl_Interp *, Tcl_Obj *);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * Copyright 2003, Joe English * * Simplified interface to Tcl_TraceVariable. * | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
/*
* Copyright 2003, Joe English
*
* Simplified interface to Tcl_TraceVariable.
*
* PROBLEM: Can't distinguish "variable does not exist" (which is OK)
* from other errors (which are not).
*/
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
struct TtkTraceHandle_
{
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Containing interpreter */
Tcl_Obj *varnameObj; /* Name of variable being traced */
Ttk_TraceProc callback; /* Callback procedure */
void *clientData; /* Data to pass to callback */
};
/*
* Tcl_VarTraceProc for trace handles.
*/
static char *
VarTraceProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Widget record pointer */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */
const char *name1, /* (unused) */
const char *name2, /* (unused) */
int flags) /* Information about what happened. */
{
Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData;
const char *name, *value;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr;
if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) {
return NULL;
}
name = Tcl_GetString(tracePtr->varnameObj);
/*
* If the variable is being unset, then re-establish the trace:
*/
if (flags & TCL_TRACE_DESTROYED) {
/*
* If a prior call to Ttk_UntraceVariable() left behind an
* indicator that we wanted this handler to be deleted (see below),
* cleanup the ClientData bits and exit.
*/
if (tracePtr->interp == NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(tracePtr->varnameObj);
ckfree((ClientData)tracePtr);
return NULL;
}
Tcl_TraceVar(interp, name,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
VarTraceProc, clientData);
tracePtr->callback(tracePtr->clientData, NULL);
return NULL;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
*/
Ttk_TraceHandle *Ttk_TraceVariable(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *varnameObj,
Ttk_TraceProc callback,
void *clientData)
{
| | | | | | | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
*/
Ttk_TraceHandle *Ttk_TraceVariable(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *varnameObj,
Ttk_TraceProc callback,
void *clientData)
{
Ttk_TraceHandle *h = (Ttk_TraceHandle*)ckalloc(sizeof(*h));
int status;
h->interp = interp;
h->varnameObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(varnameObj);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(h->varnameObj);
h->clientData = clientData;
h->callback = callback;
status = Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(varnameObj),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
VarTraceProc, (ClientData)h);
if (status != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(h->varnameObj);
ckfree((ClientData)h);
return NULL;
}
return h;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
/*
* Search the traces on the variable to see if the one we are tasked
* with removing is present.
*/
while ((cd = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(h->interp, Tcl_GetString(h->varnameObj),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY, VarTraceProc, cd)) != NULL) {
| | | | | | | 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
/*
* Search the traces on the variable to see if the one we are tasked
* with removing is present.
*/
while ((cd = Tcl_VarTraceInfo(h->interp, Tcl_GetString(h->varnameObj),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY, VarTraceProc, cd)) != NULL) {
if (cd == (ClientData) h) {
break;
}
}
/*
* If the trace we wish to delete is not visible, Tcl_UntraceVar
* will do nothing, so don't try to call it. Instead set an
* indicator in the Ttk_TraceHandle that we need to cleanup later.
*/
if (cd == NULL) {
h->interp = NULL;
return;
}
Tcl_UntraceVar(h->interp, Tcl_GetString(h->varnameObj),
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS,
VarTraceProc, (ClientData)h);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(h->varnameObj);
ckfree((ClientData)h);
}
}
/*
* Ttk_FireTrace --
* Executes a trace handle as if the variable has been written.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTrack.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | * events and updates the state of the element under the * mouse cursor. * * The "active" element is the one under the mouse cursor, * and is normally set to the ACTIVE state unless another element * is currently being pressed. * | | | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
* events and updates the state of the element under the
* mouse cursor.
*
* The "active" element is the one under the mouse cursor,
* and is normally set to the ACTIVE state unless another element
* is currently being pressed.
*
* The active element becomes "pressed" on <ButtonPress> events,
* and remains "active" and "pressed" until the corresponding
* <ButtonRelease> event.
*
* TODO: Handle "chords" properly (e.g., <B1-ButtonPress-2>)
*/
#include <tk.h>
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"
typedef struct {
WidgetCore *corePtr; /* widget to track */
Ttk_Layout tracking; /* current layout being tracked */
Ttk_Element activeElement; /* element under the mouse cursor */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
| EnterWindowMask
| StructureNotifyMask
;
static void
ElementStateEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *ev)
{
| | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 |
| EnterWindowMask
| StructureNotifyMask
;
static void
ElementStateEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *ev)
{
ElementStateTracker *es = clientData;
Ttk_Layout layout = es->corePtr->layout;
Ttk_Element element;
/* Guard against dangling pointers [#2431428]
*/
if (es->tracking != layout) {
es->pressedElement = es->activeElement = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
* TtkTrackElementState --
* Register an event handler to manage the 'pressed'
* and 'active' states of individual widget elements.
*/
void TtkTrackElementState(WidgetCore *corePtr)
{
| | | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
* TtkTrackElementState --
* Register an event handler to manage the 'pressed'
* and 'active' states of individual widget elements.
*/
void TtkTrackElementState(WidgetCore *corePtr)
{
ElementStateTracker *es = (ElementStateTracker*)ckalloc(sizeof(*es));
es->corePtr = corePtr;
es->tracking = 0;
es->activeElement = es->pressedElement = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(corePtr->tkwin,
ElementStateMask,ElementStateEventProc,es);
}
|
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English * * ttk::treeview widget implementation. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #define DEF_TREE_ROWS "10" #define DEF_COLWIDTH "200" #define DEF_MINWIDTH "20" | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | /* * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English * * ttk::treeview widget implementation. */ #include <string.h> #include <stdio.h> #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #define DEF_TREE_ROWS "10" #define DEF_COLWIDTH "200" #define DEF_MINWIDTH "20" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
Ttk_TagSet tagset;
Ttk_ImageSpec *imagespec;
};
#define ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED 0x100
#define ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED 0x200
| | | | | | | | < < < | | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
Ttk_TagSet tagset;
Ttk_ImageSpec *imagespec;
};
#define ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED 0x100
#define ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED 0x200
static Tk_OptionSpec ItemOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeItem,textObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeItem,imageObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,ITEM_OPTION_IMAGE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-values", "values", "Values",
NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeItem,valuesObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-open", "open", "Open",
"0", Tk_Offset(TreeItem,openObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-tags", "tags", "Tags",
NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeItem,tagsObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,ITEM_OPTION_TAGS_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
/* + NewItem --
* Allocate a new, uninitialized, unlinked item
*/
static TreeItem *NewItem(void)
{
TreeItem *item = (TreeItem*)ckalloc(sizeof(*item));
item->entryPtr = 0;
item->parent = item->children = item->next = item->prev = NULL;
item->state = 0ul;
item->textObj = NULL;
item->imageObj = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
115 116 117 118 119 120 121 |
if (item->valuesObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(item->valuesObj); }
if (item->openObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(item->openObj); }
if (item->tagsObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(item->tagsObj); }
if (item->tagset) { Ttk_FreeTagSet(item->tagset); }
if (item->imagespec) { TtkFreeImageSpec(item->imagespec); }
| | | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
if (item->valuesObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(item->valuesObj); }
if (item->openObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(item->openObj); }
if (item->tagsObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(item->tagsObj); }
if (item->tagset) { Ttk_FreeTagSet(item->tagset); }
if (item->imagespec) { TtkFreeImageSpec(item->imagespec); }
ckfree((ClientData)item);
}
static void FreeItemCB(void *clientData) { FreeItem(clientData); }
/* + DetachItem --
* Unlink an item from the tree.
*/
static void DetachItem(TreeItem *item)
{
if (item->parent && item->parent->children == item)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
Tcl_Obj *imageObj; /* taken from item */
Tcl_Obj *anchorObj; /* from column <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; /* remainder from tag */
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} DisplayItem;
| | | | | | | | | | 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
Tcl_Obj *imageObj; /* taken from item */
Tcl_Obj *anchorObj; /* from column <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; /* remainder from tag */
Tcl_Obj *foregroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} DisplayItem;
static Tk_OptionSpec TagOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,textObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,imageObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,anchorObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, GEOMETRY_CHANGED}, /* <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-background", "windowColor", "WindowColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,backgroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_COLOR, "-foreground", "textColor", "TextColor",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,foregroundObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_FONT, "-font", "font", "Font",
NULL, Tk_Offset(DisplayItem,fontObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Columns.
*
* There are separate option tables associated with the column record:
* ColumnOptionSpecs is for configuring the column,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
if (column->headingAnchorObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingAnchorObj); }
if (column->headingStateObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingStateObj); }
if (column->headingCommandObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingCommandObj); }
/* Don't touch column->data, it's scratch storage */
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 |
if (column->headingAnchorObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingAnchorObj); }
if (column->headingStateObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingStateObj); }
if (column->headingCommandObj) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(column->headingCommandObj); }
/* Don't touch column->data, it's scratch storage */
}
static Tk_OptionSpec ColumnOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-width", "width", "Width",
DEF_COLWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,width),
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_INT, "-minwidth", "minWidth", "MinWidth",
DEF_MINWIDTH, -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,minWidth),
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_BOOLEAN, "-stretch", "stretch", "Stretch",
"1", -1, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,stretch),
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
"w", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,anchorObj), -1, /* <<NOTE-ANCHOR>> */
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-id", "id", "ID",
NULL, Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,idObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,READONLY_OPTION },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
static Tk_OptionSpec HeadingOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-text", "text", "Text",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-image", "image", "Image",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingImageObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_ANCHOR, "-anchor", "anchor", "Anchor",
"center", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingAnchorObj), -1,
0,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-command", "", "",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingCommandObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,0 },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "state", "", "",
"", Tk_Offset(TreeColumn,headingStateObj), -1,
0,0,STATE_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0,0,0}
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ -show option:
* TODO: Implement SHOW_BRANCHES.
*/
#define SHOW_TREE (0x1) /* Show tree column? */
#define SHOW_HEADINGS (0x2) /* Show heading row? */
#define DEFAULT_SHOW "tree headings"
static const char *showStrings[] = {
"tree", "headings", NULL
};
static int GetEnumSetFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *objPtr,
const char *table[],
unsigned *resultPtr)
{
unsigned result = 0;
int i, objc;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
for (i = 0; i < objc; ++i) {
int index;
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], table,
"value", TCL_EXACT, &index))
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result |= (1 << index);
}
*resultPtr = result;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
432 433 434 435 436 437 438 | #define USER_MASK 0x0100 #define COLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK) #define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<1) #define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<2) #define SHOW_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<3) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 |
#define USER_MASK 0x0100
#define COLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK)
#define DCOLUMNS_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<1)
#define SCROLLCMD_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<2)
#define SHOW_CHANGED (USER_MASK<<3)
static const char *SelectModeStrings[] = { "none", "browse", "extended", NULL };
static Tk_OptionSpec TreeviewOptionSpecs[] = {
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-columns", "columns", "Columns",
"", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.columnsObj), -1,
0,0,COLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*| READONLY_OPTION*/ },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-displaycolumns","displayColumns","DisplayColumns",
"#all", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.displayColumnsObj), -1,
0,0,DCOLUMNS_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-show", "show", "Show",
DEFAULT_SHOW, Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.showObj), -1,
0,0,SHOW_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING_TABLE, "-selectmode", "selectMode", "SelectMode",
"extended", Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.selectModeObj), -1,
0,(ClientData)SelectModeStrings,0 },
{TK_OPTION_PIXELS, "-height", "height", "Height",
DEF_TREE_ROWS, Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.heightObj), -1,
0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-padding", "padding", "Pad",
NULL, Tk_Offset(Treeview,tree.paddingObj), -1,
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-xscrollcommand", "xScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Treeview, tree.xscroll.scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-yscrollcommand", "yScrollCommand", "ScrollCommand",
NULL, -1, Tk_Offset(Treeview, tree.yscroll.scrollCmd),
TK_OPTION_NULL_OK, 0, SCROLLCMD_CHANGED},
WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE,
WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
524 525 526 527 528 529 530 |
int columnIndex;
/* Check for named column:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(
&tv->tree.columnNames, Tcl_GetString(columnIDObj));
if (entryPtr) {
| | > | | | > | > | | | > | | | | | < | | | | | 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
int columnIndex;
/* Check for named column:
*/
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(
&tv->tree.columnNames, Tcl_GetString(columnIDObj));
if (entryPtr) {
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
/* Check for number:
*/
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, columnIDObj, &columnIndex) == TCL_OK) {
if (columnIndex < 0 || columnIndex >= tv->tree.nColumns) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Column index ",
Tcl_GetString(columnIDObj),
" out of bounds",
NULL);
return NULL;
}
return tv->tree.columns + columnIndex;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Invalid column index ", Tcl_GetString(columnIDObj),
NULL);
return NULL;
}
/* + FindColumn --
* Look up column by name, number, or display index.
*/
static TreeColumn *FindColumn(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, Tcl_Obj *columnIDObj)
{
int colno;
if (sscanf(Tcl_GetString(columnIDObj), "#%d", &colno) == 1)
{ /* Display column specification, #n */
if (colno >= 0 && colno < tv->tree.nDisplayColumns) {
return tv->tree.displayColumns[colno];
}
/* else */
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Column ", Tcl_GetString(columnIDObj), " out of range",
NULL);
return NULL;
}
return GetColumn(interp, tv, columnIDObj);
}
/* + FindItem --
* Locates the item with the specified identifier in the tree.
* If there is no such item, leaves an error message in interp.
*/
static TreeItem *FindItem(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, Tcl_Obj *itemNameObj)
{
const char *itemName = Tcl_GetString(itemNameObj);
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, itemName);
if (!entryPtr) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Item ", itemName, " not found", NULL);
return 0;
}
return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
/* + GetItemListFromObj --
* Parse a Tcl_Obj * as a list of items.
* Returns a NULL-terminated array of items; result must
* be ckfree()d. On error, returns NULL and leaves an error
* message in interp.
*/
static TreeItem **GetItemListFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, Tcl_Obj *objPtr)
{
TreeItem **items;
Tcl_Obj **elements;
int i, nElements;
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp,objPtr,&nElements,&elements) != TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
items = (TreeItem**)ckalloc((nElements + 1)*sizeof(TreeItem*));
for (i = 0; i < nElements; ++i) {
items[i] = FindItem(interp, tv, elements[i]);
if (!items[i]) {
ckfree((ClientData)items);
return NULL;
}
}
items[i] = NULL;
return items;
}
/* + ItemName --
* Returns the item's ID.
*/
static const char *ItemName(Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item)
{
return Tcl_GetHashKey(&tv->tree.items, item->entryPtr);
}
/* + ItemID --
* Returns a fresh Tcl_Obj * (refcount 0) holding the
* item identifier of the specified item.
*/
static Tcl_Obj *ItemID(Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tv->tree.columnNames);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tv->tree.columnNames, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
if (tv->tree.columns) {
for (i = 0; i < tv->tree.nColumns; ++i)
FreeColumn(tv->tree.columns + i);
| | | 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tv->tree.columnNames);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tv->tree.columnNames, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
if (tv->tree.columns) {
for (i = 0; i < tv->tree.nColumns; ++i)
FreeColumn(tv->tree.columns + i);
ckfree((ClientData)tv->tree.columns);
tv->tree.columns = 0;
}
}
/* + TreeviewInitColumns --
* Initialize column data when -columns changes.
* Returns: TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
681 682 683 684 685 686 687 |
*/
TreeviewFreeColumns(tv);
/*
* Initialize columns array and columnNames hash table:
*/
tv->tree.nColumns = ncols;
| > | | 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
*/
TreeviewFreeColumns(tv);
/*
* Initialize columns array and columnNames hash table:
*/
tv->tree.nColumns = ncols;
tv->tree.columns =
(TreeColumn*)ckalloc(tv->tree.nColumns * sizeof(TreeColumn));
for (i = 0; i < ncols; ++i) {
int isNew;
Tcl_Obj *columnName = Tcl_DuplicateObj(columns[i]);
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(
&tv->tree.columnNames, Tcl_GetString(columnName), &isNew);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
726 727 728 729 730 731 732 |
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp,
tv->tree.displayColumnsObj, &ndcols, &dcolumns) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(tv->tree.displayColumnsObj), "#all")) {
ndcols = tv->tree.nColumns;
| | | | | | 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 |
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp,
tv->tree.displayColumnsObj, &ndcols, &dcolumns) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(tv->tree.displayColumnsObj), "#all")) {
ndcols = tv->tree.nColumns;
displayColumns = (TreeColumn**)ckalloc((ndcols+1) * sizeof(TreeColumn*));
for (index = 0; index < ndcols; ++index) {
displayColumns[index+1] = tv->tree.columns + index;
}
} else {
displayColumns = (TreeColumn**)ckalloc((ndcols+1) * sizeof(TreeColumn*));
for (index = 0; index < ndcols; ++index) {
displayColumns[index+1] = GetColumn(interp, tv, dcolumns[index]);
if (!displayColumns[index+1]) {
ckfree((ClientData)displayColumns);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
displayColumns[0] = &tv->tree.column0;
if (tv->tree.displayColumns)
ckfree((ClientData)tv->tree.displayColumns);
tv->tree.displayColumns = displayColumns;
tv->tree.nDisplayColumns = ndcols + 1;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
788 789 790 791 792 793 794 |
* That is, don't bother changing column widths if the tree
* is already scrolled or short.
*/
static int PickupSlack(Treeview *tv, int extra)
{
int newSlack = tv->tree.slack + extra;
| | | > | 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 |
* That is, don't bother changing column widths if the tree
* is already scrolled or short.
*/
static int PickupSlack(Treeview *tv, int extra)
{
int newSlack = tv->tree.slack + extra;
if ( (newSlack < 0 && 0 <= tv->tree.slack)
|| (newSlack > 0 && 0 >= tv->tree.slack))
{
tv->tree.slack = 0;
return newSlack;
} else {
tv->tree.slack = newSlack;
return 0;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
919 920 921 922 923 924 925 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------ * +++ Event handlers. */ static TreeItem *IdentifyItem(Treeview *tv, int y); /*forward*/ | | | | 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Event handlers.
*/
static TreeItem *IdentifyItem(Treeview *tv, int y); /*forward*/
static const unsigned int TreeviewBindEventMask =
KeyPressMask|KeyReleaseMask
| ButtonPressMask|ButtonReleaseMask
| PointerMotionMask|ButtonMotionMask
| VirtualEventMask
;
static void TreeviewBindEventProc(void *clientData, XEvent *event)
{
Treeview *tv = clientData;
TreeItem *item = NULL;
Ttk_TagSet tagset;
/*
* Figure out where to deliver the event.
*/
switch (event->type)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
980 981 982 983 984 985 986 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization and cleanup.
*/
static void TreeviewInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
| | | 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization and cleanup.
*/
static void TreeviewInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
int unused;
tv->tree.itemOptionTable =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, ItemOptionSpecs);
tv->tree.columnOptionTable =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, ColumnOptionSpecs);
tv->tree.headingOptionTable =
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 |
*/
tv->tree.treeArea = tv->tree.headingArea = Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,0,0);
tv->tree.slack = 0;
}
static void TreeviewCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
| | | | | | | > | 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 |
*/
tv->tree.treeArea = tv->tree.headingArea = Ttk_MakeBox(0,0,0,0);
tv->tree.slack = 0;
}
static void TreeviewCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tv->core.tkwin,
TreeviewBindEventMask, TreeviewBindEventProc, tv);
Tk_DeleteBindingTable(tv->tree.bindingTable);
Ttk_DeleteTagTable(tv->tree.tagTable);
if (tv->tree.itemLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.itemLayout);
if (tv->tree.cellLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.cellLayout);
if (tv->tree.headingLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.headingLayout);
if (tv->tree.rowLayout) Ttk_FreeLayout(tv->tree.rowLayout);
TreeviewFreeColumns(tv);
if (tv->tree.displayColumns)
Tcl_Free((ClientData)tv->tree.displayColumns);
foreachHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, FreeItemCB);
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tv->tree.items);
TtkFreeScrollHandle(tv->tree.xscrollHandle);
TtkFreeScrollHandle(tv->tree.yscrollHandle);
}
/* + TreeviewConfigure --
* Configuration widget hook.
*
* BUG: If user sets -columns and -displaycolumns, but -displaycolumns
* has an error, the widget is left in an inconsistent state.
*/
static int
TreeviewConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask)
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
unsigned showFlags = tv->tree.showFlags;
if (mask & COLUMNS_CHANGED) {
if (TreeviewInitColumns(interp, tv) != TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
mask |= DCOLUMNS_CHANGED;
}
if (mask & DCOLUMNS_CHANGED) {
if (TreeviewInitDisplayColumns(interp, tv) != TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (mask & SCROLLCMD_CHANGED) {
TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(tv->tree.xscrollHandle);
TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(tv->tree.yscrollHandle);
}
if ( (mask & SHOW_CHANGED)
&& GetEnumSetFromObj(
interp,tv->tree.showObj,showStrings,&showFlags) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TtkCoreConfigure(interp, recordPtr, mask) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 |
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
Ttk_ImageSpec *newImageSpec = NULL;
Ttk_TagSet newTagSet = NULL;
| | | 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 |
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
Ttk_ImageSpec *newImageSpec = NULL;
Ttk_TagSet newTagSet = NULL;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)item, tv->tree.itemOptionTable,
objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask)
!= TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Make sure that -values is a valid list:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
static int ConfigureColumn(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
| | | | < < > | < | > | | | | 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 |
static int ConfigureColumn(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)column,
tv->tree.columnOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
&savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (mask & READONLY_OPTION) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Attempt to change read-only option", NULL);
goto error;
}
/* Propagate column width changes to overall widget request width,
* but only if the widget is currently unmapped, in order to prevent
* geometry jumping during interactive column resize.
*/
if (mask & GEOMETRY_CHANGED) {
if (!Tk_IsMapped(tv->core.tkwin)) {
TtkResizeWidget(&tv->core);
}
RecomputeSlack(tv);
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
/* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* + ConfigureHeading --
* Set heading options.
*/
static int ConfigureHeading(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeColumn *column,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int mask;
if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (ClientData)column,
tv->tree.headingOptionTable, objc, objv, tv->core.tkwin,
&savedOptions,&mask) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* @@@ testing ... */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 |
REGION_NOTHING = 0,
REGION_HEADING,
REGION_SEPARATOR,
REGION_TREE,
REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;
| | | 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 |
REGION_NOTHING = 0,
REGION_HEADING,
REGION_SEPARATOR,
REGION_TREE,
REGION_CELL
} TreeRegion;
static const char *regionStrings[] = {
"nothing", "heading", "separator", "tree", "cell", 0
};
static TreeRegion IdentifyRegion(Treeview *tv, int x, int y)
{
int x1 = 0, colno;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 |
/* + TreeviewGetLayout --
* GetLayout() widget hook.
*/
static Ttk_Layout TreeviewGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr)
{
| | | 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 |
/* + TreeviewGetLayout --
* GetLayout() widget hook.
*/
static Ttk_Layout TreeviewGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr)
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
Ttk_Layout treeLayout = TtkWidgetGetLayout(interp, themePtr, recordPtr);
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
int unused;
if (!(
treeLayout
&& GetSublayout(interp, themePtr, treeLayout, ".Item",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 |
* Side effects:
* Computes headingArea and treeArea.
* Computes subtree height.
* Invokes scroll callbacks.
*/
static void TreeviewDoLayout(void *clientData)
{
| | > > > | 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 |
* Side effects:
* Computes headingArea and treeArea.
* Computes subtree height.
* Invokes scroll callbacks.
*/
static void TreeviewDoLayout(void *clientData)
{
Treeview *tv = clientData;
int visibleRows;
/* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */
Ttk_PlaceLayout(tv->core.layout,tv->core.state,Ttk_WinBox(tv->core.tkwin));
tv->tree.treeArea = Ttk_ClientRegion(tv->core.layout, "treearea");
ResizeColumns(tv, tv->tree.treeArea.width);
/* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */
TtkScrolled(tv->tree.xscrollHandle,
tv->tree.xscroll.first,
tv->tree.xscroll.first + tv->tree.treeArea.width,
TreeWidth(tv));
if (tv->tree.showFlags & SHOW_HEADINGS) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 |
/* + TreeviewSize --
* SizeProc() widget hook. Size is determined by
* -height option and column widths.
*/
static int TreeviewSize(void *clientData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
| | | 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 |
/* + TreeviewSize --
* SizeProc() widget hook. Size is determined by
* -height option and column widths.
*/
static int TreeviewSize(void *clientData, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
Treeview *tv = clientData;
int nRows, padHeight, padWidth;
Ttk_LayoutSize(tv->core.layout, tv->core.state, &padWidth, &padHeight);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, tv->tree.heightObj, &nRows);
*widthPtr = padWidth + TreeWidth(tv);
*heightPtr = padHeight + tv->tree.rowHeight * nRows;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 |
}
/* + TreeviewDisplay --
* Display() widget hook. Draw the widget contents.
*/
static void TreeviewDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
| | | 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 |
}
/* + TreeviewDisplay --
* Display() widget hook. Draw the widget contents.
*/
static void TreeviewDisplay(void *clientData, Drawable d)
{
Treeview *tv = clientData;
Ttk_DrawLayout(tv->core.layout, tv->core.state, d);
if (tv->tree.showFlags & SHOW_HEADINGS) {
DrawHeadings(tv, d);
}
DrawForest(tv, tv->tree.root->children, d, 0,0);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 |
*/
static int AncestryCheck(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, TreeItem *parent)
{
TreeItem *p = parent;
while (p) {
if (p == item) {
| > | | | | | 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 |
*/
static int AncestryCheck(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Treeview *tv, TreeItem *item, TreeItem *parent)
{
TreeItem *p = parent;
while (p) {
if (p == item) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Cannot insert ", ItemName(tv, item),
" as descendant of ", ItemName(tv, parent),
NULL);
return 0;
}
p = p->parent;
}
return 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 |
/* + $tv children $item ?newchildren? --
* Return the list of children associated with $item
*/
static int TreeviewChildrenCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 |
/* + $tv children $item ?newchildren? --
* Return the list of children associated with $item
*/
static int TreeviewChildrenCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
Tcl_Obj *result;
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item ?newchildren?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 |
if (!newChildren)
return TCL_ERROR;
/* Sanity-check:
*/
for (i=0; newChildren[i]; ++i) {
if (!AncestryCheck(interp, tv, newChildren[i], item)) {
| | | 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 |
if (!newChildren)
return TCL_ERROR;
/* Sanity-check:
*/
for (i=0; newChildren[i]; ++i) {
if (!AncestryCheck(interp, tv, newChildren[i], item)) {
ckfree((ClientData)newChildren);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Detach old children:
*/
child = item->children;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 | */ continue; } InsertItem(item, child, newChildren[i]); child = newChildren[i]; } | | | | 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 |
*/
continue;
}
InsertItem(item, child, newChildren[i]);
child = newChildren[i];
}
ckfree((ClientData)newChildren);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv parent $item --
* Return the item ID of $item's parent.
*/
static int TreeviewParentCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 |
/* + $tv next $item
* Return the ID of $item's next sibling.
*/
static int TreeviewNextCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 |
/* + $tv next $item
* Return the ID of $item's next sibling.
*/
static int TreeviewNextCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 |
/* + $tv prev $item
* Return the ID of $item's previous sibling.
*/
static int TreeviewPrevCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 |
/* + $tv prev $item
* Return the ID of $item's previous sibling.
*/
static int TreeviewPrevCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2]);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 |
/* + $tv index $item --
* Return the index of $item within its parent.
*/
static int TreeviewIndexCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | | | | | 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 |
/* + $tv index $item --
* Return the index of $item within its parent.
*/
static int TreeviewIndexCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
int index = 0;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2]);
if (!item) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while (item->prev) {
++index;
item = item->prev;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(index));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv exists $itemid --
* Test if the specified item id is present in the tree.
*/
static int TreeviewExistsCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "itemid");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(entryPtr != 0));
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv bbox $itemid ?$column? --
* Return bounding box [x y width height] of specified item.
*/
static int TreeviewBBoxCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item = 0;
TreeColumn *column = 0;
Ttk_Box bbox;
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "itemid ?column");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 |
{
const char *what = "nothing", *detail = NULL;
TreeItem *item = 0;
Tcl_Obj *result;
int dColumnNumber;
char dcolbuf[16];
int x, y, x1;
| < | | > | 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 |
{
const char *what = "nothing", *detail = NULL;
TreeItem *item = 0;
Tcl_Obj *result;
int dColumnNumber;
char dcolbuf[16];
int x, y, x1;
/* ASSERT: objc == 4 */
if ( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &y) != TCL_OK
) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
dColumnNumber = IdentifyDisplayColumn(tv, x, &x1);
if (dColumnNumber < 0) {
goto done;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 |
} else if (item) {
Ttk_Layout layout = tv->tree.itemLayout;
Ttk_Box itemBox;
DisplayItem displayItem;
Ttk_Element element;
BoundingBox(tv, item, NULL, &itemBox);
| | < < | 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 |
} else if (item) {
Ttk_Layout layout = tv->tree.itemLayout;
Ttk_Box itemBox;
DisplayItem displayItem;
Ttk_Element element;
BoundingBox(tv, item, NULL, &itemBox);
PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem); /*@@@ FIX: -text, etc*/
Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem);
Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), itemBox);
element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y);
if (element) {
what = "item";
detail = Ttk_ElementName(element);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 |
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
* Identify the component at position x,y.
*/
static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | | | 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 |
/* + $tv identify $component $x $y --
* Identify the component at position x,y.
*/
static int TreeviewIdentifyCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
static const char *submethodStrings[] =
{ "region", "item", "column", "row", "element", NULL };
enum { I_REGION, I_ITEM, I_COLUMN, I_ROW, I_ELEMENT };
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
int submethod;
int x, y;
TreeRegion region;
Ttk_Box bbox;
TreeItem *item;
TreeColumn *column = 0;
int colno, x1;
if (objc == 4) { /* Old form */
return TreeviewHorribleIdentify(interp, objc, objv, tv);
} else if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "command x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], submethodStrings,
"command", TCL_EXACT, &submethod) != TCL_OK
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK
) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
region = IdentifyRegion(tv, x, y);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 |
if (item) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, ItemID(tv, item));
}
break;
case I_COLUMN :
if (colno >= 0) {
| > > | | 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 |
if (item) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, ItemID(tv, item));
}
break;
case I_COLUMN :
if (colno >= 0) {
char dcolbuf[16];
sprintf(dcolbuf, "#%d", colno);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(dcolbuf, -1));
}
break;
case I_ELEMENT :
{
Ttk_Layout layout = 0;
DisplayItem displayItem;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 |
break;
}
if (!BoundingBox(tv, item, column, &bbox)) {
return TCL_OK;
}
| | < < | 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 |
break;
}
if (!BoundingBox(tv, item, column, &bbox)) {
return TCL_OK;
}
PrepareItem(tv, item, &displayItem); /*@@@ FIX: fill in -text,etc */
Ttk_RebindSublayout(layout, &displayItem);
Ttk_PlaceLayout(layout, ItemState(tv,item), bbox);
element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(layout, x, y);
if (element) {
const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 |
/* + $tv item $item ?options ....?
* Query or configure item options.
*/
static int TreeviewItemCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 |
/* + $tv item $item ?options ....?
* Query or configure item options.
*/
static int TreeviewItemCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item ?option ?value??...");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2]))) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 |
/* + $tv column column ?options ....?
* Column data accessor
*/
static int TreeviewColumnCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 |
/* + $tv column column ?options ....?
* Column data accessor
*/
static int TreeviewColumnCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeColumn *column;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "column -option value...");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(column = FindColumn(interp, tv, objv[2]))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 |
/* + $tv heading column ?options ....?
* Heading data accessor
*/
static int TreeviewHeadingCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 |
/* + $tv heading column ?options ....?
* Heading data accessor
*/
static int TreeviewHeadingCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable = tv->tree.headingOptionTable;
Tk_Window tkwin = tv->core.tkwin;
TreeColumn *column;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "column -option value...");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 |
/* + $tv set $item ?$column ?value??
* Query or configure cell values
*/
static int TreeviewSetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 |
/* + $tv set $item ?$column ?value??
* Query or configure cell values
*/
static int TreeviewSetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item;
TreeColumn *column;
int columnNumber;
if (objc < 3 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item ?column ?value??");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 |
/* else -- get or set column
*/
if (!(column = FindColumn(interp, tv, objv[3])))
return TCL_ERROR;
if (column == &tv->tree.column0) {
/* @@@ Maybe set -text here instead? */
| < | < | 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 |
/* else -- get or set column
*/
if (!(column = FindColumn(interp, tv, objv[3])))
return TCL_ERROR;
if (column == &tv->tree.column0) {
/* @@@ Maybe set -text here instead? */
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Display column #0 cannot be set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Note: we don't do any error checking in the list operations,
* since item->valuesObj is guaranteed to be a list.
*/
columnNumber = column - tv->tree.columns;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 |
/* + $tv insert $parent $index ?-id id? ?-option value ...?
* Insert a new item.
*/
static int TreeviewInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 |
/* + $tv insert $parent $index ?-id id? ?-option value ...?
* Insert a new item.
*/
static int TreeviewInsertCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *parent, *sibling, *newItem;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
int isNew;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "parent index ?-id id? -options...");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 |
*/
objc -= 4; objv += 4;
if (objc >= 2 && !strcmp("-id", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]))) {
const char *itemName = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, itemName, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
| | < < | 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 |
*/
objc -= 4; objv += 4;
if (objc >= 2 && !strcmp("-id", Tcl_GetString(objv[0]))) {
const char *itemName = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tv->tree.items, itemName, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Item ",itemName," already exists",NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
objc -= 2; objv += 2;
} else {
char idbuf[16];
do {
++tv->tree.serial;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 |
/* + $tv detach $item --
* Unlink $item from the tree.
*/
static int TreeviewDetachCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | < | < | | | | | < | < < < < | < < < | | | > | 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 |
/* + $tv detach $item --
* Unlink $item from the tree.
*/
static int TreeviewDetachCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem **items;
int i;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[2]))) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Sanity-check */
for (i = 0; items[i]; ++i) {
if (items[i] == tv->tree.root) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Cannot detach root item", NULL);
ckfree((ClientData)items);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
for (i = 0; items[i]; ++i) {
DetachItem(items[i]);
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
ckfree((ClientData)items);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv delete $items --
* Delete each item in $items.
*
* Do this in two passes:
* First detach the item and all its descendants and remove them
* from the hash table. Free the items themselves in a second pass.
*
* It's done this way because an item may appear more than once
* in the list of items to delete (either directly or as a descendant
* of a previously deleted item.)
*/
static int TreeviewDeleteCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem **items, *delq;
int i;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "items");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[2]))) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Sanity-check:
*/
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
if (items[i] == tv->tree.root) {
ckfree((ClientData)items);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Cannot delete root item", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/* Remove items from hash table.
*/
delq = 0;
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
delq = DeleteItems(items[i], delq);
}
/* Free items:
*/
while (delq) {
TreeItem *next = delq->next;
if (tv->tree.focus == delq)
tv->tree.focus = 0;
if (tv->tree.endPtr == delq)
tv->tree.endPtr = 0;
FreeItem(delq);
delq = next;
}
ckfree((ClientData)items);
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv move $item $parent $index
* Move $item to the specified $index in $parent's child list.
*/
static int TreeviewMoveCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item, *parent;
TreeItem *sibling;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item parent index");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ( (item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[2])) == 0
|| (parent = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[3])) == 0)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Locate previous sibling based on $index:
*/
if (!strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[4]), "end")) {
sibling = EndPosition(tv, parent);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands -- scrolling
*/
static int TreeviewXViewCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | | 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 |
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands -- scrolling
*/
static int TreeviewXViewCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
return TtkScrollviewCommand(interp, objc, objv, tv->tree.xscrollHandle);
}
static int TreeviewYViewCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
return TtkScrollviewCommand(interp, objc, objv, tv->tree.yscrollHandle);
}
/* $tree see $item --
* Ensure that $item is visible.
*/
static int TreeviewSeeCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
TreeItem *item, *parent;
int rowNumber;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "item");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 |
if (!(parent->state & TTK_STATE_OPEN)) {
parent->openObj = unshareObj(parent->openObj);
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(parent->openObj, 1);
parent->state |= TTK_STATE_OPEN;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
}
}
/* Make sure item is visible:
*/
rowNumber = RowNumber(tv, item);
if (rowNumber < tv->tree.yscroll.first) {
| > | | | | | > > > | | < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < | | 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 |
if (!(parent->state & TTK_STATE_OPEN)) {
parent->openObj = unshareObj(parent->openObj);
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(parent->openObj, 1);
parent->state |= TTK_STATE_OPEN;
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
}
}
tv->tree.yscroll.total = CountRows(tv->tree.root) - 1;
/* Make sure item is visible:
*/
rowNumber = RowNumber(tv, item);
if (rowNumber < tv->tree.yscroll.first) {
TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle, rowNumber);
} else if (rowNumber >= tv->tree.yscroll.last) {
TtkScrollTo(tv->tree.yscrollHandle,
tv->tree.yscroll.first + (1+rowNumber - tv->tree.yscroll.last));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands -- interactive column resize
*/
/* + $tree drag $column $newX --
* Set right edge of display column $column to x position $X
*/
static int TreeviewDragCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
int left = tv->tree.treeArea.x - tv->tree.xscroll.first;
int i = FirstColumn(tv);
TreeColumn *column;
int newx;
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "column xposition");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ( (column = FindColumn(interp, tv, objv[2])) == 0
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &newx) != TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (;i < tv->tree.nDisplayColumns; ++i) {
TreeColumn *c = tv->tree.displayColumns[i];
int right = left + c->width;
if (c == column) {
DragColumn(tv, i, newx - right);
/* ASSERT: SLACKINVARIANT */
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
left = right;
}
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"column ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), " is not displayed",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands -- focus and selection
*/
/* + $tree focus ?item?
*/
static int TreeviewFocusCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
if (objc == 2) {
if (tv->tree.focus) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, ItemID(tv, tv->tree.focus));
}
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 3) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 |
*/
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
enum {
SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
};
| | | | | | | | | | | 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 |
*/
static int TreeviewSelectionCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
enum {
SELECTION_SET, SELECTION_ADD, SELECTION_REMOVE, SELECTION_TOGGLE
};
static const char *selopStrings[] = {
"set", "add", "remove", "toggle", NULL
};
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
int selop, i;
TreeItem *item, **items;
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
for (item = tv->tree.root->children; item; item=NextPreorder(item)) {
if (item->state & TTK_STATE_SELECTED)
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, result, ItemID(tv, item));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (objc != 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?add|remove|set|toggle items?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[2], selopStrings,
"selection operation", 0, &selop) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
items = GetItemListFromObj(interp, tv, objv[3]);
if (!items) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch (selop)
{
case SELECTION_SET:
for (item=tv->tree.root; item; item=NextPreorder(item)) {
item->state &= ~TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
}
/*FALLTHRU*/
case SELECTION_ADD:
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
items[i]->state |= TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
}
break;
case SELECTION_REMOVE:
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
items[i]->state &= ~TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
}
break;
case SELECTION_TOGGLE:
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
items[i]->state ^= TTK_STATE_SELECTED;
}
break;
}
ckfree((ClientData)items);
TtkSendVirtualEvent(tv->core.tkwin, "TreeviewSelect");
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands -- tags and bindings.
*/
/* + $tv tag bind $tag ?$sequence ?$script??
*/
static int TreeviewTagBindCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
Ttk_TagTable tagTable = tv->tree.tagTable;
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable = tv->tree.bindingTable;
Ttk_Tag tag;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 6) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName ?sequence? ?script?");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 |
unsigned long mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp,
bindingTable, tag, sequence, script, 0);
/* Test mask to make sure event is supported:
*/
if (mask & (~TreeviewBindEventMask)) {
Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, bindingTable, tag, sequence);
| | | | | | | 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 |
unsigned long mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp,
bindingTable, tag, sequence, script, 0);
/* Test mask to make sure event is supported:
*/
if (mask & (~TreeviewBindEventMask)) {
Tk_DeleteBinding(interp, bindingTable, tag, sequence);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "unsupported event ", sequence,
"\nonly key, button, motion, and virtual events supported",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/* + $tv tag configure $tag ?-option ?value -option value...??
*/
static int TreeviewTagConfigureCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
Ttk_TagTable tagTable = tv->tree.tagTable;
Ttk_Tag tag;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName ?-option ?value ...??");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* else */
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return Ttk_ConfigureTag(interp, tagTable, tag, objc - 4, objv + 4);
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* else */
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return Ttk_ConfigureTag(interp, tagTable, tag, objc - 4, objv + 4);
}
/* + $tv tag has $tag ?$item?
*/
static int TreeviewTagHasCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
if (objc == 4) { /* Return list of all items with tag */
Ttk_Tag tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tv->tree.tagTable, objv[3]);
TreeItem *item = tv->tree.root;
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
while (item) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 |
} else if (objc == 5) { /* Test if item has specified tag */
Ttk_Tag tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tv->tree.tagTable, objv[3]);
TreeItem *item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[4]);
if (!item) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
| | | | 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 |
} else if (objc == 5) { /* Test if item has specified tag */
Ttk_Tag tag = Ttk_GetTagFromObj(tv->tree.tagTable, objv[3]);
TreeItem *item = FindItem(interp, tv, objv[4]);
if (!item) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(Ttk_TagSetContains(item->tagset, tag)));
return TCL_OK;
} else {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName ?item?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/* + $tv tag names $tag
*/
static int TreeviewTagNamesCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return Ttk_EnumerateTags(interp, tv->tree.tagTable);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 |
Tcl_IncrRefCount(item->tagsObj);
}
}
static int TreeviewTagAddCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 |
Tcl_IncrRefCount(item->tagsObj);
}
}
static int TreeviewTagAddCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
Ttk_Tag tag;
TreeItem **items;
int i;
if (objc != 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName items");
return TCL_ERROR;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 |
Tcl_IncrRefCount(item->tagsObj);
}
}
static int TreeviewTagRemoveCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 |
Tcl_IncrRefCount(item->tagsObj);
}
}
static int TreeviewTagRemoveCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
Treeview *tv = recordPtr;
Ttk_Tag tag;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "tagName items");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 |
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
RemoveTag(items[i], tag);
}
} else if (objc == 4) {
TreeItem *item = tv->tree.root;
while (item) {
RemoveTag(item, tag);
| | < < | 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 |
for (i=0; items[i]; ++i) {
RemoveTag(items[i], tag);
}
} else if (objc == 4) {
TreeItem *item = tv->tree.root;
while (item) {
RemoveTag(item, tag);
item=NextPreorder(item);
}
}
TtkRedisplayWidget(&tv->core);
return TCL_OK;
}
static const Ttk_Ensemble TreeviewTagCommands[] = {
{ "add", TreeviewTagAddCommand,0 },
{ "bind", TreeviewTagBindCommand,0 },
{ "configure", TreeviewTagConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "has", TreeviewTagHasCommand,0 },
{ "names", TreeviewTagNamesCommand,0 },
{ "remove", TreeviewTagRemoveCommand,0 },
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget commands record.
*/
static const Ttk_Ensemble TreeviewCommands[] = {
{ "bbox", TreeviewBBoxCommand,0 },
{ "children", TreeviewChildrenCommand,0 },
{ "cget", TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
{ "column", TreeviewColumnCommand,0 },
{ "configure", TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
{ "delete", TreeviewDeleteCommand,0 },
{ "detach", TreeviewDetachCommand,0 },
{ "drag", TreeviewDragCommand,0 },
{ "exists", TreeviewExistsCommand,0 },
{ "focus", TreeviewFocusCommand,0 },
{ "heading", TreeviewHeadingCommand,0 },
{ "identify", TreeviewIdentifyCommand,0 },
{ "index", TreeviewIndexCommand,0 },
{ "instate", TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
{ "insert", TreeviewInsertCommand,0 },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget definition.
*/
| | | 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 |
{ 0,0,0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget definition.
*/
static WidgetSpec TreeviewWidgetSpec = {
"Treeview", /* className */
sizeof(Treeview), /* recordSize */
TreeviewOptionSpecs, /* optionSpecs */
TreeviewCommands, /* subcommands */
TreeviewInitialize, /* initializeProc */
TreeviewCleanup, /* cleanupProc */
TreeviewConfigure, /* configureProc */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 |
TTK_GROUP("Treeview.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Treeview.treearea", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))
TTK_LAYOUT("Item",
TTK_GROUP("Treeitem.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Treeitem.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Treeitem.image", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
| > | | 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 |
TTK_GROUP("Treeview.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Treeview.treearea", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))
TTK_LAYOUT("Item",
TTK_GROUP("Treeitem.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Treeitem.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Treeitem.image", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_GROUP("Treeitem.focus", TTK_PACK_LEFT,
TTK_NODE("Treeitem.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))
TTK_LAYOUT("Cell",
TTK_GROUP("Treedata.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Treeitem.text", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))
TTK_LAYOUT("Heading",
TTK_NODE("Treeheading.cell", TTK_FILL_BOTH)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginsObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;
| | | | | | | | < < | | < | | | | | | | < < < | | 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 |
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *colorObj;
Tcl_Obj *sizeObj;
Tcl_Obj *marginsObj;
} TreeitemIndicator;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TreeitemIndicatorOptions[] = {
{ "-foreground", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,colorObj), DEFAULT_FOREGROUND },
{ "-indicatorsize", TK_OPTION_PIXELS,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,sizeObj), "12" },
{ "-indicatormargins", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(TreeitemIndicator,marginsObj), "2 2 4 2" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void TreeitemIndicatorSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TreeitemIndicator *indicator = elementRecord;
Ttk_Padding margins;
int size = 0;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->marginsObj, &margins);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, tkwin, indicator->sizeObj, &size);
*widthPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingWidth(margins);
*heightPtr = size + Ttk_PaddingHeight(margins);
}
static void TreeitemIndicatorDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
TreeitemIndicator *indicator = elementRecord;
ArrowDirection direction =
(state & TTK_STATE_OPEN) ? ARROW_DOWN : ARROW_RIGHT;
Ttk_Padding margins;
XColor *borderColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, indicator->colorObj);
XGCValues gcvalues; GC gc; unsigned mask;
if (state & TTK_STATE_LEAF) /* don't draw anything */
return;
Ttk_GetPaddingFromObj(NULL,tkwin,indicator->marginsObj,&margins);
b = Ttk_PadBox(b, margins);
gcvalues.foreground = borderColor->pixel;
gcvalues.line_width = 1;
mask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth;
gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, mask, &gcvalues);
TtkDrawArrow(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b, direction);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeitemIndicatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TreeitemIndicator),
TreeitemIndicatorOptions,
TreeitemIndicatorSize,
TreeitemIndicatorDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Row element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
Tcl_Obj *rowNumberObj;
} RowElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec RowElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(RowElement,backgroundObj), DEFAULT_BACKGROUND },
{ "-rownumber", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(RowElement,rowNumberObj), "0" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void RowElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
RowElement *row = elementRecord;
XColor *color = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, row->backgroundObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(color, d);
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc,
b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec RowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(RowElement),
RowElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
RowElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * Core widget utilities. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK #define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1 #endif | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | /* * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * Core widget utilities. */ #include <string.h> #include "tkInt.h" #include "ttkTheme.h" #include "ttkWidget.h" #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK #define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1 #endif |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), d);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
#else
/* No double-buffering: draw directly into the window. */
static Drawable BeginDrawing(Tk_Window tkwin) { return Tk_WindowId(tkwin); }
| | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
Tk_FreePixmap(Tk_Display(tkwin), d);
Tk_FreeGC(Tk_Display(tkwin), gc);
}
#else
/* No double-buffering: draw directly into the window. */
static Drawable BeginDrawing(Tk_Window tkwin) { return Tk_WindowId(tkwin); }
static void EndDrawing(Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d) { }
#endif
/* DrawWidget --
* Redraw a widget. Called as an idle handler.
*/
static void DrawWidget(ClientData recordPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
corePtr->flags &= ~REDISPLAY_PENDING;
if (Tk_IsMapped(corePtr->tkwin)) {
Drawable d = BeginDrawing(corePtr->tkwin);
corePtr->widgetSpec->layoutProc(recordPtr);
corePtr->widgetSpec->displayProc(recordPtr, d);
EndDrawing(corePtr->tkwin, d);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
/* WidgetInstanceObjCmd --
* Widget instance command implementation.
*/
static int
WidgetInstanceObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
/* WidgetInstanceObjCmd --
* Widget instance command implementation.
*/
static int
WidgetInstanceObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
const Ttk_Ensemble *commands = corePtr->widgetSpec->commands;
int status;
Tcl_Preserve(clientData);
status = Ttk_InvokeEnsemble(commands,1, clientData,interp,objc,objv);
Tcl_Release(clientData);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
/* WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted --
* Widget instance command deletion callback.
*/
static void
WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted(ClientData clientData)
{
| | | | | | 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
/* WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted --
* Widget instance command deletion callback.
*/
static void
WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted(ClientData clientData)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
corePtr->widgetCmd = NULL;
if (corePtr->tkwin != NULL)
Tk_DestroyWindow(corePtr->tkwin);
}
/* FreeWidget --
* Final cleanup for widget; called via Tcl_EventuallyFree().
*/
static void
FreeWidget(char *memPtr)
{
ckfree(memPtr);
}
/* DestroyWidget --
* Main widget destructor; called from <DestroyNotify> event handler.
*/
static void
DestroyWidget(WidgetCore *corePtr)
{
corePtr->flags |= WIDGET_DESTROYED;
corePtr->widgetSpec->cleanupProc(corePtr);
Tk_FreeConfigOptions(
(ClientData)corePtr, corePtr->optionTable, corePtr->tkwin);
if (corePtr->layout) {
Ttk_FreeLayout(corePtr->layout);
}
if (corePtr->flags & REDISPLAY_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DrawWidget, corePtr);
}
corePtr->tkwin = NULL;
if (corePtr->widgetCmd) {
Tcl_Command cmd = corePtr->widgetCmd;
corePtr->widgetCmd = 0;
/* NB: this can reenter the interpreter via a command traces */
Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(corePtr->interp, cmd);
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(corePtr, FreeWidget);
}
/*
* CoreEventProc --
* Event handler for basic events.
* Processes Expose, Configure, FocusIn/Out, and Destroy events.
* Also handles <<ThemeChanged>> virtual events.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
| ActivateMask
| EnterWindowMask
| LeaveWindowMask
;
static void CoreEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
| | | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 |
| ActivateMask
| EnterWindowMask
| LeaveWindowMask
;
static void CoreEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
switch (eventPtr->type)
{
case ConfigureNotify :
TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
break;
case Expose :
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
305 306 307 308 309 310 311 | corePtr->state &= ~TTK_STATE_HOVER; TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr); break; case EnterNotify: corePtr->state |= TTK_STATE_HOVER; TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr); break; | | < | < < | | | | 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
corePtr->state &= ~TTK_STATE_HOVER;
TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
break;
case EnterNotify:
corePtr->state |= TTK_STATE_HOVER;
TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
break;
case VirtualEvent:
if (!strcmp("ThemeChanged", ((XVirtualEvent *)(eventPtr))->name)) {
(void)UpdateLayout(corePtr->interp, corePtr);
SizeChanged(corePtr);
TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
}
default:
/* can't happen... */
break;
}
}
/*
* WidgetWorldChanged --
* Default Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc() for widgets.
* Invoked whenever fonts or other system resources are changed;
* recomputes geometry.
*/
static void WidgetWorldChanged(ClientData clientData)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
SizeChanged(corePtr);
TtkRedisplayWidget(corePtr);
}
static Tk_ClassProcs widgetClassProcs = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
WidgetWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
NULL, /* createProc */
NULL /* modalProc */
};
/*
* TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd --
* General-purpose widget constructor command implementation.
* ClientData is a WidgetSpec *.
*/
int TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetSpec *widgetSpec = clientData;
const char *className = widgetSpec->className;
Tk_OptionTable optionTable =
Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, widgetSpec->optionSpecs);
Tk_Window tkwin;
void *recordPtr;
WidgetCore *corePtr;
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
384 385 386 387 388 389 390 |
return TCL_ERROR;
/*
* Allocate and initialize the widget record.
*/
recordPtr = ckalloc(widgetSpec->recordSize);
memset(recordPtr, 0, widgetSpec->recordSize);
| | | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 |
return TCL_ERROR;
/*
* Allocate and initialize the widget record.
*/
recordPtr = ckalloc(widgetSpec->recordSize);
memset(recordPtr, 0, widgetSpec->recordSize);
corePtr = recordPtr;
corePtr->tkwin = tkwin;
corePtr->interp = interp;
corePtr->widgetSpec = widgetSpec;
corePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, Tk_PathName(tkwin),
WidgetInstanceObjCmd, recordPtr, WidgetInstanceObjCmdDeleted);
corePtr->optionTable = optionTable;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
438 439 440 441 442 443 444 |
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(tkwin), -1));
return TCL_OK;
error:
if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr)) {
| < | | | 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 |
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(tkwin), -1));
return TCL_OK;
error:
if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "widget has been destroyed", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
Tk_DestroyWindow(tkwin);
}
Tcl_Release(corePtr);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Default implementations for widget hook procedures.
*/
/* TtkWidgetGetLayout --
* Default getLayoutProc.
* Looks up the layout based on the -style resource (if specified),
* otherwise use the widget class.
*/
Ttk_Layout TtkWidgetGetLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
const char *styleName = 0;
if (corePtr->styleObj)
styleName = Tcl_GetString(corePtr->styleObj);
if (!styleName || *styleName == '\0')
styleName = corePtr->widgetSpec->className;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
481 482 483 484 485 486 487 |
* Helper routine. Same as TtkWidgetGetLayout, but prefixes
* "Horizontal." or "Vertical." to the style name, depending
* on the value of the 'orient' option.
*/
Ttk_Layout TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr, Tcl_Obj *orientObj)
{
| | | | | 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
* Helper routine. Same as TtkWidgetGetLayout, but prefixes
* "Horizontal." or "Vertical." to the style name, depending
* on the value of the 'orient' option.
*/
Ttk_Layout TtkWidgetGetOrientedLayout(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_Theme themePtr, void *recordPtr, Tcl_Obj *orientObj)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
const char *baseStyleName = 0;
Tcl_DString styleName;
int orient = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
Ttk_Layout layout;
Tcl_DStringInit(&styleName);
/* Prefix:
*/
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL)
Tcl_DStringAppend(&styleName, "Horizontal.", -1);
else
Tcl_DStringAppend(&styleName, "Vertical.", -1);
/* Add base style name:
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
}
/* TtkNullInitialize --
* Default widget initializeProc (no-op)
*/
void TtkNullInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
| < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | < | | 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 |
}
/* TtkNullInitialize --
* Default widget initializeProc (no-op)
*/
void TtkNullInitialize(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr)
{
}
/* TtkNullPostConfigure --
* Default widget postConfigureProc (no-op)
*/
int TtkNullPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, int mask)
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/* TtkCoreConfigure --
* Default widget configureProc.
* Handles -style option.
*/
int TtkCoreConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, int mask)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (mask & STYLE_CHANGED) {
status = UpdateLayout(interp, corePtr);
}
return status;
}
/* TtkNullCleanup --
* Default widget cleanupProc (no-op)
*/
void TtkNullCleanup(void *recordPtr)
{
return;
}
/* TtkWidgetDoLayout --
* Default widget layoutProc.
*/
void TtkWidgetDoLayout(void *clientData)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = clientData;
Ttk_PlaceLayout(corePtr->layout,corePtr->state,Ttk_WinBox(corePtr->tkwin));
}
/* TtkWidgetDisplay --
* Default widget displayProc.
*/
void TtkWidgetDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_DrawLayout(corePtr->layout, corePtr->state, d);
}
/* TtkWidgetSize --
* Default widget sizeProc()
*/
int TtkWidgetSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_LayoutSize(corePtr->layout, corePtr->state, widthPtr, heightPtr);
return 1;
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Default implementations for widget subcommands.
*/
/* $w cget -option
*/
int TtkWidgetCgetCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *result;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "option");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
result = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, recordPtr,
corePtr->optionTable, objv[2], corePtr->tkwin);
if (result == NULL)
return TCL_ERROR;
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
}
/* $w configure ?-option ?value ....??
*/
int TtkWidgetConfigureCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Tcl_Obj *result;
if (objc == 2) {
result = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, recordPtr,
corePtr->optionTable, NULL, corePtr->tkwin);
} else if (objc == 3) {
result = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, recordPtr,
corePtr->optionTable, objv[2], corePtr->tkwin);
} else {
Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions;
int status;
int mask = 0;
status = Tk_SetOptions(interp, recordPtr,
corePtr->optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2,
corePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, &mask);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return status;
if (mask & READONLY_OPTION) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"Attempt to change read-only option", TCL_STATIC);
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
status = corePtr->widgetSpec->configureProc(interp, recordPtr, mask);
if (status != TCL_OK) {
Tk_RestoreSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
return status;
}
Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions);
status = corePtr->widgetSpec->postConfigureProc(interp,recordPtr,mask);
if (WidgetDestroyed(corePtr)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "widget has been destroyed", TCL_STATIC);
status = TCL_ERROR;
}
if (status != TCL_OK) {
return status;
}
if (mask & (STYLE_CHANGED | GEOMETRY_CHANGED)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
*
* Otherwise, return a statespec matching all the currently-set bits.
*/
int TtkWidgetStateCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 |
*
* Otherwise, return a statespec matching all the currently-set bits.
*/
int TtkWidgetStateCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_StateSpec spec;
int status;
Ttk_State oldState, changed;
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Ttk_NewStateSpecObj(corePtr->state, 0ul));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
729 730 731 732 733 734 735 |
* If $script is specified, execute script if state matches.
* Otherwise, return true/false
*/
int TtkWidgetInstateCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
| | | | | | | | 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 |
* If $script is specified, execute script if state matches.
* Otherwise, return true/false
*/
int TtkWidgetInstateCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_State state = corePtr->state;
Ttk_StateSpec spec;
int status = TCL_OK;
if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "state-spec ?script?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, objv[2], &spec);
if (status != TCL_OK)
return status;
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj(Ttk_StateMatches(state,&spec)));
} else if (objc == 4) {
if (Ttk_StateMatches(state,&spec)) {
status = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, objv[3], 0);
}
}
return status;
}
/* $w identify $x $y
* $w identify element $x $y
* Returns: name of element at $x, $y
*/
int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr;
Ttk_Element element;
static const char *whatTable[] = { "element", NULL };
int x, y, what;
if (objc < 4 || objc > 5) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?what? x y");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 5) {
/* $w identify element $x $y */
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp,objv[2],whatTable,"option",0,&what)
!= TCL_OK)
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if ( Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-2], &x) != TCL_OK
|| Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[objc-1], &y) != TCL_OK
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
#define RegisterWidget(interp, name, specPtr) \
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, \
TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd, (ClientData)specPtr,NULL)
/* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE --
* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
| | | | | | | | 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
#define RegisterWidget(interp, name, specPtr) \
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, \
TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd, (ClientData)specPtr,NULL)
/* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE --
* WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE --
* Add one or the other of these to each OptionSpecs table
* to indicate whether the widget should take focus
* during keyboard traversal.
*/
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_TRUE \
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
"ttk::takefocus", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
#define WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE \
{TK_OPTION_STRING, "-takefocus", "takeFocus", "TakeFocus", \
"", Tk_Offset(WidgetCore, takeFocusPtr), -1, 0,0,0 }
/* WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(baseOptionSpecs) --
* Add this at the end of an OptionSpecs table to inherit
* the options from 'baseOptionSpecs'.
*/
#define WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(baseOptionSpecs) \
{TK_OPTION_END, 0,0,0, NULL, -1,-1, 0, (ClientData)baseOptionSpecs, 0}
/* All widgets should inherit from ttkCoreOptionSpecs[].
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Tk_OptionSpec ttkCoreOptionSpecs[];
/*
* Useful routines for use inside widget implementations:
*/
/* extern int WidgetDestroyed(WidgetCore *); */
#define WidgetDestroyed(corePtr) ((corePtr)->flags & WIDGET_DESTROYED)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
typedef struct TtkTraceHandle_ Ttk_TraceHandle;
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_TraceHandle *Ttk_TraceVariable(
Tcl_Interp*, Tcl_Obj *varnameObj, Ttk_TraceProc callback, void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_UntraceVariable(Ttk_TraceHandle *);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_FireTrace(Ttk_TraceHandle *);
/*
* Helper routines for data accessor commands:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkEnumerateOptions(
Tcl_Interp *, void *, const Tk_OptionSpec *, Tk_OptionTable, Tk_Window);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkGetOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *, void *, Tcl_Obj *optName, Tk_OptionTable, Tk_Window);
| > > > > > | 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 |
typedef struct TtkTraceHandle_ Ttk_TraceHandle;
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_TraceHandle *Ttk_TraceVariable(
Tcl_Interp*, Tcl_Obj *varnameObj, Ttk_TraceProc callback, void *clientData);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_UntraceVariable(Ttk_TraceHandle *);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_FireTrace(Ttk_TraceHandle *);
/*
* Virtual events:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkSendVirtualEvent(Tk_Window tgtWin, const char *eventName);
/*
* Helper routines for data accessor commands:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkEnumerateOptions(
Tcl_Interp *, void *, const Tk_OptionSpec *, Tk_OptionTable, Tk_Window);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkGetOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *, void *, Tcl_Obj *optName, Tk_OptionTable, Tk_Window);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
MODULE_SCOPE ScrollHandle TtkCreateScrollHandle(WidgetCore *, Scrollable *);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkFreeScrollHandle(ScrollHandle);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkScrollviewCommand(
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], ScrollHandle);
| < | | < < | 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
MODULE_SCOPE ScrollHandle TtkCreateScrollHandle(WidgetCore *, Scrollable *);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkFreeScrollHandle(ScrollHandle);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkScrollviewCommand(
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], ScrollHandle);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrollTo(ScrollHandle, int newFirst);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrolled(ScrollHandle, int first, int last, int total);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkScrollbarUpdateRequired(ScrollHandle);
/*
* Tag sets (work in progress, half-baked)
*/
typedef struct TtkTag *Ttk_Tag;
typedef struct TtkTagTable *Ttk_TagTable;
typedef struct TtkTagSet { /* TODO: make opaque */
Ttk_Tag *tags;
int nTags;
} *Ttk_TagSet;
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_TagTable Ttk_CreateTagTable(
Tcl_Interp *, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_OptionSpec[], int recordSize);
MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_DeleteTagTable(Ttk_TagTable);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Tag Ttk_GetTag(Ttk_TagTable, const char *tagName);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_Tag Ttk_GetTagFromObj(Ttk_TagTable, Tcl_Obj *);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_TagOptionValue(
Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_TagTable, Ttk_Tag, Tcl_Obj *optionName);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_EnumerateTagOptions(
Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_TagTable, Ttk_Tag);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_EnumerateTags(Tcl_Interp *, Ttk_TagTable);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_ConfigureTag(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_TagTable tagTable, Ttk_Tag tag,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE Ttk_TagSet Ttk_GetTagSetFromObj(
Tcl_Interp *interp, Ttk_TagTable, Tcl_Obj *objPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj *Ttk_NewTagSetObj(Ttk_TagSet);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 | MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_TagSetValues(Ttk_TagTable, Ttk_TagSet, void *record); MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_TagSetApplyStyle(Ttk_TagTable,Ttk_Style,Ttk_State,void*); /* * String tables for widget resource specifications: */ | | | | | | 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 | MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_TagSetValues(Ttk_TagTable, Ttk_TagSet, void *record); MODULE_SCOPE void Ttk_TagSetApplyStyle(Ttk_TagTable,Ttk_Style,Ttk_State,void*); /* * String tables for widget resource specifications: */ MODULE_SCOPE const char *ttkOrientStrings[]; MODULE_SCOPE const char *ttkCompoundStrings[]; MODULE_SCOPE const char *ttkDefaultStrings[]; /* * ... other option types... */ MODULE_SCOPE int TtkGetLabelAnchorFromObj( Tcl_Interp*, Tcl_Obj*, Ttk_PositionSpec *); /* * Platform-specific initialization. */ #if defined(__WIN32__) #define Ttk_PlatformInit Ttk_WinPlatformInit MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_PlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *); #elif defined(MAC_OSX_TK) #define Ttk_PlatformInit Ttk_MacOSXPlatformInit MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_PlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *); #else #define Ttk_PlatformInit(interp) /* TTK_X11PlatformInit() */ #endif #endif /* _TTKWIDGET */ |
Changes to library/bgerror.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | # bgerror.tcl -- # # Implementation of the bgerror procedure. It posts a dialog box with # the error message and gives the user a chance to see a more detailed # stack trace, and possible do something more interesting with that # trace (like save it to a log). This is adapted from work done by # Donal K. Fellows. # | | | | < | < | | | | | | | | | > > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | | | | | | < < < < | < < | > < | | | < | | | | > > > > | | | | > > | > > > > > > | < | | < | < < < < < | | > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 |
# bgerror.tcl --
#
# Implementation of the bgerror procedure. It posts a dialog box with
# the error message and gives the user a chance to see a more detailed
# stack trace, and possible do something more interesting with that
# trace (like save it to a log). This is adapted from work done by
# Donal K. Fellows.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
# Copyright (c) 2007 by ActiveState Software Inc.
# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
namespace eval ::tk::dialog::error {
namespace import -force ::tk::msgcat::*
namespace export bgerror
option add *ErrorDialog.function.text [mc "Save To Log"] \
widgetDefault
option add *ErrorDialog.function.command [namespace code SaveToLog]
option add *ErrorDialog*Label.font TkCaptionFont widgetDefault
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
option add *ErrorDialog*background systemAlertBackgroundActive \
widgetDefault
option add *ErrorDialog*info.text.background white widgetDefault
option add *ErrorDialog*Button.highlightBackground \
systemAlertBackgroundActive widgetDefault
}
}
proc ::tk::dialog::error::Return {} {
variable button
.bgerrorDialog.ok configure -state active -relief sunken
update idletasks
after 100
set button 0
}
proc ::tk::dialog::error::Details {} {
set w .bgerrorDialog
set caption [option get $w.function text {}]
set command [option get $w.function command {}]
if { ($caption eq "") || ($command eq "") } {
grid forget $w.function
}
lappend command [$w.top.info.text get 1.0 end-1c]
$w.function configure -text $caption -command $command
grid $w.top.info - -sticky nsew -padx 3m -pady 3m
}
proc ::tk::dialog::error::SaveToLog {text} {
if { $::tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows" } {
set allFiles *.*
} else {
set allFiles *
}
set types [list \
[list [mc "Log Files"] .log] \
[list [mc "Text Files"] .txt] \
[list [mc "All Files"] $allFiles] \
]
set filename [tk_getSaveFile -title [mc "Select Log File"] \
-filetypes $types -defaultextension .log -parent .bgerrorDialog]
if {![string length $filename]} {
return
}
set f [open $filename w]
puts -nonewline $f $text
close $f
}
proc ::tk::dialog::error::Destroy {w} {
if {$w eq ".bgerrorDialog"} {
variable button
set button -1
}
}
# ::tk::dialog::error::bgerror --
# This is the default version of bgerror.
# It tries to execute tkerror, if that fails it posts a dialog box containing
# the error message and gives the user a chance to ask to see a stack
# trace.
# Arguments:
# err - The error message.
proc ::tk::dialog::error::bgerror err {
global errorInfo tcl_platform
variable button
set info $errorInfo
set ret [catch {::tkerror $err} msg];
if {$ret != 1} {return -code $ret $msg}
# Ok the application's tkerror either failed or was not found
# we use the default dialog then :
set windowingsystem [tk windowingsystem]
if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {
set ok [mc Ok]
} else {
set ok [mc OK]
}
# Truncate the message if it is too wide (>maxLine characters) or
# too tall (>4 lines). Truncation occurs at the first point at
# which one of those conditions is met.
set displayedErr ""
set lines 0
set maxLine 45
foreach line [split $err \n] {
if { [string length $line] > $maxLine } {
append displayedErr "[string range $line 0 [expr {$maxLine-3}]]..."
break
}
if { $lines > 4 } {
append displayedErr "..."
break
} else {
append displayedErr "${line}\n"
}
incr lines
}
set title [mc "Application Error"]
set text [mc "Error: %1\$s" $displayedErr]
set buttons [list ok $ok dismiss [mc "Skip Messages"] \
function [mc "Details >>"]]
# 1. Create the top-level window and divide it into top
# and bottom parts.
set dlg .bgerrorDialog
destroy $dlg
toplevel $dlg -class ErrorDialog
wm withdraw $dlg
wm title $dlg $title
wm iconname $dlg ErrorDialog
wm protocol $dlg WM_DELETE_WINDOW { }
if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {
::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style $dlg moveableAlert {}
} elseif {$windowingsystem eq "x11"} {
wm attributes $dlg -type dialog
}
frame $dlg.bot
frame $dlg.top
if {$windowingsystem eq "x11"} {
$dlg.bot configure -relief raised -bd 1
$dlg.top configure -relief raised -bd 1
}
pack $dlg.bot -side bottom -fill both
pack $dlg.top -side top -fill both -expand 1
set W [frame $dlg.top.info]
text $W.text -setgrid true -height 10 -wrap char \
-yscrollcommand [list $W.scroll set]
if {$windowingsystem ne "aqua"} {
$W.text configure -width 40
}
scrollbar $W.scroll -command [list $W.text yview]
pack $W.scroll -side right -fill y
pack $W.text -side left -expand yes -fill both
$W.text insert 0.0 "$err\n$info"
$W.text mark set insert 0.0
bind $W.text <ButtonPress-1> { focus %W }
$W.text configure -state disabled
# 2. Fill the top part with bitmap and message
# Max-width of message is the width of the screen...
set wrapwidth [winfo screenwidth $dlg]
# ...minus the width of the icon, padding and a fudge factor for
# the window manager decorations and aesthetics.
set wrapwidth [expr {$wrapwidth-60-[winfo pixels $dlg 9m]}]
label $dlg.msg -justify left -text $text -wraplength $wrapwidth
if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {
# On the Macintosh, use the stop bitmap
label $dlg.bitmap -bitmap stop
} else {
# On other platforms, make the error icon
canvas $dlg.bitmap -width 32 -height 32 -highlightthickness 0
$dlg.bitmap create oval 0 0 31 31 -fill red -outline black
$dlg.bitmap create line 9 9 23 23 -fill white -width 4
$dlg.bitmap create line 9 23 23 9 -fill white -width 4
}
grid $dlg.bitmap $dlg.msg -in $dlg.top -row 0 -padx 3m -pady 3m
grid configure $dlg.msg -sticky nsw -padx {0 3m}
grid rowconfigure $dlg.top 1 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $dlg.top 1 -weight 1
# 3. Create a row of buttons at the bottom of the dialog.
set i 0
foreach {name caption} $buttons {
button $dlg.$name -text $caption -default normal \
-command [namespace code [list set button $i]]
grid $dlg.$name -in $dlg.bot -column $i -row 0 -sticky ew -padx 10
grid columnconfigure $dlg.bot $i -weight 1
# We boost the size of some Mac buttons for l&f
if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {
if {($name eq "ok") || ($name eq "dismiss")} {
grid columnconfigure $dlg.bot $i -minsize 90
}
grid configure $dlg.$name -pady 7
}
incr i
}
# The "OK" button is the default for this dialog.
$dlg.ok configure -default active
bind $dlg <Return> [namespace code Return]
bind $dlg <Destroy> [namespace code [list Destroy %W]]
$dlg.function configure -command [namespace code Details]
# 6. Withdraw the window, then update all the geometry information
# so we know how big it wants to be, then center the window in the
# display (Motif style) and de-iconify it.
::tk::PlaceWindow $dlg
# 7. Ensure that we are topmost.
raise $dlg
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
# Place it topmost if we aren't at the top of the stacking
# order to ensure that it's seen
if {[lindex [wm stackorder .] end] ne "$dlg"} {
wm attributes $dlg -topmost 1
}
}
# 8. Set a grab and claim the focus too.
::tk::SetFocusGrab $dlg $dlg.ok
# 9. Wait for the user to respond, then restore the focus and
# return the index of the selected button. Restore the focus
# before deleting the window, since otherwise the window manager
# may take the focus away so we can't redirect it. Finally,
# restore any grab that was in effect.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/button.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # button.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk label, button, # checkbutton, and radiobutton widgets and provides procedures # that help in implementing those bindings. # | | | | < | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
# button.tcl --
#
# This file defines the default bindings for Tk label, button,
# checkbutton, and radiobutton widgets and provides procedures
# that help in implementing those bindings.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The code below creates the default class bindings for buttons.
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Radiobutton <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
}
bind Radiobutton <1> {
tk::ButtonDown %W
}
bind Radiobutton <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
}
bind Checkbutton <1> {
tk::ButtonDown %W
}
bind Checkbutton <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Leave> {
tk::ButtonLeave %W
}
}
if {"win32" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
bind Checkbutton <equal> {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W select
}
bind Checkbutton <plus> {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W select
}
bind Checkbutton <minus> {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W deselect
}
bind Checkbutton <1> {
tk::CheckRadioDown %W
}
bind Checkbutton <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Enter> {
tk::CheckRadioEnter %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Leave> {
tk::ButtonLeave %W
}
bind Radiobutton <1> {
tk::CheckRadioDown %W
}
bind Radiobutton <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Radiobutton <Enter> {
tk::CheckRadioEnter %W
}
}
if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
bind Checkbutton <Return> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::CheckInvoke %W
}
}
bind Radiobutton <Return> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W
}
}
bind Checkbutton <1> {
tk::CheckInvoke %W
}
bind Radiobutton <1> {
tk::CheckRadioInvoke %W
}
bind Checkbutton <Enter> {
tk::CheckEnter %W
}
bind Radiobutton <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
bind Button <FocusIn> {}
bind Button <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
}
bind Button <Leave> {
tk::ButtonLeave %W
}
| | | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 |
bind Button <FocusIn> {}
bind Button <Enter> {
tk::ButtonEnter %W
}
bind Button <Leave> {
tk::ButtonLeave %W
}
bind Button <1> {
tk::ButtonDown %W
}
bind Button <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ButtonUp %W
}
bind Checkbutton <FocusIn> {}
bind Radiobutton <FocusIn> {}
bind Radiobutton <Leave> {
tk::ButtonLeave %W
}
if {"win32" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
#########################
# Windows implementation
#########################
# ::tk::ButtonEnter --
# The procedure below is invoked when the mouse pointer enters a
# button widget. It records the button we're in and changes the
# state of the button to active unless the button is disabled.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
593 594 595 596 597 598 599 |
# The procedure below is called when a button is invoked through
# the keyboard. It simulate a press of the button via the mouse.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The name of the widget.
proc ::tk::ButtonInvoke w {
| | < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < | 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 |
# The procedure below is called when a button is invoked through
# the keyboard. It simulate a press of the button via the mouse.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The name of the widget.
proc ::tk::ButtonInvoke w {
if {[$w cget -state] ne "disabled"} {
set oldRelief [$w cget -relief]
set oldState [$w cget -state]
$w configure -state active -relief sunken
update idletasks
after 100
$w configure -state $oldState -relief $oldRelief
uplevel #0 [list $w invoke]
}
}
# ::tk::ButtonAutoInvoke --
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
744 745 746 747 748 749 750 |
proc ::tk::CheckLeave {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {[$w cget -state] ne "disabled"} {
$w configure -state normal
}
| | | < < < | < < < < < < < < | 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 |
proc ::tk::CheckLeave {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {[$w cget -state] ne "disabled"} {
$w configure -state normal
}
# Restore the original button "selected" color; assume that the user
# wasn't monkeying around with things too much.
if {![$w cget -indicatoron] && [info exist Priv($w,selectcolor)]} {
$w configure -selectcolor $Priv($w,selectcolor)
}
unset -nocomplain Priv($w,selectcolor) Priv($w,aselectcolor)
# Restore the original button relief if it was changed by Tk. That is
# signaled by the existence of Priv($w,prelief).
if {[info exists Priv($w,relief)]} {
if {[info exists Priv($w,prelief)] && \
$Priv($w,prelief) eq [$w cget -relief]} {
$w configure -relief $Priv($w,relief)
}
unset -nocomplain Priv($w,relief) Priv($w,prelief)
}
set Priv(window) ""
}
|
Changes to library/choosedir.tcl.
1 2 3 4 | # choosedir.tcl -- # # Choose directory dialog implementation for Unix/Mac. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 |
# choosedir.tcl --
#
# Choose directory dialog implementation for Unix/Mac.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
# Make sure the tk::dialog namespace, in which all dialogs should live, exists
namespace eval ::tk::dialog {}
namespace eval ::tk::dialog::file {}
# Make the chooseDir namespace inside the dialog namespace
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
foreach trace [trace info variable data(selectPath)] {
trace remove variable data(selectPath) [lindex $trace 0] [lindex $trace 1]
}
$data(dirMenuBtn) configure -textvariable {}
# Return value to user
#
| | | 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
foreach trace [trace info variable data(selectPath)] {
trace remove variable data(selectPath) [lindex $trace 0] [lindex $trace 1]
}
$data(dirMenuBtn) configure -textvariable {}
# Return value to user
#
return $Priv(selectFilePath)
}
# ::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::Config --
#
# Configures the Tk choosedir dialog according to the argument list
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
# 3: parse the arguments
#
tclParseConfigSpec ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName $specs "" $argList
if {$data(-title) eq ""} {
set data(-title) "[mc "Choose Directory"]"
}
| | | 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 |
# 3: parse the arguments
#
tclParseConfigSpec ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName $specs "" $argList
if {$data(-title) eq ""} {
set data(-title) "[mc "Choose Directory"]"
}
# Stub out the -multiple value for the dialog; it doesn't make sense for
# choose directory dialogs, but we have to have something there because we
# share so much code with the file dialogs.
set data(-multiple) 0
# 4: set the default directory and selection according to the -initial
# settings
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
cd $old
} else {
set data(selectPath) [pwd]
}
}
if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
| < | | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
cd $old
} else {
set data(selectPath) [pwd]
}
}
if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
error "bad window path name \"$data(-parent)\""
}
}
# Gets called when user presses Return in the "Selection" entry or presses OK.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::OkCmd {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
# 3a. If the value is the same as last time through here, end dialog.
# 3b. If the value is different than last time, save it and return.
# 4. If entry contains a valid directory, then...
# 4a. If the value is the same as the current directory, end dialog.
# 4b. If the value is different from the current directory, change to
# that directory.
| | | | 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
# 3a. If the value is the same as last time through here, end dialog.
# 3b. If the value is different than last time, save it and return.
# 4. If entry contains a valid directory, then...
# 4a. If the value is the same as the current directory, end dialog.
# 4b. If the value is different from the current directory, change to
# that directory.
set selection [tk::IconList_CurSelection $data(icons)]
if {[llength $selection] != 0} {
set iconText [tk::IconList_Get $data(icons) [lindex $selection 0]]
set iconText [file join $data(selectPath) $iconText]
Done $w $iconText
} else {
set text [$data(ent) get]
if {$text eq ""} {
return
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
# always return 1
return 1
}
proc ::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::DblClick {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
| | | > | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 |
# always return 1
return 1
}
proc ::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir::DblClick {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
set selection [tk::IconList_CurSelection $data(icons)]
if {[llength $selection] != 0} {
set filenameFragment \
[tk::IconList_Get $data(icons) [lindex $selection 0]]
set file $data(selectPath)
if {[file isdirectory $file]} {
::tk::dialog::file::ListInvoke $w [list $filenameFragment]
return
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/clrpick.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # clrpick.tcl -- # # Color selection dialog for platforms that do not support a # standard color selection dialog. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
# clrpick.tcl --
#
# Color selection dialog for platforms that do not support a
# standard color selection dialog.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# ToDo:
#
# (1): Find out how many free colors are left in the colormap and
# don't allocate too many colors.
# (2): Implement HSV color selection.
#
# Make sure namespaces exist
namespace eval ::tk {}
namespace eval ::tk::dialog {}
namespace eval ::tk::dialog::color {
namespace import ::tk::msgcat::*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
set data(NUM_COLORBARS) 16
# BARS_WIDTH is the number of pixels wide the color bar portion of the
# canvas is. This number must be a multiple of NUM_COLORBARS
set data(BARS_WIDTH) 160
# PLGN_WIDTH is the number of pixels wide of the triangular selection
| | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
set data(NUM_COLORBARS) 16
# BARS_WIDTH is the number of pixels wide the color bar portion of the
# canvas is. This number must be a multiple of NUM_COLORBARS
set data(BARS_WIDTH) 160
# PLGN_WIDTH is the number of pixels wide of the triangular selection
# polygon. This also results in the definition of the padding on the
# left and right sides which is half of PLGN_WIDTH. Make this number even.
set data(PLGN_HEIGHT) 10
# PLGN_HEIGHT is the height of the selection polygon and the height of the
# selection rectangle at the bottom of the color bar. No restrictions.
set data(PLGN_WIDTH) 10
Config $dataName $args
InitValues $dataName
set sc [winfo screen $data(-parent)]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
186 187 188 189 190 191 192 |
#
tclParseConfigSpec ::tk::dialog::color::$dataName $specs "" $argList
if {$data(-title) eq ""} {
set data(-title) " "
}
if {[catch {winfo rgb . $data(-initialcolor)} err]} {
| < | < | | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
#
tclParseConfigSpec ::tk::dialog::color::$dataName $specs "" $argList
if {$data(-title) eq ""} {
set data(-title) " "
}
if {[catch {winfo rgb . $data(-initialcolor)} err]} {
error $err
}
if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
error "bad window path name \"$data(-parent)\""
}
}
# ::tk::dialog::color::BuildDialog --
#
# Build the dialog.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
312 313 314 315 316 317 318 |
grid columnconfigure $botFrame {0 4} -weight 1 -uniform space
grid columnconfigure $botFrame {1 3} -weight 1 -uniform button
grid columnconfigure $botFrame 2 -weight 2 -uniform space
pack $botFrame -side bottom -fill x
# Accelerator bindings
bind $lab <<AltUnderlined>> [list focus $ent]
| | | | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
grid columnconfigure $botFrame {0 4} -weight 1 -uniform space
grid columnconfigure $botFrame {1 3} -weight 1 -uniform button
grid columnconfigure $botFrame 2 -weight 2 -uniform space
pack $botFrame -side bottom -fill x
# Accelerator bindings
bind $lab <<AltUnderlined>> [list focus $ent]
bind $w <KeyPress-Escape> [list tk::ButtonInvoke $data(cancelBtn)]
bind $w <Alt-Key> [list tk::AltKeyInDialog $w %A]
wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list tk::dialog::color::CancelCmd $w]
bind $lab <Destroy> [list tk::dialog::color::CancelCmd $w]
}
# ::tk::dialog::color::SetRGBValue --
#
# Sets the current selection of the dialog box
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::SetRGBValue {w color} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
set data(red,intensity) [lindex $color 0]
set data(green,intensity) [lindex $color 1]
set data(blue,intensity) [lindex $color 2]
RedrawColorBars $w all
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
364 365 366 367 368 369 370 |
proc ::tk::dialog::color::RgbToX {w color} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
return [expr {($color * $data(colorbarWidth)/ $data(intensityIncr))}]
}
# ::tk::dialog::color::DrawColorScale --
| | | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
proc ::tk::dialog::color::RgbToX {w color} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
return [expr {($color * $data(colorbarWidth)/ $data(intensityIncr))}]
}
# ::tk::dialog::color::DrawColorScale --
#
# Draw color scale is called whenever the size of one of the color
# scale canvases is changed.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::DrawColorScale {w c {create 0}} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
# col: color bar canvas
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
392 393 394 395 396 397 398 |
# Delete the selector if it exists
if {[info exists data($c,index)]} {
$sel delete $data($c,index)
}
# Draw the selection polygons
CreateSelector $w $sel $c
| | | | | 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
# Delete the selector if it exists
if {[info exists data($c,index)]} {
$sel delete $data($c,index)
}
# Draw the selection polygons
CreateSelector $w $sel $c
$sel bind $data($c,index) <ButtonPress-1> \
[list tk::dialog::color::StartMove $w $sel $c %x $data(selPad) 1]
$sel bind $data($c,index) <B1-Motion> \
[list tk::dialog::color::MoveSelector $w $sel $c %x $data(selPad)]
$sel bind $data($c,index) <ButtonRelease-1> \
[list tk::dialog::color::ReleaseMouse $w $sel $c %x $data(selPad)]
set height [winfo height $col]
# Create an invisible region under the colorstrip to catch mouse clicks
# that aren't on the selector.
set data($c,clickRegion) [$sel create rectangle 0 0 \
$data(canvasWidth) $height -fill {} -outline {}]
bind $col <ButtonPress-1> \
[list tk::dialog::color::StartMove $w $sel $c %x $data(colorPad)]
bind $col <B1-Motion> \
[list tk::dialog::color::MoveSelector $w $sel $c %x $data(colorPad)]
bind $col <ButtonRelease-1> \
[list tk::dialog::color::ReleaseMouse $w $sel $c %x $data(colorPad)]
$sel bind $data($c,clickRegion) <ButtonPress-1> \
[list tk::dialog::color::StartMove $w $sel $c %x $data(selPad)]
$sel bind $data($c,clickRegion) <B1-Motion> \
[list tk::dialog::color::MoveSelector $w $sel $c %x $data(selPad)]
$sel bind $data($c,clickRegion) <ButtonRelease-1> \
[list tk::dialog::color::ReleaseMouse $w $sel $c %x $data(selPad)]
} else {
# l is the canvas index of the first colorbar.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
# Params: color of colorstrip that changed. If color is not [red|green|blue]
# Then all colorstrips will be updated
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::RedrawColorBars {w colorChanged} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
switch $colorChanged {
| | | 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 |
# Params: color of colorstrip that changed. If color is not [red|green|blue]
# Then all colorstrips will be updated
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::RedrawColorBars {w colorChanged} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
switch $colorChanged {
red {
DrawColorScale $w green
DrawColorScale $w blue
}
green {
DrawColorScale $w red
DrawColorScale $w blue
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
533 534 535 536 537 538 539 | #---------------------------------------------------------------------- # ::tk::dialog::color::StartMove -- # # Handles a mousedown button event over the selector polygon. # Adds the bindings for moving the mouse while the button is # pressed. Sets the binding for the button-release event. | | | | 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 |
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# ::tk::dialog::color::StartMove --
#
# Handles a mousedown button event over the selector polygon.
# Adds the bindings for moving the mouse while the button is
# pressed. Sets the binding for the button-release event.
#
# Params: sel is the selector canvas window, color is the color of the strip.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::StartMove {w sel color x delta {dontMove 0}} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
if {!$dontMove} {
MoveSelector $w $sel $color $x $delta
}
}
# ::tk::dialog::color::MoveSelector --
#
# Moves the polygon selector so that its middle point has the same
# x value as the specified x. If x is outside the bounds [0,255],
# the selector is set to the closest endpoint.
#
# Params: sel is the selector canvas, c is [red|green|blue]
# x is a x-coordinate.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 |
#
# Removes mouse tracking bindings, updates the colorbars.
#
# Params: sel is the selector canvas, color is the color of the strip,
# x is the x-coord of the mouse.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::ReleaseMouse {w sel color x delta} {
| | | | 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 |
#
# Removes mouse tracking bindings, updates the colorbars.
#
# Params: sel is the selector canvas, color is the color of the strip,
# x is the x-coord of the mouse.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::ReleaseMouse {w sel color x delta} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
set x [MoveSelector $w $sel $color $x $delta]
# Determine exactly what color we are looking at.
set data($color,intensity) [XToRgb $w $x]
RedrawColorBars $w $color
}
# ::tk::dialog::color::ResizeColorbars --
#
# Completely redraws the colorbars, including resizing the
# colorstrips
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::ResizeColorBars {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
if {
($data(BARS_WIDTH) < $data(NUM_COLORBARS)) ||
(($data(BARS_WIDTH) % $data(NUM_COLORBARS)) != 0)
} then {
set data(BARS_WIDTH) $data(NUM_COLORBARS)
}
InitValues [winfo name $w]
foreach color {red green blue} {
$data($color,col) configure -width $data(canvasWidth)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
656 657 658 659 660 661 662 |
if {$data($c,intensity) > 255} {
set data($c,intensity) 255
}
}
SetRGBValue $w "$data(red,intensity) \
$data(green,intensity) $data(blue,intensity)"
| | | 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
if {$data($c,intensity) > 255} {
set data($c,intensity) 255
}
}
SetRGBValue $w "$data(red,intensity) \
$data(green,intensity) $data(blue,intensity)"
}
# mouse cursor enters a color bar
#
proc ::tk::dialog::color::EnterColorBar {w color} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
$data($color,sel) itemconfigure $data($color,index) -fill red
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/comdlg.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # comdlg.tcl -- # # Some functions needed for the common dialog boxes. Probably need to go # in a different file. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # comdlg.tcl -- # # Some functions needed for the common dialog boxes. Probably need to go # in a different file. # # Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # tclParseConfigSpec -- # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
proc tclParseConfigSpec {w specs flags argList} {
upvar #0 $w data
# 1: Put the specs in associative arrays for faster access
#
foreach spec $specs {
if {[llength $spec] < 4} {
| < | < | < | < | | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
proc tclParseConfigSpec {w specs flags argList} {
upvar #0 $w data
# 1: Put the specs in associative arrays for faster access
#
foreach spec $specs {
if {[llength $spec] < 4} {
error "\"spec\" should contain 5 or 4 elements"
}
set cmdsw [lindex $spec 0]
set cmd($cmdsw) ""
set rname($cmdsw) [lindex $spec 1]
set rclass($cmdsw) [lindex $spec 2]
set def($cmdsw) [lindex $spec 3]
set verproc($cmdsw) [lindex $spec 4]
}
if {[llength $argList] & 1} {
set cmdsw [lindex $argList end]
if {![info exists cmd($cmdsw)]} {
error "bad option \"$cmdsw\": must be [tclListValidFlags cmd]"
}
error "value for \"$cmdsw\" missing"
}
# 2: set the default values
#
foreach cmdsw [array names cmd] {
set data($cmdsw) $def($cmdsw)
}
# 3: parse the argument list
#
foreach {cmdsw value} $argList {
if {![info exists cmd($cmdsw)]} {
error "bad option \"$cmdsw\": must be [tclListValidFlags cmd]"
}
set data($cmdsw) $value
}
# Done!
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 |
# within the same focus toplevel. Each toplevel can have only
# one focus group, which is identified by the name of the
# toplevel widget.
#
proc ::tk::FocusGroup_Create {t} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {[winfo toplevel $t] ne $t} {
| < | < | < | | | 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
# within the same focus toplevel. Each toplevel can have only
# one focus group, which is identified by the name of the
# toplevel widget.
#
proc ::tk::FocusGroup_Create {t} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {[winfo toplevel $t] ne $t} {
error "$t is not a toplevel window"
}
if {![info exists Priv(fg,$t)]} {
set Priv(fg,$t) 1
set Priv(focus,$t) ""
bind $t <FocusIn> [list tk::FocusGroup_In $t %W %d]
bind $t <FocusOut> [list tk::FocusGroup_Out $t %W %d]
bind $t <Destroy> [list tk::FocusGroup_Destroy $t %W]
}
}
# ::tk::FocusGroup_BindIn --
#
# Add a widget into the "FocusIn" list of the focus group. The $cmd will be
# called when the widget is focused on by the user.
#
proc ::tk::FocusGroup_BindIn {t w cmd} {
variable FocusIn
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![info exists Priv(fg,$t)]} {
error "focus group \"$t\" doesn't exist"
}
set FocusIn($t,$w) $cmd
}
# ::tk::FocusGroup_BindOut --
#
# Add a widget into the "FocusOut" list of the focus group. The
# $cmd will be called when the widget loses the focus (User
# types Tab or click on another widget).
#
proc ::tk::FocusGroup_BindOut {t w cmd} {
variable FocusOut
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![info exists Priv(fg,$t)]} {
error "focus group \"$t\" doesn't exist"
}
set FocusOut($t,$w) $cmd
}
# ::tk::FocusGroup_Destroy --
#
# Cleans up when members of the focus group is deleted, or when the
# toplevel itself gets deleted.
#
proc ::tk::FocusGroup_Destroy {t w} {
variable FocusIn
variable FocusOut
variable ::tk::Priv
if {$t eq $w} {
unset Priv(fg,$t)
unset Priv(focus,$t)
foreach name [array names FocusIn $t,*] {
unset FocusIn($name)
}
foreach name [array names FocusOut $t,*] {
unset FocusOut($name)
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
# Process the string given by the -filetypes option of the file
# dialogs. Similar to the C function TkGetFileFilters() on the Mac
# and Windows platform.
#
proc ::tk::FDGetFileTypes {string} {
foreach t $string {
if {[llength $t] < 2 || [llength $t] > 3} {
| < | | < | | | 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
# Process the string given by the -filetypes option of the file
# dialogs. Similar to the C function TkGetFileFilters() on the Mac
# and Windows platform.
#
proc ::tk::FDGetFileTypes {string} {
foreach t $string {
if {[llength $t] < 2 || [llength $t] > 3} {
error "bad file type \"$t\", should be \"typeName {extension ?extensions ...?} ?{macType ?macTypes ...?}?\""
}
lappend fileTypes([lindex $t 0]) {*}[lindex $t 1]
}
set types {}
foreach t $string {
set label [lindex $t 0]
set exts {}
if {[info exists hasDoneType($label)]} {
continue
}
# Validate each macType. This is to agree with the
# behaviour of TkGetFileFilters(). This list may be
# empty.
foreach macType [lindex $t 2] {
if {[string length $macType] != 4} {
error "bad Macintosh file type \"$macType\""
}
}
set name "$label \("
set sep ""
set doAppend 1
foreach ext $fileTypes($label) {
if {$ext eq ""} {
continue
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/console.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # console.tcl -- # # This code constructs the console window for an application. It # can be used by non-unix systems that do not have built-in support # for shells. # | | | | | > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
# console.tcl --
#
# This code constructs the console window for an application. It
# can be used by non-unix systems that do not have built-in support
# for shells.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
# Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# TODO: history - remember partially written command
namespace eval ::tk::console {
variable blinkTime 500 ; # msecs to blink braced range for
variable blinkRange 1 ; # enable blinking of the entire braced range
variable magicKeys 1 ; # enable brace matching and proc/var recognition
variable maxLines 600 ; # maximum # of lines buffered in console
variable showMatches 1 ; # show multiple expand matches
variable inPlugin [info exists embed_args]
variable defaultPrompt ; # default prompt if tcl_prompt1 isn't used
if {$inPlugin} {
set defaultPrompt {subst {[history nextid] % }}
} else {
set defaultPrompt {subst {([file tail [pwd]]) [history nextid] % }}
}
}
# simple compat function for tkcon code added for this console
interp alias {} EvalAttached {} consoleinterp eval
# ::tk::ConsoleInit --
# This procedure constructs and configures the console windows.
#
# Arguments:
# None.
proc ::tk::ConsoleInit {} {
global tcl_platform
if {![consoleinterp eval {set tcl_interactive}]} {
wm withdraw .
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set mod "Cmd"
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc Cu&t] -accel "$mod+X"\
-command {event generate .console <<Cut>>}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc &Copy] -accel "$mod+C"\
-command {event generate .console <<Copy>>}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc P&aste] -accel "$mod+V"\
-command {event generate .console <<Paste>>}
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc Cu&t] -accel "$mod+X"\
-command {event generate .console <<Cut>>}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc &Copy] -accel "$mod+C"\
-command {event generate .console <<Copy>>}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc P&aste] -accel "$mod+V"\
-command {event generate .console <<Paste>>}
if {$tcl_platform(platform) ne "windows"} {
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc Cl&ear] \
-command {event generate .console <<Clear>>}
} else {
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc &Delete] \
-command {event generate .console <<Clear>>} -accel "Del"
AmpMenuArgs .menubar add cascade -label [mc &Help] -menu .menubar.help
menu .menubar.help -tearoff 0
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.help add command -label [mc &About...] \
-command tk::ConsoleAbout
}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add separator
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc "&Increase Font Size"] \
-accel "$mod++" -command {event generate .console <<Console_FontSizeIncr>>}
AmpMenuArgs .menubar.edit add command -label [mc "&Decrease Font Size"] \
-accel "$mod+-" -command {event generate .console <<Console_FontSizeDecr>>}
. configure -menu .menubar
# See if we can find a better font than the TkFixedFont
catch {font create TkConsoleFont {*}[font configure TkFixedFont]}
set families [font families]
switch -exact -- [tk windowingsystem] {
aqua { set preferred {Monaco 10} }
win32 { set preferred {ProFontWindows 8 Consolas 8} }
default { set preferred {} }
}
foreach {family size} $preferred {
if {[lsearch -exact $families $family] != -1} {
font configure TkConsoleFont -family $family -size $size
break
}
}
# Provide the right border for the text widget (platform dependent).
::ttk::style layout ConsoleFrame {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
$w insert output $string stdout
}
$w mark set output $temp
::tk::TextSetCursor $w end
$w mark set promptEnd insert
$w mark gravity promptEnd left
| | | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
$w insert output $string stdout
}
$w mark set output $temp
::tk::TextSetCursor $w end
$w mark set promptEnd insert
$w mark gravity promptEnd left
if {$tcl_platform(platform) eq "windows"} {
# Subtle work-around to erase the '% ' that tclMain.c prints out
after idle [subst -nocommand {
if {[$con get 1.0 output] eq "% "} { $con delete 1.0 output }
}]
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
proc ::tk::ConsoleSource {} {
set filename [tk_getOpenFile -defaultextension .tcl -parent . \
-title [mc "Select a file to source"] \
-filetypes [list \
[list [mc "Tcl Scripts"] .tcl] \
[list [mc "All Files"] *]]]
if {$filename ne ""} {
| | | 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
proc ::tk::ConsoleSource {} {
set filename [tk_getOpenFile -defaultextension .tcl -parent . \
-title [mc "Select a file to source"] \
-filetypes [list \
[list [mc "Tcl Scripts"] .tcl] \
[list [mc "All Files"] *]]]
if {$filename ne ""} {
set cmd [list source $filename]
if {[catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} result]} {
ConsoleOutput stderr "$result\n"
}
}
}
# ::tk::ConsoleInvoke --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
282 283 284 285 286 287 288 |
}
if {[catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} cmd]} {
incr HistNum
return
}
.console delete promptEnd end
.console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}
| < < | | 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
}
if {[catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} cmd]} {
incr HistNum
return
}
.console delete promptEnd end
.console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}
}
next {
incr HistNum
if {$HistNum == 0} {
set cmd {history event [expr {[history nextid] -1}]}
} elseif {$HistNum > 0} {
set cmd ""
set HistNum 1
} else {
set cmd "history event $HistNum"
}
if {$cmd ne ""} {
catch {consoleinterp eval $cmd} cmd
}
.console delete promptEnd end
.console insert promptEnd $cmd {input stdin}
}
reset {
set HistNum 1
}
}
}
# ::tk::ConsolePrompt --
# This procedure draws the prompt. If tcl_prompt1 or tcl_prompt2
# exists in the main interpreter it will be called to generate the
# prompt. Otherwise, a hard coded default prompt is printed.
#
# Arguments:
# partial - Flag to specify which prompt to print.
proc ::tk::ConsolePrompt {{partial normal}} {
set w .console
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
tk::ConsoleInsert $w "\n"
tk::ConsoleInvoke
tk::ConsoleInsert $w $x
}
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 |
tk::ConsoleInsert $w "\n"
tk::ConsoleInvoke
tk::ConsoleInsert $w $x
}
}
}
# ::tk::ConsoleBind --
# This procedure first ensures that the default bindings for the Text
# class have been defined. Then certain bindings are overridden for
# the class.
#
# Arguments:
# None.
proc ::tk::ConsoleBind {w} {
bindtags $w [list $w Console PostConsole [winfo toplevel $w] all]
## Get all Text bindings into Console
foreach ev [bind Text] {
bind Console $ev [bind Text $ev]
}
## We really didn't want the newline insertion...
bind Console <Control-Key-o> {}
## ...or any Control-v binding (would block <<Paste>>)
bind Console <Control-Key-v> {}
# For the moment, transpose isn't enabled until the console
# gets and overhaul of how it handles input -- hobbs
bind Console <Control-Key-t> {}
# Ignore all Alt, Meta, and Control keypresses unless explicitly bound.
# Otherwise, if a widget binding for one of these is defined, the
# <Keypress> class binding will also fire and insert the character
# which is wrong.
bind Console <Alt-KeyPress> {# nothing }
bind Console <Meta-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind Console <Control-KeyPress> {# nothing}
foreach {ev key} {
<<Console_Prev>> <Key-Up>
<<Console_Next>> <Key-Down>
<<Console_NextImmediate>> <Control-Key-n>
<<Console_PrevImmediate>> <Control-Key-p>
<<Console_PrevSearch>> <Control-Key-r>
<<Console_NextSearch>> <Control-Key-s>
<<Console_Expand>> <Key-Tab>
<<Console_Expand>> <Key-Escape>
<<Console_ExpandFile>> <Control-Shift-Key-F>
<<Console_ExpandProc>> <Control-Shift-Key-P>
<<Console_ExpandVar>> <Control-Shift-Key-V>
<<Console_Tab>> <Control-Key-i>
<<Console_Tab>> <Meta-Key-i>
<<Console_Eval>> <Key-Return>
<<Console_Eval>> <Key-KP_Enter>
<<Console_Clear>> <Control-Key-l>
<<Console_KillLine>> <Control-Key-k>
<<Console_Transpose>> <Control-Key-t>
<<Console_ClearLine>> <Control-Key-u>
<<Console_SaveCommand>> <Control-Key-z>
<<Console_FontSizeIncr>> <Control-Key-plus>
<<Console_FontSizeDecr>> <Control-Key-minus>
} {
event add $ev $key
bind Console $key {}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
foreach {ev key} {
<<Console_FontSizeIncr>> <Command-Key-plus>
<<Console_FontSizeDecr>> <Command-Key-minus>
} {
event add $ev $key
bind Console $key {}
}
}
bind Console <<Console_Expand>> {
if {[%W compare insert > promptEnd]} {
::tk::console::Expand %W
}
}
bind Console <<Console_ExpandFile>> {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 |
[%W compare insert > promptEnd]} {
%W delete insert-1c
%W see insert
}
}
bind Console <Control-h> [bind Console <BackSpace>]
| | > | > | 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 |
[%W compare insert > promptEnd]} {
%W delete insert-1c
%W see insert
}
}
bind Console <Control-h> [bind Console <BackSpace>]
bind Console <Home> {
if {[%W compare insert < promptEnd]} {
tk::TextSetCursor %W {insert linestart}
} else {
tk::TextSetCursor %W promptEnd
}
}
bind Console <Control-a> [bind Console <Home>]
bind Console <End> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W {insert lineend}
}
bind Console <Control-e> [bind Console <End>]
bind Console <Control-d> {
if {[%W compare insert < promptEnd]} {
break
}
%W delete insert
}
bind Console <<Console_KillLine>> {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
574 575 576 577 578 579 580 |
}
}
bind Console <Meta-Delete> {
if {[%W compare insert >= promptEnd]} {
%W delete insert {insert wordend}
}
}
| | | | | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | | | | | 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 |
}
}
bind Console <Meta-Delete> {
if {[%W compare insert >= promptEnd]} {
%W delete insert {insert wordend}
}
}
bind Console <<Console_Prev>> {
tk::ConsoleHistory prev
}
bind Console <<Console_Next>> {
tk::ConsoleHistory next
}
bind Console <Insert> {
catch {tk::ConsoleInsert %W [::tk::GetSelection %W PRIMARY]}
}
bind Console <KeyPress> {
tk::ConsoleInsert %W %A
}
bind Console <F9> {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
source [file join $tk_library console.tcl]
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Console <Command-q> {
exit
}
}
bind Console <<Cut>> { ::tk::console::Cut %W }
bind Console <<Copy>> { ::tk::console::Copy %W }
bind Console <<Paste>> { ::tk::console::Paste %W }
bind Console <<Console_FontSizeIncr>> {
set size [font configure TkConsoleFont -size]
font configure TkConsoleFont -size [incr size]
}
bind Console <<Console_FontSizeDecr>> {
set size [font configure TkConsoleFont -size]
font configure TkConsoleFont -size [incr size -1]
}
##
## Bindings for doing special things based on certain keys
##
bind PostConsole <Key-parenright> {
if {"\\" ne [%W get insert-2c]} {
::tk::console::MatchPair %W \( \) promptEnd
}
}
bind PostConsole <Key-bracketright> {
if {"\\" ne [%W get insert-2c]} {
::tk::console::MatchPair %W \[ \] promptEnd
}
}
bind PostConsole <Key-braceright> {
if {"\\" ne [%W get insert-2c]} {
::tk::console::MatchPair %W \{ \} promptEnd
}
}
bind PostConsole <Key-quotedbl> {
if {"\\" ne [%W get insert-2c]} {
::tk::console::MatchQuote %W promptEnd
}
}
bind PostConsole <KeyPress> {
if {"%A" ne ""} {
::tk::console::TagProc %W
}
}
}
# ::tk::ConsoleInsert --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
724 725 726 727 728 729 730 |
proc ::tk::ConsoleAbout {} {
tk_messageBox -type ok -message "[mc {Tcl for Windows}]
Tcl $::tcl_patchLevel
Tk $::tk_patchLevel"
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 |
proc ::tk::ConsoleAbout {} {
tk_messageBox -type ok -message "[mc {Tcl for Windows}]
Tcl $::tcl_patchLevel
Tk $::tk_patchLevel"
}
# ::tk::console::TagProc --
#
# Tags a procedure in the console if it's recognized
# This procedure is not perfect. However, making it perfect wastes
# too much CPU time...
#
# Arguments:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
802 803 804 805 806 807 808 | # # Arguments: # w - console text widget # c1 - first char of pair # c2 - second char of pair # # Calls: ::tk::console::Blink | | | 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - console text widget
# c1 - first char of pair
# c2 - second char of pair
#
# Calls: ::tk::console::Blink
proc ::tk::console::MatchPair {w c1 c2 {lim 1.0}} {
if {!$::tk::console::magicKeys} {
return
}
if {{} ne [set ix [$w search -back $c1 insert $lim]]} {
while {
[string match {\\} [$w get $ix-1c]] &&
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
857 858 859 860 861 862 863 | # Blinks just the quote if it's unmatched, otherwise blinks quoted string # The quote to match is assumed to be at the text index 'insert'. # # Arguments: # w - console text widget # # Calls: ::tk::console::Blink | | | 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 |
# Blinks just the quote if it's unmatched, otherwise blinks quoted string
# The quote to match is assumed to be at the text index 'insert'.
#
# Arguments:
# w - console text widget
#
# Calls: ::tk::console::Blink
proc ::tk::console::MatchQuote {w {lim 1.0}} {
if {!$::tk::console::magicKeys} {
return
}
set i insert-1c
set j 0
while {[set i [$w search -back \" $i $lim]] ne {}} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
992 993 994 995 996 997 998 | # Arguments: # str - partial file pathname to expand # # Calls: ::tk::console::ExpandBestMatch # # Returns: list containing longest unique match followed by all the # possible further matches | | | | > | | 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 |
# Arguments:
# str - partial file pathname to expand
#
# Calls: ::tk::console::ExpandBestMatch
#
# Returns: list containing longest unique match followed by all the
# possible further matches
proc ::tk::console::ExpandPathname str {
set pwd [EvalAttached pwd]
if {[catch {EvalAttached [list cd [file dirname $str]]} err]} {
return -code error $err
}
set dir [file tail $str]
## Check to see if it was known to be a directory and keep the trailing
## slash if so (file tail cuts it off)
if {[string match */ $str]} {
append dir /
}
if {[catch {lsort [EvalAttached [list glob $dir*]]} m]} {
set match {}
} else {
if {[llength $m] > 1} {
global tcl_platform
if {[string match windows $tcl_platform(platform)]} {
## Windows is screwy because it's case insensitive
set tmp [ExpandBestMatch [string tolower $m] \
[string tolower $dir]]
## Don't change case if we haven't changed the word
if {[string length $dir]==[string length $tmp]} {
set tmp $dir
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/aniwave.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
set w .aniwave
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Animated Wave Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "aniwave"
positionWindow $w
| | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
set w .aniwave
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Animated Wave Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "aniwave"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "This demonstration contains a canvas widget with a line item inside it. The animation routines work by adjusting the coordinates list of the line; a trace on a variable is used so updates to the variable result in a change of position of the line."
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
# Create a canvas large enough to hold the wave. In fact, the wave
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/arrow.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
set demo_arrowInfo(motionProc) arrowMoveNull
set demo_arrowInfo(x1) 40
set demo_arrowInfo(x2) 350
set demo_arrowInfo(y) 150
set demo_arrowInfo(smallTips) {5 5 2}
set demo_arrowInfo(count) 0
if {[winfo depth $c] > 1} {
| < | < < < | | | | | | | 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
set demo_arrowInfo(motionProc) arrowMoveNull
set demo_arrowInfo(x1) 40
set demo_arrowInfo(x2) 350
set demo_arrowInfo(y) 150
set demo_arrowInfo(smallTips) {5 5 2}
set demo_arrowInfo(count) 0
if {[winfo depth $c] > 1} {
set demo_arrowInfo(bigLineStyle) "-fill SkyBlue1"
set demo_arrowInfo(boxStyle) "-fill {} -outline black -width 1"
set demo_arrowInfo(activeStyle) "-fill red -outline black -width 1"
} else {
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
set demo_arrowInfo(bigLineStyle) "-fill black \
-stipple @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images grey.25]"
set demo_arrowInfo(boxStyle) "-fill {} -outline black -width 1"
set demo_arrowInfo(activeStyle) "-fill black -outline black -width 1"
}
arrowSetup $c
$c bind box <Enter> "$c itemconfigure current $demo_arrowInfo(activeStyle)"
$c bind box <Leave> "$c itemconfigure current $demo_arrowInfo(boxStyle)"
$c bind box <B1-Enter> " "
$c bind box <B1-Leave> " "
$c bind box1 <1> {set demo_arrowInfo(motionProc) arrowMove1}
$c bind box2 <1> {set demo_arrowInfo(motionProc) arrowMove2}
$c bind box3 <1> {set demo_arrowInfo(motionProc) arrowMove3}
$c bind box <B1-Motion> "\$demo_arrowInfo(motionProc) $c %x %y"
bind $c <Any-ButtonRelease-1> "arrowSetup $c"
# arrowMove1 --
# This procedure is called for each mouse motion event on box1 (the
# one at the vertex of the arrow). It updates the controlling parameters
# for the line and arrowhead.
#
# Arguments:
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/bind.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | ## See Code / Dismiss buttons set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x text $w.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" -setgrid true \ -width 60 -height 24 -font $font -wrap word | | | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
text $w.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" -setgrid true \
-width 60 -height 24 -font $font -wrap word
scrollbar $w.scroll -command "$w.text yview"
pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y
pack $w.text -expand yes -fill both
# Set up display styles.
if {[winfo depth $w] > 1} {
set bold "-background #43ce80 -relief raised -borderwidth 1"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
$w.text insert end \n\n
$w.text insert end \
{6. A grid that demonstrates how canvases can be scrolled.} d6
# Create bindings for tags.
foreach tag {d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6} {
| | | | | | | | | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
$w.text insert end \n\n
$w.text insert end \
{6. A grid that demonstrates how canvases can be scrolled.} d6
# Create bindings for tags.
foreach tag {d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 d6} {
$w.text tag bind $tag <Any-Enter> "$w.text tag configure $tag $bold"
$w.text tag bind $tag <Any-Leave> "$w.text tag configure $tag $normal"
}
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
$w.text tag bind d1 <1> {source -encoding utf-8 [file join $tk_demoDirectory items.tcl]}
$w.text tag bind d2 <1> {source -encoding utf-8 [file join $tk_demoDirectory plot.tcl]}
$w.text tag bind d3 <1> {source -encoding utf-8 [file join $tk_demoDirectory ctext.tcl]}
$w.text tag bind d4 <1> {source -encoding utf-8 [file join $tk_demoDirectory arrow.tcl]}
$w.text tag bind d5 <1> {source -encoding utf-8 [file join $tk_demoDirectory ruler.tcl]}
$w.text tag bind d6 <1> {source -encoding utf-8 [file join $tk_demoDirectory cscroll.tcl]}
$w.text mark set insert 0.0
$w.text configure -state disabled
|
Changes to library/demos/colors.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | pack $w.frame -side top -expand yes -fill y scrollbar $w.frame.scroll -command "$w.frame.list yview" listbox $w.frame.list -yscroll "$w.frame.scroll set" \ -width 20 -height 16 -setgrid 1 pack $w.frame.list $w.frame.scroll -side left -fill y -expand 1 | | | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
pack $w.frame -side top -expand yes -fill y
scrollbar $w.frame.scroll -command "$w.frame.list yview"
listbox $w.frame.list -yscroll "$w.frame.scroll set" \
-width 20 -height 16 -setgrid 1
pack $w.frame.list $w.frame.scroll -side left -fill y -expand 1
bind $w.frame.list <Double-1> {
tk_setPalette [selection get]
}
$w.frame.list insert 0 gray60 gray70 gray80 gray85 gray90 gray95 \
snow1 snow2 snow3 snow4 seashell1 seashell2 \
seashell3 seashell4 AntiqueWhite1 AntiqueWhite2 AntiqueWhite3 \
AntiqueWhite4 bisque1 bisque2 bisque3 bisque4 PeachPuff1 \
PeachPuff2 PeachPuff3 PeachPuff4 NavajoWhite1 NavajoWhite2 \
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/combo.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 |
# combo.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates several combobox widgets.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .combo
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Combobox Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "combo"
positionWindow $w
| > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
# combo.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates several combobox widgets.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
package require Ttk
set w .combo
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Combobox Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "combo"
positionWindow $w
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney
ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
| | < | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 |
Canberra Sydney Melbourne Perth Adelaide Brisbane
Hobart Darwin "Alice Springs"
}
set secondValue unchangable
set ozCity Sydney
ttk::labelframe $w.c1 -text "Fully Editable"
ttk::combobox $w.c1.c -textvariable firstValue
ttk::labelframe $w.c2 -text Disabled
ttk::combobox $w.c2.c -textvariable secondValue -state disabled
ttk::labelframe $w.c3 -text "Defined List Only"
ttk::combobox $w.c3.c -textvariable ozCity -state readonly \
-values $australianCities
bind $w.c1.c <Return> {
if {[%W get] ni [%W cget -values]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/cscroll.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
set bg [lindex [$c config -bg] 4]
for {set i 0} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
set x [expr {-10 + 3*$i}]
for {set j 0; set y -10} {$j < 10} {incr j; incr y 3} {
$c create rect ${x}c ${y}c [expr {$x+2}]c [expr {$y+2}]c \
| | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < < | < | | < | < | | < < < < < < | < | | | < < < | | | < > > > | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
set bg [lindex [$c config -bg] 4]
for {set i 0} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
set x [expr {-10 + 3*$i}]
for {set j 0; set y -10} {$j < 10} {incr j; incr y 3} {
$c create rect ${x}c ${y}c [expr {$x+2}]c [expr {$y+2}]c \
-outline black -fill $bg -tags rect
$c create text [expr {$x+1}]c [expr {$y+1}]c -text "$i,$j" \
-anchor center -tags text
}
}
$c bind all <Any-Enter> "scrollEnter $c"
$c bind all <Any-Leave> "scrollLeave $c"
$c bind all <1> "scrollButton $c"
bind $c <2> "$c scan mark %x %y"
bind $c <B2-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y"
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind $c <MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {- (%D)}] units
}
bind $c <Option-MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units
}
bind $c <Shift-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {- (%D)}] units
}
bind $c <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units
}
}
proc scrollEnter canvas {
global oldFill
set id [$canvas find withtag current]
if {[lsearch [$canvas gettags current] text] >= 0} {
set id [expr {$id-1}]
}
set oldFill [lindex [$canvas itemconfig $id -fill] 4]
if {[winfo depth $canvas] > 1} {
$canvas itemconfigure $id -fill SeaGreen1
} else {
$canvas itemconfigure $id -fill black
$canvas itemconfigure [expr {$id+1}] -fill white
}
}
proc scrollLeave canvas {
global oldFill
set id [$canvas find withtag current]
if {[lsearch [$canvas gettags current] text] >= 0} {
set id [expr {$id-1}]
}
$canvas itemconfigure $id -fill $oldFill
$canvas itemconfigure [expr {$id+1}] -fill black
}
proc scrollButton canvas {
global oldFill
set id [$canvas find withtag current]
if {[lsearch [$canvas gettags current] text] < 0} {
set id [expr {$id+1}]
}
puts stdout "You buttoned at [lindex [$canvas itemconf $id -text] 4]"
}
|
Changes to library/demos/ctext.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Canvas Text Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "Text"
positionWindow $w
set c $w.c
| | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Canvas Text Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "Text"
positionWindow $w
set c $w.c
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 5i -justify left -text "This window displays a string of text to demonstrate the text facilities of canvas widgets. You can click in the boxes to adjust the position of the text relative to its positioning point or change its justification. The text also supports the following simple bindings for editing:
1. You can point, click, and type.
2. You can also select with button 1.
3. You can copy the selection to the mouse position with button 2.
4. Backspace and Control+h delete the selection if there is one;
otherwise they delete the character just before the insertion cursor.
5. Delete deletes the selection if there is one; otherwise it deletes
the character just after the insertion cursor."
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
set textFont {Helvetica 24}
$c create rectangle 245 195 255 205 -outline black -fill red
# First, create the text item and give it bindings so it can be edited.
| | | | | < < < | < | | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
set textFont {Helvetica 24}
$c create rectangle 245 195 255 205 -outline black -fill red
# First, create the text item and give it bindings so it can be edited.
$c addtag text withtag [$c create text 250 200 -text "This is just a string of text to demonstrate the text facilities of canvas widgets. Bindings have been been defined to support editing (see above)." -width 440 -anchor n -font $textFont -justify left]
$c bind text <1> "textB1Press $c %x %y"
$c bind text <B1-Motion> "textB1Move $c %x %y"
$c bind text <Shift-1> "$c select adjust current @%x,%y"
$c bind text <Shift-B1-Motion> "textB1Move $c %x %y"
$c bind text <KeyPress> "textInsert $c %A"
$c bind text <Return> "textInsert $c \\n"
$c bind text <Control-h> "textBs $c"
$c bind text <BackSpace> "textBs $c"
$c bind text <Delete> "textDel $c"
$c bind text <2> "textPaste $c @%x,%y"
# Next, create some items that allow the text's anchor position
# to be edited.
proc mkTextConfig {w x y option value color} {
set item [$w create rect $x $y [expr {$x+30}] [expr {$y+30}] \
-outline black -fill $color -width 1]
$w bind $item <1> "$w itemconf text $option $value"
$w addtag config withtag $item
}
set x 50
set y 50
set color LightSkyBlue1
mkTextConfig $c $x $y -anchor se $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x+30}] [expr {$y }] -anchor s $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x+60}] [expr {$y }] -anchor sw $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x }] [expr {$y+30}] -anchor e $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x+30}] [expr {$y+30}] -anchor center $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x+60}] [expr {$y+30}] -anchor w $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x }] [expr {$y+60}] -anchor ne $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x+30}] [expr {$y+60}] -anchor n $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x+60}] [expr {$y+60}] -anchor nw $color
set item [$c create rect \
[expr {$x+40}] [expr {$y+40}] [expr {$x+50}] [expr {$y+50}] \
-outline black -fill red]
$c bind $item <1> "$c itemconf text -anchor center"
$c create text [expr {$x+45}] [expr {$y-5}] \
-text {Text Position} -anchor s -font {Times 24} -fill brown
# Lastly, create some items that allow the text's justification to be
# changed.
set x 350
set y 50
set color SeaGreen2
mkTextConfig $c $x $y -justify left $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x+30}] $y -justify center $color
mkTextConfig $c [expr {$x+60}] $y -justify right $color
$c create text [expr {$x+45}] [expr {$y-5}] \
-text {Justification} -anchor s -font {Times 24} -fill brown
$c bind config <Enter> "textEnter $c"
$c bind config <Leave> "$c itemconf current -fill \$textConfigFill"
set textConfigFill {}
proc textEnter {w} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/dialog1.tcl.
1 2 3 4 | # dialog1.tcl -- # # This demonstration script creates a dialog box with a local grab. | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
# dialog1.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a dialog box with a local grab.
after idle {.dialog1.msg configure -wraplength 4i}
set i [tk_dialog .dialog1 "Dialog with local grab" {This is a modal dialog box. It uses Tk's "grab" command to create a "local grab" on the dialog box. The grab prevents any pointer-related events from getting to any other windows in the application until you have answered the dialog by invoking one of the buttons below. However, you can still interact with other applications.} \
info 0 OK Cancel {Show Code}]
switch $i {
0 {puts "You pressed OK"}
1 {puts "You pressed Cancel"}
2 {showCode .dialog1}
}
|
Changes to library/demos/dialog2.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 |
# dialog2.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a dialog box with a global grab.
after idle {
.dialog2.msg configure -wraplength 4i
}
after 100 {
grab -global .dialog2
}
| | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
# dialog2.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a dialog box with a global grab.
after idle {
.dialog2.msg configure -wraplength 4i
}
after 100 {
grab -global .dialog2
}
set i [tk_dialog .dialog2 "Dialog with global grab" {This dialog box uses a global grab, so it prevents you from interacting with anything on your display until you invoke one of the buttons below. Global grabs are almost always a bad idea; don't use them unless you're truly desperate.} warning 0 OK Cancel {Show Code}]
switch $i {
0 {puts "You pressed OK"}
1 {puts "You pressed Cancel"}
2 {showCode .dialog2}
}
|
Changes to library/demos/entry1.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
set w .entry1
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Entry Demonstration (no scrollbars)"
wm iconname $w "entry1"
positionWindow $w
| | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
set w .entry1
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Entry Demonstration (no scrollbars)"
wm iconname $w "entry1"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 5i -justify left -text "Three different entries are displayed below. You can add characters by pointing, clicking and typing. The normal Motif editing characters are supported, along with many Emacs bindings. For example, Backspace and Control-h delete the character to the left of the insertion cursor and Delete and Control-d delete the chararacter to the right of the insertion cursor. For entries that are too large to fit in the window all at once, you can scan through the entries by dragging with mouse button2 pressed."
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
entry $w.e1
entry $w.e2
entry $w.e3
pack $w.e1 $w.e2 $w.e3 -side top -pady 5 -padx 10 -fill x
$w.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."
|
Changes to library/demos/entry2.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
set w .entry2
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Entry Demonstration (with scrollbars)"
wm iconname $w "entry2"
positionWindow $w
| | | | | < | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
set w .entry2
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Entry Demonstration (with scrollbars)"
wm iconname $w "entry2"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 5i -justify left -text "Three different entries are displayed below, with a scrollbar for each entry. You can add characters by pointing, clicking and typing. The normal Motif editing characters are supported, along with many Emacs bindings. For example, Backspace and Control-h delete the character to the left of the insertion cursor and Delete and Control-d delete the chararacter to the right of the insertion cursor. For entries that are too large to fit in the window all at once, you can scan through the entries with the scrollbars, or by dragging with mouse button2 pressed."
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
frame $w.frame -borderwidth 10
pack $w.frame -side top -fill x -expand 1
entry $w.frame.e1 -xscrollcommand "$w.frame.s1 set"
scrollbar $w.frame.s1 -relief sunken -orient horiz -command \
"$w.frame.e1 xview"
frame $w.frame.spacer1 -width 20 -height 10
entry $w.frame.e2 -xscrollcommand "$w.frame.s2 set"
scrollbar $w.frame.s2 -relief sunken -orient horiz -command \
"$w.frame.e2 xview"
frame $w.frame.spacer2 -width 20 -height 10
entry $w.frame.e3 -xscrollcommand "$w.frame.s3 set"
scrollbar $w.frame.s3 -relief sunken -orient horiz -command \
"$w.frame.e3 xview"
pack $w.frame.e1 $w.frame.s1 $w.frame.spacer1 $w.frame.e2 $w.frame.s2 \
$w.frame.spacer2 $w.frame.e3 $w.frame.s3 -side top -fill x
$w.frame.e1 insert 0 "Initial value"
$w.frame.e2 insert end "This entry contains a long value, much too long "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "to fit in the window at one time, so long in fact "
$w.frame.e2 insert end "that you'll have to scan or scroll to see the end."
|
Changes to library/demos/entry3.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
# vmode - The widget's validation mode
# idx - The index where replacement is to occur
# char - The character (or string, though that will always be
# refused) to be overwritten at that point.
proc validatePhoneChange {W vmode idx char} {
global phoneNumberMap entry3content
| | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
# vmode - The widget's validation mode
# idx - The index where replacement is to occur
# char - The character (or string, though that will always be
# refused) to be overwritten at that point.
proc validatePhoneChange {W vmode idx char} {
global phoneNumberMap entry3content
if {$idx == -1} {return 1}
after idle [list $W configure -validate $vmode -invcmd bell]
if {
!($idx<3 || $idx==6 || $idx==7 || $idx==11 || $idx>15) &&
[string match {[0-9A-Za-z]} $char]
} then {
$W delete $idx
$W insert $idx [string map $phoneNumberMap $char]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 |
# Click to focus goes to the first editable character...
bind $w.l3.e <FocusIn> {
if {"%d" ne "NotifyAncestor"} {
%W icursor 3
after idle {%W selection clear}
}
}
| | | | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
# Click to focus goes to the first editable character...
bind $w.l3.e <FocusIn> {
if {"%d" ne "NotifyAncestor"} {
%W icursor 3
after idle {%W selection clear}
}
}
bind $w.l3.e <Left> {phoneSkipLeft %W}
bind $w.l3.e <Right> {phoneSkipRight %W}
pack $w.l3.e -fill x -expand 1 -padx 1m -pady 1m
labelframe $w.l4 -text "Password Entry"
entry $w.l4.e -validate key -show "*" -vcmd {expr {[string length %P]<=8}}
pack $w.l4.e -fill x -expand 1 -padx 1m -pady 1m
lower [frame $w.mid]
grid $w.l1 $w.l2 -in $w.mid -padx 3m -pady 1m -sticky ew
grid $w.l3 $w.l4 -in $w.mid -padx 3m -pady 1m -sticky ew
grid columnconfigure $w.mid {0 1} -uniform 1
pack $w.msg -side top
pack $w.mid -fill both -expand 1
|
Changes to library/demos/filebox.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
set w .filebox
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "File Selection Dialogs"
wm iconname $w "filebox"
positionWindow $w
| < < < | | | | | | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
set w .filebox
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "File Selection Dialogs"
wm iconname $w "filebox"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "Enter a file name in the entry box or click on the \"Browse\" buttons to select a file name using the file selection dialog."
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
foreach i {open save} {
set f [frame $w.$i]
label $f.lab -text "Select a file to $i: " -anchor e
entry $f.ent -width 20
button $f.but -text "Browse ..." -command "fileDialog $w $f.ent $i"
pack $f.lab -side left
pack $f.ent -side left -expand yes -fill x
pack $f.but -side left
pack $f -fill x -padx 1c -pady 3
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
checkbutton $w.strict -text "Use Motif Style Dialog" \
-variable tk_strictMotif -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
pack $w.strict -anchor c
# This binding ensures that we don't run the rest of the demos
# with motif style interactions
bind $w.strict <Destroy> {set tk_strictMotif 0}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/floor.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
global currentRoom floorItems colors
$w delete highlight
if {[catch {set item $floorItems($currentRoom)}]} {
return
}
set new [eval \
"$w create polygon [$w coords $item] -fill $colors(active) \
| | | | | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
global currentRoom floorItems colors
$w delete highlight
if {[catch {set item $floorItems($currentRoom)}]} {
return
}
set new [eval \
"$w create polygon [$w coords $item] -fill $colors(active) \
-tags highlight"]
$w raise $new marker
}
# bg1 --
# This procedure represents part of the floorplan database. When
# invoked, it instantiates the background information for the first
# floor.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# fill - Fill color to use for the floor's background.
# outline - Color to use for the floor's outline.
proc bg1 {w fill outline} {
$w create poly 347 80 349 82 351 84 353 85 363 92 375 99 386 104 \
386 129 398 129 398 162 484 162 484 129 559 129 559 133 725 \
133 725 129 802 129 802 389 644 389 644 391 559 391 559 327 \
508 327 508 311 484 311 484 278 395 278 395 288 400 288 404 \
288 409 290 413 292 418 297 421 302 422 309 421 318 417 325 \
411 330 405 332 397 333 344 333 340 334 336 336 335 338 332 \
342 331 347 332 351 334 354 336 357 341 359 340 360 335 363 \
331 365 326 366 304 366 304 355 258 355 258 387 60 387 60 391 \
0 391 0 337 3 337 3 114 8 114 8 25 30 25 30 5 93 5 98 5 104 7 \
110 10 116 16 119 20 122 28 123 32 123 68 220 68 220 34 221 \
22 223 17 227 13 231 8 236 4 242 2 246 0 260 0 283 1 300 5 \
321 14 335 22 348 25 365 29 363 39 358 48 352 56 337 70 \
344 76 347 80 \
-tags {floor1 bg} -fill $fill
$w create line 386 129 398 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg}
$w create line 258 355 258 387 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg}
$w create line 60 387 60 391 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg}
$w create line 0 337 0 391 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg}
$w create line 60 391 0 391 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg}
$w create line 3 114 3 337 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg}
$w create line 258 387 60 387 -fill $outline -tags {floor1 bg}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# fill - Fill color to use for the floor's background.
# outline - Color to use for the floor's outline.
proc bg2 {w fill outline} {
| | | | 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# fill - Fill color to use for the floor's background.
# outline - Color to use for the floor's outline.
proc bg2 {w fill outline} {
$w create poly 559 129 484 129 484 162 398 162 398 129 315 129 \
315 133 176 133 176 129 96 129 96 133 3 133 3 339 0 339 0 391 \
60 391 60 387 258 387 258 329 350 329 350 311 395 311 395 280 \
484 280 484 311 508 311 508 327 558 327 558 391 644 391 644 \
367 802 367 802 129 725 129 725 133 559 133 559 129 \
-tags {floor2 bg} -fill $fill
$w create line 350 311 350 329 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg}
$w create line 398 129 398 162 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg}
$w create line 802 367 802 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg}
$w create line 802 129 725 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg}
$w create line 725 133 725 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg}
$w create line 559 129 559 133 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg}
$w create line 559 133 725 133 -fill $outline -tags {floor2 bg}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# fill - Fill color to use for the floor's background.
# outline - Color to use for the floor's outline.
proc bg3 {w fill outline} {
| | | | | | 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# fill - Fill color to use for the floor's background.
# outline - Color to use for the floor's outline.
proc bg3 {w fill outline} {
$w create poly 159 300 107 300 107 248 159 248 159 129 96 129 96 \
133 21 133 21 331 0 331 0 391 60 391 60 370 159 370 159 300 \
-tags {floor3 bg} -fill $fill
$w create poly 258 370 258 329 350 329 350 311 399 311 399 129 \
315 129 315 133 176 133 176 129 159 129 159 370 258 370 \
-tags {floor3 bg} -fill $fill
$w create line 96 133 96 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg}
$w create line 176 129 96 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg}
$w create line 176 129 176 133 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg}
$w create line 315 133 176 133 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg}
$w create line 315 133 315 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg}
$w create line 399 129 315 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg}
$w create line 399 311 399 129 -fill $outline -tags {floor3 bg}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg1 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg1 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 101
set {floorItems(101)} $i
$w create text 358 209 -text 101 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Pub Lift1}
set {floorItems(Pub Lift1)} $i
$w create text 323 223 -text {Pub Lift1} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Priv Lift1}
set {floorItems(Priv Lift1)} $i
$w create text 323 188 -text {Priv Lift1} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 42 389 42 337 1 337 1 389 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 110
set {floorItems(110)} $i
$w create text 21.5 363 -text 110 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 59 389 59 385 90 385 90 337 44 337 44 389 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 109
set {floorItems(109)} $i
$w create text 67 363 -text 109 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 300 51 253 6 253 6 300 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 111
set {floorItems(111)} $i
$w create text 28.5 276.5 -text 111 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 98 248 98 309 79 309 79 248 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 117B
set {floorItems(117B)} $i
$w create text 88.5 278.5 -text 117B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 251 51 204 6 204 6 251 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 112
set {floorItems(112)} $i
$w create text 28.5 227.5 -text 112 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 6 156 51 156 51 203 6 203 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 113
set {floorItems(113)} $i
$w create text 28.5 179.5 -text 113 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 85 169 79 169 79 192 85 192 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 117A
set {floorItems(117A)} $i
$w create text 82 180.5 -text 117A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 77 302 77 168 53 168 53 302 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 117
set {floorItems(117)} $i
$w create text 65 235 -text 117 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 155 51 115 6 115 6 155 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 114
set {floorItems(114)} $i
$w create text 28.5 135 -text 114 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 95 115 53 115 53 168 95 168 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 115
set {floorItems(115)} $i
$w create text 74 141.5 -text 115 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 87 113 87 27 10 27 10 113 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 116
set {floorItems(116)} $i
$w create text 48.5 70 -text 116 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 89 91 128 91 128 113 89 113 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 118
set {floorItems(118)} $i
$w create text 108.5 102 -text 118 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 178 128 178 132 216 132 216 91 163 91 163 112 149 112 149 128 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 120
set {floorItems(120)} $i
$w create text 189.5 111.5 -text 120 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 79 193 87 193 87 169 136 169 136 192 156 192 156 169 175 169 175 246 79 246 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 122
set {floorItems(122)} $i
$w create text 131 207.5 -text 122 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 138 169 154 169 154 191 138 191 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 121
set {floorItems(121)} $i
$w create text 146 180 -text 121 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 99 300 126 300 126 309 99 309 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 106A
set {floorItems(106A)} $i
$w create text 112.5 304.5 -text 106A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 128 299 128 309 150 309 150 248 99 248 99 299 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 105
set {floorItems(105)} $i
$w create text 124.5 278.5 -text 105 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 174 309 174 300 152 300 152 309 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 106B
set {floorItems(106B)} $i
$w create text 163 304.5 -text 106B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 176 299 176 309 216 309 216 248 152 248 152 299 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 104
set {floorItems(104)} $i
$w create text 184 278.5 -text 104 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 138 385 138 337 91 337 91 385 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 108
set {floorItems(108)} $i
$w create text 114.5 361 -text 108 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 256 337 140 337 140 385 256 385 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 107
set {floorItems(107)} $i
$w create text 198 361 -text 107 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 300 353 300 329 260 329 260 353 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) Smoking
set {floorItems(Smoking)} $i
$w create text 280 341 -text Smoking -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 314 135 314 170 306 170 306 246 177 246 177 135 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 123
set {floorItems(123)} $i
$w create text 245.5 190.5 -text 123 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 217 248 301 248 301 326 257 326 257 310 217 310 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 103
set {floorItems(103)} $i
$w create text 259 287 -text 103 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 396 188 377 188 377 169 316 169 316 131 396 131 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 124
set {floorItems(124)} $i
$w create text 356 150 -text 124 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 397 226 407 226 407 189 377 189 377 246 397 246 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 125
set {floorItems(125)} $i
$w create text 392 217.5 -text 125 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 399 187 409 187 409 207 474 207 474 164 399 164 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 126
set {floorItems(126)} $i
$w create text 436.5 185.5 -text 126 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 409 209 409 229 399 229 399 253 486 253 486 239 474 239 474 209 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 127
set {floorItems(127)} $i
$w create text 436.5 231 -text 127 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 501 164 501 174 495 174 495 188 490 188 490 204 476 204 476 164 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) MShower
set {floorItems(MShower)} $i
$w create text 488.5 184 -text MShower -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 497 176 513 176 513 204 492 204 492 190 497 190 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) Closet
set {floorItems(Closet)} $i
$w create text 502.5 190 -text Closet -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 476 237 476 206 513 206 513 254 488 254 488 237 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) WShower
set {floorItems(WShower)} $i
$w create text 494.5 230 -text WShower -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 486 131 558 131 558 135 724 135 724 166 697 166 697 275 553 275 531 254 515 254 515 174 503 174 503 161 486 161 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 130
set {floorItems(130)} $i
$w create text 638.5 205 -text 130 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 308 242 339 242 339 248 342 248 342 246 397 246 397 276 393 276 393 309 300 309 300 248 308 248 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 102
set {floorItems(102)} $i
$w create text 367.5 278.5 -text 102 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 397 255 486 255 486 276 397 276 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 128
set {floorItems(128)} $i
$w create text 441.5 265.5 -text 128 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 510 309 486 309 486 255 530 255 552 277 561 277 561 325 510 325 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 129
set {floorItems(129)} $i
$w create text 535.5 293 -text 129 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 696 281 740 281 740 387 642 387 642 389 561 389 561 277 696 277 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 133
set {floorItems(133)} $i
$w create text 628.5 335 -text 133 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 742 387 742 281 800 281 800 387 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 132
set {floorItems(132)} $i
$w create text 771 334 -text 132 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 800 168 800 280 699 280 699 168 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 134
set {floorItems(134)} $i
$w create text 749.5 224 -text 134 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 726 131 726 166 800 166 800 131 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 135
set {floorItems(135)} $i
$w create text 763 148.5 -text 135 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 340 360 335 363 331 365 326 366 304 366 304 312 396 312 396 288 400 288 404 288 409 290 413 292 418 297 421 302 422 309 421 318 417 325 411 330 405 332 397 333 344 333 340 334 336 336 335 338 332 342 331 347 332 351 334 354 336 357 341 359 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Ramona Stair}
set {floorItems(Ramona Stair)} $i
$w create text 368 323 -text {Ramona Stair} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 30 23 30 5 93 5 98 5 104 7 110 10 116 16 119 20 122 28 123 32 123 68 220 68 220 87 90 87 90 23 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {University Stair}
set {floorItems(University Stair)} $i
$w create text 155 77.5 -text {University Stair} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 282 37 295 40 312 49 323 56 337 70 352 56 358 48 363 39 365 29 348 25 335 22 321 14 300 5 283 1 260 0 246 0 242 2 236 4 231 8 227 13 223 17 221 22 220 34 260 34 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Plaza Stair}
set {floorItems(Plaza Stair)} $i
$w create text 317.5 28.5 -text {Plaza Stair} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 220 34 260 34 282 37 295 40 312 49 323 56 337 70 350 83 365 94 377 100 386 104 386 128 220 128 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Plaza Deck}
set {floorItems(Plaza Deck)} $i
$w create text 303 81 -text {Plaza Deck} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 257 336 77 336 6 336 6 301 77 301 77 310 257 310 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 106
set {floorItems(106)} $i
$w create text 131.5 318.5 -text 106 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
set i [$w create polygon 146 110 162 110 162 91 130 91 130 115 95 115 95 128 114 128 114 151 157 151 157 153 112 153 112 130 97 130 97 168 175 168 175 131 146 131 -fill {} -tags {floor1 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 119
set {floorItems(119)} $i
$w create text 143.5 133 -text 119 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor1 label}
$w create line 155 191 155 189 -fill $color -tags {floor1 wall}
$w create line 155 177 155 169 -fill $color -tags {floor1 wall}
$w create line 96 129 96 169 -fill $color -tags {floor1 wall}
$w create line 78 169 176 169 -fill $color -tags {floor1 wall}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg2 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg2 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
set i [$w create polygon 748 188 755 188 755 205 758 205 758 222 800 222 800 168 748 168 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 238
set {floorItems(238)} $i
$w create text 774 195 -text 238 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 726 188 746 188 746 166 800 166 800 131 726 131 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 237
set {floorItems(237)} $i
$w create text 763 148.5 -text 237 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 497 187 497 204 559 204 559 324 641 324 643 324 643 291 641 291 641 205 696 205 696 291 694 291 694 314 715 314 715 291 715 205 755 205 755 190 724 190 724 187 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 246
set {floorItems(246)} $i
$w create text 600 264 -text 246 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 694 279 643 279 643 314 694 314 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 247
set {floorItems(247)} $i
$w create text 668.5 296.5 -text 247 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 232 250 308 250 308 242 339 242 339 246 397 246 397 255 476 255 476 250 482 250 559 250 559 274 482 274 482 278 396 278 396 274 232 274 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 202
set {floorItems(202)} $i
$w create text 285.5 260 -text 202 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 53 228 53 338 176 338 233 338 233 196 306 196 306 180 175 180 175 169 156 169 156 196 176 196 176 228 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 206
set {floorItems(206)} $i
$w create text 143 267 -text 206 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 277 6 277 6 338 51 338 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 212
set {floorItems(212)} $i
$w create text 28.5 307.5 -text 212 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 557 276 486 276 486 309 510 309 510 325 557 325 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 245
set {floorItems(245)} $i
$w create text 521.5 300.5 -text 245 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 560 389 599 389 599 326 560 326 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 244
set {floorItems(244)} $i
$w create text 579.5 357.5 -text 244 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 601 389 601 326 643 326 643 389 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 243
set {floorItems(243)} $i
$w create text 622 357.5 -text 243 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 688 316 645 316 645 365 688 365 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 242
set {floorItems(242)} $i
$w create text 666.5 340.5 -text 242 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 802 367 759 367 759 226 802 226 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Barbecue Deck}
set {floorItems(Barbecue Deck)} $i
$w create text 780.5 296.5 -text {Barbecue Deck} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 755 262 755 314 717 314 717 262 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 240
set {floorItems(240)} $i
$w create text 736 288 -text 240 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 755 316 689 316 689 365 755 365 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 241
set {floorItems(241)} $i
$w create text 722 340.5 -text 241 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 755 206 717 206 717 261 755 261 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 239
set {floorItems(239)} $i
$w create text 736 233.5 -text 239 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 695 277 643 277 643 206 695 206 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 248
set {floorItems(248)} $i
$w create text 669 241.5 -text 248 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 676 135 676 185 724 185 724 135 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 236
set {floorItems(236)} $i
$w create text 700 160 -text 236 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 675 135 635 135 635 145 628 145 628 185 675 185 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 235
set {floorItems(235)} $i
$w create text 651.5 160 -text 235 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 626 143 633 143 633 135 572 135 572 143 579 143 579 185 626 185 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 234
set {floorItems(234)} $i
$w create text 606 160 -text 234 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 557 135 571 135 571 145 578 145 578 185 527 185 527 131 557 131 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 233
set {floorItems(233)} $i
$w create text 552.5 158 -text 233 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 476 249 557 249 557 205 476 205 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 230
set {floorItems(230)} $i
$w create text 516.5 227 -text 230 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 476 164 486 164 486 131 525 131 525 185 476 185 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 232
set {floorItems(232)} $i
$w create text 500.5 158 -text 232 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 476 186 495 186 495 204 476 204 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 229
set {floorItems(229)} $i
$w create text 485.5 195 -text 229 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 474 207 409 207 409 187 399 187 399 164 474 164 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 227
set {floorItems(227)} $i
$w create text 436.5 185.5 -text 227 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 399 228 399 253 474 253 474 209 409 209 409 228 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 228
set {floorItems(228)} $i
$w create text 436.5 231 -text 228 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 397 246 397 226 407 226 407 189 377 189 377 246 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 226
set {floorItems(226)} $i
$w create text 392 217.5 -text 226 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 377 169 316 169 316 131 397 131 397 188 377 188 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 225
set {floorItems(225)} $i
$w create text 356.5 150 -text 225 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 234 198 306 198 306 249 234 249 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 224
set {floorItems(224)} $i
$w create text 270 223.5 -text 224 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 270 179 306 179 306 170 314 170 314 135 270 135 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 223
set {floorItems(223)} $i
$w create text 292 157 -text 223 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 268 179 221 179 221 135 268 135 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 222
set {floorItems(222)} $i
$w create text 244.5 157 -text 222 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 177 179 219 179 219 135 177 135 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 221
set {floorItems(221)} $i
$w create text 198 157 -text 221 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 299 327 349 327 349 284 341 284 341 276 299 276 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 204
set {floorItems(204)} $i
$w create text 324 301.5 -text 204 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 234 276 297 276 297 327 257 327 257 338 234 338 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 205
set {floorItems(205)} $i
$w create text 265.5 307 -text 205 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 256 385 256 340 212 340 212 385 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 207
set {floorItems(207)} $i
$w create text 234 362.5 -text 207 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 210 340 164 340 164 385 210 385 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 208
set {floorItems(208)} $i
$w create text 187 362.5 -text 208 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 115 340 162 340 162 385 115 385 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 209
set {floorItems(209)} $i
$w create text 138.5 362.5 -text 209 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 89 228 89 156 53 156 53 228 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 217
set {floorItems(217)} $i
$w create text 71 192 -text 217 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 89 169 97 169 97 190 89 190 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 217A
set {floorItems(217A)} $i
$w create text 93 179.5 -text 217A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 89 156 89 168 95 168 95 135 53 135 53 156 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 216
set {floorItems(216)} $i
$w create text 71 145.5 -text 216 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 179 51 135 6 135 6 179 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 215
set {floorItems(215)} $i
$w create text 28.5 157 -text 215 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 227 6 227 6 180 51 180 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 214
set {floorItems(214)} $i
$w create text 28.5 203.5 -text 214 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 51 275 6 275 6 229 51 229 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 213
set {floorItems(213)} $i
$w create text 28.5 252 -text 213 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 114 340 67 340 67 385 114 385 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 210
set {floorItems(210)} $i
$w create text 90.5 362.5 -text 210 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 59 389 59 385 65 385 65 340 1 340 1 389 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 211
set {floorItems(211)} $i
$w create text 33 364.5 -text 211 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 393 309 350 309 350 282 342 282 342 276 393 276 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 203
set {floorItems(203)} $i
$w create text 367.5 292.5 -text 203 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 99 191 91 191 91 226 174 226 174 198 154 198 154 192 109 192 109 169 99 169 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 220
set {floorItems(220)} $i
$w create text 132.5 208.5 -text 220 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Priv Lift2}
set {floorItems(Priv Lift2)} $i
$w create text 323 188 -text {Priv Lift2} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Pub Lift 2}
set {floorItems(Pub Lift 2)} $i
$w create text 323 223 -text {Pub Lift 2} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 175 168 97 168 97 131 175 131 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 218
set {floorItems(218)} $i
$w create text 136 149.5 -text 218 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 154 191 111 191 111 169 154 169 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 219
set {floorItems(219)} $i
$w create text 132.5 180 -text 219 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -fill {} -tags {floor2 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 201
set {floorItems(201)} $i
$w create text 358 209 -text 201 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor2 label}
$w create line 641 186 678 186 -fill $color -tags {floor2 wall}
$w create line 757 350 757 367 -fill $color -tags {floor2 wall}
$w create line 634 133 634 144 -fill $color -tags {floor2 wall}
$w create line 634 144 627 144 -fill $color -tags {floor2 wall}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg3 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The canvas window.
# color - Color to use for drawing foreground information.
proc fg3 {w color} {
global floorLabels floorItems
set i [$w create polygon 89 228 89 180 70 180 70 228 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 316
set {floorItems(316)} $i
$w create text 79.5 204 -text 316 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 115 368 162 368 162 323 115 323 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 309
set {floorItems(309)} $i
$w create text 138.5 345.5 -text 309 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 164 323 164 368 211 368 211 323 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 308
set {floorItems(308)} $i
$w create text 187.5 345.5 -text 308 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 256 368 212 368 212 323 256 323 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 307
set {floorItems(307)} $i
$w create text 234 345.5 -text 307 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 244 276 297 276 297 327 260 327 260 321 244 321 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 305
set {floorItems(305)} $i
$w create text 270.5 301.5 -text 305 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 251 219 251 203 244 203 244 219 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 324B
set {floorItems(324B)} $i
$w create text 247.5 211 -text 324B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 251 249 244 249 244 232 251 232 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 324A
set {floorItems(324A)} $i
$w create text 247.5 240.5 -text 324A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 223 135 223 179 177 179 177 135 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 320
set {floorItems(320)} $i
$w create text 200 157 -text 320 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 114 368 114 323 67 323 67 368 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 310
set {floorItems(310)} $i
$w create text 90.5 345.5 -text 310 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 23 277 23 321 68 321 68 277 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 312
set {floorItems(312)} $i
$w create text 45.5 299 -text 312 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 23 229 68 229 68 275 23 275 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 313
set {floorItems(313)} $i
$w create text 45.5 252 -text 313 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 68 227 23 227 23 180 68 180 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 314
set {floorItems(314)} $i
$w create text 45.5 203.5 -text 314 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 95 179 95 135 23 135 23 179 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 315
set {floorItems(315)} $i
$w create text 59 157 -text 315 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 99 226 99 204 91 204 91 226 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 316B
set {floorItems(316B)} $i
$w create text 95 215 -text 316B -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 91 202 99 202 99 180 91 180 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 316A
set {floorItems(316A)} $i
$w create text 95 191 -text 316A -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 97 169 109 169 109 192 154 192 154 198 174 198 174 226 101 226 101 179 97 179 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 319
set {floorItems(319)} $i
$w create text 141.5 209 -text 319 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 65 368 58 368 58 389 1 389 1 333 23 333 23 323 65 323 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 311
set {floorItems(311)} $i
$w create text 29.5 361 -text 311 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 154 191 111 191 111 169 154 169 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 318
set {floorItems(318)} $i
$w create text 132.5 180 -text 318 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 175 168 97 168 97 131 175 131 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 317
set {floorItems(317)} $i
$w create text 136 149.5 -text 317 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 274 194 274 221 306 221 306 194 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 323
set {floorItems(323)} $i
$w create text 290 207.5 -text 323 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 306 222 274 222 274 249 306 249 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 325
set {floorItems(325)} $i
$w create text 290 235.5 -text 325 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 263 179 224 179 224 135 263 135 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 321
set {floorItems(321)} $i
$w create text 243.5 157 -text 321 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 314 169 306 169 306 192 273 192 264 181 264 135 314 135 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 322
set {floorItems(322)} $i
$w create text 293.5 163.5 -text 322 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 307 240 339 240 339 206 307 206 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Pub Lift3}
set {floorItems(Pub Lift3)} $i
$w create text 323 223 -text {Pub Lift3} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 339 205 307 205 307 171 339 171 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) {Priv Lift3}
set {floorItems(Priv Lift3)} $i
$w create text 323 188 -text {Priv Lift3} -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 350 284 376 284 376 276 397 276 397 309 350 309 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 303
set {floorItems(303)} $i
$w create text 373.5 292.5 -text 303 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 272 203 272 249 252 249 252 230 244 230 244 221 252 221 252 203 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 324
set {floorItems(324)} $i
$w create text 262 226 -text 324 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 299 276 299 327 349 327 349 284 341 284 341 276 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 304
set {floorItems(304)} $i
$w create text 324 301.5 -text 304 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 375 246 375 172 341 172 341 246 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 301
set {floorItems(301)} $i
$w create text 358 209 -text 301 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 397 246 377 246 377 185 397 185 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 327
set {floorItems(327)} $i
$w create text 387 215.5 -text 327 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 316 131 316 169 377 169 377 185 397 185 397 131 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 326
set {floorItems(326)} $i
$w create text 356.5 150 -text 326 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 308 251 242 251 242 274 342 274 342 282 375 282 375 274 397 274 397 248 339 248 339 242 308 242 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 302
set {floorItems(302)} $i
$w create text 319.5 261 -text 302 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
set i [$w create polygon 70 321 242 321 242 200 259 200 259 203 272 203 272 193 263 180 242 180 175 180 175 169 156 169 156 196 177 196 177 228 107 228 70 228 70 275 107 275 107 248 160 248 160 301 107 301 107 275 70 275 -fill {} -tags {floor3 room}]
set floorLabels($i) 306
set {floorItems(306)} $i
$w create text 200.5 284.5 -text 306 -fill $color -anchor c -tags {floor3 label}
$w create line 341 275 341 283 -fill $color -tags {floor3 wall}
$w create line 162 197 155 197 -fill $color -tags {floor3 wall}
$w create line 396 247 399 247 -fill $color -tags {floor3 wall}
$w create line 399 129 399 311 -fill $color -tags {floor3 wall}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 | ## See Code / Dismiss buttons set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x set f [frame $w.frame] pack $f -side top -fill both -expand yes | | | | 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 | ## See Code / Dismiss buttons set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x set f [frame $w.frame] pack $f -side top -fill both -expand yes set h [scrollbar $f.hscroll -orient horizontal] set v [scrollbar $f.vscroll -orient vertical] set f1 [frame $f.f1 -borderwidth 2 -relief sunken] set c [canvas $f1.c -width 900 -height 500 -highlightthickness 0 \ -xscrollcommand [list $h set] \ -yscrollcommand [list $v set]] pack $c -expand yes -fill both grid $f1 -padx 1 -pady 1 -row 0 -column 0 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news grid $v -padx 1 -pady 1 -row 0 -column 1 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 |
set colors(active) black
}
set activeFloor ""
floorDisplay $c 3
# Set up event bindings for canvas:
| | | | < < < < | | < | 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 |
set colors(active) black
}
set activeFloor ""
floorDisplay $c 3
# Set up event bindings for canvas:
$c bind floor1 <1> "floorDisplay $c 1"
$c bind floor2 <1> "floorDisplay $c 2"
$c bind floor3 <1> "floorDisplay $c 3"
$c bind room <Enter> "newRoom $c"
$c bind room <Leave> {set currentRoom ""}
bind $c <2> "$c scan mark %x %y"
bind $c <B2-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y"
bind $c <Destroy> "unset currentRoom"
set currentRoom ""
trace variable currentRoom w "roomChanged $c"
|
Deleted library/demos/fontchoose.tcl.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to library/demos/goldberg.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
-side left -fill both -expand 1
canvas $w.c -width 860 -height 730 -bg $C(bg) -highlightthickness 0
$w.c config -scrollregion {0 0 1000 1000} ;# Kludge: move everything up
$w.c yview moveto .05
pack $w.c -in $w.screen -side top -fill both -expand 1
| | | | | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
-side left -fill both -expand 1
canvas $w.c -width 860 -height 730 -bg $C(bg) -highlightthickness 0
$w.c config -scrollregion {0 0 1000 1000} ;# Kludge: move everything up
$w.c yview moveto .05
pack $w.c -in $w.screen -side top -fill both -expand 1
bind $w.c <3> [list $w.pause invoke]
bind $w.c <Destroy> {
after cancel $animationCallbacks(goldberg)
unset animationCallbacks(goldberg)
}
DoCtrlFrame $w
DoDetailFrame $w
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
ttk::button $w.show -text "\u00bb" -command [list ShowCtrl $w] -width 2
} else {
button $w.show -text "\u00bb" -command [list ShowCtrl $w] -width 2 -highlightbackground $C(bg)
}
place $w.show -in $w.c -relx 1 -rely 0 -anchor ne
update
}
proc DoCtrlFrame {w} {
global S
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
trace variable ::S(speed) w [list ActiveGUI $w]
grid $w.message -in $w.ctrl -row 98 -sticky ew -pady 5
grid $w.message.e -sticky nsew
grid $w.speed -in $w.ctrl -row 99 -sticky ew -pady {0 5}
pack $w.speed.scale -fill both -expand 1
grid $w.about -in $w.ctrl -row 100 -sticky ew
| | | 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
trace variable ::S(speed) w [list ActiveGUI $w]
grid $w.message -in $w.ctrl -row 98 -sticky ew -pady 5
grid $w.message.e -sticky nsew
grid $w.speed -in $w.ctrl -row 99 -sticky ew -pady {0 5}
pack $w.speed.scale -fill both -expand 1
grid $w.about -in $w.ctrl -row 100 -sticky ew
bind $w.reset <3> {set S(mode) -1} ;# Debugging
## See Code / Dismiss buttons hack!
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.ctrl.buttons $w]
grid [ttk::separator $w.ctrl.sep] -sticky ew -pady 4
set i 0
foreach b [winfo children $btns] {
if {[winfo class $b] eq "TButton"} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
200 201 202 203 204 205 206 |
grid columnconfigure $w2 1 -weight 1
}
# Map or unmap the ctrl window
proc ShowCtrl {w} {
if {[winfo ismapped $w.ctrl]} {
pack forget $w.ctrl
| | | | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
grid columnconfigure $w2 1 -weight 1
}
# Map or unmap the ctrl window
proc ShowCtrl {w} {
if {[winfo ismapped $w.ctrl]} {
pack forget $w.ctrl
$w.show config -text "\u00bb"
} else {
pack $w.ctrl -side right -fill both -ipady 5
$w.show config -text "\u00ab"
}
}
proc DrawAll {w} {
ResetStep
$w.c delete all
for {set i 0} {1} {incr i} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
338 339 340 341 342 343 344 |
set color $::C(0)
set xy {579 119}
$w.c create text $xy -text "START HERE!" -fill $color -anchor w \
-tag I0 -font {{Times Roman} 12 italic bold}
set xy {719 119 763 119}
$w.c create line $xy -tag I0 -fill $color -width 5 -arrow last \
-arrowshape {18 18 5}
| | | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
set color $::C(0)
set xy {579 119}
$w.c create text $xy -text "START HERE!" -fill $color -anchor w \
-tag I0 -font {{Times Roman} 12 italic bold}
set xy {719 119 763 119}
$w.c create line $xy -tag I0 -fill $color -width 5 -arrow last \
-arrowshape {18 18 5}
$w.c bind I0 <1> Start
}
proc Move0 {w {step {}}} {
set step [GetStep 0 $step]
if {$::S(mode) > $::MSTART} { ;# Start the ball rolling
MoveAbs $w I0 {-100 -100} ;# Hide the banner
return 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
set xy {844 133 800 133 800 346 820 346 820 168 844 168 844 133}
$w.c create poly $xy -width 3 -fill $color -outline {}
set xy {771 133 685 133 685 168 751 168 751 346 771 346 771 133}
$w.c create poly $xy -width 3 -fill $color -outline {}
set xy [box 812 122 9]
$w.c create oval $xy -tag I1 -fill $color2 -outline {}
| | | 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
set xy {844 133 800 133 800 346 820 346 820 168 844 168 844 133}
$w.c create poly $xy -width 3 -fill $color -outline {}
set xy {771 133 685 133 685 168 751 168 751 346 771 346 771 133}
$w.c create poly $xy -width 3 -fill $color -outline {}
set xy [box 812 122 9]
$w.c create oval $xy -tag I1 -fill $color2 -outline {}
$w.c bind I1 <1> Start
}
proc Move1 {w {step {}}} {
set step [GetStep 1 $step]
set pos {
{807 122} {802 122} {797 123} {793 124} {789 129} {785 153}
{785 203} {785 278 x} {785 367} {810 392} {816 438} {821 503}
{824 585 y} {838 587} {848 593} {857 601} {-100 -100}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 |
global S
set step [GetStep 26 $step]
if {$step >= 3} {
$w.c delete I24 I26
$w.c create text 430 755 -anchor s -tag I26 \
-text "click to continue" -font {{Times Roman} 24 bold}
| | | 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 |
global S
set step [GetStep 26 $step]
if {$step >= 3} {
$w.c delete I24 I26
$w.c create text 430 755 -anchor s -tag I26 \
-text "click to continue" -font {{Times Roman} 24 bold}
bind $w.c <1> [list Reset $w]
return 4
}
$w.c scale I24 {*}[Centroid $w I24] .8 .8
$w.c move I24 0 60
$w.c itemconfig I24t -font [list {Times Roman} [expr {30 - 6*$step}] bold]
return 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 |
return [list $xx $yy]
}
proc Reset {w} {
global S
DrawAll $w
| | | 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 |
return [list $xx $yy]
}
proc Reset {w} {
global S
DrawAll $w
bind $w.c <1> {}
set S(mode) $::MSTART
set S(active) 0
}
# Each Move## keeps its state info in STEP, this retrieves and increments it
proc GetStep {who step} {
global STEP
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/image2.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - Name of the toplevel window of the demo.
proc selectAndLoadDir w {
global dirName
set dir [tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir $dirName -parent $w -mustexist 1]
| | | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - Name of the toplevel window of the demo.
proc selectAndLoadDir w {
global dirName
set dir [tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir $dirName -parent $w -mustexist 1]
if {[string length $dir] != 0} {
set dirName $dir
loadDir $w
}
}
# loadImage --
# Given the name of the toplevel window of the demo and the mouse
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
-command "selectAndLoadDir $w"
bind $w.dir.e <Return> "loadDir $w"
pack $w.dir.e -side left -fill both -padx 2m -pady 2m -expand true
pack $w.dir.b -side left -fill y -padx {0 2m} -pady 2m
labelframe $w.f -text "File:" -padx 2m -pady 2m
listbox $w.f.list -width 20 -height 10 -yscrollcommand "$w.f.scroll set"
| | | | 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
-command "selectAndLoadDir $w"
bind $w.dir.e <Return> "loadDir $w"
pack $w.dir.e -side left -fill both -padx 2m -pady 2m -expand true
pack $w.dir.b -side left -fill y -padx {0 2m} -pady 2m
labelframe $w.f -text "File:" -padx 2m -pady 2m
listbox $w.f.list -width 20 -height 10 -yscrollcommand "$w.f.scroll set"
scrollbar $w.f.scroll -command "$w.f.list yview"
pack $w.f.list $w.f.scroll -side left -fill y -expand 1
$w.f.list insert 0 earth.gif earthris.gif teapot.ppm
bind $w.f.list <Double-1> "loadImage $w %x %y"
catch {image delete image2a}
image create photo image2a
labelframe $w.image -text "Image:"
label $w.image.image -image image2a
pack $w.image.image -padx 2m -pady 2m
grid $w.dir - -sticky ew -padx 1m -pady 1m -in $w.mid
grid $w.f $w.image -sticky nw -padx 1m -pady 1m -in $w.mid
grid columnconfigure $w.mid 1 -weight 1
|
Deleted library/demos/images/earthmenu.png.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Added library/demos/images/face.xbm.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
#define face_width 108
#define face_height 144
#define face_x_hot 48
#define face_y_hot 80
static char face_bits[] = {
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x08, 0x09,
0x20, 0x80, 0x24, 0x05, 0x00, 0x80, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x88,
0x24, 0x20, 0x80, 0x24, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x80, 0x04, 0x00, 0x01,
0x00, 0x01, 0x40, 0x0a, 0x09, 0x00, 0x92, 0x04, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x40, 0x12, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x84,
0x24, 0x40, 0x22, 0xa8, 0x02, 0x14, 0x84, 0x92, 0x40, 0x42, 0x12, 0x04,
0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x52, 0x00, 0x52, 0x11, 0x00, 0x12, 0x00,
0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x02, 0x54, 0x85, 0x24,
0x00, 0x10, 0x12, 0x00, 0x00, 0x81, 0x44, 0x00, 0x90, 0x5a, 0x00, 0xea,
0x1b, 0x00, 0x80, 0x40, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x20, 0xa2, 0x05,
0x8a, 0xb4, 0x6e, 0x45, 0x12, 0x04, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x02,
0xa8, 0x92, 0x00, 0xda, 0x5f, 0x10, 0x00, 0x10, 0xa1, 0x04, 0x20, 0x41,
0x02, 0x00, 0x5a, 0x25, 0xa0, 0xff, 0xfb, 0x05, 0x41, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00,
0x00, 0x08, 0x40, 0x80, 0xec, 0x9b, 0xec, 0xfe, 0x7f, 0x01, 0x04, 0x20,
0x90, 0x02, 0x04, 0x00, 0x08, 0x20, 0xfb, 0x2e, 0xf5, 0xff, 0xff, 0x57,
0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x01, 0xc1, 0x6e, 0xab, 0xfa, 0xff,
0xff, 0x05, 0x90, 0x20, 0x48, 0x02, 0x00, 0x04, 0x20, 0xa8, 0xdf, 0xb5,
0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x80, 0x80, 0x04, 0xe0,
0xbb, 0xef, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x01, 0x00, 0x04, 0x48, 0x02, 0x00, 0x20,
0x80, 0xf4, 0x6f, 0xfb, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x20, 0x90, 0x40, 0x02, 0x00,
0x00, 0x04, 0x08, 0xb8, 0xf6, 0xff, 0xff, 0xdf, 0xbe, 0x12, 0x45, 0x10,
0x90, 0x04, 0x90, 0x00, 0x22, 0xfa, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xbb, 0xd7, 0xe9,
0x3a, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x04, 0x90, 0x80, 0xfe, 0xdf, 0xf6, 0xb7, 0xef,
0xbe, 0x56, 0x57, 0x40, 0x48, 0x09, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0xfa, 0xf5, 0xdf,
0xed, 0x5a, 0xd5, 0xea, 0xbd, 0x09, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x92, 0xfe,
0xbf, 0x7d, 0xb7, 0x6a, 0x55, 0xbf, 0xf7, 0x02, 0x11, 0x01, 0x00, 0x91,
0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xaf, 0x55, 0x55, 0x5b, 0xeb, 0xef, 0x22, 0x04, 0x04,
0x04, 0x00, 0xa4, 0xff, 0xf7, 0xad, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0xbe, 0xfe, 0x03,
0x20, 0x00, 0x10, 0x44, 0x80, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x55, 0x12, 0x91, 0x2a, 0xeb,
0xbf, 0x0b, 0x82, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd1, 0x7f, 0xdf, 0xa2, 0xa4, 0x54,
0x55, 0xfd, 0xfd, 0x47, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x21, 0xe4, 0xff, 0x37, 0x11,
0x09, 0xa5, 0xaa, 0xb6, 0xff, 0x0d, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0xd0, 0xff,
0x4f, 0x44, 0x20, 0x48, 0x55, 0xfb, 0xff, 0x27, 0x11, 0x02, 0x40, 0x40,
0xe2, 0xfb, 0x15, 0x11, 0x4a, 0x55, 0x4a, 0x7d, 0xf7, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00,
0x04, 0x08, 0xf8, 0xdf, 0x52, 0x44, 0x01, 0x52, 0xb5, 0xfa, 0xff, 0x0f,
0x49, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0xe9, 0xf6, 0x0a, 0x11, 0xa4, 0x88, 0x4a, 0x6d,
0xff, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x20, 0xf0, 0x2f, 0x21, 0x44, 0x10, 0x52,
0xb5, 0xfa, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x44, 0x04, 0x80, 0x08, 0xf8, 0xab, 0x8a, 0x00,
0x81, 0xa4, 0xd4, 0xd6, 0xfe, 0x2f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x40, 0xb5, 0x2d,
0x21, 0x08, 0x04, 0x90, 0xaa, 0xfa, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x11, 0x01, 0x00, 0x04,
0xf0, 0x57, 0x0a, 0x22, 0x40, 0x4a, 0xda, 0x5e, 0xfb, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00,
0x40, 0x20, 0xba, 0x95, 0x90, 0x00, 0x01, 0xa0, 0xaa, 0xea, 0xff, 0x5f,
0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0xe8, 0x57, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x12, 0xd5, 0xfe,
0xfd, 0x1f, 0x48, 0x00, 0x04, 0x48, 0x7a, 0x95, 0x08, 0x02, 0x10, 0x40,
0xaa, 0x55, 0xf7, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x09, 0x20, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x57, 0x22, 0x10,
0x00, 0x28, 0xa9, 0xfa, 0xff, 0x5f, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x49, 0xdd, 0x29,
0x01, 0x00, 0x80, 0x80, 0xaa, 0xd7, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00,
0xf8, 0x96, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x54, 0xfa, 0xee, 0x3f, 0x81, 0x04,
0x40, 0x24, 0xfe, 0x55, 0x82, 0x00, 0x00, 0x82, 0xd2, 0xad, 0xff, 0x0f,
0x08, 0x00, 0x04, 0x80, 0x6c, 0x97, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x20, 0xa9, 0xf6,
0xdf, 0x5f, 0x00, 0x02, 0x20, 0x09, 0xfa, 0x49, 0x12, 0x00, 0x20, 0x84,
0x54, 0xdb, 0xfe, 0x1f, 0x91, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x2b, 0x00, 0x20,
0x00, 0x40, 0xa4, 0xf6, 0xbb, 0x1f, 0x04, 0x00, 0x44, 0x92, 0x7e, 0x95,
0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x89, 0xaa, 0xdd, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x20, 0x09, 0x10, 0x00,
0xf4, 0x57, 0x20, 0x01, 0x08, 0x20, 0xa9, 0x76, 0xff, 0x5f, 0x02, 0x00,
0x00, 0x21, 0xfc, 0x4a, 0x05, 0x00, 0x01, 0x80, 0x54, 0xdb, 0xff, 0x1e,
0x08, 0x02, 0x04, 0x08, 0xf9, 0x2b, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x28, 0xd2, 0xf6,
0xff, 0xbf, 0x80, 0x00, 0x90, 0x00, 0xbc, 0x92, 0x08, 0x10, 0x00, 0x82,
0x54, 0xdb, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x44, 0xf9, 0x55, 0x02, 0x01,
0x00, 0x20, 0xaa, 0xbd, 0xfd, 0x3f, 0x08, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0xf4, 0x2a,
0x01, 0x00, 0x22, 0x80, 0xd4, 0xf6, 0xff, 0x5f, 0x82, 0x00, 0x40, 0x02,
0xf8, 0x55, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x50, 0x6a, 0xdf, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x48, 0xe9, 0x4a, 0x05, 0x08, 0x00, 0xa5, 0xd5, 0xf5, 0xff, 0x3f,
0x10, 0x01, 0x10, 0x01, 0xb0, 0xab, 0x92, 0x02, 0x40, 0xf8, 0xbf, 0xde,
0xfe, 0x5f, 0x02, 0x04, 0x04, 0x48, 0xfa, 0xd4, 0x6f, 0x20, 0x84, 0xef,
0xff, 0xfb, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xed, 0xbf, 0x0b,
0xa1, 0x7e, 0xff, 0xbf, 0xfd, 0x5f, 0x04, 0x01, 0x20, 0x49, 0xd2, 0xfb,
0xfe, 0x55, 0xd4, 0xff, 0xff, 0xf6, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,
0xc0, 0xaa, 0xfb, 0x2b, 0xa2, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xdf, 0xee, 0x1f, 0x91, 0x00,
0x82, 0xa4, 0xa4, 0xf5, 0xff, 0x57, 0xd5, 0xff, 0xbf, 0xfd, 0xff, 0x4d,
0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x88, 0x5b, 0xff, 0x2f, 0x69, 0xff, 0xff, 0xdb,
0xfe, 0x1f, 0x24, 0x02, 0x00, 0x49, 0xa2, 0xd6, 0xff, 0x5f, 0xea, 0xff,
0x7f, 0x7f, 0x7f, 0x0d, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x40, 0xab, 0xf7, 0xbb,
0xf0, 0xdf, 0xff, 0xd5, 0xff, 0xbf, 0x82, 0x04, 0x42, 0x24, 0x91, 0xd5,
0xaa, 0xae, 0xd4, 0xaa, 0x52, 0x7b, 0xff, 0x15, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,
0x04, 0x55, 0xd5, 0x55, 0x70, 0x5b, 0x75, 0xdd, 0xdf, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00,
0x08, 0x48, 0xa0, 0x4a, 0xa9, 0x56, 0xea, 0x56, 0xad, 0x6a, 0x7d, 0x9b,
0x04, 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x42, 0x2a, 0xd5, 0xaa, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0xfa,
0xdf, 0x2f, 0x10, 0x04, 0x22, 0x48, 0x08, 0x45, 0x2a, 0x15, 0x68, 0x55,
0x55, 0xd7, 0x76, 0x1b, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x40, 0x2a, 0x80, 0xa0,
0xb2, 0x09, 0x48, 0xb9, 0xdf, 0x17, 0x22, 0x01, 0x00, 0x24, 0x45, 0x8a,
0x24, 0x4a, 0x54, 0x51, 0x91, 0xf6, 0x6e, 0x4b, 0x00, 0x04, 0x90, 0x00,
0x80, 0x52, 0x00, 0x20, 0x69, 0x05, 0xa4, 0xaa, 0xff, 0x1e, 0x48, 0x00,
0x02, 0x92, 0x08, 0x05, 0x81, 0x94, 0xd4, 0x92, 0x40, 0xfd, 0xb6, 0x8b,
0x00, 0x01, 0x40, 0x00, 0x82, 0x54, 0x00, 0x48, 0x68, 0x05, 0x90, 0xa4,
0xef, 0x06, 0x24, 0x00, 0x08, 0x12, 0x10, 0x05, 0x00, 0x10, 0xb5, 0x01,
0x42, 0xfb, 0xbf, 0x43, 0x00, 0x09, 0x00, 0x40, 0x81, 0xa8, 0x08, 0x4a,
0xaa, 0x96, 0x90, 0xac, 0x6d, 0x15, 0x22, 0x00, 0x20, 0x09, 0x04, 0x15,
0x80, 0x28, 0xdc, 0x01, 0x24, 0xfb, 0xbf, 0x01, 0x80, 0x04, 0x09, 0x00,
0x40, 0x48, 0x02, 0x45, 0xb2, 0x2e, 0x41, 0x6d, 0xef, 0x05, 0x11, 0x00,
0x40, 0x52, 0x02, 0x15, 0x29, 0x2a, 0xac, 0x42, 0x54, 0xfb, 0x3b, 0x51,
0x84, 0x00, 0x08, 0x00, 0x20, 0x54, 0x80, 0x05, 0xb5, 0x3d, 0xa2, 0xb6,
0xdf, 0x00, 0x20, 0x04, 0x20, 0x49, 0x89, 0xa8, 0x6a, 0x29, 0xac, 0xd6,
0x54, 0xff, 0x3f, 0x84, 0x00, 0x01, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x94, 0xa8, 0x56,
0xda, 0x5f, 0xab, 0xd5, 0x1e, 0x10, 0x48, 0x00, 0x90, 0x82, 0x48, 0xa8,
0xb2, 0xac, 0xfd, 0x55, 0xd5, 0xfe, 0x9f, 0x80, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x02, 0x08,
0x02, 0x55, 0x5a, 0x75, 0xff, 0xaf, 0xb6, 0xf7, 0x2d, 0x12, 0x92, 0x00,
0x10, 0x20, 0x10, 0xa8, 0x54, 0xd5, 0xbf, 0x5d, 0xad, 0xdd, 0x0f, 0x00,
0x00, 0x04, 0x40, 0x09, 0x84, 0xa8, 0xaa, 0x5a, 0xed, 0xeb, 0x6a, 0xff,
0x9f, 0xa4, 0x24, 0x01, 0x02, 0xa0, 0x20, 0x50, 0x55, 0xd5, 0xbe, 0xae,
0xad, 0xfd, 0x16, 0x00, 0x10, 0x04, 0x20, 0x0a, 0x08, 0xb4, 0xaa, 0x95,
0xaa, 0x7b, 0xb7, 0xdb, 0x5f, 0x92, 0x04, 0x01, 0x84, 0x20, 0x21, 0x51,
0xd5, 0x2a, 0xa9, 0xee, 0xd5, 0xfe, 0x0d, 0x00, 0x20, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00,
0x08, 0x50, 0xe9, 0xd7, 0xd4, 0xfb, 0xb5, 0xff, 0x9f, 0x24, 0x09, 0x01,
0x42, 0x4a, 0xa2, 0x64, 0xd5, 0x55, 0x7b, 0x7f, 0xda, 0x7d, 0x4f, 0x00,
0x20, 0x04, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0xa0, 0x2a, 0x13, 0x84, 0x6a, 0x55, 0xff,
0x1d, 0x48, 0x8a, 0x00, 0x94, 0x24, 0x8a, 0xc8, 0xaa, 0x42, 0x20, 0x5d,
0xf5, 0xff, 0x5f, 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x20, 0xa2, 0x4a, 0x1a,
0x82, 0x56, 0xda, 0xbd, 0x3f, 0x92, 0x92, 0x00, 0x90, 0x92, 0x00, 0x40,
0x95, 0x6a, 0xf4, 0x55, 0x6d, 0xff, 0xd6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0a, 0x04, 0x20,
0x14, 0x49, 0x4b, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0x56, 0xf5, 0xff, 0xbf, 0xab, 0xa4, 0x00,
0x20, 0x89, 0x40, 0x80, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0xaa, 0xde, 0xbf, 0xeb, 0x03,
0x00, 0x02, 0x04, 0x02, 0x0a, 0x10, 0x2b, 0x2a, 0x55, 0x5b, 0xf5, 0xff,
0xd7, 0x2f, 0x92, 0x00, 0x10, 0x28, 0x21, 0x01, 0x56, 0x95, 0xa0, 0x56,
0xdf, 0xef, 0xea, 0x87, 0x40, 0x0a, 0x42, 0x41, 0x00, 0x90, 0xaa, 0x52,
0xb6, 0xad, 0xfa, 0xff, 0xd5, 0x2f, 0x14, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x95, 0x04,
0xaa, 0xac, 0x55, 0x6b, 0xff, 0xb7, 0xea, 0x9f, 0x40, 0x02, 0x28, 0x51,
0x00, 0x40, 0x58, 0xd5, 0xda, 0xd6, 0x6e, 0x7f, 0xf9, 0x3f, 0x12, 0x04,
0x02, 0x04, 0x49, 0x25, 0x55, 0xaa, 0x77, 0xab, 0xff, 0x2b, 0xfd, 0x3f,
0x48, 0x01, 0x20, 0x41, 0x00, 0x00, 0x58, 0xa9, 0xda, 0xea, 0xfd, 0xaf,
0xfa, 0xff, 0x02, 0x04, 0x08, 0x14, 0x29, 0x49, 0x52, 0x55, 0x55, 0x55,
0xff, 0x8d, 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xa8, 0x00, 0x02, 0x41, 0x00, 0x02, 0xa0, 0xa2,
0xaa, 0xea, 0xff, 0x53, 0xfd, 0xff, 0x02, 0x04, 0x50, 0x04, 0x25, 0xa8,
0x54, 0x49, 0x52, 0xb5, 0xbf, 0x8a, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xa9, 0x08, 0x04, 0x50,
0x80, 0x02, 0xa1, 0x2a, 0x95, 0xea, 0xff, 0xa1, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x02,
0x90, 0x02, 0x09, 0x08, 0x44, 0x49, 0x52, 0xbd, 0x7f, 0xca, 0xff, 0xff,
0x2b, 0x09, 0x04, 0x48, 0x40, 0x82, 0x90, 0x56, 0xa9, 0xf6, 0xbf, 0xd0,
0xff, 0xff, 0x47, 0x00, 0x50, 0x02, 0x15, 0x11, 0x40, 0x95, 0xaa, 0xfd,
0x2f, 0xe9, 0xff, 0xff, 0x8f, 0x0a, 0x84, 0x50, 0x40, 0x84, 0x14, 0xaa,
0x6a, 0xff, 0x5f, 0xf2, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x10, 0x02, 0x09, 0x10,
0x40, 0x7d, 0xf7, 0xff, 0x0b, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0xaf, 0x02, 0x84, 0x50,
0x42, 0x85, 0x12, 0xd0, 0xdd, 0xff, 0xa7, 0xf2, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x04,
0x00, 0x0a, 0x08, 0x10, 0x48, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0a, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff,
0x7f, 0x03, 0xa4, 0x80, 0xa2, 0x8a, 0x02, 0x68, 0xff, 0xff, 0x52, 0xfd,
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x2a, 0x08, 0x20, 0x28, 0xdc, 0xff, 0x5f,
0x05, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0d, 0x92, 0x40, 0x22, 0x09, 0x02, 0xea,
0xfb, 0xaf, 0x48, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x12, 0x81, 0xa0,
0x48, 0x9c, 0x6e, 0x93, 0xa2, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x07, 0xa8, 0x40,
0x28, 0x0a, 0x02, 0x74, 0xb5, 0x45, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f,
0x02, 0x0a, 0x81, 0x20, 0x08, 0xae, 0xaa, 0x90, 0xe8, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0x0f, 0x90, 0x40, 0x28, 0x88, 0x12, 0x58, 0x15, 0x50, 0xd0, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x44, 0x0a, 0x41, 0x21, 0x08, 0xae, 0x04, 0x14,
0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x40, 0x14, 0x88, 0x04, 0xba,
0x02, 0x28, 0xe8, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x42, 0x15, 0x41, 0x21,
0x05, 0xad, 0x00, 0x05, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x40,
0x24, 0x8a, 0x0e, 0x36, 0x00, 0x0a, 0xf4, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f,
0x42, 0x25, 0x90, 0xd0, 0x8b, 0xc2, 0x41, 0x05, 0xfc, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x08, 0x05, 0xe8, 0x8e, 0x58, 0x80, 0x02, 0xfa, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x4a, 0x20, 0xa8, 0xba, 0x0b, 0x2b, 0x51, 0x01,
0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x8a, 0x02, 0xe8, 0xaf, 0x84,
0x90, 0x04, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x52, 0x21, 0x54, 0xbf,
0x1f, 0x15, 0xa5, 0x02, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x08,
0x01, 0xfa, 0xb6, 0xa4, 0x52, 0x40, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f,
0x4a, 0xa2, 0x54, 0xef, 0x5f, 0x4b, 0xa4, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0x0f, 0x80, 0x10, 0x82, 0xfe, 0xbf, 0x92, 0x52, 0x42, 0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x12, 0x42, 0xa8, 0xbf, 0x1f, 0x24, 0x80, 0xa0,
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x84, 0x28, 0x8a, 0xf7, 0x37, 0x80,
0x52, 0x80, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x82, 0xe0, 0xff,
0x1f, 0x00, 0x20, 0xe1, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x84, 0x28,
0xca, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f,
0x10, 0x42, 0xf0, 0xfd, 0x1b, 0x00, 0x50, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0x0f, 0xa4, 0x10, 0xc5, 0xff, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x22, 0xf8, 0xff, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0,
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0xaa, 0x88, 0xe2, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x10,
0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x25, 0xfa, 0xff,
0x0f, 0x01, 0x11, 0xfd, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f, 0xff, 0xfb,
0xfb, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x5d, 0xd5, 0xfa, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x0f};
|
Deleted library/demos/images/ouster.png.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to library/demos/items.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Canvas Item Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "Items"
positionWindow $w
set c $w.frame.c
| | | | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Canvas Item Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "Items"
positionWindow $w
set c $w.frame.c
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 5i -justify left -text "This window contains a canvas widget with examples of the various kinds of items supported by canvases. The following operations are supported:\n Button-1 drag:\tmoves item under pointer.\n Button-2 drag:\trepositions view.\n Button-3 drag:\tstrokes out area.\n Ctrl+f:\t\tprints items under area."
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
frame $w.frame
pack $w.frame -side top -fill both -expand yes
canvas $c -scrollregion {0c 0c 30c 24c} -width 15c -height 10c \
-relief sunken -borderwidth 2 \
-xscrollcommand "$w.frame.hscroll set" \
-yscrollcommand "$w.frame.vscroll set"
scrollbar $w.frame.vscroll -command "$c yview"
scrollbar $w.frame.hscroll -orient horiz -command "$c xview"
grid $c -in $w.frame \
-row 0 -column 0 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news
grid $w.frame.vscroll \
-row 0 -column 1 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news
grid $w.frame.hscroll \
-row 1 -column 0 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | 16.5c 4.5c 13.5c 7.5c 12c 6c -smooth on -width 3m -cap round \ -stipple @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images gray25.xbm] \ -fill $red -tags item $c create text 25c .2c -text Polygons -anchor n $c create polygon 21c 1.0c 22.5c 1.75c 24c 1.0c 23.25c 2.5c \ 24c 4.0c 22.5c 3.25c 21c 4.0c 21.75c 2.5c -fill $green \ | | | | | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 |
16.5c 4.5c 13.5c 7.5c 12c 6c -smooth on -width 3m -cap round \
-stipple @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images gray25.xbm] \
-fill $red -tags item
$c create text 25c .2c -text Polygons -anchor n
$c create polygon 21c 1.0c 22.5c 1.75c 24c 1.0c 23.25c 2.5c \
24c 4.0c 22.5c 3.25c 21c 4.0c 21.75c 2.5c -fill $green \
-outline black -width 4 -tags item
$c create polygon 25c 4c 25c 4c 25c 1c 26c 1c 27c 4c 28c 1c \
29c 1c 29c 4c 29c 4c -fill $red -smooth on -tags item
$c create polygon 22c 4.5c 25c 4.5c 25c 6.75c 28c 6.75c \
28c 5.25c 24c 5.25c 24c 6.0c 26c 6c 26c 7.5c 22c 7.5c \
-stipple @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images gray25.xbm] \
-outline black -tags item
$c create text 5c 8.2c -text Rectangles -anchor n
$c create rectangle 1c 9.5c 4c 12.5c -outline $red -width 3m -tags item
$c create rectangle 0.5c 13.5c 4.5c 15.5c -fill $green -tags item
$c create rectangle 6c 10c 9c 15c -outline {} \
-stipple @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images gray25.xbm] \
-fill $blue -tags item
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 | $c create text 22.5c 9c -anchor n -font $font1 -width 4c \ -text "A short string of text, word-wrapped, justified left, and anchored north (at the top). The rectangles show the anchor points for each piece of text." -tags item $c create rectangle 25.4c 10.9c 25.6c 11.1c $c create text 25.5c 11c -anchor w -font $font1 -fill $blue \ -text "Several lines,\n each centered\nindividually,\nand all anchored\nat the left edge." \ -justify center -tags item $c create rectangle 24.9c 13.9c 25.1c 14.1c | < | | < | < | | < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | | | < | | | > | < < < < | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 |
$c create text 22.5c 9c -anchor n -font $font1 -width 4c \
-text "A short string of text, word-wrapped, justified left, and anchored north (at the top). The rectangles show the anchor points for each piece of text." -tags item
$c create rectangle 25.4c 10.9c 25.6c 11.1c
$c create text 25.5c 11c -anchor w -font $font1 -fill $blue \
-text "Several lines,\n each centered\nindividually,\nand all anchored\nat the left edge." \
-justify center -tags item
$c create rectangle 24.9c 13.9c 25.1c 14.1c
$c create text 25c 14c -font $font2 -anchor c -fill $red -stipple gray50 \
-text "Stippled characters" -tags item
$c create text 5c 16.2c -text Arcs -anchor n
$c create arc 0.5c 17c 7c 20c -fill $green -outline black \
-start 45 -extent 270 -style pieslice -tags item
$c create arc 6.5c 17c 9.5c 20c -width 4m -style arc \
-outline $blue -start -135 -extent 270 -tags item \
-outlinestipple @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images gray25.xbm]
$c create arc 0.5c 20c 9.5c 24c -width 4m -style pieslice \
-fill {} -outline $red -start 225 -extent -90 -tags item
$c create arc 5.5c 20.5c 9.5c 23.5c -width 4m -style chord \
-fill $blue -outline {} -start 45 -extent 270 -tags item
$c create text 15c 16.2c -text Bitmaps -anchor n
$c create bitmap 13c 20c -tags item \
-bitmap @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images face.xbm]
$c create bitmap 17c 18.5c -tags item \
-bitmap @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images noletter.xbm]
$c create bitmap 17c 21.5c -tags item \
-bitmap @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images letters.xbm]
$c create text 25c 16.2c -text Windows -anchor n
button $c.button -text "Press Me" -command "butPress $c $red"
$c create window 21c 18c -window $c.button -anchor nw -tags item
entry $c.entry -width 20 -relief sunken
$c.entry insert end "Edit this text"
$c create window 21c 21c -window $c.entry -anchor nw -tags item
scale $c.scale -from 0 -to 100 -length 6c -sliderlength .4c \
-width .5c -tickinterval 0
$c create window 28.5c 17.5c -window $c.scale -anchor n -tags item
$c create text 21c 17.9c -text Button: -anchor sw
$c create text 21c 20.9c -text Entry: -anchor sw
$c create text 28.5c 17.4c -text Scale: -anchor s
# Set up event bindings for canvas:
$c bind item <Any-Enter> "itemEnter $c"
$c bind item <Any-Leave> "itemLeave $c"
bind $c <2> "$c scan mark %x %y"
bind $c <B2-Motion> "$c scan dragto %x %y"
bind $c <3> "itemMark $c %x %y"
bind $c <B3-Motion> "itemStroke $c %x %y"
bind $c <Control-f> "itemsUnderArea $c"
bind $c <1> "itemStartDrag $c %x %y"
bind $c <B1-Motion> "itemDrag $c %x %y"
# Utility procedures for highlighting the item under the pointer:
proc itemEnter {c} {
global restoreCmd
if {[winfo depth $c] == 1} {
set restoreCmd {}
return
}
set type [$c type current]
if {$type == "window"} {
set restoreCmd {}
return
}
if {$type == "bitmap"} {
set bg [lindex [$c itemconf current -background] 4]
set restoreCmd [list $c itemconfig current -background $bg]
$c itemconfig current -background SteelBlue2
return
}
set fill [lindex [$c itemconfig current -fill] 4]
if {(($type == "rectangle") || ($type == "oval") || ($type == "arc"))
&& ($fill == "")} {
set outline [lindex [$c itemconfig current -outline] 4]
set restoreCmd "$c itemconfig current -outline $outline"
$c itemconfig current -outline SteelBlue2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
253 254 255 256 257 258 259 |
}
proc itemsUnderArea {c} {
global areaX1 areaY1 areaX2 areaY2
set area [$c find withtag area]
set items ""
foreach i [$c find enclosed $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2] {
| | | | 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
}
proc itemsUnderArea {c} {
global areaX1 areaY1 areaX2 areaY2
set area [$c find withtag area]
set items ""
foreach i [$c find enclosed $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2] {
if {[lsearch [$c gettags $i] item] != -1} {
lappend items $i
}
}
puts stdout "Items enclosed by area: $items"
set items ""
foreach i [$c find overlapping $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2] {
if {[lsearch [$c gettags $i] item] != -1} {
lappend items $i
}
}
puts stdout "Items overlapping area: $items"
}
set areaX1 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
set lastY $y
}
# Procedure that's invoked when the button embedded in the canvas
# is invoked.
proc butPress {w color} {
| | | 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 |
set lastY $y
}
# Procedure that's invoked when the button embedded in the canvas
# is invoked.
proc butPress {w color} {
set i [$w create text 25c 18.1c -text "Ouch!!" -fill $color -anchor n]
after 500 "$w delete $i"
}
|
Changes to library/demos/ixset.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
global mouseacc ; set mouseacc "3/1"
global mousethr ; set mousethr 4
global screenbla ; set screenbla "blank"
global screentim ; set screentim 600
global screencyc ; set screencyc 600
set xfd [open "|xset q" r]
| | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
global mouseacc ; set mouseacc "3/1"
global mousethr ; set mousethr 4
global screenbla ; set screenbla "blank"
global screentim ; set screentim 600
global screencyc ; set screencyc 600
set xfd [open "|xset q" r]
while {[gets $xfd line] > -1} {
switch -- [lindex $line 0] {
auto {
set rpt [lindex $line 1]
if {$rpt eq "repeat:"} {
set kbdrep [lindex $line 2]
set kbdcli [lindex $line 6]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
proc createwindows {} {
#
# Buttons
#
frame .buttons
| | | | | 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
proc createwindows {} {
#
# Buttons
#
frame .buttons
button .buttons.ok -default active -command ok -text "Ok"
button .buttons.apply -default normal -command apply -text "Apply" \
-state disabled
button .buttons.cancel -default normal -command cancel -text "Cancel" \
-state disabled
button .buttons.quit -default normal -command quit -text "Quit"
pack .buttons.ok .buttons.apply .buttons.cancel .buttons.quit \
-side left -expand yes -pady 5
bind . <Return> {.buttons.ok flash; .buttons.ok invoke}
bind . <Escape> {.buttons.quit flash; .buttons.quit invoke}
bind . <1> {
if {![string match .buttons* %W]} {
.buttons.apply configure -state normal
.buttons.cancel configure -state normal
}
}
bind . <Key> {
if {![string match .buttons* %W]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/knightstour.tcl.
|
| | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | # Copyright (C) 2008 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> # # Calculate a Knight's tour of a chessboard. # # This uses Warnsdorff's rule to calculate the next square each # time. This specifies that the next square should be the one that # has the least number of available moves. # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | # If the call to the Edgemost function is commented out you can see # this occur. # # You can drag the knight to a specific square to start if you wish. # If you let it repeat then it will choose random start positions # for each new tour. | | | | | < < | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
# If the call to the Edgemost function is commented out you can see
# this occur.
#
# You can drag the knight to a specific square to start if you wish.
# If you let it repeat then it will choose random start positions
# for each new tour.
package require Tk 8.5
# Return a list of accessible squares from a given square
proc ValidMoves {square} {
set moves {}
foreach pair {{-1 -2} {-2 -1} {-2 1} {-1 2} {1 2} {2 1} {2 -1} {1 -2}} {
set col [expr {($square % 8) + [lindex $pair 0]}]
set row [expr {($square / 8) + [lindex $pair 1]}]
if {$row > -1 && $row < 8 && $col > -1 && $col < 8} {
lappend moves [expr {$row * 8 + $col}]
}
}
return $moves
}
# Return the number of available moves for this square
proc CheckSquare {square} {
variable visited
set moves 0
foreach test [ValidMoves $square] {
if {[lsearch -exact -integer $visited $test] == -1} {
incr moves
}
}
return $moves
}
# Select the next square to move to. Returns -1 if there are no available
# squares remaining that we can move to.
proc Next {square} {
variable visited
set minimum 9
set nextSquare -1
foreach testSquare [ValidMoves $square] {
if {[lsearch -exact -integer $visited $testSquare] == -1} {
set count [CheckSquare $testSquare]
if {$count < $minimum} {
set minimum $count
set nextSquare $testSquare
} elseif {$count == $minimum} {
set nextSquare [Edgemost $nextSquare $testSquare]
}
}
}
return $nextSquare
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
variable visited
variable delay
variable continuous
$dlg.f.txt insert end "[llength $visited]. [N $last] .. [N $square]\n" {}
$dlg.f.txt see end
$dlg.f.c itemconfigure [expr {1+$last}] -state normal -outline black
$dlg.f.c itemconfigure [expr {1+$square}] -state normal -outline red
| | | 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
variable visited
variable delay
variable continuous
$dlg.f.txt insert end "[llength $visited]. [N $last] .. [N $square]\n" {}
$dlg.f.txt see end
$dlg.f.c itemconfigure [expr {1+$last}] -state normal -outline black
$dlg.f.c itemconfigure [expr {1+$square}] -state normal -outline red
$dlg.f.c coords knight [lrange [$dlg.f.c coords [expr {1+$square}]] 0 1]
lappend visited $square
set next [Next $square]
if {$next ne -1} {
variable aid [after $delay [list MovePiece $dlg $square $next]]
} else {
$dlg.tf.b1 configure -state normal
if {[llength $visited] == 64} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
variable visited {}
$dlg.f.txt delete 1.0 end
$dlg.tf.b1 configure -state disabled
for {set n 0} {$n < 64} {incr n} {
$dlg.f.c itemconfigure $n -state disabled -outline black
}
if {$square eq {}} {
| < | > | 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
variable visited {}
$dlg.f.txt delete 1.0 end
$dlg.tf.b1 configure -state disabled
for {set n 0} {$n < 64} {incr n} {
$dlg.f.c itemconfigure $n -state disabled -outline black
}
if {$square eq {}} {
set square [expr {[$dlg.f.c find closest \
{*}[$dlg.f.c coords knight] 0 65]-1}]
}
variable initial $square
after idle [list MovePiece $dlg $initial $initial]
}
proc Stop {} {
variable aid
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
$w move selected [expr {$x - [lindex $dragging 0]}] \
[expr {$y - [lindex $dragging 1]}]
variable dragging [list $x $y]
}
}
proc DragEnd {w x y} {
set square [$w find closest $x $y 0 65]
| | | | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
$w move selected [expr {$x - [lindex $dragging 0]}] \
[expr {$y - [lindex $dragging 1]}]
variable dragging [list $x $y]
}
}
proc DragEnd {w x y} {
set square [$w find closest $x $y 0 65]
$w coords selected [lrange [$w coords $square] 0 1]
$w dtag selected
variable dragging ; unset dragging
}
proc CreateGUI {} {
catch {destroy .knightstour}
set dlg [toplevel .knightstour]
wm title $dlg "Knights tour"
wm withdraw $dlg
set f [ttk::frame $dlg.f]
set c [canvas $f.c -width 240 -height 240]
text $f.txt -width 10 -height 1 -background white \
-yscrollcommand [list $f.vs set] -font {Arial 8}
ttk::scrollbar $f.vs -command [list $f.txt yview]
variable delay 600
variable continuous 0
ttk::frame $dlg.tf
ttk::label $dlg.tf.ls -text Speed
ttk::scale $dlg.tf.sc -from 8 -to 2000 -command [list SetDelay] \
-variable [namespace which -variable delay]
ttk::checkbutton $dlg.tf.cc -text Repeat \
-variable [namespace which -variable continuous]
ttk::button $dlg.tf.b1 -text Start -command [list Tour $dlg]
ttk::button $dlg.tf.b2 -text Exit -command [list Exit $dlg]
set square 0
for {set row 7} {$row != -1} {incr row -1} {
for {set col 0} {$col < 8} {incr col} {
if {(($col & 1) ^ ($row & 1))} {
set fill tan3 ; set dfill tan4
} else {
set fill bisque ; set dfill bisque3
}
set coords [list [expr {$col * 30 + 4}] [expr {$row * 30 + 4}] \
[expr {$col * 30 + 30}] [expr {$row * 30 + 30}]]
$c create rectangle $coords -fill $fill -disabledfill $dfill \
-width 2 -state disabled
}
}
catch {eval font create KnightFont -size -24}
$c create text 0 0 -font KnightFont -text "\u265e" \
-anchor nw -tags knight -fill black -activefill "#600000"
$c coords knight [lrange [$c coords [expr {1 + int(rand() * 64)}]] 0 1]
$c bind knight <ButtonPress-1> [namespace code [list DragStart %W %x %y]]
$c bind knight <Motion> [namespace code [list DragMotion %W %x %y]]
$c bind knight <ButtonRelease-1> [namespace code [list DragEnd %W %x %y]]
grid $c $f.txt $f.vs -sticky news
grid rowconfigure $f 0 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $f 1 -weight 1
grid $f - - - - - -sticky news
set things [list $dlg.tf.ls $dlg.tf.sc $dlg.tf.cc $dlg.tf.b1]
if {![info exists ::widgetDemo]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
pack configure [lindex $things 0] -padx {4 24}
pack configure [lindex $things end] -padx {16 4}
}
grid $dlg.tf - - - - - -sticky ew
if {[info exists ::widgetDemo]} {
grid [addSeeDismiss $dlg.buttons $dlg] - - - - - -sticky ew
}
| | | 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
pack configure [lindex $things 0] -padx {4 24}
pack configure [lindex $things end] -padx {16 4}
}
grid $dlg.tf - - - - - -sticky ew
if {[info exists ::widgetDemo]} {
grid [addSeeDismiss $dlg.buttons $dlg] - - - - - -sticky ew
}
grid rowconfigure $dlg 0 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $dlg 0 -weight 1
bind $dlg <Control-F2> {console show}
bind $dlg <Return> [list $dlg.tf.b1 invoke]
bind $dlg <Escape> [list $dlg.tf.b2 invoke]
bind $dlg <Destroy> [namespace code [list Stop]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/label.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
set w .label
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Label Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "label"
positionWindow $w
| | | | < | | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
set w .label
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Label Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "label"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "Five labels are displayed below: three textual ones on the left, and a bitmap label and a text label on the right. Labels are pretty boring because you can't do anything with them."
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
frame $w.left
frame $w.right
pack $w.left $w.right -side left -expand yes -padx 10 -pady 10 -fill both
label $w.left.l1 -text "First label"
label $w.left.l2 -text "Second label, raised" -relief raised
label $w.left.l3 -text "Third label, sunken" -relief sunken
pack $w.left.l1 $w.left.l2 $w.left.l3 -side top -expand yes -pady 2 -anchor w
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
label $w.right.bitmap -borderwidth 2 -relief sunken \
-bitmap @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images face.xbm]
label $w.right.caption -text "Tcl/Tk Proprietor"
pack $w.right.bitmap $w.right.caption -side top
|
Changes to library/demos/mclist.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 |
# mclist.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing a Ttk
# tree widget configured as a multi-column listbox.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .mclist
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Multi-Column List"
wm iconname $w "mclist"
positionWindow $w
## Explanatory text
ttk::label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -anchor n -padding {10 2 10 6} -text "Ttk is the new Tk themed widget set. One of the widgets it includes is a tree widget, which can be configured to display multiple columns of informational data without displaying the tree itself. This is a simple way to build a listbox that has multiple columns. Clicking on the heading for a column will sort the data by that column. You can also change the width of the columns by dragging the boundary between them."
pack $w.msg -fill x
## See Code / Dismiss
pack [addSeeDismiss $w.seeDismiss $w] -side bottom -fill x
ttk::frame $w.container
ttk::treeview $w.tree -columns {country capital currency} -show headings \
-yscroll "$w.vsb set" -xscroll "$w.hsb set"
| > > | | > > > > < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
# mclist.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing a Ttk
# tree widget configured as a multi-column listbox.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
package require Ttk
set w .mclist
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Multi-Column List"
wm iconname $w "mclist"
positionWindow $w
## Explanatory text
ttk::label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -anchor n -padding {10 2 10 6} -text "Ttk is the new Tk themed widget set. One of the widgets it includes is a tree widget, which can be configured to display multiple columns of informational data without displaying the tree itself. This is a simple way to build a listbox that has multiple columns. Clicking on the heading for a column will sort the data by that column. You can also change the width of the columns by dragging the boundary between them."
pack $w.msg -fill x
## See Code / Dismiss
pack [addSeeDismiss $w.seeDismiss $w] -side bottom -fill x
ttk::frame $w.container
ttk::treeview $w.tree -columns {country capital currency} -show headings \
-yscroll "$w.vsb set" -xscroll "$w.hsb set"
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
ttk::scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical -command "$w.tree yview"
ttk::scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -command "$w.tree xview"
} else {
scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical -command "$w.tree yview"
scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -command "$w.tree xview"
}
pack $w.container -fill both -expand 1
grid $w.tree $w.vsb -in $w.container -sticky nsew
grid $w.hsb -in $w.container -sticky nsew
grid column $w.container 0 -weight 1
grid row $w.container 0 -weight 1
## The data we're going to insert
set data {
Argentina {Buenos Aires} ARS
Australia Canberra AUD
Brazil Brazilia BRL
Canada Ottawa CAD
China Beijing CNY
France Paris EUR
Germany Berlin EUR
India {New Delhi} INR
Italy Rome EUR
Japan Tokyo JPY
Mexico {Mexico City} MXN
Russia Moscow RUB
{South Africa} Pretoria ZAR
{United Kingdom} London GBP
{United States} {Washington, D.C.} USD
}
## Code to insert the data nicely
set font [ttk::style lookup [$w.tree cget -style] -font]
foreach col {country capital currency} name {Country Capital Currency} {
$w.tree heading $col -command [list SortBy $w.tree $col 0] -text $name
$w.tree column $col -width [font measure $font $name]
}
foreach {country capital currency} $data {
$w.tree insert {} end -values [list $country $capital $currency]
foreach col {country capital currency} {
set len [font measure $font "[set $col] "]
if {[$w.tree column $col -width] < $len} {
$w.tree column $col -width $len
}
}
}
## Code to do the sorting of the tree contents when clicked on
proc SortBy {tree col direction} {
# Determine currently sorted column and its sort direction
foreach c {country capital currency} {
set s [$tree heading $c state]
if {("selected" in $s || "alternate" in $s) && $col ne $c} {
# Sorted column has changed
$tree heading $c state {!selected !alternate !user1}
set direction [expr {"alternate" in $s}]
}
}
# Build something we can sort
set data {}
foreach row [$tree children {}] {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
foreach info [lsort -dictionary -index 0 $dir $data] {
$tree move [lindex $info 1] {} [incr r]
}
# Switch the heading so that it will sort in the opposite direction
$tree heading $col -command [list SortBy $tree $col [expr {!$direction}]] \
state [expr {$direction?"!selected alternate":"selected !alternate"}]
| | < < | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 |
foreach info [lsort -dictionary -index 0 $dir $data] {
$tree move [lindex $info 1] {} [incr r]
}
# Switch the heading so that it will sort in the opposite direction
$tree heading $col -command [list SortBy $tree $col [expr {!$direction}]] \
state [expr {$direction?"!selected alternate":"selected !alternate"}]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
# Aqua theme displays native sort arrows when user1 state is set
$tree heading $col state "user1"
}
}
|
Changes to library/demos/menu.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
} elseif {[tk windowingsystem] == "win32"} {
set modifier Control
} else {
set modifier Meta
}
foreach i {A B C D E F} {
$m add command -label "Print letter \"$i\"" -underline 14 \
| | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
} elseif {[tk windowingsystem] == "win32"} {
set modifier Control
} else {
set modifier Meta
}
foreach i {A B C D E F} {
$m add command -label "Print letter \"$i\"" -underline 14 \
-accelerator $modifier+$i -command "puts $i"
bind $w <$modifier-[string tolower $i]> "puts $i"
}
set m $w.menu.cascade
$w.menu add cascade -label "Cascades" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
$m add command -label "Print hello" \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 | $m invoke 1 $m invoke 7 set m $w.menu.icon $w.menu add cascade -label "Icons" -menu $m -underline 0 menu $m -tearoff 0 # Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory | | < < | | < < < < < < < | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
$m invoke 1
$m invoke 7
set m $w.menu.icon
$w.menu add cascade -label "Icons" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
$m add command -bitmap @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images pattern.xbm] \
-hidemargin 1 -command [list \
tk_dialog $w.pattern {Bitmap Menu Entry} \
"The menu entry you invoked displays a bitmap rather than\
a text string. Other than this, it is just like any other\
menu entry." {} 0 OK ]
foreach i {info questhead error} {
$m add command -bitmap $i -hidemargin 1 -command [list \
puts "You invoked the $i bitmap" ]
}
$m entryconfigure 2 -columnbreak 1
set m $w.menu.more
$w.menu add cascade -label "More" -menu $m -underline 0
menu $m -tearoff 0
foreach i {{An entry} {Another entry} {Does nothing} {Does almost nothing} {Make life meaningful}} {
$m add command -label $i -command [list puts "You invoked \"$i\""]
}
$m entryconfigure "Does almost nothing" -bitmap questhead -compound left \
-command [list \
tk_dialog $w.compound {Compound Menu Entry} \
"The menu entry you invoked displays both a bitmap and a\
text string. Other than this, it is just like any other\
menu entry." {} 0 OK ]
set m $w.menu.colors
$w.menu add cascade -label "Colors" -menu $m -underline 1
menu $m -tearoff 1
foreach i {red orange yellow green blue} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/menubu.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
positionWindow $w
frame $w.body
pack $w.body -expand 1 -fill both
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {catch {set origUseCustomMDEF $::tk::mac::useCustomMDEF; set ::tk::mac::useCustomMDEF 1}}
menubutton $w.body.below -text "Below" -underline 0 -direction below -menu $w.body.below.m -relief raised
| | | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
positionWindow $w
frame $w.body
pack $w.body -expand 1 -fill both
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {catch {set origUseCustomMDEF $::tk::mac::useCustomMDEF; set ::tk::mac::useCustomMDEF 1}}
menubutton $w.body.below -text "Below" -underline 0 -direction below -menu $w.body.below.m -relief raised
menu $w.body.below.m -tearoff 0
$w.body.below.m add command -label "Below menu: first item" -command "puts \"You have selected the first item from the Below menu.\""
$w.body.below.m add command -label "Below menu: second item" -command "puts \"You have selected the second item from the Below menu.\""
grid $w.body.below -row 0 -column 1 -sticky n
menubutton $w.body.right -text "Right" -underline 0 -direction right -menu $w.body.right.m -relief raised
menu $w.body.right.m -tearoff 0
$w.body.right.m add command -label "Right menu: first item" -command "puts \"You have selected the first item from the Right menu.\""
$w.body.right.m add command -label "Right menu: second item" -command "puts \"You have selected the second item from the Right menu.\""
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/msgbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
# msgbox.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates message boxes of various type
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .msgbox
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Message Box Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "messagebox"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "Choose the icon and type option of the message box. Then press the \"Message Box\" button to see the message box."
pack $w.msg -side top
pack [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w {} {
ttk::button $w.buttons.vars -text "Message Box" -command "showMessageBox $w"
}] -side bottom -fill x
#pack $w.buttons.dismiss $w.buttons.code $w.buttons.vars -side left -expand 1
| > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
# msgbox.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates message boxes of various type
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
package require Ttk
set w .msgbox
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Message Box Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "messagebox"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "Choose the icon and type option of the message box. Then press the \"Message Box\" button to see the message box."
pack $w.msg -side top
pack [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w {} {
ttk::button $w.buttons.vars -text "Message Box" -command "showMessageBox $w"
}] -side bottom -fill x
#pack $w.buttons.dismiss $w.buttons.code $w.buttons.vars -side left -expand 1
frame $w.left
frame $w.right
pack $w.left $w.right -side left -expand yes -fill y -pady .5c -padx .5c
label $w.left.label -text "Icon"
frame $w.left.sep -relief ridge -bd 1 -height 2
pack $w.left.label -side top
pack $w.left.sep -side top -fill x -expand no
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
}
proc showMessageBox {w} {
global msgboxIcon msgboxType
set button [tk_messageBox -icon $msgboxIcon -type $msgboxType \
-title Message -parent $w\
-message "This is a \"$msgboxType\" type messagebox with the \"$msgboxIcon\" icon"]
| | | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
}
proc showMessageBox {w} {
global msgboxIcon msgboxType
set button [tk_messageBox -icon $msgboxIcon -type $msgboxType \
-title Message -parent $w\
-message "This is a \"$msgboxType\" type messagebox with the \"$msgboxIcon\" icon"]
tk_messageBox -icon info -message "You have selected \"$button\"" -type ok\
-parent $w
}
|
Changes to library/demos/paned1.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | ## See Code / Dismiss buttons set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x panedwindow $w.pane pack $w.pane -side top -expand yes -fill both -pady 2 -padx 2m | | | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 | ## See Code / Dismiss buttons set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x panedwindow $w.pane pack $w.pane -side top -expand yes -fill both -pady 2 -padx 2m label $w.pane.left -text "This is the\nleft side" -bg yellow label $w.pane.right -text "This is the\nright side" -bg cyan $w.pane add $w.pane.left $w.pane.right |
Changes to library/demos/paned2.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
toplevel
}
set f [frame $w.pane.top]
listbox $f.list -listvariable paneList -yscrollcommand "$f.scr set"
# Invert the first item to highlight it
$f.list itemconfigure 0 \
-background [$f.list cget -fg] -foreground [$f.list cget -bg]
| | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
toplevel
}
set f [frame $w.pane.top]
listbox $f.list -listvariable paneList -yscrollcommand "$f.scr set"
# Invert the first item to highlight it
$f.list itemconfigure 0 \
-background [$f.list cget -fg] -foreground [$f.list cget -bg]
scrollbar $f.scr -orient vertical -command "$f.list yview"
pack $f.scr -side right -fill y
pack $f.list -fill both -expand 1
# The bottom window is a text widget with scrollbar
set f [frame $w.pane.bottom]
text $f.text -xscrollcommand "$f.xscr set" -yscrollcommand "$f.yscr set" \
-width 30 -height 8 -wrap none
scrollbar $f.xscr -orient horizontal -command "$f.text xview"
scrollbar $f.yscr -orient vertical -command "$f.text yview"
grid $f.text $f.yscr -sticky nsew
grid $f.xscr -sticky nsew
grid columnconfigure $f 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure $f 0 -weight 1
$f.text insert 1.0 "This is just a normal text widget"
# Now add our contents to the paned window
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/pendulum.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
canvas $w.k -width 320 -height 200 -background white -bd 2 -relief sunken
$w.k create line 160 200 160 0 -fill grey75 -arrow last -tags y_axis
$w.k create line 0 100 320 100 -fill grey75 -arrow last -tags x_axis
for {set i 90} {$i>=0} {incr i -10} {
# Coordinates of these items don't matter; they will be set properly below
$w.k create line 0 0 1 1 -smooth true -tags graph$i -fill grey$i
}
| | | | | 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
canvas $w.k -width 320 -height 200 -background white -bd 2 -relief sunken
$w.k create line 160 200 160 0 -fill grey75 -arrow last -tags y_axis
$w.k create line 0 100 320 100 -fill grey75 -arrow last -tags x_axis
for {set i 90} {$i>=0} {incr i -10} {
# Coordinates of these items don't matter; they will be set properly below
$w.k create line 0 0 1 1 -smooth true -tags graph$i -fill grey$i
}
# FIXME: UNICODE labels
$w.k create text 0 0 -anchor ne -text "q" -font {Symbol 8} -tags label_theta
$w.k create text 0 0 -anchor ne -text "dq" -font {Symbol 8} -tags label_dtheta
pack $w.k -in $w.p.l2 -fill both -expand true
# Initialize some variables
set points {}
set Theta 45.0
set dTheta 0.0
set pi 3.1415926535897933
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
109 110 111 112 113 114 115 |
# button. Also note that both canvases are sensitive to <Configure>
# events, which allows them to find out when they have been resized by
# the user.
bind $w.c <Destroy> {
after cancel $animationCallbacks(pendulum)
unset animationCallbacks(pendulum)
}
| | | | | | | | | | | 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
# button. Also note that both canvases are sensitive to <Configure>
# events, which allows them to find out when they have been resized by
# the user.
bind $w.c <Destroy> {
after cancel $animationCallbacks(pendulum)
unset animationCallbacks(pendulum)
}
bind $w.c <1> {
after cancel $animationCallbacks(pendulum)
showPendulum %W at %x %y
}
bind $w.c <B1-Motion> {
showPendulum %W at %x %y
}
bind $w.c <ButtonRelease-1> {
showPendulum %W at %x %y
set animationCallbacks(pendulum) [after 15 repeat [winfo toplevel %W]]
}
bind $w.c <Configure> {
%W coords plate 0 25 %w 25
set home [expr %w/2]
%W coords pivot [expr $home-5] 20 [expr $home+5] 30
}
bind $w.k <Configure> {
set psh [expr %h/2]
set psw [expr %w/2]
%W coords x_axis 2 $psh [expr %w-2] $psh
%W coords y_axis $psw [expr %h-2] $psw 2
%W coords label_dtheta [expr $psw-4] 6
%W coords label_theta [expr %w-6] [expr $psh+4]
}
# This procedure is the "business" part of the simulation that does
# simple numerical integration of the formula for a simple rotational
# pendulum.
proc recomputeAngle {} {
global Theta dTheta pi length
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/plot.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
set y [expr {250 - (4*[lindex $point 1])/5}]
set item [$c create oval [expr {$x-6}] [expr {$y-6}] \
[expr {$x+6}] [expr {$y+6}] -width 1 -outline black \
-fill SkyBlue2]
$c addtag point withtag $item
}
| | | | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
set y [expr {250 - (4*[lindex $point 1])/5}]
set item [$c create oval [expr {$x-6}] [expr {$y-6}] \
[expr {$x+6}] [expr {$y+6}] -width 1 -outline black \
-fill SkyBlue2]
$c addtag point withtag $item
}
$c bind point <Any-Enter> "$c itemconfig current -fill red"
$c bind point <Any-Leave> "$c itemconfig current -fill SkyBlue2"
$c bind point <1> "plotDown $c %x %y"
$c bind point <ButtonRelease-1> "$c dtag selected"
bind $c <B1-Motion> "plotMove $c %x %y"
set plot(lastX) 0
set plot(lastY) 0
# plotDown --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/puzzle.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 | # Special trick: select a darker color for the space by creating a # scrollbar widget and using its trough color. scrollbar $w.s # The button metrics are a bit bigger in Aqua, and since we are | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
# Special trick: select a darker color for the space by creating a
# scrollbar widget and using its trough color.
scrollbar $w.s
# The button metrics are a bit bigger in Aqua, and since we are
# using place which doesn't autosize, then we need to have a
# slightly larger frame here...
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set frameSize 168
} else {
set frameSize 120
}
frame $w.frame -width $frameSize -height $frameSize -borderwidth 2\
-relief sunken -bg [$w.s cget -troughcolor]
pack $w.frame -side top -pady 1c -padx 1c
destroy $w.s
set order {3 1 6 2 5 7 15 13 4 11 8 9 14 10 12}
for {set i 0} {$i < 15} {set i [expr {$i+1}]} {
set num [lindex $order $i]
set xpos($num) [expr {($i%4)*.25}]
set ypos($num) [expr {($i/4)*.25}]
button $w.frame.$num -relief raised -text $num -highlightthickness 0 \
-command "puzzleSwitch $w $num"
place $w.frame.$num -relx $xpos($num) -rely $ypos($num) \
-relwidth .25 -relheight .25
}
set xpos(space) .75
set ypos(space) .75
|
Changes to library/demos/ruler.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
#
# Arguments:
# c - The canvas window.
# x, y - Coordinates at which to create the tab stop.
proc rulerMkTab {c x y} {
upvar #0 demo_rulerInfo v
| < | | < < < < | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
#
# Arguments:
# c - The canvas window.
# x, y - Coordinates at which to create the tab stop.
proc rulerMkTab {c x y} {
upvar #0 demo_rulerInfo v
$c create polygon $x $y [expr {$x+$v(size)}] [expr {$y+$v(size)}] \
[expr {$x-$v(size)}] [expr {$y+$v(size)}]
}
set w .ruler
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Ruler Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "ruler"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
set demo_rulerInfo(grid) .25c
set demo_rulerInfo(left) [winfo fpixels $c 1c]
set demo_rulerInfo(right) [winfo fpixels $c 13c]
set demo_rulerInfo(top) [winfo fpixels $c 1c]
set demo_rulerInfo(bottom) [winfo fpixels $c 1.5c]
set demo_rulerInfo(size) [winfo fpixels $c .2c]
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
if {[winfo depth $c] > 1} {
set demo_rulerInfo(activeStyle) "-fill red -stipple {}"
set demo_rulerInfo(deleteStyle) [list -fill red \
-stipple @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images gray25.xbm]]
} else {
set demo_rulerInfo(activeStyle) "-fill black -stipple {}"
| > | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
set demo_rulerInfo(grid) .25c
set demo_rulerInfo(left) [winfo fpixels $c 1c]
set demo_rulerInfo(right) [winfo fpixels $c 13c]
set demo_rulerInfo(top) [winfo fpixels $c 1c]
set demo_rulerInfo(bottom) [winfo fpixels $c 1.5c]
set demo_rulerInfo(size) [winfo fpixels $c .2c]
set demo_rulerInfo(normalStyle) "-fill black"
# Main widget program sets variable tk_demoDirectory
if {[winfo depth $c] > 1} {
set demo_rulerInfo(activeStyle) "-fill red -stipple {}"
set demo_rulerInfo(deleteStyle) [list -fill red \
-stipple @[file join $tk_demoDirectory images gray25.xbm]]
} else {
set demo_rulerInfo(activeStyle) "-fill black -stipple {}"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
$c create line ${x}c 1c ${x}c 0.6c -width 1
$c create line $x.25c 1c $x.25c 0.8c -width 1
$c create line $x.5c 1c $x.5c 0.7c -width 1
$c create line $x.75c 1c $x.75c 0.8c -width 1
$c create text $x.15c .75c -text $i -anchor sw
}
$c addtag well withtag [$c create rect 13.2c 1c 13.8c 0.5c \
| | | | | | 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
$c create line ${x}c 1c ${x}c 0.6c -width 1
$c create line $x.25c 1c $x.25c 0.8c -width 1
$c create line $x.5c 1c $x.5c 0.7c -width 1
$c create line $x.75c 1c $x.75c 0.8c -width 1
$c create text $x.15c .75c -text $i -anchor sw
}
$c addtag well withtag [$c create rect 13.2c 1c 13.8c 0.5c \
-outline black -fill [lindex [$c config -bg] 4]]
$c addtag well withtag [rulerMkTab $c [winfo pixels $c 13.5c] \
[winfo pixels $c .65c]]
$c bind well <1> "rulerNewTab $c %x %y"
$c bind tab <1> "rulerSelectTab $c %x %y"
bind $c <B1-Motion> "rulerMoveTab $c %x %y"
bind $c <Any-ButtonRelease-1> "rulerReleaseTab $c"
# rulerNewTab --
# Does all the work of creating a tab stop, including creating the
# triangle object and adding tags to it to give it tab behavior.
#
# Arguments:
# c - The canvas window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/sayings.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w] pack $btns -side bottom -fill x frame $w.frame -borderwidth 10 pack $w.frame -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 1c | | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
frame $w.frame -borderwidth 10
pack $w.frame -side top -expand yes -fill both -padx 1c
scrollbar $w.frame.yscroll -command "$w.frame.list yview"
scrollbar $w.frame.xscroll -orient horizontal \
-command "$w.frame.list xview"
listbox $w.frame.list -width 20 -height 10 -setgrid 1 \
-yscroll "$w.frame.yscroll set" -xscroll "$w.frame.xscroll set"
grid $w.frame.list -row 0 -column 0 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news
grid $w.frame.yscroll -row 0 -column 1 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news
grid $w.frame.xscroll -row 1 -column 0 -rowspan 1 -columnspan 1 -sticky news
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/search.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 | button $w.string.button -text "Highlight" \ -command "textSearch $w.text \$searchString search" pack $w.string.label $w.string.entry -side left pack $w.string.button -side left -pady 5 -padx 10 bind $w.string.entry <Return> "textSearch $w.text \$searchString search" text $w.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" -setgrid true | | | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
button $w.string.button -text "Highlight" \
-command "textSearch $w.text \$searchString search"
pack $w.string.label $w.string.entry -side left
pack $w.string.button -side left -pady 5 -padx 10
bind $w.string.entry <Return> "textSearch $w.text \$searchString search"
text $w.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" -setgrid true
scrollbar $w.scroll -command "$w.text yview"
pack $w.file $w.string -side top -fill x
pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y
pack $w.text -expand yes -fill both
# Set up display styles for text highlighting.
if {[winfo depth $w] > 1} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/square.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
#!/bin/sh
# the next line restarts using wish \
exec wish "$0" ${1+"$@"}
# square --
# This script generates a demo application containing only a "square"
# widget. It's only usable in the "tktest" application or if Tk has
# been compiled with tkSquare.c. This demo arranges the following
# bindings for the widget:
| | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
#!/bin/sh
# the next line restarts using wish \
exec wish "$0" ${1+"$@"}
# square --
# This script generates a demo application containing only a "square"
# widget. It's only usable in the "tktest" application or if Tk has
# been compiled with tkSquare.c. This demo arranges the following
# bindings for the widget:
#
# Button-1 press/drag: moves square to mouse
# "a": toggle size animation on/off
package require Tk ;# We use Tk generally, and...
package require Tktest ;# ... we use the square widget too.
square .s
pack .s -expand yes -fill both
wm minsize . 1 1
bind .s <1> {center %x %y}
bind .s <B1-Motion> {center %x %y}
bind .s a animate
focus .s
# The procedure below centers the square on a given position.
proc center {x y} {
set a [.s size]
.s position [expr $x-($a/2)] [expr $y-($a/2)]
}
# The procedures below provide a simple form of animation where
# the box changes size in a pulsing pattern: larger, smaller, larger,
# and so on.
set inc 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/states.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | wm title $w "Listbox Demonstration (50 states)" wm iconname $w "states" positionWindow $w label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "A listbox containing the 50 states is displayed below, along with a scrollbar. You can scan the list either using the scrollbar or by scanning. To scan, press button 2 in the widget and drag up or down." pack $w.msg -side top | < < < < < < < < < < < | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 |
wm title $w "Listbox Demonstration (50 states)"
wm iconname $w "states"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "A listbox containing the 50 states is displayed below, along with a scrollbar. You can scan the list either using the scrollbar or by scanning. To scan, press button 2 in the widget and drag up or down."
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
frame $w.frame -borderwidth .5c
pack $w.frame -side top -expand yes -fill y
scrollbar $w.frame.scroll -command "$w.frame.list yview"
listbox $w.frame.list -yscroll "$w.frame.scroll set" -setgrid 1 -height 12
pack $w.frame.scroll -side right -fill y
pack $w.frame.list -side left -expand 1 -fill both
$w.frame.list insert 0 Alabama Alaska Arizona Arkansas California \
Colorado Connecticut Delaware Florida Georgia Hawaii Idaho Illinois \
Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Louisiana Maine Maryland \
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/style.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | # Only set the font family in one place for simplicity and consistency set family Courier text $w.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" -setgrid true \ -width 70 -height 32 -wrap word -font "$family 12" | | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | # Only set the font family in one place for simplicity and consistency set family Courier text $w.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" -setgrid true \ -width 70 -height 32 -wrap word -font "$family 12" scrollbar $w.scroll -command "$w.text yview" pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y pack $w.text -expand yes -fill both # Set up display styles $w.text tag configure bold -font "$family 12 bold italic" $w.text tag configure big -font "$family 14 bold" |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/tcolor.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
#!/bin/sh
# the next line restarts using wish \
exec wish "$0" ${1+"$@"}
# tcolor --
# This script implements a simple color editor, where you can
# create colors using either the RGB, HSB, or CYM color spaces
# and apply the color to existing applications.
| | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
#!/bin/sh
# the next line restarts using wish \
exec wish "$0" ${1+"$@"}
# tcolor --
# This script implements a simple color editor, where you can
# create colors using either the RGB, HSB, or CYM color spaces
# and apply the color to existing applications.
package require Tk 8.4
wm title . "Color Editor"
# Global variables that control the program:
#
# colorSpace - Color space currently being used for
# editing. Must be "rgb", "cmy", or "hsb".
# label1, label2, label3 - Labels for the scales.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
}
set f [open $i]
labelframe .names -text "Select:" -padx .1c -pady .1c
grid .names -row 0 -column 0 -sticky nsew -padx .15c -pady .15c -rowspan 2
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
listbox .names.lb -width 20 -height 12 -yscrollcommand ".names.s set" \
-exportselection false
| | | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
}
set f [open $i]
labelframe .names -text "Select:" -padx .1c -pady .1c
grid .names -row 0 -column 0 -sticky nsew -padx .15c -pady .15c -rowspan 2
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
listbox .names.lb -width 20 -height 12 -yscrollcommand ".names.s set" \
-exportselection false
bind .names.lb <Double-1> {
tc_loadNamedColor [.names.lb get [.names.lb curselection]]
}
scrollbar .names.s -orient vertical -command ".names.lb yview"
pack .names.lb .names.s -side left -fill y -expand 1
while {[gets $f line] >= 0} {
if {[regexp {^\s*\d+\s+\d+\s+\d+\s+(\S+)$} $line -> col]} {
.names.lb insert end $col
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/text.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Text Demonstration - Basic Facilities"
wm iconname $w "text"
positionWindow $w
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
| | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 |
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Text Demonstration - Basic Facilities"
wm iconname $w "text"
positionWindow $w
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
text $w.text -yscrollcommand [list $w.scroll set] -setgrid 1 \
-height 30 -undo 1 -autosep 1
scrollbar $w.scroll -command [list $w.text yview]
pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y
pack $w.text -expand yes -fill both
$w.text insert 0.0 \
{This window is a text widget. It displays one or more lines of text
and allows you to edit the text. Here is a summary of the things you
can do to a text widget:
1. Scrolling. Use the scrollbar to adjust the view in the text window.
2. Scanning. Press mouse button 2 in the text window and drag up or down.
This will drag the text at high speed to allow you to scan its contents.
3. Insert text. Press mouse button 1 to set the insertion cursor, then
type text. What you type will be added to the widget.
4. Select. Press mouse button 1 and drag to select a range of characters.
Once you've released the button, you can adjust the selection by pressing
button 1 with the shift key down. This will reset the end of the
selection nearest the mouse cursor and you can drag that end of the
selection by dragging the mouse before releasing the mouse button.
You can double-click to select whole words or triple-click to select
whole lines.
5. Delete and replace. To delete text, select the characters you'd like
to delete and type Backspace or Delete. Alternatively, you can type new
text, in which case it will replace the selected text.
6. Copy the selection. To copy the selection into this window, select
what you want to copy (either here or in another application), then
click button 2 to copy the selection to the point of the mouse cursor.
7. Edit. Text widgets support the standard Motif editing characters
plus many Emacs editing characters. Backspace and Control-h erase the
character to the left of the insertion cursor. Delete and Control-d
erase the character to the right of the insertion cursor. Meta-backspace
deletes the word to the left of the insertion cursor, and Meta-d deletes
the word to the right of the insertion cursor. Control-k deletes from
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/textpeer.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
## Procedures to make and kill clones; most of this is just so that the demo
## looks nice...
proc makeClone {w parent} {
global count
set t [$parent peer create $w.text[incr count] -yscroll "$w.sb$count set"\
-height 10 -wrap word]
| | | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
## Procedures to make and kill clones; most of this is just so that the demo
## looks nice...
proc makeClone {w parent} {
global count
set t [$parent peer create $w.text[incr count] -yscroll "$w.sb$count set"\
-height 10 -wrap word]
set sb [scrollbar $w.sb$count -command "$t yview" -orient vertical]
set b1 [button $w.clone$count -command "makeClone $w $t" \
-text "Make Peer"]
set b2 [button $w.kill$count -command "killClone $w $count" \
-text "Delete Peer"]
set row [expr {$count * 2}]
grid $t $sb $b1 -sticky nsew -row $row
grid ^ ^ $b2 -row [incr row]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/toolbar.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | toplevel $w wm title $w "Toolbar Demonstration" wm iconname $w "toolbar" positionWindow $w ttk::label $w.msg -wraplength 4i -text "This is a demonstration of how to do\ a toolbar that is styled correctly and which can be torn off. The\ | | | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | toplevel $w wm title $w "Toolbar Demonstration" wm iconname $w "toolbar" positionWindow $w ttk::label $w.msg -wraplength 4i -text "This is a demonstration of how to do\ a toolbar that is styled correctly and which can be torn off. The\ buttons are configured to be \u201Ctoolbar style\u201D buttons by\ telling them that they are to use the Toolbutton style. At the left\ end of the toolbar is a simple marker that the cursor changes to a\ movement icon over; drag that away from the toolbar to tear off the\ whole toolbar into a separate toplevel widget. When the dragged-off\ toolbar is no longer needed, just close it like any normal toplevel\ and it will reattach to the window it was torn off from." ## Set up the toolbar hull set t [frame $w.toolbar] ;# Must be a frame! ttk::separator $w.sep ttk::frame $t.tearoff -cursor fleur ttk::separator $t.tearoff.to -orient vertical ttk::separator $t.tearoff.to2 -orient vertical pack $t.tearoff.to -fill y -expand 1 -padx 2 -side left pack $t.tearoff.to2 -fill y -expand 1 -side left ttk::frame $t.contents grid $t.tearoff $t.contents -sticky nsew grid columnconfigure $t $t.contents -weight 1 grid columnconfigure $t.contents 1000 -weight 1 ## Bindings so that the toolbar can be torn off and reattached |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
}
## Some content for the rest of the toplevel
text $w.txt -width 40 -height 10
interp alias {} doInsert {} $w.txt insert end ;# Make bindings easy to write
## Arrange contents
| | | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
}
## Some content for the rest of the toplevel
text $w.txt -width 40 -height 10
interp alias {} doInsert {} $w.txt insert end ;# Make bindings easy to write
## Arrange contents
grid $t.button $t.check $t.menu $t.combo -in $t.contents -padx 2 -sticky ns
grid $t -sticky ew
grid $w.sep -sticky ew
grid $w.msg -sticky ew
grid $w.txt -sticky nsew
grid rowconfigure $w $w.txt -weight 1
grid columnconfigure $w $w.txt -weight 1
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
grid $btns -sticky ew
|
Changes to library/demos/tree.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
# tree.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing a Ttk
# tree widget.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .tree
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Directory Browser"
wm iconname $w "tree"
positionWindow $w
| > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
# tree.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing a Ttk
# tree widget.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
package require Ttk
set w .tree
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Directory Browser"
wm iconname $w "tree"
positionWindow $w
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
proc populateTree {tree node} {
if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
return
}
set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
$tree delete [$tree children $node]
foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {
| < | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
proc populateTree {tree node} {
if {[$tree set $node type] ne "directory"} {
return
}
set path [$tree set $node fullpath]
$tree delete [$tree children $node]
foreach f [lsort -dictionary [glob -nocomplain -dir $path *]] {
set type [file type $f]
set id [$tree insert $node end -text [file tail $f] \
-values [list $f $type]]
if {$type eq "directory"} {
## Make it so that this node is openable
$tree insert $id 0 -text dummy ;# a dummy
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
# Stop this code from rerunning on the current node
$tree set $node type processedDirectory
}
## Create the tree and set it up
ttk::treeview $w.tree -columns {fullpath type size} -displaycolumns {size} \
-yscroll "$w.vsb set" -xscroll "$w.hsb set"
| > | | > > > > | | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
# Stop this code from rerunning on the current node
$tree set $node type processedDirectory
}
## Create the tree and set it up
ttk::treeview $w.tree -columns {fullpath type size} -displaycolumns {size} \
-yscroll "$w.vsb set" -xscroll "$w.hsb set"
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
ttk::scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical -command "$w.tree yview"
ttk::scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -command "$w.tree xview"
} else {
scrollbar $w.vsb -orient vertical -command "$w.tree yview"
scrollbar $w.hsb -orient horizontal -command "$w.tree xview"
}
$w.tree heading \#0 -text "Directory Structure"
$w.tree heading size -text "File Size"
$w.tree column size -stretch 0 -width 70
populateRoots $w.tree
bind $w.tree <<TreeviewOpen>> {populateTree %W [%W focus]}
## Arrange the tree and its scrollbars in the toplevel
lower [ttk::frame $w.dummy]
pack $w.dummy -fill both -expand 1
grid $w.tree $w.vsb -sticky nsew -in $w.dummy
grid $w.hsb -sticky nsew -in $w.dummy
grid columnconfigure $w.dummy 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure $w.dummy 0 -weight 1
|
Changes to library/demos/ttkbut.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
# ttkbut.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing several
# simple Ttk widgets, such as labels, labelframes, buttons, checkbuttons and
# radiobuttons.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .ttkbut
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Simple Ttk Widgets"
wm iconname $w "ttkbut"
positionWindow $w
| > | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
# ttkbut.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing several
# simple Ttk widgets, such as labels, labelframes, buttons, checkbuttons and
# radiobuttons.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
package require Ttk
set w .ttkbut
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Simple Ttk Widgets"
wm iconname $w "ttkbut"
positionWindow $w
ttk::label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "Ttk is the new Tk themed widget set. This is a Ttk themed label, and below are three groups of Ttk widgets in Ttk labelframes. The first group are all buttons that set the current application theme when pressed. The second group contains three sets of checkbuttons, with a separator widget between the sets. Note that the \u201cEnabled\u201d button controls whether all the other themed widgets in this toplevel are in the disabled state. The third group has a collection of linked radiobuttons."
pack $w.msg -side top -fill x
## See Code / Dismiss
pack [addSeeDismiss $w.seeDismiss $w {enabled cheese tomato basil oregano happyness}]\
-side bottom -fill x
## Add buttons for setting the theme
ttk::labelframe $w.buttons -text "Buttons"
foreach theme [ttk::themes] {
ttk::button $w.buttons.$theme -text $theme \
-command [list ttk::setTheme $theme]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 | ttk::checkbutton $w.checks.c3 -text Basil -variable basil ttk::checkbutton $w.checks.c4 -text Oregano -variable oregano pack $w.checks.e $w.checks.sep1 $w.checks.c1 $w.checks.c2 $w.checks.sep2 \ $w.checks.c3 $w.checks.c4 -fill x -pady 2 ## Set up the radiobutton group ttk::labelframe $w.radios -text "Radiobuttons" | | | | | | | 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
ttk::checkbutton $w.checks.c3 -text Basil -variable basil
ttk::checkbutton $w.checks.c4 -text Oregano -variable oregano
pack $w.checks.e $w.checks.sep1 $w.checks.c1 $w.checks.c2 $w.checks.sep2 \
$w.checks.c3 $w.checks.c4 -fill x -pady 2
## Set up the radiobutton group
ttk::labelframe $w.radios -text "Radiobuttons"
ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r1 -text "Great" -variable happyness -value great
ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r2 -text "Good" -variable happyness -value good
ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r3 -text "OK" -variable happyness -value ok
ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r4 -text "Poor" -variable happyness -value poor
ttk::radiobutton $w.radios.r5 -text "Awful" -variable happyness -value awful
pack $w.radios.r1 $w.radios.r2 $w.radios.r3 $w.radios.r4 $w.radios.r5 \
-fill x -padx 3 -pady 2
## Arrange things neatly
pack [ttk::frame $w.f] -fill both -expand 1
lower $w.f
grid $w.buttons $w.checks $w.radios -in $w.f -sticky nwe -pady 2 -padx 3
grid columnconfigure $w.f {0 1 2} -weight 1 -uniform yes
|
Changes to library/demos/ttkmenu.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
# ttkmenu.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing several Ttk
# menubutton widgets.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .ttkmenu
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Ttk Menu Buttons"
wm iconname $w "ttkmenu"
positionWindow $w
| > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
# ttkmenu.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing several Ttk
# menubutton widgets.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
package require Ttk
set w .ttkmenu
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Ttk Menu Buttons"
wm iconname $w "ttkmenu"
positionWindow $w
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/ttknote.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
# ttknote.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing a Ttk
# notebook widget.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .ttknote
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Ttk Notebook Widget"
wm iconname $w "ttknote"
positionWindow $w
| > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
# ttknote.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a toplevel window containing a Ttk
# notebook widget.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
package require Ttk
set w .ttknote
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Ttk Notebook Widget"
wm iconname $w "ttknote"
positionWindow $w
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | $w.note add $w.note.disabled -text "Disabled" -state disabled ## Popuplate the third pane ttk::frame $w.note.editor $w.note add $w.note.editor -text "Text Editor" -underline 0 text $w.note.editor.t -width 40 -height 10 -wrap char \ -yscroll "$w.note.editor.s set" | > | > > > | 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 |
$w.note add $w.note.disabled -text "Disabled" -state disabled
## Popuplate the third pane
ttk::frame $w.note.editor
$w.note add $w.note.editor -text "Text Editor" -underline 0
text $w.note.editor.t -width 40 -height 10 -wrap char \
-yscroll "$w.note.editor.s set"
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
ttk::scrollbar $w.note.editor.s -orient vertical -command "$w.note.editor.t yview"
} else {
scrollbar $w.note.editor.s -orient vertical -command "$w.note.editor.t yview"
}
pack $w.note.editor.s -side right -fill y -padx {0 2} -pady 2
pack $w.note.editor.t -fill both -expand 1 -pady 2 -padx {2 0}
|
Changes to library/demos/ttkpane.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 |
# ttkpane.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a Ttk pane with some content.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .ttkpane
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Themed Nested Panes"
wm iconname $w "ttkpane"
positionWindow $w
| > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
# ttkpane.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a Ttk pane with some content.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
package require Ttk
set w .ttkpane
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Themed Nested Panes"
wm iconname $w "ttkpane"
positionWindow $w
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
# Fill the clocks pane
set i 0
proc every {delay script} {
uplevel #0 $script
after $delay [list every $delay $script]
}
| | < < | < < < < | 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
# Fill the clocks pane
set i 0
proc every {delay script} {
uplevel #0 $script
after $delay [list every $delay $script]
}
set zones {
:Europe/Berlin
:America/Argentina/Buenos_Aires
:Africa/Johannesburg
:Europe/London
:America/Los_Angeles
:Europe/Moscow
:America/New_York
:Asia/Singapore
:Australia/Sydney
:Asia/Tokyo
}
# Force a pre-load of all the timezones needed; otherwise can end up
# poor-looking synch problems!
foreach zone $zones {clock format 0 -timezone $zone}
foreach zone $zones {
set city [string map {_ " "} [regexp -inline {[^/]+$} $zone]]
if {$i} {
pack [ttk::separator $w.outer.inLeft.bot.s$i] -fill x
}
ttk::label $w.outer.inLeft.bot.l$i -text $city -anchor w
ttk::label $w.outer.inLeft.bot.t$i -textvariable time($zone) -anchor w
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
pack $w.txt -fill both -expand 1 -in $w.outer.inRight.bot.f -pady 2 -padx 2
ttk::scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.txt yview"
pack $w.sb -side right -fill y -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
pack $w.outer.inRight.bot.f -fill both -expand 1
pack $w.outer -fill both -expand 1
} else {
text $w.txt -wrap word -yscroll "$w.sb set" -width 30 -borderwidth 0
| | | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
pack $w.txt -fill both -expand 1 -in $w.outer.inRight.bot.f -pady 2 -padx 2
ttk::scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.txt yview"
pack $w.sb -side right -fill y -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
pack $w.outer.inRight.bot.f -fill both -expand 1
pack $w.outer -fill both -expand 1
} else {
text $w.txt -wrap word -yscroll "$w.sb set" -width 30 -borderwidth 0
scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.txt yview"
pack $w.sb -side right -fill y -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
pack $w.txt -fill both -expand 1 -in $w.outer.inRight.bot
pack $w.outer -fill both -expand 1 -padx 10 -pady {6 10}
}
|
Changes to library/demos/ttkprogress.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
# ttkprogress.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates several progress bar widgets.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .ttkprogress
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Progress Bar Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "ttkprogress"
positionWindow $w
| > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
# ttkprogress.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates several progress bar widgets.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
package require Ttk
set w .ttkprogress
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Progress Bar Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "ttkprogress"
positionWindow $w
ttk::label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -justify left -text "Below are two progress bars. The top one is a \u201Cdeterminate\u201D progress bar, which is used for showing how far through a defined task the program has got. The bottom one is an \u201Cindeterminate\u201D progress bar, which is used to show that the program is busy but does not know how long for. Both are run here in self-animated mode, which can be turned on and off using the buttons underneath."
pack $w.msg -side top -fill x
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
ttk::frame $w.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/demos/twind.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 |
# twind.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a text widget with a bunch of
# embedded windows.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
| < < < < < < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
# twind.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script creates a text widget with a bunch of
# embedded windows.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .twind
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Text Demonstration - Embedded Windows and Other Features"
wm iconname $w "Embedded Windows"
positionWindow $w
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
frame $w.f -highlightthickness 1 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
set t $w.f.text
text $t -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" -setgrid true -font $font -width 70 \
-height 35 -wrap word -highlightthickness 0 -borderwidth 0
pack $t -expand yes -fill both
scrollbar $w.scroll -command "$t yview"
pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y
panedwindow $w.pane
pack $w.pane -expand yes -fill both
$w.pane add $w.f
# Import to raise given creation order above
raise $w.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 | $t insert end "scrolling in all directions is provided.\n\n" $t insert end "A text widget can contain other widgets embedded " $t insert end "it. These are called \"embedded windows\", " $t insert end "and they can consist of arbitrary widgets. " $t insert end "For example, here are two embedded button " $t insert end "widgets. You can click on the first button to " | | | | < < | < | < | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | > | | 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
$t insert end "scrolling in all directions is provided.\n\n"
$t insert end "A text widget can contain other widgets embedded "
$t insert end "it. These are called \"embedded windows\", "
$t insert end "and they can consist of arbitrary widgets. "
$t insert end "For example, here are two embedded button "
$t insert end "widgets. You can click on the first button to "
$t window create end -window $t.on
$t insert end " horizontal scrolling, which also turns off "
$t insert end "word wrapping. Or, you can click on the second "
$t insert end "button to\n"
$t window create end -window $t.off
$t insert end " horizontal scrolling and turn back on word wrapping.\n\n"
$t insert end "Or, here is another example. If you "
$t window create end -create {
button %W.click -text "Click Here" -command "textWindPlot %W" \
-cursor top_left_arrow}
$t insert end " a canvas displaying an x-y plot will appear right here."
$t mark set plot insert
$t mark gravity plot left
$t insert end " You can drag the data points around with the mouse, "
$t insert end "or you can click here to "
$t window create end -create {
button %W.delete -text "Delete" -command "textWindDel %W" \
-cursor top_left_arrow
}
$t insert end " the plot again.\n\n"
$t insert end "You can also create multiple text widgets each of which "
$t insert end "display the same underlying text. Click this button to "
$t window create end \
-create {button %W.peer -text "Make A Peer" -command "textMakePeer %W" \
-cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " widget. Notice how peer widgets can have different "
$t insert end "font settings, and by default contain all the images "
$t insert end "of the 'parent', but many of the embedded windows, "
$t insert end "such as buttons will not be there. The easiest way "
$t insert end "to ensure they are in all peers is to use '-create' "
$t insert end "embedded window creation scripts "
$t insert end "(the plot above and the 'Make A Peer' button are "
$t insert end "designed to show up in all peers). A good use of "
$t insert end "peers is for "
$t window create end \
-create {button %W.split -text "Split Windows" -command "textSplitWindow %W" \
-cursor top_left_arrow} -padx 3
$t insert end " \n\n"
$t insert end "Users of previous versions of Tk will also be interested "
$t insert end "to note that now cursor movement is now by visual line by "
$t insert end "default, and that all scrolling of this widget is by pixel.\n\n"
$t insert end "You may also find it useful to put embedded windows in "
$t insert end "a text without any actual text. In this case the "
$t insert end "text widget acts like a geometry manager. For "
$t insert end "example, here is a collection of buttons laid out "
$t insert end "neatly into rows by the text widget. These buttons "
$t insert end "can be used to change the background color of the "
$t insert end "text widget (\"Default\" restores the color to "
$t insert end "its default). If you click on the button labeled "
$t insert end "\"Short\", it changes to a longer string so that "
$t insert end "you can see how the text widget automatically "
$t insert end "changes the layout. Click on the button again "
$t insert end "to restore the short string.\n"
button $t.default -text Default -command "embDefBg $t" \
-cursor top_left_arrow
$t window create end -window $t.default -padx 3
global embToggle
set embToggle Short
checkbutton $t.toggle -textvariable embToggle -indicatoron 0 \
-variable embToggle -onvalue "A much longer string" \
-offvalue "Short" -cursor top_left_arrow -pady 5 -padx 2
$t window create end -window $t.toggle -padx 3 -pady 2
set i 1
foreach color {AntiqueWhite3 Bisque1 Bisque2 Bisque3 Bisque4
SlateBlue3 RoyalBlue1 SteelBlue2 DeepSkyBlue3 LightBlue1
DarkSlateGray1 Aquamarine2 DarkSeaGreen2 SeaGreen1
Yellow1 IndianRed1 IndianRed2 Tan1 Tan4} {
button $t.color$i -text $color -cursor top_left_arrow -command \
"$t configure -bg $color"
$t window create end -window $t.color$i -padx 3 -pady 2
incr i
}
$t tag add buttons $t.default end
button $t.bigB -text "Big borders" -command "textWindBigB $t" \
-cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.smallB -text "Small borders" -command "textWindSmallB $t" \
-cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.bigH -text "Big highlight" -command "textWindBigH $t" \
-cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.smallH -text "Small highlight" -command "textWindSmallH $t" \
-cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.bigP -text "Big pad" -command "textWindBigP $t" \
-cursor top_left_arrow
button $t.smallP -text "Small pad" -command "textWindSmallP $t" \
-cursor top_left_arrow
set text_normal(border) [$t cget -borderwidth]
set text_normal(highlight) [$t cget -highlightthickness]
set text_normal(pad) [$t cget -padx]
$t insert end "\nYou can also change the usual border width and "
$t insert end "highlightthickness and padding.\n"
$t window create end -window $t.bigB
$t window create end -window $t.smallB
$t window create end -window $t.bigH
$t window create end -window $t.smallH
$t window create end -window $t.bigP
$t window create end -window $t.smallP
$t insert end "\n\nFinally, images fit comfortably in text widgets too:"
$t image create end -image \
[image create bitmap -file [file join $tk_demoDirectory images face.xbm]]
proc textWindBigB w {
$w configure -borderwidth 15
}
proc textWindBigH w {
$w configure -highlightthickness 15
}
proc textWindBigP w {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
proc textWindSmallH w {
$w configure -highlightthickness $::text_normal(highlight)
}
proc textWindSmallP w {
$w configure -padx $::text_normal(pad) -pady $::text_normal(pad)
}
proc textWindOn w {
catch {destroy $w.scroll2}
set t $w.f.text
| > | | 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
proc textWindSmallH w {
$w configure -highlightthickness $::text_normal(highlight)
}
proc textWindSmallP w {
$w configure -padx $::text_normal(pad) -pady $::text_normal(pad)
}
proc textWindOn w {
catch {destroy $w.scroll2}
set t $w.f.text
scrollbar $w.scroll2 -orient horizontal -command "$t xview"
pack $w.scroll2 -after $w.buttons -side bottom -fill x
$t configure -xscrollcommand "$w.scroll2 set" -wrap none
}
proc textWindOff w {
catch {destroy $w.scroll2}
set t $w.f.text
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
canvas $c -relief sunken -width 450 -height 300 -cursor top_left_arrow
set font {Helvetica 18}
$c create line 100 250 400 250 -width 2
$c create line 100 250 100 50 -width 2
$c create text 225 20 -text "A Simple Plot" -font $font -fill brown
| | | | | | | 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
canvas $c -relief sunken -width 450 -height 300 -cursor top_left_arrow
set font {Helvetica 18}
$c create line 100 250 400 250 -width 2
$c create line 100 250 100 50 -width 2
$c create text 225 20 -text "A Simple Plot" -font $font -fill brown
for {set i 0} {$i <= 10} {incr i} {
set x [expr {100 + ($i*30)}]
$c create line $x 250 $x 245 -width 2
$c create text $x 254 -text [expr {10*$i}] -anchor n -font $font
}
for {set i 0} {$i <= 5} {incr i} {
set y [expr {250 - ($i*40)}]
$c create line 100 $y 105 $y -width 2
$c create text 96 $y -text [expr {$i*50}].0 -anchor e -font $font
}
foreach point {
{12 56} {20 94} {33 98} {32 120} {61 180} {75 160} {98 223}
} {
set x [expr {100 + (3*[lindex $point 0])}]
set y [expr {250 - (4*[lindex $point 1])/5}]
set item [$c create oval [expr {$x-6}] [expr {$y-6}] \
[expr {$x+6}] [expr {$y+6}] -width 1 -outline black \
-fill SkyBlue2]
$c addtag point withtag $item
}
$c bind point <Any-Enter> "$c itemconfig current -fill red"
$c bind point <Any-Leave> "$c itemconfig current -fill SkyBlue2"
$c bind point <1> "embPlotDown $c %x %y"
$c bind point <ButtonRelease-1> "$c dtag selected"
bind $c <B1-Motion> "embPlotMove $c %x %y"
return $c
}
set embPlot(lastX) 0
set embPlot(lastY) 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
while {[string first [$t get plot] " \t\n"] >= 0} {
$t delete plot
}
$t insert plot " "
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
while {[string first [$t get plot] " \t\n"] >= 0} {
$t delete plot
}
$t insert plot " "
}
}
proc embDefBg t {
$t configure -background [lindex [$t configure -background] 3]
}
proc textMakePeer {parent} {
set n 1
while {[winfo exists .peer$n]} { incr n }
set w [toplevel .peer$n]
wm title $w "Text Peer #$n"
frame $w.f -highlightthickness 1 -borderwidth 1 -relief sunken
set t [$parent peer create $w.f.text -yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set" \
-borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0]
pack $t -expand yes -fill both
scrollbar $w.scroll -command "$t yview"
pack $w.scroll -side right -fill y
pack $w.f -expand yes -fill both
}
proc textSplitWindow {textW} {
if {$textW eq ".twind.f.text"} {
if {[winfo exists .twind.peer]} {
destroy .twind.peer
} else {
set parent [winfo parent $textW]
set w [winfo parent $parent]
set t [$textW peer create $w.peer \
-yscrollcommand "$w.scroll set"]
$w.pane add $t
}
} else {
return
}
}
|
Changes to library/demos/unicodeout.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
# unicodeout.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script shows how you can produce output (in label
# widgets) using many different alphabets.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
set w .unicodeout
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Unicode Label Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "unicodeout"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -anchor w -justify left \
-text "This is a sample of Tk's support for languages that use\
non-Western character sets. However, what you will actually see\
below depends largely on what character sets you have installed,\
and what you see for characters that are not present varies greatly\
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < | > | > > | > > | | < | > > | > | > > | > > < < | > > | | < < > | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
# unicodeout.tcl --
#
# This demonstration script shows how you can produce output (in label
# widgets) using many different alphabets.
if {![info exists widgetDemo]} {
error "This script should be run from the \"widget\" demo."
}
package require Tk
# On Windows, we need to determine whether the font system will render
# right-to-left text.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq {win32}} {
set rkey [join {
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
SOFTWARE
Microsoft
{Windows NT}
CurrentVersion
LanguagePack
} \\]
set w32langs {}
if {![catch {package require registry}]} {
if {[catch {registry values $rkey} w32langs]} {
set w32langs {}
}
}
}
set w .unicodeout
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm title $w "Unicode Label Demonstration"
wm iconname $w "unicodeout"
positionWindow $w
label $w.msg -font $font -wraplength 4i -anchor w -justify left \
-text "This is a sample of Tk's support for languages that use\
non-Western character sets. However, what you will actually see\
below depends largely on what character sets you have installed,\
and what you see for characters that are not present varies greatly\
between platforms as well. The strings are written in Tcl using\
UNICODE characters using the \\uXXXX escape so as to do so in a\
portable fashion."
pack $w.msg -side top
## See Code / Dismiss buttons
set btns [addSeeDismiss $w.buttons $w]
pack $btns -side bottom -fill x
pack [label $w.wait -text "Please wait while loading fonts..." \
-font {Helvetica 12 italic}]
pack [frame $w.f] -expand 1 -fill both -padx 2m -pady 1m
grid columnconfigure $w.f 1 -weight 1
set i 0
proc addSample {w language args} {
global font i
set sample [join $args ""]
set j [incr i]
label $w.f.l$j -font $font -text "${language}:" -anchor nw -pady 0
label $w.f.s$j -font $font -text $sample -anchor nw -width 30 -pady 0
grid $w.f.l$j $w.f.s$j -sticky ew -pady 0
grid configure $w.f.l$j -padx 1m
}
# Processing when some characters are missing might take a while, so make
# sure we're displaying something in the meantime...
set oldCursor [$w cget -cursor]
$w conf -cursor watch
update
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq {x11}
|| (([tk windowingsystem] eq {win32}) && ({ARABIC} ni $w32langs))} {
# Using presentation forms (pre-layouted)
addSample $w Arabic \
"\uFE94\uFEF4\uFE91\uFEAE\uFECC\uFEDF\uFE8D " \
"\uFE94\uFEE4\uFEE0\uFEDC\uFEDF\uFE8D"
} else {
# Using standard text characters
addSample $w Arabic \
"\u0627\u0644\u0643\u0644\u0645\u0629 " \
"\u0627\u0644\u0639\u0631\u0628\u064A\u0629"
}
addSample $w "Trad. Chinese" "\u4E2D\u570B\u7684\u6F22\u5B57"
addSample $w "Simpl. Chinese" "\u6C49\u8BED"
addSample $w Greek \
"\u0395\u03BB\u03BB\u03B7\u03BD\u03B9\u03BA\u03AE " \
"\u03B3\u03BB\u03CE\u03C3\u03C3\u03B1"
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq {x11}
|| (([tk windowingsystem] eq {win32}) && ({HEBREW} ni $w32langs))} {
# Visual order (pre-layouted)
addSample $w Hebrew \
"\u05EA\u05D9\u05E8\u05D1\u05E2 " \
"\u05D1\u05EA\u05DB"
} else {
# Standard logical order
addSample $w Hebrew \
"\u05DB\u05EA\u05D1 " \
"\u05E2\u05D1\u05E8\u05D9\u05EA"
}
addSample $w Japanese \
"\u65E5\u672C\u8A9E\u306E\u3072\u3089\u304C\u306A, " \
"\u6F22\u5B57\u3068\u30AB\u30BF\u30AB\u30CA"
addSample $w Korean "\uB300\uD55C\uBBFC\uAD6D\uC758 \uD55C\uAE00"
addSample $w Russian \
"\u0420\u0443\u0441\u0441\u043A\u0438\u0439 \u044F\u0437\u044B\u043A"
# We're done processing, so change things back to normal running...
destroy $w.wait
$w conf -cursor $oldCursor
|
Changes to library/demos/widget.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
# the main window for the application, which invokes individual
# demonstrations. The code for the actual demonstrations is contained in
# separate ".tcl" files is this directory, which are sourced by this script as
# needed.
package require Tk 8.5
package require msgcat
eval destroy [winfo child .]
set tk_demoDirectory [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]]]
::msgcat::mcload $tk_demoDirectory
namespace import ::msgcat::mc
wm title . [mc "Widget Demonstration"]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
| > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
# the main window for the application, which invokes individual
# demonstrations. The code for the actual demonstrations is contained in
# separate ".tcl" files is this directory, which are sourced by this script as
# needed.
package require Tk 8.5
package require msgcat
package require Ttk
eval destroy [winfo child .]
set tk_demoDirectory [file join [pwd] [file dirname [info script]]]
::msgcat::mcload $tk_demoDirectory
namespace import ::msgcat::mc
wm title . [mc "Widget Demonstration"]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAACH5BAEAAAoALAAAAAAQABAAAARGUMlJKwU4AztB+ODGeUiJ
fGLlgeEYmGWQXmx7aXgmAUTv/74N4EAsGhOJg1DAbDqbwoJ0Sp0KB9isNis0eL/g
ryhH5pgnEQA7
}
# Note that this is run through the message catalog! This is because this is
# actually an image of a word.
| | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | < < > > | 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAACH5BAEAAAoALAAAAAAQABAAAARGUMlJKwU4AztB+ODGeUiJ
fGLlgeEYmGWQXmx7aXgmAUTv/74N4EAsGhOJg1DAbDqbwoJ0Sp0KB9isNis0eL/g
ryhH5pgnEQA7
}
# Note that this is run through the message catalog! This is because this is
# actually an image of a word.
image create photo ::img::new -format GIF -data [mc {
R0lGODlhHgAOALMPALMAANyIiOu7u8dEROaqqvru7sxVVeGZmbgREfXd3b0iItZ3
d8IzM9FmZvDMzP///yH5BAEAAA8ALAAAAAAeAA4AAASa8MlJq7046827WVOCHEkw
nANhUgJlEBIABJIwL3K+4IcUALCHjfbItYZDSgJgkBiYPmBMAUAkkLPKs/BAyLgM
wAQwOAAY2ByCaw4QAFQSoDEePJ6DmU1xInYZTw5nOEFFdgVUelkVDTIMd3AKFGQ1
MgI2AwEmQW8APZ0gdRONAks5nhIFVVxdAAkUAS2pAVwFl7ITB4UqHb0XEQA7
}]
#----------------------------------------------------------------
# The code below create the main window, consisting of a menu bar and a text
# widget that explains how to use the program, plus lists all of the demos as
# hypertext items.
#----------------------------------------------------------------
menu .menuBar -tearoff 0
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
# This is a tk-internal procedure to make i18n easier
::tk::AmpMenuArgs .menuBar add cascade -label [mc "&File"] \
-menu .menuBar.file
menu .menuBar.file -tearoff 0
::tk::AmpMenuArgs .menuBar.file add command -label [mc "&About..."] \
-command {tkAboutDialog} -accelerator [mc "<F1>"]
bind . <F1> {tkAboutDialog}
.menuBar.file add sep
if {[string match win* [tk windowingsystem]]} {
# Windows doesn't usually have a Meta key
::tk::AmpMenuArgs .menuBar.file add command -label [mc "&Quit"] \
-command {exit} -accelerator [mc "Ctrl+Q"]
bind . <[mc "Control-q"]> {exit}
} else {
::tk::AmpMenuArgs .menuBar.file add command -label [mc "&Quit"] \
-command {exit} -accelerator [mc "Meta-Q"]
bind . <[mc "Meta-q"]> {exit}
}
}
. configure -menu .menuBar
ttk::frame .statusBar
ttk::label .statusBar.lab -text " " -anchor w
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
ttk::separator .statusBar.sep
pack .statusBar.sep -side top -expand yes -fill x -pady 0
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
set textheight [expr {
([winfo screenheight .] * 0.7) /
[font metrics mainFont -displayof . -linespace]
}]
}
ttk::frame .textFrame
| | | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
set textheight [expr {
([winfo screenheight .] * 0.7) /
[font metrics mainFont -displayof . -linespace]
}]
}
ttk::frame .textFrame
scrollbar .s -orient vertical -command {.t yview} -takefocus 1
pack .s -in .textFrame -side right -fill y
text .t -yscrollcommand {.s set} -wrap word -width 70 -height $textheight \
-font mainFont -setgrid 1 -highlightthickness 0 \
-padx 4 -pady 2 -takefocus 0
pack .t -in .textFrame -expand y -fill both -padx 1
pack .textFrame -expand yes -fill both
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
-underline 1
.t tag configure hot -background black -foreground white
} else {
.t tag configure demo -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c \
-foreground blue -underline 1
.t tag configure visited -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c \
-foreground #303080 -underline 1
| < < < < | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
-underline 1
.t tag configure hot -background black -foreground white
} else {
.t tag configure demo -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c \
-foreground blue -underline 1
.t tag configure visited -lmargin1 1c -lmargin2 1c \
-foreground #303080 -underline 1
.t tag configure hot -foreground red -underline 1
}
.t tag bind demo <ButtonRelease-1> {
invoke [.t index {@%x,%y}]
}
set lastLine ""
.t tag bind demo <Enter> {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
@@demo check Check-buttons (select any of a group)
@@demo radio Radio-buttons (select one of a group)
@@demo puzzle A 15-puzzle game made out of buttons
@@demo icon Iconic buttons that use bitmaps
@@demo image1 Two labels displaying images
@@demo image2 A simple user interface for viewing images
@@demo labelframe Labelled frames
@@demo ttkbut The simple Themed Tk widgets
@@subtitle Listboxes and Trees
@@demo states The 50 states
@@demo colors Colors: change the color scheme for the application
@@demo sayings A collection of famous and infamous sayings
@@demo mclist A multi-column list of countries
@@demo tree A directory browser tree
@@subtitle Entries, Spin-boxes and Combo-boxes
@@demo entry1 Entries without scrollbars
@@demo entry2 Entries with scrollbars
@@demo entry3 Validated entries and password fields
@@demo spin Spin-boxes
@@demo combo Combo-boxes
@@demo form Simple Rolodex-like form
@@subtitle Text
@@demo text Basic editable text
@@demo style Text display styles
@@demo bind Hypertext (tag bindings)
@@demo twind A text widget with embedded windows and other features
@@demo search A search tool built with a text widget
@@demo textpeer Peering text widgets
@@subtitle Canvases
@@demo items The canvas item types
@@demo plot A simple 2-D plot
@@demo ctext Text items in canvases
@@demo arrow An editor for arrowheads on canvas lines
@@demo ruler A ruler with adjustable tab stops
@@demo floor A building floor plan
@@demo cscroll A simple scrollable canvas
@@demo knightstour A Knight's tour of the chess board
@@subtitle Scales and Progress Bars
@@demo hscale Horizontal scale
@@demo vscale Vertical scale
@@new
@@demo ttkscale Themed scale linked to a label with traces
@@demo ttkprogress Progress bar
@@subtitle Paned Windows and Notebooks
@@demo paned1 Horizontal paned window
@@demo paned2 Vertical paned window
@@demo ttkpane Themed nested panes
@@demo ttknote Notebook widget
@@subtitle Menus and Toolbars
@@demo menu Menus and cascades (sub-menus)
@@demo menubu Menu-buttons
@@demo ttkmenu Themed menu buttons
@@demo toolbar Themed toolbar
@@subtitle Common Dialogs
@@demo msgbox Message boxes
@@demo filebox File selection dialog
@@demo clrpick Color picker
| > > > > > > > > > > > < > > > > | 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 |
@@demo check Check-buttons (select any of a group)
@@demo radio Radio-buttons (select one of a group)
@@demo puzzle A 15-puzzle game made out of buttons
@@demo icon Iconic buttons that use bitmaps
@@demo image1 Two labels displaying images
@@demo image2 A simple user interface for viewing images
@@demo labelframe Labelled frames
@@new
@@demo ttkbut The simple Themed Tk widgets
@@subtitle Listboxes and Trees
@@demo states The 50 states
@@demo colors Colors: change the color scheme for the application
@@demo sayings A collection of famous and infamous sayings
@@new
@@demo mclist A multi-column list of countries
@@new
@@demo tree A directory browser tree
@@subtitle Entries, Spin-boxes and Combo-boxes
@@demo entry1 Entries without scrollbars
@@demo entry2 Entries with scrollbars
@@demo entry3 Validated entries and password fields
@@demo spin Spin-boxes
@@new
@@demo combo Combo-boxes
@@demo form Simple Rolodex-like form
@@subtitle Text
@@demo text Basic editable text
@@demo style Text display styles
@@demo bind Hypertext (tag bindings)
@@demo twind A text widget with embedded windows and other features
@@demo search A search tool built with a text widget
@@new
@@demo textpeer Peering text widgets
@@subtitle Canvases
@@demo items The canvas item types
@@demo plot A simple 2-D plot
@@demo ctext Text items in canvases
@@demo arrow An editor for arrowheads on canvas lines
@@demo ruler A ruler with adjustable tab stops
@@demo floor A building floor plan
@@demo cscroll A simple scrollable canvas
@@new
@@demo knightstour A Knight's tour of the chess board
@@subtitle Scales and Progress Bars
@@demo hscale Horizontal scale
@@demo vscale Vertical scale
@@new
@@demo ttkscale Themed scale linked to a label with traces
@@new
@@demo ttkprogress Progress bar
@@subtitle Paned Windows and Notebooks
@@demo paned1 Horizontal paned window
@@demo paned2 Vertical paned window
@@new
@@demo ttkpane Themed nested panes
@@new
@@demo ttknote Notebook widget
@@subtitle Menus and Toolbars
@@demo menu Menus and cascades (sub-menus)
@@demo menubu Menu-buttons
@@new
@@demo ttkmenu Themed menu buttons
@@new
@@demo toolbar Themed toolbar
@@subtitle Common Dialogs
@@demo msgbox Message boxes
@@demo filebox File selection dialog
@@demo clrpick Color picker
@@subtitle Animation
@@new
@@demo anilabel Animated labels
@@new
@@demo aniwave Animated wave
@@new
@@demo pendulum Pendulum simulation
@@new
@@demo goldberg A celebration of Rube Goldberg
@@subtitle Miscellaneous
@@demo bitmap The built-in bitmaps
@@demo dialog1 A dialog box with a local grab
@@demo dialog2 A dialog box with a global grab
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
572 573 574 575 576 577 578 |
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {wm attributes $top -type dialog}
set t [frame $top.f]
set text [text $t.text -font fixedFont -height 24 -wrap word \
-xscrollcommand [list $t.xscroll set] \
-yscrollcommand [list $t.yscroll set] \
-setgrid 1 -highlightthickness 0 -pady 2 -padx 3]
| | < | < | 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 |
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {wm attributes $top -type dialog}
set t [frame $top.f]
set text [text $t.text -font fixedFont -height 24 -wrap word \
-xscrollcommand [list $t.xscroll set] \
-yscrollcommand [list $t.yscroll set] \
-setgrid 1 -highlightthickness 0 -pady 2 -padx 3]
scrollbar $t.xscroll -command [list $t.text xview] -orient horizontal
scrollbar $t.yscroll -command [list $t.text yview] -orient vertical
grid $t.text $t.yscroll -sticky news
#grid $t.xscroll
grid rowconfigure $t 0 -weight 1
grid columnconfig $t 0 -weight 1
set btns [ttk::frame $top.btns]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
620 621 622 623 624 625 626 |
} else {
wm deiconify $top
raise $top
}
wm title $top [mc "Demo code: %s" [file join $tk_demoDirectory $file]]
wm iconname $top $file
set id [open [file join $tk_demoDirectory $file]]
| < | 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 |
} else {
wm deiconify $top
raise $top
}
wm title $top [mc "Demo code: %s" [file join $tk_demoDirectory $file]]
wm iconname $top $file
set id [open [file join $tk_demoDirectory $file]]
$top.f.text delete 1.0 end
$top.f.text insert 1.0 [read $id]
$top.f.text mark set insert 1.0
close $id
}
# printCode --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
719 720 721 722 723 724 725 |
# tkAboutDialog --
#
# Pops up a message box with an "about" message
#
proc tkAboutDialog {} {
tk_messageBox -icon info -type ok -title [mc "About Widget Demo"] \
-message [mc "Tk widget demonstration application"] -detail \
| | | | | | 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
# tkAboutDialog --
#
# Pops up a message box with an "about" message
#
proc tkAboutDialog {} {
tk_messageBox -icon info -type ok -title [mc "About Widget Demo"] \
-message [mc "Tk widget demonstration application"] -detail \
"[mc "Copyright \u00a9 %s" {1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.}]
[mc "Copyright \u00a9 %s" {1997-2000 Ajuba Solutions, Inc.}]
[mc "Copyright \u00a9 %s" {2001-2007 Donal K. Fellows}]
[mc "Copyright \u00a9 %s" {2002-2007 Daniel A. Steffen}]"
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to library/dialog.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # dialog.tcl -- # # This file defines the procedure tk_dialog, which creates a dialog # box containing a bitmap, a message, and one or more buttons. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # dialog.tcl -- # # This file defines the procedure tk_dialog, which creates a dialog # box containing a bitmap, a message, and one or more buttons. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1993 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # # ::tk_dialog: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
# bitmap - Bitmap to display in dialog (empty string means none).
# default - Index of button that is to display the default ring
# (-1 means none).
# args - One or more strings to display in buttons across the
# bottom of the dialog box.
proc ::tk_dialog {w title text bitmap default args} {
variable ::tk::Priv
# Check that $default was properly given
if {[string is integer -strict $default]} {
if {$default >= [llength $args]} {
| > < | | > > > > > | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
# bitmap - Bitmap to display in dialog (empty string means none).
# default - Index of button that is to display the default ring
# (-1 means none).
# args - One or more strings to display in buttons across the
# bottom of the dialog box.
proc ::tk_dialog {w title text bitmap default args} {
global tcl_platform
variable ::tk::Priv
# Check that $default was properly given
if {[string is integer -strict $default]} {
if {$default >= [llength $args]} {
return -code error "default button index greater than number of\
buttons specified for tk_dialog"
}
} elseif {"" eq $default} {
set default -1
} else {
set default [lsearch -exact $args $default]
}
set windowingsystem [tk windowingsystem]
if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {
option add *Dialog*background systemDialogBackgroundActive widgetDefault
option add *Dialog*Button.highlightBackground \
systemDialogBackgroundActive widgetDefault
}
# 1. Create the top-level window and divide it into top
# and bottom parts.
destroy $w
toplevel $w -class Dialog
wm title $w $title
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
# Convention also dictates that if the keyboard focus moves among the
# the buttons that the <Return> binding affects the button with the focus.
if {$default >= 0} {
bind $w <Return> [list $w.button$default invoke]
}
bind $w <<PrevWindow>> [list bind $w <Return> {[tk_focusPrev %W] invoke}]
| | | | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
# Convention also dictates that if the keyboard focus moves among the
# the buttons that the <Return> binding affects the button with the focus.
if {$default >= 0} {
bind $w <Return> [list $w.button$default invoke]
}
bind $w <<PrevWindow>> [list bind $w <Return> {[tk_focusPrev %W] invoke}]
bind $w <Tab> [list bind $w <Return> {[tk_focusNext %W] invoke}]
# 5. Create a <Destroy> binding for the window that sets the
# button variable to -1; this is needed in case something happens
# that destroys the window, such as its parent window being destroyed.
bind $w <Destroy> {set ::tk::Priv(button) -1}
# 6. Withdraw the window, then update all the geometry information
# so we know how big it wants to be, then center the window in the
# display (Motif style) and de-iconify it.
::tk::PlaceWindow $w
tkwait visibility $w
# 7. Set a grab and claim the focus too.
if {$default >= 0} {
set focus $w.button$default
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/entry.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # entry.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk entry widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing those bindings. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # entry.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk entry widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing those bindings. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Elements of tk::Priv that are used in this file: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 |
if {![catch {tk::EntryGetSelection %W} tk::Priv(data)]} {
clipboard clear -displayof %W
clipboard append -displayof %W $tk::Priv(data)
unset tk::Priv(data)
}
}
bind Entry <<Paste>> {
catch {
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
catch {
%W delete sel.first sel.last
}
}
%W insert insert [::tk::GetSelection %W CLIPBOARD]
tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
}
bind Entry <<Clear>> {
# ignore if there is no selection
| > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
if {![catch {tk::EntryGetSelection %W} tk::Priv(data)]} {
clipboard clear -displayof %W
clipboard append -displayof %W $tk::Priv(data)
unset tk::Priv(data)
}
}
bind Entry <<Paste>> {
global tcl_platform
catch {
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
catch {
%W delete sel.first sel.last
}
}
%W insert insert [::tk::GetSelection %W CLIPBOARD]
tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
}
bind Entry <<Clear>> {
# ignore if there is no selection
catch { %W delete sel.first sel.last }
}
bind Entry <<PasteSelection>> {
if {$tk_strictMotif || ![info exists tk::Priv(mouseMoved)]
|| !$tk::Priv(mouseMoved)} {
tk::EntryPaste %W %x
}
}
bind Entry <<TraverseIn>> {
%W selection range 0 end
%W icursor end
}
# Standard Motif bindings:
bind Entry <1> {
tk::EntryButton1 %W %x
%W selection clear
}
bind Entry <B1-Motion> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
tk::EntryMouseSelect %W %x
}
bind Entry <Double-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
tk::EntryMouseSelect %W %x
catch {%W icursor sel.last}
}
bind Entry <Triple-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
tk::EntryMouseSelect %W %x
catch {%W icursor sel.last}
}
bind Entry <Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) char
%W selection adjust @%x
}
bind Entry <Double-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
tk::EntryMouseSelect %W %x
}
bind Entry <Triple-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
tk::EntryMouseSelect %W %x
}
bind Entry <B1-Leave> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
tk::EntryAutoScan %W
}
bind Entry <B1-Enter> {
tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Entry <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Entry <Control-1> {
%W icursor @%x
}
bind Entry <Left> {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W [expr {[%W index insert] - 1}]
}
bind Entry <Right> {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W [expr {[%W index insert] + 1}]
}
bind Entry <Shift-Left> {
tk::EntryKeySelect %W [expr {[%W index insert] - 1}]
tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Entry <Shift-Right> {
tk::EntryKeySelect %W [expr {[%W index insert] + 1}]
tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Entry <Control-Left> {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W [tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert]
}
bind Entry <Control-Right> {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W [tk::EntryNextWord %W insert]
}
bind Entry <Shift-Control-Left> {
tk::EntryKeySelect %W [tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert]
tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Entry <Shift-Control-Right> {
tk::EntryKeySelect %W [tk::EntryNextWord %W insert]
tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Entry <Home> {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W 0
}
bind Entry <Shift-Home> {
tk::EntryKeySelect %W 0
tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Entry <End> {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W end
}
bind Entry <Shift-End> {
tk::EntryKeySelect %W end
tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Entry <Delete> {
if {[%W selection present]} {
%W delete sel.first sel.last
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
180 181 182 183 184 185 186 |
}
bind Entry <Control-Shift-space> {
%W selection adjust insert
}
bind Entry <Shift-Select> {
%W selection adjust insert
}
| | | | | | | | < < | < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
}
bind Entry <Control-Shift-space> {
%W selection adjust insert
}
bind Entry <Shift-Select> {
%W selection adjust insert
}
bind Entry <Control-slash> {
%W selection range 0 end
}
bind Entry <Control-backslash> {
%W selection clear
}
bind Entry <KeyPress> {
tk::CancelRepeat
tk::EntryInsert %W %A
}
# Ignore all Alt, Meta, and Control keypresses unless explicitly bound.
# Otherwise, if a widget binding for one of these is defined, the
# <KeyPress> class binding will also fire and insert the character,
# which is wrong. Ditto for Escape, Return, and Tab.
bind Entry <Alt-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Meta-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Control-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Escape> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Return> {# nothing}
bind Entry <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
bind Entry <Tab> {# nothing}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Entry <Command-KeyPress> {# nothing}
}
# On Windows, paste is done using Shift-Insert. Shift-Insert already
# generates the <<Paste>> event, so we don't need to do anything here.
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} {
bind Entry <Insert> {
catch {tk::EntryInsert %W [::tk::GetSelection %W PRIMARY]}
}
}
# Additional emacs-like bindings:
bind Entry <Control-a> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W 0
}
}
bind Entry <Control-b> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W [expr {[%W index insert] - 1}]
}
}
bind Entry <Control-d> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete insert
}
}
bind Entry <Control-e> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W end
}
}
bind Entry <Control-f> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::EntrySetCursor %W [expr {[%W index insert] + 1}]
}
}
bind Entry <Control-h> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::EntryBackspace %W
}
}
bind Entry <Control-k> {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
}
bind Entry <Meta-Delete> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete [tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert] insert
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
}
bind Entry <Meta-Delete> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete [tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert] insert
}
}
# A few additional bindings of my own.
bind Entry <2> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanMark %W %x
}
}
bind Entry <B2-Motion> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanDrag %W %x
}
}
# ::tk::EntryClosestGap --
# Given x and y coordinates, this procedure finds the closest boundary
# between characters to the given coordinates and returns the index
# of the character just after the boundary.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
374 375 376 377 378 379 380 |
$w selection clear
}
}
}
word {
if {$cur < $anchor} {
set before [tcl_wordBreakBefore [$w get] $cur]
| | | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
$w selection clear
}
}
}
word {
if {$cur < $anchor} {
set before [tcl_wordBreakBefore [$w get] $cur]
set after [tcl_wordBreakAfter [$w get] [expr {$anchor-1}]]
} elseif {$cur > $anchor} {
set before [tcl_wordBreakBefore [$w get] $anchor]
set after [tcl_wordBreakAfter [$w get] [expr {$cur - 1}]]
} else {
if {[$w index @$Priv(pressX)] < $anchor} {
incr anchor -1
}
set before [tcl_wordBreakBefore [$w get] $anchor]
set after [tcl_wordBreakAfter [$w get] $anchor]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
# Arguments:
# w - The entry window in which to backspace.
proc ::tk::EntryBackspace w {
if {[$w selection present]} {
$w delete sel.first sel.last
} else {
| | | | | 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 |
# Arguments:
# w - The entry window in which to backspace.
proc ::tk::EntryBackspace w {
if {[$w selection present]} {
$w delete sel.first sel.last
} else {
set x [expr {[$w index insert] - 1}]
if {$x >= 0} {
$w delete $x
}
if {[$w index @0] >= [$w index insert]} {
set range [$w xview]
set left [lindex $range 0]
set right [lindex $range 1]
$w xview moveto [expr {$left - ($right - $left)/2.0}]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
558 559 560 561 562 563 564 |
# w - The entry window.
proc ::tk::EntryTranspose w {
set i [$w index insert]
if {$i < [$w index end]} {
incr i
}
| > | < | | 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
# w - The entry window.
proc ::tk::EntryTranspose w {
set i [$w index insert]
if {$i < [$w index end]} {
incr i
}
set first [expr {$i-2}]
if {$first < 0} {
return
}
set data [$w get]
set new [string index $data [expr {$i-1}]][string index $data $first]
$w delete $first $i
$w insert insert $new
EntrySeeInsert $w
}
# ::tk::EntryNextWord --
# Returns the index of the next word position after a given position in the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
643 644 645 646 647 648 649 |
# Arguments:
# w - The entry window from which the text to get
# x - x location on screen
proc ::tk::EntryScanDrag {w x} {
# Make sure these exist, as some weird situations can trigger the
# motion binding without the initial press. [Bug #220269]
| | | | 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
# Arguments:
# w - The entry window from which the text to get
# x - x location on screen
proc ::tk::EntryScanDrag {w x} {
# Make sure these exist, as some weird situations can trigger the
# motion binding without the initial press. [Bug #220269]
if {![info exists ::tk::Priv(x)]} { set ::tk::Priv(x) $x }
# allow for a delta
if {abs($x-$::tk::Priv(x)) > 2} {
set ::tk::Priv(mouseMoved) 1
}
$w scan dragto $x
}
# ::tk::EntryGetSelection --
#
# Returns the selected text of the entry with respect to the -show option.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The entry window from which the text to get
proc ::tk::EntryGetSelection {w} {
set entryString [string range [$w get] [$w index sel.first] \
[expr {[$w index sel.last] - 1}]]
if {[$w cget -show] ne ""} {
return [string repeat [string index [$w cget -show] 0] \
[string length $entryString]]
}
return $entryString
}
|
Changes to library/focus.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # focus.tcl -- # # This file defines several procedures for managing the input # focus. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # focus.tcl -- # # This file defines several procedures for managing the input # focus. # # Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # ::tk_focusNext -- # This procedure returns the name of the next window after "w" in |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted library/fontchooser.tcl.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted library/iconlist.tcl.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted library/icons.tcl.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to library/images/logo.eps.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | %AI5_NumLayers: 1 %AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40 %AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7 %%EndComments %%BeginProlog %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation) | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 90 576 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
put
/packedarray where not
{
userdict begin
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | 4 index mul 4 1 roll } repeat 5 -1 roll pop setcmykcolor } def } if | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
4 index mul 4 1 roll
} repeat
5 -1 roll pop
setcmykcolor
}
def
} if
/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
userdict /level2?
systemdict /languagelevel known dup
{
pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
} if
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 | /customColor? isCMYKSep? not def end } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) | | | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | /customColor? isCMYKSep? not def end } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) %%Version: 1.1 %%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) () %%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved) currentpacking true setpacking userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin put /_lp /none def /_pf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 |
{
0 eq
{
(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
}
{
/clipForward? true def
| | | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 |
{
0 eq
{
(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
}
{
/clipForward? true def
/Tx /pop load def
/Tj /pop load def
currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
} ifelse
}
{
0 eq
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 |
pop
clipForward?
{
currentdict
end
end
begin
| | | 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
pop
clipForward?
{
currentdict
end
end
begin
/clipForward? false ddef
} if
} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
pop pop
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/images/pwrdLogo.eps.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | %AI5_NumLayers: 1 %AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40 %AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7 %%EndComments %%BeginProlog %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation) | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
%AI5_NumLayers: 1
%AI5_OpenToView: 102 564 2 938 673 18 1 1 2 40
%AI5_OpenViewLayers: 7
%%EndComments
%%BeginProlog
%%BeginResource: procset Adobe_level2_AI5 1.0 0
%%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Level 2 Emulation)
%%Version: 1.0
%%CreationDate: (04/10/93) ()
%%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1993 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved)
userdict /Adobe_level2_AI5 21 dict dup begin
put
/packedarray where not
{
userdict begin
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | 4 index mul 4 1 roll } repeat 5 -1 roll pop setcmykcolor } def } if | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
4 index mul 4 1 roll
} repeat
5 -1 roll pop
setcmykcolor
}
def
} if
/gt38? mark {version cvx exec} stopped {cleartomark true} {38 gt exch pop} ifelse def
userdict /deviceDPI 72 0 matrix defaultmatrix dtransform dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt put
userdict /level2?
systemdict /languagelevel known dup
{
pop systemdict /languagelevel get 2 ge
} if
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
174 175 176 177 178 179 180 | /customColor? isCMYKSep? not def end } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) | | | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | /customColor? isCMYKSep? not def end } if end defaultpacking setpacking %%EndResource %%BeginResource: procset Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5 1.1 0 %%Title: (Adobe Illustrator (R) Version 5.0 Abbreviated Prolog) %%Version: 1.1 %%CreationDate: (3/7/1994) () %%Copyright: ((C) 1987-1994 Adobe Systems Incorporated All Rights Reserved) currentpacking true setpacking userdict /Adobe_IllustratorA_AI5_vars 70 dict dup begin put /_lp /none def /_pf |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 |
{
0 eq
{
(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
}
{
/clipForward? true def
| | | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 |
{
0 eq
{
(%AI5_BeginLayer) 1 (%AI5_EndLayer--) discard
}
{
/clipForward? true def
/Tx /pop load def
/Tj /pop load def
currentdict end clipRenderOff begin begin
} ifelse
}
{
0 eq
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 |
pop
clipForward?
{
currentdict
end
end
begin
| | | 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 |
pop
clipForward?
{
currentdict
end
end
begin
/clipForward? false ddef
} if
} ifelse
} bind def
/Pb
{
pop pop
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/listbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # listbox.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk listbox widgets # and provides procedures that help in implementing those bindings. # | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
# listbox.tcl --
#
# This file defines the default bindings for Tk listbox widgets
# and provides procedures that help in implementing those bindings.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tk::Priv elements used in this file:
#
# afterId - Token returned by "after" for autoscanning.
# listboxPrev - The last element to be selected or deselected
# during a selection operation.
# listboxSelection - All of the items that were selected before the
# current selection operation (such as a mouse
# drag) started; used to cancel an operation.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The code below creates the default class bindings for listboxes.
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Note: the check for existence of %W below is because this binding
# is sometimes invoked after a window has been deleted (e.g. because
# there is a double-click binding on the widget that deletes it). Users
# can put "break"s in their bindings to avoid the error, but this check
# makes that unnecessary.
bind Listbox <1> {
if {[winfo exists %W]} {
tk::ListboxBeginSelect %W [%W index @%x,%y] 1
}
}
# Ignore double clicks so that users can define their own behaviors.
# Among other things, this prevents errors if the user deletes the
# listbox on a double click.
bind Listbox <Double-1> {
# Empty script
}
bind Listbox <B1-Motion> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
set tk::Priv(y) %y
tk::ListboxMotion %W [%W index @%x,%y]
}
bind Listbox <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::CancelRepeat
%W activate @%x,%y
}
bind Listbox <Shift-1> {
tk::ListboxBeginExtend %W [%W index @%x,%y]
}
bind Listbox <Control-1> {
tk::ListboxBeginToggle %W [%W index @%x,%y]
}
bind Listbox <B1-Leave> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
set tk::Priv(y) %y
tk::ListboxAutoScan %W
}
bind Listbox <B1-Enter> {
tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Listbox <Up> {
tk::ListboxUpDown %W -1
}
bind Listbox <Shift-Up> {
tk::ListboxExtendUpDown %W -1
}
bind Listbox <Down> {
tk::ListboxUpDown %W 1
}
bind Listbox <Shift-Down> {
tk::ListboxExtendUpDown %W 1
}
bind Listbox <Left> {
%W xview scroll -1 units
}
bind Listbox <Control-Left> {
%W xview scroll -1 pages
}
bind Listbox <Right> {
%W xview scroll 1 units
}
bind Listbox <Control-Right> {
%W xview scroll 1 pages
}
bind Listbox <Prior> {
%W yview scroll -1 pages
%W activate @0,0
}
bind Listbox <Next> {
%W yview scroll 1 pages
%W activate @0,0
}
bind Listbox <Control-Prior> {
%W xview scroll -1 pages
}
bind Listbox <Control-Next> {
%W xview scroll 1 pages
}
bind Listbox <Home> {
%W xview moveto 0
}
bind Listbox <End> {
%W xview moveto 1
}
bind Listbox <Control-Home> {
%W activate 0
%W see 0
%W selection clear 0 end
%W selection set 0
tk::FireListboxSelectEvent %W
}
bind Listbox <Shift-Control-Home> {
tk::ListboxDataExtend %W 0
}
bind Listbox <Control-End> {
%W activate end
%W see end
%W selection clear 0 end
%W selection set end
tk::FireListboxSelectEvent %W
}
bind Listbox <Shift-Control-End> {
tk::ListboxDataExtend %W [%W index end]
}
bind Listbox <<Copy>> {
if {[selection own -displayof %W] eq "%W"} {
clipboard clear -displayof %W
clipboard append -displayof %W [selection get -displayof %W]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
}
bind Listbox <Shift-Select> {
tk::ListboxBeginExtend %W [%W index active]
}
bind Listbox <Escape> {
tk::ListboxCancel %W
}
| | | | > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 |
}
bind Listbox <Shift-Select> {
tk::ListboxBeginExtend %W [%W index active]
}
bind Listbox <Escape> {
tk::ListboxCancel %W
}
bind Listbox <Control-slash> {
tk::ListboxSelectAll %W
}
bind Listbox <Control-backslash> {
if {[%W cget -selectmode] ne "browse"} {
%W selection clear 0 end
tk::FireListboxSelectEvent %W
}
}
# Additional Tk bindings that aren't part of the Motif look and feel:
bind Listbox <2> {
%W scan mark %x %y
}
bind Listbox <B2-Motion> {
%W scan dragto %x %y
}
# The MouseWheel will typically only fire on Windows and Mac OS X.
# However, someone could use the "event generate" command to produce
# one on other platforms.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Listbox <MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {- (%D)}] units
}
bind Listbox <Option-MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units
}
bind Listbox <Shift-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {- (%D)}] units
}
bind Listbox <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {-10 * (%D)}] units
}
} else {
bind Listbox <MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {- (%D / 120) * 4}] units
}
}
if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
# Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping
# the wheel to the extended buttons. If you have a mousewheel, find
# Linux configuration info at:
# http://www.inria.fr/koala/colas/mouse-wheel-scroll/
bind Listbox <4> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W yview scroll -5 units
}
}
bind Listbox <5> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W yview scroll 5 units
}
}
}
# ::tk::ListboxBeginSelect --
#
# This procedure is typically invoked on button-1 presses. It begins
# the process of making a selection in the listbox. Its exact behavior
# depends on the selection mode currently in effect for the listbox;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
$w selection clear $i $el
$w selection clear anchor $el
}
if {![info exists Priv(listboxSelection)]} {
set Priv(listboxSelection) [$w curselection]
}
while {($i < $el) && ($i < $anchor)} {
| | | | 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
$w selection clear $i $el
$w selection clear anchor $el
}
if {![info exists Priv(listboxSelection)]} {
set Priv(listboxSelection) [$w curselection]
}
while {($i < $el) && ($i < $anchor)} {
if {[lsearch $Priv(listboxSelection) $i] >= 0} {
$w selection set $i
}
incr i
}
while {($i > $el) && ($i > $anchor)} {
if {[lsearch $Priv(listboxSelection) $i] >= 0} {
$w selection set $i
}
incr i -1
}
set Priv(listboxPrev) $el
tk::FireListboxSelectEvent $w
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
465 466 467 468 469 470 471 |
if {$first > $last} {
set tmp $first
set first $last
set last $tmp
}
$w selection clear $first $last
while {$first <= $last} {
| | | 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 |
if {$first > $last} {
set tmp $first
set first $last
set last $tmp
}
$w selection clear $first $last
while {$first <= $last} {
if {[lsearch $Priv(listboxSelection) $first] >= 0} {
$w selection set $first
}
incr first
}
tk::FireListboxSelectEvent $w
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted library/megawidget.tcl.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to library/menu.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # menu.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk menus and menubuttons. # It also implements keyboard traversal of menus and implements a few # other utility procedures related to menus. # | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | # menu.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk menus and menubuttons. # It also implements keyboard traversal of menus and implements a few # other utility procedures related to menus. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. # Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Elements of tk::Priv that are used in this file: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
bind Menubutton <FocusIn> {}
bind Menubutton <Enter> {
tk::MbEnter %W
}
bind Menubutton <Leave> {
tk::MbLeave %W
}
| | | 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
bind Menubutton <FocusIn> {}
bind Menubutton <Enter> {
tk::MbEnter %W
}
bind Menubutton <Leave> {
tk::MbLeave %W
}
bind Menubutton <1> {
if {$tk::Priv(inMenubutton) ne ""} {
tk::MbPost $tk::Priv(inMenubutton) %X %Y
}
}
bind Menubutton <Motion> {
tk::MbMotion %W up %X %Y
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
bind Menu <Leave> {
tk::MenuLeave %W %X %Y %s
}
bind Menu <Motion> {
tk::MenuMotion %W %x %y %s
}
| | | | | | | < | | | 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
bind Menu <Leave> {
tk::MenuLeave %W %X %Y %s
}
bind Menu <Motion> {
tk::MenuMotion %W %x %y %s
}
bind Menu <ButtonPress> {
tk::MenuButtonDown %W
}
bind Menu <ButtonRelease> {
tk::MenuInvoke %W 1
}
bind Menu <space> {
tk::MenuInvoke %W 0
}
bind Menu <<Invoke>> {
tk::MenuInvoke %W 0
}
bind Menu <Return> {
tk::MenuInvoke %W 0
}
bind Menu <Escape> {
tk::MenuEscape %W
}
bind Menu <Left> {
tk::MenuLeftArrow %W
}
bind Menu <Right> {
tk::MenuRightArrow %W
}
bind Menu <Up> {
tk::MenuUpArrow %W
}
bind Menu <Down> {
tk::MenuDownArrow %W
}
bind Menu <KeyPress> {
tk::TraverseWithinMenu %W %A
}
# The following bindings apply to all windows, and are used to
# implement keyboard menu traversal.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
bind all <Alt-KeyPress> {
tk::TraverseToMenu %W %A
}
bind all <F10> {
tk::FirstMenu %W
}
} else {
bind Menubutton <Alt-KeyPress> {
tk::TraverseToMenu %W %A
}
bind Menubutton <F10> {
tk::FirstMenu %W
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
return
}
if {[$w cget -state] eq "active" && [tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
$w configure -state normal
}
}
| < > < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | | 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 |
return
}
if {[$w cget -state] eq "active" && [tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
$w configure -state normal
}
}
# ::tk::MbPost --
# Given a menubutton, this procedure does all the work of posting
# its associated menu and unposting any other menu that is currently
# posted.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The name of the menubutton widget whose menu
# is to be posted.
# x, y - Root coordinates of cursor, used for positioning
# option menus. If not specified, then the center
# of the menubutton is used for an option menu.
proc ::tk::MbPost {w {x {}} {y {}}} {
global errorInfo
variable ::tk::Priv
global tcl_platform
if {[$w cget -state] eq "disabled" || $w eq $Priv(postedMb)} {
return
}
set menu [$w cget -menu]
if {$menu eq ""} {
return
}
set tearoff [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11" \
|| [$menu cget -type] eq "tearoff"}]
if {[string first $w $menu] != 0} {
error "can't post $menu: it isn't a descendant of $w (this is a new requirement in Tk versions 3.0 and later)"
}
set cur $Priv(postedMb)
if {$cur ne ""} {
MenuUnpost {}
}
if {$::tk_strictMotif} {
set Priv(cursor) [$w cget -cursor]
$w configure -cursor arrow
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
set Priv(relief) [$w cget -relief]
$w configure -relief raised
} else {
$w configure -state active
}
set Priv(postedMb) $w
set Priv(focus) [focus]
$menu activate none
GenerateMenuSelect $menu
# If this looks like an option menubutton then post the menu so
# that the current entry is on top of the mouse. Otherwise post
# the menu just below the menubutton, as for a pull-down.
update idletasks
if {[catch {
switch [$w cget -direction] {
above {
set x [winfo rootx $w]
set y [expr {[winfo rooty $w] - [winfo reqheight $menu]}]
# if we go offscreen to the top, show as 'below'
if {$y < [winfo vrooty $w]} {
set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $w] + [winfo rooty $w] + [winfo reqheight $w]}]
}
PostOverPoint $menu $x $y
}
below {
set x [winfo rootx $w]
set y [expr {[winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]}]
# if we go offscreen to the bottom, show as 'above'
set mh [winfo reqheight $menu]
if {($y + $mh) > ([winfo vrooty $w] + [winfo vrootheight $w])} {
set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $w] + [winfo vrootheight $w] + [winfo rooty $w] - $mh}]
}
PostOverPoint $menu $x $y
}
left {
set x [expr {[winfo rootx $w] - [winfo reqwidth $menu]}]
set y [expr {(2 * [winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]) / 2}]
set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$w cget -text]]
if {$entry eq ""} {
set entry 0
}
if {[$w cget -indicatoron]} {
if {$entry == [$menu index last]} {
incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
+ [winfo reqheight $menu])/2}]
} else {
incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
+ [$menu yposition [expr {$entry+1}]])/2}]
}
}
PostOverPoint $menu $x $y
if {$entry ne "" \
&& [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} {
$menu activate $entry
GenerateMenuSelect $menu
}
}
right {
set x [expr {[winfo rootx $w] + [winfo width $w]}]
set y [expr {(2 * [winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]) / 2}]
set entry [MenuFindName $menu [$w cget -text]]
if {$entry eq ""} {
set entry 0
}
if {[$w cget -indicatoron]} {
if {$entry == [$menu index last]} {
incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
+ [winfo reqheight $menu])/2}]
} else {
incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
+ [$menu yposition [expr {$entry+1}]])/2}]
}
}
PostOverPoint $menu $x $y
if {$entry ne "" \
&& [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} {
$menu activate $entry
GenerateMenuSelect $menu
}
}
default {
if {[$w cget -indicatoron]} {
if {$y eq ""} {
set x [expr {[winfo rootx $w] + [winfo width $w]/2}]
set y [expr {[winfo rooty $w] + [winfo height $w]/2}]
}
PostOverPoint $menu $x $y [MenuFindName $menu [$w cget -text]]
} else {
PostOverPoint $menu [winfo rootx $w] [expr {[winfo rooty $w]+[winfo height $w]}]
}
}
}
} msg]} {
# Error posting menu (e.g. bogus -postcommand). Unpost it and
# reflect the error.
set savedInfo $errorInfo
MenuUnpost {}
error $msg $savedInfo
}
set Priv(tearoff) $tearoff
if {$tearoff != 0} {
focus $menu
if {[winfo viewable $w]} {
SaveGrabInfo $w
grab -global $w
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
# or the grab window has been deleted.
#
# Arguments:
# menu - Name of a menu to unpost. Ignored if there
# is a posted menubutton.
proc ::tk::MenuUnpost menu {
variable ::tk::Priv
set mb $Priv(postedMb)
# Restore focus right away (otherwise X will take focus away when
# the menu is unmapped and under some window managers (e.g. olvwm)
# we'll lose the focus completely).
| > | 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 |
# or the grab window has been deleted.
#
# Arguments:
# menu - Name of a menu to unpost. Ignored if there
# is a posted menubutton.
proc ::tk::MenuUnpost menu {
global tcl_platform
variable ::tk::Priv
set mb $Priv(postedMb)
# Restore focus right away (otherwise X will take focus away when
# the menu is unmapped and under some window managers (e.g. olvwm)
# we'll lose the focus completely).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
# posted with element 0 activated. Otherwise, unpost the menu.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The name of the menubutton widget.
proc ::tk::MbButtonUp w {
variable ::tk::Priv
set menu [$w cget -menu]
set tearoff [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11" || \
($menu ne "" && [$menu cget -type] eq "tearoff")}]
if {($tearoff != 0) && $Priv(postedMb) eq $w \
&& $Priv(inMenubutton) eq $w} {
MenuFirstEntry [$Priv(postedMb) cget -menu]
| > | 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 |
# posted with element 0 activated. Otherwise, unpost the menu.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The name of the menubutton widget.
proc ::tk::MbButtonUp w {
variable ::tk::Priv
global tcl_platform
set menu [$w cget -menu]
set tearoff [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11" || \
($menu ne "" && [$menu cget -type] eq "tearoff")}]
if {($tearoff != 0) && $Priv(postedMb) eq $w \
&& $Priv(inMenubutton) eq $w} {
MenuFirstEntry [$Priv(postedMb) cget -menu]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
489 490 491 492 493 494 495 |
if {[info exists Priv(menuActivated)] \
&& $index ne "none" \
&& $index ne $activeindex} {
set mode [option get $menu clickToFocus ClickToFocus]
if {[string is false $mode]} {
set delay [expr {[$menu cget -type] eq "menubar" ? 0 : 50}]
if {[$menu type $index] eq "cascade"} {
| < < | | | 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
if {[info exists Priv(menuActivated)] \
&& $index ne "none" \
&& $index ne $activeindex} {
set mode [option get $menu clickToFocus ClickToFocus]
if {[string is false $mode]} {
set delay [expr {[$menu cget -type] eq "menubar" ? 0 : 50}]
if {[$menu type $index] eq "cascade"} {
set Priv(menuActivatedTimer) \
[after $delay [list $menu postcascade active]]
} else {
set Priv(menuDeactivatedTimer) \
[after $delay [list $menu postcascade none]]
}
}
}
}
}
# ::tk::MenuButtonDown --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
# we can track mouse motions across the entire menu hierarchy.
#
# Arguments:
# menu - The menu window.
proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
| > < < < < < < | 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 |
# we can track mouse motions across the entire menu hierarchy.
#
# Arguments:
# menu - The menu window.
proc ::tk::MenuButtonDown menu {
variable ::tk::Priv
global tcl_platform
if {![winfo viewable $menu]} {
return
}
$menu postcascade active
if {$Priv(postedMb) ne "" && [winfo viewable $Priv(postedMb)]} {
grab -global $Priv(postedMb)
} else {
while {[$menu cget -type] eq "normal" \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 |
return $i
}
}
}
return ""
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < | > > | | < | | < | > | < < < < | > | | | > | | | | < | 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 |
return $i
}
}
}
return ""
}
# ::tk::PostOverPoint --
# This procedure posts a given menu such that a given entry in the
# menu is centered over a given point in the root window. It also
# activates the given entry.
#
# Arguments:
# menu - Menu to post.
# x, y - Root coordinates of point.
# entry - Index of entry within menu to center over (x,y).
# If omitted or specified as {}, then the menu's
# upper-left corner goes at (x,y).
proc ::tk::PostOverPoint {menu x y {entry {}}} {
global tcl_platform
if {$entry ne ""} {
if {$entry == [$menu index last]} {
incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
+ [winfo reqheight $menu])/2}]
} else {
incr y [expr {-([$menu yposition $entry] \
+ [$menu yposition [expr {$entry+1}]])/2}]
}
incr x [expr {-[winfo reqwidth $menu]/2}]
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
# osVersion is not available in safe interps
set ver 5
if {[info exists tcl_platform(osVersion)]} {
scan $tcl_platform(osVersion) %d ver
}
# We need to fix some problems with menu posting on Windows,
# where, if the menu would overlap top or bottom of screen,
# Windows puts it in the wrong place for us. We must also
# subtract an extra amount for half the height of the current
# entry. To be safe we subtract an extra 10.
# NOTE: this issue appears to have been resolved in the Window
# manager provided with Vista and Windows 7.
if {$ver < 6} {
set yoffset [expr {[winfo screenheight $menu] \
- $y - [winfo reqheight $menu] - 10}]
if {$yoffset < [winfo vrooty $menu]} {
# The bottom of the menu is offscreen, so adjust upwards
incr y [expr {$yoffset - [winfo vrooty $menu]}]
}
# If we're off the top of the screen (either because we were
# originally or because we just adjusted too far upwards),
# then make the menu popup on the top edge.
if {$y < [winfo vrooty $menu]} {
set y [winfo vrooty $menu]
}
}
}
$menu post $x $y
if {$entry ne "" && [$menu entrycget $entry -state] ne "disabled"} {
$menu activate $entry
GenerateMenuSelect $menu
}
}
# ::tk::SaveGrabInfo --
# Sets the variables tk::Priv(oldGrab) and tk::Priv(grabStatus) to record
# the state of any existing grab on the w's display.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 |
# menu.
# entry - Index of a menu entry to center over (x,y).
# If omitted or specified as {}, then menu's
# upper-left corner goes at (x,y).
proc ::tk_popup {menu x y {entry {}}} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {$Priv(popup) ne "" || $Priv(postedMb) ne ""} {
tk::MenuUnpost {}
}
tk::PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11" && [winfo viewable $menu]} {
tk::SaveGrabInfo $menu
grab -global $menu
set Priv(popup) $menu
set Priv(window) $menu
set Priv(menuActivated) 1
tk_menuSetFocus $menu
}
}
| > | 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 |
# menu.
# entry - Index of a menu entry to center over (x,y).
# If omitted or specified as {}, then menu's
# upper-left corner goes at (x,y).
proc ::tk_popup {menu x y {entry {}}} {
variable ::tk::Priv
global tcl_platform
if {$Priv(popup) ne "" || $Priv(postedMb) ne ""} {
tk::MenuUnpost {}
}
tk::PostOverPoint $menu $x $y $entry
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11" && [winfo viewable $menu]} {
tk::SaveGrabInfo $menu
grab -global $menu
set Priv(popup) $menu
set Priv(window) $menu
set Priv(menuActivated) 1
tk_menuSetFocus $menu
}
}
|
Changes to library/mkpsenc.tcl.
1 2 | # mkpsenc.tcl -- # | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < | | | < < < | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | > | > | > | | | | | | < | | | > | | | < | | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | < > | | | | > | | | | | | | | < > | | | | | > | | | | > | | | | | | < > | | | | | | > | | > | > | | | > | | | | > > | | | | > | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | < | | > > | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | > | < > | | > | | | | | | | > | > | | | | | | > | > | | | | > | | | | | < | | > | | | > | > | | | > | | | | > > | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 |
# mkpsenc.tcl --
#
# Creates Postscript encoding vector for given encoding
#
proc ::tk::CreatePostscriptEncoding {encoding} {
# now check for known. Even if it is known, it can be other
# than we need. GhostScript seems to be happy with such approach
set result "/CurrentEncoding \[\n"
for {set i 0} {$i<256} {incr i 8} {
for {set j 0} {$j<8} {incr j} {
set enc [encoding convertfrom $encoding [format %c [expr {$i+$j}]]]
if {[catch {format %04X [scan $enc %c]} hexcode]} {set hexcode {}}
if [info exists ::tk::psglyphs($hexcode)] {
append result "/$::tk::psglyphs($hexcode)"
} else {
append result "/space"
}
}
append result "\n"
}
append result "\] def\n"
return $result
}
# List of adobe glyph names. Converted from glyphlist.txt, downloaded
# from Adobe
namespace eval ::tk {
array set psglyphs {
0020 space
0021 exclam
0022 quotedbl
0023 numbersign
0024 dollar
0025 percent
0026 ampersand
0027 quotesingle
0028 parenleft
0029 parenright
002A asterisk
002B plus
002C comma
002D hyphen
002E period
002F slash
0030 zero
0031 one
0032 two
0033 three
0034 four
0035 five
0036 six
0037 seven
0038 eight
0039 nine
003A colon
003B semicolon
003C less
003D equal
003E greater
003F question
0040 at
0041 A
0042 B
0043 C
0044 D
0045 E
0046 F
0047 G
0048 H
0049 I
004A J
004B K
004C L
004D M
004E N
004F O
0050 P
0051 Q
0052 R
0053 S
0054 T
0055 U
0056 V
0057 W
0058 X
0059 Y
005A Z
005B bracketleft
005C backslash
005D bracketright
005E asciicircum
005F underscore
0060 grave
0061 a
0062 b
0063 c
0064 d
0065 e
0066 f
0067 g
0068 h
0069 i
006A j
006B k
006C l
006D m
006E n
006F o
0070 p
0071 q
0072 r
0073 s
0074 t
0075 u
0076 v
0077 w
0078 x
0079 y
007A z
007B braceleft
007C bar
007D braceright
007E asciitilde
00A0 space
00A1 exclamdown
00A2 cent
00A3 sterling
00A4 currency
00A5 yen
00A6 brokenbar
00A7 section
00A8 dieresis
00A9 copyright
00AA ordfeminine
00AB guillemotleft
00AC logicalnot
00AD hyphen
00AE registered
00AF macron
00B0 degree
00B1 plusminus
00B2 twosuperior
00B3 threesuperior
00B4 acute
00B5 mu
00B6 paragraph
00B7 periodcentered
00B8 cedilla
00B9 onesuperior
00BA ordmasculine
00BB guillemotright
00BC onequarter
00BD onehalf
00BE threequarters
00BF questiondown
00C0 Agrave
00C1 Aacute
00C2 Acircumflex
00C3 Atilde
00C4 Adieresis
00C5 Aring
00C6 AE
00C7 Ccedilla
00C8 Egrave
00C9 Eacute
00CA Ecircumflex
00CB Edieresis
00CC Igrave
00CD Iacute
00CE Icircumflex
00CF Idieresis
00D0 Eth
00D1 Ntilde
00D2 Ograve
00D3 Oacute
00D4 Ocircumflex
00D5 Otilde
00D6 Odieresis
00D7 multiply
00D8 Oslash
00D9 Ugrave
00DA Uacute
00DB Ucircumflex
00DC Udieresis
00DD Yacute
00DE Thorn
00DF germandbls
00E0 agrave
00E1 aacute
00E2 acircumflex
00E3 atilde
00E4 adieresis
00E5 aring
00E6 ae
00E7 ccedilla
00E8 egrave
00E9 eacute
00EA ecircumflex
00EB edieresis
00EC igrave
00ED iacute
00EE icircumflex
00EF idieresis
00F0 eth
00F1 ntilde
00F2 ograve
00F3 oacute
00F4 ocircumflex
00F5 otilde
00F6 odieresis
00F7 divide
00F8 oslash
00F9 ugrave
00FA uacute
00FB ucircumflex
00FC udieresis
00FD yacute
00FE thorn
00FF ydieresis
0100 Amacron
0101 amacron
0102 Abreve
0103 abreve
0104 Aogonek
0105 aogonek
0106 Cacute
0107 cacute
0108 Ccircumflex
0109 ccircumflex
010A Cdotaccent
010B cdotaccent
010C Ccaron
010D ccaron
010E Dcaron
010F dcaron
0110 Dcroat
0111 dcroat
0112 Emacron
0113 emacron
0114 Ebreve
0115 ebreve
0116 Edotaccent
0117 edotaccent
0118 Eogonek
0119 eogonek
011A Ecaron
011B ecaron
011C Gcircumflex
011D gcircumflex
011E Gbreve
011F gbreve
0120 Gdotaccent
0121 gdotaccent
0122 Gcommaaccent
0123 gcommaaccent
0124 Hcircumflex
0125 hcircumflex
0126 Hbar
0127 hbar
0128 Itilde
0129 itilde
012A Imacron
012B imacron
012C Ibreve
012D ibreve
012E Iogonek
012F iogonek
0130 Idotaccent
0131 dotlessi
0132 IJ
0133 ij
0134 Jcircumflex
0135 jcircumflex
0136 Kcommaaccent
0137 kcommaaccent
0138 kgreenlandic
0139 Lacute
013A lacute
013B Lcommaaccent
013C lcommaaccent
013D Lcaron
013E lcaron
013F Ldot
0140 ldot
0141 Lslash
0142 lslash
0143 Nacute
0144 nacute
0145 Ncommaaccent
0146 ncommaaccent
0147 Ncaron
0148 ncaron
0149 napostrophe
014A Eng
014B eng
014C Omacron
014D omacron
014E Obreve
014F obreve
0150 Ohungarumlaut
0151 ohungarumlaut
0152 OE
0153 oe
0154 Racute
0155 racute
0156 Rcommaaccent
0157 rcommaaccent
0158 Rcaron
0159 rcaron
015A Sacute
015B sacute
015C Scircumflex
015D scircumflex
015E Scedilla
015F scedilla
0160 Scaron
0161 scaron
0162 Tcommaaccent
0163 tcommaaccent
0164 Tcaron
0165 tcaron
0166 Tbar
0167 tbar
0168 Utilde
0169 utilde
016A Umacron
016B umacron
016C Ubreve
016D ubreve
016E Uring
016F uring
0170 Uhungarumlaut
0171 uhungarumlaut
0172 Uogonek
0173 uogonek
0174 Wcircumflex
0175 wcircumflex
0176 Ycircumflex
0177 ycircumflex
0178 Ydieresis
0179 Zacute
017A zacute
017B Zdotaccent
017C zdotaccent
017D Zcaron
017E zcaron
017F longs
0192 florin
01A0 Ohorn
01A1 ohorn
01AF Uhorn
01B0 uhorn
01E6 Gcaron
01E7 gcaron
01FA Aringacute
01FB aringacute
01FC AEacute
01FD aeacute
01FE Oslashacute
01FF oslashacute
0218 Scommaaccent
0219 scommaaccent
021A Tcommaaccent
021B tcommaaccent
02BC afii57929
02BD afii64937
02C6 circumflex
02C7 caron
02C9 macron
02D8 breve
02D9 dotaccent
02DA ring
02DB ogonek
02DC tilde
02DD hungarumlaut
0300 gravecomb
0301 acutecomb
0303 tildecomb
0309 hookabovecomb
0323 dotbelowcomb
0384 tonos
0385 dieresistonos
0386 Alphatonos
0387 anoteleia
0388 Epsilontonos
0389 Etatonos
038A Iotatonos
038C Omicrontonos
038E Upsilontonos
038F Omegatonos
0390 iotadieresistonos
0391 Alpha
0392 Beta
0393 Gamma
0394 Delta
0395 Epsilon
0396 Zeta
0397 Eta
0398 Theta
0399 Iota
039A Kappa
039B Lambda
039C Mu
039D Nu
039E Xi
039F Omicron
03A0 Pi
03A1 Rho
03A3 Sigma
03A4 Tau
03A5 Upsilon
03A6 Phi
03A7 Chi
03A8 Psi
03A9 Omega
03AA Iotadieresis
03AB Upsilondieresis
03AC alphatonos
03AD epsilontonos
03AE etatonos
03AF iotatonos
03B0 upsilondieresistonos
03B1 alpha
03B2 beta
03B3 gamma
03B4 delta
03B5 epsilon
03B6 zeta
03B7 eta
03B8 theta
03B9 iota
03BA kappa
03BB lambda
03BC mu
03BD nu
03BE xi
03BF omicron
03C0 pi
03C1 rho
03C2 sigma1
03C3 sigma
03C4 tau
03C5 upsilon
03C6 phi
03C7 chi
03C8 psi
03C9 omega
03CA iotadieresis
03CB upsilondieresis
03CC omicrontonos
03CD upsilontonos
03CE omegatonos
03D1 theta1
03D2 Upsilon1
03D5 phi1
03D6 omega1
0401 afii10023
0402 afii10051
0403 afii10052
0404 afii10053
0405 afii10054
0406 afii10055
0407 afii10056
0408 afii10057
0409 afii10058
040A afii10059
040B afii10060
040C afii10061
040E afii10062
040F afii10145
0410 afii10017
0411 afii10018
0412 afii10019
0413 afii10020
0414 afii10021
0415 afii10022
0416 afii10024
0417 afii10025
0418 afii10026
0419 afii10027
041A afii10028
041B afii10029
041C afii10030
041D afii10031
041E afii10032
041F afii10033
0420 afii10034
0421 afii10035
0422 afii10036
0423 afii10037
0424 afii10038
0425 afii10039
0426 afii10040
0427 afii10041
0428 afii10042
0429 afii10043
042A afii10044
042B afii10045
042C afii10046
042D afii10047
042E afii10048
042F afii10049
0430 afii10065
0431 afii10066
0432 afii10067
0433 afii10068
0434 afii10069
0435 afii10070
0436 afii10072
0437 afii10073
0438 afii10074
0439 afii10075
043A afii10076
043B afii10077
043C afii10078
043D afii10079
043E afii10080
043F afii10081
0440 afii10082
0441 afii10083
0442 afii10084
0443 afii10085
0444 afii10086
0445 afii10087
0446 afii10088
0447 afii10089
0448 afii10090
0449 afii10091
044A afii10092
044B afii10093
044C afii10094
044D afii10095
044E afii10096
044F afii10097
0451 afii10071
0452 afii10099
0453 afii10100
0454 afii10101
0455 afii10102
0456 afii10103
0457 afii10104
0458 afii10105
0459 afii10106
045A afii10107
045B afii10108
045C afii10109
045E afii10110
045F afii10193
0462 afii10146
0463 afii10194
0472 afii10147
0473 afii10195
0474 afii10148
0475 afii10196
0490 afii10050
0491 afii10098
04D9 afii10846
05B0 afii57799
05B1 afii57801
05B2 afii57800
05B3 afii57802
05B4 afii57793
05B5 afii57794
05B6 afii57795
05B7 afii57798
05B8 afii57797
05B9 afii57806
05BB afii57796
05BC afii57807
05BD afii57839
05BE afii57645
05BF afii57841
05C0 afii57842
05C1 afii57804
05C2 afii57803
05C3 afii57658
05D0 afii57664
05D1 afii57665
05D2 afii57666
05D3 afii57667
05D4 afii57668
05D5 afii57669
05D6 afii57670
05D7 afii57671
05D8 afii57672
05D9 afii57673
05DA afii57674
05DB afii57675
05DC afii57676
05DD afii57677
05DE afii57678
05DF afii57679
05E0 afii57680
05E1 afii57681
05E2 afii57682
05E3 afii57683
05E4 afii57684
05E5 afii57685
05E6 afii57686
05E7 afii57687
05E8 afii57688
05E9 afii57689
05EA afii57690
05F0 afii57716
05F1 afii57717
05F2 afii57718
060C afii57388
061B afii57403
061F afii57407
0621 afii57409
0622 afii57410
0623 afii57411
0624 afii57412
0625 afii57413
0626 afii57414
0627 afii57415
0628 afii57416
0629 afii57417
062A afii57418
062B afii57419
062C afii57420
062D afii57421
062E afii57422
062F afii57423
0630 afii57424
0631 afii57425
0632 afii57426
0633 afii57427
0634 afii57428
0635 afii57429
0636 afii57430
0637 afii57431
0638 afii57432
0639 afii57433
063A afii57434
0640 afii57440
0641 afii57441
0642 afii57442
0643 afii57443
0644 afii57444
0645 afii57445
0646 afii57446
0647 afii57470
0648 afii57448
0649 afii57449
064A afii57450
064B afii57451
064C afii57452
064D afii57453
064E afii57454
064F afii57455
0650 afii57456
0651 afii57457
0652 afii57458
0660 afii57392
0661 afii57393
0662 afii57394
0663 afii57395
0664 afii57396
0665 afii57397
0666 afii57398
0667 afii57399
0668 afii57400
0669 afii57401
066A afii57381
066D afii63167
0679 afii57511
067E afii57506
0686 afii57507
0688 afii57512
0691 afii57513
0698 afii57508
06A4 afii57505
06AF afii57509
06BA afii57514
06D2 afii57519
06D5 afii57534
1E80 Wgrave
1E81 wgrave
1E82 Wacute
1E83 wacute
1E84 Wdieresis
1E85 wdieresis
1EF2 Ygrave
1EF3 ygrave
200C afii61664
200D afii301
200E afii299
200F afii300
2012 figuredash
2013 endash
2014 emdash
2015 afii00208
2017 underscoredbl
2018 quoteleft
2019 quoteright
201A quotesinglbase
201B quotereversed
201C quotedblleft
201D quotedblright
201E quotedblbase
2020 dagger
2021 daggerdbl
2022 bullet
2024 onedotenleader
2025 twodotenleader
2026 ellipsis
202C afii61573
202D afii61574
202E afii61575
2030 perthousand
2032 minute
2033 second
2039 guilsinglleft
203A guilsinglright
203C exclamdbl
2044 fraction
2070 zerosuperior
2074 foursuperior
2075 fivesuperior
2076 sixsuperior
2077 sevensuperior
2078 eightsuperior
2079 ninesuperior
207D parenleftsuperior
207E parenrightsuperior
207F nsuperior
2080 zeroinferior
2081 oneinferior
2082 twoinferior
2083 threeinferior
2084 fourinferior
2085 fiveinferior
2086 sixinferior
2087 seveninferior
2088 eightinferior
2089 nineinferior
208D parenleftinferior
208E parenrightinferior
20A1 colonmonetary
20A3 franc
20A4 lira
20A7 peseta
20AA afii57636
20AB dong
20AC Euro
2105 afii61248
2111 Ifraktur
2113 afii61289
2116 afii61352
2118 weierstrass
211C Rfraktur
211E prescription
2122 trademark
2126 Omega
212E estimated
2135 aleph
2153 onethird
2154 twothirds
215B oneeighth
215C threeeighths
215D fiveeighths
215E seveneighths
2190 arrowleft
2191 arrowup
2192 arrowright
2193 arrowdown
2194 arrowboth
2195 arrowupdn
21A8 arrowupdnbse
21B5 carriagereturn
21D0 arrowdblleft
21D1 arrowdblup
21D2 arrowdblright
21D3 arrowdbldown
21D4 arrowdblboth
2200 universal
2202 partialdiff
2203 existential
2205 emptyset
2206 Delta
2207 gradient
2208 element
2209 notelement
220B suchthat
220F product
2211 summation
2212 minus
2215 fraction
2217 asteriskmath
2219 periodcentered
221A radical
221D proportional
221E infinity
221F orthogonal
2220 angle
2227 logicaland
2228 logicalor
2229 intersection
222A union
222B integral
2234 therefore
223C similar
2245 congruent
2248 approxequal
2260 notequal
2261 equivalence
2264 lessequal
2265 greaterequal
2282 propersubset
2283 propersuperset
2284 notsubset
2286 reflexsubset
2287 reflexsuperset
2295 circleplus
2297 circlemultiply
22A5 perpendicular
22C5 dotmath
2302 house
2310 revlogicalnot
2320 integraltp
2321 integralbt
2329 angleleft
232A angleright
2500 SF100000
2502 SF110000
250C SF010000
2510 SF030000
2514 SF020000
2518 SF040000
251C SF080000
2524 SF090000
252C SF060000
2534 SF070000
253C SF050000
2550 SF430000
2551 SF240000
2552 SF510000
2553 SF520000
2554 SF390000
2555 SF220000
2556 SF210000
2557 SF250000
2558 SF500000
2559 SF490000
255A SF380000
255B SF280000
255C SF270000
255D SF260000
255E SF360000
255F SF370000
2560 SF420000
2561 SF190000
2562 SF200000
2563 SF230000
2564 SF470000
2565 SF480000
2566 SF410000
2567 SF450000
2568 SF460000
2569 SF400000
256A SF540000
256B SF530000
256C SF440000
2580 upblock
2584 dnblock
2588 block
258C lfblock
2590 rtblock
2591 ltshade
2592 shade
2593 dkshade
25A0 filledbox
25A1 H22073
25AA H18543
25AB H18551
25AC filledrect
25B2 triagup
25BA triagrt
25BC triagdn
25C4 triaglf
25CA lozenge
25CB circle
25CF H18533
25D8 invbullet
25D9 invcircle
25E6 openbullet
263A smileface
263B invsmileface
263C sun
2640 female
2642 male
2660 spade
2663 club
2665 heart
2666 diamond
266A musicalnote
266B musicalnotedbl
F6BE dotlessj
F6BF LL
F6C0 ll
F6C1 Scedilla
F6C2 scedilla
F6C3 commaaccent
F6C4 afii10063
F6C5 afii10064
F6C6 afii10192
F6C7 afii10831
F6C8 afii10832
F6C9 Acute
F6CA Caron
F6CB Dieresis
F6CC DieresisAcute
F6CD DieresisGrave
F6CE Grave
F6CF Hungarumlaut
F6D0 Macron
F6D1 cyrBreve
F6D2 cyrFlex
F6D3 dblGrave
F6D4 cyrbreve
F6D5 cyrflex
F6D6 dblgrave
F6D7 dieresisacute
F6D8 dieresisgrave
F6D9 copyrightserif
F6DA registerserif
F6DB trademarkserif
F6DC onefitted
F6DD rupiah
F6DE threequartersemdash
F6DF centinferior
F6E0 centsuperior
F6E1 commainferior
F6E2 commasuperior
F6E3 dollarinferior
F6E4 dollarsuperior
F6E5 hypheninferior
F6E6 hyphensuperior
F6E7 periodinferior
F6E8 periodsuperior
F6E9 asuperior
F6EA bsuperior
F6EB dsuperior
F6EC esuperior
F6ED isuperior
F6EE lsuperior
F6EF msuperior
F6F0 osuperior
F6F1 rsuperior
F6F2 ssuperior
F6F3 tsuperior
F6F4 Brevesmall
F6F5 Caronsmall
F6F6 Circumflexsmall
F6F7 Dotaccentsmall
F6F8 Hungarumlautsmall
F6F9 Lslashsmall
F6FA OEsmall
F6FB Ogoneksmall
F6FC Ringsmall
F6FD Scaronsmall
F6FE Tildesmall
F6FF Zcaronsmall
F721 exclamsmall
F724 dollaroldstyle
F726 ampersandsmall
F730 zerooldstyle
F731 oneoldstyle
F732 twooldstyle
F733 threeoldstyle
F734 fouroldstyle
F735 fiveoldstyle
F736 sixoldstyle
F737 sevenoldstyle
F738 eightoldstyle
F739 nineoldstyle
F73F questionsmall
F760 Gravesmall
F761 Asmall
F762 Bsmall
F763 Csmall
F764 Dsmall
F765 Esmall
F766 Fsmall
F767 Gsmall
F768 Hsmall
F769 Ismall
F76A Jsmall
F76B Ksmall
F76C Lsmall
F76D Msmall
F76E Nsmall
F76F Osmall
F770 Psmall
F771 Qsmall
F772 Rsmall
F773 Ssmall
F774 Tsmall
F775 Usmall
F776 Vsmall
F777 Wsmall
F778 Xsmall
F779 Ysmall
F77A Zsmall
F7A1 exclamdownsmall
F7A2 centoldstyle
F7A8 Dieresissmall
F7AF Macronsmall
F7B4 Acutesmall
F7B8 Cedillasmall
F7BF questiondownsmall
F7E0 Agravesmall
F7E1 Aacutesmall
F7E2 Acircumflexsmall
F7E3 Atildesmall
F7E4 Adieresissmall
F7E5 Aringsmall
F7E6 AEsmall
F7E7 Ccedillasmall
F7E8 Egravesmall
F7E9 Eacutesmall
F7EA Ecircumflexsmall
F7EB Edieresissmall
F7EC Igravesmall
F7ED Iacutesmall
F7EE Icircumflexsmall
F7EF Idieresissmall
F7F0 Ethsmall
F7F1 Ntildesmall
F7F2 Ogravesmall
F7F3 Oacutesmall
F7F4 Ocircumflexsmall
F7F5 Otildesmall
F7F6 Odieresissmall
F7F8 Oslashsmall
F7F9 Ugravesmall
F7FA Uacutesmall
F7FB Ucircumflexsmall
F7FC Udieresissmall
F7FD Yacutesmall
F7FE Thornsmall
F7FF Ydieresissmall
F8E5 radicalex
F8E6 arrowvertex
F8E7 arrowhorizex
F8E8 registersans
F8E9 copyrightsans
F8EA trademarksans
F8EB parenlefttp
F8EC parenleftex
F8ED parenleftbt
F8EE bracketlefttp
F8EF bracketleftex
F8F0 bracketleftbt
F8F1 bracelefttp
F8F2 braceleftmid
F8F3 braceleftbt
F8F4 braceex
F8F5 integralex
F8F6 parenrighttp
F8F7 parenrightex
F8F8 parenrightbt
F8F9 bracketrighttp
F8FA bracketrightex
F8FB bracketrightbt
F8FC bracerighttp
F8FD bracerightmid
F8FE bracerightbt
FB00 ff
FB01 fi
FB02 fl
FB03 ffi
FB04 ffl
FB1F afii57705
FB2A afii57694
FB2B afii57695
FB35 afii57723
FB4B afii57700
}
# precalculate entire prolog when this file is loaded
# (to speed things up)
set ps_preamable "%%BeginProlog\n"
append ps_preamable [CreatePostscriptEncoding [encoding system]]
append ps_preamable {
50 dict begin
% This is a standard prolog for Postscript generated by Tk's canvas
% widget.
% The definitions below just define all of the variables used in
% any of the procedures here. This is needed for obscure reasons
% explained on p. 716 of the Postscript manual (Section H.2.7,
% "Initializing Variables," in the section on Encapsulated Postscript).
/baseline 0 def
/stipimage 0 def
/height 0 def
/justify 0 def
/lineLength 0 def
/spacing 0 def
/stipple 0 def
/strings 0 def
/xoffset 0 def
/yoffset 0 def
/tmpstip null def
/cstringshow {
{
dup type /stringtype eq
{ show } { glyphshow }
ifelse
}
forall
} bind def
/cstringwidth {
0 exch 0 exch
{
dup type /stringtype eq
{ stringwidth } {
currentfont /Encoding get exch 1 exch put (\001) stringwidth
}
ifelse
exch 3 1 roll add 3 1 roll add exch
}
forall
} bind def
% font ISOEncode font
% This procedure changes the encoding of a font from the default
% Postscript encoding to current system encoding. It's typically invoked just
% before invoking "setfont". The body of this procedure comes from
% Section 5.6.1 of the Postscript book.
/ISOEncode {
dup length dict begin
{1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall
/Encoding CurrentEncoding def
currentdict
end
% I'm not sure why it's necessary to use "definefont" on this new
% font, but it seems to be important; just use the name "Temporary"
% for the font.
/Temporary exch definefont
} bind def
% StrokeClip
%
% This procedure converts the current path into a clip area under
% the assumption of stroking. It's a bit tricky because some Postscript
% interpreters get errors during strokepath for dashed lines. If
% this happens then turn off dashes and try again.
/StrokeClip {
{strokepath} stopped {
(This Postscript printer gets limitcheck overflows when) =
(stippling dashed lines; lines will be printed solid instead.) =
[] 0 setdash strokepath} if
clip
} bind def
% desiredSize EvenPixels closestSize
%
% The procedure below is used for stippling. Given the optimal size
% of a dot in a stipple pattern in the current user coordinate system,
% compute the closest size that is an exact multiple of the device's
% pixel size. This allows stipple patterns to be displayed without
% aliasing effects.
/EvenPixels {
% Compute exact number of device pixels per stipple dot.
dup 0 matrix currentmatrix dtransform
dup mul exch dup mul add sqrt
% Round to an integer, make sure the number is at least 1, and compute
% user coord distance corresponding to this.
dup round dup 1 lt {pop 1} if
exch div mul
} bind def
% width height string StippleFill --
%
% Given a path already set up and a clipping region generated from
% it, this procedure will fill the clipping region with a stipple
% pattern. "String" contains a proper image description of the
% stipple pattern and "width" and "height" give its dimensions. Each
% stipple dot is assumed to be about one unit across in the current
% user coordinate system. This procedure trashes the graphics state.
/StippleFill {
% The following code is needed to work around a NeWSprint bug.
/tmpstip 1 index def
% Change the scaling so that one user unit in user coordinates
% corresponds to the size of one stipple dot.
1 EvenPixels dup scale
% Compute the bounding box occupied by the path (which is now
% the clipping region), and round the lower coordinates down
% to the nearest starting point for the stipple pattern. Be
% careful about negative numbers, since the rounding works
% differently on them.
pathbbox
4 2 roll
5 index div dup 0 lt {1 sub} if cvi 5 index mul 4 1 roll
6 index div dup 0 lt {1 sub} if cvi 6 index mul 3 2 roll
% Stack now: width height string y1 y2 x1 x2
% Below is a doubly-nested for loop to iterate across this area
% in units of the stipple pattern size, going up columns then
% across rows, blasting out a stipple-pattern-sized rectangle at
% each position
6 index exch {
2 index 5 index 3 index {
% Stack now: width height string y1 y2 x y
gsave
1 index exch translate
5 index 5 index true matrix tmpstip imagemask
grestore
} for
pop
} for
pop pop pop pop pop
} bind def
% -- AdjustColor --
% Given a color value already set for output by the caller, adjusts
% that value to a grayscale or mono value if requested by the CL
% variable.
/AdjustColor {
CL 2 lt {
currentgray
CL 0 eq {
.5 lt {0} {1} ifelse
} if
setgray
} if
} bind def
% x y strings spacing xoffset yoffset justify stipple DrawText --
% This procedure does all of the real work of drawing text. The
% color and font must already have been set by the caller, and the
% following arguments must be on the stack:
%
% x, y - Coordinates at which to draw text.
% strings - An array of strings, one for each line of the text item,
% in order from top to bottom.
% spacing - Spacing between lines.
% xoffset - Horizontal offset for text bbox relative to x and y: 0 for
% nw/w/sw anchor, -0.5 for n/center/s, and -1.0 for ne/e/se.
% yoffset - Vertical offset for text bbox relative to x and y: 0 for
% nw/n/ne anchor, +0.5 for w/center/e, and +1.0 for sw/s/se.
% justify - 0 for left justification, 0.5 for center, 1 for right justify.
% stipple - Boolean value indicating whether or not text is to be
% drawn in stippled fashion. If text is stippled,
% procedure StippleText must have been defined to call
% StippleFill in the right way.
%
% Also, when this procedure is invoked, the color and font must already
% have been set for the text.
/DrawText {
/stipple exch def
/justify exch def
/yoffset exch def
/xoffset exch def
/spacing exch def
/strings exch def
% First scan through all of the text to find the widest line.
/lineLength 0 def
strings {
cstringwidth pop
dup lineLength gt {/lineLength exch def} {pop} ifelse
newpath
} forall
% Compute the baseline offset and the actual font height.
0 0 moveto (TXygqPZ) false charpath
pathbbox dup /baseline exch def
exch pop exch sub /height exch def pop
newpath
% Translate coordinates first so that the origin is at the upper-left
% corner of the text's bounding box. Remember that x and y for
% positioning are still on the stack.
translate
lineLength xoffset mul
strings length 1 sub spacing mul height add yoffset mul translate
% Now use the baseline and justification information to translate so
% that the origin is at the baseline and positioning point for the
% first line of text.
justify lineLength mul baseline neg translate
% Iterate over each of the lines to output it. For each line,
% compute its width again so it can be properly justified, then
% display it.
strings {
dup cstringwidth pop
justify neg mul 0 moveto
stipple {
% The text is stippled, so turn it into a path and print
% by calling StippledText, which in turn calls StippleFill.
% Unfortunately, many Postscript interpreters will get
% overflow errors if we try to do the whole string at
% once, so do it a character at a time.
gsave
/char (X) def
{
dup type /stringtype eq {
% This segment is a string.
{
char 0 3 -1 roll put
currentpoint
gsave
char true charpath clip StippleText
grestore
char stringwidth translate
moveto
} forall
} {
% This segment is glyph name
% Temporary override
currentfont /Encoding get exch 1 exch put
currentpoint
gsave (\001) true charpath clip StippleText
grestore
(\001) stringwidth translate
moveto
} ifelse
} forall
grestore
} {cstringshow} ifelse
0 spacing neg translate
} forall
} bind def
%%EndProlog
}
}
proc tk::ensure_psenc_is_loaded {} {
}
|
Changes to library/msgbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # msgbox.tcl -- # # Implements messageboxes for platforms that do not have native # messagebox support. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # msgbox.tcl -- # # Implements messageboxes for platforms that do not have native # messagebox support. # # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # Ensure existence of ::tk::dialog namespace # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 | 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};" | | | | | < | > > > < | | | 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x07, 0x00,
0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00,
0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00,
0x00, 0xc0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00};"
# ::tk::MessageBox --
#
# Pops up a messagebox with an application-supplied message with
# an icon and a list of buttons. This procedure will be called
# by tk_messageBox if the platform does not have native
# messagebox support, or if the particular type of messagebox is
# not supported natively.
#
# Color icons are used on Unix displays that have a color
# depth of 4 or more and $tk_strictMotif is not on.
#
# This procedure is a private procedure shouldn't be called
# directly. Call tk_messageBox instead.
#
# See the user documentation for details on what tk_messageBox does.
#
proc ::tk::MessageBox {args} {
global tcl_platform tk_strictMotif
variable ::tk::Priv
set w ::tk::PrivMsgBox
upvar $w data
#
# The default value of the title is space (" ") not the empty string
# because for some window managers, a
# wm title .foo ""
# causes the window title to be "foo" instead of the empty string.
#
set specs {
{-default "" "" ""}
{-detail "" "" ""}
{-icon "" "" "info"}
{-message "" "" ""}
{-parent "" "" .}
{-title "" "" " "}
{-type "" "" "ok"}
}
tclParseConfigSpec $w $specs "" $args
if {[lsearch -exact {info warning error question} $data(-icon)] == -1} {
error "bad -icon value \"$data(-icon)\": must be error, info, question, or warning"
}
set windowingsystem [tk windowingsystem]
if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {
switch -- $data(-icon) {
"error" {set data(-icon) "stop"}
"warning" {set data(-icon) "caution"}
"info" {set data(-icon) "note"}
}
option add *Dialog*background systemDialogBackgroundActive widgetDefault
option add *Dialog*Button.highlightBackground \
systemDialogBackgroundActive widgetDefault
}
if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
error "bad window path name \"$data(-parent)\""
}
switch -- $data(-type) {
abortretryignore {
set names [list abort retry ignore]
set labels [list &Abort &Retry &Ignore]
set cancel abort
}
ok {
set names [list ok]
set labels {&OK}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
}
yesnocancel {
set names [list yes no cancel]
set labels [list &Yes &No &Cancel]
set cancel cancel
}
default {
| < | | | | < | < | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 |
}
yesnocancel {
set names [list yes no cancel]
set labels [list &Yes &No &Cancel]
set cancel cancel
}
default {
error "bad -type value \"$data(-type)\": must be\
abortretryignore, ok, okcancel, retrycancel,\
yesno, or yesnocancel"
}
}
set buttons {}
foreach name $names lab $labels {
lappend buttons [list $name -text [mc $lab]]
}
# If no default button was specified, the default default is the
# first button (Bug: 2218).
if {$data(-default) eq ""} {
set data(-default) [lindex [lindex $buttons 0] 0]
}
set valid 0
foreach btn $buttons {
if {[lindex $btn 0] eq $data(-default)} {
set valid 1
break
}
}
if {!$valid} {
error "invalid default button \"$data(-default)\""
}
# 2. Set the dialog to be a child window of $parent
#
#
if {$data(-parent) ne "."} {
set w $data(-parent).__tk__messagebox
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {
::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style $w moveableModal {}
} elseif {$windowingsystem eq "x11"} {
wm attributes $w -type dialog
}
| | | > > > > > > > | | > > | > | > | | > | > > > > | | > > > > > | | | > | > > > > | < | 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 |
if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"} {
::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style $w moveableModal {}
} elseif {$windowingsystem eq "x11"} {
wm attributes $w -type dialog
}
ttk::frame $w.bot;# -background $bg
grid anchor $w.bot center
pack $w.bot -side bottom -fill both
ttk::frame $w.top;# -background $bg
pack $w.top -side top -fill both -expand 1
if {$windowingsystem ne "aqua"} {
#$w.bot configure -relief raised -bd 1
#$w.top configure -relief raised -bd 1
}
# 4. Fill the top part with bitmap, message and detail (use the
# option database for -wraplength and -font so that they can be
# overridden by the caller).
option add *Dialog.msg.wrapLength 3i widgetDefault
option add *Dialog.dtl.wrapLength 3i widgetDefault
option add *Dialog.msg.font TkCaptionFont widgetDefault
option add *Dialog.dtl.font TkDefaultFont widgetDefault
ttk::label $w.msg -anchor nw -justify left -text $data(-message)
#-background $bg
if {$data(-detail) ne ""} {
ttk::label $w.dtl -anchor nw -justify left -text $data(-detail)
#-background $bg
}
if {$data(-icon) ne ""} {
if {$windowingsystem eq "aqua"
|| ([winfo depth $w] < 4) || $tk_strictMotif} {
# ttk::label has no -bitmap option
label $w.bitmap -bitmap $data(-icon);# -background $bg
} else {
canvas $w.bitmap -width 32 -height 32 -highlightthickness 0 \
-background $bg
switch $data(-icon) {
error {
$w.bitmap create oval 0 0 31 31 -fill red -outline black
$w.bitmap create line 9 9 23 23 -fill white -width 4
$w.bitmap create line 9 23 23 9 -fill white -width 4
}
info {
$w.bitmap create image 0 0 -anchor nw \
-image ::tk::dialog::b1
$w.bitmap create image 0 0 -anchor nw \
-image ::tk::dialog::b2
$w.bitmap create image 0 0 -anchor nw \
-image ::tk::dialog::i
}
question {
$w.bitmap create image 0 0 -anchor nw \
-image ::tk::dialog::b1
$w.bitmap create image 0 0 -anchor nw \
-image ::tk::dialog::b2
$w.bitmap create image 0 0 -anchor nw \
-image ::tk::dialog::q
}
default {
$w.bitmap create image 0 0 -anchor nw \
-image ::tk::dialog::w1
$w.bitmap create image 0 0 -anchor nw \
-image ::tk::dialog::w2
$w.bitmap create image 0 0 -anchor nw \
-image ::tk::dialog::w3
}
}
}
}
grid $w.bitmap $w.msg -in $w.top -sticky news -padx 2m -pady 2m
grid columnconfigure $w.top 1 -weight 1
if {$data(-detail) ne ""} {
grid ^ $w.dtl -in $w.top -sticky news -padx 2m -pady {0 2m}
grid rowconfigure $w.top 1 -weight 1
} else {
grid rowconfigure $w.top 0 -weight 1
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
# Capitalize the first letter of $name
set capName [string toupper $name 0]
set opts [list -text $capName]
}
eval [list tk::AmpWidget ttk::button $w.$name] $opts \
[list -command [list set tk::Priv(button) $name]]
if {$name eq $data(-default)} {
$w.$name configure -default active
} else {
$w.$name configure -default normal
}
grid $w.$name -in $w.bot -row 0 -column $i -padx 3m -pady 2m -sticky ew
| > | 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 |
# Capitalize the first letter of $name
set capName [string toupper $name 0]
set opts [list -text $capName]
}
eval [list tk::AmpWidget ttk::button $w.$name] $opts \
[list -command [list set tk::Priv(button) $name]]
# -padx 3m
if {$name eq $data(-default)} {
$w.$name configure -default active
} else {
$w.$name configure -default normal
}
grid $w.$name -in $w.bot -row 0 -column $i -padx 3m -pady 2m -sticky ew
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/msgs/cs.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| | < < < | < | < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < | | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Abort" "&P\u0159eru\u0161it"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&About..." "&O programu..."
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Blue" "&Modr\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Cancel" "&Zru\u0161it"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Clear Console" "&Smazat konzolu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Copy" "&Kop\355rovat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Delete" "&Smazat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Directory:" "&Adres\341\u0159:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Edit" "&\332pravy"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&File" "&Soubor"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Filter" "&Filtr"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Green" "Ze&len\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Help" "&N\341pov\u011bda"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Hide Console" "&Schovat Konzolu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Ignore" "&Ignorovat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&No" "&Ne"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Open" "&Otev\u0159\355t"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Quit" "&Ukon\u010dit"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Red" "\u010ce&rven\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Retry" "Z&novu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Save" "&Ulo\u017eit"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Selection:" "&V\375b\u011br:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Source..." "&Zdroj..."
::msgcat::mcset cs "&Yes" "&Ano"
::msgcat::mcset cs "About..." "O programu..."
::msgcat::mcset cs "All Files" "V\u0161echny soubory"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Application Error" "Chyba programu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nemohu zm\u011bnit atku\341ln\355 adres\341\u0159 na \"%1\$s\".\nP\u0159\355stup odm\355tnut."
::msgcat::mcset cs "Choose Directory" "V\375b\u011br adres\341\u0159e"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Cl&ear" "Sma&zat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Clear" "Smazat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Color" "Barva"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Console" "Konzole"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Copy" "Kop\355rovat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Cu&t" "V&y\u0159\355znout"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Cut" "Vy\u0159\355znout"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Delete" "Smazat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Details >>" "Detaily >>"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Adres\341\u0159 \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
::msgcat::mcset cs "E&xit" "&Konec"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Error: %1\$s" "Chyba: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Exit" "Konec"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Fi&les:" "Sou&bory:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tr:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Soubor \"%1\$s\" ji\u017e existuje.\nChcete jej p\u0159epsat?"
::msgcat::mcset cs "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Soubor \"%1\$s\" neexistuje."
::msgcat::mcset cs "File &name:" "&Jm\351no souboru:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "File &names:" "&Jm\351na soubor\u016f:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Files of &type:" "&Typy soubor\u016f:"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Hi" "Ahoj"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Hide Console" "Skr\375t konsolu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u0160patn\351 jm\351no souboru \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset cs "Log Files" "Log soubory"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Open" "Otev\u0159\355t"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Open Multiple Files" "Otev\u0159\355t v\355ce soubor\u016f"
::msgcat::mcset cs "P&aste" "&Vlo\u017eit"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Paste" "Vlo\u017eit"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Quit" "Skon\u010dit"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Replace existing file?" "Nahradit st\341vaj\355c\355 soubor?"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Save As" "Ulo\u017eit jako"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Save To Log" "Ulo\u017eit do logu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Select Log File" "Vybrat log soubor"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Select a file to source" "Vybrat soubor k nahr\341n\355"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Skip Messages" "P\u0159esko\u010dit zpr\341vy"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Source..." "Nahr\341t..."
::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skripty"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pro Windows"
::msgcat::mcset cs "Text Files" "Textov\351 soubory"
::msgcat::mcset cs "abort" "p\u0159eru\u0161it"
::msgcat::mcset cs "blue" "modr\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "cancel" "zru\u0161it"
::msgcat::mcset cs "extension" "p\u0159\355pona"
::msgcat::mcset cs "extensions" "p\u0159\355pony"
::msgcat::mcset cs "green" "zelen\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "ignore" "ignorovat"
::msgcat::mcset cs "ok"
::msgcat::mcset cs "red" "\u010derven\341"
::msgcat::mcset cs "retry" "znovu"
::msgcat::mcset cs "yes" "ano"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/da.msg.
1 2 3 4 5 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset da "&Abort" "&Afbryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "&About..." "&Om..."
::msgcat::mcset da "All Files" "Alle filer"
::msgcat::mcset da "Application Error" "Programfejl"
| | < | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset da "&Abort" "&Afbryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "&About..." "&Om..."
::msgcat::mcset da "All Files" "Alle filer"
::msgcat::mcset da "Application Error" "Programfejl"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Blue" "&Bl\u00E5"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Cancel" "&Annuller"
::msgcat::mcset da "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ikke skifte til katalog \"%1\$s\".\nIngen rettigheder."
::msgcat::mcset da "Choose Directory" "V\u00E6lg katalog"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Clear" "&Ryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Clear Console" "&Ryd konsolen"
::msgcat::mcset da "Color" "Farve"
::msgcat::mcset da "Console" "Konsol"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Copy" "&Kopier"
::msgcat::mcset da "Cu&t" "Kli&p"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Delete" "&Slet"
::msgcat::mcset da "Details >>" "Detailer"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
::msgcat::mcset da "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" findes ikke."
::msgcat::mcset da "File &name:" "Fil&navn:"
::msgcat::mcset da "File &names:" "Fil&navne:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Files of &type:" "Fil&typer:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset da "Fil&ter:"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
::msgcat::mcset da "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" findes ikke."
::msgcat::mcset da "File &name:" "Fil&navn:"
::msgcat::mcset da "File &names:" "Fil&navne:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Files of &type:" "Fil&typer:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset da "Fil&ter:"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Green" "&Gr\u00F8n"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Help" "&Hj\u00E6lp"
::msgcat::mcset da "Hi" "Hej"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Hide Console" "Skjul &konsol"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Ignore" "&Ignorer"
::msgcat::mcset da "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ugyldig fil navn \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset da "Log Files" "Logfiler"
::msgcat::mcset da "&No" "&Nej"
::msgcat::mcset da "OK" "O.K."
::msgcat::mcset da "&OK" "&O.K."
::msgcat::mcset da "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset da "Open" "\u00C5bn"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Open" "&\u00C5bn"
::msgcat::mcset da "Open Multiple Files" "\u00C5bn flere filer"
::msgcat::mcset da "P&aste" "&Inds\u00E6t"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Quit" "&Afslut"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Red" "&R\u00F8d"
::msgcat::mcset da "Replace existing file?" "Erstat eksisterende fil?"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Retry" "&Gentag"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Save" "&Gem"
::msgcat::mcset da "Save As" "Gem som"
::msgcat::mcset da "Save To Log" "Gem i log"
::msgcat::mcset da "Select Log File" "V\u00E6lg logfil"
::msgcat::mcset da "Select a file to source" "V\u00E6lg k\u00F8rbar fil"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Selection:" "&Udvalg:"
::msgcat::mcset da "Show &Hidden Directories" "Vis &skjulte kataloger"
::msgcat::mcset da "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Vis &skjulte filer og kataloger"
::msgcat::mcset da "Skip Messages" "Overspring beskeder"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Source..." "&K\u00F8r..."
::msgcat::mcset da "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripter"
::msgcat::mcset da "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl for Windows"
::msgcat::mcset da "Text Files" "Tekstfiler"
::msgcat::mcset da "&Yes" "&Ja"
::msgcat::mcset da "abort" "afbryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "blue" "bl\u00E5"
::msgcat::mcset da "cancel" "afbryd"
::msgcat::mcset da "extension"
::msgcat::mcset da "extensions"
::msgcat::mcset da "green" "gr\u00F8n"
::msgcat::mcset da "ignore" "ignorer"
::msgcat::mcset da "ok"
::msgcat::mcset da "red" "r\u00F8d"
::msgcat::mcset da "retry" "gentag"
::msgcat::mcset da "yes" "ja"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/de.msg.
1 2 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
| | < < < < | | | | < | < < < | | < < | | | | < < | | < | | < | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset de "&Abort" "&Abbruch"
::msgcat::mcset de "&About..." "&\u00dcber..."
::msgcat::mcset de "All Files" "Alle Dateien"
::msgcat::mcset de "Application Error" "Applikationsfehler"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Blue" "&Blau"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Cancel" "&Abbruch"
::msgcat::mcset de "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kann nicht in das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" wechseln.\nKeine Rechte vorhanden."
::msgcat::mcset de "Choose Directory" "W\u00e4hle Verzeichnis"
::msgcat::mcset de "Cl&ear" "&R\u00fccksetzen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Clear Console" "&Konsole l\u00f6schen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Color" "Farbe"
::msgcat::mcset de "Console" "Konsole"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Copy" "&Kopieren"
::msgcat::mcset de "Cu&t" "Aus&schneiden"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Delete" "&L\u00f6schen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Details >>"
::msgcat::mcset de "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Das Verzeichnis \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
::msgcat::mcset de "&Directory:" "&Verzeichnis:"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Edit" "&Bearbeiten"
::msgcat::mcset de "Error: %1\$s" "Fehler: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset de "E&xit" "&Ende"
::msgcat::mcset de "&File" "&Datei"
::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\nWollen sie diese Datei \u00fcberschreiben ?"
::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" ist bereits vorhanden.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset de "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Die Datei \"%1\$s\" existiert nicht."
::msgcat::mcset de "File &name:" "Datei&name:"
::msgcat::mcset de "File &names:" "Datei&namen:"
::msgcat::mcset de "Files of &type:" "Dateien des &Typs:"
::msgcat::mcset de "Fi&les:" "Dat&eien:"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset de "Fil&ter:"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Green" "&Gr\u00fcn"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Help" "&Hilfe"
::msgcat::mcset de "Hi" "Hallo"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Hide Console" "&Konsole unsichtbar machen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Ignore" "&Ignorieren"
::msgcat::mcset de "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ung\u00fcltiger Dateiname \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset de "Log Files" "Protokolldatei"
::msgcat::mcset de "&No" "&Nein"
::msgcat::mcset de "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset de "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset de "Open" "\u00d6ffnen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Open" "\u00d6&ffnen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Open Multiple Files" "Mehrere Dateien \u00F6ffnen"
::msgcat::mcset de "P&aste" "E&inf\u00fcgen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Quit" "&Beenden"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Red" "&Rot"
::msgcat::mcset de "Replace existing file?" "Existierende Datei ersetzen?"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Retry" "&Wiederholen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Save" "&Speichern"
::msgcat::mcset de "Save As" "Speichern unter"
::msgcat::mcset de "Save To Log" "In Protokoll speichern"
::msgcat::mcset de "Select Log File" "Protokolldatei ausw\u00e4hlen"
::msgcat::mcset de "Select a file to source" "Auszuf\u00fchrende Datei ausw\u00e4hlen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Selection:" "Auswah&l:"
::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien"
::msgcat::mcset de "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "Zeige versteckte Dateien und Verzeichnisse"
::msgcat::mcset de "Skip Messages" "Weitere Nachrichten \u00fcberspringen"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Source..." "&Ausf\u00fchren..."
::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-Skripte"
::msgcat::mcset de "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00fcr Windows"
::msgcat::mcset de "Text Files" "Textdateien"
::msgcat::mcset de "&Yes" "&Ja"
::msgcat::mcset de "abort" "abbrechen"
::msgcat::mcset de "blue" "blau"
::msgcat::mcset de "cancel" "abbrechen"
::msgcat::mcset de "extension" "Erweiterung"
::msgcat::mcset de "extensions" "Erweiterungen"
::msgcat::mcset de "green" "gr\u00fcn"
::msgcat::mcset de "ignore" "ignorieren"
::msgcat::mcset de "ok"
::msgcat::mcset de "red" "rot"
::msgcat::mcset de "retry" "wiederholen"
::msgcat::mcset de "yes" "ja"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/el.msg.
1 2 3 4 5 |
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
## petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < > | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
## Messages for the Greek (Hellenic - "el") language.
## Please report any changes/suggestions to:
## petasis@iit.demokritos.gr
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset el "&Abort" "\u03a4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "About..." "\u03a3\u03c7\u03b5\u03c4\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac..."
::msgcat::mcset el "All Files" "\u038c\u03bb\u03b1 \u03c4\u03b1 \u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Application Error" "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2 \u0395\u03c6\u03b1\u03c1\u03bc\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Blue" "\u039c\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Cancel" "\u0391\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el \
"Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"\u0394\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03af\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9 \u03b4\u03c5\u03bd\u03b1\u03c4\u03ae \u03b7 \u03b1\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03b3\u03ae \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5 \u03c3\u03b5 \"%1\$s\".\n\u0397 \u03c0\u03c1\u03cc\u03c3\u03b2\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7 \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03c4\u03c1\u03ad\u03c0\u03b5\u03c4\u03b1\u03b9."
::msgcat::mcset el "Choose Directory" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03bb\u03cc\u03b3\u03bf\u03c5"
::msgcat::mcset el "Clear" "\u039a\u03b1\u03b8\u03b1\u03c1\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "Color" "\u03a7\u03c1\u03ce\u03bc\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Console" "\u039a\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Copy" "\u0391\u03bd\u03c4\u03b9\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
::msgcat::mcset el "Cut" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03ba\u03bf\u03c0\u03ae"
::msgcat::mcset el "Delete" "\u0394\u03b9\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae"
::msgcat::mcset el "Details >>" "\u039b\u03b5\u03c0\u03c4\u03bf\u03bc\u03ad\u03c1\u03b5\u03b9\u03b5\u03c2 >>"
::msgcat::mcset el "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
"\u039f \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2 \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
::msgcat::mcset el "&Directory:" "&\u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03ac\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03bf\u03c2:"
::msgcat::mcset el "Error: %1\$s" "\u039b\u03ac\u03b8\u03bf\u03c2: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset el "Exit" "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el \
"File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
"\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\u0398\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c4\u03b5 \u03bd\u03b1 \u03b5\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03b1\u03bb\u03c5\u03c6\u03b8\u03b5\u03af;"
::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" \
"\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03ae\u03b4\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset el "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." \
"\u03a4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \"%1\$s\" \u03b4\u03b5\u03bd \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03b9."
::msgcat::mcset el "File &name:" "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5:"
::msgcat::mcset el "File &names:" "\u038c&\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd:"
::msgcat::mcset el "Files of &type:" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u03c4\u03bf\u03c5 &\u03c4\u03cd\u03c0\u03bf\u03c5:"
::msgcat::mcset el "Fi&les:" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1:"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Filter" "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "Fil&ter:" "\u03a6\u03af\u03bb\u03c4\u03c1\u03bf:"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Green" "\u03a0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "Hi" "\u0393\u03b5\u03b9\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Hide Console" "\u0391\u03c0\u03cc\u03ba\u03c1\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03ba\u03bf\u03bd\u03c3\u03cc\u03bb\u03b1\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Ignore" "\u0391\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." \
"\u0386\u03ba\u03c5\u03c1\u03bf \u03cc\u03bd\u03bf\u03bc\u03b1 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset el "Log Files" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "&No" "\u038c\u03c7\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "&OK" "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Ok" "\u0395\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "Open" "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Open" "\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1"
::msgcat::mcset el "Open Multiple Files" \
"\u0386\u03bd\u03bf\u03b9\u03b3\u03bc\u03b1 \u03c0\u03bf\u03bb\u03bb\u03b1\u03c0\u03bb\u03ce\u03bd \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03c9\u03bd"
::msgcat::mcset el "Paste" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03cc\u03bb\u03bb\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "Quit" "\u0388\u03be\u03bf\u03b4\u03bf\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Red" "\u039a\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "Replace existing file?" \
"\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03ba\u03ac\u03bb\u03c5\u03c8\u03b7 \u03c5\u03c0\u03ac\u03c1\u03c7\u03bf\u03bd\u03c4\u03bf\u03c2 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5;"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Retry" "\u03a0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Save" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "Save As" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03b1\u03bd"
::msgcat::mcset el "Save To Log" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03b8\u03ae\u03ba\u03b5\u03c5\u03c3\u03b7 \u03c3\u03c4\u03bf \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "Select Log File" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf\u03c5 \u03ba\u03b1\u03c4\u03b1\u03b3\u03c1\u03b1\u03c6\u03ae\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "Select a file to source" \
"\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03ad\u03be\u03c4\u03b5 \u03b1\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03bf \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 \u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Selection:" "\u0395\u03c0\u03b9\u03bb\u03bf\u03b3\u03ae:"
::msgcat::mcset el "Skip Messages" "\u0391\u03c0\u03bf\u03c6\u03c5\u03b3\u03ae\u03bc\u03b7\u03bd\u03c5\u03bc\u03ac\u03c4\u03c9\u03bd"
::msgcat::mcset el "Source..." "\u0395\u03ba\u03c4\u03ad\u03bb\u03b5\u03c3\u03b7..."
::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl Scripts"
::msgcat::mcset el "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl \u03b3\u03b9\u03b1 Windows"
::msgcat::mcset el "Text Files" "\u0391\u03c1\u03c7\u03b5\u03af\u03b1 \u039a\u03b5\u03b9\u03bc\u03ad\u03bd\u03bf\u03c5"
::msgcat::mcset el "&Yes" "\u039d\u03b1\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "abort" "\u03c4\u03b5\u03c1\u03bc\u03b1\u03c4\u03b9\u03c3\u03bc\u03cc\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "blue" "\u03bc\u03c0\u03bb\u03b5"
::msgcat::mcset el "cancel" "\u03b1\u03ba\u03cd\u03c1\u03c9\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "extension" "\u03b5\u03c0\u03ad\u03ba\u03c4\u03b1\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "extensions" "\u03b5\u03c0\u03b5\u03ba\u03c4\u03ac\u03c3\u03b5\u03b9\u03c2"
::msgcat::mcset el "green" "\u03c0\u03c1\u03ac\u03c3\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "ignore" "\u03b1\u03b3\u03bd\u03cc\u03b7\u03c3\u03b7"
::msgcat::mcset el "ok" "\u03b5\u03bd\u03c4\u03ac\u03be\u03b5\u03b9"
::msgcat::mcset el "red" "\u03ba\u03cc\u03ba\u03ba\u03b9\u03bd\u03bf"
::msgcat::mcset el "retry" "\u03c0\u03c1\u03bf\u03c3\u03c0\u03ac\u03b8\u03b7\u03c3\u03b5 \u03be\u03b1\u03bd\u03ac"
::msgcat::mcset el "yes" "\u03bd\u03b1\u03b9"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/en.msg.
1 2 3 4 5 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset en "&Abort"
::msgcat::mcset en "&About..."
::msgcat::mcset en "All Files"
::msgcat::mcset en "Application Error"
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset en "&Abort"
::msgcat::mcset en "&About..."
::msgcat::mcset en "All Files"
::msgcat::mcset en "Application Error"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Blue"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Cancel"
::msgcat::mcset en "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied."
::msgcat::mcset en "Choose Directory"
::msgcat::mcset en "Cl&ear"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Clear Console"
::msgcat::mcset en "Color"
::msgcat::mcset en "Console"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Copy"
::msgcat::mcset en "Cu&t"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Delete"
::msgcat::mcset en "Details >>"
::msgcat::mcset en "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist."
::msgcat::mcset en "&Directory:"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Edit"
::msgcat::mcset en "Error: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset en "E&xit"
::msgcat::mcset en "&File"
::msgcat::mcset en "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?"
::msgcat::mcset en "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset en "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist."
::msgcat::mcset en "File &name:"
::msgcat::mcset en "File &names:"
::msgcat::mcset en "Files of &type:"
::msgcat::mcset en "Fi&les:"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset en "Fil&ter:"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Green"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Help"
::msgcat::mcset en "Hi"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Hide Console"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Ignore"
::msgcat::mcset en "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset en "Log Files"
::msgcat::mcset en "&No"
::msgcat::mcset en "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset en "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset en "Open"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Open"
::msgcat::mcset en "Open Multiple Files"
::msgcat::mcset en "P&aste"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Quit"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Red"
::msgcat::mcset en "Replace existing file?"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Retry"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Save"
::msgcat::mcset en "Save As"
::msgcat::mcset en "Save To Log"
::msgcat::mcset en "Select Log File"
::msgcat::mcset en "Select a file to source"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Selection:"
::msgcat::mcset en "Show &Hidden Directories"
::msgcat::mcset en "Show &Hidden Files and Directories"
::msgcat::mcset en "Skip Messages"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Source..."
::msgcat::mcset en "Tcl Scripts"
::msgcat::mcset en "Tcl for Windows"
::msgcat::mcset en "Text Files"
::msgcat::mcset en "&Yes"
::msgcat::mcset en "abort"
::msgcat::mcset en "blue"
::msgcat::mcset en "cancel"
::msgcat::mcset en "extension"
::msgcat::mcset en "extensions"
::msgcat::mcset en "green"
::msgcat::mcset en "ignore"
::msgcat::mcset en "ok"
::msgcat::mcset en "red"
::msgcat::mcset en "retry"
::msgcat::mcset en "yes"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/eo.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Abort" "&\u0108esigo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&About..." "Pri..."
::msgcat::mcset eo "All Files" "\u0108ioj dosieroj"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Application Error" "Aplikoerraro"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Blue" "&Blua"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Cancel" "&Rezignu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Neeble \u0109angi al dosierulon \"%1\$s\".\nVi ne rajtas tion."
::msgcat::mcset eo "Choose Directory" "Elektu Dosierujo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear" "&Klaru"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Clear Console" "&Klaru konzolon"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Color" "Farbo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Console" "Konzolo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Copy" "&Kopiu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Cu&t" "&Enpo\u015digu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Delete" "&Forprenu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Details >>" "Detaloj >>"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierujo \"%1\$s\" ne ekzistas."
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Directory:" "&Dosierujo:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Edit" "&Redaktu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Error: %1\$s" "Eraro: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset eo "E&xit" "&Eliru"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&File" "&Dosiero"
::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam ekzistas.\n\u0108u vi volas anstata\u00fbigi la dosieron?"
::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "La dosiero \"%1\$s\" jam egzistas. \n\n"
::msgcat::mcset eo "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La dosierp \"%1\$s\" ne estas."
::msgcat::mcset eo "File &name:" "Dosiero&nomo:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "File &names:" "Dosiero&nomoj:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Files of &type:" "Dosieroj de &Typo:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Fi&les:" "Do&sieroj:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Filter" "&Filtrilo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Fil&ter:" "&Filtrilo:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Green" "&Verda"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Help" "&Helpu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Hi" "Saluton"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Hide Console" "&Ka\u015du konzolon"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Ignore" "&Ignoru"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Malvalida dosieronomo \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset eo "Log Files" "Protokolo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&No" "&Ne"
::msgcat::mcset eo "OK"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Open" "Malfermu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Open" "&Malfermu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Open Multiple Files" "Melfermu multan dosierojn"
::msgcat::mcset eo "P&aste" "&Elpo\u015digi"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Quit" "&Finigu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Red" "&Rosa"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Replace existing file?" "\u0108u anstata\u00fbu ekzistantan dosieron?"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Retry" "&Ripetu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Save" "&Savu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Save As" "Savu kiel"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Save To Log" "Savu en protokolon"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Select Log File" "Elektu prokolodosieron"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Select a file to source" "Elektu dosieron por interpreti"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Selection:" "&Elekto:"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Skip Messages" "transsaltu pluajn mesa\u011dojn"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Source..." "&Fontoprogramo..."
::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl-skriptoj"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl por vindoso"
::msgcat::mcset eo "Text Files" "Tekstodosierojn"
::msgcat::mcset eo "&Yes" "&Jes"
::msgcat::mcset eo "abort" "\u0109esigo"
::msgcat::mcset eo "blue" "blua"
::msgcat::mcset eo "cancel" "rezignu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "extension" "ekspansio"
::msgcat::mcset eo "extensions" "ekspansioj"
::msgcat::mcset eo "green" "verda"
::msgcat::mcset eo "ignore" "ignorieren"
::msgcat::mcset eo "red" "ru\u011da"
::msgcat::mcset eo "retry" "ripetu"
::msgcat::mcset eo "yes" "jes"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/es.msg.
1 2 3 4 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
| | < | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset es "&Abort" "&Abortar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&About..." "&Acerca de ..."
::msgcat::mcset es "All Files" "Todos los archivos"
::msgcat::mcset es "Application Error" "Error de la aplicaci\u00f3n"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Blue" "&Azul"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "No es posible acceder al directorio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiso denegado."
::msgcat::mcset es "Choose Directory" "Elegir directorio"
::msgcat::mcset es "Cl&ear" "&Borrar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Clear Console" "&Borrar consola"
::msgcat::mcset es "Color" "Color"
::msgcat::mcset es "Console" "Consola"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Copy" "&Copiar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Cu&t" "Cor&tar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Delete" "&Borrar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Details >>" "Detalles >>"
::msgcat::mcset es "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El directorio \"%1\$s\" no existe."
::msgcat::mcset es "&Directory:" "&Directorio:"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Edit" "&Editar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Error: %1\$s" "Error: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset es "E&xit" "Salir"
::msgcat::mcset es "&File" "&Archivo"
::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\u00bfDesea sobreescribirlo?"
::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "El archivo \"%1\$s\" ya existe.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset es "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "El archivo \"%1\$s\" no existe."
::msgcat::mcset es "File &name:" "&Nombre de archivo:"
::msgcat::mcset es "File &names:" "&Nombres de archivo:"
::msgcat::mcset es "Files of &type:" "Archivos de &tipo:"
::msgcat::mcset es "Fi&les:" "&Archivos:"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Filter" "&Filtro"
::msgcat::mcset es "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Green" "&Verde"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Help" "&Ayuda"
::msgcat::mcset es "Hi" "Hola"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Hide Console" "&Esconder la consola"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nombre de archivo inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset es "Log Files" "Ficheros de traza"
::msgcat::mcset es "&No" "&No"
::msgcat::mcset es "&OK" "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset es "Ok" "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset es "Open" "Abrir"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Open" "&Abrir"
::msgcat::mcset es "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiples archivos"
::msgcat::mcset es "P&aste" "Peg&ar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Quit" "&Abandonar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Red" "&Rojo"
::msgcat::mcset es "Replace existing file?" "\u00bfReemplazar el archivo existente?"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Retry" "&Reintentar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Save" "&Guardar"
::msgcat::mcset es "Save As" "Guardar como"
::msgcat::mcset es "Save To Log" "Guardar al archivo de traza"
::msgcat::mcset es "Select Log File" "Elegir un archivo de traza"
::msgcat::mcset es "Select a file to source" "Seleccionar un archivo a evaluar"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Selection:" "&Selecci\u00f3n:"
::msgcat::mcset es "Skip Messages" "Omitir los mensajes"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Source..." "E&valuar..."
::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset es "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
::msgcat::mcset es "Text Files" "Archivos de texto"
::msgcat::mcset es "&Yes" "&S\u00ed"
::msgcat::mcset es "abort" "abortar"
::msgcat::mcset es "blue" "azul"
::msgcat::mcset es "cancel" "cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset es "extension" "extensi\u00f3n"
::msgcat::mcset es "extensions" "extensiones"
::msgcat::mcset es "green" "verde"
::msgcat::mcset es "ignore" "ignorar"
::msgcat::mcset es "ok" "ok"
::msgcat::mcset es "red" "rojo"
::msgcat::mcset es "retry" "reintentar"
::msgcat::mcset es "yes" "s\u00ed"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/fr.msg.
1 2 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
| | < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Abort" "&Annuler"
::msgcat::mcset fr "About..." "\u00c0 propos..."
::msgcat::mcset fr "All Files" "Tous les fichiers"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Application Error" "Erreur d'application"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Blue" "&Bleu"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Cancel" "&Annuler"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossible d'acc\u00e9der au r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\".\nPermission refus\u00e9e."
::msgcat::mcset fr "Choose Directory" "Choisir r\u00e9pertoire"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Clear" "Effacer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Color" "Couleur"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Console"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Copy" "Copier"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Cut" "Couper"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Delete" "Effacer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Details >>" "D\u00e9tails >>"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le r\u00e9pertoire \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Directory:" "&R\u00e9pertoire:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Error: %1\$s" "Erreur: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Exit" "Quitter"
::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\nVoulez-vous l'\u00e9craser?"
::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" existe d\u00e9j\u00e0.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset fr "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Le fichier \"%1\$s\" n'existe pas."
::msgcat::mcset fr "File &name:" "&Nom de fichier:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "File &names:" "&Noms de fichiers:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Files of &type:" "&Type de fichiers:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Fi&les:" "Fich&iers:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Filter" "&Filtre"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tre:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Green" "&Vert"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Hi" "Salut"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Hide Console" "Cacher la Console"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Ignore" "&Ignorer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nom de fichier invalide \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset fr "Log Files" "Fichiers de trace"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&No" "&Non"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Open" "Ouvrir"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Open" "&Ouvrir"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Open Multiple Files" "Ouvrir plusieurs fichiers"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Paste" "Coller"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Quit" "Quitter"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Red" "&Rouge"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Replace existing file?" "Remplacer le fichier existant?"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Retry" "&R\u00e9-essayer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Save" "&Sauvegarder"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Save As" "Sauvegarder sous"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Save To Log" "Sauvegarde au fichier de trace"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Select Log File" "Choisir un fichier de trace"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Select a file to source" "Choisir un fichier \u00e0 \u00e9valuer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Selection:" "&S\u00e9lection:"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Skip Messages" "Omettre les messages"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Source..." "\u00c9valuer..."
::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl pour Windows"
::msgcat::mcset fr "Text Files" "Fichiers texte"
::msgcat::mcset fr "&Yes" "&Oui"
::msgcat::mcset fr "abort" "abandonner"
::msgcat::mcset fr "blue" "bleu"
::msgcat::mcset fr "cancel" "annuler"
::msgcat::mcset fr "extension"
::msgcat::mcset fr "extensions"
::msgcat::mcset fr "green" "vert"
::msgcat::mcset fr "ignore" "ignorer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "ok"
::msgcat::mcset fr "red" "rouge"
::msgcat::mcset fr "retry" "r\u00e9essayer"
::msgcat::mcset fr "yes" "oui"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/hu.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | | > | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Abort" "&Megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "About..." "N\u00e9vjegy..."
::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files" "Minden f\u00e1jl"
::msgcat::mcset hu "All Files (*) " "Minden f\u00e1jl (*) "
::msgcat::mcset hu "Application Error" "Alkalmaz\u00e1s hiba"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Blue" "&K\u00e9k"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Cancel" "M\u00e9g&sem"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "A k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rv\u00e1lt\u00e1s nem siker\u00fclt: \"%1\$s\".\nHozz\u00e1f\u00e9r\u00e9s megtagadva."
::msgcat::mcset hu "Choose Directory" "K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Clear" "T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Clear Console" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s Konzol"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Color" "Sz\u00edn"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Console" "Konzol"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Copy" "&M\u00e1sol\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Cu&t" "&Kiv\u00e1g\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Delete" "&T\u00f6rl\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Details >>" "R\u00e9szletek >>"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r nem l\u00e9tezik."
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Directory:" "&K\u00f6nyvt\u00e1r:"
#::msgcat::mcset hu "&Edit"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Error: %1\$s" "Hiba: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "E&xit" "Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&File" "&F\u00e1jl"
::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\nFel\u00fcl\u00edrjam?"
::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl m\u00e1r l\u00e9tezik.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset hu "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\"%1\$s\" f\u00e1jl nem l\u00e9tezik."
::msgcat::mcset hu "File &name:" "F\u00e1jl &neve:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "File &names:" "F\u00e1jlok &nevei:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Files of &type:" "F\u00e1jlok &t\u00edpusa:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Fi&les:" "F\u00e1j&lok:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Filter" "&Sz\u0171r\u0151"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Fil&ter:" "S&z\u0171r\u0151:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Green" "&Z\u00f6ld"
#::msgcat::mcset hu "&Help"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Hi" "\u00dcdv"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Hide Console" "Konzol &elrejt\u00e9se"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Ignore" "K&ihagy\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u00c9rv\u00e9nytelen f\u00e1jln\u00e9v: \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset hu "Log Files" "Log f\u00e1jlok"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&No" "&Nem"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset hu "OK"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Open" "Megnyit\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Open" "&Megnyit\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Open Multiple Files" "T\u00f6bb f\u00e1jl megnyit\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "P&aste" "&Beilleszt\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Quit" "&Kil\u00e9p\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Red" "&V\u00f6r\u00f6s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Replace existing file?" "Megl\u00e9v\u0151 f\u00e1jl cser\u00e9je?"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Retry" "\u00daj&ra"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Save" "&Ment\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Save As" "Ment\u00e9s m\u00e1sk\u00e9nt"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Save To Log" "Ment\u00e9s log f\u00e1jlba"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Select Log File" "Log f\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Select a file to source" "Forr\u00e1sf\u00e1jl kiv\u00e1laszt\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Selection:" "&Kijel\u00f6l\u00e9s:"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Directories" "&Rejtett k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Show &Hidden Files and Directories" "&Rejtett f\u00e1jlok \u00e9s k\u00f6nyvt\u00e1rak megjelen\u00edt\u00e9se"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Skip Messages" "\u00dczenetek kihagy\u00e1sa"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Source..." "&Forr\u00e1s..."
::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl scriptek"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl Windows-hoz"
::msgcat::mcset hu "Text Files" "Sz\u00f6vegf\u00e1jlok"
::msgcat::mcset hu "&Yes" "&Igen"
::msgcat::mcset hu "abort" "megszak\u00edt\u00e1s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "blue" "k\u00e9k"
::msgcat::mcset hu "cancel" "m\u00e9gsem"
::msgcat::mcset hu "extension" "kiterjeszt\u00e9s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "extensions" "kiterjeszt\u00e9sek"
::msgcat::mcset hu "green" "z\u00f6ld"
::msgcat::mcset hu "ignore" "ignorer"
::msgcat::mcset hu "ok"
::msgcat::mcset hu "red" "v\u00f6r\u00f6s"
::msgcat::mcset hu "retry" "\u00fajra"
::msgcat::mcset hu "yes" "igen"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/it.msg.
1 2 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset it "&Abort" "&Interrompi"
| | < | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset it "&Abort" "&Interrompi"
::msgcat::mcset it "About..." "Informazioni..."
::msgcat::mcset it "All Files" "Tutti i file"
::msgcat::mcset it "Application Error" "Errore dell' applicazione"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Blue" "&Blu"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Cancel" "&Annulla"
::msgcat::mcset it "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Impossibile accedere alla directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermesso negato."
::msgcat::mcset it "Choose Directory" "Scegli una directory"
::msgcat::mcset it "Clear" "Azzera"
::msgcat::mcset it "Color" "Colore"
::msgcat::mcset it "Console"
::msgcat::mcset it "Copy" "Copia"
::msgcat::mcset it "Cut" "Taglia"
::msgcat::mcset it "Delete" "Cancella"
::msgcat::mcset it "Details >>" "Dettagli >>"
::msgcat::mcset it "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "La directory \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
::msgcat::mcset it "&Directory:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Error: %1\$s" "Errore: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset it "Exit" "Esci"
::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\nVuoi sovrascriverlo?"
::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Il file \"%1\$s\" esiste gi\u00e0.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset it "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Il file \"%1\$s\" non esiste."
::msgcat::mcset it "File &name:" "&Nome del file:"
::msgcat::mcset it "File &names:" "&Nomi dei file:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Files of &type:" "File di &tipo:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Fi&les:" "Fi&le:"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Filter" "&Filtro"
::msgcat::mcset it "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Green" "&Verde"
::msgcat::mcset it "Hi" "Salve"
::msgcat::mcset it "Hide Console" "Nascondi la console"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Ignore" "&Ignora"
::msgcat::mcset it "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Nome di file non valido \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset it "Log Files" "File di log"
::msgcat::mcset it "&No"
::msgcat::mcset it "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset it "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Open" "A&pri"
::msgcat::mcset it "Open" "Apri"
::msgcat::mcset it "Open Multiple Files" "Apri file multipli"
::msgcat::mcset it "Paste" "Incolla"
::msgcat::mcset it "Quit" "Esci"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Red" "&Rosso"
::msgcat::mcset it "Replace existing file?" "Sostituisci il file esistente?"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Retry" "&Riprova"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Save" "&Salva"
::msgcat::mcset it "Save As" "Salva come"
::msgcat::mcset it "Save To Log" "Salva il log"
::msgcat::mcset it "Select Log File" "Scegli un file di log"
::msgcat::mcset it "Select a file to source" "Scegli un file da eseguire"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Selection:" "&Selezione:"
::msgcat::mcset it "Skip Messages" "Salta i messaggi"
::msgcat::mcset it "Source..." "Esegui..."
::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl Scripts" "Script Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset it "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl per Windows"
::msgcat::mcset it "Text Files" "File di testo"
::msgcat::mcset it "&Yes" "&S\u00ec"
::msgcat::mcset it "abort" "interrompi"
::msgcat::mcset it "blue" "blu"
::msgcat::mcset it "cancel" "annulla"
::msgcat::mcset it "extension" "estensione"
::msgcat::mcset it "extensions" "estensioni"
::msgcat::mcset it "green" "verde"
::msgcat::mcset it "ignore" "ignora"
::msgcat::mcset it "ok"
::msgcat::mcset it "red" "rosso"
::msgcat::mcset it "retry" "riprova"
::msgcat::mcset it "yes" "s\u00ec"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/nl.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| > | | | | | | | | | | > | | > | | | > | | | | < < < | | < < | | < | > > > | | | < < < < < | | | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset nl "\"%1\$s\" must be an absolute pathname" "\"%1\$s\" moet een absolute pad-naam zijn"
::msgcat::mcset nl "%1\$s is not a toplevel window" "%1\$s is geen toplevel window"
::msgcat::mcset nl ", or" ", of"
::msgcat::mcset nl "-default, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type" "-default, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, of -type"
::msgcat::mcset nl "-initialdir, -mustexist, -parent, or -title" "-initialdir, -mustexist, -parent, of -title"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Abort" "&Afbreken"
::msgcat::mcset nl "About..." "Over..."
::msgcat::mcset nl "All Files" "Alle Bestanden"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Application Error" "Toepassingsfout"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Blue" "&Blauw"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Cancel" "&Annuleren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan niet naar map \"%1\$s\" gaan.\nU heeft hiervoor geen toestemming."
::msgcat::mcset nl "Choose Directory" "Kies map"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Clear" "Wissen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Clear entry, Press OK; Enter %1\$s, press OK" "Wis veld, Druk op OK; typ %1\$s in, druk op OK"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Clear Console" "&Wis Console"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Color" "Kleur"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Console"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Copy" "Kopi\u00ebren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Cut" "Knippen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Delete" "Wissen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Details"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Details >>"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Map \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Directory:" "&Map:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Edit" "Bewerken"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Enter \"%1\$s\", press OK" "Typ \"%1\$s\", druk op OK"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Enter \"%1\$s\", press OK, enter \"%2\$s\", press OK" "Typ \"%1\$s\", druk op OK, typ \"%2\$s\", druk op OK"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Error: %1\$s" "Fout: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Exit" "Be\u00ebindigen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "File" "Bestand"
::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat al.\nWilt u het overschrijven?"
::msgcat::mcset nl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Bestand \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet."
::msgcat::mcset nl "File &name:" "Bestands&naam:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "File &names:" "Bestands&namen:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Files of &type:" "Bestanden van het &type:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Fi&les:" "&Bestanden:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Fil&ter:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Green" "&Groen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Hi" "H\u00e9"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Hide Console" "Verberg Console"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Ignore" "&Negeren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ongeldige bestandsnaam \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset nl "Log Files" "Log Bestanden"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&No" "&Nee"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Open" "&Openen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Open" "Openen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Open Multiple Files" "Open meerdere bestanden"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Paste" "Plakken"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Please press %1\$s" "Druk op %1\$s, A.U.B."
::msgcat::mcset nl "Please press ok" "Druk op ok, A.U.B."
::msgcat::mcset nl "Press Cancel" "Druk op Annuleren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Press Ok" "Druk op Ok"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Quit" "Stoppen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Red" "&Rood"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Replace existing file?" "Vervang bestaand bestand?"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Retry" "&Herhalen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Save" "Op&slaan"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Save As" "Opslaan als"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Save To Log" "Opslaan naar Log"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Select Log File" "Selecteer Log bestand"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Select a file to source" "Selecteer bronbestand"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Selection:" "&Selectie:"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Skip Messages" "Berichten overslaan"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Source..." "Bron..."
::msgcat::mcset nl "Tcl Scripts"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl voor Windows"
::msgcat::mcset nl "Text Files" "Tekstbestanden"
::msgcat::mcset nl "&Yes" "&Ja"
::msgcat::mcset nl "abort" "afbreken"
::msgcat::mcset nl "abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes" "afbreken, opnieuw, negeren, ok, annuleren, nee, of ja"
::msgcat::mcset nl "abortretryignore, ok, okcancel, retrycancel, yesno, or yesnocancel" "abortretryignore, ok, okcancel, retrycancel, yesno, of yesnocancel"
::msgcat::mcset nl "bad %1\$s value \"%2\$s\": must be %3\$s" "verkeerde %1\$s waarde \"%2\$s\": moet zijn %3\$s"
::msgcat::mcset nl "bad file type \"%1\$s\", should be" "verkeerd bestandstype \"%1\$s\", moet zijn"
::msgcat::mcset nl "bad option \"%1\$s\": should be %2\$s" "verkeerde optie \"%1\$s\": moet zijn %2\$s"
::msgcat::mcset nl "bad window path name \"%1\$s\"" "verkeerde window-padnaam \"%1\$s\""
::msgcat::mcset nl "blue" "blauw"
::msgcat::mcset nl "can't post %1\$s: it isn't a descendant of %2\$s (this is a new requirement in Tk versions 3.0 and later)" "kan %1\$s niet verzenden: het is geen afstammeling van %2\$s (dit is een nieuwe eis in Tk versies 3.0 en later)"
::msgcat::mcset nl "cancel" "annuleren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "default button index greater than number of buttons specified for tk_dialog" "default knop index is groter dan het aantal knoppen beschikbaar voor tk_dialog"
::msgcat::mcset nl "display name to use (current one otherwise)" "te gebruiken schermnaam (anders huidige scherm)"
::msgcat::mcset nl "error, info, question, or warning" "error, info, question, of warning"
::msgcat::mcset nl "extension"
::msgcat::mcset nl "extensions"
::msgcat::mcset nl "focus group \"%1\$s\" doesn't exist" "focusgroep \"%1\$s\" bestaat niet"
::msgcat::mcset nl "green" "groen"
::msgcat::mcset nl "history event %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset nl "ignore" "negeren"
::msgcat::mcset nl "invalid default button \"%1\$s\"" "ongeldige default knop \"%1\$s\""
::msgcat::mcset nl "macType"
::msgcat::mcset nl "macTypes"
::msgcat::mcset nl "must specify a background color" "een achtergrondkleur is verplicht"
::msgcat::mcset nl "name of the slave interpreter" "naam van de slaaf-interpreter"
::msgcat::mcset nl "no winfo screen . nor env(DISPLAY)" "geen winfo scherm . noch env(DISPLAY)"
::msgcat::mcset nl "ok"
::msgcat::mcset nl "red" "rood"
::msgcat::mcset nl "retry" "opnieuw"
::msgcat::mcset nl "should contain 5 or 4 elements" "moet 4 of 5 elementen bevatten"
::msgcat::mcset nl "spec"
::msgcat::mcset nl "tk_chooseDirectory command" "tk_chooseDirectory opdracht"
::msgcat::mcset nl "tk_chooseDirectory command, cancel gives null" "tk_chooseDirectory opdracht, annuleren geeft lege waarde"
::msgcat::mcset nl "tk_chooseDirectory command, initialdir" "tk_chooseDirectory opdracht, initi\u00eble map"
::msgcat::mcset nl "yes" "ja"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/pl.msg.
1 2 3 4 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..."
::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki"
| | < < < < | | | | | < | | | | | < < < | | < | | < | | | | < | | < | < < < | | < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Abort" "&Przerwij"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&About..." "O programie..."
::msgcat::mcset pl "All Files" "Wszystkie pliki"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Application Error" "B\u0142\u0105d w programie"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Blue" "&Niebieski"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Cancel" "&Anuluj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Nie mo\u017cna otworzy\u0107 katalogu \"%1\$s\".\nOdmowa dost\u0119pu."
::msgcat::mcset pl "Choose Directory" "Wybierz katalog"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Cl&ear" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Clear Console" "&Wyczy\u015b\u0107 konsol\u0119"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Color" "Kolor"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Console" "Konsola"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Copy" "&Kopiuj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Cu&t" "&Wytnij"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Delete" "&Usu\u0144"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Details >>" "Szczeg\u00f3\u0142y >>"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Katalog \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Directory:" "&Katalog:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Edit" "&Edytuj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Error: %1\$s" "B\u0142\u0105d: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset pl "E&xit" "&Wyjd\u017a"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&File" "&Plik"
::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\nCzy chcesz go nadpisa\u0107?"
::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Plik \"%1\$s\" ju\u017c istnieje.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset pl "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Plik \"%1\$s\" nie istnieje."
::msgcat::mcset pl "File &name:" "Nazwa &pliku:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "File &names:" "Nazwy &plik\u00f3w:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Files of &type:" "Pliki &typu:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Fi&les:" "Pli&ki:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Filter" "&Filtr"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Fil&ter:" "&Filtr:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Green" "&Zielony"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Help" "&Pomoc"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Hi" "Witaj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Hide Console" "&Ukryj konsol\u0119"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Ignore" "&Ignoruj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Niew\u0142a\u015bciwa nazwa pliku \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset pl "Log Files" "Pliki dziennika"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&No" "&Nie"
::msgcat::mcset pl "OK" "OK"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Ok" "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Open" "Otw\u00f3rz"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Open" "&Otw\u00f3rz"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Open Multiple Files" "Otw\u00f3rz wiele plik\u00f3w"
::msgcat::mcset pl "P&aste" "&Wklej"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Quit" "&Zako\u0144cz"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Red" "&Czerwony"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Replace existing file?" "Czy zast\u0105pi\u0107 istniej\u0105cy plik?"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Retry" "&Pon\u00f3w"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Save" "&Zapisz"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Save As" "Zapisz jako"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Save To Log" "Wpisz do dziennika"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Select Log File" "Wybierz plik dziennika"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Select a file to source" "Wybierz plik do wykonania"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Selection:" "&Wyb\u00f3r:"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Skip Messages" "Pomi\u0144 pozosta\u0142e komunikaty"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Source..." "&Kod \u017ar\u00f3d\u0142owy..."
::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl Scripts" "Skrypty Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl dla Windows"
::msgcat::mcset pl "Text Files" "Pliki tekstowe"
::msgcat::mcset pl "&Yes" "&Tak"
::msgcat::mcset pl "abort" "przerwij"
::msgcat::mcset pl "blue" "niebieski"
::msgcat::mcset pl "cancel" "anuluj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "extension" "rozszerzenie"
::msgcat::mcset pl "extensions" "rozszerzenia"
::msgcat::mcset pl "green" "zielony"
::msgcat::mcset pl "ignore" "ignoruj"
::msgcat::mcset pl "red" "czerwony"
::msgcat::mcset pl "retry" "pon\u00f3w"
::msgcat::mcset pl "yes" "tak"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/pt.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | | > > < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Abort" "&Abortar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "About..." "Sobre ..."
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "All Files" "Todos os arquivos"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Application Error" "Erro de aplica\u00e7\u00e3o"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Blue" "&Azul"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Cancel" "&Cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "N\u00e3o foi poss\u00edvel mudar para o diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\".\nPermiss\u00e3o negada."
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Choose Directory" "Escolha um diret\u00f3rio"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Clear" "Apagar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Color" "Cor"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Console" "Console"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Copy" "Copiar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Cut" "Recortar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Delete" "Excluir"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Details >>" "Detalhes >>"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "O diret\u00f3rio \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe."
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Directory:" "&Diret\u00f3rio:"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Error: %1\$s" "Erro: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Exit" "Sair"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\nDeseja sobrescreve-lo?"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "O arquivo \"%1\$s\" j\u00e1 existe.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Arquivo \"%1\$s\" n\u00e3o existe."
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "File &name:" "&Nome do arquivo:"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "File &names:" "&Nomes dos arquivos:"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Files of &type:" "Arquivos do &tipo:"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Fi&les:" "&Arquivos:"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Filter" "&Filtro"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Fil&ter:" "Fil&tro:"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Green" "&Verde"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Hi" "Oi"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Hide Console" "Ocultar console"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Ignore" "&Ignorar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "O nome do arquivo \u00e9 inv\u00e1lido \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Log Files" "Arquivos de log"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&No" "&N\u00e3o"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&OK" "&OK"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Ok" "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Open" "Abrir"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Open" "&Abrir"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Open Multiple Files" "Abrir m\u00faltiplos arquivos"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Paste" "Colar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Quit" "Encerrar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Red" "&Vermelho"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Replace existing file?" "Substituir arquivo existente?"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Retry" "Tenta&r novamente"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Save" "&Salvar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Save As" "Salvar como"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Save To Log" "Salvar arquivo de log"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Select Log File" "Selecionar arquivo de log"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Select a file to source" "Selecione um arquivo como fonte(source)"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Selection:" "&Sele\u00e7\u00e3o:"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Skip Messages" "Omitir as mensagens"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Source..." "Source..."
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Tcl Scripts" "Scripts Tcl"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl para Windows"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "Text Files" "Arquivos de texto"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "&Yes" "&Sim"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "abort" "abortar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "blue" "azul"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "cancel" "cancelar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "extension" "extens\u00e3o"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "extensions" "extens\u00f5es"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "green" "verde"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "ignore" "ignorar"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "ok" "ok"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "red" "vermelho"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "retry" "tentar novamente"
::msgcat::mcset pt_br "yes" "sim"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/ru.msg.
1 |
namespace eval ::tk {
| | | | | | < | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Abort" "&\u041e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "About..." "\u041f\u0440\u043e..."
::msgcat::mcset ru "All Files" "\u0412\u0441\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Application Error" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430 \u0432 \u043f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0435"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Blue" " &\u0413\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Cancel" "\u041e\u0442&\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." \
"\u041d\u0435 \u043c\u043e\u0433\u0443 \u043f\u0435\u0440\u0435\u0439\u0442\u0438 \u0432 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433 \"%1\$s\".\n\u041d\u0435\u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0442\u043e\u0447\u043d\u043e \u043f\u0440\u0430\u0432 \u0434\u043e\u0441\u0442\u0443\u043f\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Choose Directory" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u043a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Clear" "\u041e\u0447\u0438\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Color" "\u0426\u0432\u0435\u0442"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Console" "\u041a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Copy" "\u041a\u043e\u043f\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Cut" "\u0412\u044b\u0440\u0435\u0437\u0430\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Delete" "\u0423\u0434\u0430\u043b\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Details >>" "\u041f\u043e\u0434\u0440\u043e\u0431\u043d\u0435\u0435 >>"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433\u0430 \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442."
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Directory:" "&\u041a\u0430\u0442\u0430\u043b\u043e\u0433:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Error: %1\$s" "\u041e\u0448\u0438\u0431\u043a\u0430: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Exit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434"
::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" \
"\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0435\u0433\u043e?"
::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u0443\u0436\u0435 \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u0435\u0442.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset ru "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b \"%1\$s\" \u043d\u0435 \u043d\u0430\u0439\u0434\u0435\u043d."
::msgcat::mcset ru "File &name:" "&\u0418\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "File &names:" "&\u0418\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Files of &type:" "&\u0422\u0438\u043f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Fi&les:" "\u0424\u0430\u0439&\u043b\u044b:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Filter" "&\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c\u0442\u0440"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Fil&ter:" "\u0424\u0438\u043b\u044c&\u0442\u0440:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Green" " &\u0417\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Hi" "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Hide Console" "\u0421\u043f\u0440\u044f\u0442\u0430\u0442\u044c \u043a\u043e\u043d\u0441\u043e\u043b\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Ignore" "&\u0418\u0433\u043d\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "\u041d\u0435\u0432\u0435\u0440\u043d\u043e\u0435 \u0438\u043c\u044f \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u0430 \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset ru "Log Files" "\u0424\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&No" "&\u041d\u0435\u0442"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&OK" "&\u041e\u041a"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Ok" "\u0414\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Open" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Open" "&\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Open Multiple Files" "\u041e\u0442\u043a\u0440\u044b\u0442\u044c \u043d\u0435\u0441\u043a\u043e\u043b\u044c\u043a\u043e \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u043e\u0432"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Paste" "\u0412\u0441\u0442\u0430\u0432\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Quit" "\u0412\u044b\u0445\u043e\u0434"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Red" " &\u041a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Replace existing file?" "\u0417\u0430\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u0443\u0449\u0435\u0441\u0442\u0432\u0443\u044e\u0449\u0438\u0439 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b?"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Retry" "&\u041f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Save" "&\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Save As" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u043a\u0430\u043a"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Save To Log" "\u0421\u043e\u0445\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0432 \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Select Log File" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0440\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0436\u0443\u0440\u043d\u0430\u043b"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Select a file to source" "\u0412\u044b\u0431\u0435\u0440\u0438\u0442\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b \u0434\u043b\u044f \u0438\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0430\u0446\u0438\u0438"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Selection:" "&Selection:"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Skip Messages" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c \u0441\u043e\u043e\u0431\u0449\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Source..." "\u0418\u043d\u0442\u0435\u0440\u043f\u0440\u0435\u0442\u0438\u0440\u043e\u0432\u0430\u0442\u044c \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b..."
::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl Scripts" "\u041f\u0440\u043e\u0433\u0440\u0430\u043c\u043c\u0430 \u043d\u0430 \u044f\u0437\u044b\u043a\u0435 TCL"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Tcl for Windows" "TCL \u0434\u043b\u044f Windows"
::msgcat::mcset ru "Text Files" "\u0422\u0435\u043a\u0441\u0442\u043e\u0432\u044b\u0435 \u0444\u0430\u0439\u043b\u044b"
::msgcat::mcset ru "&Yes" "&\u0414\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "abort" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "blue" " \u0433\u043e\u043b\u0443\u0431\u043e\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "cancel" "\u043e\u0442\u043c\u0435\u043d\u0430"
::msgcat::mcset ru "extension" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u0435"
::msgcat::mcset ru "extensions" "\u0440\u0430\u0441\u0448\u0438\u0440\u0435\u043d\u0438\u044f"
::msgcat::mcset ru "green" " \u0437\u0435\u043b\u0435\u043d\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "ignore" "\u043f\u0440\u043e\u043f\u0443\u0441\u0442\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "ok" "\u043e\u043a"
::msgcat::mcset ru "red" " \u043a\u0440\u0430\u0441\u043d\u044b\u0439"
::msgcat::mcset ru "retry" "\u043f\u043e\u0432\u0442\u043e\u0440\u0438\u0442\u044c"
::msgcat::mcset ru "yes" "\u0434\u0430"
}
|
Changes to library/msgs/sv.msg.
1 2 3 4 5 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Abort" "&Avsluta"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&About..." "&Om..."
::msgcat::mcset sv "All Files" "Samtliga filer"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Application Error" "Programfel"
| | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
namespace eval ::tk {
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Abort" "&Avsluta"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&About..." "&Om..."
::msgcat::mcset sv "All Files" "Samtliga filer"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Application Error" "Programfel"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Blue" "&Bl\u00e5"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Cancel" "&Avbryt"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." "Kan ej n\u00e5 mappen \"%1\$s\".\nSaknar r\u00e4ttigheter."
::msgcat::mcset sv "Choose Directory" "V\u00e4lj mapp"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Clear" "&Radera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Clear Console" "&Radera konsollen"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Color" "F\u00e4rg"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Console" "Konsoll"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Copy" "&Kopiera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Cu&t" "Klipp u&t"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Delete" "&Radera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Details >>" "Detaljer >>"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Directory \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Mappen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Directory:" "&Mapp:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Edit" "R&edigera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Error: %1\$s" "Fel: %1\$s"
::msgcat::mcset sv "E&xit" "&Avsluta"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&File" "&Fil"
::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want to overwrite it?" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\nVill du skriva \u00f6ver den?"
::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\n\n" "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns redan.\n\n"
::msgcat::mcset sv "File \"%1\$s\" does not exist." "Filen \"%1\$s\" finns ej."
::msgcat::mcset sv "File &name:" "Fil&namn:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "File &names:" "Fil&namn:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Files of &type:" "Filer av &typ:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Fi&les:" "Fi&ler:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Filter"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Fil&ter:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Green" "&Gr\u00f6n"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Help" "&Hj\u00e4lp"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Hi" "Hej"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Hide Console" "&G\u00f6m konsollen"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Ignore" "&Ignorera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Invalid file name \"%1\$s\"." "Ogiltigt filnamn \"%1\$s\"."
::msgcat::mcset sv "Log Files" "Loggfiler"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&No" "&Nej"
::msgcat::mcset sv "OK"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Ok"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Open" "\u00d6ppna"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Open" "&\u00d6ppna"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Open Multiple Files" "\u00d6ppna flera filer"
::msgcat::mcset sv "P&aste" "&Klistra in"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Quit" "&Avsluta"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Red" "&R\u00f6d"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Replace existing file?" "Ers\u00e4tt existerande fil?"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Retry" "&F\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Save" "&Spara"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Save As" "Spara som"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Save To Log" "Spara till logg"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Select Log File" "V\u00e4lj loggfil"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Select a file to source" "V\u00e4lj k\u00e4llfil"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Selection:" "&Val:"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Skip Messages" "Hoppa \u00f6ver meddelanden"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Source..." "&K\u00e4lla..."
::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl Scripts" "Tcl skript"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Tcl for Windows" "Tcl f\u00f6r Windows"
::msgcat::mcset sv "Text Files" "Textfiler"
::msgcat::mcset sv "&Yes" "&Ja"
::msgcat::mcset sv "abort" "avbryt"
::msgcat::mcset sv "blue" "bl\u00e5"
::msgcat::mcset sv "cancel" "avbryt"
::msgcat::mcset sv "extension" "utvidgning"
::msgcat::mcset sv "extensions" "utvidgningar"
::msgcat::mcset sv "green" "gr\u00f6n"
::msgcat::mcset sv "ignore" "ignorera"
::msgcat::mcset sv "ok"
::msgcat::mcset sv "red" "r\u00f6d"
::msgcat::mcset sv "retry" "f\u00f6rs\u00f6k igen"
::msgcat::mcset sv "yes" "ja"
}
|
Changes to library/obsolete.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # obsolete.tcl -- # # This file contains obsolete procedures that people really shouldn't # be using anymore, but which are kept around for backward compatibility. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # obsolete.tcl -- # # This file contains obsolete procedures that people really shouldn't # be using anymore, but which are kept around for backward compatibility. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # The procedures below are here strictly for backward compatibility with # Tk version 3.6 and earlier. The procedures are no longer needed, so |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
option add *Listbox.borderWidth 2 $prio; # 1
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
option add *Listbox.selectBorderWidth 1 $prio; # 0
}
# Remove focus into Listbox added for 8.5
| | | 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"} {
option add *Listbox.borderWidth 2 $prio; # 1
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
option add *Listbox.selectBorderWidth 1 $prio; # 0
}
# Remove focus into Listbox added for 8.5
bind Listbox <1> {
if {[winfo exists %W]} {
tk::ListboxBeginSelect %W [%W index @%x,%y]
}
}
}
proc ::tk::classic::restore_menu {args} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/optMenu.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # optMenu.tcl -- # # This file defines the procedure tk_optionMenu, which creates # an option button and its associated menu. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # optMenu.tcl -- # # This file defines the procedure tk_optionMenu, which creates # an option button and its associated menu. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # ::tk_optionMenu -- # This procedure creates an option button named $w and an associated |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/palette.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # palette.tcl -- # # This file contains procedures that change the color palette used # by Tk. # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # palette.tcl -- # # This file contains procedures that change the color palette used # by Tk. # # Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # ::tk_setPalette -- # Changes the default color scheme for a Tk application by setting |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
if {[llength $args] == 1} {
set new(background) [lindex $args 0]
} else {
array set new $args
}
if {![info exists new(background)]} {
| < | | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
if {[llength $args] == 1} {
set new(background) [lindex $args 0]
} else {
array set new $args
}
if {![info exists new(background)]} {
error "must specify a background color"
}
set bg [winfo rgb . $new(background)]
if {![info exists new(foreground)]} {
# Note that the range of each value in the triple returned by
# [winfo rgb] is 0-65535, and your eyes are more sensitive to
# green than to red, and more to red than to blue.
foreach {r g b} $bg {break}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
if {![info exists new(selectBackground)]} {
set new(selectBackground) $darkerBg
}
if {![info exists new(troughColor)]} {
set new(troughColor) $darkerBg
}
| | | | | | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
if {![info exists new(selectBackground)]} {
set new(selectBackground) $darkerBg
}
if {![info exists new(troughColor)]} {
set new(troughColor) $darkerBg
}
# let's make one of each of the widgets so we know what the
# defaults are currently for this platform.
toplevel .___tk_set_palette
wm withdraw .___tk_set_palette
foreach q {
button canvas checkbutton entry frame label labelframe
listbox menubutton menu message radiobutton scale scrollbar
spinbox text
} {
$q .___tk_set_palette.$q
}
# Walk the widget hierarchy, recoloring all existing windows.
# The option database must be set according to what we do here,
# but it breaks things if we set things in the database while
# we are changing colors...so, ::tk::RecolorTree now returns the
# option database changes that need to be made, and they
# need to be evalled here to take effect.
# We have to walk the whole widget tree instead of just
# relying on the widgets we've created above to do the work
# because different extensions may provide other kinds
# of widgets that we don't currently know about, so we'll
# walk the whole hierarchy just in case.
eval [tk::RecolorTree . new]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
array set ::tk::Palette [array get new]
}
# ::tk::RecolorTree --
# This procedure changes the colors in a window and all of its
# descendants, according to information provided by the colors
| | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 |
array set ::tk::Palette [array get new]
}
# ::tk::RecolorTree --
# This procedure changes the colors in a window and all of its
# descendants, according to information provided by the colors
# argument. This looks at the defaults provided by the option
# database, if it exists, and if not, then it looks at the default
# value of the widget itself.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The name of a window. This window and all its
# descendants are recolored.
# colors - The name of an array variable in the caller,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 | # ::tk::Darken -- # Given a color name, computes a new color value that darkens (or # brightens) the given color by a given percent. # # Arguments: # color - Name of starting color. | | < < < < < | | | | > > | < | > > | > > | | | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
# ::tk::Darken --
# Given a color name, computes a new color value that darkens (or
# brightens) the given color by a given percent.
#
# Arguments:
# color - Name of starting color.
# perecent - Integer telling how much to brighten or darken as a
# percent: 50 means darken by 50%, 110 means brighten
# by 10%.
proc ::tk::Darken {color percent} {
foreach {red green blue} [winfo rgb . $color] {
set red [expr {($red/256)*$percent/100}]
set green [expr {($green/256)*$percent/100}]
set blue [expr {($blue/256)*$percent/100}]
break
}
if {$red > 255} {
set red 255
}
if {$green > 255} {
set green 255
}
if {$blue > 255} {
set blue 255
}
return [format "#%02x%02x%02x" $red $green $blue]
}
# ::tk_bisque --
# Reset the Tk color palette to the old "bisque" colors.
#
# Arguments:
# None.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/safetk.tcl.
1 2 3 4 | # safetk.tcl -- # # Support procs to use Tk in safe interpreters. # | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
# safetk.tcl --
#
# Support procs to use Tk in safe interpreters.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
# see safetk.n for documentation
#
#
# Note: It is now ok to let untrusted code being executed
# between the creation of the interp and the actual loading
# of Tk in that interp because the C side Tk_Init will
# now look up the master interp and ask its safe::TkInit
# for the actual parameters to use for it's initialization (if allowed),
# not relying on the slave state.
#
# We use opt (optional arguments parsing)
package require opt 0.4.1;
namespace eval ::safe {
# counter for safe toplevels
variable tkSafeId 0
}
#
# tkInterpInit : prepare the slave interpreter for tk loading
# most of the real job is done by loadTk
# returns the slave name (tkInterpInit does)
#
proc ::safe::tkInterpInit {slave argv} {
global env tk_library
# We have to make sure that the tk_library variable is normalized.
set tk_library [file normalize $tk_library]
# Clear Tk's access for that interp (path).
allowTk $slave $argv
# Ensure tk_library and subdirs (eg, ttk) are on the access path
::interp eval $slave [list set tk_library [::safe::interpAddToAccessPath $slave $tk_library]]
foreach subdir [::safe::AddSubDirs [list $tk_library]] {
::safe::interpAddToAccessPath $slave $subdir
}
return $slave
}
# tkInterpLoadTk:
# Do additional configuration as needed (calling tkInterpInit)
# and actually load Tk into the slave.
#
# Either contained in the specified windowId (-use) or
# creating a decorated toplevel for it.
# empty definition for auto_mkIndex
proc ::safe::loadTk {} {}
::tcl::OptProc ::safe::loadTk {
{slave -interp "name of the slave interpreter"}
{-use -windowId {} "window Id to use (new toplevel otherwise)"}
{-display -displayName {} "display name to use (current one otherwise)"}
} {
set displayGiven [::tcl::OptProcArgGiven "-display"]
if {!$displayGiven} {
# Try to get the current display from "."
# (which might not exist if the master is tk-less)
if {[catch {set display [winfo screen .]}]} {
if {[info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]} {
set display $::env(DISPLAY)
} else {
Log $slave "no winfo screen . nor env(DISPLAY)" WARNING
set display ":0.0"
}
}
}
# Get state for access to the cleanupHook.
namespace upvar ::safe S$slave state
if {![::tcl::OptProcArgGiven "-use"]} {
# create a decorated toplevel
::tcl::Lassign [tkTopLevel $slave $display] w use
# set our delete hook (slave arg is added by interpDelete)
# to clean up both window related code and tkInit(slave)
set state(cleanupHook) [list tkDelete {} $w]
} else {
# set our delete hook (slave arg is added by interpDelete)
# to clean up tkInit(slave)
set state(cleanupHook) [list disallowTk]
# Let's be nice and also accept tk window names instead of ids
if {[string match ".*" $use]} {
set windowName $use
set use [winfo id $windowName]
set nDisplay [winfo screen $windowName]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
} else {
# Can't have a better one
set nDisplay $display
}
}
if {$nDisplay ne $display} {
if {$displayGiven} {
| < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | > | | | | | 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 |
} else {
# Can't have a better one
set nDisplay $display
}
}
if {$nDisplay ne $display} {
if {$displayGiven} {
error "conflicting -display $display and -use\
$use -> $nDisplay"
} else {
set display $nDisplay
}
}
}
# Prepares the slave for tk with those parameters
tkInterpInit $slave [list "-use" $use "-display" $display]
load {} Tk $slave
return $slave
}
proc ::safe::TkInit {interpPath} {
variable tkInit
if {[info exists tkInit($interpPath)]} {
set value $tkInit($interpPath)
Log $interpPath "TkInit called, returning \"$value\"" NOTICE
return $value
} else {
Log $interpPath "TkInit called for interp with clearance:\
preventing Tk init" ERROR
error "not allowed"
}
}
# safe::allowTk --
#
# Set tkInit(interpPath) to allow Tk to be initialized in
# safe::TkInit.
#
# Arguments:
# interpPath slave interpreter handle
# argv arguments passed to safe::TkInterpInit
#
# Results:
# none.
proc ::safe::allowTk {interpPath argv} {
variable tkInit
set tkInit($interpPath) $argv
return
}
# safe::disallowTk --
#
# Unset tkInit(interpPath) to disallow Tk from getting initialized
# in safe::TkInit.
#
# Arguments:
# interpPath slave interpreter handle
#
# Results:
# none.
proc ::safe::disallowTk {interpPath} {
variable tkInit
# This can already be deleted by the DeleteHook of the interp
if {[info exists tkInit($interpPath)]} {
unset tkInit($interpPath)
}
return
}
# safe::tkDelete --
#
# Clean up the window associated with the interp being deleted.
#
# Arguments:
# interpPath slave interpreter handle
#
# Results:
# none.
proc ::safe::tkDelete {W window slave} {
# we are going to be called for each widget... skip untill it's
# top level
Log $slave "Called tkDelete $W $window" NOTICE
if {[::interp exists $slave]} {
if {[catch {::safe::interpDelete $slave} msg]} {
Log $slave "Deletion error : $msg"
}
}
if {[winfo exists $window]} {
Log $slave "Destroy toplevel $window" NOTICE
destroy $window
}
# clean up tkInit(slave)
disallowTk $slave
return
}
proc ::safe::tkTopLevel {slave display} {
variable tkSafeId
incr tkSafeId
set w ".safe$tkSafeId"
if {[catch {toplevel $w -screen $display -class SafeTk} msg]} {
return -code error "Unable to create toplevel for\
safe slave \"$slave\" ($msg)"
}
Log $slave "New toplevel $w" NOTICE
set msg "Untrusted Tcl applet ($slave)"
wm title $w $msg
# Control frame (we must create a style for it)
ttk::style layout TWarningFrame {WarningFrame.border -sticky nswe}
ttk::style configure TWarningFrame -background red
set wc $w.fc
ttk::frame $wc -relief ridge -borderwidth 4 -style TWarningFrame
# We will destroy the interp when the window is destroyed
bindtags $wc [concat Safe$wc [bindtags $wc]]
bind Safe$wc <Destroy> [list ::safe::tkDelete %W $w $slave]
ttk::label $wc.l -text $msg -anchor w
# We want the button to be the last visible item
# (so be packed first) and at the right and not resizing horizontally
# frame the button so it does not expand horizontally
# but still have the default background instead of red one from the parent
ttk::frame $wc.fb -borderwidth 0
ttk::button $wc.fb.b -text "Delete" \
-command [list ::safe::tkDelete $w $w $slave]
pack $wc.fb.b -side right -fill both
pack $wc.fb -side right -fill both -expand 1
pack $wc.l -side left -fill both -expand 1 -ipady 2
pack $wc -side bottom -fill x
# Container frame
frame $w.c -container 1
pack $w.c -fill both -expand 1
# return both the toplevel window name and the id to use for embedding
list $w [winfo id $w.c]
}
|
Changes to library/scale.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # scale.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk scale widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # scale.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk scale widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The code below creates the default class bindings for entries. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 |
if {$tk_strictMotif} {
%W configure -activebackground $tk::Priv(activeBg)
}
if {[%W cget -state] eq "active"} {
%W configure -state normal
}
}
| | | > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
if {$tk_strictMotif} {
%W configure -activebackground $tk::Priv(activeBg)
}
if {[%W cget -state] eq "active"} {
%W configure -state normal
}
}
bind Scale <1> {
tk::ScaleButtonDown %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <B1-Motion> {
tk::ScaleDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <B1-Leave> { }
bind Scale <B1-Enter> { }
bind Scale <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::CancelRepeat
tk::ScaleEndDrag %W
tk::ScaleActivate %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <2> {
tk::ScaleButton2Down %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <B2-Motion> {
tk::ScaleDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <B2-Leave> { }
bind Scale <B2-Enter> { }
bind Scale <ButtonRelease-2> {
tk::CancelRepeat
tk::ScaleEndDrag %W
tk::ScaleActivate %W %x %y
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32"} {
# On Windows do the same with button 3, as that is the right mouse button
bind Scale <3> [bind Scale <2>]
bind Scale <B3-Motion> [bind Scale <B2-Motion>]
bind Scale <B3-Leave> [bind Scale <B2-Leave>]
bind Scale <B3-Enter> [bind Scale <B2-Enter>]
bind Scale <ButtonRelease-3> [bind Scale <ButtonRelease-2>]
}
bind Scale <Control-1> {
tk::ScaleControlPress %W %x %y
}
bind Scale <Up> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W up little noRepeat
}
bind Scale <Down> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W down little noRepeat
}
bind Scale <Left> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W up little noRepeat
}
bind Scale <Right> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W down little noRepeat
}
bind Scale <Control-Up> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W up big noRepeat
}
bind Scale <Control-Down> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W down big noRepeat
}
bind Scale <Control-Left> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W up big noRepeat
}
bind Scale <Control-Right> {
tk::ScaleIncrement %W down big noRepeat
}
bind Scale <Home> {
%W set [%W cget -from]
}
bind Scale <End> {
%W set [%W cget -to]
}
# ::tk::ScaleActivate --
# This procedure is invoked to check a given x-y position in the
# scale and activate the slider if the x-y position falls within
# the slider.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/scrlbar.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # scrlbar.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk scrollbar widgets. # It also provides procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # scrlbar.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk scrollbar widgets. # It also provides procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The code below creates the default class bindings for scrollbars. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
bind Scrollbar <Leave> {
if {$tk_strictMotif && [info exists tk::Priv(activeBg)]} {
%W configure -activebackground $tk::Priv(activeBg)
}
%W activate {}
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > | | > > > | | > > > > | > > > | | | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
bind Scrollbar <Leave> {
if {$tk_strictMotif && [info exists tk::Priv(activeBg)]} {
%W configure -activebackground $tk::Priv(activeBg)
}
%W activate {}
}
bind Scrollbar <1> {
tk::ScrollButtonDown %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-Motion> {
tk::ScrollDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-B2-Motion> {
tk::ScrollDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::ScrollButtonUp %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-Leave> {
# Prevents <Leave> binding from being invoked.
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-Enter> {
# Prevents <Enter> binding from being invoked.
}
bind Scrollbar <2> {
tk::ScrollButton2Down %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-2> {
# Do nothing, since button 1 is already down.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-1> {
# Do nothing, since button 2 is already down.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-Motion> {
tk::ScrollDrag %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <ButtonRelease-2> {
tk::ScrollButtonUp %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <B1-ButtonRelease-2> {
# Do nothing: B1 release will handle it.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-ButtonRelease-1> {
# Do nothing: B2 release will handle it.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-Leave> {
# Prevents <Leave> binding from being invoked.
}
bind Scrollbar <B2-Enter> {
# Prevents <Enter> binding from being invoked.
}
bind Scrollbar <Control-1> {
tk::ScrollTopBottom %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <Control-2> {
tk::ScrollTopBottom %W %x %y
}
bind Scrollbar <Up> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v -1
}
bind Scrollbar <Down> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v 1
}
bind Scrollbar <Control-Up> {
tk::ScrollByPages %W v -1
}
bind Scrollbar <Control-Down> {
tk::ScrollByPages %W v 1
}
bind Scrollbar <Left> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W h -1
}
bind Scrollbar <Right> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W h 1
}
bind Scrollbar <Control-Left> {
tk::ScrollByPages %W h -1
}
bind Scrollbar <Control-Right> {
tk::ScrollByPages %W h 1
}
bind Scrollbar <Prior> {
tk::ScrollByPages %W hv -1
}
bind Scrollbar <Next> {
tk::ScrollByPages %W hv 1
}
bind Scrollbar <Home> {
tk::ScrollToPos %W 0
}
bind Scrollbar <End> {
tk::ScrollToPos %W 1
}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Scrollbar <MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {- (%D)}]
}
bind Scrollbar <Option-MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {-10 * (%D)}]
}
bind Scrollbar <Shift-MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {- (%D)}]
}
bind Scrollbar <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {-10 * (%D)}]
}
} else {
bind Scrollbar <MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W v [expr {- (%D /120 ) * 4}]
}
bind Scrollbar <Shift-MouseWheel> {
tk::ScrollByUnits %W h [expr {- (%D /120 ) * 4}]
}
}
# tk::ScrollButtonDown --
# This procedure is invoked when a button is pressed in a scrollbar.
# It changes the way the scrollbar is displayed and takes actions
# depending on where the mouse is.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The scrollbar widget.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 | # # Arguments: # w - The scrollbar widget. # orient - Which kinds of scrollbars this applies to: "h" for # horizontal, "v" for vertical, "hv" for both. # amount - How many units to scroll: typically 1 or -1. | | | | | 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The scrollbar widget.
# orient - Which kinds of scrollbars this applies to: "h" for
# horizontal, "v" for vertical, "hv" for both.
# amount - How many units to scroll: typically 1 or -1.
proc ::tk::ScrollByUnits {w orient amount} {
set cmd [$w cget -command]
if {$cmd eq "" || ([string first \
[string index [$w cget -orient] 0] $orient] < 0)} {
return
}
set info [$w get]
if {[llength $info] == 2} {
uplevel #0 $cmd scroll $amount units
} else {
uplevel #0 $cmd [expr {[lindex $info 2] + $amount}]
}
}
# ::tk::ScrollByPages --
# This procedure tells the scrollbar's associated widget to scroll up
# or down by a given number of screenfuls. It notifies the associated
# widget in different ways for old and new command syntaxes.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The scrollbar widget.
# x, y - Mouse coordinates within the widget.
proc ::tk::ScrollButton2Down {w x y} {
variable ::tk::Priv
| < < < < | | | | < | 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
#
# Arguments:
# w - The scrollbar widget.
# x, y - Mouse coordinates within the widget.
proc ::tk::ScrollButton2Down {w x y} {
variable ::tk::Priv
set element [$w identify $x $y]
if {[string match {arrow[12]} $element]} {
ScrollButtonDown $w $x $y
return
}
ScrollToPos $w [$w fraction $x $y]
set Priv(relief) [$w cget -activerelief]
# Need the "update idletasks" below so that the widget calls us
# back to reset the actual scrollbar position before we start the
# slider drag.
update idletasks
$w configure -activerelief sunken
$w activate slider
ScrollStartDrag $w $x $y
}
|
Changes to library/spinbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # spinbox.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk spinbox widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing those bindings. The spinbox builds # off the entry widget, so it can reuse Entry bindings and procedures. # | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | # spinbox.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk spinbox widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing those bindings. The spinbox builds # off the entry widget, so it can reuse Entry bindings and procedures. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Jeffrey Hobbs # Copyright (c) 2000 Ajuba Solutions # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Elements of tk::Priv that are used in this file: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 |
if {![catch {::tk::spinbox::GetSelection %W} tk::Priv(data)]} {
clipboard clear -displayof %W
clipboard append -displayof %W $tk::Priv(data)
unset tk::Priv(data)
}
}
bind Spinbox <<Paste>> {
catch {
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
catch {
%W delete sel.first sel.last
}
}
%W insert insert [::tk::GetSelection %W CLIPBOARD]
| > | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 |
if {![catch {::tk::spinbox::GetSelection %W} tk::Priv(data)]} {
clipboard clear -displayof %W
clipboard append -displayof %W $tk::Priv(data)
unset tk::Priv(data)
}
}
bind Spinbox <<Paste>> {
global tcl_platform
catch {
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
catch {
%W delete sel.first sel.last
}
}
%W insert insert [::tk::GetSelection %W CLIPBOARD]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
if {$tk_strictMotif || ![info exists tk::Priv(mouseMoved)]
|| !$tk::Priv(mouseMoved)} {
::tk::spinbox::Paste %W %x
}
}
bind Spinbox <<TraverseIn>> {
| | | | | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
if {$tk_strictMotif || ![info exists tk::Priv(mouseMoved)]
|| !$tk::Priv(mouseMoved)} {
::tk::spinbox::Paste %W %x
}
}
bind Spinbox <<TraverseIn>> {
%W selection range 0 end
%W icursor end
}
# Standard Motif bindings:
bind Spinbox <1> {
::tk::spinbox::ButtonDown %W %x %y
}
bind Spinbox <B1-Motion> {
::tk::spinbox::Motion %W %x %y
}
bind Spinbox <Double-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
::tk::spinbox::MouseSelect %W %x sel.first
}
bind Spinbox <Triple-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
::tk::spinbox::MouseSelect %W %x 0
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) char
%W selection adjust @%x
}
bind Spinbox <Double-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
::tk::spinbox::MouseSelect %W %x
}
bind Spinbox <Triple-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
::tk::spinbox::MouseSelect %W %x
}
bind Spinbox <B1-Leave> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
::tk::spinbox::AutoScan %W
}
bind Spinbox <B1-Enter> {
tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Spinbox <ButtonRelease-1> {
::tk::spinbox::ButtonUp %W %x %y
}
bind Spinbox <Control-1> {
%W icursor @%x
}
bind Spinbox <Up> {
%W invoke buttonup
}
bind Spinbox <Down> {
%W invoke buttondown
}
bind Spinbox <Left> {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W [expr {[%W index insert] - 1}]
}
bind Spinbox <Right> {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W [expr {[%W index insert] + 1}]
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-Left> {
::tk::EntryKeySelect %W [expr {[%W index insert] - 1}]
::tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-Right> {
::tk::EntryKeySelect %W [expr {[%W index insert] + 1}]
::tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Spinbox <Control-Left> {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W [::tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert]
}
bind Spinbox <Control-Right> {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W [::tk::EntryNextWord %W insert]
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-Control-Left> {
::tk::EntryKeySelect %W [::tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert]
::tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-Control-Right> {
::tk::EntryKeySelect %W [::tk::EntryNextWord %W insert]
::tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Spinbox <Home> {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W 0
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-Home> {
::tk::EntryKeySelect %W 0
::tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Spinbox <End> {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W end
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-End> {
::tk::EntryKeySelect %W end
::tk::EntrySeeInsert %W
}
bind Spinbox <Delete> {
if {[%W selection present]} {
%W delete sel.first sel.last
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
}
bind Spinbox <Control-Shift-space> {
%W selection adjust insert
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-Select> {
%W selection adjust insert
}
| | | | | | | | < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
}
bind Spinbox <Control-Shift-space> {
%W selection adjust insert
}
bind Spinbox <Shift-Select> {
%W selection adjust insert
}
bind Spinbox <Control-slash> {
%W selection range 0 end
}
bind Spinbox <Control-backslash> {
%W selection clear
}
bind Spinbox <KeyPress> {
::tk::EntryInsert %W %A
}
# Ignore all Alt, Meta, and Control keypresses unless explicitly bound.
# Otherwise, if a widget binding for one of these is defined, the
# <KeyPress> class binding will also fire and insert the character,
# which is wrong. Ditto for Escape, Return, and Tab.
bind Spinbox <Alt-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Meta-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Control-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Escape> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Return> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
bind Spinbox <Tab> {# nothing}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Spinbox <Command-KeyPress> {# nothing}
}
# On Windows, paste is done using Shift-Insert. Shift-Insert already
# generates the <<Paste>> event, so we don't need to do anything here.
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} {
bind Spinbox <Insert> {
catch {::tk::EntryInsert %W [::tk::GetSelection %W PRIMARY]}
}
}
# Additional emacs-like bindings:
bind Spinbox <Control-a> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W 0
}
}
bind Spinbox <Control-b> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W [expr {[%W index insert] - 1}]
}
}
bind Spinbox <Control-d> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete insert
}
}
bind Spinbox <Control-e> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W end
}
}
bind Spinbox <Control-f> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntrySetCursor %W [expr {[%W index insert] + 1}]
}
}
bind Spinbox <Control-h> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryBackspace %W
}
}
bind Spinbox <Control-k> {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete [::tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert] insert
}
}
# A few additional bindings of my own.
| | < < < < | 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete [::tk::EntryPreviousWord %W insert] insert
}
}
# A few additional bindings of my own.
bind Spinbox <2> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanMark %W %x
}
}
bind Spinbox <B2-Motion> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
::tk::EntryScanDrag %W %x
}
}
# ::tk::spinbox::Invoke --
# Invoke an element of the spinbox
#
# Arguments:
# w - The spinbox window.
# elem - Element to invoke
proc ::tk::spinbox::Invoke {w elem} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![info exists Priv(outsideElement)]} {
$w invoke $elem
incr Priv(repeated)
}
set delay [$w cget -repeatinterval]
if {$delay > 0} {
set Priv(afterId) [after $delay \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
set bbox [$w bbox $pos]
if {($x - [lindex $bbox 0]) < ([lindex $bbox 2]/2)} {
return $pos
}
incr pos
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > | > > > > > < | < | 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 |
set bbox [$w bbox $pos]
if {($x - [lindex $bbox 0]) < ([lindex $bbox 2]/2)} {
return $pos
}
incr pos
}
# ::tk::spinbox::ButtonDown --
# This procedure is invoked to handle button-1 presses in spinbox
# widgets. It moves the insertion cursor, sets the selection anchor,
# and claims the input focus.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The spinbox window in which the button was pressed.
# x - The x-coordinate of the button press.
proc ::tk::spinbox::ButtonDown {w x y} {
variable ::tk::Priv
# Get the element that was clicked in. If we are not directly over
# the spinbox, default to entry. This is necessary for spinbox grabs.
#
set Priv(element) [$w identify $x $y]
if {$Priv(element) eq ""} {
set Priv(element) "entry"
}
switch -exact $Priv(element) {
"buttonup" - "buttondown" {
if {"disabled" ne [$w cget -state]} {
$w selection element $Priv(element)
set Priv(repeated) 0
set Priv(relief) [$w cget -$Priv(element)relief]
catch {after cancel $Priv(afterId)}
set delay [$w cget -repeatdelay]
if {$delay > 0} {
set Priv(afterId) [after $delay \
[list ::tk::spinbox::Invoke $w $Priv(element)]]
}
if {[info exists Priv(outsideElement)]} {
unset Priv(outsideElement)
}
}
}
"entry" {
set Priv(selectMode) char
set Priv(mouseMoved) 0
set Priv(pressX) $x
$w icursor [::tk::spinbox::ClosestGap $w $x]
$w selection from insert
if {"disabled" ne [$w cget -state]} {focus $w}
$w selection clear
}
default {
return -code error "unknown spinbox element \"$Priv(element)\""
}
}
}
# ::tk::spinbox::ButtonUp --
# This procedure is invoked to handle button-1 releases in spinbox
# widgets.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The spinbox window in which the button was pressed.
# x - The x-coordinate of the button press.
proc ::tk::spinbox::ButtonUp {w x y} {
variable ::tk::Priv
::tk::CancelRepeat
# Priv(relief) may not exist if the ButtonUp is not paired with
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
466 467 468 469 470 471 472 |
$w selection clear
}
}
}
word {
if {$cur < [$w index anchor]} {
set before [tcl_wordBreakBefore [$w get] $cur]
| | | | 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
$w selection clear
}
}
}
word {
if {$cur < [$w index anchor]} {
set before [tcl_wordBreakBefore [$w get] $cur]
set after [tcl_wordBreakAfter [$w get] [expr {$anchor-1}]]
} else {
set before [tcl_wordBreakBefore [$w get] $anchor]
set after [tcl_wordBreakAfter [$w get] [expr {$cur - 1}]]
}
if {$before < 0} {
set before 0
}
if {$after < 0} {
set after end
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
511 512 513 514 515 516 517 | # ::tk::spinbox::Motion -- # This procedure is invoked when the mouse moves in a spinbox window # with button 1 down. # # Arguments: # w - The spinbox window. | < < | 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 |
# ::tk::spinbox::Motion --
# This procedure is invoked when the mouse moves in a spinbox window
# with button 1 down.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The spinbox window.
proc ::tk::spinbox::Motion {w x y} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![info exists Priv(element)]} {
set Priv(element) [$w identify $x $y]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
572 573 574 575 576 577 578 |
# a spinbox has no -show option to obscure contents.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The spinbox window from which the text to get
proc ::tk::spinbox::GetSelection {w} {
return [string range [$w get] [$w index sel.first] \
| | | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 |
# a spinbox has no -show option to obscure contents.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The spinbox window from which the text to get
proc ::tk::spinbox::GetSelection {w} {
return [string range [$w get] [$w index sel.first] \
[expr {[$w index sel.last] - 1}]]
}
|
Changes to library/tclIndex.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | set auto_index(::tk::EntryTranspose) [list source [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryPreviousWord) [list source [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryGetSelection) [list source [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_focusNext) [list source [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_focusPrev) [list source [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FocusOK) [list source [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_focusFollowsMouse) [list source [file join $dir focus.tcl]] | < < | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 | set auto_index(::tk::EntryTranspose) [list source [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryPreviousWord) [list source [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EntryGetSelection) [list source [file join $dir entry.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_focusNext) [list source [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_focusPrev) [list source [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::FocusOK) [list source [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_focusFollowsMouse) [list source [file join $dir focus.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxBeginSelect) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxMotion) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxBeginExtend) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxBeginToggle) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxAutoScan) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxUpDown) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxExtendUpDown) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxDataExtend) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxCancel) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListboxSelectAll) [list source [file join $dir listbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbEnter) [list source [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbLeave) [list source [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbPost) [list source [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuUnpost) [list source [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbMotion) [list source [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MbButtonUp) [list source [file join $dir menu.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MenuMotion) [list source [file join $dir menu.tcl]] |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
195 196 197 198 199 200 201 | set auto_index(::tk::TextPrevPos) [list source [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::PlaceWindow) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::SetFocusGrab) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::RestoreFocusGrab) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScreenChanged) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EventMotifBindings) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::CancelRepeat) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 | set auto_index(::tk::TextPrevPos) [list source [file join $dir text.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::PlaceWindow) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::SetFocusGrab) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::RestoreFocusGrab) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ScreenChanged) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::EventMotifBindings) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::CancelRepeat) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::TabToWindow) [list source [file join $dir tk.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Index) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Selection) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_CurSelection) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_DrawSelection) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Get) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Config) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Create) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_AutoScan) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_DeleteAll) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Add) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Arrange) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Invoke) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_See) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Btn1) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_CtrlBtn1) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_ShiftBtn1) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Motion1) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Double1) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_ReturnKey) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Leave1) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_FocusIn) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_FocusOut) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_UpDown) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_LeftRight) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_KeyPress) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Goto) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::IconList_Reset) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::Config) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::Create) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::SetSelectMode) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::UpdateWhenIdle) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::Update) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::dialog::file::SetPathSilently) [list source [file join $dir tkfbox.tcl]] |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 | set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FilterCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_CancelCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]] | > < | 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 | set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_FilterCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::MotifFDialog_CancelCmd) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Goto) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(tk_getFileType) [list source [file join $dir xmfbox.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]] set auto_index(::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable) [list source [file join $dir unsupported.tcl]] |
Changes to library/tearoff.tcl.
1 2 3 4 | # tearoff.tcl -- # # This file contains procedures that implement tear-off menus. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # tearoff.tcl -- # # This file contains procedures that implement tear-off menus. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # ::tk::TearoffMenu -- # Given the name of a menu, this procedure creates a torn-off menu |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
}
if {$y == 0} {
set y [winfo rooty $w]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
# Shift by height of tearoff entry minus height of window titlebar
catch {incr y [expr {[$w yposition 1] - 16}]}
# Avoid the native menu bar which sits on top of everything.
| | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
}
if {$y == 0} {
set y [winfo rooty $w]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
# Shift by height of tearoff entry minus height of window titlebar
catch {incr y [expr {[$w yposition 1] - 16}]}
# Avoid the native menu bar which sits on top of everything.
if {$y < 22} { set y 22 }
}
}
set parent [winfo parent $w]
while {[winfo toplevel $parent] ne $parent \
|| [winfo class $parent] eq "Menu"} {
set parent [winfo parent $parent]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
146 147 148 149 150 151 152 |
eval $cmd
}
# Duplicate the binding tags and bindings from the source menu.
set tags [bindtags $src]
set srcLen [string length $src]
| | | < | < | | < | < | | 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 |
eval $cmd
}
# Duplicate the binding tags and bindings from the source menu.
set tags [bindtags $src]
set srcLen [string length $src]
# Copy tags to x, replacing each substring of src with dst.
while {[set index [string first $src $tags]] != -1} {
append x [string range $tags 0 [expr {$index - 1}]]$dst
set tags [string range $tags [expr {$index + $srcLen}] end]
}
append x $tags
bindtags $dst $x
foreach event [bind $src] {
unset x
set script [bind $src $event]
set eventLen [string length $event]
# Copy script to x, replacing each substring of event with dst.
while {[set index [string first $event $script]] != -1} {
append x [string range $script 0 [expr {$index - 1}]]
append x $dst
set script [string range $script [expr {$index + $eventLen}] end]
}
append x $script
bind $dst $event $x
}
}
|
Changes to library/text.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # text.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk text widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | # text.tcl -- # # This file defines the default bindings for Tk text widgets and provides # procedures that help in implementing the bindings. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998 by Scriptics Corporation. # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Elements of ::tk::Priv that are used in this file: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 | # #------------------------------------------------------------------------- #------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The code below creates the default class bindings for text widgets. #------------------------------------------------------------------------- | < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
#
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The code below creates the default class bindings for text widgets.
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard Motif bindings:
bind Text <1> {
tk::TextButton1 %W %x %y
%W tag remove sel 0.0 end
}
bind Text <B1-Motion> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
set tk::Priv(y) %y
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
}
bind Text <Double-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
catch {%W mark set insert sel.first}
}
bind Text <Triple-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
catch {%W mark set insert sel.first}
}
bind Text <Shift-1> {
tk::TextResetAnchor %W @%x,%y
set tk::Priv(selectMode) char
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
}
bind Text <Double-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) word
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y 1
}
bind Text <Triple-Shift-1> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) line
tk::TextSelectTo %W %x %y
}
bind Text <B1-Leave> {
set tk::Priv(x) %x
set tk::Priv(y) %y
tk::TextAutoScan %W
}
bind Text <B1-Enter> {
tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Text <ButtonRelease-1> {
tk::CancelRepeat
}
bind Text <Control-1> {
%W mark set insert @%x,%y
# An operation that moves the insert mark without making it
# one end of the selection must insert an autoseparator
if {[%W cget -autoseparators]} {
%W edit separator
}
}
# stop an accidental double click triggering <Double-Button-1>
bind Text <Double-Control-1> { # nothing }
# stop an accidental movement triggering <B1-Motion>
bind Text <Control-B1-Motion> { # nothing }
bind Text <Left> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W insert-1displayindices
}
bind Text <Right> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W insert+1displayindices
}
bind Text <Up> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextUpDownLine %W -1]
}
bind Text <Down> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextUpDownLine %W 1]
}
bind Text <Shift-Left> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [%W index {insert - 1displayindices}]
}
bind Text <Shift-Right> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [%W index {insert + 1displayindices}]
}
bind Text <Shift-Up> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextUpDownLine %W -1]
}
bind Text <Shift-Down> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextUpDownLine %W 1]
}
bind Text <Control-Left> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextPrevPos %W insert tcl_startOfPreviousWord]
}
bind Text <Control-Right> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextNextWord %W insert]
}
bind Text <Control-Up> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextPrevPara %W insert]
}
bind Text <Control-Down> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextNextPara %W insert]
}
bind Text <Shift-Control-Left> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextPrevPos %W insert tcl_startOfPreviousWord]
}
bind Text <Shift-Control-Right> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextNextWord %W insert]
}
bind Text <Shift-Control-Up> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextPrevPara %W insert]
}
bind Text <Shift-Control-Down> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextNextPara %W insert]
}
bind Text <Prior> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextScrollPages %W -1]
}
bind Text <Shift-Prior> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextScrollPages %W -1]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
bind Text <Control-Prior> {
%W xview scroll -1 page
}
bind Text <Control-Next> {
%W xview scroll 1 page
}
| | | | | | 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
bind Text <Control-Prior> {
%W xview scroll -1 page
}
bind Text <Control-Next> {
%W xview scroll 1 page
}
bind Text <Home> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W {insert display linestart}
}
bind Text <Shift-Home> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W {insert display linestart}
}
bind Text <End> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W {insert display lineend}
}
bind Text <Shift-End> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W {insert display lineend}
}
bind Text <Control-Home> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W 1.0
}
bind Text <Control-Shift-Home> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W 1.0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
if {[%W cget -autoseparators]} {
%W edit separator
}
}
bind Text <Delete> {
if {[tk::TextCursorInSelection %W]} {
%W delete sel.first sel.last
| < | | | | < < | | | | < | | | 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
if {[%W cget -autoseparators]} {
%W edit separator
}
}
bind Text <Delete> {
if {[tk::TextCursorInSelection %W]} {
%W delete sel.first sel.last
} elseif {[%W compare end != insert+1c]} {
%W delete insert
}
%W see insert
}
bind Text <BackSpace> {
if {[tk::TextCursorInSelection %W]} {
%W delete sel.first sel.last
} elseif {[%W compare insert != 1.0]} {
%W delete insert-1c
}
%W see insert
}
bind Text <Control-space> {
%W mark set [tk::TextAnchor %W] insert
}
bind Text <Select> {
%W mark set [tk::TextAnchor %W] insert
}
bind Text <Control-Shift-space> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) char
tk::TextKeyExtend %W insert
}
bind Text <Shift-Select> {
set tk::Priv(selectMode) char
tk::TextKeyExtend %W insert
}
bind Text <Control-slash> {
%W tag add sel 1.0 end
}
bind Text <Control-backslash> {
%W tag remove sel 1.0 end
# An operation that clears the selection must insert an autoseparator,
# because the selection operation may have moved the insert mark
if {[%W cget -autoseparators]} {
%W edit separator
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
|| !$tk::Priv(mouseMoved)} {
tk::TextPasteSelection %W %x %y
}
}
bind Text <Insert> {
catch {tk::TextInsert %W [::tk::GetSelection %W PRIMARY]}
}
| | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 |
|| !$tk::Priv(mouseMoved)} {
tk::TextPasteSelection %W %x %y
}
}
bind Text <Insert> {
catch {tk::TextInsert %W [::tk::GetSelection %W PRIMARY]}
}
bind Text <KeyPress> {
tk::TextInsert %W %A
}
# Ignore all Alt, Meta, and Control keypresses unless explicitly bound.
# Otherwise, if a widget binding for one of these is defined, the
# <KeyPress> class binding will also fire and insert the character,
# which is wrong. Ditto for <Escape>.
bind Text <Alt-KeyPress> {# nothing }
bind Text <Meta-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind Text <Control-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind Text <Escape> {# nothing}
bind Text <KP_Enter> {# nothing}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Text <Command-KeyPress> {# nothing}
}
# Additional emacs-like bindings:
bind Text <Control-a> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextSetCursor %W {insert display linestart}
}
}
bind Text <Control-b> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextSetCursor %W insert-1displayindices
}
}
bind Text <Control-d> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif && [%W compare end != insert+1c]} {
%W delete insert
}
}
bind Text <Control-e> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextSetCursor %W {insert display lineend}
}
}
bind Text <Control-f> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextSetCursor %W insert+1displayindices
}
}
bind Text <Control-k> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif && [%W compare end != insert+1c]} {
if {[%W compare insert == {insert lineend}]} {
%W delete insert
} else {
%W delete insert {insert lineend}
}
}
}
bind Text <Control-n> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextUpDownLine %W 1]
}
}
bind Text <Control-o> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W insert insert \n
%W mark set insert insert-1c
}
}
bind Text <Control-p> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextUpDownLine %W -1]
}
}
bind Text <Control-t> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextTranspose %W
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
387 388 389 390 391 392 393 |
}
bind Text <Meta-Delete> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete [tk::TextPrevPos %W insert tcl_startOfPreviousWord] insert
}
}
| > | > > > | | | | < < < | < | > > | < > | | > > | | > | < | > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
}
bind Text <Meta-Delete> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W delete [tk::TextPrevPos %W insert tcl_startOfPreviousWord] insert
}
}
# Macintosh only bindings:
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Text <Option-Left> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextPrevPos %W insert tcl_startOfPreviousWord]
}
bind Text <Option-Right> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextNextWord %W insert]
}
bind Text <Option-Up> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextPrevPara %W insert]
}
bind Text <Option-Down> {
tk::TextSetCursor %W [tk::TextNextPara %W insert]
}
bind Text <Shift-Option-Left> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextPrevPos %W insert tcl_startOfPreviousWord]
}
bind Text <Shift-Option-Right> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextNextWord %W insert]
}
bind Text <Shift-Option-Up> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextPrevPara %W insert]
}
bind Text <Shift-Option-Down> {
tk::TextKeySelect %W [tk::TextNextPara %W insert]
}
bind Text <Control-v> {
tk::TextScrollPages %W 1
}
# End of Mac only bindings
}
# A few additional bindings of my own.
bind Text <Control-h> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif && [%W compare insert != 1.0]} {
%W delete insert-1c
%W see insert
}
}
bind Text <2> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextScanMark %W %x %y
}
}
bind Text <B2-Motion> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
tk::TextScanDrag %W %x %y
}
}
set ::tk::Priv(prevPos) {}
# The MouseWheel will typically only fire on Windows and MacOS X.
# However, someone could use the "event generate" command to produce one
# on other platforms. We must be careful not to round -ve values of %D
# down to zero.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind Text <MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {-15 * (%D)}] pixels
}
bind Text <Option-MouseWheel> {
%W yview scroll [expr {-150 * (%D)}] pixels
}
bind Text <Shift-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {-15 * (%D)}] pixels
}
bind Text <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> {
%W xview scroll [expr {-150 * (%D)}] pixels
}
} else {
# We must make sure that positive and negative movements are rounded
# equally to integers, avoiding the problem that
# (int)1/3 = 0,
# but
# (int)-1/3 = -1
# The following code ensure equal +/- behaviour.
bind Text <MouseWheel> {
if {%D >= 0} {
%W yview scroll [expr {-%D/3}] pixels
} else {
%W yview scroll [expr {(2-%D)/3}] pixels
}
}
}
if {"x11" eq [tk windowingsystem]} {
# Support for mousewheels on Linux/Unix commonly comes through mapping
# the wheel to the extended buttons. If you have a mousewheel, find
# Linux configuration info at:
# http://www.inria.fr/koala/colas/mouse-wheel-scroll/
bind Text <4> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W yview scroll -50 pixels
}
}
bind Text <5> {
if {!$tk_strictMotif} {
%W yview scroll 50 pixels
}
}
}
# ::tk::TextClosestGap --
# Given x and y coordinates, this procedure finds the closest boundary
# between characters to the given coordinates and returns the index
# of the character just after the boundary.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
499 500 501 502 503 504 505 |
# relative to the gap
set bbox [$w bbox [$w index $anchorname]]
if {$x > [lindex $bbox 0]} {
$w mark gravity $anchorname right
} else {
$w mark gravity $anchorname left
}
| > > > > | > | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 |
# relative to the gap
set bbox [$w bbox [$w index $anchorname]]
if {$x > [lindex $bbox 0]} {
$w mark gravity $anchorname right
} else {
$w mark gravity $anchorname left
}
# Allow focus in any case on Windows, because that will let the
# selection be displayed even for state disabled text widgets.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "win32" \
|| [$w cget -state] eq "normal"} {
focus $w
}
if {[$w cget -autoseparators]} {
$w edit separator
}
}
# ::tk::TextSelectTo --
# This procedure is invoked to extend the selection, typically when
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 |
if {![info exists Priv(textanchor,$w)]} {
set Priv(textanchor,$w) tk::anchor[incr Priv(textanchoruid)]
}
return $Priv(textanchor,$w)
}
proc ::tk::TextSelectTo {w x y {extend 0}} {
variable ::tk::Priv
set anchorname [tk::TextAnchor $w]
set cur [TextClosestGap $w $x $y]
if {[catch {$w index $anchorname}]} {
$w mark set $anchorname $cur
}
| > | 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 |
if {![info exists Priv(textanchor,$w)]} {
set Priv(textanchor,$w) tk::anchor[incr Priv(textanchoruid)]
}
return $Priv(textanchor,$w)
}
proc ::tk::TextSelectTo {w x y {extend 0}} {
global tcl_platform
variable ::tk::Priv
set anchorname [tk::TextAnchor $w]
set cur [TextClosestGap $w $x $y]
if {[catch {$w index $anchorname}]} {
$w mark set $anchorname $cur
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
727 728 729 730 731 732 733 |
if {[$w compare $new < insert]} {
$w tag add sel $new insert
} else {
$w tag add sel insert $new
}
$w mark set $anchorname insert
} else {
| < < < | 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 |
if {[$w compare $new < insert]} {
$w tag add sel $new insert
} else {
$w tag add sel insert $new
}
$w mark set $anchorname insert
} else {
if {[$w compare $new < $anchorname]} {
set first $new
set last $anchorname
} else {
set first $anchorname
set last $new
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
832 833 834 835 836 837 838 |
proc ::tk::TextInsert {w s} {
if {$s eq "" || [$w cget -state] eq "disabled"} {
return
}
set compound 0
if {[TextCursorInSelection $w]} {
| | | < | | | | | > < | | | > | 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 |
proc ::tk::TextInsert {w s} {
if {$s eq "" || [$w cget -state] eq "disabled"} {
return
}
set compound 0
if {[TextCursorInSelection $w]} {
set compound [$w cget -autoseparators]
if {$compound} {
$w configure -autoseparators 0
$w edit separator
}
$w delete sel.first sel.last
}
$w insert insert $s
$w see insert
if {$compound} {
$w edit separator
$w configure -autoseparators 1
}
}
# ::tk::TextUpDownLine --
# Returns the index of the character one display line above or below the
# insertion cursor. There are two tricky things here. First, we want to
# maintain the original x position across repeated operations, even though
# some lines that will get passed through don't have enough characters to
# cover the original column. Second, don't try to scroll past the
# beginning or end of the text.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The text window in which the cursor is to move.
# n - The number of display lines to move: -1 for up one line,
# +1 for down one line.
proc ::tk::TextUpDownLine {w n} {
variable ::tk::Priv
set i [$w index insert]
if {$Priv(prevPos) ne $i} {
set Priv(textPosOrig) $i
}
set lines [$w count -displaylines $Priv(textPosOrig) $i]
set new [$w index \
"$Priv(textPosOrig) + [expr {$lines + $n}] displaylines"]
if {[$w compare $new == end] \
|| [$w compare $new == "insert display linestart"]} {
set new $i
}
set Priv(prevPos) $new
return $new
}
# ::tk::TextPrevPara --
# Returns the index of the beginning of the paragraph just before a given
# position in the text (the beginning of a paragraph is the first non-blank
# character after a blank line).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 |
# w - Name of a text widget.
proc ::tk_textCut w {
if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
# make <<Cut>> an atomic operation on the Undo stack,
# i.e. separate it from other delete operations on either side
set oldSeparator [$w cget -autoseparators]
| | | > | 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 |
# w - Name of a text widget.
proc ::tk_textCut w {
if {![catch {set data [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
# make <<Cut>> an atomic operation on the Undo stack,
# i.e. separate it from other delete operations on either side
set oldSeparator [$w cget -autoseparators]
if {$oldSeparator} {
$w edit separator
}
clipboard clear -displayof $w
clipboard append -displayof $w $data
$w delete sel.first sel.last
if {$oldSeparator} {
$w edit separator
}
}
}
# ::tk_textPaste --
# This procedure pastes the contents of the clipboard to the insertion
# point in a text widget.
#
# Arguments:
# w - Name of a text widget.
proc ::tk_textPaste w {
global tcl_platform
if {![catch {::tk::GetSelection $w CLIPBOARD} sel]} {
set oldSeparator [$w cget -autoseparators]
if {$oldSeparator} {
$w configure -autoseparators 0
$w edit separator
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "x11"} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 |
if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
}
if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
$w scan dragto $x $y
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 |
if {($x != $Priv(x)) || ($y != $Priv(y))} {
set Priv(mouseMoved) 1
}
if {[info exists Priv(mouseMoved)] && $Priv(mouseMoved)} {
$w scan dragto $x $y
}
}
|
Changes to library/tk.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # tk.tcl -- # # Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based # application. Arranges class bindings for widgets. # | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
# tk.tcl --
#
# Initialization script normally executed in the interpreter for each Tk-based
# application. Arranges class bindings for widgets.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
# this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
# Verify that we have Tk binary and script components from the same release
package require -exact Tk 8.5.19
# Create a ::tk namespace
namespace eval ::tk {
# Set up the msgcat commands
namespace eval msgcat {
namespace export mc mcmax
if {[interp issafe] || [catch {package require msgcat}]} {
# The msgcat package is not available. Supply our own minimal
# replacement.
proc mc {src args} {
return [format $src {*}$args]
}
proc mcmax {args} {
set max 0
foreach string $args {
set len [string length $string]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
}
}
# Add Ttk & Tk's directory to the end of the auto-load search path, if it
# isn't already on the path:
if {[info exists ::auto_path] && ($::tk_library ne "")
| | < | | | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
}
}
# Add Ttk & Tk's directory to the end of the auto-load search path, if it
# isn't already on the path:
if {[info exists ::auto_path] && ($::tk_library ne "")
&& ($::tk_library ni $::auto_path)} {
lappend ::auto_path $::tk_library $::ttk::library
}
# Turn off strict Motif look and feel as a default.
set ::tk_strictMotif 0
# Turn on useinputmethods (X Input Methods) by default. We catch this because
# safe interpreters may not allow the call.
catch {tk useinputmethods 1}
# ::tk::PlaceWindow --
# Place a toplevel at a particular position
# Arguments:
# toplevel name of toplevel window
# ?placement? pointer ?center? ; places $w centered on the pointer
# widget widgetPath ; centers $w over widget_name
# defaults to placing toplevel in the middle of the screen
# ?anchor? center or widgetPath
# Results:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
if {$y < [winfo vrooty $w]} {
set y [winfo vrooty $w]
} elseif {$y > ([winfo vrooty $w]+[winfo vrootheight $w]-[winfo reqheight $w])} {
set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $w]+[winfo vrootheight $w]-[winfo reqheight $w]}]
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
# Avoid the native menu bar which sits on top of everything.
| | < < | | | | | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
if {$y < [winfo vrooty $w]} {
set y [winfo vrooty $w]
} elseif {$y > ([winfo vrooty $w]+[winfo vrootheight $w]-[winfo reqheight $w])} {
set y [expr {[winfo vrooty $w]+[winfo vrootheight $w]-[winfo reqheight $w]}]
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
# Avoid the native menu bar which sits on top of everything.
if {$y < 22} { set y 22 }
}
}
wm maxsize $w [winfo vrootwidth $w] [winfo vrootheight $w]
wm geometry $w +$x+$y
wm deiconify $w
}
# ::tk::SetFocusGrab --
# Swap out current focus and grab temporarily (for dialogs)
# Arguments:
# grab new window to grab
# focus window to give focus to
# Results:
# Returns nothing
#
proc ::tk::SetFocusGrab {grab {focus {}}} {
set index "$grab,$focus"
upvar ::tk::FocusGrab($index) data
lappend data [focus]
set oldGrab [grab current $grab]
lappend data $oldGrab
if {[winfo exists $oldGrab]} {
lappend data [grab status $oldGrab]
}
# The "grab" command will fail if another application already holds the
# grab. So catch it.
catch {grab $grab}
if {[winfo exists $focus]} {
focus $focus
}
}
# ::tk::RestoreFocusGrab --
# Restore old focus and grab (for dialogs)
# Arguments:
# grab window that had taken grab
# focus window that had taken focus
# destroy destroy|withdraw - how to handle the old grabbed window
# Results:
# Returns nothing
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
} else {
grab $oldGrab
}
}
}
# ::tk::GetSelection --
| | | | | < | | | < < | < | < < | | | | | | | | > | > > > > | 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
} else {
grab $oldGrab
}
}
}
# ::tk::GetSelection --
# This tries to obtain the default selection. On Unix, we first try and get
# a UTF8_STRING, a type supported by modern Unix apps for passing Unicode
# data safely. We fall back on the default STRING type otherwise. On
# Windows, only the STRING type is necessary.
# Arguments:
# w The widget for which the selection will be retrieved.
# Important for the -displayof property.
# sel The source of the selection (PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD)
# Results:
# Returns the selection, or an error if none could be found
#
if {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"} {
proc ::tk::GetSelection {w {sel PRIMARY}} {
if {[catch {selection get -displayof $w -selection $sel \
-type UTF8_STRING} txt] \
&& [catch {selection get -displayof $w -selection $sel} txt]} {
return -code error "could not find default selection"
} else {
return $txt
}
}
} else {
proc ::tk::GetSelection {w {sel PRIMARY}} {
if {[catch {selection get -displayof $w -selection $sel} txt]} {
return -code error "could not find default selection"
} else {
return $txt
}
}
}
# ::tk::ScreenChanged --
# This procedure is invoked by the binding mechanism whenever the "current"
# screen is changing. The procedure does two things. First, it uses "upvar"
# to make variable "::tk::Priv" point at an array variable that holds state
# for the current display. Second, it initializes the array if it didn't
# already exist.
#
# Arguments:
# screen - The name of the new screen.
proc ::tk::ScreenChanged {screen} {
set x [string last . $screen]
if {$x > 0} {
set disp [string range $screen 0 [expr {$x - 1}]]
} else {
set disp $screen
}
# Ensure that namespace separators never occur in the display name (as
# they cause problems in variable names). Double-colons exist in some VNC
# display names. [Bug 2912473]
set disp [string map {:: _doublecolon_} $disp]
uplevel #0 [list upvar #0 ::tk::Priv.$disp ::tk::Priv]
variable ::tk::Priv
global tcl_platform
if {[info exists Priv]} {
set Priv(screen) $screen
return
}
array set Priv {
activeMenu {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
286 287 288 289 290 291 292 | # Do initial setup for Priv, so that it is always bound to something # (otherwise, if someone references it, it may get set to a non-upvar-ed # value, which will cause trouble later). tk::ScreenChanged [winfo screen .] # ::tk::EventMotifBindings -- | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < | | | | < < | < | | < < < | < < < | < < < < < | | < < | < < < < | | > | | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < | | | | | | | < | | | | | | < | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < > | > | | | | | > > > | | | | | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
# Do initial setup for Priv, so that it is always bound to something
# (otherwise, if someone references it, it may get set to a non-upvar-ed
# value, which will cause trouble later).
tk::ScreenChanged [winfo screen .]
# ::tk::EventMotifBindings --
# This procedure is invoked as a trace whenever ::tk_strictMotif is changed.
# It is used to turn on or turn off the motif virtual bindings.
#
# Arguments:
# n1 - the name of the variable being changed ("::tk_strictMotif").
proc ::tk::EventMotifBindings {n1 dummy dummy} {
upvar $n1 name
if {$name} {
set op delete
} else {
set op add
}
event $op <<Cut>> <Control-Key-w>
event $op <<Copy>> <Meta-Key-w>
event $op <<Paste>> <Control-Key-y>
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Define common dialogs on platforms where they are not implemented using
# compiled code.
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
if {![llength [info commands tk_chooseColor]]} {
proc ::tk_chooseColor {args} {
return [tk::dialog::color:: {*}$args]
}
}
if {![llength [info commands tk_getOpenFile]]} {
proc ::tk_getOpenFile {args} {
if {$::tk_strictMotif} {
return [tk::MotifFDialog open {*}$args]
} else {
return [::tk::dialog::file:: open {*}$args]
}
}
}
if {![llength [info commands tk_getSaveFile]]} {
proc ::tk_getSaveFile {args} {
if {$::tk_strictMotif} {
return [tk::MotifFDialog save {*}$args]
} else {
return [::tk::dialog::file:: save {*}$args]
}
}
}
if {![llength [info commands tk_messageBox]]} {
proc ::tk_messageBox {args} {
return [tk::MessageBox {*}$args]
}
}
if {![llength [info command tk_chooseDirectory]]} {
proc ::tk_chooseDirectory {args} {
return [::tk::dialog::file::chooseDir:: {*}$args]
}
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Define the set of common virtual events.
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
switch -exact -- [tk windowingsystem] {
"x11" {
event add <<Cut>> <Control-Key-x> <Key-F20> <Control-Lock-Key-X>
event add <<Copy>> <Control-Key-c> <Key-F16> <Control-Lock-Key-C>
event add <<Paste>> <Control-Key-v> <Key-F18> <Control-Lock-Key-V>
event add <<PasteSelection>> <ButtonRelease-2>
event add <<Undo>> <Control-Key-z> <Control-Lock-Key-Z>
event add <<Redo>> <Control-Key-Z> <Control-Lock-Key-z>
# Some OS's define a goofy (as in, not <Shift-Tab>) keysym that is
# returned when the user presses <Shift-Tab>. In order for tab
# traversal to work, we have to add these keysyms to the PrevWindow
# event. We use catch just in case the keysym isn't recognized. This
# is needed for XFree86 systems
catch { event add <<PrevWindow>> <ISO_Left_Tab> }
# This seems to be correct on *some* HP systems.
catch { event add <<PrevWindow>> <hpBackTab> }
trace add variable ::tk_strictMotif write ::tk::EventMotifBindings
set ::tk_strictMotif $::tk_strictMotif
# On unix, we want to always display entry/text selection, regardless
# of which window has focus
set ::tk::AlwaysShowSelection 1
}
"win32" {
event add <<Cut>> <Control-Key-x> <Shift-Key-Delete> \
<Control-Lock-Key-X>
event add <<Copy>> <Control-Key-c> <Control-Key-Insert> \
<Control-Lock-Key-C>
event add <<Paste>> <Control-Key-v> <Shift-Key-Insert> \
<Control-Lock-Key-V>
event add <<PasteSelection>> <ButtonRelease-2>
event add <<Undo>> <Control-Key-z> <Control-Lock-Key-Z>
event add <<Redo>> <Control-Key-y> <Control-Lock-Key-Y>
}
"aqua" {
event add <<Cut>> <Command-Key-x> <Key-F2> <Control-Lock-Key-X>
event add <<Copy>> <Command-Key-c> <Key-F3> <Control-Lock-Key-C>
event add <<Paste>> <Command-Key-v> <Key-F4> <Control-Lock-Key-V>
event add <<PasteSelection>> <ButtonRelease-2>
event add <<Clear>> <Clear>
event add <<Undo>> <Command-Key-z> <Control-Lock-Key-Z>
event add <<Redo>> <Command-Key-y> <Control-Lock-Key-Y>
}
}
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Read in files that define all of the class bindings.
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
if {$::tk_library ne ""} {
proc ::tk::SourceLibFile {file} {
namespace eval :: [list source [file join $::tk_library $file.tcl]]
}
namespace eval ::tk {
SourceLibFile button
SourceLibFile entry
SourceLibFile listbox
SourceLibFile menu
SourceLibFile panedwindow
SourceLibFile scale
SourceLibFile scrlbar
SourceLibFile spinbox
SourceLibFile text
}
}
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Default bindings for keyboard traversal.
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
event add <<PrevWindow>> <Shift-Tab>
bind all <Tab> {tk::TabToWindow [tk_focusNext %W]}
bind all <<PrevWindow>> {tk::TabToWindow [tk_focusPrev %W]}
# ::tk::CancelRepeat --
# This procedure is invoked to cancel an auto-repeat action described by
# ::tk::Priv(afterId). It's used by several widgets to auto-scroll the widget
# when the mouse is dragged out of the widget with a button pressed.
#
# Arguments:
# None.
proc ::tk::CancelRepeat {} {
variable ::tk::Priv
after cancel $Priv(afterId)
set Priv(afterId) {}
}
# ::tk::TabToWindow --
# This procedure moves the focus to the given widget.
# It sends a <<TraverseOut>> virtual event to the previous focus window, if
# any, before changing the focus, and a <<TraverseIn>> event to the new focus
# window afterwards.
#
# Arguments:
# w - Window to which focus should be set.
proc ::tk::TabToWindow {w} {
set focus [focus]
if {$focus ne ""} {
event generate $focus <<TraverseOut>>
}
focus $w
event generate $w <<TraverseIn>>
}
# ::tk::UnderlineAmpersand --
# This procedure takes some text with ampersand and returns text w/o ampersand
# and position of the ampersand. Double ampersands are converted to single
# ones. Position returned is -1 when there is no ampersand.
#
proc ::tk::UnderlineAmpersand {text} {
set s [string map {&& & & \ufeff} $text]
set idx [string first \ufeff $s]
return [list [string map {\ufeff {}} $s] $idx]
}
# ::tk::SetAmpText --
# Given widget path and text with "magic ampersands", sets -text and
# -underline options for the widget
#
proc ::tk::SetAmpText {widget text} {
lassign [UnderlineAmpersand $text] newtext under
$widget configure -text $newtext -underline $under
}
# ::tk::AmpWidget --
# Creates new widget, turning -text option into -text and -underline options,
# returned by ::tk::UnderlineAmpersand.
#
proc ::tk::AmpWidget {class path args} {
set options {}
foreach {opt val} $args {
if {$opt eq "-text"} {
lassign [UnderlineAmpersand $val] newtext under
lappend options -text $newtext -underline $under
} else {
lappend options $opt $val
}
}
set result [$class $path {*}$options]
if {[string match "*button" $class]} {
bind $path <<AltUnderlined>> [list $path invoke]
}
return $result
}
# ::tk::AmpMenuArgs --
# Processes arguments for a menu entry, turning -label option into -label and
# -underline options, returned by ::tk::UnderlineAmpersand.
#
proc ::tk::AmpMenuArgs {widget add type args} {
set options {}
foreach {opt val} $args {
if {$opt eq "-label"} {
lassign [UnderlineAmpersand $val] newlabel under
lappend options -label $newlabel -underline $under
} else {
lappend options $opt $val
}
}
$widget add $type {*}$options
}
# ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget --
# Search recursively through the hierarchy of visible widgets to find button
# or label which has $char as underlined character
#
proc ::tk::FindAltKeyTarget {path char} {
switch -- [winfo class $path] {
Button - Label -
TButton - TLabel - TCheckbutton {
if {[string equal -nocase $char \
[string index [$path cget -text] [$path cget -underline]]]} {
return $path
} else {
return {}
}
}
default {
foreach child [concat [grid slaves $path] \
[pack slaves $path] [place slaves $path]] {
set target [FindAltKeyTarget $child $char]
if {$target ne ""} {
return $target
}
}
}
}
return {}
}
# ::tk::AltKeyInDialog --
# <Alt-Key> event handler for standard dialogs. Sends <<AltUnderlined>> to
# button or label which has appropriate underlined character
#
proc ::tk::AltKeyInDialog {path key} {
set target [FindAltKeyTarget $path $key]
if { $target eq ""} return
event generate $target <<AltUnderlined>>
}
# ::tk::mcmaxamp --
# Replacement for mcmax, used for texts with "magic ampersand" in it.
#
proc ::tk::mcmaxamp {args} {
set maxlen 0
foreach arg $args {
# Should we run [mc] in caller's namespace?
lassign [UnderlineAmpersand [mc $arg]] msg
set length [string length $msg]
if {$length > $maxlen} {
set maxlen $length
}
}
return $maxlen
}
# For now, turn off the custom mdef proc for the mac:
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
namespace eval ::tk::mac {
variable useCustomMDEF 0
}
}
# Run the Ttk themed widget set initialization
if {$::ttk::library ne ""} {
uplevel \#0 [list source [file join $::ttk::library ttk.tcl]]
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# fill-column: 78
# End:
|
Changes to library/tkfbox.tcl.
1 2 | # tkfbox.tcl -- # | | | | | | | | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 |
# tkfbox.tcl --
#
# Implements the "TK" standard file selection dialog box. This
# dialog box is used on the Unix platforms whenever the tk_strictMotif
# flag is not set.
#
# The "TK" standard file selection dialog box is similar to the
# file selection dialog box on Win95(TM). The user can navigate
# the directories by clicking on the folder icons or by
# selecting the "Directory" option menu. The user can select
# files by clicking on the file icons or by entering a filename
# in the "Filename:" entry.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
package require Ttk
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# I C O N L I S T
#
# This is a pseudo-widget that implements the icon list inside the
# ::tk::dialog::file:: dialog box.
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# ::tk::IconList --
#
# Creates an IconList widget.
#
proc ::tk::IconList {w args} {
IconList_Config $w $args
IconList_Create $w
}
proc ::tk::IconList_Index {w i} {
upvar #0 ::tk::$w data ::tk::$w:itemList itemList
if {![info exists data(list)]} {
set data(list) {}
}
switch -regexp -- $i {
"^-?[0-9]+$" {
if {$i < 0} {
set i 0
}
if {$i >= [llength $data(list)]} {
set i [expr {[llength $data(list)] - 1}]
}
return $i
}
"^active$" {
return $data(index,active)
}
"^anchor$" {
return $data(index,anchor)
}
"^end$" {
return [llength $data(list)]
}
"@-?[0-9]+,-?[0-9]+" {
foreach {x y} [scan $i "@%d,%d"] {
break
}
set item [$data(canvas) find closest \
[$data(canvas) canvasx $x] [$data(canvas) canvasy $y]]
return [lindex [$data(canvas) itemcget $item -tags] 1]
}
}
}
proc ::tk::IconList_Selection {w op args} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
switch -exact -- $op {
"anchor" {
if {[llength $args] == 1} {
set data(index,anchor) [tk::IconList_Index $w [lindex $args 0]]
} else {
return $data(index,anchor)
}
}
"clear" {
if {[llength $args] == 2} {
foreach {first last} $args {
break
}
} elseif {[llength $args] == 1} {
set first [set last [lindex $args 0]]
} else {
error "wrong # args: should be [lindex [info level 0] 0] path\
clear first ?last?"
}
set first [IconList_Index $w $first]
set last [IconList_Index $w $last]
if {$first > $last} {
set tmp $first
set first $last
set last $tmp
}
set ind 0
foreach item $data(selection) {
if { $item >= $first } {
set first $ind
break
}
incr ind
}
set ind [expr {[llength $data(selection)] - 1}]
for {} {$ind >= 0} {incr ind -1} {
set item [lindex $data(selection) $ind]
if { $item <= $last } {
set last $ind
break
}
}
if { $first > $last } {
return
}
set data(selection) [lreplace $data(selection) $first $last]
event generate $w <<ListboxSelect>>
IconList_DrawSelection $w
}
"includes" {
set index [lsearch -exact $data(selection) [lindex $args 0]]
return [expr {$index != -1}]
}
"set" {
if { [llength $args] == 2 } {
foreach {first last} $args {
break
}
} elseif { [llength $args] == 1 } {
set last [set first [lindex $args 0]]
} else {
error "wrong # args: should be [lindex [info level 0] 0] path\
set first ?last?"
}
set first [IconList_Index $w $first]
set last [IconList_Index $w $last]
if { $first > $last } {
set tmp $first
set first $last
set last $tmp
}
for {set i $first} {$i <= $last} {incr i} {
lappend data(selection) $i
}
set data(selection) [lsort -integer -unique $data(selection)]
event generate $w <<ListboxSelect>>
IconList_DrawSelection $w
}
}
}
proc ::tk::IconList_CurSelection {w} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
return $data(selection)
}
proc ::tk::IconList_DrawSelection {w} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
upvar ::tk::$w:itemList itemList
$data(canvas) delete selection
$data(canvas) itemconfigure selectionText -fill black
$data(canvas) dtag selectionText
set cbg [ttk::style lookup TEntry -selectbackground focus]
set cfg [ttk::style lookup TEntry -selectforeground focus]
foreach item $data(selection) {
set rTag [lindex [lindex $data(list) $item] 2]
foreach {iTag tTag text serial} $itemList($rTag) {
break
}
set bbox [$data(canvas) bbox $tTag]
$data(canvas) create rect $bbox -fill $cbg -outline $cbg \
-tags selection
$data(canvas) itemconfigure $tTag -fill $cfg -tags selectionText
}
$data(canvas) lower selection
return
}
proc ::tk::IconList_Get {w item} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
upvar ::tk::$w:itemList itemList
set rTag [lindex [lindex $data(list) $item] 2]
foreach {iTag tTag text serial} $itemList($rTag) {
break
}
return $text
}
# ::tk::IconList_Config --
#
# Configure the widget variables of IconList, according to the command
# line arguments.
#
proc ::tk::IconList_Config {w argList} {
# 1: the configuration specs
#
set specs {
{-command "" "" ""}
{-multiple "" "" "0"}
}
# 2: parse the arguments
#
tclParseConfigSpec ::tk::$w $specs "" $argList
}
# ::tk::IconList_Create --
#
# Creates an IconList widget by assembling a canvas widget and a
# scrollbar widget. Sets all the bindings necessary for the IconList's
# operations.
#
proc ::tk::IconList_Create {w} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
ttk::frame $w
ttk::entry $w.cHull -takefocus 0 -cursor {}
set data(sbar) [ttk::scrollbar $w.cHull.sbar -orient horizontal -takefocus 0]
catch {$data(sbar) configure -highlightthickness 0}
set data(canvas) [canvas $w.cHull.canvas -highlightthick 0 \
-width 400 -height 120 -takefocus 1 -background white]
pack $data(sbar) -side bottom -fill x -padx 2 -in $w.cHull -pady {0 2}
pack $data(canvas) -expand yes -fill both -padx 2 -pady {2 0}
pack $w.cHull -expand yes -fill both -ipadx 2 -ipady 2
$data(sbar) configure -command [list $data(canvas) xview]
$data(canvas) configure -xscrollcommand [list $data(sbar) set]
# Initializes the max icon/text width and height and other variables
#
set data(maxIW) 1
set data(maxIH) 1
set data(maxTW) 1
set data(maxTH) 1
set data(numItems) 0
set data(noScroll) 1
set data(selection) {}
set data(index,anchor) ""
set fg [option get $data(canvas) foreground Foreground]
if {$fg eq ""} {
set data(fill) black
} else {
set data(fill) $fg
}
# Creates the event bindings.
#
bind $data(canvas) <Configure> [list tk::IconList_Arrange $w]
bind $data(canvas) <1> [list tk::IconList_Btn1 $w %x %y]
bind $data(canvas) <B1-Motion> [list tk::IconList_Motion1 $w %x %y]
bind $data(canvas) <B1-Leave> [list tk::IconList_Leave1 $w %x %y]
bind $data(canvas) <Control-1> [list tk::IconList_CtrlBtn1 $w %x %y]
bind $data(canvas) <Shift-1> [list tk::IconList_ShiftBtn1 $w %x %y]
bind $data(canvas) <B1-Enter> [list tk::CancelRepeat]
bind $data(canvas) <ButtonRelease-1> [list tk::CancelRepeat]
bind $data(canvas) <Double-ButtonRelease-1> \
[list tk::IconList_Double1 $w %x %y]
bind $data(canvas) <Control-B1-Motion> {;}
bind $data(canvas) <Shift-B1-Motion> \
[list tk::IconList_ShiftMotion1 $w %x %y]
bind $data(canvas) <Up> [list tk::IconList_UpDown $w -1]
bind $data(canvas) <Down> [list tk::IconList_UpDown $w 1]
bind $data(canvas) <Left> [list tk::IconList_LeftRight $w -1]
bind $data(canvas) <Right> [list tk::IconList_LeftRight $w 1]
bind $data(canvas) <Return> [list tk::IconList_ReturnKey $w]
bind $data(canvas) <KeyPress> [list tk::IconList_KeyPress $w %A]
bind $data(canvas) <Control-KeyPress> ";"
bind $data(canvas) <Alt-KeyPress> ";"
bind $data(canvas) <FocusIn> [list tk::IconList_FocusIn $w]
bind $data(canvas) <FocusOut> [list tk::IconList_FocusOut $w]
return $w
}
# ::tk::IconList_AutoScan --
#
# This procedure is invoked when the mouse leaves an entry window
# with button 1 down. It scrolls the window up, down, left, or
# right, depending on where the mouse left the window, and reschedules
# itself as an "after" command so that the window continues to scroll until
# the mouse moves back into the window or the mouse button is released.
#
# Arguments:
# w - The IconList window.
#
proc ::tk::IconList_AutoScan {w} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
variable ::tk::Priv
if {![winfo exists $w]} return
set x $Priv(x)
set y $Priv(y)
if {$data(noScroll)} {
return
}
if {$x >= [winfo width $data(canvas)]} {
$data(canvas) xview scroll 1 units
} elseif {$x < 0} {
$data(canvas) xview scroll -1 units
} elseif {$y >= [winfo height $data(canvas)]} {
# do nothing
} elseif {$y < 0} {
# do nothing
} else {
return
}
IconList_Motion1 $w $x $y
set Priv(afterId) [after 50 [list tk::IconList_AutoScan $w]]
}
# Deletes all the items inside the canvas subwidget and reset the IconList's
# state.
#
proc ::tk::IconList_DeleteAll {w} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
upvar ::tk::$w:itemList itemList
$data(canvas) delete all
unset -nocomplain data(selected) data(rect) data(list) itemList
set data(maxIW) 1
set data(maxIH) 1
set data(maxTW) 1
set data(maxTH) 1
set data(numItems) 0
set data(noScroll) 1
set data(selection) {}
set data(index,anchor) ""
$data(sbar) set 0.0 1.0
$data(canvas) xview moveto 0
}
# Adds an icon into the IconList with the designated image and text
#
proc ::tk::IconList_Add {w image items} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
upvar ::tk::$w:itemList itemList
upvar ::tk::$w:textList textList
foreach text $items {
set iTag [$data(canvas) create image 0 0 -image $image -anchor nw \
-tags [list icon $data(numItems) item$data(numItems)]]
set tTag [$data(canvas) create text 0 0 -text $text -anchor nw \
-font $data(font) -fill $data(fill) \
-tags [list text $data(numItems) item$data(numItems)]]
set rTag [$data(canvas) create rect 0 0 0 0 -fill "" -outline "" \
-tags [list rect $data(numItems) item$data(numItems)]]
foreach {x1 y1 x2 y2} [$data(canvas) bbox $iTag] {
break
}
set iW [expr {$x2 - $x1}]
set iH [expr {$y2 - $y1}]
if {$data(maxIW) < $iW} {
set data(maxIW) $iW
}
if {$data(maxIH) < $iH} {
set data(maxIH) $iH
}
foreach {x1 y1 x2 y2} [$data(canvas) bbox $tTag] {
break
}
set tW [expr {$x2 - $x1}]
set tH [expr {$y2 - $y1}]
if {$data(maxTW) < $tW} {
set data(maxTW) $tW
}
if {$data(maxTH) < $tH} {
set data(maxTH) $tH
}
lappend data(list) [list $iTag $tTag $rTag $iW $iH $tW \
$tH $data(numItems)]
set itemList($rTag) [list $iTag $tTag $text $data(numItems)]
set textList($data(numItems)) [string tolower $text]
incr data(numItems)
}
}
# Places the icons in a column-major arrangement.
#
proc ::tk::IconList_Arrange {w} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
if {![info exists data(list)]} {
if {[info exists data(canvas)] && [winfo exists $data(canvas)]} {
set data(noScroll) 1
$data(sbar) configure -command ""
}
return
}
set W [winfo width $data(canvas)]
set H [winfo height $data(canvas)]
set pad [expr {[$data(canvas) cget -highlightthickness] + \
[$data(canvas) cget -bd]}]
if {$pad < 2} {
set pad 2
}
incr W -[expr {$pad*2}]
incr H -[expr {$pad*2}]
set dx [expr {$data(maxIW) + $data(maxTW) + 8}]
if {$data(maxTH) > $data(maxIH)} {
set dy $data(maxTH)
} else {
set dy $data(maxIH)
}
incr dy 2
set shift [expr {$data(maxIW) + 4}]
set x [expr {$pad * 2}]
set y [expr {$pad * 1}] ; # Why * 1 ?
set usedColumn 0
foreach sublist $data(list) {
set usedColumn 1
foreach {iTag tTag rTag iW iH tW tH} $sublist {
break
}
set i_dy [expr {($dy - $iH)/2}]
set t_dy [expr {($dy - $tH)/2}]
$data(canvas) coords $iTag $x [expr {$y + $i_dy}]
$data(canvas) coords $tTag [expr {$x + $shift}] [expr {$y + $t_dy}]
$data(canvas) coords $rTag $x $y [expr {$x+$dx}] [expr {$y+$dy}]
incr y $dy
if {($y + $dy) > $H} {
set y [expr {$pad * 1}] ; # *1 ?
incr x $dx
set usedColumn 0
}
}
if {$usedColumn} {
set sW [expr {$x + $dx}]
} else {
set sW $x
}
if {$sW < $W} {
$data(canvas) configure -scrollregion [list $pad $pad $sW $H]
$data(sbar) configure -command ""
$data(canvas) xview moveto 0
set data(noScroll) 1
} else {
$data(canvas) configure -scrollregion [list $pad $pad $sW $H]
$data(sbar) configure -command [list $data(canvas) xview]
set data(noScroll) 0
}
set data(itemsPerColumn) [expr {($H-$pad)/$dy}]
if {$data(itemsPerColumn) < 1} {
set data(itemsPerColumn) 1
}
IconList_DrawSelection $w
}
# Gets called when the user invokes the IconList (usually by double-clicking
# or pressing the Return key).
#
proc ::tk::IconList_Invoke {w} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
if {$data(-command) ne "" && [llength $data(selection)]} {
uplevel #0 $data(-command)
}
}
# ::tk::IconList_See --
#
# If the item is not (completely) visible, scroll the canvas so that
# it becomes visible.
proc ::tk::IconList_See {w rTag} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
upvar ::tk::$w:itemList itemList
if {$data(noScroll)} {
return
}
set sRegion [$data(canvas) cget -scrollregion]
if {$sRegion eq ""} {
return
}
if { $rTag < 0 || $rTag >= [llength $data(list)] } {
return
}
set bbox [$data(canvas) bbox item$rTag]
set pad [expr {[$data(canvas) cget -highlightthickness] + \
[$data(canvas) cget -bd]}]
set x1 [lindex $bbox 0]
set x2 [lindex $bbox 2]
incr x1 -[expr {$pad * 2}]
incr x2 -[expr {$pad * 1}] ; # *1 ?
set cW [expr {[winfo width $data(canvas)] - $pad*2}]
set scrollW [expr {[lindex $sRegion 2]-[lindex $sRegion 0]+1}]
set dispX [expr {int([lindex [$data(canvas) xview] 0]*$scrollW)}]
set oldDispX $dispX
# check if out of the right edge
#
if {($x2 - $dispX) >= $cW} {
set dispX [expr {$x2 - $cW}]
}
# check if out of the left edge
#
if {($x1 - $dispX) < 0} {
set dispX $x1
}
if {$oldDispX ne $dispX} {
set fraction [expr {double($dispX)/double($scrollW)}]
$data(canvas) xview moveto $fraction
}
}
proc ::tk::IconList_Btn1 {w x y} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
focus $data(canvas)
set i [IconList_Index $w @$x,$y]
if {$i eq ""} {
return
}
IconList_Selection $w clear 0 end
IconList_Selection $w set $i
IconList_Selection $w anchor $i
}
proc ::tk::IconList_CtrlBtn1 {w x y} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
if { $data(-multiple) } {
focus $data(canvas)
set i [IconList_Index $w @$x,$y]
if {$i eq ""} {
return
}
if { [IconList_Selection $w includes $i] } {
IconList_Selection $w clear $i
} else {
IconList_Selection $w set $i
IconList_Selection $w anchor $i
}
}
}
proc ::tk::IconList_ShiftBtn1 {w x y} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
if { $data(-multiple) } {
focus $data(canvas)
set i [IconList_Index $w @$x,$y]
if {$i eq ""} {
return
}
if {[IconList_Index $w anchor] eq ""} {
IconList_Selection $w anchor $i
}
IconList_Selection $w clear 0 end
IconList_Selection $w set anchor $i
}
}
# Gets called on button-1 motions
#
proc ::tk::IconList_Motion1 {w x y} {
variable ::tk::Priv
set Priv(x) $x
set Priv(y) $y
set i [IconList_Index $w @$x,$y]
if {$i eq ""} {
return
}
IconList_Selection $w clear 0 end
IconList_Selection $w set $i
}
proc ::tk::IconList_ShiftMotion1 {w x y} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
variable ::tk::Priv
set Priv(x) $x
set Priv(y) $y
set i [IconList_Index $w @$x,$y]
if {$i eq ""} {
return
}
IconList_Selection $w clear 0 end
IconList_Selection $w set anchor $i
}
proc ::tk::IconList_Double1 {w x y} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
if {[llength $data(selection)]} {
IconList_Invoke $w
}
}
proc ::tk::IconList_ReturnKey {w} {
IconList_Invoke $w
}
proc ::tk::IconList_Leave1 {w x y} {
variable ::tk::Priv
set Priv(x) $x
set Priv(y) $y
IconList_AutoScan $w
}
proc ::tk::IconList_FocusIn {w} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
$w.cHull state focus
if {![info exists data(list)]} {
return
}
if {[llength $data(selection)]} {
IconList_DrawSelection $w
}
}
proc ::tk::IconList_FocusOut {w} {
$w.cHull state !focus
IconList_Selection $w clear 0 end
}
# ::tk::IconList_UpDown --
#
# Moves the active element up or down by one element
#
# Arguments:
# w - The IconList widget.
# amount - +1 to move down one item, -1 to move back one item.
#
proc ::tk::IconList_UpDown {w amount} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
if {![info exists data(list)]} {
return
}
set curr [tk::IconList_CurSelection $w]
if { [llength $curr] == 0 } {
set i 0
} else {
set i [tk::IconList_Index $w anchor]
if {$i eq ""} {
return
}
incr i $amount
}
IconList_Selection $w clear 0 end
IconList_Selection $w set $i
IconList_Selection $w anchor $i
IconList_See $w $i
}
# ::tk::IconList_LeftRight --
#
# Moves the active element left or right by one column
#
# Arguments:
# w - The IconList widget.
# amount - +1 to move right one column, -1 to move left one column.
#
proc ::tk::IconList_LeftRight {w amount} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
if {![info exists data(list)]} {
return
}
set curr [IconList_CurSelection $w]
if { [llength $curr] == 0 } {
set i 0
} else {
set i [IconList_Index $w anchor]
if {$i eq ""} {
return
}
incr i [expr {$amount*$data(itemsPerColumn)}]
}
IconList_Selection $w clear 0 end
IconList_Selection $w set $i
IconList_Selection $w anchor $i
IconList_See $w $i
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Accelerator key bindings
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# ::tk::IconList_KeyPress --
#
# Gets called when user enters an arbitrary key in the listbox.
#
proc ::tk::IconList_KeyPress {w key} {
variable ::tk::Priv
append Priv(ILAccel,$w) $key
IconList_Goto $w $Priv(ILAccel,$w)
catch {
after cancel $Priv(ILAccel,$w,afterId)
}
set Priv(ILAccel,$w,afterId) [after 500 [list tk::IconList_Reset $w]]
}
proc ::tk::IconList_Goto {w text} {
upvar ::tk::$w data
upvar ::tk::$w:textList textList
if {![info exists data(list)]} {
return
}
if {$text eq "" || $data(numItems) == 0} {
return
}
if {[llength [IconList_CurSelection $w]]} {
set start [IconList_Index $w anchor]
} else {
set start 0
}
set theIndex -1
set less 0
set len [string length $text]
set len0 [expr {$len-1}]
set i $start
# Search forward until we find a filename whose prefix is a
# case-insensitive match with $text
while {1} {
if {[string equal -nocase -length $len0 $textList($i) $text]} {
set theIndex $i
break
}
incr i
if {$i == $data(numItems)} {
set i 0
}
if {$i == $start} {
break
}
}
if {$theIndex > -1} {
IconList_Selection $w clear 0 end
IconList_Selection $w set $theIndex
IconList_Selection $w anchor $theIndex
IconList_See $w $theIndex
}
}
proc ::tk::IconList_Reset {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
unset -nocomplain Priv(ILAccel,$w)
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# F I L E D I A L O G
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace eval ::tk::dialog {}
namespace eval ::tk::dialog::file {
namespace import -force ::tk::msgcat::*
set ::tk::dialog::file::showHiddenBtn 0
set ::tk::dialog::file::showHiddenVar 1
}
# ::tk::dialog::file:: --
#
# Implements the TK file selection dialog. This dialog is used when
# the tk_strictMotif flag is set to false. This procedure shouldn't
# be called directly. Call tk_getOpenFile or tk_getSaveFile instead.
#
# Arguments:
# type "open" or "save"
# args Options parsed by the procedure.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file:: {type args} {
variable ::tk::Priv
set dataName __tk_filedialog
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName data
Config $dataName $type $args
if {$data(-parent) eq "."} {
set w .$dataName
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
set data(typeMenuBtn) $w.contents.f2.menu
set data(typeMenu) $data(typeMenuBtn).m
set data(okBtn) $w.contents.f2.ok
set data(cancelBtn) $w.contents.f2.cancel
set data(hiddenBtn) $w.contents.f2.hidden
SetSelectMode $w $data(-multiple)
}
| | | | | | | | | 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 |
set data(typeMenuBtn) $w.contents.f2.menu
set data(typeMenu) $data(typeMenuBtn).m
set data(okBtn) $w.contents.f2.ok
set data(cancelBtn) $w.contents.f2.cancel
set data(hiddenBtn) $w.contents.f2.hidden
SetSelectMode $w $data(-multiple)
}
if {$::tk::dialog::file::showHiddenBtn} {
$data(hiddenBtn) configure -state normal
grid $data(hiddenBtn)
} else {
$data(hiddenBtn) configure -state disabled
grid remove $data(hiddenBtn)
}
# Make sure subseqent uses of this dialog are independent [Bug 845189]
unset -nocomplain data(extUsed)
# Dialog boxes should be transient with respect to their parent,
# so that they will always stay on top of their parent window. However,
# some window managers will create the window as withdrawn if the parent
# window is withdrawn or iconified. Combined with the grab we put on the
# window, this can hang the entire application. Therefore we only make
# the dialog transient if the parent is viewable.
if {[winfo viewable [winfo toplevel $data(-parent)]]} {
wm transient $w $data(-parent)
}
# Add traces on the selectPath variable
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
}
}
foreach type $data(-filetypes) {
set title [lindex $type 0]
set filter [lindex $type 1]
$data(typeMenu) add command -label $title \
-command [list ::tk::dialog::file::SetFilter $w $type]
| | | 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 |
}
}
foreach type $data(-filetypes) {
set title [lindex $type 0]
set filter [lindex $type 1]
$data(typeMenu) add command -label $title \
-command [list ::tk::dialog::file::SetFilter $w $type]
# string first avoids glob-pattern char issues
if {[string first ${initialTypeName} $title] == 0} {
set initialtype $type
}
}
SetFilter $w $initialtype
$data(typeMenuBtn) configure -state normal
$data(typeMenuLab) configure -state normal
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 |
::tk::SetFocusGrab $w $data(ent)
$data(ent) delete 0 end
$data(ent) insert 0 $data(selectFile)
$data(ent) selection range 0 end
$data(ent) icursor end
| | | | > | | | | 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 |
::tk::SetFocusGrab $w $data(ent)
$data(ent) delete 0 end
$data(ent) insert 0 $data(selectFile)
$data(ent) selection range 0 end
$data(ent) icursor end
# Wait for the user to respond, then restore the focus and
# return the index of the selected button. Restore the focus
# before deleting the window, since otherwise the window manager
# may take the focus away so we can't redirect it. Finally,
# restore any grab that was in effect.
vwait ::tk::Priv(selectFilePath)
::tk::RestoreFocusGrab $w $data(ent) withdraw
# Cleanup traces on selectPath variable
#
foreach trace [trace info variable data(selectPath)] {
trace remove variable data(selectPath) [lindex $trace 0] [lindex $trace 1]
}
$data(dirMenuBtn) configure -textvariable {}
return $Priv(selectFilePath)
}
# ::tk::dialog::file::Config --
#
# Configures the TK filedialog according to the argument list
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::Config {dataName type argList} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName data
set data(type) $type
# 0: Delete all variable that were set on data(selectPath) the
# last time the file dialog is used. The traces may cause troubles
# if the dialog is now used with a different -parent option.
foreach trace [trace info variable data(selectPath)] {
trace remove variable data(selectPath) [lindex $trace 0] [lindex $trace 1]
}
# 1: the configuration specs
#
set specs {
{-defaultextension "" "" ""}
{-filetypes "" "" ""}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
306 307 308 309 310 311 312 |
set data(selectPath) [pwd]
}
}
set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)
# 5. Parse the -filetypes option
#
| < < | | | | 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 |
set data(selectPath) [pwd]
}
}
set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)
# 5. Parse the -filetypes option
#
set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]
if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
error "bad window path name \"$data(-parent)\""
}
# Set -multiple to a one or zero value (not other boolean types
# like "yes") so we can use it in tests more easily.
if {$type eq "save"} {
set data(-multiple) 0
} elseif {$data(-multiple)} {
set data(-multiple) 1
} else {
set data(-multiple) 0
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
349 350 351 352 353 354 355 |
set data(dirMenuBtn) $f1.menu
if {![info exists data(selectPath)]} {
set data(selectPath) ""
}
set data(dirMenu) $f1.menu.menu
ttk::menubutton $f1.menu -menu $data(dirMenu) -direction flush \
-textvariable [format %s(selectPath) ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName]
| | < > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 |
set data(dirMenuBtn) $f1.menu
if {![info exists data(selectPath)]} {
set data(selectPath) ""
}
set data(dirMenu) $f1.menu.menu
ttk::menubutton $f1.menu -menu $data(dirMenu) -direction flush \
-textvariable [format %s(selectPath) ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName]
[menu $data(dirMenu) -tearoff 0] add radiobutton -label "" -variable \
[format %s(selectPath) ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName]
set data(upBtn) [ttk::button $f1.up]
if {![info exists Priv(updirImage)]} {
set Priv(updirImage) [image create bitmap -data {
#define updir_width 28
#define updir_height 16
static char updir_bits[] = {
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00,
0x20, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,
0x10, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, 0x07, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x01,
0x10, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,
0x10, 0xfe, 0x07, 0x01, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01,
0xf0, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01};}]
}
$data(upBtn) configure -image $Priv(updirImage)
$f1.menu configure -takefocus 1;# -highlightthickness 2
pack $data(upBtn) -side right -padx 4 -fill both
pack $f1.lab -side left -padx 4 -fill both
pack $f1.menu -expand yes -fill both -padx 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
389 390 391 392 393 394 395 |
#
set f2 [ttk::frame $w.contents.f2]
bind [::tk::AmpWidget ttk::label $f2.lab -text $fNameCaption -anchor e]\
<<AltUnderlined>> [list focus $f2.ent]
# -pady 0
set data(ent) [ttk::entry $f2.ent]
| | | | | | | 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 |
#
set f2 [ttk::frame $w.contents.f2]
bind [::tk::AmpWidget ttk::label $f2.lab -text $fNameCaption -anchor e]\
<<AltUnderlined>> [list focus $f2.ent]
# -pady 0
set data(ent) [ttk::entry $f2.ent]
# The font to use for the icons. The default Canvas font on Unix
# is just deviant.
set ::tk::$w.contents.icons(font) [$data(ent) cget -font]
# Make the file types bits only if this is a File Dialog
if {$class eq "TkFDialog"} {
set data(typeMenuLab) [::tk::AmpWidget ttk::label $f2.lab2 \
-text $fTypeCaption -anchor e]
# -pady [$f2.lab cget -pady]
set data(typeMenuBtn) [ttk::menubutton $f2.menu \
-menu $f2.menu.m]
# -indicatoron 1
set data(typeMenu) [menu $data(typeMenuBtn).m -tearoff 0]
# $data(typeMenuBtn) configure -takefocus 1 -relief raised -anchor w
bind $data(typeMenuLab) <<AltUnderlined>> [list \
focus $data(typeMenuBtn)]
}
# The hidden button is displayed when ::tk::dialog::file::showHiddenBtn
# is true. Create it disabled so the binding doesn't trigger if it
# isn't shown.
if {$class eq "TkFDialog"} {
set text [mc "Show &Hidden Files and Directories"]
} else {
set text [mc "Show &Hidden Directories"]
}
set data(hiddenBtn) [::tk::AmpWidget ttk::checkbutton $f2.hidden \
-text $text -state disabled \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
459 460 461 462 463 464 465 |
# Set up the event handlers that are common to Directory and File Dialogs
#
wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list ::tk::dialog::file::CancelCmd $w]
$data(upBtn) configure -command [list ::tk::dialog::file::UpDirCmd $w]
$data(cancelBtn) configure -command [list ::tk::dialog::file::CancelCmd $w]
| | | 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 |
# Set up the event handlers that are common to Directory and File Dialogs
#
wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list ::tk::dialog::file::CancelCmd $w]
$data(upBtn) configure -command [list ::tk::dialog::file::UpDirCmd $w]
$data(cancelBtn) configure -command [list ::tk::dialog::file::CancelCmd $w]
bind $w <KeyPress-Escape> [list $data(cancelBtn) invoke]
bind $w <Alt-Key> [list tk::AltKeyInDialog $w %A]
# Set up event handlers specific to File or Directory Dialogs
#
if {$class eq "TkFDialog"} {
bind $data(ent) <Return> [list ::tk::dialog::file::ActivateEnt $w]
$data(okBtn) configure -command [list ::tk::dialog::file::OkCmd $w]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
512 513 514 515 516 517 518 |
if { $multi } {
set fNameCaption [mc "File &names:"]
} else {
set fNameCaption [mc "File &name:"]
}
set iconListCommand [list ::tk::dialog::file::OkCmd $w]
::tk::SetAmpText $w.contents.f2.lab $fNameCaption
| > | | | | | | | > | | > > < > > > > > > > > | | | | | | < | | | > | > > | 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 |
if { $multi } {
set fNameCaption [mc "File &names:"]
} else {
set fNameCaption [mc "File &name:"]
}
set iconListCommand [list ::tk::dialog::file::OkCmd $w]
::tk::SetAmpText $w.contents.f2.lab $fNameCaption
::tk::IconList_Config $data(icons) \
[list -multiple $multi -command $iconListCommand]
return
}
# ::tk::dialog::file::UpdateWhenIdle --
#
# Creates an idle event handler which updates the dialog in idle
# time. This is important because loading the directory may take a long
# time and we don't want to load the same directory for multiple times
# due to multiple concurrent events.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::UpdateWhenIdle {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
if {[info exists data(updateId)]} {
return
} else {
set data(updateId) [after idle [list ::tk::dialog::file::Update $w]]
}
}
# ::tk::dialog::file::Update --
#
# Loads the files and directories into the IconList widget. Also
# sets up the directory option menu for quick access to parent
# directories.
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::Update {w} {
# This proc may be called within an idle handler. Make sure that the
# window has not been destroyed before this proc is called
if {![winfo exists $w]} {
return
}
set class [winfo class $w]
if {($class ne "TkFDialog") && ($class ne "TkChooseDir")} {
return
}
set dataName [winfo name $w]
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::$dataName data
variable ::tk::Priv
global tk_library
unset -nocomplain data(updateId)
if {![info exists Priv(folderImage)]} {
set Priv(folderImage) [image create photo -data {
R0lGODlhEAAMAKEAAAD//wAAAPD/gAAAACH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAAQAAwAAAIghINhyycvVFsB
QtmS3rjaH1Hg141WaT5ouprt2HHcUgAAOw==}]
set Priv(fileImage) [image create photo -data {
R0lGODlhDAAMAKEAALLA3AAAAP//8wAAACH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAAMAAwAAAIgRI4Ha+IfWHsO
rSASvJTGhnhcV3EJlo3kh53ltF5nAhQAOw==}]
}
set folder $Priv(folderImage)
set file $Priv(fileImage)
set appPWD [pwd]
if {[catch {
cd $data(selectPath)
}]} {
# We cannot change directory to $data(selectPath). $data(selectPath)
# should have been checked before ::tk::dialog::file::Update is called, so
# we normally won't come to here. Anyways, give an error and abort
# action.
tk_messageBox -type ok -parent $w -icon warning -message \
[mc "Cannot change to the directory \"%1\$s\".\nPermission denied." $data(selectPath)]
cd $appPWD
return
}
# Turn on the busy cursor. BUG?? We haven't disabled X events, though,
# so the user may still click and cause havoc ...
#
set entCursor [$data(ent) cget -cursor]
set dlgCursor [$w cget -cursor]
$data(ent) configure -cursor watch
$w configure -cursor watch
update idletasks
::tk::IconList_DeleteAll $data(icons)
set showHidden $::tk::dialog::file::showHiddenVar
# Make the dir list. Note that using an explicit [pwd] (instead of '.') is
# better in some VFS cases.
::tk::IconList_Add $data(icons) $folder [GlobFiltered [pwd] d 1]
if {$class eq "TkFDialog"} {
# Make the file list if this is a File Dialog, selecting all but
# 'd'irectory type files.
#
::tk::IconList_Add $data(icons) $file \
[GlobFiltered [pwd] {f b c l p s}]
}
::tk::IconList_Arrange $data(icons)
# Update the Directory: option menu
#
set list ""
set dir ""
foreach subdir [file split $data(selectPath)] {
set dir [file join $dir $subdir]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
639 640 641 642 643 644 645 |
# ::tk::dialog::file::SetPathSilently --
#
# Sets data(selectPath) without invoking the trace procedure
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::SetPathSilently {w path} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
| < | | | 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 |
# ::tk::dialog::file::SetPathSilently --
#
# Sets data(selectPath) without invoking the trace procedure
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::SetPathSilently {w path} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
trace remove variable data(selectPath) write [list ::tk::dialog::file::SetPath $w]
set data(selectPath) $path
trace add variable data(selectPath) write [list ::tk::dialog::file::SetPath $w]
}
# This proc gets called whenever data(selectPath) is set
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::SetPath {w name1 name2 op} {
if {[winfo exists $w]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 |
}
}
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::SetFilter {w type} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
set data(filterType) $type
set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]
$data(typeMenuBtn) configure -text [lindex $type 0] ;#-indicatoron 1
| > | | | | | | > | > | | | | | | | | 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 |
}
}
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::SetFilter {w type} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
upvar ::tk::$data(icons) icons
set data(filterType) $type
set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]
$data(typeMenuBtn) configure -text [lindex $type 0] ;#-indicatoron 1
# If we aren't using a default extension, use the one suppled
# by the filter.
if {![info exists data(extUsed)]} {
if {[string length $data(-defaultextension)]} {
set data(extUsed) 1
} else {
set data(extUsed) 0
}
}
if {!$data(extUsed)} {
# Get the first extension in the list that matches {^\*\.\w+$}
# and remove all * from the filter.
set index [lsearch -regexp $data(filter) {^\*\.\w+$}]
if {$index >= 0} {
set data(-defaultextension) \
[string trimleft [lindex $data(filter) $index] "*"]
} else {
# Couldn't find anything! Reset to a safe default...
set data(-defaultextension) ""
}
}
$icons(sbar) set 0.0 0.0
UpdateWhenIdle $w
}
# tk::dialog::file::ResolveFile --
#
# Interpret the user's text input in a file selection dialog.
# Performs:
#
# (1) ~ substitution
# (2) resolve all instances of . and ..
# (3) check for non-existent files/directories
# (4) check for chdir permissions
# (5) conversion of environment variable references to their
# contents (once only)
#
# Arguments:
# context: the current directory you are in
# text: the text entered by the user
# defaultext: the default extension to add to files with no extension
# expandEnv: whether to expand environment variables (yes by default)
#
# Return vaue:
# [list $flag $directory $file]
#
# flag = OK : valid input
# = PATTERN : valid directory/pattern
# = PATH : the directory does not exist
# = FILE : the directory exists by the file doesn't
# exist
# = CHDIR : Cannot change to the directory
# = ERROR : Invalid entry
#
# directory : valid only if flag = OK or PATTERN or FILE
# file : valid only if flag = OK or PATTERN
#
# directory may not be the same as context, because text may contain
# a subdirectory name
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::ResolveFile {context text defaultext {expandEnv 1}} {
set appPWD [pwd]
set path [JoinFile $context $text]
# If the file has no extension, append the default. Be careful not
# to do this for directories, otherwise typing a dirname in the box
# will give back "dirname.extension" instead of trying to change dir.
if {
![file isdirectory $path] && ([file ext $path] eq "") &&
![string match {$*} [file tail $path]]
} then {
set path "$path$defaultext"
}
if {[catch {file exists $path}]} {
# This "if" block can be safely removed if the following code
# stop generating errors.
#
# file exists ~nonsuchuser
#
return [list ERROR $path ""]
}
if {[file exists $path]} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
946 947 948 949 950 951 952 |
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
if {$data(selectPath) ne "/"} {
set data(selectPath) [file dirname $data(selectPath)]
}
}
| | | | | < | | < | 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 |
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
if {$data(selectPath) ne "/"} {
set data(selectPath) [file dirname $data(selectPath)]
}
}
# Join a file name to a path name. The "file join" command will break
# if the filename begins with ~
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile {path file} {
if {[string match {~*} $file] && [file exists $path/$file]} {
return [file join $path ./$file]
} else {
return [file join $path $file]
}
}
# Gets called when user presses the "OK" button
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::OkCmd {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
set filenames {}
foreach item [::tk::IconList_CurSelection $data(icons)] {
lappend filenames [::tk::IconList_Get $data(icons) $item]
}
if {([llength $filenames] && !$data(-multiple)) || \
($data(-multiple) && ([llength $filenames] == 1))} {
set filename [lindex $filenames 0]
set file [JoinFile $data(selectPath) $filename]
if {[file isdirectory $file]} {
ListInvoke $w [list $filename]
return
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 |
# Gets called when user browses the IconList widget (dragging mouse, arrow
# keys, etc)
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::ListBrowse {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
set text {}
| | | | 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 |
# Gets called when user browses the IconList widget (dragging mouse, arrow
# keys, etc)
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::ListBrowse {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
set text {}
foreach item [::tk::IconList_CurSelection $data(icons)] {
lappend text [::tk::IconList_Get $data(icons) $item]
}
if {[llength $text] == 0} {
return
}
if {$data(-multiple)} {
set newtext {}
foreach file $text {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 |
}
}
} elseif {[winfo class $w] eq "TkFDialog"} {
::tk::SetAmpText $data(okBtn) [mc "&Open"]
}
}
| | | | 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 |
}
}
} elseif {[winfo class $w] eq "TkFDialog"} {
::tk::SetAmpText $data(okBtn) [mc "&Open"]
}
}
# Gets called when user invokes the IconList widget (double-click,
# Return key, etc)
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::ListInvoke {w filenames} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
if {[llength $filenames] == 0} {
return
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 |
}
Done $w
}
}
# ::tk::dialog::file::Done --
#
| | | | | | | 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 |
}
Done $w
}
}
# ::tk::dialog::file::Done --
#
# Gets called when user has input a valid filename. Pops up a
# dialog box to confirm selection when necessary. Sets the
# tk::Priv(selectFilePath) variable, which will break the "vwait"
# loop in ::tk::dialog::file:: and return the selected filename to the
# script that calls tk_getOpenFile or tk_getSaveFile
#
proc ::tk::dialog::file::Done {w {selectFilePath ""}} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
variable ::tk::Priv
if {$selectFilePath eq ""} {
if {$data(-multiple)} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 |
set reply [tk_messageBox -icon warning -type yesno -parent $w \
-message [mc "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want\
to overwrite it?" $selectFilePath]]
if {$reply eq "no"} {
return
}
}
| < | | | < | < < | < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < | 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 |
set reply [tk_messageBox -icon warning -type yesno -parent $w \
-message [mc "File \"%1\$s\" already exists.\nDo you want\
to overwrite it?" $selectFilePath]]
if {$reply eq "no"} {
return
}
}
if {[info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
&& [info exists data(-filetypes)] && [llength $data(-filetypes)]
&& [info exists data(filterType)] && $data(filterType) ne ""} {
upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
set typeVariable [lindex $data(filterType) 0]
}
}
bind $data(okBtn) <Destroy> {}
set Priv(selectFilePath) $selectFilePath
}
proc ::tk::dialog::file::GlobFiltered {dir type {overrideFilter 0}} {
# $dir == where to search
# $type == what to look for ('d' or 'f b c l p s')
# $overrideFilter == whether to ignore the filter
variable showHiddenVar
upvar 1 data(filter) filter
if {$filter eq "*" || $overrideFilter} {
set patterns [list *]
if {$showHiddenVar} {
lappend patterns .*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/altTheme.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | -window "#ffffff" -darker "#c3c3c3" -border "#414141" -activebg "#ececec" -disabledfg "#a3a3a3" -selectbg "#4a6984" -selectfg "#ffffff" | < | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
-window "#ffffff"
-darker "#c3c3c3"
-border "#414141"
-activebg "#ececec"
-disabledfg "#a3a3a3"
-selectbg "#4a6984"
-selectfg "#ffffff"
}
ttk::style theme settings alt {
ttk::style configure "." \
-background $colors(-frame) \
-foreground black \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
{pressed !disabled} sunken
{active !disabled} raised
} -highlightcolor {alternate black}
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
| < < | < < | | < | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
{pressed !disabled} sunken
{active !disabled} raised
} -highlightcolor {alternate black}
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -padding 2
ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
[list disabled $colors(-frame) pressed $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \
[list disabled $colors(-frame) pressed $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
-width -11 -padding "3 3" -relief raised
ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1
ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1
ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
-relief solid -borderwidth 1
ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
-expand [list selected {2 2 1 0}] \
;
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
ttk::style map Treeview \
| < | < | | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
-expand [list selected {2 2 1 0}] \
;
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
-foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;
ttk::style configure TScale \
-groovewidth 4 -troughrelief sunken \
-sliderwidth raised -borderwidth 2
ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
-background $colors(-selectbg) -borderwidth 0
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/aquaTheme.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
#
# Aqua theme (OSX native look and feel)
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::aqua {
ttk::style theme settings aqua {
ttk::style configure . \
-font TkDefaultFont \
| | | | | | < | | < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
#
# Aqua theme (OSX native look and feel)
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::aqua {
ttk::style theme settings aqua {
ttk::style configure . \
-font TkDefaultFont \
-background systemWindowBody \
-foreground systemModelessDialogActiveText \
-selectbackground systemHighlight \
-selectforeground systemModelessDialogActiveText \
-selectborderwidth 0 \
-insertwidth 1
ttk::style map . \
-foreground {disabled systemModelessDialogInactiveText
background systemModelessDialogInactiveText} \
-selectbackground {background systemHighlightSecondary
!focus systemHighlightSecondary} \
-selectforeground {background systemModelessDialogInactiveText
!focus systemDialogActiveText}
# Workaround for #1100117:
# Actually, on Aqua we probably shouldn't stipple images in
# disabled buttons even if it did work...
ttk::style configure . -stipple {}
ttk::style configure TButton -anchor center -width -6
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 4
ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabmargins {10 0} -tabposition n
ttk::style configure TNotebook -padding {18 8 18 17}
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {12 3 12 2}
# Combobox:
ttk::style configure TCombobox -postoffset {5 -2 -10 0}
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
ttk::style configure Treeview -rowheight 18 -background White
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background {{selected background} systemHighlightSecondary
selected systemHighlight}
# Enable animation for ttk::progressbar widget:
ttk::style configure TProgressbar -period 100 -maxphase 255
# For Aqua, labelframe labels should appear outside the border,
# with a 14 pixel inset and 4 pixels spacing between border and label
# (ref: Apple Human Interface Guidelines / Controls / Grouping Controls)
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/button.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | # # Bindings for Buttons, Checkbuttons, and Radiobuttons. # # Notes: <Button1-Leave>, <Button1-Enter> only control the "pressed" # state; widgets remain "active" if the pointer is dragged out. # This doesn't seem to be conventional, but it's a nice way # to provide extra feedback while the grab is active. # (If the button is released off the widget, the grab deactivates and # we get a <Leave> event then, which turns off the "active" state) # | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
#
# Bindings for Buttons, Checkbuttons, and Radiobuttons.
#
# Notes: <Button1-Leave>, <Button1-Enter> only control the "pressed"
# state; widgets remain "active" if the pointer is dragged out.
# This doesn't seem to be conventional, but it's a nice way
# to provide extra feedback while the grab is active.
# (If the button is released off the widget, the grab deactivates and
# we get a <Leave> event then, which turns off the "active" state)
#
# Normally, <ButtonRelease> and <ButtonN-Enter/Leave> events are
# delivered to the widget which received the initial <ButtonPress>
# event. However, Tk [grab]s (#1223103) and menu interactions
# (#1222605) can interfere with this. To guard against spurious
# <Button1-Enter> events, the <Button1-Enter> binding only sets
# the pressed state if the button is currently active.
#
namespace eval ttk::button {}
bind TButton <Enter> { %W instate !disabled {%W state active} }
bind TButton <Leave> { %W state !active }
bind TButton <Key-space> { ttk::button::activate %W }
bind TButton <<Invoke>> { ttk::button::activate %W }
bind TButton <ButtonPress-1> \
{ %W instate !disabled { ttk::clickToFocus %W; %W state pressed } }
bind TButton <ButtonRelease-1> \
{ %W instate pressed { %W state !pressed; %W instate !disabled { %W invoke } } }
bind TButton <Button1-Leave> \
{ %W state !pressed }
bind TButton <Button1-Enter> \
{ %W instate {active !disabled} { %W state pressed } }
# Checkbuttons and Radiobuttons have the same bindings as Buttons:
#
ttk::copyBindings TButton TCheckbutton
ttk::copyBindings TButton TRadiobutton
# ...plus a few more:
bind TRadiobutton <KeyPress-Up> { ttk::button::RadioTraverse %W -1 }
bind TRadiobutton <KeyPress-Down> { ttk::button::RadioTraverse %W +1 }
# bind TCheckbutton <KeyPress-plus> { %W select }
# bind TCheckbutton <KeyPress-minus> { %W deselect }
# activate --
# Simulate a button press: temporarily set the state to 'pressed',
# then invoke the button.
#
proc ttk::button::activate {w} {
$w instate disabled { return }
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/clamTheme.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 |
#
# "Clam" theme.
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
| | | | | | | | | | | | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
#
# "Clam" theme.
#
# Inspired by the XFCE family of Gnome themes.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::clam {
variable colors
array set colors {
-disabledfg "#999999"
-frame "#dcdad5"
-window "#ffffff"
-dark "#cfcdc8"
-darker "#bab5ab"
-darkest "#9e9a91"
-lighter "#eeebe7"
-lightest "#ffffff"
-selectbg "#4a6984"
-selectfg "#ffffff"
}
ttk::style theme settings clam {
ttk::style configure "." \
-background $colors(-frame) \
-foreground black \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
-indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
-padding 2 ;
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
-indicatorbackground "#ffffff" \
-indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
-padding 2 ;
ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorbackground \
| < < < | < < < | < > < | < | | 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
-indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
-padding 2 ;
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
-indicatorbackground "#ffffff" \
-indicatormargin {1 1 4 1} \
-padding 2 ;
ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorbackground \
[list disabled $colors(-frame) pressed $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorbackground \
[list disabled $colors(-frame) pressed $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
-width -11 -padding 5 -relief raised
ttk::style configure TEntry -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
ttk::style map TEntry \
-background [list readonly $colors(-frame)] \
-bordercolor [list focus $colors(-selectbg)] \
-lightcolor [list focus "#6f9dc6"] \
-darkcolor [list focus "#6f9dc6"] \
;
ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 1 -insertwidth 1
ttk::style map TCombobox \
-background [list active $colors(-lighter) \
pressed $colors(-lighter)] \
-fieldbackground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectbg) \
readonly $colors(-frame)] \
-foreground [list {readonly focus} $colors(-selectfg)] \
;
ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
-relief solid -borderwidth 1
ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
ttk::style map TSpinbox \
-background [list readonly $colors(-frame)] \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {6 2 6 2}
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
-padding [list selected {6 4 6 2}] \
-background [list selected $colors(-frame) {} $colors(-darker)] \
-lightcolor [list selected $colors(-lighter) {} $colors(-dark)] \
;
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading \
-font TkHeadingFont -relief raised -padding {3}
ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
-foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;
ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
-labeloutside true -labelmargins {0 0 0 4} \
-borderwidth 2 -relief raised
ttk::style configure TProgressbar -background $colors(-frame)
ttk::style configure Sash -sashthickness 6 -gripcount 10
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/classicTheme.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | -window "#ffffff" -activebg "#ececec" -troughbg "#c3c3c3" -selectbg "#c3c3c3" -selectfg "#000000" -disabledfg "#a3a3a3" -indicator "#b03060" | < | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
-window "#ffffff"
-activebg "#ececec"
-troughbg "#c3c3c3"
-selectbg "#c3c3c3"
-selectfg "#000000"
-disabledfg "#a3a3a3"
-indicator "#b03060"
}
ttk::style theme settings classic {
ttk::style configure "." \
-font TkDefaultFont \
-background $colors(-frame) \
-foreground black \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
ttk::style configure TButton \
-anchor center -padding "3m 1m" -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief raised
ttk::style map TCheckbutton \
-indicatorcolor [list \
| | < < | | < < | | 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
ttk::style configure TButton \
-anchor center -padding "3m 1m" -relief raised -shiftrelief 1
ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -indicatorrelief raised
ttk::style map TCheckbutton \
-indicatorcolor [list \
pressed $colors(-frame) selected $colors(-indicator)] \
-indicatorrelief {selected sunken pressed sunken} \
;
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -indicatorrelief raised
ttk::style map TRadiobutton \
-indicatorcolor [list \
pressed $colors(-frame) selected $colors(-indicator)] \
-indicatorrelief {selected sunken pressed sunken} \
;
ttk::style configure TMenubutton -relief raised -padding "3m 1m"
ttk::style configure TEntry -relief sunken -padding 1 -font TkTextFont
ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
94 95 96 97 98 99 100 | -background $colors(-troughbg) ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)] # Treeview: ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window) ttk::style map Treeview \ | < | < | | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 |
-background $colors(-troughbg)
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -background [list selected $colors(-frame)]
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview -background $colors(-window)
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
-foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;
#
# Toolbar buttons:
#
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding 2 -relief flat -shiftrelief 2
ttk::style map Toolbutton -relief \
{disabled flat selected sunken pressed sunken active raised}
ttk::style map Toolbutton -background \
[list pressed $colors(-troughbg) active $colors(-activebg)]
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/combobox.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | ### Combobox bindings. # # Duplicate the Entry bindings, override if needed: # ttk::copyBindings TEntry TCombobox | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
### Combobox bindings.
#
# Duplicate the Entry bindings, override if needed:
#
ttk::copyBindings TEntry TCombobox
bind TCombobox <KeyPress-Down> { ttk::combobox::Post %W }
bind TCombobox <KeyPress-Escape> { ttk::combobox::Unpost %W }
bind TCombobox <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::combobox::Press "" %W %x %y }
bind TCombobox <Shift-ButtonPress-1> { ttk::combobox::Press "s" %W %x %y }
bind TCombobox <Double-ButtonPress-1> { ttk::combobox::Press "2" %W %x %y }
bind TCombobox <Triple-ButtonPress-1> { ttk::combobox::Press "3" %W %x %y }
bind TCombobox <B1-Motion> { ttk::combobox::Drag %W %x }
bind TCombobox <Motion> { ttk::combobox::Motion %W %x %y }
ttk::bindMouseWheel TCombobox [list ttk::combobox::Scroll %W]
bind TCombobox <<TraverseIn>> { ttk::combobox::TraverseIn %W }
### Combobox listbox bindings.
#
bind ComboboxListbox <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::combobox::LBSelected %W }
bind ComboboxListbox <KeyPress-Return> { ttk::combobox::LBSelected %W }
bind ComboboxListbox <KeyPress-Escape> { ttk::combobox::LBCancel %W }
bind ComboboxListbox <KeyPress-Tab> { ttk::combobox::LBTab %W next }
bind ComboboxListbox <<PrevWindow>> { ttk::combobox::LBTab %W prev }
bind ComboboxListbox <Destroy> { ttk::combobox::LBCleanup %W }
bind ComboboxListbox <Motion> { ttk::combobox::LBHover %W %x %y }
bind ComboboxListbox <Map> { focus -force %W }
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
win32 {
# Dismiss listbox when user switches to a different application.
# NB: *only* do this on Windows (see #1814778)
bind ComboboxListbox <FocusOut> { ttk::combobox::LBCancel %W }
}
}
### Combobox popdown window bindings.
#
bind ComboboxPopdown <Map> { ttk::combobox::MapPopdown %W }
bind ComboboxPopdown <Unmap> { ttk::combobox::UnmapPopdown %W }
bind ComboboxPopdown <ButtonPress> \
{ ttk::combobox::Unpost [winfo parent %W] }
### Option database settings.
#
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.font TkTextFont
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.relief flat
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.highlightThickness 0
## Platform-specific settings.
#
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
x11 {
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.background white
}
aqua {
option add *TCombobox*Listbox.borderWidth 0
}
}
### Binding procedures.
#
## Press $mode $x $y -- ButtonPress binding for comboboxes.
# Either post/unpost the listbox, or perform Entry widget binding,
# depending on widget state and location of button press.
#
proc ttk::combobox::Press {mode w x y} {
variable State
$w instate disabled { return }
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
}
} else {
Post $w
}
}
## Drag -- B1-Motion binding for comboboxes.
| | < < | | 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
}
} else {
Post $w
}
}
## Drag -- B1-Motion binding for comboboxes.
# If the initial ButtonPress event was handled by Entry binding,
# perform Entry widget drag binding; otherwise nothing.
#
proc ttk::combobox::Drag {w x} {
variable State
if {$State(entryPress)} {
ttk::entry::Drag $w $x
}
}
## Motion --
# Set cursor.
#
proc ttk::combobox::Motion {w x y} {
if { [$w identify $x $y] eq "textarea"
&& [$w instate {!readonly !disabled}]
} {
ttk::setCursor $w text
} else {
ttk::setCursor $w ""
}
}
## TraverseIn -- receive focus due to keyboard navigation
# For editable comboboxes, set the selection and insert cursor.
#
proc ttk::combobox::TraverseIn {w} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
$cb selection range 0 end
$cb icursor end
event generate $cb <<ComboboxSelected>> -when mark
}
## Scroll -- Mousewheel binding
#
| | < < < < | | | | | 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
$cb selection range 0 end
$cb icursor end
event generate $cb <<ComboboxSelected>> -when mark
}
## Scroll -- Mousewheel binding
#
proc ttk::combobox::Scroll {cb dir} {
$cb instate disabled { return }
set max [llength [$cb cget -values]]
set current [$cb current]
incr current $dir
if {$max != 0 && $current == $current % $max} {
SelectEntry $cb $current
}
}
## LBSelected $lb -- Activation binding for listbox
# Set the combobox value to the currently-selected listbox value
# and unpost the listbox.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBSelected {lb} {
set cb [LBMaster $lb]
LBSelect $lb
Unpost $cb
focus $cb
}
## LBCancel --
# Unpost the listbox.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBCancel {lb} {
Unpost [LBMaster $lb]
}
## LBTab -- Tab key binding for combobox listbox.
# Set the selection, and navigate to next/prev widget.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBTab {lb dir} {
set cb [LBMaster $lb]
switch -- $dir {
next { set newFocus [tk_focusNext $cb] }
prev { set newFocus [tk_focusPrev $cb] }
}
if {$newFocus ne ""} {
LBSelect $lb
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 |
## UnmapPopdown -- <Unmap> binding for ComboboxPopdown
#
proc ttk::combobox::UnmapPopdown {w} {
[winfo parent $w] state !pressed
ttk::releaseGrab $w
}
## PopdownWindow --
# Returns the popdown widget associated with a combobox,
# creating it if necessary.
#
proc ttk::combobox::PopdownWindow {cb} {
if {![winfo exists $cb.popdown]} {
set poplevel [PopdownToplevel $cb.popdown]
set popdown [ttk::frame $poplevel.f -style ComboboxPopdownFrame]
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 |
## UnmapPopdown -- <Unmap> binding for ComboboxPopdown
#
proc ttk::combobox::UnmapPopdown {w} {
[winfo parent $w] state !pressed
ttk::releaseGrab $w
}
###
#
namespace eval ::ttk::combobox {
# @@@ Until we have a proper native scrollbar on Aqua, use
# @@@ the regular Tk one. Use ttk::scrollbar on other platforms.
variable scrollbar ttk::scrollbar
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
set scrollbar ::scrollbar
}
}
## PopdownWindow --
# Returns the popdown widget associated with a combobox,
# creating it if necessary.
#
proc ttk::combobox::PopdownWindow {cb} {
variable scrollbar
if {![winfo exists $cb.popdown]} {
set poplevel [PopdownToplevel $cb.popdown]
set popdown [ttk::frame $poplevel.f -style ComboboxPopdownFrame]
$scrollbar $popdown.sb \
-orient vertical -command [list $popdown.l yview]
listbox $popdown.l \
-listvariable ttk::combobox::Values($cb) \
-yscrollcommand [list $popdown.sb set] \
-exportselection false \
-selectmode browse \
-activestyle none \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
356 357 358 359 360 361 362 |
# @@@TODO: factor with menubutton::PostPosition
#
proc ttk::combobox::PlacePopdown {cb popdown} {
set x [winfo rootx $cb]
set y [winfo rooty $cb]
set w [winfo width $cb]
set h [winfo height $cb]
| < < < < | | 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 |
# @@@TODO: factor with menubutton::PostPosition
#
proc ttk::combobox::PlacePopdown {cb popdown} {
set x [winfo rootx $cb]
set y [winfo rooty $cb]
set w [winfo width $cb]
set h [winfo height $cb]
set postoffset [ttk::style lookup TCombobox -postoffset {} {0 0 0 0}]
foreach var {x y w h} delta $postoffset {
incr $var $delta
}
set H [winfo reqheight $popdown]
if {$y + $h + $H > [winfo screenheight $popdown]} {
set Y [expr {$y - $H}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
proc ttk::combobox::Unpost {cb} {
if {[winfo exists $cb.popdown]} {
wm withdraw $cb.popdown
}
grab release $cb.popdown ;# in case of stuck or unexpected grab [#1239190]
}
| | | | | | 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
proc ttk::combobox::Unpost {cb} {
if {[winfo exists $cb.popdown]} {
wm withdraw $cb.popdown
}
grab release $cb.popdown ;# in case of stuck or unexpected grab [#1239190]
}
## LBMaster $lb --
# Return the combobox main widget that owns the listbox.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBMaster {lb} {
winfo parent [winfo parent [winfo parent $lb]]
}
## LBSelect $lb --
# Transfer listbox selection to combobox value.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBSelect {lb} {
set cb [LBMaster $lb]
set selection [$lb curselection]
if {[llength $selection] == 1} {
SelectEntry $cb [lindex $selection 0]
}
}
## LBCleanup $lb --
# <Destroy> binding for combobox listboxes.
# Cleans up by unsetting the linked textvariable.
#
# Note: we can't just use { unset [%W cget -listvariable] }
# because the widget command is already gone when this binding fires).
# [winfo parent] still works, fortunately.
#
proc ttk::combobox::LBCleanup {lb} {
variable Values
unset Values([LBMaster $lb])
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/cursors.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
neresize size_ne_sw
seresize size_nw_se
}
}
"aqua" {
| > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
neresize size_ne_sw
seresize size_nw_se
}
}
"aqua" {
if {[package vsatisfies [package provide Tk] 8.5]} {
# appeared 2007-04-23, Tk 8.5a6
array set Cursors {
standard arrow
text ibeam
link pointinghand
crosshair crosshair
busy watch
forbidden notallowed
hresize resizeleftright
vresize resizeupdown
nresize resizeup
sresize resizedown
wresize resizeleft
eresize resizeright
}
}
}
}
}
## ttk::cursor $cursor --
# Return platform-specific cursor for specified symbolic cursor.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
# instead of directly calling [$w configure -cursor ...],
# as the latter always incurs a server round-trip and
# can lead to high CPU load (see [#1184746])
#
proc ttk::setCursor {w name} {
variable Cursors
| < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 |
# instead of directly calling [$w configure -cursor ...],
# as the latter always incurs a server round-trip and
# can lead to high CPU load (see [#1184746])
#
proc ttk::setCursor {w name} {
variable Cursors
if {[$w cget -cursor] ne $Cursors($name)} {
$w configure -cursor $Cursors($name)
}
}
## Interactive test harness:
#
proc ttk::CursorSampler {f} {
ttk::frame $f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
194 195 196 197 198 199 200 |
return $f
}
if {[info exists argv0] && $argv0 eq [info script]} {
wm title . "[array size ::ttk::Cursors] cursors"
pack [ttk::CursorSampler .f] -expand true -fill both
| | | 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 |
return $f
}
if {[info exists argv0] && $argv0 eq [info script]} {
wm title . "[array size ::ttk::Cursors] cursors"
pack [ttk::CursorSampler .f] -expand true -fill both
bind . <KeyPress-Escape> [list destroy .]
focus .f
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/defaults.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 |
#
# Settings for default theme.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::default {
variable colors
array set colors {
| | | | | | | | | | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
#
# Settings for default theme.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::default {
variable colors
array set colors {
-frame "#d9d9d9"
-foreground "#000000"
-window "#ffffff"
-text "#000000"
-activebg "#ececec"
-selectbg "#4a6984"
-selectfg "#ffffff"
-darker "#c3c3c3"
-disabledfg "#a3a3a3"
-indicator "#4a6984"
}
ttk::style theme settings default {
ttk::style configure "." \
-borderwidth 1 \
-background $colors(-frame) \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 | [list disabled $colors(-frame) active $colors(-activebg)] ttk::style map "." -foreground \ [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)] ttk::style configure TButton \ -anchor center -padding "3 3" -width -9 \ -relief raised -shiftrelief 1 | | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
[list disabled $colors(-frame) active $colors(-activebg)]
ttk::style map "." -foreground \
[list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style configure TButton \
-anchor center -padding "3 3" -width -9 \
-relief raised -shiftrelief 1
ttk::style map TButton -relief [list {!disabled pressed} sunken]
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton \
-indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
ttk::style map TCheckbutton -indicatorcolor \
[list pressed $colors(-activebg) selected $colors(-indicator)]
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton \
-indicatorcolor "#ffffff" -indicatorrelief sunken -padding 1
ttk::style map TRadiobutton -indicatorcolor \
[list pressed $colors(-activebg) selected $colors(-indicator)]
ttk::style configure TMenubutton \
-relief raised -padding "10 3"
ttk::style configure TEntry \
-relief sunken -fieldbackground white -padding 1
ttk::style map TEntry -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure TCombobox -arrowsize 12 -padding 1
ttk::style map TCombobox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)]
ttk::style configure TSpinbox -arrowsize 10 -padding {2 0 10 0}
ttk::style map TSpinbox -fieldbackground \
[list readonly $colors(-frame) disabled $colors(-frame)] \
-arrowcolor [list disabled $colors(-disabledfg)]
ttk::style configure TLabelframe \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 | # Treeview. # ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised ttk::style configure Treeview \ -background $colors(-window) \ -foreground $colors(-text) ; ttk::style map Treeview \ | < | < | | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
# Treeview.
#
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview \
-background $colors(-window) \
-foreground $colors(-text) ;
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list selected $colors(-selectbg)] \
-foreground [list selected $colors(-selectfg)] ;
# Combobox popdown frame
ttk::style layout ComboboxPopdownFrame {
ComboboxPopdownFrame.border -sticky nswe
}
ttk::style configure ComboboxPopdownFrame \
-borderwidth 1 -relief solid
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/entry.tcl.
1 2 3 | # # DERIVED FROM: tk/library/entry.tcl r1.22 # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
#
# DERIVED FROM: tk/library/entry.tcl r1.22
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
namespace eval ttk {
namespace eval entry {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 |
set State(scanDen) 1
set State(deadband) 3 ;# #pixels for mouse-moved deadband.
}
}
### Option database settings.
#
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < > | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
set State(scanDen) 1
set State(deadband) 3 ;# #pixels for mouse-moved deadband.
}
}
### Option database settings.
#
option add *TEntry.cursor [ttk::cursor text]
### Bindings.
#
# Removed the following standard Tk bindings:
#
# <Control-Key-space>, <Control-Shift-Key-space>,
# <Key-Select>, <Shift-Key-Select>:
# ttk::entry widget doesn't use selection anchor.
# <Key-Insert>:
# Inserts PRIMARY selection (on non-Windows platforms).
# This is inconsistent with typical platform bindings.
# <Double-Shift-ButtonPress-1>, <Triple-Shift-ButtonPress-1>:
# These don't do the right thing to start with.
# <Meta-Key-b>, <Meta-Key-d>, <Meta-Key-f>,
# <Meta-Key-BackSpace>, <Meta-Key-Delete>:
# Judgment call. If <Meta> happens to be assigned to the Alt key,
# these could conflict with application accelerators.
# (Plus, who has a Meta key these days?)
# <Control-Key-t>:
# Another judgment call. If anyone misses this, let me know
# and I'll put it back.
#
## Clipboard events:
#
bind TEntry <<Cut>> { ttk::entry::Cut %W }
bind TEntry <<Copy>> { ttk::entry::Copy %W }
bind TEntry <<Paste>> { ttk::entry::Paste %W }
bind TEntry <<Clear>> { ttk::entry::Clear %W }
## Button1 bindings:
# Used for selection and navigation.
#
bind TEntry <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::entry::Press %W %x }
bind TEntry <Shift-ButtonPress-1> { ttk::entry::Shift-Press %W %x }
bind TEntry <Double-ButtonPress-1> { ttk::entry::Select %W %x word }
bind TEntry <Triple-ButtonPress-1> { ttk::entry::Select %W %x line }
bind TEntry <B1-Motion> { ttk::entry::Drag %W %x }
bind TEntry <B1-Leave> { ttk::entry::DragOut %W %m }
bind TEntry <B1-Enter> { ttk::entry::DragIn %W }
bind TEntry <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::entry::Release %W }
bind TEntry <Control-ButtonPress-1> {
%W instate {!readonly !disabled} { %W icursor @%x ; focus %W }
}
## Button2 bindings:
# Used for scanning and primary transfer.
# Note: ButtonRelease-2 is mapped to <<PasteSelection>> in tk.tcl.
#
bind TEntry <ButtonPress-2> { ttk::entry::ScanMark %W %x }
bind TEntry <B2-Motion> { ttk::entry::ScanDrag %W %x }
bind TEntry <ButtonRelease-2> { ttk::entry::ScanRelease %W %x }
bind TEntry <<PasteSelection>> { ttk::entry::ScanRelease %W %x }
## Keyboard navigation bindings:
#
bind TEntry <Key-Left> { ttk::entry::Move %W prevchar }
bind TEntry <Key-Right> { ttk::entry::Move %W nextchar }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-Left> { ttk::entry::Move %W prevword }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-Right> { ttk::entry::Move %W nextword }
bind TEntry <Key-Home> { ttk::entry::Move %W home }
bind TEntry <Key-End> { ttk::entry::Move %W end }
bind TEntry <Shift-Key-Left> { ttk::entry::Extend %W prevchar }
bind TEntry <Shift-Key-Right> { ttk::entry::Extend %W nextchar }
bind TEntry <Shift-Control-Key-Left> { ttk::entry::Extend %W prevword }
bind TEntry <Shift-Control-Key-Right> { ttk::entry::Extend %W nextword }
bind TEntry <Shift-Key-Home> { ttk::entry::Extend %W home }
bind TEntry <Shift-Key-End> { ttk::entry::Extend %W end }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-slash> { %W selection range 0 end }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-backslash> { %W selection clear }
bind TEntry <<TraverseIn>> { %W selection range 0 end; %W icursor end }
## Edit bindings:
#
bind TEntry <KeyPress> { ttk::entry::Insert %W %A }
bind TEntry <Key-Delete> { ttk::entry::Delete %W }
bind TEntry <Key-BackSpace> { ttk::entry::Backspace %W }
# Ignore all Alt, Meta, and Control keypresses unless explicitly bound.
# Otherwise, the <KeyPress> class binding will fire and insert the character.
# Ditto for Escape, Return, and Tab.
#
bind TEntry <Alt-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Meta-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Control-KeyPress> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Key-Escape> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Key-Return> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Key-KP_Enter> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Key-Tab> {# nothing}
# Argh. Apparently on Windows, the NumLock modifier is interpreted
# as a Command modifier.
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind TEntry <Command-KeyPress> {# nothing}
}
# Tk-on-Cocoa generates characters for these two keys. [Bug 2971663]
bind TEntry <Down> {# nothing}
bind TEntry <Up> {# nothing}
## Additional emacs-like bindings:
#
bind TEntry <Control-Key-a> { ttk::entry::Move %W home }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-b> { ttk::entry::Move %W prevchar }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-d> { ttk::entry::Delete %W }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-e> { ttk::entry::Move %W end }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-f> { ttk::entry::Move %W nextchar }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-h> { ttk::entry::Backspace %W }
bind TEntry <Control-Key-k> { %W delete insert end }
### Clipboard procedures.
#
## EntrySelection -- Return the selected text of the entry.
# Raises an error if there is no selection.
#
proc ttk::entry::EntrySelection {w} {
set entryString [string range [$w get] [$w index sel.first] \
[expr {[$w index sel.last] - 1}]]
if {[$w cget -show] ne ""} {
return [string repeat [string index [$w cget -show] 0] \
[string length $entryString]]
}
return $entryString
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 |
}
return $pos
}
## See $index -- Make sure that the character at $index is visible.
#
proc ttk::entry::See {w {index insert}} {
set c [$w index $index]
# @@@ OR: check [$w index left] / [$w index right]
if {$c < [$w index @0] || $c >= [$w index @[winfo width $w]]} {
$w xview $c
}
}
| > | 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 |
}
return $pos
}
## See $index -- Make sure that the character at $index is visible.
#
proc ttk::entry::See {w {index insert}} {
update idletasks ;# ensure scroll data up-to-date
set c [$w index $index]
# @@@ OR: check [$w index left] / [$w index right]
if {$c < [$w index @0] || $c >= [$w index @[winfo width $w]]} {
$w xview $c
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
348 349 350 351 352 353 354 | ### Button 1 binding procedures. # # Double-clicking followed by a drag enters "word-select" mode. # Triple-clicking enters "line-select" mode. # | | | | 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 |
### Button 1 binding procedures.
#
# Double-clicking followed by a drag enters "word-select" mode.
# Triple-clicking enters "line-select" mode.
#
## Press -- ButtonPress-1 binding.
# Set the insertion cursor, claim the input focus, set up for
# future drag operations.
#
proc ttk::entry::Press {w x} {
variable State
$w icursor [ClosestGap $w $x]
$w selection clear
$w instate !disabled { focus $w }
# Set up for future drag, double-click, or triple-click.
set State(x) $x
set State(selectMode) char
set State(anchor) [$w index insert]
}
## Shift-Press -- Shift-ButtonPress-1 binding.
# Extends the selection, sets anchor for future drag operations.
#
proc ttk::entry::Shift-Press {w x} {
variable State
focus $w
set anchor [ExtendTo $w @$x]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
}
}
## <B1-Enter> binding
# Suspend autoscroll.
#
proc ttk::entry::DragIn {w} {
| | | | 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 |
}
}
## <B1-Enter> binding
# Suspend autoscroll.
#
proc ttk::entry::DragIn {w} {
ttk::CancelRepeat
}
## <ButtonRelease-1> binding
#
proc ttk::entry::Release {w} {
variable State
set State(selectMode) none
ttk::CancelRepeat ;# suspend autoscroll
}
## AutoScroll
# Called repeatedly when the mouse is outside an entry window
# with Button 1 down. Scroll the window left or right,
# depending on where the mouse left the window, and extend
# the selection according to the current selection mode.
#
# TODO: AutoScroll should repeat faster (50ms) than normal autorepeat.
# TODO: Need a way for Repeat scripts to cancel themselves.
#
proc ttk::entry::AutoScroll {w} {
variable State
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
$w selection range 0 end
$w icursor end
}
### Button 2 binding procedures.
#
| | | 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 |
$w selection range 0 end
$w icursor end
}
### Button 2 binding procedures.
#
## ScanMark -- ButtonPress-2 binding.
# Marks the start of a scan or primary transfer operation.
#
proc ttk::entry::ScanMark {w x} {
variable State
set State(scanX) $x
set State(scanIndex) [$w index @0]
set State(scanMoved) 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/fonts.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 |
# For now, assume patch #971980 applied.
#
# "Classic" look used Helvetica bold for everything except
# for entry widgets, which use Helvetica medium.
# Most other toolkits use medium weight for all UI elements,
# which is what we do now.
#
namespace eval ttk {
variable tip145 [catch {font create TkDefaultFont}]
catch {font create TkTextFont}
catch {font create TkHeadingFont}
catch {font create TkCaptionFont}
| > > > > | 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
# For now, assume patch #971980 applied.
#
# "Classic" look used Helvetica bold for everything except
# for entry widgets, which use Helvetica medium.
# Most other toolkits use medium weight for all UI elements,
# which is what we do now.
#
# Font size specified in pixels on X11, not points.
# This is Theoretically Wrong, but in practice works better; using
# points leads to huge inconsistencies across different servers.
#
namespace eval ttk {
variable tip145 [catch {font create TkDefaultFont}]
catch {font create TkTextFont}
catch {font create TkHeadingFont}
catch {font create TkCaptionFont}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
74 75 76 77 78 79 80 |
if {[info exists tcl_platform(osVersion)]} {
if {$tcl_platform(osVersion) >= 5.0} {
set F(family) "Tahoma"
} else {
set F(family) "MS Sans Serif"
}
} else {
| | | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
if {[info exists tcl_platform(osVersion)]} {
if {$tcl_platform(osVersion) >= 5.0} {
set F(family) "Tahoma"
} else {
set F(family) "MS Sans Serif"
}
} else {
if {[lsearch -exact [font families] Tahoma] != -1} {
set F(family) "Tahoma"
} else {
set F(family) "MS Sans Serif"
}
}
set F(size) 8
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
if {![catch {tk::pkgconfig get fontsystem} F(fs)] && $F(fs) eq "xft"} {
set F(family) "sans-serif"
set F(fixed) "monospace"
} else {
set F(family) "Helvetica"
set F(fixed) "courier"
}
| | | | | | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
if {![catch {tk::pkgconfig get fontsystem} F(fs)] && $F(fs) eq "xft"} {
set F(family) "sans-serif"
set F(fixed) "monospace"
} else {
set F(family) "Helvetica"
set F(fixed) "courier"
}
set F(size) -12
set F(ttsize) -10
set F(capsize) -14
set F(fixedsize) -12
font configure TkDefaultFont -family $F(family) -size $F(size)
font configure TkTextFont -family $F(family) -size $F(size)
font configure TkHeadingFont -family $F(family) -size $F(size) \
-weight bold
font configure TkCaptionFont -family $F(family) -size $F(capsize) \
-weight bold
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/menubutton.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | # # Bindings for Menubuttons. # # Menubuttons have three interaction modes: # # Pulldown: Press menubutton, drag over menu, release to activate menu entry # Popdown: Click menubutton to post menu | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < > < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < | < < | | < < | | < | < | < | < < | > > > | < < < < | < < | | < < | < < < < < < | | < | < | | | > < < < < | < < | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 |
#
# Bindings for Menubuttons.
#
# Menubuttons have three interaction modes:
#
# Pulldown: Press menubutton, drag over menu, release to activate menu entry
# Popdown: Click menubutton to post menu
# Keyboard: <Key-space> or accelerator key to post menu
#
# (In addition, when menu system is active, "dropdown" -- menu posts
# on mouse-over. Ttk menubuttons don't implement this).
#
# For keyboard and popdown mode, we hand off to tk_popup and let
# the built-in Tk bindings handle the rest of the interaction.
#
# ON X11:
#
# Standard Tk menubuttons use a global grab on the menubutton.
# This won't work for Ttk menubuttons in pulldown mode,
# since we need to process the final <ButtonRelease> event,
# and this might be delivered to the menu. So instead we
# rely on the passive grab that occurs on <ButtonPress> events,
# and transition to popdown mode when the mouse is released
# or dragged outside the menubutton.
#
# ON WINDOWS:
#
# I'm not sure what the hell is going on here. [$menu post] apparently
# sets up some kind of internal grab for native menus.
# On this platform, just use [tk_popup] for all menu actions.
#
# ON MACOS:
#
# Same probably applies here.
#
namespace eval ttk {
namespace eval menubutton {
variable State
array set State {
pulldown 0
oldcursor {}
}
}
}
bind TMenubutton <Enter> { %W instate !disabled {%W state active } }
bind TMenubutton <Leave> { %W state !active }
bind TMenubutton <Key-space> { ttk::menubutton::Popdown %W }
bind TMenubutton <<Invoke>> { ttk::menubutton::Popdown %W }
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
bind TMenubutton <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::menubutton::Pulldown %W }
bind TMenubutton <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::menubutton::TransferGrab %W }
bind TMenubutton <B1-Leave> { ttk::menubutton::TransferGrab %W }
} else {
bind TMenubutton <ButtonPress-1> \
{ %W state pressed ; ttk::menubutton::Popdown %W }
bind TMenubutton <ButtonRelease-1> \
{ %W state !pressed }
}
# PostPosition --
# Returns the x and y coordinates where the menu
# should be posted, based on the menubutton and menu size
# and -direction option.
#
# TODO: adjust menu width to be at least as wide as the button
# for -direction above, below.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::PostPosition {mb menu} {
set x [winfo rootx $mb]
set y [winfo rooty $mb]
set dir [$mb cget -direction]
set bw [winfo width $mb]
set bh [winfo height $mb]
set mw [winfo reqwidth $menu]
set mh [winfo reqheight $menu]
set sw [expr {[winfo screenwidth $menu] - $bw - $mw}]
set sh [expr {[winfo screenheight $menu] - $bh - $mh}]
switch -- $dir {
above { if {$y >= $mh} { incr y -$mh } { incr y $bh } }
below { if {$y <= $sh} { incr y $bh } { incr y -$mh } }
left { if {$x >= $mw} { incr x -$mw } { incr x $bw } }
right { if {$x <= $sw} { incr x $bw } { incr x -$mw } }
flush {
# post menu atop menubutton.
# If there's a menu entry whose label matches the
# menubutton -text, assume this is an optionmenu
# and place that entry over the menubutton.
set index [FindMenuEntry $menu [$mb cget -text]]
if {$index ne ""} {
incr y -[$menu yposition $index]
}
}
}
return [list $x $y]
}
# Popdown --
# Post the menu and set a grab on the menu.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::Popdown {mb} {
if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} {
return
}
foreach {x y} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
tk_popup $menu $x $y
}
# Pulldown (X11 only) --
# Called when Button1 is pressed on a menubutton.
# Posts the menu; a subsequent ButtonRelease
# or Leave event will set a grab on the menu.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::Pulldown {mb} {
variable State
if {[$mb instate disabled] || [set menu [$mb cget -menu]] eq ""} {
return
}
foreach {x y} [PostPosition $mb $menu] { break }
set State(pulldown) 1
set State(oldcursor) [$mb cget -cursor]
$mb state pressed
$mb configure -cursor [$menu cget -cursor]
$menu post $x $y
tk_menuSetFocus $menu
}
# TransferGrab (X11 only) --
# Switch from pulldown mode (menubutton has an implicit grab)
# to popdown mode (menu has an explicit grab).
#
proc ttk::menubutton::TransferGrab {mb} {
variable State
if {$State(pulldown)} {
$mb configure -cursor $State(oldcursor)
$mb state {!pressed !active}
set State(pulldown) 0
set menu [$mb cget -menu]
tk_popup $menu [winfo rootx $menu] [winfo rooty $menu]
}
}
# FindMenuEntry --
# Hack to support tk_optionMenus.
# Returns the index of the menu entry with a matching -label,
# -1 if not found.
#
proc ttk::menubutton::FindMenuEntry {menu s} {
set last [$menu index last]
if {$last eq "none"} {
return ""
}
for {set i 0} {$i <= $last} {incr i} {
if {![catch {$menu entrycget $i -label} label]
&& ($label eq $s)} {
return $i
}
}
return ""
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/notebook.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
#
# Bindings for TNotebook widget
#
namespace eval ttk::notebook {
variable TLNotebooks ;# See enableTraversal
}
| | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
#
# Bindings for TNotebook widget
#
namespace eval ttk::notebook {
variable TLNotebooks ;# See enableTraversal
}
bind TNotebook <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::notebook::Press %W %x %y }
bind TNotebook <Key-Right> { ttk::notebook::CycleTab %W 1; break }
bind TNotebook <Key-Left> { ttk::notebook::CycleTab %W -1; break }
bind TNotebook <Control-Key-Tab> { ttk::notebook::CycleTab %W 1; break }
bind TNotebook <Control-Shift-Key-Tab> { ttk::notebook::CycleTab %W -1; break }
catch {
bind TNotebook <Control-ISO_Left_Tab> { ttk::notebook::CycleTab %W -1; break }
}
bind TNotebook <Destroy> { ttk::notebook::Cleanup %W }
# ActivateTab $nb $tab --
# Select the specified tab and set focus.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
ttk::traverseTo $f
} else {
focus $w
}
}
# Press $nb $x $y --
| | | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
ttk::traverseTo $f
} else {
focus $w
}
}
# Press $nb $x $y --
# ButtonPress-1 binding for notebook widgets.
# Activate the tab under the mouse cursor, if any.
#
proc ttk::notebook::Press {w x y} {
set index [$w index @$x,$y]
if {$index ne ""} {
ActivateTab $w $index
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
if {$select != $current} {
ActivateTab $w $select
}
}
}
# MnemonicTab $nb $key --
| | | 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 |
if {$select != $current} {
ActivateTab $w $select
}
}
}
# MnemonicTab $nb $key --
# Scan all tabs in the specified notebook for one with the
# specified mnemonic. If found, returns path name of tab;
# otherwise returns ""
#
proc ttk::notebook::MnemonicTab {nb key} {
set key [string toupper $key]
foreach tab [$nb tabs] {
set label [$nb tab $tab -text]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | # +++ Toplevel keyboard traversal. # # enableTraversal -- # Enable keyboard traversal for a notebook widget # by adding bindings to the containing toplevel window. # | | | | | | | | | | | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 |
# +++ Toplevel keyboard traversal.
#
# enableTraversal --
# Enable keyboard traversal for a notebook widget
# by adding bindings to the containing toplevel window.
#
# TLNotebooks($top) keeps track of the list of all traversal-enabled
# notebooks contained in the toplevel
#
proc ttk::notebook::enableTraversal {nb} {
variable TLNotebooks
set top [winfo toplevel $nb]
if {![info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {
# Augment $top bindings:
#
bind $top <Control-Key-Next> {+ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab %W 1}
bind $top <Control-Key-Prior> {+ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab %W -1}
bind $top <Control-Key-Tab> {+ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab %W 1}
bind $top <Shift-Control-Key-Tab> {+ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab %W -1}
catch {
bind $top <Control-Key-ISO_Left_Tab> {+ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab %W -1}
}
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
bind $top <Option-KeyPress> \
+[list ttk::notebook::MnemonicActivation $top %K]
} else {
bind $top <Alt-KeyPress> \
+[list ttk::notebook::MnemonicActivation $top %K]
}
bind $top <Destroy> {+ttk::notebook::TLCleanup %W}
}
lappend TLNotebooks($top) $nb
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
set top [winfo toplevel $nb]
if {[info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {
set index [lsearch -exact $TLNotebooks($top) $nb]
set TLNotebooks($top) [lreplace $TLNotebooks($top) $index $index]
}
}
| | | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
set top [winfo toplevel $nb]
if {[info exists TLNotebooks($top)]} {
set index [lsearch -exact $TLNotebooks($top) $nb]
set TLNotebooks($top) [lreplace $TLNotebooks($top) $index $index]
}
}
# EnclosingNotebook $w --
# Return the nearest traversal-enabled notebook widget
# that contains $w.
#
# BUGS: this only works properly for tabs that are direct children
# of the notebook widget. This routine should follow the
# geometry manager hierarchy, not window ancestry, but that
# information is not available in Tk.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
}
set w [winfo parent $w]
}
return ""
}
# TLCycleTab --
| | | | | 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 |
}
set w [winfo parent $w]
}
return ""
}
# TLCycleTab --
# toplevel binding procedure for Control-Tab / Shift-Control-Tab
# Select the next/previous tab in the nearest ancestor notebook.
#
proc ttk::notebook::TLCycleTab {w dir} {
set nb [EnclosingNotebook $w]
if {$nb ne ""} {
CycleTab $nb $dir
return -code break
}
}
# MnemonicActivation $nb $key --
# Alt-KeyPress binding procedure for mnemonic activation.
# Scan all notebooks in specified toplevel for a tab with the
# the specified mnemonic. If found, activate it and return TCL_BREAK.
#
proc ttk::notebook::MnemonicActivation {top key} {
variable TLNotebooks
foreach nb $TLNotebooks($top) {
if {[set tab [MnemonicTab $nb $key]] ne ""} {
ActivateTab $nb [$nb index $tab]
return -code break
}
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/panedwindow.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 |
sash -
sashPos -
}
}
## Bindings:
#
| | | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
sash -
sashPos -
}
}
## Bindings:
#
bind TPanedwindow <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::panedwindow::Press %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <B1-Motion> { ttk::panedwindow::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::panedwindow::Release %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <Motion> { ttk::panedwindow::SetCursor %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <Enter> { ttk::panedwindow::SetCursor %W %x %y }
bind TPanedwindow <Leave> { ttk::panedwindow::ResetCursor %W }
# See <<NOTE-PW-LEAVE-NOTIFYINFERIOR>>
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
SetCursor $w $x $y
}
## Cursor management:
#
proc ttk::panedwindow::ResetCursor {w} {
variable State
| < < < < | < < < < < | | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
SetCursor $w $x $y
}
## Cursor management:
#
proc ttk::panedwindow::ResetCursor {w} {
variable State
if {!$State(pressed)} {
ttk::setCursor $w {}
}
}
proc ttk::panedwindow::SetCursor {w x y} {
set cursor ""
if {[llength [$w identify $x $y]]} {
# Assume we're over a sash.
switch -- [$w cget -orient] {
horizontal { set cursor hresize }
vertical { set cursor vresize }
}
}
ttk::setCursor $w $cursor
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/scale.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 |
# scale.tcl - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
#
# Bindings for the TScale widget
namespace eval ttk::scale {
variable State
array set State {
dragging 0
}
}
| | | | < < < < < | | | | | | | | > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
# scale.tcl - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
#
# Bindings for the TScale widget
namespace eval ttk::scale {
variable State
array set State {
dragging 0
}
}
bind TScale <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::scale::Press %W %x %y }
bind TScale <B1-Motion> { ttk::scale::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TScale <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::scale::Release %W %x %y }
bind TScale <ButtonPress-2> { ttk::scale::Jump %W %x %y }
bind TScale <B2-Motion> { ttk::scale::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TScale <ButtonRelease-2> { ttk::scale::Release %W %x %y }
bind TScale <ButtonPress-3> { ttk::scale::Jump %W %x %y }
bind TScale <B3-Motion> { ttk::scale::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TScale <ButtonRelease-3> { ttk::scale::Release %W %x %y }
bind TScale <Left> { ttk::scale::Increment %W -1 }
bind TScale <Up> { ttk::scale::Increment %W -1 }
bind TScale <Right> { ttk::scale::Increment %W 1 }
bind TScale <Down> { ttk::scale::Increment %W 1 }
bind TScale <Control-Left> { ttk::scale::Increment %W -10 }
bind TScale <Control-Up> { ttk::scale::Increment %W -10 }
bind TScale <Control-Right> { ttk::scale::Increment %W 10 }
bind TScale <Control-Down> { ttk::scale::Increment %W 10 }
bind TScale <Home> { %W set [%W cget -from] }
bind TScale <End> { %W set [%W cget -to] }
proc ttk::scale::Press {w x y} {
variable State
set State(dragging) 0
switch -glob -- [$w identify $x $y] {
*track -
*trough {
set inc [expr {([$w get $x $y] <= [$w get]) ^ ([$w cget -from] > [$w cget -to]) ? -1 : 1}]
ttk::Repeatedly Increment $w $inc
}
*slider {
set State(dragging) 1
set State(initial) [$w get]
}
}
}
# scale::Jump -- ButtonPress-2/3 binding for scale acts like
# Press except that clicking in the trough jumps to the
# clicked position.
proc ttk::scale::Jump {w x y} {
variable State
set State(dragging) 0
switch -glob -- [$w identify $x $y] {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/scrollbar.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 |
#
# Bindings for TScrollbar widget
#
namespace eval ttk::scrollbar {
variable State
# State(xPress) --
# State(yPress) -- initial position of mouse at start of drag.
# State(first) -- value of -first at start of drag.
}
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
#
# Bindings for TScrollbar widget
#
# Still don't have a working ttk::scrollbar under OSX -
# Swap in a [tk::scrollbar] on that platform,
# unless user specifies -class or -style.
#
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"} {
rename ::ttk::scrollbar ::ttk::_scrollbar
proc ttk::scrollbar {w args} {
set constructor ::tk::scrollbar
foreach {option _} $args {
if {$option eq "-class" || $option eq "-style"} {
set constructor ::ttk::_scrollbar
break
}
}
return [$constructor $w {*}$args]
}
}
namespace eval ttk::scrollbar {
variable State
# State(xPress) --
# State(yPress) -- initial position of mouse at start of drag.
# State(first) -- value of -first at start of drag.
}
bind TScrollbar <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::scrollbar::Press %W %x %y }
bind TScrollbar <B1-Motion> { ttk::scrollbar::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TScrollbar <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::scrollbar::Release %W %x %y }
bind TScrollbar <ButtonPress-2> { ttk::scrollbar::Jump %W %x %y }
bind TScrollbar <B2-Motion> { ttk::scrollbar::Drag %W %x %y }
bind TScrollbar <ButtonRelease-2> { ttk::scrollbar::Release %W %x %y }
proc ttk::scrollbar::Scroll {w n units} {
set cmd [$w cget -command]
if {$cmd ne ""} {
uplevel #0 $cmd scroll $n $units
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
proc ttk::scrollbar::Press {w x y} {
variable State
set State(xPress) $x
set State(yPress) $y
switch -glob -- [$w identify $x $y] {
| | < | 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
proc ttk::scrollbar::Press {w x y} {
variable State
set State(xPress) $x
set State(yPress) $y
switch -glob -- [$w identify $x $y] {
*uparrow -
*leftarrow {
ttk::Repeatedly Scroll $w -1 units
}
*downarrow -
*rightarrow {
ttk::Repeatedly Scroll $w 1 units
}
*thumb {
set State(first) [lindex [$w get] 0]
}
*trough {
set f [$w fraction $x $y]
if {$f < [lindex [$w get] 0]} {
# Clicked in upper/left trough
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
}
}
}
proc ttk::scrollbar::Drag {w x y} {
variable State
if {![info exists State(first)]} {
| | | < | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
}
}
}
proc ttk::scrollbar::Drag {w x y} {
variable State
if {![info exists State(first)]} {
# Initial buttonpress was not on the thumb,
# or something screwy has happened. In either case, ignore:
return;
}
set xDelta [expr {$x - $State(xPress)}]
set yDelta [expr {$y - $State(yPress)}]
Moveto $w [expr {$State(first) + [$w delta $xDelta $yDelta]}]
}
proc ttk::scrollbar::Release {w x y} {
variable State
unset -nocomplain State(xPress) State(yPress) State(first)
ttk::CancelRepeat
}
# scrollbar::Jump -- ButtonPress-2 binding for scrollbars.
# Behaves exactly like scrollbar::Press, except that
# clicking in the trough jumps to the the selected position.
#
proc ttk::scrollbar::Jump {w x y} {
variable State
switch -glob -- [$w identify $x $y] {
*thumb -
*trough {
set State(first) [$w fraction $x $y]
Moveto $w $State(first)
set State(xPress) $x
set State(yPress) $y
}
default {
Press $w $x $y
}
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/sizegrip.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 |
#
# Sizegrip widget bindings.
#
# Dragging a sizegrip widget resizes the containing toplevel.
#
# NOTE: the sizegrip widget must be in the lower right hand corner.
#
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
x11 -
win32 {
| | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
#
# Sizegrip widget bindings.
#
# Dragging a sizegrip widget resizes the containing toplevel.
#
# NOTE: the sizegrip widget must be in the lower right hand corner.
#
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
x11 -
win32 {
option add *TSizegrip.cursor [ttk::cursor seresize]
}
aqua {
# Aqua sizegrips use default Arrow cursor.
}
}
namespace eval ttk::sizegrip {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
heightInc 1
resizeX 1
resizeY 1
toplevel {}
}
}
| | | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
heightInc 1
resizeX 1
resizeY 1
toplevel {}
}
}
bind TSizegrip <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::sizegrip::Press %W %X %Y }
bind TSizegrip <B1-Motion> { ttk::sizegrip::Drag %W %X %Y }
bind TSizegrip <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::sizegrip::Release %W %X %Y }
proc ttk::sizegrip::Press {W X Y} {
variable State
if {[$W instate disabled]} { return }
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/spinbox.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 |
#
# Duplicate the Entry bindings, override if needed:
#
ttk::copyBindings TEntry TSpinbox
bind TSpinbox <Motion> { ttk::spinbox::Motion %W %x %y }
| | | | < < | | | | | | | | | < | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
#
# Duplicate the Entry bindings, override if needed:
#
ttk::copyBindings TEntry TSpinbox
bind TSpinbox <Motion> { ttk::spinbox::Motion %W %x %y }
bind TSpinbox <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::spinbox::Press %W %x %y }
bind TSpinbox <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::spinbox::Release %W }
bind TSpinbox <Double-Button-1> { ttk::spinbox::DoubleClick %W %x %y }
bind TSpinbox <Triple-Button-1> {} ;# disable TEntry triple-click
bind TSpinbox <KeyPress-Up> { event generate %W <<Increment>> }
bind TSpinbox <KeyPress-Down> { event generate %W <<Decrement>> }
bind TSpinbox <<Increment>> { ttk::spinbox::Spin %W +1 }
bind TSpinbox <<Decrement>> { ttk::spinbox::Spin %W -1 }
ttk::bindMouseWheel TSpinbox [list ttk::spinbox::MouseWheel %W]
## Motion --
# Sets cursor.
#
proc ttk::spinbox::Motion {w x y} {
if { [$w identify $x $y] eq "textarea"
&& [$w instate {!readonly !disabled}]
} {
ttk::setCursor $w text
} else {
ttk::setCursor $w ""
}
}
## Press --
#
proc ttk::spinbox::Press {w x y} {
if {[$w instate disabled]} { return }
focus $w
switch -glob -- [$w identify $x $y] {
*textarea { ttk::entry::Press $w $x }
*rightarrow -
*uparrow { ttk::Repeatedly event generate $w <<Increment>> }
*leftarrow -
*downarrow { ttk::Repeatedly event generate $w <<Decrement>> }
*spinbutton {
if {$y * 2 >= [winfo height $w]} {
set event <<Decrement>>
} else {
set event <<Increment>>
}
ttk::Repeatedly event generate $w $event
}
}
}
## DoubleClick --
# Select all if over the text area; otherwise same as Press.
#
proc ttk::spinbox::DoubleClick {w x y} {
if {[$w instate disabled]} { return }
switch -glob -- [$w identify $x $y] {
*textarea { SelectAll $w }
* { Press $w $x $y }
}
}
proc ttk::spinbox::Release {w} {
ttk::CancelRepeat
}
## MouseWheel --
# Mousewheel callback. Turn these into <<Increment>> (-1, up)
# or <<Decrement> (+1, down) events.
#
proc ttk::spinbox::MouseWheel {w dir} {
if {$dir < 0} {
event generate $w <<Increment>>
} else {
event generate $w <<Decrement>>
}
}
## SelectAll --
# Select widget contents.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
## Spin --
# Handle <<Increment>> and <<Decrement>> events.
# If -values is specified, cycle through the list.
# Otherwise cycle through numeric range based on
# -from, -to, and -increment.
#
proc ttk::spinbox::Spin {w dir} {
| < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < | < < | < < | | | | | 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 |
## Spin --
# Handle <<Increment>> and <<Decrement>> events.
# If -values is specified, cycle through the list.
# Otherwise cycle through numeric range based on
# -from, -to, and -increment.
#
proc ttk::spinbox::Spin {w dir} {
set nvalues [llength [set values [$w cget -values]]]
set value [$w get]
if {$nvalues} {
set current [lsearch -exact $values $value]
set index [Adjust $w [expr {$current + $dir}] 0 [expr {$nvalues - 1}]]
$w set [lindex $values $index]
} else {
if {[catch {
set v [expr {[scan [$w get] %f] + $dir * [$w cget -increment]}]
}]} {
set v [$w cget -from]
}
$w set [FormatValue $w [Adjust $w $v [$w cget -from] [$w cget -to]]]
}
SelectAll $w
uplevel #0 [$w cget -command]
}
## FormatValue --
# Reformat numeric value based on -format.
#
proc ttk::spinbox::FormatValue {w val} {
set fmt [$w cget -format]
if {$fmt eq ""} {
# Try to guess a suitable -format based on -increment.
set delta [expr {abs([$w cget -increment])}]
if {0 < $delta && $delta < 1} {
# NB: This guesses wrong if -increment has more than 1
# significant digit itself, e.g., -increment 0.25
set nsd [expr {int(ceil(-log10($delta)))}]
set fmt "%.${nsd}f"
} else {
set fmt "%.0f"
}
}
return [format $fmt $val]
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/treeview.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
### Widget bindings.
#
bind Treeview <Motion> { ttk::treeview::Motion %W %x %y }
bind Treeview <B1-Leave> { #nothing }
bind Treeview <Leave> { ttk::treeview::ActivateHeading {} {}}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
### Widget bindings.
#
bind Treeview <Motion> { ttk::treeview::Motion %W %x %y }
bind Treeview <B1-Leave> { #nothing }
bind Treeview <Leave> { ttk::treeview::ActivateHeading {} {}}
bind Treeview <ButtonPress-1> { ttk::treeview::Press %W %x %y }
bind Treeview <Double-ButtonPress-1> { ttk::treeview::DoubleClick %W %x %y }
bind Treeview <ButtonRelease-1> { ttk::treeview::Release %W %x %y }
bind Treeview <B1-Motion> { ttk::treeview::Drag %W %x %y }
bind Treeview <KeyPress-Up> { ttk::treeview::Keynav %W up }
bind Treeview <KeyPress-Down> { ttk::treeview::Keynav %W down }
bind Treeview <KeyPress-Right> { ttk::treeview::Keynav %W right }
bind Treeview <KeyPress-Left> { ttk::treeview::Keynav %W left }
bind Treeview <KeyPress-Prior> { %W yview scroll -1 pages }
bind Treeview <KeyPress-Next> { %W yview scroll 1 pages }
bind Treeview <KeyPress-Return> { ttk::treeview::ToggleFocus %W }
bind Treeview <KeyPress-space> { ttk::treeview::ToggleFocus %W }
bind Treeview <Shift-ButtonPress-1> \
{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y extend }
bind Treeview <Control-ButtonPress-1> \
{ ttk::treeview::Select %W %x %y toggle }
ttk::copyBindings TtkScrollable Treeview
### Binding procedures.
#
## Keynav -- Keyboard navigation
#
# @@@ TODO: verify/rewrite up and down code.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
}
}
## Motion -- pointer motion binding.
# Sets cursor, active element ...
#
proc ttk::treeview::Motion {w x y} {
| < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
}
}
## Motion -- pointer motion binding.
# Sets cursor, active element ...
#
proc ttk::treeview::Motion {w x y} {
set cursor {}
set activeHeading {}
switch -- [$w identify region $x $y] {
separator { set cursor hresize }
heading { set activeHeading [$w identify column $x $y] }
}
ttk::setCursor $w $cursor
ActivateHeading $w $activeHeading
}
## ActivateHeading -- track active heading element
#
proc ttk::treeview::ActivateHeading {w heading} {
variable State
if {$w != $State(activeWidget) || $heading != $State(activeHeading)} {
if {$State(activeHeading) != {}} {
$State(activeWidget) heading $State(activeHeading) state !active
}
if {$heading != {}} {
$w heading $heading state active
}
set State(activeHeading) $heading
set State(activeWidget) $w
}
}
## Select $w $x $y $selectop
# Binding procedure for selection operations.
# See "Selection modes", below.
#
proc ttk::treeview::Select {w x y op} {
if {[set item [$w identify row $x $y]] ne "" } {
SelectOp $w $item $op
}
}
## DoubleClick -- Double-ButtonPress-1 binding.
#
proc ttk::treeview::DoubleClick {w x y} {
if {[set row [$w identify row $x $y]] ne ""} {
Toggle $w $row
} else {
Press $w $x $y ;# perform single-click action
}
}
## Press -- ButtonPress binding.
#
proc ttk::treeview::Press {w x y} {
focus $w
switch -- [$w identify region $x $y] {
nothing { }
heading { heading.press $w $x $y }
separator { resize.press $w $x $y }
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
proc ttk::treeview::resize.drag {w x} {
variable State
$w drag $State(resizeColumn) $x
}
proc ttk::treeview::resize.release {w x} {
| | | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
proc ttk::treeview::resize.drag {w x} {
variable State
$w drag $State(resizeColumn) $x
}
proc ttk::treeview::resize.release {w x} {
# no-op
}
### Heading activation.
#
proc ttk::treeview::heading.press {w x y} {
variable State
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
261 262 263 264 265 266 267 |
#
proc ttk::treeview::SelectOp {w item op} {
select.$op.[$w cget -selectmode] $w $item
}
## -selectmode none:
#
| | | | | 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 |
#
proc ttk::treeview::SelectOp {w item op} {
select.$op.[$w cget -selectmode] $w $item
}
## -selectmode none:
#
proc ttk::treeview::select.choose.none {w item} { $w focus $item }
proc ttk::treeview::select.toggle.none {w item} { $w focus $item }
proc ttk::treeview::select.extend.none {w item} { $w focus $item }
## -selectmode browse:
#
proc ttk::treeview::select.choose.browse {w item} { BrowseTo $w $item }
proc ttk::treeview::select.toggle.browse {w item} { BrowseTo $w $item }
proc ttk::treeview::select.extend.browse {w item} { BrowseTo $w $item }
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
$w focus $item
event generate $w <<TreeviewClose>>
}
## Toggle -- toggle opened/closed state of item
#
proc ttk::treeview::Toggle {w item} {
| < < < < < < | 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 |
$w focus $item
event generate $w <<TreeviewClose>>
}
## Toggle -- toggle opened/closed state of item
#
proc ttk::treeview::Toggle {w item} {
if {[$w item $item -open]} {
CloseItem $w $item
} else {
OpenItem $w $item
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/ttk.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 |
namespace eval ::ttk {
variable library
if {![info exists library]} {
set library [file dirname [info script]]
}
}
| | | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
namespace eval ::ttk {
variable library
if {![info exists library]} {
set library [file dirname [info script]]
}
}
source [file join $::ttk::library fonts.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library cursors.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library utils.tcl]
## ttk::deprecated $old $new --
# Define $old command as a deprecated alias for $new command
# $old and $new must be fully namespace-qualified.
#
proc ttk::deprecated {old new} {
interp alias {} $old {} ttk::do'deprecate $old $new
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
}
::ttk::style theme use $theme
set currentTheme $theme
}
### Load widget bindings.
#
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
}
::ttk::style theme use $theme
set currentTheme $theme
}
### Load widget bindings.
#
source [file join $::ttk::library button.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library menubutton.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library scrollbar.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library scale.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library progress.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library notebook.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library panedwindow.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library entry.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library combobox.tcl] ;# dependency: entry.tcl
source [file join $::ttk::library spinbox.tcl] ;# dependency: entry.tcl
source [file join $::ttk::library treeview.tcl]
source [file join $::ttk::library sizegrip.tcl]
## Label and Labelframe bindings:
# (not enough to justify their own file...)
#
bind TLabelframe <<Invoke>> { tk::TabToWindow [tk_focusNext %W] }
bind TLabel <<Invoke>> { tk::TabToWindow [tk_focusNext %W] }
### Load settings for built-in themes:
#
proc ttk::LoadThemes {} {
variable library
# "default" always present:
uplevel #0 [list source [file join $library defaults.tcl]]
set builtinThemes [style theme names]
foreach {theme scripts} {
classic classicTheme.tcl
alt altTheme.tcl
clam clamTheme.tcl
winnative winTheme.tcl
xpnative {xpTheme.tcl vistaTheme.tcl}
aqua aquaTheme.tcl
} {
if {[lsearch -exact $builtinThemes $theme] >= 0} {
foreach script $scripts {
uplevel #0 [list source [file join $library $script]]
}
}
}
}
ttk::LoadThemes; rename ::ttk::LoadThemes {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to library/ttk/utils.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 |
event generate $focus <<TraverseOut>>
}
focus $w
event generate $w <<TraverseIn>>
}
## ttk::clickToFocus $w --
| | | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
event generate $focus <<TraverseOut>>
}
focus $w
event generate $w <<TraverseIn>>
}
## ttk::clickToFocus $w --
# Utility routine, used in <ButtonPress-1> bindings --
# Assign keyboard focus to the specified widget if -takefocus is enabled.
#
proc ttk::clickToFocus {w} {
if {[ttk::takesFocus $w]} { focus $w }
}
## ttk::takesFocus w --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
bind $to $event [bind $from $event]
}
}
### Mousewheel bindings.
#
# Platform inconsistencies:
#
# MouseWheel scrolling is accelerated on X11, which is conventional
# for Tk and appears to be conventional for other toolkits (although
# Gtk+ and Qt do not appear to use as large a factor).
#
## ttk::bindMouseWheel $bindtag $command...
# Adds basic mousewheel support to $bindtag.
# $command will be passed one additional argument
# specifying the mousewheel direction (-1: up, +1: down).
#
proc ttk::bindMouseWheel {bindtag callback} {
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > | | | > | > | | | > > | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 |
bind $to $event [bind $from $event]
}
}
### Mousewheel bindings.
#
# Platform inconsistencies:
#
# On X11, the server typically maps the mouse wheel to Button4 and Button5.
#
# On OSX, Tk generates sensible values for the %D field in <MouseWheel> events.
#
# On Windows, %D must be scaled by a factor of 120.
# In addition, Tk redirects mousewheel events to the window with
# keyboard focus instead of sending them to the window under the pointer.
# We do not attempt to fix that here, see also TIP#171.
#
# OSX conventionally uses Shift+MouseWheel for horizontal scrolling,
# and Option+MouseWheel for accelerated scrolling.
#
# The Shift+MouseWheel behavior is not conventional on Windows or most
# X11 toolkits, but it's useful.
#
# MouseWheel scrolling is accelerated on X11, which is conventional
# for Tk and appears to be conventional for other toolkits (although
# Gtk+ and Qt do not appear to use as large a factor).
#
## ttk::bindMouseWheel $bindtag $command...
# Adds basic mousewheel support to $bindtag.
# $command will be passed one additional argument
# specifying the mousewheel direction (-1: up, +1: down).
#
proc ttk::bindMouseWheel {bindtag callback} {
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
x11 {
bind $bindtag <ButtonPress-4> "$callback -1"
bind $bindtag <ButtonPress-5> "$callback +1"
}
win32 {
bind $bindtag <MouseWheel> [append callback { [expr {-(%D/120)}]}]
}
aqua {
bind $bindtag <MouseWheel> [append callback { [expr {-(%D)}]} ]
}
}
}
## Mousewheel bindings for standard scrollable widgets.
#
# Usage: [ttk::copyBindings TtkScrollable $bindtag]
#
# $bindtag should be for a widget that supports the
# standard scrollbar protocol.
#
switch -- [tk windowingsystem] {
x11 {
bind TtkScrollable <ButtonPress-4> { %W yview scroll -5 units }
bind TtkScrollable <ButtonPress-5> { %W yview scroll 5 units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-ButtonPress-4> { %W xview scroll -5 units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-ButtonPress-5> { %W xview scroll 5 units }
}
win32 {
bind TtkScrollable <MouseWheel> \
{ %W yview scroll [expr {-(%D/120)}] units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-MouseWheel> \
{ %W xview scroll [expr {-(%D/120)}] units }
}
aqua {
bind TtkScrollable <MouseWheel> \
{ %W yview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-MouseWheel> \
{ %W xview scroll [expr {-(%D)}] units }
bind TtkScrollable <Option-MouseWheel> \
{ %W yview scroll [expr {-10*(%D)}] units }
bind TtkScrollable <Shift-Option-MouseWheel> \
{ %W xview scroll [expr {-10*(%D)}] units }
}
}
#*EOF*
|
Changes to library/ttk/vistaTheme.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 | # # Settings for Microsoft Windows Vista and Server 2008 # # The Vista theme can only be defined on Windows Vista and above. The theme | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
#
# Settings for Microsoft Windows Vista and Server 2008
#
# The Vista theme can only be defined on Windows Vista and above. The theme
# is created in C due to the need to assign a theme-enabled function for
# detecting when themeing is disabled. On systems that cannot support the
# Vista theme, there will be no such theme created and we must not
# evaluate this script.
if {"vista" ni [ttk::style theme names]} {
return
}
namespace eval ttk::theme::vista {
ttk::style theme settings vista {
ttk::style configure . \
-background SystemButtonFace \
-foreground SystemWindowText \
-selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
-selectbackground SystemHighlight \
-font TkDefaultFont \
;
ttk::style map "." \
-foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText] \
;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
-expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
ttk::style map Treeview \
| < | < | | | | | | | < | | < | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
-expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list selected SystemHighlight] \
-foreground [list selected SystemHighlightText] ;
# Label and Toolbutton
ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground "#0046d5"
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}
# Combobox
ttk::style configure TCombobox -padding 2
ttk::style element create Combobox.field vsapi \
COMBOBOX 2 {{} 1}
ttk::style element create Combobox.border vsapi \
COMBOBOX 4 {disabled 4 focus 3 active 2 hover 2 {} 1}
ttk::style element create Combobox.rightdownarrow vsapi \
COMBOBOX 6 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \
-syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
ttk::style layout TCombobox {
Combobox.border -sticky nswe -border 0 -children {
Combobox.rightdownarrow -side right -sticky ns
Combobox.padding -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
Combobox.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
Combobox.textarea -sticky nswe
}
}
}
}
# Vista.Combobox droplist frame
ttk::style element create ComboboxPopdownFrame.background vsapi\
LISTBOX 3 {disabled 4 active 3 focus 2 {} 1}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
-padding 1 -halfheight 1 \
-syssize { SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL }
ttk::style layout TSpinbox {
Spinbox.field -sticky nswe -children {
Spinbox.background -sticky news -children {
Spinbox.padding -sticky news -children {
Spinbox.innerbg -sticky news -children {
| | | | 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
-padding 1 -halfheight 1 \
-syssize { SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL }
ttk::style layout TSpinbox {
Spinbox.field -sticky nswe -children {
Spinbox.background -sticky news -children {
Spinbox.padding -sticky news -children {
Spinbox.innerbg -sticky news -children {
Spinbox.textarea -expand 1
}
}
Spinbox.uparrow -side top -sticky ens
Spinbox.downarrow -side bottom -sticky ens
}
}
}
ttk::style map TSpinbox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
;
# SCROLLBAR elements (Vista includes a state for 'hover')
ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow vsapi \
SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 hover 17 {} 1} \
-syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
ttk::style element create Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow vsapi \
SCROLLBAR 1 {disabled 8 pressed 7 active 6 hover 18 {} 5} \
-syssize {SM_CXVSCROLL SM_CYVSCROLL}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
# Progressbar
ttk::style element create Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
ttk::style layout Horizontal.TProgressbar {
Horizontal.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar -side left -sticky ns
| < | | | | | | | | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
# Progressbar
ttk::style element create Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
ttk::style layout Horizontal.TProgressbar {
Horizontal.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar -side left -sticky ns
}
}
ttk::style element create Vertical.Progressbar.pbar vsapi \
PROGRESS 3 {{} 1} -padding 8
ttk::style layout Vertical.TProgressbar {
Vertical.Progressbar.trough -sticky nswe -children {
Vertical.Progressbar.pbar -side bottom -sticky we
}
}
# Scale
ttk::style element create Horizontal.Scale.slider vsapi \
TRACKBAR 3 {disabled 5 focus 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \
-width 6 -height 12
ttk::style layout Horizontal.TScale {
Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
Horizontal.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
Horizontal.Scale.track -sticky we
Horizontal.Scale.slider -side left -sticky {}
}
}
}
ttk::style element create Vertical.Scale.slider vsapi \
TRACKBAR 6 {disabled 5 focus 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} \
-width 12 -height 6
ttk::style layout Vertical.TScale {
Scale.focus -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
Vertical.Scale.trough -expand 1 -sticky nswe -children {
Vertical.Scale.track -sticky ns
Vertical.Scale.slider -side top -sticky {}
}
}
}
# Treeview
ttk::style configure Item -padding {4 0 0 0}
package provide ttk::theme::vista 1.0
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/winTheme.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 |
#
# Settings for 'winnative' theme.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::winnative {
ttk::style theme settings winnative {
ttk::style configure "." \
-background SystemButtonFace \
-foreground SystemWindowText \
-selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
-selectbackground SystemHighlight \
| < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
#
# Settings for 'winnative' theme.
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::winnative {
ttk::style theme settings winnative {
ttk::style configure "." \
-background SystemButtonFace \
-foreground SystemWindowText \
-selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
-selectbackground SystemHighlight \
-troughcolor SystemScrollbar \
-font TkDefaultFont \
;
ttk::style map "." -foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText] ;
ttk::style map "." -embossed [list disabled 1] ;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
69 70 71 72 73 74 75 |
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {3 1} -borderwidth 1
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
ttk::style map Treeview \
| < | < | | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 |
ttk::style configure TNotebook.Tab -padding {3 1} -borderwidth 1
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab -expand [list selected {2 2 2 0}]
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont -relief raised
ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list selected SystemHighlight] \
-foreground [list selected SystemHighlightText] ;
ttk::style configure TProgressbar \
-background SystemHighlight -borderwidth 0 ;
}
}
|
Changes to library/ttk/xpTheme.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
#
# Settings for 'xpnative' theme
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::xpnative {
ttk::style theme settings xpnative {
ttk::style configure . \
-background SystemButtonFace \
-foreground SystemWindowText \
-selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
-selectbackground SystemHighlight \
| < > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
#
# Settings for 'xpnative' theme
#
namespace eval ttk::theme::xpnative {
ttk::style theme settings xpnative {
ttk::style configure . \
-background SystemButtonFace \
-foreground SystemWindowText \
-selectforeground SystemHighlightText \
-selectbackground SystemHighlight \
-font TkDefaultFont \
;
ttk::style map "." \
-foreground [list disabled SystemGrayText] \
;
ttk::style configure TButton -anchor center -padding {1 1} -width -11
ttk::style configure TRadiobutton -padding 2
ttk::style configure TCheckbutton -padding 2
ttk::style configure TMenubutton -padding {8 4}
ttk::style configure TNotebook -tabmargins {2 2 2 0}
ttk::style map TNotebook.Tab \
-expand [list selected {2 2 2 2}]
# Treeview:
ttk::style configure Heading -font TkHeadingFont
ttk::style configure Treeview -background SystemWindow
ttk::style map Treeview \
-background [list selected SystemHighlight] \
-foreground [list selected SystemHighlightText] ;
ttk::style configure TLabelframe.Label -foreground "#0046d5"
# OR: -padding {3 3 3 6}, which some apps seem to use.
ttk::style configure TEntry -padding {2 2 2 4}
ttk::style map TEntry \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
ttk::style map TSpinbox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
;
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}
| < < < < < < < < | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
ttk::style map TSpinbox \
-selectbackground [list !focus SystemWindow] \
-selectforeground [list !focus SystemWindowText] \
;
ttk::style configure Toolbutton -padding {4 4}
}
}
|
Changes to library/unsupported.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace eval ::tk::unsupported {
# Map from the old global names of Tk private commands to their
# new namespace-encapsulated names.
| | | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace eval ::tk::unsupported {
# Map from the old global names of Tk private commands to their
# new namespace-encapsulated names.
variable PrivateCommands
array set PrivateCommands {
tkButtonAutoInvoke ::tk::ButtonAutoInvoke
tkButtonDown ::tk::ButtonDown
tkButtonEnter ::tk::ButtonEnter
tkButtonInvoke ::tk::ButtonInvoke
tkButtonLeave ::tk::ButtonLeave
tkButtonUp ::tk::ButtonUp
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 | tkFocusGroup_Create ::tk::FocusGroup_Create tkFocusGroup_Destroy ::tk::FocusGroup_Destroy tkFocusGroup_In ::tk::FocusGroup_In tkFocusGroup_Out ::tk::FocusGroup_Out tkFocusOK ::tk::FocusOK tkGenerateMenuSelect ::tk::GenerateMenuSelect tkIconList ::tk::IconList tkListbox ::tk::Listbox tkListboxAutoScan ::tk::ListboxAutoScan tkListboxBeginExtend ::tk::ListboxBeginExtend tkListboxBeginSelect ::tk::ListboxBeginSelect tkListboxBeginToggle ::tk::ListboxBeginToggle tkListboxCancel ::tk::ListboxCancel tkListboxDataExtend ::tk::ListboxDataExtend | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 | tkFocusGroup_Create ::tk::FocusGroup_Create tkFocusGroup_Destroy ::tk::FocusGroup_Destroy tkFocusGroup_In ::tk::FocusGroup_In tkFocusGroup_Out ::tk::FocusGroup_Out tkFocusOK ::tk::FocusOK tkGenerateMenuSelect ::tk::GenerateMenuSelect tkIconList ::tk::IconList tkIconList_Add ::tk::IconList_Add tkIconList_Arrange ::tk::IconList_Arrange tkIconList_AutoScan ::tk::IconList_AutoScan tkIconList_Btn1 ::tk::IconList_Btn1 tkIconList_Config ::tk::IconList_Config tkIconList_Create ::tk::IconList_Create tkIconList_CtrlBtn1 ::tk::IconList_CtrlBtn1 tkIconList_Curselection ::tk::IconList_CurSelection tkIconList_DeleteAll ::tk::IconList_DeleteAll tkIconList_Double1 ::tk::IconList_Double1 tkIconList_DrawSelection ::tk::IconList_DrawSelection tkIconList_FocusIn ::tk::IconList_FocusIn tkIconList_FocusOut ::tk::IconList_FocusOut tkIconList_Get ::tk::IconList_Get tkIconList_Goto ::tk::IconList_Goto tkIconList_Index ::tk::IconList_Index tkIconList_Invoke ::tk::IconList_Invoke tkIconList_KeyPress ::tk::IconList_KeyPress tkIconList_Leave1 ::tk::IconList_Leave1 tkIconList_LeftRight ::tk::IconList_LeftRight tkIconList_Motion1 ::tk::IconList_Motion1 tkIconList_Reset ::tk::IconList_Reset tkIconList_ReturnKey ::tk::IconList_ReturnKey tkIconList_See ::tk::IconList_See tkIconList_Select ::tk::IconList_Select tkIconList_Selection ::tk::IconList_Selection tkIconList_ShiftBtn1 ::tk::IconList_ShiftBtn1 tkIconList_UpDown ::tk::IconList_UpDown tkListbox ::tk::Listbox tkListboxAutoScan ::tk::ListboxAutoScan tkListboxBeginExtend ::tk::ListboxBeginExtend tkListboxBeginSelect ::tk::ListboxBeginSelect tkListboxBeginToggle ::tk::ListboxBeginToggle tkListboxCancel ::tk::ListboxCancel tkListboxDataExtend ::tk::ListboxDataExtend |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
227 228 229 230 231 232 233 |
# The old command name in the global namespace is aliased to the
# new private name.
proc ::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand {cmd} {
variable PrivateCommands
set cmds [array get PrivateCommands $cmd]
if {[llength $cmds] == 0} {
| < | | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 |
# The old command name in the global namespace is aliased to the
# new private name.
proc ::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateCommand {cmd} {
variable PrivateCommands
set cmds [array get PrivateCommands $cmd]
if {[llength $cmds] == 0} {
return -code error "No compatibility support for \[$cmd]"
}
foreach {old new} $cmds {
namespace eval :: [list interp alias {} $old {}] $new
}
}
# ::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
# The old variable name in the global namespace is aliased to the
# new private name.
proc ::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable {var} {
variable PrivateVariables
set vars [array get PrivateVariables $var]
if {[llength $vars] == 0} {
| < | | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 |
# The old variable name in the global namespace is aliased to the
# new private name.
proc ::tk::unsupported::ExposePrivateVariable {var} {
variable PrivateVariables
set vars [array get PrivateVariables $var]
if {[llength $vars] == 0} {
return -code error "No compatibility support for \$$var"
}
namespace eval ::tk::mac {}
foreach {old new} $vars {
namespace eval :: [list upvar "#0" $new $old]
}
}
|
Changes to library/xmfbox.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # xmfbox.tcl -- # # Implements the "Motif" style file selection dialog for the # Unix platform. This implementation is used only if the # "::tk_strictMotif" flag is set. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 |
# xmfbox.tcl --
#
# Implements the "Motif" style file selection dialog for the
# Unix platform. This implementation is used only if the
# "::tk_strictMotif" flag is set.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Scriptics Corporation
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
namespace eval ::tk::dialog {}
namespace eval ::tk::dialog::file {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | # type "open" or "save" # args Options parsed by the procedure. # # Results: # When -multiple is set to 0, this returns the absolute pathname # of the selected file. (NOTE: This is not the same as a single # element list.) | | | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
# type "open" or "save"
# args Options parsed by the procedure.
#
# Results:
# When -multiple is set to 0, this returns the absolute pathname
# of the selected file. (NOTE: This is not the same as a single
# element list.)
#
# When -multiple is set to > 0, this returns a Tcl list of absolute
# pathnames. The argument for -multiple is ignored, but for consistency
# with Windows it defines the maximum amount of memory to allocate for
# the returned filenames.
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog {type args} {
variable ::tk::Priv
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
set data(filter) *
return
}
# The filetypes radiobuttons
# set data(fileType) $data(-defaulttype)
# Default type to first entry
| | | | | | 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
set data(filter) *
return
}
# The filetypes radiobuttons
# set data(fileType) $data(-defaulttype)
# Default type to first entry
set initialTypeName [lindex $data(-filetypes) 0 0]
if {$data(-typevariable) ne ""} {
upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
if {[info exist typeVariable]} {
set initialTypeName $typeVariable
}
}
set ix 0
set data(fileType) 0
foreach fltr $data(-filetypes) {
set fname [lindex $fltr 0]
if {[string first $initialTypeName $fname] == 0} {
set data(fileType) $ix
break
}
incr ix
}
MotifFDialog_SetFilter $w [lindex $data(-filetypes) $data(fileType)]
#don't produce radiobuttons for only one filetype
if {[llength $data(-filetypes)] == 1} {
return
}
frame $f
set cnt 0
if {$data(-filetypes) ne {}} {
foreach type $data(-filetypes) {
set title [lindex [lindex $type 0] 0]
set filter [lindex $type 1]
radiobutton $f.b$cnt \
-text $title \
-variable ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w](fileType) \
-value $cnt \
-command [list tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter $w $type]
pack $f.b$cnt -side left
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 |
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
variable ::tk::Priv
set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]
MotifFDialog_Update $w
}
# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
# Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option
| > | 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
# This proc gets called whenever data(filter) is set
#
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_SetFilter {w type} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
variable ::tk::Priv
set data(filter) [lindex $type 1]
set Priv(selectFileType) [lindex [lindex $type 0] 0]
MotifFDialog_Update $w
}
# ::tk::MotifFDialog_Config --
#
# Iterates over the optional arguments to determine the option
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
294 295 296 297 298 299 300 |
}
set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)
# 5. Parse the -filetypes option. It is not used by the motif
# file dialog, but we check for validity of the value to make sure
# the application code also runs fine with the TK file dialog.
#
| < < | | 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 |
}
set data(selectFile) $data(-initialfile)
# 5. Parse the -filetypes option. It is not used by the motif
# file dialog, but we check for validity of the value to make sure
# the application code also runs fine with the TK file dialog.
#
set data(-filetypes) [::tk::FDGetFileTypes $data(-filetypes)]
if {![info exists data(filter)]} {
set data(filter) *
}
if {![winfo exists $data(-parent)]} {
error "bad window path name \"$data(-parent)\""
}
}
# ::tk::MotifFDialog_BuildUI --
#
# Builds the UI components of the Motif file dialog.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
# If the string is a relative pathname, combine it
# with the current selectPath.
set relative 0
if {[file pathtype $text] eq "relative"} {
set relative 1
} elseif {$badTilde} {
| | | 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 |
# If the string is a relative pathname, combine it
# with the current selectPath.
set relative 0
if {[file pathtype $text] eq "relative"} {
set relative 1
} elseif {$badTilde} {
set relative 1
}
if {$relative} {
tk_messageBox -icon warning -type ok \
-message "\"$text\" must be an absolute pathname"
$data(fEnt) delete 0 end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 |
$data(fEnt) delete 0 end
$data(fEnt) insert 0 \
[::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile $data(selectPath) $data(filter)]
$data(sEnt) delete 0 end
$data(sEnt) insert 0 [::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile $data(selectPath) \
$data(selectFile)]
| | | 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 |
$data(fEnt) delete 0 end
$data(fEnt) insert 0 \
[::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile $data(selectPath) $data(filter)]
$data(sEnt) delete 0 end
$data(sEnt) insert 0 [::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile $data(selectPath) \
$data(selectFile)]
MotifFDialog_LoadFiles $w
}
# ::tk::MotifFDialog_LoadFiles --
#
# Loads the files and directories into the two listboxes according
# to the filter setting.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
622 623 624 625 626 627 628 | # This procedure is called when the directory list is browsed # (clicked-over) by the user. # # Arguments: # w The pathname of the dialog box. # # Results: | | | 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
# This procedure is called when the directory list is browsed
# (clicked-over) by the user.
#
# Arguments:
# w The pathname of the dialog box.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_BrowseDList {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
focus $data(dList)
if {[$data(dList) curselection] eq ""} {
return
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
668 669 670 671 672 673 674 | # This procedure is called when the directory list is activated # (double-clicked) by the user. # # Arguments: # w The pathname of the dialog box. # # Results: | | | 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
# This procedure is called when the directory list is activated
# (double-clicked) by the user.
#
# Arguments:
# w The pathname of the dialog box.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateDList {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
if {[$data(dList) curselection] eq ""} {
return
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
716 717 718 719 720 721 722 | # This procedure is called when the file list is browsed # (clicked-over) by the user. # # Arguments: # w The pathname of the dialog box. # # Results: | | | | | | | 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 |
# This procedure is called when the file list is browsed
# (clicked-over) by the user.
#
# Arguments:
# w The pathname of the dialog box.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_BrowseFList {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
focus $data(fList)
set data(selectFile) ""
foreach item [$data(fList) curselection] {
lappend data(selectFile) [$data(fList) get $item]
}
if {[llength $data(selectFile)] == 0} {
return
}
$data(dList) selection clear 0 end
$data(fEnt) delete 0 end
$data(fEnt) insert 0 [::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile $data(selectPath) \
$data(filter)]
$data(fEnt) xview end
# if it's a multiple selection box, just put in the filenames
# otherwise put in the full path as usual
$data(sEnt) delete 0 end
if {$data(-multiple) != 0} {
$data(sEnt) insert 0 $data(selectFile)
} else {
$data(sEnt) insert 0 [::tk::dialog::file::JoinFile $data(selectPath) \
[lindex $data(selectFile) 0]]
}
$data(sEnt) xview end
}
# ::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateFList --
#
# This procedure is called when the file list is activated
# (double-clicked) by the user.
#
# Arguments:
# w The pathname of the dialog box.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateFList {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
if {[$data(fList) curselection] eq ""} {
return
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 | # the "filter" entry. It updates the dialog according to the # text inside the filter entry. # # Arguments: # w The pathname of the dialog box. # # Results: | | | | | 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 |
# the "filter" entry. It updates the dialog according to the
# text inside the filter entry.
#
# Arguments:
# w The pathname of the dialog box.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateFEnt {w} {
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
set list [MotifFDialog_InterpFilter $w]
set data(selectPath) [lindex $list 0]
set data(filter) [lindex $list 1]
MotifFDialog_Update $w
}
# ::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateSEnt --
#
# This procedure is called when the user presses Return inside
# the "selection" entry. It sets the ::tk::Priv(selectFilePath)
# variable so that the vwait loop in tk::MotifFDialog will be
# terminated.
#
# Arguments:
# w The pathname of the dialog box.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc ::tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateSEnt {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
upvar ::tk::dialog::file::[winfo name $w] data
set selectFilePath [string trim [$data(sEnt) get]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
866 867 868 869 870 871 872 |
lappend newFileList $item
}
# Return selected filter
if {[info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
&& [info exists data(-filetypes)] && $data(-filetypes) ne ""} {
upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
| | | 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 |
lappend newFileList $item
}
# Return selected filter
if {[info exists data(-typevariable)] && $data(-typevariable) ne ""
&& [info exists data(-filetypes)] && $data(-filetypes) ne ""} {
upvar #0 $data(-typevariable) typeVariable
set typeVariable [lindex $data(-filetypes) $data(fileType) 0]
}
if {$data(-multiple) != 0} {
set Priv(selectFilePath) $newFileList
} else {
set Priv(selectFilePath) [lindex $newFileList 0]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
902 903 904 905 906 907 908 |
set Priv(selectFilePath) ""
set Priv(selectFile) ""
set Priv(selectPath) ""
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set {w} {
| | | | 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 |
set Priv(selectFilePath) ""
set Priv(selectFile) ""
set Priv(selectPath) ""
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Set {w} {
bind Listbox <Any-KeyPress> ""
bind $w <Destroy> [list tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset $w]
bind $w <Any-KeyPress> [list tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key $w %A]
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Unset {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
catch {after cancel $Priv(lbAccel,$w,afterId)}
unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w) Priv(lbAccel,$w,afterId)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
926 927 928 929 930 931 932 | # keystrokes. # # Arguments: # w The pathname of the listbox. # key The key which the user just pressed. # # Results: | | | 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 |
# keystrokes.
#
# Arguments:
# w The pathname of the listbox.
# key The key which the user just pressed.
#
# Results:
# None.
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Key {w key} {
variable ::tk::Priv
if { $key eq "" } {
return
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 |
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}
| > > > > > > | 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 |
}
proc ::tk::ListBoxKeyAccel_Reset {w} {
variable ::tk::Priv
unset -nocomplain Priv(lbAccel,$w)
}
proc ::tk_getFileType {} {
variable ::tk::Priv
return $Priv(selectFileType)
}
|
Changes to license.terms.
1 | This software is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of | | < | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | This software is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of California, Sun Microsystems, Inc., and other parties. The following terms apply to all files associated with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files. The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement, license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses. Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/GNUmakefile.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 |
SYMROOT ?= ${BUILD_DIR}/${PROJECT}
OBJROOT ?= ${SYMROOT}
EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS ?=
EXTRA_MAKE_ARGS ?=
INSTALL_PATH ?= /Library/Frameworks
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
SYMROOT ?= ${BUILD_DIR}/${PROJECT}
OBJROOT ?= ${SYMROOT}
EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS ?=
EXTRA_MAKE_ARGS ?=
INSTALL_PATH ?= /Library/Frameworks
APPLICATION_INSTALL_PATH ?= /Applications/Utilities
PREFIX ?= /usr/local
BINDIR ?= ${PREFIX}/bin
LIBDIR ?= ${INSTALL_PATH}
MANDIR ?= ${PREFIX}/man
# tcl build directory (containing tclConfig.sh and Makefile)
TCL_BUILD_DIR ?= ${BUILD_DIR}/tcl/${BUILD_STYLE}
# location of installed tcl, only used if tcl in TCL_BUILD_DIR can't be found
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR ?= /Library/Frameworks
TCLSH_DIR ?= ${PREFIX}/bin
# set to non-empty value to install manpages in addition to html help:
INSTALL_MANPAGES ?=
# set to non-empty value to build TkX11 instead of TkAqua:
TK_X11 ?=
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# meta targets
meta := all install embedded install-embedded clean distclean test
styles := develop deploy
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# project specific settings
PROJECT := tk
PRODUCT_NAME := Tk
UNIX_DIR := ${CURDIR}/../unix
| | | | | | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# project specific settings
PROJECT := tk
PRODUCT_NAME := Tk
UNIX_DIR := ${CURDIR}/../unix
VERSION := $(shell awk -F= '/^TK_VERSION/ {print $$2; nextfile}' ${UNIX_DIR}/configure.in)
TCL_VERSION := ${VERSION}
wish := wish
WISH = wish${VERSION}
BUILD_TARGET := all tktest
INSTALL_TARGET := install
ifneq ($(wildcard $(subst ${space},\ ,${TCL_BUILD_DIR})/tclConfig.sh),)
TCL_DIR := ${TCL_BUILD_DIR}
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR := ${TCL_BUILD_DIR}/..
MAKE_VARS :=
else
TCL_DIR := ${TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR}/Tcl.framework
TCL_EXE := ${TCLSH_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_VERSION}
MAKE_VARS := TCL_EXE
export DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH := ${TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR}
endif
export CPPROG := cp -p
ifeq (${TK_X11},)
override CONFIGURE_ARGS := ${CONFIGURE_ARGS} --enable-aqua
else
override CONFIGURE_ARGS := ${CONFIGURE_ARGS} --enable-xft
VERSION := ${VERSION}-X11
wish := ${wish}-X11
override EMBEDDED_BUILD :=
endif
INSTALL_TARGETS = install-binaries install-headers install-libraries
ifeq (${EMBEDDED_BUILD},)
INSTALL_TARGETS += install-private-headers install-demos
endif
ifeq (${INSTALL_BUILD}_${EMBEDDED_BUILD}_${BUILD_STYLE},1__Deployment)
INSTALL_TARGETS += html-tk
ifneq (${INSTALL_MANPAGES},)
INSTALL_TARGETS += install-doc
endif
endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"
${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
| | | 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
${MAKE} install-${PROJECT} INSTALL_ROOT="${OBJ_DIR}/"
${objdir}/Makefile: ${UNIX_DIR}/Makefile.in ${UNIX_DIR}/configure \
${UNIX_DIR}/tkConfig.sh.in Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist.in
mkdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}" && cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && \
if [ ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -nt config.status ]; then ${UNIX_DIR}/configure -C \
--prefix="${PREFIX}" --bindir="${BINDIR}" --libdir="${LIBDIR}" \
--mandir="${MANDIR}" --enable-threads --enable-framework \
--with-tcl="${TCL_DIR}" \
${CONFIGURE_ARGS} ${EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS}; else ./config.status; fi
ifneq (${VERSION},${TCL_VERSION})
@cd "${OBJ_DIR}" && sed -e 's#/Versions/${TCL_VERSION}#/Versions/${VERSION}#' \
tkConfig.sh > tkConfig.sh.1 && mv -f tkConfig.sh.1 tkConfig.sh
endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
219 220 221 222 223 224 225 |
rm -f Tcl.framework && ln -s "${TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR}/Tcl.framework" . ; fi
endif
install-${PROJECT}: build-${PROJECT}
ifeq (${EMBEDDED_BUILD}_${INSTALL_ROOT},1_)
@echo "Cannot install-embedded with empty INSTALL_ROOT !" && false
endif
| < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < | 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 |
rm -f Tcl.framework && ln -s "${TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR}/Tcl.framework" . ; fi
endif
install-${PROJECT}: build-${PROJECT}
ifeq (${EMBEDDED_BUILD}_${INSTALL_ROOT},1_)
@echo "Cannot install-embedded with empty INSTALL_ROOT !" && false
endif
ifeq (${EMBEDDED_BUILD},1)
@rm -rf "${INSTALL_ROOT}/${LIBDIR}/Tk.framework"
endif
${DO_MAKE}
ifeq (${EMBEDDED_BUILD}_${TK_X11},1_)
# workaround bug with 'cp -pRH' on Darwin 6 and earlier
@if [ "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print $$1}'`" -lt 7 ]; then \
mkdir -p "${TOP_DIR}"/{"${TCL_FMWK_DIR}","${TK_FMWK_DIR}"}/PrivateHeaders; fi
endif
ifeq (${INSTALL_BUILD},1)
ifeq (${EMBEDDED_BUILD},1)
# if we are embedding frameworks, don't install wish
@rm -f "${INSTALL_ROOT}${BINDIR}/${WISH}" && \
rmdir -p "${INSTALL_ROOT}${BINDIR}" 2>&- || true
else
# redo prebinding (when not building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only)
@if [ "`echo "$${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | \
awk -F '10\\.' '{print int($$2)}'`" -lt 4 -a "`echo "$${CFLAGS}" | \
awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int($$2)}'`" -lt 4 ]; \
then cd ${INSTALL_ROOT}/; \
if [ ! -d usr/lib ]; then mkdir -p usr && ln -fs /usr/lib usr/ && RM_USRLIB=1; fi; \
if [ -n "${TK_X11}" -a ! -d usr/X11R6 ]; then mkdir -p usr && ln -fs /usr/X11R6 usr/ && RM_USRX11=1; fi; \
if [ ! -d System ]; then ln -fs /System . && RM_SYSTEM=1; fi; \
if [ ! -d "./${LIBDIR}/Tcl.framework" ]; then ln -fs "${TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR}/Tcl.framework" "./${LIBDIR}"; RM_TCL=1; fi; \
redo_prebinding -r . "./${TK_FMWK_DIR}/${PRODUCT_NAME}"; \
if [ -z "${TK_X11}" ]; then redo_prebinding -r . "./${TK_FMWK_DIR}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS/Wish"; \
else redo_prebinding -r . "./${BINDIR}/${WISH}"; fi; \
if [ -n "$${RM_USRLIB:-}" ]; then rm -f usr/lib; rmdir -p usr 2>&-; fi; \
if [ -n "$${RM_USRX11:-}" ]; then rm -f usr/X11R6; rmdir -p usr 2>&-; fi; \
if [ -n "$${RM_SYSTEM:-}" ]; then rm -f System; fi; \
if [ -n "$${RM_TCL:-}" ]; then rm -f "./${LIBDIR}/Tcl.framework"; fi; fi
# install wish symbolic link
@ln -fs ${WISH} "${INSTALL_ROOT}${BINDIR}/${wish}"
endif
endif
ifeq (${BUILD_STYLE}_${EMBEDDED_BUILD},Development_)
# keep copy of debug library around, so that
# Deployment build can be installed on top
# of Development build without overwriting
# the debug library
@cd "${INSTALL_ROOT}${LIBDIR}/${PRODUCT_NAME}.framework/Versions/${VERSION}" && \
ln -f "${PRODUCT_NAME}" "${PRODUCT_NAME}_debug"
endif
ifeq (${TK_X11},)
ifeq (${EMBEDDED_BUILD},)
# install Wish.app link in APPLICATION_INSTALL_PATH and setup 'Wish Shell' compatibility links
@cd "${TOP_DIR}" && if [ -n "${APP_DIR}" ]; then mkdir -p "./${APP_DIR}" && rm -rf "./${APP_DIR}/Wish.app" && \
ln -fsh "./$$(echo "${APP_DIR}" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g')/${FMWK_DIR}/${PRODUCT_NAME}.framework/Resources/Wish.app" "./${APP_DIR}" && \
ln -fsh Wish.app "./${APP_DIR}/Wish Shell.app"; fi && \
ln -fsh Wish.app "./${TK_FMWK_DIR}/Resources/Wish Shell.app" && \
ln -fsh Wish "./${TK_FMWK_DIR}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS/Wish Shell"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
install_name_tool -change $$(otool -L "$$1" | awk "/$$2\.framework.*[^:]\$$/ {print \$$1; sub(\"^.*/Frameworks\",\"@executable_path/../Frameworks\",\$$1); print \$$1}") "$$1"; \
chmod -RH a-w "$$1"; \
} && \
fix_install_id Frameworks/Tcl.framework/Tcl Tcl && fix_install_id Frameworks/Tk.framework/Tk Tk && \
fix_install_name MacOS/Wish Tcl && fix_install_name MacOS/Wish Tk
ifeq (${INSTALL_BUILD},1)
@cd "${TOP_DIR}" && rm -rf "./${FMWK_DIR}"/T{cl,k}.framework && rmdir -p "./${FMWK_DIR}" 2>&- || true
| < | | | | 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
install_name_tool -change $$(otool -L "$$1" | awk "/$$2\.framework.*[^:]\$$/ {print \$$1; sub(\"^.*/Frameworks\",\"@executable_path/../Frameworks\",\$$1); print \$$1}") "$$1"; \
chmod -RH a-w "$$1"; \
} && \
fix_install_id Frameworks/Tcl.framework/Tcl Tcl && fix_install_id Frameworks/Tk.framework/Tk Tk && \
fix_install_name MacOS/Wish Tcl && fix_install_name MacOS/Wish Tk
ifeq (${INSTALL_BUILD},1)
@cd "${TOP_DIR}" && rm -rf "./${FMWK_DIR}"/T{cl,k}.framework && rmdir -p "./${FMWK_DIR}" 2>&- || true
endif
endif
endif
clean-${PROJECT}: %-${PROJECT}:
${DO_MAKE}
rm -rf "${SYMROOT}"/{${PRODUCT_NAME}.framework,${WISH},tktest}
rm -f "${OBJ_DIR}"{"${LIBDIR}","${BINDIR}"} && \
rmdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}"$(dir $(subst ${space},\ ,${LIBDIR})) 2>&- || true && \
rmdir -p "${OBJ_DIR}"$(dir $(subst ${space},\ ,${BINDIR})) 2>&- || true
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/README.
|
| | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 |
Tcl/Tk Mac OS X README
----------------------
This is the README file for the Mac OS X/Darwin version of Tcl/Tk.
1. Where to go for support
--------------------------
- The tcl-mac mailing list on sourceforge is the best place to ask questions
specific to Tcl & Tk on Mac OS X:
http://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/tcl-mac
(this page also has a link to searchable archives of the list, please check them
before asking on the list, many questions have already been answered).
- For general Tcl/Tk questions, the newsgroup comp.lang.tcl is your best bet:
http://groups.google.com/group/comp.lang.tcl/
- The Tcl'ers Wiki also has many pages dealing with Tcl & Tk on Mac OS X, see
http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=3753
http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=8361
- Please report bugs with Tk on Mac OS X to the tracker:
http://core.tcl.tk/tk/reportlist
2. Using Tcl/Tk on Mac OS X
---------------------------
- There are two versions of Tk available on Mac OS X: TkAqua using the native
aqua widgets and look&feel, and TkX11 using the traditional unix X11 wigets.
TkX11 requires an X11 server to be installed, such as Apple's X11 (which is
available as an optional or default install on recent Mac OS X).
TkAqua and TkX11 can be distinguished at runtime via [tk windowingsystem].
- At a minimum, Mac OS X 10.3 is required to run Tcl and TkX11.
TkAqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later (starting with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7).
- Unless weak-linking is used, Tcl/Tk built on Mac OS X 10.x will not run on
10.y with y < x; on the other hand Tcl/Tk built on 10.y will always run on 10.x
with y <= x (but without any of the fixes and optimizations that would be
available in a binary built on 10.x).
Weak-linking is available on OS X 10.2 or later, it additionally allows Tcl/Tk
built on 10.x to run on any 10.y with x > y >= z (for a chosen z >= 2).
- Wish checks the Resources/Scripts directory in its application bundle for a
file called AppMain.tcl, if found it is used as the startup script and the
Scripts folder is added to the auto_path. This can be used to emulate the old
OS9 TclTk droplets.
- If standard input is a special file of zero length (e.g. /dev/null), Wish
brings up the Tk console window at startup. This is the case when double
clicking Wish in the Finder (or using 'open Wish.app' from the Terminal).
- Tcl extensions can be installed in any of:
$HOME/Library/Tcl /Library/Tcl /System/Library/Tcl
$HOME/Library/Frameworks /Library/Frameworks /System/Library/Frameworks
(searched in that order).
Given a potential package directory $pkg, Tcl on OSX checks for the file
$pkg/Resources/Scripts/pkgIndex.tcl as well as the usual $pkg/pkgIndex.tcl.
This allows building extensions as frameworks with all script files contained in
the Resources/Scripts directory of the framework.
- [load]able binary extensions can linked as either ordinary shared libraries
(.dylib) or as MachO bundles (since 8.4.10/8.5a3); bundles have the advantage
that they are [load]ed more efficiently from a tcl VFS (no temporary copy to the
native filesystem required), and prior to Mac OS X 10.5, only bundles can be
[unload]ed.
- The 'deploy' target of macosx/GNUmakefile installs the html manpages into the
standard documentation location in the Tcl/Tk frameworks:
Tcl.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tcl
Tk.framework/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk
No nroff manpages are installed by default by the GNUmakefile.
- The Tcl and Tk frameworks can be installed in any of the system's standard
framework directories:
$HOME/Library/Frameworks /Library/Frameworks /System/Library/Frameworks
- ${prefix}/bin/wish8.x is a script that calls a copy of 'Wish' contained in
Tk.framework/Resources
- if 'Wish' is started from the Finder or via 'open', $argv may contain a
"-psn_XXXX" argument. This is the process serial number, you may need to filter
it out for cross platform compatibility of your scripts.
- the env array is different when Wish is started from the Finder (i.e. via
LaunchServices) than when it (or tclsh) is invoked from the Terminal, in
particular PATH may not be what you expect. (Wish started by LaunchServices
inherits loginwindow's environment variables, which are essentially those set in
$HOME/.MacOSX/environment.plist, and are unrelated to those set in your shell).
- TkAqua drawing is antialiased by default, but (outline) linewidth can be used
to control whether a line/shape is drawn antialiased. The antialiasing threshold
is 0 by default (i.e. antialias everything), it can be changed by setting
set tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit <limit>
in your script before drawing, in which case lines (or shapes with outlines)
thinner than <limit> pixels will not be antialiased.
- Text antialiasing by default uses the standard OS antialising settings.
Setting the global variable '::tk::mac::antialiasedtext' allows to control text
antialiasing from Tcl: a value of 1 enables AA, 0 disables AA and -1 restores
the default behaviour of respecting the OS settings.
- Scrollbars: There are two scrollbar variants in Aqua, normal & small. The
normal scrollbar has a small dimension of 15, the small variant 11.
Access to the small variant was added in Tk 8.4.2.
- The default metrics of native buttons, radiobuttons, checkboxes and
menubuttons in the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7 and later preserve compatibility with
the older Carbon-based implementation, you can turn off the compatibility
metrics to get more native-looking spacing by setting:
set tk::mac::useCompatibilityMetrics 0
- TkAqua provides access to native OS X images via the Tk native bitmap facility
(including any image file readable by NSImage). A native bitmap name is
interpreted as follows (in order):
- predefined builtin 32x32 icon name (stop, caution, document, etc)
- name defined by [tk::mac::iconBitmap]
- NSImage named image name
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 | application bundle files (i.e. standard about panel with no options specified). See Apple Technote TN2179 and the AppKit documentation for -[NSApplication orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:] for details on the Info.plist keys and app bundle files used by the about panel. This support was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7. - TkAqua has three special menu names that give access to the standard | | | | | | | | > | | > > | | | | > | > | < < < < | | | | | < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < > | < < < > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | > > | < | > | | | < | < < | | > | | < | > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 |
application bundle files (i.e. standard about panel with no options specified).
See Apple Technote TN2179 and the AppKit documentation for -[NSApplication
orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:] for details on the Info.plist keys and
app bundle files used by the about panel.
This support was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7.
- TkAqua has three special menu names that give access to the standard
Application, Window and Help menus, see menu.n for details.
By default, the platform-specific standard Help menu item "YourApp Help" peforms
the default Cocoa action of showing the Help Book configured in the
application's Info.plist (or displaying an alert if no Help Book is set). This
action can be customized by defining a procedure named [tk::mac::ShowHelp], if
present, this procedure is invoked instead by the standard Help menu item.
Support for the Window menu and [tk::mac::ShowHelp] was added with the
Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7.
- The TkAqua-specific command [tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style] is used to
get and set Mac OS X-specific toplevel window class and attributes. Note that
the window class and many attributes have to be set before the window is first
mapped for the change to have any effect.
The command has the following syntax:
tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style window ?class? ?attributes?
The 2 argument form returns a list of the current class and attributes for the
given window. The 3 argument form sets the class for the given window using the
default attributes for that class. The 4 argument form sets the class and the
list of attributes for the given window.
Window class names:
document, modal, floating, utility, toolbar, simple, help, overlay
Window attribute names:
standardDocument, standardFloating, resizable, fullZoom, horizontalZoom,
verticalZoom, closeBox, collapseBox, toolbarButton, sideTitlebar,
noTitleBar, unifiedTitleAndToolbar, metal, hud, noShadow, doesNotCycle,
noActivates, hideOnSuspend, inWindowMenu, ignoreClicks, doesNotHide,
canJoinAllSpaces, moveToActiveSpace, nonActivating, black, dark, light,
gray, red, green, blue, cyan, yellow, magenta, orange, purple,
brown, clear, opacity
Note that not all attributes are valid for all window classes.
Support for the 3 argument form was added with the Cocoa-based Tk 8.5.7, at the
same time support for some legacy Carbon-specific classes and attributes was
removed (they are still accepted by the command but no longer have any effect).
The color window attributes (black, dark, red, etc.) and the "opacity" allow one to set the background and opacity of a textured ("metal") window. This allows a Tk window to implement a window without the dividing line between the titlebar and the rest of the window, or the "unified toolbar" effect, which is increasingly standard in Mac applications. An example:
toplevel .f
tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style .f document {metal light opaque closeBox collapseBox resizable standardDocument }
pack [label .f.f -bg #ababab -text "This is a textured window\nwith opacity and a gray background\nsimilar to other Mac applications"] -fill both -expand yes
The color attributes correspond to system-defined NSColor constants (e.g., red is [NSColor redColor]. The "light" and "dark" attributes correspond to lightGrayColor and darkGrayColor, respectively (because of the way the attributes are parsed, using "lightgray" and "darkgray" would cause a conflict with the core "gray" attribute).
Below are the corresponding hex and/or Tk-defined colors that can be used from Tk widgets to match the NSColor-based attributes:
black #000000
dark #545454
light #ababab
white #ffffff
gray #7f7f7f
red #ff0000
green #00ff00
blue #0000ff
cyan #00ffff
yellow #ffff00
magenta #ff00ff
orange #ff8000
purple #800080
brown #996633
clear systemTransparent
- The Cocoa-based TkAqua can be distinguished from the older Carbon-based
version via the [winfo server .] command, example output on Mac OS X 10.5.7:
Cocoa-based: CG409.3 Apple AppKit GC 949.46 Mac OS X 1057
Carbon-based: QD10R30 Apple 1057
- If you want to use Remote Debugging with Xcode, you need to set the
environment variable XCNOSTDIN to 1 in the Executable editor for Wish. That will
cause us to force closing stdin & stdout. Otherwise, given how Xcode launches
Wish remotely, they will be left open and then Wish & gdb will fight for stdin.
3. Building Tcl/Tk on Mac OS X
------------------------------
- At least Mac OS X 10.3 is required to build Tcl and TkX11, and Mac OS X 10.5
is required to build TkAqua.
Apple's Xcode Developer Tools need to be installed (only the most recent version
matching your OS release is supported), the Xcode installer is available on Mac
OS X install media or may be present in /Applications/Installers on Macs that
came with OS X preinstalled. The most recent version can always be downloaded
from the ADC website http://connect.apple.com (free ADC membership required).
- Tcl/Tk are most easily built as Mac OS X frameworks via GNUmakefile in
tcl/macosx and tk/macosx (see below for details), but can also be built with the
standard unix configure and make buildsystem in tcl/unix resp. tk/unix as on any
other unix platform (indeed, the GNUmakefiles are just wrappers around the unix
buildsystem).
The Mac OS X specific configure flags are --enable-aqua, --enable-framework and
--disable-corefoundation (which disables CF and notably reverts to the standard
select based notifier). Note that --enable-aqua is incompatible with
--disable-corefoundation (for both Tcl and Tk configure).
- It is also possible to build with the Xcode IDE via the projects in
tk/macosx, take care to use the project matching your DevTools and OS version:
Tk.xcode: for Xcode 3.1 on 10.5
Tk.xcodeproj: for Xcode 3.2 on 10.6
These have the following targets:
Tk: calls through to tk/macosx/GNUMakefile,
requires a corresponding build of the Tcl
target of tcl/macosx/Tcl.xcode.
tktest: static build of TkAqua tktest for debugging.
tktest-X11: static build of TkX11 tktest for debugging.
The following build configurations are available:
Debug: debug build for the active architecture,
with Fix & Continue enabled.
Debug gcc42: use gcc 4.2 compiler.
Debug gcc42 nogc: disable Objective-C garbage collection.
Debug llvmgcc42: use llvm-gcc 4.2 compiler.
DebugNoFixAndContinue: disable Fix & Continue.
DebugUnthreaded: disable threading.
DebugNoCF: disable corefoundation (X11 only).
DebugNoCFUnthreaded: disable corefoundation an threading.
DebugMemCompile: enable memory and bytecode debugging.
DebugLeaks: define PURIFY.
DebugGCov: enable generation of gcov data files.
Debug64bit: configure with --enable-64bit (requires
building on a 64bit capable processor).
Release: release build for the active architecture.
ReleaseUniversal: 32/64-bit universal build.
ReleaseUniversal gcc42: use gcc 4.2 compiler.
ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42: use llvm-gcc 4.2 compiler.
ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK: build against the 10.5 SDK (with 10.5
deployment target).
Note that the non-SDK configurations have their deployment target set to
10.5 (Tk.xcode) resp. 10.6 (Tk.xcodeproj).
The Xcode projects refer to the toplevel tcl and tk source directories via the
the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT user build settings, by default these are set to
the project-relative paths '../../tcl' and '../../tk', if your source
directories are named differently, e.g. '../../tcl8.5' and '../../tk8.5', you
need to manually change the TCL_SRCROOT and TK_SRCROOT settings by editing your
${USER}.pbxuser file (located inside the Tk.xcodeproj bundle directory) with a
text editor.
- To build universal binaries outside of the Xcode IDE, set CFLAGS as follows:
export CFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc"
This requires Mac OS X 10.4 and Xcode 2.4 (or Xcode 2.2 if -arch x86_64 is
omitted, but _not_ Xcode 2.1) and will work on any architecture (on PowerPC
Tiger you need to add "-isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.4u.sdk").
Note that configure requires CFLAGS to contain a least one architecture that can
be run on the build machine (i.e. ppc on G3/G4, ppc or ppc64 on G5, ppc or i386
on Core and ppc, i386 or x86_64 on Core2/Xeon).
Universal builds of Tcl TEA extensions are also possible with CFLAGS set as
above, they will be [load]able by universal as well as thin binaries of Tcl.
- To enable weak-linking, set the MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET environment variable
to the minimal OS version the binaries should be able to run on, e.g:
export MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET=10.4
This requires at least gcc 3.1; with gcc 4 or later, set/add to CFLAGS instead:
export CFLAGS="-mmacosx-version-min=10.4"
Support for weak-linking was added with 8.4.14/8.5a5.
Detailed Instructions for building with macosx/GNUmakefile
----------------------------------------------------------
- Unpack the Tcl and Tk source release archives and place the tcl and tk source
trees in a common parent directory.
[ If you don't want have the two source trees in one directory, you'll need to ]
[ create the following symbolic link for the build to work as setup by default ]
[ ln -fs /path_to_tcl/build /path_to_tk/build ]
[ (where /path_to_{tcl,tk} is the directory containing the tcl resp. tk tree) ]
[ or you can pass an argument of BUILD_DIR=/somewhere to the tcl and tk make. ]
- The following instructions assume the Tcl and Tk source trees are named
"tcl${ver}" and "tk${ver}" (where ${ver} is a shell variable containing the
Tcl/Tk version number, e.g. '8.5').
Setup this shell variable as follows:
ver="8.5"
If you are building from CVS, omit this step (CVS source tree names usually do
not contain a version number).
- Setup environment variables as desired, e.g. for a universal build on 10.5:
CFLAGS="-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -mmacosx-version-min=10.5"
export CFLAGS
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
455 456 457 458 459 460 461 |
make overrides to the tk/macosx GNUmakefile, e.g.
make -C tk${ver}/macosx \
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
sudo make -C tk${ver}/macosx install \
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
The Makefile variables TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR and TCLSH_DIR were added with Tk 8.4.3.
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < | < < < < < | | | | | | | < | > | | | | | < < | < | | < | | < < < < < < < < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 |
make overrides to the tk/macosx GNUmakefile, e.g.
make -C tk${ver}/macosx \
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
sudo make -C tk${ver}/macosx install \
TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=$HOME/Library/Frameworks TCLSH_DIR=$HOME/usr/bin
The Makefile variables TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR and TCLSH_DIR were added with Tk 8.4.3.
4. About the event loop in Tk for Mac OSX
-----------------------------------------
The main program in a typical OSX application looks like this (see *)
void NSApplicationMain(int argc, char *argv[]) {
[NSApplication sharedApplication];
[NSBundle loadNibNamed:@"myMain" owner:NSApp];
[NSApp run];
}
The run method implements the event loop for the application. There
are three key steps in the run method. First it calls
[NSApp finishLaunching], which creates the bouncing application icon
and does other mysterious things. Second it creates an
NSAutoreleasePool. Third, it starts an event loop which drains the
NSAutoreleasePool every time the queue is empty, and replaces the
drained pool with a new one. This third step is essential to
preventing memory leaks, since the internal methods of Appkit objects
all assume that an autorelease pool is in scope and will be drained
when the event processing cycle ends.
Mac OSX Tk does not call the [NSApp run] method at all. Instead it
uses the event loop built in to Tk. So we must take care to replicate
the important features of the method ourselves. Here is how this
works in outline.
We add a private NSAUtoreleasePool* property to our subclass of
NSApplication. (The subclass is called TKApplication but can be
referenced with the global variable NSApp). The TkpInit
function calls [NSApp _setup] which initializes this property by
creating an NSAutoreleasePool. A bit later on, TkpInit calls
[NSAPP _setupEventLoop] which in turn calls the
[NSApp finishLaunching] method.
Each time that Tcl processes an event in its queue, it calls a
platform specific function which, in the case of Mac OSX, is named
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc. In the unix implementations of Tk, including
the Mac OSX version, this function collects events from an "event
source", and transfers them to the Tcl event queue. In Mac OSX the
event source is the NSApplication event queue. Each NSEvent is
converted to a Tcl event which is added to the Tcl event queue. The
NSEvent is also passed to [NSApp sendevent], which sends the event on
to the application's NSWindows, which send it to their NSViews, etc.
Since the CheckProc function gets called for every Tk event, it is an
appropriate place to drain the main NSAutoreleasePool and replace it
with a new pool. This is done by calling the method
[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool], where _resetAutoreleasePool is a method
which we define for the subclass TKApplication.
One minor caveat is that there are several steps of the Tk
initialization which precede the call to TkpInit. Notably, the font
package is initialized first. Since there is no NSAUtoreleasePool in
scope prior to calling TkpInit, the functions called in these
preliminary stages need to create and drain their own
NSAutoreleasePools whenever they call methods of Appkit objects
(e.g. NSFont).
* https://developer.apple.com/library/mac/documentation/Cocoa/\
Reference/ApplicationKit/Classes/NSApplication_Class
|
Deleted macosx/Tk-Common.xcconfig.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted macosx/Tk-Debug.xcconfig.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key> <string>Tk @TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@ @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@, Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Tcl Core Team, Copyright © 2002-@TK_YEAR@ Daniel A. Steffen, Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Contributors, Copyright © 2011-@TK_YEAR@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC, | < | 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 | <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key> <string>Tk @TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@ @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@, Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Tcl Core Team, Copyright © 2002-@TK_YEAR@ Daniel A. Steffen, Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Contributors, Copyright © 2011-@TK_YEAR@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC, Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc., Copyright © 2001-2002 Jim Ingham & Ian Reid</string> <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key> <string>com.tcltk.tklibrary</string> <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key> <string>6.0</string> <key>CFBundleName</key> |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Deleted macosx/Tk-Release.xcconfig.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted macosx/Tk.xcode/default.pbxuser.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted macosx/Tk.xcode/project.pbxproj.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted macosx/Tk.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Added macosx/Wish-Common.xcconfig.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 | // // Wish-Common.xcconfig -- // // This file contains the Xcode build settings comon to all // project configurations in Wish.xcodeproj. // // Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> // Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc. // // See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution // of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. // HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = $(TK_SRCROOT)/generic $(TK_SRCROOT)/xlib "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl" "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk" $(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS) REZ_SEARCH_PATHS = $(TK_SRCROOT)/generic $(TCL_SRCROOT)/generic $(REZ_SEARCH_PATHS) OTHER_LDFLAGS = -headerpad_max_install_names -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/Wish-Info.plist" $(OTHER_LDFLAGS) OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA = INSTALL_PATH = $(APPLICATION_INSTALL_PATH) INSTALL_MODE_FLAG = go-w,a+rX GCC_PREFIX_HEADER = $(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.h OTHER_CFLAGS = -imacros "$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.h" $(OTHER_CFLAGS) GCC_GENERATE_DEBUGGING_SYMBOLS = YES GCC_NO_COMMON_BLOCKS = YES GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = YES GCC = $(DEVELOPER_DIR)/usr/bin/gcc GCC_VERSION = 4.0 CC = $(GCC)-$(GCC_VERSION) LD = $(CC) WARNING_CFLAGS_GCC3 = -Wall -Wno-implicit-int -Wno-unused-parameter WARNING_CFLAGS = -Wextra -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Winit-self -Wpointer-arith -Wcast-align -Wdisabled-optimization -Winline $(WARNING_CFLAGS_GCC3) $(WARNING_CFLAGS) REZ_RESOURCE_MAP_READ_ONLY = YES APPLICATION_INSTALL_PATH = /Applications/Utilities BINDIR = $(PREFIX)/bin CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) CPPFLAGS = -mmacosx-version-min=$(MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET) $(CPPFLAGS) FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH = /Library/Frameworks INCLUDEDIR = $(PREFIX)/include LIBDIR = $(PREFIX)/lib MANDIR = $(PREFIX)/man PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc = -mcpu=G3 -mtune=G4 $(PER_ARCH_CFLAGS_ppc) PREFIX = /usr/local TCL_BUILD_DIR = $(OBJROOT)/../tcl/Tcl.build/$(CONFIGURATION)/Tcl.build/Objects TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-threads --enable-dtrace TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR = $(SYMROOT)/../tcl/$(CONFIGURATION) TCL_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tcl$(VERSION) TCL_PACKAGE_PATH = "$(LIBDIR)" TCL_DEFS = HAVE_TCL_CONFIG_H TK_LIBRARY = $(LIBDIR)/tk$(VERSION) TK_DEFS = HAVE_TK_CONFIG_H TCL_NO_DEPRECATED VERSION = 8.5 |
Added macosx/Wish-Debug.xcconfig.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | // // Wish-Debug.xcconfig -- // // This file contains the Xcode build settings for all Debug // project configurations in Wish.xcodeproj. // // Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> // // See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution // of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. // #include "Wish-Common.xcconfig" DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = dwarf DEPLOYMENT_POSTPROCESSING = NO GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 0 GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = DEBUGLEVEL=4 $(TCL_DEFS) $(TK_DEFS) $(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS) CONFIGURE_ARGS = --enable-symbols $(TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS) $(CONFIGURE_ARGS) MAKE_TARGET = develop |
Changes to macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple Computer//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd"> <!-- Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc. See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. --> <plist version="1.0"> | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > | | < < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple Computer//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd"> <!-- Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc. See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. --> <plist version="1.0"> <dict> <key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key> <string>English</string> <key>CFBundleDocumentTypes</key> <array> <dict> <key>CFBundleTypeExtensions</key> <array> <string>tcl</string> <string>TCL</string> <string>*</string> </array> <key>CFBundleTypeMIMETypes</key> <array> <string>application/x-tcl</string> <string>text/plain</string> </array> <key>CFBundleTypeName</key> <string>NSStringPboardType</string> <key>CFBundleTypeOSTypes</key> <array> <string>TEXT</string> <string>****</string> </array> <key>CFBundleTypeRole</key> <string>Viewer</string> </dict> </array> <key>CFBundleExecutable</key> <string>Wish</string> <key>CFBundleGetInfoString</key> <string>Wish Shell @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@, Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Tcl Core Team, Copyright © 2002-@TK_YEAR@ Daniel A. Steffen, Copyright © 1989-@TK_YEAR@ Contributors, Copyright © 2011-@TK_YEAR@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC, Copyright © 2001-2009 Apple Inc., Copyright © 2001-2002 Jim Ingham & Ian Reid</string> <key>CFBundleIconFile</key> <string>Wish.icns</string> <key>CFBundleIdentifier</key> <string>com.tcltk.wish</string> <key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key> <string>6.0</string> <key>CFBundleLocalizations</key> <array> @CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS@ </array> <key>CFBundleName</key> <string>Wish</string> <key>CFBundlePackageType</key> <string>APPL</string> <key>CFBundleShortVersionString</key> <string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string> <key>CFBundleSignature</key> <string>WiSH</string> <key>CFBundleVersion</key> <string>@TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@</string> <key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key> <string>10.5.0</string> <key>LSRequiresCarbon</key> <true/> <key>NSAppleScriptEnabled</key> <true/> <key>OSAScriptingDefinition</key> <string>Wish.sdef</string> <key>NSHighResolutionCapable</key> <string>True</string> </dict> </plist> |
Added macosx/Wish-Release.xcconfig.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | // // Wish-Release.xcconfig -- // // This file contains the Xcode build settings for all Release // project configurations in Wish.xcodeproj. // // Copyright (c) 2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> // // See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution // of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. // #include "Wish-Common.xcconfig" DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = dwarf-with-dsym // DEPLOYMENT_POSTPROCESSING = YES GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = s GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = NDEBUG $(TCL_DEFS) $(TK_DEFS) $(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS) CONFIGURE_ARGS = --disable-symbols $(TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS) $(CONFIGURE_ARGS) MAKE_TARGET = deploy |
Added macosx/Wish.icns.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to macosx/Wish.sdef.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 | <command name="quit" code="aevtquit" description="Quit the application."/> </suite> <suite name="Wish Suite" code="WIsH" description="Commands for the Wish application."> <command name="do script" code="miscdosc" description="Execute a Tcl script."> <direct-parameter description="Script to execute" type="text"> <type type="text"/> </direct-parameter> | < < < < < < < < < | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | <command name="quit" code="aevtquit" description="Quit the application."/> </suite> <suite name="Wish Suite" code="WIsH" description="Commands for the Wish application."> <command name="do script" code="miscdosc" description="Execute a Tcl script."> <direct-parameter description="Script to execute" type="text"> <type type="text"/> </direct-parameter> <result description="Result"> <type type="text"/> </result> </command> </suite> </dictionary> |
Added macosx/Wish.xcode/default.pbxuser.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 |
// !$*UTF8*$!
{
08FB7793FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Project object */ = {
activeBuildConfigurationName = Debug;
activeExecutable = F9E61D1C090A4282002B3151 /* Wish */;
activeTarget = F9E61D16090A3E94002B3151 /* Tk */;
codeSenseManager = F944EB9D08F798180049FDD4 /* Code sense */;
executables = (
F9E61D1C090A4282002B3151 /* Wish */,
F944EB8F08F798100049FDD4 /* tktest */,
F9FD31F50CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */,
);
perUserDictionary = {
com.apple.ide.smrt.PBXUserSmartGroupsKey.Rev10 = <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>;
};
sourceControlManager = F944EB9C08F798180049FDD4 /* Source Control */;
userBuildSettings = {
CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "";
SYMROOT = "${SRCROOT}/../../build/tk";
TCL_SRCROOT = "${SRCROOT}/../../tcl";
TK_SRCROOT = "${SRCROOT}/../../tk";
};
};
8DD76FA90486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */ = {
activeExec = 0;
executables = (
F944EB8F08F798100049FDD4 /* tktest */,
);
};
F944EB8F08F798100049FDD4 /* tktest */ = {
isa = PBXExecutable;
activeArgIndices = (
YES,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
);
argumentStrings = (
"${TK_SRCROOT}/library/demos/widget",
"${TK_SRCROOT}/tests/all.tcl",
"${TK_SRCROOT}/tests/ttk/all.tcl",
"-geometry +0+0",
"-singleproc 1",
"-verbose \"bet\"",
"-skip window-2.9",
);
autoAttachOnCrash = 1;
breakpointsEnabled = 1;
configStateDict = {
"PBXLSLaunchAction-0" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 0;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXLSRunLaunchConfig;
displayName = "Executable Runner";
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.runConfig;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
"PBXLSLaunchAction-1" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXGDB_LaunchConfig;
displayName = GDB;
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.GDBMI_Config;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
};
customDataFormattersEnabled = 1;
debuggerPlugin = GDBDebugging;
disassemblyDisplayState = 0;
dylibVariantSuffix = "";
enableDebugStr = 0;
environmentEntries = (
{
active = YES;
name = TCL_LIBRARY;
value = "${TCL_SRCROOT}/library";
},
{
active = YES;
name = TK_LIBRARY;
value = "${TK_SRCROOT}/library";
},
{
active = YES;
name = TCLLIBPATH;
value = /Library/Tcl;
},
{
active = YES;
name = TK_SRCROOT;
value = "${TK_SRCROOT}";
},
{
active = NO;
name = DYLD_PRINT_LIBRARIES;
},
{
active = NO;
name = EventDebug;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocBadFreeAbort;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocLogFile;
value = /tmp/malloc.log;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocStackLogging;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocStackLoggingNoCompact;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocPreScribble;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocScribble;
value = 1;
},
);
executableSystemSymbolLevel = 0;
executableUserSymbolLevel = 0;
libgmallocEnabled = 0;
name = tktest;
sourceDirectories = (
);
};
F944EB9C08F798180049FDD4 /* Source Control */ = {
isa = PBXSourceControlManager;
fallbackIsa = XCSourceControlManager;
isSCMEnabled = 0;
scmConfiguration = {
CVSToolPath = /usr/bin/cvs;
CVSUseSSH = NO;
SubversionToolPath = /usr/bin/svn;
};
scmType = scm.cvs;
};
F944EB9D08F798180049FDD4 /* Code sense */ = {
isa = PBXCodeSenseManager;
indexTemplatePath = "";
};
F9E61D16090A3E94002B3151 /* Tk */ = {
activeExec = 0;
executables = (
F9E61D1C090A4282002B3151 /* Wish */,
);
};
F9E61D1C090A4282002B3151 /* Wish */ = {
isa = PBXExecutable;
activeArgIndices = (
YES,
);
argumentStrings = (
"${TK_SRCROOT}/library/demos/widget",
);
autoAttachOnCrash = 1;
breakpointsEnabled = 1;
configStateDict = {
"PBXLSLaunchAction-0" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 0;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXLSRunLaunchConfig;
displayName = "Executable Runner";
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.runConfig;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
"PBXLSLaunchAction-1" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXGDB_LaunchConfig;
displayName = GDB;
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.GDBMI_Config;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
};
customDataFormattersEnabled = 1;
debuggerPlugin = GDBDebugging;
disassemblyDisplayState = 0;
dylibVariantSuffix = "";
enableDebugStr = 0;
environmentEntries = (
{
active = NO;
name = DYLD_PRINT_LIBRARIES;
},
);
executableSystemSymbolLevel = 0;
executableUserSymbolLevel = 0;
libgmallocEnabled = 0;
name = Wish;
sourceDirectories = (
);
};
F97258A50A86873C00096C78 /* tktest-X11 */ = {
activeExec = 0;
executables = (
F9FD31F50CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */,
);
};
F9FD31F50CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */ = {
isa = PBXExecutable;
activeArgIndices = (
YES,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
);
argumentStrings = (
"${TK_SRCROOT}/library/demos/widget",
"${TK_SRCROOT}/tests/all.tcl",
"${TK_SRCROOT}/tests/ttk/all.tcl",
"-geometry +0+0",
"-singleproc 1",
"-verbose \"bet\"",
"-skip window-2.9",
);
autoAttachOnCrash = 1;
breakpointsEnabled = 1;
configStateDict = {
"PBXLSLaunchAction-0" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 0;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXLSRunLaunchConfig;
displayName = "Executable Runner";
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.runConfig;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
"PBXLSLaunchAction-1" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXGDB_LaunchConfig;
displayName = GDB;
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.GDBMI_Config;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
};
customDataFormattersEnabled = 1;
debuggerPlugin = GDBDebugging;
disassemblyDisplayState = 0;
dylibVariantSuffix = "";
enableDebugStr = 0;
environmentEntries = (
{
active = YES;
name = TCL_LIBRARY;
value = "${TCL_SRCROOT}/library";
},
{
active = YES;
name = TK_LIBRARY;
value = "${TK_SRCROOT}/library";
},
{
active = YES;
name = TCLLIBPATH;
value = /Library/Tcl;
},
{
active = YES;
name = DISPLAY;
value = ":0";
},
{
active = NO;
name = DYLD_PRINT_LIBRARIES;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocBadFreeAbort;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocLogFile;
value = /tmp/malloc.log;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocStackLogging;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocStackLoggingNoCompact;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocPreScribble;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocScribble;
value = 1;
},
);
executableSystemSymbolLevel = 0;
executableUserSymbolLevel = 0;
libgmallocEnabled = 0;
name = "tktest-X11";
sourceDirectories = (
);
};
}
|
Added macosx/Wish.xcode/project.pbxproj.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 |
// !$*UTF8*$!
{
archiveVersion = 1;
classes = {
};
objectVersion = 45;
objects = {
/* Begin PBXBuildFile section */
F9067BCD0BFBA2900074F726 /* tkOldTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldTest.c */; };
F94523A20E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F94523A10E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework */; };
F966BDCF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tk3d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAC08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.c */; };
F966BDD108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkArgv.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkArgv.c */; };
F966BDD208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkAtom.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkAtom.c */; };
F966BDD308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkBind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB008F27A39005CB29B /* tkBind.c */; };
F966BDD408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB108F27A39005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c */; };
F966BDD508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB208F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.c */; };
F966BDD708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB408F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c */; };
F966BDD808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB508F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c */; };
F966BDDA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB708F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c */; };
F966BDDB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB808F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c */; };
F966BDDC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB908F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c */; };
F966BDDD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c */; };
F966BDDE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c */; };
F966BDE008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c */; };
F966BDE108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c */; };
F966BDE208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c */; };
F966BDE308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC008F27A39005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c */; };
F966BDE408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCmds.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC108F27A39005CB29B /* tkCmds.c */; };
F966BDE508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC208F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.c */; };
F966BDE708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC408F27A39005CB29B /* tkConfig.c */; };
F966BDE808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConsole.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC508F27A39005CB29B /* tkConsole.c */; };
F966BDE908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCursor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCursor.c */; };
F966BDEB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC808F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.c */; };
F966BDED08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkError.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkError.c */; };
F966BDEE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkEvent.c */; };
F966BDEF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c */; };
F966BDF108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFocus.c */; };
F966BDF208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.c */; };
F966BDF408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFrame.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD108F27A39005CB29B /* tkFrame.c */; };
F966BDF508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGC.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD208F27A39005CB29B /* tkGC.c */; };
F966BDF608F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD308F27A39005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c */; };
F966BDF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD408F27A39005CB29B /* tkGet.c */; };
F966BDF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGrab.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD508F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrab.c */; };
F966BDF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGrid.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD608F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrid.c */; };
F966BDFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD708F27A39005CB29B /* tkImage.c */; };
F966BDFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD808F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c */; };
F966BDFC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD908F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c */; };
F966BDFD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BADA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c */; };
F966BDFE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BADB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c */; };
F966BE0708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkListbox.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE408F27A39005CB29B /* tkListbox.c */; };
F966BE0808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE508F27A39005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c */; };
F966BE0908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMain.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE608F27A39005CB29B /* tkMain.c */; };
F966BE0A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE708F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.c */; };
F966BE0C08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE908F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c */; };
F966BE0E08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c */; };
F966BE0F08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMessage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMessage.c */; };
F966BE1008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAED08F27A39005CB29B /* tkObj.c */; };
F966BE1108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c */; };
F966BE1208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkOption.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOption.c */; };
F966BE1308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPack.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF008F27A39005CB29B /* tkPack.c */; };
F966BE1408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF108F27A39005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c */; };
F966BE1508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPlace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF208F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlace.c */; };
F966BE1708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPointer.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF408F27A39005CB29B /* tkPointer.c */; };
F966BE1908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF608F27A39005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c */; };
F966BE1A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF708F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.c */; };
F966BE1C08F27A40005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF908F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c */; };
F966BE1E08F27A40005CB29B /* tkSelect.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.c */; };
F966BE2008F27A40005CB29B /* tkSquare.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSquare.c */; };
F966BE2208F27A40005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c */; };
F966BE2308F27A40005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0008F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c */; };
F966BE2408F27A40005CB29B /* tkStyle.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0108F27A39005CB29B /* tkStyle.c */; };
F966BE2508F27A40005CB29B /* tkTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0208F27A39005CB29B /* tkTest.c */; };
F966BE2608F27A40005CB29B /* tkText.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0308F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.c */; };
F966BE2808F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0508F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c */; };
F966BE2908F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0608F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c */; };
F966BE2B08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0808F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c */; };
F966BE2C08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0908F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c */; };
F966BE2D08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0A08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c */; };
F966BE2E08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0B08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c */; };
F966BE2F08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0C08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c */; };
F966BE3008F27A40005CB29B /* tkTrig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0D08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTrig.c */; };
F966BE3108F27A40005CB29B /* tkUndo.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0E08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.c */; };
F966BE3308F27A40005CB29B /* tkUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1008F27A39005CB29B /* tkUtil.c */; };
F966BE3408F27A40005CB29B /* tkVisual.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1108F27A39005CB29B /* tkVisual.c */; };
F966BE3508F27A40005CB29B /* tkWindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1208F27A39005CB29B /* tkWindow.c */; };
F966BEDB08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBC508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c */; };
F966BEDC08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBC608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c */; };
F966BEDE08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBC808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c */; };
F966BEDF08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBC908F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c */; };
F966BEE008F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBCA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c */; };
F966BEE108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBCB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c */; };
F966BEE308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBCD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c */; };
F966BEE608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */; };
F966BEE708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */; };
F966BEE808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */; };
F966BEE908F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */; };
F966BEEA08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */; };
F966BEEC08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */; };
F966BEED08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */; };
F966BEEE08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTK_LIBRARY=\\\"$(TK_LIBRARY)\\\""; }; };
F966BEF108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */; };
F966BEF208F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */; };
F966BEF308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */; };
F966BEF608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBE008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c */; };
F966BEF708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBE108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c */; };
F966BEF808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBE208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c */; };
F966BEF908F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBE308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c */; };
F966BF0108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBEB08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c */; };
F966BF0308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBED08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c */; };
F966BF0408F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBEE08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c */; };
F966BF0508F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBEF08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c */; };
F966BF0608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBF008F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c */; };
F966BF0708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBF108F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c */; };
F966BF0808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBF208F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c */; };
F966BF0B08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBF508F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c */; };
F966BF7F08F27A41005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTK_TEST"; }; };
F966BF8308F27A41005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */; };
F966BF9608F27A41005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c */; };
F966C02A08F27A42005CB29B /* xcolors.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2408F27A3F005CB29B /* xcolors.c */; };
F966C02B08F27A42005CB29B /* xdraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2508F27A3F005CB29B /* xdraw.c */; };
F966C02C08F27A42005CB29B /* xgc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2608F27A3F005CB29B /* xgc.c */; };
F966C02D08F27A42005CB29B /* ximage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2708F27A3F005CB29B /* ximage.c */; };
F966C02E08F27A42005CB29B /* xutil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2808F27A3F005CB29B /* xutil.c */; };
F966C07508F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966C07408F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework */; };
F966C07708F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966C07608F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework */; };
F966C07908F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966C07808F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework */; };
F96888050AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c */; };
F96888060AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c */; };
F96888070AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c */; };
F96888080AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c */; };
F96888090AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c */; };
F968880A0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c */; };
F968880B0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c */; };
F968880C0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c */; };
F968880D0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c */; };
F968880E0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c */; };
F968880F0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c */; };
F96888100AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887ED0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c */; };
F96888110AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c */; };
F96888120AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c */; };
F96888130AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c */; };
F96888140AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c */; };
F96888150AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c */; };
F96888160AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c */; };
F96888170AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c */; };
F96888180AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c */; };
F96888190AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c */; };
F968881A0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c */; };
F968881B0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c */; };
F968881C0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c */; };
F968881D0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c */; };
F968881E0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c */; };
F968881F0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FD0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c */; };
F96888200AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888000AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c */; };
F96888210AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888010AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c */; };
F96888220AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888020AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c */; };
F96888230AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888030AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c */; };
F96888850AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888840AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c */; };
F96D456F08F272BB004A47F5 /* regcomp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED008F272A7004A47F5 /* regcomp.c */; };
F96D457208F272BB004A47F5 /* regerror.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED308F272A7004A47F5 /* regerror.c */; };
F96D457508F272BB004A47F5 /* regexec.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED608F272A7004A47F5 /* regexec.c */; };
F96D457608F272BB004A47F5 /* regfree.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED708F272A7004A47F5 /* regfree.c */; };
F96D457B08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DUSE_TCLALLOC=0"; }; };
F96D457C08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c */; };
F96D457D08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c */; };
F96D457E08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c */; };
F96D457F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c */; };
F96D458008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclClock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclClock.c */; };
F96D458108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c */; };
F96D458208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c */; };
F96D458308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c */; };
F96D458408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c */; };
F96D458508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c */; };
F96D458608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c */; };
F96D458808F272BC004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c */; };
F96D458908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclDate.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDate.c */; };
F96D458B08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c */; };
F96D458C08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EED08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c */; };
F96D458D08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c */; };
F96D458E08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c */; };
F96D458F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c */; };
F96D459008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c */; };
F96D459108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c */; };
F96D459308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclGet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGet.c */; };
F96D459508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclHash.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHash.c */; };
F96D459608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c */; };
F96D459708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c */; };
F96D459B08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EFC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c */; };
F96D459D08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIO.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EFE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.c */; };
F96D459F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c */; };
F96D45A008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c */; };
F96D45A108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c */; };
F96D45A208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c */; };
F96D45A308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c */; };
F96D45A408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLink.c */; };
F96D45A508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c */; };
F96D45A608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c */; };
F96D45A708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c */; };
F96D45A908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclMain.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclMain.c */; };
F96D45AA08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c */; };
F96D45AB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c */; };
F96D45AC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclObj.c */; };
F96D45AD08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c */; };
F96D45AE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclParse.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclParse.c */; };
F96D45B008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c */; };
F96D45B108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c */; };
F96D45B208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c */; };
F96D45B308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DCFG_INSTALL_LIBDIR=\\\"$(LIBDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_BINDIR=\\\"$(BINDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_SCRDIR=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_INCDIR=\\\"$(INCLUDEDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_DOCDIR=\\\"$(MANDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_LIBDIR=\\\"$(LIBDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_BINDIR=\\\"$(BINDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_SCRDIR=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_INCDIR=\\\"$(INCLUDEDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_DOCDIR=\\\"$(MANDIR)\\\""; }; };
F96D45B608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c */; };
F96D45B708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c */; };
F96D45B808F272BC004A47F5 /* tclProc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclProc.c */; };
F96D45B908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c */; };
F96D45BB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c */; };
F96D45BC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclResult.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResult.c */; };
F96D45BD08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclScan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclScan.c */; };
F96D45BE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c */; };
F96D45C308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c */; };
F96D45C408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c */; };
F96D45C508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c */; };
F96D45C908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThread.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThread.c */; };
F96D45CA08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c */; };
F96D45CB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c */; };
F96D45CC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c */; };
F96D45CE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c */; };
F96D45D008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c */; };
F96D45D108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c */; };
F96D45D308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c */; };
F96D45D408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c */; };
F96D45D508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclVar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclVar.c */; };
F96D48E208F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c */; };
F96D48E408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c */; };
F96D48E708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c */; };
F96D48E808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c */; };
F96D48EB08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c */; };
F96D48EC08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c */; };
F96D48ED08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c */; };
F96D48EE08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c */; };
F96D48F008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c */; };
F96D48F208F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c */; };
F96D48F308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c */; };
F96D48F408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c */; };
F96D48F508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c */; };
F96D48F608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c */; };
F96D48F708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c */; };
F96D48F808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c */; };
F96D48FC08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c */; };
F96D490508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c */; };
F96D490608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c */; };
F96D490708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c */; };
F96D490808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c */; };
F96D490908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c */; };
F96D490B08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c */; };
F96D491008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c */; };
F96D491108F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c */; };
F96D491308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c */; };
F96D491408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c */; };
F96D491508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c */; };
F96D491A08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c */; };
F96D491B08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c */; };
F96D491C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c */; };
F96D491D08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c */; };
F96D492908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c */; };
F96D492A08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c */; };
F96D492C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c */; };
F96D493708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42B908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c */; };
F96D493808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c */; };
F96D493C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c */; };
F96D493F08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c */; };
F96D494008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c */; };
F96D494608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c */; };
F96D494708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c */; };
F96D494908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c */; };
F96D494C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c */; };
F96D494E08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c */; };
F96D494F08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c */; };
F96D495108F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c */; };
F96D495308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c */; };
F96D495408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c */; };
F96D495508F272C3004A47F5 /* bncore.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D708F272B3004A47F5 /* bncore.c */; };
F96D49A908F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433908F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c */; };
F96D49AD08F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433D08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c */; };
F96D49AE08F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433E08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c */; };
F96D4AC608F272C9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D445B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-Wno-deprecated-declarations"; }; };
F96D4ACA08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D445F08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c */; };
F96D4ACB08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446008F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c */; };
F96D4ACC08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446108F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c */; };
F96D4ACD08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446208F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c */; };
F96D4ACE08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446308F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTCL_LIBRARY=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DTCL_PACKAGE_PATH=\\\"$(TCL_PACKAGE_PATH)\\\""; }; };
F96D4ACF08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446408F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c */; };
F96D4AD008F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c */; };
F96D4AD208F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c */; };
F96D4AD408F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c */; };
F96D4AD608F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */; };
F9C9CC000E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9C9CBFF0E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework */; };
F9E61D28090A481F002B3151 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c */; };
F9E61D29090A486C002B3151 /* bn_mp_neg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42A208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_neg.c */; };
F9E61D2A090A4891002B3151 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c */; };
F9E61D2B090A48A4002B3151 /* bn_mp_and.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_and.c */; };
F9E61D2C090A48AC002B3151 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c */; };
F9E61D2D090A48BB002B3151 /* bn_mp_xor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_xor.c */; };
F9E61D2E090A48BF002B3151 /* bn_mp_or.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42A308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_or.c */; };
F9E61D2F090A48C7002B3151 /* bn_mp_shrink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_shrink.c */; };
F9E61D30090A48E2002B3151 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c */; };
F9E61D31090A48F9002B3151 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c */; };
F9E61D32090A48FA002B3151 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c */; };
F9F4415E0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9F4415D0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d */; };
F9FC77B80AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FC77B70AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c */; };
F9FD30BC0CC1AD070073837D /* regcomp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED008F272A7004A47F5 /* regcomp.c */; };
F9FD30BD0CC1AD070073837D /* regerror.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED308F272A7004A47F5 /* regerror.c */; };
F9FD30BE0CC1AD070073837D /* regexec.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED608F272A7004A47F5 /* regexec.c */; };
F9FD30BF0CC1AD070073837D /* regfree.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED708F272A7004A47F5 /* regfree.c */; };
F9FD30C00CC1AD070073837D /* tclAlloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DUSE_TCLALLOC=0"; }; };
F9FD30C10CC1AD070073837D /* tclAsync.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c */; };
F9FD30C20CC1AD070073837D /* tclBasic.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c */; };
F9FD30C30CC1AD070073837D /* tclBinary.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c */; };
F9FD30C40CC1AD070073837D /* tclCkalloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c */; };
F9FD30C50CC1AD070073837D /* tclClock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclClock.c */; };
F9FD30C60CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdAH.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c */; };
F9FD30C70CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdIL.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c */; };
F9FD30C80CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdMZ.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c */; };
F9FD30C90CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompCmds.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c */; };
F9FD30CA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompExpr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c */; };
F9FD30CB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompile.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c */; };
F9FD30CC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c */; };
F9FD30CD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclDate.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDate.c */; };
F9FD30CE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclDictObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c */; };
F9FD30CF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclEncoding.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EED08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c */; };
F9FD30D00CC1AD070073837D /* tclEnv.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c */; };
F9FD30D10CC1AD070073837D /* tclEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c */; };
F9FD30D20CC1AD070073837D /* tclExecute.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c */; };
F9FD30D30CC1AD070073837D /* tclFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c */; };
F9FD30D40CC1AD070073837D /* tclFileName.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c */; };
F9FD30D50CC1AD070073837D /* tclGet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGet.c */; };
F9FD30D60CC1AD070073837D /* tclHash.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHash.c */; };
F9FD30D70CC1AD070073837D /* tclHistory.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c */; };
F9FD30D80CC1AD070073837D /* tclIndexObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c */; };
F9FD30D90CC1AD070073837D /* tclInterp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EFC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c */; };
F9FD30DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIO.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EFE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.c */; };
F9FD30DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c */; };
F9FD30DC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOGT.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c */; };
F9FD30DD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIORChan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c */; };
F9FD30DE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOSock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c */; };
F9FD30DF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c */; };
F9FD30E00CC1AD070073837D /* tclLink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLink.c */; };
F9FD30E10CC1AD070073837D /* tclListObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c */; };
F9FD30E20CC1AD070073837D /* tclLiteral.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c */; };
F9FD30E30CC1AD070073837D /* tclLoad.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c */; };
F9FD30E40CC1AD070073837D /* tclMain.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclMain.c */; };
F9FD30E50CC1AD070073837D /* tclNamesp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c */; };
F9FD30E60CC1AD070073837D /* tclNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c */; };
F9FD30E70CC1AD070073837D /* tclObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclObj.c */; };
F9FD30E80CC1AD070073837D /* tclPanic.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c */; };
F9FD30E90CC1AD070073837D /* tclParse.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclParse.c */; };
F9FD30EA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPathObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c */; };
F9FD30EB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPipe.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c */; };
F9FD30EC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPkg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c */; };
F9FD30ED0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPkgConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DCFG_INSTALL_LIBDIR=\\\"$(LIBDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_BINDIR=\\\"$(BINDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_SCRDIR=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_INCDIR=\\\"$(INCLUDEDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_DOCDIR=\\\"$(MANDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_LIBDIR=\\\"$(LIBDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_BINDIR=\\\"$(BINDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_SCRDIR=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_INCDIR=\\\"$(INCLUDEDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_DOCDIR=\\\"$(MANDIR)\\\""; }; };
F9FD30EE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPosixStr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c */; };
F9FD30EF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPreserve.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c */; };
F9FD30F00CC1AD070073837D /* tclProc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclProc.c */; };
F9FD30F10CC1AD070073837D /* tclRegexp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c */; };
F9FD30F20CC1AD070073837D /* tclResolve.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c */; };
F9FD30F30CC1AD070073837D /* tclResult.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResult.c */; };
F9FD30F40CC1AD070073837D /* tclScan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclScan.c */; };
F9FD30F50CC1AD070073837D /* tclStringObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c */; };
F9FD30F60CC1AD070073837D /* tclStrToD.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c */; };
F9FD30F70CC1AD070073837D /* tclStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c */; };
F9FD30F80CC1AD070073837D /* tclStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c */; };
F9FD30F90CC1AD070073837D /* tclThread.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThread.c */; };
F9FD30FA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadAlloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c */; };
F9FD30FB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadJoin.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c */; };
F9FD30FC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadStorage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c */; };
F9FD30FD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTimer.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c */; };
F9FD30FE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTomMathInterface.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c */; };
F9FD30FF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTrace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c */; };
F9FD31000CC1AD070073837D /* tclUtf.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c */; };
F9FD31010CC1AD070073837D /* tclUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c */; };
F9FD31020CC1AD070073837D /* tclVar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclVar.c */; };
F9FD31030CC1AD070073837D /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c */; };
F9FD31040CC1AD070073837D /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c */; };
F9FD31050CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_add.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c */; };
F9FD31060CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_add_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c */; };
F9FD31070CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_and.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_and.c */; };
F9FD31080CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clamp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c */; };
F9FD31090CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clear.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c */; };
F9FD310A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c */; };
F9FD310B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c */; };
F9FD310C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c */; };
F9FD310D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c */; };
F9FD310E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_copy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c */; };
F9FD310F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_count_bits.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c */; };
F9FD31100CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c */; };
F9FD31110CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_2.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c */; };
F9FD31120CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c */; };
F9FD31130CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_3.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c */; };
F9FD31140CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c */; };
F9FD31150CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_exch.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c */; };
F9FD31160CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_expt_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c */; };
F9FD31170CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_grow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c */; };
F9FD31180CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c */; };
F9FD31190CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_copy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c */; };
F9FD311A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_multi.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c */; };
F9FD311B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_set.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c */; };
F9FD311C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c */; };
F9FD311D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c */; };
F9FD311E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c */; };
F9FD311F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_lshd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c */; };
F9FD31200CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mod.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c */; };
F9FD31210CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c */; };
F9FD31220CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c */; };
F9FD31230CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_2.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c */; };
F9FD31240CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c */; };
F9FD31250CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c */; };
F9FD31260CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_neg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42A208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_neg.c */; };
F9FD31270CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_or.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42A308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_or.c */; };
F9FD31280CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_radix_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c */; };
F9FD31290CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c */; };
F9FD312A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_read_radix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c */; };
F9FD312B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_rshd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42B908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c */; };
F9FD312C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_set.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c */; };
F9FD312D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_shrink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_shrink.c */; };
F9FD312E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c */; };
F9FD312F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sqrt.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c */; };
F9FD31300CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sub.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c */; };
F9FD31310CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sub_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c */; };
F9FD31320CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c */; };
F9FD31330CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c */; };
F9FD31340CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c */; };
F9FD31350CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c */; };
F9FD31360CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c */; };
F9FD31370CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c */; };
F9FD31380CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_xor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_xor.c */; };
F9FD31390CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_zero.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c */; };
F9FD313A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_reverse.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c */; };
F9FD313B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_add.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c */; };
F9FD313C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c */; };
F9FD313D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c */; };
F9FD313E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_sub.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c */; };
F9FD313F0CC1AD070073837D /* bncore.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D708F272B3004A47F5 /* bncore.c */; };
F9FD31400CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXBundle.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433908F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c */; };
F9FD31410CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433D08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c */; };
F9FD31420CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433E08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c */; };
F9FD31430CC1AD070073837D /* tclLoadDyld.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D445B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-Wno-deprecated-declarations"; }; };
F9FD31440CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixChan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D445F08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c */; };
F9FD31450CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixCompat.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FC77B70AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c */; };
F9FD31460CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446008F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c */; };
F9FD31470CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446108F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c */; };
F9FD31480CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixFile.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446208F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c */; };
F9FD31490CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446308F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTCL_LIBRARY=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DTCL_PACKAGE_PATH=\\\"$(TCL_PACKAGE_PATH)\\\""; }; };
F9FD314A0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixNotfy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446408F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c */; };
F9FD314B0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixPipe.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c */; };
F9FD314C0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixSock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c */; };
F9FD314D0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixThrd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c */; };
F9FD314E0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixTime.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */; };
F9FD314F0CC1AD070073837D /* tk3d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAC08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.c */; };
F9FD31500CC1AD070073837D /* tkArgv.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkArgv.c */; };
F9FD31510CC1AD070073837D /* tkAtom.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkAtom.c */; };
F9FD31520CC1AD070073837D /* tkBind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB008F27A39005CB29B /* tkBind.c */; };
F9FD31530CC1AD070073837D /* tkBitmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB108F27A39005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c */; };
F9FD31540CC1AD070073837D /* tkButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB208F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.c */; };
F9FD31550CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvArc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB408F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c */; };
F9FD31560CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvas.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB508F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c */; };
F9FD31570CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvBmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB708F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c */; };
F9FD31580CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvImg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB808F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c */; };
F9FD31590CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvLine.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB908F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c */; };
F9FD315A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvPoly.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c */; };
F9FD315B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvPs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c */; };
F9FD315C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvText.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c */; };
F9FD315D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c */; };
F9FD315E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvWind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c */; };
F9FD315F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkClipboard.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC008F27A39005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c */; };
F9FD31600CC1AD070073837D /* tkCmds.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC108F27A39005CB29B /* tkCmds.c */; };
F9FD31610CC1AD070073837D /* tkColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC208F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.c */; };
F9FD31620CC1AD070073837D /* tkConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC408F27A39005CB29B /* tkConfig.c */; };
F9FD31630CC1AD070073837D /* tkConsole.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC508F27A39005CB29B /* tkConsole.c */; };
F9FD31640CC1AD070073837D /* tkCursor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCursor.c */; };
F9FD31650CC1AD070073837D /* tkEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC808F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.c */; };
F9FD31660CC1AD070073837D /* tkError.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkError.c */; };
F9FD31670CC1AD070073837D /* tkEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkEvent.c */; };
F9FD31680CC1AD070073837D /* tkFileFilter.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c */; };
F9FD31690CC1AD070073837D /* tkFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFocus.c */; };
F9FD316A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.c */; };
F9FD316B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkFrame.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD108F27A39005CB29B /* tkFrame.c */; };
F9FD316C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGC.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD208F27A39005CB29B /* tkGC.c */; };
F9FD316D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGeometry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD308F27A39005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c */; };
F9FD316E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD408F27A39005CB29B /* tkGet.c */; };
F9FD316F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGrab.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD508F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrab.c */; };
F9FD31700CC1AD070073837D /* tkGrid.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD608F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrid.c */; };
F9FD31710CC1AD070073837D /* tkImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD708F27A39005CB29B /* tkImage.c */; };
F9FD31720CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgBmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD808F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c */; };
F9FD31730CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgGIF.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD908F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c */; };
F9FD31740CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgPhoto.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BADA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c */; };
F9FD31750CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgPPM.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BADB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c */; };
F9FD31760CC1AD070073837D /* tkListbox.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE408F27A39005CB29B /* tkListbox.c */; };
F9FD31770CC1AD070073837D /* tkMacWinMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE508F27A39005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c */; };
F9FD31780CC1AD070073837D /* tkMain.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE608F27A39005CB29B /* tkMain.c */; };
F9FD31790CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE708F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.c */; };
F9FD317A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenubutton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE908F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c */; };
F9FD317B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenuDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c */; };
F9FD317C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMessage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMessage.c */; };
F9FD317D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAED08F27A39005CB29B /* tkObj.c */; };
F9FD317E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkOldConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c */; };
F9FD317F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkOldTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldTest.c */; };
F9FD31800CC1AD070073837D /* tkOption.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOption.c */; };
F9FD31810CC1AD070073837D /* tkPack.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF008F27A39005CB29B /* tkPack.c */; };
F9FD31820CC1AD070073837D /* tkPanedWindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF108F27A39005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c */; };
F9FD31830CC1AD070073837D /* tkPlace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF208F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlace.c */; };
F9FD31850CC1AD070073837D /* tkRectOval.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF608F27A39005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c */; };
F9FD31860CC1AD070073837D /* tkScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF708F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.c */; };
F9FD31870CC1AD070073837D /* tkScrollbar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF908F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c */; };
F9FD31880CC1AD070073837D /* tkSelect.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.c */; };
F9FD31890CC1AD070073837D /* tkSquare.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSquare.c */; };
F9FD318A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c */; };
F9FD318B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0008F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c */; };
F9FD318C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStyle.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0108F27A39005CB29B /* tkStyle.c */; };
F9FD318D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0208F27A39005CB29B /* tkTest.c */; };
F9FD318E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkText.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0308F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.c */; };
F9FD318F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextBTree.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0508F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c */; };
F9FD31900CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextDisp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0608F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c */; };
F9FD31910CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0808F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c */; };
F9FD31920CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextIndex.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0908F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c */; };
F9FD31930CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextMark.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0A08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c */; };
F9FD31940CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextTag.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0B08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c */; };
F9FD31950CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextWind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0C08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c */; };
F9FD31960CC1AD070073837D /* tkTrig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0D08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTrig.c */; };
F9FD31970CC1AD070073837D /* tkUndo.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0E08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.c */; };
F9FD31980CC1AD070073837D /* tkUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1008F27A39005CB29B /* tkUtil.c */; };
F9FD31990CC1AD070073837D /* tkVisual.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1108F27A39005CB29B /* tkVisual.c */; };
F9FD319A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkWindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1208F27A39005CB29B /* tkWindow.c */; };
F9FD319B0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkBlink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c */; };
F9FD319C0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c */; };
F9FD319D0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkCache.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c */; };
F9FD319E0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkClamTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c */; };
F9FD319F0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkClassicTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c */; };
F9FD31A00CC1AD070073837D /* ttkDefaultTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c */; };
F9FD31A10CC1AD070073837D /* ttkElements.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c */; };
F9FD31A20CC1AD070073837D /* ttkEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c */; };
F9FD31A30CC1AD070073837D /* ttkFrame.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c */; };
F9FD31A40CC1AD070073837D /* ttkImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c */; };
F9FD31A50CC1AD070073837D /* ttkInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c */; };
F9FD31A60CC1AD070073837D /* ttkLabel.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887ED0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c */; };
F9FD31A70CC1AD070073837D /* ttkLayout.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c */; };
F9FD31A80CC1AD070073837D /* ttkManager.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c */; };
F9FD31A90CC1AD070073837D /* ttkNotebook.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c */; };
F9FD31AA0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkPanedwindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c */; };
F9FD31AB0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkProgress.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c */; };
F9FD31AC0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c */; };
F9FD31AD0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScroll.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c */; };
F9FD31AE0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScrollbar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c */; };
F9FD31AF0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkSeparator.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c */; };
F9FD31B00CC1AD070073837D /* ttkSquare.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c */; };
F9FD31B10CC1AD070073837D /* ttkState.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c */; };
F9FD31B20CC1AD070073837D /* ttkStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c */; };
F9FD31B30CC1AD070073837D /* ttkStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c */; };
F9FD31B40CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTagSet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c */; };
F9FD31B50CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FD0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c */; };
F9FD31B60CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTrace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888000AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c */; };
F9FD31B70CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTrack.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888010AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c */; };
F9FD31B80CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTreeview.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888020AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c */; };
F9FD31B90CC1AD070073837D /* ttkWidget.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888030AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c */; };
F9FD31DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTK_TEST"; }; };
F9FD31DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */; };
F9FD31DC0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnixScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c */; };
F9FD31E20CC1AD070073837D /* tclDTrace.d in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9F4415D0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d */; };
F9FD31E40CC1AD070073837D /* CoreFoundation.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966C07408F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework */; };
F9FD31F80CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixCursor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */; };
F9FD31FA0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixKey.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixKey.c */; };
F9FD31FB0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixXId.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */; };
F9FD31FC0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */; };
F9FD31FD0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEmbed.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */; };
F9FD31FE0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSend.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */; };
F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */; };
F9FD32000CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixWm.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */; };
F9FD32010CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixRFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */; };
F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */; };
F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */; };
F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */; };
F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */; };
F9FD32060CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDialog.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDialog.c */; };
F9FD32070CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSelect.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */; };
F9FD32080CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */; };
F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */; };
F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */; };
F9FD320B0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenubu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenubu.c */; };
F9FD320C0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixScrlbr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScrlbr.c */; };
F9FD32170CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD32140CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib */; };
F9FD32180CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD32150CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib */; };
F9FD32190CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD32160CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib */; };
F9FD349B0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD34990CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib */; };
F9FD349C0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD349A0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib */; };
F9FD34C40CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD34C30CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib */; };
/* End PBXBuildFile section */
/* Begin PBXFileReference section */
8DD76FB20486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = "compiled.mach-o.executable"; includeInIndex = 0; path = tktest; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9099B8A0CC67D30005A9580 /* textpeer.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textpeer.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9099B8B0CC67D3E005A9580 /* ttkbut.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttkbut.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F91E62260C1AE686006C9D96 /* Tclsh-Info.plist.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; path = "Tclsh-Info.plist.in"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F92240290D7C620F005EC715 /* knightstour.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = knightstour.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCD70CCD984500716967 /* ttkprogress.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttkprogress.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCD80CCD984600716967 /* tree.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tree.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCD90CCD984600716967 /* toolbar.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = toolbar.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCDA0CCD984600716967 /* ttknote.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttknote.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCDB0CCD984600716967 /* combo.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = combo.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F93E5EFD09CF8711008FA367 /* tkMacOSXFont.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXFont.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F94523A10E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = Cocoa.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F95D8D4B0F1715610006B020 /* Tk.icns */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.icns; path = Tk.icns; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F95D8D4C0F1715610006B020 /* Tk.tiff */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.tiff; path = Tk.tiff; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F95FAFF90B34F1130072E431 /* macOSXLoad.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = macOSXLoad.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F962F7C60DADC26200648DB8 /* vsapi.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = vsapi.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0408F27A37005CB29B /* error.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = error.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0508F27A37005CB29B /* gray12.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = gray12.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0608F27A37005CB29B /* gray25.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = gray25.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0708F27A37005CB29B /* gray50.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = gray50.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0808F27A37005CB29B /* gray75.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = gray75.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0908F27A37005CB29B /* hourglass.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = hourglass.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0A08F27A37005CB29B /* info.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = info.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0B08F27A37005CB29B /* questhead.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = questhead.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0C08F27A37005CB29B /* question.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = question.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0D08F27A37005CB29B /* warning.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = warning.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0E08F27A37005CB29B /* ChangeLog */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = ChangeLog; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0F08F27A37005CB29B /* changes */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = changes; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1108F27A37005CB29B /* 3DBorder.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = 3DBorder.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1208F27A37005CB29B /* AddOption.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AddOption.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1308F27A37005CB29B /* bell.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bell.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1408F27A37005CB29B /* bind.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bind.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1508F27A37005CB29B /* BindTable.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = BindTable.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1608F27A37005CB29B /* bindtags.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bindtags.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1708F27A37005CB29B /* bitmap.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bitmap.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1808F27A37005CB29B /* button.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1908F27A37005CB29B /* canvas.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvas.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1A08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvPsY.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CanvPsY.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1B08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvTkwin.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CanvTkwin.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1C08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvTxtInfo.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CanvTxtInfo.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1D08F27A37005CB29B /* checkbutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkbutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1E08F27A37005CB29B /* chooseColor.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = chooseColor.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1F08F27A37005CB29B /* chooseDirectory.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = chooseDirectory.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2008F27A37005CB29B /* Clipboard.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Clipboard.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2108F27A37005CB29B /* clipboard.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = clipboard.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2208F27A37005CB29B /* ClrSelect.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ClrSelect.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2308F27A37005CB29B /* colors.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = colors.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2408F27A37005CB29B /* ConfigWidg.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ConfigWidg.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2508F27A37005CB29B /* ConfigWind.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ConfigWind.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2608F27A37005CB29B /* console.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = console.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2708F27A37005CB29B /* CoordToWin.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CoordToWin.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2808F27A37005CB29B /* CrtCmHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtCmHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2908F27A37005CB29B /* CrtErrHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtErrHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2A08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtGenHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtGenHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2B08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtImgType.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtImgType.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2C08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtItemType.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtItemType.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2D08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtPhImgFmt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtPhImgFmt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2E08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtSelHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtSelHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2F08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtWindow.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtWindow.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3008F27A37005CB29B /* cursors.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = cursors.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3108F27A37005CB29B /* DeleteImg.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DeleteImg.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3208F27A37005CB29B /* destroy.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = destroy.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3308F27A37005CB29B /* dialog.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3408F27A37005CB29B /* DrawFocHlt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DrawFocHlt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3508F27A37005CB29B /* entry.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3608F27A37005CB29B /* event.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = event.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3708F27A37005CB29B /* EventHndlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = EventHndlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3808F27A37005CB29B /* FindPhoto.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FindPhoto.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3908F27A37005CB29B /* focus.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = focus.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3A08F27A37005CB29B /* focusNext.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = focusNext.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3B08F27A37005CB29B /* font.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = font.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3C08F27A37005CB29B /* FontId.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FontId.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3D08F27A37005CB29B /* frame.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = frame.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3E08F27A37005CB29B /* FreeXId.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FreeXId.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3F08F27A37005CB29B /* GeomReq.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GeomReq.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4008F27A37005CB29B /* GetAnchor.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetAnchor.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4108F27A37005CB29B /* GetBitmap.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetBitmap.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4208F27A37005CB29B /* GetCapStyl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetCapStyl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4308F27A37005CB29B /* GetClrmap.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetClrmap.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4408F27A37005CB29B /* GetColor.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetColor.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4508F27A37005CB29B /* GetCursor.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetCursor.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4608F27A37005CB29B /* GetDash.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetDash.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4708F27A37005CB29B /* GetFont.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetFont.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4808F27A37005CB29B /* GetGC.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetGC.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4908F27A37005CB29B /* GetHINSTANCE.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetHINSTANCE.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4A08F27A37005CB29B /* GetHWND.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetHWND.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4B08F27A37005CB29B /* GetImage.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetImage.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4C08F27A37005CB29B /* GetJoinStl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetJoinStl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4D08F27A37005CB29B /* GetJustify.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetJustify.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4E08F27A37005CB29B /* getOpenFile.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = getOpenFile.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4F08F27A37005CB29B /* GetOption.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetOption.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5008F27A38005CB29B /* GetPixels.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetPixels.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5108F27A38005CB29B /* GetPixmap.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetPixmap.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5208F27A38005CB29B /* GetRelief.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetRelief.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5308F27A38005CB29B /* GetRootCrd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetRootCrd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5408F27A38005CB29B /* GetScroll.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetScroll.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5508F27A38005CB29B /* GetSelect.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetSelect.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5608F27A38005CB29B /* GetUid.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetUid.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5708F27A38005CB29B /* GetVisual.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetVisual.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5808F27A38005CB29B /* GetVRoot.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetVRoot.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5908F27A38005CB29B /* Grab.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Grab.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5A08F27A38005CB29B /* grab.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = grab.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5B08F27A38005CB29B /* grid.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = grid.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5C08F27A38005CB29B /* HandleEvent.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = HandleEvent.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5D08F27A38005CB29B /* HWNDToWindow.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = HWNDToWindow.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5E08F27A38005CB29B /* IdToWindow.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = IdToWindow.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5F08F27A38005CB29B /* image.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = image.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6008F27A38005CB29B /* ImgChanged.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ImgChanged.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6108F27A38005CB29B /* Inactive.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Inactive.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6208F27A38005CB29B /* InternAtom.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = InternAtom.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6308F27A38005CB29B /* keysyms.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = keysyms.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6408F27A38005CB29B /* label.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = label.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6508F27A38005CB29B /* labelframe.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = labelframe.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6608F27A38005CB29B /* listbox.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = listbox.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6708F27A38005CB29B /* loadTk.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadTk.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6808F27A38005CB29B /* lower.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lower.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6908F27A38005CB29B /* MainLoop.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MainLoop.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6A08F27A38005CB29B /* MaintGeom.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MaintGeom.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6B08F27A38005CB29B /* MainWin.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MainWin.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6D08F27A38005CB29B /* ManageGeom.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ManageGeom.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6E08F27A38005CB29B /* MapWindow.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MapWindow.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6F08F27A38005CB29B /* MeasureChar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MeasureChar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7008F27A38005CB29B /* menu.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = menu.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7108F27A38005CB29B /* menubar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7208F27A38005CB29B /* menubutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7308F27A38005CB29B /* message.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = message.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7408F27A38005CB29B /* messageBox.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = messageBox.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7508F27A38005CB29B /* MoveToplev.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MoveToplev.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7608F27A38005CB29B /* Name.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Name.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7708F27A38005CB29B /* NameOfImg.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = NameOfImg.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7808F27A38005CB29B /* option.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = option.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7908F27A38005CB29B /* optionMenu.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = optionMenu.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7A08F27A38005CB29B /* options.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = options.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7B08F27A38005CB29B /* OwnSelect.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = OwnSelect.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7C08F27A38005CB29B /* pack-old.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = "pack-old.n"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7D08F27A38005CB29B /* pack.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = pack.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7E08F27A38005CB29B /* palette.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = palette.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7F08F27A38005CB29B /* panedwindow.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8008F27A38005CB29B /* ParseArgv.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ParseArgv.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8108F27A38005CB29B /* photo.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = photo.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8208F27A38005CB29B /* place.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = place.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8308F27A38005CB29B /* popup.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = popup.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8408F27A38005CB29B /* QWinEvent.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = QWinEvent.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8508F27A38005CB29B /* radiobutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = radiobutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8608F27A38005CB29B /* raise.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = raise.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8708F27A38005CB29B /* Restack.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Restack.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8808F27A38005CB29B /* RestrictEv.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RestrictEv.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8908F27A38005CB29B /* scale.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = scale.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8A08F27A38005CB29B /* scrollbar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrollbar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8B08F27A38005CB29B /* selection.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = selection.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8C08F27A38005CB29B /* send.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = send.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8D08F27A38005CB29B /* SetAppName.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetAppName.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8E08F27A38005CB29B /* SetCaret.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetCaret.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8F08F27A38005CB29B /* SetClass.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetClass.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9008F27A38005CB29B /* SetClassProcs.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetClassProcs.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9108F27A38005CB29B /* SetGrid.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetGrid.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9208F27A38005CB29B /* SetOptions.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetOptions.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9308F27A38005CB29B /* SetVisual.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetVisual.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9408F27A38005CB29B /* spinbox.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = spinbox.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9508F27A38005CB29B /* StrictMotif.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StrictMotif.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9608F27A38005CB29B /* text.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = text.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9708F27A38005CB29B /* TextLayout.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TextLayout.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9808F27A38005CB29B /* tk.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9908F27A38005CB29B /* tk4.0.ps */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk4.0.ps; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9A08F27A38005CB29B /* Tk_Init.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Tk_Init.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9B08F27A38005CB29B /* Tk_Main.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Tk_Main.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9C08F27A38005CB29B /* tkerror.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkerror.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9D08F27A38005CB29B /* TkInitStubs.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TkInitStubs.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9E08F27A38005CB29B /* tkvars.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkvars.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9F08F27A38005CB29B /* tkwait.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkwait.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA008F27A38005CB29B /* toplevel.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = toplevel.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA108F27A38005CB29B /* WindowId.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = WindowId.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA208F27A38005CB29B /* winfo.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = winfo.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA308F27A38005CB29B /* wish.1 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = wish.1; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA408F27A38005CB29B /* wm.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA608F27A38005CB29B /* default.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = default.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA708F27A38005CB29B /* ks_names.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ks_names.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA808F27A38005CB29B /* prolog.ps */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = prolog.ps; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA908F27A39005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAA08F27A39005CB29B /* tk.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAB08F27A39005CB29B /* tk.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tk.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAC08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tk3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAD08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tk3d.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkArgv.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkArgv.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkAtom.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAtom.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB008F27A39005CB29B /* tkBind.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkBind.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB108F27A39005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkBitmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB208F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB308F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkButton.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB408F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvArc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB508F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvas.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkCanvas.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB708F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvBmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB808F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvImg.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB908F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvLine.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvPoly.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvPs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvText.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvWind.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC008F27A39005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkClipboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC108F27A39005CB29B /* tkCmds.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCmds.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC208F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC308F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkColor.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC408F27A39005CB29B /* tkConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC508F27A39005CB29B /* tkConsole.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkConsole.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC708F27A39005CB29B /* tkDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC808F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC908F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkEntry.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkError.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkError.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkFileFilter.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkFileFilter.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFocus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkFocus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD008F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkFont.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD108F27A39005CB29B /* tkFrame.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkFrame.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD208F27A39005CB29B /* tkGC.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGC.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD308F27A39005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGeometry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD408F27A39005CB29B /* tkGet.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGet.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD508F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrab.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGrab.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD608F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrid.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGrid.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD708F27A39005CB29B /* tkImage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD808F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgBmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD908F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgGIF.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgPhoto.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgPPM.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkInt.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkInt.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE108F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkIntDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE208F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntPlatDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkIntPlatDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE308F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntXlibDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkIntXlibDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE408F27A39005CB29B /* tkListbox.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkListbox.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE508F27A39005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMacWinMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE608F27A39005CB29B /* tkMain.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMain.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE708F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE808F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMenu.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE908F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMenubutton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMenubutton.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMenuDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMessage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMessage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAED08F27A39005CB29B /* tkObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkOldConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOption.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkOption.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF008F27A39005CB29B /* tkPack.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkPack.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF108F27A39005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkPanedWindow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF208F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlace.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkPlace.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF308F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlatDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkPlatDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF408F27A39005CB29B /* tkPointer.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkPointer.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF508F27A39005CB29B /* tkPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF608F27A39005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkRectOval.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF708F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkScale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF808F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkScale.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF908F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkScrollbar.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkScrollbar.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkSelect.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSquare.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkSquare.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkOldTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkStubInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0008F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkStubLib.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0108F27A39005CB29B /* tkStyle.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkStyle.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0208F27A39005CB29B /* tkTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0308F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkText.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0408F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkText.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0508F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextBTree.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0608F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextDisp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0808F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextImage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0908F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextIndex.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0A08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextMark.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0B08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextTag.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0C08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextWind.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0D08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTrig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTrig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0E08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUndo.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0F08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUndo.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1008F27A39005CB29B /* tkUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1108F27A39005CB29B /* tkVisual.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkVisual.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1208F27A39005CB29B /* tkWindow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWindow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1408F27A39005CB29B /* bgerror.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bgerror.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1508F27A39005CB29B /* button.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1608F27A39005CB29B /* choosedir.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = choosedir.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1708F27A39005CB29B /* clrpick.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clrpick.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1808F27A39005CB29B /* comdlg.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = comdlg.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1908F27A39005CB29B /* console.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = console.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1B08F27A39005CB29B /* anilabel.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = anilabel.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1C08F27A39005CB29B /* aniwave.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = aniwave.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1D08F27A39005CB29B /* arrow.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = arrow.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1E08F27A39005CB29B /* bind.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bind.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1F08F27A39005CB29B /* bitmap.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bitmap.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2008F27A39005CB29B /* browse */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = browse; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2108F27A39005CB29B /* button.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2208F27A39005CB29B /* check.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = check.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2308F27A39005CB29B /* clrpick.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clrpick.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2408F27A39005CB29B /* colors.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = colors.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2508F27A39005CB29B /* cscroll.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cscroll.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2608F27A39005CB29B /* ctext.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ctext.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2708F27A39005CB29B /* dialog1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2808F27A39005CB29B /* dialog2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2A08F27A39005CB29B /* entry1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2B08F27A39005CB29B /* entry2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2C08F27A39005CB29B /* entry3.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry3.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2D08F27A39005CB29B /* filebox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = filebox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2E08F27A39005CB29B /* floor.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = floor.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2F08F27A39005CB29B /* form.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = form.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3008F27A39005CB29B /* goldberg.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = goldberg.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3108F27A39005CB29B /* hello */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = hello; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3208F27A39005CB29B /* hscale.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = hscale.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3308F27A39005CB29B /* icon.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = icon.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3408F27A39005CB29B /* image1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = image1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3508F27A39005CB29B /* image2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = image2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4208F27A3A005CB29B /* items.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = items.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4308F27A3A005CB29B /* ixset */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = ixset; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4408F27A3A005CB29B /* label.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = label.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4508F27A3A005CB29B /* labelframe.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = labelframe.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4608F27A3A005CB29B /* menu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4708F27A3A005CB29B /* menubu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4808F27A3A005CB29B /* msgbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4A08F27A3A005CB29B /* paned1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = paned1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4B08F27A3A005CB29B /* paned2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = paned2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4C08F27A3A005CB29B /* pendulum.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pendulum.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4D08F27A3A005CB29B /* plot.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = plot.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4E08F27A3A005CB29B /* puzzle.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = puzzle.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4F08F27A3A005CB29B /* radio.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = radio.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5008F27A3A005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5108F27A3A005CB29B /* rmt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = rmt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5208F27A3A005CB29B /* rolodex */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = rolodex; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5308F27A3A005CB29B /* ruler.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ruler.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5408F27A3A005CB29B /* sayings.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = sayings.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5508F27A3A005CB29B /* search.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = search.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5608F27A3A005CB29B /* spin.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = spin.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5708F27A3A005CB29B /* square */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = square; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5808F27A3A005CB29B /* states.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = states.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5908F27A3A005CB29B /* style.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = style.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5A08F27A3A005CB29B /* tclIndex */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclIndex; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5B08F27A3A005CB29B /* tcolor */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = tcolor; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5C08F27A3A005CB29B /* text.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = text.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5D08F27A3A005CB29B /* timer */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = timer; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5E08F27A3A005CB29B /* twind.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = twind.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5F08F27A3A005CB29B /* unicodeout.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unicodeout.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6008F27A3A005CB29B /* vscale.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = vscale.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6108F27A3A005CB29B /* widget */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = widget; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6208F27A3A005CB29B /* dialog.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6308F27A3A005CB29B /* entry.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6408F27A3A005CB29B /* focus.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = focus.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB7308F27A3A005CB29B /* listbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = listbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB7408F27A3A005CB29B /* menu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB7508F27A3A005CB29B /* mkpsenc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = mkpsenc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB7608F27A3A005CB29B /* msgbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8608F27A3A005CB29B /* obsolete.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = obsolete.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8708F27A3A005CB29B /* optMenu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = optMenu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8808F27A3A005CB29B /* palette.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = palette.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8908F27A3B005CB29B /* panedwindow.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8A08F27A3B005CB29B /* prolog.ps */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = prolog.ps; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8B08F27A3B005CB29B /* safetk.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = safetk.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8C08F27A3B005CB29B /* scale.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scale.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8D08F27A3B005CB29B /* scrlbar.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrlbar.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8E08F27A3B005CB29B /* spinbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = spinbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8F08F27A3B005CB29B /* tclIndex */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclIndex; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9008F27A3B005CB29B /* tearoff.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tearoff.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9108F27A3B005CB29B /* text.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = text.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9208F27A3B005CB29B /* tk.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkfbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkfbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9408F27A3B005CB29B /* unsupported.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unsupported.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9508F27A3B005CB29B /* xmfbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9608F27A3B005CB29B /* license.terms */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = license.terms; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBBA08F27A3B005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBBB08F27A3B005CB29B /* GNUmakefile */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = GNUmakefile; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBBE08F27A3B005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC008F27A3B005CB29B /* Tk-Info.plist.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.plist; fileEncoding = 4; path = "Tk-Info.plist.in"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSX.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSX.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXBitmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXClipboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC908F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursors.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXCursors.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDebug.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDebug.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXEvent.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXHLEvents.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBE008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenubutton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBE108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBE208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBE308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEA08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEB08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXRegion.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEC08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXScale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBED08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXScrlbr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEE08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEF08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXSubwindows.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF008F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF108F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF208F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF308F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXWm.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF408F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXCursors.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXXCursors.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF508F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXXStubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF708F27A3C005CB29B /* Wish-Info.plist.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.plist; fileEncoding = 4; path = "Wish-Info.plist.in"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0308F27A3C005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0508F27A3C005CB29B /* all.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = all.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0608F27A3C005CB29B /* arc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = arc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0708F27A3C005CB29B /* bell.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bell.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0808F27A3C005CB29B /* bevel.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bevel.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0908F27A3C005CB29B /* bgerror.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bgerror.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0A08F27A3C005CB29B /* bind.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bind.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0B08F27A3C005CB29B /* bitmap.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bitmap.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0C08F27A3C005CB29B /* border.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = border.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0D08F27A3C005CB29B /* bugs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bugs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0E08F27A3C005CB29B /* butGeom.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = butGeom.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0F08F27A3C005CB29B /* butGeom2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = butGeom2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1008F27A3C005CB29B /* button.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1108F27A3C005CB29B /* canvas.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvas.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1208F27A3C005CB29B /* canvImg.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvImg.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1308F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPs.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPs.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1408F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsArc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsArc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1508F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsBmap.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsBmap.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1608F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsGrph.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsGrph.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1708F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsImg.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsImg.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1808F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsText.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsText.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1908F27A3C005CB29B /* canvRect.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvRect.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1A08F27A3C005CB29B /* canvText.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvText.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1B08F27A3C005CB29B /* canvWind.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvWind.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1C08F27A3C005CB29B /* choosedir.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = choosedir.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1D08F27A3C005CB29B /* clipboard.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clipboard.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1E08F27A3C005CB29B /* clrpick.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clrpick.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1F08F27A3C005CB29B /* cmap.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmap.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2008F27A3C005CB29B /* cmds.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmds.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2108F27A3C005CB29B /* color.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = color.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2208F27A3C005CB29B /* config.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = config.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2308F27A3C005CB29B /* constraints.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = constraints.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2408F27A3C005CB29B /* cursor.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cursor.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2508F27A3C005CB29B /* dialog.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2608F27A3C005CB29B /* embed.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = embed.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2708F27A3C005CB29B /* entry.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2808F27A3C005CB29B /* event.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = event.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2908F27A3C005CB29B /* filebox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = filebox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2A08F27A3C005CB29B /* focus.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = focus.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2B08F27A3C005CB29B /* focusTcl.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = focusTcl.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2C08F27A3C005CB29B /* font.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = font.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2D08F27A3C005CB29B /* frame.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = frame.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2E08F27A3C005CB29B /* geometry.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = geometry.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2F08F27A3C005CB29B /* get.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = get.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3008F27A3C005CB29B /* grab.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = grab.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3108F27A3C005CB29B /* grid.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = grid.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3208F27A3C005CB29B /* id.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = id.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3308F27A3C005CB29B /* image.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = image.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3408F27A3C005CB29B /* imgBmap.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = imgBmap.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3508F27A3C005CB29B /* imgPhoto.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = imgPhoto.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3608F27A3C005CB29B /* imgPPM.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = imgPPM.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3708F27A3C005CB29B /* listbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = listbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3808F27A3C005CB29B /* main.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = main.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3908F27A3C005CB29B /* menu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3A08F27A3C005CB29B /* menubut.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubut.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3B08F27A3C005CB29B /* menuDraw.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menuDraw.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3C08F27A3C005CB29B /* message.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = message.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3D08F27A3C005CB29B /* msgbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3E08F27A3C005CB29B /* obj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = obj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3F08F27A3C005CB29B /* oldpack.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = oldpack.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4008F27A3C005CB29B /* option.file1 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = option.file1; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4108F27A3C005CB29B /* option.file2 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = option.file2; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4208F27A3C005CB29B /* option.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = option.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4308F27A3C005CB29B /* pack.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pack.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4408F27A3C005CB29B /* panedwindow.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4508F27A3D005CB29B /* place.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = place.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4608F27A3D005CB29B /* raise.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = raise.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4708F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4808F27A3D005CB29B /* safe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = safe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4908F27A3D005CB29B /* scale.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scale.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4A08F27A3D005CB29B /* scrollbar.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrollbar.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4B08F27A3D005CB29B /* select.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = select.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4C08F27A3D005CB29B /* send.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = send.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4D08F27A3D005CB29B /* spinbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = spinbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4E08F27A3D005CB29B /* text.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = text.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4F08F27A3D005CB29B /* textBTree.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textBTree.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5008F27A3D005CB29B /* textDisp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textDisp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5108F27A3D005CB29B /* textImage.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textImage.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5208F27A3D005CB29B /* textIndex.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textIndex.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5308F27A3D005CB29B /* textMark.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textMark.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5408F27A3D005CB29B /* textTag.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textTag.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5508F27A3D005CB29B /* textWind.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textWind.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5608F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5708F27A3D005CB29B /* unixButton.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixButton.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5808F27A3D005CB29B /* unixEmbed.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixEmbed.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5908F27A3D005CB29B /* unixFont.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixFont.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5A08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixSelect.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixSelect.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5C08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5D08F27A3D005CB29B /* util.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = util.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5E08F27A3D005CB29B /* visual.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = visual.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5F08F27A3D005CB29B /* visual_bb.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = visual_bb.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6008F27A3D005CB29B /* winButton.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winButton.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6108F27A3D005CB29B /* winClipboard.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winClipboard.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6208F27A3D005CB29B /* winDialog.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winDialog.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6308F27A3D005CB29B /* window.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = window.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6408F27A3D005CB29B /* winfo.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winfo.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6508F27A3D005CB29B /* winFont.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFont.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.h.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.h.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnix3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixFocus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8408F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixKey.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixKey.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenubu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixMenubu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixRFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixScale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScrlbr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixScrlbr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinClipboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinClipboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWinDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinImage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinImage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWinInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinKey.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinKey.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0B08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0C08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPixmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinPixmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0D08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPointer.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinPointer.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0E08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWinPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0F08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinRegion.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinRegion.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinScrlbr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinScrlbr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSendCom.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinSendCom.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSendCom.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWinSendCom.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinWindow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinWindow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1608F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinX.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinX.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1808F27A3F005CB29B /* winMain.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = winMain.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1B08F27A3F005CB29B /* cursorfont.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = cursorfont.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1C08F27A3F005CB29B /* keysym.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = keysym.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1D08F27A3F005CB29B /* keysymdef.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = keysymdef.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1E08F27A3F005CB29B /* X.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = X.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1F08F27A3F005CB29B /* Xatom.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = Xatom.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2008F27A3F005CB29B /* Xfuncproto.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = Xfuncproto.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2108F27A3F005CB29B /* Xlib.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = Xlib.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2208F27A3F005CB29B /* Xutil.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = Xutil.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2308F27A3F005CB29B /* xbytes.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = xbytes.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2408F27A3F005CB29B /* xcolors.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = xcolors.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2508F27A3F005CB29B /* xdraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = xdraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2608F27A3F005CB29B /* xgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = xgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2708F27A3F005CB29B /* ximage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ximage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2808F27A3F005CB29B /* xutil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = xutil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966C07408F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = CoreFoundation.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/CoreFoundation.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F966C07608F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = Carbon.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/Carbon.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F966C07808F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = IOKit.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/IOKit.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F96887E00AF786D5000797B5 /* ttk.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkBlink.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkCache.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkClamTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkClassicTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkDefaultTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkElements.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkFrame.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkImage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887ED0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkLabel.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkLayout.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkManager.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F00AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkManager.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkNotebook.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkPanedwindow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkProgress.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkScale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkScroll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkScrollbar.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkSeparator.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkSquare.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkState.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkStubInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkStubLib.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTagSet.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FD0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkTheme.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkThemeInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkThemeInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888000AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTrace.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888010AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTrack.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888020AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTreeview.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888030AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkWidget.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888040AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkWidget.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888370AF787B3000797B5 /* altTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = altTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888380AF787B3000797B5 /* aquaTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = aquaTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888390AF787B3000797B5 /* button.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883A0AF787B3000797B5 /* clamTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clamTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883B0AF787B3000797B5 /* classicTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = classicTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883C0AF787B3000797B5 /* combobox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = combobox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883D0AF787B3000797B5 /* cursors.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cursors.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883E0AF787B3000797B5 /* defaults.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = defaults.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888400AF787B3000797B5 /* entry.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888410AF787B3000797B5 /* fonts.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fonts.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888440AF787B3000797B5 /* menubutton.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubutton.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888450AF787B3000797B5 /* notebook.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = notebook.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888460AF787B3000797B5 /* panedwindow.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888470AF787B3000797B5 /* progress.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = progress.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888480AF787B3000797B5 /* scale.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scale.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888490AF787B3000797B5 /* scrollbar.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrollbar.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884A0AF787B3000797B5 /* sizegrip.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = sizegrip.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884B0AF787B3000797B5 /* treeview.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = treeview.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884C0AF787B3000797B5 /* ttk.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884D0AF787B3000797B5 /* utils.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = utils.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884E0AF787B3000797B5 /* winTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884F0AF787B3000797B5 /* xpTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xpTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888540AF7880C000797B5 /* all.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = all.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888560AF7880C000797B5 /* combobox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = combobox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888570AF7880C000797B5 /* entry.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888580AF7880C000797B5 /* image.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = image.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888590AF7880C000797B5 /* labelframe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = labelframe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885A0AF7880C000797B5 /* layout.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = layout.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885C0AF7880C000797B5 /* notebook.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = notebook.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885D0AF7880C000797B5 /* panedwindow.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885E0AF7880C000797B5 /* progressbar.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = progressbar.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885F0AF7880C000797B5 /* scrollbar.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrollbar.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888600AF7880C000797B5 /* treetags.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = treetags.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888610AF7880C000797B5 /* treeview.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = treeview.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888620AF7880C000797B5 /* ttk.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888630AF7880C000797B5 /* validate.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = validate.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968886B0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_button.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_button.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968886C0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_checkbutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_checkbutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968886D0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_combobox.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_combobox.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968886F0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_entry.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_entry.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888700AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_frame.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_frame.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888710AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_Geometry.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_Geometry.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888720AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_image.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_image.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888730AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_intro.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_intro.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888740AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_label.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_label.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888750AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_labelframe.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_labelframe.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888760AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_menubutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_menubutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888770AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_notebook.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_notebook.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888780AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_panedwindow.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_panedwindow.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888790AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_progressbar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_progressbar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887A0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_radiobutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_radiobutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887B0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_scrollbar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_scrollbar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887C0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_separator.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_separator.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887D0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_sizegrip.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_sizegrip.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887E0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_style.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_style.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887F0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_Theme.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_Theme.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888800AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_treeview.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_treeview.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888810AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_widget.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_widget.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888840AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttkMacOSXTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888860AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinMonitor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkWinMonitor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888870AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkWinTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888880AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinXPTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkWinXPTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFA08F272A4004A47F5 /* ChangeLog */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = ChangeLog; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFB08F272A4004A47F5 /* changes */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = changes; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFD08F272A4004A47F5 /* Access.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Access.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFE08F272A4004A47F5 /* AddErrInfo.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AddErrInfo.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFF08F272A4004A47F5 /* after.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = after.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0008F272A4004A47F5 /* Alloc.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Alloc.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0108F272A4004A47F5 /* AllowExc.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AllowExc.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0208F272A4004A47F5 /* append.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = append.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0308F272A4004A47F5 /* AppInit.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AppInit.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0408F272A5004A47F5 /* array.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = array.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0508F272A5004A47F5 /* AssocData.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AssocData.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0608F272A5004A47F5 /* Async.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Async.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0708F272A5004A47F5 /* BackgdErr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = BackgdErr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0808F272A5004A47F5 /* Backslash.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Backslash.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0908F272A5004A47F5 /* bgerror.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bgerror.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0A08F272A5004A47F5 /* binary.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = binary.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0B08F272A5004A47F5 /* BoolObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = BoolObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0C08F272A5004A47F5 /* break.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = break.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0D08F272A5004A47F5 /* ByteArrObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ByteArrObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0E08F272A5004A47F5 /* CallDel.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CallDel.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0F08F272A5004A47F5 /* case.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = case.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1008F272A5004A47F5 /* catch.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = catch.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1108F272A5004A47F5 /* cd.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = cd.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1208F272A5004A47F5 /* chan.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = chan.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1308F272A5004A47F5 /* ChnlStack.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ChnlStack.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1408F272A5004A47F5 /* clock.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = clock.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1508F272A5004A47F5 /* close.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = close.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1608F272A5004A47F5 /* CmdCmplt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CmdCmplt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1708F272A5004A47F5 /* Concat.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Concat.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1808F272A5004A47F5 /* concat.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = concat.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1908F272A5004A47F5 /* continue.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = continue.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1A08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtChannel.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtChannel.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1B08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtChnlHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtChnlHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1C08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtCloseHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtCloseHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1D08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtCommand.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtCommand.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1E08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtFileHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtFileHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1F08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtInterp.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtInterp.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2008F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtMathFnc.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtMathFnc.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2108F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtObjCmd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtObjCmd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2208F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtSlave.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtSlave.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2308F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtTimerHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtTimerHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2408F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtTrace.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtTrace.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2508F272A5004A47F5 /* dde.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = dde.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2608F272A5004A47F5 /* DetachPids.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DetachPids.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2708F272A5004A47F5 /* dict.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = dict.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2808F272A5004A47F5 /* DictObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DictObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2908F272A5004A47F5 /* DoOneEvent.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DoOneEvent.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2A08F272A5004A47F5 /* DoubleObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DoubleObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2B08F272A5004A47F5 /* DoWhenIdle.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DoWhenIdle.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2C08F272A5004A47F5 /* DString.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DString.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2D08F272A5004A47F5 /* DumpActiveMemory.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DumpActiveMemory.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2E08F272A5004A47F5 /* Encoding.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Encoding.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2F08F272A5004A47F5 /* encoding.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = encoding.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3008F272A5004A47F5 /* Ensemble.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Ensemble.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3108F272A5004A47F5 /* Environment.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Environment.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3208F272A5004A47F5 /* eof.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = eof.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3308F272A5004A47F5 /* error.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = error.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3408F272A5004A47F5 /* Eval.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Eval.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3508F272A5004A47F5 /* eval.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = eval.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3608F272A5004A47F5 /* exec.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = exec.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3708F272A5004A47F5 /* Exit.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Exit.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3808F272A5004A47F5 /* exit.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = exit.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3908F272A5004A47F5 /* expr.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = expr.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3A08F272A5004A47F5 /* ExprLong.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ExprLong.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3B08F272A5004A47F5 /* ExprLongObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ExprLongObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3C08F272A5004A47F5 /* fblocked.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = fblocked.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3D08F272A5004A47F5 /* fconfigure.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = fconfigure.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3E08F272A5004A47F5 /* fcopy.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = fcopy.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3F08F272A5004A47F5 /* file.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = file.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4008F272A5004A47F5 /* fileevent.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = fileevent.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4108F272A5004A47F5 /* filename.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = filename.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4208F272A5004A47F5 /* FileSystem.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FileSystem.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4308F272A5004A47F5 /* FindExec.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FindExec.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4408F272A5004A47F5 /* flush.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = flush.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4508F272A5004A47F5 /* for.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = for.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4608F272A5004A47F5 /* foreach.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = foreach.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4708F272A5004A47F5 /* format.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = format.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4808F272A5004A47F5 /* GetCwd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetCwd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4908F272A5004A47F5 /* GetHostName.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetHostName.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4A08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetIndex.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetIndex.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4B08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetInt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetInt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4C08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetOpnFl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetOpnFl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4D08F272A5004A47F5 /* gets.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = gets.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4E08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetStdChan.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetStdChan.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4F08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetTime.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetTime.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5008F272A5004A47F5 /* GetVersion.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetVersion.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5108F272A5004A47F5 /* glob.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = glob.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5208F272A6004A47F5 /* global.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = global.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5308F272A6004A47F5 /* Hash.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Hash.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5408F272A6004A47F5 /* history.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = history.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5508F272A6004A47F5 /* http.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = http.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5608F272A6004A47F5 /* if.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = if.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5708F272A6004A47F5 /* incr.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = incr.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5808F272A6004A47F5 /* info.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = info.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5908F272A6004A47F5 /* Init.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Init.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5A08F272A6004A47F5 /* InitStubs.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = InitStubs.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5B08F272A6004A47F5 /* Interp.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Interp.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5C08F272A6004A47F5 /* interp.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = interp.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5D08F272A6004A47F5 /* IntObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = IntObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5E08F272A6004A47F5 /* join.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = join.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5F08F272A6004A47F5 /* lappend.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lappend.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6008F272A6004A47F5 /* lassign.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lassign.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6108F272A6004A47F5 /* library.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = library.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6208F272A6004A47F5 /* Limit.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Limit.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6308F272A6004A47F5 /* lindex.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lindex.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6408F272A6004A47F5 /* LinkVar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = LinkVar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6508F272A6004A47F5 /* linsert.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = linsert.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6608F272A6004A47F5 /* list.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = list.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6708F272A6004A47F5 /* ListObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ListObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6808F272A6004A47F5 /* llength.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = llength.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6908F272A6004A47F5 /* load.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = load.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6A08F272A6004A47F5 /* lrange.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lrange.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6B08F272A6004A47F5 /* lrepeat.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lrepeat.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6C08F272A6004A47F5 /* lreplace.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lreplace.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6D08F272A6004A47F5 /* lsearch.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lsearch.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6E08F272A6004A47F5 /* lset.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lset.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6F08F272A6004A47F5 /* lsort.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lsort.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7008F272A6004A47F5 /* man.macros */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = man.macros; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7108F272A6004A47F5 /* mathfunc.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = mathfunc.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7208F272A6004A47F5 /* memory.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = memory.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7308F272A6004A47F5 /* msgcat.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgcat.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7408F272A6004A47F5 /* Namespace.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Namespace.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7508F272A6004A47F5 /* namespace.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = namespace.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7608F272A6004A47F5 /* Notifier.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Notifier.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7708F272A6004A47F5 /* Object.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Object.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7808F272A6004A47F5 /* ObjectType.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ObjectType.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7908F272A6004A47F5 /* open.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = open.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7A08F272A6004A47F5 /* OpenFileChnl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = OpenFileChnl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7B08F272A6004A47F5 /* OpenTcp.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = OpenTcp.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7C08F272A6004A47F5 /* package.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = package.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7D08F272A6004A47F5 /* packagens.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = packagens.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7E08F272A6004A47F5 /* Panic.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Panic.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7F08F272A6004A47F5 /* ParseCmd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ParseCmd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8008F272A6004A47F5 /* pid.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = pid.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8108F272A6004A47F5 /* pkgMkIndex.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgMkIndex.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8208F272A6004A47F5 /* PkgRequire.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = PkgRequire.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8308F272A6004A47F5 /* Preserve.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Preserve.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8408F272A6004A47F5 /* PrintDbl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = PrintDbl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8508F272A6004A47F5 /* proc.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = proc.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8608F272A6004A47F5 /* puts.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = puts.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8708F272A6004A47F5 /* pwd.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = pwd.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8808F272A6004A47F5 /* re_syntax.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = re_syntax.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8908F272A6004A47F5 /* read.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = read.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8A08F272A6004A47F5 /* RecEvalObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RecEvalObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8B08F272A6004A47F5 /* RecordEval.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RecordEval.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8C08F272A6004A47F5 /* RegConfig.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RegConfig.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8D08F272A6004A47F5 /* RegExp.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RegExp.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8E08F272A6004A47F5 /* regexp.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = regexp.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8F08F272A6004A47F5 /* registry.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = registry.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9008F272A6004A47F5 /* regsub.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = regsub.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9108F272A6004A47F5 /* rename.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = rename.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9208F272A6004A47F5 /* return.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = return.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9308F272A6004A47F5 /* safe.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = safe.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9408F272A6004A47F5 /* SaveResult.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SaveResult.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9508F272A6004A47F5 /* scan.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = scan.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9608F272A6004A47F5 /* seek.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = seek.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9708F272A6004A47F5 /* set.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = set.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9808F272A6004A47F5 /* SetChanErr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetChanErr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9908F272A6004A47F5 /* SetErrno.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetErrno.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9A08F272A6004A47F5 /* SetRecLmt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetRecLmt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9B08F272A7004A47F5 /* SetResult.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetResult.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9C08F272A7004A47F5 /* SetVar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetVar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9D08F272A7004A47F5 /* Signal.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Signal.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9E08F272A7004A47F5 /* Sleep.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Sleep.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9F08F272A7004A47F5 /* socket.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = socket.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA008F272A7004A47F5 /* source.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = source.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA108F272A7004A47F5 /* SourceRCFile.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SourceRCFile.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA208F272A7004A47F5 /* split.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = split.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA308F272A7004A47F5 /* SplitList.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SplitList.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA408F272A7004A47F5 /* SplitPath.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SplitPath.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA508F272A7004A47F5 /* StaticPkg.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StaticPkg.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA608F272A7004A47F5 /* StdChannels.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StdChannels.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA708F272A7004A47F5 /* string.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = string.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA808F272A7004A47F5 /* StringObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StringObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA908F272A7004A47F5 /* StrMatch.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StrMatch.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAA08F272A7004A47F5 /* subst.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = subst.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAB08F272A7004A47F5 /* SubstObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SubstObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAC08F272A7004A47F5 /* switch.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = switch.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAD08F272A7004A47F5 /* Tcl.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Tcl.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAE08F272A7004A47F5 /* Tcl_Main.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Tcl_Main.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAF08F272A7004A47F5 /* TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclsh.1 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclsh.1; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB108F272A7004A47F5 /* tcltest.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcltest.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclvars.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclvars.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB308F272A7004A47F5 /* tell.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tell.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB408F272A7004A47F5 /* Thread.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Thread.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB508F272A7004A47F5 /* time.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = time.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB608F272A7004A47F5 /* tm.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tm.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB708F272A7004A47F5 /* ToUpper.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ToUpper.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB808F272A7004A47F5 /* trace.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = trace.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB908F272A7004A47F5 /* TraceCmd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TraceCmd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBA08F272A7004A47F5 /* TraceVar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TraceVar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBB08F272A7004A47F5 /* Translate.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Translate.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBC08F272A7004A47F5 /* UniCharIsAlpha.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = UniCharIsAlpha.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBD08F272A7004A47F5 /* unknown.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = unknown.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBE08F272A7004A47F5 /* unload.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = unload.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBF08F272A7004A47F5 /* unset.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = unset.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC008F272A7004A47F5 /* update.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = update.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC108F272A7004A47F5 /* uplevel.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = uplevel.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC208F272A7004A47F5 /* UpVar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = UpVar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC308F272A7004A47F5 /* upvar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = upvar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC408F272A7004A47F5 /* Utf.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Utf.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC508F272A7004A47F5 /* variable.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = variable.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC608F272A7004A47F5 /* vwait.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = vwait.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC708F272A7004A47F5 /* while.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = while.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC808F272A7004A47F5 /* WrongNumArgs.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = WrongNumArgs.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECA08F272A7004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECB08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_color.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_color.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECC08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_cvec.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_cvec.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECD08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_lex.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_lex.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECE08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_locale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_locale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECF08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_nfa.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_nfa.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED008F272A7004A47F5 /* regcomp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regcomp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED108F272A7004A47F5 /* regcustom.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = regcustom.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED208F272A7004A47F5 /* rege_dfa.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = rege_dfa.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED308F272A7004A47F5 /* regerror.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regerror.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED408F272A7004A47F5 /* regerrs.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = regerrs.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED508F272A7004A47F5 /* regex.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = regex.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED608F272A7004A47F5 /* regexec.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regexec.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED708F272A7004A47F5 /* regfree.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regfree.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED808F272A7004A47F5 /* regfronts.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regfronts.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED908F272A7004A47F5 /* regguts.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = regguts.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tcl.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tcl.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tcl.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclAlloc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclAsync.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclBasic.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclBinary.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCkalloc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclClock.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclClock.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCmdAH.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCmdIL.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCmdMZ.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCompCmds.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCompExpr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCompile.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclCompile.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDate.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclDate.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclDictObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EED08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclEncoding.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclEnv.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclExecute.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclFCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclFileName.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileSystem.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclFileSystem.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGet.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclGet.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGetDate.y */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.yacc; path = tclGetDate.y; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHash.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclHash.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclHistory.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIndexObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInt.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclInt.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIntDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclIntDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclInterp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIntPlatDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclIntPlatDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIO.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclIO.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIOCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIOGT.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIORChan.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIOSock.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIOUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLink.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLink.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclListObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLiteral.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoad.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoadNone.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadNone.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclMain.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclMain.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclNamesp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPanic.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclParse.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclParse.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPathObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPipe.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPkg.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPkgConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPlatDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclPlatDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPosixStr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPreserve.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclProc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclProc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclRegexp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclRegexp.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclResolve.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResult.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclResult.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclScan.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclScan.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclStringObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclStrToD.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclStubInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclStubLib.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTestObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTestObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTestProcBodyObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTestProcBodyObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThread.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThread.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThreadAlloc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThreadJoin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThreadStorage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThreadTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTimer.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMath.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclTomMath.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTomMathInterface.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTrace.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUniData.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUniData.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUtf.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclVar.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclVar.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3708F272A7004A47F5 /* tommath.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tommath.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3908F272A8004A47F5 /* auto.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = auto.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3A08F272A8004A47F5 /* clock.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clock.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3C08F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F8C08F272A8004A47F5 /* history.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = history.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F8E08F272A8004A47F5 /* http.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = http.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F8F08F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9108F272A8004A47F5 /* http.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = http.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9208F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9308F272A8004A47F5 /* init.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = init.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9508F272A8004A47F5 /* msgcat.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgcat.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9608F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401808F272AA004A47F5 /* optparse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = optparse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401908F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401A08F272AA004A47F5 /* package.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = package.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401B08F272AA004A47F5 /* parray.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = parray.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401D08F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401E08F272AA004A47F5 /* safe.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = safe.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401F08F272AA004A47F5 /* tclIndex */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclIndex; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D402108F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D402208F272AA004A47F5 /* tcltest.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcltest.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D402308F272AA004A47F5 /* tm.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tm.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D425B08F272B2004A47F5 /* word.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = word.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D425F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn.pdf */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.pdf; path = bn.pdf; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_error.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_error.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_mp_invmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_mp_invmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_mp_montgomery_reduce.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_mp_montgomery_reduce.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_2expt.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_2expt.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_abs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_abs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_add.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_add_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_addmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_addmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_and.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_and.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_clamp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_clear.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_clear_multi.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_cmp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_cmp_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_cmp_mag.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cnt_lsb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_cnt_lsb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_copy.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_count_bits.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div_2.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div_2d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div_3.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_is_modulus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_dr_is_modulus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_reduce.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_dr_reduce.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_setup.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_dr_setup.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_exch.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_expt_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exptmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_exptmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exptmod_fast.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_exptmod_fast.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exteuclid.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_exteuclid.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_fread.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_fread.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_fwrite.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_fwrite.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_gcd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_gcd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_get_int.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_get_int.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_grow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_copy.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_multi.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_set.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set_int.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_set_int.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_size.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_invmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_invmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_invmod_slow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_invmod_slow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_is_square.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_is_square.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_jacobi.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_jacobi.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lcm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_lcm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_lshd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mod_2d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mod_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_calc_normalization.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_montgomery_calc_normalization.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_reduce.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_montgomery_reduce.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_setup.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_montgomery_setup.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mul.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mul_2.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mul_2d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mul_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mulmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mulmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_n_root.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_n_root.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_neg.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_neg.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_or.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_or.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_fermat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_fermat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_is_divisible.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_is_divisible.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_is_prime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_is_prime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_miller_rabin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_miller_rabin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_next_prime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_next_prime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_rabin_miller_trials.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_rabin_miller_trials.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_random_ex.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_random_ex.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_radix_size.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_radix_smap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rand.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_rand.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_read_radix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_signed_bin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_read_signed_bin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_unsigned_bin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_read_unsigned_bin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_2k.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_l.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_2k_l.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup_l.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup_l.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_is_2k.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_is_2k.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_is_2k_l.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_is_2k_l.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_setup.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_setup.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_rshd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_set.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set_int.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_set_int.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_shrink.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_shrink.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_signed_bin_size.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_signed_bin_size.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sqrmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sqrt.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sub.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sub_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_submod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_submod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_signed_bin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_to_signed_bin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_signed_bin_n.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_to_signed_bin_n.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_toom_mul.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_toom_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_toradix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_toradix_n.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_xor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_xor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_zero.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_prime_tab.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_prime_tab.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_reverse.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_add.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_exptmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_exptmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_sub.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D708F272B3004A47F5 /* bncore.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bncore.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D908F272B3004A47F5 /* callgraph.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = callgraph.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42DA08F272B3004A47F5 /* changes.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = changes.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42F008F272B3004A47F5 /* LICENSE */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = LICENSE; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D431D08F272B4004A47F5 /* poster.pdf */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.pdf; path = poster.pdf; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432608F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath.pdf */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.pdf; path = tommath.pdf; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432908F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath_class.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tommath_class.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432A08F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath_superclass.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tommath_superclass.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432B08F272B4004A47F5 /* license.terms */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = license.terms; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432E08F272B5004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432F08F272B5004A47F5 /* GNUmakefile */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = GNUmakefile; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433108F272B5004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433208F272B5004A47F5 /* Tcl-Info.plist.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.plist; fileEncoding = 4; path = "Tcl-Info.plist.in"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433908F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclMacOSXBundle.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433D08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclMacOSXFCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433E08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclMacOSXNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434308F272B5004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434508F272B5004A47F5 /* all.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = all.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434608F272B5004A47F5 /* append.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = append.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434708F272B5004A47F5 /* appendComp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = appendComp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434808F272B5004A47F5 /* assocd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = assocd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434908F272B5004A47F5 /* async.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = async.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434A08F272B5004A47F5 /* autoMkindex.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = autoMkindex.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434B08F272B5004A47F5 /* basic.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = basic.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434C08F272B5004A47F5 /* binary.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = binary.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434D08F272B5004A47F5 /* case.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = case.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434E08F272B5004A47F5 /* chan.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = chan.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434F08F272B5004A47F5 /* clock.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clock.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435008F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdAH.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmdAH.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435108F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdIL.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmdIL.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435208F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdInfo.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmdInfo.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435308F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdMZ.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmdMZ.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435408F272B5004A47F5 /* compExpr-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "compExpr-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435508F272B5004A47F5 /* compExpr.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = compExpr.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435608F272B5004A47F5 /* compile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = compile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435708F272B5004A47F5 /* concat.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = concat.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435808F272B5004A47F5 /* config.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = config.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435908F272B5004A47F5 /* dcall.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dcall.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435A08F272B5004A47F5 /* dict.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dict.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435C08F272B5004A47F5 /* dstring.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dstring.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435E08F272B5004A47F5 /* encoding.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = encoding.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435F08F272B5004A47F5 /* env.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = env.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436008F272B5004A47F5 /* error.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = error.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436108F272B5004A47F5 /* eval.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eval.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436208F272B5004A47F5 /* event.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = event.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436308F272B5004A47F5 /* exec.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = exec.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436408F272B5004A47F5 /* execute.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = execute.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436508F272B5004A47F5 /* expr-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "expr-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436608F272B5004A47F5 /* expr.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = expr.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436708F272B6004A47F5 /* fCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436808F272B6004A47F5 /* fileName.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fileName.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436908F272B6004A47F5 /* fileSystem.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fileSystem.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436A08F272B6004A47F5 /* for-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "for-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436B08F272B6004A47F5 /* for.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = for.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436C08F272B6004A47F5 /* foreach.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = foreach.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436D08F272B6004A47F5 /* format.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = format.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436E08F272B6004A47F5 /* get.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = get.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436F08F272B6004A47F5 /* history.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = history.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437008F272B6004A47F5 /* http.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = http.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437108F272B6004A47F5 /* httpd */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = httpd; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437208F272B6004A47F5 /* httpold.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = httpold.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437308F272B6004A47F5 /* if-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "if-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437408F272B6004A47F5 /* if.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = if.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437508F272B6004A47F5 /* incr-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "incr-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437608F272B6004A47F5 /* incr.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = incr.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437708F272B6004A47F5 /* indexObj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = indexObj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437808F272B6004A47F5 /* info.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = info.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437908F272B6004A47F5 /* init.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = init.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437A08F272B6004A47F5 /* interp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = interp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437B08F272B6004A47F5 /* io.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = io.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437C08F272B6004A47F5 /* ioCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ioCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437D08F272B6004A47F5 /* iogt.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = iogt.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437E08F272B6004A47F5 /* ioUtil.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ioUtil.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437F08F272B6004A47F5 /* join.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = join.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438008F272B6004A47F5 /* lindex.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lindex.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438108F272B6004A47F5 /* link.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = link.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438208F272B6004A47F5 /* linsert.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = linsert.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438308F272B6004A47F5 /* list.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = list.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438408F272B6004A47F5 /* listObj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = listObj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438508F272B6004A47F5 /* llength.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = llength.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438608F272B6004A47F5 /* load.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = load.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438708F272B6004A47F5 /* lrange.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lrange.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438808F272B6004A47F5 /* lrepeat.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lrepeat.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438908F272B6004A47F5 /* lreplace.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lreplace.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438A08F272B6004A47F5 /* lsearch.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lsearch.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438B08F272B6004A47F5 /* lset.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lset.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438C08F272B6004A47F5 /* lsetComp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lsetComp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438D08F272B6004A47F5 /* macOSXFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = macOSXFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438E08F272B6004A47F5 /* main.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = main.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438F08F272B6004A47F5 /* misc.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = misc.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439008F272B6004A47F5 /* msgcat.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgcat.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439108F272B6004A47F5 /* namespace-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "namespace-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439208F272B7004A47F5 /* namespace.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = namespace.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439308F272B7004A47F5 /* notify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = notify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439408F272B7004A47F5 /* obj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = obj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439508F272B7004A47F5 /* opt.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = opt.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439608F272B7004A47F5 /* package.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = package.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439708F272B7004A47F5 /* parse.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = parse.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439808F272B7004A47F5 /* parseExpr.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = parseExpr.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439908F272B7004A47F5 /* parseOld.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = parseOld.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439A08F272B7004A47F5 /* pid.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pid.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439B08F272B7004A47F5 /* pkg.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkg.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439C08F272B7004A47F5 /* pkgMkIndex.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgMkIndex.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439D08F272B7004A47F5 /* platform.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = platform.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439E08F272B7004A47F5 /* proc-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "proc-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439F08F272B7004A47F5 /* proc.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = proc.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A008F272B7004A47F5 /* pwd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pwd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A108F272B7004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A208F272B7004A47F5 /* reg.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = reg.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A308F272B7004A47F5 /* regexp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = regexp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A408F272B7004A47F5 /* regexpComp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = regexpComp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A508F272B7004A47F5 /* registry.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = registry.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A608F272B7004A47F5 /* remote.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = remote.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A708F272B7004A47F5 /* rename.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = rename.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A808F272B7004A47F5 /* result.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = result.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A908F272B7004A47F5 /* safe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = safe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AA08F272B7004A47F5 /* scan.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scan.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AB08F272B7004A47F5 /* security.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = security.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AC08F272B7004A47F5 /* set-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "set-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AD08F272B7004A47F5 /* set.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = set.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AE08F272B7004A47F5 /* socket.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = socket.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AF08F272B7004A47F5 /* source.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = source.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B008F272B7004A47F5 /* split.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = split.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B108F272B7004A47F5 /* stack.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = stack.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B208F272B7004A47F5 /* string.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = string.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B308F272B7004A47F5 /* stringComp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = stringComp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B408F272B7004A47F5 /* stringObj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = stringObj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B508F272B7004A47F5 /* subst.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = subst.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B608F272B7004A47F5 /* switch.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = switch.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B708F272B7004A47F5 /* tcltest.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcltest.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B808F272B7004A47F5 /* thread.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = thread.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B908F272B7004A47F5 /* timer.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = timer.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BA08F272B7004A47F5 /* tm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BB08F272B7004A47F5 /* trace.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = trace.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BC08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BD08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BE08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixInit.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixInit.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BF08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixNotfy.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixNotfy.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C008F272B7004A47F5 /* unknown.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unknown.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C108F272B7004A47F5 /* unload.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unload.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C208F272B7004A47F5 /* uplevel.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uplevel.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C308F272B7004A47F5 /* upvar.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = upvar.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C408F272B7004A47F5 /* utf.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = utf.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C508F272B7004A47F5 /* util.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = util.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C608F272B7004A47F5 /* var.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = var.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C708F272B7004A47F5 /* while-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "while-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C808F272B7004A47F5 /* while.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = while.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C908F272B7004A47F5 /* winConsole.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winConsole.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CA08F272B7004A47F5 /* winDde.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winDde.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442B08F272B8004A47F5 /* makeTestCases.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = makeTestCases.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442C08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2help.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2help.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442D08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2help2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2help2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442E08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2html.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442F08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2html1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443008F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2html2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443108F272B8004A47F5 /* man2tcl.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = man2tcl.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443208F272B8004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443308F272B8004A47F5 /* regexpTestLib.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = regexpTestLib.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443408F272B8004A47F5 /* str2c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = str2c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443508F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.hpj.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.hpj.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclmin.wse */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tclmin.wse; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444C08F272B9004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = ldAix; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445408F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445608F272B9004A47F5 /* tclConfig.h.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclConfig.h.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445808F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadAix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadAix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDl.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadDl.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadDyld.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadNext.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadNext.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadOSF.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadOSF.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445E08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadShl.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadShl.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445F08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixChan.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446008F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446108F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixFCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446208F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixFile.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446308F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446408F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixNotfy.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixPipe.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446608F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixSock.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446808F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixThrd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = coffbase.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447608F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447F08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsw */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsw; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448008F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.hpj.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.hpj.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448108F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448208F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448308F272BA004A47F5 /* tclAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448408F272BA004A47F5 /* tclConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448608F272BA004A47F5 /* tclsh.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tclsh.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448708F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448808F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinChan.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinChan.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448908F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinConsole.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinConsole.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448A08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinDde.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinDde.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448B08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinError.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinError.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448C08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinFCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinFCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448D08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinFile.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinFile.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448F08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclWinInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449008F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinLoad.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinLoad.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449108F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449208F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinPipe.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinPipe.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449308F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclWinPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449408F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinReg.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinReg.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449508F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinSerial.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinSerial.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449608F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinSock.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinSock.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449708F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449808F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinThrd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinThrd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449908F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclWinThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449A08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F976F6A70C325FB6005066D9 /* tkMacOSXPrivate.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXPrivate.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F97AE7F10B65C1E900310EA2 /* Wish-Common.xcconfig */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.xcconfig; path = "Wish-Common.xcconfig"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.xcconfig; path = "Wish-Release.xcconfig"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.xcconfig; path = "Wish-Debug.xcconfig"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9903CAF094FAADA004613E9 /* tclTomMath.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclTomMath.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9903CB0094FAADA004613E9 /* tclTomMathDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclTomMathDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9A3082D08F2D4AB00BAE1AB /* Tk.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; includeInIndex = 0; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = Tk.framework; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9A3084B08F2D4CE00BAE1AB /* Wish.app */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.application; includeInIndex = 0; path = Wish.app; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9A3084E08F2D4F400BAE1AB /* Tcl.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; includeInIndex = 0; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = Tcl.framework; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9A493240CEBF38300B78AE2 /* chanio.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = chanio.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9C9CBFF0E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = ApplicationServices.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/ApplicationServices.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9D1360A0CDC252C00DBE0B5 /* mclist.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = mclist.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1120B26521500A28025 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1130B26521500A28025 /* platform.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = platform.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1140B26521500A28025 /* shell.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = shell.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1CA0B2652D300A28025 /* apply.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = apply.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1CB0B26534C00A28025 /* mathop.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = mathop.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1E10B26543C00A28025 /* platform_shell.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = platform_shell.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1E20B26543C00A28025 /* platform.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = platform.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9F4415D0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.dtrace; path = tclDTrace.d; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9F4EFDC0CC7B3CA00378A27 /* ttkpane.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; languageSpecificationIdentifier = shell; path = ttkpane.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9F4EFDD0CC7B3CB00378A27 /* ttkmenu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; languageSpecificationIdentifier = shell; path = ttkmenu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9FC77B70AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixCompat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9FD31F40CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = "compiled.mach-o.executable"; includeInIndex = 0; path = "tktest-X11"; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9FD32140CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libX11.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libX11.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD32150CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libXext.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libXext.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD32160CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libXss.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libXss.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD34990CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libfreetype.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD349A0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libXft.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libXft.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD34C30CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libfontconfig.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libfontconfig.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
/* End PBXFileReference section */
/* Begin PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
8DD76FAD0486AB0100D96B5E /* Frameworks */ = {
isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
F966C07508F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework in Frameworks */,
F966C07708F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework in Frameworks */,
F966C07908F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework in Frameworks */,
F94523A20E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework in Frameworks */,
F9C9CC000E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework in Frameworks */,
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
};
F9FD31E30CC1AD070073837D /* Frameworks */ = {
isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
F9FD31E40CC1AD070073837D /* CoreFoundation.framework in Frameworks */,
F9FD32170CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD32180CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD32190CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD349C0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD349B0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD34C40CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib in Frameworks */,
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
};
/* End PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
/* Begin PBXGroup section */
08FB7794FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Wish */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3DF708F271BE004A47F5 /* Tk Sources */,
F96D3DF608F27169004A47F5 /* Tcl Sources */,
F966C06F08F281DC005CB29B /* Frameworks */,
1AB674ADFE9D54B511CA2CBB /* Products */,
);
comments = "Copyright (c) 2004-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>\nCopyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.\n\nSee the file \"license.terms\" for information on usage and redistribution of\nthis file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.\n";
name = Wish;
path = .;
sourceTree = SOURCE_ROOT;
};
1AB674ADFE9D54B511CA2CBB /* Products */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F9A3084B08F2D4CE00BAE1AB /* Wish.app */,
F9A3082D08F2D4AB00BAE1AB /* Tk.framework */,
F9A3084E08F2D4F400BAE1AB /* Tcl.framework */,
8DD76FB20486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */,
F9FD31F40CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */,
);
includeInIndex = 0;
name = Products;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BA0308F27A37005CB29B /* bitmaps */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BA0408F27A37005CB29B /* error.xbm */,
F966BA0508F27A37005CB29B /* gray12.xbm */,
F966BA0608F27A37005CB29B /* gray25.xbm */,
F966BA0708F27A37005CB29B /* gray50.xbm */,
F966BA0808F27A37005CB29B /* gray75.xbm */,
F966BA0908F27A37005CB29B /* hourglass.xbm */,
F966BA0A08F27A37005CB29B /* info.xbm */,
F966BA0B08F27A37005CB29B /* questhead.xbm */,
F966BA0C08F27A37005CB29B /* question.xbm */,
F966BA0D08F27A37005CB29B /* warning.xbm */,
);
path = bitmaps;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BA1008F27A37005CB29B /* doc */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BA1108F27A37005CB29B /* 3DBorder.3 */,
F966BA1208F27A37005CB29B /* AddOption.3 */,
F966BA1308F27A37005CB29B /* bell.n */,
F966BA1408F27A37005CB29B /* bind.n */,
F966BA1508F27A37005CB29B /* BindTable.3 */,
F966BA1608F27A37005CB29B /* bindtags.n */,
F966BA1708F27A37005CB29B /* bitmap.n */,
F966BA1808F27A37005CB29B /* button.n */,
F966BA1908F27A37005CB29B /* canvas.n */,
F966BA1A08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvPsY.3 */,
F966BA1B08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvTkwin.3 */,
F966BA1C08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvTxtInfo.3 */,
F966BA1D08F27A37005CB29B /* checkbutton.n */,
F966BA1E08F27A37005CB29B /* chooseColor.n */,
F966BA1F08F27A37005CB29B /* chooseDirectory.n */,
F966BA2008F27A37005CB29B /* Clipboard.3 */,
F966BA2108F27A37005CB29B /* clipboard.n */,
F966BA2208F27A37005CB29B /* ClrSelect.3 */,
F966BA2308F27A37005CB29B /* colors.n */,
F966BA2408F27A37005CB29B /* ConfigWidg.3 */,
F966BA2508F27A37005CB29B /* ConfigWind.3 */,
F966BA2608F27A37005CB29B /* console.n */,
F966BA2708F27A37005CB29B /* CoordToWin.3 */,
F966BA2808F27A37005CB29B /* CrtCmHdlr.3 */,
F966BA2908F27A37005CB29B /* CrtErrHdlr.3 */,
F966BA2A08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtGenHdlr.3 */,
F966BA2B08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtImgType.3 */,
F966BA2C08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtItemType.3 */,
F966BA2D08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtPhImgFmt.3 */,
F966BA2E08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtSelHdlr.3 */,
F966BA2F08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtWindow.3 */,
F966BA3008F27A37005CB29B /* cursors.n */,
F966BA3108F27A37005CB29B /* DeleteImg.3 */,
F966BA3208F27A37005CB29B /* destroy.n */,
F966BA3308F27A37005CB29B /* dialog.n */,
F966BA3408F27A37005CB29B /* DrawFocHlt.3 */,
F966BA3508F27A37005CB29B /* entry.n */,
F966BA3608F27A37005CB29B /* event.n */,
F966BA3708F27A37005CB29B /* EventHndlr.3 */,
F966BA3808F27A37005CB29B /* FindPhoto.3 */,
F966BA3908F27A37005CB29B /* focus.n */,
F966BA3A08F27A37005CB29B /* focusNext.n */,
F966BA3B08F27A37005CB29B /* font.n */,
F966BA3C08F27A37005CB29B /* FontId.3 */,
F966BA3D08F27A37005CB29B /* frame.n */,
F966BA3E08F27A37005CB29B /* FreeXId.3 */,
F966BA3F08F27A37005CB29B /* GeomReq.3 */,
F966BA4008F27A37005CB29B /* GetAnchor.3 */,
F966BA4108F27A37005CB29B /* GetBitmap.3 */,
F966BA4208F27A37005CB29B /* GetCapStyl.3 */,
F966BA4308F27A37005CB29B /* GetClrmap.3 */,
F966BA4408F27A37005CB29B /* GetColor.3 */,
F966BA4508F27A37005CB29B /* GetCursor.3 */,
F966BA4608F27A37005CB29B /* GetDash.3 */,
F966BA4708F27A37005CB29B /* GetFont.3 */,
F966BA4808F27A37005CB29B /* GetGC.3 */,
F966BA4908F27A37005CB29B /* GetHINSTANCE.3 */,
F966BA4A08F27A37005CB29B /* GetHWND.3 */,
F966BA4B08F27A37005CB29B /* GetImage.3 */,
F966BA4C08F27A37005CB29B /* GetJoinStl.3 */,
F966BA4D08F27A37005CB29B /* GetJustify.3 */,
F966BA4E08F27A37005CB29B /* getOpenFile.n */,
F966BA4F08F27A37005CB29B /* GetOption.3 */,
F966BA5008F27A38005CB29B /* GetPixels.3 */,
F966BA5108F27A38005CB29B /* GetPixmap.3 */,
F966BA5208F27A38005CB29B /* GetRelief.3 */,
F966BA5308F27A38005CB29B /* GetRootCrd.3 */,
F966BA5408F27A38005CB29B /* GetScroll.3 */,
F966BA5508F27A38005CB29B /* GetSelect.3 */,
F966BA5608F27A38005CB29B /* GetUid.3 */,
F966BA5708F27A38005CB29B /* GetVisual.3 */,
F966BA5808F27A38005CB29B /* GetVRoot.3 */,
F966BA5908F27A38005CB29B /* Grab.3 */,
F966BA5A08F27A38005CB29B /* grab.n */,
F966BA5B08F27A38005CB29B /* grid.n */,
F966BA5C08F27A38005CB29B /* HandleEvent.3 */,
F966BA5D08F27A38005CB29B /* HWNDToWindow.3 */,
F966BA5E08F27A38005CB29B /* IdToWindow.3 */,
F966BA5F08F27A38005CB29B /* image.n */,
F966BA6008F27A38005CB29B /* ImgChanged.3 */,
F966BA6108F27A38005CB29B /* Inactive.3 */,
F966BA6208F27A38005CB29B /* InternAtom.3 */,
F966BA6308F27A38005CB29B /* keysyms.n */,
F966BA6408F27A38005CB29B /* label.n */,
F966BA6508F27A38005CB29B /* labelframe.n */,
F966BA6608F27A38005CB29B /* listbox.n */,
F966BA6708F27A38005CB29B /* loadTk.n */,
F966BA6808F27A38005CB29B /* lower.n */,
F966BA6908F27A38005CB29B /* MainLoop.3 */,
F966BA6A08F27A38005CB29B /* MaintGeom.3 */,
F966BA6B08F27A38005CB29B /* MainWin.3 */,
F966BA6D08F27A38005CB29B /* ManageGeom.3 */,
F966BA6E08F27A38005CB29B /* MapWindow.3 */,
F966BA6F08F27A38005CB29B /* MeasureChar.3 */,
F966BA7008F27A38005CB29B /* menu.n */,
F966BA7108F27A38005CB29B /* menubar.n */,
F966BA7208F27A38005CB29B /* menubutton.n */,
F966BA7308F27A38005CB29B /* message.n */,
F966BA7408F27A38005CB29B /* messageBox.n */,
F966BA7508F27A38005CB29B /* MoveToplev.3 */,
F966BA7608F27A38005CB29B /* Name.3 */,
F966BA7708F27A38005CB29B /* NameOfImg.3 */,
F966BA7808F27A38005CB29B /* option.n */,
F966BA7908F27A38005CB29B /* optionMenu.n */,
F966BA7A08F27A38005CB29B /* options.n */,
F966BA7B08F27A38005CB29B /* OwnSelect.3 */,
F966BA7C08F27A38005CB29B /* pack-old.n */,
F966BA7D08F27A38005CB29B /* pack.n */,
F966BA7E08F27A38005CB29B /* palette.n */,
F966BA7F08F27A38005CB29B /* panedwindow.n */,
F966BA8008F27A38005CB29B /* ParseArgv.3 */,
F966BA8108F27A38005CB29B /* photo.n */,
F966BA8208F27A38005CB29B /* place.n */,
F966BA8308F27A38005CB29B /* popup.n */,
F966BA8408F27A38005CB29B /* QWinEvent.3 */,
F966BA8508F27A38005CB29B /* radiobutton.n */,
F966BA8608F27A38005CB29B /* raise.n */,
F966BA8708F27A38005CB29B /* Restack.3 */,
F966BA8808F27A38005CB29B /* RestrictEv.3 */,
F966BA8908F27A38005CB29B /* scale.n */,
F966BA8A08F27A38005CB29B /* scrollbar.n */,
F966BA8B08F27A38005CB29B /* selection.n */,
F966BA8C08F27A38005CB29B /* send.n */,
F966BA8D08F27A38005CB29B /* SetAppName.3 */,
F966BA8E08F27A38005CB29B /* SetCaret.3 */,
F966BA8F08F27A38005CB29B /* SetClass.3 */,
F966BA9008F27A38005CB29B /* SetClassProcs.3 */,
F966BA9108F27A38005CB29B /* SetGrid.3 */,
F966BA9208F27A38005CB29B /* SetOptions.3 */,
F966BA9308F27A38005CB29B /* SetVisual.3 */,
F966BA9408F27A38005CB29B /* spinbox.n */,
F966BA9508F27A38005CB29B /* StrictMotif.3 */,
F966BA9608F27A38005CB29B /* text.n */,
F966BA9708F27A38005CB29B /* TextLayout.3 */,
F966BA9808F27A38005CB29B /* tk.n */,
F966BA9908F27A38005CB29B /* tk4.0.ps */,
F966BA9A08F27A38005CB29B /* Tk_Init.3 */,
F966BA9B08F27A38005CB29B /* Tk_Main.3 */,
F966BA9C08F27A38005CB29B /* tkerror.n */,
F966BA9D08F27A38005CB29B /* TkInitStubs.3 */,
F966BA9E08F27A38005CB29B /* tkvars.n */,
F966BA9F08F27A38005CB29B /* tkwait.n */,
F966BAA008F27A38005CB29B /* toplevel.n */,
F968886B0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_button.n */,
F968886C0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_checkbutton.n */,
F968886D0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_combobox.n */,
F968886F0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_entry.n */,
F96888700AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_frame.n */,
F96888710AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_Geometry.3 */,
F96888720AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_image.n */,
F96888730AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_intro.n */,
F96888740AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_label.n */,
F96888750AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_labelframe.n */,
F96888760AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_menubutton.n */,
F96888770AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_notebook.n */,
F96888780AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_panedwindow.n */,
F96888790AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_progressbar.n */,
F968887A0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_radiobutton.n */,
F968887B0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_scrollbar.n */,
F968887C0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_separator.n */,
F968887D0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_sizegrip.n */,
F968887E0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_style.n */,
F968887F0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_Theme.3 */,
F96888800AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_treeview.n */,
F96888810AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_widget.n */,
F966BAA108F27A38005CB29B /* WindowId.3 */,
F966BAA208F27A38005CB29B /* winfo.n */,
F966BAA308F27A38005CB29B /* wish.1 */,
F966BAA408F27A38005CB29B /* wm.n */,
);
path = doc;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BAA508F27A38005CB29B /* generic */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BAA608F27A38005CB29B /* default.h */,
F966BAA708F27A38005CB29B /* ks_names.h */,
F966BAA808F27A38005CB29B /* prolog.ps */,
F966BAA908F27A39005CB29B /* README */,
F966BAAA08F27A39005CB29B /* tk.decls */,
F966BAAB08F27A39005CB29B /* tk.h */,
F966BAAC08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.c */,
F966BAAD08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.h */,
F966BAAE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkArgv.c */,
F966BAAF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkAtom.c */,
F966BAB008F27A39005CB29B /* tkBind.c */,
F966BAB108F27A39005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c */,
F966BAB208F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.c */,
F966BAB308F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.h */,
F966BAB408F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c */,
F966BAB508F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c */,
F966BAB608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.h */,
F966BAB708F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c */,
F966BAB808F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c */,
F966BAB908F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c */,
F966BABA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c */,
F966BABB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c */,
F966BABD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c */,
F966BABE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c */,
F966BABF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c */,
F966BAC008F27A39005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c */,
F966BAC108F27A39005CB29B /* tkCmds.c */,
F966BAC208F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.c */,
F966BAC308F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.h */,
F966BAC408F27A39005CB29B /* tkConfig.c */,
F966BAC508F27A39005CB29B /* tkConsole.c */,
F966BAC608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCursor.c */,
F966BAC708F27A39005CB29B /* tkDecls.h */,
F966BAC808F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.c */,
F966BAC908F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.h */,
F966BACA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkError.c */,
F966BACB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkEvent.c */,
F966BACC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c */,
F966BACD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.h */,
F966BACE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFocus.c */,
F966BACF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.c */,
F966BAD008F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.h */,
F966BAD108F27A39005CB29B /* tkFrame.c */,
F966BAD208F27A39005CB29B /* tkGC.c */,
F966BAD308F27A39005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c */,
F966BAD408F27A39005CB29B /* tkGet.c */,
F966BAD508F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrab.c */,
F966BAD608F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrid.c */,
F966BAD708F27A39005CB29B /* tkImage.c */,
F966BAD808F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c */,
F966BAD908F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c */,
F966BADA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c */,
F966BADB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c */,
F966BADC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgUtil.c */,
F966BADE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkInt.decls */,
F966BADF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkInt.h */,
F966BAE108F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntDecls.h */,
F966BAE208F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntPlatDecls.h */,
F966BAE308F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntXlibDecls.h */,
F966BAE408F27A39005CB29B /* tkListbox.c */,
F966BAE508F27A39005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c */,
F966BAE608F27A39005CB29B /* tkMain.c */,
F966BAE708F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.c */,
F966BAE808F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.h */,
F966BAE908F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c */,
F966BAEA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.h */,
F966BAEB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c */,
F966BAEC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMessage.c */,
F966BAED08F27A39005CB29B /* tkObj.c */,
F966BAEE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c */,
F966BAEF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOption.c */,
F966BAF008F27A39005CB29B /* tkPack.c */,
F966BAF108F27A39005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c */,
F966BAF208F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlace.c */,
F966BAF308F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlatDecls.h */,
F966BAF408F27A39005CB29B /* tkPointer.c */,
F966BAF508F27A39005CB29B /* tkPort.h */,
F966BAF608F27A39005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c */,
F966BAF708F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.c */,
F966BAF808F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.h */,
F966BAF908F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c */,
F966BAFA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.h */,
F966BAFB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.c */,
F966BAFC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.h */,
F966BAFD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSquare.c */,
F966BAFE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldTest.c */,
F966BAFF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c */,
F966BB0008F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c */,
F966BB0108F27A39005CB29B /* tkStyle.c */,
F966BB0208F27A39005CB29B /* tkTest.c */,
F966BB0308F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.c */,
F966BB0408F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.h */,
F966BB0508F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c */,
F966BB0608F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c */,
F966BB0808F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c */,
F966BB0908F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c */,
F966BB0A08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c */,
F966BB0B08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c */,
F966BB0C08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c */,
F966BB0D08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTrig.c */,
F966BB0E08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.c */,
F966BB0F08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.h */,
F966BB1008F27A39005CB29B /* tkUtil.c */,
F966BB1108F27A39005CB29B /* tkVisual.c */,
F966BB1208F27A39005CB29B /* tkWindow.c */,
F96887DF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttk */,
);
path = generic;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BB1308F27A39005CB29B /* library */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BB1408F27A39005CB29B /* bgerror.tcl */,
F966BB1508F27A39005CB29B /* button.tcl */,
F966BB1608F27A39005CB29B /* choosedir.tcl */,
F966BB1708F27A39005CB29B /* clrpick.tcl */,
F966BB1808F27A39005CB29B /* comdlg.tcl */,
F966BB1908F27A39005CB29B /* console.tcl */,
F966BB1A08F27A39005CB29B /* demos */,
F966BB6208F27A3A005CB29B /* dialog.tcl */,
F966BB6308F27A3A005CB29B /* entry.tcl */,
F966BB6408F27A3A005CB29B /* focus.tcl */,
F966BB7308F27A3A005CB29B /* listbox.tcl */,
F966BB7408F27A3A005CB29B /* menu.tcl */,
F966BB7508F27A3A005CB29B /* mkpsenc.tcl */,
F966BB7608F27A3A005CB29B /* msgbox.tcl */,
F966BB8608F27A3A005CB29B /* obsolete.tcl */,
F966BB8708F27A3A005CB29B /* optMenu.tcl */,
F966BB8808F27A3A005CB29B /* palette.tcl */,
F966BB8908F27A3B005CB29B /* panedwindow.tcl */,
F966BB8A08F27A3B005CB29B /* prolog.ps */,
F966BB8B08F27A3B005CB29B /* safetk.tcl */,
F966BB8C08F27A3B005CB29B /* scale.tcl */,
F966BB8D08F27A3B005CB29B /* scrlbar.tcl */,
F966BB8E08F27A3B005CB29B /* spinbox.tcl */,
F966BB8F08F27A3B005CB29B /* tclIndex */,
F966BB9008F27A3B005CB29B /* tearoff.tcl */,
F966BB9108F27A3B005CB29B /* text.tcl */,
F966BB9208F27A3B005CB29B /* tk.tcl */,
F966BB9308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkfbox.tcl */,
F96888360AF787B3000797B5 /* ttk */,
F966BB9408F27A3B005CB29B /* unsupported.tcl */,
F966BB9508F27A3B005CB29B /* xmfbox.tcl */,
);
path = library;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BB1A08F27A39005CB29B /* demos */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BB1B08F27A39005CB29B /* anilabel.tcl */,
F966BB1C08F27A39005CB29B /* aniwave.tcl */,
F966BB1D08F27A39005CB29B /* arrow.tcl */,
F966BB1E08F27A39005CB29B /* bind.tcl */,
F966BB1F08F27A39005CB29B /* bitmap.tcl */,
F966BB2008F27A39005CB29B /* browse */,
F966BB2108F27A39005CB29B /* button.tcl */,
F966BB2208F27A39005CB29B /* check.tcl */,
F966BB2308F27A39005CB29B /* clrpick.tcl */,
F966BB2408F27A39005CB29B /* colors.tcl */,
F936FCDB0CCD984600716967 /* combo.tcl */,
F966BB2508F27A39005CB29B /* cscroll.tcl */,
F966BB2608F27A39005CB29B /* ctext.tcl */,
F966BB2708F27A39005CB29B /* dialog1.tcl */,
F966BB2808F27A39005CB29B /* dialog2.tcl */,
F966BB2A08F27A39005CB29B /* entry1.tcl */,
F966BB2B08F27A39005CB29B /* entry2.tcl */,
F966BB2C08F27A39005CB29B /* entry3.tcl */,
F966BB2D08F27A39005CB29B /* filebox.tcl */,
F966BB2E08F27A39005CB29B /* floor.tcl */,
F966BB2F08F27A39005CB29B /* form.tcl */,
F966BB3008F27A39005CB29B /* goldberg.tcl */,
F966BB3108F27A39005CB29B /* hello */,
F966BB3208F27A39005CB29B /* hscale.tcl */,
F966BB3308F27A39005CB29B /* icon.tcl */,
F966BB3408F27A39005CB29B /* image1.tcl */,
F966BB3508F27A39005CB29B /* image2.tcl */,
F966BB4208F27A3A005CB29B /* items.tcl */,
F966BB4308F27A3A005CB29B /* ixset */,
F92240290D7C620F005EC715 /* knightstour.tcl */,
F966BB4408F27A3A005CB29B /* label.tcl */,
F966BB4508F27A3A005CB29B /* labelframe.tcl */,
F9D1360A0CDC252C00DBE0B5 /* mclist.tcl */,
F966BB4608F27A3A005CB29B /* menu.tcl */,
F966BB4708F27A3A005CB29B /* menubu.tcl */,
F966BB4808F27A3A005CB29B /* msgbox.tcl */,
F966BB4A08F27A3A005CB29B /* paned1.tcl */,
F966BB4B08F27A3A005CB29B /* paned2.tcl */,
F966BB4C08F27A3A005CB29B /* pendulum.tcl */,
F966BB4D08F27A3A005CB29B /* plot.tcl */,
F966BB4E08F27A3A005CB29B /* puzzle.tcl */,
F966BB4F08F27A3A005CB29B /* radio.tcl */,
F966BB5008F27A3A005CB29B /* README */,
F966BB5108F27A3A005CB29B /* rmt */,
F966BB5208F27A3A005CB29B /* rolodex */,
F966BB5308F27A3A005CB29B /* ruler.tcl */,
F966BB5408F27A3A005CB29B /* sayings.tcl */,
F966BB5508F27A3A005CB29B /* search.tcl */,
F966BB5608F27A3A005CB29B /* spin.tcl */,
F966BB5708F27A3A005CB29B /* square */,
F966BB5808F27A3A005CB29B /* states.tcl */,
F966BB5908F27A3A005CB29B /* style.tcl */,
F966BB5A08F27A3A005CB29B /* tclIndex */,
F966BB5B08F27A3A005CB29B /* tcolor */,
F966BB5C08F27A3A005CB29B /* text.tcl */,
F9099B8A0CC67D30005A9580 /* textpeer.tcl */,
F966BB5D08F27A3A005CB29B /* timer */,
F936FCD90CCD984600716967 /* toolbar.tcl */,
F936FCD80CCD984600716967 /* tree.tcl */,
F9099B8B0CC67D3E005A9580 /* ttkbut.tcl */,
F9F4EFDD0CC7B3CB00378A27 /* ttkmenu.tcl */,
F936FCDA0CCD984600716967 /* ttknote.tcl */,
F9F4EFDC0CC7B3CA00378A27 /* ttkpane.tcl */,
F936FCD70CCD984500716967 /* ttkprogress.tcl */,
F966BB5E08F27A3A005CB29B /* twind.tcl */,
F966BB5F08F27A3A005CB29B /* unicodeout.tcl */,
F966BB6008F27A3A005CB29B /* vscale.tcl */,
F966BB6108F27A3A005CB29B /* widget */,
);
path = demos;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BB9708F27A3B005CB29B /* macosx */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BBBA08F27A3B005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
F966BBBB08F27A3B005CB29B /* GNUmakefile */,
F966BBBE08F27A3B005CB29B /* README */,
F966BBC008F27A3B005CB29B /* Tk-Info.plist.in */,
F966BBC208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSX.h */,
F966BBC508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c */,
F966BBC608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c */,
F966BBC808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c */,
F966BBC908F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c */,
F966BBCA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c */,
F966BBCB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c */,
F966BBCC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursors.h */,
F966BBCD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c */,
F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */,
F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */,
F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */,
F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */,
F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */,
F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */,
F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */,
F966BBD508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.h */,
F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */,
F93E5EFD09CF8711008FA367 /* tkMacOSXFont.h */,
F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */,
F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */,
F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */,
F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */,
F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */,
F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */,
F966BBE008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c */,
F966BBE108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c */,
F966BBE208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c */,
F966BBE308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c */,
F966BBEA08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXPort.h */,
F976F6A70C325FB6005066D9 /* tkMacOSXPrivate.h */,
F966BBEB08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c */,
F966BBEC08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScale.c */,
F966BBED08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c */,
F966BBEE08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c */,
F966BBEF08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c */,
F966BBF008F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c */,
F966BBF108F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c */,
F966BBF208F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c */,
F966BBF308F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.h */,
F966BBF408F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXCursors.h */,
F966BBF508F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c */,
F96888840AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c */,
F95D8D4B0F1715610006B020 /* Tk.icns */,
F95D8D4C0F1715610006B020 /* Tk.tiff */,
F966BBF708F27A3C005CB29B /* Wish-Info.plist.in */,
F97AE7F10B65C1E900310EA2 /* Wish-Common.xcconfig */,
F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */,
F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */,
);
path = macosx;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC0408F27A3C005CB29B /* tests */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC0508F27A3C005CB29B /* all.tcl */,
F966BC0608F27A3C005CB29B /* arc.tcl */,
F966BC0708F27A3C005CB29B /* bell.test */,
F966BC0808F27A3C005CB29B /* bevel.tcl */,
F966BC0908F27A3C005CB29B /* bgerror.test */,
F966BC0A08F27A3C005CB29B /* bind.test */,
F966BC0B08F27A3C005CB29B /* bitmap.test */,
F966BC0C08F27A3C005CB29B /* border.test */,
F966BC0D08F27A3C005CB29B /* bugs.tcl */,
F966BC0E08F27A3C005CB29B /* butGeom.tcl */,
F966BC0F08F27A3C005CB29B /* butGeom2.tcl */,
F966BC1008F27A3C005CB29B /* button.test */,
F966BC1108F27A3C005CB29B /* canvas.test */,
F966BC1208F27A3C005CB29B /* canvImg.test */,
F966BC1308F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPs.test */,
F966BC1408F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsArc.tcl */,
F966BC1508F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsBmap.tcl */,
F966BC1608F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsGrph.tcl */,
F966BC1708F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsImg.tcl */,
F966BC1808F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsText.tcl */,
F966BC1908F27A3C005CB29B /* canvRect.test */,
F966BC1A08F27A3C005CB29B /* canvText.test */,
F966BC1B08F27A3C005CB29B /* canvWind.test */,
F966BC1C08F27A3C005CB29B /* choosedir.test */,
F966BC1D08F27A3C005CB29B /* clipboard.test */,
F966BC1E08F27A3C005CB29B /* clrpick.test */,
F966BC1F08F27A3C005CB29B /* cmap.tcl */,
F966BC2008F27A3C005CB29B /* cmds.test */,
F966BC2108F27A3C005CB29B /* color.test */,
F966BC2208F27A3C005CB29B /* config.test */,
F966BC2308F27A3C005CB29B /* constraints.tcl */,
F966BC2408F27A3C005CB29B /* cursor.test */,
F966BC2508F27A3C005CB29B /* dialog.test */,
F966BC2608F27A3C005CB29B /* embed.test */,
F966BC2708F27A3C005CB29B /* entry.test */,
F966BC2808F27A3C005CB29B /* event.test */,
F966BC2908F27A3C005CB29B /* filebox.test */,
F966BC2A08F27A3C005CB29B /* focus.test */,
F966BC2B08F27A3C005CB29B /* focusTcl.test */,
F966BC2C08F27A3C005CB29B /* font.test */,
F966BC2D08F27A3C005CB29B /* frame.test */,
F966BC2E08F27A3C005CB29B /* geometry.test */,
F966BC2F08F27A3C005CB29B /* get.test */,
F966BC3008F27A3C005CB29B /* grab.test */,
F966BC3108F27A3C005CB29B /* grid.test */,
F966BC3208F27A3C005CB29B /* id.test */,
F966BC3308F27A3C005CB29B /* image.test */,
F966BC3408F27A3C005CB29B /* imgBmap.test */,
F966BC3508F27A3C005CB29B /* imgPhoto.test */,
F966BC3608F27A3C005CB29B /* imgPPM.test */,
F966BC3708F27A3C005CB29B /* listbox.test */,
F966BC3808F27A3C005CB29B /* main.test */,
F966BC3908F27A3C005CB29B /* menu.test */,
F966BC3A08F27A3C005CB29B /* menubut.test */,
F966BC3B08F27A3C005CB29B /* menuDraw.test */,
F966BC3C08F27A3C005CB29B /* message.test */,
F966BC3D08F27A3C005CB29B /* msgbox.test */,
F966BC3E08F27A3C005CB29B /* obj.test */,
F966BC3F08F27A3C005CB29B /* oldpack.test */,
F966BC4008F27A3C005CB29B /* option.file1 */,
F966BC4108F27A3C005CB29B /* option.file2 */,
F966BC4208F27A3C005CB29B /* option.test */,
F966BC4308F27A3C005CB29B /* pack.test */,
F966BC4408F27A3C005CB29B /* panedwindow.test */,
F966BC4508F27A3D005CB29B /* place.test */,
F966BC4608F27A3D005CB29B /* raise.test */,
F966BC4708F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
F966BC4808F27A3D005CB29B /* safe.test */,
F966BC4908F27A3D005CB29B /* scale.test */,
F966BC4A08F27A3D005CB29B /* scrollbar.test */,
F966BC4B08F27A3D005CB29B /* select.test */,
F966BC4C08F27A3D005CB29B /* send.test */,
F966BC4D08F27A3D005CB29B /* spinbox.test */,
F966BC4E08F27A3D005CB29B /* text.test */,
F966BC4F08F27A3D005CB29B /* textBTree.test */,
F966BC5008F27A3D005CB29B /* textDisp.test */,
F966BC5108F27A3D005CB29B /* textImage.test */,
F966BC5208F27A3D005CB29B /* textIndex.test */,
F966BC5308F27A3D005CB29B /* textMark.test */,
F966BC5408F27A3D005CB29B /* textTag.test */,
F966BC5508F27A3D005CB29B /* textWind.test */,
F966BC5608F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.test */,
F96888530AF7880C000797B5 /* ttk */,
F966BC5708F27A3D005CB29B /* unixButton.test */,
F966BC5808F27A3D005CB29B /* unixEmbed.test */,
F966BC5908F27A3D005CB29B /* unixFont.test */,
F966BC5A08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixMenu.test */,
F966BC5B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixSelect.test */,
F966BC5C08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixWm.test */,
F966BC5D08F27A3D005CB29B /* util.test */,
F966BC5E08F27A3D005CB29B /* visual.test */,
F966BC5F08F27A3D005CB29B /* visual_bb.test */,
F966BC6008F27A3D005CB29B /* winButton.test */,
F966BC6108F27A3D005CB29B /* winClipboard.test */,
F966BC6208F27A3D005CB29B /* winDialog.test */,
F966BC6308F27A3D005CB29B /* window.test */,
F966BC6408F27A3D005CB29B /* winfo.test */,
F966BC6508F27A3D005CB29B /* winFont.test */,
F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */,
F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */,
F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */,
F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */,
F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */,
);
path = tests;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */,
F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,
F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */,
F966BC7608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.h.in */,
F966BC7708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */,
F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */,
F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */,
F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */,
F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */,
F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */,
F966BC7E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDefault.h */,
F966BC7F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDialog.c */,
F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */,
F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */,
F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */,
F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */,
F966BC8408F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFont.c */,
F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */,
F966BC8608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInt.h */,
F966BC8708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixKey.c */,
F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */,
F966BC8908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenubu.c */,
F966BC8A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixPort.h */,
F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */,
F966BC8C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c */,
F966BC8D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScrlbr.c */,
F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */,
F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */,
F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */,
F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */,
);
path = unix;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */,
F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */,
F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */,
F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */,
F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */,
F966BCFC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinButton.c */,
F966BCFD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinClipboard.c */,
F966BCFE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinColor.c */,
F966BCFF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinConfig.c */,
F966BD0008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinCursor.c */,
F966BD0108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDefault.h */,
F966BD0208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDialog.c */,
F966BD0308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDraw.c */,
F966BD0408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinEmbed.c */,
F966BD0508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinFont.c */,
F966BD0708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinImage.c */,
F966BD0808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinInit.c */,
F966BD0908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinInt.h */,
F966BD0A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinKey.c */,
F966BD0B08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinMenu.c */,
F966BD0C08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPixmap.c */,
F966BD0D08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPointer.c */,
F966BD0E08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPort.h */,
F966BD0F08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinRegion.c */,
F966BD1008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinScrlbr.c */,
F966BD1108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSend.c */,
F966BD1208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSendCom.c */,
F966BD1308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSendCom.h */,
F966BD1408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinTest.c */,
F966BD1508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinWindow.c */,
F966BD1608F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinWm.c */,
F966BD1708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinX.c */,
F96888860AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinMonitor.c */,
F96888870AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinTheme.c */,
F96888880AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinXPTheme.c */,
F966BD1808F27A3F005CB29B /* winMain.c */,
);
path = win;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */,
F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */,
F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */,
);
path = rc;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BD1908F27A3F005CB29B /* xlib */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BD1A08F27A3F005CB29B /* X11 */,
F966BD2308F27A3F005CB29B /* xbytes.h */,
F966BD2408F27A3F005CB29B /* xcolors.c */,
F966BD2508F27A3F005CB29B /* xdraw.c */,
F966BD2608F27A3F005CB29B /* xgc.c */,
F966BD2708F27A3F005CB29B /* ximage.c */,
F966BD2808F27A3F005CB29B /* xutil.c */,
);
path = xlib;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BD1A08F27A3F005CB29B /* X11 */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BD1B08F27A3F005CB29B /* cursorfont.h */,
F966BD1C08F27A3F005CB29B /* keysym.h */,
F966BD1D08F27A3F005CB29B /* keysymdef.h */,
F966BD1E08F27A3F005CB29B /* X.h */,
F966BD1F08F27A3F005CB29B /* Xatom.h */,
F966BD2008F27A3F005CB29B /* Xfuncproto.h */,
F966BD2108F27A3F005CB29B /* Xlib.h */,
F966BD2208F27A3F005CB29B /* Xutil.h */,
);
path = X11;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966C06F08F281DC005CB29B /* Frameworks */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F9C9CBFF0E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework */,
F966C07408F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework */,
F966C07608F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework */,
F94523A10E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework */,
F966C07808F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework */,
F9FD32140CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib */,
F9FD32150CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib */,
F9FD32160CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib */,
F9FD349A0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib */,
F9FD34990CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib */,
F9FD34C30CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib */,
);
name = Frameworks;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96887DF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttk */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96887E00AF786D5000797B5 /* ttk.decls */,
F96887E10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c */,
F96887E20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c */,
F96887E30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c */,
F96887E40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c */,
F96887E50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c */,
F96887E60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDecls.h */,
F96887E70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c */,
F96887E80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c */,
F96887E90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c */,
F96887EA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c */,
F96887EB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c */,
F96887EC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c */,
F96887ED0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c */,
F96887EE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c */,
F96887EF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c */,
F96887F00AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.h */,
F96887F10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c */,
F96887F20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c */,
F96887F30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c */,
F96887F40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c */,
F96887F50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c */,
F96887F60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c */,
F96887F70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c */,
F96887F80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c */,
F96887F90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c */,
F96887FA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c */,
F96887FB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c */,
F96887FC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c */,
F96887FD0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c */,
F96887FE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.h */,
F96887FF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkThemeInt.h */,
F96888000AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c */,
F96888010AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c */,
F96888020AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c */,
F96888030AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c */,
F96888040AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.h */,
);
path = ttk;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96888360AF787B3000797B5 /* ttk */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96888370AF787B3000797B5 /* altTheme.tcl */,
F96888380AF787B3000797B5 /* aquaTheme.tcl */,
F96888390AF787B3000797B5 /* button.tcl */,
F968883A0AF787B3000797B5 /* clamTheme.tcl */,
F968883B0AF787B3000797B5 /* classicTheme.tcl */,
F968883C0AF787B3000797B5 /* combobox.tcl */,
F968883D0AF787B3000797B5 /* cursors.tcl */,
F968883E0AF787B3000797B5 /* defaults.tcl */,
F96888400AF787B3000797B5 /* entry.tcl */,
F96888410AF787B3000797B5 /* fonts.tcl */,
F96888440AF787B3000797B5 /* menubutton.tcl */,
F96888450AF787B3000797B5 /* notebook.tcl */,
F96888460AF787B3000797B5 /* panedwindow.tcl */,
F96888470AF787B3000797B5 /* progress.tcl */,
F96888480AF787B3000797B5 /* scale.tcl */,
F96888490AF787B3000797B5 /* scrollbar.tcl */,
F968884A0AF787B3000797B5 /* sizegrip.tcl */,
F968884B0AF787B3000797B5 /* treeview.tcl */,
F968884C0AF787B3000797B5 /* ttk.tcl */,
F968884D0AF787B3000797B5 /* utils.tcl */,
F968884E0AF787B3000797B5 /* winTheme.tcl */,
F968884F0AF787B3000797B5 /* xpTheme.tcl */,
);
path = ttk;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96888530AF7880C000797B5 /* ttk */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96888540AF7880C000797B5 /* all.tcl */,
F96888560AF7880C000797B5 /* combobox.test */,
F96888570AF7880C000797B5 /* entry.test */,
F96888580AF7880C000797B5 /* image.test */,
F96888590AF7880C000797B5 /* labelframe.test */,
F968885A0AF7880C000797B5 /* layout.test */,
F968885C0AF7880C000797B5 /* notebook.test */,
F968885D0AF7880C000797B5 /* panedwindow.test */,
F968885E0AF7880C000797B5 /* progressbar.test */,
F968885F0AF7880C000797B5 /* scrollbar.test */,
F96888600AF7880C000797B5 /* treetags.test */,
F96888610AF7880C000797B5 /* treeview.test */,
F96888620AF7880C000797B5 /* ttk.test */,
F96888630AF7880C000797B5 /* validate.test */,
F962F7C60DADC26200648DB8 /* vsapi.test */,
);
path = ttk;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3DF608F27169004A47F5 /* Tcl Sources */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3EC908F272A7004A47F5 /* generic */,
F96D432C08F272B4004A47F5 /* macosx */,
F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */,
F96D425C08F272B2004A47F5 /* libtommath */,
F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */,
F96D3F3808F272A7004A47F5 /* library */,
F96D434408F272B5004A47F5 /* tests */,
F96D3DFC08F272A4004A47F5 /* doc */,
F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */,
F96D3DFA08F272A4004A47F5 /* ChangeLog */,
F96D3DFB08F272A4004A47F5 /* changes */,
F96D434308F272B5004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D432B08F272B4004A47F5 /* license.terms */,
);
name = "Tcl Sources";
sourceTree = TCL_SRCROOT;
};
F96D3DF708F271BE004A47F5 /* Tk Sources */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BAA508F27A38005CB29B /* generic */,
F966BB9708F27A3B005CB29B /* macosx */,
F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */,
F966BD1908F27A3F005CB29B /* xlib */,
F966BA0308F27A37005CB29B /* bitmaps */,
F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */,
F966BB1308F27A39005CB29B /* library */,
F966BC0408F27A3C005CB29B /* tests */,
F966BA1008F27A37005CB29B /* doc */,
F966BA0E08F27A37005CB29B /* ChangeLog */,
F966BA0F08F27A37005CB29B /* changes */,
F966BC0308F27A3C005CB29B /* README */,
F966BB9608F27A3B005CB29B /* license.terms */,
);
name = "Tk Sources";
sourceTree = TK_SRCROOT;
};
F96D3DFC08F272A4004A47F5 /* doc */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3DFD08F272A4004A47F5 /* Access.3 */,
F96D3DFE08F272A4004A47F5 /* AddErrInfo.3 */,
F96D3DFF08F272A4004A47F5 /* after.n */,
F96D3E0008F272A4004A47F5 /* Alloc.3 */,
F96D3E0108F272A4004A47F5 /* AllowExc.3 */,
F96D3E0208F272A4004A47F5 /* append.n */,
F96D3E0308F272A4004A47F5 /* AppInit.3 */,
F96D3E0408F272A5004A47F5 /* array.n */,
F96D3E0508F272A5004A47F5 /* AssocData.3 */,
F96D3E0608F272A5004A47F5 /* Async.3 */,
F96D3E0708F272A5004A47F5 /* BackgdErr.3 */,
F96D3E0808F272A5004A47F5 /* Backslash.3 */,
F96D3E0908F272A5004A47F5 /* bgerror.n */,
F96D3E0A08F272A5004A47F5 /* binary.n */,
F96D3E0B08F272A5004A47F5 /* BoolObj.3 */,
F96D3E0C08F272A5004A47F5 /* break.n */,
F96D3E0D08F272A5004A47F5 /* ByteArrObj.3 */,
F96D3E0E08F272A5004A47F5 /* CallDel.3 */,
F96D3E0F08F272A5004A47F5 /* case.n */,
F96D3E1008F272A5004A47F5 /* catch.n */,
F96D3E1108F272A5004A47F5 /* cd.n */,
F96D3E1208F272A5004A47F5 /* chan.n */,
F96D3E1308F272A5004A47F5 /* ChnlStack.3 */,
F96D3E1408F272A5004A47F5 /* clock.n */,
F96D3E1508F272A5004A47F5 /* close.n */,
F96D3E1608F272A5004A47F5 /* CmdCmplt.3 */,
F96D3E1708F272A5004A47F5 /* Concat.3 */,
F96D3E1808F272A5004A47F5 /* concat.n */,
F96D3E1908F272A5004A47F5 /* continue.n */,
F96D3E1A08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtChannel.3 */,
F96D3E1B08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtChnlHdlr.3 */,
F96D3E1C08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtCloseHdlr.3 */,
F96D3E1D08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtCommand.3 */,
F96D3E1E08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtFileHdlr.3 */,
F96D3E1F08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtInterp.3 */,
F96D3E2008F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtMathFnc.3 */,
F96D3E2108F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtObjCmd.3 */,
F96D3E2208F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtSlave.3 */,
F96D3E2308F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtTimerHdlr.3 */,
F96D3E2408F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtTrace.3 */,
F96D3E2508F272A5004A47F5 /* dde.n */,
F96D3E2608F272A5004A47F5 /* DetachPids.3 */,
F96D3E2708F272A5004A47F5 /* dict.n */,
F96D3E2808F272A5004A47F5 /* DictObj.3 */,
F96D3E2908F272A5004A47F5 /* DoOneEvent.3 */,
F96D3E2A08F272A5004A47F5 /* DoubleObj.3 */,
F96D3E2B08F272A5004A47F5 /* DoWhenIdle.3 */,
F96D3E2C08F272A5004A47F5 /* DString.3 */,
F96D3E2D08F272A5004A47F5 /* DumpActiveMemory.3 */,
F96D3E2E08F272A5004A47F5 /* Encoding.3 */,
F96D3E2F08F272A5004A47F5 /* encoding.n */,
F96D3E3008F272A5004A47F5 /* Ensemble.3 */,
F96D3E3108F272A5004A47F5 /* Environment.3 */,
F96D3E3208F272A5004A47F5 /* eof.n */,
F96D3E3308F272A5004A47F5 /* error.n */,
F96D3E3408F272A5004A47F5 /* Eval.3 */,
F96D3E3508F272A5004A47F5 /* eval.n */,
F96D3E3608F272A5004A47F5 /* exec.n */,
F96D3E3708F272A5004A47F5 /* Exit.3 */,
F96D3E3808F272A5004A47F5 /* exit.n */,
F96D3E3908F272A5004A47F5 /* expr.n */,
F96D3E3A08F272A5004A47F5 /* ExprLong.3 */,
F96D3E3B08F272A5004A47F5 /* ExprLongObj.3 */,
F96D3E3C08F272A5004A47F5 /* fblocked.n */,
F96D3E3D08F272A5004A47F5 /* fconfigure.n */,
F96D3E3E08F272A5004A47F5 /* fcopy.n */,
F96D3E3F08F272A5004A47F5 /* file.n */,
F96D3E4008F272A5004A47F5 /* fileevent.n */,
F96D3E4108F272A5004A47F5 /* filename.n */,
F96D3E4208F272A5004A47F5 /* FileSystem.3 */,
F96D3E4308F272A5004A47F5 /* FindExec.3 */,
F96D3E4408F272A5004A47F5 /* flush.n */,
F96D3E4508F272A5004A47F5 /* for.n */,
F96D3E4608F272A5004A47F5 /* foreach.n */,
F96D3E4708F272A5004A47F5 /* format.n */,
F96D3E4808F272A5004A47F5 /* GetCwd.3 */,
F96D3E4908F272A5004A47F5 /* GetHostName.3 */,
F96D3E4A08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetIndex.3 */,
F96D3E4B08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetInt.3 */,
F96D3E4C08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetOpnFl.3 */,
F96D3E4D08F272A5004A47F5 /* gets.n */,
F96D3E4E08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetStdChan.3 */,
F96D3E4F08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetTime.3 */,
F96D3E5008F272A5004A47F5 /* GetVersion.3 */,
F96D3E5108F272A5004A47F5 /* glob.n */,
F96D3E5208F272A6004A47F5 /* global.n */,
F96D3E5308F272A6004A47F5 /* Hash.3 */,
F96D3E5408F272A6004A47F5 /* history.n */,
F96D3E5508F272A6004A47F5 /* http.n */,
F96D3E5608F272A6004A47F5 /* if.n */,
F96D3E5708F272A6004A47F5 /* incr.n */,
F96D3E5808F272A6004A47F5 /* info.n */,
F96D3E5908F272A6004A47F5 /* Init.3 */,
F96D3E5A08F272A6004A47F5 /* InitStubs.3 */,
F96D3E5B08F272A6004A47F5 /* Interp.3 */,
F96D3E5C08F272A6004A47F5 /* interp.n */,
F96D3E5D08F272A6004A47F5 /* IntObj.3 */,
F96D3E5E08F272A6004A47F5 /* join.n */,
F96D3E5F08F272A6004A47F5 /* lappend.n */,
F96D3E6008F272A6004A47F5 /* lassign.n */,
F96D3E6108F272A6004A47F5 /* library.n */,
F96D3E6208F272A6004A47F5 /* Limit.3 */,
F96D3E6308F272A6004A47F5 /* lindex.n */,
F96D3E6408F272A6004A47F5 /* LinkVar.3 */,
F96D3E6508F272A6004A47F5 /* linsert.n */,
F96D3E6608F272A6004A47F5 /* list.n */,
F96D3E6708F272A6004A47F5 /* ListObj.3 */,
F96D3E6808F272A6004A47F5 /* llength.n */,
F96D3E6908F272A6004A47F5 /* load.n */,
F96D3E6A08F272A6004A47F5 /* lrange.n */,
F96D3E6B08F272A6004A47F5 /* lrepeat.n */,
F96D3E6C08F272A6004A47F5 /* lreplace.n */,
F96D3E6D08F272A6004A47F5 /* lsearch.n */,
F96D3E6E08F272A6004A47F5 /* lset.n */,
F96D3E6F08F272A6004A47F5 /* lsort.n */,
F96D3E7008F272A6004A47F5 /* man.macros */,
F96D3E7108F272A6004A47F5 /* mathfunc.n */,
F96D3E7208F272A6004A47F5 /* memory.n */,
F96D3E7308F272A6004A47F5 /* msgcat.n */,
F96D3E7408F272A6004A47F5 /* Namespace.3 */,
F96D3E7508F272A6004A47F5 /* namespace.n */,
F96D3E7608F272A6004A47F5 /* Notifier.3 */,
F96D3E7708F272A6004A47F5 /* Object.3 */,
F96D3E7808F272A6004A47F5 /* ObjectType.3 */,
F96D3E7908F272A6004A47F5 /* open.n */,
F96D3E7A08F272A6004A47F5 /* OpenFileChnl.3 */,
F96D3E7B08F272A6004A47F5 /* OpenTcp.3 */,
F96D3E7C08F272A6004A47F5 /* package.n */,
F96D3E7D08F272A6004A47F5 /* packagens.n */,
F96D3E7E08F272A6004A47F5 /* Panic.3 */,
F96D3E7F08F272A6004A47F5 /* ParseCmd.3 */,
F96D3E8008F272A6004A47F5 /* pid.n */,
F96D3E8108F272A6004A47F5 /* pkgMkIndex.n */,
F96D3E8208F272A6004A47F5 /* PkgRequire.3 */,
F9ECB1E10B26543C00A28025 /* platform_shell.n */,
F9ECB1E20B26543C00A28025 /* platform.n */,
F96D3E8308F272A6004A47F5 /* Preserve.3 */,
F96D3E8408F272A6004A47F5 /* PrintDbl.3 */,
F96D3E8508F272A6004A47F5 /* proc.n */,
F96D3E8608F272A6004A47F5 /* puts.n */,
F96D3E8708F272A6004A47F5 /* pwd.n */,
F96D3E8808F272A6004A47F5 /* re_syntax.n */,
F96D3E8908F272A6004A47F5 /* read.n */,
F96D3E8A08F272A6004A47F5 /* RecEvalObj.3 */,
F96D3E8B08F272A6004A47F5 /* RecordEval.3 */,
F96D3E8C08F272A6004A47F5 /* RegConfig.3 */,
F96D3E8D08F272A6004A47F5 /* RegExp.3 */,
F96D3E8E08F272A6004A47F5 /* regexp.n */,
F96D3E8F08F272A6004A47F5 /* registry.n */,
F96D3E9008F272A6004A47F5 /* regsub.n */,
F96D3E9108F272A6004A47F5 /* rename.n */,
F96D3E9208F272A6004A47F5 /* return.n */,
F96D3E9308F272A6004A47F5 /* safe.n */,
F96D3E9408F272A6004A47F5 /* SaveResult.3 */,
F96D3E9508F272A6004A47F5 /* scan.n */,
F96D3E9608F272A6004A47F5 /* seek.n */,
F96D3E9708F272A6004A47F5 /* set.n */,
F96D3E9808F272A6004A47F5 /* SetChanErr.3 */,
F96D3E9908F272A6004A47F5 /* SetErrno.3 */,
F96D3E9A08F272A6004A47F5 /* SetRecLmt.3 */,
F96D3E9B08F272A7004A47F5 /* SetResult.3 */,
F96D3E9C08F272A7004A47F5 /* SetVar.3 */,
F96D3E9D08F272A7004A47F5 /* Signal.3 */,
F96D3E9E08F272A7004A47F5 /* Sleep.3 */,
F96D3E9F08F272A7004A47F5 /* socket.n */,
F96D3EA008F272A7004A47F5 /* source.n */,
F96D3EA108F272A7004A47F5 /* SourceRCFile.3 */,
F96D3EA208F272A7004A47F5 /* split.n */,
F96D3EA308F272A7004A47F5 /* SplitList.3 */,
F96D3EA408F272A7004A47F5 /* SplitPath.3 */,
F96D3EA508F272A7004A47F5 /* StaticPkg.3 */,
F96D3EA608F272A7004A47F5 /* StdChannels.3 */,
F96D3EA708F272A7004A47F5 /* string.n */,
F96D3EA808F272A7004A47F5 /* StringObj.3 */,
F96D3EA908F272A7004A47F5 /* StrMatch.3 */,
F96D3EAA08F272A7004A47F5 /* subst.n */,
F96D3EAB08F272A7004A47F5 /* SubstObj.3 */,
F96D3EAC08F272A7004A47F5 /* switch.n */,
F96D3EAD08F272A7004A47F5 /* Tcl.n */,
F96D3EAE08F272A7004A47F5 /* Tcl_Main.3 */,
F96D3EAF08F272A7004A47F5 /* TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3 */,
F96D3EB008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclsh.1 */,
F96D3EB108F272A7004A47F5 /* tcltest.n */,
F96D3EB208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclvars.n */,
F96D3EB308F272A7004A47F5 /* tell.n */,
F96D3EB408F272A7004A47F5 /* Thread.3 */,
F96D3EB508F272A7004A47F5 /* time.n */,
F96D3EB608F272A7004A47F5 /* tm.n */,
F96D3EB708F272A7004A47F5 /* ToUpper.3 */,
F96D3EB808F272A7004A47F5 /* trace.n */,
F96D3EB908F272A7004A47F5 /* TraceCmd.3 */,
F96D3EBA08F272A7004A47F5 /* TraceVar.3 */,
F96D3EBB08F272A7004A47F5 /* Translate.3 */,
F96D3EBC08F272A7004A47F5 /* UniCharIsAlpha.3 */,
F96D3EBD08F272A7004A47F5 /* unknown.n */,
F96D3EBE08F272A7004A47F5 /* unload.n */,
F96D3EBF08F272A7004A47F5 /* unset.n */,
F96D3EC008F272A7004A47F5 /* update.n */,
F96D3EC108F272A7004A47F5 /* uplevel.n */,
F96D3EC208F272A7004A47F5 /* UpVar.3 */,
F96D3EC308F272A7004A47F5 /* upvar.n */,
F96D3EC408F272A7004A47F5 /* Utf.3 */,
F96D3EC508F272A7004A47F5 /* variable.n */,
F96D3EC608F272A7004A47F5 /* vwait.n */,
F96D3EC708F272A7004A47F5 /* while.n */,
F96D3EC808F272A7004A47F5 /* WrongNumArgs.3 */,
);
path = doc;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3EC908F272A7004A47F5 /* generic */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3ECA08F272A7004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D3ECB08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_color.c */,
F96D3ECC08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_cvec.c */,
F96D3ECD08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_lex.c */,
F96D3ECE08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_locale.c */,
F96D3ECF08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_nfa.c */,
F96D3ED008F272A7004A47F5 /* regcomp.c */,
F96D3ED108F272A7004A47F5 /* regcustom.h */,
F96D3ED208F272A7004A47F5 /* rege_dfa.c */,
F96D3ED308F272A7004A47F5 /* regerror.c */,
F96D3ED408F272A7004A47F5 /* regerrs.h */,
F96D3ED508F272A7004A47F5 /* regex.h */,
F96D3ED608F272A7004A47F5 /* regexec.c */,
F96D3ED708F272A7004A47F5 /* regfree.c */,
F96D3ED808F272A7004A47F5 /* regfronts.c */,
F96D3ED908F272A7004A47F5 /* regguts.h */,
F96D3EDA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tcl.decls */,
F96D3EDB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tcl.h */,
F96D3EDC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c */,
F96D3EDD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c */,
F96D3EDE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c */,
F96D3EDF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c */,
F96D3EE008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c */,
F96D3EE108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclClock.c */,
F96D3EE208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c */,
F96D3EE308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c */,
F96D3EE408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c */,
F96D3EE508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c */,
F96D3EE608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c */,
F96D3EE708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c */,
F96D3EE808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.h */,
F96D3EE908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c */,
F96D3EEA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDate.c */,
F96D3EEB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDecls.h */,
F96D3EEC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c */,
F9F4415D0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d */,
F96D3EED08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c */,
F96D3EEE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c */,
F96D3EEF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c */,
F96D3EF008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c */,
F96D3EF108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c */,
F96D3EF208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c */,
F96D3EF308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileSystem.h */,
F96D3EF408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGet.c */,
F96D3EF508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGetDate.y */,
F96D3EF608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHash.c */,
F96D3EF708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c */,
F96D3EF808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c */,
F96D3EF908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInt.decls */,
F96D3EFA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInt.h */,
F96D3EFB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIntDecls.h */,
F96D3EFC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c */,
F96D3EFD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIntPlatDecls.h */,
F96D3EFE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.c */,
F96D3EFF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.h */,
F96D3F0008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c */,
F96D3F0108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c */,
F96D3F0208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c */,
F96D3F0308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c */,
F96D3F0408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c */,
F96D3F0508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLink.c */,
F96D3F0608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c */,
F96D3F0708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c */,
F96D3F0808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c */,
F96D3F0908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoadNone.c */,
F96D3F0A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclMain.c */,
F96D3F0B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c */,
F96D3F0C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c */,
F96D3F0D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclObj.c */,
F96D3F0E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c */,
F96D3F0F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclParse.c */,
F96D3F1108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c */,
F96D3F1208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c */,
F96D3F1308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c */,
F96D3F1408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c */,
F96D3F1508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPlatDecls.h */,
F96D3F1608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPort.h */,
F96D3F1708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c */,
F96D3F1808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c */,
F96D3F1908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclProc.c */,
F96D3F1A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c */,
F96D3F1B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.h */,
F96D3F1C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c */,
F96D3F1D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResult.c */,
F96D3F1E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclScan.c */,
F96D3F1F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c */,
F96D3F2408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c */,
F96D3F2508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c */,
F96D3F2608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c */,
F96D3F2708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTest.c */,
F96D3F2808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTestObj.c */,
F96D3F2908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTestProcBodyObj.c */,
F96D3F2A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThread.c */,
F96D3F2B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c */,
F96D3F2C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c */,
F96D3F2D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c */,
F96D3F2E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadTest.c */,
F96D3F2F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c */,
F9903CAF094FAADA004613E9 /* tclTomMath.decls */,
F96D3F3008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMath.h */,
F9903CB0094FAADA004613E9 /* tclTomMathDecls.h */,
F96D3F3108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c */,
F96D3F3208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c */,
F96D3F3308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUniData.c */,
F96D3F3408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c */,
F96D3F3508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c */,
F96D3F3608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclVar.c */,
F96D3F3708F272A7004A47F5 /* tommath.h */,
);
path = generic;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F3808F272A7004A47F5 /* library */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F3908F272A8004A47F5 /* auto.tcl */,
F96D3F3A08F272A8004A47F5 /* clock.tcl */,
F96D3F3B08F272A8004A47F5 /* dde */,
F96D3F8C08F272A8004A47F5 /* history.tcl */,
F96D3F8D08F272A8004A47F5 /* http */,
F96D3F9008F272A8004A47F5 /* http1.0 */,
F96D3F9308F272A8004A47F5 /* init.tcl */,
F96D3F9408F272A8004A47F5 /* msgcat */,
F96D401708F272AA004A47F5 /* opt */,
F96D401A08F272AA004A47F5 /* package.tcl */,
F96D401B08F272AA004A47F5 /* parray.tcl */,
F9ECB1110B26521500A28025 /* platform */,
F96D401C08F272AA004A47F5 /* reg */,
F96D401E08F272AA004A47F5 /* safe.tcl */,
F96D401F08F272AA004A47F5 /* tclIndex */,
F96D402008F272AA004A47F5 /* tcltest */,
F96D402308F272AA004A47F5 /* tm.tcl */,
F96D425B08F272B2004A47F5 /* word.tcl */,
);
path = library;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F3B08F272A8004A47F5 /* dde */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F3C08F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = dde;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F8D08F272A8004A47F5 /* http */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F8E08F272A8004A47F5 /* http.tcl */,
F96D3F8F08F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = http;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F9008F272A8004A47F5 /* http1.0 */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F9108F272A8004A47F5 /* http.tcl */,
F96D3F9208F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = http1.0;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F9408F272A8004A47F5 /* msgcat */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F9508F272A8004A47F5 /* msgcat.tcl */,
F96D3F9608F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = msgcat;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D401708F272AA004A47F5 /* opt */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D401808F272AA004A47F5 /* optparse.tcl */,
F96D401908F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = opt;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D401C08F272AA004A47F5 /* reg */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D401D08F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = reg;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D402008F272AA004A47F5 /* tcltest */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D402108F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
F96D402208F272AA004A47F5 /* tcltest.tcl */,
);
path = tcltest;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D425C08F272B2004A47F5 /* libtommath */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D425F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn.pdf */,
F96D426108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_error.c */,
F96D426208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_mp_invmod.c */,
F96D426308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_mp_montgomery_reduce.c */,
F96D426408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c */,
F96D426508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c */,
F96D426608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c */,
F96D426708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_2expt.c */,
F96D426808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_abs.c */,
F96D426908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c */,
F96D426A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c */,
F96D426B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_addmod.c */,
F96D426C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_and.c */,
F96D426D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c */,
F96D426E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c */,
F96D426F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c */,
F96D427008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c */,
F96D427108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c */,
F96D427208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c */,
F96D427308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cnt_lsb.c */,
F96D427408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c */,
F96D427508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c */,
F96D427608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c */,
F96D427708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c */,
F96D427808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c */,
F96D427908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c */,
F96D427A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c */,
F96D427B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_is_modulus.c */,
F96D427C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_reduce.c */,
F96D427D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_setup.c */,
F96D427E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c */,
F96D427F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c */,
F96D428008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exptmod.c */,
F96D428108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exptmod_fast.c */,
F96D428208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exteuclid.c */,
F96D428308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_fread.c */,
F96D428408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_fwrite.c */,
F96D428508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_gcd.c */,
F96D428608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_get_int.c */,
F96D428708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c */,
F96D428808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c */,
F96D428908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c */,
F96D428A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c */,
F96D428B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c */,
F96D428C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set_int.c */,
F96D428D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c */,
F96D428E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_invmod.c */,
F96D428F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_invmod_slow.c */,
F96D429008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_is_square.c */,
F96D429108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_jacobi.c */,
F96D429208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c */,
F96D429308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c */,
F96D429408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lcm.c */,
F96D429508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c */,
F96D429608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c */,
F96D429708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c */,
F96D429808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_d.c */,
F96D429908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_calc_normalization.c */,
F96D429A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_reduce.c */,
F96D429B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_setup.c */,
F96D429C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c */,
F96D429D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c */,
F96D429E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c */,
F96D429F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c */,
F96D42A008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mulmod.c */,
F96D42A108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_n_root.c */,
F96D42A208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_neg.c */,
F96D42A308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_or.c */,
F96D42A408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_fermat.c */,
F96D42A508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_is_divisible.c */,
F96D42A608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_is_prime.c */,
F96D42A708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_miller_rabin.c */,
F96D42A808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_next_prime.c */,
F96D42A908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_rabin_miller_trials.c */,
F96D42AA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_random_ex.c */,
F96D42AB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c */,
F96D42AC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c */,
F96D42AD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rand.c */,
F96D42AE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c */,
F96D42AF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_signed_bin.c */,
F96D42B008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_unsigned_bin.c */,
F96D42B108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce.c */,
F96D42B208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k.c */,
F96D42B308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_l.c */,
F96D42B408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup.c */,
F96D42B508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup_l.c */,
F96D42B608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_is_2k.c */,
F96D42B708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_is_2k_l.c */,
F96D42B808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_setup.c */,
F96D42B908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c */,
F96D42BA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c */,
F96D42BB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set_int.c */,
F96D42BC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_shrink.c */,
F96D42BD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_signed_bin_size.c */,
F96D42BE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c */,
F96D42BF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrmod.c */,
F96D42C008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c */,
F96D42C108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c */,
F96D42C208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c */,
F96D42C308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_submod.c */,
F96D42C408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_signed_bin.c */,
F96D42C508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_signed_bin_n.c */,
F96D42C608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c */,
F96D42C708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c */,
F96D42C808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c */,
F96D42C908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c */,
F96D42CA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix.c */,
F96D42CB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c */,
F96D42CC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c */,
F96D42CD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_xor.c */,
F96D42CE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c */,
F96D42CF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_prime_tab.c */,
F96D42D008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c */,
F96D42D108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c */,
F96D42D208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_exptmod.c */,
F96D42D308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c */,
F96D42D408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c */,
F96D42D508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c */,
F96D42D608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c */,
F96D42D708F272B3004A47F5 /* bncore.c */,
F96D42D908F272B3004A47F5 /* callgraph.txt */,
F96D42DA08F272B3004A47F5 /* changes.txt */,
F96D42F008F272B3004A47F5 /* LICENSE */,
F96D431D08F272B4004A47F5 /* poster.pdf */,
F96D432608F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath.pdf */,
F96D432908F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath_class.h */,
F96D432A08F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath_superclass.h */,
);
path = libtommath;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D432C08F272B4004A47F5 /* macosx */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D432E08F272B5004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
F96D432F08F272B5004A47F5 /* GNUmakefile */,
F96D433108F272B5004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D433908F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c */,
F96D433D08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c */,
F96D433E08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c */,
F96D433208F272B5004A47F5 /* Tcl-Info.plist.in */,
F91E62260C1AE686006C9D96 /* Tclsh-Info.plist.in */,
);
path = macosx;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D434408F272B5004A47F5 /* tests */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D434508F272B5004A47F5 /* all.tcl */,
F96D434608F272B5004A47F5 /* append.test */,
F96D434708F272B5004A47F5 /* appendComp.test */,
F9ECB1CA0B2652D300A28025 /* apply.test */,
F96D434808F272B5004A47F5 /* assocd.test */,
F96D434908F272B5004A47F5 /* async.test */,
F96D434A08F272B5004A47F5 /* autoMkindex.test */,
F96D434B08F272B5004A47F5 /* basic.test */,
F96D434C08F272B5004A47F5 /* binary.test */,
F96D434D08F272B5004A47F5 /* case.test */,
F96D434E08F272B5004A47F5 /* chan.test */,
F9A493240CEBF38300B78AE2 /* chanio.test */,
F96D434F08F272B5004A47F5 /* clock.test */,
F96D435008F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdAH.test */,
F96D435108F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdIL.test */,
F96D435208F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdInfo.test */,
F96D435308F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdMZ.test */,
F96D435408F272B5004A47F5 /* compExpr-old.test */,
F96D435508F272B5004A47F5 /* compExpr.test */,
F96D435608F272B5004A47F5 /* compile.test */,
F96D435708F272B5004A47F5 /* concat.test */,
F96D435808F272B5004A47F5 /* config.test */,
F96D435908F272B5004A47F5 /* dcall.test */,
F96D435A08F272B5004A47F5 /* dict.test */,
F96D435C08F272B5004A47F5 /* dstring.test */,
F96D435E08F272B5004A47F5 /* encoding.test */,
F96D435F08F272B5004A47F5 /* env.test */,
F96D436008F272B5004A47F5 /* error.test */,
F96D436108F272B5004A47F5 /* eval.test */,
F96D436208F272B5004A47F5 /* event.test */,
F96D436308F272B5004A47F5 /* exec.test */,
F96D436408F272B5004A47F5 /* execute.test */,
F96D436508F272B5004A47F5 /* expr-old.test */,
F96D436608F272B5004A47F5 /* expr.test */,
F96D436708F272B6004A47F5 /* fCmd.test */,
F96D436808F272B6004A47F5 /* fileName.test */,
F96D436908F272B6004A47F5 /* fileSystem.test */,
F96D436A08F272B6004A47F5 /* for-old.test */,
F96D436B08F272B6004A47F5 /* for.test */,
F96D436C08F272B6004A47F5 /* foreach.test */,
F96D436D08F272B6004A47F5 /* format.test */,
F96D436E08F272B6004A47F5 /* get.test */,
F96D436F08F272B6004A47F5 /* history.test */,
F96D437008F272B6004A47F5 /* http.test */,
F96D437108F272B6004A47F5 /* httpd */,
F96D437208F272B6004A47F5 /* httpold.test */,
F96D437308F272B6004A47F5 /* if-old.test */,
F96D437408F272B6004A47F5 /* if.test */,
F96D437508F272B6004A47F5 /* incr-old.test */,
F96D437608F272B6004A47F5 /* incr.test */,
F96D437708F272B6004A47F5 /* indexObj.test */,
F96D437808F272B6004A47F5 /* info.test */,
F96D437908F272B6004A47F5 /* init.test */,
F96D437A08F272B6004A47F5 /* interp.test */,
F96D437B08F272B6004A47F5 /* io.test */,
F96D437C08F272B6004A47F5 /* ioCmd.test */,
F96D437D08F272B6004A47F5 /* iogt.test */,
F96D437E08F272B6004A47F5 /* ioUtil.test */,
F96D437F08F272B6004A47F5 /* join.test */,
F96D438008F272B6004A47F5 /* lindex.test */,
F96D438108F272B6004A47F5 /* link.test */,
F96D438208F272B6004A47F5 /* linsert.test */,
F96D438308F272B6004A47F5 /* list.test */,
F96D438408F272B6004A47F5 /* listObj.test */,
F96D438508F272B6004A47F5 /* llength.test */,
F96D438608F272B6004A47F5 /* load.test */,
F96D438708F272B6004A47F5 /* lrange.test */,
F96D438808F272B6004A47F5 /* lrepeat.test */,
F96D438908F272B6004A47F5 /* lreplace.test */,
F96D438A08F272B6004A47F5 /* lsearch.test */,
F96D438B08F272B6004A47F5 /* lset.test */,
F96D438C08F272B6004A47F5 /* lsetComp.test */,
F96D438D08F272B6004A47F5 /* macOSXFCmd.test */,
F95FAFF90B34F1130072E431 /* macOSXLoad.test */,
F96D438E08F272B6004A47F5 /* main.test */,
F9ECB1CB0B26534C00A28025 /* mathop.test */,
F96D438F08F272B6004A47F5 /* misc.test */,
F96D439008F272B6004A47F5 /* msgcat.test */,
F96D439108F272B6004A47F5 /* namespace-old.test */,
F96D439208F272B7004A47F5 /* namespace.test */,
F96D439308F272B7004A47F5 /* notify.test */,
F96D439408F272B7004A47F5 /* obj.test */,
F96D439508F272B7004A47F5 /* opt.test */,
F96D439608F272B7004A47F5 /* package.test */,
F96D439708F272B7004A47F5 /* parse.test */,
F96D439808F272B7004A47F5 /* parseExpr.test */,
F96D439908F272B7004A47F5 /* parseOld.test */,
F96D439A08F272B7004A47F5 /* pid.test */,
F96D439B08F272B7004A47F5 /* pkg.test */,
F96D439C08F272B7004A47F5 /* pkgMkIndex.test */,
F96D439D08F272B7004A47F5 /* platform.test */,
F96D439E08F272B7004A47F5 /* proc-old.test */,
F96D439F08F272B7004A47F5 /* proc.test */,
F96D43A008F272B7004A47F5 /* pwd.test */,
F96D43A108F272B7004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D43A208F272B7004A47F5 /* reg.test */,
F96D43A308F272B7004A47F5 /* regexp.test */,
F96D43A408F272B7004A47F5 /* regexpComp.test */,
F96D43A508F272B7004A47F5 /* registry.test */,
F96D43A608F272B7004A47F5 /* remote.tcl */,
F96D43A708F272B7004A47F5 /* rename.test */,
F96D43A808F272B7004A47F5 /* result.test */,
F96D43A908F272B7004A47F5 /* safe.test */,
F96D43AA08F272B7004A47F5 /* scan.test */,
F96D43AB08F272B7004A47F5 /* security.test */,
F96D43AC08F272B7004A47F5 /* set-old.test */,
F96D43AD08F272B7004A47F5 /* set.test */,
F96D43AE08F272B7004A47F5 /* socket.test */,
F96D43AF08F272B7004A47F5 /* source.test */,
F96D43B008F272B7004A47F5 /* split.test */,
F96D43B108F272B7004A47F5 /* stack.test */,
F96D43B208F272B7004A47F5 /* string.test */,
F96D43B308F272B7004A47F5 /* stringComp.test */,
F96D43B408F272B7004A47F5 /* stringObj.test */,
F96D43B508F272B7004A47F5 /* subst.test */,
F96D43B608F272B7004A47F5 /* switch.test */,
F96D43B708F272B7004A47F5 /* tcltest.test */,
F96D43B808F272B7004A47F5 /* thread.test */,
F96D43B908F272B7004A47F5 /* timer.test */,
F96D43BA08F272B7004A47F5 /* tm.test */,
F96D43BB08F272B7004A47F5 /* trace.test */,
F96D43BC08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixFCmd.test */,
F96D43BD08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixFile.test */,
F96D43BE08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixInit.test */,
F96D43BF08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixNotfy.test */,
F96D43C008F272B7004A47F5 /* unknown.test */,
F96D43C108F272B7004A47F5 /* unload.test */,
F96D43C208F272B7004A47F5 /* uplevel.test */,
F96D43C308F272B7004A47F5 /* upvar.test */,
F96D43C408F272B7004A47F5 /* utf.test */,
F96D43C508F272B7004A47F5 /* util.test */,
F96D43C608F272B7004A47F5 /* var.test */,
F96D43C708F272B7004A47F5 /* while-old.test */,
F96D43C808F272B7004A47F5 /* while.test */,
F96D43C908F272B7004A47F5 /* winConsole.test */,
F96D43CA08F272B7004A47F5 /* winDde.test */,
F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */,
F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */,
F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */,
F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */,
F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */,
);
path = tests;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D442B08F272B8004A47F5 /* makeTestCases.tcl */,
F96D442C08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2help.tcl */,
F96D442D08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2help2.tcl */,
F96D442E08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html.tcl */,
F96D442F08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html1.tcl */,
F96D443008F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html2.tcl */,
F96D443108F272B8004A47F5 /* man2tcl.c */,
F96D443208F272B8004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D443308F272B8004A47F5 /* regexpTestLib.tcl */,
F96D443408F272B8004A47F5 /* str2c */,
F96D443508F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.hpj.in */,
F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */,
F96D443708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclmin.wse */,
F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */,
F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */,
F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */,
F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */,
);
path = tools;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
F96D445408F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.spec */,
F96D445508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclAppInit.c */,
F96D445608F272B9004A47F5 /* tclConfig.h.in */,
F96D445708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclConfig.sh.in */,
F96D445808F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadAix.c */,
F96D445908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDl.c */,
F96D445B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c */,
F96D445C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadNext.c */,
F96D445D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadOSF.c */,
F96D445E08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadShl.c */,
F96D445F08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c */,
F9FC77B70AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c */,
F96D446008F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c */,
F96D446108F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c */,
F96D446208F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c */,
F96D446308F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c */,
F96D446408F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c */,
F96D446508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c */,
F96D446608F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPort.h */,
F96D446708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c */,
F96D446808F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTest.c */,
F96D446908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c */,
F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */,
F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */,
F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */,
F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */,
);
path = unix;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */,
F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */,
F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */,
F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */,
F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */,
F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */,
F96D444C08F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
);
path = dltest;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */,
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D447608F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.bc */,
F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,
F96D447F08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsw */,
F96D448008F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.hpj.in */,
F96D448108F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
F96D448208F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.rc */,
F96D448308F272BA004A47F5 /* tclAppInit.c */,
F96D448408F272BA004A47F5 /* tclConfig.sh.in */,
F96D448608F272BA004A47F5 /* tclsh.rc */,
F96D448708F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWin32Dll.c */,
F96D448808F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinChan.c */,
F96D448908F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinConsole.c */,
F96D448A08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinDde.c */,
F96D448B08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinError.c */,
F96D448C08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinFCmd.c */,
F96D448D08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinFile.c */,
F96D448E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinInit.c */,
F96D448F08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinInt.h */,
F96D449008F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinLoad.c */,
F96D449108F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinNotify.c */,
F96D449208F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinPipe.c */,
F96D449308F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinPort.h */,
F96D449408F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinReg.c */,
F96D449508F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinSerial.c */,
F96D449608F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinSock.c */,
F96D449708F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinTest.c */,
F96D449808F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinThrd.c */,
F96D449908F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinThrd.h */,
F96D449A08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinTime.c */,
);
path = win;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F9ECB1110B26521500A28025 /* platform */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F9ECB1120B26521500A28025 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
F9ECB1130B26521500A28025 /* platform.tcl */,
F9ECB1140B26521500A28025 /* shell.tcl */,
);
path = platform;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
/* End PBXGroup section */
/* Begin PBXNativeTarget section */
8DD76FA90486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */ = {
isa = PBXNativeTarget;
buildConfigurationList = F95CC8B009158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "tktest" */;
buildPhases = (
F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* ShellScript */,
F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* ShellScript */,
8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */,
8DD76FAD0486AB0100D96B5E /* Frameworks */,
);
buildRules = (
);
dependencies = (
);
name = tktest;
productInstallPath = "$(BINDIR)";
productName = tktest;
productReference = 8DD76FB20486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */;
productType = "com.apple.product-type.tool";
};
F97258A50A86873C00096C78 /* tktest-X11 */ = {
isa = PBXNativeTarget;
buildConfigurationList = F97258A80A86873D00096C78 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "tktest-X11" */;
buildPhases = (
F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* ShellScript */,
F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* ShellScript */,
F9FD30BB0CC1AD070073837D /* Sources */,
F9FD31E30CC1AD070073837D /* Frameworks */,
);
buildRules = (
);
dependencies = (
);
name = "tktest-X11";
productInstallPath = "$(BINDIR)";
productName = tktest;
productReference = F9FD31F40CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */;
productType = "com.apple.product-type.tool";
};
F9E61D16090A3E94002B3151 /* Tk */ = {
isa = PBXNativeTarget;
buildConfigurationList = F95CC8AB09158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "Tk" */;
buildPhases = (
F97AF02F0B665DA900310EA2 /* ShellScript */,
);
buildRules = (
);
dependencies = (
);
name = Tk;
productName = Wish;
productReference = F9A3084B08F2D4CE00BAE1AB /* Wish.app */;
productType = "com.apple.product-type.application";
};
/* End PBXNativeTarget section */
/* Begin PBXProject section */
08FB7793FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Project object */ = {
isa = PBXProject;
attributes = {
BuildIndependentTargetsInParallel = YES;
};
buildConfigurationList = F95CC8B509158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "Wish" */;
compatibilityVersion = "Xcode 3.1";
hasScannedForEncodings = 1;
mainGroup = 08FB7794FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Wish */;
projectDirPath = "";
projectRoot = ..;
targets = (
F9E61D16090A3E94002B3151 /* Tk */,
8DD76FA90486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */,
F97258A50A86873C00096C78 /* tktest-X11 */,
);
};
/* End PBXProject section */
/* Begin PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
F97AF02F0B665DA900310EA2 /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"${TARGET_TEMP_DIR}/.none",
);
outputPaths = (
"${TARGET_BUILD_DIR}/${WRAPPER_NAME}",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "gnumake -C \"${TK_SRCROOT}/macosx\" -j \"$(sysctl -n hw.activecpu)\" \"$(echo \"${ACTION}\" | sed -e s/build// -e s/clean/distclean/ -e s/..\\*/\\&-/)${MAKE_TARGET}\" CFLAGS_WARNING=\"${WARNING_CFLAGS}\" CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=\"-O${GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL}\" SYMROOT=\"${BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR}\" OBJ_DIR=\"${OBJECT_FILE_DIR}\" INSTALL_ROOT=\"${DSTROOT}\" PREFIX=\"${PREFIX}\" BINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\" LIBDIR=\"${FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH}\" MANDIR=\"${MANDIR}\" EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS=\"${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\" APPLICATION_INSTALL_PATH=\"${APPLICATION_INSTALL_PATH}\" TCL_BUILD_DIR=\"${TCL_BUILD_DIR}\" TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=\"${TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR}\" ${EXTRA_MAKE_FLAGS}\nresult=$?\nif [ -e \"${BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR}/tktest\" ]; then\n\trm -f \"${BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR}/tktest\"\nfi\necho \"Done\"\nrm -f \"${SCRIPT_INPUT_FILE_0}\"\nexit ${result}\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
);
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
);
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
);
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --disable-corefoundation ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
);
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --disable-corefoundation --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
F96D456F08F272BB004A47F5 /* regcomp.c in Sources */,
F96D457208F272BB004A47F5 /* regerror.c in Sources */,
F96D457508F272BB004A47F5 /* regexec.c in Sources */,
F96D457608F272BB004A47F5 /* regfree.c in Sources */,
F96D457B08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c in Sources */,
F96D457C08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c in Sources */,
F96D457D08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c in Sources */,
F96D457E08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c in Sources */,
F96D457F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c in Sources */,
F96D458008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclClock.c in Sources */,
F96D458108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c in Sources */,
F96D458208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c in Sources */,
F96D458308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c in Sources */,
F96D458408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c in Sources */,
F96D458508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c in Sources */,
F96D458608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c in Sources */,
F96D458808F272BC004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c in Sources */,
F96D458908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclDate.c in Sources */,
F96D458B08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c in Sources */,
F96D458C08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c in Sources */,
F96D458D08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c in Sources */,
F96D458E08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c in Sources */,
F96D458F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c in Sources */,
F96D459008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c in Sources */,
F96D459108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c in Sources */,
F96D459308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclGet.c in Sources */,
F96D459508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclHash.c in Sources */,
F96D459608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c in Sources */,
F96D459708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c in Sources */,
F96D459B08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c in Sources */,
F96D459D08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIO.c in Sources */,
F96D459F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c in Sources */,
F96D45A008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c in Sources */,
F96D45A108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c in Sources */,
F96D45A208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c in Sources */,
F96D45A308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c in Sources */,
F96D45A408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLink.c in Sources */,
F96D45A508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c in Sources */,
F96D45A608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c in Sources */,
F96D45A708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c in Sources */,
F96D45A908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclMain.c in Sources */,
F96D45AA08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c in Sources */,
F96D45AB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c in Sources */,
F96D45AC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclObj.c in Sources */,
F96D45AD08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c in Sources */,
F96D45AE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclParse.c in Sources */,
F96D45B008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c in Sources */,
F96D45B108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c in Sources */,
F96D45B208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c in Sources */,
F96D45B308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c in Sources */,
F96D45B608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c in Sources */,
F96D45B708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c in Sources */,
F96D45B808F272BC004A47F5 /* tclProc.c in Sources */,
F96D45B908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c in Sources */,
F96D45BB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c in Sources */,
F96D45BC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclResult.c in Sources */,
F96D45BD08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclScan.c in Sources */,
F96D45BE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c in Sources */,
F96D45C308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c in Sources */,
F96D45C408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c in Sources */,
F96D45C508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c in Sources */,
F96D45C908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThread.c in Sources */,
F96D45CA08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c in Sources */,
F96D45CB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c in Sources */,
F96D45CC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c in Sources */,
F96D45CE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c in Sources */,
F96D45D008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c in Sources */,
F96D45D108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c in Sources */,
F96D45D308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c in Sources */,
F96D45D408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c in Sources */,
F96D45D508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclVar.c in Sources */,
F96D48E208F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */,
F96D48E408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F96D48E708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c in Sources */,
F96D48E808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2B090A48A4002B3151 /* bn_mp_and.c in Sources */,
F96D48EB08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c in Sources */,
F96D48EC08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c in Sources */,
F96D48ED08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c in Sources */,
F96D48EE08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c in Sources */,
F9E61D28090A481F002B3151 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c in Sources */,
F96D48F008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c in Sources */,
F96D48F208F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c in Sources */,
F96D48F308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c in Sources */,
F96D48F408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c in Sources */,
F96D48F508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c in Sources */,
F96D48F608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c in Sources */,
F96D48F708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c in Sources */,
F96D48F808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c in Sources */,
F96D48FC08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2C090A48AC002B3151 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c in Sources */,
F96D490508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c in Sources */,
F96D490608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c in Sources */,
F96D490708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c in Sources */,
F96D490808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c in Sources */,
F96D490908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c in Sources */,
F96D490B08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c in Sources */,
F96D491008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c in Sources */,
F96D491108F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c in Sources */,
F96D491308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c in Sources */,
F96D491408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c in Sources */,
F96D491508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c in Sources */,
F96D491A08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c in Sources */,
F96D491B08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c in Sources */,
F96D491C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c in Sources */,
F96D491D08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c in Sources */,
F9E61D29090A486C002B3151 /* bn_mp_neg.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2E090A48BF002B3151 /* bn_mp_or.c in Sources */,
F96D492908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c in Sources */,
F96D492A08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c in Sources */,
F96D492C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c in Sources */,
F96D493708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c in Sources */,
F96D493808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2F090A48C7002B3151 /* bn_mp_shrink.c in Sources */,
F96D493C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2A090A4891002B3151 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c in Sources */,
F96D493F08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c in Sources */,
F96D494008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c in Sources */,
F9E61D30090A48E2002B3151 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c in Sources */,
F9E61D31090A48F9002B3151 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c in Sources */,
F96D494608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c in Sources */,
F96D494708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c in Sources */,
F96D494908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c in Sources */,
F9E61D32090A48FA002B3151 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2D090A48BB002B3151 /* bn_mp_xor.c in Sources */,
F96D494C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c in Sources */,
F96D494E08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c in Sources */,
F96D494F08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c in Sources */,
F96D495108F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */,
F96D495308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F96D495408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c in Sources */,
F96D495508F272C3004A47F5 /* bncore.c in Sources */,
F96D49A908F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c in Sources */,
F96D49AD08F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c in Sources */,
F96D49AE08F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */,
F96D4AC608F272C9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACA08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c in Sources */,
F9FC77B80AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACB08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACC08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACD08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACE08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACF08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c in Sources */,
F96D4AD008F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c in Sources */,
F96D4AD208F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c in Sources */,
F96D4AD408F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c in Sources */,
F96D4AD608F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c in Sources */,
F9F4415E0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d in Sources */,
F966BDCF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tk3d.c in Sources */,
F966BDD108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkArgv.c in Sources */,
F966BDD208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkAtom.c in Sources */,
F966BDD308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkBind.c in Sources */,
F966BDD408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c in Sources */,
F966BDD508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkButton.c in Sources */,
F966BDD708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c in Sources */,
F966BDD808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c in Sources */,
F966BDDA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c in Sources */,
F966BDDB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c in Sources */,
F966BDDC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c in Sources */,
F966BDDD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c in Sources */,
F966BDDE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c in Sources */,
F966BDE008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c in Sources */,
F966BDE108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c in Sources */,
F966BDE208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c in Sources */,
F966BDE308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c in Sources */,
F966BDE408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCmds.c in Sources */,
F966BDE508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkColor.c in Sources */,
F966BDE708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.c in Sources */,
F966BDE808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConsole.c in Sources */,
F966BDE908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCursor.c in Sources */,
F966BDEB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkEntry.c in Sources */,
F966BDED08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkError.c in Sources */,
F966BDEE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BDEF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c in Sources */,
F966BDF108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFocus.c in Sources */,
F966BDF208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFont.c in Sources */,
F966BDF408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFrame.c in Sources */,
F966BDF508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGC.c in Sources */,
F966BDF608F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c in Sources */,
F966BDF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGet.c in Sources */,
F966BDF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGrab.c in Sources */,
F966BDF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGrid.c in Sources */,
F966BDFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImage.c in Sources */,
F966BDFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c in Sources */,
F966BDFC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c in Sources */,
F966BDFD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c in Sources */,
F966BDFE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c in Sources */,
F966BE0708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkListbox.c in Sources */,
F966BE0808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c in Sources */,
F966BE0908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMain.c in Sources */,
F966BE0A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenu.c in Sources */,
F966BE0C08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c in Sources */,
F966BE0E08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c in Sources */,
F966BE0F08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMessage.c in Sources */,
F966BE1008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkObj.c in Sources */,
F966BE1108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c in Sources */,
F9067BCD0BFBA2900074F726 /* tkOldTest.c in Sources */,
F966BE1208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkOption.c in Sources */,
F966BE1308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPack.c in Sources */,
F966BE1408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c in Sources */,
F966BE1508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPlace.c in Sources */,
F966BE1708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPointer.c in Sources */,
F966BE1908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c in Sources */,
F966BE1A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkScale.c in Sources */,
F966BE1C08F27A40005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c in Sources */,
F966BE1E08F27A40005CB29B /* tkSelect.c in Sources */,
F966BE2008F27A40005CB29B /* tkSquare.c in Sources */,
F966BE2208F27A40005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c in Sources */,
F966BE2308F27A40005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c in Sources */,
F966BE2408F27A40005CB29B /* tkStyle.c in Sources */,
F966BE2508F27A40005CB29B /* tkTest.c in Sources */,
F966BE2608F27A40005CB29B /* tkText.c in Sources */,
F966BE2808F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c in Sources */,
F966BE2908F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c in Sources */,
F966BE2B08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c in Sources */,
F966BE2C08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c in Sources */,
F966BE2D08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c in Sources */,
F966BE2E08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c in Sources */,
F966BE2F08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c in Sources */,
F966BE3008F27A40005CB29B /* tkTrig.c in Sources */,
F966BE3108F27A40005CB29B /* tkUndo.c in Sources */,
F966BE3308F27A40005CB29B /* tkUtil.c in Sources */,
F966BE3408F27A40005CB29B /* tkVisual.c in Sources */,
F966BE3508F27A40005CB29B /* tkWindow.c in Sources */,
F96888050AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c in Sources */,
F96888060AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c in Sources */,
F96888070AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c in Sources */,
F96888080AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c in Sources */,
F96888090AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c in Sources */,
F968880A0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c in Sources */,
F968880B0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c in Sources */,
F968880C0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c in Sources */,
F968880D0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c in Sources */,
F968880E0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c in Sources */,
F968880F0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c in Sources */,
F96888100AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c in Sources */,
F96888110AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c in Sources */,
F96888120AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c in Sources */,
F96888130AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c in Sources */,
F96888140AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c in Sources */,
F96888150AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c in Sources */,
F96888160AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c in Sources */,
F96888170AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c in Sources */,
F96888180AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c in Sources */,
F96888190AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c in Sources */,
F968881A0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c in Sources */,
F968881B0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c in Sources */,
F968881C0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c in Sources */,
F968881D0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c in Sources */,
F968881E0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c in Sources */,
F968881F0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c in Sources */,
F96888200AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c in Sources */,
F96888210AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c in Sources */,
F96888220AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c in Sources */,
F96888230AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c in Sources */,
F966BEDB08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c in Sources */,
F966BEDC08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c in Sources */,
F966BEDE08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c in Sources */,
F966BEDF08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c in Sources */,
F966BEE008F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c in Sources */,
F966BEE108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c in Sources */,
F966BEE308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c in Sources */,
F966BEE608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c in Sources */,
F966BEE708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c in Sources */,
F966BEE808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c in Sources */,
F966BEE908F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c in Sources */,
F966BEEA08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BEEC08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c in Sources */,
F966BEED08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c in Sources */,
F966BEEE08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c in Sources */,
F966BEF108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c in Sources */,
F966BEF208F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BEF308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c in Sources */,
F966BEF608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c in Sources */,
F966BEF708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c in Sources */,
F966BEF808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BEF908F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */,
F966BF0108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c in Sources */,
F966BF0308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c in Sources */,
F966BF0408F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c in Sources */,
F966BF0508F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c in Sources */,
F966BF0608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c in Sources */,
F966BF0708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BF0808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c in Sources */,
F966BF0B08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c in Sources */,
F96888850AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c in Sources */,
F966BF7F08F27A41005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */,
F966BF8308F27A41005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */,
F966BF9608F27A41005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c in Sources */,
F966C02A08F27A42005CB29B /* xcolors.c in Sources */,
F966C02B08F27A42005CB29B /* xdraw.c in Sources */,
F966C02C08F27A42005CB29B /* xgc.c in Sources */,
F966C02D08F27A42005CB29B /* ximage.c in Sources */,
F966C02E08F27A42005CB29B /* xutil.c in Sources */,
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
};
F9FD30BB0CC1AD070073837D /* Sources */ = {
isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
F9FD30BC0CC1AD070073837D /* regcomp.c in Sources */,
F9FD30BD0CC1AD070073837D /* regerror.c in Sources */,
F9FD30BE0CC1AD070073837D /* regexec.c in Sources */,
F9FD30BF0CC1AD070073837D /* regfree.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C00CC1AD070073837D /* tclAlloc.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C10CC1AD070073837D /* tclAsync.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C20CC1AD070073837D /* tclBasic.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C30CC1AD070073837D /* tclBinary.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C40CC1AD070073837D /* tclCkalloc.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C50CC1AD070073837D /* tclClock.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C60CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdAH.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C70CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdIL.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C80CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdMZ.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C90CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompCmds.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompExpr.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompile.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclDate.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclDictObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclEncoding.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D00CC1AD070073837D /* tclEnv.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D10CC1AD070073837D /* tclEvent.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D20CC1AD070073837D /* tclExecute.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D30CC1AD070073837D /* tclFCmd.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D40CC1AD070073837D /* tclFileName.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D50CC1AD070073837D /* tclGet.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D60CC1AD070073837D /* tclHash.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D70CC1AD070073837D /* tclHistory.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D80CC1AD070073837D /* tclIndexObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D90CC1AD070073837D /* tclInterp.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIO.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOCmd.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOGT.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIORChan.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOSock.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOUtil.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E00CC1AD070073837D /* tclLink.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E10CC1AD070073837D /* tclListObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E20CC1AD070073837D /* tclLiteral.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E30CC1AD070073837D /* tclLoad.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E40CC1AD070073837D /* tclMain.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E50CC1AD070073837D /* tclNamesp.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E60CC1AD070073837D /* tclNotify.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E70CC1AD070073837D /* tclObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E80CC1AD070073837D /* tclPanic.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E90CC1AD070073837D /* tclParse.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPathObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPipe.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPkg.c in Sources */,
F9FD30ED0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPkgConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPosixStr.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPreserve.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F00CC1AD070073837D /* tclProc.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F10CC1AD070073837D /* tclRegexp.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F20CC1AD070073837D /* tclResolve.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F30CC1AD070073837D /* tclResult.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F40CC1AD070073837D /* tclScan.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F50CC1AD070073837D /* tclStringObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F60CC1AD070073837D /* tclStrToD.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F70CC1AD070073837D /* tclStubInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F80CC1AD070073837D /* tclStubLib.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F90CC1AD070073837D /* tclThread.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadAlloc.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadJoin.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadStorage.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTimer.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTomMathInterface.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTrace.c in Sources */,
F9FD31000CC1AD070073837D /* tclUtf.c in Sources */,
F9FD31010CC1AD070073837D /* tclUtil.c in Sources */,
F9FD31020CC1AD070073837D /* tclVar.c in Sources */,
F9FD31030CC1AD070073837D /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */,
F9FD31040CC1AD070073837D /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD31050CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_add.c in Sources */,
F9FD31060CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_add_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31070CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_and.c in Sources */,
F9FD31080CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clamp.c in Sources */,
F9FD31090CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clear.c in Sources */,
F9FD310A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c in Sources */,
F9FD310B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp.c in Sources */,
F9FD310C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD310D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c in Sources */,
F9FD310E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_copy.c in Sources */,
F9FD310F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_count_bits.c in Sources */,
F9FD31100CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div.c in Sources */,
F9FD31110CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_2.c in Sources */,
F9FD31120CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_2d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31130CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_3.c in Sources */,
F9FD31140CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31150CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_exch.c in Sources */,
F9FD31160CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_expt_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31170CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_grow.c in Sources */,
F9FD31180CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init.c in Sources */,
F9FD31190CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_copy.c in Sources */,
F9FD311A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_multi.c in Sources */,
F9FD311B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_set.c in Sources */,
F9FD311C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_size.c in Sources */,
F9FD311D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c in Sources */,
F9FD311E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD311F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_lshd.c in Sources */,
F9FD31200CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mod.c in Sources */,
F9FD31210CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31220CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul.c in Sources */,
F9FD31230CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_2.c in Sources */,
F9FD31240CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31250CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31260CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_neg.c in Sources */,
F9FD31270CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_or.c in Sources */,
F9FD31280CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_radix_size.c in Sources */,
F9FD31290CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c in Sources */,
F9FD312A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_read_radix.c in Sources */,
F9FD312B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_rshd.c in Sources */,
F9FD312C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_set.c in Sources */,
F9FD312D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_shrink.c in Sources */,
F9FD312E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD312F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sqrt.c in Sources */,
F9FD31300CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sub.c in Sources */,
F9FD31310CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sub_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31320CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c in Sources */,
F9FD31330CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c in Sources */,
F9FD31340CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c in Sources */,
F9FD31350CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD31360CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c in Sources */,
F9FD31370CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c in Sources */,
F9FD31380CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_xor.c in Sources */,
F9FD31390CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_zero.c in Sources */,
F9FD313A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_reverse.c in Sources */,
F9FD313B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_add.c in Sources */,
F9FD313C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */,
F9FD313D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD313E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_sub.c in Sources */,
F9FD313F0CC1AD070073837D /* bncore.c in Sources */,
F9FD31400CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXBundle.c in Sources */,
F9FD31410CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c in Sources */,
F9FD31420CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */,
F9FD31430CC1AD070073837D /* tclLoadDyld.c in Sources */,
F9FD31440CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixChan.c in Sources */,
F9FD31450CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixCompat.c in Sources */,
F9FD31460CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixEvent.c in Sources */,
F9FD31470CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixFCmd.c in Sources */,
F9FD31480CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixFile.c in Sources */,
F9FD31490CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD314A0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixNotfy.c in Sources */,
F9FD314B0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixPipe.c in Sources */,
F9FD314C0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixSock.c in Sources */,
F9FD314D0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixThrd.c in Sources */,
F9FD314E0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixTime.c in Sources */,
F9FD31E20CC1AD070073837D /* tclDTrace.d in Sources */,
F9FD314F0CC1AD070073837D /* tk3d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31500CC1AD070073837D /* tkArgv.c in Sources */,
F9FD31510CC1AD070073837D /* tkAtom.c in Sources */,
F9FD31520CC1AD070073837D /* tkBind.c in Sources */,
F9FD31530CC1AD070073837D /* tkBitmap.c in Sources */,
F9FD31540CC1AD070073837D /* tkButton.c in Sources */,
F9FD31550CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvArc.c in Sources */,
F9FD31560CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvas.c in Sources */,
F9FD31570CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvBmap.c in Sources */,
F9FD31580CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvImg.c in Sources */,
F9FD31590CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvLine.c in Sources */,
F9FD315A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvPoly.c in Sources */,
F9FD315B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvPs.c in Sources */,
F9FD315C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvText.c in Sources */,
F9FD315D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvUtil.c in Sources */,
F9FD315E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvWind.c in Sources */,
F9FD315F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkClipboard.c in Sources */,
F9FD31600CC1AD070073837D /* tkCmds.c in Sources */,
F9FD31610CC1AD070073837D /* tkColor.c in Sources */,
F9FD31620CC1AD070073837D /* tkConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD31630CC1AD070073837D /* tkConsole.c in Sources */,
F9FD31640CC1AD070073837D /* tkCursor.c in Sources */,
F9FD31650CC1AD070073837D /* tkEntry.c in Sources */,
F9FD31660CC1AD070073837D /* tkError.c in Sources */,
F9FD31670CC1AD070073837D /* tkEvent.c in Sources */,
F9FD31680CC1AD070073837D /* tkFileFilter.c in Sources */,
F9FD31690CC1AD070073837D /* tkFocus.c in Sources */,
F9FD316A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkFont.c in Sources */,
F9FD316B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkFrame.c in Sources */,
F9FD316C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGC.c in Sources */,
F9FD316D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGeometry.c in Sources */,
F9FD316E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGet.c in Sources */,
F9FD316F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGrab.c in Sources */,
F9FD31700CC1AD070073837D /* tkGrid.c in Sources */,
F9FD31710CC1AD070073837D /* tkImage.c in Sources */,
F9FD31720CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgBmap.c in Sources */,
F9FD31730CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgGIF.c in Sources */,
F9FD31740CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgPhoto.c in Sources */,
F9FD31750CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgPPM.c in Sources */,
F9FD31760CC1AD070073837D /* tkListbox.c in Sources */,
F9FD31770CC1AD070073837D /* tkMacWinMenu.c in Sources */,
F9FD31780CC1AD070073837D /* tkMain.c in Sources */,
F9FD31790CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenu.c in Sources */,
F9FD317A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenubutton.c in Sources */,
F9FD317B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenuDraw.c in Sources */,
F9FD317C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMessage.c in Sources */,
F9FD317D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD317E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkOldConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD317F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkOldTest.c in Sources */,
F9FD31800CC1AD070073837D /* tkOption.c in Sources */,
F9FD31810CC1AD070073837D /* tkPack.c in Sources */,
F9FD31820CC1AD070073837D /* tkPanedWindow.c in Sources */,
F9FD31830CC1AD070073837D /* tkPlace.c in Sources */,
F9FD31850CC1AD070073837D /* tkRectOval.c in Sources */,
F9FD31860CC1AD070073837D /* tkScale.c in Sources */,
F9FD31870CC1AD070073837D /* tkScrollbar.c in Sources */,
F9FD31880CC1AD070073837D /* tkSelect.c in Sources */,
F9FD31890CC1AD070073837D /* tkSquare.c in Sources */,
F9FD318A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStubInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD318B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStubLib.c in Sources */,
F9FD318C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStyle.c in Sources */,
F9FD318D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkTest.c in Sources */,
F9FD318E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkText.c in Sources */,
F9FD318F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextBTree.c in Sources */,
F9FD31900CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextDisp.c in Sources */,
F9FD31910CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextImage.c in Sources */,
F9FD31920CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextIndex.c in Sources */,
F9FD31930CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextMark.c in Sources */,
F9FD31940CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextTag.c in Sources */,
F9FD31950CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextWind.c in Sources */,
F9FD31960CC1AD070073837D /* tkTrig.c in Sources */,
F9FD31970CC1AD070073837D /* tkUndo.c in Sources */,
F9FD31980CC1AD070073837D /* tkUtil.c in Sources */,
F9FD31990CC1AD070073837D /* tkVisual.c in Sources */,
F9FD319A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkWindow.c in Sources */,
F9FD319B0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkBlink.c in Sources */,
F9FD319C0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkButton.c in Sources */,
F9FD319D0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkCache.c in Sources */,
F9FD319E0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkClamTheme.c in Sources */,
F9FD319F0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkClassicTheme.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A00CC1AD070073837D /* ttkDefaultTheme.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A10CC1AD070073837D /* ttkElements.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A20CC1AD070073837D /* ttkEntry.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A30CC1AD070073837D /* ttkFrame.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A40CC1AD070073837D /* ttkImage.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A50CC1AD070073837D /* ttkInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A60CC1AD070073837D /* ttkLabel.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A70CC1AD070073837D /* ttkLayout.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A80CC1AD070073837D /* ttkManager.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A90CC1AD070073837D /* ttkNotebook.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AA0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkPanedwindow.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AB0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkProgress.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AC0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScale.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AD0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScroll.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AE0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScrollbar.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AF0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkSeparator.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B00CC1AD070073837D /* ttkSquare.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B10CC1AD070073837D /* ttkState.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B20CC1AD070073837D /* ttkStubInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B30CC1AD070073837D /* ttkStubLib.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B40CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTagSet.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B50CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTheme.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B60CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTrace.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B70CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTrack.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B80CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTreeview.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B90CC1AD070073837D /* ttkWidget.c in Sources */,
F9FD31DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */,
F9FD31DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */,
F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */,
F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */,
F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD31F80CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixCursor.c in Sources */,
F9FD32060CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDialog.c in Sources */,
F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FD0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEmbed.c in Sources */,
F9FD32080CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEvent.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FC0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FA0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixKey.c in Sources */,
F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */,
F9FD320B0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenubu.c in Sources */,
F9FD32010CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixRFont.c in Sources */,
F9FD31DC0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnixScale.c in Sources */,
F9FD320C0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixScrlbr.c in Sources */,
F9FD32070CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSelect.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FE0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSend.c in Sources */,
F9FD32000CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixWm.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FB0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixXId.c in Sources */,
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
};
/* End PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
/* Begin XCBuildConfiguration section */
F90E36D50F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = unsupported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_VERSION = 4.2;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = "Debug gcc42 nogc";
};
F90E36D60F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "Debug gcc42 nogc";
};
F90E36D70F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "Debug gcc42 nogc";
};
F90E36D80F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "Debug gcc42 nogc";
};
F91BCC4F093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal;
};
F91BCC50093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal;
};
F91BCC51093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal;
};
F93084370BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugMemCompile;
};
F93084380BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugMemCompile;
};
F93084390BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugMemCompile;
};
F930843A0BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-symbols=all";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugMemCompile;
};
F9359B250DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_GENERATE_TEST_COVERAGE_FILES = YES;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_INSTRUMENT_PROGRAM_FLOW_ARCS = YES;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
"-lgcov",
);
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugGCov;
};
F9359B260DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugGCov;
};
F9359B270DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugGCov;
};
F9359B280DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugGCov;
};
F95CC8AC09158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = Debug;
};
F95CC8AD09158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = Release;
};
F95CC8AE09158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugNoFixZL;
};
F95CC8B109158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = Debug;
};
F95CC8B209158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = Release;
};
F95CC8B309158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugNoFixZL;
};
F95CC8B609158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = Debug;
};
F95CC8B709158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = Release;
};
F95CC8B809158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugNoFixZL;
};
F97258A90A86873D00096C78 /* Debug */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = Debug;
};
F97258AA0A86873D00096C78 /* Release */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = Release;
};
F97258AB0A86873D00096C78 /* DebugNoFixZL */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugNoFixZL;
};
F97258AC0A86873D00096C78 /* ReleaseUniversal */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = ReleaseUniversal;
};
F97AED1B0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = Debug64bit;
};
F97AED1C0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = Debug64bit;
};
F97AED1D0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = Debug64bit;
};
F97AED1E0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)";
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "--enable-64bit $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = Debug64bit;
};
F987512F0DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --disable-corefoundation";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugNoCF;
};
F98751300DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-corefoundation";
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugNoCF;
};
F98751310DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-corefoundation";
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugNoCF;
};
F98751320DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugNoCF;
};
F98751330DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --disable-threads --disable-corefoundation";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugNoCFUnthreaded;
};
F98751340DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-corefoundation";
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugNoCFUnthreaded;
};
F98751350DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-corefoundation";
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugNoCFUnthreaded;
};
F98751360DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugNoCFUnthreaded;
};
F9988AB10D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_VERSION = 4.2;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = "Debug gcc42";
};
F9988AB20D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "Debug gcc42";
};
F9988AB30D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "Debug gcc42";
};
F9988AB40D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "Debug gcc42";
};
F9988AB50D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CC = "$(DEVELOPER_DIR)/usr/bin/llvm-gcc-4.2";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_VERSION = com.apple.compilers.llvmgcc42;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = "Debug llvmgcc42";
};
F9988AB60D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "Debug llvmgcc42";
};
F9988AB70D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "Debug llvmgcc42";
};
F9988AB80D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "Debug llvmgcc42";
};
F9988BB10D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_VERSION = 4.2;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal gcc42";
};
F9988BB20D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal gcc42";
};
F9988BB30D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal gcc42";
};
F9988BB40D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal gcc42";
};
F9988BB50D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CC = "$(DEVELOPER_DIR)/usr/bin/llvm-gcc-4.2";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = dwarf;
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 4;
GCC_VERSION = com.apple.compilers.llvmgcc42;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
PREBINDING = NO;
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS) --disable-dtrace";
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42";
};
F9988BB60D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42";
};
F9988BB70D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42";
};
F9988BB80D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42";
};
F99EE73B0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugUnthreaded;
};
F99EE73C0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugLeaks;
};
F99EE73D0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugUnthreaded;
};
F99EE73E0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugLeaks;
};
F99EE73F0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugUnthreaded;
};
F99EE7400BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugLeaks;
};
F99EE7410BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --disable-threads";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugUnthreaded;
};
F99EE7420BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = unsupported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
PURIFY,
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugLeaks;
};
F9EEED960C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK;
};
F9EEED970C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK;
};
F9EEED980C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK;
};
F9EEED990C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
CPPFLAGS = "-isysroot $(SDKROOT) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
PREBINDING = NO;
SDKROOT = macosx10.5;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK;
};
/* End XCBuildConfiguration section */
/* Begin XCConfigurationList section */
F95CC8AB09158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "Tk" */ = {
isa = XCConfigurationList;
buildConfigurations = (
F95CC8AC09158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */,
F9988AB20D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */,
F90E36D60F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */,
F9988AB60D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */,
F95CC8AE09158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */,
F99EE73B0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */,
F98751300DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */,
F98751340DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */,
F93084370BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */,
F99EE73C0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */,
F9359B260DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */,
F97AED1B0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */,
F95CC8AD09158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */,
F91BCC4F093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */,
F9988BB20D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */,
F9988BB60D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */,
F9EEED960C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */,
);
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
defaultConfigurationName = Debug;
};
F95CC8B009158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "tktest" */ = {
isa = XCConfigurationList;
buildConfigurations = (
F95CC8B109158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */,
F9988AB30D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */,
F90E36D70F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */,
F9988AB70D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */,
F95CC8B309158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */,
F99EE73D0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */,
F98751310DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */,
F98751350DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */,
F93084380BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */,
F99EE73E0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */,
F9359B270DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */,
F97AED1C0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */,
F95CC8B209158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */,
F91BCC50093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */,
F9988BB30D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */,
F9988BB70D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */,
F9EEED970C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */,
);
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
defaultConfigurationName = Debug;
};
F95CC8B509158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "Wish" */ = {
isa = XCConfigurationList;
buildConfigurations = (
F95CC8B609158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */,
F9988AB10D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */,
F90E36D50F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */,
F9988AB50D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */,
F95CC8B809158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */,
F99EE7410BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */,
F987512F0DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */,
F98751330DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */,
F930843A0BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */,
F99EE7420BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */,
F9359B250DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */,
F97AED1E0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */,
F95CC8B709158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */,
F91BCC51093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */,
F9988BB10D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */,
F9988BB50D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */,
F9EEED990C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */,
);
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
defaultConfigurationName = Debug;
};
F97258A80A86873D00096C78 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "tktest-X11" */ = {
isa = XCConfigurationList;
buildConfigurations = (
F97258A90A86873D00096C78 /* Debug */,
F9988AB40D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */,
F90E36D80F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */,
F9988AB80D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */,
F97258AB0A86873D00096C78 /* DebugNoFixZL */,
F99EE73F0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */,
F98751320DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */,
F98751360DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */,
F93084390BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */,
F99EE7400BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */,
F9359B280DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */,
F97AED1D0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */,
F97258AA0A86873D00096C78 /* Release */,
F97258AC0A86873D00096C78 /* ReleaseUniversal */,
F9988BB40D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */,
F9988BB80D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */,
F9EEED980C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */,
);
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
defaultConfigurationName = Debug;
};
/* End XCConfigurationList section */
};
rootObject = 08FB7793FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Project object */;
}
|
Added macosx/Wish.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 |
// !$*UTF8*$!
{
08FB7793FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Project object */ = {
activeBuildConfigurationName = Debug;
activeExecutable = F9E61D1C090A4282002B3151 /* Wish */;
activeTarget = F9E61D16090A3E94002B3151 /* Tk */;
codeSenseManager = F944EB9D08F798180049FDD4 /* Code sense */;
executables = (
F9E61D1C090A4282002B3151 /* Wish */,
F944EB8F08F798100049FDD4 /* tktest */,
F9FD31F50CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */,
);
perUserDictionary = {
com.apple.ide.smrt.PBXUserSmartGroupsKey.Rev10 = <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>;
};
sourceControlManager = F944EB9C08F798180049FDD4 /* Source Control */;
userBuildSettings = {
CODE_SIGN_IDENTITY = "";
SYMROOT = "${SRCROOT}/../../build/tk";
TCL_SRCROOT = "${SRCROOT}/../../tcl";
TK_SRCROOT = "${SRCROOT}/../../tk";
};
};
8DD76FA90486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */ = {
activeExec = 0;
executables = (
F944EB8F08F798100049FDD4 /* tktest */,
);
};
F944EB8F08F798100049FDD4 /* tktest */ = {
isa = PBXExecutable;
activeArgIndices = (
YES,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
);
argumentStrings = (
"${TK_SRCROOT}/library/demos/widget",
"${TK_SRCROOT}/tests/all.tcl",
"${TK_SRCROOT}/tests/ttk/all.tcl",
"-geometry +0+0",
"-singleproc 1",
"-verbose \"bet\"",
"-skip window-2.9",
);
autoAttachOnCrash = 1;
breakpointsEnabled = 1;
configStateDict = {
"PBXLSLaunchAction-0" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 0;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXLSRunLaunchConfig;
displayName = "Executable Runner";
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.runConfig;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
"PBXLSLaunchAction-1" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXGDB_LaunchConfig;
displayName = GDB;
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.GDBMI_Config;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
};
customDataFormattersEnabled = 1;
debuggerPlugin = GDBDebugging;
disassemblyDisplayState = 0;
dylibVariantSuffix = "";
enableDebugStr = 0;
environmentEntries = (
{
active = YES;
name = TCL_LIBRARY;
value = "${TCL_SRCROOT}/library";
},
{
active = YES;
name = TK_LIBRARY;
value = "${TK_SRCROOT}/library";
},
{
active = YES;
name = TCLLIBPATH;
value = /Library/Tcl;
},
{
active = YES;
name = TK_SRCROOT;
value = "${TK_SRCROOT}";
},
{
active = NO;
name = DYLD_PRINT_LIBRARIES;
},
{
active = NO;
name = EventDebug;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocBadFreeAbort;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocLogFile;
value = /tmp/malloc.log;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocStackLogging;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocStackLoggingNoCompact;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocPreScribble;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocScribble;
value = 1;
},
);
executableSystemSymbolLevel = 0;
executableUserSymbolLevel = 0;
libgmallocEnabled = 0;
name = tktest;
sourceDirectories = (
);
};
F944EB9C08F798180049FDD4 /* Source Control */ = {
isa = PBXSourceControlManager;
fallbackIsa = XCSourceControlManager;
isSCMEnabled = 0;
scmConfiguration = {
CVSToolPath = /usr/bin/cvs;
CVSUseSSH = NO;
SubversionToolPath = /usr/bin/svn;
};
scmType = scm.cvs;
};
F944EB9D08F798180049FDD4 /* Code sense */ = {
isa = PBXCodeSenseManager;
indexTemplatePath = "";
};
F9E61D16090A3E94002B3151 /* Tk */ = {
activeExec = 0;
executables = (
F9E61D1C090A4282002B3151 /* Wish */,
);
};
F9E61D1C090A4282002B3151 /* Wish */ = {
isa = PBXExecutable;
activeArgIndices = (
YES,
);
argumentStrings = (
"${TK_SRCROOT}/library/demos/widget",
);
autoAttachOnCrash = 1;
breakpointsEnabled = 1;
configStateDict = {
"PBXLSLaunchAction-0" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 0;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXLSRunLaunchConfig;
displayName = "Executable Runner";
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.runConfig;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
"PBXLSLaunchAction-1" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXGDB_LaunchConfig;
displayName = GDB;
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.GDBMI_Config;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
};
customDataFormattersEnabled = 1;
debuggerPlugin = GDBDebugging;
disassemblyDisplayState = 0;
dylibVariantSuffix = "";
enableDebugStr = 0;
environmentEntries = (
{
active = NO;
name = DYLD_PRINT_LIBRARIES;
},
);
executableSystemSymbolLevel = 0;
executableUserSymbolLevel = 0;
libgmallocEnabled = 0;
name = Wish;
sourceDirectories = (
);
};
F97258A50A86873C00096C78 /* tktest-X11 */ = {
activeExec = 0;
executables = (
F9FD31F50CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */,
);
};
F9FD31F50CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */ = {
isa = PBXExecutable;
activeArgIndices = (
YES,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
NO,
);
argumentStrings = (
"${TK_SRCROOT}/library/demos/widget",
"${TK_SRCROOT}/tests/all.tcl",
"${TK_SRCROOT}/tests/ttk/all.tcl",
"-geometry +0+0",
"-singleproc 1",
"-verbose \"bet\"",
"-skip window-2.9",
);
autoAttachOnCrash = 1;
breakpointsEnabled = 1;
configStateDict = {
"PBXLSLaunchAction-0" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 0;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXLSRunLaunchConfig;
displayName = "Executable Runner";
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.runConfig;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
"PBXLSLaunchAction-1" = {
PBXLSLaunchAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStartAction = 1;
PBXLSLaunchStdioStyle = 2;
PBXLSLaunchStyle = 0;
class = PBXGDB_LaunchConfig;
displayName = GDB;
identifier = com.apple.Xcode.launch.GDBMI_Config;
remoteHostInfo = "";
startActionInfo = "";
};
};
customDataFormattersEnabled = 1;
debuggerPlugin = GDBDebugging;
disassemblyDisplayState = 0;
dylibVariantSuffix = "";
enableDebugStr = 0;
environmentEntries = (
{
active = YES;
name = TCL_LIBRARY;
value = "${TCL_SRCROOT}/library";
},
{
active = YES;
name = TK_LIBRARY;
value = "${TK_SRCROOT}/library";
},
{
active = YES;
name = TCLLIBPATH;
value = /Library/Tcl;
},
{
active = YES;
name = DISPLAY;
value = ":0";
},
{
active = NO;
name = DYLD_PRINT_LIBRARIES;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocBadFreeAbort;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocLogFile;
value = /tmp/malloc.log;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocStackLogging;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocStackLoggingNoCompact;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocPreScribble;
value = 1;
},
{
active = NO;
name = MallocScribble;
value = 1;
},
);
executableSystemSymbolLevel = 0;
executableUserSymbolLevel = 0;
libgmallocEnabled = 0;
name = "tktest-X11";
sourceDirectories = (
);
};
}
|
Added macosx/Wish.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 |
// !$*UTF8*$!
{
archiveVersion = 1;
classes = {
};
objectVersion = 46;
objects = {
/* Begin PBXBuildFile section */
F9067BCD0BFBA2900074F726 /* tkOldTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldTest.c */; };
F94523A20E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F94523A10E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework */; };
F966BDCF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tk3d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAC08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.c */; };
F966BDD108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkArgv.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkArgv.c */; };
F966BDD208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkAtom.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkAtom.c */; };
F966BDD308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkBind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB008F27A39005CB29B /* tkBind.c */; };
F966BDD408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB108F27A39005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c */; };
F966BDD508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB208F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.c */; };
F966BDD708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB408F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c */; };
F966BDD808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB508F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c */; };
F966BDDA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB708F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c */; };
F966BDDB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB808F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c */; };
F966BDDC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB908F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c */; };
F966BDDD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c */; };
F966BDDE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c */; };
F966BDE008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c */; };
F966BDE108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c */; };
F966BDE208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c */; };
F966BDE308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC008F27A39005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c */; };
F966BDE408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCmds.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC108F27A39005CB29B /* tkCmds.c */; };
F966BDE508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC208F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.c */; };
F966BDE708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC408F27A39005CB29B /* tkConfig.c */; };
F966BDE808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConsole.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC508F27A39005CB29B /* tkConsole.c */; };
F966BDE908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCursor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCursor.c */; };
F966BDEB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC808F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.c */; };
F966BDED08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkError.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkError.c */; };
F966BDEE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkEvent.c */; };
F966BDEF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c */; };
F966BDF108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFocus.c */; };
F966BDF208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.c */; };
F966BDF408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFrame.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD108F27A39005CB29B /* tkFrame.c */; };
F966BDF508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGC.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD208F27A39005CB29B /* tkGC.c */; };
F966BDF608F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD308F27A39005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c */; };
F966BDF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD408F27A39005CB29B /* tkGet.c */; };
F966BDF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGrab.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD508F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrab.c */; };
F966BDF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGrid.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD608F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrid.c */; };
F966BDFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD708F27A39005CB29B /* tkImage.c */; };
F966BDFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD808F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c */; };
F966BDFC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD908F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c */; };
F966BDFD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BADA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c */; };
F966BDFE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BADB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c */; };
F966BE0708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkListbox.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE408F27A39005CB29B /* tkListbox.c */; };
F966BE0808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE508F27A39005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c */; };
F966BE0908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMain.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE608F27A39005CB29B /* tkMain.c */; };
F966BE0A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE708F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.c */; };
F966BE0C08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE908F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c */; };
F966BE0E08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c */; };
F966BE0F08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMessage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMessage.c */; };
F966BE1008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAED08F27A39005CB29B /* tkObj.c */; };
F966BE1108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c */; };
F966BE1208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkOption.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOption.c */; };
F966BE1308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPack.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF008F27A39005CB29B /* tkPack.c */; };
F966BE1408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF108F27A39005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c */; };
F966BE1508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPlace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF208F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlace.c */; };
F966BE1708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPointer.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF408F27A39005CB29B /* tkPointer.c */; };
F966BE1908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF608F27A39005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c */; };
F966BE1A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF708F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.c */; };
F966BE1C08F27A40005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF908F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c */; };
F966BE1E08F27A40005CB29B /* tkSelect.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.c */; };
F966BE2008F27A40005CB29B /* tkSquare.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSquare.c */; };
F966BE2208F27A40005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c */; };
F966BE2308F27A40005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0008F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c */; };
F966BE2408F27A40005CB29B /* tkStyle.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0108F27A39005CB29B /* tkStyle.c */; };
F966BE2508F27A40005CB29B /* tkTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0208F27A39005CB29B /* tkTest.c */; };
F966BE2608F27A40005CB29B /* tkText.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0308F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.c */; };
F966BE2808F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0508F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c */; };
F966BE2908F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0608F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c */; };
F966BE2B08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0808F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c */; };
F966BE2C08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0908F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c */; };
F966BE2D08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0A08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c */; };
F966BE2E08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0B08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c */; };
F966BE2F08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0C08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c */; };
F966BE3008F27A40005CB29B /* tkTrig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0D08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTrig.c */; };
F966BE3108F27A40005CB29B /* tkUndo.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0E08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.c */; };
F966BE3308F27A40005CB29B /* tkUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1008F27A39005CB29B /* tkUtil.c */; };
F966BE3408F27A40005CB29B /* tkVisual.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1108F27A39005CB29B /* tkVisual.c */; };
F966BE3508F27A40005CB29B /* tkWindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1208F27A39005CB29B /* tkWindow.c */; };
F966BEDB08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBC508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c */; };
F966BEDC08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBC608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c */; };
F966BEDE08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBC808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c */; };
F966BEDF08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBC908F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c */; };
F966BEE008F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBCA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c */; };
F966BEE108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBCB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c */; };
F966BEE308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBCD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c */; };
F966BEE608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */; };
F966BEE708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */; };
F966BEE808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */; };
F966BEE908F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */; };
F966BEEA08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */; };
F966BEEC08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */; };
F966BEED08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */; };
F966BEEE08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTK_LIBRARY=\\\"$(TK_LIBRARY)\\\""; }; };
F966BEF108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */; };
F966BEF208F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */; };
F966BEF308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */; };
F966BEF608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBE008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c */; };
F966BEF708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBE108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c */; };
F966BEF808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBE208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c */; };
F966BEF908F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBE308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c */; };
F966BF0108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBEB08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c */; };
F966BF0308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBED08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c */; };
F966BF0408F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBEE08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c */; };
F966BF0508F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBEF08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c */; };
F966BF0608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBF008F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c */; };
F966BF0708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBF108F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c */; };
F966BF0808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBF208F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c */; };
F966BF0B08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BBF508F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c */; };
F966BF7F08F27A41005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTK_TEST"; }; };
F966BF8308F27A41005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */; };
F966BF9608F27A41005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c */; };
F966C02A08F27A42005CB29B /* xcolors.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2408F27A3F005CB29B /* xcolors.c */; };
F966C02B08F27A42005CB29B /* xdraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2508F27A3F005CB29B /* xdraw.c */; };
F966C02C08F27A42005CB29B /* xgc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2608F27A3F005CB29B /* xgc.c */; };
F966C02D08F27A42005CB29B /* ximage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2708F27A3F005CB29B /* ximage.c */; };
F966C02E08F27A42005CB29B /* xutil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BD2808F27A3F005CB29B /* xutil.c */; };
F966C07508F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966C07408F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework */; };
F966C07708F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966C07608F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework */; };
F966C07908F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966C07808F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework */; };
F96888050AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c */; };
F96888060AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c */; };
F96888070AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c */; };
F96888080AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c */; };
F96888090AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c */; };
F968880A0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c */; };
F968880B0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c */; };
F968880C0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c */; };
F968880D0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c */; };
F968880E0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c */; };
F968880F0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c */; };
F96888100AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887ED0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c */; };
F96888110AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c */; };
F96888120AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c */; };
F96888130AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c */; };
F96888140AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c */; };
F96888150AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c */; };
F96888160AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c */; };
F96888170AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c */; };
F96888180AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c */; };
F96888190AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c */; };
F968881A0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c */; };
F968881B0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c */; };
F968881C0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c */; };
F968881D0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c */; };
F968881E0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c */; };
F968881F0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FD0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c */; };
F96888200AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888000AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c */; };
F96888210AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888010AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c */; };
F96888220AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888020AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c */; };
F96888230AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888030AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c */; };
F96888850AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888840AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c */; };
F96D456F08F272BB004A47F5 /* regcomp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED008F272A7004A47F5 /* regcomp.c */; };
F96D457208F272BB004A47F5 /* regerror.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED308F272A7004A47F5 /* regerror.c */; };
F96D457508F272BB004A47F5 /* regexec.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED608F272A7004A47F5 /* regexec.c */; };
F96D457608F272BB004A47F5 /* regfree.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED708F272A7004A47F5 /* regfree.c */; };
F96D457B08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DUSE_TCLALLOC=0"; }; };
F96D457C08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c */; };
F96D457D08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c */; };
F96D457E08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c */; };
F96D457F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c */; };
F96D458008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclClock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclClock.c */; };
F96D458108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c */; };
F96D458208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c */; };
F96D458308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c */; };
F96D458408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c */; };
F96D458508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c */; };
F96D458608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c */; };
F96D458808F272BC004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c */; };
F96D458908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclDate.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDate.c */; };
F96D458B08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c */; };
F96D458C08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EED08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c */; };
F96D458D08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c */; };
F96D458E08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c */; };
F96D458F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c */; };
F96D459008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c */; };
F96D459108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c */; };
F96D459308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclGet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGet.c */; };
F96D459508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclHash.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHash.c */; };
F96D459608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c */; };
F96D459708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c */; };
F96D459B08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EFC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c */; };
F96D459D08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIO.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EFE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.c */; };
F96D459F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c */; };
F96D45A008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c */; };
F96D45A108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c */; };
F96D45A208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c */; };
F96D45A308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c */; };
F96D45A408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLink.c */; };
F96D45A508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c */; };
F96D45A608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c */; };
F96D45A708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c */; };
F96D45A908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclMain.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclMain.c */; };
F96D45AA08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c */; };
F96D45AB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c */; };
F96D45AC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclObj.c */; };
F96D45AD08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c */; };
F96D45AE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclParse.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclParse.c */; };
F96D45B008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c */; };
F96D45B108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c */; };
F96D45B208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c */; };
F96D45B308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DCFG_INSTALL_LIBDIR=\\\"$(LIBDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_BINDIR=\\\"$(BINDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_SCRDIR=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_INCDIR=\\\"$(INCLUDEDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_DOCDIR=\\\"$(MANDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_LIBDIR=\\\"$(LIBDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_BINDIR=\\\"$(BINDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_SCRDIR=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_INCDIR=\\\"$(INCLUDEDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_DOCDIR=\\\"$(MANDIR)\\\""; }; };
F96D45B608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c */; };
F96D45B708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c */; };
F96D45B808F272BC004A47F5 /* tclProc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclProc.c */; };
F96D45B908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c */; };
F96D45BB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c */; };
F96D45BC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclResult.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResult.c */; };
F96D45BD08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclScan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclScan.c */; };
F96D45BE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c */; };
F96D45C308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c */; };
F96D45C408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c */; };
F96D45C508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c */; };
F96D45C908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThread.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThread.c */; };
F96D45CA08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c */; };
F96D45CB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c */; };
F96D45CC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c */; };
F96D45CE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c */; };
F96D45D008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c */; };
F96D45D108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c */; };
F96D45D308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c */; };
F96D45D408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c */; };
F96D45D508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclVar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclVar.c */; };
F96D48E208F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c */; };
F96D48E408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c */; };
F96D48E708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c */; };
F96D48E808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c */; };
F96D48EB08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c */; };
F96D48EC08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c */; };
F96D48ED08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c */; };
F96D48EE08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c */; };
F96D48F008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c */; };
F96D48F208F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c */; };
F96D48F308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c */; };
F96D48F408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c */; };
F96D48F508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c */; };
F96D48F608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c */; };
F96D48F708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c */; };
F96D48F808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c */; };
F96D48FC08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c */; };
F96D490508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c */; };
F96D490608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c */; };
F96D490708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c */; };
F96D490808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c */; };
F96D490908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c */; };
F96D490B08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c */; };
F96D491008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c */; };
F96D491108F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c */; };
F96D491308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c */; };
F96D491408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c */; };
F96D491508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c */; };
F96D491A08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c */; };
F96D491B08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c */; };
F96D491C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c */; };
F96D491D08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c */; };
F96D492908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c */; };
F96D492A08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c */; };
F96D492C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c */; };
F96D493708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42B908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c */; };
F96D493808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c */; };
F96D493C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c */; };
F96D493F08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c */; };
F96D494008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c */; };
F96D494608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c */; };
F96D494708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c */; };
F96D494908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c */; };
F96D494C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c */; };
F96D494E08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c */; };
F96D494F08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c */; };
F96D495108F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c */; };
F96D495308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c */; };
F96D495408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c */; };
F96D495508F272C3004A47F5 /* bncore.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D708F272B3004A47F5 /* bncore.c */; };
F96D49A908F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433908F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c */; };
F96D49AD08F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433D08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c */; };
F96D49AE08F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433E08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c */; };
F96D4AC608F272C9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D445B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-Wno-deprecated-declarations"; }; };
F96D4ACA08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D445F08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c */; };
F96D4ACB08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446008F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c */; };
F96D4ACC08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446108F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c */; };
F96D4ACD08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446208F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c */; };
F96D4ACE08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446308F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTCL_LIBRARY=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DTCL_PACKAGE_PATH=\\\"$(TCL_PACKAGE_PATH)\\\""; }; };
F96D4ACF08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446408F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c */; };
F96D4AD008F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c */; };
F96D4AD208F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c */; };
F96D4AD408F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c */; };
F96D4AD608F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */; };
F9C9CC000E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9C9CBFF0E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework */; };
F9E61D28090A481F002B3151 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c */; };
F9E61D29090A486C002B3151 /* bn_mp_neg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42A208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_neg.c */; };
F9E61D2A090A4891002B3151 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c */; };
F9E61D2B090A48A4002B3151 /* bn_mp_and.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_and.c */; };
F9E61D2C090A48AC002B3151 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c */; };
F9E61D2D090A48BB002B3151 /* bn_mp_xor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_xor.c */; };
F9E61D2E090A48BF002B3151 /* bn_mp_or.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42A308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_or.c */; };
F9E61D2F090A48C7002B3151 /* bn_mp_shrink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_shrink.c */; };
F9E61D30090A48E2002B3151 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c */; };
F9E61D31090A48F9002B3151 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c */; };
F9E61D32090A48FA002B3151 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c */; };
F9F4415E0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9F4415D0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d */; };
F9FC77B80AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FC77B70AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c */; };
F9FD30BC0CC1AD070073837D /* regcomp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED008F272A7004A47F5 /* regcomp.c */; };
F9FD30BD0CC1AD070073837D /* regerror.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED308F272A7004A47F5 /* regerror.c */; };
F9FD30BE0CC1AD070073837D /* regexec.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED608F272A7004A47F5 /* regexec.c */; };
F9FD30BF0CC1AD070073837D /* regfree.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3ED708F272A7004A47F5 /* regfree.c */; };
F9FD30C00CC1AD070073837D /* tclAlloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DUSE_TCLALLOC=0"; }; };
F9FD30C10CC1AD070073837D /* tclAsync.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c */; };
F9FD30C20CC1AD070073837D /* tclBasic.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c */; };
F9FD30C30CC1AD070073837D /* tclBinary.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EDF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c */; };
F9FD30C40CC1AD070073837D /* tclCkalloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c */; };
F9FD30C50CC1AD070073837D /* tclClock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclClock.c */; };
F9FD30C60CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdAH.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c */; };
F9FD30C70CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdIL.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c */; };
F9FD30C80CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdMZ.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c */; };
F9FD30C90CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompCmds.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c */; };
F9FD30CA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompExpr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c */; };
F9FD30CB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompile.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c */; };
F9FD30CC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EE908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c */; };
F9FD30CD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclDate.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDate.c */; };
F9FD30CE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclDictObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c */; };
F9FD30CF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclEncoding.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EED08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c */; };
F9FD30D00CC1AD070073837D /* tclEnv.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c */; };
F9FD30D10CC1AD070073837D /* tclEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EEF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c */; };
F9FD30D20CC1AD070073837D /* tclExecute.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c */; };
F9FD30D30CC1AD070073837D /* tclFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c */; };
F9FD30D40CC1AD070073837D /* tclFileName.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c */; };
F9FD30D50CC1AD070073837D /* tclGet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGet.c */; };
F9FD30D60CC1AD070073837D /* tclHash.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHash.c */; };
F9FD30D70CC1AD070073837D /* tclHistory.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c */; };
F9FD30D80CC1AD070073837D /* tclIndexObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EF808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c */; };
F9FD30D90CC1AD070073837D /* tclInterp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EFC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c */; };
F9FD30DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIO.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3EFE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.c */; };
F9FD30DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c */; };
F9FD30DC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOGT.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c */; };
F9FD30DD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIORChan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c */; };
F9FD30DE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOSock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c */; };
F9FD30DF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c */; };
F9FD30E00CC1AD070073837D /* tclLink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLink.c */; };
F9FD30E10CC1AD070073837D /* tclListObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c */; };
F9FD30E20CC1AD070073837D /* tclLiteral.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c */; };
F9FD30E30CC1AD070073837D /* tclLoad.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c */; };
F9FD30E40CC1AD070073837D /* tclMain.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclMain.c */; };
F9FD30E50CC1AD070073837D /* tclNamesp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c */; };
F9FD30E60CC1AD070073837D /* tclNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c */; };
F9FD30E70CC1AD070073837D /* tclObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclObj.c */; };
F9FD30E80CC1AD070073837D /* tclPanic.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c */; };
F9FD30E90CC1AD070073837D /* tclParse.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F0F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclParse.c */; };
F9FD30EA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPathObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c */; };
F9FD30EB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPipe.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c */; };
F9FD30EC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPkg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c */; };
F9FD30ED0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPkgConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DCFG_INSTALL_LIBDIR=\\\"$(LIBDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_BINDIR=\\\"$(BINDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_SCRDIR=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_INCDIR=\\\"$(INCLUDEDIR)\\\" -DCFG_INSTALL_DOCDIR=\\\"$(MANDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_LIBDIR=\\\"$(LIBDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_BINDIR=\\\"$(BINDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_SCRDIR=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_INCDIR=\\\"$(INCLUDEDIR)\\\" -DCFG_RUNTIME_DOCDIR=\\\"$(MANDIR)\\\""; }; };
F9FD30EE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPosixStr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c */; };
F9FD30EF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPreserve.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c */; };
F9FD30F00CC1AD070073837D /* tclProc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclProc.c */; };
F9FD30F10CC1AD070073837D /* tclRegexp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c */; };
F9FD30F20CC1AD070073837D /* tclResolve.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c */; };
F9FD30F30CC1AD070073837D /* tclResult.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResult.c */; };
F9FD30F40CC1AD070073837D /* tclScan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclScan.c */; };
F9FD30F50CC1AD070073837D /* tclStringObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F1F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c */; };
F9FD30F60CC1AD070073837D /* tclStrToD.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c */; };
F9FD30F70CC1AD070073837D /* tclStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c */; };
F9FD30F80CC1AD070073837D /* tclStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c */; };
F9FD30F90CC1AD070073837D /* tclThread.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThread.c */; };
F9FD30FA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadAlloc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c */; };
F9FD30FB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadJoin.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c */; };
F9FD30FC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadStorage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c */; };
F9FD30FD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTimer.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F2F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c */; };
F9FD30FE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTomMathInterface.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c */; };
F9FD30FF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTrace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c */; };
F9FD31000CC1AD070073837D /* tclUtf.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c */; };
F9FD31010CC1AD070073837D /* tclUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c */; };
F9FD31020CC1AD070073837D /* tclVar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D3F3608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclVar.c */; };
F9FD31030CC1AD070073837D /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c */; };
F9FD31040CC1AD070073837D /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c */; };
F9FD31050CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_add.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c */; };
F9FD31060CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_add_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c */; };
F9FD31070CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_and.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_and.c */; };
F9FD31080CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clamp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c */; };
F9FD31090CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clear.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c */; };
F9FD310A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D426F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c */; };
F9FD310B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c */; };
F9FD310C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c */; };
F9FD310D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c */; };
F9FD310E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_copy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c */; };
F9FD310F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_count_bits.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c */; };
F9FD31100CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c */; };
F9FD31110CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_2.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c */; };
F9FD31120CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c */; };
F9FD31130CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_3.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c */; };
F9FD31140CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c */; };
F9FD31150CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_exch.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c */; };
F9FD31160CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_expt_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D427F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c */; };
F9FD31170CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_grow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c */; };
F9FD31180CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c */; };
F9FD31190CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_copy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c */; };
F9FD311A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_multi.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c */; };
F9FD311B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_set.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c */; };
F9FD311C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D428D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c */; };
F9FD311D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c */; };
F9FD311E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c */; };
F9FD311F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_lshd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c */; };
F9FD31200CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mod.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c */; };
F9FD31210CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c */; };
F9FD31220CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c */; };
F9FD31230CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_2.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c */; };
F9FD31240CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c */; };
F9FD31250CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D429F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c */; };
F9FD31260CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_neg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42A208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_neg.c */; };
F9FD31270CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_or.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42A308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_or.c */; };
F9FD31280CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_radix_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c */; };
F9FD31290CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c */; };
F9FD312A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_read_radix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42AE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c */; };
F9FD312B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_rshd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42B908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c */; };
F9FD312C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_set.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c */; };
F9FD312D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_shrink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_shrink.c */; };
F9FD312E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42BE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c */; };
F9FD312F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sqrt.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c */; };
F9FD31300CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sub.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c */; };
F9FD31310CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sub_d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c */; };
F9FD31320CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c */; };
F9FD31330CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c */; };
F9FD31340CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c */; };
F9FD31350CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42C908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c */; };
F9FD31360CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c */; };
F9FD31370CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c */; };
F9FD31380CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_xor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_xor.c */; };
F9FD31390CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_zero.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42CE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c */; };
F9FD313A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_reverse.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c */; };
F9FD313B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_add.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c */; };
F9FD313C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c */; };
F9FD313D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c */; };
F9FD313E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_sub.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c */; };
F9FD313F0CC1AD070073837D /* bncore.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D42D708F272B3004A47F5 /* bncore.c */; };
F9FD31400CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXBundle.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433908F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c */; };
F9FD31410CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433D08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c */; };
F9FD31420CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D433E08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c */; };
F9FD31430CC1AD070073837D /* tclLoadDyld.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D445B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-Wno-deprecated-declarations"; }; };
F9FD31440CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixChan.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D445F08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c */; };
F9FD31450CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixCompat.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FC77B70AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c */; };
F9FD31460CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446008F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c */; };
F9FD31470CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixFCmd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446108F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c */; };
F9FD31480CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixFile.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446208F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c */; };
F9FD31490CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446308F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTCL_LIBRARY=\\\"$(TCL_LIBRARY)\\\" -DTCL_PACKAGE_PATH=\\\"$(TCL_PACKAGE_PATH)\\\""; }; };
F9FD314A0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixNotfy.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446408F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c */; };
F9FD314B0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixPipe.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c */; };
F9FD314C0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixSock.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c */; };
F9FD314D0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixThrd.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c */; };
F9FD314E0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixTime.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */; };
F9FD314F0CC1AD070073837D /* tk3d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAC08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.c */; };
F9FD31500CC1AD070073837D /* tkArgv.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkArgv.c */; };
F9FD31510CC1AD070073837D /* tkAtom.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAAF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkAtom.c */; };
F9FD31520CC1AD070073837D /* tkBind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB008F27A39005CB29B /* tkBind.c */; };
F9FD31530CC1AD070073837D /* tkBitmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB108F27A39005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c */; };
F9FD31540CC1AD070073837D /* tkButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB208F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.c */; };
F9FD31550CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvArc.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB408F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c */; };
F9FD31560CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvas.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB508F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c */; };
F9FD31570CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvBmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB708F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c */; };
F9FD31580CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvImg.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB808F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c */; };
F9FD31590CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvLine.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAB908F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c */; };
F9FD315A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvPoly.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c */; };
F9FD315B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvPs.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c */; };
F9FD315C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvText.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c */; };
F9FD315D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c */; };
F9FD315E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvWind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BABF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c */; };
F9FD315F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkClipboard.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC008F27A39005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c */; };
F9FD31600CC1AD070073837D /* tkCmds.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC108F27A39005CB29B /* tkCmds.c */; };
F9FD31610CC1AD070073837D /* tkColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC208F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.c */; };
F9FD31620CC1AD070073837D /* tkConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC408F27A39005CB29B /* tkConfig.c */; };
F9FD31630CC1AD070073837D /* tkConsole.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC508F27A39005CB29B /* tkConsole.c */; };
F9FD31640CC1AD070073837D /* tkCursor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCursor.c */; };
F9FD31650CC1AD070073837D /* tkEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAC808F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.c */; };
F9FD31660CC1AD070073837D /* tkError.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkError.c */; };
F9FD31670CC1AD070073837D /* tkEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkEvent.c */; };
F9FD31680CC1AD070073837D /* tkFileFilter.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c */; };
F9FD31690CC1AD070073837D /* tkFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFocus.c */; };
F9FD316A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BACF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.c */; };
F9FD316B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkFrame.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD108F27A39005CB29B /* tkFrame.c */; };
F9FD316C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGC.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD208F27A39005CB29B /* tkGC.c */; };
F9FD316D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGeometry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD308F27A39005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c */; };
F9FD316E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD408F27A39005CB29B /* tkGet.c */; };
F9FD316F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGrab.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD508F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrab.c */; };
F9FD31700CC1AD070073837D /* tkGrid.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD608F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrid.c */; };
F9FD31710CC1AD070073837D /* tkImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD708F27A39005CB29B /* tkImage.c */; };
F9FD31720CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgBmap.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD808F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c */; };
F9FD31730CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgGIF.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAD908F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c */; };
F9FD31740CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgPhoto.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BADA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c */; };
F9FD31750CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgPPM.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BADB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c */; };
F9FD31760CC1AD070073837D /* tkListbox.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE408F27A39005CB29B /* tkListbox.c */; };
F9FD31770CC1AD070073837D /* tkMacWinMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE508F27A39005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c */; };
F9FD31780CC1AD070073837D /* tkMain.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE608F27A39005CB29B /* tkMain.c */; };
F9FD31790CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE708F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.c */; };
F9FD317A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenubutton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAE908F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c */; };
F9FD317B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenuDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c */; };
F9FD317C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMessage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMessage.c */; };
F9FD317D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkObj.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAED08F27A39005CB29B /* tkObj.c */; };
F9FD317E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkOldConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c */; };
F9FD317F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkOldTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldTest.c */; };
F9FD31800CC1AD070073837D /* tkOption.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAEF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOption.c */; };
F9FD31810CC1AD070073837D /* tkPack.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF008F27A39005CB29B /* tkPack.c */; };
F9FD31820CC1AD070073837D /* tkPanedWindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF108F27A39005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c */; };
F9FD31830CC1AD070073837D /* tkPlace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF208F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlace.c */; };
F9FD31850CC1AD070073837D /* tkRectOval.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF608F27A39005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c */; };
F9FD31860CC1AD070073837D /* tkScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF708F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.c */; };
F9FD31870CC1AD070073837D /* tkScrollbar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAF908F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c */; };
F9FD31880CC1AD070073837D /* tkSelect.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.c */; };
F9FD31890CC1AD070073837D /* tkSquare.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSquare.c */; };
F9FD318A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BAFF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c */; };
F9FD318B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0008F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c */; };
F9FD318C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStyle.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0108F27A39005CB29B /* tkStyle.c */; };
F9FD318D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkTest.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0208F27A39005CB29B /* tkTest.c */; };
F9FD318E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkText.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0308F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.c */; };
F9FD318F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextBTree.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0508F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c */; };
F9FD31900CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextDisp.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0608F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c */; };
F9FD31910CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0808F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c */; };
F9FD31920CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextIndex.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0908F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c */; };
F9FD31930CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextMark.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0A08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c */; };
F9FD31940CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextTag.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0B08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c */; };
F9FD31950CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextWind.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0C08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c */; };
F9FD31960CC1AD070073837D /* tkTrig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0D08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTrig.c */; };
F9FD31970CC1AD070073837D /* tkUndo.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB0E08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.c */; };
F9FD31980CC1AD070073837D /* tkUtil.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1008F27A39005CB29B /* tkUtil.c */; };
F9FD31990CC1AD070073837D /* tkVisual.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1108F27A39005CB29B /* tkVisual.c */; };
F9FD319A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkWindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BB1208F27A39005CB29B /* tkWindow.c */; };
F9FD319B0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkBlink.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c */; };
F9FD319C0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c */; };
F9FD319D0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkCache.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c */; };
F9FD319E0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkClamTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c */; };
F9FD319F0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkClassicTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c */; };
F9FD31A00CC1AD070073837D /* ttkDefaultTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c */; };
F9FD31A10CC1AD070073837D /* ttkElements.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c */; };
F9FD31A20CC1AD070073837D /* ttkEntry.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887E90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c */; };
F9FD31A30CC1AD070073837D /* ttkFrame.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c */; };
F9FD31A40CC1AD070073837D /* ttkImage.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c */; };
F9FD31A50CC1AD070073837D /* ttkInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c */; };
F9FD31A60CC1AD070073837D /* ttkLabel.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887ED0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c */; };
F9FD31A70CC1AD070073837D /* ttkLayout.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c */; };
F9FD31A80CC1AD070073837D /* ttkManager.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887EF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c */; };
F9FD31A90CC1AD070073837D /* ttkNotebook.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c */; };
F9FD31AA0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkPanedwindow.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c */; };
F9FD31AB0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkProgress.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c */; };
F9FD31AC0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c */; };
F9FD31AD0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScroll.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c */; };
F9FD31AE0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScrollbar.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c */; };
F9FD31AF0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkSeparator.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c */; };
F9FD31B00CC1AD070073837D /* ttkSquare.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c */; };
F9FD31B10CC1AD070073837D /* ttkState.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887F90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c */; };
F9FD31B20CC1AD070073837D /* ttkStubInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c */; };
F9FD31B30CC1AD070073837D /* ttkStubLib.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c */; };
F9FD31B40CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTagSet.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c */; };
F9FD31B50CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTheme.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96887FD0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c */; };
F9FD31B60CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTrace.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888000AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c */; };
F9FD31B70CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTrack.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888010AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c */; };
F9FD31B80CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTreeview.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888020AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c */; };
F9FD31B90CC1AD070073837D /* ttkWidget.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F96888030AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c */; };
F9FD31DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */; settings = {COMPILER_FLAGS = "-DTK_TEST"; }; };
F9FD31DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */; };
F9FD31DC0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnixScale.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c */; };
F9FD31E20CC1AD070073837D /* tclDTrace.d in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9F4415D0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d */; };
F9FD31E40CC1AD070073837D /* CoreFoundation.framework in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966C07408F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework */; };
F9FD31F80CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixCursor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */; };
F9FD31FA0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixKey.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixKey.c */; };
F9FD31FB0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixXId.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */; };
F9FD31FC0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixInit.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */; };
F9FD31FD0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEmbed.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */; };
F9FD31FE0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSend.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */; };
F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */; };
F9FD32000CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixWm.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */; };
F9FD32010CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixRFont.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */; };
F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */; };
F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */; };
F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */; };
F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */; };
F9FD32060CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDialog.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDialog.c */; };
F9FD32070CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSelect.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */; };
F9FD32080CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEvent.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */; };
F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */; };
F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */; };
F9FD320B0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenubu.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenubu.c */; };
F9FD320C0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixScrlbr.c in Sources */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F966BC8D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScrlbr.c */; };
F9FD32170CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD32140CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib */; };
F9FD32180CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD32150CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib */; };
F9FD32190CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD32160CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib */; };
F9FD349B0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD34990CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib */; };
F9FD349C0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD349A0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib */; };
F9FD34C40CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib in Frameworks */ = {isa = PBXBuildFile; fileRef = F9FD34C30CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib */; };
/* End PBXBuildFile section */
/* Begin PBXFileReference section */
8DD76FB20486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = "compiled.mach-o.executable"; includeInIndex = 0; path = tktest; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9099B8A0CC67D30005A9580 /* textpeer.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textpeer.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9099B8B0CC67D3E005A9580 /* ttkbut.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttkbut.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F91E62260C1AE686006C9D96 /* Tclsh-Info.plist.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.xml; path = "Tclsh-Info.plist.in"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F92240290D7C620F005EC715 /* knightstour.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = knightstour.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCD70CCD984500716967 /* ttkprogress.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttkprogress.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCD80CCD984600716967 /* tree.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tree.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCD90CCD984600716967 /* toolbar.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = toolbar.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCDA0CCD984600716967 /* ttknote.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttknote.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F936FCDB0CCD984600716967 /* combo.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = combo.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F93E5EFD09CF8711008FA367 /* tkMacOSXFont.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXFont.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F94523A10E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = Cocoa.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F95D8D4B0F1715610006B020 /* Tk.icns */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.icns; path = Tk.icns; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F95D8D4C0F1715610006B020 /* Tk.tiff */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.tiff; path = Tk.tiff; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F95FAFF90B34F1130072E431 /* macOSXLoad.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = macOSXLoad.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F962F7C60DADC26200648DB8 /* vsapi.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = vsapi.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0408F27A37005CB29B /* error.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = error.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0508F27A37005CB29B /* gray12.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = gray12.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0608F27A37005CB29B /* gray25.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = gray25.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0708F27A37005CB29B /* gray50.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = gray50.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0808F27A37005CB29B /* gray75.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = gray75.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0908F27A37005CB29B /* hourglass.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = hourglass.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0A08F27A37005CB29B /* info.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = info.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0B08F27A37005CB29B /* questhead.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = questhead.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0C08F27A37005CB29B /* question.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = question.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0D08F27A37005CB29B /* warning.xbm */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = warning.xbm; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0E08F27A37005CB29B /* ChangeLog */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = ChangeLog; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA0F08F27A37005CB29B /* changes */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = changes; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1108F27A37005CB29B /* 3DBorder.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = 3DBorder.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1208F27A37005CB29B /* AddOption.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AddOption.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1308F27A37005CB29B /* bell.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bell.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1408F27A37005CB29B /* bind.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bind.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1508F27A37005CB29B /* BindTable.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = BindTable.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1608F27A37005CB29B /* bindtags.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bindtags.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1708F27A37005CB29B /* bitmap.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bitmap.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1808F27A37005CB29B /* button.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1908F27A37005CB29B /* canvas.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvas.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1A08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvPsY.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CanvPsY.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1B08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvTkwin.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CanvTkwin.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1C08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvTxtInfo.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CanvTxtInfo.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1D08F27A37005CB29B /* checkbutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkbutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1E08F27A37005CB29B /* chooseColor.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = chooseColor.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA1F08F27A37005CB29B /* chooseDirectory.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = chooseDirectory.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2008F27A37005CB29B /* Clipboard.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Clipboard.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2108F27A37005CB29B /* clipboard.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = clipboard.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2208F27A37005CB29B /* ClrSelect.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ClrSelect.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2308F27A37005CB29B /* colors.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = colors.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2408F27A37005CB29B /* ConfigWidg.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ConfigWidg.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2508F27A37005CB29B /* ConfigWind.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ConfigWind.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2608F27A37005CB29B /* console.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = console.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2708F27A37005CB29B /* CoordToWin.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CoordToWin.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2808F27A37005CB29B /* CrtCmHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtCmHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2908F27A37005CB29B /* CrtErrHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtErrHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2A08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtGenHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtGenHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2B08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtImgType.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtImgType.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2C08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtItemType.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtItemType.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2D08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtPhImgFmt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtPhImgFmt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2E08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtSelHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtSelHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA2F08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtWindow.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtWindow.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3008F27A37005CB29B /* cursors.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = cursors.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3108F27A37005CB29B /* DeleteImg.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DeleteImg.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3208F27A37005CB29B /* destroy.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = destroy.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3308F27A37005CB29B /* dialog.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3408F27A37005CB29B /* DrawFocHlt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DrawFocHlt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3508F27A37005CB29B /* entry.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3608F27A37005CB29B /* event.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = event.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3708F27A37005CB29B /* EventHndlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = EventHndlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3808F27A37005CB29B /* FindPhoto.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FindPhoto.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3908F27A37005CB29B /* focus.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = focus.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3A08F27A37005CB29B /* focusNext.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = focusNext.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3B08F27A37005CB29B /* font.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = font.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3C08F27A37005CB29B /* FontId.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FontId.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3D08F27A37005CB29B /* frame.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = frame.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3E08F27A37005CB29B /* FreeXId.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FreeXId.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA3F08F27A37005CB29B /* GeomReq.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GeomReq.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4008F27A37005CB29B /* GetAnchor.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetAnchor.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4108F27A37005CB29B /* GetBitmap.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetBitmap.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4208F27A37005CB29B /* GetCapStyl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetCapStyl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4308F27A37005CB29B /* GetClrmap.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetClrmap.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4408F27A37005CB29B /* GetColor.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetColor.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4508F27A37005CB29B /* GetCursor.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetCursor.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4608F27A37005CB29B /* GetDash.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetDash.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4708F27A37005CB29B /* GetFont.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetFont.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4808F27A37005CB29B /* GetGC.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetGC.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4908F27A37005CB29B /* GetHINSTANCE.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetHINSTANCE.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4A08F27A37005CB29B /* GetHWND.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetHWND.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4B08F27A37005CB29B /* GetImage.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetImage.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4C08F27A37005CB29B /* GetJoinStl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetJoinStl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4D08F27A37005CB29B /* GetJustify.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetJustify.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4E08F27A37005CB29B /* getOpenFile.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = getOpenFile.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA4F08F27A37005CB29B /* GetOption.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetOption.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5008F27A38005CB29B /* GetPixels.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetPixels.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5108F27A38005CB29B /* GetPixmap.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetPixmap.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5208F27A38005CB29B /* GetRelief.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetRelief.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5308F27A38005CB29B /* GetRootCrd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetRootCrd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5408F27A38005CB29B /* GetScroll.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetScroll.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5508F27A38005CB29B /* GetSelect.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetSelect.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5608F27A38005CB29B /* GetUid.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetUid.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5708F27A38005CB29B /* GetVisual.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetVisual.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5808F27A38005CB29B /* GetVRoot.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetVRoot.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5908F27A38005CB29B /* Grab.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Grab.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5A08F27A38005CB29B /* grab.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = grab.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5B08F27A38005CB29B /* grid.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = grid.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5C08F27A38005CB29B /* HandleEvent.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = HandleEvent.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5D08F27A38005CB29B /* HWNDToWindow.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = HWNDToWindow.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5E08F27A38005CB29B /* IdToWindow.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = IdToWindow.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA5F08F27A38005CB29B /* image.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = image.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6008F27A38005CB29B /* ImgChanged.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ImgChanged.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6108F27A38005CB29B /* Inactive.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Inactive.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6208F27A38005CB29B /* InternAtom.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = InternAtom.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6308F27A38005CB29B /* keysyms.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = keysyms.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6408F27A38005CB29B /* label.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = label.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6508F27A38005CB29B /* labelframe.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = labelframe.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6608F27A38005CB29B /* listbox.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = listbox.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6708F27A38005CB29B /* loadTk.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadTk.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6808F27A38005CB29B /* lower.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lower.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6908F27A38005CB29B /* MainLoop.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MainLoop.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6A08F27A38005CB29B /* MaintGeom.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MaintGeom.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6B08F27A38005CB29B /* MainWin.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MainWin.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6D08F27A38005CB29B /* ManageGeom.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ManageGeom.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6E08F27A38005CB29B /* MapWindow.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MapWindow.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA6F08F27A38005CB29B /* MeasureChar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MeasureChar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7008F27A38005CB29B /* menu.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = menu.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7108F27A38005CB29B /* menubar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7208F27A38005CB29B /* menubutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7308F27A38005CB29B /* message.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = message.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7408F27A38005CB29B /* messageBox.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = messageBox.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7508F27A38005CB29B /* MoveToplev.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = MoveToplev.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7608F27A38005CB29B /* Name.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Name.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7708F27A38005CB29B /* NameOfImg.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = NameOfImg.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7808F27A38005CB29B /* option.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = option.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7908F27A38005CB29B /* optionMenu.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = optionMenu.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7A08F27A38005CB29B /* options.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = options.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7B08F27A38005CB29B /* OwnSelect.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = OwnSelect.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7C08F27A38005CB29B /* pack-old.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = "pack-old.n"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7D08F27A38005CB29B /* pack.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = pack.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7E08F27A38005CB29B /* palette.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = palette.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA7F08F27A38005CB29B /* panedwindow.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8008F27A38005CB29B /* ParseArgv.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ParseArgv.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8108F27A38005CB29B /* photo.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = photo.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8208F27A38005CB29B /* place.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = place.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8308F27A38005CB29B /* popup.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = popup.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8408F27A38005CB29B /* QWinEvent.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = QWinEvent.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8508F27A38005CB29B /* radiobutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = radiobutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8608F27A38005CB29B /* raise.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = raise.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8708F27A38005CB29B /* Restack.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Restack.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8808F27A38005CB29B /* RestrictEv.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RestrictEv.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8908F27A38005CB29B /* scale.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = scale.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8A08F27A38005CB29B /* scrollbar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrollbar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8B08F27A38005CB29B /* selection.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = selection.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8C08F27A38005CB29B /* send.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = send.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8D08F27A38005CB29B /* SetAppName.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetAppName.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8E08F27A38005CB29B /* SetCaret.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetCaret.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA8F08F27A38005CB29B /* SetClass.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetClass.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9008F27A38005CB29B /* SetClassProcs.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetClassProcs.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9108F27A38005CB29B /* SetGrid.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetGrid.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9208F27A38005CB29B /* SetOptions.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetOptions.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9308F27A38005CB29B /* SetVisual.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetVisual.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9408F27A38005CB29B /* spinbox.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = spinbox.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9508F27A38005CB29B /* StrictMotif.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StrictMotif.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9608F27A38005CB29B /* text.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = text.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9708F27A38005CB29B /* TextLayout.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TextLayout.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9808F27A38005CB29B /* tk.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9908F27A38005CB29B /* tk4.0.ps */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk4.0.ps; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9A08F27A38005CB29B /* Tk_Init.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Tk_Init.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9B08F27A38005CB29B /* Tk_Main.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Tk_Main.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9C08F27A38005CB29B /* tkerror.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkerror.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9D08F27A38005CB29B /* TkInitStubs.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TkInitStubs.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9E08F27A38005CB29B /* tkvars.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkvars.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BA9F08F27A38005CB29B /* tkwait.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkwait.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA008F27A38005CB29B /* toplevel.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = toplevel.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA108F27A38005CB29B /* WindowId.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = WindowId.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA208F27A38005CB29B /* winfo.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = winfo.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA308F27A38005CB29B /* wish.1 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = wish.1; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA408F27A38005CB29B /* wm.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA608F27A38005CB29B /* default.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = default.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA708F27A38005CB29B /* ks_names.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ks_names.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA808F27A38005CB29B /* prolog.ps */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = prolog.ps; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAA908F27A39005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAA08F27A39005CB29B /* tk.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAB08F27A39005CB29B /* tk.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tk.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAC08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tk3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAD08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tk3d.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkArgv.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkArgv.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAAF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkAtom.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAtom.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB008F27A39005CB29B /* tkBind.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkBind.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB108F27A39005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkBitmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB208F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB308F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkButton.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB408F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvArc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB508F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvas.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkCanvas.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB708F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvBmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB808F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvImg.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAB908F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvLine.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvPoly.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvPs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvText.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BABF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCanvWind.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC008F27A39005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkClipboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC108F27A39005CB29B /* tkCmds.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCmds.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC208F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC308F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkColor.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC408F27A39005CB29B /* tkConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC508F27A39005CB29B /* tkConsole.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkConsole.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC708F27A39005CB29B /* tkDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC808F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAC908F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkEntry.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkError.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkError.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkFileFilter.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkFileFilter.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFocus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkFocus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BACF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD008F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkFont.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD108F27A39005CB29B /* tkFrame.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkFrame.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD208F27A39005CB29B /* tkGC.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGC.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD308F27A39005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGeometry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD408F27A39005CB29B /* tkGet.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGet.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD508F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrab.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGrab.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD608F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrid.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkGrid.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD708F27A39005CB29B /* tkImage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD808F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgBmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAD908F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgGIF.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgPhoto.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgPPM.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkImgUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkInt.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkInt.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BADF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE108F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkIntDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE208F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntPlatDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkIntPlatDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE308F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntXlibDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkIntXlibDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE408F27A39005CB29B /* tkListbox.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkListbox.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE508F27A39005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMacWinMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE608F27A39005CB29B /* tkMain.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMain.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE708F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE808F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMenu.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAE908F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMenubutton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMenubutton.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMenuDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMessage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkMessage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAED08F27A39005CB29B /* tkObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkOldConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAEF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOption.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkOption.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF008F27A39005CB29B /* tkPack.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkPack.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF108F27A39005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkPanedWindow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF208F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlace.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkPlace.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF308F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlatDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkPlatDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF408F27A39005CB29B /* tkPointer.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkPointer.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF508F27A39005CB29B /* tkPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF608F27A39005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkRectOval.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF708F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkScale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF808F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkScale.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAF908F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkScrollbar.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkScrollbar.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkSelect.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSquare.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkSquare.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkOldTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BAFF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkStubInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0008F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkStubLib.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0108F27A39005CB29B /* tkStyle.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkStyle.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0208F27A39005CB29B /* tkTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0308F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkText.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0408F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkText.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0508F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextBTree.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0608F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextDisp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0808F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextImage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0908F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextIndex.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0A08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextMark.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0B08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextTag.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0C08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTextWind.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0D08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTrig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkTrig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0E08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUndo.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB0F08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUndo.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1008F27A39005CB29B /* tkUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1108F27A39005CB29B /* tkVisual.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkVisual.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1208F27A39005CB29B /* tkWindow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWindow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1408F27A39005CB29B /* bgerror.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bgerror.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1508F27A39005CB29B /* button.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1608F27A39005CB29B /* choosedir.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = choosedir.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1708F27A39005CB29B /* clrpick.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clrpick.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1808F27A39005CB29B /* comdlg.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = comdlg.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1908F27A39005CB29B /* console.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = console.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1B08F27A39005CB29B /* anilabel.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = anilabel.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1C08F27A39005CB29B /* aniwave.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = aniwave.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1D08F27A39005CB29B /* arrow.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = arrow.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1E08F27A39005CB29B /* bind.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bind.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB1F08F27A39005CB29B /* bitmap.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bitmap.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2008F27A39005CB29B /* browse */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = browse; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2108F27A39005CB29B /* button.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2208F27A39005CB29B /* check.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = check.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2308F27A39005CB29B /* clrpick.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clrpick.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2408F27A39005CB29B /* colors.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = colors.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2508F27A39005CB29B /* cscroll.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cscroll.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2608F27A39005CB29B /* ctext.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ctext.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2708F27A39005CB29B /* dialog1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2808F27A39005CB29B /* dialog2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2A08F27A39005CB29B /* entry1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2B08F27A39005CB29B /* entry2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2C08F27A39005CB29B /* entry3.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry3.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2D08F27A39005CB29B /* filebox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = filebox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2E08F27A39005CB29B /* floor.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = floor.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB2F08F27A39005CB29B /* form.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = form.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3008F27A39005CB29B /* goldberg.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = goldberg.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3108F27A39005CB29B /* hello */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = hello; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3208F27A39005CB29B /* hscale.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = hscale.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3308F27A39005CB29B /* icon.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = icon.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3408F27A39005CB29B /* image1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = image1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB3508F27A39005CB29B /* image2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = image2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4208F27A3A005CB29B /* items.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = items.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4308F27A3A005CB29B /* ixset */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = ixset; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4408F27A3A005CB29B /* label.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = label.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4508F27A3A005CB29B /* labelframe.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = labelframe.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4608F27A3A005CB29B /* menu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4708F27A3A005CB29B /* menubu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4808F27A3A005CB29B /* msgbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4A08F27A3A005CB29B /* paned1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = paned1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4B08F27A3A005CB29B /* paned2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = paned2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4C08F27A3A005CB29B /* pendulum.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pendulum.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4D08F27A3A005CB29B /* plot.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = plot.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4E08F27A3A005CB29B /* puzzle.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = puzzle.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB4F08F27A3A005CB29B /* radio.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = radio.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5008F27A3A005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5108F27A3A005CB29B /* rmt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = rmt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5208F27A3A005CB29B /* rolodex */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = rolodex; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5308F27A3A005CB29B /* ruler.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ruler.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5408F27A3A005CB29B /* sayings.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = sayings.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5508F27A3A005CB29B /* search.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = search.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5608F27A3A005CB29B /* spin.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = spin.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5708F27A3A005CB29B /* square */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = square; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5808F27A3A005CB29B /* states.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = states.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5908F27A3A005CB29B /* style.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = style.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5A08F27A3A005CB29B /* tclIndex */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclIndex; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5B08F27A3A005CB29B /* tcolor */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = tcolor; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5C08F27A3A005CB29B /* text.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = text.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5D08F27A3A005CB29B /* timer */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = timer; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5E08F27A3A005CB29B /* twind.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = twind.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB5F08F27A3A005CB29B /* unicodeout.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unicodeout.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6008F27A3A005CB29B /* vscale.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = vscale.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6108F27A3A005CB29B /* widget */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = widget; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6208F27A3A005CB29B /* dialog.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6308F27A3A005CB29B /* entry.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB6408F27A3A005CB29B /* focus.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = focus.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB7308F27A3A005CB29B /* listbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = listbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB7408F27A3A005CB29B /* menu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB7508F27A3A005CB29B /* mkpsenc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = mkpsenc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB7608F27A3A005CB29B /* msgbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8608F27A3A005CB29B /* obsolete.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = obsolete.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8708F27A3A005CB29B /* optMenu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = optMenu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8808F27A3A005CB29B /* palette.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = palette.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8908F27A3B005CB29B /* panedwindow.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8A08F27A3B005CB29B /* prolog.ps */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = prolog.ps; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8B08F27A3B005CB29B /* safetk.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = safetk.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8C08F27A3B005CB29B /* scale.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scale.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8D08F27A3B005CB29B /* scrlbar.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrlbar.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8E08F27A3B005CB29B /* spinbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = spinbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB8F08F27A3B005CB29B /* tclIndex */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclIndex; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9008F27A3B005CB29B /* tearoff.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tearoff.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9108F27A3B005CB29B /* text.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = text.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9208F27A3B005CB29B /* tk.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkfbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkfbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9408F27A3B005CB29B /* unsupported.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unsupported.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9508F27A3B005CB29B /* xmfbox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BB9608F27A3B005CB29B /* license.terms */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = license.terms; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBBA08F27A3B005CB29B /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBBB08F27A3B005CB29B /* GNUmakefile */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = GNUmakefile; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBBE08F27A3B005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC008F27A3B005CB29B /* Tk-Info.plist.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.plist; fileEncoding = 4; path = "Tk-Info.plist.in"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSX.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSX.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXBitmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXClipboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBC908F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursors.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXCursors.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDebug.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDebug.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXEvent.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXHLEvents.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBE008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenubutton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBE108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMenus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBE208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBE308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEA08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEB08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXRegion.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEC08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXScale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBED08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXScrlbr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEE08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBEF08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXSubwindows.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF008F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF108F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF208F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF308F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXWm.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF408F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXCursors.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXXCursors.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF508F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkMacOSXXStubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BBF708F27A3C005CB29B /* Wish-Info.plist.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.plist; fileEncoding = 4; path = "Wish-Info.plist.in"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0308F27A3C005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0508F27A3C005CB29B /* all.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = all.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0608F27A3C005CB29B /* arc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = arc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0708F27A3C005CB29B /* bell.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bell.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0808F27A3C005CB29B /* bevel.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bevel.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0908F27A3C005CB29B /* bgerror.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bgerror.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0A08F27A3C005CB29B /* bind.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bind.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0B08F27A3C005CB29B /* bitmap.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bitmap.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0C08F27A3C005CB29B /* border.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = border.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0D08F27A3C005CB29B /* bugs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = bugs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0E08F27A3C005CB29B /* butGeom.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = butGeom.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC0F08F27A3C005CB29B /* butGeom2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = butGeom2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1008F27A3C005CB29B /* button.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1108F27A3C005CB29B /* canvas.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvas.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1208F27A3C005CB29B /* canvImg.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvImg.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1308F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPs.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPs.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1408F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsArc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsArc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1508F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsBmap.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsBmap.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1608F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsGrph.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsGrph.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1708F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsImg.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsImg.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1808F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsText.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvPsText.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1908F27A3C005CB29B /* canvRect.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvRect.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1A08F27A3C005CB29B /* canvText.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvText.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1B08F27A3C005CB29B /* canvWind.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = canvWind.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1C08F27A3C005CB29B /* choosedir.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = choosedir.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1D08F27A3C005CB29B /* clipboard.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clipboard.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1E08F27A3C005CB29B /* clrpick.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clrpick.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC1F08F27A3C005CB29B /* cmap.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmap.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2008F27A3C005CB29B /* cmds.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmds.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2108F27A3C005CB29B /* color.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = color.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2208F27A3C005CB29B /* config.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = config.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2308F27A3C005CB29B /* constraints.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = constraints.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2408F27A3C005CB29B /* cursor.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cursor.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2508F27A3C005CB29B /* dialog.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dialog.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2608F27A3C005CB29B /* embed.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = embed.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2708F27A3C005CB29B /* entry.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2808F27A3C005CB29B /* event.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = event.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2908F27A3C005CB29B /* filebox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = filebox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2A08F27A3C005CB29B /* focus.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = focus.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2B08F27A3C005CB29B /* focusTcl.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = focusTcl.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2C08F27A3C005CB29B /* font.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = font.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2D08F27A3C005CB29B /* frame.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = frame.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2E08F27A3C005CB29B /* geometry.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = geometry.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC2F08F27A3C005CB29B /* get.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = get.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3008F27A3C005CB29B /* grab.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = grab.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3108F27A3C005CB29B /* grid.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = grid.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3208F27A3C005CB29B /* id.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = id.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3308F27A3C005CB29B /* image.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = image.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3408F27A3C005CB29B /* imgBmap.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = imgBmap.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3508F27A3C005CB29B /* imgPhoto.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = imgPhoto.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3608F27A3C005CB29B /* imgPPM.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = imgPPM.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3708F27A3C005CB29B /* listbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = listbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3808F27A3C005CB29B /* main.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = main.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3908F27A3C005CB29B /* menu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3A08F27A3C005CB29B /* menubut.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubut.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3B08F27A3C005CB29B /* menuDraw.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menuDraw.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3C08F27A3C005CB29B /* message.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = message.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3D08F27A3C005CB29B /* msgbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3E08F27A3C005CB29B /* obj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = obj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC3F08F27A3C005CB29B /* oldpack.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = oldpack.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4008F27A3C005CB29B /* option.file1 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = option.file1; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4108F27A3C005CB29B /* option.file2 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = option.file2; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4208F27A3C005CB29B /* option.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = option.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4308F27A3C005CB29B /* pack.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pack.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4408F27A3C005CB29B /* panedwindow.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4508F27A3D005CB29B /* place.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = place.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4608F27A3D005CB29B /* raise.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = raise.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4708F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4808F27A3D005CB29B /* safe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = safe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4908F27A3D005CB29B /* scale.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scale.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4A08F27A3D005CB29B /* scrollbar.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrollbar.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4B08F27A3D005CB29B /* select.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = select.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4C08F27A3D005CB29B /* send.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = send.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4D08F27A3D005CB29B /* spinbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = spinbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4E08F27A3D005CB29B /* text.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = text.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC4F08F27A3D005CB29B /* textBTree.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textBTree.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5008F27A3D005CB29B /* textDisp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textDisp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5108F27A3D005CB29B /* textImage.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textImage.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5208F27A3D005CB29B /* textIndex.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textIndex.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5308F27A3D005CB29B /* textMark.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textMark.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5408F27A3D005CB29B /* textTag.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textTag.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5508F27A3D005CB29B /* textWind.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = textWind.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5608F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tk.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5708F27A3D005CB29B /* unixButton.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixButton.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5808F27A3D005CB29B /* unixEmbed.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixEmbed.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5908F27A3D005CB29B /* unixFont.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixFont.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5A08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixSelect.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixSelect.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5C08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5D08F27A3D005CB29B /* util.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = util.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5E08F27A3D005CB29B /* visual.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = visual.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC5F08F27A3D005CB29B /* visual_bb.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = visual_bb.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6008F27A3D005CB29B /* winButton.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winButton.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6108F27A3D005CB29B /* winClipboard.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winClipboard.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6208F27A3D005CB29B /* winDialog.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winDialog.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6308F27A3D005CB29B /* window.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = window.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6408F27A3D005CB29B /* winfo.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winfo.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6508F27A3D005CB29B /* winFont.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFont.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winMenu.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winSend.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winWm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = wm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xmfbox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.h.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.h.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnix3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC7F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixFocus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8408F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixKey.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixKey.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenubu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixMenubu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkUnixPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixRFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixScale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScrlbr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixScrlbr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSelect.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkUnixXId.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = mkd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tk_base.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = wish.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rmd.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stubs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tkConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWin.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWin3d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinClipboard.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinClipboard.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinColor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinColor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BCFF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinCursor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinCursor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDefault.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWinDefault.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDialog.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinDialog.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinDraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinEmbed.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinEmbed.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinFont.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinFont.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinImage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinImage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWinInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinKey.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinKey.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0B08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinMenu.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinMenu.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0C08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPixmap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinPixmap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0D08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPointer.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinPointer.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0E08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWinPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD0F08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinRegion.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinRegion.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinScrlbr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinScrlbr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSend.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinSend.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSendCom.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinSendCom.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSendCom.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkWinSendCom.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinWindow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinWindow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1608F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinWm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinWm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinX.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tkWinX.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1808F27A3F005CB29B /* winMain.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = winMain.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1B08F27A3F005CB29B /* cursorfont.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = cursorfont.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1C08F27A3F005CB29B /* keysym.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = keysym.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1D08F27A3F005CB29B /* keysymdef.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = keysymdef.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1E08F27A3F005CB29B /* X.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = X.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD1F08F27A3F005CB29B /* Xatom.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = Xatom.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2008F27A3F005CB29B /* Xfuncproto.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = Xfuncproto.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2108F27A3F005CB29B /* Xlib.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = Xlib.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2208F27A3F005CB29B /* Xutil.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = Xutil.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2308F27A3F005CB29B /* xbytes.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = xbytes.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2408F27A3F005CB29B /* xcolors.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = xcolors.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2508F27A3F005CB29B /* xdraw.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = xdraw.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2608F27A3F005CB29B /* xgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = xgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2708F27A3F005CB29B /* ximage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ximage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966BD2808F27A3F005CB29B /* xutil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = xutil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F966C07408F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = CoreFoundation.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/CoreFoundation.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F966C07608F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = Carbon.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/Carbon.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F966C07808F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = IOKit.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/IOKit.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F96887E00AF786D5000797B5 /* ttk.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkBlink.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkButton.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkCache.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkClamTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkClassicTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkDefaultTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkElements.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887E90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkEntry.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkFrame.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkImage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887ED0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkLabel.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkLayout.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887EF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkManager.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F00AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkManager.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkNotebook.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkPanedwindow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkProgress.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkScale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkScroll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkScrollbar.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkSeparator.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkSquare.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887F90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkState.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkStubInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkStubLib.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTagSet.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FD0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkTheme.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96887FF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkThemeInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkThemeInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888000AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTrace.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888010AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTrack.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888020AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkTreeview.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888030AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkWidget.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888040AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = ttkWidget.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888370AF787B3000797B5 /* altTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = altTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888380AF787B3000797B5 /* aquaTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = aquaTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888390AF787B3000797B5 /* button.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = button.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883A0AF787B3000797B5 /* clamTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clamTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883B0AF787B3000797B5 /* classicTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = classicTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883C0AF787B3000797B5 /* combobox.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = combobox.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883D0AF787B3000797B5 /* cursors.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cursors.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968883E0AF787B3000797B5 /* defaults.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = defaults.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888400AF787B3000797B5 /* entry.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888410AF787B3000797B5 /* fonts.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fonts.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888440AF787B3000797B5 /* menubutton.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = menubutton.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888450AF787B3000797B5 /* notebook.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = notebook.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888460AF787B3000797B5 /* panedwindow.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888470AF787B3000797B5 /* progress.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = progress.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888480AF787B3000797B5 /* scale.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scale.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888490AF787B3000797B5 /* scrollbar.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrollbar.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884A0AF787B3000797B5 /* sizegrip.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = sizegrip.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884B0AF787B3000797B5 /* treeview.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = treeview.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884C0AF787B3000797B5 /* ttk.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884D0AF787B3000797B5 /* utils.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = utils.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884E0AF787B3000797B5 /* winTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968884F0AF787B3000797B5 /* xpTheme.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = xpTheme.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888540AF7880C000797B5 /* all.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = all.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888560AF7880C000797B5 /* combobox.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = combobox.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888570AF7880C000797B5 /* entry.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = entry.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888580AF7880C000797B5 /* image.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = image.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888590AF7880C000797B5 /* labelframe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = labelframe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885A0AF7880C000797B5 /* layout.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = layout.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885C0AF7880C000797B5 /* notebook.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = notebook.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885D0AF7880C000797B5 /* panedwindow.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = panedwindow.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885E0AF7880C000797B5 /* progressbar.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = progressbar.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968885F0AF7880C000797B5 /* scrollbar.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scrollbar.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888600AF7880C000797B5 /* treetags.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = treetags.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888610AF7880C000797B5 /* treeview.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = treeview.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888620AF7880C000797B5 /* ttk.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888630AF7880C000797B5 /* validate.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = validate.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968886B0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_button.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_button.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968886C0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_checkbutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_checkbutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968886D0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_combobox.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_combobox.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968886F0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_entry.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_entry.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888700AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_frame.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_frame.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888710AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_Geometry.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_Geometry.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888720AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_image.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_image.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888730AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_intro.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_intro.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888740AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_label.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_label.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888750AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_labelframe.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_labelframe.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888760AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_menubutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_menubutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888770AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_notebook.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_notebook.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888780AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_panedwindow.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_panedwindow.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888790AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_progressbar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_progressbar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887A0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_radiobutton.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_radiobutton.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887B0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_scrollbar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_scrollbar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887C0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_separator.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_separator.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887D0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_sizegrip.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_sizegrip.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887E0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_style.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_style.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F968887F0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_Theme.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_Theme.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888800AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_treeview.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_treeview.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888810AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_widget.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttk_widget.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888840AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.objc; fileEncoding = 4; path = ttkMacOSXTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888860AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinMonitor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkWinMonitor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888870AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkWinTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96888880AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinXPTheme.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = ttkWinXPTheme.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFA08F272A4004A47F5 /* ChangeLog */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = ChangeLog; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFB08F272A4004A47F5 /* changes */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = changes; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFD08F272A4004A47F5 /* Access.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Access.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFE08F272A4004A47F5 /* AddErrInfo.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AddErrInfo.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3DFF08F272A4004A47F5 /* after.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = after.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0008F272A4004A47F5 /* Alloc.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Alloc.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0108F272A4004A47F5 /* AllowExc.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AllowExc.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0208F272A4004A47F5 /* append.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = append.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0308F272A4004A47F5 /* AppInit.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AppInit.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0408F272A5004A47F5 /* array.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = array.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0508F272A5004A47F5 /* AssocData.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = AssocData.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0608F272A5004A47F5 /* Async.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Async.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0708F272A5004A47F5 /* BackgdErr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = BackgdErr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0808F272A5004A47F5 /* Backslash.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Backslash.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0908F272A5004A47F5 /* bgerror.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = bgerror.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0A08F272A5004A47F5 /* binary.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = binary.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0B08F272A5004A47F5 /* BoolObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = BoolObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0C08F272A5004A47F5 /* break.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = break.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0D08F272A5004A47F5 /* ByteArrObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ByteArrObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0E08F272A5004A47F5 /* CallDel.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CallDel.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E0F08F272A5004A47F5 /* case.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = case.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1008F272A5004A47F5 /* catch.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = catch.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1108F272A5004A47F5 /* cd.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = cd.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1208F272A5004A47F5 /* chan.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = chan.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1308F272A5004A47F5 /* ChnlStack.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ChnlStack.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1408F272A5004A47F5 /* clock.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = clock.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1508F272A5004A47F5 /* close.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = close.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1608F272A5004A47F5 /* CmdCmplt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CmdCmplt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1708F272A5004A47F5 /* Concat.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Concat.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1808F272A5004A47F5 /* concat.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = concat.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1908F272A5004A47F5 /* continue.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = continue.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1A08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtChannel.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtChannel.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1B08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtChnlHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtChnlHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1C08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtCloseHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtCloseHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1D08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtCommand.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtCommand.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1E08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtFileHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtFileHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E1F08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtInterp.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtInterp.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2008F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtMathFnc.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtMathFnc.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2108F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtObjCmd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtObjCmd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2208F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtSlave.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtSlave.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2308F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtTimerHdlr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtTimerHdlr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2408F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtTrace.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = CrtTrace.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2508F272A5004A47F5 /* dde.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = dde.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2608F272A5004A47F5 /* DetachPids.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DetachPids.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2708F272A5004A47F5 /* dict.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = dict.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2808F272A5004A47F5 /* DictObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DictObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2908F272A5004A47F5 /* DoOneEvent.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DoOneEvent.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2A08F272A5004A47F5 /* DoubleObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DoubleObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2B08F272A5004A47F5 /* DoWhenIdle.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DoWhenIdle.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2C08F272A5004A47F5 /* DString.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DString.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2D08F272A5004A47F5 /* DumpActiveMemory.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = DumpActiveMemory.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2E08F272A5004A47F5 /* Encoding.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Encoding.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E2F08F272A5004A47F5 /* encoding.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = encoding.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3008F272A5004A47F5 /* Ensemble.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Ensemble.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3108F272A5004A47F5 /* Environment.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Environment.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3208F272A5004A47F5 /* eof.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = eof.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3308F272A5004A47F5 /* error.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = error.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3408F272A5004A47F5 /* Eval.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Eval.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3508F272A5004A47F5 /* eval.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = eval.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3608F272A5004A47F5 /* exec.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = exec.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3708F272A5004A47F5 /* Exit.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Exit.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3808F272A5004A47F5 /* exit.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = exit.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3908F272A5004A47F5 /* expr.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = expr.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3A08F272A5004A47F5 /* ExprLong.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ExprLong.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3B08F272A5004A47F5 /* ExprLongObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ExprLongObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3C08F272A5004A47F5 /* fblocked.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = fblocked.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3D08F272A5004A47F5 /* fconfigure.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = fconfigure.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3E08F272A5004A47F5 /* fcopy.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = fcopy.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E3F08F272A5004A47F5 /* file.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = file.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4008F272A5004A47F5 /* fileevent.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = fileevent.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4108F272A5004A47F5 /* filename.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = filename.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4208F272A5004A47F5 /* FileSystem.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FileSystem.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4308F272A5004A47F5 /* FindExec.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = FindExec.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4408F272A5004A47F5 /* flush.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = flush.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4508F272A5004A47F5 /* for.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = for.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4608F272A5004A47F5 /* foreach.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = foreach.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4708F272A5004A47F5 /* format.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = format.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4808F272A5004A47F5 /* GetCwd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetCwd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4908F272A5004A47F5 /* GetHostName.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetHostName.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4A08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetIndex.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetIndex.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4B08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetInt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetInt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4C08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetOpnFl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetOpnFl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4D08F272A5004A47F5 /* gets.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = gets.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4E08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetStdChan.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetStdChan.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E4F08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetTime.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetTime.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5008F272A5004A47F5 /* GetVersion.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = GetVersion.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5108F272A5004A47F5 /* glob.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = glob.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5208F272A6004A47F5 /* global.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = global.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5308F272A6004A47F5 /* Hash.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Hash.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5408F272A6004A47F5 /* history.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = history.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5508F272A6004A47F5 /* http.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = http.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5608F272A6004A47F5 /* if.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = if.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5708F272A6004A47F5 /* incr.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = incr.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5808F272A6004A47F5 /* info.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = info.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5908F272A6004A47F5 /* Init.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Init.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5A08F272A6004A47F5 /* InitStubs.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = InitStubs.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5B08F272A6004A47F5 /* Interp.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Interp.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5C08F272A6004A47F5 /* interp.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = interp.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5D08F272A6004A47F5 /* IntObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = IntObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5E08F272A6004A47F5 /* join.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = join.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E5F08F272A6004A47F5 /* lappend.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lappend.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6008F272A6004A47F5 /* lassign.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lassign.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6108F272A6004A47F5 /* library.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = library.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6208F272A6004A47F5 /* Limit.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Limit.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6308F272A6004A47F5 /* lindex.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lindex.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6408F272A6004A47F5 /* LinkVar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = LinkVar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6508F272A6004A47F5 /* linsert.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = linsert.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6608F272A6004A47F5 /* list.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = list.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6708F272A6004A47F5 /* ListObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ListObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6808F272A6004A47F5 /* llength.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = llength.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6908F272A6004A47F5 /* load.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = load.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6A08F272A6004A47F5 /* lrange.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lrange.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6B08F272A6004A47F5 /* lrepeat.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lrepeat.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6C08F272A6004A47F5 /* lreplace.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lreplace.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6D08F272A6004A47F5 /* lsearch.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lsearch.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6E08F272A6004A47F5 /* lset.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lset.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E6F08F272A6004A47F5 /* lsort.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = lsort.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7008F272A6004A47F5 /* man.macros */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = man.macros; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7108F272A6004A47F5 /* mathfunc.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = mathfunc.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7208F272A6004A47F5 /* memory.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = memory.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7308F272A6004A47F5 /* msgcat.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgcat.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7408F272A6004A47F5 /* Namespace.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Namespace.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7508F272A6004A47F5 /* namespace.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = namespace.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7608F272A6004A47F5 /* Notifier.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Notifier.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7708F272A6004A47F5 /* Object.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Object.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7808F272A6004A47F5 /* ObjectType.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ObjectType.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7908F272A6004A47F5 /* open.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = open.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7A08F272A6004A47F5 /* OpenFileChnl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = OpenFileChnl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7B08F272A6004A47F5 /* OpenTcp.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = OpenTcp.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7C08F272A6004A47F5 /* package.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = package.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7D08F272A6004A47F5 /* packagens.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = packagens.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7E08F272A6004A47F5 /* Panic.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Panic.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E7F08F272A6004A47F5 /* ParseCmd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ParseCmd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8008F272A6004A47F5 /* pid.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = pid.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8108F272A6004A47F5 /* pkgMkIndex.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgMkIndex.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8208F272A6004A47F5 /* PkgRequire.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = PkgRequire.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8308F272A6004A47F5 /* Preserve.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Preserve.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8408F272A6004A47F5 /* PrintDbl.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = PrintDbl.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8508F272A6004A47F5 /* proc.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = proc.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8608F272A6004A47F5 /* puts.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = puts.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8708F272A6004A47F5 /* pwd.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = pwd.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8808F272A6004A47F5 /* re_syntax.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = re_syntax.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8908F272A6004A47F5 /* read.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = read.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8A08F272A6004A47F5 /* RecEvalObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RecEvalObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8B08F272A6004A47F5 /* RecordEval.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RecordEval.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8C08F272A6004A47F5 /* RegConfig.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RegConfig.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8D08F272A6004A47F5 /* RegExp.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = RegExp.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8E08F272A6004A47F5 /* regexp.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = regexp.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E8F08F272A6004A47F5 /* registry.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = registry.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9008F272A6004A47F5 /* regsub.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = regsub.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9108F272A6004A47F5 /* rename.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = rename.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9208F272A6004A47F5 /* return.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = return.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9308F272A6004A47F5 /* safe.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = safe.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9408F272A6004A47F5 /* SaveResult.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SaveResult.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9508F272A6004A47F5 /* scan.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = scan.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9608F272A6004A47F5 /* seek.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = seek.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9708F272A6004A47F5 /* set.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = set.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9808F272A6004A47F5 /* SetChanErr.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetChanErr.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9908F272A6004A47F5 /* SetErrno.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetErrno.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9A08F272A6004A47F5 /* SetRecLmt.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetRecLmt.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9B08F272A7004A47F5 /* SetResult.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetResult.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9C08F272A7004A47F5 /* SetVar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SetVar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9D08F272A7004A47F5 /* Signal.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Signal.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9E08F272A7004A47F5 /* Sleep.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Sleep.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3E9F08F272A7004A47F5 /* socket.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = socket.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA008F272A7004A47F5 /* source.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = source.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA108F272A7004A47F5 /* SourceRCFile.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SourceRCFile.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA208F272A7004A47F5 /* split.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = split.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA308F272A7004A47F5 /* SplitList.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SplitList.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA408F272A7004A47F5 /* SplitPath.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SplitPath.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA508F272A7004A47F5 /* StaticPkg.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StaticPkg.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA608F272A7004A47F5 /* StdChannels.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StdChannels.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA708F272A7004A47F5 /* string.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = string.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA808F272A7004A47F5 /* StringObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StringObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EA908F272A7004A47F5 /* StrMatch.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = StrMatch.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAA08F272A7004A47F5 /* subst.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = subst.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAB08F272A7004A47F5 /* SubstObj.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = SubstObj.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAC08F272A7004A47F5 /* switch.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = switch.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAD08F272A7004A47F5 /* Tcl.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Tcl.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAE08F272A7004A47F5 /* Tcl_Main.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Tcl_Main.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EAF08F272A7004A47F5 /* TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclsh.1 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclsh.1; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB108F272A7004A47F5 /* tcltest.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcltest.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclvars.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclvars.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB308F272A7004A47F5 /* tell.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tell.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB408F272A7004A47F5 /* Thread.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Thread.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB508F272A7004A47F5 /* time.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = time.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB608F272A7004A47F5 /* tm.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = tm.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB708F272A7004A47F5 /* ToUpper.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = ToUpper.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB808F272A7004A47F5 /* trace.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = trace.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EB908F272A7004A47F5 /* TraceCmd.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TraceCmd.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBA08F272A7004A47F5 /* TraceVar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = TraceVar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBB08F272A7004A47F5 /* Translate.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Translate.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBC08F272A7004A47F5 /* UniCharIsAlpha.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = UniCharIsAlpha.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBD08F272A7004A47F5 /* unknown.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = unknown.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBE08F272A7004A47F5 /* unload.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = unload.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EBF08F272A7004A47F5 /* unset.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = unset.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC008F272A7004A47F5 /* update.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = update.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC108F272A7004A47F5 /* uplevel.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = uplevel.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC208F272A7004A47F5 /* UpVar.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = UpVar.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC308F272A7004A47F5 /* upvar.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = upvar.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC408F272A7004A47F5 /* Utf.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = Utf.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC508F272A7004A47F5 /* variable.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = variable.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC608F272A7004A47F5 /* vwait.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = vwait.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC708F272A7004A47F5 /* while.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = while.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EC808F272A7004A47F5 /* WrongNumArgs.3 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = WrongNumArgs.3; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECA08F272A7004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECB08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_color.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_color.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECC08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_cvec.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_cvec.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECD08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_lex.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_lex.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECE08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_locale.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_locale.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ECF08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_nfa.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regc_nfa.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED008F272A7004A47F5 /* regcomp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regcomp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED108F272A7004A47F5 /* regcustom.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = regcustom.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED208F272A7004A47F5 /* rege_dfa.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = rege_dfa.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED308F272A7004A47F5 /* regerror.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regerror.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED408F272A7004A47F5 /* regerrs.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = regerrs.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED508F272A7004A47F5 /* regex.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = regex.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED608F272A7004A47F5 /* regexec.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regexec.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED708F272A7004A47F5 /* regfree.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regfree.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED808F272A7004A47F5 /* regfronts.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = regfronts.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3ED908F272A7004A47F5 /* regguts.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = regguts.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tcl.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tcl.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tcl.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclAlloc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclAsync.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclBasic.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EDF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclBinary.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCkalloc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclClock.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclClock.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCmdAH.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCmdIL.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCmdMZ.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCompCmds.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCompExpr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclCompile.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclCompile.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EE908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDate.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclDate.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclDictObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EED08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclEncoding.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclEnv.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EEF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclExecute.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclFCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclFileName.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileSystem.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclFileSystem.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGet.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclGet.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGetDate.y */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.yacc; path = tclGetDate.y; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHash.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclHash.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclHistory.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIndexObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EF908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInt.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclInt.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIntDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclIntDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclInterp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIntPlatDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclIntPlatDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIO.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3EFF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclIO.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIOCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIOGT.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIORChan.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIOSock.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclIOUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLink.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLink.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclListObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLiteral.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoad.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoadNone.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadNone.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclMain.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclMain.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclNamesp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPanic.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F0F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclParse.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclParse.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPathObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPipe.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPkg.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPkgConfig.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPlatDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclPlatDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPosixStr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclPreserve.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclProc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclProc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclRegexp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclRegexp.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclResolve.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResult.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclResult.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclScan.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclScan.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F1F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclStringObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclStrToD.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclStubInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclStubLib.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTestObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTestObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTestProcBodyObj.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTestProcBodyObj.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThread.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThread.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThreadAlloc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThreadJoin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThreadStorage.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclThreadTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F2F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTimer.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMath.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclTomMath.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTomMathInterface.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclTrace.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUniData.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUniData.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUtf.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUtil.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclVar.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclVar.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3708F272A7004A47F5 /* tommath.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tommath.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3908F272A8004A47F5 /* auto.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = auto.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3A08F272A8004A47F5 /* clock.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clock.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F3C08F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F8C08F272A8004A47F5 /* history.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = history.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F8E08F272A8004A47F5 /* http.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = http.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F8F08F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9108F272A8004A47F5 /* http.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = http.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9208F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9308F272A8004A47F5 /* init.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = init.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9508F272A8004A47F5 /* msgcat.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgcat.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D3F9608F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401808F272AA004A47F5 /* optparse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = optparse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401908F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401A08F272AA004A47F5 /* package.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = package.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401B08F272AA004A47F5 /* parray.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = parray.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401D08F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401E08F272AA004A47F5 /* safe.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = safe.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D401F08F272AA004A47F5 /* tclIndex */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclIndex; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D402108F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D402208F272AA004A47F5 /* tcltest.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcltest.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D402308F272AA004A47F5 /* tm.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tm.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D425B08F272B2004A47F5 /* word.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = word.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D425F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn.pdf */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.pdf; path = bn.pdf; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_error.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_error.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_mp_invmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_mp_invmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_mp_montgomery_reduce.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_mp_montgomery_reduce.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_2expt.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_2expt.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_abs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_abs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_add.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_add_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_addmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_addmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_and.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_and.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_clamp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_clear.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D426F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_clear_multi.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_cmp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_cmp_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_cmp_mag.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cnt_lsb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_cnt_lsb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_copy.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_count_bits.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div_2.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div_2d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div_3.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_div_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_is_modulus.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_dr_is_modulus.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_reduce.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_dr_reduce.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_setup.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_dr_setup.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_exch.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D427F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_expt_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exptmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_exptmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exptmod_fast.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_exptmod_fast.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exteuclid.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_exteuclid.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_fread.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_fread.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_fwrite.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_fwrite.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_gcd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_gcd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_get_int.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_get_int.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_grow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_copy.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_multi.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_set.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set_int.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_set_int.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_init_size.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_invmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_invmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D428F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_invmod_slow.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_invmod_slow.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_is_square.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_is_square.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_jacobi.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_jacobi.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lcm.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_lcm.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_lshd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mod_2d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mod_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_calc_normalization.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_montgomery_calc_normalization.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_reduce.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_montgomery_reduce.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_setup.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_montgomery_setup.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mul.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mul_2.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mul_2d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D429F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mul_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mulmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_mulmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_n_root.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_n_root.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_neg.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_neg.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_or.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_or.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_fermat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_fermat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_is_divisible.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_is_divisible.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_is_prime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_is_prime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_miller_rabin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_miller_rabin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_next_prime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_next_prime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42A908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_rabin_miller_trials.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_rabin_miller_trials.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_random_ex.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_prime_random_ex.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_radix_size.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_radix_smap.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rand.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_rand.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_read_radix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42AF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_signed_bin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_read_signed_bin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_unsigned_bin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_read_unsigned_bin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_2k.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_l.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_2k_l.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup_l.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup_l.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_is_2k.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_is_2k.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_is_2k_l.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_is_2k_l.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_setup.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_reduce_setup.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42B908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_rshd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_set.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set_int.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_set_int.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_shrink.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_shrink.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_signed_bin_size.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_signed_bin_size.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42BF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sqrmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sqrt.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sub.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_sub_d.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_submod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_submod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_signed_bin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_to_signed_bin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_signed_bin_n.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_to_signed_bin_n.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_toom_mul.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42C908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_toom_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_toradix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_toradix_n.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_xor.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_xor.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_mp_zero.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42CF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_prime_tab.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_prime_tab.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_reverse.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_add.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_exptmod.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_exptmod.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_sqr.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bn_s_mp_sub.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D708F272B3004A47F5 /* bncore.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = bncore.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42D908F272B3004A47F5 /* callgraph.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = callgraph.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42DA08F272B3004A47F5 /* changes.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = changes.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D42F008F272B3004A47F5 /* LICENSE */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = LICENSE; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D431D08F272B4004A47F5 /* poster.pdf */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.pdf; path = poster.pdf; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432608F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath.pdf */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = image.pdf; path = tommath.pdf; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432908F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath_class.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tommath_class.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432A08F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath_superclass.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tommath_superclass.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432B08F272B4004A47F5 /* license.terms */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = license.terms; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432E08F272B5004A47F5 /* configure.ac */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure.ac; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D432F08F272B5004A47F5 /* GNUmakefile */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = GNUmakefile; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433108F272B5004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433208F272B5004A47F5 /* Tcl-Info.plist.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.plist; fileEncoding = 4; path = "Tcl-Info.plist.in"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433908F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclMacOSXBundle.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433D08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclMacOSXFCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D433E08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclMacOSXNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434308F272B5004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text; fileEncoding = 4; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434508F272B5004A47F5 /* all.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = all.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434608F272B5004A47F5 /* append.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = append.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434708F272B5004A47F5 /* appendComp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = appendComp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434808F272B5004A47F5 /* assocd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = assocd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434908F272B5004A47F5 /* async.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = async.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434A08F272B5004A47F5 /* autoMkindex.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = autoMkindex.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434B08F272B5004A47F5 /* basic.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = basic.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434C08F272B5004A47F5 /* binary.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = binary.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434D08F272B5004A47F5 /* case.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = case.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434E08F272B5004A47F5 /* chan.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = chan.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D434F08F272B5004A47F5 /* clock.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = clock.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435008F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdAH.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmdAH.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435108F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdIL.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmdIL.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435208F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdInfo.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmdInfo.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435308F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdMZ.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = cmdMZ.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435408F272B5004A47F5 /* compExpr-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "compExpr-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435508F272B5004A47F5 /* compExpr.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = compExpr.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435608F272B5004A47F5 /* compile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = compile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435708F272B5004A47F5 /* concat.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = concat.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435808F272B5004A47F5 /* config.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = config.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435908F272B5004A47F5 /* dcall.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dcall.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435A08F272B5004A47F5 /* dict.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dict.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435C08F272B5004A47F5 /* dstring.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = dstring.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435E08F272B5004A47F5 /* encoding.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = encoding.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D435F08F272B5004A47F5 /* env.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = env.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436008F272B5004A47F5 /* error.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = error.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436108F272B5004A47F5 /* eval.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = eval.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436208F272B5004A47F5 /* event.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = event.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436308F272B5004A47F5 /* exec.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = exec.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436408F272B5004A47F5 /* execute.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = execute.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436508F272B5004A47F5 /* expr-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "expr-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436608F272B5004A47F5 /* expr.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = expr.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436708F272B6004A47F5 /* fCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436808F272B6004A47F5 /* fileName.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fileName.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436908F272B6004A47F5 /* fileSystem.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fileSystem.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436A08F272B6004A47F5 /* for-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "for-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436B08F272B6004A47F5 /* for.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = for.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436C08F272B6004A47F5 /* foreach.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = foreach.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436D08F272B6004A47F5 /* format.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = format.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436E08F272B6004A47F5 /* get.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = get.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D436F08F272B6004A47F5 /* history.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = history.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437008F272B6004A47F5 /* http.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = http.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437108F272B6004A47F5 /* httpd */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = httpd; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437208F272B6004A47F5 /* httpold.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = httpold.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437308F272B6004A47F5 /* if-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "if-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437408F272B6004A47F5 /* if.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = if.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437508F272B6004A47F5 /* incr-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "incr-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437608F272B6004A47F5 /* incr.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = incr.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437708F272B6004A47F5 /* indexObj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = indexObj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437808F272B6004A47F5 /* info.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = info.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437908F272B6004A47F5 /* init.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = init.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437A08F272B6004A47F5 /* interp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = interp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437B08F272B6004A47F5 /* io.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = io.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437C08F272B6004A47F5 /* ioCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ioCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437D08F272B6004A47F5 /* iogt.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = iogt.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437E08F272B6004A47F5 /* ioUtil.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = ioUtil.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D437F08F272B6004A47F5 /* join.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = join.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438008F272B6004A47F5 /* lindex.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lindex.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438108F272B6004A47F5 /* link.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = link.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438208F272B6004A47F5 /* linsert.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = linsert.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438308F272B6004A47F5 /* list.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = list.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438408F272B6004A47F5 /* listObj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = listObj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438508F272B6004A47F5 /* llength.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = llength.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438608F272B6004A47F5 /* load.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = load.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438708F272B6004A47F5 /* lrange.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lrange.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438808F272B6004A47F5 /* lrepeat.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lrepeat.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438908F272B6004A47F5 /* lreplace.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lreplace.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438A08F272B6004A47F5 /* lsearch.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lsearch.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438B08F272B6004A47F5 /* lset.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lset.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438C08F272B6004A47F5 /* lsetComp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = lsetComp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438D08F272B6004A47F5 /* macOSXFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = macOSXFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438E08F272B6004A47F5 /* main.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = main.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D438F08F272B6004A47F5 /* misc.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = misc.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439008F272B6004A47F5 /* msgcat.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = msgcat.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439108F272B6004A47F5 /* namespace-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "namespace-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439208F272B7004A47F5 /* namespace.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = namespace.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439308F272B7004A47F5 /* notify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = notify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439408F272B7004A47F5 /* obj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = obj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439508F272B7004A47F5 /* opt.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = opt.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439608F272B7004A47F5 /* package.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = package.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439708F272B7004A47F5 /* parse.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = parse.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439808F272B7004A47F5 /* parseExpr.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = parseExpr.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439908F272B7004A47F5 /* parseOld.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = parseOld.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439A08F272B7004A47F5 /* pid.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pid.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439B08F272B7004A47F5 /* pkg.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkg.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439C08F272B7004A47F5 /* pkgMkIndex.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgMkIndex.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439D08F272B7004A47F5 /* platform.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = platform.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439E08F272B7004A47F5 /* proc-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "proc-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D439F08F272B7004A47F5 /* proc.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = proc.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A008F272B7004A47F5 /* pwd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pwd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A108F272B7004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A208F272B7004A47F5 /* reg.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = reg.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A308F272B7004A47F5 /* regexp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = regexp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A408F272B7004A47F5 /* regexpComp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = regexpComp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A508F272B7004A47F5 /* registry.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = registry.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A608F272B7004A47F5 /* remote.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = remote.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A708F272B7004A47F5 /* rename.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = rename.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A808F272B7004A47F5 /* result.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = result.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43A908F272B7004A47F5 /* safe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = safe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AA08F272B7004A47F5 /* scan.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = scan.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AB08F272B7004A47F5 /* security.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = security.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AC08F272B7004A47F5 /* set-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "set-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AD08F272B7004A47F5 /* set.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = set.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AE08F272B7004A47F5 /* socket.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = socket.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43AF08F272B7004A47F5 /* source.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = source.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B008F272B7004A47F5 /* split.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = split.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B108F272B7004A47F5 /* stack.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = stack.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B208F272B7004A47F5 /* string.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = string.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B308F272B7004A47F5 /* stringComp.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = stringComp.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B408F272B7004A47F5 /* stringObj.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = stringObj.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B508F272B7004A47F5 /* subst.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = subst.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B608F272B7004A47F5 /* switch.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = switch.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B708F272B7004A47F5 /* tcltest.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcltest.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B808F272B7004A47F5 /* thread.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = thread.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43B908F272B7004A47F5 /* timer.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = timer.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BA08F272B7004A47F5 /* tm.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tm.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BB08F272B7004A47F5 /* trace.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = trace.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BC08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BD08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BE08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixInit.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixInit.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43BF08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixNotfy.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unixNotfy.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C008F272B7004A47F5 /* unknown.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unknown.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C108F272B7004A47F5 /* unload.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = unload.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C208F272B7004A47F5 /* uplevel.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uplevel.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C308F272B7004A47F5 /* upvar.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = upvar.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C408F272B7004A47F5 /* utf.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = utf.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C508F272B7004A47F5 /* util.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = util.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C608F272B7004A47F5 /* var.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = var.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C708F272B7004A47F5 /* while-old.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "while-old.test"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C808F272B7004A47F5 /* while.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = while.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43C908F272B7004A47F5 /* winConsole.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winConsole.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CA08F272B7004A47F5 /* winDde.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winDde.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFCmd.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winFile.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winNotify.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winPipe.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = winTime.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = checkLibraryDoc.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = fix_tommath_h.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = genStubs.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = index.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = installData.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = loadICU.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442B08F272B8004A47F5 /* makeTestCases.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = makeTestCases.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442C08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2help.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2help.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442D08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2help2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2help2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442E08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2html.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D442F08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html1.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2html1.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443008F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html2.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = man2html2.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443108F272B8004A47F5 /* man2tcl.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = man2tcl.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443208F272B8004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443308F272B8004A47F5 /* regexpTestLib.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = regexpTestLib.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443408F272B8004A47F5 /* str2c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = str2c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443508F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.hpj.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.hpj.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.wse.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclmin.wse */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tclmin.wse; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = "tcltk-man2html.tcl"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclZIC.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniClass.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = uniParse.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkga.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgb.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgc.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkge.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = pkgua.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444C08F272B9004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = "install-sh"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = installManPage; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = ldAix; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445408F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.spec */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.spec; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445608F272B9004A47F5 /* tclConfig.h.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.c.h; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclConfig.h.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445808F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadAix.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadAix.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDl.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadDl.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadDyld.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadNext.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadNext.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadOSF.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadOSF.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445E08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadShl.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclLoadShl.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D445F08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixChan.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446008F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixEvent.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446108F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixFCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446208F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixFile.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446308F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446408F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixNotfy.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixPipe.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446608F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixSock.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446808F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixThrd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclUnixThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclXtTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = aclocal.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = buildall.vc.bat; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = cat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = coffbase.txt; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.script.sh; path = configure; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = configure.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447608F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.bc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.bc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = Makefile.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = sourcecode.make; fileEncoding = 4; path = makefile.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = nmakehlp.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = README; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = rules.vc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = stub16.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsp; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D447F08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsw */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.dsw; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448008F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.hpj.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.hpj.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448108F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tcl.m4; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448208F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tcl.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448308F272BA004A47F5 /* tclAppInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclAppInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448408F272BA004A47F5 /* tclConfig.sh.in */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script.sh; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclConfig.sh.in; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448608F272BA004A47F5 /* tclsh.rc */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text; path = tclsh.rc; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448708F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWin32Dll.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWin32Dll.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448808F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinChan.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinChan.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448908F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinConsole.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinConsole.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448A08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinDde.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinDde.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448B08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinError.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinError.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448C08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinFCmd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinFCmd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448D08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinFile.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinFile.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinInit.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinInit.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D448F08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinInt.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclWinInt.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449008F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinLoad.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinLoad.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449108F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinNotify.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinNotify.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449208F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinPipe.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinPipe.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449308F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinPort.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclWinPort.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449408F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinReg.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinReg.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449508F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinSerial.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinSerial.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449608F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinSock.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinSock.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449708F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinTest.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinTest.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449808F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinThrd.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinThrd.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449908F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinThrd.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclWinThrd.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F96D449A08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinTime.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclWinTime.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F976F6A70C325FB6005066D9 /* tkMacOSXPrivate.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tkMacOSXPrivate.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F97AE7F10B65C1E900310EA2 /* Wish-Common.xcconfig */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.xcconfig; path = "Wish-Common.xcconfig"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.xcconfig; path = "Wish-Release.xcconfig"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = text.xcconfig; path = "Wish-Debug.xcconfig"; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9903CAF094FAADA004613E9 /* tclTomMath.decls */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = tclTomMath.decls; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9903CB0094FAADA004613E9 /* tclTomMathDecls.h */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.h; path = tclTomMathDecls.h; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9A3082D08F2D4AB00BAE1AB /* Tk.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; includeInIndex = 0; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = Tk.framework; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9A3084B08F2D4CE00BAE1AB /* Wish.app */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = wrapper.application; includeInIndex = 0; path = Wish.app; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9A3084E08F2D4F400BAE1AB /* Tcl.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; includeInIndex = 0; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; path = Tcl.framework; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9A493240CEBF38300B78AE2 /* chanio.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = chanio.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9C9CBFF0E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = wrapper.framework; name = ApplicationServices.framework; path = /System/Library/Frameworks/ApplicationServices.framework; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9D1360A0CDC252C00DBE0B5 /* mclist.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = mclist.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1120B26521500A28025 /* pkgIndex.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = pkgIndex.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1130B26521500A28025 /* platform.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = platform.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1140B26521500A28025 /* shell.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = shell.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1CA0B2652D300A28025 /* apply.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = apply.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1CB0B26534C00A28025 /* mathop.test */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; path = mathop.test; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1E10B26543C00A28025 /* platform_shell.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = platform_shell.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9ECB1E20B26543C00A28025 /* platform.n */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.man; fileEncoding = 4; path = platform.n; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9F4415D0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.dtrace; path = tclDTrace.d; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9F4EFDC0CC7B3CA00378A27 /* ttkpane.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; languageSpecificationIdentifier = shell; path = ttkpane.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9F4EFDD0CC7B3CB00378A27 /* ttkmenu.tcl */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = text.script; fileEncoding = 4; languageSpecificationIdentifier = shell; path = ttkmenu.tcl; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9FC77B70AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; fileEncoding = 4; lastKnownFileType = sourcecode.c.c; path = tclUnixCompat.c; sourceTree = "<group>"; };
F9FD31F40CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; explicitFileType = "compiled.mach-o.executable"; includeInIndex = 0; path = "tktest-X11"; sourceTree = BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR; };
F9FD32140CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libX11.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libX11.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD32150CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libXext.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libXext.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD32160CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libXss.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libXss.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD34990CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libfreetype.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libfreetype.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD349A0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libXft.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libXft.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
F9FD34C30CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib */ = {isa = PBXFileReference; lastKnownFileType = "compiled.mach-o.dylib"; name = libfontconfig.dylib; path = /usr/X11R6/lib/libfontconfig.dylib; sourceTree = "<absolute>"; };
/* End PBXFileReference section */
/* Begin PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
8DD76FAD0486AB0100D96B5E /* Frameworks */ = {
isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
F966C07508F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework in Frameworks */,
F966C07708F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework in Frameworks */,
F966C07908F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework in Frameworks */,
F94523A20E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework in Frameworks */,
F9C9CC000E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework in Frameworks */,
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
};
F9FD31E30CC1AD070073837D /* Frameworks */ = {
isa = PBXFrameworksBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
F9FD31E40CC1AD070073837D /* CoreFoundation.framework in Frameworks */,
F9FD32170CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD32180CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD32190CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD349C0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD349B0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib in Frameworks */,
F9FD34C40CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib in Frameworks */,
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
};
/* End PBXFrameworksBuildPhase section */
/* Begin PBXGroup section */
08FB7794FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Wish */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3DF708F271BE004A47F5 /* Tk Sources */,
F96D3DF608F27169004A47F5 /* Tcl Sources */,
F966C06F08F281DC005CB29B /* Frameworks */,
1AB674ADFE9D54B511CA2CBB /* Products */,
);
comments = "Copyright (c) 2004-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>\nCopyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.\n\nSee the file \"license.terms\" for information on usage and redistribution of\nthis file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.\n";
name = Wish;
path = .;
sourceTree = SOURCE_ROOT;
};
1AB674ADFE9D54B511CA2CBB /* Products */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F9A3084B08F2D4CE00BAE1AB /* Wish.app */,
F9A3082D08F2D4AB00BAE1AB /* Tk.framework */,
F9A3084E08F2D4F400BAE1AB /* Tcl.framework */,
8DD76FB20486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */,
F9FD31F40CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */,
);
includeInIndex = 0;
name = Products;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BA0308F27A37005CB29B /* bitmaps */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BA0408F27A37005CB29B /* error.xbm */,
F966BA0508F27A37005CB29B /* gray12.xbm */,
F966BA0608F27A37005CB29B /* gray25.xbm */,
F966BA0708F27A37005CB29B /* gray50.xbm */,
F966BA0808F27A37005CB29B /* gray75.xbm */,
F966BA0908F27A37005CB29B /* hourglass.xbm */,
F966BA0A08F27A37005CB29B /* info.xbm */,
F966BA0B08F27A37005CB29B /* questhead.xbm */,
F966BA0C08F27A37005CB29B /* question.xbm */,
F966BA0D08F27A37005CB29B /* warning.xbm */,
);
path = bitmaps;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BA1008F27A37005CB29B /* doc */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BA1108F27A37005CB29B /* 3DBorder.3 */,
F966BA1208F27A37005CB29B /* AddOption.3 */,
F966BA1308F27A37005CB29B /* bell.n */,
F966BA1408F27A37005CB29B /* bind.n */,
F966BA1508F27A37005CB29B /* BindTable.3 */,
F966BA1608F27A37005CB29B /* bindtags.n */,
F966BA1708F27A37005CB29B /* bitmap.n */,
F966BA1808F27A37005CB29B /* button.n */,
F966BA1908F27A37005CB29B /* canvas.n */,
F966BA1A08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvPsY.3 */,
F966BA1B08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvTkwin.3 */,
F966BA1C08F27A37005CB29B /* CanvTxtInfo.3 */,
F966BA1D08F27A37005CB29B /* checkbutton.n */,
F966BA1E08F27A37005CB29B /* chooseColor.n */,
F966BA1F08F27A37005CB29B /* chooseDirectory.n */,
F966BA2008F27A37005CB29B /* Clipboard.3 */,
F966BA2108F27A37005CB29B /* clipboard.n */,
F966BA2208F27A37005CB29B /* ClrSelect.3 */,
F966BA2308F27A37005CB29B /* colors.n */,
F966BA2408F27A37005CB29B /* ConfigWidg.3 */,
F966BA2508F27A37005CB29B /* ConfigWind.3 */,
F966BA2608F27A37005CB29B /* console.n */,
F966BA2708F27A37005CB29B /* CoordToWin.3 */,
F966BA2808F27A37005CB29B /* CrtCmHdlr.3 */,
F966BA2908F27A37005CB29B /* CrtErrHdlr.3 */,
F966BA2A08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtGenHdlr.3 */,
F966BA2B08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtImgType.3 */,
F966BA2C08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtItemType.3 */,
F966BA2D08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtPhImgFmt.3 */,
F966BA2E08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtSelHdlr.3 */,
F966BA2F08F27A37005CB29B /* CrtWindow.3 */,
F966BA3008F27A37005CB29B /* cursors.n */,
F966BA3108F27A37005CB29B /* DeleteImg.3 */,
F966BA3208F27A37005CB29B /* destroy.n */,
F966BA3308F27A37005CB29B /* dialog.n */,
F966BA3408F27A37005CB29B /* DrawFocHlt.3 */,
F966BA3508F27A37005CB29B /* entry.n */,
F966BA3608F27A37005CB29B /* event.n */,
F966BA3708F27A37005CB29B /* EventHndlr.3 */,
F966BA3808F27A37005CB29B /* FindPhoto.3 */,
F966BA3908F27A37005CB29B /* focus.n */,
F966BA3A08F27A37005CB29B /* focusNext.n */,
F966BA3B08F27A37005CB29B /* font.n */,
F966BA3C08F27A37005CB29B /* FontId.3 */,
F966BA3D08F27A37005CB29B /* frame.n */,
F966BA3E08F27A37005CB29B /* FreeXId.3 */,
F966BA3F08F27A37005CB29B /* GeomReq.3 */,
F966BA4008F27A37005CB29B /* GetAnchor.3 */,
F966BA4108F27A37005CB29B /* GetBitmap.3 */,
F966BA4208F27A37005CB29B /* GetCapStyl.3 */,
F966BA4308F27A37005CB29B /* GetClrmap.3 */,
F966BA4408F27A37005CB29B /* GetColor.3 */,
F966BA4508F27A37005CB29B /* GetCursor.3 */,
F966BA4608F27A37005CB29B /* GetDash.3 */,
F966BA4708F27A37005CB29B /* GetFont.3 */,
F966BA4808F27A37005CB29B /* GetGC.3 */,
F966BA4908F27A37005CB29B /* GetHINSTANCE.3 */,
F966BA4A08F27A37005CB29B /* GetHWND.3 */,
F966BA4B08F27A37005CB29B /* GetImage.3 */,
F966BA4C08F27A37005CB29B /* GetJoinStl.3 */,
F966BA4D08F27A37005CB29B /* GetJustify.3 */,
F966BA4E08F27A37005CB29B /* getOpenFile.n */,
F966BA4F08F27A37005CB29B /* GetOption.3 */,
F966BA5008F27A38005CB29B /* GetPixels.3 */,
F966BA5108F27A38005CB29B /* GetPixmap.3 */,
F966BA5208F27A38005CB29B /* GetRelief.3 */,
F966BA5308F27A38005CB29B /* GetRootCrd.3 */,
F966BA5408F27A38005CB29B /* GetScroll.3 */,
F966BA5508F27A38005CB29B /* GetSelect.3 */,
F966BA5608F27A38005CB29B /* GetUid.3 */,
F966BA5708F27A38005CB29B /* GetVisual.3 */,
F966BA5808F27A38005CB29B /* GetVRoot.3 */,
F966BA5908F27A38005CB29B /* Grab.3 */,
F966BA5A08F27A38005CB29B /* grab.n */,
F966BA5B08F27A38005CB29B /* grid.n */,
F966BA5C08F27A38005CB29B /* HandleEvent.3 */,
F966BA5D08F27A38005CB29B /* HWNDToWindow.3 */,
F966BA5E08F27A38005CB29B /* IdToWindow.3 */,
F966BA5F08F27A38005CB29B /* image.n */,
F966BA6008F27A38005CB29B /* ImgChanged.3 */,
F966BA6108F27A38005CB29B /* Inactive.3 */,
F966BA6208F27A38005CB29B /* InternAtom.3 */,
F966BA6308F27A38005CB29B /* keysyms.n */,
F966BA6408F27A38005CB29B /* label.n */,
F966BA6508F27A38005CB29B /* labelframe.n */,
F966BA6608F27A38005CB29B /* listbox.n */,
F966BA6708F27A38005CB29B /* loadTk.n */,
F966BA6808F27A38005CB29B /* lower.n */,
F966BA6908F27A38005CB29B /* MainLoop.3 */,
F966BA6A08F27A38005CB29B /* MaintGeom.3 */,
F966BA6B08F27A38005CB29B /* MainWin.3 */,
F966BA6D08F27A38005CB29B /* ManageGeom.3 */,
F966BA6E08F27A38005CB29B /* MapWindow.3 */,
F966BA6F08F27A38005CB29B /* MeasureChar.3 */,
F966BA7008F27A38005CB29B /* menu.n */,
F966BA7108F27A38005CB29B /* menubar.n */,
F966BA7208F27A38005CB29B /* menubutton.n */,
F966BA7308F27A38005CB29B /* message.n */,
F966BA7408F27A38005CB29B /* messageBox.n */,
F966BA7508F27A38005CB29B /* MoveToplev.3 */,
F966BA7608F27A38005CB29B /* Name.3 */,
F966BA7708F27A38005CB29B /* NameOfImg.3 */,
F966BA7808F27A38005CB29B /* option.n */,
F966BA7908F27A38005CB29B /* optionMenu.n */,
F966BA7A08F27A38005CB29B /* options.n */,
F966BA7B08F27A38005CB29B /* OwnSelect.3 */,
F966BA7C08F27A38005CB29B /* pack-old.n */,
F966BA7D08F27A38005CB29B /* pack.n */,
F966BA7E08F27A38005CB29B /* palette.n */,
F966BA7F08F27A38005CB29B /* panedwindow.n */,
F966BA8008F27A38005CB29B /* ParseArgv.3 */,
F966BA8108F27A38005CB29B /* photo.n */,
F966BA8208F27A38005CB29B /* place.n */,
F966BA8308F27A38005CB29B /* popup.n */,
F966BA8408F27A38005CB29B /* QWinEvent.3 */,
F966BA8508F27A38005CB29B /* radiobutton.n */,
F966BA8608F27A38005CB29B /* raise.n */,
F966BA8708F27A38005CB29B /* Restack.3 */,
F966BA8808F27A38005CB29B /* RestrictEv.3 */,
F966BA8908F27A38005CB29B /* scale.n */,
F966BA8A08F27A38005CB29B /* scrollbar.n */,
F966BA8B08F27A38005CB29B /* selection.n */,
F966BA8C08F27A38005CB29B /* send.n */,
F966BA8D08F27A38005CB29B /* SetAppName.3 */,
F966BA8E08F27A38005CB29B /* SetCaret.3 */,
F966BA8F08F27A38005CB29B /* SetClass.3 */,
F966BA9008F27A38005CB29B /* SetClassProcs.3 */,
F966BA9108F27A38005CB29B /* SetGrid.3 */,
F966BA9208F27A38005CB29B /* SetOptions.3 */,
F966BA9308F27A38005CB29B /* SetVisual.3 */,
F966BA9408F27A38005CB29B /* spinbox.n */,
F966BA9508F27A38005CB29B /* StrictMotif.3 */,
F966BA9608F27A38005CB29B /* text.n */,
F966BA9708F27A38005CB29B /* TextLayout.3 */,
F966BA9808F27A38005CB29B /* tk.n */,
F966BA9908F27A38005CB29B /* tk4.0.ps */,
F966BA9A08F27A38005CB29B /* Tk_Init.3 */,
F966BA9B08F27A38005CB29B /* Tk_Main.3 */,
F966BA9C08F27A38005CB29B /* tkerror.n */,
F966BA9D08F27A38005CB29B /* TkInitStubs.3 */,
F966BA9E08F27A38005CB29B /* tkvars.n */,
F966BA9F08F27A38005CB29B /* tkwait.n */,
F966BAA008F27A38005CB29B /* toplevel.n */,
F968886B0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_button.n */,
F968886C0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_checkbutton.n */,
F968886D0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_combobox.n */,
F968886F0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_entry.n */,
F96888700AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_frame.n */,
F96888710AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_Geometry.3 */,
F96888720AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_image.n */,
F96888730AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_intro.n */,
F96888740AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_label.n */,
F96888750AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_labelframe.n */,
F96888760AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_menubutton.n */,
F96888770AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_notebook.n */,
F96888780AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_panedwindow.n */,
F96888790AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_progressbar.n */,
F968887A0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_radiobutton.n */,
F968887B0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_scrollbar.n */,
F968887C0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_separator.n */,
F968887D0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_sizegrip.n */,
F968887E0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_style.n */,
F968887F0AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_Theme.3 */,
F96888800AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_treeview.n */,
F96888810AF788F6000797B5 /* ttk_widget.n */,
F966BAA108F27A38005CB29B /* WindowId.3 */,
F966BAA208F27A38005CB29B /* winfo.n */,
F966BAA308F27A38005CB29B /* wish.1 */,
F966BAA408F27A38005CB29B /* wm.n */,
);
path = doc;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BAA508F27A38005CB29B /* generic */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BAA608F27A38005CB29B /* default.h */,
F966BAA708F27A38005CB29B /* ks_names.h */,
F966BAA808F27A38005CB29B /* prolog.ps */,
F966BAA908F27A39005CB29B /* README */,
F966BAAA08F27A39005CB29B /* tk.decls */,
F966BAAB08F27A39005CB29B /* tk.h */,
F966BAAC08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.c */,
F966BAAD08F27A39005CB29B /* tk3d.h */,
F966BAAE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkArgv.c */,
F966BAAF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkAtom.c */,
F966BAB008F27A39005CB29B /* tkBind.c */,
F966BAB108F27A39005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c */,
F966BAB208F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.c */,
F966BAB308F27A39005CB29B /* tkButton.h */,
F966BAB408F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c */,
F966BAB508F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c */,
F966BAB608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvas.h */,
F966BAB708F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c */,
F966BAB808F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c */,
F966BAB908F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c */,
F966BABA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c */,
F966BABB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c */,
F966BABD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c */,
F966BABE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c */,
F966BABF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c */,
F966BAC008F27A39005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c */,
F966BAC108F27A39005CB29B /* tkCmds.c */,
F966BAC208F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.c */,
F966BAC308F27A39005CB29B /* tkColor.h */,
F966BAC408F27A39005CB29B /* tkConfig.c */,
F966BAC508F27A39005CB29B /* tkConsole.c */,
F966BAC608F27A39005CB29B /* tkCursor.c */,
F966BAC708F27A39005CB29B /* tkDecls.h */,
F966BAC808F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.c */,
F966BAC908F27A39005CB29B /* tkEntry.h */,
F966BACA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkError.c */,
F966BACB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkEvent.c */,
F966BACC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c */,
F966BACD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.h */,
F966BACE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFocus.c */,
F966BACF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.c */,
F966BAD008F27A39005CB29B /* tkFont.h */,
F966BAD108F27A39005CB29B /* tkFrame.c */,
F966BAD208F27A39005CB29B /* tkGC.c */,
F966BAD308F27A39005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c */,
F966BAD408F27A39005CB29B /* tkGet.c */,
F966BAD508F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrab.c */,
F966BAD608F27A39005CB29B /* tkGrid.c */,
F966BAD708F27A39005CB29B /* tkImage.c */,
F966BAD808F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c */,
F966BAD908F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c */,
F966BADA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c */,
F966BADB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c */,
F966BADC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkImgUtil.c */,
F966BADE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkInt.decls */,
F966BADF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkInt.h */,
F966BAE108F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntDecls.h */,
F966BAE208F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntPlatDecls.h */,
F966BAE308F27A39005CB29B /* tkIntXlibDecls.h */,
F966BAE408F27A39005CB29B /* tkListbox.c */,
F966BAE508F27A39005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c */,
F966BAE608F27A39005CB29B /* tkMain.c */,
F966BAE708F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.c */,
F966BAE808F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenu.h */,
F966BAE908F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c */,
F966BAEA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.h */,
F966BAEB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c */,
F966BAEC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkMessage.c */,
F966BAED08F27A39005CB29B /* tkObj.c */,
F966BAEE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c */,
F966BAEF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOption.c */,
F966BAF008F27A39005CB29B /* tkPack.c */,
F966BAF108F27A39005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c */,
F966BAF208F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlace.c */,
F966BAF308F27A39005CB29B /* tkPlatDecls.h */,
F966BAF408F27A39005CB29B /* tkPointer.c */,
F966BAF508F27A39005CB29B /* tkPort.h */,
F966BAF608F27A39005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c */,
F966BAF708F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.c */,
F966BAF808F27A39005CB29B /* tkScale.h */,
F966BAF908F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c */,
F966BAFA08F27A39005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.h */,
F966BAFB08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.c */,
F966BAFC08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSelect.h */,
F966BAFD08F27A39005CB29B /* tkSquare.c */,
F966BAFE08F27A39005CB29B /* tkOldTest.c */,
F966BAFF08F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c */,
F966BB0008F27A39005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c */,
F966BB0108F27A39005CB29B /* tkStyle.c */,
F966BB0208F27A39005CB29B /* tkTest.c */,
F966BB0308F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.c */,
F966BB0408F27A39005CB29B /* tkText.h */,
F966BB0508F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c */,
F966BB0608F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c */,
F966BB0808F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c */,
F966BB0908F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c */,
F966BB0A08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c */,
F966BB0B08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c */,
F966BB0C08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c */,
F966BB0D08F27A39005CB29B /* tkTrig.c */,
F966BB0E08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.c */,
F966BB0F08F27A39005CB29B /* tkUndo.h */,
F966BB1008F27A39005CB29B /* tkUtil.c */,
F966BB1108F27A39005CB29B /* tkVisual.c */,
F966BB1208F27A39005CB29B /* tkWindow.c */,
F96887DF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttk */,
);
path = generic;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BB1308F27A39005CB29B /* library */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BB1408F27A39005CB29B /* bgerror.tcl */,
F966BB1508F27A39005CB29B /* button.tcl */,
F966BB1608F27A39005CB29B /* choosedir.tcl */,
F966BB1708F27A39005CB29B /* clrpick.tcl */,
F966BB1808F27A39005CB29B /* comdlg.tcl */,
F966BB1908F27A39005CB29B /* console.tcl */,
F966BB1A08F27A39005CB29B /* demos */,
F966BB6208F27A3A005CB29B /* dialog.tcl */,
F966BB6308F27A3A005CB29B /* entry.tcl */,
F966BB6408F27A3A005CB29B /* focus.tcl */,
F966BB7308F27A3A005CB29B /* listbox.tcl */,
F966BB7408F27A3A005CB29B /* menu.tcl */,
F966BB7508F27A3A005CB29B /* mkpsenc.tcl */,
F966BB7608F27A3A005CB29B /* msgbox.tcl */,
F966BB8608F27A3A005CB29B /* obsolete.tcl */,
F966BB8708F27A3A005CB29B /* optMenu.tcl */,
F966BB8808F27A3A005CB29B /* palette.tcl */,
F966BB8908F27A3B005CB29B /* panedwindow.tcl */,
F966BB8A08F27A3B005CB29B /* prolog.ps */,
F966BB8B08F27A3B005CB29B /* safetk.tcl */,
F966BB8C08F27A3B005CB29B /* scale.tcl */,
F966BB8D08F27A3B005CB29B /* scrlbar.tcl */,
F966BB8E08F27A3B005CB29B /* spinbox.tcl */,
F966BB8F08F27A3B005CB29B /* tclIndex */,
F966BB9008F27A3B005CB29B /* tearoff.tcl */,
F966BB9108F27A3B005CB29B /* text.tcl */,
F966BB9208F27A3B005CB29B /* tk.tcl */,
F966BB9308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkfbox.tcl */,
F96888360AF787B3000797B5 /* ttk */,
F966BB9408F27A3B005CB29B /* unsupported.tcl */,
F966BB9508F27A3B005CB29B /* xmfbox.tcl */,
);
path = library;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BB1A08F27A39005CB29B /* demos */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BB1B08F27A39005CB29B /* anilabel.tcl */,
F966BB1C08F27A39005CB29B /* aniwave.tcl */,
F966BB1D08F27A39005CB29B /* arrow.tcl */,
F966BB1E08F27A39005CB29B /* bind.tcl */,
F966BB1F08F27A39005CB29B /* bitmap.tcl */,
F966BB2008F27A39005CB29B /* browse */,
F966BB2108F27A39005CB29B /* button.tcl */,
F966BB2208F27A39005CB29B /* check.tcl */,
F966BB2308F27A39005CB29B /* clrpick.tcl */,
F966BB2408F27A39005CB29B /* colors.tcl */,
F936FCDB0CCD984600716967 /* combo.tcl */,
F966BB2508F27A39005CB29B /* cscroll.tcl */,
F966BB2608F27A39005CB29B /* ctext.tcl */,
F966BB2708F27A39005CB29B /* dialog1.tcl */,
F966BB2808F27A39005CB29B /* dialog2.tcl */,
F966BB2A08F27A39005CB29B /* entry1.tcl */,
F966BB2B08F27A39005CB29B /* entry2.tcl */,
F966BB2C08F27A39005CB29B /* entry3.tcl */,
F966BB2D08F27A39005CB29B /* filebox.tcl */,
F966BB2E08F27A39005CB29B /* floor.tcl */,
F966BB2F08F27A39005CB29B /* form.tcl */,
F966BB3008F27A39005CB29B /* goldberg.tcl */,
F966BB3108F27A39005CB29B /* hello */,
F966BB3208F27A39005CB29B /* hscale.tcl */,
F966BB3308F27A39005CB29B /* icon.tcl */,
F966BB3408F27A39005CB29B /* image1.tcl */,
F966BB3508F27A39005CB29B /* image2.tcl */,
F966BB4208F27A3A005CB29B /* items.tcl */,
F966BB4308F27A3A005CB29B /* ixset */,
F92240290D7C620F005EC715 /* knightstour.tcl */,
F966BB4408F27A3A005CB29B /* label.tcl */,
F966BB4508F27A3A005CB29B /* labelframe.tcl */,
F9D1360A0CDC252C00DBE0B5 /* mclist.tcl */,
F966BB4608F27A3A005CB29B /* menu.tcl */,
F966BB4708F27A3A005CB29B /* menubu.tcl */,
F966BB4808F27A3A005CB29B /* msgbox.tcl */,
F966BB4A08F27A3A005CB29B /* paned1.tcl */,
F966BB4B08F27A3A005CB29B /* paned2.tcl */,
F966BB4C08F27A3A005CB29B /* pendulum.tcl */,
F966BB4D08F27A3A005CB29B /* plot.tcl */,
F966BB4E08F27A3A005CB29B /* puzzle.tcl */,
F966BB4F08F27A3A005CB29B /* radio.tcl */,
F966BB5008F27A3A005CB29B /* README */,
F966BB5108F27A3A005CB29B /* rmt */,
F966BB5208F27A3A005CB29B /* rolodex */,
F966BB5308F27A3A005CB29B /* ruler.tcl */,
F966BB5408F27A3A005CB29B /* sayings.tcl */,
F966BB5508F27A3A005CB29B /* search.tcl */,
F966BB5608F27A3A005CB29B /* spin.tcl */,
F966BB5708F27A3A005CB29B /* square */,
F966BB5808F27A3A005CB29B /* states.tcl */,
F966BB5908F27A3A005CB29B /* style.tcl */,
F966BB5A08F27A3A005CB29B /* tclIndex */,
F966BB5B08F27A3A005CB29B /* tcolor */,
F966BB5C08F27A3A005CB29B /* text.tcl */,
F9099B8A0CC67D30005A9580 /* textpeer.tcl */,
F966BB5D08F27A3A005CB29B /* timer */,
F936FCD90CCD984600716967 /* toolbar.tcl */,
F936FCD80CCD984600716967 /* tree.tcl */,
F9099B8B0CC67D3E005A9580 /* ttkbut.tcl */,
F9F4EFDD0CC7B3CB00378A27 /* ttkmenu.tcl */,
F936FCDA0CCD984600716967 /* ttknote.tcl */,
F9F4EFDC0CC7B3CA00378A27 /* ttkpane.tcl */,
F936FCD70CCD984500716967 /* ttkprogress.tcl */,
F966BB5E08F27A3A005CB29B /* twind.tcl */,
F966BB5F08F27A3A005CB29B /* unicodeout.tcl */,
F966BB6008F27A3A005CB29B /* vscale.tcl */,
F966BB6108F27A3A005CB29B /* widget */,
);
path = demos;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BB9708F27A3B005CB29B /* macosx */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BBBA08F27A3B005CB29B /* configure.ac */,
F966BBBB08F27A3B005CB29B /* GNUmakefile */,
F966BBBE08F27A3B005CB29B /* README */,
F966BBC008F27A3B005CB29B /* Tk-Info.plist.in */,
F966BBC208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSX.h */,
F966BBC508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c */,
F966BBC608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c */,
F966BBC808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c */,
F966BBC908F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c */,
F966BBCA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c */,
F966BBCB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c */,
F966BBCC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursors.h */,
F966BBCD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c */,
F966BBCE08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.h */,
F966BBCF08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDefault.h */,
F966BBD008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c */,
F966BBD108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c */,
F966BBD208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c */,
F966BBD308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c */,
F966BBD408F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c */,
F966BBD508F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.h */,
F966BBD608F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c */,
F93E5EFD09CF8711008FA367 /* tkMacOSXFont.h */,
F966BBD708F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c */,
F966BBD808F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c */,
F966BBDA08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInt.h */,
F966BBDB08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c */,
F966BBDC08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c */,
F966BBDD08F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c */,
F966BBE008F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c */,
F966BBE108F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c */,
F966BBE208F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c */,
F966BBE308F27A3B005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c */,
F966BBEA08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXPort.h */,
F976F6A70C325FB6005066D9 /* tkMacOSXPrivate.h */,
F966BBEB08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c */,
F966BBEC08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScale.c */,
F966BBED08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c */,
F966BBEE08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c */,
F966BBEF08F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c */,
F966BBF008F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c */,
F966BBF108F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c */,
F966BBF208F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c */,
F966BBF308F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.h */,
F966BBF408F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXCursors.h */,
F966BBF508F27A3C005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c */,
F96888840AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c */,
F95D8D4B0F1715610006B020 /* Tk.icns */,
F95D8D4C0F1715610006B020 /* Tk.tiff */,
F966BBF708F27A3C005CB29B /* Wish-Info.plist.in */,
F97AE7F10B65C1E900310EA2 /* Wish-Common.xcconfig */,
F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */,
F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */,
);
path = macosx;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC0408F27A3C005CB29B /* tests */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC0508F27A3C005CB29B /* all.tcl */,
F966BC0608F27A3C005CB29B /* arc.tcl */,
F966BC0708F27A3C005CB29B /* bell.test */,
F966BC0808F27A3C005CB29B /* bevel.tcl */,
F966BC0908F27A3C005CB29B /* bgerror.test */,
F966BC0A08F27A3C005CB29B /* bind.test */,
F966BC0B08F27A3C005CB29B /* bitmap.test */,
F966BC0C08F27A3C005CB29B /* border.test */,
F966BC0D08F27A3C005CB29B /* bugs.tcl */,
F966BC0E08F27A3C005CB29B /* butGeom.tcl */,
F966BC0F08F27A3C005CB29B /* butGeom2.tcl */,
F966BC1008F27A3C005CB29B /* button.test */,
F966BC1108F27A3C005CB29B /* canvas.test */,
F966BC1208F27A3C005CB29B /* canvImg.test */,
F966BC1308F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPs.test */,
F966BC1408F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsArc.tcl */,
F966BC1508F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsBmap.tcl */,
F966BC1608F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsGrph.tcl */,
F966BC1708F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsImg.tcl */,
F966BC1808F27A3C005CB29B /* canvPsText.tcl */,
F966BC1908F27A3C005CB29B /* canvRect.test */,
F966BC1A08F27A3C005CB29B /* canvText.test */,
F966BC1B08F27A3C005CB29B /* canvWind.test */,
F966BC1C08F27A3C005CB29B /* choosedir.test */,
F966BC1D08F27A3C005CB29B /* clipboard.test */,
F966BC1E08F27A3C005CB29B /* clrpick.test */,
F966BC1F08F27A3C005CB29B /* cmap.tcl */,
F966BC2008F27A3C005CB29B /* cmds.test */,
F966BC2108F27A3C005CB29B /* color.test */,
F966BC2208F27A3C005CB29B /* config.test */,
F966BC2308F27A3C005CB29B /* constraints.tcl */,
F966BC2408F27A3C005CB29B /* cursor.test */,
F966BC2508F27A3C005CB29B /* dialog.test */,
F966BC2608F27A3C005CB29B /* embed.test */,
F966BC2708F27A3C005CB29B /* entry.test */,
F966BC2808F27A3C005CB29B /* event.test */,
F966BC2908F27A3C005CB29B /* filebox.test */,
F966BC2A08F27A3C005CB29B /* focus.test */,
F966BC2B08F27A3C005CB29B /* focusTcl.test */,
F966BC2C08F27A3C005CB29B /* font.test */,
F966BC2D08F27A3C005CB29B /* frame.test */,
F966BC2E08F27A3C005CB29B /* geometry.test */,
F966BC2F08F27A3C005CB29B /* get.test */,
F966BC3008F27A3C005CB29B /* grab.test */,
F966BC3108F27A3C005CB29B /* grid.test */,
F966BC3208F27A3C005CB29B /* id.test */,
F966BC3308F27A3C005CB29B /* image.test */,
F966BC3408F27A3C005CB29B /* imgBmap.test */,
F966BC3508F27A3C005CB29B /* imgPhoto.test */,
F966BC3608F27A3C005CB29B /* imgPPM.test */,
F966BC3708F27A3C005CB29B /* listbox.test */,
F966BC3808F27A3C005CB29B /* main.test */,
F966BC3908F27A3C005CB29B /* menu.test */,
F966BC3A08F27A3C005CB29B /* menubut.test */,
F966BC3B08F27A3C005CB29B /* menuDraw.test */,
F966BC3C08F27A3C005CB29B /* message.test */,
F966BC3D08F27A3C005CB29B /* msgbox.test */,
F966BC3E08F27A3C005CB29B /* obj.test */,
F966BC3F08F27A3C005CB29B /* oldpack.test */,
F966BC4008F27A3C005CB29B /* option.file1 */,
F966BC4108F27A3C005CB29B /* option.file2 */,
F966BC4208F27A3C005CB29B /* option.test */,
F966BC4308F27A3C005CB29B /* pack.test */,
F966BC4408F27A3C005CB29B /* panedwindow.test */,
F966BC4508F27A3D005CB29B /* place.test */,
F966BC4608F27A3D005CB29B /* raise.test */,
F966BC4708F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
F966BC4808F27A3D005CB29B /* safe.test */,
F966BC4908F27A3D005CB29B /* scale.test */,
F966BC4A08F27A3D005CB29B /* scrollbar.test */,
F966BC4B08F27A3D005CB29B /* select.test */,
F966BC4C08F27A3D005CB29B /* send.test */,
F966BC4D08F27A3D005CB29B /* spinbox.test */,
F966BC4E08F27A3D005CB29B /* text.test */,
F966BC4F08F27A3D005CB29B /* textBTree.test */,
F966BC5008F27A3D005CB29B /* textDisp.test */,
F966BC5108F27A3D005CB29B /* textImage.test */,
F966BC5208F27A3D005CB29B /* textIndex.test */,
F966BC5308F27A3D005CB29B /* textMark.test */,
F966BC5408F27A3D005CB29B /* textTag.test */,
F966BC5508F27A3D005CB29B /* textWind.test */,
F966BC5608F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.test */,
F96888530AF7880C000797B5 /* ttk */,
F966BC5708F27A3D005CB29B /* unixButton.test */,
F966BC5808F27A3D005CB29B /* unixEmbed.test */,
F966BC5908F27A3D005CB29B /* unixFont.test */,
F966BC5A08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixMenu.test */,
F966BC5B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixSelect.test */,
F966BC5C08F27A3D005CB29B /* unixWm.test */,
F966BC5D08F27A3D005CB29B /* util.test */,
F966BC5E08F27A3D005CB29B /* visual.test */,
F966BC5F08F27A3D005CB29B /* visual_bb.test */,
F966BC6008F27A3D005CB29B /* winButton.test */,
F966BC6108F27A3D005CB29B /* winClipboard.test */,
F966BC6208F27A3D005CB29B /* winDialog.test */,
F966BC6308F27A3D005CB29B /* window.test */,
F966BC6408F27A3D005CB29B /* winfo.test */,
F966BC6508F27A3D005CB29B /* winFont.test */,
F966BC6608F27A3D005CB29B /* winMenu.test */,
F966BC6708F27A3D005CB29B /* winSend.test */,
F966BC6808F27A3D005CB29B /* winWm.test */,
F966BC6908F27A3D005CB29B /* wm.test */,
F966BC6A08F27A3D005CB29B /* xmfbox.test */,
);
path = tests;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC6C08F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC6D08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure */,
F966BC6E08F27A3D005CB29B /* configure.in */,
F966BC6F08F27A3D005CB29B /* install-sh */,
F966BC7008F27A3D005CB29B /* installManPage */,
F966BC7108F27A3D005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
F966BC7208F27A3D005CB29B /* README */,
F966BC7308F27A3D005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
F966BC7408F27A3D005CB29B /* tk.spec */,
F966BC7508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c */,
F966BC7608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.h.in */,
F966BC7708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
F966BC7808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix.c */,
F966BC7908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c */,
F966BC7A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixButton.c */,
F966BC7B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixColor.c */,
F966BC7C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixConfig.c */,
F966BC7D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixCursor.c */,
F966BC7E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDefault.h */,
F966BC7F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDialog.c */,
F966BC8008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixDraw.c */,
F966BC8108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEmbed.c */,
F966BC8208F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixEvent.c */,
F966BC8308F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFocus.c */,
F966BC8408F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixFont.c */,
F966BC8508F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInit.c */,
F966BC8608F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixInt.h */,
F966BC8708F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixKey.c */,
F966BC8808F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenu.c */,
F966BC8908F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixMenubu.c */,
F966BC8A08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixPort.h */,
F966BC8B08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixRFont.c */,
F966BC8C08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c */,
F966BC8D08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixScrlbr.c */,
F966BC8E08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSelect.c */,
F966BC8F08F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixSend.c */,
F966BC9008F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixWm.c */,
F966BC9108F27A3D005CB29B /* tkUnixXId.c */,
);
path = unix;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BC9408F27A3D005CB29B /* aclocal.m4 */,
F966BC9508F27A3D005CB29B /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F966BC9608F27A3E005CB29B /* configure */,
F966BC9708F27A3E005CB29B /* configure.in */,
F966BC9808F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.bc */,
F966BC9908F27A3E005CB29B /* Makefile.in */,
F966BC9A08F27A3E005CB29B /* makefile.vc */,
F966BC9B08F27A3E005CB29B /* mkd.bat */,
F966BC9C08F27A3E005CB29B /* nmakehlp.c */,
F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */,
F966BCF308F27A3E005CB29B /* README */,
F966BCF408F27A3E005CB29B /* rmd.bat */,
F966BCF508F27A3F005CB29B /* rules.vc */,
F966BCF608F27A3F005CB29B /* stubs.c */,
F966BCF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tcl.m4 */,
F966BCF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.sh.in */,
F966BCF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin.h */,
F966BCFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin32Dll.c */,
F966BCFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWin3d.c */,
F966BCFC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinButton.c */,
F966BCFD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinClipboard.c */,
F966BCFE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinColor.c */,
F966BCFF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinConfig.c */,
F966BD0008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinCursor.c */,
F966BD0108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDefault.h */,
F966BD0208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDialog.c */,
F966BD0308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinDraw.c */,
F966BD0408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinEmbed.c */,
F966BD0508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinFont.c */,
F966BD0708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinImage.c */,
F966BD0808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinInit.c */,
F966BD0908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinInt.h */,
F966BD0A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinKey.c */,
F966BD0B08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinMenu.c */,
F966BD0C08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPixmap.c */,
F966BD0D08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPointer.c */,
F966BD0E08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinPort.h */,
F966BD0F08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinRegion.c */,
F966BD1008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinScrlbr.c */,
F966BD1108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSend.c */,
F966BD1208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSendCom.c */,
F966BD1308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinSendCom.h */,
F966BD1408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinTest.c */,
F966BD1508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinWindow.c */,
F966BD1608F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinWm.c */,
F966BD1708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkWinX.c */,
F96888860AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinMonitor.c */,
F96888870AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinTheme.c */,
F96888880AF78953000797B5 /* ttkWinXPTheme.c */,
F966BD1808F27A3F005CB29B /* winMain.c */,
);
path = win;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BC9D08F27A3E005CB29B /* rc */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BCEE08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk.rc */,
F966BCEF08F27A3E005CB29B /* tk_base.rc */,
F966BCF208F27A3E005CB29B /* wish.rc */,
);
path = rc;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BD1908F27A3F005CB29B /* xlib */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BD1A08F27A3F005CB29B /* X11 */,
F966BD2308F27A3F005CB29B /* xbytes.h */,
F966BD2408F27A3F005CB29B /* xcolors.c */,
F966BD2508F27A3F005CB29B /* xdraw.c */,
F966BD2608F27A3F005CB29B /* xgc.c */,
F966BD2708F27A3F005CB29B /* ximage.c */,
F966BD2808F27A3F005CB29B /* xutil.c */,
);
path = xlib;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966BD1A08F27A3F005CB29B /* X11 */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BD1B08F27A3F005CB29B /* cursorfont.h */,
F966BD1C08F27A3F005CB29B /* keysym.h */,
F966BD1D08F27A3F005CB29B /* keysymdef.h */,
F966BD1E08F27A3F005CB29B /* X.h */,
F966BD1F08F27A3F005CB29B /* Xatom.h */,
F966BD2008F27A3F005CB29B /* Xfuncproto.h */,
F966BD2108F27A3F005CB29B /* Xlib.h */,
F966BD2208F27A3F005CB29B /* Xutil.h */,
);
path = X11;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F966C06F08F281DC005CB29B /* Frameworks */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F9C9CBFF0E84059800E00935 /* ApplicationServices.framework */,
F966C07408F2820D005CB29B /* CoreFoundation.framework */,
F966C07608F2821B005CB29B /* Carbon.framework */,
F94523A10E6FC2AC00C1D987 /* Cocoa.framework */,
F966C07808F28233005CB29B /* IOKit.framework */,
F9FD32140CC1AF170073837D /* libX11.dylib */,
F9FD32150CC1AF170073837D /* libXext.dylib */,
F9FD32160CC1AF170073837D /* libXss.dylib */,
F9FD349A0CC1BB0D0073837D /* libXft.dylib */,
F9FD34990CC1BB0D0073837D /* libfreetype.dylib */,
F9FD34C30CC1BBD70073837D /* libfontconfig.dylib */,
);
name = Frameworks;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96887DF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttk */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96887E00AF786D5000797B5 /* ttk.decls */,
F96887E10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c */,
F96887E20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c */,
F96887E30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c */,
F96887E40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c */,
F96887E50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c */,
F96887E60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDecls.h */,
F96887E70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c */,
F96887E80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c */,
F96887E90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c */,
F96887EA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c */,
F96887EB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c */,
F96887EC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c */,
F96887ED0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c */,
F96887EE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c */,
F96887EF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c */,
F96887F00AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.h */,
F96887F10AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c */,
F96887F20AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c */,
F96887F30AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c */,
F96887F40AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c */,
F96887F50AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c */,
F96887F60AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c */,
F96887F70AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c */,
F96887F80AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c */,
F96887F90AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c */,
F96887FA0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c */,
F96887FB0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c */,
F96887FC0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c */,
F96887FD0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c */,
F96887FE0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.h */,
F96887FF0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkThemeInt.h */,
F96888000AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c */,
F96888010AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c */,
F96888020AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c */,
F96888030AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c */,
F96888040AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.h */,
);
path = ttk;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96888360AF787B3000797B5 /* ttk */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96888370AF787B3000797B5 /* altTheme.tcl */,
F96888380AF787B3000797B5 /* aquaTheme.tcl */,
F96888390AF787B3000797B5 /* button.tcl */,
F968883A0AF787B3000797B5 /* clamTheme.tcl */,
F968883B0AF787B3000797B5 /* classicTheme.tcl */,
F968883C0AF787B3000797B5 /* combobox.tcl */,
F968883D0AF787B3000797B5 /* cursors.tcl */,
F968883E0AF787B3000797B5 /* defaults.tcl */,
F96888400AF787B3000797B5 /* entry.tcl */,
F96888410AF787B3000797B5 /* fonts.tcl */,
F96888440AF787B3000797B5 /* menubutton.tcl */,
F96888450AF787B3000797B5 /* notebook.tcl */,
F96888460AF787B3000797B5 /* panedwindow.tcl */,
F96888470AF787B3000797B5 /* progress.tcl */,
F96888480AF787B3000797B5 /* scale.tcl */,
F96888490AF787B3000797B5 /* scrollbar.tcl */,
F968884A0AF787B3000797B5 /* sizegrip.tcl */,
F968884B0AF787B3000797B5 /* treeview.tcl */,
F968884C0AF787B3000797B5 /* ttk.tcl */,
F968884D0AF787B3000797B5 /* utils.tcl */,
F968884E0AF787B3000797B5 /* winTheme.tcl */,
F968884F0AF787B3000797B5 /* xpTheme.tcl */,
);
path = ttk;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96888530AF7880C000797B5 /* ttk */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96888540AF7880C000797B5 /* all.tcl */,
F96888560AF7880C000797B5 /* combobox.test */,
F96888570AF7880C000797B5 /* entry.test */,
F96888580AF7880C000797B5 /* image.test */,
F96888590AF7880C000797B5 /* labelframe.test */,
F968885A0AF7880C000797B5 /* layout.test */,
F968885C0AF7880C000797B5 /* notebook.test */,
F968885D0AF7880C000797B5 /* panedwindow.test */,
F968885E0AF7880C000797B5 /* progressbar.test */,
F968885F0AF7880C000797B5 /* scrollbar.test */,
F96888600AF7880C000797B5 /* treetags.test */,
F96888610AF7880C000797B5 /* treeview.test */,
F96888620AF7880C000797B5 /* ttk.test */,
F96888630AF7880C000797B5 /* validate.test */,
F962F7C60DADC26200648DB8 /* vsapi.test */,
);
path = ttk;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3DF608F27169004A47F5 /* Tcl Sources */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3EC908F272A7004A47F5 /* generic */,
F96D432C08F272B4004A47F5 /* macosx */,
F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */,
F96D425C08F272B2004A47F5 /* libtommath */,
F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */,
F96D3F3808F272A7004A47F5 /* library */,
F96D434408F272B5004A47F5 /* tests */,
F96D3DFC08F272A4004A47F5 /* doc */,
F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */,
F96D3DFA08F272A4004A47F5 /* ChangeLog */,
F96D3DFB08F272A4004A47F5 /* changes */,
F96D434308F272B5004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D432B08F272B4004A47F5 /* license.terms */,
);
name = "Tcl Sources";
sourceTree = TCL_SRCROOT;
};
F96D3DF708F271BE004A47F5 /* Tk Sources */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F966BAA508F27A38005CB29B /* generic */,
F966BB9708F27A3B005CB29B /* macosx */,
F966BC6B08F27A3D005CB29B /* unix */,
F966BD1908F27A3F005CB29B /* xlib */,
F966BA0308F27A37005CB29B /* bitmaps */,
F966BC9208F27A3D005CB29B /* win */,
F966BB1308F27A39005CB29B /* library */,
F966BC0408F27A3C005CB29B /* tests */,
F966BA1008F27A37005CB29B /* doc */,
F966BA0E08F27A37005CB29B /* ChangeLog */,
F966BA0F08F27A37005CB29B /* changes */,
F966BC0308F27A3C005CB29B /* README */,
F966BB9608F27A3B005CB29B /* license.terms */,
);
name = "Tk Sources";
sourceTree = TK_SRCROOT;
};
F96D3DFC08F272A4004A47F5 /* doc */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3DFD08F272A4004A47F5 /* Access.3 */,
F96D3DFE08F272A4004A47F5 /* AddErrInfo.3 */,
F96D3DFF08F272A4004A47F5 /* after.n */,
F96D3E0008F272A4004A47F5 /* Alloc.3 */,
F96D3E0108F272A4004A47F5 /* AllowExc.3 */,
F96D3E0208F272A4004A47F5 /* append.n */,
F96D3E0308F272A4004A47F5 /* AppInit.3 */,
F96D3E0408F272A5004A47F5 /* array.n */,
F96D3E0508F272A5004A47F5 /* AssocData.3 */,
F96D3E0608F272A5004A47F5 /* Async.3 */,
F96D3E0708F272A5004A47F5 /* BackgdErr.3 */,
F96D3E0808F272A5004A47F5 /* Backslash.3 */,
F96D3E0908F272A5004A47F5 /* bgerror.n */,
F96D3E0A08F272A5004A47F5 /* binary.n */,
F96D3E0B08F272A5004A47F5 /* BoolObj.3 */,
F96D3E0C08F272A5004A47F5 /* break.n */,
F96D3E0D08F272A5004A47F5 /* ByteArrObj.3 */,
F96D3E0E08F272A5004A47F5 /* CallDel.3 */,
F96D3E0F08F272A5004A47F5 /* case.n */,
F96D3E1008F272A5004A47F5 /* catch.n */,
F96D3E1108F272A5004A47F5 /* cd.n */,
F96D3E1208F272A5004A47F5 /* chan.n */,
F96D3E1308F272A5004A47F5 /* ChnlStack.3 */,
F96D3E1408F272A5004A47F5 /* clock.n */,
F96D3E1508F272A5004A47F5 /* close.n */,
F96D3E1608F272A5004A47F5 /* CmdCmplt.3 */,
F96D3E1708F272A5004A47F5 /* Concat.3 */,
F96D3E1808F272A5004A47F5 /* concat.n */,
F96D3E1908F272A5004A47F5 /* continue.n */,
F96D3E1A08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtChannel.3 */,
F96D3E1B08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtChnlHdlr.3 */,
F96D3E1C08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtCloseHdlr.3 */,
F96D3E1D08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtCommand.3 */,
F96D3E1E08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtFileHdlr.3 */,
F96D3E1F08F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtInterp.3 */,
F96D3E2008F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtMathFnc.3 */,
F96D3E2108F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtObjCmd.3 */,
F96D3E2208F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtSlave.3 */,
F96D3E2308F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtTimerHdlr.3 */,
F96D3E2408F272A5004A47F5 /* CrtTrace.3 */,
F96D3E2508F272A5004A47F5 /* dde.n */,
F96D3E2608F272A5004A47F5 /* DetachPids.3 */,
F96D3E2708F272A5004A47F5 /* dict.n */,
F96D3E2808F272A5004A47F5 /* DictObj.3 */,
F96D3E2908F272A5004A47F5 /* DoOneEvent.3 */,
F96D3E2A08F272A5004A47F5 /* DoubleObj.3 */,
F96D3E2B08F272A5004A47F5 /* DoWhenIdle.3 */,
F96D3E2C08F272A5004A47F5 /* DString.3 */,
F96D3E2D08F272A5004A47F5 /* DumpActiveMemory.3 */,
F96D3E2E08F272A5004A47F5 /* Encoding.3 */,
F96D3E2F08F272A5004A47F5 /* encoding.n */,
F96D3E3008F272A5004A47F5 /* Ensemble.3 */,
F96D3E3108F272A5004A47F5 /* Environment.3 */,
F96D3E3208F272A5004A47F5 /* eof.n */,
F96D3E3308F272A5004A47F5 /* error.n */,
F96D3E3408F272A5004A47F5 /* Eval.3 */,
F96D3E3508F272A5004A47F5 /* eval.n */,
F96D3E3608F272A5004A47F5 /* exec.n */,
F96D3E3708F272A5004A47F5 /* Exit.3 */,
F96D3E3808F272A5004A47F5 /* exit.n */,
F96D3E3908F272A5004A47F5 /* expr.n */,
F96D3E3A08F272A5004A47F5 /* ExprLong.3 */,
F96D3E3B08F272A5004A47F5 /* ExprLongObj.3 */,
F96D3E3C08F272A5004A47F5 /* fblocked.n */,
F96D3E3D08F272A5004A47F5 /* fconfigure.n */,
F96D3E3E08F272A5004A47F5 /* fcopy.n */,
F96D3E3F08F272A5004A47F5 /* file.n */,
F96D3E4008F272A5004A47F5 /* fileevent.n */,
F96D3E4108F272A5004A47F5 /* filename.n */,
F96D3E4208F272A5004A47F5 /* FileSystem.3 */,
F96D3E4308F272A5004A47F5 /* FindExec.3 */,
F96D3E4408F272A5004A47F5 /* flush.n */,
F96D3E4508F272A5004A47F5 /* for.n */,
F96D3E4608F272A5004A47F5 /* foreach.n */,
F96D3E4708F272A5004A47F5 /* format.n */,
F96D3E4808F272A5004A47F5 /* GetCwd.3 */,
F96D3E4908F272A5004A47F5 /* GetHostName.3 */,
F96D3E4A08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetIndex.3 */,
F96D3E4B08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetInt.3 */,
F96D3E4C08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetOpnFl.3 */,
F96D3E4D08F272A5004A47F5 /* gets.n */,
F96D3E4E08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetStdChan.3 */,
F96D3E4F08F272A5004A47F5 /* GetTime.3 */,
F96D3E5008F272A5004A47F5 /* GetVersion.3 */,
F96D3E5108F272A5004A47F5 /* glob.n */,
F96D3E5208F272A6004A47F5 /* global.n */,
F96D3E5308F272A6004A47F5 /* Hash.3 */,
F96D3E5408F272A6004A47F5 /* history.n */,
F96D3E5508F272A6004A47F5 /* http.n */,
F96D3E5608F272A6004A47F5 /* if.n */,
F96D3E5708F272A6004A47F5 /* incr.n */,
F96D3E5808F272A6004A47F5 /* info.n */,
F96D3E5908F272A6004A47F5 /* Init.3 */,
F96D3E5A08F272A6004A47F5 /* InitStubs.3 */,
F96D3E5B08F272A6004A47F5 /* Interp.3 */,
F96D3E5C08F272A6004A47F5 /* interp.n */,
F96D3E5D08F272A6004A47F5 /* IntObj.3 */,
F96D3E5E08F272A6004A47F5 /* join.n */,
F96D3E5F08F272A6004A47F5 /* lappend.n */,
F96D3E6008F272A6004A47F5 /* lassign.n */,
F96D3E6108F272A6004A47F5 /* library.n */,
F96D3E6208F272A6004A47F5 /* Limit.3 */,
F96D3E6308F272A6004A47F5 /* lindex.n */,
F96D3E6408F272A6004A47F5 /* LinkVar.3 */,
F96D3E6508F272A6004A47F5 /* linsert.n */,
F96D3E6608F272A6004A47F5 /* list.n */,
F96D3E6708F272A6004A47F5 /* ListObj.3 */,
F96D3E6808F272A6004A47F5 /* llength.n */,
F96D3E6908F272A6004A47F5 /* load.n */,
F96D3E6A08F272A6004A47F5 /* lrange.n */,
F96D3E6B08F272A6004A47F5 /* lrepeat.n */,
F96D3E6C08F272A6004A47F5 /* lreplace.n */,
F96D3E6D08F272A6004A47F5 /* lsearch.n */,
F96D3E6E08F272A6004A47F5 /* lset.n */,
F96D3E6F08F272A6004A47F5 /* lsort.n */,
F96D3E7008F272A6004A47F5 /* man.macros */,
F96D3E7108F272A6004A47F5 /* mathfunc.n */,
F96D3E7208F272A6004A47F5 /* memory.n */,
F96D3E7308F272A6004A47F5 /* msgcat.n */,
F96D3E7408F272A6004A47F5 /* Namespace.3 */,
F96D3E7508F272A6004A47F5 /* namespace.n */,
F96D3E7608F272A6004A47F5 /* Notifier.3 */,
F96D3E7708F272A6004A47F5 /* Object.3 */,
F96D3E7808F272A6004A47F5 /* ObjectType.3 */,
F96D3E7908F272A6004A47F5 /* open.n */,
F96D3E7A08F272A6004A47F5 /* OpenFileChnl.3 */,
F96D3E7B08F272A6004A47F5 /* OpenTcp.3 */,
F96D3E7C08F272A6004A47F5 /* package.n */,
F96D3E7D08F272A6004A47F5 /* packagens.n */,
F96D3E7E08F272A6004A47F5 /* Panic.3 */,
F96D3E7F08F272A6004A47F5 /* ParseCmd.3 */,
F96D3E8008F272A6004A47F5 /* pid.n */,
F96D3E8108F272A6004A47F5 /* pkgMkIndex.n */,
F96D3E8208F272A6004A47F5 /* PkgRequire.3 */,
F9ECB1E10B26543C00A28025 /* platform_shell.n */,
F9ECB1E20B26543C00A28025 /* platform.n */,
F96D3E8308F272A6004A47F5 /* Preserve.3 */,
F96D3E8408F272A6004A47F5 /* PrintDbl.3 */,
F96D3E8508F272A6004A47F5 /* proc.n */,
F96D3E8608F272A6004A47F5 /* puts.n */,
F96D3E8708F272A6004A47F5 /* pwd.n */,
F96D3E8808F272A6004A47F5 /* re_syntax.n */,
F96D3E8908F272A6004A47F5 /* read.n */,
F96D3E8A08F272A6004A47F5 /* RecEvalObj.3 */,
F96D3E8B08F272A6004A47F5 /* RecordEval.3 */,
F96D3E8C08F272A6004A47F5 /* RegConfig.3 */,
F96D3E8D08F272A6004A47F5 /* RegExp.3 */,
F96D3E8E08F272A6004A47F5 /* regexp.n */,
F96D3E8F08F272A6004A47F5 /* registry.n */,
F96D3E9008F272A6004A47F5 /* regsub.n */,
F96D3E9108F272A6004A47F5 /* rename.n */,
F96D3E9208F272A6004A47F5 /* return.n */,
F96D3E9308F272A6004A47F5 /* safe.n */,
F96D3E9408F272A6004A47F5 /* SaveResult.3 */,
F96D3E9508F272A6004A47F5 /* scan.n */,
F96D3E9608F272A6004A47F5 /* seek.n */,
F96D3E9708F272A6004A47F5 /* set.n */,
F96D3E9808F272A6004A47F5 /* SetChanErr.3 */,
F96D3E9908F272A6004A47F5 /* SetErrno.3 */,
F96D3E9A08F272A6004A47F5 /* SetRecLmt.3 */,
F96D3E9B08F272A7004A47F5 /* SetResult.3 */,
F96D3E9C08F272A7004A47F5 /* SetVar.3 */,
F96D3E9D08F272A7004A47F5 /* Signal.3 */,
F96D3E9E08F272A7004A47F5 /* Sleep.3 */,
F96D3E9F08F272A7004A47F5 /* socket.n */,
F96D3EA008F272A7004A47F5 /* source.n */,
F96D3EA108F272A7004A47F5 /* SourceRCFile.3 */,
F96D3EA208F272A7004A47F5 /* split.n */,
F96D3EA308F272A7004A47F5 /* SplitList.3 */,
F96D3EA408F272A7004A47F5 /* SplitPath.3 */,
F96D3EA508F272A7004A47F5 /* StaticPkg.3 */,
F96D3EA608F272A7004A47F5 /* StdChannels.3 */,
F96D3EA708F272A7004A47F5 /* string.n */,
F96D3EA808F272A7004A47F5 /* StringObj.3 */,
F96D3EA908F272A7004A47F5 /* StrMatch.3 */,
F96D3EAA08F272A7004A47F5 /* subst.n */,
F96D3EAB08F272A7004A47F5 /* SubstObj.3 */,
F96D3EAC08F272A7004A47F5 /* switch.n */,
F96D3EAD08F272A7004A47F5 /* Tcl.n */,
F96D3EAE08F272A7004A47F5 /* Tcl_Main.3 */,
F96D3EAF08F272A7004A47F5 /* TCL_MEM_DEBUG.3 */,
F96D3EB008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclsh.1 */,
F96D3EB108F272A7004A47F5 /* tcltest.n */,
F96D3EB208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclvars.n */,
F96D3EB308F272A7004A47F5 /* tell.n */,
F96D3EB408F272A7004A47F5 /* Thread.3 */,
F96D3EB508F272A7004A47F5 /* time.n */,
F96D3EB608F272A7004A47F5 /* tm.n */,
F96D3EB708F272A7004A47F5 /* ToUpper.3 */,
F96D3EB808F272A7004A47F5 /* trace.n */,
F96D3EB908F272A7004A47F5 /* TraceCmd.3 */,
F96D3EBA08F272A7004A47F5 /* TraceVar.3 */,
F96D3EBB08F272A7004A47F5 /* Translate.3 */,
F96D3EBC08F272A7004A47F5 /* UniCharIsAlpha.3 */,
F96D3EBD08F272A7004A47F5 /* unknown.n */,
F96D3EBE08F272A7004A47F5 /* unload.n */,
F96D3EBF08F272A7004A47F5 /* unset.n */,
F96D3EC008F272A7004A47F5 /* update.n */,
F96D3EC108F272A7004A47F5 /* uplevel.n */,
F96D3EC208F272A7004A47F5 /* UpVar.3 */,
F96D3EC308F272A7004A47F5 /* upvar.n */,
F96D3EC408F272A7004A47F5 /* Utf.3 */,
F96D3EC508F272A7004A47F5 /* variable.n */,
F96D3EC608F272A7004A47F5 /* vwait.n */,
F96D3EC708F272A7004A47F5 /* while.n */,
F96D3EC808F272A7004A47F5 /* WrongNumArgs.3 */,
);
path = doc;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3EC908F272A7004A47F5 /* generic */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3ECA08F272A7004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D3ECB08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_color.c */,
F96D3ECC08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_cvec.c */,
F96D3ECD08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_lex.c */,
F96D3ECE08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_locale.c */,
F96D3ECF08F272A7004A47F5 /* regc_nfa.c */,
F96D3ED008F272A7004A47F5 /* regcomp.c */,
F96D3ED108F272A7004A47F5 /* regcustom.h */,
F96D3ED208F272A7004A47F5 /* rege_dfa.c */,
F96D3ED308F272A7004A47F5 /* regerror.c */,
F96D3ED408F272A7004A47F5 /* regerrs.h */,
F96D3ED508F272A7004A47F5 /* regex.h */,
F96D3ED608F272A7004A47F5 /* regexec.c */,
F96D3ED708F272A7004A47F5 /* regfree.c */,
F96D3ED808F272A7004A47F5 /* regfronts.c */,
F96D3ED908F272A7004A47F5 /* regguts.h */,
F96D3EDA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tcl.decls */,
F96D3EDB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tcl.h */,
F96D3EDC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c */,
F96D3EDD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c */,
F96D3EDE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c */,
F96D3EDF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c */,
F96D3EE008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c */,
F96D3EE108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclClock.c */,
F96D3EE208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c */,
F96D3EE308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c */,
F96D3EE408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c */,
F96D3EE508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c */,
F96D3EE608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c */,
F96D3EE708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c */,
F96D3EE808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclCompile.h */,
F96D3EE908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c */,
F96D3EEA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDate.c */,
F96D3EEB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDecls.h */,
F96D3EEC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c */,
F9F4415D0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d */,
F96D3EED08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c */,
F96D3EEE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c */,
F96D3EEF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c */,
F96D3EF008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c */,
F96D3EF108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c */,
F96D3EF208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c */,
F96D3EF308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclFileSystem.h */,
F96D3EF408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGet.c */,
F96D3EF508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclGetDate.y */,
F96D3EF608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHash.c */,
F96D3EF708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c */,
F96D3EF808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c */,
F96D3EF908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInt.decls */,
F96D3EFA08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInt.h */,
F96D3EFB08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIntDecls.h */,
F96D3EFC08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c */,
F96D3EFD08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIntPlatDecls.h */,
F96D3EFE08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.c */,
F96D3EFF08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIO.h */,
F96D3F0008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c */,
F96D3F0108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c */,
F96D3F0208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c */,
F96D3F0308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c */,
F96D3F0408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c */,
F96D3F0508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLink.c */,
F96D3F0608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c */,
F96D3F0708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c */,
F96D3F0808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c */,
F96D3F0908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclLoadNone.c */,
F96D3F0A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclMain.c */,
F96D3F0B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c */,
F96D3F0C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c */,
F96D3F0D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclObj.c */,
F96D3F0E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c */,
F96D3F0F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclParse.c */,
F96D3F1108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c */,
F96D3F1208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c */,
F96D3F1308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c */,
F96D3F1408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c */,
F96D3F1508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPlatDecls.h */,
F96D3F1608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPort.h */,
F96D3F1708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c */,
F96D3F1808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c */,
F96D3F1908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclProc.c */,
F96D3F1A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c */,
F96D3F1B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.h */,
F96D3F1C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c */,
F96D3F1D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclResult.c */,
F96D3F1E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclScan.c */,
F96D3F1F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c */,
F96D3F2408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c */,
F96D3F2508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c */,
F96D3F2608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c */,
F96D3F2708F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTest.c */,
F96D3F2808F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTestObj.c */,
F96D3F2908F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTestProcBodyObj.c */,
F96D3F2A08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThread.c */,
F96D3F2B08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c */,
F96D3F2C08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c */,
F96D3F2D08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c */,
F96D3F2E08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclThreadTest.c */,
F96D3F2F08F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c */,
F9903CAF094FAADA004613E9 /* tclTomMath.decls */,
F96D3F3008F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMath.h */,
F9903CB0094FAADA004613E9 /* tclTomMathDecls.h */,
F96D3F3108F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c */,
F96D3F3208F272A7004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c */,
F96D3F3308F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUniData.c */,
F96D3F3408F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c */,
F96D3F3508F272A7004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c */,
F96D3F3608F272A7004A47F5 /* tclVar.c */,
F96D3F3708F272A7004A47F5 /* tommath.h */,
);
path = generic;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F3808F272A7004A47F5 /* library */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F3908F272A8004A47F5 /* auto.tcl */,
F96D3F3A08F272A8004A47F5 /* clock.tcl */,
F96D3F3B08F272A8004A47F5 /* dde */,
F96D3F8C08F272A8004A47F5 /* history.tcl */,
F96D3F8D08F272A8004A47F5 /* http */,
F96D3F9008F272A8004A47F5 /* http1.0 */,
F96D3F9308F272A8004A47F5 /* init.tcl */,
F96D3F9408F272A8004A47F5 /* msgcat */,
F96D401708F272AA004A47F5 /* opt */,
F96D401A08F272AA004A47F5 /* package.tcl */,
F96D401B08F272AA004A47F5 /* parray.tcl */,
F9ECB1110B26521500A28025 /* platform */,
F96D401C08F272AA004A47F5 /* reg */,
F96D401E08F272AA004A47F5 /* safe.tcl */,
F96D401F08F272AA004A47F5 /* tclIndex */,
F96D402008F272AA004A47F5 /* tcltest */,
F96D402308F272AA004A47F5 /* tm.tcl */,
F96D425B08F272B2004A47F5 /* word.tcl */,
);
path = library;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F3B08F272A8004A47F5 /* dde */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F3C08F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = dde;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F8D08F272A8004A47F5 /* http */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F8E08F272A8004A47F5 /* http.tcl */,
F96D3F8F08F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = http;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F9008F272A8004A47F5 /* http1.0 */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F9108F272A8004A47F5 /* http.tcl */,
F96D3F9208F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = http1.0;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D3F9408F272A8004A47F5 /* msgcat */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D3F9508F272A8004A47F5 /* msgcat.tcl */,
F96D3F9608F272A8004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = msgcat;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D401708F272AA004A47F5 /* opt */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D401808F272AA004A47F5 /* optparse.tcl */,
F96D401908F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = opt;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D401C08F272AA004A47F5 /* reg */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D401D08F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
);
path = reg;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D402008F272AA004A47F5 /* tcltest */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D402108F272AA004A47F5 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
F96D402208F272AA004A47F5 /* tcltest.tcl */,
);
path = tcltest;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D425C08F272B2004A47F5 /* libtommath */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D425F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn.pdf */,
F96D426108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_error.c */,
F96D426208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_mp_invmod.c */,
F96D426308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_mp_montgomery_reduce.c */,
F96D426408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c */,
F96D426508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c */,
F96D426608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c */,
F96D426708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_2expt.c */,
F96D426808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_abs.c */,
F96D426908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c */,
F96D426A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c */,
F96D426B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_addmod.c */,
F96D426C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_and.c */,
F96D426D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c */,
F96D426E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c */,
F96D426F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c */,
F96D427008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c */,
F96D427108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c */,
F96D427208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c */,
F96D427308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cnt_lsb.c */,
F96D427408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c */,
F96D427508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c */,
F96D427608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c */,
F96D427708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c */,
F96D427808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c */,
F96D427908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c */,
F96D427A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c */,
F96D427B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_is_modulus.c */,
F96D427C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_reduce.c */,
F96D427D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_dr_setup.c */,
F96D427E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c */,
F96D427F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c */,
F96D428008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exptmod.c */,
F96D428108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exptmod_fast.c */,
F96D428208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exteuclid.c */,
F96D428308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_fread.c */,
F96D428408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_fwrite.c */,
F96D428508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_gcd.c */,
F96D428608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_get_int.c */,
F96D428708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c */,
F96D428808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c */,
F96D428908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c */,
F96D428A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c */,
F96D428B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c */,
F96D428C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set_int.c */,
F96D428D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c */,
F96D428E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_invmod.c */,
F96D428F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_invmod_slow.c */,
F96D429008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_is_square.c */,
F96D429108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_jacobi.c */,
F96D429208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c */,
F96D429308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c */,
F96D429408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lcm.c */,
F96D429508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c */,
F96D429608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c */,
F96D429708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c */,
F96D429808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_d.c */,
F96D429908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_calc_normalization.c */,
F96D429A08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_reduce.c */,
F96D429B08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_montgomery_setup.c */,
F96D429C08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c */,
F96D429D08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c */,
F96D429E08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c */,
F96D429F08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c */,
F96D42A008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mulmod.c */,
F96D42A108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_n_root.c */,
F96D42A208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_neg.c */,
F96D42A308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_or.c */,
F96D42A408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_fermat.c */,
F96D42A508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_is_divisible.c */,
F96D42A608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_is_prime.c */,
F96D42A708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_miller_rabin.c */,
F96D42A808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_next_prime.c */,
F96D42A908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_rabin_miller_trials.c */,
F96D42AA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_prime_random_ex.c */,
F96D42AB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c */,
F96D42AC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c */,
F96D42AD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rand.c */,
F96D42AE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c */,
F96D42AF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_signed_bin.c */,
F96D42B008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_unsigned_bin.c */,
F96D42B108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce.c */,
F96D42B208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k.c */,
F96D42B308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_l.c */,
F96D42B408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup.c */,
F96D42B508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_2k_setup_l.c */,
F96D42B608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_is_2k.c */,
F96D42B708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_is_2k_l.c */,
F96D42B808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_reduce_setup.c */,
F96D42B908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c */,
F96D42BA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c */,
F96D42BB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set_int.c */,
F96D42BC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_shrink.c */,
F96D42BD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_signed_bin_size.c */,
F96D42BE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c */,
F96D42BF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrmod.c */,
F96D42C008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c */,
F96D42C108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c */,
F96D42C208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c */,
F96D42C308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_submod.c */,
F96D42C408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_signed_bin.c */,
F96D42C508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_signed_bin_n.c */,
F96D42C608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c */,
F96D42C708F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c */,
F96D42C808F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c */,
F96D42C908F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c */,
F96D42CA08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix.c */,
F96D42CB08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c */,
F96D42CC08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c */,
F96D42CD08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_xor.c */,
F96D42CE08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c */,
F96D42CF08F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_prime_tab.c */,
F96D42D008F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c */,
F96D42D108F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c */,
F96D42D208F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_exptmod.c */,
F96D42D308F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c */,
F96D42D408F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_high_digs.c */,
F96D42D508F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c */,
F96D42D608F272B3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c */,
F96D42D708F272B3004A47F5 /* bncore.c */,
F96D42D908F272B3004A47F5 /* callgraph.txt */,
F96D42DA08F272B3004A47F5 /* changes.txt */,
F96D42F008F272B3004A47F5 /* LICENSE */,
F96D431D08F272B4004A47F5 /* poster.pdf */,
F96D432608F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath.pdf */,
F96D432908F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath_class.h */,
F96D432A08F272B4004A47F5 /* tommath_superclass.h */,
);
path = libtommath;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D432C08F272B4004A47F5 /* macosx */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D432E08F272B5004A47F5 /* configure.ac */,
F96D432F08F272B5004A47F5 /* GNUmakefile */,
F96D433108F272B5004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D433908F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c */,
F96D433D08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c */,
F96D433E08F272B5004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c */,
F96D433208F272B5004A47F5 /* Tcl-Info.plist.in */,
F91E62260C1AE686006C9D96 /* Tclsh-Info.plist.in */,
);
path = macosx;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D434408F272B5004A47F5 /* tests */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D434508F272B5004A47F5 /* all.tcl */,
F96D434608F272B5004A47F5 /* append.test */,
F96D434708F272B5004A47F5 /* appendComp.test */,
F9ECB1CA0B2652D300A28025 /* apply.test */,
F96D434808F272B5004A47F5 /* assocd.test */,
F96D434908F272B5004A47F5 /* async.test */,
F96D434A08F272B5004A47F5 /* autoMkindex.test */,
F96D434B08F272B5004A47F5 /* basic.test */,
F96D434C08F272B5004A47F5 /* binary.test */,
F96D434D08F272B5004A47F5 /* case.test */,
F96D434E08F272B5004A47F5 /* chan.test */,
F9A493240CEBF38300B78AE2 /* chanio.test */,
F96D434F08F272B5004A47F5 /* clock.test */,
F96D435008F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdAH.test */,
F96D435108F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdIL.test */,
F96D435208F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdInfo.test */,
F96D435308F272B5004A47F5 /* cmdMZ.test */,
F96D435408F272B5004A47F5 /* compExpr-old.test */,
F96D435508F272B5004A47F5 /* compExpr.test */,
F96D435608F272B5004A47F5 /* compile.test */,
F96D435708F272B5004A47F5 /* concat.test */,
F96D435808F272B5004A47F5 /* config.test */,
F96D435908F272B5004A47F5 /* dcall.test */,
F96D435A08F272B5004A47F5 /* dict.test */,
F96D435C08F272B5004A47F5 /* dstring.test */,
F96D435E08F272B5004A47F5 /* encoding.test */,
F96D435F08F272B5004A47F5 /* env.test */,
F96D436008F272B5004A47F5 /* error.test */,
F96D436108F272B5004A47F5 /* eval.test */,
F96D436208F272B5004A47F5 /* event.test */,
F96D436308F272B5004A47F5 /* exec.test */,
F96D436408F272B5004A47F5 /* execute.test */,
F96D436508F272B5004A47F5 /* expr-old.test */,
F96D436608F272B5004A47F5 /* expr.test */,
F96D436708F272B6004A47F5 /* fCmd.test */,
F96D436808F272B6004A47F5 /* fileName.test */,
F96D436908F272B6004A47F5 /* fileSystem.test */,
F96D436A08F272B6004A47F5 /* for-old.test */,
F96D436B08F272B6004A47F5 /* for.test */,
F96D436C08F272B6004A47F5 /* foreach.test */,
F96D436D08F272B6004A47F5 /* format.test */,
F96D436E08F272B6004A47F5 /* get.test */,
F96D436F08F272B6004A47F5 /* history.test */,
F96D437008F272B6004A47F5 /* http.test */,
F96D437108F272B6004A47F5 /* httpd */,
F96D437208F272B6004A47F5 /* httpold.test */,
F96D437308F272B6004A47F5 /* if-old.test */,
F96D437408F272B6004A47F5 /* if.test */,
F96D437508F272B6004A47F5 /* incr-old.test */,
F96D437608F272B6004A47F5 /* incr.test */,
F96D437708F272B6004A47F5 /* indexObj.test */,
F96D437808F272B6004A47F5 /* info.test */,
F96D437908F272B6004A47F5 /* init.test */,
F96D437A08F272B6004A47F5 /* interp.test */,
F96D437B08F272B6004A47F5 /* io.test */,
F96D437C08F272B6004A47F5 /* ioCmd.test */,
F96D437D08F272B6004A47F5 /* iogt.test */,
F96D437E08F272B6004A47F5 /* ioUtil.test */,
F96D437F08F272B6004A47F5 /* join.test */,
F96D438008F272B6004A47F5 /* lindex.test */,
F96D438108F272B6004A47F5 /* link.test */,
F96D438208F272B6004A47F5 /* linsert.test */,
F96D438308F272B6004A47F5 /* list.test */,
F96D438408F272B6004A47F5 /* listObj.test */,
F96D438508F272B6004A47F5 /* llength.test */,
F96D438608F272B6004A47F5 /* load.test */,
F96D438708F272B6004A47F5 /* lrange.test */,
F96D438808F272B6004A47F5 /* lrepeat.test */,
F96D438908F272B6004A47F5 /* lreplace.test */,
F96D438A08F272B6004A47F5 /* lsearch.test */,
F96D438B08F272B6004A47F5 /* lset.test */,
F96D438C08F272B6004A47F5 /* lsetComp.test */,
F96D438D08F272B6004A47F5 /* macOSXFCmd.test */,
F95FAFF90B34F1130072E431 /* macOSXLoad.test */,
F96D438E08F272B6004A47F5 /* main.test */,
F9ECB1CB0B26534C00A28025 /* mathop.test */,
F96D438F08F272B6004A47F5 /* misc.test */,
F96D439008F272B6004A47F5 /* msgcat.test */,
F96D439108F272B6004A47F5 /* namespace-old.test */,
F96D439208F272B7004A47F5 /* namespace.test */,
F96D439308F272B7004A47F5 /* notify.test */,
F96D439408F272B7004A47F5 /* obj.test */,
F96D439508F272B7004A47F5 /* opt.test */,
F96D439608F272B7004A47F5 /* package.test */,
F96D439708F272B7004A47F5 /* parse.test */,
F96D439808F272B7004A47F5 /* parseExpr.test */,
F96D439908F272B7004A47F5 /* parseOld.test */,
F96D439A08F272B7004A47F5 /* pid.test */,
F96D439B08F272B7004A47F5 /* pkg.test */,
F96D439C08F272B7004A47F5 /* pkgMkIndex.test */,
F96D439D08F272B7004A47F5 /* platform.test */,
F96D439E08F272B7004A47F5 /* proc-old.test */,
F96D439F08F272B7004A47F5 /* proc.test */,
F96D43A008F272B7004A47F5 /* pwd.test */,
F96D43A108F272B7004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D43A208F272B7004A47F5 /* reg.test */,
F96D43A308F272B7004A47F5 /* regexp.test */,
F96D43A408F272B7004A47F5 /* regexpComp.test */,
F96D43A508F272B7004A47F5 /* registry.test */,
F96D43A608F272B7004A47F5 /* remote.tcl */,
F96D43A708F272B7004A47F5 /* rename.test */,
F96D43A808F272B7004A47F5 /* result.test */,
F96D43A908F272B7004A47F5 /* safe.test */,
F96D43AA08F272B7004A47F5 /* scan.test */,
F96D43AB08F272B7004A47F5 /* security.test */,
F96D43AC08F272B7004A47F5 /* set-old.test */,
F96D43AD08F272B7004A47F5 /* set.test */,
F96D43AE08F272B7004A47F5 /* socket.test */,
F96D43AF08F272B7004A47F5 /* source.test */,
F96D43B008F272B7004A47F5 /* split.test */,
F96D43B108F272B7004A47F5 /* stack.test */,
F96D43B208F272B7004A47F5 /* string.test */,
F96D43B308F272B7004A47F5 /* stringComp.test */,
F96D43B408F272B7004A47F5 /* stringObj.test */,
F96D43B508F272B7004A47F5 /* subst.test */,
F96D43B608F272B7004A47F5 /* switch.test */,
F96D43B708F272B7004A47F5 /* tcltest.test */,
F96D43B808F272B7004A47F5 /* thread.test */,
F96D43B908F272B7004A47F5 /* timer.test */,
F96D43BA08F272B7004A47F5 /* tm.test */,
F96D43BB08F272B7004A47F5 /* trace.test */,
F96D43BC08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixFCmd.test */,
F96D43BD08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixFile.test */,
F96D43BE08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixInit.test */,
F96D43BF08F272B7004A47F5 /* unixNotfy.test */,
F96D43C008F272B7004A47F5 /* unknown.test */,
F96D43C108F272B7004A47F5 /* unload.test */,
F96D43C208F272B7004A47F5 /* uplevel.test */,
F96D43C308F272B7004A47F5 /* upvar.test */,
F96D43C408F272B7004A47F5 /* utf.test */,
F96D43C508F272B7004A47F5 /* util.test */,
F96D43C608F272B7004A47F5 /* var.test */,
F96D43C708F272B7004A47F5 /* while-old.test */,
F96D43C808F272B7004A47F5 /* while.test */,
F96D43C908F272B7004A47F5 /* winConsole.test */,
F96D43CA08F272B7004A47F5 /* winDde.test */,
F96D43CB08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFCmd.test */,
F96D43CC08F272B7004A47F5 /* winFile.test */,
F96D43CD08F272B7004A47F5 /* winNotify.test */,
F96D43CE08F272B7004A47F5 /* winPipe.test */,
F96D43CF08F272B7004A47F5 /* winTime.test */,
);
path = tests;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D43D008F272B8004A47F5 /* tools */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D43D108F272B8004A47F5 /* checkLibraryDoc.tcl */,
F96D43D208F272B8004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D43D308F272B8004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D442408F272B8004A47F5 /* fix_tommath_h.tcl */,
F96D442508F272B8004A47F5 /* genStubs.tcl */,
F96D442708F272B8004A47F5 /* index.tcl */,
F96D442808F272B8004A47F5 /* installData.tcl */,
F96D442908F272B8004A47F5 /* loadICU.tcl */,
F96D442A08F272B8004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D442B08F272B8004A47F5 /* makeTestCases.tcl */,
F96D442C08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2help.tcl */,
F96D442D08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2help2.tcl */,
F96D442E08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html.tcl */,
F96D442F08F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html1.tcl */,
F96D443008F272B8004A47F5 /* man2html2.tcl */,
F96D443108F272B8004A47F5 /* man2tcl.c */,
F96D443208F272B8004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D443308F272B8004A47F5 /* regexpTestLib.tcl */,
F96D443408F272B8004A47F5 /* str2c */,
F96D443508F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.hpj.in */,
F96D443608F272B8004A47F5 /* tcl.wse.in */,
F96D443708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclmin.wse */,
F96D443908F272B9004A47F5 /* tcltk-man2html.tcl */,
F96D443A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclZIC.tcl */,
F96D443B08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniClass.tcl */,
F96D443C08F272B9004A47F5 /* uniParse.tcl */,
);
path = tools;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D443E08F272B9004A47F5 /* unix */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D444008F272B9004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D444108F272B9004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D444208F272B9004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */,
F96D444D08F272B9004A47F5 /* install-sh */,
F96D444E08F272B9004A47F5 /* installManPage */,
F96D444F08F272B9004A47F5 /* ldAix */,
F96D445008F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D445208F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D445308F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
F96D445408F272B9004A47F5 /* tcl.spec */,
F96D445508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclAppInit.c */,
F96D445608F272B9004A47F5 /* tclConfig.h.in */,
F96D445708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclConfig.sh.in */,
F96D445808F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadAix.c */,
F96D445908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDl.c */,
F96D445B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c */,
F96D445C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadNext.c */,
F96D445D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadOSF.c */,
F96D445E08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclLoadShl.c */,
F96D445F08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c */,
F9FC77B70AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c */,
F96D446008F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c */,
F96D446108F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c */,
F96D446208F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c */,
F96D446308F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c */,
F96D446408F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c */,
F96D446508F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c */,
F96D446608F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPort.h */,
F96D446708F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c */,
F96D446808F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTest.c */,
F96D446908F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c */,
F96D446A08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.h */,
F96D446B08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c */,
F96D446C08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtNotify.c */,
F96D446D08F272B9004A47F5 /* tclXtTest.c */,
);
path = unix;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D444308F272B9004A47F5 /* dltest */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D444408F272B9004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D444508F272B9004A47F5 /* pkga.c */,
F96D444608F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgb.c */,
F96D444708F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgc.c */,
F96D444808F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgd.c */,
F96D444908F272B9004A47F5 /* pkge.c */,
F96D444B08F272B9004A47F5 /* pkgua.c */,
F96D444C08F272B9004A47F5 /* README */,
);
path = dltest;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F96D446E08F272B9004A47F5 /* win */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F96D447008F272BA004A47F5 /* aclocal.m4 */,
F96D447108F272BA004A47F5 /* buildall.vc.bat */,
F96D447208F272BA004A47F5 /* cat.c */,
F96D447308F272BA004A47F5 /* coffbase.txt */,
F96D447408F272BA004A47F5 /* configure */,
F96D447508F272BA004A47F5 /* configure.in */,
F96D447608F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.bc */,
F96D447708F272BA004A47F5 /* Makefile.in */,
F96D447808F272BA004A47F5 /* makefile.vc */,
F96D447908F272BA004A47F5 /* nmakehlp.c */,
F96D447A08F272BA004A47F5 /* README */,
F96D447C08F272BA004A47F5 /* rules.vc */,
F96D447D08F272BA004A47F5 /* stub16.c */,
F96D447E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsp */,
F96D447F08F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.dsw */,
F96D448008F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.hpj.in */,
F96D448108F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.m4 */,
F96D448208F272BA004A47F5 /* tcl.rc */,
F96D448308F272BA004A47F5 /* tclAppInit.c */,
F96D448408F272BA004A47F5 /* tclConfig.sh.in */,
F96D448608F272BA004A47F5 /* tclsh.rc */,
F96D448708F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWin32Dll.c */,
F96D448808F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinChan.c */,
F96D448908F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinConsole.c */,
F96D448A08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinDde.c */,
F96D448B08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinError.c */,
F96D448C08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinFCmd.c */,
F96D448D08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinFile.c */,
F96D448E08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinInit.c */,
F96D448F08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinInt.h */,
F96D449008F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinLoad.c */,
F96D449108F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinNotify.c */,
F96D449208F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinPipe.c */,
F96D449308F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinPort.h */,
F96D449408F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinReg.c */,
F96D449508F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinSerial.c */,
F96D449608F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinSock.c */,
F96D449708F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinTest.c */,
F96D449808F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinThrd.c */,
F96D449908F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinThrd.h */,
F96D449A08F272BA004A47F5 /* tclWinTime.c */,
);
path = win;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
F9ECB1110B26521500A28025 /* platform */ = {
isa = PBXGroup;
children = (
F9ECB1120B26521500A28025 /* pkgIndex.tcl */,
F9ECB1130B26521500A28025 /* platform.tcl */,
F9ECB1140B26521500A28025 /* shell.tcl */,
);
path = platform;
sourceTree = "<group>";
};
/* End PBXGroup section */
/* Begin PBXNativeTarget section */
8DD76FA90486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */ = {
isa = PBXNativeTarget;
buildConfigurationList = F95CC8B009158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "tktest" */;
buildPhases = (
F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* ShellScript */,
F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* ShellScript */,
8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */,
8DD76FAD0486AB0100D96B5E /* Frameworks */,
);
buildRules = (
);
dependencies = (
);
name = tktest;
productInstallPath = "$(BINDIR)";
productName = tktest;
productReference = 8DD76FB20486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */;
productType = "com.apple.product-type.tool";
};
F97258A50A86873C00096C78 /* tktest-X11 */ = {
isa = PBXNativeTarget;
buildConfigurationList = F97258A80A86873D00096C78 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "tktest-X11" */;
buildPhases = (
F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* ShellScript */,
F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* ShellScript */,
F9FD30BB0CC1AD070073837D /* Sources */,
F9FD31E30CC1AD070073837D /* Frameworks */,
);
buildRules = (
);
dependencies = (
);
name = "tktest-X11";
productInstallPath = "$(BINDIR)";
productName = tktest;
productReference = F9FD31F40CC1AD070073837D /* tktest-X11 */;
productType = "com.apple.product-type.tool";
};
F9E61D16090A3E94002B3151 /* Tk */ = {
isa = PBXNativeTarget;
buildConfigurationList = F95CC8AB09158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "Tk" */;
buildPhases = (
F97AF02F0B665DA900310EA2 /* ShellScript */,
);
buildRules = (
);
dependencies = (
);
name = Tk;
productName = Wish;
productReference = F9A3084B08F2D4CE00BAE1AB /* Wish.app */;
productType = "com.apple.product-type.application";
};
/* End PBXNativeTarget section */
/* Begin PBXProject section */
08FB7793FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Project object */ = {
isa = PBXProject;
attributes = {
BuildIndependentTargetsInParallel = YES;
};
buildConfigurationList = F95CC8B509158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "Wish" */;
compatibilityVersion = "Xcode 3.2";
hasScannedForEncodings = 1;
mainGroup = 08FB7794FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Wish */;
projectDirPath = "";
projectRoot = ..;
targets = (
F9E61D16090A3E94002B3151 /* Tk */,
8DD76FA90486AB0100D96B5E /* tktest */,
F97258A50A86873C00096C78 /* tktest-X11 */,
);
};
/* End PBXProject section */
/* Begin PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
F97AF02F0B665DA900310EA2 /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"${TARGET_TEMP_DIR}/.none",
);
outputPaths = (
"${TARGET_BUILD_DIR}/${WRAPPER_NAME}",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "gnumake -C \"${TK_SRCROOT}/macosx\" -j \"$(sysctl -n hw.activecpu)\" \"$(echo \"${ACTION}\" | sed -e s/build// -e s/clean/distclean/ -e s/..\\*/\\&-/)${MAKE_TARGET}\" CFLAGS_WARNING=\"${WARNING_CFLAGS}\" CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=\"-O${GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL}\" SYMROOT=\"${BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR}\" OBJ_DIR=\"${OBJECT_FILE_DIR}\" INSTALL_ROOT=\"${DSTROOT}\" PREFIX=\"${PREFIX}\" BINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\" LIBDIR=\"${FRAMEWORK_INSTALL_PATH}\" MANDIR=\"${MANDIR}\" EXTRA_CONFIGURE_ARGS=\"${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\" APPLICATION_INSTALL_PATH=\"${APPLICATION_INSTALL_PATH}\" TCL_BUILD_DIR=\"${TCL_BUILD_DIR}\" TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR=\"${TCL_FRAMEWORK_DIR}\" ${EXTRA_MAKE_FLAGS}\nresult=$?\nif [ -e \"${BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR}/tktest\" ]; then\n\trm -f \"${BUILT_PRODUCTS_DIR}/tktest\"\nfi\necho \"Done\"\nrm -f \"${SCRIPT_INPUT_FILE_0}\"\nexit ${result}\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9A5C5F508F651A2008AE941 /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
);
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9A5C5F608F651AB008AE941 /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
);
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --enable-aqua --with-tcl=../tcl ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9FD30B40CC1AD070073837D /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/tclConfig.sh.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/Makefile.in",
"$(TCL_SRCROOT)/unix/dltest/Makefile.in",
);
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tcl/tclConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tcl configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tcl/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tcl && cd tcl &&\nif [ \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tcl\"\n \"${TCL_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --disable-corefoundation ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi\n";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
F9FD30B50CC1AD070073837D /* ShellScript */ = {
isa = PBXShellScriptBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
);
inputPaths = (
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/macosx/configure.ac",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/configure.in",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tcl.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/aclocal.m4",
"$(TK_SRCROOT)/unix/tkConfig.sh.in",
);
outputPaths = (
"$(DERIVED_FILE_DIR)/tk/tkConfig.sh",
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
shellPath = /bin/bash;
shellScript = "## tk configure shell script phase\n\ncd \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx &&\nif [ configure.ac -nt configure -o ../unix/configure.in -nt configure -o ../unix/tcl.m4 -nt configure -o ../unix/aclocal.m4 -nt configure ]; then\n echo \"Running autoconf & autoheader in tk/macosx\"\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\n ${AUTOCONF:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoconf} && ${AUTOHEADER:-${DEVELOPER_DIR}/usr/bin/autoheader} || exit $?\n rm -rf autom4te.cache\nfi\n\ncd \"${DERIVED_FILE_DIR}\" && mkdir -p tk && cd tk &&\nif [ \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure -nt config.status ]; then\n echo \"Configuring Tk\"\n PATH=\"${PATH}:/usr/X11R6/bin\" \"${TK_SRCROOT}\"/macosx/configure --cache-file=../config.cache --prefix=${PREFIX} --bindir=${BINDIR} --libdir=${LIBDIR} --mandir=${MANDIR} --includedir=${INCLUDEDIR} --disable-shared --disable-corefoundation --enable-xft --with-tcl=../tcl ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}\nelse\n ./config.status\nfi";
showEnvVarsInLog = 0;
};
/* End PBXShellScriptBuildPhase section */
/* Begin PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
8DD76FAB0486AB0100D96B5E /* Sources */ = {
isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
F96D456F08F272BB004A47F5 /* regcomp.c in Sources */,
F96D457208F272BB004A47F5 /* regerror.c in Sources */,
F96D457508F272BB004A47F5 /* regexec.c in Sources */,
F96D457608F272BB004A47F5 /* regfree.c in Sources */,
F96D457B08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclAlloc.c in Sources */,
F96D457C08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclAsync.c in Sources */,
F96D457D08F272BB004A47F5 /* tclBasic.c in Sources */,
F96D457E08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclBinary.c in Sources */,
F96D457F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCkalloc.c in Sources */,
F96D458008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclClock.c in Sources */,
F96D458108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdAH.c in Sources */,
F96D458208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdIL.c in Sources */,
F96D458308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCmdMZ.c in Sources */,
F96D458408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompCmds.c in Sources */,
F96D458508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompExpr.c in Sources */,
F96D458608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclCompile.c in Sources */,
F96D458808F272BC004A47F5 /* tclConfig.c in Sources */,
F96D458908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclDate.c in Sources */,
F96D458B08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclDictObj.c in Sources */,
F96D458C08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEncoding.c in Sources */,
F96D458D08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEnv.c in Sources */,
F96D458E08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclEvent.c in Sources */,
F96D458F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclExecute.c in Sources */,
F96D459008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclFCmd.c in Sources */,
F96D459108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclFileName.c in Sources */,
F96D459308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclGet.c in Sources */,
F96D459508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclHash.c in Sources */,
F96D459608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclHistory.c in Sources */,
F96D459708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIndexObj.c in Sources */,
F96D459B08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclInterp.c in Sources */,
F96D459D08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIO.c in Sources */,
F96D459F08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOCmd.c in Sources */,
F96D45A008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOGT.c in Sources */,
F96D45A108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIORChan.c in Sources */,
F96D45A208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOSock.c in Sources */,
F96D45A308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclIOUtil.c in Sources */,
F96D45A408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLink.c in Sources */,
F96D45A508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclListObj.c in Sources */,
F96D45A608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLiteral.c in Sources */,
F96D45A708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclLoad.c in Sources */,
F96D45A908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclMain.c in Sources */,
F96D45AA08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclNamesp.c in Sources */,
F96D45AB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclNotify.c in Sources */,
F96D45AC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclObj.c in Sources */,
F96D45AD08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPanic.c in Sources */,
F96D45AE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclParse.c in Sources */,
F96D45B008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPathObj.c in Sources */,
F96D45B108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPipe.c in Sources */,
F96D45B208F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPkg.c in Sources */,
F96D45B308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPkgConfig.c in Sources */,
F96D45B608F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPosixStr.c in Sources */,
F96D45B708F272BC004A47F5 /* tclPreserve.c in Sources */,
F96D45B808F272BC004A47F5 /* tclProc.c in Sources */,
F96D45B908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclRegexp.c in Sources */,
F96D45BB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclResolve.c in Sources */,
F96D45BC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclResult.c in Sources */,
F96D45BD08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclScan.c in Sources */,
F96D45BE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStringObj.c in Sources */,
F96D45C308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStrToD.c in Sources */,
F96D45C408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStubInit.c in Sources */,
F96D45C508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclStubLib.c in Sources */,
F96D45C908F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThread.c in Sources */,
F96D45CA08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadAlloc.c in Sources */,
F96D45CB08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadJoin.c in Sources */,
F96D45CC08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclThreadStorage.c in Sources */,
F96D45CE08F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTimer.c in Sources */,
F96D45D008F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTomMathInterface.c in Sources */,
F96D45D108F272BC004A47F5 /* tclTrace.c in Sources */,
F96D45D308F272BC004A47F5 /* tclUtf.c in Sources */,
F96D45D408F272BC004A47F5 /* tclUtil.c in Sources */,
F96D45D508F272BC004A47F5 /* tclVar.c in Sources */,
F96D48E208F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */,
F96D48E408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F96D48E708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add.c in Sources */,
F96D48E808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_add_d.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2B090A48A4002B3151 /* bn_mp_and.c in Sources */,
F96D48EB08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clamp.c in Sources */,
F96D48EC08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear.c in Sources */,
F96D48ED08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c in Sources */,
F96D48EE08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp.c in Sources */,
F9E61D28090A481F002B3151 /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c in Sources */,
F96D48F008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c in Sources */,
F96D48F208F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_copy.c in Sources */,
F96D48F308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_count_bits.c in Sources */,
F96D48F408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div.c in Sources */,
F96D48F508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2.c in Sources */,
F96D48F608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_2d.c in Sources */,
F96D48F708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_3.c in Sources */,
F96D48F808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_div_d.c in Sources */,
F96D48FC08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_exch.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2C090A48AC002B3151 /* bn_mp_expt_d.c in Sources */,
F96D490508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_grow.c in Sources */,
F96D490608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init.c in Sources */,
F96D490708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_copy.c in Sources */,
F96D490808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_multi.c in Sources */,
F96D490908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_set.c in Sources */,
F96D490B08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_init_size.c in Sources */,
F96D491008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c in Sources */,
F96D491108F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c in Sources */,
F96D491308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_lshd.c in Sources */,
F96D491408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod.c in Sources */,
F96D491508F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c in Sources */,
F96D491A08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul.c in Sources */,
F96D491B08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2.c in Sources */,
F96D491C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c in Sources */,
F96D491D08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_mul_d.c in Sources */,
F9E61D29090A486C002B3151 /* bn_mp_neg.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2E090A48BF002B3151 /* bn_mp_or.c in Sources */,
F96D492908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_size.c in Sources */,
F96D492A08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c in Sources */,
F96D492C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_read_radix.c in Sources */,
F96D493708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_rshd.c in Sources */,
F96D493808F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_set.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2F090A48C7002B3151 /* bn_mp_shrink.c in Sources */,
F96D493C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2A090A4891002B3151 /* bn_mp_sqrt.c in Sources */,
F96D493F08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub.c in Sources */,
F96D494008F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_sub_d.c in Sources */,
F9E61D30090A48E2002B3151 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c in Sources */,
F9E61D31090A48F9002B3151 /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c in Sources */,
F96D494608F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c in Sources */,
F96D494708F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c in Sources */,
F96D494908F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c in Sources */,
F9E61D32090A48FA002B3151 /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c in Sources */,
F9E61D2D090A48BB002B3151 /* bn_mp_xor.c in Sources */,
F96D494C08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_mp_zero.c in Sources */,
F96D494E08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_reverse.c in Sources */,
F96D494F08F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_add.c in Sources */,
F96D495108F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */,
F96D495308F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F96D495408F272C3004A47F5 /* bn_s_mp_sub.c in Sources */,
F96D495508F272C3004A47F5 /* bncore.c in Sources */,
F96D49A908F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXBundle.c in Sources */,
F96D49AD08F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c in Sources */,
F96D49AE08F272C4004A47F5 /* tclMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */,
F96D4AC608F272C9004A47F5 /* tclLoadDyld.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACA08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixChan.c in Sources */,
F9FC77B80AB29E9100B7077D /* tclUnixCompat.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACB08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixEvent.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACC08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFCmd.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACD08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixFile.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACE08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixInit.c in Sources */,
F96D4ACF08F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixNotfy.c in Sources */,
F96D4AD008F272C9004A47F5 /* tclUnixPipe.c in Sources */,
F96D4AD208F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixSock.c in Sources */,
F96D4AD408F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixThrd.c in Sources */,
F96D4AD608F272CA004A47F5 /* tclUnixTime.c in Sources */,
F9F4415E0C8BAE6F00BCCD67 /* tclDTrace.d in Sources */,
F966BDCF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tk3d.c in Sources */,
F966BDD108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkArgv.c in Sources */,
F966BDD208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkAtom.c in Sources */,
F966BDD308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkBind.c in Sources */,
F966BDD408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkBitmap.c in Sources */,
F966BDD508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkButton.c in Sources */,
F966BDD708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvArc.c in Sources */,
F966BDD808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvas.c in Sources */,
F966BDDA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvBmap.c in Sources */,
F966BDDB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvImg.c in Sources */,
F966BDDC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvLine.c in Sources */,
F966BDDD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvPoly.c in Sources */,
F966BDDE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvPs.c in Sources */,
F966BDE008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvText.c in Sources */,
F966BDE108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvUtil.c in Sources */,
F966BDE208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCanvWind.c in Sources */,
F966BDE308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkClipboard.c in Sources */,
F966BDE408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCmds.c in Sources */,
F966BDE508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkColor.c in Sources */,
F966BDE708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConfig.c in Sources */,
F966BDE808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkConsole.c in Sources */,
F966BDE908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkCursor.c in Sources */,
F966BDEB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkEntry.c in Sources */,
F966BDED08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkError.c in Sources */,
F966BDEE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BDEF08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFileFilter.c in Sources */,
F966BDF108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFocus.c in Sources */,
F966BDF208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFont.c in Sources */,
F966BDF408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkFrame.c in Sources */,
F966BDF508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGC.c in Sources */,
F966BDF608F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGeometry.c in Sources */,
F966BDF708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGet.c in Sources */,
F966BDF808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGrab.c in Sources */,
F966BDF908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkGrid.c in Sources */,
F966BDFA08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImage.c in Sources */,
F966BDFB08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgBmap.c in Sources */,
F966BDFC08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgGIF.c in Sources */,
F966BDFD08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgPhoto.c in Sources */,
F966BDFE08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkImgPPM.c in Sources */,
F966BE0708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkListbox.c in Sources */,
F966BE0808F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMacWinMenu.c in Sources */,
F966BE0908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMain.c in Sources */,
F966BE0A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenu.c in Sources */,
F966BE0C08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenubutton.c in Sources */,
F966BE0E08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMenuDraw.c in Sources */,
F966BE0F08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkMessage.c in Sources */,
F966BE1008F27A3F005CB29B /* tkObj.c in Sources */,
F966BE1108F27A3F005CB29B /* tkOldConfig.c in Sources */,
F9067BCD0BFBA2900074F726 /* tkOldTest.c in Sources */,
F966BE1208F27A3F005CB29B /* tkOption.c in Sources */,
F966BE1308F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPack.c in Sources */,
F966BE1408F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPanedWindow.c in Sources */,
F966BE1508F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPlace.c in Sources */,
F966BE1708F27A3F005CB29B /* tkPointer.c in Sources */,
F966BE1908F27A3F005CB29B /* tkRectOval.c in Sources */,
F966BE1A08F27A3F005CB29B /* tkScale.c in Sources */,
F966BE1C08F27A40005CB29B /* tkScrollbar.c in Sources */,
F966BE1E08F27A40005CB29B /* tkSelect.c in Sources */,
F966BE2008F27A40005CB29B /* tkSquare.c in Sources */,
F966BE2208F27A40005CB29B /* tkStubInit.c in Sources */,
F966BE2308F27A40005CB29B /* tkStubLib.c in Sources */,
F966BE2408F27A40005CB29B /* tkStyle.c in Sources */,
F966BE2508F27A40005CB29B /* tkTest.c in Sources */,
F966BE2608F27A40005CB29B /* tkText.c in Sources */,
F966BE2808F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextBTree.c in Sources */,
F966BE2908F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextDisp.c in Sources */,
F966BE2B08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextImage.c in Sources */,
F966BE2C08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextIndex.c in Sources */,
F966BE2D08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextMark.c in Sources */,
F966BE2E08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextTag.c in Sources */,
F966BE2F08F27A40005CB29B /* tkTextWind.c in Sources */,
F966BE3008F27A40005CB29B /* tkTrig.c in Sources */,
F966BE3108F27A40005CB29B /* tkUndo.c in Sources */,
F966BE3308F27A40005CB29B /* tkUtil.c in Sources */,
F966BE3408F27A40005CB29B /* tkVisual.c in Sources */,
F966BE3508F27A40005CB29B /* tkWindow.c in Sources */,
F96888050AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkBlink.c in Sources */,
F96888060AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkButton.c in Sources */,
F96888070AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkCache.c in Sources */,
F96888080AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClamTheme.c in Sources */,
F96888090AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkClassicTheme.c in Sources */,
F968880A0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkDefaultTheme.c in Sources */,
F968880B0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkElements.c in Sources */,
F968880C0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkEntry.c in Sources */,
F968880D0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkFrame.c in Sources */,
F968880E0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkImage.c in Sources */,
F968880F0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkInit.c in Sources */,
F96888100AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLabel.c in Sources */,
F96888110AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkLayout.c in Sources */,
F96888120AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkManager.c in Sources */,
F96888130AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkNotebook.c in Sources */,
F96888140AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkPanedwindow.c in Sources */,
F96888150AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkProgress.c in Sources */,
F96888160AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScale.c in Sources */,
F96888170AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScroll.c in Sources */,
F96888180AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkScrollbar.c in Sources */,
F96888190AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSeparator.c in Sources */,
F968881A0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkSquare.c in Sources */,
F968881B0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkState.c in Sources */,
F968881C0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubInit.c in Sources */,
F968881D0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkStubLib.c in Sources */,
F968881E0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTagSet.c in Sources */,
F968881F0AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTheme.c in Sources */,
F96888200AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrace.c in Sources */,
F96888210AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTrack.c in Sources */,
F96888220AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkTreeview.c in Sources */,
F96888230AF786D5000797B5 /* ttkWidget.c in Sources */,
F966BEDB08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXBitmap.c in Sources */,
F966BEDC08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXButton.c in Sources */,
F966BEDE08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXClipboard.c in Sources */,
F966BEDF08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXColor.c in Sources */,
F966BEE008F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXConfig.c in Sources */,
F966BEE108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXCursor.c in Sources */,
F966BEE308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDebug.c in Sources */,
F966BEE608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDialog.c in Sources */,
F966BEE708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXDraw.c in Sources */,
F966BEE808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEmbed.c in Sources */,
F966BEE908F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEntry.c in Sources */,
F966BEEA08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BEEC08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXFont.c in Sources */,
F966BEED08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXHLEvents.c in Sources */,
F966BEEE08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXInit.c in Sources */,
F966BEF108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c in Sources */,
F966BEF208F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BEF308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenu.c in Sources */,
F966BEF608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenubutton.c in Sources */,
F966BEF708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMenus.c in Sources */,
F966BEF808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BEF908F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */,
F966BF0108F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXRegion.c in Sources */,
F966BF0308F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXScrlbr.c in Sources */,
F966BF0408F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSend.c in Sources */,
F966BF0508F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXSubwindows.c in Sources */,
F966BF0608F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXTest.c in Sources */,
F966BF0708F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c in Sources */,
F966BF0808F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXWm.c in Sources */,
F966BF0B08F27A40005CB29B /* tkMacOSXXStubs.c in Sources */,
F96888850AF78938000797B5 /* ttkMacOSXTheme.c in Sources */,
F966BF7F08F27A41005CB29B /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */,
F966BF8308F27A41005CB29B /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */,
F966BF9608F27A41005CB29B /* tkUnixScale.c in Sources */,
F966C02A08F27A42005CB29B /* xcolors.c in Sources */,
F966C02B08F27A42005CB29B /* xdraw.c in Sources */,
F966C02C08F27A42005CB29B /* xgc.c in Sources */,
F966C02D08F27A42005CB29B /* ximage.c in Sources */,
F966C02E08F27A42005CB29B /* xutil.c in Sources */,
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
};
F9FD30BB0CC1AD070073837D /* Sources */ = {
isa = PBXSourcesBuildPhase;
buildActionMask = 2147483647;
files = (
F9FD30BC0CC1AD070073837D /* regcomp.c in Sources */,
F9FD30BD0CC1AD070073837D /* regerror.c in Sources */,
F9FD30BE0CC1AD070073837D /* regexec.c in Sources */,
F9FD30BF0CC1AD070073837D /* regfree.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C00CC1AD070073837D /* tclAlloc.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C10CC1AD070073837D /* tclAsync.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C20CC1AD070073837D /* tclBasic.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C30CC1AD070073837D /* tclBinary.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C40CC1AD070073837D /* tclCkalloc.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C50CC1AD070073837D /* tclClock.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C60CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdAH.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C70CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdIL.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C80CC1AD070073837D /* tclCmdMZ.c in Sources */,
F9FD30C90CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompCmds.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompExpr.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclCompile.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclDate.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclDictObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30CF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclEncoding.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D00CC1AD070073837D /* tclEnv.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D10CC1AD070073837D /* tclEvent.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D20CC1AD070073837D /* tclExecute.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D30CC1AD070073837D /* tclFCmd.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D40CC1AD070073837D /* tclFileName.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D50CC1AD070073837D /* tclGet.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D60CC1AD070073837D /* tclHash.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D70CC1AD070073837D /* tclHistory.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D80CC1AD070073837D /* tclIndexObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30D90CC1AD070073837D /* tclInterp.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIO.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOCmd.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOGT.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIORChan.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOSock.c in Sources */,
F9FD30DF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclIOUtil.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E00CC1AD070073837D /* tclLink.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E10CC1AD070073837D /* tclListObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E20CC1AD070073837D /* tclLiteral.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E30CC1AD070073837D /* tclLoad.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E40CC1AD070073837D /* tclMain.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E50CC1AD070073837D /* tclNamesp.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E60CC1AD070073837D /* tclNotify.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E70CC1AD070073837D /* tclObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E80CC1AD070073837D /* tclPanic.c in Sources */,
F9FD30E90CC1AD070073837D /* tclParse.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPathObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPipe.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPkg.c in Sources */,
F9FD30ED0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPkgConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPosixStr.c in Sources */,
F9FD30EF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclPreserve.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F00CC1AD070073837D /* tclProc.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F10CC1AD070073837D /* tclRegexp.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F20CC1AD070073837D /* tclResolve.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F30CC1AD070073837D /* tclResult.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F40CC1AD070073837D /* tclScan.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F50CC1AD070073837D /* tclStringObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F60CC1AD070073837D /* tclStrToD.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F70CC1AD070073837D /* tclStubInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F80CC1AD070073837D /* tclStubLib.c in Sources */,
F9FD30F90CC1AD070073837D /* tclThread.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FA0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadAlloc.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FB0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadJoin.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FC0CC1AD070073837D /* tclThreadStorage.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FD0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTimer.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FE0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTomMathInterface.c in Sources */,
F9FD30FF0CC1AD070073837D /* tclTrace.c in Sources */,
F9FD31000CC1AD070073837D /* tclUtf.c in Sources */,
F9FD31010CC1AD070073837D /* tclUtil.c in Sources */,
F9FD31020CC1AD070073837D /* tclVar.c in Sources */,
F9FD31030CC1AD070073837D /* bn_fast_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */,
F9FD31040CC1AD070073837D /* bn_fast_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD31050CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_add.c in Sources */,
F9FD31060CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_add_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31070CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_and.c in Sources */,
F9FD31080CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clamp.c in Sources */,
F9FD31090CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clear.c in Sources */,
F9FD310A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_clear_multi.c in Sources */,
F9FD310B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp.c in Sources */,
F9FD310C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD310D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_cmp_mag.c in Sources */,
F9FD310E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_copy.c in Sources */,
F9FD310F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_count_bits.c in Sources */,
F9FD31100CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div.c in Sources */,
F9FD31110CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_2.c in Sources */,
F9FD31120CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_2d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31130CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_3.c in Sources */,
F9FD31140CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_div_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31150CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_exch.c in Sources */,
F9FD31160CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_expt_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31170CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_grow.c in Sources */,
F9FD31180CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init.c in Sources */,
F9FD31190CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_copy.c in Sources */,
F9FD311A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_multi.c in Sources */,
F9FD311B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_set.c in Sources */,
F9FD311C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_init_size.c in Sources */,
F9FD311D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_karatsuba_mul.c in Sources */,
F9FD311E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_karatsuba_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD311F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_lshd.c in Sources */,
F9FD31200CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mod.c in Sources */,
F9FD31210CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mod_2d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31220CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul.c in Sources */,
F9FD31230CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_2.c in Sources */,
F9FD31240CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_2d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31250CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_mul_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31260CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_neg.c in Sources */,
F9FD31270CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_or.c in Sources */,
F9FD31280CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_radix_size.c in Sources */,
F9FD31290CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_radix_smap.c in Sources */,
F9FD312A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_read_radix.c in Sources */,
F9FD312B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_rshd.c in Sources */,
F9FD312C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_set.c in Sources */,
F9FD312D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_shrink.c in Sources */,
F9FD312E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD312F0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sqrt.c in Sources */,
F9FD31300CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sub.c in Sources */,
F9FD31310CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_sub_d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31320CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin_n.c in Sources */,
F9FD31330CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_to_unsigned_bin.c in Sources */,
F9FD31340CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toom_mul.c in Sources */,
F9FD31350CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toom_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD31360CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_toradix_n.c in Sources */,
F9FD31370CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_unsigned_bin_size.c in Sources */,
F9FD31380CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_xor.c in Sources */,
F9FD31390CC1AD070073837D /* bn_mp_zero.c in Sources */,
F9FD313A0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_reverse.c in Sources */,
F9FD313B0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_add.c in Sources */,
F9FD313C0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_mul_digs.c in Sources */,
F9FD313D0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_sqr.c in Sources */,
F9FD313E0CC1AD070073837D /* bn_s_mp_sub.c in Sources */,
F9FD313F0CC1AD070073837D /* bncore.c in Sources */,
F9FD31400CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXBundle.c in Sources */,
F9FD31410CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXFCmd.c in Sources */,
F9FD31420CC1AD070073837D /* tclMacOSXNotify.c in Sources */,
F9FD31430CC1AD070073837D /* tclLoadDyld.c in Sources */,
F9FD31440CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixChan.c in Sources */,
F9FD31450CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixCompat.c in Sources */,
F9FD31460CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixEvent.c in Sources */,
F9FD31470CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixFCmd.c in Sources */,
F9FD31480CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixFile.c in Sources */,
F9FD31490CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD314A0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixNotfy.c in Sources */,
F9FD314B0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixPipe.c in Sources */,
F9FD314C0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixSock.c in Sources */,
F9FD314D0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixThrd.c in Sources */,
F9FD314E0CC1AD070073837D /* tclUnixTime.c in Sources */,
F9FD31E20CC1AD070073837D /* tclDTrace.d in Sources */,
F9FD314F0CC1AD070073837D /* tk3d.c in Sources */,
F9FD31500CC1AD070073837D /* tkArgv.c in Sources */,
F9FD31510CC1AD070073837D /* tkAtom.c in Sources */,
F9FD31520CC1AD070073837D /* tkBind.c in Sources */,
F9FD31530CC1AD070073837D /* tkBitmap.c in Sources */,
F9FD31540CC1AD070073837D /* tkButton.c in Sources */,
F9FD31550CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvArc.c in Sources */,
F9FD31560CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvas.c in Sources */,
F9FD31570CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvBmap.c in Sources */,
F9FD31580CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvImg.c in Sources */,
F9FD31590CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvLine.c in Sources */,
F9FD315A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvPoly.c in Sources */,
F9FD315B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvPs.c in Sources */,
F9FD315C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvText.c in Sources */,
F9FD315D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvUtil.c in Sources */,
F9FD315E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkCanvWind.c in Sources */,
F9FD315F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkClipboard.c in Sources */,
F9FD31600CC1AD070073837D /* tkCmds.c in Sources */,
F9FD31610CC1AD070073837D /* tkColor.c in Sources */,
F9FD31620CC1AD070073837D /* tkConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD31630CC1AD070073837D /* tkConsole.c in Sources */,
F9FD31640CC1AD070073837D /* tkCursor.c in Sources */,
F9FD31650CC1AD070073837D /* tkEntry.c in Sources */,
F9FD31660CC1AD070073837D /* tkError.c in Sources */,
F9FD31670CC1AD070073837D /* tkEvent.c in Sources */,
F9FD31680CC1AD070073837D /* tkFileFilter.c in Sources */,
F9FD31690CC1AD070073837D /* tkFocus.c in Sources */,
F9FD316A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkFont.c in Sources */,
F9FD316B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkFrame.c in Sources */,
F9FD316C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGC.c in Sources */,
F9FD316D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGeometry.c in Sources */,
F9FD316E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGet.c in Sources */,
F9FD316F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkGrab.c in Sources */,
F9FD31700CC1AD070073837D /* tkGrid.c in Sources */,
F9FD31710CC1AD070073837D /* tkImage.c in Sources */,
F9FD31720CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgBmap.c in Sources */,
F9FD31730CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgGIF.c in Sources */,
F9FD31740CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgPhoto.c in Sources */,
F9FD31750CC1AD070073837D /* tkImgPPM.c in Sources */,
F9FD31760CC1AD070073837D /* tkListbox.c in Sources */,
F9FD31770CC1AD070073837D /* tkMacWinMenu.c in Sources */,
F9FD31780CC1AD070073837D /* tkMain.c in Sources */,
F9FD31790CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenu.c in Sources */,
F9FD317A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenubutton.c in Sources */,
F9FD317B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMenuDraw.c in Sources */,
F9FD317C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkMessage.c in Sources */,
F9FD317D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkObj.c in Sources */,
F9FD317E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkOldConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD317F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkOldTest.c in Sources */,
F9FD31800CC1AD070073837D /* tkOption.c in Sources */,
F9FD31810CC1AD070073837D /* tkPack.c in Sources */,
F9FD31820CC1AD070073837D /* tkPanedWindow.c in Sources */,
F9FD31830CC1AD070073837D /* tkPlace.c in Sources */,
F9FD31850CC1AD070073837D /* tkRectOval.c in Sources */,
F9FD31860CC1AD070073837D /* tkScale.c in Sources */,
F9FD31870CC1AD070073837D /* tkScrollbar.c in Sources */,
F9FD31880CC1AD070073837D /* tkSelect.c in Sources */,
F9FD31890CC1AD070073837D /* tkSquare.c in Sources */,
F9FD318A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStubInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD318B0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStubLib.c in Sources */,
F9FD318C0CC1AD070073837D /* tkStyle.c in Sources */,
F9FD318D0CC1AD070073837D /* tkTest.c in Sources */,
F9FD318E0CC1AD070073837D /* tkText.c in Sources */,
F9FD318F0CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextBTree.c in Sources */,
F9FD31900CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextDisp.c in Sources */,
F9FD31910CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextImage.c in Sources */,
F9FD31920CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextIndex.c in Sources */,
F9FD31930CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextMark.c in Sources */,
F9FD31940CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextTag.c in Sources */,
F9FD31950CC1AD070073837D /* tkTextWind.c in Sources */,
F9FD31960CC1AD070073837D /* tkTrig.c in Sources */,
F9FD31970CC1AD070073837D /* tkUndo.c in Sources */,
F9FD31980CC1AD070073837D /* tkUtil.c in Sources */,
F9FD31990CC1AD070073837D /* tkVisual.c in Sources */,
F9FD319A0CC1AD070073837D /* tkWindow.c in Sources */,
F9FD319B0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkBlink.c in Sources */,
F9FD319C0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkButton.c in Sources */,
F9FD319D0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkCache.c in Sources */,
F9FD319E0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkClamTheme.c in Sources */,
F9FD319F0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkClassicTheme.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A00CC1AD070073837D /* ttkDefaultTheme.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A10CC1AD070073837D /* ttkElements.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A20CC1AD070073837D /* ttkEntry.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A30CC1AD070073837D /* ttkFrame.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A40CC1AD070073837D /* ttkImage.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A50CC1AD070073837D /* ttkInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A60CC1AD070073837D /* ttkLabel.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A70CC1AD070073837D /* ttkLayout.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A80CC1AD070073837D /* ttkManager.c in Sources */,
F9FD31A90CC1AD070073837D /* ttkNotebook.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AA0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkPanedwindow.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AB0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkProgress.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AC0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScale.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AD0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScroll.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AE0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkScrollbar.c in Sources */,
F9FD31AF0CC1AD070073837D /* ttkSeparator.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B00CC1AD070073837D /* ttkSquare.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B10CC1AD070073837D /* ttkState.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B20CC1AD070073837D /* ttkStubInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B30CC1AD070073837D /* ttkStubLib.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B40CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTagSet.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B50CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTheme.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B60CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTrace.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B70CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTrack.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B80CC1AD070073837D /* ttkTreeview.c in Sources */,
F9FD31B90CC1AD070073837D /* ttkWidget.c in Sources */,
F9FD31DA0CC1AD070073837D /* tkAppInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD32020CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnix.c in Sources */,
F9FD31DB0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnix3d.c in Sources */,
F9FD320A0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixButton.c in Sources */,
F9FD32090CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixColor.c in Sources */,
F9FD32040CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixConfig.c in Sources */,
F9FD31F80CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixCursor.c in Sources */,
F9FD32060CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDialog.c in Sources */,
F9FD32050CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixDraw.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FD0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEmbed.c in Sources */,
F9FD32080CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixEvent.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FF0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixFocus.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FC0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixInit.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FA0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixKey.c in Sources */,
F9FD32030CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenu.c in Sources */,
F9FD320B0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixMenubu.c in Sources */,
F9FD32010CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixRFont.c in Sources */,
F9FD31DC0CC1AD070073837D /* tkUnixScale.c in Sources */,
F9FD320C0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixScrlbr.c in Sources */,
F9FD32070CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSelect.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FE0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixSend.c in Sources */,
F9FD32000CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixWm.c in Sources */,
F9FD31FB0CC1ADB70073837D /* tkUnixXId.c in Sources */,
);
runOnlyForDeploymentPostprocessing = 0;
};
/* End PBXSourcesBuildPhase section */
/* Begin XCBuildConfiguration section */
F90E36D50F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = unsupported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_VERSION = 4.2;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = "Debug gcc42 nogc";
};
F90E36D60F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "Debug gcc42 nogc";
};
F90E36D70F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "Debug gcc42 nogc";
};
F90E36D80F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "Debug gcc42 nogc";
};
F91BCC4F093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal;
};
F91BCC50093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal;
};
F91BCC51093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal;
};
F93084370BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugMemCompile;
};
F93084380BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugMemCompile;
};
F93084390BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugMemCompile;
};
F930843A0BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-symbols=all";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugMemCompile;
};
F9359B250DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_GENERATE_TEST_COVERAGE_FILES = YES;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_INSTRUMENT_PROGRAM_FLOW_ARCS = YES;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
"-lgcov",
);
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugGCov;
};
F9359B260DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugGCov;
};
F9359B270DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugGCov;
};
F9359B280DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugGCov;
};
F95CC8AC09158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = Debug;
};
F95CC8AD09158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = Release;
};
F95CC8AE09158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugNoFixZL;
};
F95CC8B109158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = Debug;
};
F95CC8B209158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = Release;
};
F95CC8B309158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugNoFixZL;
};
F95CC8B609158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = Debug;
};
F95CC8B709158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = Release;
};
F95CC8B809158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugNoFixZL;
};
F97258A90A86873D00096C78 /* Debug */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = Debug;
};
F97258AA0A86873D00096C78 /* Release */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = Release;
};
F97258AB0A86873D00096C78 /* DebugNoFixZL */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugNoFixZL;
};
F97258AC0A86873D00096C78 /* ReleaseUniversal */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = ReleaseUniversal;
};
F97AED1B0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = Debug64bit;
};
F97AED1C0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = Debug64bit;
};
F97AED1D0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = Debug64bit;
};
F97AED1E0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)";
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "--enable-64bit $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = Debug64bit;
};
F987512F0DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --disable-corefoundation";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugNoCF;
};
F98751300DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-corefoundation";
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugNoCF;
};
F98751310DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-corefoundation";
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugNoCF;
};
F98751320DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugNoCF;
};
F98751330DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --disable-threads --disable-corefoundation";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugNoCFUnthreaded;
};
F98751340DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-corefoundation";
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugNoCFUnthreaded;
};
F98751350DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --enable-corefoundation";
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugNoCFUnthreaded;
};
F98751360DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugNoCFUnthreaded;
};
F9988AB10D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_VERSION = 4.2;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = "Debug gcc42";
};
F9988AB20D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "Debug gcc42";
};
F9988AB30D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "Debug gcc42";
};
F9988AB40D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "Debug gcc42";
};
F9988AB50D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CC = "$(DEVELOPER_DIR)/usr/bin/llvm-gcc-4.2";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_VERSION = com.apple.compilers.llvmgcc42;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = "Debug llvmgcc42";
};
F9988AB60D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "Debug llvmgcc42";
};
F9988AB70D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "Debug llvmgcc42";
};
F9988AB80D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no $(CONFIGURE_ARGS)";
GCC_DYNAMIC_NO_PIC = NO;
GCC_ENABLE_FIX_AND_CONTINUE = YES;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
"__private_extern__=extern",
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
GCC_SYMBOLS_PRIVATE_EXTERN = NO;
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "Debug llvmgcc42";
};
F9988BB10D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_VERSION = 4.2;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal gcc42";
};
F9988BB20D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal gcc42";
};
F9988BB30D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal gcc42";
};
F9988BB40D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal gcc42";
};
F9988BB50D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CC = "$(DEVELOPER_DIR)/usr/bin/llvm-gcc-4.2";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 $(CFLAGS)";
DEBUG_INFORMATION_FORMAT = dwarf;
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_OPTIMIZATION_LEVEL = 4;
GCC_VERSION = com.apple.compilers.llvmgcc42;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
PREBINDING = NO;
TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(TCL_CONFIGURE_ARGS) --disable-dtrace";
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42";
};
F9988BB60D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42";
};
F9988BB70D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42";
};
F9988BB80D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = "ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42";
};
F99EE73B0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugUnthreaded;
};
F99EE73C0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = DebugLeaks;
};
F99EE73D0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugUnthreaded;
};
F99EE73E0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = DebugLeaks;
};
F99EE73F0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugUnthreaded;
};
F99EE7400BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = DebugLeaks;
};
F99EE7410BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CONFIGURE_ARGS = "$(CONFIGURE_ARGS) --disable-threads";
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugUnthreaded;
};
F99EE7420BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE8330B65C87F00310EA2 /* Wish-Debug.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = (
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_32_BIT)",
"$(NATIVE_ARCH_64_BIT)",
);
CPPFLAGS = "-arch $(CURRENT_ARCH) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = unsupported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS = (
PURIFY,
"$(GCC_PREPROCESSOR_DEFINITIONS)",
);
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.6;
ONLY_ACTIVE_ARCH = YES;
PREBINDING = NO;
};
name = DebugLeaks;
};
F9EEED960C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
PRODUCT_NAME = Wish;
SKIP_INSTALL = NO;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK;
};
F9EEED970C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
OTHER_LDFLAGS = (
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS_AQUA)",
"$(OTHER_LDFLAGS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = tktest;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK;
};
F9EEED980C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/include,
/usr/X11R6/include/freetype2,
"$(HEADER_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS = (
/usr/X11R6/lib,
"$(LIBRARY_SEARCH_PATHS)",
);
PRODUCT_NAME = "tktest-X11";
};
name = ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK;
};
F9EEED990C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */ = {
isa = XCBuildConfiguration;
baseConfigurationReference = F97AE82B0B65C69B00310EA2 /* Wish-Release.xcconfig */;
buildSettings = {
ARCHS = "$(ARCHS_STANDARD_32_64_BIT)";
CFLAGS = "-arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc $(CFLAGS)";
CPPFLAGS = "-isysroot $(SDKROOT) $(CPPFLAGS)";
GCC_C_LANGUAGE_STANDARD = gnu99;
GCC_ENABLE_OBJC_GC = supported;
GCC_ENABLE_PASCAL_STRINGS = NO;
GCC_INPUT_FILETYPE = sourcecode.c.objc;
MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET = 10.5;
PREBINDING = NO;
SDKROOT = macosx10.5;
};
name = ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK;
};
/* End XCBuildConfiguration section */
/* Begin XCConfigurationList section */
F95CC8AB09158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "Tk" */ = {
isa = XCConfigurationList;
buildConfigurations = (
F95CC8AC09158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */,
F9988AB20D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */,
F90E36D60F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */,
F9988AB60D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */,
F95CC8AE09158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */,
F99EE73B0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */,
F98751300DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */,
F98751340DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */,
F93084370BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */,
F99EE73C0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */,
F9359B260DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */,
F97AED1B0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */,
F95CC8AD09158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */,
F91BCC4F093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */,
F9988BB20D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */,
F9988BB60D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */,
F9EEED960C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */,
);
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
defaultConfigurationName = Debug;
};
F95CC8B009158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "tktest" */ = {
isa = XCConfigurationList;
buildConfigurations = (
F95CC8B109158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */,
F9988AB30D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */,
F90E36D70F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */,
F9988AB70D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */,
F95CC8B309158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */,
F99EE73D0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */,
F98751310DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */,
F98751350DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */,
F93084380BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */,
F99EE73E0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */,
F9359B270DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */,
F97AED1C0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */,
F95CC8B209158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */,
F91BCC50093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */,
F9988BB30D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */,
F9988BB70D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */,
F9EEED970C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */,
);
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
defaultConfigurationName = Debug;
};
F95CC8B509158F3100EA5ACE /* Build configuration list for PBXProject "Wish" */ = {
isa = XCConfigurationList;
buildConfigurations = (
F95CC8B609158F3100EA5ACE /* Debug */,
F9988AB10D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */,
F90E36D50F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */,
F9988AB50D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */,
F95CC8B809158F3100EA5ACE /* DebugNoFixZL */,
F99EE7410BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */,
F987512F0DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */,
F98751330DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */,
F930843A0BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */,
F99EE7420BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */,
F9359B250DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */,
F97AED1E0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */,
F95CC8B709158F3100EA5ACE /* Release */,
F91BCC51093152310042A6BF /* ReleaseUniversal */,
F9988BB10D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */,
F9988BB50D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */,
F9EEED990C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */,
);
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
defaultConfigurationName = Debug;
};
F97258A80A86873D00096C78 /* Build configuration list for PBXNativeTarget "tktest-X11" */ = {
isa = XCConfigurationList;
buildConfigurations = (
F97258A90A86873D00096C78 /* Debug */,
F9988AB40D814C6500B6B03B /* Debug gcc42 */,
F90E36D80F3B5C8400810A10 /* Debug gcc42 nogc */,
F9988AB80D814C7500B6B03B /* Debug llvmgcc42 */,
F97258AB0A86873D00096C78 /* DebugNoFixZL */,
F99EE73F0BE835310060D4AF /* DebugUnthreaded */,
F98751320DE7B57E00B1C9EC /* DebugNoCF */,
F98751360DE7B5A200B1C9EC /* DebugNoCFUnthreaded */,
F93084390BB93D2800CD0B9E /* DebugMemCompile */,
F99EE7400BE835310060D4AF /* DebugLeaks */,
F9359B280DF212DA00E04F67 /* DebugGCov */,
F97AED1D0B660B2100310EA2 /* Debug64bit */,
F97258AA0A86873D00096C78 /* Release */,
F97258AC0A86873D00096C78 /* ReleaseUniversal */,
F9988BB40D81586D00B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal gcc42 */,
F9988BB80D81587400B6B03B /* ReleaseUniversal llvmgcc42 */,
F9EEED980C2FEFD300396116 /* ReleaseUniversal10.5SDK */,
);
defaultConfigurationIsVisible = 0;
defaultConfigurationName = Debug;
};
/* End XCConfigurationList section */
};
rootObject = 08FB7793FE84155DC02AAC07 /* Project object */;
}
|
Changes to macosx/configure.ac.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | #! /bin/bash -norc dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation dnl to configure the system for the local environment. dnl Ensure that the config (auto)headers support is used, then just dnl include the configure sources from ../unix: m4_include(../unix/aclocal.m4) m4_define(SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS) | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | #! /bin/bash -norc dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation dnl to configure the system for the local environment. dnl Ensure that the config (auto)headers support is used, then just dnl include the configure sources from ../unix: m4_include(../unix/aclocal.m4) m4_define(SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS) m4_include(../unix/configure.in) |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSX.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 | * Structures and function types for handling Netscape-type in process * embedding where Tk does not control the top-level */ typedef int (Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc) (long winID, Tk_Window window); typedef void* (Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc) (Tk_Window window); typedef int (Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc) (Tk_Window window); | | | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | * Structures and function types for handling Netscape-type in process * embedding where Tk does not control the top-level */ typedef int (Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc) (long winID, Tk_Window window); typedef void* (Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc) (Tk_Window window); typedef int (Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc) (Tk_Window window); typedef void (Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc) (Tk_Window window, TkRegion rgn); typedef void (Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc) (Tk_Window window, void *ulCorner); #include "tkPlatDecls.h" #endif /* _TKMAC */ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
/*
* This structure holds information about native bitmaps.
*/
typedef struct {
const char *name; /* Name of icon. */
OSType iconType; /* OSType of icon. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
{"ramdisk", kGenericRAMDiskIcon},
{"cdrom", kGenericCDROMIcon},
{"preferences", kGenericPreferencesIcon},
{"querydoc", kGenericQueryDocumentIcon},
{"stop", kAlertStopIcon},
{"note", kAlertNoteIcon},
{"caution", kAlertCautionIcon},
| | < < < | | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
{"ramdisk", kGenericRAMDiskIcon},
{"cdrom", kGenericCDROMIcon},
{"preferences", kGenericPreferencesIcon},
{"querydoc", kGenericQueryDocumentIcon},
{"stop", kAlertStopIcon},
{"note", kAlertNoteIcon},
{"caution", kAlertCautionIcon},
{NULL}
};
#define builtInIconSize 32
static Tcl_HashTable iconBitmapTable = {};
typedef struct {
int kind, width, height;
char *value;
} IconBitmap;
static const char *iconBitmapOptionStrings[] = {
"-file", "-fileType", "-osType", "-systemType", "-namedImage",
"-imageFile", NULL
};
enum iconBitmapOptions {
ICON_FILE, ICON_FILETYPE, ICON_OSTYPE, ICON_SYSTEMTYPE, ICON_NAMEDIMAGE,
ICON_IMAGEFILE,
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
Tcl_HashEntry *predefHashPtr;
Tk_Uid name;
int isNew;
name = Tk_GetUid(builtInPtr->name);
predefHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, name, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
| | | < | | | | | | | > > < | < | < < | > | > | > | > | < > > > | > | > | | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
Tcl_HashEntry *predefHashPtr;
Tk_Uid name;
int isNew;
name = Tk_GetUid(builtInPtr->name);
predefHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(tablePtr, name, &isNew);
if (isNew) {
TkPredefBitmap *predefPtr = (TkPredefBitmap *)
ckalloc(sizeof(TkPredefBitmap));
predefPtr->source = UINT2PTR(builtInPtr->iconType);
predefPtr->width = builtInIconSize;
predefPtr->height = builtInIconSize;
predefPtr->native = 1;
Tcl_SetHashValue(predefHashPtr, predefPtr);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetBitmapForIcon --
*
* Results:
* Bitmap for the given IconRef.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Pixmap
GetBitmapForIcon(
Display *display,
IconRef icon,
CGSize size)
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
Pixmap pixmap;
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, size.width, size.height, 0);
if (TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
if (dc.context) {
const CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1,
.tx = 0, .ty = size.height };
const CGRect r = { .origin = { .x = 0, .y = 0 }, .size = size };
CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
PlotIconRefInContext(dc.context, &r, kAlignAbsoluteCenter,
kTransformNone, NULL, kPlotIconRefNormalFlags, icon);
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
return pixmap;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateNativeBitmap --
*
* Create native bitmap.
*
* Results:
* Native bitmap.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Pixmap
TkpCreateNativeBitmap(
Display *display,
const char *source) /* Info about the icon to build. */
{
Pixmap pixmap;
IconRef icon;
OSErr err;
err = ChkErr(GetIconRef, kOnSystemDisk, kSystemIconsCreator,
PTR2UINT(source), &icon);
if (err == noErr) {
pixmap = GetBitmapForIcon(display, icon, CGSizeMake(builtInIconSize,
builtInIconSize));
ReleaseIconRef(icon);
} else {
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, builtInIconSize,
builtInIconSize, 0);
}
return pixmap;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* OSTypeFromString --
*
* Helper to convert string to OSType.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
int result = TCL_ERROR;
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_Encoding encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, s, -1, &ds);
if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) <= 4) {
char string[4] = {};
| | < | 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
int result = TCL_ERROR;
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_Encoding encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, s, -1, &ds);
if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) <= 4) {
char string[4] = {};
memcpy(string, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), (size_t) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
*t = (OSType) string[0] << 24 | (OSType) string[1] << 16 |
(OSType) string[2] << 8 | (OSType) string[3];
result = TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetNativeAppBitmap --
*
* Get a named native bitmap.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
if (image) {
[image setSize:size];
}
} else {
string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:name];
image = [NSImage imageNamed:string];
if (!image) {
| | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > | < > | > | > > > > | 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 |
if (image) {
[image setSize:size];
}
} else {
string = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:name];
image = [NSImage imageNamed:string];
if (!image) {
NSURL *url = [NSURL URLWithString:string];
if (url) {
image = [[[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfURL:url]
autorelease];
}
}
if (image) {
size = [image size];
}
}
if (image) {
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int depth = 0;
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK_TODO
for (NSImageRep *r in [image representations]) {
NSInteger bitsPerSample = [r bitsPerSample];
if (bitsPerSample && bitsPerSample > depth) {
depth = bitsPerSample;
};
}
if (depth == 1) {
/* TODO: convert BW NSImage to CGImageMask */
}
#endif
pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, size.width, size.height, depth);
*width = size.width;
*height = size.height;
if (TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
if (dc.context) {
CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1,
.tx = 0, .ty = size.height};
CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
[NSGraphicsContext saveGraphicsState];
[NSGraphicsContext setCurrentContext:[NSGraphicsContext
graphicsContextWithGraphicsPort:dc.context flipped:NO]];
[image drawAtPoint:NSZeroPoint fromRect:NSZeroRect
operation:NSCompositeCopy fraction:1.0];
[NSGraphicsContext restoreGraphicsState];
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
} else if (name) {
OSType iconType;
if (OSTypeFromString(name, &iconType) == TCL_OK) {
IconRef icon;
OSErr err = ChkErr(GetIconRef, kOnSystemDisk, kSystemIconsCreator,
iconType, &icon);
if (err == noErr) {
pixmap = GetBitmapForIcon(display, icon, NSSizeToCGSize(size));
*width = size.width;
*height = size.height;
ReleaseIconRef(icon);
}
}
}
return pixmap;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
337 338 339 340 341 342 343 | * none * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd( | | | < | | | < < < | < | | | | 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 |
* none
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Unused. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int i = 1, len, isNew, result = TCL_ERROR;
const char *name, *value;
IconBitmap ib, *iconBitmap;
if (objc != 6) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "name width height "
"-file|-fileType|-osType|-systemType|-namedImage|-imageFile "
"value");
goto end;
}
name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i++], &len);
if (!len) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "empty bitmap name", NULL);
goto end;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i++], &ib.width) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i++], &ib.height) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i++], iconBitmapOptionStrings,
"kind", TCL_EXACT, &ib.kind) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
value = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i++], &len);
if (!len) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "empty bitmap value", NULL);
goto end;
}
#if 0
if ((kind == ICON_TYPE || kind == ICON_SYSTEM)) {
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_Encoding encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "macRoman");
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, value, -1, &ds);
len = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
if (len > 4) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid bitmap value", NULL);
goto end;
}
}
#endif
ib.value = ckalloc(len + 1);
strcpy(ib.value, value);
if (!iconBitmapTable.buckets) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&iconBitmapTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
}
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&iconBitmapTable, name, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
iconBitmap = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
ckfree(iconBitmap->value);
} else {
iconBitmap = (IconBitmap *) ckalloc(sizeof(IconBitmap));
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, iconBitmap);
}
*iconBitmap = ib;
result = TCL_OK;
end:
return result;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXButton.c.
1 2 3 | /* * tkMacOSXButton.c -- * | | | > > > > | > > > > | > > | > > | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
/*
* tkMacOSXButton.c --
*
* This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the
* button widgets.
*
* Copyright (c) 1996-1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright 2007 Revar Desmera.
* Copyright 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
* Copyright 2015 Marc Culler.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkButton.h"
#include "tkMacOSXFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#define FIRST_DRAW 2
#define ACTIVE 4
/*
* Default insets for controls
*/
#define DEF_INSET_LEFT 12
#define DEF_INSET_RIGHT 12
#define DEF_INSET_TOP 1
#define DEF_INSET_BOTTOM 1
/*
* Some defines used to control what type of control is drawn.
*/
#define DRAW_LABEL 0 /* Labels are treated genericly. */
#define DRAW_CONTROL 1 /* Draw using the Native control. */
#define DRAW_CUSTOM 2 /* Make our own button drawing. */
#define DRAW_BEVEL 3
/*
* The delay in milliseconds between pulsing default button redraws.
*/
#define PULSE_TIMER_MSECS 62 /* Largest value that didn't look stuttery */
/*
* Declaration of Mac specific button structure.
*/
typedef struct {
int drawType;
Tk_3DBorder border;
int relief;
int offset; /* 0 means this is a normal widget. 1 means
* it is an image button, so we offset the
* image to make the button appear to move
* up and down as the relief changes. */
GC gc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
Tcl_TimerToken defaultPulseHandler;
} MacButton;
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
| > | | < | | | | < | < | | < | < | | > | < < | | | | | > | 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 |
Tcl_TimerToken defaultPulseHandler;
} MacButton;
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
static void ButtonBackgroundDrawCB (const HIRect *btnbounds, MacButton *ptr,
SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
static void ButtonContentDrawCB (const HIRect *bounds, ThemeButtonKind kind,
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *info, MacButton *ptr, SInt16 depth,
Boolean isColorDev);
static void ButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams (TkButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind,
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo* drawinfo);
static int TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams (TkButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr);
static void TkMacOSXDrawButton (MacButton *butPtr, GC gc, Pixmap pixmap);
static void DrawButtonImageAndText(TkButton* butPtr);
static void PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData);
/*
* The class procedure table for the button widgets.
*/
Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
TkButtonWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
};
static int bCount;
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpButtonSetDefaults --
*
* This procedure is invoked before option tables are created for
* buttons. It modifies some of the default values to match the current
* values defined for this platform.
*
* Results:
* Some of the default values in *specPtr are modified.
*
* Side effects:
* Updates some of.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpButtonSetDefaults()
{
/*No-op.*/
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateButton --
*
* Allocate a new TkButton structure.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkButton *
TkpCreateButton(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
| | | | | | | | | | > | > > > > > > > < | < < | < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < | < < < > | | | | | | > | > > > | | | | < | | | < | | | | < < | < < | | | | | | | > > | < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | < < < < < < | < | < | > > > > | < | < < < | | | < < < < | < | > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > | | | | | | | | | | > > | > | > | > | > | > | > | | | > | | > > > > > | | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkButton *
TkpCreateButton(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
MacButton *macButtonPtr = (MacButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacButton));
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask,
ButtonEventProc, (ClientData) macButtonPtr);
macButtonPtr->id = bCount++;
macButtonPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW;
macButtonPtr->btnkind = kThemePushButton;
macButtonPtr->defaultPulseHandler = NULL;
bzero(&macButtonPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->drawinfo));
bzero(&macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo, sizeof(macButtonPtr->lastdrawinfo));
return (TkButton *)macButtonPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDisplayButton --
*
* This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is
* normally invoked as an idle handler.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Commands are output to X to display the button in its
* current mode. The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
MacButton *macButtonPtr = (MacButton *) clientData;
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
DrawParams* dpPtr = &macButtonPtr->drawParams;
int needhighlight = 0;
butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr) ) {
macButtonPtr->useTkText = 0;
} else {
macButtonPtr->useTkText = 1;
}
/*
* Set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port
* for this button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
*/
if (macButtonPtr->useTkText) {
if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
} else {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
/* Display image or bitmap or text for labels or custom controls. */
DrawButtonImageAndText(butPtr);
needhighlight = 1;
} else {
/* Draw the native portion of the buttons. */
TkMacOSXDrawButton(macButtonPtr, dpPtr->gc, pixmap);
/* Draw highlight border, if needed. */
if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) {
needhighlight = 1;
}
}
/* Draw highlight border, if needed. */
if (needhighlight) {
if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
butPtr->highlightWidth, TK_RELIEF_SOLID);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpComputeButtonGeometry --
*
* After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure
* recomputes the button's geometry and passes this information
* along to the geometry manager for the window.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The button's window may change size.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
TkButton *butPtr) /* Button whose geometry may have changed. */
{
int width = 0, height = 0, charWidth = 1, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
int txtWidth = 0, txtHeight = 0;
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton*)butPtr;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
DrawParams drawParams;
/*
* First figure out the size of the contents of the button.
*/
TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);
/*
* If the indicator is on, get its size.
*/
if ( butPtr->indicatorOn ) {
switch (butPtr->type) {
case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricRadioButtonWidth, (SInt32 *)&butPtr->indicatorDiameter);
break;
case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricCheckBoxWidth, (SInt32 *)&butPtr->indicatorDiameter);
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Allow 2px extra space next to the indicator. */
butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + 2;
} else {
butPtr->indicatorSpace = 0;
butPtr->indicatorDiameter = 0;
}
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
}
if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);
txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth + DEF_INSET_LEFT + DEF_INSET_RIGHT;
txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight + DEF_INSET_BOTTOM + DEF_INSET_TOP;
charWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
}
if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
case COMPOUND_TOP:
case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
/*
* Image is above or below text.
*/
height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
break;
case COMPOUND_LEFT:
case COMPOUND_RIGHT:
/*
* Image is left or right of text.
*/
width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX;
height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
break;
case COMPOUND_CENTER:
/*
* Image and text are superimposed.
*/
width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
break;
default:
break;
}
width += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
} else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
width = butPtr->width > 0 ? butPtr->width : width + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
height = butPtr->height > 0 ? butPtr->height : height;
} else { /* Text only */
width = txtWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace;
height = txtHeight;
if (butPtr->width > 0) {
width = butPtr->width * charWidth;
}
if (butPtr->height > 0) {
height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
}
}
/* Add padding */
width += 2 * butPtr->padX;
height += 2 * butPtr->padY;
/*
* Now figure out the size of the border decorations for the button.
*/
if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
butPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
butPtr->inset = 0;
butPtr->inset += butPtr->highlightWidth;
if (TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams)) {
HIRect tmpRect;
HIRect contBounds;
int paddingx = 0;
int paddingy = 0;
tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width, height);
HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);
/* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */
if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
height = contBounds.size.height;
}
/* If the content region has a minimum width, match it. */
if (width < contBounds.size.width) {
width = contBounds.size.width;
}
/* Pad to fill difference between content bounds and button bounds. */
paddingx = contBounds.origin.x;
paddingy = contBounds.origin.y;
if (height < paddingx - 4) {
/* can't have buttons much shorter than button side diameter. */
height = paddingx - 4;
}
} else {
height += butPtr->borderWidth*2;
width += butPtr->borderWidth*2;
}
width += butPtr->inset*2;
height += butPtr->inset*2;
Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height);
Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DrawButtonImageAndText --
*
* Draws the image and text associated with a button or label.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The image and text are drawn.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DrawButtonImageAndText(
TkButton* butPtr)
{
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton*)butPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
int haveImage = 0;
int haveText = 0;
int imageWidth = 0;
int imageHeight = 0;
int imageXOffset = 0;
int imageYOffset = 0;
int textXOffset = 0;
int textYOffset = 0;
int width = 0;
int height = 0;
int fullWidth = 0;
int fullHeight = 0;
int pressed = 0;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
if (butPtr->image != None) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
}
imageWidth = width;
imageHeight = height;
if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) {
/* Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed. */
pressed = 1;
}
haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
if (haveImage && haveText) { /* Image and Text */
int x;
int y;
textXOffset = 0;
textYOffset = 0;
fullWidth = 0;
fullHeight = 0;
switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
case COMPOUND_TOP:
case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: {
/* Image is above or below text */
if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
} else {
imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
}
fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
butPtr->textWidth);
textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
break;
}
case COMPOUND_LEFT:
case COMPOUND_RIGHT: {
/*
* Image is left or right of text
*/
if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX;
} else {
imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
}
fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
butPtr->textHeight);
textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
break;
}
case COMPOUND_CENTER: {
/*
* Image and text are superimposed
*/
fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
butPtr->textWidth);
fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
butPtr->textHeight);
textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
break;
}
default:
break;
}
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
fullWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace, fullHeight, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 |
}
if (pressed) {
x += dpPtr->offset;
y += dpPtr->offset;
}
imageXOffset += x;
imageYOffset += y;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
| > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | > | | < | | < | | | | | 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 |
}
if (pressed) {
x += dpPtr->offset;
y += dpPtr->offset;
}
imageXOffset += x;
imageYOffset += y;
textYOffset -= 1;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
(butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0,
width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
} else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
(butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0,
width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
} else {
Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
}
} else {
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc,
imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
}
Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap,
dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
butPtr->textLayout,
x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
butPtr->underline);
} else if (haveImage) { /* Image only */
int x = 0;
int y;
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
width + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
height, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
if (pressed) {
x += dpPtr->offset;
y += dpPtr->offset;
}
imageXOffset += x;
imageYOffset += y;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) &&
(butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) {
Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width,
height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
} else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) &&
(butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) {
Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width,
height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
} else {
Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height,
pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
}
} else {
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y);
XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap,
pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
0, 0, (unsigned int) width,
(unsigned int) height,
imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
}
} else { /* Text only */
int x, y;
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->indicatorSpace,
butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
x, y - DEF_INSET_BOTTOM, 0, -1);
}
/*
* If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special
* foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget
* is selected and we use a different background color when selected,
* must temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color.
*/
if (mbPtr->useTkText) {
if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED)
&& ((butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) || (butPtr->image != NULL))) {
if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && !butPtr->indicatorOn
&& (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
659 660 661 662 663 664 665 |
/*
* Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the
* button's contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border.
*/
if (dpPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
| | < | | | | | > > > > | 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 |
/*
* Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the
* button's contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border.
*/
if (dpPtr->relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
int inset = butPtr->highlightWidth;
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, dpPtr->border, inset, inset,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset,
butPtr->borderWidth, dpPtr->relief);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDestroyButton --
*
* Free data structures associated with the button control.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
*/
void
TkpDestroyButton(
TkButton *butPtr)
{
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; /* Mac button. */
| < | | > | | | | | > > | > | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 |
*/
void
TkpDestroyButton(
TkButton *butPtr)
{
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) butPtr; /* Mac button. */
if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXDrawButton --
*
* This function draws the tk button using Mac controls
* In addition, this code may apply custom colors passed
* in the TkButton.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The control is created, or reinitialised as needed
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXDrawButton(
MacButton *mbPtr, /* Mac button. */
GC gc, /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for
* the bevel button */
Pixmap pixmap) /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed
* for the bevel button */
{
TkButton * butPtr = ( TkButton *)mbPtr;
TkWindow * winPtr;
HIRect cntrRect;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
int useNewerHITools = 1;
winPtr = (TkWindow *)butPtr->tkwin;
TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);
cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff,
winPtr->privatePtr->yOff,
Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin),
Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));
cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect, butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset);
if (useNewerHITools == 1) {
HIRect contHIRec;
static HIThemeButtonDrawInfo hiinfo;
ButtonBackgroundDrawCB(&cntrRect, mbPtr, 32, true);
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
if (mbPtr->btnkind == kThemePushButton) {
/*
* For some reason, pushbuttons get drawn a bit
* too low, normally. Correct for this.
*/
if (cntrRect.size.height < 22) {
cntrRect.origin.y -= 1;
} else if (cntrRect.size.height < 23) {
cntrRect.origin.y -= 2;
}
}
hiinfo.version = 0;
hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind;
hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {
hiinfo.animation.time.start = hiinfo.animation.time.current;
}
HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal,
&contHIRec);
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
ButtonContentDrawCB(&contHIRec, mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo,
(MacButton *)mbPtr, 32, true);
} else {
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
mbPtr->lastdrawinfo = mbPtr->drawinfo;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ButtonBackgroundDrawCB --
*
* This function draws the background that
* lies under checkboxes and radiobuttons.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The background gets updated to the current color.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ButtonBackgroundDrawCB (
const HIRect * btnbounds,
MacButton *ptr,
SInt16 depth,
Boolean isColorDev)
{
MacButton* mbPtr = (MacButton*)ptr;
TkButton* butPtr = (TkButton*)mbPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
int usehlborder = 0;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
switch (mbPtr->btnkind) {
case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
case kThemeBevelButton:
case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
case kThemePushButton:
usehlborder = 1;
break;
}
}
if (usehlborder) {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->highlightBorder, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
} else {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
853 854 855 856 857 858 859 | * Side effects: * The content of the button gets updated. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ButtonContentDrawCB ( | | | | | | | | < | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 |
* Side effects:
* The content of the button gets updated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ButtonContentDrawCB (
const HIRect * btnbounds,
ThemeButtonKind kind,
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo,
MacButton *ptr,
SInt16 depth,
Boolean isColorDev)
{
TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *)ptr;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
/*Overlay Tk elements over button native region: drawing elements within button boundaries/native region causes unpredictable metrics.*/
DrawButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ButtonEventProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
* events on buttons.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkButton *buttonPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
|| eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
if ((buttonPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (!Tk_IsMapped(buttonPtr->tkwin))) {
return;
}
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
mbPtr->flags |= ACTIVE;
} else {
mbPtr->flags &= ~ACTIVE;
}
if ((buttonPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) == 0) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData) buttonPtr);
buttonPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams --
*
* This procedure computes the various parameters used
* when creating a Carbon Appearance control.
* These are determined by the various tk button parameters
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets the btnkind and drawinfo parameters
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXComputeButtonParams(
TkButton * butPtr,
ThemeButtonKind* btnkind,
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo)
{
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)butPtr;
if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 2) {
*btnkind = kThemeSmallBevelButton;
} else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 3) {
*btnkind = kThemeBevelButton;
} else if (butPtr->borderWidth == 4) {
*btnkind = kThemeRoundedBevelButton;
} else {
*btnkind = kThemePushButton;
}
if ((butPtr->image == None) && (butPtr->bitmap == None)) {
switch (butPtr->type) {
case TYPE_BUTTON:
*btnkind = kThemePushButton;
break;
case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
*btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
} else {
*btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
}
break;
case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
*btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
} else {
*btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
}
break;
}
}
if (butPtr->indicatorOn) {
switch (butPtr->type) {
case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON:
if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
*btnkind = kThemeSmallRadioButton;
} else {
*btnkind = kThemeRadioButton;
}
break;
case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON:
if (butPtr->borderWidth <= 1) {
*btnkind = kThemeSmallCheckBox;
} else {
*btnkind = kThemeCheckBox;
}
break;
}
} else {
if (butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON ||
butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON
) {
if (*btnkind == kThemePushButton) {
*btnkind = kThemeBevelButton;
}
}
}
if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 |
drawinfo->state = kThemeStatePressed;
} else {
drawinfo->state = kThemeStateActive;
}
drawinfo->adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone;
if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
| < | < < < < < < < < | | > | > | | | | | | | | > < < < < < < < | | < < | | | > > > > > | > > > > > > < < < > | > > > > < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
drawinfo->state = kThemeStatePressed;
} else {
drawinfo->state = kThemeStateActive;
}
drawinfo->adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone;
if (butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentDefault;
if (!mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc,
(ClientData) butPtr);
}
} else if (mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler);
}
if (butPtr->highlightWidth >= 3) {
if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
drawinfo->adornment |= kThemeAdornmentFocus;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams --
*
* This procedure computes the various parameters used
* when drawing a button
* These are determined by the various tk button parameters
*
* Results:
* 1 if control will be used, 0 otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets the button draw parameters
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TkMacOSXComputeButtonDrawParams(
TkButton *butPtr,
DrawParams *dpPtr)
{
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)butPtr;
dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL)
|| (butPtr->bitmap != None));
if (butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) {
dpPtr->offset = 0;
if (dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
switch (mbPtr->btnkind) {
case kThemeSmallBevelButton:
case kThemeBevelButton:
case kThemeRoundedBevelButton:
case kThemePushButton:
dpPtr->offset = 1;
break;
}
}
}
dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder;
if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
dpPtr->gc = butPtr->disabledGC;
} else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON && butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) {
dpPtr->gc = butPtr->activeTextGC;
dpPtr->border = butPtr->activeBorder;
} else {
dpPtr->gc = butPtr->normalTextGC;
}
if ((butPtr->flags & SELECTED) && (butPtr->state != STATE_ACTIVE)
&& (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
dpPtr->border = butPtr->selectBorder;
}
/*
* Override the relief specified for the button if this is a
* checkbutton or radiobutton and there's no indicator.
*/
dpPtr->relief = butPtr->relief;
if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
if (!dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
dpPtr->relief = (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN
: TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
}
}
/*
* Determine the draw type
*/
if (butPtr->type == TYPE_LABEL) {
dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_LABEL;
} else if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
if (!dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_CONTROL;
} else {
dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_BEVEL;
}
} else if (butPtr->indicatorOn) {
dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_CONTROL;
} else if (dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap) {
dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_BEVEL;
} else {
dpPtr->drawType = DRAW_CUSTOM;
}
if ((dpPtr->drawType == DRAW_CONTROL) || (dpPtr->drawType == DRAW_BEVEL)) {
return 1;
} else {
return 0;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* PulseDefaultButtonProc --
*
* This function redraws the button on a timer, to pulse
* default buttons.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets a timer to run itself again.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
PulseDefaultButtonProc(ClientData clientData)
{
MacButton *mbPtr = (MacButton *)clientData;
TkpDisplayButton(clientData);
mbPtr->defaultPulseHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(
PULSE_TIMER_MSECS, PulseDefaultButtonProc, clientData);
}
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXClipboard.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" | < | < | < | < | > < | < | < < < < | < > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkSelect.h"
static NSInteger changeCount = -1;
static Tk_Window clipboardOwner = NULL;
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKClipboard)
@implementation TKApplication(TKClipboard)
- (void)tkProvidePasteboard:(TkDisplay *)dispPtr
pasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)sender provideDataForType:(NSString *)type {
NSMutableString *string = [NSMutableString new];
if (dispPtr && dispPtr->clipboardActive &&
[type isEqualToString:NSStringPboardType]) {
for (TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; targetPtr;
targetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr) {
if (targetPtr->type == XA_STRING ||
targetPtr->type == dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
for (TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr;
cbPtr; cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) {
NSString *s = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:
cbPtr->buffer length:cbPtr->length
encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
[string appendString:s];
[s release];
}
break;
}
}
}
[sender setString:string forType:type];
[string release];
}
- (void)tkProvidePasteboard:(TkDisplay *)dispPtr {
if (dispPtr && dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
[self tkProvidePasteboard:dispPtr
pasteboard:[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard]
provideDataForType:NSStringPboardType];
}
}
- (void)pasteboard:(NSPasteboard *)sender provideDataForType:(NSString *)type {
[self tkProvidePasteboard:TkGetDisplayList() pasteboard:sender
provideDataForType:type];
}
- (void)tkCheckPasteboard {
if (clipboardOwner && [[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount] !=
changeCount) {
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
if (dispPtr) {
XEvent event;
event.xany.type = SelectionClear;
event.xany.serial = NextRequest(Tk_Display(clipboardOwner));
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(clipboardOwner);
event.xany.display = Tk_Display(clipboardOwner);
event.xselectionclear.selection = dispPtr->clipboardAtom;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
* returned. */
Tk_GetSelProc *proc, /* Procedure to call to process the selection,
* once it has been retrieved. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
int result = TCL_ERROR;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
| < < < | | < < | < < < < < < > | | < | < | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
* returned. */
Tk_GetSelProc *proc, /* Procedure to call to process the selection,
* once it has been retrieved. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
int result = TCL_ERROR;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (dispPtr && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom && (target == XA_STRING
|| target == dispPtr->utf8Atom)) {
NSString *string = nil;
NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
NSString *type = [pb availableTypeFromArray:[NSArray arrayWithObject:
NSStringPboardType]];
if (type) {
string = [pb stringForType:type];
}
result = proc(clientData, interp, string ? (char*)[string UTF8String]
: "");
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, selection),
" selection doesn't exist or form \"",
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, target), "\" not defined", NULL);
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
*/
int
XSetSelectionOwner(
Display *display, /* X Display. */
Atom selection, /* What selection to own. */
Window owner, /* Window to be the owner. */
| | < < | | | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
*/
int
XSetSelectionOwner(
Display *display, /* X Display. */
Atom selection, /* What selection to own. */
Window owner, /* Window to be the owner. */
Time time) /* The current time? */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
if (dispPtr && selection == dispPtr->clipboardAtom) {
clipboardOwner = owner ? Tk_IdToWindow(display, owner) : NULL;
if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) {
NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
changeCount = [pb declareTypes:[NSArray array] owner:NSApp];
}
}
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow --
*
* This function is invoked just before a TkWindow is deleted. It
* performs selection-related cleanup.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* clipboardOwner is cleared.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
234 235 236 237 238 239 240 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkSelUpdateClipboard( | | | < | 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelUpdateClipboard(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window associated with clipboard. */
TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr)
/* Info about the content. */
{
NSPasteboard *pb = [NSPasteboard generalPasteboard];
changeCount = [pb addTypes:[NSArray arrayWithObject:NSStringPboardType]
owner:NSApp];
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
263 264 265 266 267 268 269 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelEventProc(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */
| | | 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelEventProc(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event: either SelectionClear,
* SelectionRequest, or SelectionNotify. */
{
if (eventPtr->type == SelectionClear) {
clipboardOwner = NULL;
TkSelClearSelection(tkwin, eventPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
291 292 293 294 295 296 297 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkSelPropProc( | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelPropProc(
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X PropertyChange event. */
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSuspendClipboard --
*
* Handle clipboard conversion as required by the suppend event.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The local scrap is moved to the global scrap.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSuspendClipboard(void)
{
changeCount = [[NSPasteboard generalPasteboard] changeCount];
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXColor.c.
1 | /* | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | < < | < > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | > > | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < | > > > > | < < < > | < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | > > > | > > | < < | | < | < < < < | < < < < | | < < < < | > > > | < < < | < < < < | | < < < < < > | | < > > > < | < < < < < < | | > > | > | | > > > > | | > > > > > | | > > > | < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < > < > < | | < < < | > > | > > | | | < > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 |
/*
* tkMacOSXColor.c --
*
* This file maintains a database of color values for the Tk
* toolkit, in order to avoid round-trips to the server to
* map color names to pixel values.
*
* Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkColor.h"
struct SystemColorMapEntry {
const char *name;
ThemeBrush brush;
ThemeTextColor textColor;
ThemeBackgroundKind background;
}; /* unsigned char pixelCode; */
/*
* Array of system color definitions: the array index is required to equal the
* color's (pixelCode - MIN_PIXELCODE), i.e. the array order needs to be kept
* in sync with the public pixel code values in tkMacOSXPort.h !
*/
#define MIN_PIXELCODE 30
static const struct SystemColorMapEntry systemColorMap[] = {
{ "Transparent", 0, 0, 0 }, /* 30: TRANSPARENT_PIXEL */
{ "Highlight", kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 31: HIGHLIGHT_PIXEL */
{ "HighlightSecondary", kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 32: HIGHLIGHT_SECONDARY_PIXEL */
{ "HighlightText", kThemeBrushBlack, 0, 0 }, /* 33: HIGHLIGHT_TEXT_PIXEL */
{ "HighlightAlternate", kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 34: HIGHLIGHT_ALTERNATE_PIXEL */
{ "ButtonText", 0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive, 0 }, /* 35: CONTROL_TEXT_PIXEL */
{ "PrimaryHighlightColor", kThemeBrushPrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 36 */
{ "ButtonFace", kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive, 0, 0 }, /* 37: CONTROL_BODY_PIXEL */
{ "SecondaryHighlightColor", kThemeBrushSecondaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 38 */
{ "ButtonFrame", kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive, 0, 0 }, /* 39: CONTROL_FRAME_PIXEL */
{ "AlternatePrimaryHighlightColor", kThemeBrushAlternatePrimaryHighlightColor, 0, 0 }, /* 40 */
{ "WindowBody", kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 41: WINDOW_BODY_PIXEL */
{ "SheetBackground", kThemeBrushSheetBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 42 */
{ "MenuActive", kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected, 0, 0 }, /* 43: MENU_ACTIVE_PIXEL */
{ "Black", kThemeBrushBlack, 0, 0 }, /* 44 */
{ "MenuActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected, 0 }, /* 45: MENU_ACTIVE_TEXT_PIXEL */
{ "White", kThemeBrushWhite, 0, 0 }, /* 46 */
{ "Menu", kThemeBrushMenuBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 47: MENU_BACKGROUND_PIXEL */
{ "DialogBackgroundActive", kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundActive, 0, 0 }, /* 48 */
{ "MenuDisabled", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled, 0 }, /* 49: MENU_DISABLED_PIXEL */
{ "DialogBackgroundInactive", kThemeBrushDialogBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 50 */
{ "MenuText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive, 0 }, /* 51: MENU_TEXT_PIXEL */
{ "AppearanceColor", 0, 0, 0 }, /* 52: APPEARANCE_PIXEL */
{ "AlertBackgroundActive", kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundActive, 0, 0 }, /* 53 */
{ "AlertBackgroundInactive", kThemeBrushAlertBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 54 */
{ "ModelessDialogBackgroundActive", kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive, 0, 0 }, /* 55 */
{ "ModelessDialogBackgroundInactive", kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 56 */
{ "UtilityWindowBackgroundActive", kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundActive, 0, 0 }, /* 57 */
{ "UtilityWindowBackgroundInactive", kThemeBrushUtilityWindowBackgroundInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 58 */
{ "ListViewSortColumnBackground", kThemeBrushListViewSortColumnBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 59 */
{ "ListViewBackground", kThemeBrushListViewBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 60 */
{ "IconLabelBackground", kThemeBrushIconLabelBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 61 */
{ "ListViewSeparator", kThemeBrushListViewSeparator, 0, 0 }, /* 62 */
{ "ChasingArrows", kThemeBrushChasingArrows, 0, 0 }, /* 63 */
{ "DragHilite", kThemeBrushDragHilite, 0, 0 }, /* 64 */
{ "DocumentWindowBackground", kThemeBrushDocumentWindowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 65 */
{ "FinderWindowBackground", kThemeBrushFinderWindowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 66 */
{ "ScrollBarDelimiterActive", kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterActive, 0, 0 }, /* 67 */
{ "ScrollBarDelimiterInactive", kThemeBrushScrollBarDelimiterInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 68 */
{ "FocusHighlight", kThemeBrushFocusHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 69 */
{ "PopupArrowActive", kThemeBrushPopupArrowActive, 0, 0 }, /* 70 */
{ "PopupArrowPressed", kThemeBrushPopupArrowPressed, 0, 0 }, /* 71 */
{ "PopupArrowInactive", kThemeBrushPopupArrowInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 72 */
{ "AppleGuideCoachmark", kThemeBrushAppleGuideCoachmark, 0, 0 }, /* 73 */
{ "IconLabelBackgroundSelected", kThemeBrushIconLabelBackgroundSelected, 0, 0 }, /* 74 */
{ "StaticAreaFill", kThemeBrushStaticAreaFill, 0, 0 }, /* 75 */
{ "ActiveAreaFill", kThemeBrushActiveAreaFill, 0, 0 }, /* 76 */
{ "ButtonFrameActive", kThemeBrushButtonFrameActive, 0, 0 }, /* 77 */
{ "ButtonFrameInactive", kThemeBrushButtonFrameInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 78 */
{ "ButtonFaceActive", kThemeBrushButtonFaceActive, 0, 0 }, /* 79 */
{ "ButtonFaceInactive", kThemeBrushButtonFaceInactive, 0, 0 }, /* 80 */
{ "ButtonFacePressed", kThemeBrushButtonFacePressed, 0, 0 }, /* 81 */
{ "ButtonActiveDarkShadow", kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 82 */
{ "ButtonActiveDarkHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonActiveDarkHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 83 */
{ "ButtonActiveLightShadow", kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 84 */
{ "ButtonActiveLightHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonActiveLightHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 85 */
{ "ButtonInactiveDarkShadow", kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 86 */
{ "ButtonInactiveDarkHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonInactiveDarkHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 87 */
{ "ButtonInactiveLightShadow", kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 88 */
{ "ButtonInactiveLightHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonInactiveLightHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 89 */
{ "ButtonPressedDarkShadow", kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 90 */
{ "ButtonPressedDarkHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonPressedDarkHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 91 */
{ "ButtonPressedLightShadow", kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightShadow, 0, 0 }, /* 92 */
{ "ButtonPressedLightHighlight", kThemeBrushButtonPressedLightHighlight, 0, 0 }, /* 93 */
{ "BevelActiveLight", kThemeBrushBevelActiveLight, 0, 0 }, /* 94 */
{ "BevelActiveDark", kThemeBrushBevelActiveDark, 0, 0 }, /* 95 */
{ "BevelInactiveLight", kThemeBrushBevelInactiveLight, 0, 0 }, /* 96 */
{ "BevelInactiveDark", kThemeBrushBevelInactiveDark, 0, 0 }, /* 97 */
{ "NotificationWindowBackground", kThemeBrushNotificationWindowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 98 */
{ "MovableModalBackground", kThemeBrushMovableModalBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 99 */
{ "SheetBackgroundOpaque", kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundOpaque, 0, 0 }, /* 100 */
{ "DrawerBackground", kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 101 */
{ "ToolbarBackground", kThemeBrushToolbarBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 102 */
{ "SheetBackgroundTransparent", kThemeBrushSheetBackgroundTransparent, 0, 0 }, /* 103 */
{ "MenuBackground", kThemeBrushMenuBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 104 */
{ "Pixel", 0, 0, 0 }, /* 105: PIXEL_MAGIC */
{ "MenuBackgroundSelected", kThemeBrushMenuBackgroundSelected, 0, 0 }, /* 106 */
{ "ListViewOddRowBackground", kThemeBrushListViewOddRowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 107 */
{ "ListViewEvenRowBackground", kThemeBrushListViewEvenRowBackground, 0, 0 }, /* 108 */
{ "ListViewColumnDivider", kThemeBrushListViewColumnDivider, 0, 0 }, /* 109 */
{ "BlackText", 0, kThemeTextColorBlack, 0 }, /* 110 */
{ "DialogActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorDialogActive, 0 }, /* 111 */
{ "DialogInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorDialogInactive, 0 }, /* 112 */
{ "AlertActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorAlertActive, 0 }, /* 113 */
{ "AlertInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorAlertInactive, 0 }, /* 114 */
{ "ModelessDialogActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogActive, 0 }, /* 115 */
{ "ModelessDialogInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorModelessDialogInactive, 0 }, /* 116 */
{ "WindowHeaderActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderActive, 0 }, /* 117 */
{ "WindowHeaderInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorWindowHeaderInactive, 0 }, /* 118 */
{ "PlacardActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPlacardActive, 0 }, /* 119 */
{ "PlacardInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPlacardInactive, 0 }, /* 120 */
{ "PlacardPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorPlacardPressed, 0 }, /* 121 */
{ "PushButtonActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonActive, 0 }, /* 122 */
{ "PushButtonInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonInactive, 0 }, /* 123 */
{ "PushButtonPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorPushButtonPressed, 0 }, /* 124 */
{ "BevelButtonActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonActive, 0 }, /* 125 */
{ "BevelButtonInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonInactive, 0 }, /* 126 */
{ "BevelButtonPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonPressed, 0 }, /* 127 */
{ "PopupButtonActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonActive, 0 }, /* 128 */
{ "PopupButtonInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonInactive, 0 }, /* 129 */
{ "PopupButtonPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupButtonPressed, 0 }, /* 130 */
{ "IconLabelText", 0, kThemeTextColorIconLabel, 0 }, /* 131 */
{ "ListViewText", 0, kThemeTextColorListView, 0 }, /* 132 */
{ "DocumentWindowTitleActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleActive, 0 }, /* 133 */
{ "DocumentWindowTitleInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorDocumentWindowTitleInactive, 0 }, /* 134 */
{ "MovableModalWindowTitleActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleActive, 0 }, /* 135 */
{ "MovableModalWindowTitleInactiveText",0, kThemeTextColorMovableModalWindowTitleInactive, 0 }, /* 136 */
{ "UtilityWindowTitleActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleActive, 0 }, /* 137 */
{ "UtilityWindowTitleInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorUtilityWindowTitleInactive, 0 }, /* 138 */
{ "PopupWindowTitleActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleActive, 0 }, /* 139 */
{ "PopupWindowTitleInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupWindowTitleInactive, 0 }, /* 140 */
{ "RootMenuActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorRootMenuActive, 0 }, /* 141 */
{ "RootMenuSelectedText", 0, kThemeTextColorRootMenuSelected, 0 }, /* 142 */
{ "RootMenuDisabledText", 0, kThemeTextColorRootMenuDisabled, 0 }, /* 143 */
{ "MenuItemActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemActive, 0 }, /* 144 */
{ "MenuItemSelectedText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemSelected, 0 }, /* 145 */
{ "MenuItemDisabledText", 0, kThemeTextColorMenuItemDisabled, 0 }, /* 146 */
{ "PopupLabelActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelActive, 0 }, /* 147 */
{ "PopupLabelInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorPopupLabelInactive, 0 }, /* 148 */
{ "TabFrontActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabFrontActive, 0 }, /* 149 */
{ "TabNonFrontActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontActive, 0 }, /* 150 */
{ "TabNonFrontPressedText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontPressed, 0 }, /* 151 */
{ "TabFrontInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabFrontInactive, 0 }, /* 152 */
{ "TabNonFrontInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorTabNonFrontInactive, 0 }, /* 153 */
{ "IconLabelSelectedText", 0, kThemeTextColorIconLabelSelected, 0 }, /* 154 */
{ "BevelButtonStickyActiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyActive, 0 }, /* 155 */
{ "BevelButtonStickyInactiveText", 0, kThemeTextColorBevelButtonStickyInactive, 0 }, /* 156 */
{ "NotificationText", 0, kThemeTextColorNotification, 0 }, /* 157 */
{ "SystemDetailText", 0, kThemeTextColorSystemDetail, 0 }, /* 158 */
{ "WhiteText", 0, kThemeTextColorWhite, 0 }, /* 159 */
{ "TabPaneBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundTabPane }, /* 160 */
{ "PlacardBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundPlacard }, /* 161 */
{ "WindowHeaderBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundWindowHeader }, /* 162 */
{ "ListViewWindowHeaderBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundListViewWindowHeader }, /* 163 */
{ "SecondaryGroupBoxBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundSecondaryGroupBox }, /* 164 */
{ "MetalBackground", 0, 0, kThemeBackgroundMetal }, /* 165 */
{ NULL, 0, 0, 0 }
};
#define MAX_PIXELCODE 165
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetThemeFromPixelCode --
*
* When given a pixel code corresponding to a theme system color,
* set one of brush, textColor or background to the corresponding
* Appearance Mgr theme constant.
*
* Results:
* Returns false if not a real pixel, true otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetThemeFromPixelCode(
unsigned char code,
ThemeBrush *brush,
ThemeTextColor *textColor,
ThemeBackgroundKind *background)
{
if (code >= MIN_PIXELCODE && code <= MAX_PIXELCODE) {
*brush = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE].brush;
*textColor = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE].textColor;
*background = systemColorMap[code - MIN_PIXELCODE].background;
} else {
*brush = 0;
*textColor = 0;
*background = 0;
}
if (!*brush && !*textColor && !*background && code != PIXEL_MAGIC &&
code != TRANSPARENT_PIXEL) {
return false;
} else {
return true;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetThemeColor --
*
* Get RGB color for a given system color or pixel value.
*
* Results:
* OSStatus
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static OSStatus
GetThemeColor(
unsigned long pixel,
ThemeBrush brush,
ThemeTextColor textColor,
ThemeBackgroundKind background,
CGColorRef *c)
{
OSStatus err = noErr;
if (brush) {
err = ChkErr(HIThemeBrushCreateCGColor, brush, c);
/*} else if (textColor) {
err = ChkErr(GetThemeTextColor, textColor, 32, true, c);*/
} else {
CGFloat rgba[4] = {0, 0, 0, 1};
switch ((pixel >> 24) & 0xff) {
case PIXEL_MAGIC: {
unsigned short red, green, blue;
red = (pixel >> 16) & 0xff;
green = (pixel >> 8) & 0xff;
blue = (pixel ) & 0xff;
red |= red << 8;
green |= green << 8;
blue |= blue << 8;
rgba[0] = red / 65535.0;
rgba[1] = green / 65535.0;
rgba[2] = blue / 65535.0;
break;
}
case TRANSPARENT_PIXEL:
rgba[3] = 0.0;
break;
}
// this attempts to find something roughly fitting for any display
// *c = CGColorCreateGenericRGB(rgba[0], rgba[1], rgba[2], rgba[3]);
// may be off for non-main display but in most cases better than prev
static CGColorSpaceRef deviceRGBSpace = NULL;
if (!deviceRGBSpace) {
deviceRGBSpace = CGDisplayCopyColorSpace(CGMainDisplayID());
}
*c = CGColorCreate(deviceRGBSpace, rgba );
}
return err;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSetMacColor --
*
* Creates a CGColorRef from a X style pixel value.
*
* Results:
* Returns false if not a real pixel, true otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* The variable macColor is set to a new CGColorRef, the caller is
* responsible for releasing it!
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkSetMacColor(
unsigned long pixel, /* Pixel value to convert. */
void *macColor) /* CGColorRef to modify. */
{
CGColorRef *color = (CGColorRef*)macColor;
OSStatus err = -1;
ThemeBrush brush;
ThemeTextColor textColor;
ThemeBackgroundKind background;
if (GetThemeFromPixelCode((pixel >> 24) & 0xff, &brush, &textColor,
&background)) {
err = ChkErr(GetThemeColor, pixel, brush, textColor, background,
color);
}
return (err == noErr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpInitGCCache, TkpFreeGCCache, CopyCachedColor, SetCachedColor --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
569 570 571 572 573 574 575 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXGetNSColor -- * * Creates an autoreleased NSColor from a X style pixel value. | < | < | > | < > | | > | > | | | | | < < | > > > > > > | > > | > | > > > > > > > < < < | < < < < < < | > | | | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > < | < > | | > > > | < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > > > > > > | | | | < | < < < | > | > > > | | | | | 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 |
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetNSColor --
*
* Creates an autoreleased NSColor from a X style pixel value.
*
* Results:
* Returns nil if not a real pixel, NSColor* otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* None
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
NSColor*
TkMacOSXGetNSColor(
GC gc,
unsigned long pixel) /* Pixel value to convert. */
{
CGColorRef cgColor = TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(gc, pixel);
NSColor *nsColor = nil;
if (cgColor) {
NSColorSpace *colorSpace = [[NSColorSpace alloc]
initWithCGColorSpace:CGColorGetColorSpace(cgColor)];
nsColor = [NSColor colorWithColorSpace:colorSpace
components:CGColorGetComponents(cgColor)
count:CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(cgColor)];
[colorSpace release];
CFRelease(cgColor);
}
return nsColor;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXSetColorInContext --
*
* Sets fill and stroke color in the given CG context from an X
* pixel value, or if the pixel code indicates a system color,
* sets the corresponding brush, textColor or background via
* HITheme APIs if available or Appearance mgr APIs.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(
GC gc,
unsigned long pixel,
CGContextRef context)
{
OSStatus err = -1;
CGColorRef cgColor = CopyCachedColor(gc, pixel);
ThemeBrush brush;
ThemeTextColor textColor;
ThemeBackgroundKind background;
if (!cgColor && GetThemeFromPixelCode((pixel >> 24) & 0xff, &brush,
&textColor, &background)) {
if (brush) {
err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, context,
kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
if (err == noErr) {
err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetStroke, brush, NULL, context,
kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
}
} else if (textColor) {
err = ChkErr(HIThemeSetTextFill, textColor, NULL, context,
kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
} else if (background) {
CGRect rect = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(context);
HIThemeBackgroundDrawInfo info = { 0, kThemeStateActive,
background };
err = ChkErr(HIThemeApplyBackground, &rect, &info,
context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
}
if (err == noErr) {
return;
}
err = ChkErr(GetThemeColor, pixel, brush, textColor, background,
&cgColor);
if (err == noErr) {
SetCachedColor(gc, pixel, cgColor);
}
} else if (!cgColor) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Ignored unknown pixel value 0x%lx", pixel);
}
if (cgColor) {
CGContextSetFillColorWithColor(context, cgColor);
CGContextSetStrokeColorWithColor(context, cgColor);
CGColorRelease(cgColor);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetColor --
*
* Allocate a new TkColor for the color with the given name.
*
* Results:
* Returns a newly allocated TkColor, or NULL on failure.
*
* Side effects:
* May invalidate the colormap cache associated with tkwin upon
* allocating a new colormap entry. Allocates a new TkColor
* structure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkColor *
TkpGetColor(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */
Tk_Uid name) /* Name of color to allocated (in form
* suitable for passing to XParseColor). */
{
Display *display = tkwin != None ? Tk_Display(tkwin) : NULL;
Colormap colormap = tkwin!= None ? Tk_Colormap(tkwin) : None;
TkColor *tkColPtr;
XColor color;
/*
* Check to see if this is a system color. Otherwise, XParseColor
* will do all the work.
*/
if (strncasecmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) {
Tcl_Obj *strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(name+6, -1);
int idx, result;
result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(NULL, strPtr, systemColorMap,
sizeof(struct SystemColorMapEntry), NULL, TCL_EXACT, &idx);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(strPtr);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
OSStatus err;
CGColorRef c;
unsigned char pixelCode = idx + MIN_PIXELCODE;
ThemeBrush brush = systemColorMap[idx].brush;
ThemeTextColor textColor = systemColorMap[idx].textColor;
ThemeBackgroundKind background = systemColorMap[idx].background;
err = ChkErr(GetThemeColor, 0, brush, textColor, background, &c);
if (err == noErr) {
const size_t n = CGColorGetNumberOfComponents(c);
const CGFloat *rgba = CGColorGetComponents(c);
switch (n) {
case 4:
color.red = rgba[0] * 65535.0;
color.green = rgba[1] * 65535.0;
color.blue = rgba[2] * 65535.0;
break;
case 2:
color.red = color.green = color.blue = rgba[0] * 65535.0;
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("CGColor with %d components", n);
}
color.pixel = ((((((pixelCode << 8)
| ((color.red >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8)
| ((color.green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8)
| ((color.blue >> 8) & 0xff));
CGColorRelease(c);
goto validXColor;
}
CGColorRelease(c);
}
}
if (TkParseColor(display, colormap, name, &color) == 0) {
return (TkColor *) NULL;
}
validXColor:
tkColPtr = (TkColor *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor));
tkColPtr->color = color;
return tkColPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetColorByValue --
*
* Given a desired set of red-green-blue intensities for a color,
* locate a pixel value to use to draw that color in a given
* window.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to an TkColor structure that
* indicates the closest red, blue, and green intensities available
* to those specified in colorPtr, and also specifies a pixel
* value to use to draw in that color.
*
* Side effects:
* May invalidate the colormap cache for the specified window.
* Allocates a new TkColor structure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkColor *
TkpGetColorByValue(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate
* desired color. */
{
TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor));
tkColPtr->color.red = colorPtr->red;
tkColPtr->color.green = colorPtr->green;
tkColPtr->color.blue = colorPtr->blue;
tkColPtr->color.pixel = TkpGetPixel(&tkColPtr->color);
return tkColPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Stub functions --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
835 836 837 838 839 840 841 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Status
XAllocColor(
Display *display, /* Display. */
| | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | > | | | 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Status
XAllocColor(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Colormap map, /* Not used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* XColor struct to modify. */
{
display->request++;
colorPtr->pixel = TkpGetPixel(colorPtr);
return 1;
}
Colormap
XCreateColormap(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window, /* X window. */
Visual *visual, /* Not used. */
int alloc) /* Not used. */
{
static Colormap index = 1;
/*
* Just return a new value each time.
*/
return index++;
}
int
XFreeColormap(
Display* display, /* Display. */
Colormap colormap) /* Colormap. */
{
return Success;
}
int
XFreeColors(
Display* display, /* Display. */
Colormap colormap, /* Colormap. */
unsigned long* pixels, /* Array of pixels. */
int npixels, /* Number of pixels. */
unsigned long planes) /* Number of pixel planes. */
{
/*
* The Macintosh version of Tk uses TrueColor. Nothing
* needs to be done to release colors as there really is
* no colormap in the Tk sense.
*/
return Success;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Deleted macosx/tkMacOSXColor.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
Tcl_Obj *
TkpGetSystemDefault(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */
const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */
const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */
{
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
Tcl_Obj *
TkpGetSystemDefault(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */
const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */
const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */
{
return NULL;
}
|
Deleted macosx/tkMacOSXConstants.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
NSPoint hotspot;
};
#define MacCursorData(n) ((id)tkMacOSXCursors[TK_MAC_CURSOR_##n])
#define MacXCursorData(n) ((id)tkMacOSXXCursors[TK_MAC_XCURSOR_##n])
static const struct CursorName cursorNames[] = {
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
NSPoint hotspot;
};
#define MacCursorData(n) ((id)tkMacOSXCursors[TK_MAC_CURSOR_##n])
#define MacXCursorData(n) ((id)tkMacOSXXCursors[TK_MAC_XCURSOR_##n])
static const struct CursorName cursorNames[] = {
{"none", NONE, nil},
{"arrow", SELECTOR, @"arrowCursor"},
{"top_left_arrow", SELECTOR, @"arrowCursor"},
{"left_ptr", SELECTOR, @"arrowCursor"},
{"copyarrow", SELECTOR, @"dragCopyCursor", @"_copyDragCursor"},
{"aliasarrow", SELECTOR, @"dragLinkCursor", @"_linkDragCursor"},
{"contextualmenuarrow", SELECTOR, @"contextualMenuCursor"},
{"movearrow", SELECTOR, @"_moveCursor"},
{"ibeam", SELECTOR, @"IBeamCursor"},
{"text", SELECTOR, @"IBeamCursor"},
{"xterm", SELECTOR, @"IBeamCursor"},
{"cross", SELECTOR, @"crosshairCursor"},
{"crosshair", SELECTOR, @"crosshairCursor"},
{"cross-hair", SELECTOR, @"crosshairCursor"},
{"tcross", SELECTOR, @"crosshairCursor"},
{"hand", SELECTOR, @"openHandCursor"},
{"openhand", SELECTOR, @"openHandCursor"},
{"closedhand", SELECTOR, @"closedHandCursor"},
{"fist", SELECTOR, @"closedHandCursor"},
{"pointinghand", SELECTOR, @"pointingHandCursor"},
{"resize", SELECTOR, @"arrowCursor"},
{"resizeleft", SELECTOR, @"resizeLeftCursor"},
{"resizeright", SELECTOR, @"resizeRightCursor"},
{"resizeleftright", SELECTOR, @"resizeLeftRightCursor"},
{"resizeup", SELECTOR, @"resizeUpCursor"},
{"resizedown", SELECTOR, @"resizeDownCursor"},
{"resizeupdown", SELECTOR, @"resizeUpDownCursor"},
{"resizebottomleft", SELECTOR, @"_bottomLeftResizeCursor"},
{"resizetopleft", SELECTOR, @"_topLeftResizeCursor"},
{"resizebottomright", SELECTOR, @"_bottomRightResizeCursor"},
{"resizetopright", SELECTOR, @"_topRightResizeCursor"},
{"notallowed", SELECTOR, @"operationNotAllowedCursor"},
{"poof", SELECTOR, @"disappearingItemCursor"},
{"wait", SELECTOR, @"busyButClickableCursor"},
{"spinning", SELECTOR, @"busyButClickableCursor"},
{"countinguphand", SELECTOR, @"busyButClickableCursor"},
{"countingdownhand", SELECTOR, @"busyButClickableCursor"},
{"countingupanddownhand", SELECTOR, @"busyButClickableCursor"},
{"help", IMAGENAMED, @"NSHelpCursor", nil, {8, 8}},
// {"hand", IMAGEBITMAP, MacCursorData(hand)},
{"bucket", IMAGEBITMAP, MacCursorData(bucket)},
{"cancel", IMAGEBITMAP, MacCursorData(cancel)},
// {"resize", IMAGEBITMAP, MacCursorData(resize)},
{"eyedrop", IMAGEBITMAP, MacCursorData(eyedrop)},
{"eyedrop-full", IMAGEBITMAP, MacCursorData(eyedrop_full)},
{"zoom-in", IMAGEBITMAP, MacCursorData(zoom_in)},
{"zoom-out", IMAGEBITMAP, MacCursorData(zoom_out)},
{"X_cursor", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(X_cursor)},
// {"arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(arrow)},
{"based_arrow_down", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(based_arrow_down)},
{"based_arrow_up", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(based_arrow_up)},
{"boat", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(boat)},
{"bogosity", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(bogosity)},
{"bottom_left_corner", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(bottom_left_corner)},
{"bottom_right_corner", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(bottom_right_corner)},
{"bottom_side", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(bottom_side)},
{"bottom_tee", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(bottom_tee)},
{"box_spiral", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(box_spiral)},
{"center_ptr", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(center_ptr)},
{"circle", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(circle)},
{"clock", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(clock)},
{"coffee_mug", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(coffee_mug)},
// {"cross", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(cross)},
{"cross_reverse", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(cross_reverse)},
// {"crosshair", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(crosshair)},
{"diamond_cross", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(diamond_cross)},
{"dot", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(dot)},
{"dotbox", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(dotbox)},
{"double_arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(double_arrow)},
{"draft_large", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(draft_large)},
{"draft_small", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(draft_small)},
{"draped_box", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(draped_box)},
{"exchange", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(exchange)},
{"fleur", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(fleur)},
{"gobbler", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(gobbler)},
{"gumby", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(gumby)},
{"hand1", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(hand1)},
{"hand2", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(hand2)},
{"heart", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(heart)},
{"icon", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(icon)},
{"iron_cross", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(iron_cross)},
// {"left_ptr", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(left_ptr)},
{"left_side", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(left_side)},
{"left_tee", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(left_tee)},
{"leftbutton", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(leftbutton)},
{"ll_angle", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(ll_angle)},
{"lr_angle", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(lr_angle)},
{"man", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(man)},
{"middlebutton", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(middlebutton)},
{"mouse", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(mouse)},
{"pencil", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(pencil)},
{"pirate", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(pirate)},
{"plus", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(plus)},
{"question_arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(question_arrow)},
{"right_ptr", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(right_ptr)},
{"right_side", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(right_side)},
{"right_tee", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(right_tee)},
{"rightbutton", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(rightbutton)},
{"rtl_logo", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(rtl_logo)},
{"sailboat", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(sailboat)},
{"sb_down_arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(sb_down_arrow)},
{"sb_h_double_arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(sb_h_double_arrow)},
{"sb_left_arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(sb_left_arrow)},
{"sb_right_arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(sb_right_arrow)},
{"sb_up_arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(sb_up_arrow)},
{"sb_v_double_arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(sb_v_double_arrow)},
{"shuttle", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(shuttle)},
{"sizing", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(sizing)},
{"spider", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(spider)},
{"spraycan", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(spraycan)},
{"star", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(star)},
{"target", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(target)},
// {"tcross", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(tcross)},
// {"top_left_arrow", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(top_left_arrow)},
{"top_left_corner", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(top_left_corner)},
{"top_right_corner", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(top_right_corner)},
{"top_side", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(top_side)},
{"top_tee", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(top_tee)},
{"trek", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(trek)},
{"ul_angle", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(ul_angle)},
{"umbrella", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(umbrella)},
{"ur_angle", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(ur_angle)},
{"watch", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(watch)},
// {"xterm", IMAGEBITMAP, MacXCursorData(xterm)},
{NULL}
};
/*
* Declarations of static variables used in this file.
*/
static TkMacOSXCursor * gCurrentCursor = NULL;
/* A pointer to the current cursor. */
static int gResizeOverride = false;
/* A boolean indicating whether we should use
* the resize cursor during installations. */
static int gTkOwnsCursor = true;/* A boolean indicating whether Tk owns the
* cursor. If not (for instance, in the case
* where a Tk window is embedded in another
* app's window, and the cursor is out of the
* tk window, we will not attempt to adjust
* the cursor. */
/*
* Declarations of procedures local to this file
*/
static void FindCursorByName(TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr, const char *string);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
265 266 267 268 269 270 271 |
NSBitmapImageRep *bitmapImageRep = NULL;
CGImageRef img = NULL, mask = NULL, maskedImg = NULL;
static const CGFloat decodeWB[] = {1, 0};
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(
kCGColorSpaceGenericGray);
CGDataProviderRef provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL,
bitmap, pix*pix/8, NULL);
| < | 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
NSBitmapImageRep *bitmapImageRep = NULL;
CGImageRef img = NULL, mask = NULL, maskedImg = NULL;
static const CGFloat decodeWB[] = {1, 0};
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(
kCGColorSpaceGenericGray);
CGDataProviderRef provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL,
bitmap, pix*pix/8, NULL);
if (provider) {
img = CGImageCreate(pix, pix, 1, 1, pix/8, colorspace,
kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault, provider, decodeWB, 0,
kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
CFRelease(provider);
}
provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(NULL, bitmap +
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
maskedImg = CGImageCreateWithMask(img, mask);
}
if (maskedImg) {
bitmapImageRep = [[NSBitmapImageRep alloc]
initWithCGImage:maskedImg];
CFRelease(maskedImg);
}
| | < < | < < | < < < < | 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
maskedImg = CGImageCreateWithMask(img, mask);
}
if (maskedImg) {
bitmapImageRep = [[NSBitmapImageRep alloc]
initWithCGImage:maskedImg];
CFRelease(maskedImg);
}
if (mask) { CFRelease(mask); }
if (img) { CFRelease(img); }
if (colorspace) { CFRelease(colorspace); }
if (bitmapImageRep) {
image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithSize:NSMakeSize(pix, pix)];
[image addRepresentation:bitmapImageRep];
[bitmapImageRep release];
}
uint16_t *hotSpotData = (uint16_t*)(bitmap + 2*pix*pix/8);
hotSpot.y = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData++);
hotSpot.x = CFSwapInt16BigToHost(*hotSpotData);
haveHotSpot = 1;
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkCursor *
TkGetCursorByName(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
| | | | < | < | | 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkCursor *
TkGetCursorByName(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry
* for details on legal syntax. */
{
TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr = NULL;
const char **argv = NULL;
int argc;
/*
* All cursor names are valid lists of one element (for
* TkX11-compatibility), even unadorned system cursor names.
*/
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) == TCL_OK) {
if (argc) {
macCursorPtr = (TkMacOSXCursor *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMacOSXCursor));
macCursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) macCursorPtr;
macCursorPtr->macCursor = nil;
macCursorPtr->type = 0;
FindCursorByName(macCursorPtr, argv[0]);
}
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
if (!macCursorPtr || (!macCursorPtr->macCursor &&
macCursorPtr->type != NONE)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cursor spec \"", string, "\"", NULL);
if (macCursorPtr) {
ckfree((char *)macCursorPtr);
macCursorPtr = NULL;
}
}
return (TkCursor *) macCursorPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
416 417 418 419 420 421 422 | * Allocates a new cursor. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkCursor * TkCreateCursorFromData( | | | | | < | < | | | 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
* Allocates a new cursor.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkCursor *
TkCreateCursorFromData(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
const char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
const char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */
int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */
XColor bgColor) /* Background color for cursor. */
{
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 | * * Side effects: * Changes the Macintosh mouse cursor. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | > > | | 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
*
* Side effects:
* Changes the Macintosh mouse cursor.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXInstallCursor(
int resizeOverride)
{
TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr = gCurrentCursor;
static int cursorHidden = 0;
int cursorNone = 0;
gResizeOverride = resizeOverride;
if (resizeOverride || !macCursorPtr) {
[[NSCursor arrowCursor] set];
} else {
switch (macCursorPtr->type) {
case NONE:
if (!cursorHidden) {
cursorHidden = 1;
[NSCursor hide];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 |
*/
void
TkpSetCursor(
TkpCursor cursor)
{
int cursorChanged = 1;
if (cursor == None) {
/*
* This is a little tricky. We can't really tell whether
* gCurrentCursor is NULL because it was NULL last time around or
* because we just freed the current cursor. So if the input cursor is
* NULL, we always need to reset it, we can't trust the cursorChanged
* logic.
*/
gCurrentCursor = NULL;
} else {
if (gCurrentCursor == (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursor) {
cursorChanged = 0;
}
gCurrentCursor = (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursor;
}
if (Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront() && cursorChanged) {
| > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
*/
void
TkpSetCursor(
TkpCursor cursor)
{
int cursorChanged = 1;
if (!gTkOwnsCursor) {
return;
}
if (cursor == None) {
/*
* This is a little tricky. We can't really tell whether
* gCurrentCursor is NULL because it was NULL last time around or
* because we just freed the current cursor. So if the input cursor is
* NULL, we always need to reset it, we can't trust the cursorChanged
* logic.
*/
gCurrentCursor = NULL;
} else {
if (gCurrentCursor == (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursor) {
cursorChanged = 0;
}
gCurrentCursor = (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursor;
}
if (Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront() && cursorChanged) {
TkMacOSXInstallCursor(gResizeOverride);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor --
*
* Sets whether Tk has the right to adjust the cursor.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* May keep Tk from changing the cursor.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MacOSXTkOwnsCursor(
int tkOwnsIt)
{
gTkOwnsCursor = tkOwnsIt;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDefault.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | //#ifndef TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS //#define TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS 1 //#endif /* * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors. * NORMAL_BG - Normal background color. | < < | < < | | | | | | | | > | | | | 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | //#ifndef TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS //#define TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS 1 //#endif /* * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors. * NORMAL_BG - Normal background color. * ACTIVE_BG - Background color when widget is active. * SELECT_BG - Background color for selected text. * SELECT_FG - Foreground color for selected text. * TROUGH - Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars. * INDICATOR - Color for indicator when button is selected. * DISABLED - Foreground color when widget is disabled. */ #define BLACK "Black" #define WHITE "White" #define NORMAL_BG "systemWindowBody" #define ACTIVE_BG "systemButtonFacePressed" #define ACTIVE_FG "systemPushButtonPressedText" #define SELECT_BG "systemHighlight" #define SELECT_FG NULL #define INACTIVE_SELECT_BG "systemHighlightSecondary" #define TROUGH "#c3c3c3" #define INDICATOR "#b03060" #define DISABLED "#a3a3a3" /* * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons: */ #define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR ACTIVE_FG #define DEF_CHKRAD_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE /* #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR "systemButtonFace"*/ #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR WHITE #define DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_BUTTON_BITMAP "" #define DEF_BUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_BUTTON_CURSOR "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMMAND "" #define DEF_BUTTON_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_BUTTON_DEFAULT "disabled" #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_BUTTON_FG "systemButtonText" #define DEF_CHKRAD_FG DEF_BUTTON_FG #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT "systemButtonFrame" #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" //#if TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS //#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "4" //#define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH_NOCM "1" //#else #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" //#endif #define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF "" //#if TK_MAC_BUTTON_USE_COMPATIBILITY_METRICS |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 | #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR INDICATOR #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK | | | | 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 | #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR INDICATOR #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_BUTTON_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT "" #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" #define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH "0" #define DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE "selectedButton" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
145 146 147 148 149 150 151 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE | | | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH "10c" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
168 169 170 171 172 173 174 | */ #define MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH 3 #define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_BORDER 2 #define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_RELIEF TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN #define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_SELECT_RELIEF TK_RELIEF_FLAT | | | > | | | | < > | | < < | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 | */ #define MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH 3 #define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_BORDER 2 #define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_RELIEF TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN #define MAC_OSX_ENTRY_SELECT_RELIEF TK_RELIEF_FLAT #define DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR "xterm" #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG DISABLED #define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_ENTRY_FONT "TkTextFont" #define DEF_ENTRY_FG BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT BLACK /* #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "3" */ #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "3" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" /* #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" */ #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "sunken" /* #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "solid" */ #define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for frames: */ #define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CLASS "Frame" #define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP "" #define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR "" #define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
237 238 239 240 241 242 243 | /* * Defaults for labelframes: */ #define DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS "Labelframe" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF "groove" | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 | /* * Defaults for labelframes: */ #define DEF_LABELFRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS "Labelframe" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF "groove" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_FG "systemButtonText" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT "" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR "nw" /* * Defaults for listboxes: */ #define DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE "dotbox" #define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR WHITE #define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG DISABLED #define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkTextFont" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF "solid" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE "browse" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for individual entries of menus: */ #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE "selectedButton" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1" /* * Defaults for menus overall: */ #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR "systemMenuActive" #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR "systemMenuActiveText" #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR "systemMenu" #define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENU_CURSOR "arrow" #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR "systemMenuDisabled" #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_MENU_FONT "menu" /* special: see tkMacOSXMenu.c */ #define DEF_MENU_FG "systemMenuText" #define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND "" #define DEF_MENU_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR "systemMenuActive" #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS "0" /* * FIXME: Turn the default back to 1 when we make tearoff menus work again. */ #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF "0" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENU_TITLE "" #define DEF_MENU_TYPE "normal" /* * Defaults for menubuttons: */ #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ANCHOR "center" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR ACTIVE_FG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION "below" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX "4" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY "3" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE "normal" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH "0" /* * Defaults for messages: */ #define DEF_MESSAGE_ANCHOR "center" #define DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT "150" #define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR "" #define DEF_MESSAGE_FG BLACK #define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MESSAGE_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_MESSAGE_PADX "-1" #define DEF_MESSAGE_PADY "-1" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
444 445 446 447 448 449 450 | #define DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT "0" #define DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_SCALE_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCALE_CURSOR "" #define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS "0" #define DEF_SCALE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" | | | | 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 | #define DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT "0" #define DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_SCALE_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCALE_CURSOR "" #define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS "0" #define DEF_SCALE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCALE_FROM "0" #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCALE_LABEL "" #define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100" #define DEF_SCALE_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCALE_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" #define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION "1" #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE "1" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH "30" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCALE_STATE "normal" #define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_SCALE_TO "100" #define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH "15" /* * Defaults for scrollbars: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
491 492 493 494 495 496 497 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH "15" /* * Defaults for texts: */ #define DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS "1" #define DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR "xterm" #define DEF_TEXT_FG BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_TEXT_FONT "TkFixedFont" #define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT "24" #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "3" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" #define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" #define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR INACTIVE_SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_STATE "normal" #define DEF_TEXT_TABS "" #define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE "tabular" #define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS ((char *) NULL) #define DEF_TEXT_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH "80" #define DEF_TEXT_WRAP "char" #define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND "" /* * Defaults for canvas text: */ #define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" /* * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply * to toplevels): */ #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS "Toplevel" #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU "" #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN "" #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE "" #endif /* _TKMACDEFAULT */ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkMacOSXDialog.c -- * * Contains the Mac implementation of the common dialog boxes. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> | < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
/*
* tkMacOSXDialog.c --
*
* Contains the Mac implementation of the common dialog boxes.
*
* Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkFileFilter.h"
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif
#define modalOther -1
#define modalError -2
static int TkBackgroundEvalObjv(Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const *objv, int flags);
static const char *const colorOptionStrings[] = {
"-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
};
enum colorOptions {
COLOR_INITIAL, COLOR_PARENT, COLOR_TITLE
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
125 126 127 128 129 130 131 |
static const char *const alertIconStrings[] = {
"error", "info", "question", "warning", NULL
};
enum alertIconOptions {
ICON_ERROR, ICON_INFO, ICON_QUESTION, ICON_WARNING
};
static const char *const alertButtonStrings[] = {
| | | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
static const char *const alertIconStrings[] = {
"error", "info", "question", "warning", NULL
};
enum alertIconOptions {
ICON_ERROR, ICON_INFO, ICON_QUESTION, ICON_WARNING
};
static const char *const alertButtonStrings[] = {
"abort", "retry", "ignore", "ok", "cancel", "yes", "no", NULL
};
static const NSString *const alertButtonNames[][3] = {
[TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] = {@"Abort", @"Retry", @"Ignore"},
[TYPE_OK] = {@"OK"},
[TYPE_OKCANCEL] = {@"OK", @"Cancel"},
[TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] = {@"Retry", @"Cancel"},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
static const short alertButtonIndexAndTypeToNativeButtonIndex[][7] = {
/* abort retry ignore ok cancel yes no */
[TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] = {1, 2, 3, 0, 0, 0, 0},
[TYPE_OK] = {0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0},
[TYPE_OKCANCEL] = {0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0},
[TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] = {0, 1, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0},
| | | | | | | | | < < < < | > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > > > < < | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
static const short alertButtonIndexAndTypeToNativeButtonIndex[][7] = {
/* abort retry ignore ok cancel yes no */
[TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] = {1, 2, 3, 0, 0, 0, 0},
[TYPE_OK] = {0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0},
[TYPE_OKCANCEL] = {0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0},
[TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] = {0, 1, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0},
[TYPE_YESNO] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2},
[TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 1, 2},
};
/*
* Need also the inverse mapping, from NSAlertFirstButtonReturn etc to the
* descriptive button text string index.
*/
static const short alertNativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[][3] = {
[TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE] = {0, 1, 2},
[TYPE_OK] = {3, 0, 0},
[TYPE_OKCANCEL] = {3, 4, 0},
[TYPE_RETRYCANCEL] = {1, 4, 0},
[TYPE_YESNO] = {5, 6, 0},
[TYPE_YESNOCANCEL] = {5, 6, 4},
};
/*
* Construct a file URL from directory and filename. Either may
* be nil. If both are nil, returns nil.
*/
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050
static NSURL *getFileURL(NSString *directory, NSString *filename) {
NSURL *url = nil;
if (directory) {
url = [NSURL fileURLWithPath:directory];
}
if (filename) {
url = [NSURL URLWithString:filename relativeToURL:url];
}
return url;
}
#endif
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKDialog)
@interface NSColorPanel(TKDialog)
- (void) _setUseModalAppearance: (BOOL) flag;
@end
@implementation TKApplication(TKDialog)
- (void) tkFilePanelDidEnd: (NSSavePanel *) panel
returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;
if (returnCode == NSFileHandlingPanelOKButton) {
Tcl_Obj *resultObj;
if (callbackInfo->multiple) {
resultObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
for (NSURL *url in [(NSOpenPanel*)panel URLs]) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj,
Tcl_NewStringObj([[url path] UTF8String], -1));
}
} else {
resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj([[[panel URL]path] UTF8String], -1);
}
if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
Tcl_Obj **objv, **tmpv;
int objc, result = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(callbackInfo->interp,
callbackInfo->cmdObj, &objc, &objv);
if (result == TCL_OK && objc) {
tmpv = (Tcl_Obj **) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (objc + 2));
memcpy(tmpv, objv, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * objc);
tmpv[objc] = resultObj;
TkBackgroundEvalObjv(callbackInfo->interp, objc + 1, tmpv,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
ckfree((char *)tmpv);
}
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj);
}
} else if (returnCode == NSFileHandlingPanelCancelButton) {
Tcl_ResetResult(callbackInfo->interp);
}
if (panel == [NSApp modalWindow]) {
[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
}
if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
ckfree((char *)callbackInfo);
}
}
- (void) tkAlertDidEnd: (NSAlert *) alert returnCode: (NSInteger) returnCode
contextInfo: (void *) contextInfo
{
AlertCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = contextInfo;
if (returnCode >= NSAlertFirstButtonReturn) {
Tcl_Obj *resultObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(alertButtonStrings[
alertNativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[callbackInfo->
typeIndex][returnCode - NSAlertFirstButtonReturn]], -1);
if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
Tcl_Obj **objv, **tmpv;
int objc, result = Tcl_ListObjGetElements(callbackInfo->interp,
callbackInfo->cmdObj, &objc, &objv);
if (result == TCL_OK && objc) {
tmpv = (Tcl_Obj **) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (objc + 2));
memcpy(tmpv, objv, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * objc);
tmpv[objc] = resultObj;
TkBackgroundEvalObjv(callbackInfo->interp, objc + 1, tmpv,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
ckfree((char *)tmpv);
}
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(callbackInfo->interp, resultObj);
}
}
if ([alert window] == [NSApp modalWindow]) {
[NSApp stopModalWithCode:returnCode];
}
if (callbackInfo->cmdObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(callbackInfo->cmdObj);
ckfree((char *) callbackInfo);
}
}
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd --
*
* This procedure implements the color dialog box for the Mac platform.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
[colorPanel orderOut:NSApp];
[colorPanel setContinuous:NO];
[colorPanel setBecomesKeyOnlyIfNeeded:NO];
[colorPanel setShowsAlpha: NO];
[colorPanel _setUseModalAppearance:YES];
if (title) {
NSString *s = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:title];
| < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
[colorPanel orderOut:NSApp];
[colorPanel setContinuous:NO];
[colorPanel setBecomesKeyOnlyIfNeeded:NO];
[colorPanel setShowsAlpha: NO];
[colorPanel _setUseModalAppearance:YES];
if (title) {
NSString *s = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:title];
[colorPanel setTitle:s];
[s release];
}
if (initialColor) {
[colorPanel setColor:initialColor];
}
returnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:colorPanel];
if (returnCode == modalOK) {
color = [[colorPanel color] colorUsingColorSpace:
[NSColorSpace genericRGBColorSpace]];
numberOfComponents = [color numberOfComponents];
}
if (color && numberOfComponents >= 3 && numberOfComponents <= 4) {
CGFloat components[4];
char colorstr[8];
[color getComponents:components];
snprintf(colorstr, 8, "#%02x%02x%02x",
(short)(components[0] * 255),
(short)(components[1] * 255),
(short)(components[2] * 255));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(colorstr, 7));
} else {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
result = TCL_OK;
end:
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd --
*
* This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the Mac
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
678 679 680 681 682 683 684 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int index, len, multiple = 0;
| > | | > | > | > > > > > > > | < | | | < < | < | < < < < > | < | < < < | | < < | | < | < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | > > > > > | | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < | < > > < > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | | > | < > > | < | > > | | > > > > > < | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > < | > | | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < | | > | < < < < > | < | < < < | | < < | | < < < | > | < < < < | < < < < < | < < | < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | < > < | | < < | < < < < | > | < > > > > > | | < | > > > | > | > > > > | | > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 |
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int index, len, multiple = 0;
FileFilterList fl;
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL, *typeVariablePtr = NULL;
FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil;
NSString *message, *title, *type;
NSWindow *parent;
NSMutableArray *fileTypes = nil;
NSOpenPanel *panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
BOOL parentIsKey = NO;
TkInitFileFilters(&fl);
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], openOptionStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
if (i + 1 == objc) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
goto end;
}
switch (index) {
case OPEN_DEFAULT:
break;
case OPEN_FILETYPES:
if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &fl, objv[i + 1], 0) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
break;
case OPEN_INITDIR:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
directory = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
autorelease];
}
break;
case OPEN_INITFILE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
filename = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
autorelease];
}
break;
case OPEN_MESSAGE:
message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
[panel setMessage:message];
[message release];
break;
case OPEN_MULTIPLE:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
&multiple) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
break;
case OPEN_PARENT:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
if (!tkwin) {
goto end;
}
haveParentOption = 1;
break;
case OPEN_TITLE:
title = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
[panel setTitle:title];
[title release];
break;
case OPEN_TYPEVARIABLE:
typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1];
break;
case OPEN_COMMAND:
cmdObj = objv[i+1];
break;
}
}
[panel setAllowsMultipleSelection:multiple];
if (fl.filters) {
fileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {
for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
globPtr = globPtr->next) {
str = globPtr->pattern;
while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
str++;
}
if (*str) {
type = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
if (![fileTypes containsObject:type]) {
[fileTypes addObject:type];
}
[type release];
}
}
for (MacFileType *mfPtr = clausePtr->macTypes; mfPtr;
mfPtr = mfPtr->next) {
if (mfPtr->type) {
type = NSFileTypeForHFSTypeCode(mfPtr->type);
if (![fileTypes containsObject:type]) {
[fileTypes addObject:type];
}
}
}
}
}
}
[panel setAllowedFileTypes:fileTypes];
if (cmdObj) {
callbackInfo = (FilePanelCallbackInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
callbackInfo->interp = interp;
callbackInfo->multiple = multiple;
parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
[panel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
file:filename
types:fileTypes
modalForWindow:parent
modalDelegate:NSApp
didEndSelector:
@selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
[panel setAllowedFileTypes:fileTypes];
[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];
[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
{ [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
returnCode:returnCode
contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
} else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
modalReturnCode = [panel runModalForDirectory:directory
file:filename];
#else
[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];
modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
#endif
[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
contextInfo:callbackInfo];
}
result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
if (parentIsKey) {
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
if (typeVariablePtr && result == TCL_OK) {
/*
* The -typevariable option is not really supported.
*/
Tcl_SetVar2(interp, Tcl_GetString(typeVariablePtr), NULL,
"", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
end:
TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd --
*
* This procedure implements the "save file" dialog box for the Mac
* platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See user documentation.
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int confirmOverwrite = 1;
int index, len;
FileFilterList fl;
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL;
FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil, *defaultType = nil;
NSString *message, *title, *type;
NSWindow *parent;
NSMutableArray *fileTypes = nil;
NSSavePanel *panel = [NSSavePanel savePanel];
NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
BOOL parentIsKey = NO;
TkInitFileFilters(&fl);
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], saveOptionStrings,
sizeof(char *), "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
if (i + 1 == objc) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_ObjPrintf(
"value for \"%s\" missing", Tcl_GetString(objv[i])));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "FILEDIALOG", "VALUE", NULL);
goto end;
}
switch (index) {
case SAVE_DEFAULT:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
str++;
}
if (*str) {
defaultType = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
autorelease];
}
break;
case SAVE_FILETYPES:
if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &fl, objv[i + 1], 0) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
break;
case SAVE_INITDIR:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
directory = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
autorelease];
}
break;
case SAVE_INITFILE:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
if (len) {
filename = [[[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str]
autorelease];
}
break;
case SAVE_MESSAGE:
message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
[panel setMessage:message];
[message release];
break;
case SAVE_PARENT:
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &len);
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin);
if (!tkwin) {
goto end;
}
haveParentOption = 1;
break;
case SAVE_TITLE:
title = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
[panel setTitle:title];
[title release];
break;
case SAVE_TYPEVARIABLE:
break;
case SAVE_COMMAND:
cmdObj = objv[i+1];
break;
case SAVE_CONFIRMOW:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],
&confirmOverwrite) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
break;
}
}
if (fl.filters || defaultType) {
fileTypes = [NSMutableArray array];
[fileTypes addObject:defaultType ? defaultType : (id)kUTTypeContent];
for (FileFilter *filterPtr = fl.filters; filterPtr;
filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
for (FileFilterClause *clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr;
clausePtr = clausePtr->next) {
for (GlobPattern *globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr;
globPtr = globPtr->next) {
str = globPtr->pattern;
while (*str && (*str == '*' || *str == '.')) {
str++;
}
if (*str) {
type = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:str];
if (![fileTypes containsObject:type]) {
[fileTypes addObject:type];
}
[type release];
}
}
}
}
[panel setAllowedFileTypes:fileTypes];
[panel setAllowsOtherFileTypes:YES];
}
[panel setCanSelectHiddenExtension:YES];
[panel setExtensionHidden:NO];
if (cmdObj) {
callbackInfo = (FilePanelCallbackInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
callbackInfo->interp = interp;
callbackInfo->multiple = 0;
parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
[panel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
file:filename
modalForWindow:parent
modalDelegate:NSApp
didEndSelector:
@selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];
[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
{ [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
returnCode:returnCode
contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
} else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
modalReturnCode = [panel runModalForDirectory:directory file:filename];
#else
[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];
modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
#endif
[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
contextInfo:callbackInfo];
}
result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
if (parentIsKey) {
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
end:
TkFreeFileFilters(&fl);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 |
int
Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 |
int
Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int index, len, mustexist = 0;
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL;
FilePanelCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct;
FilePanelCallbackInfo *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
NSString *directory = nil, *filename = nil;
NSString *message, *title;
NSWindow *parent;
NSOpenPanel *panel = [NSOpenPanel openPanel];
NSInteger modalReturnCode = modalError;
BOOL parentIsKey = NO;
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 |
}
}
[panel setPrompt:@"Choose"];
[panel setCanChooseFiles:NO];
[panel setCanChooseDirectories:YES];
[panel setCanCreateDirectories:!mustexist];
if (cmdObj) {
if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
| > < | < < | < | | | < > | > > > > | | | > > > > | > > > > | | > > < | 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 |
}
}
[panel setPrompt:@"Choose"];
[panel setCanChooseFiles:NO];
[panel setCanChooseDirectories:YES];
[panel setCanCreateDirectories:!mustexist];
if (cmdObj) {
callbackInfo = (FilePanelCallbackInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(FilePanelCallbackInfo));
if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
callbackInfo->interp = interp;
callbackInfo->multiple = 0;
parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
[panel beginSheetForDirectory:directory
file:filename
modalForWindow:parent
modalDelegate:NSApp
didEndSelector: @selector(tkFilePanelDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#else
[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];
[panel beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
completionHandler:^(NSInteger returnCode)
{ [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel
returnCode:returnCode
contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#endif
modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? modalOther : [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
} else {
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
modalReturnCode = [panel runModalForDirectory:directory file:nil];
#else
[panel setDirectoryURL:getFileURL(directory, filename)];
modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
#endif
[NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel returnCode:modalReturnCode
contextInfo:callbackInfo];
}
result = (modalReturnCode != modalError) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
if (parentIsKey) {
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
end:
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 |
[dateFormatter setFormatterBehavior:NSDateFormatterBehavior10_4];
[dateFormatter setDateFormat:@"Y"];
NSString *year = [dateFormatter stringFromDate:[NSDate date]];
[dateFormatter release];
| | | | | > < < < < | | | > > > > | | < < | > | | | | | | | | < < < < | < | < < < < | | | | | 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 |
[dateFormatter setFormatterBehavior:NSDateFormatterBehavior10_4];
[dateFormatter setDateFormat:@"Y"];
NSString *year = [dateFormatter stringFromDate:[NSDate date]];
[dateFormatter release];
NSMutableParagraphStyle *style =
[[[NSParagraphStyle defaultParagraphStyle] mutableCopy]
autorelease];
[style setAlignment:NSCenterTextAlignment];
NSDictionary *options = [NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
@"Tcl & Tk", @"ApplicationName",
@"Tcl " TCL_VERSION " & Tk " TK_VERSION, @"ApplicationVersion",
@TK_PATCH_LEVEL, @"Version",
image, @"ApplicationIcon",
[NSString stringWithFormat:@"Copyright %1$C 1987-%2$@.", 0xA9,
year], @"Copyright",
[[[NSAttributedString alloc] initWithString:
[NSString stringWithFormat:
@"%1$C 1987-%2$@ Tcl Core Team." "\n\n"
"%1$C 1989-%2$@ Contributors." "\n\n"
"%1$C 2011-%2$@ Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC." "\n\n"
"%1$C 2014-%2$@ Marc Culler." "\n\n"
"%1$C 2002-%2$@ Daniel A. Steffen." "\n\n"
"%1$C 2001-2009 Apple Inc." "\n\n"
"%1$C 2001-2002 Jim Ingham & Ian Reid" "\n\n"
"%1$C 1998-2000 Jim Ingham & Ray Johnson" "\n\n"
"%1$C 1998-2000 Scriptics Inc." "\n\n"
"%1$C 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems Inc.", 0xA9, year] attributes:
[NSDictionary dictionaryWithObject:style
forKey:NSParagraphStyleAttributeName]] autorelease], @"Credits",
nil];
[NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:options];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd --
*
* Implements the ::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel command.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* none
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Unused. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
if (objc > 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
[NSApp orderFrontStandardAboutPanelWithOptions:[NSDictionary dictionary]];
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 |
int
Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 |
int
Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
char *str;
int i, result = TCL_ERROR, haveParentOption = 0;
int index, typeIndex, iconIndex, indexDefaultOption = 0;
int defaultNativeButtonIndex = 1; /* 1, 2, 3: right to left */
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj = NULL;
AlertCallbackInfo callbackInfoStruct, *callbackInfo = &callbackInfoStruct;
NSString *message, *title;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 | Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])]; [alert setInformativeText:message]; [message release]; break; case ALERT_ICON: if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertIconStrings, | | | 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 |
Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
[alert setInformativeText:message];
[message release];
break;
case ALERT_ICON:
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertIconStrings,
sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
break;
case ALERT_MESSAGE:
message = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:
Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 | Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])]; [[alert window] setTitle:title]; [title release]; break; case ALERT_TYPE: if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertTypeStrings, | | | < | > < | | | | | | < | | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | | | | 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 |
Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1])];
[[alert window] setTitle:title];
[title release];
break;
case ALERT_TYPE:
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i + 1], alertTypeStrings,
sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
break;
case ALERT_COMMAND:
cmdObj = objv[i+1];
break;
}
}
if (indexDefaultOption) {
/*
* Any '-default' option needs to know the '-type' option, which is
* why we do this here.
*/
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[indexDefaultOption + 1],
alertButtonStrings, sizeof(char *), "value", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
/*
* Need to map from "ok" etc. to 1, 2, 3, right to left.
*/
defaultNativeButtonIndex =
alertButtonIndexAndTypeToNativeButtonIndex[typeIndex][index];
if (!defaultNativeButtonIndex) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,
Tcl_NewStringObj("Illegal default option", -1));
Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "TK", "MSGBOX", "DEFAULT", NULL);
goto end;
}
}
[alert setIcon:[NSApp applicationIconImage]];
[alert setAlertStyle:alertStyles[iconIndex]];
i = 0;
while (i < 3 && alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i]) {
[alert addButtonWithTitle:(NSString*)alertButtonNames[typeIndex][i++]];
}
buttons = [alert buttons];
for (NSButton *b in buttons) {
NSString *ke = [b keyEquivalent];
if (([ke isEqualToString:@"\r"] || [ke isEqualToString:@"\033"]) &&
![b keyEquivalentModifierMask]) {
[b setKeyEquivalent:@""];
}
}
[[buttons objectAtIndex: [buttons count]-1] setKeyEquivalent: @"\033"];
[[buttons objectAtIndex: defaultNativeButtonIndex-1]
setKeyEquivalent: @"\r"];
if (cmdObj) {
callbackInfo = (AlertCallbackInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(AlertCallbackInfo));
if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdObj)) {
cmdObj = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdObj);
}
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
}
callbackInfo->cmdObj = cmdObj;
callbackInfo->interp = interp;
callbackInfo->typeIndex = typeIndex;
parent = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window);
if (haveParentOption && parent && ![parent attachedSheet]) {
parentIsKey = [parent isKeyWindow];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1090
[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
completionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode)
{ [NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert
returnCode:returnCode
contextInfo:callbackInfo ]; } ];
#else
[alert beginSheetModalForWindow:parent
modalDelegate:NSApp
didEndSelector:@selector(tkAlertDidEnd:returnCode:contextInfo:)
contextInfo:callbackInfo];
#endif
modalReturnCode = cmdObj ? 0 :
[NSApp runModalForWindow:[alert window]];
} else {
modalReturnCode = [alert runModal];
[NSApp tkAlertDidEnd:alert returnCode:modalReturnCode
contextInfo:callbackInfo];
}
result = (modalReturnCode >= NSAlertFirstButtonReturn) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR;
end:
[alert release];
if (parentIsKey) {
[parent makeKeyWindow];
}
return result;
}
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkBackgroundEvalObjv --
*
* Evaluate a command while ensuring that we do not affect the
* interpreters state. This is important when evaluating script
* during background tasks.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result code.
*
* Side Effects:
* The interpreters variables and code may be modified by the script
* but the result will not be modified.
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkBackgroundEvalObjv(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const *objv,
int flags)
{
Tcl_InterpState state;
int n, r = TCL_OK;
/*
* Record the state of the interpreter.
*/
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
state = Tcl_SaveInterpState(interp, TCL_OK);
/*
* Evaluate the command and handle any error.
*/
for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(objv[n]);
}
r = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, objc, objv, flags);
for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(objv[n]);
}
if (r == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (background event handler)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
/*
* Restore the state of the interpreter.
*/
(void) Tcl_RestoreInterpState(interp, state);
Tcl_Release(interp);
return r;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDraw.c.
1 2 3 | /* * tkMacOSXDraw.c -- * | | > | | | | | < < < < < | | < | > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 | /* * tkMacOSXDraw.c -- * * This file contains functions that perform drawing to * Xlib windows. Most of the functions simple emulate * Xlib functions. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright 2014 Marc Culler. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" #include "xbytes.h" #include "tkButton.h" /* #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG #define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING #define TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING #endif */ #define radians(d) ((d) * (M_PI/180.0)) /* * Non-antialiased CG drawing looks better and more like X11 drawing when using * very fine lines, so decrease all linewidths by the following constant. */ #define NON_AA_CG_OFFSET .999 static int cgAntiAliasLimit = 0; #define notAA(w) ((w) < cgAntiAliasLimit) static int useThemedToplevel = 0; static int useThemedFrame = 0; /* * Prototypes for functions used only in this file. */ static void ClipToGC(Drawable d, GC gc, HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr); static CGImageRef CreateCGImageWithXImage(XImage *ximage); static CGContextRef GetCGContextForDrawable(Drawable d); static void DrawCGImage(Drawable d, GC gc, CGContextRef context, CGImageRef image, unsigned long imageForeground, unsigned long imageBackground, CGRect imageBounds, CGRect srcBounds, CGRect dstBounds); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing -- * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | | < | < < > > > > > > > > | > > | > | > > | | < > > | > > > | < > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | < < < < < | | < < < < < > | < | | | | | < < | < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | > > < < | < < < | | < < | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int enable,
int limit)
{
static Boolean initialized = FALSE;
if (!initialized) {
initialized = TRUE;
if (Tcl_CreateNamespace(interp, "::tk::mac", NULL, NULL) == NULL) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
if (Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "::tk::mac::CGAntialiasLimit",
(char *) &cgAntiAliasLimit, TCL_LINK_INT) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
cgAntiAliasLimit = limit;
/*
* Piggy-back the themed drawing var init here.
*/
if (Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "::tk::mac::useThemedToplevel",
(char *) &useThemedToplevel, TCL_LINK_BOOLEAN) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
if (Tcl_LinkVar(interp, "::tk::mac::useThemedFrame",
(char *) &useThemedFrame, TCL_LINK_BOOLEAN) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* BitmapRepFromDrawableRect
*
* Extract bitmap data from a MacOSX drawable as an NSBitmapImageRep.
*
* Results:
* Returns an autoreleased NSBitmapRep representing the image of the given
* rectangle of the given drawable.
*
* NOTE: The x,y coordinates should be relative to a coordinate system with
* origin at the top left, as used by XImage and CGImage, not bottom
* left as used by NSView.
*
* Side effects:
* None
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
NSBitmapImageRep*
BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(
Drawable drawable,
int x,
int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *mac_drawable = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
CGContextRef cg_context=NULL;
CGImageRef cg_image=NULL, sub_cg_image=NULL;
NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep=NULL;
NSView *view=NULL;
if ( mac_drawable->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP ) {
/*
This means that the MacDrawable is functioning as a Tk Pixmap, so its view
field is NULL.
*/
cg_context = GetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
CGRect image_rect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
cg_image = CGBitmapContextCreateImage( (CGContextRef) cg_context);
sub_cg_image = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(cg_image, image_rect);
if ( sub_cg_image ) {
/*This can be dealloc'ed prematurely if set for autorelease, causing crashes.*/
bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
[bitmap_rep initWithCGImage:sub_cg_image];
}
if ( cg_image ) {
CGImageRelease(cg_image);
}
} else if ( (view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(mac_drawable)) ) {
/* convert top-left coordinates to NSView coordinates */
int view_height = [view bounds].size.height;
NSRect view_rect = NSMakeRect(x + mac_drawable->xOff,
view_height - height - y - mac_drawable->yOff,
width,height);
if ( [view lockFocusIfCanDraw] ) {
/*This can be dealloc'ed prematurely if set for autorelease, causing crashes.*/
bitmap_rep = [NSBitmapImageRep alloc];
bitmap_rep = [bitmap_rep initWithFocusedViewRect:view_rect];
[view unlockFocus];
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not lock focus on view.");
}
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
}
return bitmap_rep;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XCopyArea --
*
* Copies data from one drawable to another.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or
* bitmap.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XCopyArea(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable src, /* Source drawable. */
Drawable dst, /* Destination drawable. */
GC gc, /* GC to use. */
int src_x, /* X & Y, width & height */
int src_y, /* define the source rectangle */
unsigned int width, /* that will be copied. */
unsigned int height,
int dest_x, /* Dest X & Y on dest rect. */
int dest_y)
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
MacDrawable *srcDraw = (MacDrawable *) src;
NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep = NULL;
CGImageRef img = NULL;
display->request++;
if (!width || !height) {
/* This happens all the time.
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Drawing of empty area requested");
*/
return;
}
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
/*TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to setup drawing context.");*/
}
if ( dc.context ) {
if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
}else if (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(src)) {
bitmap_rep = BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(src, src_x, src_y, width, height);
if ( bitmap_rep ) {
img = [bitmap_rep CGImage];
}
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable - neither window nor pixmap.");
}
if (img) {
DrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
CFRelease(img);
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to construct CGImage.");
}
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - no context.");
return;
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XCopyPlane --
*
* Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination
* drawable. The plane argument specifies which bit plane of
* the source contains the bitmap. Note that this implementation
* ignores the gc->function.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Changes the destination drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XCopyPlane(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable src, /* Source drawable. */
Drawable dst, /* Destination drawable. */
GC gc, /* GC to use. */
int src_x, /* X & Y, width & height */
int src_y, /* define the source rectangle */
unsigned int width, /* that will be copied. */
unsigned int height,
int dest_x, /* Dest X & Y on dest rect. */
int dest_y,
unsigned long plane) /* Which plane to copy. */
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
MacDrawable *srcDraw = (MacDrawable *) src;
MacDrawable *dstDraw = (MacDrawable *) dst;
display->request++;
if (!width || !height) {
/* TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Drawing of empty area requested"); */
return;
}
if (plane != 1) {
Tcl_Panic("Unexpected plane specified for XCopyPlane");
}
if (srcDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(dst, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
CGContextRef context = dc.context;
if (context) {
CGImageRef img = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(src);
if (img) {
TkpClipMask *clipPtr = (TkpClipMask *) gc->clip_mask;
unsigned long imageBackground = gc->background;
if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP){
CGImageRef mask = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(clipPtr->value.pixmap);
CGRect rect = CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height);
rect = CGRectOffset(rect, dstDraw->xOff, dstDraw->yOff);
CGContextSaveGState(context);
/* Move the origin of the destination to top left. */
CGContextTranslateCTM(context, 0, rect.origin.y + CGRectGetMaxY(rect));
CGContextScaleCTM(context, 1, -1);
/* Fill with the background color, clipping to the mask. */
CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, mask);
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->background, dc.context);
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, rect);
/* Fill with the foreground color, clipping to the intersection of img and mask. */
CGContextClipToMask(context, rect, img);
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->foreground, context);
CGContextFillRect(context, rect);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
CGImageRelease(mask);
CGImageRelease(img);
} else {
DrawCGImage(dst, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, imageBackground,
CGRectMake(0, 0, srcDraw->size.width, srcDraw->size.height),
CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
CGImageRelease(img);
}
} else { /* no image */
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
}
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable - could not get a bitmap context.");
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
} else { /* source drawable is a window, not a Pixmap */
XCopyArea(display, src, dst, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPutImage --
*
* Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of
* of the specified drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws the image on the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkPutImage(
unsigned long *colors, /* Unused on Macintosh. */
int ncolors, /* Unused on Macintosh. */
Display* display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Drawable to place image on. */
GC gc, /* GC to use. */
XImage* image, /* Image to place. */
int src_x, /* Source X & Y. */
int src_y,
int dest_x, /* Destination X & Y. */
int dest_y,
unsigned int width, /* Same width & height for both */
unsigned int height) /* distination and source. */
{
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGImageRef img = CreateCGImageWithXImage(image);
if (img) {
DrawCGImage(d, gc, dc.context, img, gc->foreground, gc->background,
CGRectMake(0, 0, image->width, image->height),
CGRectMake(src_x, src_y, width, height),
CGRectMake(dest_x, dest_y, width, height));
CFRelease(img);
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid source drawable");
}
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Invalid destination drawable");
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateCGImageWithXImage --
*
* Create CGImage from XImage, copying the image data.
*
* Results:
* CGImage, release after use.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void ReleaseData(void *info, const void *data, size_t size) {
ckfree(info);
}
CGImageRef
CreateCGImageWithXImage(
XImage *image)
{
CGImageRef img = NULL;
size_t bitsPerComponent, bitsPerPixel;
size_t len = image->bytes_per_line * image->height;
const CGFloat *decode = NULL;
CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo;
CGDataProviderRef provider = NULL;
char *data = NULL;
CGDataProviderReleaseDataCallback releaseData = ReleaseData;
if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) {
/*
* BW image
*/
/* Reverses the sense of the bits */
static const CGFloat decodeWB[2] = {1, 0};
decode = decodeWB;
bitsPerComponent = 1;
bitsPerPixel = 1;
if (image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst) {
char *srcPtr = image->data + image->xoffset;
char *endPtr = srcPtr + len;
char *destPtr = (data = ckalloc(len));
while (srcPtr < endPtr) {
*destPtr++ = xBitReverseTable[(unsigned char)(*(srcPtr++))];
}
} else {
data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
}
if (data) {
provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
}
if (provider) {
img = CGImageMaskCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, provider, decode, 0);
}
} else if (image->format == ZPixmap && image->bits_per_pixel == 32) {
/*
* Color image
*/
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(kCGColorSpaceSRGB);
bitsPerComponent = 8;
bitsPerPixel = 32;
bitmapInfo = (image->byte_order == MSBFirst ?
kCGBitmapByteOrder32Big : kCGBitmapByteOrder32Little) |
kCGImageAlphaNoneSkipFirst;
data = memcpy(ckalloc(len), image->data + image->xoffset, len);
if (data) {
provider = CGDataProviderCreateWithData(data, data, len, releaseData);
}
if (provider) {
img = CGImageCreate(image->width, image->height, bitsPerComponent,
bitsPerPixel, image->bytes_per_line, colorspace, bitmapInfo,
provider, decode, 0, kCGRenderingIntentDefault);
CFRelease(provider);
}
if (colorspace) {
CFRelease(colorspace);
}
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Unsupported image type");
}
return img;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable --
*
* Create a CGImage from the given Drawable.
*
* Results:
* CGImage, release after use.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CGImageRef
TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(
Drawable drawable)
{
CGImageRef img = NULL;
CGContextRef context = GetCGContextForDrawable(drawable);
if (context) {
img = CGBitmapContextCreateImage(context);
}
return img;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateNSImageWithPixmap --
*
* Create NSImage for Pixmap.
*
* Results:
* NSImage.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static NSImage*
CreateNSImageWithPixmap(
Pixmap pixmap,
int width,
int height)
{
CGImageRef cgImage;
NSImage *nsImage;
NSBitmapImageRep *bitmapImageRep;
cgImage = TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(pixmap);
nsImage = [[NSImage alloc] initWithSize:NSMakeSize(width, height)];
bitmapImageRep = [[NSBitmapImageRep alloc] initWithCGImage:cgImage];
[nsImage addRepresentation:bitmapImageRep];
[bitmapImageRep release];
CFRelease(cgImage);
return nsImage;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage --
*
* Get autoreleased NSImage for Tk_Image.
*
* Results:
* NSImage.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
NSImage*
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(
Display *display,
Tk_Image image,
int width,
int height)
{
Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);
NSImage *nsImage;
Tk_RedrawImage(image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, 0, 0);
nsImage = CreateNSImageWithPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);
return [nsImage autorelease];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap --
*
* Get autoreleased NSImage for Bitmap.
*
* Results:
* NSImage.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
NSImage*
TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(
Display *display,
Pixmap bitmap,
GC gc,
int width,
int height)
{
Pixmap pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, None, width, height, 0);
NSImage *nsImage;
unsigned long origBackground = gc->background;
gc->background = TRANSPARENT_PIXEL << 24;
XSetClipOrigin(display, gc, 0, 0);
XCopyPlane(display, bitmap, pixmap, gc, 0, 0, width, height, 0, 0, 1);
gc->background = origBackground;
nsImage = CreateNSImageWithPixmap(pixmap, width, height);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap);
return [nsImage autorelease];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetCGContextForDrawable --
*
* Get CGContext for given Drawable, creating one if necessary.
*
* Results:
* CGContext.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CGContextRef
GetCGContextForDrawable(
Drawable d)
{
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;
if (macDraw && (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) && !macDraw->context) {
const size_t bitsPerComponent = 8;
size_t bitsPerPixel, bytesPerRow, len;
CGColorSpaceRef colorspace = NULL;
CGBitmapInfo bitmapInfo =
#ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
kCGBitmapByteOrder32Host;
#else
kCGBitmapByteOrderDefault;
#endif
char *data;
CGRect bounds = CGRectMake(0, 0, macDraw->size.width, macDraw->size.height);
if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
bitsPerPixel = 8;
bitmapInfo = (CGBitmapInfo)kCGImageAlphaOnly;
} else {
colorspace = CGColorSpaceCreateWithName(kCGColorSpaceGenericRGB);
bitsPerPixel = 32;
bitmapInfo |= kCGImageAlphaPremultipliedFirst;
}
bytesPerRow = ((size_t) macDraw->size.width * bitsPerPixel + 127) >> 3
& ~15;
len = macDraw->size.height * bytesPerRow;
data = ckalloc(len);
bzero(data, len);
macDraw->context = CGBitmapContextCreate(data, macDraw->size.width,
macDraw->size.height, bitsPerComponent, bytesPerRow,
colorspace, bitmapInfo);
if (macDraw->context) {
CGContextClearRect(macDraw->context, bounds);
}
if (colorspace) {
CFRelease(colorspace);
}
}
return (macDraw ? macDraw->context : NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DrawCGImage --
*
* Draw CG image into drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
DrawCGImage(
Drawable d,
GC gc,
CGContextRef context,
CGImageRef image,
unsigned long imageForeground,
unsigned long imageBackground,
CGRect imageBounds,
CGRect srcBounds,
CGRect dstBounds)
{
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;
if (macDraw && context && image) {
CGImageRef subImage = NULL;
if (!CGRectEqualToRect(imageBounds, srcBounds)) {
if (!CGRectContainsRect(imageBounds, srcBounds)) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Mismatch of sub CGImage bounds");
}
subImage = CGImageCreateWithImageInRect(image, CGRectOffset(
srcBounds, -imageBounds.origin.x, -imageBounds.origin.y));
if (subImage) {
image = subImage;
}
}
dstBounds = CGRectOffset(dstBounds, macDraw->xOff, macDraw->yOff);
if (CGImageIsMask(image)) {
/*CGContextSaveGState(context);*/
if (macDraw->flags & TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP) {
/* Set fill color to black, background comes from the context, or is transparent. */
if (imageBackground != TRANSPARENT_PIXEL << 24) {
CGContextClearRect(context, dstBounds);
}
CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 1.0);
} else {
if (imageBackground != TRANSPARENT_PIXEL << 24) {
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, imageBackground, context);
CGContextFillRect(context, dstBounds);
}
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, imageForeground, context);
}
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING
CGContextSaveGState(context);
CGContextSetLineWidth(context, 1.0);
CGContextSetRGBStrokeColor(context, 0, 0, 0, 0.1);
CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0, 1, 0, 0.1);
CGContextFillRect(context, dstBounds);
CGContextStrokeRect(context, dstBounds);
CGPoint p[4] = {dstBounds.origin,
CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)),
CGPointMake(CGRectGetMinX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMaxY(dstBounds)),
CGPointMake(CGRectGetMaxX(dstBounds), CGRectGetMinY(dstBounds))
};
CGContextStrokeLineSegments(context, p, 4);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Drawing CGImage at (x=%f, y=%f), (w=%f, h=%f)",
dstBounds.origin.x, dstBounds.origin.y,
dstBounds.size.width, dstBounds.size.height);
#else /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_IMAGE_DRAWING */
CGContextSaveGState(context);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
406 407 408 409 410 411 412 |
Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
XPoint *points, /* Array of points. */
int npoints, /* Number of points. */
int mode) /* Line drawing mode. */
{
| | | | 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 |
Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
XPoint *points, /* Array of points. */
int npoints, /* Number of points. */
int mode) /* Line drawing mode. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
if (npoints < 2) {
return BadValue;
}
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
double prevx, prevy;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
CGContextBeginPath(dc.context);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
macWin->yOff + points[i].y + o);
} else {
prevx += points[i].x;
prevy += points[i].y;
CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < | 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 |
macWin->yOff + points[i].y + o);
} else {
prevx += points[i].x;
prevy += points[i].y;
CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
}
}
CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
478 479 480 481 482 483 484 |
XDrawSegments(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XSegment *segments,
int nsegments)
{
| | | | 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 |
XDrawSegments(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XSegment *segments,
int nsegments)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
for (i = 0; i < nsegments; i++) {
CGContextBeginPath(dc.context);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
520 521 522 523 524 525 526 | * * Side effects: * Draws a filled polygon on the specified drawable. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | | | | 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 |
*
* Side effects:
* Draws a filled polygon on the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XFillPolygon(
Display* display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
XPoint* points, /* Array of points. */
int npoints, /* Number of points. */
int shape, /* Shape to draw. */
int mode) /* Drawing mode. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int i;
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
if (dc.context) {
double prevx, prevy;
double o = (gc->line_width % 2) ? .5 : 0;
CGContextBeginPath(dc.context);
prevx = macWin->xOff + points[0].x + o;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
560 561 562 563 564 565 566 |
prevy += points[i].y;
CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
}
}
CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
| < | | | | | | > < > | | > | | | | > | | | | | < > | | | | 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 |
prevy += points[i].y;
CGContextAddLineToPoint(dc.context, prevx, prevy);
}
}
CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDrawRectangle --
*
* Draws a rectangle.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws a rectangle on the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XDrawRectangle(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left corner. */
unsigned int width, /* Width & height of rect. */
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int lw = gc->line_width;
if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
return;
}
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
rect = CGRectMake(
macWin->xOff + x + o,
macWin->yOff + y + o,
width, height);
CGContextStrokeRect(dc.context, rect);
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDrawRectangles --
*
* Draws the outlines of the specified rectangles as if a
* five-point PolyLine protocol request were specified for each
* rectangle:
*
* [x,y] [x+width,y] [x+width,y+height] [x,y+height] [x,y]
*
* For the specified rectangles, these functions do not draw a
* pixel more than once. XDrawRectangles draws the rectangles in
* the order listed in the array. If rectangles intersect, the
* intersecting pixels are drawn multiple times. Draws a
* rectangle.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws rectangles on the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XDrawRectangles(
Display *display,
Drawable drawable,
GC gc,
XRectangle *rectArr,
int nRects)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XRectangle * rectPtr;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
for (i = 0, rectPtr = rectArr; i < nRects; i++, rectPtr++) {
if (rectPtr->width == 0 || rectPtr->height == 0) {
continue;
}
rect = CGRectMake(
macWin->xOff + rectPtr->x + o,
macWin->yOff + rectPtr->y + o,
rectPtr->width, rectPtr->height);
CGContextStrokeRect(dc.context, rect);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillRectangles --
*
* Fill multiple rectangular areas in the given drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws onto the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XFillRectangles(
Display* display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
XRectangle *rectangles, /* Rectangle array. */
int n_rectangles) /* Number of rectangles. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XRectangle * rectPtr;
int i;
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return BadDrawable;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
for (i = 0, rectPtr = rectangles; i < n_rectangles; i++, rectPtr++) {
if (rectPtr->width == 0 || rectPtr->height == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
727 728 729 730 731 732 733 |
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 |
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDrawArc --
*
* Draw an arc.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws an arc on the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XDrawArc(
Display* display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left of bounding rect. */
unsigned int width, /* Width & height. */
unsigned int height,
int angle1, /* Staring angle of arc. */
int angle2) /* Extent of arc. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int lw = gc->line_width;
if (width == 0 || height == 0 || angle2 == 0) {
return;
}
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
rect = CGRectMake(
macWin->xOff + x + o,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
radians(-(angle1 + angle2)/64.0), angle2 > 0);
CGContextAddPath(dc.context, p);
CGPathRelease(p);
CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
| < > | | > | | | | | | > | | | | 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 |
radians(-(angle1 + angle2)/64.0), angle2 > 0);
CGContextAddPath(dc.context, p);
CGPathRelease(p);
CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDrawArcs --
*
* Draws multiple circular or elliptical arcs. Each arc is
* specified by a rectangle and two angles. The center of the
* circle or ellipse is the center of the rect- angle, and the
* major and minor axes are specified by the width and height.
* Positive angles indicate counterclock- wise motion, and
* negative angles indicate clockwise motion. If the magnitude
* of angle2 is greater than 360 degrees, XDrawArcs truncates it
* to 360 degrees.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws an arc for each array element on the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XDrawArcs(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XArc *arcArr,
int nArcs)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XArc *arcPtr;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0;
for (i=0, arcPtr = arcArr; i < nArcs; i++, arcPtr++) {
if (arcPtr->width == 0 || arcPtr->height == 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
920 921 922 923 924 925 926 |
CGContextAddPath(dc.context, p);
CGPathRelease(p);
CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
}
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
| < > | | | | | | | 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 |
CGContextAddPath(dc.context, p);
CGPathRelease(p);
CGContextStrokePath(dc.context);
}
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillArc --
*
* Draw a filled arc.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws a filled arc on the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XFillArc(
Display* display, /* Display. */
Drawable d, /* Draw on this. */
GC gc, /* Use this GC. */
int x, int y, /* Upper left of bounding rect. */
unsigned int width, /* Width & height. */
unsigned int height,
int angle1, /* Staring angle of arc. */
int angle2) /* Extent of arc. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
int lw = gc->line_width;
if (width == 0 || height == 0 || angle2 == 0) {
return;
}
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0, u = 0;
if (notAA(lw)) {
o += NON_AA_CG_OFFSET/2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 |
CGPathCloseSubpath(p);
CGContextAddPath(dc.context, p);
CGPathRelease(p);
CGContextFillPath(dc.context);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
| < > | | | | | 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 |
CGPathCloseSubpath(p);
CGContextAddPath(dc.context, p);
CGPathRelease(p);
CGContextFillPath(dc.context);
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillArcs --
*
* Draw a filled arc.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws a filled arc for each array element on the specified drawable.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XFillArcs(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XArc *arcArr,
int nArcs)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) d;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XArc * arcPtr;
int i, lw = gc->line_width;
display->request++;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
if (dc.context) {
CGRect rect;
double o = (lw % 2) ? .5 : 0, u = 0;
if (notAA(lw)) {
o += NON_AA_CG_OFFSET/2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 |
CGContextAddPath(dc.context, p);
CGPathRelease(p);
CGContextFillPath(dc.context);
}
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | | > | | | | | < | < < | > | | < | < < | > | | > > > > > | | < < | < < | < < < | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > | 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 |
CGContextAddPath(dc.context, p);
CGPathRelease(p);
CGContextFillPath(dc.context);
}
}
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
#endif
#ifdef TK_MACOSXDRAW_UNUSED
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XMaxRequestSize --
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
long
XMaxRequestSize(
Display *display)
{
return (SHRT_MAX / 4);
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkScrollWindow --
*
* Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate
* a damage region.
*
* Results:
* Returns 0 if the scroll genereated no additional damage.
* Otherwise, sets the region that needs to be repainted after
* scrolling and returns 1.
*
* Side effects:
* Scrolls the bits in the window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, /* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int width, int height,
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
TkRegion damageRgn) /* Region to accumulate damage in. */
{
Drawable drawable = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
TKContentView *view = (TKContentView *)TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
CGRect srcRect, dstRect;
HIShapeRef dmgRgn = NULL, extraRgn = NULL;
NSRect bounds, visRect, scrollSrc, scrollDst;
int result = 0;
if ( view ) {
/* Get the scroll area in NSView coordinates (origin at bottom left). */
bounds = [view bounds];
scrollSrc = NSMakeRect(
macDraw->xOff + x,
bounds.size.height - height - (macDraw->yOff + y),
width, height);
scrollDst = NSOffsetRect(scrollSrc, dx, -dy);
/* Limit scrolling to the window content area. */
visRect = [view visibleRect];
scrollSrc = NSIntersectionRect(scrollSrc, visRect);
scrollDst = NSIntersectionRect(scrollDst, visRect);
if ( !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollSrc) && !NSIsEmptyRect(scrollDst) ) {
/*
* Mark the difference between source and destination as damaged.
* This region is described in NSView coordinates (y=0 at the bottom)
* and converted to Tk coordinates later.
*/
srcRect = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
dstRect = CGRectOffset(srcRect, dx, dy);
/* Expand the rectangles slightly to avoid degeneracies. */
srcRect.origin.y -= 1;
srcRect.size.height += 2;
dstRect.origin.y += 1;
dstRect.size.height -= 2;
/* Compute the damage. */
dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&srcRect);
extraRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&dstRect);
ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, dmgRgn, extraRgn, (HIMutableShapeRef) dmgRgn);
result = HIShapeIsEmpty(dmgRgn) ? 0 : 1;
/* Convert to Tk coordinates. */
TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
if (extraRgn) {
CFRelease(extraRgn);
}
/* Scroll the rectangle. */
[view scrollRect:scrollSrc by:NSMakeSize(dx, -dy)];
/* Shift the Tk children which meet the source rectangle. */
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
TkWindow *childPtr;
CGRect childBounds;
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
if (Tk_IsMapped(childPtr) && !Tk_IsTopLevel(childPtr)) {
TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(childPtr, &childBounds);
if (CGRectIntersectsRect(srcRect, childBounds)) {
MacDrawable *macChild = childPtr->privatePtr;
if (macChild) {
macChild->yOff += dy;
macChild->xOff += dx;
childPtr->changes.y = macChild->yOff;
childPtr->changes.x = macChild->xOff;
}
}
}
}
/* Queue up Expose events for the damage region. */
int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
[view generateExposeEvents:dmgRgn childrenOnly:1];
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
/* Belt and suspenders: make the AppKit request a redraw
when it gets control again. */
}
} else {
dmgRgn = HIShapeCreateEmpty();
TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(damageRgn, dmgRgn);
}
if (dmgRgn) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort( | | | | | | < < < > > | | < > < > > > > > > > > > | < | | | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | | | | | < | < < | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | < < | < < | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort(
GC gc, /* GC to apply to current port. */
void *destPort)
{
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetUpGraphicsPort: Obsolete, no more QD!");
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXSetUpDrawingContext --
*
* Set up a drawing context for the given drawable and GC.
*
* Results:
* Boolean indicating whether it is ok to draw; if false, drawing
* context was not setup, so do not attempt to draw and do not call
* TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext().
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(
Drawable d,
GC gc,
int useCG, /* advisory only ! */
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
MacDrawable *macDraw = ((MacDrawable*)d);
int dontDraw = 0, isWin = 0;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc = {};
CGRect clipBounds;
dc.clipRgn = TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(d);
if (!dontDraw) {
ClipToGC(d, gc, &dc.clipRgn);
dontDraw = dc.clipRgn ? HIShapeIsEmpty(dc.clipRgn) : 0;
}
if (dontDraw) {
goto end;
}
if (useCG) {
dc.context = GetCGContextForDrawable(d);
}
if (!dc.context || !(macDraw->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP)) {
isWin = (TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(d) != nil);
}
if (dc.context) {
dc.portBounds = clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
} else if (isWin) {
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
if (view) {
if (view != [NSView focusView]) {
dc.focusLocked = [view lockFocusIfCanDraw];
dontDraw = !dc.focusLocked;
} else {
dontDraw = ![view canDraw];
}
if (dontDraw) {
goto end;
}
[[view window] disableFlushWindow];
dc.view = view;
dc.context = [[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] graphicsPort];
dc.portBounds = NSRectToCGRect([view bounds]);
if (dc.clipRgn) {
clipBounds = CGContextGetClipBoundingBox(dc.context);
}
} else {
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): "
"no NSView to draw into !");
}
} else {
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(): "
"no context to draw into !");
}
if (dc.context) {
CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0,
.ty = dc.portBounds.size.height};
dc.portBounds.origin.x += macDraw->xOff;
dc.portBounds.origin.y += macDraw->yOff;
if (!dc.focusLocked) {
CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
}
CGContextSetTextDrawingMode(dc.context, kCGTextFill);
CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
if (dc.clipRgn) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
CGContextSaveGState(dc.context);
ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
CGContextSetRGBFillColor(dc.context, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.1);
CGContextEOFillPath(dc.context);
CGContextRestoreGState(dc.context);
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
CGRect r;
if (!HIShapeIsRectangular(dc.clipRgn) || !CGRectContainsRect(
*HIShapeGetBounds(dc.clipRgn, &r),
CGRectApplyAffineTransform(clipBounds, t))) {
ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, dc.clipRgn, dc.context);
CGContextEOClip(dc.context);
}
}
if (gc) {
static const CGLineCap cgCap[] = {
[CapNotLast] = kCGLineCapButt,
[CapButt] = kCGLineCapButt,
[CapRound] = kCGLineCapRound,
[CapProjecting] = kCGLineCapSquare,
};
static const CGLineJoin cgJoin[] = {
[JoinMiter] = kCGLineJoinMiter,
[JoinRound] = kCGLineJoinRound,
[JoinBevel] = kCGLineJoinBevel,
};
bool shouldAntialias;
double w = gc->line_width;
TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(gc, gc->foreground, dc.context);
if (isWin) {
CGContextSetPatternPhase(dc.context, CGSizeMake(
dc.portBounds.size.width, dc.portBounds.size.height));
}
if(gc->function != GXcopy) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Logical functions other than GXcopy are "
"not supported for CG drawing!");
}
/* When should we antialias? */
shouldAntialias = !notAA(gc->line_width);
if (!shouldAntialias) {
/* Make non-antialiased CG drawing look more like X11 */
w -= (gc->line_width ? NON_AA_CG_OFFSET : 0);
}
CGContextSetShouldAntialias(dc.context, shouldAntialias);
CGContextSetLineWidth(dc.context, w);
if (gc->line_style != LineSolid) {
int num = 0;
char *p = &(gc->dashes);
CGFloat dashOffset = gc->dash_offset;
CGFloat lengths[10];
while (p[num] != '\0' && num < 10) {
lengths[num] = p[num];
num++;
}
CGContextSetLineDash(dc.context, dashOffset, lengths, num);
}
if ((unsigned)gc->cap_style < sizeof(cgCap)/sizeof(CGLineCap)) {
CGContextSetLineCap(dc.context,
cgCap[(unsigned)gc->cap_style]);
}
if ((unsigned)gc->join_style < sizeof(cgJoin)/sizeof(CGLineJoin)) {
CGContextSetLineJoin(dc.context,
cgJoin[(unsigned)gc->join_style]);
}
}
}
end:
if (dontDraw && dc.clipRgn) {
CFRelease(dc.clipRgn);
dc.clipRgn = NULL;
}
*dcPtr = dc;
return !dontDraw;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 |
void
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
if (dcPtr->context) {
CGContextSynchronize(dcPtr->context);
| > > > > > | > | 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 |
void
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr)
{
if (dcPtr->context) {
CGContextSynchronize(dcPtr->context);
[[dcPtr->view window] setViewsNeedDisplay:YES];
[[dcPtr->view window] enableFlushWindow];
if (dcPtr->focusLocked) {
[dcPtr->view unlockFocus];
} else {
CGContextRestoreGState(dcPtr->context);
}
}
if (dcPtr->clipRgn) {
CFRelease(dcPtr->clipRgn);
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
bzero(dcPtr, sizeof(TkMacOSXDrawingContext));
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
HIShapeRef
TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(
Drawable drawable) /* Drawable. */
{
| | < | > | < | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
HIShapeRef
TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(
Drawable drawable) /* Drawable. */
{
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
HIShapeRef clipRgn = NULL;
if (macDraw->winPtr && macDraw->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(macDraw->winPtr);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("%s", macDraw->winPtr->pathName);
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
if ([view lockFocusIfCanDraw]) {
CGContextRef context = [[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] graphicsPort];
CGContextSaveGState(context);
CGContextConcatCTM(context, CGAffineTransformMake(1.0, 0.0, 0.0,
-1.0, 0.0, [view bounds].size.height));
ChkErr(HIShapeReplacePathInCGContext, macDraw->visRgn, context);
CGContextSetRGBFillColor(context, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.1);
CGContextEOFillPath(context);
CGContextRestoreGState(context);
[view unlockFocus];
}
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING */
}
if (macDraw->drawRgn) {
clipRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(macDraw->drawRgn);
} else if (macDraw->visRgn) {
clipRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(macDraw->visRgn);
}
return clipRgn;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn --
*
* Set up the clipping region so that drawing only occurs on the
* specified X subwindow.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(
Drawable drawable) /* Drawable to update. */
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpClipDrawableToRect --
*
* Clip all drawing into the drawable d to the given rectangle.
* If width or height are negative, reset to no clipping.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Subsequent drawing into d is offset and clipped as specified.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpClipDrawableToRect(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
int x, int y,
int width, int height)
{
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macDraw);
if (macDraw->drawRgn) {
CFRelease(macDraw->drawRgn);
macDraw->drawRgn = NULL;
}
if (width >= 0 && height >= 0) {
CGRect clipRect = CGRectMake(x + macDraw->xOff, y + macDraw->yOff,
width, height);
HIShapeRef drawRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&clipRect);
if (macDraw->winPtr && macDraw->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(macDraw->winPtr);
}
if (macDraw->visRgn) {
macDraw->drawRgn = HIShapeCreateIntersection(macDraw->visRgn,
drawRgn);
CFRelease(drawRgn);
} else {
macDraw->drawRgn = drawRgn;
}
if (view && view != [NSView focusView] && [view lockFocusIfCanDraw]) {
clipRect.origin.y = [view bounds].size.height -
(clipRect.origin.y + clipRect.size.height);
NSRectClip(NSRectFromCGRect(clipRect));
macDraw->flags |= TK_FOCUSED_VIEW;
}
} else {
if (view && (macDraw->flags & TK_FOCUSED_VIEW)) {
[view unlockFocus];
macDraw->flags &= ~TK_FOCUSED_VIEW;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 |
static void
ClipToGC(
Drawable d,
GC gc,
HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr) /* must point to initialized variable */
{
if (gc && gc->clip_mask &&
| | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 |
static void
ClipToGC(
Drawable d,
GC gc,
HIShapeRef *clipRgnPtr) /* must point to initialized variable */
{
if (gc && gc->clip_mask &&
((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
TkRegion gcClip = ((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->value.region;
int xOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->xOff + gc->clip_x_origin;
int yOffset = ((MacDrawable *) d)->yOff + gc->clip_y_origin;
HIShapeRef clipRgn = *clipRgnPtr, gcClipRgn;
TkMacOSXOffsetRegion(gcClip, xOffset, yOffset);
gcClipRgn = TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(gcClip);
if (clipRgn) {
*clipRgnPtr = HIShapeCreateIntersection(gcClipRgn, clipRgn);
CFRelease(clipRgn);
} else {
*clipRgnPtr = HIShapeCreateCopy(gcClipRgn);
}
CFRelease(gcClipRgn);
TkMacOSXOffsetRegion(gcClip, -xOffset, -yOffset);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap --
*
* Given a drawable and a stipple pattern this function draws the
* pattern repeatedly over the drawable. The drawable can then
* be used as a mask for bit-bliting a stipple pattern over an
* object.
*
* Results:
* A BitMap data structure.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void *
TkMacOSXMakeStippleMap(
Drawable drawable, /* Window to apply stipple. */
Drawable stipple) /* The stipple pattern. */
{
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawHighlightBorder --
*
* This procedure draws a rectangular ring around the outside of
* a widget to indicate that it has received the input focus.
*
* On the Macintosh, this puts a 1 pixel border in the bgGC color
* between the widget and the focus ring, except in the case where
* highlightWidth is 1, in which case the border is left out.
*
* For proper Mac L&F, use highlightWidth of 3.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable",
* corresponding to the outer area of "tkwin".
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawHighlightBorder (
Tk_Window tkwin,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 |
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | | | < | > | | > | 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 |
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawFrame --
*
* This procedure draws the rectangular frame area. If the user
* has requested themeing, it draws with the background theme.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws inside the tkwin area.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawFrame(
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_3DBorder border,
int highlightWidth,
int borderWidth,
int relief)
{
if (useThemedToplevel && Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
static Tk_3DBorder themedBorder = NULL;
if (!themedBorder) {
themedBorder = Tk_Get3DBorder(NULL, tkwin,
"systemWindowHeaderBackground");
}
if (themedBorder) {
border = themedBorder;
}
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
border, highlightWidth, highlightWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
borderWidth, relief);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. | | < | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" /* * One of the following structures exists for each container in this * application. It keeps track of the container window and its associated * embedded window. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this
* process. */
} Container;
static Container *firstContainerPtr = NULL;
/* First in list of all containers managed by
* this process. */
/*
* Prototypes for static procedures defined in this file:
*/
static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedActivateProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr, int width,
int height);
static void EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr);
static void EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMakeWindow --
*
* Creates an X Window (Mac subwindow).
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this
* process. */
} Container;
static Container *firstContainerPtr = NULL;
/* First in list of all containers managed by
* this process. */
/*
* Globals defined in this file:
*/
TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = NULL;
/*
* Prototypes for static procedures defined in this file:
*/
static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedActivateProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr, int width,
int height);
static void EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr);
static void EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler --
*
* Registers a handler for an in process form of embedding, like Netscape
* plugins, where Tk is loaded into the process, but does not control the
* main window
*
* Results:
* None
*
* Side effects:
* The embed handler is set.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler(
Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc,
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc)
{
if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler == NULL) {
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = (TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *)
ckalloc(sizeof(TkMacOSXEmbedHandler));
}
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->registerWinProc = registerWinProc;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getPortProc = getPortProc;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->containerExistProc = containerExistProc;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getClipProc = getClipProc;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getOffsetProc = getOffsetProc;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMakeWindow --
*
* Creates an X Window (Mac subwindow).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
Window
TkpMakeWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr,
Window parent)
{
MacDrawable *macWin;
| < | | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
Window
TkpMakeWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr,
Window parent)
{
MacDrawable *macWin;
/*
* If this window is marked as embedded then the window structure should
* have already been created in the TkpUseWindow function.
*/
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
} else {
/*
* Allocate sub window
*/
macWin = (MacDrawable *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacDrawable));
if (macWin == NULL) {
winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
return None;
}
macWin->winPtr = winPtr;
winPtr->privatePtr = macWin;
macWin->visRgn = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScanWindowId(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScanWindowId(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char * string,
Window *idPtr)
{
int code;
Tcl_Obj obj;
obj.refCount = 1;
obj.bytes = (char *) string; /* DANGER?! */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkWindow *usePtr;
MacDrawable *parent, *macWin;
Container *containerPtr;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
| < | | | < < < < < < | | | < < | | | > > > > | > | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkWindow *usePtr;
MacDrawable *parent, *macWin;
Container *containerPtr;
if (winPtr->window != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't modify container after widget is "
"created", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Decode the container window ID, and look for it among the list of
* available containers.
*
* N.B. For now, we are limiting the containers to be in the same Tk
* application as tkwin, since otherwise they would not be in our list of
* containers.
*/
if (TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, (Window *)&parent) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
usePtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, (Window) parent);
if (usePtr != NULL) {
if (!(usePtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", usePtr->pathName,
"\" doesn't have -container option set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* The code below can probably be simplified given we have already
* discovered 'usePtr' above.
*/
/*
* Save information about the container and the embedded window in a
* Container structure. Currently, there must already be an existing
* Container structure, since we only allow the case where both container
* and embedded app. are in the same process.
*/
for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
if (containerPtr->parent == (Window) parent) {
winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
break;
}
}
/*
* Make the embedded window.
*/
macWin = (MacDrawable *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacDrawable));
if (macWin == NULL) {
winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
macWin->winPtr = winPtr;
winPtr->privatePtr = macWin;
/*
* The grafPtr will be NULL for a Tk in Tk embedded window. It is none of
* our business what it is for a Tk not in Tk embedded window, but we will
* initialize it to NULL, and let the registerWinProc set it. In any case,
* you must always use TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort to get the portPtr. It will
* correctly find the container's port.
*/
macWin->view = nil;
macWin->context = NULL;
macWin->size = CGSizeZero;
macWin->visRgn = NULL;
macWin->aboveVisRgn = NULL;
macWin->drawRgn = NULL;
macWin->referenceCount = 0;
macWin->flags = TK_CLIP_INVALID;
macWin->toplevel = macWin;
macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;
winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;
/*
* Make a copy of the TK_EMBEDDED flag, since sometimes we need this to
* get the port after the TkWindow structure has been freed.
*/
macWin->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;
/*
* Now check whether it is embedded in another Tk widget. If not (the
* first case below) we see if there is an in-process embedding handler
* registered, and if so, let that fill in the rest of the macWin.
*/
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
/*
* If someone has registered an in process embedding handler, then
* see if it can handle this window...
*/
if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler == NULL ||
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->registerWinProc((long) parent,
(Tk_Window) winPtr) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "The window ID ", string,
" does not correspond to a valid Tk Window.", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
containerPtr = (Container *) ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr;
containerPtr->nextPtr = firstContainerPtr;
firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
}
} else {
/*
* The window is embedded in another Tk window.
*/
macWin->xOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->xOff +
parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
winPtr->changes.x;
macWin->yOff = parent->winPtr->privatePtr->yOff +
parent->winPtr->changes.border_width +
winPtr->changes.y;
/*
* Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded
* window's information.
*/
containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr;
/*
* Create an event handler to clean up the Container structure when
* tkwin is eventually deleted.
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc,
winPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can make
* sure the argument to -use is valid.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
| | | 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can make
* sure the argument to -use is valid.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
containerPtr = (Container *) ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->parent = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
containerPtr->parentPtr = winPtr;
containerPtr->embedded = None;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->nextPtr = firstContainerPtr;
firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
402 403 404 405 406 407 408 |
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */
{
Container *containerPtr;
for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
| | | 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 |
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */
{
Container *containerPtr;
for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
return (MacDrawable *) containerPtr->parent;
}
}
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXContainerId couldn't find window");
return NULL;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
454 455 456 457 458 459 460 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpClaimFocus -- * * This procedure is invoked when someone asks for the input focus to be | | > > | 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpClaimFocus -- * * This procedure is invoked when someone asks for the input focus to be * put on a window in an embedded application, but the application * doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the input focus from the * container application. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * The input focus may change. * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
event.xfocus.type = FocusIn;
event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(topLevelPtr->display);
event.xfocus.send_event = 1;
event.xfocus.display = topLevelPtr->display;
event.xfocus.window = containerPtr->parent;
event.xfocus.mode = EMBEDDED_APP_WANTS_FOCUS;
event.xfocus.detail = force;
| | | 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 |
event.xfocus.type = FocusIn;
event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(topLevelPtr->display);
event.xfocus.send_event = 1;
event.xfocus.display = topLevelPtr->display;
event.xfocus.window = containerPtr->parent;
event.xfocus.mode = EMBEDDED_APP_WANTS_FOCUS;
event.xfocus.detail = force;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event,TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpTestembedCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpTestembedCmd( | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | < > | < | | | < < < > | | < | 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpTestembedCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
int all;
Container *containerPtr;
Tcl_DString dString;
char buffer[50];
if ((argc > 1) && (strcmp(argv[1], "all") == 0)) {
all = 1;
} else {
all = 0;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
for (containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
}
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
}
if (containerPtr->embedded == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->embedded);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
}
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
containerPtr->embeddedPtr->pathName);
}
Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&dString);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
624 625 626 627 628 629 630 |
void
TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
| < < < | 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 |
void
TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
/* TODO: Implement this or decide it definitely needs no implementation */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetOtherWindow --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
739 740 741 742 743 744 745 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
Container *containerPtr;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
| < < < < < < < < | 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = clientData;
Container *containerPtr;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
/*
* Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any
* operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
* deleted its window).
*/
errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
809 810 811 812 813 814 815 |
* the screen.
*/
XMapWindow(eventPtr->xmaprequest.display,
eventPtr->xmaprequest.window);
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
/*
| | < < | | 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 |
* the screen.
*/
XMapWindow(eventPtr->xmaprequest.display,
eventPtr->xmaprequest.window);
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
/*
* The embedded application is gone. Destroy the container window.
*/
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
847 848 849 850 851 852 853 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = clientData;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
| < < < < < < < < | | | 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = clientData;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
if (containerPtr->embedded != None) {
/*
* Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have
* deleted its window.
*/
errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
-1, -1, NULL, NULL);
Tk_MoveResizeWindow((Tk_Window) containerPtr->embeddedPtr, 0, 0,
(unsigned) Tk_Width((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr),
(unsigned) Tk_Height((Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr));
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
EmbedWindowDeleted(containerPtr->parentPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 |
int width, int height) /* Size that the child has requested. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
/*
* Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via
* the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the
| | | | | > | | > > | | < | 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 |
int width, int height) /* Size that the child has requested. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr;
/*
* Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via
* the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the
* embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make
* this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so
* that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want
* to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a
* configure event.
*/
Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) winPtr, width, height);
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
/* Empty loop body. */
}
if ((winPtr->changes.width != width)
|| (winPtr->changes.height != height)) {
EmbedSendConfigure(containerPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbedSendConfigure --
*
* This is currently a stub. It is called to notify an embedded
* application of its current size and location. This procedure is called
* when the embedded application made a geometry request that we did not
* grant, so that the embedded application knows that its geometry didn't
* change after all. It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which
* we do not currently synthesize on the Mac
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EmbedSendConfigure(
Container *containerPtr) /* Information about the embedding. */
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbedWindowDeleted --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 |
* Fabricate an event to do this.
*/
if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL &&
containerPtr->parentPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES) {
XEvent event;
| | | | 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 |
* Fabricate an event to do this.
*/
if (containerPtr->parentPtr != NULL &&
containerPtr->parentPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES) {
XEvent event;
event.xany.serial =
LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr));
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
event.xany.type = DestroyNotify;
event.xany.window = containerPtr->parent;
event.xdestroywindow.event = containerPtr->parent;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 |
if ((containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL)
&& (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
firstContainerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 |
if ((containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL)
&& (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
firstContainerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) containerPtr);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEntry.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
int isSpinbox)
{
CGRect bounds;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
GC bgGC;
Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->tkwin;
int oldWidth = 0;
| | | 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
int isSpinbox)
{
CGRect bounds;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
GC bgGC;
Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->tkwin;
int oldWidth = 0;
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;
const HIThemeFrameDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.kind = kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare,
.state = (entryPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED ? kThemeStateInactive :
kThemeStateActive),
.isFocused = (entryPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS ? 1 : 0),
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
* space for one pixel to the right, 'cause it makes the buttons look
* nicer.
*/
if (isSpinbox) {
int incDecWidth;
| < < | < < < < | | | < | < < < < < < < < < | 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
* space for one pixel to the right, 'cause it makes the buttons look
* nicer.
*/
if (isSpinbox) {
int incDecWidth;
oldWidth = Tk_Width(tkwin);
ComputeIncDecParameters(Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH,
&incDecWidth);
Tk_Width(tkwin) -= incDecWidth + 1;
}
/*
* The focus ring is drawn with an Alpha at the outside part of the ring,
* so we have to draw over the edges of the ring before drawing the focus
* or the text will peep through.
*/
bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(entryPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, d);
TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(entryPtr->tkwin, bgGC, MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH, d, 0);
/*
* Inset the entry Frame by the maximum width of the focus rect, which is
* 3 according to the Carbon docs.
*/
bounds.origin.x = macDraw->xOff + MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH;
bounds.origin.y = macDraw->yOff + MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH;
bounds.size.width = Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH;
bounds.size.height = Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH;
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
return 0;
}
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawFrame, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
if (isSpinbox) {
Tk_Width(tkwin) = oldWidth;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 | * This procedure redraws the buttons of an spinbox widget. It overrides * the generic button drawing code if the spinbox widget parameters are * such that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just * returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't * have to implement it. * * Results: | | | | | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 |
* This procedure redraws the buttons of an spinbox widget. It overrides
* the generic button drawing code if the spinbox widget parameters are
* such that the native widget drawing is a good fit. This version just
* returns 0, so platforms that don't do special native drawing don't
* have to implement it.
*
* Results:
* 1 if it has drawn the border, 0 if not.
*
* Side effects:
* May draw the entry border into pixmap.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpDrawSpinboxButtons(
Spinbox *sbPtr,
Drawable d)
{
CGRect bounds;
Tk_Window tkwin = sbPtr->entry.tkwin;
int height = Tk_Height(tkwin);
int buttonHeight = height - 2 * MAC_OSX_FOCUS_WIDTH;
int incDecWidth;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
XRectangle rects[1];
GC bgGC;
MacDrawable *macDraw = (MacDrawable *) d;
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone,
};
/*
* FIXME: RAISED really makes more sense
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
255 256 257 258 259 260 261 |
/*
* We had to make the entry part of the window smaller so that we wouldn't
* overdraw the spin buttons with the focus highlight. So now we have to
* draw the highlightbackground.
*/
bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(sbPtr->entry.highlightBgColorPtr, d);
| | | | | 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 |
/*
* We had to make the entry part of the window smaller so that we wouldn't
* overdraw the spin buttons with the focus highlight. So now we have to
* draw the highlightbackground.
*/
bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(sbPtr->entry.highlightBgColorPtr, d);
rects[0].x = bounds.origin.x;
rects[0].y = 0;
rects[0].width = Tk_Width(tkwin);
rects[0].height = Tk_Height(tkwin);
XFillRectangles(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, bgGC, rects, 1);
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(d, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
return 0;
}
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
return 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXEvent.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" | | < | < | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
* Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKEvent)
enum {
NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};
@implementation TKApplication(TKEvent)
/* TODO: replace by +[addLocalMonitorForEventsMatchingMask ? */
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent);
#endif
NSEvent *processedEvent = theEvent;
NSEventType type = [theEvent type];
NSInteger subtype;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
case NSApplicationDefined: {
id win;
win = [theEvent window];
break;
}
case NSCursorUpdate:
break;
case NSEventTypeGesture:
case NSEventTypeMagnify:
case NSEventTypeRotate:
case NSEventTypeSwipe:
case NSEventTypeBeginGesture:
case NSEventTypeEndGesture:
break;
#endif
default:
break; /* return theEvent */
}
return processedEvent;
}
@end
#pragma mark -
| > > > < < < < | | < > > > > | | < > | | < > | > > > | > > | > | < > | > > > | 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
case NSApplicationDefined: {
id win;
win = [theEvent window];
break;
}
case NSCursorUpdate:
break;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
case NSEventTypeGesture:
case NSEventTypeMagnify:
case NSEventTypeRotate:
case NSEventTypeSwipe:
case NSEventTypeBeginGesture:
case NSEventTypeEndGesture:
break;
#endif
#endif
default:
break; /* return theEvent */
}
return processedEvent;
}
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXFlushWindows --
*
* This routine flushes all the visible windows of the application. It is
* called by XSync().
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Flushes all visible Cocoa windows
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void
TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void)
{
NSArray *macWindows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) {
if (TkMacOSXGetXWindow(w)) {
[w flushWindow];
}
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Added macosx/tkMacOSXEvent.h.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | /* * tkMacOSXEvent.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific functions for implementing the * Mac OS X Notifier. * * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACEVENT #define _TKMACEVENT #ifndef _TKMACINT #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" #endif MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXFlushWindows(void); #endif |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.c.
1 2 3 | /* * tkMacOSXFont.c -- * | | | < > > > > > > > > > | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
/*
* tkMacOSXFont.c --
*
* Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independant
* font package interface.
*
* Copyright 2002-2004 Benjamin Riefenstahl, Benjamin.Riefenstahl@epost.de
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXFont.h"
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1080
#define defaultOrientation kCTFontDefaultOrientation
#define verticalOrientation kCTFontVerticalOrientation
#else
#define defaultOrientation kCTFontOrientationDefault
#define verticalOrientation kCTFontOrientationVertical
#endif
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 101100
#define fixedPitch kCTFontUserFixedPitchFontType
#else
#define fixedPitch kCTFontUIFontUserFixedPitch
#endif
/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_FONTS
#endif
*/
/*
* The following structure represents our Macintosh-specific implementation
* of a font object.
*/
typedef struct {
TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must
* be first in structure. */
NSFont *nsFont;
NSDictionary *nsAttributes;
} MacFont;
/*
* The names for our "native" fonts.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
const char *tkName;
const char *tkName1;
};
#define ThemeFont(n, ...) { kTheme##n##Font, "system" #n "Font", ##__VA_ARGS__ }
static const struct SystemFontMapEntry systemFontMap[] = {
ThemeFont(System, "TkDefaultFont", "TkIconFont"),
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | | | < | > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 |
const char *tkName;
const char *tkName1;
};
#define ThemeFont(n, ...) { kTheme##n##Font, "system" #n "Font", ##__VA_ARGS__ }
static const struct SystemFontMapEntry systemFontMap[] = {
ThemeFont(System, "TkDefaultFont", "TkIconFont"),
ThemeFont(EmphasizedSystem, "TkCaptionFont"),
ThemeFont(SmallSystem, "TkHeadingFont", "TkTooltipFont"),
ThemeFont(SmallEmphasizedSystem),
ThemeFont(Application, "TkTextFont"),
ThemeFont(Label, "TkSmallCaptionFont"),
ThemeFont(Views),
ThemeFont(MenuTitle),
ThemeFont(MenuItem, "TkMenuFont"),
ThemeFont(MenuItemMark),
ThemeFont(MenuItemCmdKey),
ThemeFont(WindowTitle),
ThemeFont(PushButton),
ThemeFont(UtilityWindowTitle),
ThemeFont(AlertHeader),
ThemeFont(Toolbar),
ThemeFont(MiniSystem),
{ kThemeSystemFontDetail, "systemDetailSystemFont" },
{ kThemeSystemFontDetailEmphasized, "systemDetailEmphasizedSystemFont" },
{ -1, NULL }
};
#undef ThemeFont
static int antialiasedTextEnabled = -1;
static NSCharacterSet *whitespaceCharacterSet = nil;
static NSCharacterSet *lineendingCharacterSet = nil;
static void GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(NSFont *nsFont,
TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
static NSFont *FindNSFont(const char *familyName, NSFontTraitMask traits,
NSInteger weight, CGFloat size, int fallbackToDefault);
static void InitFont(NSFont *nsFont, const TkFontAttributes *reqFaPtr,
MacFont * fontPtr);
static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin,
const char* name, TkFontAttributes *faPtr);
static void DrawCharsInContext(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc,
Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart,
int rangeLength, int x, int y, double angle);
@interface NSFont(TKFont)
- (NSFont *)bestMatchingFontForCharacters:(const UTF16Char *)characters
length:(NSUInteger)length attributes:(NSDictionary *)attributes
actualCoveredLength:(NSUInteger *)coveredLength;
@end
#pragma mark -
#pragma mark Font Helpers:
#define GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr) \
((faPtr)->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? NSBoldFontMask : NSUnboldFontMask) | \
((faPtr)->slant == TK_FS_ITALIC ? NSItalicFontMask : NSUnitalicFontMask)
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 |
static void
GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(
NSFont *nsFont,
TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
{
NSFontTraitMask traits = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager]
traitsOfFont:nsFont];
faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid([[nsFont familyName] UTF8String]);
faPtr->size = [nsFont pointSize];
faPtr->weight = (traits & NSBoldFontMask ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL);
faPtr->slant = (traits & NSItalicFontMask ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN);
| > < | 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 |
static void
GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(
NSFont *nsFont,
TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
{
NSFontTraitMask traits = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager]
traitsOfFont:nsFont];
faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid([[nsFont familyName] UTF8String]);
faPtr->size = [nsFont pointSize];
faPtr->weight = (traits & NSBoldFontMask ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL);
faPtr->slant = (traits & NSItalicFontMask ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FindNSFont --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
251 252 253 254 255 256 257 |
} else {
family = [defaultFont familyName];
}
if (size == 0.0) {
size = [defaultFont pointSize];
}
nsFont = [fm fontWithFamily:family traits:traits weight:weight size:size];
| < < < < < < < < < < < < | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
} else {
family = [defaultFont familyName];
}
if (size == 0.0) {
size = [defaultFont pointSize];
}
nsFont = [fm fontWithFamily:family traits:traits weight:weight size:size];
if (!nsFont) {
NSArray *availableFamilies = [fm availableFontFamilies];
NSString *caseFamily = nil;
for (NSString *f in availableFamilies) {
if ([family caseInsensitiveCompare:f] == NSOrderedSame) {
caseFamily = f;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
NSDictionary *nsAttributes;
NSRect bounds;
CGFloat kern = 0.0;
NSFontRenderingMode renderingMode = NSFontDefaultRenderingMode;
int ascent, descent/*, dontAA*/;
static const UniChar ch[] = {'.', 'W', ' ', 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc7};
/* ., W, Space, Auml, Aacute, Acirc, Atilde, Ccedilla */
| | < < | < < | | 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 |
NSDictionary *nsAttributes;
NSRect bounds;
CGFloat kern = 0.0;
NSFontRenderingMode renderingMode = NSFontDefaultRenderingMode;
int ascent, descent/*, dontAA*/;
static const UniChar ch[] = {'.', 'W', ' ', 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xc3, 0xc7};
/* ., W, Space, Auml, Aacute, Acirc, Atilde, Ccedilla */
#define nCh (sizeof(ch) / sizeof(UniChar))
CGGlyph glyphs[nCh];
CGRect boundingRects[nCh];
fontPtr->font.fid = (Font) fontPtr;
faPtr = &fontPtr->font.fa;
if (reqFaPtr) {
*faPtr = *reqFaPtr;
} else {
TkInitFontAttributes(faPtr);
}
fontPtr->nsFont = nsFont;
// some don't like antialiasing on fixed-width even if bigger than limit
// dontAA = [nsFont isFixedPitch] && fontPtr->font.fa.size <= 10;
if (antialiasedTextEnabled >= 0/* || dontAA*/) {
renderingMode = (antialiasedTextEnabled == 0/* || dontAA*/) ?
NSFontIntegerAdvancementsRenderingMode :
NSFontAntialiasedRenderingMode;
}
nsFont = [nsFont screenFontWithRenderingMode:renderingMode];
GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
[NSNumber numberWithInt:faPtr->overstrike ?
NSUnderlineStyleSingle|NSUnderlinePatternSolid :
NSUnderlineStyleNone], NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName,
[NSNumber numberWithInt:fmPtr->fixed ? 0 : 1],
NSLigatureAttributeName,
[NSNumber numberWithDouble:kern], NSKernAttributeName, nil];
fontPtr->nsAttributes = [nsAttributes retain];
| | | 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 |
[NSNumber numberWithInt:faPtr->overstrike ?
NSUnderlineStyleSingle|NSUnderlinePatternSolid :
NSUnderlineStyleNone], NSStrikethroughStyleAttributeName,
[NSNumber numberWithInt:fmPtr->fixed ? 0 : 1],
NSLigatureAttributeName,
[NSNumber numberWithDouble:kern], NSKernAttributeName, nil];
fontPtr->nsAttributes = [nsAttributes retain];
#undef nCh
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateNamedSystemFont --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
430 431 432 433 434 435 436 | /* *------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpFontPkgInit -- * * This procedure is called when an application is created. It * initializes all the structures that are used by the | | | < | < < | < | 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 |
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpFontPkgInit --
*
* This procedure is called when an application is created. It
* initializes all the structures that are used by the
* platform-dependant code on a per application basis.
* Note that this is called before TkpInit() !
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Initialize named system fonts.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpFontPkgInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = mainPtr->interp;
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) mainPtr->winPtr;
const struct SystemFontMapEntry *systemFont = systemFontMap;
NSFont *nsFont;
TkFontAttributes fa;
NSMutableCharacterSet *cs;
/* Since we called before TkpInit, we need our own autorelease pool. */
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
/* force this for now */
if (!mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr) {
mainPtr->winPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr;
}
while (systemFont->systemName) {
nsFont = (NSFont*) CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(
HIThemeGetUIFontType(systemFont->id), 0, NULL);
if (nsFont) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
481 482 483 484 485 486 487 |
CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, systemFont->tkName1, &fa);
}
CFRelease(nsFont);
}
systemFont++;
}
TkInitFontAttributes(&fa);
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 |
CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, systemFont->tkName1, &fa);
}
CFRelease(nsFont);
}
systemFont++;
}
TkInitFontAttributes(&fa);
nsFont = (NSFont*) CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(fixedPitch, 11, NULL);
if (nsFont) {
GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, &fa);
CFRelease(nsFont);
} else {
fa.family = Tk_GetUid("Monaco");
fa.size = 11;
fa.weight = TK_FW_NORMAL;
fa.slant = TK_FS_ROMAN;
}
CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, "TkFixedFont", &fa);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
526 527 528 529 530 531 532 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpGetNativeFont -- * * Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont. * * Results: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetNativeFont --
*
* Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the
* native font. If a native font by the given name could not be
* found, the return value is NULL.
*
* Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even
* if the name has already been seen before. The caller should call
* TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed.
*
* The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated
* with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing
* the contents of the generics TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkFont *
TkpGetNativeFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */
{
MacFont *fontPtr = NULL;
ThemeFontID themeFontId;
CTFontRef ctFont;
if (strcmp(name, SYSTEMFONT_NAME) == 0) {
themeFontId = kThemeSystemFont;
} else if (strcmp(name, APPLFONT_NAME) == 0) {
themeFontId = kThemeApplicationFont;
} else if (strcmp(name, MENUITEMFONT_NAME) == 0) {
themeFontId = kThemeMenuItemFont;
} else {
return NULL;
}
ctFont = CTFontCreateUIFontForLanguage(HIThemeGetUIFontType(
themeFontId), 0, NULL);
if (ctFont) {
fontPtr = (MacFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacFont));
InitFont((NSFont*) ctFont, NULL, fontPtr);
}
return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetFontFromAttributes --
*
* Given a desired set of attributes for a font, find a font with the
* closest matching attributes.
*
* Results:
* The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font
* with the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes
* could not be constructed, some other font will be substituted
* automatically.
*
* Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even
* if the specified attributes have already been seen before. The
* caller should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific
* data when the font is no longer needed.
*
* The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated
* with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing
* the contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont().
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkFont *
TkpGetFontFromAttributes(
TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this
* existing TkFont structure, rather than
* allocating a new structure to hold the
* font; the existing contents of the font
* will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
* structure is allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
const TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
MacFont *fontPtr;
int points = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, faPtr->size);
NSFontTraitMask traits = GetNSFontTraitsFromTkFontAttributes(faPtr);
NSInteger weight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_BOLD ? 9 : 5);
NSFont *nsFont;
nsFont = FindNSFont(faPtr->family, traits, weight, points, 0);
if (!nsFont) {
char *const *aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faPtr->family);
while (aliases && !nsFont) {
nsFont = FindNSFont(*aliases++, traits, weight, points, 0);
}
}
if (!nsFont) {
nsFont = FindNSFont(faPtr->family, traits, weight, points, 1);
}
if (!nsFont) {
Tcl_Panic("Could not determine NSFont from TkFontAttributes");
}
if (tkFontPtr == NULL) {
fontPtr = (MacFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacFont));
} else {
fontPtr = (MacFont *) tkFontPtr;
TkpDeleteFont(tkFontPtr);
}
CFRetain(nsFont); /* Always needed to allow unconditional CFRelease below */
InitFont(nsFont, faPtr, fontPtr);
return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDeleteFont --
*
* Called to release a font allocated by TkpGetNativeFont() or
* TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already
* released the fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the
* generic TkFont code.
*
* Results:
* TkFont is deallocated.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
679 680 681 682 683 684 685 | } /* *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpGetFontFamilies -- * | | | | | | | | | 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 |
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetFontFamilies --
*
* Return information about the font families that are available on
* the display of the given window.
*
* Results:
* Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available
* font families.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontFamilies(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp to hold result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* For display to query. */
{
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
NSArray *list = [[NSFontManager sharedFontManager] availableFontFamilies];
for (NSString *family in list) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj([family UTF8String], -1));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetSubFonts --
*
* A function used by the testing package for querying the actual
* screen fonts that make up a font object.
*
* Results:
* Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names
* of the screen fonts that make up the given font object.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
754 755 756 757 758 759 760 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar -- * | | | | | | | 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetFontAttrsForChar --
*
* Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a
* given character.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The font attributes are stored in *faPtr.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
Tcl_UniChar c, /* Character of interest */
TkFontAttributes* faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */
{
MacFont *fontPtr = (MacFont *) tkfont;
NSFont *nsFont = fontPtr->nsFont;
*faPtr = fontPtr->font.fa;
if (nsFont && ![[nsFont coveredCharacterSet] characterIsMember:c]) {
UTF16Char ch = c;
nsFont = [nsFont bestMatchingFontForCharacters:&ch
length:1 attributes:nil actualCoveredLength:NULL];
if (nsFont) {
GetTkFontAttributesForNSFont(nsFont, faPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
857 858 859 860 861 862 863 | * that TkpDrawCharsInContext() will be used to actually display the * characters. * * This one is almost the same as Tk_MeasureChars(), but with access to * all the characters on the line for context. * * Results: | | | | > | 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 | * that TkpDrawCharsInContext() will be used to actually display the * characters. * * This one is almost the same as Tk_MeasureChars(), but with access to * all the characters on the line for context. * * Results: * The return value is the number of bytes from source that * fit into the span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is * filled with the x-coordinate of the right edge of the last * character that did fit. * * Side effects: * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
885 886 887 888 889 890 891 |
* character that would cross this x-position.
* If < 0, then line length is unbounded and
* the flags argument is ignored. */
int flags, /* Various flag bits OR-ed together:
* TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
* which only partially fits on this line.
* TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
| | | | | | | 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 |
* character that would cross this x-position.
* If < 0, then line length is unbounded and
* the flags argument is ignored. */
int flags, /* Various flag bits OR-ed together:
* TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char
* which only partially fits on this line.
* TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word
* boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE
* means return at least one character even
* if no characters fit. If TK_WHOLE_WORDS
* and TK_AT_LEAST_ONE are set and the first
* word doesn't fit, we return at least one
* character or whatever characters fit into
* maxLength. TK_ISOLATE_END means that the
* last character should not be considered in
* context with the rest of the string (used
* for breaking lines). */
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 |
if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0 ||
rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes ||
(maxLength == 0 && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE))) {
*lengthPtr = 0;
return 0;
}
if (maxLength > 32767) {
maxLength = 32767;
}
| > > > > > > > > > | > | 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 |
if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0 ||
rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes ||
(maxLength == 0 && !(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE))) {
*lengthPtr = 0;
return 0;
}
#if 0
/* Back-compatibility with ATSUI renderer, appears not to be needed */
if (rangeStart == 0 && maxLength == 1 && (flags & TK_ISOLATE_END) &&
!(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
length = 0;
fit = 0;
goto done;
}
#endif
if (maxLength > 32767) {
maxLength = 32767;
}
string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
if (!string) {
length = 0;
fit = rangeLength;
goto done;
}
attributedString = [[NSAttributedString alloc] initWithString:string
attributes:fontPtr->nsAttributes];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
947 948 949 950 951 952 953 |
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
} else {
double maxWidth = maxLength + offset;
NSCharacterSet *cs;
| < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | < | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 |
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
} else {
double maxWidth = maxLength + offset;
NSCharacterSet *cs;
index = start;
if (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) {
index = CTTypesetterSuggestLineBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
flags &= ~TK_WHOLE_WORDS;
}
}
if (index <= start && !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
index = CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak(typesetter, start, maxWidth);
}
cs = (index < len || (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) ?
whitespaceCharacterSet : lineendingCharacterSet;
while (index > start &&
[cs characterIsMember:[string characterAtIndex:(index - 1)]]) {
index--;
}
if (index <= start && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
index = start + 1;
}
if (index > 0) {
range.length = index;
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
} else {
width = 0;
}
if (width < maxWidth && (flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && index < len) {
range.length = ++index;
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
}
/* The call to CTTypesetterSuggestClusterBreak above will always
return at least one character regardless of whether it exceeded
it or not. Clean that up now. */
while (width > maxWidth && !(flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && index > start+(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE)) {
range.length = --index;
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, range);
width = CTLineGetTypographicBounds(line, NULL, NULL, NULL);
CFRelease(line);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 |
"flags='%s%s%s%s' -> width=%d bytesFit=%d\n", source, rangeLength,
source+rangeStart, maxLength,
flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK ? "partialOk " : "",
flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS ? "wholeWords " : "",
flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE ? "atLeastOne " : "",
flags & TK_ISOLATE_END ? "isolateEnd " : "",
length, fit);
#endif
*lengthPtr = length;
return fit;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DrawChars --
*
* Draw a string of characters on the screen.
*
* With ATSUI we need the line context to do this right, so we have the
| > | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
"flags='%s%s%s%s' -> width=%d bytesFit=%d\n", source, rangeLength,
source+rangeStart, maxLength,
flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK ? "partialOk " : "",
flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS ? "wholeWords " : "",
flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE ? "atLeastOne " : "",
flags & TK_ISOLATE_END ? "isolateEnd " : "",
length, fit);
//if (!(rangeLength==1 && rangeStart == 0)) fprintf(stderr, " measure len=%d (max=%d, w=%.0f) from %d (nb=%d): source=\"%s\": index=%d return %d\n",rangeLength,maxLength,width,rangeStart,numBytes, source+rangeStart, index, fit);
#endif
*lengthPtr = length;
return fit;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DrawChars --
*
* Draw a string of characters on the screen.
*
* With ATSUI we need the line context to do this right, so we have the
* actual implementation in TkpDrawCharsInContext().
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Information gets drawn on the screen.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_DrawChars(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
* be the same as font used in GC. */
const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* string when drawing. */
{
DrawCharsInContext(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source, numBytes,
0, numBytes, x, y, 0.0);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawCharsInContext --
*
* Draw a string of characters on the screen like Tk_DrawChars(), with
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 |
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
* be the same as font used in GC. */
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
| | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > < | > | | | | | | | < < > | < | < < < < < < < | | | < > > < > | 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 |
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
* be the same as font used in GC. */
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
{
DrawCharsInContext(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source, numBytes,
rangeStart, rangeLength, x, y, 0.0);
}
static void
DrawCharsInContext(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; must
* be the same as font used in GC. */
const char * source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
int x, int y, /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
double angle)
{
const MacFont *fontPtr = (const MacFont *) tkfont;
NSString *string;
NSMutableDictionary *attributes;
NSAttributedString *attributedString;
CTTypesetterRef typesetter;
CFIndex start, len;
CTLineRef line;
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext drawingContext;
CGContextRef context;
CGColorRef fg;
NSFont *nsFont;
CGAffineTransform t;
int h;
if (rangeStart < 0 || rangeLength <= 0 ||
rangeStart + rangeLength > numBytes ||
!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(drawable, gc, 1, &drawingContext)) {
return;
}
string = [[NSString alloc] initWithBytesNoCopy:(void*)source
length:numBytes encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding freeWhenDone:NO];
if (!string) {
return;
}
context = drawingContext.context;
fg = TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(gc, gc->foreground);
attributes = [fontPtr->nsAttributes mutableCopy];
[attributes setObject:(id)fg forKey:(id)kCTForegroundColorAttributeName];
CFRelease(fg);
nsFont = [attributes objectForKey:NSFontAttributeName];
[nsFont setInContext:[NSGraphicsContext graphicsContextWithGraphicsPort:
context flipped:NO]];
CGContextSetTextMatrix(context, CGAffineTransformIdentity);
attributedString = [[NSAttributedString alloc] initWithString:string
attributes:attributes];
typesetter = CTTypesetterCreateWithAttributedString(
(CFAttributedStringRef)attributedString);
x += macWin->xOff;
y += macWin->yOff;
h = drawingContext.portBounds.size.height;
y = h - y;
t = CGAffineTransformMake(1.0, 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, 0.0, h);
if (angle != 0.0) {
t = CGAffineTransformTranslate(CGAffineTransformRotate(
CGAffineTransformTranslate(t, x, y), angle*M_PI/180.0), -x, -y);
}
CGContextConcatCTM(context, t);
CGContextSetTextPosition(context, x, y);
start = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart);
len = Tcl_NumUtfChars(source, rangeStart + rangeLength);
if (start > 0) {
CGRect clipRect = CGRectInfinite, startBounds;
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, CFRangeMake(0, start));
startBounds = CTLineGetImageBounds(line, context);
CFRelease(line);
clipRect.origin.x = startBounds.origin.x + startBounds.size.width;
CGContextClipToRect(context, clipRect);
}
line = CTTypesetterCreateLine(typesetter, CFRangeMake(0, len));
CTLineDraw(line, context);
CFRelease(line);
CFRelease(typesetter);
[attributedString release];
[string release];
[attributes release];
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&drawingContext);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing( | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXIsCharacterMissing(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font we are looking in. */
unsigned int searchChar) /* The character we are looking for. */
{
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText --
*
* Enables or disables application-wide use of antialiased text (where
* available). Sets up a linked Tcl global variable to allow
* disabling of antialiased text from tcl.
* The possible values for this variable are:
*
* -1 - Use system default as configurable in "System Prefs" -> "General".
* 0 - Unconditionally disable antialiasing.
* 1 - Unconditionally enable antialiasing.
*
* Results:
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXFont.h.
1 2 3 | /* * tkMacOSXFont.h -- * | | < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | /* * tkMacOSXFont.h -- * * Contains the Macintosh implementation of the platform-independant * font package interface. * * Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef TKMACOSXFONT_H #define TKMACOSXFONT_H 1 #include "tkFont.h" #ifndef _TKMACINT #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" #endif #endif /*TKMACOSXFONT_H*/ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c.
1 2 3 | /* * tkMacOSXHLEvents.c -- * | | > | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* * tkMacOSXHLEvents.c -- * * Implements high level event support for the Macintosh. Currently, the * only event that really does anything is the Quit event. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright (c) 2015 Marc Culler * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include <sys/param.h> |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
typedef struct KillEvent {
Tcl_Event header; /* Information that is standard for all
* events. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interp that was passed to the Quit
* AppleEvent */
} KillEvent;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | < | | | > | | | | > | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | > > | | | | | < | < | > < | | | | | | < | | | | < | < | < < | > > > | | > | | < | > | < < | | < | < < > | | | | | < < | < < | < < < > | > | > > > > > | > > > > > | < < < > | > > | | > > | > > | > | > | < < < < < < < < < | > | | < | < < < | | < < | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > | | < < < < < > > > > > > | < < < | < > > | | > > > | | > > > > | > > > > > > > | | > | < > | < < | < > > > | > | | > > > | > > | | < | | | 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
typedef struct KillEvent {
Tcl_Event header; /* Information that is standard for all
* events. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interp that was passed to the Quit
* AppleEvent */
} KillEvent;
/*
* Static functions used only in this file.
*/
static void tkMacOSXProcessFiles(NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
char* procedure);
static int MissedAnyParameters(const AppleEvent *theEvent);
static int ReallyKillMe(Tcl_Event *eventPtr, int flags);
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
@implementation TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender
{
[self handleQuitApplicationEvent:Nil withReplyEvent:Nil];
}
- (void) preferences: (id) sender
{
[self handleShowPreferencesEvent:Nil withReplyEvent:Nil];
}
- (void) handleQuitApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
KillEvent *eventPtr;
if (_eventInterp) {
/*
* Call the exit command from the event loop, since you are not
* supposed to call ExitToShell in an Apple Event Handler. We put this
* at the head of Tcl's event queue because this message usually comes
* when the Mac is shutting down, and we want to kill the shell as
* quickly as possible.
*/
eventPtr = (KillEvent*)ckalloc(sizeof(KillEvent));
eventPtr->header.proc = ReallyKillMe;
eventPtr->interp = _eventInterp;
Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *) eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD);
}
}
- (void) handleOpenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = _eventInterp;
if (interp &&
Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenApplication", NULL, 0)){
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenApplication",
-1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(_eventInterp);
}
}
}
- (void) handleReopenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
ProcessSerialNumber thePSN = {0, kCurrentProcess};
SetFrontProcess(&thePSN);
#else
[[NSApplication sharedApplication] activateIgnoringOtherApps: YES];
#endif
if (_eventInterp && Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp,
"::tk::mac::ReopenApplication", NULL, 0)) {
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ReopenApplication",
-1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK){
Tcl_BackgroundError(_eventInterp);
}
}
}
- (void) handleShowPreferencesEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
if (_eventInterp &&
Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ShowPreferences", NULL, 0)){
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ShowPreferences",
-1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(_eventInterp);
}
}
}
- (void) handleOpenDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
tkMacOSXProcessFiles(event, replyEvent, _eventInterp, "::tk::mac::OpenDocument");
}
- (void) handlePrintDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
tkMacOSXProcessFiles(event, replyEvent, _eventInterp, "::tk::mac::PrintDocument");
}
- (void) handleDoScriptEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent
{
OSStatus err;
const AEDesc *theDesc = nil;
DescType type = 0, initialType = 0;
Size actual;
int tclErr = -1;
char URLBuffer[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH];
char errString[128];
char typeString[5];
/*
* The DoScript event receives one parameter that should be text data or a
* fileURL.
*/
theDesc = [event aeDesc];
if (theDesc == nil) {
return;
}
err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeWildCard, &initialType,
NULL, 0, NULL);
if (err != noErr) {
sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: GetParamDesc error %d", (int)err);
AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar,
errString, strlen(errString));
return;
}
if (MissedAnyParameters((AppleEvent*)theDesc)) {
sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: extra parameters");
AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar,
errString, strlen(errString));
return;
}
if (initialType == typeFileURL || initialType == typeAlias) {
/*
* The descriptor can be coerced to a file url. Source the file, or
* pass the path as a string argument to ::tk::mac::DoScriptFile if
* that procedure exists.
*/
err = AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeFileURL, &type,
(Ptr) URLBuffer, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual);
if (err == noErr && actual > 0){
URLBuffer[actual] = '\0';
NSString *urlString = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLBuffer];
NSURL *fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:urlString];
Tcl_DString command;
Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::DoScriptFile", NULL, 0)){
Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "::tk::mac::DoScriptFile", -1);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "source", -1);
}
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, [[fileURL path] UTF8String]);
tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}
} else if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text, &type,
NULL, 0, &actual)) {
if (actual > 0) {
/*
* The descriptor can be coerced to UTF8 text. Evaluate as Tcl, or
* or pass the text as a string argument to ::tk::mac::DoScriptText
* if that procedure exists.
*/
char *data = ckalloc(actual + 1);
if (noErr == AEGetParamPtr(theDesc, keyDirectObject, typeUTF8Text, &type,
data, actual, NULL)) {
if (Tcl_FindCommand(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::DoScriptText", NULL, 0)){
Tcl_DString command;
Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, "::tk::mac::DoScriptText", -1);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, data);
tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
} else {
tclErr = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, data, actual, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}
}
ckfree(data);
}
} else {
/*
* The descriptor can not be coerced to a fileURL or UTF8 text.
*/
for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
typeString[i] = ((char*)&initialType)[3-i];
}
typeString[4] = '\0';
sprintf(errString, "AEDoScriptHandler: invalid script type '%s', "
"must be coercable to 'furl' or 'utf8'", typeString);
AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar, errString,
strlen(errString));
}
/*
* If we ran some Tcl code, put the result in the reply.
*/
if (tclErr >= 0) {
int reslen;
const char *result =
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(_eventInterp), &reslen);
if (tclErr == TCL_OK) {
AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyDirectObject, typeChar,
result, reslen);
} else {
AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorString, typeChar,
result, reslen);
AEPutParamPtr((AppleEvent*)[replyEvent aeDesc], keyErrorNumber, typeSInt32,
(Ptr) &tclErr,sizeof(int));
}
}
return;
}
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXProcessFiles --
*
* Extract a list of fileURLs from an AppleEvent and call the specified
* procedure with the file paths as arguments.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The event is handled by running the procedure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
tkMacOSXProcessFiles(
NSAppleEventDescriptor* event,
NSAppleEventDescriptor* replyEvent,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
char* procedure)
{
Tcl_Encoding utf8 = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
const AEDesc *fileSpecDesc = nil;
AEDesc contents;
char URLString[1 + URL_MAX_LENGTH];
NSURL *fileURL;
DescType type;
Size actual;
long count, index;
AEKeyword keyword;
Tcl_DString command, pathName;
int code;
/*
* Do nothing if we don't have an interpreter or the procedure doesn't exist.
*/
if (!interp || !Tcl_FindCommand(interp, procedure, NULL, 0)) {
return;
}
fileSpecDesc = [event aeDesc];
if (fileSpecDesc == nil ) {
return;
}
/*
* The AppleEvent's descriptor should either contain a value of
* typeObjectSpecifier or typeAEList. In the first case, the descriptor
* can be treated as a list of size 1 containing a value which can be
* coerced into a fileURL. In the second case we want to work with the list
* itself. Values in the list will be coerced into fileURL's if possible;
* otherwise they will be ignored.
*/
/* Get a copy of the AppleEvent's descriptor. */
AEGetParamDesc(fileSpecDesc, keyDirectObject, typeWildCard, &contents);
if (contents.descriptorType == typeAEList) {
fileSpecDesc = &contents;
}
if (AECountItems(fileSpecDesc, &count) != noErr) {
AEDisposeDesc(&contents);
return;
}
/*
* Construct a Tcl command which calls the procedure, passing the
* paths contained in the AppleEvent as arguments.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&command);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&command, procedure, -1);
for (index = 1; index <= count; index++) {
if (noErr != AEGetNthPtr(fileSpecDesc, index, typeFileURL, &keyword,
&type, (Ptr) URLString, URL_MAX_LENGTH, &actual)) {
continue;
}
if (type != typeFileURL) {
continue;
}
URLString[actual] = '\0';
fileURL = [NSURL URLWithString:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char*)URLString]];
if (fileURL == nil) {
continue;
}
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(utf8, [[fileURL path] UTF8String], -1, &pathName);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&command, Tcl_DStringValue(&pathName));
Tcl_DStringFree(&pathName);
}
AEDisposeDesc(&contents);
/*
* Handle the event by evaluating the Tcl expression we constructed.
*/
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&command),
Tcl_DStringLength(&command), TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&command);
return;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
478 479 480 481 482 483 484 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents( | | | 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* not used */
{
NSAppleEventManager *aeManager = [NSAppleEventManager sharedAppleEventManager];
static Boolean initialized = FALSE;
if (!initialized) {
initialized = TRUE;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
507 508 509 510 511 512 513 | forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEShowPreferences]; [aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp andSelector:@selector(handleOpenDocumentsEvent:withReplyEvent:) forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEOpenDocuments]; [aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp | | < < < < < | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 |
forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEShowPreferences];
[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
andSelector:@selector(handleOpenDocumentsEvent:withReplyEvent:)
forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEOpenDocuments];
[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
andSelector:@selector(handleOpenDocumentsEvent:withReplyEvent:)
forEventClass:kCoreEventClass andEventID:kAEPrintDocuments];
[aeManager setEventHandler:NSApp
andSelector:@selector(handleDoScriptEvent:withReplyEvent:)
forEventClass:kAEMiscStandards andEventID:kAEDoScript];
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXDoHLEvent --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
573 574 575 576 577 578 579 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * ReallyKillMe -- * | | | < | > | | < < | < < < | | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ReallyKillMe --
*
* This proc tries to kill the shell by running exit, called from an
* event scheduled by the "Quit" AppleEvent handler.
*
* Results:
* Runs the "exit" command which might kill the shell.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ReallyKillMe(
Tcl_Event *eventPtr,
int flags)
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = ((KillEvent *) eventPtr)->interp;
Tcl_CmdInfo dummy;
int quit = Tcl_GetCommandInfo(interp, "::tk::mac::Quit", &dummy);
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, quit ? "::tk::mac::Quit" : "exit", -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
/*
* Should be never reached...
*/
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
return 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
637 638 639 640 641 642 643 | Size actualSize; OSStatus err; err = AEGetAttributePtr(theEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, typeWildCard, &returnedType, NULL, 0, &actualSize); return (err != errAEDescNotFound); | | | 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 | Size actualSize; OSStatus err; err = AEGetAttributePtr(theEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, typeWildCard, &returnedType, NULL, 0, &actualSize); return (err != errAEDescNotFound); } /* * Local Variables: * mode: objc * c-basic-offset: 4 * fill-column: 79 * coding: utf-8 * End: */ |
Deleted macosx/tkMacOSXImage.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkMacOSXInit.c -- * * This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization * functions. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> | < > > > > > < > | | | > > > > | > | > > > | > > > > > > > > | | > > | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | < < | | > > > > > | > > > | | | < < < > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
/*
* tkMacOSXInit.c --
*
* This file contains Mac OS X -specific interpreter initialization
* functions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tclInt.h" /* for Tcl_GetStartupScript() & Tcl_SetStartupScript() */
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/utsname.h>
#include <dlfcn.h>
#include <objc/objc-auto.h>
static char tkLibPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";
/*
* If the App is in an App package, then we want to add the Scripts directory
* to the auto_path.
*/
static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = "";
long tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = 0;
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKInit)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#define NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification @"NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification"
static void keyboardChanged(CFNotificationCenterRef center, void *observer, CFStringRef name, const void *object, CFDictionaryRef userInfo) {
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] postNotificationName:NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification object:nil userInfo:nil];
}
#endif
@interface TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
- (void)keyboardChanged:(NSNotification *)notification;
@end
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate <NSApplicationDelegate>
#else
#define TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
#endif
@interface TKApplication(TKWindowEvent) TKApplication_NSApplicationDelegate
- (void)_setupWindowNotifications;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKMenus)
- (void)_setupMenus;
@end
@implementation TKApplication
@synthesize poolProtected = _poolProtected;
@end
@implementation TKApplication(TKInit)
- (void) _resetAutoreleasePool
{
if(![self poolProtected]) {
[_mainPool drain];
_mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
}
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void)_postedNotification:(NSNotification *)notification {
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}
#endif
- (void)_setupApplicationNotifications {
NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
#define observe(n, s) [nc addObserver:self selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil]
observe(NSApplicationDidBecomeActiveNotification, applicationActivate:);
observe(NSApplicationDidResignActiveNotification, applicationDeactivate:);
observe(NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
observe(NSApplicationDidHideNotification, applicationShowHide:);
observe(NSApplicationDidChangeScreenParametersNotification, displayChanged:);
observe(NSTextInputContextKeyboardSelectionDidChangeNotification, keyboardChanged:);
#undef observe
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
CFNotificationCenterAddObserver(CFNotificationCenterGetDistributedCenter(), NULL, &keyboardChanged, kTISNotifySelectedKeyboardInputSourceChanged, NULL, CFNotificationSuspensionBehaviorCoalesce);
#endif
}
- (void)_setupEventLoop {
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
[self finishLaunching];
[self setWindowsNeedUpdate:YES];
[pool drain];
}
- (void)_setup:(Tcl_Interp *)interp {
_eventInterp = interp;
_mainPool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
[NSApp setPoolProtected:NO];
_defaultMainMenu = nil;
[self _setupMenus];
[self setDelegate:self];
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
[[NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter] addObserver:self
selector:@selector(_postedNotification:) name:nil object:nil];
#endif
[self _setupWindowNotifications];
[self _setupApplicationNotifications];
}
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image {
NSString *path = nil;
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
path = [[NSBundle bundleWithPath:[[NSString stringWithUTF8String:
tkLibPath] stringByAppendingString:@"/../.."]]
pathForImageResource:image];
}
if (!path) {
const char *tk_library = Tcl_GetVar2(_eventInterp, "tk_library", NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (tk_library) {
NSFileManager *fm = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
path = [[NSString stringWithUTF8String:tk_library]
stringByAppendingFormat:@"/%@", image];
if (![fm isReadableFileAtPath:path]) {
path = [[NSString stringWithUTF8String:tk_library]
stringByAppendingFormat:@"/../macosx/%@", image];
if (![fm isReadableFileAtPath:path]) {
path = nil;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 | @end #pragma mark - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpInit -- * * Performs Mac-specific interpreter initialization related to the * tk_library variable. * * Results: * Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in * the interp's result. * * Side effects: * Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > > > > | | < | | | > | > > > > > > > > > | > < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < > > | > | > | | | | | | | < < < < < | | > > | > > > < > | < > | < > > > > > | < > | | | | < < > | > > < | < | < | > > | < < < < > | | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < > | > > > > | | | | > | < > > > | > > > | < < < < > > | < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | > > > | < | < < < | < > | < < < | | | < < > | | < < | 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 |
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DoWindowActivate --
*
* Idle handler that sets the application icon to the generic Tk icon.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SetApplicationIcon(
ClientData clientData)
{
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
NSString *path = [NSApp tkFrameworkImagePath:@"Tk.icns"];
if (path) {
NSImage *image = [[NSImage alloc] initWithContentsOfFile:path];
if (image) {
[NSApp setApplicationIconImage:image];
[image release];
}
}
[pool drain];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpInit --
*
* Performs Mac-specific interpreter initialization related to the
* tk_library variable.
*
* Results:
* Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in
* the interp's result.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
static int initialized = 0;
/*
* Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times and we
* don't want to do the following initialization multiple times we protect
* against doing it more than once.
*/
if (!initialized) {
int bundledExecutable = 0;
CFBundleRef bundleRef;
CFURLRef bundleUrl = NULL;
struct utsname name;
struct stat st;
initialized = 1;
/*
* Initialize/check OS version variable for runtime checks.
*/
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
# error Mac OS X 10.5 required
#endif
if (!uname(&name)) {
tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = (strtod(name.release, NULL) + 96) * 10;
}
/*Check for new versioning scheme on Yosemite (10.10) and later.*/
if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 100000) {
tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion = MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED/100;
}
if (tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion && MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 100000 &&
tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion/10 < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED/10) {
Tcl_Panic("Mac OS X 10.%d or later required !",
(MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED/10)-100);
}
#ifdef TK_FRAMEWORK
/*
* When Tk is in a framework, force tcl_findLibrary to look in the
* framework scripts directory.
* FIXME: Should we come up with a more generic way of doing this?
*/
if (Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
tkLibPath) != TCL_OK) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources failed");
}
#endif
{
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
[[NSUserDefaults standardUserDefaults] registerDefaults:
[NSDictionary dictionaryWithObjectsAndKeys:
[NSNumber numberWithBool:YES],
@"_NSCanWrapButtonTitles",
[NSNumber numberWithInt:-1],
@"NSStringDrawingTypesetterBehavior",
nil]];
[TKApplication sharedApplication];
[pool drain];
[NSApp _setup:interp];
}
/* Check whether we are a bundled executable: */
bundleRef = CFBundleGetMainBundle();
if (bundleRef) {
bundleUrl = CFBundleCopyBundleURL(bundleRef);
}
if (bundleUrl) {
/*
* A bundled executable is two levels down from its main bundle
* directory (e.g. Wish.app/Contents/MacOS/Wish), whereas an
* unbundled executable's main bundle directory is just the
* directory containing the executable. So to check whether we are
* bundled, we delete the last three path components of the
* executable's url and compare the resulting url with the main
* bundle url.
*/
int j = 3;
CFURLRef url = CFBundleCopyExecutableURL(bundleRef);
while (url && j--) {
CFURLRef parent =
CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL, url);
CFRelease(url);
url = parent;
}
if (url) {
bundledExecutable = CFEqual(bundleUrl, url);
CFRelease(url);
}
CFRelease(bundleUrl);
}
if (!bundledExecutable) {
/*
* If we are loaded into an executable that is not a bundled
* application, the window server does not let us come to the
* foreground. For such an executable, notify the window server
* that we are now a full GUI application.
*/
OSStatus err = procNotFound;
ProcessSerialNumber psn = { 0, kCurrentProcess };
err = ChkErr(TransformProcessType, &psn,
kProcessTransformToForegroundApplication);
/*
* Set application icon to generic Tk icon, do it at idle time
* instead of now to ensure tk_library is setup.
*/
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetApplicationIcon, NULL);
}
{
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
[NSApp _setupEventLoop];
TkMacOSXInitAppleEvents(interp);
TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(interp, -1);
TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(interp, TRUE, 0);
[pool drain];
}
/*
* FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we will
* fight with gdb for stdin & stdout
*/
if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) {
close(0);
close(1);
}
/*
* If we don't have a TTY and stdin is a special character file of
* length 0, (e.g. /dev/null, which is what Finder sets when double
* clicking Wish) then use the Tk based console interpreter.
*/
if (getenv("TK_CONSOLE") ||
(!isatty(0) && (fstat(0, &st) ||
(S_ISCHR(st.st_mode) && st.st_blocks == 0)))) {
Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp);
Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN));
Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT));
Tcl_RegisterChannel(interp, Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR));
/*
* Only show the console if we don't have a startup script
* and tcl_interactive hasn't been set already.
*/
if (Tcl_GetStartupScript(NULL) == NULL) {
const char *intvar = Tcl_GetVar(interp,
"tcl_interactive", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (intvar == NULL) {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_interactive", "1",
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
}
if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
}
Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier();
if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tk_library", tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
if (scriptPath[0] != '\0') {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "auto_path", scriptPath,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LIST_ELEMENT|TCL_APPEND_VALUE);
}
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::standardAboutPanel",
TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "::tk::mac::iconBitmap",
TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
void
TkpGetAppName(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
{
const char *p, *name;
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
void
TkpGetAppName(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
{
const char *p, *name;
name = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "argv0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if ((name == NULL) || (*name == 0)) {
name = "tk";
} else {
p = strrchr(name, '/');
if (p != NULL) {
name = p+1;
}
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(namePtr, name, -1);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDisplayWarning --
*
* This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning messages that
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
713 714 715 716 717 718 719 |
CFURLRef appMainURL = CFBundleCopyResourceURL(bundleRef,
CFSTR("AppMain"), CFSTR("tcl"), CFSTR("Scripts"));
if (appMainURL != NULL) {
CFURLRef scriptFldrURL;
char startupScript[PATH_MAX + 1];
| | | 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 |
CFURLRef appMainURL = CFBundleCopyResourceURL(bundleRef,
CFSTR("AppMain"), CFSTR("tcl"), CFSTR("Scripts"));
if (appMainURL != NULL) {
CFURLRef scriptFldrURL;
char startupScript[PATH_MAX + 1];
if (CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation (appMainURL, true,
(unsigned char *) startupScript, PATH_MAX)) {
Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(startupScript,-1), NULL);
scriptFldrURL = CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL,
appMainURL);
if (scriptFldrURL != NULL) {
CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation(scriptFldrURL, true,
(unsigned char *) scriptPath, PATH_MAX);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
750 751 752 753 754 755 756 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ MODULE_SCOPE void* TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol( | | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void*
TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(
const char* module,
const char* symbol)
{
void *addr = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, symbol);
if (!addr) {
(void) dlerror(); /* Clear dlfcn error state */
}
return addr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetStringObjFromCFString --
*
* Get a string object from a CFString as efficiently as possible.
*
* Results:
* New string object or NULL if conversion failed.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj*
TkMacOSXGetStringObjFromCFString(
CFStringRef str)
{
Tcl_Obj *obj = NULL;
const char *c = CFStringGetCStringPtr(str, kCFStringEncodingUTF8);
if (c) {
obj = Tcl_NewStringObj(c, -1);
} else {
CFRange all = CFRangeMake(0, CFStringGetLength(str));
CFIndex len;
if (CFStringGetBytes(str, all, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, 0, false, NULL,
0, &len) > 0 && len < INT_MAX) {
obj = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_SetObjLength(obj, len);
CFStringGetBytes(str, all, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, 0, false,
(UInt8*) obj->bytes, len, NULL);
}
}
return obj;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXInt.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
HIShapeRef visRgn; /* Visible region of window */
HIShapeRef aboveVisRgn; /* Visible region of window & its children */
HIShapeRef drawRgn; /* Clipped drawing region */
int referenceCount; /* Don't delete toplevel until children are
* gone. */
struct TkWindowPrivate *toplevel;
/* Pointer to the toplevel datastruct. */
| < > | | | < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
HIShapeRef visRgn; /* Visible region of window */
HIShapeRef aboveVisRgn; /* Visible region of window & its children */
HIShapeRef drawRgn; /* Clipped drawing region */
int referenceCount; /* Don't delete toplevel until children are
* gone. */
struct TkWindowPrivate *toplevel;
/* Pointer to the toplevel datastruct. */
int flags; /* Various state see defines below. */
};
typedef struct TkWindowPrivate MacDrawable;
/*
* Defines use for the flags field of the MacDrawable data structure.
*/
#define TK_SCROLLBAR_GROW 0x01
#define TK_CLIP_INVALID 0x02
#define TK_HOST_EXISTS 0x04
#define TK_DRAWN_UNDER_MENU 0x08
#define TK_FOCUSED_VIEW 0x10
#define TK_IS_PIXMAP 0x20
#define TK_IS_BW_PIXMAP 0x40
#define TK_DO_NOT_DRAW 0x80
/*
* I am reserving TK_EMBEDDED = 0x100 in the MacDrawable flags
* This is defined in tk.h. We need to duplicate the TK_EMBEDDED flag in the
* TkWindow structure for the window, but in the MacWin. This way we can
* still tell what the correct port is after the TKWindow structure has been
* freed. This actually happens when you bind destroy of a toplevel to
* Destroy of a child.
*/
/*
* This structure is for handling Netscape-type in process
* embedding where Tk does not control the top-level. It contains
* various functions that are needed by Mac specific routines, like
* TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort. The definitions of the function types
* are in tkMacOSX.h.
*/
typedef struct {
Tk_MacOSXEmbedRegisterWinProc *registerWinProc;
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetGrafPortProc *getPortProc;
Tk_MacOSXEmbedMakeContainerExistProc *containerExistProc;
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetClipProc *getClipProc;
Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc;
} TkMacOSXEmbedHandler;
MODULE_SCOPE TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *tkMacOSXEmbedHandler;
/*
* GC CGColorRef cache for tkMacOSXColor.c
*/
typedef struct {
unsigned long cachedForeground;
CGColorRef cachedForegroundColor;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
158 159 160 161 162 163 164 | #define TK_LOCATION_CHANGED 1 #define TK_SIZE_CHANGED 2 #define TK_BOTH_CHANGED 3 #define TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY 1024 /* | | > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 | #define TK_LOCATION_CHANGED 1 #define TK_SIZE_CHANGED 2 #define TK_BOTH_CHANGED 3 #define TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY 1024 /* * Defines for tkTextDisp.c */ #define TK_LAYOUT_WITH_BASE_CHUNKS 1 #define TK_DRAW_IN_CONTEXT 1 /* * Prototypes of internal procs not in the stubs table. */ MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript(void); #if 0 MODULE_SCOPE int XSetClipRectangles(Display *d, GC gc, int clip_x_origin, int clip_y_origin, XRectangle* rectangles, int n, int ordering); #endif MODULE_SCOPE void TkpClipDrawableToRect(Display *display, Drawable d, int x, int y, int width, int height); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpRetainRegion(TkRegion r); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpReleaseRegion(TkRegion r); MODULE_SCOPE void TkpShiftButton(NSButton *button, NSPoint delta); /* * Include the stubbed internal platform-specific API. */ #include "tkIntPlatDecls.h" #endif /* _TKMACINT */ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c -- * * This file implements functions that decode & handle keyboard events on * MacOS X. * * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright (c) 2012 Adrian Robert. | | < | < < < < < < | > > > | > | > > > | > | | | | < < | | < < | < | | | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | < | | < < < | < | < < < < | < < < < | < | < < < < | < | | < < < < | < | < < | < < | | > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < | < < < | < | | < < | | < | | < < < < < | | > > | < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | < < < < | < < | | < | < | | < < < < < | < < | < > < < | < < < < | > | < < < | < < < | < < < < < | < | < < < < < | | < < < < | | > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | < < | | | < < < < < < | < < | | > > | > | | < < | | < | > | | < | | < < < < > < | | < < | | | | | | | | | > | > | | < | | > > > > | < | > > > > > > | | < | < < | | < | | | > | < | < | | > | < | | < < < | < | | < | < | | < < < < < | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | > | < | < | < < | < < | < < < | < | < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < | > | > < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
/*
* tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c --
*
* This file implements functions that decode & handle keyboard events on
* MacOS X.
*
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright (c) 2012 Adrian Robert.
* Copyright 2015 Marc Culler.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_KEYBOARD
#endif
*/
#define NS_KEYLOG 0
static Tk_Window grabWinPtr = NULL;
/* Current grab window, NULL if no grab. */
static Tk_Window keyboardGrabWinPtr = NULL;
/* Current keyboard grab window. */
static NSWindow *keyboardGrabNSWindow = nil;
/* NSWindow for the current keyboard grab window. */
static NSModalSession modalSession = nil;
static BOOL processingCompose = NO;
static BOOL finishedCompose = NO;
static int caret_x = 0, caret_y = 0, caret_height = 0;
static void setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state);
static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned int code);
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)
@implementation TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)
- (NSEvent *) tkProcessKeyEvent: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent);
#endif
NSWindow* w;
NSEventType type = [theEvent type];
NSUInteger modifiers, len = 0;
BOOL repeat = NO;
unsigned short keyCode;
NSString *characters = nil, *charactersIgnoringModifiers = nil;
static NSUInteger savedModifiers = 0;
static NSMutableArray *nsEvArray;
if (nsEvArray == nil)
{
nsEvArray = [[NSMutableArray alloc] initWithCapacity: 1];
processingCompose = NO;
}
switch (type) {
case NSKeyUp:
if (finishedCompose)
{
// if we were composing, swallow the last release since we already sent
finishedCompose = NO;
return theEvent;
}
case NSKeyDown:
repeat = [theEvent isARepeat];
characters = [theEvent characters];
charactersIgnoringModifiers = [theEvent charactersIgnoringModifiers];
len = [charactersIgnoringModifiers length];
case NSFlagsChanged:
modifiers = [theEvent modifierFlags];
keyCode = [theEvent keyCode];
// w = [self windowWithWindowNumber:[theEvent windowNumber]];
w = [theEvent window];
#if defined(TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS) || NS_KEYLOG == 1
NSLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] r=%d mods=%u '%@' '%@' code=%u c=%d %@ %d", [self class], self, _cmd, repeat, modifiers, characters, charactersIgnoringModifiers, keyCode,([charactersIgnoringModifiers length] == 0) ? 0 : [charactersIgnoringModifiers characterAtIndex: 0], w, type);
#endif
break;
default:
return theEvent; /* Unrecognized key event. */
}
/* Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue. */
if (!processingCompose) {
unsigned int state = 0;
if (modifiers & NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
state |= LockMask;
}
if (modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask) {
state |= ShiftMask;
}
if (modifiers & NSControlKeyMask) {
state |= ControlMask;
}
if (modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) {
state |= Mod1Mask; /* command key */
}
if (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) {
state |= Mod2Mask; /* option key */
}
if (modifiers & NSNumericPadKeyMask) {
state |= Mod3Mask;
}
if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
state |= Mod4Mask;
}
/*
* The focus must be in the FrontWindow on the Macintosh. We then query Tk
* to determine the exact Tk window that owns the focus.
*/
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
if (!tkwin) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL");
return theEvent;
}
tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
if (!tkwin) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("tkwin == NULL");
return theEvent; /* Give up. No window for this event. */
}
/*
* If it's a function key, or we have modifiers other than Shift or Alt,
* pass it straight to Tk. Otherwise we'll send for input processing.
*/
int code = (len == 0) ?
0 : [charactersIgnoringModifiers characterAtIndex: 0];
if (type != NSKeyDown || isFunctionKey(code)
|| (len > 0 && state & (ControlMask | Mod1Mask | Mod3Mask | Mod4Mask))) {
XEvent xEvent;
setupXEvent(&xEvent, w, state);
if (type == NSFlagsChanged) {
if (savedModifiers > modifiers) {
xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
} else {
xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
}
/*
* Use special '-1' to signify a special keycode to our platform
* specific code in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c. This is rather like what
* happens on Windows.
*/
xEvent.xany.send_event = -1;
/*
* Set keycode (which was zero) to the changed modifier
*/
xEvent.xkey.keycode = (modifiers ^ savedModifiers);
} else {
if (type == NSKeyUp || repeat) {
xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
} else {
xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
}
/* For command key, take input manager's word so things
like dvorak / qwerty layout work. */
if ((modifiers & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask
&& (modifiers & NSAlternateKeyMask) != NSAlternateKeyMask
&& len > 0 && !isFunctionKey(code)) {
// head off keycode-based translation in tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
xEvent.xkey.nbytes = [characters length]; //len
}
if ([characters length] > 0) {
xEvent.xkey.keycode =
(keyCode << 16) | (UInt16) [characters characterAtIndex:0];
if (![characters getCString:xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
maxLength:XMaxTransChars encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]) {
/* prevent SF bug 2907388 (crash on some composite chars) */
//PENDING: we might not need this anymore
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("characters too long");
return theEvent;
}
}
if (repeat) {
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
}
}
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
savedModifiers = modifiers;
return theEvent;
} /* if send straight to TK */
} /* if not processing compose */
if (type == NSKeyDown) {
if (NS_KEYLOG)
fprintf (stderr, "keyDown: %s compose sequence.\n",
processingCompose == YES ? "Continue" : "Begin");
processingCompose = YES;
[nsEvArray addObject: theEvent];
[[w contentView] interpretKeyEvents: nsEvArray];
[nsEvArray removeObject: theEvent];
}
savedModifiers = modifiers;
return theEvent;
}
@end
@implementation TKContentView
/* <NSTextInput> implementation (called through interpretKeyEvents:]). */
/* <NSTextInput>: called when done composing;
NOTE: also called when we delete over working text, followed immed.
by doCommandBySelector: deleteBackward: */
- (void)insertText: (id)aString
{
int i, len = [(NSString *)aString length];
XEvent xEvent;
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
if (NS_KEYLOG)
NSLog (@"insertText '%@'\tlen = %d", aString, len);
processingCompose = NO;
finishedCompose = YES;
/* first, clear any working text */
if (privateWorkingText != nil)
[self deleteWorkingText];
/* now insert the string as keystrokes */
setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
for (i =0; i<len; i++)
{
xEvent.xkey.keycode = (UInt16) [aString characterAtIndex: i];
[[aString substringWithRange: NSMakeRange(i,1)]
getCString: xEvent.xkey.trans_chars
maxLength: XMaxTransChars encoding: NSUTF8StringEncoding];
xEvent.xkey.nbytes = strlen(xEvent.xkey.trans_chars);
xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
xEvent.xany.type = KeyRelease;
xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
}
}
/* <NSTextInput>: inserts display of composing characters */
- (void)setMarkedText: (id)aString selectedRange: (NSRange)selRange
{
NSString *str = [aString respondsToSelector: @selector (string)] ?
[aString string] : aString;
if (NS_KEYLOG)
NSLog (@"setMarkedText '%@' len =%lu range %lu from %lu", str,
(unsigned long) [str length], (unsigned long) selRange.length,
(unsigned long) selRange.location);
if (privateWorkingText != nil)
[self deleteWorkingText];
if ([str length] == 0)
return;
processingCompose = YES;
privateWorkingText = [str copy];
//PENDING: insert workingText underlined
}
- (BOOL)hasMarkedText
{
return privateWorkingText != nil;
}
- (NSRange)markedRange
{
NSRange rng = privateWorkingText != nil
? NSMakeRange (0, [privateWorkingText length]) : NSMakeRange (NSNotFound, 0);
if (NS_KEYLOG)
NSLog (@"markedRange request");
return rng;
}
- (void)unmarkText
{
if (NS_KEYLOG)
NSLog (@"unmark (accept) text");
[self deleteWorkingText];
processingCompose = NO;
}
/* used to position char selection windows, etc. */
- (NSRect)firstRectForCharacterRange: (NSRange)theRange
{
NSRect rect;
NSPoint pt;
pt.x = caret_x;
pt.y = caret_y;
pt = [self convertPoint: pt toView: nil];
pt = [[self window] convertPointToScreen: pt];
pt.y -= caret_height;
rect.origin = pt;
rect.size.width = caret_height;
rect.size.height = caret_height;
return rect;
}
- (NSInteger)conversationIdentifier
{
return (NSInteger)self;
}
- (void)doCommandBySelector: (SEL)aSelector
{
if (NS_KEYLOG)
NSLog (@"doCommandBySelector: %@", NSStringFromSelector (aSelector));
processingCompose = NO;
if (aSelector == @selector (deleteBackward:))
{
/* happens when user backspaces over an ongoing composition:
throw a 'delete' into the event queue */
XEvent xEvent;
setupXEvent(&xEvent, [self window], 0);
xEvent.xany.type = KeyPress;
xEvent.xkey.nbytes = 1;
xEvent.xkey.keycode = (0x33 << 16) | 0x7F;
xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[0] = 0x7F;
xEvent.xkey.trans_chars[1] = 0x0;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
}
- (NSArray *)validAttributesForMarkedText
{
static NSArray *arr = nil;
if (arr == nil) arr = [NSArray new];
/* [[NSArray arrayWithObject: NSUnderlineStyleAttributeName] retain]; */
return arr;
}
- (NSRange)selectedRange
{
if (NS_KEYLOG)
NSLog (@"selectedRange request");
return NSMakeRange (NSNotFound, 0);
}
- (NSUInteger)characterIndexForPoint: (NSPoint)thePoint
{
if (NS_KEYLOG)
NSLog (@"characterIndexForPoint request");
return 0;
}
- (NSAttributedString *)attributedSubstringFromRange: (NSRange)theRange
{
static NSAttributedString *str = nil;
if (str == nil) str = [NSAttributedString new];
if (NS_KEYLOG)
NSLog (@"attributedSubstringFromRange request");
return str;
}
/* End <NSTextInput> impl. */
@end
@implementation TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
/* delete display of composing characters [not in <NSTextInput>] */
- (void)deleteWorkingText
{
if (privateWorkingText == nil)
return;
if (NS_KEYLOG)
NSLog(@"deleteWorkingText len = %lu\n",
(unsigned long)[privateWorkingText length]);
[privateWorkingText release];
privateWorkingText = nil;
processingCompose = NO;
//PENDING: delete working text
}
@end
/*
* Set up basic fields in xevent for keyboard input.
*/
static void
setupXEvent(XEvent *xEvent, NSWindow *w, unsigned int state)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
memset(xEvent, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
xEvent->xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
xEvent->xany.send_event = false;
xEvent->xany.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
xEvent->xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
xEvent->xkey.root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
xEvent->xkey.subwindow = None;
xEvent->xkey.time = TkpGetMS();
xEvent->xkey.state = state;
xEvent->xkey.same_screen = true;
xEvent->xkey.trans_chars[0] = 0;
xEvent->xkey.nbytes = 0;
}
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
690 691 692 693 694 695 696 |
Window grab_window,
Bool owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Time time)
{
keyboardGrabWinPtr = Tk_IdToWindow(display, grab_window);
| < < < < < < | | | | | 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 |
Window grab_window,
Bool owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Time time)
{
keyboardGrabWinPtr = Tk_IdToWindow(display, grab_window);
if (keyboardGrabWinPtr && grabWinPtr) {
NSWindow *w = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(grab_window);
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) grab_window;
if (w && macWin->toplevel->winPtr == (TkWindow*) grabWinPtr) {
if (modalSession) {
Tcl_Panic("XGrabKeyboard: already grabbed");
}
keyboardGrabNSWindow = w;
[w retain];
modalSession = [NSApp beginModalSessionForWindow:w];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
728 729 730 731 732 733 734 | * * Side effects: * Sets the keyboard focus back to the value before the grab. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
*
* Side effects:
* Sets the keyboard focus back to the value before the grab.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XUngrabKeyboard(
Display* display,
Time time)
{
if (modalSession) {
[NSApp endModalSession:modalSession];
modalSession = nil;
}
if (keyboardGrabNSWindow) {
[keyboardGrabNSWindow release];
keyboardGrabNSWindow = nil;
}
keyboardGrabWinPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetCapture --
*
* Results:
* Returns the current grab window
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
TkMacOSXGetCapture(void)
{
return grabWinPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetModalSession --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 |
{
return modalSession;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SetCaretPos --
*
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | < < < < | | < < < | < > | < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < > < > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 |
{
return modalSession;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpSetCapture --
*
* This function captures the mouse so that all future events will be
* reported to this window, even if the mouse is outside the window. If
* the specified window is NULL, then the mouse is released.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets the capture flag and captures the mouse.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpSetCapture(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Capture window, or NULL. */
{
while (winPtr && !Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
}
grabWinPtr = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SetCaretPos --
*
* This enables correct placement of the XIM caret. This is called by
* widgets to indicate their cursor placement, and the caret location is
* used by TkpGetString to place the XIM caret.
*
* Results:
* None
*
* Side effects:
* None
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_SetCaretPos(
Tk_Window tkwin,
int x,
int y,
int height)
{
TkCaret *caretPtr = &(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr->caret);
/*
* Prevent processing anything if the values haven't changed. Windows only
* has one display, so we can do this with statics.
*/
if ((caretPtr->winPtr == ((TkWindow *) tkwin))
&& (caretPtr->x == x) && (caretPtr->y == y)) {
return;
}
caretPtr->winPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin);
caretPtr->x = x;
caretPtr->y = y;
caretPtr->height = height;
/*
* As in Windows, adjust to the toplevel to get the coords right.
*/
while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
x += Tk_X(tkwin);
y += Tk_Y(tkwin);
tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
}
/* But adjust for fact that NS uses flipped view. */
y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - y;
caret_x = x;
caret_y = y;
caret_height = height;
}
static unsigned convert_ns_to_X_keysym[] =
{
NSHomeFunctionKey, 0x50,
NSLeftArrowFunctionKey, 0x51,
NSUpArrowFunctionKey, 0x52,
NSRightArrowFunctionKey, 0x53,
NSDownArrowFunctionKey, 0x54,
NSPageUpFunctionKey, 0x55,
NSPageDownFunctionKey, 0x56,
NSEndFunctionKey, 0x57,
NSBeginFunctionKey, 0x58,
NSSelectFunctionKey, 0x60,
NSPrintFunctionKey, 0x61,
NSExecuteFunctionKey, 0x62,
NSInsertFunctionKey, 0x63,
NSUndoFunctionKey, 0x65,
NSRedoFunctionKey, 0x66,
NSMenuFunctionKey, 0x67,
NSFindFunctionKey, 0x68,
NSHelpFunctionKey, 0x6A,
NSBreakFunctionKey, 0x6B,
NSF1FunctionKey, 0xBE,
NSF2FunctionKey, 0xBF,
NSF3FunctionKey, 0xC0,
NSF4FunctionKey, 0xC1,
NSF5FunctionKey, 0xC2,
NSF6FunctionKey, 0xC3,
NSF7FunctionKey, 0xC4,
NSF8FunctionKey, 0xC5,
NSF9FunctionKey, 0xC6,
NSF10FunctionKey, 0xC7,
NSF11FunctionKey, 0xC8,
NSF12FunctionKey, 0xC9,
NSF13FunctionKey, 0xCA,
NSF14FunctionKey, 0xCB,
NSF15FunctionKey, 0xCC,
NSF16FunctionKey, 0xCD,
NSF17FunctionKey, 0xCE,
NSF18FunctionKey, 0xCF,
NSF19FunctionKey, 0xD0,
NSF20FunctionKey, 0xD1,
NSF21FunctionKey, 0xD2,
NSF22FunctionKey, 0xD3,
NSF23FunctionKey, 0xD4,
NSF24FunctionKey, 0xD5,
NSBackspaceCharacter, 0x08, /* 8: Not on some KBs. */
NSDeleteCharacter, 0xFF, /* 127: Big 'delete' key upper right. */
NSDeleteFunctionKey, 0x9F, /* 63272: Del forw key off main array. */
NSTabCharacter, 0x09,
0x19, 0x09, /* left tab->regular since pass shift */
NSCarriageReturnCharacter, 0x0D,
NSNewlineCharacter, 0x0D,
NSEnterCharacter, 0x8D,
0x1B, 0x1B /* escape */
};
static unsigned isFunctionKey(unsigned code)
{
const unsigned last_keysym = (sizeof (convert_ns_to_X_keysym)
/ sizeof (convert_ns_to_X_keysym[0]));
unsigned keysym;
for (keysym = 0; keysym < last_keysym; keysym += 2)
if (code == convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym])
return 0xFF00 | convert_ns_to_X_keysym[keysym+1];
return 0;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkMacOSXKeyboard.c -- * * Routines to support keyboard events on the Macintosh. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> | < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < > | | | > > > > > | | < < > | < < < < > > > < | > | < | < < | | < > | > > > | < > | | < < < | < < < < < < | | < < < > > > > > > | | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < > > > > > > | < < < < < | > > > | < < < < < < > > < < < < < < < < | < > > > > > > > > > | < | < < < > > > > > > | | | | < < | | < < | | | > | | < | < | > > > > | | < | < | | < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | | | < | | < < < | < > | > < | | > | > | | < < < < | < | > > > | > > > > > | < < < < | < < | < | | > | < < < > > | < | | > | < | < | < | | | < < < | | | > < > < | | | | | | > > | < > | | | < < | < | | | < | | < | > > | < < < > | > > > > > | > > > > > < | < | < > > | | | | > > > < < | | < < < | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < < < | < < < < < < | | < | | > > > > > > > | | < | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | < | < | | < > | > < | < < | < < | < | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < | | > | > < > > > > | < < < < > | | | < < < < < < < < < < > > | > | | | < < < < < < < | | | | < > | | > > | | > | > < | | | | < < | > | < | | | | | | | > > > > > | | | > | > > > | < > > > > > > | > | > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > | | | | | | > > > > > > > | > > | | | | | | | > | | | < < < < < > > > | | | | > > > > | > | | > | | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
/*
* tkMacOSXKeyboard.c --
*
* Routines to support keyboard events on the Macintosh.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
/*
* A couple of simple definitions to make code a bit more self-explaining.
*
* For the assignments of Mod1==meta==command and Mod2==alt==option, see also
* tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.
*/
#define LATIN1_MAX 255
#define MAC_KEYCODE_MAX 0x7F
#define MAC_KEYCODE_MASK 0x7F
#define COMMAND_MASK Mod1Mask
#define OPTION_MASK Mod2Mask
/*
* Tables enumerating the special keys defined on Mac keyboards. These are
* necessary for correct keysym mappings for all keys where the keysyms are
* not identical with their ASCII or Latin-1 code points.
*/
typedef struct {
int keycode; /* Macintosh keycode. */
KeySym keysym; /* X windows keysym. */
} KeyInfo;
/*
* Notes on keyArray:
*
* 0x34, XK_Return - Powerbooks use this and some keymaps define it.
*
* 0x4C, XK_Return - XFree86 and Apple's X11 call this one XK_KP_Enter.
*
* 0x47, XK_Clear - This key is NumLock when used on PCs, but Mac
* applications don't use it like that, nor does Apple's X11.
*
* All other keycodes are taken from the published ADB keyboard layouts.
*/
static KeyInfo keyArray[] = {
{0x24, XK_Return},
{0x30, XK_Tab},
{0x33, XK_BackSpace},
{0x34, XK_Return},
{0x35, XK_Escape},
{0x47, XK_Clear},
{0x4C, XK_KP_Enter},
{0x72, XK_Help},
{0x73, XK_Home},
{0x74, XK_Page_Up},
{0x75, XK_Delete},
{0x77, XK_End},
{0x79, XK_Page_Down},
{0x7B, XK_Left},
{0x7C, XK_Right},
{0x7D, XK_Down},
{0x7E, XK_Up},
{0, 0}
};
static KeyInfo virtualkeyArray[] = {
{122, XK_F1},
{120, XK_F2},
{99, XK_F3},
{118, XK_F4},
{96, XK_F5},
{97, XK_F6},
{98, XK_F7},
{100, XK_F8},
{101, XK_F9},
{109, XK_F10},
{103, XK_F11},
{111, XK_F12},
{105, XK_F13},
{107, XK_F14},
{113, XK_F15},
{0, 0}
};
static int initialized = 0;
static Tcl_HashTable keycodeTable; /* keyArray hashed by keycode value. */
static Tcl_HashTable vkeyTable; /* virtualkeyArray hashed by virtual
* keycode value. */
static int latin1Table[LATIN1_MAX+1]; /* Reverse mapping table for
* controls, ASCII and Latin-1. */
static int keyboardChanged = 1;
/*
* Prototypes for static functions used in this file.
*/
static void InitKeyMaps (void);
static void InitLatin1Table(Display *display);
static int XKeysymToMacKeycode(Display *display, KeySym keysym);
static int KeycodeToUnicode(UniChar * uniChars, int maxChars,
UInt16 keyaction, UInt32 keycode, UInt32 modifiers,
UInt32 * deadKeyStatePtr);
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
@implementation TKApplication(TKKeyboard)
- (void) keyboardChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
keyboardChanged = 1;
}
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InitKeyMaps --
*
* Creates hash tables used by some of the functions in this file.
*
* FIXME: As keycodes are defined to be in the limited range 0-127, it
* would be easier and more efficient to use directly initialized plain
* arrays and drop this function.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates memory & creates some hash tables.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
InitKeyMaps(void)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
KeyInfo *kPtr;
int dummy;
Tcl_InitHashTable(&keycodeTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&keycodeTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
&dummy);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->keysym);
}
Tcl_InitHashTable(&vkeyTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&vkeyTable, INT2PTR(kPtr->keycode),
&dummy);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, kPtr->keysym);
}
initialized = 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InitLatin1Table --
*
* Creates a simple table to be used for mapping from keysyms to keycodes.
* Always needs to be called before using latin1Table, because the
* keyboard layout may have changed, and than the table must be
* re-computed.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets the global latin1Table.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
InitLatin1Table(
Display *display)
{
int keycode;
KeySym keysym;
int state;
int modifiers;
memset(latin1Table, 0, sizeof(latin1Table));
/*
* In the common X11 implementations, a keymap has four columns
* "plain", "Shift", "Mode_switch" and "Mode_switch + Shift". We don't
* use "Mode_switch", but we use "Option" instead. (This is similar to
* Apple's X11 implementation, where "Mode_switch" is used as an alias
* for "Option".)
*
* So here we go through all 4 columns of the keymap and find all
* Latin-1 compatible keycodes. We go through the columns back-to-front
* from the more exotic columns to the more simple, so that simple
* keycode-modifier combinations are preferred in the resulting table.
*/
for (state = 3; state >= 0; state--) {
modifiers = 0;
if (state & 1) {
modifiers |= shiftKey;
}
if (state & 2) {
modifiers |= optionKey;
}
for (keycode = 0; keycode <= MAC_KEYCODE_MAX; keycode++) {
keysym = XKeycodeToKeysym(display,keycode<<16,state);
if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) {
latin1Table[keysym] = keycode | modifiers;
}
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* KeycodeToUnicode --
*
* Given MacOS key event data this function generates the Unicode
* characters. It does this using OS resources and APIs.
*
* The parameter deadKeyStatePtr can be NULL, if no deadkey handling is
* needed.
*
* This function is called from XKeycodeToKeysym() in tkMacOSKeyboard.c.
*
* Results:
* The number of characters generated if any, 0 if we are waiting for
* another byte of a dead-key sequence. Fills in the uniChars array with a
* Unicode string.
*
* Side Effects:
* None
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
KeycodeToUnicode(
UniChar *uniChars,
int maxChars,
UInt16 keyaction,
UInt32 keycode,
UInt32 modifiers,
UInt32 *deadKeyStatePtr)
{
static const void *uchr = NULL;
static UInt32 keyboardType = 0;
UniCharCount actuallength = 0;
if (keyboardChanged) {
TISInputSourceRef currentKeyboardLayout =
TISCopyCurrentKeyboardLayoutInputSource();
if (currentKeyboardLayout) {
CFDataRef keyLayoutData = (CFDataRef) TISGetInputSourceProperty(
currentKeyboardLayout, kTISPropertyUnicodeKeyLayoutData);
if (keyLayoutData) {
uchr = CFDataGetBytePtr(keyLayoutData);
keyboardType = LMGetKbdType();
}
CFRelease(currentKeyboardLayout);
}
keyboardChanged = 0;
}
if (uchr) {
OptionBits options = 0;
UInt32 dummyState;
OSStatus err;
keycode &= 0xFF;
modifiers = (modifiers >> 8) & 0xFF;
if (!deadKeyStatePtr) {
options = kUCKeyTranslateNoDeadKeysMask;
dummyState = 0;
deadKeyStatePtr = &dummyState;
}
err = ChkErr(UCKeyTranslate, uchr, keycode, keyaction, modifiers,
keyboardType, options, deadKeyStatePtr, maxChars,
&actuallength, uniChars);
if (!actuallength && *deadKeyStatePtr) {
/*
* More data later
*/
return 0;
}
*deadKeyStatePtr = 0;
if (err != noErr) {
actuallength = 0;
}
}
return actuallength;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XKeycodeToKeysym --
*
* Translate from a system-dependent keycode to a system-independent
* keysym.
*
* Results:
* Returns the translated keysym, or NoSymbol on failure.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeySym
XKeycodeToKeysym(
Display* display,
KeyCode keycode,
int index)
{
register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int newKeycode;
UniChar newChar;
(void) display; /*unused*/
if (!initialized) {
InitKeyMaps();
}
/*
* When determining what keysym to produce we first check to see if the key
* is a function key. We then check to see if the character is another
* non-printing key. Finally, we return the key syms for all ASCII and
* Latin-1 chars.
*/
newKeycode = keycode >> 16;
if ((keycode & 0xFFFF) >= 0xF700) { /* NSEvent.h function key unicodes */
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&vkeyTable, INT2PTR(newKeycode));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (KeySym) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&keycodeTable, INT2PTR(newKeycode));
if (hPtr != NULL) {
return (KeySym) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
* Add in the Mac modifier flags for shift and option.
*/
if (index & 1) {
newKeycode |= shiftKey;
}
if (index & 2) {
newKeycode |= optionKey;
}
newChar = 0;
KeycodeToUnicode(&newChar, 1, kUCKeyActionDown, newKeycode & 0x00FF,
newKeycode & 0xFF00, NULL);
/*
* X11 keysyms are identical to Unicode for ASCII and Latin-1. Give up for
* other characters for now.
*/
if ((newChar >= XK_space) && (newChar <= LATIN1_MAX)) {
return newChar;
}
return NoSymbol;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetString --
*
* Retrieve the string equivalent for the given keyboard event.
*
* Results:
* Returns the UTF string.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkpGetString(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred: Needed to get
* input context. */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* X keyboard event. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Uninitialized or empty string to hold
* result. */
{
(void) winPtr; /*unused*/
Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
return Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars, -1);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XGetModifierMapping --
*
* Fetch the current keycodes used as modifiers.
*
* Results:
* Returns a new modifier map.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates a new modifier map data structure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XModifierKeymap *
XGetModifierMapping(
Display *display)
{
XModifierKeymap *modmap;
(void) display; /*unused*/
/*
* MacOSX doesn't use the key codes for the modifiers for anything, and we
* don't generate them either. So there is no modifier map.
*/
modmap = (XModifierKeymap *) ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
modmap->max_keypermod = 0;
modmap->modifiermap = NULL;
return modmap;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFreeModifiermap --
*
* Deallocate a modifier map that was created by XGetModifierMapping.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Frees the datastructure referenced by modmap.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XFreeModifiermap(
XModifierKeymap *modmap)
{
if (modmap->modifiermap != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) modmap->modifiermap);
}
ckfree((char *) modmap);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XKeysymToString, XStringToKeysym --
*
* These X window functions map keysyms to strings & strings to keysyms.
* However, Tk already does this for the most common keysyms. Therefore,
* these functions only need to support keysyms that will be specific to
* the Macintosh. Currently, there are none.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
XKeysymToString(
KeySym keysym)
{
return NULL;
}
KeySym
XStringToKeysym(
const char* string)
{
return NoSymbol;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XKeysymToMacKeycode --
*
* An internal function like XKeysymToKeycode but only generating the Mac
* specific keycode plus the modifiers Shift and Option.
*
* Results:
* A Mac keycode with the actual keycode in the low byte and Mac-style
* modifier bits in the high byte.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
XKeysymToMacKeycode(
Display *display,
KeySym keysym)
{
KeyInfo *kPtr;
if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) {
/*
* Handle keysyms in the Latin-1 range where keysym and Unicode
* character code point are the same.
*/
if (keyboardChanged) {
InitLatin1Table(display);
keyboardChanged = 0;
}
return latin1Table[keysym];
}
/*
* Handle special keys from our exception tables. Don't mind if this is
* slow, neither the test suite nor [event generate] need to be optimized
* (we hope).
*/
for (kPtr = keyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
if (kPtr->keysym == keysym) {
return kPtr->keycode;
}
}
for (kPtr = virtualkeyArray; kPtr->keycode != 0; kPtr++) {
if (kPtr->keysym == keysym) {
return kPtr->keycode;
}
}
/*
* For other keysyms (not Latin-1 and not special keys), we'd need a
* generic keysym-to-unicode table. We don't have that, so we give up here.
*/
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XKeysymToKeycode --
*
* The function XKeysymToKeycode takes an X11 keysym and converts it into
* a Mac keycode. It is in the stubs table for compatibility but not used
* anywhere in the core.
*
* Results:
* A 32 bit keycode with the the mac keycode (without modifiers) in the
* higher 16 bits of the keycode and the ASCII or Latin-1 code in the
* lower 8 bits of the keycode.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeyCode
XKeysymToKeycode(
Display* display,
KeySym keysym)
{
int macKeycode = XKeysymToMacKeycode(display, keysym);
KeyCode result;
/*
* See also TkpSetKeycodeAndState. The 0x0010 magic is used in
* XKeycodeToKeysym. For special keys like XK_Return the lower 8 bits of
* the keysym are usually a related ASCII control code.
*/
if ((keysym >= XK_F1) && (keysym <= XK_F35)) {
result = 0x0010;
} else {
result = 0x00FF & keysym;
}
result |= (macKeycode & MAC_KEYCODE_MASK) << 16;
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpSetKeycodeAndState --
*
* The function TkpSetKeycodeAndState takes a keysym and fills in the
* appropriate members of an XEvent. It is similar to XKeysymToKeycode,
* but it also sets the modifier mask in the XEvent. It is used by [event
* generate] and it is in the stubs table.
*
* Results:
* Fills an XEvent, sets the member xkey.keycode with a keycode
* formatted the same as XKeysymToKeycode and the member xkey.state with
* the modifiers implied by the keysym. Also fills in xkey.trans_chars,
* so that the actual characters can be retrieved later.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
Tk_Window tkwin,
KeySym keysym,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;
} else {
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
int macKeycode = XKeysymToMacKeycode(display, keysym);
/*
* See also XKeysymToKeycode.
*/
if ((keysym >= XK_F1) && (keysym <= XK_F35)) {
eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x0010;
} else {
eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0x00FF & keysym;
}
eventPtr->xkey.keycode |= (macKeycode & MAC_KEYCODE_MASK) << 16;
if (shiftKey & macKeycode) {
eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
}
if (optionKey & macKeycode) {
eventPtr->xkey.state |= OPTION_MASK;
}
if (keysym <= LATIN1_MAX) {
int done = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(keysym, eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars);
eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars[done] = 0;
} else {
eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars[0] = 0;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetKeySym --
*
* Given an X KeyPress or KeyRelease event, map the keycode in the event
* into a keysym.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the keysym corresponding to eventPtr, or NoSymbol
* if no matching keysym could be found.
*
* Side effects:
* In the first call for a given display, keycode-to-keysym maps get
* loaded.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeySym
TkpGetKeySym(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display in which to map keycode. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Description of X event. */
{
KeySym sym;
int index;
/*
* Refresh the mapping information if it's stale.
*/
if (dispPtr->bindInfoStale) {
TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr);
}
/*
* Handle pure modifier keys specially. We use -1 as a signal for
* this.
*/
if (eventPtr->xany.send_event == -1) {
int modifier = eventPtr->xkey.keycode & NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask;
if (modifier == NSCommandKeyMask) {
return XK_Meta_L;
} else if (modifier == NSShiftKeyMask) {
return XK_Shift_L;
} else if (modifier == NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
return XK_Caps_Lock;
} else if (modifier == NSAlternateKeyMask) {
return XK_Alt_L;
} else if (modifier == NSControlKeyMask) {
return XK_Control_L;
} else if (modifier == NSNumericPadKeyMask) {
return XK_Num_Lock;
} else if (modifier == NSFunctionKeyMask) {
return XK_Super_L;
/*
} else if (modifier == rightShiftKey) {
return XK_Shift_R;
} else if (modifier == rightOptionKey) {
return XK_Alt_R;
} else if (modifier == rightControlKey) {
return XK_Control_R;
*/
} else {
/*
* If we get here, we probably need to implement something new.
*/
return NoSymbol;
}
}
/* If nbytes has been set, it's not a function key, but a regular key that
has been translated in tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c; just use that. */
if (eventPtr->xkey.nbytes) {
return eventPtr->xkey.keycode & 0xFFFF;
}
/*
* Figure out which of the four slots in the keymap vector to use for this
* key. Refer to Xlib documentation for more info on how this computation
* works. (Note: We use "Option" in keymap columns 2 and 3 where other
* implementations have "Mode_switch".)
*/
index = 0;
/*
* We want Option key combinations to use their base chars as keysyms, so
* we ignore the option modifier here.
*/
#if 0
if (eventPtr->xkey.state & OPTION_MASK) {
index |= 2;
}
#endif
if ((eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
|| (/* (dispPtr->lockUsage != LU_IGNORE)
&& */ (eventPtr->xkey.state & LockMask))) {
index |= 1;
}
/*
* First try of the actual translation.
*/
sym = XKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr->display, eventPtr->xkey.keycode, index);
/*
* Special handling: If the key was shifted because of Lock, but lock is
* only caps lock, not shift lock, and the shifted keysym isn't upper-case
* alphabetic, then switch back to the unshifted keysym.
*/
if ((index & 1) && !(eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
/*&& (dispPtr->lockUsage == LU_CAPS)*/ ) {
/*
* FIXME: Keysyms are only identical to Unicode for ASCII and Latin-1,
* so we can't use Tcl_UniCharIsUpper() for keysyms outside that range.
* This may be a serious problem here.
*/
if ((sym == NoSymbol) || (sym > LATIN1_MAX)
|| !Tcl_UniCharIsUpper(sym)) {
index &= ~1;
sym = XKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr->display, eventPtr->xkey.keycode,
index);
}
}
/*
* Another bit of special handling: If this is a shifted key and there is
* no keysym defined, then use the keysym for the unshifted key.
*/
if ((index & 1) && (sym == NoSymbol)) {
sym = XKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr->display, eventPtr->xkey.keycode,
index & ~1);
}
return sym;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpInitKeymapInfo --
*
* This procedure is invoked to scan keymap information to recompute stuff
* that's important for binding, such as the modifier key (if any) that
* corresponds to the "Mode_switch" keysym.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Keymap-related information in dispPtr is updated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpInitKeymapInfo(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display for which to recompute keymap
* information. */
{
dispPtr->bindInfoStale = 0;
/*
* Behaviours that are variable on X11 are defined constant on MacOSX.
* lockUsage is only used above in TkpGetKeySym(), nowhere else currently.
* There is no offical "Mode_switch" key.
*/
dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_CAPS;
dispPtr->modeModMask = 0;
#if 0
/*
* With this, <Alt> and <Meta> become synonyms for <Command> and <Option>
* in bindings like they are (and always have been) in the keysyms that
* are reported by KeyPress events. But the init scripts like text.tcl
* have some disabling bindings for <Meta>, so we don't want this without
* some changes in those scripts. See also bug #700311.
*/
dispPtr->altModMask = OPTION_MASK;
dispPtr->metaModMask = COMMAND_MASK;
#else
dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
#endif
/*
* MacOSX doesn't use the keycodes for the modifiers for anything, and we
* don't generate them either (the keycodes actually given in the simulated
* modifier events are bogus). So there is no modifier map. If we ever want
* to simulate real modifier keycodes, the list will be constant in the
* Carbon implementation.
*/
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
}
dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = 0;
dispPtr->modKeyCodes = NULL;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Deleted macosx/tkMacOSXKeysyms.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenu.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMenubutton.h" #include "tkMenu.h" #include "tkColor.h" #include "tkFont.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" | < | | | | | | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenubutton.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
#include "tkColor.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_MENUS
#endif
*/
#define ENTRY_HELP_MENU ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1
#define ENTRY_APPLE_MENU ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG2
#define ENTRY_WINDOWS_MENU ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG3
#define sl(s) ((int) (sizeof(s "") - 1))
#define SPECIALMENU(n, f) {.name = "." #n, .len = sl(#n) + 1, \
.flag = ENTRY_##f##_MENU }
static const struct {
const char *name; const size_t len; const int flag;
} specialMenus[] = {
SPECIALMENU(help, HELP),
SPECIALMENU(apple, APPLE),
SPECIALMENU(window, WINDOWS),
{NULL}
};
#undef SPECIALMENU
#define MODIFIER(n, f) {.name = #n, .len = sl(#n), .mask = f }
static const struct {
const char *name; const size_t len; const NSUInteger mask;
} modifiers[] = {
MODIFIER(Control, NSControlKeyMask),
MODIFIER(Ctrl, NSControlKeyMask),
MODIFIER(Option, NSAlternateKeyMask),
MODIFIER(Opt, NSAlternateKeyMask),
MODIFIER(Alt, NSAlternateKeyMask),
MODIFIER(Shift, NSShiftKeyMask),
MODIFIER(Command, NSCommandKeyMask),
MODIFIER(Cmd, NSCommandKeyMask),
MODIFIER(Meta, NSCommandKeyMask),
{NULL}
};
#undef MODIFIER
#define ACCEL(n, c) {.name = #n, .len = sl(#n), .ch = c }
static const struct {
const char *name; const size_t len; const UniChar ch;
} specialAccelerators[] = {
ACCEL(PageUp, NSPageUpFunctionKey),
ACCEL(PageDown, NSPageDownFunctionKey),
ACCEL(Left, NSLeftArrowFunctionKey),
ACCEL(Right, NSRightArrowFunctionKey),
ACCEL(Up, NSUpArrowFunctionKey),
ACCEL(Down, NSDownArrowFunctionKey),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 |
ACCEL(Delete, NSDeleteCharacter),
ACCEL(Home, NSHomeFunctionKey),
ACCEL(End, NSEndFunctionKey),
ACCEL(Return, NSCarriageReturnCharacter),
ACCEL(Help, NSHelpFunctionKey),
ACCEL(Power, 0x233d),
ACCEL(Eject, 0xf804),
| | > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 |
ACCEL(Delete, NSDeleteCharacter),
ACCEL(Home, NSHomeFunctionKey),
ACCEL(End, NSEndFunctionKey),
ACCEL(Return, NSCarriageReturnCharacter),
ACCEL(Help, NSHelpFunctionKey),
ACCEL(Power, 0x233d),
ACCEL(Eject, 0xf804),
{NULL}
};
#undef ACCEL
#undef sl
static int gNoTkMenus = 0; /* This is used by Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus as
* the flag that Tk is not to draw any
* menus. */
static int inPostMenu = 0;
static unsigned long defaultBg = 0, defaultFg = 0;
static SInt32 menuMarkColumnWidth = 0, menuIconTrailingEdgeMargin = 0;
static SInt32 menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin = 0, menuTextTrailingEdgeMargin = 0;
static SInt16 menuItemExtraHeight = 0, menuItemExtraWidth = 0;
static SInt16 menuSeparatorHeight = 0;
static void CheckForSpecialMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static NSString *ParseAccelerator(const char *accel, NSUInteger *maskPtr);
static int GenerateMenuSelectEvent(TKMenu *menu, NSMenuItem *menuItem);
static void MenuSelectEvent(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static void RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr);
static int ModifierCharWidth(Tk_Font tkfont);
#pragma mark TKMenu
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuPrivate)
- (id) initWithTkMenu: (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (TkMenu *) tkMenu;
- (int) tkIndexOfItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem;
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atTkIndex: (NSInteger) index;
@end
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate <NSMenuDelegate>
#else
#define TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
#endif
@interface TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate) TKMenu_NSMenuDelegate
@end
@implementation TKMenu
- (void) setSpecial: (NSUInteger) special
{
NSAssert(!_tkSpecial, @"Cannot change specialness of a special menu");
_tkSpecial = special;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
[super insertItem:newItem atIndex:index + _tkOffset];
_tkItemCount++;
}
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atIndex: (NSInteger) index
{
if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) {
| | | | | | > < | < < | | | | | < < | | < | | > > > > > > < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | < | | > | | > | < < < < < < < | > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > | 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 |
[super insertItem:newItem atIndex:index + _tkOffset];
_tkItemCount++;
}
- (void) insertItem: (NSMenuItem *) newItem atIndex: (NSInteger) index
{
if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) {
if ((NSUInteger)index <= _tkOffset) {
_tkOffset++;
} else {
NSAssert((NSUInteger)index >= _tkItemCount + _tkOffset,
@"Cannot insert in the middle of Tk menu");
}
}
[super insertItem:newItem atIndex:index];
}
- (void) removeItemAtIndex: (NSInteger) index
{
if (_tkMenu && index >= 0) {
if ((NSUInteger)index < _tkOffset) {
_tkOffset--;
} else if ((NSUInteger)index < _tkItemCount + _tkOffset) {
_tkItemCount--;
}
}
[super removeItemAtIndex:index];
}
- (NSMenuItem *) newTkMenuItem: (TkMenuEntry *) mePtr
{
NSMenuItem *menuItem = [[NSMenuItem alloc] initWithTitle:@""
action:@selector(tkMenuItemInvoke:) keyEquivalent:@""];
[menuItem setTarget:self];
[menuItem setTag:(NSInteger)mePtr];
return menuItem;
}
@end
@implementation TKMenu(TKMenuActions)
// target methods
- (BOOL) validateMenuItem: (NSMenuItem *) menuItem
{
return [menuItem isEnabled];
}
// Workaround for bug 3572016; leaves menu items enabled during modal dialog.
- (BOOL)worksWhenModal
{
return YES;
}
- (void) tkMenuItemInvoke: (id) sender
{
/*
* With the delegate matching key equivalents, when a menu action is sent
* in response to a key equivalent, sender is the whole menu and not the
* the specific menu item, use this to ignore key equivalents for our
* menus (as Tk handles them directly via bindings).
*/
if ([sender isKindOfClass:[NSMenuItem class]]) {
NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *)sender;
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *)_tkMenu;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *)[menuItem tag];
if (menuPtr && mePtr) {
Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp;
/*Add time for errors to fire if necessary. This is sub-optimal
*but avoids issues with Tcl/Cocoa event loop integration.
*/
Tcl_Sleep(100);
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
int result = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index);
if (result != TCL_OK && result != TCL_CONTINUE &&
result != TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu invoke)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release(menuPtr);
Tcl_Release(interp);
}
}
}
@end
@implementation TKMenu(TKMenuDelegate)
#define keyEquivModifiersMatch(km, m) (( \
((km) & NSCommandKeyMask) != ((m) & NSCommandKeyMask) || \
((km) & NSAlternateKeyMask) != ((m) & NSAlternateKeyMask) || \
((km) & NSControlKeyMask) != ((m) & NSControlKeyMask) || \
(((km) & NSShiftKeyMask) != ((m) & NSShiftKeyMask) && \
((m) & NSFunctionKeyMask))) ? NO : YES)
- (BOOL) menuHasKeyEquivalent: (NSMenu *) menu forEvent: (NSEvent *) event
target: (id *) target action: (SEL *) action
{
/*Use lowercaseString to keep "shift" from firing twice if bound to different procedure.*/
NSString *key = [[event charactersIgnoringModifiers] lowercaseString];
NSUInteger modifiers = [event modifierFlags] &
NSDeviceIndependentModifierFlagsMask;
if (modifiers == (NSCommandKeyMask | NSShiftKeyMask) &&
[key compare:@"?"] == NSOrderedSame) {
return NO;
}
// For command key, take input manager's word so things
// like dvorak / qwerty layout work.
if (([event modifierFlags] & NSCommandKeyMask) == NSCommandKeyMask) {
key = [event characters];
}
NSArray *itemArray = [self itemArray];
for (NSMenuItem *item in itemArray) {
if ([item isEnabled] && [[item keyEquivalent] compare:key] ==
NSOrderedSame) {
NSUInteger keyEquivModifiers = [item keyEquivalentModifierMask];
if (keyEquivModifiersMatch(keyEquivModifiers, modifiers)) {
*target = [item target];
*action = [item action];
return YES;
}
}
}
return NO;
}
- (void) menuWillOpen: (NSMenu *) menu
{
if (_tkMenu) {
//RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(_tkMenu);
GenerateMenuSelectEvent((TKMenu *)[self supermenu],
[self itemInSupermenu]);
}
}
- (void) menuDidClose: (NSMenu *) menu
{
if (_tkMenu) {
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(_tkMenu);
}
}
- (void) menu: (NSMenu *) menu willHighlightItem: (NSMenuItem *) item
{
if (_tkMenu) {
GenerateMenuSelectEvent(self, item);
}
}
- (void) menuNeedsUpdate: (NSMenu *) menu
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) _tkMenu;
if (menuPtr) {
Tcl_Interp *interp = menuPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr);
int result = TkPostCommand(_tkMenu);
if (result!=TCL_OK && result!=TCL_CONTINUE && result!=TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu preprocess)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release(menuPtr);
Tcl_Release(interp);
}
}
@end
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMenu)
@interface NSApplication(TKMenu)
- (void) setAppleMenu: (NSMenu *) menu;
@end
@implementation TKApplication(TKMenu)
- (void) menuBeginTracking: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
//TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive();
//TkMacOSXPreprocessMenu();
}
- (void) menuEndTracking: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
if (!inPostMenu) {
TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive();
}
}
- (void) tkSetMainMenu: (TKMenu *) menu
{
if (gNoTkMenus) {
return;
}
TKMenu *applicationMenu = nil;
if (menu) {
NSMenuItem *applicationMenuItem = [menu numberOfItems] ?
[menu itemAtIndex:0] : nil;
if (![menu isSpecial:tkMainMenu]) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
684 685 686 687 688 689 690 |
NSImage *image = nil;
NSString *keyEquivalent = @"";
NSUInteger modifierMask = NSCommandKeyMask;
NSMenu *submenu = nil;
NSDictionary *attributes;
int imageWidth, imageHeight;
GC gc = (mePtr->textGC ? mePtr->textGC : mePtr->menuPtr->textGC);
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 |
NSImage *image = nil;
NSString *keyEquivalent = @"";
NSUInteger modifierMask = NSCommandKeyMask;
NSMenu *submenu = nil;
NSDictionary *attributes;
int imageWidth, imageHeight;
GC gc = (mePtr->textGC ? mePtr->textGC : mePtr->menuPtr->textGC);
Tcl_Obj *fontPtr = (mePtr->fontPtr ? mePtr->fontPtr :
mePtr->menuPtr->fontPtr);
if (mePtr->image) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
image = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(mePtr->menuPtr->display,
mePtr->image, imageWidth, imageHeight);
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != None) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin,
mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(mePtr->menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth,
&imageHeight);
image = TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(mePtr->menuPtr->display, bitmap,
gc, imageWidth, imageHeight);
}
[menuItem setImage:image];
if ((!image || mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && mePtr->labelPtr &&
mePtr->labelLength) {
title = [[[NSString alloc] initWithBytes:Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr)
length:mePtr->labelLength encoding:NSUTF8StringEncoding]
autorelease];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
735 736 737 738 739 740 741 |
attributes = TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(Tk_GetFontFromObj(
mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, fontPtr));
if (gc->foreground != defaultFg || gc->background != defaultBg) {
NSColor *color = TkMacOSXGetNSColor(gc,
gc->foreground!=defaultFg? gc->foreground:gc->background);
attributes = [[attributes mutableCopy] autorelease];
| | | 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 |
attributes = TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(Tk_GetFontFromObj(
mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, fontPtr));
if (gc->foreground != defaultFg || gc->background != defaultBg) {
NSColor *color = TkMacOSXGetNSColor(gc,
gc->foreground!=defaultFg? gc->foreground:gc->background);
attributes = [[attributes mutableCopy] autorelease];
[(NSMutableDictionary *)attributes setObject:color
forKey:NSForegroundColorAttributeName];
}
if (attributes) {
attributedTitle = [[[NSAttributedString alloc]
initWithString:title attributes:attributes] autorelease];
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
775 776 777 778 779 780 781 |
*/
submenu = nil;
} else {
[submenu setTitle:title];
if ([menuItem isEnabled]) {
| < < | | | < < | | < | | < < | | < < | < < | | | > | 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
*/
submenu = nil;
} else {
[submenu setTitle:title];
if ([menuItem isEnabled]) {
/* This menuItem might have been previously disabled (XXX:
track this), which would have disabled entries; we must
re-enable the entries here. */
int i = 0;
NSArray *itemArray = [submenu itemArray];
for (NSMenuItem *item in itemArray) {
TkMenuEntry *submePtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->entries[i];
/* Work around an apparent bug where itemArray can have
more items than the menu's entries[] array. */
if (i >= menuRefPtr->menuPtr->numEntries) break;
[item setEnabled: !(submePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)];
i++;
}
}
}
}
}
[menuItem setSubmenu:submenu];
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
850 851 852 853 854 855 856 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpPostMenu -- * | | < < < | | | | | | | | > | < | < | | | | < < < < < < | | | < | | | < > > > > > > < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpPostMenu --
*
* Posts a menu on the screen
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The menu is posted and handled.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpPostMenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter this menu lives in */
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are posting */
int x, /* The global x-coordinate of the top, left-
* hand corner of where the menu is supposed
* to be posted. */
int y) /* The global y-coordinate */
{
/* Get the object that holds this Tk Window.*/
Tk_Window root;
root = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
if (root == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Drawable d = Tk_WindowId(root);
NSView *rootview = TkMacOSXGetRootControl(d);
NSWindow *win = [rootview window];
inPostMenu = 1;
int oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_NONE);
NSView *view = [win contentView];
NSRect frame = NSMakeRect(x + 9, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y - 9, 1, 1);
frame.origin = [view convertPoint:
[win convertPointFromScreen:frame.origin] fromView:nil];
NSMenu *menu = (NSMenu *) menuPtr->platformData;
NSPopUpButtonCell *popUpButtonCell = [[NSPopUpButtonCell alloc]
initTextCell:@"" pullsDown:NO];
[popUpButtonCell setAltersStateOfSelectedItem:NO];
[popUpButtonCell setMenu:menu];
[popUpButtonCell selectItem:nil];
[popUpButtonCell performClickWithFrame:frame inView:view];
[popUpButtonCell release];
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
inPostMenu = 0;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpSetWindowMenuBar --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpSetMainMenubar -- * | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpSetMainMenubar --
*
* Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should only
* be called when the window is in front.
*
* This is a no-op on all other platforms. On OS X it is a no-op when
* passed a NULL menuName or a nonexistent menuName, with an exception
* for the first call in a new interpreter. In that special case, passing a
* NULL menuName installs the default menu.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The menubar may be changed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpSetMainMenubar(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter of the application */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The frame we are setting up */
char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to put in front.*/
{
static Tcl_Interp *currentInterp = NULL;
TKMenu *menu = nil;
if (menuName) {
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr &&
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr &&
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin &&
!strcmp(menuName, Tk_PathName(
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin))) {
menu = (TKMenu *) winPtr->wmInfoPtr->menuPtr->platformData;
} else {
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp,
menuName);
if (menuRefPtr && menuRefPtr->menuPtr &&
menuRefPtr->menuPtr->platformData) {
menu = (TKMenu *) menuRefPtr->menuPtr->platformData;
}
}
}
if (menu || interp != currentInterp) {
[NSApp tkSetMainMenu:menu];
}
currentInterp = interp;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CheckForSpecialMenu --
*
* Given a menu, check to see whether or not it is a cascade in a menubar
* with one of the special names .apple, .help or .window If it is, the
* entry that points to this menu will be marked.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Will set entryFlags appropriately.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
CheckForSpecialMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu we are checking */
{
if (!menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin) {
return;
}
for (TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
if (cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR
&& cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin) {
TkMenu *masterMenuPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
int i = 0;
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(masterMenuPtr->tkwin), -1);
while (specialMenus[i].name) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, specialMenus[i].name,
specialMenus[i].len);
if (strcmp(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags |= specialMenus[i].flag;
} else {
cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~specialMenus[i].flag;
}
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) -
specialMenus[i].len);
i++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 |
unichar ch = 0;
size_t len;
int i;
*maskPtr = 0;
while (1) {
i = 0;
| | | | | | | 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 |
unichar ch = 0;
size_t len;
int i;
*maskPtr = 0;
while (1) {
i = 0;
while (modifiers[i].name) {
int l = modifiers[i].len;
if (!strncasecmp(accel, modifiers[i].name, l) &&
(accel[l] == '-' || accel[l] == '+')) {
*maskPtr |= modifiers[i].mask;
accel += l+1;
break;
}
i++;
}
if (!modifiers[i].name || !*accel) {
break;
}
}
len = strlen(accel);
if (len > 1) {
i = 0;
if (accel[0] == 'F' && len < 4 && accel[1] > '0' && accel[1] <= '9') {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
| < | | < < < < | < | | | | | | < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | > > | > < < < > | | | | | < < > > | > > > > > > > > > > | > > > < | 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont;
Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr;
int modifierCharWidth, menuModifierCharWidth;
int x, y, modifierWidth, labelWidth, indicatorSpace;
int windowWidth, windowHeight, accelWidth;
int i, j, lastColumnBreak, maxWidth;
int entryWidth, maxIndicatorSpace, borderWidth, activeBorderWidth;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, *columnEntryPtr;
int haveAccel = 0;
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
&activeBorderWidth);
x = y = borderWidth;
windowHeight = maxWidth = lastColumnBreak = 0;
maxIndicatorSpace = 0;
/*
* On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so we
* want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them and pass
* them down to all of the measuring and drawing routines. We will measure
* the font metrics of the menu once. If an entry does not have its own
* font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font
* and metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font
* and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
*/
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
menuModifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(menuFont);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY || mePtr->accelLength > 0) {
haveAccel = 1;
break;
}
}
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
tkfont = menuFont;
fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
modifierCharWidth = menuModifierCharWidth;
} else {
tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
modifierCharWidth = ModifierCharWidth(tkfont);
}
if ((i > 0) && mePtr->columnBreak) {
if (maxIndicatorSpace != 0) {
maxIndicatorSpace += 2;
}
for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < i; j++) {
columnEntryPtr = menuPtr->entries[j];
columnEntryPtr->indicatorSpace = maxIndicatorSpace;
columnEntryPtr->width = maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth
+ 2 * activeBorderWidth;
columnEntryPtr->x = x;
columnEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
}
x += maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth + 2 * borderWidth;
maxWidth = maxIndicatorSpace = 0;
lastColumnBreak = i;
y = borderWidth;
}
accelWidth = modifierWidth = indicatorSpace = 0;
if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY || mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
mePtr->height = menuSeparatorHeight;
} else {
/*
* For each entry, compute the height required by that particular
* entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to
* allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label
* (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to
* the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course,
* on the type of the entry.
*/
NSMenuItem *menuItem = (NSMenuItem *) mePtr->platformEntryData;
int haveImage = 0, width = 0, height = 0;
if (mePtr->image) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
}
if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
NSAttributedString *attrTitle = [menuItem attributedTitle];
NSSize size;
if (attrTitle) {
size = [attrTitle size];
} else {
size = [[menuItem title] sizeWithAttributes:
TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(tkfont)];
}
size.width += menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin +
menuTextTrailingEdgeMargin;
if (size.height < fmPtr->linespace) {
size.height = fmPtr->linespace;
}
if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
int margin = width + menuIconTrailingEdgeMargin;
if (margin > menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin) {
margin = menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin;
}
width += size.width + menuIconTrailingEdgeMargin - margin;
if (size.height > height) {
height = size.height;
}
} else {
width = size.width;
height = size.height;
}
}
labelWidth = width + menuItemExtraWidth;
mePtr->height = height + menuItemExtraHeight;
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
modifierWidth = modifierCharWidth;
} else if (mePtr->accelLength == 0) {
if (haveAccel && !mePtr->hideMargin) {
modifierWidth = modifierCharWidth;
}
} else {
NSUInteger modifMask = [menuItem keyEquivalentModifierMask];
int i = 0;
while (modifiers[i].name) {
if (modifMask & modifiers[i].mask) {
modifMask &= ~modifiers[i].mask;
modifierWidth += modifierCharWidth;
}
i++;
}
accelWidth = [[menuItem keyEquivalent] sizeWithAttributes:
TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(tkfont)].width;
}
if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
indicatorSpace = menuMarkColumnWidth;
}
if (indicatorSpace > maxIndicatorSpace) {
maxIndicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
}
entryWidth = labelWidth + modifierWidth + accelWidth;
if (entryWidth > maxWidth) {
maxWidth = entryWidth;
}
mePtr->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth;
}
mePtr->y = y;
y += menuPtr->entries[i]->height + borderWidth;
if (y > windowHeight) {
windowHeight = y;
}
}
for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
columnEntryPtr = menuPtr->entries[j];
columnEntryPtr->indicatorSpace = maxIndicatorSpace;
columnEntryPtr->width = maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth
+ 2 * activeBorderWidth;
columnEntryPtr->x = x;
columnEntryPtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
}
windowWidth = x + maxIndicatorSpace + maxWidth
+ 2 * activeBorderWidth + borderWidth;
windowHeight += borderWidth;
if (windowWidth <= 0) {
windowWidth = 1;
}
if (windowHeight <= 0) {
windowHeight = 1;
}
menuPtr->totalWidth = windowWidth;
menuPtr->totalHeight = windowHeight;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 |
NSMenuItem *menuItem)
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = [menu tkMenu];
if (menuPtr) {
int index = [menu tkIndexOfItem:menuItem];
| | | 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 |
NSMenuItem *menuItem)
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = [menu tkMenu];
if (menuPtr) {
int index = [menu tkIndexOfItem:menuItem];
if (index < 0 || index >= menuPtr->numEntries ||
(menuPtr->entries[index])->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
} else {
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, index);
MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
return true;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 |
void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu to reset. */
{
int i;
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
| | | 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 |
void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu to reset. */
{
int i;
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
TkMenuEntry *mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 |
TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive(void)
{
NSMenu *mainMenu = [NSApp mainMenu];
if (mainMenu && [mainMenu isKindOfClass:[TKMenu class]]) {
TkMenu *menuPtr = [(TKMenu *) mainMenu tkMenu];
| | < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 |
TkMacOSXClearMenubarActive(void)
{
NSMenu *mainMenu = [NSApp mainMenu];
if (mainMenu && [mainMenu isKindOfClass:[TKMenu class]]) {
TkMenu *menuPtr = [(TKMenu *) mainMenu tkMenu];
if (menuPtr && menuPtr->numEntries && menuPtr->entries) {
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(menuPtr);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus --
*
* Turns off all the menu drawing code. This is more than just disabling
* the "menu" command, this means that Tk will NEVER touch the menubar.
* It is needed in the Plugin, where Tk does not own the menubar.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A flag is set which will disable all menu drawing.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MacOSXTurnOffMenus(void)
{
gNoTkMenus = 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMenuInit --
*
* Initializes Mac-specific menu data.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates a hash table.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuInit(void)
{
TkColor *tkColPtr;
NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
#define observe(n, s) \
[nc addObserver:NSApp selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil]
observe(NSMenuDidBeginTrackingNotification, menuBeginTracking:);
observe(NSMenuDidEndTrackingNotification, menuEndTracking:);
#undef observe
[NSMenuItem setUsesUserKeyEquivalents:NO];
tkColPtr = TkpGetColor(NULL, DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR);
defaultBg = tkColPtr->color.pixel;
ckfree((char *) tkColPtr);
tkColPtr = TkpGetColor(NULL, DEF_MENU_FG);
defaultFg = tkColPtr->color.pixel;
ckfree((char *) tkColPtr);
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricMenuMarkColumnWidth,
&menuMarkColumnWidth);
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricMenuTextLeadingEdgeMargin,
&menuTextLeadingEdgeMargin);
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricMenuTextTrailingEdgeMargin,
&menuTextTrailingEdgeMargin);
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricMenuIconTrailingEdgeMargin,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 | * An idle handler is set up to do the reconfiguration. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate( | | | | 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 |
* An idle handler is set up to do the reconfiguration.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu lives in. */
char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to reconfigure. */
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 | * Alt-key bindings. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpInitializeMenuBindings( | | | | 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 |
* Alt-key bindings.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpInitializeMenuBindings(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter to set. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable)
/* The table to add to. */
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 | * X Server commands are executed to display the menu entry. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpDrawMenuEntry( | | | | | | | | | | | | > | 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 |
* X Server commands are executed to display the menu entry.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawMenuEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry to draw */
Drawable d, /* What to draw into */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Precalculated font for menu */
const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr,
/* Precalculated metrics for menu */
int x, /* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
int y, /* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
int width, /* Width of the entry rectangle */
int height, /* Height of the current rectangle */
int strictMotif, /* Boolean flag */
int drawArrow) /* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
* for cascade items. Only applies to
* Windows. */
{
}
#pragma mark Obsolete
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXUseID -- * * Take the ID out of the available list for new menus. Used by the | | | | > | | | 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 |
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXUseID --
*
* Take the ID out of the available list for new menus. Used by the
* default menu bar's menus so that they do not get created at the tk
* level. See TkMacOSXGetNewMenuID for more information.
*
* Results:
* Returns TCL_OK if the id was not in use. Returns TCL_ERROR if the id
* was in use.
*
* Side effects:
* A hash table entry in the command table is created with a NULL value.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXUseMenuID(
short macID) /* The id to take out of the table */
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent --
*
* Given a menu id and an item, dispatches the command associated with
* it.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Commands for the event are scheduled for execution at idle time.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXDispatchMenuEvent(
int menuID, /* The menu id of the menu we are invoking */
int index) /* The one-based index of the item that was
* selected. */
{
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount -- * | | | < | | 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXSetHelpMenuItemCount -- * * Has to be called after the first call to InsertMenu. Sets up the * global variable for the number of items in the unmodified help menu. * NB. Nobody uses this any more, since you can get the number of system * help items from HMGetHelpMenu trivially. But it is in the stubs * table... * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c.
1 2 3 | /* * tkMacOSXMenubutton.c -- * | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | /* * tkMacOSXMenubutton.c -- * * This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the * menubutton widget. * * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright 2007 Revar Desmera. * Copyright 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
typedef struct {
Tk_3DBorder border;
int relief;
GC gc;
int hasImageOrBitmap;
} DrawParams;
/*
* Declaration of Mac specific button structure.
*/
typedef struct MacMenuButton {
TkMenuButton info; /* Generic button info. */
int flags;
ThemeButtonKind btnkind;
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo drawinfo;
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo lastdrawinfo;
DrawParams drawParams;
} MacMenuButton;
/*
| > | | < < | < < | < < | | < < | | < | | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > > | > | | | | | | > | | > > > < | < < | | > | | | < | | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
typedef struct {
Tk_3DBorder border;
int relief;
GC gc;
int hasImageOrBitmap;
} DrawParams;
/*
* Declaration of Mac specific button structure.
*/
typedef struct MacMenuButton {
TkMenuButton info; /* Generic button info. */
int flags;
ThemeButtonKind btnkind;
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo drawinfo;
HIThemeButtonDrawInfo lastdrawinfo;
DrawParams drawParams;
} MacMenuButton;
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
static void MenuButtonEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB ( MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
static void MenuButtonContentDrawCB ( ThemeButtonKind kind, const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo * info, MacMenuButton *ptr, SInt16 depth, Boolean isColorDev);
static void MenuButtonEventProc ( ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams (TkMenuButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind, HIThemeButtonDrawInfo* drawinfo);
static int TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams (TkMenuButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr);
static void TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton (MacMenuButton *butPtr,
GC gc, Pixmap pixmap);
static void DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(TkMenuButton* butPtr);
/*
* The structure below defines menubutton class behavior by means of
* procedures that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
Tk_ClassProcs tkpMenubuttonClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
TkMenuButtonWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateMenuButton --
*
* Allocate a new TkMenuButton structure.
*
* Results:
* Returns a newly allocated TkMenuButton structure.
*
* Side effects:
* Registers an event handler for the widget.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkMenuButton *
TkpCreateMenuButton(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacMenuButton));
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask,
MenuButtonEventProc, (ClientData) mbPtr);
mbPtr->flags = FIRST_DRAW;
mbPtr->btnkind = kThemePopupButton;
bzero(&mbPtr->drawinfo, sizeof(mbPtr->drawinfo));
bzero(&mbPtr->lastdrawinfo, sizeof(mbPtr->lastdrawinfo));
return (TkMenuButton *) mbPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDisplayMenuButton --
*
* This procedure is invoked to display a menubutton widget.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Commands are output to X to display the menubutton in its
* current mode.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *)clientData;
TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
pixmap = (Pixmap) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(butPtr, dpPtr);
/*
* set up clipping region. Make sure the we are using the port
* for this button, or we will set the wrong window's clip.
*/
TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(pixmap);
/* Draw the native portion of the buttons. */
TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(mbPtr, dpPtr->gc, pixmap);
/* Draw highlight border, if needed. */
if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 3) {
if ((butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS)) {
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
butPtr->highlightWidth, TK_RELIEF_SOLID);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDestroyMenuButton --
*
* Free data structures associated with the menubutton control.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Restores the default control state.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyMenuButton(
TkMenuButton *mbPtr)
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
237 238 239 240 241 242 243 | * The menu button's window may change size. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(butPtr) | | > < > > > | | > > | < > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > > | | | | | | > > | > | > | > | > | > | | | > | | > > > > > | | | | | | < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | > | < | > | | | | | > < < > > | | | > | | | | | | | > > > | | | | | > > | | | < | > | | | > | | | | > > | | > > | > | > | < < < < < < | < < | < < < | | | > > | | | | < | | | | < | > | | | | < | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | > | > > > | | 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
* The menu button's window may change size.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(butPtr)
register TkMenuButton *butPtr; /* Widget record for menu button. */
{
int width, height, avgWidth, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton*)butPtr;
int txtWidth, txtHeight;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
DrawParams drawParams;
int paddingx = 0;
int paddingy = 0;
/*
* First figure out the size of the contents of the button.
*/
width = 0;
height = 0;
txtWidth = 0;
txtHeight = 0;
avgWidth = 0;
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
}
if (haveImage == 0 || butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) {
Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout);
butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont,
butPtr->text, -1, butPtr->wrapLength,
butPtr->justify, 0, &butPtr->textWidth, &butPtr->textHeight);
txtWidth = butPtr->textWidth;
txtHeight = butPtr->textHeight;
avgWidth = Tk_TextWidth(butPtr->tkfont, "0", 1);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm);
haveText = (txtWidth != 0 && txtHeight != 0);
}
/*
* If the button is compound (ie, it shows both an image and text),
* the new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry.
* We only honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an
* image, because otherwise it is not really a compound button.
*/
if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
case COMPOUND_TOP:
case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: {
/*
* Image is above or below text
*/
height += txtHeight + butPtr->padY;
width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
break;
}
case COMPOUND_LEFT:
case COMPOUND_RIGHT: {
/*
* Image is left or right of text
*/
width += txtWidth + butPtr->padX;
height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
break;
}
case COMPOUND_CENTER: {
/*
* Image and text are superimposed
*/
width = (width > txtWidth ? width : txtWidth);
height = (height > txtHeight ? height : txtHeight);
break;
}
case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;}
}
if (butPtr->width > 0) {
width = butPtr->width;
}
if (butPtr->height > 0) {
height = butPtr->height;
}
} else {
if (haveImage) {
if (butPtr->width > 0) {
width = butPtr->width;
}
if (butPtr->height > 0) {
height = butPtr->height;
}
} else {
width = txtWidth;
height = txtHeight;
if (butPtr->width > 0) {
width = butPtr->width * avgWidth;
}
if (butPtr->height > 0) {
height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace;
}
}
}
width += 2 * butPtr->padX - 2;
height += 2 * butPtr->padY - 2;
/*Add padding for button arrows.*/
width += 22;
/*
* Now figure out the size of the border decorations for the button.
*/
if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
butPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
butPtr->inset = 0;
butPtr->inset += butPtr->highlightWidth;
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(butPtr,&drawParams);
HIRect tmpRect;
HIRect contBounds;
tmpRect = CGRectMake(0, 0, width, height);
HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds(&tmpRect, &mbPtr->drawinfo, &contBounds);
/* If the content region has a minimum height, match it. */
if (height < contBounds.size.height) {
height = contBounds.size.height;
}
/* If the content region has a minimum width, match it. */
if (width < contBounds.size.width) {
width = contBounds.size.width;
}
/* Pad to fill difference between content bounds and button bounds. */
paddingx = tmpRect.origin.x - contBounds.origin.x;
paddingy = tmpRect.origin.y - contBounds.origin.y;
if (paddingx > 0) {
width += paddingx;
}
if (paddingy > 0) {
height += paddingy;
}
width += butPtr->inset*2;
height += butPtr->inset*2;
Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height);
Tk_SetInternalBorder(butPtr->tkwin, butPtr->inset);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DrawMenuButtonImageAndText --
*
* Draws the image and text associated witha button or label.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The image and text are drawn.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
DrawMenuButtonImageAndText(
TkMenuButton* butPtr)
{
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton*)butPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
int haveImage = 0;
int haveText = 0;
int imageWidth = 0;
int imageHeight = 0;
int imageXOffset = 0;
int imageYOffset = 0;
int textXOffset = 0;
int textYOffset = 0;
int width = 0;
int height = 0;
int fullWidth = 0;
int fullHeight = 0;
int pressed;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
if (butPtr->image != None) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) {
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height);
haveImage = 1;
}
imageWidth = width;
imageHeight = height;
if (mbPtr->drawinfo.state == kThemeStatePressed) {
/* Offset bitmaps by a bit when the button is pressed. */
pressed = 1;
}
haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0);
if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) {
int x = 0;
int y = 0;
textXOffset = 0;
textYOffset = 0;
fullWidth = 0;
fullHeight = 0;
switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) {
case COMPOUND_TOP:
case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: {
/* Image is above or below text */
if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) {
textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY;
} else {
imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
}
fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY;
fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
butPtr->textWidth);
textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
break;
}
case COMPOUND_LEFT:
case COMPOUND_RIGHT: {
/*
* Image is left or right of text
*/
if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) {
textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX - 2;
} else {
imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX;
}
fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width;
fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
butPtr->textHeight);
textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
break;
}
case COMPOUND_CENTER: {
/*
* Image and text are superimposed
*/
fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width :
butPtr->textWidth);
fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height :
butPtr->textHeight);
textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2;
imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2;
textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2;
imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2;
break;
}
case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;}
}
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);
imageXOffset += x;
imageYOffset += y;
textYOffset -= 1;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width,
height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
} else {
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc,
imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
0, 0, (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) height,
imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
}
Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap,
dpPtr->gc, butPtr->textLayout,
x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1);
Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
butPtr->textLayout,
x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
butPtr->underline);
} else {
if (haveImage) {
int x = 0;
int y;
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin,
butPtr->padX + butPtr->borderWidth,
butPtr->padY + butPtr->borderWidth,
width, height, &x, &y);
imageXOffset += x;
imageYOffset += y;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height,
pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset);
} else {
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, x, y);
XCopyPlane(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap,
pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
0, 0, (unsigned int) width,
(unsigned int) height,
imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1);
XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, dpPtr->gc, 0, 0);
}
} else {
/*Move x back by eight pixels to give the menubutton arrows room.*/
int x = 0;
int y;
textXOffset = 8;
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
butPtr->textWidth, butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, dpPtr->gc,
butPtr->textLayout, x - textXOffset, y, 0, -1);
y += butPtr->textHeight/2;
}
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton --
*
* This function draws the tk menubutton using Mac controls
* In addition, this code may apply custom colors passed
* in the TkMenubutton.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXDrawMenuButton(
MacMenuButton *mbPtr, /* Mac menubutton. */
GC gc, /* The GC we are drawing into - needed for
* the bevel button */
Pixmap pixmap) /* The pixmap we are drawing into - needed
* for the bevel button */
{
TkMenuButton * butPtr = ( TkMenuButton *)mbPtr;
TkWindow * winPtr;
HIRect cntrRect;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
DrawParams* dpPtr = &mbPtr->drawParams;
int useNewerHITools = 1;
winPtr = (TkWindow *)butPtr->tkwin;
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(butPtr, &mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo);
cntrRect = CGRectMake(winPtr->privatePtr->xOff, winPtr->privatePtr->yOff, Tk_Width(butPtr->tkwin),Tk_Height(butPtr->tkwin));
cntrRect = CGRectInset(cntrRect, butPtr->inset, butPtr->inset);
if (useNewerHITools == 1) {
HIRect contHIRec;
static HIThemeButtonDrawInfo hiinfo;
MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB((MacMenuButton*) mbPtr, 32, true);
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
hiinfo.version = 0;
hiinfo.state = mbPtr->drawinfo.state;
hiinfo.kind = mbPtr->btnkind;
hiinfo.value = mbPtr->drawinfo.value;
hiinfo.adornment = mbPtr->drawinfo.adornment;
hiinfo.animation.time.current = CFAbsoluteTimeGetCurrent();
if (hiinfo.animation.time.start == 0) {
hiinfo.animation.time.start = hiinfo.animation.time.current;
}
HIThemeDrawButton(&cntrRect, &hiinfo, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal, &contHIRec);
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
MenuButtonContentDrawCB( mbPtr->btnkind, &mbPtr->drawinfo, (MacMenuButton *)mbPtr, 32, true);
} else {
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(pixmap, dpPtr->gc, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
}
mbPtr->lastdrawinfo = mbPtr->drawinfo;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB --
*
* This function draws the background that
* lies under checkboxes and radiobuttons.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The background gets updated to the current color.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuButtonBackgroundDrawCB (
MacMenuButton *ptr,
SInt16 depth,
Boolean isColorDev)
{
TkMenuButton* butPtr = (TkMenuButton*)ptr;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
Pixmap pixmap;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
pixmap = (Pixmap)Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, butPtr->normalBorder, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuButtonContentDrawCB --
*
* This function draws the label and image for the button.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The content of the button gets updated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuButtonContentDrawCB (
ThemeButtonKind kind,
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo,
MacMenuButton *ptr,
SInt16 depth,
Boolean isColorDev)
{
TkMenuButton *butPtr = (TkMenuButton *)ptr;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
DrawMenuButtonImageAndText( butPtr);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuButtonEventProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various
* events on buttons.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuButtonEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkMenuButton *buttonPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify
|| eventPtr->type == DeactivateNotify) {
if ((buttonPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (!Tk_IsMapped(buttonPtr->tkwin))) {
return;
}
if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) {
mbPtr->flags |= ACTIVE;
} else {
mbPtr->flags &= ~ACTIVE;
}
if ((buttonPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) == 0) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) buttonPtr);
buttonPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams --
*
* This procedure computes the various parameters used
* when creating a Carbon Appearance control.
* These are determined by the various tk button parameters
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets the btnkind and drawinfo parameters
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonParams(TkMenuButton * butPtr, ThemeButtonKind* btnkind, HIThemeButtonDrawInfo *drawinfo)
{
MacMenuButton *mbPtr = (MacMenuButton *)butPtr;
if (butPtr->image || butPtr->bitmap) {
/* TODO: allow for Small and Mini menubuttons. */
*btnkind = kThemePopupButton;
} else {
if (!butPtr->text || !*butPtr->text) {
*btnkind = kThemeArrowButton;
} else {
*btnkind = kThemePopupButton;
}
}
drawinfo->value = kThemeButtonOff;
if ((mbPtr->flags & FIRST_DRAW) != 0) {
mbPtr->flags &= ~FIRST_DRAW;
if (Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront()) {
mbPtr->flags |= ACTIVE;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
774 775 776 777 778 779 780 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams -- * | | | > | | | | < < | | | > | | < < < < < < < | 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams --
*
* This procedure computes the various parameters used
* when drawing a button
* These are determined by the various tk button parameters
*
* Results:
* 1 if control will be used, 0 otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* Sets the button draw parameters
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TkMacOSXComputeMenuButtonDrawParams(TkMenuButton * butPtr, DrawParams * dpPtr)
{
dpPtr->hasImageOrBitmap = ((butPtr->image != NULL)
|| (butPtr->bitmap != None));
dpPtr->border = butPtr->normalBorder;
if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) {
dpPtr->gc = butPtr->disabledGC;
} else if (butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) {
dpPtr->gc = butPtr->activeTextGC;
dpPtr->border = butPtr->activeBorder;
} else {
dpPtr->gc = butPtr->normalTextGC;
}
return 1;
}
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMenus.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMenu.h" | < < | < < < < < | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
static void GenerateEditEvent(const char *name);
static Tcl_Obj * GetWidgetDemoPath(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMenus)
@implementation TKApplication(TKMenus)
- (void)_setupMenus {
if (_defaultMainMenu) {
return;
}
TkMenuInit();
NSString *applicationName = [[NSBundle mainBundle]
objectForInfoDictionaryKey:@"CFBundleName"];
if (!applicationName) {
applicationName = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] processName];
}
NSString *aboutName = (applicationName &&
![applicationName isEqualToString:@"Wish"] &&
![applicationName hasPrefix:@"tclsh"]) ?
applicationName : @"Tcl & Tk";
_servicesMenu = [NSMenu menuWithTitle:@"Services"];
_defaultApplicationMenuItems = [[NSArray arrayWithObjects:
[NSMenuItem separatorItem],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:
[NSString stringWithFormat:@"Preferences%C", 0x2026]
action:@selector(preferences:) keyEquivalent:@","],
[NSMenuItem separatorItem],
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
nil] retain];
_defaultApplicationMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:applicationName
menuItems:_defaultApplicationMenuItems];
[_defaultApplicationMenu insertItem:
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:
[NSString stringWithFormat:@"About %@", aboutName]
action:@selector(orderFrontStandardAboutPanel:)] atIndex:0];
| | | | < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < | < > | | < < | < < | | | < | | | < | | < | | < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < | < | | < | < < < < | < | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
nil] retain];
_defaultApplicationMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:applicationName
menuItems:_defaultApplicationMenuItems];
[_defaultApplicationMenu insertItem:
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:
[NSString stringWithFormat:@"About %@", aboutName]
action:@selector(orderFrontStandardAboutPanel:)] atIndex:0];
TKMenu *fileMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"File" menuItems:
[NSArray arrayWithObjects:
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:
[NSString stringWithFormat:@"Source%C", 0x2026]
action:@selector(tkSource:)],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Run Widget Demo"
action:@selector(tkDemo:)],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Close" action:@selector(performClose:)
target:nil keyEquivalent:@"w"],
nil]];
TKMenu *editMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"Edit" menuItems:
[NSArray arrayWithObjects:
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Undo" action:@selector(undo:)
target:nil keyEquivalent:@"z"],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Redo" action:@selector(redo:)
target:nil keyEquivalent:@"y"],
[NSMenuItem separatorItem],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Cut" action:@selector(cut:)
target:nil keyEquivalent:@"x"],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Copy" action:@selector(copy:)
target:nil keyEquivalent:@"c"],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Paste" action:@selector(paste:)
target:nil keyEquivalent:@"v"],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Delete" action:@selector(delete:)
target:nil],
nil]];
_defaultWindowsMenuItems = [[NSArray arrayWithObjects:
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Minimize"
action:@selector(performMiniaturize:) target:nil
keyEquivalent:@"m"],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Zoom" action:@selector(performZoom:)
target:nil],
[NSMenuItem separatorItem],
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:@"Bring All to Front"
action:@selector(arrangeInFront:)],
nil] retain];
TKMenu *windowsMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"Window" menuItems:
_defaultWindowsMenuItems];
_defaultHelpMenuItems = [[NSArray arrayWithObjects:
[NSMenuItem itemWithTitle:
[NSString stringWithFormat:@"%@ Help", applicationName]
action:@selector(showHelp:) keyEquivalent:@"?"],
nil] retain];
TKMenu *helpMenu = [TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"Help" menuItems:
_defaultHelpMenuItems];
[self setServicesMenu:_servicesMenu];
[self setWindowsMenu:windowsMenu];
_defaultMainMenu = [[TKMenu menuWithTitle:@"" submenus:[NSArray
arrayWithObjects:_defaultApplicationMenu, fileMenu, editMenu,
windowsMenu, helpMenu, nil]] retain];
[_defaultMainMenu setSpecial:tkMainMenu];
[_defaultApplicationMenu setSpecial:tkApplicationMenu];
[windowsMenu setSpecial:tkWindowsMenu];
[helpMenu setSpecial:tkHelpMenu];
[self tkSetMainMenu:nil];
}
- (void)dealloc {
[_defaultMainMenu release];
[_defaultHelpMenuItems release];
[_defaultWindowsMenuItems release];
[_defaultApplicationMenuItems release];
[super dealloc];
}
- (BOOL)validateUserInterfaceItem:(id <NSValidatedUserInterfaceItem>)anItem {
SEL action = [anItem action];
if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(preferences:))) {
Tcl_CmdInfo dummy;
return (_eventInterp && Tcl_GetCommandInfo(_eventInterp,
"::tk::mac::ShowPreferences", &dummy));
} else if (sel_isEqual(action, @selector(tkDemo:))) {
BOOL haveDemo = NO;
if (_eventInterp) {
Tcl_Obj *path = GetWidgetDemoPath(_eventInterp);
if (path) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(path);
haveDemo = (Tcl_FSAccess(path, R_OK) == 0);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(path);
}
}
return haveDemo;
} else {
return [super validateUserInterfaceItem:anItem];
}
}
- (void)orderFrontStandardAboutPanel:(id)sender {
Tcl_CmdInfo dummy;
if (!_eventInterp || !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(_eventInterp, "tkAboutDialog",
&dummy) || (GetCurrentEventKeyModifiers() & optionKey)) {
TkAboutDlg();
} else {
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "tkAboutDialog", -1,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(_eventInterp);
}
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
- (void)showHelp:(id)sender {
Tcl_CmdInfo dummy;
if (!_eventInterp || !Tcl_GetCommandInfo(_eventInterp,
"::tk::mac::ShowHelp", &dummy)) {
[super showHelp:sender];
} else {
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "::tk::mac::ShowHelp", -1,
TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(_eventInterp);
}
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
- (void)tkSource:(id)sender {
if (_eventInterp) {
if (Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, "tk_getOpenFile -filetypes {"
"{{TCL Scripts} {.tcl} TEXT} {{Text Files} {} TEXT}}",
-1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL) == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Obj *path = Tcl_GetObjResult(_eventInterp);
int len;
Tcl_GetStringFromObj(path, &len);
if (len) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(path);
int code = Tcl_FSEvalFile(_eventInterp, path);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(_eventInterp);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(path);
}
}
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
- (void)tkDemo:(id)sender {
if (_eventInterp) {
Tcl_Obj *path = GetWidgetDemoPath(_eventInterp);
if (path) {
Tcl_IncrRefCount(path);
int code = Tcl_FSEvalFile(_eventInterp, path);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(_eventInterp);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(path);
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
}
@end
#pragma mark TKContentView(TKMenus)
@implementation TKContentView(TKMenus)
- (BOOL)validateUserInterfaceItem:(id <NSValidatedUserInterfaceItem>)anItem {
return YES;
}
#define EDIT_ACTION(a, e) \
- (void) a:(id)sender { \
if ([sender isKindOfClass:[NSMenuItem class]]) { \
GenerateEditEvent(#e); \
} \
}
EDIT_ACTION(cut, Cut)
EDIT_ACTION(copy, Copy)
EDIT_ACTION(paste, Paste)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetWidgetDemoPath(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
| | | | > | < | | | > | 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetWidgetDemoPath(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Tcl_Obj *libpath, *result = NULL;
libpath = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "tk_library", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (libpath) {
Tcl_Obj *demo[2] = { Tcl_NewStringObj("demos", 5),
Tcl_NewStringObj("widget", 6) };
Tcl_IncrRefCount(libpath);
result = Tcl_FSJoinToPath(libpath, 2, demo);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(libpath);
} else {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
359 360 361 362 363 364 365 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect( | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect(
short theMenu,
unsigned short theItem,
int optionKeyPressed)
{
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXHandleMenuSelect: Obsolete, no more Carbon!");
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXInitMenus --
*
* This procedure initializes the Macintosh menu bar.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXInitMenus(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
[NSApp _setupMenus];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GenerateEditEvent --
*
* Takes an edit menu item and posts the corasponding a virtual event to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
390 391 392 393 394 395 396 |
static void
GenerateEditEvent(
const char *name)
{
XVirtualEvent event;
int x, y;
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([NSApp keyWindow]);
| | | | | < < | < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < | < < < | < < < | < | < < | < | < < | < | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 |
static void
GenerateEditEvent(
const char *name)
{
XVirtualEvent event;
int x, y;
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([NSApp keyWindow]);
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr->dispPtr->focusPtr;
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
bzero(&event, sizeof(XVirtualEvent));
event.type = VirtualEvent;
event.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
event.send_event = false;
event.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
event.event = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
event.root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
event.subwindow = None;
event.time = TkpGetMS();
XQueryPointer(NULL, winPtr->window, NULL, NULL,
&event.x_root, &event.y_root, &x, &y, &event.state);
Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, x, y, &event.x, &event.y);
event.same_screen = true;
event.name = Tk_GetUid(name);
Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
#pragma mark -
#pragma mark NSMenu & NSMenuItem Utilities
@implementation NSMenu(TKUtils)
+ (id)menuWithTitle:(NSString *)title {
NSMenu *m = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title];
return [m autorelease];
}
+ (id)menuWithTitle:(NSString *)title menuItems:(NSArray *)items {
NSMenu *m = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title];
for (NSMenuItem *i in items) {
[m addItem:i];
}
return [m autorelease];
}
+ (id)menuWithTitle:(NSString *)title submenus:(NSArray *)submenus {
NSMenu *m = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title];
for (NSMenu *i in submenus) {
[m addItem:[NSMenuItem itemWithSubmenu:i]];
}
return [m autorelease];
}
- (NSMenuItem *)itemWithSubmenu:(NSMenu *)submenu {
return [self itemAtIndex:[self indexOfItemWithSubmenu:submenu]];
}
- (NSMenuItem *)itemInSupermenu {
NSMenu *supermenu = [self supermenu];
return (supermenu ? [supermenu itemWithSubmenu:self] : nil);
}
@end
@implementation NSMenuItem(TKUtils)
+ (id)itemWithSubmenu:(NSMenu *)submenu {
NSMenuItem *i = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:[submenu title] action:NULL
keyEquivalent:@""];
[i setSubmenu:submenu];
return [i autorelease];
}
+ (id)itemWithTitle:(NSString *)title submenu:(NSMenu *)submenu {
NSMenuItem *i = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title action:NULL
keyEquivalent:@""];
[i setSubmenu:submenu];
return [i autorelease];
}
+ (id)itemWithTitle:(NSString *)title action:(SEL)action {
NSMenuItem *i = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title action:action
keyEquivalent:@""];
[i setTarget:NSApp];
return [i autorelease];
}
+ (id)itemWithTitle:(NSString *)title action:(SEL)action
target:(id)target {
NSMenuItem *i = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title action:action
keyEquivalent:@""];
[i setTarget:target];
return [i autorelease];
}
+ (id)itemWithTitle:(NSString *)title action:(SEL)action
keyEquivalent:(NSString *)keyEquivalent {
NSMenuItem *i = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title action:action
keyEquivalent:keyEquivalent];
[i setTarget:NSApp];
return [i autorelease];
}
+ (id)itemWithTitle:(NSString *)title action:(SEL)action
target:(id)target keyEquivalent:(NSString *)keyEquivalent {
NSMenuItem *i = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title action:action
keyEquivalent:keyEquivalent];
[i setTarget:target];
return [i autorelease];
}
+ (id)itemWithTitle:(NSString *)title action:(SEL)action
keyEquivalent:(NSString *)keyEquivalent
keyEquivalentModifierMask:(NSUInteger)keyEquivalentModifierMask {
NSMenuItem *i = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title action:action
keyEquivalent:keyEquivalent];
[i setTarget:NSApp];
[i setKeyEquivalentModifierMask:keyEquivalentModifierMask];
return [i autorelease];
}
+ (id)itemWithTitle:(NSString *)title action:(SEL)action
target:(id)target keyEquivalent:(NSString *)keyEquivalent
keyEquivalentModifierMask:(NSUInteger)keyEquivalentModifierMask {
NSMenuItem *i = [[self alloc] initWithTitle:title action:action
keyEquivalent:keyEquivalent];
[i setTarget:target];
[i setKeyEquivalentModifierMask:keyEquivalentModifierMask];
return [i autorelease];
}
@end
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" | | < < < < | | > | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | > > | > < < < | < | < | < < < | | < | | < | < > | > | > > > > > < < < < < < | < | | < | < < | < > < < < < | < < > | | < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < > > | | < | < > | | > | | < > > > > < < < | < < < | < | | < | < | < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < > | | | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < > > > | | | | | > | | < | | | | > > < < | | | | | < < < < < | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
typedef struct {
unsigned int state;
long delta;
Window window;
Point global;
Point local;
} MouseEventData;
static int GenerateButtonEvent(MouseEventData *medPtr);
static unsigned int ButtonModifiers2State(UInt32 buttonState,
UInt32 keyModifiers);
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
enum {
NSWindowWillMoveEventType = 20
};
/*
* In OS X 10.6 an NSEvent of type NSMouseMoved would always have a non-Nil
* window attribute pointing to the active window. As of 10.8 this behavior
* had changed. The new behavior was that if the mouse were ever moved outside
* of a window, all subsequent NSMouseMoved NSEvents would have a Nil window
* attribute. To work around this the TKApplication remembers the last non-Nil
* window that it received in a mouse event. If it receives an NSEvent with a
* Nil window attribute then the saved window is used.
*/
@implementation TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessMouseEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent);
#endif
NSWindow* eventWindow = [theEvent window];
NSEventType eventType = [theEvent type];
#if 0
NSTrackingArea *trackingArea = nil;
NSInteger eventNumber, clickCount, buttonNumber;
#endif
switch (eventType) {
case NSMouseEntered:
/* Remember which window has the mouse. */
if (_windowWithMouse) {
[_windowWithMouse release];
}
_windowWithMouse = [theEvent window];
if (_windowWithMouse) {
[_windowWithMouse retain];
}
break;
case NSMouseExited:
case NSCursorUpdate:
case NSLeftMouseDown:
case NSLeftMouseUp:
case NSRightMouseDown:
case NSRightMouseUp:
case NSOtherMouseDown:
case NSOtherMouseUp:
case NSLeftMouseDragged:
case NSRightMouseDragged:
case NSOtherMouseDragged:
case NSMouseMoved:
#if 0
eventNumber = [theEvent eventNumber];
if (!trackingArea) {
clickCount = [theEvent clickCount];
buttonNumber = [theEvent buttonNumber];
}
#endif
case NSTabletPoint:
case NSTabletProximity:
case NSScrollWheel:
break;
default: /* Unrecognized mouse event. */
return theEvent;
}
/* Remember the window in case we need it next time. */
if (eventWindow && eventWindow != _windowWithMouse) {
if (_windowWithMouse) {
[_windowWithMouse release];
}
_windowWithMouse = eventWindow;
[_windowWithMouse retain];
}
/* Create an Xevent to add to the Tk queue. */
NSPoint global, local = [theEvent locationInWindow];
if (eventWindow) { /* local will be in window coordinates. */
global = [eventWindow convertPointToScreen: local];
local.y = [eventWindow frame].size.height - local.y;
global.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y;
} else { /* local will be in screen coordinates. */
if (_windowWithMouse ) {
eventWindow = _windowWithMouse;
global = local;
local = [eventWindow convertPointFromScreen: local];
local.y = [eventWindow frame].size.height - local.y;
global.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y;
} else { /* We have no window. Use the screen???*/
local.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - local.y;
global = local;
}
}
Window window = TkMacOSXGetXWindow(eventWindow);
Tk_Window tkwin = window ? Tk_IdToWindow(TkGetDisplayList()->display,
window) : NULL;
if (!tkwin) {
tkwin = TkMacOSXGetCapture();
}
if (!tkwin) {
return theEvent; /* Give up. No window for this event. */
}
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
local.x -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
local.y -= winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
int win_x, win_y;
tkwin = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, local.x, local.y,
&win_x, &win_y);
unsigned int state = 0;
NSInteger button = [theEvent buttonNumber];
EventRef eventRef = (EventRef)[theEvent eventRef];
UInt32 buttons;
OSStatus err = GetEventParameter(eventRef, kEventParamMouseChord,
typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &buttons);
if (err == noErr) {
state |= (buttons & ((1<<5) - 1)) << 8;
} else {
if (button < 5) {
switch (eventType) {
case NSLeftMouseDown:
case NSRightMouseDown:
case NSLeftMouseDragged:
case NSRightMouseDragged:
case NSOtherMouseDown:
state |= 1 << (button + 8);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
NSUInteger modifiers = [theEvent modifierFlags];
if (modifiers & NSAlphaShiftKeyMask) {
state |= LockMask;
}
if (modifiers & NSShiftKeyMask) {
state |= ShiftMask;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
289 290 291 292 293 294 295 |
state |= Mod3Mask;
}
if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
state |= Mod4Mask;
}
if (eventType != NSScrollWheel) {
| < < < < < < < | < < | | > < < < < | | | | | > > | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 |
state |= Mod3Mask;
}
if (modifiers & NSFunctionKeyMask) {
state |= Mod4Mask;
}
if (eventType != NSScrollWheel) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"UpdatePointer %p x %f.0 y %f.0 %d", tkwin, global.x, global.y, state);
#endif
Tk_UpdatePointer(tkwin, global.x, global.y, state);
} else { /* handle scroll wheel event */
CGFloat delta;
int coarseDelta;
XEvent xEvent;
xEvent.type = MouseWheelEvent;
xEvent.xbutton.x = local.x;
xEvent.xbutton.y = local.y;
xEvent.xbutton.x_root = global.x;
xEvent.xbutton.y_root = global.y;
xEvent.xany.send_event = false;
xEvent.xany.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
xEvent.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
delta = [theEvent deltaY];
if (delta != 0.0) {
coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ?
(signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta);
xEvent.xbutton.state = state;
xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta;
xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
delta = [theEvent deltaX];
if (delta != 0.0) {
coarseDelta = (delta > -1.0 && delta < 1.0) ?
(signbit(delta) ? -1 : 1) : lround(delta);
xEvent.xbutton.state = state | ShiftMask;
xEvent.xkey.keycode = coarseDelta;
xEvent.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&xEvent, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
}
return theEvent;
}
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXKeyModifiers --
*
* Returns the current state of the modifier keys.
*
* Results:
* An OS Modifier state.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
EventModifiers
TkMacOSXModifierState(void)
{
UInt32 keyModifiers;
int isFrontProcess = (GetCurrentEvent() && Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront());
keyModifiers = isFrontProcess ? GetCurrentEventKeyModifiers() :
GetCurrentKeyModifiers();
return (EventModifiers) (keyModifiers & USHRT_MAX);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXButtonKeyState --
*
* Returns the current state of the button & modifier keys.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
396 397 398 399 400 401 402 |
ButtonModifiers2State(
UInt32 buttonState,
UInt32 keyModifiers)
{
unsigned int state;
/*
| | | < < < < < < < < < | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
ButtonModifiers2State(
UInt32 buttonState,
UInt32 keyModifiers)
{
unsigned int state;
/*
* Tk supports at most 5 buttons.
*/
state = (buttonState & ((1<<5) - 1)) << 8;
if (keyModifiers & alphaLock) {
state |= LockMask;
}
if (keyModifiers & shiftKey) {
state |= ShiftMask;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
468 469 470 471 472 473 474 |
int *root_y_return,
int *win_x_return,
int *win_y_return,
unsigned int *mask_return)
{
int getGlobal = (root_x_return && root_y_return);
int getLocal = (win_x_return && win_y_return && w != None);
| < < < | | | | | | 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 |
int *root_y_return,
int *win_x_return,
int *win_y_return,
unsigned int *mask_return)
{
int getGlobal = (root_x_return && root_y_return);
int getLocal = (win_x_return && win_y_return && w != None);
if (getGlobal || getLocal) {
NSPoint global = [NSEvent mouseLocation];
if (getLocal) {
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) w;
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(w);
if (win) {
NSPoint local;
local = [win convertPointFromScreen:global];
local.y = [win frame].size.height - local.y;
if (macWin->winPtr && macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr) {
local.x -= macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
local.y -= macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
}
*win_x_return = local.x;
*win_y_return = local.y;
}
}
if (getGlobal) {
*root_x_return = global.x;
*root_y_return = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - global.y;
}
}
if (mask_return) {
*mask_return = TkMacOSXButtonKeyState();
}
return True;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer --
*
* This procedure generates an X button event for the current pointer
* state as reported by XQueryPointer().
*
* Results:
* True if event(s) are generated - false otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* Additional events may be place on the Tk event queue. Grab state may
* also change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
546 547 548 549 550 551 552 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkGenerateButtonEvent -- * * Given a global x & y position and the button key status this procedure | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 |
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGenerateButtonEvent --
*
* Given a global x & y position and the button key status this procedure
* generates the appropiate X button event. It also handles the state
* changes needed to implement implicit grabs.
*
* Results:
* True if event(s) are generated, false otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* Additional events may be place on the Tk event queue. Grab state may
* also change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkGenerateButtonEvent(
int x, /* X location of mouse, */
int y, /* Y location of mouse. */
Window window, /* X Window containing button event. */
unsigned int state) /* Button Key state suitable for X event. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
MouseEventData med;
bzero(&med, sizeof(MouseEventData));
med.state = state;
med.window = window;
med.global.h = x;
med.global.v = y;
med.local = med.global;
if (win) {
NSPoint local = NSMakePoint(x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y);
local = [win convertPointFromScreen:local];
local.y = [win frame].size.height - local.y;
if (macWin->winPtr && macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr) {
local.x -= macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
local.y -= macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
}
med.local.h = local.x;
med.local.v = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - local.y;
}
return GenerateButtonEvent(&med);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GenerateButtonEvent --
*
* Generate an X button event from a MouseEventData structure. Handles
* the state changes needed to implement implicit grabs.
*
* Results:
* True if event(s) are generated - false otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* Additional events may be place on the Tk event queue. Grab state may
* also change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GenerateButtonEvent(
MouseEventData *medPtr)
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
int dummy;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
#if UNUSED
/*
* ButtonDown events will always occur in the front window. ButtonUp
* events, however, may occur anywhere on the screen. ButtonUp events
* should only be sent to Tk if in the front window or during an implicit
* grab.
*/
if ((medPtr->activeNonFloating == NULL)
|| ((!(TkpIsWindowFloating(medPtr->whichWin))
&& (medPtr->activeNonFloating != medPtr->whichWin))
&& TkMacOSXGetCapture() == NULL)) {
return false;
}
#endif
dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
tkwin = Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, medPtr->window);
if (tkwin != NULL) {
tkwin = Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, medPtr->local.h, medPtr->local.v,
&dummy, &dummy);
}
Tk_UpdatePointer(tkwin, medPtr->global.h, medPtr->global.v, medPtr->state);
return true;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXNotify.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* * tkMacOSXNotify.c -- * * This file contains the implementation of a tcl event source * for the AppKit event loop. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> | | < | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | < < < < | < < | < < > | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
/*
* tkMacOSXNotify.c --
*
* This file contains the implementation of a tcl event source
* for the AppKit event loop.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright 2015 Marc Culler.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include <tclInt.h>
#include <pthread.h>
#import <objc/objc-auto.h>
/* This is not used for anything at the moment. */
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
#define TSD_INIT() ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, \
sizeof(ThreadSpecificData))
static void TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
static void TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKNotify)
@interface NSApplication(TKNotify)
/* We need to declare this hidden method. */
- (void)_modalSession:(NSModalSession)session sendEvent:(NSEvent *)event;
@end
@implementation NSWindow(TKNotify)
- (id)tkDisplayIfNeeded {
if (![self isAutodisplay]) {
[self displayIfNeeded];
}
return nil;
}
@end
@implementation TKApplication(TKNotify)
/* Display all windows each time an event is removed from the queue.*/
- (NSEvent *)nextEventMatchingMask:(NSUInteger)mask
untilDate:(NSDate *)expiration inMode:(NSString *)mode
dequeue:(BOOL)deqFlag {
NSEvent *event = [super nextEventMatchingMask:mask
untilDate:expiration
inMode:mode
dequeue:deqFlag];
/* Retain this event for later use. Must be released.*/
[event retain];
[NSApp makeWindowsPerform:@selector(tkDisplayIfNeeded) inOrder:NO];
return event;
}
/*
* Call super then check the pasteboard.
*/
- (void)sendEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent {
[super sendEvent:theEvent];
[NSApp tkCheckPasteboard];
}
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
static NSString *
GetRunLoopMode(NSModalSession modalSession)
{
NSString *runLoopMode = nil;
if (modalSession) {
runLoopMode = NSModalPanelRunLoopMode;
}
if (!runLoopMode) {
runLoopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
}
if (!runLoopMode) {
runLoopMode = NSDefaultRunLoopMode;
}
return runLoopMode;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier --
*
| > > | | < | | > > | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
static NSString *
GetRunLoopMode(NSModalSession modalSession)
{
NSString *runLoopMode = nil;
if (modalSession) {
runLoopMode = NSModalPanelRunLoopMode;
} else if (TkMacOSXGetCapture()) {
runLoopMode = NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode;
}
if (!runLoopMode) {
runLoopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
}
if (!runLoopMode) {
runLoopMode = NSDefaultRunLoopMode;
}
return runLoopMode;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier --
*
* This procedure is called during Tk initialization to create
* the event source for TkAqua events.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* A new event source is created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(void)
{
TSD_INIT();
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
/*
* Install TkAqua event source in main event loop thread.
*/
if (CFRunLoopGetMain() == CFRunLoopGetCurrent()) {
if (!pthread_main_np()) {
/*
* Panic if main runloop is not on the main application thread.
*/
Tcl_Panic("Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier: %s",
"first [load] of TkAqua has to occur in the main thread!");
}
Tcl_CreateEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
GetMainEventQueue());
TkCreateExitHandler(TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler, NULL);
Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode);
TclMacOSXNotifierAddRunLoopMode(NSModalPanelRunLoopMode);
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
290 291 292 293 294 295 296 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler( | | < < | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > | < < < | < < < < < < < | < | | | | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | < < | < < > | | | < < | < | > | < < < > | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXNotifyExitHandler(
ClientData clientData) /* Not used. */
{
TSD_INIT();
Tcl_DeleteEventSource(TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc,
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc,
GetMainEventQueue());
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc --
*
* This procedure implements the setup part of the MacOSX event
* source. It is invoked by Tcl_DoOneEvent before calling
* TkMacOSXEventsProc to process all queued NSEvents. In our
* case, all we need to do is to set the Tcl MaxBlockTime to
* 0 before starting the loop to process all queued NSEvents.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
*
* If NSEvents are queued, then the maximum block time will be set
* to 0 to ensure that control returns immediately to Tcl.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXEventsSetupProc(
ClientData clientData,
int flags)
{
NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
/* runloopMode will be nil if we are in the Tcl event loop. */
if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
static Tcl_Time zeroBlockTime = { 0, 0 };
/* Call this with dequeue=NO -- just checking if the queue is empty. */
NSEvent *currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
inMode:GetRunLoopMode(TkMacOSXGetModalSession())
dequeue:NO];
if (currentEvent) {
if (currentEvent.type > 0) {
Tcl_SetMaxBlockTime(&zeroBlockTime);
}
[currentEvent release];
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc --
*
* This procedure loops through all NSEvents waiting in the
* TKApplication event queue, generating X events from them.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* NSevents are used to generate X events, which are added to the
* Tcl event queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkMacOSXEventsCheckProc(
ClientData clientData,
int flags)
{
NSString *runloopMode = [[NSRunLoop currentRunLoop] currentMode];
/* runloopMode will be nil if we are in the Tcl event loop. */
if (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS && !runloopMode) {
NSEvent *currentEvent = nil;
NSEvent *testEvent = nil;
NSModalSession modalSession;
do {
[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];
modalSession = TkMacOSXGetModalSession();
testEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
dequeue:NO];
/* We must not steal any events during LiveResize. */
if (testEvent && [[testEvent window] inLiveResize]) {
break;
}
currentEvent = [NSApp nextEventMatchingMask:NSAnyEventMask
untilDate:[NSDate distantPast]
inMode:GetRunLoopMode(modalSession)
dequeue:YES];
if (currentEvent) {
/* Generate Xevents. */
int oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
NSEvent *processedEvent = [NSApp tkProcessEvent:currentEvent];
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode);
if (processedEvent) { /* Should always be non-NULL. */
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@" event: %@", currentEvent);
#endif
if (modalSession) {
[NSApp _modalSession:modalSession sendEvent:currentEvent];
} else {
[NSApp sendEvent:currentEvent];
}
}
[currentEvent release];
} else {
break;
}
} while (1);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPort.h.
1 2 3 | /* * tkMacOSXPort.h -- * | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 | /* * tkMacOSXPort.h -- * * This file is included by all of the Tk C files. It contains * information that may be configuration-dependent, such as * #includes for system include files and a few other things. * * Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACPORT #define _TKMACPORT /* * Macro to use instead of "void" for arguments that must have * type "void *" in ANSI C; maps them to type "char *" in * non-ANSI systems. This macro may be used in some of the include * files below, which is why it is defined here. */ #ifndef VOID # ifdef __STDC__ # define VOID void # else # define VOID char # endif #endif #include <stdio.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <limits.h> #include <math.h> #include <pwd.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/file.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H # include <sys/select.h> #endif #include <sys/stat.h> #ifndef _TCL |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 | # include <time.h> # endif #endif #if HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include <inttypes.h> #endif #include <unistd.h> | < < < > | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | # include <time.h> # endif #endif #if HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include <inttypes.h> #endif #include <unistd.h> #include <X11/Xlib.h> #include <X11/cursorfont.h> #include <X11/keysym.h> #include <X11/Xatom.h> #include <X11/Xfuncproto.h> #include <X11/Xutil.h> #include "tkIntXlibDecls.h" /* * The following macro defines the type of the mask arguments to * select: */ #ifndef NO_FD_SET |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
/*
* The following define causes Tk to use its internal keysym hash table
*/
#define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
/*
* The following functions are not used on the Mac, so we stub them out.
*/
#define TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,colormap) (0)
#define TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr)
#define TkSetPixmapColormap(p,c) {}
#define TkpSync(display)
/*
* This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string.
*/
#define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \
sprintf((buf), "0x%lx", (unsigned long) (w))
/*
* Turn off Tk double-buffering as Aqua windows are already double-buffered.
*/
#define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < | < | < > | < < | | < < < | < | | | < < < | > | > > > > | < > | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 |
/*
* The following define causes Tk to use its internal keysym hash table
*/
#define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP
/*
* Defines for X functions that are used by Tk but are treated as
* no-op functions on the Macintosh.
*/
#define XFlush(display)
#define XFree(data) {if ((data) != NULL) ckfree((char *) (data));}
#define XGrabServer(display)
#define XNoOp(display) {display->request++;}
#define XUngrabServer(display)
#define XSynchronize(display, bool) {display->request++;}
#define XVisualIDFromVisual(visual) (visual->visualid)
/*
* The following functions are not used on the Mac, so we stub them out.
*/
#define TkFreeWindowId(dispPtr,w)
#define TkInitXId(dispPtr)
#define TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,colormap) (0)
#define TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr)
#define TkSetPixmapColormap(p,c) {}
#define TkpSync(display)
/*
* The following macro returns the pixel value that corresponds to the
* RGB values in the given XColor structure.
*/
#define PIXEL_MAGIC ((unsigned char) 0x69)
#define TkpGetPixel(p) ((((((PIXEL_MAGIC << 8) \
| (((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \
| (((p)->green >> 8) & 0xff)) << 8) \
| (((p)->blue >> 8) & 0xff))
/*
* This macro stores a representation of the window handle in a string.
*/
#define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \
sprintf((buf), "0x%lx", (unsigned long) (w))
/*
* Turn off Tk double-buffering as Aqua windows are already double-buffered.
*/
#define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1
/*
* Magic pixel code values for system colors.
*
* NOTE: values must be kept in sync with indices into the
* systemColorMap array in tkMacOSXColor.c !
*/
#define TRANSPARENT_PIXEL 30
#define HIGHLIGHT_PIXEL 31
#define HIGHLIGHT_SECONDARY_PIXEL 32
#define HIGHLIGHT_TEXT_PIXEL 33
#define HIGHLIGHT_ALTERNATE_PIXEL 34
#define CONTROL_TEXT_PIXEL 35
#define CONTROL_BODY_PIXEL 37
#define CONTROL_FRAME_PIXEL 39
#define WINDOW_BODY_PIXEL 41
#define MENU_ACTIVE_PIXEL 43
#define MENU_ACTIVE_TEXT_PIXEL 45
#define MENU_BACKGROUND_PIXEL 47
#define MENU_DISABLED_PIXEL 49
#define MENU_TEXT_PIXEL 51
#define APPEARANCE_PIXEL 52
#endif /* _TKMACPORT */
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXPrivate.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkMacOSXPrivate.h -- * * Macros and declarations that are purely internal & private to TkAqua. * * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> | < | < < | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 | /* * tkMacOSXPrivate.h -- * * Macros and declarations that are purely internal & private to TkAqua. * * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKMACPRIV #define _TKMACPRIV #if !__OBJC__ #error Objective-C compiler required #endif #define TextStyle MacTextStyle #import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h> #import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h> #ifndef NO_CARBON_H #import <Carbon/Carbon.h> #endif #undef TextStyle |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
if ((chk) && (cond)) { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_chk(...) \
} else { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_no(chk, cond, ...) \
if (0) {
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_no(...) \
} else { __VA_ARGS__
/*
* Macros for DEBUG_ASSERT_MESSAGE et al from Debugging.h.
*/
#undef kComponentSignatureString
#undef COMPONENT_SIGNATURE
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
if ((chk) && (cond)) { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_chk(...) \
} else { __VA_ARGS__
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_no(chk, cond, ...) \
if (0) {
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_no(...) \
} else { __VA_ARGS__
/* Private mapping macros defined according to Mac OS X version requirements */
/* 10.5 Leopard */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_min_10_5 tk_if_mac_os_x_yes
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_min_10_5 tk_else_mac_os_x_yes
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5 tk_if_mac_os_x_yes
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5 tk_else_mac_os_x_yes
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
#else /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED */
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_min_10_5 tk_if_mac_os_x_chk
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_min_10_5 tk_else_mac_os_x_chk
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5 tk_if_mac_os_x_chk
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5 tk_else_mac_os_x_chk
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1050
#define tk_if_mac_os_x_10_5 tk_if_mac_os_x_no
#define tk_else_mac_os_x_10_5 tk_else_mac_os_x_no
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED */
/*
* Macros for DEBUG_ASSERT_MESSAGE et al from Debugging.h.
*/
#undef kComponentSignatureString
#undef COMPONENT_SIGNATURE
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
} while (0)
/*
* Macro to do very common check for noErr return from given API and output
* debug message in case of failure.
*/
#define ChkErr(f, ...) ({ \
| | | | | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > | | > > > > > < < > > > | | | < | | | | | > > > > | | > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > < | | | | | | < < < < < < < | < > > > > > < < < < < | | | > < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 |
} while (0)
/*
* Macro to do very common check for noErr return from given API and output
* debug message in case of failure.
*/
#define ChkErr(f, ...) ({ \
OSStatus err = f(__VA_ARGS__); \
if (err != noErr) { \
TkMacOSXDbgOSErr(f, err); \
} \
err;})
#else /* TK_MAC_DEBUG */
#define TKLog(f, ...)
#define TkMacOSXDbgMsg(m, ...)
#define TkMacOSXDbgOSErr(f, err)
#define ChkErr(f, ...) ({f(__VA_ARGS__);})
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG */
/*
* Macro abstracting use of TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol to init named symbols.
*/
#define TkMacOSXInitNamedSymbol(module, ret, symbol, ...) \
static ret (* symbol)(__VA_ARGS__) = (void*)(-1L); \
if (symbol == (void*)(-1L)) { \
symbol = TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(STRINGIFY(module), \
STRINGIFY(symbol)); \
}
/*
* Structure encapsulating current drawing environment.
*/
typedef struct TkMacOSXDrawingContext {
CGContextRef context;
NSView *view;
HIShapeRef clipRgn;
CGRect portBounds;
int focusLocked;
} TkMacOSXDrawingContext;
/*
* Variables internal to TkAqua.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight;
MODULE_SCOPE CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop;
MODULE_SCOPE long tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion;
/*
* Prototypes for TkMacOSXRegion.c.
*/
#if 0
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXEmtpyRegion(TkRegion r);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(TkRegion r);
#endif
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(TkRegion r);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(TkRegion r,
HIShapeRef rgn);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXOffsetRegion(TkRegion r, short dx, short dy);
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef TkMacOSXHIShapeCreateEmpty(void);
MODULE_SCOPE HIMutableShapeRef TkMacOSXHIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(
const CGRect *inRect);
MODULE_SCOPE OSStatus TkMacOSXHIShapeSetWithShape(
HIMutableShapeRef inDestShape,
HIShapeRef inSrcShape);
#if 0
MODULE_SCOPE OSStatus TkMacOSXHIShapeSetWithRect(HIMutableShapeRef inShape,
const CGRect *inRect);
#endif
MODULE_SCOPE OSStatus TkMacOSHIShapeDifferenceWithRect(
HIMutableShapeRef inShape, const CGRect *inRect);
MODULE_SCOPE OSStatus TkMacOSHIShapeUnionWithRect(HIMutableShapeRef inShape,
const CGRect *inRect);
MODULE_SCOPE OSStatus TkMacOSHIShapeUnion(HIShapeRef inShape1,
HIShapeRef inShape2, HIMutableShapeRef outResult);
/*
* Prototypes of TkAqua internal procs.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE void * TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol(const char *module,
const char *symbol);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXUseAntialiasedText(Tcl_Interp *interp,
int enable);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXInitCGDrawing(Tcl_Interp *interp, int enable,
int antiAlias);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(TkWindow *winPtr,
int activeFlag);
MODULE_SCOPE WindowClass TkMacOSXWindowClass(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Window window);
MODULE_SCOPE EventModifiers TkMacOSXModifierState(void);
MODULE_SCOPE NSBitmapImageRep* BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(Drawable drawable,
int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext(Drawable d, GC gc,
int useCG, TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(
TkMacOSXDrawingContext *dcPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXSetColorInContext(GC gc, unsigned long pixel,
CGContextRef context);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *window, int fullscreen,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXEnterExitFullscreen(TkWindow *winPtr,
int active);
MODULE_SCOPE NSWindow* TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSView* TkMacOSXDrawableView(MacDrawable *macWin);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(TkWindow *winPtr, CGRect *bounds);
MODULE_SCOPE HIShapeRef TkMacOSXGetClipRgn(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(NSView *view,
HIShapeRef rgn);
MODULE_SCOPE CGImageRef TkMacOSXCreateCGImageWithDrawable(Drawable drawable);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage* TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithTkImage(Display *display,
Tk_Image image, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE NSImage* TkMacOSXGetNSImageWithBitmap(Display *display,
Pixmap bitmap, GC gc, int width, int height);
MODULE_SCOPE CGColorRef TkMacOSXCreateCGColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
MODULE_SCOPE NSColor* TkMacOSXGetNSColor(GC gc, unsigned long pixel);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Obj * TkMacOSXGetStringObjFromCFString(CFStringRef str);
MODULE_SCOPE TkWindow* TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(NSWindow *w);
MODULE_SCOPE NSFont* TkMacOSXNSFontForFont(Tk_Font tkfont);
MODULE_SCOPE NSDictionary* TkMacOSXNSFontAttributesForFont(Tk_Font tkfont);
MODULE_SCOPE NSModalSession TkMacOSXGetModalSession(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *macWindow);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXStandardAboutPanelObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TkMacOSXIconBitmapObjCmd(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
#pragma mark Private Objective-C Classes
#define VISIBILITY_HIDDEN __attribute__((visibility("hidden")))
enum { tkMainMenu = 1, tkApplicationMenu, tkWindowsMenu, tkHelpMenu};
VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
@interface TKMenu : NSMenu {
@private
void *_tkMenu;
NSUInteger _tkOffset, _tkItemCount, _tkSpecial;
}
- (void)setSpecial:(NSUInteger)special;
- (BOOL)isSpecial:(NSUInteger)special;
@end
VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
@interface TKApplication : NSApplication {
@private
Tcl_Interp *_eventInterp;
NSMenu *_servicesMenu;
TKMenu *_defaultMainMenu, *_defaultApplicationMenu;
NSArray *_defaultApplicationMenuItems, *_defaultWindowsMenuItems;
NSArray *_defaultHelpMenuItems;
NSWindow *_windowWithMouse;
NSAutoreleasePool *_mainPool;
#ifdef __i386__
BOOL _poolProtected;
#endif
}
@property BOOL poolProtected;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKInit)
- (NSString *)tkFrameworkImagePath:(NSString*)image;
- (void)_resetAutoreleasePool;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKMouseEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessMouseEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKKeyEvent)
- (NSEvent *)tkProcessKeyEvent:(NSEvent *)theEvent;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKMenu)
- (void)tkSetMainMenu:(TKMenu *)menu;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKClipboard)
- (void)tkProvidePasteboard:(TkDisplay *)dispPtr;
- (void)tkCheckPasteboard;
@end
@interface TKApplication(TKHLEvents)
- (void) terminate: (id) sender;
- (void) preferences: (id) sender;
- (void) handleQuitApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handleOpenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handleReopenApplicationEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handleShowPreferencesEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handleOpenDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handlePrintDocumentsEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
- (void) handleDoScriptEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)event
withReplyEvent: (NSAppleEventDescriptor *)replyEvent;
@end
VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
@interface TKContentView : NSView <NSTextInput> {
@private
/*Remove private API calls.*/
#if 0
id _savedSubviews;
BOOL _subviewsSetAside;
#endif
NSString *privateWorkingText;
}
@end
@interface TKContentView(TKKeyEvent)
- (void) deleteWorkingText;
@end
@interface TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect;
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape;
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape childrenOnly: (int) childrenOnly;
- (void) viewDidEndLiveResize;
- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender;
- (BOOL) isOpaque;
- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping;
- (BOOL) acceptsFirstResponder;
- (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent;
@end
VISIBILITY_HIDDEN
@interface TKWindow : NSWindow
@end
@interface NSWindow(TKWm)
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen:(NSPoint)point;
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen:(NSPoint)point;
@end
#pragma mark NSMenu & NSMenuItem Utilities
@interface NSMenu(TKUtils)
+ (id)menuWithTitle:(NSString *)title;
+ (id)menuWithTitle:(NSString *)title menuItems:(NSArray *)items;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
498 499 500 501 502 503 504 | keyEquivalent:(NSString *)keyEquivalent keyEquivalentModifierMask:(NSUInteger)keyEquivalentModifierMask; + (id)itemWithTitle:(NSString *)title action:(SEL)action target:(id)target keyEquivalent:(NSString *)keyEquivalent keyEquivalentModifierMask:(NSUInteger)keyEquivalentModifierMask; @end | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 | keyEquivalent:(NSString *)keyEquivalent keyEquivalentModifierMask:(NSUInteger)keyEquivalentModifierMask; + (id)itemWithTitle:(NSString *)title action:(SEL)action target:(id)target keyEquivalent:(NSString *)keyEquivalent keyEquivalentModifierMask:(NSUInteger)keyEquivalentModifierMask; @end #endif /* _TKMACPRIV */ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXRegion.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < | | | | < | < | | | | | | < | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | | < | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCreateRegion --
*
* Implements the equivelent of the X window function XCreateRegion. See
* Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* Returns an allocated region handle.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkRegion
TkCreateRegion(void)
{
return (TkRegion) HIShapeCreateMutable();
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkDestroyRegion --
*
* Implements the equivelent of the X window function XDestroyRegion. See
* Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Memory is freed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkDestroyRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
if (r) {
CFRelease(r);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkIntersectRegion --
*
* Implements the equivalent of the X window function XIntersectRegion.
* See Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkIntersectRegion(
TkRegion sra,
TkRegion srb,
TkRegion dr_return)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect, (HIShapeRef) sra, (HIShapeRef) srb,
(HIMutableShapeRef) dr_return);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSubtractRegion --
*
* Implements the equivalent of the X window function XSubtractRegion.
* See X window documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSubtractRegion(
TkRegion sra,
TkRegion srb,
TkRegion dr_return)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeDifference, (HIShapeRef) sra, (HIShapeRef) srb,
(HIMutableShapeRef) dr_return);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUnionRectWithRegion --
*
* Implements the equivelent of the X window function
* XUnionRectWithRegion. See Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkUnionRectWithRegion(
XRectangle* rectangle,
TkRegion src_region,
TkRegion dest_region_return)
{
const CGRect r = CGRectMake(rectangle->x, rectangle->y,
rectangle->width, rectangle->height);
if (src_region == dest_region_return) {
ChkErr(TkMacOSHIShapeUnionWithRect,
(HIMutableShapeRef) dest_region_return, &r);
} else {
HIShapeRef rectRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&r);
ChkErr(TkMacOSHIShapeUnion, rectRgn, (HIShapeRef) src_region,
(HIMutableShapeRef) dest_region_return);
CFRelease(rectRgn);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion --
*
* Return native region for given tk region.
*
* Results:
* 1 if empty, 0 otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
return HIShapeIsEmpty((HIMutableShapeRef) r) ? 1 : 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkRectInRegion --
*
* Implements the equivelent of the X window function XRectInRegion. See
* Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a
* complete implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkRectInRegion(
TkRegion region,
int x,
int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
if ( TkMacOSXIsEmptyRegion(region) ) {
return RectangleOut;
}
else {
const CGRect r = CGRectMake(x, y, width, height);
return HIShapeIntersectsRect((HIShapeRef) region, &r) ?
RectanglePart : RectangleOut;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkClipBox --
*
* Implements the equivelent of the X window function XClipBox. See
* Xwindow documentation for more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkClipBox(
TkRegion r,
XRectangle* rect_return)
{
CGRect rect;
HIShapeGetBounds((HIShapeRef) r, &rect);
rect_return->x = rect.origin.x;
rect_return->y = rect.origin.y;
rect_return->width = rect.size.width;
rect_return->height = rect.size.height;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
279 280 281 282 283 284 285 | * The region is updated, with extra pixels added to it. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData( | | | 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
* The region is updated, with extra pixels added to it.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData(
TkRegion region, /* Region to update. */
unsigned int x, /* Where in region to update. */
unsigned int y, /* Where in region to update. */
unsigned int width, /* Size of rectangle to update. */
unsigned int height, /* Size of rectangle to update. */
unsigned char *dataPtr, /* Data to read from. */
unsigned int pixelStride, /* num bytes from one piece of alpha
* data to the next in the line. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
320 321 322 323 324 325 326 |
lineDataPtr += pixelStride;
}
if (end > x1) {
rect.x = x + x1;
rect.y = y + y1;
rect.width = end - x1;
rect.height = 1;
| | | | | | < | | | | < | | 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 |
lineDataPtr += pixelStride;
}
if (end > x1) {
rect.x = x + x1;
rect.y = y + y1;
rect.width = end - x1;
rect.height = 1;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, region, region);
}
}
dataPtr += lineStride;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpRetainRegion --
*
* Increases reference count of region.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpRetainRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
CFRetain(r);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpReleaseRegion --
*
* Decreases reference count of region.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* May free memory.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpReleaseRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
CFRelease(r);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXSetEmptyRegion --
*
* Set region to emtpy.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetEmptyRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeSetEmpty, (HIMutableShapeRef) r);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
416 417 418 419 420 421 422 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ HIShapeRef TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion( | | | 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
HIShapeRef
TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
return (HIShapeRef) CFRetain(r);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
439 440 441 442 443 444 445 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion( | | | | | | | | < | | 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetWithNativeRegion(
TkRegion r,
HIShapeRef rgn)
{
ChkErr(TkMacOSXHIShapeSetWithShape, (HIMutableShapeRef) r, rgn);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXOffsetRegion --
*
* Offsets region by given distances.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXOffsetRegion(
TkRegion r,
short dx,
short dy)
{
ChkErr(HIShapeOffset, (HIMutableShapeRef) r, dx, dy);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXHIShapeCreateEmpty, TkMacOSXHIShapeCreateMutableWithRect,
* TkMacOSXHIShapeSetWithShape, TkMacOSXHIShapeSetWithRect,
* TkMacOSHIShapeDifferenceWithRect, TkMacOSHIShapeUnionWithRect,
* TkMacOSHIShapeUnion --
*
* Wrapper functions for missing/buggy HIShape API
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 |
{
OSStatus result;
result = HIShapeSetWithShape(inDestShape, inSrcShape);
return result;
}
OSStatus
TkMacOSHIShapeDifferenceWithRect(
HIMutableShapeRef inShape,
const CGRect *inRect)
{
OSStatus result;
HIShapeRef rgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(inRect);
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 |
{
OSStatus result;
result = HIShapeSetWithShape(inDestShape, inSrcShape);
return result;
}
#if 0
OSStatus
TkMacOSXHIShapeSetWithRect(
HIMutableShapeRef inShape,
const CGRect *inRect)
{
OSStatus result;
HIShapeRef rgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(inRect);
result = TkMacOSXHIShapeSetWithShape(inShape, rgn);
CFRelease(rgn);
return result;
}
#endif
OSStatus
TkMacOSHIShapeDifferenceWithRect(
HIMutableShapeRef inShape,
const CGRect *inRect)
{
OSStatus result;
HIShapeRef rgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(inRect);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScale.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 | */ static ControlActionUPP scaleActionProc = NULL; /* Pointer to func. */ /* * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: */ | | < | | > | 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 | */ static ControlActionUPP scaleActionProc = NULL; /* Pointer to func. */ /* * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: */ static void MacScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static pascal void ScaleActionProc(ControlRef theControl, ControlPartCode partCode); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpCreateScale -- * * Allocate a new TkScale structure. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkScale *
TkpCreateScale(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
| | | | 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkScale *
TkpCreateScale(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
MacScale *macScalePtr = (MacScale *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacScale));
macScalePtr->scaleHandle = NULL;
if (scaleActionProc == NULL) {
scaleActionProc = NewControlActionUPP(ScaleActionProc);
}
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ButtonPressMask,
MacScaleEventProc, (ClientData) macScalePtr);
return (TkScale *) macScalePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpDisplayScale -- * | | | | | > > < | | < | < < < | < < < < | | | | | | > | > > > | | | | | 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDisplayScale --
*
* This procedure is invoked as an idle handler to redisplay
* the contents of a scale widget.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The scale gets redisplayed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayScale(
ClientData clientData) /* Widget record for scale. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp;
int result;
char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
MacScale *macScalePtr = (MacScale *) clientData;
Rect r;
WindowRef windowRef;
CGrafPtr destPort, savePort;
Boolean portChanged;
MacDrawable *macDraw;
SInt32 initialValue, minValue, maxValue;
UInt16 numTicks;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("TkpDisplayScale");
#endif
scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((scalePtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(scalePtr->tkwin)) {
goto done;
}
/*
* Invoke the scale's command if needed.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);
result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, scalePtr->command, " ", string, NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command executed by scale)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
scalePtr->flags &= ~INVOKE_COMMAND;
if (scalePtr->flags & SCALE_DELETED) {
Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
return;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
/*
* Now handle the part of redisplay that is the same for
* horizontal and vertical scales: border and traversal
* highlight.
*/
if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
}
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), scalePtr->bgBorder,
scalePtr->highlightWidth, scalePtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scalePtr->highlightWidth,
scalePtr->borderWidth, scalePtr->relief);
/*
* Set up port for drawing Macintosh control.
*/
macDraw = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
destPort = TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
windowRef = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
portChanged = QDSwapPort(destPort, &savePort);
TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
/*
* Create Macintosh control.
*/
#define MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH 10
if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
int offset = (Tk_Height(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH)/2;
if (offset < 0) {
offset = 0;
}
r.left = macDraw->xOff + scalePtr->inset;
r.top = macDraw->yOff + offset;
r.right = macDraw->xOff+Tk_Width(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset;
r.bottom = macDraw->yOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2;
} else {
int offset = (Tk_Width(tkwin) - MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH)/2;
if (offset < 0) {
offset = 0;
}
r.left = macDraw->xOff + offset;
r.top = macDraw->yOff + scalePtr->inset;
r.right = macDraw->xOff + offset + MAC_OSX_SCROLL_WIDTH/2;
r.bottom = macDraw->yOff+Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset;
}
if (macScalePtr->scaleHandle == NULL) {
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Initialising scale");
#endif
initialValue = scalePtr->value;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
263 264 265 266 267 268 269 |
numTicks = 0;
} else {
numTicks = (maxValue - minValue)/scalePtr->tickInterval;
}
CreateSliderControl(windowRef, &r, initialValue, minValue, maxValue,
kControlSliderPointsDownOrRight, numTicks, 1, scaleActionProc,
| | | | > > > | > | | | > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | > > > > > > > > | 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 |
numTicks = 0;
} else {
numTicks = (maxValue - minValue)/scalePtr->tickInterval;
}
CreateSliderControl(windowRef, &r, initialValue, minValue, maxValue,
kControlSliderPointsDownOrRight, numTicks, 1, scaleActionProc,
&(macScalePtr->scaleHandle));
SetControlReference(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, (UInt32) scalePtr);
if (IsWindowActive(windowRef)) {
macScalePtr->flags |= ACTIVE;
}
} else {
SetControlBounds(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, &r);
SetControl32BitValue(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, scalePtr->value);
SetControl32BitMinimum(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, scalePtr->fromValue);
SetControl32BitMaximum(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, scalePtr->toValue);
}
/*
* Finally draw the control.
*/
SetControlVisibility(macScalePtr->scaleHandle,true,true);
HiliteControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle,0);
Draw1Control(macScalePtr->scaleHandle);
if (portChanged) {
QDSwapPort(savePort, NULL);
}
done:
scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_ALL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpScaleElement --
*
* Determine which part of a scale widget lies under a given
* point.
*
* Results:
* The return value is either TROUGH1, SLIDER, TROUGH2, or
* OTHER, depending on which of the scale's active elements
* (if any) is under the point at (x,y).
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScaleElement(
TkScale *scalePtr, /* Widget record for scale. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates within scalePtr's window. */
{
MacScale *macScalePtr = (MacScale *) scalePtr;
ControlPartCode part;
Point where;
Rect bounds;
CGrafPtr destPort, savePort;
Boolean portChanged;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("TkpScaleElement");
#endif
destPort = TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Tk_WindowId(scalePtr->tkwin));
portChanged = QDSwapPort(destPort, &savePort);
/*
* All of the calculations in this procedure mirror those in
* DisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent.
*/
TkMacOSXWinBounds((TkWindow *) scalePtr->tkwin, &bounds);
where.h = x + bounds.left;
where.v = y + bounds.top;
part = TestControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, where);
if (portChanged) {
QDSwapPort(savePort, NULL);
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
fprintf (stderr,"ScalePart %d, pos ( %d %d )\n", part, where.h, where.v );
#endif
switch (part) {
case inSlider:
return SLIDER;
case inInc:
if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
return TROUGH1;
} else {
return TROUGH2;
}
case inDecr:
if (scalePtr->orient == ORIENT_VERTICAL) {
return TROUGH2;
} else {
return TROUGH1;
}
default:
return OTHER;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MacScaleEventProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for
* ButtonPress events on scales.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* When the window gets deleted, internal structures get
* cleaned up. When it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MacScaleEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
MacScale *macScalePtr = (MacScale *) clientData;
Point where;
Rect bounds;
int part;
CGrafPtr destPort, savePort;
Boolean portChanged;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
fprintf(stderr,"MacScaleEventProc\n" );
#endif
/*
* To call Macintosh control routines we must have the port
* set to the window containing the control. We will then test
* which part of the control was hit and act accordingly.
*/
destPort = TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin));
portChanged = QDSwapPort(destPort, &savePort);
TkMacOSXSetUpClippingRgn(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin));
TkMacOSXWinBounds((TkWindow *) macScalePtr->info.tkwin, &bounds);
where.h = eventPtr->xbutton.x + bounds.left;
where.v = eventPtr->xbutton.y + bounds.top;
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("calling TestControl");
#endif
part = TestControl(macScalePtr->scaleHandle, where);
if (part == 0) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 |
/*
* The HandleControlClick call will "eat" the ButtonUp event. We now
* generate a ButtonUp event so Tk will unset implicit grabs etc.
*/
TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin));
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleActionProc --
*
* Callback procedure used by the Macintosh toolbox call
| > > > > | | | 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
/*
* The HandleControlClick call will "eat" the ButtonUp event. We now
* generate a ButtonUp event so Tk will unset implicit grabs etc.
*/
TkGenerateButtonEventForXPointer(Tk_WindowId(macScalePtr->info.tkwin));
if (portChanged) {
QDSwapPort(savePort, NULL);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScaleActionProc --
*
* Callback procedure used by the Macintosh toolbox call
* HandleControlClick. This call will update the display
* while the scrollbar is being manipulated by the user.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* May change the display.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) GetControlReference(theControl);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("ScaleActionProc");
#endif
value = GetControlValue(theControl);
TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, value, 1, 1);
| | | | 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 |
TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) GetControlReference(theControl);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_SCALE
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("ScaleActionProc");
#endif
value = GetControlValue(theControl);
TkScaleSetValue(scalePtr, value, 1, 1);
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
TkMacOSXRunTclEventLoop();
Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
}
#endif
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c.
1 | /* | | < < < < < < < | < | < < | | < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < | | > > | > > > > > > > | | | < < | | | > < < | < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | | | | | < | | | < < < < | < < | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | < < < < | < < < | | < < | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < > | | | | | | > | > > > | | | < | > | | < < < | | > | > | > | | | | | | < < < | < < < | | > | | | > | > | | | | | > > | < | | > | | < > > | | | > > > > | < | < < | | | | < < < < < | | | | | > | | | | > | < | | | | > > | | | | | > | | > > | | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | > | | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 |
/*
* tkMacOSXScrollbar.c --
*
* This file implements the Macintosh specific portion of the scrollbar
* widget.
*
* Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright (c) 2015 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Commununications LLC.
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScrollbar.h"
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#define MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE 0
/*Borrowed from ttkMacOSXTheme.c to provide appropriate scaling of scrollbar values.*/
#ifdef __LP64__
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */
#define MOUNTAIN_LION_STYLE (NSAppKitVersionNumber < 1138)
/*
* Declaration of Mac specific scrollbar structure.
*/
typedef struct MacScrollbar {
TkScrollbar information; /* Generic scrollbar info. */
GC troughGC; /* For drawing trough. */
GC copyGC; /* Used for copying from pixmap onto screen. */
} MacScrollbar;
/*
* The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget. All fields except size
* are left initialized to NULL, which should happen automatically since the
* variable is declared at this scope.
*/
Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
NULL, /* worldChangedProc */
NULL, /* createProc */
NULL /* modalProc */
};
/*Information on scrollbar layout, metrics, and draw info.*/
typedef struct ScrollbarMetrics {
SInt32 width, minThumbHeight;
int minHeight, topArrowHeight, bottomArrowHeight;
NSControlSize controlSize;
} ScrollbarMetrics;
static ScrollbarMetrics metrics[2] = {
{15, 54, 26, 14, 14, NSRegularControlSize}, /* kThemeScrollBarMedium */
{11, 40, 20, 10, 10, NSSmallControlSize}, /* kThemeScrollBarSmall */
};
HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.min = 0.0,
.max = 100.0,
.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb,
.kind = kThemeScrollBarMedium,
};
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
static void ScrollbarEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr);
static int ScrollbarPress(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr);
static void UpdateControlValues(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateScrollbar --
*
* Allocate a new TkScrollbar structure.
*
* Results:
* Returns a newly allocated TkScrollbar structure.
*
* Side effects:
* Registers an event handler for the widget.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkScrollbar *
TkpCreateScrollbar(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
MacScrollbar *scrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)ckalloc(sizeof(MacScrollbar));
scrollPtr->troughGC = NULL;
scrollPtr->copyGC = NULL;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask|ButtonPressMask|VisibilityChangeMask, ScrollbarEventProc, scrollPtr);
return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDisplayScrollbar --
*
* This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. It is
* invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's
* nothing else for the application to do.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Information appears on the screen.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc;
scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if (tkwin == NULL || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
if (!view ||
macWin->flags & TK_DO_NOT_DRAW ||
!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((Drawable) macWin, NULL, 1, &dc)) {
return;
}
CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
CGAffineTransform t = { .a = 1, .b = 0, .c = 0, .d = -1, .tx = 0,
.ty = viewHeight};
CGContextConcatCTM(dc.context, t);
/*Draw Unix-style scroll trough to provide rect for native scrollbar.*/
if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
GC fgGC, bgGC;
bgGC = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, (Pixmap) macWin);
if (scrollPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
fgGC = Tk_GCForColor(scrollPtr->highlightColorPtr, (Pixmap) macWin);
} else {
fgGC = bgGC;
}
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
(Pixmap) macWin);
}
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder,
scrollPtr->highlightWidth, scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->highlightWidth,
scrollPtr->borderWidth, scrollPtr->relief);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, (Pixmap) macWin, scrollPtr->bgBorder,
scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*scrollPtr->inset, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
/*Update values and draw in native rect.*/
UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);
if (MOUNTAIN_LION_STYLE) {
HIThemeDrawTrack (&info, 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationInverted);
} else {
HIThemeDrawTrack (&info, 0, dc.context, kHIThemeOrientationNormal);
}
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc);
scrollPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry --
*
* After changes in a scrollbar's size or configuration, this procedure
* recomputes various geometry information used in displaying the
* scrollbar.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The scrollbar will be displayed differently.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
/* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
* changed. */
{
int variant, fieldLength;
if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;
variant = ((scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin) :
Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)) - 2 * scrollPtr->inset
< metrics[0].width) ? 1 : 0;
scrollPtr->arrowLength = (metrics[variant].topArrowHeight +
metrics[variant].bottomArrowHeight) / 2;
fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
: Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
- 2 * (scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
if (fieldLength < 0) {
fieldLength = 0;
}
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength * scrollPtr->lastFraction;
/*
* Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always
* displayed in the scrollbar and so that it has at least
* a minimal width (so it can be grabbed with the mouse).
*/
if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > (fieldLength - 2*scrollPtr->borderWidth)) {
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - 2*scrollPtr->borderWidth;
}
if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) {
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
}
if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < (scrollPtr->sliderFirst +
metrics[variant].minThumbHeight)) {
scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst +
metrics[variant].minThumbHeight;
}
if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) {
scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength;
}
if (!(MOUNTAIN_LION_STYLE)) {
scrollPtr->sliderFirst += scrollPtr->inset +
metrics[variant].topArrowHeight;
scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->inset +
metrics[variant].bottomArrowHeight;
}
/*
* Register the desired geometry for the window (leave enough space
* for the two arrows plus a minimum-size slider, plus border around
* the whole window, if any). Then arrange for the window to be
* redisplayed.
*/
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->width + 2 * scrollPtr->inset, 2 * (scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics[variant].minThumbHeight);
} else {
Tk_GeometryRequest(scrollPtr->tkwin, 2 * (scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->borderWidth + scrollPtr->inset) + metrics[variant].minThumbHeight, scrollPtr->width + 2 * scrollPtr->inset);
}
Tk_SetInternalBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->inset);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDestroyScrollbar --
*
* Free data structures associated with the scrollbar control.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Frees the GCs associated with the scrollbar.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
MacScrollbar *macScrollPtr = (MacScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
if (macScrollPtr->troughGC != None) {
Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->troughGC);
}
if (macScrollPtr->copyGC != None) {
Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, macScrollPtr->copyGC);
}
macScrollPtr=NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpConfigureScrollbar --
*
* This procedure is called after the generic code has finished
* processing configuration options, in order to configure platform
* specific options.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Configuration info may get changed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpConfigureScrollbar(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
/* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
{
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpScrollbarPosition --
*
* Determine the scrollbar element corresponding to a given position.
*
* Results:
* One of TOP_ARROW, TOP_GAP, etc., indicating which element of the
* scrollbar covers the position given by (x, y). If (x,y) is outside the
* scrollbar entirely, then OUTSIDE is returned.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScrollbarPosition(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
/* Scrollbar widget record. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
{
/*
* Using code from tkUnixScrlbr.c because Unix scroll bindings are
* driving the display at the script level. All the Mac scrollbar
* has to do is re-draw itself.
*/
int length, fieldlength, width, tmp;
register const int inset = scrollPtr->inset;
register const int arrowSize = scrollPtr->arrowLength + inset;
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
fieldlength = length - 2 * arrowSize;
width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
} else {
tmp = x;
x = y;
y = tmp;
length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
fieldlength = length - 2 * arrowSize;
width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
}
fieldlength = fieldlength < 0 ? 0 : fieldlength;
if (x<inset || x>=width-inset || y<inset || y>=length-inset) {
return OUTSIDE;
}
/*
* All of the calculations in this procedure mirror those in
* TkpDisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent.
*/
if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst) {
return TOP_GAP;
}
if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
return SLIDER;
}
if (y < fieldlength){
return BOTTOM_GAP;
}
if (y < fieldlength + arrowSize) {
return TOP_ARROW;
}
return BOTTOM_ARROW;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateControlValues --
*
* This procedure updates the Macintosh scrollbar control to
* display the values defined by the Tk scrollbar. This is the
* key interface to the Mac-native * scrollbar; the Unix bindings
* drive scrolling in the Tk window and all the Mac scrollbar has
* to do is redraw itself.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The Macintosh control is updated.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateControlValues(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) /* Scrollbar data struct. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(scrollPtr->tkwin);
double dViewSize;
HIRect contrlRect;
int variant;
short width, height;
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
CGFloat viewHeight = [view bounds].size.height;
NSRect frame;
frame = NSMakeRect(macWin->xOff, macWin->yOff, Tk_Width(tkwin),
Tk_Height(tkwin));
frame = NSInsetRect(frame, scrollPtr->inset, scrollPtr->inset);
frame.origin.y = viewHeight - (frame.origin.y + frame.size.height);
contrlRect = NSRectToCGRect(frame);
info.bounds = contrlRect;
width = contrlRect.size.width;
height = contrlRect.size.height;
variant = contrlRect.size.width < metrics[0].width ? 1 : 0;
/*
* Ensure we set scrollbar control bounds only once all size adjustments
* have been computed.
*/
info.bounds = contrlRect;
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
info.attributes &= ~kThemeTrackHorizontal;
} else {
info.attributes |= kThemeTrackHorizontal;
}
/*
* Given the Tk parameters for the fractions of the start and end of the
* thumb, the following calculation determines the location for the
* Macintosh thumb. The Aqua scroll control works as follows. The
* scrollbar's value is the position of the left (or top) side of the view
* area in the content area being scrolled. The maximum value of the
* control is therefore the dimension of the content area less the size of
* the view area.
*/
double maximum = 100, factor;
factor = RangeToFactor(maximum);
dViewSize = (scrollPtr->lastFraction - scrollPtr->firstFraction)
* factor;
info.max = MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE +
factor - dViewSize;
info.trackInfo.scrollbar.viewsize = dViewSize;
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
if (MOUNTAIN_LION_STYLE) {
info.value = factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
} else {
info.value = info.max - factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
}
} else {
info.value = MIN_SCROLLBAR_VALUE + factor * scrollPtr->firstFraction;
}
if((scrollPtr->firstFraction <= 0.0 && scrollPtr->lastFraction >= 1.0)
|| height <= metrics[variant].minHeight) {
info.enableState = kThemeTrackHideTrack;
} else {
info.enableState = kThemeTrackActive;
info.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb | kThemeTrackThumbRgnIsNotGhost;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScrollbarPress --
*
* This procedure is invoked in response to <ButtonPress> events.
* Enters a modal loop to handle scrollbar interactions.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ScrollbarPress(TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, XEvent *eventPtr)
{
if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
UpdateControlValues(scrollPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScrollbarEventProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked by the Tk dispatcher for various events on
* scrollbars.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* When the window gets deleted, internal structures get cleaned up. When
* it gets exposed, it is redisplayed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ScrollbarEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData;
switch (eventPtr->type) {
case UnmapNotify:
TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow((TkWindow *) scrollPtr->tkwin, false);
break;
case ActivateNotify:
case DeactivateNotify:
TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr);
break;
case ButtonPress:
ScrollbarPress(clientData, eventPtr);
break;
default:
TkScrollbarEventProc(clientData, eventPtr);
}
}
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXSend.c -- * * This file provides procedures that implement the "send" command, * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. This | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkMacOSXSend.c -- * * This file provides procedures that implement the "send" command, * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. This * current implementation for the Mac has most functionality stubed out. * * The current plan, which we have not had time to implement, is for the * first Wish app to create a gestalt of type 'WIsH'. This gestalt will * point to a table, in system memory, of Tk apps. Each Tk app, when it * starts up, will register their name, and process ID, in this table. * This will allow us to implement "tk appname". * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 | * list. */ } RegisteredInterp; /* * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each | | | 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 | * list. */ } RegisteredInterp; /* * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each * of the form * window space name '\0' * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an * interpreter named "name". * * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to add or * remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure of the * following type: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
74 75 76 77 78 79 80 |
* none. See format description above; this is
* *not* terminated by the first null
* character. Dynamically allocated. */
int allocedByX; /* Non-zero means must free property with
* XFree; zero means use ckfree. */
} NameRegistry;
| | | 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 |
* none. See format description above; this is
* *not* terminated by the first null
* character. Dynamically allocated. */
int allocedByX; /* Non-zero means must free property with
* XFree; zero means use ckfree. */
} NameRegistry;
static int initialized = 0; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized
* yet. */
static RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr = NULL;
/* List of all interpreters registered by this
* process. */
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultObjPtr);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
/*
* We have found a unique name. Now add it to the registry.
*/
| | | | 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
Tcl_DecrRefCount(resultObjPtr);
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
/*
* We have found a unique name. Now add it to the registry.
*/
riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *) ckalloc(sizeof(RegisteredInterp));
riPtr->interp = interp;
riPtr->name = ckalloc(strlen(actualName) + 1);
riPtr->nextPtr = interpListPtr;
interpListPtr = riPtr;
strcpy(riPtr->name, actualName);
/*
* TODO: DeleteProc
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
316 317 318 319 320 321 322 | * See the user documentation. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Tk_SendObjCmd( | | | < | | | 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_SendObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Used only for deletion */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp we are sending from */
int objc, /* Number of arguments */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* The arguments */
{
const char *sendOptions[] = {"-async", "-displayof", "-", NULL};
char *stringRep, *destName;
/*int async = 0;*/
int i, index, firstArg;
RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
int result = TCL_OK;
for (i = 1; i < (objc - 1); ) {
stringRep = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]);
if (stringRep[0] == '-') {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], sendOptions, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == 0) {
/*async = 1;*/
i++;
} else if (index == 1) {
i += 2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
TkGetInterpNames(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the
* lookup. */
{
Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
| < | 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 |
TkGetInterpNames(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the
* lookup. */
{
Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr;
RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
riPtr = interpListPtr;
while (riPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj(riPtr->name, -1));
riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
496 497 498 499 500 501 502 | * Sets up various data structures and windows. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SendInit( | | > > < | 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 |
* Sets up various data structures and windows.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SendInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to use for error reporting (no
* errors are ever returned, but the
* interpreter is needed anyway). */
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Deleted macosx/tkMacOSXServices.c.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" | < | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" /* #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG #define TK_MAC_DEBUG_CLIP_REGIONS #endif */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * XDestroyWindow -- * | | | | | | < < < | | | < < < | < | | < < | | < < | < < < | < < < > > | | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < < | > > > | < | | < | | > | | | > > | > > < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 |
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDestroyWindow --
*
* Dealocates the given X Window.
*
* Results:
* The window id is returned.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XDestroyWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window) /* Window. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
/*
* Remove any dangling pointers that may exist if the window we are
* deleting is being tracked by the grab code.
*/
TkPointerDeadWindow(macWin->winPtr);
TkMacOSXSelDeadWindow(macWin->winPtr);
macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
if (macWin->winPtr->parentPtr != NULL) {
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
}
if (macWin->visRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->visRgn);
}
if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn);
}
if (macWin->drawRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);
}
if (macWin->toplevel->referenceCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) macWin->toplevel);
}
ckfree((char *) macWin);
return;
}
if (macWin->visRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->visRgn);
}
if (macWin->aboveVisRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->aboveVisRgn);
}
if (macWin->drawRgn) {
CFRelease(macWin->drawRgn);
}
macWin->view = nil;
/*
* Delay deletion of a toplevel data structure untill all children have
* been deleted.
*/
if (macWin->toplevel->referenceCount == 0) {
ckfree((char *) macWin->toplevel);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XMapWindow --
*
* Map the given X Window to the screen. See X window documentation for
* more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The subwindow or toplevel may appear on the screen.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XMapWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window) /* Window. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
XEvent event;
/*
* Under certain situations it's possible for this function to be called
* before the toplevel window it's associated with has actually been
* mapped. In that case we need to create the real Macintosh window now as
* this function as well as other X functions assume that the portPtr is
* valid.
*/
if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(macWin->toplevel->winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);
}
display->request++;
macWin->winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
if ( [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
}
/* Why do we need this? (It is used by Carbon)*/
[win windowRef];
TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(macWin->winPtr, win);
}
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);
/*
* We only need to send the MapNotify event for toplevel windows.
*/
event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = display;
event.xmap.window = window;
event.xmap.type = MapNotify;
event.xmap.event = window;
event.xmap.override_redirect = macWin->winPtr->atts.override_redirect;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
} else {
/*
* Generate damage for that area of the window.
*/
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
}
/*
* Generate VisibilityNotify events for window and all mapped children.
*/
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = display;
event.xvisibility.type = VisibilityNotify;
event.xvisibility.state = VisibilityUnobscured;
NotifyVisibility(macWin->winPtr, &event);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* NotifyVisibility --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
269 270 271 272 273 274 275 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * XUnmapWindow -- * | | | < < < > | | < < < | < < | > | | | > > > > | < | > | | > > | > > > | > > | > > > > > < | < < < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < | < | | | | < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < | > | | < | < < | 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XUnmapWindow --
*
* Unmap the given X Window to the screen. See X window documentation for
* more details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The subwindow or toplevel may be removed from the screen.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XUnmapWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window) /* Window. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
XEvent event;
display->request++;
macWin->winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) {
if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr) &&
macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state!=IconicState) {
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(window);
if ([win isVisible]) {
[[win parentWindow] removeChildWindow:win];
[win orderOut:NSApp];
}
}
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr);
/*
* We only need to send the UnmapNotify event for toplevel windows.
*/
event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display);
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = display;
event.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify;
event.xunmap.window = window;
event.xunmap.event = window;
event.xunmap.from_configure = false;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
} else {
/*
* Generate damage for that area of the window.
*/
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macWin->winPtr->parentPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XResizeWindow --
*
* Resize a given X window. See X windows documentation for further
* details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XResizeWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window, /* Window. */
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
display->request++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
if (w) {
NSRect r = [w contentRectForFrameRect:[w frame]];
r.origin.y += r.size.height - height;
r.size.width = width;
r.size.height = height;
[w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES];
}
} else {
MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XMoveResizeWindow --
*
* Move or resize a given X window. See X windows documentation
* for further details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XMoveResizeWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window, /* Window. */
int x, int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
display->request++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
if (w) {
NSRect r = NSMakeRect(x + macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent,
tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (y +
macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent + height),
width, height);
[w setFrame:[w frameRectForContentRect:r] display:YES];
}
} else {
MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XMoveWindow --
*
* Move a given X window. See X windows documentation for further
* details.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XMoveWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window, /* Window. */
int x, int y)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
display->request++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
NSWindow *w = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
if (w) {
[w setFrameTopLeftPoint:NSMakePoint(x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y)];
}
} else {
MoveResizeWindow(macWin);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MoveResizeWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
static void
MoveResizeWindow(
MacDrawable *macWin)
{
int deltaX = 0, deltaY = 0, parentBorderwidth = 0;
MacDrawable *macParent = NULL;
| | | 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
static void
MoveResizeWindow(
MacDrawable *macWin)
{
int deltaX = 0, deltaY = 0, parentBorderwidth = 0;
MacDrawable *macParent = NULL;
NSWindow *macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow((Drawable) macWin);
/*
* Find the Parent window, for an embedded window it will be its container.
*/
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
527 528 529 530 531 532 533 |
macWin->winPtr->changes.x - macWin->xOff;
deltaY = macParent->yOff + parentBorderwidth +
macWin->winPtr->changes.y - macWin->yOff;
}
if (macWindow) {
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
if (macParent) {
| | | 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
macWin->winPtr->changes.x - macWin->xOff;
deltaY = macParent->yOff + parentBorderwidth +
macWin->winPtr->changes.y - macWin->yOff;
}
if (macWindow) {
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
if (macParent) {
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) macParent->winPtr);
}
}
UpdateOffsets(macWin->winPtr, deltaX, deltaY);
if (macWindow) {
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow(macWin, TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
}
GenerateConfigureNotify(macWin->winPtr, 0);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
590 591 592 593 594 595 596 | * * Side effects: * Changes the stacking order of the specified window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | < > | | < > | | | | 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 |
*
* Side effects:
* Changes the stacking order of the specified window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XRaiseWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window) /* Window. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
display->request++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Above, NULL);
} else {
/*
* TODO: this should generate damage
*/
}
}
#if 0
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XLowerWindow --
*
* Change the stacking order of a window.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Changes the stacking order of the specified window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XLowerWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window window) /* Window. */
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) window;
display->request++;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(macWin->winPtr)) {
TkWmRestackToplevel(macWin->winPtr, Below, NULL);
} else {
/*
* TODO: this should generate damage
*/
}
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XConfigureWindow --
*
* Change the size, position, stacking, or border of the specified window.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Changes the attributes of the specified window. Note that we ignore the
* passed in values and use the values stored in the TkWindow data
* structure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XConfigureWindow(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Window w, /* Window. */
unsigned int value_mask,
XWindowChanges *values)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) w;
TkWindow *winPtr = macWin->winPtr;
display->request++;
/*
* Change the shape and/or position of the window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
689 690 691 692 693 694 695 |
* Change the stacking order of the window. Tk actually keeps all the
* information we need for stacking order. All we need to do is make sure
* the clipping regions get updated and generate damage that will ensure
* things get drawn correctly.
*/
if (value_mask & CWStackMode) {
| | > > | | > > > > < | | < < | 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
* Change the stacking order of the window. Tk actually keeps all the
* information we need for stacking order. All we need to do is make sure
* the clipping regions get updated and generate damage that will ensure
* things get drawn correctly.
*/
if (value_mask & CWStackMode) {
NSView *view = TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin);
Rect bounds;
NSRect r;
if (view) {
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr->parentPtr);
TkMacOSXWinBounds(winPtr, &bounds);
r = NSMakeRect(bounds.left,
[view bounds].size.height - bounds.bottom,
bounds.right - bounds.left, bounds.bottom - bounds.top);
[view setNeedsDisplayInRect:r];
}
}
/* TkGenWMMoveRequestEvent(macWin->winPtr,
macWin->winPtr->changes.x, macWin->winPtr->changes.y); */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
723 724 725 726 727 728 729 | * The clipping regions for the window and its children are cleared. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled( | | | | | | | 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 |
* The clipping regions for the window and its children are cleared.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(
TkWindow *winPtr,
int flag)
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
MacDrawable *macWin = winPtr->privatePtr;
if (macWin) {
if (flag ) {
macWin->flags &= ~TK_DO_NOT_DRAW;
} else {
macWin->flags |= TK_DO_NOT_DRAW;
}
}
/*
* Set the flag for all children & their descendants, excluding
* Toplevels. (??? Do we need to exclude Toplevels?)
*/
childPtr = winPtr->childList;
while (childPtr) {
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(childPtr)) {
TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(childPtr, flag);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
812 813 814 815 816 817 818 | */ TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(winPtr, &bounds); rgn = TkMacOSXHIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&bounds); /* * Clip away the area of any windows that may obscure this window. | | | | > > > > > > > > > | 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 |
*/
TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(winPtr, &bounds);
rgn = TkMacOSXHIShapeCreateMutableWithRect(&bounds);
/*
* Clip away the area of any windows that may obscure this window.
* For a non-toplevel window, first, clip to the parents visible
* clip region. Second, clip away any siblings that are higher in
* the stacking order. For an embedded toplevel, just clip to the
* container's visible clip region. Remember, we only allow one
* contained window in a frame, and don't support any other widgets
* in the frame either. This is not currently enforced, however.
*/
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr->parentPtr);
if (winPtr->parentPtr) {
ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect,
winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->aboveVisRgn,
rgn, rgn);
}
win2Ptr = winPtr;
while ((win2Ptr = win2Ptr->nextPtr)) {
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(win2Ptr) || !Tk_IsMapped(win2Ptr)) {
continue;
}
TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(win2Ptr, &bounds);
ChkErr(TkMacOSHIShapeDifferenceWithRect, rgn, &bounds);
}
} else if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
win2Ptr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (win2Ptr) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(win2Ptr);
ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect,
win2Ptr->privatePtr->aboveVisRgn, rgn, rgn);
} else if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler != NULL) {
TkRegion r = TkCreateRegion();
HIShapeRef visRgn;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getClipProc((Tk_Window) winPtr, r);
visRgn = TkMacOSXGetNativeRegion(r);
ChkErr(HIShapeIntersect, visRgn, rgn, rgn);
CFRelease(visRgn);
TkpReleaseRegion(r);
}
/*
* TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
*/
}
macWin->aboveVisRgn = HIShapeCreateCopy(rgn);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
923 924 925 926 927 928 929 | /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn -- * * This function returns the Macintosh clipping region for the given | | | | | | < < < < < | < > | < | 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 |
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn --
*
* This function returns the Macintosh clipping region for the given
* window. The caller is responsible for disposing of the returned
* region via TkDestroyRegion().
*
* Results:
* The region.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkRegion
TkMacOSXVisableClipRgn(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
if (winPtr->privatePtr->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);
}
return (TkRegion)HIShapeCreateMutableCopy(winPtr->privatePtr->visRgn);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion --
*
* This function invalidates the given region of a view.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Damage is created.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static OSStatus
InvalViewRect(int msg, HIShapeRef rgn, const CGRect *rect, void *ref) {
static CGAffineTransform t;
NSView *view = ref;
if (!view) {
return paramErr;
}
switch (msg) {
case kHIShapeEnumerateInit:
t = CGAffineTransformMake(1.0, 0.0, 0.0, -1.0, 0.0,
NSHeight([view bounds]));
break;
case kHIShapeEnumerateRect:
[view setNeedsDisplayInRect:NSRectFromCGRect(
CGRectApplyAffineTransform(*rect, t))];
break;
}
return noErr;
}
void
TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 |
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_CLIP_REGIONS
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("%s", macWin->winPtr->pathName);
#endif
if (macWin->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(macWin->winPtr);
}
| | | | < | | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < < | < < > | < | | 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 |
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_CLIP_REGIONS
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("%s", macWin->winPtr->pathName);
#endif
if (macWin->flags & TK_CLIP_INVALID) {
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(macWin->winPtr);
}
TkMacOSXInvalidateViewRegion(TkMacOSXDrawableView(macWin),
(flag == TK_WINDOW_ONLY) ? macWin->visRgn : macWin->aboveVisRgn);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXDrawableWindow --
*
* This function returns the NSWindow for a given X drawable.
*
* Results:
* A NSWindow, or nil for off screen pixmaps.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
NSWindow*
TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(
Drawable drawable)
{
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) drawable;
NSWindow *result = nil;
if (!macWin || macWin->flags & TK_IS_PIXMAP) {
result = nil;
} else if (macWin->toplevel && macWin->toplevel->winPtr &&
macWin->toplevel->winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
macWin->toplevel->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window) {
result = macWin->toplevel->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
} else if (macWin->winPtr && macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr &&
macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window) {
result = macWin->winPtr->wmInfoPtr->window;
} else if (macWin->toplevel && (macWin->toplevel->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);
if (contWinPtr) {
result = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow((Drawable) contWinPtr->privatePtr);
}
}
return result;
}
void *
TkMacOSXDrawable(
Drawable drawable)
{
return TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(drawable);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort --
*
* This function returns the Graphics Port for a given X drawable.
*
* Results:
* NULL.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void *
TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(
Drawable drawable)
{
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXDrawableView --
*
* This function returns the NSView for a given X drawable.
*
* Results:
* A NSView* or nil.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
NSView*
TkMacOSXDrawableView(
MacDrawable *macWin)
{
NSView *result = nil;
if (!macWin) {
result = nil;
} else if (!macWin->toplevel) {
result = macWin->view;
} else if (!(macWin->toplevel->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
result = macWin->toplevel->view;
} else {
TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(macWin->toplevel->winPtr);
if (contWinPtr) {
result = TkMacOSXDrawableView(contWinPtr->privatePtr);
}
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetRootControl --
*
* This function returns the NSView for a given X drawable.
*
* Results:
* A NSView* .
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void *
TkMacOSXGetRootControl(
Drawable drawable)
{
/*
* will probably need to fix this up for embedding
*/
return TkMacOSXDrawableView((MacDrawable *) drawable);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 |
* Invalidate clip regions for all children & their descendants, unless the
* child is a toplevel.
*/
childPtr = winPtr->childList;
while (childPtr) {
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(childPtr)) {
| | | | | | < | > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 |
* Invalidate clip regions for all children & their descendants, unless the
* child is a toplevel.
*/
childPtr = winPtr->childList;
while (childPtr) {
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(childPtr)) {
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) childPtr);
}
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr;
}
/*
* Also, if the window is a container, mark its embedded window.
*/
if (Tk_IsContainer(winPtr)) {
childPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (childPtr) {
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) childPtr);
}
/*
* TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
*/
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXWinBounds --
*
* Given a Tk window this function determines the windows bounds in
* relation to the Macintosh window's coordinate system. This is also the
* same coordinate system as the Tk toplevel window in which this window
* is contained.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXWinBounds(
TkWindow *winPtr,
void *bounds)
{
Rect *b = (Rect *)bounds;
b->left = winPtr->privatePtr->xOff;
b->top = winPtr->privatePtr->yOff;
b->right = b->left + winPtr->changes.width;
b->bottom = b->top + winPtr->changes.height;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXWinCGBounds --
*
* Given a Tk window this function determines the windows bounds in
* relation to the Macintosh window's coordinate system. This is also the
* same coordinate system as the Tk toplevel window in which this window
* is contained.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(
TkWindow *winPtr,
CGRect *bounds)
{
bounds->origin.x = winPtr->privatePtr->xOff;
bounds->origin.y = winPtr->privatePtr->yOff;
bounds->size.width = winPtr->changes.width;
bounds->size.height = winPtr->changes.height;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateOffsets --
*
* Updates the X & Y offsets of the given TkWindow from the TopLevel it is
* a decendant of.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The xOff & yOff fields for the Mac window datastructure is updated to
* the proper offset.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Pixmap
Tk_GetPixmap(
Display *display, /* Display for new pixmap (can be null). */
| | | | 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Pixmap
Tk_GetPixmap(
Display *display, /* Display for new pixmap (can be null). */
Drawable d, /* Drawable where pixmap will be used (ignored). */
int width, /* Dimensions of pixmap. */
int height,
int depth) /* Bits per pixel for pixmap. */
{
MacDrawable *macPix;
if (display != NULL) {
display->request++;
}
macPix = (MacDrawable *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacDrawable));
macPix->winPtr = NULL;
macPix->xOff = 0;
macPix->yOff = 0;
macPix->visRgn = NULL;
macPix->aboveVisRgn = NULL;
macPix->drawRgn = NULL;
macPix->referenceCount = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 |
*/
void
Tk_FreePixmap(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Pixmap to destroy */
{
| | | | 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 |
*/
void
Tk_FreePixmap(
Display *display, /* Display. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Pixmap to destroy */
{
MacDrawable *macPix = (MacDrawable *) pixmap;
display->request++;
if (macPix->context) {
char *data = CGBitmapContextGetData(macPix->context);
if (data) {
ckfree(data);
}
CFRelease(macPix->context);
}
ckfree((char *) macPix);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXTest.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" | < | | < < < < | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" /* * Forward declarations of procedures defined later in this file: */ #if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080 static int DebuggerObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); #endif static int MenuBarHeightObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkplatformtestInit -- |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
/*
* Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
*/
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "debugger", DebuggerObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
#endif
| < < | 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
/*
* Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
*/
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1080
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "debugger", DebuggerObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
#endif
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menubarheight", MenuBarHeightObjCmd, NULL, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int MenuBarHeightObjCmd( | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
MenuBarHeightObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Not used. */
int objc, /* Not used. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Not used. */
{
static int height = 0;
if (height == 0) {
height = (int) [[NSApp mainMenu] menuBarHeight];
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj(height));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" | | < | > > > | | > | > | > | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "tkMacOSXWm.h"
#include "tkMacOSXEvent.h"
#include "tkMacOSXDebug.h"
/*
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
#define TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
#endif
*/
/*
* Declaration of functions used only in this file
*/
static int GenerateUpdates(HIShapeRef updateRgn,
CGRect *updateBounds, TkWindow *winPtr);
static int GenerateActivateEvents(TkWindow *winPtr,
int activeFlag);
static void DoWindowActivate(ClientData clientData);
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
extern NSString *NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification;
extern NSString *NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
#define NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification @"NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification"
#define NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification @"NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification"
#endif
#endif
extern BOOL opaqueTag;
@implementation TKApplication(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) windowActivation: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 |
- (void) windowBoundsChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
BOOL movedOnly = [[notification name]
isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification];
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
NSRect bounds = [w frame];
int x, y, width = -1, height = -1, flags = 0;
x = bounds.origin.x;
| > > > > > | | > | | | | < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < < | < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > | > > > | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 |
- (void) windowBoundsChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
BOOL movedOnly = [[notification name]
isEqualToString:NSWindowDidMoveNotification];
if (movedOnly) {
/* constraining to screen after move not needed with AppKit */
}
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
NSRect bounds = [w frame];
int x, y, width = -1, height = -1, flags = 0;
x = bounds.origin.x;
y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (bounds.origin.y + bounds.size.height);
if (winPtr->changes.x != x || winPtr->changes.y != y){
flags |= TK_LOCATION_CHANGED;
} else {
x = y = -1;
}
if (!movedOnly && (winPtr->changes.width != bounds.size.width ||
winPtr->changes.height != bounds.size.height)) {
width = bounds.size.width - wmPtr->xInParent;
height = bounds.size.height - wmPtr->yInParent;
flags |= TK_SIZE_CHANGED;
}
if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {
/*
* Propagate geometry changes immediately.
*/
flags |= TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY;
}
TkGenWMConfigureEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr, x, y, width, height, flags);
}
}
- (void) windowExpanded: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state =
TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(winPtr) ? ZoomState : NormalState;
Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
if (Tcl_GetServiceMode() != TCL_SERVICE_NONE) {
/*
* Process all Tk events generated by Tk_MapWindow().
*/
while (Tcl_ServiceEvent(0)) {}
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT)) {}
/*
* NSWindowDidDeminiaturizeNotification is received after
* NSWindowDidBecomeKeyNotification, so activate manually
*/
GenerateActivateEvents(winPtr, 1);
} else {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DoWindowActivate, winPtr);
}
}
}
- (void) windowCollapsed: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
}
- (BOOL) windowShouldClose: (NSWindow *) w
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, w);
#endif
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
TkGenWMDestroyEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr);
if (_windowWithMouse == w) {
_windowWithMouse = nil;
[w release];
}
}
/*
* If necessary, TkGenWMDestroyEvent() handles [close]ing the window,
* so can always return NO from -windowShouldClose: for a Tk window.
*/
return (winPtr ? NO : YES);
}
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
- (void) windowDragStart: (NSNotification *) notification
{
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}
- (void) windowLiveResize: (NSNotification *) notification
{
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
//BOOL start = [[notification name] isEqualToString:NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification];
}
- (void) windowMapped: (NSNotification *) notification
{
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
//Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
}
- (void) windowBecameVisible: (NSNotification *) notification
{
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
}
- (void) windowUnmapped: (NSNotification *) notification
{
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
NSWindow *w = [notification object];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
if (winPtr) {
//Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
}
#endif /* TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS */
- (void) _setupWindowNotifications
{
NSNotificationCenter *nc = [NSNotificationCenter defaultCenter];
#define observe(n, s) \
[nc addObserver:self selector:@selector(s) name:(n) object:nil]
observe(NSWindowDidBecomeKeyNotification, windowActivation:);
observe(NSWindowDidResignKeyNotification, windowActivation:);
observe(NSWindowDidMoveNotification, windowBoundsChanged:);
observe(NSWindowDidResizeNotification, windowBoundsChanged:);
observe(NSWindowDidDeminiaturizeNotification, windowExpanded:);
observe(NSWindowDidMiniaturizeNotification, windowCollapsed:);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
observe(NSWindowWillMoveNotification, windowDragStart:);
observe(NSWindowWillStartLiveResizeNotification, windowLiveResize:);
observe(NSWindowDidEndLiveResizeNotification, windowLiveResize:);
observe(NSWindowWillOrderOnScreenNotification, windowMapped:);
observe(NSWindowDidOrderOnScreenNotification, windowBecameVisible:);
observe(NSWindowDidOrderOffScreenNotification, windowUnmapped:);
#endif
#undef observe
}
@end
#pragma mark TKApplication(TKApplicationEvent)
@implementation TKApplication(TKApplicationEvent)
- (void) applicationActivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
[NSApp tkCheckPasteboard];
}
- (void) applicationDeactivate: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
TkSuspendClipboard();
}
- (void) applicationShowHide: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
const char *cmd = ([[notification name] isEqualToString:
NSApplicationDidUnhideNotification] ?
"::tk::mac::OnShow" : "::tk::mac::OnHide");
Tcl_CmdInfo dummy;
if (_eventInterp && Tcl_GetCommandInfo(_eventInterp, cmd, &dummy)) {
int code = Tcl_EvalEx(_eventInterp, cmd, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_BackgroundError(_eventInterp);
}
Tcl_ResetResult(_eventInterp);
}
}
- (void) displayChanged: (NSNotification *) notification
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_NOTIFICATIONS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, notification);
#endif
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
if (dispPtr) {
TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(dispPtr->display);
}
}
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GenerateUpdates --
*
* Given a Macintosh update region and a Tk window this function geneates
* a X Expose event for the window if it is within the update region. The
* function will then recursivly have each damaged window generate Expose
* events for its child windows.
*
* Results:
* True if event(s) are generated - false otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* Additional events may be place on the Tk event queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GenerateUpdates(
HIShapeRef updateRgn,
CGRect *updateBounds,
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
XEvent event;
CGRect bounds, damageBounds;
HIShapeRef boundsRgn, damageRgn;
TkMacOSXWinCGBounds(winPtr, &bounds);
if (!CGRectIntersectsRect(bounds, *updateBounds)) {
return 0;
}
if (!HIShapeIntersectsRect(updateRgn, &bounds)) {
return 0;
}
/*
* Compute the bounding box of the area that the damage occured in.
*/
boundsRgn = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
damageRgn = HIShapeCreateIntersection(updateRgn, boundsRgn);
if (HIShapeIsEmpty(damageRgn)) {
CFRelease(damageRgn);
CFRelease(boundsRgn);
return 0;
}
HIShapeGetBounds(damageRgn, &damageBounds);
CFRelease(damageRgn);
CFRelease(boundsRgn);
event.xany.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(winPtr));
event.xany.send_event = false;
event.xany.window = Tk_WindowId(winPtr);
event.xany.display = Tk_Display(winPtr);
event.type = Expose;
event.xexpose.x = damageBounds.origin.x - bounds.origin.x;
event.xexpose.y = damageBounds.origin.y - bounds.origin.y;
event.xexpose.width = damageBounds.size.width;
event.xexpose.height = damageBounds.size.height;
event.xexpose.count = 0;
Tk_HandleEvent(&event);
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
NSLog(@"Expose %p {{%d, %d}, {%d, %d}}", event.xany.window, event.xexpose.x,
event.xexpose.y, event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height);
#endif
/*
* Generate updates for the children of this window
*/
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
if (!Tk_IsMapped(childPtr) || Tk_IsTopLevel(childPtr)) {
continue;
}
GenerateUpdates(updateRgn, updateBounds, childPtr);
}
/*
* Generate updates for any contained windows
*/
if (Tk_IsContainer(winPtr)) {
childPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (childPtr != NULL && Tk_IsMapped(childPtr)) {
GenerateUpdates(updateRgn, updateBounds, childPtr);
}
/*
* TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
*/
}
return 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GenerateActivateEvents --
*
* Given a Macintosh window activate event this function generates all the
* X Activate events needed by Tk.
*
* Results:
* True if event(s) are generated - false otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* Additional events may be place on the Tk event queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
GenerateActivateEvents(
TkWindow *winPtr,
int activeFlag)
{
TkGenerateActivateEvents(winPtr, activeFlag);
TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(winPtr, activeFlag);
return true;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DoWindowActivate --
*
* Idle handler that calls GenerateActivateEvents().
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Additional events may be place on the Tk event queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
DoWindowActivate(
ClientData clientData)
{
GenerateActivateEvents(clientData, 1);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent --
*
* Given a Macintosh window activate event this function generates all
* the X Focus events needed by Tk.
*
* Results:
* True if event(s) are generated - false otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* Additional events may be place on the Tk event queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXGenerateFocusEvent(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Root X window for event. */
int activeFlag)
{
XEvent event;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
586 587 588 589 590 591 592 |
event.xfocus.mode = NotifyNormal;
event.xfocus.detail = NotifyDetailNone;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
return true;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 |
event.xfocus.mode = NotifyNormal;
event.xfocus.detail = NotifyDetailNone;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
return true;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGenWMConfigureEvent --
*
* Generate a ConfigureNotify event for Tk. Depending on the value of flag
* the values of width/height, x/y, or both may be changed.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 |
*/
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (flags & TK_LOCATION_CHANGED) {
wmPtr->x = x;
wmPtr->y = y;
}
if ((flags & TK_SIZE_CHANGED) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING) &&
((width != Tk_Width(tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(tkwin)))) {
if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {
/*
* Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it
* from what the widgets asked for.
| > | 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 |
*/
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) {
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (flags & TK_LOCATION_CHANGED) {
wmPtr->x = x;
wmPtr->y = y;
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X | WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
}
if ((flags & TK_SIZE_CHANGED) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING) &&
((width != Tk_Width(tkwin)) || (height != Tk_Height(tkwin)))) {
if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (width == winPtr->reqWidth)) {
/*
* Don't set external width, since the user didn't change it
* from what the widgets asked for.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
729 730 731 732 733 734 735 |
wmPtr->configWidth = width;
wmPtr->configHeight = height;
}
}
/*
* Now set up the changes structure. Under X we wait for the
| | | 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 |
wmPtr->configWidth = width;
wmPtr->configHeight = height;
}
}
/*
* Now set up the changes structure. Under X we wait for the
* ConfigureNotify to set these values. On the Mac we know imediatly that
* this is what we want - so we just set them. However, we need to make
* sure the windows clipping region is marked invalid so the change is
* visible to the subwindow.
*/
winPtr->changes.x = x;
winPtr->changes.y = y;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
818 819 820 821 822 823 824 |
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
Tcl_Preserve(protPtr);
interp = protPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, protPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
| > | < | > | | | | 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 |
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
Tcl_Preserve(protPtr);
interp = protPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, protPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command for \"");
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol));
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\" window manager protocol)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release(interp);
Tcl_Release(protPtr);
return;
}
}
/*
* No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW
* message then just destroy the window.
*/
if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW")) {
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
858 859 860 861 862 863 864 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
{
| > > > > > > > > | > > | 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MacOSXIsAppInFront(void)
{
Boolean isFrontProcess = true;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
ProcessSerialNumber frontPsn, ourPsn = {0, kCurrentProcess};
if (noErr == GetFrontProcess(&frontPsn)){
SameProcess(&frontPsn, &ourPsn, &isFrontProcess);
}
#else
isFrontProcess = [NSRunningApplication currentApplication].active;
#endif
return (isFrontProcess == true);
}
#pragma mark TKContentView
#import <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
884 885 886 887 888 889 890 | * Widgets it was necessary to use Apple private API calls. In order to avoid * using private API calls, the NSView-based widgets have been replaced with * normal Tk widgets which draw themselves as native widgets by using the * HITheme API. * */ | < | < < < | < < < > | < | | | | < | > > | | | < | < | < < | < | < | | | < > | < < | | > > | | > | > | | < < < < < < > | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | < < > > > > < | < < | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | < | < | | < < < < < | | | > > | | | < | < < < < | < < < | < < < < < > > | < < < < | | < < | < < < > > > | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > | | < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < > | | > > > | | < < | < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < > > > > < < < < | | < < < > | < < < > > | < > | | | < < < | | < | < < < < < > > > | < > > | | > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 |
* Widgets it was necessary to use Apple private API calls. In order to avoid
* using private API calls, the NSView-based widgets have been replaced with
* normal Tk widgets which draw themselves as native widgets by using the
* HITheme API.
*
*/
/*Restrict event processing to Expose events.*/
static Tk_RestrictAction
ExposeRestrictProc(
ClientData arg,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
return (eventPtr->type==Expose && eventPtr->xany.serial==PTR2UINT(arg)
? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT);
}
/*Restrict event processing to ConfigureNotify events.*/
static Tk_RestrictAction
ConfigureRestrictProc(
ClientData arg,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
return (eventPtr->type==ConfigureNotify ? TK_PROCESS_EVENT : TK_DEFER_EVENT);
}
@implementation TKContentView(TKWindowEvent)
- (void) drawRect: (NSRect) rect
{
const NSRect *rectsBeingDrawn;
NSInteger rectsBeingDrawnCount;
[self getRectsBeingDrawn:&rectsBeingDrawn count:&rectsBeingDrawnCount];
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_DRAWING
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s%@]", [self class], self, _cmd, NSStringFromRect(rect));
[[NSColor colorWithDeviceRed:0.0 green:1.0 blue:0.0 alpha:.1] setFill];
NSRectFillListUsingOperation(rectsBeingDrawn, rectsBeingDrawnCount,
NSCompositeSourceOver);
#endif
CGFloat height = [self bounds].size.height;
HIMutableShapeRef drawShape = HIShapeCreateMutable();
while (rectsBeingDrawnCount--) {
CGRect r = NSRectToCGRect(*rectsBeingDrawn++);
r.origin.y = height - (r.origin.y + r.size.height);
HIShapeUnionWithRect(drawShape, &r);
}
if (CFRunLoopGetMain() == CFRunLoopGetCurrent()) {
[self generateExposeEvents:(HIShapeRef)drawShape];
} else {
[self performSelectorOnMainThread:@selector(generateExposeEvents:)
withObject:(id)drawShape waitUntilDone:NO
modes:[NSArray arrayWithObjects:NSRunLoopCommonModes,
NSEventTrackingRunLoopMode, NSModalPanelRunLoopMode,
nil]];
}
CFRelease(drawShape);
}
-(void) setFrameSize: (NSSize)newsize
{
[super setFrameSize: newsize];
if ([self inLiveResize]) {
NSWindow *w = [self window];
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
unsigned int width = (unsigned int)newsize.width;
unsigned int height=(unsigned int)newsize.height;
ClientData oldArg;
Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;
/* This can be called from outside the Tk event loop.
* Since it calls Tcl_DoOneEvent, we need to make sure we
* don't clobber the AutoreleasePool set up by the caller.
*/
[NSApp setPoolProtected:YES];
/*
* Try to prevent flickers and flashes.
*/
[w disableFlushWindow];
NSDisableScreenUpdates();
/* Disable Tk drawing until the window has been completely configured.*/
TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 0);
/* Generate and handle a ConfigureNotify event for the new size.*/
TkGenWMConfigureEvent(tkwin, Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), width, height,
TK_SIZE_CHANGED | TK_MACOSX_HANDLE_EVENT_IMMEDIATELY);
oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ConfigureRestrictProc, NULL, &oldArg);
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT)) {}
Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg);
/* Now that Tk has configured all subwindows we can create the clip regions. */
TkMacOSXSetDrawingEnabled(winPtr, 1);
TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns(tkwin);
TkMacOSXUpdateClipRgn(winPtr);
/* Finally, generate and process expose events to redraw the window. */
HIRect bounds = NSRectToCGRect([self bounds]);
HIShapeRef shape = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
[self generateExposeEvents: shape];
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_ALL_EVENTS|TCL_DONT_WAIT)) {}
[w enableFlushWindow];
[w flushWindowIfNeeded];
NSEnableScreenUpdates();
[NSApp setPoolProtected:NO];
}
}
/*
* As insurance against bugs that might cause layout glitches during a live
* resize, we redraw the window one more time at the end of the resize
* operation.
*/
- (void)viewDidEndLiveResize
{
HIRect bounds = NSRectToCGRect([self bounds]);
HIShapeRef shape = HIShapeCreateWithRect(&bounds);
[super viewDidEndLiveResize];
[self generateExposeEvents: shape];
}
/* Core method of this class: generates expose events for redrawing.
* Whereas drawRect is intended to be called only from the Appkit event
* loop, this can be called from Tk. If the Tcl_ServiceMode is set to
* TCL_SERVICE_ALL then the expose events will be immediately removed
* from the Tcl event loop and processed. Typically, they should be queued,
* however.
*/
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape
{
[self generateExposeEvents:shape childrenOnly:0];
}
- (void) generateExposeEvents: (HIShapeRef) shape
childrenOnly: (int) childrenOnly
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
unsigned long serial;
CGRect updateBounds;
int updatesNeeded;
if (!winPtr) {
return;
}
/* Generate Tk Expose events. */
HIShapeGetBounds(shape, &updateBounds);
/* All of these events will share the same serial number. */
serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(winPtr));
updatesNeeded = GenerateUpdates(shape, &updateBounds, winPtr);
/* Process the Expose events if the service mode is TCL_SERVICE_ALL */
if (updatesNeeded && Tcl_GetServiceMode() == TCL_SERVICE_ALL) {
ClientData oldArg;
Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ExposeRestrictProc,
UINT2PTR(serial), &oldArg);
while (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {}
Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &oldArg);
}
}
/*
* This is no-op on 10.7 and up because Apple has removed this widget,
* but we are leaving it here for backwards compatibility.
*/
- (void) tkToolbarButton: (id) sender
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd);
#endif
XVirtualEvent event;
int x, y;
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow([self window]);
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
bzero(&event, sizeof(XVirtualEvent));
event.type = VirtualEvent;
event.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(Tk_Display(tkwin));
event.send_event = false;
event.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
event.event = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
event.root = XRootWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin), 0);
event.subwindow = None;
event.time = TkpGetMS();
XQueryPointer(NULL, winPtr->window, NULL, NULL,
&event.x_root, &event.y_root, &x, &y, &event.state);
Tk_TopCoordsToWindow(tkwin, x, y, &event.x, &event.y);
event.same_screen = true;
event.name = Tk_GetUid("ToolbarButton");
Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
- (BOOL) isOpaque
{
NSWindow *w = [self window];
if (opaqueTag) {
return YES;
} else {
return (w && (([w styleMask] & NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask) ||
![w isOpaque]) ? NO : YES);
}
}
- (BOOL) wantsDefaultClipping
{
return NO;
}
- (BOOL) acceptsFirstResponder
{
return YES;
}
- (void) keyDown: (NSEvent *) theEvent
{
#ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG_EVENTS
TKLog(@"-[%@(%p) %s] %@", [self class], self, _cmd, theEvent);
#endif
}
@end
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXWm.c -- * * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements | | > < | < | < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | /* * tkMacOSXWm.c -- * * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window * manager. * * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright (c) 2010 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkScrollbar.h" #include "tkMacOSXWm.h" #include "tkMacOSXEvent.h" #include "tkMacOSXDebug.h" #include <Carbon/Carbon.h> #define DEBUG_ZOMBIES 0 /* #ifdef TK_MAC_DEBUG #define TK_MAC_DEBUG_WINDOWS #endif |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
| kWindowNoShadowAttribute | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute | tkHUDWindowAttribute)
static const struct {
const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
[kAlertWindowClass] = {
.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },
[kMovableAlertWindowClass] = {
| > > > > > | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
| kWindowHideOnFullScreenAttribute | kWindowNoConstrainAttribute \
| kWindowNoShadowAttribute | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute \
| kWindowOpaqueForEventsAttribute | kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute \
| kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute | tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute \
| tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute \
| tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute | tkHUDWindowAttribute)
/*Objects for use in setting background color and opacity of window.*/
NSColor *colorName = NULL;
BOOL opaqueTag = FALSE;
static const struct {
const UInt64 validAttrs, defaultAttrs, forceOnAttrs, forceOffAttrs;
int flags; NSUInteger styleMask;
} macClassAttrs[] = {
[kAlertWindowClass] = {
.defaultAttrs = kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute, },
[kMovableAlertWindowClass] = {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
/*
* Data for [wm attributes] command:
*/
typedef enum {
WMATT_ALPHA, WMATT_FULLSCREEN, WMATT_MODIFIED, WMATT_NOTIFY,
WMATT_TITLEPATH, WMATT_TOPMOST, WMATT_TRANSPARENT,
| | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
/*
* Data for [wm attributes] command:
*/
typedef enum {
WMATT_ALPHA, WMATT_FULLSCREEN, WMATT_MODIFIED, WMATT_NOTIFY,
WMATT_TITLEPATH, WMATT_TOPMOST, WMATT_TRANSPARENT,
_WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE
} WmAttribute;
static const char *const WmAttributeNames[] = {
"-alpha", "-fullscreen", "-modified", "-notify",
"-titlepath", "-topmost", "-transparent",
NULL
};
/*
* The variable below is used to enable or disable tracing in this module. If
* tracing is enabled, then information is printed on standard output about
* interesting interactions with the window manager.
*/
static int wmTracing = 0;
/*
* The following structure is the official type record for geometry management
* of top-level windows.
*/
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
"wm", /* name */
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
* The following keeps state for Aqua dock icon bounce notification.
*/
static int tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal = 0;
/*
* Hash table for Mac Window -> TkWindow mapping.
*/
static Tcl_HashTable windowTable;
static int windowHashInit = false;
#pragma mark NSWindow(TKWm)
/*
* Conversion of coordinates between window and screen.
*/
@implementation NSWindow(TKWm)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1070
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
return [self convertBaseToScreen:point];
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
return [self convertScreenToBase:point];
}
@end
#else
- (NSPoint) convertPointToScreen: (NSPoint) point
{
NSRect pointrect;
pointrect.origin = point;
pointrect.size.width = 0;
pointrect.size.height = 0;
return [self convertRectToScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
- (NSPoint) convertPointFromScreen: (NSPoint)point
{
NSRect pointrect;
pointrect.origin = point;
pointrect.size.width = 0;
pointrect.size.height = 0;
return [self convertRectFromScreen:pointrect].origin;
}
@end
#endif
#pragma mark -
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file:
*/
static NSRect InitialWindowBounds(TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *macWindow);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 | Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); static int WmWinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); | < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > < < | < < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < > | < < > | < | > | > < < < < | | | | | < > | | < | | < | | < > | 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr);
static int WmWinStyle(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr,
int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static void ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *macWindow, UInt64 oldAttributes,
int oldFlags, int create, int initial);
static void ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *macWindow);
static void GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr,
int *minHeightPtr);
static void GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr,
int *maxHeightPtr);
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr,
MacDrawable *parentWin);
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED >= 1060
#define TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD 1
#endif
#pragma mark TKWindow(TKWm)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
@interface NSWindow(TkWm)
- (void) setCanCycle: (BOOL) canCycleFlag;
@end
#endif
@interface NSDrawerWindow : NSWindow
{
id _i1, _i2;
}
@end
@implementation TKWindow
@end
@implementation TKWindow(TKWm)
- (BOOL) canBecomeKeyWindow
{
TkWindow *winPtr = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(self);
return (winPtr && winPtr->wmInfoPtr && (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass ==
kHelpWindowClass || winPtr->wmInfoPtr->attributes &
kWindowNoActivatesAttribute)) ? NO : YES;
}
#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES
- (id) retain
{
id result = [super retain];
const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
if (title == nil) {
title = "unnamed window";
}
if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
printf("Retained <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
}
return result;
}
- (id) autorelease
{
static int xcount = 0;
id result = [super autorelease];
const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
if (title == nil) {
title = "unnamed window";
}
if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
printf("Autoreleased <%s>. Count is %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
}
return result;
}
- (oneway void) release {
const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
if (title == nil) {
title = "unnamed window";
}
if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 1){
printf("Releasing <%s>. Count is %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
}
[super release];
}
- (void) dealloc {
const char *title = [[self title] UTF8String];
if (title == nil) {
title = "unnamed window";
}
if (DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0){
printf(">>>> Freeing <%s>. Count is %lu\n", title, [self retainCount]);
}
[super dealloc];
}
#endif
@end
#pragma mark -
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SetWindowSizeLimits(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
| | | 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SetWindowSizeLimits(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
NSWindow *macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int minWidth, minHeight, maxWidth, maxHeight, base;
if (!macWindow) {
return;
}
GetMinSize(winPtr, &minWidth, &minHeight);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
558 559 560 561 562 563 564 |
if (wmPtr->gridWin) {
[macWindow setResizeIncrements:NSMakeSize(wmPtr->widthInc,
wmPtr->heightInc)];
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect && wmPtr->minAspect.x ==
wmPtr->maxAspect.x && wmPtr->minAspect.y == wmPtr->maxAspect.y) {
NSSize aspect = NSMakeSize(wmPtr->minAspect.x, wmPtr->minAspect.y);
CGFloat ratio = aspect.width/aspect.height;
| < | 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 |
if (wmPtr->gridWin) {
[macWindow setResizeIncrements:NSMakeSize(wmPtr->widthInc,
wmPtr->heightInc)];
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect && wmPtr->minAspect.x ==
wmPtr->maxAspect.x && wmPtr->minAspect.y == wmPtr->maxAspect.y) {
NSSize aspect = NSMakeSize(wmPtr->minAspect.x, wmPtr->minAspect.y);
CGFloat ratio = aspect.width/aspect.height;
[macWindow setContentAspectRatio:aspect];
if ((CGFloat)minWidth/(CGFloat)minHeight > ratio) {
minHeight = lround(minWidth / ratio);
} else {
minWidth = lround(minHeight * ratio);
}
if ((CGFloat)maxWidth/(CGFloat)maxHeight > ratio) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
595 596 597 598 599 600 601 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * FrontWindowAtPoint -- * | | < | < | | > | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < | | 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FrontWindowAtPoint --
*
* Find frontmost toplevel window at a given screen location.
*
* Results:
* TkWindow*.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkWindow*
FrontWindowAtPoint(
int x, int y)
{
NSPoint p = NSMakePoint(x, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - y);
NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
TkWindow *front = NULL;
for (NSWindow *w in windows) {
if (w && NSMouseInRect(p, [w frame], NO)) {
front = TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(w);
break;
}
}
return front;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmNewWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmNewWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
| | | > < | 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmNewWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
wmPtr->reparent = None;
wmPtr->titleUid = NULL;
wmPtr->iconName = NULL;
wmPtr->master = None;
wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None;
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = wmPtr->hints.icon_y = 0;
wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None;
wmPtr->hints.window_group = None;
wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
wmPtr->masterWindowName = NULL;
wmPtr->icon = NULL;
wmPtr->iconFor = NULL;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags = 0;
wmPtr->minWidth = wmPtr->minHeight = 1;
wmPtr->maxWidth = 0;
wmPtr->maxHeight = 0;
wmPtr->gridWin = NULL;
wmPtr->widthInc = wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
wmPtr->minAspect.x = wmPtr->minAspect.y = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
711 712 713 714 715 716 717 |
wmPtr->cmapCount = 0;
wmPtr->configX = 0;
wmPtr->configY = 0;
wmPtr->configWidth = -1;
wmPtr->configHeight = -1;
wmPtr->vRoot = None;
wmPtr->protPtr = NULL;
| | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 |
wmPtr->cmapCount = 0;
wmPtr->configX = 0;
wmPtr->configY = 0;
wmPtr->configWidth = -1;
wmPtr->configHeight = -1;
wmPtr->vRoot = None;
wmPtr->protPtr = NULL;
wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL;
wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
wmPtr->flags = WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
wmPtr->macClass = kDocumentWindowClass;
wmPtr->attributes = macClassAttrs[kDocumentWindowClass].defaultAttrs;
wmPtr->scrollWinPtr = NULL;
wmPtr->menuPtr = NULL;
wmPtr->window = nil;
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
/*
* Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order to
* detect size and position changes caused by window managers.
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
TopLevelEventProc, winPtr);
/*
* Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
* window manager.
*/
Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, (ClientData) 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmMapWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
836 837 838 839 840 841 842 |
void
TkWmMapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* mapped. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
| < | | 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 |
void
TkWmMapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* mapped. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
/*
* Create the underlying Mac window for this Tk window.
*/
if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr);
}
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
/*
* Generate configure event when we first map the window.
*/
TkGenWMConfigureEvent((Tk_Window) winPtr, wmPtr->x, wmPtr->y, -1, -1,
TK_LOCATION_CHANGED);
/*
* This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. Store all
* the window-manager-related information for the window.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
901 902 903 904 905 906 907 |
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
}
UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
/*
| | < | < < < < < < < | 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 |
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
}
UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr);
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
/*
* Map the window.
*/
XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmUnmapWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
938 939 940 941 942 943 944 |
*/
void
TkWmUnmapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* unmapped. */
{
| < < < < < < < < < < < | 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 |
*/
void
TkWmUnmapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* unmapped. */
{
XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmDeadWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
974 975 976 977 978 979 980 |
*/
void
TkWmDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr, *wmPtr2;
| < < < < < < < | | > > > | | | > > | | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | > > > > | | | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < > | | < | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 |
*/
void
TkWmDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr, *wmPtr2;
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, NULL, NULL);
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
TopLevelEventProc, winPtr);
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
}
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
}
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
}
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);
}
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->iconFor)->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr2->icon = NULL;
wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
}
while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
}
/*
* Delete the Mac window and remove it from the windowTable. The window
* could be nil if the window was never mapped. However, we don't do this
* for embedded windows, they don't go in the window list, and they do not
* own their portPtr's.
*/
NSWindow *window = wmPtr->window;
if (window && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ) {
NSWindow *parent = [window parentWindow];
if (parent) {
[parent removeChildWindow:window];
}
[window close];
TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(window);
if (winPtr->window) {
((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window)->view = nil;
}
#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
{
const char *title = [[window title] UTF8String];
if (title == nil) {
title = "unnamed window";
}
printf(">>>> Closing <%s>. Count is: %lu\n", title, [window retainCount]);
}
#endif
[window release];
wmPtr->window = NULL;
/* Activate the highest window left on the screen. */
NSArray *windows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
if ( [windows count] > 0 ) {
NSWindow *front = [windows objectAtIndex:0];
if ( front && [front canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
[front makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
}
}
[NSApp _resetAutoreleasePool];
#if DEBUG_ZOMBIES > 0
fprintf(stderr, "================= Pool dump ===================\n");
[NSAutoreleasePool showPools];
#endif
}
ckfree((char *)wmPtr);
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmSetClass --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 | * A window property may get updated. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkWmSetClass( | | | 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 |
* A window property may get updated.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmSetClass(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
return;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_WmObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| > | | 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tk_WmObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
"command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget",
"frame", "geometry", "grid", "group",
"iconbitmap", "iconify", "iconmask", "iconname",
"iconphoto", "iconposition", "iconwindow",
"manage", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 |
wrongNumArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length) == 0)
| | | | | | | < < | 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 |
wrongNumArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length) == 0)
&& (length >= 3)) {
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, ((wmTracing) ? "on" : "off"), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
return Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing);
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc < 3) {
goto wrongNumArgs;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], (Tk_Window *) &winPtr)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)
&& (index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case WMOPT_ASPECT:
return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmAspectCmd( | | | | | | < | | < | < | 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmAspectCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", wmPtr->minAspect.x,
wmPtr->minAspect.y, wmPtr->maxAspect.x,
wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
} else {
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) ||
(denom2 <= 0)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1;
wmPtr->minAspect.y = denom1;
wmPtr->maxAspect.x = numer2;
wmPtr->maxAspect.y = denom2;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PAspect;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 |
[macWindow setAlphaValue:dval];
break;
}
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | < | > | < < > | 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 |
[macWindow setAlphaValue:dval];
break;
}
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) != 0)) {
if (TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, macWindow, boolean, interp)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
break;
case WMATT_MODIFIED:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (boolean != [macWindow isDocumentEdited]) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 | wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TRANSPARENT; wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowNoShadowAttribute; } ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, oldAttributes, oldFlags, 1, 0); [macWindow setBackgroundColor:boolean ? [NSColor clearColor] : nil]; [macWindow setOpaque:!boolean]; | | < < < | 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 |
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TRANSPARENT;
wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowNoShadowAttribute;
}
ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, oldAttributes,
oldFlags, 1, 0);
[macWindow setBackgroundColor:boolean ? [NSColor clearColor] : nil];
[macWindow setOpaque:!boolean];
TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window,
TK_PARENT_WINDOW);
}
break;
case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
default:
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 |
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
switch (attribute) {
case WMATT_ALPHA:
result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj([macWindow alphaValue]);
break;
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
| | | | | | < < < | 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 |
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
switch (attribute) {
case WMATT_ALPHA:
result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj([macWindow alphaValue]);
break;
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);
break;
case WMATT_MODIFIED:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj([macWindow isDocumentEdited]);
break;
case WMATT_NOTIFY:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal);
break;
case WMATT_TITLEPATH:
result = Tcl_NewStringObj([[macWindow representedFilename] UTF8String],
-1);
break;
case WMATT_TOPMOST:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST);
break;
case WMATT_TRANSPARENT:
result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT);
break;
case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE:
default:
break;
}
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmAttributesCmd( | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmAttributesCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int attribute = 0;
NSWindow *macWindow;
if (winPtr->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr);
}
macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
if (objc == 3) { /* wm attributes $win */
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
WmGetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, attribute));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
} else if (objc == 4) { /* wm attributes $win -attribute */
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames,
"attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, WmGetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, attribute));
} else if ((objc - 3) % 2 == 0) { /* wm attributes $win -att value... */
int i;
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], WmAttributeNames,
"attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr, macWindow, interp, attribute, objv[i+1])
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmClientCmd( | | | < | | | 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmClientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, wmPtr->clientMachine, TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 |
WmColormapwindowsCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | > | | < | < | < | | | | | | | 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 |
WmColormapwindowsCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow **cmapList;
TkWindow *winPtr2;
int i, windowObjc, gotToplevel = 0;
Tcl_Obj **windowObjv;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
if ((i == (wmPtr->cmapCount-1))
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) {
break;
}
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, wmPtr->cmapList[i]->pathName);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
cmapList = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((windowObjc+1) * sizeof(TkWindow*));
for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i],
(Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) cmapList);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr2 == winPtr) {
gotToplevel = 1;
}
if (winPtr2->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr2);
}
cmapList[i] = winPtr2;
}
if (!gotToplevel) {
wmPtr->flags |= WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
cmapList[windowObjc] = winPtr;
windowObjc++;
} else {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT;
if (wmPtr->cmapList != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmapList);
}
wmPtr->cmapList = cmapList;
wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;
/*
* On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatibility as
* we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
*/
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmCommandCmd( | | | > | > | > | > | > | | | | | | < | | | 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmCommandCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int cmdArgc;
const char **cmdArgv;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
argv3 = Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, argv3, TCL_VOLATILE);
ckfree(argv3);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv3, &cmdArgc, &cmdArgv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
}
wmPtr->cmdArgc = cmdArgc;
wmPtr->cmdArgv = cmdArgv;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmDeiconifyCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmDeiconifyCmd( | | | < < | | < > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmDeiconifyCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", winPtr->pathName,
": it is an embedded window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(winPtr) ?
ZoomState : NormalState);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmFocusmodelCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmFocusmodelCmd( | | | < | > | | | 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmFocusmodelCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"active", "passive", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?active|passive?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (wmPtr->hints.input ? "passive" : "active"),
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) {
wmPtr->hints.input = False;
} else { /* OPT_PASSIVE */
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmForgetCmd( | | | | | > | > | | | | < < < < < | | | < | < | 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmForgetCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
MacDrawable *macWin;
Tk_MakeWindowExist(frameWin);
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr->parentPtr);
macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
TkFocusJoin(winPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;
macWin->toplevel = winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->toplevel;
macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;
macWin->flags &= ~TK_HOST_EXISTS;
TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
RemapWindows(winPtr, (MacDrawable *) winPtr->parentPtr->window);
winPtr->flags &=~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
/*
* Flags (above) must be cleared before calling TkMapTopFrame (below).
*/
TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
} else {
/* Already not managed by wm - ignore it */
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmFrameCmd( | | | | | | | 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmFrameCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Window window;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = wmPtr->reparent;
if (window == None) {
window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (unsigned) window);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmGeometryCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmGeometryCmd( | | | < | | > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmGeometryCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char xSign, ySign;
int width, height;
char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+';
ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+';
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (winPtr->changes.width
- winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight + (winPtr->changes.height
- winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
} else {
width = winPtr->changes.width;
height = winPtr->changes.height;
}
sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
wmPtr->width = -1;
wmPtr->height = -1;
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmGridCmd( | | | < | | | < | | | 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmGridCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", wmPtr->reqGridWidth,
wmPtr->reqGridHeight, wmPtr->widthInc,
wmPtr->heightInc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
/*
* Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
* ungridded numbers.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 |
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc)!=TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reqWidth < 0) {
| | | > | | < > > | | < > > | | < > | < < < < < | 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 |
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc)!=TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reqWidth < 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "baseWidth can't be < 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reqHeight < 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "baseHeight can't be < 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (widthInc <= 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "widthInc can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (heightInc <= 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "heightInc can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetGrid((Tk_Window) winPtr, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc,
heightInc);
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmGroupCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 |
WmGroupCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < | | 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 |
WmGroupCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, wmPtr->leaderName, TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconbitmapCmd( | | | | | < | | | | 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconbitmapCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
char *str;
int len;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char*)Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display,
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap), TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &len);
if (winPtr->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr);
}
if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr, TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window), interp,
WMATT_TITLEPATH, objv[3]) == TCL_OK) {
if (!len) {
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
}
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPixmapHint;
}
} else {
pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr, Tk_GetUid(str));
if (pixmap == None) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap;
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconifyCmd( | | | < | | | < < < > | | | < > | | < | < > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconifyCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->master != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": it is a transient", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName,
": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName,
": it is an embedded window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmIconmaskCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 |
WmIconmaskCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | | < < | 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 |
WmIconmaskCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display,
wmPtr->hints.icon_mask), TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_mask != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
}
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconMaskHint;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconnameCmd( | | | | | > < | | < | < < < < < | | < | | < > | > > > > | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconnameCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
const char *argv3;
int length;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(wmPtr->iconName, -1));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc(length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmIconphotoCmd --
*
* This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does. Not yet
* implemented for OS X.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconphotoCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
int i, width, height, isDefault = 0;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) {
isDefault = 1;
if (objc == 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a
* buffer large enough to hold all images.
*/
for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
if (photo == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
}
/*
* TODO: This requires implementation for OS X, but we silently return for
* now.
*/
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmIconpositionCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconpositionCmd( | | | < < > | | | < | | 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconpositionCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", wmPtr->hints.icon_x,
wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
} else {
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)){
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y;
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 |
WmIconwindowCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | < | | | < < < | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | < | 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 |
WmIconwindowCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->icon), TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr2->iconFor = NULL;
wmPtr2->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
}
wmPtr->icon = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
" as icon window: not at top level", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
" is already an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
WmInfo *wmPtr3 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
wmPtr->hints.icon_window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconWindowHint;
wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
/*
* Don't have iconwindows on the Mac. We just withdraw.
*/
Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin2);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmManageCmd( | | | | > | | | | | | < < | | > > < | 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmManageCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"",
Tk_PathName(frameWin), "\" is not manageable: must be "
"a frame, labelframe or toplevel", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkFocusSplit(winPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
if (winPtr->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
}
TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
}
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;
macWin->toplevel = macWin;
macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;
RemapWindows(winPtr, macWin);
winPtr->flags |=
(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
} else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
/* Already managed by wm - ignore it */
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmMaxsizeCmd( | | | < < > < | | < | | 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmMaxsizeCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
GetMaxSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", width, height);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->maxWidth = width;
wmPtr->maxHeight = height;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmMinsizeCmd( | | | < < > < | | < | 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmMinsizeCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
GetMinSize(winPtr, &width, &height);
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", width, height);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->minWidth = width;
wmPtr->minHeight = height;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmOverrideredirectCmd( | | | < < < | | | | | 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmOverrideredirectCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int boolean;
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(
Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect));
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False;
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmPositionfromCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmPositionfromCmd( | | | < | | < | | | 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmPositionfromCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"program", "user", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user/program?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USPosition) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "user", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PPosition) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "program", TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition);
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_USER) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PPosition;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
} else {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USPosition;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmProtocolCmd( | | | | < < < | | < < | | < | < < | < | 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmProtocolCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
Atom protocol;
char *cmd;
int cmdLength;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
/*
* Return a list of all defined protocols for the window.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protPtr->protocol));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
protocol = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
if (objc == 4) {
/*
* Return the command to handle a given protocol.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, protPtr->command, TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
* specified command, unless the command is empty.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
break;
}
}
cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
if (cmdLength > 0) {
protPtr = (ProtocolHandler *) ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
protPtr->protocol = protocol;
protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
protPtr->interp = interp;
strcpy(protPtr->command, cmd);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmResizableCmd( | | | < < > < > | < | | < | | 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmResizableCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
int oldFlags = wmPtr->flags;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d",
(wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1,
(wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (width) {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
wmPtr->attributes |= kWindowHorizontalZoomAttribute;
} else {
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmSizefromCmd( | | | < | | | | | 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmSizefromCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"program", "user", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user|program?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USSize) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "user", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PSize) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "program", TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize);
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_USER) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PSize;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USSize;
} else { /* OPT_PROGRAM */
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 |
WmStackorderCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < | < < | > > | | | < | < | | | < < < | | | | < < | | < > > | | | < < | < | | | | | > | | | | | > | 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 |
WmStackorderCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"isabove", "isbelow", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?isabove|isbelow window?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
if (windows == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkWmStackorderToplevel failed");
}
for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (*window_ptr)->pathName);
}
ckfree((char *) windows);
return TCL_OK;
} else {
TkWindow *winPtr2;
int index1=-1, index2=-1, result;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4], (Tk_Window *) &winPtr2)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName,
"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\" isn't mapped", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName,
"\" isn't mapped", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and
* find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order.
*/
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
if (windows == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
if (*window_ptr == winPtr) {
index1 = (window_ptr - windows);
}
if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) {
index2 = (window_ptr - windows);
}
}
if (index1 == -1) {
Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found");
}
if (index2 == -1) {
Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found");
}
ckfree((char *) windows);
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
result = index1 > index2;
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
result = index1 < index2;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj(result));
return TCL_OK;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmStateCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmStateCmd( | | | < | | | < < | | < | | < | < < | | | | < < < | | | < < < < | < | < | | | | | | 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmStateCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *const optionStrings[] = {
"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN, OPT_ZOOMED };
int index;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 4) {
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), ": it is an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ",
winPtr->pathName, ": it is an embedded window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
/*
* This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the
* window to be raised and receive focus
*/
} else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->master != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": it is a transient", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
} else if (index == OPT_WITHDRAWN) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
} else { /* OPT_ZOOMED */
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
}
} else if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "icon", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState ||
wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) {
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = (TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(winPtr) ?
ZoomState : NormalState);
}
switch (wmPtr->hints.initial_state) {
case NormalState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "normal", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case IconicState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "iconic", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case WithdrawnState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "withdrawn", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case ZoomState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "zoomed", TCL_STATIC);
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmTitleCmd( | | | < | | < | 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmTitleCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int length;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)((wmPtr->titleUid != NULL) ?
wmPtr->titleUid : winPtr->nameUid), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->titleUid = Tk_GetUid(argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
TkSetWMName(winPtr, wmPtr->titleUid);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 |
WmTransientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < | < < < < < | | > > > > | | > | < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | < < > | | | < < < | < < < < < | | | < > > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | | | < < < < | | < > | | < | < < > < | < < < | < < < < | 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 |
WmTransientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window master;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
char *masterWindowName;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->master != None) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, wmPtr->masterWindowName, TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
wmPtr->master = None;
if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);
}
wmPtr->masterWindowName = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &master) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(master);
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\" a transient: it is an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) master)->wmInfoPtr;
/* Under some circumstances, wmPtr2 is NULL here */
if (wmPtr2 != NULL && wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
"\" a master: it is an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((TkWindow *) master == winPtr) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tk_PathName(winPtr),
"\" its own master", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->master = Tk_WindowId(master);
masterWindowName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (wmPtr->masterWindowName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->masterWindowName);
}
wmPtr->masterWindowName = ckalloc(length+1);
strcpy(wmPtr->masterWindowName, masterWindowName);
}
ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmWithdrawCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmWithdrawCmd( | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmWithdrawCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't withdraw ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry.
* Schedules a geometry update.
*/
static void
WmUpdateGeom(
WmInfo *wmPtr,
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 |
int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
* of one grid unit. */
{
| | | 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 |
int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
* of one grid unit. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
/*
* Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0
*/
if (widthInc <= 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 |
&& ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))
== (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))) {
return;
}
/*
* If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
| | | | | | | | > | 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 |
&& ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))
== (PBaseSize|PResizeInc))) {
return;
}
/*
* If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size
* requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel
* units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the
* new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have
* been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle
* handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just
* leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid
* units but just happened to have been specified before this procedure
* was called.
*/
if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
wmPtr->width = -1;
wmPtr->height = -1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 |
*/
void
Tk_UnsetGrid(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently
* controlling gridding. */
{
| | | 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 |
*/
void
Tk_UnsetGrid(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently
* controlling gridding. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
/*
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
* information.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 | * Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course * it's already gone. */ Tk_ErrorHandler handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); | | | | 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 |
* Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course
* it's already gone.
*/
Tk_ErrorHandler handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display,
-1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
}
if (wmTracing) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("TopLevelEventProc: %s deleted", winPtr->pathName);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == ReparentNotify) {
Tcl_Panic("recieved unwanted reparent event");
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TopLevelReqProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 | * Side effects: * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this * happens as a when-idle action). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TopLevelReqProc( | > | | | 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 |
* Side effects:
* Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
* happens as a when-idle action).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
TopLevelReqProc(
ClientData dummy, /* Not used. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 |
max = wmPtr->maxHeight;
}
if (height < min) {
height = min;
} else if ((max > 0) && (height > max)) {
height = max;
}
| > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | > > > > | | 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 |
max = wmPtr->maxHeight;
}
if (height < min) {
height = min;
} else if ((max > 0) && (height > max)) {
height = max;
}
/*
* Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's
* decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border
* widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't
* use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result
* of this code.
*/
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) {
x = wmPtr->vRootWidth - wmPtr->x
- (width + (wmPtr->parentWidth - winPtr->changes.width));
} else {
x = wmPtr->x;
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) {
y = wmPtr->vRootHeight - wmPtr->y
- (height + (wmPtr->parentHeight - winPtr->changes.height));
} else {
y = wmPtr->y;
}
/*
* If the window's size is going to change and the window is supposed to
* not be resizable by the user, then we have to update the size hints.
* There may also be a size-hint-update request pending from somewhere
* else, too.
*/
if (((width != winPtr->changes.width)
|| (height != winPtr->changes.height))
&& (wmPtr->gridWin == NULL)
&& ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PMinSize|PMaxSize)) == 0)) {
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS) {
UpdateSizeHints(winPtr);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 | * geometry, except to make sure that the desired size is known by * the container. Also, zero out any position information, since * embedded windows are not allowed to move. */ wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0; wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y); | | | 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 |
* geometry, except to make sure that the desired size is known by
* the container. Also, zero out any position information, since
* embedded windows are not allowed to move.
*/
wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0;
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) contWinPtr, width, height);
}
return;
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) {
wmPtr->configWidth = width;
wmPtr->configHeight = height;
if (wmTracing) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 |
* Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update
* any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire
* geometry string.
*/
width = wmPtr->width;
height = wmPtr->height;
| | | | 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 |
* Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update
* any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire
* geometry string.
*/
width = wmPtr->width;
height = wmPtr->height;
x = wmPtr->x;
y = wmPtr->y;
flags = wmPtr->flags;
if (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
width = strtoul(p, &end, 10);
p = end;
if (*p != 'x') {
goto error;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 | /* * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore * them. */ | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | > > < | < | 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 |
/*
* Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an
* explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers
* assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore
* them.
*/
if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
}
}
/*
* Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for
* the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager
* at the next idle moment.
*/
wmPtr->width = width;
wmPtr->height = height;
if ((x != wmPtr->x) || (y != wmPtr->y)
|| ((flags & (WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y))
!= (wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y)))) {
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
wmPtr->configX = x;
wmPtr->configY = y;
} else {
wmPtr->x = x;
wmPtr->y = y;
}
flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
}
wmPtr->flags = flags;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetRootCoords --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 |
void
Tk_GetRootCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
{
int x, y;
| | | 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 |
void
Tk_GetRootCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
{
int x, y;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
/*
* Search back through this window's parents all the way to a top-level
* window, combining the offsets of each window within its parent.
*/
x = y = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 |
x += winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
y += winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
break;
}
otherPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (otherPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
/*
* The container window is in the same application. Query its
* coordinates.
*/
winPtr = otherPtr;
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | > | 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 |
x += winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent;
y += winPtr->wmInfoPtr->yInParent;
break;
}
otherPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (otherPtr == NULL) {
if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getOffsetProc != NULL) {
Point theOffset;
/*
* We do not require that the changes.x & changes.y for a
* non-Tk master window be kept up to date. So we first
* subtract off the possibly bogus values that have been
* added on at the top of this pass through the loop, and
* then call out to the getOffsetProc to give us the
* correct offset.
*/
x -= winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width;
y -= winPtr->changes.y + winPtr->changes.border_width;
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getOffsetProc((Tk_Window) winPtr,
&theOffset);
x += theOffset.h;
y += theOffset.v;
}
break;
}
/*
* The container window is in the same application. Query its
* coordinates.
*/
winPtr = otherPtr;
/*
* Remember to offset by the container window here, since at the
* end of this if branch, we will pop out to the container's
* parent...
*/
x += winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width;
y += winPtr->changes.y + winPtr->changes.border_width;
}
winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr;
}
*xPtr = x;
*yPtr = y;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_CoordsToWindow --
*
* This is a Macintosh specific implementation of this function. Given
* the root coordinates of a point, this procedure returns the token for
* the top-most window covering that point, if there exists such a window
* in this application.
*
* Results:
* The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to
* rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such
* window.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 |
}
}
if (nextPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
winPtr = nextPtr;
}
| < < < | | 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 |
}
}
if (nextPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
winPtr = nextPtr;
}
return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_TopCoordsToWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 |
{
TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr;
TkWindow *nextPtr; /* Coordinates of highest child found so far
* that contains point. */
int x, y; /* Coordinates in winPtr. */
Window *children; /* Children of winPtr, or NULL. */
| | | 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 |
{
TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr;
TkWindow *nextPtr; /* Coordinates of highest child found so far
* that contains point. */
int x, y; /* Coordinates in winPtr. */
Window *children; /* Children of winPtr, or NULL. */
winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
x = rootX;
y = rootY;
while (1) {
nextPtr = NULL;
children = NULL;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 |
}
winPtr = nextPtr;
x -= winPtr->changes.x;
y -= winPtr->changes.y;
}
*newX = x;
*newY = y;
| | | 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 |
}
winPtr = nextPtr;
x -= winPtr->changes.x;
y -= winPtr->changes.y;
}
*newX = x;
*newY = y;
return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateVRootGeometry --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 |
/*
* If this isn't a virtual-root window manager, just return information
* about the screen.
*/
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE;
if (wmPtr->vRoot == None) {
| | | 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 |
/*
* If this isn't a virtual-root window manager, just return information
* about the screen.
*/
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE;
if (wmPtr->vRoot == None) {
noVRoot:
wmPtr->vRootX = wmPtr->vRootY = 0;
wmPtr->vRootWidth = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
wmPtr->vRootHeight = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
return;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 |
* queried. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
* here. */
int *widthPtr, /* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
int *heightPtr)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
| | | 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 |
* queried. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
* here. */
int *widthPtr, /* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
int *heightPtr)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
/*
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, and locate the window manager
* information for that window.
*/
while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 |
*/
void
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
{
| | > | | 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 |
*/
void
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window");
}
wmPtr->x = x;
wmPtr->y = y;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
}
/*
* If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
* up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 |
int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking;
* must be Above or Below. */
TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if
* NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
* below *all* siblings. */
{
NSWindow *macWindow;
| | < < < | | < < < < < | < | | > | > > > < < < < < | < < < < < | | | > | > | > > | < > | > | < | | > | 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 |
int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking;
* must be Above or Below. */
TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if
* NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
* below *all* siblings. */
{
NSWindow *macWindow;
NSInteger otherMacWindowNumber;
/*
* Get the mac window. Make sure it exists & is mapped.
*/
if (winPtr->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
/*
* Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen
* (mapping it may give it a reparent window), so make sure it's on
* the screen.
*/
TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
}
macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
/*
* Get the window in which a raise or lower is in relation to.
*/
if (otherPtr != NULL) {
if (otherPtr->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) otherPtr);
}
if (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr);
}
otherMacWindowNumber = [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(otherPtr->window)
windowNumber];
} else {
otherMacWindowNumber = 0;
}
[macWindow orderWindow:(aboveBelow == Above ? NSWindowAbove : NSWindowBelow)
relativeTo:otherMacWindowNumber];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmAddToColormapWindows --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 |
}
/*
* Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically
* add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
*/
| | | | | 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 |
}
/*
* Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically
* add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
*/
newPtr = (TkWindow**)ckalloc((count+2) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
if (count > 0) {
memcpy(newPtr, oldPtr, count * sizeof(TkWindow *));
}
if (count == 0) {
count++;
}
newPtr[count-1] = winPtr;
newPtr[count] = topPtr;
if (oldPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) oldPtr);
}
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList = newPtr;
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1;
/*
* On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatibility as
* we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
*/
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkGetPointerCoords( | | | | | 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkGetPointerCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Toplevel window that identifies screen on
* which lookup is to be done. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */
{
XQueryPointer(NULL, None, NULL, NULL, xPtr, yPtr, NULL, NULL, NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InitialWindowBounds --
*
* This function calculates the initial bounds for a new Mac toplevel
* window. Unless the geometry is specified by the user this code will
* auto place the windows in a cascade diagonially across the main
* monitor of the Mac.
*
* Results:
* Window bounds.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 |
if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition | PPosition))) {
static NSPoint cascadePoint = { .x = 0, .y = 0 };
NSRect frame;
cascadePoint = [macWindow cascadeTopLeftFromPoint:cascadePoint];
frame = [macWindow frame];
wmPtr->x = frame.origin.x;
| | | 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 |
if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition | PPosition))) {
static NSPoint cascadePoint = { .x = 0, .y = 0 };
NSRect frame;
cascadePoint = [macWindow cascadeTopLeftFromPoint:cascadePoint];
frame = [macWindow frame];
wmPtr->x = frame.origin.x;
wmPtr->y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (frame.origin.y +
frame.size.height);
}
return NSMakeRect(wmPtr->x, wmPtr->y, winPtr->changes.width,
winPtr->changes.height);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkMacOSXGrowToplevel( | | | | 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXGrowToplevel(
void *whichWindow,
XPoint start)
{
return false;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 |
Tk_Uid titleUid)
{
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
return;
}
NSString *title = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:titleUid];
| | | | | | | | | | < < | | | > > > | > > | | < < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < | 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 |
Tk_Uid titleUid)
{
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
return;
}
NSString *title = [[NSString alloc] initWithUTF8String:titleUid];
[TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window) setTitle:title];
[title release];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetTransientMaster --
*
* If the passed window has the TRANSIENT_FOR property set this will
* return the master window. Otherwise it will return None.
*
* Results:
* The master window or None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Window
TkGetTransientMaster(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr != NULL) {
return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->master;
}
return None;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetXWindow --
*
* Returns the X window Id associated with the given NSWindow*.
*
* Results:
* The window id is returned. None is returned if not a Tk window.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Window
TkMacOSXGetXWindow(
void *macWinPtr)
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
if (!macWinPtr || !windowHashInit) {
return None;
}
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&windowTable, macWinPtr);
if (hPtr == NULL) {
return None;
}
return (Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXGetTkWindow --
*
* Returns the TkWindow* associated with the given NSWindow*.
*
* Results:
* The TkWindow* returned. NULL is returned if not a Tk window.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkWindow*
TkMacOSXGetTkWindow(
NSWindow *w)
{
Window window = TkMacOSXGetXWindow(w);
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
return (window != None ?
(TkWindow *)Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, window) : NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed --
*
* Ask Carbon if the given window is in the zoomed out state. Because
* dragging & growing a window can change the Carbon zoom state, we
* cannot rely on wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state for this information.
*
* Results:
* True if window is zoomed out, false otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int
TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
return [TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window) isZoomed];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXZoomToplevel --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 |
return false;
}
/*
* Do nothing if already in desired zoom state.
*/
| | < | | > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | < | | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 |
return false;
}
/*
* Do nothing if already in desired zoom state.
*/
if (![window isZoomed] == (zoomPart == inZoomIn)) {
return false;
}
[window zoom:NSApp];
wmPtr->hints.initial_state =
(zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState);
return true;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUnsupported1Cmd --
*
* This procedure is invoked to process the
* "::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle" Tcl command. This command allows
* you to set the style of decoration for a Macintosh window.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* Changes the style of a new Mac window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkUnsupported1ObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
static const char *const subcmds[] = {
"style", NULL
};
enum SubCmds {
TKMWS_STYLE
};
Tk_Window tkwin = clientData;
TkWindow *winPtr;
int index, i;
if (objc < 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/* Iterate through objc/objv to set correct background color and toggle opacity of window. */
for (i= 0; i < objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*black*")) {
colorName = [NSColor blackColor]; // use #000000 in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*dark*")) {
colorName = [NSColor darkGrayColor]; //use #545454 in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*light*")) {
colorName = [NSColor lightGrayColor]; //use #ababab in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*white*")) {
colorName = [NSColor whiteColor]; //use #ffffff in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "gray*")) {
colorName = [NSColor grayColor]; //use #7f7f7f in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*red*")) {
colorName = [NSColor redColor]; //use #ff0000 in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*green*")) {
colorName = [NSColor greenColor]; //use #00ff00 in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*blue*")) {
colorName = [NSColor blueColor]; //use #0000ff in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*cyan*")) {
colorName = [NSColor cyanColor]; //use #00ffff in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*yellow*")) {
colorName = [NSColor yellowColor]; //use #ffff00 in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*magenta*")) {
colorName = [NSColor magentaColor]; //use #ff00ff in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*orange*")) {
colorName = [NSColor orangeColor]; //use #ff8000 in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*purple*")) {
colorName = [NSColor purpleColor]; //use #800080 in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*brown*")){
colorName = [NSColor brownColor]; //use #996633 in Tk scripts to match
} else if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*clear*")) {
colorName = [NSColor clearColor]; //use systemTransparent in Tk scripts to match
}
if (Tcl_StringMatch(Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "*opacity*")) {
opaqueTag = YES;
}
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *)
Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], subcmds, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (((enum SubCmds) index) == TKMWS_STYLE) {
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?class attributes?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return WmWinStyle(interp, winPtr, objc, objv);
}
/* won't be reached */
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmWinStyle --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 |
{ "toolbar", kToolbarWindowClass },
{ "plain", kPlainWindowClass },
{ "overlay", kOverlayWindowClass },
{ "sheetAlert", kSheetAlertWindowClass },
{ "altPlain", kAltPlainWindowClass },
{ "simple", kSimpleWindowClass },
{ "drawer", kDrawerWindowClass },
| | | < | < < | 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 |
{ "toolbar", kToolbarWindowClass },
{ "plain", kPlainWindowClass },
{ "overlay", kOverlayWindowClass },
{ "sheetAlert", kSheetAlertWindowClass },
{ "altPlain", kAltPlainWindowClass },
{ "simple", kSimpleWindowClass },
{ "drawer", kDrawerWindowClass },
{ NULL }
};
static const struct StrIntMap compositeAttrMap[] = {
{ "none", kWindowNoAttributes },
{ "standardDocument", kWindowStandardDocumentAttributes },
{ "standardFloating", kWindowStandardFloatingAttributes },
{ "fullZoom", kWindowFullZoomAttribute },
{ NULL }
};
/* Map window attributes. Color and opacity are mapped to NULL; these are parsed from the objv in TkUnsupported1ObjCmd.*/
static const struct StrIntMap attrMap[] = {
{ "closeBox", kWindowCloseBoxAttribute },
{ "horizontalZoom", kWindowHorizontalZoomAttribute },
{ "verticalZoom", kWindowVerticalZoomAttribute },
{ "collapseBox", kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute },
{ "resizable", kWindowResizableAttribute },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 |
{ "ignoreClicks", kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute },
{ "noConstrain", kWindowNoConstrainAttribute },
{ "doesNotHide", tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute },
{ "canJoinAllSpaces", tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute },
{ "moveToActiveSpace", tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute },
{ "nonActivating", tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute },
{ "hud", tkHUDWindowAttribute },
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | | 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 |
{ "ignoreClicks", kWindowIgnoreClicksAttribute },
{ "noConstrain", kWindowNoConstrainAttribute },
{ "doesNotHide", tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute },
{ "canJoinAllSpaces", tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute },
{ "moveToActiveSpace", tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute },
{ "nonActivating", tkNonactivatingPanelAttribute },
{ "hud", tkHUDWindowAttribute },
{ "black", 0 },
{ "dark", 0 },
{ "light", 0 },
{ "gray", 0 },
{ "red", 0 },
{ "green", 0 },
{ "blue", 0 },
{ "cyan", 0 },
{ "yellow", 0 },
{ "magenta", 0 },
{ "orange", 0 },
{ "purple", 0 },
{ "brown", 0 },
{ "clear", 0 },
{ "opacity", 0 },
{ "fullscreen", 0 },
{ NULL }
};
int index, i;
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_Obj *attributeList, *newResult = NULL;
UInt64 attributes;
for (i = 0; classMap[i].strValue != NULL; i++) {
if (wmPtr->macClass == classMap[i].intValue) {
newResult = Tcl_NewStringObj(classMap[i].strValue, -1);
break;
}
}
if (newResult == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("invalid class");
}
attributeList = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
attributes = wmPtr->attributes;
for (i = 0; compositeAttrMap[i].strValue != NULL; i++) {
UInt64 intValue = compositeAttrMap[i].intValue;
if (intValue && (attributes & intValue) == intValue) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, attributeList,
Tcl_NewStringObj(compositeAttrMap[i].strValue,
-1));
attributes &= ~intValue;
break;
}
}
for (i = 0; attrMap[i].strValue != NULL; i++) {
if (attributes & attrMap[i].intValue) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, attributeList,
Tcl_NewStringObj(attrMap[i].strValue, -1));
}
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, newResult, attributeList);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, newResult);
} else {
int attrObjc;
Tcl_Obj **attrObjv = NULL;
WindowClass macClass;
UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
int oldFlags = wmPtr->flags;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 |
} else {
wmPtr->attributes = macClassAttrs[macClass].defaultAttrs;
}
wmPtr->attributes &= (tkAlwaysValidAttributes |
macClassAttrs[macClass].validAttrs);
wmPtr->flags |= macClassAttrs[macClass].flags;
wmPtr->macClass = macClass;
ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, NULL, oldAttributes, oldFlags,
0, 1);
return TCL_OK;
badClassAttrs:
wmPtr->attributes = oldAttributes;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| > > < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 |
} else {
wmPtr->attributes = macClassAttrs[macClass].defaultAttrs;
}
wmPtr->attributes &= (tkAlwaysValidAttributes |
macClassAttrs[macClass].validAttrs);
wmPtr->flags |= macClassAttrs[macClass].flags;
wmPtr->macClass = macClass;
ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, NULL, oldAttributes, oldFlags,
0, 1);
return TCL_OK;
badClassAttrs:
wmPtr->attributes = oldAttributes;
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMakeMenuWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 |
TkpMakeMenuWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */
int transient) /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a
* popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu
* is always visible, e.g. as a floating
* menu. */
{
| | | 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 |
TkpMakeMenuWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */
int transient) /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a
* popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu
* is always visible, e.g. as a floating
* menu. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (transient) {
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass = kSimpleWindowClass;
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->attributes = kWindowNoActivatesAttribute;
} else {
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass = kFloatingWindowClass;
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->attributes = kWindowStandardFloatingAttributes;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 |
void
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk window. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
MacDrawable *macWin;
| < < | | | > | > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > | > | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | | | < | < > | < | < < | < < > | < | < | < < < < < < > > > > > | | | 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 |
void
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk window. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
MacDrawable *macWin;
if (TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
return;
}
macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
/*
* If this is embedded, make sure its container's toplevel exists,
* then return...
*/
if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) {
TkWindow *contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (contWinPtr != NULL) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(
contWinPtr->privatePtr->toplevel->winPtr);
macWin->flags |= TK_HOST_EXISTS;
return;
}
if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist could not find container");
}
if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->containerExistProc &&
tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->containerExistProc((Tk_Window) winPtr)
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Panic("ContainerExistProc could not make container");
}
return;
/*
* TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding.
*/
}
WindowClass macClass = wmPtr->macClass;
wmPtr->attributes &= (tkAlwaysValidAttributes |
macClassAttrs[macClass].validAttrs);
wmPtr->flags |= macClassAttrs[macClass].flags |
((wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) ? 0 :
WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE|WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE);
UInt64 attributes = (wmPtr->attributes &
~macClassAttrs[macClass].forceOffAttrs) |
macClassAttrs[macClass].forceOnAttrs;
NSUInteger styleMask = macClassAttrs[macClass].styleMask |
((attributes & kWindowNoTitleBarAttribute) ? 0 : NSTitledWindowMask) |
((attributes & kWindowCloseBoxAttribute) ? NSClosableWindowMask : 0) |
((attributes & kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute) ?
NSMiniaturizableWindowMask : 0) |
((attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) ? NSResizableWindowMask : 0) |
((attributes & kWindowMetalAttribute) ?
NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask : 0) |
((attributes & kWindowUnifiedTitleAndToolbarAttribute) ?
NSUnifiedTitleAndToolbarWindowMask : 0) |
((attributes & kWindowSideTitlebarAttribute) ? 1 << 9 : 0) |
(attributes >> WM_NSMASK_SHIFT);
Class winClass = (macClass == kDrawerWindowClass ? [NSDrawerWindow class] :
(styleMask & (NSUtilityWindowMask|NSDocModalWindowMask|
NSNonactivatingPanelMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) ? [NSPanel class] :
[TKWindow class]);
NSRect structureRect = [winClass frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect
styleMask:styleMask];
NSRect contentRect = NSMakeRect(5 - structureRect.origin.x,
tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop + 5 +
structureRect.origin.y + structureRect.size.height + 200), 200, 200);
NSWindow *window = [[winClass alloc] initWithContentRect:contentRect
styleMask:styleMask backing:NSBackingStoreBuffered defer:YES];
if (!window) {
Tcl_Panic("couldn't allocate new Mac window");
}
TKContentView *contentView = [[TKContentView alloc]
initWithFrame:NSZeroRect];
[window setContentView:contentView];
[contentView release];
[window setDelegate:NSApp];
[window setAcceptsMouseMovedEvents:YES];
[window setReleasedWhenClosed:NO];
[window setAutodisplay:NO];
if (styleMask & NSUtilityWindowMask) {
[(NSPanel*)window setFloatingPanel:YES];
}
if ((styleMask & (NSTexturedBackgroundWindowMask|NSHUDWindowMask)) &&
!(styleMask & NSDocModalWindowMask)) {
/*
* Workaround for [Bug 2824538]: Texured windows are draggable
* from opaque content.
*/
[window setMovableByWindowBackground:NO];
}
/* Set background color and opacity of window if those flags are set. */
if (colorName != NULL) {
[window setBackgroundColor: colorName];
}
if (opaqueTag) {
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
[window setOpaque: opaqueTag];
#else
[window setOpaque: YES];
#endif
}
[window setDocumentEdited:NO];
wmPtr->window = window;
macWin->view = window.contentView;
TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(winPtr, window);
NSRect geometry = InitialWindowBounds(winPtr, window);
geometry.size.width += structureRect.size.width;
geometry.size.height += structureRect.size.height;
geometry.origin.y = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight - (geometry.origin.y +
geometry.size.height);
[window setFrame:geometry display:NO];
TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow((Window) macWin, window);
macWin->flags |= TK_HOST_EXISTS;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow --
*
* This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the hash table
* that maps Mac windows to root X windows.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* An entry is added to the windowTable hash table.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow(
Window window, /* Window structure. */
void *portPtr) /* Pointer to a Mac Window. */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *valueHashPtr;
int isNew;
if (!windowHashInit) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
windowHashInit = true;
}
valueHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&windowTable, (char *) portPtr, &isNew);
if (!isNew) {
Tcl_Panic("Same macintosh window allocated twice!");
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(valueHashPtr, window);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow --
*
* Given a macintosh port window, this function removes the association
* between this window and the root X window that Tk cares about.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* An entry is removed from the windowTable hash table.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(
void *macWinPtr) /* Reference to a Mac Window */
{
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
if (!windowHashInit) {
Tcl_Panic("TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow: unmapping before inited");
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&windowTable, macWinPtr);
if (!entryPtr) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Failed to find window %p", macWinPtr);
} else {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow --
*
* Sets a flag for a toplevel window indicating that the passed Tk
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 |
NSWindow *macWin;
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
return;
}
| | | < | | > > | < < | < | < > | < | 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 |
NSWindow *macWin;
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
return;
}
macWin = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
if (state == WithdrawnState) {
Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
} else if (state == IconicState) {
/*
* The window always gets unmapped. If we can show the icon version of
* the window we also collapse it.
*/
if (macWin && ([macWin styleMask] & NSMiniaturizableWindowMask) &&
![macWin isMiniaturized]) {
[macWin miniaturize:NSApp];
}
Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
} else if (state == NormalState || state == ZoomState) {
Tk_MapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
if (macWin && ([macWin styleMask] & NSMiniaturizableWindowMask) &&
[macWin isMiniaturized]) {
[macWin deminiaturize:NSApp];
}
TkMacOSXZoomToplevel(macWin, state == NormalState ? inZoomIn :
inZoomOut);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpIsWindowFloating --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 |
int
TkpIsWindowFloating(
void *wRef)
{
return [(NSWindow *)wRef level] == kCGFloatingWindowLevel;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXWindowOffset --
*
* Determines the x and y offset from the orgin of the toplevel window
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 |
int
TkpIsWindowFloating(
void *wRef)
{
return [(NSWindow *)wRef level] == kCGFloatingWindowLevel;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXWindowClass --
*
* Returns OS X window class of window
*
* Results:
* 1 or 0 depending on window's floating attribute.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
MODULE_SCOPE WindowClass
TkMacOSXWindowClass(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->macClass;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXWindowOffset --
*
* Determines the x and y offset from the orgin of the toplevel window
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | | < | < < | | 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XSetInputFocus(
Display* display,
Window focus,
int revert_to,
Time time)
{
/*
* Don't need to do a thing. Tk manages the focus for us.
*/
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpChangeFocus --
*
* This procedure is a stub on the Mac because we always own the focus if
* we are a front most application.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the
* focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change
* events that were queued before the command. If the procedure doesn't
* actually change the focus then it returns 0.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 |
* didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's
* application. */
{
if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
return 0;
}
| | | < | | | 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 |
* didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's
* application. */
{
if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
return 0;
}
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) ){
NSWindow *win = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL);
if (force ) {
[NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
}
if ( win && [win canBecomeKeyWindow] ) {
[win makeKeyAndOrderFront:NSApp];
}
}
/*
* Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy
* server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 6633 |
Display *display, /* X display of parent window */
Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Maps mac window to TkWindow */
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int newEntry;
| | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < | > | > | < > | | | | > | > > > > | 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 |
Display *display, /* X display of parent window */
Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Maps mac window to TkWindow */
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int newEntry;
if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)
&& (winPtr->display == display)) {
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table,
(char*) TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window), &newEntry);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr);
}
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmStackorderToplevel --
*
* This procedure returns the stack order of toplevel windows.
*
* Results:
* An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else
* NULL if there was an error.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkWindow **
TkWmStackorderToplevel(
TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */
{
TkWindow *childWinPtr, **windows, **windowPtr;
Tcl_HashTable table;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
/*
* Map mac windows to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel.
*/
Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
windows = (TkWindow**)ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
/*
* Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to
* enumerate Windows.
*/
switch (table.numEntries) {
case 0:
windows[0] = NULL;
goto done;
case 1:
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
windows[0] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
windows[1] = NULL;
goto done;
}
NSArray *macWindows = [NSApp orderedWindows];
NSInteger windowCount = [macWindows count];
if (!windowCount) {
ckfree((char *)windows);
windows = NULL;
} else {
windowPtr = windows + table.numEntries;
*windowPtr-- = NULL;
for (NSWindow *w in macWindows) {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char*) w);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
childWinPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
*windowPtr-- = childWinPtr;
}
}
if (windowPtr != windows-1) {
Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num "
"children");
}
}
done:
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table);
return windows;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6707 6708 6709 6710 6711 6712 6713 |
void
TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(
TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *macWindow)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
| < | | | 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 |
void
TkMacOSXApplyWindowAttributes(
TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *macWindow)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, 0, 0, 0, 1);
if (wmPtr->master != None || winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(winPtr, macWindow);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 |
UInt64 newAttributes = ForceAttributes(wmPtr->attributes, wmPtr->macClass);
UInt64 changedAttributes = newAttributes ^ ForceAttributes(oldAttributes,
wmPtr->macClass);
if (changedAttributes || wmPtr->flags != oldFlags || initial) {
if (!macWindow) {
if (winPtr->window == None) {
| | > > < | > > < | | | > | < < < < | < | 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 |
UInt64 newAttributes = ForceAttributes(wmPtr->attributes, wmPtr->macClass);
UInt64 changedAttributes = newAttributes ^ ForceAttributes(oldAttributes,
wmPtr->macClass);
if (changedAttributes || wmPtr->flags != oldFlags || initial) {
if (!macWindow) {
if (winPtr->window == None) {
if (create) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
} else {
return;
}
}
if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
if (create) {
TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr);
} else {
return;
}
}
macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
}
if ((changedAttributes & kWindowCloseBoxAttribute) || initial) {
[[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowCloseButton]
setEnabled:!!(newAttributes & kWindowCloseBoxAttribute)];
}
if ((changedAttributes & kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute) || initial) {
[[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowMiniaturizeButton]
setEnabled:!!(newAttributes & kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute)];
}
if ((changedAttributes & (kWindowResizableAttribute |
kWindowFullZoomAttribute)) || initial) {
[macWindow setShowsResizeIndicator:
!!(newAttributes & kWindowResizableAttribute)];
[[macWindow standardWindowButton:NSWindowZoomButton]
setEnabled:(newAttributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) &&
(newAttributes & kWindowFullZoomAttribute)];
if (newAttributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) {
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE |
WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE);
} else {
wmPtr->flags |= (WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE |
WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE);
}
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
}
if ((changedAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) || initial) {
[macWindow setShowsToolbarButton:
!!(newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute)];
if ((newAttributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) &&
![macWindow toolbar]) {
NSToolbar *toolbar = [[NSToolbar alloc] initWithIdentifier:@""];
[toolbar setVisible:NO];
[macWindow setToolbar:toolbar];
[toolbar release];
NSCell *toolbarButtonCell = [[macWindow standardWindowButton:
NSWindowToolbarButton] cell];
[toolbarButtonCell setTarget:[macWindow contentView]];
[toolbarButtonCell setAction:@selector(tkToolbarButton:)];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6827 6828 6829 6830 6831 6832 6833 |
[macWindow setCanHide:
!(newAttributes & tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute)];
}
if ((changedAttributes & (kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute |
tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute)) ||
initial) {
NSWindowCollectionBehavior b = NSWindowCollectionBehaviorDefault;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < | > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < > | > | > | | | | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < | | > > | | < < > | | < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 6367 6368 6369 6370 6371 6372 6373 6374 6375 6376 6377 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 6400 6401 6402 6403 6404 6405 6406 6407 6408 6409 6410 6411 6412 6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 6420 6421 6422 6423 6424 6425 6426 6427 6428 6429 6430 6431 6432 6433 6434 6435 6436 6437 6438 6439 6440 6441 6442 6443 6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 6451 6452 6453 6454 6455 6456 6457 6458 6459 6460 6461 6462 6463 6464 6465 6466 6467 6468 6469 6470 6471 6472 6473 6474 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 |
[macWindow setCanHide:
!(newAttributes & tkWindowDoesNotHideAttribute)];
}
if ((changedAttributes & (kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute |
tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute | tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute)) ||
initial) {
NSWindowCollectionBehavior b = NSWindowCollectionBehaviorDefault;
if (newAttributes & tkCanJoinAllSpacesAttribute) {
b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorCanJoinAllSpaces;
} else if (newAttributes & tkMoveToActiveSpaceAttribute) {
b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorMoveToActiveSpace;
}
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
if (newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) {
b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorIgnoresCycle;
} else {
b |= NSWindowCollectionBehaviorParticipatesInCycle;
}
#endif
[macWindow setCollectionBehavior:b];
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1060
if (((changedAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute) || initial)
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED >= 1060
&& tkMacOSXMacOSXVersion < 1060
#endif
) {
[macWindow setCanCycle:
!(newAttributes & kWindowDoesNotCycleAttribute)];
}
#endif
}
if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != (oldFlags & WM_TOPMOST)) {
[macWindow setLevel:(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) ?
kCGUtilityWindowLevel : ([macWindow isKindOfClass:
[NSPanel class]] && [macWindow isFloatingPanel] ?
kCGFloatingWindowLevel : kCGNormalWindowLevel)];
}
/*
* The change of window class/attributes might have changed the window
* structure widths:
*/
NSRect structureRect = [macWindow frameRectForContentRect:NSZeroRect];
wmPtr->xInParent = -structureRect.origin.x;
wmPtr->yInParent = structureRect.origin.y + structureRect.size.height;
wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width + structureRect.size.width;
wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height + structureRect.size.height;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ApplyMasterOverrideChanges --
*
* This procedure applies changes to override_redirect or master.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ApplyMasterOverrideChanges(
TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *macWindow)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
int oldFlags = wmPtr->flags;
/*
* FIX: We need an UpdateWrapper equivalent to make this 100% correct
*/
if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
if (wmPtr->macClass == kDocumentWindowClass) {
wmPtr->macClass = kSimpleWindowClass;
wmPtr->attributes = macClassAttrs[kSimpleWindowClass].defaultAttrs;
}
wmPtr->attributes |= kWindowNoActivatesAttribute;
} else {
if (wmPtr->macClass == kSimpleWindowClass &&
oldAttributes == kWindowNoActivatesAttribute) {
wmPtr->macClass = kDocumentWindowClass;
wmPtr->attributes =
macClassAttrs[kDocumentWindowClass].defaultAttrs;
}
wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowNoActivatesAttribute;
}
if (!macWindow && winPtr->window != None &&
TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) {
macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window);
}
if (macWindow) {
if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect && wmPtr->master != None) {
wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST;
} else {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST;
}
NSWindow *parentWindow = [macWindow parentWindow];
if (wmPtr->master != None) {
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList();
TkWindow *masterWinPtr = (TkWindow *)
Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, wmPtr->master);
if (masterWinPtr && masterWinPtr->window != None &&
TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(masterWinPtr)) {
NSWindow *masterMacWin =
TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(masterWinPtr->window);
if (masterMacWin && masterMacWin != parentWindow &&
(winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) {
if (parentWindow) {
[parentWindow removeChildWindow:macWindow];
}
[masterMacWin addChildWindow:macWindow
ordered:NSWindowAbove];
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) {
[macWindow setLevel:kCGUtilityWindowLevel];
}
}
}
} else if (parentWindow) {
[parentWindow removeChildWindow:macWindow];
}
ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, macWindow, oldAttributes,
oldFlags, 0, 0);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen --
*
* This procedure sets a fullscreen window to the size of the screen.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(
TkWindow *winPtr,
NSWindow *window,
int fullscreen,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int result = TCL_OK, wasFullscreen = (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN);
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
static unsigned long prevMask = 0, prevPres = 0;
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/
if (fullscreen) {
int screenWidth = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr));
/*
* Check max width and height if set by the user.
*/
if ((wmPtr->maxWidth > 0 && wmPtr->maxWidth < screenWidth)
|| (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0 && wmPtr->maxHeight < screenHeight)) {
if (interp) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't set fullscreen attribute for \"",
winPtr->pathName,
"\": max width/height is too small", NULL);
}
result = TCL_ERROR;
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;
} else {
NSRect bounds = [window contentRectForFrameRect:[window frame]];
NSRect screenBounds = NSMakeRect(0, 0, screenWidth, screenHeight);
if (!NSEqualRects(bounds, screenBounds) && !wasFullscreen) {
wmPtr->configX = wmPtr->x;
wmPtr->configY = wmPtr->y;
wmPtr->configAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowResizableAttribute;
ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window,
wmPtr->configAttributes, wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:
screenBounds] display:YES];
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN;
}
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
/*
* We can't set these features on Leopard or earlier, as they don't
* exist (neither options nor API that uses them). This formally means
* that there's a bug with full-screen windows with Tk on old OSX, but
* it isn't worth blocking a build just for this.
*/
prevMask = [window styleMask];
prevPres = [NSApp presentationOptions];
[window setStyleMask: NSBorderlessWindowMask];
[NSApp setPresentationOptions: NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideDock
| NSApplicationPresentationAutoHideMenuBar];
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/
} else {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN;
#ifdef TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD
[NSApp setPresentationOptions: prevPres];
[window setStyleMask: prevMask];
#endif /*TK_GOT_AT_LEAST_SNOW_LEOPARD*/
}
if (wasFullscreen && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) {
UInt64 oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes;
NSRect bounds = NSMakeRect(wmPtr->configX, tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight -
(wmPtr->configY + wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight),
wmPtr->xInParent + wmPtr->configWidth,
wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->configHeight);
wmPtr->attributes |= wmPtr->configAttributes &
kWindowResizableAttribute;
ApplyWindowAttributeFlagChanges(winPtr, window, oldAttributes,
wmPtr->flags, 1, 0);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
[window setFrame:[window frameRectForContentRect:bounds] display:YES];
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
}
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetMinSize --
*
* This function computes the current minWidth and minHeight values for a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 |
static void
RemapWindows(
TkWindow *winPtr,
MacDrawable *parentWin)
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
| < | < | < < | > > | 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 6667 6668 6669 6670 6671 6672 6673 6674 6675 6676 6677 6678 6679 6680 6681 6682 6683 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 |
static void
RemapWindows(
TkWindow *winPtr,
MacDrawable *parentWin)
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
/*
* Remove the OS specific window. It will get rebuilt when the window gets
* Mapped.
*/
if (winPtr->window != None) {
MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window;
macWin->toplevel->referenceCount--;
macWin->toplevel = parentWin->toplevel;
macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++;
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
#ifdef TK_REBUILD_TOPLEVEL
winPtr->flags |= TK_REBUILD_TOPLEVEL;
#endif
}
/* Repeat for all the children */
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
RemapWindows(childPtr, (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* * tkMacOSXWm.h -- * * Declarations of Macintosh specific window manager structures. * * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * | | | | | > | | | | | | | > | | < < < | < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > | | < < < | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | > | | | | | | | > | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > | > | | < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
/*
* tkMacOSXWm.h --
*
* Declarations of Macintosh specific window manager structures.
*
* Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc.
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#ifndef _TKMACWM
#define _TKMACWM
#include "tkMacOSXInt.h"
#include "tkMenu.h"
/*
* A data structure of the following type holds information for
* each window manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for
* which a handler (i.e. a Tcl command) has been defined for a
* particular top-level window.
*/
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */
struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of protocol handlers for
* the same top-level window, or NULL for
* end of list. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
char command[4]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client
* message for this protocol arrives.
* The actual size of the structure varies
* to accommodate the needs of the actual
* command. THIS MUST BE THE LAST FIELD OF
* THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;
#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
((unsigned) (sizeof(ProtocolHandler) - 3 + cmdLength))
/*
* A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
* information for each top-level window in an application.
*/
typedef struct TkWmInfo {
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for
* this window. */
Window reparent; /* If the window has been reparented, this
* gives the ID of the ancestor of the window
* that is a child of the root window (may
* not be window's immediate parent). If
* the window isn't reparented, this has the
* value None. */
Tk_Uid titleUid; /* Title to display in window caption. If
* NULL, use name of widget. */
char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. */
Window master; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property,
* or None. */
XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for
* window manager. */
char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group
* (corresponds to hints.window_group).
* Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't
* get updated if leader is destroyed. */
char *masterWindowName; /* Path name of window specified as master
* in "wm transient" command, or NULL.
* Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't
* get updated if masterWindowName is
* destroyed. */
Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window,
* or NULL. */
Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or
* NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */
/*
* Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for
* the window manager:
*/
int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure.
* If the PBaseSize flag is set then the
* window is gridded; otherwise it isn't
* gridded. */
int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in
* grid units, not pixels. */
int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in
* grid units, not pixels. */
Tk_Window gridWin; /* Identifies the window that controls
* gridding for this top-level, or NULL if
* the top-level isn't currently gridded. */
int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels
* per step). */
struct {
int x; /* numerator */
int y; /* denominator */
} minAspect, maxAspect; /* Min/max aspect ratios for window. */
int reqGridWidth, reqGridHeight;
/* The dimensions of the window (in
* grid units) requested through
* the geometry manager. */
int gravity; /* Desired window gravity. */
/*
* Information used to manage the size and location of a window.
*/
int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified
* in grid units. These values are
* set by the "wm geometry" command and by
* ConfigureNotify events (for when wm
* resizes window). -1 means user hasn't
* requested dimensions. */
int x, y; /* Desired X and Y coordinates for window.
* These values are set by "wm geometry",
* plus by ConfigureNotify events (when wm
* moves window). These numbers are
* different than the numbers stored in
* winPtr->changes because (a) they could be
* measured from the right or bottom edge
* of the screen (see WM_NEGATIVE_X and
* WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and (b) if the window
* has been reparented then they refer to the
* parent rather than the window itself. */
int parentWidth, parentHeight;
/* Width and height of reparent, in pixels
* *including border*. If window hasn't been
* reparented then these will be the outer
* dimensions of the window, including
* border. */
int xInParent, yInParent; /* Offset of window within reparent, measured
* from upper-left outer corner of parent's
* border to upper-left outer corner of child's
* border. If not reparented then these are
* zero. */
int configX, configY; /* x,y position of toplevel when window is
* switched into fullscreen state, */
int configWidth, configHeight;
/* Dimensions passed to last request that we
* issued to change geometry of window. Used
* to eliminate redundant resize operations. */
/*
* Information about the virtual root window for this top-level,
* if there is one.
*/
Window vRoot; /* Virtual root window for this top-level,
* or None if there is no virtual root
* window (i.e. just use the screen's root). */
int vRootX, vRootY; /* Position of the virtual root inside the
* root window. If the WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE
* flag is set then this information may be
* incorrect and needs to be refreshed from
* the X server. If vRoot is None then these
* values are both 0. */
unsigned int vRootWidth, vRootHeight;
/* Dimensions of the virtual root window.
* If vRoot is None, gives the dimensions
* of the containing screen. This information
* is never stale, even though vRootX and
* vRootY can be. */
/*
* List of children of the toplevel which have private colormaps.
*/
TkWindow **cmapList; /* Array of window with private colormaps. */
int cmapCount; /* Number of windows in array. */
/*
* Miscellaneous information.
*/
ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for
* this window (NULL means none). */
int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
const char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the
* WM_COMMAND property. NULL means nothing
* available. */
char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
* property, or NULL. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */
/*
* Macintosh information.
*/
WindowClass macClass;
UInt64 attributes, configAttributes;
TkWindow *scrollWinPtr; /* Ptr to scrollbar handling grow widget. */
TkMenu *menuPtr;
NSWindow *window;
} WmInfo;
/*
* Flag values for WmInfo structures:
*
* WM_NEVER_MAPPED - non-zero means window has never been
* mapped; need to update all info when
* window is first mapped.
* WM_UPDATE_PENDING - non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo
* has already been scheduled for this
* window; no need to schedule another one.
* WM_NEGATIVE_X - non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in
* pixels from right edge of screen, rather
* than from left edge.
* WM_NEGATIVE_Y - non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in
* pixels up from bottom of screen, rather than
* down from top.
* WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS - non-zero means that new size hints need to be
* propagated to window manager.
* WM_SYNC_PENDING - set to non-zero while waiting for the window
* manager to respond to some state change.
* WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE - non-zero means that (x,y) offset information
* about the virtual root window is stale and
* needs to be fetched fresh from the X server.
* WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP - non-zero means that the window is about to
* be mapped by TkWmMapWindow. This is used
* by UpdateGeometryInfo to modify its behavior.
* WM_MOVE_PENDING - non-zero means the application has requested
* a new position for the window, but it hasn't
* been reflected through the window manager
* yet.
* WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - non-zero means the colormap windows were
* set explicitly via "wm colormapwindows".
* WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows"
* was called the top-level itself wasn't
* specified, so we added it implicitly at
* the end of the list.
* WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to
* allow the user to change the width of the
* window (controlled by "wm resizable"
* command).
* WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to
* allow the user to change the height of the
* window (controlled by "wm resizable"
* command).
*/
#define WM_NEVER_MAPPED 0x0001
#define WM_UPDATE_PENDING 0x0002
#define WM_NEGATIVE_X 0x0004
#define WM_NEGATIVE_Y 0x0008
#define WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS 0x0010
#define WM_SYNC_PENDING 0x0020
#define WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE 0x0040
#define WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP 0x0080
#define WM_MOVE_PENDING 0x0100
#define WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT 0x0200
#define WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP 0x0400
#define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x0800
#define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x1000
#define WM_TOPMOST 0x2000
#define WM_FULLSCREEN 0x4000
#define WM_TRANSPARENT 0x8000
#endif
|
Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c.
1 2 3 4 5 | /* * tkMacOSXXStubs.c -- * * This file contains most of the X calls called by Tk. Many of these * calls are just stubs and either don't make sense on the Macintosh or | | | > > > < | < < | > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | /* * tkMacOSXXStubs.c -- * * This file contains most of the X calls called by Tk. Many of these * calls are just stubs and either don't make sense on the Macintosh or * their implamentation just doesn't do anything. Other calls will * eventually be moved into other files. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001-2009, Apple Inc. * Copyright (c) 2005-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright 2014 Marc Culler. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" #include "tkMacOSXEvent.h" #include <IOKit/IOKitLib.h> #include <IOKit/hidsystem/IOHIDShared.h> /* * Because this file is still under major development Debugger statements are * used through out this file. The define TCL_DEBUG will decide whether the * debugger statements actually call the debugger or not. */ #ifndef TCL_DEBUG # define Debugger() #endif #define ROOT_ID 10 CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight = 0; CGFloat tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop = 0; /* * Declarations of static variables used in this file. */ static TkDisplay *gMacDisplay = NULL; /* Macintosh display. */ static const char *macScreenName = ":0"; /* Default name of macintosh display. */ /* * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file. */ static XID MacXIdAlloc(Display *display); static int DefaultErrorHandler(Display *display, XErrorEvent *err_evt); /* * Other declarations */ static int DestroyImage(XImage *image); static unsigned long ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y); static int ImagePutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y, unsigned long pixel); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkMacOSXDisplayChanged -- * * Called to set up initial screen info or when an event indicated |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
return;
}
screen = display->screens;
nsScreens = [NSScreen screens];
if (nsScreens && [nsScreens count]) {
NSScreen *s = [nsScreens objectAtIndex:0];
| | > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | > | > | > > > > > > > | | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 |
return;
}
screen = display->screens;
nsScreens = [NSScreen screens];
if (nsScreens && [nsScreens count]) {
NSScreen *s = [nsScreens objectAtIndex:0];
NSRect bounds = [s frame], visible = [s visibleFrame];
NSRect maxBounds = NSZeroRect;
tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight = bounds.size.height;
tkMacOSXZeroScreenTop = tkMacOSXZeroScreenHeight -
(visible.origin.y + visible.size.height);
screen->root_depth = NSBitsPerPixelFromDepth([s depth]);
screen->width = bounds.size.width;
screen->height = bounds.size.height;
screen->mwidth = (bounds.size.width * 254 + 360) / 720;
screen->mheight = (bounds.size.height * 254 + 360) / 720;
for (s in nsScreens) {
maxBounds = NSUnionRect(maxBounds, [s visibleFrame]);
}
*((NSRect *)screen->ext_data) = maxBounds;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpOpenDisplay --
*
* Create the Display structure and fill it with device specific
* information.
*
* Results:
* Returns a Display structure on success or NULL on failure.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates a new Display structure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkDisplay *
TkpOpenDisplay(
const char *display_name)
{
Display *display;
Screen *screen;
int fd = 0;
static NSRect maxBounds = {{0, 0}, {0, 0}};
static char vendor[25] = "";
NSArray *cgVers;
NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [NSAutoreleasePool new];
if (gMacDisplay != NULL) {
if (strcmp(gMacDisplay->display->display_name, display_name) == 0) {
return gMacDisplay;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
display = (Display *) ckalloc(sizeof(Display));
screen = (Screen *) ckalloc(sizeof(Screen));
bzero(display, sizeof(Display));
bzero(screen, sizeof(Screen));
display->resource_alloc = MacXIdAlloc;
display->request = 0;
display->qlen = 0;
display->fd = fd;
display->screens = screen;
display->nscreens = 1;
display->default_screen = 0;
display->display_name = (char *) macScreenName;
cgVers = [[[NSBundle bundleWithIdentifier:@"com.apple.CoreGraphics"]
objectForInfoDictionaryKey:@"CFBundleShortVersionString"]
componentsSeparatedByString:@"."];
if ([cgVers count] >= 2) {
display->proto_major_version = [[cgVers objectAtIndex:1] integerValue];
}
if ([cgVers count] >= 3) {
display->proto_minor_version = [[cgVers objectAtIndex:2] integerValue];
}
if (!vendor[0]) {
snprintf(vendor, sizeof(vendor), "Apple AppKit %g",
NSAppKitVersionNumber);
}
display->vendor = vendor;
{
int major, minor, patch;
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 10100
Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMajor, (SInt32*)&major);
Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionMinor, (SInt32*)&minor);
Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersionBugFix, (SInt32*)&patch);
#else
NSOperatingSystemVersion systemVersion = [[NSProcessInfo processInfo] operatingSystemVersion];
major = systemVersion.majorVersion;
minor = systemVersion.minorVersion;
patch = systemVersion.patchVersion;
#endif
display->release = major << 16 | minor << 8 | patch;
}
/*
* These screen bits never change
*/
screen->root = ROOT_ID;
screen->display = display;
screen->black_pixel = 0x00000000 | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
screen->white_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24;
screen->ext_data = (XExtData *) &maxBounds;
screen->root_visual = (Visual *) ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
screen->root_visual->visualid = 0;
screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor;
screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0x00FF0000;
screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0x0000FF00;
screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0x000000FF;
screen->root_visual->bits_per_rgb = 24;
screen->root_visual->map_entries = 256;
/*
* Initialize screen bits that may change
*/
TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(display);
gMacDisplay = (TkDisplay *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
/*
* This is the quickest way to make sure that all the *Init flags get
* properly initialized
*/
bzero(gMacDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay));
gMacDisplay->display = display;
[pool drain];
return gMacDisplay;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCloseDisplay --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
334 335 336 337 338 339 340 |
if (gMacDisplay != displayPtr) {
Tcl_Panic("TkpCloseDisplay: tried to call TkpCloseDisplay on bad display");
}
gMacDisplay = NULL;
if (display->screens != NULL) {
if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
| | | | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
if (gMacDisplay != displayPtr) {
Tcl_Panic("TkpCloseDisplay: tried to call TkpCloseDisplay on bad display");
}
gMacDisplay = NULL;
if (display->screens != NULL) {
if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) display->screens->root_visual);
}
ckfree((char *) display->screens);
}
ckfree((char *) display);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkClipCleanup --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
404 405 406 407 408 409 410 | * was previously on the stack. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static XID MacXIdAlloc( | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | | | | | | > > | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 |
* was previously on the stack.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static XID
MacXIdAlloc(
Display *display) /* Display for which to allocate. */
{
static long int cur_id = 100;
/*
* Some special XIds are reserved
* - this is why we start at 100
*/
return ++cur_id;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted --
*
* Tries to determine whether the given window was recently deleted.
* Called from the generic code error handler to attempt to deal with
* async BadWindow errors under some circumstances.
*
* Results:
* Always 0, we do not keep this information on the Mac, so we do not
* know whether the window was destroyed.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(
Window win,
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DefaultErrorHandler --
*
* This procedure is the default X error handler. Tk uses it's own error
* handler so this call should never be called.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* This function will call panic and exit.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DefaultErrorHandler(
Display* display,
XErrorEvent* err_evt)
{
/*
* This call should never be called. Tk replaces it with its own error
* handler.
*/
Tcl_Panic("Warning hit bogus error handler!");
return 0;
}
char *
XGetAtomName(
Display * display,
Atom atom)
{
display->request++;
return NULL;
}
int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
XImage *image)
{
return 0;
}
XErrorHandler
XSetErrorHandler(
XErrorHandler handler)
{
return DefaultErrorHandler;
}
Window
XRootWindow(
Display *display,
int screen_number)
{
display->request++;
return ROOT_ID;
}
int
XGetGeometry(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
Window *root_return,
int *x_return,
int *y_return,
unsigned int *width_return,
unsigned int *height_return,
unsigned int *border_width_return,
unsigned int *depth_return)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = ((MacDrawable *) d)->winPtr;
display->request++;
*root_return = ROOT_ID;
if (winPtr) {
*x_return = Tk_X(winPtr);
*y_return = Tk_Y(winPtr);
*width_return = Tk_Width(winPtr);
*height_return = Tk_Height(winPtr);
*border_width_return = winPtr->changes.border_width;
*depth_return = Tk_Depth(winPtr);
} else {
CGSize size = ((MacDrawable *) d)->size;
*x_return = 0;
*y_return = 0;
*width_return = size.width;
*height_return = size.height;
*border_width_return = 0;
*depth_return = 32;
}
return 1;
}
void
XChangeProperty(
Display* display,
Window w,
Atom property,
Atom type,
int format,
int mode,
_Xconst unsigned char* data,
int nelements)
{
Debugger();
}
void
XSelectInput(
Display* display,
Window w,
long event_mask)
{
Debugger();
}
int
XBell(
Display* display,
int percent)
{
NSBeep();
return Success;
}
#if 0
void
XSetWMNormalHints(
Display* display,
Window w,
XSizeHints* hints)
{
/*
* Do nothing. Shouldn't even be called.
*/
}
XSizeHints *
XAllocSizeHints(void)
{
/*
* Always return NULL. Tk code checks to see if NULL is returned & does
* nothing if it is.
*/
return NULL;
}
#endif
GContext
XGContextFromGC(
GC gc)
{
/*
* TODO: currently a no-op
*/
return 0;
}
Status
XSendEvent(
Display* display,
Window w,
Bool propagate,
long event_mask,
XEvent* event_send)
{
Debugger();
return 0;
}
void
XClearWindow(
Display* display,
Window w)
{
}
/*
int
XDrawPoint(
Display* display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
int x,
int y)
{
}
int
XDrawPoints(
Display* display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XPoint* points,
int npoints,
int mode)
{
}
*/
int
XWarpPointer(
Display* display,
Window src_w,
Window dest_w,
int src_x,
int src_y,
unsigned int src_width,
unsigned int src_height,
int dest_x,
int dest_y)
{
return Success;
}
void
XQueryColor(
Display* display,
Colormap colormap,
XColor* def_in_out)
{
unsigned long p;
unsigned char r, g, b;
XColor *d = def_in_out;
p = d->pixel;
r = (p & 0x00FF0000) >> 16;
g = (p & 0x0000FF00) >> 8;
b = (p & 0x000000FF);
d->red = (r << 8) | r;
d->green = (g << 8) | g;
d->blue = (b << 8) | b;
d->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
d->pad = 0;
}
void
XQueryColors(
Display* display,
Colormap colormap,
XColor* defs_in_out,
int ncolors)
{
int i;
unsigned long p;
unsigned char r, g, b;
XColor *d = defs_in_out;
for (i = 0; i < ncolors; i++, d++) {
p = d->pixel;
r = (p & 0x00FF0000) >> 16;
g = (p & 0x0000FF00) >> 8;
b = (p & 0x000000FF);
d->red = (r << 8) | r;
d->green = (g << 8) | g;
d->blue = (b << 8) | b;
d->flags = DoRed|DoGreen|DoBlue;
d->pad = 0;
}
}
int
XQueryTree(display, w, root_return, parent_return, children_return,
nchildren_return)
Display* display;
Window w;
Window* root_return;
Window* parent_return;
Window** children_return;
unsigned int* nchildren_return;
{
return 0;
}
int
XGetWindowProperty(
Display *display,
Window w,
Atom property,
long long_offset,
long long_length,
Bool delete,
Atom req_type,
Atom *actual_type_return,
int *actual_format_return,
unsigned long *nitems_return,
unsigned long *bytes_after_return,
unsigned char ** prop_return)
{
display->request++;
*actual_type_return = None;
*actual_format_return = *bytes_after_return = 0;
*nitems_return = 0;
return 0;
}
void
XRefreshKeyboardMapping(
XMappingEvent *x)
{
/* used by tkXEvent.c */
Debugger();
}
void
XSetIconName(
Display* display,
Window w,
const char *icon_name)
{
/*
* This is a no-op, no icon name for Macs.
*/
display->request++;
}
void
XForceScreenSaver(
Display* display,
int mode)
{
/*
* This function is just a no-op. It is defined to reset the screen saver.
* However, there is no real way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there
* is!
*/
display->request++;
}
void
Tk_FreeXId(
Display *display,
XID xid)
{
/* no-op function needed for stubs implementation. */
}
int
XSync(
Display *display,
Bool discard)
{
TkMacOSXFlushWindows();
display->request++;
return 0;
}
#if 0
int
XSetClipRectangles(
Display *d,
GC gc,
int clip_x_origin,
int clip_y_origin,
XRectangle* rectangles,
int n,
int ordering)
{
TkRegion clipRgn = TkCreateRegion();
while (n--) {
XRectangle rect = *rectangles;
rect.x += clip_x_origin;
rect.y += clip_y_origin;
TkUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, clipRgn, clipRgn);
rectangles++;
}
TkSetRegion(d, gc, clipRgn);
TkDestroyRegion(clipRgn);
return 1;
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetServerInfo --
*
* Given a window, this procedure returns information about the window
* server for that window. This procedure provides the guts of the "winfo
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 |
ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
snprintf(buffer2, sizeof(buffer2), " Mac OS X %x",
VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
buffer2, NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground,
* XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap,
* XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap
*
* These functions are all no-ops. They all have equivalent Tk calls that
* should always be used instead.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < | 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 |
ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
snprintf(buffer2, sizeof(buffer2), " Mac OS X %x",
VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
buffer2, NULL);
}
#pragma mark XImage handling
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XCreateImage --
*
* Allocates storage for a new XImage.
*
* Results:
* Returns a newly allocated XImage.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XImage *
XCreateImage(
Display* display,
Visual* visual,
unsigned int depth,
int format,
int offset,
char* data,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height,
int bitmap_pad,
int bytes_per_line)
{
XImage *ximage;
display->request++;
ximage = (XImage *) ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));
ximage->height = height;
ximage->width = width;
ximage->depth = depth;
ximage->xoffset = offset;
ximage->format = format;
ximage->data = data;
ximage->obdata = NULL;
if (format == ZPixmap) {
ximage->bits_per_pixel = 32;
ximage->bitmap_unit = 32;
} else {
ximage->bits_per_pixel = 1;
ximage->bitmap_unit = 8;
}
if (bitmap_pad) {
ximage->bitmap_pad = bitmap_pad;
} else {
/* Use 16 byte alignment for best Quartz perfomance */
ximage->bitmap_pad = 128;
}
if (bytes_per_line) {
ximage->bytes_per_line = bytes_per_line;
} else {
ximage->bytes_per_line = ((width * ximage->bits_per_pixel +
(ximage->bitmap_pad - 1)) >> 3) &
~((ximage->bitmap_pad >> 3) - 1);
}
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
ximage->byte_order = MSBFirst;
ximage->bitmap_bit_order = MSBFirst;
#else
ximage->byte_order = LSBFirst;
ximage->bitmap_bit_order = LSBFirst;
#endif
ximage->red_mask = 0x00FF0000;
ximage->green_mask = 0x0000FF00;
ximage->blue_mask = 0x000000FF;
ximage->f.create_image = NULL;
ximage->f.destroy_image = DestroyImage;
ximage->f.get_pixel = ImageGetPixel;
ximage->f.put_pixel = ImagePutPixel;
ximage->f.sub_image = NULL;
ximage->f.add_pixel = NULL;
return ximage;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XGetImage --
*
* This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage.
*
* Results:
* Returns a newly allocated XImage containing the data from the given
* rectangle of the given drawable, or NULL if the XImage could not be
* constructed.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XImage *
XGetImage(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
int x,
int y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height,
unsigned long plane_mask,
int format)
{
NSBitmapImageRep *bitmap_rep;
NSUInteger bitmap_fmt;
XImage * imagePtr = NULL;
char * bitmap = NULL;
char * image_data=NULL;
int depth = 32;
int offset = 0;
int bitmap_pad = 0;
int bytes_per_row = 4*width;
int size;
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage");
if (format == ZPixmap) {
if (width == 0 || height == 0) {
/* This happens all the time.
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: empty image requested");
*/
return NULL;
}
bitmap_rep = BitmapRepFromDrawableRect(d, x, y,width, height);
bitmap_fmt = [bitmap_rep bitmapFormat];
if ( bitmap_rep == Nil ||
(bitmap_fmt != 0 && bitmap_fmt != 1) ||
[bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] != 4 ||
[bitmap_rep isPlanar] != 0 ) {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("XGetImage: Failed to construct NSBitmapRep");
return NULL;
}
NSSize image_size = NSMakeSize(width, height);
NSImage* ns_image = [[NSImage alloc]initWithSize:image_size];
[ns_image addRepresentation:bitmap_rep];
/* Assume premultiplied nonplanar data with 4 bytes per pixel.*/
if ( [bitmap_rep isPlanar ] == 0 &&
[bitmap_rep samplesPerPixel] == 4 ) {
bytes_per_row = [bitmap_rep bytesPerRow];
size = bytes_per_row*height;
image_data = (char*)[bitmap_rep bitmapData];
if ( image_data ) {
int row, n, m;
bitmap = ckalloc(size);
/*
Oddly enough, the bitmap has the top row at the beginning,
and the pixels are in BGRA or ABGR format.
*/
if (bitmap_fmt == 0) {
/* BGRA */
for (row=0, n=0; row<height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
*(bitmap+m) = *(image_data+m+2);
*(bitmap+m+1) = *(image_data+m+1);
*(bitmap+m+2) = *(image_data+m);
*(bitmap+m+3) = *(image_data+m+3);
}
}
} else {
/* ABGR */
for (row=0, n=0; row<height; row++, n+=bytes_per_row) {
for (m=n; m<n+bytes_per_row; m+=4) {
*(bitmap+m) = *(image_data+m+3);
*(bitmap+m+1) = *(image_data+m+2);
*(bitmap+m+2) = *(image_data+m+1);
*(bitmap+m+3) = *(image_data+m);
}
}
}
}
}
if (bitmap) {
imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset,
(char*)bitmap, width, height, bitmap_pad, bytes_per_row);
[ns_image removeRepresentation:bitmap_rep]; /*releases the rep*/
[ns_image release];
}
} else {
TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Could not extract image from drawable.");
}
return imagePtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DestroyImage --
*
* Destroys storage associated with an image.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Deallocates the image.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
DestroyImage(
XImage *image)
{
if (image) {
if (image->data) {
ckfree(image->data);
}
ckfree((char*) image);
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImageGetPixel --
*
* Get a single pixel from an image.
*
* Results:
* Returns the 32 bit pixel value.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static unsigned long
ImageGetPixel(
XImage *image,
int x,
int y)
{
unsigned char r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;
if (image && image->data) {
unsigned char *srcPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
case 32: {
r = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 16) & 0xff;
g = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) >> 8) & 0xff;
b = (*((unsigned int*) srcPtr) ) & 0xff;
/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
r = srcPtr[2]; g = srcPtr[1]; b = srcPtr[0];
} else {
r = srcPtr[1]; g = srcPtr[2]; b = srcPtr[3];
}*/
break;
}
case 16:
r = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 7) & 0xf8;
g = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) >> 2) & 0xf8;
b = (*((unsigned short*) srcPtr) << 3) & 0xf8;
break;
case 8:
r = (*srcPtr << 2) & 0xc0;
g = (*srcPtr << 4) & 0xc0;
b = (*srcPtr << 6) & 0xc0;
r |= r >> 2 | r >> 4 | r >> 6;
g |= g >> 2 | g >> 4 | g >> 6;
b |= b >> 2 | b >> 4 | b >> 6;
break;
case 4: {
unsigned char c = (x % 2) ? *srcPtr : (*srcPtr >> 4);
r = (c & 0x04) ? 0xff : 0;
g = (c & 0x02) ? 0xff : 0;
b = (c & 0x01) ? 0xff : 0;
break;
}
case 1:
r = g = b = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x % 8))) ? 0xff : 0;
break;
}
}
return (PIXEL_MAGIC << 24) | (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ImagePutPixel --
*
* Set a single pixel in an image.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ImagePutPixel(
XImage *image,
int x,
int y,
unsigned long pixel)
{
if (image && image->data) {
unsigned char r = ((pixel & image->red_mask) >> 16) & 0xff;
unsigned char g = ((pixel & image->green_mask) >> 8) & 0xff;
unsigned char b = ((pixel & image->blue_mask) ) & 0xff;
unsigned char *dstPtr = ((unsigned char*) image->data)
+ (y * image->bytes_per_line)
+ (((image->xoffset + x) * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY);
switch (image->bits_per_pixel) {
case 32:
*((unsigned int*) dstPtr) = (0xff << 24) | (r << 16) |
(g << 8) | b;
/*if (image->byte_order == LSBFirst) {
dstPtr[3] = 0xff; dstPtr[2] = r; dstPtr[1] = g; dstPtr[0] = b;
} else {
dstPtr[0] = 0xff; dstPtr[1] = r; dstPtr[2] = g; dstPtr[3] = b;
}*/
break;
case 16:
*((unsigned short*) dstPtr) = ((r & 0xf8) << 7) |
((g & 0xf8) << 2) | ((b & 0xf8) >> 3);
break;
case 8:
*dstPtr = ((r & 0xc0) >> 2) | ((g & 0xc0) >> 4) |
((b & 0xc0) >> 6);
break;
case 4: {
unsigned char c = ((r & 0x80) >> 5) | ((g & 0x80) >> 6) |
((b & 0x80) >> 7);
*dstPtr = (x % 2) ? ((*dstPtr & 0xf0) | (c & 0x0f)) :
((*dstPtr & 0x0f) | ((c << 4) & 0xf0));
break;
}
case 1:
*dstPtr = ((r|g|b) & 0x80) ? (*dstPtr | (0x80 >> (x % 8))) :
(*dstPtr & ~(0x80 >> (x % 8)));
break;
}
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XChangeWindowAttributes, XSetWindowBackground,
* XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap,
* XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap
*
* These functions are all no-ops. They all have equivalent Tk calls that
* should always be used instead.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
XChangeWindowAttributes(
Display *display,
Window w,
unsigned long value_mask,
XSetWindowAttributes *attributes)
{
}
void
XSetWindowBackground(
Display *display,
Window window,
unsigned long value)
{
}
void
XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(
Display *display,
Window w,
Pixmap background_pixmap)
{
}
void
XSetWindowBorder(
Display *display,
Window w,
unsigned long border_pixel)
{
}
void
XSetWindowBorderPixmap(
Display *display,
Window w,
Pixmap border_pixmap)
{
}
void
XSetWindowBorderWidth(
Display *display,
Window w,
unsigned int width)
{
}
void
XSetWindowColormap(
Display *display,
Window w,
Colormap colormap)
{
Debugger();
}
Status
XStringListToTextProperty(
char **list,
int count,
XTextProperty *text_prop_return)
{
Debugger();
return (Status) 0;
}
void
XSetWMClientMachine(
Display *display,
Window w,
XTextProperty *text_prop)
{
Debugger();
}
XIC
XCreateIC(void)
{
Debugger();
return (XIC) 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetDefaultScreenName --
*
* Returns the name of the screen that Tk should use during
* initialization.
*
* Results:
* Returns a statically allocated string.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
const char *
TkGetDefaultScreenName(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Not used. */
const char *screenName) /* If NULL, use default string. */
{
#if 0
if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
screenName = macScreenName;
}
return screenName;
#endif
return macScreenName;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetUserInactiveTime --
*
* Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive.
*
* Results:
* The number of milliseconds the user has been inactive, or -1 if
* querying the inactive time is not supported.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
long
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(
Display *dpy)
{
io_registry_entry_t regEntry;
CFMutableDictionaryRef props = NULL;
CFTypeRef timeObj;
long ret = -1l;
uint64_t time;
IOReturn result;
regEntry = IOServiceGetMatchingService(kIOMasterPortDefault,
IOServiceMatching("IOHIDSystem"));
if (regEntry == 0) {
return -1l;
}
result = IORegistryEntryCreateCFProperties(regEntry, &props,
kCFAllocatorDefault, 0);
IOObjectRelease(regEntry);
if (result != KERN_SUCCESS || props == NULL) {
return -1l;
}
timeObj = CFDictionaryGetValue(props, CFSTR("HIDIdleTime"));
if (timeObj) {
CFTypeID type = CFGetTypeID(timeObj);
if (type == CFDataGetTypeID()) { /* Jaguar */
CFDataGetBytes((CFDataRef) timeObj,
CFRangeMake(0, sizeof(time)), (UInt8 *) &time);
/* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */
/* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */
ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);
} else if (type == CFNumberGetTypeID()) { /* Panther+ */
CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)timeObj,
kCFNumberSInt64Type, &time);
/* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */
/* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */
ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale);
} else {
ret = -1l;
}
}
/* Cleanup */
CFRelease(props);
return ret;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 | * to zero. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime( | | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 |
* to zero.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
Display *dpy)
{
IOGPoint loc = {0};
kern_return_t kr;
NXEvent nullEvent = {NX_NULLEVENT, {0, 0}, 0, -1, 0};
enum { kNULLEventPostThrottle = 10 };
static io_connect_t io_connection = MACH_PORT_NULL;
if (io_connection == MACH_PORT_NULL) {
io_service_t service = IOServiceGetMatchingService(
kIOMasterPortDefault, IOServiceMatching(kIOHIDSystemClass));
if (service == MACH_PORT_NULL) {
return;
}
kr = IOServiceOpen(service, mach_task_self(), kIOHIDParamConnectType,
&io_connection);
IOObjectRelease(service);
if (kr != KERN_SUCCESS) {
return;
}
}
kr = IOHIDPostEvent(io_connection, NX_NULLEVENT, loc, &nullEvent.data,
FALSE, 0, FALSE);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to macosx/ttkMacOSXTheme.c.
1 2 3 | /* * ttkMacOSXTheme.c -- * | | < | | | | | > | | | > < < > < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < | | | | | < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < > > > > | | | | | < | < | | < | | | < < | < < < > < | | < | > | < > | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < | | < | < > | | < | < < | < < < | | > > | | | > > | > > > < < < < | | < < | | < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > | | | | | | | > | > | | | > | > | | | | < < > < < | < < | | | < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < | < < | < < | | < < > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < | | > | | | < < < | < < | < < | | < < < < < < < | | | | | < | > > | < | | | < < < | | < < < > < < | < < | | < | < | < < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | > > > | < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < > | > < < | < < | | | | < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < > > | < < < | < < | | | > < | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < < < < | | | | | < < | < < | < | | < < < < < < | | | | < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < > > > < < < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > < < | < < | | | < | < | < < | < < | < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | | < < < < | < < | < | < < | < < | | | < < | < < | | | < | < | < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | | | | | | < | < < < < | > | | > | | | | | | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < > | | | < | > > | < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | < | | | | > < < | < < | | | < < | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | | < | < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < | | < < < < | < | | | | | | < < < < | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < < | < | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 |
/*
* ttkMacOSXTheme.c --
*
* Tk theme engine for Mac OSX, using the Appearance Manager API.
*
* Copyright (c) 2004 Joe English
* Copyright (c) 2005 Neil Madden
* Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.
* Copyright 2009 Kevin Walzer/WordTech Communications LLC.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*
* See also:
*
* <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/
* Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/APIIndex.html >
*
* Notes:
* "Active" means different things in Mac and Tk terminology --
* On Aqua, widgets are "Active" if they belong to the foreground window,
* "Inactive" if they are in a background window.
* Tk uses the term "active" to mean that the mouse cursor
* is over a widget; aka "hover", "prelight", or "hot-tracked".
* Aqua doesn't use this kind of feedback.
*
* The QuickDraw/Carbon coordinate system is relative to the
* top-level window, not to the Tk_Window. BoxToRect()
* accounts for this.
*/
#include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h"
#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"
/*
* Use this version in the core:
*/
#define BEGIN_DRAWING(d) { \
TkMacOSXDrawingContext dc; \
if (!TkMacOSXSetupDrawingContext((d), NULL, 1, &dc)) {return;}
#define END_DRAWING \
TkMacOSXRestoreDrawingContext(&dc); }
#define HIOrientation kHIThemeOrientationNormal
#ifdef __LP64__
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (INT_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#else
#define RangeToFactor(maximum) (((double) (LONG_MAX >> 1)) / (maximum))
#endif /* __LP64__ */
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Utilities.
*/
/*
* BoxToRect --
* Convert a Ttk_Box in Tk coordinates relative to the given Drawable
* to a native Rect relative to the containing port.
*/
static inline CGRect BoxToRect(Drawable d, Ttk_Box b)
{
MacDrawable *md = (MacDrawable*)d;
CGRect rect;
rect.origin.y = b.y + md->yOff;
rect.origin.x = b.x + md->xOff;
rect.size.height = b.height;
rect.size.width = b.width;
return rect;
}
/*
* Table mapping Tk states to Appearance manager ThemeStates
*/
static Ttk_StateTable ThemeStateTable[] = {
{kThemeStateUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{kThemeStatePressed, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{kThemeStateInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0},
{kThemeStateActive, 0, 0}
/* Others: Not sure what these are supposed to mean.
Up/Down have something to do with "little arrow" increment controls...
Dunno what a "Rollover" is.
NEM: Rollover is TTK_STATE_ACTIVE... but we don't handle that yet, by the
looks of things
{kThemeStateRollover, 0, 0},
{kThemeStateUnavailableInactive, 0, 0}
{kThemeStatePressedUp, 0, 0},
{kThemeStatePressedDown, 0, 0}
*/
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Button element: Used for elements drawn with DrawThemeButton.
*/
/*
* Extra margins to account for drop shadow.
*/
static Ttk_Padding ButtonMargins = {2,2,2,2};
#define NoThemeMetric 0xFFFFFFFF
typedef struct {
ThemeButtonKind kind;
ThemeMetric heightMetric;
} ThemeButtonParams;
static ThemeButtonParams
PushButtonParams = { kThemePushButton, kThemeMetricPushButtonHeight },
CheckBoxParams = { kThemeCheckBox, kThemeMetricCheckBoxHeight },
RadioButtonParams = { kThemeRadioButton, kThemeMetricRadioButtonHeight },
BevelButtonParams = { kThemeBevelButton, NoThemeMetric },
PopupButtonParams = { kThemePopupButton, kThemeMetricPopupButtonHeight },
DisclosureParams = { kThemeDisclosureButton, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight },
ListHeaderParams = { kThemeListHeaderButton, kThemeMetricListHeaderHeight };
static Ttk_StateTable ButtonValueTable[] = {
{ kThemeButtonMixed, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },
{ kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
{ kThemeButtonOff, 0, 0 }
/* Others: kThemeDisclosureRight, kThemeDisclosureDown, kThemeDisclosureLeft */
};
static Ttk_StateTable ButtonAdornmentTable[] = {
{ kThemeAdornmentDefault| kThemeAdornmentFocus,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE| TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ kThemeAdornmentDefault, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },
{ kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ kThemeAdornmentNone, 0, 0 }
};
/*
* computeButtonDrawInfo --
* Fill in an appearance manager HIThemeButtonDrawInfo record.
*/
static inline HIThemeButtonDrawInfo computeButtonDrawInfo(
ThemeButtonParams *params, Ttk_State state)
{
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
.kind = params ? params->kind : 0,
.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonAdornmentTable, state),
};
return info;
}
static void ButtonElementSizeNoPadding(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
if (params->heightMetric != NoThemeMetric) {
SInt32 height;
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, params->heightMetric, &height);
*heightPtr = height;
}
}
static void ButtonElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, 0);
static const CGRect scratchBounds = {{0, 0}, {100, 100}};
CGRect contentBounds;
ButtonElementSizeNoPadding(
clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
/*
* To compute internal padding, query the appearance manager
* for the content bounds of a dummy rectangle, then use
* the difference as the padding.
*/
ChkErr(HIThemeGetButtonContentBounds,
&scratchBounds, &info, &contentBounds);
paddingPtr->left = CGRectGetMinX(contentBounds);
paddingPtr->top = CGRectGetMinY(contentBounds);
paddingPtr->right = CGRectGetMaxX(scratchBounds) - CGRectGetMaxX(contentBounds) + 1;
paddingPtr->bottom = CGRectGetMaxY(scratchBounds) - CGRectGetMaxY(contentBounds);
/*
* Now add a little extra padding to account for drop shadows.
* @@@ SHOULD: call GetThemeButtonBackgroundBounds() instead.
*/
*paddingPtr = Ttk_AddPadding(*paddingPtr, ButtonMargins);
*widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(ButtonMargins);
*heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(ButtonMargins);
}
static void ButtonElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, ButtonMargins));
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = computeButtonDrawInfo(params, state);
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
ButtonElementSize,
ButtonElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Notebook elements.
*/
/* Tab position logic, c.f. ttkNotebook.c TabState() */
#define TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST TTK_STATE_USER2
static Ttk_StateTable TabStyleTable[] = {
{ kThemeTabFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND},
{ kThemeTabNonFrontInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND},
{ kThemeTabFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED|TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
{ kThemeTabNonFrontUnavailable, TTK_STATE_DISABLED},
{ kThemeTabFront, TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
{ kThemeTabNonFrontPressed, TTK_STATE_PRESSED},
{ kThemeTabNonFront, 0}
};
static Ttk_StateTable TabAdornmentTable[] = {
{ kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone,
TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST|TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST},
{kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST},
{kHIThemeTabAdornmentNone, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST},
{kHIThemeTabAdornmentTrailingSeparator, 0 },
};
static Ttk_StateTable TabPositionTable[] = {
{ kHIThemeTabPositionOnly,
TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST|TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST},
{ kHIThemeTabPositionFirst, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_FIRST},
{ kHIThemeTabPositionLast, TTK_STATE_NOTEBOOK_LAST},
{ kHIThemeTabPositionMiddle, 0 },
};
/*
* Apple XHIG Tab View Specifications:
*
* Control sizes: Tab views are available in regular, small, and mini sizes.
* The tab height is fixed for each size, but you control the size of the pane
* area. The tab heights for each size are listed below:
* - Regular size: 20 pixels.
* - Small: 17 pixels.
* - Mini: 15 pixels.
*
* Label spacing and fonts: The tab labels should be in a font that’s
* proportional to the size of the tab view control. In addition, the label
* should be placed so that there are equal margins of space before and after
* it. The guidelines below provide the specifications you should use for tab
* labels:
* - Regular size: System font. Center in tab, leaving 12 pixels on each side.
* - Small: Small system font. Center in tab, leaving 10 pixels on each side.
* - Mini: Mini system font. Center in tab, leaving 8 pixels on each side.
*
* Control spacing: Whether you decide to inset a tab view in a window or
* extend its edges to the window sides and bottom, you should place the top
* edge of the tab view 12 or 14 pixels below the bottom edge of the title bar
* (or toolbar, if there is one). If you choose to inset a tab view in a
* window, you should leave a margin of 20 pixels between the sides and bottom
* of the tab view and the sides and bottom of the window (although 16 pixels
* is also an acceptable margin-width). If you need to provide controls below
* the tab view, leave enough space below the tab view so the controls are 20
* pixels above the bottom edge of the window and 12 pixels between the tab
* view and the controls.
* If you choose to extend the tab view sides and bottom so that they meet the
* window sides and bottom, you should leave a margin of at least 20 pixels
* between the content in the tab view and the tab-view edges.
*
* <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/userexperience/Conceptual/
* AppleHIGuidelines/XHIGControls/XHIGControls.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/
* TP30000359-TPXREF116>
*/
static void TabElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
GetThemeMetric(kThemeMetricLargeTabHeight, (SInt32 *)heightPtr);
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(0, 0, 0, 2);
}
static void TabElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
HIThemeTabDrawInfo info = {
.version = 1,
.style = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabStyleTable, state),
.direction = kThemeTabNorth,
.size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal,
.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabAdornmentTable, state),
.kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal,
.position = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TabPositionTable, state),
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTab, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
TabElementSize,
TabElementDraw
};
/*
* Notebook panes:
*/
static void PaneElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(9, 5, 9, 9);
}
static void PaneElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
HIThemeTabPaneDrawInfo info = {
.version = 1,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
.direction = kThemeTabNorth,
.size = kHIThemeTabSizeNormal,
.kind = kHIThemeTabKindNormal,
.adornment = kHIThemeTabPaneAdornmentNormal,
};
bounds.origin.y -= kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
bounds.size.height += kThemeMetricTabFrameOverlap;
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTabPane, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PaneElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
PaneElementSize,
PaneElementDraw
};
/*
* Labelframe borders:
* Use "primary group box ..."
* Quoth DrawThemePrimaryGroup reference:
* "The primary group box frame is drawn inside the specified
* rectangle and is a maximum of 2 pixels thick."
*
* "Maximum of 2 pixels thick" is apparently a lie;
* looks more like 4 to me with shading.
*/
static void GroupElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(4);
}
static void GroupElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
const HIThemeGroupBoxDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
.kind = kHIThemeGroupBoxKindPrimaryOpaque,
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGroupBox, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec GroupElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GroupElementSize,
GroupElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Entry element --
* 3 pixels padding for focus rectangle
* 2 pixels padding for EditTextFrame
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} EntryElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec EntryElementOptions[] = {
{ "-background", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(EntryElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
{0}
};
static void EntryElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(5);
}
static void EntryElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
EntryElement *e = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder backgroundPtr = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin,e->backgroundObj);
Ttk_Box inner = Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(3));
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, inner);
const HIThemeFrameDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.kind = kHIThemeFrameTextFieldSquare,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
.isFocused = state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS,
};
/*
* Erase w/background color:
*/
XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d,
Tk_3DBorderGC(tkwin, backgroundPtr, TK_3D_FLAT_GC),
inner.x,inner.y, inner.width, inner.height);
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawFrame, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
/*if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
ChkErr(DrawThemeFocusRect, &bounds, 1);
}*/
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec EntryElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(EntryElement),
EntryElementOptions,
EntryElementSize,
EntryElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Combobox:
*
* NOTES:
* kThemeMetricComboBoxLargeDisclosureWidth -> 17
* Padding and margins guesstimated by trial-and-error.
*/
static Ttk_Padding ComboboxPadding = { 2, 3, 17, 1 };
static Ttk_Padding ComboboxMargins = { 3, 3, 4, 4 };
static void ComboboxElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*widthPtr = 0;
*heightPtr = 0;
*paddingPtr = Ttk_AddPadding(ComboboxMargins, ComboboxPadding);
}
static void ComboboxElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, ComboboxMargins));
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
.kind = kThemeComboBox,
.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonAdornmentTable, state),
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
ComboboxElementSize,
ComboboxElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Spinbuttons.
*
* From Apple HIG, part III, section "Controls", "The Stepper Control":
* there should be 2 pixels of space between the stepper control
* (AKA IncDecButton, AKA "little arrows") and the text field it modifies.
*/
static Ttk_Padding SpinbuttonMargins = {2,0,2,0};
static void SpinButtonElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SInt32 s;
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsWidth, &s);
*widthPtr = s + Ttk_PaddingWidth(SpinbuttonMargins);
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLittleArrowsHeight, &s);
*heightPtr = s + Ttk_PaddingHeight(SpinbuttonMargins);
}
static void SpinButtonElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_PadBox(b, SpinbuttonMargins));
/* @@@ can't currently distinguish PressedUp (== Pressed) from PressedDown;
* ignore this bit for now [see #2219588]
*/
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & ~TTK_STATE_PRESSED),
.kind = kThemeIncDecButton,
.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ButtonValueTable, state),
.adornment = kThemeAdornmentNone,
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinButtonElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
SpinButtonElementSize,
SpinButtonElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ DrawThemeTrack-based elements --
* Progress bars and scales. (See also: <<NOTE-TRACKS>>)
*/
static Ttk_StateTable ThemeTrackEnableTable[] = {
{ kThemeTrackDisabled, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ kThemeTrackInactive, TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND, 0 },
{ kThemeTrackActive, 0, 0 }
/* { kThemeTrackNothingToScroll, ?, ? }, */
};
typedef struct { /* TrackElement client data */
ThemeTrackKind kind;
SInt32 thicknessMetric;
} TrackElementData;
static TrackElementData ScaleData = {
kThemeSlider, kThemeMetricHSliderHeight
};
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *fromObj; /* minimum value */
Tcl_Obj *toObj; /* maximum value */
Tcl_Obj *valueObj; /* current value */
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* horizontal / vertical */
} TrackElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TrackElementOptions[] = {
{ "-from", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,fromObj) },
{ "-to", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,toObj) },
{ "-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,valueObj) },
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING, Tk_Offset(TrackElement,orientObj) },
{0,0,0}
};
static void TrackElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TrackElementData *data = clientData;
SInt32 size = 24; /* reasonable default ... */
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, data->thicknessMetric, &size);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = size;
}
static void TrackElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
TrackElementData *data = clientData;
TrackElement *elem = elementRecord;
int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL;
double from = 0, to = 100, value = 0, factor;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, elem->orientObj, &orientation);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->fromObj, &from);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->toObj, &to);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, elem->valueObj, &value);
factor = RangeToFactor(to - from);
HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.kind = data->kind,
.bounds = BoxToRect(d, b),
.min = from * factor,
.max = to * factor,
.value = value * factor,
.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |
(orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ?
kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0),
.enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state),
.trackInfo.progress.phase = 0,
};
if (info.kind == kThemeSlider) {
info.trackInfo.slider.pressState = state & TTK_STATE_PRESSED ?
kThemeThumbPressed : 0;
info.trackInfo.slider.thumbDir = kThemeThumbPlain;
}
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TrackElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TrackElement),
TrackElementOptions,
TrackElementSize,
TrackElementDraw
};
/*
* Slider element -- <<NOTE-TRACKS>>
* Has geometry only. The Scale widget adjusts the position of this element,
* and uses it for hit detection. In the Aqua theme, the slider is actually
* drawn as part of the trough element.
*
* Also buggy: The geometry here is a Wild-Assed-Guess; I can't
* figure out how to get the Appearance Manager to tell me the
* slider size.
*/
static void SliderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = 24;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
SliderElementSize,
TtkNullElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Progress bar element (new):
*
* @@@ NOTE: According to an older revision of the Aqua reference docs,
* @@@ the 'phase' field is between 0 and 4. Newer revisions say
* @@@ that it can be any UInt8 value.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* horizontal / vertical */
Tcl_Obj *valueObj; /* current value */
Tcl_Obj *maximumObj; /* maximum value */
Tcl_Obj *phaseObj; /* animation phase */
Tcl_Obj *modeObj; /* progress bar mode */
} PbarElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec PbarElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement,orientObj), "horizontal" },
{ "-value", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement,valueObj), "0" },
{ "-maximum", TK_OPTION_DOUBLE,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement,maximumObj), "100" },
{ "-phase", TK_OPTION_INT,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement,phaseObj), "0" },
{ "-mode", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(PbarElement,modeObj), "determinate" },
{0,0,0,0}
};
static void PbarElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SInt32 size = 24; /* @@@ Check HIG for correct default */
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricLargeProgressBarThickness, &size);
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = size;
}
static void PbarElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
PbarElement *pbar = elementRecord;
int orientation = TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL, phase = 0;
double value = 0, maximum = 100, factor;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, pbar->orientObj, &orientation);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pbar->valueObj, &value);
Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, pbar->maximumObj, &maximum);
Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, pbar->phaseObj, &phase);
factor = RangeToFactor(maximum);
HIThemeTrackDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.kind = (!strcmp("indeterminate", Tcl_GetString(pbar->modeObj)) && value) ?
kThemeIndeterminateBar : kThemeProgressBar,
.bounds = BoxToRect(d, b),
.min = 0,
.max = maximum * factor,
.value = value * factor,
.attributes = kThemeTrackShowThumb |
(orientation == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL ?
kThemeTrackHorizontal : 0),
.enableState = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeTrackEnableTable, state),
.trackInfo.progress.phase = phase,
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawTrack, &info, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(PbarElement),
PbarElementOptions,
PbarElementSize,
PbarElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Separator element.
*
* DrawThemeSeparator() guesses the orientation of the line from
* the width and height of the rectangle, so the same element can
* can be used for horizontal, vertical, and general separators.
*/
static void SeparatorElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*widthPtr = *heightPtr = 1;
}
static void SeparatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
const HIThemeSeparatorDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
/* Separator only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND),
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawSeparator, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SeparatorElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
SeparatorElementSize,
SeparatorElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Size grip element.
*/
static const ThemeGrowDirection sizegripGrowDirection
= kThemeGrowRight|kThemeGrowDown;
static void SizegripElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = kThemeStateActive,
.kind = kHIThemeGrowBoxKindNormal,
.direction = sizegripGrowDirection,
.size = kHIThemeGrowBoxSizeNormal,
};
CGRect bounds = CGRectZero;
ChkErr(HIThemeGetGrowBoxBounds, &bounds.origin, &info, &bounds);
*widthPtr = bounds.size.width;
*heightPtr = bounds.size.height;
}
static void SizegripElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
HIThemeGrowBoxDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
/* Grow box only supports kThemeStateActive, kThemeStateInactive */
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND),
.kind = kHIThemeGrowBoxKindNormal,
.direction = sizegripGrowDirection,
.size = kHIThemeGrowBoxSizeNormal,
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawGrowBox, &bounds.origin, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SizegripElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
SizegripElementSize,
SizegripElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Background and fill elements.
*
* This isn't quite right: In Aqua, the correct background for
* a control depends on what kind of container it belongs to,
* and the type of the top-level window.
*
* Also: patterned backgrounds should be aligned with the coordinate
* system of the top-level window. If we're drawing into an
* off-screen graphics port this leads to alignment glitches.
*/
static void FillElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
ThemeBrush brush = (state & TTK_STATE_BACKGROUND)
? kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundInactive
: kThemeBrushModelessDialogBackgroundActive;
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
//QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d));
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
END_DRAWING
}
static void BackgroundElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
FillElementDraw(
clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin), state);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FillElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
FillElementDraw
};
static Ttk_ElementSpec BackgroundElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
BackgroundElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ ToolbarBackground element -- toolbar style for frames.
*
* This is very similar to the normal background element, but uses a
* different ThemeBrush in order to get the lighter pinstripe effect
* used in toolbars. We use SetThemeBackground() rather than
* ApplyThemeBackground() in order to get the right style.
*
* <URL: http://developer.apple.com/documentation/Carbon/Reference/
* Appearance_Manager/appearance_manager/constant_7.html#/
* /apple_ref/doc/uid/TP30000243/C005321>
*
*/
static void ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
ThemeBrush brush = kThemeBrushToolbarBackground;
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, Ttk_WinBox(tkwin));
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeSetFill, brush, NULL, dc.context, HIOrientation);
//QDSetPatternOrigin(PatternOrigin(tkwin, d));
CGContextFillRect(dc.context, bounds);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
ToolbarBackgroundElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Treeview header
* Redefine the header to use a kThemeListHeaderButton.
*/
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW TTK_STATE_USER1
static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderValueTable[] = {
{ kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE},
{ kThemeButtonOn, TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
{ kThemeButtonOff, 0}
};
static Ttk_StateTable TreeHeaderAdornmentTable[] = {
{ kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonSortUp,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW},
{ kThemeAdornmentDefault,
TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_SORTARROW},
{ kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE},
{ kThemeAdornmentHeaderButtonNoSortArrow, TTK_STATE_SELECTED},
{ kThemeAdornmentFocus, TTK_STATE_FOCUS},
{ kThemeAdornmentNone, 0}
};
static void TreeHeaderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
ThemeButtonParams *params = clientData;
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
.kind = params->kind,
.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TreeHeaderValueTable, state),
.adornment = Ttk_StateTableLookup(TreeHeaderAdornmentTable, state),
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
END_DRAWING
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeHeaderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
ButtonElementSizeNoPadding,
TreeHeaderElementDraw
};
/*
* Disclosure triangle:
*/
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2
static Ttk_StateTable DisclosureValueTable[] = {
{ kThemeDisclosureDown, TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_OPEN, 0 },
{ kThemeDisclosureRight, 0, 0 },
};
static void DisclosureElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SInt32 s;
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleWidth, &s);
*widthPtr = s;
ChkErr(GetThemeMetric, kThemeMetricDisclosureTriangleHeight, &s);
*heightPtr = s;
}
static void DisclosureElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, Ttk_State state)
{
if (!(state & TTK_TREEVIEW_STATE_LEAF)) {
CGRect bounds = BoxToRect(d, b);
const HIThemeButtonDrawInfo info = {
.version = 0,
.state = Ttk_StateTableLookup(ThemeStateTable, state),
.kind = kThemeDisclosureTriangle,
.value = Ttk_StateTableLookup(DisclosureValueTable, state),
.adornment = kThemeAdornmentDrawIndicatorOnly,
};
BEGIN_DRAWING(d)
ChkErr(HIThemeDrawButton, &bounds, &info, dc.context, HIOrientation, NULL);
END_DRAWING
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec DisclosureElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
DisclosureElementSize,
DisclosureElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Widget layouts.
*/
TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable)
TTK_LAYOUT("Toolbar",
TTK_NODE("Toolbar.background", TTK_FILL_BOTH))
TTK_LAYOUT("TButton",
TTK_GROUP("Button.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TRadiobutton",
TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Radiobutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Radiobutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TCheckbutton",
TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Checkbutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Checkbutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton",
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", TTK_PACK_LEFT))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox",
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.button", TTK_PACK_TOP|TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_X))))
/* Notebook tabs -- no focus ring */
TTK_LAYOUT("Tab",
TTK_GROUP("Notebook.tab", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Notebook.padding", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Notebook.label", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH))))
/* Progress bars -- track only */
TTK_LAYOUT("TSpinbox",
TTK_NODE("Spinbox.spinbutton", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_STICK_E)
TTK_GROUP("Spinbox.field", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_NODE("Spinbox.textarea", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X)))
TTK_LAYOUT("TProgressbar",
TTK_NODE("Progressbar.track", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH))
/* Tree heading -- no border, fixed height */
TTK_LAYOUT("Heading",
TTK_NODE("Treeheading.cell", TTK_FILL_X)
TTK_NODE("Treeheading.image", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
TTK_NODE("Treeheading.text", 0))
/* Tree items -- omit focus ring */
TTK_LAYOUT("Item",
TTK_GROUP("Treeitem.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Treeitem.indicator", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Treeitem.image", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Treeitem.text", TTK_PACK_LEFT)))
TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization.
*/
static int AquaTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_Theme themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "aqua", NULL);
if (!themePtr) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Elements:
*/
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "background", &BackgroundElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "fill", &FillElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Toolbar.background",
&ToolbarBackgroundElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Button.button",
&ButtonElementSpec, &PushButtonParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Checkbutton.button",
&ButtonElementSpec, &CheckBoxParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Radiobutton.button",
&ButtonElementSpec, &RadioButtonParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Toolbutton.border",
&ButtonElementSpec, &BevelButtonParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Menubutton.button",
&ButtonElementSpec, &PopupButtonParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.spinbutton",
&SpinButtonElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Combobox.button",
&ComboboxElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeitem.indicator",
&DisclosureElementSpec, &DisclosureParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Treeheading.cell",
&TreeHeaderElementSpec, &ListHeaderParams);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.tab", &TabElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Notebook.client", &PaneElementSpec, 0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Labelframe.border",&GroupElementSpec,0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Entry.field",&EntryElementSpec,0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Spinbox.field",&EntryElementSpec,0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "separator",&SeparatorElementSpec,0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "hseparator",&SeparatorElementSpec,0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "vseparator",&SeparatorElementSpec,0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "sizegrip",&SizegripElementSpec,0);
/*
* <<NOTE-TRACKS>>
* The Progressbar widget adjusts the size of the pbar element.
* In the Aqua theme, the appearance manager computes the bar geometry;
* we do all the drawing in the ".track" element and leave the .pbar out.
*/
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Scale.trough",
&TrackElementSpec, &ScaleData);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Scale.slider",&SliderElementSpec,0);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr,"Progressbar.track", &PbarElementSpec, 0);
/*
* Layouts:
*/
Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::aqua", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
MODULE_SCOPE
int Ttk_MacOSXPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
return AquaTheme_Init(interp);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: objc
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 79
* coding: utf-8
* End:
*/
|
Changes to tests/all.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # all.tcl -- # # This file contains a top-level script to run all of the Tk # tests. Execute it by invoking "source all.tcl" when running tktest # in this directory. # | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
# all.tcl --
#
# This file contains a top-level script to run all of the Tk
# tests. Execute it by invoking "source all.tcl" when running tktest
# in this directory.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
package require Tk ;# This is the Tk test suite; fail early if no Tk!
package require tcltest 2.2
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::configure -testdir [file normalize [file dirname [info script]]]
tcltest::configure -loadfile \
[file join [tcltest::testsDirectory] constraints.tcl]
tcltest::configure -singleproc 1
set ErrorOnFailures [info exists env(ERROR_ON_FAILURES)]
if {[tcltest::runAllTests] && $ErrorOnFailures} {exit 1}
|
Changes to tests/arc.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 |
.t.c create arc 340 450 460 570 -start 320 -extent 270 -fill $fill1 -width 14 \
-style chord -outline {}
.t.c create arc 500 450 620 570 -start 350 -extent -110 -fill $fill1 -width 14 \
-style chord -outline {}
.t.c addtag arc withtag all
.t.c addtag circle withtag [.t.c create oval 320 200 340 220 -fill MistyRose3]
| | | | | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
.t.c create arc 340 450 460 570 -start 320 -extent 270 -fill $fill1 -width 14 \
-style chord -outline {}
.t.c create arc 500 450 620 570 -start 350 -extent -110 -fill $fill1 -width 14 \
-style chord -outline {}
.t.c addtag arc withtag all
.t.c addtag circle withtag [.t.c create oval 320 200 340 220 -fill MistyRose3]
.t.c bind arc <Any-Enter> {
set prevFill [lindex [.t.c itemconf current -fill] 4]
set prevOutline [lindex [.t.c itemconf current -outline] 4]
if {($prevFill != "") || ($prevOutline == "")} {
.t.c itemconf current -fill $fill3
}
if {$prevOutline != ""} {
.t.c itemconf current -outline $outline2
}
}
.t.c bind arc <Any-Leave> {.t.c itemconf current -fill $prevFill -outline $prevOutline}
bind .t.c <1> {markarea %x %y}
bind .t.c <B1-Motion> {strokearea %x %y}
proc markarea {x y} {
global areaX1 areaY1
set areaX1 $x
set areaY1 $y
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
}
bind .t.c <Control-f> {
puts stdout "Enclosed: [.t.c find enclosed $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2]"
puts stdout "Overlapping: [.t.c find overl $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2]"
}
| | | | | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
}
bind .t.c <Control-f> {
puts stdout "Enclosed: [.t.c find enclosed $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2]"
puts stdout "Overlapping: [.t.c find overl $areaX1 $areaY1 $areaX2 $areaY2]"
}
bind .t.c <3> {puts stdout "%x %y"}
# The code below allows the circle to be move by shift-dragging.
bind .t.c <Shift-1> {
set curx %x
set cury %y
}
bind .t.c <Shift-B1-Motion> {
.t.c move circle [expr %x-$curx] [expr %y-$cury]
set curx %x
set cury %y
}
# The binding below flashes the closest item to the mouse.
bind .t.c <Control-c> {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
set delta -5
}
if {$i <= 5} {
set delta 5
}
incr i $delta
c -start $i
| | | 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
set delta -5
}
if {$i <= 5} {
set delta 5
}
incr i $delta
c -start $i
c -extent [expr 360-2*$i]
after 20
update
}
}
bind .t.c b {set go 0}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/bell.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "bell" command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | < | | | < | | | | < | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "bell" command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test bell-1.1 {bell command} {
list [catch {bell a} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}}
test bell-1.2 {bell command} {
list [catch {bell a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "a": must be -displayof or -nice}}
test bell-1.3 {bell command} {
list [catch {bell -displayof gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "gorp"}}
test bell-1.4 {bell command} {
list [catch {bell -nice -displayof} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "bell ?-displayof window? ?-nice?"}}
test bell-1.5 {bell command} {
list [catch {bell -nice -nice -nice} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test bell-1.6 {bell command} {
list [catch {bell -displayof . -nice} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test bell-1.7 {bell command} {
list [catch {bell -nice -displayof . -nice} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "bell ?-displayof window? ?-nice?"}}
test bell-1.8 {bell command} {
puts "Bell should ring now ..."
flush stdout
after 200
bell -displayof .
after 200
bell -nice
after 200
bell
} {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/bgerror.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the bgerror command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | | | < | < < | | | | < | < < | | | | | < | < < | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the bgerror command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test bgerror-1.1 {bgerror / tkerror compat} {
set errRes {}
proc tkerror {err} {
global errRes;
set errRes $err;
}
after 0 {error err1}
vwait errRes;
set errRes;
} err1
test bgerror-1.2 {bgerror / tkerror compat / accumulation} {
set errRes {}
proc tkerror {err} {
global errRes;
lappend errRes $err;
}
after 0 {error err1}
after 0 {error err2}
after 0 {error err3}
update
set errRes;
} {err1 err2 err3}
test bgerror-1.3 {bgerror / tkerror compat / accumulation / break} {
set errRes {}
proc tkerror {err} {
global errRes;
lappend errRes $err;
return -code break "skip!";
}
after 0 {error err1}
after 0 {error err2}
after 0 {error err3}
update
set errRes;
} err1
catch {rename tkerror {}}
# some testing of the default error dialog
# would be needed too, but that's not easy at all
# to emulate.
# cleanup
cleanupTests
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/bind.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "bind" and "bindtags" # commands plus the procedures in tkBind.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | < | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < > > | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < > | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < | | < < < | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < < < < < < < | < | < < < < | | | < < < | < | | < < | | < < < | < | | < < | | < < < | < | | < < | < < < < < | > | < | | < < | | < < < | < | | < < | | < < < | < | | < < | | < < < | < | | < < | | < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "bind" and "bindtags"
# commands plus the procedures in tkBind.c. It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
tk useinputmethods 0
catch {destroy .b}
toplevel .b -width 100 -height 50
wm geom .b +0+0
update idletasks
proc setup {} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .b.f
focus -force .b.f
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
update
}
proc setup2 {} {
catch {destroy .b.e}
entry .b.e
pack .b.e
focus -force .b.e
foreach p [event info] {event delete $p}
update
}
setup
foreach i [bind Test] {
bind Test $i {}
}
foreach i [bind all] {
bind all $i {}
}
test bind-1.1 {bind command} {
list [catch {bind} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "bind window ?pattern? ?command?"}}
test bind-1.2 {bind command} {
list [catch {bind a b c d} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "bind window ?pattern? ?command?"}}
test bind-1.3 {bind command} {
list [catch {bind .gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".gorp"}}
test bind-1.4 {bind command} {
list [catch {bind foo} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test bind-1.5 {bind command} {
list [catch {bind .b <gorp-> {}} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test bind-1.6 {bind command} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bind .b.f <Enter> {test script}
set result [bind .b.f <Enter>]
bind .b.f <Enter> {}
list $result [bind .b.f <Enter>]
} {{test script} {}}
test bind-1.7 {bind command} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bind .b.f <Enter> {test script}
bind .b.f <Enter> {+more text}
bind .b.f <Enter>
} {test script
more text}
test bind-1.8 {bind command} {
list [catch {bind .b <gorp-> {test script}} msg] $msg [bind .b]
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "gorp"} {}}
test bind-1.9 {bind command} {
list [catch {bind .b <gorp->} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test bind-1.10 {bind command} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bind .b.f <Enter> {script 1}
bind .b.f <Leave> {script 2}
bind .b.f a {script for a}
bind .b.f b {script for b}
lsort [bind .b.f]
} {<Enter> <Leave> a b}
test bind-2.1 {bindtags command} {
list [catch {bindtags} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "bindtags window ?taglist?"}}
test bind-2.2 {bindtags command} {
list [catch {bindtags a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "bindtags window ?taglist?"}}
test bind-2.3 {bindtags command} {
list [catch {bindtags .foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".foo"}}
test bind-2.4 {bindtags command} {
bindtags .b
} {.b Toplevel all}
test bind-2.5 {bindtags command} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bindtags .b.f
} {.b.f Frame .b all}
test bind-2.6 {bindtags command} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bindtags .b.f {{x y z} b c d}
bindtags .b.f
} {{x y z} b c d}
test bind-2.7 {bindtags command} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bindtags .b.f {x y z}
bindtags .b.f {}
bindtags .b.f
} {.b.f Frame .b all}
test bind-2.8 {bindtags command} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bindtags .b.f {x y z}
bindtags .b.f {a b c d}
bindtags .b.f
} {a b c d}
test bind-2.9 {bindtags command} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bindtags .b.f {a b c}
list [catch {bindtags .b.f "\{"} msg] $msg [bindtags .b.f]
} {1 {unmatched open brace in list} {.b.f Frame .b all}}
test bind-2.10 {bindtags command} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bindtags .b.f {a b c}
list [catch {bindtags .b.f "a .gorp b"} msg] $msg [bindtags .b.f]
} {0 {} {a .gorp b}}
test bind-3.1 {TkFreeBindingTags procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
bindtags .b.f "a b c d"
destroy .b.f
} {}
test bind-3.2 {TkFreeBindingTags procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
catch {bindtags .b.f "a .gorp b .b.f"}
destroy .b.f
} {}
bind all <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter all"}
bind Test <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter frame"}
bind Toplevel <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter toplevel"}
bind xyz <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter xyz"}
bind {a b} <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter {a b}"}
bind .b <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .b"}
test bind-4.1 {TkBindEventProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .b.f
update
bind .b.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .b.f"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Enter>
set x
} {{.b.f enter .b.f} {.b.f enter frame} {.b.f enter .b} {.b.f enter all}}
test bind-4.2 {TkBindEventProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .b.f
update
bind .b.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .b.f"}
bindtags .b.f {.b.f {a b} xyz}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Enter>
set x
} {{.b.f enter .b.f} {.b.f enter {a b}} {.b.f enter xyz}}
test bind-4.3 {TkBindEventProc procedure} {
set x {}
event gen .b <Enter>
set x
} {{.b enter .b} {.b enter toplevel} {.b enter all}}
test bind-4.4 {TkBindEventProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .b.f
update
bindtags .b.f {.b.f .b.f2 .b.f3}
frame .b.f3 -width 50 -height 50
pack .b.f3
bind .b.f <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .b.f"}
bind .b.f3 <Enter> {lappend x "%W enter .b.f3"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Enter>
destroy .b.f3
set x
} {{.b.f enter .b.f} {.b.f enter .b.f3}}
test bind-4.5 {TkBindEventProc procedure} {
# This tests memory allocation for objPtr; it won't serve any useful
# purpose unless run with some sort of allocation checker turned on.
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
pack .b.f
update
bindtags .b.f {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z}
event gen .b.f <Enter>
} {}
bind all <Enter> {}
bind Test <Enter> {}
bind Toplevel <Enter> {}
bind xyz <Enter> {}
bind {a b} <Enter> {}
bind .b <Enter> {}
test bind-5.1 {Tk_CreateBindingTable procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.c}
canvas .b.c
.b.c bind foo
} {}
test bind-6.1 {Tk_DeleteBindTable procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.c}
canvas .b.c
.b.c bind foo <1> {string 1}
.b.c create rectangle 0 0 100 100
.b.c bind 1 <2> {string 2}
destroy .b.c
} {}
test bind-6.2 {Tk_DeleteBindTable procedure: pending bindings deleted later} testcbind {
catch {interp delete foo}
interp create foo
foo eval {
load {} Tk
tk useinputmethods 0
load {} Tktest
wm geometry . +0+0
frame .t -width 50 -height 50
bindtags .t {a b c d}
pack .t
update
set x {}
testcbind a <1> "lappend x a1; destroy ." "lappend x bye.a1"
bind b <1> "lappend x b1"
testcbind c <1> "lappend x c1" "lappend x bye.c1"
testcbind c <2> "lappend x all2" "lappend x bye.all2"
event gen .t <1>
}
set x [foo eval set x]
interp delete foo
set x
} {a1 bye.all2 bye.a1 b1 bye.c1}
test bind-7.1 {Tk_CreateBinding procedure: bad binding} {
catch {destroy .b.c}
canvas .b.c
list [catch {.b.c bind foo <} msg] $msg
} {1 {no event type or button # or keysym}}
test bind-7.2 {Tk_CreateBinding procedure: replace existing C binding} testcbind {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
testcbind .b.f <1> "xyz" "lappend x bye.1"
set x {}
bind .b.f <1> "abc"
destroy .b.f
set x
} {bye.1}
test bind-7.3 {Tk_CreateBinding procedure: append} {
catch {destroy .b.c}
canvas .b.c
.b.c bind foo <1> "button 1"
.b.c bind foo <1> "+more button 1"
.b.c bind foo <1>
} {button 1
more button 1}
test bind-7.4 {Tk_CreateBinding procedure: append to non-existing} {
catch {destroy .b.c}
canvas .b.c
.b.c bind foo <1> "+button 1"
.b.c bind foo <1>
} {button 1}
test bind-8.1 {TkCreateBindingProcedure: error} testcbind {
list [catch {testcbind . <xyz> "xyz"} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "xyz"}}
test bind-8.2 {TkCreateBindingProcedure: new binding} testcbind {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
testcbind .b.f <1> "lappend x 1" "lappend x bye.1"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
destroy .b.f
set x
} {bye.1}
test bind-8.3 {TkCreateBindingProcedure: replace existing} testcbind {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
pack .b.f
set x {}
testcbind .b.f <1> "lappend x old1" "lappend x bye.old1"
testcbind .b.f <1> "lappend x new1" "lappend x bye.new1"
set x
} {bye.old1}
test bind-8.4 {TkCreateBindingProcedure: replace existing while pending} testcbind {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
pack .b.f
update
testcbind .b.f <1> "lappend x .b.f; testcbind Frame <1> {lappend x Frame}"
testcbind Frame <1> "lappend x never"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
bind .b.f <1> {}
set x
} {.b.f Frame}
test bind-9.1 {Tk_DeleteBinding procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
list [catch {bind .b.f <} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test bind-9.2 {Tk_DeleteBinding procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
foreach i {a b c d} {
bind .b.f $i "binding for $i"
}
set result {}
foreach i {b d a c} {
bind .b.f $i {}
lappend result [lsort [bind .b.f]]
}
set result
} {{a c d} {a c} c {}}
test bind-9.3 {Tk_DeleteBinding procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
foreach i {<1> <Meta-1> <Control-1> <Double-Alt-1>} {
bind .b.f $i "binding for $i"
}
set result {}
foreach i {<Control-1> <Double-Alt-1> <1> <Meta-1>} {
bind .b.f $i {}
lappend result [lsort [bind .b.f]]
}
set result
} {{<Button-1> <Double-Alt-Button-1> <Meta-Button-1>} {<Button-1> <Meta-Button-1>} <Meta-Button-1> {}}
test bind-9.4 {Tk_DeleteBinding procedure: pending bindings delete later} testcbind {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
pack .b.f
update
bindtags .b.f {a b c}
testcbind a <1> {lappend x a1; bind c <1> {}; bind c <2> {}} {lappend x bye.a1}
bind b <1> {lappend x b1}
testcbind c <1> {lappend x c1} {lappend x bye.c1}
testcbind c <2> {lappend x c2} {lappend x bye.c2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
bind a <1> {}
bind b <1> {}
set x
} {a1 bye.c2 b1 bye.c1 bye.a1}
test bind-10.1 {Tk_GetBinding procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.c}
canvas .b.c
list [catch {.b.c bind foo <} msg] $msg
} {1 {no event type or button # or keysym}}
test bind-10.2 {Tk_GetBinding procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.c}
canvas .b.c
.b.c bind foo a Test
.b.c bind foo a
} {Test}
test bind-10.3 {Tk_GetBinding procedure: C binding} testcbind {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
testcbind .b.f <1> "foo"
list [bind .b.f] [bind .b.f <1>]
} {<Button-1> {}}
test bind-11.1 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
foreach i "! a \\\{ ~ <Delete> <space> <<Paste>> <Tab> <Linefeed> <less> <Meta-a> <Acircumflex>" {
bind .b.f $i Test
}
lsort [bind .b.f]
} {! <<Paste>> <Key-Acircumflex> <Key-Delete> <Key-Linefeed> <Key-Tab> <Key-less> <Key-space> <Meta-Key-a> a \{ ~}
test bind-11.2 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
foreach i "<Double-1> <Triple-1> <Meta-Control-a> <Double-Alt-Enter> <1>" {
bind .b.f $i Test
}
lsort [bind .b.f]
} {<Button-1> <Control-Meta-Key-a> <Double-Alt-Enter> <Double-Button-1> <Triple-Button-1>}
test bind-11.3 {Tk_GetAllBindings procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
foreach i "<Double-Triple-1> abcd a<Leave>b" {
bind .b.f $i Test
}
lsort [bind .b.f]
} {<Triple-Button-1> a<Leave>b abcd}
test bind-12.1 {Tk_DeleteAllBindings procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
destroy .b.f
} {}
test bind-12.2 {Tk_DeleteAllBindings procedure} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
foreach i "a b c <Meta-1> <Alt-a> <Control-a>" {
bind .b.f $i x
}
destroy .b.f
} {}
test bind-12.3 {Tk_DeleteAllBindings procedure: pending bindings deleted later} testcbind {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f
pack .b.f
update
testcbind .b.f <1> {lappend x before; event gen .b.f <2>; lappend x after} {lappend x bye.f1}
testcbind .b.f <2> {destroy .b.f} {lappend x bye.f2}
bind .b.f <Destroy> {lappend x fDestroy}
testcbind .b.f <3> {foo} {lappend x bye.f3}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
set x
} {before fDestroy bye.f3 bye.f2 after bye.f1}
bind Test <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K Test press any"}
bind all <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K all press any"}
bind Test a {lappend x "%W %K Test press a"}
bind all x {lappend x "%W %K all press x"}
test bind-13.1 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f a {lappend x "%W %K .b.f press a"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <Key-b>
event gen .b.f <Key-x>
set x
} {{.b.f a .b.f press a} {.b.f a Test press a} {.b.f a all press any} {.b.f b Test press any} {.b.f b all press any} {.b.f x Test press any} {.b.f x all press x}}
bind Test <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K Test press any"; break}
bind all <KeyPress> {continue; lappend x "%W %K all press any"}
test bind-13.2 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f b {lappend x "%W %K .b.f press a"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Key-b>
set x
} {{.b.f b .b.f press a} {.b.f b Test press any}}
if {[info procs bgerror] == "bgerror"} {
rename bgerror {}
}
proc bgerror args {}
bind Test <KeyPress> {lappend x "%W %K Test press any"; error Test}
test bind-13.3 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f b {lappend x "%W %K .b.f press a"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Key-b>
update
list $x $errorInfo
} {{{.b.f b .b.f press a} {.b.f b Test press any}} {Test
while executing
"error Test"
(command bound to event)}}
rename bgerror {}
test bind-13.4 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} {
proc foo {} {
set x 44
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
}
setup
bind .b.f a {lappend x "%W %K .b.f press a"}
set x {}
foo
set x
} {{.b.f a .b.f press a} {.b.f a Test press a}}
test bind-13.5 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} {
bind all <Destroy> {lappend x "%W destroyed"}
set x {}
list [catch {frame .b.g -gorp foo} msg] $msg $x
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} {{.b.g destroyed}}}
foreach i [bind all] {
bind all $i {}
}
foreach i [bind Test] {
bind Test $i {}
}
test bind-13.6 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f z {lappend x "%W z (.b.f binding)"}
bind Test z {lappend x "%W z (.b.f binding)"}
bind all z {bind .b.f z {}; lappend x "%W z (.b.f binding)"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Key-z>
bind Test z {}
bind all z {}
set x
} {{.b.f z (.b.f binding)} {.b.f z (.b.f binding)} {.b.f z (.b.f binding)}}
test bind-13.7 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f z {lappend x "%W z (.b.f binding)"}
bind Test z {lappend x "%W z (.b.f binding)"}
bind all z {destroy .b.f; lappend x "%W z (.b.f binding)"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Key-z>
bind Test z {}
bind all z {}
set x
} {{.b.f z (.b.f binding)} {.b.f z (.b.f binding)} {.b.f z (.b.f binding)}}
test bind-13.8 {Tk_BindEvent procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <1> {lappend x "%W z (.b.f <1> binding)"}
bind .b.f <ButtonPress> {lappend x "%W z (.b.f <ButtonPress> binding)"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {{.b.f z (.b.f <1> binding)} {.b.f z (.b.f <ButtonPress> binding)}}
test bind-13.9 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: ignore NotifyInferior} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> "lappend x Enter%#"
bind .b.f <Leave> "lappend x Leave%#"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Enter> -serial 100 -detail NotifyAncestor
event gen .b.f <Enter> -serial 101 -detail NotifyInferior
event gen .b.f <Leave> -serial 102 -detail NotifyAncestor
event gen .b.f <Leave> -serial 103 -detail NotifyInferior
set x
} {Enter100 Leave102}
test bind-13.10 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: collapse Motions} {
setup
bind .b.f <Motion> "lappend x Motion%#(%x,%y)"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Motion> -serial 100 -x 100 -y 200 -when tail
update
event gen .b.f <Motion> -serial 101 -x 200 -y 300 -when tail
event gen .b.f <Motion> -serial 102 -x 300 -y 400 -when tail
update
set x
} {Motion100(100,200) Motion102(300,400)}
test bind-13.11 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: collapse repeating modifiers} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> "lappend x %K%#"
bind .b.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x %K%#"
event gen .b.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 100 -when tail
event gen .b.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 101 -when tail
event gen .b.f <Key-Shift_L> -serial 102 -when tail
event gen .b.f <KeyRelease-Shift_L> -serial 103 -when tail
update
} {}
test bind-13.12 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: valid key detail} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> "lappend x Key%K"
bind .b.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x Release%K"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Key> -keysym a
event gen .b.f <KeyRelease> -keysym a
set x
} {Keya Releasea}
test bind-13.13 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: invalid key detail} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> "lappend x Key%K"
bind .b.f <KeyRelease> "lappend x Release%K"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Key> -keycode 0
event gen .b.f <KeyRelease> -keycode 0
set x
} {Key?? Release??}
test bind-13.14 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: button detail} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> "lappend x Button%b"
bind .b.f <ButtonRelease> "lappend x Release%b"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button> -button 1
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease> -button 3
set x
} {Button1 Release3}
test bind-13.15 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: virtual detail} {
setup
bind .b.f <<Paste>> "lappend x Paste"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <<Paste>>
set x
} {Paste}
test bind-13.16 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: virtual event in event stream} {
setup
bind .b.f <<Paste>> "lappend x Paste"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <<Paste>>
set x
} {Paste}
test bind-13.17 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: match detail physical} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2> {set x Button-2}
event add <<Paste>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {set x Paste}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Button-2}
test bind-13.18 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: no match detail physical} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {set x Paste}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Paste}
test bind-13.19 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: match detail virtual} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> "lappend x Paste"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Paste}
test bind-13.20 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: no match detail virtual} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> "lappend x Paste"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button>
set x
} {}
test bind-13.21 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: match no-detail physical} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {set x Button}
event add <<Paste>> <Button>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {set x Paste}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Button}
test bind-13.22 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: no match no-detail physical} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Button>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {set x Paste}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Paste}
test bind-13.23 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: match no-detail virtual} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Button>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> "lappend x Paste"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Paste}
test bind-13.24 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: no match no-detail virtual} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Key>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> "lappend x Paste"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button>
set x
} {}
test bind-13.25 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: precedence} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Button-2>
event add <<Copy>> <Button>
bind .b.f <Button-2> "lappend x Button-2"
bind .b.f <<Paste>> "lappend x Paste"
bind .b.f <Button> "lappend x Button"
bind .b.f <<Copy>> "lappend x Copy"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
bind .b.f <Button-2> {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
bind .b.f <Button> {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<Copy>> {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Button-2 Paste Button Copy}
test bind-13.26 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: no detail virtual pattern list} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2> {set x Button-2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Button-2}
test bind-13.27 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: detail virtual pattern list} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {set x Paste}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Paste}
test bind-13.28 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: no no-detail virtual pattern list} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {set x Button}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Button}
test bind-13.29 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: no-detail virtual pattern list} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Button>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {set x Paste}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Paste}
test bind-13.30 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: no match} {
setup
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
} {}
test bind-13.31 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: match} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2> {set x Button-2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
set x
} {Button-2}
test bind-13.32 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: many C bindings cause realloc} testcbind {
setup
bindtags .b.f {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p}
foreach p [bindtags .b.f] {
testcbind $p <1> "lappend x $p"
}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
foreach p [bindtags .b.f] {
bind $p <1> {}
}
set x
} {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p}
test bind-13.33 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: multiple tags} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2> {lappend x .b.f}
bind Test <Button-2> {lappend x Button}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
bind Test <Button-2> {}
set x
} {.b.f Button}
test bind-13.34 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: execute C binding} testcbind {
setup
testcbind .b.f <1> {lappend x 1}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
set x
} {1}
test bind-13.35 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: pending list marked deleted} testcbind {
setup
testcbind Test <1> {lappend x Test} {lappend x Deleted}
bind .b.f <1> {lappend x .b.f; destroy .b.f}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
set y [list $x [bind Test]]
bind Test <1> {}
set y
} {.b.f <Button-1>}
test bind-13.36 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: C binding marked deleted} testcbind {
setup
testcbind Test <1> {lappend x Test} {lappend x Deleted}
bind .b.f <1> {lappend x .b.f; bind Test <1> {}; lappend x after}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
set x
} {.b.f after Deleted}
test bind-13.37 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: C binding gets to run} testcbind {
setup
testcbind Test <1> {lappend x Test}
bind .b.f <1> {lappend x .b.f}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
bind Test <1> {}
set x
} {.b.f Test}
test bind-13.38 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: C binding deleted, refcount == 0} testcbind {
setup
testcbind .b.f <1> {lappend x hi; bind .b.f <1> {}} {lappend x bye}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
set x
} {hi bye}
test bind-13.39 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: C binding deleted, refcount != 0} testcbind {
setup
testcbind .b.f <1> {
lappend x before$n
if {$n==0} {
bind .b.f <1> {}
} else {
set n [expr $n-1]
event gen .b.f <1>
}
lappend x after$n
} {lappend x Deleted}
set n 3
set x {}
event gen .b.f <1>
set x
} {before3 before2 before1 before0 after0 after0 after0 after0 Deleted}
test bind-13.40 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: continue in script} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2> {lappend x b1; continue; lappend x b2}
bind Test <Button-2> {lappend x B1; continue; lappend x B2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
bind Test <Button-2> {}
set x
} {b1 B1}
test bind-13.41 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: continue in script} testcbind {
setup
testcbind .b.f <Button-2> {lappend x b1; continue; lappend x b2}
testcbind Test <Button-2> {lappend x B1; continue; lappend x B2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
bind Test <Button-2> {}
set x
} {b1 B1}
test bind-13.42 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: break in script} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2> {lappend x b1; break; lappend x b2}
bind Test <Button-2> {lappend x B1; break; lappend x B2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
bind Test <Button-2> {}
set x
} {b1}
test bind-13.43 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: break in script} testcbind {
setup
testcbind .b.f <Button-2> {lappend x b1; break; lappend x b2}
testcbind Test <Button-2> {lappend x B1; break; lappend x B2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
bind Test <Button-2> {}
set x
} {b1}
proc bgerror msg {
global x
lappend x $msg
}
test bind-13.44 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: error in script} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2> {lappend x b1; blap}
bind Test <Button-2> {lappend x B1}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
update
bind Test <Button-2> {}
set x
} {b1 {invalid command name "blap"}}
test bind-13.45 {Tk_BindEvent procedure: error in script} testcbind {
setup
testcbind .b.f <Button-2> {lappend x b1; blap}
testcbind Test <Button-2> {lappend x B1}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
update
bind Test <Button-2> {}
set x
} {b1 {invalid command name "blap"}}
test bind-14.1 {TkBindDeadWindow: no C bindings pending} testcbind {
setup
bind .b.f <1> x
testcbind .b.f <2> y
destroy .b.f
} {}
test bind-14.2 {TkBindDeadWindow: is called after <Destroy>} testcbind {
setup
testcbind .b.f <Destroy> "lappend x .b.f"
testcbind Test <Destroy> "lappend x Test"
set x {}
destroy .b.f
bind Test <Destroy> {}
set x
} {.b.f Test}
test bind-14.3 {TkBindDeadWindow: pending C bindings} testcbind {
setup
bindtags .b.f {a b c d}
testcbind a <1> "lappend x a1" "lappend x bye.a1"
testcbind b <1> "destroy .b.f; lappend x b1" "lappend x bye.b1"
testcbind c <1> "lappend x c1" "lappend x bye.c1"
testcbind d <1> "lappend x d1" "lappend x bye.d1"
bind a <2> "event gen .b.f <1>"
testcbind b <2> "lappend x b2" "lappend x bye.b2"
testcbind c <2> "lappend x c2" "lappend x bye.d2"
bind d <2> "lappend x d2"
testcbind a <3> "event gen .b.f <2>"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <3>
set y $x
foreach tag {a b c d} {
foreach event {<1> <2> <3>} {
bind $tag $event {}
}
}
set y
} {a1 b1 d2}
test bind-15.1 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} {
setup
bind .b.f ab {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <KeyRelease-a>
event gen .b.f <Key-b>
event gen .b.f <KeyRelease-b>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.2 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} {
setup
bind .b.f ab {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <Enter>
event gen .b.f <KeyRelease-a>
event gen .b.f <Leave>
event gen .b.f <Key-b>
event gen .b.f <KeyRelease-b>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.3 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} {
setup
bind .b.f ab {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <Key-b>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.4 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.5 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-ButtonRelease> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.6 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.7 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <Key-Shift_L>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.8 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignoring type mismatches} {
setup
bind .b.f ab {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <Key-c>
event gen .b.f <Key-b>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.9 {MatchPatterns procedure, modifier checks} {
setup
bind .b.f <M1-M2-Key> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
set x
} 1
test bind-15.10 {MatchPatterns procedure, modifier checks} {
setup
bind .b.f <M1-M2-Key> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Key-a> -state 0xfc
set x
} 1
test bind-15.11 {MatchPatterns procedure, modifier checks} {
setup
bind .b.f <M1-M2-Key> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Key-a> -state 0x8
set x
} 0
test bind-15.12 {MatchPatterns procedure, ignore modifier presses and releases} {nonPortable} {
# This test is non-portable because the Shift_L keysym may behave
# differently on some platforms.
setup
bind .b.f aB {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <Key-Shift_L>
event gen .b.f <Key-b> -state 1
set x
} 1
test bind-15.13 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking detail} {
setup
bind .b.f ab {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <Key-c>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.14 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 31 -y 39
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.15 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 29 -y 41
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.16 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 40 -y 40
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.17 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 20 -y 40
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.18 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 30
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.19 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 40
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -x 30 -y 50
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.20 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -time 300
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -time 700
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.21 {MatchPatterns procedure, checking "nearby"} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -time 300
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -time 900
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.22 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -time [expr -100]
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -time 200
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.23 {MatchPatterns procedure, time wrap-around} {
setup
bind .b.f <Double-1> {set x 1}
set x 0
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -time -100
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -time 500
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.24 {MatchPatterns procedure, virtual event} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Button-1>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} {paste}
test bind-15.25 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a virtual event} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Shift-Button-1>
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {lappend x paste}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} {}
test bind-15.26 {MatchPatterns procedure, reject a virtual event} {
setup
event add <<V1>> <Button>
event add <<V2>> <Button-1>
event add <<V3>> <Shift-Button-1>
bind .b.f <<V2>> "lappend x V2%#"
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button> -serial 101
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -serial 102
event gen .b.f <Shift-Button-1> -serial 103
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
bind .b.f <Shift-Button-1> "lappend x Shift-Button-1"
event gen .b.f <Button> -serial 104
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -serial 105
event gen .b.f <Shift-Button-1> -serial 106
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} {V2102 V2103 V2105 Shift-Button-1}
test bind-15.27 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} {
setup
bind .b.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
bind .b.f a {set x 1}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.28 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} {
setup
bind .b.f <KeyPress> {set x 0}
bind .b.f a {set x 1}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key-b>
set x
} 0
test bind-15.29 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} {
setup
bind .b.f <KeyPress> {lappend x 0}
bind .b.f a {lappend x 1}
bind .b.f ba {lappend x 2}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key-b>
event gen .b.f <KeyRelease-b>
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
set x
} {none 0 2}
test bind-15.30 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} {
setup
bind .b.f <ButtonPress> {set x 0}
bind .b.f <1> {set x 1}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 1
test bind-15.31 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} {
setup
bind .b.f <M1-Key> {set x 0}
bind .b.f <M2-Key> {set x 1}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
set x
} 1
test bind-15.32 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} {
setup
bind .b.f <M2-Key> {set x 0}
bind .b.f <M1-Key> {set x 1}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key-a> -state 0x18
set x
} 1
test bind-15.33 {MatchPatterns procedure, conflict resolution} {
setup
bind .b.f <1> {lappend x single}
bind Test <1> {lappend x single(Test)}
bind Test <Double-1> {lappend x double(Test)}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} {single single(Test) single double(Test) single double(Test)}
foreach i [bind Test] {
bind Test $i {}
}
test bind-16.1 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x abcd}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter>
set x
} abcd
test bind-16.2 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x %#}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -serial 1234
set x
} 1234
test bind-16.3 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Configure> {set x %a}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Configure> -above .b -window .b.f
set x
} [winfo id .b]
test bind-16.4 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {set x %b}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Button-3>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-3>
set x
} 3
test bind-16.5 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Expose> {set x %c}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Expose> -count 47
set x
} 47
test bind-16.6 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x %d}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -detail NotifyAncestor
set x
} NotifyAncestor
test bind-16.7 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x %d}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -detail NotifyVirtual
set x
} NotifyVirtual
test bind-16.8 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x %d}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -detail NotifyNonlinear
set x
} NotifyNonlinear
test bind-16.9 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x %d}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -detail NotifyNonlinearVirtual
set x
} NotifyNonlinearVirtual
test bind-16.10 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x %d}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -detail NotifyPointer
set x
} NotifyPointer
test bind-16.11 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x %d}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -detail NotifyPointerRoot
set x
} NotifyPointerRoot
test bind-16.12 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x %d}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -detail NotifyDetailNone
set x
} NotifyDetailNone
test bind-16.13 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x %f}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -focus 1
set x
} 1
test bind-16.14 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Expose> {set x "%x %y %w %h"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Expose> -x 24 -y 18 -width 147 -height 61
set x
} {24 18 147 61}
test bind-16.15 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Configure> {set x "%x %y %w %h"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Configure> -x 24 -y 18 -width 147 -height 61 -window .b.f
set x
} {24 18 147 61}
test bind-16.16 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> {set x "%k"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key> -keycode 146
set x
} 146
test bind-16.17 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x "%m"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -mode NotifyNormal
set x
} NotifyNormal
test bind-16.18 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x "%m"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -mode NotifyGrab
set x
} NotifyGrab
test bind-16.19 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x "%m"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -mode NotifyUngrab
set x
} NotifyUngrab
test bind-16.20 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x "%m"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -mode NotifyWhileGrabbed
set x
} NotifyWhileGrabbed
test bind-16.21 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Map> {set x "%o"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Map> -override 1 -window .b.f
set x
} 1
test bind-16.22 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Reparent> {set x "%o"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Reparent> -override true -window .b.f
set x
} 1
test bind-16.23 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Configure> {set x "%o"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Configure> -override 1 -window .b.f
set x
} 1
test bind-16.24 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Circulate> {set x "%p"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Circulate> -place PlaceOnTop -window .b.f
set x
} PlaceOnTop
test bind-16.25 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Circulate> {set x "%p"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Circulate> -place PlaceOnBottom -window .b.f
set x
} PlaceOnBottom
test bind-16.26 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <1> {set x "%s"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Button-1> -state 1402
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} 1402
test bind-16.27 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x "%s"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -state 0x3ff
set x
} 1023
test bind-16.28 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Visibility> {set x "%s"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Visibility> -state VisibilityPartiallyObscured
set x
} VisibilityPartiallyObscured
test bind-16.29 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Visibility> {set x "%s"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Visibility> -state VisibilityUnobscured
set x
} VisibilityUnobscured
test bind-16.30 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Visibility> {set x "%s"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Visibility> -state VisibilityFullyObscured
set x
} VisibilityFullyObscured
test bind-16.31 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {set x "%t"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Button> -time 4294
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease>
set x
} 4294
test bind-16.32 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {set x "%x %y"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Button> -x 881 -y 432
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease>
set x
} {881 432}
test bind-16.33 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Reparent> {set x "%x %y"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Reparent> -x 882 -y 431 -window .b.f
set x
} {882 431}
test bind-16.34 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x "%x %y"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -x 781 -y 632
set x
} {781 632}
test bind-16.35 {ExpandPercents procedure} {nonPortable} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> {lappend x "%A"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <Key-A> -state 1
event gen .b.f <Key-Tab>
event gen .b.f <Key-Return>
event gen .b.f <Key-F1>
event gen .b.f <Key-Shift_L>
event gen .b.f <Key-space>
event gen .b.f <Key-dollar> -state 1
event gen .b.f <Key-braceleft> -state 1
event gen .b.f <Key-Multi_key>
event gen .b.f <Key-e>
event gen .b.f <Key-apostrophe>
set x
} "a A { } {\r} {{}} {{}} { } {\$} \\\{ {{}} {{}} \u00e9"
test bind-16.36 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Configure> {set x "%B"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Configure> -borderwidth 24 -window .b.f
set x
} 24
test bind-16.37 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Enter> {set x "%E"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Enter> -sendevent 1
set x
} 1
test bind-16.38 {ExpandPercents procedure} {nonPortable} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> {lappend x %K}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
event gen .b.f <Key-A> -state 1
event gen .b.f <Key-Tab>
event gen .b.f <Key-F1>
event gen .b.f <Key-Shift_L>
event gen .b.f <Key-space>
event gen .b.f <Key-dollar> -state 1
event gen .b.f <Key-braceleft> -state 1
set x
} {a A Tab F1 Shift_L space dollar braceleft}
test bind-16.39 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> {set x "%N"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key-a>
set x
} 97
test bind-16.40 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> {set x "%S"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key-a> -subwindow .b
set x
} [winfo id .b]
test bind-16.41 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> {set x "%T"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key>
set x
} 2
test bind-16.42 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> {set x "%W"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Key>
set x
} .b.f
test bind-16.43 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {set x "%X %Y"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Button> -rootx 422 -rooty 13
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease>
set x
} {422 13}
test bind-16.44 {ExpandPercents procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Gravity> {set x "%R %S"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Gravity>
set x
} {?? ??}
test bind-16.45 {ExpandPercents procedure} -setup {
set savedBind(Entry) [bind Entry <Key>]
set savedBind(All) [bind all <Key>]
setup2
bind .b.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
} -body {
set x none; set y none; set z none
event gen .b.e <Key-a>
list $x $y $z
} -cleanup {
bind all <Key> $savedBind(All)
bind Entry <Key> $savedBind(Entry)
unset savedBind
} -result {0 1 2}
test bind-16.46 {ExpandPercents procedure} -setup {
set savedBind(Entry) [bind Entry <Key>]
set savedBind(All) [bind all <Key>]
setup2
bind all <Key> {set z "%M"}
bind Entry <Key> {set y "%M"}
bind .b.e <Key> {set x "%M"}
} -body {
set x none; set y none; set z none
event gen .b.e <Key-a>
list $x $y $z
} -cleanup {
bind Entry <Key> $savedBind(Entry)
bind all <Key> $savedBind(All)
unset savedBind
} -result {0 1 2}
test bind-17.1 {event command} {
list [catch {event} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "event option ?arg?"}}
test bind-17.2 {event command} {
list [catch {event xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "xyz": must be add, delete, generate, or info}}
test bind-17.3 {event command: add} {
list [catch {event add} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "event add virtual sequence ?sequence ...?"}}
test bind-17.4 {event command: add 1} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Control-v>
event info <<Paste>>
} {<Control-Key-v>}
test bind-17.5 {event command: add 2} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2>
lsort [event info <<Paste>>]
} {<Button-2> <Control-Key-v>}
test bind-17.6 {event command: add with error} {
setup
list [catch {event add <<Paste>> <Control-v> <Button-2> abc <xyz> <1>} \
msg] $msg [lsort [event info <<Paste>>]]
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "xyz"} {<Button-2> <Control-Key-v> abc}}
test bind-17.7 {event command: delete} {
list [catch {event delete} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "event delete virtual ?sequence sequence ...?"}}
test bind-17.8 {event command: delete many} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> <3> <1> <2> t
event delete <<Paste>> <1> <2>
lsort [event info <<Paste>>]
} {<Button-3> t}
test bind-17.9 {event command: delete all} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> a b
event delete <<Paste>>
event info <<Paste>>
} {}
test bind-17.10 {event command: delete 1} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> a b c
event delete <<Paste>> b
lsort [event info <<Paste>>]
} {a c}
test bind-17.11 {event command: info name} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> a b c
lsort [event info <<Paste>>]
} {a b c}
test bind-17.12 {event command: info all} {
setup
event add <<Paste>> a
event add <<Alive>> b
lsort [event info]
} {<<Alive>> <<Paste>>}
test bind-17.13 {event command: info error} {
list [catch {event info <<Paste>> <Control-v>} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "event info ?virtual?"}}
test bind-17.14 {event command: generate} {
list [catch {event generate} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "event generate window event ?options?"}}
test bind-17.15 {event command: generate} {
setup
bind .b.f <1> "lappend x 1"
set x {}
event generate .b.f <1>
set x
} {1}
test bind-17.16 {event command: generate} {
list [catch {event generate .b.f <xyz>} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "xyz"}}
test bind-17.17 {event command} {
list [catch {event foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "foo": must be add, delete, generate, or info}}
test bind-18.1 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: GetVirtualEventUid} {
list [catch {event add asd <Ctrl-v>} msg] $msg
} {1 {virtual event "asd" is badly formed}}
test bind-18.2 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: FindSequence} {
list [catch {event add <<asd>> <Ctrl-v>} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "Ctrl"}}
test bind-18.3 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new physical} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event info <<xyz>>
} {<Control-Key-v>}
test bind-18.4 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: duplicate physical} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event info <<xyz>>
} {<Control-Key-v>}
test bind-18.5 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: existing physical} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event add <<abc>> <Control-v>
list [lsort [event info]] [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>]
} {{<<abc>> <<xyz>>} <Control-Key-v> <Control-Key-v>}
test bind-18.6 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: new virtual} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
list [event info] [event info <<xyz>>]
} {<<xyz>> <Control-Key-v>}
test bind-18.7 {CreateVirtualEvent procedure: existing virtual} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
list [event info] [lsort [event info <<xyz>>]]
} {<<xyz>> {<Button-2> <Control-Key-v>}}
test bind-19.1 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: GetVirtualEventUid} {
list [catch {event add xyz {}} msg] $msg
} {1 {virtual event "xyz" is badly formed}}
test bind-19.2 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: non-existent virtual} {
setup
event delete <<xyz>>
event info
} {}
test bind-19.3 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: delete 1} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event delete <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event info <<xyz>>
} {}
test bind-19.4 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: delete 1, not owned} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event delete <<xyz>> <Button-1>
event info <<xyz>>
} {<Control-Key-v>}
test bind-19.5 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: delete 1, badly formed} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
list [catch {event delete <<xyz>> <xyz>} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "xyz"}}
test bind-19.6 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: delete 1, badly formed} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
list [catch {event delete <<xyz>> <<Paste>>} msg] $msg
} {1 {virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event}}
test bind-19.7 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1, delete all} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event delete <<xyz>>
event info
} {}
test bind-19.8 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1, delete 1} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event delete <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event info
} {}
test bind-19.9 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns many, delete all} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> <Control-w> <Control-x>
event delete <<xyz>>
event info
} {}
test bind-19.10 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owns many, delete 1} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> <Control-w> <Control-x>
event delete <<xyz>> <Control-w>
lsort [event info <<xyz>>]
} {<Control-Key-v> <Control-Key-x>}
test bind-19.11 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owned by 1, only} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<xyz>> {lappend x %#}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2> -serial 101
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event delete <<xyz>>
event gen .b.f <Button-2> -serial 102
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
set x
} {101}
test bind-19.12 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owned by 1, first in chain} {
setup
event add <<abc>> <Control-Button-2>
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<xyz>> {lappend x xyz}
bind .b.f <<abc>> {lappend x abc}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
event delete <<xyz>>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
list $x [event info <<abc>>]
} {{xyz abc abc} <Control-Button-2>}
test bind-19.13 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owned by 1, second in chain} {
setup
event add <<def>> <Shift-Button-2>
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
event add <<abc>> <Control-Button-2>
bind .b.f <<xyz>> {lappend x xyz}
bind .b.f <<abc>> {lappend x abc}
bind .b.f <<def>> {lappend x def}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Shift-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Shift-ButtonRelease-2>
event delete <<xyz>>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Shift-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Shift-ButtonRelease-2>
list $x [event info <<def>>] [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>]
} {{xyz abc def abc def} <Shift-Button-2> {} <Control-Button-2>}
test bind-19.14 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owned by 1, last in chain} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
event add <<abc>> <Control-Button-2>
event add <<def>> <Shift-Button-2>
bind .b.f <<xyz>> {lappend x xyz}
bind .b.f <<abc>> {lappend x abc}
bind .b.f <<def>> {lappend x def}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Shift-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Shift-ButtonRelease-2>
event delete <<xyz>>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Control-ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Shift-Button-2>
event gen .b.f <Shift-ButtonRelease-2>
list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]
} {{xyz abc def abc def} {} <Control-Button-2> <Shift-Button-2>}
test bind-19.15 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owned by many, first} {
setup
pack [frame .b.g -class Test -width 150 -height 100]
pack [frame .b.h -class Test -width 150 -height 100]
update
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
event add <<abc>> <Button-2>
event add <<def>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<xyz>> {lappend x xyz}
bind .b.g <<abc>> {lappend x abc}
bind .b.h <<def>> {lappend x def}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.g <Button-2>
event gen .b.g <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.h <Button-2>
event gen .b.h <ButtonRelease-2>
event delete <<xyz>>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.g <Button-2>
event gen .b.g <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.h <Button-2>
event gen .b.h <ButtonRelease-2>
destroy .b.g
destroy .b.h
list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]
} {{xyz abc def abc def} {} <Button-2> <Button-2>}
test bind-19.16 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owned by many, middle} {
setup
pack [frame .b.g -class Test -width 150 -height 100]
pack [frame .b.h -class Test -width 150 -height 100]
update
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
event add <<abc>> <Button-2>
event add <<def>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<xyz>> {lappend x xyz}
bind .b.g <<abc>> {lappend x abc}
bind .b.h <<def>> {lappend x def}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.g <Button-2>
event gen .b.g <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.h <Button-2>
event gen .b.h <ButtonRelease-2>
event delete <<abc>>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.g <Button-2>
event gen .b.g <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.h <Button-2>
event gen .b.h <ButtonRelease-2>
destroy .b.g
destroy .b.h
list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]
} {{xyz abc def xyz def} <Button-2> {} <Button-2>}
test bind-19.17 {DeleteVirtualEvent procedure: owned by many, last} {
setup
pack [frame .b.g -class Test -width 150 -height 100]
pack [frame .b.h -class Test -width 150 -height 100]
update
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
event add <<abc>> <Button-2>
event add <<def>> <Button-2>
bind .b.f <<xyz>> {lappend x xyz}
bind .b.g <<abc>> {lappend x abc}
bind .b.h <<def>> {lappend x def}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.g <Button-2>
event gen .b.g <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.h <Button-2>
event gen .b.h <ButtonRelease-2>
event delete <<def>>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.g <Button-2>
event gen .b.g <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.h <Button-2>
event gen .b.h <ButtonRelease-2>
destroy .b.g
destroy .b.h
list $x [event info <<xyz>>] [event info <<abc>>] [event info <<def>>]
} {{xyz abc def xyz abc} <Button-2> <Button-2> {}}
test bind-20.1 {GetVirtualEvent procedure: GetVirtualEventUid} {
list [catch {event info asd} msg] $msg
} {1 {virtual event "asd" is badly formed}}
test bind-20.2 {GetVirtualEvent procedure: non-existent event} {
event info <<asd>>
} {}
test bind-20.3 {GetVirtualEvent procedure: owns 1} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-Key-v>
event info <<xyz>>
} {<Control-Key-v>}
test bind-20.4 {GetVirtualEvent procedure: owns many} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v> <Button-2> spack
event info <<xyz>>
} {<Control-Key-v> <Button-2> spack}
test bind-21.1 {GetAllVirtualEvents procedure: no events} {
setup
event info
} {}
test bind-21.2 {GetAllVirtualEvents procedure: 1 event} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event info
} {<<xyz>>}
test bind-21.3 {GetAllVirtualEvents procedure: many events} {
setup
event add <<xyz>> <Control-v>
event add <<xyz>> <Button-2>
event add <<abc>> <Control-v>
event add <<def>> <Key-F6>
lsort [event info]
} {<<abc>> <<def>> <<xyz>>}
test bind-22.1 {HandleEventGenerate} {
list [catch {event gen .xyz <Control-v>} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".xyz"}}
test bind-22.2 {HandleEventGenerate} {
list [catch {event gen zzz <Control-v>} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window name/identifier "zzz"}}
test bind-22.3 {HandleEventGenerate} {
list [catch {event gen 47 <Control-v>} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window name/identifier "47"}}
test bind-22.4 {HandleEventGenerate} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {set x "%s %b"}
set x {}
event gen [winfo id .b.f] <Control-Button-1> -state 260
set x
} {260 1}
test bind-22.5 {HandleEventGenerate} {
list [catch {event gen . <xyz>} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "xyz"}}
test bind-22.6 {HandleEventGenerate} {
list [catch {event gen . <Double-Button-1>} msg] $msg
} {1 {Double or Triple modifier not allowed}}
test bind-22.7 {HandleEventGenerate} {
list [catch {event gen . xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {only one event specification allowed}}
test bind-22.8 {HandleEventGenerate} {
list [catch {event gen . <Button> -button} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-button" missing}}
test bind-22.9 {HandleEventGenerate} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {set x "%s %b"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-3>
event gen .b.f <Control-Button-1>
event gen .b.f <Control-ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} {4 1}
test bind-22.10 {HandleEventGenerate} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key> {set x "%s %K"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Control-Key-space>
set x
} {4 space}
test bind-22.11 {HandleEventGenerate} {
setup
bind .b.f <<Paste>> {set x "%s"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <<Paste>> -state 1
set x
} {1}
test bind-22.12 {HandleEventGenerate} {
setup
bind .b.f <Motion> {set x "%s"}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Control-Motion>
set x
} {4}
test bind-22.13 {HandleEventGenerate} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {lappend x %#}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button> -when now -serial 100
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease> -when now
set x
} {100}
test bind-22.14 {HandleEventGenerate} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {lappend x %#}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button> -when head -serial 100
event gen .b.f <Button> -when head -serial 101
event gen .b.f <Button> -when head -serial 102
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease> -when tail
lappend x foo
update
set x
} {foo 102 101 100}
test bind-22.15 {HandleEventGenerate} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {lappend x %#}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button> -when head -serial 99
event gen .b.f <Button> -when mark -serial 100
event gen .b.f <Button> -when mark -serial 101
event gen .b.f <Button> -when mark -serial 102
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease> -when tail
lappend x foo
update
set x
} {foo 100 101 102 99}
test bind-22.16 {HandleEventGenerate} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {lappend x %#}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button> -when head -serial 99
event gen .b.f <Button> -when tail -serial 100
event gen .b.f <Button> -when tail -serial 101
event gen .b.f <Button> -when tail -serial 102
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease> -when tail
lappend x foo
update
set x
} {foo 99 100 101 102}
test bind-22.17 {HandleEventGenerate} {
list [catch {event gen . <Button> -when xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad -when value "xyz": must be now, head, mark, or tail}}
test bind-22.18 {HandleEventGenerate} {
# Bug 411307
list [catch {event gen . <a> -root 98765} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window name/identifier "98765"}}
foreach check {
{bind-22.19 <Configure> %a {-above .xyz} {{1 {bad window path name ".xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.20 <Configure> %a {-above .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.21 <Configure> %a {-above xyz} {{1 {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.22 <Configure> %a {-above [winfo id .b]} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.23 <Key> %b {-above .} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-above" option}}}}
{bind-22.24 <Configure> %B {-borderwidth xyz} {{1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.25 <Configure> %B {-borderwidth 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.26 <Key> %k {-borderwidth 2i} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-borderwidth" option}}}}
{bind-22.27 <Button> %b {-button xyz} {{1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.28 <Button> %b {-button 1} 1}
{bind-22.29 <ButtonRelease> %b {-button 1} 1}
{bind-22.30 <Key> %k {-button 1} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-button" option}}}}
{bind-22.31 <Expose> %c {-count xyz} {{1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.32 <Expose> %c {-count 20} 20}
{bind-22.33 <Key> %b {-count 20} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-count" option}}}}
{bind-22.34 <Enter> %d {-detail xyz} {{1 {bad -detail value "xyz": must be NotifyAncestor, NotifyVirtual, NotifyInferior, NotifyNonlinear, NotifyNonlinearVirtual, NotifyPointer, NotifyPointerRoot, or NotifyDetailNone}}}}
{bind-22.35 <FocusIn> %d {-detail NotifyVirtual} {{}}}
{bind-22.36 <Enter> %d {-detail NotifyVirtual} NotifyVirtual}
{bind-22.37 <Key> %k {-detail NotifyVirtual} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-detail" option}}}}
{bind-22.38 <Enter> %f {-focus xyz} {{1 {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.39 <Enter> %f {-focus 1} 1}
{bind-22.40 <Key> %k {-focus 1} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-focus" option}}}}
{bind-22.41 <Expose> %h {-height xyz} {{1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.42 <Expose> %h {-height 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.43 <Configure> %h {-height 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.44 <Key> %k {-height 2i} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-height" option}}}}
{bind-22.45 <Key> %k {-keycode xyz} {{1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.46 <Key> %k {-keycode 20} 20}
{bind-22.47 <Button> %b {-keycode 20} {{1 {<Button> event doesn't accept "-keycode" option}}}}
{bind-22.48 <Key> %K {-keysym xyz} {{1 {unknown keysym "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.49 <Key> %K {-keysym a} a}
{bind-22.50 <Button> %b {-keysym a} {{1 {<Button> event doesn't accept "-keysym" option}}}}
{bind-22.51 <Enter> %m {-mode xyz} {{1 {bad -mode value "xyz": must be NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab, or NotifyWhileGrabbed}}}}
{bind-22.52 <Enter> %m {-mode NotifyNormal} NotifyNormal}
{bind-22.53 <FocusIn> %m {-mode NotifyNormal} {{}}}
{bind-22.54 <Key> %k {-mode NotifyNormal} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-mode" option}}}}
{bind-22.55 <Map> %o {-override xyz} {{1 {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.56 <Map> %o {-override 1} 1}
{bind-22.57 <Reparent> %o {-override 1} 1}
{bind-22.58 <Configure> %o {-override 1} 1}
{bind-22.59 <Key> %k {-override 1} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-override" option}}}}
{bind-22.60 <Circulate> %p {-place xyz} {{1 {bad -place value "xyz": must be PlaceOnTop, or PlaceOnBottom}}}}
{bind-22.61 <Circulate> %p {-place PlaceOnTop} PlaceOnTop}
{bind-22.62 <Key> %k {-place PlaceOnTop} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-place" option}}}}
{bind-22.63 <Key> %R {-root .xyz} {{1 {bad window path name ".xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.64 <Key> %R {-root .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.65 <Key> %R {-root xyz} {{1 {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.66 <Key> %R {-root [winfo id .b]} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.67 <Button> %R {-root .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.68 <ButtonRelease> %R {-root .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.69 <Motion> %R {-root .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.70 <<Paste>> %R {-root .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.71 <Enter> %R {-root .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.72 <Configure> %R {-root .b} {{1 {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-root" option}}}}
{bind-22.73 <Key> %X {-rootx xyz} {{1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.74 <Key> %X {-rootx 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.75 <Button> %X {-rootx 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.76 <ButtonRelease> %X {-rootx 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.77 <Motion> %X {-rootx 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.78 <<Paste>> %X {-rootx 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.79 <Enter> %X {-rootx 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.80 <Configure> %X {-rootx 2i} {{1 {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-rootx" option}}}}
{bind-22.81 <Key> %Y {-rooty xyz} {{1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.82 <Key> %Y {-rooty 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.83 <Button> %Y {-rooty 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.84 <ButtonRelease> %Y {-rooty 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.85 <Motion> %Y {-rooty 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.86 <<Paste>> %Y {-rooty 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.87 <Enter> %Y {-rooty 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.88 <Configure> %Y {-rooty 2i} {{1 {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-rooty" option}}}}
{bind-22.89 <Key> %E {-sendevent xyz} {{1 {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.90 <Key> %E {-sendevent 1} 1}
{bind-22.91 <Key> %E {-sendevent yes} 1}
{bind-22.92 <Key> %E {-sendevent 43} 43}
{bind-22.93 <Key> %# {-serial xyz} {{1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.94 <Key> %# {-serial 100} 100}
{bind-22.95 <Key> %s {-state xyz} {{1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.96 <Key> %s {-state 1} 1}
{bind-22.97 <Button> %s {-state 1025} 1025}
{bind-22.98 <ButtonRelease> %s {-state 1025} 1025}
{bind-22.99 <Motion> %s {-state 1} 1}
{bind-22.100 <<Paste>> %s {-state 1} 1}
{bind-22.101 <Enter> %s {-state 1} 1}
{bind-22.102 <Visibility> %s {-state xyz} {{1 {bad -state value "xyz": must be VisibilityUnobscured, VisibilityPartiallyObscured, or VisibilityFullyObscured}}}}
{bind-22.103 <Visibility> %s {-state VisibilityUnobscured} VisibilityUnobscured}
{bind-22.104 <Configure> %s {-state xyz} {{1 {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-state" option}}}}
{bind-22.105 <Key> %S {-subwindow .xyz} {{1 {bad window path name ".xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.106 <Key> %S {-subwindow .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.107 <Key> %S {-subwindow xyz} {{1 {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.108 <Key> %S {-subwindow [winfo id .b]} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.109 <Button> %S {-subwindow .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.110 <ButtonRelease> %S {-subwindow .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.111 <Motion> %S {-subwindow .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.112 <<Paste>> %S {-subwindow .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.113 <Enter> %S {-subwindow .b} {[winfo id .b]}}
{bind-22.114 <Configure> %S {-subwindow .b} {{1 {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-subwindow" option}}}}
{bind-22.115 <Key> %t {-time xyz} {{1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.116 <Key> %t {-time 100} 100}
{bind-22.117 <Button> %t {-time 100} 100}
{bind-22.118 <ButtonRelease> %t {-time 100} 100}
{bind-22.119 <Motion> %t {-time 100} 100}
{bind-22.120 <<Paste>> %t {-time 100} 100}
{bind-22.121 <Enter> %t {-time 100} 100}
{bind-22.122 <Property> %t {-time 100} 100}
{bind-22.123 <Configure> %t {-time 100} {{1 {<Configure> event doesn't accept "-time" option}}}}
{bind-22.124 <Expose> %w {-width xyz} {{1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.125 <Expose> %w {-width 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.126 <Configure> %w {-width 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.127 <Key> %k {-width 2i} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-width" option}}}}
{bind-22.128 <Unmap> %W {-window .xyz} {{1 {bad window path name ".xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.129 <Unmap> %W {-window .b.f} .b.f}
{bind-22.130 <Unmap> %W {-window xyz} {{1 {bad window name/identifier "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.131 <Unmap> %W {-window [winfo id .b.f]} .b.f}
{bind-22.132 <Unmap> %W {-window .b.f} .b.f}
{bind-22.133 <Map> %W {-window .b.f} .b.f}
{bind-22.134 <Reparent> %W {-window .b.f} .b.f}
{bind-22.135 <Configure> %W {-window .b.f} .b.f}
{bind-22.136 <Gravity> %W {-window .b.f} .b.f}
{bind-22.137 <Circulate> %W {-window .b.f} .b.f}
{bind-22.138 <Key> %W {-window .b.f} {{1 {<Key> event doesn't accept "-window" option}}}}
{bind-22.139 <Key> %x {-x xyz} {{1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.140 <Key> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.141 <Button> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.142 <ButtonRelease> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.143 <Motion> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.144 <<Paste>> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.145 <Enter> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.146 <Expose> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.147 <Configure> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.148 <Gravity> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.149 <Reparent> %x {-x 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.150 <Map> %x {-x 2i} {{1 {<Map> event doesn't accept "-x" option}}}}
{bind-22.151 <Key> %y {-y xyz} {{1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}}}
{bind-22.152 <Key> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.153 <Button> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.154 <ButtonRelease> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.155 <Motion> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.156 <<Paste>> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.157 <Enter> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.158 <Expose> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.159 <Configure> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.160 <Gravity> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.161 <Reparent> %y {-y 2i} {[winfo pixels .b.f 2i]}}
{bind-22.162 <Map> %y {-y 2i} {{1 {<Map> event doesn't accept "-y" option}}}}
{bind-22.163 <Key> %k {-xyz 1} {{1 {bad option "-xyz": must be -when, -above, -borderwidth, -button, -count, -data, -delta, -detail, -focus, -height, -keycode, -keysym, -mode, -override, -place, -root, -rootx, -rooty, -sendevent, -serial, -state, -subwindow, -time, -warp, -width, -window, -x, or -y}}}}
} {
lassign $check name event substitution generator result
test $name "HandleEventGenerate: options $event $generator" {
setup
bind .b.f $event "lappend x $substitution"
set x {}
if [catch {eval event gen .b.f $event $generator} msg] {
set x [list 1 $msg]
}
set x
} [eval set x $result]
}
# Note that the -data option is tested in bind-32.* because it has
# more demanding requirements in memory handling
test bind-23.1 {GetVirtualEventUid procedure} {
list [catch {event info <<asd} msg] $msg
} {1 {virtual event "<<asd" is badly formed}}
test bind-23.2 {GetVirtualEventUid procedure} {
list [catch {event info <<>>} msg] $msg
} {1 {virtual event "<<>>" is badly formed}}
test bind-23.3 {GetVirtualEventUid procedure} {
list [catch {event info <<asd>} msg] $msg
} {1 {virtual event "<<asd>" is badly formed}}
test bind-23.4 {GetVirtualEventUid procedure} {
event info <<asd>>
} {}
test bind-24.1 {FindSequence procedure: no event} {
list [catch {bind .b {} test} msg] $msg
} {1 {no events specified in binding}}
test bind-24.2 {FindSequence procedure: bad event} {
list [catch {bind .b <xyz> test} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "xyz"}}
test bind-24.3 {FindSequence procedure: virtual allowed} {
bind .b.f <<Paste>> test
} {}
test bind-24.4 {FindSequence procedure: virtual not allowed} {
list [catch {event add <<Paste>> <<Alive>>} msg] $msg
} {1 {virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event}}
test bind-24.5 {FindSequence procedure, multiple bindings} {
setup
bind .b.f <1> {lappend x single}
bind .b.f <Double-1> {lappend x double}
bind .b.f <Triple-1> {lappend x triple}
bind .b.f <Quadruple-1> {lappend x quadruple}
set x press
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
lappend x press
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
lappend x press
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
lappend x press
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
lappend x press
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} {press single press double press triple press quadruple press quadruple}
test bind-24.6 {FindSequence procedure: virtual composed} {
list [catch {bind .b <Control-b><<Paste>> "puts hi"} msg] $msg
} {1 {virtual events may not be composed}}
test bind-24.7 {FindSequence procedure: new pattern sequence} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-1><Button-2> {lappend x 1-2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
set x
} {1-2}
test bind-24.8 {FindSequence procedure: similar pattern sequence} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-1><Button-2> {lappend x 1-2}
bind .b.f <Button-2> {lappend x 2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-3>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
set x
} {2 1-2}
test bind-24.9 {FindSequence procedure: similar pattern sequence} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-1><Button-2> {lappend x 1-2}
bind .b.f <Button-2><Button-2> {lappend x 2-2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-3>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
set x
} {2-2 1-2}
test bind-24.10 {FindSequence procedure: similar pattern sequence} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2><Button-2> {lappend x 2-2}
bind .b.f <Double-Button-2> {lappend x d-2}
set x {}
event gen .b.f <Button-3>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
event gen .b.f <Button-2> -x 100
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
event gen .b.f <Button-2> -x 200
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
set x
} {d-2 2-2}
test bind-24.11 {FindSequence procedure: new sequence, don't create} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2>
} {}
test bind-24.12 {FindSequence procedure: not new sequence, don't create} {
setup
bind .b.f <Control-Button-2> "foo"
bind .b.f <Button-2>
} {}
test bind-24.13 {FindSequence procedure: no binding} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
list [catch {bind .b.f <a>} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test bind-24.14 {FindSequence procedure: no binding} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
canvas .b.f
set i [.b.f create rect 10 10 100 100]
list [catch {.b.f bind $i <a>} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test bind-25.1 {ParseEventDescription procedure} -setup {
setup
} -body {
bind .b.f a test
bind .b.f a
} -result test
test bind-25.2 {ParseEventDescription procedure: misinterpreted modifier} -setup {
button .x
} -body {
bind .x <Control-M> a
bind .x <M-M> b
lsort [bind .x]
} -cleanup {
destroy .x
} -result {<Control-Key-M> <Meta-Key-M>}
test bind-25.3 {ParseEventDescription procedure} -setup {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
} -body {
bind .b.f <a---> {nothing}
bind .b.f
} -result a
test bind-25.4 {ParseEventDescription} -setup {
setup
} -body {
bind .b <<Shift-Paste>> {puts hi}
bind .b
} -result {<<Shift-Paste>>}
# Assorted error cases in event sequence parsing
foreach {testname testinfo} {
bind-25.5 {\x7 {bad ASCII character 0x7}}
bind-25.6 {\x7f {bad ASCII character 0x7f}}
bind-25.7 {\x4 {bad ASCII character 0x4}}
bind-25.8 {<<>> {virtual event "<<>>" is badly formed}}
bind-25.9 {<<Paste {missing ">" in virtual binding}}
bind-25.10 {<<Paste> {missing ">" in virtual binding}}
bind-25.11 {<<Paste>>h {virtual events may not be composed}}
bind-25.12 {<> "no event type or button # or keysym"}
bind-25.13 {<a-- {missing ">" in binding}}
bind-25.14 {<a-b> {extra characters after detail in binding}}
bind-25.15 {<<abc {missing ">" in virtual binding}}
bind-25.16 {<<abc> {missing ">" in virtual binding}}
} {
lassign $testinfo sequence errorMessage
test $testname {ParseEventDescription procedure error cases} \
-setup { setup } \
-body [list bind .b $sequence {puts hi}] \
-returnCodes error -result $errorMessage
}
test bind-25.17 {ParseEventDescription} -setup {
setup
} -returnCodes error -body {
event add <<xyz>> <<abc>>
} -result {virtual event not allowed in definition of another virtual event}
# Modifier canonicalization tests
foreach {name check} {
bind-25.18 {{<Control- a>} <Control-Key-a>}
bind-25.19 {<Shift-a> <Shift-Key-a>}
bind-25.20 {<Lock-a> <Lock-Key-a>}
bind-25.21 {<Meta---a> <Meta-Key-a>}
bind-25.22 {<M-a> <Meta-Key-a>}
bind-25.23 {<Alt-a> <Alt-Key-a>}
bind-25.24 {<B1-a> <B1-Key-a>}
bind-25.25 {<B2-a> <B2-Key-a>}
bind-25.26 {<B3-a> <B3-Key-a>}
bind-25.27 {<B4-a> <B4-Key-a>}
bind-25.28 {<B5-a> <B5-Key-a>}
bind-25.29 {<Button1-a> <B1-Key-a>}
bind-25.30 {<Button2-a> <B2-Key-a>}
bind-25.31 {<Button3-a> <B3-Key-a>}
bind-25.32 {<Button4-a> <B4-Key-a>}
bind-25.33 {<Button5-a> <B5-Key-a>}
bind-25.34 {<M1-a> <Mod1-Key-a>}
bind-25.35 {<M2-a> <Mod2-Key-a>}
bind-25.36 {<M3-a> <Mod3-Key-a>}
bind-25.37 {<M4-a> <Mod4-Key-a>}
bind-25.38 {<M5-a> <Mod5-Key-a>}
bind-25.39 {<Mod1-a> <Mod1-Key-a>}
bind-25.40 {<Mod2-a> <Mod2-Key-a>}
bind-25.41 {<Mod3-a> <Mod3-Key-a>}
bind-25.42 {<Mod4-a> <Mod4-Key-a>}
bind-25.43 {<Mod5-a> <Mod5-Key-a>}
bind-25.44 {<Double-a> <Double-Key-a>}
bind-25.45 {<Triple-a> <Triple-Key-a>}
bind-25.46 {{<Double 1>} <Double-Button-1>}
bind-25.47 {<Triple-1> <Triple-Button-1>}
bind-25.48 {{<M1-M2 M3-M4 B1-Control-a>}
<Control-B1-Mod1-Mod2-Mod3-Mod4-Key-a>}
bind-25.49 {<Extended-Return> <Extended-Key-Return>}
} {
lassign $check shortBind longBind
test $name {modifier names} -setup {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
} -body {
bind .b.f $shortBind foo
bind .b.f
} -result $longBind -cleanup {
bind .b.f [lindex $check 1] {}
}
}
foreach event [bind Test] {
bind Test $event {}
}
foreach event [bind all] {
bind all $event {}
}
test bind-26.1 {event names} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
bind .b.f <FocusIn> {nothing}
bind .b.f
} <FocusIn>
test bind-26.2 {event names} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
bind .b.f <FocusOut> {nothing}
bind .b.f
} <FocusOut>
test bind-26.3 {event names} {
setup
bind .b.f <Destroy> {lappend x "destroyed"}
set x [bind .b.f]
destroy .b.f
set x
} {<Destroy> destroyed}
foreach check {
{bind-26.4 Motion Motion}
{bind-26.5 Button Button}
{bind-26.6 ButtonPress Button}
{bind-26.7 ButtonRelease ButtonRelease}
{bind-26.8 Colormap Colormap}
{bind-26.9 Enter Enter}
{bind-26.10 Leave Leave}
{bind-26.11 Expose Expose}
{bind-26.12 Key Key}
{bind-26.13 KeyPress Key}
{bind-26.14 KeyRelease KeyRelease}
{bind-26.15 Property Property}
{bind-26.16 Visibility Visibility}
{bind-26.17 Activate Activate}
{bind-26.18 Deactivate Deactivate}
} {
lassign $check name event canonicalEvent
test $name "event names: $event" {
setup
bind .b.f <$event> "set x {event $event}"
set x xyzzy
event gen .b.f <$event>
list $x [bind .b.f]
} [list "event $event" <$canonicalEvent>]
}
# These events require an extra argument to [event generate]
foreach check {
{bind-26.19 Circulate Circulate}
{bind-26.20 Configure Configure}
{bind-26.21 Gravity Gravity}
{bind-26.22 Map Map}
{bind-26.23 Reparent Reparent}
{bind-26.24 Unmap Unmap}
} {
lassign $check name event canonicalEvent
test $name "event names: $event" {
setup
bind .b.f <$event> "set x {event $event}"
set x xyzzy
event gen .b.f <$event> -window .b.f
list $x [bind .b.f]
} [list "event $event" <$canonicalEvent>]
}
test bind-27.1 {button names} {
list [catch {bind .b <Expose-1> foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {specified button "1" for non-button event}}
test bind-27.2 {button names} {
list [catch {bind .b <Button-6> foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {specified keysym "6" for non-key event}}
test bind-27.3 {button names} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-1> {lappend x "button 1"}
set x [bind .b.f]
event gen .b.f <Button-1>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-1>
set x
} {<Button-1> {button 1}}
test bind-27.4 {button names} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-2> {lappend x "button 2"}
set x [bind .b.f]
event gen .b.f <Button-2>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-2>
set x
} {<Button-2> {button 2}}
test bind-27.5 {button names} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-3> {lappend x "button 3"}
set x [bind .b.f]
event gen .b.f <Button-3>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-3>
set x
} {<Button-3> {button 3}}
test bind-27.6 {button names} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-4> {lappend x "button 4"}
set x [bind .b.f]
event gen .b.f <Button-4>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-4>
set x
} {<Button-4> {button 4}}
test bind-27.7 {button names} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button-5> {lappend x "button 5"}
set x [bind .b.f]
event gen .b.f <Button-5>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease-5>
set x
} {<Button-5> {button 5}}
test bind-28.1 {keysym names} {
list [catch {bind .b <Expose-a> foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {specified keysym "a" for non-key event}}
test bind-28.2 {keysym names} {
list [catch {bind .b <Gorp> foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "Gorp"}}
test bind-28.3 {keysym names} {
list [catch {bind .b <Key-Stupid> foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "Stupid"}}
test bind-28.4 {keysym names} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
frame .b.f -class Test -width 150 -height 100
bind .b.f <a> foo
bind .b.f
} a
foreach check {
{bind-28.5 a 0 a}
{bind-28.6 space 0 <Key-space>}
{bind-28.7 Return 0 <Key-Return>}
{bind-28.8 X 1 X}
} {
lassign $check name keysym state result
test $name {keysym names} {
setup
bind .b.f <Key-$keysym> "lappend x \"keysym $keysym\""
bind .b.f <Key-x> "lappend x {bad binding match}"
set x [lsort [bind .b.f]]
event gen .b.f <Key-$keysym> -state $state
set x
} [concat [lsort "x $result"] "{keysym $keysym}"]
}
test bind-29.1 {dummy test to help ensure proper numbering} {} {}
setup
bind .b.f <KeyPress> {set x %K}
foreach check {
{bind-29.2 a 0 a}
{bind-29.3 x 1 X}
{bind-29.4 x 2 X}
{bind-29.5 space 0 space}
{bind-29.6 F1 1 F1}
} {
lassign $check name keysym state result
test $name {GetKeySym procedure} nonPortable {
set x nothing
event gen .b.f <KeyPress> -keysym $keysym -state $state
set x
} $result
}
proc bgerror msg {
global x errorInfo
set x [list $msg $errorInfo]
}
test bind-30.1 {Tcl_BackgroundError procedure} {
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {error "This is a test"}
set x none
event gen .b.f <Button>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease>
update
set x
} {{This is a test} {This is a test
while executing
"error "This is a test""
(command bound to event)}}
test bind-30.2 {Tcl_BackgroundError procedure} {
proc do {} {
event gen .b.f <Button>
event gen .b.f <ButtonRelease>
}
setup
bind .b.f <Button> {error Message2}
set x none
do
update
set x
} {Message2 {Message2
while executing
"error Message2"
(command bound to event)}}
rename bgerror {}
test bind-31.1 {MouseWheel events} {
setup
set x {}
bind .b.f <MouseWheel> {set x Wheel}
event gen .b.f <MouseWheel>
set x
} {Wheel}
test bind-31.2 {MouseWheel events} {
setup
set x {}
bind .b.f <MouseWheel> {set x %D}
event gen .b.f <MouseWheel> -delta 120
set x
} {120}
test bind-31.3 {MouseWheel events} {
setup
set x {}
bind .b.f <MouseWheel> {set x "%D %x %y"}
event gen .b.f <MouseWheel> -delta 240 -x 10 -y 30
set x
} {240 10 30}
test bind-32.1 {virtual event user_data field - bad generation} {
setup
# Check no confusion, since Focus events use %d for something else
list [catch {event gen .b.f <FocusIn> -data foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {<FocusIn> event doesn't accept "-data" option}}
test bind-32.2 {virtual event user_data field - NULL, synch} {
setup
set x {}
bind .b.f <<TestUserData>> {set x "TestUserData >%d<"}
event gen .b.f <<TestUserData>>
set x
} {TestUserData >{}<}
test bind-32.3 {virtual event user_data field - shared, synch} {
setup
set x {}
bind .b.f <<TestUserData>> {set x "TestUserData >%d<"}
event gen .b.f <<TestUserData>> -data "foo bar"
set x
} {TestUserData >foo bar<}
test bind-32.4 {virtual event user_data field - unshared, synch} {
setup
set x {}
bind .b.f <<TestUserData>> {set x "TestUserData >%d<"}
event gen .b.f <<TestUserData>> -data [string index abc 1]
set x
} {TestUserData >b<}
# Note that asynch event handling can only really catch any potential
# extra errors when used in combination with a tool like Purify or
# Valgrind. Such testing is rarely done, but at least any problem with
# reference handling will eventually show up with these tests...
test bind-32.5 {virtual event user_data field - NULL, asynch} {
setup
set x {}
bind .b.f <<TestUserData>> {set x "TestUserData >%d<"}
event gen .b.f <<TestUserData>> -when head
list $x [update] $x
} {{} {} {TestUserData >{}<}}
test bind-32.6 {virtual event user_data field - shared, asynch} {
setup
set x {}
bind .b.f <<TestUserData>> {set x "TestUserData >%d<"}
event gen .b.f <<TestUserData>> -data "foo bar" -when head
list $x [update] $x
} {{} {} {TestUserData >foo bar<}}
test bind-32.7 {virtual event user_data field - unshared, asynch} {
setup
set x {}
bind .b.f <<TestUserData>> {set x "TestUserData >%d<"}
event gen .b.f <<TestUserData>> -data [string index abc 1] -when head
list $x [update] $x
} {{} {} {TestUserData >b<}}
destroy .b
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/bitmap.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkBitmap.c. It is organized in the standard white-box fashion for # Tcl tests. # | | | < > > | < < > | < < | | < < < < > > < < | | < < < < > > < < | | < < > | | < < > | | < < < < > > < < | | | < < < | | | | < < < | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkBitmap.c. It is organized in the standard white-box fashion for
# Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
test bitmap-1.1 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - converting internal reps} testbitmap {
set x gray25
lindex $x 0
destroy .b1
button .b1 -bitmap $x
lindex $x 0
testbitmap gray25
} {{1 0}}
test bitmap-1.2 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - discard stale bitmap} testbitmap {
set x gray25
destroy .b1 .b2
button .b1 -bitmap $x
destroy .b1
set result {}
lappend result [testbitmap gray25]
button .b2 -bitmap $x
lappend result [testbitmap gray25]
} {{} {{1 1}}}
test bitmap-1.3 {Tk_AllocBitmapFromObj - reuse existing bitmap} testbitmap {
set x gray25
destroy .b1 .b2
button .b1 -bitmap $x
set result {}
lappend result [testbitmap gray25]
button .b2 -bitmap $x
pack .b1 .b2 -side top
lappend result [testbitmap gray25]
} {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}
test bitmap-2.1 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} {
destroy .b1
list [catch {button .b1 -bitmap bad_name} msg] $msg
} {1 {bitmap "bad_name" not defined}}
test bitmap-2.2 {Tk_GetBitmap procedure} {
destroy .b1
list [catch {button .b1 -bitmap @xyzzy} msg] $msg
} {1 {error reading bitmap file "xyzzy"}}
test bitmap-3.1 {Tk_FreeBitmapFromObj - reference counts} testbitmap {
set x questhead
destroy .b1 .b2 .b3
button .b1 -bitmap $x
button .b3 -bitmap $x
button .b2 -bitmap $x
set result {}
lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
destroy .b1
lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
destroy .b2
lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
destroy .b3
lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
} {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}
test bitmap-4.1 {FreeBitmapObjProc} {testbitmap failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .b
set x [format questhead]
button .b -bitmap $x
set y [format questhead]
.b configure -bitmap $y
set z [format questhead]
.b configure -bitmap $z
set result {}
lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
set x red
lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
set z 32
lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
destroy .b
lappend result [testbitmap questhead]
set y bogus
set result
} {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}
destroy .t
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/border.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkBorder.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < > > > > > > > > | < < > < < | | < < < < > > < < | | < < < < > > < < | | < < < < < < > > < < | | < < < < < < > > < < | | < < < | < < > < < | < | | < < < < | | | > | < < < | > > | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | > | > | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkBorder.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
if {[testConstraint pseudocolor8]} {
toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
wm geom .t +0+0
}
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
test border-1.1 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - converting internal reps} testborder {
set x orange
lindex $x 0
destroy .b1
button .b1 -bg $x -text .b1
lindex $x 0
testborder orange
} {{1 0}}
test border-1.3 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - discard stale border} testborder {
set x orange
destroy .b1 .b2
button .b1 -bg $x -text First
destroy .b1
set result {}
lappend result [testborder orange]
button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
lappend result [testborder orange]
} {{} {{1 1}}}
test border-1.2 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - reuse existing border} testborder {
set x orange
destroy .b1 .b2
button .b1 -bg $x -text First
set result {}
lappend result [testborder orange]
button .b2 -bg $x -text Second
pack .b1 .b2 -side top
lappend result [testborder orange]
} {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}
test border-1.4 {Tk_AllocBorderFromObj - try other borders in list} {pseudocolor8 testborder} {
set x purple
destroy .b1 .b2 .t.b
button .b1 -bg $x -text First
pack .b1 -side top
set result {}
lappend result [testborder purple]
button .t.b -bg $x -text Second
pack .t.b -side top
lappend result [testborder purple]
button .b2 -bg $x -text Third
pack .b2 -side top
lappend result [testborder purple]
} {{{1 1}} {{1 1} {1 0}} {{1 0} {2 1}}}
test border-3.1 {Tk_Free3DBorder - reference counts} {pseudocolor8 testborder} {
set x purple
destroy .b1 .b2 .t.b
button .b1 -bg $x -text First
pack .b1 -side top
button .t.b -bg $x -text Second
pack .t.b -side top
button .b2 -bg $x -text Third
pack .b2 -side top
set result {}
lappend result [testborder purple]
destroy .b1
lappend result [testborder purple]
destroy .b2
lappend result [testborder purple]
destroy .t.b
lappend result [testborder purple]
} {{{1 0} {2 1}} {{1 0} {1 1}} {{1 0}} {}}
test border-3.4 {Tk_Free3DBorder - unlinking from list} {pseudocolor8 testborder} {
destroy .b .t.b .t2 .t3
toplevel .t2 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
toplevel .t3 -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
set x purple
button .b -bg $x -text .b1
button .t.b1 -bg $x -text .t.b1
button .t.b2 -bg $x -text .t.b2
button .t2.b1 -bg $x -text .t2.b1
button .t2.b2 -bg $x -text .t2.b2
button .t2.b3 -bg $x -text .t2.b3
button .t3.b1 -bg $x -text .t3.b1
button .t3.b2 -bg $x -text .t3.b2
button .t3.b3 -bg $x -text .t3.b3
button .t3.b4 -bg $x -text .t3.b4
set result {}
lappend result [testborder purple]
destroy .t2
lappend result [testborder purple]
destroy .b
lappend result [testborder purple]
destroy .t3
lappend result [testborder purple]
destroy .t
lappend result [testborder purple]
} {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}
test border-4.1 {FreeBorderObjProc} {testborder failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .b
set x [format purple]
button .b -bg $x -text .b1
set y [format purple]
.b configure -bg $y
set z [format purple]
.b configure -bg $z
set result {}
lappend result [testborder purple]
set x red
lappend result [testborder purple]
set z 32
lappend result [testborder purple]
destroy .b
lappend result [testborder purple]
set y bogus
set result
} {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}
catch {destroy .b}
button .b
test border-5.1 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} {
.b configure -relief flat
.b cget -relief
} {flat}
test border-5.2 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} {
.b configure -relief groove
.b cget -relief
} {groove}
test border-5.3 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} {
.b configure -relief raised
.b cget -relief
} {raised}
test border-5.4 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} {
.b configure -relief ridge
.b cget -relief
} {ridge}
test border-5.5 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} {
.b configure -relief solid
.b cget -relief
} {solid}
test border-5.6 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj} {
.b configure -relief sunken
.b cget -relief
} {sunken}
test border-5.7 {Tk_GetReliefFromObj - error} {
list [catch {.b configure -relief upanddown} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad relief "upanddown": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
if {[testConstraint pseudocolor8]} {
destroy .t
}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Added tests/bugs.tcl.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out various known bugs that will
# cause Tk to crash. This file ends with .tcl instead of .test to make
# sure it isn't run when you type "source all". We currently are not
# shipping this file with the rest of the source release.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
if {[info procs test] != "test"} {
source defs
}
test crash-1.0 {imgPhoto} {
image create photo p1
image create photo p2
catch {image create photo p2 -file bogus}
p1 copy p2
label .l -image p1
destroy .l
set foo ""
} {}
test crash-1.1 {color} {
. configure -bg rgb:345
set foo ""
} {}
|
Deleted tests/busy.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/button.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and # radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the widgets defined in tkButton.c). It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < > | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | < > | < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < | | < | > < < | | > < < | | > < < | | > < < | < | > > | < | < < | | < < | < | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | | < | < < | > | | < < < | < < < < < | > | < | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | < < | < > | | < < | < | | | | > | < | < < | < | < | | < < | < | < < | < | < | | < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < < | < | < < | < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < < < | > > | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | < | < | | | < < | < | | < < | | < | < < < < | < < < < < | < < < | < | | | < < | | | | < | | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < | < | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < > | | | < | < < | | < < < < < < < | < < | | < | < < | | | | | | < < | | > | < | < < | < | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < | < < | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | | | | | | < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | | < < < | < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | | < < < < | < < < | < < < | < < | > | | < < | | | > | | < < | | < < | < < < < | > > | > > > | | | | < | < | | | < < < | < | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < < < < | | | | > > | | < | < | | > | | | < < | < < < | < | | < < < | | < < < < | < < < | < | < | | | < | < | < < | > | | | | < < < < < < < | | < < | < | < < < | | < | < | < < < < | < | < < | < | < | | | > | > | | < | < < | | | < < < | | < < < < > | < < < < < < > | < < > | < > > | | | < | < | > > | | > > | > > > | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < | > | | | | | | < < | < | | < > < < | | > | | < < | | > < | | | < < | < | > < | | < < > | | < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < > | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | | < < | < | < < < < < | < < < | | < < < > | | < < | > < | < | < < | | > < | < | < < | | > < | < | < < | | > | | | < < | | > | | | | < < | > < | | | | < < | > < | | | < < | | > < | | | | < < | > < | | | | < < | > < | | | | < < | | > | < | | < < | > | | | < < | | < < > | | | | | | | < < | | | < < | | | | | | | < > | > < < | | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | | | | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and
# radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the widgets defined in tkButton.c). It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
proc bogusTrace args {
error "trace aborted"
}
catch {unset value}
catch {unset value2}
# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
option add *Button.borderWidth 2
option add *Button.highlightThickness 2
option add *Button.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
eval image delete [image names]
if {[testConstraint testImageType]} {
image create test image1
}
label .l -text Label
button .b -text Button
checkbutton .c -text Checkbutton
radiobutton .r -text Radiobutton
pack .l .b .c .r
update
set i 1
foreach test {
{-activebackground #012345 #012345 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-activeforeground #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-anchor nw nw bogus
{bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-bg #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-bitmap questhead questhead badValue {bitmap "badValue" not defined}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1.3 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-command "set x" {set x} {} {} {0 1 1 1}}
{-compound left left bogus
{bad compound "bogus": must be bottom, center, left, none, right, or top}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-default active active huh?
{bad default "huh?": must be active, disabled, or normal}
{0 1 0 0}}
{-disabledforeground #00ff00 #00ff00 xyzzy {unknown color name "xyzzy"}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-fg #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-font {Helvetica 12} {Helvetica 12} {} {font "" doesn't exist} {1 1 1 1}}
{-foreground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-height 18 18 20.0 {expected integer but got "20.0"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-highlightbackground #112233 #112233 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-highlightcolor #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-highlightthickness 6m 6m badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-image image1 image1 bogus {image "bogus" doesn't exist} {1 1 1 1}}
{-indicatoron yes 1 no_way {expected boolean value but got "no_way"}
{0 0 1 1}}
{-justify right right bogus
{bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-offrelief flat flat 1.5
{bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
{0 0 1 1}}
{-offvalue lousy lousy {} {} {0 0 1 0}}
{-onvalue fantastic fantastic {} {} {0 0 1 0}}
{-overrelief "" "" 1.5
{bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
{0 1 1 1}}
{-padx 12m 12m 420x {bad screen distance "420x"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-pady 12m 12m 420x {bad screen distance "420x"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-repeatdelay 100 100 foo {expected integer but got "foo"} {0 1 0 0}}
{-repeatinterval 100 100 foo {expected integer but got "foo"} {0 1 0 0}}
{-relief flat flat 1.5
{bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-selectcolor #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"} {0 0 1 1}}
{-selectimage image1 image1 bogus {image "bogus" doesn't exist} {0 0 1 1}}
{-state normal normal bogus
{bad state "bogus": must be active, disabled, or normal}
{1 1 1 1}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {} {1 1 1 1}}
{-text "Sample text" {Sample text} {} {} {1 1 1 1}}
{-textvariable i i {} {} {1 1 1 1}}
{-tristateimage image1 image1 bogus {image "bogus" doesn't exist}
{0 0 1 1}}
{-tristatevalue unknowable unknowable {} {} {0 0 1 1}}
{-underline 5 5 3p {expected integer but got "3p"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-value anyString anyString {} {} {0 0 0 1}}
{-width 402 402 3p {expected integer but got "3p"} {1 1 1 1}}
{-wraplength 100 100 6x {bad screen distance "6x"} {1 1 1 1}}
} {
lassign $test name value okResult badValue badResult classes
foreach w {.l .b .c .r} hasOption $classes {
set classname [winfo class $w]
if {$hasOption} {
test button-1.$i "configuration option $name for $classname" \
-constraints testImageType -body "
$w configure $name [list $value]
lindex \[$w configure $name] 4
" -result $okResult
incr i
if {$badValue ne ""} {
test button-1.$i "configuration option $name for $classname" \
-constraints testImageType \
-body [list $w configure $name $badValue] \
-returnCodes error -result $badResult
incr i
}
$w configure $name [lindex [$w configure $name] 3]
} else {
test button-1.$i "configuration option $name for $classname" \
-constraints testImageType \
-body [list $w configure $name $value] \
-returnCodes error -result "unknown option \"$name\""
incr i
}
}
}
test button-1.$i {configuration options} {
# Additional check to make sure that -selectcolor may be empty in
# checkbox widgets
.c configure -selectcolor {}
} {}
test button-3.1 {ButtonCreate - not enough cd ../unix
} {
list [catch {button} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "button pathName ?options?"}}
test button-3.2 {ButtonCreate procedure - setting label class} {
catch {destroy .x}
label .x
winfo class .x
} {Label}
test button-3.3 {ButtonCreate - setting button class} {
catch {destroy .x}
button .x
winfo class .x
} {Button}
test button-3.4 {ButtonCreate - setting checkbutton class} {
catch {destroy .x}
checkbutton .x
winfo class .x
} {Checkbutton}
test button-3.5 {ButtonCreate - setting radiobutton class} {
catch {destroy .x}
radiobutton .x
winfo class .x
} {Radiobutton}
rename button gorp
test button-3.6 {ButtonCreate - setting class} {
catch {destroy .x}
gorp .x
winfo class .x
} {Button}
rename gorp button
test button-3.7 {ButtonCreate - bad window name} {
list [catch {button foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test button-3.8 {ButtonCreate procedure - error in default option value} {
catch {destroy .funny}
option add *funny.background bogus
list [catch {button .funny} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {unknown color name "bogus"} {unknown color name "bogus"
(database entry for "-background" in widget ".funny")
invoked from within
"button .funny"}}
test button-3.9 {ButtonCreate procedure - option error} {
catch {destroy .x}
list [catch {button .x -gorp foo} msg] $msg [winfo exists .x]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} 0}
test button-3.10 {ButtonCreate procedure - return value} {
catch {destroy .abcd}
set x [button .abcd]
destroy .abc
set x
} {.abcd}
test button-4.1 {ButtonWidgetCmd - too few arguments} {
list [catch {.b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".b option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test button-4.2 {ButtonWidgetCmd - bad option name} {
list [catch {.b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}}
test button-4.3 {ButtonWidgetCmd - bad option name} {
list [catch {.b bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bogus": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}}
test button-4.4 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.b cget a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".b cget option"}}
test button-4.5 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.b cget -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test button-4.6 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
.b configure -highlightthickness 3
.b cget -highlightthickness
} {3}
test button-4.7 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
catch {.l cget -disabledforeground}
} {0}
test button-4.8 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
catch {.b cget -disabledforeground}
} {0}
test button-4.9 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.b cget -variable} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-variable"}}
test button-4.10 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
catch {.c cget -variable}
} {0}
test button-4.11 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.c cget -value} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-value"}}
test button-4.12 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
catch {.r cget -value}
} {0}
test button-4.13 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.r cget -onvalue} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-onvalue"}}
test button-4.14 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
llength [.c configure]
} {41}
test button-4.15 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
list [catch {.b configure -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test button-4.16 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
list [catch {.b co -bg #ffffff -fg} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-fg" missing}}
test button-4.17 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
.b configure -fg #123456
.b configure -bg #654321
lindex [.b configure -fg] 4
} {#123456}
.c configure -variable value -onvalue 1 -offvalue 0
.r configure -variable value2 -value red
test button-4.18 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} {
list [catch {.c deselect foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".c deselect"}}
test button-4.19 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} {
list [catch {.l deselect} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "deselect": must be cget or configure}}
test button-4.20 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} {
list [catch {.b deselect} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "deselect": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}}
test button-4.21 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} {
set value 1
.c d
set value
} {0}
test button-4.22 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} {
set value2 green
.r deselect
set value2
} {green}
test button-4.23 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} {
set value2 red
.r deselect
set value2
} {}
test button-4.24 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
set value 1
trace variable value w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {.c deselect} msg] $msg $errorInfo $value]
trace vdelete value w bogusTrace
set result
} -match glob -result {1 {can't set "value": trace aborted} {*trace aborted
while executing
*
".c deselect"} 0}
test button-4.25 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "deselect" option} -body {
set value2 red
trace variable value2 w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {.r deselect} msg] $msg $errorInfo $value2]
trace vdelete value2 w bogusTrace
set result
} -match glob -result {1 {can't set "value2": trace aborted} {*trace aborted
while executing
*
".r deselect"} {}}
test button-4.26 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} {
list [catch {.b flash foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".b flash"}}
test button-4.27 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} {
list [catch {.l flash} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "flash": must be cget or configure}}
test button-4.28 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} {
list [catch {.b flash} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test button-4.29 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} {
list [catch {.c flash} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test button-4.30 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "flash" option} {
list [catch {.r f} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test button-4.31 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} {
list [catch {.b invoke foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".b invoke"}}
test button-4.32 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} {
list [catch {.l invoke} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "invoke": must be cget or configure}}
test button-4.33 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} {
.b configure -command {set x invoked}
set x "not invoked"
.b invoke
set x
} {invoked}
test button-4.34 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} {
.b configure -command {set x invoked} -state disabled
set x "not invoked"
.b invoke
set x
} {not invoked}
test button-4.35 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} {
set value bogus
.c configure -command {set x invoked} -variable value -onvalue 1 \
-offvalue 0
set x "not invoked"
.c invoke
list $x $value
} {invoked 1}
test button-4.36 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} {
set value2 green
.r configure -command {set x invoked} -variable value2 -value red
set x "not invoked"
.r i
list $x $value2
} {invoked red}
test button-4.37 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} {
list [catch {.l select} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "select": must be cget or configure}}
test button-4.38 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} {
list [catch {.b select} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "select": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}}
test button-4.39 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} {
list [catch {.c select foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".c select"}}
test button-4.40 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} {
set value bogus
.c configure -command {} -variable value -onvalue lovely -offvalue 0
.c s
set value
} {lovely}
test button-4.41 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} {
set value2 green
.r configure -command {} -variable value2 -value red
.r select
set value2
} {red}
test button-4.42 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "select" option} -body {
set value2 yellow
trace variable value2 w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {.r select} msg] $msg $errorInfo $value2]
trace vdelete value2 w bogusTrace
set result
} -match glob -result {1 {can't set "value2": trace aborted} {*trace aborted
while executing
*
".r select"} red}
test button-4.43 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} {
list [catch {.l toggle} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "toggle": must be cget or configure}}
test button-4.44 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} {
list [catch {.b toggle} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "toggle": must be cget, configure, flash, or invoke}}
test button-4.45 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} {
list [catch {.r toggle} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "toggle": must be cget, configure, deselect, flash, invoke, or select}}
test button-4.46 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} {
list [catch {.c toggle foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".c toggle"}}
test button-4.47 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} {
set value bogus
.c configure -command {} -variable value -onvalue sunshine -offvalue rain
.c toggle
set result $value
.c toggle
lappend result $value
.c toggle
lappend result $value
} {sunshine rain sunshine}
test button-4.48 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
.c configure -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
set value xyz
trace variable value w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {.c toggle} msg] $msg $errorInfo $value]
trace vdelete value w bogusTrace
set result
} -match glob -result {1 {can't set "value": trace aborted} {*trace aborted
while executing
*
".c toggle"} abc}
test button-4.49 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} -body {
.c configure -onvalue xyz -offvalue abc
set value abc
trace variable value w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {.c toggle} msg] $msg $errorInfo $value]
trace vdelete value w bogusTrace
set result
} -match glob -result {1 {can't set "value": trace aborted} {*trace aborted
while executing
*
".c toggle"} xyz}
test button-4.50 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "toggle" option} {
catch {unset value}; set value(1) 1;
set result [list [catch {.c toggle} msg] $msg $errorInfo]
unset value;
set result
} {1 {can't set "value": variable is array} {can't set "value": variable is array
while executing
".c toggle"}}
test button-5.1 {DestroyButton procedure} testImageType {
image create test image1
button .b1 -image image1
button .b2 -fg #ff0000 -text "Button 2"
button .b3 -state active -text "Button 3"
button .b4 -disabledforeground #0000ff -state disabled -text "Button 4"
checkbutton .b5 -variable x -text "Checkbutton 5"
set x 1
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4 .b5
update
deleteWindows
} {}
test button-6.1 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} {
catch {destroy .b1}
button .b1 -bd 4 -bg green
catch {.b1 configure -bd 7 -bg green -fg bogus}
list [catch {.b1 configure -bd 7 -bg red -fg bogus} msg] \
$msg [.b1 cget -bd] [.b1 cget -bg]
} {1 {unknown color name "bogus"} 4 green}
test button-6.2 {ConfigureButton - textvariable trace} {
catch {destroy .b1}
set x From-x
set y From-y
button .b1 -textvariable x
.b1 configure -textvariable y
set x New
lindex [.b1 configure -text] 4
} {From-y}
test button-6.2a {ConfigureButton - variable traces} {
catch {destroy .b1}
catch {unset x}
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
set x 1
set y 1
.b1 configure -textvariable y
set x 0
.b1 toggle
set y
} {1}
test button-6.3 {ConfigureButton - image handling} testImageType {
catch {destroy .b1}
eval image delete [image names]
image create test image1
image create test image2
button .b1 -image image1
image delete image1
.b1 configure -image image2
image names
} {image2}
test button-6.5 {ConfigureButton - default value for variable} {
catch {destroy .b1}
checkbutton .b1
.b1 cget -variable
} {b1}
test button-6.6 {ConfigureButton - setting selected state from variable} {
catch {destroy .b1}
set x 0
set y Shiny
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
.b1 configure -variable y -onvalue Shiny
.b1 toggle
set y
} 0
test button-6.7 {ConfigureButton - setting selected state from variable} {
catch {destroy .b1}
catch {unset x}
checkbutton .b1 -variable x -offvalue Bogus
set x
} Bogus
test button-6.8 {ConfigureButton - setting selected state from variable} {
catch {destroy .b1}
catch {unset x}
radiobutton .b1 -variable x
set x
} {}
test button-6.9 {ConfigureButton - error in setting variable} {
catch {destroy .b1}
catch {unset x}
trace variable x w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {radiobutton .b1 -variable x} msg] $msg]
trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
set result
} {1 {can't set "x": trace aborted}}
test button-6.10 {ConfigureButton - bad image name} {
catch {destroy .b1}
list [catch {button .b1 -image bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "bogus" doesn't exist}}
test button-6.11 {ConfigureButton - setting variable from current text value} {
catch {destroy .b1}
catch {unset x}
button .b1 -textvariable x -text "Button 1"
set x
} {Button 1}
test button-6.12 {ConfigureButton - using current value of variable} {
catch {destroy .b1}
set x Override
button .b1 -textvariable x -text "Button 1"
set x
} {Override}
test button-6.13 {ConfigureButton - variable handling} {
catch {destroy .b1}
catch {unset x}
trace variable x w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {radiobutton .b1 -text foo -textvariable x} msg] \
$msg $x]
trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
set result
} {1 {can't set "x": trace aborted} foo}
test button-6.14 {ConfigureButton - -width option} {
catch {destroy .b1}
button .b1 -text "Button 1"
list [catch {.b1 configure -width 1i} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {expected integer but got "1i"} {expected integer but got "1i"
(processing -width option)
invoked from within
".b1 configure -width 1i"}}
test button-6.15 {ConfigureButton - -height option} {
catch {destroy .b1}
button .b1 -text "Button 1"
list [catch {.b1 configure -height 0.5c} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {expected integer but got "0.5c"} {expected integer but got "0.5c"
(processing -height option)
invoked from within
".b1 configure -height 0.5c"}}
test button-6.16 {ConfigureButton - -width option} {
catch {destroy .b1}
button .b1 -bitmap questhead
list [catch {.b1 configure -width abc} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {bad screen distance "abc"} {bad screen distance "abc"
(processing -width option)
invoked from within
".b1 configure -width abc"}}
test button-6.17 {ConfigureButton - -height option} testImageType {
catch {destroy .b1}
eval image delete [image names]
image create test image1
button .b1 -image image1
list [catch {.b1 configure -height 0.5x} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {bad screen distance "0.5x"} {bad screen distance "0.5x"
(processing -height option)
invoked from within
".b1 configure -height 0.5x"}}
test button-6.18 {ConfigureButton - computing geometry} {nonPortable fonts} {
catch {destroy .b1}
button .b1 -text "Sample text" -width 10 -height 2
pack .b1
set result "[winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1]"
.b1 configure -bitmap questhead
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1]
} {102 46 20 12}
test button-6.19 {ConfigureButton - computing geometry} {
catch {destroy .b1}
button .b1 -text "Button 1"
set old [winfo reqwidth .b1]
.b1 configure -text "Much longer text"
set new [winfo reqwidth .b1]
expr $old == $new
} {0}
test button-7.1 {ButtonEventProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .b1}
button .b1 -text "Test Button" -command {
destroy .b1
set x [list [winfo exists .b1] [info commands .b1]]
}
.b1 invoke
set x
} {0 {}}
test button-7.2 {ButtonEventProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
button .b1 -bg #543210
rename .b1 .b2
set x {}
lappend x [winfo children .]
lappend x [.b2 cget -bg]
destroy .b1
lappend x [info command .b*] [winfo children .]
} {.b1 #543210 {} {}}
test button-8.1 {ButtonCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
button .b1
rename .b1 {}
list [info command .b*] [winfo children .]
} {{} {}}
test button-9.1 {TkInvokeButton procedure} {
catch {destroy .b1}
set x 0
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
set result $x
.b1 invoke
lappend result $x
.b1 invoke
lappend result $x
} {0 1 0}
test button-9.2 {TkInvokeButton procedure} {
catch {destroy .b1}
set x 0
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
trace variable x w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {.b1 invoke} msg] $msg $x]
trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
set result
} {1 {can't set "x": trace aborted} 1}
test button-9.3 {TkInvokeButton procedure} {
catch {destroy .b1}
set x 1
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
trace variable x w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {.b1 invoke} msg] $msg $x]
trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
set result
} {1 {can't set "x": trace aborted} 0}
test button-9.4 {TkInvokeButton procedure} {
catch {destroy .b1}
set x 0
radiobutton .b1 -variable x -value red
set result $x
.b1 invoke
lappend result $x
.b1 invoke
lappend result $x
} {0 red red}
test button-9.5 {TkInvokeButton procedure} -body {
catch {destroy .b1}
radiobutton .b1 -variable x -value red
set x green
trace variable x w bogusTrace
set result [list [catch {.b1 invoke} msg] $msg $errorInfo $x]
trace vdelete x w bogusTrace
set result
} -match glob -result {1 {can't set "x": trace aborted} {*trace aborted
while executing
*
".b1 invoke"} red}
test button-9.6 {TkInvokeButton procedure} {
deleteWindows
set result untouched
button .b1 -command {set result invoked}
list [catch {.b1 invoke} msg] $msg $result
} {0 invoked invoked}
test button-9.7 {TkInvokeButton procedure} {
deleteWindows
set result untouched
set x 0
checkbutton .b1 -variable x -command {set result "invoked $x"}
list [catch {.b1 invoke} msg] $msg $result
} {0 {invoked 1} {invoked 1}}
test button-9.8 {TkInvokeButton procedure} {
deleteWindows
set result untouched
set x 0
radiobutton .b1 -variable x -value red -command {set result "invoked $x"}
list [catch {.b1 invoke} msg] $msg $result
} {0 {invoked red} {invoked red}}
test button-10.1 {ButtonVarProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
set x 1
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
unset x
set result [info exists x]
.b1 toggle
lappend result $x
set x 0
.b1 toggle
lappend result $x
} {0 1 1}
test button-10.2 {ButtonVarProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
set x 0
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
set x 44
.b1 toggle
set x
} {1}
test button-10.3 {ButtonVarProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
set x 1
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
set x 44
.b1 toggle
set x
} {1}
test button-10.4 {ButtonVarProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
set x 0
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
set x 1
.b1 toggle
set x
} {0}
test button-10.5 {ButtonVarProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
set x 1
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
set x 1
.b1 toggle
set x
} {0}
test button-10.6 {ButtonVarProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
set x 0
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
set x 0
.b1 toggle
set x
} {1}
test button-10.7 {ButtonVarProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
set x 1
checkbutton .b1 -variable x
set x 0
.b1 toggle
set x
} {1}
test button-10.8 {ButtonVarProc procedure, can't read variable} {
# This test does nothing but produce a core dump if there's a prbblem.
deleteWindows
catch {unset a}
checkbutton .b1 -variable a
unset a
set a(32) 0
unset a
} {}
test button-11.1 {ButtonTextVarProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
set x Label
button .b1 -textvariable x
unset x
set result [list $x [lindex [.b1 configure -text] 4]]
set x New
lappend result [lindex [.b1 configure -text] 4]
} {Label Label New}
test button-11.2 {ButtonTextVarProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
# Windows buttons have a default min width, so we have to
# set this to be longer to force the wider button.
set x ExtraLongLabel
button .b1 -textvariable x
set old [winfo reqwidth .b1]
set x New
set new [winfo reqwidth .b1]
list [lindex [.b1 configure -text] 4] [expr $old == $new]
} {New 0}
test button-12.1 {ButtonImageProc procedure} testImageType {
deleteWindows
eval image delete [image names]
image create test image1
label .b1 -image image1 -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0
pack .b1
set result "[winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1]"
image1 changed 0 0 0 0 80 100
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1]
} {30 15 80 100}
deleteWindows
set l [interp hidden]
test button-13.1 {button widget vs hidden commands} {
catch {destroy .b}
button .b -text hello
interp hide {} .b
destroy .b
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
deleteWindows
test button-14.1 {size behaviouor} {
set res {}
foreach class {label button radiobutton checkbutton} {
eval destroy [winfo children .]
$class .a -text Hej
$class .b -text Hej -width 10 -height 1
$class .c -text "" -width 10 -height 1
for {set t 0} {$t < 2} {incr t} {
set res2 {}
# With -width, width should not be affected by text change
lappend res2 [expr {[winfo reqwidth .b] == [winfo reqwidth .c]}]
# With -height, height should not be affected by text change
lappend res2 [expr {[winfo reqheight .b] == [winfo reqheight .c]}]
# A one line text should be as high as -height 1
lappend res2 [expr {[winfo reqheight .a] == [winfo reqheight .b]}]
lappend res $res2
# Do the second round with another font
.a configure -font "Arial 20"
.b configure -font "Arial 20"
.c configure -font "Arial 20"
}
}
set res
} {{1 1 1} {1 1 1} {1 1 1} {1 1 1} {1 1 1} {1 1 1} {1 1 1} {1 1 1}}
deleteWindows
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/canvImg.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvImg.c, # which implement canvas "image" items. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < < > | > > > | | > < < | | < < > | | < | < < < < | | < < > | | < | < < < < | | | < < | | | < < | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | < | | < | < < < | | | < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | < | < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > > | > > | > | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < | | < | | < < < < < | | < < < < < | | < | < < | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | | | < | < < | < < < | < | < < < < | < < < < | < < < | < < < | | < < < | < < < | | | | | < < < < | | < < < | < < < | | < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < | < < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | < < < < | | < | < < < > > | | < < | < < > | < > | < < | | < < > | < > | | > | | | < < < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < | < | < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | < < | | < | | < < | < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < | < < | < < < | | < > > > < < | < < < < < < | < | < < | < | < < | < | < < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | | < < < < > | < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < > | < | | < | < < < | < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvImg.c,
# which implement canvas "image" items. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
eval image delete [image names]
canvas .c
pack .c
update
if {[testConstraint testImageType]} {
image create test foo -variable x
image create test foo2 -variable y
foo2 changed 0 0 0 0 80 60
}
test canvImg-1.1 {options for image items} {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 50 -anchor nw -tags i1
.c itemconfigure i1 -anchor
} {-anchor {} {} center nw}
test canvImg-1.2 {options for image items} {
.c delete all
list [catch {.c create image 50 50 -anchor gorp -tags i1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad anchor position "gorp": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}}
test canvImg-1.3 {options for image items} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
.c itemconfigure i1 -image
} {-image {} {} {} foo}
test canvImg-1.4 {options for image items} {
.c delete all
list [catch {.c create image 50 50 -image unknown -tags i1} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "unknown" doesn't exist}}
test canvImg-1.5 {options for image items} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags {i1 foo}
.c itemconfigure i1 -tags
} {-tags {} {} {} {i1 foo}}
test canvImg-2.1 {CreateImage procedure} {
list [catch {.c create image 40} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}}
test canvImg-2.2 {CreateImage procedure} {
list [catch {.c create image 40 50 60} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "60"}}
test canvImg-2.3 {CreateImage procedure} {
.c delete all
set i [.c create image 50 50]
list [lindex [.c itemconf $i -anchor] 4] \
[lindex [.c itemconf $i -image] 4] \
[lindex [.c itemconf $i -tags] 4]
} {center {} {}}
test canvImg-2.4 {CreateImage procedure} {
list [catch {.c create image xyz 40} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}
test canvImg-2.5 {CreateImage procedure} {
list [catch {.c create image 50 qrs} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "qrs"}}
test canvImg-2.6 {CreateImage procedure} testImageType {
list [catch {.c create image 50 50 -gorp foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test canvImg-3.1 {ImageCoords procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
.c coords i1
} {50.0 100.0}
test canvImg-3.2 {ImageCoords procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
list [catch {.c coords i1 dumb 100} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "dumb"}}
test canvImg-3.3 {ImageCoords procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
list [catch {.c coords i1 250 dumb0} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "dumb0"}}
test canvImg-3.4 {ImageCoords procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
list [catch {.c coords i1 250} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}}
test canvImg-3.5 {ImageCoords procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
list [catch {.c coords i1 250 300 400} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got 3}}
test canvImg-4.1 {ConfiugreImage procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1
update
set x {}
.c itemconfigure i1 -image {}
update
list $x [.c bbox i1]
} {{{foo free}} {}}
test canvImg-4.2 {ConfiugreImage procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
set x {}
set y {}
.c itemconfigure i1 -image foo2
update
list $x $y [.c bbox i1]
} {{{foo free}} {{foo2 get} {foo2 display 0 0 80 60 30 30}} {50 100 130 160}}
test canvImg-4.3 {ConfiugreImage procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
set x {}
set y {}
list [catch {.c itemconfigure i1 -image lousy} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "lousy" doesn't exist}}
test canvImg-5.1 {DeleteImage procedure} testImageType {
image create test xyzzy -variable z
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image xyzzy -tags i1
update
set names [lsort [image names]]
image delete xyzzy
set z {}
set names2 [lsort [image names]]
.c delete i1
update
list $names $names2 $z [lsort [image names]]
} {{foo foo2 xyzzy} {foo foo2} {} {foo foo2}}
test canvImg-5.2 {DeleteImage procedure (don't delete non-existent image)} {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -tags i1
update
.c delete i1
update
} {}
test canvImg-6.1 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 15.51 17.51 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
.c bbox i1
} {16 18 46 33}
test canvImg-6.2 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 15.49 17.49 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
.c bbox i1
} {15 17 45 32}
test canvImg-6.3 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -tags i1 -anchor nw
.c bbox i1
} {}
test canvImg-6.4 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
.c bbox i1
} {20 30 50 45}
test canvImg-6.5 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor n
.c bbox i1
} {5 30 35 45}
test canvImg-6.6 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor ne
.c bbox i1
} {-10 30 20 45}
test canvImg-6.7 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor e
.c bbox i1
} {-10 23 20 38}
test canvImg-6.8 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor se
.c bbox i1
} {-10 15 20 30}
test canvImg-6.9 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor s
.c bbox i1
} {5 15 35 30}
test canvImg-6.10 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor sw
.c bbox i1
} {20 15 50 30}
test canvImg-6.11 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor w
.c bbox i1
} {20 23 50 38}
test canvImg-6.12 {ComputeImageBbox procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 20 30 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor center
.c bbox i1
} {5 23 35 38}
# The following test is non-portable because of differences in
# coordinate rounding on some machines (does 0.5 round up?).
test canvImg-7.1 {DisplayImage procedure} {nonPortable testImageType} {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
set x {}
.c create rect 55 110 65 115 -width 1 -outline black -fill white
update
set x
} {{foo display 4 9 12 6 30 30}}
test canvImg-7.2 {DisplayImage procedure, no image} {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -tags i1
update
.c create rect 55 110 65 115 -width 1 -outline black -fill white
update
} {}
.c delete all
if {[testConstraint testImageType]} {
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
}
.c create rect 10 10 20 20 -tags rect -fill black -width 0 -outline {}
foreach check {
{canvImg-8.1 {50 70 80 81} {70 90} rect}
{canvImg-8.2 {50 70 80 79} {70 90} image}
{canvImg-8.3 {99 70 110 81} {90 90} rect}
{canvImg-8.4 {101 70 110 79} {90 90} image}
{canvImg-8.5 {99 100 110 115} {90 110} rect}
{canvImg-8.6 {101 100 110 115} {90 110} image}
{canvImg-8.7 {99 134 110 145} {90 125} rect}
{canvImg-8.8 {101 136 110 145} {90 125} image}
{canvImg-8.9 {50 134 80 145} {70 125} rect}
{canvImg-8.10 {50 136 80 145} {70 125} image}
{canvImg-8.11 {20 134 31 145} {40 125} rect}
{canvImg-8.12 {20 136 29 145} {40 125} image}
{canvImg-8.13 {20 100 31 115} {40 110} rect}
{canvImg-8.14 {20 100 29 115} {40 110} image}
{canvImg-8.15 {20 70 31 80} {40 90} rect}
{canvImg-8.16 {20 70 29 79} {40 90} image}
{canvImg-8.17 {60 70 69 109} {70 110} image}
{canvImg-8.18 {60 70 71 111} {70 110} rect}
} {
lassign $check name rectCoords testPoint result
test $name {ImageToPoint procedure} testImageType {
.c coords rect {*}$rectCoords
.c gettags [.c find closest {*}$testPoint]
} $result
}
.c delete all
if {[testConstraint testImageType]} {
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
}
test canvImg-8.19 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 60 0 70 99]
} {}
test canvImg-8.20 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 60 0 70 99.999]
} {}
test canvImg-8.21 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 60 0 70 101]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.22 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 81 105 120 115]
} {}
test canvImg-8.23 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 80.001 105 120 115]
} {}
test canvImg-8.24 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 79 105 120 115]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.25 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 60 116 70 150]
} {}
test canvImg-8.26 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 60 115.001 70 150]
} {}
test canvImg-8.27 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 60 114 70 150]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.28 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 0 105 49 115]
} {}
test canvImg-8.29 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 0 105 50 114.999]
} {}
test canvImg-8.30 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 0 105 51 115]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.31 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 0 0 49.999 99.999]
} {}
test canvImg-8.32 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 0 0 51 101]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.33 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 80 0 150 100]
} {}
test canvImg-8.34 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 79 0 150 101]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.35 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 80.001 115.001 150 180]
} {}
test canvImg-8.36 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 79 114 150 180]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.37 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 0 115 50 180]
} {}
test canvImg-8.38 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find overlapping 0 114 51 180]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.39 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find enclosed 0 0 200 200]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.40 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find enclosed 49.999 99.999 80.001 115.001]
} {image}
test canvImg-8.41 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find enclosed 51 100 80 115]
} {}
test canvImg-8.42 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find enclosed 50 101 80 115]
} {}
test canvImg-8.43 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find enclosed 50 100 79 115]
} {}
test canvImg-8.44 {ImageToArea procedure} testImageType {
.c gettags [.c find enclosed 50 100 80 114]
} {}
test canvImg-9.1 {DisplayImage procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
.c scale image 25 0 2.0 1.5
.c bbox image
} {75 150 105 165}
test canvImg-10.1 {TranslateImage procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
update
set x {}
foo changed 2 4 6 8 30 15
update
set x
} {{foo display 2 4 6 8 30 30}}
test canvImg-11.1 {TranslateImage procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
update
set x {}
foo changed 2 4 6 8 40 50
update
set x
} {{foo display 0 0 40 50 30 30}}
test canvImg-11.2 {ImageChangedProc procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor center
update
set x {}
foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
.c bbox image
} {30 75 70 125}
test canvImg-11.3 {ImageChangedProc procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
image create test foo -variable x
foo changed 0 0 0 0 40 50
.c create image 50 100 -image foo -tags image -anchor nw
.c create image 70 110 -image foo2 -anchor nw
update
set y {}
image create test foo -variable x
update
set y
} {{foo2 display 0 0 20 40 50 40}}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/canvMoveto.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/canvPs.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out procedures to write postscript # for canvases to files and channels. It exercises the procedure # TkCanvPostscriptCmd in generic/tkCanvPs.c # | | | < < < | | | | < | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out procedures to write postscript
# for canvases to files and channels. It exercises the procedure
# TkCanvPostscriptCmd in generic/tkCanvPs.c
#
# Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
canvas .c -width 400 -height 300 -bd 2 -relief sunken
.c create rectangle 20 20 80 80 -fill red
pack .c
update
test canvPs-1.1 {test writing to a file} -constraints {
unixOrPc
} -setup {
set foo [makeFile {} foo.ps]
} -body {
.c postscript -file $foo
file exists $foo
} -cleanup {
removeFile foo.ps
} -result 1
test canvPs-1.2 {test writing to a file, idempotency} -constraints {
unixOrPc
} -setup {
set foo [makeFile {} foo.ps]
set bar [makeFile {} bar.ps]
} -body {
.c postscript -file $foo
.c postscript -file $bar
set status ok
if {[file size $bar] != [file size $foo]} {
set status broken
}
set status
} -cleanup {
removeFile foo.ps
removeFile bar.ps
} -result ok
test canvPs-2.1 {test writing to a channel} -constraints {
unixOrPc
} -setup {
set foo [makeFile {} foo.ps]
file delete $foo
} -body {
set chan [open $foo w]
fconfigure $chan -translation lf
.c postscript -channel $chan
close $chan
file exists $foo
} -cleanup {
removeFile foo.ps
} -result 1
test canvPs-2.2 {test writing to channel, idempotency} -constraints {
unixOrPc
} -setup {
set foo [makeFile {} foo.ps]
set bar [makeFile {} bar.ps]
file delete $foo
file delete $bar
} -body {
set c1 [open $foo w]
set c2 [open $bar w]
fconfigure $c1 -translation lf
fconfigure $c2 -translation lf
.c postscript -channel $c1
.c postscript -channel $c2
close $c1
close $c2
set status ok
if {[file size $bar] != [file size $foo]} {
set status broken
}
set status
} -cleanup {
removeFile foo.ps
removeFile bar.ps
} -result ok
test canvPs-2.3 {test writing to channel and file, same output} -constraints {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
set c1 [open $foo w]
fconfigure $c1 -translation lf
.c postscript -channel $c1
close $c1
.c postscript -file $bar
set status ok
if {[file size $foo] != [file size $bar]} {
| | | 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
set c1 [open $foo w]
fconfigure $c1 -translation lf
.c postscript -channel $c1
close $c1
.c postscript -file $bar
set status ok
if {[file size $foo] != [file size $bar]} {
set status broken
}
set status
} -cleanup {
removeFile foo.ps
removeFile bar.ps
} -result ok
test canvPs-2.4 {test writing to channel and file, same output} -constraints {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 |
set c1 [open $foo w]
fconfigure $c1 -translation crlf
.c postscript -channel $c1
close $c1
.c postscript -file $bar
set status ok
if {[file size $foo] != [file size $bar]} {
| | < < | < < > > > < < > < < | > | < < < | < < < < < | 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
set c1 [open $foo w]
fconfigure $c1 -translation crlf
.c postscript -channel $c1
close $c1
.c postscript -file $bar
set status ok
if {[file size $foo] != [file size $bar]} {
set status broken
}
set status
} -cleanup {
removeFile foo.ps
removeFile bar.ps
} -result ok
test canvPs-3.1 {test ps generation with an embedded window} -setup {
set bar [makeFile {} bar.ps]
file delete $bar
} -constraints {
notAqua
} -body {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c -width 200 -height 200 -background white]
.c create rect 20 20 150 150 -tags rect0 -dash . -width 2
.c create arc 0 50 200 200 -tags arc0 \
-dash {4 4} -stipple question -outline red -fill green
image create photo logo \
-file [file join [file dirname [info script]] pwrdLogo150.gif]
.c create image 200 50 -image logo -anchor nw
entry .c.e -background pink -foreground blue -width 14
.c.e insert 0 "we gonna be postscripted"
.c create window 50 180 -anchor nw -window .c.e
update
.c postscript -file $bar
file exists $bar
} -cleanup {
removeFile bar.ps
} -result 1
test canvPs-3.2 {test ps generation with an embedded window not mapped} -setup {
set bar [makeFile {} bar.ps]
file delete $bar
} -body {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c -width 200 -height 200 -background white]
entry .c.e -background pink -foreground blue -width 14
.c.e insert 0 "we gonna be postscripted"
.c create window 50 180 -anchor nw -window .c.e
.c postscript -file $bar
file exists $bar
} -cleanup {
removeFile bar.ps
} -result 1
test canvPs-4.1 {test ps generation with single-point uncolored poly, bug 734498} {} {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
.c create poly 10 20 10 20
catch {.c postscript}
} 0
# cleanup
unset -nocomplain foo bar
deleteWindows
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/canvRect.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkRectOval.c, # which implement canvas "rectangle" and "oval" items. It is organized # in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < < > > > < > | | < < < < | < | < < < < | > > > > > > > > | | | | > > | | | < < < < > > > | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | > | | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < < < < < | | < | < < | < < < < < | < < | > | | < < | | < | < < | | | < < < | < > > | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | | > > > | | | > | > > | | < < < | | < < < < | < < < | | > < | | < | < < | < < < < < | | < | | < < < | | < > | | < | < < | < | | | > | | | | | | < < | < < < | | | | | | < < | < < < < | | < < | < < < | | | | | < < | | < < < | | | | | | < < | < < < | | | | | < < < | | | | | > | | | | | | | | < | < | < < < | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < | | | | | | | | < < < | | < | | | < | | | > > | < < < < | < < > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkRectOval.c,
# which implement canvas "rectangle" and "oval" items. It is organized
# in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
canvas .c -width 400 -height 300 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .c
bind .c <1> {
puts "button down at (%x,%y)"
}
update
set i 1
.c create rectangle 20 20 80 80 -tag test
foreach test {
{-fill #ff0000 #ff0000
non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-outline #123456 #123456
bad_color {unknown color name "bad_color"}}
{-stipple gray50 gray50
bogus {bitmap "bogus" not defined}}
{-tags {test a b c} {test a b c}
{} {}}
{-width 6.0 6.0
abc {bad screen distance "abc"}}
} {
lassign $test name goodValue goodResult badValue badResult
test canvRect-1.$i "configuration options: good value for $name" {
.c itemconfigure test $name $goodValue
list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test $name] 4] [.c itemcget test $name]
} [list $goodResult $goodResult]
incr i
if {$badValue ne ""} {
test canvRect-1.$i "configuration options: bad value for $name" -body {
.c itemconfigure test $name $badValue
} -returnCodes error -result $badResult
}
incr i
}
test canvRect-1.$i {configuration options} {
.c itemconfigure test -tags {test xyz}
.c itemcget xyz -tags
} {test xyz}
test canvRect-2.1 {CreateRectOval procedure} {
list [catch {.c create rect} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".c create rect coords ?arg arg ...?"}}
test canvRect-2.2 {CreateRectOval procedure} {
list [catch {.c create oval x y z} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 4, got 3}}
test canvRect-2.3 {CreateRectOval procedure} {
list [catch {.c create rectangle x 2 3 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "x"}}
test canvRect-2.4 {CreateRectOval procedure} {
list [catch {.c create rectangle 1 y 3 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "y"}}
test canvRect-2.5 {CreateRectOval procedure} {
list [catch {.c create rectangle 1 2 z 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "z"}}
test canvRect-2.6 {CreateRectOval procedure} {
list [catch {.c create rectangle 1 2 3 q} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "q"}}
test canvRect-2.7 {CreateRectOval procedure} {
.c create rectangle 1 2 3 4 -tags x
set result {}
foreach element [.c coords x] {
lappend result [format %.1f $element]
}
set result
} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0}
test canvRect-2.8 {CreateRectOval procedure} {
list [catch {.c create rectangle 1 2 3 4 -gorp foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
.c delete withtag all
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x
test canvRect-3.1 {RectOvalCoords procedure} {
set result {}
foreach element [.c coords x] {
lappend result [format %.1f $element]
}
set result
} {10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0}
test canvRect-3.2 {RectOvalCoords procedure} {
list [catch {.c coords x a 2 3 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "a"}}
test canvRect-3.3 {RectOvalCoords procedure} {
list [catch {.c coords x 1 b 3 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "b"}}
test canvRect-3.4 {RectOvalCoords procedure} {
list [catch {.c coords x 1 2 c 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "c"}}
test canvRect-3.5 {RectOvalCoords procedure} {
list [catch {.c coords x 1 2 3 d} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "d"}}
test canvRect-3.6 {RectOvalCoords procedure} {nonPortable} {
# Non-portable due to rounding differences.
.c coords x 10 25 15 40
.c bbox x
} {9 24 16 41}
test canvRect-3.7 {RectOvalCoords procedure} {
list [catch {.c coords x 1 2 3 4 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 4, got 5}}
.c delete withtag all
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x -width 1
test canvRect-4.1 {ConfigureRectOval procedure} {
list [catch {.c itemconfigure x -width abc} msg] $msg \
[.c itemcget x -width]
} {1 {bad screen distance "abc"} 1.0}
test canvRect-4.2 {ConfigureRectOval procedure} {
list [catch {.c itemconfigure x -width -5} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "-5"}}
test canvRect-4.3 {ConfigureRectOval procedure} {nonPortable} {
# Non-portable due to rounding differences.
.c itemconfigure x -width 10
.c bbox x
} {5 15 35 45}
# I can't come up with any good tests for DeleteRectOval.
.c delete withtag all
.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -tags x -width 1 -outline {}
test canvRect-5.1 {ComputeRectOvalBbox procedure} {nonPortable} {
# Non-portable due to rounding differences:
.c coords x 20 15 10 5
.c bbox x
} {10 5 20 15}
test canvRect-5.2 {ComputeRectOvalBbox procedure} {nonPortable} {
# Non-portable due to rounding differences:
.c coords x 10 20 30 10
.c itemconfigure x -width 1 -outline red
.c bbox x
} {9 9 31 21}
test canvRect-5.3 {ComputeRectOvalBbox procedure} {nonPortable} {
# Non-portable due to rounding differences:
.c coords x 10 20 30 10
.c itemconfigure x -width 2 -outline red
.c bbox x
} {9 9 31 21}
test canvRect-5.4 {ComputeRectOvalBbox procedure} {nonPortable} {
# Non-portable due to rounding differences:
.c coords x 10 20 30 10
.c itemconfigure x -width 3 -outline red
.c bbox x
} {8 8 32 22}
# I can't come up with any good tests for DisplayRectOval.
.c delete withtag all
set x [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -tags x -fill green]
set y [.c create rectangle 15 25 25 30 -tags y -fill red]
test canvRect-6.1 {RectToPoint procedure} {
.c itemconfigure y -outline {}
list [.c find closest 14.9 28] [.c find closest 15.1 28] \
[.c find closest 24.9 28] [.c find closest 25.1 28]
} "$x $y $y $x"
test canvRect-6.2 {RectToPoint procedure} {
.c itemconfigure y -outline {}
list [.c find closest 20 24.9] [.c find closest 20 25.1] \
[.c find closest 20 29.9] [.c find closest 20 30.1]
} "$x $y $y $x"
test canvRect-6.3 {RectToPoint procedure} {
.c itemconfigure y -width 1 -outline black
list [.c find closest 14.4 28] [.c find closest 14.6 28] \
[.c find closest 25.4 28] [.c find closest 25.6 28]
} "$x $y $y $x"
test canvRect-6.4 {RectToPoint procedure} {
.c itemconfigure y -width 1 -outline black
list [.c find closest 20 24.4] [.c find closest 20 24.6] \
[.c find closest 20 30.4] [.c find closest 20 30.6]
} "$x $y $y $x"
.c itemconfigure x -fill {} -outline black -width 3
.c itemconfigure y -outline {}
test canvRect-6.5 {RectToPoint procedure} {
list [.c find closest 13.2 28] [.c find closest 13.3 28] \
[.c find closest 26.7 28] [.c find closest 26.8 28]
} "$x $y $y $x"
test canvRect-6.6 {RectToPoint procedure} {
list [.c find closest 20 23.2] [.c find closest 20 23.3] \
[.c find closest 20 31.7] [.c find closest 20 31.8]
} "$x $y $y $x"
.c delete withtag all
set x [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 40 -outline {} -fill black]
set y [.c create rectangle 40 40 50 50 -outline {} -fill black]
test canvRect-6.7 {RectToPoint procedure} {
list [.c find closest 35 35] [.c find closest 36 36] \
[.c find closest 37 37] [.c find closest 38 38]
} "$x $y $y $y"
.c delete withtag all
set x [.c create rectangle 10 20 30 35 -fill green -outline {}]
set y [.c create rectangle 40 45 60 70 -fill red -outline black -width 3]
set z [.c create rectangle 100 150 120 170 -fill {} -outline black -width 3]
test canvRect-7.1 {RectToArea procedure} {
list [.c find overlapping 20 50 38 60] \
[.c find overlapping 20 50 39 60] \
[.c find overlapping 20 50 70 60] \
[.c find overlapping 61 50 70 60] \
[.c find overlapping 62 50 70 60]
} "{} $y $y $y {}"
test canvRect-7.2 {RectToArea procedure} {
list [.c find overlapping 45 20 55 43] \
[.c find overlapping 45 20 55 44] \
[.c find overlapping 45 20 55 80] \
[.c find overlapping 45 71 55 80] \
[.c find overlapping 45 72 55 80]
} "{} $y $y $y {}"
test canvRect-7.3 {RectToArea procedure} {
list [.c find overlapping 5 25 9.9 30] [.c find overlapping 5 25 10.1 30]
} "{} $x"
test canvRect-7.4 {RectToArea procedure} {
list [.c find overlapping 102 152 118 168] \
[.c find overlapping 101 152 118 168] \
[.c find overlapping 102 151 118 168] \
[.c find overlapping 102 152 119 168] \
[.c find overlapping 102 152 118 169]
} "{} $z $z $z $z"
test canvRect-7.5 {RectToArea procedure} {
list [.c find enclosed 20 40 38 80] \
[.c find enclosed 20 40 39 80] \
[.c find enclosed 20 40 70 80] \
[.c find enclosed 61 40 70 80] \
[.c find enclosed 62 40 70 80]
} "{} {} $y {} {}"
test canvRect-7.6 {RectToArea procedure} {
list [.c find enclosed 20 20 65 43] \
[.c find enclosed 20 20 65 44] \
[.c find enclosed 20 20 65 80] \
[.c find enclosed 20 71 65 80] \
[.c find enclosed 20 72 65 80]
} "{} {} $y {} {}"
.c delete withtag all
set x [.c create oval 50 100 200 150 -fill green -outline {}]
set y [.c create oval 50 100 200 150 -fill red -outline black -width 3]
set z [.c create oval 50 100 200 150 -fill {} -outline black -width 3]
test canvRect-8.1 {OvalToArea procedure} {
list [.c find overlapping 20 120 48 130] \
[.c find overlapping 20 120 49 130] \
[.c find overlapping 20 120 50.2 130] \
[.c find overlapping 20 120 300 130] \
[.c find overlapping 60 120 190 130] \
[.c find overlapping 199.9 120 300 130] \
[.c find overlapping 201 120 300 130] \
[.c find overlapping 202 120 300 130]
} "{} {$y $z} {$x $y $z} {$x $y $z} {$x $y} {$x $y $z} {$y $z} {}"
test canvRect-8.2 {OvalToArea procedure} {
list [.c find overlapping 100 50 150 98] \
[.c find overlapping 100 50 150 99] \
[.c find overlapping 100 50 150 100.1] \
[.c find overlapping 100 50 150 200] \
[.c find overlapping 100 110 150 140] \
[.c find overlapping 100 149.9 150 200] \
[.c find overlapping 100 151 150 200] \
[.c find overlapping 100 152 150 200]
} "{} {$y $z} {$x $y $z} {$x $y $z} {$x $y} {$x $y $z} {$y $z} {}"
test canvRect-8.3 {OvalToArea procedure} {
list [.c find overlapping 176 104 177 105] \
[.c find overlapping 187 116 188 117] \
[.c find overlapping 192 142 193 143] \
[.c find overlapping 180 138 181 139] \
[.c find overlapping 61 142 62 143] \
[.c find overlapping 65 137 66 136] \
[.c find overlapping 62 108 63 109] \
[.c find overlapping 68 115 69 116]
} "{} {$x $y} {} {$x $y} {} {$x $y} {} {$x $y}"
test canvRect-9.1 {ScaleRectOval procedure} {
.c delete withtag all
.c create rect 100 300 200 350 -tags x
.c scale x 50 100 2 4
.c coords x
} {150.0 900.0 350.0 1100.0}
test canvRect-10.1 {TranslateRectOval procedure} {
.c delete withtag all
.c create rect 100 300 200 350 -tags x
.c move x 100 -10
.c coords x
} {200.0 290.0 300.0 340.0}
# This test is non-portable because different color information
# will get generated on different displays (e.g. mono displays
# vs. color).
test canvRect-11.1 {RectOvalToPostscript procedure} {nonPortable macCrash} {
# Crashes on Mac because the XGetImage() call isn't implemented, causing a
# dereference of NULL.
.c configure -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0
.c delete withtag all
.c create rect 50 60 90 80 -fill black -stipple gray50 -outline {}
.c create oval 100 150 200 200 -fill {} -outline #ff0000 -width 5
update
set x [.c postscript]
string range $x [string first "-200 -150 translate" $x] end
} {-200 -150 translate
0 300 moveto 400 300 lineto 400 0 lineto 0 0 lineto closepath clip newpath
gsave
50 240 moveto 40 0 rlineto 0 -20 rlineto -40 0 rlineto closepath
0.000 0.000 0.000 setrgbcolor AdjustColor
clip 16 16 <5555aaaa5555aaaa5555aaaa5555aaaa5555aaaa5555aaaa5555aaaa5555
aaaa> StippleFill
grestore
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
465 466 467 468 469 470 471 | end %%EOF } # cleanup cleanupTests return | < < < < | 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 | end %%EOF } # cleanup cleanupTests return |
Changes to tests/canvText.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvText.c, # which implement canvas "text" items. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < < < < < | | > > | | > > | < | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | < < < < | < > > > > > | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > | | > > > > | | | | | < | | | | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | < > | | < | | | > > < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | < | < < | < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < > > | < < | < < < < < < | | < < > < < < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < > > | | | < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | > > > > > > | | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < | < < | | < | < < | < < < < < | < < | | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | < < < | | < < | < | | < < < < | < < | < < < < | | | < < | < | | < < | < < < < < < | | | | | > < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < | > < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > | > | | < | > > | < | | | | > > | > | > | > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvText.c,
# which implement canvas "text" items. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
canvas .c -width 400 -height 300 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .c
update
set i 1
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
set font "-adobe-times-medium-r-normal--*-200-*-*-*-*-*-*"
set ay [font metrics $font -linespace]
set ax [font measure $font 0]
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
foreach test {
{-anchor nw nw xyz {bad anchor position "xyz": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}}
{-fill #ff0000 #ff0000 xyz {unknown color name "xyz"}}
{-fill {} {} {} {}}
{-font {Times 40} {Times 40} {} {font "" doesn't exist}}
{-justify left left xyz {bad justification "xyz": must be left, right, or center}}
{-stipple gray50 gray50 xyz {bitmap "xyz" not defined}}
{-tags {test a b c} {test a b c} {} {}}
{-text xyz xyz {} {}}
{-underline 0 0 xyz {expected integer but got "xyz"}}
{-width 6 6 xyz {bad screen distance "xyz"}}
} {
lassign $test name goodValue goodResult badValue badResult
test canvText-1.$i "configuration options: good value for $name" {
.c itemconfigure test $name $goodValue
list [lindex [.c itemconfigure test $name] 4] [.c itemcget test $name]
} [list $goodResult $goodResult]
incr i
if {$badValue ne ""} {
test canvText-1.$i "configuration options: bad value for $name" -body {
.c itemconfigure test $name $badValue
} -returnCodes error -result $badResult
}
incr i
}
test canvText-1.$i {configuration options} {
.c itemconfigure test -tags {test xyz}
.c itemcget xyz -tags
} {test xyz}
.c delete test
.c create text 20 20 -tag test
test canvText-2.1 {CreateText procedure: args} {
list [catch {.c create text} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".c create text coords ?arg arg ...?"}}
test canvText-2.2 {CreateText procedure: args} {
list [catch {.c create text xyz 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}
test canvText-2.3 {CreateText procedure: args} {
list [catch {.c create text 0 xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}
test canvText-2.4 {CreateText procedure: args} {
list [catch {.c create text 0 0 -xyz xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-xyz"}}
test canvText-2.5 {CreateText procedure} {
.c create text 0 0 -tags x
set x [.c coords x]
.c delete x
set x
} {0.0 0.0}
focus -force .c
.c focus test
.c coords test 0 0
update
test canvText-3.1 {TextCoords procedure} {
.c coords test
} {0.0 0.0}
test canvText-3.2 {TextCoords procedure} {
list [catch {.c coords test xyz 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}
test canvText-3.3 {TextCoords procedure} {
list [catch {.c coords test 0 xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "xyz"}}
test canvText-3.4 {TextCoords procedure} {
.c coords test 10 10
set result {}
foreach element [.c coords test] {
lappend result [format %.1f $element]
}
set result
} {10.0 10.0}
test canvText-3.5 {TextCoords procedure} {
list [catch {.c coords test 10} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # coordinates: expected 2, got 1}}
test canvText-3.6 {TextCoords procedure} {
list [catch {.c coords test 10 10 10} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # coordinates: expected 0 or 2, got 3}}
test canvText-4.1 {ConfigureText procedure} {
list [catch {.c itemconfig test -fill xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown color name "xyz"}}
test canvText-4.2 {ConfigureText procedure} {
.c itemconfig test -fill blue
.c itemcget test -fill
} {blue}
test canvText-4.3 {ConfigureText procedure: construct font gcs} {
.c itemconfig test -font "times 20" -fill black -stipple gray50
list [.c itemcget test -font] [.c itemcget test -fill] [.c itemcget test -stipple]
} {{times 20} black gray50}
test canvText-4.4 {ConfigureText procedure: construct cursor gc} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 4
.c icursor test 3
# Both black -> cursor becomes white.
.c config -insertbackground black
.c config -selectbackground black
.c itemconfig test -just left
update
# Both same color (and not black) -> cursor becomes black.
.c config -insertbackground red
.c config -selectbackground red
.c itemconfig test -just left
update
} {}
test canvText-4.5 {ConfigureText procedure: adjust selection} {
set x {}
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghi"
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 6
lappend x [selection get]
.c dchars test 1 end
lappend x [catch {selection get}]
.c insert test end "bcdefghi"
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 6
lappend x [selection get]
.c dchars test 4 end
lappend x [selection get]
.c insert test end "efghi"
.c select from test 6
.c select to test 2
lappend x [selection get]
.c dchars test 4 end
lappend x [selection get]
} {cdefg 1 cdefg cd cdef cd}
test canvText-4.6 {ConfigureText procedure: adjust cursor} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghi"
set x {}
.c icursor test 6
.c dchars test 4 end
.c index test insert
} {4}
test canvText-5.1 {ConfigureText procedure: adjust cursor} {
.c create text 10 10 -tag x -fill blue -font "times 40" -stipple gray50 -text "xyz"
.c delete x
} {}
test canvText-6.1 {ComputeTextBbox procedure} {fonts nonPortable} {
.c itemconfig test -font $font -text 0
.c coords test 0 0
set x {}
lappend x [.c itemconfig test -anchor n; .c bbox test]
lappend x [.c itemconfig test -anchor nw; .c bbox test]
lappend x [.c itemconfig test -anchor w; .c bbox test]
lappend x [.c itemconfig test -anchor sw; .c bbox test]
lappend x [.c itemconfig test -anchor s; .c bbox test]
lappend x [.c itemconfig test -anchor se; .c bbox test]
lappend x [.c itemconfig test -anchor e; .c bbox test]
lappend x [.c itemconfig test -anchor ne; .c bbox test]
lappend x [.c itemconfig test -anchor center; .c bbox test]
} "{[expr -$ax/2-1] 0 [expr $ax/2+1] $ay}\
{-1 0 [expr $ax+1] $ay}\
{-1 [expr -$ay/2] [expr $ax+1] [expr $ay/2]}\
{-1 -$ay [expr $ax+1] 0}\
{[expr -$ax/2-1] -$ay [expr $ax/2+1] 0}\
{[expr -$ax-1] -$ay 1 0}\
{[expr -$ax-1] [expr -$ay/2] 1 [expr $ay/2]}\
{[expr -$ax-1] 0 1 $ay}\
{[expr -$ax/2-1] [expr -$ay/2] [expr $ax/2+1] [expr $ay/2]}"
focus .c
.c focus test
.c itemconfig test -text "abcd\nefghi\njklmnopq"
test canvText-7.0 {DisplayText procedure: stippling} {
.c itemconfig test -stipple gray50
update
.c itemconfig test -stipple {}
update
} {}
test canvText-7.2 {DisplayText procedure: draw selection} {
.c select from test 0
.c select to test end
update
selection get
} "abcd\nefghi\njklmnopq"
test canvText-7.3 {DisplayText procedure: selection} {
.c select from test 0
.c select to test end
update
selection get
} "abcd\nefghi\njklmnopq"
test canvText-7.4 {DisplayText procedure: one line selection} {
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 3
update
} {}
test canvText-7.5 {DisplayText procedure: multi-line selection} {
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 12
update
} {}
test canvText-7.6 {DisplayText procedure: draw cursor} {
.c icursor test 3
update
} {}
test canvText-7.7 {DisplayText procedure: selected text different color} {
.c config -selectforeground blue
.c itemconfig test -anchor n
update
} {}
test canvText-7.8 {DisplayText procedure: not selected} {
.c select clear
update
} {}
test canvText-7.9 {DisplayText procedure: select end} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
canvas .t.c
pack .t.c
set id [.t.c create text 0 0 -text Dummy -anchor nw]
update
.t.c select from $id 0
.t.c select to $id end
update
#catch {destroy .t}
update
} {}
test canvText-8.1 {TextInsert procedure: 0 length insert} {
.c insert test end {}
} {}
test canvText-8.2 {TextInsert procedure: before beginning/after end} {
# Can't test this because GetTextIndex filters out those numbers.
} {}
test canvText-8.3 {TextInsert procedure: inserting in a selected item} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 4
.c insert test 1 "xyz"
.c itemcget test -text
} {axyzbcdefg}
test canvText-8.4 {TextInsert procedure: inserting before selection} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 4
.c insert test 1 "xyz"
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {5 7}
test canvText-8.5 {TextInsert procedure: inserting in selection} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 4
.c insert test 3 "xyz"
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {2 7}
test canvText-8.6 {TextInsert procedure: inserting after selection} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 4
.c insert test 5 "xyz"
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {2 4}
test canvText-8.7 {TextInsert procedure: inserting in unselected item} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c select clear
.c insert test 5 "xyz"
.c itemcget test -text
} {abcdexyzfg}
test canvText-8.8 {TextInsert procedure: inserting before cursor} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c icursor test 3
.c insert test 2 "xyz"
.c index test insert
} {6}
test canvText-8.9 {TextInsert procedure: inserting after cursor} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c icursor test 3
.c insert test 4 "xyz"
.c index test insert
} {3}
test canvText-9.1 {TextInsert procedure: before beginning/after end} {
# Can't test this because GetTextIndex filters out those numbers.
} {}
test canvText-9.2 {TextInsert procedure: start > end} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c dchars test 4 2
.c itemcget test -text
} {abcdefg}
test canvText-9.3 {TextInsert procedure: deleting from a selected item} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefg"
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 4
.c dchars test 3 5
.c itemcget test -text
} {abcg}
test canvText-9.4 {TextInsert procedure: deleting before start} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 4
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 1 1
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {3 7}
test canvText-9.5 {TextInsert procedure: keep start > first char deleted} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 4
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 2 6
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {2 3}
test canvText-9.6 {TextInsert procedure: deleting inside selection} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 4
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 6 6
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {4 7}
test canvText-9.7 {TextInsert procedure: keep end > first char deleted} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 4
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 6 10
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {4 5}
test canvText-9.8 {TextInsert procedure: selectFirst > selectLast: deselect} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 4
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 3 10
list [catch {.c index test sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in item}}
test canvText-9.9 {TextInsert procedure: selectFirst <= selectLast} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 4
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 4 7
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {4 4}
test canvText-9.10 {TextInsert procedure: move anchor} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 6
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 2 4
.c select to test 1
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {1 2}
test canvText-9.11 {TextInsert procedure: keep anchor >= first} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 6
.c select to test 8
.c dchars test 5 7
.c select to test 1
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {1 4}
test canvText-9.12 {TextInsert procedure: anchor doesn't move} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c select from test 2
.c select to test 5
.c dchars test 6 8
.c select to test 8
list [.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last]
} {2 8}
test canvText-9.13 {TextInsert procedure: move cursor} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c icursor test 6
.c dchars test 2 4
.c index test insert
} {3}
test canvText-9.14 {TextInsert procedure: keep cursor >= first} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c icursor test 6
.c dchars test 2 10
.c index test insert
} {2}
test canvText-9.15 {TextInsert procedure: cursor doesn't move} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijk"
.c icursor test 5
.c dchars test 7 9
.c index test insert
} {5}
test canvText-10.1 {TextToPoint procedure} {
.c coords test 0 0
.c itemconfig test -text 0 -anchor center
.c index test @0,0
} {0}
test canvText-11.1 {TextToArea procedure} {
.c coords test 0 0
.c itemconfig test -text 0 -anchor center
.c find overlapping 0 0 1 1
} [.c find withtag test]
test canvText-11.2 {TextToArea procedure} {
.c coords test 0 0
.c itemconfig test -text 0 -anchor center
.c find overlapping 1000 1000 1001 1001
} {}
test canvText-12.1 {ScaleText procedure} {
.c coords test 100 100
.c scale all 50 50 2 2
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.c coords test]
} {150 150}
test canvText-13.1 {TranslateText procedure} {
.c coords test 100 100
.c move all 10 10
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.c coords test]
} {110 110}
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijklmno" -anchor nw
.c select from test 5
.c select to test 8
.c icursor test 12
.c coords test 0 0
test canvText-14.1 {GetTextIndex procedure} {
list [.c index test end] [.c index test insert] \
[.c index test sel.first] [.c index test sel.last] \
[.c index test @0,0] \
[.c index test -1] [.c index test 10] [.c index test 100]
} {15 12 5 8 0 0 10 15}
test canvText-14.2 {GetTextIndex procedure: select error} {
.c select clear
list [catch {.c index test sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in item}}
test canvText-14.3 {GetTextIndex procedure: select error} {
.c select clear
list [catch {.c index test sel.last} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in item}}
test canvText-14.4 {GetTextIndex procedure: select error} {
.c select clear
list [catch {.c index test sel.} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad index "sel."}}
test canvText-14.5 {GetTextIndex procedure: bad int or unknown index} {
list [catch {.c index test xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad index "xyz"}}
test canvText-14.6 {select clear errors} -body {
.c select clear test
} -returnCodes error -result "wrong \# args: should be \".c select clear\""
test canvText-15.1 {SetTextCursor procedure} {
.c itemconfig -text "abcdefg"
.c icursor test 3
.c index test insert
} {3}
test canvText-16.1 {GetSelText procedure} {
.c itemconfig test -text "abcdefghijklmno" -anchor nw
.c select from test 5
.c select to test 8
selection get
} {fghi}
set font {Courier 12 italic}
set ax [font measure $font 0]
set ay [font metrics $font -linespace]
test canvText-17.1 {TextToPostscript procedure} {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
.c delete all
.c config -height 300 -highlightthickness 0 -bd 0
update
.c create text 100 100 -tags test
.c itemconfig test -font $font -text "00000000" -width [expr 3*$ax]
.c itemconfig test -anchor n -fill black
set x [.c postscript]
set x [string range $x [string first "findfont " $x] end]
} "findfont [font actual $font -size] scalefont ISOEncode setfont
0.000 0.000 0.000 setrgbcolor AdjustColor
100 200 \[
\[(000)\]
\[(000)\]
\[(00)\]
] $ay -0.5 0.0 0 false DrawText
grestore
restore showpage
%%Trailer
end
%%EOF
"
test canvText-18.1 {bug fix 2525, find enclosed on text with newlines} -body {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
pack .c
.c delete all
.c create text 100 100 -text Hello\n -anchor nw
set bbox [.c bbox 1]
set x2 [lindex $bbox 2]
set y2 [lindex $bbox 3]
incr y2
update
.c find enclosed 99 99 [expr $x2 + $i] [expr $y2 + 1]
} -cleanup {
unset -nocomplain bbox x2 y2
} -result 1
test canvText-19.1 {patch 1006286, leading space caused wrap under Win32} {
catch {destroy .c}
set c [canvas .c -bg black -width 964]
pack $c
$c delete all
after 1000 "set done 1" ; vwait done
set f {Arial 28 bold}
set s1 { Yeah-ah-ah-ah-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-oh-Yow}
set s2 { Yeah ah ah ah oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh oh Yow}
$c create text 21 18 \
-font $f \
-text $s1 \
-fill white \
-width 922 \
-anchor nw \
-tags tbox1
eval {$c create rect} [$c bbox tbox1] -outline red
$c create text 21 160 \
-font $f \
-text $s2 \
-fill white \
-width 922 \
-anchor nw \
-tags tbox2
eval {$c create rect} [$c bbox tbox2] -outline red
after 1000 "set done 1" ; vwait done
set results [list]
$c select from tbox2 4
$c select to tbox2 8
lappend results [selection get]
$c select from tbox1 4
$c select to tbox1 8
lappend results [selection get]
array set metrics [font metrics $f]
set x [expr {21 + [font measure $f " "] \
+ ([font measure {Arial 28 bold} "Y"] / 2)}]
set y1 [expr {18 + ($metrics(-linespace) / 2)}]
set y2 [expr {160 + ($metrics(-linespace) / 2)}]
lappend results [$c index tbox1 @$x,$y1]
lappend results [$c index tbox2 @$x,$y2]
set results
} {{Yeah } Yeah- 4 4}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/canvWind.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvWind.c, # which implement canvas "window" items. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvWind.c,
# which implement canvas "window" items. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test canvWind-1.1 {DisplayWinItem, windows off-screen vertically} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
canvas .t.c -scrollregion {0 0 1000 800} -width 250 -height 200 -bd 2 \
-relief sunken -xscrollincrement 1 -yscrollincrement 1 \
-highlightthickness 1
pack .t.c -fill both -expand 1 -padx 20 -pady 20
wm geometry .t +0+0
set f .t.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
.t.c yview scroll -255 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
.t.c yview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
| < < | < | | < | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
.t.c yview scroll -255 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
.t.c yview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
} {{1 23} {1 -29} {0 -29} {1 225} {0 225}}
test canvWind-1.2 {DisplayWinItem, windows off-screen vertically} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
canvas .t.c -scrollregion {0 0 1000 800} -width 250 -height 200 -bd 2 \
-relief sunken -xscrollincrement 1 -yscrollincrement 1 \
-highlightthickness 1
pack .t.c -fill both -expand 1 -padx 20 -pady 20
wm geometry .t +0+0
set f .t.c.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
.t.c yview scroll -255 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
.t.c yview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
| < < | < | | < | 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
.t.c yview scroll -255 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
.t.c yview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo y $f]]
} {{1 3} {1 -49} {0 -49} {1 205} {0 205}}
test canvWind-1.3 {DisplayWinItem, windows off-screen horizontally} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
canvas .t.c -scrollregion {0 0 1000 800} -width 250 -height 200 -bd 2 \
-relief sunken -xscrollincrement 1 -yscrollincrement 1 \
-highlightthickness 1
pack .t.c -fill both -expand 1 -padx 20 -pady 20
wm geometry .t +0+0
set f .t.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -335 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
| < < | < | | < | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -335 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
} {{1 23} {1 -59} {0 -59} {1 275} {0 275}}
test canvWind-1.4 {DisplayWinItem, windows off-screen horizontally} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
canvas .t.c -scrollregion {0 0 1000 800} -width 250 -height 200 -bd 2 \
-relief sunken -xscrollincrement 1 -yscrollincrement 1 \
-highlightthickness 1
pack .t.c -fill both -expand 1 -padx 20 -pady 20
wm geometry .t +0+0
set f .t.c.f
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -335 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
| < < | > | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -335 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
.t.c xview scroll -1 units
update
lappend x [list [winfo ismapped $f] [winfo x $f]]
} {{1 3} {1 -79} {0 -79} {1 255} {0 255}}
catch {destroy .t}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/canvas.test.
|
| | | | | | < < | | < | | | < < < < | < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < | < | < < < < | < < | < < < | < | > | > > > | > < | | < | < < < < | | < < < > | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < < > | < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < > | < > > | | | | | | | | | < < | | < < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | < < > | | > < < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | > < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > | | > | | > > < < > | | | | | | | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkCanvas.c,
# which implements generic code for canvases. It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# XXX - This test file is woefully incomplete. At present, only a
# few of the features are tested.
canvas .c
pack .c
update
set i 1
foreach {testname testinfo} {
canvas-1.1 {-background #ff0000 #ff0000
non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
canvas-1.2 {-bg #ff0000 #ff0000
non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
canvas-1.3 {-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
canvas-1.4 {-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
canvas-1.5 {-closeenough 24 24.0
bogus {expected floating-point number but got "bogus"}}
canvas-1.6 {-confine true 1 silly {expected boolean value but got "silly"}}
canvas-1.7 {-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
canvas-1.8 {-height 2.1 2 x42 {bad screen distance "x42"}}
canvas-1.9 {-highlightbackground #112233 #112233
ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
canvas-1.10 {-highlightcolor #110022 #110022
bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
canvas-1.11 {-highlightthickness 18 18
badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
canvas-1.12 {-insertbackground #110022 #110022
bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
canvas-1.13 {-insertborderwidth 1.3 1 2.6x {bad screen distance "2.6x"}}
canvas-1.14 {-insertofftime 100 100 3.2 {expected integer but got "3.2"}}
canvas-1.15 {-insertontime 100 100 3.2 {expected integer but got "3.2"}}
canvas-1.16 {-insertwidth 1.3 1 6x {bad screen distance "6x"}}
canvas-1.17 {-relief groove groove
1.5 {bad relief type "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
canvas-1.18 {-selectbackground #110022 #110022
bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
canvas-1.19 {-selectborderwidth 1.3 1
badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
canvas-1.20 {-selectforeground #654321 #654321
bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
canvas-1.21 {-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
canvas-1.22 {-width 402 402 xyz {bad screen distance "xyz"}}
canvas-1.23 {-xscrollcommand {Some command} {Some command} {} {}}
canvas-1.24 {-yscrollcommand {Another command} {Another command} {} {}}
} {
lassign $testinfo name goodValue goodResult badValue badResult
test $testname-good "configuration options: good value for $name" {
.c configure $name $goodValue
lindex [.c configure $name] 4
} $goodResult
incr i
if {$badValue ne ""} {
test $testname-bad "configuration options: bad value for $name" -body {
.c configure $name $badValue
} -returnCodes error -result $badResult
}
.c configure $name [lindex [.c configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
test canvas-1.25 {configure throws error on bad option} {
set res [list [catch {.c configure -gorp foo}]]
.c create rect 10 10 100 100
lappend res [catch {.c configure -gorp foo}]
set res
} [list 1 1]
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c -width 60 -height 40 -scrollregion {0 0 200 150} -bd 0 \
-highlightthickness 0
pack .c
update
test canvas-2.1 {CanvasWidgetCmd, bind option} {
set i [.c create rect 10 10 100 100]
list [catch {.c bind $i <a>} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test canvas-2.2 {CanvasWidgetCmd, bind option} {
set i [.c create rect 10 10 100 100]
list [catch {.c bind $i <} msg] $msg
} {1 {no event type or button # or keysym}}
test canvas-2.3 {CanvasWidgetCmd, xview option} {
.c configure -xscrollincrement 40 -yscrollincrement 5
.c xview moveto 0
update
set x [list [.c xview]]
.c xview scroll 2 units
update
lappend x [.c xview]
} {{0.0 0.3} {0.4 0.7}}
test canvas-2.4 {CanvasWidgetCmd, xview option} {nonPortable} {
# This test gives slightly different results on platforms such
# as NetBSD. I don't know why...
.c configure -xscrollincrement 0 -yscrollincrement 5
.c xview moveto 0.6
update
set x [list [.c xview]]
.c xview scroll 2 units
update
lappend x [.c xview]
} {{0.6 0.9} {0.66 0.96}}
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c -width 60 -height 40 -scrollregion {0 0 200 80} \
-borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0
pack .c
update
test canvas-3.1 {CanvasWidgetCmd, yview option} {
.c configure -xscrollincrement 40 -yscrollincrement 5
.c yview moveto 0
update
set x [list [.c yview]]
.c yview scroll 3 units
update
lappend x [.c yview]
} {{0.0 0.5} {0.1875 0.6875}}
test canvas-3.2 {CanvasWidgetCmd, yview option} {
.c configure -xscrollincrement 40 -yscrollincrement 0
.c yview moveto 0
update
set x [list [.c yview]]
.c yview scroll 2 units
update
lappend x [.c yview]
} {{0.0 0.5} {0.1 0.6}}
test canvas-4.1 {ButtonEventProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
canvas .c1 -bg #543210
rename .c1 .c2
set x {}
lappend x [winfo children .]
lappend x [.c2 cget -bg]
destroy .c1
lappend x [info command .c*] [winfo children .]
} {.c1 #543210 {} {}}
test canvas-5.1 {ButtonCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
canvas .c1
rename .c1 {}
list [info command .c*] [winfo children .]
} {{} {}}
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c -width 100 -height 50 -scrollregion {-200 -100 305 102} \
-borderwidth 2 -highlightthickness 3
pack .c
update
test canvas-6.1 {CanvasSetOrigin procedure} {
.c configure -xscrollincrement 0 -yscrollincrement 0
.c xview moveto 0
.c yview moveto 0
update
list [.c canvasx 0] [.c canvasy 0]
} {-205.0 -105.0}
test canvas-6.2 {CanvasSetOrigin procedure} {
.c configure -xscrollincrement 20 -yscrollincrement 10
set x ""
foreach i {.08 .10 .48 .50} {
.c xview moveto $i
update
lappend x [.c canvasx 0]
}
set x
} {-165.0 -145.0 35.0 55.0}
test canvas-6.3 {CanvasSetOrigin procedure} {
.c configure -xscrollincrement 20 -yscrollincrement 10
set x ""
foreach i {.06 .08 .70 .72} {
.c yview moveto $i
update
lappend x [.c canvasy 0]
}
set x
} {-95.0 -85.0 35.0 45.0}
test canvas-6.4 {CanvasSetOrigin procedure} {
.c configure -xscrollincrement 20 -yscrollincrement 10
.c xview moveto 1.0
.c canvasx 0
} {215.0}
test canvas-6.5 {CanvasSetOrigin procedure} {
.c configure -xscrollincrement 20 -yscrollincrement 10
.c yview moveto 1.0
.c canvasy 0
} {55.0}
deleteWindows
set l [lsort [interp hidden]]
test canvas-7.1 {canvas widget vs hidden commands} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
} -body {
canvas .c
interp hide {} .c
destroy .c
list [winfo children .] [lsort [interp hidden]]
} -result [list {} $l]
test canvas-8.1 {canvas arc bbox} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
} -body {
.c create arc -100 10 100 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style arc -tags arc1
set arcBox [.c bbox arc1]
.c create arc 100 10 300 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style chord -tags arc2
set coordBox [.c bbox arc2]
.c create arc 300 10 500 210 -start 10 -extent 50 -style pieslice -tags arc3
set pieBox [.c bbox arc3]
list $arcBox $coordBox $pieBox
} -result {{48 21 100 94} {248 21 300 94} {398 21 500 112}}
test canvas-9.1 {canvas id creation and deletion} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
} -body {
# With Tk 8.0.4 the ids are now stored in a hash table. You
# can use this test as a performance test with older versions
# by changing the value of size.
set size 15
for {set i 0} {$i < $size} {incr i} {
set x [expr {-10 + 3*$i}]
for {set j 0; set y -10} {$j < 10} {incr j; incr y 3} {
.c create rect ${x}c ${y}c [expr $x+2]c [expr $y+2]c \
-outline black -fill blue -tags rect
.c create text [expr $x+1]c [expr $y+1]c -text "$i,$j" \
-anchor center -tags text
}
}
# The actual bench mark - this code also exercises all the hash
# table changes.
set time [lindex [time {
foreach id [.c find withtag all] {
.c lower $id
.c raise $id
.c find withtag $id
.c bind <Return> $id {}
.c delete $id
}
}] 0]
set x ""
} -result {}
test canvas-10.1 {find items using tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
} -body {
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 60 40 80 -fill yellow -tag [list b a]
.c create oval 20 100 40 120 -fill green -tag [list c b]
.c create oval 20 140 40 160 -fill blue -tag [list b]
.c create oval 20 180 40 200 -fill bisque -tag [list a d e]
.c create oval 20 220 40 240 -fill bisque -tag b
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
set res {}
lappend res [.c find withtag {!a}]
lappend res [.c find withtag {b&&c}]
lappend res [.c find withtag {b||c}]
lappend res [.c find withtag {a&&!b}]
lappend res [.c find withtag {!b&&!c}]
lappend res [.c find withtag {d&&a&&c&&b}]
lappend res [.c find withtag {b^a}]
lappend res [.c find withtag {(a&&!b)||(!a&&b)}]
lappend res [.c find withtag { ( a && ! b ) || ( ! a && b ) }]
lappend res [.c find withtag {a&&!(c||d)}]
lappend res [.c find withtag {d&&"tag with spaces"}]
lappend res [.c find withtag "tag with spaces"]
} -result {{3 4 6 7} {1 3} {1 2 3 4 6} 5 {5 7} 1 {3 4 5 6} {3 4 5 6} {3 4 5 6} 2 7 7}
test canvas-10.2 {check errors from tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
} -body {
.c find withtag {&&c}
} -returnCodes error -result {Unexpected operator in tag search expression}
test canvas-10.3 {check errors from tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
} -body {
.c find withtag {!!c}
} -returnCodes error -result {Too many '!' in tag search expression}
test canvas-10.4 {check errors from tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
} -body {
.c find withtag {b||}
} -returnCodes error -result {Missing tag in tag search expression}
test canvas-10.5 {check errors from tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
} -body {
.c find withtag {b&&(c||)}
} -returnCodes error -result {Unexpected operator in tag search expression}
test canvas-10.6 {check errors from tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
} -body {
.c find withtag {d&&""}
} -returnCodes error -result {Null quoted tag string in tag search expression}
test canvas-10.7 {check errors from tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
} -body {
.c find withtag "d&&\"tag with spaces"
} -returnCodes error -result {Missing endquote in tag search expression}
test canvas-10.8 {check errors from tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
} -body {
.c find withtag {a&&"tag with spaces"z}
} -returnCodes error -result {Invalid boolean operator in tag search expression}
test canvas-10.9 {check errors from tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
} -body {
.c find withtag {a&&b&c}
} -returnCodes error -result {Singleton '&' in tag search expression}
test canvas-10.10 {check errors from tag expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list a b c d]
.c create oval 20 260 40 280 -fill bisque -tag [list d "tag with spaces"]
} -body {
.c find withtag {a||b|c}
} -returnCodes error -result {Singleton '|' in tag search expression}
test canvas-10.11 {backward compatility - strange tags that are not expressions} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
.c create oval 20 20 40 40 -fill red -tag [list { strange tag(xxx&yyy|zzz) " && \" || ! ^ " }]
} -body {
.c find withtag { strange tag(xxx&yyy|zzz) " && \" || ! ^ " }
} -result 1
test canvas-10.12 {multple events bound to same tag expr} -setup {
catch {destroy .c}
canvas .c
} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
531 532 533 534 535 536 537 |
# This would crash in 8.3.0 and 8.3.1
.c create polygon 0 0 100 100 200 50 \
-fill {} -stipple gray50 -outline black
} -result 1
test canvas-11.2 {canvas poly overlap fill check, bug 226357} -setup {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
| < > | | | | | | | | | | | | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 |
# This would crash in 8.3.0 and 8.3.1
.c create polygon 0 0 100 100 200 50 \
-fill {} -stipple gray50 -outline black
} -result 1
test canvas-11.2 {canvas poly overlap fill check, bug 226357} -setup {
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
} -body {
set result {}
.c create poly 30 30 90 90 30 90 90 30
lappend result [.c find over 40 40 45 45]; # rect region inc. edge
lappend result [.c find over 60 40 60 40]; # top-center point
lappend result [.c find over 0 0 0 0]; # not on poly
lappend result [.c find over 60 60 60 60]; # center-point
lappend result [.c find over 45 50 45 50]; # outside poly
.c itemconfig 1 -fill "" -outline black
lappend result [.c find over 40 40 45 45]; # rect region inc. edge
lappend result [.c find over 60 40 60 40]; # top-center point
lappend result [.c find over 0 0 0 0]; # not on poly
lappend result [.c find over 60 60 60 60]; # center-point
lappend result [.c find over 45 50 45 50]; # outside poly
.c itemconfig 1 -width 8
lappend result [.c find over 45 50 45 50]; # outside poly
} -result {1 1 {} 1 {} 1 1 {} 1 {} 1}
test canvas-11.3 {canvas poly dchars, bug 3291543} {
# This would crash
destroy .c
pack [canvas .c]
.c create polygon 0 0 0 10 10 0
.c dchars 1 2 end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 |
incr val
# qx has type double and no string representation
.c scale all $val 0 1 1
# qx has now type MMRep and no string representation
incr val
} -result 12
| < < | > > > | | | | | | | | | | < | < < | < < < < < | < > | < < < | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < | | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > < < > | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 |
incr val
# qx has type double and no string representation
.c scale all $val 0 1 1
# qx has now type MMRep and no string representation
incr val
} -result 12
proc kill_canvas {w} {
destroy $w
pack [canvas $w -height 200 -width 200] -fill both -expand yes
update idle
$w create rectangle 80 80 120 120 -fill blue -tags blue
# bind a button press to re-build the canvas
$w bind blue <ButtonRelease-1> [subst {
[lindex [info level 0] 0] $w
append ::x ok
}
]
}
test canvas-13.1 {canvas delete during event, SF bug-228024} {
kill_canvas .c
set ::x {}
# do this many times to improve chances of triggering the crash
for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
event generate .c <1> -x 100 -y 100
event generate .c <ButtonRelease-1> -x 100 -y 100
}
set ::x
} okokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokokok
test canvas-14.1 {canvas scan SF bug 581560} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
.c scan
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c scan mark|dragto x y ?dragGain?"}
test canvas-14.2 {canvas scan} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
.c scan bogus
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c scan mark|dragto x y ?dragGain?"}
test canvas-14.3 {canvas scan} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
.c scan mark
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c scan mark|dragto x y ?dragGain?"}
test canvas-14.4 {canvas scan} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
.c scan mark 10 10
} -result {}
test canvas-14.5 {canvas scan} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
.c scan mark 10 10 5
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".c scan mark x y"}
test canvas-14.6 {canvas scan} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
.c scan dragto 10 10 5
} -result {}
set i 0
proc create {w type args} {
eval [list $w create $type] $args
}
foreach type {arc bitmap image line oval polygon rect text window} {
incr i
test canvas-15.$i "basic types check: $type requires coords" -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
.c create $type
} -returnCodes error -result [format {wrong # args: should be ".c create %s coords ?arg arg ...?"} $type]
incr i
test canvas-15.$i "basic coords check: $type coords are paired" -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -match glob -body {
.c create $type 0
} -returnCodes error -result "wrong # coordinates: expected*"
}
test canvas-16.1 {arc coords check} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
set id [.c create arc {0 10 20 30} -start 33]
.c itemcget $id -start
} -result {33.0}
test canvas-17.1 {default smooth method handling} -setup {
destroy .c
canvas .c
} -body {
set id [.c create line {0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6}]
set result [.c itemcget $id -smooth]
foreach smoother {yes 1 bezier raw r b} {
.c itemconfigure $id -smooth $smoother
lappend result [.c itemcget $id -smooth]
}
set result
} -result {0 true true true raw raw true}
destroy .c
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/choosedir.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_chooseDir" and # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_chooseDir" and
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# Procedures needed by this test file
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
proc ToPressButton {parent btn} {
after 100 SendButtonPress $parent $btn mouse
}
proc ToEnterDirsByKey {parent dirs} {
after 100 [list EnterDirsByKey $parent $dirs]
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc EnterDirsByKey {parent dirs} {
global tk_strictMotif
if {$parent == "."} {
set w .__tk_choosedir
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
| | < | < | < < < | | < > | < < | | < | < < | | | < < < | | < < | | < < | < | < < | | < < | < | < | < | < < | | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# The test suite proper
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
# Make a dir for us to rely on for tests
set real [makeDirectory choosedirTest]
set dir [file dirname $real]
set fake [file join $dir non-existant]
set parent .
foreach opt {-initialdir -mustexist -parent -title} {
test choosedir-1.1$opt "tk_chooseDirectory command" unix {
list [catch {tk_chooseDirectory $opt} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "value for \"$opt\" missing"]
}
test choosedir-1.2 "tk_chooseDirectory command" unix {
list [catch {tk_chooseDirectory -foo bar} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad option \"-foo\": must be -initialdir, -mustexist, -parent, or -title"]
test choosedir-1.3 "tk_chooseDirectory command" unix {
list [catch {tk_chooseDirectory -parent foo.bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo.bar"}}
test choosedir-2.1 "tk_chooseDirectory command, cancel gives null" {unix notAqua} {
ToPressButton $parent cancel
tk_chooseDirectory -title "Press Cancel" -parent $parent
} ""
test choosedir-3.1 "tk_chooseDirectory -mustexist 1" {unix notAqua} {
# first enter a bogus dirname, then enter a real one.
ToEnterDirsByKey $parent [list $fake $real $real]
set result [tk_chooseDirectory \
-title "Enter \"$fake\", press OK, enter \"$real\", press OK" \
-parent $parent -mustexist 1]
set result
} $real
test choosedir-3.2 "tk_chooseDirectory -mustexist 0" {unix notAqua} {
ToEnterDirsByKey $parent [list $fake $fake]
tk_chooseDirectory -title "Enter \"$fake\", press OK" \
-parent $parent -mustexist 0
} $fake
test choosedir-4.1 "tk_chooseDirectory command, initialdir" {unix notAqua} {
ToPressButton $parent ok
tk_chooseDirectory -title "Press Ok" -parent $parent -initialdir $real
} $real
test choosedir-4.2 "tk_chooseDirectory command, initialdir" {unix notAqua} {
ToEnterDirsByKey $parent [list $fake $fake]
tk_chooseDirectory \
-title "Enter \"$fake\" and press Ok" \
-parent $parent -initialdir $real
} $fake
test choosedir-4.3 "tk_chooseDirectory, -initialdir {}" {unix notAqua} {
catch {unset ::tk::dialog::file::__tk_choosedir}
ToPressButton $parent ok
tk_chooseDirectory \
-title "Press OK" \
-parent $parent -initialdir ""
} [pwd]
test choosedir-5.1 "tk_chooseDirectory, handles {} entry text" {unix notAqua} {
ToEnterDirsByKey $parent [list "" $real $real]
tk_chooseDirectory -title "Clear entry, Press OK; Enter $real, press OK" \
-parent $parent
} $real
# cleanup
removeDirectory choosedirTest
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/clipboard.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's clipboard management code, # especially the "clipboard" command. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < | < | | | < | < | | | < | < < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | > | > > < | | > | | | > | | < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < | < | | < < | < < < | | < < < | | < > | < | | < < > < < < > | | < | < < | | | | | < | < < < < < < < | | < < | < | | < < | | | | | | | | > > < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | > | < | < < < < < < < | < < | | < | < < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's clipboard management code,
# especially the "clipboard" command. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
#
# Note: Multiple display clipboard handling will only be tested if the
# environment variable TK_ALT_DISPLAY is set to an alternate display.
#
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# set up a very large buffer to test INCR retrievals
set longValue ""
foreach i {a b c d e f g j h i j k l m o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
set j $i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4$i.5$i.6$i.7$i.8$i.9$i.10$i.11$i.12$i.13$i.14
append longValue A$j B$j C$j D$j E$j F$j G$j H$j I$j K$j L$j M$j N$j
}
# Now we start the main body of the test code
test clipboard-1.1 {ClipboardHandler procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append "test"
clipboard get
} {test}
test clipboard-1.2 {ClipboardHandler procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append "test"
clipboard append "ing"
clipboard get
} {testing}
test clipboard-1.3 {ClipboardHandler procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append "t"
clipboard append "e"
clipboard append "s"
clipboard append "t"
clipboard get
} {test}
test clipboard-1.4 {ClipboardHandler procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append $longValue
clipboard get
} "$longValue"
test clipboard-1.5 {ClipboardHandler procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append $longValue
clipboard append "test"
clipboard get
} "${longValue}test"
test clipboard-1.6 {ClipboardHandler procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append -t TEST $longValue
clipboard append -t STRING "test"
list [clipboard get -t STRING] \
[clipboard get -t TEST]
} [list test $longValue]
test clipboard-1.7 {ClipboardHandler procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append -t TEST [string range $longValue 1 4000]
clipboard append -t STRING "test"
list [clipboard get -t STRING] \
[clipboard get -t TEST]
} [list test [string range $longValue 1 4000]]
test clipboard-1.8 {ClipboardHandler procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append ""
clipboard get
} {}
test clipboard-1.9 {ClipboardHandler procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append ""
clipboard append "Test"
clipboard get
} {Test}
##############################################################################
test clipboard-2.1 {ClipboardAppHandler procedure} {
set oldAppName [tk appname]
tk appname UnexpectedName
clipboard clear
clipboard append -type NEW_TYPE Data
set result [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD -type TK_APPLICATION]
tk appname $oldAppName
set result
} {UnexpectedName}
##############################################################################
test clipboard-3.1 {ClipboardWindowHandler procedure} {
set oldAppName [tk appname]
tk appname UnexpectedName
clipboard clear
clipboard append -type NEW_TYPE Data
set result [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD -type TK_WINDOW]
tk appname $oldAppName
set result
} {.}
##############################################################################
test clipboard-4.1 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append "Test"
selection clear -s CLIPBOARD
list [catch {clipboard get} msg] $msg
} {1 {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}}
test clipboard-4.2 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append "Test"
clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
selection clear -s CLIPBOARD
list [catch {clipboard get} msg] $msg \
[catch {clipboard get -t TEST} msg] $msg
} {1 {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} 1 {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined}}
test clipboard-4.3 {ClipboardLostSel procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append "Test"
clipboard append -t TEST "Test2"
clipboard append "Test3"
selection clear -s CLIPBOARD
list [catch {clipboard get} msg] $msg \
[catch {clipboard get -t TEST} msg] $msg
} {1 {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} 1 {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined}}
##############################################################################
test clipboard-5.1 {Tk_ClipboardClear procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append -t TEST "test"
set result [lsort [clipboard get TARGETS]]
clipboard clear
list $result [lsort [clipboard get TARGETS]]
} {{MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test clipboard-5.2 {Tk_ClipboardClear procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append -t TEST "test"
set result [lsort [clipboard get TARGETS]]
selection own -s CLIPBOARD .
lappend result [lsort [clipboard get TARGETS]]
clipboard clear
clipboard append -t TEST "test"
lappend result [lsort [clipboard get TARGETS]]
} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
##############################################################################
test clipboard-6.1 {Tk_ClipboardAppend procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append "first chunk"
selection own -s CLIPBOARD .
list [catch {
clipboard append " second chunk"
clipboard get
} msg] $msg
} {0 {first chunk second chunk}}
test clipboard-6.2 {Tk_ClipboardAppend procedure} unix {
setupbg
clipboard clear
clipboard append -f INTEGER -t TEST "16"
set result [dobg {clipboard get TEST}]
cleanupbg
set result
} {0x10 }
test clipboard-6.3 {Tk_ClipboardAppend procedure} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append -f INTEGER -t TEST "16"
list [catch {clipboard append -t TEST "test"} msg] $msg
} {1 {format "STRING" does not match current format "INTEGER" for TEST}}
##############################################################################
test clipboard-7.1 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "clipboard option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test clipboard-7.2 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
clipboard clear
list [catch {clipboard append --} msg] $msg \
[selection get -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {0 {} --}
test clipboard-7.3 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
clipboard clear
list [catch {clipboard append -- information} msg] $msg \
[selection get -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {0 {} information}
test clipboard-7.4 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard append --x a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "--x": must be -displayof, -format, or -type}}
test clipboard-7.5 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard append -- a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "clipboard append ?options? data"}}
test clipboard-7.6 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
clipboard clear
list [catch {clipboard append -format} msg] $msg \
[selection get -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {0 {} -format}
test clipboard-7.7 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard append -displayofoo f} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-displayofoo": must be -displayof, -format, or -type}}
test clipboard-7.8 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard append -type TEST} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "clipboard append ?options? data"}}
test clipboard-7.9 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard append -displayof foo "test"} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test clipboard-7.10 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard clear -displayof} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "clipboard clear ?-displayof window?"}}
test clipboard-7.11 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard clear -displayofoo f} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-displayofoo": must be -displayof}}
test clipboard-7.12 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard clear foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "clipboard clear ?-displayof window?"}}
test clipboard-7.13 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard clear -displayof foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test clipboard-7.14 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
list [catch {clipboard error} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "error": must be append, clear, or get}}
test clipboard-7.15 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
clipboard clear
list [catch {clipboard append -displayof} msg] $msg \
[selection get -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {0 {} -displayof}
test clipboard-7.16 {Tk_ClipboardCmd procedure} {
clipboard clear
list [catch {clipboard append -type} msg] $msg \
[selection get -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {0 {} -type}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/clrpick.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_chooseColor" command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_chooseColor" command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
# let's soak up a bunch of colors...so that
# machines with small color palettes still fail.
# some tests will be skipped if there are no more colors
set numcolors 32
testConstraint colorsLeftover 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
incr i
}
destroy .c
} else {
testConstraint colorsLeftover 0
}
| | | | < | > | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | | | | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
incr i
}
destroy .c
} else {
testConstraint colorsLeftover 0
}
test clrpick-1.1 {tk_chooseColor command} {
list [catch {tk_chooseColor -foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-foo": must be -initialcolor, -parent, or -title}}
catch {tk_chooseColor -foo 1} msg
regsub -all , $msg "" options
regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options
foreach option $options {
if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
test clrpick-1.2$option {tk_chooseColor command} -body {
tk_chooseColor $option
} -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
}
}
test clrpick-1.3 {tk_chooseColor command} {
list [catch {tk_chooseColor -foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-foo": must be -initialcolor, -parent, or -title}}
test clrpick-1.4 {tk_chooseColor command} {
list [catch {tk_chooseColor -initialcolor} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-initialcolor" missing}}
test clrpick-1.5 {tk_chooseColor command} {
list [catch {tk_chooseColor -parent foo.bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo.bar"}}
test clrpick-1.6 {tk_chooseColor command} {
list [catch {tk_chooseColor -initialcolor badbadbaadcolor} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown color name "badbadbaadcolor"}}
test clrpick-1.7 {tk_chooseColor command} {
list [catch {tk_chooseColor -initialcolor ##badbadbaadcolor} msg] $msg
} {1 {invalid color name "##badbadbaadcolor"}}
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::dialog::color::] eq ""}]
proc ToPressButton {parent btn} {
global isNative
if {!$isNative} {
after 200 "SendButtonPress $parent $btn mouse"
}
}
proc ToChooseColorByKey {parent r g b} {
global isNative
if {!$isNative} {
after 200 ChooseColorByKey $parent $r $g $b
}
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc ChooseColorByKey {parent r g b} {
set w .__tk__color
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
115 116 117 118 119 120 121 |
$data(blue,entry) insert 0 $b
# Manually force the refresh of the color values instead
# of counting on the timing of the event stream to change
# the values for us.
tk::dialog::color::HandleRGBEntry $w
| | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > | | | | > | | < | | | | | < | | | | < < | | < | > | < < | | | | < < | | < | | < < | | | < | 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
$data(blue,entry) insert 0 $b
# Manually force the refresh of the color values instead
# of counting on the timing of the event stream to change
# the values for us.
tk::dialog::color::HandleRGBEntry $w
SendButtonPress $parent ok mouse
}
proc SendButtonPress {parent btn type} {
set w .__tk__color
upvar ::tk::dialog::color::[winfo name $w] data
set button $data($btn\Btn)
if ![winfo ismapped $button] {
update
}
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
}
set parent .
set verylongstring longstring:
set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
#set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
# Interesting thing...when this is too long, the
# delay caused in processing it kills the automated testing,
# and makes a lot of the test cases fail.
#set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
#set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
#set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
#set verylongstring $verylongstring$verylongstring
set color #404040
test clrpick-2.1 {tk_chooseColor command} \
{nonUnixUserInteraction colorsLeftover} {
ToPressButton $parent ok
tk_chooseColor -title "Press Ok $verylongstring" -initialcolor $color \
-parent $parent
} "$color"
set color #808040
test clrpick-2.2 {tk_chooseColor command} \
{nonUnixUserInteraction colorsLeftover} {
set colors "128 128 64"
ToChooseColorByKey $parent 128 128 64
tk_chooseColor -parent $parent -title "choose $colors"
} "$color"
test clrpick-2.3 {tk_chooseColor command} \
{nonUnixUserInteraction colorsLeftover failsOnQuarz} {
ToPressButton $parent ok
tk_chooseColor -parent $parent -title "Press OK"
} "$color"
test clrpick-2.4 {tk_chooseColor command} {nonUnixUserInteraction} {
ToPressButton $parent cancel
tk_chooseColor -parent $parent -title "Press Cancel"
} ""
set color "#000000"
test clrpick-3.1 {tk_chooseColor: background events} {nonUnixUserInteraction} {
after 1 {set x 53}
ToPressButton $parent ok
tk_chooseColor -parent $parent -title "Press OK" -initialcolor $color
} "#000000"
test clrpick-3.2 {tk_chooseColor: background events} {nonUnixUserInteraction} {
after 1 {set x 53}
ToPressButton $parent cancel
tk_chooseColor -parent $parent -title "Press Cancel"
} ""
test clrpick-4.1 {tk_chooseColor: screen is inherited from parent} {unix notAqua} {
after 50 {set ::scr [winfo screen .__tk__color]}
ToPressButton $parent cancel
tk_chooseColor -parent $parent
set ::scr
} [winfo screen $parent]
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/cmap.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
set red 0
set green 0
set blue 0
for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
for {set x 0} {$x < 8} {incr x} {
frame $w.f$x,$y -width 40 -height 40 -bd 2 -relief raised \
-bg [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]
| | | 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 |
set red 0
set green 0
set blue 0
for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
for {set x 0} {$x < 8} {incr x} {
frame $w.f$x,$y -width 40 -height 40 -bd 2 -relief raised \
-bg [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]
place $w.f$x,$y -x [expr 40*$x] -y [expr 40*$y]
incr red $redInc
incr green $greenInc
incr blue $blueInc
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/cmds.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file # tkCmds.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | | | | | | | | | | < < < > | | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file
# tkCmds.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
update
test cmds-1.1 {tkwait visibility, argument errors} {
list [catch {tkwait visibility} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "tkwait variable|visibility|window name"}}
test cmds-1.2 {tkwait visibility, argument errors} {
list [catch {tkwait visibility foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "tkwait variable|visibility|window name"}}
test cmds-1.3 {tkwait visibility, argument errors} {
list [catch {tkwait visibility bad_window} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "bad_window"}}
test cmds-1.4 {tkwait visibility, waiting for window to be mapped} {
button .b -text "Test"
set x init
after 100 {set x delay; place .b -x 0 -y 0}
tkwait visibility .b
destroy .b
set x
} {delay}
test cmds-1.5 {tkwait visibility, window gets deleted} {
frame .f
button .f.b -text "Test"
pack .f.b
set x init
after 100 {set x deleted; destroy .f}
list [catch {tkwait visibility .f.b} msg] $msg $x
} {1 {window ".f.b" was deleted before its visibility changed} deleted}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/color.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkColor.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkColor.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
# cname --
# Returns a proper name for a color, given its intensities.
#
# Arguments:
# r, g, b - Intensities on a 0-255 scale.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
158 159 160 161 162 163 164 |
button .b2 -foreground $x -text Third
pack .b2 -side top
lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{1 1}} {{1 1} {1 0}} {{1 0} {2 1}}}
test color-1.5 {Color table} nonPortable {
set fd [open ../xlib/rgb.txt]
set result {}
| | | 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 |
button .b2 -foreground $x -text Third
pack .b2 -side top
lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{1 1}} {{1 1} {1 0}} {{1 0} {2 1}}}
test color-1.5 {Color table} nonPortable {
set fd [open ../xlib/rgb.txt]
set result {}
while {[gets $fd line] != -1} {
if {[string index $line 0] == "!"} continue
set rgb [c255 [winfo rgb . [lrange $line 3 end]]]
if {$rgb != [lrange $line 0 2] } {
append result $line\n
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
lappend result [testcolor purple]
destroy .t3
lappend result [testcolor purple]
destroy .t
lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}
| | < < < < | | | < < | | 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
lappend result [testcolor purple]
destroy .t3
lappend result [testcolor purple]
destroy .t
lappend result [testcolor purple]
} {{{4 1} {3 0} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0} {1 0}} {{4 1} {2 0}} {{2 0}} {}}
test color-4.1 {FreeColorObjProc} {colorsFree failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .b
set x [format purple]
button .b -foreground $x -text .b1
set y [format purple]
.b configure -foreground $y
set z [format purple]
.b configure -foreground $z
set result {}
lappend result [testcolor purple]
set x red
lappend result [testcolor purple]
set z 32
lappend result [testcolor purple]
destroy .b
lappend result [testcolor purple]
set y bogus
set result
} {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}
destroy .t
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/config.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in tkConfig.c, # which comprise the new new option configuration system. It is # organized in the standard "white-box" fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | | | | | | < < < | | | > < < | | | < < < | | | | < < < | | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < | < | | | < | > | < < | < < > > | | < < < | | | | < < < | | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < | < < | < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > | > | < | < < | | < | | < < < | < | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < | | < | | < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < | < < | | < < < < < | < | | < | < < | | | < | | < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < | | < | | < < < | | < | < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < | < > | < < | > | | < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < | | | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < | | > | < < | | > | | | < < | < < | < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < | | < | | > | < > > | | < | | | < < | | < | < | < < < | < < | < | | < < | < | > | < < | < | | < < < | > | | > > | > > | | < < < | | < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | < | < | < < | | < | < < < > | < < < | < | | < < | | < < < | | | < < | | < | | < < < | | < | < < < < < | | > | < < | | > | | | < < | < < < < < < < < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < > | < | < < < < | | < | < < | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < | > | | < < < < | > | > < | | < < < | | < < < | < | | < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < > | < | < | < < | | < < | < < < < | < < | | > | < < < < < | | < < < | > | | < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < | < | < < < < > | < < | < < < < > < < < | | < < < | < | | < < < | > | < < | | > | > | | | < | < < < < | | > | < | | | | < | | | < > | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | | < < < < < | | < < < < < | | < > | | | > > | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < < | < | | < | < < < < < < < | < | | | | < < < < < | < < | < | | < < | < < | | < | | | < | | | < | | < | < < | < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < | < < < | | | < | < < < | | | < | | < < | | > | > > | > > < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | | < | < < < | | | < | < < < | | | < | < < < | | | < | < > > < | < < < < | < < < | | | < | < < < | | | < | < | < < | | < | < | < < | | < | < < < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | < < < < < | < | > < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | > < < | < < | | < | | | < < | | < < | < < | | < | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | < < | | < < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < | < < | < < | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < > | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in tkConfig.c,
# which comprise the new new option configuration system. It is
# organized in the standard "white-box" fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
proc killTables {} {
# Note: it's important to delete chain2 before chain1, because
# chain2 depends on chain1. If chain1 is deleted first, the
# delete of chain2 will crash.
foreach t {alltypes chain2 chain1 configerror internal new notenoughparams
twowindows} {
while {[testobjconfig info $t] != ""} {
testobjconfig delete $t
}
}
}
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
killTables
}
test config-1.1 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - reference counts} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
killTables
set x {}
testobjconfig alltypes .a
lappend x [testobjconfig info alltypes]
testobjconfig alltypes .b
lappend x [testobjconfig info alltypes]
deleteWindows
set x
} {{1 16 -boolean} {2 16 -boolean}}
test config-1.2 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - synonym initialization} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig alltypes .a -synonym green
.a cget -color
} {green}
test config-1.3 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - option database initialization} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
option clear
testobjconfig alltypes .a
option add *b.string different
testobjconfig alltypes .b
list [.a cget -string] [.b cget -string]
} {foo different}
test config-1.4 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - option database initialization} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
option clear
testobjconfig alltypes .a
option add *b.String bar
testobjconfig alltypes .b
list [.a cget -string] [.b cget -string]
} {foo bar}
test config-1.5 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - default initialization} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig alltypes .a
.a cget -relief
} {raised}
test config-1.6 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - chained tables} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
killTables
testobjconfig chain1 .a
testobjconfig chain2 .b
testobjconfig info chain2
} {1 4 -three 2 2 -one}
test config-1.7 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - chained tables} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
killTables
testobjconfig chain2 .b
testobjconfig chain1 .a
testobjconfig info chain2
} {1 4 -three 2 2 -one}
test config-1.8 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - chained tables} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig chain1 .a
testobjconfig chain2 .b
list [catch {.a cget -four} msg] $msg [.a cget -one] \
[.b cget -four] [.b cget -one]
} {1 {unknown option "-four"} one four one}
test config-2.1 {Tk_DeleteOptionTable - reference counts} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
killTables
testobjconfig chain1 .a
testobjconfig chain2 .b
testobjconfig chain2 .c
deleteWindows
set x {}
testobjconfig delete chain2
lappend x [testobjconfig info chain2] [testobjconfig info chain1]
testobjconfig delete chain2
lappend x [testobjconfig info chain2] [testobjconfig info chain1]
} {{1 4 -three 2 2 -one} {2 2 -one} {} {1 2 -one}}
# No tests for DestroyOptionHashTable; couldn't figure out how to test.
test config-3.1 {Tk_InitOptions - priority of chained tables} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig chain1 .a
testobjconfig chain2 .b
list [.a cget -two] [.b cget -two]
} {two {two and a half}}
test config-3.2 {Tk_InitOptions - initialize from database} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
option clear
option add *a.color blue
testobjconfig alltypes .a
list [.a cget -color]
} {blue}
test config-3.3 {Tk_InitOptions - initialize from database} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
option clear
option add *a.justify bogus
testobjconfig alltypes .a
list [.a cget -justify]
} {left}
test config-3.4 {Tk_InitOptions - initialize from widget class} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig alltypes .a
list [.a cget -color]
} {red}
test config-3.5 {Tk_InitOptions - no initial value} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig alltypes .a
.a cget -anchor
} {}
test config-3.6 {Tk_InitOptions - bad initial value} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
option clear
option add *a.color non-existent
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .a} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {unknown color name "non-existent"} {unknown color name "non-existent"
(database entry for "-color" in widget ".a")
invoked from within
"testobjconfig alltypes .a"}}
option clear
test config-3.7 {Tk_InitOptions - bad initial value} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
list [catch {testobjconfig configerror} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"} {expected integer but got "bogus"
(default value for "-int")
invoked from within
"testobjconfig configerror"}}
option clear
test config-4.1 {DoObjConfig - boolean} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -boolean 0} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -boolean} result] $result [catch {rename .foo {}}]
} {0 .foo 0 0 0}
test config-4.2 {DoObjConfig - boolean} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -boolean 1} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -boolean} result] $result [catch {rename .foo {}}]
} {0 .foo 0 1 0}
test config-4.3 {DoObjConfig - invalid boolean} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -boolean {}} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected boolean value but got ""}}
test config-4.4 {DoObjConfig - boolean internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -boolean 0
.foo cget -boolean
} {0}
test config-4.5 {DoObjConfig - integer} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -integer 3} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -integer} result] $result [catch {rename .foo {}}]
} {0 .foo 0 3 0}
test config-4.6 {DoObjConfig - invalid integer} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -integer bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bar"}}
test config-4.7 {DoObjConfig - integer internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -integer 421
.foo cget -integer
} {421}
test config-4.8 {DoObjConfig - double} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -double 3.14} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -double} result] $result [catch {rename .foo {}}]
} {0 .foo 0 3.14 0}
test config-4.9 {DoObjConfig - invalid double} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -double bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "bar"}}
test config-4.10 {DoObjConfig - double internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -double 62.75
.foo cget -double
} {62.75}
test config-4.11 {DoObjConfig - string} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -string test} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -string} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 test {}}
test config-4.12 {DoObjConfig - null string} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -string {}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -string} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 {} {}}
test config-4.13 {DoObjConfig - string internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -string "this is a test"
.foo cget -string
} {this is a test}
test config-4.14 {DoObjConfig - string table} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable two} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -stringtable} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 two {}}
test config-4.15 {DoObjConfig - invalid string table} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad stringtable "foo": must be one, two, three, or four}}
test config-4.16 {DoObjConfig - new string table} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -stringtable two
list [catch {.foo configure -stringtable three} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -stringtable} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 16 0 three {}}
test config-4.17 {DoObjConfig - stringtable internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -stringtable "four"
.foo cget -stringtable
} {four}
test config-4.18 {DoObjConfig - color} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color blue} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -color} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 blue {}}
test config-4.19 {DoObjConfig - invalid color} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color xxx} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown color name "xxx"}}
test config-4.20 {DoObjConfig - color internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -color purple
.foo cget -color
} {purple}
test config-4.21 {DoObjConfig - null color} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color {}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -color} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 {} {}}
test config-4.22 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old color} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color #333333
list [catch {.foo configure -color #444444} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -color} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 32 0 #444444 {}}
test config-4.23 {DoObjConfig - font} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {Helvetica 72}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -font} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 {Helvetica 72} {}}
test config-4.24 {DoObjConfig - new font} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {Courier 12}
list [catch {.foo configure -font {Helvetica 72}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -font} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 64 0 {Helvetica 72} {}}
test config-4.25 {DoObjConfig - invalid font} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {Helvetica 12 foo}} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown font style "foo"}}
test config-4.26 {DoObjConfig - null font} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -font} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 {} {}}
test config-4.27 {DoObjConfig - font internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -font {Times 16}
.foo cget -font
} {Times 16}
test config-4.28 {DoObjConfig - bitmap} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -bitmap} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 gray75 {}}
test config-4.29 {DoObjConfig - new bitmap} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap gray75
list [catch {.foo configure -bitmap gray50} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -bitmap} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 128 0 gray50 {}}
test config-4.30 {DoObjConfig - invalid bitmap} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bitmap "foo" not defined}}
test config-4.31 {DoObjConfig - null bitmap} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -bitmap {}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -bitmap} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 {} {}}
test config-4.32 {DoObjConfig - bitmap internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -bitmap gray25
.foo cget -bitmap
} {gray25}
test config-4.33 {DoObjConfig - border} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border green} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -border} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 green {}}
test config-4.34 {DoObjConfig - invalid border} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border xxx} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown color name "xxx"}}
test config-4.35 {DoObjConfig - null border} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border {}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -border} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 {} {}}
test config-4.36 {DoObjConfig - border internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -border #123456
.foo cget -border
} {#123456}
test config-4.37 {DoObjConfig - getting rid of old border} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -border #333333
list [catch {.foo configure -border #444444} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -border} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 256 0 #444444 {}}
test config-4.38 {DoObjConfig - relief} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief flat} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -relief} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 flat {}}
test config-4.39 {DoObjConfig - invalid relief} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad relief "foo": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
test config-4.40 {DoObjConfig - new relief} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -relief raised
list [catch {.foo configure -relief flat} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -relief} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 512 0 flat {}}
test config-4.41 {DoObjConfig - relief internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -relief ridge
.foo cget -relief
} {ridge}
test config-4.42 {DoObjConfig - cursor} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor arrow} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -cursor} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 arrow {}}
test config-4.43 {DoObjConfig - invalid cursor} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad cursor spec "foo"}}
test config-4.44 {DoObjConfig - null cursor} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor {}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -cursor} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 {} {}}
test config-4.45 {DoObjConfig - new cursor} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -cursor xterm
list [catch {.foo configure -cursor arrow} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -cursor} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 1024 0 arrow {}}
test config-4.46 {DoObjConfig - cursor internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -cursor watch
.foo cget -cursor
} {watch}
test config-4.47 {DoObjConfig - justify} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -justify center} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -justify} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 center {}}
test config-4.48 {DoObjConfig - invalid justify} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -justify foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad justification "foo": must be left, right, or center}}
test config-4.49 {DoObjConfig - new justify} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -justify left
list [catch {.foo configure -justify right} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -justify} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 2048 0 right {}}
test config-4.50 {DoObjConfig - justify internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -justify center
.foo cget -justify
} {center}
test config-4.51 {DoObjConfig - anchor} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor center} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -anchor} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 center {}}
test config-4.52 {DoObjConfig - invalid anchor} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad anchor "foo": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}}
test config-4.53 {DoObjConfig - new anchor} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -anchor e
list [catch {.foo configure -anchor n} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -anchor} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 4096 0 n {}}
test config-4.54 {DoObjConfig - anchor internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -anchor sw
.foo cget -anchor
} {sw}
test config-4.55 {DoObjConfig - pixel} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -pixel 42} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -pixel} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 42 {}}
test config-4.56 {DoObjConfig - invalid pixel} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -pixel foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "foo"}}
test config-4.57 {DoObjConfig - new pixel} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -pixel 42m
list [catch {.foo configure -pixel 3c} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -pixel} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 8192 0 3c {}}
test config-4.58 {DoObjConfig - pixel internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -pixel [winfo screenmmwidth .]m
.foo cget -pixel
} [winfo screenwidth .]
test config-4.59 {DoObjConfig - window} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
catch {destroy .bar}
toplevel .bar
list [catch {testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -window} result] $result [destroy .foo] [destroy .bar]
} {0 .foo 0 .bar {} {}}
test config-4.60 {DoObjConfig - invalid window} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
toplevel .bar
list [catch {testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window foo} msg] $msg [destroy .bar]
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"} {}}
test config-4.61 {DoObjConfig - null window} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
catch {destroy .bar}
toplevel .bar
list [catch {testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window {}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -window} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 {} {}}
test config-4.62 {DoObjConfig - new window} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
catch {destroy .bar}
catch {destroy .blamph}
toplevel .bar
toplevel .blamph
testobjconfig twowindows .foo -window .bar
list [catch {.foo configure -window .blamph} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -window} result] $result [destroy .foo] [destroy .bar] [destroy .blamph]
} {0 0 0 .blamph {} {} {}}
test config-4.63 {DoObjConfig - window internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -window .
.foo cget -window
} {.}
test config-4.64 {DoObjConfig - releasing old values} testobjconfig {
# This test doesn't generate a useful value to check; if an
# error occurs, it will be detected only by memory checking software
# such as Purify or Tcl's built-in checker.
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -string {Test string} -color yellow \
-font {Courier 18} -bitmap questhead -border green -cursor cross \
-custom foobar
.foo configure -string {new string} -color brown \
-font {Times 8} -bitmap gray75 -border pink -cursor watch \
-custom barbaz
concat {}
} {}
test config-4.65 {DoObjConfig - releasing old values} testobjconfig {
# This test doesn't generate a useful value to check; if an
# error occurs, it will be detected only by memory checking software
# such as Purify or Tcl's built-in checker.
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -string {Test string} -color yellow \
-font {Courier 18} -bitmap questhead -border green -cursor cross \
-custom foobar
.foo configure -string {new string} -color brown \
-font {Times 8} -bitmap gray75 -border pink -cursor watch \
-custom barbaz
concat {}
} {}
test config-4.66 {DoObjConfig - custom} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -custom test} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -custom} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 TEST {}}
test config-4.67 {DoObjConfig - null custom} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -custom {}} msg] $msg [catch {.foo cget -custom} result] $result [destroy .foo]
} {0 .foo 0 {} {}}
test config-4.68 {DoObjConfig - custom internal value} testobjconfig {
catch {rename .foo {}}
testobjconfig internal .foo -custom "this is a test"
.foo cget -custom
} {THIS IS A TEST}
test config-5.1 {ObjectIsEmpty - object is already string} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color [format ""]
.foo cget -color
} {}
test config-5.2 {ObjectIsEmpty - object is already string} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color [format " "]} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown color name " "}}
test config-5.3 {ObjectIsEmpty - must convert back to string} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -color [list]
.foo cget -color
} {}
deleteWindows
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
testobjconfig chain2 .a
testobjconfig alltypes .b
}
test config-6.1 {GetOptionFromObj - cached answer} testobjconfig {
list [.a cget -three] [.a cget -three]
} {three three}
test config-6.2 {GetOptionFromObj - exact match} testobjconfig {
.a cget -one
} {one}
test config-6.3 {GetOptionFromObj - abbreviation} testobjconfig {
.a cget -fo
} {four}
test config-6.4 {GetOptionFromObj - ambiguous abbreviation} testobjconfig {
list [catch {.a cget -on} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-on"}}
test config-6.5 {GetOptionFromObj - duplicate options in different tables} testobjconfig {
.a cget -tw
} {two and a half}
test config-6.6 {GetOptionFromObj - synonym} testobjconfig {
.b cget -synonym
} {red}
deleteWindows
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
}
test config-7.1 {Tk_SetOptions - basics} testobjconfig {
.a configure -color green -rel sunken
list [.a cget -color] [.a cget -relief]
} {green sunken}
test config-7.2 {Tk_SetOptions - bogus option name} testobjconfig {
list [catch {.a configure -bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-bogus"}}
test config-7.3 {Tk_SetOptions - synonym} testobjconfig {
.a configure -synonym blue
.a cget -color
} {blue}
test config-7.4 {Tk_SetOptions - missing value} testobjconfig {
list [catch {.a configure -color green -relief} msg] $msg [.a cget -color]
} {1 {value for "-relief" missing} green}
test config-7.5 {Tk_SetOptions - saving old values} testobjconfig {
.a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159
list [catch {.a csave -color green -int 432 -relief sunken \
-double 2.0 -color bogus} msg] $msg [.a cget -color] \
[.a cget -int] [.a cget -relief] [.a cget -double]
} {1 {unknown color name "bogus"} red 7 raised 3.14159}
test config-7.6 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig call} testobjconfig {
list [catch {.a configure -color bogus} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {unknown color name "bogus"} {unknown color name "bogus"
(processing "-color" option)
invoked from within
".a configure -color bogus"}}
test config-7.7 {Tk_SetOptions - synonym name in error message} testobjconfig {
list [catch {.a configure -synonym bogus} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {unknown color name "bogus"} {unknown color name "bogus"
(processing "-synonym" option)
invoked from within
".a configure -synonym bogus"}}
test config-7.8 {Tk_SetOptions - returning mask} testobjconfig {
format %x [.a configure -color red -int 7 -relief raised -double 3.14159]
} {226}
test config-7.9 {Tk_SetOptions - error in DoObjConfig with custom option} testobjconfig {
list [catch {.a configure -custom bad} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {expected good value, got "BAD"} {expected good value, got "BAD"
(processing "-custom" option)
invoked from within
".a configure -custom bad"}}
test config-8.1 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - restore in proper order} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig alltypes .a
list [catch {.a csave -color green -color black -color blue \
-color #ffff00 -color #ff00ff -color bogus} msg] $msg \
[.a cget -color]
} {1 {unknown color name "bogus"} red}
test config-8.2 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - freeing object memory} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig alltypes .a
.a csave -color green -color black -color blue -color #ffff00 \
-color #ff00ff
} {32}
test config-8.3 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - boolean internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -boolean 0 -color bogus}] [.a cget -boolean]
} {1 1}
test config-8.4 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - integer internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -integer 24 -color bogus}] [.a cget -integer]
} {1 148962237}
test config-8.5 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - double internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -double 62.4 -color bogus}] [.a cget -double]
} {1 3.14159}
test config-8.6 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - string internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -string "A long string" -color bogus}] \
[.a cget -string]
} {1 foo}
test config-8.7 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - string table internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -stringtable three -color bogus}] \
[.a cget -stringtable]
} {1 one}
test config-8.8 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - color internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -color green -color bogus}] [.a cget -color]
} {1 red}
test config-8.9 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - font internal form} {testobjconfig nonPortable} {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -font {Times 12} -color bogus}] [.a cget -font]
} {1 {Helvetica 12}}
test config-8.10 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - bitmap internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -bitmap questhead -color bogus}] [.a cget -bitmap]
} {1 gray50}
test config-8.11 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - border internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -border brown -color bogus}] [.a cget -border]
} {1 blue}
test config-8.12 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - relief internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -relief sunken -color bogus}] [.a cget -relief]
} {1 raised}
test config-8.13 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - cursor internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -cursor watch -color bogus}] [.a cget -cursor]
} {1 xterm}
test config-8.14 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - justify internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -justify right -color bogus}] [.a cget -justify]
} {1 left}
test config-8.15 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - anchor internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a
list [catch {.a csave -anchor center -color bogus}] [.a cget -anchor]
} {1 n}
test config-8.16 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - window internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a -window .a
list [catch {.a csave -window .a -color bogus}] [.a cget -window]
} {1 .a}
test config-8.17 {Tk_RestoreSavedOptions - custom internal form} testobjconfig {
deleteWindows
testobjconfig internal .a -custom "foobar"
list [catch {.a csave -custom "barbaz" -color bogus}] [.a cget -custom]
} {1 FOOBAR}
# Most of the tests below will cause memory leakage if there is a
# problem. This may not be evident unless the tests are run in
# conjunction with a memory usage analyzer such as Purify.
test config-9.1 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - string internal form} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig internal .foo
.foo configure -string "two words"
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.2 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - color internal form} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig internal .foo
.foo configure -color yellow
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.3 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - color} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -color [format blue]
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.4 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - font internal form} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig internal .foo
.foo configure -font {Courier 20}
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.5 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - font} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -font [format {Courier 24}]
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.6 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - bitmap internal form} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig internal .foo
.foo configure -bitmap gray75
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.7 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - bitmap} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -bitmap [format gray75]
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.8 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - border internal form} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig internal .foo
.foo configure -border orange
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.9 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - border} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -border [format blue]
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.10 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - cursor internal form} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig internal .foo
.foo configure -cursor cross
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.11 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - cursor} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -cursor [format watch]
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.12 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - not special} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -integer [format 27]
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-9.13 {Tk_FreeConfigOptions/FreeResources - custom internal form} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .fpp}
testobjconfig internal .foo
.foo configure -custom "foobar"
destroy .foo
} {}
test config-10.1 {Tk_GetOptionInfo - one item} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -relief groove
.foo configure -relief
} {-relief relief Relief raised groove}
test config-10.2 {Tk_GetOptionInfo - one item, synonym} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo
.foo configure -color black
.foo configure -synonym
} {-color color Color red black}
test config-10.3 {Tk_GetOptionInfo - all items} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig alltypes .foo -font {Helvetica 18} -integer 13563
.foo configure
} {{-boolean boolean Boolean 1 1} {-integer integer Integer 7 13563} {-double double Double 3.14159 3.14159} {-string string String foo foo} {-stringtable StringTable stringTable one one} {-color color Color red red} {-font font Font {Helvetica 12} {Helvetica 18}} {-bitmap bitmap Bitmap gray50 gray50} {-border border Border blue blue} {-relief relief Relief raised raised} {-cursor cursor Cursor xterm xterm} {-justify {} {} left left} {-anchor anchor Anchor {} {}} {-pixel pixel Pixel 1 1} {-custom {} {} {} {}} {-synonym -color}}
test config-10.4 {Tk_GetOptionInfo - chaining through tables} testobjconfig {
catch {destroy .foo}
testobjconfig chain2 .foo -one asdf -three xyzzy
.foo configure
} {{-three three Three three xyzzy} {-four four Four four four} {-two two Two {two and a half} {two and a half}} {-oneAgain oneAgain OneAgain {one again} {one again}} {-one one One one asdf} {-two two Two two {two and a half}}}
deleteWindows
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
testobjconfig alltypes .a
}
test config-11.1 {GetConfigList - synonym} testobjconfig {
lindex [.a configure] end
} {-synonym -color}
test config-11.2 {GetConfigList - null database names} testobjconfig {
.a configure -justify
} {-justify {} {} left left}
test config-11.3 {GetConfigList - null default and current value} testobjconfig {
.a configure -anchor
} {-anchor anchor Anchor {} {}}
deleteWindows
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
testobjconfig internal .a
}
test config-12.1 {GetObjectForOption - boolean} testobjconfig {
.a configure -boolean 0
.a cget -boolean
} {0}
test config-12.2 {GetObjectForOption - integer} testobjconfig {
.a configure -integer 1247
.a cget -integer
} {1247}
test config-12.3 {GetObjectForOption - double} testobjconfig {
.a configure -double -88.82
.a cget -double
} {-88.82}
test config-12.4 {GetObjectForOption - string} testobjconfig {
.a configure -string "test value"
.a cget -string
} {test value}
test config-12.5 {GetObjectForOption - stringTable} testobjconfig {
.a configure -stringtable "two"
.a cget -stringtable
} {two}
test config-12.6 {GetObjectForOption - color} testobjconfig {
.a configure -color "green"
.a cget -color
} {green}
test config-12.7 {GetObjectForOption - font} testobjconfig {
.a configure -font {Times 36}
.a cget -font
} {Times 36}
test config-12.8 {GetObjectForOption - bitmap} testobjconfig {
.a configure -bitmap "questhead"
.a cget -bitmap
} {questhead}
test config-12.9 {GetObjectForOption - border} testobjconfig {
.a configure -border #33217c
.a cget -border
} {#33217c}
test config-12.10 {GetObjectForOption - relief} testobjconfig {
.a configure -relief groove
.a cget -relief
} {groove}
test config-12.11 {GetObjectForOption - cursor} testobjconfig {
.a configure -cursor watch
.a cget -cursor
} {watch}
test config-12.12 {GetObjectForOption - justify} testobjconfig {
.a configure -justify right
.a cget -justify
} {right}
test config-12.13 {GetObjectForOption - anchor} testobjconfig {
.a configure -anchor e
.a cget -anchor
} {e}
test config-12.14 {GetObjectForOption - pixels} testobjconfig {
.a configure -pixel 193.2
.a cget -pixel
} {193}
test config-12.15 {GetObjectForOption - window} testobjconfig {
.a configure -window .a
.a cget -window
} {.a}
test config-12.16 {GetObjectForOption -custom} testobjconfig {
.a configure -custom foobar
.a cget -custom
} {FOOBAR}
test config-12.17 {GetObjectForOption - null values} testobjconfig {
.a configure -string {} -color {} -font {} -bitmap {} -border {} \
-cursor {} -window {} -custom {}
list [.a cget -string] [.a cget -color] [.a cget -font] \
[.a cget -bitmap] [.a cget -border] [.a cget -cursor] \
[.a cget -window] [.a cget -custom]
} {{} {} {} {} {} {} {} {}}
test config-13.1 {proper cleanup of options with widget destroy} {
foreach type {
button canvas entry frame listbox menu menubutton message
scale scrollbar text radiobutton checkbutton
} {
destroy .w
$type .w -cursor crosshair
destroy .w
}
} {}
deleteWindows
test config-14.1 {Tk_CreateOptionTable - use with namespace import} {
namespace export -clear *
foreach type {
button canvas entry frame listbox menu menubutton message
scale scrollbar spinbox text radiobutton checkbutton
} {
namespace eval ::foo [subst {
namespace import -force ::$type
::foo::$type .a
::foo::$type .b
}
]
destroy .a .b
}
} {}
# cleanup
deleteWindows
if {[testConstraint testobjconfig]} {
killTables
}
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/constraints.tcl.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
}
}
return [list load $tklib Tk]
}
namespace eval bg {
# Manage a background process.
| | | 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
}
}
return [list load $tklib Tk]
}
namespace eval bg {
# Manage a background process.
# Replace with slave interp or thread?
namespace import ::tcltest::interpreter
namespace import ::tk::test::loadTkCommand
namespace export setup cleanup do
proc cleanup {} {
variable fd
# catch in case the background process has closed $fd
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
entry .focus.e
.focus.e insert 0 "fixfocus"
pack .focus.e
update
focus -force .focus.e
destroy .focus
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
entry .focus.e
.focus.e insert 0 "fixfocus"
pack .focus.e
update
focus -force .focus.e
destroy .focus
}
}
}
namespace import -force tk::test::*
namespace import -force tcltest::testConstraint
testConstraint notAqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "aqua"}]
testConstraint aqua [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]
testConstraint x11 [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"}]
testConstraint nonwin [expr {[tk windowingsystem] ne "win32"}]
testConstraint userInteraction 0
testConstraint nonUnixUserInteraction [expr {
[testConstraint userInteraction] ||
([testConstraint unix] && [testConstraint notAqua])
}]
testConstraint haveDISPLAY [expr {[info exists env(DISPLAY)] && [testConstraint x11]}]
testConstraint altDisplay [info exists env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)]
testConstraint noExceed [expr {
![testConstraint unix] || [catch {font actual "\{xyz"}]
}]
# constraints for testing facilities defined in the tktest executable...
testConstraint testImageType [expr {[lsearch [image types] test] >= 0}]
testConstraint testOldImageType [expr {[lsearch [image types] oldtest] >= 0}]
testConstraint testbitmap [llength [info commands testbitmap]]
testConstraint testborder [llength [info commands testborder]]
testConstraint testcbind [llength [info commands testcbind]]
testConstraint testclipboard [llength [info commands testclipboard]]
testConstraint testcolor [llength [info commands testcolor]]
testConstraint testcursor [llength [info commands testcursor]]
testConstraint testembed [llength [info commands testembed]]
testConstraint testfont [llength [info commands testfont]]
testConstraint testmakeexist [llength [info commands testmakeexist]]
testConstraint testmenubar [llength [info commands testmenubar]]
testConstraint testmetrics [llength [info commands testmetrics]]
testConstraint testobjconfig [llength [info commands testobjconfig]]
testConstraint testsend [llength [info commands testsend]]
testConstraint testtext [llength [info commands testtext]]
testConstraint testwinevent [llength [info commands testwinevent]]
testConstraint testwrapper [llength [info commands testwrapper]]
# constraint to see what sort of fonts are available
testConstraint fonts 1
destroy .e
entry .e -width 0 -font {Helvetica -12} -bd 1
.e insert end a.bcd
if {([winfo reqwidth .e] != 37) || ([winfo reqheight .e] != 20)} {
testConstraint fonts 0
}
destroy .e
destroy .t
text .t -width 80 -height 20 -font {Times -14} -bd 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
243 244 245 246 247 248 249 |
testConstraint pseudocolor8 [expr {
([catch {
toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
}] == 0) && ([winfo depth .t] == 8)
}]
destroy .t
testConstraint haveTruecolor24 [expr {
| | | | 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 |
testConstraint pseudocolor8 [expr {
([catch {
toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8} -colormap new
}] == 0) && ([winfo depth .t] == 8)
}]
destroy .t
testConstraint haveTruecolor24 [expr {
[lsearch -exact [winfo visualsavailable .] {truecolor 24}] >= 0
}]
testConstraint haveGrayscale8 [expr {
[lsearch -exact [winfo visualsavailable .] {grayscale 8}] >= 0
}]
testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8 [expr {
([winfo visual .] eq "pseudocolor") && ([winfo depth .] == 8)
}]
# constraint based on whether our display is secure
setupbg
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 |
namespace import -force tcltest::makeFile
namespace import -force tcltest::removeFile
namespace import -force tcltest::makeDirectory
namespace import -force tcltest::removeDirectory
namespace import -force tcltest::interpreter
namespace import -force tcltest::testsDirectory
namespace import -force tcltest::cleanupTests
deleteWindows
wm geometry . {}
raise .
| > | 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
namespace import -force tcltest::makeFile
namespace import -force tcltest::removeFile
namespace import -force tcltest::makeDirectory
namespace import -force tcltest::removeDirectory
namespace import -force tcltest::interpreter
namespace import -force tcltest::testsDirectory
namespace import -force tcltest::cleanupTests
namespace import -force tcltest::bytestring
deleteWindows
wm geometry . {}
raise .
|
Changes to tests/cursor.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkCursor.c. It is organized in the standard white-box fashion for # Tcl tests. # | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < > | < < | | < < | > < < | | < < | > < < | | < < | > | | < < | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < | < | > > > | < > | | < | | < < < < | < | < | | | < | < < < | > | | | < < < | | | < < < | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | < | | | < | | | > | < | < | | | < < | < < | < | < | | < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < | | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < | < | < < | < < < | | < | < < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < < | | < < < < < | < < | < < < | | < | < | < | < < | < | < | | < | < < < | < < | | < | | | < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkCursor.c. It is organized in the standard white-box fashion for
# Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
test cursor-1.1 {Tk_AllocCursorFromObj - converting internal reps} {testcursor} {
set x watch
lindex $x 0
destroy .b1
button .b1 -cursor $x
lindex $x 0
testcursor watch
} {{1 0}}
test cursor-1.2 {Tk_AllocCursorFromObj - discard stale cursor} {testcursor} {
set x watch
destroy .b1 .b2
button .b1 -cursor $x
destroy .b1
set result {}
lappend result [testcursor watch]
button .b2 -cursor $x
lappend result [testcursor watch]
} {{} {{1 1}}}
test cursor-1.3 {Tk_AllocCursorFromObj - reuse existing cursor} {testcursor} {
set x watch
destroy .b1 .b2
button .b1 -cursor $x
set result {}
lappend result [testcursor watch]
button .b2 -cursor $x
pack .b1 .b2 -side top
lappend result [testcursor watch]
} {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}
test cursor-2.1 {Tk_GetCursor procedure} {
destroy .b1
list [catch {button .b1 -cursor bad_name} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad cursor spec "bad_name"}}
test cursor-2.2 {Tk_GetCursor procedure} {
destroy .b1
list [catch {button .b1 -cursor @xyzzy} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad cursor spec "@xyzzy"}}
# Next two tests need a helper file with a very specific name and
# controlled format.
set wincur(data_octal) {
000 000 002 000 001 000 040 040 000 000 007 000 007 000 060 001
000 000 026 000 000 000 050 000 000 000 040 000 000 000 100 000
000 000 001 000 001 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
000 000 377 377 377 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000
000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 000 160 016 000 000 170 036
000 000 174 076 000 000 076 174 000 000 037 370 000 000 017 360
000 000 007 340 000 000 007 340 000 000 017 360 000 000 037 370
000 000 076 174 000 000 174 076 000 000 170 036 000 000 160 016
000 000 000 000 000 000 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377
377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377
377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377
377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377 377
377 377 377 377 377 377 017 360 377 377 007 340 377 377 003 300
377 377 001 200 377 377 200 001 377 377 300 003 377 377 340 007
377 377 360 017 377 377 360 017 377 377 340 007 377 377 300 003
377 377 200 001 377 377 001 200 377 377 003 300 377 377 007 340
377 377 017 360 377 377
}
set wincur(data_binary) {}
foreach wincur(num) $wincur(data_octal) {
append wincur(data_binary) [binary format c [scan $wincur(num) %o]]
}
set wincur(dir) [makeDirectory {dir with spaces}]
set wincur(file) [makeFile $wincur(data_binary) "test file.cur" $wincur(dir)]
test cursor-2.3 {Tk_GetCursor procedure: cursor specs are lists} win {
destroy .b1
button .b1 -cursor [list @$wincur(file)]
} {.b1}
test cursor-2.4 {Tk_GetCursor procedure: cursor specs are lists} win {
destroy .b1
button .b1 -cursor @[regsub -all {[][ \\{}""$#]} $wincur(file) {\\&}]
} {.b1}
removeDirectory $wincur(dir)
unset wincur
test cursor-3.1 {Tk_FreeCursorFromObj - reference counts} {testcursor} {
set x heart
destroy .b1 .b2 .b3
button .b1 -cursor $x
button .b3 -cursor $x
button .b2 -cursor $x
set result {}
lappend result [testcursor heart]
destroy .b1
lappend result [testcursor heart]
destroy .b2
lappend result [testcursor heart]
destroy .b3
lappend result [testcursor heart]
} {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}
test cursor-4.1 {FreeCursorObjProc} {testcursor failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .b
set x [format heart]
button .b -cursor $x
set y [format heart]
.b configure -cursor $y
set z [format heart]
.b configure -cursor $z
set result {}
lappend result [testcursor heart]
set x red
lappend result [testcursor heart]
set z 32
lappend result [testcursor heart]
destroy .b
lappend result [testcursor heart]
set y bogus
set result
} {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
test cursor-5.1 {assert consistent cursor configuration command} -setup {
button .b
} -body {
.b configure -cursor {watch red black}
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {}
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check for the standard set of cursors.
foreach {testName cursor} {
cursor-6.1 X_cursor
cursor-6.2 arrow
cursor-6.3 based_arrow_down
cursor-6.4 based_arrow_up
cursor-6.5 boat
cursor-6.6 bogosity
cursor-6.7 bottom_left_corner
cursor-6.8 bottom_right_corner
cursor-6.9 bottom_side
cursor-6.10 bottom_tee
cursor-6.11 box_spiral
cursor-6.12 center_ptr
cursor-6.13 circle
cursor-6.14 clock
cursor-6.15 coffee_mug
cursor-6.16 cross
cursor-6.17 cross_reverse
cursor-6.18 crosshair
cursor-6.19 diamond_cross
cursor-6.20 dot
cursor-6.21 dotbox
cursor-6.22 double_arrow
cursor-6.23 draft_large
cursor-6.24 draft_small
cursor-6.25 draped_box
cursor-6.26 exchange
cursor-6.27 fleur
cursor-6.28 gobbler
cursor-6.29 gumby
cursor-6.30 hand1
cursor-6.31 hand2
cursor-6.32 heart
cursor-6.33 icon
cursor-6.34 iron_cross
cursor-6.35 left_ptr
cursor-6.36 left_side
cursor-6.37 left_tee
cursor-6.38 leftbutton
cursor-6.39 ll_angle
cursor-6.40 lr_angle
cursor-6.41 man
cursor-6.42 middlebutton
cursor-6.43 mouse
cursor-6.44 pencil
cursor-6.45 pirate
cursor-6.46 plus
cursor-6.47 question_arrow
cursor-6.48 right_ptr
cursor-6.49 right_side
cursor-6.50 right_tee
cursor-6.51 rightbutton
cursor-6.52 rtl_logo
cursor-6.53 sailboat
cursor-6.54 sb_down_arrow
cursor-6.55 sb_h_double_arrow
cursor-6.56 sb_left_arrow
cursor-6.57 sb_right_arrow
cursor-6.58 sb_up_arrow
cursor-6.59 sb_v_double_arrow
cursor-6.60 shuttle
cursor-6.61 sizing
cursor-6.62 spider
cursor-6.63 spraycan
cursor-6.64 star
cursor-6.65 target
cursor-6.66 tcross
cursor-6.67 top_left_arrow
cursor-6.68 top_left_corner
cursor-6.69 top_right_corner
cursor-6.70 top_side
cursor-6.71 top_tee
cursor-6.72 trek
cursor-6.73 ul_angle
cursor-6.74 umbrella
cursor-6.75 ur_angle
cursor-6.76 watch
cursor-6.77 xterm
} {
test $testName "check cursor-font cursor $cursor" -setup {
button .b -text $cursor
} -body {
.b configure -cursor $cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {}
}
# Test cursor named "none", it is not defined in
# the X cursor table. It is defined in a Tk specific
# table of named cursors and should be available on
# all platforms.
test cursor-6.80 {} -setup {
button .b -text CButton
} -body {
.b configure -cursor none
.b cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result none
test cursor-6.81 {} -setup {
button .b -text CButton
} -body {
.b configure -cursor none
.b configure -cursor {}
.b cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {}
test cursor-6.82 {} -setup {
button .b -text CButton
} -body {
.b configure -cursor none
.b configure -cursor {}
.b configure -cursor none
.b cget -cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result none
test cursor-6.83 {} -setup {
button .b -text CButton
} -body {
# Setting fg and bg does nothing for the none cursor
# because it displays no fg or bg pixels.
set results [list]
.b configure -cursor none
lappend results [.b cget -cursor]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
771 772 773 774 775 776 777 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
unset results
} -result {none {none blue} {none blue green} {}}
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check the Windows specific cursors
| | < | | < < < < | < | < < < < | < | < < < | | < > | | < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
unset results
} -result {none {none blue} {none blue green} {}}
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check the Windows specific cursors
foreach {testName cursor} {
cursor-7.1 no
cursor-7.2 starting
cursor-7.3 size
cursor-7.4 size_ne_sw
cursor-7.5 size_ns
cursor-7.6 size_nw_se
cursor-7.7 size_we
cursor-7.8 uparrow
cursor-7.9 wait
} {
test $testName "check Windows cursor $cursor" -constraints win -setup {
button .b -text $cursor
} -body {
.b configure -cursor $cursor
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
} -result {}
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
destroy .t
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/dialog.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_dialog" command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands | < | | | | | | | < > | < < | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > | | < < | < < < < < < | | < < | | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_dialog" command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test dialog-1.1 {tk_dialog command} -body {
list [catch {tk_dialog} msg] $msg
} -match glob -result {1 {wrong # args: should be "tk_dialog w title text bitmap default *"}}
test dialog-1.2 {tk_dialog command} {
list [catch {tk_dialog foo foo foo foo foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test dialog-1.3 {tk_dialog command} {
set res [list [catch {tk_dialog .d foo foo fooBitmap foo} msg] $msg]
destroy .d
set res
} {1 {bitmap "fooBitmap" not defined}}
proc PressButton {btn} {
if {![winfo ismapped $btn]} {
update
}
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc HitReturn {w} {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
test dialog-2.0 {tk_dialog operation} {
set x [after 5000 [list set tk::Priv(button) "no response"]]
after 100 PressButton .d.button0
set res [tk_dialog .d foo foo info 0 click]
after cancel $x
set res
} {0}
test dialog-2.1 {tk_dialog operation} {
set x [after 5000 [list set tk::Priv(button) "no response"]]
after 100 HitReturn .d
set res [tk_dialog .d foo foo info 1 click default]
after cancel $x
set res
} {1}
test dialog-2.2 {tk_dialog operation} {
set x [after 5000 [list set tk::Priv(button) "no response"]]
after 100 destroy .d
set res [tk_dialog .d foo foo info 0 click]
after cancel $x
set res
} {-1}
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/embed.test.
1 2 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out embedded Windows. # | | | < > | < | < < | | < | < < | | > < | | < | > > | > | < < < | < < | | | < < < | < < | > > | > | < < < | < < | | | < < < | < < | > > > > < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out embedded Windows.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
global tcl_platform
test embed-1.1 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} {
deleteWindows
list [catch {toplevel .t -use xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}
test embed-1.2 {CreateFrame procedure, bad window identifier} {
deleteWindows
list [catch {toplevel .t -container xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}}
test embed-1.3 {CreateFrame procedure, both -use and
-container is invalid } {
deleteWindows
toplevel .container -container 1
list [catch {toplevel .t -use [winfo id .container] \
-container 1} msg] $msg
} {1 {A window cannot have both the -use and the -container option set.}}
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
# testing window embedding for Windows platform
test embed-1.4.win {TkpUseWindow procedure, -container must be set} {
deleteWindows
toplevel .container
list [catch {toplevel .embd -use [winfo id .container]} err] $err
} {1 {the window to use is not a Tk container}}
test embed-1.5.win {TkpUseWindow procedure, -container must be set} {
deleteWindows
frame .container
list [catch {toplevel .embd -use [winfo id .container]} err] $err
} {1 {the window to use is not a Tk container}}
} else {
# testing window embedding for other platforms
test embed-1.4.nonwin {TkpUseWindow procedure, -container must be set} {
deleteWindows
toplevel .container
list [catch {toplevel .embd -use [winfo id .container]} err] $err
} {1 {window ".container" doesn't have -container option set}}
test embed-1.5.nonwin {TkpUseWindow procedure, -container must be set} {
deleteWindows
frame .container
list [catch {toplevel .embd -use [winfo id .container]} err] $err
} {1 {window ".container" doesn't have -container option set}}
}
# FIXME: test cases common to unixEmbed.test and macEmbed.test should
# be moved here.
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/entry.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < > < < < < < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < > < > | | < | < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < | | < < < < | | < | < < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < > | < < | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < > > > > | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < | < | < < < < < | > > | < > > | < < | | < < < < | | < < | < < | < > | | < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | > > | < < < > > | < < < | < < < < > | < | < < < | | | | | | < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < | | | > | < | | | | | | | | | < < | | < < < | < | < < < < < > < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < | < | < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < | < < | < < < < < < | < | | > | < > | | < < < < < < | < < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < | < < | < | < | < < < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | < | < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < > | < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < | > | < < < < < | | < | < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | < | < | < > | | | | < | < | | < | < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | | < | < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < < < | | < < | | < < | < < < < | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | < > | < < < | < | < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | < | < < | < < | | | < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | < < | < | < < | < < | < | | < | < < | < | < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < | < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | | < | < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | < < < | | | < > | < < | < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < > | | | > < < | < | < < < < | < < | | > | > > | > < < | | > < < | | > | < < < | | > > | > | | > | < < | | | < | | | | < < < | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | > | > > > > | | > > > | > | < < | < < < < < | < < | < | | < < | < < | | < | | < < < < | | < | | < < < < | | < < < | > > | | < < | < | | < < < < < | | < | | > < < < < < | | < < | < < | | > < < | | > | < < | < < | < | < | > | < < | < | | < < < < | | < | | < < < < | | < | | < < < < | | < | | < < < < | | < | | > > > > > > > | > > | > < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < | < < | < | < < | | < < | | | < < < > > < > < < < | < | < < | < < < < < > < < < | | < | < < < | | < | < < < | | < | < < < | | < | < < < | | < | < < | < < | < | < | < < | < | < | < < | < | < | < < | | < < < | < | < < > | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | | | | < < < | < > < < < | | < < | < < < < < > < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < | < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < | < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < | < < | < | < < < | < < | < | < < < | | < < | < | < < < | < < | < | < < < | < < | < | < < < | | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | > | > | > > | < | < | < | | > > > | | < | < | | | < < > < < | | < < | < | | < < | | < < | < | < < | | < < | < | < < | | < > | < < | < < | < < | < | | < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | < | | < < | | | < | < < | | < > < < | | > | | | < < | | < | | < | | | > | < < | < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > | < < < > > | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > | < < < < < < | < | < | < < < | < < | < | > | | < < < < < < | | < < | < < | > > | | < > | | | > | | < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < | | < < | > > > | | > < < | | > < < | | | < < < < | < < | > < < | > | < > | | | | > > > < < | | < < | < | | < < | | < < | < | < < | > | | < < | | < | | | < > < > < < < | | < | < < > < < < | | < | < < > < < < | | > | < | | < < < < < > | > > | > < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > < < | < | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < > < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | < | < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | > > > < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > > < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < > | > | > < < < | > < < < | > < < < | > < < < | > < < < < < < | | | > < < < | | > | | < < | | < < < < < < < | < < | | < < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
}
# Create additional widget that's used to hold the selection at times.
entry .sel
.sel insert end "This is some sample text"
# Font names
set big -adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-*-iso8859-1
set fixed -adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-m-*-iso8859-1
# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
option add *Entry.borderWidth 2
option add *Entry.highlightThickness 2
option add *Entry.font {Helvetica -12}
entry .e -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e
update
set i 1
foreach test {
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bg #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-disabledbackground green green non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-disabledforeground blue blue non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-exportselection yes 1 xyzzy {expected boolean value but got "xyzzy"}}
{-fg #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
-Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* {}
{font "" doesn't exist}}
{-foreground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-highlightbackground #123456 #123456 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
{-highlightcolor #123456 #123456 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-highlightthickness 6 6 bogus {bad screen distance "bogus"}}
{-highlightthickness -2 0 {} {}}
{-insertbackground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-insertborderwidth 1.3 1 2.6x {bad screen distance "2.6x"}}
{-insertofftime 100 100 3.2 {expected integer but got "3.2"}}
{-insertontime 100 100 3.2 {expected integer but got "3.2"}}
{-invalidcommand "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-invcmd "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-justify right right bogus {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}}
{-readonlybackground green green non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-relief groove groove 1.5 {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-selectbackground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-selectborderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-selectforeground #654321 #654321 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-show * * {} {}}
{-state n normal bogus
{bad state "bogus": must be disabled, normal, or readonly}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-textvariable i i {} {}}
{-width 402 402 3p {expected integer but got "3p"}}
{-xscrollcommand {Some command} {Some command} {} {}}
} {
lassign $test name goodValue goodResult badValue badResult
test entry-1.$i {configuration options} {
.e configure $name $goodValue
list [lindex [.e configure $name] 4] [.e cget $name]
} [list $goodResult $goodResult]
incr i
if {$badValue ne ""} {
test entry-1.$i {configuration options} -body {
.e configure $name $badValue
} -returnCodes error -result $badResult
}
.e configure $name [lindex [.e configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
test entry-2.1 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} {
list [catch {entry} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "entry pathName ?options?"}}
test entry-2.2 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} {
list [catch {entry gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "gorp"}}
test entry-2.3 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
list [winfo exists .e] [winfo class .e] [info commands .e]
} {1 Entry .e}
test entry-2.4 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
list [catch {entry .e -gorp foo} msg] $msg [winfo exists .e] \
[info commands .e]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} 0 {}}
test entry-2.5 {Tk_EntryCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
} {.e}
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed
pack .e
update
set cx [font measure $fixed a]
set cy [font metrics $fixed -linespace]
set ux [font measure $fixed \u4e4e]
test entry-3.1 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.e} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test entry-3.2 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
list [catch {.e bbox} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}}
test entry-3.3 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
list [catch {.e bbox a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}}
test entry-3.4 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
list [catch {.e bbox bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "bogus"}}
test entry-3.5 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e bbox 0
} [list 5 5 0 $cy]
test entry-3.6 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "abc"
list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} [list "[expr 5+2*$cx] 5 $cx $cy" "[expr 5+2*$cx] 5 $cx $cy"]
test entry-3.7 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
.e bbox end
} "[expr 5+2*$cx] 5 $ux $cy"
test entry-3.8 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
.e bbox 3
} "[expr 5+2*$cx+$ux] 5 $cx $cy"
test entry-3.9 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
.e delete 0 end
.e bbox end
} "5 5 0 $cy"
test entry-3.10 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} [list "5 5 $cx $cy" "[expr 5+$cx] 5 $cx $cy" "[expr 5+10*$cx] 5 $ux $cy" "[expr 5+$ux+15*$cx] 5 $cx $cy"]
test entry-3.11 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} {
list [catch {.e cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}}
test entry-3.12 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} {
list [catch {.e cget a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}}
test entry-3.13 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} {
list [catch {.e cget -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test entry-3.14 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} {
.e configure -bd 4
.e cget -bd
} {4}
test entry-3.15 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} {
llength [.e configure]
} {36}
test entry-3.16 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} {
list [catch {.e configure -foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-foo"}}
test entry-3.17 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} {
.e configure -bd 4
.e configure -bg #ffffff
lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} {4}
test entry-3.18 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
list [catch {.e delete} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}}
test entry-3.19 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
list [catch {.e delete a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}}
test entry-3.20 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
list [catch {.e delete foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "foo"}}
test entry-3.21 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
list [catch {.e delete 0 bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "bar"}}
test entry-3.22 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 2 4
.e get
} {014567890}
test entry-3.23 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 6
.e get
} {0123457890}
test entry-3.24 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
# UTF
set x {}
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
} [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test entry-3.25 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 6 5
.e get
} {01234567890}
test entry-3.26 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state disabled
.e delete 2 8
.e configure -state normal
.e get
} {01234567890}
test entry-3.26a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state readonly
.e delete 2 8
.e configure -state normal
.e get
} {01234567890}
test entry-3.27 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} {
list [catch {.e get foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}}
test entry-3.28 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} {
list [catch {.e icursor} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}}
test entry-3.29 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} {
list [catch {.e icursor foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "foo"}}
test entry-3.30 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e icursor 4
.e index insert
} {4}
test entry-3.31 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
list [catch {.e in} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}}
test entry-3.32 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
list [catch {.e index} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}}
test entry-3.33 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
list [catch {.e index foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "foo"}}
test entry-3.34 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
list [catch {.e index 0} msg] $msg
} {0 0}
test entry-3.35 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
# UTF
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} {3 4 8}
test entry-3.36 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
list [catch {.e insert a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}}
test entry-3.37 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
list [catch {.e insert a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}}
test entry-3.38 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
list [catch {.e insert foo Text} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "foo"}}
test entry-3.39 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e insert 3 xxx
.e get
} {012xxx34567890}
test entry-3.40 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state disabled
.e insert 3 xxx
.e configure -state normal
.e get
} {01234567890}
test entry-3.40a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state readonly
.e insert 3 xxx
.e configure -state normal
.e get
} {01234567890}
test entry-3.41 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
list [catch {.e insert a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}}
test entry-3.42 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {
list [catch {.e scan a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}}
test entry-3.43 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {
list [catch {.e scan a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}}
test entry-3.44 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {
list [catch {.e scan foobar 20} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}}
test entry-3.45 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {
list [catch {.e scan mark 20.1} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "20.1"}}
# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test entry-3.46 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {fonts} {
.e delete 0 end
update
.e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
.e insert end "very very long string"
.e scan mark 30
.e scan dragto 28
.e index @0
} {2}
test entry-3.47 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}}
test entry-3.48 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, from, present, range, or to}}
test entry-3.49 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select clear gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}}
test entry-3.50 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 4
update
.e select clear
list [catch {selection get} msg] $msg [selection own]
} {1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} .e}
test entry-3.51 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} {
list [catch {.e selection present foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}}
test entry-3.52 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
.e selection present
} {1}
test entry-3.53 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
.e configure -exportselection false
.e selection present
} {1}
.e configure -exportselection true
test entry-3.54 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
.e delete 0 end
.e selection present
} {0}
test entry-3.55 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select adjust x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "x"}}
test entry-3.56 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select adjust 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection adjust index"}}
test entry-3.57 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
update
.e select adjust 4
selection get
} {123}
test entry-3.58 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
update
.e select adjust 2
selection get
} {234}
test entry-3.59 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection from" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select from 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection from index"}}
test entry-3.60 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select range 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection range start end"}}
test entry-3.61 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} {
list [catch {.e selection range 2 3 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection range start end"}}
test entry-3.62 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
.e select range 4 4
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test entry-3.63 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 7
.e select range 2 9
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last] [.e index anchor]
} {2 9 3}
test entry-3.64 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e selection range 0 end
.e configure -state disabled
.e selection range 2 4
.e configure -state normal
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {0 10}
test entry-3.64a {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e selection range 0 end
.e configure -state readonly
.e selection range 2 4
.e configure -state normal
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {2 4}
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
test entry-3.64b {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "selection to" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select to 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection to index"}}
test entry-3.65 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 5
format {%.7f %.7f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.0537634 0.2688172}
test entry-3.66 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "gorp"}}
test entry-3.67 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 0
.e icursor 10
.e xview insert
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.107527 0.322581}
test entry-3.68 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview moveto foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}}
test entry-3.69 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview moveto foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}}
test entry-3.70 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview moveto 0.5
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.505376 0.720430}
test entry-3.71 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview scroll 24} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}}
test entry-3.72 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview scroll gorp units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "gorp"}}
test entry-3.73 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview moveto 0
.e xview scroll 1 pages
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.193548 0.408602}
test entry-3.74 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview moveto .9
update
.e xview scroll -2 p
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.397849 0.612903}
test entry-3.75 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 30
update
.e xview scroll 2 units
.e index @0
} {32}
test entry-3.76 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 30
update
.e xview scroll -1 units
.e index @0
} {29}
test entry-3.77 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview scroll 23 foobars} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}}
test entry-3.78 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview eat 23 hamburgers} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}}
test entry-3.79 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 0
update
.e xview -4
.e index @0
} {0}
test entry-3.80 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 300
.e index @0
} {73}
.e insert 10 \u4e4e
test entry-3.81 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
# UTF
# If Tcl_NumUtfChars wasn't used, wrong answer would be:
# 0.106383 0.117021 0.117021
set x {}
.e xview moveto .1
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
.e xview moveto .11
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
.e xview moveto .12
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}
test entry-3.82 {EntryWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.e gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, index, insert, scan, selection, validate, or xview}}
# The test below doesn't actually check anything directly, but if run
# with Purify or some other memory-allocation-checking program it will
# ensure that resources get properly freed.
test entry-4.1 {DestroyEntry procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -textvariable x -show *
pack .e
.e insert end "Sample text"
update
destroy .e
} {}
frame .f -width 200 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
pack .f -side right
test entry-5.1 {ConfigureEntry procedure, -textvariable} {
catch {destroy .e}
set x 12345
entry .e -textvariable x
.e get
} {12345}
test entry-5.2 {ConfigureEntry procedure, -textvariable} {
catch {destroy .e}
set x 12345
entry .e -textvariable x
set y abcde
.e configure -textvariable y
set x 54321
.e get
} {abcde}
test entry-5.3 {ConfigureEntry procedure, -textvariable} {
catch {destroy .e}
catch {unset x}
entry .e
.e insert 0 "Some text"
.e configure -textvariable x
set x
} {Some text}
test entry-5.4 {ConfigureEntry procedure, -textvariable} {
proc override args {
global x
set x 12345
}
catch {destroy .e}
catch {unset x}
trace variable x w override
entry .e
.e insert 0 "Some text"
.e configure -textvariable x
set result [list $x [.e get]]
unset x; rename override {}
set result
} {12345 12345}
test entry-5.5 {ConfigureEntry procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -exportselection false
pack .e
.e insert end "0123456789"
.sel select from 0
.sel select to 10
set x {}
lappend x [selection get]
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
lappend x [selection get]
.e configure -exportselection 1
lappend x [selection get]
set x
} {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test entry-5.6 {ConfigureEntry procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
pack .e
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
.e configure -exportselection 0
list [catch {selection get} msg] $msg [.e index sel.first] \
[.e index sel.last]
} {1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} 1 5}
test entry-5.7 {ConfigureEntry procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
.e configure -width 5
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} {0.000000 0.363636}
test entry-5.8 {ConfigureEntry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -width 0
pack .e
.e insert end "0123"
update
.e configure -font $big
update
winfo geom .e
} {62x37+0+0}
test entry-5.9 {ConfigureEntry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised
pack .e
.e insert end "0123"
update
list [.e index @10] [.e index @11] [.e index @12] [.e index @13]
} {0 0 1 1}
test entry-5.10 {ConfigureEntry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief flat
pack .e
.e insert end "0123"
update
list [.e index @10] [.e index @11] [.e index @12] [.e index @13]
} {0 0 1 1}
test entry-5.11 {ConfigureEntry procedure} {
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
catch {destroy .e}
pack [entry .e -font {{open look glyph}}]
.e scan dragto 30
update
} {}
# No tests for DisplayEntry.
test entry-6.1 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -highlightthickness 3
pack .e
.e insert end 012\t45
update
list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} {3 4}
test entry-6.2 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify center \
-highlightthickness 3
pack .e
.e insert end 012\t45
update
list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} {3 4}
test entry-6.3 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify right \
-highlightthickness 3
pack .e
.e insert end 012\t45
update
list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} {3 4}
test entry-6.4 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
.e xview 6
.e index @0
} {6}
test entry-6.5 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
.e xview 7
.e index @0
} {6}
test entry-6.6 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10
pack .e
.e insert end "01234\t67890"
update
.e xview 3
list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} {5 6}
test entry-6.7 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $big -bd 3 -relief raised -width 5
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567"
update
list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} {77 39}
test entry-6.8 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $big -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567"
update
list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} {116 39}
test entry-6.9 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $big -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
update
list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} {25 39}
test entry-6.10 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {unix fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -bd 1 -relief raised -width 0 -show .
.e insert 0 12345
pack .e
update
set x [winfo reqwidth .e]
.e configure -show X
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .e]
.e configure -show ""
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .e]
} {23 53 43}
test entry-6.11 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} win {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -bd 1 -relief raised -width 0 -show . -font {helvetica 12}
.e insert 0 12345
pack .e
update
set x [winfo reqwidth .e]
.e configure -show X
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .e]
.e configure -show ""
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .e]
} [list \
[expr 8+5*[font measure {helvetica 12} .]] \
[expr 8+5*[font measure {helvetica 12} X]] \
[expr 8+[font measure {helvetica 12} 12345]]]
test entry-6.12 {EntryComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20
pack .e
.e insert end "012\t456\t"
update
list [.e index @81] [.e index @82] [.e index @116] [.e index @117]
} {6 7 7 8}
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
pack .e
focus .e
test entry-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e insert 2 XXX
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e insert 500 XXX
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {abcdeXXX abcdeXXX {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-7.3 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 2 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {5 9 5 8}
test entry-7.4 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 3 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {2 9 2 8}
test entry-7.5 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 5 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {2 9 2 8}
test entry-7.6 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 6 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 5
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {2 6 2 5}
test entry-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e icursor 4
.e insert 4 XXX
.e index insert
} {7}
test entry-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e icursor 4
.e insert 5 XXX
.e index insert
} {4}
test entry-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
update
.e xview 4
.e insert 3 XXX
.e index @0
} {7}
test entry-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
update
.e xview 4
.e insert 4 XXX
.e index @0
} {4}
.e configure -width 0
test entry-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} {fonts} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "xyzzy"
update
.e insert 2 00
winfo reqwidth .e
} {59}
.e configure -width 10
test entry-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e delete 2 4
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e delete -2 2
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e delete 3 1000
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test entry-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 3
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 5
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {1 6 1 5}
test entry-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 4
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 4
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {1 5 1 4}
test entry-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 7
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 5
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {1 2 1 5}
test entry-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 8
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test entry-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 3 7
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {3 4 3 8}
test entry-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 3 8
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test entry-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 8
.e select to 3
.e delete 5 8
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {3 5 5 8}
test entry-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 8
.e select to 3
.e delete 8 10
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 4
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {3 8 4 8}
test entry-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e icursor 4
.e delete 1 4
.e index insert
} {1}
test entry-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e icursor 4
.e delete 1 5
.e index insert
} {1}
test entry-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e icursor 4
.e delete 4 6
.e index insert
} {4}
test entry-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
.e xview 4
.e delete 1 4
.e index @0
} {1}
test entry-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
.e xview 4
.e delete 1 5
.e index @0
} {1}
test entry-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
.e xview 4
.e delete 4 6
.e index @0
} {4}
.e configure -width 0
test entry-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} {fonts} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "xyzzy"
update
.e delete 2 4
winfo reqwidth .e
} {31}
test entry-9.1 {EntryValueChanged procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
proc override args {
global x
set x 12345
}
catch {unset x}
trace variable x w override
entry .e -textvariable x
.e insert 0 foo
set result [list $x [.e get]]
unset x; rename override {}
set result
} {12345 12345}
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
pack .e
.e configure -width 0
test entry-10.1 {EntrySetValue procedure} {fonts} {
set x abcde
set y ab
.e configure -textvariable x
update
.e configure -textvariable y
update
list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} {ab 24}
test entry-10.2 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
.e selection range 4 10
set x "a"
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test entry-10.3 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
.e selection range 4 10
set x "abcdefg"
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {4 7}
test entry-10.4 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating selection} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
.e selection range 4 10
set x "abcdefghijklmn"
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {4 10}
test entry-10.5 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable x
pack .e
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e xview 10
update
set x "abcdefg"
update
.e index @0
} {0}
test entry-10.6 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating display position} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable x
pack .e
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e xview 10
update
set x "1234567890123456789012"
update
.e index @0
} {10}
test entry-10.7 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable x
pack .e
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e icursor 5
set x "123"
.e index insert
} {3}
test entry-10.8 {EntrySetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable x
pack .e
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e icursor 5
set x "123456"
.e index insert
} {5}
test entry-11.1 {EntryEventProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
.e insert 0 abcdefg
destroy .e
update
} {}
test entry-11.2 {EntryEventProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
entry .e1 -fg #112233
rename .e1 .e2
set x {}
lappend x [winfo children .]
lappend x [.e2 cget -fg]
destroy .e1
lappend x [info command .e*] [winfo children .]
} {.e1 #112233 {} {}}
test entry-12.1 {EntryCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
button .e1 -text "xyz_123"
rename .e1 {}
list [info command .e*] [winfo children .]
} {{} {}}
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -font $fixed -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
test entry-13.1 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e index end
} {21}
test entry-13.2 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index abogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "abogus"}}
test entry-13.3 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
.e index anchor
} {1}
test entry-13.4 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e select from 4
.e select to 1
.e index anchor
} {4}
test entry-13.5 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e select from 3
.e select to 15
.e select adjust 4
.e index anchor
} {15}
test entry-13.6 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index ebogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "ebogus"}}
test entry-13.7 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e icursor 2
.e index insert
} {2}
test entry-13.8 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index ibogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "ibogus"}}
test entry-13.9 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {1 6}
selection clear .e
test entry-13.10 {GetEntryIndex procedure} unix {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, entry widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test entry-13.11 {GetEntryIndex procedure} win {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, entry widget remembers
# last selected range. When selection ownership is restored to
# entry, the old range will be rehighlighted.
list [catch {selection get}] [.e index sel.first]
} {1 1}
test entry-13.12 {GetEntryIndex procedure} unix {
list [catch {.e index sbogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test entry-13.13 {GetEntryIndex procedure} win {
list [catch {.e index sbogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "sbogus"}}
test entry-13.14 {GetEntryIndex procedure} win {
list [catch {selection get}] [catch {.e index sbogus}]
} {1 1}
test entry-13.15 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index @xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "@xyz"}}
test entry-13.16 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.e index @4
} {4}
test entry-13.17 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.e index @11
} {4}
test entry-13.18 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.e index @12
} {5}
test entry-13.19 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.e index @[expr [winfo width .e] - 6]
} {8}
test entry-13.20 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.e index @[expr [winfo width .e] - 5]
} {9}
test entry-13.21 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e index @1000
} {9}
test entry-13.22 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index 1xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad entry index "1xyz"}}
test entry-13.23 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e index -10
} {0}
test entry-13.24 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e index 12
} {12}
test entry-13.25 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {
.e index 49
} {21}
test entry-13.26 {GetEntryIndex procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -show .
.e insert 0 XXXYZZY
pack .e
update
list [.e index @7] [.e index @8]
} {0 1}
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryScanTo and EntrySelectTo.
set x {}
for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
test entry-14.1 {EntryFetchSelection procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
.e insert end "This is a test string"
.e select from 1
.e select to 18
selection get
} {his is a test str}
test entry-14.2 {EntryFetchSelection procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -show *
.e insert end "This is a test string"
.e select from 1
.e select to 18
selection get
} {*****************}
test entry-14.3 {EntryFetchSelection procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
.e insert end $x
.e select from 0
.e select to end
string compare [selection get] $x
} 0
test entry-15.1 {EntryLostSelection} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
.e insert 0 "Text"
.e select from 0
.e select to 4
set result [selection get]
selection clear
.e select from 0
.e select to 4
lappend result [selection get]
} {Text Text}
# No tests for EventuallyRedraw.
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll
pack .e
update
test entry-16.1 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} {fonts} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 .............................
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.000000 0.827586}
test entry-16.2 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} {unix fonts} {
.e configure -show X
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 .............................
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.000000 0.275862}
test entry-16.3 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} win {
.e configure -show .
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.000000 0.827586}
.e configure -show ""
test entry-16.4 {EntryVisibleRange procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.000000 1.000000}
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font $fixed
pack .e
update
test entry-17.1 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 123
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} {0.000000 1.000000}
test entry-17.2 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcdef
.e xview 3
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} {0.187500 0.812500}
test entry-17.3 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcdefghijklmnopqrs
.e xview 6
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} {0.315789 0.842105}
test entry-17.4 {EntryUpdateScrollbar procedure} {
destroy .e
proc bgerror msg {
global x
set x $msg
}
entry .e -width 5 -xscrollcommand thisisnotacommand
pack .e
update
rename bgerror {}
list $x $errorInfo
} {{invalid command name "thisisnotacommand"} {invalid command name "thisisnotacommand"
while executing
"thisisnotacommand 0.0 1.0"
(horizontal scrolling command executed by .e)}}
set l [interp hidden]
deleteWindows
test entry-18.1 {Entry widget vs hiding} {
destroy .e
entry .e
interp hide {} .e
destroy .e
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
##
## Entry widget VALIDATION tests
##
destroy .e
catch {unset ::e}
catch {unset ::vVals}
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
return 1
}
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#
test entry-19.1 {entry widget validation} {
.e insert 0 a
set ::vVals
} {.e 1 0 a {} a all key}
test entry-19.2 {entry widget validation} {
.e insert 1 b
set ::vVals
} {.e 1 1 ab a b all key}
test entry-19.3 {entry widget validation} {
.e insert end c
set ::vVals
} {.e 1 2 abc ab c all key}
test entry-19.4 {entry widget validation} {
.e insert 1 123
list $::vVals $::e
} {{.e 1 1 a123bc abc 123 all key} a123bc}
test entry-19.5 {entry widget validation} {
.e delete 2
set ::vVals
} {.e 0 2 a13bc a123bc 2 all key}
test entry-19.6 {entry widget validation} {
.e configure -validate key
.e delete 1 3
set ::vVals
} {.e 0 1 abc a13bc 13 key key}
test entry-19.7 {entry widget validation} {
set ::vVals {}
.e configure -validate focus
.e insert end d
set ::vVals
} {}
test entry-19.8 {entry widget validation} {
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focus focusin}
test entry-19.9 {entry widget validation} {
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focus focusout}
.e configure -validate all
test entry-19.10 {entry widget validation} {
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all focusin}
test entry-19.11 {entry widget validation} {
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all focusout}
.e configure -validate focusin
test entry-19.12 {entry widget validation} {
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focusin focusin}
test entry-19.13 {entry widget validation} {
set ::vVals {}
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} {}
.e configure -validate focuso
test entry-19.14 {entry widget validation} {
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} {}
test entry-19.15 {entry widget validation} {
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focusout focusout}
test entry-19.16 {entry widget validation} {
list [.e validate] $::vVals
} {1 {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all forced}}
test entry-19.17 {entry widget validation} {
set ::e newdata
list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} {focusout {.e -1 -1 newdata abcd {} focusout forced}}
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
return 0
}
test entry-19.18 {entry widget validation} {
.e configure -validate all
set ::e nextdata
list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} {none {.e -1 -1 nextdata newdata {} all forced}}
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
set ::e mydata
return 1
}
## This sets validate to none because it shows that we prevent a possible
## loop condition in the validation, when the entry textvar is also set
test entry-19.19 {entry widget validation} {
.e configure -validate all
.e validate
list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}
## This leaves validate alone because we trigger validation through the
## textvar (a write trace), and the write during validation triggers
## nothing (by definition of avoiding loops on var traces). This is
## one of those "dangerous" conditions where the user will have a
## different value in the entry widget shown as is in the textvar.
test entry-19.20 {entry widget validation} {
.e configure -validate all
set ::e testdata
list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
destroy .e
catch {unset ::e ::vVals}
##
## End validation tests
##
test entry-20.1 {widget deletion while active} {
destroy .e
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand { destroy %W ; return 1 } \
-invalidcommand bell
update
.e insert 0 abc
winfo exists .e
} 0
test entry-20.2 {widget deletion while active} {
destroy .e
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand { return 0 } \
-invalidcommand { destroy %W }
.e insert 0 abc
winfo exists .e
} 0
test entry-20.3 {widget deletion while active} {
destroy .e
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand { rename .e {} ; return 1 }
.e insert 0 abc
winfo exists .e
} 0
test entry-20.4 {widget deletion while active} {
destroy .e
entry .e -validate all \
-validatecommand { return 0 } \
-invalidcommand { rename .e {} }
.e insert 0 abc
winfo exists .e
} 0
test entry-20.5 {widget deletion while active} {
destroy .e
entry .e -validatecommand { destroy .e ; return 0 }
.e validate
winfo exists .e
} 0
test entry-20.6 {widget deletion while active} {
destroy .e
pack [entry .e]
update
.e config -xscrollcommand { destroy .e }
update idle
winfo exists .e
} 0
test entry-20.7 {widget deletion with textvariable active} {
# SF bugs 607390 and 617446
destroy .e
set FOO init
entry .e -textvariable FOO -validate all \
-vcmd {%W configure -bg white; format 1}
bind .e <Destroy> { set FOO hello }
destroy .e
winfo exists .e
} 0
test entry-21.1 {selection present while disabled, bug 637828} {
destroy .e
entry .e
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
set out [.e selection present]
.e configure -state disabled
# still return 1 when disabled, because 'selection get' will work,
# but selection cannot be changed (new behavior since 8.4)
.e select to 9
lappend out [.e selection present] [selection get]
} {1 1 345}
test entry-22.1 {lost namespaced textvar} {
destroy .e
namespace eval test { variable foo {a b} }
entry .e -textvariable ::test::foo
namespace delete test
catch {.e insert end "more stuff"} result1
catch {.e delete 5 end} result2
catch {set ::test::foo} result3
list [.e get] [.e cget -textvar] $result1 $result2 $result3
} [list "a bmo" ::test::foo \
{can't set "::test::foo": parent namespace doesn't exist} \
{can't set "::test::foo": parent namespace doesn't exist} \
{can't read "::test::foo": no such variable}]
test entry-23.1 {error in trace proc attached to the textvariable} {
destroy .e
trace variable myvar w traceit
proc traceit args {error "Intentional error here!"}
entry .e -textvariable myvar
catch {.e insert end mystring} result1
catch {.e delete 0} result2
list $result1 $result2
} [list {can't set "myvar": Intentional error here!} \
{can't set "myvar": Intentional error here!}]
test entry-24.1 {textvariable lives in a non-existing namespace} {
destroy .e
catch {entry .e -textvariable thisnsdoesntexist::myvar} result1
set result1
} {can't trace "thisnsdoesntexist::myvar": parent namespace doesn't exist}
destroy .e
# XXX Still need to write tests for EntryBlinkProc, EntryFocusProc,
# and EntryTextVarProc.
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/event.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in tkEvent.c. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in tkEvent.c. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands # XXX This test file is woefully incomplete. Right now it only tests # a few of the procedures in tkEvent.c. Please add more tests whenever # possible. # Setup table used to query key events. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
if {[info exists keypress_lookup($char)]} {
return $keypress_lookup($char)
} else {
return $char
}
}
| | | | 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
if {[info exists keypress_lookup($char)]} {
return $keypress_lookup($char)
} else {
return $char
}
}
# Lookup and generate a pair of KeyPress and KeyRelease events
proc _keypress {win key} {
set keysym [_keypress_lookup $key]
# Force focus to the window before delivering
# each event so that a window manager using
# a focus follows mouse will not steal away
# the focus if the mouse is moved around.
if {[focus] != $win} {
focus -force $win
}
event generate $win <KeyPress-$keysym>
_pause 50
if {[focus] != $win} {
focus -force $win
}
event generate $win <KeyRelease-$keysym>
_pause 50
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
180 181 182 183 184 185 186 |
return ""
}
return $sel
}
# Begining of the actual tests
| | < < < | | | | | | | < < | | | | < < | < < < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | < < | | < | | < < | | < | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | | < | | | 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
return ""
}
return $sel
}
# Begining of the actual tests
test event-1.1 {Tk_HandleEvent procedure, filter events for dead windows} {
button .b -text Test
pack .b
bindtags .b .b
update
bind .b <Destroy> {
lappend x destroy
event generate .b <1>
event generate .b <ButtonRelease-1>
}
bind .b <1> {
lappend x button
}
set x {}
destroy .b
set x
} {destroy}
test event-1.2 {event generate <Alt-z>} {
catch {destroy .e}
catch {unset ::event12result}
set ::event12result 0
pack [entry .e]
update
bind .e <Alt-z> {set ::event12result "1"}
focus -force .e ; event generate .e <Alt-z>
destroy .e
set ::event12result
} 1
test event-2.1(keypress) {type into entry widget and hit Return} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
pack $e
set return_binding 0
bind $e <Return> {set return_binding 1}
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e HELLO\n
list [$e get] $return_binding
} {HELLO 1}
test event-2.2(keypress) {type into entry widget and then delete some text} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e MELLO
_keypress $e BackSpace
_keypress $e BackSpace
$e get
} MEL
test event-2.3(keypress) {type into entry widget, triple click,\
hit Delete key, and then type some more} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e JUMP
set result [$e get]
event generate $e <Enter>
for {set i 0} {$i < 3} {incr i} {
_pause 100
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1>
_pause 100
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1>
}
_keypress $e Delete
_keypress_string $e UP
lappend result [$e get]
} {JUMP UP}
test event-1.4(keypress) {type into text widget and hit Return} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
set return_binding 0
bind $e <Return> {set return_binding 1}
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e HELLO\n
list [$e get 1.0 end] $return_binding
} [list "HELLO\n\n" 1]
test event-2.5(keypress) {type into text widget and then delete some text} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e MELLO
_keypress $e BackSpace
_keypress $e BackSpace
$e get 1.0 1.end
} MEL
test event-2.6(keypress) {type into text widget, triple click,\
hit Delete key, and then type some more} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e JUMP
set result [$e get 1.0 1.end]
event generate $e <Enter>
for {set i 0} {$i < 3} {incr i} {
_pause 100
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1>
_pause 100
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1>
}
_keypress $e Delete
_keypress_string $e UP
lappend result [$e get 1.0 1.end]
} {JUMP UP}
test event-3.1(click-drag) {click and drag in a text widget, this tests\
tkTextSelectTo in text.tcl} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e "A Tcl/Tk selection test!"
set anchor 1.6
set selend 1.18
set result [list]
lappend result [$e get 1.0 1.end]
# Get the x,y coords of the second T in "Tcl/Tk"
foreach {anchor_x anchor_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $anchor] break
# Click down to set the insert cursor position
event generate $e <Enter>
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up
set current $anchor
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
377 378 379 380 381 382 383 |
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Save the highlighted text
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Now click and click and drag to the left, over "Tcl/Tk selection"
| | < < | | | < | | | 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 |
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Save the highlighted text
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Now click and click and drag to the left, over "Tcl/Tk selection"
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
while {[$e compare $current >= [list $anchor - 4 char]]} {
foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
set current [$e index [list $current - 1 char]]
_pause 50
}
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
_pause 200
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Save the highlighted text
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
} {{A Tcl/Tk selection test!} 1.6 1.18 {Tk selection} 1.2 {Tcl/Tk selection}}
test event-3.2(click-drag) {click and drag in an entry widget, this\
tests tkEntryMouseSelect in entry.tcl} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e "A Tcl/Tk selection!"
set anchor 6
set selend 18
set result [list]
lappend result [$e get]
# Get the x,y coords of the second T in "Tcl/Tk"
foreach {anchor_x anchor_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $anchor] break
# Click down to set the insert cursor position
event generate $e <Enter>
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Now drag until selend is highlighted, then click up
set current $anchor
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
444 445 446 447 448 449 450 |
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Save the highlighted text
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Now click and click and drag to the left, over "Tcl/Tk selection"
| | < < | < | | < | | | | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 |
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Save the highlighted text
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Now click and click and drag to the left, over "Tcl/Tk selection"
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
while {$current >= ($anchor - 4)} {
foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
incr current -1
_pause 50
}
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $current_x -y $current_y
_pause 200
# Save the position of the insert cursor
lappend result [$e index insert]
# Save the highlighted text
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
} {{A Tcl/Tk selection!} 6 18 {Tk selection} 2 {Tcl/Tk selection}}
test event-4.1(double-click-drag) {click down, click up, click down again,\
then drag in a text widget} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e "Word select test"
set anchor 1.8
# Get the x,y coords of the second e in "select"
foreach {anchor_x anchor_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $anchor] break
# Click down, release, then click down again
event generate $e <Enter>
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
# Save the highlighted text
set result [list]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Insert cursor should be at beginning of "select"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
533 534 535 536 537 538 539 |
# Selection should now be "Word select"
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Insert cursor should be before the r in "Word"
lappend result [$e index insert]
| | < < | | | < | | | | 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
# Selection should now be "Word select"
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Insert cursor should be before the r in "Word"
lappend result [$e index insert]
set result
} {select 1.5 1.7 select 1.4 { select} {Word select} 1.2}
test event-4.2(double-click-drag) {click down, click up, click down again,\
then drag in an entry widget} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e "Word select test"
set anchor 8
# Get the x,y coords of the second e in "select"
foreach {anchor_x anchor_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $anchor] break
# Click down, release, then click down again
event generate $e <Enter>
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
set result [list]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Insert cursor should be at the end of "select"
lappend result [$e index insert]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
603 604 605 606 607 608 609 |
# Selection should now be "Word select"
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Insert cursor should be before the r in "Word"
lappend result [$e index insert]
| | < < | | | < | | | | | 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 |
# Selection should now be "Word select"
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Insert cursor should be before the r in "Word"
lappend result [$e index insert]
set result
} {select 11 7 select 4 { select} {Word select} 2}
test event-5.1(triple-click-drag) {Triple click and drag across lines in\
a text widget, this should extend the selection to the new line} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
_keypress_string $e "LINE ONE\nLINE TWO\nLINE THREE"
set anchor 3.2
# Triple click one third line leaving mouse down
foreach {anchor_x anchor_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $anchor] break
event generate $e <Enter>
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $anchor_x -y $anchor_y
_pause 50
set result [list]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Drag up to second line
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
662 663 664 665 666 667 668 |
foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
_pause 50
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
| | | < | | | | | < | | | < < | | < | | 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
foreach {current_x current_y} [_text_ind_to_x_y $e $current] break
event generate $e <B1-Motion> -x $current_x -y $current_y
_pause 50
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
set result
} [list "LINE THREE\n" "LINE TWO\nLINE THREE\n" \
"LINE ONE\nLINE TWO\nLINE THREE\n"]
test event-6.1(button-state) {button press in a window that is then\
destroyed, when the mouse is moved into another window it\
should not generate a <B1-motion> event since the mouse\
was not pressed down in that window} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
event generate $t <ButtonPress-1>
destroy $t
set t [toplevel .t]
set motion nomotion
bind $t <B1-Motion> {set motion inmotion}
event generate $t <Motion>
set motion
} nomotion
test event-7.1(double-click) {A double click on a lone character
in a text widget should select that character} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [text $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
focus -force $e
_keypress_string $e "On A letter"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
715 716 717 718 719 720 721 |
set right_x [expr {($x1 + $width) - 2}]
set right_y $middle_y
# Double click near left hand egde of the letter A
event generate $e <Enter>
| | | | | | | < < | | | < | | 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 |
set right_x [expr {($x1 + $width) - 2}]
set right_y $middle_y
# Double click near left hand egde of the letter A
event generate $e <Enter>
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
_pause 50
set result [list]
lappend result [$e index insert]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Clear selection by clicking at 0,0
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x 0 -y 0
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x 0 -y 0
_pause 50
# Double click near right hand edge of the letter A
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $right_x -y $right_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $right_x -y $right_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $right_x -y $right_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $right_x -y $right_y
_pause 50
lappend result [$e index insert]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
set result
} {1.3 A 1.3 A}
test event-7.2(double-click) {A double click on a lone character\
in an entry widget should select that character} {
destroy .t
set t [toplevel .t]
set e [entry $t.e]
pack $e
tkwait visibility $e
focus -force $e
_keypress_string $e "On A letter"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
set right_x [expr {($x1 + $width) - 2}]
set right_y $middle_y
# Double click near left hand egde of the letter A
event generate $e <Enter>
| | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 |
set right_x [expr {($x1 + $width) - 2}]
set right_y $middle_y
# Double click near left hand egde of the letter A
event generate $e <Enter>
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $left_x -y $left_y
_pause 50
set result [list]
lappend result [$e index insert]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
# Clear selection by clicking at 0,0
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x 0 -y 0
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x 0 -y 0
_pause 50
# Double click near right hand edge of the letter A
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $right_x -y $right_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $right_x -y $right_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonPress-1> -x $right_x -y $right_y
_pause 50
event generate $e <ButtonRelease-1> -x $right_x -y $right_y
_pause 50
lappend result [$e index insert]
lappend result [_get_selection $e]
set result
} {4 A 4 A}
# cleanup
destroy .t
unset -nocomplain keypress_lookup
rename _init_keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress_lookup {}
rename _keypress {}
rename _pause {}
rename _text_ind_to_x_y {}
rename _get_selection {}
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/filebox.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_getOpenFile" and # "tk_getSaveFile" commands. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_getOpenFile" and
# "tk_getSaveFile" commands. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test fileDialog-0.1 {GetFileName: file types: MakeFilter() fails} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
if {!$isNative} {
after 100 EnterFileByKey $parent [list $fileName] [list $fileDir]
}
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
| | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
if {!$isNative} {
after 100 EnterFileByKey $parent [list $fileName] [list $fileDir]
}
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc EnterFileByKey {parent fileName fileDir} {
global tk_strictMotif
if {$parent == "."} {
set w .__tk_filedialog
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
| | | < | < | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 |
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $button
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $button <Enter>
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
}
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# The test suite proper
#
#----------------------------------------------------------------------
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
set modes "0 1"
} else {
set modes 1
}
set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile) {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -multiple, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}
set unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile) {bad option "-foo": must be -confirmoverwrite, -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}
set tmpFile "filebox.tmp"
makeFile {
# this file can be empty!
} $tmpFile
array set filters {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
# Extension adding is only done when using the non-motif file
# box with an extension-less filename
if {!$mode} {
set addedExtensions {NONE {} .txt .txt}
}
}
| | | < < < | | < < < | 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
# Extension adding is only done when using the non-motif file
# box with an extension-less filename
if {!$mode} {
set addedExtensions {NONE {} .txt .txt}
}
}
test filebox-1.1-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
tk_getOpenFile -foo
} -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile)
catch {tk_getOpenFile -foo 1} msg
regsub -all , $msg "" options
regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options
foreach option $options {
if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
test filebox-1.2-$mode$option "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
tk_getOpenFile $option
} -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
}
}
test filebox-1.3-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
tk_getOpenFile -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getOpenFile)
test filebox-1.4-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
tk_getOpenFile -initialdir
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
test filebox-1.5-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
tk_getOpenFile -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
test filebox-1.6-$mode "tk_getOpenFile command" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
} else {
}
set choice [tk_getOpenFile -title "Press Ok" \
-filetypes $filters($x) -parent $parent \
-initialfile $fileName -initialdir $fileDir \
-typevariable tv]
if {[info exists tv]} {
| | | | < < < | | < < < | 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 |
} else {
}
set choice [tk_getOpenFile -title "Press Ok" \
-filetypes $filters($x) -parent $parent \
-initialfile $fileName -initialdir $fileDir \
-typevariable tv]
if {[info exists tv]} {
regexp {^(.*) \(.*\)$} $tv dummy typeName
} else {
set typeName "-unset-"
}
set typeName
} $res
}
test filebox-4.1-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
tk_getSaveFile -foo
} -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile)
catch {tk_getSaveFile -foo 1} msg
regsub -all , $msg "" options
regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options
foreach option $options {
if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
test filebox-4.2-$mode$option "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
tk_getSaveFile $option
} -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
}
}
test filebox-4.3-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
tk_getSaveFile -foo bar
} -returnCodes error -result $unknownOptionsMsg(tk_getSaveFile)
test filebox-4.4-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
tk_getSaveFile -initialdir
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-initialdir" missing}
test filebox-4.5-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
tk_getSaveFile -parent foo.bar
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "foo.bar"}
test filebox-4.6-$mode "tk_getSaveFile command" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
set gotmessage
} \
-match glob \
-result "*RUBBISH*"
}
# The rest of the tests need to be executed on Unix only.
| | | 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
set gotmessage
} \
-match glob \
-result "*RUBBISH*"
}
# The rest of the tests need to be executed on Unix only.
# The test whether the dialog box widgets were implemented correctly.
# These tests are not
# needed on the other platforms because they use native file dialogs.
}
set tk_strictMotif $tk_strictMotif_old
# cleanup
removeFile filebox.tmp
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/focus.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "focus" command and the # other procedures in the file tkFocus.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | > > | | | | | | > > > | < < < | < | | < < > | < < < | < < | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | < < | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | < < | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < < < | | < | < | | | | < < | < < < > | | | < < < > | | < < < > | | | < < | | | | < | < | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | < < < < < > > < | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | < | | < | | < | < < | | | < | | < | | | < | | < | < < | | | < < | | | | < > | < | | < < | | < < | > > | < < | | < < | < < | | | < < < < | > | | | < > | | < | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "focus" command and the
# other procedures in the file tkFocus.c. It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
button .b -text .b -relief raised -bd 2
pack .b
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
proc focusSetup {} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm geom .t +0+0
foreach i {b1 b2 b3 b4} {
button .t.$i -text .t.$i -relief raised -bd 2
pack .t.$i
}
tkwait visibility .t.b4
}
proc focusSetupAlt {} {
global env
catch {destroy .alt}
toplevel .alt -screen $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
foreach i {a b c d} {
button .alt.$i -text .alt.$i -relief raised -bd 2
pack .alt.$i
}
tkwait visibility .alt.d
}
# Make sure the window manager knows who has focus
catch {fixfocus}
# The following procedure ensures that there is no input focus
# in this application. It does it by arranging for another
# application to grab the focus. The "after" and "update" stuff
# is needed to wait long enough for pending actions to get through
# the X server and possibly also the window manager.
setupbg
proc focusClear {} {
global x;
after 200 {set x 1}
tkwait variable x
dobg {focus -force .; update}
update
}
focusSetup
if {[testConstraint altDisplay]} {
focusSetupAlt
}
update
bind all <FocusIn> {
append focusInfo "in %W %d\n"
}
bind all <FocusOut> {
append focusInfo "out %W %d\n"
}
bind all <KeyPress> {
append focusInfo "press %W %K"
}
test focus-1.1 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} unix {
focusClear
focus
} {}
test focus-1.2 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} {unix altDisplay} {
focus .alt.b
focus
} {}
test focus-1.3 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} unix {
focusClear
focus .t.b3
focus
} {}
test focus-1.4 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} unix {
list [catch {focus ""} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test focus-1.5 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} unix {
focusClear
focus -force .t
focus .t.b3
focus
} {.t.b3}
test focus-1.6 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} unix {
list [catch {focus .gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".gorp"}}
test focus-1.7 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} unix {
list [catch {focus .gorp a} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option ".gorp": must be -displayof, -force, or -lastfor}}
test focus-1.8 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, focussing on dead window} unix {
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +10+10
frame .t2.f -width 200 -height 100 -bd 2 -relief raised
frame .t2.f2 -width 200 -height 100 -bd 2 -relief raised
pack .t2.f .t2.f2
bind .t2.f <Destroy> {focus .t2.f}
bind .t2.f2 <Destroy> {focus .t2}
focus -force .t2.f2
tkwait visibility .t2.f2
update
set x [focus]
destroy .t2.f2
lappend x [focus]
destroy .t2.f
lappend x [focus]
destroy .t2
set x
} {.t2.f2 .t2 .t2}
test focus-1.9 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} unix {
list [catch {focus -displayof} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}}
test focus-1.10 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} unix {
list [catch {focus -displayof a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "focus -displayof window"}}
test focus-1.11 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} unix {
list [catch {focus -displayof .lousy} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".lousy"}}
test focus-1.12 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} unix {
focusClear
focus .t
focus -displayof .t.b3
} {}
test focus-1.13 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} unix {
focusClear
focus -force .t
focus -displayof .t.b3
} {.t}
test focus-1.14 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -displayof option} {unix altDisplay} {
focus -force .alt.c
focus -displayof .alt
} {.alt.c}
test focus-1.15 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -force option} unix {
list [catch {focus -force} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "focus -force window"}}
test focus-1.16 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -force option} unix {
list [catch {focus -force a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "focus -force window"}}
test focus-1.17 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -force option} unix {
list [catch {focus -force foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test focus-1.18 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -force option} unix {
list [catch {focus -force ""} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test focus-1.19 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -force option} unix {
focusClear
focus .t.b1
set x [list [focus]]
focus -force .t.b1
lappend x [focus]
} {{} .t.b1}
test focus-1.20 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} unix {
list [catch {focus -lastfor} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}}
test focus-1.21 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} unix {
list [catch {focus -lastfor 1 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "focus -lastfor window"}}
test focus-1.22 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} unix {
list [catch {focus -lastfor who_knows?} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "who_knows?"}}
test focus-1.23 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} unix {
focus .b
focus .t.b1
list [focus -lastfor .] [focus -lastfor .t.b3]
} {.b .t.b1}
test focus-1.24 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure, -lastfor option} unix {
destroy .t
focusSetup
update
focus -lastfor .t.b2
} {.t}
test focus-1.25 {Tk_FocusCmd procedure} unix {
list [catch {focus -unknown} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-unknown": must be -displayof, -force, or -lastfor}}
test focus-2.1 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure} {unix nonPortable testwrapper} {
focus -force .b
destroy .t
focusSetup
update
set focusInfo {}
event gen [testwrapper .t] <FocusIn> -detail NotifyAncestor \
-sendevent 0x54217567
list $focusInfo
} {{}}
test focus-2.2 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure} {unix nonPortable testwrapper} {
focus -force .b
destroy .t
focusSetup
update
set focusInfo {}
event gen .t <FocusIn> -detail NotifyAncestor -sendevent 0x547321ac
list $focusInfo [focus]
} {{in .t NotifyAncestor
} .b}
test focus-2.3 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure} {unix nonPortable testwrapper} {
focus -force .b
destroy .t
focusSetup
update
set focusInfo {}
event gen [testwrapper .t] <FocusIn> -detail NotifyAncestor
update
list $focusInfo [focus -lastfor .t]
} {{out .b NotifyNonlinear
out . NotifyNonlinearVirtual
in .t NotifyNonlinear
} .t}
test focus-2.4 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, FocusIn events} \
{unix nonPortable testwrapper} {
set result {}
focus .t.b1
# Important to end with NotifyAncestor, which is an
# event that is processed normally. This has a side
# effect on text 2.5
foreach detail {NotifyAncestor NotifyNonlinear
NotifyNonlinearVirtual NotifyPointer NotifyPointerRoot
NotifyVirtual NotifyAncestor} {
focus -force .
update
event gen [testwrapper .t] <FocusIn> -detail $detail
set focusInfo {}
update
lappend result $focusInfo
}
set result
} {{out . NotifyNonlinear
in .t NotifyNonlinearVirtual
in .t.b1 NotifyNonlinear
} {out . NotifyNonlinear
in .t NotifyNonlinearVirtual
in .t.b1 NotifyNonlinear
} {} {out . NotifyNonlinear
in .t NotifyNonlinearVirtual
in .t.b1 NotifyNonlinear
} {} {} {out . NotifyNonlinear
in .t NotifyNonlinearVirtual
in .t.b1 NotifyNonlinear
}}
test focus-2.5 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, creating FocusInfo struct} \
{unix nonPortable testwrapper} {
focusSetup
focus .t.b1
update
event gen [testwrapper .t] <FocusIn> -detail NotifyAncestor
list $focusInfo [focus]
} {{out . NotifyNonlinear
in .t NotifyNonlinearVirtual
in .t.b1 NotifyNonlinear
} .t.b1}
test focus-2.6 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, FocusIn events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
focus .t.b1
focus .
update
event gen [testwrapper .t] <FocusIn> -detail NotifyAncestor
set focusInfo {}
set x [focus]
event gen . <KeyPress-x>
list $x $focusInfo
} {.t.b1 {press .t.b1 x}}
test focus-2.7 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, FocusOut events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
set result {}
foreach detail {NotifyAncestor NotifyInferior NotifyNonlinear
NotifyNonlinearVirtual NotifyPointer NotifyPointerRoot
NotifyVirtual} {
focus -force .t.b1
event gen [testwrapper .t] <FocusOut> -detail $detail
update
lappend result [focus]
}
set result
} {{} .t.b1 {} {} .t.b1 .t.b1 {}}
test focus-2.8 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, FocusOut events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
focus -force .t.b1
event gen .t.b1 <FocusOut> -detail NotifyAncestor
focus
} {.t.b1}
test focus-2.9 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, FocusOut events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
focus .t.b1
event gen [testwrapper .] <FocusOut> -detail NotifyAncestor
focus
} {}
test focus-2.10 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, Enter events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
set result {}
focus .t.b1
focusClear
foreach detail {NotifyAncestor NotifyInferior NotifyNonlinear
NotifyNonlinearVirtual NotifyVirtual} {
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Enter> -detail $detail -focus 1
update
lappend result [focus]
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Leave> -detail NotifyAncestor
update
}
set result
} {.t.b1 {} .t.b1 .t.b1 .t.b1}
test focus-2.11 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, Enter events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
focusClear
set focusInfo {}
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Enter> -detail NotifyAncestor
update
set focusInfo
} {}
test focus-2.12 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, Enter events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
focus -force .b
update
set focusInfo {}
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Enter> -detail NotifyAncestor -focus 1
update
set focusInfo
} {}
test focus-2.13 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, Enter events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
focus .t.b1
focusClear
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Enter> -detail NotifyAncestor -focus 1
set focusInfo {}
update
set focusInfo
} {in .t NotifyVirtual
in .t.b1 NotifyAncestor
}
test focus-2.14 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, Enter events, ignore errors when setting focus due to implicit focus} {unix testwrapper} {
focusClear
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
wm withdraw .t2
update
set focusInfo {}
event gen [testwrapper .t2] <Enter> -detail NotifyAncestor -focus 1
update
destroy .t2
} {}
test focus-2.15 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, Leave events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
set result {}
focus .t.b1
foreach detail {NotifyAncestor NotifyInferior NotifyNonlinear
NotifyNonlinearVirtual NotifyVirtual} {
focusClear
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Enter> -detail NotifyAncestor -focus 1
update
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Leave> -detail $detail
update
lappend result [focus]
}
set result
} {{} .t.b1 {} {} {}}
test focus-2.16 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, Leave events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
set result {}
focus .t.b1
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Enter> -detail NotifyAncestor -focus 1
update
set focusInfo {}
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Leave> -detail NotifyAncestor
update
set focusInfo
} {out .t.b1 NotifyAncestor
out .t NotifyVirtual
}
test focus-2.17 {TkFocusFilterEvent procedure, Leave events} \
{unix testwrapper} {
set result {}
focus .t.b1
event gen [testwrapper .t] <Enter> -detail NotifyAncestor -focus 1
update
set focusInfo {}
event gen .t.b1 <Leave> -detail NotifyAncestor
event gen [testwrapper .] <Leave> -detail NotifyAncestor
update
list $focusInfo [focus]
} {{out .t.b1 NotifyAncestor
out .t NotifyVirtual
} {}}
test focus-3.1 {SetFocus procedure, create record on focus} \
{unix testwrapper} {
toplevel .t2 -width 250 -height 100
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
update
focus -force .t2
update
focus
} {.t2}
catch {destroy .t2}
# This test produces no result, but it will generate a protocol
# error if Tk forgets to make the window exist before focussing
# on it.
test focus-3.2 {SetFocus procedure, making window exist} {unix testwrapper} {
update
button .b2 -text "Another button"
focus .b2
update
} {}
catch {destroy .b2}
update
# The following test doesn't produce a check-able result, but if
# there are bugs it may generate an X protocol error.
test focus-3.3 {SetFocus procedure, delaying claim of X focus} \
{unix testwrapper} {
focusSetup
focus -force .t.b2
update
} {}
test focus-3.4 {SetFocus procedure, delaying claim of X focus} \
{unix testwrapper} {
focusSetup
wm withdraw .t
focus -force .t.b2
toplevel .t2 -width 250 -height 100
wm geometry .t2 +10+10
focus -force .t2
wm withdraw .t2
update
wm deiconify .t2
wm deiconify .t
} {}
catch {destroy .t2}
test focus-3.5 {SetFocus procedure, generating events} {unix testwrapper} {
focusSetup
focusClear
set focusInfo {}
focus -force .t.b2
update
set focusInfo
} {in .t NotifyVirtual
in .t.b2 NotifyAncestor
}
test focus-3.6 {SetFocus procedure, generating events} {unix testwrapper} {
focusSetup
focus -force .b
update
set focusInfo {}
focus .t.b2
update
set focusInfo
} {out .b NotifyNonlinear
out . NotifyNonlinearVirtual
in .t NotifyNonlinearVirtual
in .t.b2 NotifyNonlinear
}
test focus-3.7 {SetFocus procedure, generating events} \
{unix nonPortable testwrapper} {
# Non-portable because some platforms generate extra events.
focusSetup
focusClear
set focusInfo {}
focus .t.b2
update
set focusInfo
} {}
test focus-4.1 {TkFocusDeadWindow procedure} {unix testwrapper} {
focusSetup
update
focus -force .b
update
destroy .t
focus
} {.b}
test focus-4.2 {TkFocusDeadWindow procedure} {unix testwrapper} {
focusSetup
update
focus -force .t.b2
focus .b
update
destroy .t.b2
update
focus
} {.b}
# Non-portable due to wm-specific redirection of input focus when
# windows are deleted:
test focus-4.3 {TkFocusDeadWindow procedure} {unix nonPortable testwrapper} {
focusSetup
update
focus .t
update
destroy .t
update
focus
} {}
test focus-4.4 {TkFocusDeadWindow procedure} {unix testwrapper} {
focusSetup
focus -force .t.b2
update
destroy .t.b2
focus
} {.t}
# I don't know how to test most of the remaining procedures of this file
# explicitly; they've already been exercised by the preceding tests.
setupbg
test focus-5.1 {ChangeXFocus procedure, don't take focus unless have it} \
{unix testwrapper secureserver failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
focusSetup
focus -force .t
update
set result [focus]
send [dobg {tk appname}] {focus -force .; update}
lappend result [focus]
focus .t.b2
update
lappend result [focus]
} {.t {} {}}
catch {destroy .t}
bind all <FocusIn> {}
bind all <FocusOut> {}
bind all <KeyPress> {}
cleanupbg
fixfocus
test focus-6.1 {miscellaneous - embedded application in same process} \
{unix testwrapper} {
eval interp delete [interp slaves]
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t.f1 -container 1
frame .t.f2
pack .t.f1 .t.f2
entry .t.f2.e1 -bg red
pack .t.f2.e1
bind all <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W %d"}
bind all <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W %d"}
interp create child
child eval "set argv {-use [winfo id .t.f1]}"
load {} Tk child
child eval {
entry .e1 -bg lightBlue
pack .e1
bind all <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W %d"}
bind all <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W %d"}
set x {}
}
# Claim the focus and wait long enough for it to really arrive.
focus -force .t.f2.e1
after 300 {set timer 1}
vwait timer
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
668 669 670 671 672 673 674 |
# Bring the focus back to the main application.
focus .t.f2.e1
after 300 {set timer 1}
vwait timer
set result [list $x [child eval {set x}]]
| < < | < < | < | | > | | | | | | | 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 |
# Bring the focus back to the main application.
focus .t.f2.e1
after 300 {set timer 1}
vwait timer
set result [list $x [child eval {set x}]]
interp delete child
set result
} {{.t.f2.e1 {} {focus out .t.f2.e1 NotifyNonlinear} {focus out .t.f2 NotifyNonlinearVirtual} {focus in .t.f1 NotifyNonlinear} | {focus out .t.f1 NotifyNonlinear} {focus in .t.f2 NotifyNonlinearVirtual} {focus in .t.f2.e1 NotifyNonlinear}} {{focus in . NotifyVirtual} {focus in .e1 NotifyAncestor} | {focus out .e1 NotifyAncestor} {focus out . NotifyVirtual}}}
test focus-6.2 {miscellaneous - embedded application in different process} \
{unix testwrapper} {
eval interp delete [interp slaves]
catch {destroy .t}
setupbg
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t.f1 -container 1
frame .t.f2
pack .t.f1 .t.f2
entry .t.f2.e1 -bg red
pack .t.f2.e1
bind all <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W %d"}
bind all <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W %d"}
setupbg -use [winfo id .t.f1]
dobg {
entry .e1 -bg lightBlue
pack .e1
bind all <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W %d"}
bind all <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W %d"}
set x {}
}
# Claim the focus and wait long enough for it to really arrive.
focus -force .t.f2.e1
after 300 {set timer 1}
vwait timer
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
# Bring the focus back to the main application.
focus .t.f2.e1
after 300 {set timer 1}
vwait timer
set result [list $x [dobg {set x}]]
| < < < < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > | 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 |
# Bring the focus back to the main application.
focus .t.f2.e1
after 300 {set timer 1}
vwait timer
set result [list $x [dobg {set x}]]
cleanupbg
set result
} {{.t.f2.e1 {} {focus out .t.f2.e1 NotifyNonlinear} {focus out .t.f2 NotifyNonlinearVirtual} {focus in .t.f1 NotifyNonlinear} | {focus out .t.f1 NotifyNonlinear} {focus in .t.f2 NotifyNonlinearVirtual} {focus in .t.f2.e1 NotifyNonlinear}} {{focus in . NotifyVirtual} {focus in .e1 NotifyAncestor} | {focus out .e1 NotifyAncestor} {focus out . NotifyVirtual}}}
deleteWindows
bind all <FocusIn> {}
bind all <FocusOut> {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/focusTcl.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the features of the script # file focus.tcl, which includes the procedures tk_focusNext and # tk_focusPrev, among other things. This file is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | > | | | > > | | | > | | > | | > | | | | > | | | > | | > | | < | < | | < < < < | < | | | | | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | | < < < | < < < < | < < < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > | | > | > > > | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > < < | | > < < | | | | | | | | | | < < | | > < < | | > | < < | | > | | < < | | > | < < | | > | < < | | > | < < | | > | < < | | > | < < < | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the features of the script
# file focus.tcl, which includes the procedures tk_focusNext and
# tk_focusPrev, among other things. This file is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
proc setup1 w {
if {$w == "."} {
set w ""
}
foreach i {a b c d} {
frame $w.$i -width 200 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
pack $w.$i
}
.b configure -width 0 -height 0
foreach i {x y z} {
button $w.b.$i -text "Button $w.b.$i"
pack $w.b.$i -side left
}
if {![winfo ismapped $w.b.z]} {
tkwait visibility $w.b.z
}
}
option add *takeFocus 1
option add *highlightThickness 2
. configure -takefocus 1 -highlightthickness 2
test focusTcl-1.1 {tk_focusNext procedure, no children} {
tk_focusNext .
} {.}
setup1 .
test focusTcl-1.2 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .
} {.a}
test focusTcl-1.3 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .a
} {.b}
test focusTcl-1.4 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .b
} {.b.x}
test focusTcl-1.5 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .b.x
} {.b.y}
test focusTcl-1.6 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .b.y
} {.b.z}
test focusTcl-1.7 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .b.z
} {.c}
test focusTcl-1.8 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .c
} {.d}
test focusTcl-1.9 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .d
} {.}
foreach w {.b .b.x .b.y .c .d} {
$w configure -takefocus 0
}
test focusTcl-1.10 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .a
} {.b.z}
test focusTcl-1.11 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusNext .b.z
} {.}
test focusTcl-1.12 {tk_focusNext procedure, basic tree traversal} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
update
. configure -takefocus 0
tk_focusNext .d
} {.a}
. configure -takefocus 1
deleteWindows
setup1 .
toplevel .t
wm geom .t +0+0
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 -0+0
raise .t .a
test focusTcl-2.1 {tk_focusNext procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusNext .a
} {.b}
test focusTcl-2.2 {tk_focusNext procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusNext .d
} {.}
test focusTcl-2.3 {tk_focusNext procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusNext .t
} {.t}
setup1 .t
raise .t.b
test focusTcl-2.4 {tk_focusNext procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusNext .t
} {.t.a}
test focusTcl-2.5 {tk_focusNext procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusNext .t.b.z
} {.t}
deleteWindows
test focusTcl-3.1 {tk_focusPrev procedure, no children} {
tk_focusPrev .
} {.}
setup1 .
test focusTcl-3.2 {tk_focusPrev procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusPrev .
} {.d}
test focusTcl-3.3 {tk_focusPrev procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusPrev .d
} {.c}
test focusTcl-3.4 {tk_focusPrev procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusPrev .c
} {.b.z}
test focusTcl-3.5 {tk_focusPrev procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusPrev .b.z
} {.b.y}
test focusTcl-3.6 {tk_focusPrev procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusPrev .b.y
} {.b.x}
test focusTcl-3.7 {tk_focusPrev procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusPrev .b.x
} {.b}
test focusTcl-3.8 {tk_focusPrev procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusPrev .b
} {.a}
test focusTcl-3.9 {tk_focusPrev procedure, basic tree traversal} {
tk_focusPrev .a
} {.}
deleteWindows
setup1 .
toplevel .t
wm geom .t +0+0
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 -0+0
raise .t .a
test focusTcl-4.1 {tk_focusPrev procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusPrev .
} {.d}
test focusTcl-4.2 {tk_focusPrev procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusPrev .b
} {.a}
test focusTcl-4.3 {tk_focusPrev procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusPrev .t
} {.t}
setup1 .t
update
.t configure -takefocus 0
raise .t.b
test focusTcl-4.4 {tk_focusPrev procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusPrev .t
} {.t.b.z}
test focusTcl-4.5 {tk_focusPrev procedure, toplevels} {
tk_focusPrev .t.a
} {.t.b.z}
deleteWindows
test focusTcl-5.1 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus 0} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
.b.x configure -takefocus 0
tk_focusNext .b
} {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.2 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus 1} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
pack forget .b
update
.b configure -takefocus ""
.b.y configure -takefocus ""
.b.z configure -takefocus ""
list [tk_focusNext .a] [tk_focusNext .b.x]
} {.c .c}
test focusTcl-5.3 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus procedure} {
proc t w {
if {$w == ".b.x"} {
return 1
} elseif {$w == ".b.y"} {
return ""
}
return 0
}
deleteWindows
setup1 .
pack forget .b.y
update
.b configure -takefocus ""
foreach w {.b.x .b.y .b.z .c} {
$w configure -takefocus t
}
list [tk_focusNext .a] [tk_focusNext .b.x]
} {.b.x .d}
test focusTcl-5.4 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus ""} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
.b.x configure -takefocus ""
update
tk_focusNext .b
} {.b.x}
test focusTcl-5.5 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
.b.x configure -takefocus ""
pack unpack .b.x
update
tk_focusNext .b
} {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.6 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
foreach w {.b.x .b.y .b.z} {
$w configure -takefocus ""
}
pack unpack .b
update
tk_focusNext .b
} {.c}
test focusTcl-5.7 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
.b.y configure -takefocus 1
pack unpack .b.y
update
tk_focusNext .b.x
} {.b.z}
test focusTcl-5.8 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", not mapped} {
proc always args {return 1}
deleteWindows
setup1 .
.b.y configure -takefocus always
pack unpack .b.y
update
tk_focusNext .b.x
} {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.9 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", window disabled} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
foreach w {.b.x .b.y .b.z} {
$w configure -takefocus ""
}
update
.b.x configure -state disabled
tk_focusNext .b
} {.b.y}
test focusTcl-5.10 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", check for bindings} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
foreach w {.a .b .c .d} {
$w configure -takefocus ""
}
update
bind .a <Key> {foo}
list [tk_focusNext .] [tk_focusNext .a]
} {.a .b.x}
test focusTcl-5.11 {tkFocusOK procedure, -takefocus "", check for bindings} {
deleteWindows
setup1 .
foreach w {.a .b .c .d} {
$w configure -takefocus ""
}
update
bind Frame <Key> {foo}
list [tk_focusNext .] [tk_focusNext .a]
} {.a .b}
bind Frame <Key> {}
. configure -takefocus 0 -highlightthickness 0
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/font.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "font" command # plus the procedures in tkFont.c. It is organized in the # standard white-box fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | | | | < > > > > > > | > > > | > | > > > > | > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < | | < < | | < < > > > | > | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < < < > | | < < | | < < > < < | | < < > < < < | | < < > < < | | | < | < < | < | < < > | | < < | < < > | | < < | < < > | | < < | < > < < | | < < > | | | < < > | | | < < > | < < | | | | | < < < > > < < | | < < < > > < < | | < < > | | | < < < < < > | | < < | | < < < < < | > | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < > | < > | | | | | < | | | | | < < > | | < < > | | < < > < < | | | < < | < < | < < | < | < < > | < < | | > > | < < < < < < | | < < < < | | > | < < < < | | < < | < | | | | < < > | < < | | < < < < < > | < < < | < | < | | > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < > < < | | < | < < < > < < | | < < < < > | < < | | < < < < < > | | < < < | < < < < > | | < < | < < < < < < > | | | < < < < < < < > | | < < | < < < < | < < | | | | | | | < < | < < < | > | < < < < > | < < < | | < < | < | | < < | < | < | < < < > | | < < < < > | | | | < < < < > | | | | < | > | | < < < < < > | | | | | < < < < < > | | | | < < < | < | | | < < | < | < < | | | > | | < | < < < < | < < < | | < < | | | < | < < < < < < | | | | < | < < | | | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | | | < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < > | < | < < | > | < < < < | | < < < | < > | | < < < < < < | < < | < | < | < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | | > > | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < | > | | | < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < | < | < | < | < < < < < < | < | < | < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | > | < < < < < | < | < | < < < | < | < | < | < < < | < < < | | > | | < < > > | < > | < < > | < | < < < < < | < | < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < | < | < < < | < < < | | < > | < < | < < < | | < | < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < | < | < | | | < < | < < | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | < < | | | | < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < > | < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < > | < < < | < < | | | < > | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < < | | < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | < < | < < < < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < < < < < < | > | < | < < < < < < | > | < | | < < < < < < < | > > > | | | | < < | | < | | | | < < | < | | | < | < | | < < | > > > > > > | | | < | < < | | < > | | > | | | < | < | | | < | < | < | | | | > > > > | > | | < | | | < | < | < | | | < | < | < | | | | < < | | < | | | < < < < | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < > | | | | | < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "font" command
# plus the procedures in tkFont.c. It is organized in the
# standard white-box fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
catch {destroy .b}
toplevel .b
wm geom .b +0+0
update idletasks
set defaultfontlist [font names]
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
proc getnondefaultfonts {} {
global defaultfontlist
set nondeffonts [list ]
foreach afont [font names] {
if {$afont ni $defaultfontlist} {
lappend nondeffonts $afont
}
}
set nondeffonts
}
proc clearnondefaultfonts {} {
foreach afont [getnondefaultfonts] {
font delete $afont
}
}
proc setup {} {
catch {destroy .b.f}
clearnondefaultfonts
label .b.f
pack .b.f
update
}
label .b.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left -text "0" -font "Courier -12"
pack .b.l
canvas .b.c -closeenough 0
.b.c create text 0 0 -tags text -anchor nw -just left -font "Courier -12"
pack .b.c
update
set ax [winfo reqwidth .b.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .b.l]
proc getsize {} {
update
return "[winfo reqwidth .b.l] [winfo reqheight .b.l]"
}
proc csetup {{str ""}} {
focus -force .b.c
.b.c dchars text 0 end
.b.c insert text 0 $str
.b.c focus text
}
setup
switch [tk windowingsystem] {
x11 {set fixed "fixed"}
win32 {set fixed "courier 12"}
aqua {set fixed "monaco 9"}
}
set times [font actual {times 0} -family]
test font-1.1 {TkFontPkgInit} {
catch {interp delete foo}
interp create foo
foo eval {
load {} Tk
wm geometry . +0+0
update
}
interp delete foo
} {}
test font-2.1 {TkFontPkgFree} {
catch {interp delete foo}
interp create foo
set x {}
# Makes sure that named font was visible only to child interp.
foo eval {
load {} Tk
wm geometry . +0+0
button .b -font {times 16} -text "hi"
pack .b
font create wiggles -family courier -underline 1
update
}
lappend x [catch {font configure wiggles} msg; set msg]
# Tests cancelling the idle handler for TheWorldHasChanged,
# because app goes away before idle serviced.
foo eval {
.b config -font wiggles
font config wiggles -size 24
destroy .
}
lappend x [foo eval {catch {font families} msg; set msg}]
interp delete foo
set x
} {{named font "wiggles" doesn't exist} {can't invoke "font" command: application has been destroyed}}
test font-3.1 {font command: general} {
list [catch {font} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font option ?arg?"}}
test font-3.2 {font command: general} {
list [catch {font xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "xyz": must be actual, configure, create, delete, families, measure, metrics, or names}}
test font-4.1 {font command: actual: arguments} {
# (skip < 0)
list [catch {font actual xyz -displayof} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-displayof" missing}}
test font-4.2 {font command: actual: arguments} {
# (objc < 3)
list [catch {font actual} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}}
test font-4.3 {font command: actual: arguments} {
# (objc - skip > 4) when skip == 0
list [catch {font actual xyz abc def} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}}
test font-4.4 {font command: actual: displayof specified, so skip to next} {
catch {font actual xyz -displayof . -size}
} 0
test font-4.5 {font command: actual: displayof specified, so skip to next} {
lindex [font actual xyz -displayof .] 0
} {-family}
test font-4.6 {font command: actual: arguments} {
# (objc - skip > 4) when skip == 2
list [catch {font actual xyz -displayof . abc def} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font actual font ?-displayof window? ?option? ?--? ?char?"}}
test font-4.7 {font command: actual: arguments} noExceed {
# (tkfont == NULL)
list [catch {font actual "\{xyz"} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"]
test font-4.8 {font command: actual: all attributes} {
# not (objc > 3) so objPtr = NULL
lindex [font actual {-family times}] 0
} {-family}
test font-4.9 {font command: actual} {unix noExceed failsOnUbuntu} {
# (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
string tolower [font actual {-family times} -family]
} times
test font-4.10 {font command: actual} win {
# (objc > 3) so objPtr = objv[3 + skip]
font actual {-family times} -family
} {Times New Roman}
test font-4.11 {font command: bad option} {
list [catch {font actual xyz -style} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-style": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}}
test font-5.1 {font command: configure} {
# (objc < 3)
list [catch {font configure} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font configure fontname ?options?"}}
test font-5.2 {font command: configure: non-existent font} {
# (namedHashPtr == NULL)
list [catch {font configure xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}}
test font-5.3 {font command: configure: "deleted" font} {
# (nfPtr->deletePending != 0)
setup
font create xyz
.b.f configure -font xyz
font delete xyz
list [catch {font configure xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}}
test font-5.4 {font command: configure: get all options} {
# (objc == 3) so objPtr = NULL
setup
font create xyz -family xyz
lindex [font configure xyz] 1
} xyz
test font-5.5 {font command: configure: get one option} {
# (objc == 4) so objPtr = objv[3]
setup
font create xyz -family xyz
font configure xyz -family
} xyz
test font-5.6 {font command: configure: update existing font} {
# else result = ConfigAttributesObj()
setup
font create xyz
font configure xyz -family xyz
update
font configure xyz -family
} xyz
test font-5.7 {font command: configure: bad option} {
setup
font create xyz
list [catch {font configure xyz -style} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-style": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}}
test font-6.1 {font command: create: make up name} {
# (objc < 3) so name = NULL
setup
font create
expr {"font1" in [font names]}
} 1
test font-6.2 {font command: create: name specified} {
# not (objc < 3)
setup
font create xyz
expr {"xyz" in [font names]}
} 1
test font-6.3 {font command: create: name not really specified} {
# (name[0] == '-') so name = NULL
setup
font create -family xyz
expr {"font1" in [font names]}
} 1
test font-6.4 {font command: create: generate name} {
# (name == NULL)
setup
font create -family one
font create -family two
font create -family three
font delete font2
font create -family four
font configure font2 -family
} four
test font-6.5 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} {
# name was specified so skip = 3
setup
list [catch {font create xyz -xyz times} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}}
test font-6.6 {font command: create: bad option creating new font} {
# name was not specified so skip = 2
setup
list [catch {font create -xyz times} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}}
test font-6.7 {font command: create: already exists} {
# (CreateNamedFont() != TCL_OK)
setup
font create xyz
list [catch {font create xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {named font "xyz" already exists}}
test font-7.1 {font command: delete: arguments} {
# (objc < 3)
list [catch {font delete} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font delete fontname ?fontname ...?"}}
test font-7.2 {font command: delete: loop test} {
# for (i = 2; i < objc; i++)
setup
set x {}
font create a -underline 1
font create b -underline 1
font create c -underline 1
font create d -underline 1
font create e -underline 1
lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
font delete a e c b
lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
} {{a b c d e} d}
test font-7.3 {font command: delete: loop test} {
# (namedHashPtr == NULL) in middle of loop
setup
set x {}
font create a -underline 1
font create b -underline 1
font create c -underline 1
font create d -underline 1
font create e -underline 1
lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
catch {font delete a d q c e b}
lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
} {{a b c d e} {b c e}}
test font-7.4 {font command: delete: non-existent} {
# (namedHashPtr == NULL)
setup
list [catch {font delete xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {named font "xyz" doesn't exist}}
test font-7.5 {font command: delete: mark for later deletion} {
# (nfPtr->refCount != 0)
setup
font create xyz
.b.f configure -font xyz
font delete xyz
font actual xyz
list [catch {font configure xyz} msg] $msg [.b.f cget -font]
} {1 {named font "xyz" doesn't exist} xyz}
test font-7.6 {font command: delete: actually delete} {
# not (nfPtr->refCount != 0)
setup
font create xyz -underline 1
font delete xyz
catch {font config xyz}
} 1
setup
test font-8.1 {font command: families: arguments} {
# (skip < 0)
list [catch {font families -displayof} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-displayof" missing}}
test font-8.2 {font command: families: arguments} {
# (objc - skip != 2) when skip == 0
list [catch {font families xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font families ?-displayof window?"}}
test font-8.3 {font command: families: arguments} {
# (objc - skip != 2) when skip == 2
list [catch {font families -displayof . xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font families ?-displayof window?"}}
test font-8.4 {font command: families} failsOnUbuntu {
# TkpGetFontFamilies()
regexp -nocase times [font families]
} 1
test font-9.1 {font command: measure: arguments} {
# (skip < 0)
list [catch {expr {[font measure xyz -displayof]>0}} msg] $msg
} {0 1}
test font-9.2 {font command: measure: arguments} {
# (objc - skip != 4)
list [catch {font measure} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}}
test font-9.3 {font command: measure: arguments} {
# (objc - skip != 4)
list [catch {font measure xyz abc def} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}}
test font-9.4 {font command: measure: arguments} noExceed {
# (tkfont == NULL)
list [catch {font measure "\{xyz" abc} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"]
test font-9.5 {font command: measure} failsOnUbuntu {
# Tk_TextWidth()
expr [font measure $fixed "abcdefg"]==[font measure $fixed "a"]*7
} 1
test font-9.6 {font command: measure -d} {
list [catch {expr {[font measure $fixed -d] > 0}} msg] $msg
} {0 1}
test font-9.7 {font command: measure -d with -displayof} {
list [catch {expr {[font measure $fixed -displayof . -d] > 0}} msg] $msg
} {0 1}
test font-9.8 {font command: measure: arguments} {
list [catch {font measure $fixed -displayof .} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font measure font ?-displayof window? text"}}
test font-10.1 {font command: metrics: arguments} {
list [catch {font metrics xyz -displayof} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-displayof" missing}}
test font-10.2 {font command: metrics: arguments} {
# (skip < 0)
list [catch {font metrics xyz -displayof} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-displayof" missing}}
test font-10.3 {font command: metrics: arguments} {
# (objc < 3)
list [catch {font metrics} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}}
test font-10.4 {font command: metrics: arguments} {
# (objc - skip) > 4) when skip == 0
list [catch {font metrics xyz abc def} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font metrics font ?-displayof window? ?option?"}}
test font-10.5 {font command: metrics: arguments} {
# (objc - skip) > 4) when skip == 2
list [catch {font metrics xyz -displayof . abc} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad metric "abc": must be -ascent, -descent, -linespace, or -fixed}}
test font-10.6 {font command: metrics: bad font} noExceed {
# (tkfont == NULL)
list [catch {font metrics "\{xyz"} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"]
test font-10.7 {font command: metrics: get all metrics} {
# (objc == 3)
catch {unset a}
array set a [font metrics {-family xyz}]
set x [lsort [array names a]]
unset a
set x
} {-ascent -descent -fixed -linespace}
test font-10.8 {font command: metrics: bad metric} {
# (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() != TCL_OK)
list [catch {font metrics $fixed -xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad metric "-xyz": must be -ascent, -descent, -linespace, or -fixed}}
test font-10.9 {font command: metrics: get individual metrics} failsOnUbuntu {
font metrics $fixed -ascent
font metrics $fixed -descent
font metrics $fixed -linespace
font metrics $fixed -fixed
} 1
test font-11.1 {font command: names: arguments} {
# (objc != 2)
list [catch {font names xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "font names"}}
test font-11.2 {font command: names: loop test: no passes} {
setup
getnondefaultfonts
} {}
test font-11.3 {font command: names: loop test: one pass} {
setup
font create
getnondefaultfonts
} font1
test font-11.4 {font command: names: loop test: multiple passes} {
setup
font create xyz
font create abc
font create def
lsort [getnondefaultfonts]
} {abc def xyz}
test font-11.5 {font command: names: skip deletePending fonts} {
# (nfPtr->deletePending == 0)
setup
set x {}
font create xyz
font create abc
lappend x [lsort [getnondefaultfonts]]
.b.f config -font xyz
font delete xyz
lappend x [getnondefaultfonts]
} {{abc xyz} abc}
test font-12.1 {UpdateDependantFonts procedure: no users} {
# (nfPtr->refCount == 0)
setup
font create xyz
font configure xyz -family times
} {}
test font-12.2 {UpdateDependantFonts procedure: pings the widgets} {
setup
font create xyz -family times -size 20
.b.f config -font xyz -text "abcd" -padx 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0
set a1 [font measure xyz "abcd"]
update
set b1 [winfo reqwidth .b.f]
font configure xyz -family helvetica -size 20
set a2 [font measure xyz "abcd"]
update
set b2 [winfo reqwidth .b.f]
expr {$a1==$b1 && $a2==$b2}
} 1
test font-13.1 {CreateNamedFont: new named font} {
# not (new == 0)
setup
set x {}
lappend x [getnondefaultfonts]
font create xyz
lappend x [getnondefaultfonts]
} {{} xyz}
test font-13.2 {CreateNamedFont: named font already exists} {
# (new == 0)
setup
font create xyz
list [catch {font create xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {named font "xyz" already exists}}
test font-13.3 {CreateNamedFont: named font already exists} {
# (nfPtr->deletePending == 0)
setup
font create xyz
list [catch {font create xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {named font "xyz" already exists}}
test font-13.4 {CreateNamedFont: recreate "deleted" font} {
# not (nfPtr->deletePending == 0)
setup
font create xyz -family times
.b.f configure -font xyz
font delete xyz
font create xyz -family courier
font configure xyz -family
} courier
test font-14.1 {Tk_GetFont procedure} {
} {}
test font-15.1 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - converting internal reps} testfont {
set x {Times 16}
lindex $x 0
destroy .b1 .b2
button .b1 -font $x
lindex $x 0
testfont counts {Times 16}
} {{1 0}}
test font-15.2 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - discard stale font} testfont {
set x {Times 16}
destroy .b1 .b2
button .b1 -font $x
destroy .b1
set result {}
lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
button .b2 -font $x
lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
} {{} {{1 1}}}
test font-15.3 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj - reuse existing font} testfont {
set x {Times 16}
destroy .b1 .b2
button .b1 -font $x
set result {}
lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
button .b2 -font $x
pack .b1 .b2 -side top
lappend result [testfont counts {Times 16}]
} {{{1 1}} {{2 1}}}
test font-15.4 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: bump ref count} {
# (new == 0)
setup
.b.f config -font {-family fixed}
lindex [font actual {-family fixed}] 0
} {-family}
test font-15.5 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get named font} {
# (namedHashPtr != NULL)
setup
font create xyz
.b.f config -font xyz
} {}
test font-15.6 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: not a named font} {
# not (namedHashPtr != NULL)
setup
.b.f config -font {times 20}
} {}
test font-15.7 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} unix {
# not (fontPtr == NULL)
setup
.b.f config -font fixed
} {}
test font-15.8 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get native font} win {
# not (fontPtr == NULL)
setup
.b.f config -font oemfixed
} {}
test font-15.10 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get attribute font} {
# (fontPtr == NULL)
list [catch {.b.f config -font {xxx yyy zzz}} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "yyy"}}
test font-15.11 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: no match} noExceed {
# (ParseFontNameObj() != TCL_OK)
list [catch {font actual "\{xyz"} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"]
test font-15.12 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: get attribute font} {
# not (ParseFontNameObj() != TCL_OK)
lindex [font actual {plan 9}] 0
} {-family}
test font-15.13 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: setup tab width} {
# Tk_MeasureChars(fontPtr, "0", ...)
label .l -bd 0 -padx 0 -highlightthickness 0 -font $fixed -text "a\tb"
update
set x [winfo reqwidth .l]
destroy .l
set x
} [expr [font measure $fixed "0"]*9]
test font-15.14 {Tk_AllocFontFromObj procedure: underline position} {
# (fontPtr->underlineHeight == 0) because size was < 10
setup
.b.f config -text "underline" -font "times -8 underline"
update
} {}
test font-16.1 {Tk_NameOfFont procedure} {
setup
.b.f config -font -family\ fixed
.b.f cget -font
} {-family fixed}
test font-17.1 {Tk_FreeFontFromObj - reference counts} testfont {
set x {Courier 12}
destroy .b1 .b2 .b3
button .b1 -font $x
button .b3 -font $x
button .b2 -font $x
set result {}
lappend result [testfont counts {Courier 12}]
destroy .b1
lappend result [testfont counts {Courier 12}]
destroy .b2
lappend result [testfont counts {Courier 12}]
destroy .b3
lappend result [testfont counts {Courier 12}]
} {{{3 1}} {{2 1}} {{1 1}} {}}
test font-17.2 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: one ref} {
# (fontPtr->refCount == 0)
setup
.b.f config -font {-family fixed}
destroy .b.f
} {}
test font-17.3 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: multiple ref} {
# not (fontPtr->refCount == 0)
setup
.b.f config -font {-family fixed}
button .b.b -font {-family fixed}
destroy .b.f
set x [.b.b cget -font]
destroy .b.b
set x
} {-family fixed}
test font-17.4 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} {
# (fontPtr->namedHashPtr != NULL)
setup
font create xyz
.b.f config -font xyz
destroy .b.f
expr {"xyz" in [font names]}
} 1
test font-17.5 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font} {
# not (fontPtr->refCount == 0)
setup
font create xyz -underline 1
.b.f config -font xyz
font delete xyz
set x [font actual xyz -underline]
destroy .b.f
list [font actual xyz -underline] $x
} {0 1}
test font-17.6 {Tk_FreeFont procedure: named font not deleted yet} {
setup
font create xyz
.b.f config -font xyz
button .b.b -font xyz
font delete xyz
set x [font actual xyz]
destroy .b.b
list [lindex [font actual xyz] 0] [lindex $x 0]
} {-family -family}
test font-18.1 {FreeFontObjProc} {testfont failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .b1
set x [format {Courier 12}]
button .b1 -font $x
set y [format {Courier 12}]
.b1 configure -font $y
set z [format {Courier 12}]
.b1 configure -font $z
set result {}
lappend result [testfont counts {Courier 12}]
set x red
lappend result [testfont counts {Courier 12}]
set z 32
lappend result [testfont counts {Courier 12}]
destroy .b1
lappend result [testfont counts {Courier 12}]
set y bogus
set result
} {{{1 3}} {{1 2}} {{1 1}} {}}
test font-19.1 {Tk_FontId} {
.b.f config -font "times 20"
update
} {}
test font-20.1 {Tk_GetFontMetrics procedure} {
button .b.w1 -text abc
entry .b.w2 -text abcd
update
destroy .b.w1 .b.w2
} {}
proc psfontname {name} {
set a [.b.c itemcget text -font]
.b.c itemconfig text -text "We need text" -font $name
set post [.b.c postscript]
.b.c itemconfig text -font $a
set end [string first "findfont" $post]
incr end -2
set post [string range $post [expr $end-70] $end]
set start [string first "gsave" $post]
return [string range $post [expr $start+7] end]
}
test font-21.1 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} unix {
set x [font actual {{itc avant garde} 10} -family]
if {[string match *avant*garde $x]} {
psfontname "{itc avant garde} 10"
} else {
set x {AvantGarde-Book}
}
} {AvantGarde-Book}
test font-21.2 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} win {
psfontname "arial 10"
} Helvetica
test font-21.3 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} win {
psfontname "{times new roman} 10"
} Times-Roman
test font-21.4 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: native} win {
psfontname "{courier new} 10"
} Courier
test font-21.8 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} unix {
set x [font actual {{lucida bright} 10} -family]
if {[string match lucida*bright $x]} {
psfontname "{lucida bright} 10"
} else {
set x LucidaBright
}
} LucidaBright
test font-21.9 {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: spaces} {unix failsOnUbuntu} {
psfontname "{new century schoolbook} 10"
} {NewCenturySchlbk-Roman}
set i 10
foreach p {
{font-21.10 "avantgarde"
AvantGarde-Book AvantGarde-Demi
AvantGarde-BookOblique AvantGarde-DemiOblique}
{font-21.11 "bookman"
Bookman-Light Bookman-Demi Bookman-LightItalic Bookman-DemiItalic}
{font-21.12 "courier"
Courier Courier-Bold Courier-Oblique Courier-BoldOblique}
{font-21.13 "helvetica"
Helvetica Helvetica-Bold Helvetica-Oblique Helvetica-BoldOblique}
{font-21.14 "new century schoolbook"
NewCenturySchlbk-Roman NewCenturySchlbk-Bold
NewCenturySchlbk-Italic NewCenturySchlbk-BoldItalic}
{font-21.15 "palatino"
Palatino-Roman Palatino-Bold Palatino-Italic Palatino-BoldItalic}
{font-21.16 "symbol"
Symbol Symbol Symbol Symbol}
{font-21.17 "times"
Times-Roman Times-Bold Times-Italic Times-BoldItalic}
{font-21.18 "zapfchancery"
ZapfChancery-MediumItalic ZapfChancery-MediumItalic
ZapfChancery-MediumItalic ZapfChancery-MediumItalic}
{font-21.19 "zapfdingbats"
ZapfDingbats ZapfDingbats ZapfDingbats ZapfDingbats}
} {
set values [lassign $p testName family]
test $testName {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} {unix failsOnQuarz} {
set x {}
set j 0
foreach slant {roman italic} {
foreach weight {normal bold} {
set name [list $family 12 $slant $weight]
if {[font actual $name -family] == $family} {
lappend x [psfontname $name]
} else {
lappend x [lindex $values $j]
}
incr j
}
}
set x
} $values
}
foreach p {
{font-21.20 "arial"
Helvetica Helvetica-Bold Helvetica-Oblique Helvetica-BoldOblique}
{font-21.21 "courier new"
Courier Courier-Bold Courier-Oblique Courier-BoldOblique}
{font-21.22 "helvetica"
Helvetica Helvetica-Bold Helvetica-Oblique Helvetica-BoldOblique}
{font-21.23 "symbol"
Symbol Symbol-Bold Symbol-Italic Symbol-BoldItalic}
{font-21.24 "times new roman"
Times-Roman Times-Bold Times-Italic Times-BoldItalic}
} {
set values [lassign $p testName family]
test $testName {Tk_PostscriptFontName procedure: exhaustive} win {
set x {}
foreach slant {roman italic} {
foreach weight {normal bold} {
lappend x [psfontname [list $family 12 "$slant $weight"]]
}
}
set x
} $values
}
test font-22.1 {Tk_TextWidth procedure} {
font measure [.b.l cget -font] "000"
} [expr $ax*3]
test font-23.1 {Tk_UnderlineChars procedure} {
text .b.t
.b.t insert 1.0 abc\tdefg
.b.t tag config sel -underline 1
.b.t tag add sel 1.0 end
update
} {}
setup
test font-24.1 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: empty string} {
.b.l config -text ""
} {}
test font-24.2 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: simple string} {
.b.l config -text "000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*3] $ay"
test font-24.3 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: find special chars} {
.b.l config -text "000\n000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*3] [expr $ay*2]"
test font-24.4 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: calls Tk_MeasureChars} {
.b.l config -text "000\n000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*3] [expr $ay*2]"
test font-24.5 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: break line} failsOnUbuntu {
.b.l config -text "000\t00000" -wrap [expr 9*$ax]
set x [getsize]
.b.l config -wrap 0
set x
} "[expr 8*$ax] [expr 2*$ay]"
test font-24.6 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: normal ended on special char} {
.b.l config -text "000\n000"
} {}
test font-24.7 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: special char was \n} {
.b.l config -text "000\n0000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*4] [expr $ay*2]"
test font-24.8 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: special char was \t} {
.b.l config -text "000\t00"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] $ay"
test font-24.9 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: tab didn't cause break} {
set x {}
.b.l config -text "000\t000"
lappend x [getsize]
.b.l config -text "000\t000" -wrap [expr 100*$ax]
lappend x [getsize]
.b.l config -wrap 0
set x
} "{[expr $ax*11] $ay} {[expr $ax*11] $ay}"
test font-24.10 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: tab caused break} {
set x {}
.b.l config -text "000\t"
lappend x [getsize]
.b.l config -text "000\t00" -wrap [expr $ax*6]
lappend x [getsize]
.b.l config -wrap 0
set x
} "{[expr $ax*8] $ay} {[expr $ax*8] [expr $ay*2]}"
test font-24.11 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: absorb spaces at eol} {
set x {}
.b.l config -text "000 000" -wrap [expr $ax*5]
lappend x [getsize]
.b.l config -text "000 "
lappend x [getsize]
.b.l config -wrap 0
set x
} "{[expr $ax*3] [expr $ay*2]} {[expr $ax*3] $ay}"
test font-24.12 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: append non-printing spaces to chunk} {
set x {}
.b.l config -text "000 0000" -wrap [expr $ax*5]
lappend x [getsize]
.b.l config -text "000\t00 0000" -wrap [expr $ax*12]
lappend x [getsize]
.b.l config -wrap 0
set x
} "{[expr $ax*4] [expr $ay*2]} {[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]}"
test font-24.13 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: many lines -> realloc line array} {
.b.l config -text "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
getsize
} "1 [expr $ay*129]"
test font-24.14 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: text ended with \n} {
list [.b.l config -text "0000"; getsize] [.b.l config -text "0000\n"; getsize]
} "{[expr $ax*4] $ay} {[expr $ax*4] [expr $ay*2]}"
test font-24.15 {Tk_ComputeTextLayout: justification} {
csetup "000\n00000"
set x {}
.b.c itemconfig text -just left
lappend x [.b.c index text @[expr $ax*2],0]
.b.c itemconfig text -just center
lappend x [.b.c index text @[expr $ax*2],0]
.b.c itemconfig text -just right
lappend x [.b.c index text @[expr $ax*2],0]
.b.c itemconfig text -just left
set x
} {2 1 0}
test font-25.1 {Tk_FreeTextLayout procedure} {
setup
.b.f config -text foo
.b.f config -text boo
} {}
test font-26.1 {Tk_DrawTextLayout procedure: auto-detect last char} {
.b.f config -text foo
} {}
test font-26.2 {Tk_DrawTextLayout procedure: multiple chunks} {
csetup "000\t00\n000"
} {}
test font-26.3 {Tk_DrawTextLayout: draw subset of chunk: numDisplay <= 0} {
csetup "000\t00"
.b.c select from text 3
.b.c select to text 5
} {}
test font-26.4 {Tk_DrawTextLayout: draw subset of chunk: firstChar <= 0} {
.b.c select from text 3
.b.c select to text 5
} {}
test font-26.5 {Tk_DrawTextLayout: draw subset of chunk: firstChar > 0} {
.b.c select from text 2
.b.c select to text 2
} {}
test font-26.6 {Tk_DrawTextLayout: draw subset of chunk: lastChar < numChars} {
.b.c select from text 4
.b.c select to text 4
} {}
test font-27.1 {Tk_UnderlineTextLayout procedure: no underline chosen} {
.b.f config -text "foo" -under -1
} {}
test font-27.2 {Tk_UnderlineTextLayout procedure: underline not visible} {
.b.f config -text "000 00000" -wrap [expr $ax*7] -under 10
} {}
test font-27.3 {Tk_UnderlineTextLayout procedure: underline is visible} {
.b.f config -text "000 00000" -wrap [expr $ax*7] -under 5
.b.f config -wrap -1 -under -1
} {}
test font-28.1 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: above all lines} {
csetup "000"
.b.c index text @-1,0
} 0
test font-28.2 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: no chars} {
# After fixing the following bug:
#
# In canvas text item, it was impossible to click to position the
# insertion point just after the last character.
#
# introduced another bug that Tk_PointToChar() would return a character
# index of 1 if TextLayout contained 0 characters.
csetup ""
.b.c index text @100,100
} 0
test font-28.3 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: loop test} {
csetup "000\n000\n000\n000"
.b.c index text @10000,0
} 3
test font-28.4 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: intersect line} {
csetup "000\n000\n000"
.b.c index text @0,$ay
} 4
test font-28.5 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: to the left of all chunks} {
.b.c index text @-100,$ay
} 4
test font-28.6 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: past any possible chunk} {
.b.c index text @100000,$ay
} 7
test font-28.7 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: which chunk on this line} {
csetup "000\n000\t000\t000\n000"
.b.c index text @[expr $ax*2],$ay
} 6
test font-28.8 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: which chunk on this line} {
csetup "000\n000\t000\t000\n000"
.b.c index text @[expr $ax*10],$ay
} 10
test font-28.9 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: in special chunk} {
csetup "000\n000\t000\t000\n000"
.b.c index text @[expr $ax*6],$ay
} 7
test font-28.10 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: past all chars in chunk} {
csetup "000 0000000"
.b.c itemconfig text -width [expr $ax*5]
set x [.b.c index text @[expr $ax*5],0]
.b.c itemconfig text -width 0
set x
} 3
test font-28.11 {Tk_PointToChar procedure: below all chunks} {
csetup "000 0000000"
.b.c index text @0,1000000
} 11
test font-29.1 {Tk_CharBBox procedure: index < 0} {
.b.f config -text "000" -underline -1
} {}
test font-29.2 {Tk_CharBBox procedure: loop} {
.b.f config -text "000\t000\t000\t000" -underline 9
} {}
test font-29.3 {Tk_CharBBox procedure: special char} {
.b.f config -text "000\t000\t000" -underline 7
} {}
test font-29.4 {Tk_CharBBox procedure: normal char} {
.b.f config -text "000" -underline 1
} {}
test font-29.5 {Tk_CharBBox procedure: right edge of bbox truncated} {
.b.f config -text "0 0000" -wrap [expr $ax*4] -under 2
.b.f config -wrap 0
} {}
test font-29.6 {Tk_CharBBox procedure: bbox pegged to right edge} {
.b.f config -text "0 0000" -wrap [expr $ax*4] -under 3
.b.f config -wrap 0
} {}
.b.c bind all <Enter> {lappend x [.b.c index current @%x,%y]}
test font-30.1 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: loop once} {
csetup "000\n000\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x 0 -y 0
set x
} 0
test font-30.2 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: loop multiple} {
csetup "000\n000\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x $ax -y $ay
set x
} 5
test font-30.3 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: loop to end} {
csetup "000\n0\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x [expr $ax*2] -y $ay
set x
} {}
test font-30.4 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: hit a special char (tab)} {
csetup "000\t000\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x [expr $ax*6] -y 0
set x
} 3
test font-30.5 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: ignore newline} {
csetup "000\n0\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x [expr $ax*2] -y $ay
set x
} {}
test font-30.6 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: ignore spaces at eol} {
csetup "000\n000 000000000"
.b.c itemconfig text -width [expr $ax*10]
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x [expr $ax*5] -y $ay
.b.c itemconfig text -width 0
set x
} {}
.b.c itemconfig text -justify center
test font-30.7 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: on left side} {
csetup "0\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x 0 -y 0
set x
} {}
test font-30.8 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: on right side} {
csetup "0\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x [expr $ax*2] -y 0
set x
} {}
test font-30.9 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: inside line} {
csetup "0\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x $ax -y 0
set x
} 0
test font-30.10 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: above line} {
csetup "0\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x 0 -y 0
set x
} {}
test font-30.11 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: below line} {
csetup "000\n0"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x 0 -y $ay
set x
} {}
test font-30.12 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: in line} {
csetup "0\n000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x $ax -y $ay
set x
} 3
.b.c itemconfig text -justify left
test font-30.13 {Tk_DistanceToTextLayout procedure: exact hit} {
csetup "000"
set x {}
event generate .b.c <Leave>
event generate .b.c <Enter> -x $ax -y 0
set x
} 1
test font-31.1 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: loop once} {
csetup "000\n000\n000"
.b.c find overlapping 0 0 0 0
} [.b.c find withtag text]
test font-31.2 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: loop multiple} {
csetup "000\t000\t000"
.b.c find overlapping [expr $ax*10] 0 [expr $ax*10] 0
} [.b.c find withtag text]
test font-31.3 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: loop to end} {
csetup "0\n000"
.b.c find overlapping [expr $ax*2] 0 [expr $ax*2] 0
} {}
test font-31.4 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: hit a special char (tab)} {
csetup "000\t000"
.b.c find overlapping [expr $ax*6] 0 [expr $ax*6] 0
} [.b.c find withtag text]
test font-31.5 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: ignore newlines} {
csetup "000\n0\n000"
.b.c find overlapping $ax $ay $ax $ay
} {}
test font-31.6 {Tk_IntersectTextLayout procedure: ignore spaces at eol} {
csetup "000\n000 000000000"
.b.c itemconfig text -width [expr $ax*10]
set x [.b.c find overlapping [expr $ax*5] $ay [expr $ax*5] $ay]
.b.c itemconfig text -width 0
set x
} {}
test font-32.1 {Tk_TextLayoutToPostscript: ensure buffer doesn't overflow} {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
# If there were a whole bunch of returns or tabs in a row, then the
# temporary buffer could overflow and write on the stack.
csetup "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
.b.c itemconfig text -width 800
.b.c insert text end "qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm\n"
.b.c insert text end "\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n"
.b.c insert text end "end"
set x [.b.c postscript]
set i [string first "(qwerty" $x]
string range $x $i [expr {$i + 278}]
} {(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[(qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm1234qwertyuiopasdfghjklzxcvbnm)]
[()]
[()]
[()]
[()]
[()]
[()]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 | [()] [()] [()] [()] [(end)] } | < | < | | < < > > | < < | | < < > | | | | | | > > > | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | > | < | | < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < < < < | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < > < | < < | < < > | < < < < | < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | | < | < | | < < | < < | | > | < | | | | < < | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | < | < < < < | < < < | | | | | | | | | | < | < | < | < | < | | | | | | | | | < | | < | < | < | > | < < | < < < > | | < < | | | | | < | < < | | | < < < | > | > > | | > | > > | | | | | | > | > | > > > > < < < < | 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 |
[()]
[()]
[()]
[()]
[(end)]
}
test font-33.1 {Tk_TextWidth procedure} {
} {}
test font-34.1 {ConfigAttributesObj procedure: arguments} {
# (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() != TCL_OK)
set x {}
setup
list [catch {font create xyz -xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}}
test font-34.2 {ConfigAttributesObj procedure: arguments} {
# (objc & 1)
setup
list [catch {font create xyz -family} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-family" option missing}}
foreach p {
{font-34.3 family xyz times}
{font-34.4 size 20 40}
{font-34.5 weight normal bold}
{font-34.6 slant roman italic}
{font-34.7 underline 0 1}
{font-34.8 overstrike 0 1}
} {
lassign $p testName opt val1 val2
test $testName "ConfigAttributesObj procedure: $opt" {
setup
set x {}
font create xyz -$opt $val1
lappend x [font config xyz -$opt]
font config xyz -$opt $val2
lappend x [font config xyz -$opt]
} [list $val1 $val2]
}
foreach p {
{font-34.9 size xyz {expected integer but got "xyz"}}
{font-34.10 weight xyz {bad -weight value "xyz": must be normal, or bold}}
{font-34.11 slant xyz {bad -slant value "xyz": must be roman, or italic}}
{font-34.12 underline xyz {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}}
{font-34.13 overstrike xyz {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}}
} {
lassign $p testName opt val result
test $testName "ConfigAttributesObj procedure: $opt" -setup {
setup
} -body {
font create xyz -$opt $val
} -returnCodes error -result $result
}
test font-35.1 {GetAttributeInfoObj procedure: one attribute} {
# (objPtr != NULL)
setup
font create xyz -family xyz
font config xyz -family
} xyz
test font-36.1 {GetAttributeInfoObj procedure: unknown attribute} {
# (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() != TCL_OK)
setup
font create xyz
list [catch {font config xyz -xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-xyz": must be -family, -size, -weight, -slant, -underline, or -overstrike}}
test font-37.1 {GetAttributeInfoObj procedure: all attributes} {
# not (objPtr != NULL)
setup
font create xyz -family xyz
font config xyz
} {-family xyz -size 0 -weight normal -slant roman -underline 0 -overstrike 0}
set i 4
foreach p {
{font-37.2 family xyz xyz}
{font-37.3 size 20 20}
{font-37.4 weight normal normal}
{font-37.5 slant italic italic}
{font-37.6 underline yes 1}
{font-37.7 overstrike false 0}
} {
lassign $p testName opt val expected
test $testName "GetAttributeInfo procedure: $opt" -setup {
setup
} -body {
font create xyz -$opt $val
font config xyz -$opt
} -result $expected
}
# In tests below, one field is set to "xyz" so that font name doesn't
# look like a native X font, so that ParseFontNameObj or TkParseXLFD will
# be called.
setup
test font-38.1 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: begins with -} {
lindex [font actual -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 1
} $times
test font-38.2 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: begins with -*} {
lindex [font actual -*-times-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 1
} $times
test font-38.3 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: begins with -, doesn't look like list} {
lindex [font actual -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 1
} $times
test font-38.4 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: begins with -, looks like list} {
lindex [font actual {-family times}] 1
} $times
test font-38.5 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: begins with *} {
lindex [font actual *-times-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 1
} $times
test font-38.6 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: begins with *} {
font actual *-times-xyz -family
} $times
test font-38.7 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: arguments} noExceed {
list [catch {font actual "\{xyz"} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "font \"{xyz\" doesn't exist"]
test font-38.8 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: arguments} noExceed {
list [catch {font actual ""} msg] $msg
} {1 {font "" doesn't exist}}
test font-38.9 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: arguments} {
list [catch {font actual {times 20 xyz xyz}} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown font style "xyz"}}
test font-38.10 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: arguments} {
list [catch {font actual {times xyz xyz}} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}
test font-38.12 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: stylelist loop} {unixOrPc failsOnUbuntu} {
lrange [font actual {times 12 bold italic overstrike underline}] 4 end
} {-weight bold -slant italic -underline 1 -overstrike 1}
test font-38.13 {ParseFontNameObj procedure: stylelist error} {
list [catch {font actual {times 12 bold xyz}} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown font style "xyz"}}
test font-38.14 "ParseFontNameObj: options with hyphenated family: bug #2791352" -body {
font actual {-family sans-serif -size 12 -weight bold -slant roman -underline 0 -overstrike 0}
} -result [font actual {sans-serif 12 bold}]
test font-38.15 "ParseFontNameObj: bug #2791352" -body {
font actual {-invalidfont 8 bold}
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {bad option "-invalidfont": *}
test font-39.1 {NewChunk procedure: test realloc} {
.b.f config -text "xxx\nxxx\txxx\nxxx\t\t\t"
} {}
test font-40.1 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: initial dash} {
font actual -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-* -family
} $times
test font-40.2 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: no initial dash} {
font actual *-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-xyz -family
} $times
test font-40.3 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: not enough fields} {
font actual -xyz-times-*-*-* -family
} $times
test font-40.4 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: all fields unspecified} {
lindex [font actual -xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 0
} {-family}
test font-40.5 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: all fields specified} {
lindex [font actual -foundry-times-weight-slant-setwidth-addstyle-10-10-10-10-spacing-avgwidth-registry-encoding] 1
} $times
test font-41.1 {TkParseXLFD procedure: arguments} {
# XLFD with bad pointsize: fallback to some system font.
font actual -*-*-*-*-*-*-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
set x {}
} {}
test font-42.1 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: arguments} {
# XLFD with bad pixelsize: fallback to some system font.
font actual -*-*-*-*-*-*-*-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*
set x {}
} {}
test font-42.2 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: pixelsize specified} {
font metrics -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-12-*-*-*-*-*-*-* -linespace
set x {}
} {}
test font-42.3 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: weird pixelsize specified} {
font metrics {-xyz-times-*-*-*-*-[ 12.0 0 12.0 0]-*-*-*-*-*-*-*} -linespace
set x {}
} {}
test font-42.4 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: pointsize specified} {
font metrics -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* -linespace
set x {}
} {}
test font-42.5 {TkFontParseXLFD procedure: weird pointsize specified} {
font metrics {-xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-[ 12.0 0 12.0 0]-*-*-*-*-*-*} -linespace
set x {}
} {}
test font-43.1 {FieldSpecified procedure: specified vs. non-specified} {
font actual -xyz--*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
font actual -xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
font actual -xyz-?-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
lindex [font actual -xyz-times-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*] 1
} $times
set oldscale [tk scaling]
tk scaling 0.5
test font-44.1 {TkFontGetPixels: size < 0} failsOnUbuntu {
font actual {times -12} -size
} 24
test font-44.2 {TkFontGetPoints: size >= 0} {noExceed failsOnUbuntu} {
font actual {times 12} -size
} 12
tk scaling $oldscale
test font-45.1 {TkFontGetAliasList: no match} {
font actual {snarky 10} -family
} [font actual {-size 10} -family]
test font-45.3 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} win {
font actual {times 10} -family
} {Times New Roman}
test font-45.4 {TkFontGetAliasList: match} {unix noExceed} {
# can fail on Unix systems that have a real "times new roman" font
font actual {{times new roman} 10} -family
} [font actual {times 10} -family]
test font-46.1 {font actual, with character, no option, no --} \
-body {
font actual {times 10} a
} \
-match glob \
-result [list -family [font actual {times 10} -family] -size *\
-slant roman -underline 0 -overstrike 0]
test font-46.2 {font actual, with character introduced by --} \
-body {
font actual {times 10} -- -
} \
-match glob \
-result [list -family [font actual {times 10} -family] -size *\
-slant roman -underline 0 -overstrike 0]
test font-46.3 {font actual, with character and option} {
font actual {times 10} -family a
} [font actual {times 10} -family]
test font-46.4 {font actual, with character, option and --} {
font actual {times 10} -family -- -
} [font actual {times 10} -family]
test font-46.5 {font actual, too many chars} {
list [catch {
font actual {times 10} 123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901
} result] $result
} {1 {expected a single character but got "1234567890123456789012345678901234567..."}}
setup
destroy .b
test font-47.1 {Bug f214b8ad5b} -body {
interp create one
interp create two
load {} Tk one
load {} Tk two
one eval menu .menubar
two eval menu .menubar
interp delete one
interp delete two
} -result {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/fontchooser.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/frame.test.
|
| | | | | | < | | > | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < | > | < < < < < < < < < < | < < | > | < < | | < > < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < < | < < < < < < < | < | > | | < < | < < | | < < | | | | | < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | < < < < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < | < | < < < | | < < < < < | | > > | | | | < < < < < | < < | < | | < < < < | > > | | > | | | | | | | < | < < | > > | < | > | > | > > > | | < | < < < > | | < | < < < > | | < | | | < < < < < < | | < | | | < < < < < < < < | < < > | | | > > | < < | < | < < | < < | < | < < | < < | < | < < | < < | < | < < | < | | | | < < | < | < < | < < | < | < < | < < | < | < < | < < | < < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | | < < | | | | | < | | | < | < < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < < | | < < > < < | | < < < | | < < < | | | < | | | | | < | < < | | < | | | < < > > | > | < | < | | | | < | | < < | | | < | < < | | < < > > | < | > | | < < > | | > > > | | | < > | < < | | < < < > < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > | > | > > | < < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < > | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | > | < < | < < | < < | < < | | | < < | > | > > | | < < < < < < < < | < > | < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | > | > > > > > > > > > | < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < | < < < < | < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | < < | < < < < < < < < < > | < < > | | | | | | < < > | | | | < < > | | | | < < > | | | | < < > | | | | < < | | | | > < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "frame" and "toplevel"
# commands of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint notWinCI [expr {
($::tcl_platform(platform) ne "windows") || ![info exists ::env(CI)]}]
# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to
# use up all the slots in the colormap.
#
# Arguments:
# w - Name of toplevel window to create.
proc eatColors {w} {
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm geom $w +0+0
canvas $w.c -width 400 -height 200 -bd 0
pack $w.c
for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr $x*6] [expr $y*30] 0]
$w.c create rectangle [expr 10*$x] [expr 20*$y] \
[expr 10*$x + 10] [expr 20*$y + 20] -outline {} \
-fill $color
}
}
update
}
# colorsFree --
#
# Returns 1 if there appear to be free colormap entries in a window,
# 0 otherwise.
#
# Arguments:
# w - Name of window in which to check.
# red, green, blue - Intensities to use in a trial color allocation
# to see if there are colormap entries free.
proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
&& ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}
test frame-1.1 {frame configuration options} {
frame .f -class NewFrame
list [.f configure -class] [catch {.f configure -class Different} msg] $msg
} {{-class class Class Frame NewFrame} 1 {can't modify -class option after widget is created}}
catch {destroy .f}
test frame-1.2 {frame configuration options} {
frame .f -colormap new
list [.f configure -colormap] [catch {.f configure -colormap .} msg] $msg
} {{-colormap colormap Colormap {} new} 1 {can't modify -colormap option after widget is created}}
catch {destroy .f}
test frame-1.3 {frame configuration options} {
frame .f -visual default
list [.f configure -visual] [catch {.f configure -visual best} msg] $msg
} {{-visual visual Visual {} default} 1 {can't modify -visual option after widget is created}}
catch {destroy .f}
test frame-1.4 {frame configuration options} {
list [catch {frame .f -screen bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-screen"}}
test frame-1.5 {frame configuration options} {
set result [list [catch {frame .f -container true} msg] $msg \
[.f configure -container]]
destroy .f
set result
} {0 .f {-container container Container 0 1}}
test frame-1.6 {frame configuration options} {
list [catch {frame .f -container bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}}
test frame-1.7 {frame configuration options} {
frame .f
set result [list [catch {.f configure -container 1} msg] $msg]
destroy .f
set result
} {1 {can't modify -container option after widget is created}}
test frame-1.8 {frame configuration options} {
# Make sure all options can be set to the default value
frame .f
set opts {}
foreach opt [.f configure] {
if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
}
}
eval frame .g $opts
destroy .f .g
} {}
frame .f
set i 9
foreach test {
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bg #00ff00 #00ff00 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-height 100 100 not_a_number {bad screen distance "not_a_number"}}
{-highlightbackground #112233 #112233 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
{-highlightcolor #123456 #123456 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-highlightthickness 6 6 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-padx 3 3 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-pady 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-relief ridge ridge badValue {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-width 32 32 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
} {
lassign $test opt goodValue goodResult badValue badResult
test frame-1.$i {frame configuration options} {
.f configure $opt $goodValue
lindex [.f configure $opt] 4
} $goodResult
incr i
if {$badValue ne ""} {
test frame-1.$i {frame configuration options} -body {
.f configure $opt $badValue
} -returnCodes error -result $badResult
}
.f configure $opt [lindex [.f configure $opt] 3]
incr i
}
destroy .f
test frame-2.1 {toplevel configuration options} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -class NewClass
wm geometry .t +0+0
list [.t configure -class] [catch {.t configure -class Another} msg] $msg
} {{-class class Class Toplevel NewClass} 1 {can't modify -class option after widget is created}}
test frame-2.2 {toplevel configuration options} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -colormap new
wm geometry .t +0+0
list [.t configure -colormap] [catch {.t configure -colormap .} msg] $msg
} {{-colormap colormap Colormap {} new} 1 {can't modify -colormap option after widget is created}}
test frame-2.3 {toplevel configuration options} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
wm geometry .t +0+0
list [catch {.t configure -container 1} msg] $msg [.t configure -container]
} {1 {can't modify -container option after widget is created} {-container container Container 0 0}}
test frame-2.4 {toplevel configuration options} {
catch {destroy .t}
list [catch {toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -colormap bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "bogus"}}
set default "[winfo visual .] [winfo depth .]"
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
test frame-2.5 {toplevel configuration options} notWinCI {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
wm geometry .t +0+0
list [catch {.t configure -use 0x44022} msg] $msg [.t configure -use]
} {1 {window "0x44022" doesn't exist} {-use use Use {} {}}}
} else {
test frame-2.5 {toplevel configuration options} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
wm geometry .t +0+0
list [catch {.t configure -use 0x44022} msg] $msg [.t configure -use]
} {1 {can't modify -use option after widget is created} {-use use Use {} {}}}
}
test frame-2.6 {toplevel configuration options} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -visual default
wm geometry .t +0+0
list [.t configure -visual] [catch {.t configure -visual best} msg] $msg
} {{-visual visual Visual {} default} 1 {can't modify -visual option after widget is created}}
test frame-2.7 {toplevel configuration options} {
catch {destroy .t}
list [catch {toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -visual who_knows?} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown or ambiguous visual name "who_knows?": class must be best, directcolor, grayscale, greyscale, pseudocolor, staticcolor, staticgray, staticgrey, truecolor, or default}}
test frame-2.8 {toplevel configuration options} haveDISPLAY {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -screen $env(DISPLAY)
wm geometry .t +0+0
set cfg [string compare [.t configure -screen] \
"-screen screen Screen {} $env(DISPLAY)"]
list $cfg [catch {.t configure -screen another} msg] $msg
} {0 1 {can't modify -screen option after widget is created}}
test frame-2.9 {toplevel configuration options} {
catch {destroy .t}
list [catch {toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100 -screen bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't connect to display "bogus"}}
test frame-2.10 {toplevel configuration options} {
catch {destroy .t}
catch {destroy .x}
toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
wm geometry .t +0+0
set result [list \
[catch {toplevel .x -container 1 -use [winfo id .t]} msg] $msg]
destroy .t .x
set result
} {1 {A window cannot have both the -use and the -container option set.}}
test frame-2.11 {toplevel configuration options} {
# Make sure all options can be set to the default value
toplevel .f
set opts {}
foreach opt [.f configure] {
if {[llength $opt] == 5} {
lappend opts [lindex $opt 0] [lindex $opt 4]
}
}
eval toplevel .g $opts
destroy .f .g
} {}
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
set i 12
foreach test {
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bg #00ff00 #00ff00 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-height 100 100 not_a_number {bad screen distance "not_a_number"}}
{-highlightcolor #123456 #123456 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-highlightthickness 3 3 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-padx 3 3 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-pady 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-relief ridge ridge badValue {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-width 32 32 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
} {
lassign $test opt goodValue goodResult badValue badResult
test frame-2.$i {toplevel configuration options} {
.t configure $opt $goodValue
lindex [.t configure $opt] 4
} $goodResult
incr i
if {$badValue ne ""} {
test frame-2.$i {toplevel configuration options} -body {
.t configure $opt $badValue
} -returnCodes error -result $badResult
}
.t configure $opt [lindex [.t configure $opt] 3]
incr i
}
test frame-3.1 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -body {
frame
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "frame pathName ?options?"}
test frame-3.2 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
catch {destroy .f}
frame .f
} -body {
.f configure -class
} -cleanup {
destroy .f
} -result {-class class Class Frame Frame}
test frame-3.3 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
} -body {
.t configure -class
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {-class class Class Toplevel Toplevel}
test frame-3.4 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 350 -class NewClass -bg black -visual default -height 90
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
list [lindex [.t configure -width] 4] \
[lindex [.t configure -background] 4] \
[lindex [.t configure -height] 4]
} {350 black 90}
# Be sure that the -class, -colormap, and -visual options are processed
# before configuring the widget.
test frame-3.5 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .f}
option add *NewFrame.background #123456
frame .f -class NewFrame
option clear
lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} {#123456}
test frame-3.6 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .f}
option add *NewFrame.background #123456
frame .f -class NewFrame
option clear
lindex [.f configure -background] 4
} {#123456}
test frame-3.7 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .f}
option add *NewFrame.background #332211
option add *f.class NewFrame
frame .f
option clear
list [lindex [.f configure -class] 4] [lindex [.f configure -background] 4]
} {NewFrame #332211}
test frame-3.8 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .f}
option add *Silly.background #122334
option add *f.Class Silly
frame .f
option clear
list [lindex [.f configure -class] 4] [lindex [.f configure -background] 4]
} {Silly #122334}
test frame-3.9 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use option} -setup {
catch {destroy .t}
catch {destroy .x}
} -constraints unix -body {
toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
wm geometry .t +0+0
toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -use [winfo id .t] -bg green
tkwait visibility .x
list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \
[expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \
[winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {0 0 140 300}
test frame-3.10 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use option} -setup {
catch {destroy .t}
catch {destroy .x}
} -constraints unix -body {
toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
wm geometry .t +0+0
option add *x.use [winfo id .t]
toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -bg green
tkwait visibility .x
list [expr {[winfo rootx .x] - [winfo rootx .t]}] \
[expr {[winfo rooty .x] - [winfo rooty .t]}] \
[winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
option clear
} -result {0 0 140 300}
# The tests below require specific display characteristics (i.e. that
# they are run on a pseudocolor display of depth 8). Even so, they
# are non-portable: some machines don't seem to ever run out of
# colors.
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
eatColors .t1
}
test frame-3.11 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
colorsFree .t
} {0}
test frame-3.12 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -colormap new
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
colorsFree .t
} {1}
test frame-3.13 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
option add *t.class Toplevel2
option add *Toplevel2.colormap new
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
option clear
colorsFree .t
} {1}
test frame-3.14 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
option add *t.class Toplevel3
option add *Toplevel3.Colormap new
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -colormap new
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
option clear
colorsFree .t
} {1}
test frame-3.15 {TkCreateFrame procedure, -use and -colormap} -setup {
catch {destroy .t}
catch {destroy .x}
} -constraints {defaultPseudocolor8 unix nonPortable} -body {
toplevel .t -container 1 -width 300 -height 120
wm geometry .t +0+0
toplevel .x -width 140 -height 300 -use [winfo id .t] -bg green -colormap new
tkwait visibility .x
list [colorsFree .t] [colorsFree .x]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {0 1}
test frame-3.16 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -visual default
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
colorsFree .t
} {0}
test frame-3.17 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #475601 -visual default \
-colormap new
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
colorsFree .t
} {1}
test frame-3.18 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} {1}
test frame-3.19 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
option add *t.class T4
option add *T4.visual {grayscale 8}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
option clear
list [colorsFree .t 131 131 131] [lindex [.t configure -visual] 4]
} {1 {grayscale 8}}
test frame-3.20 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
set x ok
option add *t.class T5
option add *T5.Visual {grayscale 8}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
option clear
list [colorsFree .t 131 131 131] [lindex [.t configure -visual] 4]
} {1 {grayscale 8}}
test frame-3.21 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {defaultPseudocolor8 haveGrayscale8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
set x ok
toplevel .t -visual {grayscale 8} -width 300 -height 200 -bg #434343
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
colorsFree .t 131 131 131
} {1}
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
destroy .t1
}
test frame-3.22 {TkCreateFrame procedure, default dimensions} -setup {
catch {destroy .t}
} -body {
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
set result "[winfo reqwidth .t] [winfo reqheight .t]"
frame .t.f -bg red
pack .t.f
update
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .t.f] [winfo reqheight .t.f]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {200 200 1 1}
test frame-3.23 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
catch {destroy .f}
} -body {
frame .f -gorp glob
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-gorp"}
test frame-3.24 {TkCreateFrame procedure} -setup {
catch {destroy .t}
} -body {
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -colormap new -bogus option
wm geometry .t +0+0
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-bogus"}
test frame-4.1 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .f}
catch {frame .f -gorp glob}
winfo exists .f
} 0
test frame-4.2 {TkCreateFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .f}
list [frame .f -width 200 -height 100] [winfo exists .f]
} {.f 1}
catch {destroy .f}
frame .f -highlightcolor black
test frame-5.1 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure} {
list [catch .f msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".f option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test frame-5.2 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, cget option} {
list [catch {.f cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".f cget option"}}
test frame-5.3 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, cget option} {
list [catch {.f cget a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".f cget option"}}
test frame-5.4 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, cget option} {
list [catch {.f cget -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test frame-5.5 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, cget option} {
.f cget -highlightcolor
} {black}
test frame-5.6 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, cget option} {
list [catch {.f cget -screen} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-screen"}}
test frame-5.7 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, cget option} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
catch {.t cget -screen}
} {0}
catch {destroy .t}
test frame-5.8 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} {
llength [.f configure]
} {18}
test frame-5.9 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} {
list [catch {.f configure -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test frame-5.10 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} {
list [catch {.f configure -gorp bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test frame-5.11 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} {
list [catch {.f configure -width 200 -height} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-height" missing}}
test frame-5.12 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure} {
list [catch {.f swizzle} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "swizzle": must be cget or configure}}
test frame-5.13 {FrameWidgetCommand procedure, configure option} {
llength [. configure]
} {21}
test frame-6.1 {ConfigureFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .f}
frame .f -width 150
list [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
} {150 1}
test frame-6.2 {ConfigureFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .f}
frame .f -height 97
list [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
} {1 97}
test frame-6.3 {ConfigureFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .f}
frame .f
set result {}
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
.f configure -width 100 -height 180
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
.f configure -width 0 -height 0
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f] [winfo reqheight .f]
} {1 1 100 180 100 180}
test frame-7.1 {FrameEventProc procedure} {
frame .frame2
set result [info commands .frame2]
destroy .frame2
lappend result [info commands .frame2]
} {.frame2 {}}
test frame-7.2 {FrameEventProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -bg #543210
rename .f1 .f2
set x {}
lappend x [winfo children .]
lappend x [.f2 cget -bg]
destroy .f1
lappend x [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
} {.f1 #543210 {} {}}
test frame-8.1 {FrameCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1
rename .f1 {}
list [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
} {{} {}}
test frame-8.2 {FrameCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
toplevel .f1 -menu .m
wm geometry .f1 +0+0
update
rename .f1 {}
update
list [info command .f*] [winfo children .]
} {{} {}}
#
# This one fails with the dash-patch!!!! Still don't know why :-(
#
#test frame-8.3 {FrameCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
# eval destroy [winfo children .]
# toplevel .f1 -menu .m
# wm geometry .f1 +0+0
# menu .m
# update
# rename .f1 {}
# update
# set result [list [info command .f*] [winfo children .]]
# eval destroy [winfo children .]
# set result
#} {{} .m}
test frame-9.1 {MapFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
wm geometry .t +0+0
set result [winfo ismapped .t]
update idletasks
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t]
} {0 1}
test frame-9.2 {MapFrame procedure} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
wm geometry .t +0+0
destroy .t
update
winfo exists .t
} {0}
test frame-9.3 {MapFrame procedure, window deleted while mapping} {
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 200
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
tkwait visibility .t2
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 400
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t2.f -width 50 -height 50
bind .t2.f <Configure> {destroy .t}
pack .t2.f -side top
update idletasks
winfo exists .t
} {0}
set l [interp hidden]
deleteWindows
test frame-10.1 {frame widget vs hidden commands} {
catch {destroy .t}
frame .t
interp hide {} .t
destroy .t
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
test frame-11.1 {TkInstallFrameMenu} {
catch {destroy .t}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
menu .m1.system -tearoff 0
.m1.system add command -label foo
list [toplevel .t -menu .m1] [destroy .m1] [destroy .t]
} {.t {} {}}
test frame-11.2 {TkInstallFrameMenu - frame renamed} {
catch {destroy .t}
catch {rename foo {}}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
menu .m1.system -tearoff 0
.m1.system add command -label foo
toplevel .t
list [rename .t foo] [destroy .t] [destroy foo] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {} {} {}}
test frame-12.1 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} {
# Test -bd -padx and -pady
destroy .f
frame .f -borderwidth 2 -padx 3 -pady 4
place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 40 -height 40
pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1
update
set result [list [winfo x .f.f] [winfo y .f.f] \
[winfo width .f.f] [winfo height .f.f]]
destroy .f
set result
} {5 6 30 28}
test frame-12.2 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} {
# Test all -labelanchor positions
destroy .f
set font {helvetica 12}
labelframe .f -highlightthickness 1 -bd 3 -padx 1 -pady 2 -font $font \
-text "Mupp"
set fh [expr {[font metrics $font -linespace] + 2 - 3}]
set fw [expr {[font measure $font "Mupp"] + 2 - 3}]
if {$fw < 0} {set fw 0}
if {$fh < 0} {set fh 0}
place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 100 -height 100
pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1
set result {}
foreach lp {nw n ne en e es se s sw ws w wn} {
.f configure -labelanchor $lp
update
set expx 5
set expy 6
set expw 90
set exph 88
switch -glob $lp {
n* {incr expy $fh ; incr exph -$fh}
s* {incr exph -$fh}
w* {incr expx $fw ; incr expw -$fw}
e* {incr expw -$fw}
}
lappend result [expr {\
[winfo x .f.f] == $expx && [winfo y .f.f] == $expy &&\
[winfo width .f.f] == $expw && [winfo height .f.f] == $exph}]
}
destroy .f
set result
} {1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1}
test frame-12.3 {FrameWorldChanged procedure} {
# Check reaction on font change
destroy .f
font create myfont -family courier -size 10
labelframe .f -font myfont -text Mupp
place .f -x 0 -y 0 -width 40 -height 40
pack [frame .f.f] -fill both -expand 1
update
set h1 [font metrics myfont -linespace]
set y1 [winfo y .f.f]
font configure myfont -size 20
update
set h2 [font metrics myfont -linespace]
set y2 [winfo y .f.f]
destroy .f
font delete myfont
expr {($h2 - $h1) - ($y2 - $y1)}
} {0}
test frame-13.1 {labelframe configuration options} {
labelframe .f -class NewFrame
list [.f configure -class] [catch {.f configure -class Different} msg] $msg
} {{-class class Class Labelframe NewFrame} 1 {can't modify -class option after widget is created}}
catch {destroy .f}
test frame-13.2 {labelframe configuration options} {
list [catch {labelframe .f -colormap new} msg] $msg
} {0 .f}
catch {destroy .f}
test frame-13.3 {labelframe configuration options} {
list [catch {labelframe .f -visual default} msg] $msg
} {0 .f}
catch {destroy .f}
test frame-13.4 {labelframe configuration options} {
list [catch {labelframe .f -screen bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-screen"}}
test frame-13.5 {labelframe configuration options} {
set result [list [catch {labelframe .f -container true} msg] $msg \
[.f configure -container]]
destroy .f
set result
} {0 .f {-container container Container 0 1}}
test frame-13.6 {labelframe configuration options} {
list [catch {labelframe .f -container bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}}
test frame-13.7 {labelframe configuration options} {
labelframe .f
set result [list [catch {.f configure -container 1} msg] $msg]
destroy .f
set result
} {1 {can't modify -container option after widget is created}}
labelframe .f
set i 8
foreach test {
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bg #00ff00 #00ff00 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-fg #0000ff #0000ff non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-font {courier 8} {courier 8} {} {}}
{-foreground #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-height 100 100 not_a_number {bad screen distance "not_a_number"}}
{-highlightbackground #112233 #112233 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
{-highlightcolor #123456 #123456 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-highlightthickness 6 6 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-labelanchor se se badValue {bad labelanchor "badValue": must be e, en, es, n, ne, nw, s, se, sw, w, wn, or ws}}
{-padx 3 3 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-pady 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-relief ridge ridge badValue {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-text "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-width 32 32 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
} {
lassign $test name goodValue goodResult badValue badResult
test frame-13.$i {labelframe configuration options} {
.f configure $name $goodValue
lindex [.f configure $name] 4
} $goodResult
incr i
if {$badValue ne ""} {
test frame-13.$i {labelframe configuration options} -body {
.f configure $name $badValue
} -returnCodes error -result $badResult
}
.f configure $name [lindex [.f configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
destroy .f
test frame-14.1 {labelframe labelwidget option} {
# Test that label is moved in stacking order
destroy .f .l
label .l -text Mupp -font {helvetica 8}
labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
pack .f
frame .f.f -width 50 -height 50
pack .f.f
update
set res [list [winfo children .] [winfo width .f] \
[expr {[winfo height .f] - [winfo height .l]}]]
destroy .f .l
set res
} {{.f .l} 54 52}
test frame-14.2 {labelframe labelwidget option} {
# Test the labelframe's reaction if the label is destroyed
destroy .f .l
label .l -text Aratherlonglabel
labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
pack .f
label .f.l -text Mupp
pack .f.l
update
set res [list [.f cget -labelwidget]]
lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
destroy .l
lappend res [.f cget -labelwidget]
update
lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .f.l]}]
destroy .f
set res
} {.l 12 {} 4}
test frame-14.3 {labelframe labelwidget option} {
# Test the labelframe's reaction if the label is stolen
destroy .f .l
label .l -text Aratherlonglabel
labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
pack .f
label .f.l -text Mupp
pack .f.l
update
set res [list [.f cget -labelwidget]]
lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
pack .l
lappend res [.f cget -labelwidget]
update
lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .f.l]}]
destroy .f .l
set res
} {.l 12 {} 4}
test frame-14.4 {labelframe labelwidget option} {
# Test the label's reaction if the labelframe is destroyed
destroy .f .l
label .l -text Mupp
labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
pack .f
update
set res [list [winfo manager .l]]
destroy .f
lappend res [winfo manager .l]
destroy .l
set res
} {labelframe {}}
test frame-14.5 {labelframe labelwidget option} {
# Test that the labelframe reacts on changes in label
destroy .f .l
label .l -text Aratherlonglabel
labelframe .f -labelwidget .l
pack .f
label .f.l -text Mupp
pack .f.l
update
set first [winfo width .f]
set res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
.l configure -text Shorter
update
lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] < $first}]
.l configure -text Alotlongerthananytimebefore
update
lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] - [winfo width .l]}]
lappend res [expr {[winfo width .f] > $first}]
destroy .f .l
set res
} {12 12 1 12 1}
test frame-14.6 {labelframe labelwidget option} {
# Destroying a labelframe with a child label caused a crash
# when not handling mapping of the label correctly.
# This test does not test anything directly, it's just ment
# to catch if the same mistake is made again.
destroy .f
labelframe .f
pack .f
label .f.l -text Mupp
.f configure -labelwidget .f.l
update
destroy .f
} {}
catch {destroy .f}
rename eatColors {}
rename colorsFree {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/geometry.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file # tkGeometry.c (generic support for geometry managers). It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < < < < < < | < < < < | | | | < | < | < < < < < | < < | | | | | < | | < < | | | < | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | < < < < | | | | | < < < > | | | | < | | | | | | < | | < < < < < | > | < < > < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file
# tkGeometry.c (generic support for geometry managers). It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
wm geometry . 300x300
raise .
update
frame .f -bd 2 -relief raised
frame .f.f -bd 2 -relief sunken
frame .f.f.f -bd 2 -relief raised
button .b1 -text .b1
button .b2 -text .b2
button .b3 -text .b3
button .f.f.b4 -text .b4
test geometry-1.1 {Tk_ManageGeometry procedure} {
place .b1 -x 120 -y 80
update
list [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1]
} {120 80}
test geometry-1.2 {Tk_ManageGeometry procedure} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .b1 -in .f -x 40 -y 30
update
pack .b1 -side top -anchor w
place .f -x 30 -y 40
update
list [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1]
} {0 0}
test geometry-2.1 {Tk_GeometryRequest procedure} {
frame .f2
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .f2] [winfo reqheight .f2]]
.f2 configure -width 150 -height 300
update
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .f2] [winfo reqheight .f2] \
[winfo geom .f2]
place .f2 -x 10 -y 20
update
lappend result [winfo geom .f2]
.f2 configure -width 100 -height 80
update
lappend result [winfo geom .f2]
} {1 1 150 300 1x1+0+0 150x300+10+20 100x80+10+20}
catch {destroy .f2}
test geometry-3.1 {Tk_SetInternalBorder procedure} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .b1 -in .f -x 50 -y 5
update
set x [list [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1]]
.f configure -bd 5
update
lappend x [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1]
} {72 37 75 40}
.f configure -bd 2
test geometry-4.1 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
place .f.f.f -width 100 -height 80
place .b1 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 5
update
list [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1]
} {91 46}
test geometry-4.2 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
place .f.f.f -width 100 -height 80
place .b1 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 5
place .b2 -in .f.f.f -x 10 -y 25
place .b3 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 25
update
place .f -x 30 -y 25
update
list [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1] [winfo x .b2] [winfo y .b2] \
[winfo x .b3] [winfo y .b3]
} {101 41 61 61 101 61}
test geometry-4.3 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
place .f.f.f -width 100 -height 80
place .b1 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 5
place .b2 -in .f.f.f -x 10 -y 25
place .b3 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 25
update
destroy .b1
button .b1 -text .b1
place .f.f -x 10 -y 25
update
list [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1] [winfo x .b2] [winfo y .b2] \
[winfo x .b3] [winfo y .b3]
} {0 0 46 86 86 86}
test geometry-4.4 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
place .f.f.f -width 100 -height 80
place .b1 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 5
place .b2 -in .f.f.f -x 10 -y 25
place .b3 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 25
update
destroy .b2
button .b2 -text .b2
place .f.f.f -x 2 -y 3
update
list [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1] [winfo x .b2] [winfo y .b2] \
[winfo x .b3] [winfo y .b3]
} {93 49 0 0 93 69}
test geometry-4.5 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
place .f.f.f -width 100 -height 80
place .b1 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 5
place .b2 -in .f.f.f -x 10 -y 25
place .b3 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 25
update
destroy .b3
button .b3 -text .b3
place .f.f.f -x 2 -y 3
update
list [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1] [winfo x .b2] [winfo y .b2] \
[winfo x .b3] [winfo y .b3]
} {93 49 53 69 0 0}
test geometry-4.6 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3 .f.f.b4} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
place .f.f.f -width 100 -height 80
place .f.f.b4 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 5
place .b2 -in .f.f.f -x 10 -y 25
update
place .f -x 25 -y 35
update
list [winfo x .f.f.b4] [winfo y .f.f.b4] [winfo x .b2] [winfo y .b2]
} {54 9 56 71}
test geometry-4.7 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3 .f.f.b4} {
place forget $w
}
bind .b1 <Configure> {lappend x configure}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
place .f.f.f -width 100 -height 80
place .f.f.b4 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 5
place .b1 -in .f.f.f -x 10 -y 25
update
set x init
place .f -x 25 -y 35
update
lappend x |
place .f -x 30 -y 40
place .f.f -x 10 -y 0
update
bind .b1 <Configure> {}
set x
} {init configure |}
test geometry-4.8 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
place .f.f.f -width 100 -height 80
place .b1 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 5
place .b2 -in .f.f.f -x 10 -y 25
place .b3 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 25
update
destroy .f.f
frame .f.f -bd 2 -relief raised
frame .f.f.f -bd 2 -relief raised
place .f -x 30 -y 25
update
list [winfo x .b1] [winfo y .b1] [winfo ismapped .b1] \
[winfo x .b2] [winfo y .b2] [winfo ismapped .b2] \
[winfo x .b3] [winfo y .b3] [winfo ismapped .b3]
} {91 46 0 51 66 0 91 66 0}
test geometry-4.9 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
foreach w {.f .f.f .f.f.f .b1 .b2 .b3} {
place forget $w
}
place .f -x 20 -y 30 -width 200 -height 200
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
place .f.f.f -width 100 -height 80
place .b1 -in .f.f.f -x 50 -y 5
update
set result [winfo ismapped .b1]
place forget .f.f
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .b1]
place .f.f -x 15 -y 5 -width 150 -height 120
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .b1]
} {1 0 1}
test geometry-4.10 {Tk_MaintainGeometry and Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
update
frame .t.f
pack .t.f
button .t.quit -text Quit -command exit
pack .t.quit -in .t.f
wm iconify .t
set x 0
after 500 {set x 1}
tkwait variable x
wm deiconify .t
update
winfo ismapped .t.quit
} {1}
catch {destroy .t}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/get.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkGet.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl # white-box tests. # | | | < < | < > < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < | < < | | < | < > < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < | < < | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkGet.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# white-box tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
button .b
test get-1.1 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor n
.b cget -anchor
} {n}
test get-1.2 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor ne
.b cget -anchor
} {ne}
test get-1.3 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor e
.b cget -anchor
} {e}
test get-1.4 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor se
.b cget -anchor
} {se}
test get-1.5 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor s
.b cget -anchor
} {s}
test get-1.6 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor sw
.b cget -anchor
} {sw}
test get-1.7 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor w
.b cget -anchor
} {w}
test get-1.8 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor nw
.b cget -anchor
} {nw}
test get-1.9 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor n
.b cget -anchor
} {n}
test get-1.10 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj} {
.b configure -anchor center
.b cget -anchor
} {center}
test get-1.11 {Tk_GetAnchorFromObj - error} {
list [catch {.b configure -anchor unknown} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad anchor "unknown": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}}
catch {destroy .b}
button .b
test get-2.1 {Tk_GetJustifyFromObj} {
.b configure -justify left
.b cget -justify
} {left}
test get-2.2 {Tk_GetJustifyFromObj} {
.b configure -justify right
.b cget -justify
} {right}
test get-2.3 {Tk_GetJustifyFromObj} {
.b configure -justify center
.b cget -justify
} {center}
test get-2.4 {Tk_GetJustifyFromObj - error} {
list [catch {.b configure -justify stupid} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad justification "stupid": must be left, right, or center}}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/grab.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # Tests for the grab command. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tk # built-in commands. Sourcing this file runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | < < < | | | < < < | | | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | > | | < | > | | < | | | | | | | < | | | < | | | < | > | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 |
# Tests for the grab command.
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tk
# built-in commands. Sourcing this file runs the tests and
# generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# There's currently no way to test the actual grab effect, per se,
# in an automated test. Therefore, this test suite only covers the
# interface to the grab command (ie, error messages, etc.)
test grab-1.1 {Tk_GrabObjCmd} {
list [catch {grab} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"grab ?-global? window\" or \"grab option ?arg arg ...?\""]
test grab-1.2 {Tk_GrabObjCmd} {
rename grab grabTest1.2
set res [list [catch {grabTest1.2} msg] $msg]
rename grabTest1.2 grab
set res
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"grabTest1.2 ?-global? window\" or \"grabTest1.2 option ?arg arg ...?\""]
test grab-1.3 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab ?-global? window"} {
list [catch {grab .foo bar baz} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"grab ?-global? window\""]
test grab-1.4 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab ?-global? window"} {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {grab .foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad window path name \".foo\""]
test grab-1.5 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab ?-global? window"} {
list [catch {grab -foo bar} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad option \"-foo\": must be -global"]
test grab-1.6 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab ?-global? window"} {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {grab -global .foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad window path name \".foo\""]
test grab-1.7 {Tk_GrabObjCmd} {
list [catch {grab foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad option \"foo\": must be current, release, set, or status"]
test grab-1.8 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab current ?window?"} {
list [catch {grab current foo bar} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"grab current ?window?\""]
test grab-1.9 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab current ?window?"} {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {grab current .foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad window path name \".foo\""]
test grab-1.10 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab release window"} {
list [catch {grab release} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"grab release window\""]
test grab-1.11 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab release window"} {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {grab release .foo} msg] $msg
} [list 0 ""]
test grab-1.12 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab release window"} {
list [catch {grab release foo} msg] $msg
} [list 0 ""]
test grab-1.13 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab set ?-global? window"} {
list [catch {grab set} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"grab set ?-global? window\""]
test grab-1.14 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab set ?-global? window"} {
list [catch {grab set foo bar baz} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"grab set ?-global? window\""]
test grab-1.15 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab set ?-global? window"} {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {grab set .foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad window path name \".foo\""]
test grab-1.16 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab set ?-global? window"} {
list [catch {grab set -foo bar} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad option \"-foo\": must be -global"]
test grab-1.17 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab set ?-global? window"} {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {grab set -global .foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad window path name \".foo\""]
test grab-1.18 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab status window"} {
list [catch {grab status} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"grab status window\""]
test grab-1.19 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab status window"} {
list [catch {grab status foo bar} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"grab status window\""]
test grab-1.20 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, "grab status window"} {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {grab status .foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad window path name \".foo\""]
test grab-2.1 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, grab status gives correct status} {
set curr [grab current .]
if { [string length $curr] > 0 } {
grab release $curr
}
set result [grab status .]
grab release .
set result
} "none"
test grab-2.2 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, grab status gives correct status} {
set curr [grab current .]
if { [string length $curr] > 0 } {
grab release $curr
}
grab .
set result [grab status .]
grab release .
set result
} "local"
test grab-2.3 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, grab status gives correct status} {
set curr [grab current .]
if { [string length $curr] > 0 } {
grab release $curr
}
grab -global .
set result [grab status .]
grab release .
set result
} "global"
test grab-3.1 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, grab current gives correct information} {
set curr [grab current .]
if { [string length $curr] > 0 } {
grab release $curr
}
set curr
} ""
test grab-3.2 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, grab current gives correct information} {
set curr [grab current .]
if { [string length $curr] > 0 } {
grab release $curr
}
grab .
set curr [grab current]
grab release .
set curr
} "."
test grab-4.1 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, grab release releases grab} {
set curr [grab current .]
if { [string length $curr] > 0 } {
grab release $curr
}
grab .
set result [grab status .]
grab release .
lappend result [grab status .]
grab -global .
lappend result [grab status .]
grab release .
lappend result [grab status .]
} [list "local" "none" "global" "none"]
test grab-5.1 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, grab set} {
set curr [grab current .]
if { [string length $curr] > 0 } {
grab release $curr
}
grab set .
set result [list [grab current .] [grab status .]]
grab release .
set result
} [list "." "local"]
test grab-5.2 {Tk_GrabObjCmd, grab set} {
set curr [grab current .]
if { [string length $curr] > 0 } {
grab release $curr
}
grab set -global .
set result [list [grab current .] [grab status .]]
grab release .
set result
} [list "." "global"]
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/grid.test.
|
| | | | | < | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | > | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | < | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | < | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | < > | | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the *NEW* "grid" command
# of Tk. It is (almost) organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# helper routine to return "." to a sane state after a test
# The variable GRID_VERBOSE can be used to "look" at the result
# of one or all of the tests
proc grid_reset {{test ?} {top .}} {
global GRID_VERBOSE
if {[info exists GRID_VERBOSE]} {
if {$GRID_VERBOSE=="" || $GRID_VERBOSE==$test} {
puts -nonewline "grid test $test: "
flush stdout
gets stdin
}
}
eval destroy [winfo children $top]
update
foreach {cols rows} [grid size .] {}
for {set i 0} {$i <= $cols} {incr i} {
grid columnconfigure . $i -weight 0 -minsize 0 -pad 0 -uniform ""
}
for {set i 0} {$i <= $rows} {incr i} {
grid rowconfigure . $i -weight 0 -minsize 0 -pad 0 -uniform ""
}
grid propagate . 1
grid anchor . nw
update
}
grid_reset 0.0
wm geometry . {}
test grid-1.1 {basic argument checking} {
list [catch grid msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid option arg ?arg ...?"}}
test grid-1.2 {basic argument checking} {
list [catch {grid foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "foo": must be anchor, bbox, columnconfigure, configure, forget, info, location, propagate, remove, rowconfigure, size, or slaves}}
test grid-1.3 {basic argument checking} {
button .b
list [catch {grid .b -row 0 -column} msg] $msg
} {1 {extra option or option with no value}}
grid_reset 1.3
test grid-1.4 {basic argument checking} {
button .b
list [catch {grid configure .b - foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {unexpected parameter, "foo", in configure list. Should be window name or option}}
grid_reset 1.4
test grid-1.5 {basic argument checking} {
list [catch {grid .} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't manage ".": it's a top-level window}}
test grid-1.6 {basic argument checking} {
list [catch {grid x} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't determine master window}}
test grid-1.7 {basic argument checking} {
list [catch {grid configure x} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't determine master window}}
test grid-1.8 {basic argument checking} {
button .b
list [catch {grid x .b} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
grid_reset 1.8
test grid-1.9 {basic argument checking} {
button .b
list [catch {grid configure x .b} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
grid_reset 1.9
test grid-2.1 {bbox} {
list [catch {grid bbox .} msg] $msg
} {0 {0 0 0 0}}
test grid-2.2 {bbox} {
button .b
grid .b
destroy .b
update
list [catch {grid bbox .} msg] $msg
} {0 {0 0 0 0}}
test grid-2.3 {bbox: argument checking} {
list [catch {grid bbox . 0 0 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid bbox master ?column row ?column row??"}}
test grid-2.4 {bbox} {
list [catch {grid bbox .bad 0 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".bad"}}
test grid-2.5 {bbox} {
list [catch {grid bbox . x 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "x"}}
test grid-2.6 {bbox} {
list [catch {grid bbox . 0 x} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "x"}}
test grid-2.7 {bbox} {
list [catch {grid bbox . 0 0 x 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "x"}}
test grid-2.8 {bbox} {
list [catch {grid bbox . 0 0 0 x} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "x"}}
test grid-2.9 {bbox} {
frame .1 -width 75 -height 75 -bg red
frame .2 -width 90 -height 90 -bg red
grid .1 -row 0 -column 0
grid .2 -row 1 -column 1
update
set a ""
lappend a [grid bbox .]
lappend a [grid bbox . 0 0]
lappend a [grid bbox . 0 0 1 1]
lappend a [grid bbox . 1 1]
set a
} {{0 0 165 165} {0 0 75 75} {0 0 165 165} {75 75 90 90}}
grid_reset 2.9
test grid-2.10 {bbox} {
frame .1 -width 75 -height 75 -bg red
frame .2 -width 90 -height 90 -bg red
grid .1 -row 0 -column 0
grid .2 -row 1 -column 1
update
set a ""
lappend a [grid bbox . 10 10 0 0]
lappend a [grid bbox . -2 -2 -1 -1]
lappend a [grid bbox . 10 10 12 12]
set a
} {{0 0 165 165} {0 0 0 0} {165 165 0 0}}
grid_reset 2.10
test grid-3.1 {configure: basic argument checking} {
list [catch {grid configure foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "foo": must be name of window}}
test grid-3.2 {configure: basic argument checking} {
button .b
grid configure .b
grid slaves .
} {.b}
grid_reset 3.2
test grid-3.3 {configure: basic argument checking} {
button .b
list [catch {grid .b -row -1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad row value "-1": must be a non-negative integer}}
grid_reset 3.3
test grid-3.4 {configure: basic argument checking} {
button .b
list [catch {grid .b -column -1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad column value "-1": must be a non-negative integer}}
grid_reset 3.4
test grid-3.5 {configure: basic argument checking} {
button .b
list [catch {grid .b -rowspan 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad rowspan value "0": must be a positive integer}}
grid_reset 3.5
test grid-3.6 {configure: basic argument checking} {
button .b
list [catch {grid .b -columnspan 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad columnspan value "0": must be a positive integer}}
grid_reset 3.6
test grid-3.7 {configure: basic argument checking} {
frame .f
button .f.b
list [catch {grid .f .f.b} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't put .f.b inside .}}
grid_reset 3.7
test grid-3.8 {configure: basic argument checking} {
button .b
grid configure x .b
grid slaves .
} {.b}
grid_reset 3.8
test grid-3.9 {configure: basic argument checking} {
button .b
list [catch {grid configure y .b} msg] $msg
} {1 {invalid window shortcut, "y" should be '-', 'x', or '^'}}
grid_reset 3.9
test grid-4.1 {forget: basic argument checking} {
list [catch {grid forget foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test grid-4.2 {forget} {
button .c
grid [button .b]
set a [grid slaves .]
grid forget .b .c
lappend a [grid slaves .]
set a
} {.b {}}
grid_reset 4.2
test grid-4.3 {forget} {
button .c
grid .c -row 2 -column 2 -rowspan 2 -columnspan 2 -padx 3 -pady 4 -sticky ns
grid forget .c
grid .c -row 0 -column 0
grid info .c
} {-in . -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -sticky {}}
grid_reset 4.3
test grid-4.3.1 {forget} {
button .c
grid .c -row 2 -column 2 -rowspan 2 -columnspan 2 -padx {3 5} -pady {4 7} -sticky ns
grid forget .c
grid .c -row 0 -column 0
grid info .c
} {-in . -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -sticky {}}
grid_reset 4.3.1
test grid-4.4 {forget, calling Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
frame .f -bd 2 -relief raised
place .f -x 10 -y 20 -width 200 -height 100
frame .f2 -width 50 -height 30 -bg red
grid .f2 -in .f
update
set x [winfo ismapped .f2]
grid forget .f2
place .f -x 30
update
lappend x [winfo ismapped .f2]
} {1 0}
grid_reset 4.4
test grid-5.1 {info: basic argument checking} {
list [catch {grid info a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid info window"}}
test grid-5.2 {info} {
frame .1 -width 75 -height 75 -bg red
grid .1 -row 0 -column 0
update
list [catch {grid info .x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".x"}}
grid_reset 5.2
test grid-5.3 {info} {
frame .1 -width 75 -height 75 -bg red
grid .1 -row 0 -column 0
update
list [catch {grid info .1} msg] $msg
} {0 {-in . -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 1 -rowspan 1 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -sticky {}}}
grid_reset 5.3
test grid-5.4 {info} {
frame .1 -width 75 -height 75 -bg red
update
list [catch {grid info .1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
grid_reset 5.4
test grid-6.1 {location: basic argument checking} {
list [catch "grid location ." msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid location master x y"}}
test grid-6.2 {location: basic argument checking} {
list [catch "grid location .bad 0 0" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".bad"}}
test grid-6.3 {location: basic argument checking} {
list [catch "grid location . x y" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "x"}}
test grid-6.4 {location: basic argument checking} {
list [catch "grid location . 1c y" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "y"}}
test grid-6.5 {location: basic argument checking} {
frame .f
grid location .f 10 10
} {-1 -1}
grid_reset 6.5
test grid-6.6 {location (x)} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f
update
set got ""
set result ""
for {set x -10} { $x < 220} { incr x} {
set a [grid location . $x 0]
if {$a != $got} {
lappend result $x->$a
set got $a
}
}
set result
} {{-10->-1 0} {0->0 0} {201->1 0}}
grid_reset 6.6
test grid-6.7 {location (y)} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f
update
set got ""
set result ""
for {set y -10} { $y < 110} { incr y} {
set a [grid location . 0 $y]
if {$a != $got} {
lappend result $y->$a
set got $a
}
}
set result
} {{-10->0 -1} {0->0 0} {101->0 1}}
grid_reset 6.7
test grid-6.8 {location (weights)} {
frame .f -width 300 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
frame .a
grid .a
grid .f -in .a
grid rowconfigure .f 0 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight 1
grid propagate .a 0
.a configure -width 200 -height 15
update
set got ""
set result ""
for {set y -10} { $y < 210} { incr y} {
set a [grid location . $y $y]
if {$a != $got} {
lappend result $y->$a
set got $a
}
}
set result
} {{-10->-1 -1} {0->0 0} {16->0 1} {201->1 1}}
grid_reset 6.8
test grid-6.9 {location: check updates pending} {nonPortable} {
set a ""
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -width 120 -height 75 -bg red
lappend a [grid location . 150 90]
grid .$i -row $i -column $i
}
set a
} {{0 0} {1 1} {1 1}}
grid_reset 6.9
test grid-7.1 {propagate} {
list [catch {grid propagate . 1 xxx} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid propagate window ?boolean?"}}
grid_reset 7.1
test grid-7.2 {propagate} {
list [catch {grid propagate .} msg] $msg
} {0 1}
grid_reset 7.2
test grid-7.3 {propagate} {
list [catch {grid propagate . 0;grid propagate .} msg] $msg
} {0 0}
grid_reset 7.3
test grid-7.4 {propagate} {
list [catch {grid propagate .x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".x"}}
grid_reset 7.4
test grid-7.5 {propagate} {
list [catch {grid propagate . x} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected boolean value but got "x"}}
grid_reset 7.5
test grid-7.6 {propagate} {
frame .f -width 100 -height 100 -bg red
grid .f -row 0 -column 0
update
set a [winfo width .f]x[winfo height .f]
grid propagate .f 0
frame .g -width 75 -height 85 -bg green
grid .g -in .f -row 0 -column 0
update
lappend a [winfo width .f]x[winfo height .f]
grid propagate .f 1
update
lappend a [winfo width .f]x[winfo height .f]
set a
} {100x100 100x100 75x85}
grid_reset 7.6
test grid-7.7 {propagate} {
grid propagate . 1
set res [list [grid propagate .]]
grid propagate . 0
lappend res [grid propagate .]
grid propagate . 0
lappend res [grid propagate .]
set res
} [list 1 0 0]
grid_reset 7.7
test grid-8.1 {size} {
list [catch {grid size . foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid size window"}}
grid_reset 8.1
test grid-8.2 {size} {
list [catch {grid size .x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".x"}}
grid_reset 8.2
test grid-8.3 {size} {
frame .f
list [catch {grid size .f} msg] $msg
} {0 {0 0}}
grid_reset 8.3
test grid-8.4 {size} {
catch {unset a}
scale .f
grid .f -row 0 -column 0
update
lappend a [grid size .]
grid .f -row 4 -column 5
update
lappend a [grid size .]
grid .f -row 947 -column 663
update
lappend a [grid size .]
grid .f -row 0 -column 0
update
lappend a [grid size .]
set a
} {{1 1} {6 5} {664 948} {1 1}}
grid_reset 8.4
test grid-8.5 {size} {
catch {unset a}
scale .f
grid .f -row 0 -column 0
update
lappend a [grid size .]
grid rowconfigure . 17 -weight 1
update
lappend a [grid size .]
grid columnconfigure . 63 -weight 1
update
lappend a [grid size .]
grid columnconfigure . 63 -weight 0
grid rowconfigure . 17 -weight 0
update
lappend a [grid size .]
set a
} {{1 1} {1 18} {64 18} {1 1}}
grid_reset 8.5
test grid-8.6 {size} {
catch {unset a}
scale .f
grid .f -row 10 -column 50
update
lappend a [grid size .]
grid columnconfigure . 15 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure . 30 -weight 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
507 508 509 510 511 512 513 |
lappend a [grid size .]
grid .f -row 0 -column 0
update
lappend a [grid size .]
grid columnconfigure . 15 -weight 0
update
lappend a [grid size .]
| | | | < | | > | | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > | | < > | | | | < > | | | | < > | | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > | > | | < > | > | | | > | | | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | > | | < > | | | | | < > | | | | | < > | | | | | < > | | | | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | < | < < | | > > | | < > | | | | | < | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | > < < | > > | > > | < < | > > | > > < < | | > > | > > < < | | > > | > > < < | | > > | | | | | | | | > > < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | > > | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | < | | < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > | | | | < > | | | | | > < < | | > > | > | | > < < | | > > | | | > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 |
lappend a [grid size .]
grid .f -row 0 -column 0
update
lappend a [grid size .]
grid columnconfigure . 15 -weight 0
update
lappend a [grid size .]
set a
} {{51 11} {51 11} {31 11} {21 11} {16 1} {1 1}}
grid_reset 8.6
test grid-9.1 {slaves} {
list [catch {grid slaves .} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test grid-9.2 {slaves} {
list [catch {grid slaves .foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".foo"}}
test grid-9.3 {slaves} {
list [catch {grid slaves a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid slaves window ?-option value...?"}}
test grid-9.4 {slaves} {
list [catch {grid slaves . a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "a": must be -column or -row}}
test grid-9.5 {slaves} {
list [catch {grid slaves . -column x} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "x"}}
test grid-9.6 {slaves} {
list [catch {grid slaves . -row -3} msg] $msg
} {1 {-row is an invalid value: should NOT be < 0}}
test grid-9.7 {slaves} {
list [catch {grid slaves . -foo 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-foo": must be -column or -row}}
test grid-9.8 {slaves} {
list [catch {grid slaves .x -row 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".x"}}
test grid-9.9 {slaves} {
list [catch {grid slaves . -row 3} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test grid-9.10 {slaves} {
foreach i {0 1 2} {
label .$i -text $i
grid .$i -row $i -column $i
}
list [catch {grid slaves .} msg] $msg
} {0 {.2 .1 .0}}
grid_reset 9.10
test grid-9.11 {slaves} {
catch {unset a}
foreach i {0 1 2} {
label .$i -text $i
label .$i-x -text $i-x
grid .$i -row $i -column $i
grid .$i-x -row $i -column [incr i]
}
foreach row {0 1 2 3} {
lappend a $row{[grid slaves . -row $row]}
}
foreach col {0 1 2 3} {
lappend a $col{[grid slaves . -column $col]}
}
set a
} {{0{.0-x .0}} {1{.1-x .1}} {2{.2-x .2}} 3{} 0{.0} {1{.1 .0-x}} {2{.2 .1-x}} 3{.2-x}}
grid_reset 9.11
# column/row configure
test grid-10.1 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure .} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid columnconfigure master index ?-option value...?"}}
grid_reset 10.1
test grid-10.2 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 0 -pad} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid columnconfigure master index ?-option value...?"}}
grid_reset 10.2
test grid-10.3 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".f"}}
grid_reset 10.3
test grid-10.4 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . nine -weight} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "nine" (when retreiving options only integer indices are allowed)}}
grid_reset 10.4
test grid-10.5 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 265 -weight} msg] $msg
} {0 0}
grid_reset 10.5
test grid-10.6 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 0} msg] $msg
} {0 {-minsize 0 -pad 0 -uniform {} -weight 0}}
grid_reset 10.6
test grid-10.7 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 0 -foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-foo": must be -minsize, -pad, -uniform, or -weight}}
grid_reset 10.7
test grid-10.8 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 0 -minsize foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "foo"}}
grid_reset 10.8
test grid-10.9 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 0 -minsize foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "foo"}}
grid_reset 10.9
test grid-10.10 {column/row configure} {
grid columnconfigure . 0 -minsize 10
grid columnconfigure . 0 -minsize
} {10}
grid_reset 10.10
test grid-10.11 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight bad} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bad"}}
grid_reset 10.11
test grid-10.12 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight -3} msg] $msg
} {1 {invalid arg "-weight": should be non-negative}}
grid_reset 10.12
test grid-10.13 {column/row configure} {
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 3
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight
} {3}
grid_reset 10.13
test grid-10.14 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 0 -pad foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "foo"}}
grid_reset 10.14
test grid-10.15 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 0 -pad -3} msg] $msg
} {1 {invalid arg "-pad": should be non-negative}}
grid_reset 10.15
test grid-10.16 {column/row configure} {
grid columnconfigure . 0 -pad 3
grid columnconfigure . 0 -pad
} {3}
grid_reset 10.16
test grid-10.17 {column/row configure} {
frame .f
set a ""
grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight 0
lappend a [grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight]
grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight 1
lappend a [grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight]
grid rowconfigure .f 0 -weight 0
lappend a [grid rowconfigure .f 0 -weight]
grid rowconfigure .f 0 -weight 1
lappend a [grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight]
grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight 0
set a
} {0 1 0 1}
grid_reset 10.17
test grid-10.18 {column/row configure} {
frame .f
grid columnconfigure .f {0 2} -minsize 10 -weight 1
list [grid columnconfigure .f 0 -minsize] \
[grid columnconfigure .f 1 -minsize] \
[grid columnconfigure .f 2 -minsize] \
[grid columnconfigure .f 0 -weight] \
[grid columnconfigure .f 1 -weight] \
[grid columnconfigure .f 2 -weight]
} {10 0 10 1 0 1}
grid_reset 10.18
test grid-10.19 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . {0 -1 2} -weight 1} msg] $msg
} {1 {grid columnconfigure: "-1" is out of range}}
grid_reset 10.19
test grid-10.20 {column/row configure} {
grid columnconfigure . 0 -uniform foo
grid columnconfigure . 0 -uniform
} {foo}
grid_reset 10.20
test grid-10.21 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . .b -weight 1} msg] $msg
} {1 {grid columnconfigure: illegal index ".b"}}
grid_reset 10.21
test grid-10.22 {column/row configure} {
button .b
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . .b -weight 1} msg] $msg
} {1 {grid columnconfigure: the window ".b" is not managed by "."}}
grid_reset 10.22
test grid-10.23 {column/row configure} {
button .b
grid .b -column 1 -columnspan 2
grid columnconfigure . .b -weight 1
set res {}
foreach i {0 1 2 3} {
lappend res [grid columnconfigure . $i -weight]
}
set res
} {0 1 1 0}
grid_reset 10.23
test grid-10.24 {column/row configure} {
button .b
button .c
button .d
grid .b -column 1 -columnspan 2
grid .c -column 2 -columnspan 3
grid .d -column 4 -columnspan 2
grid columnconfigure . {.b .d} -weight 1
grid columnconfigure . .c -weight 2
set res {}
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4 5 6} {
lappend res [grid columnconfigure . $i -weight]
}
set res
} {0 1 2 2 2 1 0}
grid_reset 10.24
test grid-10.25 {column/row configure} {
button .b
button .c
button .d
grid .b -row 1 -rowspan 2
grid .c -row 2 -rowspan 3
grid .d -row 4 -rowspan 2
grid rowconfigure . {7 all} -weight 1
grid rowconfigure . {1 .d} -weight 2
set res {}
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7} {
lappend res [grid rowconfigure . $i -weight]
}
set res
} {0 2 1 1 2 2 0 1}
grid_reset 10.25
test grid-10.26 {column/row configure} {
button .b
grid columnconfigure .b 0
} {-minsize 0 -pad 0 -uniform {} -weight 0}
grid_reset 10.26
test grid-10.30 {column/row configure - no indices} {
# Bug 1422430
set t [toplevel .test]
set res [list [catch {grid columnconfigure $t "" -weight 1} msg] $msg]
destroy $t
set res
} {1 {no column indices specified}}
test grid-10.31 {column/row configure - no indices} {
set t [toplevel .test]
set res [list [catch {grid rowconfigure $t "" -weight 1} msg] $msg]
destroy $t
set res
} {1 {no row indices specified}}
test grid-10.32 {column/row configure - invalid indices} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . {0 1 2} -weight} msg] $msg
} {1 {grid columnconfigure: must specify a single element on retrieval}}
test grid-10.33 {column/row configure - invalid indices} {
list [catch {grid rowconfigure . {0 1 2} -weight} msg] $msg
} {1 {grid rowconfigure: must specify a single element on retrieval}}
test grid-10.34 {column/row configure - empty 'all' configure} {
# Bug 1422430
set t [toplevel .test]
grid rowconfigure $t all -weight 1
destroy $t
} {}
test grid-10.35 {column/row configure} {
# Test that no lingering message is there
frame .f
set res [grid columnconfigure .f all -weight 1]
append res [grid columnconfigure .f {0 all} -weight 1]
frame .f.f
grid .f.f
append res [grid columnconfigure .f {.f.f} -weight 1]
append res [grid columnconfigure .f {.f.f 1} -weight 1]
append res [grid columnconfigure .f {2 .f.f} -weight 1]
destroy .f
set res
} {}
grid_reset 10.35
test grid-10.36 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . all} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "all" (when retreiving options only integer indices are allowed)}}
grid_reset 10.36
test grid-10.37 {column/row configure} {
list [catch {grid columnconfigure . 100000} msg] $msg
} {0 {-minsize 0 -pad 0 -uniform {} -weight 0}}
grid_reset 10.37
test grid-10.38 {column/row configure} -body {
# This is a test for bug 1423666 where a column >= 10000 caused
# a crash in layout. The update is needed to reach the layout stage.
# Test different combinations of row/column overflow
frame .f
set res {}
lappend res [catch {grid .f -row 10 -column 9999} msg] $msg ; update
lappend res [catch {grid .f -row 9999 -column 10} msg] $msg ; update
lappend res [catch {grid .f -columnspan 2 -column 9998} msg] $msg ; update
lappend res [catch {grid .f -rowspan 2 -row 9998} msg] $msg ; update
lappend res [catch {grid .f -column 9998 -columnspan 2} msg] $msg ; update
lappend res [catch {grid .f -row 9998 -rowspan 2} msg] $msg ; update
set res
} -cleanup {destroy .f} -result [lrange {
1 {Column out of bounds}
1 {Row out of bounds}
1 {Column out of bounds}
1 {Row out of bounds}
1 {Column out of bounds}
1 {Row out of bounds}
} 0 end]
grid_reset 10.38
test grid-10.39 {column/row configure} -body {
# Additional tests for row/column overflow
frame .f
frame .g
set res {}
grid .f -row 9998 -column 0
lappend res [catch {grid ^ -in .} msg] $msg ; update
lappend res [catch {grid .g} msg] $msg ; update
grid forget .f .g
lappend res [catch {grid .f - -column 9998} msg] $msg ; update
grid forget .f .g
lappend res [catch {eval grid [string repeat " x " 9999] .f} msg] $msg
update
set res
} -cleanup {destroy .f .g} -result [lrange {
1 {Row out of bounds}
1 {Row out of bounds}
1 {Column out of bounds}
1 {Column out of bounds}
} 0 end]
grid_reset 10.39
# auto-placement tests
test grid-11.1 {default widget placement} {
list [catch {grid ^} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't use '^', cant find master}}
grid_reset 11.1
test grid-11.2 {default widget placement} {
button .b
list [catch {grid .b ^} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't find slave to extend with "^".}}
grid_reset 11.2
test grid-11.3 {default widget placement} {
button .b
list [catch {grid .b - - .c} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".c"}}
grid_reset 11.3
test grid-11.4 {default widget placement} {
button .b
list [catch {grid .b - - = -} msg] $msg
} {1 {invalid window shortcut, "=" should be '-', 'x', or '^'}}
grid_reset 11.4
test grid-11.5 {default widget placement} {
button .b
list [catch {grid .b - x -} msg] $msg
} {1 {Must specify window before shortcut '-'.}}
grid_reset 11.5
test grid-11.6 {default widget placement} {
foreach i {1 2 3 4 5 6} {
frame .f$i -width 50 -height 50 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
}
grid .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4
grid .f5 - x .f6 -sticky nsew
update
set a ""
foreach i {5 6} {
lappend a "[winfo x .f$i],[winfo y .f$i] \
[winfo width .f$i],[winfo height .f$i]"
}
set a
} {{0,50 100,50} {150,50 50,50}}
grid_reset 11.6
test grid-11.7 {default widget placement} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f -row 5 -column 5
list [catch "grid .f x -" msg] $msg
} {1 {Must specify window before shortcut '-'.}}
grid_reset 11.7
test grid-11.8 {default widget placement} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f -row 5 -column 5
list [catch "grid .f ^ -" msg] $msg
} {1 {Must specify window before shortcut '-'.}}
grid_reset 11.8
test grid-11.9 {default widget placement} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f -row 5 -column 5
list [catch "grid .f x ^" msg] $msg
} {1 {can't find slave to extend with "^".}}
grid_reset 11.9
test grid-11.10 {default widget placement} {
foreach i {1 2 3} {
frame .f$i -width 100 -height 50 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
}
grid .f1 .f2 -sticky nsew
grid .f3 ^ -sticky nsew
update
set a ""
foreach i {1 2 3} {
lappend a "[winfo x .f$i],[winfo y .f$i] \
[winfo width .f$i],[winfo height .f$i]"
}
set a
} {{0,0 100,50} {100,0 100,100} {0,50 100,50}}
grid_reset 11.10
test grid-11.11 {default widget placement} {
foreach i {1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12} {
frame .f$i -width 50 -height 50 -highlightthickness 1 -highlightbackground black
}
grid .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -sticky nsew
grid .f5 .f6 - .f7 -sticky nsew
grid .f8 ^ ^ .f9 -sticky nsew
grid .f10 ^ ^ .f11 -sticky nsew
grid .f12 - - - -sticky nsew
update
set a ""
foreach i {5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 } {
lappend a "[winfo x .f$i],[winfo y .f$i] \
[winfo width .f$i],[winfo height .f$i]"
}
set a
} {{0,50 50,50} {50,50 100,150} {150,50 50,50} {0,100 50,50} {150,100 50,50} {0,150 50,50} {150,150 50,50} {0,200 200,50}}
grid_reset 11.11
test grid-11.12 {default widget placement} {
foreach i {1 2 3 4} {
frame .f$i -width 75 -height 50 -highlightthickness 1 -highlightbackground black
}
grid .f1 .f2 .f3 -sticky nsew
grid .f4 ^ -sticky nsew
update
set a ""
foreach i {1 2 3 4} {
lappend a "[winfo x .f$i],[winfo y .f$i] \
[winfo width .f$i],[winfo height .f$i]"
}
grid .f4 ^ -column 1
update
foreach i {1 2 3 4} {
lappend a "[winfo x .f$i],[winfo y .f$i] \
[winfo width .f$i],[winfo height .f$i]"
}
set a
} {{0,0 75,50} {75,0 75,100} {150,0 75,50} {0,50 75,50} {0,0 75,50} {75,0 75,100} {150,0 75,100} {75,50 75,50}}
grid_reset 11.12
test grid-11.13 {default widget placement} {
foreach i {1 2 3 4 5 6 7} {
frame .f$i -width 40 -height 50 -highlightthickness 1 -highlightbackground black
}
grid .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 .f5 -sticky nsew
grid .f6 - .f7 -sticky nsew -columnspan 2
update
set a ""
foreach i {6 7} {
lappend a "[winfo x .f$i],[winfo y .f$i] \
[winfo width .f$i],[winfo height .f$i]"
}
set a
} {{0,50 120,50} {120,50 80,50}}
grid_reset 11.13
test grid-11.14 {default widget placement} {
foreach i {1 2 3} {
frame .f$i -width 60 -height 60 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
}
grid .f1 .f2
grid ^ .f3
update
set a ""
foreach i {1 2 3} {
lappend a "[winfo x .f$i],[winfo y .f$i] \
[winfo width .f$i],[winfo height .f$i]"
}
set a
} {{0,30 60,60} {60,0 60,60} {60,60 60,60}}
grid_reset 11.14
test grid-11.15 {^ ^ test with multiple windows} {
foreach i {1 2 3 4} {
frame .f$i -width 50 -height 50 -bd 1 -relief solid
}
grid .f1 .f2 .f3 -sticky ns
grid .f4 ^ ^
update
set a ""
foreach i {1 2 3 4} {
lappend a "[winfo x .f$i],[winfo y .f$i]\
[winfo width .f$i],[winfo height .f$i]"
}
set a
} {{0,0 50,50} {50,0 50,100} {100,0 50,100} {0,50 50,50}}
grid_reset 11.15
test grid-11.16 {default widget placement} {
foreach l {a b c d e} {
frame .$l -width 50 -height 50
}
grid .a .b .c .d -sticky news
grid x ^ x .e -sticky news
update
set res ""
lappend res [winfo height .a]
lappend res [winfo height .b]
lappend res [winfo height .c]
} {50 100 50}
grid_reset 11.16
test grid-11.17 {default widget placement} {
foreach l {a b c d e} {
frame .$l -width 50 -height 50
}
grid .a .b .c .d -sticky news
grid ^ x ^ .e -sticky news
update
set res ""
lappend res [winfo height .a]
lappend res [winfo height .b]
lappend res [winfo height .c]
} {100 50 100}
grid_reset 11.17
test grid-11.18 {default widget placement} {
foreach l {a b c d e} {
frame .$l -width 50 -height 50
}
grid .a .b .c .d -sticky news
grid ^ ^ ^ x -in . ;# ^ and no child should work with -in.
grid rowconfigure . {0 1} -uniform a
update
set res ""
lappend res [winfo height .a]
lappend res [winfo height .b]
lappend res [winfo height .c]
lappend res [winfo height .d]
} {100 100 100 50}
grid_reset 11.18
test grid-11.19 {default widget placement} {
foreach l {a b c d e} {
frame .$l -width 50 -height 50
}
grid .a .b -sticky news
grid .c .d -sticky news
grid ^ -in . -row 2
grid x ^ -in . -row 1
grid rowconfigure . {0 1 2} -uniform a
update
set res ""
lappend res [winfo height .a]
lappend res [winfo height .b]
lappend res [winfo height .c]
lappend res [winfo height .d]
} {50 100 100 50}
grid_reset 11.19
test grid-12.1 {-sticky} {
catch {unset data}
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
set a ""
grid .f
grid rowconfigure . 0 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
grid propagate . 0
. configure -width 250 -height 150
foreach i { {} n s e w ns ew nw ne se sw nse nsw sew new nsew} {
grid .f -sticky $i
update
array set data [grid info .f]
append a "($data(-sticky)) [winfo x .f] [winfo y .f] [winfo width .f] [winfo height .f]\n"
}
set a
} {() 25 25 200 100
(n) 25 0 200 100
(s) 25 50 200 100
(e) 50 25 200 100
(w) 0 25 200 100
(ns) 25 0 200 150
(ew) 0 25 250 100
(nw) 0 0 200 100
(ne) 50 0 200 100
(es) 50 50 200 100
(sw) 0 50 200 100
(nes) 50 0 200 150
(nsw) 0 0 200 150
(esw) 0 50 250 100
(new) 0 0 250 100
(nesw) 0 0 250 150
}
grid_reset 12.1
test grid-12.2 {-sticky} {
frame .f -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -sticky glue" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad stickyness value "glue": must be a string containing n, e, s, and/or w}}
grid_reset 12.2
test grid-12.3 {-sticky} {
frame .f -bg red
grid .f -sticky {n,s,e,w}
array set A [grid info .f]
set A(-sticky)
} {nesw}
grid_reset 12.3
test grid-13.1 {-in} {
frame .f -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -in .f" msg] $msg
} {1 {Window can't be managed in itself}}
grid_reset 13.1
test grid-13.1.1 {-in} {
frame .f -bg red
list [winfo manager .f] \
[catch {grid .f -in .f} err] $err \
[winfo manager .f]
} {{} 1 {Window can't be managed in itself} {}}
grid_reset 13.1.1
test grid-13.2 {-in} {
frame .f -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -in .bad" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".bad"}}
grid_reset 13.2
test grid-13.3 {-in} {
frame .f -bg red
toplevel .top
list [catch "grid .f -in .top" msg] $msg
} {1 {can't put .f inside .top}}
destroy .top
grid_reset 13.3
test grid-13.4 {-ipadx} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -ipadx x" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipadx value "x": must be positive screen distance}}
grid_reset 13.4
test grid-13.4.1 {-ipadx} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -ipadx {5 5}" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipadx value "5 5": must be positive screen distance}}
grid_reset 13.4.1
test grid-13.5 {-ipadx} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f
update
set a [winfo width .f]
grid .f -ipadx 1
update
list $a [winfo width .f]
} {200 202}
grid_reset 13.5
test grid-13.6 {-ipady} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -ipady x" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipady value "x": must be positive screen distance}}
grid_reset 13.6
test grid-13.6.1 {-ipady} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -ipady {5 5}" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipady value "5 5": must be positive screen distance}}
grid_reset 13.6.1
test grid-13.7 {-ipady} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f
update
set a [winfo height .f]
grid .f -ipady 1
update
list $a [winfo height .f]
} {100 102}
grid_reset 13.7
test grid-13.8 {-padx} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -padx x" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad pad value "x": must be positive screen distance}}
grid_reset 13.8
test grid-13.8.1 {-padx} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -padx {10 x}" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad 2nd pad value "x": must be positive screen distance}}
grid_reset 13.8.1
test grid-13.9 {-padx} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f
update
set a "[winfo width .f] [winfo width .]"
grid .f -padx 1
update
list $a "[winfo width .f] [winfo width .] [winfo x .f]"
} {{200 200} {200 202 1}}
grid_reset 13.9
test grid-13.9.1 {-padx} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f
update
set a "[winfo width .f] [winfo width .]"
grid .f -padx {10 5}
update
list $a "[winfo width .f] [winfo width .] [winfo x .f]"
} {{200 200} {200 215 10}}
grid_reset 13.9.1
test grid-13.10 {-pady} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -pady x" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad pad value "x": must be positive screen distance}}
grid_reset 13.10
test grid-13.10.1 {-pady} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
list [catch "grid .f -pady {10 x}" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad 2nd pad value "x": must be positive screen distance}}
grid_reset 13.10.1
test grid-13.11 {-pady} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f
update
set a "[winfo height .f] [winfo height .]"
grid .f -pady 1
update
list $a "[winfo height .f] [winfo height .] [winfo y .f]"
} {{100 100} {100 102 1}}
grid_reset 13.11
test grid-13.11.1 {-pady} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f
update
set a "[winfo height .f] [winfo height .]"
grid .f -pady {4 16}
update
list $a "[winfo height .f] [winfo height .] [winfo y .f]"
} {{100 100} {100 120 4}}
grid_reset 13.11.1
test grid-13.12 {-ipad x and y} {
frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid columnconfigure . 0 -minsize 150
grid rowconfigure . 0 -minsize 100
set a ""
foreach x {0 5} {
foreach y {0 5} {
grid .f -ipadx $x -ipady $y
update
append a " $x,$y:"
foreach prop {x y width height} {
append a ,[winfo $prop .f]
}
}
}
set a
} { 0,0:,65,40,20,20 0,5:,65,35,20,30 5,0:,60,40,30,20 5,5:,60,35,30,30}
grid_reset 13.12
test grid-13.13 {reparenting} {
frame .1
frame .2
button .b
grid .1 .2
grid .b -in .1
set a ""
catch {unset info}; array set info [grid info .b]
lappend a [grid slaves .1],[grid slaves .2],$info(-in)
grid .b -in .2
catch {unset info}; array set info [grid info .b]
lappend a [grid slaves .1],[grid slaves .2],$info(-in)
unset info
set a
} {.b,,.1 ,.b,.2}
grid_reset 13.13
test grid-14.1 {structure notify} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
frame .g -width 200 -height 100 -highlightthickness 0 -bg red
grid .f
grid .g -in .f
update
set a ""
lappend a "[winfo x .g],[winfo y .g] \
[winfo width .g],[winfo height .g]"
.f configure -bd 5 -relief raised
update
lappend a "[winfo x .g],[winfo y .g] \
[winfo width .g],[winfo height .g]"
set a
} {{0,0 200,100} {5,5 200,100}}
grid_reset 14.1
test grid-14.2 {structure notify} {
frame .f -width 200 -height 100
frame .f.g -width 200 -height 100
grid .f
grid .f.g
update
set a ""
lappend a [grid bbox .],[grid bbox .f]
.f config -bd 20
update
lappend a [grid bbox .],[grid bbox .f]
} {{0 0 200 100,0 0 200 100} {0 0 240 140,20 20 200 100}}
grid_reset 14.2
test grid-14.3 {map notify: bug 1648} {nonPortable} {
# This test is nonPortable because the number of times
# A(.) will be incremented is unspecified--the behavior
# is different accross window managers.
global A
catch {unset A}
bind . <Configure> {incr A(%W)}
set A(.) 0
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -width 100 -height 75
set A(.$i) 0
}
grid .0 .1 .2
update
bind <Configure> .1 {destroy .0}
.2 configure -bd 10
update
bind . <Configure> {}
array get A
} {.2 2 .0 1 . 2 .1 1}
grid_reset 14.3
test grid-15.1 {lost slave} {
button .b
grid .b
set a [grid slaves .]
pack .b
lappend a [grid slaves .]
grid .b
lappend a [grid slaves .]
} {.b {} .b}
grid_reset 15.1
test grid-15.2 {lost slave} {
frame .f
grid .f
button .b
grid .b -in .f
set a [grid slaves .f]
pack .b
lappend a [grid slaves .f]
grid .b -in .f
lappend a [grid slaves .f]
} {.b {} .b}
grid_reset 15.2
test grid-16.1 {layout centering} {
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 75 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
}
grid propagate . 0
grid anchor . center
. configure -width 300 -height 250
update
grid bbox .
} {37 50 225 150}
grid_reset 16.1
test grid-16.2 {layout weights (expanding)} {
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 75 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
grid rowconfigure . $i -weight [expr $i + 1]
grid columnconfigure . $i -weight [expr $i + 1]
}
grid propagate . 0
. configure -width 500 -height 300
set a ""
update
foreach i {0 1 2} {
lappend a [winfo width .$i]-[winfo height .$i]
}
set a
} {120-75 167-100 213-125}
grid_reset 16.2
test grid-16.3 {layout weights (shrinking)} {
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 100 -height 75 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
grid rowconfigure . $i -weight [expr $i + 1]
grid columnconfigure . $i -weight [expr $i + 1]
}
grid propagate . 0
. configure -width 200 -height 150
set a ""
update
foreach i {0 1 2} {
lappend a [winfo width .$i]-[winfo height .$i]
}
set a
} {84-63 66-50 50-37}
grid_reset 16.3
test grid-16.4 {layout weights (shrinking with minsize)} {
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 100 -height 75 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
grid rowconfigure . $i -weight [expr $i + 1] -minsize 45
grid columnconfigure . $i -weight [expr $i + 1] -minsize 65
}
grid propagate . 0
. configure -width 200 -height 150
set a ""
update
foreach i {0 1 2} {
lappend a [winfo width .$i]-[winfo height .$i]
}
set a
} {70-60 65-45 65-45}
grid_reset 16.4
test grid-16.5 {layout weights (shrinking at minsize)} {
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 100 -height 75 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
grid rowconfigure . $i -weight 0 -minsize 70
grid columnconfigure . $i -weight 0 -minsize 90
}
grid propagate . 0
. configure -width 100 -height 75
set a ""
update
foreach i {0 1 2} {
lappend a [winfo width .$i]-[winfo height .$i]
}
set a
} {100-75 100-75 100-75}
grid_reset 16.5
test grid-16.6 {layout weights (shrinking at minsize)} {
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 100 -height 75 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
grid rowconfigure . $i -weight [expr $i + 1] -minsize 52
grid columnconfigure . $i -weight [expr $i + 1] -minsize 69
}
grid propagate . 0
. configure -width 200 -height 150
set a ""
update
foreach i {0 1 2} {
lappend a [winfo width .$i]-[winfo height .$i]
}
set a
} {69-52 69-52 69-52}
grid_reset 16.6
test grid-16.7 {layout weights (shrinking at minsize)} {
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 100 -height 75 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
}
grid propagate . 0
grid columnconfigure . 1 -weight 1 -minsize 0
grid rowconfigure . 1 -weight 1 -minsize 0
. configure -width 100 -height 75
set a ""
update
foreach i {0 1 2} {
lappend a [winfo width .$i]-[winfo height .$i]-[winfo ismapped .$i]
}
set a
} {100-75-1 1-1-0 100-75-1}
grid_reset 16.7
test grid-16.8 {layout internal constraints} {
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 30 -height 25 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
}
frame .f -bg red -width 250 -height 200
frame .g -bg green -width 200 -height 180
lower .f
raise .g .f
grid .f -row 1 -column 1 -rowspan 3 -columnspan 3 -sticky nswe
grid .g -row 1 -column 1 -rowspan 2 -columnspan 2 -sticky nswe
update
set a ""
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4} {
append a "[winfo x .$i] "
}
append a ", "
grid remove .f
update
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4} {
append a "[winfo x .$i] "
}
append a ", "
grid remove .g
grid .f
update
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4} {
append a "[winfo x .$i] "
}
append a ", "
grid remove .f
update
foreach i {0 1 2 3 4} {
append a "[winfo x .$i] "
}
set a
} {0 30 130 230 280 , 0 30 130 230 260 , 0 30 113 196 280 , 0 30 60 90 120 }
grid_reset 16.8
test grid-16.9 {layout uniform} {
frame .f1 -width 75 -height 50
frame .f2 -width 60 -height 25
frame .f3 -width 95 -height 75
frame .f4 -width 135 -height 100
frame .f5 -width 80 -height 40
for {set t 1} {$t <= 5} {incr t} {
grid .f$t
}
grid rowconfigure . {0 2} -uniform a
grid rowconfigure . {1 3} -uniform b
update
list [grid bbox . 0 0] [grid bbox . 0 1] [grid bbox . 0 2] \
[grid bbox . 0 3] [grid bbox . 0 4]
} {{0 0 135 75} {0 75 135 100} {0 175 135 75} {0 250 135 100} {0 350 135 40}}
grid_reset 16.9
test grid-16.10 {layout uniform} {
grid [frame .f1 -width 75 -height 50] -row 0 -column 0
grid [frame .f2 -width 60 -height 30] -row 1 -column 2
grid [frame .f3 -width 95 -height 90] -row 2 -column 1
grid [frame .f4 -width 60 -height 100] -row 3 -column 4
grid [frame .f5 -width 60 -height 40] -row 4 -column 3
grid rowconfigure . {0 1} -uniform a
grid rowconfigure . {2 4} -uniform b
grid rowconfigure . {0 2} -weight 2
grid columnconfigure . {0 2} -uniform a
grid columnconfigure . {3 4} -uniform b
grid columnconfigure . {2 4} -weight 2
grid columnconfigure . 3 -minsize 70
grid columnconfigure . 4 -minsize 130
update
list [grid bbox . 0 0] [grid bbox . 2 1] [grid bbox . 1 2] \
[grid bbox . 4 3] [grid bbox . 3 4]
} {{0 0 75 60} {170 60 150 30} {75 90 95 90} {390 180 140 100} {320 280 70 45}}
grid_reset 16.10
test grid-16.11 {layout uniform (shrink)} {
frame .f1 -width 75 -height 50
frame .f2 -width 100 -height 95
grid .f1 .f2 -sticky news
grid columnconfigure . {0 1} -uniform a
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
update
set res {}
lappend res [grid bbox . 0 0] [grid bbox . 1 0]
grid propagate . 0
. configure -width 150 -height 95
update
lappend res [grid bbox . 0 0] [grid bbox . 1 0]
} {{0 0 100 95} {100 0 100 95} {0 0 50 95} {50 0 100 95}}
grid_reset 16.11
test grid-16.12 {layout uniform (grow)} {
frame .f1 -width 40 -height 50
frame .f2 -width 50 -height 95
frame .f3 -width 60 -height 50
frame .f4 -width 70 -height 95
grid .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -sticky news
grid columnconfigure . {0 1 2} -uniform a
# Put weight 2 on the biggest in the group to see that the groups
# adapt to one of the smaller.
grid columnconfigure . 2 -weight 2
grid columnconfigure . {0 3} -weight 1
update
set res {}
lappend res [grid bbox . 0 0] [grid bbox . 1 0]
lappend res [grid bbox . 2 0] [grid bbox . 3 0]
grid propagate . 0
. configure -width 350 -height 95
update
lappend res [grid bbox . 0 0] [grid bbox . 1 0]
lappend res [grid bbox . 2 0] [grid bbox . 3 0]
} [list {0 0 50 95} {50 0 50 95} {100 0 100 95} {200 0 70 95} \
{0 0 70 95} {70 0 50 95} {120 0 140 95} {260 0 90 95}]
grid_reset 16.12
test grid-16.13 {layout span} {
frame .f1 -width 24 -height 20
frame .f2 -width 38 -height 20
frame .f3 -width 150 -height 20
grid .f1 - - .f2
grid .f3 - - -
set res {}
foreach w {{0 1 0 0} {0 0 1 0} {1 3 4 0} {1 2 1 2} {1 1 1 12}} {
for {set c 0} {$c < 4} {incr c} {
grid columnconfigure . $c -weight [lindex $w $c]
}
update
set res2 {}
for {set c 0} {$c <= 4} {incr c} {
lappend res2 [lindex [grid bbox . $c 0] 2]
}
lappend res $res2
}
set res
# The last result below should ideally be 8 8 8 126 but the current
# implementation is not exact enough.
} [list [list 0 112 0 38 0] [list 0 0 112 38 0] [list 14 42 56 38 0] \
[list 18 38 18 76 0] [list 7 8 9 126 0]]
grid_reset 16.13
test grid-16.14 {layout span} {
frame .f1 -width 110 -height 20
frame .f2 -width 38 -height 20
frame .f3 -width 150 -height 20
grid .f1 - - .f2
grid .f3 - - -
set res {}
foreach w {{0 1 0 0} {0 0 1 0} {1 3 4 0} {1 2 1 3} {1 1 1 12}} {
for {set c 0} {$c < 4} {incr c} {
grid columnconfigure . $c -weight [lindex $w $c]
}
update
set res2 {}
for {set c 0} {$c <= 4} {incr c} {
lappend res2 [lindex [grid bbox . $c 0] 2]
}
lappend res $res2
}
set res
} [list [list 0 112 0 38 0] [list 0 0 112 38 0] [list 14 42 56 38 0] \
[list 27 55 28 40 0] [list 36 37 37 40 0]]
grid_reset 16.14
test grid-16.15 {layout span} {
frame .f1 -width 24 -height 20
frame .f2 -width 38 -height 20
frame .f3 -width 150 -height 20
grid .f1 - - .f2
grid x .f3 - -
set res {}
foreach w {{0 1 0 0} {0 0 1 0} {1 0 1 0} {0 0 0 0} {1 0 0 6}} {
for {set c 0} {$c < 4} {incr c} {
grid columnconfigure . $c -weight [lindex $w $c]
}
update
set res2 {}
for {set c 0} {$c <= 4} {incr c} {
lappend res2 [lindex [grid bbox . $c 0] 2]
}
lappend res $res2
}
set res
} [list [list 0 112 0 38 0] [list 0 0 112 38 0] [list 0 0 112 38 0] \
[list 0 37 37 76 0] [list 0 12 12 126 0]]
grid_reset 16.15
test grid-16.16 {layout span} {
frame .f1 -width 64 -height 20
frame .f2 -width 38 -height 20
frame .f3 -width 150 -height 20
frame .f4 -width 15 -height 20
frame .f5 -width 18 -height 20
frame .f6 -width 20 -height 20
grid .f1 - x .f2
grid .f3 - - -
grid .f4 .f5 .f6
set res {}
foreach w {{1 1 5 1} {0 0 1 0} {1 3 4 0} {1 2 1 2} {1 1 1 12}} {
for {set c 0} {$c < 4} {incr c} {
grid columnconfigure . $c -weight [lindex $w $c]
}
update
set res2 {}
for {set c 0} {$c <= 4} {incr c} {
lappend res2 [lindex [grid bbox . $c 0] 2]
}
lappend res $res2
}
set res
} [list [list 30 34 43 43 0] [list 30 34 48 38 0] [list 22 42 48 38 0] \
[list 25 39 29 57 0] [list 30 34 22 64 0]]
grid_reset 16.16
test grid-16.17 {layout weights (shrinking at minsize)} {
foreach i {0 1 2 3} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 100 -height 75 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
}
grid propagate . 0
grid columnconfigure . {0 1} -weight 1 -minsize 0
grid rowconfigure . {0 1} -weight 1 -minsize 0
set a ""
. configure -width 250 -height 200
update
foreach i {0 1 2 3} {
lappend a [winfo width .$i]-[winfo height .$i]-[winfo ismapped .$i]
}
. configure -width 150 -height 100
update
foreach i {0 1 2 3} {
lappend a [winfo width .$i]-[winfo height .$i]-[winfo ismapped .$i]
}
set a
} {25-25-1 25-25-1 100-75-1 100-75-1 25-25-0 25-25-0 100-75-1 100-75-1}
grid_reset 16.17
test grid-16.18 {layout span} {
frame .f1 -width 30 -height 20
frame .f2 -width 166 -height 20
frame .f3 -width 39 -height 20
frame .f4 -width 10 -height 20
grid .f1 .f3 -
grid .f2 - .f4
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
set res {}
foreach w {{1 0 0} {0 1 0} {0 0 1}} {
for {set c 0} {$c < 3} {incr c} {
grid columnconfigure . $c -weight [lindex $w $c]
}
update
set res2 {}
for {set c 0} {$c <= 2} {incr c} {
lappend res2 [lindex [grid bbox . $c 0] 2]
}
lappend res $res2
}
set res
} [list [list 137 29 10] [list 30 136 10] [list 98 68 10]]
grid_reset 16.18
test grid-17.1 {forget and pending idle handlers} {
# This test is intended to detect a crash caused by a failure to remove
# pending idle handlers when grid forget is invoked.
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t.f
label .t.f.l -text foobar
grid .t.f.l
grid .t.f
update
grid forget .t.f.l
grid forget .t.f
destroy .t
toplevel .t
frame .t.f
label .t.f.l -text foobar
grid .t.f.l
destroy .t
set result ok
} ok
test grid-18.1 {test respect for internalborder} {
toplevel .pack
wm geometry .pack 200x200
frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
frame .pack.lf.f
grid .pack.lf.f -sticky news
grid columnconfigure .pack.lf 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure .pack.lf 0 -weight 1
update
set res [list [winfo geometry .pack.lf.f]]
.pack.lf configure -labelanchor e -padx 3 -pady 5
update
lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf.f]
destroy .pack
set res
} {196x188+2+10 177x186+5+7}
test grid-18.2 {test support for minreqsize} {
toplevel .pack
wm geometry .pack {}
frame .pack.l -width 150 -height 100
labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
frame .pack.lf.f -width 20 -height 25
grid .pack.lf.f
update
set res [list [winfo geometry .pack.lf]]
.pack.lf configure -labelanchor ws
update
lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf]
destroy .pack
set res
} {162x127+0+0 172x112+0+0}
test grid-19.1 {uniform realloc} {
# Use a lot of uniform groups to test the reallocation mechanism
for {set t 0} {$t < 100} {incr t 2} {
frame .fa$t -width 5 -height 20
frame .fb$t -width 6 -height 20
grid .fa$t .fb$t -row 0 -column $t -sticky news
grid columnconfigure . [list $t [expr {$t + 1}]] -uniform a$t
}
update
grid bbox .
} {0 0 600 20}
grid_reset 19.1
test grid-20.1 {recalculate size after removal (destroy)} {
label .l1 -text l1
grid .l1 -row 2 -column 2
destroy .l1
label .l2 -text l2
grid .l2
grid size .
} {1 1}
grid_reset 20.1
test grid-20.2 {recalculate size after removal (forget)} {
label .l1 -text l1
grid .l1 -row 2 -column 2
grid forget .l1
label .l2 -text l2
grid .l2
grid size .
} {1 1}
grid_reset 20.2
test grid-21.1 {anchor} {
list [catch {grid anchor . 1 xxx} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "grid anchor window ?anchor?"}}
grid_reset 21.1
test grid-21.2 {anchor} {
list [catch {grid anchor .} msg] $msg
} {0 nw}
grid_reset 21.2
test grid-21.3 {anchor} {
list [catch {grid anchor . se;grid anchor .} msg] $msg
} {0 se}
grid_reset 21.3
test grid-21.4 {anchor} {
list [catch {grid anchor .x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".x"}}
grid_reset 21.4
test grid-21.5 {anchor} {
list [catch {grid anchor . x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad anchor "x": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}}
grid_reset 21.5
test grid-21.6 {anchor} {
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 75 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
}
grid propagate . 0
. configure -width 300 -height 250
set res {}
foreach a {n ne e se s sw w nw center} {
grid anchor . $a
update
lappend res [grid bbox .]
}
set res
} [list {37 0 225 150} {75 0 225 150} {75 50 225 150} {75 100 225 150} \
{37 100 225 150} {0 100 225 150} {0 50 225 150} {0 0 225 150} \
{37 50 225 150}]
grid_reset 21.6
test grid-21.7 {anchor} {
# Test with a non-symmetric internal border.
# This only tests vertically, there is currently no way to get
# it assymetric horizontally.
labelframe .f -bd 0
frame .f.x -width 20 -height 20
.f configure -labelwidget .f.x
pack .f -fill both -expand 1
foreach i {0 1 2} {
frame .$i -bg gray -width 75 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief ridge
grid .$i -in .f -row $i -column $i -sticky nswe
}
pack propagate . 0
grid propagate .f 0
. configure -width 300 -height 250
set res {}
foreach a {n ne e se s sw w nw center} {
grid anchor .f $a
update
lappend res [grid bbox .f]
}
pack propagate . 1 ; wm geometry . {}
set res
} [list {37 20 225 150} {75 20 225 150} {75 60 225 150} {75 100 225 150} \
{37 100 225 150} {0 100 225 150} {0 60 225 150} {0 20 225 150} \
{37 60 225 150}]
grid_reset 21.7
test grid-22.1 {remove: basic argument checking} {
list [catch {grid remove foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test grid-22.2 {remove} {
button .c
grid [button .b]
set a [grid slaves .]
grid remove .b .c
lappend a [grid slaves .]
set a
} {.b {}}
grid_reset 22.2
test grid-22.3 {remove} {
button .c
grid .c -row 2 -column 2 -rowspan 2 -columnspan 2 -padx 3 -pady 4 -sticky ns
grid remove .c
grid .c -row 0 -column 0
grid info .c
} {-in . -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 2 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 3 -pady 4 -sticky ns}
grid_reset 22.3
test grid-22.3.1 {remove} {
frame .a
button .c
grid .c -in .a -row 2 -column 2 -rowspan 2 -columnspan 2 -padx {3 5} -pady {4 7} -sticky ns
grid remove .c
grid .c -row 0 -column 0
grid info .c
} {-in .a -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 2 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx {3 5} -pady {4 7} -sticky ns}
grid_reset 22.3.1
test grid-22.4 {remove, calling Tk_UnmaintainGeometry} {
frame .f -bd 2 -relief raised
place .f -x 10 -y 20 -width 200 -height 100
frame .f2 -width 50 -height 30 -bg red
grid .f2 -in .f
update
set x [winfo ismapped .f2]
grid remove .f2
place .f -x 30
update
lappend x [winfo ismapped .f2]
} {1 0}
grid_reset 22.4
test grid-22.5 {remove} {
frame .a
button .c
grid .c -in .a -row 2 -column 2 -rowspan 2 -columnspan 2 -padx {3 5} -pady {4 7} -sticky ns
grid remove .c
# If .a was destroyed while remembered by the removed .c, make sure it
# is ignored.
destroy .a
grid .c -row 0 -column 0
grid info .c
} {-in . -column 0 -row 0 -columnspan 2 -rowspan 2 -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx {3 5} -pady {4 7} -sticky ns}
grid_reset 22.5
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/iDOT.png.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Added tests/id.test.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkId.c, which recycle X resource identifiers. It is organized in
# the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test id-1.1 {WindowIdCleanup, delaying window release} {unix testwrapper} {
bind all <Destroy> {lappend x %W}
catch {unset map}
frame .f
set j 0
foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q} {
toplevel .f.$i -height 50 -width 100
wm geometry .f.$i +$j+$j
incr j 10
update
set map([winfo id .f.$i]) .f.$i
set map([testwrapper .f.$i]) wrapper.f.$i
}
set x {}
destroy .f
# Destroy events should have occurred for all windows.
set result [list [lsort $x]]
set x {}
update idletasks
set reused {}
foreach i {a b c d e} {
set w .${i}2
frame $w -height 20 -width 100 -bd 2 -relief raised
pack $w
if [info exists map([winfo id $w])] {
lappend reused $map([winfo id $w])
}
set map([winfo id $w]) $w
}
# No window ids should have been reused: stale Destroy events still
# pending in queue.
lappend result [lsort $reused]
# Wait a few seconds, then try again; ids should still not have
# been re-used.
set y 0
after 2000 {set y 1}
tkwait variable y
foreach i {a b c} {
set w .${i}3
frame $w -height 20 -width 100 -bd 2 -relief raised
pack $w
if [info exists map([winfo id $w])] {
lappend reused $map([winfo id $w])
}
set map([winfo id $w])] $w
}
# Ids should not yet have been reused.
lappend result [lsort $reused]
# Wait a few more seconds, to give ids enough time to be recycled.
set y 0
after 6000 {set y 1}
tkwait variable y
foreach i {a b c d e f} {
set w .${i}4
frame $w -height 20 -width 100 -bd 2 -relief raised
pack $w
if [info exists map([winfo id $w])] {
lappend reused $map([winfo id $w])
}
set map([winfo id $w])] $w
}
# Ids should be reused now, due to time delay. Destroy events should
# have been discarded.
lappend result [lsort $reused] [lsort $x]
} {{.f .f.a .f.b .f.c .f.d .f.e .f.f .f.g .f.h .f.i .f.j .f.k .f.l .f.m .f.n .f.o .f.p .f.q} {} {} {.f.o .f.p .f.q wrapper.f.p wrapper.f.q} {}}
bind all <Destroy> {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/image.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "image" command and the # other procedures in the file tkImage.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | < < > < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < | | < < < < | < < < | | < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < > | < < < < < | | > | < | | | < < < < < < | | | | < > | | | | | | < > | | < < < | | | | | < | | < < > | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | < | | | | < < | < < < < | | | | | < < < | | | < | > | < < < < | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < | < | < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > | | | < | < < | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | < | | < | < < < > < < > > | > | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | | < < < | | < < < < < | | < < | < < | | < < < > | < < > | < | | < < | < | < < < | | | < | | | < < < | < > | | | | < | < < | | | | | < | < < | | | | | < | < < | | | | | < | < < | | | | | < | < < | | | | | < | < < | < | | < < < | | | < | < < | | | < < < | | | < | < < < | | | | | > > > | | < < > | < < | | | < < < | | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "image" command and the
# other procedures in the file tkImage.c. It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force ::tk::test::loadTkCommand
eval image delete [image names]
canvas .c -highlightthickness 2
pack .c
update
test image-1.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} {
list [catch image msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image option ?args?"}}
test image-1.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} {
list [catch {image gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "gorp": must be create, delete, height, inuse, names, type, types, or width}}
test image-1.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} {
list [catch {image create} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image create type ?name? ?options?"}}
test image-1.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} {
list [catch {image c bad_type} msg] $msg
} {1 {image type "bad_type" doesn't exist}}
test image-1.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} testImageType {
list [image create test myimage] [image names]
} {myimage myimage}
test image-1.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} testImageType {
scan [image create test] image%d first
image create test myimage
scan [image create test -variable x] image%d second
expr $second-$first
} {1}
test image-1.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} testImageType {
image delete myimage
image create test myimage -variable x
.c create image 100 50 -image myimage
.c create image 100 150 -image myimage
update
set x {}
image create test myimage -variable x
update
set x
} {{myimage free} {myimage free} {myimage delete} {myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 30} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 130}}
test image-1.8 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} testImageType {
.c delete all
image create test myimage -variable x
.c create image 100 50 -image myimage
.c create image 100 150 -image myimage
image delete myimage
update
set x {}
image create test myimage -variable x
update
set x
} {{myimage get} {myimage get} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 30} {myimage display 0 0 30 15 30 130}}
test image-1.9 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option} testImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
list [catch {image create test -badName foo} msg] $msg [image names]
} {1 {bad option name "-badName"} {}}
test image-1.10 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option with same name as main window} {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
update
puts [list [catch {image create photo .} msg] $msg]
exit
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
set x [list [catch {exec [interpreter] <$script} msg] $msg]
removeFile script
set x
} {0 {1 {images may not be named the same as the main window}}}
test image-1.11 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "create" option with same name as main window after renaming} {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
update
puts [list [catch {rename . foo;image create photo foo} msg] $msg]
exit
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
set x [list [catch {exec [interpreter] <$script} msg] $msg]
removeFile script
set x
} {0 {1 {images may not be named the same as the main window}}}
test image-1.12 {Tk_ImageCmd, "create" option: do not generated command name in use} -setup {
set i [image create bitmap]
regexp {^image(\d+)$} $i -> serial
incr serial
proc image$serial {} {return works}
set j [image create bitmap]
} -body {
image$serial
} -cleanup {
rename image$serial {}
image delete $i $j
} -result works
test image-2.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
list [catch {image delete} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test image-2.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} testImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test myimage
image create test img2
set result {}
lappend result [lsort [image names]]
image d myimage img2
lappend result [image names]
} {{img2 myimage} {}}
test image-2.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "delete" option} testImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test myimage
image create test img2
list [catch {image delete myimage gorp img2} msg] $msg [image names]
} {1 {image "gorp" doesn't exist} img2}
test image-3.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} {
list [catch {image height} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image height name"}}
test image-3.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} {
list [catch {image height a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image height name"}}
test image-3.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} {
list [catch {image height foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "foo" doesn't exist}}
test image-3.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "height" option} testImageType {
image create test myimage
set x [image h myimage]
myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
list $x [image height myimage]
} {15 50}
test image-4.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} {
list [catch {image names x} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image names"}}
test image-4.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} testImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test myimage
image create test img2
image create test 24613
lsort [image names]
} {24613 img2 myimage}
test image-4.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "names" option} {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
lsort [image names]
} {}
test image-5.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} {
list [catch {image type} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image type name"}}
test image-5.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} {
list [catch {image type a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image type name"}}
test image-5.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} {
list [catch {image type foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "foo" doesn't exist}}
test image-5.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} testImageType {
image create test myimage
image type myimage
} {test}
test image-5.5 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} testImageType {
image create test myimage
.c create image 50 50 -image myimage
image delete myimage
list [catch {image type myimage} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "myimage" doesn't exist}}
test image-5.6 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} testOldImageType {
image create oldtest myimage
image type myimage
} {oldtest}
test image-5.7 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "type" option} testOldImageType {
image create oldtest myimage
.c create image 50 50 -image myimage
image delete myimage
list [catch {image type myimage} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "myimage" doesn't exist}}
test image-6.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} {
list [catch {image types x} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image types"}}
test image-6.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "types" option} testImageType {
lsort [image types]
} {bitmap oldtest photo test}
test image-7.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} {
list [catch {image width} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}}
test image-7.2 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} {
list [catch {image width a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "image width name"}}
test image-7.3 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} {
list [catch {image width foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "foo" doesn't exist}}
test image-7.4 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "width" option} testImageType {
image create test myimage
set x [image w myimage]
myimage changed 0 0 0 0 60 50
list $x [image width myimage]
} {30 60}
test image-8.1 {Tk_ImageCmd procedure, "inuse" option} testImageType {
catch {image delete myimage2}
image create test myimage2
set res {}
lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
catch {destroy .b}
button .b -image myimage2
lappend res [image inuse myimage2]
catch {destroy .b}
image delete myimage2
set res
} [list 0 1]
test image-9.1 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 50 -image foo
update
set x {}
foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
update
set x
} {{foo display 5 6 7 8 30 30}}
test image-9.2 {Tk_ImageChanged procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 50 -image foo
.c create image 90 100 -image foo
update
set x {}
foo changed 5 6 7 8 30 15
update
set x
} {{foo display 5 6 25 9 30 30} {foo display 0 0 12 14 65 74}}
test image-10.1 {Tk_GetImage procedure} {
list [catch {.c create image 100 10 -image bad_name} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "bad_name" doesn't exist}}
test image-10.2 {Tk_GetImage procedure} testImageType {
image create test mytest
catch {destroy .l}
label .l -image mytest
image delete mytest
set result [list [catch {label .l2 -image mytest} msg] $msg]
destroy .l
set result
} {1 {image "mytest" doesn't exist}}
test image-11.1 {Tk_FreeImage procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
.c create image 90 100 -image foo -tags i2
pack forget .c
update
set x {}
.c delete i1
pack .c
update
list [image names] $x
} {foo {{foo free} {foo display 0 0 30 15 103 121}}}
test image-11.2 {Tk_FreeImage procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
set names [image names]
image delete foo
update
set names2 [image names]
set x {}
.c delete i1
pack forget .c
pack .c
update
list $names $names2 [image names] $x
} {foo {} {} {}}
# Non-portable, apparently due to differences in rounding:
test image-12.1 {Tk_RedrawImage procedure, redisplay area clipping} \
{testImageType nonPortable} {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 60 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
.c create rectangle 30 40 55 65 -width 0 -fill black -outline {}
set x {}
update
set x
} {{foo display 0 0 5 5 50 50}}
test image-12.2 {Tk_RedrawImage procedure, redisplay area clipping} \
{testImageType nonPortable} {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 60 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
.c create rectangle 60 40 100 65 -width 0 -fill black -outline {}
set x {}
update
set x
} {{foo display 10 0 20 5 30 50}}
test image-12.3 {Tk_RedrawImage procedure, redisplay area clipping} \
{testImageType nonPortable} {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 60 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
.c create rectangle 60 70 100 200 -width 0 -fill black -outline {}
set x {}
update
set x
} {{foo display 10 10 20 5 30 30}}
test image-12.4 {Tk_RedrawImage procedure, redisplay area clipping} \
{testImageType nonPortable} {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 60 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
.c create rectangle 30 70 55 200 -width 0 -fill black -outline {}
set x {}
update
set x
} {{foo display 0 10 5 5 50 30}}
test image-12.5 {Tk_RedrawImage procedure, redisplay area clipping} \
{testImageType nonPortable} {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 60 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
.c create rectangle 10 20 120 130 -width 0 -fill black -outline {}
set x {}
update
set x
} {{foo display 0 0 30 15 70 70}}
test image-12.6 {Tk_RedrawImage procedure, redisplay area clipping} \
{testImageType nonPortable} {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 60 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
.c create rectangle 55 65 75 70 -width 0 -fill black -outline {}
set x {}
update
set x
} {{foo display 5 5 20 5 30 30}}
test image-13.1 {Tk_SizeOfImage procedure} testImageType {
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
set result [list [image width foo] [image height foo]]
foo changed 0 0 0 0 85 60
lappend result [image width foo] [image height foo]
} {30 15 85 60}
test image-13.2 {DeleteImage procedure} testImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create test foo -variable x
.c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
.c create image 90 100 -image foo -tags i2
set x {}
image delete foo
lappend x | [image names] | [catch {image delete foo} msg] | $msg | [image names] |
} {{foo free} {foo free} {foo delete} | {} | 1 | {image "foo" doesn't exist} | {} |}
test image-13.3 {Tk_SizeOfImage procedure} testOldImageType {
eval image delete [image names]
image create oldtest foo -variable x
set result [list [image width foo] [image height foo]]
foo changed 0 0 0 0 85 60
lappend result [image width foo] [image height foo]
} {30 15 85 60}
test image-13.4 {DeleteImage procedure} testOldImageType {
.c delete all
eval image delete [image names]
image create oldtest foo -variable x
.c create image 50 50 -image foo -tags i1
.c create image 90 100 -image foo -tags i2
set x {}
image delete foo
lappend x | [image names] | [catch {image delete foo} msg] | $msg | [image names] |
} {{foo free} {foo free} {foo delete} | {} | 1 | {image "foo" doesn't exist} | {} |}
catch {image delete hidden}
set l [image names]
set h [interp hidden]
test image-14.1 {image command vs hidden commands} {
catch {image delete hidden}
image create photo hidden
interp hide {} hidden
image delete hidden
list [image names] [interp hidden]
} [list $l $h]
eval image delete [image names]
test image-15.1 {deleting image does not make widgets forget about it} {
.c delete all
image create photo foo -width 10 -height 10
.c create image 10 10 -image foo -tags i1 -anchor nw
update
set x [.c bbox i1]
lappend x [image names]
image delete foo
lappend x [image names]
image create photo foo -width 20 -height 20
lappend x [.c bbox i1] [image names]
} {10 10 20 20 foo {} {10 10 30 30} foo}
destroy .c
eval image delete [image names]
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/imgBmap.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out images of type "bitmap" (i.e., # the procedures in the file tkImgBmap.c). It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out images of type "bitmap" (i.e.,
# the procedures in the file tkImgBmap.c). It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
set data1 {#define foo_width 16
#define foo_height 16
#define foo_x_hot 3
#define foo_y_hot 3
static unsigned char foo_bits[] = {
0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff};
}
makeFile $data1 foo.bm
makeFile $data2 foo2.bm
| | | | | | | < | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | < | | < > | | | | < > | < < | < | | < < | | | | < < | | | | | > | | | > | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < > < < < < | | | | | | > > | | | > > | | | > > | | | > > | | | > > | | | > > | | | > > | | | > > < < | | > > < < | | > > | | | | > > | | | | > > | | | | > > | | | | > > | | | | > > | | | < | > > | | | > > | | | > > | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | < | < < < < | | < < < < | > | < < < | < < < < | | < < < < | | < | < < | < < | | < | < < < < < < | | | | | < | | | > | < < < < < | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff};
}
makeFile $data1 foo.bm
makeFile $data2 foo2.bm
eval image delete [image names]
canvas .c
pack .c
update
image create bitmap i1
.c create image 200 100 -image i1
update
proc bgerror msg {
global errMsg
set errMsg $msg
}
test imageBmap-1.1 {options for bitmap images} {
image create bitmap i1 -background #123456
lindex [i1 configure -background] 4
} {#123456}
test imageBmap-1.2 {options for bitmap images} {
set errMsg {}
image create bitmap i1 -background lousy
update
list $errMsg $errorInfo
} {{unknown color name "lousy"} {unknown color name "lousy"
(while configuring image "i1")}}
test imageBmap-1.3 {options for bitmap images} {
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1
lindex [i1 configure -data] 4
} $data1
test imageBmap-1.4 {options for bitmap images} {
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-1.5 {options for bitmap images} {
image create bitmap i1 -file foo.bm
lindex [i1 configure -file] 4
} foo.bm
test imageBmap-1.6 {options for bitmap images} {
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -file bogus} msg] [string tolower $msg]
} {1 {couldn't read bitmap file "bogus": no such file or directory}}
test imageBmap-1.7 {options for bitmap images} {
image create bitmap i1 -foreground #00ff00
lindex [i1 configure -foreground] 4
} {#00ff00}
test imageBmap-1.8 {options for bitmap images} {
set errMsg {}
image create bitmap i1 -foreground bad_color
update
list $errMsg $errorInfo
} {{unknown color name "bad_color"} {unknown color name "bad_color"
(while configuring image "i1")}}
test imageBmap-1.9 {options for bitmap images} {
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1 -maskdata $data2
lindex [i1 configure -maskdata] 4
} $data2
test imageBmap-1.10 {options for bitmap images} {
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data $data1 -maskdata bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-1.11 {options for bitmap images} {
image create bitmap i1 -file foo.bm -maskfile foo2.bm
lindex [i1 configure -maskfile] 4
} foo2.bm
test imageBmap-1.12 {options for bitmap images} {
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data $data1 -maskfile bogus} msg] \
[string tolower $msg]
} {1 {couldn't read bitmap file "bogus": no such file or directory}}
rename bgerror {}
test imageBmap-2.1 {ImgBmapCreate procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap -gorp dum} msg] $msg [image names]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} {}}
test imageBmap-2.2 {ImgBmapCreate procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create bitmap image1
list [info commands image1] [image names] \
[image width image1] [image height image1] \
[lindex [image1 configure -foreground] 4] \
[lindex [image1 configure -background] 4]
} {image1 image1 0 0 #000000 {}}
test imageBmap-3.1 {ImgBmapConfigureMaster procedure, memory de-allocation} {
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1
i1 configure -data $data1
} {}
test imageBmap-3.2 {ImgBmapConfigureMaster procedure} {
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1
list [catch {i1 configure -data bogus} msg] $msg [image width i1] \
[image height i1]
} {1 {format error in bitmap data} 16 16}
test imageBmap-3.3 {ImgBmapConfigureMaster procedure, memory de-allocation} {
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1 -maskdata $data2
i1 configure -maskdata $data2
} {}
test imageBmap-3.4 {ImgBmapConfigureMaster procedure} {
image create bitmap i1
list [catch {i1 configure -maskdata $data2} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't have mask without bitmap}}
test imageBmap-3.5 {ImgBmapConfigureMaster procedure} {
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data $data1 -maskdata {
#define foo_width 8
#define foo_height 16
static char foo_bits[] = {
0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81,
0x81, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0x81};
}
} msg] $msg
} {1 {bitmap and mask have different sizes}}
test imageBmap-3.6 {ImgBmapConfigureMaster procedure} {
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data $data1 -maskdata {
#define foo_width 16
#define foo_height 8
static char foo_bits[] = {
0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81, 0x81,
0x81, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0x81};
}
} msg] $msg
} {1 {bitmap and mask have different sizes}}
test imageBmap-3.7 {ImgBmapConfigureMaster procedure} {
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1
.c create image 100 100 -image i1 -tags i1.1 -anchor nw
.c create image 200 100 -image i1 -tags i1.2 -anchor nw
update
i1 configure -data {
#define foo2_height 14
#define foo2_width 15
static char foo2_bits[] = {
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0xff};
}
update
list [image width i1] [image height i1] [.c bbox i1.1] [.c bbox i1.2]
} {15 14 {100 100 115 114} {200 100 215 114}}
test imageBmap-4.1 {ImgBmapConfigureInstance procedure: check error handling} {
proc bgerror args {}
.c delete all
image create bitmap i1 -file foo.bm
.c create image 100 100 -image i1
update
i1 configure -foreground bogus
update
} {}
test imageBmap-5.1 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
list [catch {image create bitmap -file ~bad_user/a/b} msg] \
[string tolower $msg]
} {1 {user "bad_user" doesn't exist}}
test imageBmap-5.2 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
list [catch {image create bitmap -file bad_name} msg] [string tolower $msg]
} {1 {couldn't read bitmap file "bad_name": no such file or directory}}
test imageBmap-5.3 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap -data { }} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.4 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap -data {#define foo2_width}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.5 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap -data {#define foo2_width gorp}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.6 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap -data {#define foo2_width 1.4}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.7 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap -data {#define foo2_height}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.8 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap -data {#define foo2_height gorp}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.9 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap -data {#define foo2_height 1.4}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.10 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create bitmap i1 -data {
#define foo2_height 14
#define foo2_width 15 xx _widtg 18 xwidth 18 _heighz 18 xheight 18
static char foo2_bits[] = {
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0xff};
}
list [image width i1] [image height i1]
} {15 14}
test imageBmap-5.11 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create bitmap i1 -data {
_height 14 _width 15
char {
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0xff}
}
list [image width i1] [image height i1]
} {15 14}
test imageBmap-5.12 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data {
#define foo2_height 14
#define foo2_width 15
static short foo2_bits[] = {
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0xff};
}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data; looks like it's an obsolete X10 bitmap file}}
test imageBmap-5.13 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data {
#define foo2_height 16
#define foo2_width 16
static char foo2_bits[] =
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0xff;
}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.14 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data {
#define foo2_width 16
static char foo2_bits[] = {
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, }}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.15 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data {
#define foo2_height 16
static char foo2_bits[] = {
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, }}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.16 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data {
#define foo2_height 16
#define foo2_width 16
static char foo2_bits[] = {
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, foo};
}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-5.17 {GetBitmapData procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data "
#define foo2_height 16
#define foo2_width 16
static char foo2_bits[] = \{
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81, 0xff, 0x81,
0xff
"} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-6.1 {NextBitmapWord procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -data {1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890}} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-6.2 {NextBitmapWord procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
makeFile {1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890} foo3.bm
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -file foo3.bm} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
test imageBmap-6.3 {NextBitmapWord procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
makeFile { } foo3.bm
list [catch {image create bitmap i1 -file foo3.bm} msg] $msg
} {1 {format error in bitmap data}}
removeFile foo3.bm
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create bitmap i1
test imageBmap-7.1 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} {
list [catch {i1} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "i1 option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test imageBmap-7.2 {ImgBmapCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {i1 cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "i1 cget option"}}
test imageBmap-7.3 {ImgBmapCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {i1 cget a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "i1 cget option"}}
test imageBmap-7.4 {ImgBmapCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
i1 co -foreground #123456
i1 cget -foreground
} {#123456}
test imageBmap-7.5 {ImgBmapCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {i1 cget -stupid} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-stupid"}}
test imageBmap-7.6 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} {
llength [i1 configure]
} {6}
test imageBmap-7.7 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} {
i1 co -foreground #001122
i1 configure -foreground
} {-foreground {} {} #000000 #001122}
test imageBmap-7.8 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} {
list [catch {i1 configure -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test imageBmap-7.9 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} {
list [catch {i1 configure -foreground #221100 -background} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-background" missing}}
test imageBmap-7.10 {ImgBmapCmd procedure} {
list [catch {i1 gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "gorp": must be cget or configure}}
test imageBmap-8.1 {ImgBmapGet/Free procedures, shared instances} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1
.c create image 50 100 -image i1 -tags i1.1
.c create image 150 100 -image i1 -tags i1.2
.c create image 250 100 -image i1 -tags i1.3
update
.c delete i1.1
i1 configure -background black
update
.c delete i1.2
i1 configure -background white
update
.c delete i1.3
i1 configure -background black
update
image delete i1
} {}
test imageBmap-9.1 {ImgBmapDisplay procedure, nothing to display} {
proc bgerror args {}
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1
.c create image 50 100 -image i1 -tags i1.1
i1 configure -data {}
update
} {}
test imageBmap-9.2 {ImgBmapDisplay procedure, nothing to display} {
proc bgerror args {}
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1
.c create image 50 100 -image i1 -tags i1.1
i1 configure -foreground bogus
update
} {}
if {[info exists bgerror]} {
rename bgerror {}
}
test imageBmap-10.1 {ImgBmapFree procedure, resource freeing} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1 -maskdata $data2 -foreground #112233 \
-background #445566
.c create image 100 100 -image i1
update
.c delete all
image delete i1
} {}
test imageBmap-10.2 {ImgBmapFree procedures, unlinking} {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create bitmap i1 -data $data1 -maskdata $data2 -foreground #112233 \
-background #445566
.c create image 100 100 -image i1
button .b1 -image i1
button .b2 -image i1
button .b3 -image i1
pack .b1 .b2 .b3
update
destroy .b2
update
destroy .b3
update
destroy .b1
update
.c delete all
} {}
test imageBmap-11.1 {ImgBmapDelete procedure} {
image create bitmap i2 -file foo.bm -maskfile foo2.bm
image delete i2
info command i2
} {}
test imageBmap-11.2 {ImgBmapDelete procedure} {
image create bitmap i2 -file foo.bm -maskfile foo2.bm
rename i2 newi2
set x [list [info command i2] [info command new*] [newi2 cget -file]]
image delete i2
lappend x [info command new*]
} {{} newi2 foo.bm {}}
test imageBmap-12.1 {ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
image create bitmap i2 -file foo.bm -maskfile foo2.bm
rename i2 {}
list [lsearch -exact [image names] i2] [catch {i2 foo} msg] $msg
} {-1 1 {invalid command name "i2"}}
removeFile foo.bm
removeFile foo2.bm
destroy .c
eval image delete [image names]
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/imgListFormat.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted tests/imgPNG.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/imgPPM.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the code in tkImgFmtPPM.c, # which reads and write PPM-format image files for photo widgets. # The files is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | < | | > | < < | < | < < < < < < | < | > | < | < | > | < | < | > | < | < | > | < | < | > | < | < | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | | > | | < | > | < > | | > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the code in tkImgFmtPPM.c,
# which reads and write PPM-format image files for photo widgets.
# The files is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
eval image delete [image names]
# Note that we do not use [tcltest::makeFile] because it is
# only suitable for text files
proc put {file data} {
set f [open $file w]
fconfigure $f -translation lf
puts -nonewline $f $data
close $f
}
test imgPPM-1.1 {FileReadPPM procedure} {
put test.ppm "P6\n0 256\n255\nabcdef"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {PPM image file "test.ppm" has dimension(s) <= 0}}
test imgPPM-1.2 {FileReadPPM procedure} {
put test.ppm "P6\n-2 256\n255\nabcdef"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {PPM image file "test.ppm" has dimension(s) <= 0}}
test imgPPM-1.3 {FileReadPPM procedure} {
put test.ppm "P6\n10 0\n255\nabcdef"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {PPM image file "test.ppm" has dimension(s) <= 0}}
test imgPPM-1.4 {FileReadPPM procedure} {
put test.ppm "P6\n10 -2\n255\nabcdef"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {PPM image file "test.ppm" has dimension(s) <= 0}}
test imgPPM-1.5 {FileReadPPM procedure} {
put test.ppm "P6\n10 20\n100000\nabcdef"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {PPM image file "test.ppm" has bad maximum intensity value 100000}}
test imgPPM-1.6 {FileReadPPM procedure} {
put test.ppm "P6\n10 20\n0\nabcdef"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {PPM image file "test.ppm" has bad maximum intensity value 0}}
test imgPPM-1.7 {FileReadPPM procedure} {
put test.ppm "P6\n10 10\n255\nabcdef"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {error reading PPM image file "test.ppm": not enough data}}
test imgPPM-1.8 {FileReadPPM procedure} {
put test.ppm "P6\n5 4\n255\n01234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {error reading PPM image file "test.ppm": not enough data}}
test imgPPM-1.9 {FileReadPPM procedure} {
put test.ppm "P6\n5 4\n150\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg \
[image width p1] [image height p1]
} {0 p1 5 4}
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6\n5 4\n255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
image create photo p1 -file test.ppm
test imgPPM-2.1 {FileWritePPM procedure} {
list [catch {p1 write not_a_dir/bar/baz/gorp} msg] [string tolower $msg] \
[string tolower $errorCode]
} {1 {couldn't open "not_a_dir/bar/baz/gorp": no such file or directory} {posix enoent {no such file or directory}}}
test imgPPM-2.2 {FileWritePPM procedure} {
catch {unset data}
p1 write -format ppm test.ppm
set fd [open test.ppm]
set data [read $fd]
close $fd
set data
} {P6
5 4
255
012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789}
test imgPPM-3.1 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "# \n#\n#\nP6\n#\n##\n5 4\n255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {0 p1}
test imgPPM-3.2 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6\n5\n 4 255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {0 p1}
test imgPPM-3.3 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6\n# asdfasdf\n5 4\n255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {0 p1}
test imgPPM-3.4 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6 \n5 4\n255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {0 p1}
test imgPPM-3.5 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P5\n5 4\n255\n01234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {0 p1}
test imgPPM-3.6 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P3\n5 4\n255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "test.ppm"}}
test imgPPM-3.7 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6x\n5 4\n255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "test.ppm"}}
test imgPPM-3.8 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6\nxy5 4\n255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "test.ppm"}}
test imgPPM-3.9 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6\n5\n255\n!012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "test.ppm"}}
test imgPPM-3.10 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6\n5 4\nzz255\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "test.ppm"}}
test imgPPM-3.11 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure, empty file} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm " "
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "test.ppm"}}
test imgPPM-3.12 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure, file ends too soon} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6\n566"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "test.ppm"}}
test imgPPM-3.13 {ReadPPMFileHeader procedure, file ends too soon} {
catch {image delete p1}
put test.ppm "P6\n566\n#asdf"
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file test.ppm} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "test.ppm"}}
test imgPPM-4.1 {StringReadPPM procedure, data too short [Bug 1822391]} \
-setup {
image create photo I -width 1103 -height 997
} \
-cleanup {
image delete I
} \
-body {
I put "P5\n1103 997\n255\n"
} \
-returnCodes error \
-result {truncated PPM data}
test imgPPM-5.1 {StringReadPPM procedure} -setup {
image create photo ppm
} -body {
ppm put "P6\n0 256\n255\nabcdef"
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
image delete ppm
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
223 224 225 226 227 228 229 |
} -body {
ppm put "P6\n5 4\n150\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [image width ppm] [image height ppm]
} -cleanup {
image delete ppm
} -result {5 4}
| | | 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
} -body {
ppm put "P6\n5 4\n150\n012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789"
list [image width ppm] [image height ppm]
} -cleanup {
image delete ppm
} -result {5 4}
eval image delete [image names]
# cleanup
catch {file delete test.ppm}
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/imgPhoto.test.
|
| | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < | | < < | | | | | | | > > > | | | | < < | | | | | > | | | | | < < | | | | | < < > | | | | < < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | | | | < | | < < | | | | | | | < < | | | < < | < < | | | < < | | < < < < < < | | | | | < < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < | | < | < < < | | < < | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | < < | | | < | < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | > > > > | | < < | < < | | < < | < < < | | | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < | > > | | < < < | < < | | < < < < < | | | < < | | < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < | < < | | | < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | < < < < | < < < < < > | < < | < < < < < < < < < | > > > | < < | < < < | < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < | < | < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < < < | | < < | | < < < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | > | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | | | < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < > > > > > > | | < | | | > | | | | | > | < < | | > | | > | | | < > | < | > | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < | | | < < | < < | > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > | < | < | | < < | < | | < > > | > > > < < < < | < < | < | < | < < | < | < < > > | < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < > > | < < < < > > | < < | < < < | < > | | | | < > | < > | < < < | < > | < | < < < < < | | | < > | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | | | | | | | < < | | < < < < | | | | | | | < < | | < < < < | | | | | | | | < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < | | | | | | | | < < | | | < < < | | | | < < < | | < | | < < < | | | | < < | < < < < < | < | | | | | < < < | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | < < | | | | | | | < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | < < | | | < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "photo" image type and the
# other procedures in the file tkImgPhoto.c. It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Australian National University
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
#
# Author: Paul Mackerras (paulus@cs.anu.edu.au)
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
eval image delete [image names]
canvas .c
pack .c
update
set README [makeFile {
README -- Tk test suite design document.
} README-imgPhoto]
# find the teapot.ppm file for use in these tests
set teapotPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] teapot.ppm]
testConstraint hasTeapotPhoto [file exists $teapotPhotoFile]
proc base64ok {} {
expr {
![catch {package require base64}]
}
}
testConstraint base64PackageNeeded [base64ok]
test imgPhoto-1.1 {options for photo images} {
image create photo p1 -width 79 -height 83
list [lindex [p1 configure -width] 4] [lindex [p1 configure -height] 4] \
[image width p1] [image height p1]
} {79 83 79 83}
test imgPhoto-1.2 {options for photo images} {
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file no.such.file} err] \
[string tolower $err]
} {1 {couldn't open "no.such.file": no such file or directory}}
test imgPhoto-1.3 {options for photo images} hasTeapotPhoto {
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file $teapotPhotoFile \
-format no.such.format} err] $err
} {1 {image file format "no.such.format" is not supported}}
test imgPhoto-1.4 {options for photo images} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
list [image width p1] [image height p1]
} {256 256}
test imgPhoto-1.5 {options for photo images} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p1 -file $teapotPhotoFile \
-format ppm -width 79 -height 83
list [image width p1] [image height p1] \
[lindex [p1 configure -file] 4] [lindex [p1 configure -format] 4]
} [list 79 83 $teapotPhotoFile ppm]
test imgPhoto-1.6 {options for photo images} {
image create photo p1 -palette 2/2/2 -gamma 2.2
list [format %.1f [lindex [p1 configure -gamma] 4]] \
[lindex [p1 configure -palette] 4]
} {2.2 2/2/2}
test imgPhoto-1.7 {options for photo images} {
list [catch {image create photo p1 -file $README} err] $err
} [subst {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "$README"}}]
test imgPhoto-1.8 {options for photo images} {
list [catch {image create photo -blah blah} err] $err
} {1 {unknown option "-blah"}}
test imgPhoto-1.9 {options for photo images - error case} {
list [catch {image create photo -format} err] $err
} {1 {value for "-format" missing}}
test imgPhoto-1.10 {options for photo images - error case} {
list [catch {image create photo -data} err] $err
} {1 {value for "-data" missing}}
test imgPhoto-1.11 {options for photo images - error case} {
list [catch {image create photo p1 -format} err] $err
} {1 {value for "-format" missing}}
test imgPhoto-2.1 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
catch {image create photo -blah blah}
image names
} {}
test imgPhoto-2.2 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
image create photo image1
list [info commands image1] [image names] \
[image width image1] [image height image1]
} {image1 image1 0 0}
# test imgPhoto-2.3 {ImgPhotoCreate procedure: creation failure} {
# image create photo p1
# image create photo p2 -width 10 -height 10
# catch {image create photo p2 -file bogus.img} msg
# p1 copy p2
# set msg
# } {couldn't open "bogus.img": no such file or directory}
test imgPhoto-3.1 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
p1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
} {}
test imgPhoto-3.2 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
list [catch {p1 configure -file bogus} err] [string tolower $err] \
[image width p1] [image height p1]
} {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory} 256 256}
test imgPhoto-3.3 {ImgPhotoConfigureMaster procedure} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p1
.c create image 10 10 -image p1 -tags p1.1 -anchor nw
.c create image 300 10 -image p1 -tags p1.2 -anchor nw
update
p1 configure -file $teapotPhotoFile
update
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [.c bbox p1.1] [.c bbox p1.2]
} {256 256 {10 10 266 266} {300 10 556 266}}
eval image delete [image names]
image create photo p1
.c create image 10 10 -image p1
update
test imgPhoto-4.1 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure} {
list [catch {p1} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test imgPhoto-4.2 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure} {
list [catch {p1 blah} err] $err
} {1 {bad option "blah": must be blank, cget, configure, copy, data, get, put, read, redither, transparency, or write}}
test imgPhoto-4.3 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: blank option} {
p1 blank
list [catch {p1 blank x} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 blank"}}
test imgPhoto-4.4 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: cget option} {
list [catch {p1 cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 cget option"}}
test imgPhoto-4.5 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: cget option} {
image create photo p2 -width 25 -height 30
list [p2 cget -width] [p2 cget -height]
} {25 30}
test imgPhoto-4.6 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: configure option} {
llength [p1 configure]
} {7}
test imgPhoto-4.7 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: configure option} {
p1 conf -palette 3/4/2
p1 configure -palette
} {-palette {} {} {} 3/4/2}
test imgPhoto-4.8 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: configure option} {
list [catch {p1 configure -blah} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-blah"}}
test imgPhoto-4.9 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: configure option} {
list [catch {p1 configure -palette {} -gamma} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-gamma" missing}}
test imgPhoto-4.10 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
p1 configure -width 0 -height 0 -palette {} -gamma 1
p1 copy p2
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [p1 get 100 100]
} {256 256 {169 117 90}}
test imgPhoto-4.11 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
list [catch {p1 copy} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 copy source-image ?-compositingrule rule? ?-from x1 y1 x2 y2? ?-to x1 y1 x2 y2? ?-zoom x y? ?-subsample x y?"}}
test imgPhoto-4.12 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
list [catch {p1 copy blah} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "blah" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}}
test imgPhoto-4.13 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
list [catch {p1 copy p2 -blah} msg] $msg
} {1 {unrecognized option "-blah": must be -compositingrule, -from, -shrink, -subsample, -to, or -zoom}}
test imgPhoto-4.14 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
list [catch {p1 copy p2 -from -to} msg] $msg
} {1 {the "-from" option requires one to four integer values}}
test imgPhoto-4.15 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
p1 copy p2
p1 copy p2 -from 0 70 60 120 -shrink
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [p1 get 20 10]
} {60 50 {215 154 120}}
test imgPhoto-4.16 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
p1 copy p2 -from 60 120 0 70 -to 20 50
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [p1 get 40 80]
} {80 100 {19 92 192}}
test imgPhoto-4.17 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
p1 copy p2 -from 0 120 60 70 -to 0 0 100 100
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [p1 get 80 60]
} {100 100 {215 154 120}}
test imgPhoto-4.18 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
p1 copy p2 -from 60 70 0 120 -zoom 2
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [p1 get 100 50]
} {120 100 {169 99 47}}
test imgPhoto-4.19 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
p1 copy p2 -from 0 70 60 120
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [p1 get 100 50]
} {120 100 {169 99 47}}
test imgPhoto-4.20 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
p1 copy p2 -from 20 20 200 180 -subsample 2 -shrink
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [p1 get 50 30]
} {90 80 {207 146 112}}
test imgPhoto-4.21 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy option} {
p1 copy p2
set result [list [image width p1] [image height p1]]
p1 conf -width 49 -height 51
lappend result [image width p1] [image height p1]
p1 copy p2
lappend result [image width p1] [image height p1]
p1 copy p2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
lappend result [image width p1] [image height p1]
p1 conf -width 0
p1 copy p2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
lappend result [image width p1] [image height p1]
p1 conf -height 0
p1 copy p2 -from 0 0 10 10 -shrink
lappend result [image width p1] [image height p1]
} {256 256 49 51 49 51 49 51 10 51 10 10}
test imgPhoto-4.22 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} hasTeapotPhoto {
p1 read $teapotPhotoFile
list [p1 get 100 100] [p1 get 150 100] [p1 get 100 150]
} {{169 117 90} {172 115 84} {35 35 35}}
test imgPhoto-4.23 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} {
list [catch {p1 get 256 0} err] $err
} {1 {p1 get: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.24 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} {
list [catch {p1 get 0 -1} err] $err
} {1 {p1 get: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.25 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: get option} {
list [catch {p1 get} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 get x y"}}
test imgPhoto-4.26 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} {
list [catch {p1 put} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 put data ?options?"}}
test imgPhoto-4.27 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} {
list [catch {p1 put {{white} {white white}}} err] $err
} {1 {all elements of color list must have the same number of elements}}
test imgPhoto-4.28 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} {
list [catch {p1 put {{blahgle}}} err] $err
} {1 {can't parse color "blahgle"}}
test imgPhoto-4.29 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option} {
p1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20
p1 get 19 19
} {255 255 255}
test imgPhoto-4.30 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} {
list [catch {p1 read} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 read fileName ?options?"}}
test imgPhoto-4.31 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} hasTeapotPhoto {
list [catch {p1 read $teapotPhotoFile -zoom 2} err] $err
} {1 {unrecognized option "-zoom": must be -format, -from, -shrink, or -to}}
test imgPhoto-4.32 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} {
list [catch {p1 read bogus} err] [string tolower $err]
} {1 {couldn't open "bogus": no such file or directory}}
test imgPhoto-4.33 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} hasTeapotPhoto {
list [catch {p1 read $teapotPhotoFile -format bogus} err] $err
} {1 {image file format "bogus" is not supported}}
test imgPhoto-4.34 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} {
list [catch {p1 read $README} err] $err
} [subst {1 {couldn't recognize data in image file "$README"}}]
test imgPhoto-4.35 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} hasTeapotPhoto {
p1 read $teapotPhotoFile
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [p1 get 120 120]
} {256 256 {161 109 82}}
test imgPhoto-4.36 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: read option} hasTeapotPhoto {
p1 read $teapotPhotoFile -from 0 70 60 120 -to 10 10 -shrink
list [image width p1] [image height p1] [p1 get 29 19]
} {70 60 {244 180 144}}
test imgPhoto-4.37 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: redither option} {
p1 redither
list [catch {p1 redither x} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 redither"}}
test imgPhoto-4.38 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: write option} {
list [catch {p1 write} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 write fileName ?options?"}}
test imgPhoto-4.39 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: write option} {
list [catch {p1 write teapot.tmp -format bogus} err] $err
} {1 {image file format "bogus" is unknown}}
eval image delete [image names]
image create photo p1
test imgPhoto-4.40 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 transparency option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test imgPhoto-4.41 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency get} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 transparency get x y"}}
test imgPhoto-4.42 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency get 0} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 transparency get x y"}}
test imgPhoto-4.43 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency get 0 0 0} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 transparency get x y"}}
test imgPhoto-4.44 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency get bogus 0} err] $err
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test imgPhoto-4.45 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency get 0 bogus} err] $err
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test imgPhoto-4.46 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
p1 put white
p1 transparency get 0 0
} 0
test imgPhoto-4.47 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency get 1 0} err] $err
} {1 {p1 transparency get: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.48 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency get -1 0} err] $err
} {1 {p1 transparency get: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.49 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency get 0 1} err] $err
} {1 {p1 transparency get: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.50 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency get 0 -1} err] $err
} {1 {p1 transparency get: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.51 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
p1 blank
p1 transparency get 0 0
} 1
test imgPhoto-4.52 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 transparency set x y boolean"}}
test imgPhoto-4.53 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set 0} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 transparency set x y boolean"}}
test imgPhoto-4.54 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set 0 0} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 transparency set x y boolean"}}
test imgPhoto-4.55 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set 0 0 0 0} err] $err
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "p1 transparency set x y boolean"}}
test imgPhoto-4.56 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set bogus 0 0} err] $err
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test imgPhoto-4.57 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set 0 bogus 0} err] $err
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test imgPhoto-4.58 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set 0 0 bogus} err] $err
} {1 {expected boolean value but got "bogus"}}
test imgPhoto-4.59 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set 1 0 0} err] $err
} {1 {p1 transparency set: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.60 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set -1 0 0} err] $err
} {1 {p1 transparency set: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.61 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set 0 1 0} err] $err
} {1 {p1 transparency set: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.62 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
list [catch {p1 transparency set 0 -1 0} err] $err
} {1 {p1 transparency set: coordinates out of range}}
test imgPhoto-4.63 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
p1 transparency set 0 0 false
p1 transparency get 0 0
} 0
test imgPhoto-4.64 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
p1 transparency set 0 0 true
p1 transparency get 0 0
} 1
# Now for some heftier testing, checking that setting and resetting of
# pixels' transparency status doesn't "leak" with any one-off errors.
proc checkImgTrans {img width height} {
set result {}
for {set x 0} {$x<$width} {incr x} {
for {set y 0} {$y<$height} {incr y} {
if {[$img transparency get $x $y]} {
lappend result $x $y
}
}
}
return $result
}
test imgPhoto-4.65 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
p1 put white -to 0 0 3 3
checkImgTrans p1 3 3
} {}
test imgPhoto-4.66 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency get option} {
p1 blank
checkImgTrans p1 3 3
} {0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2}
proc checkImgTransLoopSetReset {img width height} {
set result {}
for {set x 0} {$x<$width} {incr x} {
for {set y 0} {$y<$height} {incr y} {
$img put white -to 0 0 3 3
$img transparency set $x $y 1
set result [concat $result [checkImgTrans $img $width $height]]
lappend result ,
$img transparency set $x $y 0
set result [concat $result [checkImgTrans $img $width $height]]
lappend result .
}
}
return $result
}
test imgPhoto-4.67 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
checkImgTransLoopSetReset p1 3 3
} {0 0 , . 0 1 , . 0 2 , . 1 0 , . 1 1 , . 1 2 , . 2 0 , . 2 1 , . 2 2 , .}
proc checkImgTransLoopResetSet {img width height} {
set result {}
for {set x 0} {$x<$width} {incr x} {
for {set y 0} {$y<$height} {incr y} {
$img blank
$img transparency set $x $y 0
set result [concat $result [checkImgTrans $img $width $height]]
lappend result ,
$img transparency set $x $y 1
set result [concat $result [checkImgTrans $img $width $height]]
lappend result .
}
}
return $result
}
test imgPhoto-4.67a {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: transparency set option} {
checkImgTransLoopResetSet p1 3 3
} {0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 , 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 . 0 0 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 , 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 . 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 , 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 . 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 , 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 . 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 , 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 . 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 2 0 2 1 2 2 , 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 . 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 , 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 . 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 2 , 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 . 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 , 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 0 1 1 1 2 2 0 2 1 2 2 .}
catch {rename checkImgTransLoopSetReset {}}
catch {rename checkImgTransLoopResetSet {}}
# Test the compositing rules for copying images
image create photo p1 -width 3 -height 3
image create photo p2 -width 2 -height 2
test imgPhoto-4.68 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy with -compositingrule} {
list [catch {p1 copy p2 -to 1 1 -compositingrule} msg] $msg
} {1 {the "-compositingrule" option requires a value}}
test imgPhoto-4.69 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy with -compositingrule} {
list [catch {p1 copy p2 -to 1 1 -compositingrule BAD} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad compositing rule "BAD": must be overlay or set}}
test imgPhoto-4.70 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy with -compositingrule} {
# Tests default compositing rule
p1 blank
p2 blank
p1 put white -to 0 0 2 2
p2 put white -to 0 0 2 2
p2 transparency set 0 0 true
p1 copy p2 -to 1 1
checkImgTrans p1 3 3
} {0 2 2 0}
test imgPhoto-4.71 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy with -compositingrule} {
p1 blank
p2 blank
p1 put white -to 0 0 2 2
p2 put white -to 0 0 2 2
p2 transparency set 0 0 true
p1 copy p2 -to 1 1 -compositingrule overlay
checkImgTrans p1 3 3
} {0 2 2 0}
test imgPhoto-4.72 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: copy with -compositingrule} {
p1 blank
p2 blank
p1 put white -to 0 0 2 2
p2 put white -to 0 0 2 2
p2 transparency set 0 0 true
p1 copy p2 -to 1 1 -compositingrule set
checkImgTrans p1 3 3
} {0 2 1 1 2 0}
catch {rename checkImgTrans {}}
test imgPhoto-4.74 {ImgPhotoCmd procedure: put option error handling} -setup {
image create photo photo1
} -body {
photo1 put {{white}} -to 10 10 20 20 {{white}}
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "photo1 put data ?options?"}
test imgPhoto-4.75 {<photo> read command: filename starting with '-'} -constraints {
hasTeapotPhoto
} -body {
file copy -force $teapotPhotoFile -teapotPhotoFile
image create photo photo1
photo1 read -teapotPhotoFile
} -cleanup {
image delete photo1
file delete ./-teapotPhotoFile
} -result {}
test imgPhoto-5.1 {ImgPhotoGet/Free procedures, shared instances} hasTeapotPhoto {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create photo p1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
.c create image 0 0 -image p1 -tags p1.1
.c create image 256 0 -image p1 -tags p1.2
.c create image 0 256 -image p1 -tags p1.3
update
.c delete i1.1
p1 configure -width 1
update
.c delete i1.2
p1 configure -height 1
update
image delete p1
} {}
test imgPhoto-6.1 {ImgPhotoDisplay procedure, blank display} {
.c delete all
image create photo p1 -width 10 -height 10
p1 blank
.c create image 10 10 -image p1
update
} {}
test imgPhoto-7.1 {ImgPhotoFree procedure, resource freeing} hasTeapotPhoto {
eval image delete [image names]
.c delete all
image create photo p1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
.c create image 0 0 -image p1 -anchor nw
update
.c delete all
image delete p1
} {}
test imgPhoto-7.2 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, unlinking} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
.c create image 10 10 -image p1 -anchor nw
button .b1 -image p1
button .b2 -image p1
button .b3 -image p1
pack .b1 .b2 .b3
update
destroy .b2
update
destroy .b3
update
destroy .b1
update
.c delete all
} {}
test imgPhoto-7.3 {ImgPhotoFree procedures, multiple visuals} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p1 -file $teapotPhotoFile
button .b1 -image p1
frame .f -visual best
button .f.b2 -image p1
pack .f.b2
pack .b1 .f
update
destroy .b1
update
.f.b2 configure -image {}
update
destroy .f
image delete p1
} {}
test imgPhoto-8.1 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
image delete p2
} {}
test imagePhoto-8.2 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
rename p2 newp2
set x [list [info command p2] [info command new*] [newp2 cget -file]]
image delete p2
append x [info command new*]
} [list {} newp2 $teapotPhotoFile]
test imagePhoto-8.3 {ImgPhotoDelete procedure, name cleanup} {
image create photo p1
image create photo p2 -width 10 -height 10
image delete p2
list [catch {p1 copy p2} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "p2" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}}
test imagePhoto-9.1 {ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc procedure} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p2 -file $teapotPhotoFile
rename p2 {}
list [lsearch -exact [image names] p2] [catch {p2 foo} msg] $msg
} {-1 1 {invalid command name "p2"}}
test imgPhoto-10.1 {Tk_ImgPhotoPutBlock procedure} {
eval image delete [image names]
image create photo p1
p1 put {{#ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000}} -to 0 0
p1 put {{#00ff00 #00ff00}} -to 2 0
list [p1 get 2 0] [p1 get 3 0] [p1 get 4 0]
} {{0 255 0} {0 255 0} {255 0 0}}
test imgPhoto-11.1 {Tk_FindPhoto} {
eval image delete [image names]
image create bitmap i1
image create photo p1
list [catch {p1 copy i1} msg] $msg
} {1 {image "i1" doesn't exist or is not a photo image}}
test imgPhoto-12.1 {Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock} hasTeapotPhoto {
image create photo p3 -file $teapotPhotoFile
set result [list [p3 get 50 50] [p3 get 100 100]]
p3 copy p3 -zoom 2
lappend result [image width p3] [image height p3] [p3 get 100 100]
image delete p3
set result
} {{19 92 192} {169 117 90} 512 512 {19 92 192}}
test imgPhoto-13.1 {check separation of images in different interpreters} {
image delete {*}[image names]
set data {
R0lGODlhQgBkAPUAANbWxs7Wxs7OxsbOxsbGxsbGvb3Gvca9vcDAwL21vbW1vbW1tbWtta2t
ta2ltaWltaWlraWctaWcrZycrZyUrZSUrZSMrZSMpYyMrYyMpYyEpYSEpYR7pYR7nHp7pYRz
pYRynHtzpXtznHtrnHNrnHNjnGtjnGtjlGtalGNalGNSlGNSjFpSlFpKlFpKjFJKjFJCjFI5
jEo5jEo5hEoxhEIxhDkphDkhhAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAACwAAAAAQgBkAAAG
/kCEcEgsGo/IpHLJbDqf0Kh0Sq1ar9isdsvter/gsHhMLpvP6LR6zW673/C4fE6v2+/4vH7P
7/v/gIGCg4SFhoeIiYqLjI2Oj5CRkpOUlZaXmJmOBZxXnAQEnKIIBUQJCguoDKkIBgWhpUev
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 |
arGTEQhIhE7QjLA+MKDOxClGwuoJtWi0uBIUIxjDSE2wQ4iHl7ywQDjGwZws/NcAlgBjaKQJ
JDVuoQBeUeACoFkMcFqgQL1IgxpRSsjsqHA/gy0tHvmAx2z2BxIupaJrnVxCEAAAOw==
}
interp create x1
interp create x2
x1 eval {load {} Tk}
x2 eval {load {} Tk}
| < < > | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > > | | < < | | | < | | | > > > > > < < < < > | > > | | < > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | | | | < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > > | | | | > > > | | | | | > | | | | > > | > | | | | < < | < < < < | 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 |
arGTEQhIhE7QjLA+MKDOxClGwuoJtWi0uBIUIxjDSE2wQ4iHl7ywQDjGwZws/NcAlgBjaKQJ
JDVuoQBeUeACoFkMcFqgQL1IgxpRSsjsqHA/gy0tHvmAx2z2BxIupaJrnVxCEAAAOw==
}
interp create x1
interp create x2
x1 eval {load {} Tk}
x2 eval {load {} Tk}
x1 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
x2 eval [list image create photo T1_data -data $data]
unset data
interp delete x1
interp delete x2
} {}
test imgPhoto-14.1 {GIF writes work correctly} {
set data "R0lGODlhYwA5APcAAAAAAIAAAACAAICAAAAAgIAAgACAgICAgAysnGy8hKzM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"
set photo [image create photo -data $data]
set filename [makeFile {} imgPhoto-14.1.gif]
removeFile imgPhoto-14.1.gif
$photo write $filename -format gif
set photo2 [image create photo -file $filename]
set result [string equal [$photo data] [$photo2 data]]
image delete $photo $photo2
catch {file delete -force $filename}
set result
} 1
test imgPhoto-14.2 {GIF -index handler buffer sizing} -setup {
set i [image create photo]
} -body {
# Bug 1458234 makes this crash when trying to access buffers of the
# wrong size, caused when the initial frame is not the largest frame.
set data {
R0lGODlhIAAgAKEAAPkOSQsi7////////yH/C05FVFNDQVBFMi4wAwEAAAAh
+QQJMgAAACwGAAYAFAAUAAACEYyPqcvtD6OctNqLs968+68VACH5BAkyAAEA
LAMAAwAaABoAAAI0jH+gq+gfmFzQzUsr3gBybn1gIm5kaUaoubbuC8fyTNel
Ohv1CSO533u8KrgbUfc5Ci/EAgA7
}
$i configure -data $data -format {gif -index 2}
} -cleanup {
image delete $i
} -returnCodes error -result {no image data for this index}
test imgPhoto-14.3 {GIF -index interleaving and small frames} -setup {
set i [image create photo]
} -body {
# Interleaved GIFs used to crash us when a smaller subsequent frame
# was accessed.
$i configure -format {GIF -index 1} -data {
R0lGODdhAQAFAPAAAP8AAAAAACwAAAAAAQAFAEACAoRdACwAAAAAAQAEAEACAoRRADs=
}
} -cleanup {
image delete $i
}
test imgPhoto-14.4 {GIF buffer overflow} -setup {
set i [image create photo]
} -body {
# This crashes Tk up to 8.4.17 and 8.5.0
$i configure -data {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}
} -cleanup {
image delete $i
} -returnCodes error -result {malformed image}
test imgPhoto-14.5 {Bug [fbaed1f66b] - GIF decoder with deferred clear code} -setup {
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] deferredClearCode.gif]
} -body {
# This erroneously produced "malformed image" error.
# The animated GIF "deferredClearCode.gif" has two frames, and calling for -index 2
# simply is an easy way to trigger the problem of improper management of a deferred
# clear code. The effect was that the GIF decoder bailed out before the end of the
# image reading, and produced the inappropriate "malformed image error".
image create photo -file $fileName -format "gif -index 2"
} -returnCodes error -result {no image data for this index}
test imgPhoto-15.1 {photo images can fail to allocate memory gracefully} \
{nonPortable} {
# This is not portable to very large machines with more around
# 3GB of free memory available...
list [catch {image create photo -width 32000 -height 32000} msg] $msg
} {1 {not enough free memory for image buffer}}
test imgPhoto-16.1 {copying to self doesn't access freed memory} {
# Bug 877950 makes this crash when trying to copy out of a deallocated area
set i [image create photo]
$i put red -to 0 0 1000 1000
$i copy $i -from 0 0 1000 1000 -to 500 0
image delete $i
} {}
# Reject corrupted or truncated image [Bug b601ce3ab1].
# WARNING - tests 18.1-18.9 will cause a segfault on 8.5.19 and lower,
# and on 8.6.6 and lower.
test imgPhoto-18.1 {Reject corrupted GIF (binary string)} -constraints {
base64PackageNeeded
} -setup {
package require base64
set data [base64::decode {
R0lGODlhAAQABP8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5CiwheLrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV
5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
}]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.2 {Reject corrupted GIF (base 64 string)} -setup {
set data {
R0lGODlhAAQABP8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5CiwheLrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV
5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
}
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.3 {Reject corrupted GIF (file)} -setup {
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptMangled.gif]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.4 {Reject truncated GIF (binary string)} -constraints {
base64PackageNeeded
} -setup {
package require base64
set data [base64::decode {
R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP///8=
}]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map}
test imgPhoto-18.5 {Reject truncated GIF (base 64 string)} -setup {
set data {
R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP///8=
}
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map}
test imgPhoto-18.6 {Reject truncated GIF (file)} -setup {
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptTruncated.gif]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map}
test imgPhoto-18.7 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (binary string)} -constraints {
base64PackageNeeded nonPortable
} -setup {
# About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5]
# If there is insufficient memory, the error message
# {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned.
# Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter.
package require base64
set data [base64::decode {
R0lGODlhwmYz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5Ciwhe
LrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
}]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.8 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (base 64 string)} -constraints {
nonPortable
} -setup {
# About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5]
# If there is insufficient memory, the error message
# {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned.
# Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter.
set data {
R0lGODlhwmYz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5Ciwhe
LrcLTBCd6Tv2qW16tdK4jhV5qpraXIvM1JlNyAgOw==
}
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.9 {Reject corrupted GIF (> 4Gb) (file)} -constraints {
nonPortable
} -setup {
# About the non portability constraint of this test: see ticket [cc42cc18a5]
# If there is insufficient memory, the error message
# {not enough free memory for image buffer} should be returned.
# Instead, some systems (e.g. FreeBSD 11.1) terminate the test interpreter.
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] corruptMangled4G.gif]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -returnCodes error -result {error reading color map|not enough free memory for image buffer} -match regexp
test imgPhoto-18.10 {Valid GIF (binary string)} -constraints {
base64PackageNeeded
} -setup {
# Test the binary string reader with a valid GIF.
# This is not tested elsewhere.
# Tests 18.11, 18.12, with matching data, are included for completeness.
package require base64
set data [base64::decode {
R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5BAEKAAcALAAA
AAAQABAAAAMheLrcLTBCd6QV79qlterXB0riOFXmmapraXIvM1IdZTcJADs=
}]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result gif1
test imgPhoto-18.11 {Valid GIF (base 64 string)} -setup {
set data {
R0lGODlhEAAQAMIHAAAAADMz//8zM/8z/zP/MzP/////M////yH5BAEKAAcALAAA
AAAQABAAAAMheLrcLTBCd6QV79qlterXB0riOFXmmapraXIvM1IdZTcJADs=
}
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -data $data
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result gif1
test imgPhoto-18.12 {Valid GIF (file)} -setup {
set fileName [file join [file dirname [info script]] red.gif]
} -body {
image create photo gif1 -file $fileName
} -cleanup {
catch {image delete gif1}
} -result gif1
destroy .c
eval image delete [image names]
# cleanup
removeFile README-imgPhoto
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/imgSVGnano.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/listbox.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "listbox" command # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "listbox" command
# of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
set fixed {Courier -12}
proc record {name args} {
global log
lappend log [format {%s %.6g %.6g} $name {*}$args]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
wm deiconify .
}
# Procedure that creates a second listbox for checking things related
# to partially visible lines.
proc mkPartial {{w .partial}} {
| | < < < < < | | < | < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | < < < < < > | | > > > | | | | | | | < | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | < | | < | < > | | < < < < < < < < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | < | | | < < < < < < < < | | < < | | | < < < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < | | | | < < | < < < < | | > > | | < < < > | | < < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | | | < | | | < < | | | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < | > | | > > | | > > < < | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | < < | | < < < < < < | | | < < | | < < < < < < | | | < < | | < | < > > > | > < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < | | | | < < | | < | | | | | < | < | | | < | | | < < | | | < | | < < | | | < | | | | < < | | | < | | | | < < | | | < | | | | < < | | | < | | | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | | < < | | | < | | < < | | | < | | | | < < | | | < | | | | < < | | | < | | | | < < | < | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < > | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < | > | | < | < | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < < | < | < < < | | < < | < | | < | | < | < < < | > > | > < < < | | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < | | > | | | | < | > | > > > > > > | | | > | > > | > > > > | | < < | < < | | < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < | | < < | | | | < < | | < < | < < < < | | > | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < < | | < < < | < | | < < | | < < < | | < < | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | < | | < | | < < | | < < | | < < < | < < < < < | | | < < > < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | < < | < < > | < < | < < > < < | < < | | | | | | | | < < | > > | < | | < < | | | | | > > | < | < | | < < < | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | | | | < | | < < | | | < > | < | | | < < | | | < < < | | | > > > > > > | > > < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < > < < | < < < | | | < > < < | < | | | | < < | | < < < | < | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | < < | > | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < | < < > | > > | | | < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < | < < < | < | > | < > | | | < | < < | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | < | | < | < < | | < < < | < | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < < < | | | < | < < | | < < < < | | < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < < | | < < < < < | | < < < | < | < < < | | 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 |
wm deiconify .
}
# Procedure that creates a second listbox for checking things related
# to partially visible lines.
proc mkPartial {{w .partial}} {
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm geometry $w +0+0
listbox $w.l -width 30 -height 5
pack $w.l -expand 1 -fill both
$w.l insert end one two three four five six seven eight nine ten \
eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen
update
scan [wm geometry $w] "%dx%d" width height
wm geometry $w ${width}x[expr $height-3]
update
}
# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
option add *Listbox.borderWidth 2
option add *Listbox.highlightThickness 2
option add *Listbox.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
listbox .l
pack .l
update
resetGridInfo
set i 1
foreach test {
{-activestyle under underline foo {bad activestyle "foo": must be dotbox, none, or underline}}
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bg #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-disabledforeground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-exportselection yes 1 xyzzy {expected boolean value but got "xyzzy"}}
{-fg #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-font {Helvetica 12} {Helvetica 12} {} {font "" doesn't exist}}
{-foreground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-height 30 30 20p {expected integer but got "20p"}}
{-highlightbackground #112233 #112233 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
{-highlightcolor #123456 #123456 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-highlightthickness 6 6 bogus {bad screen distance "bogus"}}
{-highlightthickness -2 0 {} {}}
{-relief groove groove 1.5 {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-selectbackground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-selectborderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-selectforeground #654321 #654321 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-selectmode string string {} {}}
{-setgrid false 0 lousy {expected boolean value but got "lousy"}}
{-state disabled disabled foo {bad state "foo": must be disabled or normal}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-width 45 45 3p {expected integer but got "3p"}}
{-xscrollcommand {Some command} {Some command} {} {}}
{-yscrollcommand {Another command} {Another command} {} {}}
{-listvar testVariable testVariable {} {}}
} {
set name [lindex $test 0]
test listbox-1.$i {configuration options} {
.l configure $name [lindex $test 1]
list [lindex [.l configure $name] 4] [.l cget $name]
} [list [lindex $test 2] [lindex $test 2]]
incr i
if {[lindex $test 3] != ""} {
test listbox-1.$i {configuration options} {
list [catch {.l configure $name [lindex $test 3]} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [lindex $test 4]]
}
.l configure $name [lindex [.l configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
test listbox-2.1 {Tk_ListboxCmd procedure} {
list [catch {listbox} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "listbox pathName ?options?"}}
test listbox-2.2 {Tk_ListboxCmd procedure} {
list [catch {listbox gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "gorp"}}
test listbox-2.3 {Tk_ListboxCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
list [winfo exists .l] [winfo class .l] [info commands .l]
} {1 Listbox .l}
test listbox-2.4 {Tk_ListboxCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .l}
list [catch {listbox .l -gorp foo} msg] $msg [winfo exists .l] \
[info commands .l]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} 0 {}}
test listbox-2.5 {Tk_ListboxCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
} {.l}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -width 20 -height 5 -bd 4 -highlightthickness 1 -selectborderwidth 2
pack .l
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8 el9 el10 el11 el12 el13 el14 \
el15 el16 el17
update
test listbox-3.1 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch .l msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test listbox-3.2 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
list [catch {.l activate} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l activate index"}}
test listbox-3.3 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
list [catch {.l activate a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l activate index"}}
test listbox-3.4 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
list [catch {.l activate fooey} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "fooey": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.5 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
.l activate 3
.l index active
} 3
test listbox-3.6 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
.l activate -1
.l index active
} {0}
test listbox-3.7 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
.l activate 30
.l index active
} {17}
test listbox-3.8 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
.l activate end
.l index active
} {17}
test listbox-3.9 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} {
list [catch {.l bbox} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l bbox index"}}
test listbox-3.10 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} {
list [catch {.l bbox a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l bbox index"}}
test listbox-3.11 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} {
list [catch {.l bbox fooey} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "fooey": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.12 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} {
.l yview 3
update
list [.l bbox 2] [.l bbox 8]
} {{} {}}
test listbox-3.13 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} {
# Used to generate a core dump before a bug was fixed (the last
# element would be on-screen if it existed, but it doesn't exist).
listbox .l2
pack .l2 -side top
tkwait visibility .l2
set x [.l2 bbox 0]
destroy .l2
set x
} {}
test listbox-3.14 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} {fonts} {
.l yview 3
update
list [.l bbox 3] [.l bbox 4]
} {{7 7 17 14} {7 26 17 14}}
test listbox-3.15 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} {fonts} {
.l yview 0
update
list [.l bbox -1] [.l bbox 0]
} {{} {7 7 17 14}}
test listbox-3.16 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} {fonts} {
.l yview end
update
list [.l bbox 17] [.l bbox end] [.l bbox 18]
} {{7 83 24 14} {7 83 24 14} {}}
test listbox-3.17 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm geom .t +0+0
listbox .t.l -width 10 -height 5
.t.l insert 0 "Short" "Somewhat longer" "Really, quite a whole lot longer than can possibly fit on the screen" "Short"
pack .t.l
update
.t.l xview moveto .2
.t.l bbox 2
} {-72 39 393 14}
test listbox-3.18 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" option, partial last line} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
mkPartial
list [.partial.l bbox 3] [.partial.l bbox 4]
} {{5 56 24 14} {5 73 23 14}}
test listbox-3.19 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.l cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l cget option"}}
test listbox-3.20 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.l cget a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l cget option"}}
test listbox-3.21 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.l cget -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test listbox-3.22 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
.l cget -setgrid
} {0}
test listbox-3.23 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
llength [.l configure]
} {27}
test listbox-3.24 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
list [catch {.l configure -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test listbox-3.25 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
.l configure -setgrid
} {-setgrid setGrid SetGrid 0 0}
test listbox-3.26 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
list [catch {.l configure -gorp is_messy} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test listbox-3.27 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
set oldbd [.l cget -bd]
set oldht [.l cget -highlightthickness]
.l configure -bd 3 -highlightthickness 0
set x "[.l cget -bd] [.l cget -highlightthickness]"
.l configure -bd $oldbd -highlightthickness $oldht
set x
} {3 0}
test listbox-3.28 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "curselection" option} {
list [catch {.l curselection a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l curselection"}}
test listbox-3.29 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "curselection" option} {
.l selection clear 0 end
.l selection set 3 6
.l selection set 9
.l curselection
} {3 4 5 6 9}
test listbox-3.30 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
list [catch {.l delete} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}}
test listbox-3.31 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
list [catch {.l delete a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}}
test listbox-3.32 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
list [catch {.l delete badIndex} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "badIndex": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.33 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
list [catch {.l delete 2 123ab} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "123ab": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.34 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7
.l2 delete 3
list [.l2 get 2] [.l2 get 3] [.l2 index end]
} {el2 el4 7}
test listbox-3.35 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7
.l2 delete 2 4
list [.l2 get 1] [.l2 get 2] [.l2 index end]
} {el1 el5 5}
test listbox-3.36 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7
.l2 delete -3 2
.l2 get 0 end
} {el3 el4 el5 el6 el7}
test listbox-3.37 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7
.l2 delete -3 -1
.l2 get 0 end
} {el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7}
test listbox-3.38 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7
.l2 delete 2 end
.l2 get 0 end
} {el0 el1}
test listbox-3.39 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7
.l2 delete 5 20
.l2 get 0 end
} {el0 el1 el2 el3 el4}
test listbox-3.40 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7
.l2 delete end 20
.l2 get 0 end
} {el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6}
test listbox-3.41 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7
.l2 delete 8 20
.l2 get 0 end
} {el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7}
test listbox-3.42 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
list [catch {.l get} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l get firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}}
test listbox-3.43 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
list [catch {.l get a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l get firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}}
test listbox-3.44 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
list [catch {.l get 2.4} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "2.4": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.45 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
list [catch {.l get end bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "bogus": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.46 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7
list [.l2 get 0] [.l2 get 3] [.l2 get end]
} {el0 el3 el7}
test listbox-3.47 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
list [.l2 get 0] [.l2 get end]
} {{} {}}
test listbox-3.48 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 el0 el1 el2 "two words" el4 el5 el6 el7
.l2 get 3 end
} {{two words} el4 el5 el6 el7}
test listbox-3.49 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.l get -1
} {}
test listbox-3.50 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.l get -2 -1
} {}
test listbox-3.51 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.l get -2 3
} {el0 el1 el2 el3}
test listbox-3.52 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.l get 12 end
} {el12 el13 el14 el15 el16 el17}
test listbox-3.53 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.l get 12 20
} {el12 el13 el14 el15 el16 el17}
test listbox-3.54 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.l get end
} {el17}
test listbox-3.55 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.l get 30
} {}
test listbox-3.56 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.l get 30 35
} {}
test listbox-3.57 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
list [catch {.l index} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l index index"}}
test listbox-3.58 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
list [catch {.l index a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l index index"}}
test listbox-3.59 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
list [catch {.l index @} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "@": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.60 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
.l index 2
} 2
test listbox-3.61 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
.l index -1
} -1
test listbox-3.62 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
.l index end
} 18
test listbox-3.63 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
.l index 34
} 34
test listbox-3.64 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} {
list [catch {.l insert} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l insert index ?element element ...?"}}
test listbox-3.65 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} {
list [catch {.l insert badIndex} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "badIndex": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.66 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert end a b c d e
.l2 insert 3 x y z
.l2 get 0 end
} {a b c x y z d e}
test listbox-3.67 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert end a b c
.l2 insert -1 x
.l2 get 0 end
} {x a b c}
test listbox-3.68 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert end a b c
.l2 insert end x
.l2 get 0 end
} {a b c x}
test listbox-3.69 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert end a b c
.l2 insert 43 x
.l2 get 0 end
} {a b c x}
test listbox-3.70 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "nearest" option} {
list [catch {.l nearest} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l nearest y"}}
test listbox-3.71 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "nearest" option} {
list [catch {.l nearest a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l nearest y"}}
test listbox-3.72 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "nearest" option} {
list [catch {.l nearest 20p} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "20p"}}
test listbox-3.73 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "nearest" option} {
.l yview 3
.l nearest 1000
} {7}
test listbox-3.74 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" option} {
list [catch {.l scan a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l scan mark|dragto x y"}}
test listbox-3.75 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" option} {
list [catch {.l scan a b c d} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l scan mark|dragto x y"}}
test listbox-3.76 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" option} {
list [catch {.l scan foo bogus 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test listbox-3.77 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" option} {
list [catch {.l scan foo 2 2.3} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "2.3"}}
test listbox-3.78 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" option} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm geom .t +0+0
listbox .t.l -width 10 -height 5
.t.l insert 0 "Short" "Somewhat longer" "Really, quite a whole lot longer than can possibly fit on the screen" "Short" a b c d e f g h i j
pack .t.l
update
.t.l scan mark 100 140
.t.l scan dragto 90 137
update
list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.t.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.t.l yview]]
} {{0.249364 0.427481} {0.0714286 0.428571}}
test listbox-3.79 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" option} {
list [catch {.l scan foo 2 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "foo": must be mark or dragto}}
test listbox-3.80 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
list [catch {.l see} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l see index"}}
test listbox-3.81 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
list [catch {.l see a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l see index"}}
test listbox-3.82 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
list [catch {.l see gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "gorp": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.83 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
.l yview 7
.l see 7
.l index @0,0
} {7}
test listbox-3.84 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
.l yview 7
.l see 11
.l index @0,0
} {7}
test listbox-3.85 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
.l yview 7
.l see 6
.l index @0,0
} {6}
test listbox-3.86 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
.l yview 7
.l see 5
.l index @0,0
} {3}
test listbox-3.87 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
.l yview 7
.l see 12
.l index @0,0
} {8}
test listbox-3.88 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
.l yview 7
.l see 13
.l index @0,0
} {11}
test listbox-3.89 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
.l yview 7
.l see -1
.l index @0,0
} {0}
test listbox-3.90 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
.l yview 7
.l see end
.l index @0,0
} {13}
test listbox-3.91 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option} {
.l yview 7
.l see 322
.l index @0,0
} {13}
test listbox-3.92 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "see" option, partial last line} {
mkPartial
.partial.l see 4
.partial.l index @0,0
} {1}
test listbox-3.93 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
list [catch {.l select a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l selection option index ?index?"}}
test listbox-3.94 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
list [catch {.l select a b c d} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l selection option index ?index?"}}
test listbox-3.95 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
list [catch {.l selection a bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "bogus": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.96 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
list [catch {.l selection a 0 lousy} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "lousy": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.97 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
list [catch {.l selection anchor 0 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l selection anchor index"}}
test listbox-3.98 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
list [.l selection anchor 5; .l index anchor] \
[.l selection anchor 0; .l index anchor]
} {5 0}
test listbox-3.99 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection anchor -1
.l index anchor
} {0}
test listbox-3.100 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection anchor end
.l index anchor
} {17}
test listbox-3.101 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection anchor 44
.l index anchor
} {17}
test listbox-3.102 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection clear 0 end
.l selection set 2 8
.l selection clear 3 4
.l curselection
} {2 5 6 7 8}
test listbox-3.103 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
list [catch {.l selection includes 0 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l selection includes index"}}
test listbox-3.104 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection clear 0 end
.l selection set 2 8
.l selection clear 4
list [.l selection includes 3] [.l selection includes 4] \
[.l selection includes 5]
} {1 0 1}
test listbox-3.105 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection set 0 end
.l selection includes -1
} {0}
test listbox-3.106 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection clear 0 end
.l selection set end
.l selection includes end
} {1}
test listbox-3.107 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection set 0 end
.l selection includes 44
} {0}
test listbox-3.108 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 selection includes 0
} {0}
test listbox-3.109 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection clear 0 end
.l selection set 2
.l selection set 5 7
.l curselection
} {2 5 6 7}
test listbox-3.110 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
.l selection set 5 7
.l curselection
} {2 5 6 7}
test listbox-3.111 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection" option} {
list [catch {.l selection badOption 0 0} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "badOption": must be anchor, clear, includes, or set}}
test listbox-3.112 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "size" option} {
list [catch {.l size a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l size"}}
test listbox-3.113 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "size" option} {
.l size
} {18}
test listbox-3.114 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
update
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l2 xview]
} {0 1}
test listbox-3.115 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -width 10 -height 5 -font $fixed
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t
pack .l
update
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]
} {0 1}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -width 10 -height 5 -font $fixed
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t
.l insert 1 "0123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d123456789"
pack .l
update
test listbox-3.116 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {fonts} {
.l xview 4
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]
} {0.08 0.28}
test listbox-3.117 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
list [catch {.l xview foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "foo"}}
test listbox-3.118 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
list [catch {.l xview zoom a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "zoom": must be moveto or scroll}}
test listbox-3.119 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {fonts} {
.l xview 0
.l xview moveto .4
update
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]
} {0.4 0.6}
test listbox-3.120 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {fonts} {
.l xview 0
.l xview scroll 2 units
update
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]
} {0.04 0.24}
test listbox-3.121 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {fonts} {
.l xview 30
.l xview scroll -1 pages
update
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]
} {0.44 0.64}
test listbox-3.122 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {fonts} {
.l configure -width 1
update
.l xview 30
.l xview scroll -4 pages
update
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]
} {0.52 0.54}
test listbox-3.123 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "yview" option} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
pack .l
update
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]
} {0 1}
test listbox-3.124 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "yview" option} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert 0 el1
pack .l
update
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]
} {0 1}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -width 10 -height 5 -font $fixed
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t
pack .l
update
test listbox-3.125 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "yview" option} {
.l yview 4
update
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]
} {0.2 0.45}
test listbox-3.126 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "yview" option, partial last line} {
mkPartial
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.partial.l yview]
} {0 0.266667}
test listbox-3.127 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
list [catch {.l yview foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "foo": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-3.128 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
list [catch {.l yview foo a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "foo": must be moveto or scroll}}
test listbox-3.129 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
.l yview 0
.l yview moveto .31
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]
} {0.3 0.55}
test listbox-3.130 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
.l yview 2
.l yview scroll 2 pages
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]
} {0.4 0.65}
test listbox-3.131 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
.l yview 10
.l yview scroll -3 units
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]
} {0.35 0.6}
test listbox-3.132 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
.l configure -height 2
update
.l yview 15
.l yview scroll -4 pages
format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]
} {0.55 0.65}
test listbox-3.133 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
list [catch {.l whoknows} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "whoknows": must be activate, bbox, cget, configure, curselection, delete, get, index, insert, itemcget, itemconfigure, nearest, scan, see, selection, size, xview, or yview}}
test listbox-3.134 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
list [catch {.l c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be activate, bbox, cget, configure, curselection, delete, get, index, insert, itemcget, itemconfigure, nearest, scan, see, selection, size, xview, or yview}}
test listbox-3.135 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
list [catch {.l in} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "in": must be activate, bbox, cget, configure, curselection, delete, get, index, insert, itemcget, itemconfigure, nearest, scan, see, selection, size, xview, or yview}}
test listbox-3.136 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
list [catch {.l s} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "s": must be activate, bbox, cget, configure, curselection, delete, get, index, insert, itemcget, itemconfigure, nearest, scan, see, selection, size, xview, or yview}}
test listbox-3.137 {ListboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" option} {
list [catch {.l se} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "se": must be activate, bbox, cget, configure, curselection, delete, get, index, insert, itemcget, itemconfigure, nearest, scan, see, selection, size, xview, or yview}}
# No tests for DestroyListbox: I can't come up with anything to test
# in this procedure.
test listbox-4.1 {ConfigureListbox procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -setgrid 1 -width 25 -height 15
pack .l
update
set x [getsize .]
.l configure -setgrid 0
update
list $x [getsize .]
} {25x15 185x263}
resetGridInfo
test listbox-4.2 {ConfigureListbox procedure} {
.l configure -highlightthickness -3
.l cget -highlightthickness
} {0}
test listbox-4.3 {ConfigureListbox procedure} {
.l configure -exportselection 0
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8
.l selection set 3 5
.l configure -exportselection 1
selection get
} {el3
el4
el5}
test listbox-4.4 {ConfigureListbox procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
.e insert 0 abc
.e select from 0
.e select to 2
.l configure -exportselection 0
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8
.l selection set 3 5
.l selection clear 3 5
.l configure -exportselection 1
list [selection own] [selection get]
} {.e ab}
test listbox-4.5 {-exportselection option} {
selection clear .
.l configure -exportselection 1
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8
.l selection set 1 1
set x {}
lappend x [catch {selection get} msg] $msg [.l curselection]
.l config -exportselection 0
lappend x [catch {selection get} msg] $msg [.l curselection]
.l selection clear 0 end
lappend x [catch {selection get} msg] $msg [.l curselection]
.l selection set 1 3
lappend x [catch {selection get} msg] $msg [.l curselection]
.l config -exportselection 1
lappend x [catch {selection get} msg] $msg [.l curselection]
} {0 el1 1 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} 1 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {1 2 3} 0 {el1
el2
el3} {1 2 3}}
test listbox-4.6 {ConfigureListbox procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l}
# The following code (reset geometry, withdraw, etc.) is necessary
# to reset the state of some window managers like olvwm under
# SunOS 4.1.3.
wm geom . 300x300
update
wm geom . {}
wm withdraw .
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 15 -height 20
pack .l
update
wm deiconify .
set x [getsize .]
.l configure -setgrid 1
update
list $x [getsize .]
} {115x328 15x20}
test listbox-4.7 {ConfigureListbox procedure} {
catch {destroy .l}
wm withdraw .
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 30 -height 20 -setgrid 1
wm geom . +25+25
pack .l
update
wm deiconify .
set result [getsize .]
wm geom . 26x15
update
lappend result [getsize .]
.l configure -setgrid 1
update
lappend result [getsize .]
} {30x20 26x15 26x15}
wm geom . {}
catch {destroy .l}
resetGridInfo
test listbox-4.8 {ConfigureListbox procedure} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -width 15 -height 20 -xscrollcommand "record x" \
-yscrollcommand "record y"
pack .l
update
.l configure -fg black
set log {}
update
set log
} {{y 0 1} {x 0 1}}
test listbox-4.9 {ConfigureListbox procedure, -listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l get 0 end
} [list a b c d]
test listbox-4.10 {ConfigureListbox, no listvar -> existing listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l
.l insert end 1 2 3 4
.l configure -listvar x
.l get 0 end
} [list a b c d]
test listbox-4.11 {ConfigureListbox procedure, listvar -> no listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l configure -listvar {}
.l insert end 1 2 3 4
list $x [.l get 0 end]
} [list [list a b c d] [list a b c d 1 2 3 4]]
test listbox-4.12 {ConfigureListbox procedure, listvar -> different listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
set y [list 1 2 3 4]
listbox .l
.l configure -listvar x
.l configure -listvar y
.l insert end 5 6 7 8
list $x $y
} [list [list a b c d] [list 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8]]
test listbox-4.13 {ConfigureListbox, no listvar -> non-existant listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
.l configure -listvar x
set x
} [list a b c d]
test listbox-4.14 {ConfigureListbox, non-existant listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
listbox .l -listvar x
list [info exists x] $x
} [list 1 {}]
test listbox-4.15 {ConfigureListbox, listvar -> non-existant listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset y}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l configure -listvar y
list [info exists y] $y
} [list 1 [list a b c d]]
test listbox-4.16 {ConfigureListbox, listvar -> same listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l configure -listvar x
set x
} [list a b c d]
test listbox-4.17 {ConfigureListbox, no listvar -> no listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
.l configure -listvar {}
.l get 0 end
} [list a b c d]
test listbox-4.18 {ConfigureListbox, no listvar -> bad listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
set x "this is a \" bad list"
catch {.l configure -listvar x} result
list [.l get 0 end] [.l cget -listvar] $result
} [list [list a b c d] {} \
"unmatched open quote in list: invalid -listvariable value"]
test listbox-4.19 {ConfigureListbox, no listvar -> bad non-existent listvar} {
catch {destroy .l}
unset -nocomplain ::foo
listbox .l -listvar foo
.l insert end a b c d
catch {.l configure -listvar ::zoo::bar::foo} result
list [.l get 0 end] [.l cget -listvar] $foo $result
} [list [list a b c d] foo [list a b c d] \
{can't set "::zoo::bar::foo": parent namespace doesn't exist}]
# No tests for DisplayListbox: I don't know how to test this procedure.
test listbox-5.1 {ListboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 15 -height 20
pack .l
list [winfo reqwidth .l] [winfo reqheight .l]
} {115 328}
test listbox-5.2 {ListboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 0 -height 10
pack .l
update
list [winfo reqwidth .l] [winfo reqheight .l]
} {17 168}
test listbox-5.3 {ListboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 0 -height 10 -bd 3
.l insert 0 Short "Really much longer" Longer
pack .l
update
list [winfo reqwidth .l] [winfo reqheight .l]
} {138 170}
test listbox-5.4 {ListboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -height 0
pack .l
update
list [winfo reqwidth .l] [winfo reqheight .l]
} {80 24}
test listbox-5.5 {ListboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -height 0 -highlightthickness 0
.l insert 0 Short "Really much longer" Longer
pack .l
update
list [winfo reqwidth .l] [winfo reqheight .l]
} {76 52}
test listbox-5.6 {ListboxComputeGeometry procedure} {
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
catch {destroy .l}
pack [listbox .l -font {{open look glyph}}]
update
} {}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -height 2 -xscrollcommand "record x" -yscrollcommand "record y"
pack .l
update
test listbox-6.1 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert end a b c d
.l insert 5 x y z
.l insert 2 A
.l insert 0 q r s
.l get 0 end
} {q r s a b A c d x y z}
test listbox-6.2 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l selection anchor 2
.l insert 2 A B
.l index anchor
} {4}
test listbox-6.3 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l selection anchor 2
.l insert 3 A B
.l index anchor
} {2}
test listbox-6.4 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l yview 3
update
.l insert 2 A B
.l index @0,0
} {5}
test listbox-6.5 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l yview 3
update
.l insert 3 A B
.l index @0,0
} {3}
test listbox-6.6 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l activate 5
.l insert 5 A B
.l index active
} {7}
test listbox-6.7 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l activate 5
.l insert 6 A B
.l index active
} {5}
test listbox-6.8 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c
.l index active
} {2}
test listbox-6.9 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0
.l index active
} {0}
test listbox-6.10 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b "two words" c d e f g h i j
update
set log {}
.l insert 0 word
update
set log
} {{y 0 0.166667}}
test listbox-6.11 {InsertEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b "two words" c d e f g h i j
update
set log {}
.l insert 0 "much longer entry"
update
set log
} {{y 0 0.166667} {x 0 1}}
test listbox-6.12 {InsertEls procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2 -width 0 -height 0
pack .l2 -side top
.l2 insert 0 a b "two words" c d
set x {}
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .l2] [winfo reqheight .l2]
.l2 insert 0 "much longer entry"
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .l2] [winfo reqheight .l2]
} {80 93 122 110}
test listbox-6.13 {InsertEls procedure, check -listvar update} {
catch {destroy .l2}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l2 -listvar x
.l2 insert 0 1 2 3 4
set x
} [list 1 2 3 4 a b c d]
test listbox-6.14 {InsertEls procedure, check selection update} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2
.l2 insert 0 0 1 2 3 4
.l2 selection set 2 4
.l2 insert 0 a
.l2 curselection
} [list 3 4 5]
test listbox-6.15 {InsertEls procedure, lost namespaced listvar} {
destroy .l2
namespace eval test { variable foo {a b} }
listbox .l2 -listvar ::test::foo
namespace delete test
.l2 insert end c d
.l2 delete end
.l2 insert end e f
catch {set ::test::foo} result
list [.l2 get 0 end] [.l2 cget -listvar] $result
} [list [list a b c e f] ::test::foo \
{can't read "::test::foo": no such variable}]
test listbox-7.1 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l selection set 1 6
.l delete 4 3
list [.l size] [selection get]
} {10 {b
c
d
e
f
g}}
test listbox-7.2 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l selection set 3 6
.l delete 4 4
list [.l size] [.l get 4] [.l curselection]
} {9 f {3 4 5}}
test listbox-7.3 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l delete 0 3
list [.l size] [.l get 0] [.l get 1]
} {6 e f}
test listbox-7.4 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l delete 8 1000
list [.l size] [.l get 7]
} {8 h}
test listbox-7.5 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l selection anchor 2
.l delete 0 1
.l index anchor
} {0}
test listbox-7.6 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l selection anchor 2
.l delete 2
.l index anchor
} {2}
test listbox-7.7 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l selection anchor 4
.l delete 2 5
.l index anchor
} {2}
test listbox-7.8 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l selection anchor 3
.l delete 4 5
.l index anchor
} {3}
test listbox-7.9 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l yview 3
update
.l delete 1 2
.l index @0,0
} {1}
test listbox-7.10 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l yview 3
update
.l delete 3 4
.l index @0,0
} {3}
test listbox-7.11 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l yview 3
update
.l delete 4 6
.l index @0,0
} {3}
test listbox-7.12 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l yview 3
update
.l delete 3 end
.l index @0,0
} {1}
test listbox-7.13 {DeleteEls procedure, updating view with partial last line} {
mkPartial
.partial.l yview 8
update
.partial.l delete 10 13
.partial.l index @0,0
} {7}
test listbox-7.14 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l activate 6
.l delete 3 4
.l index active
} {4}
test listbox-7.15 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l activate 6
.l delete 5 7
.l index active
} {5}
test listbox-7.16 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l activate 6
.l delete 5 end
.l index active
} {4}
test listbox-7.17 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l activate 6
.l delete 0 end
.l index active
} {0}
test listbox-7.18 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c "two words" d e f g h i j
update
set log {}
.l delete 4 6
update
set log
} {{y 0 0.25}}
test listbox-7.19 {DeleteEls procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c "two words" d e f g h i j
update
set log {}
.l delete 3
update
set log
} {{y 0 0.2} {x 0 1}}
test listbox-7.20 {DeleteEls procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l2}
listbox .l2 -width 0 -height 0
pack .l2 -side top
.l2 insert 0 a b "two words" c d e f g
set x {}
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .l2] [winfo reqheight .l2]
.l2 delete 2 4
lappend x [winfo reqwidth .l2] [winfo reqheight .l2]
} {80 144 17 93}
catch {destroy .l2}
test listbox-7.21 {DeleteEls procedure, check -listvar update} {
catch {destroy .l2}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l2 -listvar x
.l2 delete 0 1
set x
} [list c d]
test listbox-8.1 {ListboxEventProc procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -setgrid 1
pack .l
update
set x [getsize .]
destroy .l
list $x [getsize .] [winfo exists .l] [info command .l]
} {20x10 150x178 0 {}}
resetGridInfo
test listbox-8.2 {ListboxEventProc procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -height 5 -width 10
.l insert 0 a b c "A string that is very very long" d e f g h i j k
pack .l
update
place .l -width 50 -height 80
update
list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]
} {{0 0.222222} {0 0.333333}}
test listbox-8.3 {ListboxEventProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
listbox .l1 -bg #543210
rename .l1 .l2
set x {}
lappend x [winfo children .]
lappend x [.l2 cget -bg]
destroy .l1
lappend x [info command .l*] [winfo children .]
} {.l1 #543210 {} {}}
test listbox-9.1 {ListboxCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
listbox .l1
rename .l1 {}
list [info command .l*] [winfo children .]
} {{} {}}
test listbox-9.2 {ListboxCmdDeletedProc procedure, disabling -setgrid} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geom .top +0+0
listbox .top.l -setgrid 1 -width 20 -height 10
pack .top.l
update
set x [wm geometry .top]
rename .top.l {}
update
lappend x [wm geometry .top]
destroy .top
set x
} {20x10+0+0 150x178+0+0}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
pack .l
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8 el9 el10 el11
test listbox-10.1 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l activate 3
list [.l activate 3; .l index active] [.l activate 6; .l index active]
} {3 6}
test listbox-10.2 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l selection anchor 2
.l index anchor
} 2
test listbox-10.3 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l insert end A B C D E
.l selection anchor end
.l delete 12 end
list [.l index anchor] [.l index end]
} {12 12}
test listbox-10.4 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.l index a} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "a": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-10.5 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l index end
} {12}
test listbox-10.6 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l get end
} {el11}
test listbox-10.7 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l index end
} 0
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 el0 el1 el2 el3 el4 el5 el6 el7 el8 el9 el10 el11
update
test listbox-10.8 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.l index @} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "@": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-10.9 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.l index @foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "@foo": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-10.10 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.l index @1x3} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "@1x3": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-10.11 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.l index @1,} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "@1,": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-10.12 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.l index @1,foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "@1,foo": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-10.13 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.l index @1,2x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "@1,2x": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-10.14 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {fonts} {
list [.l index @5,57] [.l index @5,58]
} {3 3}
test listbox-10.15 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.l index 1xy} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad listbox index "1xy": must be active, anchor, end, @x,y, or a number}}
test listbox-10.16 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l index 3
} {3}
test listbox-10.17 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l index 20
} {20}
test listbox-10.18 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l get 20
} {}
test listbox-10.19 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l index -2
} -2
test listbox-10.20 {GetListboxIndex procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l index 1
} 1
test listbox-11.1 {ChangeListboxView procedure, boundary conditions for index} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -height 5
pack .l
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l yview 3
update
set x [.l index @0,0]
.l yview -1
update
lappend x [.l index @0,0]
} {3 0}
test listbox-11.2 {ChangeListboxView procedure, boundary conditions for index} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -height 5
pack .l
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l yview 3
update
set x [.l index @0,0]
.l yview 20
update
lappend x [.l index @0,0]
} {3 5}
test listbox-11.3 {ChangeListboxView procedure} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -height 5 -yscrollcommand "record y"
pack .l
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
update
set log {}
.l yview 2
update
list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]] $log
} {{0.2 0.7} {{y 0.2 0.7}}}
test listbox-11.4 {ChangeListboxView procedure} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -height 5 -yscrollcommand "record y"
pack .l
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
update
set log {}
.l yview 8
update
list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]] $log
} {{0.5 1} {{y 0.5 1}}}
test listbox-11.5 {ChangeListboxView procedure} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -height 5 -yscrollcommand "record y"
pack .l
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j
.l yview 3
update
set log {}
.l yview 3
update
list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]] $log
} {{0.3 0.8} {}}
test listbox-11.6 {ChangeListboxView procedure, partial last line} {
mkPartial
.partial.l yview 13
.partial.l index @0,0
} {11}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -xscrollcommand "record x" -width 10
.l insert 0 0123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d123456789e123456789f123456789g123456789h123456789i123456789
pack .l
update
test listbox-12.1 {ChangeListboxOffset procedure} {fonts} {
set log {}
.l xview 99
update
list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] $log
} {{0.9 1} {{x 0.9 1}}}
test listbox-12.2 {ChangeListboxOffset procedure} {fonts} {
set log {}
.l xview moveto -.25
update
list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] $log
} {{0 0.1} {{x 0 0.1}}}
test listbox-12.3 {ChangeListboxOffset procedure} {fonts} {
.l xview 10
update
set log {}
.l xview 10
update
list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] $log
} {{0.1 0.2} {}}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -height 5
pack .l
.l insert 0 a bb c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s
.l insert 0 0123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d123456789
update
set width [expr [lindex [.l bbox 2] 2] - [lindex [.l bbox 1] 2]]
set height [expr [lindex [.l bbox 2] 1] - [lindex [.l bbox 1] 1]]
test listbox-13.1 {ListboxScanTo procedure} {fonts} {
.l yview 0
.l xview 0
.l scan mark 10 20
.l scan dragto [expr 10-$width] [expr 20-$height]
update
list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]
} {{0.2 0.4} {0.5 0.75}}
test listbox-13.2 {ListboxScanTo procedure} {fonts} {
.l yview 5
.l xview 10
.l scan mark 10 20
.l scan dragto 20 40
update
set x [list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]]
.l scan dragto [expr 20-$width] [expr 40-$height]
update
lappend x [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]
} {{0 0.2} {0 0.25} {0.2 0.4} {0.5 0.75}}
test listbox-13.3 {ListboxScanTo procedure} {fonts} {
.l yview moveto 1.0
.l xview moveto 1.0
.l scan mark 10 20
.l scan dragto 5 10
update
set x [list [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]]
.l scan dragto [expr 5+$width] [expr 10+$height]
update
lappend x [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l xview]] [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]
} {{0.8 1} {0.75 1} {0.64 0.84} {0.25 0.5}}
test listbox-14.1 {NearestListboxElement procedure, partial last line} {
mkPartial
.partial.l nearest [winfo height .partial.l]
} {4}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 20 -height 10
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t
.l yview 4
pack .l
update
test listbox-14.2 {NearestListboxElement procedure} {fonts} {
.l index @50,0
} {4}
test listbox-14.3 {NearestListboxElement procedure} {fonts failsOnQuarz} {
list [.l index @50,35] [.l index @50,36]
} {5 6}
test listbox-14.4 {NearestListboxElement procedure} {fonts} {
.l index @50,200
} {13}
test listbox-15.1 {ListboxSelect procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
.l select set 2 4
.l select set 7 12
.l select clear 4 7
.l curselection
} {2 3 8 9 10 11 12}
test listbox-15.2 {ListboxSelect procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
.e insert 0 "This is some text"
.e select from 0
.e select to 7
.l selection clear 2 4
set x [selection own]
.l selection set 3
list $x [selection own] [selection get]
} {.e .l d}
test listbox-15.3 {ListboxSelect procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l selection clear 0 end
.l select set 0 end
.l curselection
} {}
test listbox-15.4 {ListboxSelect procedure, boundary conditions for indices} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f
.l select clear 0 end
.l select set -2 -1
.l curselection
} {}
test listbox-15.5 {ListboxSelect procedure, boundary conditions for indices} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f
.l select clear 0 end
.l select set -1 3
.l curselection
} {0 1 2 3}
test listbox-15.6 {ListboxSelect procedure, boundary conditions for indices} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f
.l select clear 0 end
.l select set 2 4
.l curselection
} {2 3 4}
test listbox-15.7 {ListboxSelect procedure, boundary conditions for indices} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f
.l select clear 0 end
.l select set 4 end
.l curselection
} {4 5}
test listbox-15.8 {ListboxSelect procedure, boundary conditions for indices} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f
.l select clear 0 end
.l select set 4 30
.l curselection
} {4 5}
test listbox-15.9 {ListboxSelect procedure, boundary conditions for indices} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f
.l select clear 0 end
.l select set end 30
.l curselection
} {5}
test listbox-15.10 {ListboxSelect procedure, boundary conditions for indices} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e f
.l select clear 0 end
.l select set 20 25
.l curselection
} {}
test listbox-16.1 {ListboxFetchSelection procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c "two words" e f g h i \\ k l m n o p
.l selection set 2 4
.l selection set 9
.l selection set 11 12
selection get
} "c\ntwo words\ne\n\\\nl\nm"
test listbox-16.2 {ListboxFetchSelection procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c "two words" e f g h i \\ k l m n o p
.l selection set 3
selection get
} "two words"
test listbox-16.3 {ListboxFetchSelection procedure, retrieve in several parts} {
set long "This is quite a long string\n"
append long $long $long $long $long
append long $long $long $long $long
append long $long $long
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 1$long 2$long 3$long 4$long 5$long
.l selection set 0 end
set sel [selection get]
string compare 1$long\n2$long\n3$long\n4$long\n5$long $sel
} {0}
catch {unset long sel}
test listbox-17.1 {ListboxLostSelection procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e
.l select set 0 end
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
.e insert 0 "This is some text"
.e select from 0
.e select to 5
.l curselection
} {}
test listbox-17.2 {ListboxLostSelection procedure} {
.l delete 0 end
.l insert 0 a b c d e
.l select set 0 end
.l configure -exportselection 0
catch {destroy .e}
entry .e
.e insert 0 "This is some text"
.e select from 0
.e select to 5
.l curselection
} {0 1 2 3 4}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -height 5
pack .l
update
test listbox-18.1 {ListboxUpdateVScrollbar procedure} {
.l configure -yscrollcommand "record y"
set log {}
.l insert 0 a b c
update
.l insert end d e f g h
update
.l delete 0 end
update
set log
} {{y 0 1} {y 0 0.625} {y 0 1}}
test listbox-18.2 {ListboxUpdateVScrollbar procedure, partial last line} {
mkPartial
.partial.l configure -yscrollcommand "record y"
set log {}
.partial.l yview 3
update
set log
} {{y 0.2 0.466667}}
test listbox-18.3 {ListboxUpdateVScrollbar procedure} {
proc bgerror args {
global x errorInfo
set x [list $args $errorInfo]
}
.l configure -yscrollcommand gorp
.l insert 0 foo
update
set x
} {{{invalid command name "gorp"}} {invalid command name "gorp"
while executing
"gorp 0.0 1.0"
(vertical scrolling command executed by listbox)}}
if {[info exists bgerror]} {
rename bgerror {}
}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -height 5
pack .l
update
test listbox-19.1 {ListboxUpdateVScrollbar procedure} {fonts} {
.l configure -xscrollcommand "record x"
set log {}
.l insert 0 abc
update
.l insert 0 "This is a much longer string..."
update
.l delete 0 end
update
set log
} {{x 0 1} {x 0 0.322581} {x 0 1}}
test listbox-19.2 {ListboxUpdateVScrollbar procedure} {
proc bgerror args {
global x errorInfo
set x [list $args $errorInfo]
}
.l configure -xscrollcommand bogus
.l insert 0 foo
update
set x
} {{{invalid command name "bogus"}} {invalid command name "bogus"
while executing
"bogus 0.0 1.0"
(horizontal scrolling command executed by listbox)}}
set l [interp hidden]
deleteWindows
test listbox-20.1 {listbox vs hidden commands} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
interp hide {} .l
destroy .l
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
# tests for ListboxListVarProc
test listbox-21.1 {ListboxListVarProc} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
listbox .l -listvar x
set x [list a b c d]
.l get 0 end
} [list a b c d]
test listbox-21.2 {ListboxListVarProc} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
unset x
set x
} [list a b c d]
test listbox-21.3 {ListboxListVarProc} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l configure -listvar {}
unset x
info exists x
} 0
test listbox-21.4 {ListboxListVarProc} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
lappend x e f g
.l size
} 7
test listbox-21.5 {ListboxListVarProc, test selection after listvar mod} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d e f g]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l selection set end
set x [list a b c d]
set x [list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6]
.l curselection
} {}
test listbox-21.6 {ListboxListVarProc, test selection after listvar mod} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l selection set 3
lappend x e f g
.l curselection
} 3
test listbox-21.7 {ListboxListVarProc, test selection after listvar mod} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l selection set 0
set x [linsert $x 0 1 2 3 4]
.l curselection
} 0
test listbox-21.8 {ListboxListVarProc, test selection after listvar mod} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l selection set 2
set x [list a b c]
.l curselection
} 2
test listbox-21.9 {ListboxListVarProc, test hscrollbar after listvar mod} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
set log {}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -xscrollcommand "record x" -listvar x
pack .l
update
lappend x "0000000000"
update
lappend x "00000000000000000000"
update
set log
} [list {x 0 1} {x 0 1} {x 0 0.5}]
test listbox-21.10 {ListboxListVarProc, test hscrollbar after listvar mod} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
set log {}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -xscrollcommand "record x" -listvar x
pack .l
update
lappend x "0000000000"
update
lappend x "00000000000000000000"
update
set x [list "0000000000"]
update
set log
} [list {x 0 1} {x 0 1} {x 0 0.5} {x 0 1}]
test listbox-21.11 {ListboxListVarProc, bad list} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
listbox .l -listvar x
set x [list a b c d]
catch {set x "this is a \" bad list"} result
set result
} {can't set "x": invalid listvar value}
test listbox-21.12 {ListboxListVarProc, cleanup item attributes} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d e f g]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l itemconfigure end -fg red
set x [list a b c d]
set x [list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6]
.l itemcget end -fg
} {}
test listbox-21.12a {ListboxListVarProc, cleanup item attributes} {
catch {destroy .l}
set x [list a b c d e f g]
listbox .l -listvar x
.l itemconfigure end -fg red
set x [list a b c d]
set x [list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6]
.l itemcget end -fg
} {}
test listbox-21.13 {listbox item configurations and listvar based deletions} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
listbox .l -listvar x
.l insert end a b c
.l itemconfigure 1 -fg red
set x [list b c]
.l itemcget 1 -fg
} red
test listbox-21.14 {listbox item configurations and listvar based inserts} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
listbox .l -listvar x
.l insert end a b c
.l itemconfigure 0 -fg red
set x [list 1 2 3 4 a b c]
.l itemcget 0 -fg
} red
test listbox-21.15 {ListboxListVarProc, update vertical scrollbar} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
set log {}
listbox .l -listvar x -yscrollcommand "record y" -font fixed -height 3
pack .l
update
lappend x a b c d e f
update
set log
} [list {y 0 1} {y 0 0.5}]
test listbox-21.16 {ListboxListVarProc, update vertical scrollbar} {
catch {destroy .l}
catch {unset x}
listbox .l -listvar x -height 3
pack .l
update
set x [list 0 1 2 3 4 5]
.l yview scroll 3 units
update
set result {}
lappend result [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]
set x [lreplace $x 3 3]
set x [lreplace $x 3 3]
set x [lreplace $x 3 3]
update
lappend result [format {%.6g %.6g} {*}[.l yview]]
set result
} [list {0.5 1} {0 1}]
# UpdateHScrollbar
test listbox-22.1 {UpdateHScrollbar} {
catch {destroy .l}
set log {}
listbox .l -font $fixed -width 10 -xscrollcommand "record x"
pack .l
update
.l insert end "0000000000"
update
.l insert end "00000000000000000000"
update
set log
} [list {x 0 1} {x 0 1} {x 0 0.5}]
# ConfigureListboxItem
test listbox-23.1 {ConfigureListboxItem} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
catch {.l itemconfigure 0} result
set result
} {item number "0" out of range}
test listbox-23.2 {ConfigureListboxItem} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
.l itemconfigure 0
} [list {-background background Background {} {}} \
{-bg -background} \
{-fg -foreground} \
{-foreground foreground Foreground {} {}} \
{-selectbackground selectBackground Foreground {} {}} \
{-selectforeground selectForeground Background {} {}}]
test listbox-23.3 {ConfigureListboxItem, itemco shortcut} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
.l itemco 0 -background
} {-background background Background {} {}}
test listbox-23.4 {ConfigureListboxItem, wrong num args} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a
catch {.l itemco} result
set result
} {wrong # args: should be ".l itemconfigure index ?option? ?value? ?option value ...?"}
test listbox-23.5 {ConfigureListboxItem, multiple calls} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
set i 0
foreach color {red orange yellow green blue white violet} {
.l insert end $color
.l itemconfigure $i -bg $color
incr i
}
pack .l
update
list [.l itemcget 0 -bg] [.l itemcget 1 -bg] [.l itemcget 2 -bg] \
[.l itemcget 3 -bg] [.l itemcget 4 -bg] [.l itemcget 5 -bg] \
[.l itemcget 6 -bg]
} {red orange yellow green blue white violet}
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
set i 6
foreach test {
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bg #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-fg #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-foreground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-selectbackground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-selectforeground #654321 #654321 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
} {
set name [lindex $test 0]
test listbox-23.$i {configuration options} {
.l itemconfigure 0 $name [lindex $test 1]
list [lindex [.l itemconfigure 0 $name] 4] [.l itemcget 0 $name]
} [list [lindex $test 2] [lindex $test 2]]
incr i
if {[lindex $test 3] != ""} {
test listbox-23.$i {configuration options} {
list [catch {.l configure $name [lindex $test 3]} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [lindex $test 4]]
}
.l configure $name [lindex [.l configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
# ListboxWidgetObjCmd, itemcget
test listbox-24.1 {itemcget} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
.l itemcget 0 -fg
} {}
test listbox-24.2 {itemcget} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
.l itemconfigure 0 -fg red
.l itemcget 0 -fg
} red
test listbox-24.3 {itemcget} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
catch {.l itemcget 0} result
set result
} {wrong # args: should be ".l itemcget index option"}
test listbox-24.4 {itemcget, itemcg shortcut} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c d
catch {.l itemcg 0} result
set result
} {wrong # args: should be ".l itemcget index option"}
# General item configuration issues
test listbox-25.1 {listbox item configurations and widget based deletions} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a
.l itemconfigure 0 -fg red
.l delete 0 end
.l insert end a
.l itemcget 0 -fg
} {}
test listbox-25.2 {listbox item configurations and widget based inserts} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c
.l itemconfigure 0 -fg red
.l insert 0 1 2 3 4
list [.l itemcget 0 -fg] [.l itemcget 4 -fg]
} [list {} red]
# state issues
test listbox-26.1 {listbox disabled state disallows inserts} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c
.l configure -state disabled
.l insert end d e f
.l get 0 end
} [list a b c]
test listbox-26.2 {listbox disabled state disallows deletions} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c
.l configure -state disabled
.l delete 0 end
.l get 0 end
} [list a b c]
test listbox-26.3 {listbox disabled state disallows selection modification} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c
.l selection set 0
.l selection set 2
.l configure -state disabled
.l selection clear 0 end
.l selection set 1
.l curselection
} [list 0 2]
test listbox-26.4 {listbox disabled state disallows anchor modification} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c
.l selection anchor 0
.l configure -state disabled
.l selection anchor 2
.l index anchor
} 0
test listbox-26.5 {listbox disabled state disallows active modification} {
catch {destroy .l}
listbox .l
.l insert end a b c
.l activate 0
.l configure -state disabled
.l activate 2
.l index active
} 0
test listbox-27.1 {widget deletion while active} {
destroy .l
pack [listbox .l]
update
.l configure -cursor xterm -xscrollcommand { destroy .l }
update idle
winfo exists .l
} 0
test listbox-28.1 {listbox -activestyle} {
destroy .l
listbox .l -activ non
.l cget -activestyle
} none
test listbox-28.2-nonwin {listbox -activestyle} {nonwin} {
destroy .l
listbox .l
.l cget -activestyle
} dotbox
test listbox-28.2-win {listbox -activestyle} {win} {
destroy .l
listbox .l
.l cget -activestyle
} underline
test listbox-28.3 {listbox -activestyle} {
destroy .l
listbox .l -activestyle und
.l cget -activestyle
} underline
test listbox-29.1 {listbox selection behavior, -state disabled} {
destroy .l
listbox .l
.l insert end 1 2 3
.l selection set 2
set out [.l selection includes 2]
.l configure -state disabled
# still return 1 when disabled, because 'selection get' will work,
# but selection cannot be changed (new behavior since 8.4)
.l selection set 3
lappend out [.l selection includes 2] [.l curselection]
} {1 1 2}
test listbox-30.1 {Bug 3607326} -setup {
destroy .l
unset -nocomplain a
} -body {
array set a {}
listbox .l -listvariable a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 |
unset -nocomplain res
} -body {
pack [listbox .l -state normal]
update
bind .l <<ListboxSelect>> {lappend res [%W curselection]}
.l insert end a b c
focus -force .l
| | | 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 |
unset -nocomplain res
} -body {
pack [listbox .l -state normal]
update
bind .l <<ListboxSelect>> {lappend res [%W curselection]}
.l insert end a b c
focus -force .l
event generate .l <1> -x 5 -y 5 ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires
.l configure -state disabled
focus -force .l
event generate .l <Control-Home> ; # <<ListboxSelect>> does NOT fire
.l configure -state normal
focus -force .l
event generate .l <Control-End> ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires
.l selection clear 0 end ; # <<ListboxSelect>> does NOT fire
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 |
destroy .l
} -body {
pack [listbox .l -exportselection true]
update
bind .l <<ListboxSelect>> {lappend res [list [selection own] [%W curselection]]}
.l insert end a b c
focus -force .l
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 |
destroy .l
} -body {
pack [listbox .l -exportselection true]
update
bind .l <<ListboxSelect>> {lappend res [list [selection own] [%W curselection]]}
.l insert end a b c
focus -force .l
event generate .l <1> -x 5 -y 5 ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires
selection clear ; # <<ListboxSelect>> fires again
set res
} -cleanup {
destroy .l
} -result {{.l 0} {{} {}}}
resetGridInfo
deleteWindows
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/main.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # This file contains tests for the tkMain.c file. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | < | > > | | | > > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | < | > > | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
# This file contains tests for the tkMain.c file.
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl
# built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and
# generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test main-1.1 {StdinProc} -constraints stdio -setup {
set script [makeFile {
close stdin; exit
} script]
} -body {
list [catch {exec [interpreter] <$script} msg] $msg
} -cleanup {
removeFile script
} -result {0 {}}
test main-2.1 {Tk_MainEx: -encoding option} -constraints {
stdio
} -setup {
set script [makeFile {} script]
file delete $script
set f [open $script w]
fconfigure $f -encoding utf-8
puts $f {puts [list $argv0 $argv $tcl_interactive]}
puts -nonewline $f {puts [string equal \u20ac }
puts $f "\u20ac]; exit"
close $f
catch {set f [open "|[list [interpreter] -encoding utf-8 script]" r]}
} -body {
read $f
} -cleanup {
close $f
removeFile script
} -result [list script {} 0]\n1\n
test main-2.2 {Tk_MainEx: -encoding option} -constraints {
stdio
} -setup {
set script [makeFile {} script]
file delete $script
set f [open $script w]
fconfigure $f -encoding utf-8
puts $f {puts [list $argv0 $argv $tcl_interactive]}
puts -nonewline $f {puts [string equal \u20ac }
puts $f "\u20ac]; exit"
close $f
catch {set f [open "|[list [interpreter] -encoding ascii script]" r]}
} -body {
read $f
} -cleanup {
close $f
removeFile script
} -result [list script {} 0]\n0\n
# Procedure to simulate interactive typing of commands, line by line
proc type {chan script} {
foreach line [split $script \n] {
if {[catch {
puts $chan $line
flush $chan
}]} {
return
}
# Grrr... Behavior depends on this value.
after 1000
}
}
test main-2.3 {Tk_MainEx: -encoding option} -constraints {
stdio
} -setup {
set script [makeFile {} script]
file delete $script
set f [open $script w]
fconfigure $f -encoding utf-8
puts $f {puts [list $argv0 $argv $tcl_interactive]}
puts -nonewline $f {puts [string equal \u20ac }
puts $f "\u20ac]"
close $f
catch {set f [open "|[list [interpreter] -enc utf-8 script]" r+]}
} -body {
type $f {
puts $argv
exit
}
list [catch {gets $f} line] $line
} -cleanup {
close $f
removeFile script
} -result {0 {-enc utf-8 script}}
test main-3.1 {Tk_ParseArgv: -help option} -constraints unix -body {
# Run only on unix as Win32 pops up native dialog
exec [interpreter] -help
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*Application initialization failed: Command-specific options:*}
test main-3.2 {Tk_ParseArgv: -help option} -setup {
set maininterp [interp create]
} -body {
$maininterp eval { set argc 1 ; set argv -help }
load {} Tk $maininterp
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/menu.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < < | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < < | | | < | < < | | | | | < < | | | | > | < < | | | | > > | < < | | | | > > | < < | | | | > > | < < | | | | > > > | < < | | | | | < < | | | | > | < < | | | | > > | < < | < | | | | < < < | < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < > | < < < < > > | | > > | > | | | | | | | < < < | | | < | | | | | < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < > | | | | < < < < | < | < | < < | < < < < < | | < < < < | < < < < < < | | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < | | | | < < < < | < < < < | < | | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | | < < < | < < < < | < | < | < < < | | < < < | | < < < < | < < < < | < | < | | < < < < | < < < < | < | < < | < < < < | | | | > | < < < > | > > | < | | < < < | < < < | < < | | < | | | < | < < | < < < < | < < < | < < < | | > | < < < > | > > | < | | < < < > | < | < | | < > > | | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < | | < < < | < < > | > > | < < < | | < < < | | < < | | < < < < | < < < < | < | | | < < < < | | < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < < < | < < > > | | < < < < | < < < < | < < > | | < < < | < < < < < < | | < < < > | < < < | < < > | | < < > < < | < < < | | < < < | < < < | | < < | < | | < | | < < | | < < < > | < < > > > | | < < < | < < < | < < | | | | | < < < < < < | < < > | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < | | | < < < | < < < < < > | < < < < | < < < < < | < < < | < | < | | < < | | | | | < < < | < < < | > > | < | | | < < < < < | < < < < < < > | < < < | < < < < | < < < < | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < < | < < < < | > > | < < < | | < | | < < < < | < < < < | | < | | | < < < | < < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < | | < | | < < | | < < < > | < < < > | < < > > | | < < < > | < | > | | < | < < | < < | | < < < > | < | < | | < | | < < | | < < < < | < < < | | < < | > > | < | | < < < | > | < > > | > > | < < < | | < < < | | < | < | | < > | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | > | | < | | | < | | > | | | > | | | < | > | | < | | | | | | | < | < | < < < | < < | < < < < | | | < | | | < | | < < < < | < | < | < < < < | | < < < | < | < | < < < | | < < | < | < | < < < | | < < | < < < < | | | | | < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < | < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < > | | < < < < | < > | | < < < | < > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | < | | < < | | < | | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | < < | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | < < | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | < < | | | < | | | | < | < < | | | < < < | | | | < | < < | | | < < < | | | | < < < | | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | < < | < | | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | < < | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | < < < | | | | < | < < | | | < < < | | | | < < < | | | | < < < | | | | < < < | | | | < < < | | | | < | < < | | | | < | < < | | < < | < | < < | | | | < | < < | | | < | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | | | < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | | < < | | | < | | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | | < < | | | < | < < | | | > > > > < < < < < < < | | < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | > | | | | | > | | | | | > > | | | | | > > | | | | | > > | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | | | < < | | < < < < | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | < < < | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < > | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | < | < < < | | | < | | < < | | < | < < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | | | > > > | < < | | | | > > | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | | | < | < < < | | < | | | < | < < < | | < | | | < | < < < | | < | | | | | < < < < | | | | > | < < | | | | > > | < < | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < | | < | | | < < | | > > > > > | > | > > < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | | < < | | < | | | | < | | < < < < | > | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < < | < < < < < | | | > > > | < | | | < < | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | | | < | | < < | | < | | | | < | | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | | | < | | < < | | | | > | < < | | | | > | < < | | < | | | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | | | | < < | < | < | | < < < | | < | | < < < | | < | | < < < | | < | | < < < | | < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < | < | < | < < < < < < < | | | < | | < < | | < | > < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < | | < < < | | < | | > > > | > > > < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | | | | | < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | > | < < | | | | | < < | | | | > | < < | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | < < | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | | < | < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | > | < < | | | | > | < < | | | | | < < | | | | > > > > > > > > | | > > | > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < | | < < | < < | | < | | < < | | < < | < < | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < < < < | < | < | | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < | < | < | < | < < | | | < | | | > > | < | > > > > > | < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | | | < < < | | | | | < < | | < | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < < > > | | | < < | | | | > | < < | > > | < | < | | < | | < < < | | < < > | < < | < < > < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# find the earth.gif file for use in these tests
set earthPhotoFile [file join [file dirname [info script]] earth.gif]
testConstraint hasEarthPhoto [file exists $earthPhotoFile]
test menu-1.1 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} {
list [catch menu msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "menu pathName ?options?"}}
test menu-1.2 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} {
list [catch "menu bogus" msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "bogus"}}
test menu-1.3 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} {
list [catch "menu .m1 foo" msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "foo"}}
test menu-1.4 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .m1}
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1 {}}
test menu-1.5 {Tk_MenuCmd - creating menubar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label Test -menu ""
list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {} {}}
test menu-1.6 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure menu ref no cascade} {
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .m1}
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .t2]
} {0 .m1 {}}
test menu-1.7 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure one clone cascade} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .t2 .m1 .m2]
} {0 .m2 {}}
test menu-1.8 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure two clone cascades} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
list [catch {menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .t2 .t3 .m1 .m2]
} {0 .m2 {}}
test menu-1.9 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure two clone cascades different order} {
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .t3}
catch {destroy .m2}
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
list [catch {menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .t2 .t3 .m1 .m2]
} {0 .m2 {}}
test menu-1.10 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure two clone cascades menus last} {
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .t2 .t3 .m1 .m2]
} {0 .m2 {}}
test menu-1.11 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure three clones cascades} {
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
catch {destroy .t4}
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
toplevel .t4 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t4 +0+0
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .t2 .t3 .t4 .m1 .m2]
} {0 .m2 {}}
test menu-1.12 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .m1}
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .t2 .m1]
} {0 .m1 {}}
test menu-1.13 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
catch {destroy .m1}
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .t2 .t3 .m1]
} {0 .m1 {}}
test menu-1.14 {Tk_MenuCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
catch {destroy .t4}
catch {destroy .m1}
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
toplevel .t4 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t4 +0+0
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .t2 .t3 .t4 .m1]
} {0 .m1 {}}
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
set i 1
foreach configTest {
{-activebackground #012345 #012345 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-activeborderwidth 1.3 1.3 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-activeforeground #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bg #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1.3 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-disabledforeground #00ff00 #00ff00 xyzzy {unknown color name "xyzzy"}}
{-fg #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
-Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* {}
{font "" doesn't exist}}
{-foreground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-postcommand "any old string" "any old string" {} {}}
{-relief groove groove 1.5 {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-selectcolor #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-tearoff 0 0}
{-tearoff 1 1}
{-tearoffcommand "any old string" "any old string" {} {}}
} {
set name [lindex $configTest 0]
set value [lindex $configTest 1]
set result [lindex $configTest 2]
test menu-2.$i [list configuration options $name $value $result] {
.m1 configure $name $value
lindex [.m1 configure $name] 4
} $result
incr i
if {[lindex $configTest 3] != ""} {
set value [lindex $configTest 3]
set result [lindex $configTest 4]
test menu-2.$i [list configuration options $name $value $result] {
list [catch {.m1 configure $name $value} msg] $msg
} [list 1 $result]
}
.m1 configure $name [lindex [.m1 configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
destroy .m1
# We need to test all of the options with all of the different types of
# menu entries. The following code sets up .m1 with 6 items. It then
# runs through the big table below it.
# index 0 is tearoff, 1 command, 2 cascade, 3 separator, 4 checkbutton,
# 5 radiobutton
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "command"
menu .m2
.m2 add command -label "test"
.m1 add cascade -label "cascade" -menu .m2
.m1 add separator
.m1 add checkbutton -label "checkbutton" -variable check -onvalue on -offvalue off
.m1 add radiobutton -label "radiobutton" -variable radio
if {[testConstraint hasEarthPhoto]} {
image create photo image1 -file $earthPhotoFile
}
foreach configTest {
{-activebackground
{{#012345
{{unknown option "-activebackground"} #012345 #012345
{unknown option "-activebackground"} #012345 #012345
}
}
{non-existent
{{unknown option "-activebackground"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown option "-activebackground"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
}
}}
}
{-activeforeground
{{#ff0000
{{unknown option "-activeforeground"}
#ff0000 #ff0000 {unknown option "-activeforeground"} #ff0000 #ff0000
}
}
{non-existent
{{unknown option "-activeforeground"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown option "-activeforeground"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
}
}}
}
{-accelerator
{{"Ctrl+S"
{{unknown option "-accelerator"}
"Ctrl+S" "Ctrl+S" {unknown option "-accelerator"}
"Ctrl+S" "Ctrl+S"
}
}}
}
{-background
{{#ff0000
{#ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000 #ff0000
}
}
{non-existent
{{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
}
}}
}
{-bitmap
{{questhead
{{unknown option "-bitmap"} questhead questhead
{unknown option "-bitmap"} questhead questhead
}
}
{badValue
{{unknown option "-bitmap"}
{bitmap "badValue" not defined}
{bitmap "badValue" not defined}
{unknown option "-bitmap"}
{bitmap "badValue" not defined}
{bitmap "badValue" not defined}
}
}}
}
{-columnbreak
{{1
{{unknown option "-columnbreak"} 1 1
{unknown option "-columnbreak"} 1 1}
}}
}
{-command
{{beep
{{unknown option "-command"} beep beep
{unknown option "-command"} beep beep
}
}}
}
{-font
{{-Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
{{unknown option "-font"}
-Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
-Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
{unknown option "-font"}
-Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
-Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
}
}
{{kill rock stars}
{{unknown option "-font"}
{expected integer but got "rock"}
{expected integer but got "rock"}
{unknown option "-font"}
{expected integer but got "rock"}
{expected integer but got "rock"}
}
}}
}
{-foreground
{{#110022
{{unknown option "-foreground"} #110022 #110022
{unknown option "-foreground"} #110022 #110022
}
}
{non-existent
{{unknown option "-foreground"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown option "-foreground"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
}
}}
}
{-image
{{image1
{{unknown option "-image"} image1 image1
{unknown option "-image"} image1 image1
}
}
{bogus
{{unknown option "-image"}
{image "bogus" doesn't exist}
{image "bogus" doesn't exist}
{unknown option "-image"}
{image "bogus" doesn't exist}
{image "bogus" doesn't exist}
}
}
{""
{{unknown option "-image"}
{}
{}
{unknown option "-image"}
{}
{}
}
}}
}
{-indicatoron
{{1
{{unknown option "-indicatoron"}
{unknown option "-indicatoron"}
{unknown option "-indicatoron"}
{unknown option "-indicatoron"} 1 1
}
}}
}
{-label
{{test
{{unknown option "-label"} test test
{unknown option "-label"} test test
}
}}
}
{-menu
{{.m2
{{unknown option "-menu"}
{unknown option "-menu"} .m2
{unknown option "-menu"}
{unknown option "-menu"}
{unknown option "-menu"}
}
}}
}
{-offvalue
{{off
{{unknown option "-offvalue"}
{unknown option "-offvalue"}
{unknown option "-offvalue"}
{unknown option "-offvalue"}
off
{unknown option "-offvalue"}
}
}}
}
{-onvalue
{{on
{{unknown option "-onvalue"}
{unknown option "-onvalue"}
{unknown option "-onvalue"}
{unknown option "-onvalue"}
on
{unknown option "-onvalue"}
}
}}
}
{-selectcolor
{{#110022
{{unknown option "-selectcolor"}
{unknown option "-selectcolor"}
{unknown option "-selectcolor"}
{unknown option "-selectcolor"}
#110022
#110022
}
}
{non-existent
{{unknown option "-selectcolor"}
{unknown option "-selectcolor"}
{unknown option "-selectcolor"}
{unknown option "-selectcolor"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
{unknown color name "non-existent"}
}
}}
}
{-selectimage
{{image1
{{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{unknown option "-selectimage"} image1 image1
}
}
{bogus
{{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{image "bogus" doesn't exist}
{image "bogus" doesn't exist}
}
}
{""
{{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{unknown option "-selectimage"}
{}
{}
}
}}
}
{-state
{{normal
{normal normal normal {unknown option "-state"} normal normal
}
}}
}
{-value
{{"any string"
{{unknown option "-value"}
{unknown option "-value"}
{unknown option "-value"}
{unknown option "-value"}
{unknown option "-value"} "any string"
}
}}
}
{-variable
{{"any string"
{{unknown option "-variable"}
{unknown option "-variable"}
{unknown option "-variable"}
{unknown option "-variable"}
"any string"
"any string"
}
}}
}
{-underline
{{0
{{unknown option "-underline"} 0 0
{unknown option "-underline"} 0 0
}
}
{3p
{{unknown option "-underline"}
{expected integer but got "3p"}
{expected integer but got "3p"}
{unknown option "-underline"}
{expected integer but got "3p"}
{expected integer but got "3p"}
}
}}
}
} {
set name [lindex $configTest 0]
foreach attempt [lindex $configTest 1] {
set value [lindex $attempt 0]
set options [lindex $attempt 1]
foreach item {0 1 2 3 4 5} {
catch {unset msg}
# OK, it's an overeager constraint, but it should also
# normally hold anyway
test menu-2.$i [list entry configuration options $name $item $value [.m1 type $item]] hasEarthPhoto {
set result [catch {.m1 entryconfigure $item $name $value} msg]
if {$result == 1} {
set msg
} else {
lindex [.m1 entryconfigure $item $name] 4
}
} [lindex $options $item]
incr i
}
}
}
if {[testConstraint hasEarthPhoto]} {
image delete image1
}
destroy .m1
destroy .m2
test menu-3.1 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 option ?arg arg ...?"} {}}
test menu-3.2 {MenuWidgetCmd, Tcl_Preserve and Tcl_Release} {nonUnixUserInteraction } {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -postcommand "destroy .m1"
.m1 add command -label "menu-3.2: Hit Escape"
list [catch {.m1 post 40 40} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-3.3 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 activate} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 activate index"} {}}
test menu-3.4 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 activate "foo"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.5 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add separator
list [catch {.m1 activate 2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.6 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state disabled
list [catch {.m1 activate 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.7 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 activate 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.8 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "add" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 add type ?options?"} {}}
test menu-3.9 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "add" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry type "foo": must be cascade, checkbutton, command, radiobutton, or separator} {}}
test menu-3.10 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "add" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add separator} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.11 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 cget} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 cget option"} {}}
test menu-3.12 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 cget -gorp} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} {}}
test menu-3.13 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 configure -postcommand "Some string"
list [catch {.m1 cget -postcommand} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {Some string} {}}
test menu-3.14 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "clone" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 clone newMenuName ?menuType?"} {}}
test menu-3.15 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "clone" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone a b c d} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 clone newMenuName ?menuType?"} {}}
test menu-3.16 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "clone" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone .m1.clone1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.17 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "clone" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone .m1.clone1 tearoff} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.18 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {llength [.m1 configure]} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 20 {}}
test menu-3.19 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 configure -gorp} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} {}}
test menu-3.20 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 configure -postcommand "A random String"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.21 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 configure -postcommand "Another string"
list [catch {lindex [.m1 configure -postcommand] 4} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {Another string} {}}
test menu-3.22 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 delete} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 delete first ?last?"} {}}
test menu-3.23 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 delete foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.24 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 delete 0 "foo"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.25 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 delete 0} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.26 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
list [catch {.m1 delete 1 0} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.27 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "1"
.m1 add command -label "2"
.m1 add command -label "3"
list [catch {.m1 delete 1 3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.28 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "1"
.m1 add command -label "2"
.m1 add command -label "3"
.m1 activate 2
list [catch {.m1 delete 1 3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.29 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "1"
.m1 add command -label "2"
.m1 add command -label "3"
.m1 activate 3
list [catch {.m1 delete 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.29+1 {MenuWidgetCmd, "delete", Bug 220950} -setup {
destroy .m1
} -body {
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "bogus"
.m1 add command -label "ok"
.m1 delete 10 20
.m1 entrycget last -label
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result ok
test menu-3.30 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entrycget" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 entrycget} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 entrycget index option"} {}}
test menu-3.31 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entrycget" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 entrycget index option foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 entrycget index option"} {}}
test menu-3.32 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entrycget" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 entrycget foo -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.33 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entrycget" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 entrycget 1 -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 test {}}
test menu-3.34 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 entryconfigure index ?option value ...?"} {}}
test menu-3.35 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.36 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {llength [.m1 entryconfigure 1]} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 15 {}}
test menu-3.37 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label] 4} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 test {}}
test menu-3.38 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "entryconfigure" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "changed"
list [catch {lindex [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label] 4} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 changed {}}
test menu-3.39 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 index} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 index string"} {}}
test menu-3.40 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 index foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.41 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "index" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "3"
.m1 add command -label "another label"
.m1 add command -label "end"
.m1 add command -label "3a"
.m1 add command -label "final entry"
list [.m1 index "test"] [.m1 index "3"] [.m1 index "3a"] [.m1 index "end"] [destroy .m1]
} {1 3 5 6 {}}
test menu-3.42 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 insert} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 insert index type ?options?"} {}}
test menu-3.43 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 insert 1 command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 entrycget 1 -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 test {}}
test menu-3.44 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 invoke} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 invoke index"} {}}
test menu-3.45 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 invoke foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.46 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "invoke" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "set foo" -command "set foo hello"
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 hello 0 hello 0 {} {}}
test menu-3.47 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "On Windows, hit Escape to get this menu to go away"
list [catch {.m1 post} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 post x y"} {}}
test menu-3.48 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 post foo 40} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {expected integer but got "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.49 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 post 40 bar} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {expected integer but got "bar"} {}}
test menu-3.50 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "post" option} {nonUnixUserInteraction } {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "menu-3.53: hit Escape" -command "puts hello"
list [catch {.m1 post 40 40} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.51 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 postcascade} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 postcascade index"} {}}
test menu-3.52 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 postcascade foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.53 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} {nonUnixUserInteraction } {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "menu-3.56 - hit Escape"
menu .m2
.m1 post 40 40
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {.m1 postcascade 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.54 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "postcascade" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2 -label "menu-3.57 - hit Escape"
.m1 postcascade 1
list [catch {.m1 postcascade none} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.55 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 type} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 type index"} {}}
test menu-3.56 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 type foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-3.57 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 type 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 command {}}
test menu-3.58 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
list [catch {.m1 type 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 separator {}}
test menu-3.59 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 type 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 checkbutton {}}
test menu-3.60 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 type 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 radiobutton {}}
test menu-3.61 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 type 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 cascade {}}
test menu-3.62 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "type" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 type 0} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 tearoff {}}
test menu-3.63 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 unpost foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 unpost"} {}}
test menu-3.64 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "unpost" option} {nonUnixUserInteraction } {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "menu-3.68 - hit Escape"
.m1 post 40 40
list [catch {.m1 unpost} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-3.65 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 yposition} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m1 yposition index"} {}}
test menu-3.66 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "yposition" option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 yposition 1}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test menu-3.67 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, bad option} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad option "foo": must be activate, add, cget, clone, configure, delete, entrycget, entryconfigure, index, insert, invoke, post, postcascade, type, unpost, xposition, or yposition} {}}
test menu-3.68 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, fix for bug#508988} {
set t .t
set m1 .t.m1
set c1 .t.c1
set c2 .t.c2
toplevel .t
menu $m1 -tearoff 1
menu $c1 -tearoff 1
$c1 add command -label c1
menu $c2 -tearoff 1
$c2 add command -label c2
$m1 add cascade -label c1 -menu $c1
$t configure -menu $m1
$m1 entryconfigure 1 -menu $c2 -label c2
$t configure -menu ""
set l [list [winfo exists $c1] [winfo exists $c2]]
destroy $t;
set l;
} {1 1}
test menu-3.69 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "xposition" option} -setup {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
} -body {
.m1 xposition
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be ".m1 xposition index"}
test menu-3.70 {MenuWidgetCmd procedure, "xposition" option} -setup {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
} -body {
.m1 xposition 1
subst {} ;# just checking that the xposition does not produce an error...
} -cleanup {
destroy .m1
} -result {}
test menu-4.1 {TkInvokeMenu: disabled} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off \
-state disabled
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] [destroy .m1] $foo
} {0 {} off}
test menu-4.2 {TkInvokeMenu: tearoff} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 invoke 0} msg] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test menu-4.3 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton -on} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 on 0 {} {}}
test menu-4.4 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton -off} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off
.m1 invoke 1
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 off 0 {} {}}
test menu-4.5 {TkInvokeMenu: checkbutton array element} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "test" -variable foo(1) -onvalue on
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo(1)} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 on 0 {} {}}
test menu-4.6 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
.m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
.m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 one 0 {} {}}
test menu-4.7 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
.m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
.m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
list [catch {.m1 invoke 2} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 two 0 {} {}}
test menu-4.8 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo -value one
.m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo -value two
.m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo -value three
list [catch {.m1 invoke 3} msg] $msg [catch {set foo} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 three 0 {} {}}
test menu-4.9 {TkInvokeMenu: radiobutton array element} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "1" -variable foo(2) -value one
.m1 add radiobutton -label "2" -variable foo(2) -value two
.m1 add radiobutton -label "3" -variable foo(2) -value three
list [catch {.m1 invoke 3} msg] $msg [catch {set foo(2)} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset foo} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 three 0 {} {}}
test menu-4.10 {TkInvokeMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset menu_test}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test" -command "set menu_test menu-4.8"
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {set menu_test} msg2] $msg2 [catch {unset menu_test} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 menu-4.8 0 menu-4.8 0 {} {}}
test menu-4.11 {TkInvokeMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label "test" -menu .m1.m2
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-4.12 {TkInvokeMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test" -command ".m1 delete 1"
list [catch {.m1 invoke 1} msg] $msg [catch {.m1 type "test"} msg2] $msg2 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 1 {bad menu entry index "test"} {}}
test menu-5.1 {DestroyMenuInstance} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-5.2 {DestroyMenuInstance - cascade menu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
menu .m2
list [catch {destroy .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-5.3 {DestroyMenuInstance - multiple cascade parents} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m3
menu .m2
.m2 add cascade -menu .m3
menu .m3
list [catch {destroy .m3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-5.4 {DestroyMenuInstance - multiple cascade parents} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
catch {destroy .m4}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m4
menu .m2
.m2 add cascade -menu .m4
menu .m3
.m3 add cascade -menu .m4
menu .m4
list [catch {destroy .m4} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2 .m3]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-5.5 {DestroyMenuInstance - cascades of cloned menus} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m2} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -menu] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} .m2 {} {}}
test menu-5.6 {DestroyMenuInstance - cascades of cloned menus} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .t2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
menu .m2
. configure -menu .m1
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
.t2 configure -menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m2} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .t2 .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-5.7 {DestroyMenuInstance - basic clones} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1]
list [catch {destroy $tearoff} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-5.8 {DestroyMenuInstance - multiple clones} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
set tearoff1 [tk::TearOffMenu .m1]
set tearoff2 [tk::TearOffMenu .m1]
list [catch {destroy $tearoff1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-5.9 {DestroyMenuInstace - master menu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
tk::TearOffMenu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-5.10 {DestroyMenuInstance - freeing entries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-5.11 {DestroyMenuInstace - no entries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 configure -tearoff 0
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-5.12 {DestroyMenuInstance - platform data} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-5.13 {DestroyMenuInstance - clones when mismatched tearoffs} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [destroy .m2] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menu-6.1 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-6.2 {TkDestroyMenu - reentrancy} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
bind .m1 <Destroy> {destroy .m1}
menu .m2
bind .m2 <Destroy> {destroy .m2}
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-6.3 {TkDestroyMenu - reentrancy} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
bind .m1 <Destroy> {destroy .m2}
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg [winfo exists .m2]
} {0 {} 0}
test menu-6.4 {TkDestroyMenu - reentrancy - clones} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m1.m3
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-6.5 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
destroy .m1
winfo exists .m2
} {0}
test menu-6.6 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2 tearoff
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-6.7 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
destroy .m2
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-6.8 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
destroy .m1
list [winfo exists .m2] [winfo exists .m3]
} {0 0}
test menu-6.9 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
list [catch {destroy .m2} msg] $msg [catch {destroy .m3} msg2] $msg2 [catch {destroy .m1} msg3] $msg3
} {0 {} 0 {} 0 {}}
test menu-6.10 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
list [catch {destroy .m3} msg] $msg [catch {destroy .m1} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} 0 {}}
test menu-6.11 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
catch {destroy .m4}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
.m1 clone .m4
list [catch {destroy .m2} msg1] $msg1 [catch {destroy .m1} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} 0 {}}
test menu-6.12 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
catch {destroy .m4}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
.m1 clone .m4
list [catch {destroy .m3} msg1] $msg1 [catch {destroy .m1} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} 0 {}}
test menu-6.13 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
catch {destroy .m4}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 clone .m3
.m1 clone .m4
list [catch {destroy .m4} msg1] $msg1 [catch {destroy .m1} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} 0 {}}
test menu-6.14 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-6.15 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .t2}
menu .m1
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
. configure -menu .m1
.t2 configure -menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .t2] [. configure -menu ""]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-6.16 {TkDestroyMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
menu .m1
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
. configure -menu .m1
.t2 configure -menu .m1
.t3 configure -menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .t2] [destroy .t3] [. configure -menu ""]
} {0 {} {} {} {}}
test menu-7.1 {UnhookCascadeEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-7.2 {UnhookCascadeEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-7.3 {UnhookCascadeEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
.m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-7.4 {UnhookCascadeEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
.m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-7.5 {UnhookCascadeEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
menu .m2
menu .m3
.m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
.m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
.m3 add cascade -menu .cascade
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m2 .m3]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-7.6 {UnhookCascadeEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
menu .m2
menu .m3
.m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
.m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
.m3 add cascade -menu .cascade
list [catch {destroy .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m3]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-7.7 {UnhookCascadeEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
menu .m2
menu .m3
.m1 add cascade -menu .cascade
.m2 add cascade -menu .cascade
.m3 add cascade -menu .cascade
list [catch {destroy .m3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-7.8 {UnhookCascadeEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-7.9 {UnhookCascadeEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
destroy .m1
list [catch {destroy .m2} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-8.1 {DestroyMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {.m1 delete 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-8.2 {DestroyMenuEntry} hasEarthPhoto {
catch {image delete image1a}
catch {destroy .m1}
image create photo image1a -file $earthPhotoFile
menu .m1
.m1 add command -image image1a
list [catch {.m1 delete 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [image delete image1a]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-8.3 {DestroyMenuEntry} testImageType {
catch {eval image delete [image names]}
catch {destroy .m1}
image create test image1
image create test image2
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
.m1 invoke 1
list [catch {.m1 delete 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [eval image delete [image names]]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-8.4 {DestroyMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo
list [catch {.m1 delete 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-8.5 {DestroyMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 delete 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-8.6 {DestroyMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
.m1 add command -label "two"
list [catch {.m1 delete 1} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} two {}}
test menu-8.7 {DestroyMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
.m1 clone .m2 tearoff
list [catch {.m2 delete 0} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
# test menu-9 - Can only change when fonts change on system, which cannot
# be done from tcl.
test menu-9.1 {ConfigureMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 configure -postcommand "beep"} msg] $msg [.m1 cget -postcommand] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} beep {}}
test menu-9.2 {ConfigureMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 configure -tearoff 0} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} test {}}
test menu-9.3 {ConfigureMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 configure -postcommand "beep"} msg] $msg [.m1 cget -postcommand] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} beep {}}
test menu-9.4 {ConfigureMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 configure -fg red} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-9.5 {ConfigureMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "two"
list [catch {.m1 configure -fg red} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-9.6 {ConfigureMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "two"
.m1 add command -label "three"
list [catch {.m1 configure -fg red} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-9.7 {ConfigureMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2 tearoff
list [catch {.m1 configure -fg red} msg] $msg [.m2 cget -fg] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} red {}}
test menu-9.8 {ConfigureMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2 tearoff
list [catch {.m2 configure -fg red} msg] $msg [.m1 cget -fg] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} red {}}
test menu-9.9 {ConfigureMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-10.1 {PostProcessEntry: array variable} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
set foo(1) on
.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo(1) -onvalue on -offvalue off -label "Nonsense"
list [catch {set foo(1)} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 on {}}
test menu-10.2 {PostProcessEntry: array variable} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo(1) -onvalue on -offvalue off -label "Nonsense"
list [catch {set foo(1)} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 off {}}
test menu-11.1 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue on -offvalue off -label "Nonsense"
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -variable bar} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -variable] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} bar {}}
test menu-11.2 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label ""} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-11.3 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"} cmd] $cmd [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} test {}}
test menu-11.4 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -accel "S"} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -accel] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} S {}}
test menu-11.5 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -label] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} test {}}
test menu-11.6 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-11.7 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m2
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-11.8 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-11.9 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m3
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-11.10 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-11.11 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-11.12 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
catch {destroy .m4}
catch {destroy .m5}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m2 add cascade -menu .m1
menu .m3
.m3 add cascade -menu .m1
menu .m4
.m4 add cascade -menu .m1
menu .m5
.m5 add cascade
list [catch {.m5 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2 .m3 .m4 .m5]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-11.13 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
catch {destroy .m4}
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m2 add cascade -menu .m1
menu .m3
.m3 add cascade -menu .m1
menu .m4
.m4 add cascade -menu .m1
list [catch {.m3 entryconfigure 1 -label "test" -menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2 .m3 .m4]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-11.14 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -variable "test"} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -variable] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} test {}}
test menu-11.15 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add checkbutton -label "test"} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -variable] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} test {}}
test menu-11.16 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add radiobutton -label "test"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-11.17 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -onvalue "test"} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget 1 -onvalue] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} test {}}
test menu-11.18 {ConfigureMenuEntry} testImageType {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command
image create test image1
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-11.19 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {testImageType hasEarthPhoto} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
catch {image delete image2}
image create test image1
image create photo image2 -file $earthPhotoFile
menu .m1
.m1 add command -image image1
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -image image2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [image delete image1] [image delete image2]
} {0 {} {} {} {}}
test menu-11.20 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {testImageType hasEarthPhoto} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
catch {image delete image2}
image create photo image1 -file $earthPhotoFile
image create test image2
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage image2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [image delete image1] [image delete image2]
} {0 {} {} {} {}}
test menu-11.21 {ConfigureMenuEntry} {testImageType hasEarthPhoto} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
catch {image delete image2}
catch {image delete image3}
image create photo image1 -file $earthPhotoFile
image create test image2
image create test image3
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectimage image3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [image delete image1] [image delete image2] [image delete image3]
} {0 {} {} {} {} {}}
test menu-12.1 {ConfigureMenuCloneEntries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m2 configure -tearoff 0
.m1 clone .m3
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "test2"
list [list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -gork "foo"} msg] $msg] [destroy .m1]
} {{1 {unknown option "-gork"}} {}}
test menu-12.2 {ConfigureMenuCloneEntries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
catch {destroy .m4}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
menu .m3
.m1 add cascade -menu .m3
menu .m4
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -menu .m4} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [destroy .m3] [destroy .m4]
} {0 {} {} {} {}}
test menu-12.3 {ConfigureMenuCloneEntries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 add cascade -label dummy
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure dummy -menu .m3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-12.4 {ConfigureMenuCloneEntries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.foo
menu .m1.foo
.m1.foo add command -label bar
.m1 clone .m2
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure File -state disabled} msg1] $msg1 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-13.1 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "active"
.m1 add command -label "test2"
.m1 add command -label "test3"
.m1 activate 2
list [catch {.m1 entrycget active -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 test2 {}}
test menu-13.2 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "last"
.m1 add command -label "test2"
.m1 add command -label "test3"
.m1 activate 2
list [catch {.m1 entrycget last -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 test3 {}}
test menu-13.3 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "last"
.m1 add command -label "test2"
.m1 add command -label "test3"
.m1 activate 2
list [catch {.m1 entrycget end -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 test3 {}}
test menu-13.4 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 insert last command -label "test2"} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget last -label] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} test2 {}}
test menu-13.5 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 insert end command -label "test2"} msg] $msg [.m1 entrycget end -label] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} test2 {}}
test menu-13.6 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "active"
.m1 add command -label "test2"
.m1 add command -label "test3"
.m1 activate 2
list [catch {.m1 entrycget none -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
#test menu-13.7 - Need to add @test here.
test menu-13.7 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "active"
.m1 add command -label "test2"
.m1 add command -label "test3"
list [catch {.m1 entrycget 1 -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 active {}}
test menu-13.8 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "active"
list [catch {.m1 entrycget -1 -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "-1"} {}}
test menu-13.9 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "test2"
list [catch {.m1 entrycget 999 -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 test2 {}}
test menu-13.10 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 insert 999 command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 entrycget 1 -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 test {}}
test menu-13.11 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "1test"
list [catch {.m1 entrycget 1test -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 1test {}}
test menu-13.12 {TkGetMenuIndex} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "test2" -command "beep"
.m1 add command -label "test3"
list [catch {.m1 entrycget test2 -command} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 beep {}}
test menu-14.1 {MenuCmdDeletedProc} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-14.2 {MenuCmdDeletedProc} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-15.1 {MenuNewEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "test"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-15.2 {MenuNewEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "test3"
list [catch {.m1 insert 2 command -label "test2"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-15.3 {MenuNewEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "test2"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-15.4 {MenuNewEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "test"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-16.1 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 insert foo command -label "test"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "foo"} {}}
test menu-16.2 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 insert test command -label "foo"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-16.3 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 insert -1 command -label "test"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "-1"} {}}
test menu-16.4 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 insert 0 command -label "test2"
list [catch {.m1 entrycget 1 -label} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 test2 {}}
test menu-16.5 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add cascade} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-16.6 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add checkbutton} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-16.7 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-16.8 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add radiobutton} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-16.9 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add separator} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-16.10 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add blork} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry type "blork": must be cascade, checkbutton, command, radiobutton, or separator} {}}
test menu-16.11 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-16.12 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m2 clone .m3
list [catch {.m2 add command -label "test"} msg1] $msg1 [catch {.m1 entrycget 1 -label} msg2] $msg2 [catch {.m3 entrycget 1 -label} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 test 0 test {}}
test menu-16.13 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
.m2 clone .m3
list [catch {.m3 add command -label "test"} msg1] $msg1 [catch {.m1 entrycget 1 -label} msg2] $msg2 [catch {.m2 entrycget 1 -label} msg3] $msg3 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 test 0 test {}}
test menu-16.14 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -blork} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {unknown option "-blork"} {}}
test menu-16.15 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .container}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "File"
menu .container
. configure -menu .container
list [catch {.container add cascade -label "File" -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .container .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-16.16 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m2]
list [catch {.m2 add cascade -menu .m1} msg] $msg [$tearoff unpost] [catch {destroy .m1} msg2] $msg2 [catch {destroy .m2} msg3] $msg3
} {0 {} {} 0 {} 0 {}}
test menu-16.17 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .container}
menu .m1
menu .container
. configure -menu .container
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .container]
list [catch {.container add cascade -label "File" -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1 .container]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-16.18 {MenuAddOrInsert} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .container}
menu .m1
menu .container
.container add cascade -menu .m1
. configure -menu .container
list [catch {.container add cascade -label "File" -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1 .container]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-16.19 {MenuAddOrInsert - Insert a cascade deep into the tree} {
catch {destroy .menubar}
menu .menubar
menu .menubar.test -tearoff 0
.menubar add cascade -label Test -underline 0 -menu .menubar.test
menu .menubar.test.cascade -tearoff 0
.menubar.test.cascade add command -label SubItem -command "puts SubItemSelected"
. configure -menu .menubar
list [catch {.menubar.test add cascade -label SubMenu \
-menu .menubar.test.cascade} msg] \
[info commands .\#menubar.\#menubar\#test.\#menubar\#test\#cascade] \
[. configure -menu ""] [destroy .menubar]
} {0 .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#test#cascade {} {}}
test menu-17.1 {MenuVarProc} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
set foo "hello"
list [catch {.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye} msg] $msg [catch {unset foo} msg2] $msg2 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 {} {}}
# menu-17.2 - Don't know how to generate the flags in the if
test menu-17.2 {MenuVarProc} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye} msg] $msg [set foo ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-17.3 {MenuVarProc} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
set foo "hello"
list [catch {.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye} msg] $msg [set foo "hello"] [destroy .m1] [catch {unset foo} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} hello {} 0 {}}
test menu-17.4 {MenuVarProc} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
set foo "goodbye"
list [catch {.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye} msg] $msg [set foo "hello"] [destroy .m1] [catch {unset foo} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} hello {} 0 {}}
test menu-17.5 {MenuVarProc} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
set foo "hello"
list [catch {.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -onvalue hello -offvalue goodbye} msg] $msg [set foo "goodbye"] [destroy .m1] [catch {unset foo} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} goodbye {} 0 {}}
test menu-18.1 {TkActivateMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 activate 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-18.2 {TkActivateMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [catch {.m1 activate 0} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-18.3 {TkActivateMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "test2"
.m1 activate 1
list [catch {.m1 activate 2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-18.4 {TkActivateMenuEntry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "test2"
.m1 activate 1
list [catch {.m1 activate 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-19.1 {TkPostCommand} {nonUnixUserInteraction } {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -postcommand "set menu_test menu-19.1"
.m1 add command -label "menu-19.1 - hit Escape"
list [catch {.m1 post 40 40} msg] $msg [.m1 unpost] [set menu_test] [destroy .m1]
} {0 menu-19.1 {} menu-19.1 {}}
test menu-19.2 {TkPostCommand} {nonUnixUserInteraction } {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "menu-19.2 - hit Escape"
list [catch {.m1 post 40 40} msg] $msg [.m1 unpost] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-20.1 {CloneMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone .m2} msg1] $msg1 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-20.2 {CloneMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone .m2 normal} msg1] $msg1 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-20.3 {CloneMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone .m2 tearoff} msg1] $msg1 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-20.4 {CloneMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone .m2 menubar} msg1] $msg1 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-20.5 {CloneMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone .m2 foo} msg1] $msg1 [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu type "foo": must be normal, tearoff, or menubar} {}}
test menu-20.6 {CloneMenu - hooking up bookeeping ptrs} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-20.7 {CloneMenu - hooking up bookeeping ptrs - multiple children} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
list [catch {.m1 clone .m3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-20.8 {CloneMenu - cascade entries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {.m1 clone .foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-20.9 {CloneMenu - cascades entries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
menu .m2
list [catch {.m1 clone .foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-20.10 {CloneMenu - tearoff fields} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 clone .m2 normal} msg1] $msg1 [catch {.m2 cget -tearoff} msg2] $msg2 [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} 0 1 {}}
test menu-20.11 {CloneMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
menu .m2
list [catch {.m1 clone .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {1 {window name "m2" already exists in parent} {}}
test menu-21.1 {MenuDoYPosition} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 yposition glorp} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad menu entry index "glorp"} {}}
test menu-21.2 {MenuDoYPosition} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "Test"
list [catch {.m1 yposition 1}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test menu-22.1 {GetIndexFromCoords} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 configure -tearoff 0
list [catch {.m1 index @5} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 0 {}}
test menu-22.2 {GetIndexFromCoords} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 configure -tearoff 0
list [catch {.m1 index @5,5} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 0 {}}
test menu-22.3 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window, y only} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 configure -tearoff 0
tk_popup .m1 0 0
tkwait visibility .m1
list [catch {.m1 index @5} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 0 {}}
test menu-22.4 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped window x,y} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 configure -tearoff 0
tk_popup .m1 0 0
tkwait visibility .m1
update
set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
list [catch {.m1 index @$x,5} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 0 {}}
test menu-22.5 {GetIndexFromCoords: mapped wide window} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 configure -tearoff 0
tk_popup .m1 0 0
tkwait visibility .m1
wm geometry .m1 200x100
update
set x [expr {[winfo width .m1] - [.m1 cget -borderwidth] - 1}]
list [catch {.m1 index @$x,5} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 0 {}}
test menu-23.1 {RecursivelyDeleteMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu ""} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-23.2 {RecursivelyDeleteMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m2
.m2 add command -label "test2"
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label "test1" -menu .m2
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu ""} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-24.1 {TkNewMenuName} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-24.2 {TkNewMenuName} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m1\#0}
menu .m1
menu .m1\#0
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-24.3 {TkNewMenuName} {
catch {destroy .#m}
menu .#m
rename .#m hideme
list [catch {. configure -menu [menu .m]} $msg] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .#m] [destroy .m] [destroy hideme]
} {0 {} {} {} {}}
test menu-25.1 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
. configure -menu ""
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-25.2 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
. configure -menu ""
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-25.3 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
. configure -menu ""
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.4 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
. configure -menu .m1
menu .m2
list [catch {. configure -menu .m2} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.5 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
. configure -menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
menu .m3
list [catch {. configure -menu .m3} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1 .m3]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.6 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
.m1 clone .m2
. configure -menu .m2
menu .m3
list [catch {. configure -menu .m3} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1 .m3]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.7 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
menu .m2
. configure -menu .m1
toplevel .t2
.t2 configure -menu .m1
list [catch {.t2 configure -menu .m2} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .t2 .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.8 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .t2}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
menu .m2
. configure -menu .m1
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
.t2 configure -menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu .m2} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .t2 .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.9 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
menu .m2
. configure -menu .m1
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
list [catch {.t3 configure -menu .m2} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .t2 .t3 .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.10 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
menu .m2
. configure -menu .m1
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
list [catch {.t2 configure -menu .m2} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .t2 .t3 .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.11 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
menu .m2
. configure -menu .m1
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t3 +0+0
list [catch {. configure -menu .m2} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .t2 .t3 .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.12 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.13 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
. configure -menu ""
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-25.14 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-25.15 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
. configure -menu ""
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-25.16 {TkSetWindowMenuBar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {toplevel .t2 -menu m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .t2 .m1]
} {0 .t2 {} {}}
test menu-26.1 {DestroyMenuHashTable} {
catch {interp destroy testinterp}
interp create testinterp
load {} Tk testinterp
interp eval testinterp {menu .m1}
list [catch {interp delete testinterp} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-27.1 {GetMenuHashTable} {
catch {interp destroy testinterp}
interp create testinterp
load {} Tk testinterp
list [catch {interp eval testinterp {menu .m1}} msg] $msg [interp delete testinterp]
} {0 .m1 {}}
test menu-28.1 {TkCreateMenuReferences - not there before} {
catch {destroy .m1}
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1 {}}
test menu-28.2 {TkCreateMenuReferences - there already} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {menu .m2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 .m2 {}}
test menu-29.1 {TkFindMenuReferences - not there} {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-30.1 {TkFindMenuReferences - there already} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test menu-31.1 {TkFreeMenuReferences - menuPtr} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-31.2 {TkFreeMenuReferences - cascadePtr} {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -menu .m3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-31.3 {TkFreeMenuReferences - topLevelListPtr} {
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu ""} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test menu-31.4 {TkFreeMenuReferences - not empty} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m3
menu .m2
.m2 add cascade -menu .m3
list [catch {.m2 entryconfigure 1 -menu ".foo"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1 .m2]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-32.1 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
.m1 clone .m2
list [catch {.m1 delete 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-32.2 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two
.m1 add command -label three
.m1 add command -label four
.m1 clone .m2
list [catch {.m1 delete 2 3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-32.3 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two
.m1 add command -label three
.m1 add command -label four
.m1 clone .m2
.m2 configure -tearoff 1
list [catch {.m1 delete 1 2} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-32.4 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two
.m1 add command -label three
.m1 add command -label four
.m1 clone .m2
.m2 configure -tearoff 0
list [catch {.m1 delete 2 3} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-32.5 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two
.m1 clone .m2
.m1 activate one
list [catch {.m1 delete one} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-32.6 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries - reentrancy - crashes tk8.0} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label test -command ".m1 delete test ; .m1 add command -label test -command \".m1 delete test\"; .m1 delete test"
list [catch {.m1 invoke test} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-32.7 {DeleteMenuCloneEntries - one entry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label Hello
list [catch {.m1 delete Hello} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test menu-32.8 {Ensure all menu clone commands are deleted} {
# SF bug #465324
catch {destroy .menubar}
catch {destroy .menubar.test}
menu .menubar
. configure -menu .menubar
menu .menubar.test
.menubar.test add command -label "hi"
for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
.menubar add cascade -menu .menubar.test -label "Test"
.menubar delete Test
}
info commands .#menubar*test*
} {}
test menu-32.9 {Ensure deleting of clones doesn't corrupt menu refs} {
catch {destroy .menubar}
catch {destroy .menubar.test}
menu .menubar
. configure -menu .menubar
menu .menubar.test
.menubar add cascade -menu .menubar.test -label "Test"
menu .menubar.cascade
.menubar.test add cascade -menu .menubar.cascade -label "Cascade"
set res {}
lappend res [.menubar.test entrycget 1 -menu]
lappend res [.#menubar.#menubar#test entrycget 1 -menu]
destroy .menubar.test
menu .menubar.test
.menubar.test add cascade -menu .menubar.cascade -label "Cascade"
lappend res [.menubar.test entrycget 1 -menu]
lappend res [.#menubar.#menubar#test entrycget 1 -menu]
set res
} {.menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade .menubar.cascade .#menubar.#menubar#test.#menubar#cascade}
set l [interp hidden]
deleteWindows
test menu-33.1 {menu vs command hiding} {
catch {destroy .m}
menu .m
interp hide {} .m
destroy .m
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
# menu-34 MenuInit only called at boot time
# creating menus on two different screens then deleting the
# menu from the first screen crashes Tk8.3.1
#
test menu-35.1 {menus on multiple screens - crashes tk8.3.1, Bug 5454} \
{altDisplay} {
toplevel .one
menu .one.m
toplevel .two -screen $::env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
menu .two.m
destroy .one
destroy .two
} {}
test menu-36.1 {menu -underline string overruns Bug 1599877} {} {
# ensure that -underline does not do string overruns [Bug 1599877]
catch {destroy .m}
menu .m
.m add command -label "File" -underline [expr {1<<30}]
. configure -menu .m
update
tk::TraverseToMenu . "e"
} {}
test menu-37.1 {menubar menues cannot be posted - bug 2160206} {} {
# On Linux the following used to panic
# It now returns an error (on all platforms)
catch {destroy .m}
menu .m -type menubar
list [catch ".m post 1 1" msg] $msg
} {1 {a menubar menu cannot be posted}}
# cleanup
deleteWindows
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/menuDraw.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test drawing of menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < < | < | | < < | < | < | | < < < | | < | | < | < < | > | | | | < | | | < | < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | < | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | < < | < < | | < | | | < | | < < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < < | | | < | | > > > > > > > | > > > < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | < < < | < < | | < | | < < < | | | | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | | | < | | < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < < | | < | | | < < | < | | < < | | > | > > > < < < < < | | < | | | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | | | | < < | | | | > | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | < | | < < < | | | | | | | | < < | | < | < | | < < | < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test drawing of menus in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test menuDraw-1.1 {TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields} {
catch {destroy .m1}
list [menu .m1] [destroy .m1]
} {.m1 {}}
test menuDraw-2.1 {TkIntializeMenuEntryDrawingFields} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add command] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-3.1 {TkMenuFreeDrawOptions} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [destroy .m1]
} {{}}
test menuDraw-4.1 {TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "This is a test"
list [destroy .m1]
} {{}}
test menuDraw-4.2 {TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "This is a test." -font "Courier 12" -activeforeground red -background green -selectcolor purple
list [destroy .m1]
} {{}}
test menuDraw-5.1 {TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions - new menu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
list [menu .m1] [destroy .m1]
} {.m1 {}}
test menuDraw-5.2 {TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions - old menu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 configure -fg red] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-5.3 {TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions - no disabledFg} {
catch {destroy .m1}
list [menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""] [destroy .m1]
} {.m1 {}}
test menuDraw-6.1 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - no tkfont specified} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add command -label "foo"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.2 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - tkfont specified} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add command -label "foo" -font "Courier 12"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.3 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - active state - wrong entry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.4 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - active state - correct entry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
.m1 activate 1
list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.5 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - deactivate entry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
.m1 activate 1
list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state normal] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.6 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - bad state} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {bad state "foo": must be active, normal, or disabled} {}}
test menuDraw-6.7 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - tkfont specified} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add command -label "foo" -font "Courier 12"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.8 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - border specified} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add command -label "foo" -background "red"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.9 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - foreground specified} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add command -label "foo" -foreground "red"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.10 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - activeBorder specified} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add command -label "foo" -activebackground "red"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.11 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - activeforeground specified} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add command -label "foo" -activeforeground "red"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.12 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - selectcolor specified} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [.m1 add radiobutton -label "foo" -selectcolor "red"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.13 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - textGC disposal} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo" -font "Helvetica 12"
list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -font "Courier 12"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.14 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - activeGC disposal} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo" -activeforeground "red"
list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -activeforeground "green"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.15 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - disabledGC disposal} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground "red"
.m1 add command -label "foo"
list [.m1 configure -disabledforeground "green"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-6.16 {TkMenuConfigureEntryDrawOptions - indicatorGC disposal} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label "foo" -selectcolor "red"
list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -selectcolor "green"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-7.1 {TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "This is a long label"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1]
update idletasks
list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "foo"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-7.2 {TkEventuallyRecomputeMenu - update pending} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "This is a long label"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1]
list [.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label "foo"] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-8.1 {TkRecomputeMenu} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 configure -postcommand [.m1 add command -label foo]
.m1 add command -label "Hit ESCAPE to make this menu go away."
list [.m1 post 0 0] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-9.1 {TkEventuallyRedrawMenu - entry test} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
set foo 0
.m1 add radiobutton -variable foo -label test
tk::TearOffMenu .m1
update idletasks
list [set foo test] [destroy .m1] [unset foo]
} {test {} {}}
test menuDraw-9.2 {TkEventuallyRedrawMenu - whole menu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
# Don't know how to test when window has been deleted and ComputeMenuGeometry
# gets called.
test menuDraw-10.1 {ComputeMenuGeometry - menubar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label test
. configure -menu .m1
list [update idletasks] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {} {}}
test menuDraw-10.2 {ComputeMenuGeometry - non-menubar} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label test
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-10.3 {ComputeMenuGeometry - Resize necessary} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label test
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-10.4 {ComputeMenuGeometry - resize not necessary} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label test
update idletasks
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -label test
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-11.1 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw not pending} testImageType {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {eval image delete [image names]}
image create test image1
image create test image2
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
.m1 invoke 1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
update idletasks
list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1] [eval image delete [image names]]
} {{} {} {}}
test menuDraw-11.2 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry selected; redraw pending} testImageType {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {eval image delete [image names]}
image create test image1
image create test image2
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
.m1 invoke 1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1] [eval image delete [image names]]
} {{} {} {}}
test menuDraw-11.3 {TkMenuSelectImageProc - entry not selected} testImageType {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {eval image delete [image names]}
image create test image1
image create test image2
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -selectimage image2
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
update idletasks
list [image delete image2] [destroy .m1] [eval image delete [image names]]
} {{} {} {}}
#Don't know how to test missing tkwin in DisplayMenu
test menuDraw-12.1 {DisplayMenu - menubar background} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo -menu .m2
. configure -menu .m1
list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {} {}}
test menuDraw-12.2 {Display menu - no entries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-12.3 {DisplayMenu - one entry} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-12.4 {DisplayMenu - two entries} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
.m1 add command -label "two"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw.12.5 {DisplayMenu - two columns - first bigger} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
.m1 add command -label "two"
.m1 add command -label "three" -columnbreak 1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-12.5 {DisplayMenu - two column - second bigger} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
.m1 add command -label "two" -columnbreak 1
.m1 add command -label "three"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw.12.7 {DisplayMenu - three columns} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
.m1 add command -label "two" -columnbreak 1
.m1 add command -label "three"
.m1 add command -label "four"
.m1 add command -label "five"
.m1 add command -label "six"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-12.6 {Display menu - testing for extra space and menubars} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo
. configure -menu .m1
list [update] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {} {}}
test menuDraw-12.7 {Display menu - extra space at end of menu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
wm geometry $tearoff 200x100
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-13.1 {TkMenuEventProc - Expose} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
menu .m2
.m2 add command -label "two"
set tearoff1 [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
set tearoff2 [tk::TearOffMenu .m2 40 40]
list [raise $tearoff2] [update] [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} {{} {} {} {}}
test menuDraw-13.2 {TkMenuEventProc - ConfigureNotify} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [wm geometry $tearoff 200x100] [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {} {}}
# Testing deletes is hard, and I am going to do my best. Don't know how
# to test the case where we have already cleared the tkwin field in the
# menuPtr.
test menuDraw-13.4 {TkMenuEventProc - simple delete} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [destroy .m1]
} {{}}
test menuDraw-13.5 {TkMenuEventProc - nothing pending} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
update idletasks
list [destroy .m1]
} {{}}
test menuDraw-14.1 {TkMenuImageProc} testImageType {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
menu .m1
image create test image1
.m1 add command -image image1
update idletasks
list [image delete image1] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-14.2 {TkMenuImageProc} testImageType {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
menu .m1
image create test image1
.m1 add command -image image1
list [image delete image1] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-15.1 {TkPostTearoffMenu - Basic posting} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test menuDraw-15.2 {TkPostTearoffMenu - Deactivation} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo" -state active
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [$tearoff index active] [destroy .m1]
} {none {}}
test menuDraw-15.3 {TkPostTearoffMenu - post command} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1 -postcommand "set foo .m1"
.m1 add command -label "foo"
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [set foo] [unset foo] [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1 {} {}}
test menuDraw-15.4 {TkPostTearoffMenu - post command deleting the menu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -postcommand "destroy .m1"
.m1 add command -label "foo"
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40} msg] $msg [winfo exists .m1]
} {0 {} 0}
test menuDraw-15.5 {TkPostTearoffMenu - tearoff at edge of screen} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
set height [winfo screenheight .m1]
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 $height}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test menuDraw-15.6 {TkPostTearoffMenu - tearoff off right} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
set width [winfo screenwidth .m1]
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 $width 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test menuDraw-16.1 {TkPostSubmenu} nonUnixUserInteraction {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
menu .m2
.m2 add command -label "Hit ESCAPE to make this menu go away."
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
$tearoff postcascade 0
list [$tearoff postcascade 0] [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} {{} {} {}}
test menuDraw-16.2 {TkPostSubMenu} nonUnixUserInteraction {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
catch {destroy .m3}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label "two" -menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -label "three" -menu .m3
menu .m2
.m2 add command -label "two"
menu .m3
.m3 add command -label "three"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
$tearoff postcascade 0
list [$tearoff postcascade 1] [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2] [destroy .m3]
} {{} {} {} {}}
test menuDraw-16.3 {TkPostSubMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
list [.m1 postcascade 1] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-16.4 {TkPostSubMenu} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label test
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [$tearoff postcascade 0] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test menuDraw-16.5 {TkPostSubMenu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
menu .m2 -postcommand "glorp"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {$tearoff postcascade test} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} {1 {invalid command name "glorp"} {} {}}
test menuDraw-16.6 {TkPostSubMenu} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
menu .m2
.m2 add command -label "Hit ESCAPE to get rid of this menu"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [$tearoff postcascade 0] [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} {{} {} {}}
test menuDraw-17.1 {AdjustMenuCoords - menubar} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
menu .m2 -tearoff 0
.m2 add command -label foo
. configure -menu .m1
foreach w [winfo children .] {
if {[$w cget -type] == "menubar"} {
break
}
}
list [$w postcascade 0] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} {{} {} {} {}}
test menuDraw-17.2 {AdjustMenuCoords - menu} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m2
menu .m2
.m2 add command -label "Hit ESCAPE to make this menu go away"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [$tearoff postcascade 0] [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} {{} {} {}}
# cleanup
deleteWindows
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/menubut.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menubuttons in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < > > > | > | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < | < < > > > > > > | | | | > > | < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < | | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | > | < | < | < < < | < < | < < < < < | < | | < | < < < | < | < < < | < < | | | < < < | | < < < | < < < | | < | | | < < < | | | | | | < < < | < | < < < < < | < < < | < | | < < | < < < | | | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < | < < | < < < < < < < | < < < | | < | < < | < < < < < < < | < < < | | < | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < | < < < | < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < | < | < < > < < | < | < < < | < < < < < | | < < < < | < < < | | < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < | < < < | | < | | | < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < | | | > | > > > > | | < | < < | < < | | < | < < | < < < < < | | | | < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | < < < < < < < | | | | < < < | < < < < < > | | < | | | < < | | < > | | < < < | < < < < < | | < < | | > | < < < < < | < < < | < < | < < | | | < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test menubuttons in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
# XXX This test file is woefully incomplete right now. If any part
# XXX of a procedure has tests then the whole procedure has tests,
# XXX but many procedures have no tests.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
option add *Menubutton.borderWidth 2
option add *Menubutton.highlightThickness 2
option add *Menubutton.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
option add *Button.borderWidth 2
option add *Button.highlightThickness 2
option add *Button.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
eval image delete [image names]
if {[testConstraint testImageType]} {
image create test image1
}
menubutton .mb -text "Test"
pack .mb
update
set i 1
foreach test {
{-activebackground #012345 #012345 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-activeforeground #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-anchor nw nw bogus {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}}
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bg #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bitmap questhead questhead badValue {bitmap "badValue" not defined}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-direction below below badValue {bad direction "badValue": must be above, below, flush, left, or right}}
{-disabledforeground #00ff00 #00ff00 xyzzy {unknown color name "xyzzy"}}
{-fg #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-font {Helvetica 12} {Helvetica 12} {} {font "" doesn't exist}}
{-foreground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-height 18 18 20.0 {expected integer but got "20.0"}}
{-highlightbackground #112233 #112233 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
{-highlightcolor #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-highlightthickness 18 18 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-image image1 image1 bogus {image "bogus" doesn't exist}}
{-indicatoron yes 1 no_way {expected boolean value but got "no_way"}}
{-justify right right bogus {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}}
{-menu "any old string" "any old string" {} {}}
{-padx 12 12 420x {bad screen distance "420x"}}
{-pady 12 12 420x {bad screen distance "420x"}}
{-relief groove groove 1.5 {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-state normal normal bogus {bad state "bogus": must be active, disabled, or normal}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-text "Sample text" {Sample text} {} {}}
{-textvariable i i {} {}}
{-underline 5 5 3p {expected integer but got "3p"}}
{-width 402 402 3p {expected integer but got "3p"}}
{-wraplength 100 100 6x {bad screen distance "6x"}}
} {
set name [lindex $test 0]
test menubutton-1.$i {configuration options} testImageType {
.mb configure $name [lindex $test 1]
lindex [.mb configure $name] 4
} [lindex $test 2]
incr i
if {[lindex $test 3] != ""} {
test menubutton-1.$i {configuration options} {
list [catch {.mb configure $name [lindex $test 3]} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [lindex $test 4]]
}
.mb configure $name [lindex [.mb configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
test menubutton-2.1 {Tk_MenubuttonCmd procedure} {
list [catch {menubutton} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "menubutton pathName ?options?"}}
test menubutton-2.2 {Tk_MenubuttonCmd procedure} {
list [catch {menubutton foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test menubutton-2.3 {Tk_MenubuttonCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb
winfo class .mb
} {Menubutton}
test menubutton-2.4 {Tk_ButtonCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .mb}
list [catch {menubutton .mb -gorp foo} msg] $msg [winfo exists .mb]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} 0}
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -text "Test Menu"
pack .mb
test menubutton-3.1 {MenuButtonWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.mb} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".mb option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test menubutton-3.2 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.mb c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be cget or configure}}
test menubutton-3.3 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.mb cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".mb cget option"}}
test menubutton-3.4 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.mb cget a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".mb cget option"}}
test menubutton-3.5 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.mb cget -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test menubutton-3.6 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
.mb configure -highlightthickness 3
.mb cget -highlightthickness
} {3}
test menubutton-3.7 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
llength [.mb configure]
} {33}
test menubutton-3.8 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
list [catch {.mb configure -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test menubutton-3.9 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
list [catch {.mb co -bg #ffffff -fg} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-fg" missing}}
test menubutton-3.10 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
.mb configure -fg #123456
.mb configure -bg #654321
lindex [.mb configure -fg] 4
} {#123456}
test menubutton-3.11 {ButtonWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
list [catch {.mb foobar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "foobar": must be cget or configure}}
# XXX Need to add tests for several procedures here. The tests for XXX
# XXX ConfigureMenuButton aren't complete either. XXX
test menubutton-4.1 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} {
catch {destroy .mb1}
button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
list [catch {.mb1 configure -width 1i} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {expected integer but got "1i"} {expected integer but got "1i"
(processing -width option)
invoked from within
".mb1 configure -width 1i"}}
test menubutton-4.2 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} {
catch {destroy .mb1}
button .mb1 -text "Menubutton 1"
list [catch {.mb1 configure -height 0.5c} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {expected integer but got "0.5c"} {expected integer but got "0.5c"
(processing -height option)
invoked from within
".mb1 configure -height 0.5c"}}
test menubutton-4.3 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} {
catch {destroy .mb1}
button .mb1 -bitmap questhead
list [catch {.mb1 configure -width abc} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {bad screen distance "abc"} {bad screen distance "abc"
(processing -width option)
invoked from within
".mb1 configure -width abc"}}
test menubutton-4.4 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} testImageType {
catch {destroy .mb1}
eval image delete [image names]
image create test image1
button .mb1 -image image1
list [catch {.mb1 configure -height 0.5x} msg] $msg $errorInfo
} {1 {bad screen distance "0.5x"} {bad screen distance "0.5x"
(processing -height option)
invoked from within
".mb1 configure -height 0.5x"}}
test menubutton-4.5 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure} {nonPortable fonts} {
catch {destroy .mb1}
button .mb1 -text "Sample text" -width 10 -height 2
pack .mb1
set result "[winfo reqwidth .mb1] [winfo reqheight .mb1]"
.mb1 configure -bitmap questhead
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .mb1] [winfo reqheight .mb1]
} {102 46 20 12}
test menubutton-4.6 {ConfigureMenuButton procedure - bad direction} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -text "Test"
list [catch {.mb configure -direction badValue} msg] $msg \
[.mb cget -direction] [destroy .mb]
} {1 {bad direction "badValue": must be above, below, flush, left, or right} below {}}
# XXX Need to add tests for several procedures here. XXX
test menubutton-5.1 {MenuButtonEventProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
menubutton .mb1 -bg #543210
rename .mb1 .mb2
set x {}
lappend x [winfo children .]
lappend x [.mb2 cget -bg]
destroy .mb1
lappend x [info command .mb*] [winfo children .]
} {.mb1 #543210 {} {}}
test menubutton-6.1 {MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
menubutton .mb1
rename .mb1 {}
list [info command .mb*] [winfo children .]
} {{} {}}
test menubutton-7.1 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} testImageType {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 4 -highlightthickness 0
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {38 23}
test menubutton-7.2 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} testImageType {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 1 -highlightthickness 2
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {36 21}
test menubutton-7.3 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} testImageType {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 2 -padx 5 -pady 5
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {34 19}
test menubutton-7.4 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} testImageType {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -width 40 \
-highlightthickness 2
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {48 23}
test menubutton-7.5 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} testImageType {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised -height 30 \
-highlightthickness 2
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {38 38}
test menubutton-7.6 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -bitmap question -bd 2 -relief raised \
-highlightthickness 2
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {25 35}
test menubutton-7.7 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -bitmap question -bd 2 -relief raised -width 40 \
-highlightthickness 1
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {46 33}
test menubutton-7.8 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -bitmap question -bd 2 -relief raised -height 50 \
-highlightthickness 1
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {23 56}
test menubutton-7.9 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -text String -bd 2 -relief raised -padx 0 -pady 0 \
-highlightthickness 1
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {42 20}
test menubutton-7.10 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -text String -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 \
-padx 0 -pady 0 -highlightthickness 1
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {146 20}
test menubutton-7.11 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -text String -bd 2 -relief raised -height 2 \
-padx 0 -pady 0 -highlightthickness 1
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {42 34}
test menubutton-7.12 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -text String -bd 2 -relief raised -padx 10 -pady 5 \
-highlightthickness 1
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {62 30}
test menubutton-7.13 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {nonPortable fonts} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -text String -bd 2 -relief raised \
-highlightthickness 1 -indicatoron 1
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {78 28}
test menubutton-7.14 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {testImageType unix nonPortable} {
# The following test is non-portable because the indicator's pixel
# size varies to maintain constant absolute size.
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised \
-highlightthickness 2 -indicatoron 1
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {64 23}
test menubutton-7.15 {ComputeMenuButtonGeometry procedure} {testImageType win nonPortable} {
# The following test is non-portable because the indicator's pixel
# size varies to maintain constant absolute size.
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -image image1 -bd 2 -relief raised \
-highlightthickness 2 -indicatoron 1
pack .mb
list [winfo reqwidth .mb] [winfo reqheight .mb]
} {65 23}
set l [interp hidden]
deleteWindows
test menubutton-8.1 {menubutton vs hidden commands} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb
interp hide {} .mb
destroy .mb
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
eval image delete [image names]
deleteWindows
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/message.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "message" command # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | | > > > | < < | | < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < | | < < < < > > | > > > | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < < | < | < | < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < | < | > | < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | > | < | < > | | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "message" command
# of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Ajuba Solutions.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
option add *Message.borderWidth 2
option add *Message.highlightThickness 2
option add *Message.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
message .m
pack .m
update
set i 0
foreach test {
{-anchor w w bogus {bad anchor "bogus": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}}
{-aspect 3 3 bogus {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bg #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-fg #00ff00 #00ff00 badValue {unknown color name "badValue"}}
{-font fixed fixed {} {font "" doesn't exist}}
{-foreground green green badValue {unknown color name "badValue"}}
{-highlightbackground #112233 #112233 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
{-highlightcolor #123456 #123456 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-highlightthickness 2 2 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-justify right right bogus {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}}
{-padx 12m 12m 420x {bad screen distance "420x"}}
{-pady 12m 12m 420x {bad screen distance "420x"}}
{-relief ridge ridge badValue {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-text "Sample text" {Sample text} {} {} {1 1 1 1}}
{-textvariable i i {} {} {1 1 1 1}}
{-width 32 32 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
} {
set name [lindex $test 0]
test message-1.$i {configuration options} {
.m configure $name [lindex $test 1]
lindex [.m configure $name] 4
} [lindex $test 2]
incr i
if {[lindex $test 3] != ""} {
test message-1.$i {configuration options} {
list [catch {.m configure $name [lindex $test 3]} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [lindex $test 4]]
}
.m configure $name [lindex [.m configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
destroy .m
test message-2.1 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} {
list [catch {message} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "message pathName ?options?"}}
test message-2.2 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} {
list [catch {message foo} msg] $msg [winfo child .]
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"} {}}
test message-2.3 {Tk_MessageObjCmd procedure} {
list [catch {message .s -gorp dumb} msg] $msg [winfo child .]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} {}}
test message-3.1 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure} {
message .m
set result [list [catch {.m} msg] $msg]
destroy .m
set result
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test message-3.2 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "cget"} {
message .m
set result [list [catch {.m cget} msg] $msg]
destroy .m
set result
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".m cget option"}}
test message-3.3 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "cget"} {
message .m
set result [list [catch {.m cget -gorp} msg] $msg]
destroy .m
set result
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test message-3.4 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "cget"} {
message .m
.m configure -text foobar
set result [.m cget -text]
destroy .m
set result
} "foobar"
test message-3.5 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} {
message .m
set result [llength [.m configure]]
destroy .m
set result
} 21
test message-3.6 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} {
message .m
set result [list [catch {.m configure -foo} msg] $msg]
destroy .m
set result
} {1 {unknown option "-foo"}}
test message-3.7 {MessageWidgetObjCmd procedure, "configure"} {
message .m
.m configure -bd 4
.m configure -bg #ffffff
set result [lindex [.m configure -bd] 4]
destroy .m
set result
} {4}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/msgbox.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_messageBox" command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < < | | | | | | | | > > | > > | | | | > > | | | | < < | | > | > > > > > > > > | | > | | | > | | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < | | > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < | < | | < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < | | < | < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | > | < < | | < | < < | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "tk_messageBox" command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test msgbox-1.1 {tk_messageBox command} {
list [catch {tk_messageBox -foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}}
test msgbox-1.2 {tk_messageBox command} {
list [catch {tk_messageBox -foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-foo": must be -default, -detail, -icon, -message, -parent, -title, or -type}}
catch {tk_messageBox -foo bar} msg
regsub -all , $msg "" options
regsub \"-foo\" $options "" options
foreach option $options {
if {[string index $option 0] eq "-"} {
test msgbox-1.3$option {tk_messageBox command} -body {
tk_messageBox $option
} -returnCodes error -result "value for \"$option\" missing"
}
}
test msgbox-1.4 {tk_messageBox command} {
list [catch {tk_messageBox -default} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-default" missing}}
test msgbox-1.5 {tk_messageBox command} {
list [catch {tk_messageBox -type foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad -type value "foo": must be abortretryignore, ok, okcancel, retrycancel, yesno, or yesnocancel}}
proc createPlatformMsg {val} {
global tcl_platform
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} {
return "invalid default button \"$val\""
}
return "bad -default value \"$val\": must be abort, retry, ignore, ok, cancel, no, or yes"
}
test msgbox-1.6 {tk_messageBox command} {
list [catch {tk_messageBox -default 1.1} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [createPlatformMsg "1.1"]]
test msgbox-1.7 {tk_messageBox command} {
list [catch {tk_messageBox -default foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [createPlatformMsg "foo"]]
test msgbox-1.8 {tk_messageBox command} {
list [catch {tk_messageBox -type yesno -default 3} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [createPlatformMsg "3"]]
test msgbox-1.9 {tk_messageBox command} {
list [catch {tk_messageBox -icon foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad -icon value "foo": must be error, info, question, or warning}}
test msgbox-1.10 {tk_messageBox command} {
list [catch {tk_messageBox -parent foo.bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo.bar"}}
set isNative [expr {[info commands tk::MessageBox] == ""}]
proc ChooseMsg {parent btn} {
global isNative
if {!$isNative} {
after 100 SendEventToMsg $parent $btn mouse
}
}
proc ChooseMsgByKey {parent btn} {
global isNative
if {!$isNative} {
after 100 SendEventToMsg $parent $btn key
}
}
proc PressButton {btn} {
event generate $btn <Enter>
event generate $btn <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $btn <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc SendEventToMsg {parent btn type} {
if {$parent != "."} {
set w $parent.__tk__messagebox
} else {
set w .__tk__messagebox
}
if ![winfo ismapped $w.$btn] {
update
}
if {$type == "mouse"} {
PressButton $w.$btn
} else {
event generate $w <Enter>
focus $w
event generate $w.$btn <Enter>
event generate $w <KeyPress> -keysym Return
}
}
set parent .
set specs {
{"abortretryignore" MB_ABORTRETRYIGNORE 3 {"abort" "retry" "ignore"}}
{"ok" MB_OK 1 {"ok" }}
{"okcancel" MB_OKCANCEL 2 {"ok" "cancel" }}
{"retrycancel" MB_RETRYCANCEL 2 {"retry" "cancel" }}
{"yesno" MB_YESNO 2 {"yes" "no" }}
{"yesnocancel" MB_YESNOCANCEL 3 {"yes" "no" "cancel"}}
}
#
# Try out all combinations of (type) x (default button) and
# (type) x (icon).
#
set count 1
foreach spec $specs {
set type [lindex $spec 0]
set buttons [lindex $spec 3]
set button [lindex $buttons 0]
test msgbox-2.$count {tk_messageBox command} nonUnixUserInteraction {
ChooseMsg $parent $button
tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press $button" \
-type $type
} $button
incr count
foreach icon {warning error info question} {
test msgbox-2.$count {tk_messageBox command -icon option} \
nonUnixUserInteraction {
ChooseMsg $parent $button
tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press $button" \
-type $type -icon $icon
} $button
incr count
}
foreach button $buttons {
test msgbox-2.$count {tk_messageBox command} nonUnixUserInteraction {
ChooseMsg $parent $button
tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press $button" \
-type $type -default $button
} "$button"
incr count
}
}
# These tests will hang your test suite if they fail.
test msgbox-3.1 {tk_messageBox handles withdrawn parent} nonUnixUserInteraction {
wm withdraw .
ChooseMsg . "ok"
tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
-type ok -default ok
} "ok"
wm deiconify .
test msgbox-3.2 {tk_messageBox handles iconified parent} nonUnixUserInteraction {
wm iconify .
ChooseMsg . "ok"
tk_messageBox -title Hi -message "Please press ok" \
-type ok -default ok
} "ok"
wm deiconify .
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/obj.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test new object types in Tk. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | | | | | | | > | > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test new object types in Tk.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test obj-1.1 {TkGetPixelsFromObj} {
} {}
test obj-2.1 {FreePixelInternalRep} {
} {}
test obj-3.1 {DupPixelInternalRep} {
} {}
test obj-4.1 {SetPixelFromAny} {
} {}
deleteWindows
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/oldpack.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the old syntax of Tk's # "pack" command (before release 3.3). It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | | < < | < < | < < | < < < | | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | | < < | < < | < < | < < | | < | < | < | < | | < | < | | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | > | | > | > | | > | > | | > | > | | > | > | | < < > | < > | | > | > | | > | > | | < < > | < > | > > > > > > > > < < | < < | | > | > | | > | > | | > | > | | > | > | > > > > > > | < < < | > | | > | > | | > | > | | > | > | | > | > | | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the old syntax of Tk's
# "pack" command (before release 3.3). It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1991-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# First, test a single window packed in various ways in a parent
catch {destroy .pack}
frame .pack
place .pack -width 100 -height 100
frame .pack.red -width 10 -height 20
label .pack.red.l -text R -bd 2 -relief raised
place .pack.red.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
frame .pack.green -width 30 -height 40
label .pack.green.l -text G -bd 2 -relief raised
place .pack.green.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
frame .pack.blue -width 40 -height 40
label .pack.blue.l -text B -bd 2 -relief raised
place .pack.blue.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
frame .pack.violet -width 80 -height 20
label .pack.violet.l -text P -bd 2 -relief raised
place .pack.violet.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
test oldpack-1.1 {basic positioning} {
pack ap .pack .pack.red top
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+45+0
test oldpack-1.2 {basic positioning} {
pack append .pack .pack.red bottom
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+45+80
test oldpack-1.3 {basic positioning} {
pack append .pack .pack.red left
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+0+40
test oldpack-1.4 {basic positioning} {
pack append .pack .pack.red right
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+90+40
# Try adding padding around the window and make sure that the
# window gets a larger frame.
test oldpack-2.1 {padding} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {t padx 20}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+45+0
test oldpack-2.2 {padding} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {top pady 20}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+45+10
test oldpack-2.3 {padding} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {l padx 20}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+10+40
test oldpack-2.4 {padding} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {left pady 20}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+0+40
# Position the window at different positions in its frame to
# make sure they all work. Try two differenet frame locations,
# to make sure that frame offsets are being added in correctly.
test oldpack-3.1 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {b padx 20 pady 30}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+45+65
test oldpack-3.2 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 fr n}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+45+50
test oldpack-3.3 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 frame ne}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+90+50
test oldpack-3.4 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 frame e}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+90+65
test oldpack-3.5 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 frame se}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+90+80
test oldpack-3.6 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 frame s}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+45+80
test oldpack-3.7 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 frame sw}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+0+80
test oldpack-3.8 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 frame w}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+0+65
test oldpack-3.9 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 frame nw}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+0+50
test oldpack-3.10 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 frame c}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+45+65
test oldpack-3.11 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {r padx 20 pady 30}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+80+40
test oldpack-3.12 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 frame n}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+80+0
test oldpack-3.13 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 frame ne}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+90+0
test oldpack-3.14 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 frame e}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+90+40
test oldpack-3.15 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 frame se}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+90+80
test oldpack-3.16 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 frame s}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+80+80
test oldpack-3.17 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 frame sw}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+70+80
test oldpack-3.18 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 frame w}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+70+40
test oldpack-3.19 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 frame nw}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+70+0
test oldpack-3.20 {framing} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 frame center}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x20+80+40
# Try out various filling combinations in a couple of different
# frame locations.
test oldpack-4.1 {filling} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 fillx}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 100x20+0+65
test oldpack-4.2 {filling} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 filly}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x50+45+50
test oldpack-4.3 {filling} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {bottom padx 20 pady 30 fill}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 100x50+0+50
test oldpack-4.4 {filling} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 fillx}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 30x20+70+40
test oldpack-4.5 {filling} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 filly}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 10x100+80+0
test oldpack-4.6 {filling} {
pack append .pack .pack.red {right padx 20 pady 30 fill}
update
winfo geometry .pack.red
} 30x100+70+0
# Multiple windows: make sure that space is properly subtracted
# from the cavity as windows are positioned inwards from all
# different sides. Also make sure that windows get unmapped if
# there isn't enough space for them.
pack append .pack .pack.red top .pack.green top .pack.blue top \
.pack.violet top
update
test oldpack-5.1 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.red} 10x20+45+0
test oldpack-5.2 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.green} 30x40+35+20
test oldpack-5.3 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.blue} 40x40+30+60
test oldpack-5.4 {multiple windows} {winfo ismapped .pack.violet} 0
pack b .pack.blue .pack.violet top
update
test oldpack-5.5 {multiple windows} {winfo ismapped .pack.violet} 1
test oldpack-5.6 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.violet} 80x20+10+60
test oldpack-5.7 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.blue} 40x20+30+80
pack after .pack.blue .pack.red top
update
test oldpack-5.8 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.green} 30x40+35+0
test oldpack-5.9 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.violet} 80x20+10+40
test oldpack-5.10 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.blue} 40x40+30+60
test oldpack-5.11 {multiple windows} {winfo ismapped .pack.red} 0
pack before .pack.green .pack.red right .pack.blue left
update
test oldpack-5.12 {multiple windows} {winfo ismapped .pack.red} 1
test oldpack-5.13 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.red} 10x20+90+40
test oldpack-5.14 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.blue} 40x40+0+30
test oldpack-5.15 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.green} 30x40+50+0
test oldpack-5.16 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.violet} 50x20+40+40
pack append .pack .pack.violet left .pack.green bottom .pack.red bottom \
.pack.blue bottom
update
test oldpack-5.17 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.violet} 80x20+0+40
test oldpack-5.18 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.green} 20x40+80+60
test oldpack-5.19 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.red} 10x20+85+40
test oldpack-5.20 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.blue} 20x40+80+0
pack after .pack.blue .pack.blue top .pack.red right .pack.green right \
.pack.violet right
update
test oldpack-5.21 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.blue} 40x40+30+0
test oldpack-5.22 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.red} 10x20+90+60
test oldpack-5.23 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.green} 30x40+60+50
test oldpack-5.24 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.violet} 60x20+0+60
pack after .pack.blue .pack.red left .pack.green left .pack.violet left
update
test oldpack-5.25 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.blue} 40x40+30+0
test oldpack-5.26 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.red} 10x20+0+60
test oldpack-5.27 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.green} 30x40+10+50
test oldpack-5.28 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.violet} 60x20+40+60
pack append .pack .pack.violet left .pack.green left .pack.blue left \
.pack.red left
update
test oldpack-5.29 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.violet} 80x20+0+40
test oldpack-5.30 {multiple windows} {winfo geometry .pack.green} 20x40+80+30
test oldpack-5.31 {multiple windows} {winfo ismapped .pack.blue} 0
test oldpack-5.32 {multiple windows} {winfo ismapped .pack.red} 0
# Test the ability of the packer to propagate geometry information
# to its parent. Make sure it computes the parent's needs both in
# the direction of packing (width for "left" and "right" windows,
# for example), and perpendicular to the pack direction (height for
# "left" and "right" windows).
pack append .pack .pack.red top .pack.green top .pack.blue top \
.pack.violet top
update
test oldpack-6.1 {geometry propagation} {winfo reqwidth .pack} 80
test oldpack-6.2 {geometry propagation} {winfo reqheight .pack} 120
destroy .pack.violet
update
test oldpack-6.3 {geometry propagation} {winfo reqwidth .pack} 40
test oldpack-6.4 {geometry propagation} {winfo reqheight .pack} 100
frame .pack.violet -width 80 -height 20 -bg violet
label .pack.violet.l -text P -bd 2 -relief raised
place .pack.violet.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
pack append .pack .pack.red left .pack.green right .pack.blue bottom \
.pack.violet top
update
test oldpack-6.5 {geometry propagation} {winfo reqwidth .pack} 120
test oldpack-6.6 {geometry propagation} {winfo reqheight .pack} 60
pack append .pack .pack.violet top .pack.green top .pack.blue left \
.pack.red left
update
test oldpack-6.7 {geometry propagation} {winfo reqwidth .pack} 80
test oldpack-6.8 {geometry propagation} {winfo reqheight .pack} 100
# Test the "expand" option, and make sure space is evenly divided
# when several windows request expansion.
pack append .pack .pack.violet top .pack.green {left e} \
.pack.blue {left expand} .pack.red {left expand}
update
test oldpack-7.1 {multiple expanded windows} {
pack append .pack .pack.violet top .pack.green {left e} \
.pack.blue {left expand} .pack.red {left expand}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.green] [winfo geometry .pack.blue] \
[winfo geometry .pack.red]
} {30x40+3+40 40x40+39+40 10x20+86+50}
test oldpack-7.2 {multiple expanded windows} {
pack append .pack .pack.green left .pack.violet {bottom expand} \
.pack.blue {bottom expand} .pack.red {bottom expand}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.violet] [winfo geometry .pack.blue] \
[winfo geometry .pack.red]
} {70x20+30+77 40x40+45+30 10x20+60+3}
test oldpack-7.3 {multiple expanded windows} {
foreach i [winfo child .pack] {
pack unpack $i
}
pack append .pack .pack.green {left e fill} .pack.red {left expand fill} \
.pack.blue {top fill}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.green] [winfo geometry .pack.red] \
[winfo geometry .pack.blue]
} {40x100+0+0 20x100+40+0 40x40+60+0}
test oldpack-7.4 {multiple expanded windows} {
foreach i [winfo child .pack] {
pack unpack $i
}
pack append .pack .pack.red {top expand} .pack.violet {top expand} \
.pack.blue {right fill}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.red] [winfo geometry .pack.violet] \
[winfo geometry .pack.blue]
} {10x20+45+5 80x20+10+35 40x40+60+60}
test oldpack-7.5 {multiple expanded windows} {
foreach i [winfo child .pack] {
pack unpack $i
}
pack append .pack .pack.green {right frame s} .pack.red {top expand}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.green] [winfo geometry .pack.red]
} {30x40+70+60 10x20+30+40}
test oldpack-7.6 {multiple expanded windows} {
foreach i [winfo child .pack] {
pack unpack $i
}
pack append .pack .pack.violet {bottom frame e} .pack.red {right expand}
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.violet] [winfo geometry .pack.red]
} {80x20+20+80 10x20+45+30}
# Need more bizarre tests with combinations of expanded windows and
# windows in opposing directions! Also, include padding in expanded
# (and unexpanded) windows.
# Syntax errors on pack commands
test oldpack-8.1 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test oldpack-8.2 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}
test oldpack-8.3 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack gorp foo} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad option "gorp": must be configure, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}
test oldpack-8.4 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack a .pack} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad option "a": must be configure, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}
test oldpack-8.5 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack after foobar} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad window path name "foobar"}
test oldpack-8.6 {syntax errors} {
frame .pack.yellow -bg yellow
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack after .pack.yellow} msg]
destroy .pack.yellow
concat $result $msg
} {1 window ".pack.yellow" isn't packed}
test oldpack-8.7 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append foobar} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad window path name "foobar"}
test oldpack-8.8 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack before foobar} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad window path name "foobar"}
test oldpack-8.9 {syntax errors} {
frame .pack.yellow -bg yellow
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack before .pack.yellow} msg]
destroy .pack.yellow
concat $result $msg
} {1 window ".pack.yellow" isn't packed}
test oldpack-8.10 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack info .pack help} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 wrong # args: should be "pack info window"}
test oldpack-8.11 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack info foobar} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad window path name "foobar"}
test oldpack-8.12 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 wrong # args: window ".pack.blue" should be followed by options}
test oldpack-8.13 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append . .pack.blue top} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 can't pack .pack.blue inside .}
test oldpack-8.14 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue f} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad option "f": should be top, bottom, left, right, expand, fill, fillx, filly, padx, pady, or frame}
test oldpack-8.15 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue pad} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad option "pad": should be top, bottom, left, right, expand, fill, fillx, filly, padx, pady, or frame}
test oldpack-8.16 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue {frame south}} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad anchor "south": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}
test oldpack-8.17 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue {padx -2}} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad pad value "-2": must be positive screen distance}
test oldpack-8.18 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue {padx}} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 wrong # args: "padx" option must be followed by screen distance}
test oldpack-8.19 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue {pady -2}} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 bad pad value "-2": must be positive screen distance}
test oldpack-8.20 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue {pady}} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 wrong # args: "pady" option must be followed by screen distance}
test oldpack-8.21 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue "\{abc"} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 unmatched open brace in list}
test oldpack-8.22 {syntax errors} {
set msg ""
set result [catch {pack append .pack .pack.blue frame} msg]
concat $result $msg
} {1 wrong # args: "frame" option must be followed by anchor point}
# Test "pack info" command output.
test oldpack-9.1 {information output} {
pack append .pack .pack.blue {top fillx frame n} \
.pack.red {bottom filly frame s} .pack.green {left fill frame w} \
.pack.violet {right expand frame e}
list [pack slaves .pack] [pack info .pack.blue] [pack info .pack.red] \
[pack info .pack.green] [pack info .pack.violet]
} {{.pack.blue .pack.red .pack.green .pack.violet} {-in .pack -anchor n -expand 0 -fill x -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor s -expand 0 -fill y -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side bottom} {-in .pack -anchor w -expand 0 -fill both -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side left} {-in .pack -anchor e -expand 1 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side right}}
test oldpack-9.2 {information output} {
pack append .pack .pack.blue {padx 10 frame nw} \
.pack.red {pady 20 frame ne} .pack.green {frame se} \
.pack.violet {frame sw}
list [pack slaves .pack] [pack info .pack.blue] [pack info .pack.red] \
[pack info .pack.green] [pack info .pack.violet]
} {{.pack.blue .pack.red .pack.green .pack.violet} {-in .pack -anchor nw -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 5 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor ne -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 10 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor se -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor sw -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top}}
test oldpack-9.3 {information output} {
pack append .pack .pack.blue {frame center} .pack.red {frame center} \
.pack.green {frame c} .pack.violet {frame c}
list [pack slaves .pack] [pack info .pack.blue] [pack info .pack.red] \
[pack info .pack.green] [pack info .pack.violet]
} {{.pack.blue .pack.red .pack.green .pack.violet} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top}}
catch {destroy .pack}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/option.file3.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/option.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the option-handling facilities # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | > < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | | < < < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < < | < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > > | | | < | | < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | | | < | | | < | < | | < < < | | | | | < | > | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the option-handling facilities
# of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1991-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint appNameIsTktest [expr {[winfo name .] eq "tktest"}]
catch {destroy .op1}
catch {destroy .op2}
set appName [winfo name .]
# First, test basic retrievals, being sure to trigger all the various
# types of NodeElements (EXACT_LEAF_NAME, WILDCARD_NODE_CLASS, and
# everything in-between).
frame .op1 -class Class1
frame .op2 -class Class2
frame .op1.op3 -class Class1
frame .op1.op4 -class Class3
frame .op2.op5 -class Class2
frame .op1.op3.op6 -class Class4
option clear
option add *Color1 red
option add *x blue
option add *Class1.x yellow
option add $appName.op1.x green
option add *Class2.Color1 orange
option add $appName.op2.op5.Color2 purple
option add $appName.Class1.Class3.y brown
option add $appName*op6*Color2 black
option add $appName*Class1.op1.Color2 grey
test option-1.1 {basic option retrieval} {option get . x Color1} blue
test option-1.2 {basic option retrieval} {option get . y Color1} red
test option-1.3 {basic option retrieval} {option get . z Color1} red
test option-1.4 {basic option retrieval} {option get . x Color2} blue
test option-1.5 {basic option retrieval} {option get . y Color2} {}
test option-1.6 {basic option retrieval} {option get . z Color2} {}
test option-2.1 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1 x Color1} green
test option-2.2 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1 y Color1} red
test option-2.3 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1 z Color1} red
test option-2.4 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1 x Color2} green
test option-2.5 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1 y Color2} {}
test option-2.6 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1 z Color2} {}
test option-3.1 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3 x Color1} yellow
test option-3.2 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3 y Color1} red
test option-3.3 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3 z Color1} red
test option-3.4 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3 x Color2} yellow
test option-3.5 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3 y Color2} {}
test option-3.6 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3 z Color2} {}
test option-4.1 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3.op6 x Color1} blue
test option-4.2 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3.op6 y Color1} red
test option-4.3 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3.op6 z Color1} red
test option-4.4 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3.op6 x Color2} black
test option-4.5 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3.op6 y Color2} black
test option-4.6 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op3.op6 z Color2} black
test option-5.1 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op4 x Color1} blue
test option-5.2 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op4 y Color1} brown
test option-5.3 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op4 z Color1} red
test option-5.4 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op4 x Color2} blue
test option-5.5 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op4 y Color2} brown
test option-5.6 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op1.op4 z Color2} {}
test option-6.1 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2 x Color1} orange
test option-6.2 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2 y Color1} orange
test option-6.3 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2 z Color1} orange
test option-6.4 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2 x Color2} blue
test option-6.5 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2 y Color2} {}
test option-6.6 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2 z Color2} {}
test option-7.1 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2.op5 x Color1} orange
test option-7.2 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2.op5 y Color1} orange
test option-7.3 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2.op5 z Color1} orange
test option-7.4 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2.op5 x Color2} purple
test option-7.5 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2.op5 y Color2} purple
test option-7.6 {basic option retrieval} {option get .op2.op5 z Color2} purple
# Now try similar tests to above, except jump around non-hierarchically
# between windows to make sure that the option stacks are pushed and
# popped correctly.
option get . foo Foo
test option-8.1 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op2.op5 x Color1} orange
test option-8.2 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op2.op5 y Color1} orange
test option-8.3 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op2.op5 z Color1} orange
test option-8.4 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op2.op5 x Color2} purple
test option-8.5 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op2.op5 y Color2} purple
test option-8.6 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op2.op5 z Color2} purple
test option-9.1 {stack pushing/popping} {option get . x Color1} blue
test option-9.2 {stack pushing/popping} {option get . y Color1} red
test option-9.3 {stack pushing/popping} {option get . z Color1} red
test option-9.4 {stack pushing/popping} {option get . x Color2} blue
test option-9.5 {stack pushing/popping} {option get . y Color2} {}
test option-9.6 {stack pushing/popping} {option get . z Color2} {}
test option-10.1 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3.op6 x Color1} blue
test option-10.2 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3.op6 y Color1} red
test option-10.3 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3.op6 z Color1} red
test option-10.4 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3.op6 x Color2} black
test option-10.5 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3.op6 y Color2} black
test option-10.6 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3.op6 z Color2} black
test option-11.1 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3 x Color1} yellow
test option-11.2 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3 y Color1} red
test option-11.3 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3 z Color1} red
test option-11.4 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3 x Color2} yellow
test option-11.5 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3 y Color2} {}
test option-11.6 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1.op3 z Color2} {}
test option-12.1 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1 x Color1} green
test option-12.2 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1 y Color1} red
test option-12.3 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1 z Color1} red
test option-12.4 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1 x Color2} green
test option-12.5 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1 y Color2} {}
test option-12.6 {stack pushing/popping} {option get .op1 z Color2} {}
# Test the major priority levels (widgetDefault, etc.)
option add $appName.op1.a 100 100
option add $appName.op1.A interactive interactive
option add $appName.op1.b userDefault userDefault
option add $appName.op1.B startupFile startupFile
option add $appName.op1.c widgetDefault widgetDefault
option add $appName.op1.C 0 0
test option-13.1 {priority levels} {option get .op1 a A} 100
test option-13.2 {priority levels} {option get .op1 b A} interactive
test option-13.3 {priority levels} {option get .op1 b B} userDefault
test option-13.4 {priority levels} {option get .op1 c B} startupFile
test option-13.5 {priority levels} {option get .op1 c C} widgetDefault
option add $appName.op1.B file2 widget
test option-13.6 {priority levels} {option get .op1 c B} startupFile
option add $appName.op1.B file2 startupFile
test option-13.7 {priority levels} {option get .op1 c B} file2
# Test various error conditions
test option-14.1 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "option cmd arg ?arg ...?"}}
test option-14.2 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "x": must be add, clear, get, or readfile}}
test option-14.3 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option foo 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "foo": must be add, clear, get, or readfile}}
test option-14.4 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option add 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "option add pattern value ?priority?"}}
test option-14.5 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option add . a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "option add pattern value ?priority?"}}
test option-14.6 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option add . a -1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad priority level "-1": must be widgetDefault, startupFile, userDefault, interactive, or a number between 0 and 100}}
test option-14.7 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option add . a 101} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad priority level "101": must be widgetDefault, startupFile, userDefault, interactive, or a number between 0 and 100}}
test option-14.8 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option add . a gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad priority level "gorp": must be widgetDefault, startupFile, userDefault, interactive, or a number between 0 and 100}}
test option-14.9 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option get 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "option get window name class"}}
test option-14.10 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option get 3 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "option get window name class"}}
test option-14.11 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option get 3 4 5 6} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "option get window name class"}}
test option-14.12 {error conditions} {
list [catch {option get .gorp.gorp a A} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".gorp.gorp"}}
set option1 [file join [testsDirectory] option.file1]
set option2 [file join [testsDirectory] option.file2]
test option-15.1 {database files} {
list [catch {option read non-existent} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't open "non-existent": no such file or directory}}
option read $option1
test option-15.2 {database files} {option get . x1 color} blue
test option-15.3 {database files} appNameIsTktest {option get . x2 color} green
test option-15.4 {database files} {option get . x3 color} purple
test option-15.5 {database files} {option get . {x 4} color} brown
test option-15.6 {database files} {option get . x6 color} {}
test option-15.7 {database files} {option get . x9 color} " \t\\A\n"
test option-15.8 {database files} {
list [catch {option read $option1 widget foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "option readfile fileName ?priority?"}}
option add *x3 burgundy
catch {option read $option1 userDefault}
test option-15.9 {database files} {option get . x3 color} burgundy
test option-15.10 {database files} {
list [catch {option read $option2} msg] $msg
} {1 {missing colon on line 2}}
test option-16.1 {ReadOptionFile} {
set option3 [makeFile {} option.file3]
set file [open $option3 w]
fconfigure $file -translation crlf
puts $file "*x7: true\n*x8: false"
close $file
option read $option3 userDefault
set result [list [option get . x7 color] [option get . x8 color]]
removeFile $option3
set result
} {true false}
catch {destroy .op1}
catch {destroy .op2}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/pack.test.
|
| | | | | | < | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | < | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < < | < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | > | < | < < | | < | < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | > | < | < < | | < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | < | < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | > < < < | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | | | | > | | | | | | < < | | < < < < < | < < < | < < | > | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | | > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | > | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | < < | > | | | < | | | < | | | < | | < < < | | > > | | | | | < < < < < | | | < < | | | < | < < | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | | < < | > | < < | | | | | | < | < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < > | < < < < < < < < < < | > | | | | > < < < > | > | | | | | | < < > | | | < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | > < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "pack" command
# of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
# Utility procedures:
proc pack1 {args} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
eval pack .pack.a $args
pack .pack.b -expand yes -fill both
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b]
}
proc pack2 {args} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
eval pack .pack.a $args
update
winfo geometry .pack.a
}
proc pack3 {args} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side top
pack .pack.c -side left
eval pack .pack.b $args
update
winfo geometry .pack.b
}
proc pack4 {option value} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a $option $value
set i [pack info .pack.a]
lindex $i [expr [lsearch -exact $i $option]+1]
}
# Create some test windows.
catch {destroy .pack}
toplevel .pack
wm geom .pack 300x200+0+0
wm minsize .pack 1 1
update idletasks
foreach i {a b c d} {
frame .pack.$i
label .pack.$i.label -text $i -relief raised
place .pack.$i.label -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
}
.pack.a config -width 20 -height 40
.pack.b config -width 50 -height 30
.pack.c config -width 80 -height 80
.pack.d config -width 40 -height 30
test pack-1.1 {-side option} {
pack1 -side top
} {20x40+140+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-1.2 {-side option} {
pack1 -side bottom
} {20x40+140+160 300x160+0+0}
test pack-1.3 {-side option} {
pack1 -side left
} {20x40+0+80 280x200+20+0}
test pack-1.4 {-side option} {
pack1 -side right
} {20x40+280+80 280x200+0+0}
test pack-2.1 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -padx 20
} {20x40+260+80 240x200+0+0}
test pack-2.1.1 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -padx {10 30}
} {20x40+250+80 240x200+0+0}
test pack-2.1.2 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -padx {35 5}
} {20x40+275+80 240x200+0+0}
test pack-2.2 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipadx 20
} {60x40+240+80 240x200+0+0}
test pack-2.3 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipadx 5 -padx 10
} {30x40+260+80 250x200+0+0}
test pack-2.4 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -padx 20 -fill x
} {20x40+260+80 240x200+0+0}
test pack-2.4.1 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -padx {9 31} -fill x
} {20x40+249+80 240x200+0+0}
test pack-2.5 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipadx 20 -fill x
} {60x40+240+80 240x200+0+0}
test pack-2.6 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -fill x
} {30x40+260+80 250x200+0+0}
test pack-2.6.1 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipadx 5 -padx {5 15} -fill x
} {30x40+255+80 250x200+0+0}
test pack-2.7 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -padx 20
} {20x40+140+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.7.1 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -padx {0 40}
} {20x40+120+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.7.2 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -padx {31 9}
} {20x40+151+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.8 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipadx 20
} {60x40+120+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.9 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10
} {30x40+135+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.9.1 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx {5 15}
} {30x40+130+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.10 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -padx 20 -fill x
} {260x40+20+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.10.1 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -padx {25 15} -fill x
} {260x40+25+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.11 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipadx 20 -fill x
} {300x40+0+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.12 {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -fill x
} {280x40+10+0 300x160+0+40}
test pack-2.12a {x padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx {5 15} -fill x
} {280x40+5+0 300x160+0+40}
set pad [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
test pack-2.13 {x padding and filling} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -padx 1c
set x [pack info .pack.a]
lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -padx]+1]
} $pad
test pack-2.14 {x padding and filling} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -ipadx 1c
set x [pack info .pack.a]
lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipadx]+1]
} $pad
test pack-3.1 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -pady 20
} {20x40+280+80 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.1.1 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -pady {5 35}
} {20x40+280+65 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.1.2 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -pady {40 0}
} {20x40+280+100 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.2 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipady 20
} {20x80+280+60 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.3 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipady 5 -pady 10
} {20x50+280+75 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.3.1 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipady 5 -pady {5 15}
} {20x50+280+70 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.4 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -pady 20 -fill y
} {20x160+280+20 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.4.1 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -pady {35 5} -fill y
} {20x160+280+35 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.5 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipady 20 -fill y
} {20x200+280+0 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.6 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipady 5 -pady 10 -fill y
} {20x180+280+10 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.6.1 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side right -ipady 5 -pady {0 20} -fill y
} {20x180+280+0 280x200+0+0}
test pack-3.7 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -pady 20
} {20x40+140+20 300x120+0+80}
test pack-3.7.1 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -pady {40 0}
} {20x40+140+40 300x120+0+80}
test pack-3.8 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipady 20
} {20x80+140+0 300x120+0+80}
test pack-3.9 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipady 5 -pady 10
} {20x50+140+10 300x130+0+70}
test pack-3.9.1 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipady 5 -pady {3 17}
} {20x50+140+3 300x130+0+70}
test pack-3.10 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -pady 20 -fill y
} {20x40+140+20 300x120+0+80}
test pack-3.10.1 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -pady {39 1} -fill y
} {20x40+140+39 300x120+0+80}
test pack-3.11 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipady 20 -fill y
} {20x80+140+0 300x120+0+80}
test pack-3.12 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipady 5 -pady 10 -fill y
} {20x50+140+10 300x130+0+70}
test pack-3.12.1 {y padding and filling} {
pack1 -side top -ipady 5 -pady {1 19} -fill y
} {20x50+140+1 300x130+0+70}
set pad [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
test pack-3.13 {y padding and filling} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -pady 1c
set x [pack info .pack.a]
lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -pady]+1]
} $pad
test pack-3.14 {y padding and filling} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -ipady 1c
set x [pack info .pack.a]
lindex $x [expr [lsearch -exact $x -ipady]+1]
} $pad
test pack-4.1 {anchors} {
pack2 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor n
} {30x70+135+20}
test pack-4.2 {anchors} {
pack2 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor ne
} {30x70+260+20}
test pack-4.3 {anchors} {
pack2 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor e
} {30x70+260+65}
test pack-4.4 {anchors} {
pack2 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor se
} {30x70+260+110}
test pack-4.5 {anchors} {
pack2 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor s
} {30x70+135+110}
test pack-4.6 {anchors} {
pack2 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor sw
} {30x70+10+110}
test pack-4.7 {anchors} {
pack2 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor w
} {30x70+10+65}
test pack-4.8 {anchors} {
pack2 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor nw
} {30x70+10+20}
test pack-4.9 {anchors} {
pack2 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
} {30x70+135+65}
# Repeat above tests, but with a frame that isn't at (0,0), so that
# we can be sure that the frame offset is being added in correctly.
test pack-5.1 {more anchors} {
pack3 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor n
} {60x60+160+60}
test pack-5.2 {more anchors} {
pack3 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor ne
} {60x60+230+60}
test pack-5.3 {more anchors} {
pack3 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor e
} {60x60+230+90}
test pack-5.4 {more anchors} {
pack3 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor se
} {60x60+230+120}
test pack-5.5 {more anchors} {
pack3 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor s
} {60x60+160+120}
test pack-5.6 {more anchors} {
pack3 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor sw
} {60x60+90+120}
test pack-5.7 {more anchors} {
pack3 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor w
} {60x60+90+90}
test pack-5.8 {more anchors} {
pack3 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor nw
} {60x60+90+60}
test pack-5.9 {more anchors} {
pack3 -side top -ipadx 5 -padx 10 -ipady 15 -pady 20 -expand y -anchor center
} {60x60+160+90}
test pack-6.1 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {20x40+0+80 50x30+20+85 80x80+70+60 40x30+150+85}
test pack-6.2 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side left -expand yes
pack .pack.b -side left
pack .pack.c .pack.d -side left -expand 1
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {20x40+18+80 50x30+56+85 80x80+124+60 40x30+241+85}
test pack-6.3 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {20x40+140+0 50x30+125+40 80x80+110+70 40x30+130+150}
test pack-6.4 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side top -expand yes
pack .pack.b -side top
pack .pack.c .pack.d -side top -expand 1
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {20x40+140+3 50x30+125+46 80x80+110+79 40x30+130+166}
test pack-6.5 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side right
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {20x40+280+80 50x30+230+85 80x80+150+60 40x30+110+85}
test pack-6.6 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side right -expand yes
pack .pack.b -side right
pack .pack.c .pack.d -side right -expand 1
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {20x40+262+80 50x30+194+85 80x80+95+60 40x30+18+85}
test pack-6.7 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side bottom
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {20x40+140+160 50x30+125+130 80x80+110+50 40x30+130+20}
test pack-6.8 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side bottom -expand yes
pack .pack.b -side bottom
pack .pack.c .pack.d -side bottom -expand 1
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {20x40+140+157 50x30+125+124 80x80+110+40 40x30+130+3}
test pack-6.9 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side bottom -expand yes -fill both
pack .pack.b -side right
pack .pack.c -side top -expand 1 -fill both
pack .pack.d -side left
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {300x65+0+135 50x30+250+52 250x105+0+0 40x30+0+105}
test pack-6.10 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side left -expand yes -fill both
pack .pack.b -side top
pack .pack.c -side right -expand 1 -fill both
pack .pack.d -side bottom
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {100x200+0+0 50x30+175+0 160x170+140+30 40x30+100+170}
test pack-6.11 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side left -expand yes -fill both
pack .pack.b -side top -expand yes -fill both
pack .pack.c -side right -expand 1 -fill both
pack .pack.d -side bottom -expand yes -fill both
update
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo geometry .pack.d]
} {100x200+0+0 200x100+100+0 160x100+140+100 40x100+100+100}
catch {destroy .pack2}
toplevel .pack2 -height 400 -width 400
wm geometry .pack2 +0+0
pack propagate .pack2 0
pack forget .pack2.a .pack2.b .pack2.c .pack2.d
foreach i {w1 w2 w3} {
frame .pack2.$i -width 30 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
label .pack2.$i.l -text $i
place .pack2.$i.l -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
}
test pack-6.12 {-expand option} {
pack .pack2.w1 .pack2.w2 .pack2.w3 -padx 5 -ipadx 4 -pady 2 -ipady 6 -expand 1 -side left
update
list [winfo geometry .pack2.w1] [winfo geometry .pack2.w2] [winfo geometry .pack2.w3]
} {38x42+47+179 38x42+180+179 38x42+314+179}
test pack-6.13 {-expand option} {
pack forget .pack2.w1 .pack2.w2 .pack2.w3
pack .pack2.w1 .pack2.w2 .pack2.w3 -padx 5 -ipadx 4 -pady 2 \
-ipady 6 -expand 1 -side top
update
list [winfo geometry .pack2.w1] [winfo geometry .pack2.w2] [winfo geometry .pack2.w3]
} {38x42+181+45 38x42+181+178 38x42+181+312}
catch {destroy .pack2}
wm geometry .pack {}
test pack-7.1 {requesting size for parent} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side left -padx 5 -pady 10
update
list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} {230 100}
test pack-7.2 {requesting size for parent} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top -padx 5 -pady 10
update
list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} {90 260}
test pack-7.3 {requesting size for parent} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side right -padx 5 -pady 10
update
list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} {230 100}
test pack-7.4 {requesting size for parent} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side bottom -padx 5 -pady 10
update
list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} {90 260}
test pack-7.5 {requesting size for parent} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side top -padx 5 -pady 10
pack .pack.b -side right -padx 5 -pady 10
pack .pack.c -side bottom -padx 5 -pady 10
pack .pack.d -side left -padx 5 -pady 10
update
list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} {150 210}
test pack-7.6 {requesting size for parent} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side top
pack .pack.c -side left
pack .pack.d -side bottom
update
list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} {120 120}
test pack-7.7 {requesting size for parent} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side right
pack .pack.c -side bottom
pack .pack.d -side top
update
list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
} {100 110}
# For the tests below, create a couple of "pad" windows to shrink
# the available space for the remaining windows. The tests have to
# be done this way rather than shrinking the whole window, because
# some window managers like mwm won't let a top-level window get
# very small.
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
frame .pack.right -width 200 -height 10 -bd 2 -relief raised
frame .pack.bottom -width 10 -height 150 -bd 2 -relief raised
pack .pack.right -side right
pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c -side top
update
test pack-8.1 {insufficient space} {
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} {20x40+30+0 1 50x30+15+40 1 80x80+0+70 1}
wm geom .pack 270x250
update
test pack-8.2 {insufficient space} {
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} {20x40+25+0 1 50x30+10+40 1 70x30+0+70 1}
wm geom .pack 240x220
update
test pack-8.3 {insufficient space} {
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} {20x40+10+0 1 40x30+0+40 1 70x30+0+70 0}
wm geom .pack 350x350
update
test pack-8.4 {insufficient space} {
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} {20x40+65+0 1 50x30+50+40 1 80x80+35+70 1}
wm geom .pack {}
pack .pack.a -side left
pack .pack.b -side right
pack .pack.c -side left
update
test pack-8.5 {insufficient space} {
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} {20x40+0+20 1 50x30+100+25 1 80x80+20+0 1}
wm geom .pack 320x180
update
test pack-8.6 {insufficient space} {
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} {20x30+0+0 1 50x30+70+0 1 50x30+20+0 1}
wm geom .pack 250x180
update
test pack-8.7 {insufficient space} {
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} {20x30+0+0 1 30x30+20+0 1 50x30+20+0 0}
pack forget .pack.b
update
test pack-8.8 {insufficient space} {
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} {20x30+0+0 1 30x30+20+0 0 30x30+20+0 1}
pack .pack.b -side right -after .pack.a
wm geom .pack {}
update
test pack-8.9 {insufficient space} {
list [winfo geometry .pack.a] [winfo ismapped .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b] \
[winfo geometry .pack.c] [winfo ismapped .pack.c]
} {20x40+0+20 1 50x30+100+25 1 80x80+20+0 1}
pack forget .pack.right .pack.bottom
test pack-9.1 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
pack .pack.a -after .pack.b
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.b .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d}
test pack-9.2 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
pack .pack.a -after .pack.a
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d}
test pack-9.3 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
pack .pack.a -before .pack.d
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.b .pack.c .pack.a .pack.d}
test pack-9.4 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
pack .pack.d -before .pack.a
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.d .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c}
test pack-9.5 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
pack propagate .pack.c 0
pack .pack.a -in .pack.c
list [pack slaves .pack] [pack slaves .pack.c]
} {{.pack.b .pack.c .pack.d} .pack.a}
test pack-9.6 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
pack .pack.a -in .pack
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.b .pack.c .pack.d .pack.a}
test pack-9.7 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d -side top
pack .pack.a -padx 0
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d}
test pack-9.8 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c
pack .pack.d
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d}
test pack-9.9 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.b .pack.d .pack.c -before .pack.a
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.b .pack.d .pack.c .pack.a}
test pack-9.10 {window ordering} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b -after .pack.a
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.a .pack.c .pack.d .pack.b}
test pack-10.1 {retaining/clearing configuration state} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side bottom -anchor n -padx 1 -pady 2 -ipadx 3 -ipady 4 \
-fill both -expand 1
pack forget .pack.a
pack .pack.a
pack info .pack.a
} {-in .pack -anchor center -expand 0 -fill none -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 -side top}
test pack-10.2 {retaining/clearing configuration state} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side bottom -anchor n -padx 1 -pady 2 -ipadx 3 -ipady 4 \
-fill both -expand 1
pack .pack.a -pady 14
pack info .pack.a
} {-in .pack -anchor n -expand 1 -fill both -ipadx 3 -ipady 4 -padx 1 -pady 14 -side bottom}
test pack-10.3 {bad -in window does not change master} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [winfo manager .pack.a] \
[catch {pack .pack.a -in .pack.a} err] $err \
[winfo manager .pack.a]
} {{} 1 {can't pack .pack.a inside itself} {}}
test pack-11.1 {info option} {
pack4 -in .pack
} .pack
test pack-11.2 {info option} {
pack4 -anchor n
} n
test pack-11.3 {info option} {
pack4 -anchor sw
} sw
test pack-11.4 {info option} {
pack4 -expand yes
} 1
test pack-11.5 {info option} {
pack4 -expand no
} 0
test pack-11.6 {info option} {
pack4 -fill x
} x
test pack-11.7 {info option} {
pack4 -fill y
} y
test pack-11.8 {info option} {
pack4 -fill both
} both
test pack-11.9 {info option} {
pack4 -fill none
} none
test pack-11.10 {info option} {
pack4 -ipadx 14
} 14
test pack-11.11 {info option} {
pack4 -ipady 22
} 22
test pack-11.12 {info option} {
pack4 -padx 2
} 2
test pack-11.12.1 {info option} {
pack4 -padx {2 9}
} {2 9}
test pack-11.13 {info option} {
pack4 -pady 3
} 3
test pack-11.13.1 {info option} {
pack4 -pady {3 11}
} {3 11}
test pack-11.14 {info option} {
pack4 -side top
} top
test pack-11.15 {info option} {
pack4 -side bottom
} bottom
test pack-11.16 {info option} {
pack4 -side left
} left
test pack-11.17 {info option} {
pack4 -side right
} right
test pack-12.1 {command options and errors} {
list [catch {pack} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}}
test pack-12.2 {command options and errors} {
list [catch {pack foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}}
test pack-12.3 {command options and errors} {
list [catch {pack configure x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "x": must be name of window}}
test pack-12.4 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack configure .pack.b .pack.c
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.b .pack.c}
test pack-12.5 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".foo"}}
test pack-12.6 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't pack ".pack": it's a top-level window}}
test pack-12.7 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -after .foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".foo"}}
test pack-12.8 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -after .pack.b} msg] $msg
} {1 {window ".pack.b" isn't packed}}
test pack-12.9 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -anchor gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad anchor "gorp": must be n, ne, e, se, s, sw, w, nw, or center}}
test pack-12.10 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -before gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "gorp"}}
test pack-12.11 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -before .pack.b} msg] $msg
} {1 {window ".pack.b" isn't packed}}
test pack-12.12 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -expand "who cares?"} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected boolean value but got "who cares?"}}
test pack-12.13 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -fill z} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad fill style "z": must be none, x, y, or both}}
test pack-12.14 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -in z} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "z"}}
set pad [winfo pixels .pack 1c]
test pack-12.15 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -padx abc} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad pad value "abc": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.15.1 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -padx {5 abc}} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad 2nd pad value "abc": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.16 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -padx -1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad pad value "-1": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.16.1 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -padx {5 -1}} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad 2nd pad value "-1": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.17 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -pady abc} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad pad value "abc": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.17.1 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -pady {0 abc}} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad 2nd pad value "abc": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.18 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -pady -1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad pad value "-1": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.18.1 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -pady {0 -1}} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad 2nd pad value "-1": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.19 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -ipadx abc} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipadx value "abc": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.20 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -ipadx -1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipadx value "-1": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.20.1 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -ipadx {5 5}} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipadx value "5 5": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.21 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -ipady abc} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipady value "abc": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.22 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -ipady -1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipady value "-1": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.22.1 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -ipady {5 5}} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad ipady value "5 5": must be positive screen distance}}
test pack-12.23 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -side bac} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad side "bac": must be top, bottom, left, or right}}
test pack-12.24 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -lousy bac} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-lousy": must be -after, -anchor, -before, -expand, -fill, -in, -ipadx, -ipady, -padx, -pady, or -side}}
test pack-12.25 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -padx} msg] $msg
} {1 {extra option "-padx" (option with no value?)}}
test pack-12.26 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a ? 22} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "?": must be -after, -anchor, -before, -expand, -fill, -in, -ipadx, -ipady, -padx, -pady, or -side}}
test pack-12.27 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -in .} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't pack .pack.a inside .}}
test pack-12.28 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
frame .pack.a.a
list [catch {pack .pack.a.a -in .pack.b} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't pack .pack.a.a inside .pack.b}}
test pack-12.29 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack .pack.a -in .pack.a} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't pack .pack.a inside itself}}
test pack-12.30 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack forget .pack.a .pack.d
pack slaves .pack
} {.pack.b .pack.c}
test pack-12.31 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
.pack configure -width 300 -height 200
pack propagate .pack 0
pack .pack.a
update
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]]
pack propagate .pack 1
update
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .pack] [winfo reqheight .pack]
set result
} {300 200 20 40}
test pack-12.32 {command options and errors} {
set result [pack propagate .pack.d]
pack propagate .pack.d 0
lappend result [pack propagate .pack.d]
pack propagate .pack.d 1
lappend result [pack propagate .pack.d]
set result
} {1 0 1}
test pack-12.33 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack propagate .dum} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".dum"}}
test pack-12.34 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack propagate .pack foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected boolean value but got "foo"}}
test pack-12.35 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack propagate .pack foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "pack propagate window ?boolean?"}}
test pack-12.36 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack slaves} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "pack option arg ?arg ...?"}}
test pack-12.37 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack slaves a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "pack slaves window"}}
test pack-12.38 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack slaves .x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".x"}}
test pack-12.39 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack slaves .pack.a} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test pack-12.40 {command options and errors} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
list [catch {pack lousy .pack} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "lousy": must be configure, forget, info, propagate, or slaves}}
pack .pack.right -side right
pack .pack.bottom -side bottom
test pack-13.1 {window deletion} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a .pack.d .pack.b .pack.c -side top
update
destroy .pack.d
update
set result [list [pack slaves .pack] [winfo geometry .pack.a] \
[winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo geometry .pack.c]]
} {{.pack.right .pack.bottom .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c} 20x40+30+0 50x30+15+40 80x80+0+70}
test pack-14.1 {respond to changes in expansion} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
wm geom .pack {}
pack .pack.a
update
set result [winfo geom .pack.a]
wm geom .pack 400x300
update
lappend result [winfo geom .pack.a]
pack .pack.a -expand true -fill both
update
lappend result [winfo geom .pack.a]
} {20x40+0+0 20x40+90+0 200x150+0+0}
wm geom .pack {}
test pack-15.1 {managing geometry with -in option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side top
frame .pack.f
lower .pack.f
pack .pack.f -side top
frame .pack.f.f2
lower .pack.f.f2
pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
update
set result [winfo geom .pack.b]
pack unpack .pack.a
update
lappend result [winfo geom .pack.b]
} {50x30+0+40 50x30+0+0}
catch {destroy .pack.f}
test pack-15.2 {managing geometry with -in option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
frame .pack.f
lower .pack.f
pack .pack.a -in .pack.f -side top
update
set result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
place .pack.f -x 30 -y 45
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.a]
place forget .pack.f
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
} {0 1 20x40+30+45 0}
catch {destroy .pack.f}
test pack-15.3 {managing geometry with -in option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a -side top
frame .pack.f
lower .pack.f
pack .pack.f -side top
frame .pack.f.f2
lower .pack.f.f2
pack .pack.f.f2 -side top
pack .pack.b -in .pack.f.f2
update
set result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
pack unpack .pack.f
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} {1 0}
catch {destroy .pack.f}
test pack-15.4 {managing geometry with -in option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
foreach i {1 2} {
frame .pack.f$i -width 100 -height 40 -bd 2 -relief raised
lower .pack.f$i
pack propagate .pack.f$i 0
pack .pack.f$i -side top
}
pack .pack.b -in .pack.f1 -side right
update
set result {}
lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
pack .pack.b -in .pack.f2 -side bottom
update
lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
.pack.f1 configure -width 50 -height 20
update
lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
pack forget .pack.b
update
lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} {50x30+48+5 1 50x30+25+48 1 50x30+25+28 1 50x30+25+28 0}
catch {destroy .pack.f1 .pack.f2}
test pack-15.5 {managing geometry with -in option} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
foreach i {1 2} {
frame .pack.f$i -width 100 -height 20 -bd 2 -relief raised
lower .pack.f$i
pack propagate .pack.f$i 0
pack .pack.f$i -side top
}
pack .pack.b -in .pack.f2 -side top
update
set result {}
lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
pack .pack.a -before .pack.b -side top
update
lappend result [winfo geometry .pack.b] [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} {50x16+25+22 1 50x16+25+22 0}
catch {destroy .pack.f1 .pack.f2}
test pack-16.1 {geometry manager name} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
set result {}
lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
pack .pack.a
lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
pack forget .pack.a
lappend result [winfo manager .pack.a]
} {{} pack {}}
test pack-17.1 {PackLostSlaveProc procedure} {
pack forget .pack.a .pack.b .pack.c .pack.d
pack .pack.a
update
place .pack.a -x 40 -y 10
update
list [winfo manager .pack.a] [winfo geometry .pack.a] \
[catch {pack info .pack.a} msg] $msg
} {place 20x40+40+10 1 {window ".pack.a" isn't packed}}
test pack-18.1 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} {tempNotPc failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
# adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
# that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
# as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).
wm geometry .pack +100+100
# On the PC, when the width/height is configured while the window is
# unmapped, the changes don't take effect until the window is remapped.
# Who knows why?
eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
frame .pack.a -width 100 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
pack .pack.a
update
set result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
wm iconify .pack
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
.pack.a configure -width 200 -height 75
update
lappend result [winfo width .pack.a ] [winfo height .pack.a] \
[winfo ismapped .pack.a]
wm deiconify .pack
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.a]
} {1 0 200 75 0 1}
test pack-18.2 {unmap slaves when master unmapped} {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
# adjust the position of .pack before test to avoid a screen switch
# that occurs with window managers that have desktops four times as big
# as the screen (screen switch causes scale and other tests to fail).
wm geometry .pack +100+100
eval destroy [winfo child .pack]
frame .pack.a -relief raised -bd 2
frame .pack.b -width 70 -height 30 -relief sunken -bd 2
pack .pack.a
pack .pack.b -in .pack.a
update
set result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
wm iconify .pack
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
.pack.b configure -width 100 -height 30
update
lappend result [winfo width .pack.b ] [winfo height .pack.b] \
[winfo ismapped .pack.b]
wm deiconify .pack
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pack.b]
} {1 0 100 30 0 1}
test pack-19.1 {test respect for internalborder} {
catch {eval pack forget [pack slaves .pack]}
destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
wm geometry .pack 200x200
frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
frame .pack.lf.f
pack .pack.lf.f -fill both -expand 1
update
set res [list [winfo geometry .pack.lf.f]]
.pack.lf configure -labelanchor e -padx 3 -pady 5
update
lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf.f]
destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
set res
} {196x188+2+10 177x186+5+7}
test pack-19.2 {test support for minreqsize} {
catch {eval pack forget [pack slaves .pack]}
destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
wm geometry .pack {}
frame .pack.l -width 150 -height 100
labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
frame .pack.lf.f -width 20 -height 25
pack .pack.lf.f
update
set res [list [winfo geometry .pack.lf]]
.pack.lf configure -labelanchor ws
update
lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf]
destroy .pack.l .pack.lf
set res
} {162x127+0+0 172x112+0+0}
destroy .pack
foreach i {pack1 pack2 pack3 pack4} {
rename $i {}
}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/packgrid.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/panedwindow.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < > | > > > | > | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < | < < | < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < | < | < < < | < < > < < < | | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < | < | < | | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < > > > | | | | < < | | | < | < < | < | > | | < < | < | > | < | < < | < | > | | < < | > > > > < < < < < < | < | > | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | > > > > > > > | | > | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < > | | | < > | > | | < < > | | < > | > | | < < > | | < > | > | < | < < | < | > | | < < | | | | | < < | < | > | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | < | < < | < | > | | < < < < < | > > > | | < < | < | > | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | < | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | < | < < | < | > | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | > < < | < < | | < | < < | | < | | > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < | | | < | < < | | < | | | < | > | | < | > < < | | < < > < < | | < | | | | | < | | > | > | < | | > | > | < < | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | | < | | | < | < < < > > | < < | | < < < > > | < < | | < < | | > | < < | | < < > | < < | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < | | | | | < < | > | | < < | > | | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | > | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < < < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | < | < < | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < | | < < | | | > | > | > | | < < | | | > | > | > | | < < | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | | > | > | > | | < < | | | > | > | > | < | < < | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | > > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > | | | > | > | > | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | < | < < < | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | | > | > | > | | < < | | | > | > | > | | < < | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | > | > | > | | < < | | | > | > | > | | < < | | | > | > | > | < | < < | | | | < | < < | | | | < | < < | | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | | < | | > > > > > | | | | | | > | | < | > > > | < < | | | | > | | | < | > > > | < < | | | | | | | | < | > > > > | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | > > | < > | > | < < | | | | | | | | | | < | > > > | < < | | | | | | | | | < | > > > | < < | | | | | | | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | > | < < | | < | | | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | > | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | > | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | | | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | | | | < | | | | < < | < < | < < | < | > | | < < | < | > | | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | > | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | > | < < | | | < < > | | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | < | | > | < | > | < | > | < | | > | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | > | < | | | < < | | | < | < < | | | | < < < < | < | < < | | < | > | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | > | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | < | > | | < < | < | > | | | > < | < < | | | < < | | < | > | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | | | | < < | | < | > | < < | | < | > | < < | | < < < | | > | | | | | < < | | < < < | | > | | | | | < < | | | | < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < | | | | < < | > | < | > | | < < | > | < | | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test entry widgets in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
set i 1
panedwindow .p
foreach {testName testData} {
panedwindow-1.1 {-background
"#ff0000" "#ff0000" non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
panedwindow-1.2 {-bd
4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1.3 {-bg
"#ff0000" "#ff0000" non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
panedwindow-1.4 {-borderwidth
1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1.5 {-cursor
arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1.6 {-handlesize
20 20 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1.7 {-height
20 20 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1.8 {-opaqueresize
true 1 foo {expected boolean value but got "foo"}}
panedwindow-1.9 {-proxybackground
"#f0a0a0" "#f0a0a0" non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
panedwindow-1.10 {-proxyborderwidth
1.3 1.3 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1.11 {-proxyrelief
groove groove
1.5 {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
panedwindow-1.12 {-orient
horizontal horizontal
badValue {bad orient "badValue": must be horizontal or vertical}}
panedwindow-1.13 {-relief
groove groove
1.5 {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
panedwindow-1.14 {-sashcursor
arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1.15 {-sashpad
1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1.16 {-sashrelief
groove groove
1.5 {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
panedwindow-1.17 {-sashwidth
10 10 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1.18 {-showhandle
true 1 foo {expected boolean value but got "foo"}}
panedwindow-1.19 {-width
402 402 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
} {
lassign $testData optionName goodIn goodOut badIn badOut
test ${testName}(good) "configuration options: $optionName" {
.p configure $optionName $goodIn
list [lindex [.p configure $optionName] 4] [.p cget $optionName]
} [list $goodOut $goodOut]
test ${testName}(bad) "configuration options: $optionName" -body {
.p configure $optionName $badIn
} -returnCodes error -result $badOut
# Reset to default
.p configure $optionName [lindex [.p configure $optionName] 3]
}
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
foreach {testName testData} {
panedwindow-1a.1 {-after .c .c badValue {bad window path name "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1a.2 {-before .c .c badValue {bad window path name "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1a.3 {-height 10 10 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1a.4 {-hide false 0 foo {expected boolean value but got "foo"}}
panedwindow-1a.5 {-minsize 10 10 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1a.6 {-padx 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1a.7 {-pady 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
panedwindow-1a.8 {-sticky nsew nesw abcd {bad stickyness value "abcd": must be a string containing zero or more of n, e, s, and w}}
panedwindow-1a.9 {-stretch alw always foo {bad stretch "foo": must be always, first, last, middle, or never}}
panedwindow-1a.10 {-width 10 10 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
} {
lassign $testData optionName goodIn goodOut badIn badOut
test ${testName}(good) "configuration options: $optionName" {
.p paneconfigure .b $optionName $goodIn
list [lindex [.p paneconfigure .b $optionName] 4] \
[.p panecget .b $optionName]
} [list $goodOut $goodOut]
test ${testName}(bad) "configuration options: $optionName" -body {
.p paneconfigure .b $optionName $badIn
} -returnCodes error -result $badOut
# Reset to default
.p paneconfig .b $optionName [lindex [.p paneconfig .b $optionName] 3]
}
destroy .p .b .c
test panedwindow-2.1 {panedwindow widget command} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p foo} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} {1 {bad command "foo": must be add, cget, configure, forget, identify, panecget, paneconfigure, panes, proxy, or sash}}
test panedwindow-3.1 {panedwindow panes subcommand} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
set result [list [.p panes]]
.p forget .b
lappend result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list [list .b .c] [list .c]]
test panedwindow-4.1 {forget subcommand} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p forget} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \".p forget widget ?widget ...?\""]
test panedwindow-4.2 {forget subcommand, forget one from start} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
set result [list [.p panes]]
.p forget .b
lappend result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list {.b .c} .c]
test panedwindow-4.3 {forget subcommand, forget one from end} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
.p add [button .d]
set result [list [.p panes]]
.p forget .d
update
lappend result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b .c .d
set result
} [list {.b .c .d} {.b .c}]
test panedwindow-4.4 {forget subcommand, forget multiple} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
.p add [button .d]
set result [list [.p panes]]
.p forget .b .c
update
lappend result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b .c .d
set result
} [list {.b .c .d} .d]
test panedwindow-4.5 {forget subcommand, panes are unmapped} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo ismapped .b] [winfo ismapped .c]]
.p forget .b
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .b] [winfo ismapped .c]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list 1 1 0 1]
test panedwindow-4.6 {forget subcommand, changes reqsize of panedwindow} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .g -width 20 -height 20]
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p]]
.p forget .f
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
destroy .p .f .g
set result
} [list 44 20]
test panedwindow-5.1 {sash subcommand} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \".p sash option ?arg ...?\""]
test panedwindow-5.2 {sash subcommand} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash foo} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "bad option \"foo\": must be coord, dragto, mark, or place"]
test panedwindow-6.1 {sash coord subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash coord} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \".p sash coord index\""]
test panedwindow-6.2 {sash coord subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
set result [list [catch {.p sash coord 0} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-6.3 {sash coord subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash coord foo} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"foo\""]
test panedwindow-6.4 {sash coord subcommand sashes correctly placed} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f3 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p sash coord 0]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2 .p.f3
set result
} [list 22 0]
test panedwindow-6.5 {sash coord subcommand sashes correctly placed} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f3 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p sash coord 1]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2 .p.f3
set result
} [list 50 0]
test panedwindow-6.6 {sash coord subcommand, sashes correctly placed} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4 -orient vertical \
-showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f3 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p sash coord 0]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2 .p.f3
set result
} [list 0 22]
test panedwindow-6.7 {sash coord subcommand, sashes correctly placed} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4 -orient vertical \
-showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .p.f3 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p sash coord 1]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2 .p.f3
set result
} [list 0 50]
test panedwindow-6.8 {sash coord subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list \
[catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 0} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 1} msg] $msg \
]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-6.9 {sash coord subcommand, errors} {
# There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
panedwindow .p
.p add [frame .p.f]
set result [list \
[catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 0} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 1} msg] $msg \
]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-6.10 {sash coord subcommand, errors} {
# There are no sashes until you have 2 panes
panedwindow .p
.p add [frame .p.f] [frame .p.f2]
set result [list \
[catch {.p sash coord -1} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 0} msg] \
[catch {.p sash coord 1} msg] $msg \
[catch {.p sash coord 2} msg] $msg \
]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "invalid sash index" 0 1 "invalid sash index" 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-8.1 {sash mark subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash mark} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \".p sash mark index ?x y?\""]
test panedwindow-8.2 {sash mark subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash mark foo} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"foo\""]
test panedwindow-8.3 {sash mark subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash mark 0 foo bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-8.4 {sash mark subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
set result [list [catch {.p sash mark 0 foo bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"foo\""]
test panedwindow-8.5 {sash mark subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
set result [list [catch {.p sash mark 0 0 bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"bar\""]
test panedwindow-8.6 {sash mark subcommand, mark defaults to 0 0} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
set result [.p sash mark 0]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-8.7 {sash mark subcommand, set mark} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p sash mark 0 10 10
set result [.p sash mark 0]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list 10 10]
test panedwindow-9.1 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash dragto} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \".p sash dragto index x y\""]
test panedwindow-9.2 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash dragto foo bar baz} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"foo\""]
test panedwindow-9.3 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash dragto 0 foo bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-9.4 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
set result [list [catch {.p sash dragto 0 foo bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"foo\""]
test panedwindow-9.5 {sash dragto subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
set result [list [catch {.p sash dragto 0 0 bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"bar\""]
test panedwindow-10.1 {sash mark/sash dragto interaction} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c -text foobar]
.p sash mark 0 10 10
.p sash dragto 0 20 10
set result [.p sash coord 0]
destroy .p .f .c
set result
} [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-10.2 {sash mark/sash dragto interaction} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -orient vertical \
-showhandle false
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] [button .p.c -text foobar]
.p sash mark 0 10 10
.p sash dragto 0 10 20
set result [.p sash coord 0]
destroy .p .p.f .p.c
set result
} [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-10.3 {sash mark/sash dragto, respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c] -minsize 15
.p sash mark 0 20 10
.p sash dragto 0 10 10
set result [.p sash coord 0]
destroy .p .f .c
set result
} [list 15 0]
test panedwindow-11.1 {sash place subcommand, errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p sash place} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \".p sash place index x y\""]
test panedwindow-11.2 {sash place subcommand, errors} {
destroy .p
panedwindow .p
list [catch {.p sash place foo bar baz} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"foo\""]
test panedwindow-11.3 {sash place subcommand, errors} {
destroy .p
panedwindow .p
list [catch {.p sash place 0 foo bar} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "invalid sash index"]
test panedwindow-11.4 {sash place subcommand, errors} {
destroy .p .b .c
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
list [catch {.p sash place 0 foo bar} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"foo\""]
test panedwindow-11.5 {sash place subcommand, errors} {
destroy .p .f .c .b
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
list [catch {.p sash place 0 0 bar} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"bar\""]
test panedwindow-11.6 {sash place subcommand, moves sash} {
destroy .p .f .c .b
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c]
.p sash place 0 10 0
.p sash coord 0
} [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-11.7 {sash place subcommand, moves sash} {
destroy .p .f .c
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c]
.p sash place 0 0 10
.p sash coord 0
} [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-11.8 {sash place subcommand, respects minsize} {
destroy .p .f .c
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c] -minsize 15
.p sash place 0 10 0
.p sash coord 0
} [list 15 0]
test panedwindow-11.9 {sash place subcommand, respects minsize} {
destroy .p .f .c
panedwindow .p
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg pink]
list [catch {.p sash place 0 2 0} msg] $msg
} [list 1 {invalid sash index}]
test panedwindow-12.1 {moving sash changes size of pane to left} {
destroy .p .f .c
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 -showhandle false
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c -text foobar] -sticky nsew
.p sash place 0 30 0
pack .p
update
winfo width .f
} 30
test panedwindow-12.2 {moving sash changes size of pane to right} {
destroy .p .f .f2
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo width .f2]
.p sash place 0 30 0
update
lappend result [winfo width .f2]
} {20 10}
test panedwindow-12.3 {moving sash does not change reqsize of panedwindow} {
destroy .p .f .f2
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20]
.p sash place 0 30 0
winfo reqwidth .p
} 44
test panedwindow-12.4 {moving sash changes size of pane above} {
destroy .p .f .c
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 10] [button .c -text foobar] -sticky nsew
.p sash place 0 0 20
pack .p
update
set result [winfo height .f]
destroy .p .f .c
set result
} 20
test panedwindow-12.5 {moving sash changes size of pane below} {
destroy .p .f .f2
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 10] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 10]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo height .f2]
.p sash place 0 0 15
update
lappend result [winfo height .f2]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {10 5}
test panedwindow-12.6 {moving sash does not change reqsize of panedwindow} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 10] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 10]
set result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p sash place 0 0 20
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} [list 24 24]
test panedwindow-12.7 {moving sash does not alter reqsize of widget} {
destroy .p .f .f2
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 10] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 10]
set result [winfo reqheight .f]
.p sash place 0 0 20
lappend result [winfo reqheight .f]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} [list 10 10]
test panedwindow-12.8 {moving sash restricted to minsize} {
destroy .p .f .c
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20] [button .c] -minsize 15
.p sash place 0 10 0
pack .p
update
set result [winfo width .f]
destroy .p .f .c
set result
} 15
test panedwindow-12.10 {moving sash restricted to minsize} {
destroy .p .f .c
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [button .c] -minsize 10
.p sash place 0 0 5
pack .p
update
set result [winfo height .f]
destroy .p .f .c
set result
} 10
test panedwindow-12.12 {moving sash in unmapped window restricted to reqsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [list [.p sash coord 0]]
.p sash place 0 100 0
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} [list {20 0} {40 0}]
test panedwindow-12.13 {moving sash right pushes other sashes} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
.p sash place 0 80 0
set result [list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]]
destroy .p .f .f2 .f3
set result
} {{60 0} {64 0}}
test panedwindow-12.14 {moving sash left pushes other sashes} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
.p sash place 1 0 0
set result [list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]]
destroy .p .f .f2 .f3
set result
} {{0 0} {4 0}}
test panedwindow-12.15 {move sash in mapped window restricted to visible win} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
place .p -width 50
update
.p sash place 1 100 0
update
set result [.p sash coord 1]
destroy .p .f .f2 .f3
set result
} {46 0}
test panedwindow-12.16 {move sash in mapped window restricted to visible win} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
place .p -width 100
update
.p sash place 1 200 0
update
set result [.p sash coord 1]
destroy .p .f .f2 .f3
set result
} {96 0}
test panedwindow-12.17 {moving sash into "virtual" space on \
last pane increases reqsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 30] [frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -width 20 -height 30]
place .p -width 100
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
update
.p sash place 1 200 0
update
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
destroy .p .f .f2 .f3
set result
} {68 100}
test panedwindow-13.1 {horizontal panedwindow lays out widgets properly} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 2
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2 .p.f3} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 10]}
pack .p
update
set result {}
foreach w [.p panes] {lappend result [winfo x $w] [winfo y $w]}
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2 .p.f3
set result
} [list 2 2 28 2 54 2]
test panedwindow-13.2 {vertical panedwindow lays out widgets properly} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2 .p.f3} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 10]}
pack .p
update
set result {}
foreach w [.p panes] {lappend result [winfo x $w] [winfo y $w]}
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2 .p.f3
set result
} [list 2 2 2 18 2 34]
test panedwindow-13.3 {horizontal panedwindow lays out widgets properly} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
foreach {win color} {.p.f blue .p.f2 green} {
.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20 -bg $color] -padx 10 -pady 5 \
-sticky ""
}
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {lappend result [winfo x $win] [winfo y $win]}
.p paneconfigure .p.f -padx 0 -pady 0
update
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {lappend result [winfo x $win] [winfo y $win]}
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2
set result
} [list 80 30 10 5 50 5 60 30 0 5 30 5]
test panedwindow-13.4 {vertical panedwindow lays out widgets properly} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0 \
-orient vertical
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {
.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20] -padx 10 -pady 5 -sticky ""
}
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {lappend result [winfo x $win] [winfo y $win]}
.p paneconfigure .p.f -padx 0 -pady 0
update
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {lappend result [winfo x $win] [winfo y $win]}
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2
set result
} [list 40 60 10 5 10 35 40 50 10 0 10 25]
test panedwindow-13.5 {panedwindow respects reqsize of panes when possible} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] -sticky ""
place .p -width 40
update
set result [list [winfo width .p.f]]
.p.f configure -width 30
update
lappend result [winfo width .p.f]
destroy .p .p.f
set result
} [list 20 30]
test panedwindow-13.6 {panedwindow takes explicit widget width over reqwidth} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] -width 20 -sticky ""
place .p -width 40
update
set result [list [winfo width .p.f]]
.p.f configure -width 30
update
lappend result [winfo width .p.f]
destroy .p .p.f
set result
} [list 20 20]
test panedwindow-13.7 {horizontal panedwindow reqheight is max slave height} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p.f config -height 40
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2
set result
} {20 40}
test panedwindow-13.8 {horizontal panedwindow reqheight is max slave height} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20]}
.p paneconfigure .p.f -height 15
set result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p.f config -height 40
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2
set result
} {20 20}
test panedwindow-13.9 {panedwindow pane width overrides widget width} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20]}
.p sash place 0 10 0
pack .p
update
set result [winfo width .p.f]
.p paneconfigure .p.f -width 30
lappend result [winfo width .p.f]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2
set result
} [list 10 10]
test panedwindow-13.10 {panedwindow respects reqsize of panes when possible} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] -sticky ""
place .p -height 40
update
set result [list [winfo height .p.f]]
.p.f configure -height 30
update
lappend result [winfo height .p.f]
destroy .p .p.f
set result
} [list 20 30]
test panedwindow-13.11 {panedwindow takes explicit height over reqheight} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] -height 20 -sticky ""
place .p -height 40
update
set result [list [winfo height .p.f]]
.p.f configure -height 30
update
lappend result [winfo height .p.f]
destroy .p .p.f
set result
} [list 20 20]
test panedwindow-13.12 {vertical panedwindow reqwidth is max slave width} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20] [frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 20]
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p.f config -width 40
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2
set result
} {20 40}
test panedwindow-13.13 {vertical panedwindow reqwidth is max slave width} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20]}
.p paneconfigure .p.f -width 15
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p.f config -width 40
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2
set result
} {20 20}
test panedwindow-13.14 {panedwindow pane height overrides widget width} {
destroy .p
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 4 \
-orient vertical
foreach win {.p.f .p.f2} {.p add [frame $win -width 20 -height 20]}
.p sash place 0 0 10
pack .p
update
set result [winfo height .p.f]
.p paneconfigure .p.f -height 30
lappend result [winfo height .p.f]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 10 10]
test panedwindow-14.1 {PanestructureProc, widget yields managements} {
# Check that the panedwindow correctly yields geometry management of
# a slave when the slave is destroyed.
# This test should not cause a core dump, and it should not cause
# a memory leak.
destroy .p .b
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
destroy .p
pack .b
destroy .b
set result ""
} ""
test panedwindow-14.2 {PanedWindowLostSlaveProc, widget yields management} {
# Check that the paned window correctly yields geometry management of
# a slave when some other geometry manager steals the slave from us.
# This test should not cause a core dump, and it should not cause a
# memory leak.
destroy .p .b
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
pack .p
update
pack .b
update
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b
set result
} {}
set stickysets [list n s e w sn ns en ne wn nw esn nse nsw nsew ""]
set stickygets [list n s e w ns ns ne ne nw nw nes nes nsw nesw ""]
set i 0
foreach s $stickysets g $stickygets {
test panedwindow-15.[incr i] {panedwindow sticky settings} {
destroy .p .b
panedwindow .p -showhandle false
.p add [button .b]
.p paneconfigure .b -sticky $s
set result [.p panecget .b -sticky]
destroy .p .b
set result
} $g
}
set i 0
foreach s [list {} n s e w ns ew nw ne se sw nse nsw sew new news] \
x [list 10 10 10 20 0 10 0 0 20 20 0 20 0 0 0 0] \
y [list 10 0 20 10 10 0 10 0 0 20 20 0 0 20 0 0] \
w [list 20 20 20 20 20 20 40 20 20 20 20 20 20 40 40 40] \
h [list 20 20 20 20 20 40 20 20 20 20 20 40 40 20 20 40] {
test panedwindow-16.[incr i] {panedwindow sticky works} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
.p add [frame .p.f -height 20 -width 20 -bg red] -sticky $s
place .p -width 40 -height 40
update
set result [list $s [winfo x .p.f] [winfo y .p.f] \
[winfo width .p.f] [winfo height .p.f]]
destroy .p .p.f
set result
} [list $s $x $y $w $h]
}
test panedwindow-17.1 {setting minsize when pane is too small snaps width} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .p.f -height 20 -width 20 -bg red]
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p paneconfigure .p.f -minsize 40
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
destroy .p .p.f .p.f2
set result
} [list 20 40]
test panedwindow-18.1 {MoveSash, move right} {
set result {}
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Get the requested width of the paned window
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p sash place 0 30 0
# Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
# Check that the sash moved
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 42 42 {30 0}]
test panedwindow-18.2 {MoveSash, move right (unmapped) clipped by reqwidth} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
# the panedwindow.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-18.3 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width < reqwidth) clipped by width} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width < reqwidth
place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 32
update
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
# the panedwindow.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-18.4 {MoveSash, move right (mapped, width > reqwidth) clipped by width} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
place .p -x 0 -y 0 -width 102
update
.p sash place 0 200 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
# the panedwindow.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 100 0]
test panedwindow-18.5 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 30 0]
test panedwindow-18.6 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 40 0]
test panedwindow-18.7 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 1]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 62 0]
test panedwindow-18.8 {MoveSash, move right pushes other sashes, respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 1]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 52 0]
test panedwindow-18.9 {MoveSash, move right respects minsize, exludes pad} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
}
.p sash place 0 100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 50 0]
test panedwindow-18.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize -50
}
.p sash place 0 50 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
set result [list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 50 0] [list 52 0]]
test panedwindow-18.11 {MoveSash, move left} {
set result {}
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Get the requested width of the paned window
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.p sash place 0 10 0
# Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
# Check that the sash moved
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 42 42 {10 0}]
test panedwindow-18.12 {MoveSash, move left, can't move outside of window} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 -100 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
# the panedwindow.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.13 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-18.14 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
set result [.p sash coord 1]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 22 0]
test panedwindow-18.15 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-18.16 {MoveSash, move left pushes other sashes, respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 10 0]
test panedwindow-18.17 {MoveSash, move left respects minsize, exludes pad} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize 10 -padx 5
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 1]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 42 0]
test panedwindow-18.18 {MoveSash, move left, negative minsize becomes 0} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize -50
}
.p sash place 1 10 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
set result [list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 8 0] [list 10 0]]
test panedwindow-19.1 {MoveSash, move down} {
set result {}
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Get the requested width of the paned window
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p sash place 0 0 30
# Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
# Check that the sash moved
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 42 42 {0 30}]
test panedwindow-19.2 {MoveSash, move down (unmapped) clipped by reqheight} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqheight of
# the panedwindow.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-19.3 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height < reqheight) clipped by height} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a height < reqheight
place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 32
update
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible height of
# the panedwindow.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-19.4 {MoveSash, move down (mapped, height > reqheight) clipped by height} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Put the panedwindow up on the display and give it a width > reqwidth
place .p -x 0 -y 0 -height 102
update
.p sash place 0 0 200
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the visible width of
# the panedwindow.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 0 100]
test panedwindow-19.5 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 0 30]
test panedwindow-19.6 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 0 40]
test panedwindow-19.7 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 1]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 0 62]
test panedwindow-19.8 {MoveSash, move down pushes other sashes, respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 1]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 0 52]
test panedwindow-19.9 {MoveSash, move down respects minsize, exludes pad} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
}
.p sash place 0 0 100
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 0 50]
test panedwindow-19.10 {MoveSash, move right, negative minsize becomes 0} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize -50
}
.p sash place 0 0 50
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
set result [list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 0 50] [list 0 52]]
test panedwindow-19.11 {MoveSash, move up} {
set result {}
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
# Get the requested width of the paned window
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
.p sash place 0 0 10
# Get the reqwidth again, to make sure it hasn't changed
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
# Check that the sash moved
lappend result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 42 42 {0 10}]
test panedwindow-19.12 {MoveSash, move up, can't move outside of window} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 0 0 -100
# Get the new sash coord; it should be clipped by the reqwidth of
# the panedwindow.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-19.13 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 0 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-19.14 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible.
set result [.p sash coord 1]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 0 22]
test panedwindow-19.15 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 0 0]
test panedwindow-19.16 {MoveSash, move up pushes other sashes, respects minsize} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] -sticky nsew -minsize 10
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible while
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 0]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 0 10]
test panedwindow-19.17 {MoveSash, move up respects minsize, exludes pad} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize 10 -pady 5
}
.p sash place 1 0 0
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
set result [.p sash coord 1]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list 0 42]
test panedwindow-19.18 {MoveSash, move up, negative minsize becomes 0} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} c {red blue green} {
.p add [frame $w -height 20 -width 20 -bg $c] \
-sticky nsew -minsize -50
}
.p sash place 1 0 10
# Get the new sash coord; it should have moved as far as possible,
# respecting minsizes.
set result [list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]]
# Cleanup
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 0 8] [list 0 10]]
# The following tests check that the panedwindow is correctly computing its
# geometry based on the various configuration options that can affect the
# geometry.
test panedwindow-20.1 {ComputeGeometry, reqheight taken from widgets} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.f3 configure -height 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 60 20] [list 60 40]]
test panedwindow-20.2 {ComputeGeometry, reqheight taken from widgets} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.p paneconfigure .f3 -height 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 60 20] [list 60 40]]
test panedwindow-20.3 {ComputeGeometry, reqheight taken from widgets} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] -pady 20
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.p paneconfigure .f3 -height 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 60 60] [list 60 80]]
test panedwindow-20.4 {ComputeGeometry, reqwidth taken from widgets} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.f3 configure -width 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 20 60] [list 40 60]]
test panedwindow-20.5 {ComputeGeometry, reqwidth taken from widgets} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.p paneconfigure .f3 -width 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 20 60] [list 40 60]]
test panedwindow-20.6 {ComputeGeometry, reqwidth taken from widgets} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 0 \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] -padx 20
}
set result [list [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]]
.p paneconfigure .f3 -width 40
lappend result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list 60 60] [list 80 60]]
set i 6
foreach bd {0 2} {
foreach sp {0 5} {
foreach sw {0 3} {
foreach h {0 1} {
test panedwindow-20.[incr i]-$bd-$sp-$sw-$h \
{ComputeGeometry, one slave, reqsize set properly} {
# With just one slave, sashpad and sashwidth should not
# affect the panedwindow's geometry, since no sash should
# ever be drawn.
panedwindow .p -borderwidth $bd -sashpad $sp \
-sashwidth $sw -handlesize 6 -showhandle $h
.p add [frame .p.f -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -padx $h \
-sticky ""
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .p.f
set result
} [list [expr {(2 * $bd) + 20 + (2 * $h)}] \
[expr {(2 * $bd) + 20}]]
test panedwindow-20.[incr i]-$bd-$sp-$sw-$h \
{ComputeGeometry, three panes, reqsize set properly} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth $bd -sashpad $sp \
-sashwidth $sw -handlesize 6 -showhandle $h
foreach w {.p.f1 .p.f2 .p.f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
-sticky ""
}
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .p.f1 .p.f2 .p.f3
set result
} [list [expr {(2 * $bd) + ($h?12:(2*$sw)) + (4*$sp) + 60}] \
[expr {(2 * $bd) + 20}]]
test panedwindow-20.[incr i]-$bd-$sp-$sw-$h \
{ComputeGeometry, sash coords} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth $bd -sashpad $sp \
-sashwidth $sw -handlesize 6 -showhandle $h
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
-sticky ""
}
set result [list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list [expr {$bd+20+($h?(6-$sw)/2:0)+$sp}] $bd] \
[list [expr {$bd+40+($h?6+(6-$sw)/2:$sw)+(3*$sp)}] \
$bd]]
test panedwindow-20.[incr i]-$bd-$sp-$sw-$h \
{ComputeGeometry/ArrangePanes, slave coords} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth $bd -sashpad $sp \
-sashwidth $sw -handlesize 6 -showhandle $h
foreach w {.p.f1 .p.f2 .p.f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
-sticky nsew -pady 3 -padx 11
}
pack .p
update
set result {}
foreach w {.p.f1 .p.f2 .p.f3} {
lappend result [list [winfo x $w] [winfo y $w] \
[winfo width $w] [winfo height $w]]
}
destroy .p .p.f1 .p.f2 .p.f3
set result
} [list [list [expr {$bd+11}] [expr {$bd+3}] 20 20] \
[list [expr {$bd+53+($h?6:$sw)+(2*$sp)}] \
[expr {$bd+3}] 20 20] \
[list [expr {$bd+95+($h?12:2*$sw)+(4*$sp)}] \
[expr {$bd+3}] 20 20]]
test panedwindow-20.[incr i]-$bd-$sp-$sw-$h \
{ComputeGeometry, one slave, vertical} {
# With just one slave, sashpad and sashwidth should not
# affect the panedwindow's geometry, since no sash should
# ever be drawn.
panedwindow .p -borderwidth $bd -sashpad $sp \
-orient vertical -sashwidth $sw -handlesize 6 \
-showhandle $h
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -pady $h \
-sticky ""
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .f
set result
} [list [expr {(2 * $bd) + 20}] \
[expr {(2 * $bd) + 20 + (2 * $h)}]]
test panedwindow-20.[incr i]-$bd-$sp-$sw-$h \
{ComputeGeometry, three panes, vertical} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth $bd -sashpad $sp \
-sashwidth $sw -handlesize 6 -showhandle $h \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
-sticky ""
}
set result [list [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [expr {(2 * $bd) + 20}] \
[expr {(2 * $bd) + ($h?12:(2*$sw)) + (4*$sp) + 60}]]
test panedwindow-20.[incr i]-$bd-$sp-$sw-$h \
{ComputeGeometry, sash coords, vertical} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth $bd -sashpad $sp \
-sashwidth $sw -handlesize 6 -showhandle $h \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.f1 .f2 .f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
-sticky ""
}
set result [list [.p sash coord 0] [.p sash coord 1]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3
set result
} [list [list $bd [expr {$bd+20+($h?(6-$sw)/2:0)+$sp}]] \
[list $bd \
[expr {$bd+40+($h?6+(6-$sw)/2:$sw)+(3*$sp)}]]]
test panedwindow-20.[incr i]-$bd-$sp-$sw-$h \
{ComputeGeometry/ArrangePanes, slave coords, vert} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth $bd -sashpad $sp \
-sashwidth $sw -handlesize 6 -showhandle $h \
-orient vertical
foreach w {.p.f1 .p.f2 .p.f3} {
.p add [frame $w -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
-sticky nsew -pady 11 -padx 3
}
pack .p
update
set result {}
foreach w {.p.f1 .p.f2 .p.f3} {
lappend result [list [winfo x $w] [winfo y $w] \
[winfo width $w] [winfo height $w]]
}
destroy .p .p.f1 .p.f2 .p.f3
set result
} [list [list [expr {$bd+3}] [expr {$bd+11}] 20 20] \
[list [expr {$bd+3}] \
[expr {$bd+53+($h?6:$sw)+(2*$sp)}] 20 20] \
[list [expr {$bd+3}] \
[expr {$bd+95+($h?12:2*$sw)+(4*$sp)}] 20 20]]
}
}
}
}
test panedwindow-21.1 {destroyed widgets are removed from panedwindow} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue]
destroy .f
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p
set result
} {}
test panedwindow-21.2 {destroyed slave causes geometry recomputation} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
destroy .f
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
destroy .p .f2
set result
} 20
test panedwindow-22.1 {ArrangePanes, extra space is given to the last pane} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew
place .p -width 100 -x 0 -y 0
update
set result [winfo width .f2]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} 78
test panedwindow-22.2 {ArrangePanes, extra space is given to the last pane} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew
place .p -height 100 -x 0 -y 0
update
set result [winfo height .f2]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} 78
test panedwindow-22.3 {ArrangePanes, explicit height/width are preferred} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky ""
.p paneconfigure .f1 -width 10 -height 15
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} {10 15}
test panedwindow-22.4 {ArrangePanes, panes clipped by size of pane} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
.p sash place 0 10 0
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} {10 20}
test panedwindow-22.5 {ArrangePanes, panes clipped by size of pane} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red]
.p sash place 0 0 10
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1]]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} {20 10}
test panedwindow-22.6 {ArrangePanes, height of pane taken from total height} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .p.f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red] -sticky ""
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo y .p.f1]]
destroy .p .p.f1 .p.f2
set result
} 10
test panedwindow-22.8 {ArrangePanes, width of pane taken from total width} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .p.f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 40 -height 40 -bg red] -sticky ""
pack .p
update
set result [list [winfo x .p.f1]]
destroy .p .p.f1 .p.f2
set result
} 10
test panedwindow-22.9 {ArrangePanes, panes with width <= 0 are unmapped} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo ismapped .f1]
.p sash place 0 0 0
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} {1 0}
test panedwindow-22.10 {ArrangePanes, panes with width <= 0 are unmapped} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .p.f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo ismapped .p.f1]
.p sash place 0 0 0
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .p.f1]
destroy .p .p.f1 .p.f2
set result
} {1 0}
test panedwindow-22.11 {ArrangePanes, panes with width <= 0 are unmapped} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .p.f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .p.f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red]
pack .p
update
set result [winfo ismapped .p.f1]
.p sash place 0 0 0
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .p.f1]
destroy .p .p.f1 .p.f2
set result
} {1 0}
test panedwindow-22.12 {ArrangePanes, last pane shrinks} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew
place .p -width 40 -x 0 -y 0
update
set result [winfo width .f2]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} 18
test panedwindow-22.13 {ArrangePanes, last pane shrinks} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2 \
-orient vertical
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 20 -bg red] -sticky nsew
place .p -height 40 -x 0 -y 0
update
set result [winfo height .f2]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} 18
test panedwindow-22.14 {ArrangePanes, panedwindow resizes} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -width 200 -borderwidth 0
frame .f1 -height 50 -bg blue
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
.p add .f1
pack .p
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1}
-result {200 1 200 50}
}
test panedwindow-22.15 {ArrangePanes, panedwindow resizes} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -height 200 -borderwidth 0 -orient vertical
frame .f1 -width 50 -bg blue
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
.p add .f1
pack .p
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p] [winfo reqheight .p]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1}
-result {1 200 50 200}
}
test panedwindow-22.16 {ArrangePanes, last pane grows} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 50
.p add [frame .f1 -width 50 -bg red] [frame .f2 -width 50 -bg white] \
[frame .f3 -width 50 -bg blue] [frame .f4 -width 50 -bg green]
.p sash place 1 250 0
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
.p configure -width 300
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4}
-result {50 150 1 1 211 50 150 1 89 300}
}
test panedwindow-23.1 {PanedWindowReqProc, react to slave geometry changes} {
# Basically just want to make sure that the PanedWindowReqProc is called
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 20 -height 20 -bg blue] \
[frame .f2 -width 20 -height 40 -bg red]
set result [winfo reqheight .p]
.f1 configure -height 80
lappend result [winfo reqheight .p]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
set result
} {40 80}
test panedwindow-23.2 {PanedWindowReqProc, react to slave geometry changes} {
panedwindow .p -orient horizontal -sashpad 0 -sashwidth 2
.p add [frame .f1 -width 10] [frame .f2 -width 10]
set result [winfo reqwidth .p]
.f1 configure -width 20
lappend result [winfo reqwidth .p]
destroy .p .f1 .f2
expr {[lindex $result 1] - [lindex $result 0]}
} {10}
test panedwindow-24.1 {ConfigurePanes, can't add panedwindow to itself} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p add .p} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "can't add .p to itself"]
test panedwindow-24.2 {ConfigurePanes, bad window throws error} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p add .b} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "bad window path name \".b\""]
test panedwindow-24.3 {ConfigurePanes, bad window aborts processing} {
panedwindow .p
button .b
catch {.p add .b .a}
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b
set result
} {}
test panedwindow-24.4 {ConfigurePanes, bad option aborts processing} {
panedwindow .p
button .b
catch {.p add .b -sticky foobar}
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b
set result
} {}
test panedwindow-24.5 {ConfigurePanes, after win isn't managed by panedwin} {
panedwindow .p
button .b
button .c
set result [list [catch {.p add .b -after .c} msg] $msg]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list 1 "window \".c\" is not managed by .p"]
test panedwindow-24.6 {ConfigurePanes, before win isn't managed by panedwin} {
panedwindow .p
button .b
button .c
set result [list [catch {.p add .b -before .c} msg] $msg]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list 1 "window \".c\" is not managed by .p"]
test panedwindow-24.7 {ConfigurePanes, -after {} is a no-op} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p paneconfigure .b -after {}
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} {.b .c}
test panedwindow-24.8 {ConfigurePanes, -before {} is a no-op} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
.p paneconfigure .b -before {}
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} {.b .c}
test panedwindow-24.9 {ConfigurePanes, new panes are added} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c]
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} {.b .c}
test panedwindow-24.10 {ConfigurePanes, options applied to all panes} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] [button .c] -sticky ne -height 5 -width 5 -minsize 10
set result {}
foreach w {.b .c} {
set val {}
foreach option {-sticky -height -width -minsize} {
lappend val $option [.p panecget $w $option]
}
lappend result $w $val
}
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list .b {-sticky ne -height 5 -width 5 -minsize 10} \
.c {-sticky ne -height 5 -width 5 -minsize 10}]
test panedwindow-24.11 {ConfigurePanes, existing panes are reconfigured} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b] -sticky nw -height 10
.p add .b [button .c] -sticky se -height 2
set result [list [.p panes] \
[.p panecget .b -sticky] [.p panecget .b -height] \
[.p panecget .c -sticky] [.p panecget .c -height]]
destroy .p .b .c
set result
} [list {.b .c} es 2 es 2]
test panedwindow-24.12 {ConfigurePanes, widgets added to end by default} {
panedwindow .p
.p add [button .b]
.p add [button .c]
.p add [button .d]
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .b .c .d
set result
} {.b .c .d}
test panedwindow-24.13 {ConfigurePanes, -after, single addition} {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
.p add .a .b
.p add .c -after .a
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c
set result
} {.a .c .b}
test panedwindow-24.14 {ConfigurePanes, -after, multiple additions} {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b
.p add .c .d -after .a
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c .d
set result
} {.a .c .d .b}
test panedwindow-24.15 {ConfigurePanes, -after, relocates existing widget} {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c .d
.p add .d -after .a
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c .d
set result
} {.a .d .b .c}
test panedwindow-24.16 {ConfigurePanes, -after, relocates existing widgets} {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c .d
.p add .b .d -after .a
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c .d
set result
} {.a .b .d .c}
test panedwindow-24.17 {ConfigurePanes, -after, relocates existing widgets} {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c .d
.p add .d .a -after .b
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c .d
set result
} {.b .d .a .c}
test panedwindow-24.18 {ConfigurePanes, -after, relocates existing widgets} {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c .d
.p add .d .a -after .a
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c .d
set result
} {.d .a .b .c}
test panedwindow-24.19 {ConfigurePanes, -after, after last window} {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c
.p add .d -after .c
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c .d
set result
} {.a .b .c .d}
test panedwindow-24.20 {ConfigurePanes, -before, before first window} {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c
.p add .d -before .a
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c .d
set result
} {.d .a .b .c}
test panedwindow-24.21 {ConfigurePanes, -before, relocate existing windows} {
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
button .d
.p add .a .b .c
.p add .d .b -before .a
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c .d
set result
} {.d .b .a .c}
test panedwindow-24.22 {ConfigurePanes, slave specified multiple times} {
# This test should not cause a core dump
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
.p add .a .a .b .c
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c
set result
} {.a .b .c}
test panedwindow-24.23 {ConfigurePanes, slave specified multiple times} {
# This test should not cause a core dump
panedwindow .p
button .a
button .b
button .c
.p add .a .a .b .c
.p add .a .b .a -after .c
set result [.p panes]
destroy .p .a .b .c
set result
} {.c .a .b}
test panedwindow-24.24 {ConfigurePanes, panedwindow cannot manage toplevels} {
panedwindow .p
toplevel .t
set result [list [catch {.p add .t} msg] $msg]
destroy .p .t
set result
} [list 1 "can't add toplevel .t to .p"]
test panedwindow-24.25 {ConfigurePanes, restrict possible panes} {
panedwindow .p
frame .f
button .f.b
set result [list [catch {.p add .f.b} msg] $msg]
destroy .p .f .f.b
set result
} [list 1 "can't add .f.b to .p"]
test panedwindow-24.26 {ConfigurePanes, restrict possible panes} {
frame .f
panedwindow .f.p
button .b
set result [list [catch {.f.p add .b} msg] $msg]
destroy .f.p .f .b
set result
} [list 0 ""]
test panedwindow-24.27 {ConfigurePanes, restrict possible panes} {
panedwindow .p
button .p.b
set result [list [catch {.p add .p.b} msg] $msg]
destroy .p .p.b
set result
} [list 0 ""]
test panedwindow-24.28 {ConfigurePanes, restrict possible panes} {
frame .f
frame .f.f
frame .f.f.f
panedwindow .f.f.f.p
button .b
set result [list [catch {.f.f.f.p add .b} msg] $msg]
destroy .f .f.f .f.f.f .f.f.f.p .b
set result
} [list 0 ""]
test panedwindow-24.29.1 {ConfigurePanes, -hide works} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false
frame .f1 -width 40 -height 100 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -height 100 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -height 100 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -height 100 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1] [winfo ismapped .f2] \
[winfo ismapped .f3] [winfo ismapped .f4]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1] [winfo ismapped .f2] \
[winfo ismapped .f3] [winfo ismapped .f4]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4}
-result {1 1 1 1 40 40 40 40 171 1 0 1 1 40 40 40 40 128}
}
test panedwindow-24.29.2 {ConfigurePanes, -hide works} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -width 130 -height 100
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1] [winfo ismapped .f2] \
[winfo ismapped .f3] [winfo ismapped .f4]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .f1] [winfo ismapped .f2] \
[winfo ismapped .f3] [winfo ismapped .f4]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4] [winfo width .p]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4}
-result {1 1 1 0 39 40 40 1 130 1 0 1 1 40 40 40 42 130}
}
test panedwindow-24.29.3 {ConfigurePanes, -hide works, last pane stretches} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -width 200 -height 200 -borderwidth 0
frame .f1 -width 50 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 50 -bg green
frame .f3 -width 50 -bg blue
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3}
-result {50 50 94 50 50 147}
}
test panedwindow-24.29.4 {ConfigurePanes, -hide works, last pane stretches} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -width 200 -height 200 \
-borderwidth 0 -orient vertical
frame .f1 -height 50 -bg red
frame .f2 -height 50 -bg green
frame .f3 -height 50 -bg blue
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo height .f1] [winfo height .f2] [winfo height .f3]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo height .f1] [winfo height .f2] [winfo height .f3]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3}
-result {50 50 94 50 50 147}
}
test panedwindow-24.30 {ConfigurePanes, -stretch first} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 100 -width 182
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -stretch first
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4}
-result {51 40 40 40 94 40 40 40}
}
test panedwindow-24.31 {ConfigurePanes, -stretch middle} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 100 -width 182
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -stretch middle
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4}
-result {40 45 46 40 40 45 94 40}
}
test panedwindow-24.32 {ConfigurePanes, -stretch always} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 100 -width 182
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -stretch always
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4}
-result {42 43 43 43 58 43 58 58}
}
test panedwindow-24.33 {ConfigurePanes, -stretch never} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -height 100 -width 182
frame .f1 -width 40 -bg red
frame .f2 -width 40 -bg white
frame .f3 -width 40 -bg blue
frame .f4 -width 40 -bg green
.p add .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4 -stretch never
pack .p
update
set result [list]
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
.p paneconfigure .f2 -hide 1
update
lappend result [winfo width .f1] [winfo width .f2] [winfo width .f3] \
[winfo width .f4]
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4}
-result {40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40}
}
test panedwindow-25.1 {Unlink, remove a paned with -before/-after refs} {
# Bug 928413
set result {}
panedwindow .pw
label .pw.l1 -text Label1
label .pw.l2 -text Label2
label .pw.l3 -text Label3
.pw add .pw.l1
.pw add .pw.l3
.pw add .pw.l2 -before .pw.l3
lappend result [.pw panecget .pw.l2 -before]
destroy .pw.l3
lappend result [.pw panecget .pw.l2 -before]
.pw paneconfigure .pw.l2 -before .pw.l1
lappend result [.pw panecget .pw.l2 -before]
destroy .pw
set result
} {.pw.l3 {} .pw.l1}
test panedwindow-26.1 {DestroyPanedWindow} {
# This test should not result in any memory leaks.
panedwindow .p
foreach w {.a .b .c .d .e .f .g .h .i .j .k .l .m .n .o .q .r .s .t} {
.p add [button $w]
}
foreach w {.a .b .c .d .e .f .g .h .i .j .k .l .m .n .o .p .q .r .s .t} {
destroy $w
}
set result {}
} {}
test panedwindow-26.2 {UnmapNotify and MapNotify events are propagated to slaves} {
panedwindow .pw
.pw add [button .pw.b]
pack .pw
update
set result [winfo ismapped .pw.b]
pack forget .pw
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pw.b]
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pw]
pack .pw
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pw]
lappend result [winfo ismapped .pw.b]
destroy .pw .pw.b
set result
} {1 0 0 1 1}
test panedwindow-27.1 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 0 0]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {}
test panedwindow-27.2 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords, padding is included} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 20 0]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.3 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 22 0]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.4 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 24 0]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.5 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 26 0]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.6 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 26 -1]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {}
test panedwindow-27.7 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 26 100]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {}
test panedwindow-27.8 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 6
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 22 4]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.9 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 6
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 22 5]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 handle}
test panedwindow-27.10 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 8
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 20 5]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 handle}
test panedwindow-27.11 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 8
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 20 0]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.12 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -bg green -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 48 0]
destroy .p .f .f2 .f3
set result
} {1 sash}
test panedwindow-27.13 {identify subcommand errors} {
panedwindow .p -borderwidth 0 -sashpad 2 -sashwidth 4
set result [list [catch {.p identify} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \".p identify x y\""]
test panedwindow-27.14 {identify subcommand errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p identify foo bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"foo\""]
test panedwindow-27.14a {identify subcommand errors} {
panedwindow .p
set result [list [catch {.p identify 0 bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .p
set result
} [list 1 "expected integer but got \"bar\""]
test panedwindow-27.15 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 0 0]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {}
test panedwindow-27.16 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords, padding is included} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 0 20]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.17 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 0 22]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.18 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 0 24]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.19 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 0 26]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.20 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify -1 26]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {}
test panedwindow-27.21 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 100 26]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {}
test panedwindow-27.22 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 6 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 4 22]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.23 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 6 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 5 22]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 handle}
test panedwindow-27.24 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 8 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 5 20]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 handle}
test panedwindow-27.25 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -showhandle 1 -handlepad 5 \
-handlesize 8 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 0 20]
destroy .p .f .f2
set result
} {0 sash}
test panedwindow-27.26 {PanedWindowIdentifyCoords} {
panedwindow .p -showhandle false -bd 0 -sashwidth 2 -sashpad 2 -orient vertical
.p add [frame .f -bg red -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f2 -bg blue -width 20 -height 20] \
[frame .f3 -bg green -width 20 -height 20]
set result [.p identify 0 48]
destroy .p .f .f2 .f3
set result
} {1 sash}
test panedwindow-28.1 {destroy the window cleanly on error [Bug #616589]} {
list [catch {panedwindow .p -bogusopt bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-bogusopt"}}
test panedwindow-28.2 {destroy the window cleanly on rename [Bug #616589]} {
destroy .p
panedwindow .p
rename .p {}
winfo exists .p
} {0}
test panedwindow-29.1 {resizing width} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -bd 5
frame .f1 -width 100 -height 50 -bg blue
frame .f2 -width 100 -height 50 -bg red
.p add .f1 -sticky news
.p add .f2 -sticky news
pack .p -side top -fill both -expand 1
wm geometry . ""
update
# Note the width
set a [winfo width .f2]
# Increase the size by 10
regexp {^(\d+)x(\d+)} [wm geometry .] -> w h
wm geometry . [expr {$w + 10}]x$h
update
set b "$a [winfo width .f2]"
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2}
-result {100 110}
}
test panedwindow-29.2 {resizing height} {
-body {
panedwindow .p -orient vertical -bd 5
frame .f1 -width 50 -height 100 -bg blue
frame .f2 -width 50 -height 100 -bg red
.p add .f1 -sticky news
.p add .f2 -sticky news
pack .p -side top -fill both -expand 1
wm geometry . ""
update
# Note the height
set a [winfo height .f2]
# Increase the size by 10
regexp {^(\d+)x(\d+)} [wm geometry .] -> w h
wm geometry . ${w}x[expr {$h + 10}]
update
set b "$a [winfo height .f2]"
}
-cleanup {destroy .p .f1 .f2}
-result {100 110}
}
test panedwindow-30.1 {display on depths other than the default one} {
-constraints {pseudocolor8 haveTruecolor24}
-body {
toplevel .t -visual {truecolor 24}
pack [panedwindow .t.p]
.t.p add [frame .t.p.f1] [frame .t.p.f2]
update
# If we got here, we didn't crash and that's good
}
-cleanup {destroy .t}
-result {}
}
test panedwindow-30.2 {display on depths other than the default one} {
-constraints {pseudocolor8 haveTruecolor24}
-body {
toplevel .t -visual {pseudocolor 8}
pack [frame .t.f -visual {truecolor 24}]
pack [panedwindow .t.f.p]
.t.f.p add [frame .t.f.p.f1 -width 5] [frame .t.f.p.f2 -width 5]
update
.t.f.p proxy place 1 1
update
.t.f.p proxy forget
update
# If we got here, we didn't crash and that's good
}
-cleanup {destroy .t}
-result {}
}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/pkgconfig.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/place.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "place" command. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < < | | < | < < | | < < | | | | < < < | | | < | > | < | | | | < | | < < | | | | | < | | < < | | < | | | < | | < < < < < | | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | | < | | | | | < | | < < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < < | | < | < | | < | | < | | < | < < < | < < < < < | < | > | | | | < < | > | | | < < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | < < | | | < | < > | | | < | < | > | | < | < > > > < < | < | < > | | | < | < > | | | < | < > | | | < | < > | | | < | < > | < | | < | < > | | | < | < > | | | < | < > | | | < | < < | > | | < | < | > | | < | | | > | < | | < < | | | < < < > | < | < | | | < | > > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "place" command. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Used for constraining memory leak tests
testConstraint memory [llength [info commands memory]]
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
# XXX - This test file is woefully incomplete. At present, only a
# few of the features are tested.
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bd 0
wm geom .t +0+0
frame .t.f -width 154 -height 84 -bd 2 -relief raised
place .t.f -x 48 -y 38
frame .t.f2 -width 30 -height 60 -bd 2 -relief raised
update
test place-1.1 {Tk_PlaceCmd procedure, "info" option} {
place .t.f2 -x 0
place info .t.f2
} {-in .t -x 0 -relx 0 -y 0 -rely 0 -width {} -relwidth {} -height {} -relheight {} -anchor nw -bordermode inside}
test place-1.2 {Tk_PlaceCmd procedure, "info" option} {
place .t.f2 -x 1 -y 2 -width 3 -height 4 -relx 0.1 -rely 0.2 \
-relwidth 0.3 -relheight 0.4 -anchor se -in .t.f \
-bordermode outside
place info .t.f2
} {-in .t.f -x 1 -relx 0.1 -y 2 -rely 0.2 -width 3 -relwidth 0.3 -height 4 -relheight 0.4 -anchor se -bordermode outside}
test place-1.3 {Tk_PlaceCmd procedure, "info" option} {
# Make sure the result is built as a proper list by using a space in parent
frame ".t.a b"
place .t.f2 -x 1 -y 2 -width {} -height 4 -relx 0.2 -rely 0.2 \
-relwidth 0.3 -relheight {} -anchor w -in ".t.a b" \
-bordermode ignore
set res [place info .t.f2]
destroy ".t.a b"
set res
} {-in {.t.a b} -x 1 -relx 0.2 -y 2 -rely 0.2 -width {} -relwidth 0.3 -height 4 -relheight {} -anchor w -bordermode ignore}
test place-2.1 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -height option} {
list [catch {place .t.f2 -height abcd} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "abcd"}}
test place-2.2 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -height option} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -height 40
update
winfo height .t.f2
} {40}
test place-2.3 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -height option} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -height 120
update
place .t.f2 -height {}
update
winfo height .t.f2
} {60}
test place-3.1 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relheight option} {
list [catch {place .t.f2 -relheight abcd} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "abcd"}}
test place-3.2 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relheight option} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -relheight .5
update
winfo height .t.f2
} {40}
test place-3.3 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relheight option} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -relheight .8
update
place .t.f2 -relheight {}
update
winfo height .t.f2
} {60}
test place-4.1 {ConfigureSlave procedure, bad -in options} {
place forget .t.f2
list [catch {place .t.f2 -in .t.f2} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "can't place .t.f2 relative to itself"]
test place-4.2 {ConfigureSlave procedure, bad -in option} {
place forget .t.f2
list [winfo manager .t.f2] \
[catch {place .t.f2 -in .t.f2} err] $err \
[winfo manager .t.f2]
} {{} 1 {can't place .t.f2 relative to itself} {}}
test place-4.3 {ConfigureSlave procedure, bad -in option} {
place forget .t.f2
list [catch {place .t.f2 -in .} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "can't place .t.f2 relative to ."]
test place-5.1 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relwidth option} {
list [catch {place .t.f2 -relwidth abcd} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "abcd"}}
test place-5.2 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relwidth option} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -relwidth .5
update
winfo width .t.f2
} {75}
test place-5.3 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -relwidth option} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -relwidth .8
update
place .t.f2 -relwidth {}
update
winfo width .t.f2
} {30}
test place-6.1 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -width option} {
list [catch {place .t.f2 -width abcd} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "abcd"}}
test place-6.2 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -width option} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -width 100
update
winfo width .t.f2
} {100}
test place-6.3 {ConfigureSlave procedure, -width option} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -width 120
update
place .t.f2 -width {}
update
winfo width .t.f2
} {30}
test place-7.1 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, computing position} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -x -2 -relx .5 -y 3 -rely .4
update
winfo geometry .t.f2
} {30x60+123+75}
test place-7.2 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, position rounding} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -x -1.4 -y -2.3
update
winfo geometry .t.f2
} {30x60+49+38}
test place-7.3 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, position rounding} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -x 1.4 -y 2.3
update
winfo geometry .t.f2
} {30x60+51+42}
test place-7.4 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, position rounding} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -x -1.6 -y -2.7
update
winfo geometry .t.f2
} {30x60+48+37}
test place-7.5 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, position rounding} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -x 1.6 -y 2.7
update
winfo geometry .t.f2
} {30x60+52+43}
test place-7.6 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, position rounding} {
frame .t.f3 -width 100 -height 100 -bg #f00000 -bd 0
place .t.f3 -x 0 -y 0
raise .t.f2
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f3 -relx .303 -rely .406 -relwidth .304 -relheight .206
update
winfo geometry .t.f2
} {31x20+30+41}
catch {destroy .t.f3}
test place-7.7 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, computing size} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -width 120 -height 89
update
list [winfo width .t.f2] [winfo height .t.f2]
} {120 89}
test place-7.8 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, computing size} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -relwidth .4 -relheight .5
update
list [winfo width .t.f2] [winfo height .t.f2]
} {60 40}
test place-7.9 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, computing size} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -width 10 -relwidth .4 -height -4 -relheight .5
update
list [winfo width .t.f2] [winfo height .t.f2]
} {70 36}
test place-7.10 {ReconfigurePlacement procedure, computing size} {
place forget .t.f2
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -width 10 -relwidth .4 -height -4 -relheight .5
place .t.f2 -width {} -relwidth {} -height {} -relheight {}
update
list [winfo width .t.f2] [winfo height .t.f2]
} {30 60}
test place-8.1 {MasterStructureProc, mapping and unmapping slaves} {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
place forget .t.f2
place forget .t.f
place .t.f2 -relx 1.0 -rely 1.0 -anchor sw
update
set result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
wm iconify .t
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
place .t.f2 -x 40 -y 30 -relx 0 -rely 0 -anchor nw
update
lappend result [winfo x .t.f2] [winfo y .t.f2] [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
wm deiconify .t
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
} {1 0 40 30 0 1}
test place-8.2 {MasterStructureProc, mapping and unmapping slaves} {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
place forget .t.f2
place forget .t.f
place .t.f -x 0 -y 0 -width 200 -height 100
place .t.f2 -in .t.f -relx 1.0 -rely 1.0 -anchor sw -width 50 -height 20
update
set result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
wm iconify .t
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
place .t.f2 -x 40 -y 30 -relx 0 -rely 0 -anchor nw
update
lappend result [winfo x .t.f2] [winfo y .t.f2] [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
wm deiconify .t
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t.f2]
} {1 0 42 32 0 1}
test place-9.1 {PlaceObjCmd} {
list [catch {place} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"place option|pathName args\""]
test place-9.2 {PlaceObjCmd} {
list [catch {place foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"place option|pathName args\""]
test place-9.3 {PlaceObjCmd} {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {place .foo bar} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad window path name \".foo\""]
test place-9.4 {PlaceObjCmd} {
catch {destroy .foo}
list [catch {place bar .foo} msg] $msg
} [list 1 "bad window path name \".foo\""]
test place-9.5 {PlaceObjCmd} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place badopt .foo} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 1 "bad option \"badopt\": must be configure, forget, info, or slaves"]
test place-9.6 {PlaceObjCmd, configure errors} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place configure .foo} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 0 ""]
test place-9.7 {PlaceObjCmd, configure errors} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place configure .foo bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 0 ""]
test place-9.8 {PlaceObjCmd, configure} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
place .foo -x 0 -y 0
set res [place configure .foo]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list {-anchor {} {} nw nw} {-bordermode {} {} inside inside} {-height {} {} {} {}} {-in {} {} {} .} {-relheight {} {} {} {}} {-relwidth {} {} {} {}} {-relx {} {} 0 0.0} {-rely {} {} 0 0.0} {-width {} {} {} {}} {-x {} {} 0 0} {-y {} {} 0 0}]
test place-9.9 {PlaceObjCmd, configure} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
place .foo -x 0 -y 0
set res [place configure .foo -x]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list -x {} {} 0 0]
test place-9.10 {PlaceObjCmd, forget errors} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place forget .foo bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"place forget pathName\""]
test place-9.11 {PlaceObjCmd, info errors} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place info .foo bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"place info pathName\""]
test place-9.12 {PlaceObjCmd, slaves errors} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place slaves .foo bar} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 1 "wrong # args: should be \"place slaves pathName\""]
test place-10.1 {ConfigureSlave} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place .foo -badopt} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 1 "unknown option \"-badopt\""]
test place-10.2 {ConfigureSlave} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place .foo -anchor} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 1 "value for \"-anchor\" missing"]
test place-10.3 {ConfigureSlave} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place .foo -bordermode j} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 1 "bad bordermode \"j\": must be inside, outside, or ignore"]
test place-10.4 {ConfigureSlave} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [list [catch {place configure .foo -x 0 -y} msg] $msg]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 1 "value for \"-y\" missing"]
test place-11.1 {PlaceObjCmd, slaves command} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
set res [place slaves .foo]
destroy .foo
set res
} {}
test place-11.2 {PlaceObjCmd, slaves command} {
catch {destroy .foo .bar}
frame .foo
frame .bar
place .bar -in .foo
set res [place slaves .foo]
destroy .foo
destroy .bar
set res
} [list .bar]
test place-12.1 {PlaceObjCmd, forget command} {
catch {destroy .foo}
frame .foo
place .foo -width 50 -height 50
update
set res [winfo ismapped .foo]
place forget .foo
update
lappend res [winfo ismapped .foo]
destroy .foo
set res
} [list 1 0]
test place-13.1 {test respect for internalborder} {
toplevel .pack
wm geometry .pack 200x200
frame .pack.l -width 15 -height 10
labelframe .pack.lf -labelwidget .pack.l
pack .pack.lf -fill both -expand 1
frame .pack.lf.f
place .pack.lf.f -x 0 -y 0 -relwidth 1.0 -relheight 1.0
update
set res [list [winfo geometry .pack.lf.f]]
.pack.lf configure -labelanchor e -padx 3 -pady 5
update
lappend res [winfo geometry .pack.lf.f]
destroy .pack
set res
} {196x188+2+10 177x186+5+7}
test place-14.1 {memory leak testing} -setup {
proc getbytes {} {
set lines [split [memory info] "\n"]
lindex [lindex $lines 3] 3
}
# Repeat each body checking that memory does not increase
proc stress {args} {
set res {}
foreach body $args {
set end 0
for {set i 0} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
uplevel 1 $body
set tmp $end
set end [getbytes]
}
lappend res [expr {$end - $tmp}]
}
return $res
}
} -constraints {memory failsOnQuarz} -body {
# Test all manners of forgetting a slave
frame .f
frame .f.f
stress {
place .f.f -x [expr {1 + 1}] -y [expr {2 + 2}]
place forget .f.f
} {
place .f.f -x [expr {1 + 1}] -y [expr {2 + 2}]
pack .f.f
} {
place .f.f -x [expr {1 + 1}] -y [expr {2 + 2}]
destroy .f
frame .f
frame .f.f
}
} -result {0 0 0} -cleanup {
destroy .f
rename getbytes {}
rename stress {}
}
catch {destroy .t}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/raise.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "raise" and # "lower" commands, plus associated code to manage window # stacking order. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's "raise" and
# "lower" commands, plus associated code to manage window
# stacking order. It is organized in the standard fashion
# for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1993-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Procedure to create a bunch of overlapping windows, which should
# make it easy to detect differences in order.
proc raise_setup {} {
foreach i [winfo child .raise] {
destroy $i
}
foreach i {a b c d e} {
label .raise.$i -text $i -relief raised -bd 2
}
place .raise.a -x 20 -y 60 -width 60 -height 80
place .raise.b -x 60 -y 60 -width 60 -height 80
place .raise.c -x 100 -y 60 -width 60 -height 80
place .raise.d -x 40 -y 20 -width 100 -height 60
place .raise.e -x 40 -y 120 -width 100 -height 60
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
56 57 58 59 60 61 62 |
update
}
}
toplevel .raise
wm geom .raise 250x200+0+0
| < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | < < | | < < | | < < | < | | | < < | < < | | | | | | | | | < < | < < | | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
update
}
}
toplevel .raise
wm geom .raise 250x200+0+0
test raise-1.1 {preserve creation order} {
raise_setup
tkwait visibility .raise.e
raise_getOrder
} {d d d b c e e e}
test raise-1.2 {preserve creation order} testmakeexist {
raise_setup
testmakeexist .raise.a
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d d b c e e e}
test raise-1.3 {preserve creation order} testmakeexist {
raise_setup
testmakeexist .raise.c
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d d b c e e e}
test raise-1.4 {preserve creation order} testmakeexist {
raise_setup
testmakeexist .raise.e
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d d b c e e e}
test raise-1.5 {preserve creation order} testmakeexist {
raise_setup
testmakeexist .raise.d .raise.c .raise.b
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d d b c e e e}
test raise-2.1 {raise internal windows before creation} {
raise_setup
raise .raise.a
update
raise_getOrder
} {a d d a c a e e}
test raise-2.2 {raise internal windows before creation} {
raise_setup
raise .raise.c
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d c b c e e c}
test raise-2.3 {raise internal windows before creation} {
raise_setup
raise .raise.e
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d d b c e e e}
test raise-2.4 {raise internal windows before creation} {
raise_setup
raise .raise.e .raise.a
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d d b c e b c}
test raise-2.5 {raise internal windows before creation} {
raise_setup
raise .raise.a .raise.d
update
raise_getOrder
} {a d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.1 {raise internal windows after creation} {
raise_setup
update
raise .raise.a .raise.d
raise_getOrder
} {a d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.2 {raise internal windows after creation} testmakeexist {
raise_setup
testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.b
raise .raise.a .raise.b
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.3 {raise internal windows after creation} testmakeexist {
raise_setup
testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.d
raise .raise.a .raise.b
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-3.4 {raise internal windows after creation} testmakeexist {
raise_setup
testmakeexist .raise.a .raise.c .raise.d
raise .raise.a .raise.b
update
raise_getOrder
} {d d d a c e e e}
test raise-4.1 {raise relative to nephews} {
raise_setup
update
frame .raise.d.child
raise .raise.a .raise.d.child
raise_getOrder
} {a d d a c e e e}
test raise-4.2 {raise relative to nephews} {
raise_setup
update
frame .raise2
list [catch {raise .raise.a .raise2} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't raise ".raise.a" above ".raise2"}}
catch {destroy .raise2}
test raise-5.1 {lower internal windows} {
raise_setup
update
lower .raise.d
raise_getOrder
} {a b c b c e e e}
test raise-5.2 {lower internal windows} {
raise_setup
update
lower .raise.d .raise.b
raise_getOrder
} {d b c b c e e e}
test raise-5.3 {lower internal windows} {
raise_setup
update
lower .raise.a .raise.e
raise_getOrder
} {a d d a c e e e}
test raise-5.4 {lower internal windows} {
raise_setup
update
frame .raise2
list [catch {lower .raise.a .raise2} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't lower ".raise.a" below ".raise2"}}
catch {destroy .raise2}
test raise-6.1 {raise/lower toplevel windows} {nonPortable} {
raise_makeToplevels
update
raise .raise1
winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] [winfo rooty .raise1]
} .raise1
test raise-6.2 {raise/lower toplevel windows} {nonPortable} {
raise_makeToplevels
update
raise .raise2
winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] [winfo rooty .raise1]
} .raise2
test raise-6.3 {raise/lower toplevel windows} {nonPortable} {
raise_makeToplevels
update
raise .raise3
raise .raise2
raise .raise1 .raise3
set result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
destroy .raise2
update
after 500
list $result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
} {.raise2 .raise1}
test raise-6.4 {raise/lower toplevel windows} {nonPortable} {
raise_makeToplevels
update
raise .raise2
raise .raise1
lower .raise3 .raise1
set result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
wm geometry .raise2 +30+30
wm geometry .raise1 +60+60
destroy .raise1
update
after 500
list $result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise2] \
[winfo rooty .raise2]]
} {.raise1 .raise3}
test raise-6.5 {raise/lower toplevel windows} {nonPortable} {
raise_makeToplevels
raise .raise1
set time [lindex [time {raise .raise1}] 0]
expr {$time < 2000000}
} 1
test raise-6.6 {raise/lower toplevel windows} {nonPortable} {
raise_makeToplevels
update
raise .raise2
raise .raise1
raise .raise3
frame .raise1.f1
frame .raise1.f1.f2
lower .raise3 .raise1.f1.f2
set result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
destroy .raise1
update
after 500
list $result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise2] \
[winfo rooty .raise2]]
} {.raise1 .raise3}
test raise-7.1 {errors in raise/lower commands} {
list [catch {raise} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "raise window ?aboveThis?"}}
test raise-7.2 {errors in raise/lower commands} {
list [catch {raise a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "raise window ?aboveThis?"}}
test raise-7.3 {errors in raise/lower commands} {
list [catch {raise badName} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "badName"}}
test raise-7.4 {errors in raise/lower commands} {
list [catch {raise . badName2} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "badName2"}}
test raise-7.5 {errors in raise/lower commands} {
list [catch {lower} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "lower window ?belowThis?"}}
test raise-7.6 {errors in raise/lower commands} {
list [catch {lower a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "lower window ?belowThis?"}}
test raise-7.7 {errors in raise/lower commands} {
list [catch {lower badName3} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "badName3"}}
test raise-7.8 {errors in raise/lower commands} {
list [catch {lower . badName4} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "badName4"}}
deleteWindows
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/safe.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Safe Tk facility. It is organized in # the standard fashion for Tk tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Safe Tk facility. It is organized in # the standard fashion for Tk tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands namespace import -force tcltest::test |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 | # # This probably means that tk wasn't installed properly. ## it indicates that something went wrong sourcing tk.tcl. ## Ensure that any changes that occurred to tk.tcl will work or are properly ## prevented in a safe interpreter. -- hobbs | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 |
#
# This probably means that tk wasn't installed properly.
## it indicates that something went wrong sourcing tk.tcl.
## Ensure that any changes that occurred to tk.tcl will work or are properly
## prevented in a safe interpreter. -- hobbs
set saveAutoPath $::auto_path
set auto_path [list [info library] $::tk_library]
test safe-1.1 {Safe Tk loading into an interpreter} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::loadTk [safe::interpCreate a]
safe::interpDelete a
set x {}
set x
} -result {}
test safe-1.2 {Safe Tk loading into an interpreter} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
lsort [interp hidden a]
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete a
} -match glob -result {bell cd clipboard encoding exec exit fconfigure*glob grab load menu open pwd selection*socket source*toplevel unload wm}
test safe-1.3 {Safe Tk loading into an interpreter} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
lsort [interp aliases a]
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete a
} -match glob -result {*encoding*exit*load*source*}
test safe-2.1 {Unsafe commands not available} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
set status broken
if {[catch {interp eval a {toplevel .t}} msg]} {
set status ok
}
set status
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete a
} -result ok
test safe-2.2 {Unsafe commands not available} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
set status broken
if {[catch {interp eval a {menu .m}} msg]} {
set status ok
}
set status
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete a
} -result ok
test safe-2.3 {Unsafe subcommands not available} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
set status ok
if {[catch {interp invokehidden a toplevel .t} msg]} {
set status broken
}
| | | | 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
set status ok
if {[catch {interp invokehidden a toplevel .t} msg]} {
set status broken
}
set status
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete a
} -result ok
test safe-3.2 {Unsafe commands are available hidden} -setup {
catch {safe::interpDelete a}
} -body {
safe::interpCreate a
safe::loadTk a
set status ok
if {[catch {interp invokehidden a menu .m} msg]} {
set status broken
}
set status
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete a
} -result ok
test safe-4.1 {testing loadTk} -body {
# no error shall occur, the user will eventually see a new toplevel
set i [safe::loadTk [safe::interpCreate]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
} -result {}
test safe-5.1 {loading Tk in safe interps without parent's clearance} -body {
set i [safe::interpCreate]
interp eval $i {load {} Tk}
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete $i
| | | 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 |
} -result {}
test safe-5.1 {loading Tk in safe interps without parent's clearance} -body {
set i [safe::interpCreate]
interp eval $i {load {} Tk}
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete $i
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {*not allowed*}
test safe-5.2 {multi-level Tk loading with clearance} -setup {
set safeParent [safe::interpCreate]
} -body {
# No error shall occur in that test and no window shall remain at the end.
set i [safe::interpCreate [list $safeParent x]]
safe::loadTk $i
interp eval $i {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
} -result {conflicting -display :23.56 and -use }
test safe-7.1 {canvas printing} -body {
set i [safe::loadTk [safe::interpCreate]]
interp eval $i {canvas .c; .c postscript}
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete $i
| | < | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 |
} -result {conflicting -display :23.56 and -use }
test safe-7.1 {canvas printing} -body {
set i [safe::loadTk [safe::interpCreate]]
interp eval $i {canvas .c; .c postscript}
} -cleanup {
safe::interpDelete $i
} -match glob -result *
# cleanup
set ::auto_path $saveAutoPath
cleanupTests
return
# Local Variables:
# mode: tcl
# fill-column: 78
# End:
|
Deleted tests/safePrimarySelection.test.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to tests/scale.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "scale" command # of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < | < > > > > > > | | < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < > > | < < < < | < < < | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < | < | < | | < | > | | < < < < < < < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > < < < < < < < < | | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > > > > > > | | | < < | | | < < | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < | > < < < | | < | | < | < | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | | < < | | < | < < | | < | | < < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | < < > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < | < < | | < < < | < < | | < < < | | < < | | < < < | | < < | | < < < | < < | | < < < | | < < | | < < < | < < | | < | | < < | < | < < < | | < < | | < < < | | < < | | < < < | | < < | | < | | | < < | | < < < | | | | < < | | < < < | | | < < | | < | | | < < | | < | | | < < | | < | | | < < | < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < | | < < | | < < | < < | | > < < | | < < < | | < < | | < < < | | < < | < | < < | | | | | > < < | | | < < > < < | | < < < | < < | > | > > > > | < < | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < | < < | < < < | < > | < < < < | | < < < | < < < | | < < < < | < | < | > | | < < < < | < | < | > | | < < < | < < | < | > | | < < < < | < | < | > | | < < < < < | < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < < | | < | | | | < | | | < | | < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < | | < | | < < | > > | < | | | < < < < < | < < | < < < | | < | | | > | < < < | | | | > > > > | | | | | | > | | | | > | | > | < < < | | | | > > > > | | | | | | > | | | | > | < | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "scale" command
# of Tk. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
option add *Scale.borderWidth 2
option add *Scale.highlightThickness 2
option add *Scale.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
scale .s -from 100 -to 300
pack .s
update
set i 1
foreach test {
{-activebackground #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bigincrement 12.5 12.5 badValue
{expected floating-point number but got "badValue"}}
{-bg #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-command "set x" {set x} {} {}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-digits 5 5 badValue {expected integer but got "badValue"}}
{-fg #00ff00 #00ff00 badValue {unknown color name "badValue"}}
{-font fixed fixed {} {font "" doesn't exist}}
{-foreground green green badValue {unknown color name "badValue"}}
{-from -15.0 -15.0 badValue
{expected floating-point number but got "badValue"}}
{-highlightbackground #112233 #112233 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
{-highlightcolor #123456 #123456 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-highlightthickness 2 2 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-label "Some text" {Some text} {} {}}
{-length 130 130 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-orient horizontal horizontal badValue
{bad orient "badValue": must be horizontal or vertical}}
{-orient horizontal horizontal {} {}}
{-relief ridge ridge badValue {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-repeatdelay 14 14 bogus {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
{-repeatinterval 14 14 bogus {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
{-resolution 2.0 2.0 badValue
{expected floating-point number but got "badValue"}}
{-showvalue 0 0 badValue {expected boolean value but got "badValue"}}
{-sliderlength 86 86 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-sliderrelief raised raised badValue {bad relief "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-state d disabled badValue
{bad state "badValue": must be active, disabled, or normal}}
{-state n normal {} {}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-tickinterval 4.3 4.0 badValue
{expected floating-point number but got "badValue"}}
{-to 14.9 15.0 badValue
{expected floating-point number but got "badValue"}}
{-troughcolor #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-variable x x {} {}}
{-width 32 32 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
} {
set name [lindex $test 0]
test scale-1.$i {configuration options} {
.s configure $name [lindex $test 1]
lindex [.s configure $name] 4
} [lindex $test 2]
incr i
if {[lindex $test 3] ne ""} {
test scale-1.$i {configuration options} {
list [catch {.s configure $name [lindex $test 3]} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [lindex $test 4]]
}
.s configure $name [lindex [.s configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
destroy .s
test scale-2.1 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} {
list [catch {scale} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "scale pathName ?options?"}}
test scale-2.2 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} {
list [catch {scale foo} msg] $msg [winfo child .]
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"} {}}
test scale-2.3 {Tk_ScaleCmd procedure} {
list [catch {scale .s -gorp dumb} msg] $msg [winfo child .]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} {}}
scale .s -from 100 -to 200
pack .s
update idletasks
test scale-3.1 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test scale-3.2 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, cget option} {
list [catch {.s cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s cget option"}}
test scale-3.3 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, cget option} {
list [catch {.s cget a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s cget option"}}
test scale-3.4 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, cget option} {
list [catch {.s cget -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test scale-3.5 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, cget option} {
.s cget -highlightthickness
} {2}
test scale-3.6 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, configure option} {
list [llength [.s configure]] [lindex [.s configure] 6]
} {33 {-command command Command {} {}}}
test scale-3.7 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, configure option} {
list [catch {.s configure -foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-foo"}}
test scale-3.8 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, configure option} {
list [catch {.s configure -borderwidth 2 -bg} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-bg" missing}}
test scale-3.9 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, coords option} {
list [catch {.s coords a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s coords ?value?"}}
test scale-3.10 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, coords option} {
list [catch {.s coords bad} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "bad"}}
test scale-3.11 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure} {fonts} {
.s set 120
.s coords
} {38 34}
test scale-3.12 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, coords option} {fonts} {
.s configure -orient horizontal
update
.s set 120
.s coords
} {34 31}
.s configure -orient vertical
update
test scale-3.13 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, get option} {
list [catch {.s get a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s get ?x y?"}}
test scale-3.14 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, get option} {
list [catch {.s get a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s get ?x y?"}}
test scale-3.15 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, get option} {
list [catch {.s get a 11} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "a"}}
test scale-3.16 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, get option} {
list [catch {.s get 12 b} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "b"}}
test scale-3.17 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, get option} {
.s set 133
.s get
} 133
test scale-3.18 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, get option} {
.s configure -resolution 0.5
.s set 150
.s get 37 34
} 119.5
.s configure -resolution 1
test scale-3.19 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, identify option} {
list [catch {.s identify} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s identify x y"}}
test scale-3.20 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, identify option} {
list [catch {.s identify 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s identify x y"}}
test scale-3.21 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, identify option} {
list [catch {.s identify boo 16} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "boo"}}
test scale-3.22 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, identify option} {
list [catch {.s identify 17 bad} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bad"}}
test scale-3.23 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, identify option} {fonts} {
.s set 120
list [.s identify 35 10] [.s identify 35 30] [.s identify 35 80] [.s identify 5 80]
} {trough1 slider trough2 {}}
test scale-3.24 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, set option} {
list [catch {.s set} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set value"}}
test scale-3.25 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, set option} {
list [catch {.s set a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set value"}}
test scale-3.26 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, set option} {
list [catch {.s set bad} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "bad"}}
test scale-3.27 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, set option} {
.s set 142
} {}
test scale-3.28 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, set option} {
.s set 118
.s configure -state disabled
.s set 181
.s configure -state normal
.s get
} {118}
test scale-3.29 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s dumb} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "dumb": must be cget, configure, coords, get, identify, or set}}
test scale-3.30 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be cget, configure, coords, get, identify, or set}}
test scale-3.31 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s co} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "co": must be cget, configure, coords, get, identify, or set}}
test scale-3.32 {ScaleWidgetCmd procedure, Tk_Preserve} {
proc kill args {
destroy .s
}
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -variable x -from 0 -to 100 -orient horizontal
pack .s
update
.s configure -command kill
.s set 55
} {}
test scale-4.1 {DestroyScale procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
set x 50
scale .s -variable x -from 0 -to 100 -orient horizontal
pack .s
update
destroy .s
list [catch {set x foo} msg] $msg $x
} {0 foo foo}
test scale-5.1 {ConfigureScale procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
set x 66
set y 77
scale .s -variable x -from 0 -to 100
pack .s
update
.s configure -variable y
list [catch {set x foo} msg] $msg $x [.s get]
} {0 foo foo 77}
test scale-5.2 {ConfigureScale procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100
list [catch {.s configure -foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-foo"}}
test scale-5.3 {ConfigureScale procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
catch {unset x}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -variable x
set result $x
lappend result [.s get]
set x 92
lappend result [.s get]
.s set 3
lappend result $x
unset x
lappend result [catch {set x} msg] $msg
} {0 0 92 3 0 3}
test scale-5.4 {ConfigureScale procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100
list [catch {.s configure -orient dumb} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad orient "dumb": must be horizontal or vertical}}
test scale-5.5 {ConfigureScale procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 1.11 -to 1.89 -resolution .1 -tickinterval .76
list [format %.1f [.s cget -from]] [format %.1f [.s cget -to]] \
[format %.1f [.s cget -tickinterval]]
} {1.1 1.9 0.8}
test scale-5.6 {ConfigureScale procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 1 -to 10 -tickinterval -2
pack .s
set result [lindex [.s configure -tickinterval] 4]
.s configure -from 10 -to 1 -tickinterval 2
lappend result [lindex [.s configure -tickinterval] 4]
} {2.0 -2.0}
test scale-5.7 {ConfigureScale procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
list [catch {scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -state bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad state "bogus": must be active, disabled, or normal}}
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -orient horizontal -length 200
pack .s
test scale-6.1 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from 10 -to 100 -resolution 10
.s set 49.3
.s get
} {50}
test scale-6.2 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from 100 -to 1000 -resolution 100
.s set 493
.s get
} {500}
test scale-6.3 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from 1000 -to 10000 -resolution 1000
.s set 4930
.s get
} {5000}
test scale-6.4 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from 10000 -to 100000 -resolution 10000
.s set 49000
.s get
} {50000}
test scale-6.5 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from 100000 -to 1000000 -resolution 100000
.s set 493000
.s get
} {500000}
test scale-6.6 {ComputeFormat procedure} {nonPortable} {
# This test is non-portable because some platforms format the
# result as 5e+06.
.s configure -from 1000000 -to 10000000 -resolution 1000000
.s set 4930000
.s get
} {5000000}
test scale-6.7 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from 1000000000 -to 10000000000 -resolution 1000000000
.s set 4930000000
expr {[.s get] == 5.0e+09}
} 1
test scale-6.8 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from .1 -to 1 -resolution .1
.s set .6
.s get
} {0.6}
test scale-6.9 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from .01 -to .1 -resolution .01
.s set .06
.s get
} {0.06}
test scale-6.10 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from .001 -to .01 -resolution .001
.s set .006
.s get
} {0.006}
test scale-6.11 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from .0001 -to .001 -resolution .0001
.s set .0006
.s get
} {0.0006}
test scale-6.12 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from .00001 -to .0001 -resolution .00001
.s set .00006
.s get
} {0.00006}
test scale-6.13 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from .000001 -to .00001 -resolution .000001
.s set .000006
expr {[.s get] == 6.0e-06}
} {1}
test scale-6.14 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -to .00001 -from .0001 -resolution .00001
.s set .00006
.s get
} {0.00006}
test scale-6.15 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -to .000001 -from .00001 -resolution .000001
.s set .000006
expr {[.s get] == 6.0e-06}
} {1}
test scale-6.16 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from .00001 -to .0001 -resolution .00001 -digits 1
.s set .00006
expr {[.s get] == 6e-05}
} {1}
test scale-6.17 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -from 10000000 -to 100000000 -resolution 10000000 -digits 3
.s set 49300000
.s get
} {50000000}
test scale-6.18 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -length 200 -from 0 -to 10 -resolution 0 -digits 0
.s set .111111111
.s get
} {0.11}
test scale-6.19 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -length 200 -from 1000 -to 1002 -resolution 0 -digits 0
.s set 1001.23456789
.s get
} {1001.23}
test scale-6.20 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -length 200 -from 1000 -to 1001.8 -resolution 0 -digits 0
.s set 1001.23456789
.s get
} {1001.235}
test scale-6.21 {ComputeFormat procedure} {
.s configure -length 200 -from 1000 -to 1001.8 -resolution 0 -digits 200
.s set 1001.23456789
.s get
} {1001.235}
test scale-7.1 {ComputeScaleGeometry procedure} {nonPortable fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 10 -label "Short" -orient vertical -length 5i
pack .s
update
list [winfo reqwidth .s] [winfo reqheight .s]
} {88 458}
test scale-7.2 {ComputeScaleGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 1000 -label "Long string" -orient vertical -tick 200
pack .s
update
list [winfo reqwidth .s] [winfo reqheight .s]
} {168 108}
test scale-7.3 {ComputeScaleGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 1000 -orient vertical -showvalue 0 -width 10 \
-sliderlength 10
pack .s
update
list [winfo reqwidth .s] [winfo reqheight .s]
} {22 108}
test scale-7.4 {ComputeScaleGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 1000 -orient vertical -showvalue 0 -bd 5 \
-relief sunken
pack .s
update
list [winfo reqwidth .s] [winfo reqheight .s]
} {39 114}
test scale-7.5 {ComputeScaleGeometry procedure} {nonPortable fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 10 -label "Short" -orient horizontal -length 5i
pack .s
update
list [winfo reqwidth .s] [winfo reqheight .s]
} {458 61}
test scale-7.6 {ComputeScaleGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 1000 -label "Long string" -orient horizontal \
-tick 500
pack .s
update
list [winfo reqwidth .s] [winfo reqheight .s]
} {108 79}
test scale-7.7 {ComputeScaleGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 1000 -orient horizontal -showvalue 0
pack .s
update
list [winfo reqwidth .s] [winfo reqheight .s]
} {108 27}
test scale-7.8 {ComputeScaleGeometry procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 1000 -orient horizontal -showvalue 0 -bd 5 \
-relief raised -highlightthickness 2
pack .s
update
list [winfo reqwidth .s] [winfo reqheight .s]
} {114 39}
test scale-8.1 {ScaleElement procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -orient vertical -bd 1 -tick 20 -length 300
pack .s
.s set 30
update
list [.s identify 53 52] [.s identify 54 52] [.s identify 70 52] \
[.s identify 71 52]
} {{} trough1 trough1 {}}
test scale-8.2 {ScaleElement procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -orient vertical -bd 1 -tick 20 -length 300
pack .s
.s set 30
update
list [.s identify 60 2] [.s identify 60 3] [.s identify 60 302] \
[.s identify 60 303]
} {{} trough1 trough2 {}}
test scale-8.3 {ScaleElement procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -orient vertical -bd 1 -tick 20 -length 300
pack .s
.s set 30
update
list [.s identify 60 83] [.s identify 60 84] [.s identify 60 113] \
[.s identify 60 114] \
} {trough1 slider slider trough2}
test scale-8.4 {ScaleElement procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -orient vertical -bd 4 -width 10 \
-highlightthickness 1 -length 300 -showvalue 0
pack .s
.s set 30
update
list [.s identify 4 40] [.s identify 5 40] [.s identify 22 40] \
[.s identify 23 40] \
} {{} trough1 trough1 {}}
test scale-8.5 {ScaleElement procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -orient horizontal -bd 1 \
-highlightthickness 2 -tick 20 -sliderlength 20 \
-length 200 -label Test
pack .s
.s set 30
update
list [.s identify 150 36] [.s identify 150 37] [.s identify 150 53] \
[.s identify 150 54]
} {{} trough2 trough2 {}}
test scale-8.6 {ScaleElement procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -orient horizontal -bd 2 \
-highlightthickness 1 -tick 20 -length 200
pack .s
.s set 30
update
list [.s identify 150 20] [.s identify 150 21] [.s identify 150 39] \
[.s identify 150 40]
} {{} trough2 trough2 {}}
test scale-8.7 {ScaleElement procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -orient horizontal -bd 4 -highlightthickness 2 \
-length 200 -width 10 -showvalue 0
pack .s
.s set 30
update
list [.s identify 30 5] [.s identify 30 6] [.s identify 30 23] \
[.s identify 30 24]
} {{} trough1 trough1 {}}
test scale-8.8 {ScaleElement procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -orient horizontal -bd 1 -highlightthickness 2 \
-tick 20 -sliderlength 20 -length 200 -label Test -showvalue 0
pack .s
.s set 30
update
list [.s identify 2 28] [.s identify 3 28] [.s identify 202 28] \
[.s identify 203 28]
} {{} trough1 trough2 {}}
test scale-8.9 {ScaleElement procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -orient horizontal -bd 1 -highlightthickness 2 \
-tick 20 -sliderlength 20 -length 200 -label Test -showvalue 0
pack .s
.s set 80
update
list [.s identify 145 28] [.s identify 146 28] [.s identify 165 28] \
[.s identify 166 28]
} {trough1 slider slider trough2}
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2
pack .s
update
test scale-9.1 {PixelToValue procedure} {
.s get 46 0
} 0
test scale-9.2 {PixelToValue procedure} {
.s get -10 9
} 0
test scale-9.3 {PixelToValue procedure} {
.s get -10 12
} 1
test scale-9.4 {PixelToValue procedure} {
.s get -10 46
} 35
test scale-9.5 {PixelToValue procedure} {
.s get -10 110
} 99
test scale-9.6 {PixelToValue procedure} {
.s get -10 111
} 100
test scale-9.7 {PixelToValue procedure} {
.s get -10 112
} 100
test scale-9.8 {PixelToValue procedure} {
.s get -10 154
} 100
.s configure -orient horizontal
update
test scale-9.9 {PixelToValue procedure} {
.s get 76 152
} 65
test scale-10.1 {ValueToPixel procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -sliderlength 20 -length 124 -bd 2 \
-orient horizontal -label Test -tick 20
pack .s
update
list [.s coords -10] [.s coords 40] [.s coords 1000]
} {{16 47} {56 47} {116 47}}
test scale-10.2 {ValueToPixel procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 100 -to 0 -sliderlength 20 -length 122 -bd 1 \
-orient vertical -label Test -tick 20
pack .s
update
list [.s coords -10] [.s coords 40] [.s coords 1000]
} {{62 114} {62 74} {62 14}}
test scale-11.1 {ScaleEventProc procedure} {
proc killScale value {
global x
if {$value > 30} {
destroy .s1
lappend x [winfo exists .s1] [info commands .s1]
}
}
catch {destroy .s1}
set x initial
scale .s1 -from 0 -to 100 -command killScale
.s1 set 20
pack .s1
update idletasks
lappend x [winfo exists .s1]
.s1 set 40
update idletasks
rename killScale {}
set x
} {initial 1 0 {}}
test scale-11.2 {ScaleEventProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
scale .s1 -bg #543210
rename .s1 .s2
set x {}
lappend x [winfo children .]
lappend x [.s2 cget -bg]
destroy .s1
lappend x [info command .s*] [winfo children .]
} {.s1 #543210 {} {}}
test scale-12.1 {ScaleCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
scale .s1
rename .s1 {}
list [info command .s*] [winfo children .]
} {{} {}}
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -command {set x} -variable y
pack .s
update
proc varTrace args {
global traceInfo
set traceInfo $args
}
test scale-13.1 {SetScaleValue procedure} {
set x xyzzy
.s set 44
set result [list $x $y]
update
lappend result $x $y
} {xyzzy 44 44 44}
test scale-13.2 {SetScaleValue procedure} {
.s set -3
.s get
} 0
test scale-13.3 {SetScaleValue procedure} {
.s set 105
.s get
} 100
.s configure -from 100 -to 0
test scale-13.4 {SetScaleValue procedure} {
.s set -3
.s get
} 0
test scale-13.5 {SetScaleValue procedure} {
.s set 105
.s get
} 100
test scale-13.6 {SetScaleValue procedure} {
.s set 50
update
trace variable y w varTrace
set traceInfo empty
set x untouched
.s set 50
update
list $x $traceInfo
} {untouched empty}
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -sliderlength 10 -length 114 -bd 2 -orient horizontal
pack .s
update
.s configure -resolution 4.0
update
test scale-14.1 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 84 152
} 72
test scale-14.2 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 86 152
} 76
.s configure -from 100 -to 0
update
test scale-14.3 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 84 152
} 28
test scale-14.4 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 86 152
} 24
.s configure -from -100 -to 0
update
test scale-14.5 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 84 152
} -28
test scale-14.6 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 86 152
} -24
.s configure -from 0 -to -100
update
test scale-14.7 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 84 152
} -72
test scale-14.8 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 86 152
} -76
.s configure -from 0 -to 2.25 -resolution 0
update
test scale-14.9 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 84 152
} 1.64
test scale-14.10 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 86 152
} 1.69
.s configure -from 0 -to 225 -resolution 0 -digits 5
update
test scale-14.11 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 84 152
} 164.25
test scale-14.12 {RoundToResolution procedure} {
.s get 86 152
} 168.75
test scale-15.1 {ScaleVarProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
set y -130
scale .s -from 0 -to -200 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
pack .s
set y
} -130
test scale-15.2 {ScaleVarProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
set y -130
scale .s -from -200 -to 0 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
pack .s
set y -87
.s get
} -87
test scale-15.3 {ScaleVarProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
set y -130
scale .s -from -200 -to 0 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
pack .s
list [catch {set y 40q} msg] $msg [.s get]
} {1 {can't set "y": can't assign non-numeric value to scale variable} -130}
test scale-15.4 {ScaleVarProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .s}
set y 1
scale .s -from 1 -to 0 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
pack .s
list [catch {set y x} msg] $msg [.s get]
} {1 {can't set "y": can't assign non-numeric value to scale variable} 1}
test scale-15.5 {ScaleVarProc procedure, variable deleted} {
catch {destroy .s}
set y 6
scale .s -from 10 -to 0 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150 \
-command "set x"
pack .s
update
set x untouched
unset y
update
list [catch {set y} msg] $msg [.s get] $x
} {0 6 6 untouched}
test scale-15.6 {ScaleVarProc procedure, don't call -command} {
catch {destroy .s}
set y 6
scale .s -from 0 -to 100 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150 \
-command "set x"
pack .s
update
set x untouched
set y 60
update
list $x [.s get]
} {untouched 60}
set l [interp hidden]
deleteWindows
test scale-16.1 {scale widget vs hidden commands} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s
interp hide {} .s
destroy .s
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
test scale-17.1 {bug fix 1786} {
# Perhaps x is set to {}, depending on what other tests have run.
# If x is unset, or set to something not convertable to a double,
# then the scale try to initialize its value with the contents
# of uninitialized memory. Sometimes that causes an FPE.
set x {}
scale .s -from 100 -to 300
pack .s
update
.s configure -variable x ;# CRASH! -> Floating point exception
# Bug 4833 changed the result to realize that x should pick up
# a value from the scale. In an FPE occurs, it is due to the
# lack of errno being set to 0 by some libc's. (see bug 4942)
set x
} {100}
test scale-18.1 {DestroyScale, -cursor option [Bug: 3897]} {
catch {destroy .s}
scale .s -cursor trek
destroy .s
} {}
test scale-18.2 {Scale button 1 events [Bug 787065]} \
-setup {
catch {destroy .s}
set y 5
scale .s -from 0 -to 10 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
pack .s
tkwait visibility .s
set ::error {}
proc bgerror {args} {set ::error $args}
} \
-body {
list [catch {
event generate .s <1> -x 0 -y 0
event generate .s <ButtonRelease-1> -x 0 -y 0
update
set ::error
} msg] $msg
} \
-cleanup {
unset ::error
rename bgerror {}
catch {destroy .s}
} \
-result {0 {}}
test scale-18.3 {Scale button 2 events [Bug 787065]} \
-setup {
catch {destroy .s}
set y 5
scale .s -from 0 -to 10 -variable y -orient horizontal -length 150
pack .s
tkwait visibility .s
set ::error {}
proc bgerror {args} {set ::error $args}
} \
-body {
list [catch {
event generate .s <2> -x 0 -y 0
event generate .s <ButtonRelease-2> -x 0 -y 0
update
set ::error
} msg] $msg
} \
-cleanup {
unset ::error
rename bgerror {}
catch {destroy .s}
} \
-result {0 {}}
test scale-19 {Bug [3529885fff] - Click in through goes in wrong direction} \
-setup {
catch {destroy .s}
catch {destroy .s1 .s2 .s3 .s4}
unset -nocomplain x1 x2 x3 x4 x y
scale .s1 -from 0 -to 100 -resolution 1 -variable x1 -digits 4 -orient horizontal -length 100
scale .s2 -from 0 -to 100 -resolution -1 -variable x2 -digits 4 -orient horizontal -length 100
scale .s3 -from 100 -to 0 -resolution 1 -variable x3 -digits 4 -orient horizontal -length 100
scale .s4 -from 100 -to 0 -resolution -1 -variable x4 -digits 4 -orient horizontal -length 100
pack .s1 .s2 .s3 .s4 -side left
update
} \
-body {
foreach {x y} [.s1 coord 50] {}
event generate .s1 <1> -x $x -y $y
event generate .s1 <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x -y $y
foreach {x y} [.s2 coord 50] {}
event generate .s2 <1> -x $x -y $y
event generate .s2 <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x -y $y
foreach {x y} [.s3 coord 50] {}
event generate .s3 <1> -x $x -y $y
event generate .s3 <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x -y $y
foreach {x y} [.s4 coord 50] {}
event generate .s4 <1> -x $x -y $y
event generate .s4 <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x -y $y
update
list $x1 $x2 $x3 $x4
} \
-cleanup {
unset x1 x2 x3 x4 x y
destroy .s1 .s2 .s3 .s4
} \
-result {1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0}
catch {destroy .s}
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/scrollbar.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out scrollbar widgets and # the "scrollbar" command of Tk. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | < < < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | > | < | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out scrollbar widgets and
# the "scrollbar" command of Tk. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
}
proc getTroughSize {w} {
if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {
if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
return [expr [winfo height $w] - 2*[testmetrics cyvscroll $w]]
} else {
return [expr [winfo width $w] - 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll $w]]
}
} else {
if [string match v* [$w cget -orient]] {
return [expr [winfo height $w] \
- ([winfo width $w] \
- [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
- [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2]
} else {
return [expr [winfo width $w] \
- ([winfo height $w] \
- [$w cget -highlightthickness] \
- [$w cget -bd] + 1)*2]
}
}
}
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
# XXX Note: this test file is woefully incomplete. Right now there are
# only bits and pieces of tests. Please make this file more complete
# as you fix bugs and add features.
foreach {width height} [wm minsize .] {
set height [expr ($height < 200) ? 200 : $height]
set width [expr ($width < 1) ? 1 : $width]
}
frame .f -height $height -width $width
pack .f -side left
scrollbar .s
pack .s -side right -fill y
update
set i 1
foreach test {
{-activebackground #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-activerelief sunken sunken non-existent
{bad relief type "non-existent": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bg #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-command "set x" {set x} {} {}}
{-elementborderwidth 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-highlightbackground #112233 #112233 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
{-highlightcolor #123456 #123456 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-highlightthickness 6 6 bogus {bad screen distance "bogus"}}
{-highlightthickness -2 0 {} {}}
{-jump true 1 silly {expected boolean value but got "silly"}}
{-orient horizontal horizontal badValue
{bad orientation "badValue": must be vertical or horizontal}}
{-orient horizontal horizontal bogus {bad orientation "bogus": must be vertical or horizontal}}
{-relief ridge ridge badValue {bad relief type "badValue": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-repeatdelay 140 140 129.3 {expected integer but got "129.3"}}
{-repeatinterval 140 140 129.3 {expected integer but got "129.3"}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-troughcolor #432 #432 lousy {unknown color name "lousy"}}
{-width 32 32 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
} {
lassign $test name value okResult badValue badResult
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
}
.s configure $name [lindex [.s configure $name] 3]
}
destroy .s
test scrollbar-2.1 {Tk_ScrollbarCmd procedure} -returnCodes error -body {
scrollbar
| | | 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
}
.s configure $name [lindex [.s configure $name] 3]
}
destroy .s
test scrollbar-2.1 {Tk_ScrollbarCmd procedure} -returnCodes error -body {
scrollbar
} -result {wrong # args: should be "scrollbar pathName ?options?"}
test scrollbar-2.2 {Tk_ScrollbarCmd procedure} -body {
scrollbar gorp
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name "gorp"}
test scrollbar-2.3 {Tk_ScrollbarCmd procedure} -setup {
scrollbar .s
} -body {
list [winfo class .s] [info command .s]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 |
} -result .s
scrollbar .s -orient vertical -command scroll -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .s -side right -fill y
update
test scrollbar-3.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s} msg] $msg
| | | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
} -result .s
scrollbar .s -orient vertical -command scroll -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2
pack .s -side right -fill y
update
test scrollbar-3.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test scrollbar-3.2 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.s cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s cget option"}}
test scrollbar-3.3 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.s cget -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test scrollbar-3.4 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "activate" option} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
} {}
test scrollbar-3.14.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} emptyTest {
# empty test; duplicated scrollbar-3.13
} {}
destroy .s2
test scrollbar-3.15 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
llength [.s configure]
| | | 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
} {}
test scrollbar-3.14.1 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" option} emptyTest {
# empty test; duplicated scrollbar-3.13
} {}
destroy .s2
test scrollbar-3.15 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
llength [.s configure]
} {20}
test scrollbar-3.16 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
list [catch {.s configure -bad} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-bad"}}
test scrollbar-3.17 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
.s configure -orient
} {-orient orient Orient vertical vertical}
test scrollbar-3.18 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" option} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
list [catch {.s delta 18 xxyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xxyz"}}
test scrollbar-3.24 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
list [catch {.s delta 18 xxyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xxyz"}}
test scrollbar-3.25 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s delta 20 0]
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < | < | | | 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
list [catch {.s delta 18 xxyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xxyz"}}
test scrollbar-3.24 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
list [catch {.s delta 18 xxyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xxyz"}}
test scrollbar-3.25 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s delta 20 0]
} {0}
test scrollbar-3.26 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s delta 0 20]
} [format %.6g [expr 20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)]]
test scrollbar-3.27 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s delta 0 -20]
} [format %.6g [expr -20.0/([getTroughSize .s]-1)]]
test scrollbar-3.28 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "delta" option} {
toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100
wm geom .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -borderwidth 2
place .t.s -width 201
update
set result [list [format {%.6g} [.t.s delta 0 20]] \
[format {%.6g} [.t.s delta [expr [getTroughSize .t.s] - 1] 0]]]
destroy .t
set result
} {0 1}
test scrollbar-3.29 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
list [catch {.s fraction 24} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s fraction x y"}}
test scrollbar-3.30 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
list [catch {.s fraction 24 30 32} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s fraction x y"}}
test scrollbar-3.31 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
list [catch {.s fraction silly 24} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "silly"}}
test scrollbar-3.32 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
list [catch {.s fraction 24 bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.33 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 0]
} {0}
test scrollbar-3.34 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 0 1000]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.35 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 21]
} [format %.6g [expr (21.0 - ([winfo height .s] - [getTroughSize .s])/2.0) \
/([getTroughSize .s] - 1)]]
test scrollbar-3.36 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 179]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.37 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]]
} {1}
test scrollbar-3.38 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 178]
} {0.993711}
test scrollbar-3.39 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {testmetrics win} {
expr \
[format {%.6g} [.s fraction 4 [expr 200 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 2]]] \
== [format %g [expr (200.0 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2 - 2) \
/ ($height - 1 - [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]*2)]]
} 1
toplevel .t -width 250 -height 100
wm geom .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -borderwidth 2
place .t.s -width 201
update
test scrollbar-3.41 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0.5}
if {[testConstraint testmetrics]} {
place configure .t.s -width [expr 2*[testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s]+1]
} else {
place configure .t.s -width [expr [winfo reqwidth .t.s] - 4]
}
update
test scrollbar-3.42 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "fraction" option} {
format {%.6g} [.t.s fraction 100 0]
} {0}
destroy .t
test scrollbar-3.43 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
list [catch {.s get a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s get"}}
test scrollbar-3.44 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.s set 100 10 13 14
.s get
} {100 10 13 14}
test scrollbar-3.45 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "get" option} {
.s set 0.6 0.8
set result {}
foreach element [.s get] {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
338 339 340 341 342 343 344 |
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s identify x y"}}
test scrollbar-3.48 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
list [catch {.s identify bogus 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.49 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
list [catch {.s identify -1 bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
| | < < < < | < < < < | 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s identify x y"}}
test scrollbar-3.48 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
list [catch {.s identify bogus 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.49 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
list [catch {.s identify -1 bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "bogus"}}
test scrollbar-3.50 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
.s identify 5 5
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-3.51 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
.s identify 5 35
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-3.52 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
.s set .3 .6
.s identify 5 80
} {slider}
test scrollbar-3.53 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {
.s identify 5 145
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-3.54 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} {unixOrPc} {
.s identify 5 195
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-3.56 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "identify" option} unix {
.s identify 0 0
} {}
test scrollbar-3.57 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set abc def} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "abc"}}
test scrollbar-3.58 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
.s set .4 .3
set result {}
foreach element [.s get] {
lappend result [format %.1f $element]
}
set result
} {0.4 0.4}
| | | | | | | | | | | | 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 |
.s set .4 .3
set result {}
foreach element [.s get] {
lappend result [format %.1f $element]
}
set result
} {0.4 0.4}
test scrollbar-3.64 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set abc def ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "abc"}}
test scrollbar-3.65 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 def ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "def"}}
test scrollbar-3.66 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 2 ghi jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "ghi"}}
test scrollbar-3.67 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 jkl} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "jkl"}}
test scrollbar-3.68 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
.s set -10 50 20 30
.s get
} {0 50 0 0}
test scrollbar-3.69 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
.s set 100 -10 20 30
.s get
} {100 0 20 30}
test scrollbar-3.70 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
.s set 100 50 30 20
.s get
} {100 50 30 30}
test scrollbar-3.71 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.72 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure, "set" option} {
list [catch {.s set 1 2 3 4 5} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".s set firstFraction lastFraction" or ".s set totalUnits windowUnits firstUnit lastUnit"}}
test scrollbar-3.73 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bogus": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
test scrollbar-3.74 {ScrollbarWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.s c} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "c": must be activate, cget, configure, delta, fraction, get, identify, or set}}
test scrollbar-4.1 {ScrollbarEventProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .s1}
scrollbar .s1 -bg #543210
rename .s1 .s2
set x {}
lappend x [winfo exists .s1]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
test scrollbar-6.4 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 3 100
} {}
test scrollbar-6.6 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 19 100
} {}
test scrollbar-6.7 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
| | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | > > > > | | | | | < < < < | < < < < | | | | | | < < < < | | < < < < | | | | | | < < | | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 |
test scrollbar-6.4 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 3 100
} {}
test scrollbar-6.6 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 19 100
} {}
test scrollbar-6.7 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] -1
} {}
test scrollbar-6.8 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s]]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.9 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
.s identify -1 [expr [winfo height .s] / 2]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.10 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {
.s identify [winfo width .s] [expr [winfo height .s] / 2]
} {}
test scrollbar-6.11 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 8 4
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.12 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
.s identify 8 19
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.14 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] 0
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.15 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.16 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 8 20
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.17 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix nonPortable} {
# Don't know why this is non-portable, but it doesn't work on
# some platforms.
.s identify 8 51
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.18 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.19 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1]) \
+ [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {trough1}
test scrollbar-6.20 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 8 52
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.21 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix nonPortable} {
# Don't know why this is non-portable, but it doesn't work on
# some platforms.
.s identify 8 83
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.22 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] \
[expr int(.2 / [.s delta 0 1] + 0.5) + [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.23 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) \
+ [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.24 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 8 84
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.25 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 8 179
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.27 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win knownBug} {
# This asks for 8,21, which is actually the slider, but there is a
# bug in that GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB) actually returns a value
# that is larger than the thumb displayed, skewing the ability to
# calculate the trough2 area correctly (Win2k). -- hobbs
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr int(.4 / [.s delta 0 1]) \
+ [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.28 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] \
- [testmetrics cyvscroll .s] - 1]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.29 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
.s identify 8 180
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.30 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 8 195
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.32 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] \
- [testmetrics cyvscroll .s]]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.33 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] / 2] [expr [winfo height .s] - 1]
} {arrow2}
test scrollbar-6.34 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.s identify 4 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.35 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
.s identify 18 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.37 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.s identify 0 100
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.38 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.s identify [expr [winfo width .s] - 1] 100
} {trough2}
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 250 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
scrollbar .t.s -orient horizontal -relief sunken -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
place .t.s -width 200
.t.s set .2 .4
update
test scrollbar-6.39 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.t.s identify 4 8
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.40 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.t.s identify 0 [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2]
} {arrow1}
test scrollbar-6.41 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} unix {
.t.s identify 82 8
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.43 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {testmetrics win} {
.t.s identify [expr int(.4 / [.t.s delta 1 0]) + [testmetrics cxhscroll .t.s] \
- 1] [expr [winfo height .t.s] / 2]
} {slider}
test scrollbar-6.44 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
.t.s identify 100 18
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-6.45 {ScrollbarPosition procedure} win {
.t.s identify 100 [expr [winfo height .t.s] - 1]
} {trough2}
test scrollbar-7.1 {EventuallyRedraw} {
.s configure -orient horizontal
update
set result [.s cget -orient]
.s configure -orient vertical
update
lappend result [.s cget -orient]
} {horizontal vertical}
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
test scrollbar-8.1 {TkScrollbarEventProc: recursive deletion} {
proc doit {args} { destroy .t.f }
proc bgerror {args} {}
destroy .t.f
frame .t.f
scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
wm geometry .t 100x100
.t.f.s set 0 .5
update
set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr [winfo width .t.f.s] / 2] -y 5
event generate .t <ButtonRelease> -button 1
update
lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
rename bgerror {}
set result
} {1 0 0}
test scrollbar-8.2 {TkScrollbarEventProc: recursive deletion} {
proc doit {args} { destroy .t.f.s }
proc bgerror {args} {}
destroy .t.f
frame .t.f
scrollbar .t.f.s -command doit
pack .t.f -fill both -expand 1
pack .t.f.s -fill y -expand 1 -side right
wm geometry .t 100x100
.t.f.s set 0 .5
update
set result [winfo exists .t.f.s]
event generate .t.f.s <ButtonPress> -button 1 -x [expr [winfo width .t.f.s] / 2] -y 5
event generate .t.f <ButtonRelease> -button 1
update
lappend result [winfo exists .t.f.s] [winfo exists .t.f]
rename bgerror {}
set result
} {1 0 1}
set l [interp hidden]
deleteWindows
test scrollbar-9.1 {scrollbar widget vs hidden commands} {
catch {destroy .s}
scrollbar .s
interp hide {} .s
destroy .s
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
test scrollbar-10.1 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {win|unix} -setup {
destroy .t .s
} -body {
pack [text .t -yscrollcommand {.s set}] -side left
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Line $i\n"}
pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t yview}] -fill y -expand 1 -side left
update
focus -force .s
event generate .s <MouseWheel> -delta -120
after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
.t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .s
} -result {5.0}
test scrollbar-10.2 {<MouseWheel> event on scrollbar} -constraints {win|unix} -setup {
destroy .t .s
} -body {
pack [text .t -xscrollcommand {.s set} -wrap none] -side top
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Char $i "}
pack [scrollbar .s -command {.t xview} -orient horizontal] -fill x -expand 1 -side top
update
focus -force .s
event generate .s <Shift-MouseWheel> -delta -120
after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
.t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .s
} -result {1.4}
catch {destroy .s}
catch {destroy .t}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/select.test.
1 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's selection management code, | | | | | < < | < < < < < < | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's selection management code,
# especially the "selection" command. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
#
# Note: Multiple display selection handling will only be tested if the
# environment variable TK_ALT_DISPLAY is set to an alternate display.
#
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force ::tk::test:loadTkCommand
global longValue selValue selInfo
set selValue {}
set selInfo {}
proc handler {type offset count} {
global selValue selInfo
lappend selInfo $type $offset $count
set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
if {$numBytes <= 0} {
return ""
}
string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
proc errIncrHandler {type offset count} {
global selValue selInfo pass
if {$offset == 4000} {
if {$pass == 0} {
# Just sizing the selection; don't do anything here.
set pass 1
} else {
# Fetching the selection; wait long enough to cause a timeout.
after 6000
}
}
lappend selInfo $type $offset $count
set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
if {$numBytes <= 0} {
return ""
}
string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
proc errHandler args {
error "selection handler aborted"
}
proc badHandler {path type offset count} {
global selValue selInfo
selection handle -type $type $path {}
lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
if {$numBytes <= 0} {
return ""
}
string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
proc reallyBadHandler {path type offset count} {
global selValue selInfo pass
if {$offset == 4000} {
if {$pass == 0} {
set pass 1
} else {
selection handle -type $type $path {}
}
}
lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
if {$numBytes <= 0} {
return ""
}
string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
# Eliminate any existing selection on the screen. This is needed in case
# there is a selection in some other application, in order to prevent races
# from causing false errors in the tests below.
selection clear .
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
set longValue ""
foreach i {a b c d e f g j h i j k l m o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
set j $i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4$i.5$i.6$i.7$i.8$i.9$i.10$i.11$i.12$i.13$i.14
append longValue A$j B$j C$j D$j E$j F$j G$j H$j I$j K$j L$j M$j N$j
}
# Now we start the main body of the test code
| | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | | < | | | < | | < | | < | | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < < | | < < < < > | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < < < | | < < < | | < | | | < | | < | | < | | | < | | > > > > < < | < < | | | > > > > < | < < < | | | > > > > < | < < < | | < | | < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | | | | | | | | < | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | > | < | | | < | | < | | < | | | > | < < < | | | < | | < > | < > | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < < < > > < < | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | < < < < < | > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 |
set longValue ""
foreach i {a b c d e f g j h i j k l m o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
set j $i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4$i.5$i.6$i.7$i.8$i.9$i.10$i.11$i.12$i.13$i.14
append longValue A$j B$j C$j D$j E$j F$j G$j H$j I$j K$j L$j M$j N$j
}
# Now we start the main body of the test code
test select-1.1 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} {
setup
lsort [selection get TARGETS]
} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}
test select-1.2 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
lsort [selection get TARGETS]
} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}
test select-1.3 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} {
global selValue selInfo
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
list [selection get TEST] $selInfo
} {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-1.4.1 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} unix {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
lsort [selection get TARGETS]
} {MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW UTF8_STRING}
test select-1.4.2 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} win {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
lsort [selection get TARGETS]
} {MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}
test select-1.5 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} {
global selValue selInfo
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
set selValue ""
set selInfo ""
list [selection get] $selInfo
} {{} {STRING 0 4000}}
test select-1.6.1 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} unix {
global selValue selInfo
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
set selValue ""
set selInfo ""
selection get
selection get -type TEST
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST2} TEST
selection get -type TEST
list [set selInfo] [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]
} {{STRING 0 4000 TEST 0 4000 TEST2 0 4000} {MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW UTF8_STRING}}
test select-1.6.2 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} win {
global selValue selInfo
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
set selValue ""
set selInfo ""
selection get
selection get -type TEST
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST2} TEST
selection get -type TEST
list [set selInfo] [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]
} {{STRING 0 4000 TEST 0 4000 TEST2 0 4000} {MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-1.7.1 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} unix {
setup
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
selection handle -selection CLIPBOARD .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST2} STRING
list [lsort [selection get -selection PRIMARY TARGETS]] \
[lsort [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD TARGETS]]
} {{MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW UTF8_STRING} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-1.7.2 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} win {
setup
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
selection handle -selection CLIPBOARD .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST2} STRING
list [lsort [selection get -selection PRIMARY TARGETS]] \
[lsort [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD TARGETS]]
} {{MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-1.8 {Tk_CreateSelHandler procedure} {
setup
selection handle -format INTEGER -type TEST .f1 {handler TEST}
lsort [selection get TARGETS]
} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}
##############################################################################
test select-2.1 {Tk_DeleteSelHandler procedure} unix {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
selection handle -type TEST .f1 {handler TEST}
selection handle -type USER .f1 {handler USER}
set result [list [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]]
selection handle -type TEST .f1 {}
lappend result [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]
} {{MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW USER UTF8_STRING} {MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW USER UTF8_STRING}}
test select-2.2 {Tk_DeleteSelHandler procedure} unix {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
selection handle -type TEST .f1 {handler TEST}
selection handle -type USER .f1 {handler USER}
set result [list [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]]
selection handle -type USER .f1 {}
lappend result [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]
} {{MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW USER UTF8_STRING} {MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW UTF8_STRING}}
test select-2.3 {Tk_DeleteSelHandler procedure} unix {
setup
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler STRING}
selection handle -selection CLIPBOARD .f1 {handler STRING}
selection handle -selection CLIPBOARD .f1 {}
list [lsort [selection get TARGETS]] \
[lsort [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD TARGETS]]
} {{MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW UTF8_STRING} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-2.4 {Tk_DeleteSelHandler procedure} win {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
selection handle -type TEST .f1 {handler TEST}
selection handle -type USER .f1 {handler USER}
set result [list [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]]
selection handle -type TEST .f1 {}
lappend result [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]
} {{MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW USER} {MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW USER}}
test select-2.5 {Tk_DeleteSelHandler procedure} win {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
selection handle -type TEST .f1 {handler TEST}
selection handle -type USER .f1 {handler USER}
set result [list [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]]
selection handle -type USER .f1 {}
lappend result [lsort [selection get TARGETS]]
} {{MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW USER} {MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-2.6 {Tk_DeleteSelHandler procedure} win {
setup
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler STRING}
selection handle -selection CLIPBOARD .f1 {handler STRING}
selection handle -selection CLIPBOARD .f1 {}
list [lsort [selection get TARGETS]] \
[lsort [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD TARGETS]]
} {{MULTIPLE STRING TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-2.7 {Tk_DeleteSelHandler procedure} {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
list [selection handle .f1 {}] [selection handle .f1 {}]
} {{} {}}
##############################################################################
test select-3.1 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {
setup
selection own
} {.f1}
test select-3.2 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {
setup .f1
set result [selection own]
setup .f2
lappend result [selection own]
} {.f1 .f2}
test select-3.3 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {
setup .f1
setup .f2
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
list [selection own] [selection own -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {.f2 .f1}
test select-3.4 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {
global lostSel
setup
set lostSel {owned}
selection own -command { set lostSel {lost} } .f1
selection clear .f1
set lostSel
} {lost}
test select-3.5 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {
global lostSel
setup .f1
setup .f2
set lostSel {owned}
selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
selection own -command { set lostSel {lost2} } .f2
list $lostSel [selection own]
} {lost1 .f2}
test select-3.6 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {
global lostSel
setup
set lostSel {owned}
selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
selection own -command { set lostSel {lost2} } .f1
set result $lostSel
selection clear .f1
lappend result $lostSel
} {owned lost2}
test select-3.7 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} unix {
global lostSel
setup
setupbg
set lostSel {owned}
selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
update
set result {}
lappend result [dobg { selection own . }]
lappend result [dobg {selection own}]
update
cleanupbg
lappend result $lostSel
} {{} . lost1}
# check reentrancy on selection replacement
test select-3.8 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {
setup
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD -command { destroy .f1 } .f1
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .
} {}
test select-3.9 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {
setup .f2
setup .f1
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD -command { destroy .f2 } .f1
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f2
} {}
# multiple display tests
test select-3.10 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {altDisplay} {
setup .f1
setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
list [selection own -displayof .f1] [selection own -displayof .f2]
} {.f1 .f2}
test select-3.11 {Tk_OwnSelection procedure} {altDisplay} {
setup .f1
setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
setupbg
update
set result ""
lappend result [dobg "toplevel .t -screen $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY); wm geom .t +0+0; selection own .t; update"]
lappend result [selection own -displayof .f1] \
[selection own -displayof .f2]
cleanupbg
set result
} {{} .f1 {}}
##############################################################################
test select-4.1 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} {
setup
set result [selection own]
selection clear .f1
lappend result [selection own]
} {.f1 {}}
test select-4.2 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} {
setup
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
selection clear .f1
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD
} {.f1}
test select-4.3 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} {
setup
list [selection clear .f1] [selection clear .f1]
} {{} {}}
test select-4.4 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} unix {
global lostSel
setup
setupbg
set lostSel {owned}
selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
update
set result {}
lappend result [dobg {selection clear; update}]
update
cleanupbg
lappend result [selection own]
} {{} {}}
# multiple display tests
test select-4.5 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} {altDisplay} {
global lostSel lostSel2
setup .f1
setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
set lostSel {owned}
set lostSel2 {owned2}
selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
selection own -command { set lostSel2 {lost2} } .f2
update
selection clear -displayof .f2
update
list $lostSel $lostSel2
} {owned lost2}
test select-4.6 {Tk_ClearSelection procedure} {unix altDisplay} {
setup .f1
setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
setupbg
set lostSel {owned}
set lostSel2 {owned2}
selection own -command { set lostSel {lost1} } .f1
selection own -command { set lostSel2 {lost2} } .f2
update
set result ""
lappend result [dobg "toplevel .t -screen $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY); wm geom .t +0+0; selection own .t; update"]
lappend result [selection own -displayof .f1] \
[selection own -displayof .f2] $lostSel $lostSel2
cleanupbg
set result
} {{} .f1 {} owned lost2}
##############################################################################
test select-5.1 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {
setup
list [catch {selection get TEST} msg] $msg
} {1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined}}
test select-5.2 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {
setup
selection get TK_WINDOW
} {.f1}
test select-5.3 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {
setup
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
list [selection get TEST] $selInfo
} {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-5.4 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {
setup
selection handle .f1 ERROR errHandler
list [catch {selection get ERROR} msg] $msg
} {1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "ERROR" not defined}}
test select-5.5 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {
setup
set selValue $longValue
set selInfo ""
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
list [selection get] $selInfo
} "$longValue {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 8000 4000 STRING 12000 4000 STRING 16000 4000}"
test select-5.6 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {
proc weirdHandler {type offset count} {
selection handle .f1 {}
handler $type $offset $count
}
setup
set selValue $longValue
set selInfo ""
selection handle .f1 {weirdHandler STRING}
list [catch {selection get} msg] $msg
} {1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}}
test select-5.7 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {
proc weirdHandler {type offset count} {
destroy .f1
handler $type $offset $count
}
setup
set selValue "Test Value"
set selInfo ""
selection handle .f1 {weirdHandler STRING}
list [catch {selection get} msg] $msg
} {1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}}
test select-5.8 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {
proc weirdHandler {type offset count} {
selection clear
handler $type $offset $count
}
setup
set selValue $longValue
set selInfo ""
selection handle .f1 {weirdHandler STRING}
list [selection get] $selInfo [catch {selection get} msg] $msg
} "$longValue {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 8000 4000 STRING 12000 4000 STRING 16000 4000} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form \"STRING\" not defined}"
test select-5.9 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} unix {
setup
setupbg
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
update
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-5.10 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} unix {
setup
setupbg
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
update
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
selection own .f1
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST} 1]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{selection owner didn't respond} {}}
# multiple display tests
test select-5.11 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {altDisplay} {
setup .f1
setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f2 {handler TEST2} TEST
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
set result [list [selection get TEST] $selInfo]
set selValue "Test value2"
set selInfo ""
lappend result [selection get -displayof .f2 TEST] $selInfo
} {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000} {Test value2} {TEST2 0 4000}}
test select-5.12 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {altDisplay} {
global lostSel lostSel2
setup .f1
setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f2 {} TEST
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
set result [list [catch {selection get TEST} msg] $msg $selInfo]
set selValue "Test value2"
set selInfo ""
lappend result [catch {selection get -displayof .f2 TEST} msg] $msg \
$selInfo
} {0 {Test value} {TEST 0 4000} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined} {}}
test select-5.13 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {unix altDisplay} {
setup .f1
setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
setupbg
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection own .f1
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f2 {handler TEST2} TEST
selection own .f2
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
update
set result ""
lappend result [dobg "toplevel .t -screen $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY); wm geom .t +0+0; selection get -displayof .t TEST"]
set selValue "Test value2"
lappend result [dobg "selection get TEST"]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{Test value} {Test value2} {TEST2 0 4000 TEST 0 4000}}
test select-5.14 {Tk_GetSelection procedure} {unix altDisplay} {
setup .f1
setup .f2 $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY)
setupbg
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
selection own .f1
selection handle -selection PRIMARY .f2 {} TEST
selection own .f2
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
update
set result ""
lappend result [dobg "toplevel .t -screen $env(TK_ALT_DISPLAY); wm geom .t +0+0; selection get -displayof .t TEST"]
set selValue "Test value2"
lappend result [dobg "selection get TEST"]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "TEST" not defined} {Test value2} {TEST 0 4000}}
##############################################################################
test select-6.1 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "selection option ?arg arg ...?"}}
# selection clear
test select-6.2 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection clear -selection} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {value for "-selection" missing}}
test select-6.3 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
setup
selection own .
set result [selection own]
selection clear -displayof .f1
lappend result [selection own]
} {. {}}
test select-6.4 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
setup
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
set result [list [selection own] [selection own -selection CLIPBOARD]]
selection clear -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
lappend result [selection own] [selection own -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {.f1 .f1 .f1 {}}
test select-6.5 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
setup
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .
set result [list [selection own] [selection own -selection CLIPBOARD]]
selection clear -selection CLIPBOARD -displayof .f1
lappend result [selection own] [selection own -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {.f1 . .f1 {}}
test select-6.6 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection clear -badopt foo} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad option "-badopt": must be -displayof or -selection}}
test select-6.7 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection clear -selectionfoo foo} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad option "-selectionfoo": must be -displayof or -selection}}
test select-6.8 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .f2}
list [catch {selection clear -displayof .f2} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad window path name ".f2"}}
test select-6.9 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .f2}
list [catch {selection clear .f2} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad window path name ".f2"}}
test select-6.10 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
setup
set result [selection own -selection PRIMARY]
selection clear
lappend result [selection own -selection PRIMARY]
} {.f1 {}}
test select-6.11 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
setup
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
set result [selection own -selection CLIPBOARD]
selection clear -selection CLIPBOARD
lappend result [selection own -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {.f1 {}}
test select-6.12 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection clear foo bar} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "selection clear ?options?"}}
# selection get
test select-6.13 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection get -selection} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {value for "-selection" missing}}
test select-6.14 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
global selValue selInfo
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST}
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
list [selection get -displayof .f1] $selInfo
} {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-6.15 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
global selValue selInfo
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
selection handle -selection CLIPBOARD .f1 {handler TEST}
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
list [selection get -selection CLIPBOARD] $selInfo
} {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-6.16 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
global selValue selInfo
setup
selection handle -type TEST .f1 {handler TEST}
selection handle -type STRING .f1 {handler STRING}
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
list [selection get -type TEST] $selInfo
} {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-6.17 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection get -badopt foo} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad option "-badopt": must be -displayof, -selection, or -type}}
test select-6.18 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection get -selectionfoo foo} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad option "-selectionfoo": must be -displayof, -selection, or -type}}
test select-6.19 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
catch { destroy .f2 }
list [catch {selection get -displayof .f2} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad window path name ".f2"}}
test select-6.20 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection get foo bar} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "selection get ?options?"}}
test select-6.21 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
global selValue selInfo
setup
selection handle -type TEST .f1 {handler TEST}
selection handle -type STRING .f1 {handler STRING}
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
list [selection get TEST] $selInfo
} {{Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
# selection handle
# most of the handle section has been covered earlier
test select-6.22 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection handle -selection} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {value for "-selection" missing}}
test select-6.23 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
global selValue selInfo
setup
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
list [selection handle -format INTEGER .f1 {handler TEST}] [selection get -displayof .f1] $selInfo
} {{} {Test value} {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-6.24 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection handle -badopt foo} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad option "-badopt": must be -format, -selection, or -type}}
test select-6.25 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection handle -selectionfoo foo} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad option "-selectionfoo": must be -format, -selection, or -type}}
test select-6.26 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection handle} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "selection handle ?options? window command"}}
test select-6.27 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection handle .} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "selection handle ?options? window command"}}
test select-6.28 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection handle . foo bar baz blat} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "selection handle ?options? window command"}}
test select-6.29 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
catch { destroy .f2 }
list [catch {selection handle .f2 dummy} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad window path name ".f2"}}
# selection own
test select-6.30 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection own -selection} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {value for "-selection" missing}}
test select-6.31 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
setup
selection own .
selection own -displayof .f1
} {.}
test select-6.32 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
setup
selection own .
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
list [selection own] [selection own -selection CLIPBOARD]
} {. .f1}
test select-6.33 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
global lostSel
setup
set lostSel owned
selection own -command { set lostSel lost } .
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .f1
set result $lostSel
selection own .f1
lappend result $lostSel
} {owned lost}
test select-6.34 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection own -badopt foo} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad option "-badopt": must be -command, -displayof, or -selection}}
test select-6.35 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection own -selectionfoo foo} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad option "-selectionfoo": must be -command, -displayof, or -selection}}
test select-6.36 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .f2}
list [catch {selection own -displayof .f2} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad window path name ".f2"}}
test select-6.37 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .f2}
list [catch {selection own .f2} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad window path name ".f2"}}
test select-6.38 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection own foo bar baz} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "selection own ?options? ?window?"}}
test select-6.39 {Tk_SelectionCmd procedure} {
list [catch {selection foo} cmd] $cmd
} {1 {bad option "foo": must be clear, get, handle, or own}}
##############################################################################
# This test is non-portable because some old X11/News servers ignore
# a selection request when the window doesn't exist, which causes a
# different error message.
test select-7.1 {TkSelDeadWindow procedure} nonPortable {
setup
selection handle .f1 { handler TEST }
set result [selection own]
destroy .f1
lappend result [selection own] [catch {selection get} msg] $msg
} {.f1 {} 1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}}
##############################################################################
# Check reentrancy on losing selection
test select-8.1 {TkSelEventProc procedure} -constraints unix -setup {
setup
setupbg
} -body {
selection own -selection CLIPBOARD -command {destroy .f1} .f1
update
dobg {selection own -selection CLIPBOARD .}
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result {}
##############################################################################
test select-9.1 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
setup
setupbg
} -constraints unix -body {
set selValue "1024"
set selInfo ""
selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
.f1 {handler TEST}
update
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} -result {{0x400 } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.2 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} unix {
setup
setupbg
set selValue "1024 0xffff 2048 -2 "
set selInfo ""
selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
.f1 {handler TEST}
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{0x400 0xffff 0x800 0xfffffffe } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.3 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} unix {
setup
setupbg
set selValue " "
set selInfo ""
selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
.f1 {handler TEST}
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{ } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.4 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} unix {
setup
setupbg
set selValue "16 foobar 32"
set selInfo ""
selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format INTEGER -type TEST \
.f1 {handler TEST}
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get TEST}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{0x10 0x0 0x20 } {TEST 0 4000}}
test select-9.5 {SelCvtToX and SelCvtFromX procedures} -setup {
setup
setupbg
} -constraints unix -body {
# Ensure that lists of atoms are constructed correctly, even when the
# atom names have spaces in. [Bug 1353414]
set selValue "foo bar"
set selInfo ""
set selType {text/x-tk-test;detail="foo bar"}
selection handle -selection PRIMARY -format STRING -type $selType \
.f1 [list handler $selType]
lsort [dobg {selection get TARGETS}]
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW {text/x-tk-test;detail="foo bar"}}
##############################################################################
# note, we are not testing MULTIPLE style selections
# most control paths have been exercised above
test select-10.1 {ConvertSelection procedure, race with selection clear} unix {
setup
proc Ready {fd} {
variable x
lappend x [gets $fd]
}
set fd [open "|[list [interpreter] -geometry +0+0 -name tktest]" r+]
puts $fd "puts foo; [loadTkCommand]; flush stdout"
flush $fd
gets $fd
fileevent $fd readable [list Ready $fd]
set selValue "Just a simple test"
set selInfo ""
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
update
puts $fd {puts "[catch {selection get} msg] $msg"; puts **DONE**; flush stdout}
flush $fd
after 200
selection own .
set x {}
vwait [namespace which -variable x]
puts $fd {exit}
flush $fd
# Don't understand why, but the [loadTkCommand] above causes
# a "broken pipe" error when Tk was actually [load]ed in the child.
catch {close $fd}
lappend x $selInfo
} {{1 PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {}}
test select-10.2 {ConvertSelection procedure} unix {
setup
setupbg
set selValue [string range $longValue 0 3999]
set selInfo ""
selection handle .f1 {handler STRING}
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} [list [string range $longValue 0 3999] {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000}]
test select-10.3 {ConvertSelection procedure} unix {
setup
setupbg
selection handle .f1 ERROR errHandler
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get ERROR}]
cleanupbg
set result
} {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "ERROR" not defined}}
# testing timers
# This one hangs in Exceed
test select-10.4 {ConvertSelection procedure} {unix noExceed} {
setup
setupbg
set selValue $longValue
set selInfo ""
selection handle .f1 {errIncrHandler STRING}
set result ""
set pass 0
lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{selection owner didn't respond} {STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000 STRING 8000 4000 STRING 12000 4000 STRING 16000 4000 STRING 0 4000 STRING 4000 4000}}
test select-10.5 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} unix {
setup
setupbg
set selValue "Test value"
set selInfo ""
selection handle -type TEST .f1 { handler TEST }
selection handle -type STRING .f1 { badHandler .f1 STRING }
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000}}
test select-10.6 {ConvertSelection procedure, reentrancy issues} unix {
proc weirdHandler {type offset count} {
destroy .f1
handler $type $offset $count
}
setup
setupbg
set selValue $longValue
set selInfo ""
selection handle .f1 {weirdHandler STRING}
set result ""
lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {STRING 0 4000}}
##############################################################################
# testing reentrancy
test select-11.1 {TkSelPropProc procedure} unix {
setup
setupbg
set selValue $longValue
set selInfo ""
selection handle -type TEST .f1 { handler TEST }
selection handle -type STRING .f1 { reallyBadHandler .f1 STRING }
set result ""
set pass 0
lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{selection owner didn't respond} {.f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000 .f1 STRING 8000 4000 .f1 STRING 12000 4000 .f1 STRING 16000 4000 .f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000}}
##############################################################################
# Note, this assumes we are using CurrentTtime
test select-12.1 {DefaultSelection procedure} unix {
setup
set result [selection get -type TIMESTAMP]
setupbg
lappend result [dobg {selection get -type TIMESTAMP}]
cleanupbg
set result
} {0x0 {0x0 }}
test select-12.2 {DefaultSelection procedure} unix {
setup
set result [lsort [list [selection get -type TARGETS]]]
setupbg
lappend result [dobg {lsort [selection get -type TARGETS]}]
cleanupbg
set result
} {{MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-12.3 {DefaultSelection procedure} unix {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TEST} TEST
set result [list [lsort [selection get -type TARGETS]]]
setupbg
lappend result [dobg {lsort [selection get -type TARGETS]}]
cleanupbg
set result
} {{MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TEST TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-12.4 {DefaultSelection procedure} unix {
setup
set result ""
lappend result [selection get -type TK_APPLICATION]
setupbg
lappend result [dobg {selection get -type TK_APPLICATION}]
cleanupbg
set result
} [list [winfo name .] [winfo name .]]
test select-12.5 {DefaultSelection procedure} unix {
setup
set result [selection get -type TK_WINDOW]
setupbg
lappend result [dobg {selection get -type TK_WINDOW}]
cleanupbg
set result
} {.f1 .f1}
test select-12.6 {DefaultSelection procedure} {
setup
selection handle .f1 {handler TARGETS.f1} TARGETS
set selValue "Targets value"
set selInfo ""
set result [list [selection get TARGETS] $selInfo]
selection handle .f1 {} TARGETS
lappend result [selection get TARGETS]
} {{Targets value} {TARGETS.f1 0 4000} {MULTIPLE TARGETS TIMESTAMP TK_APPLICATION TK_WINDOW}}
test select-13.1 {SelectionSize procedure, handler deleted} unix {
proc badHandler {path type offset count} {
global selValue selInfo abortCount
incr abortCount -1
if {$abortCount == 0} {
selection handle -type $type $path {}
}
lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
if {$numBytes <= 0} {
return ""
}
string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
setup
setupbg
set selValue $longValue
set selInfo ""
selection handle .f1 {badHandler .f1 STRING}
set result ""
set abortCount 2
lappend result [dobg {selection get}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {{PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} {.f1 STRING 0 4000 .f1 STRING 4000 4000}}
catch {rename weirdHandler {}}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/send.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "send" command and the # other procedures in the file tkSend.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "send" command and the
# other procedures in the file tkSend.c. It is organized in the
# standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2001 by ActiveState Corporation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint xhost [llength [auto_execok xhost]]
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
# Compute a script that will load Tk into a child interpreter.
foreach pkg [info loaded] {
if {[lindex $pkg 1] == "Tk"} {
set loadTk "load $pkg"
break
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
194 195 196 197 198 199 200 |
} "name2 {$commId name2\n}"
test send-7.4 {Tk_SetAppName procedure, name in use} {secureserver testsend} {
tk appname name1
testsend prop root InterpRegistry "$id foo\n$id foo #2\n$id foo #3\n"
list [tk appname foo] [testsend prop root InterpRegistry]
} "{foo #4} {$commId foo #4\n$id foo\n$id foo #2\n$id foo #3\n}"
| < | | 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
} "name2 {$commId name2\n}"
test send-7.4 {Tk_SetAppName procedure, name in use} {secureserver testsend} {
tk appname name1
testsend prop root InterpRegistry "$id foo\n$id foo #2\n$id foo #3\n"
list [tk appname foo] [testsend prop root InterpRegistry]
} "{foo #4} {$commId foo #4\n$id foo\n$id foo #2\n$id foo #3\n}"
test send-8.1 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
setupbg
set app [dobg {tk appname}]
set a 66
send -async $app [list send [tk appname] set a 77]
set result $a
after 200 set x 40
tkwait variable x
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
220 221 222 223 224 225 226 |
set a altDisplay
tk appname xyzgorp
list \[send xyzgorp set a\] \[send -displayof .t xyzgorp set a\]
"]
cleanupbg
set result
} {altDisplay homeDisplay}
| < | | | | | | | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
set a altDisplay
tk appname xyzgorp
list \[send xyzgorp set a\] \[send -displayof .t xyzgorp set a\]
"]
cleanupbg
set result
} {altDisplay homeDisplay}
test send-8.3 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
list [catch {send -- -async foo bar baz} msg] $msg
} {1 {no application named "-async"}}
test send-8.4 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
list [catch {send -gorp foo bar baz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-gorp": must be -async, -displayof, or --}}
test send-8.5 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
list [catch {send -async foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "send ?options? interpName arg ?arg ...?"}}
test send-8.6 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, options} {secureserver} {
list [catch {send foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "send ?options? interpName arg ?arg ...?"}}
test send-8.7 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, local execution} {secureserver} {
set a initial
send [tk appname] {set a new}
set a
} {new}
test send-8.8 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, local execution} {secureserver} {
set a initial
send [tk appname] set a new
set a
} {new}
test send-8.9 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, local execution} {secureserver} {
set a initial
string tolower [list [catch {send [tk appname] open bad_file} msg] \
$msg $errorInfo $errorCode]
} {1 {couldn't open "bad_file": no such file or directory} {couldn't open "bad_file": no such file or directory
while executing
"open bad_file"
invoked from within
"send [tk appname] open bad_file"} {posix enoent {no such file or directory}}}
test send-8.10 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, no such interpreter} {secureserver} {
list [catch {send bogus_name bogus_command} msg] $msg
} {1 {no application named "bogus_name"}}
catch {
newApp "" t_s_1 Test
t_s_1 eval wm withdraw .
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
} {1 {couldn't open "bogus_file_name": no such file or directory} {couldn't open "bogus_file_name": no such file or directory
while executing
"open bogus_file_name"
invoked from within
"if 1 {open bogus_file_name}"
invoked from within
"send t_s_1 {if 1 {open bogus_file_name}}"} {POSIX ENOENT {no such file or directory}}}
| | | 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
} {1 {couldn't open "bogus_file_name": no such file or directory} {couldn't open "bogus_file_name": no such file or directory
while executing
"open bogus_file_name"
invoked from within
"if 1 {open bogus_file_name}"
invoked from within
"send t_s_1 {if 1 {open bogus_file_name}}"} {POSIX ENOENT {no such file or directory}}}
test send-8.16 {Tk_SendCmd procedure, bogusCommWindow} {secureserver testsend failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
testsend prop root InterpRegistry "10234 bogus\n"
set result [list [catch {send bogus bogus command} msg] $msg]
winfo interps
tk appname tktest
set result
} {1 {no application named "bogus"}}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 |
} {12345 newA newB}
test send-10.4 {SendEventProc procedure, leading nulls, bogus commands} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop comm Comm \
"\n\nx\n-bogus\n\nc\n-n tktest\n-s set a 44\n"
set a null
update
set a
| | | | 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 |
} {12345 newA newB}
test send-10.4 {SendEventProc procedure, leading nulls, bogus commands} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop comm Comm \
"\n\nx\n-bogus\n\nc\n-n tktest\n-s set a 44\n"
set a null
update
set a
} {44}
test send-10.5 {SendEventProc procedure, extraneous command options} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop comm Comm \
"c\n-n tktest\n-x miscellanous\n-y who knows?\n-s set a new\n"
set a null
update
set a
} {new}
test send-10.6 {SendEventProc procedure, unknown interpreter} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm {}
testsend prop comm Comm \
"c\n-n unknown\n-r $id 44\n-s set a new\n"
set a null
update
list [testsend prop [winfo id .f] Comm] $a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
541 542 543 544 545 546 547 |
test send-12.1 {TimeoutProc procedure} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop root InterpRegistry "$id dummy\n"
list [catch {send dummy foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {target application died or uses a Tk version before 4.0}}
catch {testsend prop root InterpRegistry ""}
| < | < | | | 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 |
test send-12.1 {TimeoutProc procedure} {secureserver testsend} {
testsend prop root InterpRegistry "$id dummy\n"
list [catch {send dummy foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {target application died or uses a Tk version before 4.0}}
catch {testsend prop root InterpRegistry ""}
test send-12.2 {TimeoutProc procedure} {secureserver} {
winfo interps
tk appname tktest
update
setupbg
set app [dobg {
after 10 {after 10 {after 5000; exit}}
tk appname
}]
after 200
set result [list [catch {send $app foo} msg] $msg]
cleanupbg
set result
} {1 {target application died}}
winfo interps
tk appname tktest
test send-13.1 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver} {
setupbg
set app [dobg {rename send {}; tk appname}]
set result [list [catch {send $app foo} msg] $msg [winfo interps]]
cleanupbg
set result
} {1 {no application named "tktest #2"} tktest}
test send-13.2 {DeleteProc procedure} {secureserver} {
winfo interps
tk appname tktest
rename send {}
set result {}
lappend result [winfo interps] [info commands send]
tk appname foo
lappend result [winfo interps] [info commands send]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/spinbox.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test spinbox widgets in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > < | < < < < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < > | | < < | < < < | < > | < < < < | < < < < < < | < < > | > | < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | > | | < > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < | > > | | | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < | | < < < < | < < < > > > > > | | < | > | | | | | | < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > | < | < < < < < > | < < | < < < < < < < < | > | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < < | < < | < < < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < < | < < < | | < | > | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | | < < | < < < | | | < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < | | < < < | < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < | | | < < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < | < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < | < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < | < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | > < < < < < | | | < | < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | > | > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | > | < < | | > > | < | < < | < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | > > | > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < | < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | < | < < | < < | | | < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | < < | < | < < | < < | < | | < | < < | < | < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | < < | < < | < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | | < | < < | | < < | < < < | < < < | | | < > | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < < | | | > < < | < | < < < < | < < | > > | > < < | | > < < | | > | < < < | | > > | > | | > | < < | > | < | | | | < < < | < | | > | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < | | > | < < | < < < < < | < | < | | < < | < < | | < | | < < < < < < < < | > | > > | < < < < | | < < < | > > | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < | | < < < | < | > < < | | < < < | < | > < < | | > | < < | < < | > | < < | < < | < | | < < < < | | < | | < < < < | | < | | < < < < | | < | | < < < < | < | < | | | > | < < < < > < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < > < < < | | < | < < < | | < | < < < | | < | < < < | | < | < < < | | < | < < | < < | < | < | < < | < | < | < < | < | < | < < | | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | > > > | | > > | | > > < < < | | < < | < < < < < < > < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < | < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < | < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < | < < | < | < < < | < < | < | < < < | < < | < | < < < | < < | < | < < < | < < | < | < < > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < | < < < < < < > | > > | < | < | < | | < < | > | | > > > | < < > < < | | < < | < | | < < | | < < | < | < < | | < < | < | < < | | < > | < < | < < | < < | < | | < < | < < | < < | | < < | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < < | | < > < < | | > | | | < < | | < | | < | | | > | < < | < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | < < | < < | < < | | < < < < < < | < < | < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | | < > | | < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | < > | < < < | < < < < | > | < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < | < < < | | > > > | < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < < < | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < > > > > | > < < | | | < < < < | < < | > < < | > < > | | | | > > > < < | | | < < | | < | | | < > | < < < | | < | < < < > < < < | | < < | < | < > | > < < < > | < | | < < > < < < | > > | > < < | | < < < < | < < | < | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < > < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | | < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | > | | < | < < > | | < < | < < < < < | < < < < | > | < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | > < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | < | < | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | < < | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < < < < | < | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test spinbox widgets in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
}
# Create additional widget that's used to hold the selection at times.
spinbox .sel
.sel insert end "This is some sample text"
# Font names
set big -adobe-helvetica-medium-r-normal--24-240-75-75-p-*-iso8859-1
set fixed -adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--12-120-75-75-m-*-iso8859-1
# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
option add *Spinbox.borderWidth 2
option add *Spinbox.highlightThickness 2
option add *Spinbox.font {Helvetica -12}
spinbox .e -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e
update
set i 1
foreach test {
{-activebackground #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-background #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bd 4 4 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-bg #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent {unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-borderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-buttonbackground #ff0000 #ff0000 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-buttoncursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-command {a command} {a command} {} {}}
{-cursor arrow arrow badValue {bad cursor spec "badValue"}}
{-disabledbackground green green non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-disabledforeground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-exportselection yes 1 xyzzy {expected boolean value but got "xyzzy"}}
{-fg #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-font -Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*
-Adobe-Helvetica-Medium-R-Normal--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-* {}
{font "" doesn't exist}}
{-foreground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-format %0.5f %0.5f %d {bad spinbox format specifier "%d"}}
{-from -10 -10.0 bogus {expected floating-point number but got "bogus"}}
{-highlightbackground #123456 #123456 ugly {unknown color name "ugly"}}
{-highlightcolor #123456 #123456 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-highlightthickness 6 6 bogus {bad screen distance "bogus"}}
{-highlightthickness -2 0 {} {}}
{-increment 1.0 1.0 bogus {expected floating-point number but got "bogus"}}
{-insertbackground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-insertborderwidth 1.3 1 2.6x {bad screen distance "2.6x"}}
{-insertofftime 100 100 3.2 {expected integer but got "3.2"}}
{-insertontime 100 100 3.2 {expected integer but got "3.2"}}
{-invalidcommand "a command" "a command" {} {}}
{-invcmd "a command" "a command" {} {}}
{-justify right right bogus {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}}
{-readonlybackground green green non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-relief groove groove 1.5 {bad relief "1.5": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-repeatdelay 500 500 3p {expected integer but got "3p"}}
{-repeatinterval -500 -500 3p {expected integer but got "3p"}}
{-selectbackground #110022 #110022 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-selectborderwidth 1.3 1 badValue {bad screen distance "badValue"}}
{-selectforeground #654321 #654321 bogus {unknown color name "bogus"}}
{-state n normal bogus {bad state "bogus": must be disabled, normal, or readonly}}
{-takefocus "any string" "any string" {} {}}
{-textvariable i i {} {}}
{-to 14.9 14.9 bogus {expected floating-point number but got "bogus"}}
{-validate "key" "key" "bogus" {bad validate "bogus": must be all, key, focus, focusin, focusout, or none}}
{-validatecommand "a command" "a command" {} {}}
{-values {mon tue wed thur} {mon tue wed thur} {bad {}list} {list element in braces followed by "list" instead of space}}
{-vcmd "a command" "a command" {} {}}
{-width 402 402 3p {expected integer but got "3p"}}
{-wrap yes 1 xyzzy {expected boolean value but got "xyzzy"}}
{-xscrollcommand {Some command} {Some command} {} {}}
} {
set name [lindex $test 0]
test spinbox-1.$i {configuration options} {
.e configure $name [lindex $test 1]
list [lindex [.e configure $name] 4] [.e cget $name]
} [list [lindex $test 2] [lindex $test 2]]
incr i
if {[lindex $test 3] != ""} {
test spinbox-1.$i {configuration options} {
list [catch {.e configure $name [lindex $test 3]} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [lindex $test 4]]
}
.e configure $name [lindex [.e configure $name] 3]
incr i
}
test spinbox-2.1 {Tk_SpinboxCmd procedure} {
list [catch {spinbox} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "spinbox pathName ?options?"}}
test spinbox-2.2 {Tk_SpinboxCmd procedure} {
list [catch {spinbox gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "gorp"}}
test spinbox-2.3 {Tk_SpinboxCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e
list [winfo exists .e] [winfo class .e] [info commands .e]
} {1 Spinbox .e}
test spinbox-2.4 {Tk_SpinboxCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
list [catch {spinbox .e -gorp foo} msg] $msg [winfo exists .e] \
[info commands .e]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} 0 {}}
test spinbox-2.5 {Tk_SpinboxCmd procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e
} {.e}
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed
pack .e
update
set cx [font measure $fixed a]
set cy [font metrics $fixed -linespace]
set ux [font measure $fixed \u4e4e]
test spinbox-3.1 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.e} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test spinbox-3.2 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
list [catch {.e bbox} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}}
test spinbox-3.3 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
list [catch {.e bbox a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e bbox index"}}
test spinbox-3.4 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
list [catch {.e bbox bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "bogus"}}
test spinbox-3.5 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e bbox 0
} [list 5 5 0 $cy]
test spinbox-3.6 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no utf chars
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "abc"
list [.e bbox 3] [.e bbox end]
} [list "[expr 5+2*$cx] 5 $cx $cy" "[expr 5+2*$cx] 5 $cx $cy"]
test spinbox-3.7 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf at end
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "ab\u4e4e"
.e bbox end
} "[expr 5+2*$cx] 5 $ux $cy"
test spinbox-3.8 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): utf before index
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "ab\u4e4ec"
.e bbox 3
} "[expr 5+2*$cx+$ux] 5 $cx $cy"
test spinbox-3.9 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
# Tcl_UtfAtIndex(): no chars
.e delete 0 end
.e bbox end
} "5 5 0 $cy"
test spinbox-3.10 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "bbox" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "abcdefghij\u4e4eklmnop"
list [.e bbox 0] [.e bbox 1] [.e bbox 10] [.e bbox end]
} [list "5 5 $cx $cy" "[expr 5+$cx] 5 $cx $cy" "[expr 5+10*$cx] 5 $ux $cy" "[expr 5+$ux+15*$cx] 5 $cx $cy"]
test spinbox-3.11 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} {
list [catch {.e cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}}
test spinbox-3.12 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} {
list [catch {.e cget a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e cget option"}}
test spinbox-3.13 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} {
list [catch {.e cget -gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test spinbox-3.14 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "cget" widget command} {
.e configure -bd 4
.e cget -bd
} {4}
test spinbox-3.15 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} {
llength [.e configure]
} {49}
test spinbox-3.16 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} {
list [catch {.e configure -foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-foo"}}
test spinbox-3.17 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "configure" widget command} {
.e configure -bd 4
.e configure -bg #ffffff
lindex [.e configure -bd] 4
} {4}
test spinbox-3.18 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
list [catch {.e delete} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}}
test spinbox-3.19 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
list [catch {.e delete a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e delete firstIndex ?lastIndex?"}}
test spinbox-3.20 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
list [catch {.e delete foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "foo"}}
test spinbox-3.21 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
list [catch {.e delete 0 bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "bar"}}
test spinbox-3.22 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 2 4
.e get
} {014567890}
test spinbox-3.23 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 6
.e get
} {0123457890}
test spinbox-3.24 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
# UTF
set x {}
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234\u4e4e67890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "012345\u4e4e7890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456\u4e4e890"
.e delete 6
lappend x [.e get]
} [list "01234\u4e4e7890" "0123457890" "012345\u4e4e890"]
test spinbox-3.25 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e delete 6 5
.e get
} {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.26 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "delete" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state disabled
.e delete 2 8
.e configure -state normal
.e get
} {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.27 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "get" widget command} {
list [catch {.e get foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e get"}}
test spinbox-3.28 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} {
list [catch {.e icursor} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e icursor pos"}}
test spinbox-3.29 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} {
list [catch {.e icursor foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "foo"}}
test spinbox-3.30 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "icursor" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e icursor 4
.e index insert
} {4}
test spinbox-3.31 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
list [catch {.e in} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "in": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}}
test spinbox-3.32 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
list [catch {.e index} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e index string"}}
test spinbox-3.33 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
list [catch {.e index foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "foo"}}
test spinbox-3.34 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
list [catch {.e index 0} msg] $msg
} {0 0}
test spinbox-3.35 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "index" widget command} {
# UTF
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abc\u4e4e\u0153def
list [.e index 3] [.e index 4] [.e index end]
} {3 4 8}
test spinbox-3.36 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
list [catch {.e insert a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}}
test spinbox-3.37 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
list [catch {.e insert a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}}
test spinbox-3.38 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
list [catch {.e insert foo Text} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "foo"}}
test spinbox-3.39 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e insert 3 xxx
.e get
} {012xxx34567890}
test spinbox-3.40 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "01234567890"
.e configure -state disabled
.e insert 3 xxx
.e configure -state normal
.e get
} {01234567890}
test spinbox-3.41 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "insert" widget command} {
list [catch {.e insert a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e insert index text"}}
test spinbox-3.42 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {
list [catch {.e scan a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}}
test spinbox-3.43 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {
list [catch {.e scan a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e scan mark|dragto x"}}
test spinbox-3.44 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {
list [catch {.e scan foobar 20} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad scan option "foobar": must be mark or dragto}}
test spinbox-3.45 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {
list [catch {.e scan mark 20.1} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "20.1"}}
# This test is non-portable because character sizes vary.
test spinbox-3.46 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "scan" widget command} {fonts} {
.e delete 0 end
update
.e insert end "This is quite a long string, in fact a "
.e insert end "very very long string"
.e scan mark 30
.e scan dragto 28
.e index @0
} {2}
test spinbox-3.47 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection option ?index?"}}
test spinbox-3.48 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad selection option "foo": must be adjust, clear, element, from, present, range, or to}}
test spinbox-3.49 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select clear gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection clear"}}
test spinbox-3.50 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "select clear" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 4
update
.e select clear
list [catch {selection get} msg] $msg [selection own]
} {1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} .e}
test spinbox-3.51 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} {
list [catch {.e selection present foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection present"}}
test spinbox-3.52 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
.e selection present
} {1}
test spinbox-3.53 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
.e configure -exportselection false
.e selection present
} {1}
.e configure -exportselection true
test spinbox-3.54 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection present" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
.e delete 0 end
.e selection present
} {0}
test spinbox-3.55 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select adjust x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "x"}}
test spinbox-3.56 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select adjust 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection adjust index"}}
test spinbox-3.57 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
update
.e select adjust 4
selection get
} {123}
test spinbox-3.58 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection adjust" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
update
.e select adjust 2
selection get
} {234}
test spinbox-3.59 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection from" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select from 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection from index"}}
test spinbox-3.60 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select range 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection range start end"}}
test spinbox-3.61 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} {
list [catch {.e selection range 2 3 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection range start end"}}
test spinbox-3.62 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
.e select range 4 4
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test spinbox-3.63 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection range" widget command} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 7
.e select range 2 9
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last] [.e index anchor]
} {2 9 3}
.e delete 0 end
.e insert end "This is quite a long text string, so long that it "
.e insert end "runs off the end of the window quite a bit."
test spinbox-3.64 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "selection to" widget command} {
list [catch {.e select to 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e selection to index"}}
test spinbox-3.65 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 5
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.053763 0.268817}
test spinbox-3.66 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "gorp"}}
test spinbox-3.67 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 0
.e icursor 10
.e xview insert
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.107527 0.322581}
test spinbox-3.68 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview moveto foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e xview moveto fraction"}}
test spinbox-3.69 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview moveto foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "foo"}}
test spinbox-3.70 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview moveto 0.5
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.505376 0.720430}
test spinbox-3.71 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview scroll 24} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".e xview scroll number units|pages"}}
test spinbox-3.72 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview scroll gorp units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "gorp"}}
test spinbox-3.73 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview moveto 0
.e xview scroll 1 pages
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.193548 0.408602}
test spinbox-3.74 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview moveto .9
update
.e xview scroll -2 p
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.397849 0.612903}
test spinbox-3.75 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 30
update
.e xview scroll 2 units
.e index @0
} {32}
test spinbox-3.76 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 30
update
.e xview scroll -1 units
.e index @0
} {29}
test spinbox-3.77 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview scroll 23 foobars} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "foobars": must be units or pages}}
test spinbox-3.78 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
list [catch {.e xview eat 23 hamburgers} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "eat": must be moveto or scroll}}
test spinbox-3.79 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 0
update
.e xview -4
.e index @0
} {0}
test spinbox-3.80 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
.e xview 300
.e index @0
} {73}
.e insert 10 \u4e4e
test spinbox-3.81 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure, "xview" widget command} {
# UTF
# If Tcl_NumUtfChars wasn't used, wrong answer would be:
# 0.106383 0.117021 0.117021
set x {}
.e xview moveto .1
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
.e xview moveto .11
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
.e xview moveto .12
lappend x [format {%.6f} [lindex [.e xview] 0]]
} {0.095745 0.106383 0.117021}
test spinbox-3.82 {SpinboxWidgetCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.e gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "gorp": must be bbox, cget, configure, delete, get, icursor, identify, index, insert, invoke, scan, selection, set, validate, or xview}}
frame .f -width 200 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
pack .f -side right
test spinbox-5.1 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure, -textvariable} {
catch {destroy .e}
set x 12345
spinbox .e -textvariable x
.e get
} {12345}
test spinbox-5.2 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure, -textvariable} {
catch {destroy .e}
set x 12345
spinbox .e -textvariable x
set y abcde
.e configure -textvariable y
set x 54321
.e get
} {abcde}
test spinbox-5.3 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure, -textvariable} {
catch {destroy .e}
catch {unset x}
spinbox .e
.e insert 0 "Some text"
.e configure -textvariable x
set x
} {Some text}
test spinbox-5.4 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure, -textvariable} {
proc override args {
global x
set x 12345
}
catch {destroy .e}
catch {unset x}
trace variable x w override
spinbox .e
.e insert 0 "Some text"
.e configure -textvariable x
set result [list $x [.e get]]
unset x; rename override {}
set result
} {12345 12345}
test spinbox-5.5 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -exportselection false
pack .e
.e insert end "0123456789"
.sel select from 0
.sel select to 10
set x {}
lappend x [selection get]
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
lappend x [selection get]
.e configure -exportselection 1
lappend x [selection get]
set x
} {{This is so} {This is so} 1234}
test spinbox-5.6 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e
pack .e
.e insert end "0123456789"
.e select from 1
.e select to 5
.e configure -exportselection 0
list [catch {selection get} msg] $msg [.e index sel.first] \
[.e index sel.last]
} {1 {PRIMARY selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined} 1 5}
test spinbox-5.7 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -width 4 -xscrollcommand scroll
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
.e configure -width 5
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} {0.000000 0.363636}
test spinbox-5.8 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -width 0
pack .e
.e insert end "0123"
update
.e configure -font $big
update
winfo geom .e
} {79x37+0+0}
test spinbox-5.9 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised
pack .e
.e insert end "0123"
update
list [.e index @10] [.e index @11] [.e index @12] [.e index @13]
} {0 0 1 1}
test spinbox-5.10 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief flat
pack .e
.e insert end "0123"
update
list [.e index @10] [.e index @11] [.e index @12] [.e index @13]
} {0 0 1 1}
test spinbox-5.11 {ConfigureSpinbox procedure} {
# If "0" in selected font had 0 width, caused divide-by-zero error.
catch {destroy .e}
pack [spinbox .e -font {{open look glyph}}]
.e scan dragto 30
update
} {}
# No tests for DisplaySpinbox.
test spinbox-6.1 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -highlightthickness 3
pack .e
.e insert end 012\t45
update
list [.e index @61] [.e index @62]
} {3 4}
test spinbox-6.2 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify center \
-highlightthickness 3
pack .e
.e insert end 012\t45
update
list [.e index @96] [.e index @97]
} {3 4}
test spinbox-6.3 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 20 -justify right \
-highlightthickness 3
pack .e
.e insert end 012\t45
update
list [.e index @131] [.e index @132]
} {3 4}
test spinbox-6.4 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
.e xview 6
.e index @0
} {6}
test spinbox-6.5 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 5
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567890"
update
.e xview 7
.e index @0
} {6}
test spinbox-6.6 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -bd 2 -relief raised -width 10
pack .e
.e insert end "01234\t67890"
update
.e xview 3
list [.e index @39] [.e index @40]
} {5 6}
test spinbox-6.7 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $big -bd 3 -relief raised -width 5
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567"
update
list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} {94 39}
test spinbox-6.8 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $big -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0
pack .e
.e insert end "01234567"
update
list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} {133 39}
test spinbox-6.9 {SpinboxComputeGeometry procedure} {fonts} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $big -bd 3 -relief raised -width 0 -highlightthickness 2
pack .e
update
list [winfo reqwidth .e] [winfo reqheight .e]
} {42 39}
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable contents -xscrollcommand scroll
pack .e
focus .e
test spinbox-7.1 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e insert 2 XXX
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {abXXXcde abXXXcde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-7.2 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e insert 500 XXX
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {abcdeXXX abcdeXXX {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-7.3 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 2 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {5 9 5 8}
test spinbox-7.4 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 3 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {2 9 2 8}
test spinbox-7.5 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 5 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {2 9 2 8}
test spinbox-7.6 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e select from 2
.e select to 6
.e insert 6 XXX
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 5
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {2 6 2 5}
test spinbox-7.7 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e icursor 4
.e insert 4 XXX
.e index insert
} {7}
test spinbox-7.8 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789
.e icursor 4
.e insert 5 XXX
.e index insert
} {4}
test spinbox-7.9 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
update
.e xview 4
.e insert 3 XXX
.e index @0
} {7}
test spinbox-7.10 {InsertChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
update
.e xview 4
.e insert 4 XXX
.e index @0
} {4}
.e configure -width 0
test spinbox-7.11 {InsertChars procedure} {fonts} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "xyzzy"
update
.e insert 2 00
winfo reqwidth .e
} {70}
.e configure -width 10
test spinbox-8.1 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e delete 2 4
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {abe abe {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.2 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e delete -2 2
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {cde cde {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.3 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcde
.e delete 3 1000
update
list [.e get] $contents [format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo]
} {abc abc {0.000000 1.000000}}
test spinbox-8.4 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 3
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 5
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {1 6 1 5}
test spinbox-8.5 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 4
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 4
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {1 5 1 4}
test spinbox-8.6 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 7
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 5
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {1 2 1 5}
test spinbox-8.7 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 1 8
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test spinbox-8.8 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 3 7
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {3 4 3 8}
test spinbox-8.9 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 3
.e select to 8
.e delete 3 8
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test spinbox-8.10 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 8
.e select to 3
.e delete 5 8
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 8
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {3 5 5 8}
test spinbox-8.11 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e select from 8
.e select to 3
.e delete 8 10
update
set x "[.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]"
.e select to 4
lappend x [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {3 8 4 8}
test spinbox-8.12 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e icursor 4
.e delete 1 4
.e index insert
} {1}
test spinbox-8.13 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e icursor 4
.e delete 1 5
.e index insert
} {1}
test spinbox-8.14 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcde
.e icursor 4
.e delete 4 6
.e index insert
} {4}
test spinbox-8.15 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
.e xview 4
.e delete 1 4
.e index @0
} {1}
test spinbox-8.16 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
.e xview 4
.e delete 1 5
.e index @0
} {1}
test spinbox-8.17 {DeleteChars procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "This is a very long string"
.e xview 4
.e delete 4 6
.e index @0
} {4}
.e configure -width 0
test spinbox-8.18 {DeleteChars procedure} {fonts} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 "xyzzy"
update
.e delete 2 4
winfo reqwidth .e
} {42}
test spinbox-9.1 {SpinboxValueChanged procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
proc override args {
global x
set x 12345
}
catch {unset x}
trace variable x w override
spinbox .e -textvariable x
.e insert 0 foo
set result [list $x [.e get]]
unset x; rename override {}
set result
} {12345 12345}
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e
pack .e
.e configure -width 0
test spinbox-10.1 {SpinboxSetValue procedure} {fonts} {
set x abcde
set y ab
.e configure -textvariable x
update
.e configure -textvariable y
update
list [.e get] [winfo reqwidth .e]
} {ab 35}
test spinbox-10.2 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
.e selection range 4 10
set x "a"
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test spinbox-10.3 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
.e selection range 4 10
set x "abcdefg"
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {4 7}
test spinbox-10.4 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating selection} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -textvariable x
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstu"
.e selection range 4 10
set x "abcdefghijklmn"
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {4 10}
test spinbox-10.5 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable x
pack .e
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e xview 10
update
set x "abcdefg"
update
.e index @0
} {0}
test spinbox-10.6 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating display position} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable x
pack .e
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e xview 10
update
set x "1234567890123456789012"
update
.e index @0
} {10}
test spinbox-10.7 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable x
pack .e
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e icursor 5
set x "123"
.e index insert
} {3}
test spinbox-10.8 {SpinboxSetValue procedure, updating insertion cursor} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -width 10 -font $fixed -textvariable x
pack .e
.e insert 0 "abcdefghjklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
.e icursor 5
set x "123456"
.e index insert
} {5}
test spinbox-11.1 {SpinboxEventProc procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e
.e insert 0 abcdefg
destroy .e
update
} {}
test spinbox-11.2 {SpinboxEventProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
spinbox .e1 -fg #112233
rename .e1 .e2
set x {}
lappend x [winfo children .]
lappend x [.e2 cget -fg]
destroy .e1
lappend x [info command .e*] [winfo children .]
} {.e1 #112233 {} {}}
test spinbox-12.1 {SpinboxCmdDeletedProc procedure} {
deleteWindows
button .e1 -text "xyz_123"
rename .e1 {}
list [info command .e*] [winfo children .]
} {{} {}}
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -font $fixed -width 5 -bd 2 -relief sunken
pack .e
.e insert 0 012345678901234567890
.e xview 4
update
test spinbox-13.1 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e index end
} {21}
test spinbox-13.2 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index abogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "abogus"}}
test spinbox-13.3 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
.e index anchor
} {1}
test spinbox-13.4 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e select from 4
.e select to 1
.e index anchor
} {4}
test spinbox-13.5 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e select from 3
.e select to 15
.e select adjust 4
.e index anchor
} {15}
test spinbox-13.6 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index ebogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "ebogus"}}
test spinbox-13.7 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e icursor 2
.e index insert
} {2}
test spinbox-13.8 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index ibogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "ibogus"}}
test spinbox-13.9 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e select from 1
.e select to 6
list [.e index sel.first] [.e index sel.last]
} {1 6}
selection clear .e
test spinbox-13.10 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} unix {
# On unix, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget's internal
# selection range is reset.
list [catch {.e index sel.first} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test spinbox-13.11 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} win {
# On mac and pc, when selection is cleared, spinbox widget remembers
# last selected range. When selection ownership is restored to
# spinbox, the old range will be rehighlighted.
list [catch {selection get}] [.e index sel.first]
} {1 1}
test spinbox-13.12 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} unix {
list [catch {.e index sbogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {selection isn't in widget .e}}
test spinbox-13.13 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} win {
list [catch {.e index sbogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "sbogus"}}
test spinbox-13.14 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} win {
list [catch {selection get}] [catch {.e index sbogus}]
} {1 1}
test spinbox-13.15 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index @xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "@xyz"}}
test spinbox-13.16 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.e index @4
} {4}
test spinbox-13.17 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.e index @11
} {4}
test spinbox-13.18 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.e index @12
} {5}
test spinbox-13.19 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {fonts} {
# 11 is the minimum button width
.e index @[expr [winfo width .e] - 6 - 11]
} {8}
test spinbox-13.20 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.e index @[expr [winfo width .e] - 5]
} {9}
test spinbox-13.21 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e index @1000
} {9}
test spinbox-13.22 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.e index 1xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox index "1xyz"}}
test spinbox-13.23 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e index -10
} {0}
test spinbox-13.24 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e index 12
} {12}
test spinbox-13.25 {GetSpinboxIndex procedure} {
.e index 49
} {21}
# XXX Still need to write tests for SpinboxScanTo and SpinboxSelectTo.
set x {}
for {set i 1} {$i <= 500} {incr i} {
append x "This is line $i, out of 500\n"
}
test spinbox-14.1 {SpinboxFetchSelection procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e
.e insert end "This is a test string"
.e select from 1
.e select to 18
selection get
} {his is a test str}
test spinbox-14.3 {SpinboxFetchSelection procedure} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e
.e insert end $x
.e select from 0
.e select to end
string compare [selection get] $x
} 0
test spinbox-15.1 {SpinboxLostSelection} {
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e
.e insert 0 "Text"
.e select from 0
.e select to 4
set result [selection get]
selection clear
.e select from 0
.e select to 4
lappend result [selection get]
} {Text Text}
# No tests for EventuallyRedraw.
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll
pack .e
update
test spinbox-16.1 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} {fonts} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 .............................
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.000000 0.827586}
test spinbox-16.2 {SpinboxVisibleRange procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}[.e xview]
} {0.000000 1.000000}
catch {destroy .e}
spinbox .e -width 10 -xscrollcommand scroll -font $fixed
pack .e
update
test spinbox-17.1 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 123
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} {0.000000 1.000000}
test spinbox-17.2 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 0123456789abcdef
.e xview 3
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} {0.187500 0.812500}
test spinbox-17.3 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} {
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 abcdefghijklmnopqrs
.e xview 6
update
format {%.6f %.6f} {*}$scrollInfo
} {0.315789 0.842105}
test spinbox-17.4 {SpinboxUpdateScrollbar procedure} {
destroy .e
set x "Background error did not happen"
proc bgerror msg {
global x
set x $msg
}
spinbox .e -width 5 -xscrollcommand thisisnotacommand
pack .e
update
rename bgerror {}
list $x $errorInfo
} {{invalid command name "thisisnotacommand"} {invalid command name "thisisnotacommand"
while executing
"thisisnotacommand 0.0 1.0"
(horizontal scrolling command executed by .e)}}
set l [interp hidden]
deleteWindows
test spinbox-18.1 {Spinbox widget vs hiding} {
destroy .e
spinbox .e
interp hide {} .e
destroy .e
list [winfo children .] [interp hidden]
} [list {} $l]
##
## Spinbox widget VALIDATION tests
##
destroy .e
catch {unset ::e}
catch {unset ::vVals}
spinbox .e -validate all \
-validatecommand [list doval %W %d %i %P %s %S %v %V] \
-invalidcommand bell \
-textvariable ::e \
-background red -foreground white
pack .e
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
return 1
}
# The validation tests build each one upon the previous, so cascading
# failures aren't good
#
test spinbox-19.1 {spinbox widget validation} {
.e insert 0 a
set ::vVals
} {.e 1 0 a {} a all key}
test spinbox-19.2 {spinbox widget validation} {
.e insert 1 b
set ::vVals
} {.e 1 1 ab a b all key}
test spinbox-19.3 {spinbox widget validation} {
.e insert end c
set ::vVals
} {.e 1 2 abc ab c all key}
test spinbox-19.4 {spinbox widget validation} {
.e insert 1 123
list $::vVals $::e
} {{.e 1 1 a123bc abc 123 all key} a123bc}
test spinbox-19.5 {spinbox widget validation} {
.e delete 2
set ::vVals
} {.e 0 2 a13bc a123bc 2 all key}
test spinbox-19.6 {spinbox widget validation} {
.e configure -validate key
.e delete 1 3
set ::vVals
} {.e 0 1 abc a13bc 13 key key}
test spinbox-19.7 {spinbox widget validation} {
set ::vVals {}
.e configure -validate focus
.e insert end d
set ::vVals
} {}
test spinbox-19.8 {spinbox widget validation} {
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focus focusin}
test spinbox-19.9 {spinbox widget validation} {
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focus focusout}
.e configure -validate all
test spinbox-19.10 {spinbox widget validation} {
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all focusin}
test spinbox-19.11 {spinbox widget validation} {
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all focusout}
.e configure -validate focusin
test spinbox-19.12 {spinbox widget validation} {
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focusin focusin}
test spinbox-19.13 {spinbox widget validation} {
set ::vVals {}
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} {}
.e configure -validate focuso
test spinbox-19.14 {spinbox widget validation} {
focus -force .e
# update necessary to process FocusIn event
update
set ::vVals
} {}
test spinbox-19.15 {spinbox widget validation} {
focus -force .
# update necessary to process FocusOut event
update
set ::vVals
} {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} focusout focusout}
test spinbox-19.16 {spinbox widget validation} {
list [.e validate] $::vVals
} {1 {.e -1 -1 abcd abcd {} all forced}}
test spinbox-19.17 {spinbox widget validation} {
set ::e newdata
list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} {focusout {.e -1 -1 newdata abcd {} focusout forced}}
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
return 0
}
.e configure -validate all
test spinbox-19.18 {spinbox widget validation} {
set ::e nextdata
list [.e cget -validate] $::vVals
} {none {.e -1 -1 nextdata newdata {} all forced}}
proc doval {W d i P s S v V} {
set ::vVals [list $W $d $i $P $s $S $v $V]
set ::e mydata
return 1
}
.e configure -validate all
## This sets validate to none because it shows that we prevent a possible
## loop condition in the validation, when the spinbox textvar is also set
test spinbox-19.19 {spinbox widget validation} {
.e validate
list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::vVals
} {none mydata {.e -1 -1 nextdata nextdata {} all forced}}
.e configure -validate all
## This leaves validate alone because we trigger validation through the
## textvar (a write trace), and the write during validation triggers
## nothing (by definition of avoiding loops on var traces). This is
## one of those "dangerous" conditions where the user will have a
## different value in the spinbox widget shown as is in the textvar.
test spinbox-19.20 {spinbox widget validation} {
set ::e testdata
list [.e cget -validate] [.e get] $::e $::vVals
} {all testdata mydata {.e -1 -1 testdata mydata {} all forced}}
# A format specifier is allowed to be of the form %[-+ 0]{0,1}\d.?\d?f
#
destroy .e
spinbox .e
test spinbox-20.1 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format %2f} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test spinbox-20.2 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format %2.2f} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test spinbox-20.3 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format %.2f} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test spinbox-20.4 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format %2.f} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test spinbox-20.5 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format %2e-1f} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox format specifier "%2e-1f"}}
test spinbox-20.6 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format 2.2} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox format specifier "2.2"}}
test spinbox-20.7 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format %2.-2f} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad spinbox format specifier "%2.-2f"}}
test spinbox-20.8 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format %-2.02f} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test spinbox-20.9 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format "% 2.02f"} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test spinbox-20.10 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format "% -2.200f"} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test spinbox-20.11 {spinbox config, -format specifier} {
list [catch {.e config -format "%09.200f"} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test spinbox-20.12 {spinbox config, -format specifier does something} {
set out {}
.e config -format "%02.f"
.e config -values {} -from 0 -to 10 -increment 1
lappend out [.e set 0]; # set currently doesn't force format
.e invoke buttonup
lappend out [.e set]; # but after invoke it should be formatted
lappend out [.e set 3]; # set currently doesn't force format
.e config -format "%03.f"
lappend out [.e set]; # changing -format should cause formatting
} {0 01 3 003}
test spinbox-21.1 {spinbox button, out of range checking} {
destroy .e
spinbox .e -from -10 -to 20 -increment 2
set out {}
lappend out [.e get]; # -10
.e delete 0 end
.e insert 0 25; # set outside of range
.e invoke buttondown; # should constrain
lappend out [.e get]; # 20
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 |
.e insert 0 -9; # set just inside of range
.e invoke buttondown; # wrap
lappend out [.e get]; # 20
.e invoke buttondown
lappend out [.e get]; # 18
.e invoke buttonup; # no wrap
lappend out [.e get]; # 20
| | < | | > | | < < | < < | | < < | < < | | < < | > | | > | | < | < < < | | < < < | > | > > > > < < < | > < < | 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 |
.e insert 0 -9; # set just inside of range
.e invoke buttondown; # wrap
lappend out [.e get]; # 20
.e invoke buttondown
lappend out [.e get]; # 18
.e invoke buttonup; # no wrap
lappend out [.e get]; # 20
} {-10 20 20 -10 -10 -10 20 20 18 -10 -10 -8 -10 -8 -10 20 18 20}
test spinbox-22.1 {spinbox config, -from changes SF bug 559078} {
set val 5
destroy .s
spinbox .s -from 1 -to 10 -textvariable val
set val
} {5}
test spinbox-22.2 {spinbox config, -from changes SF bug 559078} {
.s configure -from 3 -to 10
set val
} {5}
test spinbox-22.3 {spinbox config, -from changes SF bug 559078} {
.s configure -from 6 -to 10
set val
} {6}
test spinbox-23.1 {selection present while disabled, bug 637828} {
destroy .e
spinbox .e
.e insert end 0123456789
.e select from 3
.e select to 6
set out [.e selection present]
.e configure -state disabled
# still return 1 when disabled, because 'selection get' will work,
# but selection cannot be changed (new behavior since 8.4)
.e select to 9
lappend out [.e selection present] [selection get]
} {1 1 345}
destroy .e
test spinbox-24.1 {error in trace proc attached to the textvariable} {
destroy .s
trace variable myvar w traceit
proc traceit args {error "Intentional error here!"}
spinbox .s -textvariable myvar -from 1 -to 10
catch {.s set mystring} result1
catch {.s insert 0 mystring} result2
catch {.s delete 0} result3
catch {.s invoke buttonup} result4
list $result1 $result2 $result3 $result4
} [list {can't set "myvar": Intentional error here!} \
{can't set "myvar": Intentional error here!} \
{can't set "myvar": Intentional error here!} \
{can't set "myvar": Intentional error here!}]
test spinbox-25.1 {textvariable lives in a non-existing namespace} {
destroy .s
catch {spinbox .s -textvariable thisnsdoesntexist::myvar} result1
set result1
} {can't trace "thisnsdoesntexist::myvar": parent namespace doesn't exist}
catch {unset ::e ::vVals}
##
## End validation tests
##
# XXX Still need to write tests for SpinboxBlinkProc, SpinboxFocusProc,
# and SpinboxTextVarProc.
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Deleted tests/teapotTransparent.png.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to tests/text.test.
more than 10,000 changes
Changes to tests/textBTree.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the B-tree facilities of # Tk's text widget (the contents of the file "tkTextBTree.c". There are # several file with additional tests for other features of text widgets. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < | | < < | | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | | | < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | < < | | < > | < < | < | < < | < < | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < < < | | < | < < | < < | < < < > < < | | < | < < > | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the B-tree facilities of
# Tk's text widget (the contents of the file "tkTextBTree.c". There are
# several file with additional tests for other features of text widgets.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
.t debug on
test btree-1.1 {basic insertions} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-1.2 {basic insertions} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 1.3 XXX
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "LinXXXe 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-1.3 {basic insertions} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 3.0 YYY
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nYYYLine 3\n"
test btree-1.4 {basic insertions} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 2.1 X\nYY
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLX\nYYine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-1.5 {basic insertions} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 2.0 X\n\n\n
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nX\n\n\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-1.6 {basic insertions} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 2.6 X\n
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2X\n\nLine 3\n"
test btree-1.7 {insertion before start of text} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 0.4 XXX
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "XXXLine 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-1.8 {insertion past end of text} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 100.0 ZZ
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3ZZ\n"
test btree-1.9 {insertion before start of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 2.-3 Q
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nQLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-1.10 {insertion past end of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 2.40 XYZZY
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2XYZZY\nLine 3\n"
test btree-1.11 {insertion past end of last line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t insert 3.40 ABC
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3ABC\n"
test btree-2.1 {basic deletions} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 1.0 1.3
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "e 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.2 {basic deletions} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 2.2
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLie 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.3 {basic deletions} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 2.0 2.3
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\ne 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.4 {deleting whole lines} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 1.2 3.0
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "LiLine 3\n"
test btree-2.5 {deleting whole lines} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\n\n\nLine 5"
.t delete 1.0 5.2
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "ne 5\n"
test btree-2.6 {deleting before start of file} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 0.3 1.2
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "ne 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.7 {deleting after end of file} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 10.3
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.8 {deleting before start of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 3.-1 3.3
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\ne 3\n"
test btree-2.9 {deleting before start of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 1.-1 1.0
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.10 {deleting after end of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 1.8 2.1
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1ine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.11 {deleting after end of last line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 3.8 4.1
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.12 {deleting before start of file} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 1.8 0.0
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.13 {deleting past end of file} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 1.8 4.0
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\n"
test btree-2.14 {deleting with end before start of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 1.3 2.-3
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "LinLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.15 {deleting past end of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 1.3 1.9
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Lin\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.16 {deleting past end of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 3.2 3.15
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLi\n"
test btree-2.17 {deleting past end of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 3.0 3.15
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\n\n"
test btree-2.18 {deleting past end of line} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 1.0 3.15
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "\n"
test btree-2.19 {deleting with negative range} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 3.2 2.4
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.20 {deleting with negative range} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 3.2 3.1
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
test btree-2.21 {deleting with negative range} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
.t delete 3.2 3.2
.t get 1.0 1000000.0
} "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
proc setup {} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t tag delete x y
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 1.1
.t tag add x 1.5 1.13
.t tag add x 2.2 2.6
.t tag add y 1.5
}
test btree-3.1 {inserting with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.0 XXX
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.4 1.5 1.8 1.16 2.2 2.6} {1.8 1.9}}
test btree-3.2 {inserting with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.15 YYY
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 1.5 1.13 2.2 2.6} {1.5 1.6}}
test btree-3.3 {inserting with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.7 ZZZZ
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 1.5 1.17 2.2 2.6} {1.5 1.6}}
test btree-3.4 {inserting with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.7 \n\n
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 1.5 3.6 4.2 4.6} {1.5 1.6}}
test btree-3.5 {inserting with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.5 A\n
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 2.0 2.8 3.2 3.6} {2.0 2.1}}
test btree-3.6 {inserting with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.13 A\n
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 1.5 1.13 3.2 3.6} {1.5 1.6}}
test btree-4.1 {deleting with tags} {
setup
.t delete 1.6 1.9
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 1.5 1.10 2.2 2.6} {1.5 1.6}}
test btree-4.2 {deleting with tags} {
setup
.t delete 1.1 2.3
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.4} {}}
test btree-4.3 {deleting with tags} {
setup
.t delete 1.4 2.1
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 1.5 1.9} {}}
test btree-4.4 {deleting with tags} {
setup
.t delete 1.14 2.1
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 1.5 1.13 1.15 1.19} {1.5 1.6}}
test btree-4.5 {deleting with tags} {
setup
.t delete 1.0 2.10
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{} {}}
test btree-4.6 {deleting with tags} {
setup
.t delete 1.0 1.5
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.0 1.8 2.2 2.6} {1.0 1.1}}
test btree-4.7 {deleting with tags} {
setup
.t delete 1.6 1.9
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 1.5 1.10 2.2 2.6} {1.5 1.6}}
test btree-4.8 {deleting with tags} {
setup
.t delete 1.5 1.13
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 2.2 2.6} {}}
set bigText1 {}
for {set i 0} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
append bigText1 "Line $i\n"
}
set bigText2 {}
for {set i 0} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
append bigText2 "Line $i\n"
}
test btree-5.1 {very large inserts, with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.0 $bigText1
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{11.1 11.2 11.5 11.13 12.2 12.6} {11.5 11.6}}
test btree-5.2 {very large inserts, with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.2 $bigText2
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 1.2 201.3 201.11 202.2 202.6} {201.3 201.4}}
test btree-5.3 {very large inserts, with tags} {
setup
for {set i 0} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
.t insert 1.8 "longer line $i\n"
}
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y] [.t get 1.0 1.100] [.t get 198.0 198.100]
} {{1.1 1.2 1.5 201.5 202.2 202.6} {1.5 1.6} {Text forlonger line 199} {longer line 2}}
test btree-6.1 {very large deletes, with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.1 $bigText2
.t delete 1.2 201.2
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.4 1.12 2.2 2.6} {1.4 1.5}}
test btree-6.2 {very large deletes, with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.1 $bigText2
for {set i 0} {$i < 200} {incr i} {
.t delete 1.2 2.2
}
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.4 1.12 2.2 2.6} {1.4 1.5}}
test btree-6.3 {very large deletes, with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.1 $bigText2
.t delete 2.3 10000.0
.t get 1.0 1000.0
} {TLine 0
Lin
}
test btree-6.4 {very large deletes, with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.1 $bigText2
for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t delete 30.0 31.0
}
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{101.0 101.1 101.4 101.12 102.2 102.6} {101.4 101.5}}
test btree-6.5 {very large deletes, with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.1 $bigText2
for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
set j [expr $i+2]
set k [expr 1+2*$i]
.t tag add x $j.1 $j.3
.t tag add y $k.1 $k.6
}
.t delete 2.0 200.0
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{3.0 3.1 3.4 3.12 4.2 4.6} {1.1 1.6 3.4 3.5}}
test btree-6.6 {very large deletes, with tags} {
setup
.t insert 1.1 $bigText2
for {set i 0} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
set j [expr $i+2]
set k [expr 1+2*$i]
.t tag add x $j.1 $j.3
.t tag add y $k.1 $k.6
}
for {set i 199} {$i >= 2} {incr i -1} {
.t delete $i.0 [expr $i+1].0
}
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{3.0 3.1 3.4 3.12 4.2 4.6} {1.1 1.6 3.4 3.5}}
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
set i 1
foreach check {
{1.3 1.6 1.7 2.0 {1.3 1.6 1.7 2.0}}
{1.3 1.6 1.6 2.0 {1.3 2.0}}
{1.3 1.6 1.4 2.0 {1.3 2.0}}
{2.0 4.3 1.4 1.10 {1.4 1.10 2.0 4.3}}
{2.0 4.3 1.4 1.end {1.4 1.19 2.0 4.3}}
{2.0 4.3 1.4 2.0 {1.4 4.3}}
{2.0 4.3 1.4 3.0 {1.4 4.3}}
{1.2 1.3 1.6 1.7 1.end 2.0 2.4 2.7 3.0 4.0 1.1 4.2 {1.1 4.2}}
{1.2 1.3 1.6 1.7 1.end 2.0 2.4 2.7 3.0 4.0 1.3 4.2 {1.2 4.2}}
{1.2 1.3 1.6 1.7 1.end 2.0 2.4 2.7 3.0 4.0 1.1 3.0 {1.1 4.0}}
{1.2 1.3 1.6 1.7 1.end 2.0 2.4 2.7 3.0 4.0 1.2 3.0 {1.2 4.0}}
} {
test btree-7.$i {tag addition and removal} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
while {[llength $check] > 2} {
.t tag add x [lindex $check 0] [lindex $check 1]
set check [lrange $check 2 end]
}
.t tag ranges x
} [lindex $check [expr [llength $check]-1]]
incr i
}
test btree-8.1 {tag addition and removal, weird ranges} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t tag delete x
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 0.0 1.3
.t tag ranges x
} {1.0 1.3}
test btree-8.2 {tag addition and removal, weird ranges} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t tag delete x
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 1.40 2.4
.t tag ranges x
} {1.19 2.4}
test btree-8.3 {tag addition and removal, weird ranges} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t tag delete x
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 4.40 4.41
.t tag ranges x
} {}
test btree-8.4 {tag addition and removal, weird ranges} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t tag delete x
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 5.1 5.2
.t tag ranges x
} {}
test btree-8.5 {tag addition and removal, weird ranges} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t tag delete x
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 1.1 9.0
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 5.0}
test btree-8.6 {tag addition and removal, weird ranges} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t tag delete x
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 1.1 1.90
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 1.19}
test btree-8.7 {tag addition and removal, weird ranges} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t tag delete x
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 1.1 4.90
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 4.17}
test btree-8.8 {tag addition and removal, weird ranges} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t tag delete x
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 3.0 3.0
.t tag ranges x
} {}
test btree-9.1 {tag names} {
setup
.t tag names
} {sel x y}
test btree-9.2 {tag names} {
setup
.t tag add tag1 1.8
.t tag add tag2 1.8
.t tag add tag3 1.7 1.9
.t tag names 1.8
} {x tag1 tag2 tag3}
test btree-9.3 {lots of tag names} {
setup
.t insert 1.2 $bigText2
foreach i {tag1 foo ThisOne {x space} q r s t} {
.t tag add $i 150.2
}
foreach i {u tagA tagB tagC and more {$} \{} {
.t tag add $i 150.1 150.3
}
.t tag names 150.2
} {tag1 foo ThisOne {x space} q r s t u tagA tagB tagC and more {$} \{}
test btree-9.4 {lots of tag names} {
setup
.t insert 1.2 $bigText2
.t tag delete tag1 foo ThisOne more {x space} q r s t u
.t tag delete tagA tagB tagC and {$} \{ more
foreach i {tag1 foo ThisOne more {x space} q r s t} {
.t tag add $i 150.2
}
foreach i {foo ThisOne u tagA tagB tagC and more {$} \{} {
.t tag add $i 150.4
}
.t tag delete tag1 more q r tagA
.t tag names 150.2
} {foo ThisOne {x space} s t}
proc msetup {} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t mark set m1 1.2
.t mark set l1 1.2
.t mark gravity l1 left
.t mark set next 1.6
.t mark set x 1.6
.t mark set m2 2.0
.t mark set m3 2.100
.t tag add x 1.3 1.8
}
test btree-10.1 {basic mark facilities} {
msetup
list [lsort [.t mark names]] [.t index m1] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {{current insert l1 m1 m2 m3 next x} 1.2 2.0 2.11}
test btree-10.2 {basic mark facilities} {
msetup
.t mark unset m2
lsort [.t mark names]
} {current insert l1 m1 m3 next x}
test btree-10.3 {basic mark facilities} {
msetup
.t mark set m2 1.8
list [lsort [.t mark names]] [.t index m1] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {{current insert l1 m1 m2 m3 next x} 1.2 1.8 2.11}
test btree-11.1 {marks and inserts} {
msetup
.t insert 1.1 abcde
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.7 1.7 1.11 1.11 2.0 2.11}
test btree-11.2 {marks and inserts} {
msetup
.t insert 1.2 abcde
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.7 1.11 1.11 2.0 2.11}
test btree-11.3 {marks and inserts} {
msetup
.t insert 1.3 abcde
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.2 1.11 1.11 2.0 2.11}
test btree-11.4 {marks and inserts} {
msetup
.t insert 1.1 ab\n\ncde
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {3.4 3.4 3.8 3.8 4.0 4.11}
test btree-11.5 {marks and inserts} {
msetup
.t insert 1.4 ab\n\ncde
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.2 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.11}
test btree-11.6 {marks and inserts} {
msetup
.t insert 1.7 ab\n\ncde
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.2 1.6 1.6 4.0 4.11}
test btree-12.1 {marks and deletes} {
msetup
.t delete 1.3 1.5
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.2 1.4 1.4 2.0 2.11}
test btree-12.2 {marks and deletes} {
msetup
.t delete 1.3 1.8
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 2.0 2.11}
test btree-12.3 {marks and deletes} {
msetup
.t delete 1.2 1.8
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.0 2.11}
test btree-12.4 {marks and deletes} {
msetup
.t delete 1.1 1.8
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.0 2.11}
test btree-12.5 {marks and deletes} {
msetup
.t delete 1.5 3.1
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5}
test btree-12.6 {marks and deletes} {
msetup
.t mark set m2 4.5
.t delete 1.5 4.1
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.9 1.5}
test btree-12.7 {marks and deletes} {
msetup
.t mark set m2 4.5
.t mark set m3 4.5
.t mark set m1 4.7
.t delete 1.5 4.1
list [.t index l1] [.t index m1] [.t index next] [.t index x] [.t index m2] [.t index m3]
} {1.2 1.11 1.5 1.5 1.9 1.9}
destroy .t
text .t
test btree-13.1 {tag searching} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag next x 2.2 2.1
} {}
test btree-13.2 {tag searching} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 2.2 2.4
.t tag next x 2.2 2.3
} {2.2 2.4}
test btree-13.3 {tag searching} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 2.2 2.4
.t tag next x 2.3 2.6
} {}
test btree-13.4 {tag searching} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 2.5 2.8
.t tag next x 2.1 2.6
} {2.5 2.8}
test btree-13.5 {tag searching} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 2.5 2.8
.t tag next x 2.1 2.5
} {}
test btree-13.6 {tag searching} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 2.1 2.4
.t tag next x 2.5 2.8
} {}
test btree-13.7 {tag searching} {
.t delete 1.0 100000.0
.t insert 1.0 "Text for first line\nSecond line\n\nLast line of info"
.t tag add x 2.5 2.8
.t tag next x 2.1 2.4
} {}
test btree-13.8 {tag searching} {
setup
.t insert 1.2 $bigText2
.t tag add x 190.3 191.2
.t tag next x 3.5
} {190.3 191.2}
test btree-14.1 {check tag presence} {
setup
.t insert 1.2 $bigText2
.t tag add x 3.5 3.7
.t tag add y 133.9 141.5
.t tag add z 1.5 180.2
.t tag add q 141.4 142.3
.t tag add x 130.2 145.1
.t tag add a 141.0
.t tag add b 4.3
.t tag add b 7.5
.t tag add b 140.3
for {set i 120} {$i < 160} {incr i} {
.t tag add c $i.4
}
foreach i {a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 10 a11 a12 a13} {
.t tag add $i 122.2
}
.t tag add x 141.3
.t tag names 141.1
} {x y z}
test btree-14.2 {TkTextIsElided} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag config hidden -elide 1
.t insert end "Line1\nLine2\nLine3\n"
.t tag add hidden 2.0 3.0
.t tag add sel 1.2 3.2
# next line used to panic because of "Bad tag priority being toggled on"
# (see bug [382da038c9])
.t index "2.0 - 1 display line linestart"
} {1.0}
test btree-15.1 {rebalance with empty node} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
.t debug 1
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17\n18\n19\n20\n21\n22\n23"
.t delete 6.0 12.0
.t get 1.0 end
} "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17\n18\n19\n20\n21\n22\n23\n"
proc setupBig {} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x y
.t tag configure x -foreground blue
.t tag configure y -underline true
# Create a Btree with 2002 lines (2000 + already existing + phantom at end)
# This generates a level 3 node with 9 children
# Most level 2 nodes cover 216 lines and have 6 children, except the last
# level 2 node covers 274 lines and has 7 children.
# Most level 1 nodes cover 36 lines and have 6 children, except the
# rightmost node has 58 lines and 9 children.
# Level 2: 2002 = 8*216 + 274
# Level 1: 2002 = 54*36 + 58
# Level 0: 2002 = 332*6 + 10
for {set i 0} {$i < 2000} {incr i} {
append x "Line $i abcd efgh ijkl\n"
}
.t insert insert $x
.t debug 1
}
test btree-16.1 {add tag does not push root above level 0} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
setupBig
.t tag add x 1.1 1.10
.t tag add x 5.1 5.10
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 1.10 5.1 5.10}
test btree-16.2 {add tag pushes root up to level 1 node} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
.t debug 1
setupBig
.t tag add x 1.1 1.10
.t tag add x 8.1 8.10
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 1.10 8.1 8.10}
test btree-16.3 {add tag pushes root up to level 2 node} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 8.1 9.10
.t tag add x 180.1 180.end
.t tag ranges x
} {8.1 9.10 180.1 180.23}
test btree-16.4 {add tag pushes root up to level 3 node} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.1 2000.0
.t tag add x 1.1 8.10
.t tag add x 180.end 217.0
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{1.1 8.10 180.23 217.0} {1.1 2000.0}}
test btree-16.5 {add tag doesn't push root up} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 8.10
.t tag add x 2000.0 2000.3
.t tag add x 180.end 217.0
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 8.10 180.23 217.0 2000.0 2000.3}
test btree-16.6 {two node splits at once pushes root up} {
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.t tag add x 8.0 8.end
.t tag add y 9.0 end
set x {}
for {} {$i < 50} {incr i} {
append x "Line $i\n"
}
.t insert end $x y
list [.t tag ranges x] [.t tag ranges y]
} {{8.0 8.6} {9.0 51.0}}
# The following find bugs in the SearchStart procedures
test btree-16.7 {Partial tag remove from before first range} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 2.0 2.6
.t tag remove x 1.0 2.0
.t tag ranges x
} {2.0 2.6}
test btree-16.8 {Partial tag remove from before first range} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 2.0 2.6
.t tag remove x 1.0 2.1
.t tag ranges x
} {2.1 2.6}
test btree-16.9 {Partial tag remove from before first range} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 2.0 2.6
.t tag remove x 1.0 2.3
.t tag ranges x
} {2.3 2.6}
test btree-16.10 {Partial tag remove from before first range} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.0 2.6
.t tag remove x 1.0 2.5
.t tag ranges x
} {2.5 2.6}
test btree-16.11 {StartSearchBack boundary case} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.3 1.4
.t tag prevr x 2.0 1.4
} {}
test btree-16.12 {StartSearchBack boundary case} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.3 1.4
.t tag prevr x 2.0 1.3
} {1.3 1.4}
test btree-16.13 {StartSearchBack boundary case} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.0 1.4
.t tag prevr x 1.3
} {1.0 1.4}
test btree-17.1 {remove tag does not push root down} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
.t debug 0
setupBig
.t tag add x 1.1 5.10
.t tag remove x 3.1 5.end
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 3.1}
test btree-17.2 {remove tag pushes root from level 1 to level 0} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 8.10
.t tag remove x 3.1 end
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 3.1}
test btree-17.3 {remove tag pushes root from level 2 to level 1} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 180.10
.t tag remove x 35.1 end
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 35.1}
test btree-17.4 {remove tag doesn't change level 2} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 180.10
.t tag remove x 35.1 180.0
.t tag ranges x
} {1.1 35.1 180.0 180.10}
test btree-17.5 {remove tag pushes root from level 3 to level 0} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 1.10
.t tag add x 2000.1 2000.10
.t tag remove x 1.0 2000.0
.t tag ranges x
} {2000.1 2000.10}
test btree-17.6 {text deletion pushes root from level 3 to level 0} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 1.10
.t tag add x 2000.1 2000.10
.t delete 1.0 "1000.0 lineend +1 char"
.t tag ranges x
} {1000.1 1000.10}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
test btree-18.1 {tag search back, no tag} {
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 abcd efgh ijkl\n"
.t tag prev x 1.1 1.1
} {}
test btree-18.2 {tag search back, start at existing range} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 1.4
.t tag add x 1.8 1.11
.t tag add x 1.16
.t tag prev x 1.1
} {}
test btree-18.3 {tag search back, end at existing range} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 1.4
.t tag add x 1.8 1.11
.t tag add x 1.16
.t tag prev x 1.3 1.1
} {1.1 1.4}
test btree-18.4 {tag search back, start within range} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 1.4
.t tag add x 1.8 1.11
.t tag add x 1.16
.t tag prev x 1.10 1.0
} {1.8 1.11}
test btree-18.5 {tag search back, start at end of range} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 1.4
.t tag add x 1.8 1.11
.t tag add x 1.16
list [.t tag prev x 1.4 1.0] [.t tag prev x 1.11 1.0]
} {{1.1 1.4} {1.8 1.11}}
test btree-18.6 {tag search back, start beyond range, same level 0 node} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 1.4
.t tag add x 1.8 1.11
.t tag add x 1.16
.t tag prev x 3.0
} {1.16 1.17}
test btree-18.7 {tag search back, outside any range} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.1 1.4
.t tag add x 1.16
.t tag prev x 1.8 1.5
} {}
test btree-18.8 {tag search back, start at start of node boundary} {
setupBig
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 2.5 2.8
.t tag prev x 19.0
} {2.5 2.8}
test btree-18.9 {tag search back, large complex btree spans} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.3 1.end
.t tag add x 200.0 220.0
.t tag add x 500.0 520.0
list [.t tag prev x end] [.t tag prev x 433.0]
} {{500.0 520.0} {200.0 220.0}}
destroy .t
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/textDisp.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextDisp.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextDisp.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
# The procedure below is used as the scrolling command for the text;
# it just saves the scrolling information in a variable "scrollInfo".
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
# The frame .f is needed to make sure that the overall window is always
# fairly wide, even if the text window is very narrow. This is needed
# because some window managers don't allow the overall width of a window
# to get very narrow.
catch {destroy .f .t}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
| < | < < < < | < < < | 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
# The frame .f is needed to make sure that the overall window is always
# fairly wide, even if the text window is very narrow. This is needed
# because some window managers don't allow the overall width of a window
# to get very narrow.
catch {destroy .f .t}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack append . .f left
set fixedFont {Courier -12}
# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
# 7 on all platforms
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
# 12 on XP
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
# 27 on XP, 27 on Solaris 8
set bigHeight [font metrics $bigFont -linespace]
# 21 on XP
set bigAscent [font metrics $bigFont -ascent]
set ascentDiff [expr {$bigAscent - $fixedAscent}]
text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -yscrollcommand scroll
| | | > > | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
# 27 on XP, 27 on Solaris 8
set bigHeight [font metrics $bigFont -linespace]
# 21 on XP
set bigAscent [font metrics $bigFont -ascent]
set ascentDiff [expr {$bigAscent - $fixedAscent}]
text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -yscrollcommand scroll
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.
wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
update
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
# Some window managers (like olwm under SunOS 4.1.3) misbehave in a way
# that tends to march windows off the top and left of the screen. If
# this happens, some tests will fail because parts of the window will
# not need to be displayed (because they're off-screen). To keep this
# from happening, move the window if it's getting near the left or top
# edges of the screen.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
catch {destroy .txt}
pack [text .txt]
# Note that TRAFFIC should have a higher priority than SYSTEM
# in terms of the tag effects.
.txt tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
.txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
.txt insert end "\n" {TRAFFIC SYSTEM}
| | | | | | | | | | 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
catch {destroy .txt}
pack [text .txt]
# Note that TRAFFIC should have a higher priority than SYSTEM
# in terms of the tag effects.
.txt tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
.txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
.txt insert end "\n" {TRAFFIC SYSTEM}
update
destroy .txt
} {}
test textDisp-0.4 {double tag elide transition} {
catch {destroy .txt}
pack [text .txt]
# Note that TRAFFIC should have a higher priority than SYSTEM
# in terms of the tag effects.
.txt tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
.txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
.txt insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC}
# Crash was here.
update
destroy .txt
} {}
test textDisp-0.5 {double tag elide transition} {
catch {destroy .txt}
pack [text .txt]
.txt tag configure WELCOME -elide 1
.txt tag configure SYSTEM -elide 0
.txt tag configure TRAFFIC -elide 1
.txt insert end "\n" {SYSTEM TRAFFIC}
.txt insert end "\n" WELCOME
# Crash was here.
update
destroy .txt
} {}
test textDisp-1.1 {GetStyle procedure, priorities and tab stops} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "x\ty"
.t tag delete x y z
.t tag configure x -tabs {50}
.t tag configure y -foreground black
.t tag configure z -tabs {70}
.t tag add x 1.0 1.end
.t tag add y 1.0 1.end
.t tag add z 1.0 1.end
update idletasks
set x [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0]
.t tag configure z -tabs {}
lappend x [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0]
.t tag configure z -tabs {30}
.t tag raise x
update idletasks
lappend x [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0]
} [list 75 55 55]
.t tag delete x y z
test textDisp-1.2 {GetStyle procedure, wrapmode} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcd\nefg hijkl mnop qrstuv wxyz"
.t tag configure x -wrap word
.t tag configure y -wrap none
.t tag raise y
update
set result [list [.t bbox 2.20]]
.t tag add x 2.0 2.1
lappend result [.t bbox 2.20]
.t tag add y 1.end 2.2
lappend result [.t bbox 2.20]
} [list [list 5 [expr {5+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 40 [expr {5+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
.t tag delete x y
test textDisp-2.1 {LayoutDLine, basics} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list [expr 5 + $fixedWidth * 19] 5 $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr 5 + $fixedHeight] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.2 {LayoutDLine, basics} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.3 {LayoutDLine, basics} {textfonts} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
282 283 284 285 286 287 288 |
.t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.5 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
| | | | | | | 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 |
.t insert 1.0 "This is some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.5 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isx some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.13] [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.19]
} [list [list 96 5 49 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 40 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.6 {LayoutDLine, word wrap} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isxxx some sample text for testing."
list [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list 110 5 35 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.7 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isxxx some sample text for testing."
.t tag add foo 1.4 1.6
.t mark set insert 1.8
list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.11]
} [list [list 19 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 40 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 82 5 7 $fixedHeight]]
foreach m [.t mark names] {
catch {.t mark unset $m}
}
scan [wm geom .] %dx%d width height
test textDisp-2.8 {LayoutDLine, extra chunk at end of dline} {textfonts} {
wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height
update
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This isxx some sample text for testing."
.t mark set foo 1.20
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 138 5 8 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-2.9 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This is a very_very_long_word_that_wraps."
list [.t bbox 1.9] [.t bbox 1.10] [.t bbox 1.25]
} [list [list 68 5 77 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 110 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.10 {LayoutDLine, marks and tags} {textfonts} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
test textDisp-2.16 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag add x 1.1 1.20
.t tag add x 1.21 1.end
| | | | | | | | 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
test textDisp-2.16 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag add x 1.1 1.20
.t tag add x 1.21 1.end
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.36] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 43 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.17 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to force word wrap\nThen\nmore lines"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag add x 1.20
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 1.36] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 19 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-2.18 {LayoutDLine, justification} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Lots of long words, enough to extend out of the window\n"
.t insert end "Then\nmore lines\nThat are shorter"
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t tag configure y -justify right
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
443 444 445 446 447 448 449 |
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x y
.t insert end "Short line\nLine 2 is long enough "
.t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x y
.t insert end "Short line\nLine 2 is long enough "
.t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
.t configure -spacing1 2 -spacing2 1 -spacing3 3
set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1]
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2]
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3]
set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4]
list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 2 7 10 15]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
test textDisp-2.23 {LayoutDLine, spacing options} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x y
.t insert end "Short line\nLine 2 is long enough "
.t insert end "to wrap around a couple of times"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4]]
.t configure -spacing1 4 -spacing2 4 -spacing3 4
.t tag configure x -spacing1 1 -spacing2 2 -spacing3 3
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag configure y -spacing1 0 -spacing2 3
.t tag add y 2.19 end
.t tag raise y
set i [.t dlineinfo 1.0]
set b1 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b1]
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.0]
set b2 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b2]
set i [.t dlineinfo 2.end]
set b3 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b3]
set i [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
set b4 [expr [lindex $i 1] + [lindex $i 4] - $b4]
list $b1 $b2 $b3 $b4
} [list 1 5 13 16]
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
test textDisp-2.24 {LayoutDLine, tabs, saving from first chunk} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x y
.t tag configure x -tabs 70
.t tag configure y -tabs 80
.t insert 1.0 "ab\tcde"
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.1 end
lindex [.t bbox 1.3] 0
} {75}
test textDisp-2.25 {LayoutDLine, tabs, breaking chunks at tabs} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs [list 30 60 90 120]
.t insert 1.0 "a\tb\tc\td\te"
.t mark set dummy1 1.1
.t mark set dummy2 1.2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
564 565 566 567 568 569 570 |
.t tag add big 2.11 2.14
list [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 1.6] [.t dlineinfo 1.0] [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
} [list [list 12 [expr {5+$ascentDiff}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 52 5 13 27] [list 5 5 114 27 [font metrics $bigFont -ascent]] [list 5 [expr {2* $fixedDiff + 85}] 35 $fixedHeight [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
.t configure -wrap char
test textDisp-4.1 {UpdateDisplayInfo, basic} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 |
.t tag add big 2.11 2.14
list [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 1.6] [.t dlineinfo 1.0] [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
} [list [list 12 [expr {5+$ascentDiff}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 52 5 13 27] [list 5 5 114 27 [font metrics $bigFont -ascent]] [list 5 [expr {2* $fixedDiff + 85}] 35 $fixedHeight [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
.t configure -wrap char
test textDisp-4.1 {UpdateDisplayInfo, basic} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\n"
update
.t delete 2.0 2.end
update
set res $tk_textRelayout
.t insert 2.0 "New Line 2"
update
lappend res [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list 2.0 [list 5 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] 2.0]
test textDisp-4.2 {UpdateDisplayInfo, re-use tail of text line} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
.t mark set x 2.21
.t delete 2.2
update
set res $tk_textRelayout
.t insert 2.0 X
update
lappend res [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox x] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list 2.0 2.20 [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 12 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight] {2.0 2.20}]
test textDisp-4.3 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tail of text line shifts} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
.t mark set x 2.21
.t delete 2.2
update
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox x] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 5 [expr {3*$fixedDiff + 44}] 7 $fixedHeight] {2.0 2.20}]
.t mark unset x
test textDisp-4.4 {UpdateDisplayInfo, wrap-mode "none"} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.25] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 7 $fixedHeight] {1.0 2.0 3.0}]
test textDisp-4.5 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tiny window} {textfonts} {
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
wm overrideredirect . 1
}
wm geom . 103x$height
update
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.1] [.t bbox 3.0] $tk_textRelayout
} [list [list 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 1 $fixedHeight] {} [list 5 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 31}] 1 $fixedHeight] {1.0 2.0 3.0}]
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
wm overrideredirect . 0
}
test textDisp-4.6 {UpdateDisplayInfo, tiny window} {
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
# was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
# requested. The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so
# the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size. On Unix, setting
# the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
# causes subsequent tests to fail.
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
wm overrideredirect . 1
}
frame .f2 -width 20 -height 100
pack before .f .f2 top
wm geom . 103x103
update
.t configure -wrap none -borderwidth 2
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
set x [list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 2.0] $tk_textRelayout]
wm overrideredirect . 0
update
set x
} [list [list 5 5 1 1] {} 1.0]
catch {destroy .f2}
.t configure -borderwidth 0 -wrap char
wm geom . {}
update
set bw [.t cget -borderwidth]
set px [.t cget -padx]
set py [.t cget -pady]
set hlth [.t cget -highlightthickness]
test textDisp-4.7 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
# This test was failing on Windows because the title bar on .
# was a certain minimum size and it was interfering with the size
# requested. The "overrideredirect" gets rid of the titlebar so
# the toplevel can shrink to the appropriate size. On Unix, setting
# the overrideredirect on "." confuses the window manager and
# causes subsequent tests to fail.
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
wm overrideredirect . 1
}
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview 1.0
update
.t yview 16.0
update
set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw]
wm overrideredirect . 0
update
set x
} {8.0 {16.0 17.0 15.0 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0} {8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 17.0}}
test textDisp-4.8 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview 16.0
update
.t delete 5.0 14.0
update
set x [list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw]
} {1.0 {5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.0} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 eof}}
test textDisp-4.9 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview 16.0
update
.t delete 15.0 end
list [.t bbox 7.0] [.t bbox 12.0]
} [list [list [expr {$hlth + $px + $bw}] [expr {$hlth + $py + $bw + 2 * $fixedHeight}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight] [list [expr {$hlth + $px + $bw}] [expr {$hlth + $py + $bw + 7 * $fixedHeight}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.10 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\nLine 6 is such a long line that it wraps around.\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview end
update
.t delete 13.0 end
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {5.0 {12.0 7.0 6.40 6.20 6.0 5.0} {5.0 6.0 6.20 6.40 7.0 12.0}}
test textDisp-4.11 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\nLine 6 is such a long line that it wraps around, not once but really quite a few times.\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16\n17"
.t yview end
update
.t delete 14.0 end
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {6.40 {13.0 7.0 6.80 6.60 6.40} {6.40 6.60 6.80 7.0 13.0}}
test textDisp-4.12 {UpdateDisplayInfo, filling in extra vertical space} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n13\n14\n15\n16"
button .b -text "Test" -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
.t window create 3.end -window .b
.t yview moveto 1
update
.t yview moveto 0
update
.t yview moveto 1
update
winfo ismapped .b
} {0}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5\nLine 6\nLine 7\n"
.t insert end "Line 8\nLine 9\nLine 10\nLine 11\nLine 12\nLine 13\n"
.t insert end "Line 14\nLine 15\nLine 16"
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -relief raised -borderwidth 2 -background white
test textDisp-4.13 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} {
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t yview 1.0
update
.t yview scroll 3 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{11.0 12.0 13.0} {4.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0}}
test textDisp-4.14 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t yview 1.0
update
.t yview scroll 3 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{11.0 12.0 13.0} {11.0 12.0 13.0}}
test textDisp-4.15 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} {
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t yview 4.0
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 3.0} {2.0 3.0 4.0 11.0}}
test textDisp-4.16 {UpdateDisplayInfo, special handling for top/bottom lines} {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t yview 4.0
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 3.0} {2.0 3.0}}
test textDisp-4.17 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t xview scroll 3 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.5] \
[.t bbox 2.23]
} [list {} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} {} [list 17 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-4.18 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t xview scroll 100 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.25]
} [list {} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} [list 10 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.19 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll -10 units
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.5]
} [list {} {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} [list 38 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.20 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
.t xview moveto 0.0
.t xview scroll 100 units
update
.t delete 2.30 2.44
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.25]
} [list 2.0 {1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0} [list 108 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.21 {UpdateDisplayInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
.t xview moveto .9
update
.t xview moveto .6
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {}}
test textDisp-4.22 {UpdateDisplayInfo, no horizontal scrolling except for -wrap none} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
.t xview scroll 25 units
update
.t configure -wrap word
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.16]
} [list [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-4.23 {UpdateDisplayInfo, no horizontal scrolling except for -wrap none} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Short line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to scroll horizontally"
.t insert end "\nLine 3\nLine 4"
.t xview scroll 25 units
update
.t configure -wrap char
list [.t bbox 2.0] [.t bbox 2.16]
} [list [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 115 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-5.1 {DisplayDLine, handling of spacing} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijkl\nmnopqrstuvwzyz"
.t tag configure spacing -spacing1 8 -spacing3 2
.t tag add spacing 1.0 end
frame .t.f1 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f2 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f3 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f4 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
.t window create 1.3 -window .t.f1 -align top
.t window create 1.7 -window .t.f2 -align center
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.f3 -align bottom
.t window create 2.10 -window .t.f4 -align baseline
update
list [winfo geometry .t.f1] [winfo geometry .t.f2] \
[winfo geometry .t.f3] [winfo geometry .t.f4]
} [list 10x4+24+11 10x4+55+[expr {$fixedDiff/2 + 15}] 10x4+10+[expr {2*$fixedDiff + 43}] 10x4+76+[expr {2*$fixedDiff + 40}]]
.t tag delete spacing
# Although the following test produces a useful result, its main
# effect is to produce a core dump if Tk doesn't handle display
# relayout that occurs during redisplay.
test textDisp-5.2 {DisplayDLine, line resizes during display} {
.t delete 1.0 end
frame .t.f -width 20 -height 20 -bd 2 -relief raised
bind .t.f <Configure> {.t.f configure -width 30 -height 30}
.t window create insert -window .t.f
update
list [winfo width .t.f] [winfo height .t.f]
} [list 30 30]
.t configure -wrap char
test textDisp-6.1 {scrolling in DisplayText, scroll up} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 2.0 3.0
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 10.0} {2.0 10.0}}
test textDisp-6.2 {scrolling in DisplayText, scroll down} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 2.0 "New Line 2\n"
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 3.0} {2.0 3.0}}
test textDisp-6.3 {scrolling in DisplayText, multiple scrolls} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 2.end "is so long that it wraps"
.t insert 4.end "is so long that it wraps"
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20 4.0 4.20} {2.0 2.20 4.0 4.20}}
test textDisp-6.4 {scrolling in DisplayText, scrolls interfere} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 2.end "is so long that it wraps around, not once but three times"
.t insert 4.end "is so long that it wraps"
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20 2.40 2.60 4.0 4.20} {2.0 2.20 2.40 2.60 4.0 4.20 6.0}}
test textDisp-6.5 {scrolling in DisplayText, scroll source obscured} {nonPortable} {
.t configure -wrap char
frame .f2 -bg red
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.5 -rely 0.5 -relwidth 0.5 -relheight 0.5
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, a couple of times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.6 1.end
update
destroy .f2
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 9.0 10.0} {1.0 4.0 5.0 9.0 10.0}}
test textDisp-6.6 {scrolling in DisplayText, Expose events after scroll} {unix nonPortable} {
# this test depends on all of the expose events being handled at once
.t configure -wrap char
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.2 -rely 0.5 -relwidth 0.5 -relheight 0.5
.t configure -bd 2 -relief raised
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, a couple of times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.6 1.end
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 9.0 10.0} {borders 1.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0}}
.t configure -bd 0
test textDisp-6.7 {DisplayText, vertical scrollbar updates} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-6.8 {DisplayText, vertical scrollbar updates} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
update
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {10.0/13}]]
.t configure -yscrollcommand {} -xscrollcommand scroll
test textDisp-6.9 {DisplayText, horizontal scrollbar updates} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo unchanged
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
update
set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]]
# The following group of tests is marked non-portable because
# they result in a lot of extra redisplay under Ultrix. I don't
# know why this is so.
.t configure -bd 2 -relief raised -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, a couple of times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
test textDisp-7.1 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} {
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.2 -relwidth 0.6 -rely 0.22 -relheight 0.55
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {1.40 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0}}
test textDisp-7.2 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} {
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0 -relwidth 0.5 -rely 0 -relheight 0.5
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 1.0 1.20 1.40 2.0 3.0}}
test textDisp-7.3 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} {
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.5 -relwidth 0.5 -rely 0.5 -relheight 0.5
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0}}
test textDisp-7.4 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} {
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.4 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 0 -relheight 0.2 \
-bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 1.0 1.20}}
test textDisp-7.5 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} {
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.4 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 1.0 -relheight 0.2 \
-anchor s -bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 7.0 8.0}}
test textDisp-7.6 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} {
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 0.55 -relheight 0.2 \
-anchor w -bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 3.0 4.0 5.0}}
test textDisp-7.7 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} {
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 1.0 -relwidth 0.2 -rely 0.55 -relheight 0.2 \
-anchor e -bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 3.0 4.0 5.0}}
test textDisp-7.8 {TkTextRedrawRegion} {nonPortable} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5\nLine 6\n"
frame .f2 -bg #ff0000
place .f2 -in .t -relx 0.0 -relwidth 0.4 -rely 0.35 -relheight 0.4 \
-anchor nw -bordermode ignore
update
destroy .f2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{} {borders 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 eof}}
.t configure -bd 0
test textDisp-8.1 {TkTextChanged: redisplay whole lines} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 2.36 2.38
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw [.t bbox 2.32]
} [list {2.0 2.18 2.38} {2.0 2.18 2.38} [list 101 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
.t configure -wrap char
test textDisp-8.2 {TkTextChanged, redisplay whole lines} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 1.2 xx
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}}
test textDisp-8.3 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t insert 2.0 xx
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.0}
test textDisp-8.4 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.5
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}}
test textDisp-8.5 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.40 1.44
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}}
test textDisp-8.6 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.41 1.44
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 1.20 1.40} {1.0 1.20 1.40}}
test textDisp-8.7 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 1.2 1.end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 9.0 10.0} {1.0 9.0 10.0}}
test textDisp-8.8 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 2.2
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.0}
test textDisp-8.9 {TkTextChanged} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1 is so long that it wraps around, two times"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
.t delete 2.0 3.0
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 8.0} {2.0 8.0}}
test textDisp-8.10 {TkTextChanged} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 2.19
update
.t delete 2.19
update
set tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.20 eof}
test textDisp-8.11 {TkTextChanged, scrollbar notification when changes are off-screen} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9\n10\n11\n12\n"
.t configure -yscrollcommand scroll
update
set scrollInfo ""
.t insert end "a\nb\nc\n"
# We need to wait for our asychronous callbacks to update the
# scrollbar
update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
.t configure -yscrollcommand ""
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 0.625}
test textDisp-8.12 {TkTextChanged, moving the insert cursor redraws only past and new lines} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t configure -wrap none
for {set i 1} {$i < 25} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i Line $i\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.0 8.0
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t mark set insert 9.0
update
.t mark set insert 8.0 ; # up one line
update
set res [list $tk_textRedraw]
.t mark set insert 12.2 ; # in the visible text
update
lappend res $tk_textRedraw
.t mark set insert 6.5 ; # in the hidden text
update
lappend res $tk_textRedraw
.t mark set insert 3.5 ; # in the visible text again
update
lappend res $tk_textRedraw
.t mark set insert 3.8 ; # within the same line
update
lappend res $tk_textRedraw
} {{8.0 9.0} {8.0 12.0} {8.0 12.0} {3.0 8.0} {3.0 4.0}}
test textDisp-8.13 {TkTextChanged, used to crash, see [06c1433906]} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 \nLine2\nLine3\n
update
.t insert 3.0 ""
.t delete 1.0 2.0
update idletasks
} {}
test textDisp-9.1 {TkTextRedrawTag} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 2.4
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.18} {2.0 2.18}}
test textDisp-9.2 {TkTextRedrawTag} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 1.2 2.4
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 2.0 2.17} {1.0 2.0 2.17}}
test textDisp-9.3 {TkTextRedrawTag} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 2.4
update
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20} {2.0 2.20 eof}}
test textDisp-9.4 {TkTextRedrawTag} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 2.20
update
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20} {2.0 2.20 eof}}
test textDisp-9.5 {TkTextRedrawTag} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap around\nLine 3\nLine 4"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 2.end
update
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20} {2.0 2.20 eof}}
test textDisp-9.6 {TkTextRedrawTag} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap"
update
.t tag add big 2.2 3.5
update
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20} {2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20 eof}}
test textDisp-9.7 {TkTextRedrawTag} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 2.19
update
.t tag remove big 2.19
update
set tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.20 eof}
test textDisp-9.8 {TkTextRedrawTag} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
.t tag add big 2.0 2.5
update
set tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.17}
test textDisp-9.9 {TkTextRedrawTag} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
.t tag add big 1.5 2.5
update
set tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 2.17}
test textDisp-9.10 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {none}
.t tag add big 1.3 1.5
update
set tk_textRedraw
} {none}
test textDisp-9.11 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
.t tag add big 1.0 2.0
update
set tk_textRedraw
} {}
test textDisp-9.12 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i+++Line $i\n"
}
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t tag add hidden 2.6 3.6
update
.t tag add hidden 3.11 4.6
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 {2.0 eof}}
test textDisp-9.13 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i - This is Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 2.8 2.17
.t tag add hidden 6.8 7.17
.t tag configure hidden -background red
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
update
.t tag configure hidden -elide false
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{2.0 6.0 7.0} {2.0 6.0 7.0}}
test textDisp-9.14 {TkTextRedrawTag} {
pack [text .tnocrash]
for {set i 1} {$i < 6} {incr i} {
.tnocrash insert end \nfoo$i
}
.tnocrash tag configure mytag1 -relief raised
.tnocrash tag configure mytag2 -relief solid
update
proc doit {} {
.tnocrash tag add mytag1 4.0 5.0
.tnocrash tag add mytag2 4.0 5.0
after idle {
.tnocrash tag remove mytag1 1.0 end
.tnocrash tag remove mytag2 1.0 end
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 |
vwait done
} {}
test textDisp-10.1 {TkTextRelayoutWindow} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 |
vwait done
} {}
test textDisp-10.1 {TkTextRelayoutWindow} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is long enough to wrap\nLine 3 is also long enough to wrap\nLine 4"
update
.t configure -bg black
update
list $tk_textRelayout $tk_textRedraw
} {{1.0 2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20 4.0} {borders 1.0 2.0 2.20 3.0 3.20 4.0 eof}}
.t configure -bg [lindex [.t configure -bg] 3]
catch {destroy .top}
test textDisp-10.2 {TkTextRelayoutWindow} {
toplevel .top -width 300 -height 200
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -relief raised -bd 2
place .top.t -x 0 -y 0 -width 20 -height 20
.top.t insert end "First line"
.top.t see insert
tkwait visibility .top.t
place .top.t -width 150 -height 100
update
.top.t index @0,0
} {1.0}
catch {destroy .top}
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
test textDisp-11.1 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
.t index @0,0
} {30.0}
test textDisp-11.2 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
.t yview 32.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {32.0 {40.0 41.0}}
test textDisp-11.3 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
.t yview 28.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {28.0 {28.0 29.0}}
test textDisp-11.4 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
.t yview 31.4
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {31.0 40.0}
test textDisp-11.5 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 31.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {30.0 {}}
test textDisp-11.6 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 28.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {28.0 {28.0 29.0}}
test textDisp-11.7 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update ; update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 26.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {21.0 {21.0 22.0 23.0 24.0 25.0 26.0 27.0 28.0 29.0}}
test textDisp-11.8 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 41.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {32.0 {40.0 41.0}}
test textDisp-11.9 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview -pickplace 43.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {38.0 {40.0 41.0 42.0 43.0 44.0 45.0 46.0 47.0 48.0}}
test textDisp-11.10 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 30.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview 10000.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {191.0 {191.0 192.0 193.0 194.0 195.0 196.0 197.0 198.0 199.0 200.0}}
test textDisp-11.11 {TkTextSetYView} {
.t yview 195.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t yview 197.0
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {191.0 {191.0 192.0 193.0 194.0 195.0 196.0}}
test textDisp-11.12 {TkTextSetYView, wrapped line is off-screen} {
.t insert 10.0 "Long line with enough text to wrap\n"
.t yview 1.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.t see 10.30
update
list [.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {2.0 10.20}
.t delete 10.0 11.0
test textDisp-11.13 {TkTestSetYView, partially visible last line} {
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -width 20 -height 5
pack .top.t
.top.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 100} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
scan [wm geometry .top] "%dx%d" w2 h2
wm geometry .top ${w2}x[expr $h2-2]
update
.top.t yview 1.0
update
set tk_textRedraw {}
.top.t see 5.0
update
# Note, with smooth scrolling, the results of this test
# have changed, and the old '2.0 {5.0 6.0}' is quite wrong.
list [.top.t index @0,0] $tk_textRedraw
} {1.0 5.0}
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -width 30 -height 3
pack .top.t
.top.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 20} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
test textDisp-11.14 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} {
.top.t yview 5.0
update
.top.t see 10.0
.top.t index @0,0
} {8.0}
test textDisp-11.15 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} {
.top.t yview 5.0
update
.top.t see 11.0
.top.t index @0,0
# The index 9.0 should be just visible by a couple of pixels
} {9.0}
test textDisp-11.16 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} {
.top.t yview 8.0
update
.top.t see 5.0
.top.t index @0,0
} {5.0}
test textDisp-11.17 {TkTextSetYView, only a few lines visible} {
.top.t yview 8.0
update
.top.t see 4.0
.top.t index @0,0
# The index 2.0 should be just visible by a couple of pixels
} {2.0}
test textDisp-11.18 {TkTextSetYView, see in elided lines} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 10]
.top.t insert end "\n"
}
.top.t yview 4.0
.top.t tag add hidden 4.10 "4.10 lineend"
.top.t tag add hidden 5.15 10.3
.top.t tag configure hidden -elide true
update
.top.t see "8.0 lineend"
# The index "8.0 lineend" is on screen despite elided -> no scroll
.top.t index @0,0
} {4.0}
test textDisp-11.19 {TkTextSetYView, see in elided lines} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 50} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
# button just for having a line with a larger height
button .top.t.b -text "Test" -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
.top.t window create 21.0 -window .top.t.b
.top.t tag add hidden 15.36 21.0
.top.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.top.t configure -height 15
wm geometry .top 300x200+0+0
# Indices 21.0, 17.0 and 15.0 are all on the same display line
# therefore index @0,0 shall be the same for all of them
.top.t see end
update
.top.t see 21.0
update
set ind1 [.top.t index @0,0]
.top.t see end
update
.top.t see 17.0
update
set ind2 [.top.t index @0,0]
.top.t see end
update
.top.t see 15.0
update
set ind3 [.top.t index @0,0]
list [expr {$ind1 == $ind2}] [expr {$ind1 == $ind3}]
} {1 1}
test textDisp-11.20 {TkTextSetYView, see in elided lines} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
.top.t configure -wrap none
for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 |
test textDisp-11.21 {TkTextSetYView, window height smaller than the line height} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i <= 10} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
set lineheight [font metrics [.top.t cget -font] -linespace]
wm geometry .top 200x[expr {$lineheight / 2}]
| | | | | | | | | | | | | 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 |
test textDisp-11.21 {TkTextSetYView, window height smaller than the line height} {
.top.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i <= 10} {incr i} {
.top.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
set lineheight [font metrics [.top.t cget -font] -linespace]
wm geometry .top 200x[expr {$lineheight / 2}]
update
.top.t see 1.0
.top.t index @0,[expr {$lineheight - 2}]
} {1.0}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-12.1 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 52.0
update
.t index @0,0
} {49.0}
test textDisp-12.2 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 53.0
update
.t index @0,0
} {50.0}
test textDisp-12.3 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 50.10
update
.t index @0,0
} {45.0}
.t configure -wrap none
test textDisp-12.4 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 53.0
update
.t index @0,0
} {48.0}
test textDisp-12.5 {MeasureUp} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview -pickplace 50.10
update
.t index @0,0
} {45.0}
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 99} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 |
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t see index"}}
test textDisp-13.3 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t see badIndex} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "badIndex"}}
test textDisp-13.4 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
| | | | | | | | | 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 |
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t see index"}}
test textDisp-13.3 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t see badIndex} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "badIndex"}}
test textDisp-13.4 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
update
.t see 4.2
.t index @0,0
} {1.0}
test textDisp-13.5 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
update
.t see 12.1
.t index @0,0
} {3.0}
test textDisp-13.6 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
update
.t see 30.50
set x [.t index @0,0]
.t configure -wrap none
set x
} {27.0}
test textDisp-13.7 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
.t tag add sel 30.20
.t tag add sel 30.40
update
.t see 30.50
.t yview 25.0
.t see 30.50
set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]]
.t see 30.39
lappend x [.t bbox 30.39]
.t see 30.38
lappend x [.t bbox 30.38]
.t see 30.20
lappend x [.t bbox 30.20]
} [list [list 73 [expr {5*$fixedDiff + 68}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {5*$fixedDiff + 68}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {5*$fixedDiff + 68}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 73 [expr {5*$fixedDiff + 68}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-13.8 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
.t tag add sel 30.20
.t tag add sel 30.50
update
.t see 30.50
set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]]
.t see 30.60
lappend x [.t bbox 30.60]
.t see 30.65
lappend x [.t bbox 30.65]
.t see 30.90
lappend x [.t bbox 30.90]
} [list [list 73 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 136 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 136 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 73 [expr {9*$fixedDiff/2 + 64}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-13.9 {TkTextSeeCmd procedure} {textfonts} {
wm geom . [expr $width-2]x$height
.t xview moveto 0
.t yview moveto 0
.t tag add sel 30.20
.t tag add sel 30.50
update
.t see 30.50
set x [list [.t bbox 30.50]]
.t see 30.60
lappend x [.t bbox 30.60]
.t see 30.65
lappend x [.t bbox 30.65]
.t see 30.90
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 |
toplevel .top2
pack [text .top2.t2 -wrap none]
for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
.top2.t2 insert end [string repeat "Line $i: éèàçù" 5]\n
}
wm geometry .top2 300x200+0+0
| | | | | | | | | 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 |
toplevel .top2
pack [text .top2.t2 -wrap none]
for {set i 1} {$i < 5} {incr i} {
.top2.t2 insert end [string repeat "Line $i: éèàçù" 5]\n
}
wm geometry .top2 300x200+0+0
update
.top2.t2 see "1.0 lineend"
update
set ref [.top2.t2 index @0,0]
.top2.t2 insert "1.0 lineend" ç
.top2.t2 see "1.0 lineend"
update
set new [.top2.t2 index @0,0]
set res [.top2.t2 compare $ref == $new]
destroy .top2
set res
} {0}
wm geom . {}
.t configure -wrap none
test textDisp-14.1 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
update
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview moveto .5
.t xview
} [list 0.5 [expr {6./7.}]]
.t configure -wrap char
test textDisp-14.2 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
update
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx"
.t xview
} {0.0 1.0}
.t configure -wrap none
test textDisp-14.3 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
update
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx"
.t xview
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-14.4 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview moveto} msg] $msg
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 |
.t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview m 1.4
.t xview
} [list [expr {9.0/14}] 1.0]
test textDisp-14.10 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll a} msg] $msg
| | | | | 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 |
.t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview m 1.4
.t xview
} [list [expr {9.0/14}] 1.0]
test textDisp-14.10 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-14.11 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t xview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-14.12 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll gorp units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "gorp"}}
test textDisp-14.13 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "a0 a1 a2 a3 a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 b0 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 b9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9 c0 c1 c2 c3 c4 c5 c6 c7 c8 c9\n"
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll 2 pa
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 |
.t xview scroll 100 units
lappend x [.t index @0,22]
.t xview scroll -15 units
lappend x [.t index @0,22]
} {2.21 2.20 2.99 2.84}
test textDisp-14.15 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll 14 globs} msg] $msg
| | | | | | | | | | 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 |
.t xview scroll 100 units
lappend x [.t index @0,22]
.t xview scroll -15 units
lappend x [.t index @0,22]
} {2.21 2.20 2.99 2.84}
test textDisp-14.15 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview scroll 14 globs} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "globs": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-14.16 {TkTextXviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t xview flounder} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "flounder": must be moveto or scroll}}
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 99} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.t insert end "Line 100"
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-15.1 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 45.0
update
.t yview scroll -3 units
.t index @0,0
} {42.0}
test textDisp-15.2 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 51.0
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
.t index @0,0
} {50.20}
test textDisp-15.3 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 51.0
update
.t yview scroll -4 units
.t index @0,0
} {49.0}
test textDisp-15.4 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 50.20
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
.t index @0,0
} {49.0}
test textDisp-15.5 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 50.40
update
.t yview scroll -2 units
.t index @0,0
} {50.0}
test textDisp-15.6 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling backwards} {
.t yview 3.2
update
.t yview scroll -5 units
.t index @0,0
} {1.0}
test textDisp-15.7 {ScrollByLines procedure, scrolling forwards} {
.t yview 48.0
update
.t yview scroll 4 units
.t index @0,0
} {50.40}
test textDisp-15.8 {Scrolling near end of window} {
set textheight 12
set textwidth 30
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 |
.tf.f.t tag configure Header -font {Helvetica 14 bold italic} \
-wrap word -spacing1 12 -spacing3 4
.tf.f.t insert end "Foo" Header
for {set i 1} {$i < $textheight} {incr i} {
.tf.f.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
| | < | < | < | | | 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 |
.tf.f.t tag configure Header -font {Helvetica 14 bold italic} \
-wrap word -spacing1 12 -spacing3 4
.tf.f.t insert end "Foo" Header
for {set i 1} {$i < $textheight} {incr i} {
.tf.f.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update ; after 1000 ; update
# Should scroll and should not crash!
.tf.f.t yview scroll 1 unit
# Check that it has scrolled
set res [.tf.f.t index @0,[expr [winfo height .tf.f.t] - 15]]
destroy .tf
set res
} {12.0}
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert insert "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t tag add big 100.0 105.0
.t insert 151.end { has a lot of extra text, so that it wraps around on the screen several times over.}
.t insert 153.end { also has enoug extra text to wrap.}
update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
test textDisp-16.1 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
.t yview 21.0
set x [.t yview]
.t yview 1.0
list [expr {int([lindex $x 0]*100)}] [expr {int ([lindex $x 1] * 100)}]
} {9 14}
test textDisp-16.2 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "2": must be moveto or scroll}}
test textDisp-16.3 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview -pickplace} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview -pickplace lineNum|index"}}
test textDisp-16.4 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview -pickplace 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview -pickplace lineNum|index"}}
test textDisp-16.5 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview -bogus 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-bogus": must be moveto or scroll}}
test textDisp-16.6 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, integer position} {
.t yview 100.0
update
.t yview 98
.t index @0,0
} {99.0}
test textDisp-16.7 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
.t yview 2.0
.t yv -pickplace 13.0
.t index @0,0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 |
test textDisp-16.18 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" roundoff} {textfonts} {
catch {destroy .top1}
toplevel .top1
wm geometry .top1 +0+0
text .top1.t -height 3 -width 4 -wrap none -setgrid 1 -padx 6 \
-spacing3 6
pack .top1.t
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 |
test textDisp-16.18 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "moveto" roundoff} {textfonts} {
catch {destroy .top1}
toplevel .top1
wm geometry .top1 +0+0
text .top1.t -height 3 -width 4 -wrap none -setgrid 1 -padx 6 \
-spacing3 6
pack .top1.t
update
.top1.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6"
.top1.t yview moveto 0.3333
set result [.top1.t yview]
destroy .top1
set result
} [list [expr {1.0/3}] [expr {5.0/6}]]
test textDisp-16.19 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-16.20 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t yview scroll number units|pages|pixels"}}
test textDisp-16.21 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll badInt bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogus": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-16.21.2 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll badInt units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "badInt"}}
test textDisp-16.22 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll -1 pages
.t index @0,0
} {42.0}
test textDisp-16.22.1 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll -3 p} res] $res
} {1 {ambiguous argument "p": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-16.23 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll -3 pa
.t index @0,0
} {26.0}
test textDisp-16.24 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
.t yview 5.0
update
.t yview scroll -3 pa
.t index @0,0
} {1.0}
test textDisp-16.25 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, back pages} {
.t configure -height 1
update
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll -1 pages
set x [.t index @0,0]
.t configure -height 10
update
set x
} {49.0}
test textDisp-16.26 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll 1 pages
.t index @0,0
} {58.0}
test textDisp-16.27 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll 2 pages
.t index @0,0
} {66.0}
test textDisp-16.28 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {textfonts} {
.t yview 98.0
update
.t yview scroll 1 page
set res [expr int([.t index @0,0])]
if {$fixedDiff > 1} {
incr res -1
}
set res
} {102}
test textDisp-16.29 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll" option, forward pages} {
.t configure -height 1
update
.t yview 50.0
update
.t yview scroll 1 pages
set x [.t index @0,0]
.t configure -height 10
update
set x
} {51.0}
test textDisp-16.30 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll units" option} {
.t yview 45.0
update
.t yview scroll -3 units
.t index @0,0
} {42.0}
test textDisp-16.31 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, "scroll units" option} {
.t yview 149.0
update
.t yview scroll 4 units
.t index @0,0
} {151.40}
test textDisp-16.32 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview scroll 12 bogoids} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "bogoids": must be units, pages, or pixels}}
test textDisp-16.33 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t yview bad_arg 1 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "bad_arg": must be moveto or scroll}}
test textDisp-16.34 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure} {
set res {}
.t yview 1.0
lappend res [format %.12g [expr {[lindex [.t yview] 0]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 |
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 35.0
.t yview scroll [expr {- 15 * $fixedHeight}] pixels
| | | | | | | 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 |
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 35.0
.t yview scroll [expr {- 15 * $fixedHeight}] pixels
update
.t index @0,0
} {5.0}
test textDisp-16.43 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure with indices in elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 35.0
.t yview scroll -15 units
update
.t index @0,0
} {5.0}
test textDisp-16.44 {TkTextYviewCmd procedure, scroll down, with elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
foreach x [list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0] {
.t insert end "$x aaa1\n$x bbb2\n$x ccc3\n$x ddd4\n$x eee5\n$x fff6"
.t insert end "$x 1111\n$x 2222\n$x 3333\n$x 4444\n$x 5555\n$x 6666" hidden
}
.t tag configure hidden -elide true ; # 5 hidden lines
update
.t see [expr {5 + [winfo height .t] / $fixedHeight} + 1].0
update
.t index @0,0
} {2.0}
.t delete 1.0 end
foreach i {a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i 11111 $i 22222 $i 33333 $i 44444 $i 55555"
.t insert end " $i 66666 $i 77777 $i 88888 $i"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 |
test textDisp-17.10 {TkTextScanCmd procedure, word wrapping} {textfonts} {
.t yview 10.0
.t scan mark -10 60
.t scan dragto -5 65
set x [.t index @0,0]
.t scan dragto 0 [expr {70 + $fixedDiff}]
list $x [.t index @0,0]
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | < | < | | 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 |
test textDisp-17.10 {TkTextScanCmd procedure, word wrapping} {textfonts} {
.t yview 10.0
.t scan mark -10 60
.t scan dragto -5 65
set x [.t index @0,0]
.t scan dragto 0 [expr {70 + $fixedDiff}]
list $x [.t index @0,0]
} {9.15 8.31}
.t configure -xscrollcommand scroll -yscrollcommand {}
test textDisp-18.1 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
update
set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {4.0/11}]]
test textDisp-18.2 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-18.3 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-18.4 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-18.5 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
.t xview scroll 31 units
update
set scrollInfo
} [list [expr {31.0/55}] [expr {51.0/55}]]
test textDisp-18.6 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxx\n
.t insert end "xxxxx xxxxxxxxxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx\n"
.t insert end "xxxx xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxx"
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll 31 units
update
set x {}
lappend x $scrollInfo
.t configure -wrap char
update
lappend x $scrollInfo
.t configure -wrap word
update
lappend x $scrollInfo
.t configure -wrap none
update
lappend x $scrollInfo
} [list [list [expr {31.0/56}] [expr {51.0/56}]] {0.0 1.0} {0.0 1.0} [list 0.0 [expr {5.0/14}]]]
test textDisp-18.7 {GetXView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo unchanged
.t insert end xxxxxx\n
.t insert end xxx
update
set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-18.8 {GetXView procedure} {
proc bgerror msg {
global x errorInfo
set x [list $msg $errorInfo]
}
proc bogus args {
error "bogus scroll proc"
}
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n
update
.t delete 1.0 end
.t configure -xscrollcommand scrollError
update
set x
} {{scrolling error} {scrolling error
while executing
"error "scrolling error""
(procedure "scrollError" line 2)
invoked from within
"scrollError 0.0 1.0"
(horizontal scrolling command executed by text)}}
catch {rename bgerror {}}
catch {rename bogus {}}
.t configure -xscrollcommand {} -yscrollcommand scroll
.t configure -xscrollcommand {} -yscrollcommand scroll
test textDisp-19.1 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo
} {0.0 1.0}
test textDisp-19.2 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
update
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
.t insert 1.0 "Line1\nLine2"
update
set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-19.3 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
update; after 10 ; update
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2 is so long that it wraps around\nLine 3"
update
set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-19.4 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
update
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
update
set scrollInfo
} [list 0.0 [expr {70.0/91}]]
test textDisp-19.5 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert 2.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times"
update ; after 100
set x $scrollInfo
} {0.0 0.625}
test textDisp-19.6 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert 2.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times"
.t yview 4.0
update
set x $scrollInfo
} {0.375 1.0}
test textDisp-19.7 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert 2.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times"
.t yview 2.26
update; after 1; update
set x $scrollInfo
} {0.125 0.75}
test textDisp-19.8 {GetYView procedure} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert 10.end " is really quite long; in fact it's so long that it wraps three times"
.t yview 2.0
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
set x $scrollInfo
} {0.0625 0.6875}
test textDisp-19.9 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t yview 3.0
update
set scrollInfo
} [list [expr {4.0/30}] 0.8]
test textDisp-19.10 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t yview 11.0
update
set scrollInfo
} [list [expr {1.0/3}] 1.0]
test textDisp-19.10.1 {Widget manipulation causes height miscount} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t yview 11.0
update
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
.t yview insert
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
.t yview insert
update
.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
set scrollInfo
} {0.5 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.2 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 1.0 end
} {20}
test textDisp-19.11.3 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines end 1.0
} {-20}
test textDisp-19.11.4 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 1.1 1.3
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.5 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 16.0 16.1
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.5.1 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 16.0 16.5
} {0}
test textDisp-19.11.6 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 16.0 16.20
} {1}
test textDisp-19.11.7 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 16.0 16.40
} {2}
test textDisp-19.11.8 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines "16.0 displaylineend +1c" "16.0 lineend"
} {3}
test textDisp-19.11.9 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 16.0 "16.0 lineend"
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.10 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 16.0 "16.0 +4displaylines"
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.11 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines 16.0 "16.0 +2displaylines"
} {2}
test textDisp-19.11.12 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t count -displaylines "16.0 +1displayline" "16.0 +2displaylines -1c"
} {0}
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
test textDisp-19.11.13 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "16.0 +1displaylines" "16.0 +1displaylines +6c"
.t count -displaylines 16.0 "16.0 +4displaylines"
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.14 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "16.0 +1displaylines" "16.0 +1displaylines displaylineend"
.t count -displaylines 16.0 "16.0 +4displaylines"
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.15 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "16.0 +1displaylines" "16.0 +2displaylines"
.t count -displaylines 16.0 "16.0 +4displaylines -1c"
} {3}
test textDisp-19.11.15a {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "16.0 +1displaylines" "16.0 +2displaylines"
.t count -displaylines 16.0 "16.0 +4displaylines"
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.16 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
.t count -displaylines 12.0 16.0
} {2}
test textDisp-19.11.17 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
[.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
[.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.1 +3d lines"] \
[.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {15.5 16.0 15.0 16.0 16.15 16.33}
test textDisp-19.11.18 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "12.0" "14.0"
list [.t index "15.5 -2d lines"] \
[.t index "16.0 -2d lines"] [.t index "15.0 -2d lines"] \
[.t index "16.0 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.17 -4d lines"] \
[.t index "16.36 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 14.0 11.0 11.0 11.2 11.3}
test textDisp-19.11.19 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "count -displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
.t count -displaylines 12.0 17.0
} {4}
test textDisp-19.11.20 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
list [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
[.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
[.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
[.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.38 16.50 16.33 16.50 16.67 17.0}
test textDisp-19.11.21 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "12.0" "16.0 +1displaylines"
list [.t index "16.38 -2d lines"] \
[.t index "16.50 -3d lines"] [.t index "16.33 -2d lines"] \
[.t index "16.53 -4d lines"] [.t index "16.69 -4d lines"] \
[.t index "17.1 -5d lines"]
} {11.5 11.0 11.0 10.3 11.2 11.0}
test textDisp-19.11.22 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
list [.t index "end +5d lines"] \
[.t index "end -3d lines"] [.t index "1.0 -2d lines"] \
[.t index "1.0 +4d lines"] [.t index "1.0 +50d lines"] \
[.t index "end -50d lines"]
} {17.0 16.33 1.0 5.0 17.0 1.0}
test textDisp-19.11.23 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +displaylines"} {
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
.t tag add elide "12.3" "16.0 +1displaylines"
list [.t index "11.5 +1d lines"] [.t index "11.5 +2d lines"] \
[.t index "12.0 +1d lines"] \
[.t index "12.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "11.0 +2d lines"] \
[.t index "13.0 +2d lines"] [.t index "13.0 +3d lines"] \
[.t index "13.0 +4d lines"]
} {16.17 16.33 16.28 16.46 16.28 16.49 16.65 16.72}
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
test textDisp-19.11.24 {TextWidgetCmd procedure, "index +/-displaylines"} {
list [.t index "11.5 + -1 display lines"] \
[.t index "11.5 + +1 disp lines"] \
[.t index "11.5 - -1 disp lines"] \
[.t index "11.5 - +1 disp lines"] \
[.t index "11.5 -1 disp lines"] \
[.t index "11.5 +1 disp lines"] \
[.t index "11.5 +0 disp lines"]
} {10.5 12.5 12.5 10.5 10.5 12.5 11.5}
.t tag remove elide 1.0 end
test textDisp-19.12 {GetYView procedure, partially visible last line} {
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -width 40 -height 5 -font $fixedFont
pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both
.top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4\nLine 5"
# Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete.
update ; after 10
scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight
wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr $theight - 3]
update
.top.t yview
} [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]]
test textDisp-19.13 {GetYView procedure, partially visible last line} {textfonts} {
catch {destroy .top}
toplevel .top
wm geometry .top +0+0
text .top.t -width 40 -height 5 -font $fixedFont
pack .top.t -expand yes -fill both
.top.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3\nLine 4 has enough text to wrap around at least once"
# Need to wait for asychronous calculations to complete.
update ; after 10
scan [wm geom .top] %dx%d twidth theight
wm geom .top ${twidth}x[expr $theight - 3]
update
.top.t yview
} [list 0.0 [expr {(5.0 * $fixedHeight - 3.0)/ (5.0 * $fixedHeight)}]]
catch {destroy .top}
test textDisp-19.14 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
# Need to update so everything is calculated.
update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end
update ; after 10 ; update
set scrollInfo "unchanged"
.t mark set insert 3.0
.t tag configure x -background red
.t tag add x 1.0 5.0
update
.t tag delete x
set scrollInfo
} {unchanged}
test textDisp-19.15 {GetYView procedure} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
update
.t configure -yscrollcommand scrollError
proc bgerror args {
global x errorInfo errorCode
set x [list $args $errorInfo $errorCode]
}
.t delete 1.0 end
update
rename bgerror {}
.t configure -yscrollcommand scroll
set x
} {{{scrolling error}} {scrolling error
while executing
"error "scrolling error""
(procedure "scrollError" line 2)
invoked from within
"scrollError 0.0 1.0"
(vertical scrolling command executed by text)} NONE}
test textDisp-19.16 {count -ypixels} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1"
foreach i {2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t insert end "\nThis last line wraps around four "
.t insert end "times with a bit left on the last line."
# Need to update so everything is calculated.
update ; .t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
set res {}
lappend res \
[.t count -ypixels 1.0 end] \
[.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end] \
[.t count -ypixels 15.0 16.0] \
[.t count -ypixels 15.0 "16.0 displaylineend +1c"] \
[.t count -ypixels 16.0 "16.0 displaylineend +1c"] \
[.t count -ypixels "16.0 +1 displaylines" "16.0 +4 displaylines +3c"]
} [list [expr {260 + 20 * $fixedDiff}] [expr {260 + 20 * $fixedDiff}] $fixedHeight [expr {2*$fixedHeight}] $fixedHeight [expr {3*$fixedHeight}]]
test textDisp-19.17 {count -ypixels with indices in elided lines} {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 |
[.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0] \
[.t count -ypixels 25.0 5.0] \
[.t count -ypixels 25.4 27.50] \
[.t count -ypixels 35.0 38.0]
.t yview 35.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0]
} [list [expr {4 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {3 * $fixedHeight}] 0 0 0 0 0 0 [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {- 5 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {2 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {3 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}]]
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 |
[.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0] \
[.t count -ypixels 25.0 5.0] \
[.t count -ypixels 25.4 27.50] \
[.t count -ypixels 35.0 38.0]
.t yview 35.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0]
} [list [expr {4 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {3 * $fixedHeight}] 0 0 0 0 0 0 [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {- 5 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {2 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {3 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}]]
test textDisp-19.18 {count -ypixels with indices in elided lines} {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i" 20]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.15 20.15
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 35.0
set res {}
update
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0]
.t yview scroll [expr {- 15 * $fixedHeight}] pixels
update
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 5.0 25.0]
} [list [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {5 * $fixedHeight}]]
test textDisp-19.19 {count -ypixels with indices in elided lines} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 25} {incr i} {
.t insert end [string repeat "Line $i -" 6]
.t insert end "\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 5.27 11.0
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
.t yview 5.0
update
set res [list [.t count -ypixels 5.0 11.0] [.t count -ypixels 5.0 11.20]]
} [list [expr {1 * $fixedHeight}] [expr {2 * $fixedHeight}]]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
test textDisp-20.1 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
.t yview 48.0
list [.t dlineinfo 46.0] [.t dlineinfo 47.0] [.t dlineinfo 49.0] \
[.t dlineinfo 58.0]
} [list {} {} [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.2 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
.t yview 100.0
.t yview -pickplace 53.0
list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.14] [.t dlineinfo 50.15]
} [list [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {-1 - $fixedDiff/2}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {12 + $fixedDiff/2}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-20.3 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
.t yview 100.0
.t yview 49.0
list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 57.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-20.4 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
.t yview 100.0
.t yview 42.0
list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {8*$fixedDiff + 107}] 105 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 140 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
.t config -wrap none
test textDisp-20.5 {FindDLine} {textfonts} {
.t yview 100.0
.t yview 48.0
list [.t dlineinfo 50.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.20] [.t dlineinfo 50.40]
} [list [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
.t config -wrap word
test textDisp-21.1 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
.t yview 48.0
list [.t index @-10,-10] [.t index @6,6] [.t index @22,6] \
[.t index @102,6] [.t index @38,[expr {$fixedHeight * 4 + 3}]] [.t index @44,67]
} {48.0 48.0 48.2 48.7 50.40 50.40}
.t insert end \n
test textDisp-21.2 {TkTextPixelIndex} {textfonts} {
.t yview 195.0
list [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 5 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 6 + 5}]] [.t index @11,[expr {$fixedHeight * 7 + 5}]] \
[.t index @11,1002]
} {197.1 198.1 199.1 201.0}
test textDisp-21.3 {TkTextPixelIndex, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 | .tt.u insert end $message .tt.u mark set insert 3.10 tkwait visibility .tt.u set res [.tt.u count -displaylines 3.10 2.173] destroy .tt unset message set res | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 |
.tt.u insert end $message
.tt.u mark set insert 3.10
tkwait visibility .tt.u
set res [.tt.u count -displaylines 3.10 2.173]
destroy .tt
unset message
set res
} {-1}
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
update
.t tag add x 50.1
test textDisp-22.1 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap word
.t yview 48.0
list [.t bbox 47.2] [.t bbox 48.0] [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] \
[.t bbox 58.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 38 [expr {3+4*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-22.2 {TkTextCharBbox} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap none
.t yview 48.0
list [.t bbox 50.5] [.t bbox 50.40] [.t bbox 57.0]
} [list [list 38 [expr {3+2*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 3 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-22.3 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height-1]
update
list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 7 3]]
test textDisp-22.4 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height+1]
update
list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 10 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 7 5]]
test textDisp-22.5 {TkTextCharBbox, cut-off char} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap none
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . [expr $width-95]x$height
update
.t bbox 15.6
} [list 45 [expr {3+5*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-22.6 {TkTextCharBbox, line visible but not char} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
.t tag add big 20.2 20.5
wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height+3]
update
list [.t bbox 19.1] [.t bbox 20.1] [.t bbox 20.2]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3+9*$fixedHeight}] 7 $fixedHeight] {} [list 17 [expr {3+10*$fixedHeight}] 14 7]]
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-22.7 {TkTextCharBbox, different character sizes} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
.t tag add big 12.2 12.5
update
list [.t bbox 12.1] [.t bbox 12.2]
} [list [list 10 [expr {3 + 2*$fixedHeight + $ascentDiff}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 17 [expr {3+ 2*$fixedHeight}] 14 27]]
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
test textDisp-22.8 {TkTextCharBbox, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "12345\n"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 |
frame .t.f2 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f3 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f4 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
.t window create 1.3 -window .t.f1 -align top
.t window create 1.7 -window .t.f2 -align center
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.f3 -align bottom
.t window create 2.10 -window .t.f4 -align baseline
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 |
frame .t.f2 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f3 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
frame .t.f4 -width 10 -height 4 -bg black
.t window create 1.3 -window .t.f1 -align top
.t window create 1.7 -window .t.f2 -align center
.t window create 2.1 -window .t.f3 -align bottom
.t window create 2.10 -window .t.f4 -align baseline
update
list [.t bbox .t.f1] [.t bbox .t.f2] [.t bbox .t.f3] [.t bbox .t.f4] \
[.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 2.9]
} [list [list 24 11 10 4] [list 55 [expr {$fixedDiff/2 + 15}] 10 4] [list 10 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 43}] 10 4] [list 76 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 40}] 10 4] [list 10 11 7 $fixedHeight] [list 69 [expr {$fixedDiff + 34}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
.t tag delete spacing
test textDisp-22.10 {TkTextCharBbox, handling of elided lines} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i - Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 2.8 2.13
.t tag add hidden 6.8 7.13
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
update
list \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.9] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.10] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 2.13] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.9] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.10] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.13] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.14] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 6.15] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.0] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.1] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 7.12] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 6.8] 0]}]
} [list 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0]
test textDisp-22.11 {TkTextCharBbox, handling of wrapped elided lines} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
for {set i 1} {$i < 10} {incr i} {
.t insert end "Line $i - Line _$i - Lines .$i - Line [format %c [expr 64+$i]]\n"
}
.t tag add hidden 1.30 2.5
.t tag configure hidden -elide true
update
list \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.4] 0]}] \
[expr {[lindex [.t bbox 1.30] 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 2.5] 0]}]
} [list 0 0]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1"
for {set i 2} {$i <= 200} {incr i} {
.t insert end "\nLine $i"
}
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 50.0 51.0
.t insert 50.0 "This is a long line, one that will wrap around twice.\n"
update
test textDisp-23.1 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap word
.t yview 48.0
list [.t dlineinfo 47.3] [.t dlineinfo 48.0] [.t dlineinfo 50.40] \
[.t dlineinfo 56.0]
} [list {} [list 3 3 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 55}] 126 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] {}]
test textDisp-23.2 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
.t config -bd 4 -wrap word
update
.t yview 48.0
.t dlineinfo 50.40
} [list 7 [expr {4*$fixedDiff + 59}] 126 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]
.t config -bd 0
test textDisp-23.3 {TkTextDLineInfo} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap none
update
.t yview 48.0
list [.t dlineinfo 50.40] [.t dlineinfo 57.3]
} [list [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 371 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-23.4 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height-1]
update
list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {10*$fixedDiff + 133}] 49 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
test textDisp-23.5 {TkTextDLineInfo, cut-off lines} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap char
.t yview 10.0
wm geom . ${width}x[expr $height+1]
update
list [.t dlineinfo 19.0] [.t dlineinfo 20.0]
} [list [list 3 [expr {9*$fixedDiff + 120}] 49 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 3 [expr {10*$fixedDiff + 133}] 49 5 [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
wm geom . {}
update
test textDisp-23.6 {TkTextDLineInfo, horizontal scrolling} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "First line\n"
.t insert end "Second line is a very long one that doesn't all fit.\n"
.t insert end "Third"
.t xview scroll 6 units
update
list [.t dlineinfo 1.0] [.t dlineinfo 2.0] [.t dlineinfo 3.0]
} [list [list -39 3 70 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list -39 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 364 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list -39 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 35 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
.t xview moveto 0
test textDisp-23.7 {TkTextDLineInfo, centering} {textfonts} {
.t config -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "First line\n"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 |
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.2 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 |
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.2 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 12 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.3 {TkTextCharLayoutProc} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . [expr $width-1]x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 10 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.4 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, newline not visible} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 01234567890123456789\n012345678901234567890
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20] [.t bbox 2.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.5 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, char doesn't fit, newline not visible} {unix textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 0\n1\n
wm geom . 110x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 3 3 4 $fixedHeight] [list 7 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 4 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.6 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.7 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 12 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.8 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
wm geom . [expr $width-1]x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 10 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.9 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
wm geom . [expr $width-6]x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 5 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.10 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p"
wm geom . [expr $width-7]x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 4 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.11 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, line ends with space that doesn't quite fit} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "01234567890123456789 \nabcdefg"
wm geom . [expr $width-2]x$height
update
set result {}
lappend result [.t bbox 1.21] [.t bbox 2.0]
.t mark set insert 1.21
lappend result [.t bbox 1.21] [.t bbox 2.0]
} [list [list 145 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 145 3 0 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.12 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, tab causes wrap} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghi"
.t mark set insert 1.4
.t insert insert \t\t\t
list [.t bbox {insert -1c}] [.t bbox insert]
} [list [list 115 3 30 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.13 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] {}]
test textDisp-24.14 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . [expr $width+1]x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 5 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.15 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap none} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . [expr $width-1]x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 143 3 3 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.16 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, no chars fit} {textfonts} {
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
wm overrideredirect . 1
}
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"
wm geom . 103x$height
update
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.1] [.t bbox 1.2]
} [list [list 3 3 1 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 1 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 1 $fixedHeight]]
if {$tcl_platform(platform) == "windows"} {
wm overrideredirect . 0
}
test textDisp-24.17 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "This is a line that wraps around"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.19] [.t bbox 1.20]
} [list [list 136 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.18 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "xThis is a line that wraps around"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list 101 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 108 3 35 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.19 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, -wrap word} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "xxThis is a line that wraps around"
wm geom . {}
update
list [.t bbox 1.14] [.t bbox 1.15] [.t bbox 1.16]
} [list [list 101 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 108 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 115 3 28 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-24.20 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, vertical offset} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1\nLine 2\nLine 3"
set result {}
lappend result [.t bbox 2.1] [.t dlineinfo 2.1]
.t tag configure up -offset 6
.t tag add up 2.1
lappend result [.t bbox 2.1] [.t dlineinfo 2.1]
.t tag configure up -offset -2
lappend result [.t bbox 2.1] [.t dlineinfo 2.1]
.t tag delete up
set result
} [list [list 10 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 42 [expr {$fixedDiff + 13}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]] [list 10 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 42 [expr {$fixedDiff + 19}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}]] [list 10 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 3 [expr {$fixedDiff + 16}] 42 [expr {$fixedDiff + 15}] [expr {$fixedDiff + 10}]]]
.t configure -width 30
update
test textDisp-24.21 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, word breaks} {textfonts} {
.t configure -wrap word
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Sample text xxxxxxx yyyyy zzzzzzz qqqqq rrrr ssss tt u vvvvv"
frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg black
.t window create 1.36 -window .t.f
.t bbox 1.26
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 |
.t insert end "zzzzzzz qqqqq rrrr ssss tt"
.t window create end -window .t.f
.t insert end "u vvvvv"
.t bbox .t.f
} [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 30 20]
catch {destroy .t.f}
.t configure -width 20
| | < < < < < < < < < < | | | 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 |
.t insert end "zzzzzzz qqqqq rrrr ssss tt"
.t window create end -window .t.f
.t insert end "u vvvvv"
.t bbox .t.f
} [list 3 [expr {2*$fixedDiff + 29}] 30 20]
catch {destroy .t.f}
.t configure -width 20
update
test textDisp-24.24 {TkTextCharLayoutProc, justification and tabs} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t tag configure x -justify center
.t insert 1.0 aa\tbb\tcc\tdd\t
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.0] [.t bbox 1.10]
} [list [list 45 3 7 $fixedHeight] [list 94 3 7 $fixedHeight]]
.t configure -width 40 -bd 0 -relief flat -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 \
-tabs 100
update
test textDisp-25.1 {CharBboxProc procedure, check tab width} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 abc\td\tfgh
list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.6]
} [list [list 21 1 79 $fixedHeight] [list 107 1 93 $fixedHeight] [list 200 1 7 $fixedHeight]]
.t configure -width 40 -bd 0 -relief flat -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 \
-tabs {}
update
test textDisp-26.1 {AdjustForTab procedure, no tabs} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tbcdefghij\tc\td
list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.12] 0] \
[lindex [.t bbox 1.14] 0]
} [list 56 126 168]
test textDisp-26.1.2 {AdjustForTab procedure, no tabs} {textfonts} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 |
test textDisp-26.3 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough tabs specified} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tb\tc\td\te
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {40 70 right}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] \
| | | | | 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 |
test textDisp-26.3 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough tabs specified} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tb\tc\td\te
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {40 70 right}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [lindex [.t bbox 1.2] 0] \
[expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 2]] \
[expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 2]] \
[expr [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0] + [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 2]]
} [list 40 70 100 130]
test textDisp-26.4 {AdjustForTab procedure, different alignments} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tbc\tde\tfg\thi
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {40 center 80 left 130 right}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 |
.t insert 1.0 a\t1.234
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.2
.t tag add y 1.5
lindex [.t bbox 1.3] 0
| | | | | | | | | | | 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 |
.t insert 1.0 a\t1.234
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.2
.t tag add y 1.5
lindex [.t bbox 1.3] 0
} {120}
test textDisp-26.6 {AdjustForTab procedure, numeric alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t1,456.234
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.2
lindex [.t bbox 1.7] 0
} {120}
test textDisp-26.7 {AdjustForTab procedure, numeric alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t1.456.234,7
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.2
lindex [.t bbox 1.11] 0
} {120}
test textDisp-26.8 {AdjustForTab procedure, numeric alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\ttest
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.2
lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0
} {120}
test textDisp-26.9 {AdjustForTab procedure, numeric alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t1234
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.2
lindex [.t bbox 1.6] 0
} {120}
test textDisp-26.10 {AdjustForTab procedure, numeric alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t1.234567
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.5
lindex [.t bbox 1.3] 0
} {120}
test textDisp-26.11 {AdjustForTab procedure, numeric alignment} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tx=1.234567
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.7
.t tag add y 1.9
lindex [.t bbox 1.5] 0
} {120}
test textDisp-26.12 {AdjustForTab procedure, adjusting chunks} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tx1.234567
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
.t tag add y 1.7
.t tag add y 1.9
button .b -text "="
.t window create 1.3 -window .b
update
lindex [.t bbox 1.5] 0
} {120}
test textDisp-26.13 {AdjustForTab procedure, not enough space} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "abc\txyz\tqrs\txyz\t0"
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {10 30 center 50 right 120}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [lindex [.t bbox 1.4] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 1.8] 0] \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 |
[lindex [.t bbox 3.11] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 3.24] 0]]
.t configure -tabstyle tabular
set res
} [list 112 56 112 56]
.t configure -width 20 -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 -relief sunken -tabs {} \
-wrap char
| | | 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 |
[lindex [.t bbox 3.11] 0] [lindex [.t bbox 3.24] 0]]
.t configure -tabstyle tabular
set res
} [list 112 56 112 56]
.t configure -width 20 -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 -relief sunken -tabs {} \
-wrap char
update
test textDisp-27.1 {SizeOfTab procedure, old-style tabs} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\tbcdefghij\tc\td
list [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.10] [.t bbox 1.12]
} [list [list 60 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 116 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 130 5 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.1.1 {SizeOfTab procedure, old-style tabs} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 |
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\txyzzyabc
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {150 center}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.6] [.t bbox 1.7]
} [list [list 32 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 39 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 |
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\txyzzyabc
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {150 center}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.6] [.t bbox 1.7]
} [list [list 32 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight] [list 39 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.7 {SizeOfTab procedure, center alignment, wrap -none (potential numerical problems)} {textfonts failsOnQuarz} {
.t delete 1.0 end
set cm [winfo fpixels .t 1c]
.t configure -tabs {1c 2c center 3c 4c 5c 6c 7c 8c} -wrap none -width 40
.t insert 1.0 a\tb\tc\td\te\n012345678934567890a\tbb\tcc\tdd
set width [expr {$fixedWidth * 19}]
set tab $cm
while {$tab < $width} {
set tab [expr {$tab + $cm}]
}
# Now we've calculated to the end of the tab after 'a', add one
# more for 'bb\t' and we're there, with 4 for the border. Since
# Tk_GetPixelsFromObj uses the standard 'int(0.5 + float)' rounding,
# so must we.
set tab [expr {4 + int(0.5 + $tab + $cm)}]
update
set res [.t bbox 2.23]
lset res 0 [expr {[lindex $res 0] - $tab}]
set res
} [list -28 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-27.7.1 {SizeOfTab procedure, center alignment, wrap -none (potential numerical problems)} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t configure -tabstyle wordprocessor
set cm [winfo fpixels .t 1c]
.t configure -tabs {1c 2c center 3c 4c 5c 6c 7c 8c} -wrap none -width 40
.t insert 1.0 a\tb\tc\td\te\n012345678934567890a\tbb\tcc\tdd
set width [expr {$fixedWidth * 19}]
set tab $cm
while {$tab < $width} {
set tab [expr {$tab + $cm}]
}
# Now we've calculated to the end of the tab after 'a', add one
# more for 'bb\t' and we're there, with 4 for the border. Since
# Tk_GetPixelsFromObj uses the standard 'int(0.5 + float)' rounding,
# so must we.
set tab [expr {4 + int(0.5 + $tab + $cm)}]
update
set res [.t bbox 2.23]
.t configure -tabstyle tabular
lset res 0 [expr {[lindex $res 0] - $tab}]
set res
} [list 0 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]
test textDisp-27.7.2 {SizeOfTab procedure, fractional tab interpolation problem} {
.t delete 1.0 end
set interpolatetab {1c 2c}
set precisetab {}
for {set i 1} {$i < 20} {incr i} {
lappend precisetab "${i}c"
}
.t configure -tabs $interpolatetab -wrap none -width 150
.t insert 1.0 [string repeat "a\t" 20]
update
set res [.t bbox 1.20]
# Now, Tk's interpolated tabs should be the same as
# non-interpolated.
.t configure -tabs $precisetab
update
expr {[lindex $res 0] - [lindex [.t bbox 1.20] 0]}
} {0}
.t configure -wrap char -tabs {} -width 20
update
test textDisp-27.8 {SizeOfTab procedure, right alignment} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t\txyzzyabc
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {100 left 140 right}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.6] [.t bbox 1.7]
} [list [list 137 5 7 $fixedHeight] [list 4 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.9 {SizeOfTab procedure, left alignment} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\txyzzyabc
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 1.4]
} [list [list 131 5 13 $fixedHeight] [list 4 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.10 {SizeOfTab procedure, numeric alignment} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 a\t123.4
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120 numeric}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.3] [.t bbox 1.4]
} [list [list 117 5 27 $fixedHeight] [list 4 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-27.11 {SizeOfTab procedure, making tabs at least as wide as a space} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 abc\tdefghijklmnopqrst
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -tabs {120}
.t tag add x 1.0 end
list [.t bbox 1.5] [.t bbox 1.6]
} [list [list 131 5 13 $fixedHeight] [list 4 [expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] 7 $fixedHeight]]
proc bizarre_scroll args {
.t2.t delete 5.0 end
}
test textDisp-28.1 {"yview" option with bizarre scroll command} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
text .t2.t -width 40 -height 4
.t2.t insert end "1\n2\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n"
pack .t2.t
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
update
.t2.t configure -yscrollcommand bizarre_scroll
.t2.t yview 100.0
set result [.t2.t index @0,0]
update
lappend result [.t2.t index @0,0]
} {6.0 1.0}
test textDisp-29.1 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]
} [list [list 0.0 [expr {20.0*$fixedWidth/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] [list [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedWidth + 1}] [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 50 + 1}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-29.2 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 1 unit
update
list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]
} [list [list [expr {1.0*$fixedWidth/300}] [expr {21.0*$fixedWidth/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1 - $fixedWidth}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] [list [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedWidth + 1 - $fixedWidth}] [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 50 + 1}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-29.2.1 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap none -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 1\n
.t2.t insert end [string repeat "abc" 30]
update
.t2.t xview scroll 5 unit
update
.t2.t xview
} [list [expr {5.0/90}] [expr {25.0/90}]]
test textDisp-29.2.2 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 2 unit
update
list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]
} [list [list [expr {2.0*$fixedWidth/300}] [expr {22.0*$fixedWidth/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1 - 2*$fixedWidth}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] {}]
test textDisp-29.2.3 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 7 pixels
update
list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]
} [list [list [expr {7.0/300}] [expr {(20.0*$fixedWidth + 7)/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1 - 7}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] [list [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedWidth + 1 - 7}] [expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 50 + 1}] $fixedWidth $fixedHeight]]
test textDisp-29.2.4 {miscellaneous: lines wrap but are still too long} {textfonts} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
text .t2.t -width 20 -height 10 -font $fixedFont \
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 17 pixels
update
list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]
} [list [list [expr {17.0/300}] [expr {(20.0*$fixedWidth + 17)/300}]] 300x50+[expr {$twbw + $twht + 1 - 17}]+[expr {$twbw + $twht + $fixedHeight + 1}] {}]
test textDisp-29.2.5 {miscellaneous: can show last character} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 121x141+200+200
text .t2.t -width 5 -height 5 -font {Arial 10} \
-wrap none -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set" \
-bd 2 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 1
.t2.t insert end "WWWWWWWWWWWWi"
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
grid .t2.t -row 0 -column 0 -sticky nsew
grid .t2.s -row 1 -column 0 -sticky ew
grid columnconfigure .t2 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure .t2 0 -weight 1
grid rowconfigure .t2 1 -weight 0
update ; update
set xv [.t2.t xview]
set xd [expr {[lindex $xv 1] - [lindex $xv 0]}]
.t2.t xview moveto [expr {1.0-$xd}]
set iWidth [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
.t2.t xview scroll 2 units
set iWidth2 [lindex [.t2.t bbox end-2c] 2]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 |
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
| | | | | | | | 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 |
-wrap char -xscrollcommand ".t2.s set"
pack .t2.t -side top
scrollbar .t2.s -orient horizontal -command ".t2.t xview"
pack .t2.s -side bottom -fill x
.t2.t insert end 123
frame .t2.t.f -width 300 -height 50 -bd 2 -relief raised
.t2.t window create 1.1 -window .t2.t.f
update
.t2.t xview scroll 200 units
update
list [.t2.t xview] [winfo geom .t2.t.f] [.t2.t bbox 1.3]
} [list [list [expr {16.0/30}] 1.0] 300x50+-155+[expr {$fixedDiff + 18}] {}]
test textDisp-30.1 {elidden text joining multiple logical lines} {
.t2.t delete 1.0 end
.t2.t insert 1.0 "1111\n2222\n3333"
.t2.t tag configure elidden -elide 1 -background red
.t2.t tag add elidden 1.2 3.2
.t2.t count -displaylines 1.0 end
} {1}
test textDisp-30.2 {elidden text joining multiple logical lines} {
.t2.t delete 1.0 end
.t2.t insert 1.0 "1111\n2222\n3333"
.t2.t tag configure elidden -elide 1 -background red
.t2.t tag add elidden 1.2 2.2
.t2.t count -displaylines 1.0 end
} {2}
catch {destroy .t2}
.t configure -height 1
update
test textDisp-31.1 {line embedded window height update} failsOnUbuntu {
set res {}
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "abcd\nefgh\nijkl\nmnop\nqrst\nuvwx\nyx"
frame .t.f -background red -width 100 -height 100
.t window create 3.0 -window .t.f
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 10
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 6}] [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 6}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 7}]]
test textDisp-31.2 {line update index shifting} failsOnUbuntu {
set res {}
.t.f configure -height 100
update
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 10
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 100
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 |
# Should do exactly the same as the above, as long
# as we are correctly tagging the correct lines for
# recalculation. The 'update' and 'delay' must be
# long enough to ensure all asynchronous updates
# have been performed.
set res {}
.t.f configure -height 100
| | | | | | | 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 |
# Should do exactly the same as the above, as long
# as we are correctly tagging the correct lines for
# recalculation. The 'update' and 'delay' must be
# long enough to ensure all asynchronous updates
# have been performed.
set res {}
.t.f configure -height 100
update
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 10
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
update ; after 1000 ; update
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t.f configure -height 100
.t delete 1.0 3.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
update ; after 1000 ; update
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 6}] [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 8}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 9}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 7}] [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 6}]]
test textDisp-31.4 {line embedded image height update} {
set res {}
image create photo textest -height 100 -width 10
.t delete 3.0
.t image create 3.0 -image textest
update
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 10
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 6}] [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 6}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 7}]]
test textDisp-31.5 {line update index shifting} failsOnUbuntu {
set res {}
textest configure -height 100
update ; after 1000 ; update
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 10
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 100
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 |
# Should do exactly the same as the above, as long
# as we are correctly tagging the correct lines for
# recalculation. The 'update' and 'delay' must be
# long enough to ensure all asynchronous updates
# have been performed.
set res {}
textest configure -height 100
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 10
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
| > | | | | | | | | | | | < | < | < | < | < | < | 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 |
# Should do exactly the same as the above, as long
# as we are correctly tagging the correct lines for
# recalculation. The 'update' and 'delay' must be
# long enough to ensure all asynchronous updates
# have been performed.
set res {}
textest configure -height 100
update ; after 1000 ; update
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 10
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
update ; after 1000 ; update
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
textest configure -height 100
.t delete 1.0 3.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
update ; after 1000 ; update
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 6}] [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 8}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 9}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 7}] [expr {100 + $fixedHeight * 6}]]
test textDisp-31.7 {line update index shifting, elided} {
# The 'update' and 'delay' must be long enough to ensure all
# asynchronous updates have been performed.
set res {}
.t delete 1.0 end
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t insert 1.0 "abc\nabc"
.t insert 1.0 "abc\n"
lappend res [.t count -update -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t tag configure elide -elide 1
.t tag add elide 1.3 2.1
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
update ; after 1000 ; update
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
.t delete 1.0 3.0
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
update ; after 1000 ; update
lappend res [.t count -ypixels 1.0 end]
set res
} [list [expr {$fixedHeight * 1}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 3}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 3}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 2}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 1}] [expr {$fixedHeight * 1}]]
test textDisp-32.0 {everything elided} {
# Must not crash
pack [text .tt]
.tt insert 0.0 HELLO
.tt tag configure HIDE -elide 1
.tt tag add HIDE 0.0 end
update ; update ; update ; update
destroy .tt
} {}
test textDisp-32.1 {everything elided} {
# Must not crash
pack [text .tt]
update
.tt insert 0.0 HELLO
update
.tt tag configure HIDE -elide 1
update
.tt tag add HIDE 0.0 end
update ; update ; update ; update
destroy .tt
} {}
test textDisp-32.2 {elide and tags} {
pack [text .tt -height 30 -width 100 -bd 0 \
-highlightthickness 0 -padx 0]
.tt insert end \
{test text using tags 1 and 3 } \
{testtag1 testtag3} \
{[this bit here uses tags 2 and 3]} \
{testtag2 testtag3}
update
# indent left margin of tag 1 by 20 pixels
# text should be indented
.tt tag configure testtag1 -lmargin1 20 ; update
#1
set res {}
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# hide tag 1, remaining text should not be indented, since
# the indented tag and character is hidden.
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 ; update
#2
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# reset
.tt tag configure testtag1 -lmargin1 0
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 0
# indent left margin of tag 2 by 20 pixels
# text should not be indented, since tag1 has lmargin1 of 0.
.tt tag configure testtag2 -lmargin1 20 ; update
#3
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# hide tag 1, remaining text should now be indented, but
# the bbox of 1.0 should have zero width and zero indent,
# since it is elided at that position.
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 ; update
#4
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# reset
.tt tag configure testtag2 -lmargin1 {}
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 0
# indent left margin of tag 3 by 20 pixels
# text should be indented, since this tag takes
# precedence over testtag1, and is applied to the
# start of the text.
.tt tag configure testtag3 -lmargin1 20 ; update
#5
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
# hide tag 1, remaining text should still be indented,
# since it still has testtag3 on it. Again the
# bbox of 1.0 should have 0.
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 ; update
#6
lappend res [list [.tt index "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] \
[lindex [.tt bbox 1.0] 0] \
[lindex [.tt bbox "1.0 + 0 displaychars"] 0]]
.tt tag configure testtag3 -lmargin1 {} -elide 0
.tt tag configure testtag1 -elide 1 -lmargin1 20
#7
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 |
.tt tag configure emoticon -elide 1
.tt insert end X
.tt mark set MSGLEFT "end - 1 char"
.tt mark gravity MSGLEFT left
.tt insert end ":)" emoticon
.tt image create end -image $img
pack .tt
| | < | < | < < < | > | < | < | | | 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 |
.tt tag configure emoticon -elide 1
.tt insert end X
.tt mark set MSGLEFT "end - 1 char"
.tt mark gravity MSGLEFT left
.tt insert end ":)" emoticon
.tt image create end -image $img
pack .tt
update; update; update
} -cleanup {
image delete $img
destroy .tt
}
test textDisp-33.0 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300]
update ; update ; update
.tt see 1.0
lindex [.tt yview] 0
} {0.0}
test textDisp-33.1 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
destroy .tt
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300]
update ; update ; update
.tt yview "1.0 +1 displaylines"
if {[lindex [.tt yview] 0] > 0.1} {
set result "window should be scrolled to the top"
} else {
set result "ok"
}
} {ok}
test textDisp-33.2 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
destroy .tt
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
.tt debug 1
set tk_textHeightCalc ""
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 1]
after 100 ; update idletasks
# Nothing should have been recalculated.
set tk_textHeightCalc
} {}
test textDisp-33.3 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
destroy .tt
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
.tt debug 1
set tk_textHeightCalc ""
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300]
update ; .tt count -update -ypixels 1.0 end ; update
# Each line should have been recalculated just once
.tt debug 0
expr {[llength $tk_textHeightCalc] == [.tt count -displaylines 1.0 end]}
} {1}
test textDisp-33.4 {one line longer than fits in the widget} {
destroy .tt
pack [text .tt -wrap char]
.tt debug 1
set tk_textHeightCalc ""
.tt insert 1.0 [string repeat "more wrap + " 300]
update ; update ; update
set idx [.tt index "1.0 + 1 displaylines"]
.tt yview $idx
if {[lindex [.tt yview] 0] > 0.1} {
set result "window should be scrolled to the top"
} else {
set result "ok"
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 |
pack [text .tt -wrap char -font {{MS Sans Serif} 15}]
font create no -family [lindex [.tt cget -font] 0] -size 24
font create bi -family [lindex [.tt cget -font] 0] -size 24
font configure bi -weight bold -slant italic
.tt tag configure bi -font bi
.tt tag configure no -font no
.tt insert end abcd no efgh bi ijkl\n no
| | | | > > > | | | < < < | > | | < | | | < < < < < | | | | 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 |
pack [text .tt -wrap char -font {{MS Sans Serif} 15}]
font create no -family [lindex [.tt cget -font] 0] -size 24
font create bi -family [lindex [.tt cget -font] 0] -size 24
font configure bi -weight bold -slant italic
.tt tag configure bi -font bi
.tt tag configure no -font no
.tt insert end abcd no efgh bi ijkl\n no
update
set bb {}
for {set i 0} {$i < 12} {incr i 4} {
lappend bb [lindex [.tt bbox 1.$i] 0]
}
foreach {a b c} $bb {}
unset bb
if {($b - $a) * 1.5 < ($c - $b)} {
set result "italic font has much too much space"
} else {
set result "italic font measurement ok"
}
} {italic font measurement ok}
destroy .tt
test textDisp-34.1 {Text widgets multi-scrolling problem: Bug 2677890} -setup {
pack [text .t1 -width 10 -yscrollcommand {.sy set}] \
[ttk::scrollbar .sy -orient vertical -command {.t1 yview}] \
-side left -fill both
bindtags .sy {}; # No clicky!
set txt ""
for {set i 0} {$i < 99} {incr i} {
lappend txt "$i" [list pc $i] "\n" ""
}
set result {}
} -body {
.t1 insert end {*}$txt
update
lappend result [.sy get]
.t1 replace 6.0 6.0+1c "*"
lappend result [.sy get]
after 0 {lappend result [.sy get]}
after 1000 {lappend result [.sy get]}
vwait result;vwait result
return $result
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1 .sy
} -result {{0.0 0.24} {0.0 0.24} {0.0 0.24} {0.0 0.24}}
test textDisp-35.1 {Init value of charHeight - Dancing scrollbar bug 1499165} -setup {
pack [text .t1] -fill both -expand y -side left
.t insert end "[string repeat a\nb\nc\n 500000]THE END\n"
set res {}
} -body {
.t see 10000.0
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/textImage.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # textImage.test -- test images embedded in text widgets # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | < < > | | | < | | | < < | | | < | | | < < | | | < | | | > < < < | | < | | | < < | | | < | | | < < | | | < | | | < < | | | < | | | < < | | | < | | | < < | | | < | | | < < | | | < | | | < < | | < < | | | | > | | | < < | < | | < | | | < < | | < < < | | | | > | | > | | | | | | | < < < | | | < | | | < < | | > > > > < < | < < < | | | < < < | | < < | | | | > | | | | < < > < < | < < < | | | | > | | | > | | | | < < < | | < < < | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | < < < | | < < | | | | > | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | | | | > | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | < < < | | | | > | | | | > | | | | | | | < < < | | < < < | | | | > | | | | > | | | | | | < < < | < | < < < | | | | > > | | | | < < < | | < < < | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | < < < < > | | < < < < < | | | | > > | | | | < < < | < | < < | | | | > | < < | > < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
# textImage.test -- test images embedded in text widgets
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl
# built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and
# generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# One time setup. Create a font to insure the tests are font metric invariant.
catch {destroy .t}
font create test_font -family courier -size 14
text .t -font test_font
destroy .t
test textImage-1.1 {basic argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t image option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test textImage-1.2 {basic argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous option "c": must be cget, configure, create, or names}}
test textImage-1.3 {cget argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t image cget index option"}}
test textImage-1.4 {cget argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image cget blurf -flurp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "blurf"}}
test textImage-1.5 {cget argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image cget 1.1 -flurp} msg] $msg
} {1 {no embedded image at index "1.1"}}
test textImage-1.6 {configure argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image configure } msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t image configure index ?option value ...?"}}
test textImage-1.7 {configure argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image configure blurf } msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "blurf"}}
test textImage-1.8 {configure argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image configure 1.1 } msg] $msg
} {1 {no embedded image at index "1.1"}}
test textImage-1.9 {create argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image create} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t image create index ?option value ...?"}}
test textImage-1.10 {create argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image create blurf } msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "blurf"}}
test textImage-1.11 {basic argument checking} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image create 1000.1000 -image small} msg] $msg
} {0 small}
test textImage-1.12 {names argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image names dates places} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t image names"}}
test textImage-1.13 {names argument checking} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
set result ""
lappend result [.t image names]
.t image create insert -image small
lappend result [.t image names]
.t image create insert -image small
lappend result [.t image names]
.t image create insert -image small -name little
lappend result [.t image names]
} {{} small {small#1 small} {small#1 small little}}
test textImage-1.14 {basic argument checking} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image huh} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "huh": must be cget, configure, create, or names}}
test textImage-1.15 {align argument checking} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
list [catch {.t image create end -image small -align wrong} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad align "wrong": must be baseline, bottom, center, or top}}
test textImage-1.16 {configure} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image small
.t image configure small
} {{-align {} {} center center} {-padx {} {} 0 0} {-pady {} {} 0 0} {-image {} {} {} small} {-name {} {} {} {}}}
test textImage-1.17 {basic cget options} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image small
set result ""
foreach i {align padx pady image name} {
lappend result $i:[.t image cget small -$i]
}
set result
} {align:center padx:0 pady:0 image:small name:}
test textImage-1.18 {basic configure options} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
image create photo large -width 50 -height 50
large put green -to 0 0 50 50
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image small
set result ""
foreach {option value} {align top padx 5 pady 7 image large name none} {
.t image configure small -$option $value
}
update
.t image configure small
} {{-align {} {} center top} {-padx {} {} 0 5} {-pady {} {} 0 7} {-image {} {} {} large} {-name {} {} {} none}}
test textImage-1.19 {basic image naming} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image small
.t image create end -image small -name small
.t image create end -image small -name small#6342
.t image create end -image small -name small
lsort [.t image names]
} {small small#1 small#6342 small#6343}
test textImage-2.1 {debug} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t debug 1
.t insert end front
.t image create end -image small
.t insert end back
.t delete small
.t image names
.t debug 0
} {}
test textImage-3.1 {image change propagation} {
catch {
image create photo vary -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image vary -align top
update
set result ""
lappend result base:[.t bbox vary]
foreach i {10 20 40} {
vary configure -width $i -height $i
update
lappend result $i:[.t bbox vary]
}
set result
} {{base:0 0 5 5} {10:0 0 10 10} {20:0 0 20 20} {40:0 0 40 40}}
test textImage-3.2 {delayed image management, see also bug 1591493} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -name test
update
set result ""
foreach {x1 y1 w1 h1} [.t bbox test] {}
lappend result [list $x1 $w1 $h1]
.t image configure test -image small -align top
update
foreach {x2 y2 w2 h2} [.t bbox test] {}
lappend result [list [expr {$x1==$x2}] [expr {$w2>0}] [expr {$h2>0}]]
} {{0 0 0} {1 1 1}}
# some temporary random tests
test textImage-4.1 {alignment checking - except baseline} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
image create photo large -width 50 -height 50
large put green -to 0 0 50 50
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image large
.t image create end -image small
.t insert end test
update
set result ""
lappend result default:[.t bbox small]
foreach i {top bottom center} {
.t image configure small -align $i
update
lappend result [.t image cget small -align]:[.t bbox small]
}
set result
} {{default:50 22 5 5} {top:50 0 5 5} {bottom:50 45 5 5} {center:50 22 5 5}}
test textImage-4.2 {alignment checking - baseline} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
image create photo large -width 50 -height 50
large put green -to 0 0 50 50
}
catch {destroy .t}
font create test_font2 -size 5
text .t -font test_font2 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image large
.t image create end -image small -align baseline
.t insert end test
set result ""
# Sizes larger than 25 can be too big and lead to a negative 'norm',
# at least on Windows XP with certain settings.
foreach size {10 15 20 25} {
font configure test_font2 -size $size
array set Metrics [font metrics test_font2]
update
foreach {x y w h} [.t bbox small] {}
set norm [expr {
(([image height large] - $Metrics(-linespace))/2
+ $Metrics(-ascent) - [image height small] - $y)
}]
lappend result "$size $norm"
}
font delete test_font2
unset Metrics
set result
} {{10 0} {15 0} {20 0} {25 0}}
test textImage-4.3 {alignment and padding checking} {fonts} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
image create photo large -width 50 -height 50
large put green -to 0 0 50 50
}
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font test_font -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .t
.t image create end -image large
.t image create end -image small -padx 5 -pady 10
.t insert end test
update
set result ""
lappend result default:[.t bbox small]
foreach i {top bottom center baseline} {
.t image configure small -align $i
update
lappend result $i:[.t bbox small]
}
set result
} {{default:55 22 5 5} {top:55 10 5 5} {bottom:55 35 5 5} {center:55 22 5 5} {baseline:55 22 5 5}}
test textImage-5.0 {peer widget images} {
catch {
image create photo small -width 5 -height 5
small put red -to 0 0 4 4
image create photo large -width 50 -height 50
large put green -to 0 0 50 50
}
catch {destroy .t .tt}
pack [text .t]
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t image create end -image large
.t image create end -image small -padx 5 -pady 10
.t insert end test
update
destroy .t .tt
} {}
# cleanup
catch {destroy .t}
foreach image [image names] {image delete $image}
font delete test_font
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/textIndex.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextIndex.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextIndex.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -font {Courier -12} -width 20 -height 10
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.
wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
b\u4e4fy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
image create photo textimage -width 10 -height 10
textimage put red -to 0 0 9 9
test textIndex-1.1 {TkTextMakeByteIndex} {testtext} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
} {3.4 4}
test textIndex-1.16 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: UTF-8 characters} {testtext} {
testtext .t byteindex 5 100
} {5.18 20}
test textIndex-1.17 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
{testtext} {
# ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
| | | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
} {3.4 4}
test textIndex-1.16 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: UTF-8 characters} {testtext} {
testtext .t byteindex 5 100
} {5.18 20}
test textIndex-1.17 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
{testtext} {
# ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
# Wrong answer would be \xb9 (the 2nd byte of UTF rep of 0x4e4f).
set x [testtext .t byteindex 5 2]
list $x [.t get insert]
} {{5.2 4} y}
test textIndex-1.18 {TkTextMakeByteIndex: prevent splitting UTF-8 character} \
{testtext} {
# ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType))
testtext .t byteindex 5 1
.t get insert
} "\u4e4f"
test textIndex-2.1 {TkTextMakeCharIndex} {
# (lineIndex < 0)
.t index -1.3
} 1.0
test textIndex-2.2 {TkTextMakeCharIndex} {
# (lineIndex < 0), because lineIndex == strtol(argv[2]) - 1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.11 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# not (segPtr == NULL)
.t index 3.4
} 3.4
test textIndex-2.12 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
| | | 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
} 3.5
test textIndex-2.11 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# not (segPtr == NULL)
.t index 3.4
} 3.4
test textIndex-2.12 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
# Wrong answer would be \xb9 (the 2nd byte of UTF rep of 0x4e4f).
.t mark set insert 5.2
.t get insert
} y
test textIndex-2.13 {TkTextMakeCharIndex: verify index is in range} {
# not (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
604 605 606 607 608 609 610 |
.t index {2.5 - 6 chars}
} 1.6
test textIndex-14.15 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 1 chars}
} y
test textIndex-14.16 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 2 chars}
| | | 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 |
.t index {2.5 - 6 chars}
} 1.6
test textIndex-14.15 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 1 chars}
} y
test textIndex-14.16 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 2 chars}
} \u4e4f
test textIndex-14.17 {TkTextIndexBackChars: UTF} {
.t get {5.3 - 3 chars}
} b
proc getword index {
.t get [.t index "$index wordstart"] [.t index "$index wordend"]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
710 711 712 713 714 715 716 |
.t2 mark set $pos 1.0
lappend res [.t2 index $pos]
catch {destroy .t2}
set res
} {3.4 3.0 1.0}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
| | | | 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
.t2 mark set $pos 1.0
lappend res [.t2 index $pos]
catch {destroy .t2}
set res
} {3.4 3.0 1.0}
frame .f -width 100 -height 20
pack append . .f left
set fixedFont {Courier -12}
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
set varFont {Times -14}
set bigFont {Helvetica -24}
destroy .t
text .t -font $fixedFont -width 20 -height 10 -wrap char
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
799 800 801 802 803 804 805 |
.t index "2.40 +1displaylines"
} {2.60}
test textIndex-19.12 {Display lines} {
.t index "2.40 -1displaylines"
} {2.20}
| < < < < < < < < | | 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 |
.t index "2.40 +1displaylines"
} {2.60}
test textIndex-19.12 {Display lines} {
.t index "2.40 -1displaylines"
} {2.20}
test textIndex-19.13 {Display lines} {
destroy .t
text .txt -height 1 -wrap word -yscroll ".sbar set" -width 400
scrollbar .sbar -command ".txt yview"
grid .txt .sbar -sticky news
grid configure .sbar -sticky ns
grid rowconfigure . 0 -weight 1
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
.txt configure -width 10
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
867 868 869 870 871 872 873 |
test textIndex-21.8 {text index wordend} {
text_test_word worde "x.y" 0
} 1
test textIndex-21.9 {text index wordend} {
text_test_word worde "x.y" end-1
} 2
test textIndex-21.10 {text index wordend, unicode} {
| | | | | | | 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 |
test textIndex-21.8 {text index wordend} {
text_test_word worde "x.y" 0
} 1
test textIndex-21.9 {text index wordend} {
text_test_word worde "x.y" end-1
} 2
test textIndex-21.10 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "xyz\u00c7de fg" 0
} 6
test textIndex-21.11 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "xyz\uc700de fg" 0
} 6
test textIndex-21.12 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "xyz\u203fde fg" 0
} 6
test textIndex-21.13 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "xyz\u2045de fg" 0
} 3
test textIndex-21.14 {text index wordend, unicode} {
text_test_word wordend "\uc700\uc700 abc" 8
} 6
test textIndex-22.5 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three_words" 400
} 8
test textIndex-22.6 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three_words" 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
901 902 903 904 905 906 907 |
test textIndex-22.9 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three" 4
} 4
test textIndex-22.10 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three" end-5
} 7
test textIndex-22.11 {text index wordstart, unicode} {
| | | | | | | 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 |
test textIndex-22.9 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three" 4
} 4
test textIndex-22.10 {text index wordstart} {
text_test_word wordstart "one two three" end-5
} 7
test textIndex-22.11 {text index wordstart, unicode} {
text_test_word wordstart "one tw\u00c7o three" 7
} 4
test textIndex-22.12 {text index wordstart, unicode} {
text_test_word wordstart "ab\uc700\uc700 cdef ghi" 12
} 10
test textIndex-22.13 {text index wordstart, unicode} {
text_test_word wordstart "\uc700\uc700 abc" 8
} 3
test textIndex-22.14 {text index wordstart, unicode, start index at internal segment start} {
catch {destroy .t}
text .t
.t insert end "C'est du texte en fran\u00e7ais\n"
.t insert end "\u042D\u0442\u043E\u0020\u0442\u0435\u043A\u0441\u0442\u0020\u043D\u0430\u0020\u0440\u0443\u0441\u0441\u043A\u043E\u043C"
.t mark set insert 1.23
set res [.t index "1.23 wordstart"]
.t mark set insert 2.16
lappend res [.t index "2.16 wordstart"] [.t index "2.15 wordstart"]
} {1.18 2.13 2.13}
test textIndex-22.15 {text index display wordstart} {
catch {destroy .t}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/textMark.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextMark.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | | > > > | < > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | > | | > | | | > | | < | | | | | | | | > | < < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextMark.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -width 20 -height 10
testConstraint haveCourier12 [expr {[catch {
.t configure -font {Courier 12}
}] == 0}]
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
.t peer create .pt
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.
wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
entry .t.e
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
test textMark-1.1 {TkTextMarkCmd - missing option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t mark option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test textMark-1.2 {TkTextMarkCmd - bogus option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad mark option "gorp": must be gravity, names, next, previous, set, or unset}}
test textMark-1.3 {TkTextMarkCmd - "gravity" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark gravity foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {there is no mark named "foo"}}
test textMark-1.4 {TkTextMarkCmd - "gravity" option} haveCourier12 {
.t mark unset x
.t mark set x 1.3
.t insert 1.3 x
list [.t mark gravity x] [.t index x]
} {right 1.4}
test textMark-1.5 {TkTextMarkCmd - "gravity" option} haveCourier12 {
.t mark unset x
.t mark set x 1.3
.t mark g x left
.t insert 1.3 x
list [.t mark gravity x] [.t index x]
} {left 1.3}
test textMark-1.6 {TkTextMarkCmd - "gravity" option} haveCourier12 {
.t mark unset x
.t mark set x 1.3
.t mark gravity x right
.t insert 1.3 x
list [.t mark gravity x] [.t index x]
} {right 1.4}
test textMark-1.7 {TkTextMarkCmd - "gravity" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark gravity x gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad mark gravity "gorp": must be left or right}}
test textMark-1.8 {TkTextMarkCmd - "gravity" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark gravity} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t mark gravity markName ?gravity?"}}
test textMark-2.1 {TkTextMarkCmd - "names" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark names 2} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t mark names"}}
.t mark unset x
test textMark-2.2 {TkTextMarkCmd - "names" option} haveCourier12 {
lsort [.t mark na]
} {current insert}
test textMark-2.3 {TkTextMarkCmd - "names" option} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set a 1.1
.t mark set "b c" 2.3
lsort [.t mark names]
} {a {b c} current insert}
test textMark-3.1 {TkTextMarkCmd - "set" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark set a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t mark set markName index"}}
test textMark-3.2 {TkTextMarkCmd - "set" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark s a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t mark set markName index"}}
test textMark-3.3 {TkTextMarkCmd - "set" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark set a @x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "@x"}}
test textMark-3.4 {TkTextMarkCmd - "set" option} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set a 1.2
.t index a
} 1.2
test textMark-3.5 {TkTextMarkCmd - "set" option} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set a end
.t index a
} {8.0}
test textMark-4.1 {TkTextMarkCmd - "unset" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark unset} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test textMark-4.2 {TkTextMarkCmd - "unset" option} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set a 1.2
.t mark set b 2.3
.t mark unset a b
list [catch {.t index a} msg] $msg [catch {.t index b} msg2] $msg2
} {1 {bad text index "a"} 1 {bad text index "b"}}
test textMark-4.3 {TkTextMarkCmd - "unset" option} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set a 1.2
.t mark set b 2.3
.t mark set 49ers 3.1
eval .t mark unset [.t mark names]
lsort [.t mark names]
} {current insert}
test textMark-5.1 {TkTextMarkCmd - miscellaneous} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t mark option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test textMark-5.2 {TkTextMarkCmd - miscellaneous} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t mark foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad mark option "foo": must be gravity, names, next, previous, set, or unset}}
test textMark-6.1 {TkTextMarkSegToIndex} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set a 1.2
.t mark set b 1.2
.t mark set c 1.2
.t mark set d 1.4
list [.t index a] [.t index b] [.t index c ] [.t index d]
} {1.2 1.2 1.2 1.4}
test textMark-6.2 {TkTextMarkNameToIndex, with mark outside -startline/-endline range - bug 1630271} -body {
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t configure -startline 2
set res [list [.t index insert] [.t index insert-1c] [.t get insert]]
.t mark set insert end
.t configure -endline 4
lappend res [.t index insert]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
} -cleanup {
.t configure -startline {} -endline {}
.pt configure -startline {} -endline {}
.t mark unset mymark
} -result {1 {bad text index "mymark"} 1.0 1.0 1 {bad text index "mymark"} L 1 {bad text index "mymark"}}
test textMark-6.5 {insert and current marks in an empty peer - bug 3487407} -body {
.t mark set insert 1.0
| | > | | > | | | | | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | > > | > | | > > | | | | | | | < < < < | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
} -cleanup {
.t configure -startline {} -endline {}
.pt configure -startline {} -endline {}
.t mark unset mymark
} -result {1 {bad text index "mymark"} 1.0 1.0 1 {bad text index "mymark"} L 1 {bad text index "mymark"}}
test textMark-6.5 {insert and current marks in an empty peer - bug 3487407} -body {
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t configure -start 5 -end 5
set res [.t index insert]
} -cleanup {
.t configure -startline {} -endline {}
} -result {1.0}
catch {eval {.t mark unset} [.t mark names]}
test textMark-7.1 {MarkFindNext - invalid mark name} haveCourier12 {
catch {.t mark next bogus} x
set x
} {bad text index "bogus"}
test textMark-7.2 {MarkFindNext - marks at same location} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set insert 2.0
.t mark set current 2.0
.t mark next current
} {insert}
test textMark-7.3 {MarkFindNext - numerical starting mark} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set current 1.0
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t mark next 1.0
} {insert}
test textMark-7.4 {MarkFindNext - mark on the same line} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set current 1.0
.t mark set insert 1.1
.t mark next current
} {insert}
test textMark-7.5 {MarkFindNext - mark on the next line} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set current 1.end
.t mark set insert 2.0
.t mark next current
} {insert}
test textMark-7.6 {MarkFindNext - mark far away} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set current 1.2
.t mark set insert 7.0
.t mark next current
} {insert}
test textMark-7.7 {MarkFindNext - mark on top of end} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set current end
.t mark next end
} {current}
test textMark-7.8 {MarkFindNext - no next mark} haveCourier12 {
.t mark set current 1.0
.t mark set insert 3.0
.t mark next insert
} {}
test textMark-7.9 {MarkFindNext - mark set in a text widget and retrieved from a peer} -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
.t mark set mymark 1.0
lsort [list [.pt mark next 1.0] [.pt mark next mymark] [.pt mark next insert]]
} -result {current insert mymark}
test textMark-8.1 {MarkFindPrev - invalid mark name} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
catch {.t mark prev bogus} x
set x
} -result {bad text index "bogus"}
test textMark-8.2 {MarkFindPrev - marks at same location} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
.t mark set insert 2.0
.t mark set current 2.0
.t mark prev insert
} -result {current}
test textMark-8.3 {MarkFindPrev - numerical starting mark} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
.t mark set current 1.0
.t mark set insert 1.0
.t mark prev 1.1
} -result {current}
test textMark-8.4 {MarkFindPrev - mark on the same line} -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
.t mark set current 1.0
.t mark set insert 1.1
.t mark prev insert
} -result {current}
test textMark-8.5 {MarkFindPrev - mark on the previous line} -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
.t mark set current 1.end
.t mark set insert 2.0
.t mark prev insert
} -result {current}
test textMark-8.6 {MarkFindPrev - mark far away} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
.t mark set current 1.2
.t mark set insert 7.0
.t mark prev insert
} -result {current}
test textMark-8.7 {MarkFindPrev - mark on top of end} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
.t mark set insert 3.0
.t mark set current end
.t mark prev end
} -result {insert}
test textMark-8.8 {MarkFindPrev - no previous mark} -constraints haveCourier12 -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
.t mark set current 1.0
.t mark set insert 3.0
.t mark prev current
} -result {}
test textMark-8.9 {MarkFindPrev - mark set in a text widget and retrieved from a peer} -setup {
.t mark unset {*}[.t mark names]
} -body {
.t mark set mymark 1.0
lsort [list [.pt mark prev end] [.pt mark prev current] [.pt mark prev insert]]
} -result {current insert mymark}
catch {destroy .t}
catch {destroy .pt}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/textTag.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextTag.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > | < > > > > | < | < < < | | < < | < | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < | | > | < > > | < < > > | | | < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < > < < < < | < < < | < < | < < < < < < < > > | < < | < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < < < | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < > | | < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | | | < < | | < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | | | | | | < < | | < < | < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < | | < < | | | < < | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | < < | < < < | | < < | | | < < | < < < < < < | | < < | < | < < < < < | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | | > | > | > | > | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | < | | < < | | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | | > > > | | | | | | | | | | < < < | < < | | < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | < < | | < < | < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < | < | | | | | | < < < | | < < < | < | | | | < < < | | < < < < < < | | | < < | < < | | < < | | | | < | < < | < < | | < < | | < < | > > | < < | | < < < < < < < < | | | | | < | < < | < < < < > | < | < < | | > | | | < < | < | | < < | | | | | | < < | > > | > | < < | < | < | < < < < | < < < | | < < < | | < | | > | < > | < | < | < < | < | < < < < | < | < | > | | < | | | < | | < < < < < | | < < < | < | < < > | | < < < < < | | < < < | < | < < > | | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < | < | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextTag.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
catch {destroy .t}
text .t -width 20 -height 10
testConstraint haveCourier12 [expr {[catch {
.t configure -font {Courier 12}
}] == 0}]
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
set bigFont {Helvetica 24}
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm, to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.
wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
entry .t.e
.t.e insert 0 "Text"
.t insert 1.0 "Line 1
abcdefghijklm
12345
Line 4
bOy GIrl .#@? x_yz
!@#$%
Line 7"
set i 1
foreach test {
{-background #012345 #012345 non-existent
{unknown color name "non-existent"}}
{-bgstipple gray50 gray50 badStipple
{bitmap "badStipple" not defined}}
{-borderwidth 2 2 46q
{bad screen distance "46q"}}
{-fgstipple gray25 gray25 bogus
{bitmap "bogus" not defined}}
{-font fixed fixed {}
{font "" doesn't exist}}
{-foreground #001122 #001122 {silly color}
{unknown color name "silly color"}}
{-justify left left middle
{bad justification "middle": must be left, right, or center}}
{-lmargin1 10 10 bad
{bad screen distance "bad"}}
{-lmargin2 10 10 bad
{bad screen distance "bad"}}
{-offset 2 2 100xyz
{bad screen distance "100xyz"}}
{-overstrike on on stupid
{expected boolean value but got "stupid"}}
{-relief raised raised stupid
{bad relief type "stupid": must be flat, groove, raised, ridge, solid, or sunken}}
{-rmargin 10 10 bad
{bad screen distance "bad"}}
{-spacing1 10 10 bad
{bad screen distance "bad"}}
{-spacing2 10 10 bad
{bad screen distance "bad"}}
{-spacing3 10 10 bad
{bad screen distance "bad"}}
{-tabs {10 20 30} {10 20 30} {10 fork}
{bad tab alignment "fork": must be left, right, center, or numeric}}
{-underline no no stupid
{expected boolean value but got "stupid"}}
} {
set name [lindex $test 0]
test textTag-1.$i {tag configuration options} haveCourier12 {
.t tag configure x $name [lindex $test 1]
.t tag cget x $name
} [lindex $test 2]
incr i
if {[lindex $test 3] != ""} {
test textTag-1.$i {configuration options} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag configure x $name [lindex $test 3]} msg] $msg
} [list 1 [lindex $test 4]]
}
.t tag configure x $name [lindex [.t tag configure x $name] 3]
incr i
}
test textTag-2.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test textTag-2.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad tag option "gorp": must be add, bind, cget, configure, delete, lower, names, nextrange, prevrange, raise, ranges, or remove}}
test textTag-2.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag add foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag add tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}}
test textTag-2.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag add x gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "gorp"}}
test textTag-2.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag add x 1.2 gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "gorp"}}
test textTag-2.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
.t tag add sel 3.2 3.0
.t tag ranges sel
} {3.2 3.4}
test textTag-2.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag add x 1.0 1.end
.t tag ranges x
} {1.0 1.6}
test textTag-2.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag remove x 1.0 end
.t tag add x 1.2
.t tag ranges x
} {1.2 1.3}
test textTag-2.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
.t.e select from 0
.t.e select to 4
.t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
selection get
} 34
test textTag-2.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
.t.e select from 0
.t.e select to 4
.t configure -exportselection 0
.t tag add sel 3.2 3.4
selection get
} Text
test textTag-2.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag remove sel 1.0 end
.t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4
.t tag ranges sel
} {1.1 1.5 2.4 3.1 4.2 4.4}
test textTag-2.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "add" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag remove sel 1.0 end
.t tag add sel 1.1 1.5 2.4
.t tag ranges sel
} {1.1 1.5 2.4 2.5}
test textTag-2.14 {tag add before -startline - Bug 1615425} haveCourier12 {
text .tt
for {set i 1} {$i <10} {incr i} {
.tt insert end "Line $i\n"
}
.tt tag configure mytag -font {Courier 12 bold}
.tt peer create .ptt
.ptt configure -startline 3 -endline 7
# the test succeeds if next line does not crash
.tt tag add mytag 1.0 1.end
destroy .ptt .tt
set res 1
} {1}
catch {.t tag delete x}
test textTag-3.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag bind} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}}
test textTag-3.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag bind 1 2 3 4} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag bind tagName ?sequence? ?command?"}}
test textTag-3.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag bind x <Enter> script1
.t tag bind x <Enter>
} script1
test textTag-3.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag bind x <Gorp> script2} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad event type or keysym "Gorp"}}
test textTag-3.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag bind x <Enter> script1
list [catch {.t tag bind x <FocusIn> script2} msg] $msg [.t tag bind x]
} {1 {requested illegal events; only key, button, motion, enter, leave, and virtual events may be used} <Enter>}
test textTag-3.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag bind x <Enter> script1
.t tag bind x <Leave> script2
.t tag bind x a xyzzy
list [lsort [.t tag bind x]] [.t tag bind x <Enter>] [.t tag bind x a]
} {{<Enter> <Leave> a} script1 xyzzy}
test textTag-3.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag bind x <Enter> script1
.t tag bind x <Enter> +script2
.t tag bind x <Enter>
} {script1
script2}
test textTag-3.7a {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag bind x <Enter>} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test textTag-3.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "bind" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag bind x <} msg] $msg
} {1 {no event type or button # or keysym}}
test textTag-4.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag cget a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}}
test textTag-4.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag cget a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag cget tagName option"}}
test textTag-4.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete foo
list [catch {.t tag cget foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}}
test textTag-4.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag cget sel bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "bogus"}}
test textTag-4.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "cget" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -background red
list [catch {.t tag cget x -background} msg] $msg
} {0 red}
test textTag-5.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag configure} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag configure tagName ?option? ?value? ?option value ...?"}}
test textTag-5.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag configure x -foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-foo"}}
test textTag-5.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag configure x -background red -underline} msg] $msg
} {1 {value for "-underline" missing}}
test textTag-5.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -underline yes
.t tag configure x -underline
} {-underline {} {} {} yes}
test textTag-5.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -overstrike on
.t tag cget x -overstrike
} {on}
test textTag-5.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag configure x -overstrike foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected boolean value but got "foo"}}
test textTag-5.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -underline stupid} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected boolean value but got "stupid"}}
test textTag-5.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -justify left
.t tag configure x -justify
} {-justify {} {} {} left}
test textTag-5.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -justify bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad justification "bogus": must be left, right, or center}}
test textTag-5.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -justify fill} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad justification "fill": must be left, right, or center}}
test textTag-5.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -offset 2
.t tag configure x -offset
} {-offset {} {} {} 2}
test textTag-5.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -offset 1.0q} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "1.0q"}}
test textTag-5.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -lmargin1 2 -lmargin2 4 -rmargin 5
list [.t tag configure x -lmargin1] [.t tag configure x -lmargin2] \
[.t tag configure x -rmargin]
} {{-lmargin1 {} {} {} 2} {-lmargin2 {} {} {} 4} {-rmargin {} {} {} 5}}
test textTag-5.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -lmargin1 2.0x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "2.0x"}}
test textTag-5.15 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -lmargin2 gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "gorp"}}
test textTag-5.16 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -rmargin 140.1.1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "140.1.1"}}
.t tag delete x
test textTag-5.17 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -spacing1 2 -spacing2 4 -spacing3 6
list [.t tag configure x -spacing1] [.t tag configure x -spacing2] \
[.t tag configure x -spacing3]
} {{-spacing1 {} {} {} 2} {-spacing2 {} {} {} 4} {-spacing3 {} {} {} 6}}
test textTag-5.18 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -spacing1 2.0x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "2.0x"}}
test textTag-5.19 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -spacing1 lousy} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "lousy"}}
test textTag-5.20 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
list [catch {.t tag configure x -spacing1 4.2.3} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad screen distance "4.2.3"}}
test textTag-5.21 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t configure -selectborderwidth 2 -selectforeground blue \
-selectbackground black
.t tag configure sel -borderwidth 4 -foreground green -background yellow
set x {}
foreach i {-selectborderwidth -selectforeground -selectbackground} {
lappend x [lindex [.t configure $i] 4]
}
set x
} {4 green yellow}
test textTag-5.22 {TkTextTagCmd - "configure" option} haveCourier12 {
.t configure -selectborderwidth 20
.t tag configure sel -borderwidth {}
.t cget -selectborderwidth
} {}
test textTag-6.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag delete} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag delete tagName ?tagName ...?"}}
test textTag-6.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag delete zork} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test textTag-6.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag config x -background black
.t tag config y -foreground white
.t tag config z -background black
.t tag delete y z
lsort [.t tag names]
} {sel x}
test textTag-6.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag config x -background black
.t tag config y -foreground white
.t tag config z -background black
eval .t tag delete [.t tag names]
.t tag names
} {sel}
test textTag-6.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "delete" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag bind x <Enter> foo
.t tag delete x
.t tag configure x -background black
.t tag bind x
} {}
proc tagsetup {} {
.t tag delete x y z a b c d
.t tag remove sel 1.0 end
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag configure $i -background black
}
}
test textTag-7.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag lower} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag lower tagName ?belowThis?"}}
test textTag-7.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag lower foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}}
test textTag-7.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag lower sel bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}}
test textTag-7.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} haveCourier12 {
tagsetup
.t tag lower c
.t tag names
} {c sel a b d}
test textTag-7.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} haveCourier12 {
tagsetup
.t tag lower d b
.t tag names
} {sel a d b c}
test textTag-7.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "lower" option} haveCourier12 {
tagsetup
.t tag lower a c
.t tag names
} {sel b a c d}
test textTag-8.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag names a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag names ?index?"}}
test textTag-8.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} haveCourier12 {
tagsetup
.t tag names
} {sel a b c d}
test textTag-8.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "names" option} haveCourier12 {
tagsetup
.t tag add "a b" 2.1 2.6
.t tag add c 2.4 2.7
.t tag names 2.5
} {c {a b}}
.t tag delete x y z a b c d {a b}
.t tag add x 2.3 2.5
.t tag add x 2.9 3.1
.t tag add x 7.2
test textTag-9.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag nextrange x} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}}
test textTag-9.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag nextrange x 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag nextrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}}
test textTag-9.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag nextrange foo 1.0} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test textTag-9.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag nextrange x foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "foo"}}
test textTag-9.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag nextrange x 1.0 bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "bar"}}
test textTag-9.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag nextrange x 1.0
} {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag nextrange x 2.2
} {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag nextrange x 2.3
} {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-9.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag nextrange x 2.4
} {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.9
} {}
test textTag-9.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.10
} {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag nextrange x 2.4 2.11
} {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-9.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag nextrange x 7.0
} {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-9.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "nextrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag nextrange x 7.3
} {}
test textTag-10.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag prevrange x} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}}
test textTag-10.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag prevrange x 1 2 3} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag prevrange tagName index1 ?index2?"}}
test textTag-10.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag prevrange foo end} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test textTag-10.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag prevrange x foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "foo"}}
test textTag-10.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag prevrange x end bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "bar"}}
test textTag-10.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag prevrange x end
} {7.2 7.3}
test textTag-10.7 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag prevrange x 2.4
} {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.8 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag prevrange x 2.5
} {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.9 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag prevrange x 2.9
} {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.10 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.6
} {}
test textTag-10.11 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.5
} {}
test textTag-10.12 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag prevrange x 2.9 2.3
} {2.3 2.5}
test textTag-10.13 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag prevrange x 7.0
} {2.9 3.1}
test textTag-10.14 {TkTextTagCmd - "prevrange" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag prevrange x 2.3
} {}
test textTag-11.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag raise} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag raise tagName ?aboveThis?"}}
test textTag-11.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag raise foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {tag "foo" isn't defined in text widget}}
test textTag-11.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag raise sel bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {tag "bar" isn't defined in text widget}}
test textTag-11.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} haveCourier12 {
tagsetup
.t tag raise c
.t tag names
} {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.5 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} haveCourier12 {
tagsetup
.t tag raise d b
.t tag names
} {sel a b d c}
test textTag-11.6 {TkTextTagCmd - "raise" option} haveCourier12 {
tagsetup
.t tag raise a c
.t tag names
} {sel b c a d}
test textTag-12.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag ranges} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag ranges tagName"}}
test textTag-12.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag ranges x
} {}
test textTag-12.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag add x 2.2
.t tag add x 2.7 4.15
.t tag add x 5.2 5.5
.t tag ranges x
} {2.2 2.3 2.7 4.6 5.2 5.5}
test textTag-12.4 {TkTextTagCmd - "ranges" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag add x 1.0 3.0
.t tag add x 4.0 end
.t tag ranges x
} {1.0 3.0 4.0 8.0}
test textTag-13.1 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} haveCourier12 {
list [catch {.t tag remove} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t tag remove tagName index1 ?index2 index1 index2 ...?"}}
test textTag-13.2 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} haveCourier12 {
.t tag delete x
.t tag add x 2.2 2.11
.t tag remove x 2.3 2.7
.t tag ranges x
} {2.2 2.3 2.7 2.11}
test textTag-13.3 {TkTextTagCmd - "remove" option} haveCourier12 {
.t configure -exportselection 1
.t tag remove sel 1.0 end
.t tag add sel 2.4 3.3
.t.e select to 4
.t tag remove sel 2.7 3.1
selection get
} Text
.t tag delete x a b c d
test textTag-14.1 {SortTags} haveCourier12 {
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
}
.t tag names 2.1
} {a b c d}
.t tag delete a b c d
test textTag-14.2 {SortTags} haveCourier12 {
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag configure $i -background black
}
foreach i {d c b a} {
.t tag add $i 2.0 2.2
}
.t tag names 2.1
} {a b c d}
.t tag delete x a b c d
test textTag-14.3 {SortTags} haveCourier12 {
for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
.t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
}
.t tag names 2.1
} {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}
test textTag-14.4 {SortTags} haveCourier12 {
for {set i 0} {$i < 30} {incr i} {
.t tag configure x$i -background black
}
for {set i 29} {$i >= 0} {incr i -1} {
.t tag add x$i 2.0 2.2
}
.t tag names 2.1
} {x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29}
foreach tag [.t tag names] {
catch {.t tag delete $tag}
}
set c [.t bbox 2.1]
set x1 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y1 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 3.2]
set x2 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y2 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
set c [.t bbox 4.3]
set x3 [expr [lindex $c 0] + [lindex $c 2]/2]
set y3 [expr [lindex $c 1] + [lindex $c 3]/2]
test textTag-15.1 {TkTextBindProc} haveCourier12 {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
bind .t <ButtonRelease> {lappend x up}
.t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
.t tag bind y <ButtonRelease> {lappend x y-up}
set x {}
.t tag add x 2.0 2.4
.t tag add y 4.3
event gen .t <Button> -x $x1 -y $y1
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x1 -y $y1
event gen .t <Button> -x $x1 -y $y1
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x2 -y $y2
event gen .t <Button> -x $x2 -y $y2
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3
event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
bind .t <ButtonRelease> {}
set x
} {x-up up up y-up up}
test textTag-15.2 {TkTextBindProc} haveCourier12 {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
catch {.t tag delete x}
catch {.t tag delete y}
.t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
.t tag bind x <ButtonPress> {lappend x x-down}
.t tag bind x <ButtonRelease> {lappend x x-up}
.t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}
.t tag bind y <Enter> {lappend x y-enter}
.t tag bind y <ButtonPress> {lappend x y-down}
.t tag bind y <ButtonRelease> {lappend x y-up}
.t tag bind y <Leave> {lappend x y-leave}
event gen .t <Motion> -x 0 -y 0
set x {}
.t tag add x 2.0 2.4
.t tag add y 4.3
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
lappend x |
event gen .t <Button> -x $x1 -y $y1
lappend x |
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x100
lappend x |
event gen .t <ButtonRelease> -x $x3 -y $y3
set x
} {x-enter | x-down | | x-up x-leave y-enter}
test textTag-15.3 {TkTextBindProc} haveCourier12 {
catch {.t tag delete x}
catch {.t tag delete y}
.t tag bind x <Enter> {lappend x x-enter}
.t tag bind x <Any-ButtonPress-1> {lappend x x-down}
.t tag bind x <Any-ButtonRelease-1> {lappend x x-up}
.t tag bind x <Leave> {lappend x x-leave}
.t tag bind y <Enter> {lappend x y-enter}
.t tag bind y <Any-ButtonPress-1> {lappend x y-down}
.t tag bind y <Any-ButtonRelease-1> {lappend x y-up}
.t tag bind y <Leave> {lappend x y-leave}
event gen .t <Motion> -x 0 -y 0
set x {}
.t tag add x 2.0 2.4
.t tag add y 4.3
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
lappend x |
event gen .t <Button-1> -x $x1 -y $y1
lappend x |
event gen .t <Button-2> -x $x1 -y $y1 -state 0x100
lappend x |
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x300
lappend x |
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x300
lappend x |
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-2> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x200
set x
} {x-enter | x-down | | | x-up | x-leave y-enter}
foreach tag [.t tag names] {
catch {.t tag delete $tag}
}
.t tag configure big -font $bigFont
test textTag-16.1 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} haveCourier12 {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
set x [.t index current]
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <Button-1> -x $x2 -y $y2
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3 -state 0x100
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <Button-3> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-3> -state 0x300 -x $x3 -y $y3
lappend x [.t index current]
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x3 -y $y3
lappend x [.t index current]
} {2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.3}
test textTag-16.2 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} {haveCourier12 failsOnUbuntu} {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
event gen .t <ButtonRelease-1> -state 0x100 -x $x1 -y $y1
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
set x [.t index current]
.t tag add big 3.0
update
lappend x [.t index current]
} {3.2 3.1}
.t tag remove big 1.0 end
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag bind $i <Enter> "lappend x enter-$i"
.t tag bind $i <Leave> "lappend x leave-$i"
}
test textTag-16.3 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} haveCourier12 {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
.t tag lower b
.t tag lower a
set x {}
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
.t tag add a 2.1 3.3
.t tag add b 2.1
.t tag add c 3.2
update
lappend x |
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
lappend x |
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x3 -y $y3
set x
} {enter-a enter-b | leave-b enter-c | leave-a leave-c}
test textTag-16.4 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} haveCourier12 {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
.t tag lower b
.t tag lower a
set x {}
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
.t tag add a 2.1 3.3
.t tag add b 2.1
.t tag add c 2.1
update
lappend x |
.t tag lower c
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
set x
} {enter-a enter-b enter-c | leave-c leave-b}
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag delete $i
}
test textTag-16.5 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} haveCourier12 {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
.t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
.t tag add a 3.2
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
.t index current
} {3.2}
test textTag-16.6 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} {haveCourier12 failsOnUbuntu} {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
.t tag bind a <Enter> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
.t tag add a 3.2
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
update
.t index current
} {3.1}
test textTag-16.7 {TkTextPickCurrent procedure} {haveCourier12 failsOnUbuntu} {
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x -1 -y -1; update
foreach i {a b c d} {
.t tag remove $i 1.0 end
}
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x1 -y $y1
.t tag bind a <Leave> {.t tag add big 3.0 3.2}
.t tag add a 2.1
event gen .t <Motion> -x $x2 -y $y2
.t index current
} {3.1}
test textTag-17.1 {insert procedure inserts tags} {
.t delete 1.0 end
# Objectification of the text widget had a problem
# with inserting tags when using 'end'. Check that
# bug has been fixed.
.t insert end abcd {x} \n {} efgh {y} \n {}
.t dump -tag 1.0 end
} {tagon x 1.0 tagoff x 1.4 tagon y 2.0 tagoff y 2.4}
catch {destroy .t}
test textTag-18.1 {TkTextPickCurrent tag bindings} -setup {
destroy .t
wm geometry . +200+200 ; update
event generate {} <Motion> -warp 1 -x 5 -y 5 ; update idletasks ; after 50
} -body {
text .t -width 30 -height 4 -relief sunken -borderwidth 10 \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 |
# the actual tagged characters themselves.
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 0 -y 0 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 25 -y 25 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 20 -y 20 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 25 -y 25 ; update
| | | | 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 |
# the actual tagged characters themselves.
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 0 -y 0 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 25 -y 25 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 20 -y 20 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 10 -y 10 ; update
event gen .t <Motion> -warp 1 -x 25 -y 25 ; update
set res
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {Enter {25 25 tag-Enter} {20 20 tag-Leave} {25 25 tag-Enter}}
catch {destroy .t}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/textWind.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextWind.c. # This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | > | | > > | > > > > | | > | | < | | < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < | < | < | < < < < | < | < | < | < < < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < < | < > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < | < < | | < < | | | < < | | | < < < < < | | < | | < < < < < | > | | < < < < | | | | | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | < | | < < | | | < > | < | | < | < < | < | | < | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < | < < | | < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < | | < | | < > | < | < | | | < < > | < | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | < < < < < | | < < < > < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < > | | < < < | < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | | > > | | | < < > | < < | < | < < < < < | < < < | < < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < | | > < > > > > < < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | > < < < | | | < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < | < < < < < < > | | | < < < | < < | < < < < < < > | | | | < < < | > > > > | < < | | < < | < < < > | < < < < < | | < < < > | < < < < < | | < < < > | < < < < < | | < < < > | < < < < < | | < < < > | < < < < < | | < < < > < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < | < | | < < < < < < | | < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < | < | < | < < < < < < < < | | < < | < | < < < | < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < < | < < | < < | | | < < | < < | < | < < < < | < | < < | | | | < < | | < | > < < < < < < < < | | < < < > | | < < | > < < < < | | < < < < < < | < < > | | < < | > < < < | | < < | | < > | | | < > | | | < | | | < < > < < | | | < | < > | | | < | | < > | | | < | < > | | | < | | < > | | | < | | > | | | < | | < > | | | < | < < > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the code in the file tkTextWind.c.
# This file is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
option add *Text.borderWidth 2
option add *Text.highlightThickness 2
option add *Text.font {Courier -12}
set fixedFont {Courier -12}
# 15 on XP, 13 on Solaris 8
set fixedHeight [font metrics $fixedFont -linespace]
# 7 on all platforms
set fixedWidth [font measure $fixedFont m]
# 12 on XP
set fixedAscent [font metrics $fixedFont -ascent]
set fixedDiff [expr {$fixedHeight - 13}] ;# 2 on XP
catch {destroy .f}
catch {destroy .t}
catch {destroy .t2}
text .t -width 30 -height 6 -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2
pack append . .t {top expand fill}
update
.t debug on
wm geometry . {}
set color [expr {[winfo depth .t] > 1 ? "green" : "black"}]
# The statements below reset the main window; it's needed if the window
# manager is mwm to make mwm forget about a previous minimum size setting.
wm withdraw .
wm minsize . 1 1
wm positionfrom . user
wm deiconify .
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
test textWind-1.1 {basic tests of options} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 3 -height 3 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] \
[.t window configure .f -window]
} {1 3x3+19+23 {19 23 3 3} {-window {} {} {} .f}}
test textWind-1.2 {basic tests of options} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 3 -height 3 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align top
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] \
[.t window configure .f -align]
} {1 3x3+19+18 {19 18 3 3} {-align {} {} center top}}
test textWind-1.3 {basic tests of options} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
.t window create 2.2 -create "Test script"
.t window configure 2.2 -create
} {-create {} {} {} {Test script}}
test textWind-1.4 {basic tests of options} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -padx 5
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -padx] [.t bbox 2.3]
} {10x20+24+18 {-padx {} {} 0 5} {39 21 7 13}}
test textWind-1.5 {basic tests of options} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -pady 4
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -pady] [.t bbox 2.31]
} {10x20+19+22 {-pady {} {} 0 4} {19 46 7 13}}
test textWind-1.6 {basic tests of options} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t window configure .f -stretch]
} {5x13+19+18 {-stretch {} {} 0 1}}
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3 -window .f -padx 1 -pady 2
test textWind-2.1 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t window} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t window option ?arg arg ...?"}}
test textWind-2.2 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.t window cget} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t window cget index option"}}
test textWind-2.3 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.t window cget a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t window cget index option"}}
test textWind-2.4 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.t window cget gorp -padx} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "gorp"}}
test textWind-2.5 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.t window cget 1.2 -padx} msg] $msg
} {1 {no embedded window at index "1.2"}}
test textWind-2.6 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.t window cget .f -bogus} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-bogus"}}
test textWind-2.7 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "cget" option} {
list [catch {.t window cget .f -pady} msg] $msg
} {0 2}
test textWind-2.8 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t window co} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t window configure index ?option value ...?"}}
test textWind-2.9 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t window configure gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "gorp"}}
test textWind-2.10 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
list [catch {.t window configure 1.0} msg] $msg
} {1 {no embedded window at index "1.0"}}
test textWind-2.11 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 1 -pady 2 -create foo
update
list [catch {.t window configure .f} msg] $msg
} {0 {{-align {} {} center baseline} {-create {} {} {} foo} {-padx {} {} 0 1} {-pady {} {} 0 2} {-stretch {} {} 0 0} {-window {} {} {} .f}}}
test textWind-2.12 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 1 -pady 2 -create foo
update
list [.t window configure .f -padx 33] [.t window configure .f -padx]
} {{} {-padx {} {} 0 33}}
test textWind-2.13 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "This is the first line"
.t insert end "\nAnd this is a second line, which wraps around"
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 2.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 1 -pady 2
update
list [.t window configure .f -padx 14 -pady 15] \
[.t window configure .f -padx] [.t window configure .f -pady]
} {{} {-padx {} {} 0 14} {-pady {} {} 0 15}}
test textWind-2.14 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t window create} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t window create index ?option value ...?"}}
test textWind-2.15 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t window create gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index "gorp"}}
test textWind-2.16 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, don't insert after end} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2"
frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color
.t window create end -window .f
.t index .f
} {2.6}
test textWind-2.17 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
list [catch {.t window create 1.0} msg] $msg [.t window configure 1.0]
} {0 {} {{-align {} {} center center} {-create {} {} {} {}} {-padx {} {} 0 0} {-pady {} {} 0 0} {-stretch {} {} 0 0} {-window {} {} {} {}}}}
test textWind-2.18 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
list [catch {.t window create 1.0 -window .f -gorp stupid} msg] $msg \
[winfo exists .f] [.t index 1.end] [catch {.t index .f}]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} 0 1.0 1}
test textWind-2.19 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
catch {destroy .f}
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
list [catch {.t window create 1.0 -gorp -window .f stupid} msg] $msg \
[winfo exists .f] [.t index 1.end] [catch {.t index .f}]
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"} 1 1.0 1}
test textWind-2.20 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure} {
list [catch {.t window c} msg] $msg
} {1 {ambiguous window option "c": must be cget, configure, create, or names}}
destroy .f
test textWind-2.21 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "names" option} {
list [catch {.t window names foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".t window names"}}
test textWind-2.22 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "names" option} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t window names
} {}
test textWind-2.23 {TkTextWindowCmd procedure, "names" option} {
.t delete 1.0 end
foreach i {.f .f2 .t.f .t.f2} {
frame $i -width 20 -height 20
.t window create end -window $i
}
set result [.t window names]
destroy .f .f2 .t.f .t.f2
lsort $result
} {.f .f2 .t.f .t.f2}
test textWind-3.1 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
frame .f -width 10 -height 6 -bg $color
.t window create 1.0 -window .f
list [catch {.t window configure 1.0 -foo bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "-foo"}}
test textWind-3.2 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3 -window .f
update
.t window configure 1.3 -window {}
update
list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [winfo ismapped .f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} {1 {bad text index ".f"} 0 {26 5 7 13}}
catch {destroy .f}
test textWind-3.3 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3 -window .t.f
update
.t window configure 1.3 -window {}
update
list [catch {.t index .t.f} msg] $msg [winfo ismapped .t.f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} {1 {bad text index ".t.f"} 0 {26 5 7 13}}
catch {destroy .t.f}
test textWind-3.4 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3
update
.t window configure 1.3 -window .f
update
list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [winfo ismapped .f] [.t bbox 1.4]
} {0 1.3 1 {36 8 7 13}}
test textWind-3.5 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f
frame .f.f -width 15 -height 20 -bg $color
pack .f.f
list [catch {.t window create 1.3 -window .f.f} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't embed .f.f in .t}}
catch {destroy .f}
test textWind-3.6 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .t2 -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color
.t window create 1.3
list [catch {.t window configure 1.3 -window .t2} msg] $msg \
[.t window configure 1.3 -window]
} {1 {can't embed .t2 in .t} {-window {} {} {} {}}}
catch {destroy .t2}
test textWind-3.7 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.3
list [catch {.t window configure 1.3 -window .t} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't embed .t in .t}}
test textWind-3.8 {EmbWinConfigure procedure} {
# This test checks for various errors when the text claims
# a window away from itself.
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
button .t.b -text "Hello!"
.t window create 1.4 -window .t.b
.t window create 1.6 -window .t.b
update
.t index .t.b
} {1.6}
.t delete 1.0 end
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.0 -window .f
test textWind-4.1 {AlignParseProc and AlignPrintProc procedures} {
.t window configure 1.0 -align baseline
.t window configure 1.0 -align
} {-align {} {} center baseline}
test textWind-4.2 {AlignParseProc and AlignPrintProc procedures} {
.t window configure 1.0 -align bottom
.t window configure 1.0 -align
} {-align {} {} center bottom}
test textWind-4.3 {AlignParseProc and AlignPrintProc procedures} {
.t window configure 1.0 -align center
.t window configure 1.0 -align
} {-align {} {} center center}
test textWind-4.4 {AlignParseProc and AlignPrintProc procedures} {
.t window configure 1.0 -align top
.t window configure 1.0 -align
} {-align {} {} center top}
test textWind-4.5 {AlignParseProc and AlignPrintProc procedures} {
.t window configure 1.0 -align top
list [catch {.t window configure 1.0 -align gorp} msg] $msg \
[.t window configure 1.0 -align]
} {1 {bad align "gorp": must be baseline, bottom, center, or top} {-align {} {} center top}}
test textWind-5.1 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
update
destroy .f
list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} {1 {bad text index ".f"} {19 11 0 0} {19 5 7 13}}
test textWind-5.2 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -align bottom
.t window configure 1.2 -window .f
update
destroy .f
list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} {1 {bad text index ".f"} {19 18 0 0} {19 5 7 13}}
test textWind-5.3 {EmbWinStructureProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color}
update
.t window configure 1.2 -create {frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg $color}
destroy .f
update
list [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} {0 1.2 {19 6 20 10} {39 5 7 13}}
test textWind-6.1 {EmbWinRequestProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
set result {}
lappend result [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
.f configure -width 25 -height 30
lappend result [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3]
} {{19 5 10 20} {29 8 7 13} {19 5 25 30} {44 13 7 13}}
test textWind-7.1 {EmbWinLostSlaveProc procedure} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
update
place .f -in .t -x 100 -y 50
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox 1.2]
} [list 10x20+105+55 [list 19 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0]]
test textWind-7.2 {EmbWinLostSlaveProc procedure} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .t.f
update
place .t.f -x 100 -y 50
update
list [winfo geom .t.f] [.t bbox 1.2]
} [list 10x20+105+55 [list 19 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0]]
catch {destroy .f}
catch {destroy .t.f}
test textWind-8.1 {EmbWinDeleteProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
bind .f <Destroy> {set x destroyed}
set x XXX
.t delete 1.2
list $x [.t bbox 1.2] [.t bbox 1.3] [catch {.t index .f} msg] $msg \
[winfo exists .f]
} {destroyed {19 5 7 13} {26 5 7 13} 1 {bad text index ".f"} 0}
test textWind-9.1 {EmbWinCleanupProc procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text\nA second line."
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 2.3 -window .f
.t delete 1.5 2.1
.t index .f
} 1.7
proc bgerror args {
global msg
set msg $args
}
test textWind-10.1 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
destroy .f
.t window create 1.5 -create {
frame .f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
}
update
list [winfo exists .f] [winfo width .f] [winfo height .f] [.t index .f]
} {1 10 20 1.5}
test textWind-10.2 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.5 -create {
error "couldn't create window"
}
set msg xyzzy
update
list $msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} {{{couldn't create window}} {40 11 0 0}}
test textWind-10.3 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.5 -create {
concat gorp
}
set msg xyzzy
update
list $msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} {{{bad window path name "gorp"}} {40 11 0 0}}
proc bgerror args {
global msg
if {[lsearch -exact $msg $args] == -1} {
lappend msg $args
}
}
test textWind-10.4 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
catch {destroy .t.f}
set msg {}
after idle {
.t window create 1.5 -create {
frame .t.f
frame .t.f.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
}
}
set count 0
while {([llength $msg] < 2) && ($count < 100)} {
update ; incr count; .t bbox 1.5 ; after 10
}
lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5] [winfo exists .t.f.f]
} [list {{can't embed .t.f.f relative to .t}} {{window name "f" already exists in parent}} [list 40 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0] 1]
test textWind-10.4.1 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
catch {destroy .t.f}
.t window create 1.5 -create {
frame .t.f
frame .t.f.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg $color
}
set msg {}
update idletasks
lappend msg [winfo exists .t.f.f]
} [list {{can't embed .t.f.f relative to .t}} 1]
catch {destroy .t.f}
test textWind-10.5 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} {textfonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.5 -create {
concat .t
}
set msg {}
update
lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} [list {{can't embed .t relative to .t}} [list 40 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0]]
test textWind-10.6 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} {textfonts failsOnQuarz} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
catch {destroy .t2}
.t window create 1.5 -create {
toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 150
wm geom .t2 +0+0
concat .t2
}
set msg {}
update
lappend msg [.t bbox 1.5]
} [list {{can't embed .t2 relative to .t}} {{window name "t2" already exists in parent}} [list 40 [expr {11+$fixedDiff/2}] 0 0]]
test textWind-10.6.1 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, error in creating window} failsOnUbuntu {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
catch {destroy .t2}
.t window create 1.5 -create {
toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 150
wm geom .t2 +0+0
concat .t2
}
set msg {}
update
set i 0
while {[llength $msg] == 1 && [incr i] < 200} { update }
set msg
} {{{can't embed .t2 relative to .t}} {{window name "t2" already exists in parent}}}
proc bgerror args {
global msg
set msg $args
}
test textWind-10.7 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, steal window from self} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP
button .t.b -text "Hello!"
.t window create 1.5 -window .t.b
update
.t window create 1.3 -create {concat .t.b}
update
.t index .t.b
} {1.3}
catch {destroy .t2}
test textWind-10.8 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} {fonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 125 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} {{89 5 126 20} {5 25 7 13}}
test textWind-10.9 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} {fonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 126 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} {{89 5 126 20} {5 25 7 13}}
test textWind-10.10 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} {fonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 127 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} {{5 18 127 20} {132 21 7 13}}
test textWind-10.11 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 130 -height 20 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} {{89 5 126 20} {}}
test textWind-10.12 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} {fonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 130 -height 220 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} {{89 5 126 78} {}}
test textWind-10.13 {EmbWinLayoutProc procedure, doesn't fit on line} {fonts} {
.t configure -wrap char
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 250 -height 220 -bg $color -bd 2 -relief raised
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
list [.t bbox .f] [.t bbox 1.13]
} {{5 18 210 65} {}}
test textWind-11.1 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, geometry transforms} failsOnUbuntu {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
pack forget .t
place .t -x 30 -y 50
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
winfo geom .f
} {30x20+119+55}
place forget .t
pack .t
test textWind-11.2 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, geometry transforms} failsOnUbuntu {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
pack forget .t
place .t -x 30 -y 50
frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.12 -window .t.f
update
winfo geom .t.f
} {30x20+89+5}
place forget .t
pack .t
test textWind-11.3 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, configuration optimization} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.12 -window .f
update
bind .f <Configure> {set x ".f configured"}
set x {no configures}
.t delete 1.0
.t insert 1.0 "X"
update
set x
} {no configures}
test textWind-11.4 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, horizontal scrolling} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "xyzzy\nFirst window here: "
.t configure -wrap none
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create end -window .f
.t insert end " and second here: "
frame .f2 -width 40 -height 10 -bg $color
.t window create end -window .f2
.t insert end " with junk after it."
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll 5 units
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f] [winfo ismapped .f2]
} {1 30x20+103+18 {103 18 30 20} 0}
test textWind-11.5 {EmbWinDisplayProc procedure, horizontal scrolling} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "xyzzy\nFirst window here: "
.t configure -wrap none
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create end -window .f
.t insert end " and second here: "
frame .f2 -width 40 -height 10 -bg $color
.t window create end -window .f2
.t insert end " with junk after it."
update
.t xview moveto 0
.t xview scroll 25 units
update
list [winfo ismapped .f] [winfo ismapped .f2] [winfo geom .f2] [.t bbox .f2]
} {0 1 40x10+119+23 {119 23 40 10}}
.t configure -wrap char
test textWind-12.1 {EmbWinUndisplayProc procedure, mapping/unmapping} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
bind .f <Map> {lappend x mapped}
bind .f <Unmap> {lappend x unmapped}
set x created
update
lappend x modified
.t delete 1.0
update
lappend x replaced
.t window configure .f -window {}
.t delete 1.1
.t window create 1.4 -window .f
update
lappend x off-screen
.t configure -wrap none
.t insert 1.0 "Enough text to make the line run off-screen"
update
set x
} {created mapped modified replaced unmapped mapped off-screen unmapped}
test textWind-13.1 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} failsOnUbuntu {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align top -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {5x5+21+6 {21 6 5 5}}
test textWind-13.2 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {5x5+21+9 {21 9 5 5}}
test textWind-13.3 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {5x5+21+10 {21 10 5 5}}
test textWind-13.4 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align bottom -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {5x5+21+12 {21 12 5 5}}
test textWind-13.5 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align top -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {5x11+21+6 {21 6 5 11}}
test textWind-13.6 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {5x11+21+6 {21 6 5 11}}
test textWind-13.7 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align baseline -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {5x9+21+6 {21 6 5 9}}
test textWind-13.8 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure} {fonts} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align bottom -padx 2 -pady 1 -stretch 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {5x11+21+6 {21 6 5 11}}
test textWind-13.9 {EmbWinBboxProc procedure, spacing options} {fonts} {
.t configure -spacing1 5 -spacing3 2
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 5 -height 5 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f -align center -padx 2 -pady 1
update
list [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {5x5+21+14 {21 14 5 5}}
.t configure -spacing1 0 -spacing2 0 -spacing3 0
test textWind-14.1 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
update
bind .f <Unmap> {lappend x unmapped}
set x modified
.t insert 1.0 x
lappend x removed
.t window configure .f -window {}
lappend x updated
update
set x
} {modified removed unmapped updated}
catch {destroy .f}
test textWind-14.2 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
update
bind .f <Unmap> {lappend x unmapped}
set x modified
.t insert 1.0 x
lappend x deleted
.t delete .f
lappend x updated
update
set x
} {modified deleted updated}
test textWind-14.3 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text\nAnother line\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .f
update
.t yview 2.0
set result [winfo ismapped .f]
update ; after 10
list $result [winfo ismapped .f]
} {1 0}
test textWind-14.4 {EmbWinDelayedUnmap procedure} {
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text\nAnother line\n3\n4\n5\n6\n7\n8\n9"
frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.2 -window .t.f
update
.t yview 2.0
set result [winfo ismapped .t.f]
update
list $result [winfo ismapped .t.f]
} {1 0}
catch {destroy .t.f}
catch {destroy .f}
test textWind-15.1 {TkTextWindowIndex procedure} {
list [catch {.t index .foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad text index ".foo"}}
test textWind-15.2 {TkTextWindowIndex procedure} {fonts} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.6 -window .f
.t tag add a 1.1
.t tag add a 1.3
list [.t index .f] [.t bbox 1.7]
} {1.6 {77 8 7 13}}
test textWind-16.1 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.6 -window .f
update
pack forget .t
update
winfo ismapped .f
} 0
pack .t
test textWind-16.2 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.6 -window .f
update
set result {}
lappend result [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
frame .f2 -width 150 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
pack .f2 -before .t
update
lappend result [winfo geom .f] [.t bbox .f]
} {30x20+47+5 {47 5 30 20} 30x20+47+35 {47 5 30 20}}
catch {destroy .f2}
test textWind-16.3 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
.t window create 1.6
update
pack forget .t
update
} {}
pack .t
test textWind-16.4 {EmbWinTextStructureProc procedure} failsOnUbuntu {
.t configure -wrap none
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
frame .t.f -width 30 -height 20 -bg $color
.t window create 1.6 -window .t.f
update
pack forget .t
update
list [winfo ismapped .t.f] [.t bbox .t.f]
} {1 {47 5 30 20}}
pack .t
test textWind-17.1 {peer widgets and embedded windows} {
catch {destroy .t .tt}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1"
frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg blue
.t window create 1.3 -window .f
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
update ; update
destroy .t .tt
winfo exists .f
} {0}
test textWind-17.2 {peer widgets and embedded windows} {
catch {destroy .t .f}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert end "Line 1\nLine 2"
frame .f -width 20 -height 10 -bg blue
.t window create 1.4 -window .f
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
update ; update
destroy .t
.tt.t insert 1.0 "foo"
update
destroy .tt
} {}
test textWind-17.3 {peer widget and -create} {
catch {destroy .t}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
update ; update
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame %W.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue}
update
destroy .t .tt
} {}
test textWind-17.4 {peer widget deleted one window shouldn't delete others} {
catch {destroy .t .tt}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame %W.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue}
update ; update
destroy .tt
set res {}
lappend res [.t get 1.2]
update
lappend res [.t get 1.2]
} {{} {}}
test textWind-17.5 {peer widget window configuration} {
catch {destroy .t .tt}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame %W.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue}
update ; update
set res [list [.t window cget 1.2 -window] [.tt.t window cget 1.2 -window]]
destroy .tt .t
set res
} {.t.f .tt.t.f}
test textWind-17.6 {peer widget window configuration} {
catch {destroy .t .tt}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -create {frame %W.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue}
update ; update
set res [list [.t window configure 1.2 -window] \
[.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window]]
destroy .tt .t
set res
} {{-window {} {} {} .t.f} {-window {} {} {} .tt.t.f}}
test textWind-17.7 {peer widget window configuration} {
catch {destroy .t .tt}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue]
update ; update
set res [list [.t window cget 1.2 -window] [.tt.t window cget 1.2 -window]]
destroy .tt .t
set res
} {.t.f {}}
test textWind-17.8 {peer widget window configuration} {
catch {destroy .t .tt}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue]
update ; update
set res [list [.t window configure 1.2 -window] \
[.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window]]
destroy .tt .t
set res
} {{-window {} {} {} .t.f} {-window {} {} {} {}}}
test textWind-17.8a {peer widget window configuration} {
catch {destroy .t .tt}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue]
update ; update
.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window [frame .tt.t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg red]
set res [list [.t window configure 1.2 -window] \
[.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window]]
destroy .tt .t
set res
} {{-window {} {} {} .t.f} {-window {} {} {} .tt.t.f}}
test textWind-17.9 {peer widget window configuration} {
catch {destroy .t .tt}
pack [text .t]
.t delete 1.0 end
.t insert 1.0 "Some sample text"
toplevel .tt
pack [.t peer create .tt.t]
.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .t.f -width 10 -height 20 -bg blue]
.tt.t window create 1.2 -window [frame .tt.t.f -width 25 -height 20 -bg blue]
update ; update
.t window configure 1.2 -create \
{destroy %W.f ; frame %W.f -width 50 -height 7 -bg red}
.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window {}
.t window configure 1.2 -window {}
set res [list [.t window configure 1.2 -window] \
[.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window]]
update
lappend res [.t window configure 1.2 -window] \
[.tt.t window configure 1.2 -window]
destroy .tt .t
set res
} {{-window {} {} {} {}} {-window {} {} {} {}} {-window {} {} {} .t.f} {-window {} {} {} .tt.t.f}}
test textWind-18.1 {embedded window deletion triggered by a script bound to <Map>} {
catch {destroy .t .f}
pack [text .t]
for {set i 1} {$i < 100} {incr i} {.t insert end "Line $i\n"}
.t window create end -window [frame .f -background red -width 80 -height 80]
.t window create end -window [frame .f2 -background blue -width 80 -height 80]
bind .f <Map> {.t delete .f}
update
# this shall not crash (bug 1501749)
after 100 {.t yview end}
tkwait visibility .f2
update
} {}
catch {destroy .t}
option clear
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/tk.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the tk command. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the tk command.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2002 ActiveState Corporation.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force tcltest::test
test tk-1.1 {tk command: general} -body {
tk
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tk option ?arg?"}
test tk-1.2 {tk command: general} -body {
tk xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "xyz": must be appname, caret, scaling, useinputmethods, windowingsystem, or inactive}
# Value stored to restore default settings after 2.* tests
set appname [tk appname]
test tk-2.1 {tk command: appname} -body {
tk appname xyz abc
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tk appname ?newName?"}
test tk-2.2 {tk command: appname} -body {
tk appname foobazgarply
} -result foobazgarply
test tk-2.3 {tk command: appname} -constraints unix -body {
tk appname bazfoogarply
expr {[lsearch -exact [winfo interps] [tk appname]] >= 0}
} -result 1
test tk-2.4 {tk command: appname} -body {
tk appname $appname
} -result $appname
tk appname $appname
# Value stored to restore default settings after 3.* tests
set scaling [tk scaling]
test tk-3.1 {tk command: scaling} -body {
tk scaling -displayof
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-displayof" missing}
test tk-3.2 {tk command: scaling: get current} -body {
tk scaling 1
format %.2g [tk scaling]
} -result 1
test tk-3.3 {tk command: scaling: get current} -body {
tk scaling -displayof . 1.25
format %.3g [tk scaling]
} -result 1.25
test tk-3.4 {tk command: scaling: set new} -body {
tk scaling xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "xyz"}
test tk-3.5 {tk command: scaling: set new} -body {
tk scaling -displayof . xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected floating-point number but got "xyz"}
test tk-3.6 {tk command: scaling: set new} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
} -result 0
test tk-4.4 {tk command: useinputmethods: set new} -body {
tk useinputmethods xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}
test tk-4.5 {tk command: useinputmethods: set new} -body {
tk useinputmethods -displayof . xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}
| | | | 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
} -result 0
test tk-4.4 {tk command: useinputmethods: set new} -body {
tk useinputmethods xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}
test tk-4.5 {tk command: useinputmethods: set new} -body {
tk useinputmethods -displayof . xyz
} -returnCodes error -result {expected boolean value but got "xyz"}
test tk-4.6 {tk command: useinputmethods: set new} -constraints unix -body {
# This isn't really a test, but more of a check... The answer is what was
# given, because we may be on a Unix system that doesn't have the XIM
# stuff
if {[tk useinputmethods 1] == 0} {
puts "this wish doesn't have XIM (X Input Methods) support"
}
set useim
} -result $useim
test tk-4.7 {tk command: useinputmethods: set new} -constraints win -body {
# Mac and Windows don't have X Input Methods, so this should always return
# 0
tk useinputmethods 1
} -cleanup {
tk useinputmethods $useim
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
# tk inactive
test tk-6.1 {tk inactive} -body {
string is integer [tk inactive]
} -result 1
test tk-6.2 {tk inactive reset} -body {
tk inactive reset
| | | | | | < < < < < < | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
# tk inactive
test tk-6.1 {tk inactive} -body {
string is integer [tk inactive]
} -result 1
test tk-6.2 {tk inactive reset} -body {
tk inactive reset
} -match glob -result *
test tk-6.3 {tk inactive wrong argument} -body {
tk inactive foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "foo": must be reset}
test tk-6.4 {tk inactive too many arguments} -body {
tk inactive reset foo
} -returnCodes error -result {wrong # args: should be "tk inactive ?-displayof window? ?reset?"}
test tk-6.5 {tk inactive} -body {
tk inactive reset
update
after 100
set i [tk inactive]
expr {$i < 0 || ( $i > 90 && $i < 300 )}
} -result 1
test tk-7.1 {tk inactive in a safe interpreter} -body {
# tk inactive in safe interpreters
safe::interpCreate foo
safe::loadTk foo
foo eval {tk inactive}
} -cleanup {
::safe::interpDelete foo
} -result -1
test tk-7.2 {tk inactive reset in a safe interpreter} -body {
# tk inactive in safe interpreters
safe::interpCreate foo
safe::loadTk foo
foo eval {tk inactive reset}
} -cleanup {
::safe::interpDelete foo
} -returnCodes error -result {resetting the user inactivity timer is not allowed in a safe interpreter}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/ttk/all.tcl.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # all.tcl -- # # This file contains a top-level script to run all of the ttk # tests. Execute it by invoking "source all.tcl" when running tktest # in this directory. # | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
# all.tcl --
#
# This file contains a top-level script to run all of the ttk
# tests. Execute it by invoking "source all.tcl" when running tktest
# in this directory.
#
# Copyright (c) 2007 by the Tk developers.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
package require Tk ;# This is the Tk test suite; fail early if no Tk!
package require tcltest 2.2
tcltest::configure {*}$argv
tcltest::configure -testdir [file normalize [file dirname [info script]]]
tcltest::configure -loadfile \
[file join [file dirname [tcltest::testsDirectory]] constraints.tcl]
tcltest::configure -singleproc 1
set ErrorOnFailures [info exists env(ERROR_ON_FAILURES)]
if {[tcltest::runAllTests] && $ErrorOnFailures} {exit 1}
|
Changes to tests/ttk/checkbutton.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # # ttk::checkbutton widget tests. # package require Tk | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
#
# ttk::checkbutton widget tests.
#
package require Tk
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test checkbutton-1.1 "Checkbutton check" -body {
pack [ttk::checkbutton .cb -text "TCheckbutton" -variable cb]
}
test checkbutton-1.2 "Checkbutton invoke" -body {
.cb invoke
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
lappend result [.cb cget -variable] [info exists .cb] [.cb state]
.cb invoke
lappend result [info exists .cb] [set .cb] [.cb state]
.cb invoke
lappend result [info exists .cb] [set .cb] [.cb state]
} -result [list .cb 0 alternate 1 on selected 1 off {}]
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
lappend result [.cb cget -variable] [info exists .cb] [.cb state]
.cb invoke
lappend result [info exists .cb] [set .cb] [.cb state]
.cb invoke
lappend result [info exists .cb] [set .cb] [.cb state]
} -result [list .cb 0 alternate 1 on selected 1 off {}]
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/combobox.test.
1 2 3 4 | # # ttk::combobox widget tests # | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 |
#
# ttk::combobox widget tests
#
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test combobox-1.0 "Combobox tests -- setup" -body {
ttk::combobox .cb
} -result .cb
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
} -result 1
test combobox-2.4 "current -- value not in list" -body {
.cb set "z"
.cb current
} -result -1
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
} -result 1
test combobox-2.4 "current -- value not in list" -body {
.cb set "z"
.cb current
} -result -1
test combobox-2.end "Cleanup" -body { destroy .cb }
test combobox-1890211 "ComboboxSelected event after listbox unposted" -body {
# whitebox test...
pack [ttk::combobox .cb -values [list a b c]]
set result [list]
bind .cb <<ComboboxSelected>> {
lappend result Event [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/entry.test.
1 2 3 4 | # # Tile package: entry widget tests # | | | < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 |
#
# Tile package: entry widget tests
#
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
variable scrollInfo
proc scroll args {
global scrollInfo
set scrollInfo $args
}
# Some of the tests raise background errors;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
test entry-2.1 "Create entry before scrollbar" -body {
pack [ttk::entry .te -xscrollcommand [list .tsb set]] \
-expand true -fill both
pack [ttk::scrollbar .tsb -orient horizontal -command [list .te xview]] \
-expand false -fill x
} -cleanup {destroy .te .tsb}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | | < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
test entry-2.1 "Create entry before scrollbar" -body {
pack [ttk::entry .te -xscrollcommand [list .tsb set]] \
-expand true -fill both
pack [ttk::scrollbar .tsb -orient horizontal -command [list .te xview]] \
-expand false -fill x
} -cleanup {destroy .te .tsb}
test entry-2.2 "Initial scroll position" -body {
ttk::entry .e -font fixed -width 5 -xscrollcommand scroll
.e insert end "0123456789"
pack .e; update
set scrollInfo
} -result {0.0 0.5} -cleanup { destroy .e }
# NOTE: result can vary depending on font.
# Bounding box / scrolling tests.
test entry-3.0 "Series 3 setup" -body {
ttk::style theme use default
variable fixed fixed
variable cw [font measure $fixed a]
variable ch [font metrics $fixed -linespace]
variable bd 2 ;# border + padding
variable ux [font measure $fixed \u4e4e]
pack [ttk::entry .e -font $fixed -width 20]
update
}
test entry-3.1 "bbox widget command" -body {
.e delete 0 end
.e bbox 0
} -result [list $bd $bd 0 $ch]
test entry-3.2 "xview" -body {
.e delete 0 end;
.e insert end [string repeat "0" 40]
update idletasks
set result [.e xview]
} -result {0.0 0.5}
test entry-3.last "Series 3 cleanup" -body {
destroy .e
}
# Selection tests:
test entry-4.0 "Selection test - setup" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
323 324 325 326 327 328 329 |
.e insert insert e ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
set result
} -result [list 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3] -cleanup {
unset V
destroy .e
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
.e insert insert e ; lappend result [.e index insert] [.e index end]
set result
} -result [list 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3] -cleanup {
unset V
destroy .e
}
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/image.test.
|
| | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test image-1.1 "Bad image element" -body {
ttk::style element create BadImage image badimage
} -returnCodes error -result {image "badimage" doesn't exist}
test image-1.2 "Duplicate element" -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/labelframe.test.
|
| | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test labelframe-1.0 "Setup" -body {
pack [ttk::labelframe .lf] -expand true -fill both
}
test labelframe-2.1 "Can't use indirect descendant as labelwidget" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
.lf configure -labelwidget .nosuchwindow
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".nosuchwindow"}
###
# See also series labelframe-4.x
#
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
.lf configure -labelwidget .nosuchwindow
} -returnCodes error -result {bad window path name ".nosuchwindow"}
###
# See also series labelframe-4.x
#
test labelframe-3.1 "Add child slave" -body {
checkbutton .lf.cb -text "abcde"
.lf configure -labelwidget .lf.cb
list [update; winfo viewable .lf.cb] [winfo manager .lf.cb]
} -result [list 1 labelframe]
test labelframe-3.2 "Remove child slave" -body {
.lf configure -labelwidget {}
list [update; winfo viewable .lf.cb] [winfo manager .lf.cb]
} -result [list 0 {}]
test labelframe-3.3 "Re-add child slave" -body {
.lf configure -labelwidget .lf.cb
list [update; winfo viewable .lf.cb] [winfo manager .lf.cb]
} -result [list 1 labelframe]
test labelframe-3.4 "Re-manage child slave" -body {
pack .lf.cb -side right
list [update; winfo viewable .lf.cb] [winfo manager .lf.cb] [.lf cget -labelwidget]
} -result [list 1 pack {}]
test labelframe-3.5 "Re-add child slave" -body {
.lf configure -labelwidget .lf.cb
list [update; winfo viewable .lf.cb] [winfo manager .lf.cb]
} -result [list 1 labelframe]
test labelframe-3.6 "Destroy child slave" -body {
destroy .lf.cb
.lf cget -labelwidget
} -result {}
###
# Re-run series labelframe-3.x with nonchild slaves.
#
# @@@ ODDITY, 14 Nov 2005:
# @@@ labelframe-4.1 fails if .cb is a [checkbutton],
# @@@ but seems to succeed if it's some other widget class.
# @@@ I suspect a race condition; unable to track it down ATM.
#
# @@@ FOLLOWUP: This *may* have been caused by a bug in ManagerIdleProc
# @@@ (see manager.c r1.11). There's still probably a race condition in here.
#
test labelframe-4.1 "Add nonchild slave" -body {
checkbutton .cb -text "abcde"
.lf configure -labelwidget .cb
update
list [winfo ismapped .cb] [winfo viewable .cb] [winfo manager .cb]
} -result [list 1 1 labelframe]
test labelframe-4.2 "Remove nonchild slave" -body {
.lf configure -labelwidget {}
update;
list [winfo ismapped .cb] [winfo viewable .cb] [winfo manager .cb]
} -result [list 0 0 {}]
test labelframe-4.3 "Re-add nonchild slave" -body {
.lf configure -labelwidget .cb
list [update; winfo viewable .cb] [winfo manager .cb]
} -result [list 1 labelframe]
test labelframe-4.4 "Re-manage nonchild slave" -body {
pack .cb -side right
list [update; winfo viewable .cb] \
[winfo manager .cb] \
[.lf cget -labelwidget]
} -result [list 1 pack {}]
test labelframe-4.5 "Re-add nonchild slave" -body {
.lf configure -labelwidget .cb
list [update; winfo viewable .cb] \
[winfo manager .cb] \
[.lf cget -labelwidget]
} -result [list 1 labelframe .cb]
test labelframe-4.6 "Destroy nonchild slave" -body {
destroy .cb
.lf cget -labelwidget
} -result {}
test labelframe-5.0 "Cleanup" -body {
destroy .lf
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/layout.test.
|
| | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test layout-1.1 "Size computations for mixed-orientation layouts" -body {
ttk::style theme use default
set block [image create photo -width 10 -height 10]
ttk::style element create block image $block
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
pack .b -expand true -fill both
list [winfo reqwidth .b] [winfo reqheight .b]
} -cleanup { destroy .b } -result [list 24 24]
| < < < | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 |
pack .b -expand true -fill both
list [winfo reqwidth .b] [winfo reqheight .b]
} -cleanup { destroy .b } -result [list 24 24]
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/notebook.test.
|
| | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test notebook-1.0 "Setup" -body {
ttk::notebook .nb
} -result .nb
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/panedwindow.test.
|
| | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
proc propagate-geometry {} { update idletasks }
# Basic sanity checks:
#
test panedwindow-1.0 "Setup" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
test paned-propagation-1 "Initial request size" -body {
.pw add .pw.f1
.pw add .pw.f2
propagate-geometry
list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw]
} -result [list 100 105]
| | | | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
test paned-propagation-1 "Initial request size" -body {
.pw add .pw.f1
.pw add .pw.f2
propagate-geometry
list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw]
} -result [list 100 105]
test paned-propagation-2 "Slave change before map" -body {
.pw.f1 configure -width 200 -height 100
propagate-geometry
list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw]
} -result [list 200 155]
test paned-propagation-3 "Map window" -body {
pack .pw -expand true -fill both
update
list [winfo width .pw] [winfo height .pw] [.pw sashpos 0]
} -result [list 200 155 100]
test paned-propagation-4 "Slave change after map, off-axis" -body {
.pw.f1 configure -width 100 ;# should be granted
propagate-geometry
list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw] [.pw sashpos 0]
} -result [list 100 155 100]
test paned-propagation-5 "Slave change after map, on-axis" -body {
.pw.f1 configure -height 50 ;# should be denied
propagate-geometry
list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw] [.pw sashpos 0]
} -result [list 100 155 100]
test paned-propagation-cleanup "Clean up." -body { destroy .pw }
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/progressbar.test.
|
| | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 |
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test progressbar-1.1 "Setup" -body {
ttk::progressbar .pb
} -result .pb
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
set PB ;# NOTREACHED
} -cleanup { unset PB } -returnCodes error -match glob -result "*YIPES!"
test progressbar-end "Cleanup" -body {
destroy .pb
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
set PB ;# NOTREACHED
} -cleanup { unset PB } -returnCodes error -match glob -result "*YIPES!"
test progressbar-end "Cleanup" -body {
destroy .pb
}
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/radiobutton.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # # ttk::radiobutton widget tests. # package require Tk | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
#
# ttk::radiobutton widget tests.
#
package require Tk
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test radiobutton-1.1 "Radiobutton check" -body {
pack \
[ttk::radiobutton .rb1 -text "One" -variable choice -value 1] \
[ttk::radiobutton .rb2 -text "Two" -variable choice -value 2] \
[ttk::radiobutton .rb3 -text "Three" -variable choice -value 3] \
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/scrollbar.test.
|
| | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < | < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
testConstraint coreScrollbar [expr {[tk windowingsystem] eq "aqua"}]
test scrollbar-swapout-1 "Use core scrollbars on OSX..." -constraints {
coreScrollbar
} -body {
ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda"
list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list Scrollbar yadda] -cleanup {
destroy .sb
}
test scrollbar-swapout-2 "... unless -style is specified ..." -constraints {
coreScrollbar
} -body {
ttk::style layout Vertical.Custom.TScrollbar \
[ttk::style layout Vertical.TScrollbar] ; # See #1833339
ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -style Custom.TScrollbar
list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command] [.sb cget -style]
} -result [list TScrollbar yadda Custom.TScrollbar] -cleanup {
destroy .sb
}
test scrollbar-swapout-3 "... or -class." -constraints {
coreScrollbar
} -body {
ttk::scrollbar .sb -command "yadda" -class Custom.TScrollbar
list [winfo class .sb] [.sb cget -command]
} -result [list Custom.TScrollbar yadda] -cleanup {
destroy .sb
}
test scrollbar-1.0 "Setup" -body {
ttk::scrollbar .tsb
} -result .tsb
test scrollbar-1.1 "Set method" -body {
.tsb set 0.2 0.4
.tsb get
} -result [list 0.2 0.4]
test scrollbar-1.2 "Set orientation" -body {
.tsb configure -orient vertical
set w [winfo reqwidth .tsb] ; set h [winfo reqheight .tsb]
expr {$h > $w}
} -result 1
test scrollbar-1.3 "Change orientation" -body {
.tsb configure -orient horizontal
set w [winfo reqwidth .tsb] ; set h [winfo reqheight .tsb]
expr {$h < $w}
} -result 1
#
# Scale tests:
#
test scale-1.0 "Self-destruction" -body {
trace variable v w { destroy .s ;# }
ttk::scale .s -variable v
pack .s ; update
.s set 1 ; update
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result "*"
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/spinbox.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # # ttk::spinbox widget tests # package require Tk | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
#
# ttk::spinbox widget tests
#
package require Tk
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
test spinbox-1.0 "Spinbox tests -- setup" -body {
ttk::spinbox .sb
} -cleanup { destroy .sb } -result .sb
test spinbox-1.1 "Bad -values list" -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
.sb configure -validate focus
.sb configure -validate focusin
.sb configure -validate focusout
.sb configure -validate none
.sb cget -validate
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
| | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 |
.sb configure -validate focus
.sb configure -validate focusin
.sb configure -validate focusout
.sb configure -validate none
.sb cget -validate
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
} -result {none}
test spinbox-1.8.3 "option -validate" -setup {
ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 100
} -body {
.sb configure -validate bogus
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
145 146 147 148 149 150 151 |
pack .sb
.sb set 50
focus -force .sb
after 500 {set ::spinbox_wait 1} ; vwait ::spinbox_wait
set ::spinbox_test
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
| | | 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
pack .sb
.sb set 50
focus -force .sb
after 500 {set ::spinbox_wait 1} ; vwait ::spinbox_wait
set ::spinbox_test
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
} -result {50}
test spinbox-2.0 "current command -- unset should be 0" -constraints nyi -setup {
ttk::spinbox .sb -values [list a b c d e a]
} -body {
.sb current
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
} -result -1
test spinbox-3.0 "textarea should expand to fill widget" -setup {
set SBV 5
set ::spinbox_test {}
ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 10 -textvariable SBV
} -body {
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
| > < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
} -result -1
test spinbox-3.0 "textarea should expand to fill widget" -setup {
set SBV 5
set ::spinbox_test {}
ttk::spinbox .sb -from 0 -to 10 -textvariable SBV
} -body {
grid .sb -sticky ew
grid columnconfigure . 0 -weight 1
bind . <Map> {
after idle {
wm geometry . "210x80"
after 100 {set ::spinbox_test [.sb identify element 5 5]}
}
bind . <Map> {}
}
after 500 {set ::spinbox_wait 1} ; vwait ::spinbox_wait
set ::spinbox_test
} -cleanup {
destroy .sb
unset -nocomplain ::spinbox_test SBV
} -result {textarea}
# nostomp: NB intentional difference between ttk::spinbox and tk::spinbox;
# see also #1439266
#
test spinbox-nostomp-1 "don't stomp on -variable (init; -from/to)" -body {
set SBV 55
ttk::spinbox .sb -textvariable SBV -from 0 -to 100 -increment 5
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/treetags.test.
1 2 | package require Tk | | < > | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
package require Tk
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
### treeview tag invariants:
#
proc assert {expr {message ""}} {
if {![uplevel 1 [list expr $expr]]} {
error "PANIC: $message ($expr failed)"
}
}
proc in {e l} { expr {[lsearch -exact $l $e] >= 0} }
proc itemConstraints {tv item} {
# $tag in [$tv item $item -tags] <==> [$tv tag has $tag $item]
foreach tag [$tv item $item -tags] {
assert {[in $item [$tv tag has $tag]]}
}
foreach child [$tv children $item] {
itemConstraints $tv $child
}
}
proc treeConstraints {tv} {
# $item in [$tv tag has $tag] <==> [$tv tag has $tag $item]
#
foreach tag [$tv tag names] {
foreach item [$tv tag has $tag] {
assert {[in $tag [$tv item $item -tags]]}
}
}
itemConstraints $tv {}
}
#
###
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 |
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4]
test treetags-1.10 "tag names - tag configured" -body {
$tv tag configure tag5
lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4 tag5]
| < < < < < < | | | | | | | | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4]
test treetags-1.10 "tag names - tag configured" -body {
$tv tag configure tag5
lsort [$tv tag names]
} -result [list tag1 tag2 tag3 tag4 tag5]
test treetags-1.end "cleanup" -body {
$tv item item1 -tags tag1
$tv item item2 -tags tag2
list [$tv tag has tag1] [$tv tag has tag2] [$tv tag has tag3]
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list [list item1] [list item2] [list]]
test treetags-2.0 "tag bind" -body {
$tv tag bind tag1 <KeyPress> {set ::KEY %A}
$tv tag bind tag1 <KeyPress>
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
} -result {set ::KEY %A}
test treetags-2.1 "Events delivered to tags" -body {
focus -force $tv ; update ;# needed so [event generate] delivers KeyPress
$tv focus item1
event generate $tv <KeyPress-a>
set ::KEY
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
} -result a
test treetags-2.2 "Events delivered to correct tags" -body {
$tv tag bind tag2 <KeyPress> [list set ::KEY2 %A]
$tv focus item1
event generate $tv <KeyPress-b>
$tv focus item2
event generate $tv <KeyPress-c>
list $::KEY $::KEY2
} -cleanup {
treeConstraints $tv
} -result [list b c]
test treetags-2.3 "Virtual events delivered to focus item" -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/treeview.test.
1 2 3 4 5 |
#
# [7Jun2005] TO CHECK: [$tv see {}] -- shouldn't work (at least, shouldn't do
# what it currently does)
#
| | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 |
#
# [7Jun2005] TO CHECK: [$tv see {}] -- shouldn't work (at least, shouldn't do
# what it currently does)
#
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
# consistencyCheck --
# Traverse the tree to make sure the item data structures
# are properly linked.
#
# Since [$tv children] follows ->next links and [$tv index]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
456 457 458 459 460 461 462 |
.tv selection
} -result {}
test treeview-8.5 "Selection - bad operation" -body {
.tv selection badop foo
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {bad selection operation "badop": must be *}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
.tv selection
} -result {}
test treeview-8.5 "Selection - bad operation" -body {
.tv selection badop foo
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {bad selection operation "badop": must be *}
### NEED: more tests for see/yview/scrolling
proc scrollcallback {args} {
set ::scrolldata $args
}
test treeview-9.0 "scroll callback - empty tree" -body {
.tv configure -yscrollcommand scrollcallback
.tv delete [.tv children {}]
update
set ::scrolldata
} -result [list 0.0 1.0]
### identify tests:
#
proc identify* {tv comps args} {
foreach {x y} $args {
foreach comp $comps {
lappend result [$tv identify $comp $x $y]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
696 697 698 699 700 701 702 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .tv
}
test treeview-3006842 "Null bindings" -setup {
ttk::treeview .tv -show tree
} -body {
| | | | 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .tv
}
test treeview-3006842 "Null bindings" -setup {
ttk::treeview .tv -show tree
} -body {
.tv tag bind empty <ButtonPress-1> {}
.tv insert {} end -text "Click me" -tags empty
event generate .tv <ButtonPress-1> -x 10 -y 10
.tv tag bind empty
} -result {} -cleanup {
destroy .tv
}
test treeview-3085489-1 "tag add, no -tags" -setup {
ttk::treeview .tv
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
724 725 726 727 728 729 730 |
set item [.tv insert {} end]
.tv tag remove foo $item
.tv item $item -tags
} -cleanup {
destroy .tv
} -result [list]
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 |
set item [.tv insert {} end]
.tv tag remove foo $item
.tv item $item -tags
} -cleanup {
destroy .tv
} -result [list]
tcltest::cleanupTests
|
Changes to tests/ttk/ttk.test.
1 |
| | | < > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
proc skip args {}
proc ok {} { return }
variable widgetClasses {
button checkbutton radiobutton menubutton label entry
frame labelframe scrollbar
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
131 132 133 134 135 136 137 |
.t.b invoke
list [winfo exists .t] [winfo exists .t.b]
} -result [list 0 0]
#
# Basic tests.
#
| | | | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
.t.b invoke
list [winfo exists .t] [winfo exists .t.b]
} -result [list 0 0]
#
# Basic tests.
#
test ttk-1.1 "Create button" -body {
pack [ttk::button .t] -expand true -fill both
update
}
test ttk-1.2 "Check style" -body {
.t cget -style
} -result {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
199 200 201 202 203 204 205 |
test ttk-2.7 "instate scripts, true" -body {
set x 0
.t instate !disabled { set x 1 }
set x
} -result 1
| | < | | | > > > > > < | | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
test ttk-2.7 "instate scripts, true" -body {
set x 0
.t instate !disabled { set x 1 }
set x
} -result 1
test ttk-2.8 "bug 3223850: button state disabled during click" -constraints failsOnQuarz -setup {
destroy .b
set ttk28 {}
pack [ttk::button .b -command {set ::ttk28 failed}]
} -body {
bind .b <ButtonPress-1> {after 0 {.b configure -state disabled}}
after 1 {event generate .b <ButtonPress-1>}
after 20 {event generate .b <ButtonRelease-1>}
set aid [after 100 {set ::ttk28 [.b instate {disabled !pressed}]}]
vwait ::ttk28
after cancel $aid
set ttk28
} -cleanup {
destroy .b
unset -nocomplain ttk28 aid
} -result 1
foreach wc $widgetClasses {
test ttk-coreoptions-$wc "$wc has all core options" -body {
ttk::$wc .w
foreach option {
-class
-style
-cursor
-takefocus
} {
.w cget $option
}
destroy .w
}
}
# misc. error detection
test ttk-3.0 "Bad option" -body {
ttk::button .bad -badoption foo
} -returnCodes error -result {unknown option "-badoption"} -match glob
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
267 268 269 270 271 272 273 |
# (@@@ "-font" is a compatibility option now, so tests 4.1-4.3
# don't really test anything useful at the moment.)
#
test ttk-4.0 "Setup" -body {
catch { destroy .t }
pack [ttk::label .t -text "Button 1"]
| | | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 |
# (@@@ "-font" is a compatibility option now, so tests 4.1-4.3
# don't really test anything useful at the moment.)
#
test ttk-4.0 "Setup" -body {
catch { destroy .t }
pack [ttk::label .t -text "Button 1"]
testConstraint fontOption [expr ![catch { set prevFont [.t cget -font] }]]
ok
}
test ttk-4.1 "Change font" -constraints fontOption -body {
.t configure -font "Helvetica 18 bold"
}
test ttk-4.2 "Check font" -constraints fontOption -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
504 505 506 507 508 509 510 |
} -result {}
test ttk-12.2 "-cursor option" -body {
.b configure -cursor arrow
.b cget -cursor
} -result arrow
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 |
} -result {}
test ttk-12.2 "-cursor option" -body {
.b configure -cursor arrow
.b cget -cursor
} -result arrow
test ttk-12.3 "-borderwidth frame option" -body {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
raise .t
pack [set t [ttk::frame .t.f]] -expand true -fill x ;
pack [ttk::label $t.l -text "ASDF QWERTY"] -expand true -fill both
foreach theme {default alt} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/validate.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | ## ## Entry widget validation tests ## Derived from core test suite entry-19.1 through entry-19.20 ## | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
##
## Entry widget validation tests
## Derived from core test suite entry-19.1 through entry-19.20
##
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
testConstraint ttkEntry 1
testConstraint coreEntry [expr {![testConstraint ttkEntry]}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/ttk/vsapi.test.
1 2 3 | # -*- tcl -*- # | | | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 |
# -*- tcl -*-
#
package require Tk 8.5
package require tcltest ; namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands
testConstraint xpnative \
[expr {[lsearch -exact [ttk::style theme names] xpnative] != -1}]
test vsapi-1.1 "WINDOW WP_SMALLCLOSEBUTTON" -constraints {xpnative} -body {
ttk::style element create smallclose vsapi \
WINDOW 19 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1}
ttk::style layout CloseButton {CloseButton.smallclose -sticky news}
ttk::button .b -style CloseButton
pack .b -expand true -fill both
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/unixButton.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Unix specific behavior of # labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the # widgets defined in tkUnixButton.c). It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the Unix specific behavior of
# labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the
# widgets defined in tkUnixButton.c). It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Create entries in the option database to be sure that geometry options
# like border width have predictable values.
option add *Label.borderWidth 2
option add *Label.highlightThickness 0
option add *Label.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
option add *Radiobutton.highlightThickness 2
option add *Radiobutton.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
proc bogusTrace args {
error "trace aborted"
}
| > > < < | | | | > > | < | | < < < < | | | < < < < | < < | < < < | | | < < < | < < | < < < | | | | | < < | | < < < | | | < < | | < < < < < | | < < < < < | | < < < | | | < < | | < < < | | | | | | < < | | < < < | < < | < < < | < < | < < < < < | < | < < < < < > | | | | | | | | | | > | | < < < < < < < | 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
option add *Radiobutton.highlightThickness 2
option add *Radiobutton.font {Helvetica -12 bold}
proc bogusTrace args {
error "trace aborted"
}
catch {unset value}
catch {unset value2}
eval image delete [image names]
label .l -text Label
button .b -text Button
checkbutton .c -text Checkbutton
radiobutton .r -text Radiobutton
pack .l .b .c .r
update
test unixbutton-1.1 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {unix testImageType} {
deleteWindows
image create test image1
image1 changed 0 0 0 0 60 40
label .b1 -image image1 -bd 4 -padx 0 -pady 2
button .b2 -image image1 -bd 4 -padx 0 -pady 2
checkbutton .b3 -image image1 -bd 4 -padx 1 -pady 1
radiobutton .b4 -image image1 -bd 4 -padx 2 -pady 0
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {68 48 74 54 112 52 112 52}
test unixbutton-1.2 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} unix {
deleteWindows
label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 1 -pady 1
radiobutton .b4 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 2 -pady 0
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {23 33 29 39 54 37 54 37}
test unixbutton-1.3 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} unix {
deleteWindows
label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 4
button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 0
checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 1 \
-indicatoron 0
radiobutton .b4 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 1 \
-indicatoron false
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {31 41 25 35 25 35 25 35}
test unixbutton-1.4 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {unix nonPortable fonts} {
deleteWindows
label .b1 -text Xagqpim -padx 0 -pady 2 -font {Helvetica -18 bold}
button .b2 -text Xagqpim -padx 0 -pady 2 -font {Helvetica -18 bold}
checkbutton .b3 -text Xagqpim -padx 1 -pady 1 -font {Helvetica -18 bold}
radiobutton .b4 -text Xagqpim -padx 2 -pady 0 -font {Helvetica -18 bold}
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {82 29 88 35 114 31 121 29}
test unixbutton-1.5 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {unix nonPortable fonts} {
deleteWindows
label .l1 -text "This is a long string that will wrap around on several lines.\n\nIt also has a blank line (above)." -wraplength 1.5i -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .l1
update
list [winfo reqwidth .l1] [winfo reqheight .l1]
} {136 88}
test unixbutton-1.6 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {unix nonPortable fonts} {
deleteWindows
label .l1 -text "This is a long string without wrapping.\n\nIt also has a blank line (above)." -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .l1
update
list [winfo reqwidth .l1] [winfo reqheight .l1]
} {231 46}
test unixbutton-1.7 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {unix nonPortable fonts} {
deleteWindows
label .b1 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 -width 10
button .b2 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 -height 5
checkbutton .b3 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 1 -pady 1 -width 20 -height 2
radiobutton .b4 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 2 -pady 0 -width 4
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {74 22 60 84 168 38 61 22}
test unixbutton-1.8 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {unix nonPortable fonts} {
deleteWindows
label .b1 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 \
-highlightthickness 4
button .b2 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 \
-highlightthickness 0
checkbutton .b3 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 1 -pady 1 \
-highlightthickness 1 -indicatoron no
radiobutton .b4 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 2 -pady 0 -indicatoron 0
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {62 30 56 24 58 22 62 22}
test unixbutton-1.9 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} unix {
deleteWindows
button .b2 -bitmap question -default active
list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} {37 47}
test unixbutton-1.10 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} unix {
deleteWindows
button .b2 -bitmap question -default normal
list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} {37 47}
test unixbutton-1.11 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} unix {
deleteWindows
button .b2 -bitmap question -default disabled
list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} {27 37}
test unixbutton-2.1 {disabled coloring check, bug 669595} unix {
# this was just a visual bug, but at least this shows the visual
deleteWindows
set on 1
set off 0
label .l -text "The following widgets should\
\nshow significant visible diffs\
\nfor selected vs unselected."
checkbutton .cb0 -anchor w -state disabled \
-text Unselected -variable off
checkbutton .cb1 -anchor w -state disabled \
-text Selected -variable on
checkbutton .cb2 -anchor w -state disabled \
-text Unselected -variable off -disabledforeground ""
checkbutton .cb3 -anchor w -state disabled \
-text Selected -variable on -disabledforeground ""
radiobutton .rb0 -anchor w -state disabled \
-text Unselected -variable off
radiobutton .rb1 -anchor w -state disabled \
-text Selected -variable on -value 1
radiobutton .rb2 -anchor w -state disabled \
-text Unselected -variable off -disabledforeground ""
radiobutton .rb3 -anchor w -state disabled \
-text Selected -variable on -value 1 -disabledforeground ""
pack .l .cb0 .cb1 .cb2 .cb3 .rb0 .rb1 .rb2 .rb3 -side top -fill x
after 400
set on
} 1
deleteWindows
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/unixEmbed.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkUnixEmbed.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl # tests. # | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkUnixEmbed.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
setupbg
dobg {wm withdraw .}
# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to
# use up all the slots in the colormap.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
&& ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}
| < < | < < < | | | | < < < | | | | < | < | | < | | > | < | | | | < | | > | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < | < | < < | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < | | < < | < | > < > | < < | < | | < > | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | | < < | < | | | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | > > > > | < | > > > > > | > > > > > > > | | | | | > > > > | | > | > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > | | | | < < | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | < < | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | | | | | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | < < | | < < | < | | < < | | < < < < | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 |
proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
&& ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}
test unixEmbed-1.1 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} unix {
catch {destroy .t}
list [catch {toplevel .t -use xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}
test unixEmbed-1.2 {TkpUseWindow procedure, bad window identifier} unix {
catch {destroy .t}
list [catch {toplevel .t -use 47} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't create child of window "47"}}
test unixEmbed-1.3 {TkpUseWindow procedure, inheriting colormap} {unix nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
catch {destroy .x}
toplevel .t -colormap new
wm geometry .t +0+0
eatColors .t.t
frame .t.f -container 1
toplevel .x -use [winfo id .t.f]
set result [colorsFree .x]
destroy .t
set result
} {0}
test unixEmbed-1.4 {TkpUseWindow procedure, inheriting colormap} {unix nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t}
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .x}
toplevel .t -container 1 -colormap new
wm geometry .t +0+0
eatColors .t2
toplevel .x -use [winfo id .t]
set result [colorsFree .x]
destroy .t
set result
} {1}
test unixEmbed-1.5 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
dobg "set w [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t -use $w
list [testembed] [expr [lindex [lindex [testembed all] 0] 0] - $w]
}
} {{{XXX {} {} .t}} 0}
test unixEmbed-1.6 {TkpUseWindow procedure, creating Container records} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg "set w2 [winfo id .f2]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
toplevel .t2 -use $w2
testembed
}
} {{XXX {} {} .t2} {XXX {} {} .t1}}
test unixEmbed-1.7 {TkpUseWindow procedure, container and embedded in same app} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]
toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .f2]
testembed
} {{XXX .f2 {} .t2} {XXX .f1 {} .t1}}
# Can't think of any way to test the procedures TkpMakeWindow,
# TkpMakeContainer, or EmbedErrorProc.
test unixEmbed-2.1 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
testembed
}
destroy .f1
update
dobg {
testembed
}
} {}
test unixEmbed-2.2 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
testembed
destroy .t1
testembed
}
} {}
test unixEmbed-2.3 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]
update
destroy .f1
testembed
} {}
test unixEmbed-2.4 {EmbeddedEventProc procedure} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1]
update
destroy .t1
set x [testembed]
update
list $x [testembed]
} {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {}}
test unixEmbed-3.1 {ContainerEventProc procedure, detect creation} \
{unix testembed nonPortable} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
set x [testembed]
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
wm withdraw .t1
}
list $x [testembed]
} {{{XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f1 XXX {}}}}
test unixEmbed-3.2 {ContainerEventProc procedure, set size on creation} unix {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t1 -container 1
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t1] -bg red
update
wm geometry .t2
} {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.2a {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -bd 2 -relief raised
update
wm geometry .t1 +30+40
}
update
dobg {
wm geometry .t1
}
} {200x200+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.3 {ContainerEventProc procedure, disallow position changes} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
update
wm geometry .t1 300x100+30+40
}
update
dobg {
wm geometry .t1
}
} {300x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.4 {ContainerEventProc procedure, geometry requests} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
dobg {
.t1 configure -width 300 -height 80
}
update
list [winfo width .f1] [winfo height .f1] [dobg {wm geometry .t1}]
} {300 80 300x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-3.5 {ContainerEventProc procedure, map requests} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
set x unmapped
bind .t1 <Map> {set x mapped}
}
update
dobg {
after 100
update
set x
}
} {mapped}
test unixEmbed-3.6 {ContainerEventProc procedure, destroy events} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
bind .f1 <Destroy> {set x dead}
set x alive
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
dobg {
destroy .t1
}
update
list $x [winfo exists .f1]
} {dead 0}
test unixEmbed-4.1 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, configure events} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
dobg {
.t1 configure -width 180 -height 100
}
update
dobg {
winfo geometry .t1
}
} {180x100+0+0}
test unixEmbed-4.2 {EmbedStructureProc procedure, destroy events} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
set x [testembed]
destroy .f1
list $x [testembed]
} {{{XXX .f1 XXX {}}} {}}
test unixEmbed-5.1 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusIn events} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
set x {}
}
focus -force .f1
update
dobg {set x}
} {{focus in .t1}}
test unixEmbed-5.2 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, focusing on dead window} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
dobg {
after 200 {destroy .t1}
}
after 400
focus -force .f1
update
} {}
test unixEmbed-5.3 {EmbedFocusProc procedure, FocusOut events} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
bind .t1 <FocusIn> {lappend x "focus in %W"}
bind .t1 <FocusOut> {lappend x "focus out %W"}
set x {}
}
focus -force .f1
update
set x [dobg {update; set x}]
focus .
update
list $x [dobg {update; set x}]
} {{{focus in .t1}} {{focus in .t1} {focus out .t1}}}
test unixEmbed-6.1 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
dobg {
bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
set x {}
.t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
update
list $x [winfo geom .t1]
}
} {{{configure .t1 300 120}} 300x120+0+0}
test unixEmbed-6.2 {EmbedGeometryRequest procedure, window changes size} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
place .f1 -width 200 -height 200
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
after 300 {set x done}
vwait x
dobg {
bind .t1 <Configure> {lappend x {configure .t1 %w %h}}
set x {}
.t1 configure -width 300 -height 120
update
list $x [winfo geom .t1]
}
} {{{configure .t1 200 200}} 200x200+0+0}
# Can't think up any tests for TkpGetOtherWindow procedure.
test unixEmbed-7.1 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, forward keystroke} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
focus -force .
bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A %E}}
set x {}
set y [dobg {
update
bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}}
set y {}
event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym a
set y
}]
update
bind . <KeyPress> {}
list $x $y
} {{{key a 1}} {}}
test unixEmbed-7.2 {TkpRedirectKeyEvent procedure, don't forward keystroke width} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1
}
update
focus -force .f1
update
bind . <KeyPress> {lappend x {key %A}}
set x {}
set y [dobg {
update
bind .t1 <KeyPress> {lappend y {key %A}}
set y {}
event generate .t1 <KeyPress> -keysym b
set y
}]
update
bind . <KeyPress> {}
list $x $y
} {{} {{key b}}}
test unixEmbed-8.1 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
}
focus -force .f2
update
list [dobg {
focus .t1
set x [list [focus]]
update
after 500
update
lappend x [focus]
}] [focus]
} {{{} .t1} .f1}
test unixEmbed-8.2 {TkpClaimFocus procedure} unix {
catch {interp delete child}
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2
interp create child
child eval "set argv {-use [winfo id .f1]}"
load {} Tk child
child eval {
. configure -bd 2 -highlightthickness 2 -relief sunken
}
focus -force .f2
update
list [child eval {
focus .
set x [list [focus]]
update
lappend x [focus]
}] [focus]
} {{{} .} .f1}
catch {interp delete child}
test unixEmbed-9.1 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check parentPtr} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f2 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f3 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
frame .f4 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1 .f2 .f3 .f4
set x {}
lappend x [testembed]
foreach w {.f3 .f4 .f1 .f2} {
destroy $w
lappend x [testembed]
}
set x
} {{{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f3 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f4 {} {}} {XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}} {XXX .f1 {} {}}} {{XXX .f2 {} {}}} {}}
test unixEmbed-9.2 {EmbedWindowDeleted procedure, check embeddedPtr} {unix testembed} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
dobg "set w1 [winfo id .f1]"
dobg {
eval destroy [winfo child .]
toplevel .t1 -use $w1 -highlightthickness 2 -bd 2 -relief sunken
set x {}
lappend x [testembed]
destroy .t1
lappend x [testembed]
}
} {{{XXX {} {} .t1}} {}}
test unixEmbed-10.1 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
update
wm geometry .t1 +40+50
update
wm geometry .t1
} {150x80+0+0}
test unixEmbed-10.2 {geometry propagation in tkUnixWm.c/UpdateGeometryInfo} unix {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -container 1 -width 200 -height 50
pack .f1
toplevel .t1 -use [winfo id .f1] -width 150 -height 80
update
wm geometry .t1 70x300+10+20
update
wm geometry .t1
} {70x300+0+0}
# cleanup
deleteWindows
cleanupbg
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/unixFont.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked # programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be # underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question, # but there are no results that can be checked. Some tests depend on the # fonts having or not having certain properties, which may not be valid # at all sites. # | | | | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkUnixFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked. Some tests depend on the
# fonts having or not having certain properties, which may not be valid
# at all sites.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
if {[tk windowingsystem] eq "x11"} {
set xlsf [auto_execok xlsfonts]
}
foreach {constraint font} {
hasArial arial
hasCourierNew "courier new"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
}
catch {destroy .b}
toplevel .b
wm geom .b +0+0
update idletasks
# Font should be fixed width and have chars missing below char 32, so can
# test control char expansion and missing character code.
set courier {Courier -10}
set cx [font measure $courier 0]
label .b.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left -text "0" -font fixed
| > > | 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 |
}
catch {destroy .b}
toplevel .b
wm geom .b +0+0
update idletasks
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
# Font should be fixed width and have chars missing below char 32, so can
# test control char expansion and missing character code.
set courier {Courier -10}
set cx [font measure $courier 0]
label .b.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left -text "0" -font fixed
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 |
set ax [winfo reqwidth .b.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .b.l]
proc getsize {} {
update
return "[winfo reqwidth .b.l] [winfo reqheight .b.l]"
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 |
set ax [winfo reqwidth .b.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .b.l]
proc getsize {} {
update
return "[winfo reqwidth .b.l] [winfo reqheight .b.l]"
}
test unixfont-1.1 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: not native} {unix noExceed} {
list [catch {font measure {} xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {font "" doesn't exist}}
test unixfont-1.2 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: native} {unix failsOnUbuntu} {
font measure fixed 0
} {6}
test unixfont-2.1 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: no family} unix {
font actual {-size 10}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.2 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Times relatives} \
{unix noExceed hasTimesNew failsOnUbuntu} {
set x {}
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "New York"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Times"}] 1]
} {times times times}
test unixfont-2.3 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier relatives} \
{unix noExceed hasCourierNew failsOnUbuntu} {
set x {}
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier New"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Monaco"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Courier"}] 1]
} {courier courier courier}
test unixfont-2.4 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica relatives} \
{unix noExceed hasArial failsOnUbuntu} {
set x {}
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Arial"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Geneva"}] 1]
lappend x [lindex [font actual {-family "Helvetica"}] 1]
} {helvetica helvetica helvetica}
test unixfont-2.5 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} unix {
font actual {-xyz-xyz-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-2.6 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fallback to fixed family} {unix failsOnUbuntu} {
lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 10}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.7 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: fixed family not available!} unix {
# no test available
} {}
test unixfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: loop over returned font names} {unix failsOnUbuntu} {
lindex [font actual {-family fixed -size 31}] 1
} {fixed}
test unixfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: reject adobe courier if possible} {unix noExceed failsOnUbuntu} {
lindex [font actual {-family courier}] 1
} {courier}
test unixfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: scalable font found} {unix failsOnUbuntu} {
lindex [font actual {-family courier -size 37}] 3
} {37}
test unixfont-2.11 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes: font cannot be loaded} unix {
# On Linux, XListFonts() was returning names for fonts that do not
# actually exist, causing the subsequent XLoadQueryFont() to fail
# unexpectedly. Now falls back to another font if that happens.
font actual {-size 14}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-3.1 {TkpDeleteFont procedure} unix {
font actual {-family xyz}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-4.1 {TkpGetFontFamilies procedure} unix {
font families
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-5.1 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no chars to be measured} unix {
.b.l config -text "000000" -wrap [expr $ax*3]
.b.l config -wrap 0
} {}
test unixfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: no right margin} unix {
.b.l config -text "000000"
} {}
test unixfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: loop over chars} unix {
.b.l config -text "0"
.b.l config -text "\377"
.b.l config -text "0\3770\377"
.b.l config -text "000000000000000"
} {}
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10]
test unixfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: reached right edge} unix {
.b.l config -text "0000000000000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.5 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: ran out of chars} unix {
.b.l config -text "000000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] $ay"
test unixfont-5.6 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: find last word} unix {
.b.l config -text "000000 00000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} unix {
.b.l config -text "000000 00000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} {unix failsOnUbuntu} {
.b.l config -text "00 000 00000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*7] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_PARTIAL_OK} {unix failsOnUbuntu} {
.b.c dchars $t 0 end
.b.c insert $t 0 "0000"
.b.c index $t @[expr int($ax*2.5)],1
} {2}
test unixfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE} unix {
.b.l config -text "000000000000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*10] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars: TK_AT_LEAST_ONE + not even one char fit!} unix {
set a [.b.l cget -wrap]
.b.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
set x [getsize]
.b.l config -wrap $a
set x
} "$ax [expr $ay*6]"
test unixfont-5.12 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: include eol spaces} {unix failsOnUbuntu} {
.b.l config -text "000 \n000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test unixfont-6.1 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} unix {
.b.l config -text "a"
update
} {}
test unixfont-6.2 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} unix {
.b.l config -text "abcd"
update
} {}
test unixfont-6.3 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: special char} unix {
.b.l config -text "\001"
update
} {}
test unixfont-6.4 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: normal then special} unix {
.b.l config -text "ab\001"
update
} {}
test unixfont-6.5 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: ends with special} unix {
.b.l config -text "ab\001"
update
} {}
test unixfont-6.6 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: more normal chars at end} unix {
.b.l config -text "ab\001def"
update
} {}
test unixfont-7.1 {DrawChars procedure: no effects} unix {
.b.l config -text "abc"
update
} {}
test unixfont-7.2 {DrawChars procedure: underlining} unix {
set f [.b.l cget -font]
.b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 underline"
update
.b.l config -font $f
} {}
test unixfont-7.3 {DrawChars procedure: overstrike} unix {
set f [.b.l cget -font]
.b.l config -text "abc" -font "courier 10 overstrike"
update
.b.l config -font $f
} {}
test unixfont-8.1 {AllocFont procedure: use old font} unix {
font create xyz
button .c -font xyz
font configure xyz -family times
update
destroy .c
font delete xyz
} {}
test unixfont-8.2 {AllocFont procedure: parse information from XLFD} unix {
expr {[lindex [font actual {-family times -size 0}] 3] == 0}
} {0}
test unixfont-8.3 {AllocFont procedure: can't parse info from name} unix {
catch {unset fontArray}
# check that font actual returns the correct attributes.
# the values of those attributes are system dependent.
array set fontArray [font actual a12biluc]
set result [lsort [array names fontArray]]
catch {unset fontArray}
set result
} {-family -overstrike -size -slant -underline -weight}
test unixfont-8.4 {AllocFont procedure: classify characters} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
set x 0
incr x [font measure $courier "\u4000"] ;# 6
incr x [font measure $courier "\002"] ;# 4
incr x [font measure $courier "\012"] ;# 2
incr x [font measure $courier "\101"] ;# 1
set x
} [expr $cx*13]
test unixfont-8.5 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of normal chars} unix {
font metrics $courier -fixed
} {1}
test unixfont-8.6 {AllocFont procedure: setup widths of special chars} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
set x 0
incr x [font measure $courier "\001"] ;# 4
incr x [font measure $courier "\002"] ;# 4
incr x [font measure $courier "\012"] ;# 2
set x
} [expr $cx*10]
test unixfont-8.7 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} unix {
catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.8 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION} unix {
catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.9 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} unix {
catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.10 {AllocFont procedure: no XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS} unix {
catch {font actual --symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-sun-fontspecific}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-8.11 {AllocFont procedure: XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION was 0} unix {
catch {font actual -adobe-courier-bold-i-normal--0-0-0-0-m-0-iso8859-1}
set x {}
} {}
test unixfont-9.1 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 2 chars subst} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
.b.c dchars $t 0 end
.b.c insert $t 0 "0\a0"
set x {}
lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]
} {0 1 1 2}
test unixfont-9.2 {GetControlCharSubst procedure: 4 chars subst} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
.b.c dchars $t 0 end
.b.c insert $t 0 "0\0010"
set x {}
lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*0],0]
lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*1],0]
lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*2],0]
lappend x [.b.c index $t @[expr $ax*3],0]
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/unixMenu.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. This # file tests the Macintosh-specific features of the menu # system. # | | | < < | | < | | | | < | | < | < < | < | < < | < | | | < < | < | < | | < | | < | | | | < < < | | < < > > | < < | < | < | | < < | < | < | | < < | < | < | < < | < < | < | < | | < < | < | < | | < < | < | < < | | < < | < | < | | < < | < | < | | < < | < | < < | | < < | < | < | | < < | < | < | | | < | < < | | < < | < | | | | < | | | < < | < | < | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < > > > < < < < < | < | | < | < < | < | | | > | > > > < < < < < < < | | < < | < | | | < < | < > > > < < < < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | > > > > > > < < < < < < < < | | < | | | | < | | < | | < | | < | | < | | | | < | | < | | < | < < | | | < | < < | | < < | < | | < < | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | < | | < | | | < < | < | | < | < | | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | < | | | < < | | | | < | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | | < < | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | < < | < | | | < | | | < | < | < < | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | < | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | > | > > > | > | < | | | | < < | < | < | | < < | < | > | | < < | < | | | | < < | < | | | | < < | | > | > > | | | < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | < | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. This
# file tests the Macintosh-specific features of the menu
# system.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test unixMenu-1.1 {TkpNewMenu - normal menu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1 {}}
test unixMenu-1.2 {TkpNewMenu - help menu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
list [catch {menu .m1.help} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1.help {} {}}
test unixMenu-2.1 {TkpDestroyMenu - nothing to do} {} {}
test unixMenu-3.1 {TkpDestroymenuEntry - nothing to do} {} {}
test unixMenu-4.1 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - non-cascade entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label test
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure test -label foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-4.2 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - cascade entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2 -label test
menu .m1.foo -tearoff 0
list [catch {.m1 entryconfigure test -menu .m1.foo} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-5.1 {TkpMenuNewEntry - nothing to do} {} {}
test unixMenu-6.1 {TkpSetWindowMenuBar - null menu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu ""} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-6.2 {TkpSetWindowMenuBar - menu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-7.1 {TkpSetMainMenubar - nothing to do} {} {}
test unixMenu-8.1 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - indicator off} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-8.2 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - not checkbutton or radio} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-8.3 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton image} {unix testImageType} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
menu .m1
image create test image1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1 -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-8.4 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton bitmap} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-8.5 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - checkbutton} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-8.6 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton image} {unix testImageType} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
menu .m1
image create test image1
.m1 add radiobutton -image image1 -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-8.7 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton bitmap} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -bitmap questhead -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-8.8 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - radiobutton} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-8.9 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry - hideMargin} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label foo -hidemargin 1
.m1 invoke foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-9.1 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - cascade entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-9.2 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - non-null label} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+S"
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-9.3 {GetMenuAccelGeometry - null label} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-10.1 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active menubar} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo
. configure -menu .m1
.m1 activate 1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-10.2 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - active} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
$tearoff activate 0
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-10.3 {DrawMenuEntryBackground - non-active} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-11.1 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - menubar} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
# drawArrow parameter is never false under Unix
test unixMenu-11.2 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - cascade entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-11.3 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - normal entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-11.4 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - null entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-12.1 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - non-check or radio} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-12.2 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - indicator off} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-12.3 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - not selected} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-12.4 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton - selected} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
.m1 invoke 1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-12.5 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - indicator off} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-12.6 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - not selected} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-12.7 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton - selected} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label foo
.m1 invoke 1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-13.1 {DrawMenuSeparator - menubar case} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-13.2 {DrawMenuSepartor - normal menu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-14.1 {DrawMenuEntryLabel} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-15.1 {DrawMenuUnderline - menubar} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -underline 0
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-15.2 {DrawMenuUnderline - no menubar} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -underline 0
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-16.1 {TkpPostMenu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-17.1 {GetMenuSeparatorGeometry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test unixMenu-18.1 {GetTearoffEntryGeometry} {unix nonUnixUserInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menubutton .mb -text "test" -menu .mb.m
menu .mb.m
.mb.m add command -label test
pack .mb
raise .
list [catch {tk::MbPost .mb} msg] $msg [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} {0 {} {} {}}
# Don't know how to reproduce the case where the tkwin has been deleted.
test unixMenu-19.1 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - zero entries} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
# Don't know how to generate one width windows
test unixMenu-19.2 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - one entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label File
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.3 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - entry with different font} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -font "Courier 24"
.m1 add cascade -label File -font "Helvetica 18"
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.4 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - separator} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.5 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.6 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - First entry too wide} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 10x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.7 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries fit} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File
.m1 add cascade -label Edit
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 200x200
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.8 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 2nd don't fit} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File
.m1 add cascade -label Edit -font "Times 72"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 100x100
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.9 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; 1st dont fit} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File -font "Times 72"
.m1 add cascade -label Edit
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 100x100
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.10 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - two entries; neither fit} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0 -font "Times 72"
.m1 add cascade -label File
.m1 add cascade -label Edit
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 10x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
# ABC notation; capital A means first window fits, small a means it
# does not. capital B menu means second window fist, etc.
test unixMenu-19.11 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - abc} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0 -font "Times 72"
.m1 add cascade -label "aaaaa"
.m1 add cascade -label "bbbbb"
.m1 add cascade -label "ccccc"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 10x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.12 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - abC} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label "aaaaa" -font "Times 72"
.m1 add cascade -label "bbbbb" -font "Times 72"
.m1 add cascade -label "C"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 10x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.13 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - aBc} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label "aaaaa" -font "Times 72"
.m1 add cascade -label "B"
.m1 add cascade -label "ccccc" -font "Times 72"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 10x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.14 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - aBC} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label "aaaaa" -font "Times 72"
.m1 add cascade -label "B"
.m1 add cascade -label "C"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 60x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.15 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - Abc} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label "A"
.m1 add cascade -label "bbbbb" -font "Times 72"
.m1 add cascade -label "ccccc" -font "Times 72"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 60x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.16 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - AbC} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label "A"
.m1 add cascade -label "bbbbb" -font "Times 72"
.m1 add cascade -label "C"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 60x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.17 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - ABc} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label "A"
.m1 add cascade -label "B"
.m1 add cascade -label "ccccc" -font "Times 72"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 60x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.18 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - ABC} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label "A"
.m1 add cascade -label "B"
.m1 add cascade -label "C"
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 100x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.19 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 100x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.20 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in middle} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 100x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.21 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help menu in first position} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Edit -menu .m1.edit
menu .m1.edit -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 100x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.22 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item fits} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 100x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.23 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item does not fit} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help -font "Helvetica 72"
menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 100x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-19.24 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry - help item only one} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Help -menu .m1.help
menu .m1.help -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
wm geometry . 100x10
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-20.1 {DrawTearoffEntry - menubar} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label File
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-20.2 {DrawTearoffEntry - non-menubar} {unix nonUnixUserInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
.m1 post 40 40
list [catch {update} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test unixMenu-21.1 {TkpInitializeMenuBindings - nothing to do} {} {}
test unixMenu-22.1 {SetHelpMenu - no menubars} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label test -menu .m1.test
list [catch {menu .m1.test} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1.test {}}
# Don't know how to automate missing tkwins
test unixMenu-22.2 {SetHelpMenu - menubar but no help menu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label .m1.file
list [catch {menu .m1.file} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1.file {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.3 {SetHelpMenu - menubar with help menu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
list [catch {menu .m1.help} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1.help {} {}}
test unixMenu-22.4 {SetHelpMenu - multiple menubars with same help menu} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +40+40
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
.t2 configure -menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label .m1.help
list [catch {menu .m1.help} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1] [destroy .t2]
} {0 .m1.help {} {} {}}
test unixMenu-23.1 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and not strict motif} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.2 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active menu item with its own gc} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground red
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.3 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and strict motif} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
set tk_strictMotif 1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.4 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledfg and custom entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
.m1 add command -label foo -state disabled -background red
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.5 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledFg} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
.m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.6 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled - no disabledFg} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
.m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.7 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal - custom entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -foreground red
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.8 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.9 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator - custom entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo -selectcolor orange
.m1 invoke 1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.10 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
.m1 invoke 1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.11 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border - custom entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -activebackground green
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.12 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.13 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - strict motif} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
set tk_strictMotif 1
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} {{} {} 0}
test unixMenu-23.14 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - custom entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground yellow
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.15 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.16 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - font - custom entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -font "Helvectica 72"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.17 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - font} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -font "Courier 72"
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.18 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - separator} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.19 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - standard} unix {
catch {destroy .mb}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.20 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - disabled cascade item} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
menu .m1.file
.m1.file add command -label foo
.m1 entryconfigure File -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.21 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - indicator} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label Foo
.m1 invoke Foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-23.22 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - hide margin} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label Foo -hidemargin 1
.m1 invoke Foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-24.1 {GetMenuLabelGeometry - image} {testImageType unix} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
menu .m1
image create test image1
.m1 add command -image image1
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-24.2 {GetMenuLabelGeometry - bitmap} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -bitmap questhead
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-24.3 {GetMenuLabelGeometry - no text} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-24.4 {GetMenuLabelGeometry - text} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "This is a test."
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.1 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - no entries} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.2 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - one entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.3 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - more than one entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
.m1 add command -label "two"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.4 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - separator} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.5 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - tearoff entry} {unix nonUnixUserInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menubutton .mb -text "test" -menu .mb.m
menu .mb.m
.mb.m add command -label test
pack .mb
catch {tk::MbPost .mb}
list [update] [tk::MenuUnpost .mb.m] [destroy .mb]
} {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.6 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - standard label geometry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.7 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - different font for entry} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -font "Helvetica 12"
.m1 add command -label "test" -font "Courier 12"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.8 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second entry larger} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "test test"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.9 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first entry larger} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test test"
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.10 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - accelerator} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "Ctrl+S"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.11 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel larger} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.12 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel smaller} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.13 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - indicator} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label test
.m1 invoke 1
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.14 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second indicator less or equal } {unix testImageType} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
image create test image1
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1
.m1 invoke 1
.m1 add checkbutton -label test
.m1 invoke 2
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.15 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second indicator larger } {unix testImageType} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
image create test image1
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1
.m1 invoke 1
.m1 add checkbutton -label test
.m1 invoke 2
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {{} {} {}}
test unixMenu-25.16 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - zero sized menus} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.17 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first column bigger} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two
.m1 add command -label three -columnbreak 1
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.18 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second column bigger} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
.m1 add command -label three
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.19 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - three columns} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
.m1 add command -label three
.m1 add command -label four
.m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
.m1 add command -label six
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-25.20 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - hide margin} unix {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add checkbutton -label one -hidemargin 1
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test unixMenu-26.1 {TkpMenuInit - nothing to do} {} {}
# cleanup
deleteWindows
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/unixSelect.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # This file contains tests for the tkUnixSelect.c file. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < < | > | | < | | | < < < | < | | | < > | | | < < < | | | | > < < > | > < < < < < < > > > | | | | | | < < > | < | < < < | | | | > < < > | < | < < < | | | | < > | > > > > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | > | < < < < | | | | < | | > | < < < | < | | | < | > > < | < < < | < | | | < | | > | < < < | < | | | < | | > | < < < | < | | | < | | > | < < < < | > | | | < | | | < < < | < | | | < > | | | < < < | < | | | < | | > | < < < | < | | | < | | > | < < < < | | | | | < | | > | < < < < | | | | | < | | > | < < < < | < > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 |
# This file contains tests for the tkUnixSelect.c file.
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl
# built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and
# generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
global longValue selValue selInfo
set selValue {}
set selInfo {}
proc handler {type offset count} {
global selValue selInfo
lappend selInfo $type $offset $count
set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
if {$numBytes <= 0} {
return ""
}
string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
proc errIncrHandler {type offset count} {
global selValue selInfo pass
if {$offset == 4000} {
if {$pass == 0} {
# Just sizing the selection; don't do anything here.
set pass 1
} else {
# Fetching the selection; wait long enough to cause a timeout.
after 6000
}
}
lappend selInfo $type $offset $count
set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
if {$numBytes <= 0} {
return ""
}
string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
proc errHandler args {
error "selection handler aborted"
}
proc badHandler {path type offset count} {
global selValue selInfo
selection handle -type $type $path {}
lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
if {$numBytes <= 0} {
return ""
}
string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
proc reallyBadHandler {path type offset count} {
global selValue selInfo pass
if {$offset == 4000} {
if {$pass == 0} {
set pass 1
} else {
selection handle -type $type $path {}
}
}
lappend selInfo $path $type $offset $count
set numBytes [expr {[string length $selValue] - $offset}]
if {$numBytes <= 0} {
return ""
}
string range $selValue $offset [expr $numBytes+$offset]
}
# Eliminate any existing selection on the screen. This is needed in case
# there is a selection in some other application, in order to prevent races
# from causing false errors in the tests below.
selection clear .
after 1500
# common setup code
proc setup {{path .f1} {display {}}} {
catch {destroy $path}
if {$display == {}} {
frame $path
} else {
toplevel $path -screen $display
wm geom $path +0+0
}
selection own $path
}
# set up a very large buffer to test INCR retrievals
set longValue ""
foreach i {a b c d e f g j h i j k l m o p q r s t u v w x y z} {
set j $i.1$i.2$i.3$i.4$i.5$i.6$i.7$i.8$i.9$i.10$i.11$i.12$i.13$i.14
append longValue A$j B$j C$j D$j E$j F$j G$j H$j I$j K$j L$j M$j N$j
}
test unixSelect-1.1 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text} unix {
setupbg
entry .e
pack .e
update
.e insert 0 [encoding convertfrom identity \u00fcber]
.e selection range 0 end
set result [dobg {string bytelength [selection get]}]
cleanupbg
destroy .e
set result
} {5}
test unixSelect-1.2 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso8859-1} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 \u00fc\u0444
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get]
cleanupbg
list [string equal \u00fc? $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 2 3}
test unixSelect-1.4 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso2022} unix {
setupbg
setup
selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
{handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
selection own .
set selValue \u00fc\u0444
set selInfo {}
set result [dobg {
set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
list [string equal \u00fc\u0444 $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {1 2 4 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000}}
test unixSelect-1.5 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, iso2022} unix {
# This test is subtle. The selection ends up getting fetched twice by
# Tk: once to compute the length, and again to actually send the data.
# The first time through, we don't convert the data to ISO2022, so the
# buffer boundaries end up being different in the two passes.
setupbg
setup
selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
{handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
selection own .
set selValue [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc\u0444[string repeat x 3999]
set selInfo {}
set result [dobg {
set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
list [string equal \
[string repeat x 3999]\u00fc\u0444[string repeat x 3999] $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {1 8000 8002 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 4000 3999 COMPOUND_TEXT 7998 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000 COMPOUND_TEXT 4000 3998 COMPOUND_TEXT 7997 4000}}
test unixSelect-1.6 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, iso2022} unix {
setupbg
setup
selection handle -type COMPOUND_TEXT -format COMPOUND_TEXT . \
{handler COMPOUND_TEXT}
selection own .
set selValue \u00fc\u0444
set selInfo {}
set result [dobg {
set x [selection get -type COMPOUND_TEXT]
list [string equal \u00fc\u0444 $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
}]
cleanupbg
lappend result $selInfo
} {1 2 4 {COMPOUND_TEXT 0 4000}}
test unixSelect-1.7 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} unix {
setupbg
dobg "entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 \[encoding convertfrom identity \\u00fcber\]$longValue
.e selection range 0 end"
set result [string bytelength [selection get]]
cleanupbg
set result
} [expr {5 + [string bytelength $longValue]}]
test unixSelect-1.8 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get]
cleanupbg
list [string equal [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 4000 4001}
test unixSelect-1.9 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get]
cleanupbg
list [string equal \u00fc[string repeat x 3999] $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 4000 4001}
test unixSelect-1.10 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get]
cleanupbg
list [string equal [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000] $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 8000 8001}
# Now some tests to make sure that the right thing is done when
# transferring UTF8 selections, to prevent [Bug 614650] and its ilk
# from rearing its ugly head again.
test unixSelect-1.11 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]
cleanupbg
list [string equal [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 4000 4001}
test unixSelect-1.12 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 \u00fc[string repeat x 3999]
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]
cleanupbg
list [string equal \u00fc[string repeat x 3999] $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 4000 4001}
test unixSelect-1.13 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000]
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]
cleanupbg
list [string equal [string repeat x 3999]\u00fc[string repeat x 4000] $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 8000 8001}
test unixSelect-1.14 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, utf-8} unix {
setupbg
entry .e
pack .e
update
.e insert 0 [encoding convertfrom identity \u00fcber\u0444]
.e selection range 0 end
set result [dobg {string bytelength [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]}]
cleanupbg
destroy .e
set result
} {5}
test unixSelect-1.15 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: simple i18n text, utf-8} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 \u00fc\u0444
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]
cleanupbg
list [string equal \u00fc\u0444 $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 2 4}
test unixSelect-1.16 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]
cleanupbg
list [string equal [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21] $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 2121 4221}
test unixSelect-1.17 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
entry .e; pack .e; update
.e insert 0 i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
.e selection range 0 end
}
set x [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]
cleanupbg
list [string equal i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21] $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 2122 4222}
test unixSelect-1.18 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
text .t; pack .t; update
.t insert 1.0 [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
# Has to be selected in a separate stage
.t tag add sel 1.0 21.end+1c
}
after 10
set x [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]
cleanupbg
list [string equal [string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21] $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 2121 4221}
test unixSelect-1.19 {TkSelGetSelection procedure: INCR i18n text, utf-8} unix {
setupbg
dobg {
text .t; pack .t; update
.t insert 1.0 i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21]
# Has to be selected in a separate stage
.t tag add sel 1.0 21.end+1c
}
after 10
set x [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]
cleanupbg
list [string equal i[string repeat [string repeat \u00c4\u00e4 50]\n 21] $x] \
[string length $x] [string bytelength $x]
} {1 2122 4222}
test unixSelect-1.20 {Automatic UTF8_STRING support for selection handle} unix {
# See Bug #666346 "Selection handling crashes under KDE 3.0"
label .l
selection handle .l [list handler STRING]
set selValue "This is the selection value"
selection own .l
set result [selection get -type UTF8_STRING]
destroy .l
set result
} "This is the selection value"
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/unixWm.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's interactions with # the window manager, including the "wm" command. It is organized # in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's interactions with
# the window manager, including the "wm" command. It is organized
# in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
namespace import -force ::tk::test:loadTkCommand
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
proc sleep ms {
global x
after $ms {set x 1}
vwait x
}
# Procedure to set up a collection of top-level windows
proc makeToplevels {} {
deleteWindows
foreach i {.raise1 .raise2 .raise3} {
toplevel $i
wm geom $i 150x100+0+0
update
}
}
set i 1
foreach geom {+20+80 +80+20 +0+0} {
destroy .t
test unixWm-1.$i {initial window position} unix {
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 150
wm geom .t $geom
update
wm geom .t
} 200x150$geom
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 | wm geom .t +200+200 update wm geom .t +150+150 update scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d+%d+%d width height x y set xerr [expr 150-$x] set yerr [expr 150-$y] | | | | | < | | | < | 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
wm geom .t +200+200
update
wm geom .t +150+150
update
scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d+%d+%d width height x y
set xerr [expr 150-$x]
set yerr [expr 150-$y]
foreach geom {+20+80 +80+20 +0+0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+0 -10-5 -10+5 +10-5} {
test unixWm-2.$i {moving window while mapped} unix {
wm geom .t $geom
update
scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d%1s%d%1s%d width height xsign x ysign y
format "%s%d%s%d" $xsign [eval expr $x$xsign$xerr] $ysign \
[eval expr $y$ysign$yerr]
} $geom
incr i
}
set i 1
foreach geom {+20+80 +80+20 +0+0 -0-0 +0-0 -0+0 -10-5 -10+5 +10-5} {
test unixWm-3.$i {moving window while iconified} unix {
wm iconify .t
sleep 200
wm geom .t $geom
update
wm deiconify .t
scan [wm geom .t] %dx%d%1s%d%1s%d width height xsign x ysign y
format "%s%d%s%d" $xsign [eval expr $x$xsign$xerr] $ysign \
[eval expr $y$ysign$yerr]
} $geom
incr i
}
set i 1
foreach geom {+20+80 +100+40 +0+0} {
test unixWm-4.$i {moving window while withdrawn} unix {
wm withdraw .t
sleep 200
wm geom .t $geom
update
wm deiconify .t
wm geom .t
} 100x150$geom
incr i
}
test unixWm-5.1 {compounded state changes} {unix nonPortable} {
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
184 185 186 187 188 189 190 |
wm withdraw .t
wm iconify .t
list [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
} {0 iconic}
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
| | | | | | 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 |
wm withdraw .t
wm iconify .t
list [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
} {0 iconic}
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 100
wm geom .t +10+10
wm minsize .t 1 1
update
test unixWm-6.1 {size changes} unix {
.t config -width 180 -height 150
update
wm geom .t
} 180x150+10+10
test unixWm-6.2 {size changes} unix {
wm geom .t 250x60
.t config -width 170 -height 140
update
wm geom .t
} 250x60+10+10
test unixWm-6.3 {size changes} unix {
wm geom .t 250x60
.t config -width 170 -height 140
wm geom .t {}
update
wm geom .t
} 170x140+10+10
test unixWm-6.4 {size changes} {unix nonPortable userInteraction} {
wm minsize .t 1 1
update
puts stdout "Please resize window \"t\" with the mouse (but don't move it!),"
puts -nonewline stdout "then hit return: "
flush stdout
gets stdin
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
list [catch {wm iconwindow} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}}
test unixWm-8.3 {icon windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
list [catch {wm iconwindow .t b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm iconwindow window ?pathName?"}}
| | < | | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
list [catch {wm iconwindow} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}}
test unixWm-8.3 {icon windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
list [catch {wm iconwindow .t b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm iconwindow window ?pathName?"}}
test unixWm-8.4 {icon windows} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .t
destroy .icon
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
wm geom .t +0+0
set result [wm iconwindow .t]
toplevel .icon -width 50 -height 50 -bg red
wm iconwindow .t .icon
lappend result [wm iconwindow .t] [wm state .icon]
wm iconwindow .t {}
lappend result [wm iconwindow .t] [wm state .icon]
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t] [winfo ismapped .icon]
wm iconify .t
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t] [winfo ismapped .icon]
} {.icon icon {} withdrawn 1 0 0 0}
test unixWm-8.5 {icon windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
list [catch {wm iconwindow .t .gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".gorp"}}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 |
wm geom .icon +0+0
update
set result [winfo ismapped .icon]
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
wm geom .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t ;# Needed to keep tvtwm happy.
wm iconwindow .t .icon
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t] [winfo ismapped .icon]
} {1 1 0}
test unixWm-8.9 {icon windows} {unix nonPortable} {
# This test is non-portable because some window managers will
# destroy an icon window when it's associated window is destroyed.
destroy .t
| > | 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
wm geom .icon +0+0
update
set result [winfo ismapped .icon]
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 30
wm geom .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t ;# Needed to keep tvtwm happy.
wm iconwindow .t .icon
sleep 500
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t] [winfo ismapped .icon]
} {1 1 0}
test unixWm-8.9 {icon windows} {unix nonPortable} {
# This test is non-portable because some window managers will
# destroy an icon window when it's associated window is destroyed.
destroy .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
405 406 407 408 409 410 411 |
wm geom .t +0+0
wm command .t "test command"
update
testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_COMMAND
} {test
command
}
| | > | > < | | | 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
wm geom .t +0+0
wm command .t "test command"
update
testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_COMMAND
} {test
command
}
test unixWm-9.3 {TkWmMapWindow procedure, iconic windows} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 300 -bg blue
wm geom .t +0+0
wm iconify .t
sleep 500
winfo ismapped .t
} {0}
test unixWm-9.4 {TkWmMapWindow procedure, icon windows} unix {
destroy .t
sleep 500
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 50 -bg blue
wm iconwindow . .t
update
set result [winfo ismapped .t]
} {0}
test unixWm-9.5 {TkWmMapWindow procedure, normal windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 20
wm geom .t +0+0
update
winfo ismapped .t
} {1}
test unixWm-10.1 {TkWmDeadWindow procedure, canceling UpdateGeometry idle handler} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 50
wm geom .t +0+0
update
.t configure -width 200 -height 100
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
631 632 633 634 635 636 637 |
destroy .icon
toplevel .icon -width 50 -height 50 -bg red
wm iconwindow .t .icon
set result [list [catch {wm deiconify .icon} msg] $msg]
destroy .icon
set result
} {1 {can't deiconify .icon: it is an icon for .t}}
| | | 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
destroy .icon
toplevel .icon -width 50 -height 50 -bg red
wm iconwindow .t .icon
set result [list [catch {wm deiconify .icon} msg] $msg]
destroy .icon
set result
} {1 {can't deiconify .icon: it is an icon for .t}}
test unixWm-16.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "deiconify" option} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
wm iconify .t
set result {}
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
wm deiconify .t
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t] [wm state .t]
} {0 iconic 1 normal}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
660 661 662 663 664 665 666 |
} {passive active passive}
test unixWm-18.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "frame" option} unix {
list [catch {wm frame .t 12} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm frame window"}}
test unixWm-18.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "frame" option} {unix nonPortable} {
expr [wm frame .t] == [winfo id .t]
| | | | 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 |
} {passive active passive}
test unixWm-18.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "frame" option} unix {
list [catch {wm frame .t 12} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm frame window"}}
test unixWm-18.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "frame" option} {unix nonPortable} {
expr [wm frame .t] == [winfo id .t]
} {0}
test unixWm-18.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "frame" option} {unix nonPortable} {
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm overrideredirect .t2 1
update
set result [expr [wm frame .t2] == [winfo id .t2]]
destroy .t2
set result
} {1}
test unixWm-19.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "geometry" option} unix {
list [catch {wm geometry .t 12 13} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm geometry window ?newGeometry?"}}
test unixWm-19.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "geometry" option} {unix nonPortable} {
wm geometry .t -1+5
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
781 782 783 784 785 786 787 |
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm group .t .t2
set hints [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_HINTS]
set result [expr [testwrapper .t2] - [lindex $hints 8]]
destroy .t2
set result
| | | 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 |
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm group .t .t2
set hints [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_HINTS]
set result [expr [testwrapper .t2] - [lindex $hints 8]]
destroy .t2
set result
} {0}
test unixWm-21.5 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "group" option, create leader wrapper} {unix testwrapper} {
destroy .t2
destroy .t3
toplevel .t2 -width 120 -height 300
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -width 120 -height 300
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
811 812 813 814 815 816 817 |
WM_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
wm iconbitmap .t {}
set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0x4 & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
WM_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
} {{} questhead 0x4 {} 0x0}
| < < < < < | < < > | 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 |
WM_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
wm iconbitmap .t {}
set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0x4 & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
WM_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t] $bit
} {{} questhead 0x4 {} 0x0}
test unixWm-22.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconbitmap" option} unix {
list [catch {wm iconbitmap .t bad-bitmap} msg] $msg
} {1 {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}}
test unixWm-23.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconify" option} unix {
list [catch {wm iconify .t 12} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm iconify window"}}
test unixWm-23.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconify" option} unix {
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
849 850 851 852 853 854 855 |
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm iconwindow .t .t2
set result [list [catch {wm iconify .t2} msg] $msg]
destroy .t2
set result
| | | | | | | | | | 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 |
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm iconwindow .t .t2
set result [list [catch {wm iconify .t2} msg] $msg]
destroy .t2
set result
} {1 {can't iconify .t2: it is an icon for .t}}
test unixWm-23.5 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconify" option} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
update
wm iconify .t2
update
set result [winfo ismapped .t2]
destroy .t2
set result
} {0}
test unixWm-23.6 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconify" option} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 -0+0
update
set result [winfo ismapped .t2]
wm iconify .t2
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t2]
destroy .t2
set result
} {1 0}
test unixWm-24.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconmask" option} unix {
list [catch {wm iconmask .t 12 13} msg] $msg
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 |
set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0xa & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
WM_NORMAL_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm sizefrom .t] $bit
} {{} program 0x8 user 0x2}
test unixWm-34.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "sizefrom" option} unix {
list [catch {wm sizefrom .t none} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "none": must be program or user}}
| < < < < | | < > | 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 |
set bit [format 0x%x [expr 0xa & [lindex [testprop [testwrapper .t] \
WM_NORMAL_HINTS] 0]]]
lappend result [wm sizefrom .t] $bit
} {{} program 0x8 user 0x2}
test unixWm-34.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "sizefrom" option} unix {
list [catch {wm sizefrom .t none} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "none": must be program or user}}
test unixWm-35.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "state" option} unix {
list [catch {wm state .t 1} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "1": must be normal, iconic, or withdrawn}}
test unixWm-35.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "state" option} unix {
list [catch {wm state .t iconic 1} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm state window ?state?"}}
test unixWm-35.3 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "state" option} unix {
set result {}
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2 -width 120 -height 300
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 |
lappend result [wm transient .t2] [expr [testwrapper .t] - $transient]
wm transient .t2 {}
lappend result [wm transient .t2] \
[testprop [testwrapper .t2] WM_TRANSIENT_FOR]
destroy .t2
set result
} {{} {} .t 0 {} {}}
| | | | 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 |
lappend result [wm transient .t2] [expr [testwrapper .t] - $transient]
wm transient .t2 {}
lappend result [wm transient .t2] \
[testprop [testwrapper .t2] WM_TRANSIENT_FOR]
destroy .t2
set result
} {{} {} .t 0 {} {}}
test unixWm-37.4 {TkWmDeadWindow, destroy on master should clear transient} {unix testwrapper} {
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2
destroy .t3
toplevel .t3
wm transient .t2 .t3
update
destroy .t3
update
list [wm transient .t2] [testprop [testwrapper .t2] WM_TRANSIENT_FOR]
} {{} {}}
test unixWm-37.5 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "transient" option, create master wrapper} {unix testwrapper} {
destroy .t2
destroy .t3
toplevel .t2 -width 120 -height 300
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
toplevel .t3 -width 120 -height 300
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
set result [list [testwrapper .t2]]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 |
pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
update
wm geometry .t
} {30x10+0+0}
test unixWm-40.2 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, turning on grid when dimensions already set} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
| | | < < > | | 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 |
pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
update
wm geometry .t
} {30x10+0+0}
test unixWm-40.2 {Tk_SetGrid procedure, turning on grid when dimensions already set} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t 200x100+0+0
listbox .t.l -height 20 -width 20
pack .t.l -fill both -expand 1
update
.t.l configure -setgrid 1
update
wm geometry .t
} {20x20+0+0}
test unixWm-41.1 {ConfigureEvent procedure, internally generated size changes} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 400 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
set result {}
lappend result [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
.t configure -width 200 -height 300
sleep 500
lappend result [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} {400 150 200 300}
test unixWm-41.2 {ConfigureEvent procedure, menubars} {nonPortable testmenubar} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bd 2 -relief raised
wm geom .t +0+0
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 |
update
set result
} {configured: 130 200}
# No tests for ReparentEvent or ComputeReparentGeometry; I can't figure
# out how to exercise these procedures reliably.
| | < < | 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 |
update
set result
} {configured: 130 200}
# No tests for ReparentEvent or ComputeReparentGeometry; I can't figure
# out how to exercise these procedures reliably.
test unixWm-42.1 {WrapperEventProc procedure, map and unmap events} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 400 -height 150
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
set result {}
bind .t <Map> {set x "mapped"}
bind .t <Unmap> {set x "unmapped"}
set x {no event}
wm iconify .t
lappend result $x [winfo ismapped .t]
set x {no event}
wm deiconify .t
lappend result $x [winfo ismapped .t]
} {unmapped 0 mapped 1}
test unixWm-43.1 {TopLevelReqProc procedure, embedded in same process} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200
wm geom .t +0+0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 |
wm geometry .t +30+40
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
wm geometry .t 5x8
update
list [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} {1 72}
| > | | < > | | < | < > | | < | < | | 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 |
wm geometry .t +30+40
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
wm geometry .t 5x8
update
list [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} {1 72}
test unixWm-44.6 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, negative height} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
wm grid .t 18 7 10 12
wm geometry .t +30+40
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
wm geometry .t 20x1
update
list [winfo width .t] [winfo height .t]
} {100 1}
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
test unixWm-44.7 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, computing position} unix {
wm geometry .t +5-10
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
list [winfo x .t] [winfo y .t]
} [list 5 [expr [winfo screenheight .t] - 70]]
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
test unixWm-44.8 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, computing position} unix {
wm geometry .t -30+2
wm overrideredirect .t 1
tkwait visibility .t
list [winfo x .t] [winfo y .t]
} [list [expr [winfo screenwidth .t] - 110] 2]
destroy .t
test unixWm-44.9 {UpdateGeometryInfo procedure, updating fixed dimensions} {unix testwrapper} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
wm resizable .t 0 0
wm geometry .t +0+0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 |
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
list [expr [lindex $property 5]] [expr [lindex $property 6]] \
[expr [lindex $property 7]] [expr [lindex $property 8]] \
[expr [lindex $property 9]] [expr [lindex $property 10]]
} {40 30 320 210 10 5}
| | | 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 |
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
list [expr [lindex $property 5]] [expr [lindex $property 6]] \
[expr [lindex $property 7]] [expr [lindex $property 8]] \
[expr [lindex $property 9]] [expr [lindex $property 10]]
} {40 30 320 210 10 5}
test unixWm-45.2 {UpdateSizeHints procedure} {unix testwrapper failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
wm minsize .t 30 40
wm maxsize .t 200 500
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 |
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
list [winfo height .t] \
[expr [lindex $property 5]] [expr [lindex $property 6]] \
[expr [lindex $property 7]] [expr [lindex $property 8]] \
[expr [lindex $property 9]] [expr [lindex $property 10]]
} {60 40 53 320 233 10 5}
| | | 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 |
tkwait visibility .t
set property [testprop [testwrapper .t] WM_NORMAL_HINTS]
list [winfo height .t] \
[expr [lindex $property 5]] [expr [lindex $property 6]] \
[expr [lindex $property 7]] [expr [lindex $property 8]] \
[expr [lindex $property 9]] [expr [lindex $property 10]]
} {60 40 53 320 233 10 5}
test unixWm-45.4 {UpdateSizeHints procedure, not resizable with menu} {testmenubar testwrapper failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 80 -height 60
frame .t.menu -height 23 -width 50
testmenubar window .t .t.menu
wm resizable .t 0 0
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 |
list [catch {wm geometry .t +20-} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad geometry specifier "+20-"}}
test unixWm-48.10 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
list [catch {wm geometry .t +20+10z} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad geometry specifier "+20+10z"}}
test unixWm-48.11 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
catch {wm geometry .t +-10+20}
| | | | 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 |
list [catch {wm geometry .t +20-} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad geometry specifier "+20-"}}
test unixWm-48.10 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
list [catch {wm geometry .t +20+10z} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad geometry specifier "+20+10z"}}
test unixWm-48.11 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
catch {wm geometry .t +-10+20}
} {0}
test unixWm-48.12 {ParseGeometry procedure} unix {
catch {wm geometry .t +30+-10}
} {0}
test unixWm-48.13 {ParseGeometry procedure, resize causes window to move} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200
wm geom .t +0+0
update
wm geom .t -0-0
update
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 |
testmenubar window .t .t.m
update
list [expr [winfo rootx .t.m.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.m.f] - $y] \
[expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y]
} {52 7 12 62}
deleteWindows
| | < < < < < < < | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | < | < | | | < > | | < | | < > | > | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 |
testmenubar window .t .t.m
update
list [expr [winfo rootx .t.m.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.m.f] - $y] \
[expr [winfo rootx .t.f] - $x] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f] - $y]
} {52 7 12 62}
deleteWindows
wm iconify .
test unixWm-50.1 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, x-coords} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg green
wm geom .t +40+0
tkwait visibility .t
toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 80 -bg red
wm geom .t2 +140+200
tkwait visibility .t2
raise .t2
set x [winfo rootx .t]
set y [winfo rooty .t]
list [winfo containing [expr $x - 30] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x - 1] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing $x [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 99] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 100] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 199] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 220] [expr $y + 250]]
} {{} {} .t {} .t2 .t2 {} .t}
test unixWm-50.2 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel, y-coords and overrideredirect} unix {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg yellow
wm geom .t +0+50
tkwait visibility .t
toplevel .t2 -width 100 -height 80 -bg blue
wm overrideredirect .t2 1
wm geom .t2 +100+200
tkwait visibility .t2
raise .t2
set x [winfo rootx .t]
set y [winfo rooty .t]
set y2 [winfo rooty .t2]
list [winfo containing [expr $x +150] 10] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y - 1]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +150] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y2 - 1]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +150] $y2] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y2 + 79]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y2 + 80]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x +150] [expr $y + 450]]
} {{} {} .t .t .t2 .t2 .t {}}
test unixWm-50.3 {
Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, finding a toplevel with embedding
} -constraints tempNotWin -setup {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg blue
wm geom .t +0+50
frame .t.f -container 1
place .t.f -x 150 -y 50
tkwait visibility .t.f
setupbg
} -body {
dobg "
wm withdraw .
toplevel .x -width 100 -height 80 -use [winfo id .t.f] -bg yellow
tkwait visibility .x"
set result [dobg {
set x [winfo rootx .x]
set y [winfo rooty .x]
list [winfo containing [expr $x - 1] [expr $y + 50]] \
[winfo containing $x [expr $y +50]]
}]
set x [winfo rootx .t]
set y [winfo rooty .t]
lappend result [winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y + 49]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 200] [expr $y +50]]
} -cleanup {
cleanupbg
} -result {{} .x .t .t.f}
test unixWm-50.4 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, window in other application} unix {
destroy .t
catch {interp delete slave}
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
interp create slave
load {} Tk slave
slave eval {wm geometry . 200x200+0+0; tkwait visibility .}
set result [list [winfo containing 100 100] \
[slave eval {winfo containing 100 100}]]
interp delete slave
set result
} {{} .}
test unixWm-50.5 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, handling menubars} {unix testmenubar} {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bd 2 -relief raised
frame .t.f -width 150 -height 120 -bg green
place .t.f -x 10 -y 150
wm geom .t +0+50
frame .t.menu -width 100 -height 30 -bd 2 -relief raised
frame .t.menu.f -width 40 -height 20 -bg purple
place .t.menu.f -x 30 -y 10
testmenubar window .t .t.menu
tkwait visibility .t.menu
update
set x [winfo rootx .t]
set y [winfo rooty .t]
list [winfo containing $x [expr $y - 31]] \
[winfo containing $x [expr $y - 30]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 50] [expr $y - 19]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 50] [expr $y - 18]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 50] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 11] [expr $y + 152]] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 12] [expr $y + 152]]
} {{} .t.menu .t.menu .t.menu.f .t .t .t.f}
test unixWm-50.6 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, embedding within one app.} unix {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 400 -bg orange
wm geom .t +0+50
frame .t.f -container 1
place .t.f -x 150 -y 50
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 |
[winfo containing $x [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing $x [expr $y + 350]] \
[winfo containing $x [expr $y + 450]]
} {.t .t.f .t.f.f .t {}}
test unixWm-50.8 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, more basics} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 400 -height 300 -bg green
| | | | > < < | | 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 |
[winfo containing $x [expr $y + 250]] \
[winfo containing $x [expr $y + 350]] \
[winfo containing $x [expr $y + 450]]
} {.t .t.f .t.f.f .t {}}
test unixWm-50.8 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, more basics} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 400 -height 300 -bg green
wm geom .t +0+0
frame .t.f -width 200 -height 100 -bd 2 -relief raised
place .t.f -x 100 -y 100
frame .t.f.f -width 200 -height 100 -bd 2 -relief raised
place .t.f.f -x 100 -y 0
update
set x [winfo rooty .t]
set y [expr [winfo rooty .t] + 150]
list [winfo containing [expr $x + 50] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 150] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 250] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 350] $y] \
[winfo containing [expr $x + 450] $y]
} {.t .t.f .t.f.f .t {}}
test unixWm-50.9 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, unmapped windows} {unix failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
destroy .t
destroy .t2
sleep 500 ;# Give window manager time to catch up.
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 200 -bg red
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
tkwait visibility .t2
set result [list [winfo containing 100 100]]
wm iconify .t2
lappend result [winfo containing 100 100]
} {.t2 .t}
test unixWm-50.10 {Tk_CoordsToWindow procedure, unmapped windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t.f -width 150 -height 150 -bd 2 -relief raised
place .t.f -x 25 -y 25
tkwait visibility .t.f
set result [list [winfo containing 100 100]]
place forget .t.f
update
lappend result [winfo containing 100 100]
} {.t.f .t}
deleteWindows
wm deiconify .
# No tests for UpdateVRootGeometry, Tk_GetVRootGeometry,
# Tk_MoveToplevelWindow, UpdateWmProtocols, or TkWmProtocolEventProc.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 |
update
raise .raise3
raise .raise2
raise .raise1 .raise3
set result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
destroy .raise2
list $result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
} {.raise2 .raise1}
test unixWm-51.4 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, basic tests} {unix nonPortable} {
makeToplevels
raise .raise2
raise .raise1
lower .raise3 .raise1
set result [winfo containing 100 100]
destroy .raise1
lappend result [winfo containing 100 100]
} {.raise1 .raise3}
test unixWm-51.5 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, basic tests} {unix nonPortable} {
makeToplevels
update
raise .raise2
raise .raise1
raise .raise3
frame .raise1.f1
frame .raise1.f1.f2
lower .raise3 .raise1.f1.f2
set result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
destroy .raise1
list $result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise2] \
[winfo rooty .raise2]]
} {.raise1 .raise3}
deleteWindows
test unixWm-51.6 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, window to be stacked isn't mapped} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 200 -bg red
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
winfo containing 100 100
} {.t}
| > > > | < > > | 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 |
update
raise .raise3
raise .raise2
raise .raise1 .raise3
set result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
destroy .raise2
sleep 500
list $result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
} {.raise2 .raise1}
test unixWm-51.4 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, basic tests} {unix nonPortable} {
makeToplevels
raise .raise2
raise .raise1
lower .raise3 .raise1
set result [winfo containing 100 100]
destroy .raise1
sleep 500
lappend result [winfo containing 100 100]
} {.raise1 .raise3}
test unixWm-51.5 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, basic tests} {unix nonPortable} {
makeToplevels
update
raise .raise2
raise .raise1
raise .raise3
frame .raise1.f1
frame .raise1.f1.f2
lower .raise3 .raise1.f1.f2
set result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise1] \
[winfo rooty .raise1]]
destroy .raise1
sleep 500
list $result [winfo containing [winfo rootx .raise2] \
[winfo rooty .raise2]]
} {.raise1 .raise3}
deleteWindows
test unixWm-51.6 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, window to be stacked isn't mapped} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm geometry .t +0+0
tkwait visibility .t
destroy .t2
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 200 -bg red
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
winfo containing 100 100
} {.t}
test unixWm-51.7 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, other window isn't mapped} unix {
foreach w {.t .t2 .t3} {
destroy $w
toplevel $w -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm geometry $w +0+0
}
raise .t .t2
sleep 2000
update
set result [list [winfo containing 100 100]]
lower .t3
sleep 2000
lappend result [winfo containing 100 100]
} {.t3 .t}
test unixWm-51.8 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, overrideredirect windows} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm overrideredirect .t 1
wm geometry .t +0+0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 |
set y [expr 100-[winfo vrooty .]]
set result [list [winfo containing $x $y]]
raise .t
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
raise .t2
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
} {.t2 .t .t2}
| < < < < < < < < < | 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 |
set y [expr 100-[winfo vrooty .]]
set result [list [winfo containing $x $y]]
raise .t
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
raise .t2
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
} {.t2 .t .t2}
test unixWm-51.9 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, other window overrideredirect} unix {
foreach w {.t .t2 .t3} {
destroy $w
toplevel $w -width 200 -height 200 -bg green
wm overrideredirect $w 1
wm geometry $w +0+0
tkwait visibility $w
}
lower .t3 .t2
update
# Need to use vrootx and vrooty to make tests work correctly with
# virtual root window measures managers: overrideredirect windows
# come up at (0,0) in display coordinates, not virtual root
# coordinates.
set x [expr 100-[winfo vrootx .]]
set y [expr 100-[winfo vrooty .]]
set result [list [winfo containing $x $y]]
lower .t2
lappend result [winfo containing $x $y]
} {.t2 .t3}
test unixWm-51.10 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, don't move window that's already in the right place} unix {
makeToplevels
raise .raise1
set time [lindex [time {raise .raise1}] 0]
expr {$time < 2000000}
} 1
test unixWm-51.11 {TkWmRestackToplevel procedure, don't move window that's already in the right place} unix {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 |
.m add command -label Second
.m add command -label Third
.m post 30 30
update
set result [wm overrideredirect .m]
destroy .m
set result
| | | 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 |
.m add command -label Second
.m add command -label Third
.m post 30 30
update
set result [wm overrideredirect .m]
destroy .m
set result
} {1}
# No tests for TkGetPointerCoords, CreateWrapper, or GetMaxSize.
test unixWm-55.1 {TkUnixSetMenubar procedure} {unix testmenubar} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200 -bd 2 -relief raised
wm geom .t +0+0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 | # # wm attributes tests: # # NOTE: since [wm attributes] is not guaranteed to have any effect, # the only thing we can really test here is the syntax. # | < < < < < < < | | 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 |
#
# wm attributes tests:
#
# NOTE: since [wm attributes] is not guaranteed to have any effect,
# the only thing we can really test here is the syntax.
#
test unixWm-60.1 {wm attributes - test} -constraints unix -body {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
wm attributes .t
} -result [list -alpha 1.0 -topmost 0 -zoomed 0 -fullscreen 0 -type {}]
test unixWm-60.2 {wm attributes - test} -constraints unix -body {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
wm attributes .t -topmost
} -result 0
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 |
wm attributes .t -topmost 1
}
test unixWm-60.5 {wm attributes - bad attribute} -constraints unix -body {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
wm attributes .t -foo
| | | 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 |
wm attributes .t -topmost 1
}
test unixWm-60.5 {wm attributes - bad attribute} -constraints unix -body {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
wm attributes .t -foo
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {bad attribute "-foo":*}
test unixWm-61.1 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconphoto" option} unix {
list [catch {wm iconph .} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "wm iconphoto window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"}}
test unixWm-61.2 {Tk_WmCmd procedure, "iconphoto" option} unix {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/util.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file # tkUtil.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in the file
# tkUtil.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
listbox .l -width 20 -height 5 -relief sunken -bd 2
pack .l
.l insert 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
update
test util-1.1 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
list [catch {.l yview moveto a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l yview moveto fraction"}}
test util-1.2 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
list [catch {.l yview moveto xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected floating-point number but got "xyz"}}
test util-1.3 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
.l yview 0
.l yview moveto .5
.l yview
} {0.5 0.75}
test util-1.4 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
list [catch {.l yview scroll a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l yview scroll number units|pages"}}
test util-1.5 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
list [catch {.l yview scroll a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be ".l yview scroll number units|pages"}}
test util-1.6 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
list [catch {.l yview scroll xyz units} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}
test util-1.7 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
.l yview 0
.l yview scroll 2 pages
.l nearest 0
} {6}
test util-1.8 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
.l yview 15
.l yview scroll -2 pages
.l nearest 0
} {9}
test util-1.9 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
.l yview 0
.l yview scroll 2 units
.l nearest 0
} {2}
test util-1.10 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
.l yview 15
.l yview scroll -2 units
.l nearest 0
} {13}
test util-1.11 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
list [catch {.l yview scroll 3 zips} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad argument "zips": must be units or pages}}
test util-1.12 {Tk_GetScrollInfo procedure} {
list [catch {.l yview dropdead 3 times} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown option "dropdead": must be moveto or scroll}}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/visual.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the visual- and colormap-handling # procedures in the file tkVisual.c. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | < | < | < < | | < | < | < < | | < | < | | | < < | | < | < < | < < < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | < < | | < | > | | | < | | < | > | | | < | | | | | | | < | | < | > | | | < | < | < | | > | < < | > > | < | | < < | | < | | < < | < | < | < < > | | | < | < | < | < < < < | < | | < < < > > | < < | < | < < < | < < | < | < < < > | < < | < | < < < > | < < | < | < < > | | < | | < | < | | < < | > > > | | < | | | < < | < | | < < < | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the visual- and colormap-handling
# procedures in the file tkVisual.c. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
update
# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to
# use up all the slots in the colormap.
#
# Arguments:
# w - Name of toplevel window to create.
proc eatColors {w} {
catch {destroy $w}
toplevel $w
wm geom $w +0+0
canvas $w.c -width 400 -height 200 -bd 0
pack $w.c
for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr $x*6] [expr $y*30] 0]
$w.c create rectangle [expr 10*$x] [expr 20*$y] \
[expr 10*$x + 10] [expr 20*$y + 20] -outline {} \
-fill $color
}
}
update
}
# colorsFree --
#
# Returns 1 if there appear to be free colormap entries in a window,
# 0 otherwise.
#
# Arguments:
# w - Name of window in which to check.
# red, green, blue - Intensities to use in a trial color allocation
# to see if there are colormap entries free.
proc colorsFree {w {red 31} {green 245} {blue 192}} {
set vals [winfo rgb $w [format #%02x%02x%02x $red $green $blue]]
expr ([lindex $vals 0]/256 == $red) && ([lindex $vals 1]/256 == $green) \
&& ([lindex $vals 2]/256 == $blue)
}
# If more than one visual type is available for the screen, pick one
# that is *not* the default.
set default "[winfo visual .] [winfo depth .]"
set avail [winfo visualsavailable .]
set other {}
if {[llength $avail] > 1} {
foreach visual $avail {
if {$visual != $default} {
set other $visual
break
}
}
}
testConstraint haveOtherVisual [expr {$other ne ""}]
testConstraint havePseudocolorVisual [string match *pseudocolor* $avail]
testConstraint haveMultipleVisuals [expr {[llength $avail] > 1}]
test visual-1.1 {Tk_GetVisual, copying from other window} {
list [catch {toplevel .t -visual .foo.bar} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".foo.bar"}}
test visual-1.2 {Tk_GetVisual, copying from other window} {haveOtherVisual nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t1}
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual $other
wm geom .t1 +0+0
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 80 -visual .t1
wm geom .t2 +5+5
concat "[winfo visual .t2] [winfo depth .t2]"
} $other
test visual-1.3 {Tk_GetVisual, copying from other window} haveOtherVisual {
catch {destroy .t1}
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual $other
wm geom .t1 +0+0
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 80 -visual .
wm geom .t2 +5+5
concat "[winfo visual .t2] [winfo depth .t2]"
} $default
# Make sure reference count is incremented when copying visual (the
# following test will cause the colormap to be freed prematurely if
# the reference count isn't incremented).
test visual-1.4 {Tk_GetVisual, colormap reference count} haveOtherVisual {
catch {destroy .t1}
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual $other
wm geom .t1 +0+0
set result [list [catch {toplevel .t2 -gorp 80 -visual .t1} msg] $msg]
update
set result
} {1 {unknown option "-gorp"}}
test visual-1.5 {Tk_GetVisual, default colormap} {
catch {destroy .t1}
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual default
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
update
concat "[winfo visual .t1] [winfo depth .t1]"
} $default
set i 1
foreach visual $avail {
test visual-2.$i {Tk_GetVisual, different visual types} {nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t1}
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual $visual
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
update
concat "[winfo visual .t1] [winfo depth .t1]"
} $visual
incr i
}
test visual-3.1 {Tk_GetVisual, parsing visual string} {
catch {destroy .t1}
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 \
-visual "[winfo visual .][winfo depth .]"
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
update
concat "[winfo visual .t1] [winfo depth .t1]"
} $default
test visual-3.2 {Tk_GetVisual, parsing visual string} {
catch {destroy .t1}
list [catch {
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual goop20
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown or ambiguous visual name "goop20": class must be best, directcolor, grayscale, greyscale, pseudocolor, staticcolor, staticgray, staticgrey, truecolor, or default}}
test visual-3.3 {Tk_GetVisual, parsing visual string} {
catch {destroy .t1}
list [catch {
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual d
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown or ambiguous visual name "d": class must be best, directcolor, grayscale, greyscale, pseudocolor, staticcolor, staticgray, staticgrey, truecolor, or default}}
test visual-3.4 {Tk_GetVisual, parsing visual string} {
catch {destroy .t1}
list [catch {
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual static
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
} msg] $msg
} {1 {unknown or ambiguous visual name "static": class must be best, directcolor, grayscale, greyscale, pseudocolor, staticcolor, staticgray, staticgrey, truecolor, or default}}
test visual-3.5 {Tk_GetVisual, parsing visual string} {
catch {destroy .t1}
list [catch {
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual "pseudocolor 48x"
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "48x"}}
test visual-4.1 {Tk_GetVisual, numerical visual id} -setup {
catch {destroy .t1}
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .t3}
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual $other
wm geom .t1 +0+0
toplevel .t2 -width 200 -height 80 -visual [winfo visual .]
wm geom .t2 +5+5
toplevel .t3 -width 150 -height 250 -visual [winfo visual .t1]
wm geom .t3 +10+10
} -constraints {haveOtherVisual nonPortable} -body {
set v1 [list [winfo visualid .t2] [winfo visualid .t3]]
set v2 [list [winfo visualid .] [winfo visualid .t1]]
expr {$v1 eq $v2 ? "OK" : "[list $v1] ne [list $v2]"}
} -result OK -cleanup {
destroy .t1 .t2 .t3
}
test visual-4.2 {Tk_GetVisual, numerical visual id} {
catch {destroy .t1}
list [catch {toplevel .t1 -visual 12xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad X identifier for visual: "12xyz"}}
test visual-4.3 {Tk_GetVisual, numerical visual id} {
catch {destroy .t1}
list [catch {toplevel .t1 -visual 1291673} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't find an appropriate visual}}
test visual-5.1 {Tk_GetVisual, no matching visual} !havePseudocolorVisual {
catch {destroy .t1}
list [catch {
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual "pseudocolor 8"
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
} msg] $msg
} {1 {couldn't find an appropriate visual}}
test visual-6.1 {Tk_GetVisual, no matching visual} {havePseudocolorVisual haveMultipleVisuals nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t1}
toplevel .t1 -width 250 -height 100 -visual "best"
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
update
winfo visual .t1
} {pseudocolor}
# These tests are non-portable due to variations in how many colors
# are already in use on the screen.
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
eatColors .t1
}
test visual-7.1 {Tk_GetColormap, "new"} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
toplevel .t2 -width 30 -height 20
wm geom .t2 +0+0
update
colorsFree .t2
} {0}
test visual-7.2 {Tk_GetColormap, "new"} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2 -width 30 -height 20 -colormap new
wm geom .t2 +0+0
update
colorsFree .t2
} {1}
test visual-7.3 {Tk_GetColormap, copy from other window} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t3 -width 400 -height 50 -colormap new
wm geom .t3 +0+0
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2 -width 30 -height 20 -colormap .t3
wm geom .t2 +0+0
update
destroy .t3
colorsFree .t2
} {1}
test visual-7.4 {Tk_GetColormap, copy from other window} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t3 -width 400 -height 50 -colormap new
wm geom .t3 +0+0
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t2 -width 30 -height 20 -colormap .
wm geom .t2 +0+0
update
destroy .t3
colorsFree .t2
} {0}
test visual-7.5 {Tk_GetColormap, copy from other window} {defaultPseudocolor8 nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t1}
list [catch {
toplevel .t1 -width 400 -height 50 -colormap .choke.lots
} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".choke.lots"}}
test visual-7.6 {Tk_GetColormap, copy from other window} {defaultPseudocolor8 haveOtherVisual nonPortable} {
catch {destroy .t1}
catch {destroy .t2}
toplevel .t1 -width 300 -height 150 -visual $other
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
list [catch {toplevel .t2 -width 400 -height 50 -colormap .t1} msg] $msg
} {1 {can't use colormap for .t1: incompatible visuals}}
if {[testConstraint defaultPseudocolor8]} {
catch {destroy .t1}
catch {destroy .t2}
}
test visual-8.1 {Tk_FreeColormap procedure} {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t1 -width 300 -height 180 -colormap new
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
foreach i {.t2 .t3 .t4} {
toplevel $i -width 250 -height 150 -colormap .t1
wm geometry $i +0+0
}
destroy .t1
destroy .t3
destroy .t4
update
} {}
test visual-8.2 {Tk_FreeColormap procedure} haveOtherVisual {
deleteWindows
toplevel .t1 -width 300 -height 180 -visual $other
wm geometry .t1 +0+0
foreach i {.t2 .t3 .t4} {
toplevel $i -width 250 -height 150 -visual $other
wm geometry $i +0+0
}
destroy .t2
destroy .t3
destroy .t4
update
} {}
deleteWindows
rename eatColors {}
rename colorsFree {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/visual_bb.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | #!/usr/local/bin/wish -f # # This script displays provides visual tests for many of Tk's features. # Each test displays a window with various information in it, along # with instructions about how the window should appear. You can look # at the window to make sure it appears as expected. Individual tests # are kept in separate ".tcl" files in this directory. package require tcltest 2.2 | < | < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
#!/usr/local/bin/wish -f
#
# This script displays provides visual tests for many of Tk's features.
# Each test displays a window with various information in it, along
# with instructions about how the window should appear. You can look
# at the window to make sure it appears as expected. Individual tests
# are kept in separate ".tcl" files in this directory.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
set auto_path ". $auto_path"
wm title . "Visual Tests for Tk"
set testNum 1
# Each menu entry invokes a visual test file
proc runTest {file} {
global testNum
test "2.$testNum" "testing $file" {userInteraction} {
uplevel \#0 source [file join [testsDirectory] $file]
concat ""
} {}
incr testNum
}
# The following procedure is invoked to print the contents of a canvas:
proc lpr {c args} {
exec lpr <<[eval [list $c postscript] $args]
}
proc end {} {
cleanupTests
set ::EndOfVisualTests 1
}
test 1.1 "running visual tests" {userInteraction} {
#-------------------------------------------------------
# The code below create the main window, consisting of a
# menu bar and a message explaining the basic operation
# of the program.
#-------------------------------------------------------
frame .menu -relief raised -borderwidth 1
message .msg -font {Times 18} -relief raised -width 4i \
-borderwidth 1 -text "This application provides a collection of visual tests for the Tk toolkit. Each menu entry invokes a test, which displays information on the screen. You can then verify visually that the information is being displayed in the correct way. The tests under the \"Postscript\" menu exercise the Postscript-generation capabilities of canvas widgets."
pack .menu -side top -fill x
pack .msg -side bottom -expand yes -fill both
#-------------------------------------------------------
# The code below creates all the menus, which invoke procedures
# to create particular demonstrations of various widgets.
#-------------------------------------------------------
menubutton .menu.file -text "File" -menu .menu.file.m
menu .menu.file.m
.menu.file.m add command -label "Quit" -command end
menubutton .menu.group1 -text "Group 1" -menu .menu.group1.m
menu .menu.group1.m
.menu.group1.m add command -label "Canvas arcs" -command {runTest arc.tcl}
.menu.group1.m add command -label "Beveled borders in text widgets" \
-command {runTest bevel.tcl}
.menu.group1.m add command -label "Colormap management" \
-command {runTest cmap.tcl}
.menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button geometry" \
-command {runTest butGeom.tcl}
.menu.group1.m add command -label "Label/button colors" \
-command {runTest butGeom2.tcl}
menubutton .menu.ps -text "Canvas Postscript" -menu .menu.ps.m
menu .menu.ps.m
.menu.ps.m add command -label "Rectangles and other graphics" \
-command {runTest canvPsGrph.tcl}
.menu.ps.m add command -label "Text" \
-command {runTest canvPsText.tcl}
.menu.ps.m add command -label "Bitmaps" \
-command {runTest canvPsBmap.tcl}
.menu.ps.m add command -label "Images" \
-command {runTest canvPsImg.tcl}
.menu.ps.m add command -label "Arcs" \
-command {runTest canvPsArc.tcl}
pack .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps -side left -padx 1m
# Set up for keyboard-based menu traversal
bind . <Any-FocusIn> {
if {("%d" == "NotifyVirtual") && ("%m" == "NotifyNormal")} {
focus .menu
}
}
tk_menuBar .menu .menu.file .menu.group1 .menu.ps
# Set up a class binding to allow objects to be deleted from a canvas
# by clicking with mouse button 1:
bind Canvas <1> {%W delete [%W find closest %x %y]}
concat ""
} {}
if {![testConstraint userInteraction]} {
cleanupTests
} else {
vwait EndOfVisualTests
}
|
Changes to tests/winButton.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific behavior of # labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the # widgets defined in tkWinButton.c). It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | < > > > > > | < > > > > > > | < < < | < | < | | | < < < | < | < < < | < | < | | | < < | < | < | | | | < < | < | < < < | | | < < | < | < < < < | < < | < | < < < < | < < | < | < < < | | | < < | < | < < < | | | | | | < < | < | < < < | < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific behavior of
# labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons in Tk (i.e., all the
# widgets defined in tkWinButton.c). It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
proc bogusTrace args {
error "trace aborted"
}
catch {unset value}
catch {unset value2}
option clear
eval image delete [image names]
if {[testConstraint testImageType]} {
image create test image1
}
label .l -text Label
button .b -text Button
checkbutton .c -text Checkbutton
radiobutton .r -text Radiobutton
pack .l .b .c .r
update
test winbutton-1.1 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {testImageType win nonPortable} {
# nonPortable because of [3e3e25f483]: on Win7 first started with a high DPI screen
# the smallest size (i.e. 8) is not available for "MS Sans Serif" font
deleteWindows
image create test image1
image1 changed 0 0 0 0 60 40
label .b1 -image image1 -bd 4 -padx 0 -pady 2
button .b2 -image image1 -bd 4 -padx 0 -pady 2
checkbutton .b3 -image image1 -bd 4 -padx 1 -pady 1 -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8}
radiobutton .b4 -image image1 -bd 4 -padx 2 -pady 0 -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8}
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
# with patch 463234 with native L&F enabled, this returns:
# {68 48 70 50 88 50 88 50}
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {68 48 70 50 90 52 90 52}
test winbutton-1.2 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {win nonPortable} {
# nonPortable because of [3e3e25f483]: on Win7 first started with a high DPI screen
# the smallest size (i.e. 8) is not available for "MS Sans Serif" font
deleteWindows
label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 0 -pady 2
checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 1 -pady 1 -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8}
radiobutton .b4 -bitmap question -bd 3 -padx 2 -pady 0 -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8}
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
# with patch 463234 with native L&F enabled, this returns:
# {23 33 25 35 43 35 43 35}
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {23 33 25 35 45 37 45 37}
test winbutton-1.3 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} win {
deleteWindows
label .b1 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 4
button .b2 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 0
checkbutton .b3 -bitmap question -bd 3 -highlightthickness 1 \
-indicatoron 0
radiobutton .b4 -bitmap question -bd 3 -indicatoron false
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
# with patch 463234 with native L&F enabled, this returns:
# {31 41 23 33 25 35 25 35}
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {31 41 23 33 27 37 27 37}
test winbutton-1.4 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {win nonPortable} {
deleteWindows
label .b1 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8}
button .b2 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8}
checkbutton .b3 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 1 -pady 1 -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8}
radiobutton .b4 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 2 -pady 0 -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8}
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {58 24 67 33 88 30 90 28}
test winbutton-1.5 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {win nonPortable} {
deleteWindows
label .l1 -text "This is a long string that will wrap around on several lines.\n\nIt also has a blank line (above)." -wraplength 1.5i -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .l1
update
list [winfo reqwidth .l1] [winfo reqheight .l1]
} {178 84}
test winbutton-1.6 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {win nonPortable} {
deleteWindows
label .l1 -text "This is a long string without wrapping.\n\nIt also has a blank line (above)." -padx 0 -pady 0
pack .l1
update
list [winfo reqwidth .l1] [winfo reqheight .l1]
} {222 52}
test winbutton-1.7 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {win nonPortable} {
deleteWindows
label .b1 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 -width 10
button .b2 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 -height 5
checkbutton .b3 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 1 -pady 1 -width 20 -height 2
radiobutton .b4 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 2 -pady 0 -width 4
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {74 24 67 97 174 46 64 28}
test winbutton-1.8 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} {win nonPortable} {
deleteWindows
label .b1 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 \
-highlightthickness 4
button .b2 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 0 -pady 2 \
-highlightthickness 0
checkbutton .b3 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 1 -pady 1 \
-highlightthickness 1 -indicatoron no
radiobutton .b4 -text Xagqpim -bd 2 -padx 2 -pady 0 -indicatoron 0
pack .b1 .b2 .b3 .b4
update
list [winfo reqwidth .b1] [winfo reqheight .b1] \
[winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2] \
[winfo reqwidth .b3] [winfo reqheight .b3] \
[winfo reqwidth .b4] [winfo reqheight .b4]
} {66 32 65 31 69 31 71 29}
test winbutton-1.9 {TkpComputeButtonGeometry procedure} win {
deleteWindows
button .b2 -bitmap question -default normal
list [winfo reqwidth .b2] [winfo reqheight .b2]
} {23 33}
# cleanup
deleteWindows
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/winClipboard.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's Windows specific # clipboard code. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl # tests. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | | < < | | < | < | | < | < | < < < | < | > | < | < < < | < | > | < | < < < < | | < | | < | < < < < | | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < | < | > | < < < > | < | | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's Windows specific
# clipboard code. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl
# tests.
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl
# built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and
# generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
# Note that these tests may fail if another application is grabbing the
# clipboard (e.g. an X server)
test winClipboard-1.1 {TkSelGetSelection} win {
clipboard clear
catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD} msg
set msg
} {CLIPBOARD selection doesn't exist or form "STRING" not defined}
test winClipboard-1.2 {TkSelGetSelection} {win testclipboard} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append {}
catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD} r1
catch {testclipboard} r2
list $r1 $r2
} {{} {}}
test winClipboard-1.3 {TkSelGetSelection & TkWinClipboardRender} {win testclipboard} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append abcd
update
catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD} r1
catch {testclipboard} r2
list $r1 $r2
} {abcd abcd}
test winClipboard-1.4 {TkSelGetSelection & TkWinClipboardRender} {win testclipboard} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append "line 1\nline 2"
catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD} r1
catch {testclipboard} r2
list $r1 $r2
} [list "line 1\nline 2" "line 1\r\nline 2"]
test winClipboard-1.5 {TkSelGetSelection & TkWinClipboardRender} {win testclipboard} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append "line 1\u00c7\nline 2"
catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD} r1
catch {testclipboard} r2
list $r1 $r2
} [list "line 1\u00c7\nline 2" [bytestring "line 1\u00c7\r\nline 2"]]
test winClipboard-2.1 {TkSelUpdateClipboard reentrancy problem} {win testclipboard} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append -type OUR_ACTION "action data"
clipboard append "string data"
update
catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD -type OUR_ACTION} r1
catch {testclipboard} r2
list $r1 $r2
} [list "action data" "string data"]
test winClipboard-2.2 {TkSelUpdateClipboard reentrancy problem} {win testclipboard} {
clipboard clear
clipboard append -type OUR_ACTION "new data"
clipboard append "more data in string"
update
catch {testclipboard} r1
catch {selection get -selection CLIPBOARD -type OUR_ACTION} r2
list $r1 $r2
} [list "more data in string" "new data"]
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/winDialog.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # -*- tcl -*- # This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific behavior of # the common dialog boxes. It is organized in the standard # fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 |
# -*- tcl -*-
# This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific behavior of
# the common dialog boxes. It is organized in the standard
# fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 ActiveState Corporation.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
if {[testConstraint testwinevent]} {
catch {testwinevent debug 1}
}
# Locale identifier LANG_ENGLISH is 0x09
testConstraint english [expr {
[llength [info commands testwinlocale]]
&& (([testwinlocale] & 0xff) == 9)
}]
proc start {arg} {
set ::tk_dialog 0
set ::iter_after 0
after 1 $arg
}
proc then {cmd} {
set ::command $cmd
set ::dialogresult {}
afterbody
vwait ::dialogresult
return $::dialogresult
}
proc afterbody {} {
if {$::tk_dialog == 0} {
if {[incr ::iter_after] > 30} {
set ::dialogresult ">30 iterations waiting on tk_dialog"
return
}
after 150 {afterbody}
return
}
uplevel #0 {set dialogresult [eval $command]}
}
proc Click {button} {
switch -exact -- $button {
ok { set button 1 }
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
return [testwinevent $::tk_dialog $id WM_GETTEXT]
}
proc SetText {id text} {
return [testwinevent $::tk_dialog $id WM_SETTEXT $text]
}
| < < < < < < | | 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
return [testwinevent $::tk_dialog $id WM_GETTEXT]
}
proc SetText {id text} {
return [testwinevent $::tk_dialog $id WM_SETTEXT $text]
}
test winDialog-1.1 {Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd} -constraints {
testwinevent
} -body {
start {tk_chooseColor}
then {
Click cancel
}
} -result {0}
test winDialog-1.2 {Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd} -constraints {
testwinevent
} -body {
start {set clr [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor "#ff9933"]}
then {
set x [Click cancel]
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
testwinevent
} -setup {
catch {unset a x}
} -body {
set x {}
start {
set clr [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor "#ff9933" \
| | | | 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
testwinevent
} -setup {
catch {unset a x}
} -body {
set x {}
start {
set clr [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor "#ff9933" \
-title "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442"]
}
then {
if {[catch {
array set a [testgetwindowinfo $::tk_dialog]
if {[info exists a(text)]} {lappend x $a(text)}
} err]} { lappend x $err }
lappend x [Click ok]
}
lappend x $clr
} -result [list "\u041f\u0440\u0438\u0432\u0435\u0442" 0 "#ff9933"]
test winDialog-1.6 {Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd: -parent} -constraints {
testwinevent
} -setup {
catch {unset a x}
} -body {
start {set clr [tk_chooseColor -initialcolor "#ff9933" -parent .]}
set x {}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
193 194 195 196 197 198 199 |
test winDialog-1.7 {Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd: -parent} -constraints {
testwinevent
} -body {
tk_chooseColor -initialcolor "#ff9933" -parent .xyzzy12
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {bad window path name*}
| < < | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < > | < > > > > | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < < < < | < < < < < | | | | < | | > | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | > | | | > | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < > | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 |
test winDialog-1.7 {Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd: -parent} -constraints {
testwinevent
} -body {
tk_chooseColor -initialcolor "#ff9933" -parent .xyzzy12
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result {bad window path name*}
test winDialog-3.1 {Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd} -constraints {
nt testwinevent english
} -body {
start {tk_getOpenFile}
then {
set x [GetText cancel]
Click cancel
}
return $x
} -result {Cancel}
test winDialog-4.1 {Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd} -constraints {
nt testwinevent english
} -body {
start {tk_getSaveFile}
then {
set x [GetText cancel]
Click cancel
}
return $x
} -result {Cancel}
test winDialog-5.1 {GetFileName: no arguments} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
start {tk_getOpenFile -title Open}
then {
Click cancel
}
} -result {0}
test winDialog-5.2 {GetFileName: one argument} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
tk_getOpenFile -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -multiple, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}
test winDialog-5.3 {GetFileName: many arguments} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
start {tk_getOpenFile -initialdir c:/ -parent . -title test -initialfile foo}
then {
Click cancel
}
} -result {0}
test winDialog-5.4 {GetFileName: Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() != TCL_OK} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
tk_getOpenFile -foo bar -abc
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -defaultextension, -filetypes, -initialdir, -initialfile, -multiple, -parent, -title, or -typevariable}
test winDialog-5.5 {GetFileName: Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() == TCL_OK} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
start {tk_getOpenFile -title bar}
then {
Click cancel
}
} -result {0}
test winDialog-5.6 {GetFileName: valid option, but missing value} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
tk_getOpenFile -initialdir bar -title
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-title" missing}
test winDialog-5.7 {GetFileName: extension begins with .} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
# if (string[0] == '.') {
# string++;
# }
start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -defaultextension .foo -title Save]}
set msg {}
then {
if {[catch {SetText 0x47C bar} msg]} {
Click cancel
} else {
Click ok
}
}
return [string totitle $x]$msg
} -cleanup {
unset msg
} -result [string totitle [file join [pwd] bar.foo]]
test winDialog-5.8 {GetFileName: extension doesn't begin with .} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -defaultextension foo -title Save]}
set msg {}
then {
if {[catch {SetText 0x47C bar} msg]} {
Click cancel
} else {
Click ok
}
}
return [string totitle $x]$msg
} -cleanup {
unset msg
} -result [string totitle [file join [pwd] bar.foo]]
test winDialog-5.9 {GetFileName: file types} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
# case FILE_TYPES:
start {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo files" .foo FOOF}} -title Foo}
then {
set x [GetText 0x470]
Click cancel
}
return $x
} -result {foo files (*.foo)}
test winDialog-5.10 {GetFileName: file types: MakeFilter() fails} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
# if (MakeFilter(interp, string, &utfFilterString) != TCL_OK)
tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo" .foo FOO}}
} -returnCodes error -result {bad Macintosh file type "FOO"}
if {[info exists ::env(TEMP)]} {
test winDialog-5.11 {GetFileName: initial directory} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
# case FILE_INITDIR:
start {set x [tk_getSaveFile \
-initialdir [file normalize $::env(TEMP)] \
-initialfile "12x 455" -title Foo]}
then {
Click ok
}
return $x
} -result [file join [file normalize $::env(TEMP)] "12x 455"]
}
test winDialog-5.12 {GetFileName: initial directory: Tcl_TranslateFilename()} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
# if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL)
tk_getOpenFile -initialdir ~12x/455
} -returnCodes error -result {user "12x" doesn't exist}
test winDialog-5.13 {GetFileName: initial file} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
# case FILE_INITFILE:
start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -initialfile "12x 456" -title Foo]}
then {
Click ok
}
string totitle $x
} -result [string totitle [file join [pwd] "12x 456"]]
test winDialog-5.14 {GetFileName: initial file: Tcl_TranslateFileName()} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
# if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL)
tk_getOpenFile -initialfile ~12x/455
} -returnCodes error -result {user "12x" doesn't exist}
test winDialog-5.15 {GetFileName: initial file: long name} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
start {
set dialogresult [catch {
tk_getSaveFile -initialfile [string repeat a 1024] -title Long
} x]
}
then {
Click ok
}
list $dialogresult [string match "invalid filename *" $x]
} -result {1 1}
test winDialog-5.16 {GetFileName: parent} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
# case FILE_PARENT:
toplevel .t
set x 0
start {tk_getOpenFile -parent .t -title Parent; set x 1}
then {
destroy .t
}
return $x
} -result {1}
test winDialog-5.17 {GetFileName: title} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
# case FILE_TITLE:
start {tk_getOpenFile -title Narf}
then {
Click cancel
}
} -result {0}
test winDialog-5.18 {GetFileName: no filter specified} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
# if (ofn.lpstrFilter == NULL)
start {tk_getOpenFile -title Filter}
then {
set x [GetText 0x470]
Click cancel
}
return $x
} -result {All Files (*.*)}
test winDialog-5.19 {GetFileName: parent HWND doesn't yet exist} -constraints {
nt
} -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
# if (Tk_WindowId(parent) == None)
toplevel .t
start {tk_getOpenFile -parent .t -title Open}
then {
destroy .t
}
} -result {}
test winDialog-5.20 {GetFileName: parent HWND already exists} -constraints {
nt
} -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
toplevel .t
update
start {tk_getOpenFile -parent .t -title Open}
then {
destroy .t
}
} -result {}
test winDialog-5.21 {GetFileName: call GetOpenFileName} -constraints {
nt testwinevent english
} -body {
# winCode = GetOpenFileName(&ofn);
start {tk_getOpenFile -title Open}
then {
set x [GetText ok]
Click cancel
}
return $x
} -result {&Open}
test winDialog-5.22 {GetFileName: call GetSaveFileName} -constraints {
nt testwinevent english
} -body {
# winCode = GetSaveFileName(&ofn);
start {tk_getSaveFile -title Save}
then {
set x [GetText ok]
Click cancel
}
return $x
} -result {&Save}
if {[info exists ::env(TEMP)]} {
test winDialog-5.23 {GetFileName: convert \ to /} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
set msg {}
start {set x [tk_getSaveFile -title Back]}
then {
if {[catch {SetText 0x47C [file nativename \
[file join [file normalize $::env(TEMP)] "12x 457"]]} msg]} {
Click cancel
} else {
Click ok
}
}
return $x$msg
} -cleanup {
unset msg
} -result [file join [file normalize $::env(TEMP)] "12x 457"]
}
test winDialog-5.24 {GetFileName: file types: MakeFilter() succeeds} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
# MacOS type that is correct, but has embedded nulls.
start {set x [catch {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo" .foo {\0\0\0\0}}}}]}
then {
Click cancel
}
return $x
} -result {0}
test winDialog-5.25 {GetFileName: file types: MakeFilter() succeeds} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
# MacOS type that is correct, but has embedded high-bit chars.
start {set x [catch {tk_getSaveFile -filetypes {{"foo" .foo {\u2022\u2022\u2022\u2022}}}}]}
then {
Click cancel
}
return $x
} -result {0}
## The Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd hang on the static build of Windows
## because somehow the GetOpenFileName ends up a noop in the static
## build.
##
test winDialog-9.1 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: no arguments} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
start {tk_chooseDirectory}
then {
Click cancel
}
} -result {0}
test winDialog-9.2 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: one argument} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
tk_chooseDirectory -foo
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -initialdir, -mustexist, -parent, or -title}
test winDialog-9.3 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: many arguments} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
start {
tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir c:/ -mustexist 1 -parent . -title test
}
then {
Click cancel
}
} -result {0}
test winDialog-9.4 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() != TCL_OK} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
tk_chooseDirectory -foo bar -abc
} -returnCodes error -result {bad option "-foo": must be -initialdir, -mustexist, -parent, or -title}
test winDialog-9.5 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: Tcl_GetIndexFromObj() == TCL_OK} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
start {tk_chooseDirectory -title bar}
then {
Click cancel
}
} -result {0}
test winDialog-9.6 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: valid option, but missing value} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir bar -title
} -returnCodes error -result {value for "-title" missing}
test winDialog-9.7 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: -initialdir} -constraints {
nt testwinevent
} -body {
# case DIR_INITIAL:
start {set x [tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir c:/ -title Foo]}
then {
Click ok
}
string tolower [set x]
} -result {c:/}
test winDialog-9.8 {Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd: initial directory: Tcl_TranslateFilename()} -constraints {
nt
} -body {
# if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string,
# &utfDirString) == NULL)
tk_chooseDirectory -initialdir ~12x/455
} -returnCodes error -result {user "12x" doesn't exist}
if {[testConstraint testwinevent]} {
catch {testwinevent debug 0}
}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/winFont.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkWinFont.c. # It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked # programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be # underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question, # but there are no results that can be checked. # | | | < | > > > > > | > > | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > > > | | | < | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < | | > | > > > < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < | | < > | < | < > | < | < > < | | < < | < < | | < > | < | < > | < | > | | | | | < | | < | < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < > < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | > < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the procedures in tkWinFont.c.
# It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Many of these tests are visually oriented and cannot be checked
# programmatically (such as "does an underlined font appear to be
# underlined?"); these tests attempt to exercise the code in question,
# but there are no results that can be checked.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
catch {destroy .b}
catch {font delete xyz}
toplevel .b
wm geometry .b +0+0
update idletasks
set courier {Courier 14}
set cx [font measure $courier 0]
label .b.l -padx 0 -pady 0 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -justify left -text "0" -font systemfixed
pack .b.l
canvas .b.c -closeenough 0
set t [.b.c create text 0 0 -anchor nw -just left -font $courier]
pack .b.c
update
set ax [winfo reqwidth .b.l]
set ay [winfo reqheight .b.l]
proc getsize {} {
update
return "[winfo reqwidth .b.l] [winfo reqheight .b.l]"
}
test winfont-1.1 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: not native} win {
list [catch {font measure {} xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {font "" doesn't exist}}
test winfont-1.2 {TkpGetNativeFont procedure: native} win {
font measure ansifixed 0
font measure ansi 0
font measure device 0
font measure oemfixed 0
font measure systemfixed 0
font measure system 0
set x {}
} {}
test winfont-2.1 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: pointsize} win {
expr [font actual {-size -10} -size]>0
} 1
test winfont-2.2 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: pointsize} win {
expr [font actual {-family Arial} -size]>0
} 1
test winfont-2.3 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: normal weight} win {
font actual {-weight normal} -weight
} normal
test winfont-2.4 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: bold weight} win {
font actual {-weight bold} -weight
} bold
test winfont-2.5 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: no family} win {
catch {expr {[font actual {-size 10} -size]}}
} 0
test winfont-2.6 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: family} win {
font actual {-family Arial} -family
} Arial
test winfont-2.7 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Times fonts} win {
set x {}
lappend x [font actual {-family "Times"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "New York"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Times New Roman"} -family]
} {{Times New Roman} {Times New Roman} {Times New Roman}}
test winfont-2.8 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Courier fonts} win {
set x {}
lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Monaco"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Courier New"} -family]
} {{Courier New} {Courier New} {Courier New}}
test winfont-2.9 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: Helvetica fonts} win {
set x {}
lappend x [font actual {-family "Helvetica"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Geneva"} -family]
lappend x [font actual {-family "Arial"} -family]
} {Arial Arial Arial}
test winfont-2.10 {TkpGetFontFromAttributes procedure: fallback} win {
# No way to get it to fail! Any font name is acceptable.
} {}
test winfont-3.1 {TkpDeleteFont procedure} win {
font actual {-family xyz}
set x {}
} {}
test winfont-4.1 {TkpGetFontFamilies procedure} win {
font families
set x {}
} {}
test winfont-5.1 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: unbounded right margin} win {
.b.l config -wrap 0 -text "000000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] $ay"
test winfont-5.2 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: static width buffer exceeded} win {
.b.l config -wrap 100000 -text "0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*256] $ay"
test winfont-5.3 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: all chars did fit} win {
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*10] -text "00000000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*8] $ay"
test winfont-5.4 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: not all chars fit} win {
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*6] -text "00000000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test winfont-5.5 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: include last partial char} win {
.b.c dchars $t 0 end
.b.c insert $t 0 "0000"
.b.c index $t @[expr int($cx*2.5)],1
} 2
test winfont-5.6 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: at least one char on line} win {
.b.l config -text "000000" -wrap 1
getsize
} "$ax [expr $ay*6]"
test winfont-5.7 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: whole words} win {
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*8] -text "000000 0000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*6] [expr $ay*2]"
test winfont-5.8 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: already saw space in line} win {
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000000 0000000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*7] [expr $ay*2]"
test winfont-5.9 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: internal spaces significant} win {
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "000 00 00000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*7] [expr $ay*2]"
test winfont-5.10 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: make first part of word fit} win {
.b.l config -wrap [expr $ax*12] -text "0000000000000000"
getsize
} "[expr $ax*12] [expr $ay*2]"
test winfont-5.11 {Tk_MeasureChars procedure: check for kerning} \
{win nonPortable} {
set font [.b.l cget -font]
.b.l config -font {{MS Sans Serif} 8} -text "W"
set width [winfo reqwidth .b.l]
.b.l config -text "XaYoYaKaWx"
set x [lindex [getsize] 0]
.b.l config -font $font
expr $x < ($width*10)
} 1
test winfont-6.1 {Tk_DrawChars procedure: loop test} win {
.b.l config -text "a"
update
} {}
test winfont-7.1 {AllocFont procedure: use old font} win {
font create xyz
catch {destroy .c}
button .c -font xyz
font configure xyz -family times
update
destroy .c
font delete xyz
} {}
test winfont-7.2 {AllocFont procedure: extract info from logfont} win {
font actual {arial 10 bold italic underline overstrike}
} {-family Arial -size 10 -weight bold -slant italic -underline 1 -overstrike 1}
test winfont-7.3 {AllocFont procedure: extract info from textmetric} win {
font metric {arial 10 bold italic underline overstrike} -fixed
} 0
test winfont-7.4 {AllocFont procedure: extract info from textmetric} win {
font metric systemfixed -fixed
} 1
# cleanup
destroy .b
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/winMenu.test.
1 2 3 4 5 | # This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. This # file tests the Macintosh-specific features of the menu # system. # | | | < | | | < < < | < < < < | < < < < | | < | < | | | < | | | < | < | | < | | | | < | < | | < | < | | < | | < < | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < < < < | > | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | < < | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < < | < | < | | < | < | < < | < | < < | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < < | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | < | | | < | < | < | | < | | | < | | < < | < | < | < < < | | < | < | | | < | < < | | | < | < | | | < | < | | | < | > > > | > > > | | < < < | < | | | | > | | > > > > > | > > | | | < | < < | | > > > > > | > | > > > > | > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | < | | < < | < | < | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | < | < | | < | < | | < | < | | < < < | | < < | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | < | | < | < | < < | < | < | < < | < | | < < | < | < | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | > | | < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | | < < | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | | < < | < | | | < | | | < | < | < < | < | | | < | | | < | | | < | < | | < | | | < | < | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | < | | | < | < | | > | > > > | > | < | | | | < < | < | < | | < < | < | > | | < < | < | | | | < < | < | | | | > | < | | > | > > | | | | < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | < < | < | | | < | < | | < < | < | < | < | | < | | | | | < | < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test menus in Tk. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. This
# file tests the Macintosh-specific features of the menu
# system.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
test winMenu-1.1 {GetNewID} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1 {}}
# Basically impossible to test menu IDs wrapping.
test winMenu-2.1 {FreeID} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test winMenu-3.1 {TkpNewMenu} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [catch {destroy .m1} msg2] $msg2
} {0 .m1 0 {}}
test winMenu-3.2 {TkpNewMenu} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "foo"
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [catch {destroy .m1} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} {} 0 {}}
test winMenu-4.1 {TkpDestroyMenu} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1} msg] $msg
} {0 {}}
test winMenu-4.2 {TkpDestroyMenu - help menu} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {destroy .m1.system} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test winMenu-5.1 {TkpDestroyMenuEntry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
update idletasks
list [catch {.m1 delete 1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.1 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
list [catch {menu .m1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 .m1 {}}
test winMenu-6.2 {GetEntryText} {testImageType win} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
menu .m1
image create test image1
list [catch {.m1 add command -image image1} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test winMenu-6.3 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -bitmap questhead} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.4 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.5 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "foo"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.6 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "This string has one & in it"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.7 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "The & should be underlined." -underline 4} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.8 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "The * should be underlined." -underline 4} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.9 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "foo" -accel "bar"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.10 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "This string has one & in it" -accel "bar"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.11 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "The & should be underlined." -underline 4 -accel "bar"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.12 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "The * should be underlined." -underline 4 -accel "bar"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.13 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "foo" -accel "&bar"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.14 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "This string has one & in it" -accel "&bar"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.15 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "The & should be underlined." -underline 4 -accel "&bar"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-6.16 {GetEntryText} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command -label "The * should be underlined." -underline 4 -accel "&bar"} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.1 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - system menu item removal} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
menu .m1.system
.m1.system add command -label foo
update idletasks
.m1.system add command -label bar
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test winMenu-7.2 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - menu item removal} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label Hello
update idletasks
.m1 add command -label foo
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.3 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - zero items} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label Hello
.m1 delete Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.4 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - one item} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.5 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - two items} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label One
.m1 add command -label Two
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.6 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - separator item} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add separator
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.7 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - non-text item} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.8 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - disabled item} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label Hello -state disabled
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.9 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - non-selected checkbutton} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add checkbutton -label Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.10 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - non-selected radiobutton} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add radiobutton -label Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.11 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - selected checkbutton} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add checkbutton -label Hello
.m1 invoke Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.12 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - selected radiobutton} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add radiobutton -label Hello
.m1 invoke Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.13 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - cascade missing} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -label Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-7.14 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - cascade} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {destroy .m2}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
menu .m2
.m1 add cascade -menu .m2 -label Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1] [destroy .m2]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test winMenu-7.15 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - menubar without system menu} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -menu .m1.file
menu .m1.file -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test winMenu-7.16 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - system menu already created} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
menu .m1.system -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
update idletasks
.m1.system add command -label Hello
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test winMenu-7.17 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - system menu update pending} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
menu .m1.system -tearoff 0
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test winMenu-7.18 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - system menu update not pending} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
menu .m1.system -tearoff 0
.m1.system add command -label Hello
update idletasks
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test winMenu-7.19 {ReconfigureWindowsMenu - column break} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
list [catch {update idletasks} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
#Don't know how to generate nested post menus
test winMenu-8.1 {TkpPostMenu} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -postcommand "blork"
list [catch {.m1 post 40 40} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {1 {invalid command name "blork"} {}}
test winMenu-8.2 {TkpPostMenu} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -postcommand "destroy .m1"
list [.m1 post 40 40] [winfo exists .m1]
} {{} 0}
test winMenu-8.3 {TkpPostMenu - popup menu} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-8.3: Hit ESCAPE."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-8.4 {TkpPostMenu - menu button} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .mb}
menubutton .mb -text test -menu .mb.menu
menu .mb.menu
.mb.menu add command -label "winMenu-8.4 - Hit ESCAPE."
pack .mb
list [tk::MbPost .mb] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-8.5 {TkpPostMenu - update not pending} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-8.5 - Hit ESCAPE."
update idletasks
list [catch {.m1 post 40 40} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-9.1 {TkpMenuNewEntry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [catch {.m1 add command} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-10.1 {TkwinMenuProc} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-10.1: Hit ESCAPE."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
# Can't generate a WM_INITMENU without a Tk menu yet.
test winMenu-11.1 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_INITMENU} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1 -postcommand "set foo test"
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-11.1: Hit ESCAPE."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [set foo] [unset foo] [destroy .m1]
} {test test {} {}}
test winMenu-11.2 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_COMMAND} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -variable foo -label "winMenu-11.2: Please select this menu item."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [update] [set foo] [unset foo] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {} 1 {} {}}
test winMenu-11.3 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_COMMAND} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {unset foo}
proc bgerror {args} {
global foo errorInfo
set foo [list $args $errorInfo]
}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -command {error 1} -label "winMenu-11.2: Please select this menu item."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [update] [set foo] [unset foo] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {} {1 {1
while executing
"error 1"
(menu invoke)}} {} {}}
# Can't test WM_MENUCHAR
test winMenu-11.4 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_MEASUREITEM} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-11.3: Hit ESCAPE."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-11.5 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_MEASUREITEM} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label "winMenu-11.4: Hit ESCAPE" -hidemargin 1
list [.m1 post 40 40] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-11.6 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_DRAWITEM} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-11.5: Hit ESCAPE."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-11.7 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_DRAWITEM - item disabled} \
{win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-11.6: Hit ESCAPE." -state disabled
list [.m1 post 40 40] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-11.8 {TkWinHandleMenuEvent - WM_INITMENU - not pending} \
{win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-11.7: Hit ESCAPE"
update idletasks
list [catch {.m1 post 40 40} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-12.1 {TkpSetWindowMenuBar} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [catch {destroy .m1} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} {} 0 {}}
test winMenu-12.2 {TkpSetWindowMenuBar} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
. configure -menu .m1
list [catch {. configure -menu ""} msg] $msg [catch {destroy .m1} msg2] $msg2
} {0 {} 0 {}}
test winMenu-12.3 {TkpSetWindowMenuBar - no update pending} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
. configure -menu ""
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label foo
update idletasks
list [catch {. configure -menu .m1} msg] $msg [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {} {}}
test winMenu-13.1 {TkpSetMainMenubar - nothing to do} {emptyTest win} {} {}
test winMenu-14.1 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test winMenu-14.2 {GetMenuIndicatorGeometry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo -hidemargin 1
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test winMenu-15.1 {GetMenuAccelGeometry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo -accel Ctrl+U
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test winMenu-15.2 {GetMenuAccelGeometry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test winMenu-15.3 {GetMenuAccelGeometry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
test winMenu-16.1 {GetTearoffEntryGeometry} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-19.1: Hit ESCAPE."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-17.1 {GetMenuSeparatorGeometry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
list [catch {tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40}] [destroy .m1]
} {0 {}}
# Currently, the only callers to DrawWindowsSystemBitmap want things
# centered vertically, and either centered or right aligned horizontally.
test winMenu-18.1 {DrawWindowsSystemBitmap - center aligned} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-18.2 {DrawWindowsSystemBitmap - right aligned} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-19.1 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - not checkbutton or radiobutton} \
win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-19.2 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - not selected} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-19.3 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - checkbutton} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-19.4 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - radiobutton} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add radiobutton -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-19.5 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - disabled} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
.m1 invoke foo
.m1 entryconfigure foo -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-19.6 {DrawMenuEntryIndicator - indicator not on} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo -indicatoron 0
.m1 invoke foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-20.1 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - disabled} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground red
.m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U" -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-20.2 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - normal text} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-20.3 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - disabled, no disabledforeground} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
.m1 add command -label foo -accel "Ctrl+U" -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-20.4 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - cascade, drawArrow true} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-20.5 {DrawMenuEntryAccelerator - cascade, drawArrow false} \
{win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label "winMenu-23.5: Hit ESCAPE."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-21.1 {DrawMenuSeparator} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-22.1 {DrawMenuUnderline} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -underline 0
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-23.1 {Don't know how to test MenuKeyBindProc} \
{win emptyTest} {} {}
test winMenu-24.1 {TkpInitializeMenuBindings called at boot time} \
{win emptyTest} {} {}
test winMenu-25.1 {DrawMenuEntryLabel - normal} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-25.2 {DrawMenuEntryLabel - disabled with fg} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground red
.m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-25.3 {DrawMenuEntryLabel - disabled with no fg} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
.m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-26.1 {TkpComputeMenubarGeometry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label File
list [. configure -menu .m1] [. configure -menu ""] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {} {}}
test winMenu-27.1 {DrawTearoffEntry} {win userInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "winMenu-24.4: Hit ESCAPE."
list [.m1 post 40 40] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-28.1 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - update pending} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label Hello
list [catch {.m1 add command -label Two} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-28.2 {TkpConfigureMenuEntry - update not pending} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label One
update idletasks
list [catch {.m1 add command -label Two} msg] $msg [destroy .m1]
} {0 {} {}}
test winMenu-29.1 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and not strict motif} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.2 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active menu item with its own gc} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground red
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.3 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for active and strict motif} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
set tk_strictMotif 1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} {{} {} 0}
test winMenu-29.4 \
{TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledfg and custom entry} \
win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
.m1 add command -label foo -state disabled -background red
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.5 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled with disabledFg} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground blue
.m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.6 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for disabled - no disabledFg} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -disabledforeground ""
.m1 add command -label foo -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.7 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal - custom entry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -foreground red
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.8 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for normal} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.9 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator - custom entry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo -selectcolor orange
.m1 invoke 1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.10 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - gc for indicator} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label foo
.m1 invoke 1
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.11 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border - custom entry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -activebackground green
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.12 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - border} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.13 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - strict motif} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
set tk_strictMotif 1
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1] [set tk_strictMotif 0]
} {{} {} 0}
test winMenu-29.14 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border - custom entry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -activeforeground yellow
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.15 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - active border} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
.m1 entryconfigure 1 -state active
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.16 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - font - custom entry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo -font "Helvectica 72"
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.17 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - font} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -font "Courier 72"
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.18 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - separator} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.19 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - standard} win {
catch {destroy .mb}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.20 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - disabled cascade item} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add cascade -label File -menu .m1.file
menu .m1.file
.m1.file add command -label foo
.m1 entryconfigure File -state disabled
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.21 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - indicator} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label winMenu-31.20
.m1 invoke winMenu-31.20
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-29.22 {TkpDrawMenuEntry - indicator} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label winMenu-31.21 -hidemargin 1
.m1 invoke winMenu-31.21
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-30.1 {GetMenuLabelGeometry - image} {testImageType win} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
menu .m1
image create test image1
.m1 add command -image image1
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {{} {} {}}
test winMenu-30.2 {GetMenuLabelGeometry - bitmap} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -bitmap questhead
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-30.3 {GetMenuLabelGeometry - no text} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-30.4 {GetMenuLabelGeometry - text} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "This is a test."
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-31.1 {DrawMenuEntryBackground} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-31.2 {DrawMenuEntryBackground} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label foo
set tearoff [tk::TearOffMenu .m1 40 40]
$tearoff activate 0
list [update] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.1 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - no entries} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.2 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - one entry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.3 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - more than one entry} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "one"
.m1 add command -label "two"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.4 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - separator} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add separator
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.5 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - tearoff entry} {unix nonUnixUserInteraction} {
catch {destroy .m1}
menubutton .mb -text "test" -menu .mb.m
menu .mb.m
.mb.m add command -label test
pack .mb
catch {tk::MbPost .mb}
list [update] [destroy .mb]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.6 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - standard label geometry} \
win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.7 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - different font for entry} \
win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -font "Helvetica 12"
.m1 add command -label "test" -font "Courier 12"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.8 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second entry larger} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test"
.m1 add command -label "test test"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.9 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first entry larger} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test test"
.m1 add command -label "test"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.10 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - accelerator} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "Ctrl+S"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.11 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel larger} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.12 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second accel smaller} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1 1"
.m1 add command -label "test" -accel "1"
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.13 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - indicator} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -label test
.m1 invoke 1
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.14 \
{TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second indicator less or equal} \
{testImageType win} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
image create test image1
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1
.m1 invoke 1
.m1 add checkbutton -label test
.m1 invoke 2
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {{} {} {}}
test winMenu-32.15 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second indicator larger} \
{testImageType unix} {
catch {destroy .m1}
catch {image delete image1}
image create test image1
menu .m1
.m1 add checkbutton -image image1
.m1 invoke 1
.m1 add checkbutton -label test
.m1 invoke 2
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [image delete image1]
} {{} {} {}}
test winMenu-32.16 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - zero sized menus} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.17 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - first column bigger} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two
.m1 add command -label three -columnbreak 1
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.18 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - second column bigger} \
win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
.m1 add command -label three
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-32.19 {TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry - three columns} win {
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1 -tearoff 0
.m1 add command -label one
.m1 add command -label two -columnbreak 1
.m1 add command -label three
.m1 add command -label four
.m1 add command -label five -columnbreak 1
.m1 add command -label six
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-33.1 {TkpNotifyTopLevelCreate - no menu yet} win {
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .m1}
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
list [update idletasks] [destroy .t2]
} {{} {}}
test winMenu-33.2 {TkpNotifyTopLevelCreate - menu} win {
catch {destroy .t2}
catch {destroy .m1}
menu .m1
menu .m1.system
.m1 add cascade -menu .m1.system
.m1.system add separator
.m1.system add command -label foo
toplevel .t2 -menu .m1
wm geometry .t2 +0+0
list [update idletasks] [destroy .m1] [destroy .t2]
} {{} {} {}}
test winMenu-34.1 {TkpMenuInit called at boot time} {emptyTest win} {} {}
# cleanup
deleteWindows
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/winMsgbox.test.
1 2 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific message box # | | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the Windows specific message box
#
# Copyright (c) 2007 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net>
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint getwindowinfo [expr {[llength [info command ::testgetwindowinfo]] > 0}]
if {[testConstraint testwinevent]} {
catch {testwinevent debug 1}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
set a(childtext) $childtext
set windowInfo [array get a]
testwinevent $hwnd $button WM_COMMAND
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 |
set a(childtext) $childtext
set windowInfo [array get a]
testwinevent $hwnd $button WM_COMMAND
}
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
test winMsgbox-1.0 {tk_messageBox ok} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.0 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type ok -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {ok}
test winMsgbox-1.1 {tk_messageBox okcancel} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.1 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 1]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type okcancel -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {ok}
test winMsgbox-1.2 {tk_messageBox okcancel} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.2 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type okcancel -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {cancel}
test winMsgbox-1.3 {tk_messageBox yesno} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.3 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 6]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type yesno -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {yes}
test winMsgbox-1.4 {tk_messageBox yesno} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.4 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 7]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type yesno -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {no}
test winMsgbox-1.5 {tk_messageBox abortretryignore} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.5 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 3]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type abortretryignore -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {abort}
test winMsgbox-1.6 {tk_messageBox abortretryignore} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.6 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 4]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type abortretryignore -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {retry}
test winMsgbox-1.7 {tk_messageBox abortretryignore} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.7 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 5]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type abortretryignore -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {ignore}
test winMsgbox-1.8 {tk_messageBox retrycancel} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.8 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 4]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type retrycancel -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {retry}
test winMsgbox-1.9 {tk_messageBox retrycancel} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.9 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type retrycancel -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {cancel}
test winMsgbox-1.10 {tk_messageBox yesnocancel} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.10 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 6]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type yesnocancel -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {yes}
test winMsgbox-1.11 {tk_messageBox yesnocancel} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.11 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 7]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type yesnocancel -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {no}
test winMsgbox-1.12 {tk_messageBox yesnocancel} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-1.12 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
tk_messageBox -icon info -type yesnocancel -title $title -message Message
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result {cancel}
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
test winMsgbox-2.0 {tk_messageBox message} -constraints {win getwindowinfo} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-2.0 [pid]"
set message "message"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
set r [tk_messageBox -type ok -title $title -message $message]
array set info $windowInfo
lappend r $info(childtext)
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result [list ok "message"]
test winMsgbox-2.1 {tk_messageBox message (long)} -constraints {
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-2.1 [pid]"
set message [string repeat Ab 80]
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
set r [tk_messageBox -type ok -title $title -message $message]
array set info $windowInfo
lappend r $info(childtext)
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result [list ok [string repeat Ab 80]]
test winMsgbox-2.2 {tk_messageBox message (unicode)} -constraints {
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-2.2 [pid]"
set message "\u041f\u043e\u0438\u0441\u043a\u0020\u0441\u0442\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0446"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
set r [tk_messageBox -type ok -title $title -message $message]
array set info $windowInfo
lappend r $info(childtext)
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result [list ok "\u041f\u043e\u0438\u0441\u043a\u0020\u0441\u0442\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0446"]
test winMsgbox-2.3 {tk_messageBox message (empty)} -constraints {
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-2.3 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
set r [tk_messageBox -type ok -title $title]
array set info $windowInfo
lappend r $info(childtext)
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result [list ok ""]
test winMsgbox-3.0 {tk_messageBox detail (sourceforge bug #1692927)} -constraints {
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-3.0 [pid]"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
set r [tk_messageBox -type ok -title $title \
-message Hello -detail "Pleased to meet you"]
array set info $windowInfo
lappend r $info(childtext)
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result [list ok "Hello\n\nPleased to meet you"]
test winMsgbox-3.1 {tk_messageBox detail (unicode)} -constraints {
win getwindowinfo
} -setup {
wm iconify .
unset -nocomplain info
} -body {
global windowInfo
set title "winMsgbox-3.1 [pid]"
set message "\u041f\u043e\u0438\u0441\u043a"
set detail "\u0441\u0442\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0446"
after 100 [list GetWindowInfo $title 2]
set r [tk_messageBox -type ok -title $title -message $message -detail $detail]
array set info $windowInfo
lappend r $info(childtext)
} -cleanup {
wm deiconify .
} -result [list ok "\u041f\u043e\u0438\u0441\u043a\n\n\u0441\u0442\u0440\u0430\u043d\u0438\u0446"]
# -------------------------------------------------------------------------
if {[testConstraint testwinevent]} {
catch {testwinevent debug 0}
}
cleanupTests
return
# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# End:
|
Changes to tests/winSend.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "send" command and the # other procedures in the file tkSend.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "send" command and the # other procedures in the file tkSend.c. It is organized in the # standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. package require tcltest 2.2 eval tcltest::configure $argv tcltest::loadTestedCommands # Compute a script that will load Tk into a child interpreter. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
test winSend-1.6 {Tk_SetAppName - safe interps} winSend {
newApp testApp -safe
list [catch {testApp eval send testApp {set foo a}} msg] $msg [interp delete testApp]
} {1 {invalid command name "send"} {}}
test winSend-2.1 {Tk_SendObjCmd - # of args} winSend {
list [catch {send tktest} msg] $msg
| | | 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
test winSend-1.6 {Tk_SetAppName - safe interps} winSend {
newApp testApp -safe
list [catch {testApp eval send testApp {set foo a}} msg] $msg [interp delete testApp]
} {1 {invalid command name "send"} {}}
test winSend-2.1 {Tk_SendObjCmd - # of args} winSend {
list [catch {send tktest} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "send ?options? interpName arg ?arg ...?"}}
test winSend-2.1a {Tk_SendObjCmd: arguments} winSend {
list [catch {send -bogus tktest} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad option "-bogus": must be -async, -displayof, or --}}
test winSend-2.1b {Tk_SendObjCmd: arguments} winSend {
list [catch {send -async bogus foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {no registered server named "bogus"}}
test winSend-2.1c {Tk_SendObjCmd: arguments} winSend {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
114 115 116 117 118 119 120 |
} {a}
test winSend-2.3 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to ourselves in a different interpreter} winSend {
newApp testApp
list [catch {send testApp {set foo b}} msg] $msg [interp delete testApp]
} {0 b {}}
test winSend-2.4 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to ourselves in a different interp with errors} winSend {
newApp testApp
| | | | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 |
} {a}
test winSend-2.3 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to ourselves in a different interpreter} winSend {
newApp testApp
list [catch {send testApp {set foo b}} msg] $msg [interp delete testApp]
} {0 b {}}
test winSend-2.4 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to ourselves in a different interp with errors} winSend {
newApp testApp
list [catch {send testApp {expr 2 / 0}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo [interp delete testApp]
} "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n while executing\n\"expr 2 / 0\"\n invoked from within\n\"send testApp {expr 2 / 0}\"} {}"
test winSend-2.5 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to another app async} winSend {
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
test winSend-2.7 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to another app - error} winSend {
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
| | | | | | | | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
test winSend-2.7 {Tk_SendObjCmd - sending to another app - error} winSend {
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
list [catch {send $interp {expr 2 / 0}} msg] $msg $errorCode $errorInfo
} "1 {divide by zero} {ARITH DIVZERO {divide by zero}} {divide by zero\n while executing\n\"expr 2 / 0\"\n invoked from within\n\"send \$interp {expr 2 / 0}\"}"
test winSend-3.1 {TkGetInterpNames} winSend {
set origLength [llength $currentInterps]
set newLength [llength [winfo interps]]
expr {($newLength - 2) == $origLength}
} {1}
test winSend-4.1 {DeleteProc - changing name of app} winSend {
newApp a
list [a eval tk appname foo] [interp delete a]
} {foo {}}
test winSend-4.2 {DeleteProc - normal} winSend {
newApp a
list [interp delete a]
} {{}}
test winSend-5.1 {ExecuteRemoteObject - no error} winSend {
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
list [send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr 2 / 1}}]
} {2}
test winSend-5.2 {ExecuteRemoteObject - error} winSend {
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
list [catch {send $interp {send [tk appname] {expr 2 / 0}}} msg] $msg
} {1 {divide by zero}}
test winSend-6.1 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_CONNECT} winSend {
set foo "Hello, World"
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
set foo 3
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
| | | | | 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 |
set foo 3
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
set command "send [tk appname] {expr $foo + 1}"
list [catch "send \{$interp\} \{$command\}" msg] $msg
} {0 4}
test winSend-6.7 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_EXECUTE} winSend {
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
set command "send [tk appname] {expr 4 / 2}"
list [catch "send \{$interp\} \{$command\}" msg] $msg
} {0 2}
test winSend-6.8 {SendDDEServer - XTYP_WILDCONNECT} winSend {
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
set command "dde services Tk {}"
list [catch "send \{$interp\} \{$command\}"]
} {0}
test winSend-7.1 {DDEExitProc} winSend {
newApp testApp
list [interp delete testApp]
} {{}}
test winSend-8.1 {SendDdeConnect} winSend {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
308 309 310 311 312 313 314 |
list [catch {dde request} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "dde request serviceName topicName value"}}
test winSend-10.7 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - services wrong num args} winSend {
list [catch {dde services} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "dde services serviceName topicName"}}
test winSend-10.8 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - null service name} winSend {
list [catch {dde services {} {tktest #2}}]
| | | | 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
list [catch {dde request} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "dde request serviceName topicName value"}}
test winSend-10.7 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - services wrong num args} winSend {
list [catch {dde services} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "dde services serviceName topicName"}}
test winSend-10.8 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - null service name} winSend {
list [catch {dde services {} {tktest #2}}]
} {0}
test winSend-10.9 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - null topic name} winSend {
list [catch {dde services {Tk} {}}]
} {0}
test winSend-10.10 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - execute - nothing to execute} winSend {
set newInterps [winfo interps]
foreach interp $newInterps {
if {[lsearch $currentInterps $interp] < 0} {
break
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
}
}
send $interp {set foo winSend-10.17}
list [catch {dde request Tk $interp foo} msg] $msg
} {0 winSend-10.17}
test winSend-10.18 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - services} winSend {
set currentService [list Tk [tk appname]]
| | | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 |
}
}
send $interp {set foo winSend-10.17}
list [catch {dde request Tk $interp foo} msg] $msg
} {0 winSend-10.17}
test winSend-10.18 {Tk_DDEObjCmd - services} winSend {
set currentService [list Tk [tk appname]]
list [catch {dde services Tk {}} msg] [expr [lsearch $msg $currentService] >= 0]
} {0 1}
# Get rid of the other app and all of its interps
set newInterps [winfo interps]
while {[llength $newInterps] != [llength $currentInterps]} {
foreach interp $newInterps {
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/winWm.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | # This file tests is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file # tkWinWm.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # # This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl # built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and # generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found. # | | | < | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | < > | | < < | < > | | < < | < | > | < < | < > | | < < | > | | | < < < > | | < < < > | | < < < > | | < < < > | < | < < < < | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 |
# This file tests is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file
# tkWinWm.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# This file contains a collection of tests for one or more of the Tcl
# built-in commands. Sourcing this file into Tcl runs the tests and
# generates output for errors. No output means no errors were found.
#
# Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
# Measure the height of a single menu line
toplevel .t
frame .t.f -width 100 -height 50
pack .t.f
menu .t.m
.t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
.t configure -menu .t.m
wm geometry .t -0-0
update
set menuheight [winfo y .t]
.t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
wm geometry .t -0-0
update
set menuheight [expr {$menuheight - [winfo y .t]}]
destroy .t
test winWm-1.1 {TkWmMapWindow} win {
toplevel .t
wm override .t 1
wm geometry .t +0+0
update
set result [list [winfo rootx .t] [winfo rooty .t]]
destroy .t
set result
} {0 0}
test winWm-1.2 {TkWmMapWindow} win {
toplevel .t
wm transient .t .
update
wm iconify .
update
wm deiconify .
update
catch {wm iconify .t} msg
destroy .t
set msg
} {can't iconify ".t": it is a transient}
test winWm-1.3 {TkWmMapWindow} win {
toplevel .t
update
toplevel .t2
update
set result [expr {[winfo x .t] != [winfo x .t2]}]
destroy .t .t2
set result
} 1
test winWm-1.4 {TkWmMapWindow} win {
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +10+10
update
toplevel .t2
wm geometry .t2 +40+10
update
set result [list [winfo x .t] [winfo x .t2]]
destroy .t .t2
set result
} {10 40}
test winWm-1.5 {TkWmMapWindow} win {
toplevel .t
wm iconify .t
update
set result [wm state .t]
destroy .t
set result
} iconic
test winWm-2.1 {TkpWmSetState} win {
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t 150x50+10+10
update
set result [wm state .t]
wm iconify .t
update
lappend result [wm state .t]
wm deiconify .t
update
lappend result [wm state .t]
destroy .t
set result
} {normal iconic normal}
test winWm-2.2 {TkpWmSetState} win {
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t 150x50+10+10
update
set result [wm state .t]
wm withdraw .t
update
lappend result [wm state .t]
wm iconify .t
update
lappend result [wm state .t]
wm deiconify .t
update
lappend result [wm state .t]
destroy .t
set result
} {normal withdrawn iconic normal}
test winWm-2.3 {TkpWmSetState} win {
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t 150x50+10+10
update
set result [wm state .t]
wm state .t withdrawn
update
lappend result [wm state .t]
wm state .t iconic
update
lappend result [wm state .t]
wm state .t normal
update
lappend result [wm state .t]
destroy .t
set result
} {normal withdrawn iconic normal}
test winWm-2.4 {TkpWmSetState} win {
set result {}
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t 150x50+10+10
update
lappend result [list [wm state .t] [wm geometry .t]]
wm iconify .t
update
lappend result [list [wm state .t] [wm geometry .t]]
wm geometry .t 200x50+10+10
update
lappend result [list [wm state .t] [wm geometry .t]]
wm deiconify .t
update
lappend result [list [wm state .t] [wm geometry .t]]
destroy .t
set result
} {{normal 150x50+10+10} {iconic 150x50+10+10} {iconic 150x50+10+10} {normal 200x50+10+10}}
test winWm-3.1 {ConfigureTopLevel: window geometry propagation} win {
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
button .t.b
pack .t.b
update
set x [winfo x .t.b]
destroy .t
toplevel .t
wm geometry .t +0+0
button .t.b
update
pack .t.b
update
set x [expr {$x == [winfo x .t.b]}]
destroy .t
set x
} 1
test winWm-4.1 {ConfigureTopLevel: menu resizing} win {
set result {}
toplevel .t
frame .t.f -width 150 -height 50 -background red
pack .t.f
wm geometry .t -0-0
update
set y [winfo y .t]
menu .t.m
.t.m add command -label foo
.t configure -menu .t.m
update
set result [expr {$y - [winfo y .t]}]
destroy .t
set result
} [expr {$menuheight + 1}]
# This test works on 8.0p2 but has not worked on anything since 8.2.
# It would be very strange to have a windows application increase the size
# of the clientarea when a menu wraps so I believe this test to be wrong.
# Original result was {50 50 50} new result may depend on the default menu
# font
test winWm-5.1 {UpdateGeometryInfo: menu resizing} -constraints win -setup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
toplevel .t
frame .t.f -width 150 -height 50 -background red
pack .t.f
wm geometry .t -0-0
update
set y [winfo rooty .t]
lappend result [winfo height .t]
| | | | | 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
toplevel .t
frame .t.f -width 150 -height 50 -background red
pack .t.f
wm geometry .t -0-0
update
set y [winfo rooty .t]
lappend result [winfo height .t]
menu .t.m
.t configure -menu .t.m
.t.m add command -label foo
.t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
.t.m add command -label "thisisreallylong"
update
lappend result [winfo height .t]
lappend result [expr {$y - [winfo rooty .t]}]
destroy .t
set result
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {50 50 0}
test winWm-6.1 {wm attributes} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
toplevel .t
wm attributes .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {-alpha 1.0 -transparentcolor {} -disabled 0 -fullscreen 0 -toolwindow 0 -topmost 0}
test winWm-6.2 {wm attributes} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
toplevel .t
wm attributes .t -disabled
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {0}
test winWm-6.3 {wm attributes} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .t
} -body {
# This isn't quite the correct error message yet, but it works.
toplevel .t
wm attributes .t -foo
} -cleanup {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
445 446 447 448 449 450 451 |
} -result {}
test winWm-9.0 "Bug #2799589 - delayed activation of destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
proc winwm90click {w} {
if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
| | | 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 |
} -result {}
test winWm-9.0 "Bug #2799589 - delayed activation of destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
proc winwm90click {w} {
if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
event generate $w <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $w <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc winwm90proc3 {} {
global winwm90done winwm90check
set w .sd
toplevel $w
pack [button $w.b -text "OK" -command {set winwm90check 1}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
489 490 491 492 493 494 495 |
} -result ok
test winWm-9.1 "delayed activation of grabbed destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
proc winwm91click {w} {
if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
| | | 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
} -result ok
test winWm-9.1 "delayed activation of grabbed destroyed window" -constraints win -setup {
proc winwm91click {w} {
if {![winfo ismapped $w]} { update }
event generate $w <Enter>
focus -force $w
event generate $w <ButtonPress-1> -x 5 -y 5
event generate $w <ButtonRelease-1> -x 5 -y 5
}
proc winwm91proc3 {} {
global winwm91done winwm91check
set w .sd
toplevel $w
pack [button $w.b -text "OK" -command {set winwm91check 1}]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
529 530 531 532 533 534 535 |
} -cleanup {
foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {
rename winwm91$cmd {}
}
destroy .tx .t .sd
} -result ok
| | | 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 |
} -cleanup {
foreach cmd {proc1 proc2 proc3 click} {
rename winwm91$cmd {}
}
destroy .tx .t .sd
} -result ok
test winWm-9.2 "check wm forget for unmapped parent (#3205464,#2967911)" -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} -setup {
destroy .t
toplevel .t
set winwm92 {}
frame .t.f -background blue -height 200 -width 200
frame .t.f.x -background red -height 100 -width 100
} -body {
pack .t.f.x
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
559 560 561 562 563 564 565 |
vwait ::winwm92
foreach id $aid {
after cancel $id
}
set winwm92
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f.x .t.f .t
| | < | 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 |
vwait ::winwm92
foreach id $aid {
after cancel $id
}
set winwm92
} -cleanup {
destroy .t.f.x .t.f .t
unset -nocomplain winwm92 aid
} -result ok
destroy .t
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:
|
Changes to tests/window.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file # tkWindow.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | < | > > > | < < | < < | | < > < < > | < | < < | | < < | | < < | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | > | | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | < | | < | < | < < | | < | < < < < | | < < | < | < < | | < < | < | < < | < | | < | < < < < | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test the procedures in the file
# tkWindow.c. It is organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint unthreaded [expr {
(![info exist tcl_platform(threaded)] || !$tcl_platform(threaded))
}]
namespace import -force ::tk::test::loadTkCommand
update
# XXX This file is woefully incomplete. Right now it only tests
# a few parts of a few procedures in tkWindow.c
test window-1.1 {Tk_CreateWindowFromPath procedure, parent dead} {
proc bgerror msg {
global x errorInfo
set x [list $msg $errorInfo]
}
set x unchanged
catch {destroy .t}
frame .t -width 100 -height 50
place .t -x 10 -y 10
bind .t <Destroy> {button .t.b -text hello; pack .t.b}
update
destroy .t
update
rename bgerror {}
set x
} {{can't create window: parent has been destroyed} {can't create window: parent has been destroyed
while executing
"button .t.b -text hello"
(command bound to event)}}
# Most of the tests below don't produce meaningful results; they
# will simply dump core if there are bugs.
test window-2.1 {Tk_DestroyWindow procedure, destroy handler deletes parent} {
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t.f -width 200 -height 200 -relief raised -bd 2
place .t.f -x 0 -y 0
frame .t.f.f -width 100 -height 100 -relief raised -bd 2
place .t.f.f -relx 1 -rely 1 -anchor se
bind .t.f <Destroy> {destroy .t}
update
destroy .t.f
} {}
test window-2.2 {Tk_DestroyWindow procedure, destroy handler deletes parent} {
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200
wm geometry .t +0+0
frame .t.f -width 200 -height 200 -relief raised -bd 2
place .t.f -x 0 -y 0
frame .t.f.f -width 100 -height 100 -relief raised -bd 2
place .t.f.f -relx 1 -rely 1 -anchor se
bind .t.f.f <Destroy> {destroy .t}
update
destroy .t.f
} {}
test window-2.3 {Tk_DestroyWindow procedure, destroy handler deletes parent} {
frame .f -width 80 -height 120 -relief raised -bd 2
place .f -relx 0.5 -rely 0.5 -anchor center
toplevel .f.t -width 300 -height 200
wm geometry .f.t +0+0
frame .f.t.f -width 200 -height 200 -relief raised -bd 2
place .f.t.f -x 0 -y 0
frame .f.t.f.f -width 100 -height 100 -relief raised -bd 2
place .f.t.f.f -relx 1 -rely 1 -anchor se
update
destroy .f
} {}
test window-2.4 {Tk_DestroyWindow, cleanup half dead window at exit} \
unixOrWin {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
update
bind . <Destroy> exit
destroy .
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
if {[catch {exec [interpreter] $script -geometry 10x10+0+0} msg]} {
set error 1
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} {0 {}}
test window-2.5 {Tk_DestroyWindow, cleanup half dead windows at exit} \
unixOrWin {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
toplevel .t
update
bind .t <Destroy> exit
destroy .t
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
if {[catch {exec [interpreter] $script -geometry 10x10+0+0} msg]} {
set error 1
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} {0 {}}
test window-2.6 {Tk_DestroyWindow, cleanup half dead windows at exit} \
unixOrWin {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
toplevel .t
update
bind .t <Destroy> exit
destroy .
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
if {[catch {exec [interpreter] $script -geometry 10x10+0+0} msg]} {
set error 1
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} {0 {}}
test window-2.7 {Tk_DestroyWindow, cleanup half dead windows at exit} \
unixOrWin {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
toplevel .t
toplevel .t.f
update
bind .t.f <Destroy> exit
destroy .
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
if {[catch {exec [interpreter] $script -geometry 10x10+0+0} msg]} {
set error 1
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} {0 {}}
test window-2.8 {Tk_DestroyWindow, cleanup half dead windows at exit} \
unixOrWin {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
toplevel .t1
toplevel .t2
toplevel .t3
update
bind .t3 <Destroy> {destroy .t2}
bind .t2 <Destroy> {destroy .t1}
bind .t1 <Destroy> {exit 0}
destroy .t3
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
if {[catch {exec [interpreter] $script -geometry 10x10+0+0} msg]} {
set error 1
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} {0 {}}
# window-2.9 deadlocks threaded Tk [Bug 1715716]
test window-2.9 {Tk_DestroyWindow, Destroy bindings
evaluated after exit} {unixOrWin unthreaded} {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
toplevel .t1
toplevel .t2
update
bind .t2 <Destroy> {puts "Destroy .t2" ; exit 1}
bind .t1 <Destroy> {puts "Destroy .t1" ; exit 0}
destroy .t2
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
if {[catch {exec [interpreter] $script -geometry 10x10+0+0} msg]} {
set error 1
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} {0 {Destroy .t2
Destroy .t1}}
test window-2.10 {Tk_DestroyWindow, Destroy binding
evaluated once} unixOrWin {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
update
bind . <Destroy> {
puts "Destroy ."
bind . <Destroy> {puts "Re-Destroy ."}
exit 0
}
destroy .
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
if {[catch {exec [interpreter] $script -geometry 10x10+0+0} msg]} {
set error 1
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} {0 {Destroy .}}
test window-2.11 {Tk_DestroyWindow, don't reanimate a half-dead window} \
unixOrWin {
set code [loadTkCommand]
append code {
toplevel .t1
toplevel .t2
update
bind .t1 <Destroy> {
if {[catch {entry .t2.newchild}]} {
puts YES
} else {
puts NO
}
}
bind .t2 <Destroy> {exit}
destroy .t2
}
set script [makeFile $code script]
if {[catch {exec [interpreter] $script -geometry 10x10+0+0} msg]} {
set error 1
} else {
set error 0
}
removeFile script
list $error $msg
} {0 YES}
test window-3.1 {Tk_MakeWindowExist procedure, stacking order and menubars} \
{unix testmenubar} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200
wm geometry .t +0+0
pack [entry .t.e]
frame .t.f -bd 2 -relief raised
testmenubar window .t .t.f
update
# If stacking order isn't handle properly, generates an X error.
} {}
test window-3.2 {Tk_MakeWindowExist procedure, stacking order and menubars} \
{unix testmenubar} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200
wm geometry .t +0+0
pack [entry .t.e]
pack [entry .t.e2]
update
frame .t.f -bd 2 -relief raised
raise .t.f .t.e
testmenubar window .t .t.f
update
# If stacking order isn't handled properly, generates an X error.
} {}
test window-4.1 {Tk_NameToWindow procedure} {testmenubar} {
catch {destroy .t}
list [catch {winfo geometry .t} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name ".t"}}
test window-4.2 {Tk_NameToWindow procedure} {testmenubar} {
catch {destroy .t}
frame .t -width 100 -height 50
place .t -x 10 -y 10
update
list [catch {winfo geometry .t} msg] $msg
} {0 100x50+10+10}
test window-5.1 {Tk_MakeWindowExist procedure, stacking order and menubars} \
{unix testmenubar} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 300 -height 200
wm geometry .t +0+0
pack [entry .t.e]
pack [entry .t.e2]
frame .t.f -bd 2 -relief raised
testmenubar window .t .t.f
update
lower .t.e2 .t.f
update
# If stacking order isn't handled properly, generates an X error.
} {}
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/winfo.test.
1 2 3 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out the "winfo" command. It is # organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests. # | | | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | > > < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | | < < | | < | | > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | < < < < < < < < | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | | < < < | | < < < < | < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < | | < < < | | < | | | < < | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | < | < | | > > | | < < < | | < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < | > | | < | < < < < < < < < | | > > > > | | < | < | < < < | | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < | | < | < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 |
# This file is a Tcl script to test out the "winfo" command. It is
# organized in the standard fashion for Tcl tests.
#
# Copyright (c) 1994 The Regents of the University of California.
# Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
# eatColors --
# Creates a toplevel window and allocates enough colors in it to
# use up all the slots in the colormap.
#
# Arguments:
# w - Name of toplevel window to create.
# options - Options for w, such as "-colormap new".
proc eatColors {w {options ""}} {
catch {destroy $w}
eval toplevel $w $options
wm geom $w +0+0
canvas $w.c -width 400 -height 200 -bd 0
pack $w.c
for {set y 0} {$y < 8} {incr y} {
for {set x 0} {$x < 40} {incr x} {
set color [format #%02x%02x%02x [expr $x*6] [expr $y*30] 0]
$w.c create rectangle [expr 10*$x] [expr 20*$y] \
[expr 10*$x + 10] [expr 20*$y + 20] -outline {} \
-fill $color
}
}
update
}
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
# XXX - This test file is woefully incomplete. At present, only a
# few of the winfo options are tested.
test winfo-1.1 {"winfo atom" command} {
list [catch {winfo atom} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo atom ?-displayof window? name"}}
test winfo-1.2 {"winfo atom" command} {
list [catch {winfo atom a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo atom ?-displayof window? name"}}
test winfo-1.3 {"winfo atom" command} {
list [catch {winfo atom a b c d} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo atom ?-displayof window? name"}}
test winfo-1.4 {"winfo atom" command} {
list [catch {winfo atom -displayof geek foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "geek"}}
test winfo-1.5 {"winfo atom" command} {
winfo atom PRIMARY
} 1
test winfo-1.6 {"winfo atom" command} {
winfo atom -displayof . PRIMARY
} 1
test winfo-2.1 {"winfo atomname" command} {
list [catch {winfo atomname} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo atomname ?-displayof window? id"}}
test winfo-2.2 {"winfo atomname" command} {
list [catch {winfo atomname a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo atomname ?-displayof window? id"}}
test winfo-2.3 {"winfo atomname" command} {
list [catch {winfo atomname a b c d} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo atomname ?-displayof window? id"}}
test winfo-2.4 {"winfo atomname" command} {
list [catch {winfo atomname -displayof geek foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "geek"}}
test winfo-2.5 {"winfo atomname" command} {
list [catch {winfo atomname 44215} msg] $msg
} {1 {no atom exists with id "44215"}}
test winfo-2.6 {"winfo atomname" command} {
winfo atomname 2
} SECONDARY
test winfo-2.7 {"winfo atom" command} {
winfo atomname -displayof . 2
} SECONDARY
test winfo-3.1 {"winfo colormapfull" command} defaultPseudocolor8 {
list [catch {winfo colormapfull} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo colormapfull window"}}
test winfo-3.2 {"winfo colormapfull" command} defaultPseudocolor8 {
list [catch {winfo colormapfull a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo colormapfull window"}}
test winfo-3.3 {"winfo colormapfull" command} defaultPseudocolor8 {
list [catch {winfo colormapfull foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test winfo-3.4 {"winfo colormapfull" command} {unix defaultPseudocolor8} {
eatColors .t {-colormap new}
set result [list [winfo colormapfull .] [winfo colormapfull .t]]
.t.c delete 34
lappend result [winfo colormapfull .t]
.t.c create rectangle 30 30 80 80 -fill #441739
lappend result [winfo colormapfull .t]
.t.c create rectangle 40 40 90 90 -fill #ffeedd
lappend result [winfo colormapfull .t]
destroy .t.c
lappend result [winfo colormapfull .t]
} {0 1 0 0 1 0}
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t -width 550 -height 400
frame .t.f -width 80 -height 60 -bd 2 -relief raised
place .t.f -x 50 -y 50
wm geom .t +0+0
update
test winfo-4.1 {"winfo containing" command} {
list [catch {winfo containing 22} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo containing ?-displayof window? rootX rootY"}}
test winfo-4.2 {"winfo containing" command} {
list [catch {winfo containing a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo containing ?-displayof window? rootX rootY"}}
test winfo-4.3 {"winfo containing" command} {
list [catch {winfo containing a b c d e} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo containing ?-displayof window? rootX rootY"}}
test winfo-4.4 {"winfo containing" command} {
list [catch {winfo containing -displayof geek 25 30} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "geek"}}
test winfo-4.5 {"winfo containing" command} {
raise .t
winfo containing [winfo rootx .t.f] [winfo rooty .t.f]
} .t.f
test winfo-4.6 {"winfo containing" command} {nonPortable} {
winfo containing [expr [winfo rootx .t.f]-1] [expr [winfo rooty .t.f]-1]
} .t
test winfo-4.7 {"winfo containing" command} {
set x [winfo containing -display .t.f [expr [winfo rootx .t]+600] \
[expr [winfo rooty .t.f]+450]]
expr {($x == ".") || ($x == "")}
} {1}
destroy .t
test winfo-5.1 {"winfo interps" command} {
list [catch {winfo interps a} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo interps ?-displayof window?"}}
test winfo-5.2 {"winfo interps" command} {
list [catch {winfo interps a b c} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo interps ?-displayof window?"}}
test winfo-5.3 {"winfo interps" command} {
list [catch {winfo interps -displayof geek} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "geek"}}
test winfo-5.4 {"winfo interps" command} unix {
expr [lsearch -exact [winfo interps] [tk appname]] >= 0
} {1}
test winfo-5.5 {"winfo interps" command} unix {
expr [lsearch -exact [winfo interps -displayof .] [tk appname]] >= 0
} {1}
test winfo-6.1 {"winfo exists" command} {
list [catch {winfo exists} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo exists window"}}
test winfo-6.2 {"winfo exists" command} {
list [catch {winfo exists a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo exists window"}}
test winfo-6.3 {"winfo exists" command} {
winfo exists gorp
} {0}
test winfo-6.4 {"winfo exists" command} {
winfo exists .
} {1}
test winfo-6.5 {"winfo exists" command} {
button .b -text "Test button"
set x [winfo exists .b]
pack .b
update
bind .b <Destroy> {lappend x [winfo exists .x]}
destroy .b
lappend x [winfo exists .x]
} {1 0 0}
catch {destroy .b}
button .b -text "Help"
update
test winfo-7.1 {"winfo pathname" command} {
list [catch {winfo pathname} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo pathname ?-displayof window? id"}}
test winfo-7.2 {"winfo pathname" command} {
list [catch {winfo pathname a b} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo pathname ?-displayof window? id"}}
test winfo-7.3 {"winfo pathname" command} {
list [catch {winfo pathname a b c d} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo pathname ?-displayof window? id"}}
test winfo-7.4 {"winfo pathname" command} {
list [catch {winfo pathname -displayof geek 25} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "geek"}}
test winfo-7.5 {"winfo pathname" command} {
list [catch {winfo pathname xyz} msg] $msg
} {1 {expected integer but got "xyz"}}
test winfo-7.6 {"winfo pathname" command} {
list [catch {winfo pathname 224} msg] $msg
} {1 {window id "224" doesn't exist in this application}}
test winfo-7.7 {"winfo pathname" command} {
winfo pathname -displayof .b [winfo id .]
} {.}
test winfo-7.8 {"winfo pathname" command} {unix testwrapper} {
winfo pathname [testwrapper .]
} {}
test winfo-8.1 {"winfo pointerx" command} {
catch [winfo pointerx .b]
} 1
test winfo-8.2 {"winfo pointery" command} {
catch [winfo pointery .b]
} 1
test winfo-8.3 {"winfo pointerxy" command} {
catch [winfo pointerxy .b]
} 1
test winfo-9.1 {"winfo viewable" command} {
list [catch {winfo viewable} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo viewable window"}}
test winfo-9.2 {"winfo viewable" command} {
list [catch {winfo viewable foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "foo"}}
test winfo-9.3 {"winfo viewable" command} {
winfo viewable .
} {1}
test winfo-9.4 {"winfo viewable" command} {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
wm iconify .
winfo viewable .
} {0}
wm deiconify .
test winfo-9.5 {"winfo viewable" command} {
frame .f1 -width 100 -height 100 -relief raised -bd 2
place .f1 -x 0 -y 0
frame .f1.f2 -width 50 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
place .f1.f2 -x 0 -y 0
update
list [winfo viewable .f1] [winfo viewable .f1.f2]
} {1 1}
test winfo-9.6 {"winfo viewable" command} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -width 100 -height 100 -relief raised -bd 2
frame .f1.f2 -width 50 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
place .f1.f2 -x 0 -y 0
update
list [winfo viewable .f1] [winfo viewable .f1.f2]
} {0 0}
test winfo-9.7 {"winfo viewable" command} {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} {
deleteWindows
frame .f1 -width 100 -height 100 -relief raised -bd 2
place .f1 -x 0 -y 0
frame .f1.f2 -width 50 -height 50 -relief raised -bd 2
place .f1.f2 -x 0 -y 0
update
wm iconify .
list [winfo viewable .f1] [winfo viewable .f1.f2]
} {0 0}
wm deiconify .
deleteWindows
test winfo-10.1 {"winfo visualid" command} {
list [catch {winfo visualid} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo visualid window"}}
test winfo-10.2 {"winfo visualid" command} {
list [catch {winfo visualid gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "gorp"}}
test winfo-10.3 {"winfo visualid" command} {
expr 2+[winfo visualid .]-[winfo visualid .]
} {2}
test winfo-11.1 {"winfo visualid" command} {
list [catch {winfo visualsavailable} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo visualsavailable window ?includeids?"}}
test winfo-11.2 {"winfo visualid" command} {
list [catch {winfo visualsavailable gorp} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "gorp"}}
test winfo-11.3 {"winfo visualid" command} {
list [catch {winfo visualsavailable . includeids foo} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo visualsavailable window ?includeids?"}}
test winfo-11.4 {"winfo visualid" command} {
llength [lindex [winfo visualsa .] 0]
} {2}
test winfo-11.5 {"winfo visualid" command} {
llength [lindex [winfo visualsa . includeids] 0]
} {3}
test winfo-11.6 {"winfo visualid" command} {
set x [lindex [lindex [winfo visualsa . includeids] 0] 2]
expr $x + 2 - $x
} {2}
test winfo-12.1 {GetDisplayOf procedure} {
list [catch {winfo atom - foo x} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo atom ?-displayof window? name"}}
test winfo-12.2 {GetDisplayOf procedure} {
list [catch {winfo atom -d bad_window x} msg] $msg
} {1 {bad window path name "bad_window"}}
# Some embedding tests
#
proc MakeEmbed {} {
frame .con -container 1
pack .con -expand yes -fill both
toplevel .emb -use [winfo id .con] -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0
button .emb.b
pack .emb.b -expand yes -fill both
update
}
test winfo-13.1 {root coordinates of embedded toplevel} {
MakeEmbed
set z [expr [winfo rootx .emb] == [winfo rootx .con] && \
[winfo rooty .emb] == [winfo rooty .con]]
destroy .emb
destroy .con
set z
} {1}
test winfo-13.2 {destroying embedded toplevel} {
destroy .emb
update
expr [winfo exists .emb.b] || [winfo exists .con]
} 0
deleteWindows
test winfo-13.3 {destroying container window} {
MakeEmbed
destroy .con
update
set z [expr [winfo exists .emb.b] || [winfo exists .emb]]
catch {destroy .emb}
catch {destroy .con}
set z
} 0
deleteWindows
test winfo-13.4 {[winfo containing] with embedded windows} {
MakeEmbed
button .b
pack .b -expand yes -fill both
update
set z [string compare \
[winfo containing [winfo rootx .emb.b] [winfo rooty .emb.b]] .emb.b]
catch {destroy .con}
catch {destroy .emb}
set z
} 0
test winfo-14.1 {usage} {
list [catch {winfo ismapped} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo ismapped window"}}
test winfo-14.2 {usage} {
list [catch {winfo ismapped . .} msg] $msg
} {1 {wrong # args: should be "winfo ismapped window"}}
test winfo-14.3 {initially unmapped} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
winfo ismapped .t
} 0
test winfo-14.4 {mapped at idle time} {
catch {destroy .t}
toplevel .t
update idletasks
winfo ismapped .t
} 1
deleteWindows
# cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to tests/wm.test.
1 2 3 4 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's interactions with the window # manager, including the "wm" command. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | # This file is a Tcl script to test out Tk's interactions with the window # manager, including the "wm" command. It is organized in the standard fashion # for Tcl tests. # # Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California. # Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. # All rights reserved. # This file tests window manager interactions that work across platforms. # Window manager tests that only work on a specific platform should be placed # in unixWm.test or winWm.test. package require tcltest 2.2 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 |
proc stdWindow {} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 50
wm geom .t +0+0
update
}
| | | | < < | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
proc stdWindow {} {
destroy .t
toplevel .t -width 100 -height 50
wm geom .t +0+0
update
}
testConstraint failsOnUbuntu [expr {![info exists ::env(CI)] || ![string match Linux $::tcl_platform(os)]}]
testConstraint failsOnQuarz [expr {![info exists ::env(MAC_CI)]}]
# [raise] and [lower] may return before the window manager has completed the
# operation. The raiseDelay procedure idles for a while to give the operation
# a chance to complete.
#
proc raiseDelay {} {
after 100; update
}
# How to carry out a small delay while processing events
proc eventDelay {{delay 200}} {
after $delay "set done 1" ; vwait done
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
wm attributes . -to
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm attributes window ?-alpha ?double?? ?-transparentcolor ?color?? ?-disabled ?bool?? ?-fullscreen ?bool?? ?-toolwindow ?bool?? ?-topmost ?bool??"}
test wm-attributes-1.2.4 {usage} -constraints {unix notAqua} -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -topmost, -zoomed, -fullscreen, or -type}
test wm-attributes-1.2.5 {usage} -constraints aqua -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes . _
| | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 |
wm attributes . -to
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm attributes window ?-alpha ?double?? ?-transparentcolor ?color?? ?-disabled ?bool?? ?-fullscreen ?bool?? ?-toolwindow ?bool?? ?-topmost ?bool??"}
test wm-attributes-1.2.4 {usage} -constraints {unix notAqua} -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -topmost, -zoomed, -fullscreen, or -type}
test wm-attributes-1.2.5 {usage} -constraints aqua -returnCodes error -body {
wm attributes . _
} -result {bad attribute "_": must be -alpha, -modified, -notify, or -titlepath}
### wm client ###
test wm-client-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm client
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
test wm-client-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
test wm-geometry-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm geometry . _ _
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm geometry window ?newGeometry?"}
test wm-geometry-1.3 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm geometry . bogus
} -result {bad geometry specifier "bogus"}
| | > > | | < < | | 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 |
test wm-geometry-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm geometry . _ _
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm geometry window ?newGeometry?"}
test wm-geometry-1.3 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm geometry . bogus
} -result {bad geometry specifier "bogus"}
test wm-geometry-2.1 {setting values} -setup {
set result {}
} -body {
wm geometry .t 150x150+50+50
update
lappend result [wm geometry .t]
wm geometry .t {}
update
lappend result [string equal [wm geometry .t] "150x150+50+50"]
} -result [list 150x150+50+50 0]
### wm grid ###
test wm-grid-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm grid
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
test wm-grid-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
738 739 740 741 742 743 744 |
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?bitmap?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.2.2 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t 12 13 14
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?-default? ?image?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.3 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t 12 13
} -result {illegal option "12" must be "-default"}
| | | | 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 |
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?bitmap?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.2.2 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t 12 13 14
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconbitmap window ?-default? ?image?"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.3 {usage} -constraints win -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t 12 13
} -result {illegal option "12" must be "-default"}
test wm-iconbitmap-1.4 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconbitmap .t bad-bitmap
} -result {bitmap "bad-bitmap" not defined}
test wm-iconbitmap-2.1 {setting and reading values} -setup {
set result {}
} -body {
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
wm iconbitmap .t hourglass
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
wm iconbitmap .t {}
lappend result [wm iconbitmap .t]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
784 785 786 787 788 789 790 |
test wm-iconify-2.3 {Misc errors} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm iconwindow .t .t2
wm iconify .t2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2
| | | | | | | | 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 |
test wm-iconify-2.3 {Misc errors} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 +0+0
wm iconwindow .t .t2
wm iconify .t2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {can't iconify .t2: it is an icon for .t}
# test embedded window for Windows
test wm-iconify-2.4.1 {Misc errors} -constraints win -setup {
destroy .t2
} -body {
frame .t.f -container 1
toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t.f]
wm iconify .t2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2 .r.f
} -result {can't iconify .t2: the container does not support the request}
# test embedded window for other platforms
test wm-iconify-2.4.2 {Misc errors} -constraints !win -setup {
destroy .t2
} -body {
frame .t.f -container 1
toplevel .t2 -use [winfo id .t.f]
wm iconify .t2
} -returnCodes error -cleanup {
destroy .t2 .r.f
} -result {can't iconify .t2: it is an embedded window}
test wm-iconify-3.1 {iconify behavior} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t2
wm geom .t2 -0+0
update
set result [winfo ismapped .t2]
wm iconify .t2
update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t2]
} -cleanup {
destroy .t2
} -result {1 0}
### wm iconmask ###
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
874 875 876 877 878 879 880 |
test wm-iconphoto-1.3 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconphoto . notanimage
} -result {can't use "notanimage" as iconphoto: not a photo image}
test wm-iconphoto-1.4 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
# we currently have no return info
wm iconphoto . -default
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconphoto window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"}
| < < < < < < | 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 |
test wm-iconphoto-1.3 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconphoto . notanimage
} -result {can't use "notanimage" as iconphoto: not a photo image}
test wm-iconphoto-1.4 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
# we currently have no return info
wm iconphoto . -default
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm iconphoto window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"}
# All other iconphoto tests are platform specific
### wm iconposition ###
test wm-iconposition-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm iconposition
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 |
wm resizable .t bad 0
} -result {expected boolean value but got "bad"}
test wm-resizable-1.5 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm resizable .t 1 bad
} -result {expected boolean value but got "bad"}
test wm-resizable-2.1 {setting and reading values} {
| | < < | | 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 |
wm resizable .t bad 0
} -result {expected boolean value but got "bad"}
test wm-resizable-1.5 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm resizable .t 1 bad
} -result {expected boolean value but got "bad"}
test wm-resizable-2.1 {setting and reading values} {
wm resizable .t 0 1
set result [wm resizable .t]
wm resizable .t 1 0
lappend result [wm resizable .t]
wm resizable .t 1 1
lappend result [wm resizable .t]
} {0 1 {1 0} {1 1}}
### wm sizefrom ###
test wm-sizefrom-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm sizefrom
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
test wm-sizefrom-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {.t .}
test wm-stackorder-2.3 {stacking order} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
toplevel .t2 ; update
raise .
| < | 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 |
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {.t .}
test wm-stackorder-2.3 {stacking order} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
toplevel .t2 ; update
raise .
raise .t2
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t .t2
} -result {.t . .t2}
test wm-stackorder-2.4 {stacking order} -body {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 |
deleteWindows
} -body {
wm stackorder .
} -result {.}
deleteWindows
| | | 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 |
deleteWindows
} -body {
wm stackorder .
} -result {.}
deleteWindows
test wm-stackorder-3.1 {unmapped toplevel} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t1 ; update
toplevel .t2 ; update
wm iconify .t1
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t1 .t2
} -result {. .t2}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 |
test wm-stackorder-4.1 {wm stackorder isabove|isbelow} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
raise .t
wm stackorder . isabove .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
| | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | > | 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 |
test wm-stackorder-4.1 {wm stackorder isabove|isbelow} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
raise .t
wm stackorder . isabove .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {0}
test wm-stackorder-4.2 {wm stackorder isabove|isbelow} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
raise .t
wm stackorder . isbelow .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {1}
test wm-stackorder-4.3 {wm stackorder isabove|isbelow} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
raise .
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .t isa .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {0}
test wm-stackorder-4.4 {wm stackorder isabove|isbelow} -body {
toplevel .t ; update
raise .
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .t isb .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {1}
deleteWindows
test wm-stackorder-5.1 {a menu is not a toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t
menu .t.m -type menubar
.t.m add cascade -label "File"
.t configure -menu .t.m
update
raise .
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result {.t .}
test wm-stackorder-5.2 {A normal toplevel can't be\
raised above an overrideredirect toplevel} -body {
toplevel .t
wm overrideredirect .t 1
raise .
update
raiseDelay
wm stackorder . isabove .t
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 0
test wm-stackorder-5.3 {An overrideredirect window\
can be explicitly lowered} -body {
toplevel .t
wm overrideredirect .t 1
lower .t
update
raiseDelay
wm stackorder .t isbelow .
} -cleanup {
destroy .t
} -result 1
test wm-stackorder-6.1 {An embedded toplevel does not\
appear in the stacking order} -body {
toplevel .real -container 1
toplevel .embd -bg blue -use [winfo id .real]
update
wm stackorder .
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {. .real}
stdWindow
### wm title ###
test wm-title-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
wm title
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm option window ?arg ...?"}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 |
} -result {t Apa {}}
### wm transient ###
test wm-transient-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
catch {destroy .t} ; toplevel .t
wm transient .t 1 2
| | | | | 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 |
} -result {t Apa {}}
### wm transient ###
test wm-transient-1.1 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
catch {destroy .t} ; toplevel .t
wm transient .t 1 2
} -result {wrong # args: should be "wm transient window ?master?"}
test wm-transient-1.2 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
catch {destroy .t} ; toplevel .t
wm transient .t foo
} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
test wm-transient-1.3 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
catch {destroy .t} ; toplevel .t
wm transient foo .t
} -result {bad window path name "foo"}
deleteWindows
test wm-transient-1.4 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .master
wm iconify .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {can't iconify ".subject": it is a transient}
test wm-transient-1.5 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
toplevel .icon -bg blue
toplevel .top
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 |
toplevel .icon -bg blue
toplevel .top
wm iconwindow .top .icon
toplevel .dummy
wm transient .dummy .icon
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
| | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 |
toplevel .icon -bg blue
toplevel .top
wm iconwindow .top .icon
toplevel .dummy
wm transient .dummy .icon
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {can't make ".icon" a master: it is an icon for .top}
test wm-transient-1.7 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
toplevel .master
wm transient .master .master
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {can't make ".master" its own master}
test wm-transient-1.8 {usage} -returnCodes error -body {
toplevel .master
frame .master.f
wm transient .master .master.f
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {can't make ".master" its own master}
test wm-transient-2.1 {basic get/set of master} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
lappend results [wm transient .subject]
wm transient .subject .master
lappend results [wm transient .subject]
wm transient .subject {}
lappend results [wm transient .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {{} .master {}}
test wm-transient-2.2 {first toplevel parent of non-toplevel master is used} -body {
toplevel .master
frame .master.f
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .master.f
wm transient .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {.master}
test wm-transient-3.1 {transient toplevel is withdrawn
when mapped if master is withdrawn} -body {
toplevel .master
wm withdraw .master
update
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .master
update
list [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0}
test wm-transient-3.2 {already mapped transient toplevel
takes on withdrawn state of master} -body {
toplevel .master
wm withdraw .master
update
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .master
update
list [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0}
test wm-transient-3.3 {withdraw/deiconify on the master
also does a withdraw/deiconify on the transient} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .master
wm withdraw .master
update
lappend results [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
wm deiconify .master
update
lappend results [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0 normal 1}
test wm-transient-4.1 {transient toplevel is withdrawn
when mapped if master is iconic} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} -body {
toplevel .master
wm iconify .master
update
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .master
update
list [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0}
test wm-transient-4.2 {already mapped transient toplevel
is withdrawn if master is iconic} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} -body {
toplevel .master
wm iconify .master
update
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .master
update
list [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0}
test wm-transient-4.3 {iconify/deiconify on the master
does a withdraw/deiconify on the transient} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .master
wm iconify .master
update
lappend results [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
wm deiconify .master
update
lappend results [wm state .subject] [winfo ismapped .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn 0 normal 1}
test wm-transient-5.1 {an error during transient command should not
cause the map/unmap binding to be deleted} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .master
# Expect a bad window path error here
lappend results [catch {wm transient .subject .bad}]
wm withdraw .master
update
lappend results [wm state .subject]
wm deiconify .master
update
lappend results [wm state .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1 withdrawn normal}
test wm-transient-5.2 {remove transient property when master
is destroyed} -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .master
update
destroy .master
update
wm transient .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test wm-transient-5.3 {remove transient property from window
that had never been mapped when master is destroyed} -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
wm transient .subject .master
destroy .master
wm transient .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test wm-transient-6.1 {a withdrawn transient does not track
state changes in the master} -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .master
wm withdraw .subject
wm withdraw .master
wm deiconify .master
# idle handler should not map the transient
update
wm state .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn}
test wm-transient-6.2 {a withdrawn transient does not track
state changes in the master} -setup {
set results [list]
} -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
update
wm transient .subject .master
wm withdraw .subject
wm withdraw .master
wm deiconify .master
# idle handler should not map the transient
update
lappend results [wm state .subject]
wm deiconify .subject
lappend results [wm state .subject]
wm withdraw .master
lappend results [wm state .subject]
wm deiconify .master
# idle handler should map transient
update
lappend results [wm state .subject]
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn normal withdrawn normal}
test wm-transient-6.3 {a withdrawn transient does not track
state changes in the master} -body {
toplevel .master
toplevel .subject
update
# withdraw before making window a transient
wm withdraw .subject
wm transient .subject .master
wm withdraw .master
wm deiconify .master
# idle handler should not map the transient
update
wm state .subject
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {withdrawn}
# wm-transient-7.*: See SF Tk Bug #592201 "wm transient fails with two masters"
# wm-transient-7.3 through 7.5 all caused panics on Unix in Tk 8.4b1.
# 7.1 and 7.2 added to catch (potential) future errors.
#
test wm-transient-7.1 {Destroying transient} -body {
toplevel .t
toplevel .transient
wm transient .transient .t
destroy .transient
destroy .t
# OK: the above did not cause a panic.
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
}
test wm-transient-7.2 {Destroying master} -body {
toplevel .t
toplevel .transient
wm transient .transient .t
destroy .t
wm transient .transient
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
test wm-transient-7.3 {Reassign transient, destroy old master} -body {
toplevel .t1
toplevel .t2
toplevel .transient
wm transient .transient .t1
wm transient .transient .t2
destroy .t1 ;# Caused panic in 8.4b1
destroy .t2
destroy .transient
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
}
test wm-transient-7.4 {Reassign transient, destroy new master} -body {
toplevel .t1
toplevel .t2
toplevel .transient
wm transient .transient .t1
wm transient .transient .t2
destroy .t2 ;# caused panic in 8.4b1
destroy .t1
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 |
destroy .transient
destroy .t2 ;# caused panic in 8.4b1
destroy .t1 ;# so did this
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
}
| | | | | 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 |
destroy .transient
destroy .t2 ;# caused panic in 8.4b1
destroy .t1 ;# so did this
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
}
test wm-transient-8.1 {transient to withdrawn window, Bug 1163496} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} -setup {
deleteWindows
set result {}
} -body {
# Verifies that transients stay on top of their masters, even if they were
# made transients when those masters were withdrawn.
toplevel .t1; wm withdraw .t1; update
toplevel .t2; wm transient .t2 .t1; update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t1] [winfo ismapped .t2]
wm deiconify .t1; update
lappend result [winfo ismapped .t1] [winfo ismapped .t2]
raise .t1; update
lappend result [lsearch -all -inline -glob [wm stackorder .] ".t?"]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 |
test wm-state-2.7 {state change before map} -body {
toplevel .t
wm iconify .t
wm state .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {iconic}
| | | | 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 |
test wm-state-2.7 {state change before map} -body {
toplevel .t
wm iconify .t
wm state .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {iconic}
test wm-state-2.8 {state change after map} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t
update
wm state .t iconic
wm state .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {iconic}
test wm-state-2.9 {state change after map} -constraints {failsOnUbuntu failsOnQuarz} -body {
toplevel .t
update
wm iconify .t
wm state .t
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {iconic}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 |
test wm-forget-1.1 "bug #2009788: forget toplevel can cause crash" -body {
toplevel .parent
toplevel .parent.child
wm forget .parent.child
winfo exists .parent.child
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
| | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 |
test wm-forget-1.1 "bug #2009788: forget toplevel can cause crash" -body {
toplevel .parent
toplevel .parent.child
wm forget .parent.child
winfo exists .parent.child
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test wm-forget-1.2 "bug #2009788: forget toplevel can cause crash" -body {
toplevel .parent
update
toplevel .parent.child
wm forget .parent.child
winfo exists .parent.child
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test wm-forget-1.3 "bug #2009788: forget toplevel can cause crash" -body {
toplevel .parent
toplevel .parent.child
wm forget .parent.child
wm manage .parent.child
winfo exists .parent.child
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {1}
test wm-forget-1.4 "pack into unmapped toplevel causes crash" -body {
toplevel .parent
toplevel .parent.child
wm forget .parent.child
pack [button .parent.child.button -text Hello]
after 250 {destroy .parent}
tkwait window .parent
} -cleanup {
deleteWindows
} -result {}
# FIXME:
# Test delivery of virtual events to the WM. We could check to see if the
# window was raised after a button click for example. This sort of testing may
# not be possible.
##############################################################################
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to tests/xmfbox.test.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 | # xmfbox.test -- # # This file is a Tcl script to test the file dialog that's used # when the tk_strictMotif flag is set. Because the file dialog # runs in a modal loop, the only way to test it sufficiently is # to call the internal Tcl procedures in xmfbox.tcl directly. # | | | < | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < < < | > | | < < < < < | | > | < | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | | < < | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 |
# xmfbox.test --
#
# This file is a Tcl script to test the file dialog that's used
# when the tk_strictMotif flag is set. Because the file dialog
# runs in a modal loop, the only way to test it sufficiently is
# to call the internal Tcl procedures in xmfbox.tcl directly.
#
# Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
# Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2002. (not subject to US copyright)
# All rights reserved.
package require tcltest 2.2
eval tcltest::configure $argv
tcltest::loadTestedCommands
set testPWD [pwd]
catch {unset foo}
catch {unset data foo}
proc cleanup {} {
global testPWD
set err0 [catch {
cd $testPWD
} msg0]
set err1 [catch {
if [file exists ./~nosuchuser1] {
file delete ./~nosuchuser1
}
} msg1]
set err2 [catch {
if [file exists ./~nosuchuser2] {
file delete ./~nosuchuser2
}
} msg2]
set err3 [catch {
if [file exists ./~nosuchuser3] {
file delete ./~nosuchuser3
}
} msg3]
set err4 [catch {
if [file exists ./~nosuchuser4] {
file delete ./~nosuchuser4
}
} msg4]
if {$err0 || $err1 || $err2 || $err3 || $err4} {
error [list $msg0 $msg1 $msg2 $msg3 $msg4]
}
catch {unset foo}
catch {destroy .foo}
}
test xmfbox-1.1 {tk::MotifFDialog_Create, -parent switch} unix {
catch {unset foo}
set x [tk::MotifFDialog_Create foo open {-parent .}]
catch {destroy $x}
set x
} .foo
test xmfbox-1.2 {tk::MotifFDialog_Create, -parent switch} unix {
catch {unset foo}
toplevel .bar
wm geometry .bar +0+0
set x [tk::MotifFDialog_Create foo open {-parent .bar}]
catch {destroy $x}
catch {destroy .bar}
set x
} .bar.foo
test xmfbox-2.1 {tk::MotifFDialog_InterpFilter, ~ in dir names} unix {
cleanup
file mkdir ./~nosuchuser1
set x [tk::MotifFDialog_Create foo open {}]
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fEnt) delete 0 end
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fEnt) insert 0 [pwd]/~nosuchuser1
set kk [tk::MotifFDialog_InterpFilter $x]
} [list $testPWD/~nosuchuser1 *]
test xmfbox-2.2 {tk::MotifFDialog_InterpFilter, ~ in file names} unix {
cleanup
close [open ./~nosuchuser1 {CREAT TRUNC WRONLY}]
set x [tk::MotifFDialog_Create foo open {}]
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fEnt) delete 0 end
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fEnt) insert 0 [pwd]/~nosuchuser1
set kk [tk::MotifFDialog_InterpFilter $x]
} [list $testPWD ./~nosuchuser1]
test xmfbox-2.3 {tk::MotifFDialog_Update, ~ in file names} unix {
cleanup
close [open ./~nosuchuser1 {CREAT TRUNC WRONLY}]
set x [tk::MotifFDialog_Create foo open {}]
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fEnt) delete 0 end
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fEnt) insert 0 [pwd]/~nosuchuser1
tk::MotifFDialog_InterpFilter $x
tk::MotifFDialog_Update $x
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fList) get end
} ~nosuchuser1
test xmfbox-2.4 {tk::MotifFDialog_LoadFile, ~ in file names} unix {
cleanup
close [open ./~nosuchuser1 {CREAT TRUNC WRONLY}]
set x [tk::MotifFDialog_Create foo open {}]
set i [lsearch [$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fList) get 0 end] ~nosuchuser1]
expr {$i >= 0}
} 1
test xmfbox-2.5 {tk::MotifFDialog_BrowseFList, ~ in file names} unix {
cleanup
close [open ./~nosuchuser1 {CREAT TRUNC WRONLY}]
set x [tk::MotifFDialog_Create foo open {}]
set i [lsearch [$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fList) get 0 end] ~nosuchuser1]
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fList) selection clear 0 end
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fList) selection set $i
tk::MotifFDialog_BrowseFList $x
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(sEnt) get
} $testPWD/~nosuchuser1
test xmfbox-2.6 {tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateFList, ~ in file names} unix {
cleanup
close [open ./~nosuchuser1 {CREAT TRUNC WRONLY}]
set x [tk::MotifFDialog_Create foo open {}]
set i [lsearch [$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fList) get 0 end] ~nosuchuser1]
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fList) selection clear 0 end
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(fList) selection set $i
tk::MotifFDialog_BrowseFList $x
tk::MotifFDialog_ActivateFList $x
list $::tk::dialog::file::foo(selectPath) \
$::tk::dialog::file::foo(selectFile) $tk::Priv(selectFilePath)
} [list $testPWD ~nosuchuser1 $testPWD/~nosuchuser1]
# cleanup
cleanup
cleanupTests
return
|
Changes to unix/Makefile.in.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | # # This file is a Makefile for Tk. If it has the name "Makefile.in" # then it is a template for a Makefile; to generate the actual Makefile, # run "./configure", which is a configuration script generated by the # "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the # actual Makefile. # Current Tk version; used in various names. TCLVERSION = @TCL_VERSION@ | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | # # This file is a Makefile for Tk. If it has the name "Makefile.in" # then it is a template for a Makefile; to generate the actual Makefile, # run "./configure", which is a configuration script generated by the # "autoconf" program (constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the # actual Makefile. # Current Tk version; used in various names. TCLVERSION = @TCL_VERSION@ VERSION = @TK_VERSION@ MAJOR_VERSION = @TK_MAJOR_VERSION@ MINOR_VERSION = @TK_MINOR_VERSION@ PATCH_LEVEL = @TK_PATCH_LEVEL@ LOCALES = @LOCALES@ #---------------------------------------------------------------- |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 | # Directory from which applications will reference the library of Tcl # scripts (note: you can set the TK_LIBRARY environment variable at # run-time to override the compiled-in location): TK_LIBRARY = @TK_LIBRARY@ # Path to use at runtime to refer to LIB_INSTALL_DIR: | | | 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | # Directory from which applications will reference the library of Tcl # scripts (note: you can set the TK_LIBRARY environment variable at # run-time to override the compiled-in location): TK_LIBRARY = @TK_LIBRARY@ # Path to use at runtime to refer to LIB_INSTALL_DIR: LIB_RUNTIME_DIR = $(libdir) # Directory in which to install the program wish: BIN_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(bindir) # Directory in which to install the .a or .so binary for the Tk library: LIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir) DLL_INSTALL_DIR = @DLL_INSTALL_DIR@ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 | # Directory in which to install html documentation: HTML_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(HTML_DIR) # Directory in which to install the configuration file tkConfig.sh: CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir) # Directory in which to install the demo files: | | | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 |
# Directory in which to install html documentation:
HTML_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(HTML_DIR)
# Directory in which to install the configuration file tkConfig.sh:
CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(libdir)
# Directory in which to install the demo files:
DEMO_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(TK_LIBRARY)/demos
# The directory containing the Tcl sources and headers appropriate
# for this version of Tk ("srcdir" will be replaced or has already
# been replaced by the configure script):
TCLDIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@
TCL_GENERIC_DIR = $(TCLDIR)/generic
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
INSTALL = $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh -c
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_LIBRARY = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_DATA_DIR = ${INSTALL} -d -m 755
# The symbol below provides support for dynamic loading and shared
| | | | 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
INSTALL = $(SHELL) $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh -c
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_LIBRARY = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_DATA_DIR = ${INSTALL} -d -m 755
# The symbol below provides support for dynamic loading and shared
# libraries. See configure.in for a description of what it means.
# The value of the symbol is normally set by the configure script.
SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
# To enable support for stubs in Tcl.
STUB_LIB_FILE = @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@
TK_STUB_LIB_FILE = @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@
#TK_STUB_LIB_FILE = libtkstub.a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
264 265 266 267 268 269 270 | # Libraries to use when linking. This definition is determined by the # configure script. LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@ # The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared | | | < < < < < < | 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 | # Libraries to use when linking. This definition is determined by the # configure script. LIBS = @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ WISH_LIBS = $(TCL_LIB_SPEC) @LIBS@ $(X11_LIB_SWITCHES) @TCL_LIBS@ @EXTRA_WISH_LIBS@ # The symbols below provide support for dynamic loading and shared # libraries. See configure.in for a description of what the # symbols mean. The values of the symbols are normally set by the # configure script. You shouldn't normally need to modify any of # these definitions by hand. STLIB_LD = @STLIB_LD@ SHLIB_LD = @SHLIB_LD@ SHLIB_LD_LIBS = @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@ TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS = @TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS@ # Additional search flags needed to find the various shared libraries # at run-time. The first symbol is for use when creating a binary # with cc, and the second is for use when running ld directly. CC_SEARCH_FLAGS = @CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@ LD_SEARCH_FLAGS = @LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@ # support for embedded libraries on Darwin / Mac OS X DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(libdir) # support for Xft: XFT_CFLAGS = @XFT_CFLAGS@ XFT_LIBS = @XFT_LIBS@ #---------------------------------------------------------------- # The information below is modified by the configure script when |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
331 332 333 334 335 336 337 |
CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS = -I${UNIX_DIR} -I${GENERIC_DIR} -I${BMAP_DIR} \
${@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_INCLUDES} ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} \
${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR} ${AC_FLAGS} \
${PROTO_FLAGS} ${SECURITY_FLAGS} ${MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS} ${KEYSYM_FLAGS} \
${NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS} @EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES@
| | | 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 |
CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS = -I${UNIX_DIR} -I${GENERIC_DIR} -I${BMAP_DIR} \
${@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_INCLUDES} ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} \
${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR} -I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR} ${AC_FLAGS} \
${PROTO_FLAGS} ${SECURITY_FLAGS} ${MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS} ${KEYSYM_FLAGS} \
${NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS} @EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES@
CC_SWITCHES = $(CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS) ${TCL_STUB_FLAGS}
APP_CC_SWITCHES = $(CC_SWITCHES_NO_STUBS) @EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES@
DEPEND_SWITCHES = -I${UNIX_DIR} -I${GENERIC_DIR} -I${BMAP_DIR} \
${@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_INCLUDES} ${CFLAGS} -I${TCL_GENERIC_DIR} \
-I${TCL_PLATFORM_DIR} ${AC_FLAGS} ${PROTO_FLAGS} ${SECURITY_FLAGS} \
${MEM_DEBUG_FLAGS} ${KEYSYM_FLAGS} @EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES@
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
353 354 355 356 357 358 359 | tkMenu.o tkMenubutton.o tkMenuDraw.o tkMessage.o \ tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \ tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \ tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o | | < | < | | < | | | < | | 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 | tkMenu.o tkMenubutton.o tkMenuDraw.o tkMessage.o \ tkPanedWindow.o tkScale.o tkScrollbar.o CANV_OBJS = tkCanvas.o tkCanvArc.o tkCanvBmap.o tkCanvImg.o \ tkCanvLine.o tkCanvPoly.o tkCanvPs.o tkCanvText.o \ tkCanvUtil.o tkCanvWind.o tkRectOval.o tkTrig.o IMAGE_OBJS = tkImage.o tkImgBmap.o tkImgGIF.o tkImgPPM.o tkImgPhoto.o TEXT_OBJS = tkText.o tkTextBTree.o tkTextDisp.o tkTextImage.o tkTextIndex.o \ tkTextMark.o tkTextTag.o tkTextWind.o # either tkUnixFont.o (default) or tkUnixRFont.o (if --enable-xft) # FONT_OBJS = @UNIX_FONT_OBJS@ GENERIC_OBJS = tk3d.o tkArgv.o tkAtom.o tkBind.o tkBitmap.o tkClipboard.o \ tkCmds.o tkColor.o tkConfig.o tkConsole.o tkCursor.o tkError.o \ tkEvent.o tkFocus.o tkFont.o tkGet.o tkGC.o tkGeometry.o tkGrab.o \ tkGrid.o tkMain.o tkObj.o tkOldConfig.o tkOption.o tkPack.o tkPlace.o \ tkSelect.o tkStyle.o tkUndo.o tkUtil.o tkVisual.o tkWindow.o TTK_OBJS = \ ttkBlink.o ttkButton.o ttkCache.o ttkClamTheme.o ttkClassicTheme.o \ ttkDefaultTheme.o ttkElements.o ttkEntry.o ttkFrame.o ttkImage.o \ ttkInit.o ttkLabel.o ttkLayout.o ttkManager.o ttkNotebook.o \ ttkPanedwindow.o ttkProgress.o ttkScale.o ttkScrollbar.o ttkScroll.o \ ttkSeparator.o ttkSquare.o ttkState.o \ ttkTagSet.o ttkTheme.o ttkTrace.o ttkTrack.o ttkTreeview.o \ ttkWidget.o ttkStubInit.o STUB_OBJS = tkStubInit.o tkStubLib.o STUB_LIB_OBJS = tkStubLib.o ttkStubLib.o X11_OBJS = tkUnix.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixButton.o tkUnixColor.o tkUnixConfig.o \ tkUnixCursor.o tkUnixDraw.o tkUnixEmbed.o tkUnixEvent.o \ tkUnixFocus.o $(FONT_OBJS) tkUnixInit.o tkUnixKey.o tkUnixMenu.o \ tkUnixMenubu.o tkUnixScale.o tkUnixScrlbr.o tkUnixSelect.o \ tkUnixSend.o tkUnixWm.o tkUnixXId.o AQUA_OBJS = tkMacOSXBitmap.o tkMacOSXButton.o tkMacOSXClipboard.o \ tkMacOSXColor.o tkMacOSXConfig.o tkMacOSXCursor.o tkMacOSXDebug.o \ tkMacOSXDialog.o tkMacOSXDraw.o tkMacOSXEmbed.o tkMacOSXEntry.o \ tkMacOSXEvent.o tkMacOSXFont.o tkMacOSXHLEvents.o tkMacOSXInit.o \ tkMacOSXKeyboard.o tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o tkMacOSXMenu.o \ tkMacOSXMenubutton.o tkMacOSXMenus.o tkMacOSXMouseEvent.o \ tkMacOSXNotify.o tkMacOSXRegion.o tkMacOSXScrlbr.o tkMacOSXSend.o \ tkMacOSXSubwindows.o tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o \ tkMacOSXWm.o tkMacOSXXStubs.o \ tkFileFilter.o tkMacWinMenu.o tkPointer.o tkUnix3d.o tkUnixScale.o \ xcolors.o xdraw.o xgc.o ximage.o xutil.o \ ttkMacOSXTheme.o AQUA_TKTEST_OBJS = tkMacOSXTest.o |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
420 421 422 423 424 425 426 | TTK_DECLS = \ $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls GENERIC_SRCS = \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk3d.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkArgv.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkAtom.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c \ | | < < | < | < | | 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 | TTK_DECLS = \ $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls GENERIC_SRCS = \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk3d.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkArgv.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkAtom.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkClipboard.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCmds.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkColor.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCursor.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkError.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEvent.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFocus.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFont.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGet.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGC.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGeometry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrab.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkGrid.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkConsole.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMain.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUndo.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkUtil.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkVisual.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkWindow.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkButton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkObj.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkEntry.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFrame.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkListbox.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenu.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenubutton.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMenuDraw.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMessage.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPanedWindow.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScale.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkScrollbar.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvas.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvArc.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvImg.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvLine.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPoly.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvPs.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvText.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvUtil.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCanvWind.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkRectOval.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTrig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextBTree.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextDisp.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextImage.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextIndex.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextMark.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextTag.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTextWind.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldConfig.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSquare.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubInit.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStubLib.c TTK_SRCS = \ $(TTK_DIR)/ttkBlink.c \ $(TTK_DIR)/ttkButton.c \ $(TTK_DIR)/ttkCache.c \ $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClamTheme.c \ $(TTK_DIR)/ttkClassicTheme.c \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
521 522 523 524 525 526 527 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \ | < | < < < < < < < < | 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 | $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXBitmap.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXButton.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXClipboard.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXColor.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXConfig.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXCursor.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDebug.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDialog.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXDraw.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEmbed.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEntry.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXEvent.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenu.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenubutton.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMenus.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXMouseEvent.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXNotify.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXRegion.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c \ $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWm.c $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXXStubs.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkFileFilter.c $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPointer.c $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnix3d.c \ $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixScale.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xcolors.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xdraw.c \ $(XLIB_DIR)/xgc.c $(XLIB_DIR)/ximage.c $(XLIB_DIR)/xutil.c \ $(TTK_DIR)/ttkMacOSXTheme.c SRCS = $(GENERIC_SRCS) $(@TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM@_SRCS) @PLAT_SRCS@ AQUA_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSX.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h AQUA_XLIB_HDRS = $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(XLIB_DIR)/xbytes.h AQUA_PRIVATE_HDRS = $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXPort.h $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInt.h X11_PRIVATE_HDRS = $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixPort.h $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInt.h $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntXlibDecls.h |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
SHELL_ENV = \
@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="`pwd`:${TCL_BIN_DIR}:$${@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@}"; \
export @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@; \
TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCLDIR)/library; export TCL_LIBRARY; \
TK_LIBRARY=@TK_SRC_DIR@/library; export TK_LIBRARY;
| | > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < | 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
SHELL_ENV = \
@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@="`pwd`:${TCL_BIN_DIR}:$${@LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@}"; \
export @LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR@; \
TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCLDIR)/library; export TCL_LIBRARY; \
TK_LIBRARY=@TK_SRC_DIR@/library; export TK_LIBRARY;
all: binaries libraries doc
binaries: ${LIB_FILE} ${WISH_EXE}
libraries:
$(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros:
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(TCLDIR)/doc/man.macros $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros
doc: $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros
# The following target is configured by autoconf to generate either
# a shared library or non-shared library for Tk.
${LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_LIB_FILE} @LIB_RSRC_FILE@ ${OBJS}
rm -f $@
@MAKE_LIB@
${STUB_LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_LIB_OBJS}
@if test "x${LIB_FILE}" = "xlibtk${MAJOR_VERSION}.${MINOR_VERSION}.dll"; then \
(cd ${TOP_DIR}/win; ${MAKE} tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll); \
cp "${TOP_DIR}/win/tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll" .; \
fi
rm -f $@
@MAKE_STUB_LIB@
# Make target which outputs the list of the .o contained in the Tk lib
# usefull to build a single big shared library containing Tcl/Tk and other
# extensions. used for the Tcl Plugin. -- dl
tkLibObjs:
@echo ${OBJS}
# This targets actually build the objects needed for the lib in the above
# case
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
627 628 629 630 631 632 633 | # burned into its ld search path. This keeps tktest from # picking up an already installed version of the Tcl or # Tk shared libraries. $(TKTEST_EXE): $(TKTEST_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(MAKE) tktest-real LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="`pwd`:$(TCL_BIN_DIR)" | | | | | | | | | | | | | 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 |
# burned into its ld search path. This keeps tktest from
# picking up an already installed version of the Tcl or
# Tk shared libraries.
$(TKTEST_EXE): $(TKTEST_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE)
$(MAKE) tktest-real LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="`pwd`:$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"
tktest-real:
${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} $(TKTEST_OBJS) @TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ \
$(WISH_LIBS) $(CC_SEARCH_FLAGS) -o $(TKTEST_EXE)
# FIXME: This xttest rule seems to be broken in a number of ways.
# It should use CC_SEARCH_FLAGS, it does not include the shared
# lib location logic from tktest, and it is not clear where this
# test.o object file comes from.
xttest: test.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o $(TK_LIB_FILE)
${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} test.o tkTest.o tkSquare.o \
@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@ \
$(WISH_LIBS) $(LD_SEARCH_FLAGS) -lXt -o xttest
# Note, in the target below TCL_LIBRARY needs to be set or else
# "make test" won't work in the case where the compilation directory
# isn't the same as the source directory.
# Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass
# args to tcltest, ie:
# % make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 |
install: $(INSTALL_TARGETS)
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(INSTALL_TARGETS) \
INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ${INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM}" \
INSTALL_LIBRARY="$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) ${INSTALL_STRIP_LIBRARY}"
install-binaries: $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(TK_LIB_FILE) ${WISH_EXE}
@for i in "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)" \
"$(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)" ; \
do \
if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \
echo "Making directory $$i"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \
else true; \
fi; \
done;
@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
(\
| > > > > | | | | | | | 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 |
install: $(INSTALL_TARGETS)
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(INSTALL_TARGETS) \
INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ${INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM}" \
INSTALL_LIBRARY="$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) ${INSTALL_STRIP_LIBRARY}"
# Note: before running ranlib below, must cd to target directory because
# some ranlibs write to current directory, and this might not always be
# possible (e.g. if installing as root).
install-binaries: $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(TK_LIB_FILE) ${WISH_EXE}
@for i in "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)" \
"$(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)" "$(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)" ; \
do \
if [ ! -d "$$i" ] ; then \
echo "Making directory $$i"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA_DIR) "$$i"; \
else true; \
fi; \
done;
@if test "x$(TK_SHARED_BUILD)" = "x1"; then \
echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; \
rm -f "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
(\
echo "if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.5.0]} return";\
relative=`echo | awk '{ORS=" "; split("$(TK_PKG_DIR)",a,"/"); for (f in a) {print ".."}}'`;\
if test "x$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)" != "x$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; then \
echo "package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}$(TK_LIB_FILE)]]]";\
else \
echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
echo " || ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
echo " package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin $(TK_LIB_FILE)]]]";\
echo "} else {";\
echo " package ifneeded Tk $(MAJOR_VERSION).$(MINOR_VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir $${relative}.. bin tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll]]]";\
echo "}";\
fi \
) > "$(PKG_INDEX)"; \
fi
@echo "Installing $(LIB_FILE) to $(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/"
@@INSTALL_LIB@
@chmod 555 "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"
@if test -f "tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll"; then \
$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) "tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll" "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)";\
chmod 555 "$(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)/tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll";\
$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) "../win/libtk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll.a" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)";\
chmod 555 "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/libtk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}.dll.a";\
fi
@echo "Installing ${WISH_EXE} as $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)${EXE_SUFFIX}"
@$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) ${WISH_EXE} "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)${EXE_SUFFIX}"
@echo "Installing tkConfig.sh to $(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)/"
@$(INSTALL_DATA) tkConfig.sh "$(CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)/tkConfig.sh"
@if test "$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" != "" ; then \
echo "Installing $(STUB_LIB_FILE) to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 | Makefile: $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(SHELL) config.status #tkConfig.h: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in # $(SHELL) config.status clean: rm -f *.a *.o libtk* core errs *~ \#* TAGS *.E a.out \ | > | > | | 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 |
Makefile: $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in
$(SHELL) config.status
#tkConfig.h: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in
# $(SHELL) config.status
clean:
rm -rf *.vfs
rm -f *.a *.o libtk* core errs *~ \#* TAGS *.E a.out \
errors ${WISH_EXE} $(TKTEST_EXE) lib.exp Tk *.rsrc \
*.zip
distclean: clean
rm -rf Makefile config.status config.cache config.log tkConfig.sh \
$(PACKAGE).* prototype tkConfig.h *.plist Tk.framework tk.pc
depend:
makedepend -- $(DEPEND_SWITCHES) -- $(SRCS)
# Test binaries. The rule for tkTestInit.o is complicated because
# it is is compiled from tkAppInit.c. Can't use the "-o" option
# because this doesn't work on some strange compilers (e.g. UnixWare).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
946 947 948 949 950 951 952 | tkBind.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c tkBitmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c | < < < | 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 | tkBind.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBind.c tkBitmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkBitmap.c tkClipboard.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkClipboard.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkClipboard.c tkCmds.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCmds.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkCmds.c tkColor.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkColor.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 | tkOption.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c tkPack.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 | tkOption.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOption.c tkPack.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPack.c tkPlace.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPlace.c tkSelect.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkSelect.c tkStyle.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkStyle.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 | tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c | < < < < < < < < < | < < < | 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 | tkImage.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImage.c tkImgBmap.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgBmap.c tkImgGIF.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgGIF.c tkImgPPM.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPPM.c tkImgPhoto.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkImgPhoto.c tkOldTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkOldTest.c tkTest.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkTest.c tkText.o: $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkText.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 | $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFont.c # NB: tkUnixRFont.o uses nondefault CFLAGS tkUnixRFont.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XFT_CFLAGS) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c tkUnixInit.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInit.c tkConfig.sh | | | 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 |
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixFont.c
# NB: tkUnixRFont.o uses nondefault CFLAGS
tkUnixRFont.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(XFT_CFLAGS) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixRFont.c
tkUnixInit.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInit.c tkConfig.sh
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixInit.c
tkUnixKey.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixKey.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixKey.c
tkUnixMenu.o: $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenu.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(UNIX_DIR)/tkUnixMenu.c
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 | tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c | < < < | | 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 |
tkMacOSXFont.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXFont.c
tkMacOSXHLEvents.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXHLEvents.c
tkMacOSXInit.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c tkConfig.sh
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_LIBRARY=\"${TK_LIBRARY}\" \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXInit.c
tkMacOSXKeyboard.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyboard.c
tkMacOSXKeyEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXKeyEvent.c
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 | tkMacOSXScrlbr.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c tkMacOSXSend.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c | < < < | 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 | tkMacOSXScrlbr.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXScrlbr.c tkMacOSXSend.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSend.c tkMacOSXSubwindows.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXSubwindows.c tkMacOSXTest.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c $(CC) -c $(APP_CC_SWITCHES) $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXTest.c tkMacOSXWindowEvent.o: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/tkMacOSXWindowEvent.c |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 | @echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date." @echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate." @echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!" genstubs: $(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls | | | 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 | @echo "Warning: ttkStubInit.c may be out of date." @echo "Developers may want to run \"make genstubs\" to regenerate." @echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!" genstubs: $(TCL_EXE) $(TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR) \ $(GENERIC_DIR)/tk.decls $(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.decls $(TCL_EXE) $(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(TTK_DIR) $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls # # Target to check that all exported functions have an entry in the stubs # tables. # checkstubs: $(TK_LIB_FILE) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 |
# to put the distribution. DISTDIR must be an absolute path name.
#
DISTROOT = /tmp/dist
DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}
ZIPNAME = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip
DISTDIR = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)
| < < < < < < < < | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > < | > | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 |
# to put the distribution. DISTDIR must be an absolute path name.
#
DISTROOT = /tmp/dist
DISTNAME = tk${VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}
ZIPNAME = tk${MAJOR_VERSION}${MINOR_VERSION}${PATCH_LEVEL}-src.zip
DISTDIR = $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure: $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure.ac $(UNIX_DIR)/configure
cd $(MAC_OSX_DIR); autoconf
$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid:
printf "git." >$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid
git rev-parse HEAD >>$(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid
dist: $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure $(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros $(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid
rm -rf $(DISTDIR)
mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/unix
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/manifest.uuid $(DISTDIR)
cp -p $(UNIX_DIR)/*.c $(UNIX_DIR)/*.h $(DISTDIR)/unix
cp $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(UNIX_DIR)/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
chmod 664 $(DISTDIR)/unix/Makefile.in
cp $(UNIX_DIR)/configure $(UNIX_DIR)/configure.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.spec \
$(UNIX_DIR)/aclocal.m4 $(UNIX_DIR)/tcl.m4 \
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.sh.in $(UNIX_DIR)/install-sh \
$(UNIX_DIR)/README $(UNIX_DIR)/installManPage \
$(UNIX_DIR)/tkConfig.h.in $(UNIX_DIR)/tk.pc.in $(DISTDIR)/unix
chmod 775 $(DISTDIR)/unix/configure
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/bitmaps
@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in bitmaps/* ; do \
if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
sed -e 's/static char/static unsigned char/' \
$$i > $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
fi; \
done;)
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic
cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/generic
cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/*.decls $(DISTDIR)/generic
cp -p $(GENERIC_DIR)/README $(DISTDIR)/generic
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/changes $(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog \
$(TOP_DIR)/ChangeLog.2??? $(TOP_DIR)/README.md \
$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)
rm -f $(DISTDIR)/generic/blt*.[ch]
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
cp -p $(TTK_DIR)/*.[ch] $(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls \
$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl $(DISTDIR)/generic/ttk
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win
cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/Makefile.in $(DISTDIR)/win
cp $(TOP_DIR)/win/configure.in \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/configure \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/tkConfig.sh.in \
$(TOP_DIR)/win/aclocal.m4 $(TOP_DIR)/win/tcl.m4 \
$(DISTDIR)/win
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.[ch] $(TOP_DIR)/win/*.bat $(DISTDIR)/win
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/makefile.* $(DISTDIR)/win
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rules.vc $(DISTDIR)/win
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/README $(DISTDIR)/win
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/win
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/wish.exe.manifest.in $(DISTDIR)/win/
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/win/rc/*.{rc,cur,ico,bmp} $(DISTDIR)/win/rc
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx
cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/GNUmakefile $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/README \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.icns $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.tiff \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.[ch] $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.in \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.ac $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.xcconfig \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/*.sdef $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/configure \
$(DISTDIR)/macosx
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/macosx
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Wish.xcode
cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.xcode/project.pbxproj \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.xcode/default.pbxuser \
$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Wish.xcode
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/macosx/Wish.xcodeproj
cp -p $(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.xcodeproj/project.pbxproj \
$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.xcodeproj/default.pbxuser \
$(DISTDIR)/macosx/Wish.xcodeproj
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/compat
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/compat/unistd.h \
$(TOP_DIR)/compat/stdlib.h $(TOP_DIR)/compat/limits.h \
$(DISTDIR)/compat
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib
cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/*.[ch] $(DISTDIR)/xlib
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
cp -p $(XLIB_DIR)/X11/*.h $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/xlib/X11
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/library/*.tcl \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/tclIndex \
$(DISTDIR)/library
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl $(DISTDIR)/library/ttk
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/images
@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/images/* ; do \
if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
fi; \
done;)
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/msgs
@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/msgs/*.msg ; do \
if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
fi; \
done;)
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
cp -pr $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.tcl \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/*.msg \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tclIndex \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/browse \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/hello $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/ixset \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rmt $(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/rolodex \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/square \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/tcolor \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/timer \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/widget \
$(TOP_DIR)/library/demos/README \
$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(DISTDIR)/library/demos
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/library/demos/images
@(cd $(TOP_DIR); for i in library/demos/images/* ; do \
if [ -f $$i ] ; then \
cp $$i $(DISTDIR)/$$i; \
fi; \
done;)
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/doc
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TOP_DIR)/doc/*.[13n] \
$(TOP_DIR)/doc/man.macros $(DISTDIR)/doc
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests
cp -p $(TOP_DIR)/license.terms $(TEST_DIR)/*.{test,tcl} \
$(TEST_DIR)/README $(TEST_DIR)/*.{gif,ppm,xbm} \
$(TEST_DIR)/option.file* $(DISTDIR)/tests
mkdir $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
cp -p $(TEST_DIR)/ttk/*.{test,tcl} $(DISTDIR)/tests/ttk
alldist: dist
rm -f $(DISTROOT)/$(DISTNAME)-src.tar.gz $(DISTROOT)/$(ZIPNAME)
cd $(DISTROOT); tar cf $(DISTNAME)-src.tar $(DISTNAME); \
gzip -9 $(DISTNAME)-src.tar; zip -qr8 $(ZIPNAME) $(DISTNAME)
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 |
BUILD_HTML = \
@if test -f "$(BUILD_TCLSH)"; then \
$(SHELL_ENV) TCLSH="$(BUILD_TCLSH)"; else \
TCLSH="$(TCL_EXE)"; fi ;\
"$${TCLSH}" $(TOOL_DIR)/tcltk-man2html.tcl --htmldir="$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)" \
--srcdir=$(TOP_DIR)/.. $(BUILD_HTML_FLAGS)
#
# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
#
.PHONY: all binaries libraries objs doc html html-tcl html-tk test runtest
.PHONY: install install-strip install-binaries install-libraries
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 |
BUILD_HTML = \
@if test -f "$(BUILD_TCLSH)"; then \
$(SHELL_ENV) TCLSH="$(BUILD_TCLSH)"; else \
TCLSH="$(TCL_EXE)"; fi ;\
"$${TCLSH}" $(TOOL_DIR)/tcltk-man2html.tcl --htmldir="$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)" \
--srcdir=$(TOP_DIR)/.. $(BUILD_HTML_FLAGS)
#
# Targets to build Solaris package of the distribution for the current
# architecture. To build stream packages for both sun4 and i86pc
# architectures:
#
# On the sun4 machine, execute the following:
# make distclean; ./configure
# make DISTDIR=<distdir> package
#
# Once the build is complete, execute the following on the i86pc
# machine:
# make DISTDIR=<distdir> package-quick
#
# <distdir> is the absolute path to a directory where the build should
# take place. These steps will generate the $(PACKAGE).sun4 and
# $(PACKAGE).i86pc stream packages. It is important that the packages be
# built in this fashion in order to ensure that the architecture
# independent files are exactly the same, including timestamps, in
# both packages.
#
PACKAGE=SCRPtk
package: dist package-config package-common package-binaries package-generate
package-quick: package-config package-binaries package-generate
#
# Configure for the current architecture in the dist directory.
#
package-config:
mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/unix/`arch`
cd $(DISTDIR)/unix/`arch`; \
../configure --prefix=/opt/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION) \
--exec_prefix=/opt/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/`arch` \
--with-tcl=$(DISTDIR)/../tcl$(TCLVERSION)/unix/`arch` \
--enable-shared
mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)
mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/`arch`
#
# Build and install the architecture independent files in the dist directory.
#
package-common:
cd $(DISTDIR)/unix/`arch`;\
$(MAKE); \
$(MAKE) install-libraries install-doc \
prefix=$(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION) \
exec_prefix=$(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/`arch`
mkdir -p $(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/bin
sed -e "s/TCLVERSION/$(TCLVERSION)/g" \
-e "s/TKVERSION/$(VERSION)/g" < $(UNIX_DIR)/wish.sh \
> $(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/bin/wish$(VERSION)
chmod 755 $(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/bin/wish$(VERSION)
#
# Build and install the architecture specific files in the dist directory.
#
package-binaries:
cd $(DISTDIR)/unix/`arch`; \
$(MAKE); \
$(MAKE) install-binaries prefix=$(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION) \
exec_prefix=$(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/`arch`
#
# Generate a package from the installed files in the dist directory for the
# current architecture.
#
package-generate:
pkgproto $(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/bin=bin \
$(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/include=include \
$(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/lib=lib \
$(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/man=man \
$(DISTDIR)/SUNWtcl/$(TCLVERSION)/`arch`=`arch` \
| $(TCL_EXE) $(TCLDIR)/unix/mkProto.tcl $(TCLVERSION) \
$(UNIX_DIR) > prototype
pkgmk -o -d . -f prototype -a `arch`
pkgtrans -s . $(PACKAGE).`arch` $(PACKAGE)
rm -rf $(PACKAGE)
#
# The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops
# 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule.
#
.PHONY: all binaries libraries objs doc html html-tcl html-tk test runtest
.PHONY: install install-strip install-binaries install-libraries
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/README.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Tk UNIX README -------------- This is the directory where you configure, compile, test, and install UNIX versions of Tk. This directory also contains source files for Tk that are specific to UNIX. The information in this file is maintained at: | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | Tk UNIX README -------------- This is the directory where you configure, compile, test, and install UNIX versions of Tk. This directory also contains source files for Tk that are specific to UNIX. The information in this file is maintained at: http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html For information on platforms where Tcl/Tk is known to compile, along with any porting notes for getting it to work on those platforms, see: http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/platforms.html The rest of this file contains instructions on how to do this. The release should compile and run either "out of the box" or with trivial changes on any UNIX-like system that approximates POSIX, BSD, or System V. We know that it runs on workstations from Sun, H-P, DEC, IBM, and SGI, as well as PCs running Linux, BSDI, and SCO UNIX. To compile for a PC running Windows, see the README file in the directory ../win. To compile for MacOSX, see the README file in |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/configure.
more than 10,000 changes
Deleted unix/configure.ac.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Added unix/configure.in.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 |
#! /bin/bash -norc
dnl This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
dnl generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
dnl to configure the system for the local environment.
AC_INIT([tk],[8.5])
AC_PREREQ([2.59])
dnl This is only used when included from macosx/configure.ac
m4_ifdef([SC_USE_CONFIG_HEADERS], [
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([tkConfig.h:../unix/tkConfig.h.in])
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([DEFS="-DHAVE_TK_CONFIG_H -imacros tkConfig.h"])
AH_TOP([
#ifndef _TKCONFIG
#define _TKCONFIG])
AH_BOTTOM([
/* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
* include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
#endif /* _TKCONFIG */])
])
TK_VERSION=8.5
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=5
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".19"
VERSION=${TK_VERSION}
LOCALES="cs da de el en en_gb eo es fr hu it nl pl pt ru sv"
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find and load the tclConfig.sh file
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
if test "${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}" -ne 8 ; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.5+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
if test "${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}" -lt 5 ; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${PACKAGE_NAME} ${PACKAGE_VERSION} requires Tcl 8.5+
Found config for Tcl ${TCL_VERSION}])
fi
SC_PROG_TCLSH
SC_BUILD_TCLSH
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
prefix="$TCL_PREFIX"
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# Make sure srcdir is fully qualified!
srcdir="`cd "$srcdir" ; pwd`"
TK_SRC_DIR="`cd "$srcdir"/..; pwd`"
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compress and/or soft link the manpages?
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
CFLAGS=""
fi
AC_PROG_CC
# limits header checks must come early to prevent
# an autoconf bug that throws errors on configure
AC_CHECK_HEADER(limits.h,
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIMITS_H, 1, [Do we have <limits.h>?])],
[AC_DEFINE(NO_LIMITS_H, 1, [Do we have <limits.h>?])])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Supply a substitute for stdlib.h if it doesn't define strtol,
# strtoul, or strtod (which it doesn't in some versions of SunOS).
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tk_ok=1, tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tk_ok=0)
if test $tk_ok = 0; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
fi
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If we're using GCC, see if the compiler understands -pipe. If so, use it.
# It makes compiling go faster. (This is only a performance feature.)
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
if test -z "$no_pipe" && test -n "$GCC"; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the compiler understands -pipe],
tcl_cv_cc_pipe, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
AC_TRY_COMPILE(,,[tcl_cv_cc_pipe=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_pipe=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
if test $tcl_cv_cc_pipe = yes; then
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pipe"
fi
fi
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Threads support - this auto-enables if Tcl was compiled threaded
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_ENABLE_THREADS
# Add the threads support libraries
LIBS="$LIBS$THREADS_LIBS"
SC_ENABLE_SHARED
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags. This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS
SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Detect what compiler flags to set for 64-bit support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check endianness because we can optimize some operations
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_C_BIGENDIAN
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If Tcl and Tk are installed in different places, adjust the library
# search path to reflect this.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIB_RUNTIME_DIR='${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
if test "$TCL_EXEC_PREFIX" != "$exec_prefix"; then
LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${TCL_EXEC_PREFIX}/lib"
fi
if test "$TCL_PREFIX" != "$prefix"; then
AC_MSG_WARN([
Different --prefix selected for Tk and Tcl!
[[package require Tk]] may not work correctly in tclsh.])
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Include sys/select.h if it exists and if it supplies things
# that appear to be useful and aren't already in sys/types.h.
# This appears to be true only on the RS/6000 under AIX. Some
# systems like OSF/1 have a sys/select.h that's of no use, and
# other systems like SCO UNIX have a sys/select.h that's
# pernicious. If "fd_set" isn't defined anywhere then set a
# special flag.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_set in sys/types], tcl_cv_type_fd_set, [
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],[fd_set readMask, writeMask;],
[tcl_cv_type_fd_set=yes],[tcl_cv_type_fd_set=no])])
tk_ok=$tcl_cv_type_fd_set
if test $tk_ok = no; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for fd_mask in sys/select], tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask, [
AC_EGREP_HEADER(fd_mask, sys/select.h,
tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=present, tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask=missing)])
if test $tcl_cv_grep_fd_mask = present; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H, 1, [Should we include <sys/select.h>?])
tk_ok=yes
fi
fi
if test $tk_ok = no; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET, 1, [Do we have fd_set?])
fi
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Find out all about time handling differences.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Under Solaris 2.4, strtod returns the wrong value for the
# terminating character under some conditions. Check for this
# and if the problem exists use a substitute procedure
# "fixstrtod" (provided by Tcl) that corrects the error.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_BUGGY_STRTOD
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check for various typedefs and provide substitutes if
# they don't exist.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_CHECK_TYPES([intptr_t, uintptr_t],,,[[
#include <stdint.h>
]])
#-------------------------------------------
# In OS/390 struct pwd has no pw_gecos field
#-------------------------------------------
AC_CACHE_CHECK([pw_gecos in struct pwd], tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos, [
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pwd.h>],
[struct passwd pwd; (void)pwd.pw_gecos;],
[tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=yes],[tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_pwd_pw_gecos = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PW_GECOS, 1, [Does struct password have a pw_gecos field?])
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# On Mac OS X, we can build either with X11 or with Aqua
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use Aqua])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(aqua,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-aqua=yes|no],
[use Aqua windowingsystem on Mac OS X (default: no)]),
[tk_aqua=$enableval], [tk_aqua=no])
if test $tk_aqua = yes -o $tk_aqua = cocoa; then
tk_aqua=yes
if test $tcl_corefoundation = no; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when CoreFoundation is available])
tk_aqua=no
fi
if test ! -d /System/Library/Frameworks/Cocoa.framework; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua can only be used when Cocoa is available])
tk_aqua=no
fi
if test "`uname -r | awk -F. '{print [$]1}'`" -lt 9; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Aqua requires Mac OS X 10.5 or later])
tk_aqua=no
fi
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$tk_aqua])
if test "$fat_32_64" = yes; then
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit X11], tcl_cv_lib_x11_64, [
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
done
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -I/usr/X11R6/include"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -L/usr/X11R6/lib -lX11"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <X11/Xlib.h>], [XrmInitialize();],
[tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=yes],[tcl_cv_lib_x11_64=no])
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
done])
fi
# remove 64-bit arch flags from CFLAGS et al. for combined 32 & 64 bit
# fat builds if configuration does not support 64-bit.
if test "$tcl_cv_lib_x11_64" = no; then
AC_MSG_NOTICE([Removing 64-bit architectures from compiler & linker flags])
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval $v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
done
fi
fi
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
# check if weak linking whole libraries is possible.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -weak-l flag], tcl_cv_ld_weak_l, [
hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-weak-lm"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <math.h>], [double f = sin(1.0);],
[tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=yes],[tcl_cv_ld_weak_l=no])
LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
fi
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(AvailabilityMacros.h)
if test "$ac_cv_header_AvailabilityMacros_h" = yes; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if weak import is available], tcl_cv_cc_weak_import, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
AC_TRY_LINK([
#ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
#if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
#error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1020
#endif
#elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
#error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1020
#endif
int rand(void) __attribute__((weak_import));
], [rand();],
[tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_weak_import=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
if test $tcl_cv_cc_weak_import = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT, 1, [Is weak import available?])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if Darwin SUSv3 extensions are available],
tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#ifdef __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__
#if __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
#error __ENVIRONMENT_MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED__ < 1050
#endif
#elif MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
#error MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
#endif
#define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
],,[tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
if test $tcl_cv_cc_darwin_c_source = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(_DARWIN_C_SOURCE, 1,
[Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available?])
fi
fi
else
tk_aqua=no
fi
if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TK, 1, [Are we building TkAqua?])
LIBS="$LIBS -framework Cocoa -framework Carbon -framework IOKit"
EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES='-std=gnu99 -x objective-c'
TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=AQUA
if test -n "${enable_symbols}" -a "${enable_symbols}" != no; then
AC_DEFINE(TK_MAC_DEBUG, 1, [Are TkAqua debug messages enabled?])
fi
else
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive. Try
# the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
# (e.g. because there's no xmkmf program) then check through
# a list of possible directories. Under some conditions the
# autoconf macro will return an include directory that contains
# no include files, so double-check its result just to be safe.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_PATH_X
TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM=X11
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Various manipulations on the search path used at runtime to
# find shared libraries:
# 1. If the X library binaries are in a non-standard directory,
# add the X library location into that search path.
# 2. On systems such as AIX and Ultrix that use "-L" as the
# search path option, colons cannot be used to separate
# directories from each other. Change colons to " -L".
# 3. Create two sets of search flags, one for use in cc lines
# and the other for when the linker is invoked directly. In
# the second case, '-Wl,' must be stripped off and commas must
# be replaced by spaces.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "x${x_libraries}" != "x"; then
if test "x${x_libraries}" != "xNONE"; then
LIB_RUNTIME_DIR="${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:${x_libraries}"
fi
fi
if test "${TCL_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}" = '-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'; then
LIB_RUNTIME_DIR=`echo ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR} |sed -e 's/:/ -L/g'`
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check for the existence of various libraries. The order here
# is important, so that then end up in the right order in the
# command line generated by make. The -lsocket and -lnsl libraries
# require a couple of special tricks:
# 1. Use "connect" and "accept" to check for -lsocket, and
# "gethostbyname" to check for -lnsl.
# 2. Use each function name only once: can't redo a check because
# autoconf caches the results of the last check and won't redo it.
# 3. Use -lnsl and -lsocket only if they supply procedures that
# aren't already present in the normal libraries. This is because
# IRIX 5.2 has libraries, but they aren't needed and they're
# bogus: they goof up name resolution if used.
# 4. On some SVR4 systems, can't use -lsocket without -lnsl too.
# To get around this problem, check for both libraries together
# if -lsocket doesn't work by itself.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(Xbsd, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -lXbsd"])
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# One more check related to the X libraries. The standard releases
# of Ultrix don't support the "xauth" mechanism, so send won't work
# unless TK_NO_SECURITY is defined. However, there are usually copies
# of the MIT X server available as well, which do support xauth.
# Check for the MIT stuff and use it if it exists.
#
# Note: can't use ac_check_lib macro (at least, not in Autoconf 2.1)
# because it can't deal with the "-" in the library name.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test -d /usr/include/mit -a $tk_aqua = no; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([MIT X libraries])
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/mit"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$LIBS -lX11-mit"
AC_TRY_LINK([
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
], [
XOpenDisplay(0);
], [
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
XLIBSW="-lX11-mit"
XINCLUDES="-I/usr/include/mit"
],[AC_MSG_RESULT(no)])
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check for freetype / fontconfig / Xft support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use xft])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xft,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xft],
[use freetype/fontconfig/xft (default: on)]),
[enable_xft=$enableval], [enable_xft="default"])
XFT_CFLAGS=""
XFT_LIBS=""
if test "$enable_xft" = "no" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xft])
else
found_xft="yes"
dnl make sure package configurator (xft-config or pkg-config
dnl says that xft is present.
XFT_CFLAGS=`xft-config --cflags 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
XFT_LIBS=`xft-config --libs 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
found_xft=yes
XFT_CFLAGS=`pkg-config --cflags xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
XFT_LIBS=`pkg-config --libs xft fontconfig 2>/dev/null` || found_xft="no"
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$found_xft])
dnl make sure that compiling against Xft header file doesn't bomb
if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/Xft/Xft.h, [], [
found_xft=no
],[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
dnl make sure that linking against Xft libraries finds freetype
if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW"
AC_CHECK_LIB(Xft, XftFontOpen, [], [
found_xft=no
])
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
dnl make sure that linking against fontconfig libraries finds Fc* symbols
if test "$found_xft" = "yes" ; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES $XFT_CFLAGS"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$tk_oldLIBS $XFT_LIBS $XLIBSW -lfontconfig"
AC_CHECK_LIB(fontconfig, FcFontSort, [
XFT_LIBS="$XFT_LIBS -lfontconfig"
], [])
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
dnl print a warning if xft is unusable and was specifically requested
if test "$found_xft" = "no" ; then
if test "$enable_xft" = "yes" ; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Can't find xft configuration, or xft is unusable])
fi
enable_xft=no
XFT_CFLAGS=""
XFT_LIBS=""
else
enable_xft=yes
fi
fi
if test $enable_xft = "yes" ; then
UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixRFont.o
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XFT, 1, [Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)?])
else
UNIX_FONT_OBJS=tkUnixFont.o
fi
AC_SUBST(XFT_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(XFT_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(UNIX_FONT_OBJS)
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check for XkbKeycodeToKeysym.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
LIBS="$LIBS $XLIBSW"
AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/XKBlib.h, [
xkblib_header_found=yes
], [
xkblib_header_found=no
], [#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
if test $xkblib_header_found = "yes" ; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XkbKeycodeToKeysym, [
xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=yes
], [
xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
])
else
xkbkeycodetokeysym_found=no
fi
if test $xkbkeycodetokeysym_found = "yes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM, 1, [Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym?])
fi
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# XXX Do this last.
# It might modify XLIBSW which could affect other tests.
#
# Check whether the header and library for the XScreenSaver
# extension are available, and set HAVE_XSS if so.
# XScreenSaver is needed for Tk_GetUserInactiveTime().
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test $tk_aqua = no; then
tk_oldCFlags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $XINCLUDES"
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$tk_oldLibs $XLIBSW"
xss_header_found=no
xss_lib_found=no
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to try to use XScreenSaver])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(xss,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-xss],
[use XScreenSaver for activity timer (default: on)]),
[enable_xss=$enableval], [enable_xss=yes])
if test "$enable_xss" = "no" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_xss])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h, [
xss_header_found=yes
],,[#include <X11/Xlib.h>])
AC_CHECK_FUNC(XScreenSaverQueryInfo,,[
AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXext"
xss_lib_found=yes
], [
AC_CHECK_LIB(Xss, XScreenSaverQueryInfo, [
if test "$tcl_cv_ld_weak_l" = yes; then
# On Darwin, weak link libXss if possible,
# as it is only available on Tiger or later.
XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -Wl,-weak-lXss -lXext"
else
XLIBSW="$XLIBSW -lXss -lXext"
fi
xss_lib_found=yes
],, -lXext)
])
])
fi
if test $enable_xss = yes -a $xss_lib_found = yes -a $xss_header_found = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSS, 1, [Is XScreenSaver available?])
fi
CFLAGS=$tk_oldCFlags
LIBS=$tk_oldLibs
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Figure out whether "char" is unsigned. If so, set a
# #define for __CHAR_UNSIGNED__.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
eval eval "TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval eval "TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=libtk${LIB_SUFFIX}"
# tkConfig.sh needs a version of the _LIB_SUFFIX that has been eval'ed
# since on some platforms TK_LIB_FILE contains shell escapes.
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${TK_LIB_FILE}"
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""; then
SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} \${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}"
TCL_STUB_FLAGS="-DUSE_TCL_STUBS"
fi
test -z "$TK_LIBRARY" && TK_LIBRARY='$(prefix)/lib/tk$(VERSION)'
PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR='$(includedir)'
HTML_DIR='$(DISTDIR)/html'
TK_PKG_DIR='tk$(VERSION)'
TK_RSRC_FILE='tk$(VERSION).rsrc'
WISH_RSRC_FILE='wish$(VERSION).rsrc'
# Note: in the following variable, it's important to use the absolute
# path name of the Tcl directory rather than "..": this is because
# AIX remembers this path and will attempt to use it at run-time to look
# up the Tcl library.
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK
TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="-compatibility_version ${TK_VERSION} -current_version ${TK_VERSION}`echo ${TK_PATCH_LEVEL} | awk ['{match($0, "\\\.[0-9]+"); print substr($0,RSTART,RLENGTH)}']`"
TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -install_name "${DYLIB_INSTALL_DIR}/${TK_LIB_FILE}" -unexported_symbols_list $$(f=$(TK_LIB_FILE).E && nm -gp tkMacOSX*.o 2>/dev/null | awk "/^[[0-9a-f]]+ . \.objc/ {print \$$3}" > $$f && nm -gjp "$(TCL_BIN_DIR)"/$(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) | grep ^_[[^_]] >> $$f && echo $$f)'
echo "$LDFLAGS " | grep -q -- '-prebind ' && TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -seg1addr 0xb000000'
TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS="${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS}"' -sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Tk-Info.plist'
EXTRA_WISH_LIBS='-sectcreate __TEXT __info_plist Wish-Info.plist'
EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES="${EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES}"' -mdynamic-no-pic'
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Tk-Info.plist:../macosx/Tk-Info.plist.in Wish-Info.plist:../macosx/Wish-Info.plist.in])
for l in ${LOCALES}; do CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS="${CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS}<string>$l</string>"; done
TK_YEAR="`date +%Y`"
fi
if test "$FRAMEWORK_BUILD" = "1" ; then
AC_DEFINE(TK_FRAMEWORK, 1, [Is Tk built as a framework?])
# Construct a fake local framework structure to make linking with
# '-framework Tk' and running of tktest work
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([Tk.framework], [n=Tk &&
f=$n.framework && v=Versions/$VERSION &&
rm -rf $f && mkdir -p $f/$v/Resources &&
ln -s $v/$n $v/Resources $f && ln -s ../../../$n $f/$v &&
ln -s ../../../../$n-Info.plist $f/$v/Resources/Info.plist &&
if test $tk_aqua = yes; then ln -s ../../../../$n.rsrc $f/$v/Resources; fi &&
unset n f v
], VERSION=${TK_VERSION} && tk_aqua=${tk_aqua})
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_FRAMEWORK_PATH"
if test "${libdir}" = '${exec_prefix}/lib'; then
# override libdir default
libdir="/Library/Frameworks"
fi
TK_LIB_FILE="Tk"
TK_LIB_FLAG="-framework Tk"
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-F`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` -framework Tk"
TK_LIB_SPEC="-F${libdir} -framework Tk"
libdir="${libdir}/Tk.framework/Versions/\${VERSION}"
TK_LIBRARY="${libdir}/Resources/Scripts"
TK_PKG_DIR="Resources/Scripts"
TK_RSRC_FILE="Tk.rsrc"
WISH_RSRC_FILE="Wish.rsrc"
includedir="${libdir}/Headers"
PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR="${libdir}/PrivateHeaders"
HTML_DIR="${libdir}/Resources/Documentation/Reference/Tk"
EXTRA_INSTALL="install-private-headers html-tk"
EXTRA_BUILD_HTML='@ln -fs contents.htm "$(HTML_INSTALL_DIR)"/TkTOC.html'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Info.plist to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/" && mkdir -p "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) Tk-Info.plist "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources/Info.plist"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing license.terms to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(TOP_DIR)/license.terms" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"'
if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && mkdir -p "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/Resources"; done'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing wish$(VERSION) script to $(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && mkdir -p "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'" && printf > "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)" "#!/bin/sh\n\"\$$(dirname \$$0)'"`eval d="${bindir}"; echo "$d" | sed -e 's#/[^/][^/]*#/..#g'`"'$(bindir)/Wish\" \"\$$@\"" && chmod +x "$(INSTALL_ROOT)/'"${bindir}"'/wish$(VERSION)"'
bindir="${libdir}/Resources/Wish.app/Contents/MacOS"
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Info.plist to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/.." && $(INSTALL_DATA) Wish-Info.plist "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Info.plist" && mv -f "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/wish$(VERSION)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/Wish"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.icns to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && mkdir -p "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Tk.icns" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources/Wish.icns"'
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Installing Wish.sdef to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources" && $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/Wish.sdef" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/../Resources"'
fi
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES="$EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES"' && echo "Finalizing Tk.framework" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && ln -s "$(VERSION)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../Current" && for f in "$(LIB_FILE)" tkConfig.sh Resources Headers PrivateHeaders; do rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/Current/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."; done && f="$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" && rm -f "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../../$$f" && ln -s "Versions/$(VERSION)/$$f" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/../.."'
# Don't use AC_DEFINE for the following as the framework version define
# needs to go into the Makefile even when using autoheader, so that we
# can pick up a potential make override of VERSION. Also, don't put this
# into CFLAGS as it should not go into tkConfig.sh
EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES="$EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES"' -DTK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION=\"$(VERSION)\"'
else
if test $tk_aqua = yes; then
EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES='@echo "Installing Images to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/" && mkdir -p "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" && for i in Tk.tiff Tk.icns; do $(INSTALL_DATA) "$(MAC_OSX_DIR)/$$i" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; done'
fi
# libdir must be a fully qualified path and not ${exec_prefix}/lib
eval libdir="$libdir"
if test "${ac_cv_cygwin}" = "yes" -a "$SHARED_BUILD" = "1"; then
TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L\$(TOP_DIR)/win ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
else
if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk${TK_VERSION}"
else
TK_LIB_FLAG="-ltk`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
fi
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
fi
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define various symbols relating to Tk
# stub support.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Replace ${VERSION} with contents of ${TK_VERSION}
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=libtkstub${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}"
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_DIR=${libdir}"
if test "${TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK}" = "ok"; then
TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub${TK_VERSION}"
else
TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG="-ltkstub`echo ${TK_VERSION} | tr -d .`"
fi
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_STUB_LIB_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
# Install time header dir can be set via --includedir
eval "TK_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"-I${includedir}\""
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}
AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_YEAR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_INCLUDE_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
AC_SUBST(LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(XINCLUDES)
AC_SUBST(XLIBSW)
AC_SUBST(LOCALES)
AC_SUBST(TK_WINDOWINGSYSTEM)
AC_SUBST(TK_PKG_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIBRARY)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RUNTIME_DIR)
AC_SUBST(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_DIR)
AC_SUBST(HTML_DIR)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_APP_CC_SWITCHES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_INSTALL_BINARIES)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_BUILD_HTML)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_WISH_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(CFBUNDLELOCALIZATIONS)
AC_SUBST(TK_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(WISH_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(LIB_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(APP_RSRC_FILE)
AC_SUBST(REZ)
AC_SUBST(REZ_FLAGS)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
Makefile:../unix/Makefile.in
tkConfig.sh:../unix/tkConfig.sh.in
tk.pc:../unix/tk.pc.in
])
AC_OUTPUT
dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf
dnl End:
|
Changes to unix/install-sh.
1 2 3 | #!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | #!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2011-04-20.01; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 | # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent | | < | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < | | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
nl='
'
IFS=" "" $nl"
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
if test -z "$doit"; then
doit_exec=exec
else
doit_exec=$doit
fi
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_glob='?'
initialize_posix_glob='
test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
posix_glob=
else
posix_glob=:
fi
}
'
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
no_target_directory=
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 | -c (ignored) -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. -s $stripprog installed files. | | | | > | | | | | | | < < | < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-S $stripprog installed files.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *' '* | *'
'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-S) stripcmd="$stripprog $2"
shift;;
-t) dst_arg=$2
shift;;
-T) no_target_directory=true;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $src in
-*) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 |
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
| > > > > > | > | | | | < < < < > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | < > > > > > | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > > | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 |
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# Protect names starting with `-'.
case $dst in
-*) dst=./$dst;;
esac
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
# if double slashes aren't ignored.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
dstdir_status=0
else
# Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
dstdir=`
(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$dst" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{
s//\1/
q
}
/^X\(\/\).*/{
s//\1/
q
}
s/.*/./; q'
`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
umask=`umask`
case $stripcmd.$umask in
# Optimize common cases.
*[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
.*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
- $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
- $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
`;;
*) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
esac
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
case $umask in
*[123567][0-7][0-7])
# POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
# is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
;;
*)
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
-*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
$posix_glob set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
$posix_glob set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test -z "$d" && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask=$mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
$posix_glob set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
$posix_glob set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
|
Changes to unix/installManPage.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 | # A sed script to parse the alternative names out of a man page. # # Backslashes are trippled in the sed script, because it is in # backticks which doesn't pass backslashes literally. # Names=`sed -n ' | | > > < < < | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 |
# A sed script to parse the alternative names out of a man page.
#
# Backslashes are trippled in the sed script, because it is in
# backticks which doesn't pass backslashes literally.
#
Names=`sed -n '
# Look for a line, that starts with .SH NAME
# optionally allow NAME to be surrounded
# by quotes.
/^\.SH NAME/{
# Read next line
n
# Remove all commas ...
s/,//g
# ... and backslash-escaped spaces.
s/\\\ //g
# Delete from \- to the end of line
s/ \\\-.*//
# print the result and exit
p;q
}' $ManPage`
if test -z "$Names" ; then
echo "warning: no target names found in $ManPage"
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
if test -z "$First" ; then
First=$Target
sed -e "/man\.macros/r $SrcDir/man.macros" -e "/man\.macros/d" \
$ManPage > "$Dir/$First"
chmod 644 "$Dir/$First"
$Gzip "$Dir/$First"
else
| | | 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
if test -z "$First" ; then
First=$Target
sed -e "/man\.macros/r $SrcDir/man.macros" -e "/man\.macros/d" \
$ManPage > "$Dir/$First"
chmod 644 "$Dir/$First"
$Gzip "$Dir/$First"
else
ln $SymOrLoc"$First$Gz" "$Dir/$Target$Gz"
fi
done
########################################################################
exit 0
|
Changes to unix/tcl.m4.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
| | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl],
[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]),
[with_tclconfig="${withval}"])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tclconfig}" in
*/tclConfig.sh )
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
fi
# on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
break
fi
done
fi
# check in a few common install locations
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
| > | | | | | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
fi
# on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/Tcl.framework/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/Tcl.framework; pwd)`"
break
fi
done
fi
# check in a few common install locations
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tcl8.5 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
break
fi
done
fi
# check in a few other private locations
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in \
${srcdir}/../tcl \
`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`"
break
fi
done
fi
])
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
AC_MSG_ERROR([Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
#
if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
no_tk=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
| | | | 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
#
if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
no_tk=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-tk],
[directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]),
[with_tkconfig="${withval}"])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tkconfig}" in
*/tkConfig.sh )
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
fi
# on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`"
break
fi
done
fi
# check in a few common install locations
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
| > | | | | 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
fi
# on Darwin, check in Framework installation locations
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" -a x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ~/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /Network/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /System/Library/Frameworks 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/Tk.framework/tkConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i/Tk.framework; pwd)`"
break
fi
done
fi
# check in a few common install locations
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${exec_prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d ${prefix}/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/pkg/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib/tcl/tk8.5 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tkconfig="`(cd $i; pwd)`"
break
fi
done
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
fi
# If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
| > > > > | 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 |
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
fi
# eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
# If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
fi
;;
esac
fi
AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
| > > > > > > | 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`echo "${TCL_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TCL_BIN_DIR}/${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
fi
;;
esac
fi
# eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
fi
# If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
| > > > > | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 |
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. "${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh"
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find ${TK_BIN_DIR}/tkConfig.sh])
fi
# eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
# If the TK_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TK_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TK_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 |
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L` echo "${TK_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
fi
;;
esac
fi
AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
| > > > > > > | 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 |
if test -f "${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"; then
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L` echo "${TK_BIN_DIR}" | sed -e 's/ /\\\\ /g'` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${TK_BIN_DIR}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
fi
;;
esac
fi
# eval is required to do the TK_DBGX substitution
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TK_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_LIB_SPEC}\""
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
504 505 506 507 508 509 510 |
# Sets the following vars:
# SHARED_BUILD Value of 1 or 0
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
| | < < < < < < < < < | 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 |
# Sets the following vars:
# SHARED_BUILD Value of 1 or 0
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-shared],
[build and link with shared libraries (default: on)]),
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
SHARED_BUILD=1
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
SHARED_BUILD=0
AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
fi
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK --
#
# Allows the building of shared libraries into frameworks
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
# FRAMEWORK_BUILD Value of 1 or 0
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK], [
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to package libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(framework,
| | | 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
# FRAMEWORK_BUILD Value of 1 or 0
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_FRAMEWORK], [
if test "`uname -s`" = "Darwin" ; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to package libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(framework,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-framework],
[package shared libraries in MacOSX frameworks (default: off)]),
[enable_framework=$enableval], [enable_framework=no])
if test $enable_framework = yes; then
if test $SHARED_BUILD = 0; then
AC_MSG_WARN([Frameworks can only be built if --enable-shared is yes])
enable_framework=no
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 |
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([static library])
fi
FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
fi
fi
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
# Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
# Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
# can also be enabled.
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 |
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([static library])
fi
FRAMEWORK_BUILD=0
fi
fi
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
#
# Specify if thread support should be enabled
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Adds the following arguments to configure:
# --enable-threads
#
# Sets the following vars:
# THREADS_LIBS Thread library(s)
#
# Defines the following vars:
# TCL_THREADS
# _REENTRANT
# _THREAD_SAFE
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads],
[build with threads (default: off)]),
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
tcl_threaded_core=1;
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" -o "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
TCL_THREADS=1
# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC, 1,
[Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator?])
AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
if test "`uname -s`" = "SunOS" ; then
AC_DEFINE(_POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS, 1,
[Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do!])
fi
AC_DEFINE(_THREAD_SAFE, 1, [Do we want the thread-safe OS API?])
AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread,pthread_mutex_init,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
# Check a little harder for __pthread_mutex_init in the same
# library, as some systems hide it there until pthread.h is
# defined. We could alternatively do an AC_TRY_COMPILE with
# pthread.h, but that will work with libpthread really doesn't
# exist, like AIX 4.2. [Bug: 4359]
AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, __pthread_mutex_init,
tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
# The space is needed
THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthread"
else
AC_CHECK_LIB(pthreads, pthread_mutex_init,
tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
# The space is needed
THREADS_LIBS=" -lpthreads"
else
AC_CHECK_LIB(c, pthread_mutex_init,
tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_mutex_init,
tcl_ok=yes, tcl_ok=no)
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
# The space is needed
THREADS_LIBS=" -pthread"
else
TCL_THREADS=0
AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how to find pthread lib on your system - you must disable thread support or edit the LIBS in the Makefile...])
fi
fi
fi
fi
# Does the pthread-implementation provide
# 'pthread_attr_setstacksize' ?
ac_saved_libs=$LIBS
LIBS="$LIBS $THREADS_LIBS"
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pthread_attr_setstacksize pthread_atfork)
AC_CHECK_FUNC(pthread_attr_get_np,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
if test $tcl_ok = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GET_NP, 1,
[Do we want a BSD-like thread-attribute interface?])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pthread_attr_get_np declaration],
tcl_cv_grep_pthread_attr_get_np, [
AC_EGREP_HEADER(pthread_attr_get_np, pthread.h,
tcl_cv_grep_pthread_attr_get_np=present,
tcl_cv_grep_pthread_attr_get_np=missing)])
if test $tcl_cv_grep_pthread_attr_get_np = missing ; then
AC_DEFINE(ATTRGETNP_NOT_DECLARED, 1,
[Is pthread_attr_get_np() declared in <pthread.h>?])
fi
else
AC_CHECK_FUNC(pthread_getattr_np,tcl_ok=yes,tcl_ok=no)
if test $tcl_ok = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PTHREAD_GETATTR_NP, 1,
[Do we want a Linux-like thread-attribute interface?])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pthread_getattr_np declaration],
tcl_cv_grep_pthread_getattr_np, [
AC_EGREP_HEADER(pthread_getattr_np, pthread.h,
tcl_cv_grep_pthread_getattr_np=present,
tcl_cv_grep_pthread_getattr_np=missing)])
if test $tcl_cv_grep_pthread_getattr_np = missing ; then
AC_DEFINE(GETATTRNP_NOT_DECLARED, 1,
[Is pthread_getattr_np declared in <pthread.h>?])
fi
fi
fi
if test $tcl_ok = no; then
# Darwin thread stacksize API
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pthread_get_stacksize_np)
fi
LIBS=$ac_saved_libs
else
TCL_THREADS=0
fi
# Do checking message here to not mess up interleaved configure output
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building with threads])
if test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1; then
AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS, 1, [Are we building with threads enabled?])
if test "${tcl_threaded_core}" = 1; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (threaded core)])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
fi
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no (default)])
fi
AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
# Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
# Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
# can also be enabled.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 |
# --enable-symbols
#
# Defines the following vars:
# CFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
| > > > | > | 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 |
# --enable-symbols
#
# Defines the following vars:
# CFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
# DBGX Formerly used as debug library extension;
# always blank now.
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbols],
[build with debugging symbols (default: off)]),
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
DBGX=""
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED, 1, [Is this an optimized build?])
else
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
664 665 666 667 668 669 670 |
#
# Defines the following vars:
# HAVE_LANGINFO Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [
AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo,
| | < | | 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 |
#
# Defines the following vars:
# HAVE_LANGINFO Triggers use of nl_langinfo if defined.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_LANGINFO], [
AC_ARG_ENABLE(langinfo,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-langinfo],
[use nl_langinfo if possible to determine encoding at startup, otherwise use old heuristic (default: on)]),
[langinfo_ok=$enableval], [langinfo_ok=yes])
HAVE_LANGINFO=0
if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_CHECK_HEADER(langinfo.h,[langinfo_ok=yes],[langinfo_ok=no])
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use nl_langinfo])
if test "$langinfo_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_langinfo_h, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <langinfo.h>]], [[nl_langinfo(CODESET);]])],[tcl_cv_langinfo_h=yes],[tcl_cv_langinfo_h=no])])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_cv_langinfo_h])
if test $tcl_cv_langinfo_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO, 1, [Do we have nl_langinfo()?])
fi
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([$langinfo_ok])
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
716 717 718 719 720 721 722 |
# according to the user's selection.
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use symlinks for manpages])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-symlinks,
| | | | | | | | | > > | | > > > > > > | 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 |
# according to the user's selection.
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_MANPAGES], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use symlinks for manpages])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-symlinks,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-symlinks],
[use symlinks for the manpages (default: off)]),
[test "$enableval" != "no" && MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --symlinks"],
[enableval="no"])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to compress the manpages])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-compression,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-compression=PROG],
[compress the manpages with PROG (default: off)]),
[case $enableval in
yes) AC_MSG_ERROR([missing argument to --enable-man-compression]);;
no) ;;
*) MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --compress $enableval";;
esac],
[enableval="no"])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval])
if test "$enableval" != "no"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for compressed file suffix])
touch TeST
$enableval TeST
Z=`ls TeST* | sed 's/^....//'`
rm -f TeST*
MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --extension $Z"
AC_MSG_RESULT([$Z])
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to add a package name suffix for the manpages])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(man-suffix,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-man-suffix=STRING],
[use STRING as a suffix to manpage file names (default: no, AC_PACKAGE_NAME if enabled without specifying STRING)]),
[case $enableval in
yes) enableval="AC_PACKAGE_NAME" MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";;
no) ;;
*) MAN_FLAGS="$MAN_FLAGS --suffix $enableval";;
esac],
[enableval="no"])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enableval])
AC_SUBST(MAN_FLAGS)
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
#
# Determine what the system is (some things cannot be easily checked
# on a feature-driven basis, alas). This can usually be done via the
# "uname" command, but there are a few systems, like Next, where
# this doesn't work.
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
# Defines the following var:
#
# system - System/platform/version identification code.
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([system version], tcl_cv_sys_version, [
if test -f /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version; then
tcl_cv_sys_version=NEXTSTEP-`awk '/3/,/3/' /usr/lib/NextStep/software_version`
else
tcl_cv_sys_version=`uname -s`-`uname -r`
if test "$?" -ne 0 ; then
AC_MSG_WARN([can't find uname command])
tcl_cv_sys_version=unknown
else
# Special check for weird MP-RAS system (uname returns weird
# results, and the version is kept in special file).
if test -r /etc/.relid -a "X`uname -n`" = "X`uname -s`" ; then
tcl_cv_sys_version=MP-RAS-`awk '{print $[3]}' /etc/.relid`
fi
if test "`uname -s`" = "AIX" ; then
tcl_cv_sys_version=AIX-`uname -v`.`uname -r`
fi
if test "`uname -s`" = "NetBSD" -a -f /etc/debian_version ; then
tcl_cv_sys_version=NetBSD-Debian
fi
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
843 844 845 846 847 848 849 | # of a shared library (may request position-independent # code, among other things). # SHLIB_LD - Base command to use for combining object files # into a shared library. # SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when # creating shared libraries. This symbol typically # goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build | | | | | 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 |
# of a shared library (may request position-independent
# code, among other things).
# SHLIB_LD - Base command to use for combining object files
# into a shared library.
# SHLIB_LD_LIBS - Dependent libraries for the linker to scan when
# creating shared libraries. This symbol typically
# goes at the end of the "ld" commands that build
# shared libraries. The value of the symbol is
# "${LIBS}" if all of the dependent libraries should
# be specified when creating a shared library. If
# dependent libraries should not be specified (as on
# SunOS 4.x, where they cause the link to fail, or in
# general if Tcl and Tk aren't themselves shared
# libraries), then this symbol has an empty string
# as its value.
# SHLIB_SUFFIX - Suffix to use for the names of dynamically loadable
# extensions. An empty string means we don't know how
# to use shared libraries on this platform.
# TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS - Additional element which are added to SHLIB_LD_LIBS
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
888 889 890 891 892 893 894 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
# Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,
| | | | > | | < | > > < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
# Step 0.a: Enable 64 bit support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit],
[enable 64bit support (default: off)]),
[do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bit])
# Step 0.b: Enable Solaris 64 bit VIS support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit Sparc VIS support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit-vis,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-64bit-vis],
[enable 64bit Sparc VIS support (default: off)]),
[do64bitVIS=$enableval], [do64bitVIS=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$do64bitVIS])
# Force 64bit on with VIS
AS_IF([test "$do64bitVIS" = "yes"], [do64bit=yes])
# Step 0.c: Check if visibility support is available. Do this here so
# that platform specific alternatives can be used below if this fails.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler supports visibility "hidden"],
tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS; CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Werror"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) void f(void);
void f(void) {}]], [[f();]])],
[tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=yes],
[tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden = yes], [
AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE,
[extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden")))],
[Compiler support for module scope symbols])
])
# Step 0.d: Disable -rpath support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if rpath support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-rpath],
[disable rpath support (default: on)]),
[doRpath=$enableval], [doRpath=yes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$doRpath])
# Step 1: set the variable "system" to hold the name and version number
# for the system.
SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
# Step 2: check for existence of -ldl library. This is needed because
# Linux can use either -ldl or -ldld for dynamic loading.
AC_CHECK_LIB(dl, dlopen, have_dl=yes, have_dl=no)
# Require ranlib early so we can override it in special cases below.
AS_IF([test x"${SHLIB_VERSION}" = x], [SHLIB_VERSION="1.0"])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])
# Step 3: set configuration options based on system name and version.
do64bit_ok=no
# default to '{$LIBS}' and set to "" on per-platform necessary basis
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
LDFLAGS_ORIG="$LDFLAGS"
# When ld needs options to work in 64-bit mode, put them in
# LDFLAGS_ARCH so they eventually end up in LDFLAGS even if [load]
# is disabled by the user. [Bug 1016796]
LDFLAGS_ARCH=""
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=""
TCL_TRIM_DOTS='`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`'
ECHO_VERSION='`echo ${VERSION}`'
TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=ok
CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-O
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wpointer-arith"
], [CFLAGS_WARNING=""])
AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="LD_LIBRARY_PATH"
PLAT_OBJS=""
PLAT_SRCS=""
LDAIX_SRC=""
case $system in
AIX-*)
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1" -a "$GCC" != "yes"], [
# AIX requires the _r compiler when gcc isn't being used
case "${CC}" in
*_r|*_r\ *)
# ok ...
;;
*)
# Make sure only first arg gets _r
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 | SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" DL_LIBS="-ldl" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic" CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" ;; | | | | < < | | | | | > > > | 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 |
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*|MSYS_*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o tclWinError.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE=1
TCL_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX='${VERSION}\$\{DBGX\}.dll.a'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,--out-implib,\$[@].a"
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for Cygwin version of gcc,
ac_cv_cygwin,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifdef __CYGWIN__
#error cygwin
#endif
]], [[]])],
[ac_cv_cygwin=no],
[ac_cv_cygwin=yes])
)
if test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = "no"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} is not a cygwin compiler.])
fi
if test "x${TCL_THREADS}" = "x0"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([CYGWIN compile is only supported with --enable-threads])
fi
do64bit_ok=yes
if test "x${SHARED_BUILD}" = "x1"; then
echo "running cd ../win; ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args"
# The eval makes quoting arguments work.
if cd ../win; eval ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} ./configure $ac_configure_args; cd ../unix
then :
else
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 |
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
])
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
| < < | | 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 |
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,+s,+b,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='+s +b ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}:.'
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="SHLIB_PATH"
])
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
])
# Users may want PA-RISC 1.1/2.0 portable code - needs HP cc
#CFLAGS="$CFLAGS +DAportable"
# Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = "yes"], [
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
case `${CC} -dumpmachine` in
hppa64*)
# 64-bit gcc in use. Fix flags for GNU ld.
do64bit_ok=yes
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
;;
*)
AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported with GCC on $system])
;;
esac
], [
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 | ]) ;; IRIX-5.*) SHLIB_CFLAGS="" SHLIB_LD="ld -shared -rdata_shared" SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" DL_LIBS="" | < | < | | 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 |
]) ;;
IRIX-5.*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
SHLIB_LD="ld -shared -rdata_shared"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
;;
IRIX-6.*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mabi=n32"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -mabi=n32"
], [
case $system in
IRIX-6.3)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 | ;; IRIX64-6.*) SHLIB_CFLAGS="" SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared" SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" DL_LIBS="" | < | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < | < < < < < | | | | > | > | | | | > > | | > | | | | | 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 |
;;
IRIX64-6.*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
SHLIB_LD="ld -n32 -shared -rdata_shared"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
# Check to enable 64-bit flags for compiler/linker
AS_IF([test "$do64bit" = yes], [
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
AC_MSG_WARN([64bit mode not supported by gcc])
], [
do64bit_ok=yes
SHLIB_LD="ld -64 -shared -rdata_shared"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -64"
LDFLAGS_ARCH="-64"
])
])
;;
Linux*|GNU*|NetBSD-Debian)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
# egcs-2.91.66 on Redhat Linux 6.0 generates lots of warnings
# when you inline the string and math operations. Turn this off to
# get rid of the warnings.
#CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="${CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE} -D__NO_STRING_INLINES -D__NO_MATH_INLINES"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} -shared'
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,--export-dynamic"
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
AS_IF([test "`uname -m`" = "alpha"], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"])
AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -m64 flag], tcl_cv_cc_m64, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[]])],[tcl_cv_cc_m64=yes],[tcl_cv_cc_m64=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_m64 = yes], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -m64"
do64bit_ok=yes
])
])
# The combo of gcc + glibc has a bug related to inlining of
# functions like strtod(). The -fno-builtin flag should address
# this problem but it does not work. The -fno-inline flag is kind
# of overkill but it works. Disable inlining only when one of the
# files in compat/*.c is being linked in.
AS_IF([test x"${USE_COMPAT}" != x],[CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fno-inline"])
;;
Lynx*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=-02
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-mshared -ldl"
LD_FLAGS="-Wl,--export-dynamic"
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
;;
MP-RAS-02*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
MP-RAS-*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
OpenBSD-*)
arch=`arch -s`
case "$arch" in
vax)
# Equivalent using configure option --disable-load
# Step 4 will set the necessary variables
DL_OBJS=""
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
;;
*)
case "$arch" in
alpha|sparc|sparc64)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
;;
*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fpic"
;;
esac
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared ${SHLIB_CFLAGS}'
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.${SHLIB_VERSION}'
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-export-dynamic"
;;
esac
case "$arch" in
vax)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O1"
;;
sh)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O0"
;;
*)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2"
;;
esac
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
# On OpenBSD: Compile with -pthread
# Don't link with -lpthread
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthread//`
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
])
# OpenBSD doesn't do version numbers with dots.
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
;;
NetBSD-*)
# NetBSD has ELF and can use 'cc -shared' to build shared libs
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} -shared'
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -export-dynamic"
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
# The -pthread needs to go in the CFLAGS, not LIBS
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
])
;;
DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*)
# This configuration from FreeBSD Ports.
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
SHLIB_LD="${CC} -shared"
SHLIB_LD_LIBS="${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} -Wl,-soname,\$[@]"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = "1"], [
# The -pthread needs to go in the LDFLAGS, not LIBS
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-pthread//`
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $PTHREAD_LIBS"])
case $system in
FreeBSD-3.*)
# Version numbers are dot-stripped by system policy.
TCL_TRIM_DOTS=`echo ${VERSION} | tr -d .`
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so'
TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 | AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [ case `arch` in ppc) AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag], tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64, [ hold_cflags=$CFLAGS CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5" | > | | > | | | > > > > > | | < | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | | | | | | > > | 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 |
AS_IF([test $do64bit = yes], [
case `arch` in
ppc)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch ppc64 flag],
tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[]])],
[tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=yes],
[tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_ppc64 = yes], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch ppc64 -mpowerpc64 -mcpu=G5"
do64bit_ok=yes
]);;
i386)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if compiler accepts -arch x86_64 flag],
tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64, [
hold_cflags=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[]])],
[tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=yes],
[tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64=no])
CFLAGS=$hold_cflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_cc_arch_x86_64 = yes], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -arch x86_64"
do64bit_ok=yes
]);;
*)
AC_MSG_WARN([Don't know how enable 64-bit on architecture `arch`]);;
esac
], [
# Check for combined 32-bit and 64-bit fat build
AS_IF([echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc64|x86_64) ' \
&& echo "$CFLAGS " |grep -E -q -- '-arch (ppc|i386) '], [
fat_32_64=yes])
])
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -dynamiclib ${CFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS}'
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -single_module flag], tcl_cv_ld_single_module, [
hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -dynamiclib -Wl,-single_module"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[int i;]])],[tcl_cv_ld_single_module=yes],[tcl_cv_ld_single_module=no])
LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_single_module = yes], [
SHLIB_LD="${SHLIB_LD} -Wl,-single_module"
])
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dylib"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDyld.o"
DL_LIBS=""
# Don't use -prebind when building for Mac OS X 10.4 or later only:
AS_IF([test "`echo "${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET}" | awk -F '10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4 -a \
"`echo "${CPPFLAGS}" | awk -F '-mmacosx-version-min=10\\.' '{print int([$]2)}'`" -lt 4], [
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -prebind"])
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -headerpad_max_install_names"
AC_CACHE_CHECK([if ld accepts -search_paths_first flag],
tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first, [
hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[int i;]])],
[tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=yes],
[tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first=no])
LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_search_paths_first = yes], [
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-search_paths_first"
])
AS_IF([test "$tcl_cv_cc_visibility_hidden" != yes], [
AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [__private_extern__],
[Compiler support for module scope symbols])
])
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR="DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH"
AC_DEFINE(MAC_OSX_TCL, 1, [Is this a Mac I see before me?])
PLAT_OBJS='${MAC_OSX_OBJS}'
PLAT_SRCS='${MAC_OSX_SRCS}'
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use CoreFoundation])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(corefoundation,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-corefoundation],
[use CoreFoundation API on MacOSX (default: on)]),
[tcl_corefoundation=$enableval], [tcl_corefoundation=yes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$tcl_corefoundation])
AS_IF([test $tcl_corefoundation = yes], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CoreFoundation.framework],
tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation, [
hold_libs=$LIBS
AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes], [
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
# On Tiger there is no 64-bit CF, so remove 64-bit
# archs from CFLAGS et al. while testing for
# presence of CF. 64-bit CF is disabled in
# tclUnixPort.h if necessary.
eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc64 / /g" -e "s/-arch x86_64 / /g"`"'
done])
LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>]],
[[CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();]])],
[tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=yes],
[tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation=no])
AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes], [
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
done])
LIBS=$hold_libs])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation = yes], [
LIBS="$LIBS -framework CoreFoundation"
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_COREFOUNDATION, 1,
[Do we have access to Darwin CoreFoundation.framework?])
], [tcl_corefoundation=no])
AS_IF([test "$fat_32_64" = yes -a $tcl_corefoundation = yes],[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit CoreFoundation],
tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64, [
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval 'hold_'$v'="$'$v'";'$v'="`echo "$'$v' "|sed -e "s/-arch ppc / /g" -e "s/-arch i386 / /g"`"'
done
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>]],
[[CFBundleRef b = CFBundleGetMainBundle();]])],
[tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=yes],
[tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64=no])
for v in CFLAGS CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS; do
eval $v'="$hold_'$v'"'
done])
AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_lib_corefoundation_64 = no], [
AC_DEFINE(NO_COREFOUNDATION_64, 1,
[Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit?])
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-no_arch_warnings"
])
])
])
;;
NEXTSTEP-*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -nostdlib -r'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadNext.o"
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
OS/390-*)
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="" # Optimizer is buggy
AC_DEFINE(_OE_SOCKETS, 1, # needed in sys/socket.h
[Should OS/390 do the right thing with sockets?])
;;
OSF1-1.0|OSF1-1.1|OSF1-1.2)
# OSF/1 1.[012] from OSF, and derivatives, including Paragon OSF/1
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
# Hack: make package name same as library name
SHLIB_LD='ld -R -export $@:'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadOSF.o"
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
OSF1-1.*)
# OSF/1 1.3 from OSF using ELF, and derivatives, including AD2
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [SHLIB_LD="ld -shared"], [
SHLIB_LD="ld -non_shared"
])
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
OSF1-V*)
# Digital OSF/1
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
AS_IF([test "$SHARED_BUILD" = 1], [
SHLIB_LD='ld -shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
], [
SHLIB_LD='ld -non_shared -expect_unresolved "*"'
])
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
AS_IF([test $doRpath = yes], [
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-Wl,-rpath,${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS='-rpath ${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'])
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -mieee"], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_TZSET -std1 -ieee"])
# see pthread_intro(3) for pthread support on osf1, k.furukawa
AS_IF([test "${TCL_THREADS}" = 1], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTCL_THREAD_STACK_MIN=PTHREAD_STACK_MIN*64"
LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed s/-lpthreads//`
AS_IF([test "$GCC" = yes], [
LIBS="$LIBS -lpthread -lmach -lexc"
], [
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -pthread"
])
])
;;
QNX-6*)
# QNX RTP
# This may work for all QNX, but it was only reported for v6.
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC"
SHLIB_LD="ld -Bshareable -x"
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
# dlopen is in -lc on QNX
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 | SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so" DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" DL_LIBS="" CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" ;; SunOS-5.[[0-6]]) # Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case # Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris # won't define thread-safe library routines. AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?]) | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 |
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS=""
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
SINIX*5.4*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-K PIC"
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -G'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=""
;;
SunOS-4*)
SHLIB_CFLAGS="-PIC"
SHLIB_LD="ld"
SHLIB_LD_LIBS=""
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".so"
DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o"
DL_LIBS="-ldl"
CC_SEARCH_FLAGS='-L${LIB_RUNTIME_DIR}'
LD_SEARCH_FLAGS=${CC_SEARCH_FLAGS}
# SunOS can't handle version numbers with dots in them in library
# specs, like -ltcl7.5, so use -ltcl75 instead. Also, it
# requires an extra version number at the end of .so file names.
# So, the library has to have a name like libtcl75.so.1.0
SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.so.${SHLIB_VERSION}'
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${TCL_TRIM_DOTS}.a'
TCL_LIB_VERSIONS_OK=nodots
;;
SunOS-5.[[0-6]])
# Careful to not let 5.10+ fall into this case
# Note: If _REENTRANT isn't defined, then Solaris
# won't define thread-safe library routines.
AC_DEFINE(_REENTRANT, 1, [Do we want the reentrant OS API?])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 | DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" DL_LIBS="-ldl" # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers # that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does. AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [ hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" | | | 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 | DL_OBJS="tclLoadDl.o" DL_LIBS="-ldl" # Some UNIX_SV* systems (unixware 1.1.2 for example) have linkers # that don't grok the -Bexport option. Test that it does. AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ld accepts -Bexport flag], tcl_cv_ld_Bexport, [ hold_ldflags=$LDFLAGS LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[int i;]])],[tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=yes],[tcl_cv_ld_Bexport=no]) LDFLAGS=$hold_ldflags]) AS_IF([test $tcl_cv_ld_Bexport = yes], [ LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -Wl,-Bexport" ]) CC_SEARCH_FLAGS="" LD_SEARCH_FLAGS="" ;; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 |
dnl # both CPPFLAGS and CFLAGS (unlike our compile and link) but configure's
dnl # preprocessing tests use only CPPFLAGS.
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""])
# Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch.
AC_ARG_ENABLE(load,
| | | 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 |
dnl # both CPPFLAGS and CFLAGS (unlike our compile and link) but configure's
dnl # preprocessing tests use only CPPFLAGS.
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS}"; CPPFLAGS=""])
# Step 4: disable dynamic loading if requested via a command-line switch.
AC_ARG_ENABLE(load,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-load],
[allow dynamic loading and "load" command (default: on)]),
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
AS_IF([test "$tcl_ok" = no], [DL_OBJS=""])
AS_IF([test "x$DL_OBJS" != x], [BUILD_DLTEST="\$(DLTEST_TARGETS)"], [
AC_MSG_WARN([Can't figure out how to do dynamic loading or shared libraries on this system.])
SHLIB_CFLAGS=""
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 |
# libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
# standard manufacturer compiler.
AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [
case $system in
AIX-*) ;;
BSD/OS*) ;;
| | < < < | | < < < < < | > > < > > < | < | | | < < | 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 |
# libraries to the right flags for gcc, instead of those for the
# standard manufacturer compiler.
AS_IF([test "$DL_OBJS" != "tclLoadNone.o" -a "$GCC" = yes], [
case $system in
AIX-*) ;;
BSD/OS*) ;;
CYGWIN_*|MINGW32_*|MSYS_*) ;;
IRIX*) ;;
NetBSD-*|DragonFly-*|FreeBSD-*|OpenBSD-*) ;;
Darwin-*) ;;
SCO_SV-3.2*) ;;
*) SHLIB_CFLAGS="-fPIC" ;;
esac])
AS_IF([test "$SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}${SHLIB_SUFFIX}'])
AS_IF([test "$UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX" = ""], [
UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX='${VERSION}.a'])
DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
AS_IF([test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = 1 -a "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" != ""], [
LIB_SUFFIX=${SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
MAKE_LIB='${SHLIB_LD} -o [$]@ ${OBJS} ${SHLIB_LD_LIBS} ${TCL_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${TK_SHLIB_LD_EXTRAS} ${LD_SEARCH_FLAGS}'
AS_IF([test "${SHLIB_SUFFIX}" = ".dll"], [
INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)";if test -f $(LIB_FILE).a; then $(INSTALL_DATA) $(LIB_FILE).a "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; fi;'
DLL_INSTALL_DIR="\$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
], [
INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"'
])
], [
LIB_SUFFIX=${UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
AS_IF([test "$RANLIB" = ""], [
MAKE_LIB='$(STLIB_LD) [$]@ ${OBJS}'
INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)"'
], [
MAKE_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} [$]@'
INSTALL_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(LIB_FILE)" ; (cd "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" ; $(RANLIB) $(LIB_FILE))'
])
])
# Stub lib does not depend on shared/static configuration
AS_IF([test "$RANLIB" = ""], [
MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS}'
INSTALL_STUB_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(STUB_LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(STUB_LIB_FILE)"'
], [
MAKE_STUB_LIB='${STLIB_LD} [$]@ ${STUB_LIB_OBJS} ; ${RANLIB} [$]@'
INSTALL_STUB_LIB='$(INSTALL_LIBRARY) $(STUB_LIB_FILE) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/$(STUB_LIB_FILE)" ; (cd "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)" ; $(RANLIB) $(STUB_LIB_FILE))'
])
# Define TCL_LIBS now that we know what DL_LIBS is.
# The trick here is that we don't want to change the value of TCL_LIBS if
# it is already set when tclConfig.sh had been loaded by Tk.
AS_IF([test "x${TCL_LIBS}" = x], [
TCL_LIBS="${DL_LIBS} ${LIBS} ${MATH_LIBS}"])
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
# warning when initializing a union member.
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support,
tcl_cv_cast_to_union,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[
union foo { int i; double d; };
union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
]])],
[tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes],
[tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1,
[Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.])
fi
# FIXME: This subst was left in only because the TCL_DL_LIBS
# entry in tclConfig.sh uses it. It is not clear why someone
# would use TCL_DL_LIBS instead of TCL_LIBS.
AC_SUBST(DL_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(DL_OBJS)
AC_SUBST(PLAT_OBJS)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 |
AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(INSTALL_LIB)
AC_SUBST(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)
AC_SUBST(INSTALL_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
#
# Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files. Special
# notes:
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > > | | | > > > > > > | | 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 |
AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(INSTALL_LIB)
AC_SUBST(DLL_INSTALL_DIR)
AC_SUBST(INSTALL_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_SERIAL_PORT
#
# Determine which interface to use to talk to the serial port.
# Note that #include lines must begin in leftmost column for
# some compilers to recognize them as preprocessor directives,
# and some build environments have stdin not pointing at a
# pseudo-terminal (usually /dev/null instead.)
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Defines only one of the following vars:
# HAVE_SYS_MODEM_H
# USE_TERMIOS
# USE_TERMIO
# USE_SGTTY
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_SERIAL_PORT], [
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/modem.h)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([termios vs. termio vs. sgtty], tcl_cv_api_serial, [
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <termios.h>
int main() {
struct termios t;
if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0) {
cfsetospeed(&t, 0);
t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
return 0;
}
return 1;
}]])],[tcl_cv_api_serial=termios],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no])
if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <termio.h>
int main() {
struct termio t;
if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0) {
t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
return 0;
}
return 1;
}]])],[tcl_cv_api_serial=termio],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no])
fi
if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <sgtty.h>
int main() {
struct sgttyb t;
if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0) {
t.sg_ospeed = 0;
t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW;
return 0;
}
return 1;
}]])],[tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no])
fi
if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no ; then
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <termios.h>
#include <errno.h>
int main() {
struct termios t;
if (tcgetattr(0, &t) == 0
|| errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
cfsetospeed(&t, 0);
t.c_cflag |= PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
return 0;
}
return 1;
}]])],[tcl_cv_api_serial=termios],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no])
fi
if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <termio.h>
#include <errno.h>
int main() {
struct termio t;
if (ioctl(0, TCGETA, &t) == 0
|| errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
t.c_cflag |= CBAUD | PARENB | PARODD | CSIZE | CSTOPB;
return 0;
}
return 1;
}]])],[tcl_cv_api_serial=termio],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no],[tcl_cv_api_serial=no])
fi
if test $tcl_cv_api_serial = no; then
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <sgtty.h>
#include <errno.h>
int main() {
struct sgttyb t;
if (ioctl(0, TIOCGETP, &t) == 0
|| errno == ENOTTY || errno == ENXIO || errno == EINVAL) {
t.sg_ospeed = 0;
t.sg_flags |= ODDP | EVENP | RAW;
return 0;
}
return 1;
}]])],[tcl_cv_api_serial=sgtty],[tcl_cv_api_serial=none],[tcl_cv_api_serial=none])
fi])
case $tcl_cv_api_serial in
termios) AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIOS, 1, [Use the termios API for serial lines]);;
termio) AC_DEFINE(USE_TERMIO, 1, [Use the termio API for serial lines]);;
sgtty) AC_DEFINE(USE_SGTTY, 1, [Use the sgtty API for serial lines]);;
esac
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS
#
# Supply substitutes for missing POSIX header files. Special
# notes:
# - stdlib.h doesn't define strtol, strtoul, or
# strtod insome versions of SunOS
# - some versions of string.h don't declare procedures such
# as strstr
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Defines some of the following vars:
# NO_DIRENT_H
# NO_VALUES_H
# HAVE_LIMITS_H or NO_LIMITS_H
# NO_STDLIB_H
# NO_STRING_H
# NO_SYS_WAIT_H
# NO_DLFCN_H
# HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
# HAVE_STRING_H ?
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_MISSING_POSIX_HEADERS], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([dirent.h], tcl_cv_dirent_h, [
AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>]], [[
#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
# ifdef __Lynx__
/*
* Generate compilation error to make the test fail: Lynx headers
* are only valid if really in the POSIX environment.
*/
missing_procedure();
# endif
#endif
DIR *d;
struct dirent *entryPtr;
char *p;
d = opendir("foobar");
entryPtr = readdir(d);
p = entryPtr->d_name;
closedir(d);
]])],[tcl_cv_dirent_h=yes],[tcl_cv_dirent_h=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_dirent_h = no; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_DIRENT_H, 1, [Do we have <dirent.h>?])
fi
AC_CHECK_HEADER(float.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_FLOAT_H, 1, [Do we have <float.h>?])])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(values.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_VALUES_H, 1, [Do we have <values.h>?])])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(limits.h,
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIMITS_H, 1, [Do we have <limits.h>?])],
[AC_DEFINE(NO_LIMITS_H, 1, [Do we have <limits.h>?])])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdlib.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtol, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtoul, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strtod, stdlib.h, , tcl_ok=0)
if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_STDLIB_H, 1, [Do we have <stdlib.h>?])
fi
AC_CHECK_HEADER(string.h, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strstr, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
AC_EGREP_HEADER(strerror, string.h, , tcl_ok=0)
# See also memmove check below for a place where NO_STRING_H can be
# set and why.
if test $tcl_ok = 0; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_STRING_H, 1, [Do we have <string.h>?])
fi
AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/wait.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_SYS_WAIT_H, 1, [Do we have <sys/wait.h>?])])
AC_CHECK_HEADER(dlfcn.h, , [AC_DEFINE(NO_DLFCN_H, 1, [Do we have <dlfcn.h>?])])
# OS/390 lacks sys/param.h (and doesn't need it, by chance).
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/param.h])
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_PATH_X
#
# Locate the X11 header files and the X11 library archive. Try
# the ac_path_x macro first, but if it doesn't find the X stuff
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 |
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_X], [
AC_PATH_X
not_really_there=""
if test "$no_x" = ""; then
if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
| | | | 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 |
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_X], [
AC_PATH_X
not_really_there=""
if test "$no_x" = ""; then
if test "$x_includes" = ""; then
AC_PREPROC_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[#include <X11/Xlib.h>]])],[],[not_really_there="yes"])
else
if test ! -r $x_includes/X11/Xlib.h; then
not_really_there="yes"
fi
fi
fi
if test "$no_x" = "yes" -o "$not_really_there" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X11 header files])
found_xincludes="no"
AC_PREPROC_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[#include <X11/Xlib.h>]])],[found_xincludes="yes"],[found_xincludes="no"])
if test "$found_xincludes" = "no"; then
dirs="/usr/unsupported/include /usr/local/include /usr/X386/include /usr/X11R6/include /usr/X11R5/include /usr/include/X11R5 /usr/include/X11R4 /usr/openwin/include /usr/X11/include /usr/sww/include"
for i in $dirs ; do
if test -r $i/X11/Xlib.h; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$i])
XINCLUDES=" -I$i"
found_xincludes="yes"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_BLOCKING_STYLE], [
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ioctl.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h)
SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
case $system in
OSF*)
AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
;;
*)
AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
;;
esac
| > > > > > > > > > | 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_BLOCKING_STYLE], [
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/ioctl.h)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/filio.h)
SC_CONFIG_SYSTEM
AC_MSG_CHECKING([FIONBIO vs. O_NONBLOCK for nonblocking I/O])
case $system in
# There used to be code here to use FIONBIO under AIX. However, it
# was reported that FIONBIO doesn't work under AIX 3.2.5. Since
# using O_NONBLOCK seems fine under AIX 4.*, I removed the FIONBIO
# code (JO, 5/31/97).
OSF*)
AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
;;
SunOS-4*)
AC_DEFINE(USE_FIONBIO, 1, [Should we use FIONBIO?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([FIONBIO])
;;
*)
AC_MSG_RESULT([O_NONBLOCK])
;;
esac
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TIME_HANDLER], [
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r mktime)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [
| | | > | | > | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < < < < < < < > > > | 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TIME_HANDLER], [
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
AC_HEADER_TIME
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(gmtime_r localtime_r mktime)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_tzadj in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <time.h>]], [[struct tm tm; tm.tm_tzadj;]])],
[tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=yes],
[tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_tzadj = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_TZADJ, 1, [Should we use the tm_tzadj field of struct tm?])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([tm_gmtoff in struct tm], tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <time.h>]], [[struct tm tm; tm.tm_gmtoff;]])],
[tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=yes],
[tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_member_tm_gmtoff = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TM_GMTOFF, 1, [Should we use the tm_gmtoff field of struct tm?])
fi
#
# Its important to include time.h in this check, as some systems
# (like convex) have timezone functions, etc.
#
AC_CACHE_CHECK([long timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_long, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <time.h>]],
[[extern long timezone;
timezone += 1;
exit (0);]])],
[tcl_cv_timezone_long=yes],[tcl_cv_timezone_long=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_timezone_long = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
else
#
# On some systems (eg IRIX 6.2), timezone is a time_t and not a long.
#
AC_CACHE_CHECK([time_t timezone variable], tcl_cv_timezone_time, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <time.h>]],
[[extern time_t timezone;
timezone += 1;
exit (0);]])],
[tcl_cv_timezone_time=yes],[tcl_cv_timezone_time=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_timezone_time = yes ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR, 1, [Should we use the global timezone variable?])
fi
fi
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_BUGGY_STRTOD
#
# Under Solaris 2.4, strtod returns the wrong value for the
# terminating character under some conditions. Check for this
# and if the problem exists use a substitute procedure
# "fixstrtod" (provided by Tcl) that corrects the error.
# Also, on Compaq's Tru64 Unix 5.0,
# strtod(" ") returns 0.0 instead of a failure to convert.
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Might defines some of the following vars:
# strtod (=fixstrtod)
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_BUGGY_STRTOD], [
AC_CHECK_FUNC(strtod, tcl_strtod=1, tcl_strtod=0)
if test "$tcl_strtod" = 1; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for Solaris2.4/Tru64 strtod bugs], tcl_cv_strtod_buggy,[
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <stdlib.h>
extern double strtod();
int main() {
char *infString="Inf", *nanString="NaN", *spaceString=" ";
char *term;
double value;
value = strtod(infString, &term);
if ((term != infString) && (term[-1] == 0)) {
exit(1);
}
value = strtod(nanString, &term);
if ((term != nanString) && (term[-1] == 0)) {
exit(1);
}
value = strtod(spaceString, &term);
if (term == (spaceString+1)) {
exit(1);
}
exit(0);
}]])],
[tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=ok],
[tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy],
[tcl_cv_strtod_buggy=buggy])])
if test "$tcl_cv_strtod_buggy" = buggy; then
AC_LIBOBJ([fixstrtod])
USE_COMPAT=1
AC_DEFINE(strtod, fixstrtod, [Do we want to use the strtod() in compat?])
fi
fi
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS
#
# Search for the libraries needed to link the Tcl shell.
# Things like the math library (-lm) and socket stuff (-lsocket vs.
# -lnsl) are dealt with here.
#
# Arguments:
# None.
#
# Results:
#
# Might append to the following vars:
# LIBS
# MATH_LIBS
#
# Might define the following vars:
# HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_LINK_LIBS], [
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# On a few very rare systems, all of the libm.a stuff is
# already in libc.a. Set compiler flags accordingly.
# Also, Linux requires the "ieee" library for math to work
# right (and it must appear before "-lm").
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_FUNC(sin, MATH_LIBS="", MATH_LIBS="-lm")
AC_CHECK_LIB(ieee, main, [MATH_LIBS="-lieee $MATH_LIBS"])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Interactive UNIX requires -linet instead of -lsocket, plus it
# needs net/errno.h to define the socket-related error codes.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_LIB(inet, main, [LIBS="$LIBS -linet"])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 |
if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
fi
AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
[LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 |
if test "$tcl_checkBoth" = 1; then
tk_oldLibs=$LIBS
LIBS="$LIBS -lsocket -lnsl"
AC_CHECK_FUNC(accept, tcl_checkNsl=0, [LIBS=$tk_oldLibs])
fi
AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname, , [AC_CHECK_LIB(nsl, gethostbyname,
[LIBS="$LIBS -lnsl"])])
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS
#
# Check for what flags are needed to be passed so the correct OS
# features are available.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 |
# _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
# _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG],[
AC_CACHE_VAL([tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z]),
| | | | | | 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 |
# _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE
# _LARGEFILE_SOURCE64
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAG],[
AC_CACHE_VAL([tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z]),
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[$2]], [[$3]])],[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#define $1 1
$2]], [[$3]])],
[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=yes,
[tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])=no)]))
if test ["x${tcl_cv_flag_]translit($1,[A-Z],[a-z])[}" = "xyes"] ; then
AC_DEFINE($1, 1, [Add the ]$1[ flag when building])
tcl_flags="$tcl_flags $1"
fi
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_EARLY_FLAGS],[
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 |
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 |
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_64BIT_FLAGS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for 64-bit integer type])
AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_64bit,[
tcl_cv_type_64bit=none
# See if the compiler knows natively about __int64
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[__int64 value = (__int64) 0;]])],
[tcl_type_64bit=__int64],[tcl_type_64bit="long long"])
# See if we should use long anyway Note that we substitute in the
# type that is our current guess for a 64-bit type inside this check
# program, so it should be modified only carefully...
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[switch (0) {
case 1: case (sizeof(${tcl_type_64bit})==sizeof(long)): ;
}]])],[tcl_cv_type_64bit=${tcl_type_64bit}],[])])
if test "${tcl_cv_type_64bit}" = none ; then
AC_DEFINE(TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG, 1, [Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([using long])
else
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE,${tcl_cv_type_64bit},
[What type should be used to define wide integers?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([${tcl_cv_type_64bit}])
# Now check for auxiliary declarations
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct dirent64], tcl_cv_struct_dirent64,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>]],
[[struct dirent64 p;]])],[tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=yes],[tcl_cv_struct_dirent64=no])])
if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_dirent64}" = "xyes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT64, 1, [Is 'struct dirent64' in <sys/types.h>?])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for DIR64], tcl_cv_DIR64,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <dirent.h>]], [[struct dirent64 *p; DIR64 d = opendir64(".");
p = readdir64(d); rewinddir64(d); closedir64(d);]])],
[tcl_cv_DIR64=yes],[tcl_cv_DIR64=no])])
if test "x${tcl_cv_DIR64}" = "xyes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DIR64, 1, [Is 'DIR64' in <sys/types.h>?])
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for struct stat64], tcl_cv_struct_stat64,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/stat.h>]], [[struct stat64 p;
]])],
[tcl_cv_struct_stat64=yes],[tcl_cv_struct_stat64=no])])
if test "x${tcl_cv_struct_stat64}" = "xyes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STRUCT_STAT64, 1, [Is 'struct stat64' in <sys/stat.h>?])
fi
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(open64 lseek64)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for off64_t])
AC_CACHE_VAL(tcl_cv_type_off64_t,[
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/types.h>]], [[off64_t offset;
]])],
[tcl_cv_type_off64_t=yes],[tcl_cv_type_off64_t=no])])
dnl Define HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T only when the off64_t type and the
dnl functions lseek64 and open64 are defined.
if test "x${tcl_cv_type_off64_t}" = "xyes" && \
test "x${ac_cv_func_lseek64}" = "xyes" && \
test "x${ac_cv_func_open64}" = "xyes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T, 1, [Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 |
# Will define the following vars:
# TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING], [
AC_ARG_WITH(encoding,
| | | | 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 |
# Will define the following vars:
# TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING], [
AC_ARG_WITH(encoding,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-encoding],
[encoding for configuration values (default: iso8859-1)]),
[with_tcencoding=${withval}])
if test x"${with_tcencoding}" != x ; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"${with_tcencoding}",
[What encoding should be used for embedded configuration info?])
else
AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"iso8859-1",
[What encoding should be used for embedded configuration info?])
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 |
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC],[
AC_CHECK_FUNC($1, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 1; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([proper ]$1[ implementation], [tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken],
| | | < | 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 |
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CHECK_BROKEN_FUNC],[
AC_CHECK_FUNC($1, tcl_ok=1, tcl_ok=0)
if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 1; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([proper ]$1[ implementation], [tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken],
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[[
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
int main() {]$2[}]]])],[tcl_cv_$1_unbroken=ok],[tcl_cv_$1_unbroken=broken],[tcl_cv_$1_unbroken=unknown]))
if test ["$tcl_cv_]$1[_unbroken"] = "ok"; then
tcl_ok=1
else
tcl_ok=0
fi
fi
if test ["$tcl_ok"] = 0; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyaddr_r, [
tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>])
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyaddr_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 7 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7, [
| | | | | | | | 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyaddr_r, [
tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>])
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyaddr_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 7 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *addr;
int length;
int type;
struct hostent *result;
char buffer[2048];
int buflen = 2048;
int h_errnop;
(void) gethostbyaddr_r(addr, length, type, result, buffer, buflen,
&h_errnop);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_7
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_7, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r takes 7 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyaddr_r with 8 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *addr;
int length;
int type;
struct hostent *result, *resultp;
char buffer[2048];
int buflen = 2048;
int h_errnop;
(void) gethostbyaddr_r(addr, length, type, result, buffer, buflen,
&resultp, &h_errnop);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyaddr_r_8
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR_R_8, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyaddr_r takes 8 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyname_r, [
tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>])
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 6 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6, [
| | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_DECL], [AC_CHECK_DECLS(gethostbyname_r, [
tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r=no],[#include <netdb.h>])
])
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_TYPE], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(gethostbyname_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 6 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct hostent *he, *res;
char buffer[2048];
int buflen = 2048;
int h_errnop;
(void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, buffer, buflen, &res, &h_errnop);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_6
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_6, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 6 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct hostent *he;
char buffer[2048];
int buflen = 2048;
int h_errnop;
(void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, buffer, buflen, &h_errnop);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gethostbyname_r with 3 args], tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct hostent *he;
struct hostent_data data;
(void) gethostbyname_r(name, he, &data);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3=yes],[tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_gethostbyname_r_3
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R_3, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r takes 3 args.])
fi
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME_R, 1,
[Define to 1 if gethostbyname_r is available.])
fi
])])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_GETADDRINFO
#
# Check if we have 'getaddrinfo'
#
# Arguments:
# None
#
# Results:
# Might define the following vars:
# HAVE_GETADDRINFO
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETADDRINFO], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getaddrinfo, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working getaddrinfo], tcl_cv_api_getaddrinfo, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <netdb.h>
]], [[
const char *name, *port;
struct addrinfo *aiPtr, hints;
(void)getaddrinfo(name,port, &hints, &aiPtr);
(void)freeaddrinfo(aiPtr);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getaddrinfo=yes],[tcl_cv_getaddrinfo=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getaddrinfo
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETADDRINFO, 1,
[Define to 1 if getaddrinfo is available.])
fi
])])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_GETPWUID_R
#
# Check if we have MT-safe variant of getpwuid() and if yes,
# which one exactly.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 |
# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4
# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWUID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwuid_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5, [
| | | | | | | | 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 |
# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4
# HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWUID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwuid_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <pwd.h>
]], [[
uid_t uid;
struct passwd pw, *pwp;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void) getpwuid_r(uid, &pw, buf, buflen, &pwp);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if getpwuid_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwuid_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <pwd.h>
]], [[
uid_t uid;
struct passwd pw;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void)getpwnam_r(uid, &pw, buf, buflen);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwuid_r_4
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWUID_R_4, 1,
[Define to 1 if getpwuid_r takes 4 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 |
# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4
# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwnam_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5, [
| | | | | | | | 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 |
# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4
# HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETPWNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getpwnam_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <pwd.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct passwd pw, *pwp;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void) getpwnam_r(name, &pw, buf, buflen, &pwp);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if getpwnam_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getpwnam_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <pwd.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct passwd pw;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void)getpwnam_r(name, &pw, buf, buflen);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getpwnam_r_4
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETPWNAM_R_4, 1,
[Define to 1 if getpwnam_r takes 4 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 |
# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4
# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRGID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrgid_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5, [
| | | | | | | | 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 |
# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4
# HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRGID_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrgid_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <grp.h>
]], [[
gid_t gid;
struct group gr, *grp;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void) getgrgid_r(gid, &gr, buf, buflen, &grp);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if getgrgid_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrgid_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <grp.h>
]], [[
gid_t gid;
struct group gr;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void)getgrgid_r(gid, &gr, buf, buflen);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrgid_r_4
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRGID_R_4, 1,
[Define to 1 if getgrgid_r takes 4 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 |
# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4
# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrnam_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5, [
| | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 |
# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4
# HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_GETGRNAM_R], [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getgrnam_r, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 5 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <grp.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct group gr, *grp;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void) getgrnam_r(name, &gr, buf, buflen, &grp);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_5
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_5, 1,
[Define to 1 if getgrnam_r takes 5 args.])
else
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for getgrnam_r with 4 args], tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4, [
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <grp.h>
]], [[
char *name;
struct group gr;
char buf[512];
int buflen = 512;
(void)getgrnam_r(name, &gr, buf, buflen);
]])],[tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4=yes],[tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4=no])])
tcl_ok=$tcl_cv_api_getgrnam_r_4
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R_4, 1,
[Define to 1 if getgrnam_r takes 4 args.])
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETGRNAM_R, 1,
[Define to 1 if getgrnam_r is available.])
fi
])])
# Local Variables:
# mode: autoconf
# End:
|
Changes to unix/tk.pc.in.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # tk pkg-config source file prefix=@prefix@ exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ libdir=@libdir@ includedir=@includedir@ | < | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 |
# tk pkg-config source file
prefix=@prefix@
exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
libdir=@libdir@
includedir=@includedir@
Name: The Tk Toolkit
Description: Tk is a cross-platform graphical user interface toolkit, the standard GUI not only for Tcl, but for many other dynamic languages as well.
URL: http://www.tcl.tk/
Version: @TK_VERSION@@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@
Requires: tcl >= 8.5
Libs: -L${libdir} @TK_LIB_FLAG@
Libs.private: @XFT_LIBS@ @XLIBSW@
Cflags: -I${includedir}
|
Changes to unix/tk.spec.
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.
%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}
Name: tk
Summary: Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
| | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
# This file is the basis for a binary Tk Linux RPM.
%{!?directory:%define directory /usr/local}
Name: tk
Summary: Tk graphical toolkit for the Tcl scripting language.
Version: 8.5.19
Release: 2
License: BSD
Group: Development/Languages
Source: http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk%{version}-src.tar.gz
URL: http://www.tcl.tk/
Buildroot: /var/tmp/%{name}%{version}
Buildrequires: XFree86-devel tcl >= 8.5.0
Requires: tcl >= 8.5.0
%description
The Tcl (Tool Command Language) provides a powerful platform for
creating integration applications that tie together diverse
applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks. When paired with
the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful way to
create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X. Tcl
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkAppInit.c.
1 2 3 | /* * tkAppInit.c -- * | | | < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
/*
* tkAppInit.c --
*
* Provides a default version of the Tcl_AppInit procedure for use in
* wish and similar Tk-based applications.
*
* Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tk.h"
#include "locale.h"
#ifdef TK_TEST
extern int Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
#endif /* TK_TEST */
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* main --
*
* This is the main program for the application.
*
* Results:
* None: Tk_Main never returns here, so this procedure never returns
* either.
*
* Side effects:
* Whatever the application does.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
main(
int argc, /* Number of command-line arguments. */
char **argv) /* Values of command-line arguments. */
{
/*
* The following #if block allows you to change the AppInit function by
* using a #define of TCL_LOCAL_APPINIT instead of rewriting this entire
* file. The #if checks for that #define and uses Tcl_AppInit if it
* doesn't exist.
*/
#ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT
#define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit
#endif
extern int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT (Tcl_Interp *interp);
/*
* The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup
* script, prime the library or encoding paths, fiddle with the argv,
* etc., without needing to rewrite Tk_Main()
*/
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK (int *argc, char ***argv);
TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
#endif
Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
return 0; /* Needed only to prevent compiler warning. */
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tcl_AppInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */
{
| | < < < < < < < | > | < | | | < | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tcl_AppInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */
{
if (Tcl_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tk", Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit);
#ifdef TK_TEST
if (Tktest_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tktest", Tktest_Init,
(Tcl_PackageInitProc *) NULL);
#endif /* TK_TEST */
/*
* Call the init procedures for included packages. Each call should look
* like this:
*
* if (Mod_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
* return TCL_ERROR;
* }
*
* where "Mod" is the name of the module.
*/
/*
* Call Tcl_CreateCommand for application-specific commands, if they
* weren't already created by the init procedures called above.
*/
/*
* Specify a user-specific startup file to invoke if the application is
* run interactively. Typically the startup file is "~/.apprc" where "app"
* is the name of the application. If this line is deleted then no user-
* -specific startup file will be run under any conditions.
*/
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_rcFileName", "~/.wishrc", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkConfig.h.in.
1 2 3 4 5 6 |
/* ../unix/tkConfig.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
#ifndef _TKCONFIG
#define _TKCONFIG
| > > | > | < < | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
/* ../unix/tkConfig.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
#ifndef _TKCONFIG
#define _TKCONFIG
/* Is pthread_attr_get_np() declared in <pthread.h>? */
#undef ATTRGETNP_NOT_DECLARED
/* Is pthread_getattr_np declared in <pthread.h>? */
#undef GETATTRNP_NOT_DECLARED
/* Define to 1 if you have the <AvailabilityMacros.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_AVAILABILITYMACROS_H
/* Defined when compiler supports casting to union type. */
#undef HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION
/* Do we have access to Darwin CoreFoundation.framework? */
#undef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION
/* Is 'DIR64' in <sys/types.h>? */
#undef HAVE_DIR64
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `intptr_t'. */
#undef HAVE_INTPTR_T
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `Xft' library (-lXft). */
#undef HAVE_LIBXFT
/* Do we have <limits.h>? */
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `lseek64' function. */
#undef HAVE_LSEEK64
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `open64' function. */
#undef HAVE_OPEN64
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_atfork' function. */
#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATFORK
/* Do we want a BSD-like thread-attribute interface? */
#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_GET_NP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_attr_setstacksize' function. */
#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSTACKSIZE
/* Do we want a Linux-like thread-attribute interface? */
#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_GETATTR_NP
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_get_stacksize_np' function. */
#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_GET_STACKSIZE_NP
/* Does struct password have a pw_gecos field? */
#undef HAVE_PW_GECOS
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H /* Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>? */ #undef HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T | | > > > | > > > > > > < < < < < < > > | > > > > | | < < < < < < | < < | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 | /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H /* Is off64_t in <sys/types.h>? */ #undef HAVE_TYPE_OFF64_T /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uintptr_t'. */ #undef HAVE_UINTPTR_T /* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Is weak import available? */ #undef HAVE_WEAK_IMPORT /* Have we turned on XFT (antialiased fonts)? */ #undef HAVE_XFT /* Do we have XkbKeycodeToKeysym? */ #undef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM /* Is XScreenSaver available? */ #undef HAVE_XSS /* Is this a Mac I see before me? */ #undef MAC_OSX_TCL /* Are we building TkAqua? */ #undef MAC_OSX_TK /* Compiler support for module scope symbols */ #undef MODULE_SCOPE /* Is no debugging enabled? */ #undef NDEBUG /* Is Darwin CoreFoundation unavailable for 64-bit? */ #undef NO_COREFOUNDATION_64 /* Do we have fd_set? */ #undef NO_FD_SET /* Do we have <limits.h>? */ #undef NO_LIMITS_H /* Do we have <stdlib.h>? */ #undef NO_STDLIB_H /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* Is this a static build? */ #undef STATIC_BUILD /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Is this a 64-bit build? */ #undef TCL_CFG_DO64BIT /* Is this an optimized build? */ #undef TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED /* Is bytecode debugging enabled? */ #undef TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG /* Are bytecode statistics enabled? */ #undef TCL_COMPILE_STATS /* Is memory debugging enabled? */ #undef TCL_MEM_DEBUG /* What is the default extension for shared libraries? */ #undef TCL_SHLIB_EXT /* Are we building with threads enabled? */ #undef TCL_THREADS /* Are wide integers to be implemented with C 'long's? */ #undef TCL_WIDE_INT_IS_LONG /* What type should be used to define wide integers? */ #undef TCL_WIDE_INT_TYPE /* Define to 1 if you can safely include both <sys/time.h> and <time.h>. */ #undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME /* Is Tk built as a framework? */ #undef TK_FRAMEWORK /* Are TkAqua debug messages enabled? */ #undef TK_MAC_DEBUG /* Do we want to use the threaded memory allocator? */ #undef USE_THREAD_ALLOC /* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */ #undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN /* Are Darwin SUSv3 extensions available? */ #undef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE /* Add the _ISOC99_SOURCE flag when building */ #undef _ISOC99_SOURCE |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 | #undef _OE_SOCKETS /* Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do! */ #undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS /* Do we want the reentrant OS API? */ #undef _REENTRANT /* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */ #undef _XOPEN_SOURCE /* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */ #undef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED /* Define to 1 if type `char' is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */ #ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ # undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__ #endif | > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < | | | > | 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 |
#undef _OE_SOCKETS
/* Do we really want to follow the standard? Yes we do! */
#undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
/* Do we want the reentrant OS API? */
#undef _REENTRANT
/* Do we want the thread-safe OS API? */
#undef _THREAD_SAFE
/* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */
#undef _XOPEN_SOURCE
/* Do we want to use the XOPEN network library? */
#undef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
/* Define to 1 if type `char' is unsigned and you are not using gcc. */
#ifndef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
# undef __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
#endif
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef mode_t
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef pid_t
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
#undef size_t
/* Do we want to use the strtod() in compat? */
#undef strtod
/* Undef unused package specific autoheader defines so that we can
* include both tclConfig.h and tkConfig.h at the same time: */
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* override */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING
#endif /* _TKCONFIG */
|
Changes to unix/tkConfig.sh.in.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@' # Path to the Tk stub library in the build directory. TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@' # Path to the Tk stub library in the install directory. TK_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@' | < < < | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC='@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@' # Path to the Tk stub library in the build directory. TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@' # Path to the Tk stub library in the install directory. TK_STUB_LIB_PATH='@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@' |
Changes to unix/tkUnix.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #ifdef HAVE_XSS | | < < < < < < < | > > | | | | | > | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#ifdef HAVE_XSS
#include <X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h>
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetServerInfo --
*
* Given a window, this procedure returns information about the window
* server for that window. This procedure provides the guts of the "winfo
* server" command.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkGetServerInfo(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The server information is returned in this
* interpreter's result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window; this selects a particular
* display and server. */
{
char buffer[8 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
char buffer2[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buffer, "X%dR%d ", ProtocolVersion(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
ProtocolRevision(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
sprintf(buffer2, " %d", VendorRelease(Tk_Display(tkwin)));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, buffer, ServerVendor(Tk_Display(tkwin)),
buffer2, (char *) NULL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetDefaultScreenName --
*
* Returns the name of the screen that Tk should use during
* initialization.
*
* Results:
* Returns the argument or a string that should not be freed by the
* caller.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
TkGetDefaultScreenName(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp used to find environment
* variables. */
CONST char *screenName) /* Screen name from command line, or NULL. */
{
if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
screenName = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "env", "DISPLAY", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
return screenName;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
void
Tk_UpdatePointer(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to which pointer event is reported.
* May be NULL. */
int x, int y, /* Pointer location in root coords. */
int state) /* Modifier state mask. */
{
| < < < < < | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
void
Tk_UpdatePointer(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to which pointer event is reported.
* May be NULL. */
int x, int y, /* Pointer location in root coords. */
int state) /* Modifier state mask. */
{
/*
* This function intentionally left blank
*/
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
int eventBase, errorBase, major, minor;
/*
* Calling XScreenSaverQueryVersion seems to be needed to prevent a crash
* on some buggy versions of XFree86.
*/
| | > > > | | > | 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 |
int eventBase, errorBase, major, minor;
/*
* Calling XScreenSaverQueryVersion seems to be needed to prevent a crash
* on some buggy versions of XFree86.
*/
if (
#ifdef __APPLE__
XScreenSaverQueryInfo != NULL && /* Support for weak-linked libXss. */
#endif
XScreenSaverQueryExtension(dpy, &eventBase, &errorBase) &&
XScreenSaverQueryVersion(dpy, &major, &minor)) {
XScreenSaverInfo *info = XScreenSaverAllocInfo();
if (info == NULL) {
/*
* We are out of memory.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnix3d.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tk3d.h" | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tk3d.h" #if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) #include "tkUnixInt.h" #endif /* * This structure is used to keep track of the extra colors used by Unix 3D * borders. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
42 43 44 45 46 47 48 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkBorder *
TkpGetBorder(void)
{
| | < | | 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkBorder *
TkpGetBorder(void)
{
UnixBorder *borderPtr = (UnixBorder *) ckalloc(sizeof(UnixBorder));
borderPtr->solidGC = None;
return (TkBorder *) borderPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpFreeBorder --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
void
TkpFreeBorder(
TkBorder *borderPtr)
{
UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr;
Display *display = DisplayOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
| | | 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
void
TkpFreeBorder(
TkBorder *borderPtr)
{
UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr;
Display *display = DisplayOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC != None) {
Tk_FreeGC(display, unixBorderPtr->solidGC);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_3DVerticalBevel --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
120 121 122 123 124 125 126 |
* TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object
* should appear higher than exterior. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
GC left, right;
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
| | | 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
* TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object
* should appear higher than exterior. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
GC left, right;
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) {
TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin);
}
if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
XFillRectangle(display, drawable,
(leftBevel) ? borderPtr->lightGC : borderPtr->darkGC,
x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
right = borderPtr->lightGC;
goto ridgeGroove;
} else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, borderPtr->bgGC, x, y,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
} else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) {
UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr;
| | | 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
right = borderPtr->lightGC;
goto ridgeGroove;
} else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, borderPtr->bgGC, x, y,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
} else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) {
UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr;
if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == None) {
XGCValues gcValues;
gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
unixBorderPtr->solidGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
}
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, unixBorderPtr->solidGC, x, y,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
212 213 214 215 216 217 218 |
* TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object
* should appear higher than exterior. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
int bottom, halfway, x1, x2, x1Delta, x2Delta;
UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr;
| | | | 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 |
* TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object
* should appear higher than exterior. */
{
TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border;
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
int bottom, halfway, x1, x2, x1Delta, x2Delta;
UnixBorder *unixBorderPtr = (UnixBorder *) borderPtr;
GC topGC = None, bottomGC = None;
/* Initializations needed only to prevent
* compiler warnings. */
if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) &&
(relief != TK_RELIEF_SOLID)) {
TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin);
}
/*
* Compute a GC for the top half of the bevel and a GC for the bottom half
* (they're the same in many cases).
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
242 243 244 245 246 247 248 |
topGC = bottomGC = (topBevel? borderPtr->lightGC : borderPtr->darkGC);
break;
case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE:
topGC = borderPtr->lightGC;
bottomGC = borderPtr->darkGC;
break;
case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:
| | | 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
topGC = bottomGC = (topBevel? borderPtr->lightGC : borderPtr->darkGC);
break;
case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE:
topGC = borderPtr->lightGC;
bottomGC = borderPtr->darkGC;
break;
case TK_RELIEF_SOLID:
if (unixBorderPtr->solidGC == None) {
XGCValues gcValues;
gcValues.foreground = BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen);
unixBorderPtr->solidGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
}
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, unixBorderPtr->solidGC, x, y,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
* drawing. */
{
XColor lightColor, darkColor;
int stressed, tmp1, tmp2;
int r, g, b;
XGCValues gcValues;
| | | 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
* drawing. */
{
XColor lightColor, darkColor;
int stressed, tmp1, tmp2;
int r, g, b;
XGCValues gcValues;
if (borderPtr->lightGC != None) {
return;
}
stressed = TkpCmapStressed(tkwin, borderPtr->colormap);
/*
* First, handle the case of a color display with lots of colors. The
* shadow colors get computed using whichever formula results in the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
374 375 376 377 378 379 380 | * color for the light shadow by reducing each color component by 10%. * * Compute the colors using integers, not using lightColor.red etc.: * these are shorts and may have problems with integer overflow. */ /* | | | | | 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 |
* color for the light shadow by reducing each color component by 10%.
*
* Compute the colors using integers, not using lightColor.red etc.:
* these are shorts and may have problems with integer overflow.
*/
/*
* Compute the dark shadow color
*/
r = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->red;
g = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->green;
b = (int) borderPtr->bgColorPtr->blue;
if (r*0.5*r + g*1.0*g + b*0.28*b < MAX_INTENSITY*0.05*MAX_INTENSITY) {
darkColor.red = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*r)/4;
darkColor.green = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*g)/4;
darkColor.blue = (MAX_INTENSITY + 3*b)/4;
} else {
darkColor.red = (60 * r)/100;
darkColor.green = (60 * g)/100;
darkColor.blue = (60 * b)/100;
}
/*
* Allocate the dark shadow color and its GC
*/
borderPtr->darkColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &darkColor);
gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->darkColorPtr->pixel;
borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
/*
* Compute the light shadow color
*/
if (g > MAX_INTENSITY*0.95) {
lightColor.red = (90 * r)/100;
lightColor.green = (90 * g)/100;
lightColor.blue = (90 * b)/100;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 |
if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) {
tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY;
}
tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + b)/2;
lightColor.blue = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2;
}
| | | | | | 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
if (tmp1 > MAX_INTENSITY) {
tmp1 = MAX_INTENSITY;
}
tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + b)/2;
lightColor.blue = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2;
}
/*
* Allocate the light shadow color and its GC
*/
borderPtr->lightColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &lightColor);
gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->lightColorPtr->pixel;
borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
return;
}
if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
borderPtr->shadow = Tk_GetBitmap((Tcl_Interp *) NULL, tkwin,
Tk_GetUid("gray50"));
if (borderPtr->shadow == None) {
Tcl_Panic("TkpGetShadows couldn't allocate bitmap for border");
}
}
if (borderPtr->visual->map_entries > 2) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixButton.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
TkButton info; /* Generic button info. */
} UnixButton;
/*
* The class function table for the button widgets.
*/
| | < < | | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
TkButton info; /* Generic button info. */
} UnixButton;
/*
* The class function table for the button widgets.
*/
Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
TkButtonWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
};
/*
* The button image.
* The header info here is ignored, it's the image that's important. The
* colors will be applied as follows:
* A = Background
* B = Background
* C = 3D light
* D = selectColor
* E = 3D dark
* F = Background
* G = Indicator Color
* H = disabled Indicator Color
*/
/* XPM */
static char *button_images[] = {
/* width height ncolors chars_per_pixel */
"52 26 7 1",
/* colors */
"A c #808000000000",
"B c #000080800000",
"C c #808080800000",
"D c #000000008080",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
169 170 171 172 173 174 175 |
Pixmap pixmap;
int depth;
/*
* Sanity check.
*/
| | | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
Pixmap pixmap;
int depth;
/*
* Sanity check.
*/
if (tkwin == NULL || display == None || d == None || bgBorder == NULL
|| indicatorColor == NULL) {
return;
}
if (disableColor == NULL) {
disableColor = bg_brdr->bgColorPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
/*
* Create the image, painting it into an XImage one pixel at a time.
*/
for (iy=0 ; iy<dim ; iy++) {
for (ix=0 ; ix<dim ; ix++) {
XPutPixel(img, ix, iy,
| | | | | 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 |
/*
* Create the image, painting it into an XImage one pixel at a time.
*/
for (iy=0 ; iy<dim ; iy++) {
for (ix=0 ; ix<dim ; ix++) {
XPutPixel(img, ix, iy,
imgColors[button_images[imgstart+iy][imgsel+ix] - 'A'] );
}
}
/*
* Copy onto our target drawable surface.
*/
memset(&gcValues, 0, sizeof(gcValues));
gcValues.background = bg_brdr->bgColorPtr->pixel;
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
copyGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, 0, &gcValues);
XPutImage(display, pixmap, copyGC, img, 0, 0, 0, 0,
(unsigned int)dim, (unsigned int)dim);
XCopyArea(display, pixmap, d, copyGC, 0, 0,
(unsigned int)dim, (unsigned int)dim, x, y);
/*
* Tidy up.
*/
Tk_FreeGC(display, copyGC);
XDestroyImage(img);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
322 323 324 325 326 327 328 | * Registers an event handler for the widget. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkButton * TkpCreateButton( | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > | 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
* Registers an event handler for the widget.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkButton *
TkpCreateButton(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
UnixButton *butPtr = (UnixButton *) ckalloc(sizeof(UnixButton));
return (TkButton *) butPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDisplayButton --
*
* This function is invoked to display a button widget. It is normally
* invoked as an idle handler.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Commands are output to X to display the button in its current mode.
* The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
GC gc;
Tk_3DBorder border;
Pixmap pixmap;
int x = 0; /* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
* warning. */
int y, relief;
Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
int width = 0, height = 0, fullWidth, fullHeight;
int textXOffset, textYOffset;
int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
int offset; /* 1 means this is a button widget, so we
* offset the text to make the button appear
* to move up and down as the relief
* changes. */
int imageWidth, imageHeight;
int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0;
/* image information that will be used to
* restrict disabled pixmap as well */
butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((butPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 |
if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
} else if (butPtr->overRelief != relief) {
relief = butPtr->offRelief;
}
}
/*
* In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the button in a
* pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation.
* This means that there's no point in time where the on-screen image has
* been cleared.
*/
| > > | 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 |
if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
if (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN;
} else if (butPtr->overRelief != relief) {
relief = butPtr->offRelief;
}
}
offset = (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) && !Tk_StrictMotif(butPtr->tkwin);
/*
* In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the button in a
* pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation.
* This means that there's no point in time where the on-screen image has
* been cleared.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
554 555 556 557 558 559 560 | break; } TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY, butPtr->indicatorSpace + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y); x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; | | > > > > > > > > > > | 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 |
break;
}
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
butPtr->indicatorSpace + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
x += offset;
y += offset;
if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
x -= offset;
y -= offset;
} else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
x += offset;
y += offset;
}
imageXOffset += x;
imageYOffset += y;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
/*
* Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed valid
* coordinates. [Bug 979239]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
612 613 614 615 616 617 618 |
butPtr->underline);
y += fullHeight/2;
} else {
if (haveImage) {
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0,
butPtr->indicatorSpace + width, height, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
| | > > > > > > > > > | 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 |
butPtr->underline);
y += fullHeight/2;
} else {
if (haveImage) {
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0,
butPtr->indicatorSpace + width, height, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
x += offset;
y += offset;
if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
x -= offset;
y -= offset;
} else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
x += offset;
y += offset;
}
imageXOffset += x;
imageYOffset += y;
if (butPtr->image != NULL) {
/*
* Do boundary clipping, so that Tk_RedrawImage is passed
* valid coordinates. [Bug 979239]
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
665 666 667 668 669 670 671 |
y += height/2;
} else {
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
butPtr->indicatorSpace + butPtr->textWidth,
butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
| | > > > > > > > > > | 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 |
y += height/2;
} else {
TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY,
butPtr->indicatorSpace + butPtr->textWidth,
butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y);
x += butPtr->indicatorSpace;
x += offset;
y += offset;
if (relief == TK_RELIEF_RAISED) {
x -= offset;
y -= offset;
} else if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) {
x += offset;
y += offset;
}
Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, butPtr->textLayout,
x, y, 0, -1);
Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc,
butPtr->textLayout, x, y, butPtr->underline);
y += butPtr->textHeight/2;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 |
*/
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, inset, inset,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset,
butPtr->borderWidth, relief);
}
if (butPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
} else {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder),
pixmap);
}
| > > | 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 |
*/
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border, inset, inset,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*inset, Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*inset,
butPtr->borderWidth, relief);
}
if (butPtr->highlightWidth > 0) {
GC gc;
if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(butPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
} else {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->highlightBorder),
pixmap);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
852 853 854 855 856 857 858 | * The button's window may change size. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpComputeButtonGeometry( | | | 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 |
* The button's window may change size.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
register TkButton *butPtr) /* Button whose geometry may have changed. */
{
int width, height, avgWidth, txtWidth, txtHeight;
int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0;
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
butPtr->inset = butPtr->highlightWidth + butPtr->borderWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixColor.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | /* * tkUnixColor.c -- * * This file contains the platform specific color routines needed for X * support. * * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | /* * tkUnixColor.c -- * * This file contains the platform specific color routines needed for X * support. * * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkColor.h" /* * If a colormap fills up, attempts to allocate new colors from that colormap * will fail. When that happens, we'll just choose the closest color from * those that are available in the colormap. One of the following structures * will be created for each "stressed" colormap to keep track of the colors |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 |
* color is allocated twice in different places and then freed twice, the
* second free generates an error (this bug existed as of 10/1/92). To get
* around this problem, ignore errors that occur during the free
* operation.
*/
visual = tkColPtr->visual;
| | | 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 |
* color is allocated twice in different places and then freed twice, the
* second free generates an error (this bug existed as of 10/1/92). To get
* around this problem, ignore errors that occur during the free
* operation.
*/
visual = tkColPtr->visual;
if ((visual->class != StaticGray) && (visual->class != StaticColor)
&& (tkColPtr->color.pixel != BlackPixelOfScreen(screen))
&& (tkColPtr->color.pixel != WhitePixelOfScreen(screen))) {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(DisplayOfScreen(screen),
-1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
XFreeColors(DisplayOfScreen(screen), tkColPtr->colormap,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
* XParseColor for non-# names: this saves a server round-trip for those
* names.
*/
if (*name != '#') {
XColor screen;
| | < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | < | | 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 |
* XParseColor for non-# names: this saves a server round-trip for those
* names.
*/
if (*name != '#') {
XColor screen;
if (((*name - 'A') & 0xdf) < sizeof(tkWebColors)/sizeof(tkWebColors[0])) {
const char *p = tkWebColors[((*name - 'A') & 0x1f)];
if (p) {
const char *q = name;
while (!((*p - *(++q)) & 0xdf)) {
if (!*p++) {
name = p;
goto gotWebColor;
}
}
}
}
if (strlen(name) > 99) {
/* Don't bother to parse this. [Bug 2809525]*/
return (TkColor *) NULL;
} else if (XAllocNamedColor(display, colormap, name, &screen, &color) != 0) {
DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
} else {
/*
* Couldn't allocate the color. Try translating the name to a
* color value, to see whether the problem is a bad color name or
* a full colormap. If the colormap is full, then pick an
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &color) != 0) {
DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
} else {
FindClosestColor(tkwin, &color, &color);
}
}
| | | 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 |
if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &color) != 0) {
DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
} else {
FindClosestColor(tkwin, &color, &color);
}
}
tkColPtr = (TkColor *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor));
tkColPtr->color = color;
return tkColPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
TkpGetColorByValue(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate
* desired color. */
{
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
| | | 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 |
TkpGetColorByValue(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate
* desired color. */
{
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkColor));
tkColPtr->color.red = colorPtr->red;
tkColPtr->color.green = colorPtr->green;
tkColPtr->color.blue = colorPtr->blue;
if (XAllocColor(display, colormap, &tkColPtr->color) != 0) {
DeleteStressedCmap(display, colormap);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
265 266 267 268 269 270 271 |
{
TkStressedCmap *stressPtr;
double tmp, distance, closestDistance;
int i, closest, numFound;
XColor *colorPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
| | | | | | | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 |
{
TkStressedCmap *stressPtr;
double tmp, distance, closestDistance;
int i, closest, numFound;
XColor *colorPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
Colormap colormap = Tk_Colormap(tkwin);
XVisualInfo template, *visInfoPtr;
/*
* Find the TkStressedCmap structure for this colormap, or create a new
* one if needed.
*/
for (stressPtr = dispPtr->stressPtr; ; stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) {
if (stressPtr == NULL) {
stressPtr = (TkStressedCmap *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkStressedCmap));
stressPtr->colormap = colormap;
template.visualid = XVisualIDFromVisual(Tk_Visual(tkwin));
visInfoPtr = XGetVisualInfo(Tk_Display(tkwin),
VisualIDMask, &template, &numFound);
if (numFound < 1) {
Tcl_Panic("FindClosestColor couldn't lookup visual");
}
stressPtr->numColors = visInfoPtr->colormap_size;
XFree((char *) visInfoPtr);
stressPtr->colorPtr = (XColor *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(stressPtr->numColors * sizeof(XColor)));
for (i = 0; i < stressPtr->numColors; i++) {
stressPtr->colorPtr[i].pixel = (unsigned long) i;
}
XQueryColors(dispPtr->display, colormap, stressPtr->colorPtr,
stressPtr->numColors);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
395 396 397 398 399 400 401 |
prevPtr = stressPtr, stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) {
if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
dispPtr->stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
prevPtr = stressPtr, stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) {
if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
dispPtr->stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) stressPtr->colorPtr);
ckfree((char *) stressPtr);
return;
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
stressPtr != NULL; stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) {
if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) {
return 1;
}
}
return 0;
}
| < | 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 |
stressPtr != NULL; stressPtr = stressPtr->nextPtr) {
if (stressPtr->colormap == colormap) {
return 1;
}
}
return 0;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixConfig.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkpGetSystemDefault(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */
| | | < < < < | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkpGetSystemDefault(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */
CONST char *dbName, /* The option database name. */
CONST char *className) /* The name of the option class. */
{
return NULL;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixCursor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | } TkUnixCursor; /* * The table below is used to map from the name of a cursor to its index in * the official cursor font: */ | | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
} TkUnixCursor;
/*
* The table below is used to map from the name of a cursor to its index in
* the official cursor font:
*/
static struct CursorName {
CONST char *name;
unsigned int shape;
} cursorNames[] = {
{"X_cursor", XC_X_cursor},
{"arrow", XC_arrow},
{"based_arrow_down", XC_based_arrow_down},
{"based_arrow_up", XC_based_arrow_up},
{"boat", XC_boat},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
"static unsigned char myarrow-mask_bits[] = {\n" \
" 0x80, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xf0, 0x07, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xfc, 0x1f,\n" \
" 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xff, 0xff, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01,\n" \
" 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01};"
#endif /* DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR */
| | | | | | | 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 |
"static unsigned char myarrow-mask_bits[] = {\n" \
" 0x80, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xe0, 0x03, 0xf0, 0x07, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0xfc, 0x1f,\n" \
" 0xfe, 0x3f, 0xff, 0x7f, 0xff, 0xff, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01,\n" \
" 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01, 0xc0, 0x01};"
#endif /* DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR */
static struct TkCursorName {
char *name;
char *data;
char *mask;
} tkCursorNames[] = {
{"none", CURSOR_NONE_DATA, NULL},
#ifdef DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR
{"myarrow", CURSOR_MYARROW_DATA, CURSOR_MYARROW_MASK},
#endif /* DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR */
{NULL, NULL, NULL}
};
/*
* Font to use for cursors:
*/
#ifndef CURSORFONT
#define CURSORFONT "cursor"
#endif
static Cursor CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, int argc, CONST char **argv,
struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetCursorByName --
*
* Retrieve a cursor by name. Parse the cursor name into fields and
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
* details on legal syntax. */
{
TkUnixCursor *cursorPtr = NULL;
Cursor cursor = None;
int argc;
| | | | 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
* details on legal syntax. */
{
TkUnixCursor *cursorPtr = NULL;
Cursor cursor = None;
int argc;
CONST char **argv = NULL;
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
int inTkTable = 0;
struct TkCursorName* tkCursorPtr = NULL;
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
if (argc == 0) {
goto badString;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
}
}
}
if ((argv[0][0] != '@') && !inTkTable) {
XColor fg, bg;
unsigned int maskIndex;
| | | 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
}
}
}
if ((argv[0][0] != '@') && !inTkTable) {
XColor fg, bg;
unsigned int maskIndex;
register struct CursorName *namePtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
/*
* The cursor is to come from the standard cursor font. If one arg, it
* is cursor name (use black and white for fg and bg). If two args,
* they are name and fg color (ignore mask). If three args, they are
* name, fg, bg. Some of the code below is stolen from the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
maskIndex = namePtr->shape + 1;
if (argc == 1) {
fg.red = fg.green = fg.blue = 0;
bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 65535;
} else {
if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[1], &fg) == 0) {
| < | | < | | < | < | | < < | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 |
maskIndex = namePtr->shape + 1;
if (argc == 1) {
fg.red = fg.green = fg.blue = 0;
bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 65535;
} else {
if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[1], &fg) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", argv[1],
"\"", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
if (argc == 2) {
bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 0;
maskIndex = namePtr->shape;
} else if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), argv[2],
&bg) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"", argv[2],
"\"", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
}
dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (dispPtr->cursorFont == None) {
dispPtr->cursorFont = XLoadFont(display, CURSORFONT);
if (dispPtr->cursorFont == None) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "couldn't load cursor font", TCL_STATIC);
goto cleanup;
}
}
cursor = XCreateGlyphCursor(display, dispPtr->cursorFont,
dispPtr->cursorFont, namePtr->shape, maskIndex,
&fg, &bg);
} else {
/*
* Prevent file system access in safe interpreters.
*/
if (!inTkTable && Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't get cursor from a file in",
" a safe interpreter", NULL);
cursorPtr = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
/*
* If the cursor is to be created from bitmap files, then there should
* be either two elements in the list (source, color) or four (source
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
334 335 336 337 338 339 340 |
}
cursor = CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(interp, tkwin, argc, argv,
tkCursorPtr);
}
if (cursor != None) {
| | | | | < | | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
}
cursor = CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(interp, tkwin, argc, argv,
tkCursorPtr);
}
if (cursor != None) {
cursorPtr = (TkUnixCursor *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkUnixCursor));
cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursor;
cursorPtr->display = display;
}
cleanup:
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr;
badString:
if (argv) {
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cursor spec \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateCursorFromTableOrFile --
*
* Create a cursor defined in a file or the Tk static cursor table. A
* cursor defined in a file starts with the '@' character. This method
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
378 379 380 381 382 383 384 |
*/
static Cursor
CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
int argc,
| | | | | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
*/
static Cursor
CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
int argc,
CONST char **argv, /* Cursor spec parsed into elements. */
struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr)
/* Non-NULL when cursor is defined in Tk
* table. */
{
Cursor cursor = None;
int width, height, maskWidth, maskHeight;
int xHot = -1, yHot = -1;
int dummy1, dummy2;
XColor fg, bg;
CONST char *fgColor;
CONST char *bgColor;
int inTkTable = (tkCursorPtr != NULL);
Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
Drawable drawable = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
Pixmap source = None;
Pixmap mask = None;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
422 423 424 425 426 427 428 |
*/
char *data;
data = TkGetBitmapData(NULL, tkCursorPtr->data, NULL,
&width, &height, &xHot, &yHot);
if (data == NULL) {
| < | | | < | | < | > | | < < | | < | | < | | | 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 |
*/
char *data;
data = TkGetBitmapData(NULL, tkCursorPtr->data, NULL,
&width, &height, &xHot, &yHot);
if (data == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading bitmap data for \"",
argv[0], "\"", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
source = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, drawable, data, width,height);
ckfree(data);
} else {
if (TkReadBitmapFile(display, drawable, &argv[0][1],
(unsigned int *) &width, (unsigned int *) &height,
&source, &xHot, &yHot) != BitmapSuccess) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cleanup reading bitmap file \"",
&argv[0][1], "\"", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
}
if ((xHot < 0) || (yHot < 0) || (xHot >= width) || (yHot >= height)) {
if (inTkTable) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad hot spot in bitmap data for \"",
argv[0], "\"", NULL);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad hot spot in bitmap file \"",
&argv[0][1], "\"", NULL);
}
goto cleanup;
}
/*
* Parse color names from optional fg and bg arguments
*/
if (argc == 1) {
fg.red = fg.green = fg.blue = 0;
bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 65535;
} else if (argc == 2) {
fgColor = argv[1];
if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), fgColor, &fg) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"",
fgColor, "\"", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
if (inTkTable) {
bg.red = bg.green = bg.blue = 0;
} else {
bg = fg;
}
} else {
/* 3 or 4 arguments */
if (inTkTable) {
fgColor = argv[1];
bgColor = argv[2];
} else {
fgColor = argv[2];
bgColor = argv[3];
}
if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), fgColor, &fg) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"",
fgColor, "\"", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
if (TkParseColor(display, Tk_Colormap(tkwin), bgColor, &bg) == 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid color name \"",
bgColor, "\"", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
}
/*
* If there is no mask data, then create the cursor now.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
520 521 522 523 524 525 526 |
*/
char *data;
data = TkGetBitmapData(NULL, tkCursorPtr->mask, NULL,
&maskWidth, &maskHeight, &dummy1, &dummy2);
if (data == NULL) {
| < | | < | | < | < > | 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 |
*/
char *data;
data = TkGetBitmapData(NULL, tkCursorPtr->mask, NULL,
&maskWidth, &maskHeight, &dummy1, &dummy2);
if (data == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading bitmap mask data for \"",
argv[0], "\"", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
mask = XCreateBitmapFromData(display, drawable, data, maskWidth,
maskHeight);
ckfree(data);
} else {
if (TkReadBitmapFile(display, drawable, argv[1],
(unsigned int *) &maskWidth, (unsigned int *) &maskHeight,
&mask, &dummy1, &dummy2) != BitmapSuccess) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cleanup reading bitmap file \"",
argv[1], "\"", NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
}
if ((maskWidth != width) || (maskHeight != height)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "source and mask bitmaps have different sizes",
TCL_STATIC);
goto cleanup;
}
cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, source, mask,
&fg, &bg, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot);
cleanup:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
580 581 582 583 584 585 586 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkCursor *
TkCreateCursorFromData(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
| | | | 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkCursor *
TkCreateCursorFromData(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
CONST char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
CONST char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */
int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */
XColor bgColor) /* Background color for cursor. */
{
Cursor cursor;
Pixmap sourcePixmap, maskPixmap;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
604 605 606 607 608 609 610 |
(unsigned) height);
cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, sourcePixmap,
maskPixmap, &fgColor, &bgColor, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, sourcePixmap);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, maskPixmap);
if (cursor != None) {
| | | 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 |
(unsigned) height);
cursor = XCreatePixmapCursor(display, sourcePixmap,
maskPixmap, &fgColor, &bgColor, (unsigned) xHot, (unsigned) yHot);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, sourcePixmap);
Tk_FreePixmap(display, maskPixmap);
if (cursor != None) {
cursorPtr = (TkUnixCursor *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkUnixCursor));
cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursor;
cursorPtr->display = display;
}
return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 |
void
TkpFreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
TkUnixCursor *unixCursorPtr = (TkUnixCursor *) cursorPtr;
XFreeCursor(unixCursorPtr->display, (Cursor) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
| > | 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
void
TkpFreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
TkUnixCursor *unixCursorPtr = (TkUnixCursor *) cursorPtr;
XFreeCursor(unixCursorPtr->display, (Cursor) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor);
Tk_FreeXId(unixCursorPtr->display, (XID) unixCursorPtr->info.cursor);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixDefault.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors. * NORMAL_BG - Normal background color. * ACTIVE_BG - Background color when widget is active. * SELECT_BG - Background color for selected text. * TROUGH - Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars. * INDICATOR - Color for indicator when button is selected. * DISABLED - Foreground color when widget is disabled. | < | > < | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 | * The definitions below provide symbolic names for the default colors. * NORMAL_BG - Normal background color. * ACTIVE_BG - Background color when widget is active. * SELECT_BG - Background color for selected text. * TROUGH - Background color for troughs in scales and scrollbars. * INDICATOR - Color for indicator when button is selected. * DISABLED - Foreground color when widget is disabled. */ #define BLACK "#000000" #define WHITE "#ffffff" #define NORMAL_BG "#d9d9d9" #define ACTIVE_BG "#ececec" #define SELECT_BG "#c3c3c3" #define TROUGH "#b3b3b3" #define CHECK_INDICATOR WHITE #define MENU_INDICATOR BLACK #define DISABLED "#a3a3a3" /* * Defaults for labels, buttons, checkbuttons, and radiobuttons: */ #define DEF_BUTTON_ANCHOR "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 | #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" | | | | | | 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF "" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADX "3m" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADY "1m" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR CHECK_INDICATOR #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_BUTTON_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT "" #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" #define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH "0" #define DEF_RADIOBUTTON_VARIABLE "selectedButton" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
119 120 121 122 123 124 125 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE | | | 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH "10c" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
150 151 152 153 154 155 156 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" | < < | | < < | 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW (char *) NULL #define DEF_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for frames: */ #define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CLASS "Frame" #define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP "" #define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR "" #define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
222 223 224 225 226 227 228 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE "browse" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for individual entries of menus: */ #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE "selectedButton" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1" /* * Defaults for menus overall: */ #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR ACTIVE_BG #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_MENU_CURSOR "arrow" #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_MENU_FONT "TkMenuFont" #define DEF_MENU_FG BLACK #define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND "" #define DEF_MENU_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR MENU_INDICATOR #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF "1" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_TITLE "" #define DEF_MENU_TYPE "normal" /* * Defaults for menubuttons: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
318 319 320 321 322 323 324 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" | | | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX "4p" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY "3p" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE "normal" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
419 420 421 422 423 424 425 | #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_SCALE_LABEL "" #define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100" #define DEF_SCALE_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCALE_RELIEF "flat" | | | | 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 | #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_SCALE_LABEL "" #define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100" #define DEF_SCALE_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCALE_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" #define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION "1" #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE "1" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH "30" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCALE_STATE "normal" #define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_SCALE_TO "100" #define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH "15" /* * Defaults for scrollbars: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
455 456 457 458 459 460 461 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" | | | 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH "11" /* * Defaults for texts: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
482 483 484 485 486 487 488 | #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 | #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" #define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" #define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_STATE "normal" #define DEF_TEXT_TABS "" #define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE "tabular" #define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_TEXT_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH "80" #define DEF_TEXT_WRAP "char" #define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND "" /* * Defaults for canvas text: */ #define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" /* * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply * to toplevels): */ #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS "Toplevel" #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU "" #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN "" #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE "" #endif /* _TKUNIXDEFAULT */ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixDialog.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
*/
static int
EvalObjv(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
char *cmdName, /* Name of the TCL command to call */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
*/
static int
EvalObjv(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
char *cmdName, /* Name of the TCL command to call */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */
{
Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, **objs;
int result;
cmdObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(cmdName, -1);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmdObj);
objs = (Tcl_Obj **) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_Obj*) * (unsigned)(objc+1));
objs[0] = cmdObj;
memcpy(objs+1, objv, sizeof(Tcl_Obj *) * (unsigned)objc);
result = Tcl_EvalObjv(interp, objc+1, objs, 0);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmdObj);
ckfree((char *) objs);
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
*/
int
Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 |
*/
int
Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */
{
return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::ColorDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
*/
int
Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
*/
int
Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) {
return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifOpenFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
} else {
return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::OpenFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
139 140 141 142 143 144 145 |
*/
int
Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
*/
int
Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) {
return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifSaveFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
} else {
return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::SaveFDialog", objc-1, objv+1);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
*/
int
Tk_MessageBoxCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
*/
int
Tk_MessageBoxCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */
{
return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MessageBox", objc-1, objv+1);
}
#endif /* TK_OBSOLETE_UNIX_DIALOG_WRAPPERS */
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixDraw.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkUnixDraw.c -- * * This file contains X specific drawing routines. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
/*
* tkUnixDraw.c --
*
* This file contains X specific drawing routines.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#if !defined(__WIN32__)
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#endif
/*
* The following structure is used to pass information to ScrollRestrictProc
* from TkScrollWindow.
*/
typedef struct ScrollInfo {
int done; /* Flag is 0 until filtering is done. */
Display *display; /* Display to filter. */
Window window; /* Window to filter. */
TkRegion region; /* Region into which damage is accumulated. */
int dx, dy; /* Amount by which window was shifted. */
} ScrollInfo;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions declared later in this file:
*/
static Tk_RestrictAction ScrollRestrictProc(ClientData arg, XEvent *eventPtr);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkScrollWindow --
*
* Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate damage
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
| | | | | > | | | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
TkRegion damageRgn) /* Region to accumulate damage in. */
{
Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;
ClientData oldArg, dummy;
ScrollInfo info;
XCopyArea(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), gc,
x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, x+dx, y+dy);
info.done = 0;
info.window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
info.display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
info.region = damageRgn;
info.dx = dx;
info.dy = dy;
/*
* Sync the event stream so all of the expose events will be on the Tk
* event queue before we start filtering. This avoids busy waiting while
* we filter events.
*/
TkpSync(info.display);
oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(ScrollRestrictProc, (ClientData) &info,
&oldArg);
while (!info.done) {
Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS);
}
Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &dummy);
if (XEmptyRegion((Region) damageRgn)) {
return 0;
} else {
return 1;
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
137 138 139 140 141 142 143 |
if (eventPtr->type == NoExpose) {
info->done = 1;
} else if (eventPtr->type == GraphicsExpose) {
rect.x = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.x;
rect.y = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.y;
rect.width = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.width;
rect.height = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.height;
| | | | | | | | 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
if (eventPtr->type == NoExpose) {
info->done = 1;
} else if (eventPtr->type == GraphicsExpose) {
rect.x = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.x;
rect.y = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.y;
rect.width = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.width;
rect.height = eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.height;
XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region,
(Region) info->region);
if (eventPtr->xgraphicsexpose.count == 0) {
info->done = 1;
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == Expose) {
/*
* This case is tricky. This event was already queued before the
* XCopyArea was issued. If this area overlaps the area being copied,
* then some of the copied area may be invalid. The easiest way to
* handle this case is to mark both the original area and the shifted
* area as damaged.
*/
rect.x = eventPtr->xexpose.x;
rect.y = eventPtr->xexpose.y;
rect.width = eventPtr->xexpose.width;
rect.height = eventPtr->xexpose.height;
XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region,
(Region) info->region);
rect.x += info->dx;
rect.y += info->dy;
XUnionRectWithRegion(&rect, (Region) info->region,
(Region) info->region);
} else {
return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
}
return TK_DISCARD_EVENT;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
198 199 200 201 202 203 204 |
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC fgGC,
GC bgGC,
int highlightWidth,
Drawable drawable)
{
| < < | | < | | 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC fgGC,
GC bgGC,
int highlightWidth,
Drawable drawable)
{
TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawFrame --
*
* This function draws the rectangular frame area.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws inside the tkwin area.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawFrame(
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_3DBorder border,
int highlightWidth,
int borderWidth,
int relief)
{
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth,
highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixEmbed.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* * tkUnixEmbed.c -- * * This file contains platform-specific functions for UNIX to provide * basic operations needed for application embedding (where one * application can use as its main window an internal window from some | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | /* * tkUnixEmbed.c -- * * This file contains platform-specific functions for UNIX to provide * basic operations needed for application embedding (where one * application can use as its main window an internal window from some * other application). * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" /* * One of the following structures exists for each container in this * application. It keeps track of the container window and its associated * embedded window. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
* in this process. Note that this is *not*
* the same window as wrapper: wrapper is the
* parent of embeddedPtr. */
struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this
* process. */
} Container;
| | | 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
* in this process. Note that this is *not*
* the same window as wrapper: wrapper is the
* parent of embeddedPtr. */
struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this
* process. */
} Container;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
Container *firstContainerPtr;
/* First in list of all containers managed by
* this process. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 |
int
TkpUseWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* If not NULL, used for error reporting if
* string is bogus. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Tk window that does not yet have an
* associated X window. */
| | | | < > | | | < < | > | < | | | | | 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 |
int
TkpUseWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* If not NULL, used for error reporting if
* string is bogus. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Tk window that does not yet have an
* associated X window. */
CONST char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use for
* tkwin; must be an integer value. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkWindow *usePtr;
int anyError;
Window parent;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
Container *containerPtr;
XWindowAttributes parentAtts;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (winPtr->window != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't modify container after widget is created", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, &parent) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
usePtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display, parent);
if (usePtr != NULL) {
if (!(usePtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", usePtr->pathName,
"\" doesn't have -container option set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* Tk sets the window colormap to the screen default colormap in
* tkWindow.c:AllocWindow. This doesn't work well for embedded windows. So
* we override the colormap and visual settings to be the same as the
* parent window (which is in the container app).
*/
anyError = 0;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
EmbedErrorProc, (ClientData) &anyError);
if (!XGetWindowAttributes(winPtr->display, parent, &parentAtts)) {
anyError = 1;
}
XSync(winPtr->display, False);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
if (anyError) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't create child of window \"",
string, "\"", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetWindowVisual(tkwin, parentAtts.visual, parentAtts.depth,
parentAtts.colormap);
/*
* Create an event handler to clean up the Container structure when tkwin
* is eventually deleted.
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc,
(ClientData) winPtr);
/*
* Save information about the container and the embedded window in a
* Container structure. If there is already an existing Container
* structure, it means that both container and embedded app. are in the
* same process.
*/
for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
if (containerPtr->parent == parent) {
winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES;
break;
}
}
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
containerPtr = (Container *) ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->parent = parent;
containerPtr->parentRoot = parentAtts.root;
containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->wrapper = None;
containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find
* out later if the embedded app. is in the same process.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
| | | | | | 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find
* out later if the embedded app. is in the same process.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
containerPtr = (Container *) ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->parent = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
containerPtr->parentRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen(tkwin));
containerPtr->parentPtr = winPtr;
containerPtr->wrapper = None;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER;
/*
* Request SubstructureNotify events so that we can find out when the
* embedded application creates its window or attempts to resize it. Also
* watch Configure events on the container so that we can resize the child
* to match.
*/
winPtr->atts.event_mask |= SubstructureRedirectMask|SubstructureNotifyMask;
XSelectInput(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, winPtr->atts.event_mask);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask,
ContainerEventProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbedStructureProc,
(ClientData) containerPtr);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, FocusChangeMask, EmbedFocusProc,
(ClientData) containerPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbedErrorProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
328 329 330 331 332 333 334 |
static int
EmbedErrorProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Points to integer to set. */
XErrorEvent *errEventPtr) /* Points to information about error (not
* used). */
{
| | < | 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 |
static int
EmbedErrorProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Points to integer to set. */
XErrorEvent *errEventPtr) /* Points to information about error (not
* used). */
{
int *iPtr = (int *) clientData;
*iPtr = 1;
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
359 360 361 362 363 364 365 |
*/
static void
EmbeddedEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 |
*/
static void
EmbeddedEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr);
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
*/
static void
ContainerEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | | 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
*/
static void
ContainerEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
Container *containerPtr;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this function (almost any
* operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has
* deleted its window).
*/
errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
-1, -1, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
/*
* Find the Container structure associated with the parent window.
*/
for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
containerPtr->parent != eventPtr->xmaprequest.parent;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
496 497 498 499 500 501 502 |
*/
static void
EmbedStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | < < < < < < < < | | 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 |
*/
static void
EmbedStructureProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = (Container *) clientData;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) {
/*
* Ignore errors, since the embedded application could have
* deleted its window.
*/
errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
-1, -1, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
XMoveResizeWindow(eventPtr->xconfigure.display,
containerPtr->wrapper, 0, 0,
(unsigned) Tk_Width((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr),
(unsigned) Tk_Height((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr));
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
551 552 553 554 555 556 557 |
*/
static void
EmbedFocusProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
| | | | 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 |
*/
static void
EmbedFocusProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = (Container *) clientData;
Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler;
Display *display;
display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr);
if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) {
/*
* The focus just arrived at the container. Change the X focus to move
* it to the embedded application, if there is one. Ignore X errors
* that occur during this operation (it's possible that the new focus
* window isn't mapped).
*/
if (containerPtr->wrapper != None) {
errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1,
-1, -1, NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
XSetInputFocus(display, containerPtr->wrapper, RevertToParent,
CurrentTime);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler);
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
869 870 871 872 873 874 875 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpTestembedCmd( | | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < | < | < | 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpTestembedCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
int all;
Container *containerPtr;
Tcl_DString dString;
char buffer[50];
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if ((argc > 1) && (strcmp(argv[1], "all") == 0)) {
all = 1;
} else {
all = 0;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL;
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString);
if (containerPtr->parent == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
}
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
containerPtr->parentPtr->pathName);
}
if (containerPtr->wrapper == None) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else if (all) {
sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->wrapper);
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer);
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX");
}
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "");
} else {
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString,
containerPtr->embeddedPtr->pathName);
}
Tcl_DStringEndSublist(&dString);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 |
if ((containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL)
&& (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
}
| | | 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 |
if ((containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL)
&& (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) containerPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUnixContainerId --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 |
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
return containerPtr->parent;
}
}
Tcl_Panic("TkUnixContainerId couldn't find window");
return None;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 |
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
return containerPtr->parent;
}
}
Tcl_Panic("TkUnixContainerId couldn't find window");
return None;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixEvent.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include <signal.h> | | < | > | > | < < | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#include <signal.h>
#ifdef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM
# include <X11/XKBlib.h>
#else
# define XkbOpenDisplay(D,V,E,M,m,R) ((V),(E),(M),(m),(R),(NULL))
#endif
/*
* The following static indicates whether this module has been initialized in
* the current thread.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Prototypes for functions that are referenced only in this file:
*/
static void DisplayCheckProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void DisplayExitHandler(ClientData clientData);
static void DisplayFileProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void DisplaySetupProc(ClientData clientData, int flags);
static void TransferXEventsToTcl(Display *display);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
static void OpenIM(TkDisplay *dispPtr);
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCreateXEventSource --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
87 88 89 90 91 92 93 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplayExitHandler( | | < | 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayExitHandler(
ClientData clientData) /* Not used. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_DeleteEventSource(DisplaySetupProc, DisplayCheckProc, NULL);
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 | * Opens a display. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkDisplay * TkpOpenDisplay( | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | > > | > > > > > > > > > | > < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 |
* Opens a display.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkDisplay *
TkpOpenDisplay(
CONST char *displayNameStr)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
Display *display;
int event = 0;
int error = 0;
int major = 1;
int minor = 0;
int reason = 0;
unsigned int use_xkb = 0;
/*
** Bug [3607830]: Before using Xkb, it must be initialized and confirmed
** that the serve supports it. The XkbOpenDisplay call
** will perform this check and return NULL if the extension
** is not supported.
**
** Work around un-const-ified Xkb headers using (char *) cast.
*/
display = XkbOpenDisplay((char *)displayNameStr, &event, &error, &major,
&minor, &reason);
if (display == NULL) {
/*fprintf(stderr,"event=%d error=%d major=%d minor=%d reason=%d\nDisabling xkb\n",
event, error, major, minor, reason);*/
display = XOpenDisplay(displayNameStr);
} else {
use_xkb = TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB;
/*fprintf(stderr, "Using xkb %d.%d\n", major, minor);*/
}
if (display == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
memset(dispPtr, 0, sizeof(TkDisplay));
dispPtr->display = display;
dispPtr->flags |= use_xkb;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
OpenIM(dispPtr);
#endif
Tcl_CreateFileHandler(ConnectionNumber(display), TCL_READABLE,
DisplayFileProc, (ClientData) dispPtr);
return dispPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCloseDisplay --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
*/
void
TkpCloseDisplay(
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
TkSendCleanup(dispPtr);
TkWmCleanup(dispPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
if (dispPtr->inputXfs) {
XFreeFontSet(dispPtr->display, dispPtr->inputXfs);
}
| > > | 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 |
*/
void
TkpCloseDisplay(
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
TkSendCleanup(dispPtr);
TkFreeXId(dispPtr);
TkWmCleanup(dispPtr);
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
if (dispPtr->inputXfs) {
XFreeFontSet(dispPtr->display, dispPtr->inputXfs);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
267 268 269 270 271 272 273 |
if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->applicationAtom);
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->windowAtom);
Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
| | | 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->applicationAtom);
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->windowAtom);
Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow);
dispPtr->clipWindow = NULL;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
294 295 296 297 298 299 300 | * Tcl even if there is no more data on the X connection. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplaySetupProc( | | < | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
* Tcl even if there is no more data on the X connection.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplaySetupProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
int flags)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
static Tcl_Time blockTime = { 0, 0 };
if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
return;
}
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
361 362 363 364 365 366 367 |
* until Tk_HandleEvent then many input methods actually cease to work
* correctly. Most of the time, Tk processes its event queue fast enough
* for this to not be an issue anyway. [Bug 1924761]
*/
while (QLength(display) > 0) {
XNextEvent(display, &event.x);
| < < < | 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 |
* until Tk_HandleEvent then many input methods actually cease to work
* correctly. Most of the time, Tk processes its event queue fast enough
* for this to not be an issue anyway. [Bug 1924761]
*/
while (QLength(display) > 0) {
XNextEvent(display, &event.x);
w = None;
if (event.type == KeyPress || event.type == KeyRelease) {
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); ; dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
if (dispPtr == NULL) {
break;
} else if (dispPtr->display == event.x.xany.display) {
if (dispPtr->focusPtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
427 428 429 430 431 432 433 | * Moves queued events onto the Tcl event queue. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplayCheckProc( | | < | 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 |
* Moves queued events onto the Tcl event queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayCheckProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
int flags)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
if (!(flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
return;
}
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
466 467 468 469 470 471 472 |
*/
static void
DisplayFileProc(
ClientData clientData, /* The display pointer. */
int flags) /* Should be TCL_READABLE. */
{
| | < | 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 |
*/
static void
DisplayFileProc(
ClientData clientData, /* The display pointer. */
int flags) /* Should be TCL_READABLE. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
Display *display = dispPtr->display;
int numFound;
XFlush(display);
numFound = XEventsQueued(display, QueuedAfterReading);
if (numFound == 0) {
/*
* Things are very tricky if there aren't any events readable at this
* point (after all, there was supposedly data available on the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
614 615 616 617 618 619 620 |
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
fd = ConnectionNumber(dispPtr->display);
index = fd/(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask));
bit = ((fd_mask)1) << (fd%(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask)));
if ((readMask[index] & bit) || (QLength(dispPtr->display) > 0)) {
| | | 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
dispPtr = dispPtr->nextPtr) {
fd = ConnectionNumber(dispPtr->display);
index = fd/(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask));
bit = ((fd_mask)1) << (fd%(NBBY*sizeof(fd_mask)));
if ((readMask[index] & bit) || (QLength(dispPtr->display) > 0)) {
DisplayFileProc((ClientData)dispPtr, TCL_READABLE);
}
}
if (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) {
return 1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
672 673 674 675 676 677 678 |
/*
* Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue.
*/
TransferXEventsToTcl(display);
}
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
/*
* Transfer events from the X event queue to the Tk event queue.
*/
TransferXEventsToTcl(display);
}
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* OpenIM --
*
* Tries to open an X input method associated with the given display.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
735 736 737 738 739 740 741 |
XIMStyles *stylePtr;
XIMStyle bestStyle = 0;
if (XSetLocaleModifiers("") == NULL) {
return;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < | 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 |
XIMStyles *stylePtr;
XIMStyle bestStyle = 0;
if (XSetLocaleModifiers("") == NULL) {
return;
}
dispPtr->inputMethod = XOpenIM(dispPtr->display, NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (dispPtr->inputMethod == NULL) {
return;
}
if ((XGetIMValues(dispPtr->inputMethod, XNQueryInputStyle, &stylePtr,
NULL) != NULL) || (stylePtr == NULL)) {
goto error;
}
/*
* Select the best input style supported by both the IM and Tk.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
return;
error:
if (dispPtr->inputMethod) {
XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod);
dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 |
return;
error:
if (dispPtr->inputMethod) {
XCloseIM(dispPtr->inputMethod);
dispPtr->inputMethod = NULL;
}
}
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixFont.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" /* * The preferred font encodings. */ | > > | | > < < | | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#include <netinet/in.h> /* for htons() prototype */
#include <arpa/inet.h> /* inet_ntoa() */
/*
* The preferred font encodings.
*/
static CONST char *encodingList[] = {
"iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212", NULL
};
/*
* The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all
* screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain
* properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared
* instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the
* character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display
* a given Unicode character.
*
* Under Unix, there are three attributes that uniquely identify a "font
* family": the foundry, face name, and charset.
*/
#define FONTMAP_SHIFT 10
#define FONTMAP_PAGES (1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE (1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)
typedef struct FontFamily {
struct FontFamily *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all known font families. */
int refCount; /* How many SubFonts are referring to this
* FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
* zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
/*
* Key.
*/
Tk_Uid foundry; /* Foundry key for this FontFamily. */
Tk_Uid faceName; /* Face name key for this FontFamily. */
Tcl_Encoding encoding; /* Encoding key for this FontFamily. */
/*
* Derived properties.
*/
int isTwoByteFont; /* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0
* otherwise. */
char *fontMap[FONTMAP_PAGES];
/* Two-level sparse table used to determine
* quickly if the specified character exists.
* As characters are encountered, more pages
* in this table are dynamically alloced. The
* contents of each page is a bitmask
* consisting of FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE bits,
* representing whether this font can be used
* to display the given character at the
* corresponding bit position. The high bits
* of the character are used to pick which
* page of the table is used. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
* The following structure and definition is used to keep track of the
* alternative names for various encodings. Asking for an encoding that
* matches one of the alias patterns will result in actually getting the
* encoding by its real name.
*/
typedef struct EncodingAlias {
| | | | | > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | > | 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 |
* The following structure and definition is used to keep track of the
* alternative names for various encodings. Asking for an encoding that
* matches one of the alias patterns will result in actually getting the
* encoding by its real name.
*/
typedef struct EncodingAlias {
char *realName; /* The real name of the encoding to load if
* the provided name matched the pattern. */
char *aliasPattern; /* Pattern for encoding name, of the form that
* is acceptable to Tcl_StringMatch. */
} EncodingAlias;
/*
* Just some utility structures used for passing around values in helper
* functions.
*/
typedef struct FontAttributes {
TkFontAttributes fa;
TkXLFDAttributes xa;
} FontAttributes;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are
* currently loaded. As screen fonts are
* loaded, this list grows to hold information
* about what characters exist in each font
* family. */
FontFamily controlFamily; /* FontFamily used to handle control character
* expansions. The encoding of this FontFamily
* converts UTF-8 to backslashed escape
* sequences. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* The set of builtin encoding alises to convert the XLFD names for the
* encodings into the names expected by the Tcl encoding package.
*/
static EncodingAlias encodingAliases[] = {
{"gb2312-raw", "gb2312*"},
{"big5", "big5*"},
{"cns11643-1", "cns11643*-1"},
{"cns11643-1", "cns11643*.1-0"},
{"cns11643-2", "cns11643*-2"},
{"cns11643-2", "cns11643*.2-0"},
{"jis0201", "jisx0201*"},
{"jis0201", "jisx0202*"},
{"jis0208", "jisc6226*"},
{"jis0208", "jisx0208*"},
{"jis0212", "jisx0212*"},
{"tis620", "tis620*"},
{"ksc5601", "ksc5601*"},
{"dingbats", "*dingbats"},
#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
{"unicode", "iso10646-1"},
#else
/*
* ucs-2be is needed if native order isn't BE.
*/
{"ucs-2be", "iso10646-1"},
#endif
{NULL, NULL}
};
/*
* Functions used only in this file.
*/
static void FontPkgCleanup(ClientData clientData);
static FontFamily * AllocFontFamily(Display *display,
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base);
static SubFont * CanUseFallback(UnixFont *fontPtr,
CONST char *fallbackName, int ch,
SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr);
static SubFont * CanUseFallbackWithAliases(UnixFont *fontPtr,
char *fallbackName, int ch,
Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr,
SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr);
static int ControlUtfProc(ClientData clientData, CONST char *src,
int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
static XFontStruct * CreateClosestFont(Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
CONST TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr);
static SubFont * FindSubFontForChar(UnixFont *fontPtr, int ch,
SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr);
static void FontMapInsert(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
static void FontMapLoadPage(SubFont *subFontPtr, int row);
static int FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
static void FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *afPtr);
static CONST char * GetEncodingAlias(CONST char *name);
static int GetFontAttributes(Display *display,
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, FontAttributes *faPtr);
static XFontStruct * GetScreenFont(Display *display,
FontAttributes *wantPtr, char **nameList,
int bestIdx[], unsigned int bestScore[]);
static XFontStruct * GetSystemFont(Display *display);
static int IdentifySymbolEncodings(FontAttributes *faPtr);
static void InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr,
UnixFont *fontPtr);
static void InitSubFont(Display *display,
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base,
SubFont *subFontPtr);
static char ** ListFonts(Display *display, CONST char *faceName,
int *numNamesPtr);
static char ** ListFontOrAlias(Display *display, CONST char*faceName,
int *numNamesPtr);
static unsigned int RankAttributes(FontAttributes *wantPtr,
FontAttributes *gotPtr);
static void ReleaseFont(UnixFont *fontPtr);
static void ReleaseSubFont(Display *display, SubFont *subFontPtr);
static int SeenName(CONST char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
static int Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, CONST char*src,
int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
static int UtfToUcs2beProc(ClientData clientData, CONST char*src,
int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr,
char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr,
int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr);
#endif
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FontPkgCleanup --
*
* This function is called when an application is created. It initializes
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
263 264 265 266 267 268 269 | * Releases thread-specific resources used by font pkg. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FontPkgCleanup( | | | 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
* Releases thread-specific resources used by font pkg.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FontPkgCleanup(
ClientData clientData)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding != NULL) {
FontFamily *familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily;
int i;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
302 303 304 305 306 307 308 | * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpFontPkgInit( | | > < > > > > > > < > | | | | > > > | | < < | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 |
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpFontPkgInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_EncodingType type;
SubFont dummy;
int i;
if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding == NULL) {
type.encodingName = "X11ControlChars";
type.toUtfProc = ControlUtfProc;
type.fromUtfProc = ControlUtfProc;
type.freeProc = NULL;
type.clientData = NULL;
type.nullSize = 0;
tsdPtr->controlFamily.refCount = 2;
tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding = Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
tsdPtr->controlFamily.isTwoByteFont = 0;
dummy.familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily;
dummy.fontMap = tsdPtr->controlFamily.fontMap;
for (i = 0x00; i < 0x20; i++) {
FontMapInsert(&dummy, i);
FontMapInsert(&dummy, i + 0x80);
}
#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
/*
* UCS-2BE is unicode (UCS-2) in big-endian format. Define this if
* native order isn't BE. It is used in iso10646 fonts.
*/
type.encodingName = "ucs-2be";
type.toUtfProc = Ucs2beToUtfProc;
type.fromUtfProc = UtfToUcs2beProc;
type.freeProc = NULL;
type.clientData = NULL;
type.nullSize = 2;
Tcl_CreateEncoding(&type);
#endif
Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(FontPkgCleanup, NULL);
}
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
358 359 360 361 362 363 364 | * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ControlUtfProc( | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < > > | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < > > | < < | < > | 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 |
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ControlUtfProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
CONST char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */
int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */
int flags, /* Conversion control flags. */
Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
* information used during a piecewise
* conversion. Contents of statePtr are
* initialized and/or reset by conversion
* routine under control of flags argument. */
char *dst, /* Output buffer in which converted string is
* stored. */
int dstLen, /* The maximum length of output buffer in
* bytes. */
int *srcReadPtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes from the
* source string that were converted. This may
* be less than the original source length if
* there was a problem converting some source
* characters. */
int *dstWrotePtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes that were
* stored in the output buffer as a result of
* the conversion. */
int *dstCharsPtr) /* Filled with the number of characters that
* correspond to the bytes stored in the
* output buffer. */
{
CONST char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
char *dstStart, *dstEnd;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
int result;
static char hexChars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
static char mapChars[] = {
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
'a', 'b', 't', 'n', 'v', 'f', 'r'
};
result = TCL_OK;
srcStart = src;
srcEnd = src + srcLen;
dstStart = dst;
dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 6;
for ( ; src < srcEnd; ) {
if (dst > dstEnd) {
result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
break;
}
src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
dst[0] = '\\';
if ((ch < sizeof(mapChars)) && (mapChars[ch] != 0)) {
dst[1] = mapChars[ch];
dst += 2;
} else if (ch < 256) {
dst[1] = 'x';
dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
dst[3] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
dst += 4;
} else {
dst[1] = 'u';
dst[2] = hexChars[(ch >> 12) & 0xf];
dst[3] = hexChars[(ch >> 8) & 0xf];
dst[4] = hexChars[(ch >> 4) & 0xf];
dst[5] = hexChars[ch & 0xf];
dst += 6;
}
}
*srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
*dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
*dstCharsPtr = dst - dstStart;
return result;
}
#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Ucs2beToUtfProc --
*
* Convert from UCS-2BE (big-endian 16-bit Unicode) to UTF-8.
* This is only defined on LE machines.
*
* Results:
* Returns TCL_OK if conversion was successful.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
Ucs2beToUtfProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
CONST char *src, /* Source string in Unicode. */
int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */
int flags, /* Conversion control flags. */
Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
* information used during a piecewise
* conversion. Contents of statePtr are
* initialized and/or reset by conversion
* routine under control of flags argument. */
char *dst, /* Output buffer in which converted string is
* stored. */
int dstLen, /* The maximum length of output buffer in
* bytes. */
int *srcReadPtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes from the
* source string that were converted. This may
* be less than the original source length if
* there was a problem converting some source
* characters. */
int *dstWrotePtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes that were
* stored in the output buffer as a result of
* the conversion. */
int *dstCharsPtr) /* Filled with the number of characters that
* correspond to the bytes stored in the
* output buffer. */
{
CONST char *srcStart, *srcEnd;
char *dstEnd, *dstStart;
int result, numChars;
result = TCL_OK;
/* check alignment with ucs-2 (2 == sizeof(UCS-2)) */
if ((srcLen % 2) != 0) {
result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE;
srcLen--;
}
srcStart = src;
srcEnd = src + srcLen;
dstStart = dst;
dstEnd = dst + dstLen - TCL_UTF_MAX;
for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
if (dst > dstEnd) {
result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
break;
}
/*
* Need to swap byte-order on little-endian machines (x86) for
* UCS-2BE. We know this is an LE->BE swap.
*/
dst += Tcl_UniCharToUtf(htons(*((short *)src)), dst);
src += 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;
}
*srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
*dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
*dstCharsPtr = numChars;
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
552 553 554 555 556 557 558 | * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int UtfToUcs2beProc( | | | | | | | | > | | < < < > > | | > | 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
UtfToUcs2beProc(
ClientData clientData, /* TableEncodingData that specifies
* encoding. */
CONST char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */
int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */
int flags, /* Conversion control flags. */
Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state
* information used during a piecewise
* conversion. Contents of statePtr are
* initialized and/or reset by conversion
* routine under control of flags argument. */
char *dst, /* Output buffer in which converted string is
* stored. */
int dstLen, /* The maximum length of output buffer in
* bytes. */
int *srcReadPtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes from the
* source string that were converted. This may
* be less than the original source length if
* there was a problem converting some source
* characters. */
int *dstWrotePtr, /* Filled with the number of bytes that were
* stored in the output buffer as a result of
* the conversion. */
int *dstCharsPtr) /* Filled with the number of characters that
* correspond to the bytes stored in the
* output buffer. */
{
CONST char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd;
int result, numChars;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
srcStart = src;
srcEnd = src + srcLen;
srcClose = srcEnd;
if ((flags & TCL_ENCODING_END) == 0) {
srcClose -= TCL_UTF_MAX;
}
dstStart = dst;
dstEnd = dst + dstLen - 2 /* sizeof(UCS-2) */;
result = TCL_OK;
for (numChars = 0; src < srcEnd; numChars++) {
if ((src > srcClose) && (!Tcl_UtfCharComplete(src, srcEnd - src))) {
/*
* If there is more string to follow, this will ensure that the
* last UTF-8 character in the source buffer hasn't been cut off.
*/
result = TCL_CONVERT_MULTIBYTE;
break;
}
if (dst > dstEnd) {
result = TCL_CONVERT_NOSPACE;
break;
}
src += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(src, &ch);
/*
* Ensure big-endianness (store big bits first).
* XXX: This hard-codes the assumed size of Tcl_UniChar as 2. Make
* sure to work in char* for Tcl_UtfToUniChar alignment. [Bug 1122671]
*/
*dst++ = (ch >> 8);
*dst++ = (ch & 0xFF);
}
*srcReadPtr = src - srcStart;
*dstWrotePtr = dst - dstStart;
*dstCharsPtr = numChars;
return result;
}
#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetNativeFont --
*
* Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
653 654 655 656 657 658 659 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkFont *
TkpGetNativeFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
| | | | 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkFont *
TkpGetNativeFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
CONST char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */
{
UnixFont *fontPtr;
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
FontAttributes fa;
CONST char *p;
int hasSpace, dashes, hasWild;
/*
* The behavior of X when given a name that isn't an XLFD is unspecified.
* For example, Exceed 6 returns a valid font for any random string. This
* is awkward since system names have higher priority than the other Tk
* font syntaxes. So, we need to perform a quick sanity check on the name
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
701 702 703 704 705 706 707 |
* out and lost. But make sure we don't have an "-option value" string
* since TkFontParseXLFD would return a false success when attempting
* to parse it.
*/
if (name[0] == '-') {
if (name[1] != '*') {
| | | | 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 |
* out and lost. But make sure we don't have an "-option value" string
* since TkFontParseXLFD would return a false success when attempting
* to parse it.
*/
if (name[0] == '-') {
if (name[1] != '*') {
char *dash;
dash = strchr(name + 1, '-');
if ((dash == NULL) || (isspace(UCHAR(dash[-1])))) {
return NULL;
}
}
} else if (name[0] != '*') {
return NULL;
}
if (TkFontParseXLFD(name, &fa.fa, &fa.xa) != TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
fontStructPtr = CreateClosestFont(tkwin, &fa.fa, &fa.xa);
}
fontPtr = (UnixFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(UnixFont));
InitFont(tkwin, fontStructPtr, fontPtr);
return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
760 761 762 763 764 765 766 |
TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this
* existing TkFont structure, rather than
* allocating a new structure to hold the
* font; the existing contents of the font
* will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
* structure is allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
| | | | 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 |
TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this
* existing TkFont structure, rather than
* allocating a new structure to hold the
* font; the existing contents of the font
* will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
* structure is allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
UnixFont *fontPtr;
TkXLFDAttributes xa;
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
TkInitXLFDAttributes(&xa);
fontStructPtr = CreateClosestFont(tkwin, faPtr, &xa);
fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkFontPtr;
if (fontPtr == NULL) {
fontPtr = (UnixFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(UnixFont));
} else {
ReleaseFont(fontPtr);
}
InitFont(tkwin, fontStructPtr, fontPtr);
fontPtr->font.fa.underline = faPtr->underline;
fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike = faPtr->overstrike;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
835 836 837 838 839 840 841 |
*/
void
TkpGetFontFamilies(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp to hold result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* For display to query. */
{
| | > > | 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 |
*/
void
TkpGetFontFamilies(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp to hold result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* For display to query. */
{
int i, new, numNames;
char *family, **nameList;
Tcl_HashTable familyTable;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *strPtr;
resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&familyTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS);
nameList = ListFonts(Tk_Display(tkwin), "*", &numNames);
for (i = 0; i < numNames; i++) {
char *familyEnd;
family = strchr(nameList[i] + 1, '-');
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
864 865 866 867 868 869 870 |
}
family++; /* Advance to char after '-'. */
familyEnd = strchr(family, '-');
if (familyEnd == NULL) {
continue; /* See comment above. */
}
*familyEnd = '\0';
| | < | < | 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 |
}
family++; /* Advance to char after '-'. */
familyEnd = strchr(family, '-');
if (familyEnd == NULL) {
continue; /* See comment above. */
}
*familyEnd = '\0';
Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&familyTable, family, &new);
}
XFreeFontNames(nameList);
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&familyTable, &search);
while (hPtr != NULL) {
strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_GetHashKey(&familyTable, hPtr), -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search);
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&familyTable);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
908 909 910 911 912 913 914 |
Tk_Font tkfont)
{
int i;
Tcl_Obj *objv[3], *resultPtr, *listPtr;
UnixFont *fontPtr;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
| | < | 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 |
Tk_Font tkfont)
{
int i;
Tcl_Obj *objv[3], *resultPtr, *listPtr;
UnixFont *fontPtr;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
familyPtr = fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr;
objv[0] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyPtr->faceName, -1);
objv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyPtr->foundry, -1);
objv[2] = Tcl_NewStringObj(
Tcl_GetEncodingName(familyPtr->encoding), -1);
listPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(3, objv);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, listPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetFontAttrsForChar --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
943 944 945 946 947 948 949 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
| | < | 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
Tcl_UniChar c, /* Character of interest */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */
{
FontAttributes atts;
UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
/* Structure describing the logical font */
SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
/* Pointer to subfont array in case
* FindSubFontForChar needs to fix up the
* memory allocation */
SubFont *thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr);
/* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given
* character */
GetFontAttributes(Tk_Display(tkwin), thisSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, &atts);
*faPtr = atts.fa;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
985 986 987 988 989 990 991 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MeasureChars(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
| | | 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MeasureChars(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. */
int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
* source string. */
int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
* permissible line length in pixels; don't
* consider any character that would cross
* this x-position. If < 0, then line length
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 |
* means return at least one character even if
* no characters fit. */
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
UnixFont *fontPtr;
SubFont *lastSubFontPtr;
| | | > | | 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 |
* means return at least one character even if
* no characters fit. */
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
UnixFont *fontPtr;
SubFont *lastSubFontPtr;
int curX, curByte;
/*
* Unix does not use kerning or fractional character widths when
* displaying text on the screen. So that means we can safely measure
* individual characters or spans of characters and add up the widths w/o
* any "off-by-one-pixel" errors.
*/
fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
if (numBytes == 0) {
curX = 0;
curByte = 0;
} else if (maxLength < 0) {
CONST char *p, *end, *next;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
SubFont *thisSubFontPtr;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
Tcl_DString runString;
/*
* A three step process:
* 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be
* represented by a single screen font.
* 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font.
* 3. Measure converted chars.
*/
curX = 0;
end = source + numBytes;
for (p = source; p < end; ) {
next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
p - source, &runString);
if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
curX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 |
curX += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString));
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
curByte = numBytes;
} else {
| | > | | | | | | | | | 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 |
curX += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString));
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
curByte = numBytes;
} else {
CONST char *p, *end, *next, *term;
int newX, termX, sawNonSpace, dstWrote;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
char buf[16];
/*
* How many chars will fit in the space allotted? This first version
* may be inefficient because it measures every character
* individually.
*/
next = source + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(source, &ch);
newX = curX = termX = 0;
term = source;
end = source + numBytes;
sawNonSpace = (ch > 255) || !isspace(ch);
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
for (p = source; ; ) {
if ((ch < BASE_CHARS) && (fontPtr->widths[ch] != 0)) {
newX += fontPtr->widths[ch];
} else {
lastSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, NULL);
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p, next - p,
0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL, &dstWrote, NULL);
if (familyPtr->isTwoByteFont) {
newX += XTextWidth16(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr,
(XChar2b *) buf, dstWrote >> 1);
} else {
newX += XTextWidth(lastSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, buf,
dstWrote);
}
}
if (newX > maxLength) {
break;
}
curX = newX;
p = next;
if (p >= end) {
term = end;
termX = curX;
break;
}
next += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(next, &ch);
if ((ch < 256) && isspace(ch)) {
if (sawNonSpace) {
term = p;
termX = curX;
sawNonSpace = 0;
}
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 | /* * Include the first character that didn't quite fit in the * desired span. The width returned will include the width of that * extra character. */ curX = newX; | | | | 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 |
/*
* Include the first character that didn't quite fit in the
* desired span. The width returned will include the width of that
* extra character.
*/
curX = newX;
p += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
}
if ((flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (term == source) && (p < end)) {
term = p;
termX = curX;
if (term == source) {
term += Tcl_UtfToUniChar(term, &ch);
termX = newX;
}
} else if ((p >= end) || !(flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS)) {
term = p;
termX = curX;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
| | | | 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. */
int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
* source string in all. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to measure. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to measure in bytes. */
int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
* permissible line length; don't consider any
* character that would cross this x-position.
* If < 0, then line length is unbounded and
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 |
* no characters fit. TK_ISOLATE_END means
* that the last character should not be
* considered in context with the rest of the
* string (used for breaking lines). */
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength,
maxLength, flags, lengthPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| > | 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 |
* no characters fit. TK_ISOLATE_END means
* that the last character should not be
* considered in context with the rest of the
* string (used for breaking lines). */
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
(void) numBytes; /*unused*/
return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength,
maxLength, flags, lengthPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 |
void
Tk_DrawChars(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn;
* must be the same as font used in GC. */
| | | | | > | > > | 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 |
void
Tk_DrawChars(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn;
* must be the same as font used in GC. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of
* string when drawing. */
{
UnixFont *fontPtr;
SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
Tcl_DString runString;
CONST char *p, *end, *next;
int xStart, needWidth, window_width, do_width;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
#ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK
int rx, ry;
unsigned int width, height, border_width, depth;
Drawable root;
#endif
fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont;
lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
xStart = x;
#ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK
/*
* Get the window width so we can abort drawing outside of the window
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 |
window_width = 32768;
#endif
end = source + numBytes;
needWidth = fontPtr->font.fa.underline + fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
for (p = source; p <= end; ) {
if (p < end) {
| | | 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 |
window_width = 32768;
#endif
end = source + numBytes;
needWidth = fontPtr->font.fa.underline + fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
for (p = source; p <= end; ) {
if (p < end) {
next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
} else {
next = p + 1;
thisSubFontPtr = lastSubFontPtr;
}
if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr)
|| (p == end) || (p-source > 200)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 | * * TkpDrawCharsInContext -- * * Draw a string of characters on the screen like Tk_DrawChars(), but * with access to all the characters on the line for context. On X11 this * context isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_DrawChars(). * | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 |
*
* TkpDrawCharsInContext --
*
* Draw a string of characters on the screen like Tk_DrawChars(), but
* with access to all the characters on the line for context. On X11 this
* context isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_DrawChars().
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Information gets drawn on the screen.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawCharsInContext(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn;
* must be the same as font used in GC. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
{
(void) numBytes; /*unused*/
Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, source + rangeStart,
rangeLength, x, y);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CreateClosestFont --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 |
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static XFontStruct *
CreateClosestFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
| | | | | 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 |
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static XFontStruct *
CreateClosestFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
/* Set of generic attributes to match. */
CONST TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr)
/* Set of X-specific attributes to match. */
{
FontAttributes want;
char **nameList;
int numNames, nameIdx, bestIdx[2];
Display *display;
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
unsigned int bestScore[2];
want.fa = *faPtr;
want.xa = *xaPtr;
if (want.xa.foundry == NULL) {
want.xa.foundry = Tk_GetUid("adobe");
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 |
* foreach fallback for fontname
* try the fallback
* try all aliases for the fallback
*/
nameList = ListFontOrAlias(display, want.fa.family, &numNames);
if (numNames == 0) {
| | | | 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 |
* foreach fallback for fontname
* try the fallback
* try all aliases for the fallback
*/
nameList = ListFontOrAlias(display, want.fa.family, &numNames);
if (numNames == 0) {
char ***fontFallbacks;
int i, j;
char *fallback;
fontFallbacks = TkFontGetFallbacks();
for (i = 0; fontFallbacks[i] != NULL; i++) {
for (j = 0; (fallback = fontFallbacks[i][j]) != NULL; j++) {
if (strcasecmp(want.fa.family, fallback) == 0) {
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 |
return GetSystemFont(display);
}
}
found:
bestIdx[0] = -1;
bestIdx[1] = -1;
| | | | | | 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 |
return GetSystemFont(display);
}
}
found:
bestIdx[0] = -1;
bestIdx[1] = -1;
bestScore[0] = (unsigned int) -1;
bestScore[1] = (unsigned int) -1;
for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) {
FontAttributes got;
int scalable;
unsigned int score;
if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
IdentifySymbolEncodings(&got);
scalable = (got.fa.size == 0);
score = RankAttributes(&want, &got);
if (score < bestScore[scalable]) {
bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx;
bestScore[scalable] = score;
}
if (score == 0) {
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 |
fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm;
fmPtr->ascent = fontStructPtr->ascent;
fmPtr->descent = fontStructPtr->descent;
fmPtr->maxWidth = fontStructPtr->max_bounds.width;
fmPtr->fixed = fixed;
fontPtr->display = display;
| | | | 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 |
fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm;
fmPtr->ascent = fontStructPtr->ascent;
fmPtr->descent = fontStructPtr->descent;
fmPtr->maxWidth = fontStructPtr->max_bounds.width;
fmPtr->fixed = fixed;
fontPtr->display = display;
fontPtr->pixelSize = TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, fa.fa.size);
fontPtr->xa = fa.xa;
fontPtr->numSubFonts = 1;
fontPtr->subFontArray = fontPtr->staticSubFonts;
InitSubFont(display, fontStructPtr, 1, &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]);
fontPtr->controlSubFont = fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
subFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, '0', NULL);
controlPtr = &fontPtr->controlSubFont;
controlPtr->fontStructPtr = subFontPtr->fontStructPtr;
controlPtr->familyPtr = &tsdPtr->controlFamily;
controlPtr->fontMap = tsdPtr->controlFamily.fontMap;
pageMap = fontPtr->subFontArray[0].fontMap[0];
for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
if ((minHi > 0) || (i < minLo) || (i > maxLo)
|| (((pageMap[i>>3] >> (i&7)) & 1) == 0)) {
n = 0;
} else if (fontStructPtr->per_char == NULL) {
n = fontStructPtr->max_bounds.width;
} else {
n = fontStructPtr->per_char[i - minLo].width;
}
fontPtr->widths[i] = n;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 | /* * If the XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS property does not exist, the X manual * recommends using the width of the stem on a capital letter. I don't * know of a way to get the stem width of a letter, so guess and use * 1/3 the width of a capital I. */ | | | 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 |
/*
* If the XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS property does not exist, the X manual
* recommends using the width of the stem on a capital letter. I don't
* know of a way to get the stem width of a letter, so guess and use
* 1/3 the width of a capital I.
*/
fontPtr->barHeight = fontPtr->widths['I'] / 3;
if (fontPtr->barHeight == 0) {
fontPtr->barHeight = 1;
}
}
if (fontPtr->underlinePos + fontPtr->barHeight > fontStructPtr->descent) {
/*
* If this set of cobbled together values would cause the bottom of
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 |
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
ReleaseSubFont(fontPtr->display, &fontPtr->subFontArray[i]);
}
if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
| | | 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 |
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
ReleaseSubFont(fontPtr->display, &fontPtr->subFontArray[i]);
}
if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
ckfree((char *) fontPtr->subFontArray);
}
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InitSubFont --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 |
*/
static FontFamily *
AllocFontFamily(
Display *display, /* Display in which font will be used. */
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, /* Screen font whose FontFamily is to be
* returned. */
| | < | < | | 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 |
*/
static FontFamily *
AllocFontFamily(
Display *display, /* Display in which font will be used. */
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, /* Screen font whose FontFamily is to be
* returned. */
int base) /* Non-zero if this font family is to be used
* in the base font of a font object. */
{
FontFamily *familyPtr;
FontAttributes fa;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
GetFontAttributes(display, fontStructPtr, &fa);
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, GetEncodingAlias(fa.xa.charset));
familyPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
for (; familyPtr != NULL; familyPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((familyPtr->faceName == fa.fa.family)
&& (familyPtr->foundry == fa.xa.foundry)
&& (familyPtr->encoding == encoding)) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
familyPtr->refCount++;
return familyPtr;
}
}
familyPtr = (FontFamily *) ckalloc(sizeof(FontFamily));
memset(familyPtr, 0, sizeof(FontFamily));
familyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
tsdPtr->fontFamilyList = familyPtr;
/*
* Set key for this FontFamily.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 |
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
int i;
if (familyPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
| > | < | < | | 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 |
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
int i;
if (familyPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
familyPtr->refCount--;
if (familyPtr->refCount > 0) {
return;
}
Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]);
}
}
/*
* Delete from list.
*/
for (familyPtrPtr = &tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; ; ) {
if (*familyPtrPtr == familyPtr) {
*familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
familyPtrPtr = &(*familyPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) familyPtr);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FindSubFontForChar --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 |
* will be displayed. */
int ch, /* The Unicode character to be displayed. */
SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr) /* Subfont reference to fix up if we
* reallocate our subfont table. */
{
int i, j, k, numNames;
Tk_Uid faceName;
| | < < < < | | | | 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 |
* will be displayed. */
int ch, /* The Unicode character to be displayed. */
SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr) /* Subfont reference to fix up if we
* reallocate our subfont table. */
{
int i, j, k, numNames;
Tk_Uid faceName;
char *fallback, **aliases, **nameList, **anyFallbacks, ***fontFallbacks;
SubFont *subFontPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[0], ch)) {
return &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
}
for (i = 1; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) {
return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i];
}
}
if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->controlSubFont, ch)) {
return &fontPtr->controlSubFont;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 |
/*
* Try all face names available in the whole system until we find one that
* can be used.
*/
nameList = ListFonts(fontPtr->display, "*", &numNames);
for (i = 0; i < numNames; i++) {
| | | | | | 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 |
/*
* Try all face names available in the whole system until we find one that
* can be used.
*/
nameList = ListFonts(fontPtr->display, "*", &numNames);
for (i = 0; i < numNames; i++) {
fallback = strchr(nameList[i] + 1, '-') + 1;
strchr(fallback, '-')[0] = '\0';
if (SeenName(fallback, &ds) == 0) {
subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, fallback, ch,
fixSubFontPtrPtr);
if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
XFreeFontNames(nameList);
goto end;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 |
FontMapLookup(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be queried
* and possibly updated. */
int ch) /* Character to be tested. */
{
int row, bitOffset;
| < < < | 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 |
FontMapLookup(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be queried
* and possibly updated. */
int ch) /* Character to be tested. */
{
int row, bitOffset;
row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT;
if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) {
FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row);
}
bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
return (subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] >> (bitOffset & 7)) & 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 |
FontMapInsert(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be
* updated. */
int ch) /* Character to be added to cache. */
{
int row, bitOffset;
| < | | | | | | < | 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 |
FontMapInsert(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be
* updated. */
int ch) /* Character to be added to cache. */
{
int row, bitOffset;
row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT;
if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) {
FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row);
}
bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FontMapLoadPage --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 |
static void
FontMapLoadPage(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be
* updated. */
int row) /* Index of the page to be loaded into the
* cache. */
{
| | | | 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 |
static void
FontMapLoadPage(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be
* updated. */
int row) /* Index of the page to be loaded into the
* cache. */
{
char buf[16], src[TCL_UTF_MAX];
int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, scale, checkLo;
int i, end, bitOffset, isTwoByteFont, n;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
XCharStruct *widths;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
subFontPtr->fontMap[row] = (char *) ckalloc(FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
memset(subFontPtr->fontMap[row], 0, FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
if (subFontPtr->familyPtr == &tsdPtr->controlFamily) {
return;
}
fontStructPtr = subFontPtr->fontStructPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 |
}
}
end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
int hi, lo;
| | | 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 |
}
}
end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
int hi, lo;
if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, Tcl_UniCharToUtf(i, src),
TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
if (isTwoByteFont) {
hi = ((unsigned char *) buf)[0];
lo = ((unsigned char *) buf)[1];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static SubFont *
CanUseFallbackWithAliases(
UnixFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new
* screen font. */
| | | | 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static SubFont *
CanUseFallbackWithAliases(
UnixFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new
* screen font. */
char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */
int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new screen
* font must be able to display. */
Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr, /* Records face names that have already been
* tried. It is possible for the same face
* name to be queried multiple times when
* trying to find a suitable screen font. */
SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr) /* Subfont reference to fix up if we
* reallocate our subfont table. */
{
SubFont *subFontPtr;
char **aliases;
int i;
if (SeenName(faceName, nameTriedPtr) == 0) {
subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(fontPtr, faceName, ch, fixSubFontPtrPtr);
if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
return subFontPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SeenName( | | | | | 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SeenName(
CONST char *name, /* The name to check. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Contains names that have already been
* seen. */
{
CONST char *seen, *end;
seen = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
end = seen + Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
while (seen < end) {
if (strcasecmp(seen, name) == 0) {
return 1;
}
seen += strlen(seen) + 1;
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, (char *) name, (int) (strlen(name) + 1));
return 0;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanUseFallback --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 |
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static SubFont *
CanUseFallback(
UnixFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new
* screen font. */
| | | | | < < | 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 |
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static SubFont *
CanUseFallback(
UnixFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new
* screen font. */
CONST char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */
int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new screen
* font must be able to display. */
SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr) /* Subfont reference to fix up if we
* reallocate our subfont table. */
{
int i, nameIdx, numNames, srcLen, numEncodings, bestIdx[2];
Tk_Uid hateFoundry;
CONST char *charset, *hateCharset;
unsigned int bestScore[2];
char **nameList, **nameListOrig, src[TCL_UTF_MAX];
FontAttributes want, got;
Display *display;
SubFont subFont;
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
Tcl_DString dsEncodings;
Tcl_Encoding *encodingCachePtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 |
display = fontPtr->display;
nameList = ListFonts(display, faceName, &numNames);
if (numNames == 0) {
return NULL;
}
nameListOrig = nameList;
| | | | | | | | 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 |
display = fontPtr->display;
nameList = ListFonts(display, faceName, &numNames);
if (numNames == 0) {
return NULL;
}
nameListOrig = nameList;
srcLen = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(ch, src);
want.fa = fontPtr->font.fa;
want.xa = fontPtr->xa;
want.fa.family = Tk_GetUid(faceName);
want.fa.size = -fontPtr->pixelSize;
hateFoundry = NULL;
hateCharset = NULL;
numEncodings = 0;
Tcl_DStringInit(&dsEncodings);
charset = NULL; /* lint, since numNames must be > 0 to get here. */
retry:
bestIdx[0] = -1;
bestIdx[1] = -1;
bestScore[0] = (unsigned int) -1;
bestScore[1] = (unsigned int) -1;
for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) {
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
char dst[16];
int scalable, srcRead, dstWrote;
unsigned int score;
if (nameList[nameIdx] == NULL) {
continue;
}
if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) {
goto crossout;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 | goto crossout; } /* * D. Rank each name and pick the best match. */ | | | | | > | | | | | 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 |
goto crossout;
}
/*
* D. Rank each name and pick the best match.
*/
scalable = (got.fa.size == 0);
score = RankAttributes(&want, &got);
if (score < bestScore[scalable]) {
bestIdx[scalable] = nameIdx;
bestScore[scalable] = score;
}
if (score == 0) {
break;
}
continue;
crossout:
if (nameList == nameListOrig) {
/*
* Not allowed to change pointers to memory that X gives you, so
* make a copy.
*/
nameList = (char **) ckalloc(numNames * sizeof(char *));
memcpy(nameList, nameListOrig, numNames * sizeof(char *));
}
nameList[nameIdx] = NULL;
}
fontStructPtr = GetScreenFont(display, &want, nameList, bestIdx,
bestScore);
encodingCachePtr = (Tcl_Encoding *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dsEncodings);
for (i = numEncodings; --i >= 0; encodingCachePtr++) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(*encodingCachePtr);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&dsEncodings);
numEncodings = 0;
if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
if (nameList != nameListOrig) {
ckfree((char *) nameList);
}
XFreeFontNames(nameListOrig);
return NULL;
}
InitSubFont(display, fontStructPtr, 0, &subFont);
if (FontMapLookup(&subFont, ch) == 0) {
/*
* E. If the font we picked cannot actually display the character,
* cross out all names with the same foundry and encoding and pick
* another font.
*/
hateFoundry = got.xa.foundry;
hateCharset = charset;
ReleaseSubFont(display, &subFont);
goto retry;
}
if (nameList != nameListOrig) {
ckfree((char *) nameList);
}
XFreeFontNames(nameListOrig);
if (fontPtr->numSubFonts >= SUBFONT_SPACE) {
SubFont *newPtr;
newPtr = (SubFont *)
ckalloc(sizeof(SubFont) * (fontPtr->numSubFonts + 1));
memcpy((char *) newPtr, fontPtr->subFontArray,
fontPtr->numSubFonts * sizeof(SubFont));
if (fixSubFontPtrPtr != NULL) {
register SubFont *fixSubFontPtr = *fixSubFontPtrPtr;
if (fixSubFontPtr != &fontPtr->controlSubFont) {
*fixSubFontPtrPtr =
newPtr + (fixSubFontPtr - fontPtr->subFontArray);
}
}
if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
ckfree((char *) fontPtr->subFontArray);
}
fontPtr->subFontArray = newPtr;
}
fontPtr->subFontArray[fontPtr->numSubFonts] = subFont;
fontPtr->numSubFonts++;
return &fontPtr->subFontArray[fontPtr->numSubFonts - 1];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 | * * Side effects: * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static unsigned int
RankAttributes(
FontAttributes *wantPtr, /* The desired attributes. */
FontAttributes *gotPtr) /* The attributes we have to live with. */
{
unsigned int penalty;
penalty = 0;
if (gotPtr->xa.foundry != wantPtr->xa.foundry) {
penalty += 4500;
}
if (gotPtr->fa.family != wantPtr->fa.family) {
penalty += 9000;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 |
if (gotPtr->xa.slant != wantPtr->xa.slant) {
penalty += 10;
}
if (gotPtr->xa.setwidth != wantPtr->xa.setwidth) {
penalty += 1000;
}
| | | | | | | | 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 |
if (gotPtr->xa.slant != wantPtr->xa.slant) {
penalty += 10;
}
if (gotPtr->xa.setwidth != wantPtr->xa.setwidth) {
penalty += 1000;
}
if (gotPtr->fa.size == 0) {
/*
* A scalable font is almost always acceptable, but the corresponding
* bitmapped font would be better.
*/
penalty += 10;
} else {
int diff;
/*
* It's worse to be too large than to be too small.
*/
diff = (-gotPtr->fa.size - -wantPtr->fa.size);
if (diff > 0) {
penalty += 600;
} else if (diff < 0) {
penalty += 150;
diff = -diff;
}
penalty += 150 * diff;
}
if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) {
int i;
CONST char *gotAlias, *wantAlias;
penalty += 65000;
gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset);
wantAlias = GetEncodingAlias(wantPtr->xa.charset);
if (strcmp(gotAlias, wantAlias) != 0) {
penalty += 30000;
for (i = 0; encodingList[i] != NULL; i++) {
if (strcmp(gotAlias, encodingList[i]) == 0) {
penalty -= 30000;
break;
}
penalty += 20000;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 |
GetScreenFont(
Display *display, /* Display for new XFontStruct. */
FontAttributes *wantPtr, /* Contains desired actual pixel-size if the
* best font was scalable. */
char **nameList, /* Array of XLFDs. */
int bestIdx[2], /* Indices into above array for XLFD of best
* bitmapped and best scalable font. */
| | | 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 |
GetScreenFont(
Display *display, /* Display for new XFontStruct. */
FontAttributes *wantPtr, /* Contains desired actual pixel-size if the
* best font was scalable. */
char **nameList, /* Array of XLFDs. */
int bestIdx[2], /* Indices into above array for XLFD of best
* bitmapped and best scalable font. */
unsigned int bestScore[2]) /* Scores of best bitmapped and best scalable
* font. XLFD corresponding to lowest score
* will be constructed. */
{
XFontStruct *fontStructPtr;
if ((bestIdx[0] < 0) && (bestIdx[1] < 0)) {
return NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 |
}
rest = str;
for (i = XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i < XLFD_CHARSET; i++) {
rest = strchr(rest + 1, '-');
}
*str = '\0';
sprintf(buf, "%.200s-%d-*-*-*-*-*%s", nameList[bestIdx[1]],
| | | 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 |
}
rest = str;
for (i = XLFD_PIXEL_SIZE; i < XLFD_CHARSET; i++) {
rest = strchr(rest + 1, '-');
}
*str = '\0';
sprintf(buf, "%.200s-%d-*-*-*-*-*%s", nameList[bestIdx[1]],
-wantPtr->fa.size, rest);
*str = '-';
fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, buf);
bestScore[1] = INT_MAX;
}
if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
fontStructPtr = XLoadQueryFont(display, nameList[bestIdx[0]]);
if (fontStructPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char **
ListFonts(
Display *display, /* Display to query. */
| | | | < | 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char **
ListFonts(
Display *display, /* Display to query. */
CONST char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
int *numNamesPtr) /* Filled with length of returned array, or 0
* if no names were found. */
{
char buf[256];
sprintf(buf, "-*-%.80s-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*", faceName);
return XListFonts(display, buf, 10000, numNamesPtr);
}
static char **
ListFontOrAlias(
Display *display, /* Display to query. */
CONST char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */
int *numNamesPtr) /* Filled with length of returned array, or 0
* if no names were found. */
{
char **nameList, **aliases;
int i;
nameList = ListFonts(display, faceName, numNamesPtr);
if (nameList != NULL) {
return nameList;
}
aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 |
*/
static int
IdentifySymbolEncodings(
FontAttributes *faPtr)
{
int i, j;
| < | | 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 |
*/
static int
IdentifySymbolEncodings(
FontAttributes *faPtr)
{
int i, j;
char **aliases, **symbolClass;
symbolClass = TkFontGetSymbolClass();
for (i = 0; symbolClass[i] != NULL; i++) {
if (strcasecmp(faPtr->fa.family, symbolClass[i]) == 0) {
faPtr->xa.charset = Tk_GetUid(GetEncodingAlias(symbolClass[i]));
return 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 | * * Side effects: * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static CONST char *
GetEncodingAlias(
CONST char *name) /* The name to look up. */
{
EncodingAlias *aliasPtr;
for (aliasPtr = encodingAliases; aliasPtr->aliasPattern != NULL; ) {
if (Tcl_StringMatch((char *) name, aliasPtr->aliasPattern)) {
return aliasPtr->realName;
}
aliasPtr++;
}
return name;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixInit.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" #ifdef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION static int GetLibraryPath(Tcl_Interp *interp); #else | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 | */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" #ifdef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION static int GetLibraryPath(Tcl_Interp *interp); #else #define GetLibraryPath(dummy) (void)0 #endif /* HAVE_COREFOUNDATION */ /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpInit -- * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
*/
void
TkpGetAppName(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
{
| | | | 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
*/
void
TkpGetAppName(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
{
CONST char *p, *name;
name = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "argv0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if ((name == NULL) || (*name == 0)) {
name = "tk";
} else {
p = strrchr(name, '/');
if (p != NULL) {
name = p+1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 | * Generates messages on stdout. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpDisplayWarning( | | | < | 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
* Generates messages on stdout.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayWarning(
CONST char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */
CONST char *title) /* Title of warning. */
{
Tcl_Channel errChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
if (errChannel) {
Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, title, -1);
Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, ": ", 2);
Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, msg, -1);
Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, "\n", 1);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
128 129 130 131 132 133 134 | * * Side effects: * Same as for Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < > | < < < < < < > | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 |
*
* Side effects:
* Same as for Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetLibraryPath(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
#ifdef TK_FRAMEWORK
int foundInFramework = TCL_ERROR;
char tkLibPath[PATH_MAX + 1];
foundInFramework = Tcl_MacOSXOpenVersionedBundleResources(interp,
"com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 0, PATH_MAX,
tkLibPath);
if (tkLibPath[0] != '\0') {
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tk_library", tkLibPath, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
return foundInFramework;
#else
return TCL_ERROR;
#endif
}
#endif /* HAVE_COREFOUNDATION */
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixKey.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" | | | > > > > | > > > > > > | | | | | | > > < < | | | > | > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
/*
** Bug [3607830]: Before using Xkb, it must be initialized. TkpOpenDisplay
** does this and sets the USE_XKB flag if xkb is supported.
** (should this be function ptr?)
*/
#ifdef HAVE_XKBKEYCODETOKEYSYM
# include <X11/XKBlib.h>
#else
# define XkbKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,G,L) XKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,L)
#endif
#define TkKeycodeToKeysym(D,K,G,L) \
((D)->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_XKB) ? \
XkbKeycodeToKeysym((D)->display,K,G,L) : \
XKeycodeToKeysym((D)->display,K,L)
/*
* Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
*/
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SetCaretPos --
*
* This enables correct placement of the XIM caret. This is called by
* widgets to indicate their cursor placement. This is currently only
* used for over-the-spot XIM.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_SetCaretPos(
Tk_Window tkwin,
int x,
int y,
int height)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
if ( dispPtr->caret.winPtr == winPtr
&& dispPtr->caret.x == x
&& dispPtr->caret.y == y
&& dispPtr->caret.height == height)
{
return;
}
dispPtr->caret.winPtr = winPtr;
dispPtr->caret.x = x;
dispPtr->caret.y = y;
dispPtr->caret.height = height;
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
/*
* Adjust the XIM caret position.
*/
if ( (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)
&& (dispPtr->inputStyle & XIMPreeditPosition)
&& (winPtr->inputContext != NULL) )
{
XVaNestedList preedit_attr;
XPoint spot;
spot.x = dispPtr->caret.x;
spot.y = dispPtr->caret.y + dispPtr->caret.height;
preedit_attr = XVaCreateNestedList(0, XNSpotLocation, &spot, NULL);
XSetICValues(winPtr->inputContext,
XNPreeditAttributes, preedit_attr,
NULL);
XFree(preedit_attr);
}
#endif
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
90 91 92 93 94 95 96 | * Stores the input string in the specified Tcl_DString. Modifies the * internal input state. This routine can only be called once for a given * event. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | > > | < < < < > > | > | < | | | | | 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
* Stores the input string in the specified Tcl_DString. Modifies the
* internal input state. This routine can only be called once for a given
* event.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkpGetString(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* X keyboard event. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Initialized, empty string to hold result. */
{
int len;
Tcl_DString buf;
TkKeyEvent *kePtr = (TkKeyEvent *) eventPtr;
/*
* If we have the value cached already, use it now. [Bug 1373712]
*/
if (kePtr->charValuePtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, kePtr->charValueLen);
memcpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), kePtr->charValuePtr,
(unsigned) kePtr->charValueLen+1);
return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}
#ifdef TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS
if ((winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_USE_IM)
&& (winPtr->inputContext != NULL)
&& (eventPtr->type == KeyPress))
{
Status status;
#if X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1);
len = Xutf8LookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey,
Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr),
&kePtr->keysym, &status);
if (status == XBufferOverflow) { /* Expand buffer and try again */
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
len = Xutf8LookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey,
Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr),
&kePtr->keysym, &status);
}
if ((status != XLookupChars) && (status != XLookupBoth)) {
len = 0;
}
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
#else /* !X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING */
/*
* Overallocate the dstring to the maximum stack amount.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1);
len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey,
Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), Tcl_DStringLength(&buf),
&kePtr->keysym, &status);
/*
* If the buffer wasn't big enough, grow the buffer and try again.
*/
if (status == XBufferOverflow) {
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, len);
len = XmbLookupString(winPtr->inputContext, &eventPtr->xkey,
Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len, &kePtr->keysym, &status);
}
if ((status != XLookupChars) && (status != XLookupBoth)) {
len = 0;
}
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, len);
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len, dsPtr);
Tcl_DStringFree(&buf);
#endif /* X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING */
} else
#endif /* TK_USE_INPUT_METHODS */
{
/*
* Fall back to convert a keyboard event to a UTF-8 string using
* XLookupString. This is used when input methods are turned off and
* for KeyRelease events.
*
* Note: XLookupString() normally returns a single ISO Latin 1 or
* ASCII control character.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&buf);
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&buf, TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE-1);
len = XLookupString(&eventPtr->xkey, Tcl_DStringValue(&buf),
TCL_DSTRING_STATIC_SIZE, &kePtr->keysym, 0);
Tcl_DStringValue(&buf)[len] = '\0';
if (len == 1) {
len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((unsigned char) Tcl_DStringValue(&buf)[0],
Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr));
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
} else {
/*
* len > 1 should only happen if someone has called XRebindKeysym.
* Assume UTF-8.
*/
Tcl_DStringSetLength(dsPtr, len);
strncpy(Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), Tcl_DStringValue(&buf), len);
}
}
/*
* Cache the string in the event so that if/when we return to this
* function, we will be able to produce it without asking X. This stops us
* from having to reenter the XIM engine. [Bug 1373712]
*/
kePtr->charValuePtr = ckalloc((unsigned) len + 1);
kePtr->charValueLen = len;
memcpy(kePtr->charValuePtr, Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr), (unsigned) len + 1);
return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}
/*
* When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
* modifier state to be used so that when they call TkKeycodeToKeysym taking
* into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.
*/
void
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
Tk_Window tkwin,
KeySym keySym,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
int state;
KeyCode keycode;
if (keySym == NoSymbol) {
keycode = 0;
} else {
keycode = XKeysymToKeycode(dispPtr->display, keySym);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
254 255 256 257 258 259 260 |
if (state & 2) {
eventPtr->xkey.state |= dispPtr->modeModMask;
}
break;
}
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 |
if (state & 2) {
eventPtr->xkey.state |= dispPtr->modeModMask;
}
break;
}
}
}
eventPtr->xkey.keycode = keycode;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetKeySym --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display in which to map keycode. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Description of X event. */
{
KeySym sym;
int index;
TkKeyEvent* kePtr = (TkKeyEvent*) eventPtr;
| < < < < < < < < | 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display in which to map keycode. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Description of X event. */
{
KeySym sym;
int index;
TkKeyEvent* kePtr = (TkKeyEvent*) eventPtr;
/*
* Refresh the mapping information if it's stale. This must happen before
* we do any input method processing. [Bug 3599312]
*/
if (dispPtr->bindInfoStale) {
TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
index = 2;
}
if ((eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
|| ((dispPtr->lockUsage != LU_IGNORE)
&& (eventPtr->xkey.state & LockMask))) {
index += 1;
}
| | < < < < | | | | 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 |
index = 2;
}
if ((eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
|| ((dispPtr->lockUsage != LU_IGNORE)
&& (eventPtr->xkey.state & LockMask))) {
index += 1;
}
sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode, 0,
index);
/*
* Special handling: if the key was shifted because of Lock, but lock is
* only caps lock, not shift lock, and the shifted keysym isn't upper-case
* alphabetic, then switch back to the unshifted keysym.
*/
if ((index & 1) && !(eventPtr->xkey.state & ShiftMask)
&& (dispPtr->lockUsage == LU_CAPS)) {
if (!(((sym >= XK_A) && (sym <= XK_Z))
|| ((sym >= XK_Agrave) && (sym <= XK_Odiaeresis))
|| ((sym >= XK_Ooblique) && (sym <= XK_Thorn)))) {
index &= ~1;
sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode,
0, index);
}
}
/*
* Another bit of special handling: if this is a shifted key and there is
* no keysym defined, then use the keysym for the unshifted key.
*/
if ((index & 1) && (sym == NoSymbol)) {
sym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, eventPtr->xkey.keycode,
0, index & ~1);
}
return sym;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
435 436 437 438 439 440 441 |
dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_IGNORE;
codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap + modMapPtr->max_keypermod*LockMapIndex;
for (count = modMapPtr->max_keypermod; count > 0; count--, codePtr++) {
if (*codePtr == 0) {
continue;
}
| | | | < | | > < < < < | > | | | | | | 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_IGNORE;
codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap + modMapPtr->max_keypermod*LockMapIndex;
for (count = modMapPtr->max_keypermod; count > 0; count--, codePtr++) {
if (*codePtr == 0) {
continue;
}
keysym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, *codePtr, 0, 0);
if (keysym == XK_Shift_Lock) {
dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_SHIFT;
break;
}
if (keysym == XK_Caps_Lock) {
dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_CAPS;
break;
}
}
/*
* Look through the keycodes associated with modifiers to see if the the
* "mode switch", "meta", or "alt" keysyms are associated with any
* modifiers. If so, remember their modifier mask bits.
*/
dispPtr->modeModMask = 0;
dispPtr->metaModMask = 0;
dispPtr->altModMask = 0;
codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap;
max = 8*modMapPtr->max_keypermod;
for (i = 0; i < max; i++, codePtr++) {
if (*codePtr == 0) {
continue;
}
keysym = TkKeycodeToKeysym(dispPtr, *codePtr, 0, 0);
if (keysym == XK_Mode_switch) {
dispPtr->modeModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
}
if ((keysym == XK_Meta_L) || (keysym == XK_Meta_R)) {
dispPtr->metaModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
}
if ((keysym == XK_Alt_L) || (keysym == XK_Alt_R)) {
dispPtr->altModMask |= ShiftMask << (i/modMapPtr->max_keypermod);
}
}
/*
* Create an array of the keycodes for all modifier keys.
*/
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
}
dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = 0;
arraySize = KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE;
dispPtr->modKeyCodes = (KeyCode *)
ckalloc((unsigned) (KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE * sizeof(KeyCode)));
for (i = 0, codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap; i < max; i++, codePtr++) {
if (*codePtr == 0) {
continue;
}
/*
* Make sure that the keycode isn't already in the array.
*/
for (j = 0; j < dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; j++) {
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[j] == *codePtr) {
goto nextModCode;
}
}
if (dispPtr->numModKeyCodes >= arraySize) {
KeyCode *new;
/*
* Ran out of space in the array; grow it.
*/
arraySize *= 2;
new = (KeyCode *)
ckalloc((unsigned) (arraySize * sizeof(KeyCode)));
memcpy(new, dispPtr->modKeyCodes,
(dispPtr->numModKeyCodes * sizeof(KeyCode)));
ckfree((char *) dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
dispPtr->modKeyCodes = new;
}
dispPtr->modKeyCodes[dispPtr->numModKeyCodes] = *codePtr;
dispPtr->numModKeyCodes++;
nextModCode:
continue;
}
XFreeModifiermap(modMapPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixMenu.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | /* * tkUnixMenu.c -- * * This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" /* * Constants used for menu drawing. */ | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | /* * tkUnixMenu.c -- * * This module implements the UNIX platform-specific features of menus. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "default.h" #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" /* * Constants used for menu drawing. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 | /* * Procedures used internally. */ static void SetHelpMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); static void DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 | /* * Procedures used internally. */ static void SetHelpMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); static void DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, int x, int y, int width, int height, int drawArrow); static void DrawMenuEntryBackground(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, int x, int y, int width, int heigth); static void DrawMenuEntryIndicator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *indicatorColor, XColor *disableColor, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawMenuEntryLabel(TkMenu * menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawMenuSeparator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawTearoffEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawMenuUnderline(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void GetMenuAccelGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetMenuLabelGeometry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetTearoffEntryGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpNewMenu -- * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 | * All platform-specific allocations are freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpDestroyMenu( | | | 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 |
* All platform-specific allocations are freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr)
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 | * All platform specific allocations are freed up. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpDestroyMenuEntry( | | | 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
* All platform specific allocations are freed up.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyMenuEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mEntryPtr)
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
194 195 196 197 198 199 200 | * if any need it. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpConfigureMenuEntry( | | | 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
* if any need it.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Information about menu entry; may or may
* not already have values for some fields. */
{
/*
* If this is a cascade menu, and the child menu exists, check to see if
* the child menu is a help menu.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
234 235 236 237 238 239 240 | * None on Unix. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpMenuNewEntry( | | | 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 |
* None on Unix.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpMenuNewEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr)
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 | * Recompute geometry of given window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpSetMainMenubar( | | | | | 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
* Recompute geometry of given window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpSetMainMenubar(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
char *menuName)
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing. */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are interested in. */
| | | < < | 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing. */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are interested in. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) {
if (!mePtr->hideMargin && mePtr->indicatorOn) {
if ((mePtr->image != NULL) || (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL)) {
*widthPtr = (14 * mePtr->height) / 10;
*heightPtr = mePtr->height;
if (mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
349 350 351 352 353 354 355 |
INT2PTR((80 * mePtr->height) / 100);
} else {
mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData)
INT2PTR(mePtr->height);
}
}
} else {
| > > | | > > | | > | 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 |
INT2PTR((80 * mePtr->height) / 100);
} else {
mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData)
INT2PTR(mePtr->height);
}
}
} else {
int borderWidth;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth);
*heightPtr = 0;
*widthPtr = borderWidth;
}
} else {
int borderWidth;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
*heightPtr = 0;
*widthPtr = borderWidth;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetMenuAccelGeometry --
*
* Get the geometry of the accelerator area of a menu item.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
383 384 385 386 387 388 389 |
*/
static void
GetMenuAccelGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu was are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are getting the geometry for */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
| | | > | | | 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 |
*/
static void
GetMenuAccelGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu was are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are getting the geometry for */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The width of the acclerator area */
int *heightPtr) /* The height of the accelerator area */
{
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
*widthPtr = 2 * CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
} else if ((menuPtr->menuType != MENUBAR)
&& (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL)) {
char *accel = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, NULL);
*widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, accel, mePtr->accelLength);
} else {
*widthPtr = 0;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
438 439 440 441 442 443 444 |
bgBorder = activeBorder;
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
} else {
| | > | 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 |
bgBorder = activeBorder;
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
&& ((menuPtr->postedCascade == NULL)
|| (menuPtr->postedCascade != mePtr))) {
relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
} else {
relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
}
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
activeBorderWidth, relief);
} else {
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height,
0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
static void
DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The precalculated gc to draw with */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
| | < | 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
static void
DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The precalculated gc to draw with */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* The border for an active item */
int x, /* Left coordinate of entry rect */
int y, /* Top coordinate of entry rect */
int width, /* Width of entry */
int height, /* Height of entry */
int drawArrow) /* Whether or not to draw arrow. */
{
XPoint points[3];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
499 500 501 502 503 504 505 |
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
&activeBorderWidth);
if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) && drawArrow) {
points[0].x = x + width - borderWidth - activeBorderWidth
| | | < | | | | | 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 |
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
&activeBorderWidth);
if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) && drawArrow) {
points[0].x = x + width - borderWidth - activeBorderWidth
- CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
points[0].y = y + (height - CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT)/2;
points[1].x = points[0].x;
points[1].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT;
points[2].x = points[0].x + CASCADE_ARROW_WIDTH;
points[2].y = points[0].y + CASCADE_ARROW_HEIGHT/2;
Tk_Fill3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, activeBorder, points, 3,
DECORATION_BORDER_WIDTH,
(menuPtr->postedCascade == mePtr)
? TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN : TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
} else if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) {
char *accel = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, NULL);
int left = x + mePtr->labelWidth + activeBorderWidth
+ mePtr->indicatorSpace;
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
left += 5;
}
Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel,
mePtr->accelLength, left,
(y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2));
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 |
DrawMenuEntryIndicator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* The drawable to draw into */
Tk_3DBorder border, /* The background color */
XColor *indicatorColor, /* The color to draw indicators with */
XColor *disableColor, /* The color use use when disabled */
| | | | | 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 |
DrawMenuEntryIndicator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* The drawable to draw into */
Tk_3DBorder border, /* The background color */
XColor *indicatorColor, /* The color to draw indicators with */
XColor *disableColor, /* The color use use when disabled */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font to draw with */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics of the font */
int x, /* The left of the entry rect */
int y, /* The top of the entry rect */
int width, /* Width of menu entry */
int height) /* Height of menu entry */
{
/*
* Draw check-button indicator.
*/
if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) && mePtr->indicatorOn) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
617 618 619 620 621 622 623 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DrawMenuSeparator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
| | | | | > | | 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DrawMenuSeparator(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* The drawable we are using */
GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font to draw with */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics from the font */
int x, int y,
int width, int height)
{
XPoint points[2];
Tk_3DBorder border;
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
return;
}
points[0].x = x;
points[0].y = y + height/2;
points[1].x = width - 1;
points[1].y = points[0].y;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1,
TK_RELIEF_RAISED);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
663 664 665 666 667 668 669 |
static void
DrawMenuEntryLabel(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing. */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing. */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into. */
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing into.*/
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font. */
| | | 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 |
static void
DrawMenuEntryLabel(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing. */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing. */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into. */
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing into.*/
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font. */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics. */
int x, /* Left edge. */
int y, /* Top edge. */
int width, /* width of entry. */
int height) /* height of entry. */
{
int indicatorSpace = mePtr->indicatorSpace;
int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge, imageHeight, imageWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
| < | < < | 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 |
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
haveImage = 1;
}
if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
char *label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL);
textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength);
textHeight = fmPtr->linespace;
haveText = 1;
}
}
/*
* Now work out what the relative positions are.
*/
if (haveImage && haveText) {
int fullWidth = (imageWidth > textWidth ? imageWidth : textWidth);
switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) {
case COMPOUND_TOP:
textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2;
textYOffset = imageHeight/2 + 2;
imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2;
imageYOffset = -textHeight/2;
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
783 784 785 786 787 788 789 |
imageWidth, imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
} else {
Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->image, 0, 0, imageWidth,
imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
}
| | | | | 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 |
imageWidth, imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
} else {
Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->image, 0, 0, imageWidth,
imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset));
}
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != None) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
XCopyPlane(menuPtr->display, bitmap, d, gc, 0, 0,
(unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight,
leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), 1);
}
if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) || !haveImage) {
int baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2;
if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
char *label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL);
Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label,
mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset,
baseline + textYOffset);
DrawMenuUnderline(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset,
width, height);
}
}
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr == NULL) {
XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
} else if ((mePtr->image != NULL)
&& (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != None)) {
XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledImageGC,
leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset),
(unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight);
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
843 844 845 846 847 848 849 |
static void
DrawMenuUnderline(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu to draw into */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
| | | > > > > | | | | | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 |
static void
DrawMenuUnderline(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu to draw into */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int x, int y,
int width, int height)
{
if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) {
int len;
/*
* Do the unicode call just to prevent overruns.
*/
Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len);
if (mePtr->underline < len) {
int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge;
CONST char *label, *start, *end;
label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL);
start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
end = Tcl_UtfNext(start);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + activeBorderWidth;
if (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) {
leftEdge += 5;
}
Tk_UnderlineChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label, leftEdge,
y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2,
start - label, end - label);
}
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpPostMenu --
*
* Posts a menu on the screen
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The menu is posted and handled.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpPostMenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
int x, int y)
{
return TkPostTearoffMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetMenuSeparatorGeometry --
*
* Gets the width and height of the indicator area of a menu.
*
* Results:
* widthPtr and heightPtr are set.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
*widthPtr = 0;
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetTearoffEntryGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
| | | | | 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetTearoffEntryGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) {
*heightPtr = 0;
*widthPtr = 0;
} else {
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
*widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, "W", 1);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 |
TkpComputeMenubarGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont;
Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr;
int width, height, i, j, x, y, currentRowHeight, maxWidth;
int maxWindowWidth, lastRowBreak, lastEntry;
| | > > | | | | 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 |
TkpComputeMenubarGeometry(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */
{
Tk_Font tkfont, menuFont;
Tk_FontMetrics menuMetrics, entryMetrics, *fmPtr;
int width, height, i, j, x, y, currentRowHeight, maxWidth;
int maxWindowWidth, lastRowBreak, lastEntry;
int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth, helpMenuIndex = -1;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
return;
}
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr,
&activeBorderWidth);
maxWidth = 0;
if (menuPtr->numEntries == 0) {
height = 0;
} else {
int borderWidth;
maxWindowWidth = Tk_Width(menuPtr->tkwin);
if (maxWindowWidth == 1) {
maxWindowWidth = 0x7ffffff;
}
currentRowHeight = 0;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr,
&borderWidth);
x = y = borderWidth;
lastRowBreak = 0;
/*
* On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so
* we want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them
* and pass them down to all of the measureing and drawing routines.
* We will measure the font metrics of the menu once, and if an entry
* has a font set, we will measure it as we come to it, and then we
* decide which set to give the geometry routines.
*/
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
if (mePtr->fontPtr != NULL) {
tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
fmPtr = &entryMetrics;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 |
mePtr->width += width;
}
mePtr->width += 2 * activeBorderWidth + 10;
}
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_HELP_MENU) {
helpMenuIndex = i;
} else if (x + mePtr->width + borderWidth > maxWindowWidth) {
if (i == lastRowBreak) {
mePtr->y = y;
mePtr->x = x;
lastRowBreak++;
y += mePtr->height;
currentRowHeight = 0;
} else {
x = borderWidth;
for (j = lastRowBreak; j < i; j++) {
menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight
| > | | 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 |
mePtr->width += width;
}
mePtr->width += 2 * activeBorderWidth + 10;
}
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_HELP_MENU) {
helpMenuIndex = i;
} else if (x + mePtr->width + borderWidth > maxWindowWidth) {
if (i == lastRowBreak) {
mePtr->y = y;
mePtr->x = x;
lastRowBreak++;
y += mePtr->height;
currentRowHeight = 0;
} else {
x = borderWidth;
for (j = lastRowBreak; j < i; j++) {
menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight
- menuPtr->entries[j]->height;
menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
x += menuPtr->entries[j]->width;
}
lastRowBreak = i;
y += currentRowHeight;
currentRowHeight = mePtr->height;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 |
lastEntry--;
}
if ((lastEntry >= 0) && (x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width
+ borderWidth > maxWidth)) {
maxWidth = x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width + borderWidth;
}
x = borderWidth;
| | | 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 |
lastEntry--;
}
if ((lastEntry >= 0) && (x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width
+ borderWidth > maxWidth)) {
maxWidth = x + menuPtr->entries[lastEntry]->width + borderWidth;
}
x = borderWidth;
for (j = lastRowBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
if (j == helpMenuIndex) {
continue;
}
menuPtr->entries[j]->y = y + currentRowHeight
- menuPtr->entries[j]->height;
menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
x += menuPtr->entries[j]->width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DrawTearoffEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
| | | | | | | | 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DrawTearoffEntry(
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */
Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font we are drawing with */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */
int x, int y,
int width, int height)
{
XPoint points[2];
int segmentWidth, maxX;
Tk_3DBorder border;
if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) {
return;
}
points[0].x = x;
points[0].y = y + height/2;
points[1].y = points[0].y;
segmentWidth = 6;
maxX = width - 1;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
while (points[0].x < maxX) {
points[1].x = points[0].x + segmentWidth;
if (points[1].x > maxX) {
points[1].x = maxX;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 | * Alt-key bindings. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpInitializeMenuBindings( | | | | 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 |
* Alt-key bindings.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpInitializeMenuBindings(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter to set. */
Tk_BindingTable bindingTable)
/* The table to add to. */
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 | * Will set the ENTRY_HELP_MENU flag appropriately. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void SetHelpMenu( | | | | | | | | | | 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 |
* Will set the ENTRY_HELP_MENU flag appropriately.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SetHelpMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu we are checking */
{
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr;
int useMotifHelp = 0;
const char *option = NULL;
if (menuPtr->tkwin) {
option = Tk_GetOption(menuPtr->tkwin, "useMotifHelp", "UseMotifHelp");
if (option != NULL) {
Tcl_GetBoolean(NULL, option, &useMotifHelp);
}
}
if (!useMotifHelp) {
return;
}
for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
if ((cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
&& (cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin != NULL)
&& (menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin != NULL)) {
TkMenu *masterMenuPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr;
char *helpMenuName = ckalloc(strlen(Tk_PathName(
masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) + strlen(".help") + 1);
strcpy(helpMenuName, Tk_PathName(masterMenuPtr->tkwin));
strcat(helpMenuName, ".help");
if (strcmp(helpMenuName,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_HELP_MENU;
} else {
cascadeEntryPtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_HELP_MENU;
}
ckfree(helpMenuName);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 | * X Server commands are executed to display the menu entry. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpDrawMenuEntry( | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 |
* X Server commands are executed to display the menu entry.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawMenuEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry to draw */
Drawable d, /* What to draw into */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Precalculated font for menu */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr,
/* Precalculated metrics for menu */
int x, /* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
int y, /* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
int width, /* Width of the entry rectangle */
int height, /* Height of the current rectangle */
int strictMotif, /* Boolean flag */
int drawArrow) /* Whether or not to draw the cascade
* arrow for cascade items. Only applies
* to Windows. */
{
GC gc, indicatorGC;
XColor *indicatorColor, *disableColor = NULL;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder;
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics;
int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0;
int adjustedY = y + padY;
int adjustedHeight = height - 2 * padY;
/*
* Choose the gc for drawing the foreground part of the entry.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 |
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr;
int parentDisabled = 0;
for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
if (cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr != NULL) {
| | | 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 |
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr;
int parentDisabled = 0;
for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
if (cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr != NULL) {
char *name = Tcl_GetString(cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr);
if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
if (cascadeEntryPtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
parentDisabled = 1;
}
break;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 |
} else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
width, adjustedHeight);
} else {
DrawMenuEntryLabel(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
width, adjustedHeight);
DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
| | < | 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 |
} else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
width, adjustedHeight);
} else {
DrawMenuEntryLabel(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY,
width, adjustedHeight);
DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr,
activeBorder, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight, drawArrow);
if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
bgBorder = activeBorder;
}
DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, bgBorder, indicatorColor,
disableColor, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY, width,
adjustedHeight);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetMenuLabelGeometry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are computing */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
| | < | < > | 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetMenuLabelGeometry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are computing */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width of the label portion */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height of the label
* portion */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
int haveImage = 0;
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, widthPtr, heightPtr);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, widthPtr, heightPtr);
haveImage = 1;
} else {
*heightPtr = 0;
*widthPtr = 0;
}
if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound == COMPOUND_NONE)) {
/*
* We don't care about the text in this case.
*/
} else {
/*
* Either it is compound or we don't have an image.
*/
if (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL) {
int textWidth;
char *label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL);
textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength);
if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && haveImage) {
switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) {
case COMPOUND_TOP:
case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
if (textWidth > *widthPtr) {
*widthPtr = textWidth;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 |
* and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
*/
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
| | | 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 |
* and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics.
*/
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->fontPtr == NULL) {
tkfont = menuFont;
fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
} else {
tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 |
if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
width += MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH;
}
if (width > accelWidth) {
accelWidth = width;
}
| | | | | | > | 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 |
if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
width += MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH;
}
if (width > accelWidth) {
accelWidth = width;
}
GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(menuPtr, mePtr, tkfont,
fmPtr, &width, &height);
if (height > mePtr->height) {
mePtr->height = height;
}
if (!mePtr->hideMargin) {
width += MENU_MARGIN_WIDTH;
}
if (width > indicatorSpace) {
indicatorSpace = width;
}
mePtr->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth + MENU_DIVIDER_HEIGHT;
}
mePtr->y = y;
y += mePtr->height;
if (y > windowHeight) {
windowHeight = y;
}
}
if (accelWidth != 0) {
labelWidth += accelSpace;
}
for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
}
windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
+ 2 * activeBorderWidth + 2 * borderWidth;
windowHeight += borderWidth;
/*
* The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
* zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 | * An idle handler is set up to do the reconfiguration. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate( | | | | 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 |
* An idle handler is set up to do the reconfiguration.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu lives in. */
char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to reconfigure. */
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixMenubu.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkMenubutton.h" /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpCreateMenuButton -- * * Allocate a new TkMenuButton structure. * * Results: * Returns a newly allocated TkMenuButton structure. * * Side effects: | > > > > > > > > > > > | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkMenubutton.h"
/*
* The structure below defines menubutton class behavior by means of functions
* that can be invoked from generic window code.
*/
Tk_ClassProcs tkpMenubuttonClass = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
TkMenuButtonWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
NULL,
NULL
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateMenuButton --
*
* Allocate a new TkMenuButton structure.
*
* Results:
* Returns a newly allocated TkMenuButton structure.
*
* Side effects:
* Registers an event handler for the widget.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkMenuButton *
TkpCreateMenuButton(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
return (TkMenuButton *)ckalloc(sizeof(TkMenuButton));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
| | | | 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayMenuButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData;
GC gc;
Tk_3DBorder border;
Pixmap pixmap;
int x = 0; /* Initialization needed only to stop compiler
* warning. */
int y = 0;
register Tk_Window tkwin = mbPtr->tkwin;
int fullWidth, fullHeight;
int textXOffset, textYOffset;
int imageWidth, imageHeight;
int imageXOffset, imageYOffset;
int width = 0, height = 0;
/* Image information that will be used to
* restrict disabled pixmap as well */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 |
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
mbPtr->highlightWidth, mbPtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth,
mbPtr->borderWidth, mbPtr->relief);
}
if (mbPtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
if (mbPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
} else {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap);
}
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, mbPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
}
| > > | 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 |
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
mbPtr->highlightWidth, mbPtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*mbPtr->highlightWidth,
mbPtr->borderWidth, mbPtr->relief);
}
if (mbPtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
GC gc;
if (mbPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
} else {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(mbPtr->highlightBgColorPtr, pixmap);
}
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, mbPtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
315 316 317 318 319 320 321 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyMenuButton(
TkMenuButton *mbPtr)
{
| < | 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyMenuButton(
TkMenuButton *mbPtr)
{
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixPort.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | */ #ifndef _UNIXPORT #define _UNIXPORT #define __UNIX__ 1 | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | | | > | > > > | > > > | > | | | > | < > | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | */ #ifndef _UNIXPORT #define _UNIXPORT #define __UNIX__ 1 /* * Macro to use instead of "void" for arguments that must have * type "void *" in ANSI C; maps them to type "char *" in * non-ANSI systems. This macro may be used in some of the include * files below, which is why it is defined here. */ #ifndef VOID # ifdef __STDC__ # define VOID void # else # define VOID char # endif #endif #include <stdio.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <fcntl.h> #ifndef NO_LIMITS_H # include <limits.h> #else # include "../compat/limits.h" #endif #include <math.h> #include <pwd.h> #ifdef NO_STDLIB_H # include "../compat/stdlib.h" #else # include <stdlib.h> #endif #include <string.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/file.h> #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H # include <sys/select.h> #endif #include <sys/stat.h> #ifndef _TCL # include <tcl.h> #endif #if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME # include <sys/time.h> # include <time.h> #else # if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H # include <sys/time.h> # else # include <time.h> # endif #endif #if HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include <inttypes.h> #endif #ifndef NO_UNISTD_H # include <unistd.h> #else # include "../compat/unistd.h" #endif #include <X11/Xlib.h> #include <X11/cursorfont.h> #include <X11/keysym.h> #include <X11/Xatom.h> #include <X11/Xproto.h> #include <X11/Xresource.h> |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
102 103 104 105 106 107 108 | * Define "NBBY" (number of bits per byte) if it's not already defined. */ #ifndef NBBY # define NBBY 8 #endif | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 |
* Define "NBBY" (number of bits per byte) if it's not already defined.
*/
#ifndef NBBY
# define NBBY 8
#endif
#ifdef __CYGWIN__
# include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"
# define UINT unsigned int
# define HWND void *
# define HDC void *
# define HINSTANCE void *
# define COLORREF void *
# define HMENU void *
# define TkWinDCState void
# define HPALETTE void *
# define WNDPROC void *
# define WPARAM void *
# define LPARAM void *
# define LRESULT void *
#else /* !__CYGWIN__ */
/*
* The TkPutImage macro strips off the color table information, which isn't
* needed for X.
*/
# define TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, pixels, gc, image, srcx, srcy, destx, desty, width, height) \
XPutImage(display, pixels, gc, image, srcx, srcy, destx, \
desty, width, height);
#endif /* !__CYGWIN__ */
/*
* Supply macros for seek offsets, if they're not already provided by
* an include file.
*/
#ifndef SEEK_SET
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
170 171 172 173 174 175 176 | #ifndef __CYGWIN__ #define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \ sprintf((buf), "%#08lx", (unsigned long) (w)) #endif /* | | | | > | > > > > | 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 | #ifndef __CYGWIN__ #define TkpPrintWindowId(buf,w) \ sprintf((buf), "%#08lx", (unsigned long) (w)) #endif /* * The following declaration is used to get access to a private Tcl interface * that is needed for portability reasons. * * Disabled for now to determined whether we really still need this. #ifndef _TCLINT #include <tclInt.h> #endif */ #endif /* _UNIXPORT */ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixRFont.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" #include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> #include <ctype.h> | < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < | > | < | < < | < < < < < | | < < | < < < < > > > > | > | < < < | | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | | < | | | < | < | < < < | | < < < < | < | | | | < < < | | | | | < | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
*/
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
#include "tkFont.h"
#include <X11/Xft/Xft.h>
#include <ctype.h>
typedef struct {
XftFont *ftFont;
FcPattern *source;
FcCharSet *charset;
} UnixFtFace;
typedef struct {
TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be
* first in structure. */
UnixFtFace *faces;
int nfaces;
FcFontSet *fontset;
FcPattern *pattern;
Display *display;
int screen;
XftDraw *ftDraw;
XftColor color;
} UnixFtFont;
/*
* Used to describe the current clipping box. Can't be passed normally because
* the information isn't retrievable from the GC.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
Region clipRegion; /* The clipping region, or None. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Package initialization:
* Nothing to do here except register the fact that we're using Xft in
* the TIP 59 configuration database.
*/
#ifndef TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING
#define TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING "ascii"
#endif
void
TkpFontPkgInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */
{
static Tcl_Config cfg[] = {
{ "fontsystem", "xft" },
{ 0,0 }
};
Tcl_RegisterConfig(mainPtr->interp, "tk", cfg, TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING);
}
static XftFont *
GetFont(
UnixFtFont *fontPtr,
FcChar32 ucs4)
{
int i;
if (ucs4) {
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces; i++) {
FcCharSet *charset = fontPtr->faces[i].charset;
if (charset && FcCharSetHasChar(charset, ucs4)) {
break;
}
}
if (i == fontPtr->nfaces) {
i = 0;
}
} else {
i = 0;
}
if (!fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) {
FcPattern *pat = FcFontRenderPrepare(0,
fontPtr->pattern, fontPtr->faces[i].source);
XftFont *ftFont = XftFontOpenPattern(fontPtr->display, pat);
if (!ftFont) {
/*
* The previous call to XftFontOpenPattern() should not fail,
* but sometimes does anyway. Usual cause appears to be
* a misconfigured fontconfig installation; see [Bug 1090382].
* Try a fallback:
*/
ftFont = XftFontOpen(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->screen,
FC_FAMILY, FcTypeString, "sans",
FC_SIZE, FcTypeDouble, 12.0,
NULL);
}
if (!ftFont) {
/*
* The previous call should definitely not fail.
* Impossible to proceed at this point.
*/
Tcl_Panic("Cannot find a usable font.");
}
fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont = ftFont;
}
return fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTkFontAttributes --
* Fill in TkFontAttributes from an XftFont.
*/
static void
GetTkFontAttributes(
XftFont *ftFont,
TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
{
char *family = "Unknown", **familyPtr = &family;
int weight, slant, size, pxsize;
double ptsize;
(void)XftPatternGetString(ftFont->pattern, XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr);
if (XftPatternGetDouble(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SIZE, 0,
&ptsize) == XftResultMatch) {
size = (int)ptsize;
} else if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, 0,
&pxsize) == XftResultMatch) {
size = -pxsize;
} else {
size = 12;
}
if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_WEIGHT, 0,
&weight) != XftResultMatch) {
weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
}
if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SLANT, 0,
&slant) != XftResultMatch) {
slant = XFT_SLANT_ROMAN;
}
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
printf("family %s size %d weight %d slant %d\n",
family, size, weight, slant);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(family);
faPtr->size = size;
faPtr->weight = (weight > XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
faPtr->slant = (slant > XFT_SLANT_ROMAN) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
faPtr->underline = 0;
faPtr->overstrike = 0;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTkFontMetrics --
* Fill in TkFontMetrics from an XftFont.
*/
static void GetTkFontMetrics(
XftFont *ftFont,
TkFontMetrics *fmPtr)
{
int spacing;
if (XftPatternGetInteger(ftFont->pattern, XFT_SPACING, 0,
&spacing) != XftResultMatch) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 | * * Results: * On error, frees fontPtr and returns NULL, otherwise returns fontPtr. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | < < | > | > > < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 |
*
* Results:
* On error, frees fontPtr and returns NULL, otherwise returns fontPtr.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static UnixFtFont *
InitFont(
Tk_Window tkwin,
FcPattern *pattern,
UnixFtFont *fontPtr)
{
FcFontSet *set;
FcCharSet *charset;
FcResult result;
XftFont *ftFont;
int i;
if (!fontPtr) {
fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(UnixFtFont));
}
FcConfigSubstitute(0, pattern, FcMatchPattern);
XftDefaultSubstitute(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin), pattern);
/*
* Generate the list of fonts
*/
set = FcFontSort(0, pattern, FcTrue, NULL, &result);
if (!set) {
ckfree((char *)fontPtr);
return NULL;
}
fontPtr->fontset = set;
fontPtr->pattern = pattern;
fontPtr->faces = (UnixFtFace *) ckalloc(set->nfont * sizeof(UnixFtFace));
fontPtr->nfaces = set->nfont;
/*
* Fill in information about each returned font
*/
for (i = 0; i < set->nfont; i++) {
fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont = 0;
fontPtr->faces[i].source = set->fonts[i];
if (FcPatternGetCharSet(set->fonts[i], FC_CHARSET, 0,
&charset) == FcResultMatch) {
fontPtr->faces[i].charset = FcCharSetCopy(charset);
} else {
fontPtr->faces[i].charset = 0;
}
}
fontPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin);
fontPtr->screen = Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin);
fontPtr->ftDraw = 0;
fontPtr->color.color.red = 0;
fontPtr->color.color.green = 0;
fontPtr->color.color.blue = 0;
fontPtr->color.color.alpha = 0xffff;
fontPtr->color.pixel = 0xffffffff;
/*
* Fill in platform-specific fields of TkFont.
*/
ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, 0);
fontPtr->font.fid = XLoadFont(Tk_Display(tkwin), "fixed");
GetTkFontAttributes(ftFont, &fontPtr->font.fa);
GetTkFontMetrics(ftFont, &fontPtr->font.fm);
/*
* Fontconfig can't report any information about the position or thickness
* of underlines or overstrikes. Thus, we use some defaults that are
* hacked around from backup defaults in tkUnixFont.c, which are in turn
* based on recommendations in the X manual. The comments from that file
* leading to these computations were:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 |
*
* Note that nothing corresponding to *either* property is reported by
* Fontconfig at all. [Bug 1961455]
*/
{
TkFont *fPtr = &fontPtr->font;
fPtr->underlinePos = fPtr->fm.descent / 2;
| > < < < < < < < < < | 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 |
*
* Note that nothing corresponding to *either* property is reported by
* Fontconfig at all. [Bug 1961455]
*/
{
TkFont *fPtr = &fontPtr->font;
int iWidth;
fPtr->underlinePos = fPtr->fm.descent / 2;
Tk_MeasureChars((Tk_Font) fPtr, "I", 1, -1, 0, &iWidth);
fPtr->underlineHeight = iWidth / 3;
if (fPtr->underlineHeight == 0) {
fPtr->underlineHeight = 1;
}
if (fPtr->underlineHeight + fPtr->underlinePos > fPtr->fm.descent) {
fPtr->underlineHeight = fPtr->fm.descent - fPtr->underlinePos;
if (fPtr->underlineHeight == 0) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
410 411 412 413 414 415 416 |
static void
FinishedWithFont(
UnixFtFont *fontPtr)
{
Display *display = fontPtr->display;
int i;
| | | < < < | | | | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 |
static void
FinishedWithFont(
UnixFtFont *fontPtr)
{
Display *display = fontPtr->display;
int i;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL,
(ClientData) NULL);
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces; i++) {
if (fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont) {
XftFontClose(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->faces[i].ftFont);
}
if (fontPtr->faces[i].charset) {
FcCharSetDestroy(fontPtr->faces[i].charset);
}
}
if (fontPtr->faces) {
ckfree((char *)fontPtr->faces);
}
if (fontPtr->pattern) {
FcPatternDestroy(fontPtr->pattern);
}
if (fontPtr->ftDraw) {
XftDrawDestroy(fontPtr->ftDraw);
}
if (fontPtr->font.fid) {
XUnloadFont(fontPtr->display, fontPtr->font.fid);
}
if (fontPtr->fontset) {
FcFontSetDestroy(fontPtr->fontset);
}
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
}
TkFont *
TkpGetNativeFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
CONST char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */
{
UnixFtFont *fontPtr;
FcPattern *pattern;
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
printf("TkpGetNativeFont %s\n", name);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
pattern = XftXlfdParse(name, FcFalse, FcFalse);
if (!pattern) {
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
480 481 482 483 484 485 486 |
TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this
* existing TkFont structure, rather than
* allocating a new structure to hold the
* font; the existing contents of the font
* will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
* structure is allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
| | | | | | | | 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 |
TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this
* existing TkFont structure, rather than
* allocating a new structure to hold the
* font; the existing contents of the font
* will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
* structure is allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
XftPattern *pattern;
int weight, slant;
UnixFtFont *fontPtr;
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
printf("TkpGetFontFromAttributes %s-%d %d %d\n", faPtr->family,
faPtr->size, faPtr->weight, faPtr->slant);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
pattern = XftPatternCreate();
if (faPtr->family) {
XftPatternAddString(pattern, XFT_FAMILY, faPtr->family);
}
if (faPtr->size > 0) {
XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, (double)faPtr->size);
} else if (faPtr->size < 0) {
XftPatternAddInteger(pattern, XFT_PIXEL_SIZE, -faPtr->size);
} else {
XftPatternAddDouble(pattern, XFT_SIZE, 12.0);
}
switch (faPtr->weight) {
case TK_FW_NORMAL:
default:
weight = XFT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
590 591 592 593 594 595 596 |
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
XftFontSet *list;
int i;
resultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
list = XftListFonts(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin),
| | | < | < | > | 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 |
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr;
XftFontSet *list;
int i;
resultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
list = XftListFonts(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin),
(char*)0, /* pattern elements */
XFT_FAMILY, (char*)0); /* fields */
for (i = 0; i < list->nfont; i++) {
char *family, **familyPtr = &family;
if (XftPatternGetString(list->fonts[i], XFT_FAMILY, 0, familyPtr)
== XftResultMatch)
{
Tcl_Obj *strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(family, -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
}
}
XftFontSetDestroy(list);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultPtr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
628 629 630 631 632 633 634 |
TkpGetSubFonts(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Font tkfont)
{
Tcl_Obj *objv[3], *listPtr, *resultPtr;
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
FcPattern *pattern;
| | < | < | < | 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 |
TkpGetSubFonts(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Font tkfont)
{
Tcl_Obj *objv[3], *listPtr, *resultPtr;
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
FcPattern *pattern;
char *family = "Unknown", **familyPtr = &family;
char *foundry = "Unknown", **foundryPtr = &foundry;
char *encoding = "Unknown", **encodingPtr = &encoding;
int i;
resultPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->nfaces ; ++i) {
pattern = FcFontRenderPrepare(0, fontPtr->pattern,
fontPtr->faces[i].source);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
667 668 669 670 671 672 673 | * character. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( | | | | | | 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
* character.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
Tcl_UniChar c, /* Character of interest */
TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */
{
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
/* Structure describing the logical font */
FcChar32 ucs4 = (FcChar32) c;
/* UCS-4 character to map */
XftFont *ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, ucs4);
/* Actual font used to render the character */
GetTkFontAttributes(ftFont, faPtr);
faPtr->underline = fontPtr->font.fa.underline;
faPtr->overstrike = fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
}
int
Tk_MeasureChars(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. */
int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
* source string. */
int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
* permissible line length in pixels; don't
* consider any character that would cross
* this x-position. If < 0, then line length
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
712 713 714 715 716 717 718 |
* terminating character. */
{
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
XftFont *ftFont;
FcChar32 c;
XGlyphInfo extents;
int clen, curX, newX, curByte, newByte, sawNonSpace;
| | < | < < | | | | 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 |
* terminating character. */
{
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
XftFont *ftFont;
FcChar32 c;
XGlyphInfo extents;
int clen, curX, newX, curByte, newByte, sawNonSpace;
int termByte = 0, termX = 0;
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
char string[256];
int len = 0;
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
curX = 0;
curByte = 0;
sawNonSpace = 0;
while (numBytes > 0) {
Tcl_UniChar unichar;
clen = Tcl_UtfToUniChar(source, &unichar);
c = (FcChar32)unichar;
if (clen <= 0) {
/*
* This can't happen (but see #1185640)
*/
*lengthPtr = curX;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
751 752 753 754 755 756 757 |
termX = curX;
sawNonSpace = 0;
}
} else {
sawNonSpace = 1;
}
| | | < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | > | > > > > > > > > | | | | > > > | < < < | < < < < | < | | | | | < < < | > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 |
termX = curX;
sawNonSpace = 0;
}
} else {
sawNonSpace = 1;
}
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
string[len++] = (char) c;
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c);
XftTextExtents32(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &c, 1, &extents);
newX = curX + extents.xOff;
newByte = curByte + clen;
if (maxLength >= 0 && newX > maxLength) {
if (flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK ||
(flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE && curByte == 0)) {
curX = newX;
curByte = newByte;
} else if (flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS && termX != 0) {
curX = termX;
curByte = termByte;
}
break;
}
curX = newX;
curByte = newByte;
}
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
string[len] = '\0';
printf("MeasureChars %s length %d bytes %d\n", string, curX, curByte);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
*lengthPtr = curX;
return curByte;
}
int
TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
Tk_Font tkfont,
CONST char *source,
int numBytes,
int rangeStart,
int rangeLength,
int maxLength,
int flags,
int *lengthPtr)
{
(void) numBytes; /*unused*/
return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength,
maxLength, flags, lengthPtr);
}
#define NUM_SPEC 1024
void
Tk_DrawChars(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn;
* must be the same as font used in GC. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of
* string when drawing. */
{
const int maxCoord = 0x7FFF;/* Xft coordinates are 16 bit values */
UnixFtFont *fontPtr = (UnixFtFont *) tkfont;
XGCValues values;
XColor xcolor;
int clen, nspec, xStart = x;
XftGlyphFontSpec specs[NUM_SPEC];
XGlyphInfo metrics;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (fontPtr->ftDraw == 0) {
#if DEBUG_FONTSEL
printf("Switch to drawable 0x%x\n", drawable);
#endif /* DEBUG_FONTSEL */
fontPtr->ftDraw = XftDrawCreate(display, drawable,
DefaultVisual(display, fontPtr->screen),
DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen));
} else {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1,
NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
XftDrawChange(fontPtr->ftDraw, drawable);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
}
XGetGCValues(display, gc, GCForeground, &values);
if (values.foreground != fontPtr->color.pixel) {
xcolor.pixel = values.foreground;
XQueryColor(display, DefaultColormap(display, fontPtr->screen),
&xcolor);
fontPtr->color.color.red = xcolor.red;
fontPtr->color.color.green = xcolor.green;
fontPtr->color.color.blue = xcolor.blue;
fontPtr->color.color.alpha = 0xffff;
fontPtr->color.pixel = values.foreground;
}
if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, tsdPtr->clipRegion);
}
nspec = 0;
while (numBytes > 0 && x <= maxCoord && y <= maxCoord) {
XftFont *ftFont;
FcChar32 c;
clen = FcUtf8ToUcs4((FcChar8 *) source, &c, numBytes);
if (clen <= 0) {
/*
* This should not happen, but it can.
*/
goto doUnderlineStrikeout;
}
source += clen;
numBytes -= clen;
ftFont = GetFont(fontPtr, c);
if (ftFont) {
specs[nspec].font = ftFont;
specs[nspec].glyph = XftCharIndex(fontPtr->display, ftFont, c);
specs[nspec].x = x;
specs[nspec].y = y;
XftGlyphExtents(fontPtr->display, ftFont, &specs[nspec].glyph, 1,
&metrics);
x += metrics.xOff;
y += metrics.yOff;
nspec++;
if (nspec == NUM_SPEC) {
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, &fontPtr->color,
specs, nspec);
nspec = 0;
}
}
}
if (nspec) {
XftDrawGlyphFontSpec(fontPtr->ftDraw, &fontPtr->color, specs, nspec);
}
if (tsdPtr->clipRegion != None) {
XftDrawSetClip(fontPtr->ftDraw, None);
}
doUnderlineStrikeout:
if (fontPtr->font.fa.underline != 0) {
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart,
y + fontPtr->font.underlinePos, (unsigned) (x - xStart),
(unsigned) fontPtr->font.underlineHeight);
}
if (fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike != 0) {
y -= fontPtr->font.fm.descent + (fontPtr->font.fm.ascent) / 10;
XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, xStart, y,
(unsigned) (x - xStart),
(unsigned) fontPtr->font.underlineHeight);
}
}
void
TkUnixSetXftClipRegion(
TkRegion clipRegion) /* The clipping region to install. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
tsdPtr->clipRegion = (Region) clipRegion;
}
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixScale.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkScale.h" | < < < < | < | < | | | 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#include "tkScale.h"
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file:
*/
static void DisplayHorizontalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void DisplayHorizontalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
Drawable drawable, double value, int top);
static void DisplayVerticalScale(TkScale *scalePtr,
Drawable drawable, XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr);
static void DisplayVerticalValue(TkScale *scalePtr,
Drawable drawable, double value, int rightEdge);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateScale --
*
* Allocate a new TkScale structure.
*
* Results:
* Returns a newly allocated TkScale structure.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkScale *
TkpCreateScale(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
return (TkScale *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkScale));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDestroyScale --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyScale(
TkScale *scalePtr)
{
| | | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDestroyScale(
TkScale *scalePtr)
{
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) scalePtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DisplayVerticalScale --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 |
/ (double) scalePtr->fontHeight;
if (ticks > maxTicks) {
tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
}
for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
tickValue += tickInterval) {
/*
| | | | | | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
/ (double) scalePtr->fontHeight;
if (ticks > maxTicks) {
tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
}
for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
tickValue += tickInterval) {
/*
* The TkRoundToResolution call gets rid of accumulated
* round-off errors, if any.
*/
tickValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue);
if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) {
if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) {
break;
}
} else {
if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) {
break;
}
}
DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue,
scalePtr->vertTickRightX);
}
}
}
/*
* Display the value, if it is desired.
*/
if (scalePtr->showValue) {
DisplayVerticalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value,
scalePtr->vertValueRightX);
}
/*
* Display the trough and the slider.
*/
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, drawable,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
226 227 228 229 230 231 232 |
if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
| | | | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->vertLabelX,
scalePtr->inset + (3*fm.ascent)/2);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DisplayVerticalValue --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
252 253 254 255 256 257 258 | * corresponds to "value". * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplayVerticalValue( | | | < | | < < | | | 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 |
* corresponds to "value".
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayVerticalValue(
register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about widget in which to
* display value. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw the
* value. */
double value, /* Y-coordinate of number to display,
* specified in application coords, not in
* pixels (we'll compute pixels). */
int rightEdge) /* X-coordinate of right edge of text,
* specified in pixels. */
{
register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
int y, width, length;
char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
y = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value) + fm.ascent/2;
sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, value);
length = (int) strlen(valueString);
width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);
/*
* Adjust the y-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
* the window.
*/
if ((y - fm.ascent) < (scalePtr->inset + SPACING)) {
y = scalePtr->inset + SPACING + fm.ascent;
}
if ((y + fm.descent) > (Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING)) {
y = Tk_Height(tkwin) - scalePtr->inset - SPACING - fm.descent;
}
Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length, rightEdge - width, y);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
Drawable drawable, /* Where to display scale (window or
* pixmap). */
XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr) /* Initally contains area of window; if only a
* part of the scale is redrawn, gets modified
* to reflect the part of the window that was
* redrawn. */
{
| | | | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 |
Drawable drawable, /* Where to display scale (window or
* pixmap). */
XRectangle *drawnAreaPtr) /* Initally contains area of window; if only a
* part of the scale is redrawn, gets modified
* to reflect the part of the window that was
* redrawn. */
{
register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
int x, y, width, height, shadowWidth;
double tickValue, tickInterval = scalePtr->tickInterval;
Tk_3DBorder sliderBorder;
/*
* Display the information from bottom to top across the window.
*/
if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
347 348 349 350 351 352 353 |
if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) {
/*
* Display the tick marks.
*/
if (tickInterval != 0) {
char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
| | < | < < | | | | | | < | | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 |
if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) {
/*
* Display the tick marks.
*/
if (tickInterval != 0) {
char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
double ticks, maxTicks;
/*
* Ensure that we will only draw enough of the tick values such
* that they don't overlap. We base this off the width that
* fromValue would take. Not exact, but better than no constraint.
*/
ticks = fabs((scalePtr->toValue - scalePtr->fromValue)
/ tickInterval);
sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->fromValue);
maxTicks = (double) Tk_Width(tkwin)
/ (double) Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, -1);
if (ticks > maxTicks) {
tickInterval *= (ticks / maxTicks);
}
for (tickValue = scalePtr->fromValue; ;
tickValue += tickInterval) {
/*
* The TkRoundToResolution call gets rid of accumulated
* round-off errors, if any.
*/
tickValue = TkRoundToResolution(scalePtr, tickValue);
if (scalePtr->toValue >= scalePtr->fromValue) {
if (tickValue > scalePtr->toValue) {
break;
}
} else {
if (tickValue < scalePtr->toValue) {
break;
}
}
DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, tickValue,
scalePtr->horizTickY);
}
}
}
/*
* Display the value, if it is desired.
*/
if (scalePtr->showValue) {
DisplayHorizontalValue(scalePtr, drawable, scalePtr->value,
scalePtr->horizValueY);
}
/*
* Display the trough and the slider.
*/
y = scalePtr->horizTroughY;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
449 450 451 452 453 454 455 |
if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
| | | | 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 |
if ((scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_OTHER) && (scalePtr->labelLength != 0)) {
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
Tk_DrawChars(scalePtr->display, drawable, scalePtr->textGC,
scalePtr->tkfont, scalePtr->label,
scalePtr->labelLength, scalePtr->inset + fm.ascent/2,
scalePtr->horizLabelY + fm.ascent);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DisplayHorizontalValue --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
475 476 477 478 479 480 481 | * that corresponds to "value". * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DisplayHorizontalValue( | | | < | | < < | | | 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 |
* that corresponds to "value".
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DisplayHorizontalValue(
register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about widget in which to
* display value. */
Drawable drawable, /* Pixmap or window in which to draw the
* value. */
double value, /* X-coordinate of number to display,
* specified in application coords, not in
* pixels (we'll compute pixels). */
int top) /* Y-coordinate of top edge of text, specified
* in pixels. */
{
register Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
int x, y, length, width;
char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
Tk_FontMetrics fm;
x = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, value);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(scalePtr->tkfont, &fm);
y = top + fm.ascent;
sprintf(valueString, scalePtr->format, value);
length = (int) strlen(valueString);
width = Tk_TextWidth(scalePtr->tkfont, valueString, length);
/*
* Adjust the x-coordinate if necessary to keep the text entirely inside
* the window.
*/
x -= (width)/2;
if (x < (scalePtr->inset + SPACING)) {
x = scalePtr->inset + SPACING;
}
/*
* Check the right border so use starting point +text width for the check.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
542 543 544 545 546 547 548 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayScale(
ClientData clientData) /* Widget record for scale. */
{
| | < | | < | < < < | < < < < > | | | | | 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayScale(
ClientData clientData) /* Widget record for scale. */
{
TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin;
Tcl_Interp *interp = scalePtr->interp;
Pixmap pixmap;
int result;
char string[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE];
XRectangle drawnArea;
scalePtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((scalePtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(scalePtr->tkwin)) {
goto done;
}
/*
* Invoke the scale's command if needed.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr);
if ((scalePtr->flags & INVOKE_COMMAND) && (scalePtr->command != NULL)) {
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
sprintf(string, scalePtr->format, scalePtr->value);
result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, scalePtr->command, " ", string,
(char *) NULL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command executed by scale)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
}
scalePtr->flags &= ~INVOKE_COMMAND;
if (scalePtr->flags & SCALE_DELETED) {
Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
return;
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr);
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
* In order to avoid screen flashes, this function redraws the scale in a
* pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation.
* This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen image has
* been cleared.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
635 636 637 638 639 640 641 |
if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
GC gc;
if (scalePtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
} else {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(
| | | 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 |
if (scalePtr->highlightWidth != 0) {
GC gc;
if (scalePtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(scalePtr->highlightColorPtr, pixmap);
} else {
gc = Tk_GCForColor(
Tk_3DBorderColor(scalePtr->highlightBorder), pixmap);
}
Tk_DrawFocusHighlight(tkwin, gc, scalePtr->highlightWidth, pixmap);
}
}
#ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
return OTHER;
}
sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value)
- scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
if (y < sliderFirst) {
return TROUGH1;
}
| | | | 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 |
return OTHER;
}
sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value)
- scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
if (y < sliderFirst) {
return TROUGH1;
}
if (y < (sliderFirst+scalePtr->sliderLength)) {
return SLIDER;
}
return TROUGH2;
}
if ((y < scalePtr->horizTroughY)
|| (y >= (scalePtr->horizTroughY + 2*scalePtr->borderWidth +
scalePtr->width))) {
return OTHER;
}
if ((x < scalePtr->inset)
|| (x >= (Tk_Width(scalePtr->tkwin) - scalePtr->inset))) {
return OTHER;
}
sliderFirst = TkScaleValueToPixel(scalePtr, scalePtr->value)
- scalePtr->sliderLength/2;
if (x < sliderFirst) {
return TROUGH1;
}
if (x < (sliderFirst+scalePtr->sliderLength)) {
return SLIDER;
}
return TROUGH2;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixScrlbr.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | /* * The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget. All fields except size * are left initialized to NULL, which should happen automatically since the * variable is declared at this scope. */ | | | < < < | 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 |
/*
* The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget. All fields except size
* are left initialized to NULL, which should happen automatically since the
* variable is declared at this scope.
*/
Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs) /* size */
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateScrollbar --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
*/
TkScrollbar *
TkpCreateScrollbar(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
UnixScrollbar *scrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *)ckalloc(sizeof(UnixScrollbar));
| < | | | | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 |
*/
TkScrollbar *
TkpCreateScrollbar(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
UnixScrollbar *scrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *)ckalloc(sizeof(UnixScrollbar));
scrollPtr->troughGC = None;
scrollPtr->copyGC = None;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
TkScrollbarEventProc, (ClientData) scrollPtr);
return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData;
register Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin;
XPoint points[7];
Tk_3DBorder border;
int relief, width, elementBorderWidth;
Pixmap pixmap;
if ((scrollPtr->tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
goto done;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
273 274 275 276 277 278 279 | * The scrollbar will be displayed differently. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ extern void TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry( | | < < < < < | | > | 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 |
* The scrollbar will be displayed differently.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
extern void
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
/* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
* changed. */
{
int width, fieldLength;
if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) {
scrollPtr->highlightWidth = 0;
}
scrollPtr->inset = scrollPtr->highlightWidth + scrollPtr->borderWidth;
width = (scrollPtr->vertical) ? Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin)
: Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
scrollPtr->arrowLength = width - 2*scrollPtr->inset + 1;
fieldLength = (scrollPtr->vertical ? Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin)
: Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin))
- 2*(scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset);
if (fieldLength < 0) {
fieldLength = 0;
}
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength*scrollPtr->firstFraction;
scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength*scrollPtr->lastFraction;
/*
* Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always displayed in the
* scrollbar and so that it has at least a minimal width (so it can be
* grabbed with the mouse).
*/
if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > (fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH)) {
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = fieldLength - MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
}
if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst < 0) {
scrollPtr->sliderFirst = 0;
}
if (scrollPtr->sliderLast < (scrollPtr->sliderFirst
+ MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH)) {
scrollPtr->sliderLast = scrollPtr->sliderFirst + MIN_SLIDER_LENGTH;
}
if (scrollPtr->sliderLast > fieldLength) {
scrollPtr->sliderLast = fieldLength;
}
scrollPtr->sliderFirst += scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset;
scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
void
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
UnixScrollbar *unixScrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
| | | | 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 |
void
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
UnixScrollbar *unixScrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != None) {
Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->troughGC);
}
if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC != None) {
Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->copyGC);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
390 391 392 393 394 395 396 | * Configuration info may get changed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpConfigureScrollbar( | | | | | | | | | | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 |
* Configuration info may get changed.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpConfigureScrollbar(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
/* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
{
XGCValues gcValues;
GC new;
UnixScrollbar *unixScrollPtr = (UnixScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
Tk_SetBackgroundFromBorder(scrollPtr->tkwin, scrollPtr->bgBorder);
gcValues.foreground = scrollPtr->troughColorPtr->pixel;
new = Tk_GetGC(scrollPtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues);
if (unixScrollPtr->troughGC != None) {
Tk_FreeGC(scrollPtr->display, unixScrollPtr->troughGC);
}
unixScrollPtr->troughGC = new;
if (unixScrollPtr->copyGC == None) {
gcValues.graphics_exposures = False;
unixScrollPtr->copyGC = Tk_GetGC(scrollPtr->tkwin, GCGraphicsExposures,
&gcValues);
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpScrollbarPosition --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
433 434 435 436 437 438 439 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpScrollbarPosition( | | < > | | | | 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScrollbarPosition(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
/* Scrollbar widget record. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
{
int length, width, tmp;
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
width = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
} else {
tmp = x;
x = y;
y = tmp;
length = Tk_Width(scrollPtr->tkwin);
width = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
}
if ((x < scrollPtr->inset) || (x >= (width - scrollPtr->inset))
|| (y < scrollPtr->inset) || (y >= (length - scrollPtr->inset))) {
return OUTSIDE;
}
/*
* All of the calculations in this procedure mirror those in
* TkpDisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent.
*/
if (y < (scrollPtr->inset + scrollPtr->arrowLength)) {
return TOP_ARROW;
}
if (y < scrollPtr->sliderFirst) {
return TOP_GAP;
}
if (y < scrollPtr->sliderLast) {
return SLIDER;
}
if (y >= (length - (scrollPtr->arrowLength + scrollPtr->inset))) {
return BOTTOM_ARROW;
}
return BOTTOM_GAP;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixSelect.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 |
* for the next chunk; -1 means all data has
* been transferred for this conversion. -2
* means only the final zero-length transfer
* still has to be done. Otherwise it is the
* offset of the next chunk of data to
* transfer. */
Tcl_EncodingState state; /* The encoding state needed across chunks. */
| | | 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 |
* for the next chunk; -1 means all data has
* been transferred for this conversion. -2
* means only the final zero-length transfer
* still has to be done. Otherwise it is the
* offset of the next chunk of data to
* transfer. */
Tcl_EncodingState state; /* The encoding state needed across chunks. */
char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX]; /* A buffer to hold part of a UTF character
* that is split across chunks.*/
} ConvertInfo;
/*
* When handling INCR-style selection retrievals, the selection owner uses the
* following data structure to communicate between the ConvertSelection
* function and TkSelPropProc.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
Time time; /* Timestamp corresponding to selection at
* beginning of request; used to abort
* transfer if selection changes. */
struct IncrInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all INCR-style retrievals
* currently pending. */
} IncrInfo;
| | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
Time time; /* Timestamp corresponding to selection at
* beginning of request; used to abort
* transfer if selection changes. */
struct IncrInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all INCR-style retrievals
* currently pending. */
} IncrInfo;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
IncrInfo *pendingIncrs; /* List of all incr structures currently
* active. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Largest property that we'll accept when sending or receiving the selection:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
retr.result = -1;
retr.idleTime = 0;
retr.encFlags = TCL_ENCODING_START;
retr.nextPtr = pendingRetrievals;
Tcl_DStringInit(&retr.buf);
pendingRetrievals = &retr;
| < < < < < < < | | 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 |
retr.result = -1;
retr.idleTime = 0;
retr.encFlags = TCL_ENCODING_START;
retr.nextPtr = pendingRetrievals;
Tcl_DStringInit(&retr.buf);
pendingRetrievals = &retr;
/*
* Initiate the request for the selection. Note: can't use TkCurrentTime
* for the time. If we do, and this application hasn't received any X
* events in a long time, the current time will be way in the past and
* could even predate the time when the selection was made; if this
* happens, the request will be rejected.
*/
XConvertSelection(winPtr->display, retr.selection, retr.target,
retr.property, retr.winPtr->window, CurrentTime);
/*
* Enter a loop processing X events until the selection has been retrieved
* and processed. If no response is received within a few seconds, then
* timeout.
*/
retr.timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, SelTimeoutProc,
(ClientData) &retr);
while (retr.result == -1) {
Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
}
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(retr.timeout);
/*
* Unregister the information about the selection retrieval in progress.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
236 237 238 239 240 241 242 | * until eventually there's no more selection to fetch. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkSelPropProc( | | | | | 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
* until eventually there's no more selection to fetch.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelPropProc(
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X PropertyChange event. */
{
register IncrInfo *incrPtr;
register TkSelHandler *selPtr;
int length, numItems;
unsigned long i;
Atom target, formatType;
long buffer[TK_SEL_WORDS_AT_ONCE];
TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(eventPtr->xany.display);
Tk_ErrorHandler errorHandler;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
329 330 331 332 333 334 335 | * Pass the rest of the buffer space into the selection * handler. */ length = strlen(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer); strcpy((char *)buffer, incrPtr->converts[i].buffer); | | | 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
* Pass the rest of the buffer space into the selection
* handler.
*/
length = strlen(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer);
strcpy((char *)buffer, incrPtr->converts[i].buffer);
numItems = (*selPtr->proc)(selPtr->clientData,
incrPtr->converts[i].offset,
((char *) buffer) + length,
TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE - length);
TkSelSetInProgress(ip.nextPtr);
if (ip.selPtr == NULL) {
/*
* The selection handler deleted itself.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
352 353 354 355 356 357 358 |
if (numItems > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes");
}
}
((char *) buffer)[numItems] = 0;
errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xproperty.display,
| | | 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 |
if (numItems > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes");
}
}
((char *) buffer)[numItems] = 0;
errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xproperty.display,
-1, -1, -1, (int (*)()) NULL, NULL);
/*
* Encode the data using the proper format for each type.
*/
if ((formatType == XA_STRING)
|| (dispPtr && formatType==dispPtr->utf8Atom)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
442 443 444 445 446 447 448 | (unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); /* * Preserve any left-over bytes. */ | | | | 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
(unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
/*
* Preserve any left-over bytes.
*/
if (srcLen > TCL_UTF_MAX) {
Tcl_Panic("selection conversion left too many bytes unconverted");
}
memcpy(incrPtr->converts[i].buffer, src, (size_t) srcLen+1);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
} else {
/*
* Set the property to the encoded string value.
*/
char *propPtr = (char *) SelCvtToX((char *) buffer,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelEventProc(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */
| | | | > > | < > | < | < | < > < < > | > | | < | | 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelEventProc(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event: either SelectionClear,
* SelectionRequest, or SelectionNotify. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
/*
* Case #1: SelectionClear events.
*/
if (eventPtr->type == SelectionClear) {
TkSelClearSelection(tkwin, eventPtr);
}
/*
* Case #2: SelectionNotify events. Call the relevant function to handle
* the incoming selection.
*/
if (eventPtr->type == SelectionNotify) {
register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr;
char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo;
Atom type;
int format, result;
unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
Tcl_DString ds;
for (retrPtr = pendingRetrievals; ; retrPtr = retrPtr->nextPtr) {
if (retrPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if ((retrPtr->winPtr == winPtr)
&& (retrPtr->selection == eventPtr->xselection.selection)
&& (retrPtr->target == eventPtr->xselection.target)
&& (retrPtr->result == -1)) {
if (retrPtr->property == eventPtr->xselection.property) {
break;
}
if (eventPtr->xselection.property == None) {
Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC);
Tcl_AppendResult(retrPtr->interp,
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, retrPtr->selection),
" selection doesn't exist or form \"",
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, retrPtr->target),
"\" not defined", NULL);
retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
return;
}
}
}
propInfo = NULL;
result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->xselection.display,
eventPtr->xselection.requestor, retrPtr->property,
0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False, (Atom) AnyPropertyType,
&type, &format, &numItems, &bytesAfter,
(unsigned char **) propInfoPtr);
if ((result != Success) || (type == None)) {
return;
}
if (bytesAfter != 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, "selection property too large",
TCL_STATIC);
retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
XFree(propInfo);
return;
}
if ((type == XA_STRING) || (type == dispPtr->textAtom)
|| (type == dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) {
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
if (format != 8) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf,
"bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"",
format);
Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
return;
}
interp = retrPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
/*
* Convert the X selection data into UTF before passing it to the
* selection callback. Note that the COMPOUND_TEXT uses a modified
* iso2022 encoding, not the current system encoding. For now
* we'll just blindly apply the iso2022 encoding. This is probably
* wrong, but it's a placeholder until we figure out what we're
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
621 622 623 624 625 626 627 |
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1");
}
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, propInfo, (int)numItems, &ds);
if (encoding) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
}
| | | | > | > | | < | | | | | > | | | | < | | | | 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 |
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1");
}
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, propInfo, (int)numItems, &ds);
if (encoding) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
}
retrPtr->result = (*retrPtr->proc)(retrPtr->clientData,
interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
} else if (type == dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
/*
* The X selection data is in UTF-8 format already. We can't
* guarantee that propInfo is NULL-terminated, so we might have to
* copy the string.
*/
char *propData = propInfo;
if (format != 8) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf,
"bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"",
format);
Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
return;
}
if (propInfo[numItems] != '\0') {
propData = ckalloc((size_t) numItems + 1);
strcpy(propData, propInfo);
propData[numItems] = '\0';
}
retrPtr->result = (*retrPtr->proc)(retrPtr->clientData,
retrPtr->interp, propData);
if (propData != propInfo) {
ckfree((char *) propData);
}
} else if (type == dispPtr->incrAtom) {
/*
* It's a !?#@!?!! INCR-style reception. Arrange to receive the
* selection in pieces, using the ICCCM protocol, then hang around
* until either the selection is all here or a timeout occurs.
*/
retrPtr->idleTime = 0;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, PropertyChangeMask, SelRcvIncrProc,
(ClientData) retrPtr);
XDeleteProperty(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin),
retrPtr->property);
while (retrPtr->result == -1) {
Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, PropertyChangeMask, SelRcvIncrProc,
(ClientData) retrPtr);
} else {
Tcl_DString ds;
if (format != 32 && format != 8) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "bad format for selection: wanted \"32\" or "
"\"8\", got \"%d\"", format);
Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
return;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
if (format == 32) {
SelCvtFromX32((long *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type,
(Tk_Window) winPtr, &ds);
} else {
SelCvtFromX8((char *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type,
(Tk_Window) winPtr, &ds);
}
interp = retrPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
retrPtr->result = (*retrPtr->proc)(retrPtr->clientData,
interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
XFree(propInfo);
return;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
738 739 740 741 742 743 744 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SelTimeoutProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about retrieval in progress. */
{
| | < | < > | | 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SelTimeoutProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about retrieval in progress. */
{
register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr = (TkSelRetrievalInfo *) clientData;
/*
* Make sure that the retrieval is still in progress. Then see how long
* it's been since any sort of response was received from the other side.
*/
if (retrPtr->result != -1) {
return;
}
retrPtr->idleTime++;
if (retrPtr->idleTime >= 5) {
/*
* Use a careful function to store the error message, because the
* result could already be partially filled in with a partial
* selection return.
*/
Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, "selection owner didn't respond",
TCL_STATIC);
retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
retrPtr->timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, SelTimeoutProc,
(ClientData) retrPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConvertSelection --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
792 793 794 795 796 797 798 |
static void
ConvertSelection(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that received the conversion
* request; may not be selection's current
* owner, be we set it to the current
* owner. */
| | < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 |
static void
ConvertSelection(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that received the conversion
* request; may not be selection's current
* owner, be we set it to the current
* owner. */
register XSelectionRequestEvent *eventPtr)
/* Event describing request. */
{
XSelectionEvent reply; /* Used to notify requestor that selection
* info is ready. */
int multiple; /* Non-zero means a MULTIPLE request is being
* handled. */
IncrInfo incr; /* State of selection conversion. */
Atom singleInfo[2]; /* incr.multAtoms points here except for
* multiple conversions. */
unsigned long i;
Tk_ErrorHandler errorHandler;
TkSelectionInfo *infoPtr;
TkSelInProgress ip;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->display, -1, -1,-1,
(int (*)()) NULL, NULL);
/*
* Initialize the reply event.
*/
reply.type = SelectionNotify;
reply.serial = 0;
reply.send_event = True;
reply.display = eventPtr->display;
reply.requestor = eventPtr->requestor;
reply.selection = eventPtr->selection;
reply.target = eventPtr->target;
reply.property = eventPtr->property;
if (reply.property == None) {
reply.property = reply.target;
}
reply.time = eventPtr->time;
for (infoPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->selectionInfoPtr; infoPtr != NULL;
infoPtr = infoPtr->nextPtr) {
if (infoPtr->selection == eventPtr->selection) {
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
853 854 855 856 857 858 859 |
* conversions to perform.
*/
incr.winPtr = winPtr;
incr.selection = eventPtr->selection;
if (eventPtr->target != winPtr->dispPtr->multipleAtom) {
multiple = 0;
| | | | < | | | > | | | | | 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 |
* conversions to perform.
*/
incr.winPtr = winPtr;
incr.selection = eventPtr->selection;
if (eventPtr->target != winPtr->dispPtr->multipleAtom) {
multiple = 0;
singleInfo[0] = reply.target;
singleInfo[1] = reply.property;
incr.multAtoms = singleInfo;
incr.numConversions = 1;
} else {
Atom type, **multAtomsPtr = &incr.multAtoms;
int format, result;
unsigned long bytesAfter;
multiple = 1;
incr.multAtoms = NULL;
if (eventPtr->property == None) {
goto refuse;
}
result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->display, eventPtr->requestor,
eventPtr->property, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS, False, XA_ATOM,
&type, &format, &incr.numConversions, &bytesAfter,
(unsigned char **) multAtomsPtr);
if ((result != Success) || (bytesAfter != 0) || (format != 32)
|| (type == None)) {
if (incr.multAtoms != NULL) {
XFree((char *) incr.multAtoms);
}
goto refuse;
}
incr.numConversions /= 2; /* Two atoms per conversion. */
}
/*
* Loop through all of the requested conversions, and either return the
* entire converted selection, if it can be returned in a single bunch, or
* return INCR information only (the actual selection will be returned
* below).
*/
incr.converts = (ConvertInfo *)
ckalloc((unsigned) incr.numConversions * sizeof(ConvertInfo));
incr.numIncrs = 0;
for (i = 0; i < incr.numConversions; i++) {
Atom target, property, type;
long buffer[TK_SEL_WORDS_AT_ONCE];
register TkSelHandler *selPtr;
int numItems, format;
char *propPtr;
target = incr.multAtoms[2*i];
property = incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1];
incr.converts[i].offset = -1;
incr.converts[i].buffer[0] = '\0';
for (selPtr = winPtr->selHandlerList; selPtr != NULL;
selPtr = selPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((selPtr->target == target)
&& (selPtr->selection == eventPtr->selection)) {
break;
}
}
if (selPtr == NULL) {
/*
* Nobody seems to know about this kind of request. If it's of a
* sort that we can handle without any help, do it. Otherwise mark
* the request as an errror.
*/
numItems = TkSelDefaultSelection(infoPtr, target, (char *) buffer,
TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE, &type);
if (numItems < 0) {
incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None;
continue;
}
} else {
ip.selPtr = selPtr;
ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress();
TkSelSetInProgress(&ip);
type = selPtr->format;
numItems = (*selPtr->proc)(selPtr->clientData, 0,
(char *) buffer, TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE);
TkSelSetInProgress(ip.nextPtr);
if ((ip.selPtr == NULL) || (numItems < 0)) {
incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None;
continue;
}
if (numItems > TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE) {
Tcl_Panic("selection handler returned too many bytes");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
963 964 965 966 967 968 969 | incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None; continue; } numItems = 1; propPtr = (char *) buffer; format = 32; incr.converts[i].offset = 0; | | | < | | < | | | | < | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 |
incr.multAtoms[2*i + 1] = None;
continue;
}
numItems = 1;
propPtr = (char *) buffer;
format = 32;
incr.converts[i].offset = 0;
XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor,
property, type, format, PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *) propPtr, numItems);
} else if (type == winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
/*
* This matches selection requests of type UTF8_STRING, which
* allows us to pass our utf-8 information untouched.
*/
XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor, property, type, 8,
PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) buffer, numItems);
} else if ((type == XA_STRING)
|| (type == winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) {
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
/*
* STRING is Latin-1, COMPOUND_TEXT is an iso2022 variant. We need
* to convert the selection text into these external forms before
* modifying the property.
*/
if (type == XA_STRING) {
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1");
} else {
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022");
}
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(encoding, (char *) buffer, -1, &ds);
XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor, property, type, 8,
PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds));
if (encoding) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
} else {
propPtr = (char *) SelCvtToX((char *) buffer,
type, (Tk_Window) winPtr, &numItems);
if (propPtr == NULL) {
goto refuse;
}
format = 32;
XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor, property, type,
format, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) propPtr,
numItems);
ckfree(propPtr);
}
}
/*
* Send an event back to the requestor to indicate that the first stage of
* conversion is complete (everything is done except for long conversions
* that have to be done in INCR mode).
*/
if (incr.numIncrs > 0) {
XSelectInput(reply.display, reply.requestor, PropertyChangeMask);
incr.timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, IncrTimeoutProc,
(ClientData) &incr);
incr.idleTime = 0;
incr.reqWindow = reply.requestor;
incr.time = infoPtr->time;
incr.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs;
tsdPtr->pendingIncrs = &incr;
}
if (multiple) {
XChangeProperty(reply.display, reply.requestor, reply.property,
XA_ATOM, 32, PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *) incr.multAtoms,
(int) incr.numConversions*2);
} else {
/*
* Not a MULTIPLE request. The first property in "multAtoms" got set
* to None if there was an error in conversion.
*/
reply.property = incr.multAtoms[1];
}
XSendEvent(reply.display, reply.requestor, False, 0, (XEvent *) &reply);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler);
/*
* Handle any remaining INCR-mode transfers. This all happens in callbacks
* to TkSelPropProc, so just wait until the number of uncompleted INCR
* transfers drops to zero.
*/
if (incr.numIncrs > 0) {
IncrInfo *incrPtr2;
while (incr.numIncrs > 0) {
Tcl_DoOneEvent(0);
}
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(incr.timeout);
errorHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display,
-1, -1,-1, (int (*)()) NULL, NULL);
XSelectInput(reply.display, reply.requestor, 0L);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler);
if (tsdPtr->pendingIncrs == &incr) {
tsdPtr->pendingIncrs = incr.nextPtr;
} else {
for (incrPtr2 = tsdPtr->pendingIncrs; incrPtr2 != NULL;
incrPtr2 = incrPtr2->nextPtr) {
if (incrPtr2->nextPtr == &incr) {
incrPtr2->nextPtr = incr.nextPtr;
break;
}
}
}
}
/*
* All done. Cleanup and return.
*/
ckfree((char *) incr.converts);
if (multiple) {
XFree((char *) incr.multAtoms);
}
return;
/*
* An error occurred. Send back a refusal message.
*/
refuse:
reply.property = None;
XSendEvent(reply.display, reply.requestor, False, 0, (XEvent *) &reply);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errorHandler);
return;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SelRcvIncrProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about retrieval. */
| | | < | < > > | > | | < | | 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SelRcvIncrProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about retrieval. */
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X PropertyChange event. */
{
register TkSelRetrievalInfo *retrPtr = (TkSelRetrievalInfo *) clientData;
char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo;
Atom type;
int format, result;
unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != retrPtr->property)
|| (eventPtr->xproperty.state != PropertyNewValue)
|| (retrPtr->result != -1)) {
return;
}
propInfo = NULL;
result = XGetWindowProperty(eventPtr->xproperty.display,
eventPtr->xproperty.window, retrPtr->property, 0, MAX_PROP_WORDS,
True, (Atom) AnyPropertyType, &type, &format, &numItems,
&bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propInfoPtr);
if ((result != Success) || (type == None)) {
return;
}
if (bytesAfter != 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, "selection property too large",
TCL_STATIC);
retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
if ((type == XA_STRING)
|| (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->textAtom)
|| (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom)
|| (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom)) {
char *dst, *src;
int srcLen, dstLen, srcRead, dstWrote, soFar;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
Tcl_DString *dstPtr, temp;
if (format != 8) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf,
"bad format for string selection: wanted \"8\", got \"%d\"",
format);
Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
interp = retrPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
if (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->compoundTextAtom) {
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso2022");
} else if (type == retrPtr->winPtr->dispPtr->utf8Atom) {
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "utf-8");
} else {
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "iso8859-1");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 |
srcLen = Tcl_DStringLength(&temp);
} else if (numItems == 0) {
/*
* There is no new data, so we're done.
*/
retrPtr->result = TCL_OK;
| | | 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 |
srcLen = Tcl_DStringLength(&temp);
} else if (numItems == 0) {
/*
* There is no new data, so we're done.
*/
retrPtr->result = TCL_OK;
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
goto done;
} else {
src = propInfo;
srcLen = numItems;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 | } Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, 2 * Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) + 1); dst = Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr) + soFar; dstLen = Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) - soFar - 1; } Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, soFar); | | | | 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 | } Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, 2 * Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) + 1); dst = Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr) + soFar; dstLen = Tcl_DStringLength(dstPtr) - soFar - 1; } Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, soFar); result = (*retrPtr->proc)(retrPtr->clientData, interp, Tcl_DStringValue(dstPtr)); Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); /* * Copy any unused data into the destination buffer so we can pick it * up next time around. */ Tcl_DStringSetLength(dstPtr, 0); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 |
}
} else if (numItems == 0) {
retrPtr->result = TCL_OK;
} else {
Tcl_DString ds;
if (format != 32 && format != 8) {
| > | | | | < | | | | 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 |
}
} else if (numItems == 0) {
retrPtr->result = TCL_OK;
} else {
Tcl_DString ds;
if (format != 32 && format != 8) {
char buf[64 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "bad format for selection: wanted \"32\" or "
"\"8\", got \"%d\"", format);
Tcl_SetResult(retrPtr->interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
retrPtr->result = TCL_ERROR;
goto done;
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
if (format == 32) {
SelCvtFromX32((long *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type,
(Tk_Window) retrPtr->winPtr, &ds);
} else {
SelCvtFromX8((char *) propInfo, (int) numItems, type,
(Tk_Window) retrPtr->winPtr, &ds);
}
interp = retrPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
result = (*retrPtr->proc)(retrPtr->clientData, interp,
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
retrPtr->result = result;
}
}
done:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 |
size = TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE;
ip.selPtr = selPtr;
ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress();
TkSelSetInProgress(&ip);
do {
| | | 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 |
size = TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE;
ip.selPtr = selPtr;
ip.nextPtr = TkSelGetInProgress();
TkSelSetInProgress(&ip);
do {
chunkSize = (*selPtr->proc)(selPtr->clientData, size, (char *) buffer,
TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE);
if (ip.selPtr == NULL) {
size = 0;
break;
}
size += chunkSize;
} while (chunkSize == TK_SEL_BYTES_AT_ONCE);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 |
static void
IncrTimeoutProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about INCR-mode selection
* retrieval for which we are selection
* owner. */
{
| | | | 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 |
static void
IncrTimeoutProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about INCR-mode selection
* retrieval for which we are selection
* owner. */
{
register IncrInfo *incrPtr = (IncrInfo *) clientData;
incrPtr->idleTime++;
if (incrPtr->idleTime >= 5) {
incrPtr->numIncrs = 0;
} else {
incrPtr->timeout = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(1000, IncrTimeoutProc,
(ClientData) incrPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SelCvtToX --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 |
* 2. If type is anything else, convert each field from an ASCII number to
* a 32-bit binary number.
*/
if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, string, &numFields, &field) != TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
| | | 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 |
* 2. If type is anything else, convert each field from an ASCII number to
* a 32-bit binary number.
*/
if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, string, &numFields, &field) != TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
propPtr = (long *) ckalloc((unsigned) numFields*sizeof(long));
/*
* Convert the fields one-by-one.
*/
for (i=0 ; i<numFields ; i++) {
if (type == XA_ATOM) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 |
}
}
/*
* Release the parsed list.
*/
| | | 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 |
}
}
/*
* Release the parsed list.
*/
ckfree((char *) field);
*numLongsPtr = i;
return propPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void SelCvtFromX32( | | | 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SelCvtFromX32(
register long *propPtr, /* Property value from X. */
int numValues, /* Number of 32-bit values in property. */
Atom type, /* Type of property Should not be XA_STRING
* (if so, don't bother calling this function
* at all). */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to use for atom conversion. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Where to store the converted string. */
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 |
}
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, " ", 1);
}
static void
SelCvtFromX8(
| | | | | 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 |
}
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, " ", 1);
}
static void
SelCvtFromX8(
register char *propPtr, /* Property value from X. */
int numValues, /* Number of 8-bit values in property. */
Atom type, /* Type of property Should not be XA_STRING
* (if so, don't bother calling this function
* at all). */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to use for atom conversion. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Where to store the converted string. */
{
/*
* Convert each long in the property to a string value, which is a
* hexadecimal string. We build the list in a Tcl_DString because this is
* easier than trying to get the quoting correct ourselves.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixSend.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
73 74 75 76 77 78 79 |
* commands. This could happen if interpreters invoke each other recursively.
* It's unlikely, but possible.
*/
typedef struct PendingCommand {
int serial; /* Serial number expected in result. */
TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display being used for communication. */
| | | | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
* commands. This could happen if interpreters invoke each other recursively.
* It's unlikely, but possible.
*/
typedef struct PendingCommand {
int serial; /* Serial number expected in result. */
TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display being used for communication. */
CONST char *target; /* Name of interpreter command is being sent
* to. */
Window commWindow; /* Target's communication window. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter from which the send was
* invoked. */
int code; /* Tcl return code for command will be stored
* here. */
char *result; /* String result for command (malloc'ed), or
* NULL. */
char *errorInfo; /* Information for "errorInfo" variable, or
* NULL (malloc'ed). */
char *errorCode; /* Information for "errorCode" variable, or
* NULL (malloc'ed). */
int gotResponse; /* 1 means a response has been received, 0
* means the command is still outstanding. */
struct PendingCommand *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of all outstanding commands.
* NULL means end of list. */
} PendingCommand;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
PendingCommand *pendingCommands;
/* List of all commands currently being waited
* for. */
RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr;
/* List of all interpreters registered in the
* current process. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
206 207 208 209 210 211 212 | static int AppendErrorProc(ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errorPtr); static void AppendPropCarefully(Display *display, Window window, Atom property, char *value, int length, PendingCommand *pendingPtr); static void DeleteProc(ClientData clientData); static void RegAddName(NameRegistry *regPtr, | | | | | > | | 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 | static int AppendErrorProc(ClientData clientData, XErrorEvent *errorPtr); static void AppendPropCarefully(Display *display, Window window, Atom property, char *value, int length, PendingCommand *pendingPtr); static void DeleteProc(ClientData clientData); static void RegAddName(NameRegistry *regPtr, CONST char *name, Window commWindow); static void RegClose(NameRegistry *regPtr); static void RegDeleteName(NameRegistry *regPtr, CONST char *name); static Window RegFindName(NameRegistry *regPtr, CONST char *name); static NameRegistry * RegOpen(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkDisplay *dispPtr, int lock); static void SendEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int SendInit(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkDisplay *dispPtr); static Tk_RestrictAction SendRestrictProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int ServerSecure(TkDisplay *dispPtr); static void UpdateCommWindow(TkDisplay *dispPtr); static int ValidateName(TkDisplay *dispPtr, CONST char *name, Window commWindow, int oldOK); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * RegOpen -- * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
257 258 259 260 261 262 263 |
* use the registry until we close it. */
{
NameRegistry *regPtr;
int result, actualFormat;
unsigned long bytesAfter;
Atom actualType;
char **propertyPtr;
| < < < | | 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
* use the registry until we close it. */
{
NameRegistry *regPtr;
int result, actualFormat;
unsigned long bytesAfter;
Atom actualType;
char **propertyPtr;
if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) {
SendInit(interp, dispPtr);
}
regPtr = (NameRegistry *) ckalloc(sizeof(NameRegistry));
regPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
regPtr->locked = 0;
regPtr->modified = 0;
regPtr->allocedByX = 1;
propertyPtr = ®Ptr->property;
if (lock && !localData.sendDebug) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
305 306 307 308 309 310 311 | XFree(regPtr->property); regPtr->propLength = 0; regPtr->property = NULL; } XDeleteProperty(dispPtr->display, RootWindow(dispPtr->display, 0), dispPtr->registryProperty); | < < < | 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 |
XFree(regPtr->property);
regPtr->propLength = 0;
regPtr->property = NULL;
}
XDeleteProperty(dispPtr->display,
RootWindow(dispPtr->display, 0),
dispPtr->registryProperty);
}
/*
* Xlib placed an extra null byte after the end of the property, just to
* make sure that it is always NULL-terminated. Be sure to include this
* byte in our count if it's needed to ensure null termination (note: as
* of 8/95 I'm no longer sure why this code is needed; seems like it
* shouldn't be).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Window
RegFindName(
NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a
* previous call to RegOpen. */
| | | | 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Window
RegFindName(
NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a
* previous call to RegOpen. */
CONST char *name) /* Name of an application. */
{
char *p;
for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) {
char *entry = p;
while ((*p != 0) && (!isspace(UCHAR(*p)))) {
p++;
}
if ((*p != 0) && (strcmp(name, p+1) == 0)) {
unsigned int id;
if (sscanf(entry, "%x", &id) == 1) {
/*
* Must cast from an unsigned int to a Window in case we are
* on a 64-bit architecture.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
401 402 403 404 405 406 407 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RegDeleteName(
NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a
* previous call to RegOpen. */
| | | 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RegDeleteName(
NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a
* previous call to RegOpen. */
CONST char *name) /* Name of an application. */
{
char *p;
for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) {
char *entry = p, *entryName;
while ((*p != 0) && (!isspace(UCHAR(*p)))) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
463 464 465 466 467 468 469 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RegAddName(
NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a
* previous call to RegOpen. */
| | | | | 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RegAddName(
NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a
* previous call to RegOpen. */
CONST char *name, /* Name of an application. The caller must
* ensure that this name isn't already
* registered. */
Window commWindow) /* X identifier for comm. window of
* application. */
{
char id[30], *newProp;
int idLength, newBytes;
sprintf(id, "%x ", (unsigned int) commWindow);
idLength = strlen(id);
newBytes = idLength + strlen(name) + 1;
newProp = ckalloc((unsigned) (regPtr->propLength + newBytes));
strcpy(newProp, id);
strcpy(newProp+idLength, name);
if (regPtr->property != NULL) {
memcpy(newProp + newBytes, regPtr->property, regPtr->propLength);
if (regPtr->allocedByX) {
XFree(regPtr->property);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
*/
static void
RegClose(
NameRegistry *regPtr) /* Pointer to a registry opened with a
* previous call to RegOpen. */
{
| < < < < < | 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 |
*/
static void
RegClose(
NameRegistry *regPtr) /* Pointer to a registry opened with a
* previous call to RegOpen. */
{
if (regPtr->modified) {
if (!regPtr->locked && !localData.sendDebug) {
Tcl_Panic("The name registry was modified without being locked!");
}
XChangeProperty(regPtr->dispPtr->display,
RootWindow(regPtr->dispPtr->display, 0),
regPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_STRING, 8,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
547 548 549 550 551 552 553 |
* as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the
* ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could
* deadlock.
*/
XFlush(regPtr->dispPtr->display);
| < < | | 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
* as invoking a subprocess that needs to do I/O to the screen); if the
* ungrab command is still sitting in our output buffer, we could
* deadlock.
*/
XFlush(regPtr->dispPtr->display);
if (regPtr->property != NULL) {
if (regPtr->allocedByX) {
XFree(regPtr->property);
} else {
ckfree(regPtr->property);
}
}
ckfree((char *) regPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ValidateName --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
581 582 583 584 585 586 587 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ValidateName(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display for which to perform the
* validation. */
| | | | 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ValidateName(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display for which to perform the
* validation. */
CONST char *name, /* The name of an application. */
Window commWindow, /* X identifier for the application's comm.
* window. */
int oldOK) /* Non-zero means that we should consider an
* application to be valid even if it looks
* like an old-style (pre-4.0) one; 0 means
* consider these invalid. */
{
int result, actualFormat, argc, i;
unsigned long length, bytesAfter;
Atom actualType;
char *property, **propertyPtr = &property;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
CONST char **argv;
property = NULL;
/*
* Ignore X errors when reading the property (e.g., the window might not
* exist). If an error occurs, result will be some value other than
* Success.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, property, &argc, &argv) == TCL_OK) {
for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
if (strcmp(argv[i], name) == 0) {
result = 1;
break;
}
}
| | | 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 |
if (Tcl_SplitList(NULL, property, &argc, &argv) == TCL_OK) {
for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
if (strcmp(argv[i], name) == 0) {
result = 1;
break;
}
}
ckfree((char *) argv);
}
} else {
result = 0;
}
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
if (property != NULL) {
XFree(property);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
751 752 753 754 755 756 757 | secure = 1; #else /* * We don't understand what the X server is letting in, so we err on * the side of safety. */ | | | | | | | | 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 |
secure = 1;
#else
/*
* We don't understand what the X server is letting in, so we err on
* the side of safety.
*/
goto insecure;
#endif /* FamilyServerInterpreted */
}
if (addrPtr != NULL) {
XFree((char *) addrPtr);
}
return secure;
#endif /* TK_NO_SECURITY */
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SetAppName --
*
* This function is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk
* application. If the application has already been named, the name
* replaces the old one.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the name actually given to the application. This
* will normally be the same as name, but if name was already in use for
* an application then a name of the form "name #2" will be chosen, with
* a high enough number to make the name unique.
*
* Side effects:
* Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command to be
* used later to invoke commands in the application. In addition, the
* "send" command is created in the application's interpreter. The
* registration will be removed automatically if the interpreter is
* deleted or the "send" command is removed.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
Tk_SetAppName(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in the application to
* be named: it is just used to identify the
* application and the display. */
CONST char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the
* interpreter in later "send" commands. Must
* be globally unique. */
{
RegisteredInterp *riPtr, *riPtr2;
Window w;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
NameRegistry *regPtr;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
CONST char *actualName;
Tcl_DString dString;
int offset, i;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
826 827 828 829 830 831 832 |
if (riPtr == NULL) {
/*
* This interpreter isn't currently registered; create the data
* structure that will be used to register it locally, plus add
* the "send" command to the interpreter.
*/
| | | > | 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 |
if (riPtr == NULL) {
/*
* This interpreter isn't currently registered; create the data
* structure that will be used to register it locally, plus add
* the "send" command to the interpreter.
*/
riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *) ckalloc(sizeof(RegisteredInterp));
riPtr->interp = interp;
riPtr->dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
riPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr;
tsdPtr->interpListPtr = riPtr;
riPtr->name = NULL;
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendCmd, (ClientData) riPtr,
DeleteProc);
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send");
}
break;
}
if (riPtr->interp == interp) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
910 911 912 913 914 915 916 |
* We've now got a name to use. Store it in the name registry and in the
* local entry for this application, plus put it in a property on the
* commWindow.
*/
RegAddName(regPtr, actualName, Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin));
RegClose(regPtr);
| | | | | | | < < < < < < | | | > | | | < | > > | > | > | > | > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 |
* We've now got a name to use. Store it in the name registry and in the
* local entry for this application, plus put it in a property on the
* commWindow.
*/
RegAddName(regPtr, actualName, Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin));
RegClose(regPtr);
riPtr->name = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(actualName) + 1));
strcpy(riPtr->name, actualName);
if (actualName != name) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
}
UpdateCommWindow(dispPtr);
return riPtr->name;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SendCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. See the
* user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_SendCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about sender (only dispPtr
* field is used). */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr;
Window commWindow;
PendingCommand pending;
register RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
CONST char *destName;
int result, c, async, i, firstArg;
size_t length;
Tk_RestrictProc *prevRestrictProc;
ClientData prevArg;
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
Tcl_Time timeout;
NameRegistry *regPtr;
Tcl_DString request;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
Tcl_Interp *localInterp; /* Used when the interpreter to send the
* command to is within the same process. */
/*
* Process options, if any.
*/
async = 0;
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_MainWindow(interp);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 1; i < (argc-1); ) {
if (argv[i][0] != '-') {
break;
}
c = argv[i][1];
length = strlen(argv[i]);
if ((c == 'a') && (strncmp(argv[i], "-async", length) == 0)) {
async = 1;
i++;
} else if ((c == 'd') && (strncmp(argv[i], "-displayof",
length) == 0)) {
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, argv[i+1],
(Tk_Window) winPtr);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
i += 2;
} else if (strcmp(argv[i], "--") == 0) {
i++;
break;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[i],
"\": must be -async, -displayof, or --", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (argc < (i+2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args: should be \"", argv[0],
" ?options? interpName arg ?arg ...?\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
destName = argv[i];
firstArg = i+1;
dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) {
SendInit(interp, winPtr->dispPtr);
}
/*
* See if the target interpreter is local. If so, execute the command
* directly without going through the X server. The only tricky thing is
* passing the result from the target interpreter to the invoking
* interpreter. Watch out: they could be the same!
*/
for (riPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr != NULL;
riPtr = riPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((riPtr->dispPtr != dispPtr)
|| (strcmp(riPtr->name, destName) != 0)) {
continue;
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr);
localInterp = riPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) localInterp);
if (firstArg == (argc-1)) {
result = Tcl_EvalEx(localInterp, argv[firstArg], -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
} else {
Tcl_DStringInit(&request);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, argv[firstArg], -1);
for (i = firstArg+1; i < argc; i++) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, " ", 1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, argv[i], -1);
}
result = Tcl_EvalEx(localInterp, Tcl_DStringValue(&request), -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&request);
}
if (interp != localInterp) {
if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 | errorObjPtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(localInterp, "errorCode", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, errorObjPtr); } Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(localInterp)); Tcl_ResetResult(localInterp); } | | | < | < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 |
errorObjPtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(localInterp, "errorCode", NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, errorObjPtr);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(localInterp));
Tcl_ResetResult(localInterp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) localInterp);
return result;
}
/*
* Bind the interpreter name to a communication window.
*/
regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 0);
commWindow = RegFindName(regPtr, destName);
RegClose(regPtr);
if (commWindow == None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no application named \"",destName,"\"",NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Send the command to the target interpreter by appending it to the comm
* window in the communication window.
*/
localData.sendSerial++;
Tcl_DStringInit(&request);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0c\0-n ", 6);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, destName, -1);
if (!async) {
char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
sprintf(buffer, "%x %d",
(unsigned int) Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin),
localData.sendSerial);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-r ", 4);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, buffer, -1);
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-s ", 4);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, argv[firstArg], -1);
for (i = firstArg+1; i < argc; i++) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, " ", 1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, argv[i], -1);
}
(void) AppendPropCarefully(dispPtr->display, commWindow,
dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&request),
Tcl_DStringLength(&request) + 1, (async ? NULL : &pending));
Tcl_DStringFree(&request);
if (async) {
/*
* This is an asynchronous send: return immediately without waiting
* for a response.
*/
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Register the fact that we're waiting for a command to complete (this is
* needed by SendEventProc and by AppendErrorProc to pass back the
* command's results). Set up a timeout handler so that we can check
* during long sends to make sure that the destination application is
* still alive.
*/
pending.serial = localData.sendSerial;
pending.dispPtr = dispPtr;
pending.target = destName;
pending.commWindow = commWindow;
pending.interp = interp;
pending.result = NULL;
pending.errorInfo = NULL;
pending.errorCode = NULL;
pending.gotResponse = 0;
pending.nextPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands;
tsdPtr->pendingCommands = &pending;
/*
* Enter a loop processing X events until the result comes in or the
* target is declared to be dead. While waiting for a result, look only at
* send-related events so that the send is synchronous with respect to
* other events in the application.
*/
prevRestrictProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(SendRestrictProc, NULL, &prevArg);
Tcl_GetTime(&timeout);
timeout.sec += 2;
while (!pending.gotResponse) {
if (!TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout)) {
/*
* An unusually long amount of time has elapsed during the
* processing of a sent command. Check to make sure that the
* target application still exists. If it does, reset the timeout.
*/
if (!ValidateName(pending.dispPtr, pending.target,
pending.commWindow, 0)) {
char *msg;
if (ValidateName(pending.dispPtr, pending.target,
pending.commWindow, 1)) {
msg = "target application died or uses a Tk version before 4.0";
} else {
msg = "target application died";
}
pending.code = TCL_ERROR;
pending.result = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(msg) + 1));
strcpy(pending.result, msg);
pending.gotResponse = 1;
} else {
Tcl_GetTime(&timeout);
timeout.sec += 2;
}
}
}
(void) Tk_RestrictEvents(prevRestrictProc, prevArg, &prevArg);
/*
* Unregister the information about the pending command and return the
* result.
*/
if (tsdPtr->pendingCommands != &pending) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 |
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, pending.errorInfo);
ckfree(pending.errorInfo);
}
if (pending.errorCode != NULL) {
| > > | < | | 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 |
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, pending.errorInfo);
ckfree(pending.errorInfo);
}
if (pending.errorCode != NULL) {
Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(pending.errorCode, -1);
Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, errorObjPtr);
ckfree(pending.errorCode);
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, pending.result, TCL_DYNAMIC);
return pending.code;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetInterpNames --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 |
TkGetInterpNames(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the
* lookup. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
NameRegistry *regPtr;
| < | | | < | 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 |
TkGetInterpNames(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the
* lookup. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
NameRegistry *regPtr;
char *p;
/*
* Read the registry property, then scan through all of its entries.
* Validate each entry to be sure that its application still exists.
*/
regPtr = RegOpen(interp, winPtr->dispPtr, 1);
for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) {
char *entry = p, *entryName;
Window commWindow;
unsigned int id;
if (sscanf(p, "%x",(unsigned int *) &id) != 1) {
commWindow = None;
} else {
commWindow = id;
}
while ((*p != 0) && (!isspace(UCHAR(*p)))) {
p++;
}
if (*p != 0) {
p++;
}
entryName = p;
while (*p != 0) {
p++;
}
p++;
if (ValidateName(winPtr->dispPtr, entryName, commWindow, 1)) {
/*
* The application still exists; add its name to the result.
*/
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, entryName);
} else {
int count;
/*
* This name is bogus (perhaps the application died without
* cleaning up its entry in the registry?). Delete the name.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 |
}
regPtr->propLength -= p - entry;
regPtr->modified = 1;
p = entry;
}
}
RegClose(regPtr);
| < | 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 |
}
regPtr->propLength -= p - entry;
regPtr->modified = 1;
p = entry;
}
}
RegClose(regPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSendCleanup --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 |
void
TkSendCleanup(
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
if (dispPtr->commTkwin != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask,
| | | | 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 |
void
TkSendCleanup(
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
if (dispPtr->commTkwin != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask,
SendEventProc, (ClientData) dispPtr);
Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->commTkwin);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->commTkwin);
dispPtr->commTkwin = NULL;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 | * Sets up various data structures and windows. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SendInit( | | | | < | | 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 |
* Sets up various data structures and windows.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SendInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting (no
* errors are ever returned, but the
* interpreter is needed anyway). */
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display to initialize. */
{
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
/*
* Create the window used for communication, and set up an event handler
* for it.
*/
dispPtr->commTkwin = (Tk_Window) TkAllocWindow(dispPtr,
DefaultScreen(dispPtr->display), NULL);
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) dispPtr->commTkwin);
((TkWindow *) dispPtr->commTkwin)->flags |=TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
TkWmNewWindow((TkWindow *) dispPtr->commTkwin);
atts.override_redirect = True;
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(dispPtr->commTkwin,
CWOverrideRedirect, &atts);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask,
SendEventProc, (ClientData) dispPtr);
Tk_MakeWindowExist(dispPtr->commTkwin);
/*
* Get atoms used as property names.
*/
dispPtr->commProperty = Tk_InternAtom(dispPtr->commTkwin, "Comm");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 |
*/
static void
SendEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Display information. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
| | | | 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 |
*/
static void
SendEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Display information. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo;
register char *p;
int result, actualFormat;
unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
Atom actualType;
Tcl_Interp *remoteInterp; /* Interp in which to execute the command. */
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 |
if (*p == 0) {
p++;
continue;
}
if ((*p == 'c') && (p[1] == 0)) {
Window commWindow;
| | < | 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 |
if (*p == 0) {
p++;
continue;
}
if ((*p == 'c') && (p[1] == 0)) {
Window commWindow;
char *interpName, *script, *serial, *end;
Tcl_DString reply;
RegisteredInterp *riPtr;
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------
* This is an incoming command from some other application.
* Iterate over all of its options. Stop when we reach the end of
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto returnResult;
}
if (strcmp(riPtr->name, interpName) == 0) {
break;
}
}
| | | | | | | | 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 |
result = TCL_ERROR;
goto returnResult;
}
if (strcmp(riPtr->name, interpName) == 0) {
break;
}
}
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr);
/*
* We must protect the interpreter because the script may enter
* another event loop, which might call Tcl_DeleteInterp.
*/
remoteInterp = riPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) remoteInterp);
result = Tcl_EvalEx(remoteInterp, script, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
/*
* The call to Tcl_Release may have released the interpreter which
* will cause the "send" command for that interpreter to be
* deleted. The command deletion callback will set the
* riPtr->interp field to NULL, hence the check below for NULL.
*/
if (commWindow != None) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, Tcl_GetStringResult(remoteInterp),
-1);
if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
CONST char *varValue;
varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorInfo",
NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (varValue != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-i ", 4);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, varValue, -1);
}
varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorCode",
NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (varValue != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, "\0-e ", 4);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, varValue, -1);
}
}
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) remoteInterp);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr);
/*
* Return the result to the sender if a commWindow was specified
* (if none was specified then this is an asynchronous call).
* Right now reply has everything but the completion code, but it
* needs the NULL to terminate the current option.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 |
dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&reply),
Tcl_DStringLength(&reply) + 1, NULL);
XFlush(dispPtr->display);
Tcl_DStringFree(&reply);
}
} else if ((*p == 'r') && (p[1] == 0)) {
int serial, code, gotSerial;
| | | 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 |
dispPtr->commProperty, Tcl_DStringValue(&reply),
Tcl_DStringLength(&reply) + 1, NULL);
XFlush(dispPtr->display);
Tcl_DStringFree(&reply);
}
} else if ((*p == 'r') && (p[1] == 0)) {
int serial, code, gotSerial;
char *errorInfo, *errorCode, *resultString;
PendingCommand *pcPtr;
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------
* This is a reply to some command that we sent out. Iterate over
* all of its options. Stop when we reach the end of the property
* or something that doesn't look like an option.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 |
for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL;
pcPtr = pcPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((serial != pcPtr->serial) || (pcPtr->result != NULL)) {
continue;
}
pcPtr->code = code;
if (resultString != NULL) {
| | > | > | > | 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 |
for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL;
pcPtr = pcPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((serial != pcPtr->serial) || (pcPtr->result != NULL)) {
continue;
}
pcPtr->code = code;
if (resultString != NULL) {
pcPtr->result = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(strlen(resultString) + 1));
strcpy(pcPtr->result, resultString);
}
if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
if (errorInfo != NULL) {
pcPtr->errorInfo = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(strlen(errorInfo) + 1));
strcpy(pcPtr->errorInfo, errorInfo);
}
if (errorCode != NULL) {
pcPtr->errorCode = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(strlen(errorCode) + 1));
strcpy(pcPtr->errorCode, errorCode);
}
}
pcPtr->gotResponse = 1;
break;
}
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 |
PendingCommand *pendingPtr) /* Pending command to mark complete if an
* error occurs during the property op. NULL
* means just ignore the error. */
{
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, AppendErrorProc,
| | > | | | | > | 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 |
PendingCommand *pendingPtr) /* Pending command to mark complete if an
* error occurs during the property op. NULL
* means just ignore the error. */
{
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, AppendErrorProc,
(ClientData) pendingPtr);
XChangeProperty(display, window, property, XA_STRING, 8,
PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *) value, length);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
}
/*
* The function below is invoked if an error occurs during the XChangeProperty
* operation above.
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static int
AppendErrorProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Command to mark complete, or NULL. */
XErrorEvent *errorPtr) /* Information about error. */
{
PendingCommand *pendingPtr = (PendingCommand *) clientData;
register PendingCommand *pcPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (pendingPtr == NULL) {
return 0;
}
/*
* Make sure this command is still pending.
*/
for (pcPtr = tsdPtr->pendingCommands; pcPtr != NULL;
pcPtr = pcPtr->nextPtr) {
if ((pcPtr == pendingPtr) && (pcPtr->result == NULL)) {
pcPtr->result = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(strlen(pcPtr->target) + 50));
sprintf(pcPtr->result, "no application named \"%s\"",
pcPtr->target);
pcPtr->code = TCL_ERROR;
pcPtr->gotResponse = 1;
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 |
*/
static void
DeleteProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Info about registration, passed as
* ClientData. */
{
| | | | | > | | | 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 |
*/
static void
DeleteProc(
ClientData clientData) /* Info about registration, passed as
* ClientData. */
{
RegisteredInterp *riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *) clientData;
register RegisteredInterp *riPtr2;
NameRegistry *regPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
regPtr = RegOpen(riPtr->interp, riPtr->dispPtr, 1);
RegDeleteName(regPtr, riPtr->name);
RegClose(regPtr);
if (tsdPtr->interpListPtr == riPtr) {
tsdPtr->interpListPtr = riPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
for (riPtr2 = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; riPtr2 != NULL;
riPtr2 = riPtr2->nextPtr) {
if (riPtr2->nextPtr == riPtr) {
riPtr2->nextPtr = riPtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
}
}
ckfree((char *) riPtr->name);
riPtr->interp = NULL;
UpdateCommWindow(riPtr->dispPtr);
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) riPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SendRestrictProc --
*
* This function filters incoming events when a "send" command is
* outstanding. It defers all events except those containing send
* commands and results.
*
* Results:
* False is returned except for property-change events on a commWindow.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static Tk_RestrictAction
SendRestrictProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just arrived. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
if (eventPtr->type != PropertyNotify) {
return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
}
for (dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); dispPtr != NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 |
*
* Side effects:
* Depends on option; see below.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpTestsendCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
| > | | < < < < < < | < < | | | | < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < < > > | | > > > > > | 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 |
*
* Side effects:
* Depends on option; see below.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkpTestsendCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
if (argc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0],
" option ?arg ...?\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (strcmp(argv[1], "bogus") == 0) {
XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display,
RootWindow(winPtr->dispPtr->display, 0),
winPtr->dispPtr->registryProperty, XA_INTEGER, 32,
PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *) "This is bogus information", 6);
} else if (strcmp(argv[1], "prop") == 0) {
int result, actualFormat;
unsigned long length, bytesAfter;
Atom actualType, propName;
char *property, **propertyPtr = &property, *p, *end;
Window w;
if ((argc != 4) && (argc != 5)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0],
" prop window name ?value ?\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (strcmp(argv[2], "root") == 0) {
w = RootWindow(winPtr->dispPtr->display, 0);
} else if (strcmp(argv[2], "comm") == 0) {
w = Tk_WindowId(winPtr->dispPtr->commTkwin);
} else {
w = strtoul(argv[2], &end, 0);
}
propName = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, argv[3]);
if (argc == 4) {
property = NULL;
result = XGetWindowProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName,
0, 100000, False, XA_STRING, &actualType, &actualFormat,
&length, &bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) propertyPtr);
if ((result == Success) && (actualType != None)
&& (actualFormat == 8) && (actualType == XA_STRING)) {
for (p = property; (unsigned long)(p-property) < length; p++) {
if (*p == 0) {
*p = '\n';
}
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, property, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
if (property != NULL) {
XFree(property);
}
} else if (argv[4][0] == 0) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName);
} else {
Tcl_DString tmp;
Tcl_DStringInit(&tmp);
for (p = Tcl_DStringAppend(&tmp, argv[4],
(int) strlen(argv[4])); *p != 0; p++) {
if (*p == '\n') {
*p = 0;
}
}
XChangeProperty(winPtr->dispPtr->display, w, propName, XA_STRING,
8, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char*)Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp),
p-Tcl_DStringValue(&tmp));
Tcl_DStringFree(&tmp);
}
} else if (strcmp(argv[1], "serial") == 0) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "%d", localData.sendSerial+1);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad option \"", argv[1],
"\": must be bogus, prop, or serial", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to unix/tkUnixWm.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 |
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */
struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
* same top-level window, or NULL for end of
* list. */
| | | | < | | | | | | 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 |
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */
struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
* same top-level window, or NULL for end of
* list. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
char command[4]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
* for this protocol arrives. The actual size
* of the structure varies to accommodate the
* needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
* THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;
#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
((unsigned) (sizeof(ProtocolHandler) - 3 + cmdLength))
/*
* Data for [wm attributes] command:
*/
typedef struct {
double alpha; /* Transparency; 0.0=transparent, 1.0=opaque */
int topmost; /* Flag: true=>stay-on-top */
int zoomed; /* Flag: true=>maximized */
int fullscreen; /* Flag: true=>fullscreen */
} WmAttributes;
typedef enum {
WMATT_ALPHA, WMATT_TOPMOST, WMATT_ZOOMED, WMATT_FULLSCREEN,
WMATT_TYPE, _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE
} WmAttribute;
static const char *WmAttributeNames[] = {
"-alpha", "-topmost", "-zoomed", "-fullscreen",
"-type", NULL
};
/*
* A data structure of the following type holds window-manager-related
* information for each top-level window in an application.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window
* manager. */
char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group
* (corresponds to hints.window_group).
* Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
* updated if leader is destroyed. */
| | | 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window
* manager. */
char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group
* (corresponds to hints.window_group).
* Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
* updated if leader is destroyed. */
TkWindow *masterPtr; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property,
* or NULL. */
Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, or
* NULL. */
Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or
* NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */
int withdrawn; /* Non-zero means window has been withdrawn. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
202 203 204 205 206 207 208 |
*/
WmAttributes attributes; /* Current state of [wm attributes] */
WmAttributes reqState; /* Requested state of [wm attributes] */
ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this
* window (NULL means none). */
int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
| | | 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 |
*/
WmAttributes attributes; /* Current state of [wm attributes] */
WmAttributes reqState; /* Requested state of [wm attributes] */
ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this
* window (NULL means none). */
int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */
CONST char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND
* property. NULL means nothing available. */
char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE
* property, or NULL. */
int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */
int numTransients; /* number of transients on this window */
int iconDataSize; /* size of iconphoto image data */
unsigned char *iconDataPtr; /* iconphoto image data, if set */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
255 256 257 258 259 260 261 | * allow the user to change the width of the * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to * allow the user to change the height of the * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). * WM_WITHDRAWN - non-zero means that this window has explicitly * been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 |
* allow the user to change the width of the
* window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
* WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to
* allow the user to change the height of the
* window (controlled by "wm resizable" command).
* WM_WITHDRAWN - non-zero means that this window has explicitly
* been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should
* not mirror state changes in the master.
*/
#define WM_NEVER_MAPPED 1
#define WM_UPDATE_PENDING 2
#define WM_NEGATIVE_X 4
#define WM_NEGATIVE_Y 8
#define WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS 0x10
#define WM_SYNC_PENDING 0x20
#define WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE 0x40
#define WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP 0x100
#define WM_MOVE_PENDING 0x200
#define WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT 0x400
#define WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP 0x800
#define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x1000
#define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE 0x2000
#define WM_WITHDRAWN 0x4000
/*
* This module keeps a list of all top-level windows, primarily to simplify
* the job of Tk_CoordsToWindow. The list is called firstWmPtr and is stored
* in the TkDisplay structure.
*/
/*
* The following structures are the official type records for geometry
* management of top-level and menubar windows.
*/
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr);
static void MenubarReqProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin);
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
"wm", /* name */
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
static const Tk_GeomMgr menubarMgrType = {
"menubar", /* name */
MenubarReqProc, /* requestProc */
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
/*
* Structures of the following type are used for communication between
* WaitForEvent, WaitRestrictProc, and WaitTimeoutProc.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
342 343 344 345 346 347 348 | static void ConfigureEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XConfigureEvent *eventPtr); static void CreateWrapper(WmInfo *wmPtr); static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr); static void MenubarDestroyProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); | | | 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 | static void ConfigureEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XConfigureEvent *eventPtr); static void CreateWrapper(WmInfo *wmPtr); static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr); static void MenubarDestroyProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string, TkWindow *winPtr); static void ReparentEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XReparentEvent *eventPtr); static void PropertyEvent(WmInfo *wmPtr, XPropertyEvent *eventPtr); static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr, Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *reparentTable); static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin); static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, TkWindow *parentPtr); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
369 370 371 372 373 374 375 | static void CheckNetWmState(WmInfo *, Atom *atoms, int numAtoms); static void UpdateNetWmState(WmInfo *); static void WaitForConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, unsigned long serial); static int WaitForEvent(Display *display, WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, int type, XEvent *eventPtr); static void WaitForMapNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, int mapped); | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 | static void CheckNetWmState(WmInfo *, Atom *atoms, int numAtoms); static void UpdateNetWmState(WmInfo *); static void WaitForConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, unsigned long serial); static int WaitForEvent(Display *display, WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, int type, XEvent *eventPtr); static void WaitForMapNotify(TkWindow *winPtr, int mapped); static Tk_RestrictAction WaitRestrictProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void WrapperEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void WmWaitMapProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkWmCleanup -- * |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
508 509 510 511 512 513 514 |
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
}
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
}
if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
| | | > | | | | | | 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 |
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
}
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
}
if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->iconDataPtr);
}
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) {
Tk_DestroyWindow(wmPtr->menubar);
}
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
}
while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
ckfree((char *) wmPtr);
}
if (dispPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) dispPtr->iconDataPtr);
dispPtr->iconDataPtr = NULL;
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
560 561 562 563 564 565 566 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmNewWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
| | | | < | 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmNewWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr;
wmPtr = (WmInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
memset(wmPtr, 0, sizeof(WmInfo));
wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
wmPtr->reparent = None;
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
wmPtr->numTransients = 0;
wmPtr->hints.flags = InputHint | StateHint;
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = None;
wmPtr->hints.icon_window = None;
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = wmPtr->hints.icon_y = 0;
wmPtr->hints.icon_mask = None;
wmPtr->hints.window_group = None;
/*
* Initialize attributes.
*/
wmPtr->attributes.alpha = 1.0;
wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 0;
wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = 0;
wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen = 0;
wmPtr->reqState = wmPtr->attributes;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
624 625 626 627 628 629 630 |
UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
/*
* Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
* window manager.
*/
| | | 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 |
UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
/*
* Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
* window manager.
*/
Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, (ClientData) 0);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmMapWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
655 656 657 658 659 660 661 |
*/
void
TkWmMapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* mapped. */
{
| | | 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 |
*/
void
TkWmMapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* mapped. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
XTextProperty textProp;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
Tcl_DString ds;
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
680 681 682 683 684 685 686 | * Store all the window-manager-related information for the window. */ TkWmSetClass(winPtr); UpdateTitle(winPtr); UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr); | | | | | > | | | > | > | | | | | 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 |
* Store all the window-manager-related information for the window.
*/
TkWmSetClass(winPtr);
UpdateTitle(winPtr);
UpdatePhotoIcon(winPtr);
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
/*
* Don't map a transient if the master is not mapped.
*/
if (!Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
wmPtr->withdrawn = 1;
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
}
/*
* Make sure that we actually set the transient-for property, even
* if we are withdrawn. [Bug 1163496]
*/
XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
UpdateHints(winPtr);
UpdateWmProtocols(wmPtr);
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
UpdateCommand(winPtr);
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
&textProp) != 0) {
unsigned long pid = (unsigned long) getpid();
Atom atom;
XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
&textProp);
XFree((char *) textProp.value);
/*
* Inform the server (and more particularly any session
* manager) what our process ID is. We only do this when the
* CLIENT_MACHINE property is set since the spec for
* _NET_WM_PID requires that to be set too.
*/
atom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_PID");
XChangeProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
atom, XA_CARDINAL, 32, PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *) &pid, 1);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
}
if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
return;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
/*
* This window is an icon for somebody else. Make sure that the
* geometry is up-to-date, then return without mapping the window.
*/
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
}
UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
return;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
}
UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP;
/*
* Update _NET_WM_STATE hints:
*/
UpdateNetWmState(wmPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
823 824 825 826 827 828 829 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
{
| | | | | 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if ((WmInfo *) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr == wmPtr) {
winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
register WmInfo *prevPtr;
for (prevPtr = (WmInfo *) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ;
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
/* ASSERT: prevPtr != NULL [Bug 1789819] */
if (prevPtr->nextPtr == wmPtr) {
prevPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
}
}
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->title);
}
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->iconName);
}
if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->iconDataPtr);
}
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
}
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
889 890 891 892 893 894 895 |
XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
XReparentWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum), 0, 0);
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
}
while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
| | > | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 |
XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
XReparentWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum), 0, 0);
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
}
while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
}
/*
* Reset all transient windows whose master is the dead window.
*/
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) {
wmPtr->numTransients--;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr,
StructureNotifyMask,
WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) wmPtr2->winPtr);
wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr2->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_TRANSIENT_FOR"));
/*
* FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can
* recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window
* decorations.
*/
}
}
}
/* ASSERT: numTransients == 0 [Bug 1789819] */
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
wmPtr2 = wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
/*
* If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore
*/
if (wmPtr2 != NULL) {
wmPtr2->numTransients--;
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
}
ckfree((char *) wmPtr);
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmSetClass --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
976 977 978 979 980 981 982 |
{
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
return;
}
if (winPtr->classUid != NULL) {
XClassHint *classPtr;
| | | | | > | | | | | | | | | > | | | < | | | | | > > | | | | < | | > | | | | < < | 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 |
{
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
return;
}
if (winPtr->classUid != NULL) {
XClassHint *classPtr;
Tcl_DString name, class;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->nameUid, -1, &name);
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, winPtr->classUid, -1, &class);
classPtr = XAllocClassHint();
classPtr->res_name = Tcl_DStringValue(&name);
classPtr->res_class = Tcl_DStringValue(&class);
XSetClassHint(winPtr->display, winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
classPtr);
XFree((char *) classPtr);
Tcl_DStringFree(&name);
Tcl_DStringFree(&class);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_WmObjCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tk_WmObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
"command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame",
"geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap",
"iconify", "iconmask", "iconname",
"iconphoto", "iconposition",
"iconwindow", "manage", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect",
"positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom",
"stackorder", "state", "title", "transient",
"withdraw", NULL };
enum options {
WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS,
WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FORGET, WMOPT_FRAME,
WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME,
WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION,
WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
WMOPT_WITHDRAW };
int index;
int length;
char *argv1;
TkWindow *winPtr;
Tk_Window targetWin;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
wrongNumArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (size_t) length) == 0)
&& (length >= 3)) {
int wmTracing;
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
((dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) ? "on" : "off"),
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmTracing) {
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
} else {
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc < 3) {
goto wrongNumArgs;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], &targetWin) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr = (TkWindow *) targetWin;
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) &&
(index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case WMOPT_ASPECT:
return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmAspectCmd( | | | | | | | < | | < | < > | 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmAspectCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", wmPtr->minAspect.x,
wmPtr->minAspect.y, wmPtr->maxAspect.x,
wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
} else {
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) ||
(denom2 <= 0)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1;
wmPtr->minAspect.y = denom1;
wmPtr->maxAspect.x = numer2;
wmPtr->maxAspect.y = denom2;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PAspect;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 |
WmSetAttribute(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
WmAttribute attribute, /* Code of attribute to set */
Tcl_Obj *value) /* New value */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
| < > | | > | | | > | | | | | | 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 |
WmSetAttribute(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */
WmAttribute attribute, /* Code of attribute to set */
Tcl_Obj *value) /* New value */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
switch (attribute) {
case WMATT_ALPHA: {
unsigned long opacity; /* 0=transparent, 0xFFFFFFFF=opaque */
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, value,
&wmPtr->reqState.alpha)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->reqState.alpha < 0.0) {
wmPtr->reqState.alpha = 0.0;
}
if (wmPtr->reqState.alpha > 1.0) {
wmPtr->reqState.alpha = 1.0;
}
if (!wmPtr->wrapperPtr) {
break;
}
opacity = 0xFFFFFFFFul * wmPtr->reqState.alpha;
XChangeProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"),
XA_CARDINAL, 32, PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *)&opacity, 1L);
wmPtr->attributes.alpha = wmPtr->reqState.alpha;
break;
}
case WMATT_TOPMOST:
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value,
&wmPtr->reqState.topmost)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_ABOVE",
wmPtr->reqState.topmost);
break;
case WMATT_TYPE:
if (TCL_OK != SetNetWmType(winPtr, value))
return TCL_ERROR;
break;
case WMATT_ZOOMED:
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value,
&wmPtr->reqState.zoomed)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
wmPtr->reqState.zoomed);
SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
wmPtr->reqState.zoomed);
break;
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value,
&wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
SetNetWmState(winPtr, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN",
wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen);
break;
case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: /* NOTREACHED */
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 |
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
switch (attribute) {
case WMATT_ALPHA:
return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->attributes.alpha);
case WMATT_TOPMOST:
| | | | | > | 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 |
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
switch (attribute) {
case WMATT_ALPHA:
return Tcl_NewDoubleObj(wmPtr->attributes.alpha);
case WMATT_TOPMOST:
return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.topmost);
case WMATT_ZOOMED:
return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.zoomed);
case WMATT_FULLSCREEN:
return Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->attributes.fullscreen);
case WMATT_TYPE:
return GetNetWmType(winPtr);
case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: /*NOTREACHED*/
break;
}
/*NOTREACHED*/
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmAttributesCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 | * See also: TIP#231, EWMH. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmAttributesCmd( | | | | | | | | | | | 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 |
* See also: TIP#231, EWMH.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmAttributesCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int attribute = 0;
if (objc == 3) { /* wm attributes $win */
Tcl_Obj *result = Tcl_NewListObj(0,0);
for (attribute = 0; attribute < _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE; ++attribute) {
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
Tcl_NewStringObj(WmAttributeNames[attribute], -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, result,
WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute));
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, result);
return TCL_OK;
} else if (objc == 4) { /* wm attributes $win -attribute */
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], WmAttributeNames,
"attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, WmGetAttribute(winPtr, attribute));
return TCL_OK;
} else if ((objc - 3) % 2 == 0) { /* wm attributes $win -att value... */
int i;
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], WmAttributeNames,
"attribute", 0, &attribute) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (WmSetAttribute(winPtr,interp,attribute,objv[i+1]) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-attribute ?value ...??");
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmClientCmd( | | | | | > < | | | | | | 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmClientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, wmPtr->clientMachine, TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,
"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc((unsigned) length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XTextProperty textProp;
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->clientMachine, -1, &ds);
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)), 1,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 | /* * Inform the server (and more particularly any session manager) * what our process ID is. We only do this when the CLIENT_MACHINE * property is set since the spec for _NET_WM_PID requires that to * be set too. */ | > | > | | 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 |
/*
* Inform the server (and more particularly any session manager)
* what our process ID is. We only do this when the CLIENT_MACHINE
* property is set since the spec for _NET_WM_PID requires that to
* be set too.
*/
XChangeProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_PID"),
XA_CARDINAL,32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) &pid,
1);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 |
static int
WmColormapwindowsCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | > < | | < | > < | < > | | | 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 |
static int
WmColormapwindowsCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Window *cmapList;
TkWindow *winPtr2;
int count, i, windowObjc, gotToplevel;
Tcl_Obj **windowObjv;
char buffer[20];
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (XGetWMColormapWindows(winPtr->display,
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, &cmapList, &count) == 0) {
return TCL_OK;
}
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
if ((i == (count-1))
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) {
break;
}
winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) Tk_IdToWindow(winPtr->display,
cmapList[i]);
if (winPtr2 == NULL) {
sprintf(buffer, "0x%lx", cmapList[i]);
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buffer);
} else {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, winPtr2->pathName);
}
}
XFree((char *) cmapList);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
cmapList = (Window *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(windowObjc+1) * sizeof(Window));
gotToplevel = 0;
for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) {
Tk_Window mapWin;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i],
&mapWin) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) cmapList);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) mapWin;
if (winPtr2 == winPtr) {
gotToplevel = 1;
}
if (winPtr2->window == None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 |
windowObjc++;
} else {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT;
XSetWMColormapWindows(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
cmapList, windowObjc);
| | | 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 |
windowObjc++;
} else {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT;
XSetWMColormapWindows(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
cmapList, windowObjc);
ckfree((char *) cmapList);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmCommandCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmCommandCmd( | | | | | | > | | < < | | | 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmCommandCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int cmdArgc;
CONST char **cmdArgv;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv),
TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_COMMAND"));
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv3, &cmdArgc, &cmdArgv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
}
wmPtr->cmdArgc = cmdArgc;
wmPtr->cmdArgv = cmdArgv;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
UpdateCommand(winPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmDeiconifyCmd( | | | | < | | < | | < < | 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmDeiconifyCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", winPtr->pathName,
": it is an embedded window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmFocusmodelCmd( | | | | | < | > | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < | < | < | < | 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmFocusmodelCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"active", "passive", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?active|passive?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (wmPtr->hints.input ? "passive" : "active"),
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) {
wmPtr->hints.input = False;
} else { /* OPT_PASSIVE */
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
}
UpdateHints(winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmForgetCmd --
*
* This procedure is invoked to process the "wm forget" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
{
register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
TkFocusJoin(winPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
RemapWindows(winPtr, winPtr->parentPtr);
/* flags (above) must be cleared before calling */
/* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
} else {
/* Already not managed by wm - ignore it */
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmFrameCmd( | | | | | | | 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmFrameCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Window window;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
window = wmPtr->reparent;
if (window == None) {
window = Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (unsigned int) window);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmGeometryCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmGeometryCmd( | | | | | > > | | > | 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmGeometryCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char xSign, ySign;
int width, height;
char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+';
ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+';
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (winPtr->changes.width
- winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight + (winPtr->changes.height
- winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
} else {
width = winPtr->changes.width;
height = winPtr->changes.height;
}
sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d", width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x,
ySign, wmPtr->y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
wmPtr->width = -1;
wmPtr->height = -1;
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmGridCmd( | | | | | | | < | | | 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmGridCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", wmPtr->reqGridWidth,
wmPtr->reqGridHeight, wmPtr->widthInc,
wmPtr->heightInc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
/*
* Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
* ungridded numbers.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 |
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) !=TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reqWidth < 0) {
| < | < < | < < | < < | < | 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 |
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) !=TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reqWidth < 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "baseWidth can't be < 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reqHeight < 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "baseHeight can't be < 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (widthInc <= 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "widthInc can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (heightInc <= 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "heightInc can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetGrid((Tk_Window) winPtr, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc,
heightInc);
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 |
static int
WmGroupCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | > | | | 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 |
static int
WmGroupCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, wmPtr->leaderName, TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 |
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
}
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
| | | 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 |
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
}
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr);
wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc((unsigned) length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
}
UpdateHints(winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconbitmapCmd( | | | | | | | | | 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconbitmapCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
char *argv3;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)
Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap),
TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconifyCmd( | | | | < | | < < < | | | < < | < | < | | < < | | | | 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconifyCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": it is a transient", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName,
": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName,
": it is an embedded window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"couldn't send iconify message to window manager",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 |
static int
WmIconmaskCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 |
static int
WmIconmaskCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)
Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask),
TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_mask != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconnameCmd( | | | | | > > | < < > | | | | 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconnameCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int length;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
((wmPtr->iconName != NULL) ? wmPtr->iconName : ""),
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
} else {
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->iconName);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc((unsigned) length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
UpdateTitle(winPtr);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconphotoCmd( | | | | | 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconphotoCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
int i, size = 0, width, height, index = 0, x, y, isDefault = 0;
unsigned long *iconPropertyData;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 |
* Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a
* buffer large enough to hold all images.
*/
for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
if (photo == NULL) {
| | | < < | > | < < < < > | > | | | | | | | | 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 |
* Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a
* buffer large enough to hold all images.
*/
for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
if (photo == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
/*
* We need to cardinals for width & height and one cardinal for each
* image pixel.
*/
size += 2 + width * height;
}
/*
* We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed
* memory space. This is an unsigned long array (despite this being twice
* as much as is really needed on LP64 platforms) because that's what X
* defines CARD32 arrays to use. [Bug 2902814]
*/
iconPropertyData = (unsigned long *)
attemptckalloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * size);
if (iconPropertyData == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
memset(iconPropertyData, 0, sizeof(unsigned long) * size);
for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) {
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
if (photo == NULL) {
Tcl_Free((char *) iconPropertyData);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);
/*
* Each image data will be placed as an array of 32bit packed
* CARDINAL, in a window property named "_NET_WM_ICON": _NET_WM_ICON
*
* _NET_WM_ICON CARDINAL[][2+n]/32
*
* This is an array of possible icons for the client. This spec. does
* not stipulate what size these icons should be, but individual
* desktop environments or toolkits may do so. The Window Manager MAY
* scale any of these icons to an appropriate size.
*
* This is an array of 32bit packed CARDINAL ARGB with high byte being
* A, low byte being B. The first two cardinals are width, height.
* Data is in rows, left to right and top to bottom. The data will be
* endian-swapped going to the server if necessary. [Bug 2830420]
*/
/*
* Encode the image data in the iconPropertyData array.
*/
iconPropertyData[index++] = (unsigned) width;
iconPropertyData[index++] = (unsigned) height;
for (y = 0; y < height; y++) {
for (x = 0; x < width; x++) {
register unsigned char *pixelPtr =
block.pixelPtr + x*block.pixelSize + y*block.pitch;
register unsigned long R, G, B, A;
R = pixelPtr[block.offset[0]];
G = pixelPtr[block.offset[1]];
B = pixelPtr[block.offset[2]];
A = pixelPtr[block.offset[3]];
iconPropertyData[index++] = A<<24 | R<<16 | G<<8 | B<<0;
}
}
}
if (wmPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->iconDataPtr);
wmPtr->iconDataPtr = NULL;
}
if (isDefault) {
if (winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr);
}
winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData;
winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize = size;
} else {
wmPtr->iconDataPtr = (unsigned char *) iconPropertyData;
wmPtr->iconDataSize = size;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmIconpositionCmd( | | | | | | | | | | | 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmIconpositionCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", wmPtr->hints.icon_x,
wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
} else {
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)){
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y;
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
}
UpdateHints(winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 |
static int
WmIconwindowCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 |
static int
WmIconwindowCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->icon), TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 |
}
wmPtr->icon = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
| | | < < | | < | < | 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 |
}
wmPtr->icon = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
" as icon window: not at top level", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
" is already an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor),
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
WmInfo *wmPtr3 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL;
wmPtr3->withdrawn = 1;
wmPtr3->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
}
/*
* Disable button events in the icon window: some window managers
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 |
wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
if (!wmPtr2->withdrawn && !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
wmPtr2->withdrawn = 0;
if (XWithdrawWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin2),
Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr),
Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin2)) == 0) {
| | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < < | < | | < | < | 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 |
wmPtr->icon = tkwin2;
wmPtr2->iconFor = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
if (!wmPtr2->withdrawn && !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
wmPtr2->withdrawn = 0;
if (XWithdrawWindow(Tk_Display(tkwin2),
Tk_WindowId(wmPtr2->wrapperPtr),
Tk_ScreenNumber(tkwin2)) == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
WaitForMapNotify((TkWindow *) tkwin2, 0);
}
}
UpdateHints(winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmManageCmd --
*
* This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command.
* See the user documentation for details on what it does.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
{
register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window) winPtr;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"",
Tk_PathName(frameWin), "\" is not manageable: must be "
"a frame, labelframe or toplevel", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkFocusSplit(winPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
winPtr->flags |= TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
TkWmNewWindow(winPtr);
TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
}
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED;
RemapWindows(winPtr, wmPtr->wrapperPtr);
/* flags (above) must be set before calling */
/* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
TkMapTopFrame (frameWin);
} else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
/* Already managed by wm - ignore it */
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmMaxsizeCmd( | | | | | < | | | 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmMaxsizeCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", width, height);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->maxWidth = width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmMinsizeCmd( | | | | | < | | | 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmMinsizeCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", wmPtr->minWidth, wmPtr->minHeight);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->minWidth = width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmOverrideredirectCmd( | | | | | 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmOverrideredirectCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
int boolean, curValue;
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), curValue);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (curValue != boolean) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmPositionfromCmd( | | | | | < < | | < | | | 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmPositionfromCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"program", "user", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user/program?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USPosition) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "user", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PPosition) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "program", TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition);
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_USER) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PPosition;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
} else {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USPosition;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmProtocolCmd( | | | | | | | < < | | < | < < | < > | | | | 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmProtocolCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
Atom protocol;
char *cmd;
int cmdLength;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
/*
* Return a list of all defined protocols for the window.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protPtr->protocol));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
protocol = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
if (objc == 4) {
/*
* Return the command to handle a given protocol.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, protPtr->command, TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Special case for _NET_WM_PING: that's always handled directly.
*/
if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "_NET_WM_PING") == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "may not alter handling of that protocol",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
* specified command, unless the command is empty.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
break;
}
}
cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
if (cmdLength > 0) {
protPtr = (ProtocolHandler *) ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
protPtr->protocol = protocol;
protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
protPtr->interp = interp;
memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
}
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmResizableCmd( | | | | | > | | | | 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmResizableCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d",
(wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1,
(wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (width) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmSizefromCmd( | | | | | < < | | < | | | 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmSizefromCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"program", "user", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user|program?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USSize) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "user", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PSize) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "program", TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize);
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_USER) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PSize;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USSize;
} else { /* OPT_PROGRAM */
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 |
static int
WmStackorderCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | < < < | | < < < | | < < | | < | | < > < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 |
static int
WmStackorderCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"isabove", "isbelow", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW };
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?isabove|isbelow window?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
if (windows != NULL) {
/* ASSERT: true [Bug 1789819]*/
for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (*window_ptr)->pathName);
}
ckfree((char *) windows);
return TCL_OK;
}
} else {
Tk_Window relWin;
TkWindow *winPtr2;
int index1=-1, index2=-1, result;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4], &relWin) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
winPtr2 = (TkWindow *) relWin;
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName,
"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\" isn't mapped", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName,
"\" isn't mapped", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and
* find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order.
*/
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
if (windows == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
if (*window_ptr == winPtr) {
index1 = (window_ptr - windows);
}
if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) {
index2 = (window_ptr - windows);
}
}
/* ASSERT: index1 != -1 && index2 != -2 [Bug 1789819] */
ckfree((char *) windows);
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
result = index1 > index2;
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
result = index1 < index2;
}
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), result);
return TCL_OK;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmStateCmd( | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < | | | < < < | | < | | < < < | | | | < | 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmStateCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static CONST char *optionStrings[] = {
"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", NULL };
enum options {
OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN };
int index;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 4) {
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), ": it is an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
(void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
} else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": it is a transient", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState) == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"couldn't send iconify message to window manager",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else { /* OPT_WITHDRAWN */
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "icon", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (wmPtr->withdrawn) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "withdrawn", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (Tk_IsMapped((Tk_Window) winPtr)
|| ((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
&& (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == NormalState))) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "normal", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "iconic", TCL_STATIC);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmTitleCmd( | | | | | > < | < | < > > | | | | 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmTitleCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int length;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)
((wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid),
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
} else {
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->title);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->title = ckalloc((unsigned) length + 1);
strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
UpdateTitle(winPtr);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 |
static int
WmTransientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < | | < < | | < < < | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | < | | | | 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 |
static int
WmTransientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(masterPtr), TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
if (masterPtr != NULL) {
/*
* If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them
* anymore
*/
masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
/*
* FIXME: Need a call like Win32's UpdateWrapper() so we can
* recreate the wrapper and get rid of the transient window
* decorations.
*/
}
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
} else {
Tk_Window masterWin;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &masterWin)!=TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
masterPtr = (TkWindow *) masterWin;
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {
/*
* Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel.
*/
masterPtr = masterPtr->parentPtr;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) masterPtr);
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\" a transient: it is an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
CreateWrapper(wmPtr2);
}
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
"\" a master: it is an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tk_PathName(winPtr),
"\" its own master", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
/*
* Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
* master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
* reflect the state of the master.
*/
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
StructureNotifyMask,
WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
}
masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients++;
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr,
StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
}
}
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL && !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
XSetTransientForHint(winPtr->display,
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window);
} else {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_TRANSIENT_FOR"));
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 | * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int WmWithdrawCmd( | | | | < | | < | | | | | | | | | 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 |
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmWithdrawCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't withdraw ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
if (TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState) == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"couldn't send withdraw message to window manager",
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry
* update.
*/
static void
WmUpdateGeom(
WmInfo *wmPtr,
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
* Invoked when a MapNotify or UnmapNotify event is delivered for a toplevel
* that is the master of a transient toplevel.
*/
static void
WmWaitMapProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
TkWindow *masterPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr;
if (masterPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) {
(void) TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 |
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
* of one grid unit. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
| | | 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 |
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
* of one grid unit. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
/*
* Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0
*/
if (widthInc <= 0) {
widthInc = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 |
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
| | | 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 |
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 |
void
Tk_UnsetGrid(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently
* controlling gridding. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
| | | 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 |
void
Tk_UnsetGrid(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently
* controlling gridding. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
/*
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
* information.
*/
while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 |
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
| | | 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 |
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 |
* wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */
{
TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
Window vRoot, ancestor, *children, dummy2, *virtualRootPtr, **vrPtrPtr;
Atom actualType;
int actualFormat;
unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
| | < < | > | > | > | > | | 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 |
* wmPtr->wrapperPtr. */
{
TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
Window vRoot, ancestor, *children, dummy2, *virtualRootPtr, **vrPtrPtr;
Atom actualType;
int actualFormat;
unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
unsigned int dummy;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
/*
* Identify the root window for wrapperPtr. This is tricky because of
* virtual root window managers like tvtwm. If the window has a property
* named __SWM_ROOT or __WM_ROOT then this property gives the id for a
* virtual root window that should be used instead of the root window of
* the screen.
*/
vRoot = RootWindow(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->screenNum);
wmPtr->vRoot = None;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL);
vrPtrPtr = &virtualRootPtr; /* Silence GCC warning */
if (((XGetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, "__WM_ROOT"), 0, (long) 1,
False, XA_WINDOW, &actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems,
&bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) vrPtrPtr) == Success)
&& (actualType == XA_WINDOW))
|| ((XGetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wrapperPtr, "__SWM_ROOT"), 0, (long) 1,
False, XA_WINDOW, &actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems,
&bytesAfter, (unsigned char **) vrPtrPtr) == Success)
&& (actualType == XA_WINDOW))) {
if ((actualFormat == 32) && (numItems == 1)) {
vRoot = wmPtr->vRoot = *virtualRootPtr;
} else if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
printf("%s format %d numItems %ld\n",
"ReparentEvent got bogus VROOT property:", actualFormat,
numItems);
}
XFree((char *) virtualRootPtr);
}
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
if (dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
printf("ReparentEvent: %s (%p) reparented to 0x%x, vRoot = 0x%x\n",
wmPtr->winPtr->pathName, wmPtr->winPtr,
(unsigned int) reparentEventPtr->parent, (unsigned int) vRoot);
}
/*
* Fetch correct geometry information for the new virtual root.
*/
UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 |
static int
ComputeReparentGeometry(
WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Information about toplevel window whose
* reparent info is to be recomputed. */
{
TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
int width, height, bd;
| | | | | 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 |
static int
ComputeReparentGeometry(
WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Information about toplevel window whose
* reparent info is to be recomputed. */
{
TkWindow *wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
int width, height, bd;
unsigned int dummy;
int xOffset, yOffset, x, y;
Window dummy2;
Status status;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(wrapperPtr->display, -1,-1,-1, NULL,NULL);
(void) XTranslateCoordinates(wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window,
wmPtr->reparent, 0, 0, &xOffset, &yOffset, &dummy2);
status = XGetGeometry(wrapperPtr->display, wmPtr->reparent,
&dummy2, &x, &y, (unsigned int *) &width,
(unsigned int *) &height, (unsigned int *) &bd, &dummy);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
if (status == 0) {
/*
* It appears that the reparented parent went away and no-one told us.
* Reset the window to indicate that it's not reparented.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 |
if (eventPtr->atom == _NET_WM_STATE) {
Atom actualType;
int actualFormat;
unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
unsigned char *propertyValue = 0;
long maxLength = 1024;
| | > > | | 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 |
if (eventPtr->atom == _NET_WM_STATE) {
Atom actualType;
int actualFormat;
unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter;
unsigned char *propertyValue = 0;
long maxLength = 1024;
if (XGetWindowProperty(
wrapperPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, _NET_WM_STATE,
0l, maxLength, False, XA_ATOM,
&actualType, &actualFormat, &numItems, &bytesAfter,
&propertyValue) == Success) {
CheckNetWmState(wmPtr, (Atom *) propertyValue, (int) numItems);
XFree(propertyValue);
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 | * Side effects: * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect * the structural change. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | | 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 |
* Side effects:
* Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect
* the structural change.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static const unsigned int WrapperEventMask =
(StructureNotifyMask | PropertyChangeMask);
static void
WrapperEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Information about toplevel window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *) clientData;
XEvent mapEvent;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = wmPtr->winPtr->dispPtr;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 | * Side effects: * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this * happens as a when-idle action). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void TopLevelReqProc( | > | | | < | | 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 |
* Side effects:
* Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
* happens as a when-idle action).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
TopLevelReqProc(
ClientData dummy, /* Not used. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
if ((wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr) == NULL)
return;
if ((wmPtr->width >= 0) && (wmPtr->height >= 0)) {
/*
* Explicit dimensions have been set for this window, so we should
* ignore the geometry request. It's actually important to ignore the
* geometry request because, due to quirks in window managers,
* invoking UpdateGeometryInfo may cause the window to move. For
* example, if "wm geometry -10-20" was invoked, the window may be
* positioned incorrectly the first time it appears (because we didn't
* know the proper width of the window manager borders); if we invoke
* UpdateGeometryInfo again, the window will be positioned correctly,
* which may cause it to jump on the screen.
*/
return;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
/*
* If the window isn't being positioned by its upper left corner then we
* have to move it as well.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateGeometryInfo(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
{
| | | | 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateGeometryInfo(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y, width, height, min, max;
unsigned long serial;
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
/*
* Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 |
* There may also be a size-hint-update request pending from somewhere
* else, too.
*/
if (((width != winPtr->changes.width)
|| (height != winPtr->changes.height))
&& (wmPtr->gridWin == NULL)
| | | | 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 |
* There may also be a size-hint-update request pending from somewhere
* else, too.
*/
if (((width != winPtr->changes.width)
|| (height != winPtr->changes.height))
&& (wmPtr->gridWin == NULL)
&& ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (PMinSize|PMaxSize)) == 0)) {
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS) {
UpdateSizeHints(winPtr, width, height);
}
/*
* Reconfigure the wrapper if it isn't already configured correctly. A few
* tricky points:
*
* 1. If the window is embeddedand the container is also in this process,
* don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the desired size on
* to the container. Also, zero out any position information, since
* embedded windows are not allowed to move.
* 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size than we
* asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so base the
* size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got.
* 3. Can't just reconfigure always, because we may not get a
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 |
}
return;
}
serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display);
height += wmPtr->menuHeight;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) {
if ((x + wmPtr->xInParent == winPtr->changes.x) &&
| | | 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 |
}
return;
}
serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display);
height += wmPtr->menuHeight;
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) {
if ((x + wmPtr->xInParent == winPtr->changes.x) &&
(y + wmPtr->yInParent + wmPtr->menuHeight == winPtr->changes.y)
&& (width == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.width)
&& (height == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->changes.height)) {
/*
* The window already has the correct geometry, so don't bother to
* configure it; the X server appears to ignore these requests, so
* we won't get back a ConfigureNotify and the
* WaitForConfigureNotify call below will hang for a while.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 |
static void
UpdateSizeHints(
TkWindow *winPtr,
int newWidth,
int newHeight)
{
| | | 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 |
static void
UpdateSizeHints(
TkWindow *winPtr,
int newWidth,
int newHeight)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
XSizeHints *hintsPtr;
int maxWidth, maxHeight;
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
hintsPtr = XAllocSizeHints();
if (hintsPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 |
string = (wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, string, -1, &ds);
XStoreName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
| > > | | > | | > > | 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 |
string = (wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, string, -1, &ds);
XStoreName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
XChangeProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_NAME"),
XA_UTF8_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
(const unsigned char *) string, (signed int) strlen(string));
/*
* Set icon name:
*/
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->iconName, -1, &ds);
XSetIconName(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
XChangeProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME"),
XA_UTF8_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
(const unsigned char *) wmPtr->iconName,
(signed int) strlen(wmPtr->iconName));
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdatePhotoIcon --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 |
int size = wmPtr->iconDataSize;
if (data == NULL) {
data = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr;
size = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize;
}
if (data != NULL) {
| > > > | > > > | | 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 |
int size = wmPtr->iconDataSize;
if (data == NULL) {
data = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataPtr;
size = winPtr->dispPtr->iconDataSize;
}
if (data != NULL) {
/*
* Set icon:
*/
XChangeProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "_NET_WM_ICON"),
XA_CARDINAL, 32, PropModeReplace,
(unsigned char *) data, size);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetNetWmState --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 |
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT");
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ");
}
if (wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen) {
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
}
| > | | | | 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 |
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT");
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin,"_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ");
}
if (wmPtr->reqState.fullscreen) {
atoms[numAtoms++] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
}
XChangeProperty(Tk_Display(tkwin), wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_STATE"), XA_ATOM, 32,
PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) atoms, numAtoms);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WaitForConfigureNotify --
*
* This function is invoked in order to synchronize with the window
* manager. It waits for a ConfigureNotify event to arrive, signalling
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 |
WaitForEvent(
Display *display, /* Display event is coming from. */
WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, /* Window for which event is desired. */
int type, /* Type of event that is wanted. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Place to store event. */
{
WaitRestrictInfo info;
| | | | > | > | 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 |
WaitForEvent(
Display *display, /* Display event is coming from. */
WmInfo *wmInfoPtr, /* Window for which event is desired. */
int type, /* Type of event that is wanted. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Place to store event. */
{
WaitRestrictInfo info;
Tk_RestrictProc *oldRestrictProc;
ClientData oldRestrictData;
Tcl_Time timeout;
/*
* Set up an event filter to select just the events we want, and a timer
* handler, then wait for events until we get the event we want or a
* timeout happens.
*/
info.display = display;
info.wmInfoPtr = wmInfoPtr;
info.type = type;
info.eventPtr = eventPtr;
info.foundEvent = 0;
oldRestrictProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(WaitRestrictProc, (ClientData) &info,
&oldRestrictData);
Tcl_GetTime(&timeout);
timeout.sec += 2;
while (!info.foundEvent) {
if (!TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout)) {
break;
}
}
(void) Tk_RestrictEvents(oldRestrictProc, oldRestrictData,
&oldRestrictData);
if (info.foundEvent) {
return TCL_OK;
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 |
*/
static Tk_RestrictAction
WaitRestrictProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to WaitRestrictInfo structure. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that is about to be handled. */
{
| | | 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 |
*/
static Tk_RestrictAction
WaitRestrictProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to WaitRestrictInfo structure. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that is about to be handled. */
{
WaitRestrictInfo *infoPtr = (WaitRestrictInfo *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == ReparentNotify) {
return TK_PROCESS_EVENT;
}
if (((eventPtr->xany.window != infoPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr->window)
&& (eventPtr->xany.window != infoPtr->wmInfoPtr->reparent))
|| (eventPtr->xany.display != infoPtr->display)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * SetNetWmType -- * | | | | | | | | < < | > | | | < > | > | | | | > | < | | > | > | < | 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetNetWmType --
*
* Set the extended window manager hints for a toplevel window
* to the types provided. The specification states that this
* may be a list of window types in preferred order. To permit
* for future type definitions, the set of names is unconstrained
* and names are converted to upper-case and appended to
* "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_" before being converted to an Atom.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SetNetWmType(TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Obj *typePtr)
{
Atom typeAtom, *atoms = NULL;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
Tcl_Obj **objv;
int objc, n;
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
Tcl_Interp *interp = Tk_Interp(tkwin);
if (TCL_OK != Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, typePtr, &objc, &objv)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_HasWrapper(tkwin)) {
return TCL_OK; /* error?? */
}
if (objc > 0) {
atoms = (Atom *)ckalloc(sizeof(Atom) * objc);
}
for (n = 0; n < objc; ++n) {
Tcl_DString ds, dsName;
int len;
char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[n], &len);
Tcl_UtfToUpper(name);
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, name, len, &dsName);
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", 20);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tcl_DStringValue(&dsName),
Tcl_DStringLength(&dsName));
Tcl_DStringFree(&dsName);
atoms[n] = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
}
wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
typeAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE");
XChangeProperty(Tk_Display(tkwin), wrapperPtr->window, typeAtom,
XA_ATOM, 32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) atoms, objc);
ckfree((char *)atoms);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetNetWmType --
*
* Read the extended window manager type hint from a window
* and return as a list of names suitable for use with
* SetNetWmType.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj *
GetNetWmType(TkWindow *winPtr)
{
Atom typeAtom, actualType, *atoms;
int actualFormat;
unsigned long n, count, bytesAfter;
unsigned char *propertyValue = NULL;
long maxLength = 1024;
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
Tcl_Obj *typePtr;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
Tcl_DString ds;
interp = Tk_Interp(tkwin);
typePtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
CreateWrapper(winPtr->wmInfoPtr);
}
wrapperPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapperPtr;
typeAtom = Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE");
if (Success == XGetWindowProperty(wrapperPtr->display,
wrapperPtr->window, typeAtom, 0L, maxLength, False,
XA_ATOM, &actualType, &actualFormat, &count,
&bytesAfter, &propertyValue)) {
atoms = (Atom *)propertyValue;
for (n = 0; n < count; ++n) {
const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, atoms[n]);
if (strncmp("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_", name, 20) == 0) {
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, name+20, -1, &ds);
Tcl_UtfToLower(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, typePtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParseGeometry(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | | 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParseGeometry(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
char *string, /* String containing new geometry. Has the
* standard form "=wxh+x+y". */
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry
* is to be changed. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y, width, height, flags;
char *end;
register char *p = string;
/*
* The leading "=" is optional.
*/
if (*p == '=') {
p++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 | /* * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore * them. */ | | | < | < | 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 |
/*
* Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an
* explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers
* assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore
* them.
*/
if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
}
}
/*
* Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for
* the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager
* at the next idle moment.
*/
wmPtr->width = width;
wmPtr->height = height;
wmPtr->x = x;
wmPtr->y = y;
flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
wmPtr->flags = flags;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetRootCoords --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 |
void
Tk_GetRootCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
{
int x, y;
| | | 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 |
void
Tk_GetRootCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
{
int x, y;
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
/*
* Search back through this window's parents all the way to a top-level
* window, combining the offsets of each window within its parent.
*/
x = y = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tk_Window
Tk_CoordsToWindow(
int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If a
* virtual-root window manager is in use,
* these coordinates refer to the virtual
* root, not the real root. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for any window in application; used
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 |
}
if (child == None) {
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
return NULL;
}
for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL;
wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) {
| < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 |
}
if (child == None) {
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
return NULL;
}
for (wmPtr = (WmInfo *) dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr != NULL;
wmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr) {
if (wmPtr->reparent == child) {
goto gotToplevel;
}
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr != NULL) {
if (child == wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window) {
goto gotToplevel;
}
} else if (child == wmPtr->winPtr->window) {
goto gotToplevel;
}
}
x = childX;
y = childY;
parent = window;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 |
* or below
*/
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
handler = NULL;
}
winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
/*
* Step 3: at this point winPtr and wmPtr refer to the toplevel that
* contains the given coordinates, and childX and childY give the
* translated coordinates in the *parent* of the toplevel. Now decide
* whether the coordinates are in the menubar or the actual toplevel, and
* translate the coordinates into the coordinate system of that window.
| > > > | 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 |
* or below
*/
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
handler = NULL;
}
winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
if (winPtr->mainPtr != ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr) {
return NULL;
}
/*
* Step 3: at this point winPtr and wmPtr refer to the toplevel that
* contains the given coordinates, and childX and childY give the
* translated coordinates in the *parent* of the toplevel. Now decide
* whether the coordinates are in the menubar or the actual toplevel, and
* translate the coordinates into the coordinate system of that window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 |
&& (tmpy < (childPtr->changes.height + bd))) {
nextPtr = childPtr;
}
}
if (nextPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
| > | | | | > | | < < | < < < | 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 |
&& (tmpy < (childPtr->changes.height + bd))) {
nextPtr = childPtr;
}
}
if (nextPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
winPtr = nextPtr;
x -= winPtr->changes.x;
y -= winPtr->changes.y;
if ((winPtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)
&& (winPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES)) {
/*
* The window containing the point is a container, and the
* embedded application is in this same process. Switch over to
* the toplevel for the embedded application and start processing
* that toplevel from scratch.
*/
winPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
childX = x;
childY = y;
goto gotToplevel;
}
}
return (Tk_Window) winPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 |
static void
UpdateVRootGeometry(
WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information to be updated.
* The wmPtr->vRoot field must be valid. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
int bd;
| | | 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 |
static void
UpdateVRootGeometry(
WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information to be updated.
* The wmPtr->vRoot field must be valid. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
int bd;
unsigned int dummy;
Window dummy2;
Status status;
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
/*
* If this isn't a virtual-root window manager, just return information
* about the screen.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 |
/*
* Refresh the virtual root information if it's out of date.
*/
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
status = XGetGeometry(winPtr->display, wmPtr->vRoot,
&dummy2, &wmPtr->vRootX, &wmPtr->vRootY,
| | | | 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 |
/*
* Refresh the virtual root information if it's out of date.
*/
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL);
status = XGetGeometry(winPtr->display, wmPtr->vRoot,
&dummy2, &wmPtr->vRootX, &wmPtr->vRootY,
(unsigned int *) &wmPtr->vRootWidth,
(unsigned int *) &wmPtr->vRootHeight, (unsigned int *) &bd,
&dummy);
if (winPtr->dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) {
printf("UpdateVRootGeometry: x = %d, y = %d, width = %d, ",
wmPtr->vRootX, wmPtr->vRootY, wmPtr->vRootWidth);
printf("height = %d, status = %d\n", wmPtr->vRootHeight, status);
}
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 |
void
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
| | | | | | 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 |
void
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window");
}
wmPtr->x = x;
wmPtr->y = y;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
}
/*
* If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
* up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server
* that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position.
*/
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
}
UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateWmProtocols --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 | * The WM_PROTOCOLS property gets changed for wmPtr's window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void UpdateWmProtocols( | | | | | > > | | | 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 |
* The WM_PROTOCOLS property gets changed for wmPtr's window.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateWmProtocols(
register WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Information about top-level window. */
{
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
Atom deleteWindowAtom, pingAtom;
int count;
Atom *arrayPtr, *atomPtr;
/*
* There are only two tricky parts here. First, there could be any number
* of atoms for the window, so count them and malloc an array to hold all
* of their atoms. Second, we *always* want to respond to the
* WM_DELETE_WINDOW and _NET_WM_PING protocols, even if no-one's
* officially asked.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, count = 2; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr, count++) {
/* Empty loop body; we're just counting the handlers. */
}
arrayPtr = (Atom *) ckalloc((unsigned) count * sizeof(Atom));
deleteWindowAtom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr,
"WM_DELETE_WINDOW");
pingAtom = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, "_NET_WM_PING");
arrayPtr[0] = deleteWindowAtom;
arrayPtr[1] = pingAtom;
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, atomPtr = &arrayPtr[1];
protPtr != NULL; protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protPtr->protocol != deleteWindowAtom
&& protPtr->protocol != pingAtom) {
*(atomPtr++) = protPtr->protocol;
}
}
XChangeProperty(wmPtr->winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) wmPtr->winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS"),
XA_ATOM, 32, PropModeReplace, (unsigned char *) arrayPtr,
atomPtr-arrayPtr);
ckfree((char *) arrayPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmProtocolEventProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 |
void
TkWmProtocolEventProc(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
| | | | 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 |
void
TkWmProtocolEventProc(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
Atom protocol;
int result;
CONST char *protocolName;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0];
/*
* If this is a _NET_WM_PING message, send it back to the root window
* immediately. We do that here because scripts *cannot* respond correctly
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 |
* Tk_GetAtomName.
*/
protocolName = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
| | | > > | | < | | | | 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 |
* Tk_GetAtomName.
*/
protocolName = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) protPtr);
interp = protPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, protPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command for \"");
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, protocolName);
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp,
"\" window manager protocol)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) protPtr);
return;
}
}
/*
* No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW
* message then just destroy the window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6413 6414 6415 6416 6417 6418 6419 |
TkWindow **
TkWmStackorderToplevel(
TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */
{
Window dummy1, dummy2, vRoot;
Window *children;
| | | | < < | | | | < < | < | 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 |
TkWindow **
TkWmStackorderToplevel(
TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */
{
Window dummy1, dummy2, vRoot;
Window *children;
unsigned int numChildren, i;
TkWindow *childWinPtr, **windows, **window_ptr;
Tcl_HashTable table;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
Tcl_HashSearch search;
/*
* Map X Window ids to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel.
*/
Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
window_ptr = windows = (TkWindow **)
ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *));
/*
* Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to
* call XQueryTree.
*/
switch (table.numEntries) {
case 0:
windows[0] = NULL;
goto done;
case 1:
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
windows[0] = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
windows[1] = NULL;
goto done;
}
vRoot = parentPtr->wmInfoPtr->vRoot;
if (vRoot == None) {
vRoot = RootWindowOfScreen(Tk_Screen((Tk_Window) parentPtr));
}
if (XQueryTree(parentPtr->display, vRoot, &dummy1, &dummy2,
&children, &numChildren) == 0) {
ckfree((char *) windows);
windows = NULL;
} else {
for (i = 0; i < numChildren; i++) {
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) children[i]);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
*window_ptr++ = childWinPtr;
}
}
/* ASSERT: window_ptr - windows == table.numEntries
* (#matched toplevel windows == #children) [Bug 1789819]
*/
*window_ptr = NULL;
if (numChildren) {
XFree((char *) children);
}
}
done:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 |
int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking;
* must be Above or Below. */
TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if
* NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
* below *all* siblings. */
{
XWindowChanges changes;
| | | 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 6395 6396 6397 6398 6399 |
int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking;
* must be Above or Below. */
TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if
* NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or
* below *all* siblings. */
{
XWindowChanges changes;
unsigned int mask;
TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
memset(&changes, 0, sizeof(XWindowChanges));
changes.stack_mode = aboveBelow;
mask = CWStackMode;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6633 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 |
}
/*
* Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically
* add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
*/
| | | | 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 |
}
/*
* Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically
* add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
*/
newPtr = (Window *) ckalloc((unsigned) (count+2) * sizeof(Window));
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
newPtr[i] = oldPtr[i];
}
if (count == 0) {
count++;
}
newPtr[count-1] = winPtr->window;
newPtr[count] = topPtr->window;
XSetWMColormapWindows(topPtr->display, wrapperPtr->window, newPtr,
count+1);
ckfree((char *) newPtr);
if (oldPtr != NULL) {
XFree((char *) oldPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 |
* which lookup is to be done. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
Window w, root, child;
int rootX, rootY;
| | | 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 6666 |
* which lookup is to be done. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
Window w, root, child;
int rootX, rootY;
unsigned int mask;
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
w = wmPtr->vRoot;
if (w == None) {
w = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6868 6869 6870 6871 6872 6873 6874 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkSetTransientFor(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window parent)
{
| | | 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkSetTransientFor(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_Window parent)
{
if (parent == None) {
parent = Tk_Parent(tkwin);
while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(parent))
parent = Tk_Parent(parent);
}
/*
* Prevent crash due to incomplete initialization, or other problems.
* [Bugs 3554026, 3561016]
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6890 6891 6892 6893 6894 6895 6896 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpMakeMenuWindow -- * | | | | | < < | | < | > > > > | < < < < < < < < | 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 6785 6786 6787 6788 6789 6790 6791 6792 6793 6794 6795 6796 6797 6798 6799 6800 6801 6802 6803 6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 6811 6812 6813 6814 6815 6816 6817 6818 6819 6820 6821 6822 6823 6824 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMakeMenuWindow --
*
* Configure the window to be either a pull-down (or pop-up) menu, or as
* a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Changes the style bit used to create a new Mac toplevel.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMakeMenuWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */
int transient) /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a
* popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu
* is always visible, e.g. as a torn-off menu.
* Determines whether save_under and
* override_redirect should be set. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
TkWindow *wrapperPtr;
Tcl_Obj *typeObj;
if (!Tk_HasWrapper(tkwin)) {
return;
}
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr->wrapperPtr == NULL) {
CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
}
wrapperPtr = wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
if (transient) {
atts.override_redirect = True;
atts.save_under = True;
typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("dropdown_menu", -1);
} else {
atts.override_redirect = False;
atts.save_under = False;
typeObj = Tcl_NewStringObj("menu", -1);
TkSetTransientFor(tkwin, None);
}
SetNetWmType((TkWindow *)tkwin, typeObj);
/*
* The override-redirect and save-under bits must be set on the wrapper
* window in order to have the desired effect. However, also set the
* override-redirect bit on the window itself, so that the "wm
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6986 6987 6988 6989 6990 6991 6992 |
CreateWrapper(
WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information for the
* window. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr;
Window parent;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
| | | 6857 6858 6859 6860 6861 6862 6863 6864 6865 6866 6867 6868 6869 6870 6871 |
CreateWrapper(
WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information for the
* window. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr;
Window parent;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
int new;
winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr;
if (winPtr->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7030 7031 7032 7033 7034 7035 7036 |
parent, wrapperPtr->changes.x, wrapperPtr->changes.y,
(unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.width,
(unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.height,
(unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.border_width, wrapperPtr->depth,
InputOutput, wrapperPtr->visual,
wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts|CWOverrideRedirect, &wrapperPtr->atts);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&wrapperPtr->dispPtr->winTable,
| | | 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 6907 6908 6909 6910 6911 6912 6913 6914 6915 |
parent, wrapperPtr->changes.x, wrapperPtr->changes.y,
(unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.width,
(unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.height,
(unsigned) wrapperPtr->changes.border_width, wrapperPtr->depth,
InputOutput, wrapperPtr->visual,
wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts|CWOverrideRedirect, &wrapperPtr->atts);
hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&wrapperPtr->dispPtr->winTable,
(char *) wrapperPtr->window, &new);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, wrapperPtr);
wrapperPtr->mainPtr = winPtr->mainPtr;
wrapperPtr->mainPtr->refCount++;
wrapperPtr->dirtyAtts = 0;
wrapperPtr->dirtyChanges = 0;
wrapperPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 |
/*
* Tk must monitor structure events for wrapper windows in order to detect
* changes made by window managers such as resizing, mapping, unmapping,
* etc..
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr,
| | | 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 |
/*
* Tk must monitor structure events for wrapper windows in order to detect
* changes made by window managers such as resizing, mapping, unmapping,
* etc..
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr,
WrapperEventMask, WrapperEventProc, (ClientData) wmPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmFocusToplevel --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 |
* canceled and the menu height is reset to
* 0. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window parent;
TkWindow *menubarPtr = (TkWindow *) menubar;
| < | < < | < | 6992 6993 6994 6995 6996 6997 6998 6999 7000 7001 7002 7003 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 |
* canceled and the menu height is reset to
* 0. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window parent;
TkWindow *menubarPtr = (TkWindow *) menubar;
/* Could be a Frame (i.e. not a toplevel) */
if (wmPtr == NULL)
return;
if (wmPtr->menubar != NULL) {
/*
* There's already a menubar for this toplevel. If it isn't the same
* as the new menubar, unmap it so that it is out of the way, and
* reparent it back to its original parent.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 |
parent = Tk_Parent(wmPtr->menubar);
if (parent != NULL) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent);
XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(wmPtr->menubar),
Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->menubar), Tk_WindowId(parent), 0, 0);
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(wmPtr->menubar, StructureNotifyMask,
| | | 7016 7017 7018 7019 7020 7021 7022 7023 7024 7025 7026 7027 7028 7029 7030 |
parent = Tk_Parent(wmPtr->menubar);
if (parent != NULL) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent);
XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(wmPtr->menubar),
Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->menubar), Tk_WindowId(parent), 0, 0);
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler(wmPtr->menubar, StructureNotifyMask,
MenubarDestroyProc, (ClientData) wmPtr->menubar);
Tk_ManageGeometry(wmPtr->menubar, NULL, NULL);
}
wmPtr->menubar = menubar;
if (menubar == NULL) {
wmPtr->menuHeight = 0;
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7175 7176 7177 7178 7179 7180 7181 | CreateWrapper(wmPtr); } XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(menubar), Tk_WindowId(menubar), wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, 0, 0); menubarPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr; Tk_MoveResizeWindow(menubar, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), wmPtr->menuHeight); Tk_MapWindow(menubar); | | | | | | 7042 7043 7044 7045 7046 7047 7048 7049 7050 7051 7052 7053 7054 7055 7056 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 |
CreateWrapper(wmPtr);
}
XReparentWindow(Tk_Display(menubar), Tk_WindowId(menubar),
wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window, 0, 0);
menubarPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
Tk_MoveResizeWindow(menubar, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), wmPtr->menuHeight);
Tk_MapWindow(menubar);
Tk_CreateEventHandler(menubar, StructureNotifyMask, MenubarDestroyProc,
(ClientData) menubar);
Tk_ManageGeometry(menubar, &menubarMgrType, (ClientData) wmPtr);
menubarPtr->flags |= TK_REPARENTED;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) tkwin);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 |
return;
}
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) clientData)->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr->menubar = NULL;
wmPtr->menuHeight = 0;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
| | | 7088 7089 7090 7091 7092 7093 7094 7095 7096 7097 7098 7099 7100 7101 7102 |
return;
}
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) clientData)->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr->menubar = NULL;
wmPtr->menuHeight = 0;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) wmPtr->winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7249 7250 7251 7252 7253 7254 7255 |
static void
MenubarReqProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the window manager information
* for tkwin's toplevel. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Handle for menubar window. */
{
| | | | 7116 7117 7118 7119 7120 7121 7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 7129 7130 7131 7132 7133 7134 7135 7136 7137 7138 |
static void
MenubarReqProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the window manager information
* for tkwin's toplevel. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Handle for menubar window. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *) clientData;
wmPtr->menuHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin);
if (wmPtr->menuHeight <= 0) {
wmPtr->menuHeight = 1;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) wmPtr->winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7284 7285 7286 7287 7288 7289 7290 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkWindow *
TkpGetWrapperWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* A toplevel window pointer. */
{
| | | 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 7157 7158 7159 7160 7161 7162 7163 7164 7165 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkWindow *
TkpGetWrapperWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* A toplevel window pointer. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if ((winPtr == NULL) || (wmPtr == NULL)) {
return NULL;
}
return wmPtr->wrapperPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateCommand(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
| | | | | | | 7181 7182 7183 7184 7185 7186 7187 7188 7189 7190 7191 7192 7193 7194 7195 7196 7197 7198 7199 7200 7201 7202 7203 7204 7205 7206 7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 7214 7215 7216 7217 7218 7219 7220 7221 7222 7223 7224 7225 7226 7227 7228 7229 7230 7231 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateCommand(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tcl_DString cmds, ds;
int i, *offsets;
char **cmdArgv;
/*
* Translate the argv strings into the external encoding. To avoid
* allocating lots of memory, the strings are appended to a buffer with
* nulls between each string.
*
* This code is tricky because we need to pass and array of pointers to
* XSetCommand. However, we can't compute the pointers as we go because
* the DString buffer space could get reallocated. So, store offsets for
* each element as we go, then compute pointers from the offsets once the
* entire DString is done.
*/
cmdArgv = (char **) ckalloc(sizeof(char *) * wmPtr->cmdArgc);
offsets = (int *) ckalloc(sizeof(int) * wmPtr->cmdArgc);
Tcl_DStringInit(&cmds);
for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmdArgc; i++) {
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, wmPtr->cmdArgv[i], -1, &ds);
offsets[i] = Tcl_DStringLength(&cmds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmds, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)+1);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
cmdArgv[0] = Tcl_DStringValue(&cmds);
for (i = 1; i < wmPtr->cmdArgc; i++) {
cmdArgv[i] = cmdArgv[0] + offsets[i];
}
XSetCommand(winPtr->display, wmPtr->wrapperPtr->window,
cmdArgv, wmPtr->cmdArgc);
Tcl_DStringFree(&cmds);
ckfree((char *) cmdArgv);
ckfree((char *) offsets);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpWmSetState --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7423 7424 7425 7426 7427 7428 7429 | } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * RemapWindows * | | > | | | | | | | 7290 7291 7292 7293 7294 7295 7296 7297 7298 7299 7300 7301 7302 7303 7304 7305 7306 7307 7308 7309 7310 7311 7312 7313 7314 7315 7316 7317 7318 7319 7320 7321 7322 7323 7324 7325 7326 7327 |
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* RemapWindows
*
* Adjust parent/child relation ships of
* the given window hierarchy.
*
* Results:
* none
*
* Side effects:
* keeps windowing system (X11) happy
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RemapWindows(winPtr, parentPtr)
TkWindow *winPtr;
TkWindow *parentPtr;
{
XWindowAttributes win_attr;
if (winPtr->window) {
XGetWindowAttributes(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, &win_attr);
if (parentPtr == NULL) {
XReparentWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
XRootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum),
win_attr.x, win_attr.y);
} else if (parentPtr->window) {
XReparentWindow(parentPtr->display, winPtr->window,
parentPtr->window,
win_attr.x, win_attr.y);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to unix/tkUnixXId.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 | /* * tkUnixXId.c -- * * Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_GetPixmap -- * * Same as the XCreatePixmap function except that it manages resource | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 |
/*
* tkUnixXId.c --
*
* This file provides a replacement function for the default X resource
* allocator (_XAllocID). The problem with the default allocator is that
* it never re-uses ids, which causes long-lived applications to crash
* when X resource identifiers wrap around. The replacement functions in
* this file re-use old identifiers to prevent this problem.
*
* The code in this file is based on similar implementations by
* George C. Kaplan and Michael Hoegeman.
*
* Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
* Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
/*
* The definition below is needed on some systems so that we can access the
* resource_alloc field of Display structures in order to replace the resource
* allocator.
*/
#define XLIB_ILLEGAL_ACCESS 1
#include "tkUnixInt.h"
/*
* A structure of the following type is used to hold one or more available
* resource identifiers. There is a list of these structures for each display.
*/
#define IDS_PER_STACK 10
typedef struct TkIdStack {
XID ids[IDS_PER_STACK]; /* Array of free identifiers. */
int numUsed; /* Indicates how many of the entries in ids
* are currently in use. */
TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display to which ids belong. */
struct TkIdStack *nextPtr; /* Next bunch of free identifiers for the same
* display. */
} TkIdStack;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
*/
static XID AllocXId(Display *display);
static Tk_RestrictAction CheckRestrictProc(ClientData clientData,
XEvent *eventPtr);
static void WindowIdCleanup(ClientData clientData);
static void WindowIdCleanup2(ClientData clientData);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkInitXId --
*
* This function is called to initialize the id allocator for a given
* display.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The official allocator for the display is set up to be AllocXId.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkInitXId(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Tk's information about the display. */
{
dispPtr->idStackPtr = NULL;
dispPtr->defaultAllocProc = (XID (*) (Display *display))
dispPtr->display->resource_alloc;
dispPtr->display->resource_alloc = AllocXId;
dispPtr->windowStackPtr = NULL;
dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = (Tcl_TimerToken) 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFreeXId --
*
* This function is called to free resources for the id allocator for a
* given display.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Frees the id and window stack pools.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFreeXId(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Tk's information about the display. */
{
TkIdStack *stackPtr, *freePtr;
if (dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled) {
Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled);
}
for (stackPtr = dispPtr->idStackPtr; stackPtr != NULL; ) {
freePtr = stackPtr;
stackPtr = stackPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) freePtr);
}
dispPtr->idStackPtr = NULL;
for (stackPtr = dispPtr->windowStackPtr; stackPtr != NULL; ) {
freePtr = stackPtr;
stackPtr = stackPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) freePtr);
}
dispPtr->windowStackPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AllocXId --
*
* This function is invoked by Xlib as the resource allocator for a
* display.
*
* Results:
* The return value is an X resource identifier that isn't currently in
* use.
*
* Side effects:
* The identifier is removed from the stack of free identifiers, if it
* was previously on the stack.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static XID
AllocXId(
Display *display) /* Display for which to allocate. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
TkIdStack *stackPtr;
/*
* Find Tk's information about the display.
*/
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
/*
* If the topmost chunk on the stack is empty then free it. Then check for
* a free id on the stack and return it if it exists.
*/
stackPtr = dispPtr->idStackPtr;
if (stackPtr != NULL) {
while (stackPtr->numUsed == 0) {
dispPtr->idStackPtr = stackPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) stackPtr);
stackPtr = dispPtr->idStackPtr;
if (stackPtr == NULL) {
goto defAlloc;
}
}
stackPtr->numUsed--;
return stackPtr->ids[stackPtr->numUsed];
}
/*
* No free ids in the stack: just get one from the default allocator.
*/
defAlloc:
return (*dispPtr->defaultAllocProc)(display);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeXId --
*
* This function is called to indicate that an X resource identifier is
* now free.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The identifier is added to the stack of free identifiers for its
* display, so that it can be re-used.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeXId(
Display *display, /* Display for which xid was allocated. */
XID xid) /* Identifier that is no longer in use. */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr;
TkIdStack *stackPtr;
/*
* Find Tk's information about the display.
*/
dispPtr = TkGetDisplay(display);
/*
* Add a new chunk to the stack if the current chunk is full.
*/
stackPtr = dispPtr->idStackPtr;
if ((stackPtr == NULL) || (stackPtr->numUsed >= IDS_PER_STACK)) {
stackPtr = (TkIdStack *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkIdStack));
stackPtr->numUsed = 0;
stackPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
stackPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->idStackPtr;
dispPtr->idStackPtr = stackPtr;
}
/*
* Add the id to the current chunk.
*/
stackPtr->ids[stackPtr->numUsed] = xid;
stackPtr->numUsed++;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkFreeWindowId --
*
* This function is invoked instead of TkFreeXId for window ids. See
* below for the reason why.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The id given by w will eventually be freed, so that it can be reused
* for other resources.
*
* Design:
* Freeing window ids is very tricky because there could still be events
* pending for a window in the event queue (or even in the server) at the
* time the window is destroyed. If the window id were to get reused
* immediately for another window, old events could "drop in" on the new
* window, causing unexpected behavior.
*
* Thus we have to wait to re-use a window id until we know that there
* are no events left for it. Right now this is done in two steps. First,
* we wait until we know that the server has seen the XDestroyWindow
* request, so we can be sure that it won't generate more events for the
* window and that any existing events are in our queue. Second, we make
* sure that there are no events whatsoever in our queue (this is
* conservative but safe).
*
* The first step is done by remembering the request id of the
* XDestroyWindow request and using LastKnownRequestProcessed to see what
* events the server has processed. If multiple windows get destroyed at
* about the same time, we just remember the most recent request number
* for any of them (again, conservative but safe).
*
* There are a few other complications as well. When Tk destroys a
* sub-tree of windows, it only issues a single XDestroyWindow call, at
* the very end for the root of the subtree. We can't free any of the
* window ids until the final XDestroyWindow call. To make sure that this
* happens, we have to keep track of deletions in progress, hence the
* need for the "destroyCount" field of the display.
*
* One final problem. Some servers, like Sun X11/News servers still seem
* to have problems with ids getting reused too quickly. I'm not
* completely sure why this is a problem, but delaying the recycling of
* ids appears to eliminate it. Therefore, we wait an additional few
* seconds, even after "the coast is clear" before reusing the ids.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkFreeWindowId(
TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display that w belongs to. */
Window w) /* X identifier for window on dispPtr. */
{
TkIdStack *stackPtr;
/*
* Put the window id on a separate stack of window ids, rather than the
* main stack, so it won't get reused right away. Add a new chunk to the
* stack if the current chunk is full.
*/
stackPtr = dispPtr->windowStackPtr;
if ((stackPtr == NULL) || (stackPtr->numUsed >= IDS_PER_STACK)) {
stackPtr = (TkIdStack *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkIdStack));
stackPtr->numUsed = 0;
stackPtr->dispPtr = dispPtr;
stackPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->windowStackPtr;
dispPtr->windowStackPtr = stackPtr;
}
/*
* Add the id to the current chunk.
*/
stackPtr->ids[stackPtr->numUsed] = w;
stackPtr->numUsed++;
/*
* Schedule a call to WindowIdCleanup if one isn't already scheduled.
*/
if (!dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled) {
dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(100,
WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WindowIdCleanup --
*
* See if we can now free up all the accumulated ids of deleted windows.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* If it's safe to move the window ids back to the main free list, we
* schedule this to happen after a few mores seconds of delay. If it's
* not safe to move them yet, a timer handler gets invoked to try again
* later.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
WindowIdCleanup(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TkDisplay for display */
{
TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData;
int anyEvents, delta;
Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc;
ClientData oldData;
static Tcl_Time timeout = {0, 0};
dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = (Tcl_TimerToken) 0;
/*
* See if it's safe to recycle the window ids. It's safe if:
* (a) no deletions are in progress.
* (b) the server has seen all of the requests up to the last
* XDestroyWindow request.
* (c) there are no events in the event queue; the only way to test for
* this right now is to create a restrict proc that will filter the
* events, then call Tcl_DoOneEvent to see if the function gets
* invoked.
*/
if (dispPtr->destroyCount > 0) {
goto tryAgain;
}
delta = LastKnownRequestProcessed(dispPtr->display)
- dispPtr->lastDestroyRequest;
if (delta < 0) {
XSync(dispPtr->display, False);
}
anyEvents = 0;
oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(CheckRestrictProc, (ClientData) &anyEvents,
&oldData);
TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout);
Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldData, &oldData);
if (anyEvents) {
goto tryAgain;
}
/*
* These ids look safe to recycle, but we still need to delay a bit more
* (see comments for TkFreeWindowId). Schedule the final freeing.
*/
if (dispPtr->windowStackPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(5000, WindowIdCleanup2,
(ClientData) dispPtr->windowStackPtr);
dispPtr->windowStackPtr = NULL;
}
return;
/*
* It's still not safe to free up the ids. Try again a bit later.
*/
tryAgain:
dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(500,
WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WindowIdCleanup2 --
*
* This function is the last one in the chain that recycles window ids.
* It takes all of the ids indicated by its argument and adds them back
* to the main id free list.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Window ids get added to the main free list for their display.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
WindowIdCleanup2(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TkIdStack list. */
{
TkIdStack *stackPtr = (TkIdStack *) clientData;
TkIdStack *lastPtr;
lastPtr = stackPtr;
while (lastPtr->nextPtr != NULL) {
lastPtr = lastPtr->nextPtr;
}
lastPtr->nextPtr = stackPtr->dispPtr->idStackPtr;
stackPtr->dispPtr->idStackPtr = stackPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CheckRestrictProc --
*
* This function is a restrict function, called by Tcl_DoOneEvent to
* filter X events. All it does is to set a flag to indicate that there
* are X events present.
*
* Results:
* Sets the integer pointed to by the argument, then returns
* TK_DEFER_EVENT.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tk_RestrictAction
CheckRestrictProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to flag to set. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event to filter; not used. */
{
int *flag = (int *) clientData;
*flag = 1;
return TK_DEFER_EVENT;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetPixmap --
*
* Same as the XCreatePixmap function except that it manages resource
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
void
Tk_FreePixmap(
Display *display, /* Display for which pixmap was allocated. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Identifier for pixmap. */
{
XFreePixmap(display, pixmap);
}
| > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 |
void
Tk_FreePixmap(
Display *display, /* Display for which pixmap was allocated. */
Pixmap pixmap) /* Identifier for pixmap. */
{
XFreePixmap(display, pixmap);
Tk_FreeXId(display, (XID) pixmap);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted --
*
* Checks whether the window was recently deleted. This is called by the
* generic error handler to detect asynchronous notification of errors
* due to operations by Tk on a window that was already deleted by the
* server.
*
* Results:
* 1 if the window was deleted recently, 0 otherwise.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(
Window win, /* The window to check for. */
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* The window belongs to this display. */
{
TkIdStack *stackPtr;
int i;
for (stackPtr = dispPtr->windowStackPtr; stackPtr != NULL;
stackPtr = stackPtr->nextPtr) {
for (i = 0; i < stackPtr->numUsed; i++) {
if ((Window) stackPtr->ids[i] == win) {
return 1;
}
}
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpScanWindowId --
*
* Given a string, produce the corresponding Window Id.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScanWindowId(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
| | | 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScanWindowId(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
CONST char *string,
Window *idPtr)
{
int code;
Tcl_Obj obj;
obj.refCount = 1;
obj.bytes = (char *) string; /* DANGER?! */
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/Makefile.in.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | # # This file is a Makefile for Tk. If it has the name "Makefile.in" then it # is a template for a Makefile; to generate the actual Makefile, run # "./configure", which is a configuration script generated by the "autoconf" # program (constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the actual Makefile. | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | # # This file is a Makefile for Tk. If it has the name "Makefile.in" then it # is a template for a Makefile; to generate the actual Makefile, run # "./configure", which is a configuration script generated by the "autoconf" # program (constructs like "@foo@" will get replaced in the actual Makefile. VERSION = @TK_VERSION@ PATCH_LEVEL = @TK_PATCH_LEVEL@ #-------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Things you can change to personalize the Makefile for your own site (you can # make these changes in either Makefile.in or Makefile, but changes to # Makefile will get lost if you re-run the configuration script). |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 | # Directory in which to install manual entries for Tk's C library # procedures: MAN3_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man3 # Directory in which to install manual entries for the built-in Tk commands: MANN_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/mann # Directory in which to install the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk | > > > | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 | # Directory in which to install manual entries for Tk's C library # procedures: MAN3_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/man3 # Directory in which to install manual entries for the built-in Tk commands: MANN_INSTALL_DIR = $(MAN_INSTALL_DIR)/mann # Libraries built with optimization switches have this additional extension TK_DBGX = @TK_DBGX@ # Directory in which to install the pkgIndex.tcl file for loadable Tk PKG_INSTALL_DIR = $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/tk$(VERSION)$(TK_DBGX) # Package index file for loadable Tk PKG_INDEX = $(PKG_INSTALL_DIR)/pkgIndex.tcl # The directory containing the Tcl source and header files. TCL_SRC_DIR = @TCL_SRC_DIR@ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
126 127 128 129 130 131 132 | DLLSUFFIX = @DLLSUFFIX@ LIBSUFFIX = @LIBSUFFIX@ EXESUFFIX = @EXESUFFIX@ TK_STUB_LIB_FILE = @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@ TK_LIB_FILE = @TK_LIB_FILE@ TK_DLL_FILE = @TK_DLL_FILE@ | < < | | | | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 |
DLLSUFFIX = @DLLSUFFIX@
LIBSUFFIX = @LIBSUFFIX@
EXESUFFIX = @EXESUFFIX@
TK_STUB_LIB_FILE = @TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@
TK_LIB_FILE = @TK_LIB_FILE@
TK_DLL_FILE = @TK_DLL_FILE@
SHARED_LIBRARIES = $(TK_DLL_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
STATIC_LIBRARIES = $(TK_LIB_FILE)
WISH = wish$(VER)${EXESUFFIX}
TKTEST = tktest${EXEEXT}
CAT32 = cat32$(EXEEXT)
MAN2TCL = man2tcl$(EXEEXT)
@SET_MAKE@
# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the
# makefile to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj
# dependencies.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 | LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@ # To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to # debugging symbols, change the following line: #CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) #CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) #CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) | | | > | < | > > > > | 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@
# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
# debugging symbols, change the following line:
#CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
#CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
#CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ @CFLAGS_DEFAULT@ -D_ATL_XP_TARGETING=1 -D__USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO=0
# Special compiler flags to use when building man2tcl on Windows.
MAN2TCLFLAGS = @MAN2TCLFLAGS@
AR = @AR@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
CC = @CC@
RC = @RC@
RES = @RES@
TK_RES = @TK_RES@
AC_FLAGS = @EXTRA_CFLAGS@ @DEFS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ @LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE = @LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@
LDFLAGS_WINDOW = @LDFLAGS_WINDOW@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
STLIB_LD = @STLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD = @SHLIB_LD@
SHLIB_LD_LIBS = @SHLIB_LD_LIBS@
SHLIB_CFLAGS = @SHLIB_CFLAGS@
SHLIB_SUFFIX = @SHLIB_SUFFIX@
VER = @TK_MAJOR_VERSION@@TK_MINOR_VERSION@
DOTVER = @TK_MAJOR_VERSION@.@TK_MINOR_VERSION@
LIBS = $(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) @LIBS@ @LIBS_GUI@
RMDIR = rm -rf
MKDIR = mkdir -p
SHELL = @SHELL@
RM = rm -f
COPY = cp
BUILD_TCLSH = @BUILD_TCLSH@
# Tk does not used deprecated Tcl constructs so it should
# compile fine with -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED. To remove its own
# set of deprecated code uncomment the second line.
NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS =
#NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS = -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED -DTK_NO_DEPRECATED
# TCL_EXE is the name of a tclsh executable that is available *BEFORE*
# running make for the first time. Certain build targets (make genstubs)
# need it to be available on the PATH. This executable should *NOT* be
# required just to do a normal build although it can be required to run
# make dist.
TCL_EXE = @TCLSH_PROG@
CC_SWITCHES = ${CFLAGS} ${CFLAGS_WARNING} ${SHLIB_CFLAGS} \
-I"${GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${WIN_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${XLIB_DIR_NATIVE}" -I"${BITMAP_DIR_NATIVE}" \
-I"${TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE}" -I"${TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE}" \
${AC_FLAGS} $(NO_DEPRECATED_FLAGS)
CC_OBJNAME = @CC_OBJNAME@
CC_EXENAME = @CC_EXENAME@
STUB_CC_SWITCHES = ${CC_SWITCHES} -DUSE_TCL_STUBS
CON_CC_SWITCHES = ${CC_SWITCHES} -DCONSOLE
# Tk used to let the configure script choose which program to use
# for installing, but there are just too many different versions of
# "install" around; better to use the install-sh script that comes
# with the distribution, which is slower but guaranteed to work.
INSTALL = cp
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL}
WISH_OBJS = \
winMain.$(OBJEXT)
TKTEST_OBJS = \
testMain.$(OBJEXT) \
tkSquare.$(OBJEXT) \
tkTest.$(OBJEXT) \
tkOldTest.$(OBJEXT) \
tkWinTest.$(OBJEXT)
XLIB_OBJS = \
xcolors.$(OBJEXT) \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
277 278 279 280 281 282 283 | tkWinX.$(OBJEXT) \ stubs.$(OBJEXT) \ tk3d.$(OBJEXT) \ tkArgv.$(OBJEXT) \ tkAtom.$(OBJEXT) \ tkBind.$(OBJEXT) \ tkBitmap.$(OBJEXT) \ | < | 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 | tkWinX.$(OBJEXT) \ stubs.$(OBJEXT) \ tk3d.$(OBJEXT) \ tkArgv.$(OBJEXT) \ tkAtom.$(OBJEXT) \ tkBind.$(OBJEXT) \ tkBitmap.$(OBJEXT) \ tkButton.$(OBJEXT) \ tkCanvArc.$(OBJEXT) \ tkCanvBmap.$(OBJEXT) \ tkCanvImg.$(OBJEXT) \ tkCanvLine.$(OBJEXT) \ tkCanvPoly.$(OBJEXT) \ tkCanvPs.$(OBJEXT) \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
308 309 310 311 312 313 314 | tkGC.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGeometry.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGet.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGrab.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGrid.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImage.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgBmap.$(OBJEXT) \ | < < < < < < | 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 | tkGC.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGeometry.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGet.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGrab.$(OBJEXT) \ tkGrid.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImage.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgBmap.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgGIF.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgPPM.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgPhoto.$(OBJEXT) \ tkImgUtil.$(OBJEXT) \ tkListbox.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMacWinMenu.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMain.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMenu.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMenubutton.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMenuDraw.$(OBJEXT) \ tkMessage.$(OBJEXT) \ tkPanedWindow.$(OBJEXT) \ tkObj.$(OBJEXT) \ tkOldConfig.$(OBJEXT) \ tkOption.$(OBJEXT) \ tkPack.$(OBJEXT) \ tkPlace.$(OBJEXT) \ tkPointer.$(OBJEXT) \ tkRectOval.$(OBJEXT) \ tkScale.$(OBJEXT) \ tkScrollbar.$(OBJEXT) \ tkSelect.$(OBJEXT) \ tkStyle.$(OBJEXT) \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
432 433 434 435 436 437 438 | # Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass # args to tcltest, ie: # % make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test" test: test-classic test-ttk | | | | | | | | | | | | 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 | # Specifying TESTFLAGS on the command line is the standard way to pass # args to tcltest, ie: # % make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test" test: test-classic test-ttk test-classic: binaries $(TKTEST) $(CAT32) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/all.tcl" \ $(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32) test-ttk: binaries $(TKTEST) $(CAT32) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" \ $(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32) runtest: binaries $(TKTEST) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) $(TESTFLAGS) $(SCRIPT) # This target can be used to run wish from the build directory # via `make shell` or `make shell SCRIPT=foo.tcl` shell: binaries $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(SCRIPT) demo: $(WISH) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(WISH) $(ROOT_DIR)/library/demos/widget # This target can be used to run wish inside either gdb or insight gdb: binaries @echo "set env TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/library" > gdb.run @echo "set env TK_LIBRARY=$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/library" >> gdb.run PATH="$(TCL_BIN_DIR):$(PATH)"; export PATH; \ gdb ./$(WISH) --command=gdb.run |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
481 482 483 484 485 486 487 | echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \ $(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \ fi; \ done @echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; @$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX); @(\ | | | | | 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
echo "Installing $$i to $(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
$(COPY) $$i "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
fi; \
done
@echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)";
@$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX);
@(\
echo "if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] 8.5.0]} return";\
echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\
echo " || ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\
echo " package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll]]]";\
echo "} else {";\
echo " package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file normalize [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)]]]";\
echo "}";\
) > $(PKG_INDEX);
@for i in tkConfig.sh $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE); \
do \
if [ -f $$i ]; then \
echo "Installing $$i to $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)/"; \
$(COPY) $$i "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"; \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
605 606 607 608 609 610 611 | @for i in "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.h" "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntDecls.h" \ "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntPlatDecls.h" "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPort.h" \ "$(WIN_DIR)/tkWinPort.h" "$(WIN_DIR)/tkWinInt.h" "$(WIN_DIR)/tkWin.h"; \ do \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR); \ done; | | | < | | | < < < | | 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 |
@for i in "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkInt.h" "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntDecls.h" \
"$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkIntPlatDecls.h" "$(GENERIC_DIR)/tkPort.h" \
"$(WIN_DIR)/tkWinPort.h" "$(WIN_DIR)/tkWinInt.h" "$(WIN_DIR)/tkWin.h"; \
do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(PRIVATE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR); \
done;
$(WISH): $(WISH_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) wish.$(RES)
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(WISH_OBJS) $(TCL_LIB_FILE) $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(LIBS) \
wish.$(RES) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@
tktest: $(TKTEST)
$(TKTEST): $(TKTEST_OBJS) $(TK_LIB_FILE) wish.$(RES)
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(TKTEST_OBJS) $(TCL_LIB_FILE) \
$(TK_LIB_FILE) $(LIBS) \
wish.$(RES) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@
# Msys make requires this next rule for some reason.
$(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c:
cat32.${OBJEXT}: $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) "$(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c" $(CC_OBJNAME)
$(CAT32): cat32.${OBJEXT}
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) cat32.$(OBJEXT) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LIBS) $(LDFLAGS_CONSOLE)
# The following targets are configured by autoconf to generate either
# a shared library or static library
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
652 653 654 655 656 657 658 |
@$(RM) ${TK_LIB_FILE}
@MAKE_LIB@ ${TK_OBJS}
@POST_MAKE_LIB@
# Special case object file targets
winMain.$(OBJEXT): winMain.c
| | | < < < | | < | | | | > | 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 |
@$(RM) ${TK_LIB_FILE}
@MAKE_LIB@ ${TK_OBJS}
@POST_MAKE_LIB@
# Special case object file targets
winMain.$(OBJEXT): winMain.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
testMain.$(OBJEXT): winMain.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) -DTK_TEST @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkTest.$(OBJEXT): tkTest.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkOldTest.$(OBJEXT): tkOldTest.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkWinTest.$(OBJEXT): tkWinTest.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkSquare.$(OBJEXT): tkSquare.c
$(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkUnixMenubu.$(OBJEXT): ${UNIX_DIR}/tkUnixMenubu.c
$(CC) -c $(STUB_CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DBUILD_ttk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
tkUnixScale.$(OBJEXT): ${UNIX_DIR}/tkUnixScale.c
$(CC) -c $(STUB_CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DBUILD_ttk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
# Extra dependency info
tkConsole.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
tkMain.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
tkWindow.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile
# Add the object extension to the implicit rules. By default .obj is not
# automatically added.
.SUFFIXES: .${OBJEXT}
.SUFFIXES: .$(RES)
.SUFFIXES: .rc
# Implicit rule for all object files that will end up in the Tk library
%.$(OBJEXT): %.c
$(CC) -c $(STUB_CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DBUILD_ttk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME)
.rc.$(RES):
$(RC) @RC_OUT@ $@ @RC_TYPE@ @RC_DEFINES@ @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(RC_DIR_NATIVE)" @DEPARG@
depend:
cleanhelp:
$(RM) *.hlp *.cnt *.hpj *.GID *.rtf man2tcl${EXEEXT}
clean: cleanhelp
$(RM) *.lib *.a *.exp *.dll *.res *.${OBJEXT} *~ \#* TAGS a.out
$(RM) $(WISH) $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)
$(RM) *.pch *.ilk *.pdb *.zip
$(RMDIR) *.vfs
distclean: clean
$(RM) Makefile config.status config.cache config.log tkConfig.sh \
wish.exe.manifest
Makefile: $(SRC_DIR)/Makefile.in
./config.status
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
731 732 733 734 735 736 737 | @echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!" genstubs: $(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls" | | | 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 | @echo "This warning can be safely ignored, do not report as a bug!" genstubs: $(TCL_EXE) "$(TCL_TOOL_DIR)/genStubs.tcl" \ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" \ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tk.decls" \ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)/tkInt.decls" $(TCL_EXE) "$(TTK_DIR)/ttkGenStubs.tcl" \ "$(TTK_DIR)" \ "$(TTK_DIR)/ttk.decls" # # The list of all the targets that do not correspond to real files. This stops # 'make' from getting confused when someone makes an error in a rule. # |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/README.
|
| | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 |
Tk 8.5 for Windows
Originally by Scott Stanton while at Sun Microsystems Labs
This is the directory where you configure and compile the Windows
version of Tk. This directory also contains source files for Tk
that are specific to Microsoft Windows. The rest of this file
contains information specific to the Windows version of Tk.
Please see the README and win/README files that come with the
associated Tcl release for an extensive set of pointers to
documentation. You will need to obtain and compile the
Tcl release before using the Tk source distrition.
If you install the Tk sources next to the Tcl sources, then
the Tk Makefiles (e.g., makefile.vc for VC++) will properly
locate the necessary Tcl files. Otherwise you may need to
edit makefile.vc and adjust the path to Tcl accordingly.
Information about compiling for windows is maintained at:
http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html
|
Changes to win/buildall.vc.bat.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 | :: Where is the Tcl source directory? :: You can set the TCLDIR environment variable to your Tcl HEAD checkout if "%TCLDIR%" == "" set TCLDIR=..\..\tcl :: Build the normal stuff along with the help file. :: | | | | | | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 | :: Where is the Tcl source directory? :: You can set the TCLDIR environment variable to your Tcl HEAD checkout if "%TCLDIR%" == "" set TCLDIR=..\..\tcl :: Build the normal stuff along with the help file. :: set OPTS=threads if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols,threads nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc release OPTS=%OPTS% %1 if errorlevel 1 goto error :: Build the static core and shell. :: set OPTS=static,msvcrt,threads if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols,static,msvcrt,threads nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc shell OPTS=%OPTS% %1 if errorlevel 1 goto error set OPTS= set SYMBOLS= goto end |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
89 90 91 92 93 94 95 | :help title buildall.vc.bat help message echo usage: echo %0 : builds Tk for all build types (do this first) echo %0 install : installs all the release builds (do this second) echo %0 symbols : builds Tk for all debugging build types | | | 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 | :help title buildall.vc.bat help message echo usage: echo %0 : builds Tk for all build types (do this first) echo %0 install : installs all the release builds (do this second) echo %0 symbols : builds Tk for all debugging build types echo %0 symbols install : install all the debug builds echo. goto out :end title Building Tk, please wait... DONE! echo DONE! goto out :out pause title Command Prompt |
Changes to win/configure.
1 2 | #! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. | | < | < < | | | | < | | < < | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < | < | | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < > | | > | | < < < | < < < | | | | < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | | < > > | < < | > > | < > > > | | > | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > | | > < < < < | | | < < | < | < | < < | > < | < > < < > > > | | < | < | < | > | < < | > > | | < | < | > > > > > | > > | | > > < < > > > > > > | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 |
#! /bin/sh
# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59 for tk 8.5.
#
# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## --------------------- ##
# Be Bourne compatible
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
set -o posix
fi
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
# Support unset when possible.
if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_unset=unset
else
as_unset=false
fi
# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '
# NLS nuisances.
for as_var in \
LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
do
if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
else
$as_unset $as_var
fi
done
# Required to use basename.
if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_expr=expr
else
as_expr=false
fi
if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
as_basename=basename
else
as_basename=false
fi
# Name of the executable.
as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X/"$0" |
sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
as_lineno_1=$LINENO
as_lineno_2=$LINENO
as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all
# relative or not.
case $0 in
*[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
*) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
done
;;
esac
# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
as_myself=$0
fi
if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
{ echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
case $CONFIG_SHELL in
'')
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
case $as_dir in
/*)
if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
as_lineno_1=$LINENO
as_lineno_2=$LINENO
as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
$as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
$as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
export CONFIG_SHELL
exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
fi;;
esac
done
done
;;
esac
# Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
# uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a
# line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
# work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
# with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
# substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
# (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
# second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-)
sed '=' <$as_myself |
sed '
N
s,$,-,
: loop
s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
t loop
s,-$,,
s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
' >$as_me.lineno &&
chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
{ echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
# Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
# (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
# original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
. ./$as_me.lineno
# Exit status is that of the last command.
exit
}
case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
*c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
' ECHO_T=' ' ;;
*c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
esac
if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_expr=expr
else
as_expr=false
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
echo >conf$$.file
if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
# We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
# and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
if test -f conf$$.exe; then
# Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
as_ln_s='cp -p'
else
as_ln_s='ln -s'
fi
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
as_ln_s=ln
else
as_ln_s='cp -p'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
as_mkdir_p=:
else
test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
as_mkdir_p=false
fi
as_executable_p="test -f"
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
as_nl='
'
IFS=" $as_nl"
# CDPATH.
$as_unset CDPATH
# Name of the host.
# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status,
# so uname gets run too.
ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
exec 6>&1
#
# Initializations.
#
ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
ac_config_libobj_dir=.
cross_compiling=no
subdirs=
MFLAGS=
MAKEFLAGS=
SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
# This variable seems obsolete. It should probably be removed, and
# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used.
: ${ac_max_here_lines=38}
# Identity of this package.
PACKAGE_NAME='tk'
PACKAGE_TARNAME='tk'
PACKAGE_VERSION='8.5'
PACKAGE_STRING='tk 8.5'
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT=''
ac_unique_file="../generic/tk.h"
# Factoring default headers for most tests.
ac_includes_default="\
#include <stdio.h>
#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
# include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDLIB_H
# include <stdlib.h>
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_STRING_H
# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
# include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
# include <inttypes.h>
#else
# if HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>
# endif
#endif
#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
# include <unistd.h>
#endif"
ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT CPP EGREP AR ac_ct_AR RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB RC ac_ct_RC SET_MAKE TCL_THREADS TCL_VERSION TCL_BIN_DIR TCL_SRC_DIR TCL_LIB_FILE TCL_LIB_FLAG TCL_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC TCL_DEFS CYGPATH CELIB_DIR DL_LIBS CFLAGS_DEBUG CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CFLAGS_WARNING MAN2TCLFLAGS CFLAGS_DEFAULT LDFLAGS_DEFAULT VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE BUILD_TCLSH TCLSH_PROG TK_WIN_VERSION MACHINE TK_VERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION TK_MINOR_VERSION TK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_DBGX TK_LIB_FILE TK_DLL_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_SRC_DIR TK_BIN_DIR TCL_MAJOR_VERSION TCL_MINOR_VERSION TCL_PATCH_LEVEL TCL_DBGX CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX TK_SHARED_BUILD DEPARG EXTRA_CFLAGS STLIB_LD SHLIB_LD SHLIB_LD_LIBS SHLIB_CFLAGS SHLIB_SUFFIX CC_OBJNAME CC_EXENAME LDFLAGS_DEBUG LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE LDFLAGS_CONSOLE LDFLAGS_WINDOW RC_OUT RC_TYPE RC_INCLUDE RC_DEFINE RC_DEFINES TK_RES RES LIBS_GUI DLLSUFFIX LIBPREFIX LIBSUFFIX EXESUFFIX LIBRARIES MAKE_LIB MAKE_STUB_LIB POST_MAKE_LIB MAKE_DLL MAKE_EXE TK_LIB_FLAG TK_LIB_SPEC TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS'
ac_subst_files=''
# Initialize some variables set by options.
ac_init_help=
ac_init_version=false
# The variables have the same names as the options, with
# dashes changed to underlines.
cache_file=/dev/null
exec_prefix=NONE
no_create=
no_recursion=
prefix=NONE
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
801 802 803 804 805 806 807 | x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. | < | < > < | < < < < < < | < | < | < < < | < < | 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
x_libraries=NONE
# Installation directory options.
# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo"
# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix
# by default will actually change.
# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them.
bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
datadir='${prefix}/share'
sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
includedir='${prefix}/include'
oldincludedir='/usr/include'
infodir='${prefix}/info'
mandir='${prefix}/man'
ac_prev=
for ac_option
do
# If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
ac_prev=
continue
fi
ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
# Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
case $ac_option in
-bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
ac_prev=bindir ;;
-bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
bindir=$ac_optarg ;;
-build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
865 866 867 868 869 870 871 |
-cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
| --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
--config-cache | -C)
cache_file=config.cache ;;
| | | < < < | < < < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < | | | | | | | < | | < < | | 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
-cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
| --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
cache_file=$ac_optarg ;;
--config-cache | -C)
cache_file=config.cache ;;
-datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
ac_prev=datadir ;;
-datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
| --da=*)
datadir=$ac_optarg ;;
-disable-* | --disable-*)
ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;;
-enable-* | --enable-*)
ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'`
case $ac_option in
*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) ac_optarg=yes ;;
esac
eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
| --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
| --exec | --exe | --ex)
ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
-exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
| --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
944 945 946 947 948 949 950 |
ac_init_help=short ;;
-host | --host | --hos | --ho)
ac_prev=host_alias ;;
-host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
| < < < < < < | 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 |
ac_init_help=short ;;
-host | --host | --hos | --ho)
ac_prev=host_alias ;;
-host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
host_alias=$ac_optarg ;;
-includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
| --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
ac_prev=includedir ;;
-includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
| --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
includedir=$ac_optarg ;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
974 975 976 977 978 979 980 |
-libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
| --libexe | --libex | --libe)
ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
| --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
| < < < < < | > | > | 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 |
-libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
| --libexe | --libex | --libe)
ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
-libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
| --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;;
-localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
| --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
| --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
-localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
| --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
| --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;;
-mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
ac_prev=mandir ;;
-mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
mandir=$ac_optarg ;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 |
| --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
| --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
| --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
| --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
| --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
| < < < < < < < < < < | 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 |
| --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
| --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
| --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
| --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
| --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
silent=yes ;;
-sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
ac_prev=sbindir ;;
-sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 |
-v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
verbose=yes ;;
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
ac_init_version=: ;;
-with-* | --with-*)
| | | | | | | < | | < < | | | | < > | < < | < < < < < | | > < | | > | | | | | | < | < < < < < < < > | < < < | < | < < > > > > | > > > > | | > < > > < < < < < < < < | | | | | | > | | < < < | < < < | < < < | < < < | | | | > > > | > | < < < < < < < < < < | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | < | | > > > | | | | | > | | | | | | < < | < | < < < < < | > > < > > > < | | < < > < < | | < < | | | < < < < | | < < | | > | > | > | | < | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | > > | > > | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | < | 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 |
-v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
verbose=yes ;;
-version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V)
ac_init_version=: ;;
-with-* | --with-*)
ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
case $ac_option in
*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) ac_optarg=yes ;;
esac
eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;;
-without-* | --without-*)
ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'`
eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;;
--x)
# Obsolete; use --with-x.
with_x=yes ;;
-x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
| --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
ac_prev=x_includes ;;
-x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
| --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
x_includes=$ac_optarg ;;
-x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
| --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
-x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
| --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;;
-*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
;;
*=*)
ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
# Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
{ echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`
eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'"
export $ac_envvar ;;
*)
# FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0.
echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2
expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null &&
echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2
: ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}
;;
esac
done
if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`
{ echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
# Be sure to have absolute paths.
for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix
do
eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
case $ac_val in
[\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;;
*) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
esac
done
# Be sure to have absolute paths.
for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \
localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir
do
eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
case $ac_val in
[\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;;
*) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
esac
done
# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host'
# used to hold the argument of --host etc.
# FIXME: To remove some day.
build=$build_alias
host=$host_alias
target=$target_alias
# FIXME: To remove some day.
if test "x$host_alias" != x; then
if test "x$build_alias" = x; then
cross_compiling=maybe
echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host.
If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2
elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then
cross_compiling=yes
fi
fi
ac_tool_prefix=
test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias-
test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null
# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
if test -z "$srcdir"; then
ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
# Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$0" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
srcdir=$ac_confdir
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
srcdir=..
fi
else
ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
fi
if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
{ echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
else
{ echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
fi
(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null ||
{ echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'`
ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias
ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias
ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set}
ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias
ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
ac_env_CC_value=$CC
ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set}
ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC
ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS
ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS
ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set}
ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS
ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP
ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set}
ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP
#
# Report the --help message.
#
if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then
# Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
# This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
cat <<_ACEOF
\`configure' configures tk 8.5 to adapt to many kinds of systems.
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]...
To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as
VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables.
Defaults for the options are specified in brackets.
Configuration:
-h, --help display this help and exit
--help=short display options specific to this package
--help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages
-V, --version display version information and exit
-q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages
--cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled]
-C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache'
-n, --no-create do not create output files
--srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..']
_ACEOF
cat <<_ACEOF
Installation directories:
--prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
[$ac_default_prefix]
--exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
[PREFIX]
By default, \`make install' will install all the files in
\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify
an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix',
for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'.
For better control, use the options below.
Fine tuning of the installation directories:
--bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin]
--sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin]
--libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec]
--datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share]
--sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc]
--sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com]
--localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var]
--libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib]
--includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include]
--oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include]
--infodir=DIR info documentation [PREFIX/info]
--mandir=DIR man documentation [PREFIX/man]
_ACEOF
cat <<\_ACEOF
_ACEOF
fi
if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then
case $ac_init_help in
short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of tk 8.5:";;
esac
cat <<\_ACEOF
Optional Features:
--disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
--enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
--enable-threads build with threads (default: off)
--enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on)
--enable-64bit enable 64bit support (where applicable)
--enable-wince enable Win/CE support (where applicable)
--enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off)
--enable-embedded-manifest
embed manifest if possible (default: yes)
Optional Packages:
--with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
--without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
--with-tcl directory containing tcl configuration
(tclConfig.sh)
--with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR
Some influential environment variables:
CC C compiler command
CFLAGS C compiler flags
LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a
nonstandard directory <lib dir>
CPPFLAGS C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have
headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir>
CPP C preprocessor
Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help
it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations.
_ACEOF
fi
if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then
# If there are subdirs, report their specific --help.
ac_popdir=`pwd`
for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue
test -d $ac_dir || continue
ac_builddir=.
if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
# A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
else
ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
fi
case $srcdir in
.) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place.
ac_srcdir=.
if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
ac_top_srcdir=.
else
ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
fi ;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
*) # Relative path.
ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
esac
# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
# the directories may not exist.
case `pwd` in
.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*)
case "$ac_dir" in
.) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*)
case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*)
case $ac_srcdir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*)
case $ac_top_srcdir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
esac;;
esac
cd $ac_dir
# Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure.
if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then
echo
$SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu --help=recursive
elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then
echo
$SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure --help=recursive
elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac ||
test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then
echo
$ac_configure --help
else
echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2
fi
cd $ac_popdir
done
fi
test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0
if $ac_init_version; then
cat <<\_ACEOF
tk configure 8.5
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
_ACEOF
exit 0
fi
exec 5>config.log
cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
It was created by tk $as_me 8.5, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was
$ $0 $@
_ACEOF
{
cat <<_ASUNAME
## --------- ##
## Platform. ##
## --------- ##
hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`
uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
_ASUNAME
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
echo "PATH: $as_dir"
done
} >&5
cat >&5 <<_ACEOF
## ----------- ##
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 |
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
ac_configure_args=
ac_configure_args0=
ac_configure_args1=
ac_must_keep_next=false
for ac_pass in 1 2
do
for ac_arg
do
case $ac_arg in
-no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
continue ;;
| > | | | | | > > | | | | > | | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | | > | | < < > > | | > | < < < | > | | | > | < < < | > | | > | | | | | | | | | | > > > > < < < < | < < | < < < < < < | | < | | < | > | < < | | | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | < < < < | | < < < < < < | | | | > > | | < < | | > | > < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 |
# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs.
# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters.
# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression.
ac_configure_args=
ac_configure_args0=
ac_configure_args1=
ac_sep=
ac_must_keep_next=false
for ac_pass in 1 2
do
for ac_arg
do
case $ac_arg in
-no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
continue ;;
*" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
esac
case $ac_pass in
1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;;
2)
ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'"
if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then
ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal.
else
case $ac_arg in
*=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \
| -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \
| -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \
| -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x)
case "$ac_configure_args0 " in
"$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;;
esac
;;
-* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;;
esac
fi
ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'"
# Get rid of the leading space.
ac_sep=" "
;;
esac
done
done
$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; }
$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; }
# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete
# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there
# would cause problems or look ugly.
# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells,
# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap.
trap 'exit_status=$?
# Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging.
{
echo
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ---------------- ##
## Cache variables. ##
## ---------------- ##
_ASBOX
echo
# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
{
(set) 2>&1 |
case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
*ac_space=\ *)
sed -n \
"s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g;
s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p"
;;
*)
sed -n \
"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
;;
esac;
}
echo
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------------- ##
## Output variables. ##
## ----------------- ##
_ASBOX
echo
for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars
do
eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
done | sort
echo
if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ------------- ##
## Output files. ##
## ------------- ##
_ASBOX
echo
for ac_var in $ac_subst_files
do
eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var`
echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'"
done | sort
echo
fi
if test -s confdefs.h; then
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------- ##
## confdefs.h. ##
## ----------- ##
_ASBOX
echo
sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort
echo
fi
test "$ac_signal" != 0 &&
echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal"
echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status"
} >&5
rm -f core *.core &&
rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files &&
exit $exit_status
' 0
for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do
trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal
done
ac_signal=0
# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
echo >confdefs.h
# Predefined preprocessor variables.
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME"
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME"
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION"
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING"
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT"
_ACEOF
# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to.
# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
else
CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
fi
fi
for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;}
sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5
. "$ac_site_file"
fi
done
if test -r "$cache_file"; then
# Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special
# files actually), so we avoid doing that.
if test -f "$cache_file"; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;}
case $cache_file in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;;
*) . ./$cache_file;;
esac
fi
else
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;}
>$cache_file
fi
# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same
# value.
ac_cache_corrupted=false
for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 |
sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do
eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set
eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set
eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value"
eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value"
case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in
set,)
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;}
ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
,set)
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;}
ac_cache_corrupted=: ;;
,);;
*)
if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5
echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5
echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;}
ac_cache_corrupted=:
fi;;
esac
# Pass precious variables to config.status.
if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then
case $ac_new_val in
*" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*)
ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;;
*) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;;
esac
case " $ac_configure_args " in
*" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy.
*) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
esac
fi
done
if $ac_cache_corrupted; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;}
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh
TK_VERSION=8.5
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=5
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".19"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 |
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
| | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | > > | | | < | | | | > > | | | > | < < < < < < < | | < | > > > > | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | > > > | > | | | < | | > > > < < | > > | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | > > | > > > | < < > > | | < | > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < | | | | | > | | | | > > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > > > > < < < < < < | | | | | < | | | | | | > > | | | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | < < < < > | | | | | < < > | > | > > | | < < | | | < < < | < < < < < | < | < | > > > > > | | | | < | < > > | > > | < < | | < < < < < | | | | | | | | > > > > > | | 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 |
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
ac_ct_CC=$CC
# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
CC=$ac_ct_CC
else
CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then
ac_ct_CC=$CC
# Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
CC=$ac_ct_CC
else
CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
fi
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
# Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
ac_prog_rejected=no
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
ac_prog_rejected=yes
continue
fi
ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
# We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
shift
if test $# != 0; then
# We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
# However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
# first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
shift
ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@"
fi
fi
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
for ac_prog in cl
do
# Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC
if test -n "$CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
test -n "$CC" && break
done
fi
if test -z "$CC"; then
ac_ct_CC=$CC
for ac_prog in cl
do
# Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC
if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break
done
CC=$ac_ct_CC
fi
fi
test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
# Provide some information about the compiler.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \
"checking for C compiler version" >&5
ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2`
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out"
# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out.
# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition
# of exeext.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6
ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'`
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; then
# Find the output, starting from the most likely. This scheme is
# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last
# resort.
# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached.
# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile.
ac_cv_exeext=
# b.out is created by i960 compilers.
for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out
do
test -f "$ac_file" || continue
case $ac_file in
*.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj )
;;
conftest.$ac_ext )
# This is the source file.
;;
[ab].out )
# We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most
# certainly right.
break;;
*.* )
ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
# FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool,
# but it would be cool to find out if it's true. Does anybody
# maintain Libtool? --akim.
export ac_cv_exeext
break;;
* )
break;;
esac
done
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 77); exit 77; }; }
fi
ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6
# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6
# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0
# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program.
if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
if { ac_try='./$ac_file'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
cross_compiling=no
else
if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then
cross_compiling=yes
else
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs.
If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'.
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either
# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; then
# If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable)
# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will
# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with
# `rm'.
for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do
test -f "$ac_file" || continue
case $ac_file in
*.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;;
*.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'`
export ac_cv_exeext
break;;
* ) break;;
esac
done
else
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext
EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext
ac_exeext=$EXEEXT
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; then
for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do
case $ac_file in
*.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;;
*) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'`
break;;
esac
done
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6
OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext
ac_objext=$OBJEXT
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
#ifndef __GNUC__
choke me
#endif
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_compiler_gnu=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_compiler_gnu=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6
GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes`
ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set}
ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS="-g"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6
if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS
elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
CFLAGS="-g -O2"
else
CFLAGS="-g"
fi
else
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
CFLAGS="-O2"
else
CFLAGS=
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
ac_save_CC=$CC
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */
struct buf { int x; };
FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
static char *e (p, i)
char **p;
int i;
{
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 | va_end (v); return s; } /* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated | | | < < < < < > > | > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | < | | | < < < | | | > > | < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | < | | > | 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 |
va_end (v);
return s;
}
/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has
function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants.
These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated
as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get
proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an
array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something
that's true only with -std1. */
int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1];
int test (int i, double x);
struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
int argc;
char **argv;
int
main ()
{
return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
# breaks some systems' header files.
# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi
# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1
# HP-UX 10.20 and later -Ae
# HP-UX older versions -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
# SVR4 -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
do
CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg
break
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext
done
rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext
CC=$ac_save_CC
fi
case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
x|xno)
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;;
*)
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6
CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
esac
# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C. Since we use `exit',
# in C++ we need to declare it. In case someone uses the same compiler
# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide
# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
#ifndef __cplusplus
choke me
#endif
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
for ac_declaration in \
'' \
'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \
'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \
'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \
'extern "C" void exit (int);' \
'void exit (int);'
do
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_declaration
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
exit (42);
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
:
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_declaration
int
main ()
{
exit (42);
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
break
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
done
rm -f conftest*
if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then
echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h
echo $ac_declaration >>confdefs.h
echo '#endif' >>confdefs.h
fi
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
ac_cv_c_inline=no
for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifndef __cplusplus
typedef int foo_t;
static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; }
$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; }
#endif
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
done
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6
case $ac_cv_c_inline in
inline | yes) ;;
*)
case $ac_cv_c_inline in
no) ac_val=;;
*) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 | esac ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | > > > | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | > | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > | | | > > > > | | | | > > > > | 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 |
esac
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6
# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
CPP=
fi
if test -z "$CPP"; then
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
# Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded
for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp"
do
ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
# Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
# with a fresh cross-compiler works.
# Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
# <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
# On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
# not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
Syntax error
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
:
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
# Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
# OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers
# can be detected and how.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
# Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
# Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then
break
fi
done
ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
fi
CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP
else
ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6
ac_preproc_ok=false
for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes
do
# Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc
# with a fresh cross-compiler works.
# Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since
# <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers.
# On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
# not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifdef __STDC__
# include <limits.h>
#else
# include <assert.h>
#endif
Syntax error
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
:
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
# Broken: fails on valid input.
continue
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
# OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers
# can be detected and how.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <ac_nonexistent.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
# Broken: success on invalid input.
continue
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
# Passes both tests.
ac_preproc_ok=:
break
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
done
# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped.
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
if $ac_preproc_ok; then
:
else
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check
See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
ac_ext=c
ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5'
ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5'
ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1
then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E'
else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep'
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6
EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <float.h>
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
# SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <string.h>
_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
$EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
:
else
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
# ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdlib.h>
_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
$EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
:
else
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
# /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
:
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020)
# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
#else
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 |
int
main ()
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
| | | > > > > > > > | > > > | > > > > > | | < < | | > | > | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | < < < < < < < | | | | | | < | | | | > | > < | | > | | < | | | | | | > | > | 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 |
int
main ()
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i))
|| toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i))
exit(2);
exit (0);
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
:
else
echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
( exit $ac_status )
ac_cv_header_stdc=no
fi
rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
_ACEOF
fi
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$AR"; then
ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR
if test -n "$AR"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then
ac_ct_AR=$AR
# Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ar; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR
if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
AR=$ac_ct_AR
else
AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR"
fi
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB
if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then
ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB
# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB
if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB
else
RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
fi
if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then
# Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_RC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$RC"; then
ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC
if test -n "$RC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$RC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
fi
if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then
ac_ct_RC=$RC
# Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy windres; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
fi
fi
ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC
if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RC" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
RC=$ac_ct_RC
else
RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC"
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6
set x ${MAKE-make}
ac_make=`echo "" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'`
if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF
SHELL = /bin/sh
all:
@echo '@@@%%%=$(MAKE)=@@@%%%'
_ACEOF
# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering ...", which would confuse us.
case `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null` in
*@@@%%%=?*=@@@%%%*)
eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes;;
*)
eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no;;
esac
rm -f conftest.make
fi
if eval test \$ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set = yes; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
SET_MAKE=
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for building with threads" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for building with threads... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_threads"
tcl_ok=$enableval
else
tcl_ok=no
fi;
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
TCL_THREADS=1
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_THREADS 1
_ACEOF
# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1
_ACEOF
else
TCL_THREADS=0
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no (default)" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no (default)" >&6
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to build libraries" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking how to build libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given.
if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_shared"
tcl_ok=$enableval
else
tcl_ok=yes
fi;
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}shared" >&6
SHARED_BUILD=1
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}static" >&6
SHARED_BUILD=0
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define STATIC_BUILD 1
_ACEOF
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
#
# Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
# First, look for one uninstalled.
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given.
if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then
withval="$with_tcl"
with_tclconfig="${withval}"
fi;
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Tcl configuration" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Tcl configuration... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_c_tclconfig+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
# First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tclconfig}" in
*/tclConfig.sh )
if test -f "${with_tclconfig}"; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: --with-tcl argument should refer to directory containing tclConfig.sh, not to tclConfig.sh itself" >&2;}
with_tclconfig="`echo "${with_tclconfig}" | sed 's!/tclConfig\.sh$!!'`"
fi ;;
esac
if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig="`(cd "${with_tclconfig}"; pwd)`"
else
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
fi
# then check for a private Tcl installation
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in \
../tcl \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 |
fi
fi
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
| > | > | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | > | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | | | | | | < | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 |
fi
fi
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: Can't find Tcl configuration definitions. Use --with-tcl to specify a directory containing tclConfig.sh" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
else
no_tcl=
TCL_BIN_DIR="${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}found ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6
. "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh"
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}could not find ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" >&6
fi
#
# If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
#
if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
fi
#
# eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
#
eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags. This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given.
if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_64bit"
do64bit=$enableval
else
do64bit=no
fi;
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bit" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bit" >&6
# Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-wince or --disable-wince was given.
if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_wince"
doWince=$enableval
else
doWince=no
fi;
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $doWince" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$doWince" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --with-celib or --without-celib was given.
if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then
withval="$with_celib"
CELIB_DIR=$withval
else
CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB
fi;
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CELIB_DIR" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CELIB_DIR" >&6
# Set some defaults (may get changed below)
EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define MODULE_SCOPE extern
_ACEOF
# Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test.
else
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -m"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5
break 2
fi
done
done
test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo"
fi
fi
CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH
if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CYGPATH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$CYGPATH" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
fi
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
# MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
# which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
MACHINE="X86"
if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_cross+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifndef _WIN32
#error cross-compiler
#endif
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_cross=no
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_cross=yes
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cross" >&6
if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
*)
CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc"
LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
esac
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 |
if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
echo "END" >> $conftest
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | > > | | > | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 |
if test "$GCC" = "yes" && test "$CYGPATH" != "echo" ; then
conftest=/tmp/conftest.rc
echo "STRINGTABLE BEGIN" > $conftest
echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest
echo "END" >> $conftest
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows native path bug in windres... $ECHO_C" >&6
cyg_conftest=`$CYGPATH $conftest`
if { ac_try='$RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } ; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6
CYGPATH=echo
fi
conftest=
cyg_conftest=
fi
if test "$CYGPATH" = "echo"; then
DEPARG='"$<"'
else
DEPARG='"$(shell $(CYGPATH) $<)"'
fi
# set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
extra_cflags="-pipe"
extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mingw32 version of gcc" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for mingw32 version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_win32+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifdef _WIN32
#error win32
#endif
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_win32=no
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_win32=yes
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_win32" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_win32" >&6
if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking compiler flags" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking compiler flags... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
SHLIB_LD=""
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
LIBS="-lws2_32"
# mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't
LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32"
STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
RC_OUT=-o
RC_TYPE=
RC_INCLUDE=--include
RC_DEFINE=--define
RES=res.o
MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \$@"
POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \$@"
MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \$@"
LIBPREFIX="lib"
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
# static
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
runtime=
LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
else
# dynamic
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6
# ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option.
You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
runtime=
# Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
fi
# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \$@ ${extra_ldflags} \
-Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.dll.a,\$@)"
# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.a"
LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll
EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"
CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-arith"
LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=
# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
CC_OBJNAME="-o \$@"
CC_EXENAME="-o \$@"
# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
# built -- Console vs. Window.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 |
#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
| | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 |
#LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows -e _WinMain@16 ${extra_ldflags}"
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-mconsole ${extra_ldflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-mwindows ${extra_ldflags}"
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
;;
ia64)
MACHINE="IA64"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
;;
*)
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#ifndef _WIN64
#error 32-bit
#endif
int
main ()
{
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_win_64bit=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_win_64bit=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
do64bit=amd64
MACHINE="AMD64"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
fi
;;
esac
else
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
# static
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6
runtime=-MT
LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
else
# dynamic
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6
runtime=-MD
# Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
x1[4-9]*)
lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
;;
*)
;;
esac
fi
MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -out:\$@"
# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.lib"
LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
;;
ia64)
MACHINE="IA64"
;;
esac
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6
fi
LIBS="user32.lib advapi32.lib ws2_32.lib"
case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
x1[4-9]*)
LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
;;
*)
;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 |
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
# -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
LINKBIN="link"
fi
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 |
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
# -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
LINKBIN="link"
fi
if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
# Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
# Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
CEVERSION=420; # could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
TARGETCPU=ARMV4; # could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
ARCH=ARM; # could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
# If !yes then the user specified something
# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
ARCH=
eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
if (length($1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", $1; \
if ($1 < 400) { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
if (length($2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper($2) }; \
if (length($3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper($3) }; \
if (length($4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", $4 }; \
}'`
if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
fi
fi
OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
fi
fi
if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
fi
fi
# The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
# not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
else
CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
fi
CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
fi
fi
if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
else
CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
fi
CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'`
defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
for i in $defs ; do
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define $i 1
_ACEOF
done
# if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
# AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
# fi
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION
_ACEOF
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
else
LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
fi
# celib currently stuck at wce300 status
#LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
else
LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
fi
SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
RC_OUT=-fo
RC_TYPE=-r
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 | # Specify the CC output file names based on the target name CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\$@" CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\$@')\"" # Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being # built -- Console vs. Window. | | > | > | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | | < < | | > | > | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | > | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | | < < < < < < | < < | | | | | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > | | | | < | > | > > > > | | | | > | | < > > | > | | > | > > | | > | > > | > > | > | | | | > > | | | | | > | < | > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 4106 4107 4108 4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192 4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246 4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 4331 4332 4333 4334 4335 4336 4337 4338 4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469 4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573 4574 4575 4576 4577 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 4601 4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634 4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695 4696 4697 4698 4699 4700 4701 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746 4747 4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018 5019 5020 5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145 5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 |
# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\$@"
CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\$@')\""
# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
# built -- Console vs. Window.
if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
else
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
fi
fi
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1
_ACEOF
fi
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for SEH support in compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_seh+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
tcl_cv_seh=no
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
int main(int argc, char** argv) {
int a, b = 0;
__try {
a = 666 / b;
}
__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_seh=yes
else
echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
( exit $ac_status )
tcl_cv_seh=no
fi
rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_seh" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_NO_SEH 1
_ACEOF
fi
#
# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
#
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
int
main ()
{
EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int
_ACEOF
fi
# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#define VOID void
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
int
main ()
{
CHAR c;
SHORT s;
LONG l;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1
_ACEOF
fi
# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
# warning when initializing a union member.
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cast to union support" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for cast to union support... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
int
main ()
{
union foo { int i; double d; };
union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1
_ACEOF
fi
fi
# DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for intptr_t" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for intptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_type_intptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdint.h>
int
main ()
{
if ((intptr_t *) 0)
return 0;
if (sizeof (intptr_t))
return 0;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_type_intptr_t=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_type_intptr_t=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&6
if test $ac_cv_type_intptr_t = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define HAVE_INTPTR_T 1
_ACEOF
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uintptr_t" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for uintptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_type_uintptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdint.h>
int
main ()
{
if ((uintptr_t *) 0)
return 0;
if (sizeof (uintptr_t))
return 0;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&6
if test $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define HAVE_UINTPTR_T 1
_ACEOF
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting.
for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \
inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h
do
as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6
if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
#include <$ac_header>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
eval "$as_ac_Header=yes"
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
eval "$as_ac_Header=no"
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6
if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1
_ACEOF
fi
done
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
else
# Is the header compilable?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h usability" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
#include <errno.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_header_compiler=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_header_compiler=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6
# Is the header present?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h presence" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <errno.h>
_ACEOF
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5
(eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then
if test -s conftest.err; then
ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag
ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag
else
ac_cpp_err=
fi
else
ac_cpp_err=yes
fi
if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then
ac_header_preproc=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_header_preproc=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6
# So? What about this header?
case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in
yes:no: )
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;}
ac_header_preproc=yes
;;
no:yes:* )
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;}
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5
echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;}
(
cat <<\_ASBOX
## ----------------------------- ##
## Report this to the tk lists. ##
## ----------------------------- ##
_ASBOX
) |
sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2
;;
esac
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
ac_cv_header_errno_h=$ac_header_preproc
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6
fi
if test $ac_cv_header_errno_h = yes; then
:
else
MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H"
fi
#-------------------------------------------
# Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking availability of _strtoi64" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking availability of _strtoi64... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_strtoi64+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <stdlib.h>
int
main ()
{
_strtoi64(0,0,0)
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5
(eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_cv_strtoi64=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \
conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&6
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define NO_STRTOI64 1
_ACEOF
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for intptr_t" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for intptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_type_intptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
if ((intptr_t *) 0)
return 0;
if (sizeof (intptr_t))
return 0;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_type_intptr_t=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_type_intptr_t=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_intptr_t" >&6
if test $ac_cv_type_intptr_t = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_INTPTR_T 1
_ACEOF
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pointer-size signed integer type" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for pointer-size signed integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_intptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "__int64" none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t))];
test_array [0] = 0
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_ok=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_ok=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_intptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_intptr_t" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define intptr_t $tcl_cv_intptr_t
_ACEOF
fi
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uintptr_t" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for uintptr_t... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_type_uintptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
if ((uintptr_t *) 0)
return 0;
if (sizeof (uintptr_t))
return 0;
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_type_uintptr_t=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_type_uintptr_t" >&6
if test $ac_cv_type_uintptr_t = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_UINTPTR_T 1
_ACEOF
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for pointer-size unsigned integer type" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for pointer-size unsigned integer type... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${tcl_cv_uintptr_t+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned __int64" \
none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
$ac_includes_default
int
main ()
{
static int test_array [1 - 2 * !(sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t))];
test_array [0] = 0
;
return 0;
}
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
tcl_ok=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
tcl_ok=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_uintptr_t" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" >&6
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
#define uintptr_t $tcl_cv_uintptr_t
_ACEOF
fi
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uxtheme.h" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for uxtheme.h... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
_ACEOF
rm -f conftest.$ac_objext
if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5
(eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1
ac_status=$?
grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err
rm -f conftest.er1
cat conftest.err >&5
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); } &&
{ ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag"
|| test ! -s conftest.err'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; } &&
{ ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext'
{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5
(eval $ac_try) 2>&5
ac_status=$?
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5
(exit $ac_status); }; }; then
ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=yes
else
echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5
sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5
ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=no
fi
rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&6
if test $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h = yes; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define HAVE_UXTHEME_H 1
_ACEOF
else
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&5
echo "$as_me: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&6;}
fi
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option. This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for build with symbols" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for build with symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given.
if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_symbols"
tcl_ok=$enableval
else
tcl_ok=no
fi;
# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
DBGX=""
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define NDEBUG 1
_ACEOF
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1
_ACEOF
else
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
DBGX=g
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}yes (standard debugging)" >&6
fi
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1
_ACEOF
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG 1
_ACEOF
cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF
#define TCL_COMPILE_STATS 1
_ACEOF
fi
if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then
if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&6
else
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6
fi
fi
TK_DBGX=${DBGX}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to embed manifest" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to embed manifest... $ECHO_C" >&6
# Check whether --enable-embedded-manifest or --disable-embedded-manifest was given.
if test "${enable_embedded_manifest+set}" = set; then
enableval="$enable_embedded_manifest"
embed_ok=$enableval
else
embed_ok=yes
fi;
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
result=no
if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
-a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
# Add the magic to embed the manifest into the dll/exe
cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* confdefs.h. */
_ACEOF
cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext
cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF
/* end confdefs.h. */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400
print("manifest needed")
#endif
_ACEOF
if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
$EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
# Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+
# Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created
# in this compiler case
# Add in a manifest argument that may be specified
# XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts
# XXX for a provided (known) manifest
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi"
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi"
result=yes
if test "xwish.exe.manifest" != x ; then
result="yes (wish.exe.manifest)"
fi
fi
rm -f conftest*
fi
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $result" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$result" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... $ECHO_C" >&6
BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh" >&5
echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh... $ECHO_C" >&6
if test "${ac_cv_path_tclsh+set}" = set; then
echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6
else
search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'`
for dir in $search_path ; do
for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]*.exe 2> /dev/null` \
`ls -r $dir/tclsh* 2> /dev/null` ; do
if test x"$ac_cv_path_tclsh" = x ; then
if test -f "$j" ; then
ac_cv_path_tclsh=$j
break
fi
fi
done
done
fi
if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then
TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh"
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}$TCLSH_PROG" >&6
else
# It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located.
TCLSH_PROG=""
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5
echo "${ECHO_T}No tclsh found on PATH" >&6
fi
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 |
TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""
eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
| > | > > > | 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 |
TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""
eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}\""
else
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${DLLSUFFIX}.a\""
fi
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4930 4931 4932 4933 4934 4935 4936 |
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
# on symbols and static vs. shared.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE" = 0; then
| > > > | > > > > | > | 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 |
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
# on symbols and static vs. shared.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE" = 0; then
if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
else
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
fi
TK_RES=""
else
if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
else
RC_DEFINES=""
fi
TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
fi
# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 |
| | > > > > | 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 5316 5317 5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326 5327 5328 | |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 | # undefined at this point for win | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | > | | < | < | | | | | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < < < < < | | | < > | | | | | < < < < < < | < < > > > > > > > > | > < > | < | < | | | < | | < | < | | | | | | | < | | < < | < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < < < | | > | | < < | | < < < < < | < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < > | | > | | < < < | < < < | | | | < | | > | < | > > > > > > > > | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < | > | < | < | < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > | < < | | | < < < < | < < | > > | | > | < > > | | > > > | > > | < | | > > > | > > > | < < > > > | | | > > > > | | < < > | < < < | > > | < > > > > > > > > | > > > | | | < | > < | < < < < < < < < < | | | | > > | | | > | | | > > > > > > > > | | | > | < | > | | < > > > > > > > > | < | | < | | < | | < < | | | | < > | < | | | | < < | < | | > < < < < < | | | | > > > > > > | | | > > > > > > > | | | | | | | < < > > | | > | < | > | < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < | < < | > | | | | | > < | | < < < | < < < | > | | | | > > | < > | | > | > | > | | < < < < < | | < | > | | | < > | | | | | < > | | | | | | < < | > > | > > > > > > > > > | | > > > > > | < > > > > > | < > > | | < < < > > > > > > | | | | | < > | < < > > | < > | | | < < > > | | | < < > > | < > | < < < > | < < > > | | | < < < > > > | < < > > | > > > | < < < | < > | | | | | < < | < < > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < > > > > > > > > | > > > > > | > > | < < > | > > > > > > > > > | | | < | < < | < < < < | | < | > > > > | < < < < > > > | < < < < < < < > | | | > > > > > > | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < | < | | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | | > | | | < < | | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < < | < < < | > > > > > | | < < | | | < < < < | | < < | | > | > | > | | < | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | < > | < | < | > > | | | | < | < < < < > | < | < < < < > | | < < < < < < < < < > > | > < < < < | | | | < < | | | | | | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | < | | < < | | | < | > > | > < < < | < < < < | 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410 5411 5412 5413 5414 5415 5416 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 5593 5594 5595 5596 5597 5598 5599 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 5611 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 5689 5690 5691 5692 5693 5694 5695 5696 5697 5698 5699 5700 5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706 5707 5708 5709 5710 5711 5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718 5719 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748 5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757 5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763 5764 5765 5766 5767 5768 5769 5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777 5778 5779 5780 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805 5806 5807 5808 5809 5810 5811 5812 5813 5814 5815 5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 5832 5833 5834 5835 5836 5837 5838 5839 5840 5841 5842 5843 5844 5845 5846 5847 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 5863 5864 5865 5866 5867 5868 5869 5870 5871 5872 5873 5874 5875 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 5906 5907 5908 5909 5910 5911 5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965 5966 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996 5997 5998 5999 6000 6001 6002 6003 6004 6005 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 6011 6012 6013 6014 6015 6016 6017 6018 6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024 6025 6026 6027 6028 6029 6030 6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 6038 6039 6040 6041 6042 6043 6044 6045 6046 6047 6048 6049 6050 6051 6052 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 6060 6061 6062 6063 6064 6065 6066 6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072 6073 6074 6075 6076 6077 6078 6079 6080 6081 6082 6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088 6089 6090 6091 6092 6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098 6099 6100 6101 6102 6103 6104 6105 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111 6112 6113 6114 6115 6116 6117 6118 6119 6120 6121 6122 6123 6124 6125 6126 6127 6128 6129 6130 6131 6132 6133 6134 6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166 6167 6168 6169 6170 6171 6172 6173 6174 6175 6176 6177 6178 6179 6180 6181 6182 6183 6184 6185 6186 6187 6188 6189 6190 6191 6192 6193 6194 6195 6196 6197 6198 6199 6200 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6214 6215 6216 6217 6218 6219 6220 6221 6222 6223 6224 6225 6226 6227 6228 6229 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 6239 6240 6241 6242 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 6266 6267 6268 6269 6270 6271 6272 6273 6274 6275 6276 6277 6278 6279 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6285 6286 6287 6288 6289 6290 6291 6292 6293 6294 6295 6296 6297 6298 6299 6300 6301 6302 6303 6304 6305 6306 6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 6314 6315 6316 6317 6318 6319 6320 6321 6322 6323 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 6364 6365 6366 |
# undefined at this point for win
ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest"
cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF
# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache.
# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't
# want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
#
# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it
# the --recheck option to rerun configure.
#
# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when
# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the
# following values.
_ACEOF
# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
{
(set) 2>&1 |
case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in
*ac_space=\ *)
# `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote
# substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
sed -n \
"s/'/'\\\\''/g;
s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p"
;;
*)
# `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
sed -n \
"s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p"
;;
esac;
} |
sed '
t clear
: clear
s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/
t end
/^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/
: end' >>confcache
if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
if test -w $cache_file; then
test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file"
cat confcache >$cache_file
else
echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
fi
fi
rm -f confcache
test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
# Let make expand exec_prefix.
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir),
# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and
# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty
# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers).
if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{
s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/;
s/:*$//;
s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$//;
}'
fi
# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS.
# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules.
# Protect against Makefile macro expansion.
#
# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that
# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section. Otherwise,
# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments.
cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF
t clear
: clear
s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
t quote
s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g
t quote
d
: quote
s,[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g
s,\[,\\&,g
s,\],\\&,g
s,\$,$$,g
p
_ACEOF
# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character.
# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing
# line-breaks from the sub-command output. A line-break within
# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a
# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr
# would break.
ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .`
DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'`
rm -f confdef2opt.sed
ac_libobjs=
ac_ltlibobjs=
for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue
# 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed.
ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" |
sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'`
# 2. Add them.
ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext"
ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo'
done
LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs
LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs
: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files
ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS"
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;}
cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
#! $SHELL
# Generated by $as_me.
# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
debug=false
ac_cs_recheck=false
ac_cs_silent=false
SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL}
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
## --------------------- ##
## M4sh Initialization. ##
## --------------------- ##
# Be Bourne compatible
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
set -o posix
fi
DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
# Support unset when possible.
if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_unset=unset
else
as_unset=false
fi
# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
PS1='$ '
PS2='> '
PS4='+ '
# NLS nuisances.
for as_var in \
LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
do
if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
else
$as_unset $as_var
fi
done
# Required to use basename.
if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_expr=expr
else
as_expr=false
fi
if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
as_basename=basename
else
as_basename=false
fi
# Name of the executable.
as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X/"$0" |
sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
as_cr_digits='0123456789'
as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
as_lineno_1=$LINENO
as_lineno_2=$LINENO
as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || {
# Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all
# relative or not.
case $0 in
*[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
*) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in $PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
done
;;
esac
# We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
# in which case we are not to be found in the path.
if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
as_myself=$0
fi
if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi
case $CONFIG_SHELL in
'')
as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
do
IFS=$as_save_IFS
test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
case $as_dir in
/*)
if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
as_lineno_1=$LINENO
as_lineno_2=$LINENO
as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
$as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
$as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
export CONFIG_SHELL
exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
fi;;
esac
done
done
;;
esac
# Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
# uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a
# line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
# work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
# with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
# substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
# (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
# second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-)
sed '=' <$as_myself |
sed '
N
s,$,-,
: loop
s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
t loop
s,-$,,
s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
' >$as_me.lineno &&
chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
# Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
# (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
# original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
. ./$as_me.lineno
# Exit status is that of the last command.
exit
}
case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
*c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
' ECHO_T=' ' ;;
*c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
esac
if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
as_expr=expr
else
as_expr=false
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
echo >conf$$.file
if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
# We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
# and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
if test -f conf$$.exe; then
# Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
as_ln_s='cp -p'
else
as_ln_s='ln -s'
fi
elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
as_ln_s=ln
else
as_ln_s='cp -p'
fi
rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
as_mkdir_p=:
else
test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
as_mkdir_p=false
fi
as_executable_p="test -f"
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
# IFS
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
as_nl='
'
IFS=" $as_nl"
# CDPATH.
$as_unset CDPATH
exec 6>&1
# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
# values after options handling. Logging --version etc. is OK.
exec 5>>config.log
{
echo
sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
## Running $as_me. ##
_ASBOX
} >&5
cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
This file was extended by tk $as_me 8.5, which was
generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was
CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES
CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS
CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS
CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
$ $0 $@
_CSEOF
echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
echo >&5
_ACEOF
# Files that config.status was made for.
if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then
echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi
if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then
echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi
if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then
echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi
if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then
echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS
fi
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
ac_cs_usage="\
\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
current configuration.
Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
-h, --help print this help, then exit
-V, --version print version number, then exit
-q, --quiet do not print progress messages
-d, --debug don't remove temporary files
--recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
--file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
instantiate the configuration file FILE
Configuration files:
$config_files
Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
ac_cs_version="\\
tk config.status 8.5
configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\"
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
srcdir=$srcdir
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
# value. By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
ac_need_defaults=:
while test $# != 0
do
case $1 in
--*=*)
ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
ac_shift=:
;;
-*)
ac_option=$1
ac_optarg=$2
ac_shift=shift
;;
*) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
# arguments.
ac_option=$1
ac_need_defaults=false;;
esac
case $ac_option in
# Handling of the options.
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
-recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
--version | --vers* | -V )
echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
--he | --h)
# Conflict between --help and --header
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
--help | --hel | -h )
echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
--debug | --d* | -d )
debug=: ;;
--file | --fil | --fi | --f )
$ac_shift
CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
ac_need_defaults=false;;
--header | --heade | --head | --hea )
$ac_shift
CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
ac_need_defaults=false;;
-q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
| -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
ac_cs_silent=: ;;
# This is an error.
-*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
*) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
esac
shift
done
ac_configure_extra_args=
if $ac_cs_silent; then
exec 6>/dev/null
ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
fi
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
if \$ac_cs_recheck; then
echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
fi
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
do
case "$ac_config_target" in
# Handling of arguments.
"Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
"tkConfig.sh" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh" ;;
"wish.exe.manifest" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES wish.exe.manifest" ;;
*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
esac
done
# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not.
# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
if $ac_need_defaults; then
test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
fi
# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree
# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
$debug ||
{
trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
}
# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
{
tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
} ||
{
tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
(umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
} ||
{
echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }
}
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
#
# CONFIG_FILES section.
#
# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then
# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g;
s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF
s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t
s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t
s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t
s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t
s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t
s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t
s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t
s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t
s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t
s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t
s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t
s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t
s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t
s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t
s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t
s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t
s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t
s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t
s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t
s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t
s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t
s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t
s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t
s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t
s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t
s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t
s,@CC@,$CC,;t t
s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t
s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t
s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t
s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t
s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t
s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t
s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t
s,@AR@,$AR,;t t
s,@ac_ct_AR@,$ac_ct_AR,;t t
s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t
s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t
s,@RC@,$RC,;t t
s,@ac_ct_RC@,$ac_ct_RC,;t t
s,@SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t
s,@TCL_THREADS@,$TCL_THREADS,;t t
s,@TCL_VERSION@,$TCL_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_BIN_DIR@,$TCL_BIN_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_SRC_DIR@,$TCL_SRC_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TCL_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TCL_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TCL_DEFS@,$TCL_DEFS,;t t
s,@CYGPATH@,$CYGPATH,;t t
s,@CELIB_DIR@,$CELIB_DIR,;t t
s,@DL_LIBS@,$DL_LIBS,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_DEBUG@,$CFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_WARNING@,$CFLAGS_WARNING,;t t
s,@MAN2TCLFLAGS@,$MAN2TCLFLAGS,;t t
s,@CFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$CFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t
s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL,;t t
s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE,;t t
s,@BUILD_TCLSH@,$BUILD_TCLSH,;t t
s,@TCLSH_PROG@,$TCLSH_PROG,;t t
s,@TK_WIN_VERSION@,$TK_WIN_VERSION,;t t
s,@MACHINE@,$MACHINE,;t t
s,@TK_VERSION@,$TK_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TK_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_MINOR_VERSION@,$TK_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TK_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
s,@TK_DBGX@,$TK_DBGX,;t t
s,@TK_LIB_FILE@,$TK_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_DLL_FILE@,$TK_DLL_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_SRC_DIR@,$TK_SRC_DIR,;t t
s,@TK_BIN_DIR@,$TK_BIN_DIR,;t t
s,@TCL_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_MINOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MINOR_VERSION,;t t
s,@TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TCL_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t
s,@TCL_DBGX@,$TCL_DBGX,;t t
s,@CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@TK_SHARED_BUILD@,$TK_SHARED_BUILD,;t t
s,@DEPARG@,$DEPARG,;t t
s,@EXTRA_CFLAGS@,$EXTRA_CFLAGS,;t t
s,@STLIB_LD@,$STLIB_LD,;t t
s,@SHLIB_LD@,$SHLIB_LD,;t t
s,@SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t
s,@SHLIB_CFLAGS@,$SHLIB_CFLAGS,;t t
s,@SHLIB_SUFFIX@,$SHLIB_SUFFIX,;t t
s,@CC_OBJNAME@,$CC_OBJNAME,;t t
s,@CC_EXENAME@,$CC_EXENAME,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_DEBUG@,$LDFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@,$LDFLAGS_CONSOLE,;t t
s,@LDFLAGS_WINDOW@,$LDFLAGS_WINDOW,;t t
s,@RC_OUT@,$RC_OUT,;t t
s,@RC_TYPE@,$RC_TYPE,;t t
s,@RC_INCLUDE@,$RC_INCLUDE,;t t
s,@RC_DEFINE@,$RC_DEFINE,;t t
s,@RC_DEFINES@,$RC_DEFINES,;t t
s,@TK_RES@,$TK_RES,;t t
s,@RES@,$RES,;t t
s,@LIBS_GUI@,$LIBS_GUI,;t t
s,@DLLSUFFIX@,$DLLSUFFIX,;t t
s,@LIBPREFIX@,$LIBPREFIX,;t t
s,@LIBSUFFIX@,$LIBSUFFIX,;t t
s,@EXESUFFIX@,$EXESUFFIX,;t t
s,@LIBRARIES@,$LIBRARIES,;t t
s,@MAKE_LIB@,$MAKE_LIB,;t t
s,@MAKE_STUB_LIB@,$MAKE_STUB_LIB,;t t
s,@POST_MAKE_LIB@,$POST_MAKE_LIB,;t t
s,@MAKE_DLL@,$MAKE_DLL,;t t
s,@MAKE_EXE@,$MAKE_EXE,;t t
s,@TK_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_LIB_FLAG,;t t
s,@TK_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t
s,@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t
s,@TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
s,@TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t
s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t
s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t
CEOF
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
ac_max_sed_lines=48
ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
ac_more_lines=:
ac_sed_cmds=
while $ac_more_lines; do
if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
else
sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
fi
if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
ac_more_lines=false
else
# The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
# speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
# is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
# These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
(echo ':t
/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
else
ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
fi
ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
ac_beg=$ac_end
ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
fi
done
if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
ac_sed_cmds=cat
fi
fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
case $ac_file in
- | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
cat >$tmp/stdin
ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
*:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
* ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
esac
# Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$ac_file" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
{ if $as_mkdir_p; then
mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
else
as_dir="$ac_dir"
as_dirs=
while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
. : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
echo X"$as_dir" |
sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
/^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
s/.*/./; q'`
done
test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
ac_builddir=.
if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
# A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
else
ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
fi
case $srcdir in
.) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place.
ac_srcdir=.
if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
ac_top_srcdir=.
else
ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
fi ;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path.
ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
*) # Relative path.
ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
esac
# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
# the directories may not exist.
case `pwd` in
.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*)
case "$ac_dir" in
.) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
*) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*)
case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
.) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
*) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*)
case $ac_srcdir in
.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
*) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
esac;;
esac
case $ac_abs_builddir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*)
case $ac_top_srcdir in
.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
*) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
esac;;
esac
if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
rm -f "$ac_file"
fi
# Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
# use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
# /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */
if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
configure_input=
else
configure_input="$ac_file. "
fi
configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
# First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
# src tree.
ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
for f in $ac_file_in; do
case $f in
-) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
[\\/$]*)
# Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
echo "$f";;
*) # Relative
if test -f "$f"; then
# Build tree
echo "$f"
elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
# Source tree
echo "$srcdir/$f"
else
# /dev/null tree
{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
{ (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
fi;;
esac
done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF
sed "$ac_vpsub
$extrasub
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
:t
/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
rm -f $tmp/stdin
if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
mv $tmp/out $ac_file
else
cat $tmp/out
rm -f $tmp/out
fi
done
_ACEOF
cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF
{ (exit 0); exit 0; }
_ACEOF
chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save
# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status.
# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log.
# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open
# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its
# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null,
# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and
# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we
# need to make the FD available again.
if test "$no_create" != yes; then
ac_cs_success=:
ac_config_status_args=
test "$silent" = yes &&
ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet"
exec 5>/dev/null
$SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false
exec 5>>config.log
# Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which
# would make configure fail if this is the last instruction.
$ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
fi
|
Deleted win/configure.ac.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Added win/configure.in.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
#! /bin/bash -norc
# This file is an input file used by the GNU "autoconf" program to
# generate the file "configure", which is run during Tk installation
# to configure the system for the local environment.
AC_INIT([tk],[8.5])
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([../generic/tk.h])
AC_PREREQ([2.59])
# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer
# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of
# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures.
SHELL=/bin/sh
TK_VERSION=8.5
TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8
TK_MINOR_VERSION=5
TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".19"
VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Handle the --prefix=... option
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
if test "${prefix}" = "NONE"; then
prefix=/usr/local
fi
if test "${exec_prefix}" = "NONE"; then
exec_prefix=$prefix
fi
# libdir must be a fully qualified path (not ${exec_prefix}/lib)
eval libdir="$libdir"
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Standard compiler checks
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the user did not set CFLAGS, set it now to keep
# the AC_PROG_CC macro from adding "-g -O2".
if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then
CFLAGS=""
fi
AC_PROG_CC
AC_C_INLINE
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib)
AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.)
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_OBJEXT
AC_EXEEXT
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_ENABLE_THREADS
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of symbols related to
# building libtk as a shared library instead of a static library.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_ENABLE_SHARED
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate and source the tclConfig.sh file.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG($TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# The statements below define a collection of compile flags. This
# macro depends on the value of SHARED_BUILD, and should be called
# after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS
AC_CHECK_TYPES([intptr_t, uintptr_t],,,[[
#include <stdint.h>
]])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_HEADER(errno.h, , MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H")
AC_SUBST(MAN2TCLFLAGS)
#-------------------------------------------
# Check for _strtoi64
#-------------------------------------------
AC_CACHE_CHECK([availability of _strtoi64], tcl_cv_strtoi64, [
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>],
[_strtoi64(0,0,0)],
[tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes],[tcl_cv_strtoi64=no])])
if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then
AC_DEFINE(NO_STRTOI64, 1, [Is _strtoi64 function available?])
fi
AC_CHECK_TYPE([intptr_t], [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_INTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the intptr_t type?])], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size signed integer type], tcl_cv_intptr_t, [
for tcl_cv_intptr_t in "int" "long" "__int64" none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
[[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_intptr_t)]])],
[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done])
if test "$tcl_cv_intptr_t" != none; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([intptr_t], [$tcl_cv_intptr_t], [Signed integer
type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
fi
])
AC_CHECK_TYPE([uintptr_t], [
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UINTPTR_T], 1, [Do we have the uintptr_t type?])], [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for pointer-size unsigned integer type], tcl_cv_uintptr_t, [
for tcl_cv_uintptr_t in "unsigned int" "unsigned long" "unsigned __int64" \
none; do
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_BOOL_COMPILE_TRY([AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT],
[[sizeof (void *) <= sizeof ($tcl_cv_uintptr_t)]])],
[tcl_ok=yes], [tcl_ok=no])
test "$tcl_ok" = yes && break; fi
done])
if test "$tcl_cv_uintptr_t" != none; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([uintptr_t], [$tcl_cv_uintptr_t], [Unsigned integer
type wide enough to hold a pointer.])
fi
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_CHECK_HEADER([uxtheme.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)],
[AC_MSG_NOTICE([xpnative theme will be unavailable])],
[#include <windows.h>])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols
# option. This macro depends on C flags, and should be called
# after SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS macro is called.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS
TK_DBGX=${DBGX}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Embed the manifest if we can determine how
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
SC_EMBED_MANIFEST(wish.exe.manifest)
SC_BUILD_TCLSH
SC_PROG_TCLSH
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# tkConfig.sh refers to this by a different name
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
TK_SHARED_BUILD=${SHARED_BUILD}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Perform final evaluations of variables with possible substitutions.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""
eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$GCC" != "yes" ; then
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}\""
else
eval "TK_LIB_FILE=\"${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${DLLSUFFIX}.a\""
fi
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"
eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltkstub${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L`pwd` ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG}"
TK_STUB_LIB_PATH="${libdir}/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH="`pwd`/${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}"
eval "DLLSUFFIX=${DLLSUFFIX}"
eval "LIBPREFIX=${LIBPREFIX}"
eval "LIBSUFFIX=${LIBSUFFIX}"
eval "EXESUFFIX=${EXESUFFIX}"
CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX=${TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX}
CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX=${TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX}
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# Adjust the defines for how the resources are built depending
# on symbols and static vs. shared.
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 -o "$TCL_NEEDS_EXP_FILE" = 0; then
if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD ${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
else
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} STATIC_BUILD"
fi
TK_RES=""
else
if test "${DBGX}" = "d"; then
RC_DEFINES="${RC_DEFINE} DEBUG"
else
RC_DEFINES=""
fi
TK_RES='tk.$(RES)'
fi
# The wish.exe.manifest requires these
# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs
# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning
case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in
*a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;;
*b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;;
*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;;
esac
TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`"
AC_SUBST(TK_WIN_VERSION)
# X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest
AC_SUBST(MACHINE)
AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TK_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TK_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_DLL_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL)
AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(TK_SHARED_BUILD)
AC_SUBST(CYGPATH)
AC_SUBST(DEPARG)
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(EXTRA_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(STLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_LD_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_CFLAGS)
AC_SUBST(SHLIB_SUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(CC_OBJNAME)
AC_SUBST(CC_EXENAME)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_CONSOLE)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_WINDOW)
AC_SUBST(AR)
AC_SUBST(RANLIB)
AC_SUBST(RC)
AC_SUBST(RC_OUT)
AC_SUBST(RC_TYPE)
AC_SUBST(RC_INCLUDE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINE)
AC_SUBST(RC_DEFINES)
AC_SUBST(TK_RES)
AC_SUBST(RES)
AC_SUBST(LIBS)
AC_SUBST(LIBS_GUI)
AC_SUBST(DLLSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBPREFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBSUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(EXESUFFIX)
AC_SUBST(LIBRARIES)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_STUB_LIB)
AC_SUBST(POST_MAKE_LIB)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_DLL)
AC_SUBST(MAKE_EXE)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_STUB_LIB_PATH)
AC_SUBST(TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH)
# undefined at this point for win
AC_SUBST(TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS)
AC_SUBST(TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest])
AC_OUTPUT
dnl Local Variables:
dnl mode: autoconf
dnl End:
|
Added win/makefile.bc.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 |
#
# Makefile for Borland C++ 5.5 (or C++ Builder 5), adapted from the makefile
# for Visual C++ that came with tk 8.3.3
#
# Some "not so obvious" details in this makefile are preceded by a comment
# "maintenance hint", which tries to explain what's going on. Better to
# leave those in place.
# Helmut Giese, July 2002
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
# Does not depend on the presence of any environment variables in
# order to compile tcl; all needed information is derived from
# location of the compiler directories.
#
# Project directories
#
# ROOT = top of source tree
#
# TMPDIR = location where .obj files should be stored during build
#
# TOOLS32 = location of Borland development tools.
#
# TCLDIR = location of top of Tcl source hierarchy
#
ROOT = ..
TCLDIR = ..\..\tcl8.4
INSTALLDIR = D:\tmp\tcl
# If you have C++ Builder 5 or the free Borland C++ 5.5 compiler
# adapt the following paths as appropriate for your system
TOOLS32 = d:\cbld5
TOOLS32_rc = d:\cbld5
#TOOLS32 = c:\bc55
#TOOLS32_rc = c:\bc55
cc32 = "$(TOOLS32)\bin\bcc32.exe"
link32 = "$(TOOLS32)\bin\ilink32.exe"
lib32 = "$(TOOLS32)\bin\tlib.exe"
rc32 = "$(TOOLS32_rc)\bin\brcc32.exe"
include32 = -I"$(TOOLS32)\include;$(TOOLS32)\include\mfc"
libpath32 = -L"$(TOOLS32)\lib"
# Uncomment the following line to compile with thread support
#THREADDEFINES = -DTCL_THREADS=1
# Allow definition of NDEBUG via command line
# Set NODEBUG to 0 to compile with symbols
!if !defined(NODEBUG)
NODEBUG = 1
!endif
# uncomment the following two lines to compile with TCL_MEM_DEBUG
#DEBUGDEFINES =-DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
######################################################################
# Do not modify below this line
######################################################################
TCLNAMEPREFIX = tcl
TKNAMEPREFIX = tk
WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish
VERSION = 84
DOTVERSION = 8.4
TCLSTUBPREFIX = $(TCLNAMEPREFIX)stub
TKSTUBPREFIX = $(TKNAMEPREFIX)stub
BINROOT = .
!IF "$(NODEBUG)" == "1"
TMPDIRNAME = Release
DBGX =
!ELSE
TMPDIRNAME = Debug
DBGX =
#DBGX = d
!ENDIF
TMPDIR = $(BINROOT)\$(TMPDIRNAME)
OUTDIRNAME = $(TMPDIRNAME)
OUTDIR = $(TMPDIR)
TCLLIB = $(TCLNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).lib
TCLPLUGINLIB = $(TCLNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)p.lib
TCLSTUBLIB = $(TCLSTUBPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).lib
TKDLLNAME = $(TKNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).dll
TKDLL = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKDLLNAME)
TKLIB = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).lib
TKSTUBLIBNAME = $(TKSTUBPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).lib
TKSTUBLIB = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)
TKPLUGINDLLNAME = $(TKNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)p$(DBG).dll
TKPLUGINDLL = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKPLUGINDLLNAME)
TKPLUGINLIB = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)p$(DBGX).lib
WISH = $(OUTDIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(DBGX).exe
WISHC = $(OUTDIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(VERSION)$(DBGX).exe
WISHP = $(OUTDIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)p$(VERSION)$(DBGX).exe
TKTEST = $(OUTDIR)\$(TKNAMEPREFIX)test.exe
CAT32 = $(TMPDIR)\cat32.exe
BIN_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALLDIR)\bin
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALLDIR)\include
LIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(INSTALLDIR)\lib
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR = $(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\tk$(DOTVERSION)
WISHOBJS = \
$(TMPDIR)\winMain.obj
TKTESTOBJS = \
$(TMPDIR)\tkTest.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkSquare.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\testMain.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkOldTest.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinTest.obj \
$(TCLLIBDIR)\tclThreadTest.obj
XLIBOBJS = \
$(TMPDIR)\xcolors.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\xdraw.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\xgc.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\ximage.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\xutil.obj
TKOBJS = \
$(TMPDIR)\tkConsole.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkUnixMenubu.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkUnixScale.obj \
$(XLIBOBJS) \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWin3d.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWin32Dll.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinButton.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinClipboard.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinColor.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinConfig.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinCursor.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinDialog.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinDraw.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinEmbed.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinFont.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinImage.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinInit.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinKey.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinMenu.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinPixmap.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinPointer.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinRegion.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinScrlbr.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinSend.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinWindow.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinWm.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinX.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\stubs.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tk3d.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkArgv.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkAtom.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkBind.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkBitmap.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkButton.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvArc.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvBmap.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvImg.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvLine.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvPoly.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvPs.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvText.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvUtil.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvWind.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCanvas.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkClipboard.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCmds.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkColor.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkConfig.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkCursor.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkEntry.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkError.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkEvent.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkFileFilter.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkFocus.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkFont.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkFrame.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkGC.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkGeometry.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkGet.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkGrab.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkGrid.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkImage.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkImgGIF.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkImgPPM.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkImgPhoto.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkImgUtil.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkListbox.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkMacWinMenu.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkMain.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkMenu.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkMenubutton.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkMenuDraw.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkMessage.obj \
$(TMP_DIR)\tkPanedWindow.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkObj.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkOldConfig.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkOption.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkPack.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkPlace.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkPointer.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkRectOval.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkScale.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkScrollbar.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkSelect.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkText.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkTextBTree.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkTextDisp.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkTextImage.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkTextIndex.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkTextMark.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkTextTag.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkTextWind.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkTrig.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkUtil.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkVisual.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkStubInit.obj \
$(TMPDIR)\tkWindow.obj
# Maintenance hint: Please have multiple members of TKSTUBOBJS be separated
# by exactly one ' ' (see below the rule for making TKSTUBLIB)
TKSTUBOBJS = $(TMPDIR)\tkStubLib.obj
WIN_DIR = $(ROOT)\win
GENERICDIR = $(ROOT)\generic
XLIBDIR = $(ROOT)\xlib
BITMAPDIR = $(ROOT)\bitmaps
TCLLIBDIR = $(TCLDIR)\win\$(OUTDIRNAME)
RCDIR = $(WIN_DIR)\rc
TK_INCLUDES = -I$(WIN_DIR) -I$(GENERICDIR) -I$(BITMAPDIR) -I$(XLIBDIR) \
-I$(TCLDIR)\generic -I$(TCLDIR)\win
TK_DEFINES = -D__WIN32__ $(DEBUGDEFINES) $(THREADDEFINES) SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED
######################################################################
# Compile flags
######################################################################
!IF "$(NODEBUG)" == "1"
# these macros cause maximum optimization and no symbols
cdebug = -v- -vi- -O2 -D_DEBUG
!ELSE
# these macros enable debugging
cdebug = -k -Od -r- -v -vi- -y
!ENDIF
SYSDEFINES = _MT;NO_STRICT;_NO_VCL
# declarations common to all compiler options
cbase = -3 -a4 -c -g0 -tWM -Ve -Vx -X-
WARNINGS = -w-rch -w-pch -w-par -w-dup -w-pro -w-dpu
ccons = -tWC
CFLAGS = $(cdebug) $(cbase) $(WARNINGS) -D$(SYSDEFINES)
CON_CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES) $(include32) $(ccons)
WISH_CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(include32) $(TK_INCLUDES) $(TK_DEFINES)
TK_CFLAGS = $(CFLAGS) $(include32) $(TK_INCLUDES) $(TK_DEFINES) \
-DUSE_TCL_STUBS
######################################################################
# Link flags
######################################################################
!IF "$(NODEBUG)" == "1"
ldebug =
!ELSE
ldebug = -v
!ENDIF
# declarations common to all linker options
LNFLAGS = -D"" -Gn -I$(TMPDIR) -x $(ldebug) $(libpath32)
# -Gi: create lib file (is -Gl in doc)
# -aa: Windows app, -ap: Windows console app
LNFLAGS_DLL = -ap -Gi -Tpd
LNFLAGS_CONS = -ap -Tpe
LNFLAGS_GUI = -aa -Tpe
LNLIBS = import32 cw32mt
######################################################################
# Project specific targets
######################################################################
all: setup $(WISH) $(CAT32)
install: install-binaries install-libraries
plugin: setup $(TKPLUGINDLL) $(WISHP)
tktest: setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)
# Maintenance hint: We want to set environment variables before calling tktest.
# If we do this in the form of normal commands, they will not persist up to
# the call of tktest. Therfore we put all commands wanted into a batch file.
# The normal way of using 'echo >x.bat' and 'echo >>x.bat' does not work here
# because we cannot write '... > tktest.txt' this way. Hence this advanced
# form of loop hopping:
# - Have MAKE produce a temporary file with the content we want.
# - Use it as input to the COPY command to produce a batch file.
# - Run the batch file and be happy.
#
test: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
copy &&!
set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCLDIR)/library
set PATH=$(TCLDIR)\win\$(TMPDIRNAME);$(PATH)
$(TKTEST) $(ROOT)/tests/all.tcl > tktest.txt
! _test.bat
_test.bat
# del _test.bat
runtest: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
echo set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCLDIR)/library > _test2.bat
echo set PATH=$(TCLDIR)\win\$(TMPDIRNAME);$(PATH) >> _test2.bat
echo $(TKTEST) >> _test2.bat
_test2.bat
# del _test2.bat
console-wish : all $(WISHC)
stubs:
$(TCLDIR)\win\$(TMPDIRNAME)\tclsh$(VERSION)$(DBGX) \
$(TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \
$(GENERICDIR)\tk.decls $(GENERICDIR)\tkInt.decls
setup:
@mkd $(TMPDIR)
@mkd $(OUTDIR)
install-binaries:
@mkd "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
copy $(TKDLL) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
copy $(WISH) "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)"
@mkd "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
copy $(TKLIB) "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)"
install-libraries:
@mkd "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
@mkd "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11"
copy "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
copy "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
copy "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
copy "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)"
xcopy "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11"
@mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
@mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images"
@mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos"
@mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\images"
@mkd "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs"
xcopy "$(ROOT)\library" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"
xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\images" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images"
xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\demos" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos"
xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\demos\images" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\images"
xcopy "$(ROOT)\library\msgs" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs"
$(TKLIB): $(TKDLL) $(TKSTUBLIB)
# Maintenance hint: The macro puts a '+-' before the first member of
# TKSTUBOBJS, than replaces any ' ' with ' +-' - together putting '+-' in
# front of any member of TKSTUBOBJS (provided, they are separated in their
# defintion by just one space).
#
# The first time you *make* this target, you will get a warning
# tkStubLib not found in library
# This is (probably) because of the '-' option, telling TLIB to remove
# 'tkStubLib' when it does not yet exist. Forcing a re-make when it already
# exists avoids this warning.
#
$(TKSTUBLIB): $(TKSTUBOBJS)
$(lib32) $@ +-$(TKSTUBOBJS: = +-)
# $(lib32) $@ @&&!
#+-$(TKSTUBOBJS: = &^
#+-)
#!
$(TKDLL): $(TKOBJS) $(TMPDIR)\tk.res
$(link32) $(ldebug) $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_DLL) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0d32 @&&!
$(TKOBJS), $@, -x, $(LNLIBS) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLSTUBLIB),, $(TMPDIR)\tk.res
!
$(TKPLUGINLIB): $(TKPLUGINDLL)
#$(TKPLUGINDLL): $(TKOBJS) $(TMPDIR)\tk.res
# $(link32) $(ldebug) $(dlllflags) \
# -out:$@ $(TMPDIR)\tk.res $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLPLUGINLIB) \
# $(guilibsdll) @<<
# $(TKOBJS)
#<<
$(WISH): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKLIB) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
$(link32) $(ldebug) -S:2400000 $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_GUI) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0x32 @&&!
$(WISHOBJS), $@, -x, $(LNLIBS) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLLIB) $(TKLIB),, $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
!
$(WISHC): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKLIB) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
$(link32) $(ldebug) -S:2400000 $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_CONS) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0x32 @&&!
$(WISHOBJS), $@, -x, $(LNLIBS) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLLIB) $(TKLIB),, $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
!
$(WISHP): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKPLUGINLIB) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
$(link32) $(ldebug) $(guilflags) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res -out:$@ \
$(guilibsdll) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLPLUGINLIB) \
$(TKPLUGINLIB) $(WISHOBJS)
$(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKLIB) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
$(link32) $(ldebug) -S:2400000 $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_GUI) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0x32 @&&!
$(TKTESTOBJS), $@, -x, $(LNLIBS) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLLIB) $(TKLIB),, $(TMPDIR)\wish.res
!
# $(link32) $(ldebug) $(guilflags) $(TMPDIR)\wish.res -out:$@ \
# $(guilibsdll) $(TCLLIBDIR)\$(TCLLIB) $(TKLIB) $(TKTESTOBJS)
#$(CAT32): $(TCLDIR)\win\cat.c
# $(cc32) $(CON_CFLAGS) -o$(TMPDIR)\cat.obj $?
# $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(TMPDIR)\cat.obj $(conlibs)
$(CAT32): $(TCLDIR)\win\cat.c
$(cc32) $(CONS_CFLAGS) -o$(TMPDIR)\cat.obj $?
$(link32) $(ldebug) $(LNFLAGS) $(LNFLAGS_CONS) $(TOOLS32)\lib\c0x32 \
$(TMPDIR)\cat.obj, $@, -x, $(LNLIBS),,
#
# Regenerate the stubs files.
#
genstubs:
tclsh$(VERSION) $(TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \
$(GENERICDIR)\tk.decls $(GENERICDIR)\tkInt.decls
#
# Special case object file targets
#
$(TMPDIR)\testMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -DTK_TEST -o$@ $?
$(TMPDIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?
$(TMPDIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?
$(TMPDIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\tkWinTest.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?
$(TMPDIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?
$(TMPDIR)\winMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $?
$(TMPDIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c
$(cc32) $(TK_CFLAGS) -DSTATIC_BUILD -o$@ $?
#
# Implicit rules
#
{$(XLIBDIR)}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
$(cc32) -DDLL_BUILD -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -o$@ $<
{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
$(cc32) -DDLL_BUILD -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -o$@ $<
{$(WIN_DIR)}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
$(cc32) -DDLL_BUILD -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -o$@ $<
{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMPDIR)}.obj:
$(cc32) -DDLL_BUILD -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -o$@ $<
{$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMPDIR)}.res:
$(rc32) -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(TOOLS32)\include" -I"$(TCLDIR)\generic" \
-D$(USERDEFINES);$(SYSDEFINES) -fo$@ $<
clean:
-@del $(OUTDIR)\*.exp
-@del $(OUTDIR)\*.lib
-@del $(OUTDIR)\*.dll
-@del $(OUTDIR)\*.exe
-@del $(OUTDIR)\*.pdb
-@del $(TMPDIR)\*.pch
-@del $(TMPDIR)\*.obj
-@del $(TMPDIR)\*.res
-@del $(TMPDIR)\*.exe
-@rmd $(OUTDIR)
-@rmd $(TMPDIR)
# dependencies
$(TMPDIR)\tk.res: \
$(RCDIR)\buttons.bmp \
$(RCDIR)\cursor*.cur \
$(RCDIR)\tk.ico
$(GENERICDIR)/default.h: $(WIN_DIR)/tkWinDefault.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkButton.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkCanvas.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkEntry.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkFrame.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkListbox.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenubutton.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMessage.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkScale.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkScrollbar.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkText.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextIndex.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextTag.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkText.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextBTree.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextDisp.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextDisp.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextImage.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextIndex.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextMark.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextTag.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextWind.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h
$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenuDraw.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h
$(WIN_DIR)/tkWinMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h
|
Changes to win/makefile.vc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | #------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*- # makefile.vc -- # # Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+) # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. # # Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. # Copyright (c) 2001-2005 ActiveState Corporation. # Copyright (c) 2001-2004 David Gravereaux. # Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Pat Thoyts. | < > > > > > > > > | | > > < < < > > > > | > > > > | > | > > | > > < < | | | > > > < < > > > > > > > | < > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < > > | > > > > > | < > > > > > > > > > > | < | < > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > | > > > | | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > | < > | < < | > | | > > | | | > > > | > > > | > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 |
#------------------------------------------------------------- -*- makefile -*-
# makefile.vc --
#
# Microsoft Visual C++ makefile for use with nmake.exe v1.62+ (VC++ 5.0+)
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
# Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2005 ActiveState Corporation.
# Copyright (c) 2001-2004 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Pat Thoyts.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Check to see we are configured to build with MSVC (MSDEVDIR, MSVCDIR or
# VCINSTALLDIR) or with the MS Platform SDK (MSSDK or WindowsSDKDir)
!if !defined(MSDEVDIR) && !defined(MSVCDIR) && !defined(VCINSTALLDIR) && !defined(MSSDK) && !defined(WINDOWSSDKDIR)
MSG = ^
You need to run vcvars32.bat from Developer Studio or setenv.bat from the^
Platform SDK first to setup the environment. Jump to this line to read^
the build instructions.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# HOW TO USE this makefile:
#
# 1) It is now necessary to have MSVCDir, MSDevDir or MSSDK set in the
# environment. This is used as a check to see if vcvars32.bat had been
# run prior to running nmake or during the installation of Microsoft
# Visual C++, MSVCDir had been set globally and the PATH adjusted.
# Either way is valid.
#
# You'll need to run vcvars32.bat contained in the MsDev's vc(98)/bin
# directory to setup the proper environment, if needed, for your
# current setup. This is a needed bootstrap requirement and allows the
# swapping of different environments to be easier.
#
# 2) To use the Platform SDK (not expressly needed), run setenv.bat after
# vcvars32.bat according to the instructions for it. This can also
# turn on the 64-bit compiler, if your SDK has it.
#
# 3) Targets are:
# release -- Builds the core, the shell and the dlls. (default)
# dlls -- Just builds the windows extensions.
# shell -- Just builds the shell and the core.
# core -- Only builds the core [tkXX.(dll|lib)].
# all -- Builds everything.
# test -- Builds and runs the test suite.
# tktest -- Just builds the binaries for the test suite.
# install -- Installs the built binaries and libraries to $(INSTALLDIR)
# as the root of the install tree.
# cwish -- Builds a console version of wish.
# tidy/clean/hose -- varying levels of cleaning.
# genstubs -- Rebuilds the Stubs table and support files (dev only).
# depend -- Generates an accurate set of source dependancies for this
# makefile. Helpful to avoid problems when the sources are
# refreshed and you rebuild, but can "overbuild" when common
# headers like tkInt.h just get small changes.
# htmlhelp -- Builds a Windows .chm help file for Tcl and Tk from the
# troff manual pages found in $(ROOT)\doc. You need to
# have installed the HTML Help Compiler package from Microsoft
# to produce the .chm file.
# winhelp -- Builds the windows .hlp file for Tcl from the troff man
# files found in $(ROOT)\doc.
#
# 4) Macros usable on the commandline:
# TCLDIR=<path>
# Sets the location for where to find the Tcl headers and
# libraries. The install point is assumed when not specified.
# Tk does need the source directory, though. Tk comes very close
# to not needing the sources, but does, in fact, require them.
#
# INSTALLDIR=<path>
# Sets where to install Tcl from the built binaries.
# C:\Progra~1\Tcl is assumed when not specified.
#
# OPTS=loimpact,msvcrt,nothreads,noxp,pdbs,profile,square,static,staticpkg,symbols,unchecked,none
# Sets special options for the core. The default is for none.
# Any combination of the above may be used (comma separated).
# 'none' will over-ride everything to nothing.
#
# loimpact = Adds a flag for how NT treats the heap to keep memory
# in use, low. This is said to impact alloc performance.
# msvcrt = Affects the static option only to switch it from
# using libcmt(d) as the C runtime [by default] to
# msvcrt(d). This is useful for static embedding
# support.
# nothreads= Turns off full multithreading support.
# noxp = If you do not have the uxtheme.h header then you
# cannot include support for XP themeing.
# square = Include the demo square widget.
# static = Builds a static library of the core instead of a
# dll. The shell will be static (and large), as well.
# staticpkg= Affects the static option only to switch wishXX.exe
# to have the dde and reg extension linked inside it.
# pdbs = Build detached symbols for release builds.
# profile = Adds profiling hooks. Map file is assumed.
# thrdalloc = Use the thread allocator (shared global free pool)
# This is the default on threaded builds.
# tclalloc = Use the old non-thread allocator
# symbols = Debug build. Links to the debug C runtime, disables
# optimizations and creates pdb symbols files.
# unchecked = Allows a symbols build to not use the debug
# enabled runtime (msvcrt.dll not msvcrtd.dll
# or libcmt.lib not libcmtd.lib).
#
# STATS=compdbg,memdbg,none
# Sets optional memory and bytecode compiler debugging code added
# to the core. The default is for none. Any combination of the
# above may be used (comma separated). 'none' will over-ride
# everything to nothing.
#
# compdbg = Enables byte compilation logging.
# memdbg = Enables the debugging memory allocator.
#
# CHECKS=64bit,fullwarn,nodep,none
# Sets special macros for checking compatability.
#
# 64bit = Enable 64bit portability warnings (if available)
# fullwarn = Builds with full compiler and link warnings enabled.
# Very verbose.
# nodep = Turns off compatability macros to ensure the core
# isn't being built with deprecated functions.
#
# MACHINE=(ALPHA|AMD64|IA64|IX86)
# Set the machine type used for the compiler, linker, and
# resource compiler. This hook is needed to tell the tools
# when alternate platforms are requested. IX86 is the default
# when not specified. If the CPU environment variable has been
# set (ie: recent Platform SDK) then MACHINE is set from CPU.
#
# TMP_DIR=<path>
# OUT_DIR=<path>
# Hooks to allow the intermediate and output directories to be
# changed. $(OUT_DIR) is assumed to be
# $(BINROOT)\(Release|Debug) based on if symbols are requested.
# $(TMP_DIR) will de $(OUT_DIR)\<buildtype> by default.
#
# TESTPAT=<file>
# Reads the tests requested to be run from this file.
#
# 5) Examples:
#
# Basic syntax of calling nmake looks like this:
# nmake [-nologo] -f makefile.vc [target|macrodef [target|macrodef] [...]]
#
# Standard (no frills)
# c:\tk_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
# Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
# c:\tk_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc release
# c:\tk_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc install INSTALLDIR=c:\progra~1\tcl
#
# Building for Win64
# c:\tk_src\win\>c:\progra~1\micros~1\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat
# Setting environment for using Microsoft Visual C++ tools.
# c:\tk_src\win\>c:\progra~1\platfo~1\setenv.bat /pre64 /RETAIL
# Targeting Windows pre64 RETAIL
# c:\tk_src\win\>nmake -f makefile.vc MACHINE=IA64
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#==============================================================================
###############################################################################
# //==================================================================\\
# >>[ -> Do not modify below this line. <- ]<<
# >>[ Please, use the commandline macros to modify how Tcl is built. ]<<
# >>[ If you need more features, send us a patch for more macros. ]<<
# \\==================================================================//
###############################################################################
#==============================================================================
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
!if !exist("makefile.vc")
MSG = ^
You must run this makefile only from the directory it is in.^
Please `cd` to its location first.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
PROJECT = tk
!include "rules.vc"
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
!message *** Warning: Tk requires the source distribution of Tcl to build from,
!message *** at this time, sorry. Please set the TCLDIR macro to point to the
!message *** Tcl sources.
!endif
# Extra makefile options processing...
!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
HAVE_UXTHEME_H = 1
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noxp"]
!message *** Exclude support for XP theme
HAVE_UXTHEME_H = 0
!else
HAVE_UXTHEME_H = 1
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "square"]
!message *** Include ttk square demo widget
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 1
!else
TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0
!endif
!endif
STUBPREFIX = $(PROJECT)stub
WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish
BINROOT = $(MAKEDIR) # originally .
ROOT = $(MAKEDIR)\.. # originally ..
TK_LIBRARY = $(ROOT)\library
TKIMPLIB = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
TKLIBNAME = $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT)
TKLIB = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(TKLIBNAME)"
TKSTUBLIBNAME = $(STUBPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION).lib
TKSTUBLIB = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)"
WISH = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
WISHC = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
TKTEST = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test.exe"
CAT32 = "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe"
LIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
BIN_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\bin
DOC_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\doc
SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TK_DOTVERSION)
INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\include
WISHOBJS = \
$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj \
!if $(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES)
$(TCLDDELIB) \
$(TCLREGLIB) \
!endif
$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinX.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\stubs.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tk3d.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkArgv.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkAtom.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkBind.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkBitmap.obj \ | < | 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinX.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\stubs.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tk3d.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkArgv.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkAtom.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkBind.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkBitmap.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkButton.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvArc.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvBmap.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvImg.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvLine.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvPoly.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkCanvPs.obj \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
213 214 215 216 217 218 219 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkGC.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGeometry.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGet.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGrab.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGrid.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImage.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \ | < < < < < < | 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 | $(TMP_DIR)\tkGC.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGeometry.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGet.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGrab.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkGrid.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImage.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgBmap.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgGIF.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPPM.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgPhoto.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkImgUtil.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkListbox.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMacWinMenu.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMain.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMenu.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMenubutton.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMenuDraw.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkMessage.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkPanedWindow.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkObj.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkOldConfig.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkOption.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkPack.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkPlace.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkPointer.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkRectOval.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkScale.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkScrollbar.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkSelect.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkStyle.obj \ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
$(TMP_DIR)\ttkWidget.obj \
$(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubInit.obj
TKSTUBOBJS = \
$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj \
$(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubLib.obj
| | | > > > < < | > | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < | > > > > > | > > > > > | | | | > > > > | > > | > < | < | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < > | | | | | | < < < | | < < | | 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 |
$(TMP_DIR)\ttkWidget.obj \
$(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubInit.obj
TKSTUBOBJS = \
$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj \
$(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubLib.obj
WIN_DIR = $(ROOT)\win
GENERICDIR = $(ROOT)\generic
XLIBDIR = $(ROOT)\xlib
TTKDIR = $(ROOT)\generic\ttk
BITMAPDIR = $(ROOT)\bitmaps
DOCDIR = $(ROOT)\doc
RCDIR = $(WIN_DIR)\rc
TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(WIN_DIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)" \
$(TCL_INCLUDES)
CONFIG_DEFS =/DSTDC_HEADERS=1 /DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 /DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \
/DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 /DHAVE_STRING_H=1 /DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \
/DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 /DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 \
/DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \
!if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)
/DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \
!endif
!if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET)
/DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \
!endif
TK_DEFINES =/DBUILD_ttk $(OPTDEFINES) $(CONFIG_DEFS) /Dinline=__inline
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Compile flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
!if !$(DEBUG)
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
### This cranks the optimization level to maximize speed
### We can't use -O2 because sometimes it causes problems.
cdebug = $(OPTIMIZATIONS)
!else
cdebug =
!endif
!if $(SYMBOLS)
cdebug = $(cdebug) -Zi
!endif
!else if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
### Warnings are too many, can't support warnings into errors.
cdebug = -Zi -Od $(DEBUGFLAGS)
!else
cdebug = -Zi -WX $(DEBUGFLAGS)
!endif
### Declarations common to all compiler options
cwarn = $(WARNINGS) /D_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE /D_CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE
cflags = -nologo -c $(COMPILERFLAGS) $(cwarn) -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\
!if $(MSVCRT)
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)
crt = -MDd
!else
crt = -MD
!endif
!else
!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)
crt = -MTd
!else
crt = -MT
!endif
!endif
BASE_CFLAGS = $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(crt) $(TK_INCLUDES)
TK_CFLAGS = $(BASE_CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES) /DUSE_TCL_STUBS
CON_CFLAGS = $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(crt) /DCONSOLE
WISH_CFLAGS = $(BASE_CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES)
STUB_CFLAGS = $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(TK_DEFINES)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Link flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
!if $(DEBUG)
ldebug = -debug -debugtype:cv
!else
ldebug = -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3
!if $(SYMBOLS)
ldebug = $(ldebug) -debug -debugtype:cv
!endif
!endif
### Declarations common to all linker options
lflags = -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug)
!if $(PROFILE)
lflags = $(lflags) -profile
!endif
!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
lflags = $(lflags) -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib
!endif
!if $(LOIMPACT)
lflags = $(lflags) -ws:aggressive
!endif
dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll
conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console
guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows
baselibs = kernel32.lib user32.lib ws2_32.lib
# Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors.
# c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
!if $(VCVERSION) > 1399 && $(VCVERSION) < 1500
baselibs = $(baselibs) bufferoverflowU.lib
!endif
!endif
!if $(MSVCRT) && !($(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED)) && $(VCVERSION) >= 1900
baselibs = $(baselibs) ucrt.lib
!endif
guilibs = $(baselibs) gdi32.lib
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# TkTest flags
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(TESTPAT)" != ""
TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT)
!endif
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project specific targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
release: setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(WISH)
all: release $(CAT32)
core: setup $(TKSTUBLIB) $(TKLIB)
cwish: $(WISHC)
install: install-binaries install-libraries install-docs
tktest: setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32)
test: test-classic test-ttk
test-classic: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT" || "$(MSVCDIR)" == "IDE"
$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)
!else
$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) > tests.log
type tests.log | more
!endif
test-ttk: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT" || "$(MSVCDIR)" == "IDE"
$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32)
!else
$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT:\=/)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) > tests.log
type tests.log | more
!endif
runtest: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
$(DEBUGGER) $(TKTEST)
rundemo: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32)
@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
$(TKTEST) $(ROOT:\=/)\library\demos\widget
shell: setup $(WISH)
@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
$(DEBUGGER) $(WISH) <<
console show
<<
dbgshell: setup $(WISH)
@set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/)
@set TCLLIBPATH=
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH)
!else
@set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH)
!endif
windbg $(WISH)
setup:
@if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR)
@if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR)
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
$(TKIMPLIB): $(TKLIB)
!endif
$(TKLIB): $(TKOBJS)
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
$(lib32) -nologo -out:$@ @<<
$**
<<
!else
$(link32) $(dlllflags) -base:@$(COFFBASE),tk -out:$@ $(guilibs) \
$(TCLSTUBLIB) @<<
$**
<<
$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
-@del $*.exp
!endif
$(TKSTUBLIB): $(TKSTUBOBJS)
$(lib32) -nologo -nodefaultlib -out:$@ $**
$(WISH): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKIMPLIB)
$(link32) $(guilflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(TCLIMPLIB) $**
$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
$(WISHC): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKIMPLIB)
$(link32) $(conlflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(TCLIMPLIB) $**
$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
$(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKIMPLIB)
$(link32) $(guilflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(TCLIMPLIB) $**
$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
$(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c
$(cc32) $(CON_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $?
$(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj $(baselibs)
$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Regenerate the stubs files. [Development use only]
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
genstubs:
!if !exist($(TCLSH))
@echo Build tclsh first!
!else
set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY)
$(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \
$(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT).decls $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT)Int.decls
!endif
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build the Windows HTML help file.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# NOTE: you can define HHC on the command-line to override this
!ifndef HHC
HHC=""%ProgramFiles%\HTML Help Workshop\hhc.exe""
!endif
HTMLDIR=$(ROOT)\html
HTMLBASE=TclTk$(VERSION)
HHPFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).hhp
CHMFILE=$(HTMLDIR)\$(HTMLBASE).chm
htmlhelp: chmsetup $(CHMFILE)
$(CHMFILE): $(DOCDIR)\*
@$(TCLSH) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\tcltk-man2html.tcl
@echo Compiling HTML help project
@$(HHC) <<$(HHPFILE) >NUL
[OPTIONS]
Compatibility=1.1 or later
Compiled file=$(HTMLBASE).chm
Display compile progress=no
Error log file=$(HTMLBASE).log
Language=0x409 English (United States)
Title=Tcl/Tk $(DOT_VERSION) Help
[FILES]
contents.htm
docs.css
Keywords
TclCmd
TclLib
TkCmd
TkLib
UserCmd
<<
chmsetup:
@if not exist $(HTMLDIR)\nul mkdir $(HTMLDIR)
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build the old-style Windows .hlp file
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
HLPBASE = $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)
HELPFILE = $(OUT_DIR)\$(HLPBASE).hlp
HELPCNT = $(OUT_DIR)\$(HLPBASE).cnt
DOCTMP_DIR = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)_docs
HELPRTF = $(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(PROJECT).rtf
MAN2HELP = $(DOCTMP_DIR)\man2help.tcl
MAN2HELP2 = $(DOCTMP_DIR)\man2help2.tcl
INDEX = $(DOCTMP_DIR)\index.tcl
BMP = $(DOCTMP_DIR)\lamp.bmp
BMP_NOPATH = lamp.bmp
MAN2TCL = $(DOCTMP_DIR)\man2tcl.exe
winhelp: docsetup $(HELPFILE)
docsetup:
@if not exist $(DOCTMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(DOCTMP_DIR)
$(MAN2HELP) $(MAN2HELP2) $(INDEX): $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$$(@F)
$(CPY) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$(@F) $(@D)
$(BMP):
$(CPY) $(WIN_DIR)\rc\$(@F) $(@D)
$(HELPFILE): $(HELPRTF) $(BMP)
cd $(DOCTMP_DIR)
start /wait hcrtf.exe -x <<$(PROJECT).hpj
[OPTIONS]
COMPRESS=12 Hall Zeck
LCID=0x409 0x0 0x0 ; English (United States)
TITLE=Tk Reference Manual
BMROOT=.
CNT=$(@B).cnt
HLP=$(@B).hlp
[FILES]
$(PROJECT).rtf
[WINDOWS]
main="Tcl/Tk Reference Manual",,27648,(r15263976),(r4227327)
[CONFIG]
BrowseButtons()
CreateButton(1, "Web", ExecFile("http://www.tcl.tk"))
CreateButton(2, "SF", ExecFile("http://sf.net/projects/tcl"))
CreateButton(3, "Wiki", ExecFile("http://wiki.tcl.tk"))
CreateButton(4, "FAQ", ExecFile("http://www.purl.org/NET/Tcl-FAQ/"))
<<
cd $(MAKEDIR)
@$(CPY) "$(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(@B).hlp" "$(OUT_DIR)"
@$(CPY) "$(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(@B).cnt" "$(OUT_DIR)"
$(MAN2TCL): $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$$(@B).c
$(cc32) $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(@D)\ $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$(@B).c
$(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(@D)\man2tcl.obj
$(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
$(HELPRTF): $(MAN2TCL) $(MAN2HELP) $(MAN2HELP2) $(INDEX)
$(TCLSH) $(MAN2HELP) -bitmap $(BMP_NOPATH) $(PROJECT) $(TK_VERSION) $(DOCDIR:\=/)
install-docs:
!if exist($(HELPFILE))
$(CPY) "$(HELPFILE)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"
$(CPY) "$(HELPCNT)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\"
$(TCLSH) <<
puts "Installing $(PROJECT)'s helpfile contents into Tcl's ..."
set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(TK_VERSION).cnt" r]
while {![eof $$f]} {
if {[regexp {:Include $(PROJECT)([0-9]{2}).cnt} [gets $$f] dummy ver]} {
if {$$ver == $(TK_VERSION)} {
puts "Already installed."
exit
} else {
# do something here logical to remove (or replace) it.
puts "$$ver != $(TK_VERSION), unfinished code path, die, die!"
exit 1
}
}
}
close $$f
set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(TK_VERSION).cnt" a]
puts $$f {:Include $(HLPBASE).cnt}
close $$f
<<
start /wait winhlp32 -g $(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\tcl$(TK_VERSION).hlp
!endif
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Special case object file targets
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
$(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) /DTK_TEST \
/DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
-Fo$@ $?
$(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?
$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?
$(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\tkWinTest.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?
$(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $?
$(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WIN_DIR)\winMain.c
$(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) \
/DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \
-Fo$@ $?
# The following objects are part of the stub library and should not
# be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported
# and no reference made to a C runtime.
$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c
$(cc32) $(STUB_CFLAGS) $(TK_INCLUDES) -Zl /DSTATIC_BUILD -Fo$@ $?
$(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WIN_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in
@nmakehlp -s << $** >$@
@MACHINE@ $(MACHINE:IX86=X86)
@TK_WIN_VERSION@ $(TK_DOTVERSION).0.0
<<
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Generate the source dependencies. Having dependency rules will
# improve incremental build accuracy without having to resort to a
# full rebuild just because some non-global header file like
# tclCompile.h was changed. These rules aren't needed when building
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
625 626 627 628 629 630 631 |
!message
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Implicit rules
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
{$(XLIBDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
| > > > | > > > > > | > > | > > > > > > > | | | | | | | | > | | | | < < < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 |
!message
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Implicit rules
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
{$(XLIBDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
$(cc32) /DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<
{$(GENERICDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
$(cc32) /DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<
{$(TTKDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
$(cc32) /DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<
{$(WIN_DIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
$(cc32) /DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<
{$(ROOT)\unix}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj::
$(cc32) /DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<<
$<
<<
{$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res:
$(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" $(TCL_INCLUDES) \
-d DEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \
-d TCL_THREADS=$(TCL_THREADS) \
-d STATIC_BUILD=$(STATIC_BUILD) \
$<
$(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
$(TMP_DIR)\wish.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES:.c .rc
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Installation.
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
install-binaries:
@echo installing binaries
@$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if $(TKLIB) != $(TKIMPLIB)
@$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
@$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
@$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
@echo creating package index
@type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl
if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tcl] $(TK_DOTVERSION).0]} return
if {($$::tcl_platform(platform) eq "unix") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]
|| ([info exists ::argv] && ("-display" in $$::argv)))} {
package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin libtk$(TK_DOTVERSION).dll]]
} else {
package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)]]
}
<<
@$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
!endif
#"
install-libraries:
@echo installing Tk headers
@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
@$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\"
@$(CPY) "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11\"
@echo installing script library
@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\"
@echo installing theme library
@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\ttk\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\ttk\"
@echo installing demos
@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\"
@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\images\"
@echo installing images
@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images\"
@echo installing language files
@$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\msgs\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs\"
#"
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
# Clean up
#---------------------------------------------------------------------
tidy:
!if $(TKLIB) != $(TKIMPLIB)
@echo Removing $(TKLIB) ...
@if exist $(TKLIB) del $(TKLIB)
!endif
@echo Removing $(TKIMPLIB) ...
@if exist $(TKIMPLIB) del $(TKIMPLIB)
@echo Removing $(WISH) ...
@if exist $(WISH) del $(WISH)
@echo Removing $(TKTEST) ...
@if exist $(TKTEST) del $(TKTEST)
@echo Removing $(TKSTUBLIB) ...
@if exist $(TKSTUBLIB) del $(TKSTUBLIB)
clean:
@echo Cleaning $(TMP_DIR)\* ...
@if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR)
@echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.obj ...
@if exist $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.obj
@echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.exe ...
@if exist $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WIN_DIR)\nmakehlp.exe
@echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\_junk.pch ...
@if exist $(WIN_DIR)\_junk.pch del $(WIN_DIR)\_junk.pch
@echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.x ...
@if exist $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.x del $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.x
@echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.i ...
@if exist $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.i del $(WIN_DIR)\vercl.i
@echo Cleaning $(WIN_DIR)\versions.vc ...
@if exist $(WIN_DIR)\versions.vc del $(WIN_DIR)\versions.vc
realclean: hose
hose:
@echo Hosing $(OUT_DIR)\* ...
@if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR)
|
Added win/mkd.bat.
> > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 | @echo off if exist %1\nul goto end md %1 if errorlevel 1 goto end echo Created directory %1 :end |
Changes to win/nmakehlp.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE #include <windows.h> | | < < < | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE #include <windows.h> #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma comment (lib, "user32.lib") #pragma comment (lib, "kernel32.lib") #endif #include <stdio.h> #include <math.h> /* * This library is required for x64 builds with _some_ versions of MSVC */ #if defined(_M_IA64) || defined(_M_AMD64) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | #define snprintf _snprintf #endif /* protos */ static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option); | | | | | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
#define snprintf _snprintf
#endif
/* protos */
static int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option);
static int CheckForLinkerFeature(char **options, int count);
static int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring);
static int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename);
static int QualifyPath(const char *path);
static int LocateDependency(const char *keyfile);
static const char *GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match, int numdots);
static DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args);
/* globals */
#define CHUNK 25
#define STATICBUFFERSIZE 1000
typedef struct {
HANDLE pipe;
char buffer[STATICBUFFERSIZE];
} pipeinfo;
pipeinfo Out = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, ""};
pipeinfo Err = {INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, ""};
/*
* exitcodes: 0 == no, 1 == yes, 2 == error
*/
int
main(
int argc,
char *argv[])
{
char msg[300];
DWORD dwWritten;
int chars;
const char *s;
/*
* Make sure children (cl.exe and link.exe) are kept quiet.
*/
SetErrorMode(SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS | SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
274 275 276 277 278 279 280 |
if (!ok) {
DWORD err = GetLastError();
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
| | | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 |
if (!ok) {
DWORD err = GetLastError();
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPSTR)&msg[chars],
(300-chars), 0);
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
return 2;
}
/*
* Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
327 328 329 330 331 332 333 |
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
|| strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
}
static int
CheckForLinkerFeature(
| | | 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 |
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL
|| strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL
|| strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL);
}
static int
CheckForLinkerFeature(
char **options,
int count)
{
STARTUPINFO si;
PROCESS_INFORMATION pi;
SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sa;
DWORD threadID;
char msg[300];
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
408 409 410 411 412 413 414 |
if (!ok) {
DWORD err = GetLastError();
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
| | | 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 |
if (!ok) {
DWORD err = GetLastError();
int chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1,
"Tried to launch: \"%s\", but got error [%u]: ", cmdline, err);
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS|
FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPSTR)&msg[chars],
(300-chars), 0);
WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL);
return 2;
}
/*
* Close our references to the write handles that have now been inherited.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
504 505 506 507 508 509 510 |
static const char *
GetVersionFromFile(
const char *filename,
const char *match,
int numdots)
{
| < | | | | < | | | 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 |
static const char *
GetVersionFromFile(
const char *filename,
const char *match,
int numdots)
{
static char szBuffer[100];
char *szResult = NULL;
FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
if (fp != NULL) {
/*
* Read data until we see our match string.
*/
while (fgets(szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer), fp) != NULL) {
LPSTR p, q;
p = strstr(szBuffer, match);
if (p != NULL) {
/*
* Skip to first digit after the match.
*/
p += strlen(match);
while (*p && !isdigit((unsigned char)*p)) {
++p;
}
/*
* Find ending whitespace.
*/
q = p;
while (*q && (strchr("0123456789.ab", *q)) && (((!strchr(".ab", *q)
&& !strchr("ab", q[-1])) || --numdots))) {
++q;
}
*q = 0;
szResult = p;
break;
}
}
fclose(fp);
}
return szResult;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
563 564 565 566 567 568 569 |
char * value;
} list_item_t;
/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */
static list_item_t *
list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value)
{
| | | 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 |
char * value;
} list_item_t;
/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */
static list_item_t *
list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value)
{
list_item_t *itemPtr = (list_item_t *)malloc(sizeof(list_item_t));
if (itemPtr) {
itemPtr->key = strdup(key);
itemPtr->value = strdup(value);
itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL;
while(*listPtrPtr) {
listPtrPtr = &(*listPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
612 613 614 615 616 617 618 |
*/
static int
SubstituteFile(
const char *substitutions,
const char *filename)
{
| < < | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > | < < | < < < > | | 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 |
*/
static int
SubstituteFile(
const char *substitutions,
const char *filename)
{
static char szBuffer[1024], szCopy[1024];
list_item_t *substPtr = NULL;
FILE *fp, *sp;
fp = fopen(filename, "rt");
if (fp != NULL) {
/*
* Build a list of substutitions from the first filename
*/
sp = fopen(substitutions, "rt");
if (sp != NULL) {
while (fgets(szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer), sp) != NULL) {
unsigned char *ks, *ke, *vs, *ve;
ks = (unsigned char*)szBuffer;
while (ks && *ks && isspace(*ks)) ++ks;
ke = ks;
while (ke && *ke && !isspace(*ke)) ++ke;
vs = ke;
while (vs && *vs && isspace(*vs)) ++vs;
ve = vs;
while (ve && *ve && !(*ve == '\r' || *ve == '\n')) ++ve;
*ke = 0, *ve = 0;
list_insert(&substPtr, (char*)ks, (char*)vs);
}
fclose(sp);
}
/* debug: dump the list */
#ifndef NDEBUG
{
int n = 0;
list_item_t *p = NULL;
for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr, ++n) {
fprintf(stderr, "% 3d '%s' => '%s'\n", n, p->key, p->value);
}
}
#endif
/*
* Run the substitutions over each line of the input
*/
while (fgets(szBuffer, sizeof(szBuffer), fp) != NULL) {
list_item_t *p = NULL;
for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr) {
char *m = strstr(szBuffer, p->key);
if (m) {
char *cp, *op, *sp;
cp = szCopy;
op = szBuffer;
while (op != m) *cp++ = *op++;
sp = p->value;
while (sp && *sp) *cp++ = *sp++;
op += strlen(p->key);
while (*op) *cp++ = *op++;
*cp = 0;
memcpy(szBuffer, szCopy, sizeof(szCopy));
}
}
printf("%s", szBuffer);
}
list_free(&substPtr);
}
fclose(fp);
return 0;
}
BOOL FileExists(LPCTSTR szPath)
{
#ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES
#define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1)
#endif
DWORD pathAttr = GetFileAttributes(szPath);
return (pathAttr != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES &&
!(pathAttr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY));
}
/*
* QualifyPath --
*
* This composes the current working directory with a provided path
* and returns the fully qualified and normalized path.
* Mostly needed to setup paths for testing.
*/
static int
QualifyPath(
const char *szPath)
{
char szCwd[MAX_PATH + 1];
GetFullPathName(szPath, sizeof(szCwd)-1, szCwd, NULL);
printf("%s\n", szCwd);
return 0;
}
/*
* Implements LocateDependency for a single directory. See that command
* for an explanation.
* Returns 0 if found after printing the directory.
* Returns 1 if not found but no errors.
* Returns 2 on any kind of error
* Basically, these are used as exit codes for the process.
*/
static int LocateDependencyHelper(const char *dir, const char *keypath)
{
HANDLE hSearch;
char path[MAX_PATH+1];
size_t dirlen;
int keylen, ret;
WIN32_FIND_DATA finfo;
if (dir == NULL || keypath == NULL)
return 2; /* Have no real error reporting mechanism into nmake */
dirlen = strlen(dir);
if ((dirlen + 3) > sizeof(path))
return 2;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
761 762 763 764 765 766 767 | continue; sublen = strlen(finfo.cFileName); if ((dirlen+1+sublen+1+keylen+1) > sizeof(path)) continue; /* Path does not fit, assume not matched */ strncpy(path+dirlen+1, finfo.cFileName, sublen); path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\\'; strncpy(path+dirlen+1+sublen+1, keypath, keylen+1); | | | 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 |
continue;
sublen = strlen(finfo.cFileName);
if ((dirlen+1+sublen+1+keylen+1) > sizeof(path))
continue; /* Path does not fit, assume not matched */
strncpy(path+dirlen+1, finfo.cFileName, sublen);
path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\\';
strncpy(path+dirlen+1+sublen+1, keypath, keylen+1);
if (FileExists(path)) {
/* Found a match, print to stdout */
path[dirlen+1+sublen] = '\0';
QualifyPath(path);
ret = 0;
break;
}
} while (FindNextFile(hSearch, &finfo));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
787 788 789 790 791 792 793 |
* the parent and grandparent of the current working directory.
* If found, the command prints
* name_DIRPATH=<full path of located directory>
* and returns 0. If not found, does not print anything and returns 1.
*/
static int LocateDependency(const char *keypath)
{
| > | | | 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 |
* the parent and grandparent of the current working directory.
* If found, the command prints
* name_DIRPATH=<full path of located directory>
* and returns 0. If not found, does not print anything and returns 1.
*/
static int LocateDependency(const char *keypath)
{
size_t i;
int ret;
static const char *paths[] = {"..", "..\\..", "..\\..\\.."};
for (i = 0; i < (sizeof(paths)/sizeof(paths[0])); ++i) {
ret = LocateDependencyHelper(paths[i], keypath);
if (ret == 0)
return ret;
}
return ret;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/rc/lamp.bmp.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to win/rc/tk.ico.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to win/rc/tk.rc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | // // Version Resource Script // #include <windows.h> #include <tk.h> // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // #if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif | > > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 | // // Version Resource Script // #include <windows.h> #include <tk.h> // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // #if TCL_THREADS #define SUFFIX_THREADS "t" #else #define SUFFIX_THREADS "" #endif #if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif #define SUFFIX SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_DEBUG VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO FILEVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL #ifdef DEBUG |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/rc/wish.ico.
cannot compute difference between binary files
Changes to win/rc/wish.rc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 | // // Version Resource Script // #include <windows.h> #include <tk.h> // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // #if STATIC_BUILD #define SUFFIX_STATIC "s" #else #define SUFFIX_STATIC "" #endif #if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif | > > > > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | // // Version Resource Script // #include <windows.h> #include <tk.h> // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // #if TCL_THREADS #define SUFFIX_THREADS "t" #else #define SUFFIX_THREADS "" #endif #if STATIC_BUILD #define SUFFIX_STATIC "s" #else #define SUFFIX_STATIC "" #endif #if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif #define SUFFIX SUFFIX_THREADS SUFFIX_STATIC SUFFIX_DEBUG VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO FILEVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL PRODUCTVERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION,TK_RELEASE_LEVEL,TK_RELEASE_SERIAL FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL #ifdef DEBUG |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Added win/rmd.bat.
> > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | @echo off if not exist %1\nul goto end echo Removing directory %1 if "%OS%" == "Windows_NT" goto winnt deltree /y %1 if errorlevel 1 goto end goto success :winnt rmdir /s /q %1 if errorlevel 1 goto end :success echo Deleted directory %1 :end |
Deleted win/rules-ext.vc.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to win/rules.vc.
|
| | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < | < < | < < < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > < > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < | | < > < < < | < < < < < < < < < < > | < < | < < < > | < < < | < < | < < < < < < > | < < < < < < < > > | < | | | | | | | > > | > | | | > > > | > | > > > | < < < < < < < < < | < < > | > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > | | < < | < < | < < > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > < > | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | | | | < > < < < > > < | | > > > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > > < < < > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > > | > | | | > | > | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < > | < | < < < < < < < | < < | | | | | | < < < < | | | > | < < < | | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < > > < < < | | > < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < > | | < < | < < < < < < | < < > < | < | | < | < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > > < | | < | < < < < > > | < < < < < < < < < | > | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < > < | < < > < > | < > | | < | | < < < < < < | < | < < < | < | | < < | < | | > > > > > | | < < < | < < | | < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < > > > < | < | < < | < < | < < < < | < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < | > | < > > > > | < | < < | < | | | | < | > | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < > < > > > | < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | > > > > | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < > < < < | | < | < < < | < < < < < < < | > > > > | > | < > > > > | < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | > > | | < | > > > | | < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | < < | > > > > > < < < < < | > > < < < < < < < < < | < | | < < > > > | | < > > > < < < | < < < < < < < < < < > | > > > | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# rules.vc --
#
# Microsoft Visual C++ makefile include for decoding the commandline
# macros. This file does not need editing to build Tcl.
#
# See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
# of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
#
# Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux.
# Copyright (c) 2003-2008 Patrick Thoyts
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
!ifndef _RULES_VC
_RULES_VC = 1
cc32 = $(CC) # built-in default.
link32 = link
lib32 = lib
rc32 = $(RC) # built-in default.
!ifndef INSTALLDIR
### Assume the normal default.
_INSTALLDIR = C:\Program Files\Tcl
!else
### Fix the path separators.
_INSTALLDIR = $(INSTALLDIR:/=\)
!endif
#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set the proper copy method to avoid overwrite questions
# to the user when copying files and selecting the right
# "delete all" method.
#----------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT"
RMDIR = rmdir /S /Q
ERRNULL = 2>NUL
!if ![ver | find "4.0" > nul]
CPY = echo y | xcopy /i >NUL
COPY = copy >NUL
!else
CPY = xcopy /i /y >NUL
COPY = copy /y >NUL
!endif
!else # "$(OS)" != "Windows_NT"
CPY = xcopy /i >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
COPY = copy >_JUNK.OUT # On Win98 NUL does not work here.
RMDIR = deltree /Y
NULL = \NUL # Used in testing directory existence
ERRNULL = >NUL # Win9x shell cannot redirect stderr
!endif
MKDIR = mkdir
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Determine the host and target architectures and compiler version.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------
_HASH=^#
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VCVER=0
!if ![echo VCVERSION=_MSC_VER > vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)if defined(_M_IX86) >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo ARCH=IX86 >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)elif defined(_M_AMD64) >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo ARCH=AMD64 >> vercl.x] \
&& ![echo $(_HASH)endif >> vercl.x] \
&& ![cl -nologo -TC -P vercl.x $(ERRNULL)]
!include vercl.i
!if ![echo VCVER= ^\> vercl.vc] \
&& ![set /a $(VCVERSION) / 100 - 6 >> vercl.vc]
!include vercl.vc
!endif
!endif
!if ![del $(ERRNUL) /q/f vercl.x vercl.i vercl.vc]
!endif
!if ![reg query HKLM\Hardware\Description\System\CentralProcessor\0 /v Identifier | findstr /i x86]
NATIVE_ARCH=IX86
!else
NATIVE_ARCH=AMD64
!endif
# Since MSVC8 we must deal with manifest resources.
!if $(VCVERSION) >= 1400
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;1
_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=if exist $@.manifest mt -nologo -manifest $@.manifest -outputresource:$@;2
!endif
!ifndef MACHINE
MACHINE=$(ARCH)
!endif
!ifndef CFG_ENCODING
CFG_ENCODING = \"cp1252\"
!endif
!message ===============================================================================
#----------------------------------------------------------
# build the helper app we need to overcome nmake's limiting
# environment.
#----------------------------------------------------------
!if !exist(nmakehlp.exe)
!if [$(cc32) -nologo nmakehlp.c -link -subsystem:console > nul]
!endif
!endif
#----------------------------------------------------------
# Test for compiler features
#----------------------------------------------------------
### test for optimizations
!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
!message *** Compiler has 'Optimizations'
OPTIMIZING = 1
!else
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Optimizations'
OPTIMIZING = 0
!endif
OPTIMIZATIONS =
!if [nmakehlp -c -Ot]
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Ot
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -c -Oi]
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Oi
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -c -Op]
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Op
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict]
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:strict
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -c -Gs]
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Gs
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -c -GS]
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GS
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -c -GL]
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -GL
!endif
DEBUGFLAGS =
!if [nmakehlp -c -RTC1]
DEBUGFLAGS = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -RTC1
!elseif [nmakehlp -c -GZ]
DEBUGFLAGS = $(DEBUGFLAGS) -GZ
!endif
COMPILERFLAGS =-W3 /D_ATL_XP_TARGETING
# In v13 -GL and -YX are incompatible.
!if [nmakehlp -c -YX]
!if ![nmakehlp -c -GL]
OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -YX
!endif
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IX86"
### test for pentium errata
!if [nmakehlp -c -QI0f]
!message *** Compiler has 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
COMPILERFLAGS = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QI0f
!else
!message *** Compiler does not have 'Pentium 0x0f fix'
!endif
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64"
### test for Itanium errata
!if [nmakehlp -c -QIA64_Bx]
!message *** Compiler has 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
COMPILERFLAGS = $(COMPILERFLAGS) -QIA64_Bx
!else
!message *** Compiler does not have 'B-stepping errata workarounds'
!endif
!endif
# Prevents "LNK1561: entry point must be defined" error compiling from VS-IDE:
!ifndef LINKER_TESTFLAGS
LINKER_TESTFLAGS = /DLL /NOENTRY /OUT:nmhlp-out.txt
!endif
LINKERFLAGS =
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS =-ltcg
!endif
#----------------------------------------------------------
# Decode the options requested.
#----------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"]
STATIC_BUILD = 0
TCL_THREADS = 0
DEBUG = 0
SYMBOLS = 0
PROFILE = 0
PGO = 0
MSVCRT = 1
LOIMPACT = 0
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
UNCHECKED = 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "static"]
!message *** Doing static
STATIC_BUILD = 1
!else
STATIC_BUILD = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "msvcrt"]
!message *** Doing msvcrt
MSVCRT = 1
!else
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
MSVCRT = 1
!else
MSVCRT = 0
!endif
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "staticpkg"] && $(STATIC_BUILD)
!message *** Doing staticpkg
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 1
!else
TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "threads"]
!message *** Doing threads
TCL_THREADS = 1
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
!else
TCL_THREADS = 0
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "time64bit"]
!message *** Force 64-bit time_t
_USE_64BIT_TIME_T = 1
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "symbols"]
!message *** Doing symbols
DEBUG = 1
!else
DEBUG = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"]
!message *** Doing pdbs
SYMBOLS = 1
!else
SYMBOLS = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"]
!message *** Doing profile
PROFILE = 1
!else
PROFILE = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgi"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization instrumentation
PGO = 1
!elseif [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pgo"]
!message *** Doing profile guided optimization
PGO = 2
!else
PGO = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "loimpact"]
!message *** Doing loimpact
LOIMPACT = 1
!else
LOIMPACT = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "thrdalloc"]
!message *** Doing thrdalloc
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 1
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "tclalloc"]
!message *** Doing tclalloc
USE_THREAD_ALLOC = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "unchecked"]
!message *** Doing unchecked
UNCHECKED = 1
!else
UNCHECKED = 0
!endif
!endif
#----------------------------------------------------------
# Figure-out how to name our intermediate and output directories.
# We wouldn't want different builds to use the same .obj files
# by accident.
#----------------------------------------------------------
#----------------------------------------
# Naming convention:
# t = full thread support.
# s = static library (as opposed to an
# import library)
# g = linked to the debug enabled C
# run-time.
# x = special static build when it
# links to the dynamic C run-time.
#----------------------------------------
SUFX = tsgx
!if $(DEBUG)
BUILDDIRTOP = Debug
!else
BUILDDIRTOP = Release
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" != "IX86"
BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_$(MACHINE)
!endif
!if $(VCVER) > 6
BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_VC$(VCVER)
!endif
!if !$(DEBUG) || $(DEBUG) && $(UNCHECKED)
SUFX = $(SUFX:g=)
!endif
TMP_DIRFULL = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(PROJECT)_ThreadedDynamicStaticX
!if !$(STATIC_BUILD)
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Static=)
SUFX = $(SUFX:s=)
EXT = dll
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
SUFX = $(SUFX:x=)
!else
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Dynamic=)
EXT = lib
!if !$(MSVCRT)
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:X=)
SUFX = $(SUFX:x=)
!endif
!endif
!if !$(TCL_THREADS)
TMP_DIRFULL = $(TMP_DIRFULL:Threaded=)
SUFX = $(SUFX:t=)
!endif
!ifndef TMP_DIR
TMP_DIR = $(TMP_DIRFULL)
!ifndef OUT_DIR
OUT_DIR = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)
!endif
!else
!ifndef OUT_DIR
OUT_DIR = $(TMP_DIR)
!endif
!endif
#----------------------------------------------------------
# Decode the statistics requested.
#----------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(STATS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(STATS)" "none"]
TCL_MEM_DEBUG = 0
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG = 0
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "memdbg"]
!message *** Doing memdbg
TCL_MEM_DEBUG = 1
!else
TCL_MEM_DEBUG = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(STATS) "compdbg"]
!message *** Doing compdbg
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG = 1
!else
TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG = 0
!endif
!endif
#----------------------------------------------------------
# Decode the checks requested.
#----------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"]
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED = 0
WARNINGS = -W3
!else
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"]
!message *** Doing nodep check
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED = 1
!else
TCL_NO_DEPRECATED = 0
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"]
!message *** Doing full warnings check
WARNINGS = -W4
!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3 $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3
!endif
!else
WARNINGS = -W3
!endif
!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64]
!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings
WARNINGS = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64
!endif
!endif
!if $(PGO) > 1
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pgoptimize $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS = $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pgoptimize
!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!elseif $(PGO) > 0
!if [nmakehlp -l -ltcg:pginstrument $(LINKER_TESTFLAGS)]
LINKERFLAGS = $(LINKERFLAGS:-ltcg=) -ltcg:pginstrument
!else
MSG=^
This compiler does not support profile guided optimization.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif
#----------------------------------------------------------
# Set our defines now armed with our options.
#----------------------------------------------------------
OPTDEFINES = /DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) /DSTDC_HEADERS
!if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_MEM_DEBUG
!endif
!if $(TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_COMPILE_DEBUG /DTCL_COMPILE_STATS
!endif
!if $(TCL_THREADS)
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_THREADS=1
!if $(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1
!endif
!endif
!if $(STATIC_BUILD)
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DSTATIC_BUILD
!endif
!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED)
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED
!endif
!if !$(DEBUG)
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DNDEBUG
!if $(OPTIMIZING)
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED
!endif
!endif
!if $(PROFILE)
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_PROFILED
!endif
!if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64"
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DTCL_CFG_DO64BIT
!endif
!if $(VCVERSION) < 1300
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /DNO_STRTOI64
!endif
!if "$(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T)" == "1"
OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) /D_USE_64BIT_TIME_T
!endif
#----------------------------------------------------------
# Locate the Tcl headers to build against
#----------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
_TCL_H = ..\generic\tcl.h
!else
# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl root dir then reset to the lib dir.
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib
!endif
!if !defined(TCLDIR)
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h")
TCLINSTALL = 1
_TCLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
_TCL_H = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h
TCLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
!else
MSG=^
Failed to find tcl.h. Set the TCLDIR macro.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!else
_TCLDIR = $(TCLDIR:/=\)
!if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h")
TCLINSTALL = 1
_TCL_H = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h
!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h")
TCLINSTALL = 0
_TCL_H = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h
!else
MSG =^
Failed to find tcl.h. The TCLDIR macro does not appear correct.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif
!endif
#--------------------------------------------------------------
# Extract various version numbers from tcl headers
# The generated file is then included in the makefile.
#--------------------------------------------------------------
!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif
# If building the tcl core then we need additional package versions
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl"
!if [echo PKG_HTTP_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\http\pkgIndex.tcl http >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_TCLTEST_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\tcltest\pkgIndex.tcl tcltest >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_MSGCAT_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\msgcat\pkgIndex.tcl msgcat >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_PLATFORM_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform " >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_SHELL_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform::shell" >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_DDE_VER = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\dde\pkgIndex.tcl "dde " >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo PKG_REG_VER =\>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V ..\library\reg\pkgIndex.tcl registry >> versions.vc]
!endif
!endif
!include versions.vc
#--------------------------------------------------------------
# Setup tcl version dependent stuff headers
#--------------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl"
TCL_VERSION = $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION)
!if $(TCLINSTALL)
TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
TCLIMPLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\lib
TCLREGLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
TCLDDELIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
COFFBASE = \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCLTOOLSDIR = \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target
TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include"
!else
TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS)
TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe"
!endif
TCLSTUBLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
TCLIMPLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\library
TCLREGLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg13$(SUFX:t=).lib"
TCLDDELIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde14$(SUFX:t=).lib"
COFFBASE = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\coffbase.txt"
TCLTOOLSDIR = $(_TCLDIR)\tools
TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win"
!endif
!endif
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Locate the Tk headers to build against
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
_TK_H = ..\generic\tk.h
_INSTALLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
!endif
!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK
!if !defined(TKDIR)
!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL = 1
_TKDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..
_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
TKDIR = $(_TKDIR)
!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL = 1
_TKDIR = $(_TCLDIR)
_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
TKDIR = $(_TKDIR)
!endif
!else
_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\)
!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h")
TKINSTALL = 1
_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h
!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h")
TKINSTALL = 0
_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h
!else
MSG =^
Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro does not appear correct.
!error $(MSG)
!endif
!endif
!endif
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Extract Tk version numbers
#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
!if defined(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK) || "$(PROJECT)" == "tk"
!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc]
!endif
!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \
&& [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc]
!endif
!include versions.vc
TK_DOTVERSION = $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
TK_VERSION = $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION)
!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tk"
!if $(TKINSTALL)
WISH = "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
TKSTUBLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib"
TKIMPLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include"
!else
WISH = "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe"
TKSTUBLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tkstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib"
TKIMPLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib"
TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib"
!endif
!endif
!endif
#----------------------------------------------------------
# Display stats being used.
#----------------------------------------------------------
!message *** Intermediate directory will be '$(TMP_DIR)'
!message *** Output directory will be '$(OUT_DIR)'
!message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)'
!message *** Optional defines are '$(OPTDEFINES)'
!message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target machine is $(MACHINE)
!message *** Host architecture is $(NATIVE_ARCH)
!message *** Compiler options '$(COMPILERFLAGS) $(OPTIMIZATIONS) $(DEBUGFLAGS) $(WARNINGS)'
!message *** Link options '$(LINKERFLAGS)'
!endif
|
Changes to win/stubs.c.
|
| | < < < < < < < < < | | > | < | | | | | > > > > | | < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 |
#include "tk.h"
/*
* Undocumented Xlib internal function
*/
int
_XInitImageFuncPtrs(
XImage *image)
{
return Success;
}
/*
* From Xutil.h
*/
void
XSetWMClientMachine(
Display *display,
Window w,
XTextProperty *text_prop)
{
}
Status
XStringListToTextProperty(
char **list,
int count,
XTextProperty *text_prop_return)
{
return (Status) 0;
}
/*
* From Xlib.h
*/
int
XChangeProperty(
Display *display,
Window w,
Atom property,
Atom type,
int format,
int mode,
_Xconst unsigned char *data,
int nelements)
{
return Success;
}
Cursor
XCreateGlyphCursor(
Display *display,
Font source_font,
Font mask_font,
unsigned int source_char,
unsigned int mask_char,
XColor _Xconst *foreground_color,
XColor _Xconst *background_color)
{
return 1;
}
XIC
XCreateIC(XIM xim, ...)
{
return NULL;
}
Cursor
XCreatePixmapCursor(
Display *display,
Pixmap source,
Pixmap mask,
XColor *foreground_color,
XColor *background_color,
unsigned int x,
unsigned int y)
{
return (Cursor) NULL;
}
int
XDeleteProperty(
Display *display,
Window w,
Atom property)
{
return Success;
}
void
XDestroyIC(
XIC ic)
{
}
Bool
XFilterEvent(
XEvent *event,
Window window)
{
return 0;
}
int
XForceScreenSaver(
Display *display,
int mode)
{
return Success;
}
int
XFreeCursor(
Display *display,
Cursor cursor)
{
return Success;
}
GContext
XGContextFromGC(
GC gc)
{
return (GContext) NULL;
}
char *
XGetAtomName(
Display *display,
Atom atom)
{
return NULL;
}
int
XGetWindowAttributes(
Display *display,
Window w,
XWindowAttributes *window_attributes_return)
{
return Success;
}
Status
XGetWMColormapWindows(
Display *display,
Window w,
Window **windows_return,
int *count_return)
{
return (Status) 0;
}
int
XIconifyWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
int screen_number)
{
return Success;
}
XHostAddress *
XListHosts(
Display *display,
int *nhosts_return,
Bool *state_return)
{
return NULL;
}
int
XLookupColor(
Display *display,
Colormap colormap,
_Xconst char *color_name,
XColor *exact_def_return,
XColor *screen_def_return)
{
return Success;
}
int
XNextEvent(
Display *display,
XEvent *event_return)
{
return Success;
}
int
XPutBackEvent(
Display *display,
XEvent *event)
{
return Success;
}
int
XQueryColors(
Display *display,
Colormap colormap,
XColor *defs_in_out,
int ncolors)
{
return Success;
}
int
XQueryTree(
Display *display,
Window w,
Window *root_return,
Window *parent_return,
Window **children_return,
unsigned int *nchildren_return)
{
return Success;
}
int
XRefreshKeyboardMapping(
XMappingEvent *event_map)
{
return Success;
}
Window
XRootWindow(
Display *display,
int screen_number)
{
return (Window) NULL;
}
int
XSelectInput(
Display *display,
Window w,
long event_mask)
{
return Success;
}
int
XSendEvent(
Display *display,
Window w,
Bool propagate,
long event_mask,
XEvent *event_send)
{
return Success;
}
int
XSetCommand(
Display *display,
Window w,
char **argv,
int argc)
{
return Success;
}
XErrorHandler
XSetErrorHandler(
XErrorHandler handler)
{
return NULL;
}
int
XSetIconName(
Display *display,
Window w,
_Xconst char *icon_name)
{
return Success;
}
int
XSetWindowBackground(
Display *display,
Window w,
unsigned long background_pixel)
{
return Success;
}
int
XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(
Display *display,
Window w,
Pixmap background_pixmap)
{
return Success;
}
int
XSetWindowBorder(
Display *display,
Window w,
unsigned long border_pixel)
{
return Success;
}
int
XSetWindowBorderPixmap(
Display *display,
Window w,
Pixmap border_pixmap)
{
return Success;
}
int
XSetWindowBorderWidth(
Display *display,
Window w,
unsigned int width)
{
return Success;
}
int
XSetWindowColormap(
Display *display,
Window w,
Colormap colormap)
{
return Success;
}
Bool
XTranslateCoordinates(
Display *display,
Window src_w,
Window dest_w,
int src_x,
int src_y,
int *dest_x_return,
int *dest_y_return,
Window *child_return)
{
return 0;
}
int
XWindowEvent(
Display *display,
Window w,
long event_mask,
XEvent *event_return)
{
return Success;
}
int
XWithdrawWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
int screen_number)
{
return Success;
}
int
XmbLookupString(
XIC ic,
XKeyPressedEvent *event,
char *buffer_return,
int bytes_buffer,
KeySym *keysym_return,
Status *status_return)
{
return Success;
}
int
XGetWindowProperty(
Display *display,
Window w,
Atom property,
long long_offset,
long long_length,
Bool delete,
Atom req_type,
Atom *actual_type_return,
int *actual_format_return,
unsigned long *nitems_return,
unsigned long *bytes_after_return,
unsigned char **prop_return)
{
*actual_type_return = None;
*actual_format_return = 0;
*nitems_return = 0;
*bytes_after_return = 0;
*prop_return = NULL;
return BadValue;
}
|
Deleted win/targets.vc.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to win/tcl.m4.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
| | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl],
[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]),
[with_tclconfig="${withval}"])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tclconfig}" in
*/tclConfig.sh )
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
142 143 144 145 146 147 148 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
#
if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
no_tk=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
| | | | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
#
if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
no_tk=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tk,
AS_HELP_STRING([--with-tk],
[directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)]),
[with_tkconfig="${withval}"])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
case "${with_tkconfig}" in
*/tkConfig.sh )
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
247 248 249 250 251 252 253 | # # Results: # # Substitutes the following vars: # TCL_BIN_DIR # TCL_SRC_DIR # TCL_LIB_FILE | < | 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 |
#
# Results:
#
# Substitutes the following vars:
# TCL_BIN_DIR
# TCL_SRC_DIR
# TCL_LIB_FILE
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh])
if test -f "${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 |
if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
fi
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
| > > > > > > > > < | 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 |
if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
fi
#
# eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
#
eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
[ --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on)],
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
| < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 |
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
[ --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on)],
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes])
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([shared])
SHARED_BUILD=1
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([static])
SHARED_BUILD=0
AC_DEFINE(STATIC_BUILD, 1, [Is this a static build?])
fi
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_THREADS --
#
# Specify if thread support should be enabled
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Adds the following arguments to configure:
# --enable-threads=yes|no
#
# Defines the following vars:
# TCL_THREADS
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING(for building with threads)
AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads, [ --enable-threads build with threads (default: off)],
[tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
TCL_THREADS=1
AC_DEFINE(TCL_THREADS)
# USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based
# allocator that significantly reduces lock contention
AC_DEFINE(USE_THREAD_ALLOC)
else
TCL_THREADS=0
AC_MSG_RESULT([no (default)])
fi
AC_SUBST(TCL_THREADS)
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS --
#
# Specify if debugging symbols should be used.
# Memory (TCL_MEM_DEBUG) and compile (TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG) debugging
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 |
# --enable-symbols
#
# Defines the following vars:
# CFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols, [ --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off)], [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED)
else
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)])
fi
fi
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
| > > > | 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
# --enable-symbols
#
# Defines the following vars:
# CFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
# LDFLAGS_DEFAULT Sets to $(LDFLAGS_DEBUG) if true
# Sets to $(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE) if false
# DBGX Debug library extension
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols, [ --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off)], [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no])
# FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT.
if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)'
DBGX=""
AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?])
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED)
else
CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)'
LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)'
DBGX=g
if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes (standard debugging)])
fi
fi
AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_DEFAULT)
AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS_DEFAULT)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
# Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,[ --enable-64bit enable 64bit support (where applicable)], [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT($do64bit)
# Set some defaults (may get changed below)
EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], [No need to mark inidividual symbols as hidden])
AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)
| > > > > > > > > > > > < | | | | | | | 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 |
AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [
# Step 0: Enable 64 bit support?
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if 64bit support is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(64bit,[ --enable-64bit enable 64bit support (where applicable)], [do64bit=$enableval], [do64bit=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT($do64bit)
# Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if Windows/CE build is requested])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(wince,[ --enable-wince enable Win/CE support (where applicable)], [doWince=$enableval], [doWince=no])
AC_MSG_RESULT($doWince)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Windows/CE celib directory])
AC_ARG_WITH(celib,[ --with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR],
CELIB_DIR=$withval, CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB)
AC_MSG_RESULT([$CELIB_DIR])
# Set some defaults (may get changed below)
EXTRA_CFLAGS=""
AC_DEFINE(MODULE_SCOPE, [extern], [No need to mark inidividual symbols as hidden])
AC_CHECK_PROG(CYGPATH, cygpath, cygpath -m, echo)
SHLIB_SUFFIX=".dll"
# MACHINE is IX86 for LINK, but this is used by the manifest,
# which requires x86|amd64|ia64.
MACHINE="X86"
if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cross-compile version of gcc,
ac_cv_cross,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifndef _WIN32
#error cross-compiler
#endif
]], [[]])],
[ac_cv_cross=no],
[ac_cv_cross=yes])
)
if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
CC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc"
LD="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="x86_64-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="x86_64-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
*)
CC="i686-w64-mingw32-gcc"
LD="i686-w64-mingw32-ld"
AR="i686-w64-mingw32-ar"
RANLIB="i686-w64-mingw32-ranlib"
RC="i686-w64-mingw32-windres"
;;
esac
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
580 581 582 583 584 585 586 |
# set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
extra_cflags="-pipe"
extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for mingw32 version of gcc,
ac_cv_win32,
| | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < | 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 |
# set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
extra_cflags="-pipe"
extra_ldflags="-pipe -static-libgcc"
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for mingw32 version of gcc,
ac_cv_win32,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifdef _WIN32
#error win32
#endif
]], [[]])],
[ac_cv_win32=no],
[ac_cv_win32=yes])
)
if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} cannot produce win32 executables.])
fi
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([compiler flags])
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
SHLIB_LD=""
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
LIBS="-lws2_32"
# mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't
LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32"
STLIB_LD='${AR} cr'
RC_OUT=-o
RC_TYPE=
RC_INCLUDE=--include
RC_DEFINE=--define
RES=res.o
MAKE_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@"
MAKE_STUB_LIB="\${STLIB_LD} \[$]@"
POST_MAKE_LIB="\${RANLIB} \[$]@"
MAKE_EXE="\${CC} -o \[$]@"
LIBPREFIX="lib"
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
# static
AC_MSG_RESULT([using static flags])
runtime=
LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
else
# dynamic
AC_MSG_RESULT([using shared flags])
# ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared.
if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([${CC} does not support the -shared option.
You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain.])
fi
runtime=
# Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
fi
# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \[$]@ ${extra_ldflags} \
-Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.dll.a,\[$]@)"
# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.a"
LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll
EXTRA_CFLAGS="${extra_cflags}"
CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer"
CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -Wdeclaration-after-statement -Wpointer-arith"
LDFLAGS_DEBUG=
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE=
# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
CC_OBJNAME="-o \[$]@"
CC_EXENAME="-o \[$]@"
# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
# built -- Console vs. Window.
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
713 714 715 716 717 718 719 | AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode]) ;; ia64) MACHINE="IA64" AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode]) ;; *) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 |
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
;;
ia64)
MACHINE="IA64"
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
;;
*)
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#ifndef _WIN64
#error 32-bit
#endif
]], [[]])],
[tcl_win_64bit=yes],
[tcl_win_64bit=no]
)
if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then
do64bit=amd64
MACHINE="AMD64"
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
fi
;;
esac
else
if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then
# static
AC_MSG_RESULT([using static flags])
runtime=-MT
LIBRARIES="\${STATIC_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe"
else
# dynamic
AC_MSG_RESULT([using shared flags])
runtime=-MD
# Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here.
LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
EXESUFFIX="\${DBGX}.exe"
case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
x1[[4-9]]*)
lflags="${lflags} -nodefaultlib:libucrt.lib"
;;
*)
;;
esac
fi
MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -out:\[$]@"
# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
DLLSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.dll"
LIBSUFFIX="\${DBGX}.lib"
LIBFLAGSUFFIX="\${DBGX}"
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
case "$do64bit" in
amd64|x64|yes)
MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build
;;
ia64)
MACHINE="IA64"
;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([ Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode])
fi
LIBS="user32.lib advapi32.lib ws2_32.lib"
case "x`echo \${VisualStudioVersion}`" in
x1[[4-9]]*)
LIBS="$LIBS ucrt.lib"
;;
*)
;;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
800 801 802 803 804 805 806 |
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
# -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
LINKBIN="link"
fi
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 |
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Z7 -Od -WX ${runtime}d"
# -O2 - create fast code (/Og /Oi /Ot /Oy /Ob2 /Gs /GF /Gy)
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2 ${runtime}"
lflags="${lflags} -nologo"
LINKBIN="link"
fi
if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
# Set defaults for common evc4/PPC2003 setup
# Currently Tcl requires 300+, possibly 420+ for sockets
CEVERSION=420; # could be 211 300 301 400 420 ...
TARGETCPU=ARMV4; # could be ARMV4 ARM MIPS SH3 X86 ...
ARCH=ARM; # could be ARM MIPS X86EM ...
PLATFORM="Pocket PC 2003"; # or "Pocket PC 2002"
if test "$doWince" != "yes"; then
# If !yes then the user specified something
# Reset ARCH to allow user to skip specifying it
ARCH=
eval `echo $doWince | awk -F "," '{ \
if (length([$]1)) { printf "CEVERSION=\"%s\"\n", [$]1; \
if ([$]1 < 400) { printf "PLATFORM=\"Pocket PC 2002\"\n" } }; \
if (length([$]2)) { printf "TARGETCPU=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]2) }; \
if (length([$]3)) { printf "ARCH=\"%s\"\n", toupper([$]3) }; \
if (length([$]4)) { printf "PLATFORM=\"%s\"\n", [$]4 }; \
}'`
if test "x${ARCH}" = "x" ; then
ARCH=$TARGETCPU;
fi
fi
OSVERSION=WCE$CEVERSION;
if test "x${WCEROOT}" = "x" ; then
WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded C++ 4.0"
if test ! -d "${WCEROOT}" ; then
WCEROOT="C:/Program Files/Microsoft eMbedded Tools"
fi
fi
if test "x${SDKROOT}" = "x" ; then
SDKROOT="C:/Program Files/Windows CE Tools"
if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}" ; then
SDKROOT="C:/Windows CE Tools"
fi
fi
# The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will
# not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called.
WCEROOT=`echo "$WCEROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'`
if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([Invalid celib directory "${CELIB_DIR}"])
fi
if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\
-o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode [$CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM]])
else
CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include"
if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then
CEINCLUDE="${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}"
fi
CELIBPATH="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"
fi
fi
if test "$doWince" != "no" ; then
CEBINROOT="${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"
if test "${TARGETCPU}" = "X86"; then
CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl.exe"
else
CC="${CEBINROOT}/cl${ARCH}.exe"
fi
CC="\"${CC}\" -I\"${CELIB_DIR}/inc\" -I\"${CEINCLUDE}\""
RC="\"${WCEROOT}/Common/EVC/bin/rc.exe\""
arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower([$]0)}'`
defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS"
for i in $defs ; do
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($i)
done
# if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then
# AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION)
# fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE, $CEVERSION)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(UNDER_CE, $CEVERSION)
CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od"
CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2"
lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'`
lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo"
LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\""
AC_SUBST(CELIB_DIR)
if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then
LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib"
else
LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib ws2.lib"
fi
# celib currently stuck at wce300 status
#LIBS="$LIBS \${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-${OSVERSION}-release/celib.lib"
LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\""
LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib"
else
LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib"
fi
SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}"
SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
# link -lib only works when -lib is the first arg
STLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -lib ${lflags}"
RC_OUT=-fo
RC_TYPE=-r
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
831 832 833 834 835 836 837 | # Specify the CC output file names based on the target name CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\[$]@" CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\[$]@')\"" # Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being # built -- Console vs. Window. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | < | | | | 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 |
# Specify the CC output file names based on the target name
CC_OBJNAME="-Fo\[$]@"
CC_EXENAME="-Fe\"\$(shell \$(CYGPATH) '\[$]@')\""
# Specify linker flags depending on the type of app being
# built -- Console vs. Window.
if test "$doWince" != "no" -a "${TARGETCPU}" != "X86"; then
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link ${lflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW=${LDFLAGS_CONSOLE}
else
LDFLAGS_CONSOLE="-link -subsystem:console ${lflags}"
LDFLAGS_WINDOW="-link -subsystem:windows ${lflags}"
fi
fi
if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then
AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_DO64BIT)
fi
if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for SEH support in compiler,
tcl_cv_seh,
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
int main(int argc, char** argv) {
int a, b = 0;
__try {
a = 666 / b;
}
__except (EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER) {
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
]])],
[tcl_cv_seh=yes],
[tcl_cv_seh=no],
[tcl_cv_seh=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NO_SEH, 1,
[Defined when mingw does not support SEH])
fi
#
# Check to see if the excpt.h include file provided contains the
# definition for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION; if not, which is the case
# with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int,
# sufficient for getting the current code to work.
#
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files,
tcl_cv_eh_disposition,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
]], [[
EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x;
]])],
[tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes],
[tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then
AC_DEFINE(EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION, int,
[Defined when cygwin/mingw does not support EXCEPTION DISPOSITION])
fi
# Check to see if winnt.h defines CHAR, SHORT, and LONG
# even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api
# used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this.
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for winnt.h that ignores VOID define,
tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#define VOID void
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
]], [[
CHAR c;
SHORT s;
LONG l;
]])],
[tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes],
[tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID, 1,
[Defined when cygwin/mingw ignores VOID define in winnt.h])
fi
# See if the compiler supports casting to a union type.
# This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler
# warning when initializing a union member.
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for cast to union support,
tcl_cv_cast_to_union,
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[]], [[
union foo { int i; double d; };
union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0;
]])],
[tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes],
[tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no])
)
if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION, 1,
[Defined when compiler supports casting to union type.])
fi
fi
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
966 967 968 969 970 971 972 | # --with-tcl=... # # Defines the following vars: # TCL_BIN_DIR Full path to the tcl build dir. #------------------------------------------------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([SC_WITH_TCL], [ | | | | | | 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 |
# --with-tcl=...
#
# Defines the following vars:
# TCL_BIN_DIR Full path to the tcl build dir.
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_WITH_TCL], [
if test -d ../../tcl8.5$1/win; then
TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.5$1/win
else
TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.5/win
fi
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [ --with-tcl=DIR use Tcl 8.5 binaries from DIR],
TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval, TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DEFAULT; pwd`)
if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then
AC_MSG_ERROR(Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist)
fi
if test ! -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile; then
AC_MSG_ERROR(There is no Makefile in $TCL_BIN_DIR: perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?)
else
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 |
# Results
# Subst's the following values:
# BUILD_TCLSH
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_BUILD_TCLSH], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh in Tcl build directory])
| | | 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 |
# Results
# Subst's the following values:
# BUILD_TCLSH
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_BUILD_TCLSH], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for tclsh in Tcl build directory])
BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT}
AC_MSG_RESULT($BUILD_TCLSH)
AC_SUBST(BUILD_TCLSH)
])
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING TIP #59
#
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 |
# VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_EMBED_MANIFEST], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to embed manifest)
AC_ARG_ENABLE(embedded-manifest,
| | | 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 |
# VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE
#
#--------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN([SC_EMBED_MANIFEST], [
AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to embed manifest)
AC_ARG_ENABLE(embedded-manifest,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-embedded-manifest],
[embed manifest if possible (default: yes)]),
[embed_ok=$enableval], [embed_ok=yes])
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL=
VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE=
result=no
if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 |
fi
])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
])
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 |
fi
])
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$result])
AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL)
AC_SUBST(VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE)
])
|
Changes to win/tkConfig.sh.in.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | # -D flags for use with the C compiler. TK_DEFS='@DEFS@' # Flag, 1: we built a shared lib, 0 we didn't TK_SHARED_BUILD=@TK_SHARED_BUILD@ | < | | | 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 | # -D flags for use with the C compiler. TK_DEFS='@DEFS@' # Flag, 1: we built a shared lib, 0 we didn't TK_SHARED_BUILD=@TK_SHARED_BUILD@ # This indicates if Tk was build with debugging symbols TK_DBGX=@TK_DBGX@ # The name of the Tk library (may be either a .a file or a shared library): TK_LIB_FILE='@TK_LIB_FILE@' # Additional libraries to use when linking Tk. TK_LIBS='@LIBS@ @LIBS_GUI@' |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWin.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 | #ifndef _TKWIN #define _TKWIN /* * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that | | | < | | < < < > > > > > | 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 | #ifndef _TKWIN #define _TKWIN /* * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignements. * * WINVER = 0x0410 means Windows 98 and above */ #ifndef WINVER #define WINVER 0x0500 #endif #ifndef _WIN32_WINNT #define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500 #endif #ifndef _TK #include <tk.h> #endif #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #include <windows.h> #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #ifdef BUILD_tk # undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT #endif /* * The following messages are used to communicate between a Tk toplevel * and its container window. A Tk container may not be able to provide * service to all of the following requests at the moment. But an embedded * Tk window will send out these requests to support external Tk container * application. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 | * Exported procedures defined for the Windows platform only. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ #include "tkPlatDecls.h" #endif /* _TKWIN */ | > > > | 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 | * Exported procedures defined for the Windows platform only. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ #include "tkPlatDecls.h" # undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS # define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT #endif /* _TKWIN */ |
Changes to win/tkWin32Dll.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
100 101 102 103 104 105 106 |
HINSTANCE hInstance,
DWORD reason,
LPVOID reserved)
{
#ifdef HAVE_NO_SEH
TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION registration;
#endif
| < | | | | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
HINSTANCE hInstance,
DWORD reason,
LPVOID reserved)
{
#ifdef HAVE_NO_SEH
TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION registration;
#endif
/*
* If we are attaching to the DLL from a new process, tell Tk about the
* hInstance to use.
*/
switch (reason) {
case DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH:
DisableThreadLibraryCalls(hInstance);
TkWinSetHINSTANCE(hInstance);
break;
case DLL_PROCESS_DETACH:
/*
* Protect the call to TkFinalize in an SEH block. We can't be
* guaranteed Tk is always being unloaded from a stable condition.
*/
#ifdef HAVE_NO_SEH
# ifdef _WIN64
__asm__ __volatile__ (
/*
* Construct an TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION to protect the call to
* TkFinalize
*/
"leaq %[registration], %%rdx" "\n\t"
"movq %%gs:0, %%rax" "\n\t"
"movq %%rax, 0x0(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* link */
"leaq 1f(%%rip), %%rax" "\n\t"
"movq %%rax, 0x8(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* handler */
"movq %%rbp, 0x10(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* rbp */
"movq %%rsp, 0x18(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* rsp */
"movl %[error], 0x20(%%rdx)" "\n\t" /* status */
/*
* Link the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION on the chain
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWin3d.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkBorder *
TkpGetBorder(void)
{
| | | 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkBorder *
TkpGetBorder(void)
{
WinBorder *borderPtr = (WinBorder *) ckalloc(sizeof(WinBorder));
borderPtr->light2ColorPtr = NULL;
borderPtr->dark2ColorPtr = NULL;
return (TkBorder *) borderPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinButton.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 | /* * Cached information about the boxes bitmap, and the default border width for * a button in string form for use in Tk_OptionSpec for the various button * widget classes. */ | | | 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
/*
* Cached information about the boxes bitmap, and the default border width for
* a button in string form for use in Tk_OptionSpec for the various button
* widget classes.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
BITMAPINFOHEADER *boxesPtr; /* Information about the bitmap. */
DWORD *boxesPalette; /* Pointer to color palette. */
LPSTR boxesBits; /* Pointer to bitmap data. */
DWORD boxHeight; /* Height of each sub-image. */
DWORD boxWidth; /* Width of each sub-image. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 | ClientData instanceData); static void InitBoxes(void); /* * The class procedure table for the button widgets. */ | | | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 |
ClientData instanceData);
static void InitBoxes(void);
/*
* The class procedure table for the button widgets.
*/
Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
TkButtonWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */
CreateProc, /* createProc */
NULL /* modalProc */
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
HRSRC hrsrc;
HGLOBAL hblk;
LPBITMAPINFOHEADER newBitmap;
size_t size;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | | | 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
HRSRC hrsrc;
HGLOBAL hblk;
LPBITMAPINFOHEADER newBitmap;
size_t size;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
hrsrc = FindResource(module, "buttons", RT_BITMAP);
if (hrsrc == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("FindResource() failed for buttons bitmap resource, "
"resources in tk_base.rc must be linked into Tk dll or static executable");
} else {
hblk = LoadResource(module, hrsrc);
tsdPtr->boxesPtr = (LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)LockResource(hblk);
}
/*
* Copy the DIBitmap into writable memory.
*/
if (tsdPtr->boxesPtr != NULL && !(tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biWidth % 4)
&& !(tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biHeight % 2)) {
size = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize
+ (sizeof(RGBQUAD) << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount)
+ tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSizeImage;
newBitmap = (LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) ckalloc(size);
memcpy(newBitmap, tsdPtr->boxesPtr, size);
tsdPtr->boxesPtr = newBitmap;
tsdPtr->boxWidth = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biWidth / 4;
tsdPtr->boxHeight = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biHeight / 2;
tsdPtr->boxesPalette = (DWORD*) (((LPSTR) tsdPtr->boxesPtr)
+ tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize);
tsdPtr->boxesBits = ((LPSTR) tsdPtr->boxesPalette)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
178 179 180 181 182 183 184 | * Side effects: * Updates some of. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void | | | | | | 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 |
* Side effects:
* Updates some of.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpButtonSetDefaults()
{
int width = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
if (width > 0) {
sprintf(tkDefButtonBorderWidth, "%d", width);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateButton --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
207 208 209 210 211 212 213 |
*/
TkButton *
TkpCreateButton(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
WinButton *butPtr;
| < | 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 |
*/
TkButton *
TkpCreateButton(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
WinButton *butPtr;
butPtr = (WinButton *)ckalloc(sizeof(WinButton));
butPtr->hwnd = NULL;
return (TkButton *) butPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
239 240 241 242 243 244 245 |
CreateProc(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
Window parentWin, /* Parent of new window. */
ClientData instanceData) /* Button instance data. */
{
Window window;
HWND parent;
| | | | | | | | 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 |
CreateProc(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
Window parentWin, /* Parent of new window. */
ClientData instanceData) /* Button instance data. */
{
Window window;
HWND parent;
char *class;
WinButton *butPtr = (WinButton *)instanceData;
parent = Tk_GetHWND(parentWin);
if (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_LABEL) {
class = "STATIC";
butPtr->style = SS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
} else {
class = "BUTTON";
butPtr->style = BS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
}
butPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow(class, NULL, butPtr->style,
Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
SetWindowPos(butPtr->hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
butPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtr(butPtr->hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC,
(INT_PTR) ButtonProc);
window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, butPtr->hwnd);
return window;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
286 287 288 289 290 291 292 |
TkpDestroyButton(
TkButton *butPtr)
{
WinButton *winButPtr = (WinButton *)butPtr;
HWND hwnd = winButPtr->hwnd;
if (hwnd) {
| | | 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 |
TkpDestroyButton(
TkButton *butPtr)
{
WinButton *winButPtr = (WinButton *)butPtr;
HWND hwnd = winButPtr->hwnd;
if (hwnd) {
SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) winButPtr->oldProc);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDisplayButton --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
void
TkpDisplayButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkWinDCState state;
HDC dc;
| | | | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 |
void
TkpDisplayButton(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */
{
TkWinDCState state;
HDC dc;
register TkButton *butPtr = (TkButton *) clientData;
GC gc;
Tk_3DBorder border;
Pixmap pixmap;
int x = 0; /* Initialization only needed to stop compiler
* warning. */
int y, relief;
register Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin;
int width = 0, height = 0, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0, drawRing = 0;
RECT rect;
int defaultWidth; /* Width of default ring. */
int offset; /* 0 means this is a label widget. 1 means it
* is a flavor of button, so we offset the
* text to make the button appear to move up
* and down as the relief changes. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
402 403 404 405 406 407 408 |
}
}
/*
* Compute width of default ring and offset for pushed buttons.
*/
| | < < < | 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 |
}
}
/*
* Compute width of default ring and offset for pushed buttons.
*/
if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON) {
defaultWidth = ((butPtr->defaultState == DEFAULT_ACTIVE)
? butPtr->highlightWidth : 0);
offset = 1;
} else {
defaultWidth = 0;
if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && !butPtr->indicatorOn) {
offset = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
759 760 761 762 763 764 765 |
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
defaultWidth, defaultWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
butPtr->borderWidth, relief);
}
if (defaultWidth != 0) {
| < < < < < < < | | | | | 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 |
Tk_Draw3DRectangle(tkwin, pixmap, border,
defaultWidth, defaultWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2*defaultWidth,
butPtr->borderWidth, relief);
}
if (defaultWidth != 0) {
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state);
TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth,
(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin),
(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, Tk_Height(tkwin) - defaultWidth,
Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth,
(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
TkWinFillRect(dc, Tk_Width(tkwin) - defaultWidth, 0,
defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin),
(int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state);
}
if (butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS) {
Tk_SetCaretPos(tkwin, x, y, 0 /* not used */);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
815 816 817 818 819 820 821 | * The button's window may change size. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpComputeButtonGeometry( | | | 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 |
* The button's window may change size.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpComputeButtonGeometry(
register TkButton *butPtr) /* Button whose geometry may have changed. */
{
int txtWidth, txtHeight; /* Width and height of text */
int imgWidth, imgHeight; /* Width and height of image */
int width = 0, height = 0; /* Width and height of button */
int haveImage, haveText;
int avgWidth;
int minWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 |
if (butPtr->info.state != STATE_DISABLED) {
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
code = TkInvokeButton((TkButton*)butPtr);
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE
&& code != TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (button invoke)");
| | | | | 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 |
if (butPtr->info.state != STATE_DISABLED) {
Tcl_Preserve(interp);
code = TkInvokeButton((TkButton*)butPtr);
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE
&& code != TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (button invoke)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release(interp);
}
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return 0;
}
}
/* FALLTHRU */
default:
if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
return result;
}
}
return DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinClipboard.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkSelect.h" | < | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkSelect.h" static void UpdateClipboard(HWND hwnd); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkSelGetSelection -- |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 |
* once it has been retrieved. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
char *data, *destPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
HGLOBAL handle;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
| | < < < < < < | > | | > | | | 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
* once it has been retrieved. */
ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */
{
char *data, *destPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
HGLOBAL handle;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
int result, locale;
if ((selection != Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD"))
|| (target != XA_STRING)
|| !OpenClipboard(NULL)) {
goto error;
}
/*
* Attempt to get the data in Unicode form if available as this is less
* work that CF_TEXT.
*/
result = TCL_ERROR;
if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_UNICODETEXT)) {
handle = GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
if (!handle) {
CloseClipboard();
goto error;
}
data = GlobalLock(handle);
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString((Tcl_UniChar *)data,
Tcl_UniCharLen((Tcl_UniChar *)data), &ds);
GlobalUnlock(handle);
} else if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_TEXT)) {
/*
* Determine the encoding to use to convert this text.
*/
if (IsClipboardFormatAvailable(CF_LOCALE)) {
handle = GetClipboardData(CF_LOCALE);
if (!handle) {
CloseClipboard();
goto error;
}
/*
* Get the locale identifier, determine the proper code page to
* use, and find the corresponding encoding.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "cp######", -1);
data = GlobalLock(handle);
/*
* Even though the documentation claims that GetLocaleInfo expects
* an LCID, on Windows 9x it really seems to expect a LanguageID.
*/
locale = LANGIDFROMLCID(*((int*)data));
GetLocaleInfo(locale, LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE,
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)+2, Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)-2);
GlobalUnlock(handle);
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
} else {
encoding = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
if (!handle) {
if (encoding) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
}
CloseClipboard();
goto error;
}
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 |
if (!handle) {
if (encoding) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
}
CloseClipboard();
goto error;
}
data = GlobalLock(handle);
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, data, -1, &ds);
GlobalUnlock(handle);
if (encoding) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
}
} else {
CloseClipboard();
goto error;
}
/*
* Translate CR/LF to LF.
*/
data = destPtr = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
while (*data) {
if (data[0] == '\r' && data[1] == '\n') {
data++;
} else {
*destPtr++ = *data++;
}
}
*destPtr = '\0';
/*
* Pass the data off to the selection procedure.
*/
result = (*proc)(clientData, interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
CloseClipboard();
return result;
error:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, selection),
" selection doesn't exist or form \"",
Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, target), "\" not defined", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSetSelectionOwner --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
Display *display,
Atom selection,
Window owner,
Time time)
{
HWND hwnd = owner ? TkWinGetHWND(owner) : NULL;
Tk_Window tkwin;
| < < | 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
Display *display,
Atom selection,
Window owner,
Time time)
{
HWND hwnd = owner ? TkWinGetHWND(owner) : NULL;
Tk_Window tkwin;
/*
* This is a gross hack because the Tk_InternAtom interface is broken. It
* expects a Tk_Window, even though it only needs a Tk_Display.
*/
tkwin = (Tk_Window) TkGetMainInfoList()->winPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
281 282 283 284 285 286 287 |
{
TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr;
TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr;
HGLOBAL handle;
char *buffer, *p, *rawText, *endPtr;
int length;
Tcl_DString ds;
| < | 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 |
{
TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr;
TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr;
HGLOBAL handle;
char *buffer, *p, *rawText, *endPtr;
int length;
Tcl_DString ds;
for (targetPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; targetPtr != NULL;
targetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr) {
if (targetPtr->type == XA_STRING) {
break;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
313 314 315 316 317 318 319 |
}
}
/*
* Copy the data and change EOL characters.
*/
| | > > > > > > | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
}
}
/*
* Copy the data and change EOL characters.
*/
buffer = rawText = ckalloc((unsigned)length + 1);
if (targetPtr != NULL) {
for (cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr; cbPtr != NULL;
cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) {
for (p = cbPtr->buffer, endPtr = p + cbPtr->length;
p < endPtr; p++) {
if (*p == '\n') {
*buffer++ = '\r';
}
*buffer++ = *p;
}
}
}
*buffer = '\0';
/*
* Depending on the platform, turn the data into Unicode or the system
* encoding before placing it on the clipboard.
*/
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(rawText, -1, &ds);
ckfree(rawText);
handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
if (!handle) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return;
}
buffer = GlobalLock(handle);
memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2);
GlobalUnlock(handle);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, handle);
} else {
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, rawText, -1, &ds);
ckfree(rawText);
handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1);
if (!handle) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return;
}
buffer = GlobalLock(handle);
memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
(unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1);
GlobalUnlock(handle);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
SetClipboardData(CF_TEXT, handle);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSelUpdateClipboard --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
void
TkSelUpdateClipboard(
TkWindow *winPtr,
TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr)
{
HWND hwnd = TkWinGetHWND(winPtr->window);
| < < | 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 |
void
TkSelUpdateClipboard(
TkWindow *winPtr,
TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr)
{
HWND hwnd = TkWinGetHWND(winPtr->window);
UpdateClipboard(hwnd);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateClipboard --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 |
UpdateClipboard(
HWND hwnd)
{
TkWinUpdatingClipboard(TRUE);
OpenClipboard(hwnd);
EmptyClipboard();
| > > > > > > | > > > | 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 |
UpdateClipboard(
HWND hwnd)
{
TkWinUpdatingClipboard(TRUE);
OpenClipboard(hwnd);
EmptyClipboard();
/*
* CF_UNICODETEXT is only supported on NT, but it it is prefered when
* possible.
*/
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, NULL);
} else {
SetClipboardData(CF_TEXT, NULL);
}
CloseClipboard();
TkWinUpdatingClipboard(FALSE);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
422 423 424 425 426 427 428 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelEventProc(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */
| | | 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelEventProc(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event: either SelectionClear,
* SelectionRequest, or SelectionNotify. */
{
if (eventPtr->type == SelectionClear) {
TkSelClearSelection(tkwin, eventPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
449 450 451 452 453 454 455 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkSelPropProc( | | < | 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSelPropProc(
register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X PropertyChange event. */
{
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinColor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 |
/*
* The sysColors array contains the names and index values for the Windows
* indirect system color names. In use, all of the names will have the string
* "System" prepended, but we omit it in the table to save space.
*/
typedef struct {
| | | | 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 |
/*
* The sysColors array contains the names and index values for the Windows
* indirect system color names. In use, all of the names will have the string
* "System" prepended, but we omit it in the table to save space.
*/
typedef struct {
char *name;
int index;
} SystemColorEntry;
static SystemColorEntry sysColors[] = {
{"3dDarkShadow", COLOR_3DDKSHADOW},
{"3dLight", COLOR_3DLIGHT},
{"ActiveBorder", COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER},
{"ActiveCaption", COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION},
{"AppWorkspace", COLOR_APPWORKSPACE},
{"Background", COLOR_BACKGROUND},
{"ButtonFace", COLOR_BTNFACE},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 |
{"InactiveBorder", COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER},
{"InactiveCaption", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION},
{"InactiveCaptionText", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT},
{"InfoBackground", COLOR_INFOBK},
{"InfoText", COLOR_INFOTEXT},
{"Menu", COLOR_MENU},
{"MenuText", COLOR_MENUTEXT},
| < | > > > > > > | 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 |
{"InactiveBorder", COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER},
{"InactiveCaption", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION},
{"InactiveCaptionText", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT},
{"InfoBackground", COLOR_INFOBK},
{"InfoText", COLOR_INFOTEXT},
{"Menu", COLOR_MENU},
{"MenuText", COLOR_MENUTEXT},
{"Scrollbar", COLOR_SCROLLBAR},
{"Window", COLOR_WINDOW},
{"WindowFrame", COLOR_WINDOWFRAME},
{"WindowText", COLOR_WINDOWTEXT},
{NULL, 0}
};
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int ncolors;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file.
*/
static int FindSystemColor(const char *name, XColor *colorPtr,
int *indexPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
static int
FindSystemColor(
const char *name, /* Color name. */
XColor *colorPtr, /* Where to store results. */
int *indexPtr) /* Out parameter to store color index. */
{
int l, u, r, i;
| > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
static int
FindSystemColor(
const char *name, /* Color name. */
XColor *colorPtr, /* Where to store results. */
int *indexPtr) /* Out parameter to store color index. */
{
int l, u, r, i;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Count the number of elements in the color array if we haven't done so
* yet.
*/
if (tsdPtr->ncolors == 0) {
SystemColorEntry *ePtr;
int version;
version = LOBYTE(LOWORD(GetVersion()));
for (ePtr = sysColors; ePtr->name != NULL; ePtr++) {
if (version < 4) {
if (ePtr->index == COLOR_3DDKSHADOW) {
ePtr->index = COLOR_BTNSHADOW;
} else if (ePtr->index == COLOR_3DLIGHT) {
ePtr->index = COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT;
}
}
tsdPtr->ncolors++;
}
}
/*
* Perform a binary search on the sorted array of colors.
*/
l = 0;
u = tsdPtr->ncolors - 1;
while (l <= u) {
i = (l + u) / 2;
r = strcasecmp(name, sysColors[i].name);
if (r == 0) {
break;
} else if (r < 0) {
u = i-1;
} else {
l = i+1;
}
}
if (l > u) {
return 0;
}
*indexPtr = sysColors[i].index;
colorPtr->pixel = GetSysColor(sysColors[i].index);
/*
* x257 is (value<<8 + value) to get the properly bit shifted and padded
* value. [Bug: 4919]
*/
colorPtr->red = GetRValue(colorPtr->pixel) * 257;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
170 171 172 173 174 175 176 |
* color index.
*/
if (((strncasecmp(name, "system", 6) == 0)
&& FindSystemColor(name+6, &color, &index))
|| TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin), name,
&color)) {
| | | 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
* color index.
*/
if (((strncasecmp(name, "system", 6) == 0)
&& FindSystemColor(name+6, &color, &index))
|| TkParseColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin), name,
&color)) {
winColPtr = (WinColor *) ckalloc(sizeof(WinColor));
winColPtr->info.color = color;
winColPtr->index = index;
XAllocColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin),
&winColPtr->info.color);
return (TkColor *) winColPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
TkColor *
TkpGetColorByValue(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate
* desired color. */
{
| | | 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 |
TkColor *
TkpGetColorByValue(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */
XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate
* desired color. */
{
WinColor *tkColPtr = (WinColor *) ckalloc(sizeof(WinColor));
tkColPtr->info.color.red = colorPtr->red;
tkColPtr->info.color.green = colorPtr->green;
tkColPtr->info.color.blue = colorPtr->blue;
tkColPtr->info.color.pixel = 0;
tkColPtr->index = -1;
XAllocColor(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin), &tkColPtr->info.color);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkWinIndexOfColor(
XColor *colorPtr)
{
| | | 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkWinIndexOfColor(
XColor *colorPtr)
{
register WinColor *winColPtr = (WinColor *) colorPtr;
if (winColPtr->info.magic == COLOR_MAGIC) {
return winColPtr->index;
}
return -1;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
304 305 306 307 308 309 310 |
Display *display,
Colormap colormap,
XColor *color)
{
TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
PALETTEENTRY entry, closeEntry;
HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
| < < | | 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 |
Display *display,
Colormap colormap,
XColor *color)
{
TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
PALETTEENTRY entry, closeEntry;
HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
entry.peRed = (color->red) >> 8;
entry.peGreen = (color->green) >> 8;
entry.peBlue = (color->blue) >> 8;
entry.peFlags = 0;
if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) {
unsigned long sizePalette = GetDeviceCaps(dc, SIZEPALETTE);
UINT newPixel, closePixel;
int new, refCount;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
UINT index;
/*
* Find the nearest existing palette entry.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
345 346 347 348 349 350 351 |
if ((index >= cmap->size) || (newPixel != closePixel)) {
if (cmap->size == sizePalette) {
color->red = closeEntry.peRed * 257;
color->green = closeEntry.peGreen * 257;
color->blue = closeEntry.peBlue * 257;
entry = closeEntry;
if (index >= cmap->size) {
| | | | | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 |
if ((index >= cmap->size) || (newPixel != closePixel)) {
if (cmap->size == sizePalette) {
color->red = closeEntry.peRed * 257;
color->green = closeEntry.peGreen * 257;
color->blue = closeEntry.peBlue * 257;
entry = closeEntry;
if (index >= cmap->size) {
OutputDebugString("XAllocColor: Colormap is bigger than we thought");
}
} else {
cmap->size++;
ResizePalette(cmap->palette, cmap->size);
SetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, cmap->size - 1, 1, &entry);
}
}
color->pixel = PALETTERGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue);
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts,
INT2PTR(color->pixel), &new);
if (new) {
refCount = 1;
} else {
refCount = (PTR2INT(Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr))) + 1;
}
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(refCount));
} else {
/*
* Determine what color will actually be used on non-colormap systems.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
406 407 408 409 410 411 412 |
Colormap colormap,
unsigned long *pixels,
int npixels,
unsigned long planes)
{
TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
COLORREF cref;
| | < < < | | | > | | | 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 |
Colormap colormap,
unsigned long *pixels,
int npixels,
unsigned long planes)
{
TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
COLORREF cref;
UINT count, index, refCount;
int i;
PALETTEENTRY entry, *entries;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
HDC dc = GetDC(NULL);
/*
* We don't have to do anything for non-palette devices.
*/
if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) {
/*
* This is really slow for large values of npixels.
*/
for (i = 0; i < npixels; i++) {
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts, INT2PTR(pixels[i]));
if (!entryPtr) {
Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated.");
}
refCount = PTR2INT(Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr)) - 1;
if (refCount == 0) {
cref = pixels[i] & 0x00ffffff;
index = GetNearestPaletteIndex(cmap->palette, cref);
GetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index, 1, &entry);
if (cref == RGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue)) {
count = cmap->size - index;
entries = (PALETTEENTRY *)
ckalloc(sizeof(PALETTEENTRY) * count);
GetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index+1, count, entries);
SetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index, count, entries);
ckfree((char *) entries);
cmap->size--;
} else {
Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated.");
}
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(refCount));
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
int alloc)
{
char logPalBuf[sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + 256 * sizeof(PALETTEENTRY)];
LOGPALETTE *logPalettePtr;
PALETTEENTRY *entryPtr;
TkWinColormap *cmap;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
| | < < < < | | | 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 |
int alloc)
{
char logPalBuf[sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + 256 * sizeof(PALETTEENTRY)];
LOGPALETTE *logPalettePtr;
PALETTEENTRY *entryPtr;
TkWinColormap *cmap;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashPtr;
int new;
UINT i;
HPALETTE sysPal;
/*
* Allocate a starting palette with all of the reserved colors.
*/
logPalettePtr = (LOGPALETTE *) logPalBuf;
logPalettePtr->palVersion = 0x300;
sysPal = (HPALETTE) GetStockObject(DEFAULT_PALETTE);
logPalettePtr->palNumEntries = GetPaletteEntries(sysPal, 0, 256,
logPalettePtr->palPalEntry);
cmap = (TkWinColormap *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinColormap));
cmap->size = logPalettePtr->palNumEntries;
cmap->stale = 0;
cmap->palette = CreatePalette(logPalettePtr);
/*
* Add hash entries for each of the static colors.
*/
Tcl_InitHashTable(&cmap->refCounts, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
for (i = 0; i < logPalettePtr->palNumEntries; i++) {
entryPtr = logPalettePtr->palPalEntry + i;
hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts, INT2PTR(PALETTERGB(
entryPtr->peRed, entryPtr->peGreen, entryPtr->peBlue)), &new);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, INT2PTR(1));
}
return (Colormap)cmap;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
543 544 545 546 547 548 549 |
int
XFreeColormap(
Display *display,
Colormap colormap)
{
TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
| < | | | 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 |
int
XFreeColormap(
Display *display,
Colormap colormap)
{
TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap;
if (!DeleteObject(cmap->palette)) {
Tcl_Panic("Unable to free colormap, palette is still selected.");
}
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cmap->refCounts);
ckfree((char *) cmap);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinSelectPalette --
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinConfig.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkpGetSystemDefault(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */
| | | | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Obj *
TkpGetSystemDefault(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */
CONST char *dbName, /* The option database name. */
CONST char *className) /* The name of the option class. */
{
Tcl_Obj *valueObjPtr;
Tk_Uid classUid;
if (tkwin == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinCursor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 |
/*
* The table below is used to map from the name of a predefined cursor to its
* resource identifier.
*/
static struct CursorName {
| | | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 |
/*
* The table below is used to map from the name of a predefined cursor to its
* resource identifier.
*/
static struct CursorName {
char *name;
LPCTSTR id;
} cursorNames[] = {
{"starting", IDC_APPSTARTING},
{"arrow", IDC_ARROW},
{"ibeam", IDC_IBEAM},
{"icon", IDC_ICON},
{"no", IDC_NO},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
67 68 69 70 71 72 73 |
{NULL, 0}
};
/*
* The default cursor is used whenever no other cursor has been specified.
*/
| | > | 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
{NULL, 0}
};
/*
* The default cursor is used whenever no other cursor has been specified.
*/
#define TK_DEFAULT_CURSOR IDC_ARROW
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetCursorByName --
*
* Retrieve a system cursor by name.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
95 96 97 98 99 100 101 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
* details on legal syntax. */
{
struct CursorName *namePtr;
TkWinCursor *cursorPtr;
int argc;
| | < | | | | < | | | | | | | < | < | | | > | 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for
* details on legal syntax. */
{
struct CursorName *namePtr;
TkWinCursor *cursorPtr;
int argc;
CONST char **argv = NULL;
/*
* All cursor names are valid lists of one element (for
* Unix-compatibility), even unadorned system cursor names.
*/
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
return NULL;
}
if (argc == 0) {
goto badCursorSpec;
}
cursorPtr = (TkWinCursor *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinCursor));
cursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) cursorPtr;
cursorPtr->winCursor = NULL;
cursorPtr->system = 0;
if (argv[0][0] == '@') {
/*
* Check for system cursor of type @<filename>, where only the name is
* allowed. This accepts any of:
* -cursor @/winnt/cursors/globe.ani
* -cursor @C:/Winnt/cursors/E_arrow.cur
* -cursor {@C:/Program\ Files/Cursors/bart.ani}
* -cursor {{@C:/Program Files/Cursors/bart.ani}}
* -cursor [list @[file join "C:/Program Files" Cursors bart.ani]]
*/
if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't get cursor from a file in",
" a safe interpreter", NULL);
ckfree((char *) argv);
ckfree((char *) cursorPtr);
return NULL;
}
cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursorFromFile(&(argv[0][1]));
} else {
/*
* Check for the cursor in the system cursor set.
*/
for (namePtr = cursorNames; namePtr->name != NULL; namePtr++) {
if (strcmp(namePtr->name, argv[0]) == 0) {
cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, namePtr->id);
break;
}
}
if (cursorPtr->winCursor == NULL) {
/*
* Hmm, it is not in the system cursor set. Check to see if it is
* one of our application resources.
*/
cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursor(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), argv[0]);
} else {
cursorPtr->system = 1;
}
}
if (cursorPtr->winCursor == NULL) {
ckfree((char *) cursorPtr);
badCursorSpec:
ckfree((char *) argv);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cursor spec \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return NULL;
} else {
ckfree((char *) argv);
return (TkCursor *) cursorPtr;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkCreateCursorFromData --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
191 192 193 194 195 196 197 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkCursor *
TkCreateCursorFromData(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
| | | < < < < < < < < < < | 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkCursor *
TkCreateCursorFromData(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */
CONST char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */
CONST char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */
int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */
int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */
XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */
XColor bgColor) /* Background color for cursor. */
{
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpFreeCursor --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
232 233 234 235 236 237 238 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpFreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
| < < | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpFreeCursor(
TkCursor *cursorPtr)
{
/* TkWinCursor *winCursorPtr = (TkWinCursor *) cursorPtr; */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpSetCursor --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
262 263 264 265 266 267 268 |
TkpSetCursor(
TkpCursor cursor)
{
HCURSOR hcursor;
TkWinCursor *winCursor = (TkWinCursor *) cursor;
if (winCursor == NULL || winCursor->winCursor == NULL) {
| | | 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
TkpSetCursor(
TkpCursor cursor)
{
HCURSOR hcursor;
TkWinCursor *winCursor = (TkWinCursor *) cursor;
if (winCursor == NULL || winCursor->winCursor == NULL) {
hcursor = LoadCursor(NULL, TK_DEFAULT_CURSOR);
} else {
hcursor = winCursor->winCursor;
}
if (hcursor != NULL) {
SetCursor(hcursor);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinDefault.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 | #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" | | | | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 | #define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_LABEL_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_BUTTON_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_BUTTON_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_OVER_RELIEF "" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADX "1" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADX "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_PADY "1" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_PADY "1" #define DEF_BUTTON_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_LABCHKRAD_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_DELAY "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_REPEAT_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_COLOR INDICATOR #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_BUTTON_SELECT_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_BUTTON_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LABEL_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT "" #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" #define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_WRAP_LENGTH "0" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE | | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 | #define DEF_CANVAS_SCROLL_REGION "" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_COLOR "1" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_CANVAS_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_CANVAS_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_CANVAS_WIDTH "10c" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_X_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_CMD "" #define DEF_CANVAS_Y_SCROLL_INCREMENT "0" /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
153 154 155 156 157 158 159 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG TEXT_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" | < < | | < < | 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 | #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BG TEXT_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_ENTRY_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_ENTRY_JUSTIFY "left" #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_COLOR "SystemButtonFace" #define DEF_ENTRY_READONLY_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_ENTRY_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_SHOW (char *) NULL #define DEF_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_ENTRY_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_ENTRY_TEXT_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_ENTRY_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for frames: */ #define DEF_FRAME_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_FRAME_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_FRAME_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CLASS "Frame" #define DEF_FRAME_COLORMAP "" #define DEF_FRAME_CONTAINER "0" #define DEF_FRAME_CURSOR "" #define DEF_FRAME_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_FRAME_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
224 225 226 227 228 229 230 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 | #define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_LIST_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_BD "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_LISTBOX_SELECT_MODE "browse" #define DEF_LISTBOX_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_LISTBOX_STATE "normal" #define DEF_LISTBOX_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_LISTBOX_WIDTH "20" /* * Defaults for individual entries of menus: */ #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_BG (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACTIVE_FG (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ACCELERATOR (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BG (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_BITMAP NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COLUMN_BREAK "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMMAND (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_COMPOUND "none" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FG (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_FONT (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_HIDE_MARGIN "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_INDICATOR "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_MENU (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_OFF_VALUE "0" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_ON_VALUE "1" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_STATE "normal" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_VALUE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_CHECK_VARIABLE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_RADIO_VARIABLE "selectedButton" #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_SELECT (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_ENTRY_UNDERLINE "-1" /* * Defaults for menus overall: */ #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_MENU_ACTIVE_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BG_COLOR MENU_BG #define DEF_MENU_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENU_BORDER_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENU_CURSOR "arrow" #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_MENU_FONT "TkMenuFont" #define DEF_MENU_FG MENU_FG #define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND "" #define DEF_MENU_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_COLOR MENU_FG #define DEF_MENU_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_MENU_TAKE_FOCUS "0" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF "1" #define DEF_MENU_TEAROFF_CMD (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENU_TITLE "" #define DEF_MENU_TYPE "normal" /* * Defaults for menubuttons: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
320 321 322 323 324 325 326 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" | | | 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 | #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_IMAGE (char *) NULL #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_INDICATOR "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_JUSTIFY "center" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_MENU "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADX "4p" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_PADY "3p" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_STATE "normal" |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
421 422 423 424 425 426 427 | #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_SCALE_LABEL "" #define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100" #define DEF_SCALE_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCALE_RELIEF "flat" | | | | 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 | #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_SCALE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_SCALE_LABEL "" #define DEF_SCALE_LENGTH "100" #define DEF_SCALE_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCALE_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCALE_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" #define DEF_SCALE_RESOLUTION "1" #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCALE_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_SHOW_VALUE "1" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_LENGTH "30" #define DEF_SCALE_SLIDER_RELIEF "raised" #define DEF_SCALE_STATE "normal" #define DEF_SCALE_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_SCALE_TICK_INTERVAL "0" #define DEF_SCALE_TO "100" #define DEF_SCALE_VARIABLE "" #define DEF_SCALE_WIDTH "15" /* * Defaults for scrollbars: |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
457 458 459 460 461 462 463 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" | | | 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 | #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_JUMP "0" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_ORIENT "vertical" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_DELAY "300" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_REPEAT_INTERVAL "100" #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_COLOR TROUGH #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_TROUGH_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH "10" /* * Defaults for texts: */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
484 485 486 487 488 489 490 | #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG TEXT_FG #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" | < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 | #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BG TEXT_FG #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_OFF_TIME "300" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_ON_TIME "600" #define DEF_TEXT_INSERT_WIDTH "2" #define DEF_TEXT_MAX_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" #define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" #define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "sunken" #define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR NULL #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_MONO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_COLOR SELECT_FG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_FG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_TEXT_SET_GRID "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING1 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING2 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_STATE "normal" #define DEF_TEXT_TABS "" #define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE "tabular" #define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_TEXT_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH "80" #define DEF_TEXT_WRAP "char" #define DEF_TEXT_XSCROLL_COMMAND "" #define DEF_TEXT_YSCROLL_COMMAND "" /* * Defaults for canvas text: */ #define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" /* * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply * to toplevels): */ #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_CLASS "Toplevel" #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_MENU "" #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_SCREEN "" #define DEF_TOPLEVEL_USE "" #endif /* _TKWINDEFAULT */ |
Changes to win/tkWinDialog.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 | /* * tkWinDialog.c -- * * Contains the Windows implementation of the common dialog boxes. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | > < > > > < < < < < | > | > > > | > > > > | < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
/*
* tkWinDialog.c --
*
* Contains the Windows implementation of the common dialog boxes.
*
* Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#define WINVER 0x0500 /* Requires Windows 2K definitions */
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500
#include "tkWinInt.h"
#include "tkFileFilter.h"
#include <commdlg.h> /* includes common dialog functionality */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
# pragma comment (lib, "comdlg32.lib")
#endif
#include <dlgs.h> /* includes common dialog template defines */
#include <cderr.h> /* includes the common dialog error codes */
#include <shlobj.h> /* includes SHBrowseForFolder */
#ifdef _MSC_VER
# pragma comment (lib, "shell32.lib")
#endif
/* These needed for compilation with VC++ 5.2 */
#ifndef BIF_EDITBOX
#define BIF_EDITBOX 0x10
#endif
#ifndef BIF_VALIDATE
#define BIF_VALIDATE 0x0020
#endif
#ifndef BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE
#define BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE 0x0040
#endif
#ifndef BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED
#ifdef UNICODE
#define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 4
#else
#define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 3
#endif
#endif /* BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED */
#ifndef OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400
#define OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400 76
#endif
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int debugFlag; /* Flags whether we should output debugging
* information while displaying a builtin
* dialog. */
Tcl_Interp *debugInterp; /* Interpreter to used for debugging. */
UINT WM_LBSELCHANGED; /* Holds a registered windows event used for
* communicating between the Directory Chooser
* dialog and its hook proc. */
HHOOK hMsgBoxHook; /* Hook proc for tk_messageBox and the */
HICON hSmallIcon; /* icons used by a parent to be used in */
HICON hBigIcon; /* the message box */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* The following structures are used by Tk_MessageBoxCmd() to parse arguments
* and return results.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 |
* for setting the "tk_dialog" variable. */
int dynFileBufferSize; /* Dynamic filename buffer size, stored to
* avoid shrinking and expanding the buffer
* when selection changes */
WCHAR *dynFileBuffer; /* Dynamic filename buffer */
} OFNData;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | < < < < < | | | | > > > | | 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 |
* for setting the "tk_dialog" variable. */
int dynFileBufferSize; /* Dynamic filename buffer size, stored to
* avoid shrinking and expanding the buffer
* when selection changes */
WCHAR *dynFileBuffer; /* Dynamic filename buffer */
} OFNData;
/*
* Definitions of functions used only in this file.
*/
static UINT APIENTRY ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg,
LPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static UINT CALLBACK ColorDlgHookProc(HWND hDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam);
static int GetFileName(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int isOpen);
static int MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr,
Tcl_DString *dsPtr, Tcl_Obj *initialPtr,
int *indexPtr);
static UINT APIENTRY OFNHookProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam);
static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgBoxCBTProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static void SetTkDialog(ClientData clientData);
static const char *ConvertExternalFilename(WCHAR *filename,
Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EatSpuriousMessageBugFix --
*
* In the file open/save dialog, double clicking on a list item causes
* the dialog box to close, but an unwanted WM_LBUTTONUP message is sent
* to the window underneath. If the window underneath happens to be a
* windows control (eg a button) then it will be activated by accident.
*
* This problem does not occur in dialog boxes, because windows must do
* some special processing to solve the problem. (separate message
* processing functions are used to cope with keyboard navigation of
* controls.)
*
* Here is one solution. After returning, we poll the message queue for
* 1/4s looking for WM_LBUTTON up messages. If we see one it's consumed.
* If we get a WM_LBUTTONDOWN message, then we exit early, since the user
* must be doing something new. This fix only works for the current
* application, so the problem will still occur if the open dialog
* happens to be over another applications button. However this is a
* fairly rare occurrance.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Consumes an unwanted BUTTON messages.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
EatSpuriousMessageBugFix(void)
{
MSG msg;
DWORD nTime = GetTickCount() + 250;
while (GetTickCount() < nTime) {
if (PeekMessageA(&msg, 0, WM_LBUTTONDOWN, WM_LBUTTONDOWN, PM_NOREMOVE)){
break;
}
PeekMessageA(&msg, 0, WM_LBUTTONUP, WM_LBUTTONUP, PM_REMOVE);
}
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinDialogDebug --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
747 748 749 750 751 752 753 |
int
Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
int
Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData, parent;
HWND hWnd;
int i, oldMode, winCode, result;
CHOOSECOLORW chooseColor;
static int inited = 0;
static COLORREF dwCustColors[16];
static long oldColor; /* the color selected last time */
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL
};
enum options {
COLOR_INITIAL, COLOR_PARENT, COLOR_TITLE
};
result = TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
778 779 780 781 782 783 784 |
dwCustColors[i] = RGB(255-i * 10, i, i * 10);
}
oldColor = RGB(0xa0, 0xa0, 0xa0);
inited = 1;
}
parent = tkwin;
| | | | < | > | | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 |
dwCustColors[i] = RGB(255-i * 10, i, i * 10);
}
oldColor = RGB(0xa0, 0xa0, 0xa0);
inited = 1;
}
parent = tkwin;
chooseColor.lStructSize = sizeof(CHOOSECOLORW);
chooseColor.hwndOwner = NULL;
chooseColor.hInstance = NULL;
chooseColor.rgbResult = oldColor;
chooseColor.lpCustColors = dwCustColors;
chooseColor.Flags = CC_RGBINIT | CC_FULLOPEN | CC_ENABLEHOOK;
chooseColor.lCustData = (LPARAM) NULL;
chooseColor.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC)(void *)ColorDlgHookProc;
chooseColor.lpTemplateName = (LPWSTR) interp;
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int index;
const char *string;
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
optionPtr = objv[i];
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings, "option",
TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (i + 1 == objc) {
string = Tcl_GetString(optionPtr);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case COLOR_INITIAL: {
XColor *colorPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 |
* 3. Process the result of the dialog
*/
if (winCode) {
/*
* User has selected a color
*/
| > | | > | 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 |
* 3. Process the result of the dialog
*/
if (winCode) {
/*
* User has selected a color
*/
char color[100];
sprintf(color, "#%02x%02x%02x",
GetRValue(chooseColor.rgbResult),
GetGValue(chooseColor.rgbResult),
GetBValue(chooseColor.rgbResult));
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, color, NULL);
oldColor = chooseColor.rgbResult;
result = TCL_OK;
}
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
904 905 906 907 908 909 910 |
UINT uMsg, /* Type of message. */
WPARAM wParam, /* First message parameter. */
LPARAM lParam) /* Second message parameter. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
const char *title;
| | < | < | | | 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 |
UINT uMsg, /* Type of message. */
WPARAM wParam, /* First message parameter. */
LPARAM lParam) /* Second message parameter. */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
const char *title;
CHOOSECOLORW *ccPtr;
if (WM_INITDIALOG == uMsg) {
/*
* Set the title string of the dialog.
*/
ccPtr = (CHOOSECOLORW *) lParam;
title = (const char *) ccPtr->lCustData;
if ((title != NULL) && (title[0] != '\0')) {
Tcl_DString ds;
SetWindowTextW(hDlg, (WCHAR *)Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(title,-1,&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) {
tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) ccPtr->lpTemplateName;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, (ClientData) hDlg);
}
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
956 957 958 959 960 961 962 |
int
Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 |
int
Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return GetFileName(clientData, interp, objc, objv, 1);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetSaveFileCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
983 984 985 986 987 988 989 |
int
Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > | | > > > | > > > > > > | > > > | < | 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
int
Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
return GetFileName(clientData, interp, objc, objv, 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetFileName --
*
* Calls GetOpenFileName() or GetSaveFileName().
*
* Results:
* See user documentation.
*
* Side effects:
* See user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
GetFileName(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */
int open) /* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to call
* GetSaveFileName(). */
{
OPENFILENAMEW ofn;
WCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH];
OFNData ofnData;
int cdlgerr;
int filterIndex = 0, result = TCL_ERROR, winCode, oldMode, i, multi = 0;
int confirmOverwrite = 1;
const char *extension = NULL, *title = NULL;
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
HWND hWnd;
Tcl_Obj *filterObj = NULL, *initialTypeObj = NULL, *typeVariableObj = NULL;
Tcl_DString utfFilterString, utfDirString, ds;
Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
enum options {
FILE_DEFAULT, FILE_TYPES, FILE_INITDIR, FILE_INITFILE, FILE_PARENT,
FILE_TITLE, FILE_TYPEVARIABLE, FILE_MULTIPLE, FILE_CONFIRMOW
};
struct Options {
const char *name;
enum options value;
};
static const struct Options saveOptions[] = {
{"-confirmoverwrite", FILE_CONFIRMOW},
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 |
{"-initialfile", FILE_INITFILE},
{"-multiple", FILE_MULTIPLE},
{"-parent", FILE_PARENT},
{"-title", FILE_TITLE},
{"-typevariable", FILE_TYPEVARIABLE},
{NULL, FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ }
};
| < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | | < < < > | | > > > | < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | < > > > | | | | | > | | > | < | | | | > | | | | | < | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | > > > | > | | | | | | < < < < | | < | > | < | | | | | < | | | | | | 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 |
{"-initialfile", FILE_INITFILE},
{"-multiple", FILE_MULTIPLE},
{"-parent", FILE_PARENT},
{"-title", FILE_TITLE},
{"-typevariable", FILE_TYPEVARIABLE},
{NULL, FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ }
};
const struct Options *options = open ? openOptions : saveOptions;
file[0] = '\0';
ZeroMemory(&ofnData, sizeof(OFNData));
Tcl_DStringInit(&utfFilterString);
Tcl_DStringInit(&utfDirString);
/*
* Parse the arguments.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int index;
const char *string;
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], options,
sizeof(struct Options), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
} else if (i + 1 == objc) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", options[index].name,
"\" missing", NULL);
goto end;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
switch (options[index].value) {
case FILE_DEFAULT:
if (string[0] == '.') {
string++;
}
extension = string;
break;
case FILE_TYPES:
filterObj = valuePtr;
break;
case FILE_INITDIR:
Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString);
if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string,
&utfDirString) == NULL) {
goto end;
}
break;
case FILE_INITFILE:
if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL) {
goto end;
}
Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(),
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds), 0, NULL,
(char *) file, sizeof(file), NULL, NULL, NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
break;
case FILE_PARENT:
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
goto end;
}
break;
case FILE_TITLE:
title = string;
break;
case FILE_TYPEVARIABLE:
typeVariableObj = valuePtr;
initialTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, typeVariableObj, NULL,
TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
break;
case FILE_MULTIPLE:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &multi) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case FILE_CONFIRMOW:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr,
&confirmOverwrite) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
}
if (MakeFilter(interp, filterObj, &utfFilterString, initialTypeObj,
&filterIndex) != TCL_OK) {
goto end;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
ZeroMemory(&ofn, sizeof(OPENFILENAMEW));
if (LOBYTE(LOWORD(GetVersion())) < 5) {
ofn.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400;
} else {
ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAMEW);
}
ofn.hwndOwner = hWnd;
ofn.hInstance = TkWinGetHInstance(ofn.hwndOwner);
ofn.lpstrFile = file;
ofn.nMaxFile = TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH;
ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
| OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK| OFN_ENABLESIZING;
ofn.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC)(void *)OFNHookProc;
ofn.lCustData = (LPARAM) &ofnData;
if (open != 0) {
ofn.Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
} else if (confirmOverwrite) {
ofn.Flags |= OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT;
}
if (tsdPtr->debugFlag != 0) {
ofnData.interp = interp;
}
if (multi != 0) {
ofn.Flags |= OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT;
/*
* Starting buffer size. The buffer will be expanded by the OFN dialog
* procedure when necessary
*/
ofnData.dynFileBufferSize = 512;
ofnData.dynFileBuffer = (WCHAR *)ckalloc(512 * sizeof(WCHAR));
}
if (extension != NULL) {
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(extension, -1, &extString);
ofn.lpstrDefExt = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&extString);
}
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&utfFilterString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&utfFilterString), &filterString);
ofn.lpstrFilter = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&filterString);
ofn.nFilterIndex = filterIndex;
if (Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString)[0] != '\0') {
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&utfDirString), &dirString);
} else {
/*
* NT 5.0 changed the meaning of lpstrInitialDir, so we have to ensure
* that we set the [pwd] if the user didn't specify anything else.
*/
Tcl_DString cwd;
Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString);
if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &utfDirString) == NULL) ||
(Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp,
Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString), &cwd) == NULL)) {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
} else {
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&cwd),
Tcl_DStringLength(&cwd), &dirString);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&cwd);
}
ofn.lpstrInitialDir = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&dirString);
if (title != NULL) {
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(title, -1, &titleString);
ofn.lpstrTitle = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString);
}
/*
* Popup the dialog.
*/
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
if (open != 0) {
winCode = GetOpenFileNameW(&ofn);
} else {
winCode = GetSaveFileNameW(&ofn);
}
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
EatSpuriousMessageBugFix();
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 |
*/
cdlgerr = CommDlgExtendedError();
/*
* We now allow FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL when multiselection is enabled. The
* filename buffer has been dynamically allocated by the OFN dialog
| | | 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 |
*/
cdlgerr = CommDlgExtendedError();
/*
* We now allow FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL when multiselection is enabled. The
* filename buffer has been dynamically allocated by the OFN dialog
* procedure to accomodate all selected files.
*/
if ((winCode != 0)
|| ((cdlgerr == FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL)
&& (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT))) {
int gotFilename = 0; /* Flag for tracking whether we have any
* filename at all. For details, see
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 |
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)));
gotFilename |= (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) > 0);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, returnList);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
} else {
| | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | < | < < | | < | < < | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 |
Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds),
Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)));
gotFilename |= (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) > 0);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, returnList);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ConvertExternalFilename(
ofn.lpstrFile, &ds), NULL);
gotFilename = (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) > 0);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
result = TCL_OK;
if ((ofn.nFilterIndex > 0) && gotFilename && typeVariableObj
&& filterObj) {
int listObjc, count;
Tcl_Obj **listObjv = NULL;
Tcl_Obj **typeInfo = NULL;
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, filterObj,
&listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp,
listObjv[ofn.nFilterIndex - 1], &count,
&typeInfo) != TCL_OK) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
} else if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariableObj, NULL,
typeInfo[0], TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) {
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
}
} else if (cdlgerr == FNERR_INVALIDFILENAME) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "invalid filename \"", TCL_STATIC);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ConvertExternalFilename(
ofn.lpstrFile, &ds), "\"", NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
} else {
result = TCL_OK;
}
if (ofn.lpstrTitle != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
}
if (ofn.lpstrInitialDir != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&dirString);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&filterString);
if (ofn.lpstrDefExt != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&extString);
}
end:
Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString);
Tcl_DStringFree(&utfFilterString);
if (ofnData.dynFileBuffer != NULL) {
ckfree((char *)ofnData.dynFileBuffer);
ofnData.dynFileBuffer = NULL;
}
return result;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* OFNHookProc --
*
* Dialog box hook function. This is used to sets the "tk_dialog"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 |
HWND hdlg, /* Handle to child dialog window. */
UINT uMsg, /* Message identifier */
WPARAM wParam, /* Message parameter */
LPARAM lParam) /* Message parameter */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | < | | 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 |
HWND hdlg, /* Handle to child dialog window. */
UINT uMsg, /* Message identifier */
WPARAM wParam, /* Message parameter */
LPARAM lParam) /* Message parameter */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
OPENFILENAMEW *ofnPtr;
OFNData *ofnData;
if (uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG) {
TkWinSetUserData(hdlg, lParam);
} else if (uMsg == WM_NOTIFY) {
OFNOTIFYW *notifyPtr = (OFNOTIFYW *) lParam;
/*
* This is weird... or not. The CDN_FILEOK is NOT sent when the
* selection exceeds declared buffer size (the nMaxFile member of the
* OPENFILENAME struct passed to GetOpenFileName function). So, we
* have to rely on the most recent CDN_SELCHANGE then. Unfortunately
* this means, that gathering the selected filenames happens twice
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 | */ ofnPtr = notifyPtr->lpOFN; ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData; buffer = ofnData->dynFileBuffer; hdlg = GetParent(hdlg); | | | | | 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 |
*/
ofnPtr = notifyPtr->lpOFN;
ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData;
buffer = ofnData->dynFileBuffer;
hdlg = GetParent(hdlg);
selsize = SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, 0, 0);
dirsize = SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, 0, 0);
buffersize = (selsize + dirsize + 1);
/*
* Just empty the buffer if dirsize indicates an error. [Bug
* 3071836]
*/
if ((selsize > 1) && (dirsize > 0)) {
if (ofnData->dynFileBufferSize < buffersize) {
buffer = (WCHAR *) ckrealloc((char *) buffer, buffersize * sizeof(WCHAR));
ofnData->dynFileBufferSize = buffersize;
ofnData->dynFileBuffer = buffer;
}
SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, dirsize, (LPARAM) buffer);
buffer += dirsize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 |
*/
Tcl_DString tmpfile;
ConvertExternalFilename(buffer, &tmpfile);
if (TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE ==
Tcl_GetPathType(Tcl_DStringValue(&tmpfile))) {
/* re-get the full path to the start of the buffer */
| | | 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 |
*/
Tcl_DString tmpfile;
ConvertExternalFilename(buffer, &tmpfile);
if (TCL_PATH_ABSOLUTE ==
Tcl_GetPathType(Tcl_DStringValue(&tmpfile))) {
/* re-get the full path to the start of the buffer */
buffer = (WCHAR *) ofnData->dynFileBuffer;
SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer);
} else {
*(buffer-1) = '\\';
}
buffer[selsize] = '\0'; /* Second NULL terminator. */
Tcl_DStringFree(&tmpfile);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 |
} else if (uMsg == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED) {
/*
* This message is delivered at the right time to enable Tk to set the
* debug information. Unhooks itself so it won't set the debug
* information every time it gets a WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message.
*/
| | | 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 |
} else if (uMsg == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED) {
/*
* This message is delivered at the right time to enable Tk to set the
* debug information. Unhooks itself so it won't set the debug
* information every time it gets a WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message.
*/
ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAMEW *) TkWinGetUserData(hdlg);
if (ofnPtr != NULL) {
ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData;
if (ofnData->interp != NULL) {
hdlg = GetParent(hdlg);
tsdPtr->debugInterp = ofnData->interp;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hdlg);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 |
if (flist.filters == NULL) {
/*
* Use "All Files (*.*) as the default filter if none is specified
*/
const char *defaultFilter = "All Files (*.*)";
| | | | | | 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 |
if (flist.filters == NULL) {
/*
* Use "All Files (*.*) as the default filter if none is specified
*/
const char *defaultFilter = "All Files (*.*)";
p = filterStr = ckalloc(30);
strcpy(p, defaultFilter);
p+= strlen(defaultFilter);
*p++ = '\0';
*p++ = '*';
*p++ = '.';
*p++ = '*';
*p++ = '\0';
*p++ = '\0';
*p = '\0';
} else {
int len;
if (valuePtr == NULL) {
len = 0;
} else {
(void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &len);
}
/*
* We format the filetype into a string understood by Windows: {"Text
* Documents" {.doc .txt} {TEXT}} becomes "Text Documents
* (*.doc,*.txt)\0*.doc;*.txt\0"
*
* See the Windows OPENFILENAME manual page for details on the filter
* string format.
*/
/*
* Since we may only add asterisks (*) to the filter, we need at most
* twice the size of the string to format the filter
*/
filterStr = ckalloc((unsigned int) len * 3);
for (filterPtr = flist.filters, p = filterStr; filterPtr;
filterPtr = filterPtr->next) {
const char *sep;
FileFilterClause *clausePtr;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 |
*/
*p++ = '\0';
*p = '\0';
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, filterStr, (int) (p - filterStr));
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 |
*/
*p++ = '\0';
*p = '\0';
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, filterStr, (int) (p - filterStr));
ckfree((char *) filterStr);
TkFreeFileFilters(&flist);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd --
*
* This function implements the "tk_chooseDirectory" dialog box for the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 |
Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WCHAR path[MAX_PATH];
| | > > > < | | < < < < | < < < | < > | | > > | > > > > > > > > | > > | > > > > > | > > > | | > > > > > > | | | > | > > | | > > > > > > > | > > > > > | < > > > > > > | | | | | | 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 |
Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
WCHAR path[MAX_PATH];
int oldMode, result = TCL_ERROR, i;
LPCITEMIDLIST pidl; /* Returned by browser */
BROWSEINFOW bInfo; /* Used by browser */
ChooseDir cdCBData; /* Structure to pass back and forth */
LPMALLOC pMalloc; /* Used by shell */
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
HWND hWnd;
const char *utfTitle = NULL;/* Title for window */
WCHAR saveDir[MAX_PATH];
Tcl_DString titleString; /* Title */
Tcl_DString initDirString; /* Initial directory */
Tcl_DString tempString; /* temporary */
Tcl_Obj *objPtr;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"-initialdir", "-mustexist", "-parent", "-title", NULL
};
enum options {
DIR_INITIAL, DIR_EXIST, DIR_PARENT, FILE_TITLE
};
/*
* Initialize
*/
path[0] = '\0';
ZeroMemory(&cdCBData, sizeof(ChooseDir));
cdCBData.interp = interp;
/*
* Process the command line options
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int index;
const char *string;
const WCHAR *uniStr;
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
optionPtr = objv[i];
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
goto cleanup;
}
if (i + 1 == objc) {
string = Tcl_GetString(optionPtr);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing",
NULL);
goto cleanup;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr);
switch ((enum options) index) {
case DIR_INITIAL:
if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp,string,&initDirString) == NULL) {
goto cleanup;
}
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), -1,
&tempString);
uniStr = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString);
/*
* Convert possible relative path to full path to keep dialog
* happy.
*/
GetFullPathNameW(uniStr, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL);
wcsncpy(cdCBData.initDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH);
Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString);
Tcl_DStringFree(&tempString);
break;
case DIR_EXIST:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr,
&cdCBData.mustExist) != TCL_OK) {
goto cleanup;
}
break;
case DIR_PARENT:
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin);
if (tkwin == NULL) {
goto cleanup;
}
break;
case FILE_TITLE:
utfTitle = string;
break;
}
}
/*
* Get ready to call the browser
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
/*
* Setup the parameters used by SHBrowseForFolder
*/
bInfo.hwndOwner = hWnd;
bInfo.pszDisplayName = path;
bInfo.pidlRoot = NULL;
if (wcslen(cdCBData.initDir) == 0) {
GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAX_PATH, cdCBData.initDir);
}
bInfo.lParam = (LPARAM) &cdCBData;
if (utfTitle != NULL) {
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(utfTitle, -1, &titleString);
bInfo.lpszTitle = (LPWSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString);
} else {
bInfo.lpszTitle = L"Please choose a directory, then select OK.";
}
/*
* Set flags to add edit box, status text line and use the new ui. Allow
* override with magic variable (ignore errors in retrieval). See
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 |
* user a chance to change their mind on an invalid folder if mustexist is
* 0.
*/
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAX_PATH, saveDir);
if (SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc) == NOERROR) {
| < < < < < | < > | 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 |
* user a chance to change their mind on an invalid folder if mustexist is
* 0.
*/
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
GetCurrentDirectoryW(MAX_PATH, saveDir);
if (SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc) == NOERROR) {
pidl = SHBrowseForFolderW(&bInfo);
/*
* This is a fix for Windows 2000, which seems to modify the folder
* name buffer even when the dialog is canceled (in this case the
* buffer contains garbage). See [Bug #3002230]
*/
path[0] = '\0';
/*
* Null for cancel button or invalid dir, otherwise valid.
*/
if (pidl != NULL) {
if (!SHGetPathFromIDListW(pidl, path)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Error: Not a file system folder\n",
TCL_VOLATILE);
}
pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void *) pidl);
} else if (wcslen(cdCBData.retDir) > 0) {
wcscpy(path, cdCBData.retDir);
}
pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 |
* slashes are used instead of forward slashes
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (*path) {
Tcl_DString ds;
| < | > > | > > > > > | | 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 |
* slashes are used instead of forward slashes
*/
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
if (*path) {
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ConvertExternalFilename(path,
&ds), NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
}
result = TCL_OK;
if (utfTitle != NULL) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
}
cleanup:
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ChooseDirectoryValidateProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 |
Tcl_DString initDirString;
WCHAR string[MAX_PATH];
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) {
tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) chooseDirSharedData->interp;
| | | | < | | > > < | < | 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 |
Tcl_DString initDirString;
WCHAR string[MAX_PATH];
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) {
tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) chooseDirSharedData->interp;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, (ClientData) hwnd);
}
chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
switch (message) {
case BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED:
/*
* First save and check to see if it is a valid path name, if so then
* make that path the one shown in the window. Otherwise, it failed
* the check and should be treated as such. Use
* Set/GetCurrentDirectory which allows relative path names and names
* with forward slashes. Use Tcl_TranslateFileName to make sure names
* like ~ are converted correctly.
*/
Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((TCHAR *) lParam, -1, &initDirString);
if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(chooseDirSharedData->interp,
Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), &tempString) == NULL) {
/*
* Should we expose the error (in the interp result) to the user
* at this point?
*/
chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
return 1;
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString);
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(Tcl_DStringValue(&tempString), -1, &initDirString);
Tcl_DStringFree(&tempString);
wcsncpy(string, (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString),
MAX_PATH);
Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString);
if (SetCurrentDirectoryW(string) == 0) {
/*
* Get the full path name to the user entry, at this point it does
* not exist so see if it is supposed to. Otherwise just return
* it.
*/
GetFullPathNameW(string, MAX_PATH,
chooseDirSharedData->retDir, NULL);
if (chooseDirSharedData->mustExist) {
/*
* User HAS to select a valid directory.
*/
wsprintfW(selDir, L"Directory '%.200s' does not exist,\nplease select or enter an existing directory.",
chooseDirSharedData->retDir);
MessageBoxW(NULL, selDir, NULL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
chooseDirSharedData->retDir[0] = '\0';
return 1;
}
} else {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 |
SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0);
}
UpdateWindow(hwnd);
return 1;
case BFFM_INITIALIZED: {
/*
| | | | | | 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 |
SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0);
}
UpdateWindow(hwnd);
return 1;
case BFFM_INITIALIZED: {
/*
* Directory browser intializing - tell it where to start from, user
* specified parameter.
*/
WCHAR *initDir = chooseDirSharedData->initDir;
SetCurrentDirectoryW(initDir);
if (*initDir == '\\') {
/*
* BFFM_SETSELECTION only understands UNC paths as pidls, so
* convert path to pidl using IShellFolder interface.
*/
LPMALLOC pMalloc;
LPSHELLFOLDER psfFolder;
if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc))) {
if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetDesktopFolder(&psfFolder))) {
LPITEMIDLIST pidlMain;
ULONG ulCount, ulAttr;
if (SUCCEEDED(psfFolder->lpVtbl->ParseDisplayName(
psfFolder, hwnd, NULL, (WCHAR *)
initDir, &ulCount,&pidlMain,&ulAttr))
&& (pidlMain != NULL)) {
SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTIONW, FALSE,
(LPARAM) pidlMain);
pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, pidlMain);
}
psfFolder->lpVtbl->Release(psfFolder);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 |
int
Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < < < | | < | > | | 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 |
int
Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData, parent;
HWND hWnd;
Tcl_Obj *messageObj, *titleObj, *detailObj, *tmpObj;
int defaultBtn, icon, type;
int i, oldMode, winCode;
UINT flags;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"-default", "-detail", "-icon", "-message",
"-parent", "-title", "-type", NULL
};
enum options {
MSG_DEFAULT, MSG_DETAIL, MSG_ICON, MSG_MESSAGE,
MSG_PARENT, MSG_TITLE, MSG_TYPE
};
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
defaultBtn = -1;
detailObj = NULL;
icon = MB_ICONINFORMATION;
messageObj = NULL;
parent = tkwin;
titleObj = NULL;
type = MB_OK;
for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
int index;
Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr;
optionPtr = objv[i];
valuePtr = objv[i + 1];
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings, "option",
TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (i + 1 == objc) {
const char *string = Tcl_GetString(optionPtr);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case MSG_DEFAULT:
defaultBtn = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, buttonMap,
valuePtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 |
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
if (allowedTypes[i].btnIds[j] == defaultBtn) {
defaultBtnIdx = j;
break;
}
}
if (defaultBtnIdx < 0) {
| < | | | | > | < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | | | 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 |
for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
if (allowedTypes[i].btnIds[j] == defaultBtn) {
defaultBtnIdx = j;
break;
}
}
if (defaultBtnIdx < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid default button \"",
TkFindStateString(buttonMap, defaultBtn),
"\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
}
flags = buttonFlagMap[defaultBtnIdx];
}
flags |= icon | type | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND;
tmpObj = messageObj ? Tcl_DuplicateObj(messageObj)
: Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(NULL, 0);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj);
if (detailObj) {
Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(tmpObj, L"\n\n", 2);
Tcl_AppendObjToObj(tmpObj, detailObj);
}
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
/*
* MessageBoxW exists for all platforms. Use it to allow unicode error
* message to be displayed correctly where possible by the OS.
*
* In order to have the parent window icon reflected in a MessageBox, we
* have to create a hook that will trigger when the MessageBox is being
* created.
*/
tsdPtr->hSmallIcon = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_SMALL);
tsdPtr->hBigIcon = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_BIG);
tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook = SetWindowsHookExW(WH_CBT, MsgBoxCBTProc, NULL,
GetCurrentThreadId());
winCode = MessageBoxW(hWnd, Tcl_GetUnicode(tmpObj),
titleObj ? Tcl_GetUnicode(titleObj) : L"", flags);
UnhookWindowsHookEx(tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook);
(void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode);
/*
* Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated
* the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled
* (Windows loses sync).
*/
EnableWindow(hWnd, 1);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, TkFindStateString(buttonMap, winCode), TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
static LRESULT CALLBACK
MsgBoxCBTProc(
int nCode,
WPARAM wParam,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 |
SetTkDialog(
ClientData clientData)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
char buf[32];
| | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 |
SetTkDialog(
ClientData clientData)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
char buf[32];
sprintf(buf, "0x%p", (HWND) clientData);
Tcl_SetVar(tsdPtr->debugInterp, "tk_dialog", buf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
}
/*
* Factored out a common pattern in use in this file.
*/
static const char *
ConvertExternalFilename(
WCHAR *filename,
Tcl_DString *dsPtr)
{
char *p;
Tcl_WinTCharToUtf((TCHAR *) filename, -1, dsPtr);
for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); *p != '\0'; p++) {
/*
* Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where back
* slashes are used instead of forward slashes
*/
if (*p == '\\') {
*p = '/';
}
}
return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinDraw.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 | #include "tkWinInt.h" /* * These macros convert between X's bizarre angle units to radians. */ #define XAngleToRadians(a) ((double)(a) / 64 * PI / 180); /* * Translation table between X gc functions and Win32 raster op modes. */ | > | | 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 |
#include "tkWinInt.h"
/*
* These macros convert between X's bizarre angle units to radians.
*/
#define PI 3.14159265358979
#define XAngleToRadians(a) ((double)(a) / 64 * PI / 180);
/*
* Translation table between X gc functions and Win32 raster op modes.
*/
CONST int tkpWinRopModes[] = {
R2_BLACK, /* GXclear */
R2_MASKPEN, /* GXand */
R2_MASKPENNOT, /* GXandReverse */
R2_COPYPEN, /* GXcopy */
R2_MASKNOTPEN, /* GXandInverted */
R2_NOT, /* GXnoop */
R2_XORPEN, /* GXxor */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 | */ #define NOTSRCAND (DWORD)0x00220326 /* dest = (NOT source) AND dest */ #define NOTSRCINVERT (DWORD)0x00990066 /* dest = (NOT source) XOR dest */ #define SRCORREVERSE (DWORD)0x00DD0228 /* dest = source OR (NOT dest) */ #define SRCNAND (DWORD)0x007700E6 /* dest = NOT (source AND dest) */ | | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 |
*/
#define NOTSRCAND (DWORD)0x00220326 /* dest = (NOT source) AND dest */
#define NOTSRCINVERT (DWORD)0x00990066 /* dest = (NOT source) XOR dest */
#define SRCORREVERSE (DWORD)0x00DD0228 /* dest = source OR (NOT dest) */
#define SRCNAND (DWORD)0x007700E6 /* dest = NOT (source AND dest) */
CONST int tkpWinBltModes[] = {
BLACKNESS, /* GXclear */
SRCAND, /* GXand */
SRCERASE, /* GXandReverse */
SRCCOPY, /* GXcopy */
NOTSRCAND, /* GXandInverted */
PATCOPY, /* GXnoop */
SRCINVERT, /* GXxor */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
97 98 99 100 101 102 103 | # define MAX(a,b) ((a<b) ? b : a) #endif /* * The followng typedef is used to pass Windows GDI drawing functions. */ | | | | 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 |
# define MAX(a,b) ((a<b) ? b : a)
#endif
/*
* The followng typedef is used to pass Windows GDI drawing functions.
*/
typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, CONST POINT* points, int npoints);
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
POINT *winPoints; /* Array of points that is reused. */
int nWinPoints; /* Current size of point array. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
238 239 240 241 242 243 244 |
/*
* To avoid paying the cost of a malloc on every drawing routine, we reuse
* the last array if it is large enough.
*/
if (npoints > tsdPtr->nWinPoints) {
if (tsdPtr->winPoints != NULL) {
| | | | 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 |
/*
* To avoid paying the cost of a malloc on every drawing routine, we reuse
* the last array if it is large enough.
*/
if (npoints > tsdPtr->nWinPoints) {
if (tsdPtr->winPoints != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->winPoints);
}
tsdPtr->winPoints = (POINT *) ckalloc(sizeof(POINT) * npoints);
if (tsdPtr->winPoints == NULL) {
tsdPtr->nWinPoints = -1;
return NULL;
}
tsdPtr->nWinPoints = npoints;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
408 409 410 411 412 413 414 | /* * Case 2: transparent bitmaps are handled by setting the * destination to the foreground color whenever the source pixel * is set. */ fgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground); | | | 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 |
/*
* Case 2: transparent bitmaps are handled by setting the
* destination to the foreground color whenever the source pixel
* is set.
*/
fgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground);
oldBrush = SelectObject(destDC, fgBrush);
SetBkColor(destDC, RGB(255,255,255));
SetTextColor(destDC, RGB(0,0,0));
BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC,
src_x, src_y, MASKPAT);
SelectObject(destDC, oldBrush);
DeleteObject(fgBrush);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
446 447 448 449 450 451 452 | */ BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, SRCCOPY); BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, maskDC, dest_x - gc->clip_x_origin, dest_y - gc->clip_y_origin, SRCAND); | | | 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 | */ BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, SRCCOPY); BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, maskDC, dest_x - gc->clip_x_origin, dest_y - gc->clip_y_origin, SRCAND); oldBrush = SelectObject(destDC, fgBrush); BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, memDC, 0, 0, MASKPAT); /* * Set background bits. Same as foreground, except we use ((NOT * source) AND mask) and the background brush. */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(src, srcDC, &srcState);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 |
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(src, srcDC, &srcState);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkPutImage --
*
* Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of of the
* specified drawable.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
549 550 551 552 553 554 555 |
/*
* Do not use a palette for TrueColor images.
*/
usePalette = (image->bits_per_pixel < 16);
if (usePalette) {
| | | | 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 |
/*
* Do not use a palette for TrueColor images.
*/
usePalette = (image->bits_per_pixel < 16);
if (usePalette) {
infoPtr = (BITMAPINFO *) ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)
+ sizeof(RGBQUAD)*ncolors);
} else {
infoPtr = (BITMAPINFO *) ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER));
}
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biWidth = image->width;
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biHeight = -image->height; /* Top-down order */
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biBitCount = image->bits_per_pixel;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 |
infoPtr->bmiColors[i].rgbReserved = 0;
}
} else {
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0;
}
bitmap = CreateDIBitmap(dc, &infoPtr->bmiHeader, CBM_INIT,
image->data, infoPtr, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
| | | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 |
infoPtr->bmiColors[i].rgbReserved = 0;
}
} else {
infoPtr->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0;
}
bitmap = CreateDIBitmap(dc, &infoPtr->bmiHeader, CBM_INIT,
image->data, infoPtr, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
ckfree((char *) infoPtr);
}
if (!bitmap) {
Tcl_Panic("Fail to allocate bitmap\n");
}
bitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
BitBlt(dc, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, dcMem, src_x, src_y,
SRCCOPY);
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap));
DeleteDC(dcMem);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillRectangles --
*
* Fill multiple rectangular areas in the given drawable.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 |
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XRectangle *rectangles,
int nrectangles)
{
HDC dc;
RECT rect;
TkWinDCState state;
HBRUSH brush, oldBrush;
if (d == None) {
return BadDrawable;
}
| > | 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 |
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XRectangle *rectangles,
int nrectangles)
{
HDC dc;
int i;
RECT rect;
TkWinDCState state;
HBRUSH brush, oldBrush;
if (d == None) {
return BadDrawable;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
668 669 670 671 672 673 674 | /* * Select stipple pattern into destination dc. */ stipple = CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle); SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL); | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 |
/*
* Select stipple pattern into destination dc.
*/
stipple = CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, stipple);
dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
/*
* For each rectangle, create a drawing surface which is the size of
* the rectangle and fill it with the background color. Then merge the
* result with the stipple pattern.
*/
for (i = 0; i < nrectangles; i++) {
bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, rectangles[i].width,
rectangles[i].height);
oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
rect.left = 0;
rect.top = 0;
rect.right = rectangles[i].width;
rect.bottom = rectangles[i].height;
FillRect(dcMem, &rect, brush);
BitBlt(dc, rectangles[i].x, rectangles[i].y, rectangles[i].width,
rectangles[i].height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
FillRect(dcMem, &rect, bgBrush);
BitBlt(dc, rectangles[i].x, rectangles[i].y,
rectangles[i].width, rectangles[i].height, dcMem,
0, 0, COPYBG);
}
SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
DeleteObject(bitmap);
}
DeleteDC(dcMem);
SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
DeleteObject(stipple);
DeleteObject(bgBrush);
} else {
if (gc->function == GXcopy) {
for (i = 0; i < nrectangles; i++) {
rect.left = rectangles[i].x;
rect.right = rect.left + rectangles[i].width;
rect.top = rectangles[i].y;
rect.bottom = rect.top + rectangles[i].height;
FillRect(dc, &rect, brush);
}
} else {
HPEN newPen = CreatePen(PS_NULL, 0, gc->foreground);
HPEN oldPen = SelectObject(dc, newPen);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);
for (i = 0; i < nrectangles; i++) {
Rectangle(dc, rectangles[i].x, rectangles[i].y,
rectangles[i].x + rectangles[i].width + 1,
rectangles[i].y + rectangles[i].height + 1);
}
SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
DeleteObject(newPen);
}
}
DeleteObject(brush);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* RenderObject --
*
* This function draws a shape using a list of points, a stipple pattern,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
808 809 810 811 812 813 814 |
GC gc,
XPoint *points,
int npoints,
int mode,
HPEN pen,
WinDrawFunc func)
{
| | | 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 |
GC gc,
XPoint *points,
int npoints,
int mode,
HPEN pen,
WinDrawFunc func)
{
RECT rect = {0, 0, 0, 0};
HPEN oldPen;
HBRUSH oldBrush;
POINT *winPoints = ConvertPoints(points, npoints, mode, &rect);
if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
|| gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
&& gc->stipple != None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
845 846 847 848 849 850 851 | height = rect.bottom - rect.top; /* * Select stipple pattern into destination dc. */ SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL); | | | | | | | | | > | > | 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 |
height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
/*
* Select stipple pattern into destination dc.
*/
SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle));
/*
* Create temporary drawing surface containing a copy of the
* destination equal in size to the bounding box of the object.
*/
dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, width,
height));
oldPen = SelectObject(dcMem, pen);
BitBlt(dcMem, 0, 0, width, height, dc, rect.left, rect.top, SRCCOPY);
/*
* Translate the object for rendering in the temporary drawing
* surface.
*/
for (i = 0; i < npoints; i++) {
winPoints[i].x -= rect.left;
winPoints[i].y -= rect.top;
}
/*
* Draw the object in the foreground color and copy it to the
* destination wherever the pattern is set.
*/
SetPolyFillMode(dcMem, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
: WINDING);
oldMemBrush = SelectObject(dcMem, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
(*func)(dcMem, winPoints, npoints);
BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0, COPYFG);
/*
* If we are rendering an opaque stipple, then draw the polygon in the
* background color and copy it to the destination wherever the
* pattern is clear.
*/
if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) {
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem,
CreateSolidBrush(gc->background)));
(*func)(dcMem, winPoints, npoints);
BitBlt(dc, rect.left, rect.top, width, height, dcMem, 0, 0,
COPYBG);
}
SelectObject(dcMem, oldPen);
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldMemBrush));
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap));
DeleteDC(dcMem);
} else {
oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground));
SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
SetPolyFillMode(dc, (gc->fill_rule == EvenOddRule) ? ALTERNATE
: WINDING);
(*func)(dc, winPoints, npoints);
SelectObject(dc, oldPen);
}
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldBrush));
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
983 984 985 986 987 988 989 |
int npoints,
int shape,
int mode)
{
HPEN pen;
TkWinDCState state;
HDC dc;
| < | | | 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 |
int npoints,
int shape,
int mode)
{
HPEN pen;
TkWinDCState state;
HDC dc;
if (d == None) {
return BadDrawable;
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
pen = GetStockObject(NULL_PEN);
RenderObject(dc, gc, points, npoints, mode, pen, Polygon);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDrawRectangle --
*
* Draws a rectangle.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 |
return BadDrawable;
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
| | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 |
return BadDrawable;
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, GetStockObject(NULL_BRUSH));
SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
Rectangle(dc, x, y, (int) x+width+1, (int) y+height+1);
DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldPen));
SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XDrawArc --
*
* Draw an arc.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 |
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
int start, int extent)
{
display->request++;
return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 0);
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 |
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
int start, int extent)
{
display->request++;
return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XFillArc --
*
* Draw a filled arc.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 |
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
int start, int extent)
{
display->request++;
return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 1);
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 |
unsigned int width, unsigned int height,
int start, int extent)
{
display->request++;
return DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, 1);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DrawOrFillArc --
*
* This function handles the rendering of drawn or filled arcs and
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 |
/*
* Now draw a filled or open figure. Note that we have to increase the
* size of the bounding box by one to account for the difference in pixel
* definitions between X and Windows.
*/
pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
| | | | 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 |
/*
* Now draw a filled or open figure. Note that we have to increase the
* size of the bounding box by one to account for the difference in pixel
* definitions between X and Windows.
*/
pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc);
oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen);
if (!fill) {
/*
* Note that this call will leave a gap of one pixel at the end of the
* arc for thin arcs. We can't use ArcTo because it's only supported
* under Windows NT.
*/
SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
Arc(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1), xstart, ystart,
xend, yend);
} else {
brush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush);
if (gc->arc_mode == ArcChord) {
Chord(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1),
xstart, ystart, xend, yend);
} else if (gc->arc_mode == ArcPieSlice) {
Pie(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1),
xstart, ystart, xend, yend);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
| | < | 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 |
int
TkScrollWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */
GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */
int x, int y, int width, int height,
/* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */
int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */
TkRegion damageRgn) /* Region to accumulate damage in. */
{
HWND hwnd = TkWinGetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
RECT scrollRect;
scrollRect.left = x;
scrollRect.top = y;
scrollRect.right = x + width;
scrollRect.bottom = y + height;
return (ScrollWindowEx(hwnd, dx, dy, &scrollRect, NULL, (HRGN) damageRgn,
NULL, 0) == NULLREGION) ? 0 : 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 |
rect.left = x;
rect.top = y;
rect.right = x + width;
rect.bottom = y + height;
oldColor = SetBkColor(dc, (COLORREF)pixel);
SetBkMode(dc, OPAQUE);
| | | 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 |
rect.left = x;
rect.top = y;
rect.right = x + width;
rect.bottom = y + height;
oldColor = SetBkColor(dc, (COLORREF)pixel);
SetBkMode(dc, OPAQUE);
ExtTextOut(dc, 0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, &rect, NULL, 0, NULL);
SetBkColor(dc, oldColor);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawHighlightBorder --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 |
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC fgGC,
GC bgGC,
int highlightWidth,
Drawable drawable)
{
| < < | | < | | 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 |
TkpDrawHighlightBorder(
Tk_Window tkwin,
GC fgGC,
GC bgGC,
int highlightWidth,
Drawable drawable)
{
TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawFrame --
*
* This function draws the rectangular frame area.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Draws inside the tkwin area.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawFrame(
Tk_Window tkwin,
Tk_3DBorder border,
int highlightWidth,
int borderWidth,
int relief)
{
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth,
highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth,
Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinEmbed.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 |
* or NULL if the embedded application isn't
* in this process. */
HWND embeddedMenuHWnd; /* Tk's embedded menu window handler. */
struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this
* process. */
} Container;
| | | 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
* or NULL if the embedded application isn't
* in this process. */
HWND embeddedMenuHWnd; /* Tk's embedded menu window handler. */
struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this
* process. */
} Container;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
Container *firstContainerPtr;
/* First in list of all containers managed by
* this process. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 |
void
TkWinCleanupContainerList(void)
{
Container *nextPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | | > | | | < < < < < | 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
void
TkWinCleanupContainerList(void)
{
Container *nextPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
for (; tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr != (Container *) NULL;
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = nextPtr) {
nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr->nextPtr;
ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr);
}
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = (Container *) NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpTestembedCmd --
*
* Test command for the embedding facility.
*
* Results:
* Always returns TCL_OK.
*
* Side effects:
* Currently it does not do anything.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
TkpTestembedCmd(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int argc,
CONST char **argv)
{
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
134 135 136 137 138 139 140 |
BOOL detachFlag) /* a flag of truely detaching */
{
TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(winPtr);
if(detachFlag) {
TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(winPtr, 0);
}
}
| | | 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 |
BOOL detachFlag) /* a flag of truely detaching */
{
TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(winPtr);
if(detachFlag) {
TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(winPtr, 0);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow --
*
* This function is required for mapping an embedded window during idle.
* The input winPtr must be preserved using Tcl_Preserve before call this
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
160 161 162 163 164 165 166 |
static
void Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* mapped. */
{
if(!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
HWND hwnd = (HWND)winPtr->privatePtr;
| | | | 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 |
static
void Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* mapped. */
{
if(!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
HWND hwnd = (HWND)winPtr->privatePtr;
int state = SendMessage(hwnd, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1;
if (state < 0 || state > 3) {
state = NormalState;
}
while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) {
/* empty body */
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
TkWmMapWindow(winPtr);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData)winPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpUseWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
200 201 202 203 204 205 206 | * TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE - a container window should return either * a TRUE (non-zero) if it is available for use or a FALSE (zero) * othersize. * * The TK_INFO messages are required in order to verify if the window to * use is a valid container. Without an id verification, an invalid * window attachment may cause unexpected crashes/panics (bug 1096074). | | | 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 | * TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE - a container window should return either * a TRUE (non-zero) if it is available for use or a FALSE (zero) * othersize. * * The TK_INFO messages are required in order to verify if the window to * use is a valid container. Without an id verification, an invalid * window attachment may cause unexpected crashes/panics (bug 1096074). * Additional sub messages may be definded/used in future for other * needs. * * We do not enforce the above protocol for the reason of backward * compatibility. If the window to use is unable to handle TK_INFO * messages (e.g., legacy Tk container applications before 8.5), a dialog * box with a warning message pops up and the user is asked to confirm if * the attachment should proceed. However, we may have to enforce it in |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
230 231 232 233 234 235 236 |
int
TkpUseWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* If not NULL, used for error reporting if
* string is bogus. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Tk window that does not yet have an
* associated X window. */
| | | | < | 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 |
int
TkpUseWindow(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* If not NULL, used for error reporting if
* string is bogus. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Tk window that does not yet have an
* associated X window. */
CONST char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use for
* tkwin; must be an integer value. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
int id;
HWND hwnd;
/*
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
*/
/*
if (winPtr->window != None) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't modify container after widget is created", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
*/
if (strcmp(string, "") == 0) {
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow(winPtr, TRUE);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
* Check if the window is a valid handle. If it is invalid, return
* TCL_ERROR and potentially leave an error message in the interp's
* result.
*/
if (!IsWindow(hwnd)) {
if (interp != NULL) {
| | | < | | < | < < | | | | | < | < | | | 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
* Check if the window is a valid handle. If it is invalid, return
* TCL_ERROR and potentially leave an error message in the interp's
* result.
*/
if (!IsWindow(hwnd)) {
if (interp != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", string,
"\" doesn't exist", NULL);
}
return TCL_ERROR;
}
id = SendMessage(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY, 0);
if (id == PTR2INT(hwnd)) {
if (!SendMessage(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE, 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "The container is already in use", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else if (id == -PTR2INT(hwnd)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "the window to use is not a Tk container",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
/*
* Proceed if the user decide to do so because it can be a legacy
* container application. However we may have to return a TCL_ERROR in
* order to avoid bug 1096074 in future.
*/
char msg[256];
sprintf(msg, "Unable to get information of window \"%.79s\". Attach to this\nwindow may have unpredictable results if it is not a valid container.\n\nPress Ok to proceed or Cancel to abort attaching.", string);
if (IDCANCEL == MessageBox(hwnd, msg, "Tk Warning",
MB_OKCANCEL | MB_ICONWARNING)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Operation has been canceled", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow(winPtr, FALSE);
/*
* Store the parent window in the platform private data slot so
* TkWmMapWindow can use it when creating the wrapper window.
*/
winPtr->privatePtr = (struct TkWindowPrivate*) hwnd;
winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED;
winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_MAPPED);
/*
* Preserve the winPtr and create an idle handler to map the embedded
* window.
*/
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) winPtr);
Tcl_DoWhenIdle((Tcl_IdleProc*) Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow, (ClientData) winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
371 372 373 374 375 376 377 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find
* out later if the embedded app. is in the same process.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
| | | | 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 |
/*
* Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find
* out later if the embedded app. is in the same process.
*/
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin);
containerPtr = (Container *) ckalloc(sizeof(Container));
containerPtr->parentPtr = winPtr;
containerPtr->parentHWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd = NULL;
containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr;
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr;
winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER;
/*
* Unlike in tkUnixEmbed.c, we don't make any requests for events in the
* embedded window here. Now we just allow the embedding of another TK
* application into TK windows. When the embedded window makes a request,
* that will be done by sending to the container window a WM_USER message,
* which will be intercepted by TkWinContainerProc.
*
* We need to get structure events of the container itself, though.
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask,
ContainerEventProc, (ClientData) containerPtr);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinEmbeddedEventProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
856 857 858 859 860 861 862 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
| < < < < < < < < < | 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 |
ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */
{
Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr;
if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) {
/*
* Resize the embedded window, if there is any.
*/
if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd) {
SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, 0, 0,
Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), SWP_NOZORDER);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
954 955 956 957 958 959 960 |
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
return containerPtr->embeddedHWnd;
}
}
return NULL;
}
| | | 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 |
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) {
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
return containerPtr->embeddedHWnd;
}
}
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND --
*
* This function returns the embedded menu window id.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 |
TkWindow *topLevelPtr, /* Top-level window containing desired focus
* window; should be embedded. */
int force) /* One means that the container should claim
* the focus if it doesn't currently have
* it. */
{
HWND hwnd = GetParent(Tk_GetHWND(topLevelPtr->window));
| | | 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 |
TkWindow *topLevelPtr, /* Top-level window containing desired focus
* window; should be embedded. */
int force) /* One means that the container should claim
* the focus if it doesn't currently have
* it. */
{
HWND hwnd = GetParent(Tk_GetHWND(topLevelPtr->window));
SendMessage(hwnd, TK_CLAIMFOCUS, (WPARAM) force, 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpRedirectKeyEvent --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 |
void
TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
| < < | 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 |
void
TkpRedirectKeyEvent(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally
* reported. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or
* KeyRelease). */
{
/* not implemented */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* EmbedWindowDeleted --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 |
while (1) {
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
break;
}
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
| | | | 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 |
while (1) {
if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) {
containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
break;
}
if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) {
SendMessage(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, WM_CLOSE, 0, 0);
containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL;
containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL;
break;
}
prevPtr = containerPtr;
containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
if (containerPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
}
if ((containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL)
&& (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL)) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) containerPtr);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinFont.c.
1 2 3 | /* * tkWinFont.c -- * | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | /* * tkWinFont.c -- * * Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independant font * package interface. * * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 | * a given Unicode character. * * Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name. */ #define FONTMAP_SHIFT 10 #define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE (1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT) | > < < | | | | 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 |
* a given Unicode character.
*
* Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name.
*/
#define FONTMAP_SHIFT 10
#define FONTMAP_PAGES (1 << (sizeof(Tcl_UniChar)*8 - FONTMAP_SHIFT))
#define FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE (1 << FONTMAP_SHIFT)
typedef struct FontFamily {
struct FontFamily *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all known font families. */
int refCount; /* How many SubFonts are referring to this
* FontFamily. When the refCount drops to
* zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */
/*
* Key.
*/
Tk_Uid faceName; /* Face name key for this FontFamily. */
/*
* Derived properties.
*/
Tcl_Encoding encoding; /* Encoding for this font family. */
int isSymbolFont; /* Non-zero if this is a symbol font. */
int isWideFont; /* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0
* otherwise. */
BOOL (WINAPI *textOutProc)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int);
/* The procedure to use to draw text after it
* has been converted from UTF-8 to the
* encoding of this font. */
BOOL (WINAPI *getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE);
/* The procedure to use to measure text after
* it has been converted from UTF-8 to the
* encoding of this font. */
char *fontMap[FONTMAP_PAGES];
/* Two-level sparse table used to determine
* quickly if the specified character exists.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
* object is made up of however many SubFonts are necessary to display a
* stream of multilingual characters.
*/
typedef struct SubFont {
char **fontMap; /* Pointer to font map from the FontFamily,
* cached here to save a dereference. */
| | < < | 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 |
* object is made up of however many SubFonts are necessary to display a
* stream of multilingual characters.
*/
typedef struct SubFont {
char **fontMap; /* Pointer to font map from the FontFamily,
* cached here to save a dereference. */
HFONT hFont; /* The specific screen font that will be used
* when displaying/measuring chars belonging
* to the FontFamily. */
FontFamily *familyPtr; /* The FontFamily for this SubFont. */
} SubFont;
/*
* The following structure represents Windows' implementation of a font
* object.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
* order to draw/measure all the characters
* encountered by this font so far. All fonts
* start off with one SubFont initialized by
* AllocFont() from the original set of font
* attributes. Usually points to
* staticSubFonts, but may point to malloced
* space if there are lots of SubFonts. */
HWND hwnd; /* Toplevel window of application that owns
* this font, used for getting HDC for
* offscreen measurements. */
int pixelSize; /* Original pixel size used when font was
* constructed. */
int widths[BASE_CHARS]; /* Widths of first 128 chars in the base font,
* for handling common case. The base font is
| > | 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 |
* order to draw/measure all the characters
* encountered by this font so far. All fonts
* start off with one SubFont initialized by
* AllocFont() from the original set of font
* attributes. Usually points to
* staticSubFonts, but may point to malloced
* space if there are lots of SubFonts. */
HWND hwnd; /* Toplevel window of application that owns
* this font, used for getting HDC for
* offscreen measurements. */
int pixelSize; /* Original pixel size used when font was
* constructed. */
int widths[BASE_CHARS]; /* Widths of first 128 chars in the base font,
* for handling common case. The base font is
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 |
{DEFAULT_GUI_FONT, "defaultgui"},
{OEM_FIXED_FONT, "oemfixed"},
{SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT, "systemfixed"},
{SYSTEM_FONT, "system"},
{-1, NULL}
};
| | | > > > > > > | < | | | | | < | | | | | < | | < < | | | | | | 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 |
{DEFAULT_GUI_FONT, "defaultgui"},
{OEM_FIXED_FONT, "oemfixed"},
{SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT, "systemfixed"},
{SYSTEM_FONT, "system"},
{-1, NULL}
};
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are
* currently loaded. As screen fonts are
* loaded, this list grows to hold information
* about what characters exist in each font
* family. */
Tcl_HashTable uidTable;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Information cached about the system at startup time.
*/
static Tcl_Encoding systemEncoding;
/*
* Procedures used only in this file.
*/
static FontFamily * AllocFontFamily(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, int base);
static SubFont * CanUseFallback(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
char *fallbackName, int ch,
SubFont **subFontPtrPtr);
static SubFont * CanUseFallbackWithAliases(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
char *faceName, int ch, Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr,
SubFont **subFontPtrPtr);
static int FamilyExists(HDC hdc, CONST char *faceName);
static char * FamilyOrAliasExists(HDC hdc, CONST char *faceName);
static SubFont * FindSubFontForChar(WinFont *fontPtr, int ch,
SubFont **subFontPtrPtr);
static void FontMapInsert(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
static void FontMapLoadPage(SubFont *subFontPtr, int row);
static int FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch);
static void FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *familyPtr);
static HFONT GetScreenFont(CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
CONST char *faceName, int pixelSize);
static void InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, HFONT hFont,
int overstrike, WinFont *tkFontPtr);
static void InitSubFont(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, int base,
SubFont *subFontPtr);
static int CreateNamedSystemLogFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char* name,
LOGFONT* logFontPtr);
static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char* name, HFONT hFont);
static int LoadFontRanges(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont,
USHORT **startCount, USHORT **endCount,
int *symbolPtr);
static void MultiFontTextOut(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr,
CONST char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y);
static void ReleaseFont(WinFont *fontPtr);
static void ReleaseSubFont(SubFont *subFontPtr);
static int SeenName(CONST char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr);
static void SwapLong(PULONG p);
static void SwapShort(USHORT *p);
static int CALLBACK WinFontCanUseProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,
NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType,
LPARAM lParam);
static int CALLBACK WinFontExistProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,
NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType,
LPARAM lParam);
static int CALLBACK WinFontFamilyEnumProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr,
NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType,
LPARAM lParam);
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpFontPkgInit --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 |
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpFontPkgInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */
{
TkWinSetupSystemFonts(mainPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetNativeFont --
| > > > > > > > > > > | 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 |
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpFontPkgInit(
TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */
{
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
/*
* If running NT, then we will be calling some Unicode functions
* explictly. So, even if the Tcl system encoding isn't Unicode, make
* sure we convert to/from the Unicode char set.
*/
systemEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();
}
TkWinSetupSystemFonts(mainPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetNativeFont --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkFont *
TkpGetNativeFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
| | | | < | > | | | < | | | > | < | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkFont *
TkpGetNativeFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
CONST char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */
{
int object;
WinFont *fontPtr;
object = TkFindStateNum(NULL, NULL, systemMap, name);
if (object < 0) {
return NULL;
}
tkwin = (Tk_Window) ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr;
fontPtr = (WinFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(WinFont));
InitFont(tkwin, GetStockObject(object), 0, fontPtr);
return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
* CreateNamedSystemFont --
*
* This function registers a Windows logical font description with the Tk
* named font mechanism.
*
* Side effects
*
* A new named font is added to the Tk font registry.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char* name,
LOGFONTA* logFontPtr)
{
HFONT hFont;
int r;
hFont = CreateFontIndirect(logFontPtr);
r = CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, name, hFont);
DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)hFont);
return r;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
* CreateNamedSystemFont --
*
* This function registers a Windows font with the Tk
* named font mechanism.
*
* Side effects
*
* A new named font is added to the Tk font registry.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
CreateNamedSystemFont(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tk_Window tkwin,
CONST char* name,
HFONT hFont)
{
WinFont winfont;
int r;
TkDeleteNamedFont(NULL, tkwin, name);
InitFont(tkwin, hFont, 0, &winfont);
r = TkCreateNamedFont(interp, tkwin, name, &winfont.font.fa);
TkpDeleteFont((TkFont *)&winfont);
return r;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
* TkWinSystemFonts --
*
* Create some platform specific named fonts that to give access to the
* system fonts. These are all defined for the Windows desktop parameters.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr)
{
Tcl_Interp *interp;
Tk_Window tkwin;
const TkStateMap *mapPtr;
NONCLIENTMETRICS ncMetrics;
ICONMETRICS iconMetrics;
HFONT hFont;
interp = (Tcl_Interp *) mainPtr->interp;
tkwin = (Tk_Window) mainPtr->winPtr;
/* force this for now */
if (((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr == NULL) {
((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr = mainPtr;
}
/*
* If this API call fails then we will fallback to setting these
* named fonts from script in ttk/fonts.tcl. So far I've only
* seen it fail when WINVER has been defined for a higher platform than
* we are running on. (ie: WINVER=0x0600 and running on XP).
*/
ZeroMemory(&ncMetrics, sizeof(ncMetrics));
ncMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(ncMetrics);
if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS,
sizeof(ncMetrics), &ncMetrics, 0)) {
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkDefaultFont",
&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkHeadingFont",
&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTextFont",
&ncMetrics.lfMessageFont);
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkMenuFont",
&ncMetrics.lfMenuFont);
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTooltipFont",
&ncMetrics.lfStatusFont);
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkCaptionFont",
&ncMetrics.lfCaptionFont);
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkSmallCaptionFont",
&ncMetrics.lfSmCaptionFont);
}
iconMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(iconMetrics);
if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETICONMETRICS, sizeof(iconMetrics),
&iconMetrics, 0)) {
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkIconFont",
&iconMetrics.lfFont);
}
/*
* Identify an available fixed font. Equivalent to ANSI_FIXED_FONT but
* more reliable on Russian Windows.
*/
{
LOGFONTA lfFixed = {
0, 0, 0, 0, FW_NORMAL, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, DEFAULT_CHARSET,
0, 0, DEFAULT_QUALITY, FIXED_PITCH | FF_MODERN, ""
};
long pointSize, dpi;
HDC hdc = GetDC(NULL);
dpi = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
pointSize = -MulDiv(ncMetrics.lfMessageFont.lfHeight, 72, dpi);
lfFixed.lfHeight = -MulDiv(pointSize+1, dpi, 72);
ReleaseDC(NULL, hdc);
CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkFixedFont", &lfFixed);
}
/*
* Setup the remaining standard Tk font names as named fonts.
*/
for (mapPtr = systemMap; mapPtr->strKey != NULL; mapPtr++) {
hFont = (HFONT)GetStockObject(mapPtr->numKey);
CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, mapPtr->strKey, hFont);
}
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetFontFromAttributes --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
495 496 497 498 499 500 501 |
TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this
* existing TkFont structure, rather than
* allocating a new structure to hold the
* font; the existing contents of the font
* will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
* structure is allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
| | | | 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 |
TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this
* existing TkFont structure, rather than
* allocating a new structure to hold the
* font; the existing contents of the font
* will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont
* structure is allocated. */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */
CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr)
/* Set of attributes to match. */
{
int i, j;
HDC hdc;
HWND hwnd;
HFONT hFont;
Window window;
WinFont *fontPtr;
char ***fontFallbacks;
Tk_Uid faceName, fallback, actualName;
tkwin = (Tk_Window) ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr;
window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
}
}
found:
ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
hFont = GetScreenFont(faPtr, faceName,
| | | | 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 |
}
}
found:
ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
hFont = GetScreenFont(faPtr, faceName,
TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, faPtr->size));
if (tkFontPtr == NULL) {
fontPtr = (WinFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(WinFont));
} else {
fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkFontPtr;
ReleaseFont(fontPtr);
}
InitFont(tkwin, hFont, faPtr->overstrike, fontPtr);
return (TkFont *) fontPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
619 620 621 622 623 624 625 |
TkpGetFontFamilies(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp to hold result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* For display to query. */
{
HDC hdc;
HWND hwnd;
Window window;
| < < > | | > > > > < | | | | < > > > > > | | | < | 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 |
TkpGetFontFamilies(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp to hold result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* For display to query. */
{
HDC hdc;
HWND hwnd;
Window window;
window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
/*
* On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the
* NT-only Unicode version of EnumFontFamilies to get the font names. If
* we used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we
* would get font names with '?' replacing all the international
* characters.
*
* On a non-internationalized verson of 95, fonts with international names
* are not allowed, so the ANSI version of EnumFontFamilies will work. On
* an internationalized version of 95, there may be fonts with
* international names; the ANSI version will work, fetching the name in
* the system code page. Can't use the Unicode version of EnumFontFamilies
* because it only exists under NT.
*/
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
EnumFontFamiliesW(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROCW) WinFontFamilyEnumProc,
(LPARAM) interp);
} else {
EnumFontFamiliesA(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROCA) WinFontFamilyEnumProc,
(LPARAM) interp);
}
ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
}
static int CALLBACK
WinFontFamilyEnumProc(
ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */
NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, /* Physical-font data (not used). */
int fontType, /* Type of font (not used). */
LPARAM lParam) /* Result object to hold result. */
{
char *faceName;
Tcl_DString faceString;
Tcl_Obj *strPtr;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
interp = (Tcl_Interp *) lParam;
faceName = lfPtr->elfLogFont.lfFaceName;
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);
strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&faceString));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), strPtr);
Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
return 1;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
694 695 696 697 698 699 700 |
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Font object to query. */
{
int i;
WinFont *fontPtr;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *strPtr;
| | < | 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 |
Tk_Font tkfont) /* Font object to query. */
{
int i;
WinFont *fontPtr;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *strPtr;
resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont;
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
familyPtr = fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr;
strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(familyPtr->faceName, -1);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, resultPtr, strPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetFontAttrsForChar --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
725 726 727 728 729 730 731 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpGetFontAttrsForChar(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */
Tcl_UniChar c, /* Character of interest */
TkFontAttributes* faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */
{
WinFont *fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont;
/* Structure describing the logical font */
HDC hdc = GetDC(fontPtr->hwnd);
/* GDI device context */
SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
/* Pointer to subfont array in case
* FindSubFontForChar needs to fix up
* the memory allocation */
SubFont *thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c,
&lastSubFontPtr);
/* Pointer to the subfont to use for
* the given character */
FontFamily *familyPtr = thisSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
HFONT oldfont; /* Saved font from the device context */
TEXTMETRIC tm; /* Font metrics of the selected subfont */
/*
* Get the font attributes.
*/
oldfont = SelectObject(hdc, thisSubFontPtr->hFont);
GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
SelectObject(hdc, oldfont);
ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc);
faPtr->family = familyPtr->faceName;
faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin,
tm.tmInternalLeading - tm.tmHeight);
faPtr->weight = (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
faPtr->slant = tm.tmItalic ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
faPtr->underline = (tm.tmUnderlined != 0);
faPtr->overstrike = fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_MeasureChars --
*
* Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the
* given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption
* that Tk_DrawChars() will be used to actually display the characters.
*
* Results:
* The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the
* span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the
* x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_MeasureChars(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. */
int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
* source string. */
int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
* permissible line length in pixels; don't
* consider any character that would cross
* this x-position. If < 0, then line length
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
810 811 812 813 814 815 816 |
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
HDC hdc;
HFONT oldFont;
WinFont *fontPtr;
int curX, moretomeasure;
| | | | | | | | | > | 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 |
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
HDC hdc;
HFONT oldFont;
WinFont *fontPtr;
int curX, moretomeasure;
Tcl_UniChar ch;
SIZE size;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
Tcl_DString runString;
SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr;
CONST char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start;
if (numBytes == 0) {
*lengthPtr = 0;
return 0;
}
fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont;
hdc = GetDC(fontPtr->hwnd);
lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, lastSubFontPtr->hFont);
/*
* A three step process:
* 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be represented by
* a single screen font.
* 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font.
* 3. Measure converted chars.
*/
moretomeasure = 0;
curX = 0;
start = source;
end = start + numBytes;
for (p = start; p < end; ) {
next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) {
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
(int) (p - start), &runString);
size.cx = 0;
(*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc,
Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
&size);
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
moretomeasure = 1;
break;
}
curX += size.cx;
lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
start = p;
SelectObject(hdc, lastSubFontPtr->hFont);
}
p = next;
}
if (!moretomeasure) {
/*
* We get here if the previous loop was just finished normally,
* without a break. Just measure the last run and that's it.
*/
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start,
(int) (p - start), &runString);
size.cx = 0;
(*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc,
Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
&size);
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
moretomeasure = 1;
} else {
curX += size.cx;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
903 904 905 906 907 908 909 |
char buf[16];
int dstWrote;
int lastSize = 0;
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_DStringInit(&runString);
for (p = start; p < end; ) {
| | | | | 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 |
char buf[16];
int dstWrote;
int lastSize = 0;
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_DStringInit(&runString);
for (p = start; p < end; ) {
next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p,
(int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL,
&dstWrote, NULL);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote);
size.cx = 0;
(*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc,
Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
&size);
if ((curX+size.cx) > maxLength) {
break;
}
lastSize = size.cx;
p = next;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
951 952 953 954 955 956 957 |
if ((flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && (p < end)) {
/*
* Scan the string for the last word break and than repeat the whole
* procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags.
*/
| | | | | | | 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 |
if ((flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && (p < end)) {
/*
* Scan the string for the last word break and than repeat the whole
* procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags.
*/
CONST char *lastWordBreak = NULL;
Tcl_UniChar ch2;
end = p;
p = source;
ch = ' ';
while (p < end) {
next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch2);
if ((ch != ' ') && (ch2 == ' ')) {
lastWordBreak = p;
}
p = next;
ch = ch2;
}
if (lastWordBreak != NULL) {
return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, lastWordBreak-source,
-1, 0, lengthPtr);
}
if (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) {
p = end;
} else {
p = source;
curX = 0;
}
}
*lengthPtr = curX;
return p - source;
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMeasureCharsInContext --
*
* Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the
* given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption
* that TkpDrawCharsInContext() will be used to actually display the
* characters.
*
* This one is almost the same as Tk_MeasureChars(), but with access to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
| | | | 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 |
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpMeasureCharsInContext(
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. */
int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from
* source string in all. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to measure. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to measure in bytes. */
int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest
* permissible line length; don't consider any
* character that would cross this x-position.
* If < 0, then line length is unbounded and
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 |
* no characters fit. TK_ISOLATE_END means
* that the last character should not be
* considered in context with the rest of the
* string (used for breaking lines). */
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength,
maxLength, flags, lengthPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| > | 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 |
* no characters fit. TK_ISOLATE_END means
* that the last character should not be
* considered in context with the rest of the
* string (used for breaking lines). */
int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the
* terminating character. */
{
(void) numBytes; /*unused*/
return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength,
maxLength, flags, lengthPtr);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 |
*/
void
Tk_DrawChars(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
| | | | 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 |
*/
void
Tk_DrawChars(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn;
* must be the same as font used in GC. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 |
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
if ((gc->clip_mask != None) &&
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 |
}
dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state);
SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]);
if ((gc->clip_mask != None) &&
((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
SelectClipRgn(dc, (HRGN)((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->value.region);
}
if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled
|| gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled)
&& gc->stipple != None) {
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)gc->stipple;
HBRUSH oldBrush, stipple;
HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
HDC dcMem;
TEXTMETRIC tm;
SIZE size;
if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple");
}
/*
* Select stipple pattern into destination dc.
*/
dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
stipple = CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
SetBrushOrgEx(dc, gc->ts_x_origin, gc->ts_y_origin, NULL);
oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, stipple);
SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));
/*
* Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
*/
GetTextExtentPoint(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
/*
* The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple
* colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white
* bits. Then we draw onto a white background and copy the black bits.
* Both the foreground and background bits of the font are ANDed with
* the stipple pattern as they are copied.
*/
PatBlt(dcMem, 0, 0, size.cx, size.cy, BLACKNESS);
MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y);
BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
0, 0, 0xEA02E9);
PatBlt(dcMem, 0, 0, size.cx, size.cy, WHITENESS);
MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y);
BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
0, 0, 0x8A0E06);
/*
* Destroy the temporary bitmap and restore the device context.
*/
SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
DeleteObject(bitmap);
DeleteDC(dcMem);
SelectObject(dc, oldBrush);
DeleteObject(stipple);
} else if (gc->function == GXcopy) {
SetTextAlign(dc, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
SetTextColor(dc, gc->foreground);
SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT);
MultiFontTextOut(dc, fontPtr, source, numBytes, x, y);
} else {
HBITMAP oldBitmap, bitmap;
HDC dcMem;
TEXTMETRIC tm;
SIZE size;
dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc);
SetTextAlign(dcMem, TA_LEFT | TA_BASELINE);
SetTextColor(dcMem, gc->foreground);
SetBkMode(dcMem, TRANSPARENT);
SetBkColor(dcMem, RGB(0, 0, 0));
/*
* Compute the bounding box and create a compatible bitmap.
*/
GetTextExtentPoint(dcMem, source, numBytes, &size);
GetTextMetrics(dcMem, &tm);
size.cx -= tm.tmOverhang;
bitmap = CreateCompatibleBitmap(dc, size.cx, size.cy);
oldBitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap);
MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent);
BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem,
0, 0, (DWORD) tkpWinBltModes[gc->function]);
/*
* Destroy the temporary bitmap and restore the device context.
*/
SelectObject(dcMem, oldBitmap);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 | *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpDrawCharsInContext -- * * Draw a string of characters on the screen like Tk_DrawChars(), but * with access to all the characters on the line for context. On Windows * this context isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_DrawChars(). | | < < < | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 |
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawCharsInContext --
*
* Draw a string of characters on the screen like Tk_DrawChars(), but
* with access to all the characters on the line for context. On Windows
* this context isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_DrawChars().
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Information gets drawn on the screen.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDrawCharsInContext(
Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */
Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */
GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn;
* must be the same as font used in GC. */
CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be
* '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters
* (tabs, control characters, and newlines)
* should be stripped out of the string that
* is passed to this function. If they are not
* stripped out, they will be displayed as
* regular printing characters. */
int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */
int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */
int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the
* whole (not just the range) string when
* drawing. */
{
(void) numBytes; /*unused*/
Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont,
source + rangeStart, rangeLength, x, y);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MultiFontTextOut --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 |
*/
static void
MultiFontTextOut(
HDC hdc, /* HDC to draw into. */
WinFont *fontPtr, /* Contains set of fonts to use when drawing
* following string. */
| | | < | | | < | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 |
*/
static void
MultiFontTextOut(
HDC hdc, /* HDC to draw into. */
WinFont *fontPtr, /* Contains set of fonts to use when drawing
* following string. */
CONST char *source, /* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */
int numBytes, /* Length of string in bytes. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of
* string when drawing. */
{
Tcl_UniChar ch;
SIZE size;
HFONT oldFont;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
Tcl_DString runString;
CONST char *p, *end, *next;
SubFont *lastSubFontPtr, *thisSubFontPtr;
TEXTMETRIC tm;
lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, lastSubFontPtr->hFont);
GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
end = source + numBytes;
for (p = source; p < end; ) {
next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch);
thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr);
/*
* The drawing API has a limit of 32767 pixels in one go.
* To avoid spending time on a rare case we do not measure each char,
* instead we limit to drawing chunks of 200 bytes since that works
* well in practice.
*/
if ((thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) || (p-source > 200)) {
if (p > source) {
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
(int) (p - source), &runString);
(*familyPtr->textOutProc)(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont);
(*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc,
Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont,
&size);
x += size.cx;
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
}
lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr;
source = p;
SelectObject(hdc, lastSubFontPtr->hFont);
GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
}
p = next;
}
if (p > source) {
familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source,
(int) (p - source), &runString);
(*familyPtr->textOutProc)(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y,
Tcl_DStringValue(&runString),
Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont);
Tcl_DStringFree(&runString);
}
SelectObject(hdc, oldFont);
}
/*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InitFont --
*
* Helper for TkpGetNativeFont() and TkpGetFontFromAttributes().
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 |
static void
InitFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of interp in which font will be
* used, for getting HDC. */
HFONT hFont, /* Windows token for font. */
int overstrike, /* The overstrike attribute of logfont used to
* allocate this font. For some reason, the
| | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > | < | | 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 |
static void
InitFont(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of interp in which font will be
* used, for getting HDC. */
HFONT hFont, /* Windows token for font. */
int overstrike, /* The overstrike attribute of logfont used to
* allocate this font. For some reason, the
* TEXTMETRICs may contain incorrect info in
* the tmStruckOut field. */
WinFont *fontPtr) /* Filled with information constructed from
* the above arguments. */
{
HDC hdc;
HWND hwnd;
HFONT oldFont;
TEXTMETRIC tm;
Window window;
TkFontMetrics *fmPtr;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
Tcl_DString faceString;
TkFontAttributes *faPtr;
char buf[LF_FACESIZE * sizeof(WCHAR)];
window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window);
hdc = GetDC(hwnd);
oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
/*
* On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the
* NT-only Unicode version of GetTextFace to get the font's name. If we
* used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we
* would get a font name with '?' replacing all the international
* characters.
*
* On a non-internationalized verson of 95, fonts with international names
* are not allowed, so the ANSI version of GetTextFace will work. On an
* internationalized version of 95, there may be fonts with international
* names; the ANSI version will work, fetching the name in the
* international system code page. Can't use the Unicode version of
* GetTextFace because it only exists under NT.
*/
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
GetTextFaceW(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, (WCHAR *) buf);
} else {
GetTextFaceA(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, (char *) buf);
}
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, buf, -1, &faceString);
fontPtr->font.fid = (Font) fontPtr;
fontPtr->hwnd = hwnd;
fontPtr->pixelSize = tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading;
faPtr = &fontPtr->font.fa;
faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString));
faPtr->size =
TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, -(fontPtr->pixelSize));
faPtr->weight =
(tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL;
faPtr->slant = (tm.tmItalic != 0) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN;
faPtr->underline = (tm.tmUnderlined != 0) ? 1 : 0;
faPtr->overstrike = overstrike;
fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 |
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
ReleaseSubFont(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i]);
}
if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
| | | 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 |
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
ReleaseSubFont(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i]);
}
if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
ckfree((char *) fontPtr->subFontArray);
}
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InitSubFont --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 | * * Side effects: * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | < < | | < < < | 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
InitSubFont(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font can be selected. */
HFONT hFont, /* The screen font. */
int base, /* Non-zero if this SubFont is being used as
* the base font for a font object. */
SubFont *subFontPtr) /* Filled with SubFont constructed from above
* attributes. */
{
subFontPtr->hFont = hFont;
subFontPtr->familyPtr = AllocFontFamily(hdc, hFont, base);
subFontPtr->fontMap = subFontPtr->familyPtr->fontMap;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ReleaseSubFont --
*
* Called to release the contents of a SubFont. The caller is responsible
* for freeing the memory used by the SubFont itself.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Memory and resources are freed.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ReleaseSubFont(
SubFont *subFontPtr) /* The SubFont to delete. */
{
DeleteObject(subFontPtr->hFont);
FreeFontFamily(subFontPtr->familyPtr);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AllocFontFamily --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 |
*/
static FontFamily *
AllocFontFamily(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font can be selected. */
HFONT hFont, /* Screen font whose FontFamily is to be
* returned. */
| | | | > | > > > | < | | | 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 |
*/
static FontFamily *
AllocFontFamily(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font can be selected. */
HFONT hFont, /* Screen font whose FontFamily is to be
* returned. */
int base) /* Non-zero if this font family is to be used
* in the base font of a font object. */
{
Tk_Uid faceName;
FontFamily *familyPtr;
Tcl_DString faceString;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
char buf[LF_FACESIZE * sizeof(WCHAR)];
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
GetTextFaceW(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, (WCHAR *) buf);
} else {
GetTextFaceA(hdc, LF_FACESIZE, (char *) buf);
}
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, buf, -1, &faceString);
faceName = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString));
Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
familyPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
for ( ; familyPtr != NULL; familyPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr) {
if (familyPtr->faceName == faceName) {
familyPtr->refCount++;
return familyPtr;
}
}
familyPtr = (FontFamily *) ckalloc(sizeof(FontFamily));
memset(familyPtr, 0, sizeof(FontFamily));
familyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList;
tsdPtr->fontFamilyList = familyPtr;
/*
* Set key for this FontFamily.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 |
* some other location.
*/
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, faceName);
}
if (encoding == NULL) {
| | | | | | | 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 |
* some other location.
*/
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, faceName);
}
if (encoding == NULL) {
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");
familyPtr->textOutProc =
(BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutW;
familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc =
(BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32W;
familyPtr->isWideFont = 1;
} else {
familyPtr->textOutProc =
(BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutA;
familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc =
(BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32A;
familyPtr->isWideFont = 0;
}
familyPtr->encoding = encoding;
return familyPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 |
FontFamily **familyPtrPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (familyPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
| > | | | | | | 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 |
FontFamily **familyPtrPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (familyPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
familyPtr->refCount--;
if (familyPtr->refCount > 0) {
return;
}
for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) {
if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) {
ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]);
}
}
if (familyPtr->startCount != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) familyPtr->startCount);
}
if (familyPtr->endCount != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) familyPtr->endCount);
}
if (familyPtr->encoding != TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding()) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding);
}
/*
* Delete from list.
*/
for (familyPtrPtr = &tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; ; ) {
if (*familyPtrPtr == familyPtr) {
*familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
familyPtrPtr = &(*familyPtrPtr)->nextPtr;
}
ckfree((char *) familyPtr);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FindSubFontForChar --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 |
int ch, /* The Unicode character to be displayed. */
SubFont **subFontPtrPtr) /* Pointer to var to be fixed up if we
* reallocate the subfont table. */
{
HDC hdc;
int i, j, k;
CanUse canUse;
| < | | | | | 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 |
int ch, /* The Unicode character to be displayed. */
SubFont **subFontPtrPtr) /* Pointer to var to be fixed up if we
* reallocate the subfont table. */
{
HDC hdc;
int i, j, k;
CanUse canUse;
char **aliases, **anyFallbacks;
char ***fontFallbacks;
char *fallbackName;
SubFont *subFontPtr;
Tcl_DString ds;
if (ch < BASE_CHARS) {
return &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
}
for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) {
if (FontMapLookup(&fontPtr->subFontArray[i], ch)) {
return &fontPtr->subFontArray[i];
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 |
canUse.hdc = hdc;
canUse.fontPtr = fontPtr;
canUse.nameTriedPtr = &ds;
canUse.ch = ch;
canUse.subFontPtr = NULL;
canUse.subFontPtrPtr = subFontPtrPtr;
| > | | > > > > | | | | | | < | 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 |
canUse.hdc = hdc;
canUse.fontPtr = fontPtr;
canUse.nameTriedPtr = &ds;
canUse.ch = ch;
canUse.subFontPtr = NULL;
canUse.subFontPtrPtr = subFontPtrPtr;
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
EnumFontFamiliesW(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROCW) WinFontCanUseProc,
(LPARAM) &canUse);
} else {
EnumFontFamiliesA(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROCA) WinFontCanUseProc,
(LPARAM) &canUse);
}
subFontPtr = canUse.subFontPtr;
end:
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
if (subFontPtr == NULL) {
/*
* No font can display this character. We will use the base font and
* have it display the "unknown" character.
*/
subFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0];
FontMapInsert(subFontPtr, ch);
}
ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc);
return subFontPtr;
}
static int CALLBACK
WinFontCanUseProc(
ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */
NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, /* Physical-font data (not used). */
int fontType, /* Type of font (not used). */
LPARAM lParam) /* Result object to hold result. */
{
int ch;
HDC hdc;
WinFont *fontPtr;
CanUse *canUsePtr;
char *fallbackName;
SubFont *subFontPtr;
Tcl_DString faceString;
Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr;
canUsePtr = (CanUse *) lParam;
ch = canUsePtr->ch;
hdc = canUsePtr->hdc;
fontPtr = canUsePtr->fontPtr;
nameTriedPtr = canUsePtr->nameTriedPtr;
fallbackName = lfPtr->elfLogFont.lfFaceName;
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, fallbackName, -1, &faceString);
fallbackName = Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString);
if (SeenName(fallbackName, nameTriedPtr) == 0) {
subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(hdc, fontPtr, fallbackName, ch,
canUsePtr->subFontPtrPtr);
if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
canUsePtr->subFontPtr = subFontPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 |
FontMapLookup(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be queried
* and possibly updated. */
int ch) /* Character to be tested. */
{
int row, bitOffset;
| < < < < | 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 |
FontMapLookup(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be queried
* and possibly updated. */
int ch) /* Character to be tested. */
{
int row, bitOffset;
row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT;
if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) {
FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row);
}
bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
return (subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] >> (bitOffset & 7)) & 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 |
FontMapInsert(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be
* updated. */
int ch) /* Character to be added to cache. */
{
int row, bitOffset;
| < | | | | | | < | | | | | 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 |
FontMapInsert(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be
* updated. */
int ch) /* Character to be added to cache. */
{
int row, bitOffset;
row = ch >> FONTMAP_SHIFT;
if (subFontPtr->fontMap[row] == NULL) {
FontMapLoadPage(subFontPtr, row);
}
bitOffset = ch & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7);
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FontMapLoadPage --
*
* Load information about all the characters on a given page. This
* information consists of one bit per character that indicates whether
* the associated HFONT can (1) or cannot (0) display the characters on
* the page.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Mempry allocated.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
FontMapLoadPage(
SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be
* updated. */
int row) /* Index of the page to be loaded into the
* cache. */
{
FontFamily *familyPtr;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
char src[TCL_UTF_MAX], buf[16];
USHORT *startCount, *endCount;
int i, j, bitOffset, end, segCount;
subFontPtr->fontMap[row] = (char *) ckalloc(FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
memset(subFontPtr->fontMap[row], 0, FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8);
familyPtr = subFontPtr->familyPtr;
encoding = familyPtr->encoding;
if (familyPtr->encoding == TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding()) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 |
j = 0;
end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
for ( ; j < segCount; j++) {
if (endCount[j] >= i) {
if (startCount[j] <= i) {
bitOffset = i & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
| | < | 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 |
j = 0;
end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
for ( ; j < segCount; j++) {
if (endCount[j] >= i) {
if (startCount[j] <= i) {
bitOffset = i & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7);
}
break;
}
}
}
} else if (familyPtr->isSymbolFont) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 |
* we don't know the proper Unicode -> symbol font mapping, we can
* install the symbol font as the base font and access its glyphs.
*/
end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src,
| | | 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 |
* we don't know the proper Unicode -> symbol font mapping, we can
* install the symbol font as the base font and access its glyphs.
*/
end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT;
for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) {
if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src,
Tcl_UniCharToUtf(i, src), TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL,
buf, sizeof(buf), NULL, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) {
continue;
}
bitOffset = i & (FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE - 1);
subFontPtr->fontMap[row][bitOffset >> 3] |= 1 << (bitOffset & 7);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 |
*/
static SubFont *
CanUseFallbackWithAliases(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font can be selected. */
WinFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new
* screen font. */
| | | | 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 |
*/
static SubFont *
CanUseFallbackWithAliases(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font can be selected. */
WinFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new
* screen font. */
char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */
int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new screen
* font must be able to display. */
Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr, /* Records face names that have already been
* tried. It is possible for the same face
* name to be queried multiple times when
* trying to find a suitable screen font. */
SubFont **subFontPtrPtr) /* Variable to fixup if we reallocate the
* array of subfonts. */
{
int i;
char **aliases;
SubFont *subFontPtr;
if (SeenName(faceName, nameTriedPtr) == 0) {
subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(hdc, fontPtr, faceName, ch, subFontPtrPtr);
if (subFontPtr != NULL) {
return subFontPtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int SeenName( | | | | | 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
SeenName(
CONST char *name, /* The name to check. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Contains names that have already been
* seen. */
{
CONST char *seen, *end;
seen = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
end = seen + Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr);
while (seen < end) {
if (strcasecmp(seen, name) == 0) {
return 1;
}
seen += strlen(seen) + 1;
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, (char *) name, (int) (strlen(name) + 1));
return 0;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* CanUseFallback --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 |
*/
static SubFont *
CanUseFallback(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font can be selected. */
WinFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new
* screen font. */
| | | 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 |
*/
static SubFont *
CanUseFallback(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font can be selected. */
WinFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new
* screen font. */
char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */
int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new screen
* font must be able to display. */
SubFont **subFontPtrPtr) /* Variable to fix-up if we realloc the array
* of subfonts. */
{
int i;
HFONT hFont;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 |
}
}
/*
* Load this font and see if it has the desired character.
*/
| | < > | | | | 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 |
}
}
/*
* Load this font and see if it has the desired character.
*/
hFont = GetScreenFont(&fontPtr->font.fa, faceName, fontPtr->pixelSize);
InitSubFont(hdc, hFont, 0, &subFont);
if (((ch < 256) && (subFont.familyPtr->isSymbolFont))
|| (FontMapLookup(&subFont, ch) == 0)) {
/*
* Don't use a symbol font as a fallback font for characters below
* 256.
*/
ReleaseSubFont(&subFont);
return NULL;
}
if (fontPtr->numSubFonts >= SUBFONT_SPACE) {
SubFont *newPtr;
newPtr = (SubFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(SubFont)
* (fontPtr->numSubFonts + 1));
memcpy((char *) newPtr, fontPtr->subFontArray,
fontPtr->numSubFonts * sizeof(SubFont));
if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) {
ckfree((char *) fontPtr->subFontArray);
}
/*
* Fix up the variable pointed to by subFontPtrPtr so it still points
* into the live array. [Bug 618872]
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 | * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static HFONT GetScreenFont( | | | | < < > | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 |
* None.
*
*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static HFONT
GetScreenFont(
CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr,
/* Desired font attributes for new HFONT. */
CONST char *faceName, /* Overrides font family specified in font
* attributes. */
int pixelSize) /* Overrides size specified in font
* attributes. */
{
Tcl_DString ds;
HFONT hFont;
LOGFONTW lf;
memset(&lf, 0, sizeof(lf));
lf.lfHeight = -pixelSize;
lf.lfWidth = 0;
lf.lfEscapement = 0;
lf.lfOrientation = 0;
lf.lfWeight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_NORMAL) ? FW_NORMAL : FW_BOLD;
lf.lfItalic = faPtr->slant;
lf.lfUnderline = faPtr->underline;
lf.lfStrikeOut = faPtr->overstrike;
lf.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET;
lf.lfOutPrecision = OUT_TT_PRECIS;
lf.lfClipPrecision = CLIP_DEFAULT_PRECIS;
lf.lfQuality = DEFAULT_QUALITY;
lf.lfPitchAndFamily = DEFAULT_PITCH | FF_DONTCARE;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &ds);
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
Tcl_UniChar *src, *dst;
/*
* We can only store up to LF_FACESIZE wide characters
*/
if ((size_t)Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) >= (LF_FACESIZE * sizeof(WCHAR))) {
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, LF_FACESIZE);
}
src = (Tcl_UniChar *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
dst = (Tcl_UniChar *) lf.lfFaceName;
while (*src != '\0') {
*dst++ = *src++;
}
*dst = '\0';
hFont = CreateFontIndirectW(&lf);
} else {
/*
* We can only store up to LF_FACESIZE characters
*/
if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) >= LF_FACESIZE) {
Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, LF_FACESIZE);
}
strcpy((char *) lf.lfFaceName, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
hFont = CreateFontIndirectA((LOGFONTA *) &lf);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
return hFont;
}
/*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FamilyExists, FamilyOrAliasExists, WinFontExistsProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 |
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FamilyExists(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font family will be used. */
| | > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > | > | | > > > > | | | | | | | | | | 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 |
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
FamilyExists(
HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font family will be used. */
CONST char *faceName) /* Font family to query. */
{
int result;
Tcl_DString faceString;
/*
* Just immediately rule out the following fonts, because they look so
* ugly on windows. The caller's fallback mechanism will cause the
* corresponding appropriate TrueType fonts to be selected.
*/
if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Courier") == 0) {
return 0;
}
if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Times") == 0) {
return 0;
}
if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Helvetica") == 0) {
return 0;
}
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString);
/*
* If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and
* EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If
* the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a
* non-zero value.
*/
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
result = EnumFontFamiliesW(hdc, (WCHAR*) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString),
(FONTENUMPROCW) WinFontExistProc, 0);
} else {
result = EnumFontFamiliesA(hdc, (char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString),
(FONTENUMPROCA) WinFontExistProc, 0);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString);
return (result == 0);
}
static char *
FamilyOrAliasExists(
HDC hdc,
CONST char *faceName)
{
char **aliases;
int i;
if (FamilyExists(hdc, faceName) != 0) {
return (char *) faceName;
}
aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(faceName);
if (aliases != NULL) {
for (i = 0; aliases[i] != NULL; i++) {
if (FamilyExists(hdc, aliases[i]) != 0) {
return aliases[i];
}
}
}
return NULL;
}
static int CALLBACK
WinFontExistProc(
ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */
NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, /* Physical-font data (not used). */
int fontType, /* Type of font (not used). */
LPARAM lParam) /* EnumFontData to hold result. */
{
return 0;
}
/*
* The following data structures are used when querying a TrueType font file
* to determine which characters the font supports.
*/
#pragma pack(1) /* Structures are byte aligned in file. */
#define CMAPHEX 0x636d6170 /* Key for character map resource. */
typedef struct CMAPTABLE {
USHORT version; /* Table version number (0). */
USHORT numTables; /* Number of encoding tables following. */
} CMAPTABLE;
typedef struct ENCODINGTABLE {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 |
USHORT entryCount; /* Number valid low bytes for subHeader. */
SHORT idDelta; /* Constant adder to get base glyph index. */
USHORT idRangeOffset; /* Byte offset from here to appropriate
* glyphIndexArray. */
} SUBHEADER;
typedef struct HIBYTETABLE {
| | | 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 |
USHORT entryCount; /* Number valid low bytes for subHeader. */
SHORT idDelta; /* Constant adder to get base glyph index. */
USHORT idRangeOffset; /* Byte offset from here to appropriate
* glyphIndexArray. */
} SUBHEADER;
typedef struct HIBYTETABLE {
USHORT format; /* Format number is set to 2. */
USHORT length; /* The actual length in bytes of this
* subtable. */
USHORT version; /* Version number (starts at 0). */
USHORT subHeaderKeys[256]; /* Maps high bytes to subHeaders: value is
* subHeader index * 8. */
#if 0
SUBHEADER subHeaders[]; /* Variable-length array of SUBHEADERs. */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 |
char *s;
segCount = 0;
startCount = NULL;
endCount = NULL;
*symbolPtr = 0;
| | | | 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 |
char *s;
segCount = 0;
startCount = NULL;
endCount = NULL;
*symbolPtr = 0;
hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
i = 0;
s = (char *) &i;
*s = '\1';
swapped = 0;
if (i == 1) {
swapped = 1;
}
cmapKey = CMAPHEX;
if (swapped) {
SwapLong(&cmapKey);
}
n = GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, 0, &cmapTable, sizeof(cmapTable));
if (n != (int)GDI_ERROR) {
if (swapped) {
SwapShort(&cmapTable.numTables);
}
for (i = 0; i < cmapTable.numTables; i++) {
offset = sizeof(cmapTable) + i * sizeof(encTable);
GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, &encTable,
sizeof(encTable));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 |
if (subTable.any.format == 4) {
if (swapped) {
SwapShort(&subTable.segment.segCountX2);
}
segCount = subTable.segment.segCountX2 / 2;
cbData = segCount * sizeof(USHORT);
| | | | 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 |
if (subTable.any.format == 4) {
if (swapped) {
SwapShort(&subTable.segment.segCountX2);
}
segCount = subTable.segment.segCountX2 / 2;
cbData = segCount * sizeof(USHORT);
startCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc((unsigned)cbData);
endCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc((unsigned)cbData);
offset = encTable.offset + sizeof(subTable.segment);
GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, endCount, cbData);
offset += cbData + sizeof(USHORT);
GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, startCount, cbData);
if (swapped) {
for (i = 0; i < segCount; i++) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 | /* * Bitmap font. We should also support ranges for the other *_CHARSET * values. */ segCount = 1; cbData = segCount * sizeof(USHORT); | | | | 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 |
/*
* Bitmap font. We should also support ranges for the other *_CHARSET
* values.
*/
segCount = 1;
cbData = segCount * sizeof(USHORT);
startCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc((unsigned) cbData);
endCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc((unsigned) cbData);
startCount[0] = 0x0000;
endCount[0] = 0x00ff;
}
SelectObject(hdc, hFont);
*startCountPtr = startCount;
*endCountPtr = endCount;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 | * * Side effects: * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
SwapShort(
PUSHORT p)
{
*p = (SHORT)(HIBYTE(*p) + (LOBYTE(*p) << 8));
}
static void
SwapLong(
PULONG p)
{
ULONG temp;
temp = (LONG) ((BYTE) *p);
temp <<= 8;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinImage.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
static int
DestroyImage(
XImage *imagePtr) /* Image to free. */
{
if (imagePtr) {
if (imagePtr->data) {
| | | | 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
static int
DestroyImage(
XImage *imagePtr) /* Image to free. */
{
if (imagePtr) {
if (imagePtr->data) {
ckfree((char*)imagePtr->data);
}
ckfree((char*)imagePtr);
}
return 0;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
int offset,
char *data,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height,
int bitmap_pad,
int bytes_per_line)
{
| | < < < | 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 |
int offset,
char *data,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height,
int bitmap_pad,
int bytes_per_line)
{
XImage* imagePtr = (XImage *) ckalloc(sizeof(XImage));
imagePtr->width = width;
imagePtr->height = height;
imagePtr->xoffset = offset;
imagePtr->format = format;
imagePtr->data = data;
imagePtr->byte_order = LSBFirst;
imagePtr->bitmap_unit = 8;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
299 300 301 302 303 304 305 |
HPALETTE hPal, hPalPrev1 = 0, hPalPrev2 = 0;
int size;
unsigned int n;
unsigned int depth;
unsigned char *data;
TkWinDCState state;
BOOL ret;
| < | > | | 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 |
HPALETTE hPal, hPalPrev1 = 0, hPalPrev2 = 0;
int size;
unsigned int n;
unsigned int depth;
unsigned char *data;
TkWinDCState state;
BOOL ret;
if (format != ZPixmap) {
TkpDisplayWarning(
"XGetImageZPixmap: only ZPixmap types are implemented",
"XGetImageZPixmap Failure");
return NULL;
}
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state);
/*
* Need to do a Blt operation to copy into a new bitmap.
*/
hbmp = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, (int) width, (int) height);
hdcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc);
hbmpPrev = SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmp);
hPal = state.palette;
if (hPal) {
hPalPrev1 = SelectPalette(hdcMem, hPal, FALSE);
n = RealizePalette(hdcMem);
if (n > 0) {
UpdateColors(hdcMem);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
374 375 376 377 378 379 380 |
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS);
data = (unsigned char *)ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
| | | | | | 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 |
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS);
data = (unsigned char *)ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, ZPixmap, 0, (char *)data,
width, height, 32, (int) ((width + 31) >> 3) & ~1);
if (ret_image == NULL) {
ckfree((char *)data);
goto cleanup;
}
/*
* Get the BITMAP info into the Image.
*/
if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, data, bmInfo,
DIB_PAL_COLORS) == 0) {
ckfree((char *) ret_image->data);
ckfree((char *) ret_image);
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
p = data;
pend = data + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage;
while (p < pend) {
*p = ~*p;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
410 411 412 413 414 415 416 |
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS);
data = (unsigned char *)ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 |
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS);
data = (unsigned char *)ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 8, ZPixmap, 0, (char *)data,
width, height, 8, (int) width);
if (ret_image == NULL) {
ckfree((char *) data);
goto cleanup;
}
/*
* Get the BITMAP info into the Image.
*/
if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, data, bmInfo,
DIB_PAL_COLORS) == 0) {
ckfree((char *) ret_image->data);
ckfree((char *) ret_image);
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
p = data;
palette = (unsigned short *) bmInfo->bmiColors;
for (i = 0; i < bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage; i++, p++) {
*p = (unsigned char) palette[*p];
}
} else if (depth == 16) {
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
data = (unsigned char *) ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 16, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
width, height, 16, 0 /* will be calc'ed from bitmap_pad */);
if (ret_image == NULL) {
ckfree((char *) data);
goto cleanup;
}
/*
* Get the BITMAP info directly into the Image.
*/
if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, ret_image->data, bmInfo,
DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) {
ckfree((char *) ret_image->data);
ckfree((char *) ret_image);
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
} else {
GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
data = (unsigned char *) ckalloc(width * height * 4);
if (!data) {
/* printf("Failed to allocate data area for XImage.\n"); */
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data,
width, height, 0, (int) width * 4);
if (ret_image == NULL) {
ckfree((char *) data);
goto cleanup;
}
if (depth <= 24) {
/*
* This used to handle 16 and 24 bpp, but now just handles 24. It
* can likely be optimized for that. -- hobbs
*/
unsigned char *smallBitData, *smallBitBase, *bigBitData;
unsigned int byte_width, h, w;
byte_width = ((width * 3 + 3) & ~(unsigned)3);
smallBitBase = (unsigned char *) ckalloc(byte_width * height);
if (!smallBitBase) {
ckfree((char *) ret_image->data);
ckfree((char *) ret_image);
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
smallBitData = smallBitBase;
/*
* Get the BITMAP info into the Image.
*/
if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, smallBitData, bmInfo,
DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) {
ckfree((char *) ret_image->data);
ckfree((char *) ret_image);
ckfree((char *) smallBitBase);
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
/*
* Copy the 24 Bit Pixmap to a 32-Bit one.
*/
for (h = 0; h < height; h++) {
bigBitData = (unsigned char *) (ret_image->data + h * ret_image->bytes_per_line);
smallBitData = smallBitBase + h * byte_width;
for (w = 0; w < width; w++) {
*bigBitData++ = ((*smallBitData++));
*bigBitData++ = ((*smallBitData++));
*bigBitData++ = ((*smallBitData++));
*bigBitData++ = 0;
}
}
/*
* Free the Device contexts, and the Bitmap.
*/
ckfree((char *) smallBitBase);
} else {
/*
* Get the BITMAP info directly into the Image.
*/
if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, ret_image->data, bmInfo,
DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) {
ckfree((char *) ret_image->data);
ckfree((char *) ret_image);
ret_image = NULL;
goto cleanup;
}
}
}
cleanup:
if (bmInfo) {
ckfree((char *) bmInfo);
}
if (hPal) {
SelectPalette(hdcMem, hPalPrev1, FALSE);
}
DeleteDC(hdcMem);
DeleteObject(hbmp);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
639 640 641 642 643 644 645 |
* is consistent with the Unix behavior, but does not appear to handle
* all bit depths correctly. -- hobbs
*/
imagePtr = XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y,
width, height, plane_mask, format);
} else {
| | | 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 |
* is consistent with the Unix behavior, but does not appear to handle
* all bit depths correctly. -- hobbs
*/
imagePtr = XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y,
width, height, plane_mask, format);
} else {
char *errMsg = NULL;
char infoBuf[sizeof(BITMAPINFO) + sizeof(RGBQUAD)];
BITMAPINFO *infoPtr = (BITMAPINFO*)infoBuf;
if (twdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {
errMsg = "XGetImage: not implemented for empty bitmap handles";
} else if (format != XYPixmap) {
errMsg = "XGetImage: not implemented for format != XYPixmap";
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinInit.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
| < | 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
/*
* This is necessary for static initialization, and is ok otherwise
* because TkWinXInit flips a static bit to do its work just once.
*/
TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
65 66 67 68 69 70 71 |
void
TkpGetAppName(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
{
int argc, namelength;
| | | | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 |
void
TkpGetAppName(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */
{
int argc, namelength;
CONST char **argv = NULL, *name, *p;
name = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "argv0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
namelength = -1;
if (name != NULL) {
Tcl_SplitPath(name, &argc, &argv);
if (argc > 0) {
name = argv[argc-1];
p = strrchr(name, '.');
if (p != NULL) {
namelength = p - name;
}
} else {
name = NULL;
}
}
if ((name == NULL) || (*name == 0)) {
name = "tk";
namelength = -1;
}
Tcl_DStringAppend(namePtr, name, namelength);
if (argv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *)argv);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDisplayWarning --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
110 111 112 113 114 115 116 | * Displays a message box. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpDisplayWarning( | | | > | < < < < < | > < | < < < | < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 |
* Displays a message box.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayWarning(
CONST char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */
CONST char *title) /* Title of warning. */
{
#define TK_MAX_WARN_LEN 1024
WCHAR msgString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN + 5];
WCHAR titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN + 1];
/* If running on Cygwin and we have a stderr channel, use it. */
#if !defined(STATIC_BUILD)
if (tclStubsPtr->reserved9) {
Tcl_Channel errChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR);
if (errChannel) {
Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, title, -1);
Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, ": ", 2);
Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, msg, -1);
Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, "\n", 1);
return;
}
}
#endif /* !STATIC_BUILD */
MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, msg, -1, msgString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN);
MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, title, -1, titleString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN);
/*
* Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow the screen
* and cause possible oversized window error.
*/
memcpy(msgString + TK_MAX_WARN_LEN, L" ...", 5 * sizeof(WCHAR));
titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN] = L'\0';
MessageBoxW(NULL, msgString, titleString,
MB_OK | MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_SYSTEMMODAL
| MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_TOPMOST);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinInt.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 | * Include platform specific public interfaces. */ #ifndef _TKWIN #include "tkWin.h" #endif /* * Define constants missing from older Win32 SDK header files. */ #ifndef WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW #define WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW 0x00000080L #endif | > > > > | 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 | * Include platform specific public interfaces. */ #ifndef _TKWIN #include "tkWin.h" #endif #ifndef _TKPORT #include "tkPort.h" #endif /* * Define constants missing from older Win32 SDK header files. */ #ifndef WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW #define WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW 0x00000080L #endif |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 | #define TkWinGetPalette(colormap) (((TkWinColormap *) colormap)->palette) /* * The following macros define the class names for Tk Window types. */ | | | | 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 | #define TkWinGetPalette(colormap) (((TkWinColormap *) colormap)->palette) /* * The following macros define the class names for Tk Window types. */ #define TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME "TkTopLevel" #define TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME "TkChild" /* * The following variable is a translation table between X gc functions and * Win32 raster and BitBlt op modes. */ MODULE_SCOPE const int tkpWinRopModes[]; |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
138 139 140 141 142 143 144 | /* * Internal functions used by more than one source file. */ #include "tkIntPlatDecls.h" | | | > > | | | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 |
/*
* Internal functions used by more than one source file.
*/
#include "tkIntPlatDecls.h"
#ifdef BUILD_tk
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT
#endif
/*
* Special proc needed as tsd accessor function between
* tkWinX.c:GenerateXEvent and tkWinClipboard.c:UpdateClipboard
*/
EXTERN void TkWinUpdatingClipboard(int mode);
/*
* Used by tkWinDialog.c to associate the right icon with tk_messageBox
*/
EXTERN HICON TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkw, DWORD iconsize);
/*
* Used by tkWinX.c on for certain system display change messages and cleanup
* up containers
*/
EXTERN void TkWinDisplayChanged(Display *display);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinCleanupContainerList(void);
/*
* Used by tkWinWm.c for embedded menu handling. May become public.
*/
EXTERN HWND Tk_GetMenuHWND(Tk_Window tkwin);
EXTERN HWND Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND(Tk_Window tkwin);
/*
* The following structure keeps track of whether we are using the multi-byte
* or the wide-character interfaces to the operating system. System calls
* should be made through the following function table.
*
* While some system calls need to use this A/W jump-table, it is not
* necessary for all calls to do it, which is why you won't see this used
* throughout the Tk code, but only in key areas. -- hobbs
*/
typedef struct TkWinProcs {
int useWide;
LRESULT (WINAPI *callWindowProc)(WNDPROC lpPrevWndFunc, HWND hWnd,
UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
LRESULT (WINAPI *defWindowProc)(HWND hWnd, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam);
ATOM (WINAPI *registerClass)(const WNDCLASS *lpWndClass);
BOOL (WINAPI *setWindowText)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString);
HWND (WINAPI *createWindowEx)(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpClassName,
LPCTSTR lpWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y,
int nWidth, int nHeight, HWND hWndParent, HMENU hMenu,
HINSTANCE hInstance, LPVOID lpParam);
BOOL (WINAPI *insertMenu)(HMENU hMenu, UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags,
UINT uIDNewItem, LPCTSTR lpNewItem);
int (WINAPI *getWindowText)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount);
} TkWinProcs;
EXTERN TkWinProcs *tkWinProcs;
#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT
/*
* The following allows us to cache these encoding for multiple functions.
*/
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Encoding TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(void);
MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Encoding TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void);
MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr);
/*
* Values returned by TkWinGetPlatformTheme.
*/
#define TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC 1
#define TK_THEME_WIN_XP 2
/*
* The following is implemented in tkWinWm and used by tkWinEmbed.c
*/
void TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(TkWindow *winPtr);
void TkpWinToplevelIconify(TkWindow *winPtr);
void TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(TkWindow *winPtr);
long TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(TkWindow *winPtr);
long TkpWinToplevelMove(TkWindow *winPtr, int x, int y);
long TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(TkWindow *winPtr,
int reqValue);
void TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(TkWindow *winPtr);
int TkpWmGetState(TkWindow *winPtr);
/*
* The following functions are not present in old versions of Windows
* API headers but are used in the Tk source to ensure 64bit
* compatibility.
*/
#ifndef GetClassLongPtr
# define GetClassLongPtrA GetClassLongA
# define GetClassLongPtrW GetClassLongW
# define SetClassLongPtrA SetClassLongA
# define SetClassLongPtrW SetClassLongW
# ifdef UNICODE
# define GetClassLongPtr GetClassLongPtrW
# define SetClassLongPtr SetClassLongPtrW
# else
# define GetClassLongPtr GetClassLongPtrA
# define SetClassLongPtr SetClassLongPtrA
# endif /* !UNICODE */
#endif /* !GetClassLongPtr */
#ifndef GCLP_HICON
# define GCLP_HICON GCL_HICON
#endif /* !GCLP_HICON */
#ifndef GCLP_HICONSM
# define GCLP_HICONSM (-34)
#endif /* !GCLP_HICONSM */
#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr
# define GetWindowLongPtrA GetWindowLongA
# define GetWindowLongPtrW GetWindowLongW
# define SetWindowLongPtrA SetWindowLongA
# define SetWindowLongPtrW SetWindowLongW
# ifdef UNICODE
# define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW
# define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW
# else
# define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW
# define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW
# endif /* !UNICODE */
#endif /* !GetWindowLongPtr */
#ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC
#define GWLP_WNDPROC GWL_WNDPROC
#define GWLP_HINSTANCE GWL_HINSTANCE
#define GWLP_HWNDPARENT GWL_HWNDPARENT
#define GWLP_USERDATA GWL_USERDATA
#define GWLP_ID GWL_ID
#endif /* !GWLP_WNDPROC */
#endif /* _TKWININT */
|
Changes to win/tkWinKey.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkWinKey.c -- * * This file contains X emulation routines for keyboard related * functions. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
/*
* tkWinKey.c --
*
* This file contains X emulation routines for keyboard related
* functions.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkWinInt.h"
/*
* The keymap table holds mappings of Windows keycodes to X keysyms. If
* Windows ever comes along and changes the value of their keycodes, this will
* break all kinds of things. However, this table lookup is much faster than
* the alternative, in which we walked a list of keycodes looking for a match.
* Since this lookup is performed for every Windows keypress event, it seems
* like a worthwhile improvement to use the table.
*/
#define MAX_KEYCODE 179 /* VK_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE is the last entry in our table below */
/* cf. https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/dd375731(v=vs.85).aspx */
static KeySym keymap[] = {
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Cancel, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Clear, XK_Return, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, XK_Shift_L, XK_Control_L, XK_Alt_L, XK_Pause,
XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_space, XK_Prior, XK_Next,
XK_End, XK_Home, XK_Left, XK_Up, XK_Right,
XK_Down, XK_Select, XK_Print, XK_Execute, NoSymbol,
XK_Insert, XK_Delete, XK_Help, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, XK_Win_L, XK_Win_R, XK_App, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_F1, XK_F2, XK_F3,
XK_F4, XK_F5, XK_F6, XK_F7, XK_F8,
XK_F9, XK_F10, XK_F11, XK_F12, XK_F13,
XK_F14, XK_F15, XK_F16, XK_F17, XK_F18,
XK_F19, XK_F20, XK_F21, XK_F22, XK_F23,
XK_F24, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Num_Lock,
XK_Scroll_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*150 0x96*/
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*155 0x9b*/
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*160 0xa0*/
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, /*165 0xa5*/
NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_XF86AudioMute, XK_XF86AudioLowerVolume, /*170 0xaa*/
XK_XF86AudioRaiseVolume, XK_XF86AudioNext, XK_XF86AudioPrev, XK_XF86AudioStop, XK_XF86AudioPlay /*175 0xaf*/
};
/*
* Prototypes for local functions defined in this file:
*/
static KeySym KeycodeToKeysym(unsigned int keycode,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | < < < < | | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > < | > > | > | 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
TkpGetString(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred: needed to get
* input context. */
XEvent *eventPtr, /* X keyboard event. */
Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Uninitialized or empty string to hold
* result. */
{
XKeyEvent *keyEv = &eventPtr->xkey;
Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr);
if (keyEv->send_event == -1) {
if (keyEv->nbytes > 0) {
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(),
keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes, dsPtr);
}
} else if (keyEv->send_event == -2) {
/*
* Special case for win2000 multi-lingal IME input. xkey.trans_chars[]
* already contains a UNICODE char.
*/
int unichar;
char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];
int len;
unichar = keyEv->trans_chars[1] & 0xff;
unichar <<= 8;
unichar |= keyEv->trans_chars[0] & 0xff;
len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) unichar, buf);
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
} else if (keyEv->send_event == -3) {
/*
* Special case for WM_UNICHAR. xkey.trans_chars[] already contains a
* UTF-8 char.
*/
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes);
} else {
/*
* This is an event generated from generic code. It has no nchars or
* trans_chars members.
*/
KeySym keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(keyEv->keycode, keyEv->state, 0);
if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256))
|| (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) {
char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX];
int len;
len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf);
Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len);
}
}
return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
KeySym
XKeycodeToKeysym(
Display *display,
unsigned int keycode,
int index)
{
int state = 0;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
KeySym
XKeycodeToKeysym(
Display *display,
unsigned int keycode,
int index)
{
int state = 0;
if (index & 0x01) {
state |= ShiftMask;
}
return KeycodeToKeysym(keycode, state, 0);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
KeycodeToKeysym(
unsigned int keycode,
int state,
int noascii)
{
BYTE keys[256];
int result, deadkey, shift;
| | | | | | | | 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 |
KeycodeToKeysym(
unsigned int keycode,
int state,
int noascii)
{
BYTE keys[256];
int result, deadkey, shift;
char buf[4];
unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0);
/*
* Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToAscii(). One of ToAscii()'s
* side effects is to handle the lights on the keyboard, and we don't want
* to mess that up.
*/
if (noascii || keycode == VK_CAPITAL || keycode == VK_SCROLL ||
keycode == VK_NUMLOCK) {
goto skipToAscii;
}
/*
* Use MapVirtualKey() to detect some dead keys.
*/
if (MapVirtualKey(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) {
return XK_Multi_key;
}
/*
* Set up a keyboard with correct modifiers
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 |
if (state & Mod3Mask) {
keys[VK_SCROLL] = 1;
}
if (state & Mod1Mask) {
keys[VK_NUMLOCK] = 1;
}
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | | > | | | < < | | | | | | | 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 |
if (state & Mod3Mask) {
keys[VK_SCROLL] = 1;
}
if (state & Mod1Mask) {
keys[VK_NUMLOCK] = 1;
}
result = ToAscii(keycode, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0);
if (result < 0) {
/*
* Win95/98: This was a dead char, which is now remembered by the
* keyboard. Call ToAscii() again to forget it.
* WinNT: This was a dead char, overwriting any previously remembered
* key. Calling ToAscii() again does not affect anything.
*/
ToAscii(keycode, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0);
return XK_Multi_key;
}
if (result == 2) {
/*
* This was a dead char, and there were one previously remembered by
* the keyboard. Call ToAscii() again with proper parameters to
* restore it.
*
* Get information about the old char
*/
deadkey = VkKeyScan(buf[0]);
shift = deadkey >> 8;
deadkey &= 255;
scancode = MapVirtualKey(deadkey, 0);
/*
* Set up a keyboard with proper modifier keys
*/
memset(keys, 0, 256);
if (shift & 1) {
keys[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
}
if (shift & 2) {
keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
}
if (shift & 4) {
keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
}
ToAscii(deadkey, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0);
return XK_Multi_key;
}
/*
* Keycode mapped to a valid Latin-1 character. Since the keysyms for
* alphanumeric characters map onto Latin-1, we just return it.
*
* We treat 0x7F as a special case mostly for backwards compatibility. In
* versions of Tk<=8.2, Control-Backspace returned "XK_BackSpace" as the X
* Keysym. This was due to the fact that we did not initialize the keys
* array properly when we passed it to ToAscii, above. We had previously
* not been setting the state bit for the Control key. When we fixed that,
* we found that Control-Backspace on Windows is interpreted as ASCII-127
* (0x7F), which corresponds to the Delete key.
*
* Upon discovering this, we realized we had two choices: return XK_Delete
* or return XK_BackSpace. If we returned XK_Delete, that could be
* considered "more correct" (although the correctness would be dependant
* on whether you believe that ToAscii is doing the right thing in that
* case); however, this would break backwards compatibility, and worse, it
* would limit application programmers; they would effectively be unable
* to bind to <Control-Backspace> on Windows. We therefore chose instead
* to return XK_BackSpace (handled here by letting the code "fall-through"
* to the return statement below, which works because the keycode for this
* event is VK_BACKSPACE, and the keymap table maps that keycode to
* XK_BackSpace).
*/
if (result == 1 && UCHAR(buf[0]) >= 0x20 && UCHAR(buf[0]) != 0x7F) {
return (KeySym) UCHAR(buf[0]);
}
/*
* Keycode is a non-alphanumeric key, so we have to do the lookup.
*/
skipToAscii:
if (keycode > MAX_KEYCODE) {
return NoSymbol;
}
switch (keycode) {
/*
* Windows only gives us an undifferentiated VK_CONTROL code (for
* example) when either Control key is pressed. To distinguish between
* left and right, we have to query the state of one of the two to
* determine which was actually pressed. So if the keycode indicates
* Control, Shift, or Menu (the key that everybody else calls Alt), do
* this extra test. If the right-side key was pressed, return the
* appropriate keycode. Otherwise, we fall through and rely on the
* keymap table to hold the correct keysym value.
*/
case VK_CONTROL:
if (GetKeyState(VK_RCONTROL) & 0x80) {
return XK_Control_R;
}
break;
case VK_SHIFT:
if (GetKeyState(VK_RSHIFT) & 0x80) {
return XK_Shift_R;
}
break;
case VK_MENU:
if (GetKeyState(VK_RMENU) & 0x80) {
return XK_Alt_R;
}
break;
}
return keymap[keycode];
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
516 517 518 519 520 521 522 |
}
/*
* Create an array of the keycodes for all modifier keys.
*/
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
| | | > | > | | | | | | < | | 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
}
/*
* Create an array of the keycodes for all modifier keys.
*/
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
}
dispPtr->numModKeyCodes = 0;
arraySize = KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE;
dispPtr->modKeyCodes = (KeyCode *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(KEYCODE_ARRAY_SIZE * sizeof(KeyCode)));
for (i = 0, codePtr = modMapPtr->modifiermap; i < max; i++, codePtr++) {
if (*codePtr == 0) {
continue;
}
/*
* Make sure that the keycode isn't already in the array.
*/
for (j = 0; j < dispPtr->numModKeyCodes; j++) {
if (dispPtr->modKeyCodes[j] == *codePtr) {
goto nextModCode;
}
}
if (dispPtr->numModKeyCodes >= arraySize) {
KeyCode *new;
/*
* Ran out of space in the array; grow it.
*/
arraySize *= 2;
new = (KeyCode *) ckalloc((unsigned)
(arraySize * sizeof(KeyCode)));
memcpy((void *) new, (void *) dispPtr->modKeyCodes,
(dispPtr->numModKeyCodes * sizeof(KeyCode)));
ckfree((char *) dispPtr->modKeyCodes);
dispPtr->modKeyCodes = new;
}
dispPtr->modKeyCodes[dispPtr->numModKeyCodes] = *codePtr;
dispPtr->numModKeyCodes++;
nextModCode: continue;
}
XFreeModifiermap(modMapPtr);
}
/*
* When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the
* modifier state that should be used so that when they call XKeycodeToKeysym
* taking into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym.
*/
void
TkpSetKeycodeAndState(
Tk_Window tkwin,
KeySym keySym,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
int i;
SHORT result;
int shift;
eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0;
if (keySym == NoSymbol) {
return;
}
/*
* We check our private map first for a virtual keycode, as VkKeyScan will
* return values that don't map to X for the "extended" Syms. This may be
* due to just casting problems below, but this works.
*/
for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
if (keymap[i] == keySym) {
eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i;
return;
}
}
if (keySym >= 0x20) {
result = VkKeyScan((char) keySym);
if (result != -1) {
shift = result >> 8;
if (shift & 1)
eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask;
if (shift & 2)
eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask;
if (shift & 4)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
628 629 630 631 632 633 634 |
KeyCode
XKeysymToKeycode(
Display *display,
KeySym keysym)
{
int i;
SHORT result;
| < | | 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 |
KeyCode
XKeysymToKeycode(
Display *display,
KeySym keysym)
{
int i;
SHORT result;
/*
* We check our private map first for a virtual keycode, as VkKeyScan will
* return values that don't map to X for the "extended" Syms. This may be
* due to just casting problems below, but this works.
*/
if (keysym == NoSymbol) {
return 0;
}
for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) {
if (keymap[i] == keysym) {
return ((KeyCode) i);
}
}
if (keysym >= 0x20) {
result = VkKeyScan((char) keysym);
if (result != -1) {
return (KeyCode) (result & 0xff);
}
}
return 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
674 675 676 677 678 679 680 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XModifierKeymap *
XGetModifierMapping(
Display *display)
{
| | | | | 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
XModifierKeymap *
XGetModifierMapping(
Display *display)
{
XModifierKeymap *map = (XModifierKeymap *)
ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap));
map->max_keypermod = 1;
map->modifiermap = (KeyCode *) ckalloc(sizeof(KeyCode)*8);
map->modifiermap[ShiftMapIndex] = VK_SHIFT;
map->modifiermap[LockMapIndex] = VK_CAPITAL;
map->modifiermap[ControlMapIndex] = VK_CONTROL;
map->modifiermap[Mod1MapIndex] = VK_NUMLOCK;
map->modifiermap[Mod2MapIndex] = VK_MENU;
map->modifiermap[Mod3MapIndex] = VK_SCROLL;
map->modifiermap[Mod4MapIndex] = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
710 711 712 713 714 715 716 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XFreeModifiermap(
XModifierKeymap *modmap)
{
| | | | 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
XFreeModifiermap(
XModifierKeymap *modmap)
{
ckfree((char *) modmap->modifiermap);
ckfree((char *) modmap);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XStringToKeysym --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
736 737 738 739 740 741 742 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeySym
XStringToKeysym(
_Xconst char *string)
{
| < < | 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
KeySym
XStringToKeysym(
_Xconst char *string)
{
return NoSymbol;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XKeysymToString --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
761 762 763 764 765 766 767 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
XKeysymToString(
KeySym keysym)
{
| < < | 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
char *
XKeysymToString(
KeySym keysym)
{
return NULL;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinMenu.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 | /* * tkWinMenu.c -- * * This module implements the Windows platform-specific features of * menus. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #define OEMRESOURCE #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" /* * The class of the window for popup menus. */ | > > > > | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 | /* * tkWinMenu.c -- * * This module implements the Windows platform-specific features of * menus. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #define WINVER 0x0500 /* Requires Windows 2K definitions */ #define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500 #define OEMRESOURCE #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" #include <string.h> /* * The class of the window for popup menus. */ #define MENU_CLASS_NAME "MenuWindowClass" #define EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME "EmbeddedMenuWindowClass" /* * Used to align a windows bitmap inside a rectangle */ #define ALIGN_BITMAP_LEFT 0x00000001 #define ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT 0x00000002 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 | static int indicatorDimensions[2]; /* The dimensions of the indicator space in a * menu entry. Calculated at init time to save * time. */ static BOOL showMenuAccelerators; | | | 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
static int indicatorDimensions[2];
/* The dimensions of the indicator space in a
* menu entry. Calculated at init time to save
* time. */
static BOOL showMenuAccelerators;
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int inPostMenu; /* We cannot be re-entrant like X Windows. */
WORD lastCommandID; /* The last command ID we allocated. */
HWND menuHWND; /* A window to service popup-menu messages
* in. */
HWND embeddedMenuHWND; /* A window to service embedded menu
* messages */
int oldServiceMode; /* Used while processing a menu; we need to
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
151 152 153 154 155 156 157 | Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, const RECT *rectPtr, int bitmapID, int alignFlags); static void FreeID(WORD commandID); | | | 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 | Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(Display *display, Drawable drawable, GC gc, const RECT *rectPtr, int bitmapID, int alignFlags); static void FreeID(WORD commandID); static TCHAR * GetEntryText(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); static void GetMenuAccelGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetMenuLabelGeometry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 | static void ReconfigureWindowsMenu(ClientData clientData); static void RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); static void SetDefaults(int firstTime); static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 | static void ReconfigureWindowsMenu(ClientData clientData); static void RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); static void SetDefaults(int firstTime); static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * GetNewID -- * * Allocates a new menu id and marks it in use. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
235 236 237 238 239 240 241 |
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
WORD curID = tsdPtr->lastCommandID;
while (1) {
Tcl_HashEntry *commandEntryPtr;
| | | | | | 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
WORD curID = tsdPtr->lastCommandID;
while (1) {
Tcl_HashEntry *commandEntryPtr;
int new;
/*
* Try the next ID number, taking care to wrap rather than stray
* into the system menu IDs. [Bug 3235256]
*/
if (++curID >= 0xF000) {
curID = 1;
}
/* Return error when we've checked all IDs without success. */
if (curID == tsdPtr->lastCommandID) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
commandEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
INT2PTR(curID), &new);
if (new) {
Tcl_SetHashValue(commandEntryPtr, (char *) mePtr);
*menuIDPtr = curID;
tsdPtr->lastCommandID = curID;
return TCL_OK;
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
/*
* If the menuHWND is NULL, this table has been finalized already.
*/
if (tsdPtr->menuHWND != NULL) {
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
| | < | 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 |
/*
* If the menuHWND is NULL, this table has been finalized already.
*/
if (tsdPtr->menuHWND != NULL) {
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
((char *) NULL) + commandID);
if (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 |
HMENU winMenuHdl;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
winMenuHdl = CreatePopupMenu();
if (winMenuHdl == NULL) {
| > < | | | | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 |
HMENU winMenuHdl;
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
winMenuHdl = CreatePopupMenu();
if (winMenuHdl == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(menuPtr->interp, "No more menus can be allocated.",
(char *) NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* We hash all of the HMENU's so that we can get their menu ptrs back when
* dispatch messages.
*/
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
(char *) winMenuHdl, &newEntry);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, (char *) menuPtr);
menuPtr->platformData = (TkMenuPlatformData) winMenuHdl;
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
369 370 371 372 373 374 375 |
*/
void
TkpDestroyMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The common menu structure */
{
HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
| | | | | 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 |
*/
void
TkpDestroyMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The common menu structure */
{
HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
char *searchName;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr);
}
if (winMenuHdl == NULL) {
return;
}
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU) {
TkMenuEntry *searchEntryPtr;
Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(menuPtr->interp);
char *menuName = Tcl_GetHashKey(tablePtr,
menuPtr->menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr);
/*
* Search for the menu in the menubar, if it is present, get the
* wrapper window associated with the toplevel and reset its
* system menu to the default menu.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
416 417 418 419 420 421 422 |
/*
* Remove the menu from the menu hash table, then destroy the handle.
* If the menuHWND is NULL, this table has been finalized already.
*/
if (tsdPtr->menuHWND != NULL) {
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr =
| | < | 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 |
/*
* Remove the menu from the menu hash table, then destroy the handle.
* If the menuHWND is NULL, this table has been finalized already.
*/
if (tsdPtr->menuHWND != NULL) {
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr =
Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, (char *) winMenuHdl);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
}
}
DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl);
}
menuPtr->platformData = NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
455 456 457 458 459 460 461 |
TkpDestroyMenuEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr) /* The entry to destroy */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
if (NULL != winMenuHdl) {
| > > | > | 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 |
TkpDestroyMenuEntry(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr) /* The entry to destroy */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
if (NULL != winMenuHdl) {
if (!(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) {
menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr);
}
}
FreeID((WORD) PTR2INT(mePtr->platformEntryData));
mePtr->platformEntryData = NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
482 483 484 485 486 487 488 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * GetEntryText( | < | | | | | | < | | | | 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static char *
GetEntryText(
TkMenuEntry *mePtr) /* A pointer to the menu entry. */
{
char *itemText;
if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
itemText = ckalloc(sizeof("(Tear-off)"));
strcpy(itemText, "(Tear-off)");
} else if (mePtr->imagePtr != NULL) {
itemText = ckalloc(sizeof("(Image)"));
strcpy(itemText, "(Image)");
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
itemText = ckalloc(sizeof("(Pixmap)"));
strcpy(itemText, "(Pixmap)");
} else if (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL || mePtr->labelLength == 0) {
itemText = ckalloc(sizeof("( )"));
strcpy(itemText, "( )");
} else {
int i;
char *label = (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) ? ""
: Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
char *accel = (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) ? ""
: Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
const char *p, *next;
Tcl_DString itemString;
/*
* We have to construct the string with an ampersand preceeding the
* underline character, and a tab seperating the text and the accel
* text. We have to be careful with ampersands in the string.
*/
Tcl_DStringInit(&itemString);
for (p = label, i = 0; *p != '\0'; i++, p = next) {
if (i == mePtr->underline) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "&", 1);
}
if (*p == '&') {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "&", 1);
}
next = Tcl_UtfNext(p);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, p, (int) (next - p));
}
if (mePtr->accelLength > 0) {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "\t", 1);
for (p = accel, i = 0; *p != '\0'; i++, p = next) {
if (*p == '&') {
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "&", 1);
}
next = Tcl_UtfNext(p);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, p, (int) (next - p));
}
}
itemText = ckalloc((unsigned)Tcl_DStringLength(&itemString) + 1);
strcpy(itemText, Tcl_DStringValue(&itemString));
Tcl_DStringFree(&itemString);
}
return itemText;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
566 567 568 569 570 571 572 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ReconfigureWindowsMenu(
ClientData clientData) /* The menu we are rebuilding */
{
| | | | | 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ReconfigureWindowsMenu(
ClientData clientData) /* The menu we are rebuilding */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
TCHAR *itemText = NULL;
const TCHAR *lpNewItem;
UINT flags;
UINT itemID;
int i, count, systemMenu = 0, base;
Tcl_DString translatedText;
if (NULL == winMenuHdl) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
603 604 605 606 607 608 609 |
itemID = 0;
Tcl_DStringInit(&translatedText);
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
continue;
}
| | < | | | | 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 |
itemID = 0;
Tcl_DStringInit(&translatedText);
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) {
continue;
}
itemText = GetEntryText(mePtr);
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
|| (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) {
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(itemText, -1, &translatedText);
lpNewItem = Tcl_DStringValue(&translatedText);
flags |= MF_STRING;
} else {
lpNewItem = (LPCTSTR) mePtr;
flags |= MF_OWNERDRAW;
}
/*
* Set enabling and disabling correctly.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
681 682 683 684 685 686 687 |
& MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) {
Tcl_DString ds;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
TkMenu *systemMenuPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds,
| | | | > < > > > > > | > | > > | < | < < < | | < | > > > > < < < < < < < | 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 |
& MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) {
Tcl_DString ds;
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
TkMenu *systemMenuPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr;
Tcl_DStringInit(&ds);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin), -1);
Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, ".system", 7);
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
if ((menuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)
&& (menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr != NULL)
&& (systemMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr
== menuRefPtr->menuPtr)) {
HMENU systemMenuHdl =
(HMENU) systemMenuPtr->platformData;
HWND wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow(menuPtr
->parentTopLevelPtr);
if (wrapper != NULL) {
DestroyMenu(systemMenuHdl);
systemMenuHdl = GetSystemMenu(wrapper, FALSE);
systemMenuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_SYSTEM_MENU;
systemMenuPtr->platformData =
(TkMenuPlatformData) systemMenuHdl;
if (!(systemMenuPtr->menuFlags
& MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) {
systemMenuPtr->menuFlags
|= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu,
(ClientData) systemMenuPtr);
}
}
}
}
if (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->menuFlags
& MENU_SYSTEM_MENU) {
systemMenu++;
}
}
if (!systemMenu) {
(*tkWinProcs->insertMenu)(winMenuHdl, 0xFFFFFFFF, flags,
itemID, lpNewItem);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&translatedText);
if (itemText != NULL) {
ckfree(itemText);
itemText = NULL;
}
}
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
&& (menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr != NULL)) {
HANDLE bar;
bar = TkWinGetWrapperWindow(menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr);
if (bar) {
DrawMenuBar(bar);
}
}
menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~(MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpPostMenu --
*
* Posts a menu on the screen
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The menu is posted and handled.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpPostMenu(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
TkMenu *menuPtr,
int x, int y)
{
HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
int result, flags;
RECT noGoawayRect;
POINT point;
Tk_Window parentWindow = Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin);
int oldServiceMode = Tcl_GetServiceMode();
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
tsdPtr->inPostMenu++;
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr);
ReconfigureWindowsMenu((ClientData) menuPtr);
}
result = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
tsdPtr->inPostMenu--;
return result;
}
/*
* The post commands could have deleted the menu, which means
* we are dead and should go away.
*/
if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) {
tsdPtr->inPostMenu--;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
838 839 840 841 842 843 844 |
}
TrackPopupMenu(winMenuHdl, flags, x, y, 0,
tsdPtr->menuHWND, &noGoawayRect);
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode);
GetCursorPos(&point);
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 |
}
TrackPopupMenu(winMenuHdl, flags, x, y, 0,
tsdPtr->menuHWND, &noGoawayRect);
Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode);
GetCursorPos(&point);
Tk_PointerEvent(NULL, point.x, point.y);
if (tsdPtr->inPostMenu) {
tsdPtr->inPostMenu = 0;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMenuNewEntry --
*
* Adds a pointer to a new menu entry structure with the platform-
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
{
WORD commandID;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
if (GetNewID(mePtr, &commandID) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
| | > > > > > | 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 |
{
WORD commandID;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
if (GetNewID(mePtr, &commandID) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) {
menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr);
}
mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData) INT2PTR(commandID);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 |
UINT message,
WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam)
{
LRESULT lResult;
if (!TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &lResult)) {
| | | 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 |
UINT message,
WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam)
{
LRESULT lResult;
if (!TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &lResult)) {
lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
return lResult;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 |
lResult = TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
&lResult);
if (lResult || (GetCapture() != hwnd)) {
break;
}
/* FALLTHRU */
default:
| | | 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 |
lResult = TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
&lResult);
if (lResult || (GetCapture() != hwnd)) {
break;
}
/* FALLTHRU */
default:
lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
break;
}
return lResult;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 |
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int returnResult = 0;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| < | | | | > > | > > | > | | | | | | | | | | < | < | < | | < | < < < < | < | 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 |
{
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int returnResult = 0;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
switch (*pMessage) {
case WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP:
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
(char *) *pwParam);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
if ((menuPtr->menuRefPtr != NULL)
&& (menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) {
TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp,
menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr->menuPtr, NULL);
}
}
break;
case WM_INITMENU:
TkMenuInit();
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
(char *) *pwParam);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
tsdPtr->oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = menuPtr;
if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ReconfigureWindowsMenu,
(ClientData) menuPtr);
ReconfigureWindowsMenu((ClientData) menuPtr);
}
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(menuPtr);
if (!tsdPtr->inPostMenu) {
Tcl_Interp *interp;
int code;
interp = menuPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)interp);
code = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr);
if ((code != TCL_OK) && (code != TCL_CONTINUE)
&& (code != TCL_BREAK)) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu preprocess)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData)interp);
}
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
*plResult = 0;
returnResult = 1;
} else {
tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = NULL;
}
break;
case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
case WM_COMMAND:
TkMenuInit();
if (HIWORD(*pwParam) != 0) {
break;
}
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
((char *) NULL) + LOWORD(*pwParam));
if (hashEntryPtr == NULL) {
break;
}
mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
if (mePtr != NULL) {
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
TkMenuEntry *parentEntryPtr;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
int code;
/*
* We have to set the parent of this menu to be active if this is
* a submenu so that tearoffs will get the correct title.
*/
menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp,
Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin));
if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) {
for (parentEntryPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr ; ;
parentEntryPtr = parentEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
char *name = Tcl_GetString(parentEntryPtr->namePtr);
if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
break;
}
}
if (parentEntryPtr->menuPtr->entries[parentEntryPtr->index]
->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) {
TkActivateMenuEntry(parentEntryPtr->menuPtr,
parentEntryPtr->index);
}
}
interp = menuPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)interp);
code = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index);
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu invoke)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData)interp);
*plResult = 0;
returnResult = 1;
}
break;
case WM_MENUCHAR: {
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
(char *) *plParam);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
int i, len, underline;
Tcl_Obj *labelPtr;
Tcl_UniChar *wlabel, menuChar;
*plResult = 0;
menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
/*
* Assume we have something directly convertable to Tcl_UniChar.
* True at least for wide systems.
*/
menuChar = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((Tcl_UniChar) LOWORD(*pwParam));
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
underline = menuPtr->entries[i]->underline;
labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr;
if ((underline >= 0) && (labelPtr != NULL)) {
/*
* Ensure we don't exceed the label length, then check
*/
wlabel = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(labelPtr, &len);
if ((underline < len) && (menuChar ==
Tcl_UniCharToUpper(wlabel[underline]))) {
*plResult = (2 << 16) | i;
returnResult = 1;
break;
}
}
}
}
break;
}
case WM_MEASUREITEM: {
LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT itemPtr = (LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT) *plParam;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 |
Tk_Font tkfont;
if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_NOACCEL && !showMenuAccelerators) {
drawingParameters |= DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_NOUNDERLINE;
}
mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) itemPtr->itemData;
menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
| | | 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 |
Tk_Font tkfont;
if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_NOACCEL && !showMenuAccelerators) {
drawingParameters |= DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_NOUNDERLINE;
}
mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) itemPtr->itemData;
menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDC;
twdPtr->winDC.hdc = itemPtr->hDC;
if (mePtr->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) {
if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) {
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index);
} else {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 | Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &fontMetrics); TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, (Drawable) twdPtr, tkfont, &fontMetrics, itemPtr->rcItem.left, itemPtr->rcItem.top, itemPtr->rcItem.right - itemPtr->rcItem.left, itemPtr->rcItem.bottom - itemPtr->rcItem.top, 0, drawingParameters); | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | | > | | | 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 |
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &fontMetrics);
TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, (Drawable) twdPtr, tkfont, &fontMetrics,
itemPtr->rcItem.left, itemPtr->rcItem.top,
itemPtr->rcItem.right - itemPtr->rcItem.left,
itemPtr->rcItem.bottom - itemPtr->rcItem.top,
0, drawingParameters);
ckfree((char *) twdPtr);
}
*plResult = 1;
returnResult = 1;
break;
}
case WM_MENUSELECT: {
UINT flags = HIWORD(*pwParam);
TkMenuInit();
if ((flags == 0xFFFF) && (*plParam == 0)) {
if (tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetServiceMode(tsdPtr->oldServiceMode);
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr);
}
} else {
menuPtr = NULL;
if (*plParam != 0) {
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
(char *) *plParam);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
}
}
if (menuPtr != NULL) {
long entryIndex = LOWORD(*pwParam);
mePtr = NULL;
if (flags != 0xFFFF) {
if ((flags&MF_POPUP) && (entryIndex<menuPtr->numEntries)) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[entryIndex];
} else {
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable,
((char *) NULL) + entryIndex);
if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) {
mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *)
Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr);
}
}
}
if ((mePtr == NULL) || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)) {
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
} else {
if (mePtr->index >= menuPtr->numEntries) {
Tcl_Panic("Trying to activate an entry which doesn't exist.");
}
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index);
}
MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
Tcl_ServiceAll();
*plResult = 0;
returnResult = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu to reset. */
{
| | | 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu to reset. */
{
int i;
TkMenuEntry *mePtr;
TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1);
MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i];
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 |
if (menuPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
| | | > > | > | 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 |
if (menuPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr;
int newEntry;
winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData;
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
(char *) winMenuHdl);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr);
DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl);
winMenuHdl = CreateMenu();
hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable,
(char *) winMenuHdl, &newEntry);
Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, (char *) menuPtr);
menuPtr->platformData = (TkMenuPlatformData) winMenuHdl;
TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, winMenuHdl);
if (!(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) {
menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr);
}
} else {
TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, NULL);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpSetMainMenubar(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter of the application */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The frame we are setting up */
| | < < < < | 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpSetMainMenubar(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter of the application */
Tk_Window tkwin, /* The frame we are setting up */
char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to put in front. If
* NULL, use the default menu bar. */
{
/*
* Nothing to do.
*/
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 |
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* Precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 |
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* Precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* Precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
*heightPtr = indicatorDimensions[0];
if (mePtr->hideMargin) {
*widthPtr = 0;
} else {
int borderWidth;
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth);
*widthPtr = indicatorDimensions[1] - borderWidth;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetMenuAccelGeometry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 |
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
| | | < < < < | | | < < | 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 |
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) {
*widthPtr = 0;
} else if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) {
*widthPtr = 0;
} else {
char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
*widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, accel, mePtr->accelLength);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTearoffEntryGeometry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 |
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
| < < < | | 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 |
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) {
*heightPtr = 0;
} else {
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace;
}
*widthPtr = 0;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 |
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
| < < < < | 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 |
TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */
TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */
int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */
int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */
{
*widthPtr = 0;
*heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace - (2 * fmPtr->descent);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 |
POINT ptOrg;
int topOffset, leftOffset;
SetBkColor(hdc, gc->background);
SetTextColor(hdc, gc->foreground);
scratchDC = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc);
| | | | 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 |
POINT ptOrg;
int topOffset, leftOffset;
SetBkColor(hdc, gc->background);
SetTextColor(hdc, gc->foreground);
scratchDC = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc);
bitmap = LoadBitmap(NULL, MAKEINTRESOURCE(bitmapID));
SelectObject(scratchDC, bitmap);
SetMapMode(scratchDC, GetMapMode(hdc));
GetObject(bitmap, sizeof(BITMAP), &bm);
ptSize.x = bm.bmWidth;
ptSize.y = bm.bmHeight;
DPtoLP(scratchDC, &ptSize, 1);
ptOrg.y = ptOrg.x = 0;
DPtoLP(scratchDC, &ptOrg, 1);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 |
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int x, /* Left edge */
int y, /* Top edge */
int width,
int height)
{
| < < < < < | 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 |
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int x, /* Left edge */
int y, /* Top edge */
int width,
int height)
{
if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY)
|| (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) {
if (mePtr->indicatorOn && (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) {
RECT rect;
GC whichGC;
int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 |
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* Width of menu entry */
int height) /* Height of menu entry */
{
int baseline;
int leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + mePtr->labelWidth;
| | < < < < < < < | | | | < | 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 |
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* Width of menu entry */
int height) /* Height of menu entry */
{
int baseline;
int leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + mePtr->labelWidth;
char *accel;
if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) {
accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr);
} else {
accel = NULL;
}
baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2;
/*
* Draw disabled 3D text highlight only with the Win95/98 look.
*/
if (TkWinGetPlatformTheme() == TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC) {
if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)
&& (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL) && (accel != NULL)) {
COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground;
gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT);
if ((mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1) == 0) {
Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel,
mePtr->accelLength, leftEdge + 1, baseline + 1);
}
gc->foreground = oldFgColor;
}
}
if (accel != NULL) {
Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel,
mePtr->accelLength, leftEdge, baseline);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* DrawMenuEntryArrow --
*
* This function draws the arrow bitmap on the right side of a menu
* entry. This function is only used when drawing the arrow for a
* disabled cascade menu.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 |
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */
Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* The border when an item is active */
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* Width of menu entry */
int height, /* Height of menu entry */
int drawArrow) /* For cascade menus, whether of not to draw
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 |
GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */
Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* The border when an item is active */
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* Width of menu entry */
int height, /* Height of menu entry */
int drawArrow) /* For cascade menus, whether of not to draw
* the arraw. I cannot figure out Windows'
* algorithm for where to draw this. */
{
COLORREF oldFgColor;
COLORREF oldBgColor;
RECT rect;
if (!drawArrow || (mePtr->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) {
return;
}
oldFgColor = gc->foreground;
oldBgColor = gc->background;
/*
* Set bitmap bg to highlight color if the menu is highlighted.
*/
if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1) {
XColor *activeBgColor = Tk_3DBorderColor(Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(
mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, (mePtr->activeBorderPtr == NULL)
? mePtr->menuPtr->activeBorderPtr
: mePtr->activeBorderPtr));
gc->background = activeBgColor->pixel;
}
gc->foreground = GetSysColor((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)
? COLOR_GRAYTEXT
: ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE)
? COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT : COLOR_MENUTEXT));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 |
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* width of item */
int height) /* height of item */
{
XPoint points[2];
Tk_3DBorder border;
| < < < < | 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 |
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* width of item */
int height) /* height of item */
{
XPoint points[2];
Tk_3DBorder border;
points[0].x = x;
points[0].y = y + height / 2;
points[1].x = x + width - 1;
points[1].y = points[0].y;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 |
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int x, /* Left Edge */
int y, /* Top Edge */
int width, /* Width of entry */
int height) /* Height of entry */
{
| < < < > | < | | | | < | 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 |
Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */
int x, /* Left Edge */
int y, /* Top Edge */
int width, /* Width of entry */
int height) /* Height of entry */
{
if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) {
int len;
/* do the unicode call just to prevent overruns */
Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len);
if (mePtr->underline < len) {
const char *label, *start, *end;
label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL);
start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline);
end = Tcl_UtfNext(start);
Tk_UnderlineChars(menuPtr->display, d,
gc, tkfont, label, x + mePtr->indicatorSpace,
y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2,
(int) (start - label), (int) (end - label));
}
}
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd --
*
* This function is invoked when keys related to pulling down menus is
* pressed. The corresponding Windows events are generated and passed to
* DefWindowProc if appropriate. This cmd is registered as tk::WinMenuKey
* in the interp.
*
* Results:
* Always returns TCL_OK.
*
* Side effects:
* The menu system may take over and process user events for menu input.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Unused. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
UINT scanCode;
UINT virtualKey;
XEvent *eventPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin;
TkWindow *winPtr;
KeySym keySym;
int i;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window keySym");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]),
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
keySym = i;
if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) {
switch (keySym) {
case XK_Alt_L:
| | | | | | | | | < | > | | | | | > | | | | | | | | | 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 |
return TCL_ERROR;
}
keySym = i;
if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) {
switch (keySym) {
case XK_Alt_L:
scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0);
CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
(int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29));
break;
case XK_Alt_R:
scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU,
(int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 24));
break;
case XK_F10:
scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_F10, (int) (scanCode << 16));
break;
default:
virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0);
if (0 != scanCode) {
XKeyEvent xkey = eventPtr->xkey;
CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
WM_SYSKEYDOWN, virtualKey,
(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
if (xkey.nbytes > 0) {
for (i = 0; i < xkey.nbytes; i++) {
CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc,
Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), WM_SYSCHAR,
xkey.trans_chars[i],
(int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)));
}
}
}
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == KeyRelease) {
switch (keySym) {
case XK_Alt_L:
scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0);
CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16)
| (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
break;
case XK_Alt_R:
scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0);
CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24)
| (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
break;
case XK_F10:
scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0);
CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10,
(int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31));
break;
default:
virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym);
scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0);
if (0 != scanCode) {
CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)),
WM_SYSKEYUP, virtualKey, (int) ((scanCode << 16)
| (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)));
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 |
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<KeyRelease-Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
| | | | 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 |
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<KeyRelease-Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<Alt-KeyPress>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<Alt-KeyRelease>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<KeyPress-F10>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
(void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid,
"<KeyRelease-F10>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 |
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
haveImage = 1;
}
if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
| | | 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 |
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth, &imageHeight);
haveImage = 1;
}
if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) {
if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength);
textHeight = fmPtr->linespace;
haveText = 1;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 |
(unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight,
leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), 1);
}
if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) || !haveImage) {
if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
int baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2;
| | | | < | 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 |
(unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight,
leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), 1);
}
if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) || !haveImage) {
if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) {
int baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2;
char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
if (TkWinGetPlatformTheme() == TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC) {
/*
* Win 95/98 systems draw disabled menu text with a 3D
* highlight, unless the menu item is highlighted,
*/
if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) &&
((mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1) == 0)) {
COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground;
gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT);
Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label,
mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset + 1,
baseline + textYOffset + 1);
gc->foreground = oldFgColor;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 |
}
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr == NULL) {
XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
} else if ((mePtr->image != NULL)
| | | 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 |
}
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr == NULL) {
XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y,
(unsigned) width, (unsigned) height);
} else if ((mePtr->image != NULL)
&& (menuPtr->disabledImageGC)) {
XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledImageGC,
leftEdge + imageXOffset,
(int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset),
(unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight);
}
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 |
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */
int x, int y,
int width, int height)
{
XPoint points[2];
int segmentWidth, maxX;
Tk_3DBorder border;
| < < < < | | | 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 |
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */
int x, int y,
int width, int height)
{
XPoint points[2];
int segmentWidth, maxX;
Tk_3DBorder border;
if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) {
return;
}
points[0].x = x;
points[0].y = y + height/2;
points[1].y = points[0].y;
segmentWidth = 6;
maxX = width - 1;
border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr);
while (points[0].x < maxX) {
points[1].x = points[0].x + segmentWidth;
if (points[1].x > maxX) {
points[1].x = maxX;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 | * if any need it. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpConfigureMenuEntry( | | > | > > > > | 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 |
* if any need it.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpConfigureMenuEntry(
register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Information about menu entry; may or may
* not already have values for some fields. */
{
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
if (!(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) {
menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpDrawMenuEntry --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 |
int x, /* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
int y, /* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
int width, /* Width of the entry rectangle */
int height, /* Height of the current rectangle */
int strictMotif, /* Boolean flag */
int drawingParameters) /* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
* for cascade items and accelerator
| | | 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 |
int x, /* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */
int y, /* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */
int width, /* Width of the entry rectangle */
int height, /* Height of the current rectangle */
int strictMotif, /* Boolean flag */
int drawingParameters) /* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow
* for cascade items and accelerator
* cues. Only applies to Windows. */
{
GC gc, indicatorGC;
TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr;
Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder;
const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr;
Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics;
int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 |
* animated menus. [Bug 1329198]
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
menuDc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(menuPtr->display, menuDrawable, &dcState);
memDc = CreateCompatibleDC(menuDc);
| | | 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 |
* animated menus. [Bug 1329198]
*/
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
menuDc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(menuPtr->display, menuDrawable, &dcState);
memDc = CreateCompatibleDC(menuDc);
oldBitmap = SelectObject(memDc,
CreateCompatibleBitmap(menuDc, width, height) );
memWinDraw.type = TWD_WINDC;
memWinDraw.winDC.hdc = memDc;
d = (Drawable)&memWinDraw;
adjustedX = 0;
adjustedY = padY;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 |
gc = mePtr->activeGC;
if (gc == NULL) {
gc = menuPtr->activeGC;
}
} else {
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr;
int parentDisabled = 0;
| | | 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 |
gc = mePtr->activeGC;
if (gc == NULL) {
gc = menuPtr->activeGC;
}
} else {
TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr;
int parentDisabled = 0;
char *name;
for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr;
cascadeEntryPtr != NULL;
cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) {
name = Tcl_GetString(cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr);
if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) {
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 |
int haveImage = 0;
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, widthPtr, heightPtr);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
| < | | 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 |
int haveImage = 0;
if (mePtr->image != NULL) {
Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, widthPtr, heightPtr);
haveImage = 1;
} else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) {
Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr);
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, widthPtr, heightPtr);
haveImage = 1;
} else {
*heightPtr = 0;
*widthPtr = 0;
}
if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound == COMPOUND_NONE)) {
/*
* We don't care about the text in this case.
*/
} else {
/*
* Either it is compound or we don't have an image,
*/
if (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL) {
int textWidth;
char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr);
textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength);
if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && haveImage) {
switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) {
case COMPOUND_TOP:
case COMPOUND_BOTTOM:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 |
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* width of rectangle to draw */
int height) /* height of rectangle to draw */
{
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE
|| (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) {
| < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < | | < | 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 |
int x, /* left edge */
int y, /* top edge */
int width, /* width of rectangle to draw */
int height) /* height of rectangle to draw */
{
if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE
|| (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) {
bgBorder = activeBorder;
}
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, 0,
TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 |
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
| | | 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 |
menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(menuFont, &menuMetrics);
accelSpace = Tk_TextWidth(menuFont, "M", 1);
Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth);
for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) {
if (menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr == NULL) {
tkfont = menuFont;
fmPtr = &menuMetrics;
} else {
tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin,
menuPtr->entries[i]->fontPtr);
Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &entryMetrics);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 | menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth; menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth; menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x; menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN; } x += indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth | | > | 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 |
menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
}
x += indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth
+ 2 * borderWidth;
indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0;
lastColumnBreak = i;
y = borderWidth;
}
if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) {
GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
fmPtr, &width, &height);
menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
} else if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) {
GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont,
fmPtr, &width, &height);
menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height;
} else {
/*
* For each entry, compute the height required by that particular
* entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to
* allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label
* (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to
* the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 |
windowHeight = y;
}
}
if (accelWidth != 0) {
labelWidth += accelSpace;
}
| | | | > > | 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 |
windowHeight = y;
}
}
if (accelWidth != 0) {
labelWidth += accelSpace;
}
for (j = lastColumnBreak; j < menuPtr->numEntries; j++) {
menuPtr->entries[j]->indicatorSpace = indicatorSpace;
menuPtr->entries[j]->labelWidth = labelWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->width = indicatorSpace + labelWidth
+ accelWidth + 2 * activeBorderWidth;
menuPtr->entries[j]->x = x;
menuPtr->entries[j]->entryFlags |= ENTRY_LAST_COLUMN;
}
windowWidth = x + indicatorSpace + labelWidth + accelWidth + accelSpace
+ 2 * activeBorderWidth + 2 * borderWidth;
windowHeight += borderWidth;
/*
* The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a
* zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway).
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuSelectEvent(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* the menu we have selected. */
{
| | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuSelectEvent(
TkMenu *menuPtr) /* the menu we have selected. */
{
XVirtualEvent event;
union {DWORD msgpos; POINTS point;} root;
event.type = VirtualEvent;
event.serial = menuPtr->display->request;
event.send_event = 0;
event.display = menuPtr->display;
Tk_MakeWindowExist(menuPtr->tkwin);
event.event = Tk_WindowId(menuPtr->tkwin);
event.root = XRootWindow(menuPtr->display, 0);
event.subwindow = None;
event.time = TkpGetMS();
root.msgpos = GetMessagePos();
event.x_root = root.point.x;
event.y_root = root.point.y;
event.state = TkWinGetModifierState();
event.same_screen = 1;
event.name = Tk_GetUid("MenuSelect");
event.user_data = NULL;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu lives in. */
| | | | > > > | | 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu lives in. */
char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to reconfigure. */
{
TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr;
TkMenu *menuPtr;
if ((menuName != NULL) && (menuName[0] != '\0')) {
menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(interp, menuName);
if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) {
for (menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuPtr != NULL;
menuPtr = menuPtr->nextInstancePtr) {
if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR)
&& !(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) {
menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING;
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu,
(ClientData) menuPtr);
}
}
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 |
HWND
Tk_GetMenuHWND(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| < < | 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 |
HWND
Tk_GetMenuHWND(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
TkMenuInit();
return tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 | * Menus have to be reinitialized next time. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void MenuExitHandler( | | < < | | | 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 |
* Menus have to be reinitialized next time.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuExitHandler(
ClientData clientData) /* Not used */
{
UnregisterClass(MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
UnregisterClass(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE());
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MenuExitHandler --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 | * Menus have to be reinitialized next time. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void MenuThreadExitHandler( | | < | 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 |
* Menus have to be reinitialized next time.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
MenuThreadExitHandler(
ClientData clientData) /* Not used */
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
DestroyWindow(tsdPtr->menuHWND);
DestroyWindow(tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND);
tsdPtr->menuHWND = NULL;
tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND = NULL;
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 |
Tcl_Obj *
TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */
const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */
const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */
{
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = NULL;
| < < | | 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 |
Tcl_Obj *
TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */
const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */
const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */
{
Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = NULL;
if ((strcmp(dbName, "activeBorderWidth") == 0) ||
(strcmp(dbName, "borderWidth") == 0)) {
valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(defaultBorderWidth);
} else if (strcmp(dbName, "font") == 0) {
valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&menuFontDString), -1);
}
return valuePtr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 |
* called? */
{
char sizeString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
char faceName[LF_FACESIZE];
HDC scratchDC;
int bold = 0;
int italic = 0;
| | > | > > > > > | | > > | | | | | | | | 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 |
* called? */
{
char sizeString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
char faceName[LF_FACESIZE];
HDC scratchDC;
int bold = 0;
int italic = 0;
TEXTMETRIC tm;
int pointSize;
HFONT menuFont;
/* See: [Bug #3239768] tk8.4.19 (and later) WIN32 menu font support */
struct {
NONCLIENTMETRICS metrics;
#if (WINVER < 0x0600)
int padding;
#endif
} nc;
OSVERSIONINFOW os;
/*
* Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out
* of options via a break statement.
*/
defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER);
if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER) > defaultBorderWidth) {
defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER);
}
scratchDC = CreateDC("DISPLAY", NULL, NULL, NULL);
if (!firstTime) {
Tcl_DStringFree(&menuFontDString);
}
Tcl_DStringInit(&menuFontDString);
nc.metrics.cbSize = sizeof(nc);
os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
GetVersionExW(&os);
if (os.dwMajorVersion < 6) {
nc.metrics.cbSize -= sizeof(int);
}
SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, nc.metrics.cbSize,
&nc.metrics, 0);
menuFont = CreateFontIndirect(&nc.metrics.lfMenuFont);
SelectObject(scratchDC, menuFont);
GetTextMetrics(scratchDC, &tm);
GetTextFace(scratchDC, LF_FACESIZE, faceName);
pointSize = MulDiv(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading,
72, GetDeviceCaps(scratchDC, LOGPIXELSY));
if (tm.tmWeight >= 700) {
bold = 1;
}
if (tm.tmItalic) {
italic = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 |
/*
* Now we go ahead and get the dimensions of the check mark and the
* appropriate margins. Since this is fairly hairy, we do it here to save
* time when traversing large sets of menu items.
*
* The code below was given to me by Microsoft over the phone. It is the
* only way to ensure menu items line up, and is not documented.
| < > | | | | | > > > > > > | > | 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 |
/*
* Now we go ahead and get the dimensions of the check mark and the
* appropriate margins. Since this is fairly hairy, we do it here to save
* time when traversing large sets of menu items.
*
* The code below was given to me by Microsoft over the phone. It is the
* only way to ensure menu items line up, and is not documented.
*/
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() >= VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS) {
indicatorDimensions[0] = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENUCHECK);
indicatorDimensions[1] = ((GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME) +
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER)
+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMENUCHECK) + 7) & 0xFFF8)
- GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME);
} else {
DWORD dimensions = GetMenuCheckMarkDimensions();
indicatorDimensions[0] = HIWORD(dimensions);
indicatorDimensions[1] = LOWORD(dimensions);
}
/*
* Accelerators used to be always underlines until Win2K when a system
* parameter was introduced to hide them unless Alt is pressed.
*/
showMenuAccelerators = TRUE;
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES, 0, &showMenuAccelerators, 0);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpMenuInit --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuInit(void)
{
| | | | | | | 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpMenuInit(void)
{
WNDCLASS wndClass;
wndClass.style = CS_OWNDC;
wndClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinMenuProc;
wndClass.cbClsExtra = 0;
wndClass.cbWndExtra = 0;
wndClass.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
wndClass.hIcon = NULL;
wndClass.hCursor = NULL;
wndClass.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)(COLOR_WINDOW + 1);
wndClass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
wndClass.lpszClassName = MENU_CLASS_NAME;
if (!RegisterClass(&wndClass)) {
Tcl_Panic("Failed to register menu window class.");
}
wndClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc;
wndClass.lpszClassName = EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME;
if (!RegisterClass(&wndClass)) {
Tcl_Panic("Failed to register embedded menu window class.");
}
TkCreateExitHandler(MenuExitHandler, NULL);
SetDefaults(1);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 |
void
TkpMenuThreadInit(void)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | | | | 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 |
void
TkpMenuThreadInit(void)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
tsdPtr->menuHWND = CreateWindow(MENU_CLASS_NAME, "MenuWindow", WS_POPUP,
0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
if (!tsdPtr->menuHWND) {
Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the menu window.");
}
tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND =
CreateWindow(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, "EmbeddedMenuWindow",
WS_POPUP, 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
if (!tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND) {
Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the embedded menu window.");
}
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->commandTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
TkCreateThreadExitHandler(MenuThreadExitHandler, NULL);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinPixmap.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 |
{
TkWinDrawable *newTwdPtr, *twdPtr;
int planes;
Screen *screen;
display->request++;
| | | 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 |
{
TkWinDrawable *newTwdPtr, *twdPtr;
int planes;
Screen *screen;
display->request++;
newTwdPtr = (TkWinDrawable*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
newTwdPtr->type = TWD_BITMAP;
newTwdPtr->bitmap.depth = depth;
twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) d;
if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) {
if (twdPtr->window.winPtr == NULL) {
newTwdPtr->bitmap.colormap = DefaultColormap(display,
DefaultScreen(display));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 |
* people to report this as a bug...
*/
if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL && !repeatError) {
LPVOID lpMsgBuf;
repeatError = 1;
| | | | | | | 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
* people to report this as a bug...
*/
if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL && !repeatError) {
LPVOID lpMsgBuf;
repeatError = 1;
if (FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER |
FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
NULL, GetLastError(),
MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
(LPTSTR) &lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL)) {
MessageBox(NULL, (LPCTSTR) lpMsgBuf,
"Tk_GetPixmap: Error from CreateDIBSection",
MB_OK | MB_ICONINFORMATION);
LocalFree(lpMsgBuf);
}
}
}
if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {
ckfree((char *) newTwdPtr);
return None;
}
return (Pixmap) newTwdPtr;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
Pixmap pixmap)
{
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) pixmap;
display->request++;
if (twdPtr != NULL) {
DeleteObject(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
| | | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
Pixmap pixmap)
{
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) pixmap;
display->request++;
if (twdPtr != NULL) {
DeleteObject(twdPtr->bitmap.handle);
ckfree((char *) twdPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkSetPixmapColormap --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
204 205 206 207 208 209 210 |
int *y_return,
unsigned int *width_return,
unsigned int *height_return,
unsigned int *border_width_return,
unsigned int *depth_return)
{
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
| < < < < < < | 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
int *y_return,
unsigned int *width_return,
unsigned int *height_return,
unsigned int *border_width_return,
unsigned int *depth_return)
{
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d;
if (twdPtr->type == TWD_BITMAP) {
HDC dc;
BITMAPINFO info;
if (twdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: invalid pixmap");
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinPointer.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
77 78 79 80 81 82 83 |
}
if (GetKeyState(VK_MBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
state |= Button2Mask;
}
if (GetKeyState(VK_RBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
state |= Button3Mask;
}
| < < < < < < | | | 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 |
}
if (GetKeyState(VK_MBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
state |= Button2Mask;
}
if (GetKeyState(VK_RBUTTON) & 0x8000) {
state |= Button3Mask;
}
return state;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_PointerEvent --
*
* This procedure is called for each pointer-related event. It converts
* the position to root coords and updates the global pointer state
* machine. It also ensures that the mouse timer is scheduled.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* May queue events and change the grab state.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_PointerEvent(
HWND hwnd, /* Window for coords, or NULL for the root
* window. */
int x, int y) /* Coords relative to hwnd, or screen if hwnd
* is NULL. */
{
POINT pos;
int state;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
175 176 177 178 179 180 181 |
Display *display,
Window grab_window,
Bool owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Time time)
{
| < < < < < < | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
Display *display,
Window grab_window,
Bool owner_events,
int pointer_mode,
int keyboard_mode,
Time time)
{
keyboardWinPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(grab_window);
return GrabSuccess;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
206 207 208 209 210 211 212 |
*/
int
XUngrabKeyboard(
Display *display,
Time time)
{
| < < < | 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 |
*/
int
XUngrabKeyboard(
Display *display,
Time time)
{
keyboardWinPtr = NULL;
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
231 232 233 234 235 236 237 | * May schedule a new timer and/or generate enter/leave events. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void MouseTimerProc( | | < | | 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 |
* May schedule a new timer and/or generate enter/leave events.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
MouseTimerProc(
ClientData clientData)
{
POINT pos;
mouseTimerSet = 0;
/*
* Get the current mouse position and window. Don't do anything if the
* mouse hasn't moved since the last time we looked.
*/
GetCursorPos(&pos);
Tk_PointerEvent(NULL, pos.x, pos.y);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinCancelMouseTimer --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
296 297 298 299 300 301 302 |
void
TkGetPointerCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that identifies screen on which
* lookup is to be done. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */
{
POINT point;
| < | 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
void
TkGetPointerCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that identifies screen on which
* lookup is to be done. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */
{
POINT point;
GetCursorPos(&point);
*xPtr = point.x;
*yPtr = point.y;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
334 335 336 337 338 339 340 |
Window *child_return,
int *root_x_return,
int *root_y_return,
int *win_x_return,
int *win_y_return,
unsigned int *mask_return)
{
| < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 |
Window *child_return,
int *root_x_return,
int *root_y_return,
int *win_x_return,
int *win_y_return,
unsigned int *mask_return)
{
display->request++;
TkGetPointerCoords(NULL, root_x_return, root_y_return);
*mask_return = TkWinGetModifierState();
return True;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XWarpPointer --
*
* Move pointer to new location. This is not a complete implementation of
* this function.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Mouse pointer changes position on screen.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/*
* TkSetCursorPos is a helper function replacing SetCursorPos since this
* latter Windows function appears to have been broken by Microsoft
* since Win10 Falls Creator Update - See ticket [69b48f427e] along with
* several other Internet reports about this breakage.
*/
void TkSetCursorPos(
int x,
int y)
{
INPUT input;
int xscreen = (int)(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN) - 1);
int yscreen = (int)(GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN) - 1);
input.type = INPUT_MOUSE;
input.mi.dx = (x * 65535 + xscreen / 2) / xscreen;
input.mi.dy = (y * 65535 + yscreen / 2) / yscreen;
/*
* Horrible workaround here. There is a bug on Win 10: when warping to
* pixel (x = 0, y = 0) the SendInput() below just does not move the
* mouse pointer. However, as soon as dx or dy is non zero it moves as
* expected. Given the scaling factor of 65535 (see above),
* (dx = 1 , dy = 0) still means pixel (x = 0, y = 0).
* See ticket [69b48f427e].
*/
if (input.mi.dx == 0 && input.mi.dy == 0) {
input.mi.dx = 1;
}
input.mi.mouseData = 0;
input.mi.dwFlags = MOUSEEVENTF_ABSOLUTE | MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE;
input.mi.time = 0;
input.mi.dwExtraInfo = 0;
SendInput(1, &input, sizeof(input));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
414 415 416 417 418 419 420 |
int src_y,
unsigned int src_width,
unsigned int src_height,
int dest_x,
int dest_y)
{
RECT r;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 |
int src_y,
unsigned int src_width,
unsigned int src_height,
int dest_x,
int dest_y)
{
RECT r;
GetWindowRect(Tk_GetHWND(dest_w), &r);
TkSetCursorPos(r.left+dest_x, r.top+dest_y);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XGetInputFocus --
*
* Retrieves the current keyboard focus window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
464 465 466 467 468 469 470 |
XGetInputFocus(
Display *display,
Window *focus_return,
int *revert_to_return)
{
Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(GetFocus());
| | | 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 |
XGetInputFocus(
Display *display,
Window *focus_return,
int *revert_to_return)
{
Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(GetFocus());
*focus_return = tkwin ? Tk_WindowId(tkwin) : None;
*revert_to_return = RevertToParent;
display->request++;
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
494 495 496 497 498 499 500 |
int
XSetInputFocus(
Display *display,
Window focus,
int revert_to,
Time time)
{
| < < < | 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 |
int
XSetInputFocus(
Display *display,
Window focus,
int revert_to,
Time time)
{
display->request++;
if (focus != None) {
SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(focus));
}
return Success;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
602 603 604 605 606 607 608 |
SetCapture(Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(winPtr)));
captured = 1;
} else {
captured = 0;
ReleaseCapture();
}
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 |
SetCapture(Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(winPtr)));
captured = 1;
} else {
captured = 0;
ReleaseCapture();
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinPort.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _WINPORT #define _WINPORT | < < | < < < | | | | > | | | | | | | | | | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _WINPORT #define _WINPORT #include <X11/Xlib.h> #include <X11/cursorfont.h> #include <X11/keysym.h> #include <X11/Xatom.h> #include <X11/Xutil.h> #include <malloc.h> #include <errno.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <math.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> #include <limits.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <io.h> /* * Need to block out this include for building extensions with MetroWerks * compiler for Win32. */ #ifndef __MWERKS__ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 |
# define _TCHAR_DEFINED
#endif
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(__STDC__)
/* VS2005 SP1 misses this. See [Bug #3110161] */
typedef _TCHAR TCHAR;
#endif
| < < < < < < < < | 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 |
# define _TCHAR_DEFINED
#endif
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(__STDC__)
/* VS2005 SP1 misses this. See [Bug #3110161] */
typedef _TCHAR TCHAR;
#endif
#ifndef __GNUC__
# define strncasecmp _strnicmp
# define strcasecmp _stricmp
#endif
#define NBBY 8
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 | #define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP /* * See ticket [916c1095438eae56]: GetVersionExW triggers warnings */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) # pragma warning(disable:4146) # pragma warning(disable:4267) # pragma warning(disable:4244) # pragma warning(disable:4311) # pragma warning(disable:4312) # pragma warning(disable:4996) #if !defined(_WIN64) | > > | 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 | #define REDO_KEYSYM_LOOKUP /* * See ticket [916c1095438eae56]: GetVersionExW triggers warnings */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) # pragma warning(disable:4047) # pragma warning(disable:4090) /* see: https://developercommunity.visualstudio.com/t/c-compiler-incorrect-propagation-of-const-qualifie/390711 */ # pragma warning(disable:4146) # pragma warning(disable:4267) # pragma warning(disable:4244) # pragma warning(disable:4311) # pragma warning(disable:4312) # pragma warning(disable:4996) #if !defined(_WIN64) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 | #ifdef _MSC_VER # define TK_READ_DATA_PENDING(f) ((f)->_cnt > 0) #else /* _MSC_VER */ # define TK_READ_DATA_PENDING(f) ((f)->level > 0) #endif /* _MSC_VER */ /* * The following Tk functions are implemented as macros under Windows. */ #define TkpGetPixel(p) (((((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff) \ | ((p)->green & 0xff00) | (((p)->blue << 8) & 0xff0000)) | 0x20000000) | > > > > > > > > < < < < < < | 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 | #ifdef _MSC_VER # define TK_READ_DATA_PENDING(f) ((f)->_cnt > 0) #else /* _MSC_VER */ # define TK_READ_DATA_PENDING(f) ((f)->level > 0) #endif /* _MSC_VER */ /* * The following stubs implement various calls that don't do anything * under Windows. */ #define TkFreeWindowId(dispPtr,w) #define TkInitXId(dispPtr) /* * The following Tk functions are implemented as macros under Windows. */ #define TkpGetPixel(p) (((((p)->red >> 8) & 0xff) \ | ((p)->green & 0xff00) | (((p)->blue << 8) & 0xff0000)) | 0x20000000) /* * These calls implement native bitmaps which are not currently * supported under Windows. The macros eliminate the calls. */ #define TkpDefineNativeBitmaps() #define TkpCreateNativeBitmap(display, source) None #define TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(display, name, w, h) None #endif /* _WINPORT */ |
Changes to win/tkWinRegion.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 | /* * tkWinRegion.c -- * * Tk Region emulation code. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkCreateRegion -- * * Construct an empty region. | > > > > > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | /* * tkWinRegion.c -- * * Tk Region emulation code. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #undef TkCreateRegion #undef TkDestroyRegion #undef TkClipBox #undef TkIntersectRegion #undef TkUnionRectWithRegion #undef TkRectInRegion #undef TkSubtractRegion /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkCreateRegion -- * * Construct an empty region. |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
48 49 50 51 52 53 54 | * * Side effects: * Frees the storage associated with the specified region. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | < | < | < | < | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
*
* Side effects:
* Frees the storage associated with the specified region.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkDestroyRegion(
TkRegion r)
{
DeleteObject((HRGN) r);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkClipBox --
*
* Computes the bounding box of a region.
*
* Results:
* Sets rect_return to the bounding box of the region.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkClipBox(
TkRegion r,
XRectangle* rect_return)
{
RECT rect;
GetRgnBox((HRGN)r, &rect);
rect_return->x = (short) rect.left;
rect_return->y = (short) rect.top;
rect_return->width = (short) (rect.right - rect.left);
rect_return->height = (short) (rect.bottom - rect.top);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkIntersectRegion --
*
* Compute the intersection of two regions.
*
* Results:
* Returns the result in the dr_return region.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkIntersectRegion(
TkRegion sra,
TkRegion srb,
TkRegion dr_return)
{
CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_AND);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkUnionRectWithRegion --
*
* Create the union of a source region and a rectangle.
*
* Results:
* Returns the result in the dr_return region.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkUnionRectWithRegion(
XRectangle *rectangle,
TkRegion src_region,
TkRegion dest_region_return)
{
HRGN rectRgn = CreateRectRgn(rectangle->x, rectangle->y,
rectangle->x + rectangle->width, rectangle->y + rectangle->height);
CombineRgn((HRGN) dest_region_return, (HRGN) src_region,
(HRGN) rectRgn, RGN_OR);
DeleteObject(rectRgn);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
263 264 265 266 267 268 269 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | < | 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSubtractRegion(
TkRegion sra,
TkRegion srb,
TkRegion dr_return)
{
CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_DIFF);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinScrlbr.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 | /* * Declarations for functions defined in this file. */ static Window CreateProc(Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent, ClientData instanceData); | > > | > | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 |
/*
* Declarations for functions defined in this file.
*/
static Window CreateProc(Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent,
ClientData instanceData);
static void ModalLoopProc(Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr);
static int ScrollbarBindProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp, XEvent *eventPtr,
Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym);
static LRESULT CALLBACK ScrollbarProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam);
static void UpdateScrollbar(WinScrollbar *scrollPtr);
static void UpdateScrollbarMetrics(void);
/*
* The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget.
*/
Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = {
sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */
NULL, /* worldChangedProc */
CreateProc, /* createProc */
ModalLoopProc, /* modalProc */
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCreateScrollbar --
*
* Allocate a new TkScrollbar structure.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
*/
TkScrollbar *
TkpCreateScrollbar(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
WinScrollbar *scrollPtr;
if (!initialized) {
Tcl_MutexLock(&winScrlbrMutex);
UpdateScrollbarMetrics();
initialized = 1;
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&winScrlbrMutex);
}
| > | | | > > > > > > > > > | 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
*/
TkScrollbar *
TkpCreateScrollbar(
Tk_Window tkwin)
{
WinScrollbar *scrollPtr;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
if (!initialized) {
Tcl_MutexLock(&winScrlbrMutex);
UpdateScrollbarMetrics();
initialized = 1;
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&winScrlbrMutex);
}
scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *) ckalloc(sizeof(WinScrollbar));
scrollPtr->winFlags = 0;
scrollPtr->hwnd = NULL;
Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin,
ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask,
TkScrollbarEventProc, (ClientData) scrollPtr);
if (!Tcl_GetAssocData(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, "TkScrollbar", NULL)) {
Tcl_SetAssocData(winPtr->mainPtr->interp, "TkScrollbar", NULL,
(ClientData)1);
TkCreateBindingProcedure(winPtr->mainPtr->interp,
winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable,
(ClientData)Tk_GetUid("Scrollbar"), "<ButtonPress>",
ScrollbarBindProc, NULL, NULL);
}
return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
219 220 221 222 223 224 225 |
style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
| SBS_VERT;
} else {
style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
| SBS_HORZ;
}
| | | 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
| SBS_VERT;
} else {
style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
| SBS_HORZ;
}
scrollPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow("SCROLLBAR", NULL, style,
Tk_X(tkwin), Tk_Y(tkwin), Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin),
parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
/*
* Ensure new window is inserted into the stacking order at the correct
* place.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
241 242 243 244 245 246 247 |
TkWinSetWindowPos(scrollPtr->hwnd, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window),
Below);
break;
}
}
scrollPtr->lastVertical = scrollPtr->info.vertical;
| | | | 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 |
TkWinSetWindowPos(scrollPtr->hwnd, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window),
Below);
break;
}
}
scrollPtr->lastVertical = scrollPtr->info.vertical;
scrollPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtr(scrollPtr->hwnd,
GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) ScrollbarProc);
window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, scrollPtr->hwnd);
UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr);
return window;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
271 272 273 274 275 276 277 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
| | | | | 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpDisplayScrollbar(
ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */
{
WinScrollbar *scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *) clientData;
Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->info.tkwin;
scrollPtr->info.flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING;
if ((tkwin == NULL) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) {
return;
}
/*
* Destroy and recreate the scrollbar control if the orientation has
* changed.
*/
if (scrollPtr->lastVertical != scrollPtr->info.vertical) {
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin));
SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) scrollPtr->oldProc);
DestroyWindow(hwnd);
CreateProc(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(Tk_Parent(tkwin)),
(ClientData) scrollPtr);
} else {
UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
321 322 323 324 325 326 327 |
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
WinScrollbar *winScrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
HWND hwnd = winScrollPtr->hwnd;
if (hwnd) {
| | | 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
TkpDestroyScrollbar(
TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
{
WinScrollbar *winScrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *)scrollPtr;
HWND hwnd = winScrollPtr->hwnd;
if (hwnd) {
SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) winScrollPtr->oldProc);
if (winScrollPtr->winFlags & IN_MODAL_LOOP) {
((TkWindow *)scrollPtr->tkwin)->flags |= TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW;
SetParent(hwnd, NULL);
}
}
winScrollPtr->winFlags |= ALREADY_DEAD;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 | * The scrollbar will be displayed differently. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry( | | | 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 |
* The scrollbar will be displayed differently.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
/* Scrollbar whose geometry may have
* changed. */
{
int fieldLength, minThumbSize;
/*
* Windows doesn't use focus rings on scrollbars, but we still perform
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
493 494 495 496 497 498 499 |
case WM_VSCROLL: {
Tcl_Interp *interp;
Tcl_DString cmdString;
int command = LOWORD(wParam);
int code;
GetCursorPos(&point);
| | | 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 |
case WM_VSCROLL: {
Tcl_Interp *interp;
Tcl_DString cmdString;
int command = LOWORD(wParam);
int code;
GetCursorPos(&point);
Tk_TranslateWinEvent(NULL, WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0,
MAKELPARAM(point.x, point.y), &result);
if (command == SB_ENDSCROLL) {
return 0;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
551 552 553 554 555 556 557 |
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, valueString);
}
interp = scrollPtr->info.interp;
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, cmdString.string, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (scrollbar command)");
| | | | | 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 |
Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, valueString);
}
interp = scrollPtr->info.interp;
code = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, cmdString.string, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (scrollbar command)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&cmdString);
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return 0;
}
default:
if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
return result;
}
}
return CallWindowProc(scrollPtr->oldProc, hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpConfigureScrollbar --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
587 588 589 590 591 592 593 | * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkpConfigureScrollbar( | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > | | | > > > > > | | | > > | 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpConfigureScrollbar(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr)
/* Information about widget; may or may not
* already have values for some fields. */
{
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ScrollbarBindProc --
*
* This procedure is invoked when the default <ButtonPress> binding on
* the Scrollbar bind tag fires.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The event enters a modal loop.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ScrollbarBindProc(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
XEvent *eventPtr,
Tk_Window tkwin,
KeySym keySym)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) {
winPtr->flags |= TK_DEFER_MODAL;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ModalLoopProc --
*
* This function is invoked at the end of the event processing whenever
* the ScrollbarBindProc has been invoked for a ButtonPress event.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Enters a modal loop.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
ModalLoopProc(
Tk_Window tkwin,
XEvent *eventPtr)
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WinScrollbar *scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *) winPtr->instanceData;
int oldMode;
if (scrollPtr->hwnd) {
Tcl_Preserve(scrollPtr);
scrollPtr->winFlags |= IN_MODAL_LOOP;
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
TkWinResendEvent(scrollPtr->oldProc, scrollPtr->hwnd, eventPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
647 648 649 650 651 652 653 | * None. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ int TkpScrollbarPosition( | | | 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 |
* None.
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScrollbarPosition(
register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr,
/* Scrollbar widget record. */
int x, int y) /* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */
{
int length, width, tmp;
if (scrollPtr->vertical) {
length = Tk_Height(scrollPtr->tkwin);
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinSend.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkWinSendCom.h" /* * Should be defined in WTypes.h but mingw 1.0 is missing them. */ #ifndef _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED #define _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED #define ROTFLAGS_REGISTRATIONKEEPSALIVE 0x01 | > > > > | 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkWinSendCom.h" #ifdef _MSC_VER #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf #endif /* * Should be defined in WTypes.h but mingw 1.0 is missing them. */ #ifndef _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED #define _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED #define ROTFLAGS_REGISTRATIONKEEPSALIVE 0x01 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
} SendEvent;
#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
typedef struct {
int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
| | | | > | | 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 |
} SendEvent;
#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
typedef struct {
int initialized;
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
#endif
/*
* Functions internal to this file.
*/
#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
static void CmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData);
static void InterpDeleteProc(ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp);
static void RevokeObjectRegistration(RegisteredInterp *riPtr);
#endif
static HRESULT BuildMoniker(const char *name, LPMONIKER *pmk);
#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
static HRESULT RegisterInterp(const char *name,
RegisteredInterp *riPtr);
#endif
static int FindInterpreterObject(Tcl_Interp *interp,
const char *name, LPDISPATCH *ppdisp);
static int Send(LPDISPATCH pdispInterp, Tcl_Interp *interp,
int async, ClientData clientData, int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]);
static Tcl_Obj * Win32ErrorObj(HRESULT hrError);
static void SendTrace(const char *format, ...);
static Tcl_EventProc SendEventProc;
#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(_DEBUG)
#define TRACE SendTrace
#else
#define TRACE 1 ? ((void)0) : SendTrace
#endif
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_SetAppName --
*
* This function is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
117 118 119 120 121 122 123 |
* be named: it is just used to identify the
* application and the display. */
const char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the
* interpreter in later "send" commands. Must
* be globally unique. */
{
#ifndef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
| < < > > | | | < | | | 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
* be named: it is just used to identify the
* application and the display. */
const char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the
* interpreter in later "send" commands. Must
* be globally unique. */
{
#ifndef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
/*
* Temporarily disabled for bug #858822
*/
return name;
#else /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = NULL;
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
RegisteredInterp *riPtr = NULL;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp;
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
/*
* Initialise the COM library for this interpreter just once.
*/
if (tsdPtr->initialized == 0) {
hr = CoInitialize(0);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
"failed to initialize the COM library", TCL_STATIC);
return "";
}
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
TRACE("Initialized COM library for interp 0x%08X\n", (long)interp);
}
/*
* If the interp hasn't been registered before then we need to create the
* registration structure and the COM object. If it has been registered
* already then we can reuse all and just register the new name.
*/
riPtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tkWinSend::ri", NULL);
if (riPtr == NULL) {
LPUNKNOWN *objPtr;
riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *) ckalloc(sizeof(RegisteredInterp));
memset(riPtr, 0, sizeof(RegisteredInterp));
riPtr->interp = interp;
objPtr = &riPtr->obj;
hr = TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance(interp, &IID_IUnknown,
(void **) objPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
211 212 213 214 215 216 217 |
int
TkGetInterpNames(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the
* lookup. */
{
#ifndef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
| < < | 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 |
int
TkGetInterpNames(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the
* lookup. */
{
#ifndef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS
/*
* Temporarily disabled for bug #858822
*/
return TCL_OK;
#else /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
252 253 254 255 256 257 258 |
IMalloc *pMalloc = NULL;
if (wcsncmp(olestr, oleszStub,
wcslen(oleszStub)) == 0) {
LPOLESTR p = olestr + wcslen(oleszStub);
if (*p) {
| < < < < | < < < | 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 |
IMalloc *pMalloc = NULL;
if (wcsncmp(olestr, oleszStub,
wcslen(oleszStub)) == 0) {
LPOLESTR p = olestr + wcslen(oleszStub);
if (*p) {
result = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp,
objList, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(p + 1, -1));
}
}
hr = CoGetMalloc(1, &pMalloc);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void*)olestr);
pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
/*
* Expire the list if set.
*/
if (objList != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(objList);
}
| | | 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
/*
* Expire the list if set.
*/
if (objList != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(objList);
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Win32ErrorObj(hr));
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
if (result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objList);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
327 328 329 330 331 332 333 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
enum {
SEND_ASYNC, SEND_DISPLAYOF, SEND_LAST
};
| | | | | 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */
{
enum {
SEND_ASYNC, SEND_DISPLAYOF, SEND_LAST
};
static const char *sendOptions[] = {
"-async", "-displayof", "--", NULL
};
int result = TCL_OK;
int i, optind, async = 0;
Tcl_Obj *displayPtr = NULL;
/*
* Process the command options.
*/
for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], sendOptions,
"option", 0, &optind) != TCL_OK) {
break;
}
if (optind == SEND_ASYNC) {
++async;
} else if (optind == SEND_DISPLAYOF) {
displayPtr = objv[++i];
} else if (optind == SEND_LAST) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
368 369 370 371 372 373 374 |
}
/*
* We don't support displayPtr. See TIP #150.
*/
if (displayPtr) {
| | | | < < | 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 |
}
/*
* We don't support displayPtr. See TIP #150.
*/
if (displayPtr) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
"option not implemented: \"displayof\" is not available "
"for this platform.", -1);
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Send the arguments to the foreign interp.
*/
/* FIX ME: we need to check for local interp */
if (result == TCL_OK) {
LPDISPATCH pdisp;
result = FindInterpreterObject(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), &pdisp);
if (result == TCL_OK) {
i++;
result = Send(pdisp, interp, async, clientData, objc-i, objv+i);
pdisp->lpVtbl->Release(pdisp);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
443 444 445 446 447 448 449 |
&IID_IUnknown, (void **) ppUnkInterp);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
hr = pUnkInterp->lpVtbl->QueryInterface(pUnkInterp,
&IID_IDispatch, (void **) ppdisp);
pUnkInterp->lpVtbl->Release(pUnkInterp);
} else {
| > | | < < | | 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 |
&IID_IUnknown, (void **) ppUnkInterp);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
hr = pUnkInterp->lpVtbl->QueryInterface(pUnkInterp,
&IID_IDispatch, (void **) ppdisp);
pUnkInterp->lpVtbl->Release(pUnkInterp);
} else {
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"no application named \"", name, "\"", NULL);
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
pmk->lpVtbl->Release(pmk);
}
pBindCtx->lpVtbl->Release(pBindCtx);
}
pROT->lpVtbl->Release(pROT);
}
if (FAILED(hr) && result == TCL_OK) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Win32ErrorObj(hr));
result = TCL_ERROR;
}
return result;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
561 562 563 564 565 566 567 |
*/
if (riPtr->name != NULL) {
free(riPtr->name);
riPtr->name = NULL;
}
}
| | | 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 |
*/
if (riPtr->name != NULL) {
free(riPtr->name);
riPtr->name = NULL;
}
}
#endif
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* InterpDeleteProc --
*
* This is called when the interpreter is deleted and used to unregister
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
588 589 590 591 592 593 594 |
static void
InterpDeleteProc(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
CoUninitialize();
}
| | | 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 |
static void
InterpDeleteProc(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
CoUninitialize();
}
#endif
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* BuildMoniker --
*
* Construct a moniker from the given name. This ensures that all our
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
621 622 623 624 625 626 627 |
HRESULT hr = CreateFileMoniker(TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE, &pmkClass);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
LPMONIKER pmkItem = NULL;
Tcl_DString dString;
Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
| | | 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 |
HRESULT hr = CreateFileMoniker(TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE, &pmkClass);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
LPMONIKER pmkItem = NULL;
Tcl_DString dString;
Tcl_DStringInit(&dString);
Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(name, -1, &dString);
hr = CreateFileMoniker((LPOLESTR)Tcl_DStringValue(&dString), &pmkItem);
Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
hr = pmkClass->lpVtbl->ComposeWith(pmkClass, pmkItem, FALSE, ppmk);
pmkItem->lpVtbl->Release(pmkItem);
}
pmkClass->lpVtbl->Release(pmkClass);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
709 710 711 712 713 714 715 |
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
riPtr->name = strdup(actualName);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
return hr;
}
| | | 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 |
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
riPtr->name = strdup(actualName);
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&dString);
return hr;
}
#endif
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Send --
*
* Perform an interface call to the server object. We convert the Tcl
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
735 736 737 738 739 740 741 |
static int
Send(
LPDISPATCH pdispInterp, /* Pointer to the remote interp's COM
* object. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The local interpreter. */
int async, /* Flag for the calling style. */
| | < < < < < | < < < | | < | > | | | | | > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | | | | < < < < < < | | | < < < | | > | > | < | | | | < < < < | < < < | | | < < < | | > | | > | | | | | > > | 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 |
static int
Send(
LPDISPATCH pdispInterp, /* Pointer to the remote interp's COM
* object. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The local interpreter. */
int async, /* Flag for the calling style. */
ClientData clientData, /* The RegisteredInterp structure for this
* interp. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments to be sent. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* The arguments to be sent. */
{
VARIANT vCmd, vResult;
DISPPARAMS dp;
EXCEPINFO ei;
UINT uiErr = 0;
HRESULT hr = S_OK, ehr = S_OK;
Tcl_Obj *cmd = NULL;
DISPID dispid;
cmd = Tcl_ConcatObj(objc, objv);
/*
* Setup the arguments for the COM method call.
*/
VariantInit(&vCmd);
VariantInit(&vResult);
memset(&dp, 0, sizeof(dp));
memset(&ei, 0, sizeof(ei));
vCmd.vt = VT_BSTR;
vCmd.bstrVal = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(cmd));
dp.cArgs = 1;
dp.rgvarg = &vCmd;
/*
* Select the method to use based upon the async flag and call the method.
*/
dispid = async ? TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC : TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND;
hr = pdispInterp->lpVtbl->Invoke(pdispInterp, dispid,
&IID_NULL, LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT, DISPATCH_METHOD,
&dp, &vResult, &ei, &uiErr);
/*
* Convert the result into a string and place in the interps result.
*/
ehr = VariantChangeType(&vResult, &vResult, 0, VT_BSTR);
if (SUCCEEDED(ehr)) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(vResult.bstrVal, -1));
}
/*
* Errors are returned as dispatch exceptions. If an error code was
* returned then we decode the exception and setup the Tcl error
* variables.
*/
if (hr == DISP_E_EXCEPTION) {
Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorCode, *opErrorInfo;
if (ei.bstrSource != NULL) {
int len;
char *szErrorInfo;
opError = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(ei.bstrSource, -1);
Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 0, &opErrorCode);
Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, opErrorCode);
Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 1, &opErrorInfo);
szErrorInfo = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(opErrorInfo, &len);
Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, szErrorInfo, len);
}
}
/*
* Clean up any COM allocated resources.
*/
SysFreeString(ei.bstrDescription);
SysFreeString(ei.bstrSource);
SysFreeString(ei.bstrHelpFile);
VariantClear(&vCmd);
return (SUCCEEDED(hr) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR);
}
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Win32ErrorObj --
*
* Returns a string object containing text from a COM or Win32 error code
*
* Results:
* A Tcl_Obj containing the Win32 error message.
*
* Side effects:
* Removed the error message from the COM threads error object.
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static Tcl_Obj*
Win32ErrorObj(
HRESULT hrError)
{
LPTSTR lpBuffer = NULL, p = NULL;
TCHAR sBuffer[30];
Tcl_Obj* errPtr = NULL;
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
NULL, (DWORD)hrError, LANG_NEUTRAL,
(LPTSTR)&lpBuffer, 0, NULL);
if (lpBuffer == NULL) {
lpBuffer = sBuffer;
wsprintf(sBuffer, TEXT("Error Code: %08lX"), hrError);
}
if ((p = _tcsrchr(lpBuffer, TEXT('\r'))) != NULL) {
*p = TEXT('\0');
}
#ifdef _UNICODE
errPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(lpBuffer, (int)wcslen(lpBuffer));
#else
errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(lpBuffer, (int)strlen(lpBuffer));
#endif
if (lpBuffer != sBuffer) {
LocalFree((HLOCAL)lpBuffer);
}
return errPtr;
}
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetErrorInfo --
*
* Convert the error information from a Tcl interpreter into a COM
* exception structure. This information is then registered with the COM
* thread exception object so that it can be used for rich error
* reporting by COM clients.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* The current COM thread has its error object modified.
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
SetExcepInfo(
Tcl_Interp* interp,
EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo)
{
if (pExcepInfo) {
Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorInfo, *opErrorCode;
ICreateErrorInfo *pCEI;
IErrorInfo *pEI, **ppEI = &pEI;
HRESULT hr;
opError = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
opErrorInfo = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorInfo",NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
opErrorCode = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorCode",NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
if (Tcl_IsShared(opErrorCode)) {
Tcl_Obj *ec = Tcl_DuplicateObj(opErrorCode);
Tcl_IncrRefCount(ec);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(opErrorCode);
opErrorCode = ec;
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, opErrorCode, opErrorInfo);
pExcepInfo->bstrDescription = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(opError));
pExcepInfo->bstrSource = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(opErrorCode));
pExcepInfo->scode = E_FAIL;
hr = CreateErrorInfo(&pCEI);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->SetGUID(pCEI, &IID_IDispatch);
hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->SetDescription(pCEI,
pExcepInfo->bstrDescription);
hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->SetSource(pCEI, pExcepInfo->bstrSource);
hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->QueryInterface(pCEI, &IID_IErrorInfo,
(void**) ppEI);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
SetErrorInfo(0, pEI);
pEI->lpVtbl->Release(pEI);
}
pCEI->lpVtbl->Release(pCEI);
}
}
}
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinSend_QueueCommand --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
969 970 971 972 973 974 975 |
static int
SendEventProc(
Tcl_Event *eventPtr,
int flags)
{
SendEvent *evPtr = (SendEvent *)eventPtr;
| < | 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 |
static int
SendEventProc(
Tcl_Event *eventPtr,
int flags)
{
SendEvent *evPtr = (SendEvent *)eventPtr;
TRACE("SendEventProc\n");
Tcl_EvalObjEx(evPtr->interp, evPtr->cmdPtr,
TCL_EVAL_DIRECT | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
Tcl_DecrRefCount(evPtr->cmdPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 |
SendTrace(
const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
static char buffer[1024];
va_start(args, format);
| | | | 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 |
SendTrace(
const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
static char buffer[1024];
va_start(args, format);
vsnprintf(buffer, 1023, format, args);
OutputDebugString(buffer);
va_end(args);
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinSendCom.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 |
};
static ISupportErrorInfoVtbl vtbl2 = {
ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface,
ISupportErrorInfo_AddRef,
ISupportErrorInfo_Release,
ISupportErrorInfo_InterfaceSupportsErrorInfo,
};
TkWinSendCom *obj = NULL;
/*
* This had probably better always be globally visible memory so we shall
* use the COM Task allocator.
*/
obj = (TkWinSendCom *) CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(TkWinSendCom));
if (obj == NULL) {
*ppv = NULL;
| > | < | | | | | | | | | > > > | 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 |
};
static ISupportErrorInfoVtbl vtbl2 = {
ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface,
ISupportErrorInfo_AddRef,
ISupportErrorInfo_Release,
ISupportErrorInfo_InterfaceSupportsErrorInfo,
};
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
TkWinSendCom *obj = NULL;
/*
* This had probably better always be globally visible memory so we shall
* use the COM Task allocator.
*/
obj = (TkWinSendCom *) CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(TkWinSendCom));
if (obj == NULL) {
*ppv = NULL;
hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
} else {
obj->lpVtbl = &vtbl;
obj->lpVtbl2 = &vtbl2;
obj->refcount = 0;
obj->interp = interp;
/*
* lock the interp? Tcl_AddRef/Retain?
*/
hr = obj->lpVtbl->QueryInterface((IDispatch*)obj, riid, ppv);
}
return hr;
}
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinSendCom_Destroy --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 |
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkWinSendCom_Destroy(
LPDISPATCH pdisp)
{
| | | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 |
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TkWinSendCom_Destroy(
LPDISPATCH pdisp)
{
CoTaskMemFree((void*)pdisp);
}
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* IDispatch --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
162 163 164 165 166 167 168 |
static STDMETHODIMP
WinSendCom_QueryInterface(
IDispatch *This,
REFIID riid,
void **ppvObject)
{
HRESULT hr = E_NOINTERFACE;
| | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 |
static STDMETHODIMP
WinSendCom_QueryInterface(
IDispatch *This,
REFIID riid,
void **ppvObject)
{
HRESULT hr = E_NOINTERFACE;
TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This;
*ppvObject = NULL;
if (memcmp(riid, &IID_IUnknown, sizeof(IID)) == 0
|| memcmp(riid, &IID_IDispatch, sizeof(IID)) == 0) {
*ppvObject = (void**)this;
this->lpVtbl->AddRef(This);
hr = S_OK;
} else if (memcmp(riid, &IID_ISupportErrorInfo, sizeof(IID)) == 0) {
*ppvObject = (void**)(this + 1);
this->lpVtbl2->AddRef((ISupportErrorInfo*)(this + 1));
hr = S_OK;
}
return hr;
}
static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
WinSendCom_AddRef(
IDispatch *This)
{
TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This;
return InterlockedIncrement(&this->refcount);
}
static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
WinSendCom_Release(
IDispatch *This)
{
long r = 0;
TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This;
if ((r = InterlockedDecrement(&this->refcount)) == 0) {
TkWinSendCom_Destroy(This);
}
return r;
}
static STDMETHODIMP
WinSendCom_GetTypeInfoCount(
IDispatch *This,
UINT *pctinfo)
{
HRESULT hr = E_POINTER;
if (pctinfo != NULL) {
*pctinfo = 0;
hr = S_OK;
}
return hr;
}
static STDMETHODIMP
WinSendCom_GetTypeInfo(
IDispatch *This,
UINT iTInfo,
LCID lcid,
ITypeInfo **ppTI)
{
HRESULT hr = E_POINTER;
if (ppTI) {
*ppTI = NULL;
hr = E_NOTIMPL;
}
return hr;
}
static STDMETHODIMP
WinSendCom_GetIDsOfNames(
IDispatch *This,
REFIID riid,
LPOLESTR *rgszNames,
UINT cNames,
LCID lcid,
DISPID *rgDispId)
{
HRESULT hr = E_POINTER;
if (rgDispId) {
hr = DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME;
if (_wcsicmp(*rgszNames, L"Send") == 0) {
*rgDispId = TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND, hr = S_OK;
} else if (_wcsicmp(*rgszNames, L"Async") == 0) {
*rgDispId = TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC, hr = S_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
273 274 275 276 277 278 279 |
WORD wFlags,
DISPPARAMS *pDispParams,
VARIANT *pvarResult,
EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
UINT *puArgErr)
{
HRESULT hr = DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
| | < < | | | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 |
WORD wFlags,
DISPPARAMS *pDispParams,
VARIANT *pvarResult,
EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
UINT *puArgErr)
{
HRESULT hr = DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This;
switch (dispidMember) {
case TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND:
if (wFlags | DISPATCH_METHOD) {
if (pDispParams->cArgs != 1) {
hr = DISP_E_BADPARAMCOUNT;
} else {
hr = Send(this, pDispParams->rgvarg[0], pvarResult,
pExcepInfo, puArgErr);
}
}
break;
case TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC:
if (wFlags | DISPATCH_METHOD) {
if (pDispParams->cArgs != 1) {
hr = DISP_E_BADPARAMCOUNT;
} else {
hr = Async(this, pDispParams->rgvarg[0], pExcepInfo, puArgErr);
}
}
break;
}
return hr;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
319 320 321 322 323 324 325 |
static STDMETHODIMP
ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface(
ISupportErrorInfo *This,
REFIID riid,
void **ppvObject)
{
| | | | | | | < < < | | 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
static STDMETHODIMP
ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface(
ISupportErrorInfo *This,
REFIID riid,
void **ppvObject)
{
TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)(This - 1);
return this->lpVtbl->QueryInterface((IDispatch*)this, riid, ppvObject);
}
static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
ISupportErrorInfo_AddRef(
ISupportErrorInfo *This)
{
TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)(This - 1);
return InterlockedIncrement(&this->refcount);
}
static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG)
ISupportErrorInfo_Release(
ISupportErrorInfo *This)
{
TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)(This - 1);
return this->lpVtbl->Release((IDispatch*)this);
}
static STDMETHODIMP
ISupportErrorInfo_InterfaceSupportsErrorInfo(
ISupportErrorInfo *This,
REFIID riid)
{
/*TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)(This - 1);*/
return S_OK; /* or S_FALSE */
}
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Async --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
379 380 381 382 383 384 385 |
TkWinSendCom *obj,
VARIANT Cmd,
EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
UINT *puArgErr)
{
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
VARIANT vCmd;
| < < | | | | > | < < | < < < | > > | 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 |
TkWinSendCom *obj,
VARIANT Cmd,
EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
UINT *puArgErr)
{
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
VARIANT vCmd;
VariantInit(&vCmd);
hr = VariantChangeType(&vCmd, &Cmd, 0, VT_BSTR);
if (FAILED(hr)) {
Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(obj->interp),
"invalid args: Async(command)", -1);
SetExcepInfo(obj->interp, pExcepInfo);
hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION;
}
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
if (obj->interp) {
Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(vCmd.bstrVal,
(int)SysStringLen(vCmd.bstrVal));
TkWinSend_QueueCommand(obj->interp, scriptPtr);
}
}
VariantClear(&vCmd);
return hr;
}
/*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Send --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
428 429 430 431 432 433 434 | * The interpreters state and result will be modified. * * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static HRESULT Send( | | < < < < < < < | < < | | | | < < < | | < | < < < | | < < < | | | | | | | < > | > | 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 |
* The interpreters state and result will be modified.
*
* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static HRESULT
Send(
TkWinSendCom *obj,
VARIANT vCmd,
VARIANT *pvResult,
EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo,
UINT *puArgErr)
{
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
int result = TCL_OK;
VARIANT v;
VariantInit(&v);
hr = VariantChangeType(&v, &vCmd, 0, VT_BSTR);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
if (obj->interp) {
Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(v.bstrVal,
(int)SysStringLen(v.bstrVal));
result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(obj->interp, scriptPtr,
TCL_EVAL_DIRECT | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (pvResult) {
VariantInit(pvResult);
pvResult->vt = VT_BSTR;
pvResult->bstrVal = SysAllocString(
Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_GetObjResult(obj->interp)));
}
if (result == TCL_ERROR) {
hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION;
SetExcepInfo(obj->interp, pExcepInfo);
}
}
VariantClear(&v);
}
return hr;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinSendCom.h.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 | #define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND 1 #define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC 2 /* * TkWinSendCom public functions */ | | | | | 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
#define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND 1
#define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC 2
/*
* TkWinSendCom public functions
*/
HRESULT TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance(Tcl_Interp *interp,
REFIID riid, void **ppv);
int TkWinSend_QueueCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr);
void SetExcepInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp,
EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo);
#endif /* _tkWinSendCom_h_INCLUDE */
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/tkWinTest.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation. * Copyright (c) 2001 by ActiveState Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | < < < < | | < | | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 | * Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation. * Copyright (c) 2001 by ActiveState Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" HWND tkWinCurrentDialog; /* * Forward declarations of functions defined later in this file: */ static int TestclipboardObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int TestwineventCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); static int TestfindwindowObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int TestwinlocaleObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkplatformtestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkplatformtestInit -- * * Defines commands that test platform specific functionality for Windows |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
63 64 65 66 67 68 69 |
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to add commands to. */
{
/*
* Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
*/
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testclipboard", TestclipboardObjCmd,
| | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 |
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to add commands to. */
{
/*
* Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here.
*/
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testclipboard", TestclipboardObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testwinevent", TestwineventCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfindwindow", TestfindwindowObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testgetwindowinfo", TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwinlocale", TestwinlocaleObjCmd,
(ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AppendSystemError --
*
* This routine formats a Windows system error message and places it into
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
if (Tcl_IsShared(resultPtr)) {
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(resultPtr);
}
length = FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
| < < > | | > | 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
Tcl_DString ds;
Tcl_Obj *resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp);
if (Tcl_IsShared(resultPtr)) {
resultPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(resultPtr);
}
length = FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
| FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL, error,
MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (WCHAR *) wMsgPtrPtr,
0, NULL);
if (length == 0) {
char *msgPtr;
length = FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
| FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL, error,
MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (char *) &msgPtr,
0, NULL);
if (length > 0) {
wMsgPtr = (WCHAR *) LocalAlloc(LPTR, (length + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, msgPtr, length + 1, wMsgPtr,
length + 1);
LocalFree(msgPtr);
}
}
if (length == 0) {
if (error == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) {
strcpy(msgBuf, "function not supported under Win32s");
} else {
sprintf(msgBuf, "unknown error: %ld", error);
}
msg = msgBuf;
} else {
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
char *msgPtr;
encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, (char *) wMsgPtr, -1, &ds);
Tcl_FreeEncoding(encoding);
LocalFree(wMsgPtr);
msgPtr = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds);
length = Tcl_DStringLength(&ds);
/*
* Trim the trailing CR/LF from the system message.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
221 222 223 224 225 226 227 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | < < < < < < < < < < < < > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | > > > > | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < | < | < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < | | < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | | | | | | < < | > | > > > > > | < < < < < | | | | > > > | < > | > | < | | > > | > | | | > | | < < | | 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TestclipboardObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
HGLOBAL handle;
char *data;
int code = TCL_OK;
if (objc != 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (OpenClipboard(NULL)) {
/*
* We could consider using CF_UNICODETEXT on NT, but then we
* would have to convert it from External. Instead we'll just
* take this and do "bytestring" at the Tcl level for Unicode
* inclusive text
*/
handle = GetClipboardData(CF_TEXT);
if (handle != NULL) {
data = GlobalLock(handle);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, data, NULL);
GlobalUnlock(handle);
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "null clipboard handle", NULL);
code = TCL_ERROR;
}
CloseClipboard();
return code;
} else {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't open clipboard: ", NULL);
AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TestwineventCmd --
*
* This function implements the testwinevent command. It provides a way
* to send messages to windows dialogs.
*
* Results:
* A standard Tcl result.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
TestwineventCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int argc, /* Number of arguments. */
const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */
{
HWND hwnd = 0;
HWND child = 0;
int id;
char *rest;
UINT message;
WPARAM wParam;
LPARAM lParam;
static const TkStateMap messageMap[] = {
{WM_LBUTTONDOWN, "WM_LBUTTONDOWN"},
{WM_LBUTTONUP, "WM_LBUTTONUP"},
{WM_CHAR, "WM_CHAR"},
{WM_GETTEXT, "WM_GETTEXT"},
{WM_SETTEXT, "WM_SETTEXT"},
{WM_COMMAND, "WM_COMMAND"},
{-1, NULL}
};
if ((argc == 3) && (strcmp(argv[1], "debug") == 0)) {
int b;
if (Tcl_GetBoolean(interp, argv[2], &b) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkWinDialogDebug(b);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (argc < 4) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
hwnd = INT2PTR(strtol(argv[1], &rest, 0));
if (rest == argv[1]) {
hwnd = FindWindow(NULL, argv[1]);
if (hwnd == NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "no such window", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
UpdateWindow(hwnd);
id = strtol(argv[2], &rest, 0);
if (rest == argv[2]) {
char buf[256];
child = GetWindow(hwnd, GW_CHILD);
while (child != NULL) {
SendMessage(child, WM_GETTEXT, (WPARAM) sizeof(buf), (LPARAM) buf);
if (strcasecmp(buf, argv[2]) == 0) {
id = GetDlgCtrlID(child);
break;
}
child = GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT);
}
if (child == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "could not find a control matching \"",
argv[2], "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
message = TkFindStateNum(NULL, NULL, messageMap, argv[3]);
wParam = 0;
lParam = 0;
if (argc > 4) {
wParam = strtol(argv[4], NULL, 0);
}
if (argc > 5) {
lParam = strtol(argv[5], NULL, 0);
}
switch (message) {
case WM_GETTEXT: {
Tcl_DString ds;
char buf[256];
GetDlgItemText(hwnd, id, buf, 256);
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, buf, -1, &ds);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
break;
}
case WM_SETTEXT: {
Tcl_DString ds;
BOOL result;
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, argv[4], -1, &ds);
result = SetDlgItemText(hwnd, id, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds));
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
if (result == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "failed to send text to dialog: ", TCL_STATIC);
AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
}
case WM_COMMAND: {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (argc < 5) {
wParam = MAKEWPARAM(id, 0);
lParam = (LPARAM)child;
}
sprintf(buf, "%d", (int) SendMessage(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam));
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
default: {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
sprintf(buf, "%d",
(int) SendDlgItemMessage(hwnd, id, message, wParam, lParam));
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
break;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* testfindwindow title ?class?
* Find a Windows window using the FindWindow API call. This takes the window
* title and optionally the window class and if found returns the HWND and
* raises an error if the window is not found.
* eg: testfindwindow Console TkTopLevel
* Can find the console window if it is visible.
* eg: testfindwindow "TkTest #10201" "#32770"
* Can find a messagebox window with this title.
*/
static int
TestfindwindowObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
const char *title = NULL, *class = NULL;
HWND hwnd = NULL;
int r = TCL_OK;
if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "title ?class?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
title = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]);
if (objc == 3)
class = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
hwnd = FindWindowA(class, title);
if (hwnd == NULL) {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1));
AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
r = TCL_ERROR;
} else {
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
}
return r;
}
static BOOL CALLBACK
EnumChildrenProc(
HWND hwnd,
LPARAM lParam)
{
Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *) lParam;
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd)));
return TRUE;
}
static int
TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(
ClientData clientData,
Tcl_Interp *interp,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
long hwnd;
Tcl_Obj *resObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL;
Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL;
char buf[512];
int cch, cchBuf = tkWinProcs->useWide ? 256 : 512;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
if (tkWinProcs->useWide) {
cch = GetClassNameW(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPWSTR)buf, sizeof(buf)/sizeof(WCHAR));
classObj = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj((LPWSTR)buf, cch);
} else {
cch = GetClassNameA(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPSTR)buf, sizeof(buf));
classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj((LPSTR)buf, cch);
}
if (cch == 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "failed to get class name: ", TCL_STATIC);
AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError());
return TCL_ERROR;
}
resObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, classObj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj,
Tcl_NewLongObj(GetWindowLong(INT2PTR(hwnd), GWL_ID)));
cch = tkWinProcs->getWindowText(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPTSTR)buf, cchBuf);
if (tkWinProcs->useWide) {
textObj = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj((LPCWSTR)buf, cch);
} else {
textObj = Tcl_NewStringObj((LPCSTR)buf, cch);
}
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, textObj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj,
Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(GetParent(INT2PTR(hwnd)))));
childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
EnumChildWindows(INT2PTR(hwnd), EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj);
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, childrenObj);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resObj);
return TCL_OK;
}
static int
TestwinlocaleObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */
{
if (objc != 1) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)GetSystemDefaultLCID()));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinWindow.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 | /* * tkWinWindow.c -- * * Xlib emulation routines for Windows related to creating, displaying * and destroying windows. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" | < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 |
/*
* tkWinWindow.c --
*
* Xlib emulation routines for Windows related to creating, displaying
* and destroying windows.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkWinInt.h"
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
int initialized; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */
Tcl_HashTable windowTable; /* The windowTable maps from HWND to Tk_Window
* handles. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 |
*/
Window
Tk_AttachHWND(
Tk_Window tkwin,
HWND hwnd)
{
| | | | | | | 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 |
*/
Window
Tk_AttachHWND(
Tk_Window tkwin,
HWND hwnd)
{
int new;
Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr;
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
}
/*
* Allocate a new drawable if necessary. Otherwise, remove the previous
* HWND from from the window table.
*/
if (twdPtr == NULL) {
twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDOW;
twdPtr->window.winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
} else if (twdPtr->window.handle != NULL) {
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable,
(char *)twdPtr->window.handle);
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
}
/*
* Insert the new HWND into the window table.
*/
twdPtr->window.handle = hwnd;
entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char *)hwnd, &new);
Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData)tkwin);
return (Window)twdPtr;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
111 112 113 114 115 116 117 |
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
}
| | | 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 |
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
}
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char *) hwnd);
if (entryPtr != NULL) {
return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr);
}
return NULL;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
166 167 168 169 170 171 172 |
TkpPrintWindowId(
char *buf, /* Pointer to string large enough to hold the
* hex representation of a pointer. */
Window window) /* Window to be printed into buffer. */
{
HWND hwnd = (window) ? Tk_GetHWND(window) : 0;
| > > > > > > | > > | 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
TkpPrintWindowId(
char *buf, /* Pointer to string large enough to hold the
* hex representation of a pointer. */
Window window) /* Window to be printed into buffer. */
{
HWND hwnd = (window) ? Tk_GetHWND(window) : 0;
/*
* Use pointer representation, because Win64 is P64 (*not* LP64). Windows
* doesn't print the 0x for %p, so we do it.
* bug #2026405: cygwin does output 0x for %p so test and recover.
*/
sprintf(buf, "0x%p", hwnd);
if (buf[2] == '0' && buf[3] == 'x')
sprintf(buf, "%p", hwnd);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpScanWindowId --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
193 194 195 196 197 198 199 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScanWindowId(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
| | < < | < | | | | 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpScanWindowId(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */
CONST char *string, /* String containing a (possibly signed)
* integer in a form acceptable to strtol. */
Window *idPtr) /* Place to store converted result. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin;
void *number, *numberPtr = &number;
/*
* We want sscanf for the 64-bit check, but if that doesn't work, then
* Tcl_GetInt manages the error correctly.
*/
if (
#ifdef _WIN64
(sscanf(string, "0x%p", &number) != 1) &&
#endif
Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, (int *) numberPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow((HWND) number);
if (tkwin) {
*idPtr = Tk_WindowId(tkwin);
} else {
*idPtr = None;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
264 265 266 267 268 269 270 |
}
/*
* Create the window, then ensure that it is at the top of the stacking
* order.
*/
| | | 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
}
/*
* Create the window, then ensure that it is at the top of the stacking
* order.
*/
hwnd = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_NOPARENTNOTIFY, TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, NULL,
(DWORD) style, Tk_X(winPtr), Tk_Y(winPtr), Tk_Width(winPtr),
Tk_Height(winPtr), parentWin, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
return Tk_AttachHWND((Tk_Window)winPtr, hwnd);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
310 311 312 313 314 315 316 |
/*
* Remove references to the window in the pointer module then release the
* drawable.
*/
TkPointerDeadWindow(winPtr);
| | | | 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 |
/*
* Remove references to the window in the pointer module then release the
* drawable.
*/
TkPointerDeadWindow(winPtr);
entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char*)hwnd);
if (entryPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr);
}
ckfree((char *)twdPtr);
/*
* Don't bother destroying the window if we are going to destroy the
* parent later.
*/
if (hwnd != NULL && !(winPtr->flags & TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
577 578 579 580 581 582 583 |
(int)height, TRUE);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| | | 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 |
(int)height, TRUE);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XRaiseWindow --
*
* Change the stacking order of a window.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
601 602 603 604 605 606 607 |
{
HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);
display->request++;
SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
return Success;
}
| < < < < < < < < < < < < | 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 |
{
HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w);
display->request++;
SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XConfigureWindow --
*
* Change the size, position, stacking, or border of the specified
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
798 799 800 801 802 803 804 |
SetWindowPos(hwnd, siblingHwnd, 0, 0, 0, 0,
SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < | < < < > < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < | < < < < < < < < | 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 |
SetWindowPos(hwnd, siblingHwnd, 0, 0, 0, 0,
SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted --
*
* Determines whether we know if the window given as argument was
* recently deleted. Called by the generic code error handler to handle
* BadWindow events.
*
* Results:
* Always 0. We do not keep this information on Windows.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(
Window win,
TkDisplay *dispPtr)
{
return 0;
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinWm.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */
struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
* same top-level window, or NULL for end of
* list. */
| | | | | | 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 |
typedef struct ProtocolHandler {
Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */
struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr;
/* Next in list of protocol handlers for the
* same top-level window, or NULL for end of
* list. */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */
char command[4]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client message
* for this protocol arrives. The actual size
* of the structure varies to accommodate the
* needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE
* THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */
} ProtocolHandler;
#define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \
((unsigned) (sizeof(ProtocolHandler) - 3 + cmdLength))
/*
* Helper type passed via lParam to TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc
*/
typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair {
Tcl_HashTable *table;
TkWindow **window_ptr;
} TkWmStackorderToplevelPair;
/*
* This structure represents the contents of a icon, in terms of its image.
* The HICON is an internal Windows format. Most of these icon-specific
* structures originated with the Winico extension. We stripped out unused
* parts of that code, and integrated the code more naturally with Tcl.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
144 145 146 147 148 149 150 |
* latter is for the global default icon choice.
*
* Icons loaded from .icr/.icr use the iconBlock field, icons loaded from
* .exe/.dll use the hIcon field.
*/
typedef struct WinIconInstance {
| | | 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
* latter is for the global default icon choice.
*
* Icons loaded from .icr/.icr use the iconBlock field, icons loaded from
* .exe/.dll use the hIcon field.
*/
typedef struct WinIconInstance {
int refCount; /* Number of instances that share this data
* structure. */
BlockOfIconImagesPtr iconBlock;
/* Pointer to icon resource data for image */
} WinIconInstance;
typedef struct WinIconInstance *WinIconPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
173 174 175 176 177 178 179 |
char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window
* manager. */
char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group
* (corresponds to hints.window_group).
* Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
* updated if leader is destroyed. */
| | | 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 |
char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */
XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window
* manager. */
char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group
* (corresponds to hints.window_group).
* Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get
* updated if leader is destroyed. */
TkWindow *masterPtr; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property,
* or NULL. */
Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, or
* NULL. */
Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or
* NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
311 312 313 314 315 316 317 | * allow the user to change the width of the * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - Non-zero means that we're not supposed to * allow the user to change the height of the * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). * WM_WITHDRAWN - Non-zero means that this window has explicitly * been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should | | | 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 | * allow the user to change the width of the * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - Non-zero means that we're not supposed to * allow the user to change the height of the * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). * WM_WITHDRAWN - Non-zero means that this window has explicitly * been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should * not mirror state changes in the master. * WM_FULLSCREEN - Non-zero means that this window has been placed * in the full screen mode. It should be mapped at * 0,0 and be the width and height of the screen. */ #define WM_NEVER_MAPPED (1<<0) #define WM_UPDATE_PENDING (1<<1) |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
360 361 362 363 364 365 366 |
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, HWND parentHWND);
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
"wm", /* name */
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
| | | | 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 |
static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin);
static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, HWND parentHWND);
static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = {
"wm", /* name */
TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */
NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */
};
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
HPALETTE systemPalette; /* System palette; refers to the currently
* installed foreground logical palette. */
TkWindow *createWindow; /* Window that is being constructed. This
* value is set immediately before a call to
* CreateWindowEx, and is used by SetLimits.
* This is a gross hack needed to work around
* Windows brain damage where it sends the
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 | * The following variables cannot be placed in thread local storage because * they must be shared across threads. */ static int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether module has been * initialized. */ TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(winWmMutex) /* * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ static int ActivateWindow(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags); static void ConfigureTopLevel(WINDOWPOS *pos); static void GenerateConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr); static void GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, const int *flagPtr); static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr); static void GetMinSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr); static TkWindow * GetTopLevel(HWND hwnd); static void InitWm(void); static int InstallColormaps(HWND hwnd, int message, int isForemost); static void InvalidateSubTree(TkWindow *winPtr, Colormap colormap); static void InvalidateSubTreeDepth(TkWindow *winPtr); | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 | * The following variables cannot be placed in thread local storage because * they must be shared across threads. */ static int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether module has been * initialized. */ /* * A pointer to a shell proc which allows us to extract icons from any file. * We just initialize this when we start up (if we can) and then it never * changes */ DWORD* (WINAPI *shgetfileinfoProc) (LPCTSTR pszPath, DWORD dwFileAttributes, SHFILEINFO* psfi, UINT cbFileInfo, UINT uFlags) = NULL; /* * A pointer to SetLayeredWindowAttributes (user32.dll) which we retrieve * dynamically because it is only valid on Win2K+. */ BOOL (WINAPI *setLayeredWindowAttributesProc) (HWND hwnd, COLORREF crKey, BYTE bAlpha, DWORD dwFlags) = NULL; TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(winWmMutex) /* * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ static int ActivateWindow(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags); static void ConfigureTopLevel(WINDOWPOS *pos); static void GenerateConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr); static void GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, const int *flagPtr); static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr); static void GetMinSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr); static TkWindow * GetTopLevel(HWND hwnd); static void InitWm(void); static int InstallColormaps(HWND hwnd, int message, int isForemost); static void InvalidateSubTree(TkWindow *winPtr, Colormap colormap); static void InvalidateSubTreeDepth(TkWindow *winPtr); static int ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string, TkWindow *winPtr); static void RefreshColormap(Colormap colormap, TkDisplay *dispPtr); static void SetLimits(HWND hwnd, MINMAXINFO *info); static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr, Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *table); static LRESULT CALLBACK TopLevelProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
629 630 631 632 633 634 635 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static LPSTR
FindDIBBits(
LPSTR lpbi)
{
| | | 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static LPSTR
FindDIBBits(
LPSTR lpbi)
{
return lpbi + *(LPDWORD)lpbi + PaletteSize(lpbi);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* BytesPerLine --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
685 686 687 688 689 690 691 |
return FALSE;
}
/*
* BITMAPINFO is at beginning of bits.
*/
| | | 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 |
return FALSE;
}
/*
* BITMAPINFO is at beginning of bits.
*/
lpImage->lpbi = (LPBITMAPINFO)lpImage->lpBits;
/*
* Width - simple enough.
*/
lpImage->Width = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
711 712 713 714 715 716 717 |
lpImage->Colors = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biPlanes
* lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
/*
* XOR bits follow the header and color table.
*/
| | | | | 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 |
lpImage->Colors = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biPlanes
* lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount;
/*
* XOR bits follow the header and color table.
*/
lpImage->lpXOR = (LPBYTE)FindDIBBits(((LPSTR)lpImage->lpbi));
/*
* AND bits follow the XOR bits.
*/
lpImage->lpAND = lpImage->lpXOR + (lpImage->Height*
BytesPerLine((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpImage->lpbi)));
return TRUE;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* MakeIconOrCursorFromResource --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
741 742 743 744 745 746 747 |
*/
static HICON
MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(
LPICONIMAGE lpIcon,
BOOL isIcon)
{
| | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > | | | > > > | | 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 |
*/
static HICON
MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(
LPICONIMAGE lpIcon,
BOOL isIcon)
{
HICON hIcon ;
static FARPROC pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx=NULL;
static int initinfo=0;
/*
* Sanity Check
*/
if (lpIcon == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (lpIcon->lpBits == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (!initinfo) {
HMODULE hMod = GetModuleHandleA("USER32.DLL");
initinfo = 1;
if (hMod) {
pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx =
GetProcAddress(hMod, "CreateIconFromResourceEx");
}
}
/*
* Let the OS do the real work :)
*/
if (pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx != NULL) {
hIcon = (HICON) (pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx) (lpIcon->lpBits,
lpIcon->dwNumBytes, isIcon, 0x00030000,
(*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpIcon->lpBits)).biWidth,
(*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpIcon->lpBits)).biHeight/2, 0);
} else {
hIcon = NULL;
}
/*
* It failed, odds are good we're on NT so try the non-Ex way.
*/
if (hIcon == NULL) {
/*
* We would break on NT if we try with a 16bpp image.
*/
if (lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 16) {
hIcon = CreateIconFromResource(lpIcon->lpBits, lpIcon->dwNumBytes,
isIcon, 0x00030000);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
855 856 857 858 859 860 861 |
static int
InitWindowClass(
WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | | | | > | | | | | | > > | 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 |
static int
InitWindowClass(
WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
{
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (! tsdPtr->initialized) {
tsdPtr->initialized = 1;
tsdPtr->firstWindow = 1;
tsdPtr->iconPtr = NULL;
}
if (! initialized) {
Tcl_MutexLock(&winWmMutex);
if (! initialized) {
Tcl_DString classString;
WNDCLASS class;
initialized = 1;
if (shgetfileinfoProc == NULL) {
HINSTANCE hInstance = LoadLibraryA("shell32");
if (hInstance != NULL) {
shgetfileinfoProc = (DWORD* (WINAPI *) (LPCTSTR pszPath,
DWORD dwFileAttributes, SHFILEINFO* psfi,
UINT cbFileInfo, UINT uFlags))
(void *)GetProcAddress(hInstance, "SHGetFileInfo");
FreeLibrary(hInstance);
}
}
if (setLayeredWindowAttributesProc == NULL) {
HINSTANCE hInstance = LoadLibraryA("user32");
if (hInstance != NULL) {
setLayeredWindowAttributesProc = (BOOL (WINAPI*)(HWND hwnd,
COLORREF crKey, BYTE bAlpha, DWORD dwFlags))
(void *)GetProcAddress(hInstance,"SetLayeredWindowAttributes");
FreeLibrary(hInstance);
}
}
/*
* The only difference between WNDCLASSW and WNDCLASSA are in
* pointers, so we can use the generic structure WNDCLASS.
*/
ZeroMemory(&class, sizeof(WNDCLASS));
class.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
class.hInstance = Tk_GetHINSTANCE();
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, -1, &classString);
class.lpszClassName = (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&classString);
class.lpfnWndProc = WmProc;
if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
class.hIcon = LoadIcon(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), "tk");
} else {
class.hIcon = GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG);
if (class.hIcon == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Store pointer to default icon so we know when we need to
* free that information
*/
tsdPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
}
class.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
if (!(*tkWinProcs->registerClass)(&class)) {
Tcl_Panic("Unable to register TkTopLevel class");
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
}
Tcl_MutexUnlock(&winWmMutex);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
963 964 965 966 967 968 969 |
if (tkw == NULL) {
tkw = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
application = 1;
}
if (!(Tk_IsTopLevel(tkw))) {
| | | < < | | 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 |
if (tkw == NULL) {
tkw = Tk_MainWindow(interp);
application = 1;
}
if (!(Tk_IsTopLevel(tkw))) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", Tk_PathName(tkw),
"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_WindowId(tkw) == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkw);
}
/*
* We must get the window's wrapper, not the window itself.
*/
wmPtr = ((TkWindow*)tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
if (application) {
if (hwnd == NULL) {
/*
* I don't actually think this is ever the correct thing, unless
* perhaps the window doesn't have a wrapper. But I believe all
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 |
* If we aren't initialised, then just initialise with the user's
* icon. Otherwise our icon choice will be ignored moments later when
* Tk finishes initialising.
*/
if (!initialized) {
if (InitWindowClass(titlebaricon) != TCL_OK) {
| < | < | | | | 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 |
* If we aren't initialised, then just initialise with the user's
* icon. Otherwise our icon choice will be ignored moments later when
* Tk finishes initialising.
*/
if (!initialized) {
if (InitWindowClass(titlebaricon) != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unable to set icon", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr;
/*
* Don't check return result of SetClassLong() or
* SetClassLongPtr() since they return the previously set value
* which is zero on the initial call or in an error case. The MSDN
* documentation does not indicate that the result needs to be
* checked.
*/
SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICONSM,
(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL));
SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICON,
(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG));
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
DecrIconRefCount(tsdPtr->iconPtr);
}
tsdPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 | (void) InitWindowClass(NULL); } /* * The following code is exercised if you do * | | | | | < | | | 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 |
(void) InitWindowClass(NULL);
}
/*
* The following code is exercised if you do
*
* toplevel .t ; wm titlebaricon .t foo.icr
*
* i.e. the wm hasn't had time to properly create the '.t' window
* before you set the icon.
*/
if (hwnd == NULL) {
/*
* This little snippet is copied from the 'Map' function, and
* should probably be placed in one proper location.
*/
UpdateWrapper(wmPtr->winPtr);
wmPtr = ((TkWindow*)tkw)->wmInfoPtr;
hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
if (hwnd == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Can't set icon; window has no wrapper.", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL,
(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL));
SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG,
(LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG));
/*
* Update the iconPtr we keep for each WmInfo structure.
*/
if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 |
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
/*
* return default toplevel icon
*/
| | | 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 |
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
/*
* return default toplevel icon
*/
return GetIcon(tsdPtr->iconPtr, (int)iconsize);
}
/*
* Ensure we operate on the toplevel, that has the icon refs.
*/
while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 |
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
/*
* return window toplevel icon
*/
| | | | | 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 |
wmPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
/*
* return window toplevel icon
*/
return GetIcon(wmPtr->iconPtr, (int)iconsize);
}
/*
* Find the icon otherwise associated with the toplevel, or finally with
* the window class.
*/
icon = (HICON) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_GETICON, iconsize,
(LPARAM) NULL);
if (icon == (HICON) NULL) {
icon = (HICON) GetClassLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper,
(iconsize == ICON_BIG) ? GCLP_HICON : GCLP_HICONSM);
}
return icon;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 |
ReadIconFromFile(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *fileName)
{
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
| < < | | > | | < | | | | 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 |
ReadIconFromFile(
Tcl_Interp *interp,
Tcl_Obj *fileName)
{
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this filename */) {
titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */
titlebaricon->refCount++;
return titlebaricon;
}
/*
* First check if it is a .ico file.
*/
lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, TRUE);
/*
* Then see if we can ask the shell for the icon for this file. We
* want both the regular and small icons so that the Alt-Tab (task-
* switching) display uses the right icon.
*/
if (lpIR == NULL && shgetfileinfoProc != NULL) {
SHFILEINFO sfiSM;
Tcl_DString ds, ds2;
DWORD *res;
const char *file;
file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds);
if (file == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, file, -1, &ds2);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
res = (*shgetfileinfoProc)(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM,
sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON);
if (res != 0) {
SHFILEINFO sfi;
unsigned size;
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
res = (*shgetfileinfoProc)(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi,
sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON);
/*
* Account for extra icon, if necessary.
*/
size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
+ ((res != 0) ? sizeof(ICONIMAGE) : 0);
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(size);
if (lpIR == NULL) {
if (res != 0) {
DestroyIcon(sfi.hIcon);
}
DestroyIcon(sfiSM.hIcon);
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
return NULL;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 |
lpIR->IconImages[1].Colors = 4;
lpIR->IconImages[1].hIcon = sfi.hIcon;
}
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
}
if (lpIR != NULL) {
| | | 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 |
lpIR->IconImages[1].Colors = 4;
lpIR->IconImages[1].hIcon = sfi.hIcon;
}
}
Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2);
}
if (lpIR != NULL) {
titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
}
return titlebaricon;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 |
static WinIconPtr
GetIconFromPixmap(
Display *dsPtr,
Pixmap pixmap)
{
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
| | < < | | | 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 |
static WinIconPtr
GetIconFromPixmap(
Display *dsPtr,
Pixmap pixmap)
{
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable*) pixmap;
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
ICONINFO icon;
HICON hIcon;
int width, height;
if (twdPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this pixmap */) {
titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */
titlebaricon->refCount++;
return titlebaricon;
}
Tk_SizeOfBitmap(dsPtr, pixmap, &width, &height);
icon.fIcon = TRUE;
icon.xHotspot = 0;
icon.yHotspot = 0;
icon.hbmMask = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
icon.hbmColor = twdPtr->bitmap.handle;
hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&icon);
if (hIcon == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
if (lpIR == NULL) {
DestroyIcon(hIcon);
return NULL;
}
lpIR->nNumImages = 1;
lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = width;
lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = height;
lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 1 << twdPtr->bitmap.depth;
lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = hIcon;
/*
* These fields are ignored.
*/
lpIR->IconImages[0].lpBits = 0;
lpIR->IconImages[0].dwNumBytes = 0;
lpIR->IconImages[0].lpXOR = 0;
lpIR->IconImages[0].lpAND = 0;
titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
return titlebaricon;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DecrIconRefCount(
WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
{
| > > | | | 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
DecrIconRefCount(
WinIconPtr titlebaricon)
{
titlebaricon->refCount--;
if (titlebaricon->refCount <= 0) {
if (titlebaricon->iconBlock != NULL) {
FreeIconBlock(titlebaricon->iconBlock);
}
titlebaricon->iconBlock = NULL;
ckfree((char*)titlebaricon);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* FreeIconBlock --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 |
{
int i;
/*
* Free all the bits.
*/
| | | | | 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 |
{
int i;
/*
* Free all the bits.
*/
for (i=0; i< lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) {
ckfree((char*)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
}
if (lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon != NULL) {
DestroyIcon(lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon);
}
}
ckfree ((char*)lpIR);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetIcon --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 |
static HICON
GetIcon(
WinIconPtr titlebaricon,
int icon_size)
{
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
| < < | > > | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 |
static HICON
GetIcon(
WinIconPtr titlebaricon,
int icon_size)
{
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
if (titlebaricon == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
lpIR = titlebaricon->iconBlock;
if (lpIR == NULL) {
return NULL;
} else {
unsigned int size = (icon_size == 0 ? 16 : 32);
int i;
for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
/*
* Take the first or a 32x32 16 color icon
*/
if ((lpIR->IconImages[i].Height == size)
&& (lpIR->IconImages[i].Width == size)
&& (lpIR->IconImages[i].Colors >= 4)) {
return lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon;
}
}
/*
* If we get here, then just return the first one, it will have to do!
*/
if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) {
return lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon;
}
}
return NULL;
}
#if 0 /* UNUSED */
static HCURSOR
TclWinReadCursorFromFile(
Tcl_Interp* interp,
Tcl_Obj* fileName)
{
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
HICON res = NULL;
lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, FALSE);
if (lpIR == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) {
res = CopyImage(lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon, IMAGE_CURSOR,0,0,0);
}
FreeIconBlock(lpIR);
return res;
}
#endif
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 |
/*
* Open the file.
*/
channel = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "r", 0);
if (channel == NULL) {
| < | | | | < | | | > | | | | | < < | | | < | | | < | < | | | | > > > > > | | | | 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 |
/*
* Open the file.
*/
channel = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "r", 0);
if (channel == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error opening file \"",
Tcl_GetString(fileName), "\" for reading", NULL);
return NULL;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
return NULL;
}
if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-encoding", "binary")
!= TCL_OK) {
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Allocate memory for the resource structure
*/
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages));
/*
* Read in the header
*/
if ((lpIR->nNumImages = ReadICOHeader(channel)) == -1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Invalid file header", NULL);
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
ckfree((char*) lpIR);
return NULL;
}
/*
* Adjust the size of the struct to account for the images.
*/
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckrealloc((char*) lpIR,
sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)
+ ((lpIR->nNumImages - 1) * sizeof(ICONIMAGE)));
/*
* Allocate enough memory for the icon directory entries.
*/
lpIDE = (LPICONDIRENTRY) ckalloc(lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY));
/*
* Read in the icon directory entries.
*/
dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char*) lpIDE,
(int)(lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)));
if (dwBytesRead != lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error reading file", NULL);
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
ckfree((char *) lpIDE);
ckfree((char *) lpIR);
return NULL;
}
/*
* NULL-out everything to make memory management easier.
*/
for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = NULL;
}
/*
* Loop through and read in each image.
*/
for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) {
/*
* Allocate memory for the resource.
*/
lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = (LPBYTE) ckalloc(lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
lpIR->IconImages[i].dwNumBytes = lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes;
/*
* Seek to beginning of this image.
*/
if (Tcl_Seek(channel, lpIDE[i].dwImageOffset, FILE_BEGIN) == -1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error seeking in file", NULL);
goto readError;
}
/*
* Read it in.
*/
dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *) lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits,
(int) lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes);
if (dwBytesRead != lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error reading file", NULL);
goto readError;
}
/*
* Set the internal pointers appropriately.
*/
if (!AdjustIconImagePointers( &(lpIR->IconImages[i]))) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error converting to internal format",
NULL);
goto readError;
}
lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon =
MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(&(lpIR->IconImages[i]), isIcon);
}
/*
* Clean up
*/
ckfree((char *) lpIDE);
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
if (lpIR == NULL){
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Reading of ", Tcl_GetString(fileName),
" failed!", NULL);
return NULL;
}
return lpIR;
readError:
Tcl_Close(NULL, channel);
for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) {
if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits);
}
}
ckfree((char *) lpIDE);
ckfree((char *) lpIR);
return NULL;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetTopLevel --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 |
* completed, then the user data slot will not have been set yet, so we
* use the global createWindow variable.
*/
if (tsdPtr->createWindow) {
return tsdPtr->createWindow;
}
| | | 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 |
* completed, then the user data slot will not have been set yet, so we
* use the global createWindow variable.
*/
if (tsdPtr->createWindow) {
return tsdPtr->createWindow;
}
return (TkWindow *) GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* SetLimits --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 |
*/
static void
SetLimits(
HWND hwnd,
MINMAXINFO *info)
{
| | | 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 |
*/
static void
SetLimits(
HWND hwnd,
MINMAXINFO *info)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
int maxWidth, maxHeight;
int minWidth, minHeight;
int base;
TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
if (winPtr == NULL) {
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 |
#endif
if (!initialized) {
return;
}
initialized = 0;
| | > | | 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 |
#endif
if (!initialized) {
return;
}
initialized = 0;
tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
return;
}
tsdPtr->initialized = 0;
UnregisterClass(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, hInstance);
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmNewWindow --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmNewWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
| > > | | 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmNewWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
wmPtr = (WmInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo));
/*
* Initialize full structure, then set what isn't NULL
*/
ZeroMemory(wmPtr, sizeof(WmInfo));
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 |
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = wmPtr->reqGridHeight = -1;
wmPtr->gravity = NorthWestGravity;
wmPtr->width = -1;
wmPtr->height = -1;
wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
| | | | | 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 |
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = wmPtr->reqGridHeight = -1;
wmPtr->gravity = NorthWestGravity;
wmPtr->width = -1;
wmPtr->height = -1;
wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x;
wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y;
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
wmPtr->colorref = (COLORREF)0;
wmPtr->alpha = 1.0;
wmPtr->configWidth = -1;
wmPtr->configHeight = -1;
wmPtr->flags = WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
wmPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr;
winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr;
/*
* Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order to
* detect size and position changes caused by window managers.
*/
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask,
TopLevelEventProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
/*
* Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the
* window manager.
*/
Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, (ClientData) 0);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* UpdateWrapper --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateWrapper(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window to redecorate. */
{
| | | | 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
UpdateWrapper(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window to redecorate. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
HWND parentHWND, oldWrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
HWND child, nextHWND, focusHWND;
int x, y, width, height, state;
WINDOWPLACEMENT place;
HICON hSmallIcon = NULL;
HICON hBigIcon = NULL;
Tcl_DString titleString, classString;
int *childStateInfo = NULL;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (winPtr->window == None) {
/*
* Ensure existence of the window to update the wrapper for.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 |
wmPtr->wrapper = (HWND) winPtr->privatePtr;
if (wmPtr->wrapper == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("UpdateWrapper: Cannot find container window");
}
if (!IsWindow(wmPtr->wrapper)) {
Tcl_Panic("UpdateWrapper: Container was destroyed");
}
} else {
/*
* Pick the decorative frame style. Override redirect windows get
* created as undecorated popups if they have no transient parent,
* otherwise they are children. This allows splash screens to operate
| > | | | | | | | | 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 |
wmPtr->wrapper = (HWND) winPtr->privatePtr;
if (wmPtr->wrapper == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("UpdateWrapper: Cannot find container window");
}
if (!IsWindow(wmPtr->wrapper)) {
Tcl_Panic("UpdateWrapper: Container was destroyed");
}
} else {
/*
* Pick the decorative frame style. Override redirect windows get
* created as undecorated popups if they have no transient parent,
* otherwise they are children. This allows splash screens to operate
* as an independent window, while having dropdows (like for a
* combobox) not grab focus away from their parent. Transient windows
* get a modal dialog frame. Neither override, nor transient windows
* appear in the Windows taskbar. Note that a transient window does
* not resize by default, so we need to explicitly add the
* WS_THICKFRAME style if we want it to be resizeable.
*/
if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) {
wmPtr->style = WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE;
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_OVERRIDE_STYLE;
/*
* Parent must be desktop even if we have a transient parent.
*/
parentHWND = GetDesktopWindow();
if (wmPtr->masterPtr) {
wmPtr->style |= WS_CHILD;
} else {
wmPtr->style |= WS_POPUP;
}
} else if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) {
wmPtr->style = WM_FULLSCREEN_STYLE;
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE;
} else if (wmPtr->masterPtr) {
wmPtr->style = WM_TRANSIENT_STYLE;
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE;
parentHWND = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(wmPtr->masterPtr));
if (! ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) &&
(wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE))) {
wmPtr->style |= WS_THICKFRAME;
}
} else {
wmPtr->style = WM_TOPLEVEL_STYLE;
wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE;
}
wmPtr->style |= wmPtr->styleConfig;
wmPtr->exStyle |= wmPtr->exStyleConfig;
if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE)
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE)) {
wmPtr->style &= ~ (WS_MAXIMIZEBOX | WS_SIZEBOX);
}
/*
* Compute the geometry of the parent and child windows.
*/
wmPtr->flags |= WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING;
UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData)winPtr);
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING);
width = wmPtr->borderWidth + winPtr->changes.width;
height = wmPtr->borderHeight + winPtr->changes.height;
/*
* Set the initial position from the user or program specified
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 | /* * Create the containing window, and set the user data to point to the * TkWindow. */ tsdPtr->createWindow = winPtr; | < | < | > > > | > | | > | < | < | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 |
/*
* Create the containing window, and set the user data to point to the
* TkWindow.
*/
tsdPtr->createWindow = winPtr;
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(((wmPtr->title != NULL) ?
wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString);
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, -1, &classString);
wmPtr->wrapper = (*tkWinProcs->createWindowEx)(wmPtr->exStyle,
(LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&classString),
(LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),
wmPtr->style, x, y, width, height,
parentHWND, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL);
Tcl_DStringFree(&classString);
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (INT_PTR) winPtr);
tsdPtr->createWindow = NULL;
if ((wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED)
&& setLayeredWindowAttributesProc != NULL) {
/*
* The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows wants an
* int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the translation. Add
* the 0.5 to round the value.
*/
setLayeredWindowAttributesProc((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
(unsigned)(LWA_ALPHA | (wmPtr->crefObj?LWA_COLORKEY:0)));
} else {
/*
* Layering not used or supported.
*/
wmPtr->alpha = 1.0;
if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
}
}
place.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
GetWindowPlacement(wmPtr->wrapper, &place);
wmPtr->x = place.rcNormalPosition.left;
wmPtr->y = place.rcNormalPosition.top;
if( !(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) )
TkInstallFrameMenu((Tk_Window) winPtr);
if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper)
&& !(wmPtr->exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST)) {
/*
* We will adjust wrapper to have the same Z order as oldWrapper
* if it isn't a TOPMOST window.
*/
nextHWND = GetNextWindow(oldWrapper, GW_HWNDPREV);
}
}
/*
* Now we need to reparent the contained window and set its style
* appropriately. Be sure to update the style first so that Windows
* doesn't try to set the focus to the child window.
*/
SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWL_STYLE,
WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS);
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) TopLevelProc);
}
SetParent(child, wmPtr->wrapper);
if (oldWrapper) {
hSmallIcon = (HICON) SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL,
(LPARAM) NULL);
hBigIcon = (HICON) SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_BIG,
(LPARAM) NULL);
}
if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper)
&& (oldWrapper != GetDesktopWindow())) {
SetWindowLongPtr(oldWrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG) 0);
if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) {
/*
* Unset the current wrapper as the parent for all transient
* children for whom this is the master
*/
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
childStateInfo = (int *)
ckalloc((unsigned) wmPtr->numTransients * sizeof(int));
state = 0;
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr
&& !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
childStateInfo[state++] = wmPtr2->hints.initial_state;
SetParent(TkWinGetHWND(wmPtr2->winPtr->window), NULL);
}
}
}
/*
* Remove the menubar before destroying the window so the menubar
* isn't destroyed.
*/
SetMenu(oldWrapper, NULL);
DestroyWindow(oldWrapper);
}
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED;
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED
&& SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ATTACHWINDOW, (WPARAM)child, 0)){
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ,
Tk_ReqWidth((Tk_Window)winPtr),
Tk_ReqHeight((Tk_Window)winPtr));
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) wmPtr->hMenu,
(LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr));
}
/*
* Force an initial transition from withdrawn to the real initial state.
* Set the Z order based on previous wrapper before we set the state.
*/
state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state;
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
if (nextHWND) {
SetWindowPos(wmPtr->wrapper, nextHWND, 0, 0, 0, 0,
SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
|SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state);
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
if (hSmallIcon != NULL) {
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper,WM_SETICON,ICON_SMALL,(LPARAM)hSmallIcon);
}
if (hBigIcon != NULL) {
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper,WM_SETICON,ICON_BIG,(LPARAM)hBigIcon);
}
/*
* If we are embedded then force a mapping of the window now, because we
* do not necessarily own the wrapper and may not get another opportunity
* to map ourselves. We should not be in either iconified or zoomed states
* when we get here, so it is safe to just check for TK_EMBEDDED without
* checking what state we are supposed to be in (default to NormalState).
*/
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
if(state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState;
}
XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
}
/*
* Set up menus on the wrapper if required.
*/
if (wmPtr->hMenu != NULL) {
wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING;
SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, wmPtr->hMenu);
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
}
if (childStateInfo) {
if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) {
/*
* Reset all transient children for whom this is the master.
*/
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
state = 0;
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr
&& !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr);
TkpWmSetState(wmPtr2->winPtr, childStateInfo[state++]);
}
}
}
ckfree((char *) childStateInfo);
}
/*
* If this is the first window created by the application, then we should
* activate the initial window. Otherwise, if this had the focus, we need
* to restore that.
* XXX: Rewrapping generates a <FocusOut> and <FocusIn> that would best be
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 |
*/
void
TkWmMapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* mapped. */
{
| | | > | | 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 |
*/
void
TkWmMapWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be
* mapped. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (!tsdPtr->initialized) {
InitWm();
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) {
/*
* Don't map a transient if the master is not mapped.
*/
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL &&
!Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState;
return;
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) {
return;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 |
} else if (state == IconicState) {
cmd = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE;
} else if (state == NormalState) {
cmd = SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE;
} else if (state == ZoomState) {
cmd = SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED;
} else {
| | | 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 |
} else if (state == IconicState) {
cmd = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE;
} else if (state == NormalState) {
cmd = SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE;
} else if (state == ZoomState) {
cmd = SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED;
} else {
goto setStateEnd;
}
ShowWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, cmd);
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
setStateEnd:
return 1;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
{
| | | < | | | | | | 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmDeadWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
/*
* Clean up event related window info.
*/
if (winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr == wmPtr) {
winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
register WmInfo *prevPtr;
for (prevPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ;
prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("couldn't unlink window in TkWmDeadWindow");
}
if (prevPtr->nextPtr == wmPtr) {
prevPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->nextPtr;
break;
}
}
}
/*
* Reset all transient windows whose master is the dead window.
*/
for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL;
wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) {
if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) {
wmPtr->numTransients--;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) wmPtr2->winPtr);
wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL;
if ((wmPtr2->wrapper != NULL)
&& !(wmPtr2->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr);
}
}
}
if (wmPtr->numTransients != 0)
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 |
wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
}
while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 |
wmPtr2->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
}
while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) {
ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
}
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
wmPtr2 = wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
/*
* If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore.
*/
if (wmPtr2 != NULL) {
wmPtr2->numTransients--;
}
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
}
if (wmPtr->crefObj != NULL) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
}
/*
* Destroy the decorative frame window.
*/
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
DestroyWindow(wmPtr->wrapper);
} else if (winPtr->window) {
DestroyWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window));
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0);
}
}
if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) {
/*
* This may delete the icon resource data. I believe we should do this
* after destroying the decorative frame, because the decorative frame
* is using this icon.
*/
DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr);
}
ckfree((char *) wmPtr);
winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL;
}
/*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmSetClass --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmSetClass(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
| < < | 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 |
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWmSetClass(
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */
{
/* Do nothing */
return;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_WmObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| > | | | < | < | < | | | | | > | | | | | | < < | 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 |
*
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
int
Tk_WmObjCmd(
ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows",
"command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame",
"geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap",
"iconify", "iconmask", "iconname",
"iconphoto", "iconposition",
"iconwindow", "manage", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect",
"positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom",
"stackorder", "state", "title", "transient",
"withdraw", NULL
};
enum options {
WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS,
WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FORGET, WMOPT_FRAME,
WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, WMOPT_ICONBITMAP,
WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME,
WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION,
WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT,
WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM,
WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT,
WMOPT_WITHDRAW
};
int index, length;
char *argv1;
TkWindow *winPtr, **winPtrPtr = &winPtr;
TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr;
if (objc < 2) {
wrongNumArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length);
if ((argv1[0] == 't') && !strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (unsigned) length)
&& (length >= 3)) {
int wmTracing;
if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 2) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
((dispPtr->flags & TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING) ? "on" : "off"),
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[2], &wmTracing) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmTracing) {
dispPtr->flags |= TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
} else {
dispPtr->flags &= ~TK_DISPLAY_WM_TRACING;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc < 3) {
goto wrongNumArgs;
}
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], (Tk_Window *) winPtrPtr)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) &&
(index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
switch ((enum options) index) {
case WMOPT_ASPECT:
return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv);
case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 |
WmAspectCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | | | < | | < | < | 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 |
WmAspectCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?minNumer minDenom maxNumer maxDenom?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PAspect) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", wmPtr->minAspect.x,
wmPtr->minAspect.y, wmPtr->maxAspect.x,
wmPtr->maxAspect.y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect;
} else {
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) || (denom2 <= 0)) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1;
wmPtr->minAspect.y = denom1;
wmPtr->maxAspect.x = numer2;
wmPtr->maxAspect.y = denom2;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PAspect;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 |
WmAttributesCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | < | 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 |
WmAttributesCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL;
char *string;
int i, boolean, length;
int config_fullscreen = 0, updatewrapper = 0;
int fullscreen_attr_changed = 0, fullscreen_attr = 0;
if ((objc < 3) || ((objc > 5) && ((objc%2) == 0))) {
configArgs:
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window"
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-transparentcolor", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-disabled", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
| | | | | | | | | | | | < | | < | 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 |
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-transparentcolor", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
wmPtr->crefObj ? wmPtr->crefObj : Tcl_NewObj());
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-disabled", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((style & WS_DISABLED)));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-fullscreen", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-toolwindow", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW)));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewStringObj("-topmost", -1));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr,
Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST)));
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length);
if ((length < 2) || (string[0] != '-')) {
goto configArgs;
}
if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
stylePtr = &style;
styleBit = WS_DISABLED;
} else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", (unsigned) length) == 0)
|| ((length > 2) && (strncmp(string, "-transparentcolor",
(unsigned) length) == 0))) {
stylePtr = &exStyle;
styleBit = WS_EX_LAYERED;
} else if (strncmp(string, "-fullscreen", (unsigned) length) == 0) {
config_fullscreen = 1;
styleBit = 0;
} else if ((length > 3)
&& (strncmp(string, "-toolwindow", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
stylePtr = &exStyle;
styleBit = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
if (objc != 4) {
/*
* Changes to toolwindow style require an update
*/
updatewrapper = 1;
}
} else if ((length > 3)
&& (strncmp(string, "-topmost", (unsigned) length) == 0)) {
stylePtr = &exStyle;
styleBit = WS_EX_TOPMOST;
if ((i < objc-1) && (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't set topmost flag on ",
winPtr->pathName, ": it is an embedded window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
goto configArgs;
}
if (styleBit == WS_EX_LAYERED) {
if (objc == 4) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 |
if (dval < 0.0) {
dval = 0;
} else if (dval > 1.0) {
dval = 1;
}
wmPtr->alpha = dval;
} else { /* -transparentcolor */
| | | 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 |
if (dval < 0.0) {
dval = 0;
} else if (dval > 1.0) {
dval = 1;
}
wmPtr->alpha = dval;
} else { /* -transparentcolor */
char *crefstr = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i+1], &length);
if (length == 0) {
/* reset to no transparent color */
if (wmPtr->crefObj) {
Tcl_DecrRefCount(wmPtr->crefObj);
wmPtr->crefObj = NULL;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 | (BYTE) (cPtr->blue >> 8)); Tk_FreeColor(cPtr); } } /* * Only ever add the WS_EX_LAYERED bit, as it can cause | | < > | | | | | | | | | | < | 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 |
(BYTE) (cPtr->blue >> 8));
Tk_FreeColor(cPtr);
}
}
/*
* Only ever add the WS_EX_LAYERED bit, as it can cause
* flashing to change this window style. This allows things
* like fading tooltips to avoid flash ugliness without
* forcing all window to be layered.
*/
if ((wmPtr->alpha < 1.0) || (wmPtr->crefObj != NULL)) {
*stylePtr |= styleBit;
}
if ((setLayeredWindowAttributesProc != NULL)
&& (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
/*
* Set the window directly regardless of UpdateWrapper.
* The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows
* wants an int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the
* translation. Add the 0.5 to round the value.
*/
if (!(wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED)) {
SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE,
*stylePtr);
}
setLayeredWindowAttributesProc((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper,
wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5),
(unsigned) (LWA_ALPHA |
(wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0)));
}
}
} else {
if ((i < objc-1) &&
(Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &boolean)
!= TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (config_fullscreen) {
if (objc == 4) {
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN));
} else {
fullscreen_attr_changed = 1;
fullscreen_attr = boolean;
}
config_fullscreen = 0;
} else if (objc == 4) {
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp),
((*stylePtr & styleBit) != 0));
} else if (boolean) {
*stylePtr |= styleBit;
} else {
*stylePtr &= ~styleBit;
}
}
if ((styleBit == WS_EX_TOPMOST) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
/*
* Force the topmost position aspect to ensure that switching
* between (no)topmost reflects properly when rewrapped.
*/
SetWindowPos(wmPtr->wrapper,
((exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST) ?
HWND_TOPMOST : HWND_NOTOPMOST), 0, 0, 0, 0,
SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
|SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 |
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
}
}
}
if (fullscreen_attr_changed) {
if (fullscreen_attr) {
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
| | | | < | | | | | | 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 |
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
}
}
}
if (fullscreen_attr_changed) {
if (fullscreen_attr) {
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't set fullscreen attribute for \"",
winPtr->pathName, "\": override-redirect flag is set",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Check max width and height if set by the user, don't worry
* about the default values since they will likely be smaller than
* screen width/height.
*/
if (((wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) &&
(WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxWidth)) ||
((wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) &&
(HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxHeight))) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"can't set fullscreen attribute for \"",
winPtr->pathName, "\": max width/height is too small",
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
TkpWmSetFullScreen(winPtr, fullscreen_attr);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 |
WmClientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | < < | | | | | > | | 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 |
WmClientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, wmPtr->clientMachine, TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE"));
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine);
}
wmPtr->clientMachine = (char *)
ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XTextProperty textProp;
if (XStringListToTextProperty(&wmPtr->clientMachine, 1, &textProp)
!= 0) {
XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
&textProp);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 |
WmColormapwindowsCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | > | < < | < | > | | | 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 |
WmColormapwindowsCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow **cmapList;
TkWindow *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
int i, windowObjc, gotToplevel;
Tcl_Obj **windowObjv;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?windowList?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
for (i = 0; i < wmPtr->cmapCount; i++) {
if ((i == (wmPtr->cmapCount-1))
&& (wmPtr->flags & WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP)) {
break;
}
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, wmPtr->cmapList[i]->pathName);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[3], &windowObjc, &windowObjv)
!= TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
cmapList = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned)
((windowObjc+1)*sizeof(TkWindow*)));
gotToplevel = 0;
for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i],
(Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *) cmapList);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr2 == winPtr) {
gotToplevel = 1;
}
if (winPtr2->window == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr2);
}
cmapList[i] = winPtr2;
}
if (!gotToplevel) {
wmPtr->flags |= WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
cmapList[windowObjc] = winPtr;
windowObjc++;
} else {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP;
}
wmPtr->flags |= WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT;
if (wmPtr->cmapList != NULL) {
ckfree((char *)wmPtr->cmapList);
}
wmPtr->cmapList = cmapList;
wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;
/*
* Now we need to force the updated colormaps to be installed.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 |
WmCommandCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < > | < < < | | | 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 |
WmCommandCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int cmdArgc;
const char **cmdArgv;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv), TCL_DYNAMIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (argv3[0] == 0) {
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
wmPtr->cmdArgv = NULL;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window,
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_COMMAND"));
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, argv3, &cmdArgc, &cmdArgv) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv);
}
wmPtr->cmdArgc = cmdArgc;
wmPtr->cmdArgv = cmdArgv;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XSetCommand(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, (char **) cmdArgv, cmdArgc);
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 |
WmDeiconifyCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < < | | < | | | < < | 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 |
WmDeiconifyCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
if (!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DEICONIFY, 0, 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", winPtr->pathName,
": the container does not support the request", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 |
WmFocusmodelCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < < | > | | | 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 |
WmFocusmodelCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"active", "passive", NULL
};
enum options {
OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE
};
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?active|passive?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (wmPtr->hints.input ? "passive" : "active"),
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) {
wmPtr->hints.input = False;
} else { /* OPT_PASSIVE */
wmPtr->hints.input = True;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 | * Side effects: * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < | < | 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 |
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
{
register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED);
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr->parentPtr);
RemapWindows(winPtr, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->parentPtr->window));
TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr);
/* flags (above) must be cleared before calling */
/* TkMapTopFrame (below) */
TkMapTopFrame(frameWin);
} else {
/* Already not managed by wm - ignore it */
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmFrameCmd --
*
* This function is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See
* the user documentation for details on what it does.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 |
WmFrameCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | | | 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 |
WmFrameCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
HWND hwnd;
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr) == None) {
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr);
}
hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper;
if (hwnd == NULL) {
hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr));
}
sprintf(buf, "0x%x", PTR2INT(hwnd));
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmGeometryCmd --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 |
WmGeometryCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < < > > > | | < | > | > < | 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 |
WmGeometryCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char xSign, ySign;
int width, height;
char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newGeometry?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
int x, y;
xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+';
ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+';
if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) {
width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (winPtr->changes.width
- winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc;
height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight + (winPtr->changes.height
- winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc;
} else {
width = winPtr->changes.width;
height = winPtr->changes.height;
}
if(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
int result = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1);
wmPtr->x = result >> 16;
wmPtr->y = result & 0x0000ffff;
}
x = wmPtr->x;
y = wmPtr->y;
sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d", width, height, xSign, x, ySign, y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
wmPtr->width = -1;
wmPtr->height = -1;
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 |
WmGridCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | | | < | | | 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 |
WmGridCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 7)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?baseWidth baseHeight widthInc heightInc?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PBaseSize) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", wmPtr->reqGridWidth,
wmPtr->reqGridHeight, wmPtr->widthInc,
wmPtr->heightInc);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
/*
* Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as
* ungridded numbers.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 |
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reqWidth < 0) {
| < | < < | < < | < < | < | 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 |
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reqWidth < 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "baseWidth can't be < 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (reqHeight < 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "baseHeight can't be < 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (widthInc <= 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "widthInc can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (heightInc <= 0) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "heightInc can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_SetGrid((Tk_Window) winPtr, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc,
heightInc);
}
WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr);
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 |
WmGroupCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | | | | 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 |
WmGroupCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
char *argv3;
int length;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & WindowGroupHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, wmPtr->leaderName, TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~WindowGroupHint;
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->leaderName = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin2);
if (wmPtr->leaderName != NULL) {
ckfree(wmPtr->leaderName);
}
wmPtr->hints.window_group = Tk_WindowId(tkwin2);
wmPtr->hints.flags |= WindowGroupHint;
wmPtr->leaderName = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
strcpy(wmPtr->leaderName, argv3);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 |
WmIconbitmapCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < | | | < | | | 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 |
WmIconbitmapCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
char *string;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-default? ?image?");
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (objc == 5) {
/*
* If we have 5 arguments, we must have a '-default' flag.
*/
char *argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (strcmp(argv3, "-default")) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "illegal option \"", argv3,
"\" must be \"-default\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
useWinPtr = NULL;
} else if (objc == 3) {
/*
* No arguments were given.
*/
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)
Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap),
TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
string = Tcl_GetString(objv[objc-1]);
if (*string == '\0') {
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap != None) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 | /* * We didn't manage to handle the argument as a valid icon. Try as * a bitmap. First we must clear the error message which was * placed in the interpreter. */ Pixmap pixmap; | < | 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096 4097 4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104 4105 |
/*
* We didn't manage to handle the argument as a valid icon. Try as
* a bitmap. First we must clear the error message which was
* placed in the interpreter.
*/
Pixmap pixmap;
Tcl_ResetResult(interp);
pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr, string);
if (pixmap == None) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap;
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 |
WmIconifyCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < < | | | < < | | < < < | | | < < | < | < | 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172 4173 4174 4175 4176 4177 |
WmIconifyCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
if(!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ICONIFY, 0, 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName,
": the container does not support the request", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": it is a transient", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName,
": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 |
WmIconmaskCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 |
WmIconmaskCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Pixmap pixmap;
char *argv3;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?bitmap?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)
Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask),
TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
if (*argv3 == '\0') {
if (wmPtr->hints.icon_mask != None) {
Tk_FreeBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 |
WmIconnameCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | < | | > | | | | | 4253 4254 4255 4256 4257 4258 4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280 4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 |
WmIconnameCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int length;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp,
((wmPtr->iconName != NULL) ? wmPtr->iconName : ""),
TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
} else {
if (wmPtr->iconName != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->iconName);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4308 4309 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
int i, width, height, idx, bufferSize, startObj = 3;
union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraPixel;
| | < | 4310 4311 4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327 4328 4329 4330 |
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */
Tk_PhotoHandle photo;
Tk_PhotoImageBlock block;
int i, width, height, idx, bufferSize, startObj = 3;
union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraPixel;
void *bgraMaskPtr;
BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR;
WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL;
HICON hIcon;
unsigned size;
BITMAPINFO bmInfo;
ICONINFO iconInfo;
if (objc < 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv,
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4339 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 |
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) {
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
if (photo == NULL) {
| | | < < | | | | | | < | | | | | < | | < < | | | < | | | | < | | < | < | | < | | < | | 4340 4341 4342 4343 4344 4345 4346 4347 4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354 4355 4356 4357 4358 4359 4360 4361 4362 4363 4364 4365 4366 4367 4368 4369 4370 4371 4372 4373 4374 4375 4376 4377 4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 |
"window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) {
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
if (photo == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]),
"\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
}
/*
* We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed
* memory space.
*/
size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + (sizeof(ICONIMAGE) * (objc-startObj-1));
lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) attemptckalloc(size);
if (lpIR == NULL) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ZeroMemory(lpIR, size);
lpIR->nNumImages = objc - startObj;
for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) {
photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]));
Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height);
Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block);
/*
* Don't use CreateIcon to create the icon, as it requires color
* bitmap data in device-dependent format. Instead we use
* CreateIconIndirect which takes device-independent bitmaps
* and converts them as required. Initialise icon info structure.
*/
ZeroMemory( &iconInfo, sizeof iconInfo );
iconInfo.fIcon = TRUE;
/*
* Create device-independant color bitmap.
*/
ZeroMemory(&bmInfo,sizeof bmInfo);
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width;
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height;
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1;
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 32;
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB;
iconInfo.hbmColor = CreateDIBSection( NULL, &bmInfo,
DIB_RGB_COLORS, &bgraPixel.voidPtr, NULL, 0 );
if ( !iconInfo.hbmColor ) {
ckfree((char *) lpIR);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create color bitmap for \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Convert the photo image data into BGRA format (RGBQUAD).
*/
bufferSize = height * width * 4;
for (idx = 0 ; idx < bufferSize ; idx += 4) {
bgraPixel.ptr[idx] = block.pixelPtr[idx+2];
bgraPixel.ptr[idx+1] = block.pixelPtr[idx+1];
bgraPixel.ptr[idx+2] = block.pixelPtr[idx+0];
bgraPixel.ptr[idx+3] = block.pixelPtr[idx+3];
}
/*
* Create a dummy mask bitmap. The contents of this don't
* appear to matter, as CreateIconIndirect will setup the icon
* mask based on the alpha channel in our color bitmap.
*/
bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 1;
iconInfo.hbmMask = CreateDIBSection( NULL, &bmInfo,
DIB_RGB_COLORS, &bgraMaskPtr, NULL, 0 );
if ( !iconInfo.hbmMask ) {
DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor);
ckfree((char *) lpIR);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create mask bitmap for \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
ZeroMemory( bgraMaskPtr, width*height/8 );
/*
* Create an icon from the bitmaps.
*/
hIcon = CreateIconIndirect( &iconInfo);
DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor);
DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmMask);
if (hIcon == NULL) {
/*
* XXX should free up created icons.
*/
ckfree((char *) lpIR);
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create icon for \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Width = width;
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Height = height;
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Colors = 4;
lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].hIcon = hIcon;
}
titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance));
titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR;
titlebaricon->refCount = 1;
if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) {
/*
* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 |
WmIconpositionCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | | | | | | 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493 4494 4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516 4517 4518 4519 4520 4521 |
WmIconpositionCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?x y?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPositionHint) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", wmPtr->hints.icon_x,
wmPtr->hints.icon_y);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconPositionHint;
} else {
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &x) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &y) != TCL_OK)){
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->hints.icon_x = x;
wmPtr->hints.icon_y = y;
wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 |
WmIconwindowCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 |
WmIconwindowCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
Tk_Window tkwin2;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?pathName?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(wmPtr->icon), TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint;
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 |
}
wmPtr->icon = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
| | | < < | | < | | 4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588 4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600 |
}
wmPtr->icon = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], &tkwin2) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
" as icon window: not at top level", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
" is already an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor),
NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) {
WmInfo *wmPtr3 = ((TkWindow *) wmPtr->icon)->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr3->iconFor = NULL;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 | * Side effects: * See the user documentation. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int | | | | | | | | | < < < | | | < | 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654 4655 4656 4657 4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 |
* Side effects:
* See the user documentation.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv)
Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */
int objc; /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */
{
register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) {
if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"",
Tk_PathName(frameWin), "\" is not manageable: must be "
"a frame, labelframe or toplevel", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkFocusSplit(winPtr);
Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin);
winPtr->flags |= TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED;
RemapWindows(winPtr, NULL);
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 |
WmMaxsizeCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | < | | | 4702 4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 |
WmMaxsizeCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
GetMaxSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", width, height);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->maxWidth = width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 |
WmMinsizeCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | < | | | 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 |
WmMinsizeCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
GetMinSize(wmPtr, &width, &height);
sprintf(buf, "%d %d", width, height);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr->minWidth = width;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 |
WmOverrideredirectCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | | | | < | | | | | 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810 4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825 4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 |
WmOverrideredirectCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int boolean, curValue;
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
curValue = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, -1, -1)-1;
if (curValue < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"Container does not support overrideredirect", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
}
if (objc == 3) {
Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), curValue);
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &boolean) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (curValue != boolean) {
if(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, boolean, 0);
} else {
/*
* Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
* some funky stuff to occur.
*/
atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False;
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect,
&atts);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 |
WmPositionfromCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < < < | | < | | | 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902 4903 4904 4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 |
WmPositionfromCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"program", "user", NULL
};
enum options {
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
};
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user/program?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USPosition) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "user", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PPosition) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "program", TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition);
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_USER) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PPosition;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
} else {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USPosition;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 |
WmProtocolCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | < < < | | < | < | | | | 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943 4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 4966 4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976 4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994 4995 4996 4997 4998 4999 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 5009 |
WmProtocolCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr;
Atom protocol;
char *cmd;
int cmdLength;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?name? ?command?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
/*
* Return a list of all defined protocols for the window.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp,
Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protPtr->protocol));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
protocol = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
if (objc == 4) {
/*
* Return the command to handle a given protocol.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, protPtr->command, TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_OK;
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the
* specified command, unless the command is empty.
*/
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL;
prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) {
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
} else {
prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr;
}
Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC);
break;
}
}
cmd = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[4], &cmdLength);
if (cmdLength > 0) {
protPtr = (ProtocolHandler *) ckalloc(HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength));
protPtr->protocol = protocol;
protPtr->nextPtr = wmPtr->protPtr;
wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr;
protPtr->interp = interp;
memcpy(protPtr->command, cmd, cmdLength + 1);
}
return TCL_OK;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5064 5065 5066 5067 5068 5069 5070 |
WmResizableCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < | > | | | | 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055 5056 5057 |
WmResizableCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int width, height;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?width height?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2];
sprintf(buf, "%d %d",
(wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1,
(wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE);
return TCL_OK;
}
if ((Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK)
|| (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (width) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 |
WmSizefromCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < < < | | < | | | 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 |
WmSizefromCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"program", "user", NULL
};
enum options {
OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER
};
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?user|program?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & USSize) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "user", TCL_STATIC);
} else if (wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & PSize) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "program", TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize);
} else {
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_USER) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PSize;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USSize;
} else { /* OPT_PROGRAM */
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~USSize;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 |
WmStackorderCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < | | > | | < < | < < | | | < < | | < | | < > < | < < | | | | | | | | | | | > | | | | | > | | | > | 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194 5195 5196 5197 5198 5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206 5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214 5215 5216 5217 5218 5219 5220 5221 5222 5223 5224 5225 5226 5227 5228 5229 5230 5231 5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241 5242 5243 5244 5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253 5254 5255 5256 5257 5258 5259 5260 5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 |
WmStackorderCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"isabove", "isbelow", NULL
};
enum options {
OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW
};
int index;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?isabove|isbelow window?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr);
if (windows == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("TkWmStackorderToplevel failed");
} else {
for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (*window_ptr)->pathName);
}
ckfree((char *) windows);
return TCL_OK;
}
} else {
TkWindow *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2;
int index1=-1, index2=-1, result;
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4],
(Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName,
"\" isn't a top-level window", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\" isn't mapped", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName,
"\" isn't mapped", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
* Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and
* find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order.
*/
windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr);
if (windows == NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else {
for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) {
if (*window_ptr == winPtr) {
index1 = (window_ptr - windows);
}
if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) {
index2 = (window_ptr - windows);
}
}
if (index1 == -1) {
Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found");
}
if (index2 == -1) {
Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found");
}
ckfree((char *) windows);
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) {
result = index1 > index2;
} else { /* OPT_ISBELOW */
result = index1 < index2;
}
Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), result);
return TCL_OK;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WmStateCmd --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 |
WmStateCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | < | | | < | | | 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301 5302 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5311 5312 5313 5314 5315 |
WmStateCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
static const char *optionStrings[] = {
"normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", NULL
};
enum options {
OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN, OPT_ZOOMED
};
int index;
if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?state?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 4) {
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ",
Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), ": it is an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0,
&index) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
int state = 0;
switch (index) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 |
case OPT_ZOOMED:
state = ZoomState;
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("unexpected index");
}
| | < | | | | | < < < | < | | < < < < | | | > > | > > | > > | > > < | 5325 5326 5327 5328 5329 5330 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343 5344 5345 5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378 5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 |
case OPT_ZOOMED:
state = ZoomState;
break;
default:
Tcl_Panic("unexpected index");
}
if (state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ",
winPtr->pathName,
": the container does not support the request", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (index == OPT_NORMAL) {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
/*
* This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the
* window to be raised and receive focus.
*/
} else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) {
if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName,
"\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"",
winPtr->pathName, "\": it is a transient", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState);
} else if (index == OPT_WITHDRAWN) {
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
} else if (index == OPT_ZOOMED) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState);
} else {
Tcl_Panic("wm state not matched");
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "icon", TCL_STATIC);
} else {
int state;
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1)-1;
} else {
state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state;
}
switch (state) {
case NormalState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "normal", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case IconicState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "iconic", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case WithdrawnState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "withdrawn", TCL_STATIC);
break;
case ZoomState:
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "zoomed", TCL_STATIC);
break;
}
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 |
WmTitleCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | < | | | | | | < < | < | | > | | | | < < | > | | 5417 5418 5419 5420 5421 5422 5423 5424 5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435 5436 5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443 5444 5445 5446 5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458 5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 |
WmTitleCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
char *argv3;
int length;
HWND wrapper;
if (objc > 4) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
wrapper = (HWND)SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GETFRAMEWID, 0, 0);
} else {
wrapper = wmPtr->wrapper;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (wrapper) {
char buf[512];
Tcl_DString titleString;
int size = tkWinProcs->useWide ? 256 : 512;
(*tkWinProcs->getWindowText)(wrapper, (LPCTSTR)buf, size);
Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &titleString);
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),TCL_VOLATILE);
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
} else {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)
((wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid),
TCL_STATIC);
}
} else {
if (wmPtr->title != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) wmPtr->title);
}
argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length);
wmPtr->title = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1));
strcpy(wmPtr->title, argv3);
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) && wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
Tcl_DString titleString;
Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(wmPtr->title, -1, &titleString);
(*tkWinProcs->setWindowText)(wrapper,
(LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString));
Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 |
WmTransientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | < | | < < | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532 5533 5534 5535 5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 5573 5574 5575 5576 5577 5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587 5588 5589 5590 5591 5592 |
WmTransientCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr;
WmInfo *wmPtr2;
if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?master?");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (objc == 3) {
if (masterPtr != NULL) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(masterPtr), TCL_STATIC);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') {
if (masterPtr != NULL) {
/*
* If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them
* anymore.
*/
masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
}
wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL;
} else {
if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3],
(Tk_Window *) masterPtrPtr) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) {
/*
* Ensure that the master window is actually a Tk toplevel.
*/
masterPtr = masterPtr->parentPtr;
}
Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) masterPtr);
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
"\" a transient: it is an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]),
"\" a master: it is an icon for ",
Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (masterPtr == winPtr) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tk_PathName(winPtr),
"\" its own master", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
} else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) {
/*
* Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new
* master. The event handler will ensure that transient states
* reflect the state of the master.
*/
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) {
wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--;
Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr->masterPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
}
masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients++;
Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) masterPtr,
VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask,
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->masterPtr = masterPtr;
}
}
if (!((wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)
&& !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) {
if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL &&
!Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
} else {
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
}
}
return TCL_OK;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 |
WmWithdrawCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
| | < < | | < | | | < < | > | | | | | 5612 5613 5614 5615 5616 5617 5618 5619 5620 5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631 5632 5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647 5648 5649 5650 5651 5652 5653 5654 5655 5656 5657 5658 5659 5660 5661 5662 5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668 5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685 5686 5687 5688 |
WmWithdrawCmd(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */
int objc, /* Number of arguments. */
Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (objc != 3) {
Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window");
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't withdraw ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
if (SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_WITHDRAW, 0, 0) < 0) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't withdraw", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]),
": the container does not support the request", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
} else {
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*
* Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry
* update.
*/
static void
WmUpdateGeom(
WmInfo *wmPtr,
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*ARGSUSED*/
static void
WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to window. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
TkWindow *masterPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr;
if (masterPtr == NULL)
return;
if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) {
if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState);
}
} else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) {
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
}
if (eventPtr->type == VisibilityNotify) {
int state = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state;
if ((state == NormalState) || (state == ZoomState)) {
state = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state;
if ((state == NormalState) || (state == ZoomState)) {
UpdateWrapper(winPtr);
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789 5790 |
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
* of one grid unit. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
| | | 5720 5721 5722 5723 5724 5725 5726 5727 5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 |
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the
* requested geometry for tkwin. */
int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change
* of one grid unit. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
/*
* Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0
*/
if (widthInc <= 0) {
widthInc = 1;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 |
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
| | | 5788 5789 5790 5791 5792 5793 5794 5795 5796 5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 |
wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin;
wmPtr->reqGridWidth = reqWidth;
wmPtr->reqGridHeight = reqHeight;
wmPtr->widthInc = widthInc;
wmPtr->heightInc = heightInc;
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 |
void
Tk_UnsetGrid(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently
* controlling gridding. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
| | | 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825 5826 5827 5828 5829 5830 5831 |
void
Tk_UnsetGrid(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently
* controlling gridding. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register WmInfo *wmPtr;
/*
* Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager
* information.
*/
while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5912 5913 5914 5915 5916 5917 5918 |
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
| | | 5848 5849 5850 5851 5852 5853 5854 5855 5856 5857 5858 5859 5860 5861 5862 |
wmPtr->height = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->height
- wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc;
}
wmPtr->widthInc = 1;
wmPtr->heightInc = 1;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 |
*/
static void
TopLevelEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Window for which event occurred. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */
{
| | | | 5876 5877 5878 5879 5880 5881 5882 5883 5884 5885 5886 5887 5888 5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894 5895 5896 5897 5898 5899 5900 5901 5902 5903 5904 5905 |
*/
static void
TopLevelEventProc(
ClientData clientData, /* Window for which event occurred. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) {
Tk_ErrorHandler handler;
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) {
/*
* A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window
* manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as
* best we can. The error handler is needed because
* Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course
* it's already gone.
*/
handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1,
(Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL);
Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler);
}
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
5980 5981 5982 5983 5984 5985 5986 5987 5988 5989 5990 5991 5992 5993 |
* Side effects:
* Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
* happens as a when-idle action).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
TopLevelReqProc(
ClientData dummy, /* Not used. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
| > < | | 5916 5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926 5927 5928 5929 5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 |
* Side effects:
* Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this
* happens as a when-idle action).
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
static void
TopLevelReqProc(
ClientData dummy, /* Not used. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
WmInfo *wmPtr;
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr) {
if ((winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) {
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin),
Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin));
}
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6031 6032 6033 6034 6035 6036 6037 |
UpdateGeometryInfo(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
{
int x, y; /* Position of border on desktop. */
int width, height; /* Size of client area. */
int min, max;
RECT rect;
| | | | 5967 5968 5969 5970 5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977 5978 5979 5980 5981 5982 |
UpdateGeometryInfo(
ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */
{
int x, y; /* Position of border on desktop. */
int width, height; /* Size of client area. */
int min, max;
RECT rect;
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
/*
* If the window is minimized or maximized, we should not update our
* geometry since it will end up with the wrong values. ConfigureToplevel
* will reschedule UpdateGeometryInfo when the state of the window
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6204 6205 6206 6207 6208 6209 6210 | /* * The wrapper window is in a different process, so we need to send it * a geometry request. This protocol assumes that the other process * understands this Tk message, otherwise our requested geometry will * be ignored. */ | | | | 6140 6141 6142 6143 6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 |
/*
* The wrapper window is in a different process, so we need to send it
* a geometry request. This protocol assumes that the other process
* understands this Tk message, otherwise our requested geometry will
* be ignored.
*/
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, x, y);
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, width, height);
} else {
int reqHeight, reqWidth;
RECT windowRect;
int menuInc = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENU);
int newHeight;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6307 6308 6309 6310 6311 6312 6313 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParseGeometry(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
| | | | | 6243 6244 6245 6246 6247 6248 6249 6250 6251 6252 6253 6254 6255 6256 6257 6258 6259 6260 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 |
*
*--------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static int
ParseGeometry(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */
char *string, /* String containing new geometry. Has the
* standard form "=wxh+x+y". */
TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry
* is to be changed. */
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
int x, y, width, height, flags;
char *end;
register char *p = string;
/*
* The leading "=" is optional.
*/
if (*p == '=') {
p++;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 6393 6394 | /* * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore * them. */ | | | < | < | 6324 6325 6326 6327 6328 6329 6330 6331 6332 6333 6334 6335 6336 6337 6338 6339 6340 6341 6342 6343 6344 6345 6346 6347 6348 6349 6350 6351 6352 6353 6354 6355 6356 6357 6358 6359 6360 6361 6362 6363 |
/*
* Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an
* explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers
* assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore
* them.
*/
if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
}
}
/*
* Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for
* the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager
* at the next idle moment.
*/
wmPtr->width = width;
wmPtr->height = height;
wmPtr->x = x;
wmPtr->y = y;
flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
wmPtr->flags = flags;
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
return TCL_OK;
error:
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", string, "\"", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetRootCoords --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6444 6445 6446 6447 6448 6449 6450 |
void
Tk_GetRootCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
{
| | | 6378 6379 6380 6381 6382 6383 6384 6385 6386 6387 6388 6389 6390 6391 6392 |
void
Tk_GetRootCoords(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */
int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */
int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */
{
register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
/*
* If the window is mapped, let Windows figure out the translation.
*/
if (winPtr->window != None) {
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6541 6542 6543 6544 6545 6546 6547 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose virtual root is to be
* queried. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
* here. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
{
| < < | 6475 6476 6477 6478 6479 6480 6481 6482 6483 6484 6485 6486 6487 6488 |
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose virtual root is to be
* queried. */
int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root
* here. */
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)
/* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */
{
*xPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN);
*yPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN);
*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVIRTUALSCREEN);
*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVIRTUALSCREEN);
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 |
void
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
| | | | | | 6507 6508 6509 6510 6511 6512 6513 6514 6515 6516 6517 6518 6519 6520 6521 6522 6523 6524 6525 6526 6527 6528 6529 6530 6531 6532 6533 6534 6535 6536 6537 6538 6539 6540 6541 6542 6543 6544 |
void
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */
int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) {
Tcl_Panic("Tk_MoveToplevelWindow called with non-toplevel window");
}
wmPtr->x = x;
wmPtr->y = y;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_MOVE_PENDING;
wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y);
if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) {
wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= USPosition;
}
/*
* If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry
* up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server
* that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position.
*/
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
}
UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmProtocolEventProc --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6626 6627 6628 6629 6630 6631 6632 |
void
TkWmProtocolEventProc(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
| | | | > | | < | | | | 6558 6559 6560 6561 6562 6563 6564 6565 6566 6567 6568 6569 6570 6571 6572 6573 6574 6575 6576 6577 6578 6579 6580 6581 6582 6583 6584 6585 6586 6587 6588 6589 6590 6591 6592 6593 6594 6595 6596 6597 6598 6599 6600 6601 6602 6603 |
void
TkWmProtocolEventProc(
TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */
XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */
{
WmInfo *wmPtr;
register ProtocolHandler *protPtr;
Atom protocol;
int result;
Tcl_Interp *interp;
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr == NULL) {
return;
}
protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0];
for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL;
protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) {
if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) {
/*
* Cache atom name, as we might destroy the window as a result of
* the eval.
*/
const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol);
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) protPtr);
interp = protPtr->interp;
Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp);
result = Tcl_EvalEx(interp, protPtr->command, -1, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
if (result != TCL_OK) {
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command for \"");
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, name);
Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\" window manager protocol)");
Tcl_BackgroundError(interp);
}
Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) protPtr);
return;
}
}
/*
* No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW
* message then just destroy the window.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6702 6703 6704 6705 6706 6707 6708 |
TkWindow *childWinPtr;
TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair =
(TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;
/*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/
| | | | | 6634 6635 6636 6637 6638 6639 6640 6641 6642 6643 6644 6645 6646 6647 6648 6649 6650 6651 6652 6653 6654 6655 6656 6657 6658 6659 6660 6661 6662 6663 6664 6665 |
TkWindow *childWinPtr;
TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair =
(TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam;
/*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/
hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(pair->table, (char *) hwnd);
if (hPtr != NULL) {
childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
/*
* Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice.
*/
if (childWinPtr == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("duplicate HWND in TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc");
} else {
Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, NULL);
}
/*
fprintf(stderr, "Found mapped HWND %d -> %x (%s)\n", hwnd,
childWinPtr, childWinPtr->pathName);
*/
*(pair->window_ptr)-- = childWinPtr;
}
return TRUE;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 |
Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Table to maps HWND to TkWindow */
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
HWND wrapper;
int newEntry;
| | | | 6684 6685 6686 6687 6688 6689 6690 6691 6692 6693 6694 6695 6696 6697 6698 6699 |
Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Table to maps HWND to TkWindow */
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr;
HWND wrapper;
int newEntry;
if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) &&
!Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) {
wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr);
/*
fprintf(stderr, "Mapped HWND %d to %x (%s)\n", wrapper,
winPtr, winPtr->pathName);
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6804 6805 6806 6807 6808 6809 6810 |
/*
* Map HWND ids to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel.
*/
Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
| > | | | | | > > | 6736 6737 6738 6739 6740 6741 6742 6743 6744 6745 6746 6747 6748 6749 6750 6751 6752 6753 6754 6755 6756 6757 6758 6759 6760 6761 6762 6763 6764 6765 6766 6767 6768 6769 6770 6771 6772 6773 6774 6775 6776 6777 6778 6779 6780 6781 6782 6783 6784 |
/*
* Map HWND ids to a TkWindow of the wrapped toplevel.
*/
Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS);
TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table);
windows = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((table.numEntries+1)
* sizeof(TkWindow *));
/*
* Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to
* call EnumWindows.
*/
switch (table.numEntries) {
case 0:
windows[0] = NULL;
goto done;
case 1:
hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search);
windows[0] = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr);
windows[1] = NULL;
goto done;
}
/*
* We will be inserting into the array starting at the end and working our
* way to the beginning since EnumWindows returns windows in highest to
* lowest order.
*/
pair.table = &table;
pair.window_ptr = windows + table.numEntries;
*pair.window_ptr-- = NULL;
if (EnumWindows((WNDENUMPROC) TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc,
(LPARAM) &pair) == 0) {
ckfree((char *) windows);
windows = NULL;
} else if (pair.window_ptr != (windows-1)) {
Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num children");
}
done:
Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table);
return windows;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6900 6901 6902 6903 6904 6905 6906 |
insertAfter = (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper != NULL)
? otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(otherPtr->window);
} else {
insertAfter = NULL;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
| | | | 6835 6836 6837 6838 6839 6840 6841 6842 6843 6844 6845 6846 6847 6848 6849 6850 |
insertAfter = (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper != NULL)
? otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(otherPtr->window);
} else {
insertAfter = NULL;
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, TK_RAISEWINDOW,
(WPARAM)insertAfter, aboveBelow);
} else {
TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, insertAfter, aboveBelow);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
6980 6981 6982 6983 6984 6985 6986 |
}
/*
* Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property.
* Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
*/
| | | | 6915 6916 6917 6918 6919 6920 6921 6922 6923 6924 6925 6926 6927 6928 6929 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6939 |
}
/*
* Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property.
* Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list.
*/
newPtr = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned) ((count+2)*sizeof(TkWindow*)));
if (count > 0) {
memcpy(newPtr, oldPtr, count * sizeof(TkWindow*));
}
if (count == 0) {
count++;
}
newPtr[count-1] = winPtr;
newPtr[count] = topPtr;
if (oldPtr != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) oldPtr);
}
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList = newPtr;
topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1;
/*
* Now we need to force the updated colormaps to be installed.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7122 7123 7124 7125 7126 7127 7128 |
SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, hMenu);
if (!syncPending) {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
}
}
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
| | | | | 7057 7058 7059 7060 7061 7062 7063 7064 7065 7066 7067 7068 7069 7070 7071 7072 7073 7074 7075 7076 |
SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, hMenu);
if (!syncPending) {
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING;
}
}
if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) {
if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING;
}
} else {
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU,
(WPARAM)hMenu, (LPARAM)Tk_GetMenuHWND(tkwin));
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* ConfigureTopLevel --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7207 7208 7209 7210 7211 7212 7213 |
case NormalState:
/*
* Schedule a geometry update. Since we ignore geometry requests
* while in any other state, the geometry info may be stale.
*/
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
| | | 7142 7143 7144 7145 7146 7147 7148 7149 7150 7151 7152 7153 7154 7155 7156 |
case NormalState:
/*
* Schedule a geometry update. Since we ignore geometry requests
* while in any other state, the geometry info may be stale.
*/
if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) {
Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING;
}
/* fall through */
case ZoomState:
XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window);
pos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE;
break;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7410 7411 7412 7413 7414 7415 7416 |
HDC dc;
HPALETTE oldPalette;
TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
WmInfo *wmPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
| | | 7345 7346 7347 7348 7349 7350 7351 7352 7353 7354 7355 7356 7357 7358 7359 |
HDC dc;
HPALETTE oldPalette;
TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
WmInfo *wmPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (winPtr == NULL || (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) ) {
return 0;
}
wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (message == WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE) {
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7440 7441 7442 7443 7444 7445 7446 |
oldPalette = SelectPalette(dc, tsdPtr->systemPalette, FALSE);
if (RealizePalette(dc)) {
RefreshColormap(winPtr->atts.colormap, winPtr->dispPtr);
} else if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 1) {
SelectPalette(dc, oldPalette, TRUE);
RealizePalette(dc);
ReleaseDC(hwnd, dc);
| | > > | 7375 7376 7377 7378 7379 7380 7381 7382 7383 7384 7385 7386 7387 7388 7389 7390 7391 7392 7393 |
oldPalette = SelectPalette(dc, tsdPtr->systemPalette, FALSE);
if (RealizePalette(dc)) {
RefreshColormap(winPtr->atts.colormap, winPtr->dispPtr);
} else if (wmPtr->cmapCount > 1) {
SelectPalette(dc, oldPalette, TRUE);
RealizePalette(dc);
ReleaseDC(hwnd, dc);
SendMessage(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, (WPARAM)hwnd,
(LPARAM)NULL);
return TRUE;
}
} else {
/*
* Window is being notified of a change in the system palette. If this
* window is the foreground window, then we should only install the
* secondary palettes, since the primary was installed in response to
* the WM_QUERYPALETTE message. Otherwise, install all of the
* palettes.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7836 7837 7838 7839 7840 7841 7842 |
*/
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE)) {
winPtr->changes.width = pos->cx;
winPtr->changes.height = pos->cy;
}
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) {
| | | 7773 7774 7775 7776 7777 7778 7779 7780 7781 7782 7783 7784 7785 7786 7787 |
*/
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE)) {
winPtr->changes.width = pos->cx;
winPtr->changes.height = pos->cy;
}
if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) {
long result = SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper,
TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1);
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x = result >> 16;
winPtr->wmInfoPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y = result & 0xffff;
}
GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7904 7905 7906 7907 7908 7909 7910 |
TkWinCancelMouseTimer();
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
break;
case WM_ACTIVATE:
| | | 7841 7842 7843 7844 7845 7846 7847 7848 7849 7850 7851 7852 7853 7854 7855 |
TkWinCancelMouseTimer();
oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL);
break;
case WM_ACTIVATE:
if ( WA_ACTIVE == LOWORD(wParam) ) {
winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd);
if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
/*
* There is a grab in progress so queue an Activate event
*/
GenerateActivateEvent(winPtr, &inMoveSize);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
7981 7982 7983 7984 7985 7986 7987 |
* widgets that use a system color.
*/
break;
case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED,
| | | 7918 7919 7920 7921 7922 7923 7924 7925 7926 7927 7928 7929 7930 7931 7932 |
* widgets that use a system color.
*/
break;
case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED,
hwnd == (HWND)wParam);
goto done;
case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, TRUE);
goto done;
case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8027 8028 8029 8030 8031 8032 8033 |
winPtr = GetTopLevel((HWND) wParam);
if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
/*
* This allows us to pass the message onto the native menus [Bug:
* 2272]
*/
| > | | 7964 7965 7966 7967 7968 7969 7970 7971 7972 7973 7974 7975 7976 7977 7978 7979 |
winPtr = GetTopLevel((HWND) wParam);
if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) {
/*
* This allows us to pass the message onto the native menus [Bug:
* 2272]
*/
result = (*tkWinProcs->defWindowProc)(hwnd, message,
wParam, lParam);
goto done;
}
/*
* Don't activate the window yet since there is a grab that takes
* precedence. Instead we need to queue an event so we can check the
* grab state right before we handle the mouse event.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8101 8102 8103 8104 8105 8106 8107 |
case WM_MENUCHAR:
case WM_MEASUREITEM:
case WM_DRAWITEM:
case WM_MENUSELECT:
case WM_ENTERIDLE:
case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
if (winPtr) {
| | | | > | | | 8039 8040 8041 8042 8043 8044 8045 8046 8047 8048 8049 8050 8051 8052 8053 8054 8055 8056 8057 8058 8059 8060 8061 8062 8063 8064 8065 8066 8067 8068 8069 8070 8071 8072 8073 8074 8075 8076 8077 8078 8079 |
case WM_MENUCHAR:
case WM_MEASUREITEM:
case WM_DRAWITEM:
case WM_MENUSELECT:
case WM_ENTERIDLE:
case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
if (winPtr) {
HWND hMenuHWnd = Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND((Tk_Window)winPtr);
if (hMenuHWnd) {
if (SendMessage(hMenuHWnd, message, wParam, lParam)) {
goto done;
}
} else if (TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam,
&result)) {
goto done;
}
}
break;
}
if (winPtr && winPtr->window) {
HWND child = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) {
SetFocus(child);
result = 0;
} else if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(child, message, wParam, lParam,
&result)) {
result = (*tkWinProcs->defWindowProc)(hwnd, message,
wParam, lParam);
}
} else {
result = (*tkWinProcs->defWindowProc)(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
done:
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return result;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8172 8173 8174 8175 8176 8177 8178 |
} else {
atts.override_redirect = False;
atts.save_under = False;
}
if ((atts.override_redirect != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->override_redirect)
|| (atts.save_under != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->save_under)) {
| | | | 8111 8112 8113 8114 8115 8116 8117 8118 8119 8120 8121 8122 8123 8124 8125 8126 |
} else {
atts.override_redirect = False;
atts.save_under = False;
}
if ((atts.override_redirect != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->override_redirect)
|| (atts.save_under != Tk_Attributes(tkwin)->save_under)) {
Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(tkwin,
CWOverrideRedirect|CWSaveUnder, &atts);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8198 8199 8200 8201 8202 8203 8204 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
HWND
TkWinGetWrapperWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The window we need the wrapper from */
{
| | < | | 8137 8138 8139 8140 8141 8142 8143 8144 8145 8146 8147 8148 8149 8150 8151 8152 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
HWND
TkWinGetWrapperWindow(
Tk_Window tkwin) /* The window we need the wrapper from */
{
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin;
return (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWmFocusToplevel --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8276 8277 8278 8279 8280 8281 8282 |
*
* This function is called to activate a Tk window.
*/
static void
GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow * winPtr, const int *flagPtr)
{
| | | | 8214 8215 8216 8217 8218 8219 8220 8221 8222 8223 8224 8225 8226 8227 8228 8229 |
*
* This function is called to activate a Tk window.
*/
static void
GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow * winPtr, const int *flagPtr)
{
ActivateEvent *eventPtr;
eventPtr = (ActivateEvent *)ckalloc(sizeof(ActivateEvent));
eventPtr->ev.proc = ActivateWindow;
eventPtr->winPtr = winPtr;
eventPtr->flagPtr = flagPtr;
eventPtr->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window);
Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8379 8380 8381 8382 8383 8384 8385 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinSetForegroundWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
| | | 8317 8318 8319 8320 8321 8322 8323 8324 8325 8326 8327 8328 8329 8330 8331 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinSetForegroundWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) {
SetForegroundWindow(wmPtr->wrapper);
} else {
SetForegroundWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window));
}
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8409 8410 8411 8412 8413 8414 8415 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
| | < | 8347 8348 8349 8350 8351 8352 8353 8354 8355 8356 8357 8358 8359 8360 8361 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN;
TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8460 8461 8462 8463 8464 8465 8466 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
| | | | | | | 8397 8398 8399 8400 8401 8402 8403 8404 8405 8406 8407 8408 8409 8410 8411 8412 8413 8414 8415 8416 8417 8418 8419 8420 8421 8422 8423 8424 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN;
/*
* If WM_UPDATE_PENDING is true, a pending UpdateGeometryInfo may need to
* be called first to update a withdrawn toplevel's geometry before it is
* deiconified by TkpWmSetState. Don't bother if we've never been mapped.
*/
if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) &&
!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) {
Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr);
UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr);
}
/*
* If we were in the ZoomState (maximized), 'wm deiconify' should not
* cause the window to shrink
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8528 8529 8530 8531 8532 8533 8534 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
long
TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
| | | > > < | 8465 8466 8467 8468 8469 8470 8471 8472 8473 8474 8475 8476 8477 8478 8479 8480 8481 8482 8483 8484 8485 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
long
TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr) {
return ((wmPtr->width != -1) && (wmPtr->height != -1))? 1:0;
} else {
return 0;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpWinToplevelMove --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8558 8559 8560 8561 8562 8563 8564 |
*/
long
TkpWinToplevelMove(
TkWindow *winPtr,
int x, int y)
{
| | | | 8496 8497 8498 8499 8500 8501 8502 8503 8504 8505 8506 8507 8508 8509 8510 8511 8512 8513 |
*/
long
TkpWinToplevelMove(
TkWindow *winPtr,
int x, int y)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (wmPtr && x >= 0 && y >= 0 && !TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(winPtr)) {
Tk_MoveToplevelWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr, x, y);
}
return ((winPtr->changes.x << 16) & 0xffff0000)
| (winPtr->changes.y & 0xffff);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8590 8591 8592 8593 8594 8595 8596 |
long
TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(
TkWindow *winPtr,
int reqValue)
{
int curValue;
| | < | < | 8528 8529 8530 8531 8532 8533 8534 8535 8536 8537 8538 8539 8540 8541 8542 8543 8544 8545 |
long
TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(
TkWindow *winPtr,
int reqValue)
{
int curValue;
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect;
if(reqValue < 0) return curValue;
if (curValue != reqValue) {
XSetWindowAttributes atts;
/*
* Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes
* some funky stuff to occur
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8637 8638 8639 8640 8641 8642 8643 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
| | | | | | > | | | < | < < < | < < | | 8573 8574 8575 8576 8577 8578 8579 8580 8581 8582 8583 8584 8585 8586 8587 8588 8589 8590 8591 8592 8593 8594 8595 8596 8597 8598 8599 8600 8601 8602 8603 8604 8605 8606 8607 8608 8609 8610 8611 8612 8613 8614 8615 8616 8617 8618 8619 8620 8621 8622 8623 8624 8625 8626 8627 8628 8629 8630 8631 8632 8633 8634 8635 8636 8637 8638 8639 8640 8641 8642 8643 8644 8645 8646 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(
TkWindow *winPtr)
{
register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr;
if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) {
int state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1;
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, 0, 0);
SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0);
winPtr->flags &= ~TK_EMBEDDED;
winPtr->privatePtr = NULL;
wmPtr->wrapper = NULL;
if (state >= 0 && state <= 3) {
wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state;
}
}
if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) {
TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(winPtr, 1);
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* RemapWindows
*
* Adjust parent/child relation ships of
* the given window hierarchy.
*
* Results:
* none
*
* Side effects:
* keeps windowing system happy
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
RemapWindows(winPtr, parentHWND)
TkWindow *winPtr;
HWND parentHWND;
{
TkWindow *childPtr;
const char *className = Tk_Class(winPtr);
/* Skip Menus as they are handled differently */
if (className != NULL && strcmp(className, "Menu") == 0) {
return;
}
if (winPtr->window) {
SetParent(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), parentHWND);
}
/* Repeat for all the children */
for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL;
childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) {
RemapWindows(childPtr,
winPtr->window ? Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window) : NULL);
}
}
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to win/tkWinX.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 | /* * tkWinX.c -- * * This file contains Windows emulation procedures for X routines. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include <commctrl.h> #ifdef _MSC_VER # pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib") # pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib") #endif /* * The zmouse.h file includes the definition for WM_MOUSEWHEEL. */ #include <zmouse.h> | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | > | < < < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 |
/*
* tkWinX.c --
*
* This file contains Windows emulation procedures for X routines.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
/*
* Make sure the SendInput API is available (NT SP 3):
*/
#if (_WIN32_WINNT <= 0x0400)
#undef _WIN32_WINNT
#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0403
#endif
#include "tkWinInt.h"
/*
* The w32api 1.1 package (included in Mingw 1.1) does not define _WIN32_IE by
* default. Define it here to gain access to the InitCommonControlsEx API in
* commctrl.h.
*/
#ifndef _WIN32_IE
#define _WIN32_IE 0x0501 /* IE 5 */
#endif
#include <commctrl.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
# pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib")
# pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib")
#endif
/*
* The zmouse.h file includes the definition for WM_MOUSEWHEEL.
*/
#include <zmouse.h>
/*
* imm.h is needed by HandleIMEComposition
*/
#include <imm.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
# pragma comment (lib, "imm32.lib")
#endif
/*
* WM_UNICHAR is a message for Unicode input on all windows systems.
* Perhaps this definition should be moved in another file.
*/
#ifndef WM_UNICHAR
#define WM_UNICHAR 0x0109
#define UNICODE_NOCHAR 0xFFFF
#endif
static TkWinProcs asciiProcs = {
0,
(LRESULT (WINAPI *)(WNDPROC lpPrevWndFunc, HWND hWnd, UINT Msg,
WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)) CallWindowProcA,
(LRESULT (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam)) DefWindowProcA,
(ATOM (WINAPI *)(CONST WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassA,
(BOOL (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString)) SetWindowTextA,
(HWND (WINAPI *)(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpClassName,
LPCTSTR lpWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y,
int nWidth, int nHeight, HWND hWndParent, HMENU hMenu,
HINSTANCE hInstance, LPVOID lpParam)) CreateWindowExA,
(BOOL (WINAPI *)(HMENU hMenu, UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags,
UINT uIDNewItem, LPCTSTR lpNewItem))(void *)InsertMenuA,
(int (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount)) GetWindowTextA,
};
static TkWinProcs unicodeProcs = {
1,
(LRESULT (WINAPI *)(WNDPROC lpPrevWndFunc, HWND hWnd, UINT Msg,
WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)) CallWindowProcW,
(LRESULT (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam)) DefWindowProcW,
(ATOM (WINAPI *)(CONST WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassW,
(BOOL (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString)) SetWindowTextW,
(HWND (WINAPI *)(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpClassName,
LPCTSTR lpWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y,
int nWidth, int nHeight, HWND hWndParent, HMENU hMenu,
HINSTANCE hInstance, LPVOID lpParam)) CreateWindowExW,
(BOOL (WINAPI *)(HMENU hMenu, UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags,
UINT uIDNewItem, LPCTSTR lpNewItem))(void *)InsertMenuW,
(int (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount)) GetWindowTextW,
};
TkWinProcs *tkWinProcs;
/*
* Declarations of static variables used in this file.
*/
static char winScreenName[] = ":0"; /* Default name of windows display. */
static HINSTANCE tkInstance = NULL; /* Application instance handle. */
static int childClassInitialized; /* Registered child class? */
static WNDCLASS childClass; /* Window class for child windows. */
static int tkPlatformId = 0; /* version of Windows platform */
static int tkWinTheme = 0; /* See TkWinGetPlatformTheme */
static Tcl_Encoding keyInputEncoding = NULL;
/* The current character encoding for
* keyboard input */
static int keyInputCharset = -1; /* The Win32 CHARSET for the keyboard
* encoding */
static Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = NULL;
/* The UNICODE encoding */
/*
* Thread local storage. Notice that now each thread must have its own
* TkDisplay structure, since this structure contains most of the thread-
* specific date for threads.
*/
typedef struct ThreadSpecificData {
TkDisplay *winDisplay; /* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows
* screen. */
int updatingClipboard; /* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */
} ThreadSpecificData;
static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey;
/*
* Forward declarations of functions used in this file.
*/
static void GenerateXEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message,
WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static unsigned int GetState(UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
static void GetTranslatedKey(XKeyEvent *xkey, UINT type);
static void UpdateInputLanguage(int charset);
static int HandleIMEComposition(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam);
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkGetServerInfo --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
121 122 123 124 125 126 127 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The server information is returned in this
* interpreter's result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window; this selects a particular
* display and server. */
{
static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
OSVERSIONINFOW os;
| < | | | > > > | | 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 |
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The server information is returned in this
* interpreter's result. */
Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window; this selects a particular
* display and server. */
{
static char buffer[32]; /* Empty string means not initialized yet. */
OSVERSIONINFOW os;
if (!buffer[0]) {
HANDLE handle = LoadLibraryW(L"NTDLL");
int(__stdcall *getversion)(void *) =
(int(__stdcall *)(void *))(void *)GetProcAddress(handle, "RtlGetVersion");
os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
if (!getversion || getversion(&os)) {
GetVersionExW(&os);
}
if (handle) {
FreeLibrary(handle);
}
/* Write the first character last, preventing multi-thread issues. */
sprintf(buffer+1, "indows %d.%d %d %s", (int)os.dwMajorVersion,
(int)os.dwMinorVersion, (int)os.dwBuildNumber,
#ifdef _WIN64
"Win64"
#else
"Win32"
#endif
);
buffer[0] = 'W';
}
Tcl_SetResult(interp, buffer, TCL_STATIC);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetHINSTANCE --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
165 166 167 168 169 170 171 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
HINSTANCE
Tk_GetHINSTANCE(void)
{
if (tkInstance == NULL) {
| | | 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
HINSTANCE
Tk_GetHINSTANCE(void)
{
if (tkInstance == NULL) {
tkInstance = GetModuleHandle(NULL);
}
return tkInstance;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 |
childClassInitialized = 1;
comctl.dwSize = sizeof(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX);
comctl.dwICC = ICC_WIN95_CLASSES;
if (!InitCommonControlsEx(&comctl)) {
Tcl_Panic("Unable to load common controls?!");
}
childClass.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
childClass.cbClsExtra = 0;
childClass.cbWndExtra = 0;
childClass.hInstance = hInstance;
childClass.hbrBackground = NULL;
childClass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
/*
* Register the Child window class.
*/
childClass.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME;
childClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinChildProc;
childClass.hIcon = NULL;
childClass.hCursor = NULL;
| > > > > > > | | | | | | 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 |
childClassInitialized = 1;
comctl.dwSize = sizeof(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX);
comctl.dwICC = ICC_WIN95_CLASSES;
if (!InitCommonControlsEx(&comctl)) {
Tcl_Panic("Unable to load common controls?!");
}
if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) {
tkWinProcs = &unicodeProcs;
} else {
tkWinProcs = &asciiProcs;
}
childClass.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
childClass.cbClsExtra = 0;
childClass.cbWndExtra = 0;
childClass.hInstance = hInstance;
childClass.hbrBackground = NULL;
childClass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
/*
* Register the Child window class.
*/
childClass.lpszClassName = TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME;
childClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinChildProc;
childClass.hIcon = NULL;
childClass.hCursor = NULL;
if (!RegisterClass(&childClass)) {
Tcl_Panic("Unable to register TkChild class");
}
/*
* Initialize input language info
*/
if (GetLocaleInfo(LANGIDFROMLCID(PTR2INT(GetKeyboardLayout(0))),
LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE | LOCALE_RETURN_NUMBER,
(LPTSTR) &lpCP, sizeof(lpCP)/sizeof(TCHAR))
&& TranslateCharsetInfo(INT2PTR(lpCP), &lpCs, TCI_SRCCODEPAGE)) {
UpdateInputLanguage((int) lpCs.ciCharset);
}
/*
* Make sure we cleanup on finalize.
*/
TkCreateExitHandler(TkWinXCleanup, (ClientData) hInstance);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinXCleanup --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
287 288 289 290 291 292 293 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinXCleanup(
ClientData clientData)
{
| | | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > < > > > < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkWinXCleanup(
ClientData clientData)
{
HINSTANCE hInstance = (HINSTANCE) clientData;
/*
* Clean up our own class.
*/
if (childClassInitialized) {
childClassInitialized = 0;
UnregisterClass(TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, hInstance);
}
if (unicodeEncoding != NULL) {
Tcl_FreeEncoding(unicodeEncoding);
unicodeEncoding = NULL;
}
/*
* And let the window manager clean up its own class(es).
*/
TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance);
TkWinCleanupContainerList();
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinGetPlatformId --
*
* Determines whether running under NT, 95, or Win32s, to allow runtime
* conditional code. Win32s is no longer supported.
*
* Results:
* The return value is one of:
* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32s Win32s on Windows 3.1.
* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS Win32 on Windows 95.
* VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT Win32 on Windows NT
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkWinGetPlatformId(void)
{
if (tkPlatformId == 0) {
OSVERSIONINFOW os;
os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
GetVersionExW(&os);
tkPlatformId = os.dwPlatformId;
/*
* Set tkWinTheme to be TK_THEME_WIN_XP or TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC. The
* TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC could be set even when running under XP if the
* windows classic theme was selected.
*/
if ((os.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) &&
(os.dwMajorVersion == 5 && os.dwMinorVersion == 1)) {
HKEY hKey;
LPCSTR szSubKey = TEXT("Control Panel\\Appearance");
LPCSTR szCurrent = TEXT("Current");
DWORD dwSize = 200;
char pBuffer[200];
memset(pBuffer, 0, dwSize);
if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, szSubKey, 0L,
KEY_READ, &hKey) != ERROR_SUCCESS) {
tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
} else {
RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szCurrent, NULL, NULL, (LPBYTE) pBuffer, &dwSize);
RegCloseKey(hKey);
if (strcmp(pBuffer, "Windows Standard") == 0) {
tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
} else {
tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP;
}
}
} else {
tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC;
}
}
return tkPlatformId;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinGetPlatformTheme --
*
* Return the Windows drawing style we should be using.
*
* Results:
* The return value is one of:
* TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC 95/98/NT or XP in classic mode
* TK_THEME_WIN_XP XP not in classic mode
*
* Side effects:
* Could invoke TkWinGetPlatformId.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void)
{
if (tkPlatformId == 0) {
TkWinGetPlatformId();
}
return tkWinTheme;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
391 392 393 394 395 396 397 | * * Side effects: * None. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ | | | | < < | 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 |
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
CONST char *
TkGetDefaultScreenName(
Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Not used. */
CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, use default string. */
{
if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) {
screenName = winScreenName;
}
return screenName;
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
450 451 452 453 454 455 456 |
* information: the number of color planes and the number of pixels per
* plane. Need to remember both quantities so that when constructing an
* HBITMAP for offscreen rendering, we can specify the correct value for
* the number of planes. Otherwise the HBITMAP won't be compatible with
* the HWND and we'll just get blank spots copied onto the screen.
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | | > > < | | | < | | > | < < | | < < < > > | < > < > > | | | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < | < < | < < | | | < < < < < | | 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 |
* information: the number of color planes and the number of pixels per
* plane. Need to remember both quantities so that when constructing an
* HBITMAP for offscreen rendering, we can specify the correct value for
* the number of planes. Otherwise the HBITMAP won't be compatible with
* the HWND and we'll just get blank spots copied onto the screen.
*/
screen->ext_data = INT2PTR(GetDeviceCaps(dc, PLANES));
screen->root_depth = GetDeviceCaps(dc, BITSPIXEL) * PTR2INT(screen->ext_data);
if (screen->root_visual != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) screen->root_visual);
}
screen->root_visual = (Visual *) ckalloc(sizeof(Visual));
screen->root_visual->visualid = 0;
if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) {
screen->root_visual->map_entries = GetDeviceCaps(dc, SIZEPALETTE);
screen->root_visual->class = PseudoColor;
screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0x0;
screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0x0;
screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0x0;
} else if (screen->root_depth == 4) {
screen->root_visual->class = StaticColor;
screen->root_visual->map_entries = 16;
} else if (screen->root_depth == 8) {
screen->root_visual->class = StaticColor;
screen->root_visual->map_entries = 256;
} else if (screen->root_depth == 12) {
screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor;
screen->root_visual->map_entries = 32;
screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0xf0;
screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0xf000;
screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0xf00000;
} else if (screen->root_depth == 16) {
screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor;
screen->root_visual->map_entries = 64;
screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0xf8;
screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0xfc00;
screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0xf80000;
} else if (screen->root_depth >= 24) {
screen->root_visual->class = TrueColor;
screen->root_visual->map_entries = 256;
screen->root_visual->red_mask = 0xff;
screen->root_visual->green_mask = 0xff00;
screen->root_visual->blue_mask = 0xff0000;
}
screen->root_visual->bits_per_rgb = screen->root_depth;
ReleaseDC(NULL, dc);
if (screen->cmap != None) {
XFreeColormap(display, screen->cmap);
}
screen->cmap = XCreateColormap(display, None, screen->root_visual,
AllocNone);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpOpenDisplay --
*
* Create the Display structure and fill it with device specific
* information.
*
* Results:
* Returns a TkDisplay structure on success or NULL on failure.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates a new TkDisplay structure.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkDisplay *
TkpOpenDisplay(
CONST char *display_name)
{
Screen *screen;
TkWinDrawable *twdPtr;
Display *display;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
if (tsdPtr->winDisplay != NULL) {
if (!strcmp(tsdPtr->winDisplay->display->display_name, display_name)) {
return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
} else {
return NULL;
}
}
display = (Display *) ckalloc(sizeof(Display));
ZeroMemory(display, sizeof(Display));
display->display_name = (char *) ckalloc(strlen(display_name)+1);
strcpy(display->display_name, display_name);
display->cursor_font = 1;
display->nscreens = 1;
display->request = 1;
display->qlen = 0;
screen = (Screen *) ckalloc(sizeof(Screen));
ZeroMemory(screen, sizeof(Screen));
screen->display = display;
/*
* Set up the root window.
*/
twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable));
if (twdPtr == NULL) {
return NULL;
}
twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDOW;
twdPtr->window.winPtr = NULL;
twdPtr->window.handle = NULL;
screen->root = (Window)twdPtr;
/*
* Note that these pixel values are not palette relative.
*/
screen->white_pixel = RGB(255, 255, 255);
screen->black_pixel = RGB(0, 0, 0);
screen->cmap = None;
display->screens = screen;
display->nscreens = 1;
display->default_screen = 0;
TkWinDisplayChanged(display);
tsdPtr->winDisplay = (TkDisplay *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay));
ZeroMemory(tsdPtr->winDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay));
tsdPtr->winDisplay->display = display;
tsdPtr->updatingClipboard = FALSE;
return tsdPtr->winDisplay;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpCloseDisplay --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
647 648 649 650 651 652 653 |
tsdPtr->winDisplay = NULL;
if (display->display_name != NULL) {
ckfree(display->display_name);
}
if (display->screens != NULL) {
if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
| | | | | | 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 |
tsdPtr->winDisplay = NULL;
if (display->display_name != NULL) {
ckfree(display->display_name);
}
if (display->screens != NULL) {
if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) {
ckfree((char *) display->screens->root_visual);
}
if (display->screens->root != None) {
ckfree((char *) display->screens->root);
}
if (display->screens->cmap != None) {
XFreeColormap(display, display->screens->cmap);
}
ckfree((char *) display->screens);
}
ckfree((char *) display);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkClipCleanup --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 |
*/
void
TkClipCleanup(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display associated with clipboard. */
{
if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->applicationAtom);
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->windowAtom);
Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
| > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 |
*/
void
TkClipCleanup(
TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display associated with clipboard. */
{
if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) {
/*
* Force the clipboard to be rendered if we are the clipboard owner.
*/
HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->clipWindow));
if (GetClipboardOwner() == hwnd) {
OpenClipboard(hwnd);
EmptyClipboard();
TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, CF_TEXT);
CloseClipboard();
}
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->applicationAtom);
Tk_DeleteSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom,
dispPtr->windowAtom);
Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow);
Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow);
dispPtr->clipWindow = NULL;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
716 717 718 719 720 721 722 |
*/
int
XBell(
Display *display,
int percent)
{
| < < < | 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 |
*/
int
XBell(
Display *display,
int percent)
{
MessageBeep(MB_OK);
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
757 758 759 760 761 762 763 |
UpdateInputLanguage((int) wParam);
result = 1;
break;
case WM_IME_COMPOSITION:
result = 0;
if (HandleIMEComposition(hwnd, lParam) == 0) {
| | | | 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 |
UpdateInputLanguage((int) wParam);
result = 1;
break;
case WM_IME_COMPOSITION:
result = 0;
if (HandleIMEComposition(hwnd, lParam) == 0) {
result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
break;
case WM_SETCURSOR:
/*
* Short circuit the WM_SETCURSOR message since we set the cursor
* elsewhere.
*/
result = TRUE;
break;
case WM_CREATE:
case WM_ERASEBKGND:
result = 0;
break;
case WM_PAINT:
GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
break;
case TK_CLAIMFOCUS:
case TK_GEOMETRYREQ:
case TK_ATTACHWINDOW:
case TK_DETACHWINDOW:
case TK_ICONIFY:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
804 805 806 807 808 809 810 |
case WM_UNICHAR:
if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR) {
/* If wParam is UNICODE_NOCHAR and the application processes
* this message, then return TRUE. */
result = 1;
} else {
/* If the event was translated, we must return 0 */
| | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < > | | | | 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 |
case WM_UNICHAR:
if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR) {
/* If wParam is UNICODE_NOCHAR and the application processes
* this message, then return TRUE. */
result = 1;
} else {
/* If the event was translated, we must return 0 */
if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
result = 0;
} else {
result = 1;
}
}
break;
default:
if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) {
result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
}
break;
}
/*
* Handle any newly queued events before returning control to Windows.
*/
Tcl_ServiceAll();
return result;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_TranslateWinEvent --
*
* This function is called by widget window functions to handle the
* translation from Win32 events to Tk events.
*
* Results:
* Returns 1 if the event was handled, else 0.
*
* Side effects:
* Depends on the event.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tk_TranslateWinEvent(
HWND hwnd,
UINT message,
WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam,
LRESULT *resultPtr)
{
*resultPtr = 0;
switch (message) {
case WM_RENDERFORMAT: {
TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
if (winPtr) {
TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, wParam);
}
return 1;
}
case WM_COMMAND:
case WM_NOTIFY:
case WM_VSCROLL:
case WM_HSCROLL: {
/*
* Reflect these messages back to the sender so that they can be
* handled by the window proc for the control. Note that we need to be
* careful not to reflect a message that is targeted to this window,
* or we will loop.
*/
HWND target = (message == WM_NOTIFY)
? ((NMHDR*)lParam)->hwndFrom : (HWND) lParam;
if (target && target != hwnd) {
*resultPtr = SendMessage(target, message, wParam, lParam);
return 1;
}
break;
}
case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
case WM_MBUTTONUP:
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), (short) HIWORD(lParam));
return 1;
case WM_CLOSE:
case WM_SETFOCUS:
case WM_KILLFOCUS:
case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD:
case WM_UNICHAR:
case WM_CHAR:
case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
case WM_SYSKEYUP:
case WM_KEYDOWN:
case WM_KEYUP:
case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
return 1;
case WM_MENUCHAR:
GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
/*
* MNC_CLOSE is the only one that looks right. This is a hack.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
977 978 979 980 981 982 983 |
static void
GenerateXEvent(
HWND hwnd,
UINT message,
WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam)
{
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 |
static void
GenerateXEvent(
HWND hwnd,
UINT message,
WPARAM wParam,
LPARAM lParam)
{
XEvent event;
TkWindow *winPtr;
ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *)
Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData));
winPtr = (TkWindow *)Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
if (!winPtr || winPtr->window == None) {
return;
}
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
event.xany.serial = winPtr->display->request++;
event.xany.send_event = False;
event.xany.display = winPtr->display;
event.xany.window = winPtr->window;
switch (message) {
case WM_PAINT: {
PAINTSTRUCT ps;
event.type = Expose;
BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps);
event.xexpose.x = ps.rcPaint.left;
event.xexpose.y = ps.rcPaint.top;
event.xexpose.width = ps.rcPaint.right - ps.rcPaint.left;
event.xexpose.height = ps.rcPaint.bottom - ps.rcPaint.top;
EndPaint(hwnd, &ps);
event.xexpose.count = 0;
break;
}
case WM_CLOSE:
event.type = ClientMessage;
event.xclient.message_type =
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS");
event.xclient.format = 32;
event.xclient.data.l[0] =
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW");
break;
case WM_SETFOCUS:
case WM_KILLFOCUS: {
TkWindow *otherWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow((HWND) wParam);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 |
Tk_SetCaretPos((Tk_Window) winPtr, 0, 0, 0);
}
if (otherWinPtr == winPtr) {
return;
}
| | | | | | 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 |
Tk_SetCaretPos((Tk_Window) winPtr, 0, 0, 0);
}
if (otherWinPtr == winPtr) {
return;
}
event.xany.window = winPtr->window;
event.type = (message == WM_SETFOCUS) ? FocusIn : FocusOut;
event.xfocus.mode = NotifyNormal;
event.xfocus.detail = NotifyNonlinear;
/*
* Destroy the caret if we own it. If we are moving to another Tk
* window, it will reclaim and reposition it with Tk_SetCaretPos.
*/
if (message == WM_KILLFOCUS) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 | /* * We want to avoid this event if we are the ones that caused this * event. */ return; } | | | | > > > > | | 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 |
/*
* We want to avoid this event if we are the ones that caused this
* event.
*/
return;
}
event.type = SelectionClear;
event.xselectionclear.selection =
Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window)winPtr, "CLIPBOARD");
event.xselectionclear.time = TkpGetMS();
break;
case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
/*
* The mouse wheel event is closer to a key event than a mouse event
* in that the message is sent to the window that has focus.
*/
case WM_CHAR:
case WM_UNICHAR:
case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
case WM_SYSKEYUP:
case WM_KEYDOWN:
case WM_KEYUP: {
unsigned int state = GetState(message, wParam, lParam);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 | clientPoint.y = root.point.y; ScreenToClient(hwnd, &clientPoint); /* * Set up the common event fields. */ | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 |
clientPoint.y = root.point.y;
ScreenToClient(hwnd, &clientPoint);
/*
* Set up the common event fields.
*/
event.xbutton.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
event.xbutton.subwindow = None;
event.xbutton.x = clientPoint.x;
event.xbutton.y = clientPoint.y;
event.xbutton.x_root = root.point.x;
event.xbutton.y_root = root.point.y;
event.xbutton.state = state;
event.xbutton.time = time;
event.xbutton.same_screen = True;
/*
* Now set up event specific fields.
*/
switch (message) {
case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
/*
* We have invented a new X event type to handle this event. It
* still uses the KeyPress struct. However, the keycode field has
* been overloaded to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to
* 0 to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym in
* TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340].
*/
event.type = MouseWheelEvent;
event.xany.send_event = -1;
event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
event.xkey.keycode = (short) HIWORD(wParam);
break;
case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
case WM_KEYDOWN:
/*
* Check for translated characters in the event queue. Setting
* xany.send_event to -1 indicates to the Windows implementation
* of TkpGetString() that this event was generated by windows and
* that the Windows extension xkey.trans_chars is filled with the
* MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage call.
*/
event.type = KeyPress;
event.xany.send_event = -1;
event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
GetTranslatedKey(&event.xkey, (message == WM_KEYDOWN) ? WM_CHAR :
WM_SYSCHAR);
break;
case WM_SYSKEYUP:
case WM_KEYUP:
/*
* We don't check for translated characters on keyup because Tk
* won't know what to do with them. Instead, we wait for the
* WM_CHAR messages which will follow.
*/
event.type = KeyRelease;
event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
event.xkey.nbytes = 0;
break;
case WM_CHAR:
/*
* Synthesize both a KeyPress and a KeyRelease. Strings generated
* by Input Method Editor are handled in the following manner:
* 1. A series of WM_KEYDOWN & WM_KEYUP messages that cause
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 | * event. It is the event-consumer's responsibility to convert * the string returned from XLookupString from system encoding * to UTF-8. * 5. And finally we get the WM_KEYUP for the "confirm typing" * character. */ | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | > > | | | | > > > | | | | | 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 |
* event. It is the event-consumer's responsibility to convert
* the string returned from XLookupString from system encoding
* to UTF-8.
* 5. And finally we get the WM_KEYUP for the "confirm typing"
* character.
*/
event.type = KeyPress;
event.xany.send_event = -1;
event.xkey.keycode = 0;
event.xkey.nbytes = 1;
event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam;
if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) {
MSG msg;
if ((PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR,
PM_NOREMOVE) != 0)
&& (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) {
GetMessage(&msg, NULL, WM_CHAR, WM_CHAR);
event.xkey.nbytes = 2;
event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam;
}
}
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
event.type = KeyRelease;
break;
case WM_UNICHAR: {
char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX+1];
int i;
event.type = KeyPress;
event.xany.send_event = -3;
event.xkey.keycode = wParam;
event.xkey.nbytes = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((int)wParam, buffer);
for (i=0; i<event.xkey.nbytes && i<TCL_UTF_MAX; ++i) {
event.xkey.trans_chars[i] = buffer[i];
}
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
event.type = KeyRelease;
break;
}
}
break;
}
default:
/*
* Don't know how to translate this event, so ignore it. (It probably
* should not have got here, but ignoring it should be harmless.)
*/
return;
}
/*
* Post the translated event to the main Tk event queue.
*/
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* GetState --
*
* This function constructs a state mask for the mouse buttons and
* modifier keys as they were before the event occured.
*
* Results:
* Returns a composite value of all the modifier and button state flags
* that were set at the time the event occurred.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 |
}
if (prevState) {
state |= mask;
} else {
state &= ~mask;
}
if (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) {
| > | > > > | 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 |
}
if (prevState) {
state |= mask;
} else {
state &= ~mask;
}
if (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) {
if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) {
state |= EXTENDED_MASK;
} else {
state &= ~EXTENDED_MASK;
}
}
}
return state;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 | * queue. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void GetTranslatedKey( | | | | | | > | 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 |
* queue.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void
GetTranslatedKey(
XKeyEvent *xkey,
UINT type)
{
MSG msg;
xkey->nbytes = 0;
while ((xkey->nbytes < XMaxTransChars)
&& PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, type, type, PM_NOREMOVE)) {
if (msg.message != type) {
break;
}
GetMessage(&msg, NULL, type, type);
/*
* If this is a normal character message, we may need to strip off the
* Alt modifier (e.g. Alt-digits). Note that we don't want to do this
* for system messages, because those were presumably generated as an
* Alt-char sequence (e.g. accelerator keys).
*/
if ((msg.message == WM_CHAR) && (msg.lParam & 0x20000000)) {
xkey->state = 0;
}
xkey->trans_chars[xkey->nbytes] = (char) msg.wParam;
xkey->nbytes++;
if (((unsigned short) msg.wParam) > ((unsigned short) 0xff)) {
/*
* Some "addon" input devices, such as the popular PenPower
* Chinese writing pad, generate 16 bit values in WM_CHAR messages
* (instead of passing them in two separate WM_CHAR messages
* containing two 8-bit values.
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 |
CHARSETINFO charsetInfo;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
char codepage[4 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (keyInputCharset == charset) {
return;
}
| | < < < | < | 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 |
CHARSETINFO charsetInfo;
Tcl_Encoding encoding;
char codepage[4 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE];
if (keyInputCharset == charset) {
return;
}
if (TranslateCharsetInfo(INT2PTR(charset), &charsetInfo,
TCI_SRCCHARSET) == 0) {
/*
* Some mysterious failure.
*/
return;
}
wsprintfA(codepage, "cp%d", charsetInfo.ciACP);
if ((encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, codepage)) == NULL) {
/*
* The encoding is not supported by Tcl.
*/
return;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Encoding
TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void)
{
if (unicodeEncoding == NULL) {
| < < | < | | | 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
Tcl_Encoding
TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void)
{
if (unicodeEncoding == NULL) {
unicodeEncoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode");
}
return unicodeEncoding;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* HandleIMEComposition --
*
* This function works around a definciency in some versions of Windows
* 2000 to make it possible to entry multi-lingual characters under all
* versions of Windows 2000.
*
* When an Input Method Editor (IME) is ready to send input characters to
* an application, it sends a WM_IME_COMPOSITION message with the
* GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProc() on English Windows 2000
* arbitrarily converts all non-Latin-1 characters in the composition to
* "?".
*
* This function correctly processes the composition data and sends the
* UNICODE values of the composed characters to TK's event queue.
*
* Results:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 |
static int
HandleIMEComposition(
HWND hwnd, /* Window receiving the message. */
LPARAM lParam) /* Flags for the WM_IME_COMPOSITION message */
{
HIMC hIMC;
int n;
| | > | > > | > | > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | | > > < | < < < < | < < | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 |
static int
HandleIMEComposition(
HWND hwnd, /* Window receiving the message. */
LPARAM lParam) /* Flags for the WM_IME_COMPOSITION message */
{
HIMC hIMC;
int n;
BOOL isWinNT = (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT);
if ((lParam & GCS_RESULTSTR) == 0) {
/*
* Composition is not finished yet.
*/
return 0;
}
hIMC = ImmGetContext(hwnd);
if (!hIMC) {
return 0;
}
if (isWinNT) {
n = ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);
} else {
n = ImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);
}
if (n > 0) {
char *buff = ckalloc((unsigned) n);
TkWindow *winPtr;
XEvent event;
int i;
if (isWinNT) {
n = ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff,
(unsigned) n);
} else {
Tcl_DString utfString, unicodeString;
Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding();
n = ImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff,
(unsigned) n);
Tcl_DStringInit(&utfString);
Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(keyInputEncoding, buff, n, &utfString);
Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(unicodeEncoding,
Tcl_DStringValue(&utfString), -1, &unicodeString);
i = Tcl_DStringLength(&unicodeString);
if (n < i) {
/*
* Only alloc more space if we need, otherwise just use what
* we've created. Don't realloc as that may copy data we no
* longer need.
*/
ckfree((char *) buff);
buff = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) i);
}
n = i;
memcpy(buff, Tcl_DStringValue(&unicodeString), (unsigned) n);
Tcl_DStringFree(&utfString);
Tcl_DStringFree(&unicodeString);
}
/*
* Set up the fields pertinent to key event.
*
* We set send_event to the special value of -2, so that TkpGetString
* in tkWinKey.c knows that trans_chars[] already contains a UNICODE
* char and there's no need to do encoding conversion.
*
* Note that the event *must* be zeroed out first; Tk plays cunning
* games with the overalls structure. [Bug 2992129]
*/
winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd);
memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent));
event.xkey.serial = winPtr->display->request++;
event.xkey.send_event = -2;
event.xkey.display = winPtr->display;
event.xkey.window = winPtr->window;
event.xkey.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum);
event.xkey.subwindow = None;
event.xkey.state = TkWinGetModifierState();
event.xkey.time = TkpGetMS();
event.xkey.same_screen = True;
event.xkey.keycode = 0;
event.xkey.nbytes = 2;
for (i=0; i<n; ) {
/*
* Simulate a pair of KeyPress and KeyRelease events for each
* UNICODE character in the composition.
*/
event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) buff[i++];
event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) buff[i++];
event.type = KeyPress;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
event.type = KeyRelease;
Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL);
}
ckfree(buff);
}
ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
return 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_FreeXId --
*
* This interface is not needed under Windows.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_FreeXId(
Display *display,
XID xid)
{
/* Do nothing */
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkWinResendEvent --
*
* This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the
* specified windo function.
*
* Results:
* A standard Windows result.
*
* Side effects:
* Invokes the window function
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 |
msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MK_MBUTTON;
break;
case Button3:
msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MK_RBUTTON;
break;
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 |
msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MK_MBUTTON;
break;
case Button3:
msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN;
wparam = MK_RBUTTON;
break;
default:
return 0;
}
if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button1Mask) {
wparam |= MK_LBUTTON;
}
if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button2Mask) {
wparam |= MK_MBUTTON;
}
if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button3Mask) {
wparam |= MK_RBUTTON;
}
if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ShiftMask) {
wparam |= MK_SHIFT;
}
if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ControlMask) {
wparam |= MK_CONTROL;
}
lparam = MAKELPARAM((short) eventPtr->xbutton.x,
(short) eventPtr->xbutton.y);
return CallWindowProc(wndproc, hwnd, msg, wparam, lparam);
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* TkpGetMS --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 | *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_GetUserInactiveTime -- * * Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive. * * Results: | | | | > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | | 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tk_GetUserInactiveTime --
*
* Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive.
*
* Results:
* Milliseconds of user inactive time or -1 if the user32.dll doesn't
* have the symbol GetLastInputInfo or GetLastInputInfo returns an error.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
long
Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(
Display *dpy) /* Ignored on Windows */
{
struct tagLASTINPUTINFO {
UINT cbSize;
DWORD dwTime;
} li;
/*
* Multiple settings of either of these variables should be OK; any thread
* hazards should just cause inefficiency...
*/
static FARPROC pfnGetLastInputInfo = NULL;
static int initinfo = 0;
if (!initinfo) {
HMODULE hMod = GetModuleHandleA("USER32.DLL");
initinfo = 1;
if (hMod){
pfnGetLastInputInfo = GetProcAddress(hMod, "GetLastInputInfo");
}
}
if (pfnGetLastInputInfo == NULL) {
return -1;
}
li.cbSize = sizeof(li);
if (!(BOOL)(pfnGetLastInputInfo)(&li)) {
return -1;
}
/*
* Last input info is in milliseconds, since restart time.
*/
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 | * * Reset the user inactivity timer * * Results: * none * * Side effects: | | < | 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 |
*
* Reset the user inactivity timer
*
* Results:
* none
*
* Side effects:
* The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system is reset
* to zero.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(
Display *dpy)
{
INPUT inp;
inp.type = INPUT_MOUSE;
inp.mi.dx = 0;
inp.mi.dy = 0;
inp.mi.mouseData = 0;
inp.mi.dwFlags = MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE;
inp.mi.time = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/ttkWinMonitor.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 |
*/
typedef struct {
const char *name;
int index;
} SystemColorEntry;
| | | 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 |
*/
typedef struct {
const char *name;
int index;
} SystemColorEntry;
static SystemColorEntry sysColors[] = {
{ "System3dDarkShadow", COLOR_3DDKSHADOW },
{ "System3dLight", COLOR_3DLIGHT },
{ "SystemActiveBorder", COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER },
{ "SystemActiveCaption", COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION },
{ "SystemAppWorkspace", COLOR_APPWORKSPACE },
{ "SystemBackground", COLOR_BACKGROUND },
{ "SystemButtonFace", COLOR_BTNFACE },
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 |
{ "SystemWindowText", COLOR_WINDOWTEXT },
{ NULL, 0 }
};
static void RegisterSystemColors(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_ResourceCache cache = Ttk_GetResourceCache(interp);
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | < < < > | | | | 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 |
{ "SystemWindowText", COLOR_WINDOWTEXT },
{ NULL, 0 }
};
static void RegisterSystemColors(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
Ttk_ResourceCache cache = Ttk_GetResourceCache(interp);
SystemColorEntry *sysColor;
for (sysColor = sysColors; sysColor->name; ++sysColor) {
DWORD pixel = GetSysColor(sysColor->index);
XColor colorSpec;
colorSpec.red = GetRValue(pixel) * 257;
colorSpec.green = GetGValue(pixel) * 257;
colorSpec.blue = GetBValue(pixel) * 257;
Ttk_RegisterNamedColor(cache, sysColor->name, &colorSpec);
}
}
static HWND
CreateThemeMonitorWindow(HINSTANCE hinst, Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
WNDCLASSEX wc;
HWND hwnd = NULL;
TCHAR title[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorWindow");
TCHAR name[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorClass");
wc.cbSize = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX);
wc.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW;
wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)WndProc;
wc.cbClsExtra = 0;
wc.cbWndExtra = 0;
wc.hInstance = hinst;
wc.hIcon = LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION);
wc.hIconSm = LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION);
wc.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)COLOR_WINDOW;
wc.lpszMenuName = name;
wc.lpszClassName = name;
if (RegisterClassEx(&wc)) {
hwnd = CreateWindow( name, title, WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW,
CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT,
NULL, NULL, hinst, NULL );
SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR)interp);
ShowWindow(hwnd, SW_HIDE);
UpdateWindow(hwnd);
}
return hwnd;
}
static void
DestroyThemeMonitorWindow(void *clientData)
{
HWND hwnd = (HWND)clientData;
DestroyWindow(hwnd);
}
static LRESULT WINAPI
WndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp)
{
Tcl_Interp *interp = (Tcl_Interp *)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
Ttk_Theme theme;
switch (msg) {
case WM_DESTROY:
break;
case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
RegisterSystemColors(interp);
break;
case WM_THEMECHANGED:
/*
* Reset the application theme to 'xpnative' if present,
* which will in turn fall back to 'winnative' if XP theming
* is disabled.
*/
theme = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, "xpnative");
if (theme) {
Ttk_UseTheme(interp, theme);
/* @@@ What to do about errors here? */
}
break;
}
return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, wp, lp);
}
/*
* Windows-specific platform initialization:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWinTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd);
MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_WinPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
HWND hwnd;
hwnd = CreateThemeMonitorWindow(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), interp);
Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, (ClientData)hwnd, DestroyThemeMonitorWindow);
TtkWinTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);
TtkXPTheme_Init(interp, hwnd);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
Changes to win/ttkWinTheme.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 | /* winTheme.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net> */ #ifdef _MSC_VER #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #endif #include <tkWinInt.h> | | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | /* winTheme.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net> */ #ifdef _MSC_VER #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #endif #include <tkWinInt.h> #ifndef DFCS_HOT /* Windows 98/Me, Windows 200/XP only */ #define DFCS_HOT 0 #endif #include "ttk/ttkTheme.h" /* * BoxToRect -- |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
50 51 52 53 54 55 56 |
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ State tables for FrameControlElements.
*/
| | | | | | | | | | | | 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 |
}
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ State tables for FrameControlElements.
*/
static Ttk_StateTable checkbutton_statemap[] = { /* see also SF#1865898 */
{ DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_INACTIVE,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_PUSHED,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_HOT,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED,
TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },
{ DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_PUSHED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_HOT, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ DFCS_CHECKED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
{ DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_PUSHED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DFCS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 },
};
static Ttk_StateTable pushbutton_statemap[] = {
{ DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_PUSHED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DFCS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable arrow_statemap[] = {
{ DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DFCS_PUSHED | DFCS_FLAT, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ 0, 0, 0 }
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ FrameControlElement --
* General-purpose element for things drawn with DrawFrameControl
*/
typedef struct {
const char *name; /* element name */
int classId; /* class id for DrawFrameControl */
int partId; /* part id for DrawFrameControl */
int cxId; /* system metric ids for width/height... */
int cyId; /* ... or size if FIXEDSIZE bit set */
Ttk_StateTable *stateMap; /* map Tk states to Win32 flags */
Ttk_Padding margins; /* additional placement padding */
} FrameControlElementData;
#define _FIXEDSIZE 0x80000000L
#define _HALFMETRIC 0x40000000L
#define FIXEDSIZE(id) (id|_FIXEDSIZE)
#define HALFMETRIC(id) (id|_HALFMETRIC)
#define GETMETRIC(m) \
((m) & _FIXEDSIZE ? (int)((m) & ~_FIXEDSIZE) : GetSystemMetrics((m)&0x0fffffff))
static FrameControlElementData FrameControlElements[] = {
{ "Checkbutton.indicator",
DFC_BUTTON, DFCS_BUTTONCHECK, FIXEDSIZE(13), FIXEDSIZE(13),
checkbutton_statemap, {0,0,4,0} },
{ "Radiobutton.indicator",
DFC_BUTTON, DFCS_BUTTONRADIO, FIXEDSIZE(13), FIXEDSIZE(13),
checkbutton_statemap, {0,0,4,0} },
{ "uparrow",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
143 144 145 146 147 148 149 |
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
static void FrameControlElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
| | < < < < | < | | | | | < < < < < < | | < < | | | | | < < < < < < | | < < | | | | | | | | | < < < < | 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 |
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
static void FrameControlElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
FrameControlElementData *p = clientData;
int cx = GETMETRIC(p->cxId);
int cy = GETMETRIC(p->cyId);
if (p->cxId & _HALFMETRIC) cx /= 2;
if (p->cyId & _HALFMETRIC) cy /= 2;
*widthPtr = cx + Ttk_PaddingWidth(p->margins);
*heightPtr = cy + Ttk_PaddingHeight(p->margins);
}
static void FrameControlElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
FrameControlElementData *elementData = clientData;
RECT rc = BoxToRect(Ttk_PadBox(b, elementData->margins));
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawFrameControl(hdc, &rc,
elementData->classId,
elementData->partId|Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->stateMap, state));
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FrameControlElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
FrameControlElementSize,
FrameControlElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Border element implementation.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
} BorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
static void BorderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
}
static void BorderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
BorderElement *border = elementRecord;
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, border->reliefObj, &relief);
if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) {
UINT xFlags = (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) ? BF_FLAT : 0;
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, ReliefToEdge(relief), BF_RECT | xFlags);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(BorderElement),
BorderElementOptions,
BorderElementSize,
BorderElementDraw
};
/*
* Entry field borders:
* Sunken border; also fill with window color.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj;
} FieldElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = {
{ "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER,
Tk_Offset(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void FieldElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
}
static void FieldElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
FieldElement *field = elementRecord;
Tk_3DBorder bg = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->backgroundObj);
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
Tk_Fill3DRectangle(
tkwin, d, bg, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT);
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_SUNKEN, BF_RECT);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FieldElement),
FieldElementOptions,
FieldElementSize,
FieldElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Button borders.
* Drawn with DrawFrameControl instead of DrawEdge;
* Also draw default indicator and focus ring.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *reliefObj;
Tcl_Obj *highlightColorObj;
Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj;
} ButtonBorderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" },
{ "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,highlightColorObj), "black" },
{ "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY,
Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" },
{NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
static void ButtonBorderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
short int cx, cy;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
/* Space for default indicator:
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
cx += 2;
cy += 2;
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(cx,cy,cx,cy);
}
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
| | | | < | 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 |
cx += 2;
cy += 2;
*paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(cx,cy,cx,cy);
}
static void ButtonBorderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord;
int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT;
int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED;
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
RECT rc;
Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief);
Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState);
if (defaultState == TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE) {
XColor *highlightColor =
Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, bd->highlightColorObj);
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
389 390 391 392 393 394 395 |
short int borderWidth = 3; /* @@@ Use GetSystemMetrics?*/
rc = BoxToRect(Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(borderWidth)));
DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rc);
}
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
| | | < < < < < < | < < < | | | | | | < < | 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 |
short int borderWidth = 3; /* @@@ Use GetSystemMetrics?*/
rc = BoxToRect(Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(borderWidth)));
DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rc);
}
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonBorderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ButtonBorderElement),
ButtonBorderElementOptions,
ButtonBorderElementSize,
ButtonBorderElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Focus element.
* Draw dashed focus rectangle.
*/
static void FocusElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
*paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(1);
}
static void FocusElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rc);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec FocusElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
FocusElementSize,
FocusElementDraw
};
/* FillFocusElement --
* Draws a focus ring filled with the selection color
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *fillColorObj;
} FillFocusElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FillFocusElementOptions[] = {
{ "-focusfill", TK_OPTION_COLOR,
Tk_Offset(FillFocusElement,fillColorObj), "white" },
{NULL, 0, 0, NULL}
};
/* @@@ FIX THIS */
static void FillFocusElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
FillFocusElement *focus = elementRecord;
if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) {
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
XColor *fillColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, focus->fillColorObj);
GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(fillColor, d);
HDC hdc;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
488 489 490 491 492 493 494 |
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
if (state & TTK_STATE_READONLY) {
FillFocusElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
}
}
| | | 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 |
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
if (state & TTK_STATE_READONLY) {
FillFocusElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxFocusElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(FillFocusElement),
FillFocusElementOptions,
FocusElementSize,
ComboboxFocusElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
515 516 517 518 519 520 521 |
static const WORD Pattern[] = {
0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa
};
static void TroughClientDataDeleteProc(void *clientData)
{
| | | | < < | | | | | | | | < < < | | < < | | | | | | | < < < | | < < < | | < < < < < < | < < < < | | 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 |
static const WORD Pattern[] = {
0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa
};
static void TroughClientDataDeleteProc(void *clientData)
{
TroughClientData *cd = clientData;
DeleteObject(cd->PatternBrush);
DeleteObject(cd->PatternBitmap);
ckfree(clientData);
}
static TroughClientData *TroughClientDataInit(Tcl_Interp *interp)
{
TroughClientData *cd = (TroughClientData*)ckalloc(sizeof(*cd));
cd->PatternBitmap = CreateBitmap(8, 8, 1, 1, Pattern);
cd->PatternBrush = CreatePatternBrush(cd->PatternBitmap);
Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, cd, TroughClientDataDeleteProc);
return cd;
}
static void TroughElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
TroughClientData *cd = clientData;
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
HBRUSH hbr;
COLORREF bk, oldbk, oldtxt;
hbr = SelectObject(hdc, GetSysColorBrush(COLOR_SCROLLBAR));
bk = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT);
oldtxt = SetTextColor(hdc, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE));
oldbk = SetBkColor(hdc, bk);
/* WAS: if (bk (COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT) == GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOW)) ... */
if (GetSysColor(COLOR_SCROLLBAR) == GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)) {
/* Draw using the pattern brush */
SelectObject(hdc, cd->PatternBrush);
}
PatBlt(hdc, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, PATCOPY);
SetBkColor(hdc, oldbk);
SetTextColor(hdc, oldtxt);
SelectObject(hdc, hbr);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
TtkNullElementSize,
TroughElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Thumb element.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *orientObj;
} ThumbElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"},
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void ThumbElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
ThumbElement *thumbPtr = elementRecord;
int orient;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, thumbPtr->orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB);
*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL);
} else {
*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB);
}
}
static void ThumbElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
/* Windows doesn't show a thumb when the scrollbar is disabled */
if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED)
return;
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_MIDDLE);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(ThumbElement),
ThumbElementOptions,
ThumbElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
* The slider element is the shaped thumb used in the slider widget.
* Windows likes to call this a trackbar.
*/
typedef struct {
Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* orientation of the slider widget */
} SliderElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = {
{ "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj),
"horizontal" },
{ NULL, 0, 0, NULL }
};
static void SliderElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
SliderElement *slider = elementRecord;
int orient;
Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient);
if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) {
*widthPtr = (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB) / 2) | 1;
*heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL);
} else {
*widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
*heightPtr = (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB) / 2) | 1;
}
}
static void SliderElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc;
hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_MIDDLE);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(SliderElement),
SliderElementOptions,
SliderElementSize,
SliderElementDraw
};
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Notebook elements.
*/
static void ClientElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE);
paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE);
}
static void ClientElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
TkWinDCState dcState;
HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState);
DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_SOFT);
TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ClientElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
ClientElementSize,
ClientElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
742 743 744 745 746 747 748 |
TTK_GROUP("Button.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox",
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
| | | | < | 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 |
TTK_GROUP("Button.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox",
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Combobox.focus", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
MODULE_SCOPE
int TtkWinTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd)
{
Ttk_Theme themePtr, parentPtr;
FrameControlElementData *fce = FrameControlElements;
parentPtr = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, "alt");
themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "winnative", parentPtr);
if (!themePtr) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
779 780 781 782 783 784 785 |
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scrollbar.trough", &TroughElementSpec,
TroughClientDataInit(interp));
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "client", &ClientElementSpec, NULL);
for (fce = FrameControlElements; fce->name != 0; ++fce) {
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, fce->name,
| | | 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 |
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scrollbar.trough", &TroughElementSpec,
TroughClientDataInit(interp));
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "client", &ClientElementSpec, NULL);
for (fce = FrameControlElements; fce->name != 0; ++fce) {
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, fce->name,
&FrameControlElementSpec, fce);
}
Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable);
Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::winnative", TTK_VERSION);
return TCL_OK;
}
|
Changes to win/ttkWinXPTheme.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 | * * See also: * * <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/ * shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp > */ | < > > > > > | 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 |
*
* See also:
*
* <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/
* shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp >
*/
#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H
/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */
#include <tkWinInt.h>
int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; }
#else
#define WINVER 0x0501 /* Requires Windows XP APIs */
#include <windows.h>
#include <uxtheme.h>
#if defined(HAVE_VSSYM32_H) || _MSC_VER > 1500
# include <vssym32.h>
#else
# include <tmschema.h>
#endif
#include <tkWinInt.h>
#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h"
typedef HTHEME (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd,
LPCWSTR pszClassList);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme);
typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme,
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 |
{
/*
* Load the library "uxtheme.dll", where the native widget
* drawing routines are implemented. This will only succeed
* if we are running at least on Windows XP.
*/
HINSTANCE handle;
| | | 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
{
/*
* Load the library "uxtheme.dll", where the native widget
* drawing routines are implemented. This will only succeed
* if we are running at least on Windows XP.
*/
HINSTANCE handle;
*phlib = handle = LoadLibrary(TEXT("uxtheme.dll"));
if (handle != 0)
{
/*
* We have successfully loaded the library. Proceed in storing the
* addresses of the functions we want to use.
*/
XPThemeProcs *procs = (XPThemeProcs *)ckalloc(sizeof(XPThemeProcs));
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 |
&& LOADPROC(IsThemeActive)
&& LOADPROC(IsAppThemed)
)
{
return procs;
}
#undef LOADPROC
| | | 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 |
&& LOADPROC(IsThemeActive)
&& LOADPROC(IsAppThemed)
)
{
return procs;
}
#undef LOADPROC
ckfree((char*)procs);
}
return 0;
}
/*
* XPThemeDeleteProc --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
164 165 166 167 168 169 170 |
rc.right = b.x + b.width;
return rc;
}
/*
* Map Tk state bitmaps to XP style enumerated values.
*/
| | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 |
rc.right = b.x + b.width;
return rc;
}
/*
* Map Tk state bitmaps to XP style enumerated values.
*/
static Ttk_StateTable null_statemap[] = { {0,0,0} };
/*
* Pushbuttons (Tk: "Button")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable pushbutton_statemap[] =
{
{ PBS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ PBS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ PBS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ PBS_DEFAULTED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 },
{ PBS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
/*
* Checkboxes (Tk: "Checkbutton")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable checkbox_statemap[] =
{
{CBS_MIXEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{CBS_MIXEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{CBS_MIXEDHOT, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{CBS_MIXEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0},
{CBS_CHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{CBS_CHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{CBS_CHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{CBS_CHECKEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{CBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{CBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{CBS_UNCHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{CBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL, 0,0 }
};
/*
* Radiobuttons:
*/
static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_statemap[] =
{
{RBS_CHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{RBS_CHECKEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0},
{RBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL, 0,0 }
};
/*
* Groupboxes (tk: "frame")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable groupbox_statemap[] =
{
{GBS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0},
{GBS_NORMAL, 0,0 }
};
/*
* Edit fields (tk: "entry")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable edittext_statemap[] =
{
{ ETS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ETS_READONLY, TTK_STATE_READONLY, 0 },
{ ETS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ ETS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ETS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
/* NOT USED: ETS_ASSIST, ETS_SELECTED */
};
/*
* Combobox text field statemap:
* Same as edittext_statemap, but doesn't use ETS_READONLY
* (fixes: #1032409)
*/
static Ttk_StateTable combotext_statemap[] =
{
{ ETS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ETS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ ETS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ETS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
/*
* Combobox button: (CBP_DROPDOWNBUTTON)
*/
static Ttk_StateTable combobox_statemap[] = {
{ CBXS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ CBXS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ CBXS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ CBXS_HOT, TTK_STATE_HOVER, 0 },
{ CBXS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
/*
* Toolbar buttons (TP_BUTTON):
*/
static Ttk_StateTable toolbutton_statemap[] = {
{ TS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ TS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ TS_HOTCHECKED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TS_CHECKED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
{ TS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TS_NORMAL, 0,0 }
};
/*
* Scrollbars (Tk: "Scrollbar.thumb")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable scrollbar_statemap[] =
{
{ SCRBS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ SCRBS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ SCRBS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ SCRBS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable uparrow_statemap[] =
{
{ ABS_UPDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ABS_UPPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ ABS_UPHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ABS_UPNORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable downarrow_statemap[] =
{
{ ABS_DOWNDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ABS_DOWNPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ ABS_DOWNHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ABS_DOWNNORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable leftarrow_statemap[] =
{
{ ABS_LEFTDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ABS_LEFTPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ ABS_LEFTHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ABS_LEFTNORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable rightarrow_statemap[] =
{
{ ABS_RIGHTDISABLED,TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ ABS_RIGHTPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ ABS_RIGHTHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ ABS_RIGHTNORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable spinbutton_statemap[] =
{
{ DNS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ DNS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ DNS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ DNS_NORMAL, 0, 0 },
};
/*
* Trackbar thumb: (Tk: "scale slider")
*/
static Ttk_StateTable scale_statemap[] =
{
{ TUS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ TUS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ TUS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ TUS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TUS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }
};
static Ttk_StateTable tabitem_statemap[] =
{
{ TIS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ TIS_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 },
{ TIS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TIS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 },
{ TIS_NORMAL, 0, 0 },
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
370 371 372 373 374 375 376 |
* This gives bogus metrics for some parts (in particular,
* BP_PUSHBUTTONS). Set the IGNORE_THEMESIZE flag to skip this call.
*/
typedef struct /* XP element specifications */
{
const char *elementName; /* Tk theme engine element name */
| | | | | | | | | | | | 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 |
* This gives bogus metrics for some parts (in particular,
* BP_PUSHBUTTONS). Set the IGNORE_THEMESIZE flag to skip this call.
*/
typedef struct /* XP element specifications */
{
const char *elementName; /* Tk theme engine element name */
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec;
/* Element spec (usually GenericElementSpec) */
LPCWSTR className; /* Windows window class name */
int partId; /* BP_PUSHBUTTON, BP_CHECKBUTTON, etc. */
Ttk_StateTable *statemap; /* Map Tk states to XP states */
Ttk_Padding padding; /* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins */
int flags;
# define IGNORE_THEMESIZE 0x80000000 /* See NOTE-GetThemePartSize */
# define PAD_MARGINS 0x40000000 /* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins */
# define HEAP_ELEMENT 0x20000000 /* ElementInfo is on heap */
# define HALF_HEIGHT 0x10000000 /* Used by GenericSizedElements */
# define HALF_WIDTH 0x08000000 /* Used by GenericSizedElements */
} ElementInfo;
typedef struct
{
/*
* Static data, initialized when element is registered:
*/
ElementInfo *info;
XPThemeProcs *procs; /* Pointer to theme procedure table */
/*
* Dynamic data, allocated by InitElementData:
*/
HTHEME hTheme;
HDC hDC;
HWND hwnd;
/* For TkWinDrawableReleaseDC: */
Drawable drawable;
TkWinDCState dcState;
} ElementData;
static ElementData *
NewElementData(XPThemeProcs *procs, ElementInfo *info)
{
ElementData *elementData = (ElementData *)ckalloc(sizeof(ElementData));
elementData->procs = procs;
elementData->info = info;
elementData->hTheme = elementData->hDC = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
502 503 504 505 506 507 508 |
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
return;
if (!(elementData->info->flags & IGNORE_THEMESIZE)) {
result = elementData->procs->GetThemePartSize(
elementData->hTheme,
| < > | 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 |
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
return;
if (!(elementData->info->flags & IGNORE_THEMESIZE)) {
result = elementData->procs->GetThemePartSize(
elementData->hTheme,
elementData->hDC,
elementData->info->partId,
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0),
NULL /*RECT *prc*/,
TS_TRUE,
&size);
if (SUCCEEDED(result)) {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
552 553 554 555 556 557 558 |
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
&rc,
NULL/*pContentRect*/);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
| | | 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 |
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
&rc,
NULL/*pContentRect*/);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec GenericElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GenericElementSize,
GenericElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
592 593 594 595 596 597 598 |
elementData->info->flags & 0xff);
if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_HEIGHT)
*heightPtr /= 2;
if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_WIDTH)
*widthPtr /= 2;
}
| | | 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 |
elementData->info->flags & 0xff);
if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_HEIGHT)
*heightPtr /= 2;
if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_WIDTH)
*widthPtr /= 2;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec GenericSizedElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GenericSizedElementSize,
GenericElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
GenericSizedElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
/* force the arrow button height to half size */
*heightPtr /= 2;
}
| | | 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 |
GenericSizedElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin,
widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr);
/* force the arrow button height to half size */
*heightPtr /= 2;
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinboxArrowElementSpec = {
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
SpinboxArrowElementSize,
GenericElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
660 661 662 663 664 665 666 |
elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(elementData->hTheme,
elementData->hDC, elementData->info->partId, stateId,
&rc, NULL);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
| | | 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 |
elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(elementData->hTheme,
elementData->hDC, elementData->info->partId, stateId,
&rc, NULL);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GenericElementSize,
ThumbElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
692 693 694 695 696 697 698 |
if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNK) {
*widthPtr *= nBars;
} else if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNKVERT) {
*heightPtr *= nBars;
}
}
| | | 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 |
if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNK) {
*widthPtr *= nBars;
} else if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNKVERT) {
*heightPtr *= nBars;
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
PbarElementSize,
GenericElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
734 735 736 737 738 739 740 |
partId = TABP_TABITEMLEFTEDGE;
elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(
elementData->hTheme, elementData->hDC, partId,
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state), &rc, NULL);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
| | | | | | | 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 |
partId = TABP_TABITEMLEFTEDGE;
elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(
elementData->hTheme, elementData->hDC, partId,
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state), &rc, NULL);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GenericElementSize,
TabElementDraw
};
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Tree indicator element.
*
* Generic element, but don't display at all if TTK_STATE_LEAF (=USER2) set
*/
#define TTK_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1
#define TTK_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2
static Ttk_StateTable header_statemap[] =
{
{ HIS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 },
{ HIS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ HIS_NORMAL, 0,0 },
};
static Ttk_StateTable treeview_statemap[] =
{
{ TREIS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 },
{ TREIS_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0},
{ TREIS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 },
{ TREIS_NORMAL, 0,0 },
};
static Ttk_StateTable tvpglyph_statemap[] =
{
{ GLPS_OPENED, TTK_STATE_OPEN, 0 },
{ GLPS_CLOSED, 0,0 },
};
static void TreeIndicatorElementDraw(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
if (!(state & TTK_STATE_LEAF)) {
GenericElementDraw(clientData,elementRecord,tkwin,d,b,state);
}
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeIndicatorElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(NullElement),
TtkNullElementOptions,
GenericElementSize,
TreeIndicatorElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
810 811 812 813 814 815 816 |
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *textObj;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} TextElement;
| | | | < < < < < | | < < < < < < | | < < | | 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 |
typedef struct
{
Tcl_Obj *textObj;
Tcl_Obj *fontObj;
} TextElement;
static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] =
{
{ "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,textObj), "" },
{ "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT,
Tk_Offset(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT },
{ NULL }
};
static void TextElementSize(
void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr)
{
TextElement *element = elementRecord;
ElementData *elementData = clientData;
RECT rc = {0, 0};
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0))
return;
hr = elementData->procs->GetThemeTextExtent(
elementData->hTheme,
elementData->hDC,
elementData->info->partId,
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0),
Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj),
-1,
DT_LEFT /* | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX */,
NULL,
&rc);
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
*widthPtr = rc.right - rc.left;
*heightPtr = rc.bottom - rc.top;
}
if (*widthPtr < 80) *widthPtr = 80;
if (*heightPtr < 20) *heightPtr = 20;
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static void TextElementDraw(
ClientData clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin,
Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state)
{
TextElement *element = elementRecord;
ElementData *elementData = clientData;
RECT rc = BoxToRect(b);
HRESULT hr = S_OK;
if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d))
return;
hr = elementData->procs->DrawThemeText(
elementData->hTheme,
elementData->hDC,
elementData->info->partId,
Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj),
-1,
DT_LEFT /* | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX */,
(state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ? DTT_GRAYED : 0,
&rc);
FreeElementData(elementData);
}
static Ttk_ElementSpec TextElementSpec =
{
TK_STYLE_VERSION_2,
sizeof(TextElement),
TextElementOptions,
TextElementSize,
TextElementDraw
};
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
915 916 917 918 919 920 921 |
TTK_GROUP("Button.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Button.focus", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton",
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.dropdown", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
| | | | | | | | | 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 |
TTK_GROUP("Button.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Button.focus", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))))
TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton",
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.dropdown", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y)
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.button", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", 0))))
TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScrollbar",
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_X,
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow", TTK_PACK_LEFT)
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT)
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_UNIT,
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.grip", 0))))
TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.TScrollbar",
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_Y,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow", TTK_PACK_TOP)
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM)
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_UNIT,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.grip", 0))))
TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScale",
TTK_GROUP("Scale.focus", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scale.trough", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scale.track", TTK_FILL_X)
TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_LEFT) )))
TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.TScale",
TTK_GROUP("Scale.focus", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scale.trough", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH,
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scale.track", TTK_FILL_Y)
TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_TOP) )))
TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ XP element info table:
*/
#define PAD(l,t,r,b) {l,t,r,b}
#define NOPAD {0,0,0,0}
/* name spec className partId statemap padding flags */
static ElementInfo ElementInfoTable[] = {
{ "Checkbutton.indicator", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
BP_CHECKBOX, checkbox_statemap, PAD(0, 0, 4, 0), PAD_MARGINS },
{ "Radiobutton.indicator", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
BP_RADIOBUTTON, radiobutton_statemap, PAD(0, 0, 4, 0), PAD_MARGINS },
{ "Button.button", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
BP_PUSHBUTTON, pushbutton_statemap, PAD(3, 3, 3, 3), IGNORE_THEMESIZE },
{ "Labelframe.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 |
{ "Toolbutton.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
TP_BUTTON, toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
{ "Menubutton.button", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
TP_SPLITBUTTON,toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
{ "Menubutton.dropdown", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
TP_SPLITBUTTONDROPDOWN,toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
{ "Treeview.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"TREEVIEW",
| | | 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 |
{ "Toolbutton.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
TP_BUTTON, toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
{ "Menubutton.button", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
TP_SPLITBUTTON,toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
{ "Menubutton.dropdown", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR",
TP_SPLITBUTTONDROPDOWN,toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
{ "Treeview.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"TREEVIEW",
TVP_TREEITEM, treeview_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 },
{ "Treeitem.indicator", &TreeIndicatorElementSpec, L"TREEVIEW",
TVP_GLYPH, tvpglyph_statemap, PAD(1,1,6,0), PAD_MARGINS },
{ "Treeheading.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"HEADER",
HP_HEADERITEM, header_statemap, PAD(4,0,4,0),0 },
{ "sizegrip", &GenericElementSpec, L"STATUS",
SP_GRIPPER, null_statemap, NOPAD,0 },
{ "Spinbox.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"EDIT",
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 |
};
#undef PAD
static int
GetSysFlagFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
{
| | | | < | | | 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 |
};
#undef PAD
static int
GetSysFlagFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr)
{
static const char *names[] = {
"SM_CXBORDER", "SM_CYBORDER", "SM_CXVSCROLL", "SM_CYVSCROLL",
"SM_CXHSCROLL", "SM_CYHSCROLL", "SM_CXMENUCHECK", "SM_CYMENUCHECK",
"SM_CXMENUSIZE", "SM_CYMENUSIZE", "SM_CXSIZE", "SM_CYSIZE", "SM_CXSMSIZE",
"SM_CYSMSIZE"
};
int flags[] = {
SM_CXBORDER, SM_CYBORDER, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL,
SM_CXHSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL, SM_CXMENUCHECK, SM_CYMENUCHECK,
SM_CXMENUSIZE, SM_CYMENUSIZE, SM_CXSIZE, SM_CYSIZE, SM_CXSMSIZE,
SM_CYSMSIZE
};
Tcl_Obj **objv;
int i, objc;
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
if (objc != 2) {
Tcl_SetResult(interp, "wrong # args", TCL_STATIC);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
for (i = 0; i < objc; ++i) {
int option;
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], names, "system constant", 0, &option)
!= TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
*resultPtr |= (flags[option] << (8 * (1 - i)));
}
return TCL_OK;
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 |
const char *elementName,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
XPThemeData *themeData = (XPThemeData *)clientData;
ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL;
ClientData elementData;
| | | | < | | | < | < < < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | < | < < < < < | > > > > | 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 |
const char *elementName,
int objc,
Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
XPThemeData *themeData = (XPThemeData *)clientData;
ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL;
ClientData elementData;
Tcl_UniChar *className;
int partId = 0;
Ttk_StateTable *stateTable;
Ttk_Padding pad = {0, 0, 0, 0};
int flags = 0;
int length = 0;
char *name;
LPWSTR wname;
Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec = &GenericElementSpec;
static const char *optionStrings[] =
{ "-padding","-width","-height","-margins", "-syssize",
"-halfheight", "-halfwidth", NULL };
enum { O_PADDING, O_WIDTH, O_HEIGHT, O_MARGINS, O_SYSSIZE,
O_HALFHEIGHT, O_HALFWIDTH };
if (objc < 2) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp,
"missing required arguments 'class' and/or 'partId'", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &partId) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
className = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &length);
/* flags or padding */
if (objc > 3) {
int i = 3, option = 0;
for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) {
int tmp = 0;
if (i == objc -1) {
Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Missing value for \"",
Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\".", NULL);
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings,
"option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
switch (option) {
case O_PADDING:
if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
break;
case O_MARGINS:
if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
flags |= PAD_MARGINS;
break;
case O_WIDTH:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pad.left = pad.right = tmp;
flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
break;
case O_HEIGHT:
if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp;
flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE;
break;
case O_SYSSIZE:
if (GetSysFlagFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
elementSpec = &GenericSizedElementSpec;
flags |= (tmp & 0xFFFF);
break;
case O_HALFHEIGHT:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (tmp)
flags |= HALF_HEIGHT;
break;
case O_HALFWIDTH:
if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) {
return TCL_ERROR;
}
if (tmp)
flags |= HALF_WIDTH;
break;
}
}
}
/* convert a statemap into a state table */
if (objc > 2) {
Tcl_Obj **specs;
int n,j,count, status = TCL_OK;
if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &count, &specs) != TCL_OK)
return TCL_ERROR;
/* we over-allocate to ensure there is a terminating entry */
stateTable = (Ttk_StateTable *)
ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1));
for (n = 0, j = 0; status == TCL_OK && n < count; n += 2, ++j) {
Ttk_StateSpec spec = {0,0};
status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, specs[n], &spec);
if (status == TCL_OK) {
stateTable[j].onBits = spec.onbits;
stateTable[j].offBits = spec.offbits;
status = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, specs[n+1],
&stateTable[j].index);
}
}
if (status != TCL_OK) {
ckfree((char *)stateTable);
return status;
}
} else {
stateTable = (Ttk_StateTable *)ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable));
memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable));
}
elementPtr = (ElementInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(ElementInfo));
elementPtr->elementSpec = elementSpec;
elementPtr->partId = partId;
elementPtr->statemap = stateTable;
elementPtr->padding = pad;
elementPtr->flags = HEAP_ELEMENT | flags;
/* set the element name to an allocated copy */
name = (char *)ckalloc(strlen(elementName) + 1);
strcpy(name, elementName);
elementPtr->elementName = name;
/* set the class name to an allocated copy */
wname = (LPWSTR) ckalloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * (length + 1));
wcscpy(wname, className);
elementPtr->className = wname;
elementData = NewElementData(themeData->procs, elementPtr);
Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(
theme, elementName, elementPtr->elementSpec, elementData);
Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, elementData, DestroyElementData);
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1));
return TCL_OK;
}
/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
* +++ Initialization routine:
*/
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd)
{
XPThemeData *themeData;
XPThemeProcs *procs;
HINSTANCE hlibrary;
Ttk_Theme themePtr, parentPtr, vistaPtr;
ElementInfo *infoPtr;
OSVERSIONINFOW os;
os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOW);
GetVersionExW(&os);
procs = LoadXPThemeProcs(&hlibrary);
if (!procs)
return TCL_ERROR;
procs->stubWindow = hwnd;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 |
Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(interp, "vsapi", Ttk_CreateVsapiElement, themeData);
/*
* Create the vista theme on suitable platform versions and set the theme
* enable function. The theme itself is defined in script.
*/
| | | 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 |
Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(interp, "vsapi", Ttk_CreateVsapiElement, themeData);
/*
* Create the vista theme on suitable platform versions and set the theme
* enable function. The theme itself is defined in script.
*/
if (os.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT && os.dwMajorVersion > 5) {
vistaPtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "vista", themePtr);
if (vistaPtr) {
Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(vistaPtr, XPThemeEnabled, themeData);
}
}
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to win/winMain.c.
1 2 3 | /* * winMain.c -- * | < | < | | | < < > > > > < < < < < < | < < < < > > < < < | | < < < < | < < < < < < < < | | | < < < > < < < | < < < < | | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 |
/*
* winMain.c --
*
* Main entry point for wish and other Tk-based applications.
*
* Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
* Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include "tkInt.h"
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <locale.h>
#if defined(__GNUC__)
int _CRT_glob = 0;
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
/*
* The following declarations refer to internal Tk routines. These interfaces
* are available for use, but are not supported.
*/
#ifdef TK_TEST
extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Tktest_Init;
#endif /* TK_TEST */
#if defined(STATIC_BUILD) && defined(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) && TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES
extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Registry_Init;
extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Dde_Init;
extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Dde_SafeInit;
#endif
/*
* Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file:
*/
static void WishPanic(CONST char *format, ...);
static BOOL consoleRequired = TRUE;
/*
* The following #if block allows you to change the AppInit function by using
* a #define of TCL_LOCAL_APPINIT instead of rewriting this entire file. The
* #if checks for that #define and uses Tcl_AppInit if it doesn't exist.
*/
#ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT
#define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit
#endif
extern int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT(Tcl_Interp *interp);
/*
* The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup
* script, prime the library or encoding paths, fiddle with the argv, etc.,
* without needing to rewrite Tk_Main()
*/
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(int *argc, char ***argv);
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WinMain --
*
* Main entry point from Windows.
*
* Results:
* Returns false if initialization fails, otherwise it never returns.
*
* Side effects:
* Just about anything, since from here we call arbitrary Tcl code.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int APIENTRY
WinMain(
HINSTANCE hInstance,
HINSTANCE hPrevInstance,
LPSTR lpszCmdLine,
int nCmdShow)
{
char **argv;
int argc;
char *p;
Tcl_SetPanicProc(WishPanic);
/*
* Create the console channels and install them as the standard channels.
* All I/O will be discarded until Tk_CreateConsoleWindow is called to
* attach the console to a text widget.
*/
consoleRequired = TRUE;
/*
* Set up the default locale to be standard "C" locale so parsing is
* performed correctly.
*/
setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");
/*
* Get our args from the c-runtime. Ignore lpszCmdLine.
*/
argc = __argc;
argv = __argv;
/*
* Forward slashes substituted for backslashes.
*/
for (p = argv[0]; *p != '\0'; p++) {
if (*p == '\\') {
*p = '/';
}
}
#ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK
TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv);
#endif
Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT);
return 1;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* Tcl_AppInit --
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
183 184 185 186 187 188 189 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tcl_AppInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */
{
| > > | | > < > | | | | | | | | | > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > | > > > > | > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > | < | | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
Tcl_AppInit(
Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */
{
#define TK_MAX_WARN_LEN 1024
WCHAR msgString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN + 5];
if (Tcl_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
goto error;
}
if (Tk_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tk", Tk_Init, Tk_SafeInit);
/*
* Initialize the console only if we are running as an interactive
* application.
*/
if (consoleRequired) {
if (Tk_CreateConsoleWindow(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
goto error;
}
}
#if defined(STATIC_BUILD) && defined(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) && TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES
if (Registry_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Registry", Registry_Init, NULL);
if (Dde_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Dde", Dde_Init, NULL);
#endif
#ifdef TK_TEST
if (Tktest_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
goto error;
}
Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tktest", Tktest_Init, NULL);
#endif /* TK_TEST */
/*
* Call the init procedures for included packages. Each call should look
* like this:
*
* if (Mod_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) {
* return TCL_ERROR;
* }
*
* where "Mod" is the name of the module. (Dynamically-loadable packages
* should have the same entry-point name.)
*/
/*
* Call Tcl_CreateCommand for application-specific commands, if they
* weren't already created by the init procedures called above.
*/
/*
* Specify a user-specific startup file to invoke if the application is
* run interactively. Typically the startup file is "~/.apprc" where "app"
* is the name of the application. If this line is deleted then no user-
* specific startup file will be run under any conditions.
*/
Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_rcFileName", "~/wishrc.tcl", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY);
return TCL_OK;
error:
MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1,
msgString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN);
/*
* Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow the screen
* and cause possible oversized window error.
*/
memcpy(msgString + TK_MAX_WARN_LEN, L" ...", 5 * sizeof(WCHAR));
MessageBeep(MB_ICONEXCLAMATION);
MessageBoxW(NULL, msgString, L"Error in Wish",
MB_ICONSTOP | MB_OK | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND);
ExitProcess(1);
/*
* We won't reach this, but we need the return.
*/
return TCL_ERROR;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* WishPanic --
*
* Display a message and exit.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Exits the program.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
WishPanic(
CONST char *format, ...)
{
va_list argList;
char buf[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN];
WCHAR msgString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN + 5];
va_start(argList, format);
vsprintf(buf, format, argList);
MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, buf, -1, msgString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN);
/*
* Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow the screen
* and cause possible oversized window error.
*/
memcpy(msgString + TK_MAX_WARN_LEN, L" ...", 5 * sizeof(WCHAR));
MessageBeep(MB_ICONEXCLAMATION);
MessageBoxW(NULL, msgString, L"Fatal Error in Wish",
MB_ICONSTOP | MB_OK | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND);
#ifdef _MSC_VER
DebugBreak();
#endif
ExitProcess(1);
}
#if defined(TK_TEST)
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* main --
*
* Main entry point from the console.
*
* Results:
* None: Tk_Main never returns here, so this procedure never returns
* either.
*
* Side effects:
* Whatever the applications does.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int
main(
int argc,
char **argv)
{
Tcl_SetPanicProc(WishPanic);
/*
* Set up the default locale to be standard "C" locale so parsing is
* performed correctly.
*/
setlocale(LC_ALL, "C");
/*
* Console emulation widget not required as this entry is from the
* console subsystem, thus stdin,out,err already have end-points.
*/
consoleRequired = FALSE;
Tk_Main(argc, argv, Tcl_AppInit);
return 0;
}
#endif /* TK_TEST */
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Deleted xlib/X11/DECkeysym.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted xlib/X11/HPkeysym.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Deleted xlib/X11/Sunkeysym.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to xlib/X11/X.h.
1 2 3 4 5 6 | /* Definitions for the X window system likely to be used by applications */ #ifndef X_H #define X_H /*********************************************************** | > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | < > > > > > | < < < | > | > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 |
/*
* $XConsortium: X.h,v 1.66 88/09/06 15:55:56 jim Exp $
*/
/* Definitions for the X window system likely to be used by applications */
#ifndef X_H
#define X_H
/***********************************************************
Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or MIT not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#define X_PROTOCOL 11 /* current protocol version */
#define X_PROTOCOL_REVISION 0 /* current minor version */
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# define Cursor XCursor
# define Region XRegion
#endif
/* Resources */
#ifdef _WIN64
typedef __int64 XID;
#else
typedef unsigned long XID;
#endif
typedef XID Window;
typedef XID Drawable;
typedef XID Font;
typedef XID Pixmap;
typedef XID Cursor;
typedef XID Colormap;
typedef XID GContext;
typedef XID KeySym;
typedef unsigned long Mask;
typedef unsigned long Atom;
typedef unsigned long VisualID;
typedef unsigned long Time;
typedef unsigned long KeyCode; /* In order to use IME, the Macintosh needs
* to pack 3 bytes into the keyCode field in
* the XEvent. In the real X.h, a KeyCode is
* defined as a short, which wouldn't be big
* enough. */
/*****************************************************************
* RESERVED RESOURCE AND CONSTANT DEFINITIONS
*****************************************************************/
#ifndef _WIN32
# define None 0L /* See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */
#endif
#define ParentRelative 1L /* background pixmap in CreateWindow
and ChangeWindowAttributes */
#define CopyFromParent 0L /* border pixmap in CreateWindow
and ChangeWindowAttributes
special VisualID and special window
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
185 186 187 188 189 190 191 | #define PropertyNotify 28 #define SelectionClear 29 #define SelectionRequest 30 #define SelectionNotify 31 #define ColormapNotify 32 #define ClientMessage 33 #define MappingNotify 34 | < | > | > > > | 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 |
#define PropertyNotify 28
#define SelectionClear 29
#define SelectionRequest 30
#define SelectionNotify 31
#define ColormapNotify 32
#define ClientMessage 33
#define MappingNotify 34
#define LASTEvent 35 /* must be bigger than any event # */
/* Key masks. Used as modifiers to GrabButton and GrabKey, results of QueryPointer,
state in various key-, mouse-, and button-related events. */
#define ShiftMask (1<<0)
#define LockMask (1<<1)
#ifndef _WIN32
# define ControlMask (1<<2) /* See bug [9e31fd9449] and below */
#endif
#define Mod1Mask (1<<3)
#define Mod2Mask (1<<4)
#define Mod3Mask (1<<5)
#define Mod4Mask (1<<6)
#define Mod5Mask (1<<7)
/* See bug [9e31fd9449], this way prevents conflicts with Win32 headers */
#ifdef _WIN32
enum _Bug9e31fd9449 { None = 0, ControlMask = (1<<2) };
#endif
/* modifier names. Used to build a SetModifierMapping request or
to read a GetModifierMapping request. These correspond to the
masks defined above. */
#define ShiftMapIndex 0
#define LockMapIndex 1
#define ControlMapIndex 2
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
272 273 274 275 276 277 278 | /* Circulation request */ #define PlaceOnTop 0 #define PlaceOnBottom 1 /* protocol families */ | | < < < < | 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 | /* Circulation request */ #define PlaceOnTop 0 #define PlaceOnBottom 1 /* protocol families */ #define FamilyInternet 0 #define FamilyDECnet 1 #define FamilyChaos 2 /* Property notification */ #define PropertyNewValue 0 #define PropertyDelete 1 /* Color Map notification */ |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 | #define DirectColor 5 /* Byte order used in imageByteOrder and bitmapBitOrder */ #define LSBFirst 0 #define MSBFirst 1 #endif /* X_H */ | > > > > > | 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 | #define DirectColor 5 /* Byte order used in imageByteOrder and bitmapBitOrder */ #define LSBFirst 0 #define MSBFirst 1 #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) # undef Cursor # undef Region #endif #endif /* X_H */ |
Deleted xlib/X11/XF86keysym.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to xlib/X11/Xfuncproto.h.
1 | /* | > < | | | | | | | | < < | < < < < < < | < < | | < < < < < < < < < < | | | > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 |
/* $XConsortium: Xfuncproto.h,v 1.7 91/05/13 20:49:21 rws Exp $ */
/*
* Copyright 1989, 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
* documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
* that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
* documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising
* or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
* written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
* suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
* without express or implied warranty.
*
*/
/* Definitions to make function prototypes manageable */
#ifndef _XFUNCPROTO_H_
#define _XFUNCPROTO_H_
#ifndef NeedFunctionPrototypes
#define NeedFunctionPrototypes 1
#endif /* NeedFunctionPrototypes */
#ifndef NeedVarargsPrototypes
#define NeedVarargsPrototypes 0
#endif /* NeedVarargsPrototypes */
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
#ifndef NeedNestedPrototypes
#define NeedNestedPrototypes 1
#endif /* NeedNestedPrototypes */
#ifndef _Xconst
#define _Xconst const
#endif /* _Xconst */
#ifndef NeedWidePrototypes
#ifdef NARROWPROTO
#define NeedWidePrototypes 0
#else
#define NeedWidePrototypes 1 /* default to make interropt. easier */
#endif
#endif /* NeedWidePrototypes */
#endif /* NeedFunctionPrototypes */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN extern "C" {
#define _XFUNCPROTOEND }
#endif
#ifndef _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
#define _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
#define _XFUNCPROTOEND
#endif /* _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN */
#endif /* _XFUNCPROTO_H_ */
|
Changes to xlib/X11/Xlib.h.
1 | /* | > < | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < | < < < > | | | | | < | < | | | > > > > > > > > > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 | /* $XConsortium: Xlib.h,v 11.221 93/07/02 14:13:28 gildea Exp $ */ /* * Copyright 1985, 1986, 1987, 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology * * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its * documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided * that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting * documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising * or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, * written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the * suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" * without express or implied warranty. * * X Window System is a Trademark of MIT. * */ /* * Xlib.h - Header definition and support file for the C subroutine * interface library (Xlib) to the X Window System Protocol (V11). * Structures and symbols starting with "_" are private to the library. */ #ifndef _XLIB_H_ #define _XLIB_H_ #define XlibSpecificationRelease 5 #if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK) # include <X11/X.h> #endif #ifdef MAC_OSX_TK # include <X11/X.h> # define Cursor XCursor # define Region XRegion #endif /* applications should not depend on these two headers being included! */ #include <X11/Xfuncproto.h> #ifndef X_WCHAR #ifdef X_NOT_STDC_ENV #define X_WCHAR #endif #endif #ifndef X_WCHAR #include <stddef.h> #else /* replace this with #include or typedef appropriate for your system */ typedef unsigned long wchar_t; #endif typedef char *XPointer; #define Bool int #if defined(MAC_OSX_TK) /* Use define rather than typedef, since may need to undefine this later */ #define Status int |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
161 162 163 164 165 166 167 |
/*
* Extensions need a way to hang private data on some structures.
*/
typedef struct _XExtData {
int number; /* number returned by XRegisterExtension */
struct _XExtData *next; /* next item on list of data for structure */
| | < < | 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 |
/*
* Extensions need a way to hang private data on some structures.
*/
typedef struct _XExtData {
int number; /* number returned by XRegisterExtension */
struct _XExtData *next; /* next item on list of data for structure */
int (*free_private)(); /* called to free private storage */
XPointer private_data; /* data private to this extension. */
} XExtData;
/*
* This file contains structures used by the extension mechanism.
*/
typedef struct { /* public to extension, cannot be changed */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
256 257 258 259 260 261 262 | } Depth; /* * Information about the screen. The contents of this structure are * implementation dependent. A Screen should be treated as opaque * by application code. */ | < < < | 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 |
} Depth;
/*
* Information about the screen. The contents of this structure are
* implementation dependent. A Screen should be treated as opaque
* by application code.
*/
typedef struct {
XExtData *ext_data; /* hook for extension to hang data */
struct _XDisplay *display;/* back pointer to display structure */
Window root; /* Root window id. */
int width, height; /* width and height of screen */
int mwidth, mheight; /* width and height of in millimeters */
int ndepths; /* number of depths possible */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
349 350 351 352 353 354 355 |
typedef struct {
int family; /* for example FamilyInternet */
int length; /* length of address, in bytes */
char *address; /* pointer to where to find the bytes */
} XHostAddress;
| < < < < < < < < < < | | < < < < < < < < < > > > > > > > | 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 |
typedef struct {
int family; /* for example FamilyInternet */
int length; /* length of address, in bytes */
char *address; /* pointer to where to find the bytes */
} XHostAddress;
/*
* Data structure for "image" data, used by image manipulation routines.
*/
typedef struct _XImage {
int width, height; /* size of image */
int xoffset; /* number of pixels offset in X direction */
int format; /* XYBitmap, XYPixmap, ZPixmap */
char *data; /* pointer to image data */
int byte_order; /* data byte order, LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
int bitmap_unit; /* quant. of scanline 8, 16, 32 */
int bitmap_bit_order; /* LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
int bitmap_pad; /* 8, 16, 32 either XY or ZPixmap */
int depth; /* depth of image */
int bytes_per_line; /* accelarator to next line */
int bits_per_pixel; /* bits per pixel (ZPixmap) */
unsigned long red_mask; /* bits in z arrangment */
unsigned long green_mask;
unsigned long blue_mask;
XPointer obdata; /* hook for the object routines to hang on */
struct funcs { /* image manipulation routines */
struct _XImage *(*create_image)();
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
int (*destroy_image) (struct _XImage *);
unsigned long (*get_pixel) (struct _XImage *, int, int);
int (*put_pixel) (struct _XImage *, int, int, unsigned long);
struct _XImage *(*sub_image)(struct _XImage *, int, int, unsigned int, unsigned int);
int (*add_pixel) (struct _XImage *, long);
#else
int (*destroy_image)();
unsigned long (*get_pixel)();
int (*put_pixel)();
struct _XImage *(*sub_image)();
int (*add_pixel)();
#endif
} f;
} XImage;
/*
* Data structure for XReconfigureWindow
*/
typedef struct {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
490 491 492 493 494 495 496 |
/*
* Display datatype maintaining display specific data.
* The contents of this structure are implementation dependent.
* A Display should be treated as opaque by application code.
*/
typedef struct _XDisplay {
XExtData *ext_data; /* hook for extension to hang data */
| | | | | | | | | < < | | < > | | | < | < < | | | | | | | | | | > > > | | | | 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 |
/*
* Display datatype maintaining display specific data.
* The contents of this structure are implementation dependent.
* A Display should be treated as opaque by application code.
*/
typedef struct _XDisplay {
XExtData *ext_data; /* hook for extension to hang data */
struct _XFreeFuncs *free_funcs; /* internal free functions */
int fd; /* Network socket. */
int conn_checker; /* ugly thing used by _XEventsQueued */
int proto_major_version;/* maj. version of server's X protocol */
int proto_minor_version;/* minor version of servers X protocol */
char *vendor; /* vendor of the server hardware */
XID resource_base; /* resource ID base */
XID resource_mask; /* resource ID mask bits */
XID resource_id; /* allocator current ID */
int resource_shift; /* allocator shift to correct bits */
XID (*resource_alloc)(); /* allocator function */
int byte_order; /* screen byte order, LSBFirst, MSBFirst */
int bitmap_unit; /* padding and data requirements */
int bitmap_pad; /* padding requirements on bitmaps */
int bitmap_bit_order; /* LeastSignificant or MostSignificant */
int nformats; /* number of pixmap formats in list */
ScreenFormat *pixmap_format; /* pixmap format list */
int vnumber; /* Xlib's X protocol version number. */
int release; /* release of the server */
struct _XSQEvent *head, *tail; /* Input event queue. */
int qlen; /* Length of input event queue */
unsigned long request; /* sequence number of last request. */
char *last_req; /* beginning of last request, or dummy */
char *buffer; /* Output buffer starting address. */
char *bufptr; /* Output buffer index pointer. */
char *bufmax; /* Output buffer maximum+1 address. */
unsigned max_request_size; /* maximum number 32 bit words in request*/
struct _XrmHashBucketRec *db;
int (*synchandler)(); /* Synchronization handler */
char *display_name; /* "host:display" string used on this connect*/
int default_screen; /* default screen for operations */
int nscreens; /* number of screens on this server*/
Screen *screens; /* pointer to list of screens */
unsigned long motion_buffer; /* size of motion buffer */
unsigned long flags; /* internal connection flags */
int min_keycode; /* minimum defined keycode */
int max_keycode; /* maximum defined keycode */
KeySym *keysyms; /* This server's keysyms */
XModifierKeymap *modifiermap; /* This server's modifier keymap */
int keysyms_per_keycode;/* number of rows */
char *xdefaults; /* contents of defaults from server */
char *scratch_buffer; /* place to hang scratch buffer */
unsigned long scratch_length; /* length of scratch buffer */
int ext_number; /* extension number on this display */
struct _XExten *ext_procs; /* extensions initialized on this display */
/*
* the following can be fixed size, as the protocol defines how
* much address space is available.
* While this could be done using the extension vector, there
* may be MANY events processed, so a search through the extension
* list to find the right procedure for each event might be
* expensive if many extensions are being used.
*/
Bool (*event_vec[128])(); /* vector for wire to event */
Status (*wire_vec[128])(); /* vector for event to wire */
KeySym lock_meaning; /* for XLookupString */
struct _XLockInfo *lock; /* multi-thread state, display lock */
struct _XInternalAsync *async_handlers; /* for internal async */
unsigned long bigreq_size; /* max size of big requests */
struct _XLockPtrs *lock_fns; /* pointers to threads functions */
/* things above this line should not move, for binary compatibility */
struct _XKeytrans *key_bindings; /* for XLookupString */
Font cursor_font; /* for XCreateFontCursor */
struct _XDisplayAtoms *atoms; /* for XInternAtom */
unsigned int mode_switch; /* keyboard group modifiers */
struct _XContextDB *context_db; /* context database */
Bool (**error_vec)(); /* vector for wire to error */
/*
* Xcms information
*/
struct {
XPointer defaultCCCs; /* pointer to an array of default XcmsCCC */
XPointer clientCmaps; /* pointer to linked list of XcmsCmapRec */
XPointer perVisualIntensityMaps;
/* linked list of XcmsIntensityMap */
} cms;
struct _XIMFilter *im_filters;
struct _XSQEvent *qfree; /* unallocated event queue elements */
unsigned long next_event_serial_num; /* inserted into next queue elt */
int (*savedsynchandler)(); /* user synchandler when Xlib usurps */
} Display;
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes /* prototypes require event type definitions */
#undef _XEVENT_
#endif
#ifndef _XEVENT_
#define XMaxTransChars 4
/*
* Definitions of specific events.
*/
typedef struct {
int type; /* of event */
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */
Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */
Window window; /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
Window root; /* root window that the event occured on */
Window subwindow; /* child window */
Time time; /* milliseconds */
int x, y; /* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
int x_root, y_root; /* coordinates relative to root */
unsigned int state; /* key or button mask */
unsigned int keycode; /* detail */
Bool same_screen; /* same screen flag */
char trans_chars[XMaxTransChars];
/* translated characters */
int nbytes;
} XKeyEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyPressedEvent;
typedef XKeyEvent XKeyReleasedEvent;
typedef struct {
int type; /* of event */
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */
Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */
Window window; /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
Window root; /* root window that the event occured on */
Window subwindow; /* child window */
Time time; /* milliseconds */
int x, y; /* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
int x_root, y_root; /* coordinates relative to root */
unsigned int state; /* key or button mask */
unsigned int button; /* detail */
Bool same_screen; /* same screen flag */
} XButtonEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonPressedEvent;
typedef XButtonEvent XButtonReleasedEvent;
typedef struct {
int type; /* of event */
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */
Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */
Window window; /* "event" window reported relative to */
Window root; /* root window that the event occured on */
Window subwindow; /* child window */
Time time; /* milliseconds */
int x, y; /* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
int x_root, y_root; /* coordinates relative to root */
unsigned int state; /* key or button mask */
char is_hint; /* detail */
Bool same_screen; /* same screen flag */
} XMotionEvent;
typedef XMotionEvent XPointerMovedEvent;
typedef struct {
int type; /* of event */
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */
Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */
Window window; /* "event" window reported relative to */
Window root; /* root window that the event occured on */
Window subwindow; /* child window */
Time time; /* milliseconds */
int x, y; /* pointer x, y coordinates in event window */
int x_root, y_root; /* coordinates relative to root */
int mode; /* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */
int detail;
/*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
670 671 672 673 674 675 676 |
typedef struct {
int type; /* FocusIn or FocusOut */
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */
Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */
Window window; /* window of event */
| | < | 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 |
typedef struct {
int type; /* FocusIn or FocusOut */
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */
Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
Display *display; /* Display the event was read from */
Window window; /* window of event */
int mode; /* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */
int detail;
/*
* NotifyAncestor, NotifyVirtual, NotifyInferior,
* NotifyNonlinear,NotifyNonlinearVirtual, NotifyPointer,
* NotifyPointerRoot, NotifyDetailNone
*/
} XFocusChangeEvent;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
972 973 974 975 976 977 978 | int type; unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */ Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ Display *display;/* Display the event was read from */ Window window; /* window on which event was requested in event mask */ } XAnyEvent; | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 |
int type;
unsigned long serial; /* # of last request processed by server */
Bool send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
Display *display;/* Display the event was read from */
Window window; /* window on which event was requested in event mask */
} XAnyEvent;
/*
* this union is defined so Xlib can always use the same sized
* event structure internally, to avoid memory fragmentation.
*/
typedef union _XEvent {
int type; /* must not be changed; first element */
XAnyEvent xany;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 | XSelectionRequestEvent xselectionrequest; XSelectionEvent xselection; XColormapEvent xcolormap; XClientMessageEvent xclient; XMappingEvent xmapping; XErrorEvent xerror; XKeymapEvent xkeymap; | < < | 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 | XSelectionRequestEvent xselectionrequest; XSelectionEvent xselection; XColormapEvent xcolormap; XClientMessageEvent xclient; XMappingEvent xmapping; XErrorEvent xerror; XKeymapEvent xkeymap; XID pad[24]; } XEvent; #endif #define XAllocID(dpy) ((*(dpy)->resource_alloc)((dpy))) /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 |
XFontStruct *font; } XEDataObject;
typedef struct {
XRectangle max_ink_extent;
XRectangle max_logical_extent;
} XFontSetExtents;
| < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < > > > > < < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < | < | < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 |
XFontStruct *font; } XEDataObject;
typedef struct {
XRectangle max_ink_extent;
XRectangle max_logical_extent;
} XFontSetExtents;
typedef struct _XFontSet *XFontSet;
typedef struct {
char *chars;
int nchars;
int delta;
XFontSet font_set;
} XmbTextItem;
typedef struct {
wchar_t *chars;
int nchars;
int delta;
XFontSet font_set;
} XwcTextItem;
typedef void (*XIMProc)();
typedef struct _XIM *XIM;
typedef struct _XIC *XIC;
typedef unsigned long XIMStyle;
typedef struct {
unsigned short count_styles;
XIMStyle *supported_styles;
} XIMStyles;
#define XIMPreeditArea 0x0001L
#define XIMPreeditCallbacks 0x0002L
#define XIMPreeditPosition 0x0004L
#define XIMPreeditNothing 0x0008L
#define XIMPreeditNone 0x0010L
#define XIMStatusArea 0x0100L
#define XIMStatusCallbacks 0x0200L
#define XIMStatusNothing 0x0400L
#define XIMStatusNone 0x0800L
#define XNVaNestedList "XNVaNestedList"
#define XNClientWindow "clientWindow"
#define XNInputStyle "inputStyle"
#define XNFocusWindow "focusWindow"
#define XNResourceName "resourceName"
#define XNResourceClass "resourceClass"
#define XNGeometryCallback "geometryCallback"
#define XNFilterEvents "filterEvents"
#define XNPreeditStartCallback "preeditStartCallback"
#define XNPreeditDoneCallback "preeditDoneCallback"
#define XNPreeditDrawCallback "preeditDrawCallback"
#define XNPreeditCaretCallback "preeditCaretCallback"
#define XNPreeditAttributes "preeditAttributes"
#define XNStatusStartCallback "statusStartCallback"
#define XNStatusDoneCallback "statusDoneCallback"
#define XNStatusDrawCallback "statusDrawCallback"
#define XNStatusAttributes "statusAttributes"
#define XNArea "area"
#define XNAreaNeeded "areaNeeded"
#define XNSpotLocation "spotLocation"
#define XNColormap "colorMap"
#define XNStdColormap "stdColorMap"
#define XNForeground "foreground"
#define XNBackground "background"
#define XNBackgroundPixmap "backgroundPixmap"
#define XNFontSet "fontSet"
#define XNLineSpace "lineSpace"
#define XNCursor "cursor"
#define XBufferOverflow -1
#define XLookupNone 1
#define XLookupChars 2
#define XLookupKeySym 3
#define XLookupBoth 4
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
typedef void *XVaNestedList;
#else
typedef XPointer XVaNestedList;
#endif
typedef struct {
XPointer client_data;
XIMProc callback;
} XIMCallback;
typedef unsigned long XIMFeedback;
#define XIMReverse 1
#define XIMUnderline (1<<1)
#define XIMHighlight (1<<2)
#define XIMPrimary (1<<5)
#define XIMSecondary (1<<6)
#define XIMTertiary (1<<7)
typedef struct _XIMText {
unsigned short length;
XIMFeedback *feedback;
Bool encoding_is_wchar;
union {
char *multi_byte;
wchar_t *wide_char;
} string;
} XIMText;
typedef struct _XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct {
int caret; /* Cursor offset within pre-edit string */
int chg_first; /* Starting change position */
int chg_length; /* Length of the change in character count */
XIMText *text;
} XIMPreeditDrawCallbackStruct;
typedef enum {
XIMForwardChar, XIMBackwardChar,
XIMForwardWord, XIMBackwardWord,
XIMCaretUp, XIMCaretDown,
XIMNextLine, XIMPreviousLine,
XIMLineStart, XIMLineEnd,
XIMAbsolutePosition,
XIMDontChange
} XIMCaretDirection;
typedef enum {
XIMIsInvisible, /* Disable caret feedback */
XIMIsPrimary, /* UI defined caret feedback */
XIMIsSecondary /* UI defined caret feedback */
} XIMCaretStyle;
typedef struct _XIMPreeditCaretCallbackStruct {
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 |
XIMStatusDataType type;
union {
XIMText *text;
Pixmap bitmap;
} data;
} XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct;
| | < | < < | < < < < | < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | > > > < < | | 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 |
XIMStatusDataType type;
union {
XIMText *text;
Pixmap bitmap;
} data;
} XIMStatusDrawCallbackStruct;
typedef int (*XErrorHandler) ( /* WARNING, this type not in Xlib spec */
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
XErrorEvent* /* error_event */
#endif
);
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
#include "tkIntXlibDecls.h"
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# undef Cursor
# undef Region
#endif
#endif /* _XLIB_H_ */
|
Changes to xlib/X11/Xutil.h.
1 2 | /*********************************************************** | > < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | | | < < < < < | < < > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 |
/* $XConsortium: Xutil.h,v 11.73 91/07/30 16:21:37 rws Exp $ */
/***********************************************************
Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or MIT not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#ifndef _XUTIL_H_
#define _XUTIL_H_
/* You must include <X11/Xlib.h> before including this file */
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# define Region XRegion
#endif
/*
* Bitmask returned by XParseGeometry(). Each bit tells if the corresponding
* value (x, y, width, height) was found in the parsed string.
*/
#define NoValue 0x0000
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
136 137 138 139 140 141 142 | #define IconPixmapHint (1L << 2) #define IconWindowHint (1L << 3) #define IconPositionHint (1L << 4) #define IconMaskHint (1L << 5) #define WindowGroupHint (1L << 6) #define AllHints (InputHint|StateHint|IconPixmapHint|IconWindowHint| \ IconPositionHint|IconMaskHint|WindowGroupHint) | < | 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 | #define IconPixmapHint (1L << 2) #define IconWindowHint (1L << 3) #define IconPositionHint (1L << 4) #define IconMaskHint (1L << 5) #define WindowGroupHint (1L << 6) #define AllHints (InputHint|StateHint|IconPixmapHint|IconWindowHint| \ IconPositionHint|IconMaskHint|WindowGroupHint) /* definitions for initial window state */ #define WithdrawnState 0 /* for windows that are not mapped */ #define NormalState 1 /* most applications want to start this way */ #define IconicState 3 /* application wants to start as an icon */ /* |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
171 172 173 174 175 176 177 |
#define XLocaleNotSupported -2
#define XConverterNotFound -3
typedef enum {
XStringStyle, /* STRING */
XCompoundTextStyle, /* COMPOUND_TEXT */
XTextStyle, /* text in owner's encoding (current locale)*/
| | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | | | | < | < < | | < < < < < < | 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 |
#define XLocaleNotSupported -2
#define XConverterNotFound -3
typedef enum {
XStringStyle, /* STRING */
XCompoundTextStyle, /* COMPOUND_TEXT */
XTextStyle, /* text in owner's encoding (current locale)*/
XStdICCTextStyle /* STRING, else COMPOUND_TEXT */
} XICCEncodingStyle;
typedef struct {
int min_width, min_height;
int max_width, max_height;
int width_inc, height_inc;
} XIconSize;
typedef struct {
char *res_name;
char *res_class;
} XClassHint;
/*
* These macros are used to give some sugar to the image routines so that
* naive people are more comfortable with them.
*/
#define XDestroyImage(ximage) \
((*((ximage)->f.destroy_image))((ximage)))
#define XGetPixel(ximage, x, y) \
((*((ximage)->f.get_pixel))((ximage), (x), (y)))
#define XPutPixel(ximage, x, y, pixel) \
((*((ximage)->f.put_pixel))((ximage), (x), (y), (pixel)))
#define XSubImage(ximage, x, y, width, height) \
((*((ximage)->f.sub_image))((ximage), (x), (y), (width), (height)))
#define XAddPixel(ximage, value) \
((*((ximage)->f.add_pixel))((ximage), (value)))
/*
* Compose sequence status structure, used in calling XLookupString.
*/
typedef struct _XComposeStatus {
XPointer compose_ptr; /* state table pointer */
int chars_matched; /* match state */
} XComposeStatus;
/*
* Keysym macros, used on Keysyms to test for classes of symbols
*/
#define IsKeypadKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_KP_Space) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_KP_Equal))
#define IsCursorKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_Home) && ((unsigned)(keysym) < XK_Select))
#define IsPFKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_KP_F1) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_KP_F4))
#define IsFunctionKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_F1) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_F35))
#define IsMiscFunctionKey(keysym) \
(((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_Select) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_Break))
#define IsModifierKey(keysym) \
((((unsigned)(keysym) >= XK_Shift_L) && ((unsigned)(keysym) <= XK_Hyper_R)) \
|| ((unsigned)(keysym) == XK_Mode_switch) \
|| ((unsigned)(keysym) == XK_Num_Lock))
/*
* opaque reference to Region data type
*/
typedef struct _XRegion *Region;
/* Return values from XRectInRegion() */
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
373 374 375 376 377 378 379 | #define XUniqueContext() ((XContext) XrmUniqueQuark()) #define XStringToContext(string) ((XContext) XrmStringToQuark(string)) _XFUNCPROTOBEGIN /* The following declarations are alphabetized. */ | | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > > > > > > > < < | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > < < < < < < | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > < | < < < < | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > < | < < < < | > > | > > | > > | > > | > > | < < < < < < < < < < | < > | > > | > > | > > | > > | > < | < < < < | > > | > | | | | | > | > | | | | | < | < < < < < < | > | > | > > > > > > > > > > < | < < < < < | > | | | | < | < < < < < | > > | > > | > > | > < < < < > > > > > | | 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 |
#define XUniqueContext() ((XContext) XrmUniqueQuark())
#define XStringToContext(string) ((XContext) XrmStringToQuark(string))
_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
/* The following declarations are alphabetized. */
extern XClassHint *XAllocClassHint (
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
void
#endif
);
extern XIconSize *XAllocIconSize (
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
void
#endif
);
extern XSizeHints *XAllocSizeHints (
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
void
#endif
);
extern XStandardColormap *XAllocStandardColormap (
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
void
#endif
);
extern XWMHints *XAllocWMHints (
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
void
#endif
);
extern void XClipBox(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* r */,
XRectangle* /* rect_return */
#endif
);
extern Region XCreateRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
void
#endif
);
extern char *XDefaultString(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
void
#endif
);
extern int XDeleteContext(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
XID /* rid */,
XContext /* context */
#endif
);
extern void XDestroyRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* r */
#endif
);
extern Bool XEmptyRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* r */
#endif
);
extern Bool XEqualRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* r1 */,
Region /* r2 */
#endif
);
extern int XFindContext(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
XID /* rid */,
XContext /* context */,
XPointer* /* data_return */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetClassHint(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XClassHint* /* class_hints_return */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetIconSizes(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XIconSize** /* size_list_return */,
int* /* count_return */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetNormalHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints_return */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetRGBColormaps(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XStandardColormap** /* stdcmap_return */,
int* /* count_return */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetSizeHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints_return */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetStandardColormap(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XStandardColormap* /* colormap_return */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetTextProperty(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* window */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetWMClientMachine(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */
#endif
);
extern XWMHints *XGetWMHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetWMIconName(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetWMName(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetWMNormalHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints_return */,
long* /* supplied_return */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetWMSizeHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints_return */,
long* /* supplied_return */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern Status XGetZoomHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* zhints_return */
#endif
);
extern void XIntersectRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* sra */,
Region /* srb */,
Region /* dr_return */
#endif
);
extern int XLookupString(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
XKeyEvent* /* event_struct */,
char* /* buffer_return */,
int /* bytes_buffer */,
KeySym* /* keysym_return */,
XComposeStatus* /* status_in_out */
#endif
);
extern Status XMatchVisualInfo(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
int /* screen */,
int /* depth */,
int /* class */,
XVisualInfo* /* vinfo_return */
#endif
);
extern int XOffsetRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* r */,
int /* dx */,
int /* dy */
#endif
);
extern Bool XPointInRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* r */,
int /* x */,
int /* y */
#endif
);
extern Region XPolygonRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
XPoint* /* points */,
int /* n */,
int /* fill_rule */
#endif
);
extern int XRectInRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* r */,
int /* x */,
int /* y */,
unsigned int /* width */,
unsigned int /* height */
#endif
);
extern int XSaveContext(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
XID /* rid */,
XContext /* context */,
_Xconst char* /* data */
#endif
);
extern void XSetClassHint(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XClassHint* /* class_hints */
#endif
);
extern void XSetIconSizes(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XIconSize* /* size_list */,
int /* count */
#endif
);
extern void XSetNormalHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */
#endif
);
extern void XSetRGBColormaps(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XStandardColormap* /* stdcmaps */,
int /* count */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern void XSetSizeHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern void XSetStandardProperties(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
_Xconst char* /* window_name */,
_Xconst char* /* icon_name */,
Pixmap /* icon_pixmap */,
char** /* argv */,
int /* argc */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */
#endif
);
extern void XSetTextProperty(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern void XSetWMHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XWMHints* /* wm_hints */
#endif
);
extern void XSetWMIconName(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */
#endif
);
extern void XSetWMName(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */
#endif
);
extern void XSetWMNormalHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */
#endif
);
extern void XSetWMProperties(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XTextProperty* /* window_name */,
XTextProperty* /* icon_name */,
char** /* argv */,
int /* argc */,
XSizeHints* /* normal_hints */,
XWMHints* /* wm_hints */,
XClassHint* /* class_hints */
#endif
);
extern void XmbSetWMProperties(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
_Xconst char* /* window_name */,
_Xconst char* /* icon_name */,
char** /* argv */,
int /* argc */,
XSizeHints* /* normal_hints */,
XWMHints* /* wm_hints */,
XClassHint* /* class_hints */
#endif
);
extern void XSetWMSizeHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern void XSetRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
GC /* gc */,
Region /* r */
#endif
);
extern void XSetStandardColormap(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XStandardColormap* /* colormap */,
Atom /* property */
#endif
);
extern void XSetZoomHints(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
Window /* w */,
XSizeHints* /* zhints */
#endif
);
extern void XShrinkRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* r */,
int /* dx */,
int /* dy */
#endif
);
extern void XSubtractRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* sra */,
Region /* srb */,
Region /* dr_return */
#endif
);
extern int XmbTextListToTextProperty(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
char** /* list */,
int /* count */,
XICCEncodingStyle /* style */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */
#endif
);
extern int XwcTextListToTextProperty(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
wchar_t** /* list */,
int /* count */,
XICCEncodingStyle /* style */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop_return */
#endif
);
extern void XwcFreeStringList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
wchar_t** /* list */
#endif
);
extern Status XTextPropertyToStringList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */,
char*** /* list_return */,
int* /* count_return */
#endif
);
extern int XmbTextPropertyToTextList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */,
char*** /* list_return */,
int* /* count_return */
#endif
);
extern int XwcTextPropertyToTextList(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
XTextProperty* /* text_prop */,
wchar_t*** /* list_return */,
int* /* count_return */
#endif
);
extern void XUnionRectWithRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
XRectangle* /* rectangle */,
Region /* src_region */,
Region /* dest_region_return */
#endif
);
extern int XUnionRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* sra */,
Region /* srb */,
Region /* dr_return */
#endif
);
extern int XWMGeometry(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Display* /* display */,
int /* screen_number */,
_Xconst char* /* user_geometry */,
_Xconst char* /* default_geometry */,
unsigned int /* border_width */,
XSizeHints* /* hints */,
int* /* x_return */,
int* /* y_return */,
int* /* width_return */,
int* /* height_return */,
int* /* gravity_return */
#endif
);
extern void XXorRegion(
#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
Region /* sra */,
Region /* srb */,
Region /* dr_return */
#endif
);
_XFUNCPROTOEND
#if defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# undef Region
#endif
#endif /* _XUTIL_H_ */
|
Deleted xlib/X11/ap_keysym.h.
|
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < |
Changes to xlib/X11/cursorfont.h.
|
| < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | /* $XConsortium: cursorfont.h,v 1.2 88/09/06 16:44:27 jim Exp $ */ #define XC_num_glyphs 154 #define XC_X_cursor 0 #define XC_arrow 2 #define XC_based_arrow_down 4 #define XC_based_arrow_up 6 #define XC_boat 8 #define XC_bogosity 10 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
103 104 105 106 107 108 109 | #define XC_top_tee 140 #define XC_trek 142 #define XC_ul_angle 144 #define XC_umbrella 146 #define XC_ur_angle 148 #define XC_watch 150 #define XC_xterm 152 | < < | 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 | #define XC_top_tee 140 #define XC_trek 142 #define XC_ul_angle 144 #define XC_umbrella 146 #define XC_ur_angle 148 #define XC_watch 150 #define XC_xterm 152 |
Changes to xlib/X11/keysym.h.
|
| < | < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 |
/* $XConsortium: keysym.h,v 1.13 91/03/13 20:09:49 rws Exp $ */
/***********************************************************
Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or MIT not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
/* default keysyms */
#define XK_MISCELLANY
#define XK_LATIN1
#define XK_LATIN2
#define XK_LATIN3
#define XK_LATIN4
#define XK_GREEK
#include <X11/keysymdef.h>
|
Changes to xlib/X11/keysymdef.h.
|
| < < | < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | > | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | > | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | < < < < < < | < < < < | < | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | | | | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < < < | < < | | | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 |
/* $XConsortium: keysymdef.h,v 1.15 93/04/02 10:57:36 rws Exp $ */
/***********************************************************
Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or MIT not be
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
******************************************************************/
#define XK_VoidSymbol 0xFFFFFF /* void symbol */
#ifdef XK_MISCELLANY
/*
* TTY Functions, cleverly chosen to map to ascii, for convenience of
* programming, but could have been arbitrary (at the cost of lookup
* tables in client code.
*/
#define XK_BackSpace 0xFF08 /* back space, back char */
#define XK_Tab 0xFF09
#define XK_Linefeed 0xFF0A /* Linefeed, LF */
#define XK_Clear 0xFF0B
#define XK_Return 0xFF0D /* Return, enter */
#define XK_Pause 0xFF13 /* Pause, hold */
#define XK_Scroll_Lock 0xFF14
#define XK_Sys_Req 0xFF15
#define XK_Escape 0xFF1B
#define XK_Delete 0xFFFF /* Delete, rubout */
/* International & multi-key character composition */
#define XK_Multi_key 0xFF20 /* Multi-key character compose */
/* Japanese keyboard support */
#define XK_Kanji 0xFF21 /* Kanji, Kanji convert */
#define XK_Muhenkan 0xFF22 /* Cancel Conversion */
#define XK_Henkan_Mode 0xFF23 /* Start/Stop Conversion */
#define XK_Henkan 0xFF23 /* Alias for Henkan_Mode */
#define XK_Romaji 0xFF24 /* to Romaji */
#define XK_Hiragana 0xFF25 /* to Hiragana */
#define XK_Katakana 0xFF26 /* to Katakana */
#define XK_Hiragana_Katakana 0xFF27 /* Hiragana/Katakana toggle */
#define XK_Zenkaku 0xFF28 /* to Zenkaku */
#define XK_Hankaku 0xFF29 /* to Hankaku */
#define XK_Zenkaku_Hankaku 0xFF2A /* Zenkaku/Hankaku toggle */
#define XK_Touroku 0xFF2B /* Add to Dictionary */
#define XK_Massyo 0xFF2C /* Delete from Dictionary */
#define XK_Kana_Lock 0xFF2D /* Kana Lock */
#define XK_Kana_Shift 0xFF2E /* Kana Shift */
#define XK_Eisu_Shift 0xFF2F /* Alphanumeric Shift */
#define XK_Eisu_toggle 0xFF30 /* Alphanumeric toggle */
/* Cursor control & motion */
#define XK_Home 0xFF50
#define XK_Left 0xFF51 /* Move left, left arrow */
#define XK_Up 0xFF52 /* Move up, up arrow */
#define XK_Right 0xFF53 /* Move right, right arrow */
#define XK_Down 0xFF54 /* Move down, down arrow */
#define XK_Prior 0xFF55 /* Prior, previous */
#define XK_Page_Up 0xFF55
#define XK_Next 0xFF56 /* Next */
#define XK_Page_Down 0xFF56
#define XK_End 0xFF57 /* EOL */
#define XK_Begin 0xFF58 /* BOL */
/* Special Windows keyboard keys */
#define XK_Win_L 0xFF5B /* Left-hand Windows */
#define XK_Win_R 0xFF5C /* Right-hand Windows */
#define XK_App 0xFF5D /* Menu key */
/* Misc Functions */
#define XK_Select 0xFF60 /* Select, mark */
#define XK_Print 0xFF61
#define XK_Execute 0xFF62 /* Execute, run, do */
#define XK_Insert 0xFF63 /* Insert, insert here */
#define XK_Undo 0xFF65 /* Undo, oops */
#define XK_Redo 0xFF66 /* redo, again */
#define XK_Menu 0xFF67
#define XK_Find 0xFF68 /* Find, search */
#define XK_Cancel 0xFF69 /* Cancel, stop, abort, exit */
#define XK_Help 0xFF6A /* Help, ? */
#define XK_Break 0xFF6B
#define XK_Mode_switch 0xFF7E /* Character set switch */
#define XK_script_switch 0xFF7E /* Alias for mode_switch */
#define XK_Num_Lock 0xFF7F
/* Keypad Functions, keypad numbers cleverly chosen to map to ascii */
#define XK_KP_Space 0xFF80 /* space */
#define XK_KP_Tab 0xFF89
#define XK_KP_Enter 0xFF8D /* enter */
#define XK_KP_F1 0xFF91 /* PF1, KP_A, ... */
#define XK_KP_F2 0xFF92
#define XK_KP_F3 0xFF93
#define XK_KP_F4 0xFF94
#define XK_KP_Home 0xFF95
#define XK_KP_Left 0xFF96
#define XK_KP_Up 0xFF97
#define XK_KP_Right 0xFF98
#define XK_KP_Down 0xFF99
#define XK_KP_Prior 0xFF9A
#define XK_KP_Page_Up 0xFF9A
#define XK_KP_Next 0xFF9B
#define XK_KP_Page_Down 0xFF9B
#define XK_KP_End 0xFF9C
#define XK_KP_Begin 0xFF9D
#define XK_KP_Insert 0xFF9E
#define XK_KP_Delete 0xFF9F
#define XK_KP_Equal 0xFFBD /* equals */
#define XK_KP_Multiply 0xFFAA
#define XK_KP_Add 0xFFAB
#define XK_KP_Separator 0xFFAC /* separator, often comma */
#define XK_KP_Subtract 0xFFAD
#define XK_KP_Decimal 0xFFAE
#define XK_KP_Divide 0xFFAF
#define XK_KP_0 0xFFB0
#define XK_KP_1 0xFFB1
#define XK_KP_2 0xFFB2
#define XK_KP_3 0xFFB3
#define XK_KP_4 0xFFB4
#define XK_KP_5 0xFFB5
#define XK_KP_6 0xFFB6
#define XK_KP_7 0xFFB7
#define XK_KP_8 0xFFB8
#define XK_KP_9 0xFFB9
/*
* Auxilliary Functions; note the duplicate definitions for left and right
* function keys; Sun keyboards and a few other manufactures have such
* function key groups on the left and/or right sides of the keyboard.
* We've not found a keyboard with more than 35 function keys total.
*/
#define XK_F1 0xFFBE
#define XK_F2 0xFFBF
#define XK_F3 0xFFC0
#define XK_F4 0xFFC1
#define XK_F5 0xFFC2
#define XK_F6 0xFFC3
#define XK_F7 0xFFC4
#define XK_F8 0xFFC5
#define XK_F9 0xFFC6
#define XK_F10 0xFFC7
#define XK_F11 0xFFC8
#define XK_L1 0xFFC8
#define XK_F12 0xFFC9
#define XK_L2 0xFFC9
#define XK_F13 0xFFCA
#define XK_L3 0xFFCA
#define XK_F14 0xFFCB
#define XK_L4 0xFFCB
#define XK_F15 0xFFCC
#define XK_L5 0xFFCC
#define XK_F16 0xFFCD
#define XK_L6 0xFFCD
#define XK_F17 0xFFCE
#define XK_L7 0xFFCE
#define XK_F18 0xFFCF
#define XK_L8 0xFFCF
#define XK_F19 0xFFD0
#define XK_L9 0xFFD0
#define XK_F20 0xFFD1
#define XK_L10 0xFFD1
#define XK_F21 0xFFD2
#define XK_R1 0xFFD2
#define XK_F22 0xFFD3
#define XK_R2 0xFFD3
#define XK_F23 0xFFD4
#define XK_R3 0xFFD4
#define XK_F24 0xFFD5
#define XK_R4 0xFFD5
#define XK_F25 0xFFD6
#define XK_R5 0xFFD6
#define XK_F26 0xFFD7
#define XK_R6 0xFFD7
#define XK_F27 0xFFD8
#define XK_R7 0xFFD8
#define XK_F28 0xFFD9
#define XK_R8 0xFFD9
#define XK_F29 0xFFDA
#define XK_R9 0xFFDA
#define XK_F30 0xFFDB
#define XK_R10 0xFFDB
#define XK_F31 0xFFDC
#define XK_R11 0xFFDC
#define XK_F32 0xFFDD
#define XK_R12 0xFFDD
#define XK_F33 0xFFDE
#define XK_R13 0xFFDE
#define XK_F34 0xFFDF
#define XK_R14 0xFFDF
#define XK_F35 0xFFE0
#define XK_R15 0xFFE0
/* Modifiers */
#define XK_Shift_L 0xFFE1 /* Left shift */
#define XK_Shift_R 0xFFE2 /* Right shift */
#define XK_Control_L 0xFFE3 /* Left control */
#define XK_Control_R 0xFFE4 /* Right control */
#define XK_Caps_Lock 0xFFE5 /* Caps lock */
#define XK_Shift_Lock 0xFFE6 /* Shift lock */
#define XK_Meta_L 0xFFE7 /* Left meta */
#define XK_Meta_R 0xFFE8 /* Right meta */
#define XK_Alt_L 0xFFE9 /* Left alt */
#define XK_Alt_R 0xFFEA /* Right alt */
#define XK_Super_L 0xFFEB /* Left super */
#define XK_Super_R 0xFFEC /* Right super */
#define XK_Hyper_L 0xFFED /* Left hyper */
#define XK_Hyper_R 0xFFEE /* Right hyper */
#endif /* XK_MISCELLANY */
/*
* Latin 1
* Byte 3 = 0
*/
#ifdef XK_LATIN1
#define XK_space 0x020
#define XK_exclam 0x021
#define XK_quotedbl 0x022
#define XK_numbersign 0x023
#define XK_dollar 0x024
#define XK_percent 0x025
#define XK_ampersand 0x026
#define XK_apostrophe 0x027
#define XK_quoteright 0x027 /* deprecated */
#define XK_parenleft 0x028
#define XK_parenright 0x029
#define XK_asterisk 0x02a
#define XK_plus 0x02b
#define XK_comma 0x02c
#define XK_minus 0x02d
#define XK_period 0x02e
#define XK_slash 0x02f
#define XK_0 0x030
#define XK_1 0x031
#define XK_2 0x032
#define XK_3 0x033
#define XK_4 0x034
#define XK_5 0x035
#define XK_6 0x036
#define XK_7 0x037
#define XK_8 0x038
#define XK_9 0x039
#define XK_colon 0x03a
#define XK_semicolon 0x03b
#define XK_less 0x03c
#define XK_equal 0x03d
#define XK_greater 0x03e
#define XK_question 0x03f
#define XK_at 0x040
#define XK_A 0x041
#define XK_B 0x042
#define XK_C 0x043
#define XK_D 0x044
#define XK_E 0x045
#define XK_F 0x046
#define XK_G 0x047
#define XK_H 0x048
#define XK_I 0x049
#define XK_J 0x04a
#define XK_K 0x04b
#define XK_L 0x04c
#define XK_M 0x04d
#define XK_N 0x04e
#define XK_O 0x04f
#define XK_P 0x050
#define XK_Q 0x051
#define XK_R 0x052
#define XK_S 0x053
#define XK_T 0x054
#define XK_U 0x055
#define XK_V 0x056
#define XK_W 0x057
#define XK_X 0x058
#define XK_Y 0x059
#define XK_Z 0x05a
#define XK_bracketleft 0x05b
#define XK_backslash 0x05c
#define XK_bracketright 0x05d
#define XK_asciicircum 0x05e
#define XK_underscore 0x05f
#define XK_grave 0x060
#define XK_quoteleft 0x060 /* deprecated */
#define XK_a 0x061
#define XK_b 0x062
#define XK_c 0x063
#define XK_d 0x064
#define XK_e 0x065
#define XK_f 0x066
#define XK_g 0x067
#define XK_h 0x068
#define XK_i 0x069
#define XK_j 0x06a
#define XK_k 0x06b
#define XK_l 0x06c
#define XK_m 0x06d
#define XK_n 0x06e
#define XK_o 0x06f
#define XK_p 0x070
#define XK_q 0x071
#define XK_r 0x072
#define XK_s 0x073
#define XK_t 0x074
#define XK_u 0x075
#define XK_v 0x076
#define XK_w 0x077
#define XK_x 0x078
#define XK_y 0x079
#define XK_z 0x07a
#define XK_braceleft 0x07b
#define XK_bar 0x07c
#define XK_braceright 0x07d
#define XK_asciitilde 0x07e
#define XK_nobreakspace 0x0a0
#define XK_exclamdown 0x0a1
#define XK_cent 0x0a2
#define XK_sterling 0x0a3
#define XK_currency 0x0a4
#define XK_yen 0x0a5
#define XK_brokenbar 0x0a6
#define XK_section 0x0a7
#define XK_diaeresis 0x0a8
#define XK_copyright 0x0a9
#define XK_ordfeminine 0x0aa
#define XK_guillemotleft 0x0ab /* left angle quotation mark */
#define XK_notsign 0x0ac
#define XK_hyphen 0x0ad
#define XK_registered 0x0ae
#define XK_macron 0x0af
#define XK_degree 0x0b0
#define XK_plusminus 0x0b1
#define XK_twosuperior 0x0b2
#define XK_threesuperior 0x0b3
#define XK_acute 0x0b4
#define XK_mu 0x0b5
#define XK_paragraph 0x0b6
#define XK_periodcentered 0x0b7
#define XK_cedilla 0x0b8
#define XK_onesuperior 0x0b9
#define XK_masculine 0x0ba
#define XK_guillemotright 0x0bb /* right angle quotation mark */
#define XK_onequarter 0x0bc
#define XK_onehalf 0x0bd
#define XK_threequarters 0x0be
#define XK_questiondown 0x0bf
#define XK_Agrave 0x0c0
#define XK_Aacute 0x0c1
#define XK_Acircumflex 0x0c2
#define XK_Atilde 0x0c3
#define XK_Adiaeresis 0x0c4
#define XK_Aring 0x0c5
#define XK_AE 0x0c6
#define XK_Ccedilla 0x0c7
#define XK_Egrave 0x0c8
#define XK_Eacute 0x0c9
#define XK_Ecircumflex 0x0ca
#define XK_Ediaeresis 0x0cb
#define XK_Igrave 0x0cc
#define XK_Iacute 0x0cd
#define XK_Icircumflex 0x0ce
#define XK_Idiaeresis 0x0cf
#define XK_ETH 0x0d0
#define XK_Eth 0x0d0 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Ntilde 0x0d1
#define XK_Ograve 0x0d2
#define XK_Oacute 0x0d3
#define XK_Ocircumflex 0x0d4
#define XK_Otilde 0x0d5
#define XK_Odiaeresis 0x0d6
#define XK_multiply 0x0d7
#define XK_Ooblique 0x0d8
#define XK_Ugrave 0x0d9
#define XK_Uacute 0x0da
#define XK_Ucircumflex 0x0db
#define XK_Udiaeresis 0x0dc
#define XK_Yacute 0x0dd
#define XK_THORN 0x0de
#define XK_Thorn 0x0de /* deprecated */
#define XK_ssharp 0x0df
#define XK_agrave 0x0e0
#define XK_aacute 0x0e1
#define XK_acircumflex 0x0e2
#define XK_atilde 0x0e3
#define XK_adiaeresis 0x0e4
#define XK_aring 0x0e5
#define XK_ae 0x0e6
#define XK_ccedilla 0x0e7
#define XK_egrave 0x0e8
#define XK_eacute 0x0e9
#define XK_ecircumflex 0x0ea
#define XK_ediaeresis 0x0eb
#define XK_igrave 0x0ec
#define XK_iacute 0x0ed
#define XK_icircumflex 0x0ee
#define XK_idiaeresis 0x0ef
#define XK_eth 0x0f0
#define XK_ntilde 0x0f1
#define XK_ograve 0x0f2
#define XK_oacute 0x0f3
#define XK_ocircumflex 0x0f4
#define XK_otilde 0x0f5
#define XK_odiaeresis 0x0f6
#define XK_division 0x0f7
#define XK_oslash 0x0f8
#define XK_ugrave 0x0f9
#define XK_uacute 0x0fa
#define XK_ucircumflex 0x0fb
#define XK_udiaeresis 0x0fc
#define XK_yacute 0x0fd
#define XK_thorn 0x0fe
#define XK_ydiaeresis 0x0ff
#endif /* XK_LATIN1 */
/*
* Latin 2
* Byte 3 = 1
*/
#ifdef XK_LATIN2
#define XK_Aogonek 0x1a1
#define XK_breve 0x1a2
#define XK_Lstroke 0x1a3
#define XK_Lcaron 0x1a5
#define XK_Sacute 0x1a6
#define XK_Scaron 0x1a9
#define XK_Scedilla 0x1aa
#define XK_Tcaron 0x1ab
#define XK_Zacute 0x1ac
#define XK_Zcaron 0x1ae
#define XK_Zabovedot 0x1af
#define XK_aogonek 0x1b1
#define XK_ogonek 0x1b2
#define XK_lstroke 0x1b3
#define XK_lcaron 0x1b5
#define XK_sacute 0x1b6
#define XK_caron 0x1b7
#define XK_scaron 0x1b9
#define XK_scedilla 0x1ba
#define XK_tcaron 0x1bb
#define XK_zacute 0x1bc
#define XK_doubleacute 0x1bd
#define XK_zcaron 0x1be
#define XK_zabovedot 0x1bf
#define XK_Racute 0x1c0
#define XK_Abreve 0x1c3
#define XK_Lacute 0x1c5
#define XK_Cacute 0x1c6
#define XK_Ccaron 0x1c8
#define XK_Eogonek 0x1ca
#define XK_Ecaron 0x1cc
#define XK_Dcaron 0x1cf
#define XK_Dstroke 0x1d0
#define XK_Nacute 0x1d1
#define XK_Ncaron 0x1d2
#define XK_Odoubleacute 0x1d5
#define XK_Rcaron 0x1d8
#define XK_Uring 0x1d9
#define XK_Udoubleacute 0x1db
#define XK_Tcedilla 0x1de
#define XK_racute 0x1e0
#define XK_abreve 0x1e3
#define XK_lacute 0x1e5
#define XK_cacute 0x1e6
#define XK_ccaron 0x1e8
#define XK_eogonek 0x1ea
#define XK_ecaron 0x1ec
#define XK_dcaron 0x1ef
#define XK_dstroke 0x1f0
#define XK_nacute 0x1f1
#define XK_ncaron 0x1f2
#define XK_odoubleacute 0x1f5
#define XK_udoubleacute 0x1fb
#define XK_rcaron 0x1f8
#define XK_uring 0x1f9
#define XK_tcedilla 0x1fe
#define XK_abovedot 0x1ff
#endif /* XK_LATIN2 */
/*
* Latin 3
* Byte 3 = 2
*/
#ifdef XK_LATIN3
#define XK_Hstroke 0x2a1
#define XK_Hcircumflex 0x2a6
#define XK_Iabovedot 0x2a9
#define XK_Gbreve 0x2ab
#define XK_Jcircumflex 0x2ac
#define XK_hstroke 0x2b1
#define XK_hcircumflex 0x2b6
#define XK_idotless 0x2b9
#define XK_gbreve 0x2bb
#define XK_jcircumflex 0x2bc
#define XK_Cabovedot 0x2c5
#define XK_Ccircumflex 0x2c6
#define XK_Gabovedot 0x2d5
#define XK_Gcircumflex 0x2d8
#define XK_Ubreve 0x2dd
#define XK_Scircumflex 0x2de
#define XK_cabovedot 0x2e5
#define XK_ccircumflex 0x2e6
#define XK_gabovedot 0x2f5
#define XK_gcircumflex 0x2f8
#define XK_ubreve 0x2fd
#define XK_scircumflex 0x2fe
#endif /* XK_LATIN3 */
/*
* Latin 4
* Byte 3 = 3
*/
#ifdef XK_LATIN4
#define XK_kra 0x3a2
#define XK_kappa 0x3a2 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Rcedilla 0x3a3
#define XK_Itilde 0x3a5
#define XK_Lcedilla 0x3a6
#define XK_Emacron 0x3aa
#define XK_Gcedilla 0x3ab
#define XK_Tslash 0x3ac
#define XK_rcedilla 0x3b3
#define XK_itilde 0x3b5
#define XK_lcedilla 0x3b6
#define XK_emacron 0x3ba
#define XK_gcedilla 0x3bb
#define XK_tslash 0x3bc
#define XK_ENG 0x3bd
#define XK_eng 0x3bf
#define XK_Amacron 0x3c0
#define XK_Iogonek 0x3c7
#define XK_Eabovedot 0x3cc
#define XK_Imacron 0x3cf
#define XK_Ncedilla 0x3d1
#define XK_Omacron 0x3d2
#define XK_Kcedilla 0x3d3
#define XK_Uogonek 0x3d9
#define XK_Utilde 0x3dd
#define XK_Umacron 0x3de
#define XK_amacron 0x3e0
#define XK_iogonek 0x3e7
#define XK_eabovedot 0x3ec
#define XK_imacron 0x3ef
#define XK_ncedilla 0x3f1
#define XK_omacron 0x3f2
#define XK_kcedilla 0x3f3
#define XK_uogonek 0x3f9
#define XK_utilde 0x3fd
#define XK_umacron 0x3fe
#endif /* XK_LATIN4 */
/*
* Katakana
* Byte 3 = 4
*/
#ifdef XK_KATAKANA
#define XK_overline 0x47e
#define XK_kana_fullstop 0x4a1
#define XK_kana_openingbracket 0x4a2
#define XK_kana_closingbracket 0x4a3
#define XK_kana_comma 0x4a4
#define XK_kana_conjunctive 0x4a5
#define XK_kana_middledot 0x4a5 /* deprecated */
#define XK_kana_WO 0x4a6
#define XK_kana_a 0x4a7
#define XK_kana_i 0x4a8
#define XK_kana_u 0x4a9
#define XK_kana_e 0x4aa
#define XK_kana_o 0x4ab
#define XK_kana_ya 0x4ac
#define XK_kana_yu 0x4ad
#define XK_kana_yo 0x4ae
#define XK_kana_tsu 0x4af
#define XK_kana_tu 0x4af /* deprecated */
#define XK_prolongedsound 0x4b0
#define XK_kana_A 0x4b1
#define XK_kana_I 0x4b2
#define XK_kana_U 0x4b3
#define XK_kana_E 0x4b4
#define XK_kana_O 0x4b5
#define XK_kana_KA 0x4b6
#define XK_kana_KI 0x4b7
#define XK_kana_KU 0x4b8
#define XK_kana_KE 0x4b9
#define XK_kana_KO 0x4ba
#define XK_kana_SA 0x4bb
#define XK_kana_SHI 0x4bc
#define XK_kana_SU 0x4bd
#define XK_kana_SE 0x4be
#define XK_kana_SO 0x4bf
#define XK_kana_TA 0x4c0
#define XK_kana_CHI 0x4c1
#define XK_kana_TI 0x4c1 /* deprecated */
#define XK_kana_TSU 0x4c2
#define XK_kana_TU 0x4c2 /* deprecated */
#define XK_kana_TE 0x4c3
#define XK_kana_TO 0x4c4
#define XK_kana_NA 0x4c5
#define XK_kana_NI 0x4c6
#define XK_kana_NU 0x4c7
#define XK_kana_NE 0x4c8
#define XK_kana_NO 0x4c9
#define XK_kana_HA 0x4ca
#define XK_kana_HI 0x4cb
#define XK_kana_FU 0x4cc
#define XK_kana_HU 0x4cc /* deprecated */
#define XK_kana_HE 0x4cd
#define XK_kana_HO 0x4ce
#define XK_kana_MA 0x4cf
#define XK_kana_MI 0x4d0
#define XK_kana_MU 0x4d1
#define XK_kana_ME 0x4d2
#define XK_kana_MO 0x4d3
#define XK_kana_YA 0x4d4
#define XK_kana_YU 0x4d5
#define XK_kana_YO 0x4d6
#define XK_kana_RA 0x4d7
#define XK_kana_RI 0x4d8
#define XK_kana_RU 0x4d9
#define XK_kana_RE 0x4da
#define XK_kana_RO 0x4db
#define XK_kana_WA 0x4dc
#define XK_kana_N 0x4dd
#define XK_voicedsound 0x4de
#define XK_semivoicedsound 0x4df
#define XK_kana_switch 0xFF7E /* Alias for mode_switch */
#endif /* XK_KATAKANA */
/*
* Arabic
* Byte 3 = 5
*/
#ifdef XK_ARABIC
#define XK_Arabic_comma 0x5ac
#define XK_Arabic_semicolon 0x5bb
#define XK_Arabic_question_mark 0x5bf
#define XK_Arabic_hamza 0x5c1
#define XK_Arabic_maddaonalef 0x5c2
#define XK_Arabic_hamzaonalef 0x5c3
#define XK_Arabic_hamzaonwaw 0x5c4
#define XK_Arabic_hamzaunderalef 0x5c5
#define XK_Arabic_hamzaonyeh 0x5c6
#define XK_Arabic_alef 0x5c7
#define XK_Arabic_beh 0x5c8
#define XK_Arabic_tehmarbuta 0x5c9
#define XK_Arabic_teh 0x5ca
#define XK_Arabic_theh 0x5cb
#define XK_Arabic_jeem 0x5cc
#define XK_Arabic_hah 0x5cd
#define XK_Arabic_khah 0x5ce
#define XK_Arabic_dal 0x5cf
#define XK_Arabic_thal 0x5d0
#define XK_Arabic_ra 0x5d1
#define XK_Arabic_zain 0x5d2
#define XK_Arabic_seen 0x5d3
#define XK_Arabic_sheen 0x5d4
#define XK_Arabic_sad 0x5d5
#define XK_Arabic_dad 0x5d6
#define XK_Arabic_tah 0x5d7
#define XK_Arabic_zah 0x5d8
#define XK_Arabic_ain 0x5d9
#define XK_Arabic_ghain 0x5da
#define XK_Arabic_tatweel 0x5e0
#define XK_Arabic_feh 0x5e1
#define XK_Arabic_qaf 0x5e2
#define XK_Arabic_kaf 0x5e3
#define XK_Arabic_lam 0x5e4
#define XK_Arabic_meem 0x5e5
#define XK_Arabic_noon 0x5e6
#define XK_Arabic_ha 0x5e7
#define XK_Arabic_heh 0x5e7 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Arabic_waw 0x5e8
#define XK_Arabic_alefmaksura 0x5e9
#define XK_Arabic_yeh 0x5ea
#define XK_Arabic_fathatan 0x5eb
#define XK_Arabic_dammatan 0x5ec
#define XK_Arabic_kasratan 0x5ed
#define XK_Arabic_fatha 0x5ee
#define XK_Arabic_damma 0x5ef
#define XK_Arabic_kasra 0x5f0
#define XK_Arabic_shadda 0x5f1
#define XK_Arabic_sukun 0x5f2
#define XK_Arabic_switch 0xFF7E /* Alias for mode_switch */
#endif /* XK_ARABIC */
/*
* Cyrillic
* Byte 3 = 6
*/
#ifdef XK_CYRILLIC
#define XK_Serbian_dje 0x6a1
#define XK_Macedonia_gje 0x6a2
#define XK_Cyrillic_io 0x6a3
#define XK_Ukrainian_ie 0x6a4
#define XK_Ukranian_je 0x6a4 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Macedonia_dse 0x6a5
#define XK_Ukrainian_i 0x6a6
#define XK_Ukranian_i 0x6a6 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Ukrainian_yi 0x6a7
#define XK_Ukranian_yi 0x6a7 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Cyrillic_je 0x6a8
#define XK_Serbian_je 0x6a8 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Cyrillic_lje 0x6a9
#define XK_Serbian_lje 0x6a9 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Cyrillic_nje 0x6aa
#define XK_Serbian_nje 0x6aa /* deprecated */
#define XK_Serbian_tshe 0x6ab
#define XK_Macedonia_kje 0x6ac
#define XK_Byelorussian_shortu 0x6ae
#define XK_Cyrillic_dzhe 0x6af
#define XK_Serbian_dze 0x6af /* deprecated */
#define XK_numerosign 0x6b0
#define XK_Serbian_DJE 0x6b1
#define XK_Macedonia_GJE 0x6b2
#define XK_Cyrillic_IO 0x6b3
#define XK_Ukrainian_IE 0x6b4
#define XK_Ukranian_JE 0x6b4 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Macedonia_DSE 0x6b5
#define XK_Ukrainian_I 0x6b6
#define XK_Ukranian_I 0x6b6 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Ukrainian_YI 0x6b7
#define XK_Ukranian_YI 0x6b7 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Cyrillic_JE 0x6b8
#define XK_Serbian_JE 0x6b8 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Cyrillic_LJE 0x6b9
#define XK_Serbian_LJE 0x6b9 /* deprecated */
#define XK_Cyrillic_NJE 0x6ba
#define XK_Serbian_NJE 0x6ba /* deprecated */
#define XK_Serbian_TSHE 0x6bb
#define XK_Macedonia_KJE 0x6bc
#define XK_Byelorussian_SHORTU 0x6be
#define XK_Cyrillic_DZHE 0x6bf
#define XK_Serbian_DZE 0x6bf /* deprecated */
#define XK_Cyrillic_yu 0x6c0
#define XK_Cyrillic_a 0x6c1
#define XK_Cyrillic_be 0x6c2
#define XK_Cyrillic_tse 0x6c3
#define XK_Cyrillic_de 0x6c4
#define XK_Cyrillic_ie 0x6c5
#define XK_Cyrillic_ef 0x6c6
#define XK_Cyrillic_ghe 0x6c7
#define XK_Cyrillic_ha 0x6c8
#define XK_Cyrillic_i 0x6c9
#define XK_Cyrillic_shorti 0x6ca
#define XK_Cyrillic_ka 0x6cb
#define XK_Cyrillic_el 0x6cc
#define XK_Cyrillic_em 0x6cd
#define XK_Cyrillic_en 0x6ce
#define XK_Cyrillic_o 0x6cf
#define XK_Cyrillic_pe 0x6d0
#define XK_Cyrillic_ya 0x6d1
#define XK_Cyrillic_er 0x6d2
#define XK_Cyrillic_es 0x6d3
#define XK_Cyrillic_te 0x6d4
#define XK_Cyrillic_u 0x6d5
#define XK_Cyrillic_zhe 0x6d6
#define XK_Cyrillic_ve 0x6d7
#define XK_Cyrillic_softsign 0x6d8
#define XK_Cyrillic_yeru 0x6d9
#define XK_Cyrillic_ze 0x6da
#define XK_Cyrillic_sha 0x6db
#define XK_Cyrillic_e 0x6dc
#define XK_Cyrillic_shcha 0x6dd
#define XK_Cyrillic_che 0x6de
#define XK_Cyrillic_hardsign 0x6df
#define XK_Cyrillic_YU 0x6e0
#define XK_Cyrillic_A 0x6e1
#define XK_Cyrillic_BE 0x6e2
#define XK_Cyrillic_TSE 0x6e3
#define XK_Cyrillic_DE 0x6e4
#define XK_Cyrillic_IE 0x6e5
#define XK_Cyrillic_EF 0x6e6
#define XK_Cyrillic_GHE 0x6e7
#define XK_Cyrillic_HA 0x6e8
#define XK_Cyrillic_I 0x6e9
#define XK_Cyrillic_SHORTI 0x6ea
#define XK_Cyrillic_KA 0x6eb
#define XK_Cyrillic_EL 0x6ec
#define XK_Cyrillic_EM 0x6ed
#define XK_Cyrillic_EN 0x6ee
#define XK_Cyrillic_O 0x6ef
#define XK_Cyrillic_PE 0x6f0
#define XK_Cyrillic_YA 0x6f1
#define XK_Cyrillic_ER 0x6f2
#define XK_Cyrillic_ES 0x6f3
#define XK_Cyrillic_TE 0x6f4
#define XK_Cyrillic_U 0x6f5
#define XK_Cyrillic_ZHE 0x6f6
#define XK_Cyrillic_VE 0x6f7
#define XK_Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN 0x6f8
#define XK_Cyrillic_YERU 0x6f9
#define XK_Cyrillic_ZE 0x6fa
#define XK_Cyrillic_SHA 0x6fb
#define XK_Cyrillic_E 0x6fc
#define XK_Cyrillic_SHCHA 0x6fd
#define XK_Cyrillic_CHE 0x6fe
#define XK_Cyrillic_HARDSIGN 0x6ff
#endif /* XK_CYRILLIC */
/*
* Greek
* Byte 3 = 7
*/
#ifdef XK_GREEK
#define XK_Greek_ALPHAaccent 0x7a1
#define XK_Greek_EPSILONaccent 0x7a2
#define XK_Greek_ETAaccent 0x7a3
#define XK_Greek_IOTAaccent 0x7a4
#define XK_Greek_IOTAdiaeresis 0x7a5
#define XK_Greek_OMICRONaccent 0x7a7
#define XK_Greek_UPSILONaccent 0x7a8
#define XK_Greek_UPSILONdieresis 0x7a9
#define XK_Greek_OMEGAaccent 0x7ab
#define XK_Greek_accentdieresis 0x7ae
#define XK_Greek_horizbar 0x7af
#define XK_Greek_alphaaccent 0x7b1
#define XK_Greek_epsilonaccent 0x7b2
#define XK_Greek_etaaccent 0x7b3
#define XK_Greek_iotaaccent 0x7b4
#define XK_Greek_iotadieresis 0x7b5
#define XK_Greek_iotaaccentdieresis 0x7b6
#define XK_Greek_omicronaccent 0x7b7
#define XK_Greek_upsilonaccent 0x7b8
#define XK_Greek_upsilondieresis 0x7b9
#define XK_Greek_upsilonaccentdieresis 0x7ba
#define XK_Greek_omegaaccent 0x7bb
#define XK_Greek_ALPHA 0x7c1
#define XK_Greek_BETA 0x7c2
#define XK_Greek_GAMMA 0x7c3
#define XK_Greek_DELTA 0x7c4
#define XK_Greek_EPSILON 0x7c5
#define XK_Greek_ZETA 0x7c6
#define XK_Greek_ETA 0x7c7
#define XK_Greek_THETA 0x7c8
#define XK_Greek_IOTA 0x7c9
#define XK_Greek_KAPPA 0x7ca
#define XK_Greek_LAMDA 0x7cb
#define XK_Greek_LAMBDA 0x7cb
#define XK_Greek_MU 0x7cc
#define XK_Greek_NU 0x7cd
#define XK_Greek_XI 0x7ce
#define XK_Greek_OMICRON 0x7cf
#define XK_Greek_PI 0x7d0
#define XK_Greek_RHO 0x7d1
#define XK_Greek_SIGMA 0x7d2
#define XK_Greek_TAU 0x7d4
#define XK_Greek_UPSILON 0x7d5
#define XK_Greek_PHI 0x7d6
#define XK_Greek_CHI 0x7d7
#define XK_Greek_PSI 0x7d8
#define XK_Greek_OMEGA 0x7d9
#define XK_Greek_alpha 0x7e1
#define XK_Greek_beta 0x7e2
#define XK_Greek_gamma 0x7e3
#define XK_Greek_delta 0x7e4
#define XK_Greek_epsilon 0x7e5
#define XK_Greek_zeta 0x7e6
#define XK_Greek_eta 0x7e7
#define XK_Greek_theta 0x7e8
#define XK_Greek_iota 0x7e9
#define XK_Greek_kappa 0x7ea
#define XK_Greek_lamda 0x7eb
#define XK_Greek_lambda 0x7eb
#define XK_Greek_mu 0x7ec
#define XK_Greek_nu 0x7ed
#define XK_Greek_xi 0x7ee
#define XK_Greek_omicron 0x7ef
#define XK_Greek_pi 0x7f0
#define XK_Greek_rho 0x7f1
#define XK_Greek_sigma 0x7f2
#define XK_Greek_finalsmallsigma 0x7f3
#define XK_Greek_tau 0x7f4
#define XK_Greek_upsilon 0x7f5
#define XK_Greek_phi 0x7f6
#define XK_Greek_chi 0x7f7
#define XK_Greek_psi 0x7f8
#define XK_Greek_omega 0x7f9
#define XK_Greek_switch 0xFF7E /* Alias for mode_switch */
#endif /* XK_GREEK */
/*
* Technical
* Byte 3 = 8
*/
#ifdef XK_TECHNICAL
#define XK_leftradical 0x8a1
#define XK_topleftradical 0x8a2
#define XK_horizconnector 0x8a3
#define XK_topintegral 0x8a4
#define XK_botintegral 0x8a5
#define XK_vertconnector 0x8a6
#define XK_topleftsqbracket 0x8a7
#define XK_botleftsqbracket 0x8a8
#define XK_toprightsqbracket 0x8a9
#define XK_botrightsqbracket 0x8aa
#define XK_topleftparens 0x8ab
#define XK_botleftparens 0x8ac
#define XK_toprightparens 0x8ad
#define XK_botrightparens 0x8ae
#define XK_leftmiddlecurlybrace 0x8af
#define XK_rightmiddlecurlybrace 0x8b0
#define XK_topleftsummation 0x8b1
#define XK_botleftsummation 0x8b2
#define XK_topvertsummationconnector 0x8b3
#define XK_botvertsummationconnector 0x8b4
#define XK_toprightsummation 0x8b5
#define XK_botrightsummation 0x8b6
#define XK_rightmiddlesummation 0x8b7
#define XK_lessthanequal 0x8bc
#define XK_notequal 0x8bd
#define XK_greaterthanequal 0x8be
#define XK_integral 0x8bf
#define XK_therefore 0x8c0
#define XK_variation 0x8c1
#define XK_infinity 0x8c2
#define XK_nabla 0x8c5
#define XK_approximate 0x8c8
#define XK_similarequal 0x8c9
#define XK_ifonlyif 0x8cd
#define XK_implies 0x8ce
#define XK_identical 0x8cf
#define XK_radical 0x8d6
#define XK_includedin 0x8da
#define XK_includes 0x8db
#define XK_intersection 0x8dc
#define XK_union 0x8dd
#define XK_logicaland 0x8de
#define XK_logicalor 0x8df
#define XK_partialderivative 0x8ef
#define XK_function 0x8f6
#define XK_leftarrow 0x8fb
#define XK_uparrow 0x8fc
#define XK_rightarrow 0x8fd
#define XK_downarrow 0x8fe
#endif /* XK_TECHNICAL */
/*
* Special
* Byte 3 = 9
*/
#ifdef XK_SPECIAL
#define XK_blank 0x9df
#define XK_soliddiamond 0x9e0
#define XK_checkerboard 0x9e1
#define XK_ht 0x9e2
#define XK_ff 0x9e3
#define XK_cr 0x9e4
#define XK_lf 0x9e5
#define XK_nl 0x9e8
#define XK_vt 0x9e9
#define XK_lowrightcorner 0x9ea
#define XK_uprightcorner 0x9eb
#define XK_upleftcorner 0x9ec
#define XK_lowleftcorner 0x9ed
#define XK_crossinglines 0x9ee
#define XK_horizlinescan1 0x9ef
#define XK_horizlinescan3 0x9f0
#define XK_horizlinescan5 0x9f1
#define XK_horizlinescan7 0x9f2
#define XK_horizlinescan9 0x9f3
#define XK_leftt 0x9f4
#define XK_rightt 0x9f5
#define XK_bott 0x9f6
#define XK_topt 0x9f7
#define XK_vertbar 0x9f8
#endif /* XK_SPECIAL */
/*
* Publishing
* Byte 3 = a
*/
#ifdef XK_PUBLISHING
#define XK_emspace 0xaa1
#define XK_enspace 0xaa2
#define XK_em3space 0xaa3
#define XK_em4space 0xaa4
#define XK_digitspace 0xaa5
#define XK_punctspace 0xaa6
#define XK_thinspace 0xaa7
#define XK_hairspace 0xaa8
#define XK_emdash 0xaa9
#define XK_endash 0xaaa
#define XK_signifblank 0xaac
#define XK_ellipsis 0xaae
#define XK_doubbaselinedot 0xaaf
#define XK_onethird 0xab0
#define XK_twothirds 0xab1
#define XK_onefifth 0xab2
#define XK_twofifths 0xab3
#define XK_threefifths 0xab4
#define XK_fourfifths 0xab5
#define XK_onesixth 0xab6
#define XK_fivesixths 0xab7
#define XK_careof 0xab8
#define XK_figdash 0xabb
#define XK_leftanglebracket 0xabc
#define XK_decimalpoint 0xabd
#define XK_rightanglebracket 0xabe
#define XK_marker 0xabf
#define XK_oneeighth 0xac3
#define XK_threeeighths 0xac4
#define XK_fiveeighths 0xac5
#define XK_seveneighths 0xac6
#define XK_trademark 0xac9
#define XK_signaturemark 0xaca
#define XK_trademarkincircle 0xacb
#define XK_leftopentriangle 0xacc
#define XK_rightopentriangle 0xacd
#define XK_emopencircle 0xace
#define XK_emopenrectangle 0xacf
#define XK_leftsinglequotemark 0xad0
#define XK_rightsinglequotemark 0xad1
#define XK_leftdoublequotemark 0xad2
#define XK_rightdoublequotemark 0xad3
#define XK_prescription 0xad4
#define XK_minutes 0xad6
#define XK_seconds 0xad7
#define XK_latincross 0xad9
#define XK_hexagram 0xada
#define XK_filledrectbullet 0xadb
#define XK_filledlefttribullet 0xadc
#define XK_filledrighttribullet 0xadd
#define XK_emfilledcircle 0xade
#define XK_emfilledrect 0xadf
#define XK_enopencircbullet 0xae0
#define XK_enopensquarebullet 0xae1
#define XK_openrectbullet 0xae2
#define XK_opentribulletup 0xae3
#define XK_opentribulletdown 0xae4
#define XK_openstar 0xae5
#define XK_enfilledcircbullet 0xae6
#define XK_enfilledsqbullet 0xae7
#define XK_filledtribulletup 0xae8
#define XK_filledtribulletdown 0xae9
#define XK_leftpointer 0xaea
#define XK_rightpointer 0xaeb
#define XK_club 0xaec
#define XK_diamond 0xaed
#define XK_heart 0xaee
#define XK_maltesecross 0xaf0
#define XK_dagger 0xaf1
#define XK_doubledagger 0xaf2
#define XK_checkmark 0xaf3
#define XK_ballotcross 0xaf4
#define XK_musicalsharp 0xaf5
#define XK_musicalflat 0xaf6
#define XK_malesymbol 0xaf7
#define XK_femalesymbol 0xaf8
#define XK_telephone 0xaf9
#define XK_telephonerecorder 0xafa
#define XK_phonographcopyright 0xafb
#define XK_caret 0xafc
#define XK_singlelowquotemark 0xafd
#define XK_doublelowquotemark 0xafe
#define XK_cursor 0xaff
#endif /* XK_PUBLISHING */
/*
* APL
* Byte 3 = b
*/
#ifdef XK_APL
#define XK_leftcaret 0xba3
#define XK_rightcaret 0xba6
#define XK_downcaret 0xba8
#define XK_upcaret 0xba9
#define XK_overbar 0xbc0
#define XK_downtack 0xbc2
#define XK_upshoe 0xbc3
#define XK_downstile 0xbc4
#define XK_underbar 0xbc6
#define XK_jot 0xbca
#define XK_quad 0xbcc
#define XK_uptack 0xbce
#define XK_circle 0xbcf
#define XK_upstile 0xbd3
#define XK_downshoe 0xbd6
#define XK_rightshoe 0xbd8
#define XK_leftshoe 0xbda
#define XK_lefttack 0xbdc
#define XK_righttack 0xbfc
#endif /* XK_APL */
/*
* Hebrew
* Byte 3 = c
*/
#ifdef XK_HEBREW
#define XK_hebrew_doublelowline 0xcdf
#define XK_hebrew_aleph 0xce0
#define XK_hebrew_bet 0xce1
#define XK_hebrew_beth 0xce1 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_gimel 0xce2
#define XK_hebrew_gimmel 0xce2 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_dalet 0xce3
#define XK_hebrew_daleth 0xce3 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_he 0xce4
#define XK_hebrew_waw 0xce5
#define XK_hebrew_zain 0xce6
#define XK_hebrew_zayin 0xce6 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_chet 0xce7
#define XK_hebrew_het 0xce7 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_tet 0xce8
#define XK_hebrew_teth 0xce8 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_yod 0xce9
#define XK_hebrew_finalkaph 0xcea
#define XK_hebrew_kaph 0xceb
#define XK_hebrew_lamed 0xcec
#define XK_hebrew_finalmem 0xced
#define XK_hebrew_mem 0xcee
#define XK_hebrew_finalnun 0xcef
#define XK_hebrew_nun 0xcf0
#define XK_hebrew_samech 0xcf1
#define XK_hebrew_samekh 0xcf1 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_ayin 0xcf2
#define XK_hebrew_finalpe 0xcf3
#define XK_hebrew_pe 0xcf4
#define XK_hebrew_finalzade 0xcf5
#define XK_hebrew_finalzadi 0xcf5 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_zade 0xcf6
#define XK_hebrew_zadi 0xcf6 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_qoph 0xcf7
#define XK_hebrew_kuf 0xcf7 /* deprecated */
#define XK_hebrew_resh 0xcf8
#define XK_hebrew_shin 0xcf9
#define XK_hebrew_taw 0xcfa
#define XK_hebrew_taf 0xcfa /* deprecated */
#define XK_Hebrew_switch 0xFF7E /* Alias for mode_switch */
#endif /* XK_HEBREW */
/* Multimedia keys, defined same as on Linux
* /usr/include/pkg/libxkbcommon/xkbcommon/xkbcommon-keysyms.h
*/
#define XK_XF86AudioLowerVolume 0x1008FF11 /* Volume control down */
#define XK_XF86AudioMute 0x1008FF12 /* Mute sound from the system */
#define XK_XF86AudioRaiseVolume 0x1008FF13 /* Volume control up */
#define XK_XF86AudioPlay 0x1008FF14 /* Start playing of audio > */
#define XK_XF86AudioStop 0x1008FF15 /* Stop playing audio */
#define XK_XF86AudioPrev 0x1008FF16 /* Previous track */
#define XK_XF86AudioNext 0x1008FF17 /* Next track */
|
Changes to xlib/rgb.txt.
1 2 3 4 5 | ! Changes compared to Xorg:rgb.txt ! name old value new value ! aqua - 0 255 255 ! crimson - 220 20 60 ! fuchsia - 255 0 255 | < < < < < | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 | ! Changes compared to Xorg:rgb.txt ! name old value new value ! aqua - 0 255 255 ! crimson - 220 20 60 ! fuchsia - 255 0 255 ! indigo - 75 0 130 ! lime - 0 255 0 ! olive - 128 128 0 ! silver - 192 192 192 ! teal - 0 128 128 ! 240 248 255 aliceBlue 250 235 215 antiqueWhite 255 239 219 antiqueWhite1 238 223 204 antiqueWhite2 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
163 164 165 166 167 168 169 | 205 173 0 gold3 139 117 0 gold4 218 165 32 goldenrod 255 193 37 goldenrod1 238 180 34 goldenrod2 205 155 29 goldenrod3 139 105 20 goldenrod4 | | | 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 | 205 173 0 gold3 139 117 0 gold4 218 165 32 goldenrod 255 193 37 goldenrod1 238 180 34 goldenrod2 205 155 29 goldenrod3 139 105 20 goldenrod4 190 190 190 gray 3 3 3 gray1 5 5 5 gray2 8 8 8 gray3 10 10 10 gray4 13 13 13 gray5 15 15 15 gray6 18 18 18 gray7 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
265 266 267 268 269 270 271 | 242 242 242 gray95 245 245 245 gray96 247 247 247 gray97 250 250 250 gray98 252 252 252 gray99 255 255 255 gray100 0 0 0 gray0 | | | | 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 | 242 242 242 gray95 245 245 245 gray96 247 247 247 gray97 250 250 250 gray98 252 252 252 gray99 255 255 255 gray100 0 0 0 gray0 0 255 0 green 0 255 0 green1 0 238 0 green2 0 205 0 green3 0 139 0 green4 173 255 47 greenYellow 190 190 190 grey 3 3 3 grey1 5 5 5 grey2 8 8 8 grey3 10 10 10 grey4 13 13 13 grey5 15 15 15 grey6 18 18 18 grey7 |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
468 469 470 471 472 473 474 | 50 205 50 limeGreen 250 240 230 linen 255 0 255 magenta 255 0 255 magenta1 238 0 238 magenta2 205 0 205 magenta3 139 0 139 magenta4 | | | 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 | 50 205 50 limeGreen 250 240 230 linen 255 0 255 magenta 255 0 255 magenta1 238 0 238 magenta2 205 0 205 magenta3 139 0 139 magenta4 176 48 96 maroon 255 52 179 maroon1 238 48 167 maroon2 205 41 144 maroon3 139 28 98 maroon4 102 205 170 mediumAquamarine 0 0 205 mediumBlue 186 85 211 mediumOrchid |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
561 562 563 564 565 566 567 | 139 99 108 pink4 221 160 221 plum 255 187 255 plum1 238 174 238 plum2 205 150 205 plum3 139 102 139 plum4 176 224 230 powderBlue | | | 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 | 139 99 108 pink4 221 160 221 plum 255 187 255 plum1 238 174 238 plum2 205 150 205 plum3 139 102 139 plum4 176 224 230 powderBlue 160 32 240 purple 155 48 255 purple1 145 44 238 purple2 125 38 205 purple3 85 26 139 purple4 255 0 0 red 255 0 0 red1 238 0 0 red2 |
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to xlib/xcolors.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 |
* are handled by this table, above that is handled especially.
*/
typedef char elem[32];
static const elem xColors[] = {
/* Colors starting with 'a' */
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 |
* are handled by this table, above that is handled especially.
*/
typedef char elem[32];
static const elem xColors[] = {
/* Colors starting with 'a' */
"liceBlue\0 \360\370\377",
"ntiqueWhite\0 \213\203\170\315\300\260\356\337\314\377\357\333\372\353\327\4",
"qua\0 \000\377\377",
"quamarine\0 \105\213\164\146\315\252\166\356\306\177\377\324\177\377\324\4",
"zure\0 \203\213\213\301\315\315\340\356\356\360\377\377\360\377\377\4",
/* Colors starting with 'b' */
"eige\0 \365\365\334",
"isque\0 \213\175\153\315\267\236\356\325\267\377\344\304\377\344\304\4",
"lack\0 \000\000\000",
"lanchedAlmond\0 \377\353\315",
"lue\0 \000\000\213\000\000\315\000\000\356\000\000\377\000\000\377\4",
"lueViolet\0 \212\053\342",
"rown\0 \213\043\043\315\063\063\356\073\073\377\100\100\245\052\052\4",
"urlywood\0 \213\163\125\315\252\175\356\305\221\377\323\233\336\270\207\4",
/* Colors starting with 'c' */
"adetBlue\0 \123\206\213\172\305\315\216\345\356\230\365\377\137\236\240\4",
"hartreuse\0 \105\213\000\146\315\000\166\356\000\177\377\000\177\377\000\4",
"hocolate\0 \213\105\023\315\146\035\356\166\041\377\177\044\322\151\036\4",
"oral\0 \213\076\057\315\133\105\356\152\120\377\162\126\377\177\120\4",
"ornflowerBlue\0 \144\225\355",
"ornsilk\0 \213\210\170\315\310\261\356\350\315\377\370\334\377\370\334\4",
"rimson\0 \334\024\074",
"yan\0 \000\213\213\000\315\315\000\356\356\000\377\377\000\377\377\4",
/* Colors starting with 'd' */
"arkBlue\0 \000\000\213",
"arkCyan\0 \000\213\213",
"arkGoldenrod\0 \213\145\010\315\225\014\356\255\016\377\271\017\270\206\013\4",
"arkGray\0 \251\251\251",
"arkGreen\0 \000\144\000",
"arkGrey\0 \251\251\251",
"arkKhaki\0 \275\267\153",
"arkMagenta\0 \213\000\213",
"arkOliveGreen\0 \156\213\075\242\315\132\274\356\150\312\377\160\125\153\057\4",
"arkOrange\0 \213\105\000\315\146\000\356\166\000\377\177\000\377\214\000\4",
"arkOrchid\0 \150\042\213\232\062\315\262\072\356\277\076\377\231\062\314\4",
"arkRed\0 \213\000\000",
"arkSalmon\0 \351\226\172",
"arkSeaGreen\0 \151\213\151\233\315\233\264\356\264\301\377\301\217\274\217\4",
"arkSlateBlue\0 \110\075\213",
"arkSlateGray\0 \122\213\213\171\315\315\215\356\356\227\377\377\057\117\117\4",
"arkSlateGrey\0 \057\117\117",
"arkTurquoise\0 \000\316\321",
"arkViolet\0 \224\000\323",
"eepPink\0 \213\012\120\315\020\166\356\022\211\377\024\223\377\024\223\4",
"eepSkyBlue\0 \000\150\213\000\232\315\000\262\356\000\277\377\000\277\377\4",
"imGray\0 \151\151\151",
"imGrey\0 \151\151\151",
"odgerBlue\0 \020\116\213\030\164\315\034\206\356\036\220\377\036\220\377\4",
/* Colors starting with 'e' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'f' */
"irebrick\0 \213\032\032\315\046\046\356\054\054\377\060\060\262\042\042\4",
"loralWhite\0 \377\372\360",
"orestGreen\0 \042\213\042",
"uchsia\0 \377\000\377",
/* Colors starting with 'g' */
"ainsboro\0 \334\334\334",
"hostWhite\0 \370\370\377",
"old\0 \213\165\000\315\255\000\356\311\000\377\327\000\377\327\000\4",
"oldenrod\0 \213\151\024\315\233\035\356\264\042\377\301\045\332\245\040\4",
"ray\0\024\024\024\022\022\022\017\017\017\015\015\015\012\012\012"
"\010\010\010\005\005\005\003\003\003\276\276\276\10",
"ray0\0 \000\000\000",
"reen\0 \000\213\000\000\315\000\000\356\000\000\377\000\000\377\000\4",
"reenYellow\0 \255\377\057",
"rey\0\024\024\024\022\022\022\017\017\017\015\015\015\012\012\012"
"\010\010\010\005\005\005\003\003\003\276\276\276\10",
"rey0\0 \000\000\000",
/* Colors starting with 'h' */
"oneydew\0 \203\213\203\301\315\301\340\356\340\360\377\360\360\377\360\4",
"otPink\0 \213\072\142\315\140\220\356\152\247\377\156\264\377\151\264\4",
/* Colors starting with 'i' */
"ndianRed\0 \213\072\072\315\125\125\356\143\143\377\152\152\315\134\134\4",
"ndigo\0 \113\000\202",
"vory\0 \213\213\203\315\315\301\356\356\340\377\377\360\377\377\360\4",
/* Colors starting with 'j' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'k' */
"haki\0 \213\206\116\315\306\163\356\346\205\377\366\217\360\346\214\4",
/* Colors starting with 'l' */
"avender\0 \346\346\372",
"avenderBlush\0 \213\203\206\315\301\305\356\340\345\377\360\365\377\360\365\4",
"awnGreen\0 \174\374\000",
"emonChiffon\0 \213\211\160\315\311\245\356\351\277\377\372\315\377\372\315\4",
"ightBlue\0 \150\203\213\232\300\315\262\337\356\277\357\377\255\330\346\4",
"ightCoral\0 \360\200\200",
"ightCyan\0 \172\213\213\264\315\315\321\356\356\340\377\377\340\377\377\4",
"ightGoldenrod\0 \213\201\114\315\276\160\356\334\202\377\354\213\356\335\202\4",
"ightGoldenrodYellow\0 \372\372\322",
"ightGray\0 \323\323\323",
"ightGreen\0 \220\356\220",
"ightGrey\0 \323\323\323",
"ightPink\0 \213\137\145\315\214\225\356\242\255\377\256\271\377\266\301\4",
"ightSalmon\0 \213\127\102\315\201\142\356\225\162\377\240\172\377\240\172\4",
"ightSeaGreen\0 \040\262\252",
"ightSkyBlue\0 \140\173\213\215\266\315\244\323\356\260\342\377\207\316\372\4",
"ightSlateBlue\0 \204\160\377",
"ightSlateGray\0 \167\210\231",
"ightSlateGrey\0 \167\210\231",
"ightSteelBlue\0 \156\173\213\242\265\315\274\322\356\312\341\377\260\304\336\4",
"ightYellow\0 \213\213\172\315\315\264\356\356\321\377\377\340\377\377\340\4",
"ime\0 \000\377\000",
"imeGreen\0 \062\315\062",
"inen\0 \372\360\346",
/* Colors starting with 'm' */
"agenta\0 \213\000\213\315\000\315\356\000\356\377\000\377\377\000\377\4",
"aroon\0 \213\034\142\315\051\220\356\060\247\377\064\263\260\060\140\4",
"ediumAquamarine\0 \146\315\252",
"ediumBlue\0 \000\000\315",
"ediumOrchid\0 \172\067\213\264\122\315\321\137\356\340\146\377\272\125\323\4",
"ediumPurple\0 \135\107\213\211\150\315\237\171\356\253\202\377\223\160\333\4",
"ediumSeaGreen\0 \074\263\161",
"ediumSlateBlue\0 \173\150\356",
"ediumSpringGreen\0 \000\372\232",
"ediumTurquoise\0 \110\321\314",
"ediumVioletRed\0 \307\025\205",
"idnightBlue\0 \031\031\160",
"intCream\0 \365\377\372",
"istyRose\0 \213\175\173\315\267\265\356\325\322\377\344\341\377\344\341\4",
"occasin\0 \377\344\265",
/* Colors starting with 'n' */
"avajoWhite\0 \213\171\136\315\263\213\356\317\241\377\336\255\377\336\255\4",
"avy\0 \000\000\200",
"avyBlue\0 \000\000\200",
/* Colors starting with 'o' */
"ldLace\0 \375\365\346",
"live\0 \200\200\000",
"liveDrab\0 \151\213\042\232\315\062\263\356\072\300\377\076\153\216\043\4",
"range\0 \213\132\000\315\205\000\356\232\000\377\245\000\377\245\000\4",
"rangeRed\0 \213\045\000\315\067\000\356\100\000\377\105\000\377\105\000\4",
"rchid\0 \213\107\211\315\151\311\356\172\351\377\203\372\332\160\326\4",
/* Colors starting with 'p' */
"aleGoldenrod\0 \356\350\252",
"aleGreen\0 \124\213\124\174\315\174\220\356\220\232\377\232\230\373\230\4",
"aleTurquoise\0 \146\213\213\226\315\315\256\356\356\273\377\377\257\356\356\4",
"aleVioletRed\0 \213\107\135\315\150\211\356\171\237\377\202\253\333\160\223\4",
"apayaWhip\0 \377\357\325",
"eachPuff\0 \213\167\145\315\257\225\356\313\255\377\332\271\377\332\271\4",
"eru\0 \315\205\077",
"ink\0 \213\143\154\315\221\236\356\251\270\377\265\305\377\300\313\4",
"lum\0 \213\146\213\315\226\315\356\256\356\377\273\377\335\240\335\4",
"owderBlue\0 \260\340\346",
"urple\0 \125\032\213\175\046\315\221\054\356\233\060\377\240\040\360\4",
/* Colors starting with 'q' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'r' */
"ed\0 \213\000\000\315\000\000\356\000\000\377\000\000\377\000\000\4",
"osyBrown\0 \213\151\151\315\233\233\356\264\264\377\301\301\274\217\217\4",
"oyalBlue\0 \047\100\213\072\137\315\103\156\356\110\166\377\101\151\341\4",
/* Colors starting with 's' */
"addleBrown\0 \213\105\023",
"almon\0 \213\114\071\315\160\124\356\202\142\377\214\151\372\200\162\4",
"andyBrown\0 \364\244\140",
"eaGreen\0 \056\213\127\103\315\200\116\356\224\124\377\237\056\213\127\4",
"eashell\0 \213\206\202\315\305\277\356\345\336\377\365\356\377\365\356\4",
"ienna\0 \213\107\046\315\150\071\356\171\102\377\202\107\240\122\055\4",
"ilver\0 \300\300\300",
"kyBlue\0 \112\160\213\154\246\315\176\300\356\207\316\377\207\316\353\4",
"lateBlue\0 \107\074\213\151\131\315\172\147\356\203\157\377\152\132\315\4",
"lateGray\0 \154\173\213\237\266\315\271\323\356\306\342\377\160\200\220\4",
"lateGrey\0 \160\200\220",
"now\0 \213\211\211\315\311\311\356\351\351\377\372\372\377\372\372\4",
"pringGreen\0 \000\213\105\000\315\146\000\356\166\000\377\177\000\377\177\4",
"teelBlue\0 \066\144\213\117\224\315\134\254\356\143\270\377\106\202\264\4",
/* Colors starting with 't' */
"an\0 \213\132\053\315\205\077\356\232\111\377\245\117\322\264\214\4",
"eal\0 \000\200\200",
"histle\0 \213\173\213\315\265\315\356\322\356\377\341\377\330\277\330\4",
"omato\0 \213\066\046\315\117\071\356\134\102\377\143\107\377\143\107\4",
"urquoise\0 \000\206\213\000\305\315\000\345\356\000\365\377\100\340\320\4",
/* Colors starting with 'u' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'v' */
"iolet\0 \356\202\356",
"ioletRed\0 \213\042\122\315\062\170\356\072\214\377\076\226\320\040\220\4",
/* Colors starting with 'w' */
"heat\0 \213\176\146\315\272\226\356\330\256\377\347\272\365\336\263\4",
"hite\0 \377\377\377",
"hiteSmoke\0 \365\365\365",
/* Colors starting with 'x' */
"\377" /* placeholder */,
/* Colors starting with 'y' */
"ellow\0 \213\213\000\315\315\000\356\356\000\377\377\000\377\377\000\4",
"ellowGreen\0 \232\315\062\0"
};
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
337 338 339 340 341 342 343 |
Status
XParseColor(
Display *display,
Colormap map,
const char *spec,
XColor *colorPtr)
{
| < < < | 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 |
Status
XParseColor(
Display *display,
Colormap map,
const char *spec,
XColor *colorPtr)
{
if (spec[0] == '#') {
char *p;
Tcl_WideInt value = parseHex64bit(++spec, &p);
/*
* If *p does not point to the end of the string, there were invalid
* digits in the spec. Ergo, it is not a valid color string.
|
| ︙ | ︙ |
Changes to xlib/xgc.c.
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 | * Copyright (c) 2002-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | | > > > > | < < < < < < < < | | > > > > | 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 |
* Copyright (c) 2002-2009 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net>
* Copyright 2008-2009, Apple Inc.
*
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
*/
#include <tkInt.h>
#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
# include <X11/Xlib.h>
# define gcCacheSize 0
# define TkpInitGCCache(gc)
# define TkpFreeGCCache(gc)
# define TkpGetGCCache(gc)
#else
# include <tkMacOSXInt.h>
# include <X11/Xlib.h>
# include <X11/X.h>
# define Cursor XCursor
# define Region XRegion
# define gcCacheSize sizeof(TkpGCCache)
#endif
#undef TkSetRegion
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* AllocClipMask --
*
* Static helper proc to allocate new or clear existing TkpClipMask.
*
* Results:
* Returns ptr to the new/cleared TkpClipMask.
*
* Side effects:
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static TkpClipMask *AllocClipMask(GC gc) {
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = (TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask;
if (clip_mask == NULL) {
clip_mask = (TkpClipMask*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkpClipMask));
gc->clip_mask = (Pixmap) clip_mask;
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
} else if (clip_mask->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
TkpReleaseRegion(clip_mask->value.region);
#endif
}
return clip_mask;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
75 76 77 78 79 80 81 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void FreeClipMask(GC gc) {
if (gc->clip_mask != None) {
| > > > > > | | 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
static void FreeClipMask(GC gc) {
if (gc->clip_mask != None) {
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
if (((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) {
TkpReleaseRegion(((TkpClipMask*) gc->clip_mask)->value.region);
}
#endif
ckfree((char*) gc->clip_mask);
gc->clip_mask = None;
}
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 |
XCreateGC(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
unsigned long mask,
XGCValues *values)
{
GC gp;
| < | > > | > | | | | 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 |
XCreateGC(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
unsigned long mask,
XGCValues *values)
{
GC gp;
/*
* In order to have room for a dash list, MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE extra chars
* are defined, which is invisible from the outside. The list is assumed
* to end with a 0-char, so this must be set explicitely during
* initialization.
*/
#define MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE 10
gp = (XGCValues *) ckalloc(sizeof(XGCValues) + MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE +
gcCacheSize);
if (!gp) {
return NULL;
}
#define InitField(name,maskbit,default) \
(gp->name = (mask & (maskbit)) ? values->name : (default))
InitField(function, GCFunction, GXcopy);
InitField(plane_mask, GCPlaneMask, (unsigned long)(~0));
InitField(foreground, GCForeground,
BlackPixelOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)));
InitField(background, GCBackground,
WhitePixelOfScreen(DefaultScreenOfDisplay(display)));
InitField(line_width, GCLineWidth, 1);
InitField(line_style, GCLineStyle, LineSolid);
InitField(cap_style, GCCapStyle, 0);
InitField(join_style, GCJoinStyle, 0);
InitField(fill_style, GCFillStyle, FillSolid);
InitField(fill_rule, GCFillRule, WindingRule);
InitField(arc_mode, GCArcMode, ArcPieSlice);
InitField(tile, GCTile, None);
InitField(stipple, GCStipple, None);
InitField(ts_x_origin, GCTileStipXOrigin, 0);
InitField(ts_y_origin, GCTileStipYOrigin, 0);
InitField(font, GCFont, None);
InitField(subwindow_mode, GCSubwindowMode, ClipByChildren);
InitField(graphics_exposures, GCGraphicsExposures, True);
InitField(clip_x_origin, GCClipXOrigin, 0);
InitField(clip_y_origin, GCClipYOrigin, 0);
InitField(dash_offset, GCDashOffset, 0);
InitField(dashes, GCDashList, 4);
(&(gp->dashes))[1] = 0;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
176 177 178 179 180 181 182 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkpGCCache*
TkpGetGCCache(GC gc) {
| | > | 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 |
* None.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
TkpGCCache*
TkpGetGCCache(GC gc) {
return (gc ? (TkpGCCache*)(((char*) gc) + sizeof(XGCValues) +
MAX_DASH_LIST_SIZE) : NULL);
}
#endif
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* XChangeGC --
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
257 258 259 260 261 262 263 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int XFreeGC(
Display *d,
GC gc)
{
| < < | | 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 |
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
int XFreeGC(
Display *d,
GC gc)
{
if (gc != NULL) {
FreeClipMask(gc);
TkpFreeGCCache(gc);
ckfree((char *) gc);
}
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
290 291 292 293 294 295 296 |
int
XSetForeground(
Display *display,
GC gc,
unsigned long foreground)
{
| < < < < < | 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 |
int
XSetForeground(
Display *display,
GC gc,
unsigned long foreground)
{
gc->foreground = foreground;
return Success;
}
int
XSetBackground(
Display *display,
GC gc,
unsigned long background)
{
gc->background = background;
return Success;
}
int
XSetDashes(
Display *display,
GC gc,
int dash_offset,
_Xconst char *dash_list,
int n)
{
char *p = &(gc->dashes);
#ifdef TkWinDeleteBrush
TkWinDeleteBrush(gc->fgBrush);
TkWinDeletePen(gc->fgPen);
TkWinDeleteBrush(gc->bgBrush);
TkWinDeletePen(gc->fgExtPen);
#endif
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
340 341 342 343 344 345 346 |
int
XSetFunction(
Display *display,
GC gc,
int function)
{
| < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 |
int
XSetFunction(
Display *display,
GC gc,
int function)
{
gc->function = function;
return Success;
}
int
XSetFillRule(
Display *display,
GC gc,
int fill_rule)
{
gc->fill_rule = fill_rule;
return Success;
}
int
XSetFillStyle(
Display *display,
GC gc,
int fill_style)
{
gc->fill_style = fill_style;
return Success;
}
int
XSetTSOrigin(
Display *display,
GC gc,
int x, int y)
{
gc->ts_x_origin = x;
gc->ts_y_origin = y;
return Success;
}
int
XSetFont(
Display *display,
GC gc,
Font font)
{
gc->font = font;
return Success;
}
int
XSetArcMode(
Display *display,
GC gc,
int arc_mode)
{
gc->arc_mode = arc_mode;
return Success;
}
int
XSetStipple(
Display *display,
GC gc,
Pixmap stipple)
{
gc->stipple = stipple;
return Success;
}
int
XSetLineAttributes(
Display *display,
GC gc,
unsigned int line_width,
int line_style,
int cap_style,
int join_style)
{
gc->line_width = line_width;
gc->line_style = line_style;
gc->cap_style = cap_style;
gc->join_style = join_style;
return Success;
}
int
XSetClipOrigin(
Display *display,
GC gc,
int clip_x_origin,
int clip_y_origin)
{
gc->clip_x_origin = clip_x_origin;
gc->clip_y_origin = clip_y_origin;
return Success;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
467 468 469 470 471 472 473 | * uses of TkSetRegion are currently in DisplayFrame and in * ImgPhotoDisplay, which use the GC immediately. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: | | | < < > > > < < < | 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 |
* uses of TkSetRegion are currently in DisplayFrame and in
* ImgPhotoDisplay, which use the GC immediately.
*
* Results:
* None.
*
* Side effects:
* Allocates or dealloates a TkpClipMask.
*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
void
TkSetRegion(
Display *display,
GC gc,
TkRegion r)
{
if (r == NULL) {
Tcl_Panic("must not pass NULL to TkSetRegion for compatibility with X11; use XSetClipMask instead");
} else {
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gc);
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_REGION;
clip_mask->value.region = r;
#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
TkpRetainRegion(r);
#endif
}
}
int
XSetClipMask(
Display *display,
GC gc,
Pixmap pixmap)
{
if (pixmap == None) {
FreeClipMask(gc);
} else {
TkpClipMask *clip_mask = AllocClipMask(gc);
clip_mask->type = TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP;
clip_mask->value.pixmap = pixmap;
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
557 558 559 560 561 562 563 |
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XPoint *points,
int npoints,
int mode)
{
int res = Success;
| < < < < < < < | > < < < < < < < < | < < < < | > | | > > > > > > > > > > > | < | < < < < < < < < | < | | < > | | > > | > > | | > > > > > | < | < < | < < | < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < < | 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 |
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XPoint *points,
int npoints,
int mode)
{
int res = Success;
while (npoints-- > 0) {
res = XDrawLine(display, d, gc,
points[0].x, points[0].y, points[0].x, points[0].y);
if (res != Success) break;
++points;
}
return res;
}
#if !defined(MAC_OSX_TK)
int
XDrawSegments(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XSegment *segments,
int nsegments)
{
return Success;
}
#endif
#if 0
char *
XFetchBuffer(
Display *display,
int *nbytes_return,
int buffer)
{
return (char *) 0;
}
Status
XFetchName(
Display *display,
Window w,
char **window_name_return)
{
return (Status) 0;
}
Atom *
XListProperties(
Display* display,
Window w,
int *num_prop_return)
{
return (Atom *) 0;
}
void
XMapRaised(
Display *display,
Window w)
{
}
void
XPutImage(
Display *display,
Drawable d,
GC gc,
XImage *image,
int src_x,
int src_y,
int dest_x,
int dest_y,
unsigned int width,
unsigned int height)
{
}
void
XQueryTextExtents(
Display *display,
XID font_ID,
_Xconst char *string,
int nchars,
int *direction_return,
int *font_ascent_return,
int *font_descent_return,
XCharStruct *overall_return)
{
}
void
XReparentWindow(
Display *display,
Window w,
Window parent,
int x,
int y)
{
}
void
XRotateBuffers(
Display *display,
int rotate)
{
}
void
XStoreBuffer(
Display *display,
_Xconst char *bytes,
int nbytes,
int buffer)
{
}
void
XUndefineCursor(
Display *display,
Window w)
{
}
#endif
/*
* Local Variables:
* mode: c
* c-basic-offset: 4
* fill-column: 78
* End:
*/
|
Changes to xlib/xutil.c.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 | /* * xutil.c -- * * This function contains generic X emulation routines. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ | > | > > > | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 | /* * xutil.c -- * * This function contains generic X emulation routines. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include <stdlib.h> #include <tk.h> #include <X11/Xutil.h> #include <X11/Xatom.h> /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * XInternAtom -- * * This procedure simulates the XInternAtom function by calling Tk_Uid to |
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 |
Atom
XInternAtom(
Display *display,
_Xconst char *atom_name,
Bool only_if_exists)
{
static Atom atom = XA_LAST_PREDEFINED;
| < < | 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 |
Atom
XInternAtom(
Display *display,
_Xconst char *atom_name,
Bool only_if_exists)
{
static Atom atom = XA_LAST_PREDEFINED;
display->request++;
return ++atom;
}
/*
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| ︙ | ︙ | |||
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 |
XVisualInfo *
XGetVisualInfo(
Display *display,
long vinfo_mask,
XVisualInfo *vinfo_template,
int *nitems_return)
{
| | < | | | | 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 |
XVisualInfo *
XGetVisualInfo(
Display *display,
long vinfo_mask,
XVisualInfo *vinfo_template,
int *nitems_return)
{
XVisualInfo *info = (XVisualInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(XVisualInfo));
info->visual = DefaultVisual(display, 0);
info->visualid = info->visual->visualid;
info->screen = 0;
info->depth = info->visual->bits_per_rgb;
info->class = info->visual->class;
info->colormap_size = info->visual->map_entries;
info->bits_per_rgb = info->visual->bits_per_rgb;
info->red_mask = info->visual->red_mask;
info->green_mask = info->visual->green_mask;
info->blue_mask = info->visual->blue_mask;
if (((vinfo_mask & VisualIDMask)
&& (vinfo_template->visualid != info->visualid))
|| ((vinfo_mask & VisualScreenMask)
&& (vinfo_template->screen != info->screen))
|| ((vinfo_mask & VisualDepthMask)
&& (vinfo_template->depth != info->depth))
|| ((vinfo_mask & VisualClassMask)
&& (vinfo_template->class != info->class))
|| ((vinfo_mask & VisualColormapSizeMask)
&& (vinfo_template->colormap_size != info->colormap_size))
|| ((vinfo_mask & VisualBitsPerRGBMask)
&& (vinfo_template->bits_per_rgb != info->bits_per_rgb))
|| ((vinfo_mask & VisualRedMaskMask)
&& (vinfo_template->red_mask != info->red_mask))
|| ((vinfo_mask & VisualGreenMaskMask)
&& (vinfo_template->green_mask != info->green_mask))
|| ((vinfo_mask & VisualBlueMaskMask)
&& (vinfo_template->blue_mask != info->blue_mask))
) {
ckfree((char *) info);
return NULL;
}
*nitems_return = 1;
return info;
}
|
| ︙ | ︙ |